MASSACHUSETTS 
STATE      COLLEGE 


LIBRARY 


SB 

1916 
v.l 


-VJ 


.1 


This  book  may  be  kept  out 

TWO  WEEKS 

only,  and  is  subject  to  a  fine 
of  TWO  CENTS  a  day  thereafter. 
It  will  be  due  on  the  day  in- 
dicated below. 


I 


c* 


.>4'» 


I,   The  azalea  walk.     Magnolia,  South  Carolina 


.      ^^'  THE  ^/.,, 

STANDARD  CYCLOPEDIA  OF 
HORTICULTURE 


A  DISCUSSION,  FOR  THE  AMATEUR,  AND  THE  PROFESSIONAL  AND 
COMMERCIAL  GROWER,  OF  THE  KINDS,  CHARACTERISTICS  AND 
METHODS  OF  CULTIVATION  OF  THE  SPECIES  OF  PLANTS  GROWN  IN 
THE  REGIONS  OF  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  CANADA  FOR  ORNAMENT, 
FOR  FANCY,  FOR  FRUIT  AND  FOR  VEGETABLES;  WITH  KEYS  TO  THE 
NATURAL  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA,  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  THE  HORTI- 
CULTURAL CAPABILITIES  OF  THE  STATES  AND  PROVINCES  AND 
DEPENDENT  ISLANDS,  AND  SKETCHES  OF  EMINENT  HORTICULTURISTS 


BY 

L.  H.  BAILEY 


Illustrated  with  Colored  Plates,  Four  Thousand  Engravings  in  the  Tcjct, 
and  Ninety-six  Full-page  Cuts 


IN    SIX    VOLUMES 

VOL.  I— A-B 

PAGES  1-602.    FIGS.  1-700 


SECOND   EDITION 


Mtto  gorfe 
THE    MACMILLAN    COMPANY 

LONDON:   MACMILLAN   &   CO.,  Ltd. 

1917 

The  rights  of  reproduction  and  of  translation  are  strictly  reservtd 


Q3Z 

'03 


Copyright,  1900 
By  the  MACMILLAN  COMPANY 


rewritten,  enlarged  and  reset 

Copyright,  1914 
By   the   MACMILLAN   COMPANY 


Set  Up  and  Electrotyp»d.    Published  March  25,   1914 
Reprinted   May,  1917 


JOount  pUasant  lprtg« 

J,  Horace  McFakland  Coupant 
Harkisbdro,  Pennhylvania 


PREFACE 

FOURTEEN  years  ago  the  present  Editor  wrote  the  preface  to  Volume  I  of  the 
Cyclopedia  of  American  Horticulture.  The  purpose  of  that  work  was  "to  make 
a  complete  record  of  the  status  of  North  American  horticulture  as  it  exists  at 
the  close  of  the  nineteenth  century;"  it  was  the  effort  to  include  "all  the  species 
which  are  known  to  be  in  the  horticultural  trade,"  together  with  outlines  of  "the  horti- 
cultural possibilities  of  the  various  states,  territories  and  provinces,"  to  present  bio- 
graphical sketches  of  eminent  American  horticulturists  not  then  living,  and  in  general 
to  discuss  the  cultivation  and  handUng  of  horticultural  crops.  In  the  preface  to  Volume 
IV  of  that  work  the  Editor  expressed  the  hope  that  the  Cyclopedia  would  never  be 
revised:  "If  new  issues  are  called  for,  mere  errors  should  be  corrected;  but  beyond  this, 
the  plates  should  be  left  as  they  are,"  for  it  was  the  purpose  of  the  book  that  it  should 
stand  as  a  measure  of  that  time.  The  different  volumes  have  been  separately  reprinted, 
but  about  eight  complete  re-issues  of  that  Cyclopedia  have  been  made,  with  such 
corrections  of  errors  as  have  been  reported;  in  one  restricted  edition,  published  by 
Doubleday,  Page  &  Co.,  the  same  work  was  bound  in  six  volumes,  together  with  an 
enlarged  preface  and  a  key  to  the  families  and  genera. 

The  present  Cyclopedia,  although  founded  on  the  former  compilation,  is  a  new  work 
with  an  enlarged  scope.  While  the  older  work  will  no  longer  be  published,  it  neverthe- 
less stands  by  itself;  and  the  two  should  be  quoted  as  independent  cyclopedias.  The 
geographical  boundaries  are  wider  in  the  present  work,  due  to  the  fact  that  the  United 
States  and  Canada  have  both  acquired  new  tropical  connections  and  interests  in  recent 
years.  It  has  not  been  the  effort  to  cover  completely  the  horticultural  floras  of  Porto 
Rico,  Hawaii,  and  other  islands,  for  that  would  involve  the  tropical  flora  of  the 
globe;  but  it  is  the  intention  to  include  the  most  outstanding  species  grown  in  a  horti- 
cultural way  in  those  islands.  A  fuller  treatment  has  also  been  given  of  the  plants  grown 
in  southern  Florida,  southern  California,  and  the  other  southernmost  areas  of  the 
continental  United  States. 

The  treatment  in  the  former  Cyclopedia  was  confined  closely  to  species  in  "the 
trade," — to  those  plants  "sold  in  the  United  States  and  Canada."  The  present  work 
accepts  this  basis  in  general,  for  the  lists  of  nurserymen,  seedsmen,  and  fanciers  indicate 
very  closely  the  plants  that  actually  are  grown,  and  it  would  manifestly  be  impossible  as 
well  as  undesirable  to  include  all  the  plants  that  may  be  found  in  botanic  gardens,  or  in 
the  grounds  of  speciahsts  and  amateurs  who  collect  specimens  from  original  sources, 
or  those  introduced  for  purposes  of  experiment  or  test  or  only  for  scientific  study; 
but  "the  trade"  is  interpreted  more  liberally  in  this  work,  to  include  the  offerings  of 

(v)  \ 


NT  PREFACE 

many  European  dealers  because  those  dealers  supply  American  customers,  to  account 
for  species  mentiojied  prominently  in  European  horticultm-al  periodicals  as  well  as  in 
American  periodicals,  and  to  insert  such  plants  as  are  known  to  be  subjects  of  exchange 
or  to  be  frequently  in  cultivation  in  any  region,  even  though  their  names  may  not  be 
found  in  a  commercial  list.  While  it  is  intended  to  account  for  all  the  species  in  the 
trade,  it  is  not  intended  to  name  the  garden  varieties ;  for  the  variety  lists  change  too 
rapidly  for  discussion  in  cyclopedic  works.  The  mention  of  varieties  in  the  leading 
group-articles  is  more  a  matter  of  record  than  of  recommendation. 

Care  has  been  exercised  to  exclude  species  that  are  evidently  not  now  of  interest 
to  horticulturists,  even  though  their  names  may  be  found  in  the  literature;  for  the 
introduction  of  many  dead  entries  would  not  only  violate  the  purpose  to  make  a  current 
record,  but  would  make  the  books  too  voluminous  and  would  confuse  the  student  with 
too  many  names  and  details.  It  is  desired  that  the  treatment  shall  be  contemporaneous, 
and  that  it  shall  be  rescued  as  far  as  desirable  from  the  older  glasshouse  method  of 
transatlantic  work.  The  Cyclopedia  aims  to  account  for  the  plants  horticulturally 
grown  ^\-ithin  its  territory  which  are  now  the  subjects  of  living  interest  or  likely  to  be 
introduced,  to  discuss  the  best  practices  in  the  growing  of  the  staple  flower  and  fruit 
and  vegetable  crops,  to  depict  the  horticultural  capabilities  of  the  states  and  provinces, 
to  indicate  the  literature  of  the  field,  and  incidentally  to  portray  briefly  the  lives  of 
the  former  men  and  women  who  have  attained  to  a  large  or  a  national  reputation  in 
horticultural  pursuits. 

The  method  in  the  Cyclopedia,  in  other  words,  turns  about  two  purposes, — the 
identification  of  species,  and  the  cultivation  of  plants.  Both  are  essential  to  an 
understanding  of  horticulture.  The  former  lends  itself  readily  to  usual  cyclopedic 
treatment;  the  latter  expresses  itself  as  a  manual  of  practice.  The  combination  pro- 
duces an  irregular  Uterary  product,  but  it  is  hoped  that  the  result  is  not  inharmonious. 

The  cultural  details  involve  special  difficulties.  The  North  American  continent 
presents  so  many  conditions  that  advice  for  outdoor  work  cannot  be  too  specific  in  a 
work  of  this  kind  without  leading  to  serious  mistakes.  What  is  advised  by  a  good 
grower  in  one  place  may  be  contradicted  by  a  good  grower  in  another  place.  Even  in 
under-glass  treatment,  in  which  conditions  are  largely  artificial,  difficulties  often  arise 
in  trying  to  apply  in  America  the  instructions  given  for  European  practice.  It  is  not 
possible  for  one  to  grow  plants  by  a  book ;  in  this  work  the  cultural  details  are  not 
directions  so  much  as  statements  of  standard  practice:  this  practice  will  need  to  be 
con.siderably  modified  in  many  cases  if  the  best  result  for  special  conditions  or  objects 
Is  to  be  .secured.  In  the  former  Cyclopedia  the  culture  was  often  presented  by  two 
persons  of  unlike  experiences  for  the  express  purpose  of  meeting  the  needs  of  amateurs; 
but  readers  seem  to  think  this  to  be  confusing  and  the  practice  has  not  been  followed 
in  the  present  work.  However,  special  effort  has  been  made  to  secure  the  best  cultural 
advice  for  the  plants  requiring  peculiar  or  particular  handling,  and  this  advice  will  be 
found  in  the  di.scussion  of  the  different  crops  and  plants  under  their  respective  heads; 


PREFACE 


Vll 


and  in  addition  many  practical  class-articles  have  been  prepared  for  the  aid  of  the 
cultivator  and  designer.    These  class-articles  are  mostly  as  follows : 


Alpine  Plants 

Evergreens 

Lawn-Planting 

Storage 

Annuals 

Everlastings 

Mushrooms 

Subtropical-Gardening 

Ants 

Exhibitions 

Nursery 

Succulents 

Arboretum 

Ferns 

Orchard 

Sun-loving  Plants 

Arboriculture 

Floral  Designs 

Orchids 

Tools  and  Implements 

Autumn-Gardening 

Floriculture 

Pahns 

Topiary  Work 

Banks 

Flower-Garden 

Park 

Transplanting 

Basket  Plants 

Formal-Gardening 

Perennials 

Tree-Moving 

Bedding 

Forcing 

Perfumery-Gardening 

Vegetable-G  ard  ening 

Bees 

Fumigation 

Pergolas 

Village  Improvement 

Biennials 

Frost 

Railroad-Gardening 

Vines  and  Arbors 

Birds 

Grasses 

Rock-Gardening 

Walks 

Border 

Herbary 

Rustic  Work 

Wall-Gardening 

Bouquet 

Hotbeds  and  Coldfraraes 

Screens 

Water-Gardening 

Bulbs 

House-Plants 

Seaside-Planting 

Wild-Garden 

Culinary  Herbs 

Insects 

Shade-loving  Plants 

Windbreaks 

Cut-flowers 

Irrigation 

Shade  Trees 

Window-Boxes 

Diseases 

Japanese  Gardens 

Shrubbery 

Winter-Gardening 

Drainage 

Landscape-Gardening 

Small-Fruits 

Winter  Protection 

Dwarf  Trees 

Lawns 

Spring-Gardening 

Woods 

There  is  marked  growth  in  outdoor  horticulture  in  North  America.  The  largest 
extension  in  the  present  Cyclopedia,  so  far  as  taxonomic  work  is  concerned,  is  in  the 
description  of  trees  and  shrubs.  There  is  widespread  interest  in  these  subjects.  We  are 
beginning  to  realize  our  native  resources  in  woody  plants,  to  understand  how  to  make 
use  of  our  many  climates  and  natural  conditions;  and  to  incorporate  freely  into  our 
cultivated  flora  many  of  the  trees  and  shrubs  of  China  and  other  regions,  under  the 
stimulus  of  the  Arnold  Arboretum  and  other  agencies.  The  resources  of  the  Arboretum 
have  been  placed  at  the  command  of  the  Cyclopedia  through  the  careful  and  original 
work  of  Alfred  Rehder.  Similar  aids  have  been  extended  from  other  sources,  and 
particularly  from  the  Foreign  Seed  and  Plant  Introduction  service  of  the  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture. 

While  hardy  plants  and  outdoor  gardening  seem  to  be  increasing  rapidly  in 
favor,  there  is  a  decided  tendency  toward  the  breaking-up  of  large  fanciers'  collections, 
in  private  establishments,  of  old-time  glasshouse  plants.  It  is  now  quite  impossible, 
for  example,  to  find  in  this  country  any  large  private  collections  of  the  species  of 
begonias  or  of  the  varieties  of  camellias  or  of  the  show  pelargoniums;  orchid  collections 
of  notable  extent  are  few.  The  demand  of  the  trade  is  for  relatively  few  species,  and  the 
conmiercial  collections  are  mostly  concerned  with  a  few  stock  kinds  and  florists'  plants, 
together  with  a  small  addition  of  annual  novelties,  rather  than  with  the  former  long 
lists  of  many  separate  and  interesting  species  and  varieties.  Even  private  places, 
especially  private  greenhouses,  are  devoted  very  largely  to  cut-flowers  and  florists' 
plants.  It  is  incumbent  on  a  cyclopedia  of  this  kind,  however,  to  preserve  the  accounts 
of  these  begonias,  orchids,  palms,  cacti,  succulents,  "stove  plants,"  and  others,  even 
though  many  of  them  may  be  known  to  very  few;  and  the  Editor  hopes  that  the 
amateur  will  regain  his  ascendancy  and  that  collections  of  plants  because  they  are 
plants  may  not  perish  from  amongst  us. 

There  has  been  great  extension  in  recent  years  in  commercial  floriculture  and  in  the 


%nii  PREFACE 

forcing  of  vegetables.  We  now  think  in  terms  of  crojiping  under  glass.  The  range  of 
species  of  pUuits  iin-oh'ed  in  these  industries  is  relatively  small,  but  the  areas  are  large, 
the  business  is  receiving  the  attention  of  able  men  and  women,  and  the  glasshouse 
industries  are  making  important  contributions  to  the  lives  of  the  people.  The  recent 
growth  of  the  commercial  fruit-growing  industry  is  also  notable.  Once  largely  restricted 
to  narrow  regions  and  to  "fruit  belts,"  the  growing  of  fruits  for  market  has  now 
assumed  the  proportions  of  a  great  industry  comparable  with  the  staple  agricultural 
l)roductions.  An  effort  has  been  made  to  catch  something  of  the  spirit  of  all  these 
large  efforts,  as  well  as  to  provide  information  and  advice  for  the  amateur  and  the 
home  gardener. 

When  the  Cyclopedia  of  American  Horticulture  was  made,  there  were  few  special- 
ists in  the  systematic  botany  of  cultivated  plants.  The  Editor  hopes  that  the  publica- 
tion of  that  Cyclopedia  has  contributed  something  to  the  acceleration  of  interest  in  this 
long-overlooked  subject.  Howbeit,  the  number  of  competent  specialists,  and  of 
those  intelligently  interested  in  the  subject,  is  now  large  enough  to  have  enabled  the 
Editor  to  cover  many  of  the  important  groups.  The  cacti  have  been  placed  mostly  in 
the  hands  of  J.  N.  Rose;  a  number  of  tropical  plants  have  been  handled  anew  by 
W.  E.  Safford;  the  orchids,  aroids  and  bromeliads  by  George  V.  Nash;  euphorbiads 
by  J.  B.  S.  Norton;  Citrus  and  related  genera  by  Walter  T.  Swingle;  Nymphseacese  by 
H.  S.  Conard;  the  ferns  by  R.  C.  Benedict;  most  grasses  by  A.  S.  Hitchcock;  special 
groups  by  Norman  Taylor,  chiefly  among  the  composites,  palms,  and  tender  araliads; 
suggestions  on  cultivated  forms  and  on  cultivation  have  been  contributed  by  C.  P. 
Raffill,  of  the  tropical  department,  Kew;  the  survey  of  families  of  plants  and  most 
of  the  editorial  work  on  the  general  introductory  key  have  been  in  the  hands  of 
K.  M.  Wiegand;  and  many  small  groups  and  special  genera  have  found  new  treatment 
by  persons  who  have  given  them  careful  study  over  a  considerable  period  of  time. 
The  results  of  modern  scientific  studies  are  now  beginning  to  be  positively  reflected  in 
the  identification  of  garden  plants,  and  in  the  advice  for  the  cultivation  and  handling 
of  horticultural  crops  and  products.  With  so  many  persons  partaking,  it  is  of  course 
impossible  to  secure  uniformity  of  taxonomic  handling  in  the  various  groups,  but  the 
gain  of  having  the  contributions  of  specialists  will  abundantly  offset  this  small 
technical  disadvantage. 

And  yet,  it  is  true  that  very  much  of  the  work  is  necessarily  compiled  from  litera- 
ture rather  than  constructed  from  a  direct  study  of  the  plants  themselves.  There  is  no 
herbarium  or  other  complete  and  authentic  repository  of  all  the  species  of  plants  sold  by 
dealers.  The  best  that  can  be  done  in  very  many  cases  is  to  accept  the  name  appearing 
in  a  catalogue  and  to  attach  to  it  the  most  authentic  or  most  adaptable  description  of 
a  recognized  botanical  species  of  the  same  name;  there  is  no  telling  whether  the  dealers' 
plant  is  properly  determined  or  whether  it  represents  the  botanical  species  bearing  the 
same  najne.    It  is  impossible  now  to  know  how  many  wrong  determinations,  inaccurate 


PREFACE  ix 

and  insufficient  descriptions,  and  faulty  judgments  have  been  perpetuated  front)  author 
to  author  through  long  series  of  years.  All  these  matters  must  be  worked  out  in  years 
to  come,  when  the  horticultural  plants  in  the  various  groups  shall  have  been  systemati- 
cally studied  with  care.  The  Editor  repeats  the  hope  expressed  in  the  preface  written 
fourteen  years  ago  "that  every  entry  in  this  book  will  be  worked  over  and 
improved  within  the  next  quarter  century." 

Many  persons  aside  from  the  leading  authors  have  contributed  to  the  enterprise  in 
the  most  helpful  spirit.  The  Editor's  daughter  has  borne  much  of  the  burden  of  the 
office  and  editorial  detail.  Gardeners,  fruit-growers,  florists,  vegetable-growers,  teachers 
and  experimenters,  botanists,  and  the  printers,  have  responded  with  good  fellowship 
and  with  something  like  patriotic  pride.  Their  names  will  be  recorded  in  the  concluding 
volume;  and  the  public  that  uses  the  book  will  reward  them  with  its  gratitude. 

Nor  should  the  institutions  that  have  afforded  all  these  persons  the  opportunities  to 
make  their  contributions  be  overlooked.  Aside  from  those  agencies  already  mentioned, 
the  Cyclopedia  is  under  special  obligation  for  the  use  directly  or  indirectly  of  books  and 
collections  to  Cornell  University,  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  the 
New  York  Botanical  Garden,  the  Brooklyn  Botanic  Garden,  the  Missouri  Botanical 
Garden,  the  Gray  Herbarium,  the  Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  Kew,  the  agricultural 
colleges  and  experiment  stations,  and  others,  Seed  merchants,  nurserymen,  and  other 
commercial  establishments  of  standing,  have  been  very  ready  with  suggestions  and  help. 

Many  new  illustrations  have  been  added,  representing  the  work  of  several  artists. 
Most  of  the  new  work  has  been  made  by  B.  F.  Williamson,  New  York  City;  F.  Schuyler 
Mathews,  Cambridge,  Mass.;  Miss  M.  E.  Eaton,  of  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden; 
Mrs.  M.  W.  Gill,  Washington;  C.  H.  L.  Gebfert,  Boston;  and  Miss  Matilda  Smith,  of  the 
Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  Kew,  England,  whose  initials  will  be  recognized  on  the  pfetSJ 
of  the  famous  Botanical  Magazine.  By  permission  of  Professor  Sargent,  much  of  the 
accm^ate  and  beautiful  work  of  C.  E.  Faxon  and  others  in  Garden  and  Forest,  a  journal 
that  was  discontinued  more  than  fifteen  years  ago  and  is  now  out  of  the  market,  has  been 
adapted  and  made  available  for  the  present  reader;  record  is  made  in  the  text  of  the 
pictures  of  species,  at  the  places  where  they  are  used.  Some  of  the  work  in  the  old  govern^ 
ment  surveys  of  the  great  West  has  also  been  brought  to  the  use  of  the  general  public. 

It  is  not  wholly  with  satisfaction  that  one  puts  forth  a  work  oHhismagnitude.  The 
responsibility  increases  with  the  largeness  of  the  enterprise,  foi^^BH|^ro»«iot  readily 
purchase  new  and  corrected  editions  of  a  work  of  this  extent.  E\-ery  caj'g  has  been 
taken  to  present  an  accurate  and  faithful  account,  and  this  is  as  far  as  the  re'teponsibility 
can  extend.  The  Editor  can  not  expect  to  make  another  cyclopedia  of  horticulture; 
but  he  hopes  that  these  six  volumes  will  comprise  another  step  in  the  collecting,  assort- 
ing and  appraising  of  our  horticultural  knowledge. 

L.  H.  BAILEY. 

Ithaca,  New  York. 

December  SO,  1913. 


CONTENTS 

VOL.  I 

A  Synopsis  of  the  Vegetable  Kingdom 
Index  to  the  Synopsis 

Key  to  the  Families  and  Genera   . 
Index  to  the  Key 

Name-List:  English  equivalents  of  the  Latin  names  of  species 

Glossary  of  usual  botanical  and  horticultural  technical  words 

Text,  A  and  B 


Pages 

1-  78 
78 

79-136 

137-147 

148-159 
160-170 
171-602 


FULL-PAGE  PLATES 


Facing  page 

Frontispiece 


I.  The  azalea  walk,  Magnolia,  South  Carolina  (in  color) 

II.  Vegetation  areas.^ — Aquatic,  marsh  and  upland  floras,  and  showing  the  relation 
of  farm  lands      ......... 

III.  Desert  vegetation. — The  giant  cactus  {Carnegiea  gigantea);  also  bushes  of  Opuntia 

fulgida,  and  in  the  foreground  the  low  fine  growths  of  Bigelovia  Hartwegii 

IV.  Upland  vegetation. — Trees  on  a  wind-swept  plateau  .... 
V.  Anemone  coronaria,  an  old  garden  favorite         ...... 

VI.  A  good  example  of  aquatic  gardening,  with  water-lilies  and  Japanese  iris 

VII.  The  flowers  of  the  apple  tree  ......... 

VIII.  The  York  Imperial  apple  (in  color)  ....... 

IX.  Arboretum. — Plantation  of  American  oaks  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum;  Solidago 
canadensis  underplanting     ......... 

X.  Arboriculture. — Picea  pungens,  the  Colorado  blue  spruce    .... 

XL  Arboriculture. — A  palm  plantation,  with  Corypha  umhrnculifera  in  the  foreground 

XII.  Asparagus,  variety  Colossal     ......... 

XIII.  Bean. — The  bush  Hma  (in  color)      ........ 

XIV.  Foliage  begonias  well  grown  in  banks,  with  ferns  and  similar  plants     . 
XV.  The  American  blackberry. — The  Agawam,  about  natural  size 

X^'L  Botanic  garden. — The  formal  garden  of  the  Johns  Hopkins  University 
XVII.  The  arrangement  of  bouquets  ........ 

X\'in.  Canadian  orchard  development. — The  tidewater  country  in  Nova  Scotia 
XIX.  Canaflian  orchard  development. — The  bench  lands  of  British  Columbia 
XX.  A  border  of  hardy  bulbs  (in  color)   ........ 


18 

42 
79 
171 
230 
313 
331 

352 

373 
389 
412 
460 
479 
510 
523 
534 
562 
575 
594 


(X) 


EXPLANATIONS 


The  main  account  of  each  genus,  in  large  type  and 
separate  paragraph  for  each  species,  represents  the 
plants  probably  now  in  cultivation  or  at  least  of  major 
importance. 

The  "supplementarj'  lists"  in  smaller  tjqje  at  the  end 
(if  the  articles  include  names  of  plants  not  known  to  be 
in  the  trade  but  which  may  be  mentioned  in  horticul- 
tural literature,  and  also  such  Latin-form  names  of 
the  trade  as  are  imperfectly  understood  and  cannot  be 
placed  under  their  proper  species.  These  parts  are  less 
critical  finding-lists  of  other  or  e.xtra  species. 

The  Cyclopedia  undertakes  to  account  for  the 
species  in  cultivation  within  its  territory  to  the  close 
of  the  year  1912;  but  in  practice  the  introductions  are 
included  to  the  date  of  the  closing  of  the  different 
pages. 

The  size-marks  on  the  illustrations,  as  (x  J's), 
indicate  the  amount  of  reduction  as  compared  with 
natural  size,  this  scale  being  determined  merely  by 
measuring  the  flat  diameter  of  a  drawing  and  not 
representing  bulk  or  perspective. 

AUTHORSHIP 

The  practice  of  the  Cyclopedia  of  American  Horti- 
culture in  signing  the  leading  and  most  important 
articles  with  the  name  of  the  author  is  here  retained. 
The  original  author,  so  far  as  hving  or  as  he  has  desired, 
has  revised  or  rewritten  his  articles  for  the  present  work. 
In  very  many  cases,  another  person  has  now  revised  the 
articles,  and  the  name  of  the  reviser  is  indicated  by  a 
dagger  (f).  If  the  revision  has  amounted  practically 
to  a  complete  rewriting  of  the  article,  the  original 
author's  name  may  not  appear,  even  though  some  small 
parts  or  features  of  the  original  article  may  be  retained ; 
this  is  for  the  purpose  of  .safeguarding  the  original 
author  as  well  as  recognizing  the  work  of  the  present 
author:  the  first  Cyclopedia  stands  as  the  record  of  its 
own  work. 

A  name  in  parentheses,  as  "(G.  W.  Ohver),"  at  the 
close  of  a  paragraph,  indicates  that  the  person  is  the 
author  of  that  particular  paragraph  and  of  no  other  in 
the  article.  When  a  person  is  responsible  for  more  than 
one  paragraph  in  an  article,  his  part  is  set  off  by  a  sepa- 
rate heading  in  such  a  way  that  it  cannot  be  mistaken. 

It  is  desired  to  secure  experts  and  specialists  for  the 
articles;  when  this  has  not  been  accomplished,  the  task 
of  revision  has  fallen  to  the  Editor. 

Effort  has  been  made  to  bring  the  different  parts  of 
the  work  into  as  much  uniformity  of  plan  and  treatment 
as  is  possible  in  an  undertaking  of  this  kind ;  references 
have  been  compared;  proofs  have  been  submitted  to 
two  or  more  persona  in  case  of  difficult  or  doubtful  sub- 


jects; and  the  advice  as  to  cultivation  has  been  checked 
by  practical  growers. 

NOMENCLATURE 

The  nomenclature  follows  in  the  main  the  regu- 
lations of  the  "Vienna  code,"  being  the  principles 
adopted  by  the  International  Botanical  Congress  held 
in  Vienna  in  190.5.  This  code  was  adopted  by  the 
International  Horticultural  Congress  held  at  Brussels 
in  1910,  with  adaptations  to  horticultural  practice. 
When  no  combination  has  yet  been  made  under  the 
Vienna  code,  the  prevailing  usage  for  the  particular 
genus  (as  expressed  in  latest  monographs)  is  followed. 
That  is,  there  is  no  attempt  to  reduce  all  names  to  one 
system  except  so  far  as  combinations  have  already 
been  made  under  the  international  rules,  both  because 
a  cyclopedia  of  horticulture  is  hardly  the  place  in 
which  to  make  original  combinations  (except  inci- 
dentally), and  because  there  is  Uttle  likelihood  that 
any  of  the  formal  systems  will  have  permanency.  The 
subject  of  nomenclature,  and  the  attitude  of  the  Editor, 
will  be  discussed  under  "Names  and  Nomenclature" 
in  Vol.  IV.  Botanical  names  should  not  be  changed 
hghtly,  or  for  the  purpose  of  regularizing  any  particular 
scheme  or  plan,  or  to  make  them  always  conform  to 
an  arbitrary  set  of  rules.  Botanical  names  do  not  be- 
long to  botanists,  to  do  with  them  as  they  wUl.  The 
pubhc  has  good  rights  in  these  names;  and  this  is  par- 
ticularly true  in  the  names  of  cultivated  plants,  for  they 
may  then  have  standardized  commercial  value.  The 
only  stability,  of  course,  is  usage;  and  usage  can  rarely 
be  forced  into  hard-and-fast  regulations.  In  this  Cyclo- 
pedia, the  interest  is  in  stability  of  names  rather  than 
in  priority  of  names;  therefore  it  accepts  the  principle  of 
the  "nomina  conservanda"  of  the  Vienna  code,  so  far  as 
it  retains  generic  names  that  have  been  established  in 
general  usage  for  fifty  years  following  their  publication, 
even  though  the  particular  names  in  that  list  may  not 
have  been  adopted  in  every  instance. 

Not  all  the  changes  in  names  aiise  from  the  applica- 
tion of  rules  of  nomenclature.  Many  of  them  are  the 
results  of  taxonomic  studies,  which  make  new  definitions 
for  genera  and  species.  In  this  Cyclopedia,  there  are 
marked  examples  of  such  changes  in  the  citrus  genera, 
in  the  cacti,  and  other  groups.  These  changes  are  to 
be  expected  as  a  result  of  closer  studies  of  the  various 
groups,  of  accumulation  of  specimens  from  many 
regions,  and  the  progressive  modification  of  views  as 
to  the  constitution  of  genera  and  species;  they  are 
ex-pressions  of  a  living  botany.  Such  changes  will  be 
particularly  demanded  in  horticultural  plants,  for 
most  of  these  ^groups  have  not  yet  been  studied  with 
critical  care. 


(xi) 


xu 


EXPLANATIONS 


PRONUNCIATION 

Attention  is  called  to  the  fact  that  the  names  of 
genera  and  species  in  this  work  are  niivrked  to  indicate 
the  accepted  pronunciation.  The  indications  are  accent 
marks  placed  over  a  vowel.  The  accent  designates  (1) 
stress,  or  the  emphatic  syllable,  and  (2)  the  lengtli  of 
the  emphatic  vowel.  Following  the  American  custom, 
as  established  by  Gray  and  others,  a  grave  accent  {^) 
is  employed  to  designate  a  long  vowel,  and  an  acute 
accent  {')  a  short  vowel. 

Thus  officinale  is  pronounced  offici-7iay-\i;  micro- 
cdrpus  is  pronounced  micro-crfr-pus.  It  should  be 
remembered  that  the  final  e  terminates  a  separate 
syllable,  as  commu-ne,  vulga-re,  gran'-de.  This  final  e 
takes  the  short  "sound  of  i,  as  in  whip. 

Ordinarily  in  diphthongs  the  mark  is  placed  over  the 
second  letter.  Thus,  in  aurea  the  au  is  meant  to  have 
its  customary  long  sound,  as  if  written  awe.  In  eii- 
it  has  practically  the  long  sound  of  u,  as  in  Pseudo- 
Quina,  Pseitd-Acdcia.  Double  vowels  take  their  cus- 
tomary EngUsh  sounds,  as  ee  and  oo.  Thus,  the  oo  in 
Hobkeri  is  to  be  pronounced  as  in  hook.  In  most  cases, 
the  letters  oi  (from  the  Greek,  meaning  like  to)  are  to 
be  pronounced  separately:  if  the  i  is  the  penultimate 
syllable  (next  to  the  last),  it  is  long,  as  in  yuccm-des; 
if  the  i  is  the  antepenultimate  syllable  (third  from  the 
end),  it  is  short,  as  in  rhomboi-dea.  In  dioicus  and 
monoicus,  however,  the  oi  is  a  true  diphthong,  as  in 
moist. 

These  pronunciations  follow,  in  general,  the  common 
English  method  of  pronouncing  Latin  names.  However, 
many  of  the  Latinized  forms  of  substantive  and  per- 
sonal names  are  so  unlike  Latin  in  general  construction 
that  the  pronunciation  of  them  may  not  follow  the  rule. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  biological  nomenclature  is  a  lan- 
guage of  itself  thrown  into  a  Latin  form,  and  it  should 
not  be  a  source  of  regret  if  it  does  not  closely  foUow 
classical  rules  in  its  pronunciation  of  outlying  or  non- 
Latin  names. 

It  has  seemed  best  to  make  an  exception  to  strict  liter- 
arj'  rules  in  the  case  of  personal  commemorative  names 
in  the  genitive:  we  retain,  so  far  as  possible,  the  pro- 
nunciation of  the  original  name.  Thus,  a  plant  named 
for  Carey  is  called  ('a-reyi,  not  Cariy-i;  for  Sprenger, 
Spr&ng-eri,  not  Spreng'er-i;  for  Forbes,  Forhs'-ii,  not 
Forhii-ii.  It  cannot  be  expected  that  uniform  consi.s- 
tency  has  been  attained  in  this  matter.  It  is  not 
always  known  how  the  person  pronounced  his  name; 
and  many  personal  names  do  not  make  conformable 
Latinized  words.  No  arbitrarj' method  of  pronouncing 
personal  names  is  likely  to  be  satisfactory. 

It  may  be  well  to  add  what  are  understood  to  be 
the  long  and  short  sounds  of  the  vowels: 

i  as  in  cane.  d  as  in  cone. 

&  as  in  can.  6  as  in  con. 

i  as  in  mete.  u  as  in  juti'. 

e  as  in  met.  &  as  in  jut 

1  as  in  jyine, 

I  as  in  inn. 

J  is  often  used  as  a  vowel  instead  of  i 


SPELLING 

The  original  spelling  of  generic  and  specific  names 
is  preferred;  that  is,  the  spelhng  used  by  the  person 
who  made  the  name.  In  some  cases  this  original 
orthography  does  not  conform  to  the  etymology  of 
the  name,  partii^ularly  if  the  name  is  made  from  that 
of  a  person.  Such  a  case  is  Diervilla,  named  for  Diere- 
ville.  Ideally,  the  name  should  be  spelled  Dierevillea, 
but  Tournefort  and  Linna;us  did  not  so  spell  it. 

In  accordance  with  the  best  authorities,  the  digraph 
se  is  used  in  the  words  caerulea,  cierulescens,  caespitosa, 
ccBsia;  ae  is  used  in  coelestis  and  coelestinum. 

The  type  ligatures  as  and  oe  have  been  dropped  from 
Latin-made  names  that  have  come  into  the  vernacular. 
Thus,  as  a  common  or  English  name,  Spirjea  becomes 
spirea,  Pseonia  becomes  peonia  or  peony,  Brodiaea 
becomes  brodiea,  Cratsegus  becomes  crategus. 

THE  KEYS 

There  are  two  groups  of  keys  in  the  Cyclopedia, — 
the  main  key,  in  Vol.  I,  to  leading  families  and  genera, 
and  the  keys  to  the  species  in  the  different  genera  in 
all  the  volumes.  The  user  of  the  Cyclopedia  should  forth- 
with famiharize  the  method  of  the  keys.    Page  79. 

To  faciUtate  the  study  of  the  plants,  the  species 
have  been  arranged  systematically  or  horticulturally, 
under  the  genus,  rather  than  alphabetically;  and  in 
large  or  complex  genera,  an  alphabetical  index  has 
been  supphed  for  rapid  reference.  The  grouping  of  the 
species  is  founded  preferably  on  horticultural  rather 
than  on  botanical  characters,  so  that  the  arrangement 
does  not  always  express  botanical  relationships. 

The  species-keys  are  arranged  primarily  to  aid  the 
gardener  in  making  determinations.  Every  effort  is 
made  sharply  to  contrast  the  species  rather  than  to 
describe  them.  A  word  of  explanation  will  facihtate 
the  use  of  the  keys.  The  sjjecies  are  arranged  in  coordi- 
nate groups  of  various  ranks,  and  groups  of  equal  rank 
are  marked  by  the  same  letter.  Thus,  group  .\  is 
coordinate  with  aa  and  with  aaa,  and  group  b  with  bb 
and  bbb;  and  the  b  groups  are  subordinate  to  the  .i 
groups,  and  the  c  groups  to  the  b  groups,  and  so  on. 
Moreover,  whenever  possible,  the  coordinate  keys 
begin  with  the  same  catchword:  thus,  if  a  begins 
"flowers,"  so  do  aa  and  aaa;  and  this  catchword  is 
not  used  for  keys  of  other  rank.  As  an  example,  refer 
to  Abutilon,  page  177.  Look  first  at  a,  beginning 
"Lvs.,"  then  at  aa,  also  beginning  "Lvs."  Under  aa 
are  the  coordinate  divisions  B  and  bb,  each  with 
"Foliage"  for  the  catchword.  Under  b  there  are  no 
subdivisions,  but  under  bb  there  are  divisions  c  and 
cc,  each  with  "Fls."  for  a  catchword.  Under  c  there  are 
no  subdivisions,  but  cc  has  two  coordinate  divisions, 
D,  DD,  each  with  "Blossoms"  for  a  catchword.  Again,  D 
happens  to  have  no  division,  but  dd  has  the  divisions 
E  and  EE  with  "Lf.-blades"  as  the  catchword.  In  other 
wonls,  if  the  plant  in  hand  does  not  fall  under  A,  the 
inquirer  goes  at  once  to  aa.  If  it  falls  under  aa,  then  he 
determines  whether  it  belongs  to  b  or  to  bb,  and  so  on. 


EXPLANATIONS 


Xlll 


A  display  of  a  scheme  would  stand  as  follows: 

A.  Leaves,  etc. 

B.  Flowers,  etc. 
c.  Fruits,  etc. 
D.  Pods,  etc. 
DD.  Pods,  etc. 

E.  Seeds,  etc. 
EE.  Seeds,  etc. 
cc.  Fruits,  etc. 
BB.  Flowers,  etc. 
AA.  Leaves,  etc. 

B.  Roots,  etc. 

c.  Flowers,  etc. 

D.  Margins  of  leaves,  etc. 
DD.  Margins  of  leaves,  etc. 
cc.  Flowers,  etc. 
BB.  Roots,  etc. 
BBB.  Roots,  etc. 
AAA.  Leaves,  etc. 

When  the  genus  is  large  or  the  treatment  is  compli- 
cated, the  key  may  be  placed  seijarately  at  the  begin- 
ning rather  than  to  be  divided  among  the  paragraphs; 
tliis  allows  the  student  to  see  the  entire  scheme  or 
plan  at  once.    See  Acer,  page  196. 

ABBREVIATIONS  OF  BOTANICAL  TERMS 
AND  GENERAL  EXPRESSIONS 


ca-ps. 

capsule. 

cult.  . 

cultivated,  cultivation. 

(Ham. 

diameter. 

E.     .      . 

East. 

fl.      .      .      . 

flower. 

Jls.     .      . 

flowers. 

fid.    .      .      . 

flowered  (as  few-fld.). 

fr.     .      . 

fruit. 

frs.    .      . 

fruits. 

ft.      .      . 

foot,  feet. 

in.     . 

inch,  inches. 

incl.  . 

including. 

infl.  .      . 

inflorescence  (cluster) . 

intra. 

introduced. 

If.      .      . 

leaf. 

Ift.     .      . 

leaflet. 

Ifts.   .      . 

leaflets. 

Ivd.    .      .    . 

.     leaved. 

Ivs.    .      . 

leaves. 

^^   .    . 

North. 

Prop. 

propagated,  propagation 

S.     .     . 

South. 

segtn.,  segms 

segment.,  segments. 

St.       .       . 

stem. 

sts.    . 

.stems. 

subfam. 

subfamily. 

syn.  . 

synonym. 

Trap.      . 

tropics,  tropical. 

var.   . 

variety. 

W.    .      . 

West. 

t 

reviser  (of  an  article). 

=  (sign  of  in 

firtil 

ty) 

numerous,  many. 

BOOKS  AND  PERIODICALS 

To  aid  the  student  in  the  verification  of  the  work, 
and  to  introduce  him  to  the  literature  of  the  various 
subjects,  citations  are  made  to  the  portraits  of  plants 
in  the  leading  periodicals  to  which  the  American 
referrer  is  most  hkely  to  have  access.  These  references 
to  pictures  have  been  verified,  as  far  as  possible,  both 
in  the  MS.  and  in  the  proof.  A  uniform  and  regular 
form  of  citation  is  much  to  be  desired,  but  is  extremely 
difficult  to  secure  because  periodicals  rarely  agree  in 
methods.  It  was  decided  to  omit  the  year  in  most  cases, 
because  of  the  pressure  for  space,  but  the  student  who 
lacks  access  to  the  original  volumes  may  usually 
ascertain  the  year  by  consulting  the  bibliographical 
notes  below. 

An  arbitrary  and  brief  method  of  citation  has 
been  chosen.  At  the  outset  it  seemed  best  to  indicate 
whether  the  cited  picture  is  colored  or  not.  This  ac- 
counts for  the  two  ways  of  citing  certain  publications 
containing  both  kinds  of  pictures,  as  The  Garden, 
Revue  Horticole,  and  Gartenflora.  The  figures  given 
below  explain  the  method  of  citation,  and  incidentally 
give  some  hints  as  to  the  number  of  volumes  to  date, 
and  of  the  number  of  pages  or  plates  in  one  of  the  latest 
volumes. 

Standard  works  on  the  bibliography  of  botany 
are  Pritzel's  "Thesaurus"  and  Jackson's  "Guide  to 
the  Literature  of  Botany;"  also,  Jackson's  "Catalogue 
of  the  Library  of  the  Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  Kew." 
Rehder's  "Bradley  Bibliography,"  a  guide  to  the 
literature  of  the  woody  plants  of  the  world,  is  invalu- 
able. The  Catalogue  of  the  Library  of  the  Arnold 
Arboretum,  Harvard  University,  now  being  printed, 
will  afford  an  excellent  guide  to  the  hterature  of  botany, 
particularly  as  it  relates  to  woody  plants. 

A.F.  .  .  .  The  American  Florist.  Chicago.  A  trade 
paper  founded  August  15,  1885.  The  vol- 
umes end  with  July.  Many  pictures  re- 
peated in  "Gng."  (14: 1524=vol.  and  page.) 

A.G.  .  .  .  American  Gardening.  New  York.  Represents 
14  extinct  horticultural  periodicals,  includ- 
ing The  American  Garden  (1888-1890). 
(20:896=vol.  and  page.) 

B The  Botanist.    Edited  by  Maund.    No  years 

on  title  pages.  Founded  1839.  Eight  vols., 
50  colored  plates  in  each  vol.  (8:400  = 
vol.  and  col.  plate.)    Cumulative  index. 

B.B.  .  .  Britton  &  Brown.  An  Illustrated  Flora  of  the 
Northern  U.  S.,  etc.  New  York,  1896  98. 
Ed.  2  in  1913.  (3:588=voI.  and  page  of  ed. 
1;  (ed.  2)  3:=vol.  and  page  of  ed.  2). 

B.H.  ...  La  Belgique  Horticole.  Ghent.  35  vols. 
(1851-1885). 

B.M.  .  .  .  Curtis'  Botanical  Magazine.  London. 
Founded  1787.  The  oldest  current  peri- 
odical devoted  to  garden  plants.  The  vol. 
for  1912  is  vol.  138  of  the  whole  work. 
Index  to  first  107  vols,  by  E.  Tonks. 
London.      (7690=col.  plate.) 

B.R.  .  .  .  Botanical  Register  (1815-1847).  Vols.  1-14 
edited  by  Edwards;  vols.  15-33  by  Lind- 
ley.  In  vols.  1-23  the  plates  are  numbered 
from  1-2014.  In  vols.  24-33  they  are  num- 
bered independently  in  each  vol.  There  are 
688  plates  in  vols.  24-33.  "An  Appendix  to 
the  First  Twenty-three  Volumes"  (bound 
separately  or  with  the  25th  vol.)  contains 
an  index  to  the  first  23  vols.  An  index  to 
vols.  24-31  may  be  found  in  vol.  31.  (1198  = 
col.  plate.    33: 70= vol.  and  col.  plate.) 


XIV 

H.S.D         .  BiiUotin  dola  Soeiftf  dcndroloRiqiic  tie  Fniiire. 

rmis.     Fouudi-il   10(10.    One  vol.  each  yi'ur. 

Illustrated.     0'-'07;  19S=yo;ir  and  page.) 
H.T  .   Britton.     North   American  trees.    New  York. 

liKlS.    .Ml  .Vmcricau  trees  illustrated. 
C.L.A..  .  .  Countr.v  Life  in  America.   Founded  Nov.  1901. 

Two    volumes    a    year.    (12:75  =  vol.    and 

CO.  .  .  .  Cogniaux.  Dictionnaire  Icoiiographique  des 
Orciiid^es.  Colored  plates,  with  descriptions. 
(6=col.  plate.) 

Km Emerson,  G.  B.  Trees  and  Shrubs  of  Mas- 
sachusetts.   Boston.    2  vols.     149  plates. 

F The    Florist.      London.      1S40-1S84.      (1SS4: 

192=year  and  page  opp.  col.  plate.)  Edi- 
tors and  title  pages  changed  many  times. 
Known  as  the  Florist,  Florist's  Journal 
and  Florist  and  Pomologist.  Sometimes 
improperly  called  British  Florist. 

F.O.  .  .  .  Floral  Cabinet  Knowlcs  &  Westcott.  Lon- 
don.   1S37-1S40.    3  vols.,  4to. 

F.E.  .  .  .  The  Florists'  E.xchange.  New  York.  A  trade 
paper,  whose  pictures  sometimes  are  re- 
peated in  "A.  G."  Founded  Dec.  8,  1888. 
(H:129S=vol.  and  page.) 

F.M.  .  .  .  Floral  Magazine.  London.  Series  I.  1861- 
1871,  Svo.  Series  II.  1872-1881,  4to. 
(1881; 450  =year  and  col.  plate.) 

F.R.  .  .  .  Florists'  Review.  Chicago.  A  trade  paper. 
Vol.  1,  Dec.  2,  1897,  to  May  26,  1898.  Two 
vols,  a  year  (4:660=vol.  and  page.) 

F.S.  .  .  .  Flore  des  Scrres.  Ghent.  (1S45-1880.)  Incon- 
sistent in  numbering,  but  the  plate  numbers 
are  always  found  on  the  plate  itself  or  on  the 
page  opposite.  Valuable  but  perplexing 
indexes  in  vols.  15  and  19.  23  vols.  (23:2481 
=vol.  and  col.  plate.) 

F.S.R.  .  .  Flora  and  Sylva.  London.  1903-1905.  Edited 
by  W.  Robinson.  3  vols.  (2:24=vol.  and 
page  opposite  colored  plate.  2,  p.  31=vol. 
and  page  containing  black  figure.) 

F.W.  .  .  .  The  Floral  World  and  Garden  Guide.  Lon- 
don. Edited  by  Shirley  Hibberd.  1858- 
1880.  No  plates  until  18G8.  (1875:33=year 
and  col.  plate.) 

G Gardening,    Illustrated.      London.      Founded 

March  1,  1880.  Vols,  begin  with  the  March 
number.    (10:25=vol.  and  page.) 

G.C.  .  .  .  The  Gardeners'  Chronicle.  London.  Series  I. 
(1841-1873)  is  cited  by  year  and  page. 
Series  II  or  "New  Series"  (1874-1886),  is 
cited  thus:  II.  26:824=series,  volume  and 
page.  Series  III  is  cited  thus:  III.  26:416. 
"Two  vols,  a  year,  beginning  1874.  A  select 
index  is  scattered  through  1879  and  1880. 
Consult  II.  12:  viii  (1879),  and  similar  places 
in  stibsequent  vols. 

G.F.  .  .  .  Garden  and  Forest.  New  York.  1888-1897. 
(10:518=vol.  and  page.) 

G.L.  .  .  .  Garden  Life.  London.  Incorporates  The 
CJardeniug  World  after  May  1,  1909.  Cited 
only  from  vol.  16.  (16:54=vol.  and  page.) 

G.M.  .  .  .  Gardeners'  Magazine.  London.  Ed.  by 
Shirley  Hibberd.  Founded  1860.  Cited 
from  vol.  31  on.    (42:872=vol.  and  page.) 

On The  Garden.    London.    Founded   1871.    Two 

vols,  a  year  through  1906.  Since  then 
one  vol.  (56:458=vol.  and  page  opp. 
col.  plate.  56,  p.  458=vol.  and  page  con- 
taining black  figure.)  An  Index  of  the  first 
20  vols,  was  separately  published.  Com- 
plete Index  of  Colored  Plates  to  end  of  1897 
in  vol:  54,  p.  334. 

Gng.  .  .  .  Garditning.  Chicago.  Founded  Sept.  15, 
1892.  Vols,  end  Sept.  1.  (7:384=vol.  and 
page.) 

Gn.  M.  .  .  The  Garden  Magazine.  Garden  City,  N.  Y. 
Founded   1905.     (7:.543=vol.   and  page.) 

Gd.  W  Gardening  World.    Founded  1884.    Incorjjora- 

t<il  after  1909  in  Garden  Life.  (7:ll8=vol. 
and  page.  J 

G.O.H.  .  Guirnpel,  Otto  &  Hayne.  Abbildungen  der 
fremden  in  Deutschland  ausdauernden  Holz- 
arten.    Berlin,  1825.    144  col.  plates. 


EXPLANATIONS 


Gt Gartenflora.      Berlin.      Founded     1862.     (Gt. 

48:1470=vol.  and  col.  plate.  Gt.  48,  p. 
670=vol.  and  page  containing  black 
figure.) 

G.W.  ...  Die  Gartenwelt.  Founded  1896.  The  first 
year  it  appeared  under  the  title  "Hesdorf- 
fers  Monatshcfte  fiir  Blumen-  und  Gartcn- 
freunde."  (13;58=vol.  and  col.  plate.  13, 
p.  58=vol.  and  page.) 

G.W.H.  .  .  Guimpel,  Willdenow  and  Hayne.  Abbildung 
der  deutscher  Holzarten.  2  vols.  Berlin 
1815-20.    216  col.  plates. 

G.Z.  .  .  .  Illustrirte  Garten-Zeitung.  Founded  Oct.  1856. 
One  col.  plate  in  each  month.  (4:88=vol. 
and  col.  plate.) 

HBK.  .  .  .  Humboldt,  Bonpland  &  Kunth.  Nova  Genera 
et  .Species,  etc.  Paris.  1815-25.  7  vols. 
F'olio. 

H.E.  .  .  .  Hooker,  Exotic  Flora.  London,  1823-7.  232 
col.  plates. 

H.F.  .  .  .  L'  Horticulteur  Frangais.  1st.  series  1851- 
1859.  2nd  series  18.59-1872.  (1853:273  = 
1st.  series,  year  and  col.  plate.  II.  1860:381 
=2nd.  series,  year  and  col.  plate.) 

H.H.  .  .  .  Hough,  Handbook  of  Trees  of  the  Northern 
States  and  Canada.  Lowville,  N.  Y.  1907. 
All  trees  of  the  region  illustrated;  all  parts 
of  the  trees,  including  bark  represented  by 
photographic  reproductions. 

H.I Hooker's        Icones         Plantarum.      London. 

Founded  in  1837.  Contains  up  to  1913 
3,000  black  plates  in  30  vols.  The  plates 
with  botanical  descriptions  in  Latin. 

H.U L'Horticulteur  Universel.    Paris.     1839-1845. 

8  vols,  with  col.  plates.  The  first  6  vols, 
edited  by  C'.  Lemaire.  Vol.  7  and  8  called 
Deiixifeme  and  Nouvelle  sferie  (7:2S=vol. 
and  plate.) 

H.W.  .  .  .  Hempel  and  Wilhelm.  Baume  und  Straucher 
des  Waldes.  Wien,  1889-99.  3  vols.  60  beau- 
tiful col.  plates  and  numerous  black  illustra- 
tions in  the  text  (3:45  =vol.  and  col.  plate; 
3,  p.  113=vol.  and  page  containing  black 
figure). 

I.H.  .  .  .  L'lllustration  Horticole.  Ghent.  (1854-1896.) 
(43;72=vol.  and  col.  plate.)  The  volumes 
were  numbered  continuously,  but  there  were 
6  series.  Series  1  =  1854-6.3.  Series  11  = 
1864-9.  Series  111=1870-80.  Series  IV 
=  1881-6.  Series  V  =  1887-93.  Series  VI 
=1894-6.  The  plates  were  numbered  con- 
timiously  in  the  first  16  vols,  from  1  to  614: 
in  vols.  17-33  they  run  from  1  to  619:  in 
series  V  from  1  to  190:  in  Series  VI  they 
begin  anew  with  each  vol.  Valuable  indexes 
in  vols.  10  and  20.  Series  V  in  4to,  the  rest 
8vo. 

I.T Icones    Selectse   Horti    Thenensis.    Bnixelles, 

1899-1909.  6  vols,  with  240  plates. (6: 220  = 
vol.  and  black  plate.) 

J Jardin;  journal  bi-niensuel  d'horticulture  gen- 

ferale.  Paris.  F"ounded  in  1887.  flO:36 
=vol.  and  page  opp.  col.  plate;  10,  p.  345 
=vol.  and  page  containing  black  figure.) 

J.C.T.  .  .  Journalof  the  College  of  Science,  Imperial  Uni- 
versity. Tokyo,  Japan.  Founded  iu  1886;. 33 
vols,  up  to  1913.  Contains  black  plates  and 
figures  in  the  text  of  plants  of  E.  Asia. 
(6:3=vol.  and  plate.) 

J.F Le     Jardin     Fleuriste.      Ghent.      1851-1854. 

Edited  by  C.  Lemaire.  4  vols,  with  430 
col.  plates  and  black  figures  in  the  text. 
(4:421  ^vol.  and  col.  plate;  4,  p.  66=vol. 
and  page  containing  bl.ack  figure.l 

J.H Journal   of  Horticulture.     London.     Founded 

in  1848  as  The  Cottage  Gardener.  Series 
III  only  is  cited,  beginning  1880.  (III. 
39:504=series,  vol.,  page.) 

J. H.F.  .  .  Journal  de  la  Soci6t^  d'horticulture  de  France. 
Paris.  Founded  in  1827  as  .'Vnnali'S  et  Jour- 
nal de  la  Socifet^  Tiiy.  d'horticvilture  de  Paris. 
Only  series  IV  is  cited,  beginning  1900.  (IV. 
1 :  209  =serie8,  vol.  and  pace  containing 
black  figure.) 


EXPLANATIONS 


XV 


J.H.S.  .  Journal  of  the  Horticultural  Society  of  Lon- 
don. Founded  in  1846.  9  vols,  from  1S46- 
55.  A  new  series  started  in  1866.  The  earlier 
series  is  cited  by  the  year,  the  new  series  by 
the  volume  (1846:  lS8=year,  page  opposite 
plate;  •28:394,  fig.  96=vol.,  page  opposite 
black  plate  or  containing  black  figure,  and 
fig.  in  case  of  several  figures.) 

L.B.C.  .  .  The  Botanical  Cabinet.  Loddiges.  1817- 
33.  100  plates  in  each  vol.  Complete  index 
in  last  vol.    (20:2000=vol.  and  col.  plate.) 

L.D.  .  .  .  Loiseleur-Deslongschamps,  Herbier  g^nferal 
de  I'amateur.  Paris.  1816-27.  8  vols,  with 
574  col.  plates.  There  is  a  second  series, 
1839-44  in  4  vols,  with  309  plates  which  ia 
very  rare  and  not  quoted. 

L.I La  valine,     .^boretum     Segrezianum;     Icones 

selectae.  Paris,  1880-5.  36  black  platea 
of  trees  and  shrubs. 

Lind.  .  .  .  Lindenia.  Ghent.  Founded  1885.  Folio. 
Devoted  to  orchids. 

Lowe.  .  .  .  Beautiful  Leaved  Plants.  E.  J.  Lowe  and 
Howard.    London.     1864.     (60=col.  plate.) 

M.  ...  A.  B.  Freeman-Mitford.  The  Bamboo  Gar- 
den.   London.    1896.    (224=page.) 

M.D.  .  .  .  Mitteilungen  der  Deutschen  dendrologischen 
Gesellschaft.  Bonn.  Founded  in  1892. 
(1912,  p.  161^year  and  page  containing 
black  figure;  1910:l=year  and  page  opp. 
col.  plate.) 

M.D.G.  .  .  MoUer's  Deutsche  Gartner-Zeitung.  Erfurt. 
Founded  1886.    ( 1897: 425  =year  and  page.) 

Mn Meehan's  Monthly.  Germantown,  Phila- 
delphia. Founded  1891.  (9:192=vol.  and 
page  opp.  col.  plate.) 

Mn.N.  .  .  Meehan.  The  Native  Flowers  and  Ferns  of  the 
United  States.  Philadelphia.  1878-80.  4  vols, 
in  2  series  (II.  2:3=series,  vol.  and  plate.) 

Mx Michaux.    Histoire    des    arbres    forestiers  de 

I'AmSrique  septentrionale.  Paris,  1810-13. 
3  vols,  with  138  plates.  The  English  trans- 
lation under  the  title  The  North  American 
Sylva  has  156  plates. (3:4  =vol.  and  plate.) 

N.D.  .  .  .  Nouveau  Duhamel.  Traite  des  arbres  et 
arbustes.  Paris,  1801-19.  7  vols,  with  488 
col.  plates.  The  first  edition  by  Duhamel  du 
Monceau  was  published  in  1755  and  contains 
onlj'  250  black  plates;  the  second  edition 
was  edited  by  several  botanists  and  is  reallj- 
an  entirely  new  work.  (7 :  33  =vol.  and  plate. ) 

O Orchis.     Beilage  zur  Gartenflora.    (1910:88  = 

year  and  col.  plate.  1910,  'p.  88=year  and 
page. ) 

O.R.  .  .  .  Orchid  Review.  London.  Founded  1893.  (18: 
169  =  vol.  and  plate.) 

P.G.  .  .  .  Popular  Gardening.  Buffalo.  1885-90.  (5:270 
=vol.  and  page.) 

P.M.  .  .  .  Pa.xton's  Magazine  of  Botany.  London.  1834- 
49.  (16:376=vol.  and  page  opposite  col. 
plate.)     Vol.  15  has   index   of  first  15  vols. 

R Reichenbachia.  Edited  by  Fred.  Sander.  Lon- 
don.   Founded  1886.    Folio. 

R.B.  .  .  .  Revue  de  I'Horticulture  Beige  et  Etrang^re. 
Ghent.  Founded  1875.  (23:288=vol.  and 
page  opp.  col.  plate.) 

R.F.G.  .  .  Reichenbach.  Icones  Florae  Germanicae  et  Hel- 
veticae.  Leipzig.  Founded  in  1834.  25 
vols,  with  more  than  3,000  col.  platea 
issued  up  to  1913. 

R.H.  .  .  .  Revue  Horticole.  Dates  from  1826,  but  is 
now  considered  to  have  been  founded  in 
1829.  (1899: 596  =year  and  page  opp.  col. 
plate.  1899,  p.  596=year  and  page  opp. 
black  figure.) 

S Schneider.  The  Book  of  Choice  Ferns.  Lon- 
don. In  3  vols.  Vol.  1,  1892.  Vol.  2,  1893. 
Vol,  3,  1894.    (l:390=vol.  and  page.) 

S.E.B.  Sowerby.   English   Botany.     Ed.   3.     London, 

186.3-1902.  13  vols,  with  1952  plates.  The 
first  edition  was  published  1790-1814  in  36 
vols.    Only  the  third  edition  is  quoted. 


S.H.  Semaine  Horticole.     Ghent.      Founded  1897. 

(3:548=vol.  and  page.) 

S.I.F.  .  .  Shirasawa.  Iconographie  des  essences  fores- 
ti&res  du  Japon.  Tokyo.  190U-8.  2  vols, 
with  161  col.  plates.  (2: 73  =  vol.  and 
plate.) 

S.M.    .   .  .  Sargent.      Manual    of    the    Trees    of    North 

America.     Boston    and    New    York.    1905. 

(SlO^page  containing  black  figure.) 
S.O.B.    .  .  Schmidt.  Oesterreich's  allgemeine  Baumzucht. 

Wien,    1792-1822.      4    vols,    with    240    col. 

plates.    (4: 237:= vol.  and  plate.) 

S.S Sargent.     The   Silva   of   North   America.     13 

vols.  Vol.  1,  1891.  Vol.  12,  1898.  (12:620  = 
vol.  and  plate,  not  colored.) 

S.T.S.  .  .  .  Sargent.  Trees  and  Shrubs.  Boston  and  New 
York,  1902-13.  2  vols.  200  Ijlack  platea 
of  trees  and  shrubs,  native  and  foreign. 
(2:147=vol.  and  plate.) 

S.Z Siebold   &   Zuccarini.     Flora   Japonica.     Vol. 

1,  1835-44.  Vol.  2  partly  by  Miquel,  1845-70. 
(2:150=vol.  and  plate.) 

V Vick's  Magazine.    Rochester,  N.  Y.    Founded 

1878.  Vols,  numbered  continuously  through 
the  3  series.  Vols,  begin  with  Nov.  (23:250 
^vol.  and  page.) 

V.F.  .  .  .  Vilmorin  &  Bois.  Fruticetum  Vilmorinianum. 
Paris,  1904.  (205=page  containing  black 
figure.) 

V.O.  .  .  .  James  Veitch  &  Sons.  A  Manual  of  Orchida- 
ceous Plants,  cultivated  under  glass  in 
Great  Britain.    London.    1887-94. 

W.D.B.  .  .  Watson,  Dendrologia  Britannica.  London,  1825. 
2  vols,  with  172  col.  plates  (2:l60=voL  and 
plate.) 

THE  AUTHORS  OF  BOTANICAL  NAMES 

By  common  consent,  the  Latin  name  of  a  plant,  in 
order  to  be  considered  by  botanists,  must  first  be 
regularly  published  by  a  reputable  author  in  a  rep- 
utable book  or  periodical.  .■Vs  an  index  to  this  name, 
the  name  of  its  author  is  published  with  it  whenever  an 
accurate  account  of  the  species  is  given.  Thus,  ''Ber- 
beris  aristata,  DC."  (p.  490)  means  that  this  name  was 
made  by  De  Candolle.  This  citation  at  once  dis- 
tinguishes De  CandoUe's  Berberis  aristata  from  any 
other  Berberis  aristata, — for  e.xample,  from  Sims' 
(p.  492).  It  is  always  possible  that  some  other  author 
may  have  given  the  same  name  to  some  other  plant, 
in  which  case  the  older  name  must  stand.  In  some 
ca.ses,  the  fact  that  there  are  two  plants  passing  under 
one  name  is  indicated  in  the  citation:  "Berberis  sinensis, 
HemsL,  not  Poir."  (p.  490,  nos.  10,  II)  means  that 
Hemsley  and  Poiret  apphed  the  name  B.  siiiensis  to 
different  plants.  B.  ilicifolia,  Forst.,  is  not  the  same  aa 
B.ilicifolia,  Hort.  (p.  492,  nos.  27,  31);  'Hort."  means 
that  the  particular  name  is  one  in  use  amongst  horti- 
culturists,— that  it  is  a  garden  name. 

The  cit.ation  of  authorities  gives  a  clue  to  the  time 
and  plac.e  of  publication  of  the  species.  It  is  an  index 
to  the  literature  of  the  subject.  It  is  no  part  of  the  idea 
merely  to  give  credit  or  honor  to  the  man  who  made 
the  name.  It  is  held  by  some  that  the  authority  is  an 
integral  part  of  the  name,  and  should  always  go  with 
it;  but  common  usage  dictates  otherwise,  for  the 
authority  is  never  pronounced  with  the  Latin  words 
in  common  speech.  The  authority  is  a  matter  of  iden- 
tification, not  of  language. 


x^^ 


EXPLANATIONS 


Following  !ire  the  authors  most  frequently  cited  in 
UiLs  Cyclopedia: 

Adans.     Michael  Adanson.  1727-1806.    France. 

AiT.     William  Aitoii.  17;U-1793.    England. 

Arr.  f.  William  Townsend  Aitou,  the  son,  1766-1849. 
England. 

All.    Carlo  .Uliom,  1725-1804.   Italy. 

Anders.,  T.  Thomas  .\ndcrson,  Director  of  Botanic  Gar- 
den in  Calcutta. 

Andr.  Henry  C.  .\ndrews,  botanical  artist  and  engraver, 
conducted  The  Botanists'  Repository  from  1799- 
ISll,  and  illustrated  books  on  heaths,  geraniums  and 
roses. 

Andre.  Edward  .Vndrfe,  1840—1911,  first  editor  of  Illustra- 
tion Horticole,  later  editor-in-chief  of  Rc\Tje  Horticole. 

Ant.  Franz  .\ntoine,  director  of  the  royal  gardens  at 
Schoubrunn,  1815. 

Arn.  George  Arnold  Walker  Arnott,  1799-1868.  Scot- 
land. 

AscHERS.  Paul  Ascherson,  professor  of  botany,  Berlin. 
1834-1913. 

Attbl.    J.  B.  C.  F.  Aublet,  1720-1778.    France. 

AucT.,  AuTH.  Authors;  referring  to  usage  by  various  or 
many  writers. 

Backh.    J.  Backhous,  English  botanist  and  traveler. 

Baill.  H.  Baillon,  author  of  the  great  natural  history  of 
plants  in  French. 

Baker.  John  Gilbert  Baker,  formerly  keeper  of  the  Her- 
barium of  the  Royal  Gardens,  Kew,  England. 

Balt.  Charles  Baltet,  frequent  contributor  to  Revue 
Horticole. 

Bart.    William  P.  C.  Barton,   1787-1856.    Pennsylvania. 

Bartr.     William  Bartram,  1739-1823.   American  botanist. 

Batem.  James  Bateman,  writer  and  student  of  orchids. 
England. 

Beacv.  Ambroise  Marie  Fran?ois  Joseph  Palisot  de 
Beauvois,  1755-1820.    France. 

Becc.  O.  Beccari,  Italian  botanist  and  writer  on  E.  Indian 
botany. 

Beck.    Lewis  C.  Beck,  1798-1853.    New  York. 

Beissn.  L.  Beissner,  Inspector  of  the  Botanic  Gardens 
at  Bonn,  and  Instructor  at  Poppelsdorf.  Pub.  "Hand- 
buch  der  N'adelholzkunde." 

Benth.  George  Bentham,  1800-1884,  one  of  the  dis- 
tinguished botanists  of  England;  one  of  the  authors 
of  Bentham  &  Hooker's  "Genera  Plantarum." 

Benth.  &  Hook.  George  Bentham  and  J.  D.  Hooker 
authors  of  "Genera  Plantarum."    England. 

Beruer.    Ernst  Berger,  died  1853.   Germany. 

Bernh.    Johann  Jacob  Beruhardi,  1774-1850.    Germany. 

Bert.  Carlo  Guiseppe  Bertero,  1789-1831.  Died  between 
Tahite  and  Chile. 

BiEB.  Friedrich  August  Marschall  von  Bierberstein,  1768- 
1826.    German  botanist;  lived  later  in  Russia. 

BiGEL.    Jacob  Bigelow,  1787-1879.    Massachusetts. 

Blume.  Karl  Ludwig  Blume,  born  1796  at  Braunschweig, 
died  1862  at  Leyden.     Wrote  much  on  Javan  plants. 

Bois.  D6sir4  Georges  Jean  Marie  Bois,  editor  of  Revue 
Horticole.   Paris. 

Boiss.  Edmond  Boissier,  1810-1886.  Switzerland.  Author 
of  "Flora  Orientalis"  and  other  works. 

BOJEB.  W.  Bojer,  1800-1856,  author  of  a  Flora  of  Mauri- 
tius.  Austria. 

BOSPL.    Aimfe  Bonpland.    1773-1858.   France. 

BoRKH.  .Moritz  Balthasar  Borkhausen,  1760-1806.  Ger- 
many. 


Br.,  N.  E.   N.  E.  Brown,  Royal   Botanic  Gardens,  Kew, 

England. 
Br.,  R.     Robert  Brown,  born  1773,  Scotland,  died  1858, 

London.    Author  of  many  important  works. 
Brit.    Nathaniel   Lord   Britton,   Director  of    New    York 

Botanical  Garden,  New  York  City. 
Brongn.    Adolphe     Theodore     Brongniart,      1801-1876. 

France. 
Buch.-Ham.     Francis    Buchanan,    later   Lord   Hamilton, 

wrote  on  Indian  plants. 
BucKL.    Samuel    Botsford    Buckley,    1809-1884.     United 

States. 
Bull.    William  Bull,  plant  merchant.    London. 
Bull.    Pierre   BuUiard,    1742-1793,   author   of   the   great 

"Herbier  de  la  France"  in  12  folio  volumes,  with  600 

plates. 
BuNGE.     Alexander  von  Bunge,  1803-1890.    Russia. 
Bdrm.     Johannes     Burmann,     1706-1779,    professor     at 

Amsterdam,  wrote  on  plants  of  Ceylon  and  Malabar. 
Burm.  f.    Niekolous  Laurens  Burmann,   1734-1793.     Son 

of  Johannes. 
Carr.    Elie  Abel  Carri^re,  1816-1896,  distinguished  French 

botanist  and  horticulturist,  editor  of  Revue  Horticole. 
Casp.     Robert  Caspary,  professor  of  botany  at  University 

of  Konigsberg.    1818—1887. 
Cass.    Alexandre  Henri  Gabriel  Cassini,  Comte  de.  1781— 

1832.    France. 
Cav.    Antonio  Jose  Cavanilles,  1745-1804.    Spain. 
Cerv.  Vincente  Cervantes,  1759(?)-1829.  Spanish  botanist. 
Cham.    Adalbert    von    Chamisso,    poet    and    naturalist, 

1781-1838.   Germany. 
Chapm.    Alvan  Wentworth  Chapman,  1809-1899,  author 

of  "Flora  of  the  Southern  United  States." 
Chois.     Jacques  Denys  Choisy,  1799-1859.    Switzerland. 
Clos.    Dominique  Clos,  professor  of  botany  and  director 

of  the  gardens  at  Toulouse.    Born  1821. 
CoGN.     Alfred  Cogniaux,  French  botanist. 
CoLEBR.  Henry  Thomas  Colebrooke,  1765-1837.   England, 
Colla.    Luigi  Colla,  1766-1848.    France. 
Coulter.    John  M.  Coulter,  University  of  Chicago. 
CuNN.    Richard  Cunningham,   1793-1835.     Colonial  bot- 
anist in  Australia. 
CuNN.,  A.    Allan  Cunningham,  born  1791,  Scotland,  died 

1839,  Sidney,  Australia.    Brother  of  Richard. 
Curt.    William    Curtis,    1746-1799.     England.     Founder 

of   the    Botanical    Magazine,    now    known    as   Curtis' 

Botanical  Magazine. 
Curtis.     Moses  Ashley   Curtis,    1808-1873.     North   Car- 
olina. 
DC.     Augustin  Pyramus  De  Candolle,   1778-1841,  projec- 
tor  of   the    Prodromus,    and    head    of   a   distinguished 

family.     Alphonse  De  Candolle,  the  son   (1806-1893), 

and    Casimir    De    Candolle,    the   grandson,    are    also 

quoted  in  this  work. 
Decne.    Joseph  Decaisne,  1809-1882.   France. 
D.  Don.    See  Don,  D. 

Desf.  Ren6  Louiche  Desfontaines,  1750-1833.  France. 
Desv.  Augustin  Nicaise  Desvaux,  1784-1856.  France. 
DeVr.    Willem  Hcndrik  de  Vriese,   1807-1862,  professor 

of  botany  at  Leyden.     Wrote  on  medical   plants  and 

plants  of  the  Dutch  East  Indies. 
Dicks.    James    Dickson,     1738-1822,    Scotch    writer    on 

flowerless  plants. 
Diels.     Ludwig    Diels,    professor    of    botany,    Marburg, 

Germany. 
Dill.    Johann   Jacob   Dillenius,    professor   of    botany   in 

Oxford.    1687-1747. 


EXPLANATIONS 


xvii 


Dipp.  Dr.  L.  Dippel,  of  Darmstadt,  Germany.  Dcn- 
drologist;  pub.  "Handbuch  der  Laubholzkunde." 

Don.     George  Don,  1798-1856.    England. 

Don,  D.  David  Don,  brother  of  George,  1800-1841. 
Scotland. 

DoNN.  James  Donn,  1758-1813,  author  of  "Hortus  Can- 
tabrigiensis."     England. 

Douglas.  David  Douglas,  1799-1834,  collector  in  north- 
western America.   .Scotland. 

Dhude.    Prof.  O.  Drude,  of  Dresden,  Germany. 

Dry.    Jonas  Dryander,  1748-1810.   Sweden. 

DrcHESNE.    Antoine     Nicolas     Duchesne,      1747-1827. 
France. 

DuMORT.  Barthfelemy  Charles  Dumortier,  1797-1878. 
Belgium. 

DuNAL.     Michel  Felix  Dunal,  1789-1856.    France. 

Dunn.    Stephen  Troyte  Dunn,  Kew,  England. 

Dyer.  W.  T.  Thistleton-Dyer,  Director  of  Kew  Gar- 
dens, 1885—1905,  editor  of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa, 
etc. 

Eaton,  A.  Amos  Eaton,  1776-1842,  author  of  a  "Manual 
of  Botany  for  North  America,"  1st  ed.  1817;  8th  ed. 
1841. 

Eaton,  D.  C.  Daniel  Cady  Eaton,  professor  at  Yale  Col- 
lege, and  writer  on  ferns. 

Ehrh.    Fricdrich  Ehrhart,  1742-1795.    Germany. 

Ell.    Stephen  Elliott,  1771-1830.   South  Carolina. 

Ellis.    John  Ellis,  1711-1776.   England. 

Endl.  Stephan  Ladislaus  Endlicher,  1804-1849,  profes- 
sor at  Vienna.    Numerous  works. 

Engelm.    George  Engelmann,  1809-1884.    Missouri. 

Engler.  Prof.  A.  Engler,  of  Berlin,  joint  author  of 
Engler   and   Prantl's   "Natiirlichen   Pflanzenfamilien." 

EscH.   JohannFriedrick  Eschscholz,  1793-1831.    Germany. 

Fee.  Antoine  Laurent  Apolhnaire  F6e,  1789-1874. 
France. 

Fenzl.  Edward  Fenzl,  professor  and  custodian  of  botani- 
cal museum  at  Wiens,  1808-1879. 

Fern.  Merritt  Lyndon  Fernald,  assistant  professor  of 
botany,  Cambridge,  Mass. 

FiscH.  Friedrich  Ernst  Ludwig  von  Fischer,  1782-1854. 
Russia. 

Fore.  John  Forbes,  catalogued  heaths,  willows,  coni- 
fers, and  other  plants  at  Woburn  Abbey. 

FoRSK.  Pehr  Forskal,  1736-1768,  collected  in  Egypt 
and  Arabia. 

FoRST.  Johann  Reinhold  Forster,  1729-1798.  Germany. 
(Also  Georg  Forster,  the  son.) 

France.  A.  Franchet,  Jardin  des  Plantes,  Paris.  1834- 
1900. 

Fraser.  John  Eraser,  1750-1811,  traveled  in  America 
1785-96.   Had  a  son  of  same  name. 

Froel.    Joseph  Aloys  Froelich,  1766-1841.   Germany. 

F.  v.  M.  Ferdinand  von  Mueller,  royal  botanist  of 
Australia,  author  of  many  works  on  economic  plants. 
See  Muell. 

Gaertn.    Joseph  Gaertner,  1732-1791.    Germany. 

Gaonep.  Francois  Gagnepain.  French  botanist,  writing 
chiefly  on  Asiatic  plants. 

Gaud.    Charles  Gaudichaud-Beauprfe,  1789-1864.  France. 

Gawl.    See  Ker. 

Gmel.    Samuel  Gottlieb  Gmelin,  174.3-1774.    Russia. 

GoEpp.  Hcinrich  Robert  Goeppert,  1800-1884,  professor 
at  Breslau.    Wrote  much  on  fossil  botany. 

GoRD.  George  Gordon,  1806-1879,  author  of  the  "Pine- 
tum."  London,  1858. 

Graebn.    Paul  Graebner,  professor  of  botany.    Berlin. 


Gray.  Asa  Gray,  1810-1888,  Harvard  University,  Massa- 
chusetts.  America's  most  noted  botanist. 

Greenm.  J.  M.  Greenman,  writes  from  Harvard  Uni- 
versity on  Mexican  plants.  Now  at  the  Field  Museum, 
Chicago. 

Griff.    William  Griffith,  1810-1845.    England. 

Griseb.,  Gris.  Heinrich  Rudolph  August  Grisebach, 
1814-1879.   Germany. 

Harms.     Prof.  Hermann  Harms.     Berlin. 

Hassk.    Justus  Karl  Hasskarl,  born  1811.   Germany. 

Hayne.  Friedrich  Gottlob  Hayne,  1763-1832,  professor 
at  Berlin.    Medicinal  plants;  trees  and  shrubs. 

Haw.    Adrian  Hardy  Haworth,  1772-1833.   England. 

HBK.  Friedrich  Alexander  von  Humboldt,  1796-1859. 
Germany.  Aim§  Bonpland,  1773-1858.  France.  Karl 
Sigismund  Kunth,  1788-1850.  Germany.  Authors  of 
a  great  work  on  plants  of  the  New  World. 

Hemsl.  W.  Botting  Hemsley,  Keeper  at  Kew,  has  written 
many  reviews  of  genera  of  horticultural  value  in  The 
Gardeners'  Chronicle  and  elsewhere. 

Henfr.    Arthur  Henfrey,  1819-1859.    English  botanist. 

Henry.  Augustine  Henry,  collector  of  Chinese  plants. 
Cambridge,  England. 

Henry,  L.  Prof.  Louis  Henry.  Writer  on  woody  plants. 
Paris. 

Herb.    WilHam  Herbert,  1778-1847.    England. 

HocHST.  Christian  Friedrich  Hochstetter,  1787-1860, 
described  many  African  plants. 

HoFFM.    Georg  Franz  Hoffmann,  1761-1826.    Germany. 

Hook.    William   Jackson   Hooker,    1785-1865.     England. 

Hook.  f.  Joseph  Dalton  Hooker,  the  son,  1817-1911. 
England. 

HoRT.  Hortorum,  literally  oj  the  gardens.  Placed  after 
names  current  among  horticulturists,  but  not  neces- 
sarily all  horticulturists.  Often  used  with  less  exact- 
ness than  names  of  authors.  Frequently  indicates 
garden  or  unknown  origin.  Many  of  these  plants  have 
never  been  sufficiently  described. 

Host.     Nicolaus  Thomas  Host,  1761-1834.    Germany. 

Jacq.    Nicolaus  Joseph  Jacquin,  1727-1817.   Austria. 

Jaub.  Hippolj'te  Francois  de  Jaubert.  French  botanist. 
Born  1798. 

Juss.  Antoine  Laurent  Jussieu,  1748-1836,  the  first  to 
introduce  the  natural  families  of  plants.   France. 

Karsten.  Hermann  G.  K.  W.  Karsten.  German  botanist, 
1817- 

Karw.  Wilhelm  Karwinsky  von  Karwin,  collector  in 
Brazil ;  died  1855. 

Kaulf.  Georg  Friedrich  Kaulfuss,  professor  at  Halle;  died 
1830.    He  described  the  ferns  collected  by  Chamisso. 

Ker.  John  Bellcnden  Ker,  1765  (?)-1871,  botanist,  wit 
and  man  of  fashion.  First  known  as  John  Gawler. 
In  1793  was  compelled  to  leave  army  because  of  sym- 
pathy with  French  Revolution.  His  name  was  changed 
in  1804  to  John  Ker  Bellenden,  but  he  was  known  to  his 
friends  as  Bellenden  Ker.  First  editor  of  Edwards' 
Botanical  Register. 

Ker-Gawl.   See  Ker. 

Kirchn.  G.  Kirchner,  writer  of  the  botanical  part  of 
"Arboretum  Muscaviense." 

Klatt.    Friedrich  Wilhelm  Klatt,  a  German  botanist. 

Klotzsch.    Johann    Friedrich    Klotzsch,    1805-1860,    cu- 
rator of  Royal  herbarium  at  Berlin,  monographer  of 
BegoniacejE. 
Koch.   Karl  Koch,  1809-1879.    Germany. 
KoEHNE.      Emil     Koehne,     professor     at     Berlin.      Pub. 
"Deutsche  Dendrologie." 


XVlll 


EXPLANATIONS 


KoMAR.  Vladeniir  Leoiityevitcli  Komarov,  writri-  on 
plants  of  eastern  Asia.   St.  Petersburj;. 

KosT.    Vineenz  Frann,  Kostelctzky.     Bohemian  botanist. 

KoTSCHY.  Theodor  Kotsih>',  assistant  curator  at  V'ientui, 
1S13-18C6.    Wrote  on  oriental  plants. 

Kranzl.  V.  Kranzlin,  Berlin,  writes  on  orchids  in  The 
Gardeners"  Chronicle. 

K.  ScH.    See  Schumann. 

Ki-.VTH.     See  HBK. 

Ki-NTZE.  Otto  Kuntze.  German  botanist;  chiefly  known 
as  a  strong  advocate  of  priority  in  nomenclature. 
1S43-1907. 

Lao.  Mariano  Lagasca,  1776-1839,  one  of  Spain's  most 
distinguished  botanists. 

Lam.  Jean  Baptiste  Antoine  Pierre  Monnet  Lamarck, 
1744-1S29,  author  of  the  Lamarckian  philosophy  of 
organic  evolution.   France. 

Langs.  Georg  Heinrich  von  Langsdorf,  1774-1852,  Rus- 
sian consul-general  in  Brazil. 

Lauth.  Thomas  Lauth,  175S-1S26,  professor  of  anatomy 
at  Strassburg,  wrote  a  40-page  monograph  on  Acer 
in  1781. 

Lecq.  Henry  Lecoq,  born  1802,  once  professor  at  Cler- 
mont-Ferrand, wrote  an  elementary  botany,  a  dic- 
tionary of  botanical  terms,  a  book  on  hybridization,  etc. 

LeConte.   John  Eaton  LeConte,  1784-1860.   Pennsylvania. 

Ledeb.  Karl  Friedrich  von  Ledebour,  1785-1851. 
Russia. 

Lehm.  Johann  Georg  Christian  Lehmann,  1792-1860, 
professor  at  Hamburg,  wrote  several  monographs,  and 
described  many  new  plants. 

Lehm..  F.  C.  F.  C.  Lehmann,  German  collector  in 
South  .\merica. 

Leicht.  Max  Leichtlin,  horticulturist,  Baden-Baden, 
Germany. 

Lem.  Charles  Lemaire,  1800-1871,  works  on  cacti  and 
botany  of  cultivated  plants.    Belgium. 

Leveille.  Augustine  Abel  Hector  Lfeveillfe,  professor  of 
botany,  Le  Mans,  France. 

LHer.    C.  L.  L'Hferitier  de  Brutelle,  1746-1800.    France. 

LicHTST.  August  Gerhard  Gottfield  Lichtenstein,  1780- 
1851.     Germany. 

LiND.  &  Rod.  L.  Linden  and  E.  Rodigas,  once  adminis- 
trator and  editor,  respectively,  of  L'lUustration  Hor- 
ticole. 

LiND.  J.  Linden,  1817-1898.  Belgium.  For  many  years 
director  of  LTUustration  Horticole. 

LiND..  L.  Lucien  Linden,  associated  with  J.  Linden  for 
some  years  on  L'lUustration  Horticole. 

LiNDL.  John  Lindley,  1799-1865,  one  of  the  most  illus- 
tnous  of  English  horticulturists. 

LiNOELSH.    Alexander  Lingelsheim.   Breslau,  Germany. 

Link.    Heinrich    Friedrich    Link,    1767-1851.     Germany. 

Linn.  Carolus  Linnseus  (Carl  von  Linn^),  1707-1778, 
■  the  "Father  of  Botany,"  and  author  of  binomial 
nomenclature.   Sweden. 

Linn.  f.    Carl  von  Linn£,   the  son,    1741-1783.     Sweden. 

LiPSKY.  Vladimir  Ippolitovitch  Lipsky,  writer  chiefly 
on  plants  from  Central  Asia,   St.  Petersburg. 

hfjDD.  Conrad  Loddiges.  nurseryman  near  London,  con- 
ducted Loddigcs'  Botanical  Cabinet  from  1817-33, 
20  vols..  2,fXX)  colored  plates. 

LoES.    Thefjdor  Loesener,  professor  of  botany,  Berlin. 

Loisel.  Jean  Lf;uis  Auguste  Loiseleur-Deslongchamps, 
1774-1849.    France. 

LrjVD.  John  Claudius  Loudon,  1783-1843,  an  extremely 
prolific  Engli^^h  writer. 


LouH.    Juan  Loureiro,    1715-1796,   missionary  in   China. 

Portugal. 
Makino.    Tomitaro  Makino.    Tokyo,  Japan. 
Marsh.    Humphrey  Marshall,  1722-1801.   Pennsylvania. 
Mart.     Karl  Friedrich  Philipp  von  Martius,   1794-1868, 

professor  at  Munich,  monographer  of  palms,  founder  of 

the  great  Flora  Brasiliensis,  and  author  of  many  works. 
Mast.    Maxwell  T.  Masters,  late  editor  of  The  Gardeners' 

Chronicle,  wherein  he  has  described  great  numbers  of 

new   plants   of    garden    value;    author   of    "Vegetable 

Teratology,"  etc.   1833-1907. 
Matsum.    Jinzo  Matsumuro.   Tokyo,  Japan. 
Maxim.    Karl  Johann  Maximowicz,  1827-1891,  one  of  the 

most  illustrious   Russian   systematic   botanists;   wrote 

much  on  Asian  plants. 
Medikus.    Friedrich  Casmir  Medikus,  1736-1808,  director 

of  the  garden  at  Mannheim,  wrote  a  book  of  96  pagea 

in  German  on  North  American  plants  in  1792. 
Meisn.      Karl    Friedrich     Meisner,    1800-1874.     Switzer- 
land. 
Mett.    Georg  Heinrich  Mettenius,  1823-1866,  professor  at 

Leipzig,  wrote  on  flowerless  plants. 
Met.    Ernst     Heinrich     Friedrich     Meyer,      1791-1851. 

.  Prussia. 
Mey.,  C.  A.    Carl    Anton     Meyer,     1795-1855,     director 

botanic  garden  at  St.   Petersburg,   wrote  on  Russian 

botany. 
Mez.    Dr.   Karl   Mez,  director  of  the  botanic  garden  at 

Konigsberg;  monographer  of  the  bromeliads. 
MiCHX.    Andre    Michaux,    1746-1802.     France,    but    for 

ten  years  a  resident  of  North  America. 
MicHX.  f.    Frangois  Andr§  Michaux,  the  son,  1770-1855. 

France. 
Mill.    Phillip    Miller,    1691-1771,  of    Chelsea,  England, 

author  of  a  celebrated  dictionary  of  gardening,  which 

had  many  editions. 
MiQ.    Friedrich     Anton     Wilhelm     Miquel,     1811-1871. 

Holland. 
Mitford.    a.     B.    Freeman-Mitford,     English    amateur, 

author  of  "The  Bamboo  Garden." 
MoENCH.    Konrad  Moench,  1744-1805.   Germany. 
MoNCH.    See  Moench. 
Moore.    Thomas   Moore,   1821-1887,  curator  of  Chelsea 

Botanic  Garden,  author  of  "Index  Filicum,"  and  other 

well-known  works. 
MoQ.    Alfred  Moquin-Tandon,  1804-1863.    France. 
MoRR.    Charles    Jacques    Edouard    Morren,    of    Ghent. 

1833-1886. 
MoTT.    S.   Mottet,   frequent  contributor  to  Revue  Hor- 
ticole, translator  of  Nicholson's  "Dictionary  of  Gar- 
dening." 
Muell.  Arc.    Jean  Mueller,  of  Aargau,  1828-1896,  wrote 

for  De  CandoUe's  "Prodromus,"  vol.  16. 
MuELL.,  C.    Carl   Mueller,    1817-1870,   who  edited   vols. 

4-6  of  Walpers'  "Annuals." 
Muell.,  F.    Ferdinand    von    Mueller,    royal   botanist   at 

Melbourne,    has    written    much    on    Australian    and 

economic  botany.    1825-1896. 
MuHL.    Henry   Ludwig   Muhlenberg,    1756-1817.     Penn- 
sylvania. 
MnRR.    Johann  Andreas  Mtirray,  1740-1791.    Germany. 
MuRR.,  A.    Andrew  Murray,   1812-1878,  author  of  "The 

Pines  and  Firs  of  Japan."    London,  1863. 
Naudin.  Charles   Naudin,    1815-1899,   botanist,   frequent 

contributor  to  Revue  Horticole. 
N.  E.  Br.     N.  E.   Brown  describes  many  new  plants  in 

Gardeners'  Chronicle.    See  Br.,  N.  E. 


EXPLANATIONS 


XIX 


Nees.    Christian    Gottfried    Nees   von    Esenbeck,    1776- 

1858.   Prussia. 
Nichols.    George  Nicholson,  curator  at  Kew,  author  of 

"The  Dictionary  of  Gardening."    1847-1908. 
Ni'TT.    Thomas  Xuttall,  17S6-1859.    Massachusetts. 
O'Brien.    James   O'Brien,   current   writer   on   orchids   in 

The  Gardeners'  Chronicle. 
Oliv.     Daniel  Oliver,  once  curator  at  Kew,  and  founder 

of  the  Flora  of  Tropical  Africa. 
Orph.    Theodor  Georg  Orphanides,  professor  of  botany  at 

Athens.    Died  1886. 
Ortega,    Ort.      Casimiro     Gomez     Ortega,     1740-1818. 

Spain. 
Otto.    Friedrich  Otto,  1782-1856.    Germany. 
P.\LL.    Peter    Simon    Pallas,    1741-1811,    professor     and 

explorer  in  Russia.   Germany. 
Pampan.    Renato  Pampanini,   WTiter  on  Chinese  plants. 

Florence,  Italy. 
Pav.    See  Ruiz.  &  Pav. 

P.tx.    Ferdinand  Pax,  professor  at  Breslau,  Germany. 
Paxt.     Joseph  Paxton,  1802-1865.    England. 
Pers.    Christian  Hendrick  Persoon,  1755-1837.    Germany. 
Phil.    Rudolph  Amandus  Philippi,  1808-1904.    Santiago, 

Chile. 
Planch.    Jules    Emile    Planchon,    professor    at     Mont- 

pellier. .  France.    1833-1900. 
PoHL.    Johann  Emmanuel  Pohl,   1782-1834,  professor  at 

Vienna,  wrote  a  large  book  on  travels  in  Brazil. 
Poir.    Jean  Louis  Marie  Poirct,  1755-1834.    France. 
Prain.    Sir  David  Prain,  Director  of  the  Royal  Botanic 

Gardens,  Kew,  since  1905. 
Presl.    Karel  Boriwcg  Presl,  1794—1852.    Bohemia. 
PuHSH.    Frederick    T.    Pursh     (or    Pursch),     1774-1S20. 

Germany,  but  for  twelve  years  in  the  United  .States. 
Raddi.    Gui-seppe  Raddi,  1770-1829.    Italy. 
Raf.     Constantino    Samuel    Rafincsque-Sehmaltz,     1784— 

1842.      Professor   of     Natural     history,    Transylvania 

University.    Lexington,  Kentuckj-. 
R.  Br.     Robert   Brown,   born   1773,   Scotland,  died   1858, 

London,    .\uthor  of  many  important  works. 
Hegel.    Eduard  von  Regel,  1815-1892,  German,  founder 

of  Gartenflora;  Director  Botanic  Garden  at  St.  Peters- 
burg. 
Rehd.     Alfred    Rehder,    Arnold    Arboretum,    Massachu- 
setts. 
Reichb.    Heinrich  Gottlieb  Ludwig  Reichcniiach,   1793- 

1879.    Germany. 
Reichb.  f.    Heinrich  Gustav,   1823-1889,  son  of  the  pre- 
ceding.   Orchids. 
Rich.    John  Richardson,  1787-1865.    Scotland. 
Richard.    Louis     Claude     Marie     Richard,      1754-1821. 

France. 
RiuDELL.    John  Leonard  Riddell,  1807-1865,  professor  of 

chemistrj-  in  Cincinnati  and  New  Orleans. 
Rob.   B.  L.  Robinson,  Director  Gray  Herliarium  of  Harvard 

University,  is  editing  "The  Synoptical  P'lura  of  North 

.\merica." 
Rod.    Emile    Rodigas,    for    some    years    connected    with 

L'lllustration  Horticole. 
RoDR.     J.    B.    Rodrigues,    Brazilian    botani.st,    writer   on 

palms  and  Brazilian  botany. 
RoEM,    .Johann  Jacob  Roemer,   1763-1819.     Switzerland. 

.\lso  M.  J.  Roemer. 
RoscoE.    William  Roscoe,  1753-1831.    England. 
Rose.    J.    N.     Rose,    assistant    curator.     United    States 

National  Herbarium,  Smithsonian  Institution.    Mexi- 
can plants. 


Roth.    Albreeht  Wilhelm  Roth,  1757-18.34.    Physician  at 

Vegesack,  near  Bremen. 
RoxBG.    William  Roxburg,  1759-1815.    India. 
RoYLE.    John   Forbes    Royle,    born    1800,    at   Cawnpore, 

died   1858  London.     Professor  in   London.     Plants  of 

India. 
Ruiz.  &  Pav.    Hipolito  Ruiz  Lopez,  1704-1815,  and  Josfe 

Pavon,  authors  of  a  Flora  of  Peru  and  Chile.    Spain. 
RuPR.    Franz  J.  Ruprecht,  1814-1870.    Russia. 
Rydb.    Per  Axel  Rj'dberg.    New  York  Botanical  Garden. 
g.  &.  Z.    See  Sieb.  &  Zucc. 
Sabine.    Joseph  Sabine,  1770-1837.   England. 
Safford.    W.  E.  Safford,  United   States   Department  of 

Agriculture,  Washington. 
Sall^b.   Richard  Anthony  Salisbury,  1761-1829.    England. 
S.\lm-Dy'ck.    Joseph,     Prince    and    High    Count     Salra- 

Reifferscheidt-Dyck,   born  at  Dyck,   1773,   died   1861. 

Wrote  on  Aloe,  Cactus,  Mesembryanthemum. 
Sarg.    Charles   Sprague    Sargent,  Director  Arnold  Arbo- 
retum, author  of  "Silva  of  North  America." 
S.\v.     L.  Savatier,  writer  on  Japanese  plants. 
Savi.     Gaetano  Savi.  died  1844.    Italy. 
ScHEiDW.    Michael  Joseph  Scheidweiler,  1799-1861,  profes- 
sor of  botany  and  horticulture  at  Horticultural  Insti- 
tute of  Ghent. 
ScHK.    Christian  .Schkuhr,  died  1811.   Germany. 
iScHLECHT.    Diedrich    Franz    Leonhard    von    Schlechten- 

dahl,    1794-1866.     Professor   at   Halle,    wrote   several 

memoirs  in  Latin  and  German. 
ScHNEiD.     Camillo    Schneider,  author  of  "Handbuch  der 

Laubholzkunde."    Vienna. 
ScHOTT.    Heinrich    Wilhelm    Schott,    1794-1865.     Wrote 

much  on  aroids  with  NjTnan  and  Kotschy. 
ScHRAD.   Heinrich  Adolph  Schrader,  1767-1836.  Germany. 
ScHULT.    Joseph  August  Schultes,   1773-1831.    Germany. 
ScHn.M.    Christian     Friedrich     Schumacher,      1757-1830. 

Germany. 
Schumann.    Karl  Moritz  Schumann,  1851-1904,  professor 

of  botany,  Berlin.    Wrote  much  on  CactacetB. 
ScHUR.    Philipp    Johann    Ferdinand    Schur,     1785-1848. 

Germany. 
ScHW.,  ScHWEiN.    Lewis    David    von    Schweinitz,    1780- 

1834.    Pennsylvania. 
ScHWEiNF.    George  Sehweinfurth.    Germany.    Born  1836. 
ScHWER.    Graf  Fritz  von  Schwerin,  German  authority  on 

Acer. 
Scop.    Johann  Anton  Scopoli,  1723-1788.   Italy. 
Seem.    Berthold   Seemann,   Hanover,    1825-1872.     Wrote 

on  palms,  and  botany  of  the  voyage  of  the  Herald. 
Sibth.    John  Sibthorp,   1758-1796,  author  of  a  Flora  of 

Greece.   England. 
Sieb.  &  Zucc.    Philipp  Franz  von  Siebold,  1796-1866,  and 

Joseph  Gerhard  Zuccarini,  1797-1848.    Germany. 
Sims.    John  Sims,   1792-1838.    England,  for  many  years 

editor  of  Curtis'  Botanical  M-agazine. 
Small.   John  Kunkel  Small.    New  York  Botanical  Garden. 
.Smith.     James  Edward  Smith,  1759-1828.    England. 
.SoLAND.    Daniel  Solander,  1736-1782.    England. 
Spach.    Eduard  Spach,  born  1801  Strassburg,  died  1879. 

.Author  of  "Histoire  Naturelle  des  Vegetaux." 
Spaeth.    L.  Syjaeth,  Berlin,  mirser>Tnan,  died  1913.    H.  L. 

.Spaeth,  the  present  head  of  the  firm. 
.SpRENG.    Kurt  Sprengel,  1766-1833.   Germany. 
Steud.    Ernst  Gottlieb  Steudel,  1783-1856.    Germany. 
Stev.    Christian  Steven,  1781-1863.    Russia. 
St.  Hil.    .\uguste  dc  Saint  Hilaire,  1779-1853.    France. 
SwARTZ.    Olof  Swartz,  1760-1818.   Sweden. 


x.\ 


EXPLANATIONS 


Sweet.  RoU-rt  Sweot,  178.V1S.15,  author  of  niuiiy  well- 
kiionn  works,  jis  "C"ipr!iniiu"i-a>,"  "British  Flower  Gar- 
den." 

Swindle.  Waller  T.SwiiiKlo,  Tnited  States  Depart- 
ment of  .Xcrieiilliire.  \Va.'<liiiiu;ton. 

T.M-scH.    Isnaz  Kriedrieh  Tanseli.    Died  1S4S.    .Vustria. 

Tenore.     Miehele  Tenore,  17S0-1.S()1.    Italy. 

Thore.    Jean  Tliorc,  1702-l.Si;;i,  physician  at  Dax. 

Tai-NB.  Carl  Peter  Thnnhers,  1743-1822,  WTote  "Flora 
Japonira"  (17S4V    Sweden. 

Tod.  .AuRUstino  Todaro.  director  of  the  botanic  gartlcna 
at  Palermo.    1S1S-1S92. 

ToRR.    John  Torrey,  1790-1873.    New  York, 

TR.\trrv.    Ernst  Rudolph  von  Trautvetter. 

Trel.  William  Trelease,  professor  of  botany.  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois. 

TucKM.    Edward  Tuekerman,  1817-1886.    Massachusetts. 

TvRCZ.     Nieolaus  Turezaninow.    Died  1864. 

L'nderw.  Prof.  Lueien  M.  Underwood,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, New  York,  N.  Y.,  has  written  much  on  ferns, 
etc. 

Urb.\n.  Ignatius  Urban,  of  the  Kiingl.  Bot.  Garten,  near 
Berlin,  writer  on  Brazilian  and  West  Indian  plants. 

V.\HL.     Martin  Vahl.  1749-1804.    Denmark. 

V.\N  HouiTE.  Louis  Van  Houtte,  1810-1876,  founder 
and  publisher  of  Flore  des  Serrps. 

Veitch.  John  Gould  Veitch,  1839-1867,  and  successors, 
horticulturists  at  Chelsea,  England. 

Vent.    Etiennc  Pierre  Vcntenat,  1757-1808.   France. 

Verl.    B.  Vcrlot,  contributor  to  Rc\-ue  Horticole. 

Versch.  Ambroise  VerschafiVlt,  1825-1886,  founder  and 
publisher  of  L'lllustr.ation  Horticole  at  Ghent,  Belgium. 

ViLL.     Dominique  Villars,  1745-1814.   France. 

ViLM.  Several  generations  of  the  family  of  Vilmorin, 
Paris,  seed.smen  and  authors  of  many  books  and 
memoirs  on  botany  and  horticulture.  Pierre  Philippe 
Andrfe  Leveque  de  Vilmorin,  1746-1804.  Pierre  Vil- 
morin, 1816-1860.    Henry  L.  de  Vilmorin,  died  1899. 


\'oss.    A.   Voss,   author  of   botanical   part  of   Vilmorin's 

Bluniengiirtnerei. 
Waul.    Georg  Wahlenberg,  1781-1851.    Sweden. 
W.\LDST.     Franz  .\dani.  Graf  von  Waldstein,   1759-1823. 

Axistria. 
W.vLL.    Nathaiuu'l  Wallich,  liorn  1786,  Copenhagen,  died 

1854  London.    Wrote  on  plants  of  India  and  Asia. 
Walp.    Wilhelm  Gerhard  Walpers,  1816-1853. 
Walt.    Thomas    Walter,    about     1740-1788,    author    of 

"Flora  Caroliniana."  Soiith  Carolina. 
W.^NG.    Friedrich  -Vdani  Julius  von  Wangenheim,   1747- 

1800.    Germany. 
W.\NGN.    Walter    Wangerin,  monographer   of   Cornacese. 

Germanj-. 
Warscz.    Joseph  Warscewicz,  1812-1866. 
W.\Ts.    Sercno  Wat.son,  1826-1892.   Harvard  University. 
Web.    Friedrich  Weber,  1781-L823.    Germany. 
Wedd.    H.   A.    Weddell,   wrote  for  De  CandoUe's   "Pro- 

dromus,"  vol.  16,  etc. 
Welw.    Friedrich  Welwitsch,  1806-1872. 
Wendl.      Hermann   Wendland,    Director   Royal   Botanic 

Garden  at  Herrenhaiisen,  one  of  the  chief  writers  on 

palms. 
Wight.    Robert  Wight,  writer  on   Indian   plants.    1796- 

1872. 
WiLLD.    Karl  Ludwig  Willdenow,  1765-1812.   Germany. 
Wilson.    Ernest  H.  Wilson,  collector  of  Chinese  plants. 
With.,    Wither.    William    Withering,    1741-1799.    Eng- 
land. 
WiTTM.    Max    Karl    Ludwig    Wittmack,    editor   of    Gar- 

tenflora.    Professor  at  Berlin. 
Wood.    Alphonso  Wood,  1810-1881.    Of  his  "Class-Book 

of    Botany,"     100,000    copies    have     been     sold     in 

America. 
Zabel.    Hermann  Zabel,  writer  on  woody  plants,   1832- 

1912.    Germany. 
Zucc.    Joseph    Gerhard    Zuccarini,    1797-1848,    professor 

at  -Munich. 


The  Standard  Cyclopedia  of  Horticulture 

A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 

By  KARL  M.  WIEGAND 

Most  modern  botanists,  as  well  as  zoologists,  now  think  that  organisms  have  descended,  through  the  ages, 
from  ancestors  which  differed  in  many  ways  and  often  markedly  from  the  present  organisms,  but  were  in  general 
of  a  less  speciahzed  type.  It  is,  indeed,  thought  that  the  original  life  was  of  an  exceedingly  simple  nature,  and  that 
during  the  countless  ages  its  descendents  have  gradually  diverged  from  one  another  much  as  the  branches  of  a  tree 
diverge  from  its  trunk,  until  we  have  the  enormous  wealth  of  species  and  extreme  diversity,  and  great  complexity 
of  structure  exhibited  by  the  plants  and  animals  existing  today.  Just  as  through  descent  in  the  human  race  we 
have  groups  of  individuals  caUed  families,  the  members  of  which  are  more  closely  related  to  each  other  by  descent 
than  to  other  individuals,  so  we  have  groups  of  related  species  and  genera  forming  similar  natural  families.  The 
attempt  of  the  so-called  systematic  botanist  of  the  present  day  is  to  interpret  the  evolutionary  history  of  plants, 
to  discover  these  natural  families,  and  to  represent  this  knowledge  of  history  and  relationship  in  a  synopsis  of  the 
plant  kingdom.  Such  a  synopsis,  therefore,  attempts  to  show  an  actual  "blood  relationship,  — the  real  genealogy 
of  the  plant  kingdom.  Before  the  theory  of  evolution  became  widely  accepted  as  a  result  of  Darwin's  labors, 
systems  of  classification  were  either  wholly  arbitrary,  and  planned  simply  for  convenience  in  dealing  with  the  vast 
number  of  existing  organisms  (e.g.,  the  sexual  system  of  Linna?us),  or  they  were  based  on  the  morpliological 
relation  of  the  flower  to  a  certain  floral  plan.  Since,  however,  the  floral  plan  depends  largely  on  descent,  these  last- 
named  systems  often  accidentally  approached  in  many  respects  very  closely  to  the  natural  systems  based  on 
evolution.  Instead  of  placing  the  "highest"  types  of  plants  (the  most  recent)  last  in  their  classification,  as  is  now 
done,  the  idealists  placed  them  first, — hence  the  Ranimculaceie,  with  parts  separate  antl  hypogynous,  and  there- 
fore most  ideal,  is  found  first  in  such  a  classification.  The  fusion  of  parts  in  the  Compositie,  and  the  union  of  parts 
in  the  Gamopetalae  were  thought  to  represent  a  less  perfect  condition.  Likewise,  the  Apetala-,  with  parts  lacking, 
were  still  less  perfect,  and  therefore  were  placed  later.  The  Gymnosperms  were  somewhat  arbitrarily  placed  next, 
followed  by  the  Monocotyledons,  in  which  the  grasses  were  placed  last.  These  in  turn  were  followed  by  the  ferns 
and  the  lower  groups.  This  was  the  system  used  in  Bentham  and  Hooker's  "Genera  Plantarum,"  a  great  work 
which,  notwithstanding  the  change  in  system,  is  still  a  standard  authority  in  descriptive  botany. 

In  the  system  adopted  for  the  present  synopsis,  that  used  by  Engler  and  Prantl  in  the  great  German  work, 
"Die  Natiirlichen  Pflanzenfamilien,"  the  sequence  is  from  the  most  primitive  and  the  most  ancient  toward  the  most 
specialized  and  most  modern, — from  the  lower  alga;  to  the  fungi,  mosses,  liverworts,  ferns,  gymnosperms,  and 
flowering  plants.  Here  the  Monocotyledonous  line  culminates  in  the  highly  specialized  Orchidacea;,  and  the 
Dicotyledonous  line  in  the  equally  specialized  Composita;.  These  two  families,  therefore,  are  now  thought  to  repre- 
sent the  present  culmination  of  nature's  handiwork  in  the  two  great  lines  of  development  in  flowering  plants. 

In  the  present  .synopsis  of  the  Pteridophyta  and  Spermatophyta,  the  treatment  of  large  groups,  sequence 
of  families  and  family  Umits,  is,  except  in  a  few  cases,  that  of  our  most  recent  great  work  edited  by  Engler  and 
cited  above,  .\mong  the  mosses  and  lower  plants,  an  abridgment  of  the  system  used  in  Strasburger,  Noll,  Schenk 
and  Karsten's  "Text-Book  of  Botany,"  and  other  text-books,  has  been  used.  The  statistics  as  to  genera 
and  species  are  taken  from  Engler  and  Prantl,  and  are  intended  as  general  information,  and  may  not  in  all  cases 
conform  to  the  limitations  as  worked  out  by  the  different  authors  in  the  Cyclopedia.  In  some  cases,  particularly 
in  CactaceEE,  other  authorities  have  been  followed. 

As  no  genera  of  the  Thallophyta  or  Bryophyta  are  definitely  treated  in  the  body  of  the  Cyclopedia,  these  two 
groups  have  been  introduced  into  the  synopsis  largely  as  a  background  and  as  a  proper  perspective  to  the  plant 
kingdom.  Therefore,  in  these  groups  no  divisions  smaller  than  classes  have  been  considered.  In  the  Pteridophyta 
and  Spermatophyta,  the  plan  has  been  to  include  in  the  synopsis  every  family  that  has  at  least  one  genus  repre- 
sented in  the  body  of  the  original  Cyclopedia.  A  few  other  families  of  minor  horticultural  value  have  found 
place  in  the  present  Cyclopedia  and  are  not  included  in  this  synopsis.  Although  the  treatment  in  each  case  has 
been  of  necessity  reduced  to  great  brevity,  it  is  hoped  that  the  condensed  account  of  important  structural  char- 
acteristics, size  of  family,  range,  and  economic  value  will  be  of  aid  in  forming  a  conception  of  what  each  family 
represents.  To  render  this  conception  more  vivid,  a  list  of  the  important  cultivated  genera  and  their  common 
names  has  been  appended  to  the  treatment  of  each  family. 

The  number  of  species  in  the  plant  kingdom  is  not  definitely  known.  It  has  been  estimated  that  more  than 
120,000  species  of  Spermatophyta  anrl  more  than  60,000  species  of  lower  plants  are  described.  According  to  the 
treatment  in  Engler  and  Prantl,  these  legions  are  classified  in  640  families,  of  which  278  are  of  the  higher  plants 
and  362  of  plants  below  the  Spermatophyta.  The  number  of  known  species,  however,  is  being  rapidly  increased 
as  research  and  exploration  progress,  so  that  the  numbers  given  above  are  at  best  only  approximate.  The  fig- 
ures are  also  modified  by  disagreement  as  to  what  are  species  and  what  are  varieties,  some  persons  recognizing 
more  or  fewer  species  than  others  in  a  given  genus  or  group. 

The  names  of  the  natural  families  are  mostly  derived  from  the  names  of  a  leading  genus  (as  Verbenacese, 
Ranunculacese)  or  from  some  marked  characteristic  of  the  group  as  a  whole  (e.g.,  Compositse,  composite  or  com- 
pound flowers,  Critciferse,  cross-like  flowers).  Commonly  the  family  name  terminates  in  the  form  aceae,  with 
the  accent  long  on  the  antepenultimate  syllable  (e.g.,  Rosacese,  pronounced  Ro-sa//-si-ee) .  The  simple  termina- 
tion 3e  is  used  mo.stly  for  subfamilies  and  tribes,  but  there  are  marked  exceptions,  as  in  Leguminosse. 

The  illustrations  accompanying  this  text  are  designed  to  show  mainly  such  structural  characteristics  as  are 
of  importance  in  the  separation  of  families.    Vot  this  reason,  floral  diagrams  have  been  freely  introduced.    These 

1  (1) 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


liiagnuns  :iro  idt-alixiHl  i-ross-soctions  of  the  flowor,  and  show  part  icuUirlv  tlic  luiiiilxT  of  parts  in  each  floral  set  and 
tlicir  exact  (Hisition.  both  of  which  are  very  frequently  of  diagnostic  importance.  The  illustrations  have  been 
prepartHl  by  F.  Schuyler  Mathews  under  the  direction  of  the  writer.  They  were  in  part  drawn  from  hfe,  and 
in  part  adaptixt  froifi  standard  texts.  The  most  frequent  sources  are  Haillon,  "Natural  History  of  Plants"; 
Kngler  and  Prantl.  "Die  Natiirlichen  Ptlanzenfamilien;"  Strasburger,  Noll,  Schenk  and  Karsten,  "Text-Book  of 
IVitany";  Warming.  "Systematic  Botany." 
The  following  is  an  oiithne  of  the  vegetable  kingdom  as  treated  in  the  succeeding  pages: 

Division  1 


rhallophyta. 
Chuss  I.   Bacteria. 

II.  Cvanophvcea;. 

III.  Fiagellata. 

IV.  Myxoniycetes. 
V.  Peridinea;. 

VI.  ConjugatiB. 
VII.   Diatomea>. 
VIII.  Ileleroconta;. 
IX.  ChlorophyceiB. 
X.  Characea'. 
XI.   Pha'ophycea;. 
XII.   Hhodophycece. 

XIII.  Phycomycetes. 

XIV.  Eumycetes. 
XV.   Lichenes. 

Division    II.   Bryophyta. 
Class  I.  Hepaticse. 
II.  Musci. 
Division  III.  Pteridophyta. 
Class  1.   Filicina'. 

Sub-class  I.  EusporangiatEB. 
Order  1.  Ophioglossales. 

Familv  ()])hioglossacea',  page  7. 
Order  2!  Marat tialcs, 
Family  Marattiaceie,  7. 
Sub-class  II.  Leptosporangiatie. 
Order  3.    p'ilicales. 

Family  Hymenophyllaceffi,  8. 
Cyatheaceie,  8. 
Polypodiacea",  8. 
Ceratopteridaceae,  8. 
Schiza'acea,  9. 
Gleicheniacea?,  9. 
0.smundacea>,  9. 
Order  4.    Hydroptcridales. 
Family  Marsileacea',  9. 
Salviniacea-,  10. 
Class  II.  Equisetina-. 

Order  b.    Equisetales. 
Family  Equisetaccic,  10. 
Class  III.   Lycopodiiue. 

Order  6.    Lycopodialcs. 

Family  Lycopodiacca',  10. 
Order  7.    Sclaginellales. 
Family  Sclagincllacea',  10. 
Division  W.  Si)crmatoj)hyta  or  Siphonogamia 
iierogamia). 
Sub-division    I.    Gynmosperma;. 
Order  8.    Cycadales. 

P'amily  Cycadacea;,  11. 
Order   9.    Oinkgoales. 

Family  Oinkgoaeea',  11. 
Order  10.  Coniferales. 
P'amily  Taxacea^,  11. 
Pinacea;,  12. 
Order  11,  Onetales. 
Family  (inetacea;,  12. 
Sub-divLsion  II.  Angiospermae. 
Class  I.   Monocotyledonea;. 
Order  12.  Pandanales. 
Family  Typhacea-,  13. 

Pandanacea,',  13. 
Order  13.  Helobia;. 
Family  Naiadacea;,  13. 

Aponogetonacese,  13. 


(Pha- 


F^imily  Alismacea>,  page  13. 
Butomacea",  14. 
Ilydrocharitaceae,  14. 
Order  14.  GJumiflora;. 
Family  Graminea;,  14. 
Cyperaceie,  15. 
Order  1.").  Prineipes. 

Family  PalmaceiE,  16. 
Order  1(5.  Synantha;. 

Family  Cyclanthaceie,  17. 
Order  17.  Spathiflora-. 
Family  Aracex,  17. 

Leinnacexe,  IS. 
Order  18.  FarinosiB. 

Family  Bromeliacea;,  18. 

Commelinacea,  18. 
Pontetleriacea>,  18. 
Order  19.  Liliflorie. 
Family  Juncacese,  19. 
Liliacex,  19. 
Amaryllidaceie,  20. 
Taccacese,  20. 
Dioscoriaceai,  20. 
IridacetB,  21. 
Order  20.  Scitamineae. 
Family  Musaceae,  21. 

Zingiberacea;,  21. 
Cannaceae,  22. 
Marantaceic,  22. 
Order  21.  Microspermae. 
Family  Orchidaceic,  22. 
Class  II.  Dicotyledoneae. 

Sub-class  I.  Archichlamydeae  (Choripetalae  and 
Apetalae). 
Order  22.  Verticillales. 

Family  Casuarinaccit,  23. 
Order  23.  Piperales. 
Family  Saururaceic,  23. 
Piperacea>,  23. 
Chloranthacea;,  24. 
Order  24.  Salicales. 

Family  Salicacece,  24. 
Order  'ih.  Myricales. 

Family  Myricaceie,  24. 
Order  26.  Juglandales. 

Family  .Juglandaceae,  25. 
Order  27.  Fagales. 

Family  Betulaceae,  25. 
Fagaceae,  25. 
Order  28.  Urtieales. 
Family  IJlmaceEc,  25. 
Moraceae,  26. 
Urticacea,  26. 
Order  29.  Proteales. 

Family  Proteacea-,  27. 
Order  30.  Santalales. 

Family  Loranthaceae,  27. 
Santalacea;,  27. 
OlacaceaB,  27. 
Order  31.  Aristolochiales. 

Family  Aristolochiaceae,  28. 
Order  32.  Polygonales. 

Family  Pol.ygonacea>,  28. 
Order  33.  Cent  rosperma^ 
Family  Chenopodiace;e,  29 
Amarantacea',  29. 
Nyctaginaceae,  29 
Phytolaccacca',  30 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGD0:M 


Order  35. 
Family 


Order  36. 
Family 

Order  37. 
Family 


Family  Aizoacese,  page  30. 

Portulacacea;.  30. 

Basellaceae,  30. 

CarvophyllacesB,  31. 
Order  34.  Ranales. 

Family  Nymphseaceae,  31. 

Trochodendracese,  32. 

RanuncuIaceiE,  32. 

Lardizabalacea?,  33. 

Berberidacpa>,  33. 

Menispermaceae,  33. 

Magnoliaceae,  33. 

Calycanthacece,  34. 

Annonaceae,  34. 

Myristicaceae,  35. 

Monimiaceae,  35. 

Lauractw,  35. 

Rhoeadales. 

Papaveraces,  35. 

Fumariacpae,  36. 

Cruciferae,  36. 

Capparidaceae,  36. 

Resedaceae,  37 

Moringaceae,  37. 

Sarracpniales. 

Sarracpniaceae,  37. 

Nepenthaeeae,  38. 

Droseraceae,  38. 

Rosalps. 

Crassulaceae,  38. 
Cephalotaceae,  38. 
Saxifragaceae,  39. 
Pitto.fporaceae,  39. 
Cunoniaces,  39. 
Bruniacpa?,  39. 

Hamamelidaceae,  40. 
Platanaceae,  40. 
Rosaceae,  40. 
Leguminosse,  41. 
Order  38.  Geraniales. 
Family  Geraniaceae,  42. 
Oxalidacpae,  43. 
Tropaeolaceae,  43. 
Linaceap,  43. 
Erythroxylaceae,  44. 
Zygophyllaceae.,  44. 
Rutaceae,  44. 
Simarubaceae,  44. 
Burseraceae,  45. 
Meliaces,  45. 
Malpighiaceae,  45. 
Trpmandraceae,  46. 
Polygalaceae,  46. 
Euphorbiaceae,  46. 
Order  .39.  Sapindales. 
Family  Buxacps,  47. 

Empptraceae,  47. 
Coriariaceae,  47. 
Limnanthacpae,  48. 
Anacardiaceae,  48. 
Cyrillacpse,  48. 
Aquifoliaceae,  48. 
Cela-strarpEP,  49. 
Staekhousiaceae,  49. 
Staphylpaceae,  49. 
Aceraceae,  49. 
Hippocastanaceae,  50. 
Sapindacpse,  50. 
Melianthacese,  50. 
BalsaniinacejE,  50. 
Order  40.  Rhamnalps. 
Family  Rhamnacpae,  51. 
Vitaceae,  51. 
Order  41.   Malvalps, 

Family  Elaeocarpaceae,  51. 
TiliacpSD,  52. 


Family  Malvaceae,  page  52. 
Bombacaceae,  53. 
Sterculiaceae,  53. 
Order  42.  Parietales. 
Family  Dilleniaceae,  53. 
Ochnaceae,  53. 
Ternst  roemiaeeae,  54. 
Guttiferap,  54. 
Hypericaceae,  54. 
Tamarieaceae,  55. 
Fouquieriaceae,  55. 
Cistaceae,  55. 
Bixaceae,  55. 
Violacea',  56. 
Flacourtiaceae,  56. 
Stachyurace«,  56. 
Passifloraceae,  56. 
Caricaeea;,  57. 
Loasaceae,  57. 
Begoniaceae,  57. 
Order  43.  Opuntiales. 

Family  Cactaceae,  57. 
Order 44.   M^rtiflorae. 

Family  Thymeteaceae,  58. 
Elaeagnaceae,  59. 
Lythraceae,  59. 
Punicaceae,  59. 
Lecythidaceae,  59. 
Rhizophoraceae,  59. 
Combretaceae,  60. 
Myrtacpa-,  60. 
Mplastomaceae,  60. 
Onagracpae,  61. 
Hydrocurvaceap,  61. 
Halorafjiducps,  61. 
Order  45.  Umbeliiflorae. 
Family  Araliacpae,  62. 

Umbelliferae,  62. 
Cornaceae,  63. 
Sub-class  II.  Metachlamydeae  or  Sympetalae. 
Order  46.  Ericales. 

Family  ClethraceK,  63. 
Pyrolaceae,  63. 
Monotropaceae,  63. 
Ericaceae,  64. 
Epacridaceap,  64. 
Diapeneiaceae,  64. 
Order  47.  Primulales. 
Family  Myrsinaceae,  64. 
Primulacpie,  64. 
Plumbaginaceae,  65. 
Order  48.  Ebenales. 
Family  Sapotaceae,  65. 
Ebpnaceae,  65. 
Styracacpac,  66. 
Symplocaceae,  66. 
Order  49.  Contortae. 
Family  Oleaceae,  66. 

Loganiaceae,  67. 
Gentianaceae,  67. 
Apocynaceae,  67. 
Asclepiadaceae,  67. 
Order  .50.  Tubiflora'. 

Family  Convolvulaceae,  68. 
Polemoniaceae,  68. 
Hydrophyllaceae,  68. 
Boraginaee^,  69. 
Verbenaceae,  69. 
Labiatae,  70. 
Nolanacea;,  70. 
Solanaceae,  70. 
Scropliulariaceae,  71. 
Bignoniaceae,  71. 
Pedaliaopae,  72. 
Martyniaceae,  72. 
Gesneriaceae,  72. 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


Family  Iyentilnilari;u'e;p,  pagi"  73. 
Glol)iilariai'<';i',  ~',i. 
Acaiit  liiiciw.  73. 
Myoporacex,  74. 
Phrvniaoea",  74. 
OHor.')l.   I'lantaRiiiales. 

K:uuil.\  I'lanlaginacea. 
Order .i'2.   Rubiales. 
Family  Kubiacc«,  74. 

Caprifoliappii",  74. 
V'aloriaiiacoa'.  75. 
Dipsacaoe*,  75. 
Order  .■)3.  Campanulales. 
Family  Cucurbitacca>,  75. 
Canipanulacoa",  76. 
CompositiP,  76. 


DIVISION  I.   THALLOPHYTA 

Plants  characterized  rather  indefinitely  by  the  absence 
of  an  archegoniain  around  the  egg,  and  the  absence  of 
the  type  of  antheridiuni  found  among  the  higher  plants. 
The  plant  body  is  rarely  differentiated  into  organs 
simulating  stem  and  leaves,  and  no  true  vascular 
tissue  is  found  in  the  group.  Formerly  the  Thallophyta 
were  divided  Into  the  Alga",  Fungi,  and  Lichens;  but 
this,  though  a  good  classification  on  physiological 
grounds,  does  not  indicate  actual  relationship  so  well 
as  the  modern  division  into  fifteen  classes  founded  on 
structure,  as  follows: 

CLASS   I.    BACTERIA 

Unicellular  or  filamentous  organisms  without  green 
color,  possibly  "degenerated"  from  the  Cyanophyceis, 
with  no  true  nucleus,  the  cell-wall  often  gelatinous:  repro- 
duction wholly  asexual  by  division  into  two  equal  por- 
tions and  subsequent  separation  (fission) ;  or  by  asexual 
spores,  one  of  which  may  be  produced  in  each  cell.  Bac- 
teria are  probably  the  smallest  known  organisms,  some 
being  not  over  .6(^003  inch  in  diameter.  In  form,  the 
cells  are  either  oblong,  spherical  or  spiral,  and  may  be 
separate  or  united  in  groups  or  chains,  and  may  be  either 
motile  by  means  of  cilia  or  non-motile.  Bacteria,  while 
showing  little  structural  diversity,  have  become  highly 
specialized  physiologically,  and  it  is  on  this  basis  that 
the  species  are  usually  distinguished.  Many  cause  disease 
among  animals  and  human  beings,  while  others  cause 
disease  among  plants.  Nitrifying  bacteria  in  the  soil  are 
of  vital  importance  to  higher  plants.  Bacteria  and  fungi 
are  the  causes  of  decay. 

CLASS   II.    CYANOPHYCE^  (Blue-green  Algs) 

Unicellular  or  filamentous  alga  of  blue-green  color; 
true  nuclei  wanting:  cell-wall  often  gelatinous: 
reproduction  wholly  asexual  by  fission  or  by  asexual 
spores  borne  as  in  the  bacteria.  The  blue-green  algte 
inhabit  water,  damp  soil,  damp  rocks,  or  damp  tree 
trunks,  where  they  often  form  filamentous  or  gelatinous, 
dark  green  patches.  The  aquatic  forms  prefer  water 
containing  much  organic  matter  and  hence  are  abun- 
dant in  sewers.  Certain  species  inhabit  flower-pots  in 
greenhouses,  and  brick  walls. 

CLASS   III.    FLAGELLATA  (Flagellates) 

Simple  unicellular  aquatic  organisms  intermediate 
between  the  Thallophyta  and  Protozoa.  During  a  por- 
tion of  their  life  they  fxjascss  no  cell-wall,  and  often  show 
amoelxjid  movements.  The  cells  contain  a  nucleus, 
pulsating  vacuole,  and  chlorophyll;  and  one  or  more 
cilia  are  present.  Some  reduced  forms  are  colorless 
and  .saprophytic.  Reproduction  is  wholly  asexual  by 
fi8.»ion  and  thick-walled  resting  spores.  Found  in 
waters  of  ponds  and  streams. 


CLASS    IV.     MYXOMYCETES   (Slime  Molds) 

A  very  distinct  and  independent  group,  formerly 
often  classified  in  the  animal  kindgom.  The  plants 
consist  of  naked  masses  of  protoplasm  called  plasmodia, 
which  contain  many  nuclei  but  no  chlorophyll.  These  are 
found  in  forests  and  damp,  shatly  places.  When  ready 
to  fruit,  the  phismodia  move  toward  the  light  and  away 
from  the  water,  hence  ascend  grass  stems,  stumps  and 
logs,  where  they  transform  into  elaborately  constructed 
sporangia.  The  asexual  spores,  each  enclosed  by  a  cell- 
wall,  are  distributed  by  the  wind,  germinate,  produce 
a  ciliated  bit  of  naked  protoplasm  which  swims  in  the 
soil  moisture,  multiply  by  division  and  at  length  fuse 
with  neighboring  protoplasts  to  form  the  Plasmodium, 
which  latter  may  be  .sometimes  a  foot  in  breadth.  Dur- 
ing unfavorable  weather,  the  plasmodia  are  often  trans- 
formed into  sclerotia.  Plnsmodinphora  brasnicsp,  which 
is  the  cause  of  the  club-root  of  cabbage,  is  the  only 
Myxomycete  of  great  economic  importance. 

CLASS   V.    PERIDINE.E 

A  small  group  mostly  inhabiting  the  sea,  more  rarely 
fresh  water.  They  are  unicellular,  free-swimming 
organisms  with  nucleus,  vacuole,  chromatophores,  and 
cilia.  The  cell  is  usually  surrounded  by  a  cellulose, 
sculptured,  or  pitted  and  transversely  furrowed,  wall. 
Reproduction  is  by  cell-division  and  swarm-spores 
Sexual  reproduction  has  recently  been  discovered. 
The  Peridineae  often  form  an  important  part  of  the 
plankton  in  the  sea. 

CLASS   VI.    CONJUGATE 

Green  filamentous  or  unicellular  fresh- water  algae: 
cell-wall  and  nuclei  present  :  reproduction  by  division 
of  the  plant  body,  and  by  sexual  spores,  which  latter 
result  from  the  union  of  two  body  cells  by  means  of  a 
connecting  tube  (conjugation).  Plants  of  the  sub-group 
DesmidiaceEe  are  not  filamentous,  but  often  star- 
shaped,  lunate,  or  geminate  in  outUne.  The  Zygne- 
maccK  are  filamentous  with  star-shaped  (Zygnema), 
spiral  (Spirogyra),  or  plate-like  chloroplastids.  The 
Conjugatae  are  of  little  economic  importance. 

CLASS    VII.     DIATOME^  (Diatoms) 

Unicellular  algse  of  very  peculiar  and  interesting 
habit.  The  wall  consists  of  two  silicious  valves,  one  of 
which  fits  over  the  other  like  the  lid  of  a  box.  These 
valves  are  frequently  very  beautifully  sculptured. 
Through  division,  new  cells  and  new  walls  are  formed, 
which  are  always  smaller  than  before,  until  finally  as  a 
limit  a  sexual  spore  is  produced  which  reestablishes  the 
size  of  the  cell.  Diatoms  inhabit  stagnant  water,  wet 
rocks,  and  the  sea.  They  are  either  free-floating  or 
pedicelled  and  attached.  The  sihcious  walls  will  resist 
burning.  Diatoms  contain  little,  if  any,  chlorophyll, 
and  are  mostly  saprophytic.  A  large  part  of  the  oceanic 
plankton  is  composed  of  Diatoms. 

CLASS   VIII.    HETEROCONT^,   or   CONFERVA 

A  small  group  of  green  alga",  inhabiting  wet  soil  or 
water,  but  of  little,  if  any,  economic  importance.  The 
zoospores  have  unequal  cilia;  and  the  chloroplastids 
are  yellowish  green  and  oil-producing.  Asexual  resting 
spores  also  occur.  Conjugating  zoospore-like  gametes 
are  found  in  some  genera.  Botrydium  and  Conferva 
are  examples  of  this  class. 

CLASS   IX.     CHLOROPHYCE^ 

A  large  and  important  group  of  fresh-water,  or  rarely 
marine,  alga-.  Plant  body  unicellular,  filamentous,  or 
even  thalloid:  the  cells  contain  chloroplastids  and  pro- 
duce starch:  reproduction  sometimes  vegetative,  but 
also  by  asexual   zoospores;   sexual  reproduction  con- 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE   PLANT  KINGDOM 


eists  of  the  the  fusion  of  two  zoospore-like  gametes,  or 
the  fusion  of  one  such  gamete  and  a  specialized  non- 
motile  egg.  The  latter  condition  is  characteristic  of 
the  higher  forms  in  nearly  all  the  sub-groups  of  the 
Chlorophycese.  The  plant  body  in  the  Order  Siphonales 
is  peculiar  in  that  it  consists  of  a  continuous  tube  with- 
out cross-walls.  Some  common  genera  in  this  class  are 
Volvox,  Chlamydomonas,  Pandorina,  Protococcus, 
Pediastrum,  Scenedesmus,  Hydrodictyon  (Water-net), 
Ulothrix,  Ulva  (Sea-lettuce),  CEdogonium,  Cladophora, 
Caulerpa,  and  Vaucheria. 

CLASS   X.    CHARACEiE   (Stoneworts) 

Attached  plants  (1  inch  to  1  yard  in  length)  of  fresh 
or  brackish  water,  consisting  of  a  slender  stem,  which 
bears  at  each  node  a  whorl  of  branches,  usually  again 
bearing  whorled  branchlets.  The  internodes  consist  of 
one  immense  multinucleated  cell  often  as  much  as 
3  inches  long,  which  is  naked  or  inclosed  in  a  sheath 
of  smaller  cells.  The  branches  are  similarly  constructed 
though  the  cells  are  correspondingly  smaller.  Asexual 
spore-reproduction  is  absent.  Sexual  reproduction  is 
by  means  of  an  egg-cell  inclosed  in  a  jacket  of  spiral 
wall-cells,  and  of  sperm-cells  inclosed  in  an  antheridium 
which  has  a  multicellular  wall.  These  sexual  organs 
are  borne  at  the  nodes  of  the  branchlets.  The  fertilized 
egg  and  its  investment  becomes  a  thick-walled  resting 
structure.  Many  species  of  Chara  and  Nitella,  the 
only  two  genera,  have  the  power  to  deposit  lime  from 
solut  ion,  and  thus  become  incrusted  with  that  substance, 
hence  the  popular  name.  In  this  way  the  Characeae 
have  played  a  part  in  the  filling  up  of  calcareous  lakes 
and  the  production  of  new  land.  They  are  mostly  in- 
habitants of  calcareous  waters. 

CLASS   XL     PH^OPHYCEiE  (Brown  Seaweeds) 

A  large  group  of  salt-water  algae,  well  known  in  all 
waters  of  the  globe,  but  most  abundant  in  the  colder 
regions.  Plant  body  attached,  usually  thalloid  and 
branched,  but  very  diverse;  in  some  cases  filamentous, 
in  others  disk-shaped  or  globular.  The  larger  forms  of 
Laminaria  are  sometimes  200  feet  long.  The  chroma- 
tophores  of  the  Phaeophyceae  contain  a  brown  pigment 
which  gives  to  these  plants  a  brown  or  yellowish  color 
instead  of  green.  The  thallus  is  often  very  tough  and 
cartilaginous,  to  resist  the  waves.  Zoospores  are  often 
produced.  In  sexual  reproduction,  the  gametes  are 
either  similar  and  motile,  rarely  non-motile,  or  more 
often  the  sperm  is  motile  while  the  egg  is  much  larger 
and  non-motile.  Details  of  structure  in  respect  to 
reproduction,  however,  are  very  great. 

The  thallus  of  various  species  of  PhEeophycese  yields 
iodine  and  soda.  Some  species  (e.g.,  Laminaria  sac- 
charina)  yield  mannite  and  are  used  in  the  Orient  for 
food.  The  dried  stalks  of  L.  digilala  and  L.  Cloustoni 
have  been  used  in  surgery.  Fucus  and  other  genera 
are  used  as  manure. 

One  species,  Sargassum  bacciferum,  has  acciunulated 
in  great  quantities  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean  between  the 
Bermuda  Islands  and  the  Spanish  coast,  in  the  so-called 
"Sargasso  Sea." 

CLASS   XIL    RHODOPHYCE.E  (Red  Seaweeds) 

Mostly  marine  alga;,  a  few  only  inhabiting  fresh 
water,  widely  distributed,  but  most  abundant  in  the 
tropics  and  temperate  region  at  lower  depths.  The 
thallus  is  very  diverse,  filamentous,  branched,  often 
thalloid,  attached  by  holdfasts,  and  red,  violet,  or 
purple  in  color,  rarely  green.  True  starch  is  not  found. 
Asexual  spore-reproduction  is  frequent.  These  spores 
are  non-motile  and  produced  in  fours  (tetraspores). 
Sexual  reproduction  is  by  dissimilar  gametes,  the 
antheridium  becoming  without  change  a  single  non- 
motile  sperm-cell.  The  egg-cell  is  prolonged  upward 
into  a  slender  tube   (trichogynej.     The  fertilized  egg 


by  division  gives  rise  to  a  globular  mass  of  short  fila- 
ments (cystocarp)  which  produce  asexual  spores.  These 
spores  in  turn  give  rise  to  the  mature  plant.  The 
cystocarp  and  its  spores,  thus  following  fertilization, 
suggest  the  alternation  of  generations  found  in  the 
mosses  and  liverworts  and  all  higher  plants.  About 
300  species  of  Rhodophycea;  have  been  described. 

Carragheen,  or  Irish  moss,  used  in  jellies  and  pud- 
dings, is  the  dried  thallus  of  Chondrus  crispus  and  Gigar- 
tina  mamillosa  of  northwestern  Europe.  Agar-agar, 
used  in  the  preparation  of  culture  media  in  bacteriology 
and  mycology,  is  obtained  from  various  species  of  this 
group. 

CLASS   XIII.    PHYCOMYCETES. 

A  large  group  of  parasitic  or  saprophytic  organisms 
(fungi),  without  chlorophyll:  thallus  (mycelium)  of 
much-branched  filaments  (hypha;);  usually  without 
cross-walls  (non-septate),  as  in  the  algal  group  Si- 
phoneae:  asexual  reproduction  by  motile  or  non-motile 
spores  which  are  usually  borne  in  sporangia,  and  by 
conidia  which  are  cells  abstricted  from  the  tips  of 
specialized  hyphae:  sexual  reproduction  diverse,  either 
by  the  conjugation  of  similar  gametes,  or  by  the  con- 
jugation of  a  specialized  antheridial  branch  (male)  and 
an  enlarged  oogonial  branch  (female)  which  contains 
the  egg;  free  sperm-cells  are  rare.  The  order  Oomy- 
cetes,  with  differentiated  gametes,  contains  the  following 
important  fungi:  Saprolegnia  (water-mold),  a  whitish, 
aquatic  mold  growing  on  decaying  plants,  insects,  or 
living  fishes;  Olpidium  brassicse,  parasitic  in  cells  at  the 
base  of  the  stem  of  young  cabbage  plants  causing  their 
death;  Phytophihorainfestann  {pot&to  disease);  Plnsmo- 
para  viticola,  downy  or  false  mildew  of  the  grape;  Albugo 
Candida,  white  rust  of  Cruciferae;  Pythiumde  Baryanum, 
causing  damping  off  of  seedlings.  Order  Zygomycetes, 
with  similar  gametes,  contains  Mucor  mucedo,  white 
mold  of  bread,  fruits,  etc. ;  Rhizopus  nigricans,  a  mold 
on  bread,  fruit,  etc.;  Empusa  muscse,  parasitic  on 
houseflies,  causing  their  death  and  producing  a  white 
halo  about  them  on  the  surface  where  they  die. 

CLASS   XIV.    EUMYCETES 

A  very  large  and  important  group  of  saprophytic  or 
parasitic  organisms  (fungi)  without  chlorophyll:  thallus 
(mycelium)  composed  of  fine  tubular  threads,  which  are 
septate:  sexual  organs  usually  obscure  or  apparently 
wanting:  asexual  reproduction  by  spores  or  by  conidia, 
a  modified  form  of  which  is  termed  basidia.  The 
conidia  and  basidia  do  not  always  represent  homolo- 
gous organs.  The  group  is  divided  into  Ascomycetes 
and  Basidiomycetes.  The  Ascomycetes  are  character- 
ized by  a  group  of  usually  8  spores  inclosed  in  a  unicel- 
lular sac  (ascus),  which  is  produced  immediately  after 
the  imperfect  sexual  fertilization.  The  asci  are  borne  in 
spherical  bodies  (perithecia)  or  in  open  cups  (apothecia). 
The  Perisporiaceae,  Discomycetes,  Pyrenomycetes,  and 
Tuberaceae  are  orders  within  this  sub-class.  Among  the 
many  important  economic  fungi  belonging  here  are 
the  following:  Erysipheae  (Downy  Mildews);  Aspergil- 
lus and  Penicillium  (Fruit  Mold,  Blue  Mold);  Mor- 
chella  (Morel),  edible;  Nectria  (Currant  Cane  Rust  and 
Tree  Canker) ;  Claviceps  purpurea  (Ergot) ,  parastic  in  the 
ovaries  of  grains;  Taphrina  (including  Exoascus),  caus- 
ing witches'  broom,  leaf  curl  of  peach,  plum  pockets, 
etc.;  Saccharomyces  (Yeast),  causing  fermentation 
in  saccharine  solutions.  The  Basidiomycetes  are 
characterized  by  the  production  of  four  spores  on  a 
special  hyphal  tip  or  thread  (basidium).  Each  spore 
is  raised  on  a  minute  slender  stalk  (sterigma).  These 
spores,  in  some  cases,  if  not  in  all,  follow  immediately 
after  a  nuclear  fusion,  which  probably  represents  a 
reduced  sexual  act.  In  this  group  are  the  Ustilagineae 
(Smuts),  infesting  the  ovaries  of  grains,  etc.;  the  Ure- 
dineae  (Rusts),  which  infest  a  wide  variety  of  culti- 
vated and  wild  plants,  and  among  which  may  be  men- 


(i 


A  SYNOPSIS   (W  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


tionixl  the  wheat  rust;  the  llvinononiyoetos  (Mush- 
rivuns,  ToadstwMs,  anil  Hraokot  l'uii(ii),  whicli  are 
sapivphylic  or  inhaliit  tinibcr;  aiul  tlu'  tijustcromyootes 
l'iilT-balls\  wliii'h  arV  .-iapropliytic.  The  rusts  exhibit 
allornalion  of  generations  to  a  most  reniarkaUle  degree, 
theditTerent  generations  often  iidiubiting  (hITerent  host 
phmts  and  possessing  a  wholly  dilTerent  appearanee,  as 
well  !»s  a  wholly  dilTerent  method  of  sporc^forniation. 
The  Hymenoniyeetes  are  sapro])hytic,exeept  the  genus 
Exobiisidiuin  whieh  inhabits  the  living  foliage  of  various 
plants,  the  genus  Arniillaria  wliich  infests  living  tree- 
trunks,  and  many  geni-ra  of  the  I'olyporaceir  (Bracket 
Fimgi  I  whieh  also  attack  the  W(Xk1  of  living  tn-es.  The 
l;ist-nientioned  fungi,  including  Arniillaria,  iidiabit  the 
trunks;  and  bninches  of  forest  trees,  causing  their  death. 

CLASS   XV.    LICHENES    (Lichens) 

Green,  gra>'  or  highl>'  colored  plants  of  very  diverse 
habit  and  habitat,  i-ither  thalloid,  fruticose  or  crusta- 
ceous,  and  growing  on  the  soil,  bark  of  trees,  rocks,  or 
rarely  on  foliage:  propagation  by  tlivision  of  the  thallus 
or  by  the  separation  of  special  minute  powdery  parts 
(.soredia):  spore-reproduction  by  luscospores  borne  in 
[)erithecia  or  apothecia,  rarel>-  bj-  basidiospores.  The 
lichen  thallus  is  not  a  single  organi.sm,  but  is  prob- 
ably a  symbiotic  structure,  <«mi)rised  fundamentally 
of  fungus  hyphae  between  which  many  vmicellular  green 
alga'  are  distributed,  usually  in  a  definite  fashion. 
The  fungi  belong  to  the  Ascomycetes  in  the  great 
majority  of  cases,  rarely  to  the  Bsisidiomycetes.  The 
alga*  may  belong  to  the  Chlorophycea>,  in  which  case 
they  are  unicellular,  or  to  the  Cyanophycea',  in  which 
ca.se  they  are  either  unicellular  or  in  chains.  Because 
the  symbiotic  structure  behaves  as  a  unit,  it  has  been 
decided  to  continue  to  treat  the  lichens  as  a  cla.ss  by 
themselves,  rather  than  to  consider  the  algal  and  fungal 
components  independently  in  their  respective  groups. 
Except  as  soil-producers,  li<^hens  are  of  little  economic 
importance:  Cetraria  islamticn  furnishes  Iceland  moss; 
Slicla  pulmonaria  was  once  used  in  medicine;  Cladonia 
rangiferinn  furnishes  the  main  food  of  the  reindeer  in 
Lapland,  and,  possibly,  of  other  arctic  animals;  Roccella 
lincloria  of  Africa  and  the  East  Indies  is  the  source  of 
the  chemical  indicator,  litmus  and  of  the  dye  orchil  or 
orseille. 

DIVISION   II.   BRYOPHYTA 

(Mosses  and  Liverworts) 

Small  green  plants  of  simple  structure,  either  thalloid 
or  differentiated  into  stem  and  leaves:  true  roots 
wanting:  vascular  tissue  absent:  alternation  of  gen- 
erations well  developed,  the  gamete-bearing  generation 
dominant :  female  gamete  (eggj  inclosed  in  a  flask- 
shaped  multicellular  archegonium:  male  gametes  (sperm- 
cells)  inclosed  within  a  multicellular  antheridial  wall: 
fertilized  egg  protlucing  the  M|)ore-bearing  generation 
(sporogonium)  which  (Consists  of  a  parasitic  or  semi- 
parasitic  capsule  usually  borne  upon  a  seta. 

The  Brj'ophytes  arc  divided  into  two  great  classes, 
namely  the  Hepatica  (Liverworts)  and  the  Musci 
(Mos-S**).  Each  of  these  in  turn  is  divided  into  several 
orders,  which,  as  usual,  cont.-un  one  or  more  families. 
Mosses  and  liverworts  are  widely  distributed  over  the 
earth,  the  latter  seeming  to  prefer  limestone  regions. 

The  Hepatica;  are  characterized  by  a  spore-bearing 
generation  consisting  of  a  stalked  or  sessile  simple  cap- 
sule, which  contains  spores  and  elongated  sterile  elaters, 
and  splits  into  teeth  or  valves  at  maturity.  The 
plant  body  (gamete-bearing  generation)  consists  either 
of  a  thalloid,  algal-like,  dichotomously  branching, 
ribbon-like  structure,  or  of  a  slender  axis  bearing  the 
verv-  thin  leaves,  one  cell  in  thickness,  and  destitute 
of  a  midrib.  The  lea\'es  are  usually  arranged  in  two 
lateral  rows,  with  often  a  third    row  of  small  dissim- 


ilar leaves  on  the  under  side,  so  that  the  shoot  is 
strongly  dorsi-ventral.  The  lateral  leaves  fre(iuently 
bear  at  the  biuse  a  curious  lobe  that  is  infolded  or 
even  Hask-shapetl,  and  probably  aids  in  the  conserva- 
tion of  water  on  the  dry  rocks  and  tree  trunks  which 
many  of  these  plants  frequent.  The  under  side  of  the 
stem  or  thallus  is  usually  provided  with  rhizoids  that 
take  the  place  of  roots.  The  thalloid  liverworts  are 
inhabitants  of  damp  or  wet  situations,  some  being 
aquatic:  in  the  North,  they  are  found  on  damp  .soil,  wet 
rocks,  or  among  damp  moss.  The  majority  of  foliose 
liverworts  inhabit  similar  places,  only  comparatively 
few  genera  and  species  being  xerophytic.  Filaments  of 
the  alga,  Nostoc,  penetrate  the  cavities  in  the  thallus 
of  Anthoceros  and  there  form  endophytic  colonies.  Veg- 
etative reproduction  is  accomijlished  by  the  branching 
of  the  thallus,  or  by  the  production  of  special  buds, 
called  genuna',  either  on  the  edge  of  the  leaf  or  thal- 
lus, or  in  special  cup-like  receptacles  borne  on  the  sur- 
face of  the  thallus. 

The  Hepatica;  are  di\'ided  into  four  principal  orders 
as  follows:  Order  I. — Ricciales.  Thalloid,  floating  or 
amphibious:  sexual  organs  sunken  in  the  thallus: 
capsule  sessile,  thin-walled,  endophytic,  irregularly 
dehiscent.  Order  II. — Marchantiales.  Thalloid:  arch- 
egonia  and  antheridia  usually  borne  on  special  branches 
of  the  thallus:  capsule  often  stalked,  usually  regularly 
dehiscent.  Marchantia  was  formerly  used  as  a  remedy 
in  diseases  of  the  liver,  hence  the  name  liverwort. 
Order  III. — Anthocerotales.  Thalloid:  one  chloroplast 
in  each  cell:  sexual  organs  superficial:  capsule  very 
slender,  chlorophjdl-  and  stomate-bearing,  continuing 
to  elongate  by  basal  growth.  Order  IV. — Jungerman- 
niales.  Thalloid  or  foliose:  capsule  usually  splitting 
to  the  ba.se  into  four  valves. 

The  Musci  (Mosses)  differ  from  the  Hepatica  mainly 
in  the  more  elaborate  capsule,  which  in  the  young 
state  commonly  contains  chlorophyll,  is  provided  with 
stomates,  and  contains  a  central  column  of  sterile 
ti.s.sue  (columella)  encircled  by  the  spore  -  bearing 
chamber.  The  dehiscence  of  the  capsule  is  apical  and 
transverse,  and  consists  in  the  formation  of  a  hd  (oper- 
culum) which  falls  off  exposing  the  mouth  of  the  an- 
nular spore-chamber.  This  mouth  is  surrounded  by  a 
single  or  double  row  of  numerous  hygroscopic  teeth 
(peristome),  which,  by  their  bending,  regulate  the 
escape  of  spores  in  wet,  and  dry  weather.  No  elaters 
are  produced.  The  sporogonium  of  the  moss  is,  there- 
fore, not  only  a  more  independent  structure  from  the 
standpoint  of  nutrition  than  is  that  of  most  hverworts, 
but  is  constructed  along  wholly  different  lines.  On  the 
summit  of  the  capsule  is  usually  found  a  delicate, 
diversely  shaped,  hood-like  cap  not  organically  con- 
nected with  it  and  easily  detached,  called  the  calyptra. 
This  is  the  enlarged  upper  portion  of  the  archegonium, 
which,  after  rupture,  is  borne  aloft  on  the  summit  of 
the  growing  sporogonium.  The  plant-body  (gamete- 
bearing  generation)  is  never  thalloid;  and  the  leaves, 
which  are  provided  with  a  midrib,  are  frequently  of 
several  cells  in  thickness.  The  germination  of  the  spore 
does  not  result  at  once  in  a  moss  plant,  but  produces 
a  creeping  filamentous  branched,  algal-like  growth 
(protoncma)  on  which  at  length  are  borne  the  buds 
that  give  rise  to  the  moss-stem  proper. 

The  Musci  .are  subdivided  as  follows:  Order  I. — 
Sphagnales  (Bog  or  Peat  Mosses).  Structure  of  stem 
and  leaf  peculiar,  consisting  of  dead,  tracheid-like  cells 
without  protoplasm  and  provided  with  pits  or  thicken- 
ing bands,  regularly  interspersed  among  slender,  living 
cells  containing  protoplasm  and  chloroplastids.  Lender 
ordinary  conditions,  the  tracheid-like  cells  are  filled 
in  part  with  air,  and  hence  the  plant  has  a  grayish 
hue.  In  the  presence  of  rain  or  abundant  .soil-water, 
the  water  is  drawn  into  the  cells  bj'  capillarity  until 
the  still  apparently  dry  plant  contains  a  surprisingly 
large  quantity  of  water,  which  will  flow  out  on  stiueezing 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


in  the  hand.  The  capsule  possesses  no  peristome,  and 
the  spore-sac  is  continuous  over  the  top  of  the  colu- 
mella. Peat  mosses  are  large,  branched  plants  growing 
in  extensive  colonies  in  wet  or  damp  situations  in 
northern  countries.  They  are  especially  abundant  on 
the  floating  moors  which  surround  certain  small  |)onds, 
and  by  their  decay  play  an  important  part  in  the  filling 
in  of  these  ponds.  They  continue  to  thrive  in  these 
"bogs"  until  the  conditions  at  length  become  too  dry. 
Peat  mosses,  therefore,  form  a  large  component  of 
"peat,"  and  in  this  way  the  Sphagnales  have  played  a 
very  interesting  part  in  the  evolution  of  the  present 
surface  of  the  earth.  Because  of  the  power  to  retain 
water,  sphagnum  is  of  economic  importance  to  nursery- 
men and  florists,  who  use  this  moss  extensively  in  pack- 
ing stock  for  shipment,  in  germinating  seeds,  and  for 
other  purposes.  Some  species  of  sphagnum  are  eaten 
in  Lapland  by  the  reindeer.  Mixed  with  the  hair  of  the 
reindeer,  they  are  used  for  stuffing  mattresses.  Order 
II. — Andreales.  A  small  group  of  rock  mos.scs.  The 
spore-chamber  is  continuous  over  the  summit  of  the 
columella,  and  the  capsule  dehisces  by  four  longitudinal 
slits.  Order  III. — Phascales.  A  small  group  of  minute 
terrestrial  mosses  with  few  leaves,  but  a  persistent 
protonema:  capsule  indehiscent,  at  length  decaying. 
Order  IV. — Bryales.  A  large  group  containing  the 
majority  of  the  mosses:  capsule  dehiscing  by  an  oper- 
culum; peristome  present;  spore-sac  interrupted  at 
the  summit  b\'  the  columella.  Certain  species  were 
formerly  used  as  astringents  and  diuretics.  Leskea 
sericea  has  been  used  to  stop  the  flow  of  blood  from 
wounds.  Species  of  Hypnum  and  Fontenalis  are  used 
in  Norway  and  Sweden,  by  the  peasants,  to  fill  cracks 
in  the  walls  of  huts.  Hypnum  triquelrum  is  sometimes 
used  in  place  of  sphagnum  for' packing  plants. 

With  the  exception  of   sphagnum,  the  mosses  and 
liverworts  do  not  seem  to  be  in  the  trade. 


DIVISION   III.    PTERIDOPHYTA 

Eggs  borne  in  archegonia;  sperm-cells  in  antheridia: 
alternation  of  generations  clearly  evident,  the  spore- 
bearing  generation  dominant:  true  vascular  tissue 
present;  also  true  roots. 

CLASS    I.    FILICIN^   (Ferns) 

Svb-dass  I.   Eusporangialie.  Sporangial  wall  several 
cells  in  thickness 

Order  1.   Ophioglossales 

1.  Ophioglossaceae  (from  the  genus  Ophioglnsswn, 
adder's  tongue,  in  reference  to  the  fruiting  spike). 
Adder's-Tongoe  Family.  Fig.  1.  Plants  small  or  of 
medium  size,  often  somewhat  fleshy:  leaves  various, 
entire  or  often  much  divided,  not  circinate  in  vernation; 
veins  forking  or  netted;  base  of  leaf  cap-hke,  enclosing 
the  succeeding  leaf:  sporangia  scattered,  borne  on  the 
margin  of  the  much  modified  fertile  portion  of  the 
leaf,  which  is  usually  separated  from  the  sterile  by  a 
stalk,  globular  in  form;  the  walls  several  cells  in  thick- 
ness; annulus  wanting;  dehiscence  by  a  straight  hori- 
zontal or  vertical  fissure:  prothallium  subterranean, 
tuber-like,  chlorophylless,  containing  mycorrhizal  fungi, 
saprophytic. 

Three  genera  and  about  .50  species  occur,  of  general 
distribution.  Several  species  of  Botrychium  and  one  of 
Ophioglossum  are  found  in  the  eastern  United  States. 
The  sheathing  base  of  the  leaf,  the  solitary,  thick- 
walled  sporangia  without  an  annulus,  and  the  subter- 
ranean saprophytic  prothallia  are  important  character- 
istics. 

Two  genera  are  sometimes  grown  in  North  America: 
Botrychium  (Moonwort  Ferns,  Grape  Ferns)  and 
Ophioglossum  (Adder's  Tongue). 


Order  2.    Marattiales 

2.  Marattiaceae  (from  the  genus  Marntlia,  named  in 
honor  of  Maratti,  Italian  botanist).  Marattia  Fam- 
ily. Fig.  1.  Stately  tropical  ferns  with  thickened, 
often  erect,  stems:  leaves  usually  very  large,  from  nearly 
entire  to  several  times  pinnate,  circinate,  inclosed  when 
young  by  the  prominent  stipules:  indusium  present  or 
absent:  sporangia  in  sori  on  the  under  face  of  the  leaf, 
either  separate  or  united  into  a  capsule-like  body  (ayn- 
angium);  the  walls  several  cells  in  thickness;  annulus 
wanting,  or  greatly  reduced;  dehiscence  by  clefts,  pores, 
or,  in  case  of  the  "synangia,"  first  by  valves  and  then 
by  slits:  prothallium  a  green  heart-shaped  thallus  on 
the  surface  of  the  soil,  sometimes  branched. 

Four  genera  and  about  23  species  are  found  in 
tropical  regions,  but  extend  into  the  south  temperate 


1.  Warattiace.e;  1.  Angiopteris,  sorus.  2.  Marattia,  synan- 
gium.  Ophioglossace.e:  3.  Ophioglossum,  a,  whole  plant;  b, 
dehiscing    sporangia.     4.  Botrychium,    sporangia.    Equisetace.e: 

5.  Etiuisetum,  a,  cross-section  stem;  6,  fruit  stem;  c,  sterile  stem; 
d,  sporophyll  and  sporangia;  e,  spore  and  elater.     Lycopodiace.e: 

6.  Lycopodium,  a,  fruit  branch;  b,  sporophyll  and  sporangium. 
Selagi-nellace.e;  7.  Selanginella,  a,  fruit  spike;  6,  spore  showing 
prothallium  and  archegonia. 

zone.  The  fern-Uke  habit,  the  prominent  stipules,  the 
thick-walled  sporangia  borne  in  sori  or  synangia,  the 
absence  of  a  well-developed  annulus,  and  the  green 
thalloid  emersed  prothallia,  are  important  characteris- 
tics.   The  family  is  probably  very  old  geologically. 

The  thick,  starchy  stem  of  Angiopteris  and  some 
Marattias  are  locally  used  for  food.  The  fleshy  stipules 
of  Marattia  fraxinea  are  eaten;  the  spicy  leaves  of  some 
species  are  used  to  season  fpod.  The  slime  from  the 
stipules  of  M.  Douglasii  is  used  medicinally  by  the 
Hawaiians. 

Three  genera  are  known  to  American  horticulture 
and  are  occasionally  grown  as  ornamental  greenhouse 
plants:  Angiopteris,  Dana;a,  and  Marattia,  represent- 
ing less  than  a  half-dozen  cultivated  species. 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


■Siift-f/oss  //.    Leplosix>rangiat,T.   Sporangial  wall 
one  cell  in  thickness 

Order  3.  Filicales 

3.  Hymenophyllaceae  (from  the  genus  Hymeno- 
phyllum.  sisnit'vmd  incnibrane-leai'cd).  Filmy-Fern 
Family.  Kiji.  2.  \'ory  dt'licate  ferns,  small  or  rninute  in 
size,  frtHiuently  eiiiphylie:  leaves  entire,  1-3-pinnate,  or 
dioliotomously  divided,  rarely  thalloid  or  orbicular, 
HHlueeil  in  thiekness  to  a  single  layer  of  cells  between 
the  veins,  and  thus  often  resenibhng  tlie  leaves  of 
mosses;  stomates  absent;  ultimate  or  all  veins  dichoto- 
mous:  sori  marginal,  riiised  on  a  slender  columnar  pro- 


5a  5b  5c 

2.  Hvuenophyll,\ce.e:  1.  Hymenophyllum,  section  of  aorus. 
Cyatheace.e;  2.  Alsophila.  sporangium.  Polypodi.\ce.e:  3.  \s- 
pidiuiu,  a,  pinnule  with  sori;  b,  section  of  sorus.  4.  Adiantum, 
prothallium  with  young  fern  plant.  5.  Polypodium,  a,  archego- 
nium;  6,  antheridiufn;  c.sperm.  6.  Peranema,  sporangium.  Gleich- 
ENIACE.E:    7.  Gieichenia,  sporangium. 

jection  of  the  veinlet:  indusium  cup-shaped:  sporan- 
gium thin-walled;  dehiscence  vertical  or  oblique; 
annulus  complete,  horizontal:  prothallium  thalloid  or 
filamentous,  often  much  branched. 

There  are  2  genera  and  about  200  species  growing 
upon  rocks  and  trees  in  the  damp,  shady  forests  of  the 
tropics,  and  in  New  Zealand.  One  species  reaches 
central  Europe  and  another  reaches  Kentucky.  The 
family  is  readily  distinguished  by  the  delicate  leaf, 
pcdicelled  sorus  and  equatorial  annulus. 

The  Hymenophyllacea;  require  a  warm  and  very 
humid  atmosphere,  and,  therefore,  most  species  are 
difficult  to  cultivate. 

Several  species  of  Hymenophyllum  and  Trichomanes 
are  in  cultivation  in  America. 

4.  Cyatheaceae  ffrom  the  genus  Cyathea,  signifying 
cup ->r contain,  in  reference  to  the  cup-shaped  indusium). 
Cyathea  Family.  Fig.  2.  Usually  tree  ferns  with 
large,  much-compounded,  circinate  leaves:  sori  globu- 
lar, borne  on  the  under  side  of  the  leaf:  veins  forking: 
indusium  usually  present,  bi-valvular,  cupular  or  uni- 
lateral: sporangia  thin-walled,  .sessile  or  short-pedi- 
celled,  obovoid ;  annulus  complete  at  the  pedicel, 
oblique,  dehiscence  transverse:  prothallium  ordinary, 
green. 

This  family  has  7  genera  and  about  300  species,  of 
which  \\')  belong  to  Cyathea,  112  to  Alsophila,  and  44 
to  Hemitelia.    They  are  distributed  in  the  tropics  of 


both  lu'inispheres.  The  Cyatheaceae  is  closely  related 
to  the  I'olypoiliacea'  from  which  it  differs  only  in  the 
slightly  oblique  annulus  which  piusses  just  at  one  side 
of  the  insertion  of  the  pedicel,  and  is  therefore  unin- 
terrupted at  that  point. 

The  dense,  woolly  coveringof  the  stem  of  many  species 
is  sometimes  collected  for  stuffing  pillows.  The  starchy 
pith  of  some  New  Zealand  Cyathcacea;  was  formerly 
used  for  food.  In  India,  an  intoxicating  drink  is  pre- 
pared from  the  pith.  Several  species  are  important 
greenhouse  ferns. 

Five  genera  at  least  are  listed  in  the  American 
trade:  Alsophila,  Cibotium  (Scythian  Lamb),  Cyathea, 
Dicksonia,   Hemitelia. 

5.  Polypodiaceae  (from  the  genus  Polypodium,  signi- 
fying many  feel,  in  allusion  to  the  branched  rootstock 
of  some  species).  Polypody  Family.  Fig.  2.  Ferns  of 
very  diverse  habit,  rarely  arborescent:  leaves  of  nor- 
mal texture,  entire  or  pinnatifid  or  multisect,  circinate; 
veins  forking:  sori  mostly  on  the  under  side  of  the  leaf; 
indusium  peltate,  fringed,  capillary,  cupular,  elongated, 
unilateral  or  wanting:  sporangia  thin-walled,  long-  or 
short-stalked;  annulus  vertical,  interrupted  by  the 
pedicel;  dehiscence  transverse:  prothallium  thalloid, 
green,  growing  upon  the  surface  of  the  soil,  mostly 
bisexual. 

Polypodiacea?  has  more  than  100  genera  and  about 
4,000  species  of  wide  distribution;  especially  abundant 
in  humid  regions  and  in  forests.  The  largest  genera  are: 
Dryopteris  (or  Aspidiura),  4.50  species;  Polypodium, 
500  sp.;  Asplenium,  150-200  sp.;  Elaphoglossum,  80- 
100  sp.;  Adiantum,  80  sp.;  and  Pteris,  Blechnum, 
Polystichum  and  Aspidium  about  50-70  species  each. 
The  family  is  most  closely  related  to  the  Cyatheacea?. 
The  presence  of  sori,  the  thin-walled  sporangium  with 
vertical  interrupted  annulus  and  transverse  dehiscence 
are  distinctive.  This  comprises  the  larger  number  of 
ferns,  and  is  often  called  the  Fern  Family. 

Some  of  the  most  striking  variants  are  the  walking- 
leaf  fern  with  undivided  lanceolate  leaves  which  take 
root  at  the  apex  and  repeat  the  process  several  times, 
all  the  plantlets  remaining  for  a  time  connected ;  the 
hart's -tongue  fern  with  broadly  lanceolate -oblong, 
entire  frond;  the  epiphytic  staghorn  fern  with  erect, 
forked,  fertile  fronds  and  orbicular  entire,  sterile  fronds 
closely  imbricated  over  the  short  stem  and  support.  In 
many  species  the  fertile  and  sterile  fronds  are  dimorphic. 
The  stems  of  some  species  are  slender  and  climbing; 
others  long,  slender  and  creeping;  some  are  very  stout 
and  erect  (tree  ferns). 

The  ferns  are  of  httle  economic  importance  except 
as  ornamental  plants.  The  starchy  rootstocks  of  some 
species  are  eaten  locally,  as  are  also  the  young  shoots. 
The  rootstock  of  Dryopteris  (Aspidium)  Filix-mas  is  a 
reputed  vermifuge. 

About  60  species  are  in  cultivation  in  America. 
Among  these  are:  Adiantum  (Maidenhair  Fern); 
Aspidium  (Shield  F.);  Asplenium  (Spleenwort);  Camp- 
tosorus  (Walking-leaf  F.);  Dennstsdtia  (Dicksonia) 
(Fragrant  F.);  Onoclea  (Sensitive  F.,  Ostrich  F.); 
Pellsa  (Cliff  Brake);  Phegopteris  (Beech  F.);  Platy ce- 
rium (Staghorn  F.);  Polypodium  (Polypody  F.); 
Polystichum  (Holly  F.,  Christmas  F.);  Pteris  (Common 
Brake);  Scolopcndrium  (Hart's-tongue  F.). 

6.  Ceratopteridaceae  (Parkeriaces)  (from  the  genus 
Ceratopteris,  meaning  horn-fern).  Ceratopteris 
Family.  Aquatic  ferns  rooting  in  the  mud:  leaves  of 
two  sorts,  the  ones  less  divided  with  broader  segments 
and  veins  more  or  less  anastomosing;  the  more  aerial 
fertile  ones  much  divided,  with  narrow  segments,  and 
rcvolute  margins  which  later  almost  completely  inclose 
the  scattered  sporangia:  indusium  wanting:  sporangia 
globular,  thin-walled  with  a  very  diverse  broad  nearly 
complete  or  nearly  wanting  annulus;  rarely  the  annulus 
wanting;  dehiscence  transverse:  prothallia  imisexual, 
thalloid;  antheridia  not  superficial. 


A   SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT   KINGDOM 


Only  one  genus  and  a  few  species  of  tropieal  distri- 
bution are  knomi ,  the  only  aquatic  species  among  the 
trvie  ferns.  The  habit,  the  absence  of  sori,  the  variable 
annulus,   and   the  sunken   antheridia  are  distinctive. 

This  fern  is  sometimes  cooked  and  eaten  as  greens. 

One  or  two  species  are  frequently  grown  for  aquaria 
and  aquatic  gardens. 

7.  Schizaeacese  (from  the  genus  Schissa,  rhft,  alluding 
to  the  leaves).  Curly-Grass  Family.  Fig.  3.  P>rns 
of  very  diverse  habit,  some  extremely  small,  others 
climbing:  stem  mostly  oblique  or  horizontal:  leaves 
very  diverse,  usually  pinnate  or  palmate;  veins  forking: 
sporangia  thin-walled,  usually  scattered,  at  first  mar- 
ginal, later  sometimes  exceeded  by  the  margin  of  the 
frond,  often  appearing  spiked  or  panicled,  sessile;  no 
ajjparent  indusium;  annulus  transverse,  apical,  com- 
plete; dehiscence  vertical;  fertile  portion  of  the  frond 
usually  much  modified:  prothaUium  of  all  genera  ex- 
cept Schiza;a  ordinary;  that  of  the  latter  genus  fila- 
mentous and  extremely  branched,  resembling  that  of 
the  filmy  ferns. 

In  this  family  are  4  genera  and  about  70  species, 
mostly  tropical,  rare  in  the  colder  regions.  Two  species 
reach  the  eastern  United  States,  one  of  which  extends 
to  Newfoundland.  The  solitary  sporangia  and  trans- 
verse apical  annulus  are  important  characteristics. 

The  curly  grass  (Schizsea  pusilla)  inhabits  bogs, 
where  it  may  form  extended  mats  of  dry,  woolly 
"grass"  1-3  inches  high.  The  sterile  leaves  are  without 
lamina;.  Lygodium  palmalum  is  the  "climbing  fern" 
of  eastern  America.  The  leaf,  not  the  stem,  of  this 
plant  has  unlimited  growth,  and  twines. 

Four  genera  are  in  the  American  trade:  Anemia 
Lygodiimi,  Mohria,  and  Schizaia. 

8.  Gleicheniaceae  (from  the  genus  Gleichcnia,  named 
in  honor  of  \V.  F.  Von  Gleichen,  1717-1783).  Gleich- 
ENIA  Family.  Fig.  2.  Terrestrial  ferns  with  peculiar 
foliage:  leaves  several  times  forking  owing  to  the 
arrested  growth  of  the  main  divisions  which  develop  in 
succeeding  seasons,  only  the  ultimate  branches  pinnate 
(except  in  one  genus) :  indusium  none:  sporangia  in  sori 
on  the  under  side  of  the  leaf,  thin- walled,  sessile,  pear- 
shaped;  annulus  complete,  running  obliquely  around 
the  back  and  over  the  top;  line  of  dehiscence  extending 
vertically  down  the  ventral  side  from  a  constricted 
apical  place  in  the  annulus:  prothaUium  ordinary,  green. 

Two  genera  and  about  26  species  occur  in  tropical  lands 
and  the  south  temperate  zone.  The  family  is  related 
to  the  Schizaeacea;  but  the  habit  is  very  different.  The 
peculiar  forking  of  the  leaves,  as  well  as  the  unusual 
annulus  and  pecuhar  dehiscence,  are  characteristic. 

A  few  species  of  Gleichenia  are  in  cultivation  in 
North  .Vmerica. 

9.  Osmundaceae  (from  the  genus  Osmunda,  derived 
from  O.stnunder,  the  Saxon  name  of  the  god  Thor). 
OsMiNDA  Family.  Fig.  3.  Ferns  of  ordinary  habit, 
rarely  aborescent:  rhizome  mostly  vertical,  thick:  leaves 
large,  circinate,  1-3-pinnate,  rarely  thin  and  stomate- 
less;  petiole  somewhat  sheathing  at  the  base;  fibro- 
vascular  bundle  1;  veins  forking:  indusia  wanting: 
sporangia  scattered  on  the  under  side  of  the  ordinary 
leaf,  or  on  the  margin  or  on  both  sides  of  modified 
fertile  portions  of  the  leaf,  thin-walled,  short-stout- 
pedicelled,  globular;  annulus  imperfect,  consisting  of  a 
group  of  cells  on  one  side;  line  of  dehiscence  vertical, 
extending  from  this  group  up  over  the  summit:  prothal- 
lium  ordinary,  green. 

There  are  3  genera  and  10  or  12  species  of  general 
distribution,  and  others  in  the  Australian  region.  Three 
species  occur  in  the  eastern  United  States.  The  family 
is  related  to  the  Gleicheniacese  and  Schiza-acea?.  The 
peculiar  dehiscence,  and  the  scattered  sporangia  with 
the  annulus  consisting  of  a  group  of  cells,  instead  of  a 
ring,  are  distinctive. 

The  family  has  practically  no  economic  importance, 
except    as   ornamental   plants,    except    that    the   root 


masses  are  used  as  matrix  on  which  to  grow  orchids 
and  other  epiphytic  plants  (see  Osmundine).  Some 
have  been  used  in  medicine,  although  their  virtues  are 
questionable.  The  family  contains  some  of  our  most 
stately  native  ferns. 

All  three  genera  are  in  American  horticulture: 
Leptopteris  (leaves  thin  and  no  stomates);  Osmunda 
(Royal  Fern,  Cinnamon  Fern),  Todea  (Grape  Fern). 

Order  4.  Hydropteridales 

10.  Marsileaceae  (from  the  genus  Marsilea,  in  honor 
of  Giavanni  Marsigli,  or  Aloysius  Marsili,  Italian  natural- 
ists.) Marsilea  Family.  Fig.  3.  Perennial  marsh  or 
aquatic  plants  with  filiform  and  creeping  rhizomes: 
leaves  all  from  root  stocks,  circinate;  rachis  without 
blade  or  with  four  leaflets  borne  together  at  the  apex; 
leaflets,  when  present,  fan-shaped,  rounded  at  apex; 
veins  dichotomous:  sporangia  of  two  sorts,  macro- 
sporangia  bearing  macrospores  which  give  rise  to  egg- 
cells,  and  microsporangia  bearing  microspores  which 
give  rise  to  sperm-cells,  both  borne  together  in  tiny 
chambers  (sori)  in  globular  capsule-like  conceptaclea 
(sporocarps)  which  arise  from  the  rootstock  or  lower 
portion  of  the  leaf,  and  are  either  stalked  or  sessile: 


3.  ScHiz^ACE^:  1.  Aneimia,  sporangium.  Osmundace.e:  2. 
Osmunda,  sporangium:  a,  front  view;  b,  baclc  view.  Salviniace-e: 
3.  Salvinia,  a,  whole  plant;  b,  section  of  sporocarps  showing 
sporangia.  Marsileace.e:  4.  Marsilea,  a.  whole  plant;  6,  sporo- 
carp  germinating;  c,  sporocarp  emitting  gelatinous  thread  with 
sori.  5.  Piiularia,  a,  cros.s-scction  of  sporocarp;  6,  sporocarp 
emitting  sporangia. 

male  and  female  prothallia  very  much  reduced,  remain- 
ing inclosed  within  the  spore-wall,  which  in  the  case  of 
the  macrospores  early  becomes  ruptured  on  one  side  to 
expose  the  archegonia. 

Two  genera  (Marsilea  and  Piiularia)  and  about  60 
species  occur,  of  which  52  or  .54  belong  to  Marsilea. 
The  distribution  is  general,  though  mainly  tropical. 
Marsilea  is  represented  in  the  United  States  by  one 
native  and  one  introduced  species.  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Salviniacca;,  but  the  peculiar  habit  and 
unusual  sporocarps  are  distinctive. 


10 


A   SVXDl'SIS   OF    THE    PLANT   KINGDOIM 


At  inatvirity,  a  pelatinoiis  mass  escapes  from  tlie 
svx>n.iearp,  anii  on  tliis  mass  the  sori  arc  borne  in 
stMiiewhat  characteristic  fashion  in  ihtTcrcnt  species. 
The  leaflets  of  the  clover-like  leaves  of  Marsilea,  in 
eiiierswl  forms,  show  sFwp  movement,  ;us  do  those  of 
clover.  These  leaflet^s  tioal  upon  the  water  to  the  vary- 
ing depths  of  which  the  petioles  accommodate  them- 
selves; hut  the  plant  ma.\-  prow  emersinl  on  mud,  in 
which  e;ise  the  i>etioles  are  erect  like  clover.  The  leaves 
of  Pilularia  are  filiform,  jiointed,  and  destitute  of  blade. 

In  .\uslraUa.  the  sporocarps  of  Mnnsilcn  \arilii  and 
M.  Druninioiiilii,  which  contain  much  starch  and  other 
nutritious  material,  are  used  by  the  natives  for  food. 
Thev  are  prountl  into  a  powder,  mixed  with  water  and 
baked.  Fish  and  marsilea  "fruits"  form  almost  the 
sole  food  of  some  tribes. 

One  species,  Marcilrn  quadrifolia,  is  in  cultivation 
in  .\merica  for  acjuatic  gardens. 

11.  Salviniacese  (from  the  genus  Salmnin  in  honor  of 
A.  M.  ,'>alvini.  Italian  scientist).  Salvini.\  Family. 
Fig.  3.  Small,  floating  aquatic  plants,  resembling  large 
Lemnas  (Salvinia)  or  foliaceous  liverworts  (AzoUa) : 
stem  riiiuced  or  wanting:  leaves  few,  orbicular  or  oval 
(Salvinia);  or  mutierous,  minute  and  imbricated 
(AzoUa):  sporangia  and  spores  of  two  sorts  as  in  Mar- 
silea, but  borne  on  basal  columns  in  the  single  cavity 
of  the  SDorocarp:  at  first  both  sorts  of  sporangia  are 
present  but  only  one  kind  matures  so  that  the  sporo- 
carp  becomes  entirely  "male"  or  entirely  "female;" 
prothallium  partly  endosporous,  only  a  portion  of  either 
the  male  or  female  prothallium  emerging  from  the 
spore  wall. 

The  family  hius  2  genera  and  about  15  species,  of 
which  11  belong  to  Salvinia;  generally  distributed  but 
principally  tropical.  Each  genus  is  represented  in  the 
eastern  Unitetl  States  by  one  native  species.  The 
family  is  related  to  the  Marsileacea?,  but  the  habit,  the 
structure  of  the  sporocarps,  and  the  separation  of 
macrosporangia  and  microsporangia  in  different  sporo- 
carps are  distinctive. 

The  "roots"  of  Salvinia  represent  a  modified  leaf. 
Each  leaf  of  AzoUa  is  two-lobed,  one  lobe  floating, 
the  other  submerged.  .\  small  cavity  inclosed  by  the 
upper  lobe  is  always  inhabited  by  a  nostoc-like  alga, 
between  which  and  the  Azolla  there  is  indication  of  a 
symbiotic  relationship.    Azolla  possesses  true  roots. 

The  family  is  of  almost  no  economic  importance. 

One  species  of  Salvinia  and  two  species  of  AzoUa 
are  occasionally  grown  in  water-gardens. 

CLASS  II.    EQUISETIN.^ 
Order  5.    Eqdisetales 

12.  Eouisetaceae  (from  the  genus  Equisetum,  meaning 
hoTne-bristk).  Horse-tail  Family.  Fig.  1.  Plants  of 
striking  appearance,  often  with  rhizomes  and  with  a 
straight,  aerial,  striated  axis  bearing  whorLs  of  connate, 
scale-like  leaves  at  the  nodes;  from  the  nodes  also  fre- 
quently ari.w  slender  branches  of  different  structure 
which  bear  different  but  still  scale-like  leaves;  the  stem 
is  hollow,  and  besides  the  central  canal  often  contains 
numerous  additional  large  canals  imbedded  in  the 
outer  tissue;  sports  of  one  kind  (not  microspores  and 
macrosporesi;  sporangia  5-9,  borne  on  the  under 
surface  of  peltate,  polygonal  scales  which  form  a 
terminal  cone;  dehi.scence  longitudinal;  spores  green, 
provided  with  several  hygroscopic  "elaters"  which  aid 
in  dis.-iemination;  prothallia  green,  unisexual,  the  female 
largest,  branched. 

A  single  genus  and  about  24  species  are  known,  of 
which  one  section  is  tropical,  the  other  of  temperate 
distribution.  Ten  species  are  native  in  the  eastern 
United  Statf*.  The  family  is  very  distinct  and  shows 
no  definite  relationship  to  any  existing  plants.  The 
habit,  the  undilTcrcntiated  spores,  the  peltate  sporo- 
phylls,  and  the  liiacious  emergent  prothallia  are  dis- 


tinctive. The  arrangement  of  the  canals  and  also 
of  tlu'  stomates  along  the  stem  are  important  in  the 
<listinction  of  species. 

The  stems  of  E.  hiemtile,  rich  in  silica,  were  formerly 
much  used  for  scouring  and  for  polishing  woods,  and 
are  still  used  to  some  extent.  PJ.  arvense  and  E.  si/lvali- 
ciim  have  been  used  for  polishing  tin  vessels,  hence  the 
name  "tinweed."  Several  species  have  been  used  in 
medicine,  as  diuretics.  E.  gigntiteum  is  emplo.yed  as  an 
astringent.  E.  arvense  and  E.  palustre  are  bad  weeds 
in  parts  of  Europe. 

Se\'eral  species  have  been  advertised  by  American 
dealers  in  native  plants. 

CLASS  III.    LYCOPODIN^ 
Order  6.    Lycopodiales 

13.  Lycopodiaceae  (from  the  genus  Lycopodium,  wolf- 
foot,  from  a  fancied  resemblance).  Club-Moss  Family. 
Hg.  1.  Branched  plants  of  moderate  size,  stems  often 
erect  when  short,  usually  prostrate,  pendent,  or  creep- 
ing; leaves  very  numerous,  small,  subulate  or  oblong, 
mo.ss-like,  often  imbricated;  rarely  the  leaves  all  basal 
(Phylloglossum);  sporophylls  either  similar  to  the 
leaves,  or  much  modified  and  forming  terminal  "cones;" 
sporangia  and  spores  of  one  sort  (not  macrospores  and 
microspores),  the  former  reniform,  borne  at  the  base 
of  a  leaf  on  the  upper  side;  dehiscence  longitudinal; 
prothallia  more  or  less  cylindrical  or  amorphous,  in  some 
species  green,  in  others  colorless,  saprophytic,  sub- 
terranean or  subcortical. 

The  club-moss  family  contains  2  genera  and  about 
100  species,  aU  but  one  of  which  belong  to  Lycopodium, 
distributed  in  aU  parts  of  the  world  except  the  very 
dry  regions.  The  majority  of  the  epiphytic  species 
are  tropical,  but  several  terrestrial  species  extend  to 
the  arctic  circle.  Twelve  of  the  species  are  native  in  the 
eastern  United  States.  The  family  is  not  closely  related 
to  any  other.  The  habit,  the  undifferentiated  spores, 
and  the  prothaUium  are  distinctive. 

The  branching  of  Lycopodium  is  of  two  types,  the 
dichotomous,  and  the  monopodial  (a  central  axis  from 
which  lateral  branches  arise).  On  these  types  sub- 
genera are  based. 

The  spores  of  Lycopodium  (principaUy  of  L.  clava- 
tu7)i),  which  are  produced  in  great  quantities,  are  used 
by  apothecaries  for  coating  pills,  and  by  metal-workers. 
These  spores  are  highly  inflammable  and  were  formerly- 
used  in  theaters  to  produce  flashlights.  L.  Selago  is 
emetic,  drastic,  vermifugal,  and  emmenagogue.  L. 
myrsinUis  and  L.  calharlicum  are  purgative.  Several 
other  species  have  been  used  locally  for  various  com- 
plaints. The  creeping  stems  of  L.  clavatum  and  L. 
complanatum  are  often  used  for  Christmas  and  church 
decorations. 

S(!veral  species  of  Lycopodium  (Club-moss,  Grouiid 
Pine,  Creeping  Pine)  are  gathered  or  protected  in 
America  for  decorative  purposes  or  for  the  spores. 

Order  7.    Selaginellales 

14.  Selaginellaceae  (from  the  genus  Selaginella, 
diminutive  of  Selago,  ancient  name  of  Lycopodium). 
SELAfiiNELLA  Family.  Fig  1.  Moss-like  or  lycopodium- 
like  plants,  often  of  moderate  size,  usuaUy  profusely 
and  dichotomously  branched,  more  rarely  monopodial; 
creeping,  pendent  or  erect,  sometimes  climbing  and 
several  meters  long,  or  minute  and  1-3  cm.  long; 
leaves  moss-like,  very  small,  usuaUy  densely  placed, 
often  imbricated,  often  of  two  sizes  (the  branches 
therefore  strongly  dorsiventral) ;  ligule  present,  borne 
at  the  base  of  the  leaf  on  the  upper  side;  roots  borne  on 
"rhizophores"  which  are  probably  modified  branches: 
siiores  of  two  sorts  (microspores  and  macrospores)  in 
separate  sporangia,  borne  in  the  leaf  axils;  sporophylls 
fre(iuently  inoilified,  forming  a  cone  or  spike;  prothallia 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


11 


eiuiosporous,  the  spore  wall  of  the  macrospores  soon 
rupturing  and  exposing  the  archegonia. 

The  one  genus,  Selaginella,  and  about  500  species 
are  widely  distributed,  but  mcsstly  tropical.  The 
majority  prefer  damp  forests,  but  some  (e.g.,  .S'.  rupes- 
tris)  are  xerophytic.  Three  species  are  native  in  the 
eastern  United  States.  The  family  is  related  to  the 
Lycopodiaceae  superficially,  but  not  in  the  spores  and 
in  the  prothallia,  which  are  more  closely  allied  to 
another  family,  the  IsoetaceK.  The  habit,  the  foliar 
ligule,  the  undifferentiated  spores,  and  the  endosporous 
prothallia  are  distin(;tive. 

The  spores  of  Selaginella  have  been  used  in  the  same 
manner  as  those  of  Lyeopodium,  but  are  less  easily 
obtainable.  S.  conrinmi  and  .S.  ohlusa  have  been  used 
for  diarrhea  and  dysentery.  Several  Mexican  species 
are  used  locally  for  medicine.  S.  coiwohda  is  employed 
in  the  East  Indies  as  an  aphrodisiac.  The  rosette-Uke 
iS.  lepidophylla  of  Mexico  is  the  best-known  "resur- 
rection plant."  When  dry,  it  rolls  into  a  ball  and 
becomes  brown;  when  the  air  is  humid,  the  branches 
spread  out  and  the  green  upper  surfaces  are  exposed. 

Man}-  species  of  Selaginella  are  in  choice  American 
collections,  but  very  few  are  commonly  in  the  trade. 
The}'  are  mostly  grown  for  greenhouse  and  for  table 
decoration  under  the  name  of  "lyeopodium." 


SPERMATOPHYTA   or  SIPHONOGAMIA 
(PHANEROGAMIA) 

SUB-DIVISION  I.     GYMNOSPERM^ 

Order  8.     Cycadales 

15.  Cycadaceae  (from  the  genus  Cycas,  the  Greek 
name  of  a  certain  palm).  Cycas  Family.  Fig.  4.  More 
or  less  woody  plants,  with  thick,  unbranched,  columnar 
or  tuberous  stem:  leaves  alternate,  pinnate:  stamens 
and  carpels  borne  in  cones  or  in  temporarily  terminal 
clusters:  scales  of  the  staminate  cone  bearing  very 
many  scattered  anthers  on  the  under  side;  the  carpels 
open,  not  forming  a  closed  o^'ary,  either  leaf-like  pin- 
natifid  and  bearing  marginal  ovules,  or  jjeltate  with  2  or 
more  suspended  ovules;  the  latter  very  large,  often  1 
inch  long,  orthotropous,  with  1  integument,  becoming 
drupe-Uke. 

Cycadacea>  has  9  genera  and  about  S.5  species,  dis- 
tributed in  tropical  and  subtropical  regions.  Zamia 
is  the  largest  genus,  with  30  species.  The  family  stands 
isolated  among  the  gymnosperms.  The  palm-like 
habit,  pinnate  leaves,  very  numerous  scattered  stamens, 
and,  in  Cycas,  the  leaf-like  carpel,  are  distinctive. 
Differences  more  important  to  the  morphologist  are  to 
be  found  in  the  embryology,  especially  in  the  fertiliza- 
tion by  motile  sperm-cells.  The  leaves  are  circinate 
when  unfolding,  like  those  of  a  fern.  The  Cycadacea 
represent  an  ancient  family  far  more  numerous  in  past 
geologic  ages.    Many  fo.ssil  .species  are  known. 

Various  species  of  Cycas  in  the  Moluccas  and  Japan, 
especially  C.  revolula,  yield  a  sago  in  the  pithy  part  of 
the  stem  which  the  natives  bake  into  bread.  The 
fiottentots  eat  the  pith  of  Encephalartos,  making 
from  it  "Kafir  bread."  The  seeds  of  Cycas  and  Zamia 
are  edible.  The  leaves  of  Cycas  are  used  at  funerals 
and  church  festivals  as  "palm  branches." 

Several  genera  are  in  culti\'ation  in  America  for 
greenhouse  use  and  outdoors  in  the  South.  These  are 
Bowenia;  Ceratozamia  of  Mexico;  Cyca-s  (Sago  Palm)  of 
the  far  East;  Dioon  of  Mexico;  Encephalartos  of  South 
Africa;  Macrozamia  of  AustraUa;  Stangeria  of  South 
Africa;  Zamia  (Coontie,  Comptie)  of  tropical  America. 

Order  9.  Ginkgoales 

16.  Ginkgoacex  (from  the  genus GuiAjo,  the  Japanese 
name;.    Ginkgo  Family.    Fig.  4.    Much-branched  tree 


with  deciduous  leaves:  secondary  wood  without  true 
vessels;  resin-tubes  present:  leaves  alternate,  fan-shaped 
like  the  pinnules  of  Adiantum;  veins  forking:  anthers 
borne  in  pedicelled  pairs  on  a  slender  axis,  withcjut 
bracts,  the  whole  somewhat  catkin-like:  no  true  pistil- 
late cone;  ovules  borne  in  pairs  at  the  summit  of 
branched  peduncles,  each  ovule  surrounded  at  the  base 
by  a  fleshy  ring:  fruit  drupaceous.  Fertilization  is  by 
means  of  motile  sperms. 

A  single  genus  of  one  species  occurs  in  China  and 
Japan.  Fossil  species  are  known.  The  family  is  dis- 
tantly related  to  the  ConiferiE,  but  the  peculiar  foliage, 
as  well  as  the  absence  of  cone  structure  and  the  great 
reduction  of  sporophylls,  is  distinctive.  , 

Ginkgo  bUoba  (ginkgo,  maidenhair  tree,  Kew  tree), 
the  only  species,  is  grown  as  a  park  tree. 


^3o 

4.  CycadacE-E:  1.  Cycas,  a,  leaf:  6,  carpel  with  ovules:  c,  male 
scale  with  anthers.  2.  Zamia,  female  cone.  Ginkgoace.e:  3. 
Ginkgo,  a,  leaf;  6,  ovules;  c,  stamen. 

Order  10.  Conifeeales 

17.  Taxaceae  (from  the  genus  Taxus,  the  classical 
name,  probably  from  the  Greek  meaning  bow,  for  which 
the  wood  is  used).  Yew  Family.  Fig.  5.  Much-branched 
trees  or  shrubs,  with  resin-tubes  in  the  bark  and  no 
true  vessels  in  the  secondary  wood:  leaves  alternate, 
needle-like  or  scale-like,  persistent:  stamens  borne  on 
the  protected  portion  of  more  or  less  apically  thickened 
or  peltate  scales  (sporophylls)  forming  a  small  cone: 
pistillate  cones  wanting;  ovules  borne  singly  or  two 
together  on  a  fleshy  or  rudimentary  carpel  (sporophyll), 
inverted  or  straight,  the  outer  integument  forming  an 
arillus:  fruit  a  dry  seed  surrounded  by  the  fleshy  often 
highly  colored  arillus;  the  receptacle  also  often  enlarged 
and  forming  a  fleshy  part  of  the  fruit. 

TaxaceiE  has  8  genera  and  about  70  species  widely 
distributed,  of  which  40  belong  to  the  genus  Podocarpus. 
The  family  is  related  to  the  Coniferse,  but  differs  in  the 
reduction  of  the  pistillate  cone  to  a  single  ovule,  in 
the  modification  or  suppression  of  the  sporophyll,  and 
in  the  aril  or  arillus.  The  closely  related  Ginkgoaceae 
ha-s  a  different  staminate  inflorescence.  Fertilization  is 
by  means  of  pollen-tubes. 

The  timber  produced  by  the  tropical  eastern  species 
of    Podocarpus    and  of    Dacrydium   (heron  pine  and 


r. 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF   THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


diuniou  pint'''  is  liiphly  viJutxl.  The  yew  wood  is 
hard  juid  siisi-ept iblo  of  a  high  polish.  It  is  iisi-d  in 
cabinot  work  juul  for  bows.  Tho  sood  and  shoots  of  yi'W 
an>  s;ud  tti  ho  [Hiisonous.  but  tlio  arilhis  is  liannlcss. 

In  cultivation  in  .Vnierica  arc  a  few  genera  for  orna- 
mental punxises;  Cephalotaxiis,  East  Asia;  Podoear- 
pus.  Chile,  Japsui.  Australia,  H'own  in  the  South;  Taxus 
(Yew),  F,urv>pe,  Asia.  North  America;  Torreya  (Cali- 
foniia  Nutmeg*,  California  to  Florida. 

IS.  Pinacete  (from  the  genus  Piintu,  the  classical 
I^itin  mune*.  I'lXK  K.\mii.y.  Fig.  o.  Trccor  shrub,  with 
no  true  vessels  in  the  secondary  wood,  but  witli  resin- 
tubes:  leaves  linear,  or  ncedle-liUc,  or  scale-like, 
alternate  or  opposite,  evergreen  or  ileciduous:  anthers 
and  ovule*  both  in  true  cones  plainly  subtended  by 
scales  (sporophylls! ;  the  staminate  scales  usually 
boiiring  2-t),  rarely  more,  anthers  on  the  under  .side; 
the  pistillate  bearing  1-2,  rarely  many,  ovules  on  the 
upper  side,  or  peltate  and  ovule-bearing  under  the 
crown  or  at  its  base;  ovules  with  1  integimient:  fruit 


5.  T.^XACK-t:  1.  Taxus,  a,  male  cone;  6,  fruit  (seed  and  aril). 
PlN.\CE.E;  2.  Tsuga,  female  cone.  3.  Picea,  female  cone-scale  with 
ovules.  4.  P.^udotsuga,  female  cone.  5.  ChamEecyparis,  female 
cone.  6.  Sequoia,  female  cone.  7.  Juniperus,  a,  female  cones 
(berries);  b,  cross-section  berry.  Gnet,\ce.«:  8.  Ephedra,  a, 
female  inflorescence;  6,  male  inflorescence. 

a  dry  woody  cone  with  dry,  often  winged  seeds  between 
the  scales;  or  berry-like  through  the  union  of  the  fleshy 
cone-scales. 

Sub-family  1.  Cupressinea. — Cone-scales  opposite; 
ovul(«  erect :  leaves  opposite  or  whorled. 

Sub-family  2.  Abietinea;.— Cone-scales  alternate; 
ovules  inverted:  leaves  alternate. 

There  are  2o  genera  and  about  240  species,  widely 
distributed  but  most  abundant  in  temperate  regions. 
The  largest  genus  is  Pinus  with  70  species.  The  family 
Li  related  to  the  Taxacea;  and  Ginkgoace:e,  from  which 
it  differs  in  the  presence  of  true  .staminate  and  pist  illate 
cones.  It  also  differs  from  the  latter  in  the  absence  of 
motile  sperm-cells. 

The  Pinaeea-,  like  other  Gymnosperras,  is  an  old 
group,  more  abundant  in  former  geologic  ages.  Many 
fossil  species  are  known.  The  Sequoias  of  California 
were  formr'rly  more  abundant,  extending  to  Ori'enlarid. 
The  young  plants  of  many  Cupressinea^  possess  foliage 


quite  different  in  appearance  from  the  matin-e  foliage, 
the  leaves  being  longer  and  more  spreading.  These 
juvenile  forms  have  been  called  Hetinis|)oras,  a,  name 
which  ha.s  been  applied  also  to  all  cultivated  species  of 
Chaniivcyparis.  Juniper  "berries"  are  fleshy  cones 
with  peltate,  fused  scales.  The  leaves  of  Larix,  Pseu- 
dolarix  and  (Vdrus  are  deciduous.  The  branchlets  and 
leaves  are  deciduous  in  Taxodium.  The  cone-scales 
of  many  Abietineic  are  double,  an  outer  thinner  3- 
t.oothed  scale,  and  a  thick  inner  scale  that  bears  the 
ovules  (sec  I'si'udotstigd). 

.\mong  the  PinaceiT'  are  some  of  our  most  valuable 
timber  trees;  e.  g.,  cedar,  arborvita>,  spruce,  fir,  hem- 
lo('k  and  redwood.  The  resin  from  various  pines  when 
distilled  yields  spirits  of  turpentine  and  rosin;  when 
dry-distilled,  it  yields  tar.  Venice  turiientine  is  the 
resinous  exudation  of  European  larches:  Canada 
balsam  that  of  Abies  balsaiyiea.  Dammar  resin  is  from 
the  Malayan  Agathis  Dammara.  Kauri  resin  is  the 
semi-fossiiized  resin  of  Agathis  austraiis  of  Australia 
and  New  Zealand.  Sandarac  resin  is  from  Callitris 
quadrivalvis  of  Northwest  Africa.  Amber  is  the  fos- 
silized resin  of  prehistoric  conifers  around  the  Baltic. 
Oil  of  savin  is  from  the  leaves  and  twigs  of  Juniperus 
sahinii,  and  oil  of  cedar  from  Th  uya  occidenlalis.  Juniper 
berries,  from  J.  communis  of  Europe  and  America,  are 
diuretic  and  also  used  for  flavoring  gin.  Edible  seeds 
are  produced  by  Pinus  Pinea  (stone  pine)  of  the 
Mediterranean,  P.  Cembra  of  Europe  and  Siberia,  P. 
Parryana  and  P.  edulis  of  the  southwestern  United 
States,  Podocarpus  neriifolia  of  the  East  Indies,  Armi- 
carin  brnziliana  of  Brazil,  and  A.  Bidwillii  of  Australia. 
Bread  is  made  by  the  Laps  and  Eskimos  from  the 
inner  bark  of  Pinus  sylvesiris  and  Abies  <dba;  also  from 
various  Pinaeea;  by  our  northwestern  Indians.  Deodar 
{Cedrus  Dcodara)  is  sacred  to  the  Hindoos.  Cedrus 
Libani  is  the  cedar  of  Lebanon.  Pine  bark  was  form- 
erly used  for  tanning. 

Many  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America.  Among 
these  are:  Abies  (Fir,  Balsam);  Araucaria  (Norfolk 
Island  Pine,  Monkey  Puzzle);  Callitris  (Cypress  Pine); 
Cedrus  (Cedar  of  Lebanon,  Deodar);  Chamsecyparis 
(White  Cedar,  Yellow  Cedar,  Hinoki  Cypress,  Sawara 
Cypress,  Retinispora,  Japanese  Cedar);  Cryptomeria; 
Ciipressus  (Cypress,  Monterey  Cypress);  Juniperus 
(Red  Cedar,  Juniper,  Savin);  Larix  (inarch,  Tamarack, 
Hackmatack);  Libocedrus  (Incense  Cedar,  White  Ce- 
dar); Picea  (Spruce);  Pinus  (Pine,  Pinnon,  Soledad); 
Pseudolarix  (Golden  Larch);  Pseudotsuga  (Douglas 
Spruce,  Red  Fir);  Sciadopitys  (Umbrella  Pine);  Se- 
quoia (Big  Tree  of  CaUfornia,  Redwood);  Taxodium 
(Bald  Cypress,  Deciduous  Cypress) ;  Thuya  (Arborvi- 
tae,  White  Cedar) ;  Thuyopsis;  Tsuga  (Hemlock  Spruce). 

Order  11.  Gnetales 

19.  Gnetacese  (from  the  genus  Gnelum,  derived  from 
Gnemon,  said  to  be  the  old  Malay  name  of  the  plant). 
GNKTtiM  Family.  B'ig.  5.  Very  peculiar  semi-woody 
plants  of  diverse  habit:  leaves  large  and  broad,  or  modi- 
fied, or  reduced,  or  opposite,  or  whorled:  no  resin-tubes 
in  the  stem;  secondary  wood  containing  true  vessels: 
true  flowers  present,  with  a  2-4-parted  perianth, 
uni.sexual,  rarely  bisexual;  stamens  2-<S;  pistillate 
perianth  becoming  juicy  or  wing-like  in  fruit  and  inclos- 
ing one  naked  orthotropous  seed  with  1  or  2  integu- 
ments. 

The  family  consists  of  3  genera  and  about  3.')-40 
species,  widely  distributed.  It  is  distinguished  from 
the  Conifera'  by  the  presence  of  a  perianth,  the  absence 
of  resin-tubes,"  and  the  presence  of  vessels  in  the 
secondary  wood.  The  endosperm  development,  also, 
ar)proaches  that  of  the  Angiosperms.  The  fertilization 
is  by  means  of  pollen-tubes.  The  three  genera  are 
very  distinct:  I'.phedra,  of  the  tropics  of  both  hemis- 
pheres, is  much  branched,  with  .slender  jointed  striate 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT  KINGDOM 


13 


e<iuisptum-liko  stems,  leaves  scale-like  at  the  distant 
noiles;  Gnetitm  of  South  America,  except  one  species, 
is  a  group  of  vines  or  shrubs  with  large  broad  leaves 
like  those  of  an  Angiosperm;  Welwitsehia  of  South 
Africa  is  a  desert  plant  with  a  thick  subterranean  stem 
bearing  two  ribbon-like  leaves  6  feet  long,  lying  flat 
on  the  ground,  and  with  a  terminal  cluster  of  cone-like 
flower-spikes. 

It  is  doubtful  whether  any  of  these  are  regularly  in 
the  American  trade. 

SUB-DIVISION   II.    ANGIOSPERMJE 

CLASS   I.    MONOCOTYLEDONELE 

Order  12.     Pandanales 

20.  T)rphaceae  (from  the  genus  Typha,  the  old  Greek 
name).  Catt.^il  Family.  Fig.  6.  Perennial  marsh 
herbs,  with  creeping  rootstocks,  and  long-linear,  erect, 
mostly  basal  leaves:  flowers  moncccious,  naked,  in  a 
dense  terminal  spike,  which  is  staminate  above  and 
pistillate  below,  each  sex  subtended  by  one  bract-like 
spathe;  perianth  0;  stamens  2-5;  filaments  connate, 
bearing  long,  silky  hairs;  carpels  1;  ovary  1-celled, 
raised  on  a  stipe  which  also  bears  long,  silky  hairs; 
ovule  1,  suspended;  style  slender:  fruit  a  nutlet;  seed 
albuminous. 

A  single  genus  and  about  12  species  occur  in  the 
tropical  and  temperate  zones.  Fossil  species  are  known. 
The  family  is  closely  related  to  the  Sparganjaceie,  with 
which  it  was  formerly  united.  These  two  families  con- 
stitute a  very  distinct  group  of  simple-flowered  Mono- 
cotyledons. The  habit,  the  flowers  borne  in  spikes  with- 
out perianth,  the  hairy  pedicels,  the  absence  of  bracts, 
and  the  simple  pistil,  are  together  distinctive. 

The  starchy  rootstocks  are  sometimes  used  for  food. 
The  leaves  are  woven  into  matting,  and  into  chair- 
bottoms,  and  are  used  for  calking  barrels.  The  pollen 
has  been  used  as  a  substitute  for  the  spores  of  Lyco- 
podium.  The  rootstock  is  used  in  East  Asia  for  dysen- 
terj'  and  urethritis,  and  the  leaves  in  various  localities 
for  thatching  cottages.  A  vain  attempt  has  been 
made  to  utilize  the  silky  hairs  of  the  fruit  for  making 
velvet. 

Two  species  of  Typha  (Cattail  Flag,  Reed  Mace), 
both  native,  are  in  the  American  trade  for  water-gar- 
dens. 

21.  Pandanaceae  Cfrom  the  genus  Pandanus,  derived 
from  a  Malay  name).  Screw-Pine  Family.  Fig.  6. 
Shrubby  or  arborescent  plants:  stems  simple  or 
branched,  with  prop-roots:  leaves  spirally  arranged, 
densely  placed,  sword-shaped,  often  canaliculate,  clasp- 
ing, stiff;  edges  and  midrib  often  spiny-serrate:  flowers 
on  simple  or  branched  spadices,  dicecious,  naked; 
spathes  caducous;  stamens  densely  packed,  separated 
or  united  in  fascicles,  scattered  over  the  spadix,  and 
not  in  definite  flowers;  pistillate  spadix  simple;  ovaries 
numerous,  coherent  in  bundles,  or  isolated,  not  in  real 
flowers ;  St  igma  se-ssile ;  ovules  solitary  or  several :  fruit 
drupaceous,  cohering  in  multiple  fruits;  seed  albumi- 
nous. 

There  are  3  genera  and  about  350  species,  natives  of 
the  tropics  of  the  Old  World.  The  family  is  unique. 
The  floral  structure,  while  much  like  that  of  Typha, 
suggests  also  the  Palmacea^.  As  in  Tj-pha,  actual  flowers 
cannot  here  be  distinguished. 

The  fleshy  pericarps  of  some  are  eaten.  The  strong 
odor  of  the  staminate  flowers  is  either  agreeable  or  dis- 
agreeable, depending  on  the  species;  in  the  former  case 
the  flowers  are  used  for  perfumery.  The  leaves  of  Pan- 
danux  utilis  are  made  into  bags  for  shipping  coffee, 
and  the  plant  is  now  cultivated  for  that  purpose  in 
the  West  Indies. 

Ten  to  15  species  of  Pandanus  (Screw  Pine,  Cande- 
labrum Tree,  ChandeUer  Tree)  are  in  greenhouse  cul- 
tivation in  America. 


Order  13.    Helobi.b 

22.  Naiadaceae  (from  the  genus  Naias,  derived  from 
the  Greek,  meaning  a  water  nymph).  Pondweed 
Family.  Fig.  6.  Immersed  aquatic  herbs:  leaves 
mostly  cauUne,  opposite  or  alternate,  the  floating  often 
differing  from  the  submerged  in  shape  and  texture: 
flowers  axillary  or  spicate,  bisexual  or  unisexual;  peri- 
anth of  4  herbaceous  segments,  or  wanting;  stamens 
1-4,  rarely  more;  carpels  1-9,  mostly  distinct,  1-celled, 
1-ovuled:  fruit  a  nutlet;  endosperm  none;  embryo 
curved,  rarely  straight. 

NaiadaceiE  has  10  genera  and  about  100  species 
widely  distributed,  but  most  abundant  in  temperate 
regions.  The  largest  genus  is  Potamogeton  with  50 
species.  The  family  is  a  very  heterogeneous  one  which 
has  been  divided  or  united  in  many  ways  by  different 
authors.  As  here  treated  it  is  distinguished  by  the 
aquatic  habit,  greenish,  often  reduced  perianth,  few 
stamens,  and  few,  separate,  1-seeded  carpels.  A  spathe- 
like  bract  usually  incloses  the  inflorescence. 

The  dried  leaves  of  Zostera  and  Posidonia  have  been 
used  since  ancient  times  in  Venice  to  pack  glassware. 
They  are  now  widely  used  for  packing.  Plants  of 
Potamogeton  and  Zostera  are  employed  as  manure. 

Several  species  of  Potamogeton  (Pondweed)  and 
one  of  Zannichellia  are  possibly  in  the  American  trade, 
for  water-gardens. 


6.  TYPHACE.E:  1.  Typha:  a,  inflorescence;  6,  male  flower;  c, 
female  flower.  Pandanace.^:  2.  Pandanus,  a,  portion  male 
inflorescence:  b,  female  inflorescence,  vertical  section.  Naiad- 
ace.b:  3.  Naias;  a,  male  flower;  &,  female  flower.  4.  Potamogeton; 
a,  flower;  6,  vertical  section  nutlet. 

23.  Aponogetonaceae  (from  the  genus  Aponogelon, 
derivation  obscure).  Aponogeton  Family.  Aquatic 
herbs  with  tuberous  rhizomes,  and  basal,  submerged 
or  floating  leaves;  blade  linear  to  oval,  pahnately 
parallel- veined,  with  transverse  veinlets;  the  general 
tissue  between  the  veins  often  wanting,  thus  producing 
a  remarkable  openwork  latticed  effect:  flowers  spicate, 
bisexual,  regular,  hypogynous;  perianth  of  several  petal- 
oid  parts;  stamens  usually  6,  rarely  more;  carpels 
mostly  3,  rarely  4-6,  separate;  ovules  2-6,  mostly  basal, 
anatropous:  fruit  pouch-like;  endosperm  none. 

The  single  genus,  with  its  15  species  occurs  in  Africa, 
Madagascar,  tropical  Asia  and  .\ustralia.  The  family 
is  related  to  the  Naiadaceae,  with  which  it  was  formerly 
united,  and  from  which  it  is  distinguished  by  the  petal- 
oid  perianth,  several  ovules,  and  straight  embryo. 

The  roots  are  sometimes  eaten  by  natives. 

.iponogeton  distachyua  (Cape  pondweed,  water  haw- 
thorn) is  cultivated  in  water-gardens. 

24.  Alismacese  (from  the  genus  Alisma,  the  Greek 
name).    Water-Plantain  Family.    Fig.  7.   Herbace- 


14 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT   KINCiI)().\[ 


ous  iniirsh  plants  with  milky  juioo:  leaves  miistly  lia-sal, 
Blioathin^,  with  a  seale  in  the  axil;  blade  various,  lldat- 
ifiRorertH't,  often  sasittate,  varyinj;  in  size  ami  widtli 
with  the  depth  of  the.water,  palinali'ly  |)ai-allel-veiiie<l 
with  er\>ss  veiiilets;  flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual,  ret;- 
ular,  hypog\noiis,  in  whorls  of  S;  sepals  3,  more  or  less 
hyaline;  petals  .>,  white  ami  petaloid;  stiunens  (3  to 
niany,  in  stn-eral  whorls:  earpels  very  many,  separate 
or  rarely  eoherent.  spirally  arranged  or  in  a  wliorl, 
1-ovulixi,  rarely  'J-.Vovuled :  fruit  dry.  rarely  dehiseent, ; 
sfHxi  basal,  anatropous,  exalbuminous;  embryo  eurved. 

The  fiunily  lias  10  tienera  and  about  .'lO  sjieeies,  dis- 
tributed throughout  the  warmer  and  temperate  zones. 
The  fiUiiily  is  related  to  tlu'  Hutomaeea'  and  .hmca- 
pinacea>,  wliieh  are  all  peeuliar  in  hax'ing  an  axillary 
intra  vaginal  seale.  The  whorled  flowers,  differentiated 
perianth,  nuinen)us  earpels,  and  mostly  solitary,  basal, 
exalbiuninous  seeds  are  distinctive. 

The  aerid  juiee  formerly  led  to  the  occasional  use  of 
these  plants  in  meilieine.  The  tubers  and  rhizomes  of 
Sagittaria  were  eaten  by  the  American  Indians  as 
wappat«,  and  are  cultivated  in  China.  They  are  said 
to  come  into  the  Chinese  market  at  San  Francisco,  pre- 
servwl  in  liquid. 

Two  genera  are  in  cultivation  for  water-gardens: 
Alisma  (Water  I'lantain),  native;  and  Sagittaria 
(.\rrowhead!,    some   native. 

2.').  Butomacese  i from  the  genus  Bi(/om!«t,  signifying 
01  +  to  ciil.  in  reference  to  the  rough  leaves).  Fig.  7. 
Aquatic  or  marsh  herbs:  leaves  basal,  with  an  axial 
scale,  sometimes  with  milky  juice;  blade  hnear  or 
oval;  veins  palmately  parallel  with  cross  veinlets,  or 
nearly  veinle-ss:  flowers  solitary  or  mnbellcd,  bisexual, 
regular,  hypogynous;  sepals  3,  subherbaceous;  petals  3, 
colored,  imbricated;  st.amens  9  or  more,  whorled; 
carpels  6  or  more,  separate;  ovules  nimierons,  borne 


7.  Alismace.*::  1.  .Minma.  a,  inflorescence;  b,  flower;  c,  floral 
diai^am;  d,  fruit.  2.  .Sagittaria.  a.  fmit;  6.  aehenc.  BrTOMACE.E; 
3.  Butomu-M.  flower.  HYDRociJAiilTACE.E:  4.  Etodea,  female  flower 
branch.   5.  \'atli.ineria,  a,  habit  and  flower;  b,  female  flower. 

between  the  margias  and  midrib  of  the  carpel:  fruit 
drj',  dehiscent;  seed  anatropous,  exalbuminous;  embryo 
straight  or  cur\'ed. 

The  family  contains  4  genera  and  aboutr  o  species, 
natives  of  the  temperate  and  tropical  zones  of  the  Old 
World,  and  the  tropics  of  the  N'(!W  Worlrl.  The  family 
is  relatwl  U>  the  Ali.smaf;ea;  and  .Jimcaginacea^  from 
the  former  of  which  it  differs  principally  in  the  numerous 
ovules  and  their  peculiar  position. 

The  roots  and  .seeds  of  Butomus  were  once  used  as 
emollients.  The  baked  roots  of  Butomus  are  eaten  in 
North  .Asia. 


Two  genera  are  in  cultivation  for  water-gardens: 
Butomus  (Flowering  Rush),  and  Limnocharis  (Water 
Poppy). 

2ti.  Hydrocharitaceas  (from  the  genus  Hydrocluiris, 
deri\'ed  from  the  tireek  meaning  ivalcr  and  rejoice). 
Fitoc's-BiT  Famii^y.  Fig.  7.  Submerged  aquatic  herbs, 
rarel_\-  floating,  the  flowers  usually  at  first  inclosed  by 
a  2-bracted  spathe:  leaves  alternate  or  opposite,  very 
diverse,  cortlate,  linear  or  ribbon-like:  flowers  usually 
unisexual,  regular,  epigynous;  perianth  in  2  series, 
composed  of  ;>  imbriea((^d  or  valvate,  ealicoid  parts, 
and  3  convolute  petaloid  parts,  rarely  of  only  3  divisions; 
stamens  in  1  to  several  series  of  3,  some  often  stami- 
nodia;  carpels  2-15;  ovary  inferior,  1-celled  with  parie- 
tal placenta',  or  imperfectly  se\'eral-celled;  stigmas  3- 
6:  fruit  not  regularly  dehiseent,  .submerged,  some- 
what fleshy;  seeds  many,  exalbuminous. 

There  are  14  genera  and  about  40  species  widely 
distributed.  The  family  is  related  to  the  Alismaceoe 
and  Naiadacea*.  The  differentiation  into  calyx  and 
corolla,  the  usually  numerous  stamens,  the  inferior, 
1-celled  ovary  with  parietal  placenta?,  and  the  exalbumi- 
nous seeds  are  together  characteristic.  The  plants  of 
this  family  are  very  diverse  in  appearance  and  often 
striking.  Fossil  species  are  known.  The  pollination  of 
Vallisncria  is  very  remarkable.  (See  Kerner  and  Oliver, 
"Natural  History  of  Plants"). 

Elotlea  canadensis,  introduced  into  Europe  from 
America,  has  there  become  so  abundant  as  to  impede 
navigation.  The  plants  of  Hydrocharis,  Stratiotes,  and 
Elodea  are  used  as  fodder  and  as  manure  in  Europe. 
The  starchy  rootstocks  of  Ottelia  and  Boottia  are 
eaten  in  Intlia  as  pot-herbs;  also  the  tubers  and  fruits 
of  Enalus.  The  fibers  from  the  leaves  of  Enaliis  are 
used  in  India.  Vnllisneria  allernifolia  is  employed  in 
India  in  the  preparation  of  sugar. 

Five  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  mostly  for 
aquaria:  Elodea(Waterweed,  Ditch-Moss,  Water  Thyme, 
Water  Pest)  ;  Hydrocharis  (Frog's-Bit);  Limnobium 
(.American  Frog's-Bit) ;  Stratiotes  (Water  Soldier,  Water 
Aloe);  VaUisneria  (Eel-Grass,  Tape-Grass). 

Order  14.   Glumiplor^ 

27.  Gramine*  (from  the  Latin  signifying  grass). 
Grass  Family.  Fig.  8.  Herbs,  or  sometimes  almost 
tree-like:  stems  hollow  or  solid:  leaves  usually  linear,  in 
2  ranks;  composed  of  a  sheath  which  is  usually  open 
down  the  front,  a  sessile  blade,  and  a  ligule  at  the 
junctiue  of  blade  and  sheath:  flowers  bisexual  or  uni- 
sexual, naked,  or  with  the  perianth  reduced  to  1-3  tiny 
scales,  borne  in  specialized  spik(>lets  composed  of  3  or 
more  2-ranked  scales,  the  first  2  emiify  (called  empty 
glumes),  the  others  termed  flowering  glumes  or  lem- 
mas, and  1  scale  on  each  secondary  flower-bearing 
axis,  called  a  palet  or  palea;  .stamens  2-3,  e.\serted  for 
wind-pollination;  carpel  1;  ovary  1,  l-cefled,  1-ovuled; 
stigmas  feathery,  usually  2:  fruit  a  caryopsis;  seed 
with  endosperm,  and  ejnbryo  with  an  absorbing  organ. 

Gramineic  is  a  family  of  300-400  genera  and  per- 
haps .1,000  species  distributed  all  over  the  earth.  The 
largest  genera  are  Panicum  with  300-400  species,  Pas- 
palum  with  160  species,  and  Poa  with  100  species.  The 
Graminea'  and  Cyperaceie  form  a  very  distinct  group. 
The  usually  hollow  stem,  the  open  sheaths,  the  ligule, 
the  2-rankcd  leaves,  and  the  jieculiar  spikelet-structure 
are  the  best  characters  to  sejiarate  Graminea"  from  Cy- 
peracea;.  The  Indian  corn  is  one  of  the  most  modified  of 
gra.sses.  It  is  mona'oious.  Thestaminate  spikelets  arear- 
rangecl  on  finger-like  branches  of  the  tassel  at  the  sum- 
mit of  the  plant ;  the  pistill.ate  spikelets  are  borne  on  the 
cob,  which  is  supposed  to  be  compo.sed  of  similar  finger- 
like port  ions  grown  toget  her.  Each  spikelet  is  2-flo\yered, 
but  only  1  flower  be.-irs  an  ovary.  The  kernel  is  this 
ovary,  and  the  chaff  on  the  cob  represent  the  glumes 
and  palets.     The  grasses  are  divided  into   13   tribes. 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


15 


Tilt'  f!;ni.s,scs  arc  amoiif!;  the  most  useful  of  plants. 
The  following,  aiiioiiji;  others,  are,  or  have  been,  useii 
as  medicine:  Rhizome  of  A(/ropi/ron  repp/w  (quiek-  or 
quack-grass)  is  einolHent,  and  aperient  (several  other 
grasses  have  the  same  jjroperties) .  Root  oiAnindo  Doiuix 
(reed)  is  diuretic  anil  sudorific.  Phrng/iiih'fi  coiiiniiiiiis 
was  formerly  considered  depurative  and  anti-syphilitic. 
Calamagrostis  \v:is  used  by  the  French  [leasants  ;is  a 
diuretic,  Pcrolis  Idlijoli'i  is  used  in  India  for  the  same 
purpose,  as  ;ire  also  the  seeds  of  Coix  Lacrymn-J ohi  in 
China.  The  roots  of  Manimiris  granularis  are  useil  in 
India  for  intestinal  troubles.  The  aromatic,  fragrant 
roots  of  various  .\ndroi50gons  (or  Cymbopogons)  arc 
used  for  medicine  and  for  perfume  in  India  and  else- 
where, e.  g.,  A.  Niirilus  (false  spikenard,  citronella),  .4. 
ritralus  (lemon-grass).  -1.  liiniir  and  A.  SchaiKinUiua 
(sweet  rush,  ginger-grass,  geranivmi-grass)  arc  used  in 
.-Vfrica  and  Arabia  ;is  a  stimulant,  antispasmodic  and 
diaphoretic,  and  for  perfume. 

The  following  are  used  for  food:  Seeds  of  wheat, 
barley,  rye,  oats,  rice,  Indian  corn  and  millet ;  also  seeds 
of  AndTopogonariindinaceus  var.  viilgnn-  (sorghimi),  and 
var.  Durra  (durra).  Pcnniscliim  (imcricanum  (pearl 
millet)  is  an  important  food  of  the  negro  races,  anil  Po  • 
abi/ssinica  and  Eleusine  are  important  in  East  Africa. 
Sugar  is  obtained  from  the  stems  of  several  species, 
most  important  of  which  are  Sacchn7-um  officiiKinii.i 
(sugar-cane),  and  Andropogon  arundinnceus  var.  siic- 
charatus  or  .4.  Sorghum  (sugar  sorghmn). 

Many  grasses  are  used  as  fodder  for  cattle,  as,  for 
instance,  our  pasture  and  hay  grasses:  Poa  pratensis 
(June  grass,  Kentucky  blue  grass),  Phleum  pralettsc 
(timothy),  Festuca  ovina,  etc.  (fescue),  AgrosHs  alba 
(red-top),  Dactijlis  gloineraia  (orchard-grass),  Cynodoii 
Daetylon  (Bermuda-grass).  Some  grasses  are  poisonous 
to  stock,  e.g.,  Lulium  temulcnium  (darnel),  and  the 
Peruvian  Fesluca  quadridentala. 

Straw  from  cereals  is  used  for  matting,  upholstery, 
bedding,  hats  and  for  making  paper. 

The  bamboos  yield  very  important  building  material 
in  the  East.  Like  the  palms,  the  bamboos  are  used  for 
almost  every  conceivable  purpose,  and  are  among  the 
most  useful  of  plants. 

Several  grasses,  ether  than  those  above  mentioned, 
contain  a  fragrant  principle,  e.g.,  roots  of  Vetireria 
zizanioides  (vetiver  or  kus-kus  of  India)  used  to 
perfume  rooms,  and  to  keep  insects  out  of  clothing. 
Hiernchloe  odornta  (vanilla-  or  holy-grass)  is  used  in 
Europe  in  religious  ceremonies,  and  by  the  American 
Indians  for  making  baskets.  Anlhoxantham  odorntitm  is 
the  European  sweet-grass,  now  introduced  into  America. 

The  most  important  ornamental  species  are  PhalarU 
nruudinacca,  Stipa  piiiitala,  Corladeria  argentea,  Lagurus 
ovalus,  Hordfum  jubalum.  Miscanthus  sinensis,  Briza, 
Arundo,  Phragmites,  Erianthus,  Pennisetum,  Thysa- 
nolaena,  and  Bamboos. 

In  America  70-80  genera  are  cultivated,  or  are 
important  as  natural  fodder  plants  or  weeds.  Among 
these  are:  Agropvron  (Quack-Cirass,  Couch-G.,  Quick- 
G.);  Agrostis  (Bcnt-G.,  Red-Top,  Cloud-G.,Tickle-G., 
Fly-away-G.);  .\ira  (Hair-G.);  Andropogon  (Silver- 
beard-G.,  .Johnson-G.,  Lemon-G.);  Anthoxanthum 
(Sweet  Vernal-G.) ;  Ammophila  (Beaeh-G.,  Marram-G.) ; 
Arundinaria  (Large  Cane,  Switch  Cane,  Scotch  Cane); 
Arundo  (Giant  Reed);  Avena  (Oats);  Bamboo;  Briza 
(Quaking-G.);  Bromus  (Brome-G.,  Rescue-G.);  Cala- 
magrostis (Reed  Bent-G.,  Bluc-joint-G.,  Pony-G.); 
Calamovilfa  (Purple  Bent-G.);  Cenchrus  (Sand-bur, 
Bur-G.);  Chloris  (Finger-G.);  Cinna;  Coix  (Job's  Tears, 
Tear-(i.,  Corn  Beads);  Cortaderia  (Pampas-G.);  Cyno- 
don  (Bermuda-G.);  Cynosurus  (Crested  Dog's-tail, 
Silky-awned  Dog'-s-tai'l);  Dactylis  (Cock '.s- foot,  Or- 
chard-G.);  Dactyloctenium  (Crowfoot-G.);  Desniazeria 
(Spike-G.);  De.sehampsia  (Hair-G.,  Ha-ssock-G.);  Dig- 
itaria  (Crab-(J.,  Finger-G.);  Distichlis  (Salt-G.,  Marsh 
Spike-G.);  Echinochloa  (Barnyard-G.);  Eleusine  (Crab- 


G.,  Yard-G.,  Dog'.s-tail,  Wire-G.,  African  Millet);  Ely- 
mus  (Lyme-G.,  VV'ild  Rye,  Terrel-G.);  Eragrostis;  Eri- 
anthus (Woolly  Beard-G.,  Plume-G.,  VVool-G.,  Ra- 
venna-G.);  Euchla;na  (Teosinte);  Festuca  (Fescue-G.); 
Glyceria  or  Panicularia  (Reed  Meadow-G.,  Manna-G.); 
Cortaderia;  Hierochloe  (Vanilla-G.,  Holy-G.,  Seneca-G., 
Sweet-scented-G.);  Holcus  (Meadow  Soft-G.);  Hordeum 
(Squirrel-tail-G.,   Wild    Barley,    Barley);    Hystrix    or 


8.  Gramixe.e:  1.  a,  part  of  a  grass  panicle:  6,  spikelcf. 
2.  Avena,  a,  portion  of  panicle;  6,  spikelet:r.ff.. empty  glume;  y?.(/., 
flowering  glume  or  lemma;  pal.,  pnlet  or  palea;  c,  ground-plan  of 
spikelet.    3.  Phleum,  spikelet.    4.  Phalaris,  sheath  and  ligule. 

Asprella  (Bottle-G.);  Lolium  (Darnel,  Rye-G.);  Milium 
(Wild  Millet-G.);  Miscanthus  (Eulalia,  Himalaya 
Fairy-G.) ;  Oplismenus;  Oryza  (Rice) ;  Oryzopsis  (Moun- 
tain Rice);  Panicum  (Panic-G.,  Old-Witch-G.,  Millet, 
Broom  Corn  Millet) ;  Pennisetum  (Pearl  Millet);  Pha- 
laris (Canary-G., Gardener's  Garters) ;  Phleum  (Timothj'- 
G.,  Herd's-G.);  Phragmites  (Common  Reed);  Phyllos- 
tachys  (Bamboo,  in  part);  Poa  (Blue-G.,  Kentucky 
Blue-G.,  Meadow-G.);  Saccharum  (Sugar-cane);  Secale 
(Rye)  ;Setaria  (Millet,  Hungarian-G.,  Foxtail-G.,  Pigeon- 
G.);  Spartina  (Cord-G.);  Sphenopholis;  Stenotaphrum 
(St.  Augustine-G.);  Stipa  (Feathered-G.,  Esparto-G., 
Porcupine-G.);  Tripsacum  (Garaa-G.,  Sesame-G.); 
Triticum  (Wheat,  Spelt). 

28.  Cyperaceae  (from  the  genus  Cyperus,  the  ancient 
Greek  name).  Sedge  F.^mily.  Fig.  9.  Herbaceous  plants 
with  grass-like  habit  and  solid  .stems:  leaves  alternate, 
in  3,  rarely  2,  vertical  rows,  linear;  sheaths  closed: 
flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual,  regular,  hypogynous, 
borne  in  variously  dispo.sed  spikelets,  subtendefl  and 
hidden  by  overlapping  scales  none  of  which  are  regu- 
larly empty  as  in  the  grasses;  no  true  palets;  perianth 
reduced  to  bristles,  scales,  or  0;  stamens  2~.3; 
cari)els  2-3;  ovary  1-celled,  1-ovuIed;  style  1;  stig- 
mas 2-3:  fruit  an  achene;  seeds  basal,  anatropous, 
albiuninous. 

There  are  6.5  genera  and  about  3,000  species,  inhabit- 
ing the  whole  earth.  More  than  .500  species  belong  to 
the  genus  Carex,  400  to  Cyi)erus,  and  200  to  Scirjius. 
They  are  abundant  in  swampy  regions.  The  family 
is  clf)sely  related  to  the  Graminea-,  from  which  it  differs 
in  the  often  .3-ranked  leaves,  solid  .stem,  the  absence  of 
palets  and  of  regular  empty  glumes,  and  the  presence, 
in  ino.st  ca.ses,  of  a  |)crian1li  :ind  3  carpels.  Most 
divergent  from  the  ordinary  is  Carex,  the  flowers  of 
which  are  moncecious,  and  the  pistillate,  though  naked, 
are  inclosed  in  a  flask-shaped  structure  called  a  peri- 


U) 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


cvniiun,  whioli  probalily  corrfspoii.ls  to  tli.-  inodilio.l 
palot  of  t Ik-  urass spikolot .  Tlu-  oloiiRuttHi  ponant h  I orms 
thewiwlofthowool-jims-s  or  oot I on-snws  Iho  scalt-s 
of  tlu-  spik.-lot  an-  in  2  fTuiks  in  Cyporus  ami  Dulu-hunu; 
in  nianv  ranks  in  the  ollior  genera.  .    . 

The  CviH-raeea^  are  of  far  less  economic  unportance 
than  the  C.nuninea-.  The  rhi/.oin(-s  of  se\eral  species 
of  Ciirex  wen-  fornierlv  usixi  as  a  reiiuily  m  syplulis. 
Scirpus  lacustris  is  sistrinsent  and  iliuretie,  but  other 


9    Ctpebace.e;    1.  Scirpua,  a,  portion  of  inflorescence:  6.  flower 

2.  Eriophor^m,  spikelet.  3.  Carex;  -J,  i""'"-''-^"''"^-' V  t'  X  and 
KCtion  periKynium.  Pai-maoe.e:  4.  ChamiEropa,  a,  spathe  and 
Six;  fc!  floral  diagram.  Cyc:.,anth.vce.e:  5.  Cyclanthus,  inflo- 
re?ceDCC.    Q.  Carludovica.  inflorescence. 

species  also  possess  this  property.  The  foliage  of 
Kriophorum  has  been  used  for  dysentery.  The  spongy 
pith  of  the  Eriophorum  stem  was  used  by  tjerman 
poiisants  for  tapeworm.  The  tubers  of  Cyperus  escu- 
Irnlm  now  a  weed  in  all  countries,  were  cultivated 
bv  the  Egvptians  for  food.  The  leaves  of  many  species 
of  Cvperacea'  have  been  woven  into  mats,  chair- 
bottom.s,  and  the  like.  The  Egyptians  made  parchment 
from  the  pith  of  Cyperus  Papynu>.  The  rhizomes  ot 
EleochariK  tuheroxa  are  u.sed  in  the  manufacture  ot 
starch,  in  China  and  India.  Cyperus  scanosiis  and  C. 
perlenuis,  of  India,  are  fragrant  and  used  in  making 
perfumery.    Some  carices  are  used  in  making  rugs. 

Several  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  mostly 
for  water-gardens,  table  decorations,  and  the  con- 
«T\'atory:  Carex  (Sedgej;  Cyperus  (Umbrella  Palm, 
EgA-ptian  Paper  Plant,  Egyptian  Papyrus,  Chufa), 
Dulichium;  Eleocharis;  ]':riophorum  (Cotton-L.ras8, 
Wool-Grassj ;  Mapania;  Scirpus  (Bulrush  Sedge). 

Order  15.   Principes 

29  Palmaceae  (from  the  Latin  name  pnirrui). 
Palm  Family.  Fig.  9.  Woody  plants  of  various  habit, 
low  or  arborescent,  or  climbing,  usually  unbranched 
Bom'etimf«  spinr-scent:  leavra  forming  a  crown  at  summit 
of  stem  except  in  Calamus,  alternate,  coriaceous  pal- 
mately  or  pinnately  veined,  entire  or  pinnatihd  or 
palmatifid,  often  very  large:  inflorescence  a  simple  or 


nuich-bianclu-d  spadix,  with  or  without  a  subtending 
spath(-  the  latter  often  woody;  flowers  unisexual, 
rarely  bi.s(-xual,  often  sunk  in  the  spadix;  perianth  of 
(•)  parts  in  2  series,  greenish,  often  woody,  valyate  in 
the  staminate,  iinbricati'.l  or  convolute  in  the  pistillate 
flower;  stamens  0,  rarely  ;5  or  many,  on  or  around  a 
disk,  .-separate  or  united;  carpels  :!,  rarely  fewer,  sepa- 
rate or  forming  a  l-;5-cellecl  ovary;  each  cell  1-ovuled, 
but  ;ai  except  one  seed  in  the  ovary  may  abort;  stigmas 
usually  a:  fruit  a  berry  or  drui)e;  pericarp  fleshy  or 
fibrous;  seeds  albuminous.  . 

Palmacea-  luis  128  genera  and  about  1 ,000  species  ot 
tropical  distribution;  10-15  species  are  found  in  the 
southern  United  States.  The  largest  genera  are 
Calamus  with  about  200  species,  Bactris  with  90 
species  and  Chaimedorea  with  60  species.  Ihe  tamily 
is  verv  <listinct,  having  no  close  relatives,  but  it  evi- 
dently belongs  to  the  spathe-  and  spadix-bearing  groiip. 
The  habit ,  coriaceous  plicate  leaves  which  are  entire 
in  the  bud,  the  woodv  flowers  and  mflorescenc^,  the 
3  sepals  and  3  petals,  the  usually  0  stamens,  and  the 
3  carpels,  each  with  1  seed,  are  together  distinctive. 

Pabu  leaves  are  always  entire  in  the  bud,  and  it 
1-iter  pinnatifid  or  palmatifid,  become  so  on  unfolding. 
In  this  respect  the  palms  are  unique.  The  leaves  are 
plicate  in  the  bud,  and,  on  opening,  the  plates  of  the  tan 
expand  and  either  remain  united  or,  more  frequently, 
split  down  along  the  folds.  In  the  pinnate  species 
the  rachis  between  the  folds  elongates  so  that  the 
divisions  are  separated,  and  the  well-known  palm  leaf 
is  t)roduccd.  The  splitting  may  be  at  the  top  of  the 
fold  or  at  the  bottom,  depending  on  the  genus,  and 
is  an  important  characteristic  in  classification,  borne 
of  the  largest  seeds  in  the  plant  kindgom  be  ong  to  the 
Palmacese,  as,  for  example,  the  coconut.  This  trtait  is 
produced  from  an  originally  3-cclled  ovary,  2  cells  ot 
which  abort.  „ 

Next  to  the  grasses,  the  palms  are  the  most  generaUy 
useful  of  all  plants.    It  is  said  that  probably  there  is 
not  a  species  but  that  is  useful  in  some  way     Many 
yield  textile  fibers.   The  wood  is  used  to  build  houses 
and  the  leaves  to  thatch  the  roofs.   The  leaves  are  also 
made   into   mats,   baskets,   hats,   and   the   hke.     The 
fibrous  bud-sheaths  are  used  as  hats,  or  for  fiber.   Some 
species  contain  starch  or  sugar  in  the  trunk      1  he  truits 
of  many  contain  sugar,  protein,  starch,  or  oil    Compara- 
tively few  are  medicinal.    "The  palm  is  called  King  of 
Plants  and  is  said  to  supply  all  the  wants  of  an  inhabi- 
tant of  the  tropical  zone.    It  yields  sugar,  milk,  solid 
cream,  wine,  vinegar,  oil,  cordage,  cloth    cups,  wood 
for  building,  thatch  and  other  products.      Coconuts, 
the  fruit  of  Cocos  tiucifcra,  form  one  of  'he  mos    im- 
portant foods  of  the  tropics.   The  date    ruit  (Phwrnx 
.laddikrn  of  the  Sahara)  is  also  important.   MHroxylon 
Rumphii,  and  other  species,  yield  sago.    A  fermented 
liquor  known  as  pahn  wine,  laymi  or  arrack,  is^made 
from  the  juice  of  Arenga  sacchanfcra ,  Borassus  flabeUi- 
f or  mis,    Mdroxylon    Rumphii,    Mauritia  timfera,  and 
Others'.     The  central   bud  of  the  cabbage    Palm    and 
others  is  used  for  food.    Most  palm  oil  is  from  the   r    t 
of  ELtis  qidneensis  of  West  Africa,  which  is  now  culti- 
vated in' America.     It  is  used  like  olive  oil ,  or  in  the 
North   for  making  soap.     Vegetable  wax  is  ob  ained 
from  the  leaves  and  stems  of  Ceroxylon  andicolum  of 
Peru    al.so   from    Copcrnicia   cerifera   (carnauba  wax). 
The  famous  'giant  double    coconut    is   from   Lodmcea 
schdlarum   of   the   Seychelle    Islands       The     ru.     of 
Areca  Calecha  of  the  East  Indies  and  India  i'^M^ ^ 
a-stringent  juice  which,  mixed  with  t he^ leaves  o    the 
be"l  p<-pper  and  lime,  is  chewed  by  the  inhabitants 
of  tropical  Asia.   Coconut  fiber  is  important  for  mak  ng 
ship  cables.    The  very  sleiuler  stems  of  Calamus  often 
:}00  feet  or  even  .500  f(-et  long  (it  is  reported  1,201)  or 
1  SOO  feet,  but  not  verifie.l)  and  scarcely  larger  than  a 
nine-stem  or  a  finger,  an-  called  rattan,  and  used  for 
Rmiitur  "   Much  of  the  dragon's  blood  of  the  druggists 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


17 


is  the  red  juice  of  the  fruit,  of  Calamits  Draco.  Pabn- 
leaf  fans  are  made  from  the  palmately  veined  leaves  of 
several  species.  The  saw  palmetto  {Sabal  serrulala) 
of  the  southern  states  is  medicinal.  The  seeds  of  Phy- 
telephas  macrocarpa  have  a  very  hard  endosperm 
known  as  vegetable  ivory,  used  for  carving  as  a  sub- 
stitute for  ivory. 

Probably  100  genera  are  in  the  trade.  Except  in  the 
tropics,  they  are  abnost  entirely  ornamental  greenhouse 
plants.  Among  these  are:  Areca  (Betel  Nut);  Attalea; 
Bactris;  Calamus;  Caryota  (Fish-tail  Pahn,  Wine 
Palm,  Toddy  Palm);  Ccroxylon  (Wax  Palm);  Chamav 
dorea;  Cocos  (Coco  Pakn,  Coconut,  Pindo  Tree); 
Corypha  (Talipot  Pahn);  Dajmonorops;  Elicis  (Oil 
Palm);  Erythea  (Blue  Palm);  Geonoma;  Hedyscepe 
(Umbrella  Pahn);  Howea  (Flat  Pahn,  Thatch  Leaf 
Palm,  Curly  Pahn);  Livistona;  Oreodoxa  (Royal  Pahn, 
Cabbage  Palm) ;  Phoenix  (Date  Palm) ;  Phytelephiis 
(Ivory  Palm);  Rhapis;  Rhapidophyllum  (Blue  Pal- 
metto, Needle  Palmetto);  Sabal  (Dwarf  Palmetto, 
Blue  Pahn,  Cabbage  Palmetto);  Serensea  (Saw  Pal- 
metto); Tlirinax;  Trachycarpus  (Fortune's  Palm); 
Washingtonia  or  Pritchardia  (Weeping  Palm). 

Order  16.   Synanth.e 

30.  Cyclanthaceas  (from  the  generic  name  Cyclan- 
thiis,  which  has  reference  to  the  spiral  arrangement  of 
the  flowers).  Cvclanthus  Family.  Fig.  9.  Stemless  or 
caulescent,  pahn-like,  somewhat  woody  plants,  often 
climbing:  leaves  alternate,  coriaceous,  cleft  or  parted: 
flowers  in  a  dense  terminal  unbranched  spike  (spadix), 
with  several  bract-like  spathes  beneath;  staminate  flow- 
ers grouped  in  4  bundles  accompanying  the  pistillate, 
or  both  in  conspicuous  alternating  spirals;  staminate 
perianth  reduced  and  fimbriate,  or  0;  stamens  6  to 
many,  borne  in  groups;  perianth  of  the  pistillate  flower 
0,  or  of  4  fleshy  parts  accompanied  by  4  long,  twisted, 
exerted  staminodia;  carpels  4,  united  below,  sunken  in 
the  spadix;  ovary  1-celled,  many-ovuled,  with  parietal 
placentse:  fruit  multiple,  a  berry-like  spike.  The  tissue 
of  the  spadix  splits  into  valves,  coiling  up  from  the  base 
to  apex  and  thus  inclosing  the  fruitlets  which  deli- 
quesce. 

This  family  has  5  genera  and  about  .50  species,  of 
which  3.5  belong  to  Carludovica.  They  are  confined  to 
the  tropics  of  America,  and  stand  intermediate  between 
the  PalmaceiE  and  Araceie.  The  family  is  distinguished 
by  the  combination  of  palm-like  foliage,  numerous 
ovules,  thick  spadix,  and  closely  associated  staminate 
and  pistillate  flowers. 

The  flowers  of  Cyclanihus  biparlitus  of  Brazil  are 
vanilla-scented,  cultivated,  and  cooked  with  meat  as  an 
aphrodisiac.  The  leaves  of  Carludoi'ica  palniata  fui-nish 
the  material  for  the  panama  hats. 

Several  species  of  Carludovica  are  in  the  American 
trade  as  greenhouse  plants. 

Order  17.   Spathiflor.e 

31.  Araceae  (from  the  genus  Arum,  the  ancient  name 
of  those  plants).  Ahcm  Family.  Fig.  10.  Herbs,  shrubs, 
or  trees,  of  the  most  diverse  habit  and  appearance,  often 
climbing,  or  epiphytic  with  aerial  roots,  rarely  floating, 
usually  subfleshy;  juice  sometimes  milky:  leaves  ensi- 
form  or  broad,  paraUel-  or  netted-veined,  entire  or 
variously  cut:  flowers  bi-sexual  or  unisexual,  rarely- 
reduced  to  a  single  stamen  and  carpel,  regular,  hypogy- 
nous  or  epigj'nous,  disposed  on  an  unbranched  fleshy 
axis  (spadix),  which  is  usually  subtended  by  a  special 
bract  (spathe);  perianth  0,  or  of  4-8  parts;  stamens 
1  to  many;  carpels  1  to  several;  ovary  superior  or  in- 
ferior, 1  to  several-celled,  1  to  many-ovuled;  style  and 
stigmas  various:  fruit  a  berry;  seeds  albuminous,  outer 
integument  fleshy. 

AracesB  has  over  100  genera  and  about  900  species, 
widely  distributed,  but  most  abundant  in  the  tropics. 


especially  as  epiphytes  in  the  deep,  damp  forests.  The 
majority  in  the  temperate  regions  are  swamp-plants. 
The  largest  genera  are  Philodendron  with  100  species, 
and  Arisaema  with  50  species.  The  family  stands  as 
the  type  of  the  spathe-bearing  plants.  Its  close  relatives 
are  the  Lemnacea;,  Pahuaceae,  and  Cyclanthacea;,  from 
which  it  is  distinguished  more  by  general  habit  and 
texture  than  by  structural  details. 

The  pollination  of  the  Aracete  is  often  complicated 
and  remarkable  (see  Kerner  and  OUver).  The  transfer 
of  the  pollen  is  mostly  accomplished  by  flies,  which 
are  frequently  attracted  by  lurid  color  and  carrion 
scent.  The  leaves  of  Monstera  are  remarkable  for 
their  peculiar  perforations,  while  the  massive  petioles 
of  other  Aracece  are  sometimes  mottled  like  snakeskin. 
Pistia  is  a  much-reduced  floating  aquatic,  transitional 
to  the  Lemnaceae.  The  aerial  roots  of  the  epiphytic 
species  are  frequently  covered  with  a  special  water- 
absorbing  tissue.  The  unfolding  spathes  of  the  Araceae 
are  noted  for  the  heat  evolved.  The  tissues  are  usually 
very  mucilaginous  and  filled  with  needle-like  crystals 
of  calcium  oxalate.  These  crystals  are  supposed  to 
give  the  pungent  flavor  to  Indian  turnip  simply  by 
mechanically  penetrating  the  tongue. 

Many  species  have  been  used  locally  for  medicine. 
Lngcnandra  toxicaria  of  Ceylon  is  extremely  poisonous. 


10.  Arace.e:  1.  Ari.seeraa,  spathe  and  spadix.  2.  Arum  spadix 
with  male  and  female  i^owerg.  Ls;mnace.e;  3.  Lemna.  a,  whole 
plants:  6,  male  and  female  flowers,  and  spathe.  Bromeli.vce.e:  4. 
Bromelia,  flower.  5.  Ananas,  a,  fruiting  inflorescence;  6,  floral 
diagram.  Commelinace.«:  6.  Commelina,  flower.  7.  Tradescanlia, 
flower. 

Dieffenhachia  Seguine  and  Arissema  iriphyllum  are 
violent  irritants  when  chewed,  causing  the  mouth  to 
swell.  Arum  inaculalum  of  Europe  was  used  by  the 
ancients  as  an  excitant.  The  roots  of  Symplocarpus 
have  been  used  for  asthma  and  colds.  The  roots  of 
Acorus  Calamus  (sweet  flag)  are  aromatic  and  used 
for  coughs,  colds,  and  the  Uke.  The  thick  rootstocks 
and  roots  of  many  have  been  used  for  food,  e.  g.,  Oron- 
tium  aquaiicum  of  North  America,  Cotocasia  antiquo- 
rum  of  India,  Alocasia  mnrrorhiza  (taro)  of  the  Pacific 
Islands,  and  Pellandro  virginica  of  North  America. 
The  rhizomes  of  Arissema  maculalum  and  Calla  palus-_ 


18 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT   KINGDOM 


trif.  mixtxi  with  cereals,  according  to  Limui-us,  serve 
for  l\H>d  ajiioiig  the  Laps  ami  Finns,  Portland  arR)\v- 
rvKit  is  lieriviHi  from  Arums.  The  delioati'l.N'  (ia\oretl, 
juicy  fruits  of  Monstint  (tcliciosii  arc  calcii  in  Mexico. 
The  shoots  of  Xiinthosoiiiii  .':(iiiillif(>tiiiiii,  callcii  caraibe 
cabbage,  an-  eaten  as  a  vegetable  in  the  Antilles.  The 
aerial  roots  of  aroiils  are  used  to  tie  bundles  of  sarsa- 
p:irilla  sent  to  Europe  and  .Vmerica. 

Because  of  their  odd  habit  and  strange  appearance, 
as  well  !»s,  in  some  cjises,  for  real  beauty,  many  Araceie 
are  in  cultivation,  mostly  as  conservatory  plants. 
Mimy  genera  are  in  the  .American  trade,  .\niong  these 
are:  Acorus  (Sweet  Flagi;  .Alocasia;  ,\mnr|)hi)])hallus 
(Devil's  Tongue,  Snake  I'alm,  Staidey's  Wash-Tub); 
Anthurium:  Arisivma  (Indian  Turnip,  ,]ack-in-the- 
Pulpit,  Dragon  Root,  Fringed  Calla);  .\rum  (Black 
Calla,  Solomon's  Lily,  Lord  and  Ladies,  (Cuckoo  Pint, 
Wiike-Robin  of  England);  Biarum;  C'aladium;  Calla; 
Colocasia;  Dieffenbachia;  llelicodiceros  (Hairy  Arum); 
Monstera  (Ceriman,  Shingle  Plant);  Nephthytis;  Oron- 
tium  (Golden  Club);  Peltiindra  (Water  .Vrum);  Pistia 
(Water  Lettuce,  Tropical  Duckweed);  Pothos;  Sauro- 
matum;  Schizmatoglottis;  .Spathiphyllum;  Symplocar- 
pus,  or  Spathyema  (.Skunk  Cabbage);  Xanthosma 
(Malanga);  Zantedeschia,  or  Richardia  (Calla  Lily, 
Lily-of-the-\ile). 

;i2.  Leninaceae  (from  the  genus  Lemnn,  an  old  Greek 
name  of  imcertain  origin).  Duckweed  F.\mily.  Fig.  10. 
Tiny  aquatic  plants  floating  or  submerged,  the  plant 
body  reduced  to  an  o\'al  or  oblong,  Hat  or  globular  t  hallus, 
which  multiplies  rapidly  by  marginal  buds,  and  may  or 
may  not  bear  1  or  more  roots  on  the  und<Tside:  flowers 
uni.sexual,  naked,  monircious;  the  staminate  consisting 
of  I  stimien:  the  pistillate  of  1  flask-shaped,  1-celled 
pistil,  with  .several  ovules;  the  latter  orthotropous  or 
anatropous,  the  micropyle  transformed  into  a  cap:  fruit 
a  several-seeded  utricle. 

There  are  .3  genera  and  about  2.5  species,  distributed 
over  the  whole  earth,  except  the  arctics.  The  family  is 
related  to  the  .\racea",  from  which  it  is  supposed  to 
have  degenerated.  The  flowers,  which  rarely  occur,  are 
borne  in  minute  pits  in  the  edge  or  upper  surface  of 
the  thallus,  either  1  staminate  and  1  pistillate,  or  2 
staminate  and  1  pistillate  together;  in  some  genera 
provided  with  a  spathe  corresponding  to  the  spathe  in 
the  Aracea;.  The  roots,  when  present,  are  balancing 
organs  to  resist  the  upsetting  of  the  plant  by  the  waves. 
Wolffia  is  the  tiniest  flowering  plant,  the  whole 
plant  sometimes  in  size  only  half  the  diameter  of  a 
pinhead. 

By  the  very  rapid  vegetative  multiplication  of  some 
species,  ponds  are  often  completely  covered  with  a 
green  coating,  and  these  plants  may  then  become  of 
economic  importance. 

Lemna  and  .Spirodela  are  often  grown  in  aquaria. 

Order  18.  Farinose 

3-3.  Bromeliaceae  (from  the  genus  Bromelia,  in  honor 
of  Olaus  Brornel,  a  Swedish  botanist).  Pineapple 
Family.  Fig.  10.  Herbs  or  subshrubs,  mostly  epiphytic: 
leaves  usually  basal,  alternate,  linear,  trough-like, 
sheathing  at  the  base,  mostly  stiff  and  spiny-serrate, 
iLsuallj'  covered  in  part  or  all  over  with  peltate  scale-like 
hairs  or  glands:  flowers  in  spikes,  racemes,  panicles  or 
heads,  often  in  the  axils  of  imbricated,  highly  colored, 
bract.s,  usually  bisexual,  regular,  epigynous  or  hypogy- 
nous;  perianth  of  6  parts,  definitely  differentiated  into 
calyx  and  corolla;  parts  free  or  united;  stamens  6,  often 
borne  on  the  perianth;  anthers  introse;  ovary  inferior 
or  .superior,  3-celled;  ovules  many;  .style  1;  .stigmas  3: 
fruit  a  berry  or  capsule,  more  or  less  surrounded  by 
thepersistcnt  perianth ;  seeds  albuminous. 

The  family  has  40  genera  and   about  900  species, 

almost  exclusively  of  tropical  and  subtropical  Amer- 

.  ica.     TiUanilisiii  iisnecnden  reaches  Florida  and  Texas. 


Tillaiidsia  is  the  largest  g(>nus  with  120  species.  The 
family  is  closely  relat(vl  to  the  Liliacece  and  Amaryl- 
lidacea^  The  peculiar  stiff  leaves,  the  conspicuous 
bracts,  t,he  herbaceous  calyx,  t,he  mealy  endosperm, 
and,  in  general,  the  epiphytic  habit,  are  distinc- 
tive. There  are  few  families  more  easily  recognized 
than  this. 

The  most  important  economic  species  is  the  pine- 
apple (Aniimis  sntit'us),  the  fruit  of  which  is  an  impor- 
tant article  of  commerce.  Its  vmripe  juice  is  used  ;is  a 
vermifuge  and  diuretic.  Florida  or  Spanish  moss 
{Tillamlsia  u^ncoides)  is  used  in  the  preparation  of 
a  stiptic  ointment.  It  is  also  used  to  stuff  mattresses, 
under  the  name  of  vegetable  hair.  BiUbergia  tin.cloria  is 
the  source  of  a  dye.  The  leaves  of  pineapple  yield  a 
beautifid  fiber.  Bromelia  Pinguin  is  a  vermifuge  em- 
ployed in  the  West  Indies. 

There  are  several  genera  grown  in  America,  all  for 
ornamental  purposes  except  the  pineapple.  Among  these 
are:  ^Echmea;  Ananas  (Pineapple) ;  BiUbergia;  BromeUa 
(PinguinofJamacia,  Wild  Pine);  Cryptanthus;  Dyckia; 
Guzmannia;  Nidularium;  Pitcairnia;  Tillandsia  (Span- 
ish Moss,  Florida  Moss,  Long  Moss);  Vriesia. 

34.  Commelinaceae  (from  the  genus  Commelina  dedi- 
cated to  J.  and  G.  Commelin,  Dutch  botanists  of  the 
early  18th century).  Spideuwort  Family.  Fig.  10.  Herbs 
with  knotty  stems,  and  somewhat  sheathing,  alternate, 
flat  or  channeled,  cauhne  leaves :  flowers  usually  bisexual, 
almost  or  quite  regular,  hypogynous;  perianth  of  6 
parts,  in  2  series,  differentiated  into  a  green  calyx  and 
colored  corolla;  the  petals  separate  or  united  into  a  tube, 
mostly  quickly  disappearing,  and  dissolving  into  a  viscid 
hquid;  stamens  6,  or  reduced  to  3,  with  or  without 
staminodia;  some  anthers  often  sterile  and  altered;  the 
filaments  usually  provided  with  characteristic  long 
hairs;  ovary  superior,  2-3-celled,  few-seeded;  style  1; 
stigma  usually  captitate:  fruit  a  capsule. 

Twenty-five  genera  and  about  300  species  occur, 
widely  distributed  in  the  tropics  and  subtropica. 
Eleven  species  reach  the  northeastern  United  States. 
The  largest  genus  is  Commelina,  with  88  species.  The 
family  is  not  closely  related  to  any  other.  The  general 
habit,  the  complete  differentiation  of  the  perianth  into 
calyx  and  corolla,  the  slight  irregularity  of  the  flower, 
the  peculiar  stamen-hairs,  and  the  transformed  anthers, 
are  together  distinctive.  The  peculiar  deliquescent 
character  of  the  petals  in  many  genera  is  of  interest. 

The  rhizomes  of  several  species  of  Commelina  con- 
tain starch,  besides  the  mucilage,  and  are  eaten.  The 
rhizome  of  C.  Rumphii  is  an  emmenagogue.  The  tubers 
of  Aneilema  medicum  are  used  in  China  for  coughs 
and  lung  diseases.  A  decoction  of  Cyanoiis  axillaris 
is  used  by  the  Indians  for  dropsy.  The  family  is 
most  important  from  the  point  of  view  of  orna- 
mental use. 

Several  genera  are  grown  in  America,  all  for  ornament. 
Among  these  are:  Aneilema;  Cochliostema;  Commelina 
(Day  Flower);  Dichorisandra;  Tradescantia  (Spider- 
wort,  Wandering  Jew);  Zebrina  (Wandering  Jew). 

3.5.  Pontederiaceae  (from  the  genus  Pontederia, 
named  in  honor  of  Pontedera,  professor  at  Padua  in 
the  18th  century).  Pickerel-Weed  Family.  Fig.  11. 
Upright  or  floating,  fleshy,  water-  or  swamp-plants: 
leaves  alternate;  petioles  sheathing;  blade  cordate, 
oval,  or  orbicular,  or  reduced  to  the  linear  flattened 
petiole:  flowers  not  bracted,  bisexual,  irregular,  hypogy- 
nous; perianth  of  6  similar  parts,  in  2  whorls,  more  or 
less  connate,  persistent;  stamens  3  or  6,  rarely  1,  inser- 
ted unequally  on  the  perianth-tube;  anthers  introse; 
ovary  superior,  3-celled  and  ovules  many,  or  1-celled 
and  1-seeded;  style  1;  .stigmas  3:  fruit  a  capsule,  or  an 
achene  enveloped  by  the  fleshy  persistent  base  of  the 
perianth;  embryo  as  long  as  the  endosperm. 

Tlic^  family  contains  6  genera  and  about  20  species,  of 
which  !)  belong  to  the  genus  Heteranthera,  and  about 
5  to  Kichhornia.   They  are  distributed  in  the  swamps  of 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   SYSTEM 


19 


the  wanner  parts  of  the  earth,  except  Europe.  The 
family  is  most  closely  related  to  the  Liliaceie,  from  which 
it  differs  in  the  irregular  Mowers,  in  the  Kyni]iodial 
method  of  growth,  in  anatomical  characters,  and 
principally  in  the  abundant  mealy  endosperm. 

A  decoction  of  the  root  of  Monochoria  vaginnlis  of  the 
I"ar  East  is  used  for  liver  and  stomach  complaints;  the 
root  is  chewed  for  toothache;  pulverized  and  mixed 
with  sugar  it  is  used  for  a-stlmia;  the  leaves  bruised 
and  mixed  with  milk  are  used  for  cholera;  and  the 
shoots  are  edible.  Eichhorniii  crassipes  is  a  floating 
lieshy  ])lant  w'ith  beautiful  flowers.  It  has  become  so 
abundant  in  Florida  as  to  interfere  seriously  with  steam- 
boat navigation  in  the  rivers.  The  large  violet  flowers 
of  both  Eichhornia  and  Pontederia  are  valued  in 
cultivation  for  water-gardens. 

Two  genera  are  frequent  in  cultivation:  Eichhornia 
(\\'ater  Hyacinth),  from  South  America;  and  Ponte- 
deria (Pickerel-weed),  native. 

Order  19.   Liliflor.b 

.30.  Juncaceae  (from  the  genus  Ju^icws,  cla.ssical  name, 
ilerived  (nmi  jiinf/cre,  to  join).  Rush  Family.  Fig.  II. 
Kush-like  or  grass-like  herbs  or  shrubs:  flowers  niuner- 
ous,  very  small,  bisexual,  regular,  hypogynous;  perianth 
of  G  similar,  separate  parts,  greenish  or  brownish, 
chaffy;  stamens  3  or  6  in  2  whorls;  carpels  3;  ovary  I- 


11.  Pontederiacce:  1.  Pontederia,  floral  diagram.  JuNc.\- 
ce.e:  2.  Luzula,  flower.  3.  Juncus,  a,  flower;  b,  floral  di.agrum. 
I.lLiACE.E'  4.  Dracaena,  flower.  5.  Fritillaria,  floral  diaRrani. 
.^MARYi.i.iDArK.E:  6.  Leucoium;  a,  flower;  6,  floral  diagram.  7. 
Narcis3U9,  flower. 

or  3-celled;  ovules  3  to  many;  stigmas  3:  fruit  a  cap- 
sule; seeds  mostly  very  small,  albuminous,  anatropous. 

Juncacca?  has  7  genera  and  about  17.5  species,  of 
which  1()0  belong  to  the  genus  Juncus,  widely  distrib- 
uted in  temperate  and  cold  regions,  both  north  and 
south,  but  rare  in  the  tropics.  The  family  is  closely 
relate<I  to  the  Liliacea;,  from  which  it  differs  only  in 
the  rush-  or  grass-like  habit  and  scarious  perianth. 
Fossil  species  are  known.  The  leaves  arc  sheathing 
and  the  blades  are  either  flat,  or  tubular  and  nodulose. 
Distichia  of  the  Andes  is  densely  heath-like  or  moss- 
like. 

The  stems  and  leaves  of  many  species  are  used  for 
binding,  or  for  weaving  into  mats.  Light  hats  are 
ma<le  from  the  pith  of  certain  species  in  India  and 
China.    The  pith  is  also  u.sed  for  canrllewicks. 

In  cultivation  in  .-Vmerica  are  2  genera  for  water- 
gardens:  .Juncus;  Prionium,  woody.  Xanthorrhti'a  is 
tran.sferred  to  the  Liliaceie. 

37.  Liliaceae  (from  the  genus  Lilium,  cla.ssical  Latin 


name).  Lily  Family.  Fig.  11.  Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees, 
usually  with  rootstocks  or  bulbs,  sometimes  climbing: 
leaves  alternate,  rarely  with  petiole  and  blade:  flowers 
bisexual,  rarely  unisexual,  regular,  hypogynous,  rarely 
epigynous,  not  subtended  by  spathes;  perianth  petaloid, 
of  6  similar  parts,  in  2  series,  the  parts  separate  or 
connate,  rarely  differentiated  into  a  green  calyx  and 
colored  corolla;  stamens  6,  rarely  fewer,  hypogynous,  or 
borne  upon  the  perianth;  carpels  3,  rarely  more  or  fewer, 
united,  rarely  free;  ovary  usually  3-celled;  ovules 
I  to  many  in  each  cell;  styles  and  stigmas  1-3:  fruit  a 
capsule  or  berry. 

There  arc  about  200  genera  and  2,000  species,  distrib- 
uted in  all  parts  of  the  world.  The  large  genera  are 
Smilax  with  200  species.  Allium  with  250  species, 
A.sparagus  with  100  species.  Aloe  with  85  species  and 
Scilla  with  80  species.  The  Liliacea;,  taken  in  the 
broader  sense,  as  is  done  by  Bentham  &  Hooker,  and 
by  Engler,  is  an  easily  recognized  group  except  in  unu- 
sual cases.  The  regular,  6-parted  perianth,  6  stamens, 
and  3-celIed  superior  ovary  are  distinctive.  The  family 
has  been  divided  by  Engler  into  1 1  tribes.  The  Liliaceie 
furnishes  a  host  of  cultivated  jjlants. 

The  foUowing  plants,  among  others,  have  been  or  are 
used  in  medicine:  Amianihium  muscceloxicum  of  North 
America  as  a  narcotic  and  a  fly  poison;  various  species 
of  Uvularia  of  North  America  as  a  gargle  and  for  rattle- 
snake bites;  the  root  of  Polygonatum  sp.  in  Europe  as 
a  vulnery,  and  the  berries  as  an  emetic  and  jjurgative; 
the  berries  of  Smilacina  racetnosii  of  North  .Vmerica  as 
a  tonic;  the  root  of  Convallaria  mnjalis  of  Europe  as  a 
IJurgative;  the  leaves  of  Streptopus  amplexicaiilis  of 
North  America  as  a  gargle;  the  roots  of  Ruscus  of 
Europe  as  a  diuretic  and  emmenagogue;  the  roots  of 
Smilax  sp.  of  the  tropics  (the  sarsaparillas  of  commerce) 
as  a  tonic  and  diuretic;  the  roots  of  Aspnragita  officinalis 
in  Europe  as  an  aperient,  the  berries  as  a  diuretic  and 
a])hrodisiac,  and  the  shoots  as  a  sedative  and  cardiac; 
the  roots  of  Cordyline  of  the  southern  tropics  for 
dysentery;  the  flowers  of  C.  deflexa  as  an  emmenagogue; 
the  resin  from  Xnnlhorhoen  hnslilis  (Botany  Bay  gum, 
with  a  fragrance  like  benzoin)  in  Australia  for  throat 
troubles;  the  resin  of  X.  australis  (grass  tree  gum, 
earth  shellac,  or  nut  pitch)  for  various  purposes;  the 
tubers  of  Ophiopogon  japonicus  (serpent's  beard)  in 
China  and  Japan  for  abdominal  troubles;  the  bulbs  of 
Oagca  of  Europe  as  an  emetic;  the  flowers  of  Hemero- 
callis  of  Europe  as  a  cordial;  the  leaves  of  species  of 
Aloes  of  the  Old  World  as  a  tonic,  purgative,  and  em- 
menagogue {A.  Perryi  is  Socotrine  aloes,  A.  vera  is 
Barbadocs  aloes,  and  A .  spicata  is  Cape  aloes) ;  the 
bulb  of  Urginea  marilima  (squills)  of  the  Mediterra- 
nean as  a  diuretic,  expectorant,  and  emetic;  Allium  sp. 
as  a  vermifuge  and  carminative;  the  bulbs  of  Hya- 
cinthus,  Muscari,  and  Ornithogalum  of  lOurope  as 
purgatives  and  diuretics;  Ornilhogalum  allissimum  of 
the  Cape  as  a  remedy  for  asthma  and  catarrh ;  Antheri- 
cuni  and  Asphodelus  as  diuretics  and  emmenagogues ; 
Tulbaghia  of  the  Cape  as  a  vermifuge  and  for  phthisis; 
the  poisonous  root  of  Verairum  album  (white  helle- 
bore) of  Europe  as  a  violent  purge  and  emetic,  and  to 
exterminate  vermin;  V.  nigrum  (black  h.)  of  Europe, 
antl  V .  viride  (green  h.)  of  the  United  States,  occasion- 
ally, for  the  same  purpose;  Schwnocaulon  officinalis 
(cavadilla  or  sabadilla)  of  Mexico  for  vermin  and  as  a 
vermifuge;  the  narcotic,  poisonous  root  and  .seeds  of 
Colchicum  officinale  of  Europe  as  a  cathartic,  emetic, 
and  sedative;  and  Helonias  bultala  of  North  .America 
as  a  vermifuge.  The  roots  of  Gloriosa,  also,  are  poison- 
ous. Draca-na  Draco,  the  dragon  tree  of  the  Canaries 
and  Teneriffe,  famous  for  the  extreme  age  and  size  of 
the  trees,  was  superstitiously  revered  by  the  ancients. 
The  red  resinous  astringent  exudation  of  these  jjlants 
was  called  dragon's  blood. 

The  following  have  been  used  for  food:  Bulbs  of 
Camassia  esculenta,  western  United  States;  bulbs  and 


20 


A  SYNOPSIS   OV   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


loaves  of  Alliiun  sp.  (onion,  leek,  t'si'li:ilol  or  sliallol, 
iVH'li;unbolet;  shoots  of  Polyponatum,  Kiirope,  Uniti'il 
States;  sluxits  of  .Is^inij/KS  officinalis::  roots  of  Cordy- 
line  sp.,  in  tnmth  Sea  Islands,  and  there  called  ti.  The 
seotls  of  Ruseiis  are  a  substitute  for  eofTee. 

A  few  ha\e  Ixvn  iisihI  for  other  purposes:  Roots  of 
Yucca  for  soap",  fibers  of  \e\v  Zealaml  flax  (Phnrmium 
lenax)  for  faliries;  :uul  the  fragrant  root  of  Dianclla 
neniorogti  for  incense. 

For  orniunent,  great  numbers  of  genera  and  species 
are  in  cultivation. 

\'ery  many  genera  are  in  cultivation,  some  common, 
forornsunental  purposes  imlessot  herwise  stated.  Among 
these  are  Agapanthus  (.Vfrican  Lily,  Lily-of-the-Nile); 
Aletris  (Colic  Root),  native;  Alliimi  (Onion,  Chives, 
Cives,  Garlic,  Leek,  Shallot),  ornament  and  food; 
Asphodeline  (True  .\sphodel.  King's  Spear) ;  Asphodelus 
(Branching  .\sphodel);  Be.ssera  (Mexican  Coral  Drops! ; 
lirevoortia  (Floral Fire-Cracker);  Brodia^i;  Calochortus 
(Star  Tulip,  Globe  Flower,  Mariposa  Lily,  Butterfly 
Tulip) ;  Camassia  (.Ciunass) ;  Chionodoxa  (GJlory-of-the- 
Snow);  ChlorogaUun  (Soap  Plant,  Amole);  Clintonia, 
native;  Colchicimi  (Meadow  SalTron,  Autiunn  Crocus); 
Cordyiine  (Draca-na);  Dasylirion;  Draca>na  (Dragon 
Tree):  Erythroniiun  (Dog's-tooth  Violet,  Adder's 
Tongue);  Eucomis  (Royal  Crown,  Pineajjple  Flower); 
Fritillaria  (Crown  Imperial,  Black  Lily,  Checkered 
Lily);  Fimkia  (Day  Lily,  Plantain  Lily);  Galtonia 
(Giant  Simmier  Hyacinth);  Gasteria;  Gloriosa  (Climb- 
ing Lily);  Haworthia;  Helonias  (Swamp  Pink,  Stud 
Pink):  Hemerocallis  (Yellow  Day  Lily,  Lemon  Lily); 
Hyacinthus  (Hyacinthj;  Kniphofia  (Hcd-hot-poker 
Plant,  Torch  Lily,  Flame  Flower);  Lachenalia  (Cape 
Cowslip);  Lapageria  (Chilean  Bellflowcr);  Leucoerinmii 
(Sand  Lily);  Liliiun  (Lily,  Easter  Lily,  Madonna  Lily, 
Tiger  Lily,  Japan  Lily,  Turk's-cap  Lily);  Littonia 
(Climbing  Lily);  Maianthemum  (False  Lily-of-the- 
Valley,  Two-lea\'ed  False  Solomon's  Seal),  native; 
Medeola  (Indian  Cucumber  Root),  native;  Melanthium 
(Bunch  Flower);  Milla  (Mexican  Star,  Mexican  Star  of 
Bethlehem,  Frost  Flower,  Floating  Star);  Muscari 
(Grape  Hyacinth,  Musk  Hyacinth,  Feathered  Hya- 
cinth); Nartheciimn  (Bog  Asphodel) ;  Nolina;  Nothos- 
cordum  (Yellow  False  GarUc,  Streaked-leaved  Garlic); 
Oakc-sia  (Wild  Oats),  native;  Ornithogalum  (Star  of 
Bethlehem);  Paradi.sca  (St.  Brmio's  Lily,  St.  Bernard's 
Lily);  ParLs  (Herb  Pari.s,  Love  Apple,  True  Love); 
Phormium  (New  Zealand  Flax);  Polygonatum  (Solo- 
mon's Seal^  Ruscus  (Butcher's  Broom);  Sansevieria 
(Bow-string  Hemp) ;  Scilla  (Squill,  Wild  Hyacinth,  Blue- 
bell, Harebell,  Spanish  Jacinth,  Sea  Onion,  Starry  Hya- 
cinth, Cuban  Lily,  Hyacinth  of  Peru,  Peruvian  Jacinth) ; 
Semele  (Climbing  Butcher's  Broom);  Smilacina  (False 
Solomon's  Sealj,  native;  Smilax;  Streptopus  (Twisted 
Stalk),  native;  Tricj'rtis  (Toad  Lily);  TriUium  (Wake- 
Robin,  Birthroot,  Bethroot,  White  Wood  Lily,  Ground 
Lily),  native;  Triteleia  (Spring  Star-Flower) ;  Tulipa 
(Tulipj;  Urginea  (Sea  Onion,  Squills) ;  Uvularia  (Bell- 
wort,  Wild  Oats),  native;  Veratrum  (False  Hellebore, 
White  Hellebore,  Green  Hellebore,  Black  Hellebore, 
Indian  Pokej ;  Xanthorrhoea  (Grass  Tree,  Grass  Gum, 
Black  Boy);  Xerophyllum  (Turkey's  Beard);  Yucca 
(Spanish  Bayonet,  Adam's  Needle,  Bear  Grass,  Silk 
Gra.ss);  Zygiwienas  (Fly-poison). 

38.  AmaryllidaceEe  (from  the  genus  Amaryllis 
named  for  a  nymph  celebrated  by  Virgil).  Amakylms 
Family.  Fig.  11.  Caulescent  or  acaulescent  herbs,  bul- 
bou.s-  or  fibroas-rooted :  leaves  alternate,  elongated, 
entire:  flowers  bisexual,  regular  or  irregular,  epigynous, 
usually  borne  singly  or  in  clusters  from  a  spathe-like 
bract;  perianth  of  0  similar  parts  in  2  series,  usually 
connate  below  into  a  tube  and  sometimes  with  a  tubular 
or  cup-shapw]  crown  in  the  throat;  stamens  0,  .some 
occa.sion.allystaminodial;  anthers  introrse;  ovary  inferior, 
.3-celle'l;  ovu1<m  numerous,  anatropous;  .style  1 ;  stigmas 
1-3:  fruit  a  capsule,  rarely  a  berry;  seeds  albuminous. 


There  are  71  genera  and  about  SOO  species,  widely 
ilistributed  but  most  abundant  in  the  steppe  regions 
of  till'  tro]iics  and  subtropics.  Five  species  arc  found  in 
the  northeastern  United  States.  The  largest  genera 
are  Criiuim  with  00  species,  and  Hypoxis,  and  Hip- 
peastriun  with  50  six'cies  each.  The  family  is  most 
closely  related  to  the  Liliaceae;  less  closely  to  the 
Iridacea;.  The  li-partcd  perianth,  6  stamens  with 
introrse  anthers,  and  inferior  3-celled  ovary,  are  together 
distinctive. 

The  bulbs  or  rootstocks  of  some  species  have  been 
used  in  medicine.  Those  of  Narcissus  Psvndo-Narcissiis 
and  Leucoiuin  vernuin  are  vigorous  emetics.  Those  of 
Crinum  zeylanicum  of  the  Moluccas,  Amaryllis  Bella- 
donna, of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope,  and  Buphane  toxi- 
caria  of  South  Africa  are  violent  poisons.  The  latter 
is  used  by  the  Kafirs  to  poison  their  arrows.  In  South 
America  the  farinaceous  tubers  of  the  Alstrcemeria;  are 
eaten.  The  most  important  plants  are  the  Yuccas. 
From  the  terminal  bud  of  these,  a  sugary  liquid  is 
obtainetl  which  by  the  Mexicans  is  made  into  a  fer- 
mented tlrink,  called  pulque;  when  distilled  this  drink 
is  called  mescal.  The  juice  of  the  leaves  has  been  used 
for  syphilis,  scrofula,  and  cancers.  The  leaf-fibers 
yield  vegetable  silk  or  sisal  hemp,  and  are  also  made 
into  paper.  Razor-strops  and  cork  are  made  from  the 
pith.    The  flowers  are  sometimes  boiled  and  eaten. 

Forty  or  more  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  as 
ornamental  plants  in  greenhouse  and  garden.  Among 
these  are:  Agave  (Century  Plant,  Sisal  Hemp,  Pulque 
Plant);  Alstroemeria;  Amaryllis  (Belladonna  Lily); 
Beschorneria;  Bomarea;  Bravoa  (Mexican  Twin 
Flower);  Cooperia  (Evening  Star,  Giant  Fairy  Lily); 
Crinum  (St.  John's  Lily,  Florida  Swamp  Lily) ;  Eucharis 
(Amazon  Lily,  Star  of  Bethlehem);  Eurycles  (Brisbane 
Lily);  Furcraea;  Galanthus  (Snowdrop);  Griffinia  (Blue 
Amaryllis);  Hiemanthus  (Blood  Lily);  Hippeastrum 
(Amaryllis,  Lily-of-the-Palace,  Barbadoes  Lily);  Hy- 
menocallis  (Spider  Lily,  Sea  Daffodil) ;  Hypo.xis  (Star 
Grass),  native;  Leucoium  (Snowflake);  Lycoris  (Golden 
Spider  Lily);  Narcissus  (Narcis.sus,  Jonquil,  Daffodil, 
Pheasant's  Eye);  Nerine  (Guernsey  Lily);  Pancratium 
(Spider  Lily,  Spirit  Lily);  Polianthes  (Tuberose); 
Sprekelia  (Jacob:can  Lily);  Teoophitea  (Cliilean  Cro- 
cus) ;  Vallota  (Scarborough''Lily) ;  Zephyranthes  (Zephyr 
Flower,  Fairy  Lily,  Atamasco  Lily). 

39.  Taccaceae  (from  the  genus  Tacca,  from  the  Malay 
name).  Tacca  Family-.  Fig.  12.  Herbaceous  plants: 
leaves  large,  entire,  or  commonly  pinnatifid  or  bipinna- 
tifid,  all  basal:  flowers  saucer-  or  urn-shaped,  bisexual, 
regular,  epigynous;  perianth  of  ti  nearly  separate  simi- 
lar parts  in  2  series;  stamens  6,  borne  on  the  base 
of  the  perianth ;  filaments  queerly  broadened  and 
cucuUate;  ovary  inferior,  1-celled,  or  incompletely  3- 
celled;  ovules  numerous;  placentie  parietal;  style  um- 
brella-like, the  terminal  disk  variously  lobed,  and  bear- 
ing the  peculiar  stigmatic  pores  beneath:  fruit  a  capsule 
or  berry;  seed  albuminous. 

Taccace»  has  2  genera  and  10  species,  inhabitants 
of  the  tropics  of  both  hemispheres,  mostly  of  the 
Malay  archipelago.  A  very  distinct  family  of  doubtful 
relationship,  even  suggesting  several  Dicotyledonous 
families,  but  probably  close  to  the  Dioscoriacese  and 
AmaryllidaceiB.  The  acaulescent  habit,  the  epigynous 
bisexual  flowers,  the  six  queer  stamens,  and  the  1-celled, 
many-ovuled  ovary,  are  together  distinctive. 

Several  species  of  Tacca,  e.  g.,  T.  pinnalifida,  possess 
tubers  from  which  a  starchy  meal,  caUetl  arrowroot,  is 
made  in  the  Ea.st.  Straw  hats  are  made  from  the  stems 
of  Tacca  by  the  Tahitians. 

Tacca  pinnalifida  and  T.  cristala  are  cultivated 
sparinglv  in  /Vmerica. 

4(.V  Dioscoreaceae  (from  the  genus  Dioscorea,  named 
in  honor  of  Dioscorides).  Yam  Family.  Fig.  12. 
Climbing  or  twining  herbs  or  shrubs:  leaves  alternate, 
mostly  arrowhead-shaped:  flowers  bisexual  or  unisex- 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


21 


ual,  regular,  small,  ami  inconspicuous;  perianth  of  6 
similar  parts,  in  2  series;  stamens  usually  6,  or  the  3 
inner  st;uninodia;  ovary  mferior,  3-celled,  rarely  1- 
cclled;  plarent;p  axile  or  parietal;  ovules  2  in  each 
cell,  super|)0sed,  anatropous;  stigmas  3,  or  each  2- 
])arted:   fruit  a  capsule  or  berry;  seed  albiuninous. 

Nine  genera  and  about  170  species,  of  which  150 
belong  to  the  genus  Dioscorea,  are  distributed  ver}' 
generally  in  the  tropics  and  in  the  subtropics,  and 
extend  sparingly  into  the  north  temperate  zone.  They 
are  most  abundant  in  South  America  and  the  West 
Indies.  One  species  reaches  north  to  southern  New 
England.  The  family  is  related  to  the  AjnaryllidaceEE 
and  Liliacea?.  The  climbing  habit,  peculiar  leaves, 
definite  stamens,  inferior  3-celled  ovarj',  and  2  albumi- 
nous seeds  are  distinctive.  Most  Dioscoriacea  spring 
from  a  tuberous  base,  which  is  sometimes  very  large 
and  conspicuous.  Odd  tubers  are  borne  in  the  leaf- 
axils  of  species  of  Dioscorea  and  Rajania. 

The  tuberous  root  of  Dioscorea  Batatas  yields  the 
yams  of  eastern  commerce,  a  very  important  article 
of  food  in  the  Far  East.  Those  of  several  other  species, 
including  our  own  native  D.  villnsa,  are  also  cultivated 
in  various  parts  of  the  tropics.  The  leaves  of  some 
species  are  used  in  intermittent  fevers.  The  tubers  of 
Tamils  communis  were  formerly  employed  as  a  pur- 
gative, and  were  also  apphed  to  bruises,  hence  the 
name  "beaten  woman's  herb."  The  shoots  are  eaten 
hke  asparagus. 

Two  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  the  United  States, 
mostly  in  the  South:  Dioscorea  (Yam,  Chinese  Potato, 
Cinnamon  Vine,  Wt  Potato);  Testudinaria  (Hottentot's 
Bread,  Tortoise  I-'lant,  Elephant's  Foot),  rarely  grown. 

41.  Iridaceae  (from  the  genus  Iris,  the  rainbow). 
Iris  Family.  Fig.  12.  Herbs  or  sub-shrubs  with  fibrous 
roots  or  often  tuberous  rootstocks  (corms):  leaves 
mostly  basal,  equitant,  linear:  flowers  usually  showy, 
bisexual,  regular  or  irregular,  epigynous,  each  with  2 
spathe-like  bracts;  perianth  of  6  petaloid  parts  in  2 
series,  usually  unlike,  generally  connate  into  a  tube; 
stamens  3,  the  inner  whorl  wanting,  separate  or  con- 
nate; anthers  extrorse;  ovary  inferior,  3-celled,  rarely 
1-celled;  ovules  few  to  many,  anatropous;  style  1;  stig- 
mas 3:  fruit  a  capsule;  seeds  albuminous. 

The  iris  family  has  57  genera  and  about  1,000  species 
of  wide  distribution.  The  two  main  centers  are  the 
Cape  of  Good  Hope  and  subtropical  America.  The 
family  is  not  plainly  related  to  anv  other,  perhaps  most 
closely  to  the  Amaryllidacea;.  The  ensiform  equitant 
leaves,  the  6-parted  showy  perianth,  the  3  extrorse 
stamens,  and  the  inferior  3-celled  ovary,  are  together 
characteristic. 

The  rootstocks  of  many  Iridaceae  are  purgative  and 
diuretic,  e.g..  Iris  florentina,  I.  germanica,  I.  pallida, 
and  /.  versicolor.  The  rootstock  of  /.  florentina  is 
fragrant  and  used  for  sachet  perfume  and  tooth-powder 
(orris  root).  /.  Pseudacorus  and  /.  versicolor  have  been 
used  for  dropsy  and  diarrhea.  /.  fcetidissima  was  an 
ancient  remedy  for  scrofula  and  hysteria.  The  stigmas 
of  Crocus  sativus  have  been  renowned  since  earliest 
times  as  an  emmenagogue;  they  are  deep  orange  in 
color,  and  used  aLso  in  dyeing  and  as  a  condiment.  Iris- 
green  of  the  painters  was  prepared  by  treating  violet 
iris  flowers  with  lime.  The  seeds  of  /.  Pserulacorus  have 
been  used  as  a  substitute  for  cofTee.  The  rootstocks  of 
Ilomeria  collirui  of  South  .\frica  are  very  poisonous.  The 
family  contains  many  well-known  ornamental  plants. 

In  America,  many  genera  are  in  cultivation,  all  for 
ornamental  purpo.ses.  Among  these  are:  Belamcanda 
(Blackberr\'  Lily,  Leopold  Flower);  Crocus;  Freesia; 
GUuliolus;  Hermodactylus  (Snake's-head  Iris);  Iris 
(Fleur-de-lis,  Iris,  Gladwin) ;  Ixia;  Mora^a  (Wedding 
Iris);  Schizostylis  (Crimson  Flag);  Sisyrinchium  (Blue- 
eyed  Gra-ss,  Satin  Flower,  Rush  Lily) ;  Sparaxis  (Wand 
Flower) ;  Tigridia  (Tiger  Flower,  Shell  Flower) ;  Tri- 
tonia  (Blazing  Star). 


Order  20.   Scitamine^b 

42.  Musaoeae  (from  the  genus  Musa,  the  Arabic 
name).  Banana  Family.  Fig.  12.  Large,  semi-ligne- 
ous herbs,  the  .stout  stem  enveloped  at  base  by  the 
sheathing  petioles,  unbranched :  leaves  alternate,  entire, 
convolute,  pinnately  parallel-veined:  flowers  bisexual, 
or  unisexual,  irregular,  epigynous,  borne  in  the  axil  of 
a  bract  in  spikes  with  subtending  spathes;  nectaries 
ovarian;  perianth  of  6  parts,  in  2  series,  the  parts  un- 
equal in  size  and  shape,  separate  or  variously  united; 
st;unens  6,  5  fertile  and  1  staminodium ;  ovary  inferior, 
3-celled;  ovules  solitary  and  basal,  or  numerous  and 
axile,   anatropous;   style    1;   stigmas  usually  3:  fruit 


12.  T.\cc.\ce.e:  1.  Tacca,  flower.  Dioscohe.^ce.e:  2.  Dios- 
corea, leaf  and  fruit.  Iridace.e:  3.  Crocus,  a,  vertical  section 
whole  plant:  h,  floral  diagram.  4.  Sisyrinchium,  flower.  Mu8a- 
ce.e:  5.  Musa;  a,  flower,  St.,  stamen;  6,  floral  diagram.  ZiN- 
GIBERACE.E:   (5.  Zingiber,  a,  flower;  si.,  stamen;  6,  floral  diagram. 

fleshy  and  pulpy  or  drupaceous,  indehiscent,  dehiscent 
or  separating  into  fruitlets;  seeds  with  perisperm; 
embryo  straight. 

Six  genera  and  about  60  species  occur,  30  of  which 
belong  to  the  genus  Heliconia  and  20  to  Musa,  of  gen- 
eral tropical  distribution.  Fossil  species  are  known. 
The  family  is  related  to  the  Marantacea;,  Zingiberacese 
and  Cannaceae;  with  the  last  it  is  often  united.  These 
families  aU  have  irregular  flowers  of  the  same  type,  and 
inferior  ovaries;  but  the  Musaceae  differ  in  their 
sUghtly  differentiated  calyx  and  corolla,  in  the  5  fertile 
stamens,  and  in  the  absence  of  aromatic  principles. 

The  banana  {Musa  paradisiaca,  M .  sapienlurn,  etc.) 
is  the  most  important  economic  plant,  the  fruit  of 
which  is  widely  used  for  food.  The  pith  of  the  stem, 
top  of  the  floral  spike,  and  also  the  shoots,  are  eaten  as 
vegetables.  The  fibers  from  the  petioles  of  Musa  texlilis 
are  made  into  thread  and  fabrics.  The  leaves  are  used 
to  thatch  huts.  The  traveler's  tree  (Ravenala  mada- 
gascariennis)  holds  sufficient  water  at  the  leaf  bases  to 
serve  for  drink.  The  water  is  obtained  by  boring  the 
sheath.    The  seeds  of  this  tree  are  eaten. 

Four  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  the  South  and  in 
conservatories,  for  ornament;  and  one  also,  Musa,  for 
the  fruit:  Heliconia  (Balisier,  Wild  Plantain) ;  Musa  (Ba- 
nana, Plantain  Tree,  Chumpa,  Adam's  Fig) ;  Ravenala 
(Traveler's  Tree);  Strelitzia  (Bird  of  Paradise  Flower). 

43.  Zingiberaceae  (from  the  f^enns Zingiber,  the  Indian 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


11.11110'.  OiNCKR  Family.  Fiji.  12.  llt'i!)s  with  civcping 
or  tubonnis  rhizoiiu's,  nirt'ly  with  lil)rous  roots:  U'livcs 
l>;»sjil  or  i-!iuliiio.  ahornstc.  sliealliinp:  bUuii-  with  lisule 
at  top  of  petiole,  linear  or  elliptie,  the  pinnately 
pamllel  veins  str<)n)jly  a.seemlins;:  flowers  bisexual, 
irreirular,  epipyiioiis;  perianth  of  0  parts,  in  2  series, 
ililTenMitiatinl  into  a  tubular  :}-toollieil  or  spathiform 
somewhat  herbaeeous  ealyx,  and  a  lubulai'  uneciually 
3-lobo<l  eorolla;  1  stamen  only  is  fertile,  opposite  tliis  is 
a  l.'irjje  petaloiil  stiuniiUHliuin,  and  there  are  sometimes 
other  smaller  ones;  ovary  inferior,  3-celled,  rarely  1- 
celltM:  ovules  many  in  eaeh  cell;  style  1;  sti(;nia  usually 
1:  fruit  a  capsule;  seed  with  large  peris|)er]n,  small 
endosperm,  and  straight  embryo. 

There  are  24  genera  and  about  270  species,  di-stributcd 
in  the  tropical  regions  of  the  ea.stcrn  hemisphere.  Only 
2  genera  are  in  America.  The  largest  genera  are  .\mo- 
miim.  with  ,">0  species,  .and  .\lpinia,  with  M)  species. 
The  family  is  related  to  the  Mu.saceie,  Maraiitaccic 
and  Cannace;r,  but  differs  in  the  ligule,  the  aromatic  oil, 
the  sharp  difTercntialion  of  the  ixrianth,  the  single 
stamen,  and  the  large  single  stamiiiodium. 

To  the  spicy  aromatic  flavor  of  the  rhizomes  and 
fruits  the  family  owes  its  useful  qualities.  Ginger  is 
from  the  rhizomes  o!  Zingihir  ojfirimilc,  cultivated  from 
India.  Cardamon  fruits  are  from  Eletlari.a  Cardnmu- 
mum  of  farther  India.  Curcuma  or  turmeric  is  from 
the  rhizomes  of  Curcuma  luuyu,  cultivated  from  south- 
ea-st  Asia.  This  is  used  in  medicine,  and  for  flavor- 
ing pickles.  In  it  is  a  yellow  dye.  The  seeds  of  Aiiw- 
miim  Meleguela  of  west  Africa  are  the  grains  of  [lara- 


13.  Ca>*.vace*:  1,  Canna,  n,  flowor;  h,  floral  diagrani. 
Mabantack*:  2.  Maranta,  a,  flower,  piMtil  removed:  b,  floral 
rjiafcram.  f)iicifiDAr;E*:  .3.  Lyca«te,  a,  flower;  6,  column,  front 
view;  c,  pollinia  and  K'and;  d,  floral  diagram.  4.  Cypripedium, 
1.  flower;  6.  column,  under  Bide;  c.  column,  .side  view;  d,  floral  dia- 
gram. (9t.,  fertile  fstamen;  tier.,  Htc'rilc  atamcn;  stia.,  atigma;  g, 
jrtand;  p.,  piMtil). 


di.se  of  commerce,  (lalaugal,  used  in  perfumery,  is  the 
rootstock  of  Alpinid  (IdUiiiijii  of  the  VaxsI  Indies. 

Se\-eral  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  mostly 
grown  for  ornamental  purposes  in  greenhou.ses  and 
principally  in  the  South.  Among  these  are:  Alpinia 
(Shell  Flower);  .\momum;  Curcuma  (Curcuma,  Tur- 
meric); l'Uettari;i  (commercial  Cardiunoii  seeds);  He- 
d.\('hiun\  (Uuttcrlly  Lily,  (Jinger  Lily,  Cariand  Lily); 
Ka;mpferia;  Zingiber  (Ciingcr). 

44.  Cannacese  (from  the  genus  Canna,  the  origin  of 
the  name  not  clear),  C.\nn.\  Family.  F'ig.  13.  .Similar 
to  the  Marantacea'  in  all  l)ut  the  following  structural 
details:  no  joint  nor  ligule  at  summit  of  jictiole;  ovules 
many  in  each  cell  of  the  ov;iry;  embryo  straight. 

This  family  contains  a  single  genus  and  25-50  .species 
of  tropical  and  subtropical  America. 

The  starchy  rhizome  of  C.  edulis  is  grown  and  eaten 
in  the  West  Indies  and  .\ustralia.  The  arrowroot 
starch  of  the  English  and  French  is  derived  from  C. 
cocrinra  of  the  West  Indies  and  .South  America,  The 
cannas  arc  popular  ornamental  garden  plants. 

4>'5.  Marantaceae  (from  the  genus  Maranta,  named 
for  Maranti,  a  Venetian  botanist  and  physician  of  the 
16th century).  AitRoWKOOT Family.  P"ig.  13.  Herbswith 
rhizomes:  knives  mostly  basal,  with  an  articulation  at 
the  sununit  of  the  petiole;  blade  linear  to  oval,  pinnately 
Iiarallel-veined :  inflorescence  usually  surrouniied  by 
spathe-like bracts;  flowers  bisexual,  irregular,  epigynous; 
l^erianth  of  (i  parts,  plainly  tlifferentiated  into  calyx  and 
I'orolla,  the  latter  .somewhat  irregular;  one  stamen  of  the 
inner  set  fertile,  petaloid,  with  later.al  anther,  the  two 
others  of  the  inner  whorl  transformed  into  enlarged 
staininodia;  usually  1  or  2  of  the  outer  whorl  also 
present  as  petaloid  staminodia;  ovary  inferior,  3-celled, 
rarely  1-2-celled;  ovule  1  in  each  cell;  .style  flat  and 
twisted  or  lobed:  fruit  a  capsule  or  berry;  seeds  with 
perisperm,  and  aril;  embryo  curved, 

Marantacea;  has  12  genera  and  about  160  species,  of 
damp  situations  in  the  tropics,  mostly  American.  The 
largest  genus  is  Calathea  with  60  species.  The  family 
is  related  to  the  Cannacea',  Zingiberace»,  and  Musa- 
cea>.  The  joint  at  the  summit  of  the  petiole,  the  type 
of  stamen-irregularity,  the  1-seeded  cells  of  the  ovary, 
and  the  curved  embryo  are  distinctive. 

The  rhizome  of  Maranta  nrundinacen  is  cultivated  in 
( Topical  America,  and  furnishes  themaranta  arrowroot  of 
commerce;  rhizomes  of  some  other  species  are  eaten. 
Many  species  are  ornamental,  mostly  for  con.servatory. 

li'ive  or  C  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  as 
Calathea  (Rattlesnake  Plant);  Maranta;  Phrynium; 
Stromanthe;  Thalia. 

Order  21.   Microsperhle 

46.  Orchidaceae  (from  the  genus  Orchis,  an  ancient 
nameofthe.se  plants).  Orchid  P'amily.  Fig.  13.  Her- 
baceous plants  of  very  diverse  habit  and  structure;  ter- 
restrial, epiphytic  or  saprophytic,  sometimes  climbing; 
the  terrestrial  with  fibrous  roots  or  with  thickened  tuber- 
like  roots,  the  epiphytic  often  with  the  base  of  the  leaf 
and  adjoining  stem  swollen,  forming  a  pseudobulb;  the 
siipropl  lyt  ic  without  chlorophyll ;  the  epiphytic  of  ten  with 
aerial  hanging  roots  are  providetl  wil-h  a  water-absorb- 
ing layer  (velamen) :  leaves  alternate,  succulent,  coria- 
ceous or  membranous,  linear  to  oval:  flowers  bisexual, 
rarely  uni.sexual,  irregular,  ei)igynous;  perianth  of  6 
parts,  in  2  series,  usually  all  petaloid;  one  petal  larger, 
foniiing  the  lip  (l.abellum);  stamens  originally  6,  but  all 
except  1  or  2  wanting,  or  reduced  to  staminodia,  united 
with  the  jiistil;  pollen-grains  compound,  granular,  or 
aggregated  into  masses  (pollinia)  which  arc  either  free 
in  the  anther  or  at  tached  by  a  stalk  to  a  viscid  apical  or 
stigmatic  gland;  carpels  3;  ov.ary  inferior,  1-  or  3-celled; 
ovules  very  mimeroiis;  styk^  united  with  tlie  stamens  to 
form  the  column;  stigma  in  the  front  of  the  column,  or 
on  a  projecting  lob(^:  fruit  a  capsule;  seeds  very  minute. 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


23 


This  is  ;in  important  family  of  more  than  tOO  genera 
and  between  0,000  and  10,000  species.  Orchids  are  very 
witlely  tlistributed,  except  in  the  arctics,  but  are  most 
numerous  in  the  tropics.  Those  of  temperate  regions 
are  mainly  terrestrial;  those  in  the  tropics  commonly 
epiphytic.  The  large  genera  are  Epidendrum,  500  spe- 
cies; Habenaria,  Dendrobiimi,  Bulbophyllum,  anil  (_)u- 
cidimn,  200-600  species  each;  Masdevallia,  Odonto- 
glossum,  and  Maxillaria,  each  100  or  more  species. 

From  the  standpoint  of  the  intricate  and  very  special 
mechanisms  evolved  in  order  to  insure  cross-pollination, 
the  orchids  are  the  most  wonderful  of  our  insect- 
pollinated  plants.  For  a  detailed  account  see  Darwin's 
■  ■  Fert  ilizat  ion  of  Orchids, ' '  or  Kcrner  and  Oliver's ' '  N atu- 
ral  Histor>'of  Plants."  In  general,  the  insect  visiting  the 
showy  flower  for  the  honey  comes  in  contact  with  the 
sticky  gland  above  the  stigma,  therebj-  pulling  it  out, 
along  with  the  attached  pollen  masses.  Wliile  the  insect 
is  going  to  another  flower,  the  pollen  masses  dry  and 
bend  dov\Ti  until  they  are  in  position  to  strike  the  viscid 
stigma,  which  tears  away  and  retains  some  of  the  iJoUen. 
The  method  of  pollination  in  Cypripedium  is  fundamen- 
tally different.  Some  orchids  (e.g.,  Catasetum)  possess  a 
sensitive  explosive  mechanism  that  forcibly  ejects  the 
pollen  mass,  often  to  the  distance  of  2  or  3  feet.  The 
minute  seeds  of  the  orchids  are  well  adapted  to  be 
disseminated  by  the  wind  and  find  lodgment  in  the 
crevices  of  the  bark  of  trees  and  on  other  supports. 

Orchids  are  divided  into  large  groups  as  follows: 

Group  I.  Diandra.  The  two  lateral  stamens  of  the 
inner  whorl  fertile,  the  dorsal  of  the  outer  whorl 
staminotlial  or  fruitful,  the  others  absent.  Cypripe- 
dium, Selenipedivmi,  Paphiopediliun,  and  others. 

Group  II.  Monandrs.  The  dorsal  stamen  of  the 
outer  whorl  fruitful,  all  the  others  wanting.  By  far 
the  majority  of  the  species  belong  here.  Subgroup  I. 
PoUinia  connected  by  caudicles  with  a  gland  at  base 
of  anther  near  stigma.  Subgroup  2.  Pollen  without 
caudicles  or  with  these  attached  to  a  gland  at  apex  of 
anther. 

The  family  is  very  distinct  and  easily  distinguished. 
Its  only  near  relatives  are  the  BurmanniaceiB.  The 
pecuUar  structure  of  the  stamens  and  pistil,  together 
with  the  minute  exalbuminous  seeds  are  distinctive. 

The  OrchidacCEe  is  perhaps  the  most  important 
family  from  the  standpoint  of  ornamental  gardening. 
To  grow  these  singular,  fantastic,  showy,  and  often 
sweet-scented  flowers  has  in  recent  years  become  ahnost 
a  craze.  It  is  estimated  that,  whereas  Linn:eus  knew 
but  a  dozen  exotic  orchids,  at  the  present  day  more 
than  2, .500  are  known  to  English  horticulturists. 
Plants  in  the  family  useful  for  other  purposes  are  few. 
The  most  important  is  vanilla,  derived  from  the  capsule 
of  Vanilla  planifolia  of  Mexico,  and  now  widely  culti- 
vated in  the  tropics.  Faham  (Angrascum  fragrans  of 
I5ourbon)  has  a  fragrant,  bitter-ahnond-like  taste;  the 
leaves  are  used  for  indigestion  and  tuberculosis,  and  are 
known  as  Bourbon  tea.  Salep  is  derived  from  the 
roots  of  various  terrestrial  orchids  of  the  Mediterra- 
nean region.  The  roots  of  helleborine  {Epipactis  lali- 
folia)  are  used  for  rheumatism.  The  root  of  Spiranlhes 
(liurelica  of  Chile  is  renowned  as  a  diuretic.  The  flow- 
ers of  Habeniiria  conopsea  are  used  for  dysentery.  Spi- 
ranlhes autumnalis  and  Ilnbennria  hijnlia  are  said  to 
be  aphrodisiac.  The  roots  of  Cypripedium  pnruijlorum 
var.  puhcscens  are  frequently  used  in  America  as  a 
substitute  for  valerian. 

CLASS  II.    DICOTVLEDONE^ 
Sub-class  1.   Archichlamydex  {ChoripetaUe  and  Apetalx) 

Order  22.    Verticili^ales 

17.  Casuarinaceae  (from  the  genus  Cnsiuirina,  de- 
rived from  the  resemblance  of  the  brandies  to  the 
feathers  of  the  bird  cassowary^.    C.\suarina  Family. 


Fig.  14.  Shrubs,  or  much-branched  trees,  with  the  habit 
of  the  honse-tail  (Equisetum)  or  Ephedra:  branches 
whorled,  jointed,  striate:  leaves  replaced  by  striate, 
many-toothed  sheaths:  flowers  monoecious  or  dioecious, 
the  staminate  in  spikes,  the  pistillate  in  heads;  perianth 
of  the  staminate  flower  of  2,  rarely  1,  bract-like  parts; 
stamen  1;  perianth  of  the  pistillate  flower  0;  ovary 
1-celled,  rarely  2-celled,  2-4-ovuled;  stigmas  2:   fruit 


14.  Casuarinace.e:  1.  Casuarina,  a,  portioQ  of  male  indores- 
cence:  b,  diagram  of  whorl  of  flowers;  c,  female  flower:  d,  female 
flower,  cross-section.  Saururace.e:  2.  Saururus,  a,_  fiower;  b, 
floral  diagram.  Piperace.e:  3.  Piper,  a,  inflorescence  in  fruit;  b, 
portion  of  spike  with  flowers;  c.  female  flower,  vertical  section. 
Chloranthace.e:  4.  Chloranthus,  a,  flower,  vertical  section;  b, 
floral  diagram, 

dry,  often  samaroid,  inclosed  by  the  woody  valve-like 
bracts;  seeds  2,  or  3-4,  orthotropous,  ascending. 

A  single  genus  containing  about  20  species  occurs  in 
Australia  and  the  neighboring  islands,  extending  to 
Madagascar  and  to  southeast  Asia.  The  family  is  very 
distinct  and  its  relationships  are  in  doubt.  It  is  placed 
here  in  the  system  because  of  the  simple  flowers.  The 
peculiar  habit,  reduced  staminate  flowers,  and  peculiar 
fruit  are  characteristic. 

The  wood  of  Casuarina  equisetifolia  is  very  hard,  and 
called  ironwood.  It  is  used  in  ship-building,  and  by  the 
Indians  for  war-clubs;  the  powdered  bark  is  used  to 
dress  wounds,  or  for  diarrhea.  A  brown  dye  is  obtained 
from  the  same  plant. 

A  few  species  of  Casuarina  (Beefwood,  She  Oak)  are 
cultivated  in  the  South  for  timber  and  ornament. 

Order  23.    Piperales 

48.  Saururaceae  (from  the  genus  Saururus,  meaning 
lizard's  tail,  in  allusion  to  the  long  slender  spike). 
Lizard's-Tail  Family.  Fig.  14.  Herbs :  leaves  alternate, 
large  and  broad:  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  in  a  long, 
dense  spike;  perianth  0;  stamens  6  or  fewer,  hypo- 
gynous  or  united  with  the  pistil;  carpels  3-4,  separate, 
or  united  in  to  a  3-4-celled  ovary ;  ovules  2  to  several, 
parietal;  stigmas  as  many  as  the  carpels:  fruit  of 
follicles,  or  a  lobed  berry. 

Three  genera  and  about  4  species  are  found  in  tem- 
perate or  subtropical  Asia  and  North  America.  The 
family  is  related  to  the  Piperacea;,  with  which  it  is 
frequently  united.  From  that  family  it  differs  in 
having  several  carpels  in  each  flower  and  several 
parietal  ovules  for  each  carpel. 

Suuriirm  ccrnuus  (lizard's  tail),  a  native  herb,  is 
in  the  trade  as  a  gartlen  plant  for  wet  soil. 

49.  PiperacesB  (from  the  genus  Piper,  an  ancient 
name  of  pepper).  Pepper  Family.  Fig.  14.  Herbs, 
shrubs,  or  rarely  trees:  leaves  alternate,  rarely  opposite 
or  whorled;  flowers  in  dense  spikes,  bisexual,  or  uni- 
sexual,   regular;    perianth  0;    stamens    1-10;    ovary 


■24 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


l-<H'll<xi:  ovule  1,  b;u!;xl;  stiRni:is  1-4,  rsiroly  more,  sessile: 
fruit  a  dry  or  flesh_\'  l>i'rr\'. 

Tlion^  iiTp  0  jienera  aud  abiuit  1,02")  speci<-s,  coiifiiiod 
to  the  tropics.  'l"l>e  larjiest  neiura  are  I'iper  with  000 
sptvies  ami  IVpomiuia  witli  400  speeies.  'I'he  family  is 
n>lati\l  to  tlie  Saururaeea',  with  whieli  it  is  oflcii  uiiitixl; 
otherwise  it  stands  alone  as  a  distinct  type,  the  system- 
atic |H>sition  of  which  is  uncertain.  The  spicate  inflores- 
cence. nake^^  flowers,  and  l-cellwl,  l-S(H'ded  ovary  are 
distinctive. 

The  luiripe  fruit  of  Piper  niffrum  (,Iava,  etc.)  yields 
black  jx'pper.  The  ripe  fruit  of  the  ssune  plant  _\ields 
white  ix^pper.  l..on,i!;  pei>i)er  is  the  wliole  s|)ike  of 
P.  longiiiii  of  India.  The  drug  cubebs  is  obtained 
from  P.  Cubihn.  Hetcl  consists  of  the  leaves  of 
P.  Brtle,  which  in  India  are  mixed  with  the  areea  nut 
and  niiisticated  (p.  Hi).  From  ;ui  extraction  of  the  roots 
of  P.  tnelhysticuin  (ava,  or  kava-kava),  mixed  with 
the  milk  of  coconuts,  an  intoxicating  drink  is  made  in 
the  Pacific  Islands.  .Some  species  of  Peperomia  are 
eaten  as  salads;  others  chewed  as  betel. 

Some  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America  as  green- 
house foliiige  plants:  Peperomia,  10  or  more  species; 
Piper  (Pepper,  Hlack  Pepper,  Japanese  Pepper). 

.50.  Chloranthaceae  (from  the  genus  Chlordnlhiis, 
signifying  grcni  flowers).  CnLORANTHtrs  Family.  Fig. 
14.  Herbs,  slirubs  or  trees:  leaves  opposite:  flowers 
bisexual  or  unisexual,  regular,  very  small,  subtended 
by  bracts,  and  mostly  borne  in  spikes;  perianth  0; 
stamens  in  the  bisexual  flowers  1-3,  united  with  each 
other  and  with  the  ovary;  in  the  staminate  inflorescence 
inserte<l  on  a  common  axis  and  forming  a  spike; 
carpels  1,  with  1  pendent  ovule;  stigma  sessile:  fruit 
drupaceous. 

Three  genera  and  about  35  species  occur,  in  tropical 
America,  East  Asia,  and  the  islands  of  the  Pacific 
Ocean.  The  family  is  related  to  the  Piperacea-  and 
Saururacea;.  The  opposite  leaves,  the  few  stamens, 
which  are  often  unilaterally  united  with  the  1-celled 
ovary,  and  the  suspended  ovule,  are  peculiar. 

The  roots  of  CIdortnUhus  officinalis  have  a  camphor- 
like odor,  and  are  used  in  the  East  as  a  febrifuge. 

One  species  of  Chloranthus  is  grown  in  greenhouses 
for  foliage  and  berries. 

Order  24.   Salicales 

.51.  Salicacese  (from  the  genus  Salix,  the  classical 
Latin  name).  \ViLU)W-  Family.  Fig  1.5.  Shrubs  or 
trees,  creeping  in  the  arctics:  leaves  alternate,  simple: 
flowers  ditecious,  both  sexes  in  catkins,  1  flower  to  each 
scale;  perianth  0;  disk  present,  cup-shaped  or  finger- 
like; stamens  2-many,  separate  or  united;  ovary  often 
pedicelled,  1-celled;  placenta?  2,  parietal;  ovules  numer- 
ous; stigmas  2,  often  each  2-lobed:  fruit  a  capsule; 
seeds  with  a  basal  tuft  of  long  hairs. 

Salicacea;  has  2  genera  and  about  180  species,  of 
which  160  belong  to  the  genus  Salix;  inhabitants  of 
the  north  temperate  and  arctic  zones,  a  few  in  the 
tropics  and  in  South  .\frica.  The  family  is  not  definitely 
related  to  any  other  family,  though  possibly  to  the 
TamaricaceaE.  The  flowers  of  both  sexes  in  catkins, 
the  glandular  disk,  and  the  dehiscent  many-seeded 
capsule  with  como.se  seeds,  are  distinctive. 

The  bark  of  many  specira  has  been  used  for  inter- 
mittent fevers  and  for  tanning  leather.  A  yellow  dye 
occurs  in  the  bark  of  Pojmlus  alba  and  /'.  Ircmula, 
also  in  Salix  aU>a,  .S'.  tUrjihrioidea,  and  others.  The 
rcsinou."?  buds  of  /■*.  haLiamifera,  or  taeamahac,  furnish 
American  balm  of  Oil(ra<l.  The  staminati;  catkins  of 
fi.  g-gyjili/icn  are  odoriferous  and  are  used  in  the  East 
in  mf^iicinal  waters,  as  a  W)rdial,  and  as  a  sudorific. 
Willow  and  fKiplar  wood  is  soft  and  light.  The  twigs 
of  B<;veral  species  of  Salix  are  universally  used  in 
basket-making. 

The  two  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  as 


ornamental  plants  and  for  shelter-belts  and  basket- 
work  and  .sonietinics  for  timber:  Populus  (Poplar,  As- 
pen, Taeamahac.  Balm  of  (Ulead  [not  the  original], 
Cottonwood,  Abele);  and  Salix  (Willow,  Osier). 

Order  25.    Myuicales 

.52.  Myricaceae  (from  the  genus  Mi/rica,  the  ancient 
name  of  the  Tani.Mrisk).  Swekt  Gale  Family,  Fig.  15. 
Shrubs  or  trees:  leaves  alternate,  usually  simple,  resin- 
ous: flowers  monu'cious  or  dio'cious,  in  catkins  or 
spikes,  single  for  each  bract;  perianth  0;  stamens  4-6, 
or  16,  in  the  axil  of  the  bract  (scale);  ovary  1-celled, 
1-ovuled;  stigmas  2:  fruit  a  drupe,  usually  slightly 
h(irne(l  by  union  with  the  bracteoles;  seed  solitary, 
orthotropous,  basal. 


15.  S.\r.icACEJ5:  1.  Salix,  a,  male  flower;  fa,  female  flower;  c. 
cros.s-section  ovary.  2.  Populus,  a,  male  flower;  b,  dehiscing  fruit, 
Myric.\ce.e;  3.  Myrica,  a,  male  flower;  6,  female  flower.  JuQ- 
landace.b:  4.  Juglans,  a,  diagram  male  flower;  6,  diagram  female 
flower;  c,  vertical  section  female  flower.  Betulacea::  5.  Corylus, 
a,  diagram  male  flower;  6,  diagram  female  flowers.  6.  Betula,  a, 
male  flowers;  6,  female  flowers;  c,  diagram  male  flowers;  d,  diagram 
female  flowers.  7.  AInus,  a,  male  flowers;  b.  female  flowers;  c,  dia- 
gram male  flowers;  d,  diagram  female  flowers,  (.s,  scale;  a,  b,  and  c, 
bractioles  of  the  first,  .second  and  third  orders;  p,  perianth;  ff, 
gland.) 

One  genus  with  about  .35  species  is  generally  dis- 
tributed over  the  more  temperate  parts  of  the  earth. 
The  Myricacea;  are  related  to  the  other  amentiferous 
f;unilies,  e.g.,  Juglandacea>,  Fagacea;  and  BetulaceiE. 
The  indeliiscent,  1-seeded  fruit,  basal  seeds,  two 
carpels,  absence  of  perianth,  and  simple  leaves  are 
(•li;u-aeteristic  of  the  family. 

Mi/rica  Gale  and  other  species  are  used  for  tanning 
leather.  M.  Gale  has  also  been  used  in  the  preparation 
of  beer.  The  wax  from  the  drupelets  of  M.  cerifera 
and  M.  cnrolinensis  is  used  for  making  candles.  The 
fruit  of  M.  sapida  and  M.  Nagi  is  edible.  M.  {Comp- 
tonia)  asplenifolia  hiis  been  used  as  a  tonic.  A  volatile 
oil  is  obtained  from  the  fruits  of  M.  Gale.  The  root 
of  M.  cerifera  is  emetic  and  purgative. 

M.  Nagi  is  cultivated  in  California  for  the  edible 
fruit.  M.  nspUnifolia,  native  in  the  United  States,  is 
grown  for  ornament.  Other  species  are  sometimes 
planted. 


A   SYNOPSIS  OF  THE   PLANT  KINGDOM 


25 


Order  26.   Juglandales 

53.  Juglandaceas  (from  tlie  genvis  Juglans,  a  con- 
traction of  tlie  Latin  Joris  glans,  the  nut  of  Jupiter). 
Walnut  Family.  Fig.  15.  Trees  or  shrubs,  often  resin- 
ous: leaves  alternate,  exstipiilate,  pinnately  compound: 
flowers  mona'cious,  small;  the  staminate  in  drooping 
catkins  with  single  perianth  of  4  parts,  or  rarely  0,  one 
flower  for  each  bract;  the  pistillate  2-3  together,  with 
perianth  of  4  parts  a<lherent  to  the  ovary  as  are  also 
the  bract  and  tjracteole;  ovary  inferior,  1 -celled;  ovule 
1,  basal,  orthotropous;  stigmas  usually  2-  or  4-branched: 
fruit  a  nut  wit  h  a  fleshy  e.xocarp,  or  bursting  irregularly, 
or  4-valved,  or  winged. 

In  this  family  are  6  genera  and  about  35  species  of 
the  north  temperate  zone.  The  largest  genus  is  Carya 
with  10  species.  The  family  is  related  to  other  Amen- 
tifene,  e.g.,  Myricaceae,  Fagaceje,  and  Betulacea".  The 
indehiscent,  1-seeded  fruit,  basal  seeds,  2  carpels, 
perianth  and  pinnate  leaves  are  distinctive.  Fossil 
species  are  known. 

The  wood  of  Enghsh  walnut  is  highly  valued,  but 
that  of  Juglans  nigra  (black  walnut)  is  one  of  the 
most  valuable  of  woods.  Hickory  wood  is  prized  for 
its  hardness  and  toughness.  The  fruits  of  the  English 
walnut  {J.  regia),  butternut  {J.  cinerea),  and  of 
species  of  Carya  (hickory)  are  among  the  most  im- 
portant food-nuts.  The  leaves  and  bark  of  Carya  and 
Juglans  are  purgative.  Green  dj'es  are  obtained  from 
Carya  tomerUosa,  and  yellow  from  C.  ovatn,  C.  sul- 
cata, and  C.  glabra.  Walnut  oil  and  hickory  oil  are  in 
the  trade. 

The  cultivated  genera  in  America  are  Carya  or 
Hicoria  (Hickory,  Pecan,  Bittemut,  Pignut,  Mockemut, 
Shellbark,  Kingnut),  native  and  hardy;  Juglans 
(Walnut,  Butternut,  Enghsh  Walnut),  ornamental,  fruit , 
and  timber;  Platycarya,  ornamental;  Pterocarya,  orna- 
mental. 

Order  27.   Fagales 

54.  Betulacese  (from  the  genus  Betiila,  the  ancient 
Latin  name  of  the  birch).  Birch  Family.  Fig.  15.  Trees 
or  shrubs:  leaves  alternate,  simple,  mostly  pinnately 
parallel -veined:  flowers  moncecious,  regular,  much 
reduced;  the  staminate  in  slender  catkins;  the  pistillate 
in  short  spikes,  rarely  in  flexuous  catkins  or  geminate; 
3  flowers,  rarely  by  reduction  2  or  1  flower  behind  each 
bract;  perianth  of  the  staminate  flower  single,  2-4-lobed 
or  0;  stamens  2-10;  perianth  of  the  pistillate  flower 
absent  in  Betula  and  Alnus,  in  other  genera  an  epigy- 
nous  crown  of  several  tiny  scales;  ovary  inferior,  origi- 
nally 2-celled  and  each  ceU  1-ovuled,  but  only  one  cell 
and  1  seed  maturing;  stigmas  2:  fruit  an  indehiscent 
nutlet,  often  winged;  either  separating  from  the  bract 
and  bracteolcs  (Alnus,  Betula),  or  faUingwith  them,  in 
which  case  these  organs  form  a  protective  involucre 
(Corylus),  or  a  winged  or  bladdery  organ  concerned  in 
seed -dissemination  (Carpinus,  Ostrya);  seeds  anatro- 
pous,  exalbuminous. 

Six  genera  and  about  75  species  inhabit  the  extra- 
tr.)pical  northern  hemisphere;  many  are  arctic,  some  of 
which  are  creeping.  Fossil  species  are  known.  The 
family  is  related  to  the  Fagaeea;  and  other  amentif- 
erous  families.  The  pistillate  flowers  in  spikes,  the 
presence  of  a  perianth  in  one  or  the  other  sex,  the 
cymose  group  of  flowers  for  each  bract,  the  2  carpels, 
and  the  single  integument  of  the  seed  are  characteristic. 

The  wood  of  Alnus  and  Betula  is  prized  by  wagon- 
makers,  cabinet-makers  and  turners;  charcoal  for  gun- 
powder is  made  from  this  wood.  The  twigs  of  Betula 
are  made  into  brooms.  The  bark  of  Betula  pnpyrifera 
strips  olT  in  thin  plates  and  is  used  for  making  canoes 
and  for  writing-paper.  The  very  thin  bark-layers  of  B. 
Bhojpnttra  of  India  also  furnish  writing-paper.  Vinegar 
and  beer  are  made  from  the  sugary  sap  of  Betula,  which 
is  also  considered  an  efficient  antiscorbutic.   The  bark 


of  Alnus  and  Betula  is  used  in  tanning  Russia  leather, 
and  other  kinds.  Hazelnuts  are  the  fruit  of  Corylus; 
filberts  of  Corylus  Avellana.  Oil  of  betula  has  a  flavor 
like  wintergreen.  The  wood  of  Ostrya  is  very  hard  and 
prized  for  beetles.  The  wood  of  all  the  Betulaceae  is 
good  for  firewood. 

Several  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America  for  orna- 
ment or  for  the  fruit  (Corylus)  such  as:  Alnus  (Alder); 
Betula  (Birch);  Carpinus  (Hornbeam  Tree,  Blue 
Beech,  Water  Beech) ;  Corylus  (Hazel,  Filbert,  Cobnut); 
and  Ostrya  (Hop  Hornbeam,  Ironwood,  Leverwood). 

55.  Fagaceae  (from  the  genus  Fagus,  the  classical 
name,  in  allusion  to  the  esculent  nuts).  Beech  Family. 
Fig.  16.  Trees  or  shrubs:  leaves  simple,  alternate:  flow- 
ers monoecious;  the  staminate  in  slender  catkins,  one 
flower  with  each  bract  and  a  perianth  of  4-6  parts;  the 
pistillate  solitary  or  in  groups  of  3,  epigynous,  the 
perianth  reduced;  ovary  mostly  3-  or  6-ceiled;  ovules 
2  in  each  cell,  suspended,  all  but  one  in  the  ovary 
aborting;  integuments  2;  stigmas  3:  fruit  a  1-seeded 
nut,  which  singly,  or  in  a  group  of  2-3,  is  surrounded  by 
a  special  involucre. 

The  family  has  5  genera  and  about  600  species,  all 
natives  of  the  subtropical  and  temperate  northern 
hemisphere,  except  the  antarctic  genus,  Nothofagus. 
The  largest  genera  are  Quercus  with  200  species,  and 
Pasania  with  100  species.  The  family  is  related  to  the 
Betulacea^  and  other  amentiferous  families;  but  the 
staminate  flowers  alone  in  catkiiLi,  the  indehiscent  1- 
seeded  fruit,  the  3  carpels,  and  the  special  involucre 
are  distinctive.  There  has  been  much  debate  as  to  the 
morphology  of  the  involucre, — whether  it  is  composed 
of  the  bracteoles  of  the  little  dichasium,  or  represents 
sterile  scales  of  the  condensed  catkin,  or  is  a  wholly 
new  outgrowth  of  the  subfloral  axis.  The  latter  is  a 
recent  view  of  Engler.  This  involucre  becomes  the 
bur  in  beech  and  chestnut,  and  the  cup  in  the  oak. 

The  wood  of  white  oak,  red  oak  and  many  other  species 
is  very  valuable,  as  is  also  that  of  beech  and  chestnut. 
The  bark  of  Quercus  Suber  of  Spain  yields  bottle-cork. 
The  bark  of  Q.  velutina  of  America  is  called  quercitron, 
and  is  used  to  dye  yellow.  The  kermes  insect,  which 
furnishes  a  crimson  dye,  lives  on  Q.  coccifera  of  the 
Mediterranean.  The  stings  of  gall  insects  produce  the 
commercial  oak-galls  from  which  tannic  and  gallic 
acid  are  obtained,  and  from  which  ink  was  made.  Offici- 
nal creosote  is  distilled  from  the  tar  of  species  of  Fagus. 
The  nut-like  fruits  of  Castanea,  Fagus,  Quercus  Ilex, 
Q.  Robur,  and  Q.  ^■Egilops  are  eaten.  The  cups  of  Q. 
/Egilops  are  sold  for  dyeing  black  and  for  tanning.  The 
bark  from  many  species  of  this  family  is  used  for  tan- 
bark. 

In  America  several  genera  are  cultivated  for  ornament, 
food,  and  timber:  Castanea  inc.  (Chestnut,  Chinqua- 
pin); Castanopsis  Fagus  (Beech);  Nothofagus,  httle 
known;  Quercus  (Oak,  Black  Jack). 

Order  28.  Urticales 

56.  Ulmaceae  (from  the  genus  Ulmus,  the  classical 
name).  Elm  Family.  Fig.  16.  Trees  or  shrubs  with- 
out milky  juice:  leaves  alternate,  usually  oblique:  flow- 
ers bisexual  or  unisexual,  regular,  small;  perianth  simple; 
parts  4-5,  rarely  3-7;  stamens  of  the  same  mmiber 
opposite  the  sepals,  rarely  twice  as  many,  not  elasti- 
cally  incurved;  ovary  superior,  1-celled,  1-ovuled;  the 
ovule  suspended,  anatropous;  stigmas  usually  2:  fruit 
nut-like,  drupaceous,  or  winged. 

Thirteen  genera  and  about  140  species  are  generally 
distributed  in  all  but  the  polar  regions.  The  largest 
genus  is  Celtis,  with  60  species.  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Urt,icacea;  and  Moracea?.  Its  non- 
elastic  stamens,  and  suspended  anatropous  seeds  are 
important  distinguishing  characters. 

The  seeds  of  some  species  of  Celtis  are  edible.  The 
wood  is  used  to  make  wind  instruments,  and  the  like. 


•20 


A   SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT   KINGDOM 


K\in  wixhH  is  of  use  in  the  crafls.  Tho  nuuilasinous 
bark  of  slipporyclm  ( (Vmii-s/H/iyi)  is  iisi'il  for  povilliccs 
and  (x>uglis.  The  fragrant  wood  of  Planera  Abelicca  of 
Cit>to  is  fulso  sandalwood. 

Then'  :ux'  st-voral  Roncra  in  cultivation  in  Aniorioa. 
Among  these  art>:  Apliaiiantlu",  ornaiiiintal;  Celtis  (Net- 
tle TrvH'.  Haekberry,  -Sugarberry ),  hardy,  ornajiiental; 
Planera  (Water  Elm),  ornamental;  riiinis  (l';i]ii),  orna- 
mental, and  for  timber;  Zelkova,  orniuneutal. 

"i7.  Moracese  (from  the  genus  Moni.'<,  the  cla-ssical 
name*.  Mulbkrry  Family.  Fig.  U>.  Herbs,  .';hrub.'!,  or 
trees,  sometimes  climbing:  juice  milky:  leaves  alternate: 
flowers  dia?cious  or  monoxMous,  regular,  small,  mostly 
in  heads  or  spikes,  or  lining  the  hollow  [>yriform  fleshy 
axis  of  the  inflorescence  (Ficus);  perianth  single,  of  4, 
rarely  2-6,  imbricated  parts,  more  or  less  united  ,ind 
fleshy  in  the  pistillate  flower;  stamens  of  the  same  num- 
ber and  opposite  the  sepals,  usually  indexed  in  the  bud 
and  elastic;  ovary  superior,  sessile  or  stipitate,  1-celled, 
l-ovuletl;  the  ovule  suspended,   aniphitropous,  rarely 


16.  Fagace.c:  1.  Quercos,  a,  male  flowers;  6.  female  flower; 
e,  diagram  female  flower;  d,  fruit.  2.  Castanea,  a,  diagram  female 
flower;  6,  involucre  and  3  fruits.    Ulmack.«:   3.   Ulmus,  a,  flower; 

6,  fniit.  MoHACE.t::  4.  Morus,  a,  male  flower;  b,  fruit.  5.  Humu- 
lus.  a,  female  flower;  6,  vertical  section  fruit.    C.  C'udrania,  pi.Htil. 

7.  Ficu."*.  vertical  section  female  inflorescence  (for  explanation  of 
letters  see  Fig.  1-5). 

basal;  stigmas  1-2:  fruit  an  achcne  or  drupe  envel- 
oped by  the  fleshy  perianth,  or  on  a  fleshy  gyno- 
pnore,  or  composed  of  achenes  in  a  fleshy  hollow  com- 
mon receptacle. 

Moracea  contains  55  genera  and  about  950  species, 
mostly  of  tropical  distribution,  6  species  of  which  are 
native  in  the  ea.ilem  United  Statas.  'I"he  largest  genus  is 
Fictis  with  WX)  species.  The  family  is  fre(|ueritly  miited 
with  the  T'rticacea;  and  differs  from  that  family  only 
in  the  presence  of  milky  juice,  in  the  two  stigmas,  and 
in  the  iwually  suspended  .seed.  From  the  Uimacese  it 
differs  in  the  inflexed  elastic  stamens 

The  fruit  of  the  black  mulberry  IMnrus  nigra)  has 
been  eaten  .since  earliest  times.  Those  of  M.  rubra  (red 
mulberrj'),  and  M.  alhn  are  also  used  for  foofl.  The 
brea/l  fruit  (Arlorarfms  incUa)  of  the  South  Sea 
Islands  is  now  cultivated  for  food  everywhere  in  the 


tropics.  The  leaves  of  Morus  indica  are  eaten  in  India; 
t.lK)se  of  M.  ruhra  in  America.  M.  scrmla  is  cultivated 
for  fodder.  The  flg  is  (he  fleshy  receptacl(^  of  the  inflo- 
rescence of  Ficiis  ('(irira.  For  the  structure  and  pollina- 
tion of  this  renuu'k;il)le  iilant  see  Kerner  and  ()liver's 
"N;itur;d  History  of  Plants."  The  leaves  of  Morus  are 
diuretic  and  [inlhelmintic.  The  iu'wi;  o(  A iiUiiris  toxi- 
cariii  IS  used  l)v  the  .lavanese  to  poison  arrows.  Ilopa 
.are  used  in  medicine,  lUso  to  fkivor  beer.  Hashi.sh, 
bhang  or  Cannabis  indica  is  obtained  from  Cannabis 
saliva,  and  is  much  used  in  the  East  as  a  narcotic  to 
chew  and  smoke  like  o])iuiu.  The  fibers  of  ('.  saliva  are 
hemp.  The  bark  of  Hrou.s.sonctia  furnishes  clothing  to 
the  South  Sea  Islanders.  The  wood  of  Madura  auran- 
tiaca  is  flexible;  the  yellow  juiiv  of  the  fruit  of  this 
plant  was  u.sed  by  t,he  Indi:ins  to  paint  t,heir  faces. 
Cuilrania  jaimni  iisis  yields  :i  dye.  The  milky  juice  of 
Ficuji  elaalica  and  other  species  yiekl  commercial  rub- 
ber. F.  indica  is  a  banyan  tree  of  India.  F.  religi- 
osn  is  the  sacrerl  fig.  The  li>aves  of  various  species  of 
mulberry  are  u.sed  to  feed  silkworms.  Shellac  is  ob- 
tained from  a  small  hemijjterous  insect  which  lives  on 
F.  larcift-ra  and  F.  rcligiosa  in  India. 

Several  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  the 
majority  in  the  far  South.  Among  these  are:  Arto- 
carpus  (Bread  F'ruit,  Jack  Fruit),  cultivated  in  the 
West  Indies  and  in  botiinical  gardens;  Brosimum 
(Bread  Nut),  tropical;  Broussonetia  (Paper  Mul- 
berry), ornamental,  semi-hardy;  Caimabis  (Hemp), 
grown  for  fiber  or  ornament;  Cudraiiia,  grown  for 
hedges;  l''icus  (Fig,  India  Rubber  Plant,  Banyan 
Tree,  Creeping  Fig,  Peepul  Tree),  grown  in  warm  re- 
gions and  in  the  greenhouses;  Hamulus  (Hops),  grown 
for  the  fruit;  Alaclura  (Osage  Orange),  for  hedges; 
Morus  (Mulberry),  for  fruit,  and  leaves  for  silkworms, 

58.  Urticacese  (from  the  genus  Urtica,  the  classical 
Latin  name  of  the  plant,  signifying  lo  bunt).  Nettle 
FAMn.,v.  Fig.  17.  Herbs,  shrubs  or  trees,  rarely  climb- 
ing: leaves  alternate  or  opposite:  flowers  unisexual, 
regular;  perianth  single,  rarely  0,  usually  green,  con- 
sisting of  4-5,  rarely  2-3,  separate  or  united  parts,  im- 
bricated or  valvate;  stamens  as  many,  and  opposite 
the  segments,  inflexed  and  uncoiling  elastically;  ovary 
sessile,  or  pedicelled,  or  rarely  united  with  the  perianth, 
1-celled,  1-ovuled;  style  1;  stigma  feathery:  fruit  an 
achene  or  drupe;  seeds  basal,  orthotropous;  embryo 
straight. 

The  41  genera  and  about  475  species  are  mainly 
tropical,  a  few  in  North  America  and  fewer  in  Europe. 
The  largest  genus  is  Pilea,  with  100  species.  The  family 
is  very  closely  related  to  the  Moracea;  and  Ulmacese, 
with  which  it  was  formerly  united.  The  apetalous 
anemophilous  flowers,  with  elastic  stamens  opposite 
the  sepals,  and  the  1-celled  ovary,  with  a  single  basal, 
orthotropous  seed,  are  distinctive.  Many  of  the  Urti- 
caccuE  are  covered  with  stinging  hairs  containing  formic 
acid.  The  common  nettles  are  examples.  Cystoliths 
are  common  in  the  leaves. 

Parictaria  diffusa  and  P.  erecta  contain  niter,  and 
have  been  used  as  diuretics.  Nettles  were  used  by 
doctors  to  flog  patients  in  order  to  produce  a  counter 
irritation  of  the  skin,  a  practice  called  "urtication." 
Other  species  have  been  used  locally  as  medicine. 
Laporlea  slimulans  h;is  been  used  as  a  fish-jjoison.  The 
bast  fibers  of  many  species  are  useful;  e.g.,  Urtica  dioica, 
U .  cannabinn ,  Laportea  canadensis,  and  especially  the 
('hina  grass  or  ramie  (Bahmeria  niwa).  The  fibers  of 
this  kittcr  h.ave  longbet'n  u.sed  in  the  Netherlands.  The 
young  foliage  of  many  llrticacea;  is  used  as  spinach. 
The  tuberous  root  of  PouzoUia  luberosa  is  eaten. 

The  following  an;  in  cultivation  in  America;  three  of 
them  are  ornamental:  Pellionia,  a  greenhouse  creeper; 
Pilea  (Artillery  Plant),  a  garden  and  greenhouse  plant; 
and  Urera,  a  greenhouse  shrub.  The  other  genus, 
Urtica  (Nettle),  is  grown  for  fiber,  and  Boehmeria 
occurs  occasionally  in  cultivation. 


YNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


27 


Order  29.  /'roteales 

59.  Proteaceae  (from  thf-  p;onus  Protea,  from  Proteus, 
a  self-tninsforming  .sea-god,  in  allusion  to  the  great  di- 
versity of  the  genus).  PiiOTK.v  l'\\Mii,Y.  Fig.  17.  Shrubs 
or  trees,  rarely  herbs:  leaves  alternate:  flowers  bisexual, 
rarely  unise.\ual,  regular  or  irregular;  perianth  of  one 
series,  parts  4,  separate  or  variously  united,  or  labiate, 
valvate;  stamens  4,  opposite  the  perianth  parts, 
hypogynous  or  inserted  on  the  perianth;  hypogynous 
stalk  (gynophore)  usually  developed,  often  bearing  a 
ring  of  seales,  or  swelhngs,  or  a  cup;  carpel  1;  ovary 
superior,  1-celled;  ovules  1  to  several;  style  slender; 
stigma  slender  or  enlarged :  fruit  un.symmetrical,  capsu- 
lar, drui^aceous,  or  luit-Uke,  or  a  samara  or  follicle; 
seeds  sometimes  wingetl. 

There  are  49  genera  and  about  1,000  species,  mostly 
Australian,  but  many  also  in  South  Africa,  and  a  few 
in  South  .Vmerica.  The  largest  genera  are  Grevillea, 
with  160  species;  and  Hakea,  with  100  species.  The 
family  is  perhaps  distantly  related  to  the  Loranthaceee, 
Santalacese,  and  Urticacea?,  but  the  relationship  is 
httle  understood.  The  4  valvate  sepals,  4  stamens, 
and  the  unsymmetrical,  1-celled  ovary,  raised  on  an 
ai)pendaged  gynophore  are  distinctive.  The  small 
flowers  are  usually  aggregated  in  heads  or  spikes 
surrounded  by  bracts.  The  Proteacea^,  for  the  most 
part ,  inhabit  countries  in  which  a  very  dry  windy  season 
alternates  with  a  rainy  season,  and  many  of  them  are 
wliite-hairy. 

Grenllea  robusta,  Knightia  excelsa,  Embothrium. 
coccineum,  Leucospermum  conocarinim  (redwood),  and 
I'rolea  grandiflora  (wagen-boom)  are  useful  for  timber. 
The  wood  of  the  last  species  is  used  for  wagon- 
wheels.  The  seeds  of  .several  species  are  eaten.  A  bit- 
t<T  principle  is  found  in  Leucadetulron  argentcuin  of 
Africa;  a  gum  resin  in  Gmrillea  robusta  of  Australia. 
A  golden  dye  is  obtained  from  the  Australian  Persoonia 
saccata.  Gevuina  avellana  (Chilean  hazelnut)  furnishes 
an  edible  fruit,  as  does  also  Brabeium  steUatifolium 
(wild  chestnut  of  South  Africa),  and  Macadamia 
tcrnifolia  (Queensland  nut).  Banksia  and  Protea  fur- 
nish important  bee-plants. 

The  genera  in  cultivation  in  America  are  mostly  the 
following:  Banksia;  Gevuina  (Chilean  Nut,  Chile  Hazel), 
grown  in  California;  Grevillea  (Silk  Oak),  in  greenhouse 
and  California;  Leucadendron  (Silver  Tree  of  the  Cape), 
grown  in  California;  Macadamia  (Australian  Nut),  in 
southern  California;  Protea,  in  southern  California; 
Tclopea  (Waratah,  Warratau),  in  California. 

Order  .30.    Santalales 

60.  LoranthaceEB  (from  the  genus  Loranlhus,  meaning 
thong  flower,  significance  not  clear).  Mistletoe  Family. 
Fig.  17.  Herbs  or  subshrubs,  parasites  or  half- 
parasites,  with  or  without  chlorophyll,  rarely  rooted 
in  the  earth:  leaves  usually  opposite,  rarely  alternate, 
thick  and  green,  or  reduced  to  scales:  flowers  bisexual 
or  unisexual,  usually  regular;  receptacle  of  the  pi.stillate 
flower  cup-shaped,  united  with  the  ovary;'  perianth 
undifferentiated,  usually  in  2  series  of  2  or  .3  parts  each, 
f>f  which  the  outer  may  be  calyx  and  the  inner  corolla; 
stamens  as  many  as  the  parts  of  the  perianth  and  oppo- 
site them,  free,  or  united  with  the  perianth;  ovary  1- 
celled,  inferior;  ovule  1,  orthotropous;  stigma  1,  often 
sessile:  fruit  a  1-seeded  berry. 

The  21  genera  and  about  600  species  are  mostly 
inhabitants  of  tropical  countries,  but  extend  into  the 
temperate  zone.  One  species  reaches  Newfoundland. 
Ixiranthus,  the  largest  genus,  contains  200  species,  and 
Phoradendron  contains  80  .species.  The  family  is 
related  to  the  Santalacea>  and  Proteacea>.  The  habit, 
the  cup-shaped  receptacle,  the  po.sition  and  number  of 
the  .stamens,  and  the  1-celled,  l-,seedcd  fruit  are  dis- 
tinctive. The  fruits  are  often  very  viscid  and  easily 
become  fastened  to  the  branches  of  trees  where  they 


germinate  and  grow.  The  inflorescenee  is  often  much 
reduced  and  inconspicuous. 

The  viscid  substance  of  the  fruit  is  called  birdlime, 
and  is  used  for  catching  small  birds.  Various  species 
have  been  used  locally  as  medicine.  The  mistletoe 
{Viscum  album)  of  Europe  was  worshipped  by  the 
Gauls.  When  gathered  from  the  oak  it  was  considered 
sacred  by  the  Druids. 

Phoradendron  flavesccns  (American  mistletoe)  is 
gathered  and  sold  in  the  market. 

61.  SantalacejB  (from  the  genus  Sanlalum,  the 
Latin  name  for  sandalwood).  Sandalwood  Family. 
A  family  closely  related  to  the  Loranthaceie,  from  which 
it  differs  only  in  the  more  numerous  ovules  and  the 
general  habit.  The  Santalacea;  are  commonly  inde- 
pendent plants  or  root  parasites,  while  the  Loranthacese 
are  usually  aerial  parasites. 

The  Santalaceiie  consists  of  26  genera  and  about  2.50 
species,  in  the  temperate  and  tropical  regions. 

1-  vu 


17.  Uhticace.e:  1.  Urtica,  a,  male  flower;  b,  female  flower;  c, 
female  flower,  vertical  section.  Proteace^:  2.  Banksia,  a,  in- 
florescence; 6,  flower.  3.  Protea,  flower.  4.  a  and  6,  pistils  of  Pro- 
teacete.  Loranthaceee;  5.  Phoradendron,  j,  inflorescence;  6, 
vertical  section  inflorescence.  Olacace.e:  6.  Lirioama,  flower.  7. 
Liriosma,  floral  diagram. 

The  aromatic  and  sweet-scented  wood  of  the  tree, 
Sanlalum  album,  has  been  used  medicinally,  and  is 
used  in  perfumery  and  cabinet-making.  Other  species 
of  Santalum,  also  of  Fusanus,  Acanthosyris,  Colpoon, 
and  Exocarpus  are  also  used  in  cabinet  work.  The 
sweet  flesh  of  the  fruit  of  some  species,  the  thickened 
pedicels  or  oily   seeds  of  others,   are  edible. 

Queer  tendril-like  bruslies  on  the  fruits  of  the  reduced 
aerijil  genus  Myzodendron  of  South  America  serve  as 
flying  organs  and  later  twine  about  the  support. 

Buckleya  of  the  southeastern  United  States  is  some- 
times cultivated ;  also  Pyrularia. 

62.  Olacaceae  (from  the  genus  Olax,  signifying  a  fur- 
row, application  unknown).  Olax  F.\mily.  Fig.  17. 
Trees  or  shrubs,  sometimes  twining  or  climbing,  with 
alternate,  entire  leaves:  flowers  mostly  bisexual,  regu- 
lar; perianth  single,  the  divisions  (sepals?)  4-5,  rarely  6, 


2S 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


valvato:  st;uiions  4-10,  often  ailnato  to  tho  iHriaiitli 
or  connato;  disk  present,  diverse:  earpels  3,  rarely  '2-rt; 
ovary  superior,  1-eellM,  rarely  falsely  S-ri-eelled; 
ovule  1;  style  1:  fruit  usually  a  drupe  inelosed  in  the 
accrescent  iUid  persistent  perianth;  seini  albuminous. 

Olacacea-  has  'Jo  genera  mid  about  111)  spc-cies  of 
tropical  liistribution.  two  of  which  reach  southern 
Florida.  Olax  is  the  largest  genus.  The  Olacacea'  arc 
relatcti    to    the    Lorauthacea-    luid    Santalaccic. 


18.  Aju8T0IX)CH1ace.e;  1.  Asarum,  a,  flower;  b,  floral  diagram. 
2.  Arislolochia.  flower.  PoLyao.NACE.E:  3.  Fagopyrum,  «,  flower; 
b,  floral  diagram.  4.  PolyRonum,  sheathing  stipule.  5.  Rurnex, 
fruiting  calyx.  C'henopodiace.e:  G.  Chenopodium,  a,  flower;  6, 
fruit.  Amabant.\ce,E'.  7.  Amarantus,  a,  fruit;  6,  vertical  section 
seed.  8.  Achyrantbes,  flower. 

The  family  is  of  little  economic  importance.  Some 
Bpecies  are  valuable  for  tlicir  hard  timber.  The  drupes 
of  Ximenia  are  eaten  in  Senegal.  Olax  zeylanica  has  a 
fetid  wood,  used  locally  for  fevers. 

One  sp<?cies,  Ximenia  lum-ricana  (liog  plum)  is 
native  in  Florida  and  the  tropics,  and  is  of  moderate 
value  for  the  fruit. 

Order. 31.     Aristolochiai.e.s 

6.3.  Aristolochiaceae  (from  the  genus  Arislolochia, 
in  reference  to  its  supposed  medicinal  properties  in 
connection  with  child-birth).  BiRTiiwonT  or  Dutch- 
MA.v's  Pipe  Fa.mii.y.  Fig.  18.  Herbs  or  woody  plants, 
the  latter  mostly  twining:  leaves  alternate,  usually 
broad  and  entire:  flowers  bisexual,  epigynous,  regular 
or  irregular;  perianth  of  one  series,  the  parts  mostly  3, 
connate,  often  petaloid,  very  diverse,  sometimes  regu- 
lar with  the  parts  nearly  separate,  sf)metimcs  with  a 
long  tube  which  is  swollen  below,  abruptly  curvctl 
above,  and  with  an  abruptly  spreading  entire  border; 
gtamen.s  0-3(1,  separate  and  inserted  on  the  ovary,  or 
unitwJ  with  the  style;  ovary  inferior,  rarely  superior,  1- 
or  6-,  rarely  .5-,  celled;  ovules  many;  style  1;  stigmas 
4  or  6:  fruit  a  capsule. 

Five  genera  and  about  210  species  arc  known,  180 
8pf!f;ifSi  of  which  belong  to  Aristolochia. .  They  are  dis- 
tribute^l  in  the  warm  parts  of  the  earth,  but  are  most 
numeroti-s  in  .South  America.  Seven  or  8  species  are 
native  in  northeaatem  Xorth  America.    The  family  is 


not  detinilt'ly  relalcd  to  any  other,  but  is  |)laced  pro- 
visioniilly  \u\\v  the  Polygoiiace;c,  not  however  because 
related  to  that  fatnily,  but  because  eciuidly  simple  in 
si  ruci  ure.  Three  sc;i.lc-likc  organs  bet  ween  tlie  perianth 
and  stamens  ii\  .Asarum  are  prob;il)ly  true  petals.  The 
flowers  of  most  .\risf  olochiacea^  are  lurid  in  color  and 
])()llinated  l)y  llics.  Many  an' carrion-scented  and  afford 
;ui  adciiliciiud  ;it  tract  ion  for  these  iii.s<'cls.  The  peri;inth 
in  Arisl<)loi'hi:i  ii.ssinnes  remark;ible  shapes,  some  of 
\vlii<'li  have  led  to  the  niune  "Diitelunim's  pipe." 

The  roiitstoek  of  Anar\iiii  ciiiKidcnsc  (Canada  snake- 
root  or  wild  ginger)  is  aromatically  jieppery,  and  used 
t,o  Hiivor  wines,  the  breath,  and  the  like.  Ariatolochia 
reticulata,  of  Arkansas,  and  Arintulochia  Serpcnturia,  of 
the  eastern  Ihiited  States,  furnish  the  serpentaria  of 
medicine,  u.scd  as  a  tonic  and  as  a  febrifuge.  The 
latli'r  plant  is  Virginia  .snakcroot.  The  common  name 
arises  from  the  reputed  efficacy  of  these  plants  and 
other  species  of  the  fixmily  as  remedies  for  snake-bites. 

The  genera  in  cultivation  in  America  are:  Arislolo- 
chia (Birthwort,  Virginia  Snakcroot,  Dutchman's  Pipe, 
Pelican  Flower,  Goo.se  Flower),  hardy  or  greenhouse 
twiners;  .4sarimi  (\\ild  Ginger,  Canada  Snakeroot), 
low  hardy  border  herbs. 

Order  32.   Polygonales 

64.  Polygonaceae  (from  the  genus  Polygonum,  de- 
rived from  the  Greek  meaning  7nany  knees  in  reference 
to  the  swollen  joints  of  some  species).  Bockwheat 
Family.  Fig.  18.  Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees,  sometimes 
twining:  stem  often  knotty:  leaves  alternate,  rarely 
opposite,  simple,  usually  with  a  sheathing  stipular 
growth  (ochrea)  at  the  base:  flowers  bisexual  or  unisex- 
ual, regular;  perianth  apparently  of  one  set,  though 
sometimes  in  2  whorls,  the  parts  usually  3,  .5,  or  6,  dis- 
tinct or  connate  at  base,  the  inner  set  sometimes  much 
enlarged  and  modified  with  hooks,  spines,  wings,  or 
tubercles;  stamens  1-1.5,  usually  6,  8,  or  9,  usually  op- 
posite the  perianth  parts,  mostly  separate  and  hypogy- 
nous;  ovary  superior  or  nearly  so,  compressed  or  3- 
angled,  of  2-4-carpels,  but  1-celled  or  falsely  3-celled; 
ovule  solitary;  styles  and  stigmas  2-4:  fruit  a  flat,  an- 
gled, or  winged  achene;  seeds  usually  not  inverted 
(orthotropous). 

Thirty  genera  and  about  700  species  occur,  mostly 
in  the  north  temperate  zone  of  both  continents.  The 
largest  genera  are  Polygonum,  150  si)ecies;  Coccoloba, 
12.5  species;  Eriogonum,  120  s])ecics;  and  Rumcx  with 
100  species.  The  family  is  not  closely  related  to  any 
other,  but  is  usually  placed  near  the  Chenopodiaceae 
because  of  its  simple  floral  structure  and  for  want  of  a 
better  place.  The  stipular  sheaths  or,  when  absent,  the 
involucrate  heads  (Eriogonum),  and  1 -celled  fruit  with 
a  single  orthotropous  seed,  are  distinctive. 

The  foliage  of  the  Polygonacea;  contains  an  acid,  for 
which  reason  it  is  frequently  eaten  as  salads  or  pot-herbs. 
Among  plants  used  for  this  purpose  are  several  species 
of  llumex,  petioles  of  Rheum.  Rhaponticum,  and  Oxyria. 
The  seeds  of  buckwheat  {Fagopyrum  escidentum)  con- 
tain much  starch  and  are  made  into  flour.  In  medi- 
cine, rhubarb  (Rheum  officinale),  employed  as  a  purge 
and  tonic,  hits  been  in  u.se  since  earliest  times,  and  its 
origin  is  lost  in  antiquity,  though  probably  it  is  a  na- 
tive of  China.  Yellow  dock  (Rumex  crispus)  is  a  tonic. 
Smarlweed  (Polygon am  11  ydropiper)  h;us  an  acrid  juice 
that  will  produce  a  blister.  A  blue  dye  is  obtained 
from  P.  tinctorium  of  China.  The  roots  of  Calligonum 
I'nllasia  are  used  in  Siberia  to  stay  hunger;  and  the 
fruits  to  quench  thirst.  The  a-stringent  drug,  bistorta, 
is  from  F'.  Bistorta.  The  leaves  of  P.  orientate  are 
smoked  like  tobacco  in  China. 

.Several  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America  for 
ornament  and  food.  Among  these  are:  Antigonon 
(.Mountain  Rose,  San  Miguelito),  very  showy  climbers; 
Coccoloba   (Sea  Grape,   Shore  Grape,   Pigeon   Plum), 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


29 


trees  both  of  sfoenhouse  and  the  South,  used  for  timljer 
ami  edible  fruit ;  Eriosoiuiin,  garden  phints;  Fagopyrum 
(Buckwheat),  grain;  Muehlenbeckia  (cultivated  as 
Coccoloba  or  Tapeworm  Plant),  greenhouse;  Poly- 
gonum (Smartweed,  Jointweed,  Knotweed,  Prince's 
Feat  her,  Kiss  -  mo  -  over  - 1  he  -  garden  -  gate.  Lady's 
Thumb,  Mountain  Fleece,  Seealine),  hardy  ornamental 
herbs;  Rheum  (Rhubarb,  Pie-plant,  Wine  Plant),  food, 
medicine,  and  ornament;  Rumex  (Dock,  Sorrel,  Sheep 
Sorrel,  Canaigre,  Rais  Colorada,  Herb  Patience,  Spin- 
age  Dock,  Curl}-  Dock),  ornamental  plants,  food-plants 
and  weeds. 

Order  33.  Centhosperm* 

6.5.  Chenopodiaceae  (from  the  genus  Chenopodium, 
which  mean.s  goose  foot,  from  the  shape  of  the  leaves). 
GoosEFOOT  Family.  Fig.  18.  Herbs,  shrubs,  or  rarely 
small  trees,  often  very  fleshy  with  reduced  branching 
and  foli.age,  and  very  diverse  and  remarkable  in  form: 
leaves  alternate,  rarely  opposite,  often  fleshy  or  reduced 
to  scales:  flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual,  regular,  very 
small;  perianth  of  one  series,  the  parts  1-5,  separate 
or  united,  greenish,  imbricated,  persistent;  stamens  as 
many  as  the  perianth  parts,  or  fewer,  opposite  them, 
hypogynous  or  borne  on  the  perianth,  often  connate; 
hypogynous  disk  usually  present;  ovary  superior, 
1-celled,  1-ovuled;  style  and  stigmas  1-4:  fruit  dry, 
rarel}'  fleshy,  usually  indehiscent,  inclosed  in  the  very 
diverse  perianth  which  is  often  hard,  or  fleshy,  or 
thorny,  or  hooked;  embryo  coiled. 

This  family  contains  73  genera  and  about  .5.50 
species,  distributed  all  over  the  world,  but  principally 
confined  to  saline  or  alkaline  habitats.  A  few  have 
become  weeds  in  good  garden  soil.  The  family  is 
closely  related  to  the  .\marantaceoe,  Phytolaccacea;, 
Caryophyllacea'  and  Portulacacese,  all  of  which  have 
an  annular  embryo.  The  fleshy  habit,  absence  of 
scarious  bracts,  1-eelled,  1-seeded  ovary,  and  coiled 
embryo  are  distinctive.  A  remarkable  family  of  lit- 
toral plants,  often  with  water-storing  tissue,  spines, 
queer  fruits,  and  the  like. 

The  most  important  economic  species  is  the  beet 
{Beta  vulgaris),  the  enlarged  root  of  which  is  used  for 
food  and  for  sugar,  the  foliage  a.s  a  pot-herb.  Species 
of  Chenopodium,  Atriplex,  Spinacia  and  others  are 
eaten  as  greens.  Of  these  spinach  is  the  most  famous. 
The  young  shoots  of  Salicornia  (glasswort,  marsh  sam- 
phire) are  eaten  as  a  pot-herb  and  are  pickled.  These 
shoots  are  also  used  for  making  glass  and  soaps  be- 
cau.se  of  the  soda  contained.  The  seeds  of  Chenopodium. 
Quinoa  are  made  into  flour  in  Peru.  The  foliage  of  Chen- 
opodium Bolrys  and  Chenopodium  ambrosioiiles  is  fra- 
grant-scented. The  seeds  of  Chenopodium  anthelminii- 
cum  (wormseed)  are  a  well-known  vermifuge.  Cheno- 
podium mciicanum  yields  saponin.  Atriplex  hortensis 
(orach)  of  Europe  and  Asia,  yields  an  indigo  dye,  and 
the  leaves  are  edible.  Soda  is  obtained  by  burning 
many  species.  Sahola  Kali  var.  tenuifolia  (Russian 
thistle)  is  a  bad  weed. 

Several  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  largely 
for  food,  but  some  for  ornament.  Among  these  are: 
-\triplex  (Orach,  Sea  Purslane),  food  and  ornament; 
Beta  (Beet,  Mangel-wurzel,  Mangel,  Chard,  Swiss 
Chard,  Spinach  Beet),  food  and  ornament ;  Chenopodium 
(Good  King  Henry,  Mercury,  Markery,  Feather  Gera- 
nium, .lerusalem  Oak,  Wormseed,  Mexican  Tea),  orna- 
ment, food,  medicine;  Cycloloma  (Cyclone  Plant), 
ornament ;  Kochia  (Mock  Cypress),  ornament;  Spinacia 
(Spinach,  Spinage),  food. 

66.  Amarantacese  (from  the  genus  Anmraiitxis,  de- 
rived from  the  Greek,  signifying  unfading;  the  bracts 
are  scarious  and  unchanging).  Am ar.\.vth  Family.  Fig. 
18.  Herbs,  shrubs,  or  rarely  trees:  leaves  opposite  or 
alternate,  rarely  fleshy:  flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual, 
small,  regular,  usually  surrounded  by  scarious  bracts; 
perianth  .simple,  in  one  series  of  .5,  rarely  1,  2,  3,  or  4, 


separate  or  united  parts;  stamens  opposite  the  perianth 
parts,  of  the  same  number  or  fewer,  rarely  more  nu- 
merous, hypogynous  or  perigynous,  separate  or  united, 
the  stamen-tube  often  with  fringed  appendages  at  the 
top;  hypogynous  disk  usually  present;  ovary  superior, 
free  or  slightly  united  with  the  perianth,  1-celled, 
1  to  many-seeded ;  style  0,  or  1,  or  several ;  stigmas  vari- 
ous: fruit  a  berry,  an  achene,  or  dehiscent  by  a  lid; 
usually  surrounded  by  the  perianth;  embryo  coiled. 

The  40  genera  and  about  450  species  are  distributed 
everywhere  except  in  the  arctics;  most  abundant 
within  the  tropics.  The  family  is  very  closely  related 
to  the  ChenopodiaceK  and  Phytolaccace;p,  also  to  the 
Caryophyllaceie  and  Portulacacese.  The  single  peri- 
anth, scarious  persistent  bracts,  and  1-seeded  fruit 
are  distinctive. 

Many  species  of  Amarantus  are  eaten  as  greens. 
Gomphrena  arhorescens  is  a  tonic.  Many  Araaran- 
taceaj  are  weeds  in  cultivated  grounds.  Some  are  im- 
portant ornamental  plants.  The  garden  forms  of 
Celosia  crislata  are  remarkable  for  their  fasciated 
inflorescence. 

In  cultivation  in  America  are:  Amarantus  (Love- 
lies-bleeding, Prince's  Feather,  Joseph's  Coat),  gar- 
den annuals;  Bosea,  ornamental;  Celosia  (Cocks- 
comb), garden  annuals;  Gomphrena  (Globe  Amaranth, 
Bachelor's  Button),  garden  annual;  Iresine  or  Achy- 
ranthes,  bedding  plants;  Telanthera  (Alternanthera), 
bedding  plants;  Trichinium  or  Ptilotus,  greenhouse. 

67.  Nyctaginaceas  (from  the  generic  name  Nyclago, 
a  synonym  of  Mirabilis,  meaning  night,  in  reference  to 
the  crepuscular  or  nocturnal  flowering  of  the  Four- 
O'clock).  Four-O'clock  Family.  Fig.  19.  Herbs, 
shrubs,  or  trees:  leaves  usually  opposite,  entire:  flowers 
bisexual,  rarely  unisexual,  surrounded  by  an  involucre 
of  separate  or  united  bracts  which  incloses  1  or  several 
flowers;  corolla  absent;  perianth  parts  united,  very 
di\'erse  in  consistency,  form  and  color,  often  petaloid, 


19.  NYCTAGIXACE.E:  1.  Mirabilis.  a,  flower;  b,  floral  diagram. 
2.  .NJeea,  flower.  Phytolaccace.e:  'd.  Phytolacca,  a,  flower;  6. 
floral  diagram;  c.  vertical  section  of  seed.  Aizoace.e:  4.  Mollugo, 
a.  flower:  6.  vertical  section  of  seed.  .5.  Aizoon,  floral  diagram.  6. 
Mcicmbryanthemum.  flower.  Portdlacace.*::  7.  Calandrinia, 
flower. 


w 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


valvato  or  plicate,  porsistont  after  Howoriiip,  aiul  often 
wiHvly  or  leathery,  ei>velopiii)j  the  fniit ;  stamens  l-3t), 
uiiitt\l  at  the  base,  uneiUial,  li^pogxiums;  ovary  of  1 
C!iriK-l,  li-elUxl,  l-v)viile(l:  style  1;  stigma  1:  fruit  an 
aeliene. 

The  fmnily  h:is  IS  genera  and  about  l.')0  species, 
principally  natives  of  America  from  Coloratlo  to  Chile. 
A  few  SUV  scattered  in  other  parts  of  the  world.  The 
largest  genus  is  Pisonia  witli  40  species;  Neea  has  30 
spoi'ies.  The  fiUiiily  is  related  to  the  Ph,\tolaccace;e. 
The  floral  bracts,  absence  of  corolla,  jiersistent,  peri- 
anth envelo|)ing  the  \'ery  thin-walletl  fruit,  and  tlic 
1-sooded,  1-celletl  ovary,  are  distiiiclivo 

The  roots  of  Ba'rhavia  and  of  Minihilis  Jnhipn  arc 
purgative,  and  are  sitld  sis  a  substitute  for  jalap.  The 
foliage  of  several  species  of  Hierhavia  is  iiscil  .as  vege- 
tables. The  nati\es  of  tlie  Hawaiian  Islands  catch 
birds  with  the  very  sticky  fruits  of  the  native  species. 
The  leaves  of  Xeea  Owifera  are  used  as  tea  in  Brazil, 
also  as  a  black  dye. 

In  .\nierica  3  genera  are  in  common  cultivation: 
Abronia,  garden  annuals;  liougainvilla'a,  greenhouse 
shrubs:  Mirabilis  (Four-o'clock,  ^larvel  of  Peru). 

lis.  Phytolaccacese  (from  the  genus  I'ln/tolacca,  de- 
rivcil  from  the  Greek  meaning  plant  and  lac,  in  refer- 
ence to  the  red  juice  of  the  fruit).  Pokeweed  Family, 
Fig.  19.  Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees:  leaves  mostly  alter- 
nate, simple:  flowers  bisexual,  rarely  unisexual,  regu- 
lar; perianth  of  one  .series,  divisions  4-5,  .separate,  per- 
sistent, not  modified  in  fruit ;  stamens  of  the  same 
number  as  the  parts  of  the  perianth  and  alternate  with 
them,  or  more  numerous,  often  connate  at  ba.se,  hypog- 
jTious;  disk  obscure  or  annular;  ovary  usually  supe- 
rior, rarely  inferior:  carpels  1  to  many,  free,  or  united 
into  a  several-celled  ovary;  ovules  1  for  each  carpel; 
styles  as  many  as  the  carpels:  fruit  a  berry-,  utricle, 
nut,  or  samara;  embryo  curved. 

The  pokeweed  family  contains  22  genera  and  about 
100  species,  mostly  of  tropical  and  subtropical  America 
and  South  Africa.  One  species  reaches  the  eastern 
United  States.  All  flie  genera  are  small.  The  family  is 
related  to  the  Aizoacea;  also  to  the  Caryophyllacea?, 
Chenopodiacea',  Nyctaginacea!,  and  other  families 
with  curved  embryos.  The  several  1 -seeded  carpels 
and  non-accrescent  perianth  are  usually  distinctive. 

The  red  juice  of  the  fruit  of  F'liytolacca  decandra  was 
used  by  the  American  Indians  for  staining  baskets,  and 
the  hke.  The  roots  of  this  plant  are  medicinal  (emetic, 
cathartic),  and  the  young  shoots  are  eaten. 

A  few  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America.  Among 
these  are  Phytolacca  (Pokeberry,  Pokeweed,  Scoke, 
Garget,  Pigconberry,  Inkberry),  native,  hardy,  rarely 
cultivatetl  as  a  pot-herb;  and  Rivina  (Rough  Plant), 
ornamental  garden  and  greenhou.se  plants. 

69.  Aizoaceae  (from  the  genus  Aizoo/i,  derived  from 
the  Gre«?k  meaning  always  alive,  in  reference  to  the 
persistence  of  life  in  desert  habitats).  Carpet-weed 
or  Ice-Plant  Family.  Fig.  19.  Erect  or  prostrate, 
often  fleshy  herbs  or  sub-shrubs,  either  the  stem  or  the 
leaves,  or  both,  curiously  modified  to  reduce  surface 
and  ftore  water;  rarely  ordinary  herbaceous  plants: 
leaves  opposite,  alternate  or  wliorled,  siirii>le  and  mostly 
entire:  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  hypogynous  or  epigy- 
nous;  perianth  of  one  set  of  4-.5  separate  or  united 
parts;  stamens  5,  alternating  with  the  perianth  parts, 
or  by  the  splitting  up  of  each  becoming  very  numer- 
ous, in  which  case  many  of  the  outer  are  changed  into 
long,  showy,  petaloid  staminodia,  the  whole  then  some- 
what resembling  the  hea'l  of  an  aster;  ovary  2-20-cellcd, 
superior  or  inferior;  placenta;  axial,  basal,  or  parietal; 
ovules  mostly  numerous;  stigmas  2-20:  fruit  capsular 
or  nut-like;  embryo  curved  or  annular. 

Kigliteen  genera  and  about  .500  species  are  known, 
of  which  3fX)  belong  to  the  genus  Mesembryanthemum; 
mostly  inhabitants  of  the  desert  or,  at  least,,  dry  por- 
tions of  tropical  and  south-tropical  regions.    The  large 


genus,  Mesembryanthemum,  is  almost  exclusively  South 
African,  but  reaches  the  Mediterranean.  One  species 
of  Aizoacea^  (Sesuvium)  is  native  in  tlie  eastern  United 
States.  The  family  is  related  through  some  genera 
to  the  Phytolaccacea';  through  others  to  the  Caryophyl- 
lacea-  and  Portulacacea'.  The  annular  embryo  places 
the  .Vizoacea;  in  this  group.  The  apetalous,  often 
falsely  polypetalous,  flowers,  with  several-celled  ovary, 
and  curved  embryo,  are  characteristic. 

The  fruits  of  .\hsvinhri/(inlhiiniim  edule  (Hottentot 
fig)  are  edible.  The  leaves  of  Mesembryanthemum  are 
used  as  a  vegetable  on  the  borders  of  the  .\frican 
desert.  Tclragoiiia  crpiinaa  (New  Zealand  spinach)  is 
cultivated  as  a  )>ot-herb.  Meseinbryanlhcinuin  crys- 
lalUnuni  (ice-plant)  of  the  Mediterranean  region,  with 
leaves  covered  with  peculiar  vesicular  hairs  filled  with 
a  viscid  liquid,  which  sparkles  in  the  sunlight  hke  frost, 
is  cultivated  as  a  curiosity.  Other  species  are  cultivateii 
for  their  strange  appearance. 

Many  species  of  Mesembryanthemum  (Fig.  Mari- 
gold, and  Ice-plant)  are  more  or  less  cultivated  in 
America;  also  one  species  of  Tetragonia  (New  Zealand 
Spinach,  New  Zealand  Ice-plant). 

70.  Portulacaceae  (from  the  genus  Portidaca,  an  old 
Latin  name  of  unknown  origin).  Purslane  Family, 
Fig.  19.  Herbaceous  or  suffruticose:  leaves  often  fleshy, 
sometimes  connate:  flowers  bisexual,  usually  regular; 
sepals  2;  petals  4-.'),  rarely  more,  sometimes  connate 
at  the  base,  fugaceous;  stamens  in  1  or  2  whorls,  h)-- 
pogynous  (except  in  Portulaca),  equal  in  number  to  the 
petals  and  opposite  them,  or  double  the  number  and 
alternating  with  them,  or  fewer,  or,  by  multiplication, 
very  many;  ovary  1-celled,  with  a  free-central  or  basal 
placenta;  ovules  2  to  many;  style  2-3-parted:  fruil  a 
capsule,  opening  by  a  valve  or  lid,  rarely  indehiscent; 
embryo  curved  (jr  annular. 

Most  of  the  17  genera  and  about  150  species  are 
inhabitants  of  the  warmer,  dry  or  arid  regions,  for 
which  their  fleshy  structure  and  frequently  prostrate 
or  ca'spitose  habit  are  an  adaptation.  They  are  most 
abundant  in  South  America  and  the  Cape  of  Good 
Hope;  also  common  in  western  North  America.  The 
Portulacacefe  are  most  closely  related  to  the  Caryo- 
phyllacea;  and  Aizoacea'.  The  2  sepals,  1-celled  ovary 
with  central  placenta,  several  styles,  and  curved  or 
coiled  embryo  are  distinctive.  In  the  common  pur- 
slane and  a  few  other  species,  the  capsule  opens  by  a 
terminal  lid,  which,  separating  along  a  transverse  line, 
falls  off  and  thus  allows  the  seeds  to  escape.  In  Por- 
tulaca the  ovary  is  partly  inferior. 

Mo.st  of  the  Portulacaceie  are  mucilaginous;  some  are 
slightly  bitter  and  have  been  used  as  a  mild  tonic.  The 
herbage  of  I'orliilaca  ohnicea  is  eaten  as  a  salad  or  as 
greens,  and  is  also  said  to  be  sedative  and  an  antidote 
for  scurvy.  Several  species  of  Calandrinia,  Talinum 
and  Claytonia,  are  used  as  pot-herbs.  The  roots  of 
Claytonia  luhrrosa  of  Siberia  are  edible,  as  are  also  the 
roots  of  the  western  Lewisia. 

About  one-third  of  the  genera  are  in  cultivation  in 
America.  Porlidiica  grandiflora  (Rose  Moss)  is  orna- 
mental; P.  olcriicea  (Purslane  or  Pusley)  is  a  pot-herb; 
the  Montias  are  also  pot-herbs.  Lewisia,  Talinum, 
Spraguea  and  Claytonia  are  mostly  ornamental. 

71.  Basellaceae  (from  the  genus  Baselln,  the  Malabar 
nameof  the  jjlant).  Baseli.a  Family.  Fig.  20.  Climb- 
ing, i)erennial  herbs,  rarely  slightly  woody:  leaves  alter- 
niite,  broad,  oft.en  fleshy:  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  2 
bracteolate;  scp.als  2;  petals  5,  separate  or  connate, 
imbricated,  persistent ;  stamens  5,  opposite  the  petals 
and  attache<l  to  their  base;  ovary  su|)erior,  1-celled; 
ovule  1,  basal,  curved;  .style  and  stigma  1-3:  fruit 
indehiscent,  inclosed  in  the  corolla;  embryo  spiral. 

There  are  5  genera  anfl  about  15  species,  all  except 
one  species  being  confined  to  tropical  America,  mostly 
in  the  Andes.  Boussingaultia,  the  largest  genus,  con- 
tains 10  species.    Tlie  family  is  related  to  the  Cheno- 


A   SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT   KINGDOM 


31 


podiaceae  with  which  it  has  been  united;  also  to  the 
Polygonaeea;  and  Portulacacece.  The  twining  stem, 
and  the  two  sets  of  floral  envelopes,  together  with  the 
l-eelled  ovary  and  single  seed,  are  distinctive. 

Bd.stUd  alba  (red  and  white  spinach)  is  eaten  as  a 
pot-herli.  The  starchy  root  of  Uliucns  lubcrosus  is 
eaten  in  Peru.  It  is  used  as  a  substitute  for  the  potato, 
which  it  resembles. 

The  genera  apparently  in  cultivation  in  America  are: 
.\nredera;  Basella  (Malabar  Nightshade),  grown  as 
ornamental  greenhouse  plants,  or  eaten  as  spinach;  and 
IJoussingaultia  (Madeira  Vine.  Mignonette  Vine),  orna- 
mental garden  or  greenhouse  plants. 

72.  Caryophyllaceae  (from  the  genus  Caryo-phyllus,  an 
old  botanical  name  for  the  clove  pink  [Dianthus],  the 
application  of  the  name  obscure).  Pink  Family.  Fig. 
20.  Herbs,  rarely  suffruticose,  with  opposite  entire 
leaves:  flowers  bisexual,  rarely  unisexual,  regular;  se- 
pals 5,  separate  or  united;  petals  5,  rarely  wanting; 
stamens  twice  as  many  as  the  petals,  rarely  fewer,  hy- 
pogynous  or  perigynous;  carpels  3-5;  ovary  superior, 
1-celled  with  a  free-central  or  basal  placenta;  ovules  1 
to  many;  styles  3-5:  fruit  a  capsule,  rarely  a  berry, 
opening  by  valves  or  indehiscent;  seed  albuminous; 
embryo  strongly  curved  or  coiled. 

The  pink  family  consists  of  70  genera  and  from 
1,200-1,500  species,  distributed  over  all  parts  of  the 
earth,  though  most  abundant  in  the  temperate  and  sub- 


20.  BASSELLACE.E:  1.  Boussingaultia,  flower  calyx  removed. 
Caryophyllace.e:  2.  Silene,  flower.  3.  Agrostemma  (Lychnis), 
seed.  4.  .\renaria,  flower.  5.  Sagina,  flower.  6.  Spergula,  floral 
diagram.    7.  Paronychia,  flower. 

arctic  zone.  Many  have  become  weeds  in  cultivated 
ground  and  are  now  very  widely  dispersed.  The 
Gary ophy Dacca;  are  related  to  the  Chenopodiacese, 
Amarantacea?,  Phytolaccacea;,  Portulacaceae,  Nyctagi- 
nacea;  and  Aizoacea;,  all  of  which  have  a  coiled,  curved 
or  annular  embryo.  Of  these,  the  Phytolaccaceoe  proba- 
bly represent  more  nearly  the  ancestral  type.  By  most 
recent  authors  (see  Pax)  the  lUecebracea;  (Paronychia, 
Anychia,  Scleranthus  and  Herniaria)  are  included  in 
the  Caryophyllacea;.  The  curved  embrj'O,  the  1-celled 
ovary  with  several  styles  and  central  placenta,  the  10 
stamens,  the  5  separate  petals  and  the  opposite  entire 
leaves  are  together  distinctive. 

The  family  is  very  naturally  divided  into  two  dis- 
tinct tribes:  Tribe  I.  Silenoidese. — Sepals  united  form- 
ing a  tubular  calyx;  stamens  hypogynous.  This  in- 
cludes Silene,  Lychnis,  Dianthus,  Tunica,  Saponaria 
and  Gypsophila. 

Tribe  II.  Abdnendese . — Sepals  separate;  stamens 
mostly  perigynous.  Includes  Spergula,  Cerastium, 
Stellaria,  Arenaria,  Sagina,  Paronychia,  Anychia, 
Herniaria  and  Scleranthus. 

In  the  Silenoideffi,  the  long-clawed  petals  often  have 
a  scale  at  the  top,  the  five  together  forming  a  tiny 
crown.  Some  species  of  Silene  and  Lychnis  flower  only 
at  night  or  in  cloudy  weather,  and  are  pollinated  by 


night-flying  moths.  The  bracts  at  the  base  of  the  flower 
in  Dianthus  are  distinctive.  The  petals  of  chickweed 
are  curiously  2-parted,  simulating  10  petals. 

The  Caryophyllacea)  are  of  little  economic  impor- 
tance. Some  were  formerly  used  in  medicine,  but  have 
fallen  into  disrepute.  The  roots  of  Sapnnaria  officinalis 
contain  a  saponaceous  substance,  saponin,  and  have 
been  used  for  washing,  whence  the  common  name 
"soapwort."  Saponin  is  a  powerful  local  irritant,  and, 
if  applied  strong,  is  said  to  kill  either  muscular  or  ner- 
vous tissue.  Sperguld  nnvnuis  has  been  used  as  a 
fodder  plant.  Many  members  of  the  family  are  well- 
known  ornamental  plants,  of  which  the  most  famous 
is  Dianthus  Caryophyllus,  the  carnation  pink. 

Perhaps  20  genera  (including  Illecebracea)  are 
grown,  mostly  for  ornament.  Among  these  are:  Are- 
naria (Sandwort);  Cera,stium  (Mouse-ear  Chickweed); 
Dianthus  (Carnation,  Clove  Pink,  China  Pink,  Plumed 
Pink,  Sweet  Wilham,  Picotee,  Grenadine);  Gypsophila 
(Baby's  Breath);  Lychnis  (Ragged  Robin,  Maltese 
Cross,  Dusty  Miller) ;  Paronychia  (Whitlow-wort) ; 
Sagina  (Pearl-wort);  Saponaria  (Bouncing  Bet,  Soap- 
wort,  Cow  Herb);  Silene  (Catchfly,  Campion,  Wild 
Pink);  Spergula  (Spurry);  Stellaria  (Chickweed,  Star- 
wort);  Tunica. 

Order  34.    Ranales 

73.  Nymphaeaceae  (from  the  genus  Nymphsea,  a 
name  intended  for  the  white  water-lilies;  dedicated  by 
the  Greeks  to  the  water  nymphs).  Water-Lily  Fam- 
ily. Fig.  21.  Aquatic  herbs:  leaves  alternate:  flowers 
usually  bisexual,  regular,  the  organs,  in  part  at  least, 
spirally  arranged;  sepals  mostly  4,  rarely  3,  5,  6,  or  12; 
petals  3-many,  usually  very  numerous,  hypogynous, 
or  more  or  less  epigynous,  often  a  distinct  transition 
to  the  stamens;  stamens  very  numerous  (rarely  6), 
inserted  with  the  petals;  carpels  rarely  3-4,  usually 
many,  rarely  distinct,  usually  cohering  in  a  whorl  or 
sunken  in  the  enlarged  receptacle;  stigmas  radially 
arranged  on  a  sessile  disk  (as  in  poppy)  or  single: 
fruit  indehiscent  or  irregularly  dehiscent,  usually 
fleshy;  seeds  several. 

Nympha^aceffi  has  8  genera  and  about  60  species, 
distributed  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  but  more  especially 
in  tropical  South  America.  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  other  families  with  spiral  structure  of  the 
flower,  as  the  Ranunculacea',  Magnoliaceae  and  Dille- 
niaceiB.  There  is  also  a  relation  to  Podophyllum  of 
the  Berberidacese,  and  to  the  Papaveracea?.  The  habit, 
spiral  arrangement  of  floral  parts,  when  present,  the 
numerous  stamens,  the  usually  coherent  carpels,  and 
the  type  of  fruit,  are  characteristic. 

The  leaves  of  Nelumbo  are  raised  on  long  petioles, 
those  of  Nymphsea  usually  float,  those  of  Brasenia  are 
covered  with  a  thick  layer  of  slime,  those  of  Victoria 
regia  are  .5-8  feet  in  diameter  and  floating.  The  recep- 
tacle of  Nelumbo  in  fruit  is  Uke  an  inverted  top  with 
the  ripe  1-seeded  carpels  loosely  rattling  in  small  cavi- 
ties on  the  flat  surface.  The  Nymphseacea;  in  stem- 
structure  and  character  of  the  embryo  shows  a  transi- 
tion to  the  monocotyledons. 

Because  of  their  unique  appearance  among  plants, 
some  species  were  venerated  by  the  ancients.  The  lotus 
of  the  Egyptians,  represented  on  their  monuments 
and  statues  of  their  gods  5,(K)0  years  ago,  was 
Nymphsea  cseruha  or  A'.  Lotus,  though  Nelumbo 
nucifera  has  long  passed  under  that  name.  (See  arti- 
cle on  Nympha;a. )  The  rootstocks  of  the  Nymphsea^ 
ceiE  contain  abundant  starch,  mucilage  and  sugar, 
which  render  them  nutritive.  The  seeds  are  edible 
and  the  negroes  of  the  Nile  used  them  as  millet.  The 
Egyptians  still  eat  the  seeds  and  rootstocks.  The 
seeds  and  rootstocks  of  Euryale  fernx  are  cultivated 
and  eaten  in  China. 

In  the  American  trade  a  few  genera  appear.  Cabomba 
(Fish-Grass),    with   dissected    submt^rged    leaves    and 


32 


A   SYNOPSIS  OF   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


whito  flowers,  is  tinnvn  in  aquaria:  Brasonia  (U'ator 
ShioKl)  is  (iniwn  in  a(iualic  i;anlt'iis.  as  aro  also  various 
species  of  Nuphar  iVellow  Watcr-I.ily,  Siiattcrdock, 
Cow  l.ily);  Nynipha-a  |,\\luti>  roMil-l.ily) ;  Xihunho 
(Indisui  lx)tus,  si>-o;UltHl  Eg\ptian  Lotus,  ami  Wator 
Chinquapin):  Victoria  nujia:  and  the  similar  Euri/olc 
fcroi.  The  white  water-lilies  have  latterly  been  called 
Civstalia,  but  the  n;une  Xyniphaw  tis  applied  to  them 
has  pood  historical  standing  and  is  retained  in  this 
work:  Nuphar  is  still  held  for  the  yellow  pond-lilies. 

74.  Trochodendracese  (from  the  genus  Trorliodoi- 
Jroii.  from  the  (irivk  iiincl,  plus  lire).  Tuocudoen- 
DRON  rAMii.v.  Trees  or  shrubs:  leaves  alternate  or 
opposite,  with  oil-glands:  flowers  bisexual  or  uni.sexual, 


21.  NvMPH.EACE«:  1.  Nelumbiujn,  fruit.  2.  Nymphtea,  flower. 
3.  Nuphar.  fr\lit.  R.\nuscclace.e;  4.  R,inunculus,  a,  flower;  6, 
fruit.  5.  .\nutlcKiu.  fruit.  G.  Clematis,  fruit.  7.  Petals  of  various 
genera,  a,  Coptis  ;  b,  Eranthis ;  c,  Ranunculu.s;  tl,  Aquilegia;  e, 
AcoDitum. 

regular,  h>'pogynous  or  perigynous;  sepals  and  petals 
wanting;  stamens  numerous,  spirally  arranged;  car- 
pels separate',  .sometimes  half  immersed  in  the  recep- 
tacle, 2  to  many  in  one  whorl;  ovules  1  to  many:  fruit  a 
follicle,  or  indehiseent. 

Only  3  genera  an<l  0  species  are  known,  all  of  Eastern 
Asia.  The  family  is  closely  relatefl  to  the  Magnoli- 
acete,  in  which  it  hiis  been  included  by  many  authors. 
It  has  the  same  spiral  structure  of  the  flower,  and  sepa- 
rate carpels,  but  the  perianth  is  wanting. 

Trochodendron  is  one  of  the  very  few  angiosperms 
in  which  the  .s<;condary  wood  is  made  up  entirely  of 
tracheifis  with  bordered  pits,  without  true  vessels,  as 
in  the  Conifers;. 

The  family  is  of  little  economic  value.  The  wood  of 
some  specify  is  u-Sfwl  locally.  In  America,  Cercidiphyllurn 
jnjKmirum  and  EupUlea  polynndra  are  in  cultivation 
as  hardy,  ornamental  woody  plants. 

7.3,  Ranunculaceae  (^from  the  genus  Ranuncuhia, 
from  the  Latin  signifying  a  little  frog,  becau.se  many  of 
th<*«;  plants  are  aquatic  or  marsh  plants).  iliiTTKHftri' 
Family.  P"ig.  21 .  Herbs  or  shrubs  of  diverse  habit ;  flow- 
ers bisexual  rarely  unisexual,  spirally  constructed  <!xeept 
often  the  p<rrianth,  regular  or  irregular;  sej)als  U  to 
many,  lisually  5,  separate,  often  petaloid;  petals  3  to 


many,  or  0,  often  in  the  form  of  honeyglands;  stamens 
usually  very  numerous,  hypogynous;  carpels  1  to  many, 
usually  sejiarate:  fruit  an  ai'liene  or  follicle,  rarely  a 
capsule  or  a  berry;  seeds  with  endosperm. 

The  '1~  genera  and  about  tiSO  species  are  distributed 
mainly  in  the  north  temperate  and  subarctic  regions. 
Clematis,  .Vnemone  and  Delphinium  cross  the  equator 
.southward.  The  largest  genus  is  Ranunculus.  The 
family  is  related  to  the  Magnoliaceie,  Annonacesc,  Dil- 
leniaeea>,  Nympha'aceic,  and  other  families  with 
acyclic  flowers  and  numerous  carpels.  The  spiral 
floral  structure,  the  numerous  hypogynous  stamens, 
and  the  usually  .separate  carpels  are  the  most  dis- 
tin(;tiv(^  characteristics.  The  Ranunculacea;  is  proba- 
bly a  very  old  family,  and  by  some  authors  is  thought 
to  rejjresent  more  closely  than  others  the  stock  from 
which  the  dicotyledons  have  sprung. 

Tlic  floral  structure  is  very  interesting  and  very 
\ariable.  The  petals,  when  not  wanting,  are  rarely 
Miirmal.  In  one  series  a  transition  is  shown  from  the 
staminode-like  nectary  of  Coptis  to  the  petal-like 
nectary  of  Ranunculus;  in  another  series  the  nectar- 
bearing  petals  are  spurred  or  variously  irregular,  as  in 
Aconitum,  Delphinium  and  Aquilegia.  In  the  last 
two  genera,  the  flowers  also  have  become  extremely 
irregular.  The  fruits  show  an  equally  great  diversity. 
I'rom  the  primitive  follicular  type,  they  have  become 
modified  into  achenes  with  a  suspended  or  erect  ovule, 
into  a  berry,  or,  in  Nigella,  even  into  a  several-celled 
capsule  by  the  fusion  of  the  carpels.  The  wind-pol- 
linated Thalictrum  shows  great  reduction  and  modi- 
fication on  that  account.  The  stalked  carpels  of  Coptis 
simulate  an  umbel  of  separate  fruits.  Finally  the  foliage 
of  several  species  of  Ranunculus  has  become  very  much 
dissected  on  account  of  the  aquatic  habit,  and  the 
plants,  therefore,  simulate  a  Myriophyllum. 

The  Ranunculacea;  is  divided  by  Prantl  into  three 
tribes  as  follows: 

Tribe  I .  Fruit  follicular,  carpels  fleshy,  outer  seed- 
coat  long,  e.g.  Pi^jonia  and  Hydrastis. 

Tribe  II.  Fruit  usually  follicular,  carpels  rarely  fleshy, 
outer  seed-coat  not  longer  than  the  inner,  e.g.,  Caltha, 
Helleborus,  Coptis,  Actica,  Aquilegia,  Delphinium,  etc. 

Tribe  III.  Fruit  an  achene,  e.g.,  Anemone,  Clematis, 
Ranunculus,  Thalictrum,  etc. 

The  family  contains  many  plants  useful  to  mankind. 
Many  are  cultivated  for  their  ornamental  flowers. 
The  seeds,  leaves  and  roots  contain  a  bitter  acid 
principle  which  is  very  irritating  and  in  many  cases 
poisonous.  Because  of  this,  many  species  of  Anemone, 
Clematis,  and  so  on,  have  been  used  to  produce  blisters, 
and  beggars  are  said  to  have  made  use  of  C.  Vitnlba  to 
produce  artificial  sores  and  thus  excite  pity.  The 
roots  of  Coptis  (gold-thread)  are  bright  yellow,  and 
have  been  used  both  as  bitters  and  for  the  dye-stuffs 
contained.  Hydrastis  (golden  seal)  is  a  well-known 
tonic  and  stomach  corrective.  Aconite  is  a  powerful 
narcotic  drug  much  used  to  allay  fever.  Slow  cooking 
usually  dissipates  the  poisonous  properties  of  the  Ran- 
uncul.aceie,  thus  enabling  the  vegetative  portion  in 
many  cases  to  be  eaten  as  greens.  Ranunculus  Thora 
a.ni\  R.  sceleralus  were  named  by  the  Romans  "sar- 
donia"  because  they  are  said  to  excite  convulsive 
sardonic  laughter.  ... 

Two  dozen  or  more  genera  ar.'  in  cultivation  in 
America,  almost  entirely  for  ornamental  purposes. 
Among  these  are:  Aconitum  (Aconite,  Monkshood, 
Wolfsbane);  Actxa  (Baneberry,  Red  and  White  Co- 
hosh); Adonis  (Pheasant's  Eye,  Adonis);  Anemone 
(Anemone,  Windflower,  Patens,  Pasque  Flower);  .Aqui- 
legia (Columbine);  Caltha  (Marsh  Marigold,  American 
Cowslip);  Clematis  (Virgin's  Bower);  Coptis  (Gold- 
thread); Delphinium  (Larkspur);  Eranthis  (Winter  Aco- 
nite); Ilelleborus  (Christmas  Rose);  Hydrastis  (Golden 
•Seal,  Orange  Root);  Nigella  (Love-in-a-Mist,  Devil-in- 
a-Bush,     Fennel    Flower);    PiEonia     (Peony,     Piney); 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE   PLANT  KINGDOM 


33 


Ranunrulus  (Buttercup,  Crowfoot);  Thaliotruiii  (Mea- 
dow Rue);  Trautvetteria  (False  Bugbanc);  Trollius 
(Globe  Flower);  Xanthorrhiza  (Shrub  Yellow  Root). 

A  eonsitlerable  industry  has  recently  sprung  into 
existence  in  which  Hydrastis  is  grown  for  the  medici- 
nal value  of  the  roots. 

76  Lardizabalaceae  (from  the  genus  Lardizabala, 
named  in  honor  of  a  Spanish  naturalist,  Lardizabala  y 
Uribe).  L.\rdizabala  F.\mily.  Mostly  twining  plants 
with  palmately  compound  leaves:  flowers  polygamous  or 
unisexual,  rudiments  of  the  other  sex  organs  present, 
regular,  hypogj-nous;  sepals  6;  petaloid,  in  two  whorls, 
petals  none;  stamens  6,  hypogynous;  usually  with 
nectaries  between  stamens  and  petals;  carpels  3, 
rarely  6-9  or  numerous,  separate;  ovules  many  rarely 
one,  parietal;  fruiting  carpels  baccate,  indehiscent  or 
dehiscent. 

This  family  has  8  genera  and  IS  species,  inhabitants 
of  the  Himalayas,  China,  Japan,  and  Chile.  The  family 
is  related  to  the  Berberidaceae,  with  which  it  was  for- 
merly united,  and  to  the  Menispermacea;,  from  both  of 
which  it  is  distinguished  by  the  several-seeded  fruit 
and  by  other  characters. 

The  fruits  of  most  species  are  edible.  The  stems  of 
Boquila  and  Lardizabala  are  used  as  cordage. 

Lardizabala,  Stauntonia,  Akebia  and  Sargentodoxa 
are  in  the  American  trade. 

77.  Berberidaceae  (from  the  genus  Berberis,  derived 
from  Berberys  which  is  the  Arabic  name  of  the  fruit). 
B.\RBERKY  F.-iMiLY.  P'ig.  22.  Herbs  or  shrubs  with 
large,  compouni.1  leaves,  or  small  and  simple,  or  spine- 
like leaves:  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  hypogynous;  sepals 
3-9  in  1-3  series;  petals  4-9  or  more,  in  several  whorls, 
often  changed  to  nectaries;  stamens  as  many  as  the 
petals  and  opposite  them,  rarely  twice  as  many;  anthers 
peculiar,  opening  by  valves  which  roll  upward;  ovary 
1-celled  with  several  ovules;  style  almost  0;  stigma 
mostly  peltate:  fruit  a  berry  or  capsule. 

The  family  Berberidaceae  has  8  genera  and  about 
200  species,  distributed  through  north  temperate 
Europe,  Asia  and  America.  Berberis  extends  along  the 
.Andes  to  the  Straits  of  Magellan.  Fossil  species  in  the 
Tertiary  are  known.  The  family  is  related  to  the 
Ranunculace^,  Papaveracece  and  Fumariacea>.  There 
is  also  an  evident  relation  to  the  Magnoliaceae  and 
Annonaceae.  The  cyclic  flowers,  definite  stamens 
opposite  the  petals,  the  solitary  carpel,  and  usually 
the  dehiscence  of  the  anthers  are  distinctive.  In 
Podophyllum,  the  anthers  open  longitudinally  in  the 
ordinary  way,  and  the  stamens  are  twice  the  number 
of  the  petals.  The  stamens  of  Berberis  are  irritable, 
flying  toward  the  stigma  when  touched,  and  then 
scattering  the  pollen. 

The  fruit  of  the  common  barberry  {Berberis  vulgaris) 
contains  oxalic  acid  and  is  used  as  a  preserve;  the  yel- 
low inner  bark  and  stems  are  astringent  and  yield  the 
yellow  "berberine,"  which  is  also  a  purgative.  This 
yellow  color  formerly  induced  doctors  to  administer 
Berberis  for  jaundice.  The  fruits  of  the  mahonias  of 
California  are  also  eaten  as  a  preserve.  The  wood  of 
the  Indian  and  South  American  species  of  Berberis 
is  used  as  a  dye.  The  root  of  Podophyllum  (mandrake 
O^  May  apple)  is  purgative  and  poisonous;  the  rijje 
fruit  of  this  plant  is  fleshy  and  edible.  Many  other 
species  have  been  used  for  medicine  in  various  parts  of 
the  world.  Berberis  vulgaris  is  the  famous  host-plant 
of  the  xcidial  stage  of  the  wheat  rust. 

The  genera  that  are  in  the  American  trade  are 
mostly  grown  as  unusual  herbaceous  plants  in  gardens 
and  are  not  widely  known.  Many  species  of  the 
shrubby  and  spiny  Berberis,  and  also  of  Mahonia, 
are  grown  for  ornamental  purposes.  Akebia,  a  well- 
known  woody  twiner  with  palmate  leaves  and  curious 
purple  flowers,  is  now  placed  in  the  Lardizibalacea;. 

78.  Menispermacese  (from  the  genus  Menispermum, 
derived  from  the  Greek  meaning  nioonseed).    Moon- 


seedFamily.  Fig. 22.  Woody  climbers:  leaves  alternate: 
flowers  dioecious,  regular;  sepals  usually  6,  in  2  scries; 
petals  6,  in  2  series;  stamens  6,  hypogynous,  opposite 
the  petals,  sometimes  monadelphous;  carpels  usually 
3,  rarely  more,  separate,  1-ovuled,  much  curved  in 
fruit;  seed  half-inverted;  embryo  usually  curved:  fruit 
compound  of  sessile  or  stipitate  drupelets. 

There  are  56  genera  and  150  species,  distributed 
mostly  in  the  tropical  and  subtropical  portions  of  both 
hemispheres.  None  are  found  in  Europe.  Three  species 
are  native  in  the  northeastern  United  States.  The 
Menispermacese  are  related  to  the  Berberidaceae,  the 
Annonaceaj  and  the  Magnoliacea;.  The  numerical  plan 
of  3,  the  2  whorls  of  sepals  and  petals,  the  curved  seed, 
the  drupelets,  and  the  absence  of  oil-glands,  are  dis- 
tinctive. Cross-sections  of  the  twining  stems  often 
present  peculiar  patterns  due  to  the  unequal  growth 
of  the  cambium. 

Several  species  are  used  in  medicine.  Jateorhiza 
pnlmatus  of  tropical  Africa  has  a  turnip-shaped  root 
which  was  much  used  as  a  tonic.  The  roots  of  species 
of  Cissampelos  are  administered  in  Brazil  in  cases  of 
snake-bites.  The  bark  of  several  species  yields  a  yellow 
dye.  Anamirta  Cocculus  of  tropical  Asia  has  extremely 
poisonous  fruits  (fish-berries  or  cocculus)  used  to 
intoxicate  and  poison  fish  which  are  thus  obtained  in 
abundance,  but  are  sometimes  dangerous  to  eat.  The 
narcotic  principle,  picrotoxino,  is  almost  as  poisonous 
as  strychnine.    In  England,  beer  is  said  sometimes  to 


22.  Berberid.^ce.e:  1.  Berberis,  flower.  Menispermace.e: 
2.  Menispermum,  fruit.  M.\aNOLiACE.E:  3.  Magnolia;  a,  flower; 
6,  floral  diagram;  c,  fruit.  Calycanth.\ce.e:  4.  Calycanthus;  o, 
fjower;  6,  fruit. 

be  adulterated  with  the  fruit  (called  cocculus  indicus) 
of  this  plant. 

Few  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America  for  orna- 
mental purposes,  mostly  in  the  southern  states,  and 
especially  Florida:  Cissampelos  (Velvet  Leaf  or  Pareira 
Brava),  tonic  and  diuretic,  in  Florida;  Menispermum 
CMoonseed  Vine,  from  the  curved  fruit),  hardy,  native; 
Cocculus  carolinus  of  the  southeastern  United  States, 
semi-hardy;  C.  triloba,  E.  Asia,  hardy. 

79.  Magnoliaceae  (from  the  genus  Magnolia,  which 
was  dedicated  to  P.  Magnol,  a  professor  of  Botany  at 


34 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


Montpollicr  in  the  17th  century.)  Magnolia  Family. 
Fig.  -J.  Woodv  plants  witli  alternate,  entire  or  lobetl 
leave.*,  and  usuallv  large  stipules,  eaeli  pair  of  which 
forms  a  hood  over  the  voung  growth  above,  the  outer 
pair  of  stipules  serving  ius  bud-scales,  ami  each  pair  leav- 
ing a  scar  which  coinpletcl.\-  encircles  the  stem:  flowers 
usuallv  bisexual,  regular,  hypogynous,  the  parts 
spirallv  arranged  except  sometimes  the  sepals  anci 
petals;  sepals  3;  ))etals  li  to  many,  sciiarate;  stamens  very 
numerous;  carpels  usually  many  and  usually  separate; 
ovarv  l-eelltxl,  1-  to  several-seeded,  arranged  spirally  or 
in  a  whorl  UHieimn)  at  the  top  of  the  receptacle:  fruit 
a  follicle,  or  samara,  or  indehiscent  and  fleshy. 

Ten    genera    and  about  80  species  are  distriliuted 
principallv  in  the  subtropical  and  temperate  portions  of 
Asia  and  America,  but  are  absent  in  Africa,  Europe  and 
the  arctic  regions.    The  Magnoliacex  are  most  closely 
related  to  the  Annonacew  and  Calycanthacca?.     The 
pecubar  stipules,  the  spiral  structure  of  the  hypogyn- 
ous  flower,   and   the  separate  carpels  are  distinctive. 
In   Magnolia,   the  outer  seed-coat   is  fleshy  and  red; 
when  ripe  the  seeds  fall  out  Inu.  remain  suspended  by 
the  uncoiled  spiral  vessels  of  tlic  raphe  and  funiculus 
The  wood  is  generally  valuable  for  timber,  while  all 
parts,  such  as  leaves  and  bark,  contain  a  bitter  resin, 
which  in  some  species  is  fragrantly  aromatic.    Michelia 
Champaca  is  cultivated  in  trojiical  Asia  for  its  sweet 
flowers  which  are  carried  about  as  a  perfumery.     Its 
aromatic  and  acrid  bark  and  buds  are  used  in  rheuma- 
tism.  The  bark  of  Talaunm  clcgntis  is  used  in  Java  as  a 
stomachic.     The  seeds  of  Magnolia   Yulan  have  been 
used  from  prehistoric  times  in  China  as  a  febrifuge.    It 
is  said  that  the  aromatic  bark   of  the  tulip  tree  is  a 
substitute  for  cascarilla  and  quinine.     Drimys  Winteri 
has  long  been  used  as  a  stimulant  in  Central  and  South 
America,  and,  bv  importation,  in  Europe.    The  fruit 
of  lUicium  verum,  a  Chinese -shrub,  is  very  pleasantly 
aromatic,  resembling  anise,  from  which,  and  its  remark- 
able star-like  whorled  carpels,  it  is  called  "star  anise. 
It  is  much  used  as  a  condiment  in  oriental  countries. 
The   bark    of    IlUcium    anisalum    (I.    religiosum)    was 
formerly  burned  as  incense  in  the  temples  of  Japan. 
For  a  long   period   the   name  lllicium   anisatum  was 
thought  to  apply  to  the  star  anise,  but  this  mistake  was 
rectified   in   the"  B.M.  700.5.     Liriodendron    Tulipifera 
furnishes  the  valuable  "whitcwood"  or  "yellow  poplar" 
of  commerce.    The  wood  of  various  species  of  Mag- 
noUa  is  used  in  cabinet-work. 

Several  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  all  except 
lllicium  as  ornamental  trees  and  shrubs.  Among  these 
are:  lllicium  (Star  Anise);  Liriodendron  (TuhpTree); 
Magnolia  (Magnolia,  White  Bay,  Beam  Tree,  Cucumber 
Tree) ;  and  Schizandra,  a  procumbent  warty  shrub. 

80.  Calycanthaceae  (from  the  genus  CalycanthuH, 
derived  from  the  Greek,  which  means  a  cup  and  flower, 
referring  Uj  the  peculiar  receptacle).  Calycanthus 
Family.  Fig.  22.  Shrubs  with  opposite  leaves  and  aro- 
matic bark:  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  perigynous,  spirally 
con.structed;  parts  of  the  perianth  numerous,  petaloid, 
not  clearly  differentiated  into  calyx  and  corolla; 
stamens  10-30  ('>  in  Meratia) ;  caryjels  numerous,  sepa- 
rate, inserted  on  the  inner  face  of  the  hollow  receptacle, 
each  1-2-ovuled,  in  fruit  forming  ] -seeded  achenes, 
which  are  completely  inclosed  by  the  fleshy  recep- 
tacle; seeds,  exalbuminous;  cotyledons  spirally  rolled. 

Calycanthas,  with  4-6  species,  is  confined  to  the  south- 
em  United  States  and  California;  Meratia  has  two 
species  in  China  and  Japan.  The  family  is  related  to 
the  Magnoliacca  and  the  Annonacea;  in  the  spiral 
structure  of  the  flowers,  but  differs  in  the  exalbuminous 
seed,  the  perigynous  flowers  and  the  opposite  leaves. 
By  some  authors  the  family  ha.s  been  placed  near  the 
Rosacea;  because  of  the  perigynous  flowers,  but  the 
spiral  arrangement  is  not  that  of  this  latter  family. 
The  aromatic  bark,  the  magnoha^lik-e  flowers,  and  the 
jjeculiar  rose-like  fruits  are  distinctive. 


The  bark  of  ('aUjca)dhus  floridus  is  used  in  America 
as  a  tonic  under  the  name  Carolina  allspice. 

All  the  species  are  in  cultivation  in  the  northern 
Uniteil  States  as  ornamental  shrubs.  ,  .  ,    . 

81.  Annonaceae  (from  the  genus  Annona,  which  is 
from  Menona,  its  Handa  name).  Custard-Applb 
I'^AMii-v.  Fig.  23.  Trees  or  shrubs,  with  simple  and  en- 
tire alternate  leaves:  flowers  usually  bisexual,  regular, 
hypogynous;  sepals  3;  petals  usually  6,  commonly 
v'alvaVe,  rarely  imbricated;  stamens  spirally  arranged; 
numerous;  carpels  usually  numerous  and  separate 
(united  in  Monodora),  1-  to  several-ovuled:  fruit  berry- 
like    rarely  capsular,  often    constricted    between   the 

SGGQS. 

From  500-600  species  in  46  genera  are  found 
mostly  in  the  tropical  regions  of  Asia,  Africa  and  Amer- 
ica, the  majority  occurring  in  the  Old  World.    Only 


23  Annonace.15:  1.  Asimina;  a,  flower;  6,  floral  diagram.  -. 
Annona,  fruit.  Myristicacb/E:  3.  Myristica;  o,  male  flower;  b. 
female  flower;  c,  aeed  with  arillus.  Monimiaceas:  4.  Mommia;  a, 
male  flower;  6,  female  flower.  Laurace^:  5.  Cmnamomum:  a, 
flower;  b,  floral  diagram.    6.  Benzoin,  female  flower. 

the  genus  Asimina  is  extra-tropical  in  Atlantic  North 
America  and  in  Australia.  The  family  is  most  closely 
related  to  the  Magnoliaceae;  but  also  to  the  Mynsti- 
cacese,  Menispermacea;,  Calycanthacca;  and  DiUeni- 
aoea;.  The  plan  of  3  in  calyx  and  corolla,  the  nu- 
merous spiral  stamens,  the  usually  separate  carpels,  the 
berry-like  fruit  and  ruminate  endosperm  are  dis- 
tinctive.    There  is  great  structural  diversity  in   the 

familv.  ,    ,  rr.1     in  1 

The  Annonacea'  is  rich  in  useful  plants,  i  he  Malayans 
use  the  bark  of  several  species  for  rheumatic  pains, 
and  the  fruit  of  others  as  a  stomachic.  With  the 
flowers  of  Uvaria  they  prepare  an  ointment  to  ward  off 
fevers  European  women  in  India  formerly  used  the 
.scented  flowers  of  this  plant  in  hair-oil.  Many  species 
of  Annona  and  Asimina  produce  edible  fruit,  as  for 
example,  the  sweet-sop  (Annona  squmnosa),  the  sour- 
sop  (Annona  muricala),  the  custard-apple  (Annona 
reticulata),  and  the  northern  papaw  (Asiinina  triloba). 
A  few  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  mostly 
in  Florida  and  southern  California:  Annona,  cultivated 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


35 


for  the  fruit;  Asimina,  ornamental,  in  the  North;  Arta- 
botrys,  climbing,  ornamental,  sweet-scented,  used  for 
perfume;  Duguetia,  cultivated  for  the  fruit  in  Florida. 

82.  Myristicaceae  (from  the  genus  MyriMica,  mean- 
ing an  anointing  medium,  in  reference  to  the  fragrant 
fruit).  Nutmeg  F.wiily.  Fig.  23.  Trees  or  shrubs: 
leaves  alternate,  coriaceous,  entire:  flowers  diu'cious, 
regular,  small ;  perianth  of  one  series,  the  3  parts  con- 
nate, 3-lobed;  stamens  3-18,  monadelphous;  carpel  1, 
superior;  o\'ary  1-celled;  ovule  1;  stigma  sessile,  entire 
or  lobeil:  fruit  a  fleshy  capsule;  seed  with  a  fleshy, 
laciniate  aril. 

The  family  contains  1  genus  and  about  80  species, 
of  tropical  distribution,  principally  in  tropical  Asia. 
The  family  is  most  closely  related  to  the  Annonace;e. 
The  dia'cious  flowers  with  onlj-  one  set  of  floral  envel- 
opes, and  that  consisting  of  3  parts,  the  monadelphous 
stamens,  the  l-celled,  1-ovuled  ovary  and  the  aril  are 
distinctive. 

All  parts  of  Myristicacese  contain  a  fragrant  oil, 
which,  however,  is  most  abundant  in  the  fruit.  The 
seeds  of  Myrislica  fragrans,  of  the  Moluccas,  furnish 
the  well-known  nutmeg,  used  as  a  condiment.  The 
aril  of  the  same  fruit  is  mace.  The  fruits  of  other 
species  are  also  sparingly  used  as  condiments. 

Myrislica  fragrans  is  cultivated  and  naturaUzed  in 
the  West  Indies. 

83.  Monimiacea;  (from  the  genus  Monimia,  named 
for  the  wifeof  Mythridates).  Monimia  Family.  Fig.  23. 
Trees  or  shrubs  with  aromatic  glands:  leaves  opposite 
or  whorled,  rarely  alternate:  flowers  usually  bisexual, 
regular,  perigynous,  the  more  or  less  cup-shaped 
receptacle  conspicuous,  variously  formed;  perianth 
of  1  or  2  whorls,  inconspicuous;  stamens  numerous, 
rarely  few,  scattered  over  the  inner  face  of  the  recep- 
tacle; anthers  often  opening  by  uplifting  valves;  carpels 
numerous,  all  separate,  also  scattered  over  the  recep- 
tacular  cup;  ovaries  1-ovuled;  style  and  stigma  1  for 
each  carpel:  fruit  an  achene  or  drupe,  borne  on  the 
receptacle  and  sessile  or  pedicelled,  or  immersed  in  the 
fleshy  often  urn-shaped  receptacle  which  becomes  part 
of  an  aggregate  accessory  fruit  and  frequently  com- 
pletely incloses  the  achenes. 

Contained  in  this  family  are  31  genera  and  about 
1.50  species,  of  tropical  and  subtropical  distribution, 
principally  of  the  South  Sea  Islands  and  Australia; 
Bome,  however,  reach  South  America,  Africa,  and 
other  countries.  The  largest  genus  is  Siparuna,  con- 
taining 60  species.  The  family  is  related  to  the  Caly- 
canthaceff,  as  is  plainly  evident  in  the  fruit.  The  usu- 
ally enlarged  receptacle,  the  peculiar  fruit,  and  the 
1-seeded  carpels  are  distinctive. 

The  Monimiacea?  have  stimulating  properties.  Peu- 
mus  leaves  are  used  to  promote  digestion,  like  tea 
and  coffee.  The  fruits  of  this  plant  are  edible,  as  are 
also  those  of  Laurelin  semperirirens.  The  wood  of 
Atherospernui  moachatum  is  much  sought  for  ship- 
building; the  bark  is  a  substitute  for  tea. 

Feumus  (Chilean  Boldo)  is  advertised  in  Cahfornia; 
valuable  for  its  timber,  edible  fruits,  and  ornamental 
qualities. 

84.  Lauraceae  (from  the  genus  Laurus,  the  old  Latin 
name).  Lavrel  Family.  Fig.  23.  Trees  or  shrubs 
with  feiid  or  aromatic  bark:  leaves  alternate,  rarely 
otherwise,  simple,  punctate:  flowers  bisexual  or  unisex- 
ual, regular;  parts  of  the  perianth  similar,  usually  6,  in 
2  whorls;  stamens  in  3^  whorls  of  3  each,  perigynous 
or  epigynous,  some  often  staminodial  and  glandular; 
anthers  opening  by  ujilifting  valves;  ovary  superior  or 
very  rarely  inferior,  1-celled,  1-ovuled;  style  1;  stigma 
2-3-lobed:  fruit  a  berry,  drujjc,  or  dry,  often  seated  on 
a  thickened  pedicel  or  inclosed  in  a  hollow  receptacle. 

The  39  genera  and  about  900  species  inhabit  mostly 
tropical  regions,  but  extend  into  the  temperate  re- 
gions. Six  species  are  found  in  the  northeastern  United 
States.   The  largest  genera  are  f  )ci)tea  with  200  species, 


and  Litsea  with  100  species.  The  family  is  related  to 
the  Monimiaceae,  and  stands  between  that  family  and 
the  Thymekeaceie.  The  undifferentiated  perianth,  nu- 
merous stamens  with  uplifting  valves,  and  1-cellcd, 
1-seeded  ovary  are  distinctive. 

The  Lauracea;  are  useful  on  account  of  the  aromatic 
oil.  The  leaves  of  laurel  (Laurus  nobilis)  are  used  for 
flavoring  and  for  packing  figs.  Cinnamon  is  from 
the  bark  of  Cinnamomum  zeylanicum.  Cinnamomum 
CasKia  yields  cassia  cinnamon.  The  bark  of  the  root 
of  Sassafras  variifolium  is  the  sassafras  of  commerce. 
Camphor  is  obtained  by  distillation  from  Cinnamomum 
Camphora.  The  fruit  of  Persea  gralissima  is  the  avo- 
cado of  South  America,  eaten  by  both  men  and 
animals.  Many  fragrant  woods  are  obtained  from 
this  family,  as,  for  example:  anise  wood  (Ocoten 
cymbarum),  bebeeru  wood,  greenheart  {Nectandra 
Rodioei),  or  clove-cassia  pepper  wood  {Dicypellium 
caryophyllnlum)  so  named  because  of  the  pungency  of 
the  dust,  Madeira  mahogan}'  {Persea.  indica),  fetid  till 
(Qcolea  f(rlens),  sweetwood  {Nectandra  exaltata),  and 
stinkwood  (Ocoten  bullata). 

Among  the  genera  in  cultivation  in  this  country 
are:  Benzoin  (Spice  Bush,  Benjamin  Bush,  Wild  .■All- 
spice, Fever  Bush),  native,  ornamental;  Cinnamomum 
or  Camphora  (Camphor  Tree),  introduced  in  Florida 
and  California;  Cinnamomum  (Cinnamon,  Cassia 
Buds),  cultivated  under  glass;  Laurus  (Sweet  Bay), 
ornamental,  conservatory;  Persea  (Red  Bay,  Bull  Bay, 
Avocado),  greenhouse  and  South;  Sassafras,  native 
ornamental;  and  Umbellularia  (California  Laurel), 
ornamental,  in  the  South  and  California. 

Order  35.    Rhceadales 

85.  Papaveraceae  (from  the  genus  Papaver,  derivation 
obscure).  Poppy  Family.  Fig.  24.  Annual  or  perennial 
herbs,  or  rarely  shrubs,  with  yellow  (Chelidonium), 
white  (Papaver),  or  red  (Sanguinaria),  or  rarely  watery 
(Eschscholtzia)  juice:  leaves  usually  alternate,  often 
crenately  toothed  or  lobed  or  divided:  flowers  bisexual, 
regular;  sepals  2,  rarely  3;  petals  4,  rarely  6  or  more, 
rarely  wanting;  stamens  numerous  in  many  whorls, 
hypogynous;  carpels  1  to  many,  connate  into  a  1-colled 
ovary,  with  the  parietal  placenta;  as  many  as  the  stig- 
mas; ovules  1  to  many;  styles  as  many  as  the  carpels, 
usually  wanting;  stigmas  distinct,  or  in  a  radiate  disk, 
or  lobed:  fruit  capsular  or  siliquose;  seed  albuminous. 

The  23  genera  and  about  80  species  are  widely  dis- 
tributed in  the  north  temperate  zone,  but  are  especially 
numerous  in  central  and  eastern  Asia,  the  Mediter- 
ranean region  and  western  North  America.  One  species 
of  poppy  is  found  in  the  south  temperate  region  in 
South  Africa  and  Australia.  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Fumariacea;  (which  see),  with  which  it  is 
united  by  many  European  authors.  It  is  also  related 
to  Capparidacea;  and  Crucifera?.  There  is,  on  the  other 
hand,  an  affinity  with  the  Berberidaceae.  The  milky 
juice,  numerical  plan  of  2  or  3  in  the  perianth,  numerous 
stamens,  and  1-celled  ovary  with  parietal  placenta;  are 
characteristic. 

In  Papaver,  an  orbicular  disk  crowns  the  ovary  on 
the  top  of  which  radiate  the  numerous  stigmatic  lines. 
The  capsules  open  by  means  of  small  valves  between 
the  placentie  and  underneath  the  disk.  The  capsule 
of  Chelidonium  is  like  a  mustard  fruit  (silique),  in 
being  long  and  slender  and  the  lateral  walls  springing 
upward  as  valves,  leaving  the  placenta;  exposed. 

Many  of  the  Papaveracea;  are  cultivated  as  orna- 
mental plants.  Some  poppies  are  bad  weeds  in  cul- 
tivated ground  in  Europe.  Papaver  somniferum,  a 
native  of  Asia,  furnishes  the  Opium  of  commerce, 
which  is  obtained  by  incisions  made  in  the  capsules. 
Poppy  oil  is  derived  in  P"rance  from  the  seeds  of 
Papaver  somniferum.  Sanguinaria  root  is  used  in 
medicine  as  a  sedative. 


36 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


A  score  of  genem  :>ro  in  oultivation  in  Aniorica,  all 
as  gaixlon  plants,  tninie  of  those  are:  Boceonia  tl'lunie 
I'oppy  of  eastern  A'Sia^:  Cheliiloniuni  tCelanilinel, 
a  wee*l  from  Knrope;  Deiulronieoon,  shrubby;  Esch- 
seholt/.ia  (California  Poppy);  Mecaiiopsis  (Welsli 
I'oppy  of  western  Europe);  Papaver  (Poppy);  Platy- 
stejnon  (Cream  Cups);  Platysti(;nia;  Saiigninaria 
(Bloodroot),  native;  Stylophorum  (Celaiuiiiie  Poppy), 
native. 

Sli.  Fumariaceae  (from  tlie  genus  Fumaria,  which  is 
from  the  Latin /urn h.s-,  smoke,  presumably  referring  to 
the  nitrous  oilor  of  the  roots  when  i)ulle(l  from  the 
ground).  FuMiTOKV  F.\mii.y.  Fig.  21.  Herbaceous 
plants  with  alternate,  di.-isected  lea\es:  flowers  bisex- 
ual, regular  or  irregular,  h.\pogynous;  sepals  2;  petals 
4,  free  or  connate,  in  2  unlike  pairs,  outer  pair  larger, 
either  one  or  both  petals  of  wliich  are  s|)urreil  or  gib- 
bous, the  two  inner  crested  and  united  over  the  an- 
thers and  stamens;  anthers  ti,  borne  on  2  filaments; 
carpels  2.  unitetl;  ovar>-  1-eelled,  1-  to  many-seeded: 
fruit  a  silirjue,  vesicular  or  indehiscent,  or  transversely 
jointed;  seeds  albuminous. 

There  are  5  genera  and  180  species,  mostly  from  the 
north  temperate  regions.  The  family  is  closely  related 
to  the  Papaveraceae  with  which  it  is  often  united.   The 


24.  Papavebace.e:  1.  Papaver;  a,  flower;  b  and  c,  fruit.  2. 
Chelidonium.  fruit.  Fuiiabiace«:  3.  Diccntra,  flower.  4.  Fumaria 
flower  1,  corolla  removed.  CKl,(irER.E:  .5.  Flower;  a,  perianth  re- 
moved: b,  floral  diacram.  6.  Fruit;  a,  Brassica;  b,  Ijcpidium;  c. 
LuDaria;  d,  Raphanui).  7.  Croiw-section  seedji  of  Cruciferar,  showing 
types  of  embryos;  a,  accumbent;  b,  incumbent;  c,  conduplicate. 
Cappakidace.e:  8.  Cleome,  flower. 

bleeding-heart-like  flower,  the  plan  of  2,  the  6  anthers 
on  2  filaments,  the  1-celled  ovary,  and  the  absence  of 
milky  juice  are  distinctive. 

Fumaria  officinalis  and  some  species  of  Corydalis 
have  been  u.sed  as  medicine,  but  th<!  family  is  of  little 
economic  importance,  except  for  the  few  ornamental 
species. 

Following  are  the  genera  best  known  in  cultivation : 
Adlumia  (Allegheny  Vine,  Climbing  Fumitory),  a 
graceful  native  garden  climber;  Corydalis,  with  1- 
8purre<l  cxjrolla;  Dicentra  (Bleeding  Heart,  Squirrel 
Com,  Dutchman's  BreechfM),  with  2-spurred  corolla; 
and  Fumaria  (Fumitory;,  with  1-spurred  corolla. 


87.  Cruciferae  (from  the  I-atin  signifying  cross- 
hcnrvrs,  in  reference  to  the  cross-like  appearance  pro- 
duced by  the  four  jietals).  Mustard  F.\mily.  Fig.  24. 
Herbs,  rarely  shrubby:  leaves  usually  alternate,  simple, 
often  varying  from  entire  to  palmate  or  pinnatifid 
within  the  same  genus:  flowers  bisexual,  regular;  se- 
pals 4;  petals  4,  rarely  wanting;  .stamens  6,  4  long  and 
2  shorter  (tetradynanious),  rarely  fewer,  very  rarely 
more,  hypogynous;  c;irpels  2,  united,  ovary  superior, 
2-,  rarely  1-,  celled  with  2  parietal  placent;e  at  the 
edges  of  the  septum:  fruit  a  silique  (long),  or  a  silicic 
(short ),  rarely  indehiscent;  seeds  exalbuminous;  the 
embryo  variously  curved  and  folded. 

In  the  family  are  208  genera  and  1,600  species,  dis- 
tributed throughout  the  cold  and  temperate  parts 
of  both  hemisjiheres,  but  especially  abundant  around 
the  Mediterranean  Sea;  a  few  are  tropical.  The  Crucif- 
era'  are  closely  related  to  the  Capparidaceie,  Papaver- 
aceic,  and  I'\imariacea^.  '^Phe  4  sepals,  4  petals,  Q  sta- 
mens (4  long  and  2  short),  and  the  pecuUar  fruit  are 
distinctive. 

The  6  stamens  probably  represent  a  reduction  from 
2  sets  of  4  each.  In  Lepidium  and  other  genera,  there 
may  be  only  2  stamens.  The  septum  of  the  fruit  re- 
mains upon  the  plant  wlien  the  seeds  and  valves  fall. 
The  silicles  are  often  flattened,  either  perpendicular  or 
parallel  to  the  partition  (in  different  genera).  The 
embryos  in  the  seed  are  folded  so  that  the  hyjjocotyl 
(radicle)  and  cotyledons  lie  side  by  side.  Distinct  pat- 
terns are  thus  produced  which  are  so  constant  as  to  be 
of  great  value  in  the  classification  within  the  family. 
Three  principal  typos  are  recognized:  cotyledons  ac- 
cumbent, when  the  edges  of  the  cotyledons  are  applied 
to  the  hypocotyl;  incumbent,  when  the  back  of  one 
cotyledon  is  applied  to  the  hypocotyl;  and  conduplic- 
ate, when  the  cotyledons  themselves  are  also  folded 
and  enwrap  the  hypocotyl.  In  Leavenworthia,  alone, 
the  embryo  is  straight. 

The  flower  of  Cruciferce  is  of  little  value  in  classi- 
fication within  the  family;  the  important  characters 
are  in  connection  with  the  fruit  and  seeds. 

Many  have  become  well-known  weeds  as,  for  exam- 
ple, charlock  (Brassica  arvensis),  shepherd's  purse 
{Capsella  Bursa-pastoris),  pepper  grass  (Lepidium), 
spring  mustard  (Barbarea),  wild  radish  {Raphanus 
Raphanistrum) .  Many  others  are  among  the  well- 
known  old-fashioned  ornamental  plants  of  the  garden, 
e.g.,  rocket  {Hesperis  malronalis),  stock  or  gilli- 
flower  (Matthiola),  wallflower  (Choiranthus),  honesty 
(Lunaria)  with  large  orbicular  flat  pods,  candytuft 
(Iberis),  sweet  alyssum  (Alyssum).  Others  are  used_  as 
food,  of  which  Brassica  oleracea,  a  very  variable  species, 
is  the  most  important,  furnishing  cabbage,  caijliflower, 
kohlrabi  and  kale.  Brassica  campeslris  furnishes  the 
various  forms  of  rutabaga.  Brassica  alba  furnishes 
w^hite  mustard,  and  Brassica  nigra,  black  mustard. 
Radicula  Nasturtimn-aguaticum  is  water-cress;  Radi- 
cula  Armoracia  is  horse-radish.  The  rootstocks  of 
Dentaria  are  oaten  in  America  under  the  name  "crinkle 
root."  Raphanus  salivus  is  the  garden  radish;  Lepid- 
ium sativum  is  garden  cress.  The  various  organs  of 
most  Crucifera!  contain  an  oily  substance  which  is 
very  pungent  to  the  taste  and  which  gives  the  pecuUar 
flavor  to  the  various  cresses.  This  oil  is  abundant  in 
the  seeds  from  which  it  is  extracted  (oil  of  mustard). 
The  foliage  of  the  various  maritime  Crucifera;  have 
been  found  a  u.seful  article  of  diet  in  counteracting 
scurvy,  for  wliich  reason  the  arctic  Cochlearia  is  called 
"scurvy-grass."  'J'he  leaves  of  the  woad  of  western 
Europe  (Isalis  linr.toria)  yield  a  blue  dye.  Anastatica 
Ilicrochunlica  is  the  original  "rose  of  Jericho,"  the 
branches  of  which  ('lose  and  open  when  alternately 
dried  and  wett«l.  (See  article  on  Resurrection  Plants.) 
88.  Capparidacea  (from  the  genus  Capparis,  the 
Greek  name,  from  tlie  Arabic  kapar,  capers).  C.\pkr 
Famii^y.    Fig.  24.    Herbs  or  rarely  shrubs:  flowers  bisex- 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT  KINGDOM 


37 


ual,  more  or  less  irregular;  sepals  3-8,  usually  4;  petals 
4-8,  rarely  0,  liypoRynDUS  or  perisynous;  disk  ring-like 
or  scale-like  or  tubular  at  the  base  of  the  petals;  sta- 
mens 6,  rarely  4  or  many;  carpels  2  or  more;  ovary 
1-  to  several-celled,  usually  raised  on  an  outgrowth 
(gj-nophore)  of  the  ])edicel-like  axis,  which  may  become 
much  elongated  in  fruit;  ovules  numerous;  style  1  orO; 
stignias  1  to  several:  fruit  a  capsule,  silique,  berry  or 
drupe;  embryo  usually  coiled. 

Thirty-four  genera  and  about  350  species  occur, 
mostlj-  of  tropical  and  subtropical  distribution.  They 
extend  to  Australia,  the  African  deserts  and  into  the 
western  and  ea.stern  United  States.  The  family  is  very 
closely  related  to  the  Crucifera;  and  certain  forms  are 
difficult  to  distinguish  from  that  family.  The  non- 
tetradj'namous  stamens,  and  commonly  l-celled  ovary 
are  distinctive.  The  gynophore  is  often  very  long, 
slender  and  conspicuous,  and  sometimes  (Gynandrop- 
sis)  carries  up  the  stamens  along  with  the  pistil.  The 
detailed  variation  in  the  flower  is  very  intricate. 

Several  genera  are  cultivated  as  ornamental  plants. 
The  acrid  oil  in  the  fruit  is  stimulating,  as  in  the  Cruci- 
ferae,  and  for  this  reason  several  genera  have  been  used 
in  medicine  (Cleome,  Polanisia,  Capparis,  etc).  Cap- 
paris  spinosa  of  the  Mediterranean  region  furnishes  the 
capers  of  commerce,  which  are  flower-buds  preserved 
in  salt  and  vinegar. 

As  garden  plants,  a  few  genera  are  in  the  American 
trade:  Cleome  (Bee  or  Spider  Plant),  ornamental; 
Gynandropsis,  ornamental;  Capparis  (Caper  Plant), 
shrubby,  grown  in  this  country  for  ornament  as  well  as 
for  food;  and  Crata;va,  shrubby,  grown  in  southern 
California. 

S9.  Resedacese  (from  the  genus  Reseda  which  is  from 
the  Latin,  (o  calm,  in  allusion  to  supposed  quieting 
properties).  Mignonette  Family.  Herbs  or  shrubs: 
leaves  usually  alternate:  flowers  mostly  bisexual,  more 
or  less  irregular;  calyx  persistent,  4-S-parted,  irregu- 
lar; petals  0-8,  alternating  with  the  sepals;  stamens 
3-40,  inserted  within  an  irregular  fleshy  disk;  carpels 
2-6,. free,  or  united  into  a  1-celletl  ovary  which  is  often 
imperfectly  closed  at  the  top;  placentae  2-6,  parietal; 
ovules  many;  styles  or  sessile  stigmas  3-6:  fruit  usually 
a  dehiscent  capsule,  rarely  a  berry,  or  composed  of 
separate  follicles;  seeds  reniform,  without  endosperm; 
embryo  curved. 

About  4.5  species  and  6  genera  occur,  mainly  dis- 
tributed about  the  Mediterranean  Sea.  This  family  is 
allied  to  the  Cruciferie  and  Capparidacea',  from  which 
it  differs  principally  in  general  character.  The  extra- 
staminal  disk,  the  numerous  stamens,  the  l-celled 
ovary  or  ovaries  with  parietal  placenta?,  and  the  usually 
gaping  summit  of  the  ovary  are  distinctive. 

Reseda  Luleola  (Dyer's  weed)  yields  a  yellow  dye 
which  was  formerly  much  used.  R.  odorata  (mignon- 
ette), a  plant  cultivated  since  early  times,  and  whose 
origin  was  long  considered  unknown,  although  probably 
Egyptian,  is  extensively  cultivated  for  the  fragrance  of 
its  flowers. 

90.  Moringaceae  (from  the  genus  Moringa,  derived 
from  the  ^Ialabar  name  of  the  plant).  Mouinga 
Family.  Trees,  with  2-.'5-pinnate  alternate  leaves: 
flowers  bisexual,  irregular,  perigynous;  sepals  .5, 
imbricated;  petals  5,  imbricated,  unequal,  lower 
reflexed;  stamens  8-10,  separate  or  united  at  the  base, 
alternate  ones  shorter  or  reduced  to  staminodia;  sub- 
ovarian  disk  present,  lining  the  cup;  ovary  borne  on  a 
gynophore,  1-cellcd;  placenta;  3;  ovules  numerous; 
style  1:  fruit  a  silique-like  capsule. 

There  is  but  one  genus,  containing  3  species,  natives 
of  northeastern  Africa  and  India.  The  family  is  dis- 
tinct, not  related  closely  to  any  other,  perhaps  dis- 
tantly related  to  the  Bignoniacca',  the  Capparidacea', 
the  Violacea",  or  the  l.eguminosea".  Provisionally  placed 
by  Engler  and  Prantl  between  the  Poppy  group  of 
families  and  the  Rose  group. 


Moringa  arahica  of  Arabia  (ben-nut)  yields  a  useful 
oil  which  does  not  become  rancid.  The  root  of  one 
species  is  used  in  intermittent  fevers.  A  tragacanth- 
like  gum  exudes  from  the  bark  of  M.  oleifera. 

M.  oleifera  (horse-radish  tree)  is  grown  sparingly 
in  the  southern  United  States.  The  fruits  and  the 
roots  are  edible. 

Order  36.   Sarraceniales 

91.  Sarraceniaceae  (from  the  genus  Sarracenia,  in 
honor  of  Dr.  Sarracin,  an  early  physician  of  Quebec, 
who  sent  the  northern  sp<'cies  to  Europe).  Pitcher- 
plant  Family.  Fig.  2.'j.  Perennial  herbs  inhabiting 
bogs:  leaves  all  basal,  tubular:  scapes  l-flowered;  flow- 
ers bisexual,  regular;  sepals  4-.5,  imbricated;  petals  .5, 
hypogynous,  or  0;  stamens  many  but  not  apparently 
either  cyclic  or  spiral;  ovary  superior,  3-.5-,  rarely  6-, 
celled;  ovules  numerous;  style  1;  stigmas  1-5:  fruit  a 
capsule. 

The  Sarraceniacete  has  3  genera  and  8  species,  of 
which  6  belong  to  the  genus  Sarracenia;  all  American. 
Heliamphora  is  in  British  Guiana,  Darhngtonia  in 
California,  and  Sarracenia  in  Atlantic  North  America 
from  Newfoundland  to  Florida.  The  family  is  most 
closely  related  to  the  Droseracea"  and  Nepenthacere, 
but  also  to  the  Papaveracea;  and  Nympha;acese. 

The  Sarraceniaceae  are  far-famed  as  insectivorous 
plants.  The  pitchers  are  partly  filled  with  a  liquid  con- 
taining a  digestive  enzyme.  Small  insects  which  fall 
into  the  liquid,  or  are  attracted  by  a  sugary  secretion, 
and  are  unable  to  escape  because  of  various  devices, 
are  at  length  digested  and  absorbed.     Like  the   sun- 


25.  SAHnACENiACE.E:  1.  Sarracenia;  a,  flower:  6,  leaves.  Nepen- 
thace.e:  2.  Nepenthes;  a,  female  flower;  6,  leaf.  Drosehace.e: 
3.  Droaera;  a,  flower;  6,  floral  diagram.;  c,  leaf.  4.  Dionsea,  leaf.  5. 
Aldrovanda,  leaf. 

dews,  these  plants  can  inhabit  soils  poor  in  nitrates. 
The  remarkable  umbrella-shaped  style,  and  fiddle- 
shaped  petals  of  Sarracenia  are  part  of  a  very  interest- 
ing mechanism  for  cross-pollinalion. 

The  family  is  of  little  economic  importance.  The 
rhizome  of  Snrraccnin  purpurea  was  used  in  Canada  as 
a  specific  against  .smallpox,  but  did  not  prove  of  value. 
Diirlinglonia  calif  arnica  and  siiecies  of  Sarracenia 
are  in  the  trade  because  of  their  peculiar  habits  and 
structure,  and  their  botanical  interest.  They  are  grown 
mainly  in  the  greenhouse. 


38 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF  TUK   PLANT   KINGDOM 


',)-.  Nepenthaceas  ifnmi  tlic  genus  \cpcntkcs,  dc- 
T\\K\{  fn>in  the  <.!n><'k  siiJiiifving  a  iiiatjic  puliim,  prob- 
ably in  tvferpnoo  to  Ihe'pitolicrs).  NErKNTHKs  Family. 
V\g.  2o.  Slightly  w(H)dy  or  horbaocoiis  plants:  leaves 
alternate,  consisting  of  a  winseil  biusal  portioi\,  a  slender 
stalk-liko  intermediate  portion,  and  a  terminal  urii- 
sha^Mxl  piteher  with  a  rolling  lluted  border  and  a  lid, 
the  piteher  eontaininu  a  watery  fluid:  llowers  diocious, 
panieulato,  regular;  perianth  of  4  parts,  possibly  12 
sepals  and  2  petals,  imbricated;  stamens  4-  l(i,  niona- 
delphous;  ovary  superior,  15-4-celled;  ovules  mnuerous 
in  each  cell:  stigma  sessile,  discoid:  fruit  a  capsule. 

A  single  genus  with  about  40  species  occurs  in  the 
East  Indies,  Madagascar,  the  Seychellc  Islands,  and 
New  Caledonia.  Borneo  hjus  the  greatest  number  of 
species.  The  family  is  related  to  the  Sarraceniacea'  and 
Droserace;v.  although  formerly  considered  related  to 
the  Aristolochiaceir.  The  habit,  the  undifTcrentiated 
perianth,  the  monadelphous  stamens,  and  the3- t-celU^d 
ovary,  arc  distinctive.  .V  remarkable  family  of  insectiv- 
orous plants,  .\long  with  the  water  secreted  in  the 
ca\ity  of  the  pitcher  is  a  pejisin-like  substance,  by  the 
aid  of  which  insects  are  digested,  the  dissolved  material 
being  later  absorbed.  The  slender  part  of  the  leaf 
in  some  species  coils  and  serves  as  a  tendril  by  means 
of  which  the  plant  climbs. 


26.  Cba88CLace.e:  1.  Sedum,  flower.  SaxifragacEjE;  2. 
Suxifruga,  flower.  3.  HJbes,  a,  floral  diagram;  b,  flower.  4.  Par- 
naA'*ia,  a,  floral  diagram;  i»,  flower.  Cephalotacea::  5.  Cephalo- 
lui»,  leaves. 

In  American  greenhouses,  many  kinds  of  Nepenthes 
(Piteher  Plants),  some  of  hybrid  origin,  are  cultivated 
because  of  their  curious  habit. 

93.  Droseraceae  ffroin  the  genus  Drosern,  derived 
from  the  (ireek,  njeiming  dcwij).  Sundkw  Family.  Fig. 
25.  Very  glandular  herbs  or  sub-shrubs  with  alternate 
leaves:  flowers  bLsexual,  regular,  hypogynous,  rarely 
perigvnous;  sepals  4-.5,  imbricated;  petals  .5,  imbri- 
cated; stamens  in  1  or  more  whorLs  of  5;  carpels  2-5; 
ovar)'  superior,  l-.3-celled:  fruit  a  capsule  with  nu- 
merous seeds. 

The  6  genera  and  about  100  species,  90  species  of 
which  belong  to  the  genus  Drosera,  are  widely  scat- 
tered over  the  earth.  The  family  is  related  in  floral 
Btnicture  to  the  Cistaceae  and  Violacea;,  and  to  the 
Saxifragacese. 

The  Droseracea;  are  noted  as  insectivorous  plants. 
Drosera  has  a  ros<;ttc  of  small  basal  leaves  covered 
with  sensitive  motile  tentafiles  that  secrete  a  terminal 
drop  of  clear  .sticky  fluid,  the  so-called  dew,  in  which 
small  insects  are  caught  as  on  sticky  fly-jiaper.  A 
digf«tive  substance  is  then  secreted  and  the  organic 
rnatter  absorbed.  The  leav(»  of  Dionaja  (the  famous 
Wnu.s'  fly-trap  of  Carolina)  have  a  conduplicatc  ter- 


minal lobe  which  closes  violently  when  a  fly  alights  upon 
the  upper  (inner)  surface.  A  marginal  fringe  prevents 
the  escape  of  the  insect;  and  it  is  in  time  dig(st('d. 
Aldrovanda  of  South  Europe  has  tiny  traps  similar 
to  tlio.se  of  Dioniea,  but  the  whole  plant  is  aquatic,  and 
resembles  Utrieuliiria. 

Drosophyllum  and  Roridula  are  said  to  be  used  in 
Portugal  ;ind  the  Cape  for  the  jiractical  capture;  of 
Hies  in  I  lie  house.  The  leaves  of  .some  Drosera«  yield 
a  ])urple  dye.  The  li()uids  known  iis  aqua-auri  :ind 
ro.s<)glii)  (It;di;in)  contiiin  Droxera  rnlimdifolui  ;is  an 
essenlial  ingredient. 

Drosera  and  Dionaja  are  in  the  American  trade, 
mostly  grown  as  greenhouse  curiosities. 

Order  37.   Rosales 

94.  Crassulaceae  (from  the  genus  Crassula,  diminu- 
tive of  criiK.sii.s,  nieiuiing  thick).  Orpine  Family.  Fig. 
2(i.  Herbs  or  sub-shrubs:  leaves  mostly  alternate,  com- 
monly fleshy;  flowers  mostly  bisexual,  regular;  sepals 
5,  rarely  3-30,  imbricated ;  petals  as  many,  rarely  con- 
nate; stamens  as  many  or  twice  as  many  as  the  petals, 
epipetalous  or  hypogynous,  rarelj'  jjerigynous,  separate; 
carpels  as  many  as  the  petals,  separate  with  a  scale 
at  the  base  of  each;  ovules  nimierous,  rarely  few  or 
one:  fruit  a  group  of  follicles,  rarely  the  carpels  some- 
what united  and  ovary  half-inferior. 

Thirteen  genera  and  about  500  species  inhabit  the 
drier  parts  of  the  earth,  but  principally  South 
Africa  and  South  Europe.  The  genus  Sedum  contains 
140  species,  and  Crivssula  120  species.  This  is  a  very 
definite  family,  but  closely  related  to  the  Saxifragacese, 
from  which  it  differs  in  the  regular  numerical  plan, 
almost  constantly  separate  ovaries,  and  predominat- 
ingly fleshy  habit. 

The  Crassulacea;  arc  weU  adapted  to  a  dry  climate. 
The  fleshy  leaves  are  provided  with  water-storage 
tissue  and  a  thick  cuticle,  and  are  often  odd  in  shape 
and  appearance.  These  leaves  lose  water  very  slowly 
when  separated  from  the  plant,  and  will  often  remain 
fresh  for  weeks.  \\'hen  pinned  to  the  wall,  the  leaf  of 
Bryophyllum  sends  forth  plantlets  from  the  margin, 
and  the  stem  of  live-forever  may  grow  and  flower,  so 
efficient  is  the  protection  against  loss  of  water  afforded 
by  the  cuticle.  These  plants,  likewise,  will  grow  for 
weeks  or  months  in  the  collector's  press. 

The  herbage  contains  much  tannin  and  .sometimes 
acid.  A  refreshing  drink  has  been  made  from  Semper- 
vivum  tectorum.  (houseleek).  The  fleshy  leaves  of  the 
Crassulacea;  are  cooling  to  wounds  and  burns.  Sedum 
Tdcphium.  was  formerly  cultivated  as  a  pot-herb. 
Other  species  have  been  used  for  nearly  similar  pur- 
poses. 

Several  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America.  Of 
these,  Sempervivum  is  the  well-known  Houseleek  or 
Old-hen-antl-cliickens;  Cotyledon  is  somewhat  similar 
in  growth;  Scdii.m  acre,  is  Moss  Stonccrop;  and  Sedum 
idplnjllum  (S.   Tdephium)  is  Live-forever,  or  Orpine. 

95.  Cephalotaceae  (from  the  genus  Celphalotus,  derived 
from  the  Greek  meaning  headed,  said  to  refer  to  the 
capitate  hairs  at  the  base  of  the  flower).  Cephalotus 
F'a.mily'.  Fig.  20.  Perennial  scapose  herbs:  leaves  of  2 
kinds  in  a  basal  rosette,  one  lanceolate  and  ordinary, 
the  other  a  petioled  pitcher  with  winged  sides,  fluted 
mouth  and  a  lid:  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  perigynous; 
perianth  of  0  jiarts,  apparently  in  one  series,  valvate; 
stamens  12,  in  2  whorls;  carpels  0,  separate,  arranged 
around  the  woody  apex  of  the  axis;  1-2  basal  ovules  in 
each:  fruit  dry,  .somewhat  inflated. 

The  family  consists  of  but  1  genus  and  1  species 
(C'eph'dolus  fuUiculnris),  found  in  the  swamps  of  King 
(lieorge's  Sound,  West  Ausiralia.  This  family  is  related 
to  the  Saxifragacea',  and  was  formerly  united  with  that 
family,  but  (lifTers  in  the  peculi.ar  habit,  the  wholly 
separate  carpels  arninged  arouml  the  apex  of  the  axis, 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


39 


and  tlio  basal  seeds;  related  also  to  the  Crassulacese, 
hut  lacks  the  hj-pogynous  scales  and  has  biisal  seeds. 

This  remarkable  little  insectivorous  plant  is  culti- 
vated in  greenhouses  as  a  curiosity. 

96.  Saxifragacese  (from  the  genus  Saxifraga,  derived 
from  the  Latin  signifying  to  break  rocks,  in  allusion 
to  the  habit  of  growing  in  the  clefts  of  rocks).  S.\xi- 
KK.vGE  F.-iMiLY.  Fig.  26.  Herbs,  shrubs,  Or  small  trees ; 
k'a\es  alternate,  rarely  opposite:  flowers  bisexual,  usu- 
ally regular,  hypogynous  or  perigynous,  rarely  epigyn- 
ous;  sepals  4-5,  rarely  more  or  fewer;  petals  usually  of 
the  same  number,  valvate  or  imbricated,  inserted  with 
the  stamens  at  the  edge  of  a  receptacular  nectariferous 
disk;  stamens  of  the  same  number  as  the  petals  and 
alternate  with  them,  or  twice  as  many  and  the  outer 
opposite  the  petals;  carpels  2,  rarely  5,  partly  united, 
rarely  separate,  superior  or  half  inferior;  ovules  nu- 
merous; styles  and  stigmas  as  many  as  the  carpels:  fruit 
a  capsule  or  berry. 

There  are  about  70  genera  and  .some  700  species, 
widely  distributed  but  more  abundant  in  temperate 
regions.  Many  reach  the  arctics.  Some  are  fossil. 
Saxifraga  is  the  largest  genus,  with  200  species  in  the 
north  temperate,  arctic  and  Andean  regions.  Ribes 
has  50  species.  The  family  is  closely  related  to  the 
Rosaceae,  differing  in  the  more  abundant  endosperm 
and  constantly  few  carpels  and  few  stamens;  related 
also  to  the  Crassulacca;,  which  has  a  regular  numerical 
plan  and  h3-pogynous  scales;  and  to  the  Cunoniaceae 
and  HamamelidaceEB. 

The  ovaries  of  Ribes,  Philadelphus,  Chrysosplenium, 
Deutzia,  Hydrangea,  and  some  Saxifragas,  and  a  few 
other  genera  are  almost  wholly  inferior.  Parnassia  has 
staminodia  in  clusters  at  the  base  of  each  petal.  The 
fruit  of  Ribes  is  a  berry.  Some  Heucheras  have  irregu- 
lar flowers;  also  some  Saxifragas,  some  Hydrangeas 
and  Tohnieas.  The  peripheral  flowers  of  Hydrangea 
often  have  enlarged  corollas  and  are  sterile.  Water- 
glands  in  the  axils  of  the  foliar  teeth  of  some  Saxifragas 
secrete  a  deposit  of  lime. 

The  rough  leaves  of  Deutzia.  scabra  are  used  in  Japan 
to  pohsh  wood.  The  fruits  of  several  species  of  Ribes 
are  edible;  R.  t'ulgarc  yields  the  red  currant;  R. 
Grussularia,  the  English  gooseberry,  and  also  native 
gooseberries;  R.  nigrum,  the  black  currant.  Otherwise 
the  family  is  of  economic  importance  onl}^  for  its 
ornamental  species,  which  are  numerous  and  largely 
hardy. 

Many  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  this  country. 
Among  these  the  following  well-known  names  may  be 
noted:  Deutzia;  Decumaria,  climbing  shrub;  Golden 
Saxifrage  (Chrysosplenium);  Astilbe;  Hydrangea; 
Mock-orange  or  Syringa  (Philadelphus) ;  Currants  and 
Gooseberries  (Ribes);  False  Mitrewort  or  False  Bish- 
op's-cap  or  Foam-flower  (Tiarella);  Grass  of  Parnassus 
(Parniissia);  Mitrewort  or  Bishop's-cap  (Mitella); 
Alum  Root  or  Coral  Bells  (Heuchera);  Saxifrage  and 
Strawberry  CJeranium  (Saxifraga). 

97.  Pittosporaceae  (from  the  genus  Pitlosporum, 
the  name  referring  to  the  viscid  coating  of  the  seeds). 
PiTTOSPORUM  Family.  Trees  or  shrubs,  often  chmb- 
ing:  leaves  alternate,  mostly  leathery:  flowers  bisexual, 
n'gular;  sepals  or  divisions  of  the  calj'x  5,  imbricated; 
petals  5,  imbricated  in  the  bud;  claws  often  conniv- 
ent  or  coherent;  stamens  5,  alternating  with  the  petals, 
h^'pcgynous,  no  disk  at  the  base;  carpels  2,  rarely  3-5; 
ovarj'  1-  to  several-celled;  placenta;  parietal  or  axial; 
style  1;  stigmas  1  to  several:  fruit  a  capsule  or  berry; 
seeds  numerous  or  few,  immersed  in  a  pulp  or  viscid 
juice. 

All  the  9  genera  and  about  90  species  are  natives  of 
Australia,  except  the  genus  Pittosporum,  which,  how- 
ever, is  of  the  Old  World.  The  largest  genus  is  Pittos- 
porum containing  70  species.  The  relationship  of  the 
family  is  doubtful.  Though  in  the  past  supposed  by 
different  authors   to  be  related   to   the   Celastracea, 


Polygalaceae,  Caryophyllacese,  Rutaceae,  Saxifragacese, 
EricacesD,  and  so  on,  it  is,  according  to  Pax,  most 
closely  related  to  the  Saxifragacese. 

The  Pittosporacea"  all  contain  resinous  aromatic 
bitter  material  in  organized  resin-canals  or  chambers. 
These  give  the  fruit  a  disagreeable  flavor.  In  spite  of 
this  disagreeable  taste,  it  is  said  (Lemaout  and  De- 
cainc)  that,  "The  natives  of  Austraha,  who  to  ap- 
pease their  hunger  are  reduced  to  filling  their  stom- 
achs with  clay  mixed  with  organic  detritus,  eagerly 
devour  the  fleshy  fruits  of  this  family." 

Most  of  the  genera  are  in  cultivation:  Bellardiera; 
Bursaria,  a  spiny  shrub;  Hymenosporura,  a  shrub  with 
yellow  flowers;  "Pittosporum  (Pittosporum,  Karo,  Taw- 
hiwhi,  Tarata,  Tobira),  evergreen,  fragrant  shrubs; 
SoUya  (AustraUan  Bluebell  Creeper). 

98.  Cunoniaceae  (from  the  genus  Cunonia,  named 
after  John  Christian  Cuno,  an  Amsterdam  botanist  of 
the  18th  century).  Cunonia  Family.  Fig.  27.  Trees 
or  shrubs:  leaves  opposite  or  whorled,  simple,  ternate 
or  pinnate:  flowers  small,  densely  crowded,  usually 
bisexual,  hypogynous;  sepals  4-5,  rarely  6,  usually  val- 
vate; petals  4-5,  small,  usually  wanting;  stamens  twice 
as  many  as  the  sepals,  rarely  just  as  many  or  more  nu- 


27.  Cunoni.\ce.e:  1.  Cunonia,  a,  flower;  b,  floral  diagram. 
Bbuniace.e:  2.  Brunia,  a,  flower  branch;  b,  flower.  Hamamelid.\ce.e: 
3.  Hamamelis,  a,  flower;  b,  floral  diagram:  c,  fruit.  4.  Liquidam- 
bar,  fruit. 

merous,  exserted,  attached  near  the  edge  of  an  intra- 
staminal  disk;  ovary  mostly  2-celled,  superior;  ovules 
numerous,  rarely  few;  styles  1-2;  stigmas  2:  fruit 
usually  a  capsule,  rarely  a  drupe   or   nut. 

Nineteen  genera  and  120  species  are  known,  70  spe- 
cies of  which  belong  to  Weinmannia;  all  of  South 
America  or  the  Australian  region,  except  one  in  South 
Africa. 

The  family  is  closely  related  to  the  Sa.xifragacete, 
with  which  it  was  formerly  united,  but  because  of  the 
uniform  floral  structure  and  the  position  of  the  leaves, 
as  well  as  the  geographical  distribution,  it  is  now 
treated  as  distinct. 

The  wood  of  some  species  is  useful;  otherwise  the 
Cunoniaceae  are  of  little  economic  importance.  Acro- 
■phijllum  venosum,  an  Australian  evergreen  shrub,  is 
cultivated  in  greenhouses. 

99.  Bruniaceae  (from  the  genus  Brunia,  named  in 
honor  of  Cornelius  Brun,  a  traveler  in  the  East). 
Brunia  F.^mily.  Fig.  27.  Heath-like  shrubs:  leaves 
alternate:  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  epigynous;  sepals 
4-5,  imbricated;  petals  4-5,  imbricated;  stamens  4-5, 


40 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


altcrnatinji  with  the  (lotiils,  free  or  iinitol  with  tlio 
jH-t;ils,  or  with  oaoli  otlu-r;  rarely  an  inlraslaniiiKil  disk 
pr«:cnt ;  ovary  inlVrior,  l-;i-ri'll«l;  ovulos  1-2  in  oach 
cell:  fruit  dry,  indohiscont,  or  capsnhir. 

Twelve  genera  and  al>out  'lO  speeies  ocrur,  all  natives 
of  South  Afriea.  The  family  is  related  to  various  fami- 
lies of  the  Saxifrage  group,  as  for  instance,  the  llama- 
nielidacejr,  but  is  distinct  because  of  its  heath-like 
habit.    The  flowers  are  mostly  in  dense  lieads. 

The  family  is  of  no  economic  importance.  One 
species  of  .Vudouinia  (.4.  capitata)  is  said  to  be  some- 
tmies  in  cultivation  as  Diosma  capitatn. 

KXl.  Hamamelidaceae  (from  the  genus  Ilnmnmdis, 
an  ancient  tireok  name  applied  to  .some  tree).  WiTCU- 
H.\ZEi.  K.\MiLV.  Fig.  27.  Trees  or  .shrubs:  leaves  simple, 
alternate:  flowers  unisexual  or  bisexual,  hypogynous, 
jiorigynous  or  epigynous;  sepals  4-5;  petals  4-5,  or  0; 
stamens  4-5,  rarely  nwre;  sub-ovari.an  disk  rare;  ovary 
2-celled;  ovules  1  or  .several  in  each  cell:  fruit  a  woody, 
2-valvcd  capsule,  with  a  separating  iimer  layer  of  dif- 
ferent texture;  seeds  often  winged. 

Twenty  genera  and  50  species  are  known,  widely 
distributed  in  subtro])ical  or  warm  temperate  regions 
of  both  hemispheres.  It  is  an  ancient  family  more 
abundant  in  former  ages,  related  to  the  Saxifragacea;, 
and  by  some  considered  related  to  the  Cornacea;  or 
Araliacea.  Many  fossil  .sisecies  are  known.  The  peculiar 
fruit  is  distinctive. 

In  some  genera,  as  in  Hamamelis,  the  seeds  are 
forcibly  expelled  when  the  fruit  opens,  often  to  a  di.s- 
tance  of  10  feet  or  more,  much  as  wet  apple  seeds  may 
be  shot  from  between  the  thimib  and  finger. 

The  family  is  of  little  economic  importance.  Exiiract 
of  the  bark  of  Himiamelis  is  used  as  a  liniment 
(witch-hazel).  The  twigs  are  suppo.sed  to  have  super- 
nonnal  properties,  especially  in  the  detection  of  water 
in  the  earth.  They  are  frequently  used  in  rural  districts 
in  the  attempt  to  detect  underground  springs.  Liquid- 
ambar  Stijrncifiua  (sweet  gum),  of  the  southern 
United  States,  yields  a  balsam.  The  oriental  balsam, 
Styrax,  is  obtained  from  the  eastern  L.  orientalis.  This 
was  formerly  used  in  medicine. 

Perhaps  half  the  genera  are  in  cultivation,  all  for 
ornamental  purjjoses.  Of  these,  Fothergilla,  Corylopsis 
Hamamelis,  and  Liquidambar  are  the  best  known. 
Most  of  tlie  species  are  hardy. 

101.  Platanacese  (from  the  genus  Ptatontis,  the  ancient 
name  of  the  tree,  signifying  broad).  Plane-Tree  Fam- 
ily. Fig.  28.  Trees  with  alternate,  broad,  palmately 
veined  leaves:  flowers  in  dense  heads,  monoecious,  regu- 
lar, perigynous;  sepals  usually  3-8,  separate,  thick,  often 
with  bracts  at  the  base;  petals  of  the  same  number, 
glabrous;  stamens  of  like  number  alternating  with  the 
petals;  connective  peltate  at  the  top;  e.xtra  staminodia 
often  present;  carpels  several,  distinct,  1-seeded: 
fruit  a  caryopsis,  angled  from  pressure,  and  truncate 
at  top,  surrounded  by  long  hairs  at  the  base;  seed 
orthotropous. 

A  single  genus  and  about  C  species  are  distributed  in 
southern  Europe,  .southern  Asia,  and  in  North  America. 
The  family  Ls  related  to  the  Saxifragacea-  and  Jlama- 
melidacfac.  The  poIyp(;talous  perigynous  flower, 
with  as  many  stamens  as  petals,  the  separate  carpels, 
and  especiaUy  the  peculiar  inflorescence  and  leaf,  are 
distinctive.    Fossil  species  are  known. 

The  wood  of  Platanus  Ls  similar  to  maple  and  of 
value,  but  the  most  important  use  is  for  ornament.  Two 
species  of  Platanus  (Plane-Tree,  Buttonwood,  Button 
Ball,  Oriental  Plane,  Sycamore;  are  in  cultivation  in 
America. 

102.  Rosaces  Cfrom  the  genus  Roan,  theancient  name 
of  the  rose;.  liosE  Family.  Fig.  28.  Herbs,  shrubs,  or 
trees,  often  thorny,  sometimes  climbing:  leaves  alter- 
nate, rarely  opposite :  flowers  bi.sexual,  rarely  uni.sexual, 
u.sually  regular,  perigynous;  calyx  of  1-5  imbricated 
or  valvate  sepals;  corolla  of  as  many  iinbricated  petals, 


or  0;  stiunens  5  to  many,  in  whorls  of  5,  borne  on  the 
cup  of  the  receptacle  at  .some  distance  from  the  carpels; 
cuj)  lined  with  a  glandular  disk;  carpels  1  to  many, 
sei)arate  and  superior  or  united  and  inferior;  ovaries 
1  ti)  .several-ovuled;  styles  as  many  as  the  carjx'ls:  fruit 
a  follicle,  aclicne,  drupe,  pome,  or  hip;  seeds  usually 
exalbuminous. 

There  arc^  about  90  genera  and  1,.500  species,  widely 
distributed  in  all  parts  of  the  workl,  most  abundant, 
jjerhaps,  in  the  temiieratc  regions.  The  largest  genera 
are  Rubus,  liSO-200  species;  Potentilla,  2()0  species; 
and  Rosa,  100  species.  The  family  is  relatctl  to  the 
Saxifragacex  and  the  Lcguminosa;,  also  to  the  Caly- 
cauthaceaj.  The  perigynous  flower  with  cup  lined  by 
the  glandular  disk,  the  numerous  cyclic  stamens,  and 


28.  PLATANACE.E:  1.  Platanus.  a,  flower;  b,  floral  diagram. 
Romace.e:  2.  Fragaria,  a,  flower;  6,  fruit.  3.  Geum,  fruit.  4. 
Rosa,  a,  floral  diagram;  b,  fruit.  5.  Spiraea,  fruit.  6.  Prunus,  o, 
flower;  b,  fruit.  7.  Pyrua,  a,  flower;  6,  fruit.  Leodminos.*::  8. 
Pisum,  a,  flower;  6,  flower,  petals  removed;  c,  fruit.  9.  Des- 
modium,  fruit.    10.   Cassia,  flower.    11.  Acacia,  flower. 

the  separate,  usually  cyclic,  carpels,  are  distinctive. 
The  Ranunculacca;  is  similar,  but  acychc  and  hy- 
pogynous. 

The  family  is  divided  into  6  very  distinct  sub- 
families, some  of  which,  by  certain  authors,  are  con- 
sidered of  family  rank,  as  follows:  I.  Fruit  follicular, 
e.g.,  Spiraea,  Physocarpus,  Aruncus,  Sorbaria,  and 
so  on.  II.  Ovary  compound,  inferior:  fruit  fleshy,  e.  g., 
Pyrus,  Crataegus,  Cotoneaster,  Cydonia,  Amelanchier, 
Mespilus,  and  the  like.  III.  Fruit  of  achcnes  or 
separate  drupelets,  e.g.,  Rubus,  Fragaria,  Potentilla, 
Geum,  Cercocarijus,  Ulmaria,  Alchemilla,  Agrimonia, 
Sanguisorba,  and  Rosa.  IV.  Carpels  connate,  and 
adnate  to  the  hollow,  but  dry,  receptacle,  e.g.,  Neurada 
and  Grielum.  V.  Carpel  1,  superior:  fruit  a  drupe: 
style  terminal,  e.g.,  Prunus.    VI.  Same  as  the  last,  but 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


41 


style  basal  and  flowers  often  irregular,  e.g.,  Chryso- 
balanus. 

The  fruitlets  of  Rubus  have  a  fleshy  ovarian  wall  and 
are  drupelets.  The  strawberry  ha.s  a  fleshy  receptacle 
with  dry  achenes  scattered  upon  it.  The  rose  fruit 
consists  of  a  hollow,  fleshy  receptacle  bearing  achenes  on 
its  inner  face;  that  of  Pjrus  is  similar,  but  the  recep- 
tacle and  carpels  have  grown  together  into  one  struc- 
ture. The  peach,  cherry,  and  plum  are  each  the  pro- 
duct of  one  superior  carpel. 

The  following  plants  are  cultivated  for  their  fruits: 
apple,  pear,  quince,  cherry,  plum,  apricot,  peach, 
almond,  raspberry,  blackberry,  strawberry,  and  medlar. 
These  fruits  are  eaten  fresh,  preserved  in  sugar,  or 
fermented  into  vinegar  or  cider.  Rose  fruits  are  also 
preserved,  and  the  fruits  of  mountain  ash  are  used  for 
making  a  spirituous  drink.  The  petals  of  Rosa  dama- 
scena  and  R.  gullica  are  macerated  with  oil  of  sesame  to 
form  attar  of  roses.  The  petals  themselves  yield 
oil  of  rose,  from  which  rose-water  is  made.  Many  species 
have  been  used  in  medicine;  e.g.,  rose,  the  seeds  of  which 
are  vermifugal.  Quince  seeds  contain  mucilage  and 
are  emollient.  The  conserve  of  rose  is  astringent. 
Agrimony  is  nephritic,  and  is  also  used  for  pulmonary 
catarrh  and  angina.  Alchemilla  is  astringent  and  vul- 
nerary. The  root  of  Fragaria  is  diuretic  and  astringent. 
Flowers  of  Hagenia  abyssinica  are  a  famous  remedy 
for  tapeworm.  Flowers  of  Uhnaria  are  used  to  give  a 
bouquet  to  wine;  also  as  a  sudorific  and  cordial.  The 
bark  of  Primus  serotina  (wild  cherry  bark)  is  tonic  and 
pectoral.  The  bark  of  Quillaja  Snponaria  (soap-bark 
tree)  of  Chile,  is  a  stimulant,  diuretic  and  irritant,  con- 
tains saponin,  and  is  used  for  washing  delicate  fabrics. 
Cimimy  exudations  from  the  bark  of  cherry  are  some- 
times used  in  medicine.  Sanguisorba  has  been  used  for 
forage,  and  as  a  condiment.  The  seeds  of  many  species  of 
Prunus  and  others  yield  oil  in  quantity. 

Fifty  or  sixty  genera  are  cultivated  in  America. 
Among  these  are:  Agrimonia  (Agrimony);  Alchemilla 
(Lady's  Mantle);  Amelanchier  (Shadbush,  Juneberry, 
Service-berry);  Aronia  (Choke-berry);  Aruncus;  Cerco- 
carpus;  Chrysobalanus  (Cocoa  Plum);  Comarum 
(Marsh  Cinquefoil);  Cotonea.ster;  Crataegus  (Haw- 
thorn, Scarlet  Thorn,  Washington  Thorn);  Eriobot- 
rya  (Loquat,  Japan  Plum);  Exochorda  (Pearl  Bush); 
p'ragaria  (Strawberry) ;  Geum  (Avens) ;  Gillenia  or  Por- 
teranthus  (American  Ipecac,  Bowman's  Root);  Holo- 
discus  or  Schizonotus;  Kcrria  (Globe-flower,  Japanese 
Rose);  Margyricarpus  (Pearl  Fruit);  Mcspilus  (Medlar, 
Mespii);  Neviusia  (Snow  Wreath);  Photinia  (Toyon, 
Tollon);  Phyi3ocarpus  (Ninebark);  Potentilla  (Cinque- 
foil, Five-finger,  Silver-weed);  Pyracantha;  Pyrus  (Pear, 
Apple,  Crab) ;  Quillaja  (Soap-bark  Tree) ;  Raphiolepis 
(Indian  Hawthorn);  Ro.sa  (Rose,  Eglantine,  Sweet- 
brier);  Rubus  (Bramble,  Blackberry,  Raspberry,  Cloud- 
berry, Baked-apple  Berry,  Yellow  Berry,  Salmonberry, 
Wineberry,  Blackcap,  Thimbleberry,  Dewberry);  San- 
guisorba (Burret);  Sorbaria;  Sorbus,  (Mountain  Ash, 
Rowan  Tree,  Dogberry,  Service  Tree,  White  Beam- 
tree);  SpiriEa  (Queen  of  the  Meadows,  Meadowsweet, 
Hardback,  Steeple-bush,  Bridal  Wreath);  Ulmaria 
(Meadowsweet,  Queen -of -the -Prairie,  Queen-of-thc- 
Aleadows);  Waldsteinia  (Barren  Strawberry,  Yellow 
Strawberry). 

103.  LeguminosEB  (from  legume,  the  name  of  the 
type  of  fruit  characteristic  of  this  family).  Pea  Family. 
Fig.  28.  Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees,  often  twining:  leaves 
alternate,  compound,  rarely  simple:  flowers  regular  or 
irregular,  usually  bisexual,  hypogynous  or  perigynous, 
fundamentally  polypctalous;  sepals  5,  more  or  less  con- 
nate, often  unequal ;  petals  .5,  rarely  fewer,  nearly  equal,  or 
unequal,  or  more  commonly  papilionaceous  (i.  e.,  1  dor- 
sal standard,  2  lateral  cleaver-shaped  wings,  and  2  ven- 
tral, more  or  less  connate,  petals  forming  the  keel); 
stamens  10  or  very  numerous,  rarely  5,  included  or 
exserted,  often  inserted  around  a  glandular  disk,  mona- 


delphous,  9  united  and  1  separate,  or  all  separate;  car- 
pel 1,  rarely  2-15,  superior;  ovary  1-celled,  inequilat- 
eral; the  single  parietal  placenta  ventral  but  turned 
dorsally ;  ovules  1  to  many :  fruit  a  legume,  or,  by  re- 
duction, indehiscent,  or  follicular,  or  fleshy,  often 
jointed  between  the  seeds,  and  sometimes  filled  with 
pulp;  seeds  exalbuminous. 

LeguminosEB  contains  429  genera  and  about  7,000 
species,  distributed  over  the  whole  earth,  but  most 
abundant  in  the  tropics.  This  family  and  the  Orohida- 
ceae  are,  next  to  the  Composita^,  the  largest  families 
of  flowering  plants.  The  largo  genera  which  contain 
100  or  more  species  are:  Astragalus,  1,200  species; 
Acacia,  4.50  sp.;  Cassia,  380  sp.;  Mimosa,  300  sp.;  Cro- 
tolaria,  2.50  sp. ;  Indigofera,  250  sp. ;  Trifohum,  2.50  sp. ; 
Bauhinia,  150  sp.;  Aspalanthus,  150  sp.;  Oxytropus, 
1.50  sp.;  Desmodiiun,  1.50  sp.;  Inga,  140sp.;  Tephrosia, 
120  sp.;  Vicia,  120  sp.;  Pithecolobium,  110  sp.;  Lupi- 
nus,  100  sp.;  Psoralea,  100  sp.;  Dalea,  100  sp.;  Lathy- 
rus,  100  sp. ;  Rhynchosia,  100  sp. ;  and  Phaseolus,  100 
sp.  Taken  in  the  broad  sense,  the  family  is  a  very  nat- 
ural one,  the  nearest  relatives  being  the  Chrysobalanus 
section  of  the  Rosaceaj.  The  most  constant  distin- 
guishing character  is  the  leguminous  type  of  fruit. 
When  this  occasionally  varies,  the  papilionaceous 
corolla,  or  the  general  Mimosa  type  of  flower,  is  distinc- 
tive. Except  in  the  fruit,  the  family  is  very  diverse, 
and  the  following  sub-famihes  have  often  been  treated 
as  distinct  families. 

Sub-family  I.  Mimosae. — Flowers  regular;  corolla 
valvate;  stamens  .5-10,  or  very  numerous,  exserted: 
e.g.,  Pithecolobium,  Albizzia,  Mimosa,  and  Acacia. 

Sub-family  II.  Ctesalpina;. — Flowers  irregular,  not 
papilionaceous;  stamens  10  or  fewer,  not  conspicuously 
exserted;  corolla  imbricated:  e.g..  Copaiba,  Tamarindus, 
Cercis,  Bauhinia,  Cassia,  Gleditsia,  Gymnocladus, 
Csesalpinia,  and  the  like. 

Sub-family  III.  Papilionatea;. — Corolla  papiliona- 
ceous, imbricated;  stamens  .5-10,  included:  e.g.,  Pisuin, 
Lathyrus,  Robinia,  Vicia,  Phaseolus,  and  so  forth. 

The  leaves  of  many  Leguminosa;  are  motile.  Mimosa 
pudica,  Cassia  nictilans,  and  others,  are  sensitive  to 
touch,  the  leaflets,  and  often  the  leaves,  quickly  drooping 
when  disturbed.  A  great  number  show  sleep  movement, 
the  leaflets  drooping  at  nightfall.  The  motile  organ  is 
the  pulvinus  at  the  base  of  the  leaflet  or  leaf.  The  lat- 
eral leaflets  of  Desmodium  gtjrans  are  rhythmically  and 
spontaneously  motile.  The  pollination  of  the  papiliona- 
ceous flowers  is  complicated  and  interesting.  (See  Kerner 
and  OHver's  "Natural  History  of  Plants.")  The  legumes 
of  Desmodium  separate  into  1-seoded  joints  which  are 
covered  with  hooked  hairs,  and,  therefore,  bur-like. 
The  roots  of  the  LeguminosiE  commonly  bear  tubercles 
containing  nitrogen-fixing  organisms,  the  product  of 
which  is  used  by  the  plant. 

The  economic  plants  are  almost  innumerable.  The 
following  are  the  most  important: 

Plants  used  for  food:  Detarium  senegalense  of  Sene- 
gambia,  edible  drupe;  Castanospermum  aiislrale  (Aus- 
traUan  chestnut),  Dolichos  Lablab  (black  bean), 
Phaseolus  vulgaris  (bean),  Cicer  ariclinum  (chick  pea), 
Pisum  sativum  (pea),  Ervum  Lens  (lentil)  and  Lupinus 
sps.,  all  have  edible  seeds;  Apios  tuberosa,  Psoralea 
hypogsea,  and  P.  esculetda,  edible  tubers;  Arachis  hypo- 
(7a?a  (peanut),  and  Voandzeia  subterranea,  subterranean 
seeds;  Lathyrus  tuberosa,  sugary  tubers,  much  used 
before  potatoes  were  known;  and  Cytisus  scoparius, 
buds  used  as  capers. 

Plants  used  as  forage:  Ceratonia  Siliqua  (St.  John's 
bread),  Onobrychis  saliva  (sainfoin),  Vicia  saliva 
(vetch),  Medicago  saliva  (alfalfa),  Medicago  lupulina 
(medick),  Trifoliimi  species  (clover).  Glycine  hispida 
(soy  bean),  Vigua  Caijang  (cowpea),  Lotus  corni- 
cuiatixs,  Lupinus  sps.,  Anthyllis  Vulneraria,  Hedy- 
sarum  coronarium,  Ornithopus  salivus,  Pisum  sativum, 
Ulex  europxus. 


A  SYNOPSIS   l)F   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


Pliuus  usoil  for  mcxiicino:  Acncin  Soitfinl  (kuiii  mch- 
cial;  A.  Calrchu  (oatirhu),  astringent,  tonic;  Sirartzid 
tonientosa,  siuiorific;  Copniba  Laitgdorfii  (lialsani  of 
Copaiba\  of  Brazil,  for  catarrh;  Ctissia  sps.,  Orient, 
Inuia,  etc.,  leaves  piirgalive;  TnmnriiHliis  itidica 
(tiunarinil),  pulpy  pods  uscil;  ^opluiro  lomenlosn, 
India,  seeils  arrest  choleric  vomiting;  Toluijcni  Hnlm- 
mum  (balsiun  of  Tolu),  Sotith  America,  bronchial; 
Andira  si>s.,  tropical  America,  emetic,  l>iuge,  narcotic, 
vermifuge;  Ptcrocarpus  Draco  (dragon's  blood),  West 
Indies,  !\stringent;  P.  Marsuintiiii  l,guni  kino);  liiited 
froiidosa  (eastern  kino),  Asia;  Mkciuki  itniririis  (cow- 
itch  or  cowage),  India,  stinging  hairs  on  pod,  anthel- 
mintic; Astragalus  giimniiftr  (gum  tragacanlli),  of  the 
t)rient;  Colutca  arborescens  (bladder  senna),  purgative, 
emetic;  Glycyrrhiza  glabra,  (licorice),  Europe,  emol- 
lient; Genista  tinrtjria,  purgative;  Cylisiis  scoparius, 
diuretic;  Trigonelta  Fa-num-grncuDi  (fenugreek),  Old 
World,  food,  condiment,  horse-remedy,  and  so  on; 
Aiiagijris  fwtida  (stinking  wood),  purgative  and  poi- 
.■onous;  Physnstignia  vcnosum  (calabar  bean),  sedative, 
contracts  the  pupil,  poisonous;  Astragalus  sps.,  and 
Crotalaria  sps.  are  loco-weeds,  and  poisonous  to  cattle; 
arrow-poisons  are  furnished  by  Erythrophla>um, 
Afzelia,  and  Pithecolobiiun.  Fifteen  genera  furnish 
fish-poison. 

Dyc-stufis:  Csesalj/inia  echinata  yields  braziline; 
Suphora  japonicn  yields  yellow  dye;  Indigofcra  linc- 
loria  yields  indigo;  Genista  tinctorin,  yields  a  dye; 
Hsmatoxylon  campeckiantim  yields  logwood  and  ha;ma- 
toxylin.  Pterocarpus  santalinum  yields  red  sandal- 
wood, a  brown  dye. 

(Jther  purposes:  Copal  varnish  from  Hymenaea  sps., 
Trachylobium  sps.,  and  Copaiba  sps.  Many  species  are 
valuable  timber  trees.  A  snufT-perfume  is  obtained 
from  seeds  of  Coumarouna  (tonka  bean).  Rosewood 
is  from  Dalbergia  nigra,  and  other  species.  African 
rosewood  is  from  Pterocarpus  erinaceus.  Red  seeds  of 
Abrus  precalorius  (jequirity)  are  used  for  necklaces,  as 
are  also  those  of  Adenanthera  Pavonina  (Circassian 
seeds).  Branches  of  Cytisus  scoparius  (broom)  are  used 
for  ba.sket-work.  Vlex  europaus  (furze)  is  used  as  fire- 
wood in  France.  Many  species  furnish  fibers  for  spin- 
ning. Oil  is  obtained  from  seeds  of  peanut  and  others. 
Many  are  ornamental. 

About  Io(J  genera  are  cultivated  in  America,  or  are 
important  to  American  agriculture.  Many  of  the  spe- 
cies are  among  our  most  valuable  ornamental  and 
food-plants.  Some  of  the.sc  genera  are:  Abrus  (Crab's- 
eye  Vine,  Weather  Plant);  Acacia  (Wattle,  Kangaroo 
Thorn,  Weeping  Myall,  Australian  Blackwood,  Mulga, 
Popinac,  Opopanax,  Cassie,  Huisache,  Espino,  Cavan, 
Gum  Arabic  Tree);  Adenanthera  (Red  Sandalwood); 
Albizzia;  Alhagi  (Camel's  Thorn);  Amphicarpa;a  (Hog 
Peanut);  Amorjjha  (Lead  Plant,  Bastard  Indigo);  An- 
thyllis  (Kidney  Vetch,  Sand  Clover,  Woundwort,  Jupi- 
ter's Beard);  Apios  (CJroundnut,  Wild  Bean);  Arachis 
(Peanut,  Goober);  Astragalus  (Jvlilk  Vetch);  Baptisia 
(Wild  Indigo);  Bauhinia  (Mountain  Ebony);  Ca'sal- 
pinia  (Brasilleto,  Barbadoes  Pride,  Barbadoes  Flower- 
fence,  Dwarf  Poinciana);  Canavalia  (Jack  Bean, 
Chicka.saw  Lima);  Caragana  (Pea  Tree);  Cassia  (Wild 
Senna,  Partridge  Pea,  Pudding  Pipe  Tree) ;  Centrosema 
(Butterfly  Pea);  Cercis  (Judas  Tree,  Red  Bud);  Chori- 
z«ma;  Cicer  (Chick  Pea);  Cladrastis  (Yellow-wood); 
Clianthus  (Glory  Pea,  Glory  Vine,  Parrot's  Bill);  Cli- 
toria  (Butterfly  Pea) ;  Cfjlutea  (Bladder  Senna) ;  Coro- 
nilla  (Crown  Vetch,  Scorpion  Senna);  Crotalaria  (Rat- 
tle-Box);  Cytisus  (Broom,  GenLsta);  De.smodium  (Tick 
Trefoil,  Telegraph  Plant);  Dolichos  (Hyacinth  Bean, 
Taukok,  Black  Bean),  the  .species  still  much  con- 
fined; Erythrina  (Coral  Tree);  Galega  (Goat's  Rue); 
Genista  (Dyer's  Greenwood);  Gleditsia  (Honey  Lo- 
cust, Sweet  Ixjcust,  Three-thomed  Acacia);  Glycine 
(Soy  Bean):  Glycyrrhiza  (Licorice);  Gymnocladus 
(Kentucky  Coffee  Tree);  Ilalimodendron   (Salt  Tree); 


Hedysarum  (French  Honeysuckle);  Hosackia;  Indigo- 
fcra (Indigo);  Kciuicdya;  Laburnum  (Golileii  Chain, 
Bean  Tree,  Scotch  Laburnum);  Lathyrus  (Sweet  Pea, 
Tangier  Scarlet  P.,  Pride  of  California,  Everlasting  P., 
Two-flowered  P.,  Flat  P.,  Perennial  P.,  Lord  Anson's 
P.,  Marsh  P.,  Sea  P.,  Beach  P.,  Prairie  Vetchling,  Black 
P.,  Black  Bitter  Vetch,  Spring  Bitter  Vetch);  Lens 
(Lentil);  Lespcdeza  (Bush  Clovei,  Japan  Clover,  Hoop- 
koop);  Leuca'ua  (White  Popina(0;  Lotus  (Bird's-foot 
Trefoil,  Babies'  Slippers,  Winged  Pea) ;  Lupinius  (Lu- 
pine, Simdial,  Deer  Cabbage);  Millettia  (Ironwood); 
Medicago  (Alfalfa,  Lucerne,  Black  or  Hop  Medick, 
Nonesuch,  Snails,  Tree  Alfalfa,  Moon  Trefoil);  Meli- 
lotus  (Sweet  Clover);  Mimosa  (Sensitive  Plant,  Hum- 
ble Plant);  Mucuna  (Cowitch,  Cowage,  Velvet  Bean, 
Banana  Bean);  Onobrychis  (Sainfoin,  Holy  Clover); 
Ononis  (Rest-Harrow,  Goat  Root);  Parkinsonia  (Jeru- 
salem Thorn);  Parochetus  (Shamrock  Pea,  Blue  Oxa- 
lis);  Petalostemon  (Prairie  Clover);  Phaseolus  (Bean, 
Caracol,  Snail-flower,  Corkscrew  Flower,  Scarlet-run- 
ner, Dutch  (^aseknife  B.,  Metcalfe  B.,  Moth  B.,  Gram, 
Silva  B.,  Civet  B.,  Lima  B.,  Kidney  B.,  Bush  B.);  Pis- 
cidia  (Fish-poison  Tree,  Jamaica  Dogwood);  Pisum 
(Garden  Pea,  Field  P.);  Pithecolobium ;  Prosopis  (Mes- 
quite,  Screw  Bean,  Tornillo) ;  Poinciana  (Royal  Poin- 
ciana, Peacock  Flower,  Flomboyant);  Psoralea  (Scurfy 
Pea,  Pomme  Blanche);  Pueraria  (Kudzu  Vine);  Robi- 
nia(  Locust,  False  Acacia,  Black  Locust,  Rose  Acacia, 
Clammy  Locust);  Schrankia  (Sensitive  Brier);  Sophora 
(Japan  Pagoda  Tree);  Spartium  (Spanish  Broom); 
Sutherlandia  (Bladder  Senna);  Swainsona  (Winter 
Sweet  Pea);  Tamarindus  (Tamarind);  Templetonia 
(Coral  Bush);  Tephrosia  (Goat's  Rue,  Catgut^  Wild 
Sweet  Pea,  Hoary  P.);  Thermopsis;  Trifolium  (CJlover, 
Alsike,  (jowgrass);  Trigonella  (Fenugreek);  Ulex 
(Gorse,  Whin,  Furze) ;  Vicia  (Vetch,  Tare,  Broad  Bean, 
Windsor  B.,  English  Dwarf  B.);  Vigna  (Cowpea,  Black 
Pea,  China  Bean);  Wistaria  (Chinese  Wistaria,  Kid- 
ney-bean Tree). 

Order  38.   Geraniales 

104.  Geraniaceae  (from  the  genus  Geranium,  Crane's- 
bill,  from  gcranos,  a  crane,  in  allusion  to  the  cranelike 
beak  of  the  fruit).  Geranium  Family.  Fig.  29.  Herbs 
and  shrubs,  sometimes  fleshy:  leaves  opposite  or  alter- 
nate, very  diverse:  flowers  bisexual,  regular  or  shghtly 
irregular;  sepals  5,  imbricated,  persistent;  petals  .5, 
rarely  fewer,  imbricated  or  convolute;  stamens  usually 
10,  rarely  more,  hypogynous  or  pc^rigynous,  the  outer 
set  opposite  the  petals,  some  fre(|uently  antherless, 
somewhat  monadelphous  below,  often  glandular  at  the 
base;  carpels  5;  ovary  5-celled,  rarely  2-3-celled,  5- 
lobed,  ijrolonged  into  a  beak  tcrminatd  by  the  5  styles; 
ovules  1  to  many  in  each  cell:  fruit  rarely  a  capsule, 
more  commonly  splitting  into  5  beaked  sections;  seeds 
with  endosperm,  straight  or  curved. 

The  family  has  10  genera  and  360  species,  widely 
distributed  over  the  whole  globe.  The  largest  genera  are 
Pelargonium  (South  Africa)  with  171}  species,  and  Ge- 
ranium with  160  species.  Some  fossil  fruits  of  Gerani- 
acea?  are  known.  The  Geraniacea;  are  related  to  the 
Oxalidaceie,  Tropa;olacea;  and  Balsaminacea;;  also  to  the 
Linaceaj  and  Rutaceic.  The  5  sepals  and  petals,  the 
10  stamens,  the  5  carpels,  and  the  more  or  less  beaked 
or  lobed  fruit  with  its  peculiar  dehiscence,  are  together 
distinctive. 

The  flower  of  Pelargonium  is  slightly  irregular,  with 
a  dorsal  reccptacular  spur  at  the  base  of  the  calyx.  The 
fruits  of  all  but  40  Geraniace;e  dehisce  elastically, 
throwing  the  seeds  to  a  distance.  The  5  carpels 
split  away  at  base,  coil  up  violently,  and  remain 
attached  to  the  summit  of  a  column  which  projects 
from  the  receptacle.  This  method  of  dehiscence,  when 
present,  is  characteristic  of  the  Geraniacea;. 

The  Geraniacea;  are  astringent;  several  contain 
resin,  and  others  contain  free  acids.    Several  species  of 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


43 


Ocranium  have  been  used  iis  remedies  for  wounds, 
others  for  dysentery,  and  the  hke;  some  have  been  used 
as  stimulants.  Erodiiim  mnschaliim  is  vahicd  because  of 
a  very  strongodorof  musk.  The  resinous  stems  of  Mon- 
sonia  (South  .\frira)  burn  readily,  and  liave  been  used 
for  torches.  The  most  important  economic  genus  is 
I'elargonium,  cultivated  for  ornament,  'i'hc  foliage  of 
some  Pelargoniums  is  glandular  and  very  fragrant 
("rose  geraniums").  Some  species  of  Geranium  also 
are  ornamental.  The  awn-like  beak  of  Erodium  fruits 
have  been  used  as  hygrometers. 

Few  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America  as  orna- 
mental jilants:  Erodium  (Stork 's-bilD;  Geranium, 
(Crane's-bill);  Pelargonium  (.so-called  "Geraniums"). 
Several  cultivated  genera,  formerly  included  in  the 
t!eraniace;e,  are  now  placed  in  separate  families,  which 
see,  e.g.,  Impatiens  (tJalsaniinacea"),  Tropa-oluiu  (Tro- 
pa^olaceae),  Oxalis  and  Averrhoa  (Oxali<lacesB). 

105.  Oxalidacese  (from  the  genus  Oxalis,  signifying 
acid,  from  the  sour  taste  of  the  foliage).  Oxalis  Fam- 
ily. Herbs,  rarely  shrubby:  leaves  usually  compound : 
flowers  bisexual,  regular;  sepals  .5,  persistent,  imbri- 
cated; petals  5,  convolute  or  imbricated,  rarely  united 
at  the  base;  stamens  10  in  2  whorls,  the  outer  set  oppo- 
site the  petals,  filaments  coherent  below,  those  of  the 
outer  set  shorter,  one  or  both  sets  with  external  glandu- 
lar appendages  at  the  base,  hypogynous;  ovary  superior, 
S-celled,  with  a  persistent  central  column  (as  in  Ge- 
raniacea;);  styles  separate:  fruit  an  ordinary  capsule 
with  each  cell  dorsally  dehiscent,  or  a  berry. 

The  O.xalis  family  contains  7  genera  and  about  230 
species,  of  which  220  belong  to  the  genus  Oxalis.  They 
are  mostly  of  tropical  and  subtropical  distribution. 
Oxalis  occurs  chiefly  in  South  Africa  and  South 
America.  The  Oxalidacea;  were  formerly  united  with 
the  GeraniacciP,  but  differ  in  the  fruit,  which  is  a  dehis- 
cent capsule  or  a  berry  and  does  not  break  up  into 
separate  carpels. 

The  species  of  Oxalis  are  often  bulbous  or  tuberous, 
or  the  roots  are  enlarged  as  water-storage  tissue.  The 
leaflets  usually  have  a  sensitive  cushion  at  the  base 
(pulvinus)  and  show  sleep-movements.  The  flowers  of 
many  are  dimorphic  or  trimorphic,  i.e.,  have  stamens 
or  styles  of  2  or  3  lengths  in  the  same  species.  The 
seeds  are  forcibly  ejected  through  the  dorsal  suture  of 
the  capsule  by  the  elastic  separation  of  the  outer  layer 
of  the  testa. 

Oxalis  contains  much  oxalic  acid,  which  may  be 
extracte<l  for  economic  purposes.  It  is  somewhat  seda- 
tive, and  the  sour  taste  has  made  some  species  useful 
as  salads.  The  starchy  roots  of  some  South  American 
species  are  used  for  cattle-fodder.  The  fruits  of  Aver- 
rhoa are  used  in  the  tropics  as  a  substitute  for  goose- 
berries, which  they  resemble  in  flavor. 

Two  genera  are  grown  in  America:  Averrhoa  (Caram- 
bola),  1  species  grown  for  shade  and  fruit;  ancl  OxaUs. 

106.  Tropaeolacese  (from  the  genus  Trop^olum,  from 
tropaion,  a  trophy;  the  leaves  are  shield-like,  and  the 
flowers  resemble  a  helmet).  Nasturtiim  Family.  Fig. 
29.  Diffuse  or  climbing  succulent  herbs  with  alternate, 
peltate  or  lobed  leaves:  flowers  bisexual,  irregular, 
spurred;  sepals  .5,  imbricated;  petals  5,  imbricated, 
the  upper  two  differing  in  shape  from  the  lower  three; 
stamens  S,  separate,  somewhat  perigynous;  ovary 
superior,  3-cellcd,  3-!obed,  each  cell  1-seeded;  style  1; 
stigmas  3:  fruit  splitting  into  1-seeded,  indehiscent 
nutlets  or  drupelets. 

A  single  genus  of  about  35  species  is  found  in  the 
mountainous  regions  from  Mexico  to  Chile.  The  family 
was  formerly  included  in  the  Geraniacea^,  but  is  dis- 
tinguished by  its  separate  stamens,  its  indehiscent  fruit- 
lets,  and  a  very  peculiar  method  of  eml)ryo  develop- 
ment, in  which  the  suspensor  divides  into  three  parts, 
one  part  growing  into  the  placenta,  another  out  into 
the  ovarian  cavity,  and  the  third  producing  the  embryo 
on  its  apex.   The  spur  of  the  flower  is  an  outgrowth  of 


the  obliquely  cup-shaped  receptacle  at  the  biise  of  the 
calyx,  as  in  Pelargonium. 

The  herbage  of  Troi)a>olum  has  an  acrid  taste  like 
cress,  and  is  often  used  for  salad,  hence  the  common 
name  "nasturtium"  or  "Indian  cre.ss." 

In  America,  several  species  are  grown  for  their  showy 
flowers.  Tropseolum  mnjns  is  the  nuist  widely  known 
species.    T.  pcregrinum  is  the  "canary-bii'd  flower." 

107.  Linaceae  (from  the  genus  Linuni,  the  Latin  name 
for  flax,  from  the  old  Celtic  liiii,  a  thread).  Flax  Fam- 
ily. Fig.  29.  Woody  or  herbaceous  plants:  leaves  alter- 
nate or  opposite,  rarely  whorled,  simple,  entire:  flowers 
bisexual,  regular;  calyx  of  5,  persistent,  imbricated 
sepals,  rarely  4-parted,  with  3-fid  lobes;  petals  5,  rarely  4, 
convolute,  clawed,  the  claw  sometimes  crested;  stamens 
5,  alternate  with  the  petals,  with  sometimes  5  additional 
staminodia,  or  10,  15,  or  20,  hypogynous,  usually  united 
at  the  often  glandular  base;  ovary  5-,  rarely  3-  or  4-, 
celled  or  falsely  10-celled  by  the  intrusion  of  the  mid- 
rib; ovules  few;  styles  as  many  as  the  cells  of  the 
ovary:  fruit  a  capsule  or  drupe. 

There  are  9  genera  and  about  120  species,  of  which  90 
species  belong  to  Linum.    The  Linaceie  are  related  to 


29.  Ger.4NIace.e;  1.  Geranium,  a,  floral  diagram;  6,  fruit; 
c,  fruit  dehiscing.  Trop.eol.4ce.e:  2.  Tropaeolum,  flower.  Lina- 
ceae:  3.  Linum,  a,  flower;  b,  floral  diagram. 

the  Geraniacese  and  Oxalidacese,  but  also  show  a  rela- 
tion to  the  Silenes  in  the  Caryophyllacea;.  The  many- 
stamened  genera  suggest  the  Ternstra'miacea;.  The 
family  is  most  easily  recognized  by  the  simple,  regular 
pattern  of  the  flower,  and  the  numerical  plan  of  5  (or  4) 
which  is  carried  through  all  the  floral  parts.  For  this 
reason,  the  flax  was  taken  by  the  older  botanists  as  a 
pattern  flower. 

Linum  catharticum  (Europe)  was  formerly  used  as  a 
purgative.  A  fi.xed  oil  is  extracted  from  the  seeds  of  the 
common  flax  (Linum  usilnliasimum) ,  which  is  used  in 
medicine  as  an  emollient.  The  most  extensive  use  of  this 
oil  is  in  painting,  its  value  being  due  to  the  property  of 
drying  into  a  hard,  waterproof  coating.  Fla.xseed  meal, 
from  which  the  oil  has  been  expressed,  is  used  for  fodder 
and  for  poulticing.  I'he  seed-coats  of  flax  become  very 
mucilaginous  when  soaked,  on  which  account  flaxseed 
has  also  been  used  as  an  emollient  in  the  treatment  of 
coughs  and  colds.  The  cortical  bast-fibers  of  the  flax 
have  been  used  since  earliest  times  in  textile  industries. 
As  the  basis  of  linen  cloth,  flax  is  one  of  the  most  useful 
of  cultivated  plants.  Flax  was  probably  Asiatic  in  its 
origin.  Many  species  of  Linum  are  ornamental,  but 
are  little  grown. 

Two  genera  are  cultivated  in  America:  Linum, 
with  species  of  annual  garden  plants;  and  Reinwardtia, 
with  species  of  conservatory  sub-shrubs  from  India. 


44 


A   SYX(M^SIS   OF   Till':   PLANT   KINCDOM 


UlS.  Erythroxylacese  ^|■I■^lm  the  gciuis  Kriilhruxi/hni, 
iho  name  .•iisiiiifvinsi  inl  wooil:  tlio  wood  of  sonic  spocios 
being  ixhI).  Cor.\  Kamh.v.  Fi^.  ;>0.  Shrubs  and  small 
trees:  loavos  alli'iiiatf:  tlowci-s  hisoxual,  regular,  iiuon- 
spicuoiis;  sopals  "),  pfi'sislent,  inibiicalcd  or  valvatc; 
petals  5,  coiivoluto  or  iinbricattHi,  with  appciuiafsi's  on 
the  iniuT  face,  or  with  pn>jcctin}j;  callosil  ics;  stamens  It), 
in  2  whorls,  more  or  less  connate  into  a  tube,  antl 
externally  glandular;  ovary  3— 1-celled,  usually  but 
1  cell  ileveloping  in  fruil ;  1-2  ovules  in  each  cell;  styles 
3-4:  fruit  drupaceous,  1-2-sccded. 

Two  genera  and  about  90  species  are  known;  all 
tropical,  and  reaching  their  greatest   develo[)ment  in 


«*»'i',5j^ 


W" 


'('liiiti       f  Ji,  II" 


(L 


■f  .vtl  ''  '  f       ^ 


u 


30.  Erythhoxylack.k:  1.  Erythroxylou,  a,  fiowei 
pulrhnirn;h,  flower,  perianth  removed,  of  £.  Coca.  Ztgophvllace.e: 
2.  ZyEophyllviin.  «,  fiower;  6.  floral  diagram.  ItuTACE.E;  3.  Huta, 
a,  flower;  6,  floral  diagram;  c,  leaf. 

tropical  South  America,  hut  extending  northward  to 
Mexico  and  southward  in  the  Old  World  to  Natal. 
The  family  is  clcsely  related  to  the  Linac"a»  with  which 
it  wa-s  formerly  united,  but  differs  in  the  more  promi- 
nent stamen-tube,  the  .appendages  on  the  petals,  and 
the  drupaceous  non-capsular  fruit. 

The  only  important  economic  plant  is  the  coca  plant 
(Erylhroxylon  Coca),  a  slirub  famous  as  the  source  of 
cocaine.  Its  origin  is  unknown,  but  it  was  early  used  by 
the  Peruvians  a.s  a  stinnilant.  Coca  is  now  grown  to 
a  liniite<i  extent  in  southern  Florida  and  southern  Cali- 
fornia, a.s  well  as  in  most  trojncal  countries. 

HX).  Zygophyllaceae  (from  the  genus  Zygojihylhim, 
derive(i  from  the  Greek  signif\ing  a  yoke  and  leaf;  tlie 
leaflets  are  in  pairs).  Cai^tkop  Family.  Fig.  ;30.  Herbs, 
shrubs,  or  trees:  leaves  opposite,  rarely  alternate,  mostly 
pinnately  compound:  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  rarely 
irregular;  sepals  4-.">,  persistent,  imbricated  or  rarely 
valvatc;  petals  4-.i,  rarely  0,  imbricated,  rarely  valvate; 
disk  present,  diverse,  rarely  wanting;  stamens  usually 
8  or  10,  hypogynous,  the  outer  opposite  the  petals, 
usually  scales  at  the  base  of  the  filaments;  ovary  .supe- 
rior, 4-.>-celled,  rarely  falsely  many-celled;  ovules 
2  to  several  in  each  cc'll;  style  and  stigma  1:  fruit  a 
capsule  or  s<5paratiiig  into  fruit  lets. 

Twenty-one  genera  and  about  1.50  species  occur  as 
natives  of  the  w-armer  i)arts  of  the  world,  especially 
the  drier  draert  regions.  They  are  especially  abun<laiit 
in  North  Africa  and  the  .Mediterranean  region.  'I'his 
family  is  very  closely  ri-Ialcii  to  the  Kutacea',  from  which 
it  differs  in  the  ab.sence  of  glandular  dots  and  (jil,  anil 
in  the  presence  of  stipules.  'Ihe  fruits  are  usually  mon^ 
or  k;Rs  lobefl  and  sometimes  winged  or  covered  with 
prickles. 

The  hard,  faintly  aromatic  wood  (lignumvita') 
of  Cwii/icum  officirude  is  used  for  cabinet  work  and 
for  pulleys.  The  woofl  of  tliis  plant  yii4ds  a  resin  used 
as  a  diaphoretic  and  purge.  The  flower-buds  of  one 
6p<!cies  of  Zygophyllum  are  used  in  place  of  capers. 

The  Arabs  u.se  Z.  vimplex  to  remov(;  freckles.  The 
fetid  smell  of  this  plant  is  so  strong  that  even  camels 
arc  said  to  reject  it.  Soda  is  obtained  from  species  of 
Nitraria,  which  inhabit  alkaline  soil. 


(iiiiiiiiciiiii  ojlicindlc  is  sometimes  grown  in  southern 
Florida  and  southern  California  for  ornament.  Zygo- 
I)hyllum  may  be  in  cultivation. 

11(1.  Rutaceas  Ui'i>m  the  genus  liulii,  the  ancient 
n:uni-).  HiK  Family.  l''ig.  'M.  Herbs,  rarely  shrubby: 
leaves  usually  alternate,  simple  or  variously  cut  or  com- 
pound, usually  with  pellucid  dots:  flowers  bisexual, 
usually  reguhu';  sepals  4-5,  often  (coherent,  imbricated; 
])et;ils  1-."),  imbricated  or  valvate,  usually  separate;  sta- 
mens .S-10,  rarely  1."),  inserted  a(  the  ba.se  of  a  thick  disk, 
usually  di.stinct;  ovary  superior,  2-.")-lobcd,  2-5-celIed; 
each  cell  1  to  many-ovuled,  raised  on  a  prolongation  of 
the  receptacle,  a  glandular  disk  at  its  base;  styles 
usually  connate:  fruit  a  capsule  opening  by  valves,  or 
fleshy  and  indehiscent,  or  separating  into  fruitlets, 
rarely  winged. 

Rutacea;  contains  over  100  genera  and  about  900 
species,  mostly  of  tropical  countries  but  extending  into 
temperate  parts  of  Europe  and  .\merica.  Fagara,  with 
more  than  130  sjiecies,  is  the  largest  genus.  The  Ruta- 
cejE  arc  related  to  many  of  the  (ieranium  group,  especi- 
ally to  Simarubacea;,  Zygoph.yllace;E,  aiifl  Meliaceifi. 
The  transparent  dots  in  the  lea\-es,  the  numerical  plan, 
and  especially  the  lobed  ovary  raised  on  the  disk  or 
stalk,  are  together  distinctive.  The  disk  is  often  much 
developed  and  very  diversely  constructed.  The  outer 
stamens  are  usually  opposite  the  petals,  not  alternate 
with  them  as  might  be  expected.  In  some  cases  the 
carpels  arc  entirely  free  below  and  united  only  by  the 
styles  or  stigmas.  The  seeds,  except  in  the  berry  fruits, 
are  only  1  or  2.  The  great  development  of  oil-glands 
containing  a  fragrant  oil  is  one  of  the  most  character- 
istic features  of  the  family.  These  glands  are  produced 
on  all  parts  of  the  plant ,  even  on  the  floral  parts  and  sur- 
face of  the  fruits.  The  orange  and  lemon  are  examples 
of  Rutacea;  with  berry  fruits,  and  they  are  widely  cul- 
tivated and  perplexingly  variable. 

The  volatile  oil  of  the  Rutaceie  has  been  used  to  .some 
extent  for  medicine  and  also  for  perfumery.  Extract 
of  rue  has  been  used  as  a  vermifuge.  The  Romans 
used  rue  as  a  condiment.  Some  species  of  rue  are  so 
pungent  as  to  produce  a  poisoning  of  the  skin  similar  to 
that  produced  by  poison  ivy.  The  volatile  oil  is  so 
copious  in  Dictamnus  as  to  ignite  readily.  Several 
species  of  Barosma  (buchu)  are  tonic  and  diuretic.  The 
genus  Citrus  is  the  most  useful.  It  includes  the  orange, 
the  bitter  orange,  the  citron,  the  lemon,  the  lime,  the 
grape-fruit,  the  kid-glove  orange  or  tangerine,  and  the 
bergamot  from  the  rind  of  which  bergamot  oil  is  manu- 
factured, used  in  perfumery.  The  bark  of  the  prickly 
shrub,  Zanthoxylum,  is  sometimes  used  as  a  tonic. 
The  seeds  of  some  species  of  Zanthoxylum  are  used  to 
poison  fish. 

In  cultivation  in  America  or  worthy  of  trial  are  20 
to  30  genera,  used  mostly  for  ornament  and  fruit. 
Among  these  are:  Adenandra  (Breath  of  Heaven); 
^gle  (Bael  Fruit,  Bengal  Quince);  Atalantia;  Balsam- 
ocitrus  (African  Bael-Fruit);  Calodendron  (Cape 
Chestnut) ;  Casimiroa  (White  Sapota) ;  Citrus  (Orange, 
Lemon);  IDictamnus  (Dittany,  Gas  Plant,  Burning 
Bush);  Fagara  (Prickly  Ash);  Feronia  (Wood  Apple); 
Murraya  (Orange  Jessamine,  Satin  wood);  Phelloden- 
dron  (Chinese  Cork  Tree);  Poncirus  (Trifoliate 
Orange);  Ptelea  (Hop  Tree);  Ruta  (Rue);  Triphasia 
(Bergamot  Lime,  Lime  Berry);  Zanthoxylum  (Prickly 
Ash,  Chinese  or  Japanese  Pepperwood,  Toothache 
Tree). 

111.  Simarubaceae  (frf)m  the  genus  Simnruha,  which 
is  the  Caribbean  name  of  iShnnniha  ojliciiiiilis).  Qt'AS- 
siA  Family,  Fig.  :51.  Shrubs  or  trees:  leaves  alternate  or 
rarely  opposite,  pinnate,  rarely  simple,  dot  less:  flowers 
uiiLsexual,  regular;  sep.als  li-fi,  more  or  less  connate, 
imbricated  or  valvatc;  petals  3  .">,  rarely  0,  free  or  con- 
nate, variously  arranged  in  the  bud;  disk  prominent, 
very  diverse,  rarely  0;  stamens  usually  twice  the  petals, 
filaments  naked  or  with  a  scale;  carpels  2-5,  free,  or 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT   KINGDOM 


45 


onnnatfi  at  the  b;xse  or  by  the  styles,  or  completely 
iiiiitetl  into  a  2-5-celled,  superior  ovary;  eaeh  cell  1-, 
rarely  several-,  ovuled;  carpels  in  fruit  drupe-like, 
rarely  forniinf;  a  berry  or  samaras. 

About  28  genera  and  140  species  are  generally  distrib- 
uled  in  the  tropics,  but  extend  into  the  temperate 
legions.  The  center  of  distribution  is  in  tropical 
America.  Some  fossil  species  are  known.  The  family 
is  closely  related  to  the  Ilutacex,  but  differs  in  the 
absence  of  foliage-glands  and  in  the  presence  of  scales 
on  the  fiUunents.  It  is  ;dso  closely  related  to  the  Zygo- 
phyllaceie. 

NIost  of  the  SimarubaceiE  contain  a  bitter  princijjle, 
also,  sometimes,  a  resinous  matter  and  an  oil  which  is 
of  value  as  a  tonic.  Quassia  amara  of  tropical  America 
furnishes  the  quassia  wood,  famous  as  a  bitter  tonic. 
I'icrasma  excclsa,  of  Jamaica,  also  furnislies  quassia 
of  equal  quality.  Branches  of  quassia  and  the  pulver- 
ized bitter  wood  of  species  of  Simaruba  are  used  in 
tropical  America  to  drive  away  insects.  The  seeds 
<<(  Simaj-uha  Cedron  are  used  for  the  same  purpose. 
\'arious  species  are  used  for  snake-bites.  The  leaves 
and  sap  of  species  of  Picramnia  furnish  a  beautiful 
\iolet  dj'e. 

Very  few  are  in  cultivation  in  America:  Picrasma,  a 
semi-hardy  shrub;  and  Ailanthus  (Tree  of  Heaven),  a 
well-known  tree. 

112.  BurseracesB  (from  the  genus  Bursera,  named  in 
memory  of  Joachim  Burser,  a  botanist  in  Naples). 
BuRSEKA  Family.  Fig.  .31.  Trees  or  shrubs,  often  very 
large,  with  usually  alternate  compound  leaves:  flowers 
bisexual,  regular,  usually  small  and  very  numerous; 
sepals  3-5,  more  or  less  connate,  imbricated  or  often 
valvate;  petals  3-5,  usually  separate,  imbricated  or  val- 


31.  Simarubace.e:  1.  Ailanthus,  a,  flower,  section:  6,  Bower, 
looking  in;  c,  fruit.  BnKSERACE.s::  2.  Bursera,  a.  flower;  tj.  floral 
diaEram.  Meliace.e;  3.  Swietenia,  flower.  4.  Cedrela,  Hower. 
.5.  Melia,  floral  diagram.  MALPIGHIACE.E;  6.  Camarea,  ilower. 
7.  Malpighia,  floral  diagram. 

vate;  stamens  usually  twice  as  many  as  the  petals,  hy- 
pogynous,  sometimes  unequal,  separate,  the  outer  oppo- 
site the  petals;  disk  present,  annular  or  cup-sliaped, 
rarely  0,  sometimes  adnate  to  the  calyx;  ovary  superior, 
2-5-celled;  ovules  usually  2  in  each  cell;  style  1  or  0: 
fruit  drupe-like  with  2-.5  stones  or  with  a  bony  endo- 
carj3  or  a  capsule  with  the  epicarp  opening  and  expos- 
ing the  connate  bony  pits;  seeds  exalbuminous. 

The  16  genera  and  about  270  species  are  widely  dis- 
tributed in  tropiral  regions.  One  species  of  Bursera 
reaches  Florida.  The  family  is  related  to  the  Rutace;e 
and  Simarubaceae,  from  which  it  differs  in  the  presence 
of  resin-chambers  in  the  bark.  It  is  also  very  closely 
related  to  the  Anacardiacese. 


The  family  is  very  rich  in  resin  and,  therefore,  is  of 
considerable  economic  imj^ortance.  These  resins  are 
frequently  aromatic  or  fragrant;  hence  many  have  been 
used  as  incense.  The  resin  myrrh  is  obtained  from  .species 
of  Commiphora  of  Arabia  and  Africa.  Mecca  balsam 
is  from  the  same  genus.  Olibanum  incense  is  derived 
from  trees  of  the  genus  Boswellia,  of  India.  Frankin- 
cense is  either  this  olibanum  or  the  resin  from  Bos- 
wellia Carieri.  A  substitute  for  dammar  and  copal 
has  been  obtained  from  the  Burseracea;. 

Few  species  of  the  Burseracea;  are  in  cultivation  in 
America:  Bursera  Simaruba,  as  an  ornamental  green- 
house tree;  and  diinigu  piunata,  which  is  grown  in 
Florida  and  California  for  the  gooseberry-like  fruit. 

113.  Meliaceae  (from  the  genus  Melia,  the  Greek 
name  of  the  somewhat  similar  manna-ash).  Mahogany 
Family.  Fig.  31.  Trees  or  shrubs:  leaves  usually  alter- 
nate, pinnate  or  rarely  simple:  flowers  bisexual,  rarely 
unisexual,  panicled;  sepals  4—5,  usually  partly  connate, 
imbricated;  petals  4-5,  rarely  3-8,  separate,  or  con- 
nate or  adnate  to  the  stamens;  stamens  8-10,  rarely 
5.  or  numerous,  hypogynous,  filaments  usually  connate 
into  a  tube  which  is  entire  or  lacerate,  rarely  free;  disk 
present;  ovary  superior,  2-5-cellod,  rarely  1-  or  many- 
celled,  each  cell  2-,  rarely  several-,  ovuled;  style  and 
stigma  1 :  fruit  a  drupe,  berry,  or  capsule. 

There  are  42  genera  and  about  600  species,  all  con- 
fined to  the  tropics.  They  enter  the  United  States 
only  in  southern  Florida.  Some  fossil  species  are 
known.  The  family  is  related  to  the  Rutacese,  but 
lacks  the  resin  and  oil-glands.  It  is  closely  related  to  all 
of  the  disk-bearing  families,  but  is  distinguished  by  the 
peculiar  stamen-tube  with  teeth  and  fringe. 

There  is  the  greatest  diversity  in  the  arrangement 
of  the  anthers  on  the  staminal  tube  and  the  dentation 
or  fringing  of  the  latter.  Very  commonly  there  are  2 
stipule-like  teeth  just  below  the  anthers.  The  seeds 
are  sometimes  winged  (in  mahogany).  The  leaves  are 
rarely  transparent-dotted  (Flindersia). 

Melia  Azedarach,  an  Asiatic  tree,  is  bitter,  and  has 
been  used  in  medicine  as  a  purgative  and  vermifuge. 
Other  species  of  Meliacea;  are  purgative  and  emetic,  or 
are  used  for  heartburn,  and  the  like.  Some  have  the  odor 
of  garlic.  The  bark  of  the  Asiatic  Walsura  piscidia  is 
used  to  stupefy  fish.  The  pulp  of  the  fruit  of  Aglaia 
edulis  is  said  to  be  delicious.  The  bitter  bark  of  mahog- 
any has  been  used  in  place  of  quinine.  The  most  cele- 
brated member  of  the  family  is  Swietenia  Mahogani  of 
the  West  Indies  and  Peru,  which  furnishes  the  mahog- 
any timber  of  commerce.  The  wood  of  the  West  Indian 
Cedrela  odorata  is  fragrant,  and  is  the  so-called  cigar- 
box  cedar,  from  which  these  boxes  are  made.  The 
sawdust  of  the  South  African  sneezewood  {Ptasroxylon 
obliquum)  causes  sneezing,  hence  the  popular  name. 

Five  or  more  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  all 
confined  to  soutliern  California  and  southern  Florida, 
except  Melia,  which  is  common  throug;hout  the  southern 
states,  and  Cedrela  sinensis,  hardy  in  Mass.  Among 
these  are  Cedrela  (West  Indian  Cedar);  Melia  (Pride 
of  India,  China-berry  Tree,  Texas  Umbrella  Tree); 
Ptasroxylon  (Sneezewood);  Swietenia  (Mahogany). 

114.  Malpighiacese  (from  the  genus  Malpighia,  in 
honor  of  ^Iarcello  Malpighi,  once  professor  of  medi- 
cine at  Pisa).  Malpighia  Family.  Fig.  31.  Trees  or 
shrubs,  most  often  climbing:  leaves  usually  opposite, 
often  with  petiolar  glands  and  jointed  petioles;  flowers 
commonly  bisexual,  usually  obliquely  irregular;  sepals  5, 
mostly  separate,  some  or  all  with  large  glands;  petals 
5,  fringed  or  toothed,  slender-clawed;  stamens  10,  in 
part  staminodial,  rarely  fewer,  the  outer  opposite  the 
petals,  hypogynous  or  nearly  so,  usually  connate  below; 
anthers  very  diverse  and  odd;  ovary  superior,  2-3- 
ccllcd  and  lobed,  rarely  5-celled,  the  cells  1-ovuled; 
styles  2-3,  rarely  connate:  fruit  commonly  separating 
into  2-3  nut-like  portions  which  are  entire,  or  pectinately 
winged,  or  naked,  rarely  a  single  nut  or  drupe;  seeds 


46 


A   SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


oxalbuiuiiums;  oinbryo  variously  curvod  or  spiral, 
rarely  straight. 

This  f;unily  has  n'y  pcnora  and  about  650  spccios, 
Renorally  liistributoil  in  the  tropics,  but  roachiiiR  to 
Texas  and  California  in  North  Anieriea,  and  I'ort 
Natal  in  Africa.  They  are  most  abundant  in  the  tropi- 
cal forests  of  South  .\inorica.  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Zyi;ophyllace;e,  Sapindacca',  anil  Kry- 
thro.xylacea'.  as  .^hown  Ity  the  lobed  an<l  wingiHl  fniit, 
or  claweil  petals.  The  glandular  calyx,  clawed  petals, 
the  outer  stmiiens  oi)posite  the  petals,  peculiar  anthers, 
queer  fruit,  and  curved  embryo  are  together  distinctive. 

The  family  is  of  little  economic  importance.  Various 
coloring  matters  and  a.<tringent  tannins  arc  contained 
in  the  bark,  for  which  rciuson  some  of  tlie  Mal|3igliiacc;e 
have  been  u.sed  for  dysentery  and  intermittent  fever. 
Some  are  used  as  a  remedy  for  snake-bites.  The  fruits 
of  certain  Malpighiacean  are  sour,  juicy  and  refreshing. 

Few  species  are  in  cultivation  in  North  America, 
all  in  California,  Florida  or  the  \\'est,  Indies.  Gal- 
phimia  and  Stigniaphyllon  are  ornamental;  Malpiqhia 
glabra  is  the  Barbadocs  cherry,  culti\ated  in  the  West 
Indies  for  the  cherry-like  fruit. 

115.  Tremandraceae  (from  the  genus  Tremandra, 
which  is  from  the  Latin  tremble  and  the  Greek  male, 
Iirobably  in  allusion  to  the  anthers).  Tremandha 
F.\M1LY.  Fig.  32.  Shrubs  or  sub-shrubs,  with  opposite, 
whorled  or  alternate  leaves:  flowers  bisexual,  regular; 
sepals  4-5,  rarely  3,  valvate;  petals  of  the  same  number 
as  the  sepals  and  alternating  with  them,  colored,  entire, 
separate  induplicate-valvate;  stamens  8  or  10,  rarely 
6,  hypogynous,  in  1  or  2  whorls;  anthers  opening  by  a 
transverse  terminal  valve,  or  more  or  less  prolonged 
into  a  beak  with  terminal  pores;  ovary  superior, 
2-celled;  style  1;  stigma  1:  fruit  a  capsule;  seeds  1  or  2 
in  each  cavity. 

In  this  family  are  3  genera  and  about  23  species,  of 
which  20  belong  to  the  genus  Tetratheca.  All  are 
native  of  south  and  west  Australia.  The  family  is  very 
similar  to  the  Polygalacese,  and  separated  from  that 


32.  Themanij>ia<e,e;  1.  Platythoca,  floral  diagram.  Poly- 
OALACEyt:  2.  PolyKala.  a,  flower;  b,  flower,  vertical  Bection;  c,  floral 
diaKram.  Kt;i'|iorbiacE/E:  3.  Euphorbia,  a,  involucre  and  flowers: 
h,  involucre,  vertical  section.  4.  Croton,  a,  flower;  b,  floral  dia- 
^am,  male  flower;  c,  floraj  diagram,  female  flower. 

family  only  by  the  regular  flowers.  Platythcca  is 
remarkable  in  having  the  four  anther  cells  all  in  one 
plane. 

Two  genera  are  in  the  American  trade,  both  tender 
heath-like  plants:  Platythcca,  and  Tetratheca. 

llfj.  Polygalaceae  (from  the  genus  I'olygnUi,  an  old 
Greek  name  applied  later  to  this  genus  by  botanists 
because  of  the  supposed  stimulative  action  of  the  plant 
CD  the  lactation  of  cattle;.  Milkwort  Family.  Fig.  32. 


Herbs,  .shrubs,  or  small  trees,  sometimes  climbing  or 
twining:  leaves  mostly  alternate:  flowers  bisexual,  irreg- 
ular; sejials  5,  imbricated,  separate  or  somewhat  coher- 
ent, the  2  inner  largest  and  often  winged  or  petaloid ; 
petals  rarely  5,  commonly  3,  at  least  the  2  upper,  and 
sometimes  all  more  or  less  coherent  with  each  other  and 
with  the  slanien-tube,  inner  petal  concave  and  often 
with  a  fringed  crest  (keel) ;  stamens  8,  rarely  fewer,  in  2 
whorls,  hypogynous,  usually  adherent  to  the  keel  petal 
and  coherent  into  a  tube  which  is  slit  down  and  open 
behind;  anthers  usually  opening  by  terminal  pores  or 
sUts;  ovary  superior  usually  2-nelled;  ovule  usually 
1  in  each  cell;  style  1,  dilated  above;  stigmas  1-4; 
fruit  usually  a  capsule,  rarely  a  drupe  or  samara;  seeds 
pendulous,  albuminous. 

Polygalacea;  has  10  genera  and  about  500  species, 
450  of  which  belong  to  the  genus  Polygala;  widely  dis- 
tributed over  the  earth  but  absent  in  New  Zealand, 
Polynesia,  arctic  North  America  and  arctic  Asia.  The 
family  is  not  closely  related  to  any  other.  The  peculiar 
perianth  and  stamens,  and  the  2-celled  ovary,  are  to- 
gether very  distinctive.  The  floral  parts,  though  simu- 
lating those  of  the  Leguminosa;,  are  not  homologous. 

A  bitter  principle  gives  the  Polygalacea;  tonic  and 
astringent  properties.  Some  species  are  emetic.  The 
root  of  Foil/gala  Senega  (North  America),  so-called 
"Senega  or  Seneca  snakeroot,"  is  used  as  an  emetic 
and  cathartic,  but  more  especially  as  an  expectorant. 
This  and  many  other  species  of  Polygala  are  reputed 
antidotes  for  snake-bites,  hence  the  name  "snakeroot." 

Only  the  genus  Polygala  is  in  cultivation  in  N.  Amer- 
ica, of  which  9  or  10  species  are  grown  for  ornamental 
purposes.    Some  are  shrubs  and  1  is  an  evergreen  trailer. 

117.  Euphorbiaceae  (from  the  genus  Euphorbia, 
named  in  honor  of  Euphorbus,  physician  to  King  Juba). 
Spurge  I'"amily.  I'^ig.  32.  Herbs,  shrubs  or  trees,  of 
great  ly  varying  habit,  sometimes  fleshy  and  cactus-like, 
often  with  milky  juice:  leaves  mostly  alternate:  flowers 
monoecious  or  dicecious,  regular  or  irregular;  both 
calyx  and  corolla  present,  or  the  latter  absent,  or 
both  absent,  or  both  much  reduced,  valvate  or  imbri- 
cated; the  parts  free,  rarely  united;  intrastaminal 
disk  usually  present  in  the  staminate  flowers,  often 
changed  to  glands;  stamens  as  many  as  the  sepals,  or 
twice  as  many,  or  reduced  to  1,  separate  or  monadel- 
phous;  hypogynous  disk  in  the  pistillate  flowers 
annular  or  cup-shaped  or  in  the  form  of  glands;  ovary 
superior,  usually  3-celled,  rarely  1-,  2-,  or  4-celled; 
style  and  stigma  various;  ovules  1-2  in  each  cavity, 
side  by  side,  suspended,  anatropous;  micropyle  external, 
covered  with  a  caruncle:  fruit  splitting  into  three 
portions,  leaving  a  central  column,  rarely  indehiscent 
and  berry-hke,  or  drupaceous;  seeds  albuminous. 

The  208  genera  and  about  4,000  species  are  widely 
distributed,  mainly  in  the  tropics,  but  extend  into 
temperate  regions.  The  largest  genera  are  Euphorbia 
with  about  700  species,  Croton  with  500-600  species, 
and  Phyllanthus  with  400  species.  The  family  is 
related  to  the  Geraniales,  as  shown  by  the  fruit.  The 
only  constant  characters  of  this  great  polymorphic 
family  are  the  collateral  anatropous  ovules  with  micro- 
pyle external,  the  caruncle,  the  usually  persistent  axis 
of  the  fruit,  and  the  albuminous  seeds.  In  Euphorbia, 
some  sessile  staminate  flowers  and  a  pedicelled  pistillate 
flower  are  inclosed  in  a  common  involucre  which  bears 
various  horn-like,  or  gland-like,  or  petaloid  appendages. 
The  variation  in  the  inflorescence  and  floral  structure 
throughout  the  family  is  very  intricate. 

The  family  is  of  great  economic  importance.  Only 
the  most  important  plants  can  be  mentioned  here.  The 
following  are  used  in  medicine:  The  juice  of  Euphorbia 
Esuh,  E.  CypririasiaH,  E.  Lathyrin,  E.  helioscopia,  and 
others,  is  purgative,  as  is  also  that  of  Mercurialis.  Cro- 
lon  Tiglium  yields  the  purgative  croton  oil.  liicinus 
communis  yields  castf)r  oil.  Jtilropha  Curcas  (physic 
nut)     is     purgative.      Euphorbia     Uyberna,    Jatropha 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


47 


officinalis,  Croton,  and  StiUingin  sylvalica  (queen's 
root)  are  used  for  syphilis.  Euphorbia  corollata  and  E. 
Ipecacuanha  are  emetic.  E.  thymifolia.  is  used  as  a  ver- 
mifiiKC  in  India.  Croton  Eluteria  yields  cascarilla  bark, 
a  tonic.  The  hairs  of  the  capsule  of  Matlotus  philip- 
piiiensis  are  in  the  trade  as  kamala.  The  juice  of  E. 
colinifolia  is  used  by  the  Caribbeans  to  poison  arrows; 
that  of  Excmcaria  Agallocha  (blinding  tree)  is  so  acrid 
as  to  blind  the  eye  into  which  it  may  chance  to  fall. 
The  juice  of  E.  halsamifcra,  of  the  Canaries,  is  cooked 
and  eaten  as  jell}'.  The  seeds  of  Aleurites  Iriloha  are 
called  "almonds,"  and  eaten;  as  are  also  those  of  Con- 
ceveiba  guyanensis.  The  fruit  of  E.  disticka  is  edible. 
E.  Emblica  has  fleshy,  sweet  fruit.  The  most  useful 
as  food  are  the  tuberous  roots  of  the  sweet  manioc 
{Manihot  palnmta  var.  Aipii),  eaten  cooked  or  raw;  and 
of  the  bitter  manioc  (M.  uHlissima),  which  is  poisonous 
when  raw,  but  when  cooked  is  very  widely  used  for 
food  in  the  tropics.  This  root  is  the  source  of  cassava 
bread,  and  tapioca.  Phosphorescent  juice  is  obtained 
from  E.  phosphorca  of  Brazil.  The  fruit  of  Hura  crepitans 
(sand-box)  opens  with  a  report  hke  a  pistol.  It  is 
cooked  in  oil  to  prevent  dehiscence,  and  used  as  a  sand- 
box. India  rubber  is  obtained  from  the  juice  of  Hcvea 
guyanensis,  and  other  species.  Omphalea  triandra  yields 
a  blackening  juice  used  as  ink.  Soap  is  made  from  the 
seminal  oil  of  Jatropha  Curcas.  Oil  from  the  seeds  of 
Aleurites  cordata  (Japanese  oil  tree)  is  used  for  light- 
ing. Turnsole  [Crozophora  tincloria),  of  the  Mediter- 
ranean, yields  a  dye  used  to  color  Dutch  cheese.  Other 
Kuphorbiaces  yield  dyes.  Sapium  sebifcrum  (Chinese 
tallow  tree)  yields  a  fat  used  for  burning,  and  other 
purposes. 

Twenty  to  30  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N.  America 
for  various  purposes.  Among  these  are:  Acalypha, 
ornamental;  Aleurites  (Candlenut,  Candleberry  Tree), 
California;  Codiceiun  (Croton),  ornamental;  Euphorbia 
(Spurge,  Snow-on-the-Mountain,  Scarlet  Plimie,  Poin- 
settia,  Mexican  Fire  Plant,  Hypocrite  Plant,  Painted 
Leaf,  Fire-on-the-Mountain,  CrowTi  of  Thorns, 
Medusa's  Head,  Caper  Spurge,  Mole  Plant),  green- 
house, garden,  ornamental;  Hevea  (South  Ameri- 
can Rubber  Tree),  botanical  gardens  and  Florida; 
Jatropha  (French  Physic  Nut),  South;  Manihot 
(Ceara  Rubber  Tree,  Cassava,  Manioc  Plant),  South, 
food, and  ornamental;  Pedilanthus  (Bird  Cactus,  Jew 
Bush),  greenhouse;  Phyllanthus  (Snow-bush,  Embhc 
Myrobolan,  Otaheite  Gooseberry),  greenhouse,  garden; 
Putranjiva  (Indian  Amulet  Plant),  South;  Ricinus 
(Castor-Oil  Plant,  Palma  Christi),  garden,  ornamental; 
Stillingia  (Queen's  Root,  Queen's  Dehght);  Sapiimi 
(Tallow  Tree),  South. 

Order  39.   Sapindales 

118.  Buxacea:  (from  the  genus  Buxus,  the  ancient 
name  of  the  box).  Bcxus  Family.  Herbs,  shrubs  or 
trees:  leaves  opposite  or  alternate:  flowers  moncecious, 
inconspicuous ;  hypogynous  disk  wanting ;  corolla  absent ; 
calyx  4-parted,  or  in  the  pistillate  flower  4-l"2-parted 
or  0,  imbricated;  stamens  4,  opposite  the  lobes  of  the 
calyx,  or  numerous;  ovary  superior,  3-ceUed,  rarely  2-4- 
celled;  ovules  2,  collateral,  rarely  1,  suspended,  micro- 
pyle  turned  toward  the  axis;  styles  2-3:  fruit  capsular 
and  opening  elastically,  or  fleshy;  seeds  with  endo- 
sperm, with  or  without  a  caruncle. 

About  6  genera  and  30  species  inhabit  the  tropics  and 
Bubtropics.  One  species  is  native  in  the  southeastern 
United  States.  The  largest  genus  is  Buxus  with  19 
species.  Fcssil  species  are  known.  The  family  is  related 
to  the  Euphorbiacea,  with  which  it  is  united  by  some 
authors,  and  to  the  Celastracea;  and  Empetracea;. 
The  absence  of  milky  juice,  the  calycoid  perianth,  the 
3-celled  ovary  with  collateral  suspended  albuminous 
seeds,  and  the  axially  directed  micropyle  are  together 
characteristic. 


The  wood  of  the  box  (Buxus  sempervirens)  of  Europe 
is  close-grained  and  homogeneous;  used  for  engraving 
and  for  the  manufacture  of  musical  instruments.  A 
decoction  of  the  wood  was  formerly  used  in  medicine 
for  fevers.  Its  leaves  and  seeds  are  purgative.  Oil 
from  the  seeds  of  Simmondsia  is  used  as  a  hair-tonic. 

Four  or  more  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America. 
These    are:    Buxus   (Box)    ornamental;   Pachysandra 


33.  Empetr-\ce.e:  1.  Empetrum,  a,  flower;  fc,  floral  diagram. 
C'oriariace.e:  2.  Coriaria,  a,  flower;  h,  floral  diagram.  Ana- 
cardiace.e:  3.  Rhus,  a,  flower;  6,  floral  diagram.  4.  Anacardium, 
fruit.    CYRILLACE.E:    5.  Cyrilla,  flower. 

(Mountain  Spurge),  garden,  ornamental;  Sarcococca, 
greenhouse,  ornamental;  and  Simmondsia,  California, 
for  oil. 

119.  Empetraceae  (from  the  genus  Empetrum,  an 
ancient  name  signifying  upon  a  rock).  Crowberry 
Family.  Fig.  33.  Small  cricoid  shrubs:  leaves  alter- 
nate, deeply  furrowed  beneath:  flowers  pol3'gamous  or 
dioecious,  small,  regular,  hypogynous;  disk  wanting: 
sepals  2-3,  imbricated;  petals  2-3,  or  0;  stamens  of 
the  same  number  as  the  petals  and  alternate  \vith  them ; 
ovary  superior,  2-9-celled,  each  cell  1-ovuled;  style- 
branches  2-9,  often  fringed  or  toothed:  fruit  drupa- 
ceous; seed  ascending,  anatropous,  albuminous;  micro- 
pyle turned  toward  the  outside. 

In  the  north  temperate  and  arctic  regions,  and  in  the 
Andes,  are  found  3  genera  and  about  ,5  species.  The 
family  is  related  to  the  Buxaceae,  and  more  distantly 
to  the  Euphorbiacea;  and  Celastrace«.  The  habit, 
the  reduced  or  absent  corolla,  the  few  stamens,  the 
1-seeded  ovary,  the  external  micropyle,  and  the  absence 
of  the  disk  and  aril  are  together  distinctive. 

The  acid  berries  of  Empetrum  are  eaten  in  north 
Europe  and  Kamtschatka,  and  also  used  to  prepare  a 
drink.  The  fruit  of  Corenm  album  has  been  used  as  a 
fever  remedy.  An  acid  drink  is  prepared  from  it  in 
Portugal. 

In  North  America,  2  genera  are  in  cultivation:  Cera- 
tiola,  not  hardy;  and  Empetrum  (Crowberry),  grown 
in  rock-gardens. 

120.  Coriariaceae  (from  the  genus  Coriaria,  derived 
from  the  Latin  meaning  a  hide,  used  for  tanning). 
Coriaria  Family.  Fig.  33.  Shrubs  with  opposite  or 
whorled,  entire  leaves:  flowers  bisexual,  or  unisexual, 
regular;  sepals  5,  imbricated;  petals  5,  smaller,  but 
enlarging  in  fruit,  fleshy,  keeled  within  and  pressed 
between  the  carpels;  stamens  10,  hypogynous;  carpels 
5-10,  superior,  separate:  fruitlets  indehiscent,  l-seeded, 
dry. 

This  family  consists  of  a  sin'gle  genus  containing  8 
species,  widely  distributed  in  warm-temperate  zones. 
Coriariaceae  is  not  closely  related  to  any  other  family; 


48 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT   KINGDOM 


perhat>s  most  closely  to  the  Erapetrncoiv.  Some  authors 
place  it  neiir  the  Sapiiulaco;i-  or  Phytolaccacpie,  or 
Rutacea\  It  represents  an  ancient  group.  Fossil  spe- 
cies an-  known. 

Coriiirid  mifrlifolia  (niyrtlo-leavcd  siiinach)  of  tlic 
West  Mediterranean  reiiion,  contains  niuoh  taiuiin  and 
is  iisetl  !>>■  curriers:  its  leaves  and  fruits  arc  poisonous. 
The  fruit  of  C.  ruscifi>liii  of  New  Zealand  contains  a 
vinous  juice,  which  is  drunk  as  a  beverage,  but  its 
soetls  !u^  poisonous.  C.  ruscifolia  also  yields  a  black 
color  uscii  by  shoemakers. 

Two  sjiecies  are  prown  for  ornamental  purposes  in 
e;istprn  North  .Vmerica.    They  are  semi-hardy. 

121.  Limnanthaceae  (from  the  genus  Liniuinilhii.'!,  the 
name  sigiiilying  marsh  Hower).  Limn.^nthis  Family. 
Herbs  with  alternate  leaves:  flowers  bisexual,  regular; 
sepals  3  or  .5,  v;ilvate:  petals  ',i  or  5,  convolute,  separate; 
stamens  twice  as  many  as  the  petals,  the  outer  opposite 
the  petals,  often  glandular  at  base;  ovary  superior,  3- 
or  5-lobed,  3-  or  5-celled ;  ovules  1  in  each  cell,  ascend- 
ing, micropyle  directed  downward  and  outward;  stig- 
mas ;5  or  5:  fruit  dry,  separating  into  segments. 

This  is  a  small  family  of  2  genera  and  o  species,  all  of 
North  America.  The  family  was  formerly  united  with 
the  Geraniaceae,  to  which  the  floral  structure  bears  a 
superficial  resemblance.  It  is  also  related  to  the 
AnacardiacciP  and  .Sapindacea".  It  may  be  said  to  pos- 
sess the  general  floral  structure  and  lobed  ovary  of  the 
Geraniacea",  but  the  seed  position  of  the  two  families 
last  named. 

Limnanthiis  Douglasii,  of  California,  is  grown  for 
ornamental  i)urposes. 

122.  Anacardiaceae  (from  the  genus  Anacardium,  the 
name  meaning  lieart-like,  in  reference  to  the  shape  of 
the  nut).  Cashew  Family.  Fig.  .33.  Trees  or  shrubs 
with  resinous  bark,  and  alternate,  simple  or  compound 
leaves:  flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual,  regular,  small, 
and  numerous,  epigj-nous,  perigynous  or  hypogynous; 
sepals  3-5;  f)etals  3-5,  mostly  imbricated,  or  0;  sta- 
mens 5  or  10,  rarely  many,  inserted  with  the  petals  at 
the  edge  or  base  of  an  annular,  intra-staminal  disk; 
ovary  1-,  rarely  2-6-,  celled,  with  1  ovule  in  each  cell; 
styles  1-6:  fruit  a  drupe  or  nut,  rarely  dehiscent;  seeds 
usually  exalbuminous. 

There  are  58  genera  and  about  400  species,  most 
abundant  in  the  tropical  zone  of  both  hemispheres,  but 
represented  by  the  genus  Rhus  as  far  north  as  Europe 
and  the  United  States.  Rhus  is  the  largest  genus, 
containing  120  species.  The  family  is  related  to  the 
Sapindacea;,  but  contains  resin,  and  has  an  intra- 
staminal  disk.  It  is  also  related  to  the  Burseraceaj 
and  SimarubacejE. 

The  disk  in  some  genera  becomes  elongated  into  a 
stalk  on  wliich  the  ovary  is  raised.  The  drupe  is  some- 
times edible  (Mangifera).  In  Anacardium,  the  nut- 
like fruit  is  situated  on  top  of  a  fleshy  edible  receptacle. 
Sjometimes  the  nut  is  surrounded  by  the  edible  recep- 
tacle. In  Cotinus,  the  pedicles  become  plumose  and 
the  whole  much-branched  inflorescence  breaks  off, 
and  blows  about,  distributing  the  seeds.  In  Swin- 
tonia,  the  caljTC  or  the  corolla  becomes  enlarged  and 
persistent  and  serves  as  a  parachute  in  seed-dissemi- 
nation. Rhin  Toxicodnri/lron  (poison  ivy)  and  R.  Vernix 
(poison  sumach,  poison  elder,  poison  dogwood)  con- 
tain in  all  their  parts  an  oily,  extremely  irritating 
BuVjstance,  which  often  produces  a  very  painful  vesic- 
ular eruption  that  may  last  for  several  days. 

The  Anacardiacea;  is  a  family  of  considerable  eco- 
nomic importance.  Because  of  the  resinous  juice,  it 
yields  medicinal  substances  and  varnishes.  It  also 
yields  important  edible  fruits.  Pistacia  vera  of  Syria 
furnishes  the  pistachio  nut;  Fintacia  Terebinlhus  of  the 
Mediterranean  yields  Cyprus  turpentine,  formerly  medi- 
cinal. The  h^ves  of  lihus  Coriaria  of  the  Mediterra- 
nean are  used  for  tanning  fine  leather.  Rhu,i  succedanca 
of  Japan  yields  vegetable  wax,  which  coats  the  seed 


within  the  cai)sule.  Mclanorrhma  usilala  yields  a  cele- 
brated black  \  arnisli  of  Uurniah.  Mangifera  indica  of 
the  East  Indies  is  the  mango  tree,  the  fruit  of  which 
is  large,  juicy,  sugary-acid  and  agreeable.  Anacard'iian 
occidintide  of  tropical  America  is  the  cashew.  This 
plant  yields  edible  nuts  and  an  edible  receptacle.  From 
it  v'inegar  is  made,  also  a  peppery  oil  used  as  a  condi- 
ment; and  the  trunk  yields  a  valuable  acacia-hke  gum. 
The  seeds  of  Semecarpus  (marking-nut  tree)  give  an 
indelible  bkw^k  dye  used  in  marking  linen.  Spondias 
purpurea  is  the  so-called  Spanish  plum  of  the  West 
Indies.  The  fruit  of  Spondias  dutcis  of  the  Pacific 
Islands  is  also  frequently  eaten.  Other  species  furnish 
the  hog  plum  of  the  West  Indies.  The  mastic,  a  fra- 
grant gum-resin  of  the  pharmacist,  is  obtained  from 
Pistacia  Lcniiscus  of  the  Orient. 

I'jight  to  12  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N.  America, 
but  with  the  exception  of  Rhus  and  Cotinus,  mostly  in 
the  southern  states,  especially  in  southern  Florida  and 
southern  California.  Among  these  are:  Anacardium 
(Cashew  Tree);  Cotinus  (Smoke-bush);  Cyrtocarpa, 
fruit  edible;  Mangifera  (Mango);  Pistacia  (Pistachio 
Nut);  Rhus  (Sumach,  Poison  Ivy,  Poison  Oak,  Poison 
Elder,  Poison  Dogwood),  15  species;  Schinus  (California 
Pepper  Tree,  Peruvian  Mastic);  Semecarpus  (Marking- 
nut  Tree). 

123.  C5rrillaceae  (from  the  genus  Cyrilla,  named  in 
honor  of  Dominico  Cyrillo,  a  professor  of  medicine  at 
Naples).  Cyrilla  Family.  Fig.  33.  Shrubs  with 
alternate,  entire  leaves:  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  small; 
sepals  5,  often  enlarged  in  fruit,  imbricated;  petals  5, 
imbricated,  slightly  connate  at  base  or  separate;  sta- 
mens 5  or  10,  hypogynous,  the  inner  sometimes  want- 
ing, filaments  dilated;  ovary  superior,  2-4-celled; 
ovules  1,  rarely,  2-4  in  each  cell;  style  short;  stigmas 
2:  fruit  a  fleshy  or  dry  capsule,  or  nearly  dry  drupe 
with  wings;  seeds  albuminous. 

The  3  genera  and  only  5  species  are  all  American, 
ranging  from  Virginia  to  Brazil.  The  relationship  of 
the  Cyrillacea;  is  doubtfully  understood.  It  is  probably 
closely  related  to  the  Aquifohacea;,  although  some  have 
placed  it  with  the  EricaceiE.  The  small  polypetalous 
flowers,  the  few  stamens,  the  several-celled,  few-seeded 
ovary,  the  dry  fruit  and  the  non-arillate  seeds  are 
important  characteristics. 

Cyrilla  racemiflora  (leatherwood,  black  ti-ti)  of 
the  southeastern  United  States  is  occasionally  culti- 
vated for  ornamental  purposes. 

124.  Aquifoliaceae  (from  Aquifolium,  Tournefort's 
name  for  the  genus  Ilex,  application  obscure).  Hollt 
Family.  Fig.  34.  Trees  or  shrubs,  with  alternate  or 
opposite,  simple,  often  evergreen  leaves:  flowers  bisex- 
ual, rarely  unisexual,  very  small,  axillary,  sohtary  or 
fascicled,  rarely  cymose;  sepals  3-6,  more  or  less  con- 
nate; petals  4-5,  nearly  separate,  imbricated;  stamens 
4-5,  alternating  with  the  petals,  and  sometimes  adher- 
ing to  them,  hypogynous  disk  wanting;  ovary  superior, 
3  to  many-celled,  each  cell  1-2-ovuled;  stigma  subses- 
sUe,  lobed:  fruit  berry-like;  seeds  albuminous. 

Three  genera  are  known  and  about  280  species,  of 
which  275  belong  to  the  genus  Ilex.  These  are  widely 
distributed,  but  rare  in  Europe,  the  center  of  distribution 
being  in  Central  and  South  America.  Ten  species  are 
found  wild  in  the  northeastern  United  States.  The 
Aquifoliacea;  are  related  to  the  Celastracese  and  the 
Anacardiacea;,  from  which  they  are  distinguished  by  the 
absence  of  the  hypogynous  disk  and  by  the  general 
appearance. 

Ilex  Afjiiifolium  of  Europe  is  used  there  for  hedges 
and  for  indoor  decoration.  /.  opaca  is  used  for  indoor 
decoration  in  this  country.  The  leaves  of  both  are 
thick,  glossy,  evergreen  and  spiny-toothed.  /.  para- 
guariensis  furnishes  matd,  which  is  the  tea  of  South 
America.  It  was  early  cultivated  by  the  Jesuits  (1609- 
1768),  and  is  even  yet  one  of  the  most  important  cuUi- 
vated  plants  of  South  America.    Other  species  of  Hex 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


49 


have  been  used  in  various  parts  of  the  world  for  medi- 
cine because  of  their  astringent  quaUties  and  bitter 
principle. 

Many  species  of  Ilex  (Holly,  Dahoon,  Cassena, 
Yaupon,  \Vinterberry,  Black  Alder),  and  one  of  Nemo- 
jxmthus  (Mountain  Holly)  are  grown  as  cultivated 
plants  in  America,  all  for  ornamental  purposes. 

125.  Celastraceae  (from  the  genus  Cckislnis,  an  ancient 
Greek  name).  St.\ff-Tree  Family.  Fig.  34.  Shrubs  or 
trees,  often  climbing:  leaves  alternate  or  rarely  opposite, 
simple,  not  lobed:  flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual,  small 
and  greenish,  regular;  sepals  4-5,  imbricated;  petals 
4-5,  imbricated;  stamens  4-5,  alternate  with  the  petals, 
rarel3'  10;  disk  present,  Uning  the  bottom  of  the  calyx, 
sometimes  adnate  to  the  ovary;  ovary  superior,  2-5- 
celled,  buried  in  the  disk,  or  distinct  and  disk  small; 
1-2  ovules  in  each  cell;  style  1,  short;  stigmas  2-5-lobed: 
fruit  a  drupe,  or  samara,  or  a  capsule ;  seeds  albuminous, 
usually  with  a  pulpy  aril. 

Thirty-eight  genera  and  about  375  species  are  dis- 
tributed in  all  parts  of  the  world  except  the  arctic  zone. 
They  are  especially  numerous  in  the  tropics.  Euony- 
mus,  Maytenus,  and  Celastrus  are  the  largest  genera. 
The  Celastracese  are  in  some  respects  related  to  the 
Cyrillaceae,  in  others  to  the  Aquifoliacese  and  Rhamna- 
ceac.  The  small  greenish  flowers,  the  stamens  alter- 
nating with  the  petals,  the  ovary  sunken  in  the  disk, 
and  the  aril  are  in  general  distinctive.  There  are  excep- 
tions  to  all  these  characters. 

The  capsule  of  Celastrus  and  Euonymus  frequentl}' 
remains  on  the  plant  through  late  fall  and  early  winter. 
It  spUts  into  from  3-5  valves,  which  become  reflexed 
and  expose  the  aril  of  the  seeds.  The  contrast  in 
color  between  aril  and  pericarp  is  often  very  striking 
and  ornamental.  The  Celastraceae  are  mostly  poUinated 
by  ants  and  flies  which  run  over  the  disk  for  the  honey. 

The  Celastracea;  are  of  but  slight  economic  impor- 
tance. Some  have  been  u.sed  for  their  emetic  and  pur- 
gative properties.  Catha  edulis  of  East  Africa  has  been 
long  cultivated  by  the  Arabs  under  the  name  kliat;  the 
leaves  produce  an  agreeable  excitement  and  it  is  con- 
sidered a  very  valuable  remedy  for  plague.  The  drupes 
of  an  Elseodendron  are  said  to  be  eaten  in  South  Africa. 
The  wood  of  some  Celastracea?  is  much  valued  for  carving. 

In  North  America  6  or  more  genera  of  Celastracea;  are 
grown  for  ornamental  purposes:  Ela!odendron  in  warm- 
houses  and  in  southern  parts;  Euonymus,  hardy  North; 
GjTnnosporia  and  Maytenus  grown  in  southern  regions; 
Pachistima,  hardy;  and  Celastrus,  a  hardy  vine. 

126.  Stackhousiaceae  (from  the  genus  Stackhousia, 
named  in  honor  of  .John  Stackhou.se,  a  British  botanist). 
Stackhousia  Family.  Fig.  .34.  Herbs  with  rather  thick, 
alternate  leaves :  flowers  bLsexual,  regular,  in  spikes,  ra- 
cemes or  fascicles ;  sepals  5,  imbricated ;  petals  5,  more  or 
less,  perigynous,  long-clawed,  the  claws  separate  below, 
connate  above;  disk  thin,  clothing  the  inside  of  the  cup- 
shaped  receptacle;  stamens  5,  perigynous,  alternating 
with  the  petals,  often  unequal;  ovarj'  superior,  2-5- 
lobed,  2-5-celled,  each  cell  l-o\'uled;  styles  2-5,  free  or 
connate:  fruit  of  2-5  separate,  globose,  angular,  reticu- 
lated or  winged,  indehiscent  portions  which  separate 
from  a  central  persistent  column;  seeds  albuminous. 

This  is  a  very  small  family  of  2  genera  and  14  species; 
natives  of  .Australia  and  adjacent  islands.  It  is  probably 
related  to  the  Celastracea;  more  closely  than  to  any 
other  family. 

One  species  of  Stackhoasia  is  grown  for  ornamental 
purposes  in  California. 

127.  Staphyleacese  (from  the  genus  Slaphylea,  de- 
rived from  the  Greek  meaning  a  cluster,  probably  in 
reference  to  the  flower-cluster).  Bladdernut  Family-. 
Fig.  34.  Trees  or  shrubs :  leaves  opposite  or  alternate, 
pinnately  compound,  stipulate:  flowers  bisexual,  regular; 
sepals  5,  imbricated;  petals  5,  imbricated;  stamens  5, 
alternating  with  the  petals,  inserted  outside  the  large, 
cup-shaped  disk;  ovarj'  usually  3-celled;  styles  3,  sepa- 


rate or  connate:  fruit  a  capsule,  often  deeply  lobed, 
sometimes  indehiscent  and  berry-like;  seeds  usually 
many  in  each  cell,  albuminous,  sometimes  with  an  aril. 

This  family  contains  5  or  6  genera  and  about  22 
species,  in  the  north  temperate  zone,  extending  rarely 
to  northern  South  America  and  to  the  Malay  region. 
Fossil  species  are  known.  The  family  is  closely  related 
to  the  Sapindacea?,  in  which  it  was  formerly  included, 
and  from  which  it  is  separated  by  the  abundant  endo- 
sperm, the  intra-staminal  disk,  the  more  numerous 
seeds,  the  straight  embryo,  and  various  anatomical 
difTerences.  The  fruits  of  the  bladdernut  are  an  inch 
long,  membranous  and  bladdery;  the  seeds  become 
loosened  and  the  fruit  then  is  interesting  to  children 
as  rattle-boxes. 

The  family  is  of  little  economic  importance.  Three 
genera  are  cultivated  in  North  America  for  ornamental 
purposes.  These  are:  Euscaphis,  Staphylea  (Bladder- 
nut), and  Turpinia. 

128.  Aceraceae  (from  the  genus  Acer,  the  classical 
name  of  the  maples,  from  the  Celtic  meaning  hard). 


34.  AQUIFOUACE.S::  1.  Ilex,  a,  flower:  6,  floral  diagram.  Celas- 
THACE.E:  2.  Euonymus,  a.  flowt^r;  b,  floral  diagram.  Stackhousi- 
ace.e:  3.  Stackhousia,  flower.  Staphyleace.e:  4.  Staphylea,  a, 
flower;  b,  fruit. 

Maple  Faaolt.  Fig. 35.  Trees  or  shrubs:  leaves  oppo- 
site, exstipulate,  simple  or  compound:  flowers  mostly 
unisexual,  often  bisexual  ones  intermixed,  regular; 
sepals  4—5,  separate  or  somewhat  connate,  imbricated; 
petals  4—5,  or  0,  imbricated ;  disk  either  extra-staminal 
or  intrastaminal,  usually  flat,  and  sometimes  lobed  or 
divided;  stamens  4-10,  mostly  8,  separate,  inserted  at 
the  edge  of  the  disk;  ovary  superior  2-celled,  2-lobed, 
much  flattened  contrary  to  the  partition;  style  1;  stig- 
mas 2:  fruit  splitting  into  two  portions,  each  a  samara; 
seeds  2  in  each  cell,  exalbuminous. 

There  are  2  genera  and  about  110  species;  all  but 
1  belong  to  the  genus  Acer.  They  are  mostly  natives 
of  mountainous  or  upland  countries  of  the  northern 
hemisphere.  Some  fossil  species  have  been  discovered. 
The  Aceraceae  are  closely  related  to  the  Sapindaccie, 
with  which  they  were  formerly  united,  and  from  which 
they  differ  in  the  opposite,  usuaUy  palmate  leaves,  the 
peculiar  fruit,  and  regular  flowers.  In  position,  the 
disk  shows  a  transition  between  the  Sapindaceae  and 
other  families.  The  family  is  easily  recognized  by  the 
opposite,  exstipulate  leaves,  and  pecuhar  fruit. 

The  wood  of  Acer  saccharum  (sugar  maple,  hard 
maple)  is  of  great  value  for  timber.  Bird's-eye  maple 
and  curly  maple  are  forms  of  this  species  in  which  the 
growth  of  the  cambium  is  irregular.  The  manufacture 
of  sugar  from  the  sap  of  the  sugar  maple  is  an  important 
industry  in  the  northern  states  in  early  spring.  The 
sycamore  of  England  is  ^Icer  pseudoplatanus;  that  of 
America  is  a  species  of  Platanus.  The  juice  of  Acer 
platnnoides  (Norway  maple),  and  probably  of  others,, 
is  milky. 


50 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT   KINGDOM 


Forty  or  more  species  of  Acer  (maple)  are  in  culti\'a- 
tion  in  X.  America fororniimentsil purposes.  Acer  Wy un- 
do (box  oldor^  is  excoptional  in  havinp:  compolnul  loa\cs. 

12V>.  Hippocastanaceae  (from  the  scms  Ilippocn.t- 
tniium,  tlie  oW  generic  niune  of  the  jjcnus  .Escuhis, 
derivixl  from  the  Greek  meaning;  horse  and  chrslnul). 
Horse-Chestxut  Family.  Fig.  35.  'I'rees  or  shrubs: 
loaves  opposite,  c.Kstipulate,  pahnatoly  3-9-foliate:  flow- 
ers, some  bisexual,  some  stiuninatc,  irrcf!:ular;  sepals  5, 
separate  or  connate,  imbricated;  petals  4-5,  unequal, 
clawed;  stiunens  5-S,  separate;  disk  present,  exfra- 
st.ominal,  often  inequilateral;  ovary  3-cellcd;  ovules  2 
in  each  cell;  style  and  stipna  1:  fruit  usually  1-cellod 
and  1 -seeded,  cajjsular,  3-valve(:i;  seeds  very  large, 
exalbuminous. 

There  iire  2  genera  and  22  species  of  general  dis- 
tribution in  the  north  temperate  zone.  The  family  is 
closely  related  to  the  Sapinilacea^,  with  which  it  is  often 
unite<f,  and  from  which  it  differs  only  in  its  larger 
flowers,  palmately  compound  leaves  and  large  seeds. 
The    Ilippocastanacea?,     Sapindace;e,     Melianthacece, 


35.  ,\cERACE.«:  1.  Acer,  a,  flower;  b,  fruit.   Hippocastanace.?:: 

2.  .^j^culus,    a,  flower:    b,  floral   diagram;  c,  fruit.    Sapindacb.e: 

3.  .Sapindus,  flower.    4.  Kceireuteria,  vertical  section  fruit. 

and  some  Aceracca  are  almost  the  only  plants  with 
extra-staminal  disks. 

The  horse-chestnut  {/Escuhis  Hippocastanum)  is  a 
well-known  shade  tree,  said  to  have  been  introduced 
into  Europe  by  Clusius  in  1575.  The  seeds,  rich  in 
starch,  have  been  used  for  fodder.  They  have  also  been 
u-sed  to  form  the  principal  part  of  a  certain  kind  of 
snuff,  and  the  oil  contained  has  been  userl  to  a  .slight 
extent  in  medicine.  The  roots  of  ^Esculus  contain  .sapo- 
nin and  have  been  used,  like  soapberry,  for  washing. 

Several  species  of  ^sculus  are  in  cultivation  in 
N.  America.  ^.  glabra  and  /E.  octarulra,  natives  of, the 
central  United  States,  are  called  buckeyes. 

I'M.  Sapindaceae  (from  the  genus  Sapindus,  a  con- 
traction of  the  Latin  sapo-indicixs,  Indian  soap).  Soap- 
BERKY  Family.  Fig.  35.  Trees  or  shrubs,  rarely  herbs, 
often  climbing:  leaves  usuallj'  alternate,  mostly  com- 
pound, sometimes  tcrnately,  sometimes  pinnately  de- 
compound: flowers  uni.sexual  or  polygamous,  regular  or 
irregular  (i.e.  obliquely  unsymmetrical),  small;  sepals 
4-5,  imbricated  or  rarely  valvate;  petals  4-5,  small  or 
wanting,  usually  with  scales  or  hairs  at  the  ba.se  inside; 
disk  well  developed,  situated  between  the  petals  and 
the  stamens  (extra-staminalj ;  .stamens  usually  10  in  2 
whorls,  more  or  less  united  at  the  base;  ovary  superior, 
mostly  3-<;elled  and  deeply  .3-lobed;  ovules  typically 
1  in  each  cell;  style  1:  fruit  verj'  diverse,  a  firm  or 
bla'Jden,'  cap.sule,  a  berry,  nut,  or  winged  fruit;  seeds 
without  endosperm. 

The  118  genera  and  about  1,000  species  are  of  trop- 


ical distribution.  Only  one  species  reaches  northward 
as  far  as  Kansas.  The  family  is  closely  related  to  the 
Staphyleacea',  Hippocastanaceie,  and  Acoracex',  which 
see  for  differences;  and  more  distantly  to  the  Celastra- 
cex.  The  small  flowers,  usually  appendaged  petals, 
10  stamens,  extra-staminal  disk,  and  3-celled,  few- 
seeded  fruit  arc  usually  distinctive. 

The  climbing  Sapindacea;  often  h.ave  very  peculiar 
stems  in  which  many  separate  cambium  rings  have 
taken  part.  This  renders  the  cross-section  very  peculiar, 
malcing  it,  ajipear  sometimes  as  a  bundle  of  woody 
ropes  tied  together,  with  bark  between  them. 

The  Sapindacea?  are  of  considerable  economic  impor- 
tance. The  fruits  of  many  are  used  locally  for  food, 
sometimes  the  flesh  of  the  fruit,  sometimes  the  aril 
being  of  importance.  The  seeds  of  Sapindus  and  other 
genera  are  often  roasted  and  eaten  as  food.  Oil  is 
obtained  from  the  seeds  of  others.  Some  are  used  locally 
for  medicine.  The  seeds  and  other  parts  of  many  species 
are  very  poisonous,  the  fruits  of  species  of  Sapindus  be- 
ing used  to  poison  fish.  The  juice  of  Paullinia  pinnald 
(cururu)  is  used  by  savages  in  Guiana  to  poison  their 
arrows.  The  Lechcheuquana  bee  collects  honey  from 
Serjnnia  lelhalis  which,  when  eaten  even  in  small 
quantities,  produces  raving  madness  or  even  death. 
The  bark  and  berries  of  many  species  (e.g.,  the  soap 
tree,  Sapindus)  contain  saponin  which  reacts  Uke  soap, 
on  which  account  they  are  used  for  washing.  Yellow 
and  black  dyes,  used  as  co.smetics,  are  obtained  from 
certain  species.  The  very  hard  wood  of  certain 
Sapindaee;e  is  much  prized  for  timber.  The  hard, 
spherical,  black  seeds  of  Sapindus  Saponaria  are  strung 
as  beads. 

There  are  15  or  more  genera  of  true  Sapindacese  grown 
in  America.  Ka?lreuteria  (Varnish  Tree)  is  hardy  and 
ornamental.  Cardiospermum  (Balloon  Vine)  is  a  tender 
annual  with  queer  fruit.  Xanthocerasis  a  hardy  orna- 
mental tree.  Paullinia  is  a  greenhouse  climbing  shrub. 
The  following  are  grown  only  in  the  southern  states  or 
California:  Greyia;  Melicocca  (Spanish  Lime);  Blighia 
(Akee  Tree) ;  Dodonaja;  Ungnadia  (Mexican  or  Spanish 
Buckeye);  Sapindus  (Soapberry). 

The  following  cultivated  genera  are  now  referred  to 
other  famihes:  Mehanthus  (Melianthaceae);  ^.sculus 
(Hippocastanacea;);  Acer  (Aceracea;);  Ptaeroxylon 
(Meliaceic);  Staphylea  (Staphyleacex) ;  Euscaphis 
(Staphylcaceje);  Turpinia  (Staphyleaceae). 

13L  Melianthaceas  (from  the  genus  Melianthus, 
derived  from  the  Greek  meaning  honey  and  flower). 
Melianthus  Family.  Shrubs  or  trees:  leaves  alter- 
nate, entire  or  pinnate:  flowers  bisexual,  irregular, 
soon  inverted;  sepals  5,  imbricated;  petals  4-5;  sta- 
mens 4~5,  or  10,  free  or  slightly  connate  at  the  base, 
alternating  with  the  petals;  disk  present,  extra.stamina!, 
crescent-shaped,  or  annular  with  10  projections;  carpels 
4-5;  ovary  4-5-celled;  ovules  1  to  many  in  each  cell; 
style  1 ;  stigma  4-.5-lobed :  fruit  a  eapsiUe;  seeds  albu- 
minous, sometimes  arillate. 

All  the  3  genera  and  17  species  are  natives  of  Africa. 
The  MeUanthacea;  were  formerly  united  with  the 
Sapindacea;,  with  which  they  agree  in  the  extra- 
staminal  disk,  but  they  differ  in  the  vertically  bisym- 
m(rtrical,  not  obliquely  bi.symmetrical,  flowers,  and 
more  abundant  endosperm. 

In  southern  California,  species  of  Melianthus  are 
grown  for  ornament. 

132.  Balsaminacese  (from  Balsamina,  the  old  name 
of  the  genus  Impatiens,  probably  derived  from  balassan, 
the  Arabic  name  of  these  plants).  Balsam  Family.  Fig. 
.30.  Herbs,  \'ery  rarely  epiphytic:  li>aves  various:  flowers 
bisexual,  irregular,  spurred,  nodding;  sepals  3-5,  irreg- 
ular, imbricated  often  petaloid,  the  posterior  very 
large  and  sack-like,  and  gradually  prolongeil  backwartl 
into  a  honey-spur;  petals  5,  alternate  with  the  sepals, 
separate,  or  united  so  as  to  appear  as  3,  lower  petals 
much    the    larger;    stamens    5,    hypogynous,    closely 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


51 


covering  the  ovary  like  a  hood;  anthers  coherent; 
ovary  superior.  5-celled;  ovules  3  to  many  in  each  cell; 
stigmas  sessile:  fruit  a  5-valved  capsule,  the  valves  of 
which  coil  up  elastically  and  forcibly  distribute  the 
seeds,  or  sometimes  a  5-celled  drupe-like  structure. 

Contained  in  this  family  are  2  genera  and  about  220 
species,  of  which  all  but  1  belong  to  the  genus  Impa- 
tiens;  widely  distributed,  but  most  abundant  in  the 
tropics  of  the  Old  World,  wanting  in  South  America. 
The  family  is  closely  related  to  the  Geraniacea;,  with 
which  it  was  formerh'  united,  but  is  distinguished  by 
the  .5  peculiar  hypogynous  stamens.  The  honey-spur 
in  this  family  is  an  outgrowth  of  the  sepals,  and  not  of 
the  receptacle  as  in  Pelargonium  and  Tropffiolum. 
There  are  extra-floral  nectaries  on  the  foliage  of  some 
species,  which  attract  protective  ants. 

The  sap  of  several  species  of  Impatiens  has  been  used 
as  a  dye  to  color  red  or  yellow:  that  of  /.  biflora  (North 
America)  staining  yellow;  that  of  /.  Bahatnina  (India) 
staining  red,  and  used  to  color  the  skin  and  finger- 
nails. The  tubers  of  /.  Hnctoria  of  Abyssinia  are  used 
for  dyeing  the  feet  and  hands  red  or  black.  Some  species 
have  been  used  as  medicine.    Many  are  ornamental. 

There  are  several  species  of  Impatiens  in  the  North 
American  trade:  /.  aurea  and  /.  biflora  are  the  east 
American  touch-me-nots  or  jewel-weeds;  /.  Balsamina 
is  the  garden  balsam;  the  other  species  are  greenhouse 
plants. 

Order  40.    Rhamnales 

1.33.  Rhamnacese  from  the  genus  Rhamnus,  the  old 
Greek  name).  Buckthorn  Family.  Fig.  36.  Trees  or 
shrubs,  rarely  herbs,  sometimes  spiny  or  climbing: 
leaves  simple,  mostly  alternate:  flowers  bisexual  or 
unisexual,  regular,  perigynous,  small,  greenish,  mostly 
axillary;  sepals  5,  rarely  4,  valvate;  petals  5,  or  4, 
alternate  with  the  sepals;  stamens  of  the  same  number 
as  the  petals  and  opposite  them;  an  intrastaminal  disk 
hning  the  cup-shaped  receptacle;  ovary  2-4-celled, 
superior  or  inferior;  cells  1-,  rarely  2-,  ovuled;  styles 
2-4,  more  or  less  connate:  fruit  drupaceous,  or  winged, 
or  capsular. 

Rhamnaceae  has  46  genera  and  about  550  species 
very  generally  distributed  over  the  earth.  Rhamnus  is 
the  largest  genus  (70  species),  and  the  most  widely 
distributed.  The  family  is  represented  by  6  native 
species  in  northeastern  North  America.  It  is  most 
closely  related  to  the  Vitacese  and  Celastraceff,  differing 
from  the  former  in  the  simple  entire  leaves  and 
strongly  perigj-nous  flowers,  and  from  the  latter  in  the 
stamens  being  opposite  the  petals. 

The  family  is  not  of  great  economic  importance.  The 
berries  and  bark  of  Rhamnus  cathartica  (buckthorn) 
contain  a  bitter  principle  which  is  purgative.  The 
fruits  of  some  species  of  Rhamnus  yield  yellow  or  green 
dyes  of  some  importance  R.  dahurico  and  R.  Hnc- 
toria give  Chinese  green.  The  bark  of  R.  cathartica 
and  R.  Frangula  (Europe)  is  used  to  dye  yellow.  R. 
PuTshiana  (California)  is  the  cascara  segrada  of 
medicine,  a  strong  purgative.  The  fruits  of  Zizyphus 
Lotus  are  pulpy  and  agreeable,  and  were  much  prized 
by  the  ancients.  The  fruits  of  several  species  of  Zizy- 
phus are  eaten  in  various  parts  of  the  Old  World.  The 
spiny  branches  of  Paliurus  Spina-Christi  or  Zizyphiis 
Spina-Christi  are  thought  to  have  been  those  from 
which  the  crown  of  thorns  was  made. 

Nine  or  more  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N.America 
for  ornamental  purposes.  These  are:  Ceanothus  (New 
Jersey  Tea);  Berchemia  (Supple  Jack);  Gouania; 
Hovenia;  Paliurus;  Pomaderris;  Reynosia;  Rhamnus 
(Buckthorn);  Zizyphus  (Jujube). 

134.  Vitaceee  (from  the  genus  Vitis,  the  classical 
name).  GrapeFamily.  Fig..36.  Mostly climbingshrubs 
with  tendrils,  seldom  upright  shrubs  or  small  trees: 
leaves  alternate  or  opposite,  very  diverse:  flowers  bisex- 
ual, or  unisexual,  small,  numerous,  regular;  sepals  4-5, 


rarely  3-7,  minute  or  obsolete;  petals  4-5,  rarely  3-7, 
valvate,  separate  (ganiopetalous  in  Leea);  stamens 
4-5,  rarely  3-7,  opposite  the  petals,  somewhat  pe- 
rigynous; disk  evident,  annular  or  of  separate  lobes; 
ovary  superior,  2-,  rarely  3-6-,  celled,  with  2,  or  rarely 
1,  ovule  in  each  cell;  style  1  or  0;  stigma  capitate  or 
peltate:  fruit  a  berry;  seeds  albuminous. 

The  11  genera  and  about  4.50  species  are  mostly  of 
tropical  and  subtropical  distribution.  Fourteen  species 
reach  the  northeastern  United  States.  The  largest 
genus  is  Cissus  with  250  species.  Some  fossil  forms 
are  known.  The  Vitacese  are  closely  related  to  the 
Rhamnaceae.  The  climbing  habit,  the  few  stamens 
opposite  the  petals,  the  2-carpelled  berry,  and  the 
capitate  stigma  are  distinctive. 

The  petals  in  Vitis  remain  connate  at  the  tip  as  in 
the  bud,  but  separate  from  each  other  at  the  base,  and 
fall  off  as  a  cap.  The  tendrils  of  the  Vitacese  are  borne 
at  the  nodes  and  opposite  the  leaves.  There  has  been 
much  discussion  as  to  whether  the  tendrils  are  apical  or 


36  BALSAMINACE.E:  1.  Impatiens,  a,  flower;  h,  fruit.  Rham- 
nacEjG:  2.  Rhamnus,  a,  flower;  h,  floral  diagram.  Vitace.e: 
3.  Vitis,  flower.  Tiuace.e:  4.  Tilia,  a,  flower;  b,  floral  diagrara; 
c,  fruit. 

lateral,  i.e.,  whether  the  plant  is  sympodial  or  mono- 
podial.  The  tips  of  the  tendrils  are  in  some  species 
expanded  into  disk-like  holdfasts.  The  species  of  Cis- 
sus are  mainly  desert  plants.  They  are  often  cactus- 
like, with  fleshy,  angled,  jointed,  or  terete  stems;  or 
have  tubers  or  tuberous  bases. 

The  most  important  economic  plant  in  the  family  is 
the  grape  (Vitis),  which  has  been  cultivated  since  early 
times.  V.  vinifera  is  the  wine  grape  of  Europe  and 
southern  California,  and  has  given  rise  to  our  green- 
house grapes;  not  hardy.  V.  Labrusca  is  one  of  the 
parents  of  most  of  our  hardy  grapes.  V.  vulpina  and 
V .  cordifolia  are  frost  or  fox  grapes.  Several  species 
of  Vitis  are  grown  for  ornamental  purposes  only.  Rai- 
sins are  the  dried  fruit  of  certain  species  of  Vitis,  mostly 
V.  vinifera.  Virginia  creeper  or  woodbine  (Parlhenocis- 
sus  [Arnpelopsis]  quingxiefolia)  and  Boston  ivy  or  Jap- 
anese ivy  {P.    tricuspidata)  are  ornamental. 

A  few  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America:  Ampe- 
lopsis;  Parthenocissus  or  Psedera;  Cissus  (Kangaroo 
Vine);  and  Vitis. 

Order  41.   Malvales 

135.  Elaeocarpaceae  (from  the  genus  Ebeocarpus, 
derived  from  the  Greek  meaning  olive-fruit).  EljEOCAr- 
pus  Family.  Trees  or  shrubs,  with  entire  alternate  or 
opposite  leaves  without  slime-cells:  flowers  usually  bi- 
sexual, regular,  hypogynous;  involucre  0;  sepals  4-5, 
seoarate  or  connate,  valvate;  petals  4-5,  or  0,  separate, 
rarely  connate,  usually  valvate,  often  incised;  stamens 
many;    anthers  opening   by  tenninal  pores;    hypogy- 


52 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


nous  intra-stmiiinal  ilisk  prosoiit;  ovary  su|)orior,  2-  to 
many-i-olli\l.  rarely  l-rclli'd:  ovules  many  in  each  cdl; 
style  l;stiginas  Ito  several:  fruit  capsular  or  drapaoeous. 

Seven  penen»  and  about  121)  species  arc  distrihutcd 
in  the  tropics  of  both  lieniisphcrcs.  EUeocarpus  contains 
60  species  and  Sloanea  44  species.  The  family  is 
closely  related  to  the  Tiliace;e,  with  which  it  is  often 
uniteti  and  from  which  it  is  distin);uished  by  anatomical 
characteristics,  and  usually  also  by  the  often  hairy  and 
firm,  or  incised,  petals,  or  by  the  absence  of  petals. 

.\  vegetable  i\ory  used  in  carving  is  obtained  from 
the  large  stone  of  the  drupe  of  Ehocarpus  sphariciis  of 
India.  Those  of  E.  tuberciilntus  (India  and  J.ava)  are 
worn  as  amulets.  The  seeds  of  Sloanea  dentata  of 
Guiana  are  eaten  like  chestnuts.  The  bark  of  Criiio- 
dendron  Palagua  of  Chile  is  used  for  tanning.  The  wood 
of  ATislotrtin  ^[aqui  of  Chile  is  variously  used.  Its 
leaves  are  medicinal  and  its  berries  are  edible. 

Two  genera  are  cultivated  in  North  America:  Aris- 
totelia,  California;  EUeocarpus,  not  hardy. 

130.  Tiliacese  (from  the  genus  Tilia,  the  ancient 
Latin  name  of  the  Linden).  Lip«)en  or  Basswood 
Family.  Fig.  36.  Trees,  shrubs,  or  herbs:  leaves 
mostly  alternate,  entire  or  variouslj-  lobed:  flowers 
bisexual,  regular;  sepals  .5,  rarely  3  or  4,  free  or  con- 
nate, usually  valvate;  petals  as  many  as  the  sepals, 
convolute  or  imbricatwl,  or  valvate,  rarely  wanting  or 
modified;  stamens  10  or  more,  hypogynous,  usually 
\'erv  nimierous,  filaments  separate,  or  connate  only  at 
the  base,  or  in  5-10  fascicles,  some  may  be  stami- 
nodia;  anthers  4-celled,  opening  by  sUts  or  pores;  ovary 
superior,  2-10-celled;  ovules  1  to  several  in  each  cell; 
style  1;  stigma  rayed:  fruit  a  capsule,  or  indehiscent 
and  nut-Uke,  or  a  drupe,  rarely  a  berry,  or  separating 
into  drupelets;  seeds  usually  albuminous. 

Most  of  the  3.5  genera  and  270  species  are  tropical. 
The  most  important  extra-tropical  genus  is  Tilia 
(linden,  basswood),  which  is  widely  distributed. 
Fossil  species  are  known.  The  Tiliaceoe  are  related  to 
the  Malvacea;  and  Sterculiacea;,  from  which  they  are 
distinguished  by  the  nearly  distinct  stamens,  and 
4-celled  anthers.  The  stamens  are  sometimes  borne, 
along  with  the  ovarj',  on  a  long  stipe-like  projection  of 
the  receptacle,  sometimes  cover  the  whole  surface  of  a 
discoid  receptacle,  and  sometimes  are  enveloped  by 
the  petals. 

The  Tiliacea;,  like  the  Malvaceae,  are  mucilaginous. 
For  this  reason,  many  have  been  used  more  or  less  in 
medicine.  The  genus  Tilia  and  other  arbor&scent  genera 
furnish  very  valuable  timber;  that  of  Gruwia  asiatica 
is  flexible  and  used  for  bow-making.  In  the  tropics  ' 
the  foliage  of  Corchorus  otilorius  is  u.scd  a.s  a  pot-herb. 
The  fruits  of  .species  of  Grewia  arc  used  in  India  as 
a  sherbet  because  of  their  agreeable  juice.  .Some  mem- 
bers of  the  family  yield  cordage.  The  beautiful  seeds  of 
many  species  are  made  into  necklaces  by  the  Indians. 

In  North  America  0  or  more  genera  are  in  cultivation. 
They  are  all  warmhouse  plants,  or  are  grown  in  south- 
em  California,  except  the  Tilias  (H;isswood,  Lime,  Lin- 
den), of  which  many  species  are  grown  in  America. 
TIic  Tilias  furnish  some  of  our  best-kno\vn  hardy,  orna- 
mental trees.  Other  genera  are:  Entelea,  Luehea, 
Grewia  (with  some  half-hardy  species),  and  Sparmannia. 

137.  Malvaceae  (from  the  genus  MaUou\  altered 
from  the  Greek,  in  alliLsion  to  the  mucilaginous  emol- 
hent  f|ualitiesj.  Mallow^  Family.  Fig.  37.  Herbs, 
shrubs  or  trees,  with  alternate,  simple,  usually  pal- 
mately  veined  lcav(«:  flowers  bisexual,  regular;  .sepals 
.5,  often  united,  valvate,  fr(^(|uently  bracteolate  at  the 
ba.se;  petals  o,  convolute,  often  adnate  to  the  stamens; 
stamens  very  numeroas,  hypogynous,  the  filaments 
united  into  a  tube  (monadelphousj,  anthers  1-eelled, 
pfjllen  spiny;  ovary  superior,  2  to  many-celled,  rarely 
l-<:elled;  ovules  in  each  cell  1  to  many;  styles  and  stig- 
niae  usually  as  many  as  the  carpels:  fruit  a  capsule  or 
separating  into  drupelets,  very  rarely  fleshy. 


The  Mallows  include  39  genera  and  from  SCO  to 
900  .species,  distributed  over  the  whole  earth,  except 
in  the  arctic  zone,  but  most  abundant  in  tropical 
.'Vmerica.    The  Malvacex  are  clo.sely  related  to  the 


37.  Malvace.e:  1.  Malva,  a,  flower;  b,  floral  diagram:  c,  fniit; 
d,  cross-section  fruit.  2.  Hibiscus,  flower.  Bombac.\ce.e:  3. 
Adansonia,  flower.  Stehculiace.e:  4.  Theobroma,  flower.  DlL- 
LENIACE.E;   5.  Dilleoia,  flower. 

Sterculiaceae  and  Tiliaceae.  From  the  former  they  are 
distinguished  by  their  1-celled  anthers  and  rough  pollen, 
and  from  the  latter  by  their  monadelphous  stamens  as 
well  as  the  1 -celled  anthers.  The  holly hock-hke  flower 
is  characteristic. 

The  foUage,  stems,  and  seeds  of  most  Malvaceae  con- 
tain abundant  mucilage  for  which,  in  some  countries, 
they  have  been  used  as  medicine.  Pungent  and  poi- 
sonous properties  are  apparently  wanting.  Allhsea  offici- 
nalis (marsh  maUow  of  Europe),  Malva  sylvestris  and 
M.  rolundifolia,  both  of  Europe,  have  been  used  as 
emoUients.  Hibiscus  Sabdariffn  and  H .  digitatus  (white 
and  red  ketmies  of  tropical  Africa)  have  acid  juice 
and  are  used  in  the  preparation  of  refreshing  drinks. 
The  capsule  of  //.  (Ahclmoschus)  esculerdus  (okra  or 
gumbo)  of  the  tropics  is  eaten  in  soup,  or  cooked  and 
se!i.soned.  The  seeds  of  H.  Ahelmoschus  of  India,  now 
widely  cultivated  in  the  tropics,  are  used  for  perfum- 
ery. //.  Rosa-si?iensis  (Chinese  hibiscus  or  shoeblack 
plant)  contains  a  coloring  matter  in  the  flower  with 
which  the  Chinese  blacken  shoes  and  eyebrows.  Al- 
thsRU  cannnhina  of  southern  Europe  has  fibers  which 
may  be  used  in  place  of  hemp.  The  fibers  of  Urenn 
lobala,  Abulilon  indicum,  Sida,  Hibiscus  cannabinus,  H. 
liliaceus,  and  others,  are  also  used.  The  most  useful 
genus  is  Goissypium  (cotton)  of  Egypt,  India,  and  trop- 
ical America,  the  abundant,  long,  woolly  hairs  on  the 
seeds  of  which  furnish  the  cotton  of  commerce.  Cot- 
ton seed  yields  an  oil  which  is  used  for  fuel,  cattle-food, 
soap,  artificial  butter,  and  many  other  purposes.  Sev- 
eral mallows  are  weedy  plants. 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


53 


Many  of  the  genera  in  culth'ation  in  N.  America  are 
among  the  most  important  okl-fashionod  cultivatetl 
garden  plants.  Among  these  are:  Abutilon  (Indian 
Mallow,  Velvet  Leaf);  Altha'a  (Marsh  Mallow,  Holly- 
hock); Callirhoij  (Poppy  Mallow);  Gossypium  (Cot- 
ton); Hibiscus  (Bladder  Ketmia,  Roselle,  Jamaica 
Sorrel,  Okra,  Gumbo,  Rose  of  Sharon,  Mountain 
Mahoe,  Shoeblack  Plant);  Malope;  Malvastrum;  Pavo- 
nia;  Sida;  Sphoeralcea. 

138.  Bombacaceee  (from  the  genus  Bondmx,  from 
the  Latin  meaning  silk  or  collon).  Bombax  F.\mily. 
Fig.  37.  Trees:  leaves  mo.stly  alternate,  entire  or  digi- 
tate, often  with  .slime-cells  and  stellate  hairs:  flowers 
bisexual,  regular  or  slightly  irregular;  involucre  often 
present;  sepals  5,  separate  or  connate,  valvate;  petals 
5,  twisted  in  the  bud;  stamens  5  to  many,  separate  or 
monadelphous;  anther  cells  1-2  or  more;  pollen  smooth; 
staminodia  often  present;  ovary  superior,  2-5-celled; 
ovules  2  to  many;  style  1;  stigmas  1-5:  fruit  dry  or 
fleshy,  dehi.scent  or  indehisccnt. 

There  are  20  genera  and  about  100  species,  of  tropical 
distribution,  mostly  in  America.  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Malvacea>  and  often  united  with  that 
family.  It  is  distinguished  most  easily  by  the  smooth 
pollen  and  the  often  .several-celled  anthers. 

Many  Bombacacea;  are  very  large  trees.  The  trunk 
of  the  baobab  tree,  or  monkey's  bread  tree  (Adansonia 
digitata)  of  tropical  Africa  is  often  100  feet  in  circumfer- 
ence. The  wool  produced  in  the  fruit  is  of  little  value. 
The  fruit  of  Durio  zihethinus  contains  a  cream-like  sub- 
stance and  is  eaten.  The  see<is  of  the  green  fruit  of 
Malisia  cordata  of  the  Andes  is  edible.  The  sour  cucum- 
ber tree  or  cream  of  tartar  tree  is  Adarisonin  Gregorii. 
The  fruit  contains  tartaric  acid. 

P'ive  or  6  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  this  country  in 
the  South  and  in  greenhouses:  Adansonia  (Boabab 
Tree,  Monkey's  Bread);  Bombax  (Silk  Cotton  Tree); 
Chorisia  (Floss-silk  Tree);  Eriodendron;  Pachira. 

i;S9.  Sterculiaceae  (from  the  genus  Slerculin,  deriva- 
tion obscure).  STERcrLi.\  F.\mily.  Fig.  37.  Trees, 
shrubs,  or  herbs,  sometimes  vines:  leaves  alternate, 
simple  or  digitate:  flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual,  usu- 
ally regular;  sepals  3-5,  somewhat  united,  valvate; 
petals  wanting  or  reduced;  stamens  very  remarkable 
and  wonderfully  diverse,  in  2  whorls,  those  opposite 
the  sepals  reduced  to  staminodia  or  wanting,  the  1  to 
many  others  united  into  a  tube,  the  anthers  frequently 
alternating  with  sterile  teeth,  or  variously  arranged 
on  the  back  of  the  tube;  ovary  superior,  4-5-celled; 
ovules  several;  styles  4-5,  distinct  or  connate:  fruit 
dry,  rarely  fleshy,  or  splitting  into  separate  berries. 

The  48  genera  and  about  750  species  are  almost 
entirely  confined  to  the  tropics.  The  family  is  related 
to  the  Malvaceae  in  the  monadelphous  stamens,  but 
differs  in  the  2-celled  anthers;  also  related  to  the  Bom- 
bacacea? and  Tiliacea".  The  valvate  sepals, '  reduced 
petals,  4-5-celled  ovary,  and  especially  the  peculiar 
stamens,  are  distinctive. 

The  Sterculiacea>,  like  the  Malvaceae,  contain  abun- 
dant mucilage.  They  also  contain  a  bitter  principle 
which  renders  them  emetic  and  stimulant.  The  seeds 
of  Theobroma  Cacao,  native  of  central  and  northern 
South  America,  furnishes  cocoa,  chocolate,  and  cocoa- 
butter.  Cola  acuminata  of  Africa  furnishes  the  cola 
nut,  now  ver>'  popular  as  an  ingredient  in  a  mildly 
.stimulating  drink.  It  is  said  to  form  the  main  con- 
stituent of  the  drink  called  "coco-cola." 

There  are  about  12  genera  in  cultivation  in  America, 
all  either  in  tropical  agriculture  or  in  greenhouse  cul- 
ture: Rulingia,  Reevesia,  and  Pterospermum  in  south- 
ern California;  Sterculia  (Japanese  Varnish  Tree,  Chi- 
nese Parasol  Tree,  Flame  Tree),  Fremontia  and  Gua- 
zuma  in  the  South ;  Theobroma  and  Cola  in  the  \\'est 
Indies;  Abroma,  Dombeya,  and  Mahemia  (Honey  Bell) 
mostly  in  the  greenhouse.  All  are  grown  for  orna- 
mental purposes  except  Theobroma  and  Cola. 


Order  42.    Parietales 

140.  Dilleniaceae  (from  the  genus  DiUenia,  in  honor 
of  John  James  Dillenius,  a  professor  of  botany  at 
Oxford;.  Dillenia  Family.  Fig.  37.  Trees  or  shrubs, 
often  climbing:  leaves  alternate,  very  rarely  opposite: 
flowers  bisexual,  regidar,  hypogynous;  sepals  5,  rarely 
more  or  fewer,  imbricated,  persistent;  petals  5  or  fewer, 
imbricated,  deciduous;  stamens  numerous,  often  very 
numerous,  free  or  united  in  groups,  anthers  opening  by 
shts  or  pores;  carpels  several,  usually  distinct,  but 
often  united;  ovules  numerous:  fruit  a  follicle,  or  a 
berry  or  a  capsule,  or  inclo.sed  in  a  fleshy  calyx,  which 
simulates  a  berry;  seed  albuminous,  usually  with 
an  aril. 

Nearly  all  the  11  genera  and  about  200  species  are 
tropical,  distributed  chiefly  in  Australia,  India,  and 
tropical  America,  rarely  in  Africa.  Of  these  Dillenia, 
Hibbertia  and  Tetraccra  are  the  largest  genera.  The 
family  is  related  to  the  RanunculaceiB  and  Magnolia- 
ceae  on  the  one  hand,  and  to  the  Theacese  on  the  other. 
Its  closest  affinity  is  with  the  latter  family.  The  woody 
habit,  polypetalous  flowers,  very  numerous  stamens, 
usually  separate  carpels,  albuminous  seeds  with  arils, 
and  straight  embryo,  are  characteristic. 

The  DilleniaccK  are  astringent,  for  which  reason  some 
are  used  medicinally;  the  fruits  of  some  are  eaten 
because  acid,  others  are  used  as  tonics.  Davilla  of 
Brazil  has  been  used  for  wounds;  Curatella  for  ulcers; 
Triracera  aspera  of  Guiana  as  a  sudorific  and  diuretic, 
also  for  syphilis,  intermittent  fevers  and  scurvy.  The 
astringent  bark  of  a  species  of  Dillenia  is  said  to  have 
been  used  in  Asia  for  ulcerated  sores.  The  acid  and 
inedible  fruit  of  Dillenia  speciosa  serves  to  season 
dishes;  and  a  syrup  of  the  juice  of  the  unripe  fruit 
allays  coughs,  assists  expectoration  and  is  said  to  cure 
angina;  the  bark  is  also  used  for  tanning.  Many  species 
of  Dillenia  furnish  timber  in  the  Indo  region.  The  rough, 
silicious  leaves  of  many  of  the  tribe  Tetracerae,  espe- 
cially Curatella  americana,  have  been  used  in  Brazil 
to  polish  wood  in  place  of  sandpaper.  Some  of  the 
climbing  species  furnish  drinking-water  by  incisions  in 
the  stem. 

The  flowers  of  many  species  are  very  beautiful,  but 
few  forms  are  in  cultivation.  In  this  country  the  only 
one  apparently  is  Dillenia  indica,  a  large  magnolia-like 
tree  with  flowers  9  inches  in  diameter,  grown  in  south- 
ern California  and  in  Florida. 

By  recent  authors  (Gilg,  in  Engler  and  Prantl), 
Actinidia,  a  genus  of  vines  from  eastern  Asia,  has 
been  placed  in  this  family,  although  formerly  included 
in  the  Theaceae.  A  few  species  of  Actinidia  are  in  the 
American  trade. 

141.  Ochnaceae  (from  the  genus  Ochna,  which  is 
from  ochne,  the  Greek  name  of  a  wild  pear  tree;  the 


38.  Ochn.vce.e:  1.  Ochna,  fruit.  Ternstrcemiace.e; 
flower.    3.  Thea,  floral  diagram. 

resemblance  is  probably  in  the  foliage).  Ochna  Family'. 
Fig.  38.  Shrubs  or  trees,  with  alternate,  simple  or  pin- 
nate, coriaceous  leaves:  flowers  bi.sexual,  regular;  sepals 
4-5,  imbricated,  rarely  10;  petals  5,  rarely  3-4,  or  10, 
usually  convolute;  stamens  1-3  times  the  number  of 
the  petals,  sometimes  with  1-3  series  of  staminodia, 
hypogynous,  separate;  anthers  usually  opening  by 
terminal  pores;  an  hypogynous  stipe  usually  present 
(gynophore);  ovary  4-5-celled,  often  deeply  lobed; 
ovules  1  to  many  in  each  cell;  style  and  stigmas  1-5: 


54 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


fruit  ixiriacwnis  and  iiuleliisivnt,  or  lU\sliy,  or  a  i'ai)sulc, 
or  oonipa-;i'il  of  the  l-soodod  ilrupo-liko  lobos  of  the 
ovary  wliioli  siro  whorkxl  on  the  enlarged  fieshy  recep- 
tacle (.Ochnal. 

The  family  has  17  genera  and  lOOormorespeoies,  dis- 
triliut(\l  in  llu'  tropical  regions  of  both  heniispliercs, 
most  abundant  jierhaps  in  Brazil,  but  also  abundant  in 
Afriea.  The  family  is  not  closely  relat<'cl  to  any  other  but. 
sccnis  to  stand  between  the  Hanunenlus  grou])  and  the 
Hyperieum  group  of  fiuiiilies.  The  many  sepals,  petals 
and  stiuiiens,  the  gynophore,  and  usually  the  lob(ul 
ovary,  are  distinctive. 

The  wood  of  some  species  of  Ochnacea^  has  been 
used  locally  for  timber,  and,  because  of  the  pronoimced 
astringent  properties  of  some  species,  they  have  been 
used  locall\'  for  fly-bites,  ulcers,  and  so  on. 

Ochna  mulliflorn,  of  Upper  Guiana,  is  cultivated  in 
America.  This  is  grown  occasionally  in  greenhouses 
because  of  the  peculiar  fruit,  for  an  account  of  which  see 
the  article  on  Ochna. 

142.  Temstroemiacese  (or  Theaceae)  (from  the  genus 
Tirnslraniiu,  in  honor  of  Ternstroem,  a  Swedish  natural- 
ist and  traveler  who  died  in  1745).  Tea  P^amily.  Fig.  38. 
Large  or  small  trees,  with  alternate,  entire,  leathery 
leaves:  flowers  solitary  orscattered,  usually  bisexual,  reg- 
ular; sepals  5-7,  imbricated,  persistent;  petals  5,  rarely  4 
or  more,  nearly  or  quite  separate;  stamens  very  many, 
rarely  15  or  fewer,  usually  hypogynous,  separate  or 
united  at  the  base,  or  in  5  fascicles,  usually  adnate  to 
the  corolla  below;  ovary  superior,  2-10-cellcd;  ovules  1 
to  manj'  in  each  cavity;  styles  as  many  as  the  cells  of 


39.  HrpERiCAC£.E:    1.  Hypericum,  speciea,  a,  flower;  b,  flower, 
petals  removed;  c.  fruit.    2.   Xiamia,  floral  diaKram.    Guttifer.b: 

3.  Garcioia,  a,  flower;  fc,  flower,  perianth  removed.    TAMARlCAf:E.G: 

4,  Tamariz,  a,  flower;  b,  flower,  perianth  removed;  c,  floral  diagram. 

the  ovary,  or  united  into  one:  fruit  a  capsule  or  inde- 
hiscent,  dry  or  drupaceous;  embryo  more  or  less  curved. 
In  thifi  family  are  16  genera  and  174  species  of  tropical 
and  subtropical  distribution.  Stuartia  reaches  Vir- 
ginia and  Kentucky,  and  Gordonia  reaches  Virginia. 
Thi.s  family  is  related  to  the  Hypc-ricacex  and  Gut- 
tiferx,  abfo  to  the  Dilleniacea;.  From  it  are  now  usually 
excluded  several  genera  which  were  formerly  included. 
Of  importance  to  us  in  this  connection  are  Actinidia 
(transferred    to    the    Dilleniacea;),    and    Stachyurus 


(I ran.sferred  to  the  Stachyuraeea^).  The  very  numerous 
sl:iinens,  the  type  of  ovary  and  the  curved  embryo  are 
distinct ive.  The  numerous  stamens  have  probably  been 
produced  by  the  splitting  tip  of  one  set  of  5,  as  in  the 
llyperic;ieea^. 

\  ;u'ious  glucosides  and  allvaloids  are  found  in  the 
foliage,  on  account  of  which  Gordonia  has  been  used 
for  tanning  leather,  .and  other  species  have  been  used 
in  medicine.  The  most  importimt  species  is  Thea 
cliinciisis  (tea).  The  bitter  taste  of  tea  is  largely  due 
to  a  glucoside,  and  the  stimulating  properties  to  an 
alkaloid,  theine. 

Exclusive  of  Actinidia  and  Stachyurus,  S  or  10  genera 
are  in  cultivation  in  N.  America.  Stuartia  and  Gordonia 
(Loblolly  Bay)  are  hardy.  Visnea,  Ternstroemia  and 
CIcyera  are  grown  in  Florida.  Eurya  and  Schima  are 
Camelli;i-like  warmhouse  shrubs.  Camellia  (Thea)  is 
a  famous  genus  of  old-fashioned  greenhouse  shrubs. 

14.3.  Guttiferse  (from  the  Latin  signifying  drop- 
bearing,  in  allusion  to  the  resinous  exudation).  Gar- 
ciNiA  Family.  Fig.  39.  Trees  or  shrubs,  with  opposite 
or  whorled,  rarely  alternate  leaves:  flowers  regular, 
usually  some  bisexual  antl  others  unisexual  on  the 
same  plant,  rarely  all  bisexual;  styles  usually  united 
and  stigirias  sometimes  shield-shaped, — otherwise  as  in 
the  Hyiiericacea>,  to  which  family  it  is  closely  related, 
and  with  which  the  Guttiferiv  is  united  by  many  authors. 

Thirty-five  genera  and  about  370  species  inhabit 
the  tropical  regions  of  both,  hemispheres.  Clusia 
(America),  with  80  species,  and  Garcinia  (Old  World), 
with  150  species,  are  the  largest  genera.  Many  species 
are  tropical  trees  of  majestic  size  and  handsome  form, 
useful  for  timber.  The  Clusias  are  mostly  epiphytic 
shrubs  with  aerial  roots  and  evergreen  leaves. 

The  Guttifera;  yield  a  yellow  or  greenish  resinous 
juice  when  incisions  are  made.  Gamboge  is  an  intensely 
yellow  resinous  pigment  extracted  from  Garcinia 
Morclla  (Ceylon).  It  is  also  a  powerful  purgative. 
The  blackish  bitter  juice  of  Clusia  rosea  (West  Indies) 
is  also  a  purgative.  The  juice  of  species  of  Clusia  (West 
Indies)  may  be  used  as  a  varnish.  The  resin  of  C.  flava 
(hog-gum)  is  a  wound  remedy.  Wounded  swine  smear 
themselves  with  the  gum  by  rubbing  against  the  plant, 
hence  the  name.  The  pulpy  fruit  of  Garcinia  Mangos- 
tana  ('Imangosteen"  of  the  Moluccas),  and  Mammea 
americana  (West  Indies)  are  delicious  to  many  people. 

There  are  3  or  4  genera  in  cultivation  in  warm  Amer- 
ica: Garcinia  including  the  Mangosteen,  cultivated  in  the 
West  Indies,  and  the  Gamboge  Tree  cultivated  in  the 
West  Indies  and  Florida;  Calophyllum,  cultivated  in 
southern  Florida  and  southern  California;  Mammea 
americana  (Mammee  Apple  or  St.  Domingo  Apricot), 
cultivated  in  southern  Florida  and  southern  California. 

144.  HypericaceEB  (from  tlie  genus  Hypericum,  an 
ancient  Greek  name  of  unknown  origin).  St.  John's- 
WORT  F^AMILY.  Fig.  39.  Herbaceous  or  woody  plants: 
leaves  opposite  or  whorled,  often  pellucid  punctate  or 
black-punctate:  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  cymose;  sepals 
4-5,  more  or  less  connate,  the  outer  smaller,  rarely  4, 
with  the  2  outer  much  larger;  petals  as  many  as  the 
sepals,  sessile  or  clawed;  claw  naked  or  with  a  honey- 
furrow  or  -pit ;  stamens  many,  hypogynous,  usually  in 
3-5  bimdles  the  members  of  which  are  often  more  or 
le.ss  united,  rarely  monadelphous;  ovary  superior  3-5-, 
rarely  1-,  celled;  placent;c  usually  parietal;  ovules 
numc'rous;  styles  1-5,  usually  3-5:  fruit  a  capsule, 
rarely  fleshy. 

AlJout  8  genera  and  260  species  are  known,  of  which 
200  are  in  the  genus  Hyperieum,  of  the  tropical  and 
temperate  regions  throughout  the  world,  but  especially 
abundant  in  the  north  temperate  zone.  The  family  is 
very  closely  related  to  the  Gnttifenc,  with  which  it  is 
united  by  Engler  and  Prantl  under  the  latter  name; 
also  related  to  the  Ternstra'miace*  (Theaceae).  The 
fiiscicles  of  stamens  probably  represent  individual 
stamens,  each  of  which  has  become  divided  into  many. 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


55 


Thp  opposite  pellucid-dotted  leaves,  fascicled  sta- 
mens, and  3-5-celled  ovary  with  separate  styles  are 
characteristic. 

The  balsamic  exudations  from  the  bark  and  wood, 
especially  of  the  shrubby  species,  were  formerly  used 
to  some  extent  in  medicine  as  an  astringent. 

The  genera  in  cultivation  in  America  for  ornamental 
purposes  are:  Ascyrum  (St.  Andrew's  Cross,  St.  Peter's- 
wort),  and  Hypericum  (St.  John's-wort).  Some  of  the 
species  are  herbaceous  and  some  are  shrubby.  Some 
of  the  Hypericums  are  very  showy. 

145.  Tamaricacese  (from  the  genus  Tamarix,  said  to 
have  been  named  from  the  river  Tamaris,  now  Tambro, 
on  the  border  of  the  Pyrenees).  Tamarisk  Familv. 
Fig.  39.  Shrubs  or  small  trees,  with  alternate,  mostly 
needle-like  or  scale-Uke,  ericoid  leaves:  flowers  bisexuaJ, 
regular;  sepals  4-5;  petals  5,  imbricated,  withering 
and  drying  persistent;  stamens  equal  to  and  alternate 
with  the  petals  or  double  the  number,  inserted  on  a 
more  or  less  evident  disk;  ovary  superior,  1 -celled,  with 
3-4  parietal  placenta',  or  placenta  basal;  ovules  2  to 
many;  styles  3-4,  or  stigmas  sessile;  seeds  densely 
bearded  at  distal  end ,  rarely  winged :  fruit  a  capsule,  some- 
times becoming  falsely  and  incompletely  several-celled. 

The  5  genera  and  about  90-100  species  are  mainly 
distributed  in  the  Mediterranean  region  and  in  central 
Asia.  The  family  is  related  to  the  FrankeniaceiE  and 
Elatinacese;  possibly  also  to  the  SalicaceiE.  The  eri- 
coid habit,  withering-persistent  petals,  definite  sta- 
mens, 1-celled  ovary  and  bearded  seeds  are  distinctive. 
By  means  of  small  leaves,  sunken  stomata,  water- 
storing  tissue,  and  other  contrivances,  the  Tamarica- 
cese are  adapted  for  life  in  the  dry  sahne  regions  in  which 
they  live.  Foliage-glands  excrete  an  excess  of  absorbed 
mineral  matter,  and  this  very  hygroscopic  excretion 
accumulates  on  the  surface  of  the  plant. 

The  Tamaricaces  contain  much  tannin,  resin  and 
oils,  which  render  them  bitter  and  astringent.  The 
bark  of  Myricnria  germanica  has  been  used  for  jaundice; 
the  galls  of  some  species  are  used  because  astringent. 
Tamarix  mamiiftra,  "which  grows  on  Mount  Sinai 
and  elsewhere  in  Arabia,  secretes,  as  the  result  of  the 
puncture  of  a  cynips,  a  saccharine  matter,  supposed 
by  some  to  be  the  manna  which  fed  the  Hebrews  in  the 
desert."    (See  also  Fraxinus  Ornus.) 

None  of  the  genera  in  cultivation  in  N.  America  is 
very  hardy:  Tamarix  (Tamarisk);  Myricaria,  all  grown 
for  the  queer,  fluffy  foliage,  and  small,  abundant  flowers. 

146.  Fouquieriaceae  (from  the  genus  Fouquieria, 
named  in  honor  of  Pierre  E.  Fouquier,  professor  of 
medicine  at  Paris).  Candlewood  Family.  Similar  to 
the  Tamaricacese  and  formerly  united  with  that  family, 
but  differing  in  the  gamopetalous  corolla,  the  ligule- 
bearing,  hairy  stamens,  partially  united  styles,  median 
ovules  instead  of  basal,  and  leaves  without  crystal 
glands  or  epidermal  glands. 

The  single  genus  and  about  4  species  are  natives  of 
Mexico  and  the  southwestern  United  States. 

F.  fiplendens  is  the  ocotilla,  coach-whip  cactus,  vine 
cactus,  or  Jacob's  staff  of  the  Southwest,  a  spiny 
cactus-like  shrub  used  by  the  Mexicans  to  make  im- 
penetrable hedges.  A  useful  wax  is  obtained  from 
the  cortex  of  this  species.  The  cortex  is  also  used 
medicinally.  This  species  is  in  cultivation  in  the  larger 
rockeries  of  California. 

147.  Cistaceae  (from  the  genus  Cistus,  derived  from 
the  Greek,  meaning  a  box  or  capsule,  on  account  of  the 
shape  of  the  capsule).  Rock-Ro.se  Family.  I<'ig.  40. 
Herbs  or  shrubs:  leaves  mostly  opposite:  flowers  bisex- 
ual, regular;  sepals  3  or  more,  in  |  phyllotaxy;  petals  5, 
rarely  3  or  0,  quickly  falling;  convolutions  of  corolla 
and  calyx  in  opposite  directions;  stamens  numerous, 
hj-pog>'nous;  ovary  superior,  1-celled,  with  3-10  pa- 
rietal placentx,  or  falsely  .5-10-celled  by  ingrowing 
partitions;  ovules  2  to  many,  orthotropous;  style  1; 
stigmas  1-3:  fruit  a  capsule. 


In  North  America  and  around  the  Mediterranean 
Sea,  4  genera  and  about  70  species  are  distributed;  also 
a  few  species  in  eastern  Asia  and  in  South  America. 
The  family  is  most  closely  related  to  the  Violaceis 
and  the  Bixaceae,  and  more  distantly  to  the  Hyperi- 
caceaj.     The  quickly  falling  convolute  petals,  many 


40.  Cistace.e:  1.  Helianthemum,  flower.  2.  Cistus,  floral 
diagram.  Bix.\ce.e:  3.  Bixa,  floral  diagram.  Viol.\ce.e;  4. 
Viola,  a,  flower:  b,  flower,  perianth  removed;  c.  fruit:  d.  floral  dia- 
gram.   PassifloracEjE:  5.    a,  flower;  6,  crosa-section  of  ovary. 

hypogynous  stamens,  1-celled,  many- seeded  ovary, 
parietal  placentse  and  copious  endosperm  are  dis- 
tinctive features. 

In  the  dry  region  about  the  Mediterranean,  the 
shrubby  forms,  especially  Cistiis  ladaniferus  and 
C.  motispeliensis  take  part  in  forming  extensive 
"maquis,"  or  impenetrable  evergreen  thickets,  where 
they  alone  form  great  stretches  of  vegetation.  The  Cis- 
taceae prefer  dry,  sunny,  sandy  or  alkahne  soil.  In 
America,  Hudsonia  forms  carpets  on  the  sand-dunes 
which  are  often  strikingly  beautiful  when  in  flower. 
The  family  includes  also  Leehea  (pinweed),  and  Helian- 
themum (rock-rose) . 

In  North  America  several  species  of  Cistus,  all 
shrubs,  and  of  HeUanthemum,  are  grown  for  orna- 
mental purposes,  although  they  have  no  marked 
importance  in  this  country. 

148.  Bixaceae  (from  the  genus  Bixa,  a  name  of  South 
American  origin).  Bixa  Family.  Fig.  40.  Trees  or 
shrubs:  leaves  alternate,  sunple  or  compound:  fiowers 
unisexual  or  bisexual,  regular;  sepals  4-5,  imbricated; 
petals  4-5,  large  and  colored,  imbricated  and  twisted 
in  the  bud;  stamens  numerous;  anthers  opening  by 
sUts,  or  rarely  by  pores  (Bixa),  hypogynous;  carpels 
1  to  several,  united;  ovary  1-celled,  with  1  to  several 
parietal  placentae,  or  falsely  3-celled;  seeds  many,  with 
endosperm:  fruit  fleshy  or  dry,  indehiscent  or  val- 
vular, in  Bixa  large  and  bristly-prickly  all  over. 

All  the  4  genera  and  19  species  (excluding  the  Fla- 
courtiacece  and  other  small  families  often  here  included) 
are  tropical,  from  Mexico  to  Brazil  and  in  Africa, 
Madagascar  and  Australia.  Bixa  is  now  widely  dis- 
tributed through  the  tropics.  The  Bixacea;  are  related 
to  the  ViolaccEE  and  Cistacea,  as  well  as  to  the  TiliacesE. 
The  numerous  stamens,  compound  but  1-celled  ovary 
with  many  placentae  are  all  important  distinguishing 
characters. 

Bixa  Orellana  furnishes  the  coloring  matter  known 
as  "anatto,"  extracted  from  the  pulp  around  the  seeds, 


0(i 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


whicli  is  much  ustxl  to  give  bultor  a  rich  yellow  color 
ami  is  also  usoil  in  dyeinp;  silks.  The  Carihbcaiis  formerly 
tatooetl  themselves  with  this  dye  in  order,  it  is  said,  to 
prevent  niosquiti>-bites.  The  wood  is  very  soft  and 
sorvt>s  only  for  tinder;  the  roots  are  aromatic  and  have 
been  used  to  color  and  Ha\'or  soups.  Maxim  Hi  a /ad 
Gosfi/pium  furnishes  a  substitute  for  gum  tragacanth 
in  farther  India. 

liisii  Onllaiia  is  in  cultivation  in  the  West  Indies, 
where  it  is  grown  for  the  fruit.  Several  other  genera 
in  the  .^meriean  trade,  which  were  formerly  included 
in  the  Bixaceae,  are  now  placed  by  ^^'a^burg  in  the 
Flacourtiacea. 

149.  Violacese  (from  the  genus  Viola,  the  ancient 
l^tin  n:uue).  Violet  F.\milv.  Fig.  40.  Herbs,  shrubs 
or  sjnall  trees,  rarely  climbing:  leaves  usually  alternate: 
flowers  bisexual,  regular  or  irregular;  sepals  .'),  separate 
or  nearly  so;  petals  .3,  1  often  spurred;  stamens  .5, 
hypogj'nous  or  sUghtly  perigynous,  closely  connivent 
around  the  style,  similar  or  dissimilar  (2  spurred); 
ovary  1-eelled;  placentic  2-5,  usually  3,  parietal;  ovules 
many;  style  1 :  fruit  a  firm  capsule  with  placenta;  on  the 
middle  of  the  valves,  rarelj'  a  berry  and  indehiscent. 

Violacea;  has  15  genera  and  about  300  species,  of 
which  about  200  belong  to  the  genus  Viola.  These 
genera  are  grouped  in  three  tribes:  the  Violese,  with 
irregular  flowers,  foimd  chiefly  in  Europe,  Siberia  and 
North  America,  although  the  woody  species  are  mainly 
natives  of  trojiical  America;  the  PajiiajToleie  and  Rin- 
oreea,  with  regular  flowers,  are  principally  found  in  South 
America,  Africa  and  Australia.  The  f;imily  is  closely 
related  to  the  Cistaceie.  The  tendency  to  irregular 
flowers,  the  peculiar  stamens,  the  1-celled  ovary  with 
usually  3  parietal  placenta",  and  the  anatropous  ovules, 
are  distinctive 

In  the  genus  Viola  and  some  other  genera,  a  finger- 
like curved  nectar-secreting  horn  projects  backward 
from  the  connective  of  each  of  the  two  lower  anthers 
into  the  spur  of  the  lower  petal.  In  many  species  of 
Viola,  almost  all  the  seeds  are  produced  by  small 
apetalous  cleistogamous  flowers  on  short  pedicels  near 
the  ground  in  midsummer,  after  the  normal  flowering 
period  is  over.  These  are  very  fertile,  and  quite 
diverse  in  structure,  and,  therefore,  useful  in  classijfica- 
tion.  Cleistogamous  flowers  are  also  produced  in  the 
genus  Hybanthus.  The  capsules  of  most  Violacea; 
open  ela-sticaUy  when  ripe,  the  valves  springing  back 
and  at  the  same  time  folding  on  the  midrib  so  that  tlie 
seeds  are  forcibly  ejected  as  one  would  shoot  a  wet 
apple  seed  from  between  the  fingers. 

The  Violacea;  have  been  used  to  a  certain  extent  in 
medicine,  their  virtues  being  due  to  an  alkaloid  having 
emetic  and  laxative  properties.  Hyhatilhus  ipecacuanha 
("white  ipecacuanha"  of  commerce)  furnishes  a  substi- 
tute for  ipecac.  Various  species  of  Viola  and  other 
genera '  have  been  used  in  many  countries  for  skin 
diseases,  as  emetics,  laxatives,  and  the  like.  Several 
species  arc  ornamental. 

Three  genera  are  in  the  American  trade:  Comiostylis 
or  CaljTitrion,  a  species  of  greenhouse  woody  climbers; 
Hybanthus  or  Solea,  of  the  garden;  and  Viola  (Common 
Pan.sy,  Homed  Pansy,  Sweet  English  Violets,  Wild 
Violet.'- J. 

].50.  Flacourtiaceae  (from  the  genus  Flaccrurlin, 
namf<i  in  honor  of  E.  de  Flacourt,  a  governor  of 
Madaga.scar;.  Flacoirtia  Family.  Trees  or  shrubs, 
rarely  climbing:  leaves  usually  alternate  and  in  2  ranks: 
flowers  hi.S(;xual,  rarely  unisexual,  regular;  sepals  2-6, 
commonly  4-5,  imbricated,  rarely  otherwise;  petals 
0,  or  equal  to  the  sepals,  or  many,  imbricated  or  con- 
volute; stamens  numerous,  hypogynous  or  perigynous; 
receptacle  enlargcfl  and  variously  modified,  often  sur- 
moimtefl  by  a  diversely  formed  disk;  ovary  superior 
or  nearly  so,  1-celled;  placenta  parietal;  ovules  numer- 
ou.s;  Btyles  and  stigmas  1  to  several:  fruit  dry  or  fleshy, 
dehiscent  or  indehiscent. 


There  are  70  genera  and  more  than  500  species  of 
tropical  distribution.  The  family  is  related  to  the 
Violacea?,  Passifloracea',  and  other  families  with  similar 
parietal  placentatjon,  but  is  most,  closely  related  to  the 
Bixaceic  with  which  it  has  often  Ijecn  united,  and  from 
which  it  dilTers  mainly  in  the  absence  of  slime-cells. 
In  general,  the  pecuUar  ovary,  the  numerous  stamens, 
the  regular  flower,  and  the  enlarged  receptacle  are 
characl  eristic. 

The  .sour  fruit  t)f  .several  species  is  eaten,  or  preserved, 
in  the  tropics.  The  seeds  of  Paiigium.  edule  are  roasted 
and  used  for  baking.  The  leaves  of  Cascaria  esculenla 
are  eaten  in  India.  The  wood  is  httle  used.  The  bark 
of  Neuiiiaiiida  Iheifurmis  is  used  like  ipecac  in  Madagas- 
car. Chuiilmugra  oil  is  obtained  probably  from  Gyno- 
caniia  odarata  of  farther  India.  A  peculiar  resin  is 
secvn-ed  from  species  of  La?tia  of  Cuba.  Coccos  oil, 
used  in  perfumery,  is  obtained  from  the  PoljTiesian 
genus  iMyroxylon.  The  fixed  oil  of  species  of  Pangium 
is  used  in  cooking. 

Probably  5  or  6  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  the 
warmer  parts  of  North  America:  Aberia  (Kei  Apple); 
Azara;  Carrieria;  Flacourtia  (Rambustan,  Governor's 
Plum);  Idesia,  hardy  in  Mass.;  Oncoba;  Xylosma. 

151.  Stachyuraceae  (from  the  genus  <S/oc/!;/»r((.s,  signi- 
fying sj/ikr-lail,  in  reference  to  the  form  of  inflorescence). 
Stachydrus  Family.  Shrubs  or  small  trees  with  alter- 
nate leaves:  flowers  bisexual  or  polygamous,  regular; 
sepals  4,  imbricated;  petals  4,  imbricated;  stamens  8, 
separate;  carpels  4;  ovary  superior,  1-celled,  or  falsely 
4-celled  by  the  intrusion  of  the  large  parietal  placentae; 
style  and  stigma  1;  ovules  many:  fruit  berry-like, 
pericarp  leathery. 

Only  one  genus  and  4  species  occur  in  Japan,  China, 
and  the  Himalayas.  The  family  is  closely  related  to  the 
Temstrcemiacea?  with  which  it  was  formerly  united 
and  from  which  it  differs  in  the  fewer  stamens,  1-celled 
ovary  and  entire  stigma.  Fseful  apparently  only  as 
ornamental  plants. 

Two  species  are  occasionally  cultivated  in  America. 

1.52.  Passifloraceae  (from  the  genus  Passiflora;  early 
travelers  thought  they  had  found  emblems  of  the  cruci- 
fixion in  the  flower,  for  a  detailed  account  of  which  see 
article  on  Passiflora).  Passion-Flower  Family'.  Fig.  40. 
Herbaceous  or  woody  plants,  usually  climbing  by 
axillary  tendrils:  leaves  alternate,  simple  or  compound: 
flowers  bisexual,  or  unisexual,  usually  involucrate, 
perigynous;  calyx  and  corolla  sometimes  similar;  sepals 
4—5,  imbricated,  often  petaloid;  petals  4-5,  rarely  0, 
imbricated,  often  smaller  than  the  sepals,  sometimes 
fringed;  a  crown  (outgrowth  of  receptacle)  of  many 
filaments  between  the  petals  and  stamens,  sometimes 
tubular  or  scale-hke;  stamens  4-5,  usually  opposite 
the  petals,  inserted  on  the  edge  of  the  cup-shaped 
receptacle,  or  at  the  base  of  the  corona,  or  at  the  base  of 
the  pistil  at  the  summit  of  a  long  gynojjhore,  separate 
or  connate;  o^'ary  superior,  raised  on  a  more  or  less 
distinct  stalk,  (gynophore),  1-celled  with  3-5  parietal 
placentae;  ovules  numerous;  styles  3-5:  fruit  a  berry  or 
capsule. 

This  family  contains  18  genera  and  about  350  species, 
inhabitants  principaUy  of  the  tropical  regions,  especially 
of  the  New  World.  Two  hundred  and  fifty  species  be- 
long to  the  genus  Passiflora,  which  extends  as  far  north 
as  .southern  Pennsylvania.  The  family  is  not  closely 
related  to  other  families,  but  finds  its  nearest  affinities 
in  the  Loa.sacea>,  Turneraceic  and  Begoniaceee.  The 
remarkable  floral  structure  is  distinctive. 

'Ihe  pulpy  aril  of  the  seeds  of  Passiflora  is  used 
in  tropical  America  in  the  preparation  of  cooling 
drinks.  The  flowers  and  fruit  of  P.  rulira  are  narcotic. 
The  roots  of  P.  fjiUKlranf/ularis  are  ^'ery  poisonous  and 
sometimes  used  in  small  doses  as  a  vermifuge.  Many 
Passifloras  are  cultivated  in  the  tropics  as  fruit  plants. 

Many  are  in  cultivation  in  America,  namely  Passi- 
flora and  Tacsonia  ((Jranadilla,  .Jamaica  Honeysuckle, 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


57 


Water  Lemon,  May-Pop),  some  for  the  beautiful  and 
odd  flowers,  some,  especially  in  the  South,  for  the  fruit. 

153.  Caricaceae  (from  tlie  genus  Carica,  erroneously 
supposed  to  be  a  native  of  Caria;  or  from  the  Latin 
meaning  a  kind  of  dry  fig).  Pawpaw  Family.  Fig.  4L 
Peculiar  trees  with  straight,  rarely  branched,  palm-li]<e 
trunks,  very  abundant  milliy  juice,  and  a  terminal  crown 
of  very  large,  alternate,  paknately-lobed,  rarely  entire, 
leaves:  flowers  unisexual,  small,  nearly  regular;  sepals 
5;  petals  5,  in  the  staminate  flowers  connate,  in  the 
pistillate  nearly  separate;  stamens  about  10,  inserted 
on  the  corolla;  ovary  superior,  1-  or  .5-celled,  many- 
seeded;  styles  5:  fruit  a  large  melon-like  berry. 

This  is  a  small  fiunily  of  2  genera  and  27  species,  con- 
fined to  tropical  and  subtropical  America;  most  abun- 
dant in  the  Andes.  The  Caricaceae  is  united  with  the 
PassifloraceiB  by  some  authors,  but  is  similar  only  in 


41.  Cahicace.e:  1.  Carica,  one  form  of  flower  opened.  Loasa- 
ce.e:  2.  Loasa,  a,  flower;  b,  floral  diagram.  3.  Mentzelia,  a, 
flower;  b,  c,  and  d,  types  of  foliage  hairs.  Begoniace^e;  4.  Begonia, 
a,  male  flower;  h,  female  flower;  c,  cross-section  ovary.  Cactace.e; 
5.  PiJoceretas,  flower.    G.  Opuntia,  flower 

the  fruit.  It  is  also  related  to  the  Cucurbitaceae  bj'  the 
fruit.  The  peeuhar  habit  and  abundant  milky  juice  are 
very  distinctive. 

The  large  melon-like  fruits  of  Carica  Papaya  are  now 
cultivated  and  eaten  throughout  the  tropics;  those  of 
other  species  are  also  eaten.  The  milky  juice  of  C. 
Papaya  contains  a  pepsin-like  substance  which  will 
curdle  milk.  This  substance  will  separate  the  fibers  of 
meat,  and  hence  the  leaves  and  fruit  are  cooked  with 
too  fresh  tough  meat  to  make  it  tender.  The  juice 
has  also  been  used  as  a  remedy  for  dyspepsia. 

Carica  Papaya  (South  American  pawpaw)  is  com- 
monly grown  in  greenhouses;  and  it,  as  well  as  two 
other  species,  are  grown  in  southern  Cahfomia  and 
Florida  in  the  open. 

1.54.  Loasaceae  (from  the  genus  Loasa,  the  meaning 
unknown).  Loasa  Family.  Fig.  41.  Erect  or  climbing 
herbs,  rarely  shrubby,  with  very  peeuhar  and  charact  er- 
istic  hairs,  some  hooked,  some  stinging:  leaves  oppo- 
site or  alternate,  verj'  diverse:  flowers  bisexual,  regular, 
mostly   perigynous  (i.e.,   receptacle  usually   extended 


beyond  the  ovary);  sepals  4-5,  imbricated;  petals 
4-5,  flat  or  cucullate;  stamens  4—5,  alternating  with  the 
petals,  or  more  commonly  very  numerous  through 
doubUng,  the  outer  often  converted  into  staminodia 
which  resemble  the  petals;  ovary  usually  inferior,  and 
1-celled,  with  3  parietal  placentse;  ovules  numerous: 
fruit  a  capsule,  rarely  indehiscent,  often  spirally  con- 
structed. 

There  are  13  genera  and  about  120  species  confined 
to  America  from  the  Great  Plains  to  Chile;  most  abun- 
dant in  South  America.  This  is  a  distinct  family  dis- 
tantly related  to  the  Passifloracea;  and  the  BegoniaceiB. 
The  very  peculiar  hairs  constitute  a  good  recognition 
character.  On  Mentzelia  there  are  three  types  of  hairs: 
(1)  Chinese  pagoda-like,  broad  at  the  base;  (2)  tuber- 
cul ate  stem  and  harpoon-Uke  top;  (3)  smooth  stem  and 
harpoon  top.  The  flowers  with  many  staminodia  are 
often  large  and  cactus-like.  Very  queer,  grotesque,  com- 
plex scales  are  produced  in  the  flowers  of  certain  genera 
(e.  g.,  Loasa)  through  the  union  of  several  staminodia. 

Mentzelia  hispida  is  a  strong  purgative,  and  is  used 
by  the  Mexicans  for  syphilis. 

A  few  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  North  America.  Of 
these,  Loasa  is  hke  a  nettle,  and  the  sting  is  very  painful, 
but  the  flowers  are  queer  and  interesting.  Mentzelia 
comprises  a  number  of  garden  annuals  or  biennials 
often  with  large  showy  flowers. 

155.  Begoniaceae  (from  the  genus  Begonia,  named  in 
honor  of  Michael  Begon,  a  French  promoter  of  botany). 
Begonia  Family.  Fig.  41.  Herbs,  rarely  shrubby, 
hairs  usually  scale-like  or  branched:  leaves  alternate, 
usuaUy  oblique:  flowers  monoecious,  regular,  epigynous, 
cjonose,  the  staminate  opening  first;  perianth  of  the 
staminate  flowers  of  2  valvate  sepals  and  2  petals,  all 
petaloid;  perianth  of  the  pistiUate  flowers  of  2  to  many 
similar  petaloid  parts;  stamens  numerous,  separate  or 
nearlj-  so;  ovary  inferior,  2-3-celled,  usually  sharply 
angled  and  winged;  ovules  numerous;  styles  3,  more  or 
less  branched  and  bearing  very  peeuhar  crescent- 
shaped,  kidney-shaped,  or,  more  often,  spiral,  velvety 
stigmas,  rarely  straight:  fruit  a  capsule,  rarely  a  berry. 

The  Begonia  family  has  4  genera  and  about  500 
species,  most  of  which  belong  to  the  genus  Begonia. 
They  are  widely  chstributed  throughout  the  tropics,  but 
perhaps  most  abundant  in  South  America  along  the 
Andes  to  Mexico,  and  in  the  eastern  Himalayas  south- 
eastward to  the  Malay  Peninsula.  The  Begoniacea; 
constitute  a  distinct  group  remotely  related  to  the  Cac- 
tacea;,  Loasacese,   Passifloracea;  and  Cucurbitaceie. 

The  family  is  of  little  economic  importance  except 
for  ornamental  purposes.  Many  species  contain  oxalic 
acid  and  are  eaten  as  salad,  and  as  a  remedy  for  scurvy-. 
The  roots  of  some  are  astringent;  others  have  a  purga- 
tive root,  used  in  certain  tropics  for  sj'phiUs  and  scrofula. 
The  Begoniaceae  is  one  of  the  most  important  orna- 
mental families. 

Very  many  species  and  hybrids  of  Begonia  are  grown 
for  greenhouse  and  bedding  purposes,  both  for  the 
flowers  and  the  foliage. 

Order  43.  Opuntiales 

1.56.  Cactaceae  (from  the  old  I/innaan  genus  Cactus, 
a  name  used  by  the  ancients  to  denote  any  spiny  plant). 
Cactus  Family.  Fig.  41.  Fleshy  plants  with  watery  or 
milky  juice,  a  great  reduction  or  complete  absence  of 
foliage,  and  very  thick,  rather  .sparingly  branched,  rarely 
unbranched  stems,  which  are  cylindrical,  globular, 
fl.attened,  or  fluted,  and  often  constricted  or  jointed: 
leaves  alternate,  flat  and  leaf-like  in  Pereskia,  scale-like 
or  absent  in  other  genera,  usually  bearing  bundles  of 
spines  in  the  axils,  which  are  trichomes,  and  which  are 
of  two  kinds,  long  and  stout,  or  minute  and  needle-like: 
flowers  bisexual,  mostly  regular,  perigynous  or  epigy- 
nous; sepals  and  petals  rarely  8-10,  usually  very  many, 
similar;  stamens  many,  inserted  spirally  or  in  groups 


58 


A   SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT   KINGDOM 


oil  inside  of  the  rrcpptaolo;  ovary  inforior,  l-cclled, 
with  3  lo  many  parietal  plaronta?;  ovules  numerous; 
style  1 ;  stigmas  as  many  sis  the  placenta':  fruit  a  berry; 
enibrj-i)  straight  or  eiirvc<l. 

The  Carti  are  ahnost  entirely  eonlincil  In  the  dry 
nylons  of  tropical  and  subtropical  America.  Mexico 
is  the  center  of  this  distril>uti<)n,  but  the  Cactacea-  ex- 
tejid  from  New  York  to  Patagonia.  A  species  of  Rhip- 
salis  has  lately  been  found  indigenous  in  A\'est  Africa. 
The  family  is  related  to  the  Hegoniaceiv,  Loasacea^,  and 
Passifloracc;r.  The  peculiar  habit,  perianth  of  many 
similar  parts,  many  stamens,  and  inferior  1-celled  ovary 
are  distinctive.  The  Cactacea'  is  divided  into  three 
groups:  (1)  Cereus  group,  with  receptacle  extended  in 
a  tube  beyond  the  ovary  (iierigynous),  and  no  hooked 
spines;  (2)  Opuntia  group,  tube  of  the  receptacle  want- 
ing, hooked  spines  usually  present;  (3)  Pereskia  group, 
with  foUaceous  leaves,  panicled  flowers,  and  no  hooked 
spines. 

The  seeds  of  Rhipsalis,  an  epiphjiic  genus,  are  often 
viscid  so  as  to  adhere  to  tree  trunks  and  the  like.  The 
ovaries  of  some  Cactacea?  are  imbccided  in  the  tissue 
of  the  stem.  In  this  f:miily,  the  thick  stem  is  a  water- 
storing  organ.  The  flatttened  or  fluterl  condition  of  the 
stem  of  most  species  is  probably  an  adaptation  which 
allows  these  stems  to  swell  when  water  is  abimdant 
and  contract  when  it  is  scarce  without  danger  of 
rupturing  the  cuticle.  The  variation  in  size  and  form 
among  cacti  is  verj-  great.  The  largest  species  is 
Carnegiea  gigoTiteus  of  Mexico,  candelabra-like,  60  feet 
high. 

The  fruit  of  Opmitia  Ficus-indica,  now  naturalized 
in  the  Mediterranean  region,  is  there  eaten  under  the 
name  of  Indian  fig.  Opuntia  Twia  of  tropical  America 
is  the  prickly  pear,  an  edible  fruit.  Opunlia  vulgaris  of 
the  eastern  United  States  is  also  eaten  under  the  name 
of  prickly  pear  or  Indian  fig.  Fruits  of  Cereus  trian- 
gvlnris,  C.  giganUxts,  and  C.  Thurheri  are  much  prized. 
The  stem  and  flowers  of  C.  grandiflorus  are  used  in 
medicine,  producing  an  action  on  the  heart.  Vermif- 
ugal properties  are  found  in  many  Cactaceae.  An 
alcoholic  drink  is  made  bj-  the  Mexicans  from  the  sap  of 
species  of  Cereus.  The  cochineal  insect,  a  scale  insect 
yielding  the  well-known  dye,  cochineal,  lives  upon  spe- 
cies of  Opuntia,  Pereskia,  and  Nopalea,  in  tropical 
America. 

The  total  number  of  genera  of  Cactaceae  which  have 
been  described  up  to  the  present  time  is  about  70, 
although  Dr.  Karl  Schumann,  who  monographed 
the  family  in  1899,  recognized  but  21.  Of  the  many 
genera  described,  most  are  good  and  will  probably 
stand.  A  rational  and  imiform  treatment  of  the  family 
will  doubtless  show  that  there  are  no  less  than  7.5  ten- 
able genera.  The  total  number  of  names  published  is 
something  over  3,800.  This  includes  many  species  that 
have  been  transferred  from  one  genus  to  another.  The 
number  of  species  recognized  by  Schumann  is  some- 
thing less  than  700.  Manj-  of  these  species  of  Schumann, 
however,  arc  known  to  be  aggregates,  and  it  is  not 
unhkely  that  there  are  about  1,200  species  in  the 
family. 

The  number  of  genera  treated  in  this  work  is  35. 
They  are  in  cultivation  in  America  as  odd  plants  for 
desert  gardens,  and  as  greenhouse  curiosities.  Many 
liave  beautiful  showy  flowers,  those  of  Cereus  grandi- 
florus (night-blooming  cereus)  being  nearly  one  foot 
across,  and  opening  only  in  the  night. 

The  rearicr  will  find  the  cacti  described  in  this 
Cyclopedia  under  the  fallowing  names:  Acanthocereus; 
Anhalonium  =  AriocarpiLs;  Aporocactu-s;  Ariocaryjus; 
Bergerocactus;  Cactus;  Carnegiea;  Cephalocereus; 
Cereus;  Disrjcactus;  Echinocactus;  Echinocereus;  Echi- 
nopsis;  p;piphylltmri  =  Zygocactus;  Escontria;  Hariota; 
Harrisia;  Heliocereus;  Hylocereus;  Lemaireocereus; 
1-eptocereus;  Leuchtenbergia;  Lophophora;  Mamil- 
lana;   MelocactU8  =  Cactus;   Myrtillocactus;  Nopalea; 


Opuntia;  Pachjcerctis;  Pelecyphora;  Pereskia;  Per- 
eskiopsis;  Phyllocactus  =  Epiphyllum;  I'ilocereus  = 
Cephalocereus;  Rathbimia;  Selenicereus;  Schlumber- 
gera;  Wilco.xia;  Wittia;  Zygocactus. 

Order  44.   Myrtiflor.e 

157.  Thymelaeaceae  (from  the  generic  name  Thym- 
ehen,  a  (ireck  niune  meaning  thyme  +  olive  or  oil).  Me- 
ZERKUM  Family.  Fig.  42.  Shrubs  or  trees,  rarely 
herbs:  leaves  alternate  or  opposite,  simple,  entire: 
flowers  bisexual  or  vmisexual,  regular,  receptacle  devel- 
oped into  a  long  tube  which  bears  appendages  in  the 
throat;  perianth  undifferentiated,  often  petaloid,  parts 
4-5,  imbricated,  pcrigynous;  stamens  as  many  as  the 
sepals  and  alternate  with  them,  or  twice  as  many,  or 


42.  Thymel.eace.e:  1.  Daphne,  flower.  El.eagnace.e:  2. 
Elseagnus,  a,  male  flower;  fc,  bisexual  flower;  c,  floral  diagram;  d 
and  e,  haira  from  surface  of  leaf.  Lythrace.e;  3.  Lythrum,  a, 
flower;  6,  trimorphie  flowers  of  L.  Salicaria;  c,  floral  diagram. 
PuNicACE^:  4.  Punica,  a,  flower;  6,  fniit,  upper  story;  c,  fruit, 
lower  story. 

reduced  to  2,  perigynous;  ovary  superior,  l-ceUed, 
rarely  2-ceUed;  ovule  solitary,  pendulous;  style  1  or  0, 
stigma  1:  fruit  indehiscent,  a  nut,  drupe,  or  berry; 
rarely  a  capsule. 

About  37  genera  and  425  species  are  widely  distrib- 
uted over  the  earth.  One  species  is  native  in  north- 
western North  America.  The  largest  genera  are  Gnidia 
with  80-90  species,  and  Pimelea  with  75  species.  The 
family  stands  between  the  Myrtiflora;  and  the  Cactales, 
and  also  somewhat  suggests  the  Passifloracex.  The 
single  perianth,  the  tubular  receptacle,  perigynous,  defi- 
nite stamens,  the  appendages  in  the  tube  of  the  recep- 
tacle, and  the  superior  1-celled,  1-ovuled  ovary  are 
distinctive. 

Gnidia  carinata  of  South  Africa  and  Daphne  Meze- 
reum  (mczereon)  of  Europe  have  been  used  as  a  piu'ge; 
as  has  also  the  spurge  flax  {Daphne  Gnulium)  of 
South  Europe,  the  caustic  juice  of  which  is  used  in  a 
blistering  ointment.  A  blistering  principle  is  obtained 
from  the  bark  of  Funifera  ulilis  of  Brazil;  also  from 
Dirca  palustris.  The  roots  of  ThymeUea  tinctoria  yield 
a  yellow  dye.    Paper  is  made  from  the  cauline  fibers  of 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


59 


several  species,  e.g.,  Daphne  cannahina  of  India,  Dirca 
p/iliislris  of  the  United  States,  Gnidia  of  Matlagascar, 
and  Lagetta  of  Jamaica.  Cord  is  made  from  Lagetla 
funifern  and  L.  lintearia  of  Soutli  America.  The  wood 
of  Aquilnria  Agallocha  of  India  is  aromatic,  called 
aloewood.  One  Pimelea  yields  a  balsam.  Lace-bark  is 
the  jjroduet  of  Lagctta  lintearia. 

Six  or  more  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  this  country 
for  ornament.  Among  these  are:  Daphne  (Mczereon), 
greenhouse  and  garden;  Dirca  (Leatherwood,  Moose- 
wood),  native,  hardy;  and  Pimelea  (Rice  Flower), 
greenhouse. 

158.  Elasagnaceae  (from  the  genus  Elseagnus,  de- 
rived from  the  Greek  name  of  the  olive  combined  with 
that  of  the  Chaste  tree).  Oleaster  Family.  Fig.  42. 
Trees  and  shrubs,  covered  with  silvery  and  brown,  pel- 
tate or  stellate  scales:  leaves  alternate  or  opposite,  sim- 
ple, entire:  flowers  bise.xual  or  unisexual,  regular,  peri- 
gjnous;  receptacle  developed  into  a  long  tube  beyond 
the  ovary,  more  or  less  persistent,  and  inclosing  the 
fruit;  perianth  of  1  series;  parts  4,  rarely  2  or  6,  val- 
vate;  stamens  of  the  same  number,  or  double  the  num- 
ber, inserted  in  the  tube;  perigynous  disk  prominent, 
lobed;  ovary  superior,  1-celled,  1-ovuled;  style  1; 
stigma  1 :  real  fruit  dry,  indehiscent,  but  appearing 
drupe-like  because  of  the  fleshy  investing  receptacle. 

Three  genera  and  about  30  species  are  found,  of 
which  about  25  belong  to  Eteagnus;  mostly  steppe  or 
rock  plants,  chiefly  of  south  Asia,  Europe  and  North 
America.  The  family  is  closely  related  to  the  Thymete- 
aceae,  which  see  for  further  relationship.  The  peculiar 
scales,  the  perigj'nous  flowers,  the  1-celled,  1-seeded 
ovary,  and  the  fleshy  but  free  receptacle  are  distinctive. 

The  acid  fruits  of  Elseagnus  angustifolia  of  Persia  are 
eaten;  also  those  of  E.  latifolia  of  India,  and  the  seeds 
of  Shepherdia  argentea  of  North  America. 

There  are  3  genera  in  cultivation  in  America,  prin- 
cipally as  hardy  ornamental  plants  with  silvery  foliage: 
Elsagnus  (Oleaster,  Goumi);  Hippophae  (Sea  Buck- 
thorn, Swallow  Thorn);  Shepherdia  (Buffalo  Berry). 

159.  Lythraceae  (from  the  genus  Lythrum,  derived 
from  the  Greek  meaning  blood,  in  reference  to  the  pur- 
ple flowers).  Loosestrife  Family.  Fig.  42.  Herbs, 
shrubs,  or  trees:  leaves  usually  opposite  or  whorled: 
flowers  bisexual,  usually  regular,  perigynous;  recepta- 
cle ("calyx-tube")  tubular,  ribbed,  free  from  the  ovary, 
bearing  the  4  or  8  valvate  sepals  on  its  margin;  petals 
of  the  same  number  as  the  sepals,  or  0,  and  inserted  with 
them,  imbricated;  stamens  usually  twice  as  many  as 
the  petals,  rarely  more  (up  to  200),  or  fewer  (to  1); 
outer  set  alternate  with  the  petals,  and  inserted  some 
distance  below  them;  ovary  superior,  2-6-celled,  many- 
ovuled:  fruit  a  capsule,  rarely  indehiscent. 

There  are  22  genera  and  about  450  species  known; 
generally  distributed,  but  more  abundant  in  the  trop- 
ics, especially  in  America.  The  largest  genus  is  Cuphea 
with  about  160  species.  The  family  is  closely  related 
to  the  OnagracesE,  but  differs  in  the  superior  ovary;  it 
is  also  related  to  the  Melastomacea;,  but  the  sta- 
mens are  normal. 

Lythrum  Salicaria  has  been  used  as  an  astringent; 
Heimia  and  Cuphea  have  been  used  as  purgatives  and 
emetics.  Lawsonia  inermis  of  Egypt  is  the  famous 
henna,  the  perfume  of  the  flower  of  which  is  renowned 
throughout  the  East;  with  an  orange-red  dye  obtained 
from  the  leaves  of  this  plant,  women  of  the  orient  dye 
hair  and  nails.  Pemphis  acidula  is  used  as  a  pot-herb 
in  Asia.  The  flowers  of  Woodfordia  floribunda  yield  the 
red  dye  of  India  called  dhak.  Lagerstroemia  furnishes 
very  valuable  timber. 

In  cultivation  in  N.  America  are  several  genera:  Cu- 
phea, species  of  garden  annuals;  Decodon  (Swamp 
Loosestrife),  native,  but  used  for  water-gardens  ;  Lyth- 
rum (Loosestrife);  Lawsonia  (Henna),  cultivated  in 
southern  Florida  and  southern  California;  Lagerstroe- 
mia indica  (Crape  Myrtle)  cultivated  in  the  South. 


160.  Punicaceas  (from  the  genus  Punica,  derived 
from  the  Latin  in  reference  to  Carthage,  near  which 
city  the  plant  is  said  to  have  grown ;  or  from  the  Latin 
meaning  scarlet,  in  reference  to  the  flowers).  Pome- 
ORANATE  Family.  Fig.  42.  Shrubs  or  commonly  small 
trees:  leaves  mostly  opposite:  flowers  bisexual,  usually 
perigynous;  receptacle  campanulate  or  tubular,  thick- 
ened above  the  ovary;  sepals  5-8,  fleshy,  valvate; 
petals  5-7,  imbricated,  inserted  with  the  sepals  on  the 
edge  of  the  receptacle;  stamens  very  numerous,  clothing 
the  tube  of  the  receptacle;  carpels  in  1-2  (rarely  3) 
superimposed  series,  3  in  the  lower  and  usually  5-7  in 
the  upper;  ovary  more  or  less  inferior,  with  as  many 
cells  as  carpels;  placents  of  the  lower  series  axile,  of  the 
ujjpcr  parietal,  the  cells  many-ovuled;  style  and  stigma 
1 :  fruit  a  berry,  the  pulpy  central  mass  of  which  is 
formed  from  the  fleshy  outer  seed-coats. 

This  is  a  family  of  only  1  genus  and  2  species,  na- 
tives of  the  Mediterranean  region  and  eastward  to  the 
Himalayas.  It  was  formerly  united  with  the  Lythra- 
ceae, but  the  peculiar  ovary  is  unique.  Punica  Grana- 
tum  is  the  famous  pomegranate,  cultivated  for  its  fruit 
since  the  earliest  times,  and  now  widely  spread  over 
the  tropics.  This  species  is  cultivated  in  the  southern 
states  and  in  greenhouses.    It  has  escaped  in  Florida. 

161.  Lecythidaceae  (from  the  genus  Lecythia,  derived 
from  the  Greek  meaning  an  oil-jar,  in  reference  to  the 
fruit).  Lecy-thia  Family.  Fig.  43.  Trees:  leaves  alter- 
nate, large  and  striking:  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  perigy- 
nous or  epigynous;  sepals  4-6,  rarely  fewer,  valvate; 
petals  4-6,  imbricated,  rarely  more  or  fewer;  stamens 
very  numerous,  somewhat  monadelphous,  many  anther- 
less;  intra-staminal  disk  often  present;  ovary  inferior, 
2-6-celled,  several  ovules  in  each  cell:  fruit  a  hard- 
shelled  berry  or  a  capsule  dehiscing  by  a  lid. 

The  family  has  18  genera  and  about  225  species, 
with  a  somewhat  isolated  distribution  in  various  parts 
of  the  tropics,  e.g.,  North  Brazil,  west  coast  of  Africa, 
Malay  Peninsula,  Mozambique,  and  Samoa.  The  fam- 
ily was  formerly  united  with  the  Myrtaceie  but  is  dis- 
similar in  some  important  details  of  vascular  structure, 
and  in  the  absence  of  volatile  oils. 

The  most  important  economic  plant  is  the  Brazil- 
nut  or  para-nut  (Bertholletia  eicelsa)  of  northern 
South  America,  the  oily  seeds  of  which  are  an  impor- 
tant article  of  food.  The  seeds  are  in  a  box-like  capsule, 
the  lid  of  which  falls  off.  The  oily  seeds  of  several  other 
species  are  eaten,  e.g.,  the  monkey-pot  tree  (Lecythis). 
The  fruits  and  roots  of  a  number  of  species  of  Bar- 
ringtonia  are  used  in  Java  and  China  to  stupefy  fish. 
The  flowers  of  Grias  cauliflora  of  the  West  Indies  are 
used  for  tea.  A  cooling  drink  is  made  from  the  fruit  of 
Couroupita  guianensis  of  the  West  Indies. 

The  Brazil-nut  or  nigger-toe  is  sparingly  planted  in 
southern  California,  Florida  and  the  West  Indies. 

162.  Rhizophoraceae  (from  the  genus  Rhizophora, 
root-bearing,  because  of  the  numerous  aerial  roots). 
Mangrove  Family.  Fig.  43.  Trees  or  shrubs:  leaves 
usually  opposite,  coriaceous:  flowers  bisexual,  epigynous 
or  perigynous;  sepals  3-14,  more  or  less  connate,  valvate; 
petals  of  the  same  number,  .small,  often  lacerate; 
stamens  2-4  times  as  many,  often  in  pairs  opposite  the 
petals;  ovary  inferior,  usually  2-5-celled:  fruit  some- 
what juicy,  crowned  with  the  calyx,  rarely  dehiscent, 
usually  a  berrj',  rarely  a  drupe. 

The  15  genera  and  about  50  species  are  distributed 
throughout  the  tropics.  The  family  is  related  to  the 
Combretaceae  and  Lythracea;;  more  distantly  to  the 
other  families  of  the  myrtaceous  group. 

This  is  a  small  family  of  remarkable  plants,  mostly 
inhabiting  mud-flats  along  the  coast  in  the  tropics. 
The  stem  soon  perishes  at  the  base  and  then  the  plant 
is  supported  by  its  numerous  prop-roots  alone.  The 
mud  is  so  soft  that  otherwise  the  plants  could  probably 
not  remain  erect.  The  genus  Rhizophora  is  almost 
unique  in  the  vegetable  kingdom  because  the  seeds  germi- 


(>0 


A    SYNOPSIS   OF    THIO    PLANT    KINGDOM 


nato  on  I  ho  plant.  Tho  liypocotyl  may  nnicli  tho 
length  of  3  feet,  although  usually  less;  it  is  cluh-sliapod 
ami  heaviest  at  the  aiH^x,  so  that  when  the  soiillin); 
eventually  falls  from  the  tree,  it  sticks  in  the  muil 
vertieally.  with  the  hypoeotyl  down,  ready  to  fjrow. 

The  Rhizophoraeea-  are  of  little  economit-  importanee. 
Land  is  held  in  place  and  protected  from  the  waAcs  by 
tlie  niiuigrove.  The  fruits  of  Anisophylluni  are  plum- 
like but  poor.  The  mangrove  grows  wiUl  on  the 
Florida,  Texas,  and  Mississippi  coast,  and  has  been 
offered  for  sale  in  California. 

U>3.  Combretaceae  (from  the  genus  Combrtiiim,  a 
name  given  to  this  plant  by  I'liny).  CoMnnETUM  F.\M- 
ii.Y.    Fig.  43.    Trees  or  shrubs,  erect  or  climbing:  leaves 


2a. 

43.  Lectthidace.e:      1.  I.ccythi.'',    flower.      RmzopHORACEa;: 

2.  Rbizophora,  a,   flower;  b,   germinating  fruit.     Combretace.*:: 

3.  Combretum,  a,  flower:  b,  floral  diagram.  Myktace-e;  4. 
Jambosa,  a,  flower;  b,  vertiral  section  flower-bud.  5.  EucaIyptu.H, 
a,  flower-bud  and  lid;  b,  vertical  section  flower-bud.  Melas- 
touaczjr:   6.  Melaaloma,  a,  flower;  b,  floral  diagram. 

alternate  or  opposite,  simple  or  coriaceou.s:  flower.s 
bLscxual  or  uni.sexual,  regular,  usually  perigynous; 
receptacle  enveloping  the  ovary  and  often  projecting 
into  a  slender  tube;  sepals  4-5,  valvate,  connate;  petals 
4-5,  or  0;  stamens  4-.5,  alternating  with  the  petals,  or 
twice  or  thrice  as  many;  ovary  1-celled,  inferior,  2-4- 
ovuled:  fruit  a  drupe,  or  dry  and  winged,  rarely 
dehiscent. 

In  thLs  family  are  15  genera  and  about  280  species, 
mostly  confined  to  the  tropics  of  both  hemispheres. 
The  family  is  related  to  the  Comacea;  and  the  Rhi- 
zophoracea?,  as  well  as  more  distantly  to  the  Onagracea". 

The  trees  are  valuable  for  their  hard,  clo.se  wood; 
the  tannin-eontaining  bark  and  galls  are  used  locally 
for  tanning  leather.  The  seeds  known  as  myrobalans 
(Terminalia  Chebida  and  T.  Calapfxi)  are  much  eaten 
in  India.  A  as<;ful  oil  is  obtained  from  these  .seeds. 
Black  and  yellow  dyes  are  furnished  by  several  species. 

Four  to  fi  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  the  Southern 
•States  and  the  West  Indies.  Terminalia  Calnpji/i 
(tropical  almond,  myrobalan;  is  grown  for  nuts  and 


shade.  I'oivrea  is  a  red-flowered  shrub  grown  in 
southern  Florida.  One  species  of  Combretum  is  a 
warndiousc  climbing  shrub,  (Juisqiialis,  or  rangoon 
creeper,  is  a  peculiar  climbing  shrub  grown  in  the 
warniluiu.se.    It  is  at  fir.st  erect,  later  climbing. 

ItVl.  Myrtaceae  (from  the  genus  M ijrtna  derived 
from  the  cl.-issical  n;imc  myrtle,  which  jjrobalily  meant 
perfume).  IMyhtle  Family.  Fig.  43,  Usually  shrubby 
or  arborescent  aromatically  fragrant  plants:  leaves  usu- 
ally opposite,  thick,  entire  and  i)ellucid-dotte(l:  flowers 
bisexual,  regular,  rarely  perigynous;  sepals  mostly 
4-5,  imbricated;  petals  4-5,  imbricated;  stamens  very 
numerous  by  splitting,  often  in  fascicles  which  are 
opposite  the  jietals;  ovary  inferior,  1-  to  many-celled: 
fruit  usually  a  berry,  rarely  a  drupe  or  nut;  seeds 
1-  to  many. 

The  72  genera  and  2,750  species  are  confined  almost 
entirely  to  the  tropics,  but  with  two  great  centers  of 
distribution,  one  in  tropical  America  and  the  other  in 
Australia.  Eugenia  contains  625  species,  and  Euca- 
lyptus more  than  130  species.  This  is  a  large  family  re- 
lated to  the  Melastomaces,  OnagracesD,  and  Lythracese. 
The  very  numerous  stamens,  derived  by  the  splitting  of 
the  few  original  stamens,  and  the  oil-glands  are  dis- 
tinctive. The  petals  of  Eucalyptus  remain  firmly  grown 
together,  and,  when  the  flower  opens,  they  separate 
along  a  transverse  line  and  are  thrown  off  as  a  lid. 

The  Myrtaceai  are  rich  in  volatile  oils;  also  in  tannin, 
acids,  sugars,  mucilage,  and  fixed  oils.  Cloves  are  the 
flower-buds  of  Jambosa  caryophyllus.  The  fruit  of 
Pimenta  officinalis  is  thought  to  combine  the  flavors 
of  the  nutmeg,  cinnamon,  and  clove,  and  is  therefore 
termed  allspice.  Psidium.  Guajava  is  a  tree  cultivated 
in  the  tropics  for  the  much-prized  fruits.  Oil  of  myrica 
is  obtained  from  the  leaves  of  Pimenta  acris  of  the 
West  Indies,  and  is  used  in  making  bay  rum.  Oil  of 
cajeput,  a  fragrant  oil  used  in  medicine,  is  secured 
from  the  leaves  and  twigs  of  the  East  Indian  Melaleuca 
Leucadendron.  The  leaves  of  the  European  myrtle 
{Myrtus  communis)  yield  a  distilled  preparation  known 
as  eau-d'ange,  used  as  a  toilet  article.  Other  edible 
fruits  are  rose  apples  {Jambosa  malaccensis  and  J.  vul- 
garis) of  the  East  Indies  and  Pacific  Ocean.  Jainbos 
berries  are  obtained  from  Jambosa  vulgaris,  which  is 
extensively  cultivated  in  the  tropics.  Oil  of  eucalyptus 
is  an  important  aromatic  oil  obtained  from  the  foliage 
of  various  species  of  that  genus.  The  wood  of  Eu- 
calyptus is  hard,  firm  and  elastic,  and  is  much  prized 
in  wood-carving  Many  other  species  of  this  family 
are  in  use  locally  for  food,  condiments,  medicine, 
timber,  and  so  on. 

About  20  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  North  America, 
m<jst1y  in  the  South  or  Southwest.  Among  these  are 
the  liol tie-brush  (Callistemon),  Cajaput  Tree  (Mela- 
leuca), Eucalyptus  or  Australian  Blue-gimi,  Rose  Apple 
or  ,Jambos  "(Jambosa),  Cayenne  Cherry  (Eugenia), 
Myrtle  (Myrtus),  Guava  (Psidium),  Allspice,  Pimento 
(Pimenta),  Brisbane  Box  (Tristania),  Turpentine  Tree 
(Syncarpia),  and  Downy  Myrtle  (Rhodomyrtus). 

1(55.  Melastomaceae  (^from  the  genus  Melastoma, 
derived  from  the  Greek  black-mouth,  because  the  berries 
of  some  of  the  species  when  eaten  stain  the  mouth 
black).  Melastoma  Family.  Fig.  43.  Herbs,  shrubs 
or  trees;  erect,  chmbing  or  ejiiphytic:  branches  often  4- 
sidcd:  leaves  opposite  or  whorled,  simple,  mostly  entire, 
usually  palmately  nerved  throughout  with  transverse 
nervelets:  flowers  bisexual,  regular  or  slightly  irregular, 
often  perigynous;  sepals  3-6,  mostly  5,  valvate,  im- 
bricated or  united  into  a  calyptra-like  hood;  petals 
commonly  5,  convolute;  stamens  usually  twice  as 
many  as  ihe  petals,  rarely  just  as  many;  anthers  mostly 
opening  by  terminal  pores,  inflexed  in  the  bud,  often 
curved;  connective  very  peculiar  and  diverse,  with 
various  appendages;  often  one  anther  cell  wanting,  the 
otiier  mounted  on  the  end  of  the  lever-like,  versatile, 
curved  connective;  ovary  usually  4-.5-celled,  more  or 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


61 


loss  inferior;  o%iiles  numerous  in  each  cell;  style  and 
stigma  1 :  fruit  a  berry,  druue  or  capsule,  or  dry  and 
indehiseent,  usually  inclosed  in  the  calyx. 

Most  of  the  148  genera  and  about  2,800  species,  are 
found  in  tropical  America,  where  the  species  are  very 
abundant  and  form  a  characteristic  component  of  the 
vegetation;  represented  in  the  eastern  United  States 
by  4  species  of  Rhexia  (deer-grass,  meadow  beauty). 
Melastomacese  is  a  very  distinct,  striking  and  pecu- 
liar tropical  family  related  to  the  Myrtaceacte  and  the 
Lythraceie,  recognized  bj'  the  venation  of  the  leaves, 
and  the  unusual  stamens.  The  so-called  "cauliflower" 
species,  with  the  flowers  borne  directly  on  the  tree- 
trunks,  are  pollinated  by  butterflies  in  the  deep  tropi- 
cal forests.  Some  Melastomacea"  are  myrmecophilous, 
i.e.,  furnish  habitations  or  food  for  ants,  which  in  turn 
protect  the  plant. 

The  fruits  of  several  species  are.  eaten.  The  berries 
and  bark  of  some  yield  coloring  matter  of  some  impor- 
tance. A  yellow  dye  is  obtained  from  the  leaves  of 
Memecylon  of  the  East  Indies  and  Africa;  red  and 
black  dyes  are  secured  from  the  berries  of  Tamonea 
(tropical  America),  Melastoma  (East  Indies),  and  so  on. 
The  leaves  of  Tamonea  thexzans  are  used  by  the 
Peruvians  in  place  of  tea.  Some,  because  of  astringent 
properties,  are  locally  used  as  medicine.  The  most 
important  use  of  the  Melastomacese  is  ornamental. 
The  large,  showy,  queer  flowers  and  striking  foliage 
render  them  popular  greenhouse  plants  in  the  North. 

Some  20  genera  are  cultivated  in  N.  America,  mostly 
as  warmhouse  decorative  plants,  or  for  summer  bed- 
ding.   Few,  if  any,  have  popular  names. 

166.  Onagraceae  (from  the  genus  Onagra,  now  a  part 
of  (Enothera,  derived  from  the  Greek,  o  ivild  ass, 
in  reference  to  a  fancied  resemblance  between  the 
ears  of  that  animal  and  the  leaves  of  these  plants). 
Evening  Primrose  Family.  Fig.  44.  Mostly  herbs, 
rarely  shrubs:  leaves  opposite  or  alternate:  flowers 
bisexual,  regular,  perigj^nous  or  epigynous;  sepals  4, 
rarely  2-3,  separate  or  united,  valvate;  petals  4,  or 
rarely  2  or  0,  mostly  clawed,  convolute;  stamens  of  the 
same  number  as  the  petals  or  twice  as  many,  outer 
alternate  with  the  petals;  ox'ary  2-4-celled,  inferior; 
ovules  numerous;  style  1;  stigmas  1-4:  fruit  a  capsule, 
rarely  a  berrj'  or  nut. 

The  36  genera  and  470  species  are  mo.stly  natives  of 
the  temperate  portion  of  the  New  World  (western  United 
States  and  Mexico),  but  are  also  abundant  in  South 
America.  Epilobium,  containing  160  species,  is  widely 
distributed  in  the  cooler  regions  of  both  hemispheres. 
This  is  a  distinct  family,  recognized  by  the  numerical 
plan  of  2  or  4,  the  usually  perigynous  flowers,  and  the 
inferior  ovary  with  many  ovules.  It  is  related  to 
Lythracea-,  Melastomacea;,  Mjotacese,  and  other  fami- 
lies of  this  group. 

Fuchsia  is  shrubby  or  even  arborescent,  and  its 
fruit  is  a  berry.  The  tubular  receptacle  is  prolonged 
beyond  the  ovary  in  most  genera,  but  not  in  Jussieua, 
Ludwigia,  and  Epilobium.  The  seeds  of  Epilobium  are 
comose,  and  are  distributed,  parachute-like,  by  the 
wind.  The  flowers  of  a  number  of  species  of  (Enothera 
open  only  at  night  or  in  dark  weather,  and  are  poUinated 
by  night-flying  moths;  hence  the  name  evening  prira- 
rosfi. 

The  wood  of  several  species  of  Fuchsia  furnishes  ink 
and  a  black  dye.  Jussieua  -pilosa  yields  a  yellow  dye. 
The  berries  of  many  Fuchsias  are  eaten,  and  preser\cd 
with  sugar.  The  young  shoots  of  Epilobium  lalifolium 
are  eaten  a-s  greens.  The  roots  of  (Enothera,  biennis 
have  been  improved  in  Europe  and  furnish  "rha- 
pontic"  roots,  which  are  eaten  hke  celerj".  The  coma 
of  the  .seeds  of  Epilobium  has  been  used  in  Lapland  to 
make  lamp-wicks  and  has  been  spun  into  cloth,  but 
without  great  success.  Many  genera  are  cultivated  for 
ornamental  purposes  because  of  the  showy  flowers. 

About  a  dozen  genera  are  cultivated  in  N.  America, 


among  which  are  the  following:  Circaea  (Enchanter's 
Nightshade);  Epilobium  (Willow  Herb,  Fire  Weed); 
Fuchsia;  Ludwigia  (Water-purslane,  Seed-box  or  Rattle- 
box)  ;  Clarkia;  (Enothera  (Evening  Primrose,  Sundrops) ; 
and  Godetia.  These  are  mostly  grown  in  the  open  as  an- 
nuals or  as  hardy  perennials,  except  Fuchsia,  which  is  a 
greenhouse  plant  but  often  bedded  out  in  summer. 

167.  Hydrocaryaceae  (from  the  Greek  signifying 
ivater-walnul).  Water  Chestnut  F.\mily.  Herbaceous, 
aquatic  plants,  mostly  floating:  stems  slender,  clothed 
with  opposite,  pinnatifid  roots:  leaves  alternate, 
crowded  at  the  summit  of  the  stem,  floating,  rhomboid, 
petioled;  petioles  forming  thick,  hollow  floats:  flowers 
bisexual,  regular,  slightly  perigynous,  axillary;  sepals 
4;  petals  4;  stamens  4,  all  sets  alternating;  ovary  sur- 
rounded by  an  erect,  corona-like  disk,  half-inferior, 
2-celled;  cells  1-ovuled;  style  and  stigma  1:  fruit  a 
woody  1-celled,  1-seeded  nut  bearing  on  the  surface 
the  four  divergent  woody  horn-like  sepals  and  capped 
by  the  woody  disk. 

A  single  genus  and  3  species  occur,  distributed  in  the 
Mediterranean  region  and  eastward  to  eastern  Asia. 
This  is  an  ancient  famil}-,  more  common  in  the  tertiary. 
The  family  is  related  to  the  Onagrace^,  with  which 
it  is  frequently  united,  and  to  the  Haloragidacece, 
and  is  somewhat  intermediate  between  these  two 
famihes.   The  fruit,  disk,  and  habit  are  peculiar. 

The  starchy  seeds  have  a  chestnut-hke  flavor  and 
are  eaten  raw  or  cooked,  for  which  reason  the  plants 
are  often   cultivated.    The   fruits   are   regularly   sold 


44.  O-vagrace.e:  1.  Oi^nothera,  a,  flower;  b,  floral  diagram. 
2.  Epilobium,  a,  flower;  6,  dehiscing  fruit;  c,  seed.  3.  Circiea, 
floral  diagram.  Haloragidace.e:  4.  Myriophyllum.  a.  portion 
of  flowering  plant;  6,  female  flower;  c,  male  flower,  petals  removed. 

in  the  markets  of  India;  those  of  Trapa  natans  var. 
verbanensis  are  used  as  beads. 

Trapa  natnns  (Water  Chestnut,  Water  Caltrops) 
and  T.  bi.ipinosa  (Singhara  Nut)  are  grown  in  this 
country  as  aquarium  plants.    See  article  on  Trapa. 

168.  Haloragidaceae  (from  the  genus  Haloragis, 
meaning  sea  +  a  berry).  Water  Milfoil  Family. 
Fig.  44.  Herbs,  aquatic  or  terrestrial,  of  very  diverse 
appearance:  leaves  opposite  or  alternate,  often  in  the 
same   genus,    pectinate    (aquatic)    to   very   large   and 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT  KINGDOM 


divided:  flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual,  regular;  sepals 
4;  jiftals  4  or  0;  st:uuens  S,  the  outer  opposite  the 
p»>tals.  or  4,  rarely  fe%ver:  ovary  inferior,  1-4-relled, 
each  cell  1-ovuled:  fruit  nut-like,  often  crowned  by  the 
calvx. 

tight  genera  and  about  100  species  are  known,  of 
genenil  distribution.  These  are  most  abundant  in  the 
southern  hemisphere  of  the  Old  \\  orld.  They  are  repre- 
sente^l  in  South  .Vinerica  and  elsewhere  by  the  queer 
Gunneraand  in  the  eastern  United  States  by  Hippuris, 
Myriophylhun  and  Proserpinaea.  The  fiuuily  is  closely 
related  to  the  Onagrace;p,  but  differs  in  having  but  1 
ovule  in  each  cell  of  the  ovary. 

The  aquatic  forms  are  I'trieularia-like  and  floating, 
with  slender  stems  and  either  finely  pectinate  leaves 
with  filiform  divisions  (Myriophylluni)  or  linear  and 
entire  leaves  (Hippuris).  (lunnera  of  South  .\merica 
has  broad  kidney-shaped  leaves  varying  from  small  to 
gigantically  hu-ge.  The  leaves  of  this  genus  in  Costa 
Rica  jire  said  to  be  so  large  as  to  give  shelter  to  three 
men  on  horseback. 

The  fruits  of  Gunnera  macrophylla  are  used  as  a 
stimulant  in  Java.  The  giant  leaves,  six  feet  broad,  of 
Gunnera  chileiisis  are  used  in  Chile  for  tanning  skins. 

Two  species  of  Gunnera  are  almost,  or  quite,  hardy 
in  the  mid-eastern  Tnitcd  States,  and  are  grown  for 
luxuriant  lawn  foUage.  Several  species  of  the  aquatic 
Myriophyllum  are  in  cultivation,  one  of  which  is 
parrot's  feather  {M.  proserpinacoides). 

Order  45.   UMBELLiFLORa; 

169.  Araliaceae  (from  the  genus  Arabia,  the  meaning 
of  which  is  unknown).  Ginseng  Family.  Fig.  45.  Herbs, 
shrubs,  or  trees,  often  pricklj-  or  cUmbing:  stems  solid, 
pithy:  leaves  usually  alternate,  simple,  or  pinnately 
or  ternately  compound:  flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual, 
small,  regular,  epigynous,  commonly  in  umbels;  sepals 
minute,  often  almost  wanting;  petals  5,  rarely  more, 
valvato  or  imbricated,  sometimes  cohering  at  the  apex 


45.  Akaliace-k:  1.  Aralia,  a.  flower;  b,  floral  diagram.  2. 
Hedera.  portion  of  infloreacence.  UMBELl,irEn.E:  3.  Cicuta, 
ififlorfrHCrnci;.  4,  Foeniculum,  a,  flower:  6,  dehiscing  fruit.  5. 
Art^lia.  fruit.  6.  Apium,  fruit.  7.  a,  b,  and  c,  fruits  of  Umbel- 
Iifer»,  cro«i-«<:ction. 


and  di'ciduous  as  a  cap;  stamens  usually  5,  alternate 
with  the  petals,  and  inserted  at  the  edge  of  an  epigynous 
disk,  rarely  twice  or  thrice  as  many;  ovary  inferior, 
'i-l.vcelled;  cells  1-ovuled;  .styles  as  many  as  the  car- 
jicls:  fruit  a  berry,  rarely  splitting  into  segments. 

I'ifty-iine  genera  and  about  400  s])ecies  are  dis- 
triliuleil  in  tro])iral  .and  lemijcrate  regions  of  both 
Iirinis])lH'ri'S.  The  two  great  centers  of  distribution  are 
tropical  .\merica  and  the  Malay  Peninsula.  The  family 
is  very  closely  related  to  the  Umbelliferie,  but  differs  in 
the  berry-like  fruit  with  more  numerous  carpels. 

The  leaves  of  the  EngUsh  ivy  ( Hcdera  Helix)  were 
used  in  medicine  in  olden  times.  The  roots  of  ginseng 
(I'nnax  (rinscng  and  I'anaj:  quinqmJoUuDi)  are  much 
prizwl  in  China  where  they  are  carried  about  on  the 
per.son  as  a  charm  against  disease.  These  roots  are 
now  extensively  and  profitably  cultivated  in  America 
for  the  Chinese  trade.  The  roots  of  Arnlin  niidicauHs 
(American  sarsaparilla)  are  considered  a  tonic.  Chinese 
rice-paper  is  made  from  the  pith  of  Tdrapanax  papyri- 
ferum  simply  by  cutting  the  pith  sjiirully  into  thin  sheets. 
Many  Araliaceae  are  grown  as  ornamental  plants. 

Many  genera  are  cultivated  in  .\merica.  Among 
these  are;  Acanthopanax;  Aralia  (including  Spikenard, 
Hercules'  Club  or  IDevil's  Walking-club,  Wild  .Sarsapa- 
rilla, Bristly  Sarsaparilla,  Chinese  Angelica  Tree); 
Dizygotheca;  Fatsia;  Oreopanax;  Polyscias;  Pseudo- 
panax;  Hedera  (English  Ivy);  and  Panax  (Ginseng). 

170.  Umbelliferae  (from  the  predominating  type  of 
flower  cluster).  Parsley  Family.  Fig.  45.  Herbs  or 
rarely  shrubs:  stems  often  hollow:  leaves  alternate, 
rarely  simple,  usually  ternately  or  pinnately  compound : 
flowers  minute,  bisexual,  regular  or  the  outer  irregular, 
epigynous,  borne  in  simple  or  compound  umbels; 
sepals  minute  or  wanting;  petals  5,  valvate  and 
incurved  in  the  bud;  stamens  5,  alternating  with  the 
petals,  inserted  around  an  epigynous  disk;  ovary 
2-celled,  inferior,  each  cell  1-seeded;  styles  2:  fruit 
very  special,  consisting  of  2  dry,  ribbed  or  winged, 
1-seeded,  indehiscent  carpels  (meriearps),  which  sep- 
arate at  the  base  but  remain  attached  at  the  top  to  a 
very  slender  and  flexuous  Y-shaped  stalk  (carpophore) 
from  which  they  dangle;  between  or  under  the  ribs 
are  oil-tubes. 

About  231  genera  and  1,500  species  are  very  com- 
monly found  in  all  boreal  temperate  and  subtropical 
lands,  but  are  rare  in  the  tropics  except  in  the  moun- 
tains. The  UmbeUiferse  is  a  distinct  family,  closely 
related  to  the  AraUaceae,  and  more  distantly  to  the 
Cornacea?.  The  umbels,  the  inferior  ovary  and  the 
peculiar  fruit  are  distinctive. 

■The  leaves  are  exceedingly  diverse  in  size,  shape 
and  extent  to  which  compounded.  Those  of  Eryngium 
are  sword-shaped,  or  yucca-hko,  often  spiny;  those  of 
Hydrocotyle  are  simple  and  often  peltate.  Azorella 
of  the  Andes  and  New  Zealand  is  turf-like  or  cushion- 
like, a  xerophytic  adaptation.  Some  species  of  Angelica 
are  immense  herbs  many  feet  high  with  enormous 
leaves.  The  flowers,  in  general,  are  uniform  in  structure 
and  appearance,  the  greatest  diversity  being  in  the  fruit . 
Economic  plants  are  abundant  in  the  Umbellifera' ; 
between  40  and  50  have  been  hsted  by  some  authors. 
Various  alkaloids  and  other  compounds,  some  very 
poksonous,  together  with  many  kinds  of  resins,  pro- 
duced in  the  foliage,  roots  or  seeds,  form  the  basis  of 
their  economic  importance.  Plants  used  for  food  are 
celery  {Apium  grnveolens),  carrot  {Daucns  Carota),  and 
parsley  {I'rIro.wUnum sativum).  Those  used  for  flavoring 
are  caraway  (Carum  Carui),  anise  (Pimpinella  Anisum), 
Bweet  Cicely  (OsmorhizaorScandix),  chervil  (Anthriscus 
Cerefolium.),d'M.iAnethuingraveolens),iennc\(Fa:niculum 
vulgare),  lovage  {Levisticum  officinale).  Very  poisonous 
plants  are  poison  hemlock  (Conium,  maculalum),  fool's 
parslf^y  (Jilhum  Cynapiiim)  and  others.  The  following 
drugs  are  obtained  from  this  family:  coriander  (Conan- 
drum  mlivuiii),  ammoniac  resin  (from  Dorema  Ammon- 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT   KINGDOM 


63 


iucum),  galbaniim  (a  resin  from  species  of  Ferula). 
From  various  s])eeies  of  Ferula  is  obtained  the  vile- 
smelling  Rum-resin  asafetida,  used  in  medicine,  which 
the  Pei'sians  are  said  to  praise  as  a  delicious  condiment. 
There  are  40-50  genera  in  cultivation  in  America, 
mostly  hardy.  Some  are  grown  for  food,  others  for 
ornament;  Sea  Holly  (Eryngium);  Sanicle,  or 
locally  Black  Snakeroot  (Sanicula);  Carrot  (Daucus); 
Coriander  (Coriandrum);  Cumin  (Cuminum);  Celery 
(Apium);  Caraway  (Carum);  Gout-weed  (^-Egopodium); 
Sweet  Cicely  (Osmorhiza) ;  JNIyrrh  (not  of  medicine)  or 
European  Sweet  Cicely  (Myrrhis  or,  more  properly, 
Scandix);  Fennel  (Famiculum);  Lovage  (Levisticum) ; 
Angelica  (Angelica);  Cow-parsnip  (Heracleum).  Poison 
hemlock  (Conium)  is  a  roadside  weed. 

171.  Cornaceae  (from  the  genus  Cornus,  derived 
from  the  Latin  horn,  referring  to  the  hardness  of  the 
wood).  Dogwood  Family.  Trees  or  shrubs,  rarely 
herbs:  leaves  opposite  or  alternate,  entire,  exstipulate: 
flowers  bisexual,  rarely  unisexual,  regular,  cpigj'nous; 
sepals  4,  minute  or  absent:  petals  4,  usually  valvate; 
stamens  commonly  of  same  number  as  petals  and 
alternate  with  them,  separate;  epigynous  disk  usually 
present;  ovary  inferior,  2-celled,  rarely  1-10-celled; 
ovules  in  each  cell  1,  rarely  2:  fruit  a  drupe  or  berry. 

The  15  genera  and  about  120  specjes,  of  which  45 
species  belong  to  the  genus  Cornus,  are  distributed  in 
the  temperate  portions  of  the  northern  hemisphere, 
principally  in  North  America  and  Asia;  some,  how- 
ever, occur  in  South  Africa  and  New  Zealand.  The 
relationships  of  the  family  are  doubtful.  Cornus  is 
related  to  the  Caprifoliacea',  but  some  other  genera 
suggest  the  Araliacea?.  The  woody  or  sub-ligneous 
habit,  4-merous,  polypetalous,  epigynous  flowers  and 
the  berrj-Uke  fruit  with  one  seed  in  each  cell  are  dis- 
tinctive. 

Many  species  of  Cornus  have  capitate  flowers  sur- 
rounded by  a  large  petaloid  involucre  (e.g.,  Cornus 
mas,  C.  florido,  C.  canadensis).  C.  catiadensis  and  C. 
suecica  are  herbaceous  dogwoods.  Hdwingia  ruscijlora, 
of  China  and  Japan,  is  a  most  remarkable  plant  with 
flowers  borne  at  the  center  of  the  leaf-blade  attached  to 
the  midrib  on  the  upper  side. 

The  acid  fruits  of  C.  mas  are  edible,  and  are  used 
as  a  sherbet  in  the  East.  Those  of  C.  capilata  of  the 
Himalaya.s  have  a  flavor  like  strawberries  and  are 
eaten.    Many  Cornacea;  are  ornamental  woody  plants. 

Several  genera  are  in  cultivation  here,  of  which  may 
be  mentioned:  Cornus  (Dogwood,  Osier  Dogwood); 
Aucuba,  from  Japan;  Garrya  from  southern  United 
States;  Grisehnia  from  New  Zealand;  Nyssa  (Sour 
Gum,  Pepperidge,  Tupelo)  from  the  eastern  United 
States.  Garrya,  Nyssa  and  others  have  been  separated 
by  some  into  other  famiUes. 

Sub-class  II.   M elachlamydese ,  or  Symjpelalse 

Order  46.   Ericale.s 

172.  Clethraceae  (from  the  genus  CTertro,  the  ancient 
Greek  name  of  Alder).  Pepperbdsh,  or  White  Alder 
Family.  Fig.  46.  Tall  shrubs  or  low  trees:  leaves 
alternate:  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  hypogynous;  disk 
absent;  calyx  5-parted,  persistent;  corolla  saucer- 
shaped,  of  5  separate  petals;  stamens  10,  hypogynous; 
anthers  opening  by  terminal  pores,  at  first  inverted, 
later  erect;  ovary  superior,  .'5-celled;  style  1;  stigmas 
3;  ovules  numerous:  fruit  a  cap.sule. 

A  single  genus  and  about  .30  species  are  distributed 
in  the  tropical  and  subtropical  regions  of  both  hemi- 
spheres; mostly  American.  Two  species  reach  the 
eastern  United  States.  The  family  is  closely  related 
to  the  Pyrolacea;  and  Ericaceae.  The  polypetalous 
corolla,  temporarily  inverted  anthers  and  the  3-celIed 
ovary  are  important  characteristics.  There  is  one 
fossil  species  known. 

A  few  species  of  Clethra  are  grown  in  North  America 


for   ornamental    purposes.     C.  nlnifolia.   is  the  native 
white  alder  or  sweet  pepperbush. 

173.  Pyrolaceae  (from  the  genus  Pyrola,  diminutive 
of  Pyrus;  possibly  a  resemblance  in  the  foliage).  Shin- 
leaf   Family'.    Fig.   46.     Very   low   perennial   herbs: 


46.  Clethhace.e:  1.  Clethra,  a,  flower;  b,  cross-section  ovary. 
Pyrol.\ce.e:  2.  Pyrola,  ti,  flower;  6,  floral  diagram.  Eric.v- 
ce.e:  3.  .4ntlromeda,  flower.  4.  Kalinia,  flower.  5.  Rhododen- 
dron, flower.   0.  Erica,  stamen.  7.   Vaccinium,  a,  flower;  6,  stamen. 

leaves  alternate,  basal  or  scattered,  thick  and  ever- 
green in  most  species :  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  with  or 
without  a  hypogynous  disk;  calyx  5-parted,  persistent; 
corolla  waxy,  saucer-shaped,  of  5  separate  petals;  sta- 
mens 10,  hypogynous;  anthers  opening  by  terminal 
pores,  inverted;  ovary  superior,  5-celled,  many-ovuled; 
style  and  stigma  1 :  fruit  a  capsule. 

There  are  3  genera  and  20  species  distributed  in  the 
boreal  and  temperate  parts  of  Europe,  Asia  and 
America.  The  polypetalous  flowers,  inverted  anthers 
and  5  carpels  are  characteristic.  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Ericaceae  and  Clethracea;. 

Two  species  of  Chimaphila  (PipsLssewa,  Prince's 
Pine),  one  species  of  Moneses  (One-flowered  Pyrola), 
and  a  few  species  of  Pyrola  (Shinleaf )  are  offered  in  the 
American  trade  for  ornamental  purposes.  Otherwise 
the  family  is  of  no  economic  importance. 

174.  Monotropaceae  (from  the  genus  Monolropa, 
meaning  one  turn,  in  reference  to  the  nodding  flower). 
Indian-Pipe  Family.  Low,  saprophytic  herbs,  without 
chlorophyll,  white,  yellowish,  brownish,  or  blood-red 
in  color:  leaves  alternate,  reduced  to  scales:  flowers 
1  to  several,  bisexual,  regular,  a  lobed,  hypogynous  disk 
sometimes  present;  calyx  .5-parted,  rarely  0;  corolla  of 
4-5,  separate,  gibbous  petals,  these  rarely  coherent; 
stamens  8-10,  hypogynous;  anthers  opening  by  slits, 
1-2-celled,  often  appendaged;  ovary  4-5-celled,  sujie- 
rior,  many-ovuled;  style  and  stigma  1:  fruit  a  capsule. 

The  Indian-pipe  family  contains  8  genera  and  about 
12  species,  all  North  American  except  1  Himalayan 
species  and  1  found  in  both  Europe  and  America; 
most  abundant  in  the  West.  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Ericacea;,  Pyrolacea;  and  Clethracea', 
from  which  it  difl'ers  mainly  in  method  of  nutrition. 


04 


A  SYN(^PSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINCDOM 


SiiroMlts  snnguinea,  the  Siern\n  snow  plant,  is  hiifjht. 
ivii  in  color. 

The  Monotropaceavivre  not  known  to  be  in  cultiva- 
tion. 

175  Ericaceae  (from  the  goniis  Erirn,  the  ancient 
nsune  of  the  heath,  from  irico,  to  l)rcak).  lli:.\Tn 
Family.  FIj;.  4l).  f^hriihs  or  siib-shruhs:  leaves  alter- 
nate, often  evei-green:  flowers  bisexual,  regular  or 
slightly  irregular;  ealyx  4-r)-fid,  persistent;  corolla 
gamopetalous,  rarely  poly  pet  alous,  often  urceolate,  4- 
.Vlobwi,  convolute  or  imoricateil;  stajnens  alternate 
with  the  petals,  of  the  siune  numl)er  or  double  the 
number,  inserted  at  the  biuse  of  a  hypogynoiis  disk, 
not  epipetalous;  anthers;  sometimes  appendaged,  o|)en- 
ing  by  terminal  pores,  rarely  by  longitudinal  slits; 
o\ary  su|)erior  or  inferior,  4-,")-celled  or  falsely  10- 
cellixl,  manyovnk-d;  style  and  stigraa  1;  fruit  a  cap- 
sule, rarely  a  berr\-  or  drupe. 

The  67  genera  and  about  1,400  species  are  very  gen- 
erally distributed.  Erica,  the  largest  genus,  with  420 
species,  is  confined  to  the  Old  ^^'orld.  The  family  is 
closely  related  to  the  Pyrolacea>  and  Clethraccie;  also 
to  the  Epacridacejfi  and  Diapensiaece.  The  northern 
Ericacea;  are  largely  evergreen  and  variously  adapted 


47.  Diapex8Iace<e:  1.  l-)iapcn.sia,  a,  flower;  6,  floral  diagram. 
PniMULACEiE;  2.  Primula,  a,  flower  6,  floral  diagram.  Plum; 
BAGiNACEAi:  3.  Armeria,  flower.  4.  Statice,  calyx.  5.  Plumbago, 
flordi  diagram. 

in  foliage  to  a  xerophytic  habitat.  Ledum  is  polypeta- 
lous.  Rhododendron  has  a  funnel-form  corolla;  Kal- 
mia,  a  cup-shaped  corolla  with  elastic  stamens  in  pock- 
ets.   The  anthers  of  Kpig;ea  dehisce  longitudinally. 

Arctoslaphylos  Uva-Ursi  (bearberry)  of  Europe  and 
America  is  medicinal.  The  volatile  oil  of  wintergreen  is 
obtained  from  the  leaves,  and  stems,  of  the  North 
American  Cnullherin  prnrumhenn.  A  very  poisonous 
substance  is  found  in  some  species  of  Hhodotlendron, 
Lyonia  and  I.«ucothoe;  and  possibly  the  poisonous 
qualitj'  of  Kalmia  and  Hhododendron  honey  is  due  to 
this.  Species  of  Gaylus.sacia  (North  America)  yield 
huckleberries;  species  of  Vacciniuni  yield  blueberries. 
The  fruits  of  V.  MyrlilluH  fEurope)  are  bilberries.  The 
European  heaths  furnish  commercial  honey.  Cranber- 
ries are  the  fruit  of  V.  nuirrocarjjon  and  V.  Oxi/cocciis. 
Many  species  of  Ericaeea,-  are  ornamental. 

Forty  to  .50  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N.  America. 
Among  these  are  the  Strawberry  Tree  or  Madrona 
fArbutiLsj;  Bearberry  CArctostaphylosj;  Heather  (C.i- 
luna);  Heath  CErica);  Trailing  Arbutus  or  Mayflower 
(Epigxaj;  Labrador  Tea  CLedum);  Sourwood  or  Sorrel 
Tree  fOxydendrum;;  Azalea,  Rhodora,  Rhododendron 
or  Pinxter  Flower  flihfxlodendronj;  Laurel  fKalmia); 
Blueberry  and  Cranberry  (Vacciniumj;  Huckleberry 
fOayliissaf'iaj ;  also  Menziesia,  Chama'dai)hne,  Ca.ssiope, 
Andromcla.  and  others. 

176.  Epacridaceae  tfrom  the  genus  Eprirrin,  derived 
from  the  Greek  meaning  on  the  top;  many  species  grow- 


ing on  hilltops).  lOrAcuis  F.\milv.  Shrubs  or  small 
trees:  leaves  alternate,  usually  stiff,  small,  and  heath- 
like: flowers  bisexual,  regular,  hypogynous;  disk  ])res- 
ent;  calyx  of  4-i>  sepals,  bracted  at,  the  bjise;  (^)rolla 
gamopetalous,  4-.5-lobed;  stamens  A-h,  hypogynous  or 
epi|)elalous;  anthers  opening  by  longitudinal  slits; 
carpels  4-.");  ovary  su[)erior,  l-10-c(^lled;  ovules  solitary 
or  many;  style  and  sl,igma  1:  fruit  a  drupe  or  capsule. 

The  21  genera  and  abf)ut  ^iOO  species  are  almost 
exclusively  confined  to  Australia  and  New  Zealand. 
One  species  is  found  in  South  America.  The  family  is 
closely  related  to  the  l''rieacea',  but  has  one  whorl  of 
stamens.  The  genus  Styphelia  contains  172  species. 
iS.  tidpidd  furnishes  edible  berries. 

A  few  spcx'ies  of  I'^pacris  are  grown  as  ornamental 
plants  in  the  greenhouses  of  North  America. 

177.  Diapensiaceae  (from  the  genus  Dinpensia,  the 
derivation  of  which  is  obscure).  Di.\pensia  Family. 
Fig.  47.  Low  shrubs:  leaves  alternate,  evergreen,  reni- 
form  or  imbricated  or  moss-like:  flowers  bisexual,  reg- 
ular, hypogynous;  disk  absent;  calyx  of  3-5  sepals; 
corolla  with  5  separate  jjetals,  or  gamopetalous;  lobea  . 
imbricated;  stamens  5,  epipetalous  or  hypogynous,  al- 
ternating with  the  corolla  lobes,  often  also  alternating 
with  5  staminodia;  anthers  opening  by  a  longitudinal 
slit;  ovary  superior,  .3-celled;  ovules  very  numerous; 
style  1;  stigmas  1-3:  fruit  a  capsule. 

Diapensiacea;  has  0  genera  and  about  10  species 
of  circumpolar  distribution,  extending  southward  to 
Carolina  and  the  Himalayas.  The  family  is  related  to 
theEricaceje,andtotlie  Epacridacea;.  The  3  carpels  and 
5  stamens  are  important  distinguishing  characteristics. 
Four  or  more  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America; 
of  these,  (kdax  nphylla  (Galax)  of  North  Carolina  has 
reniform  leaves;  Pyxidnnthera  harhuliila  (Pyxie,  Flow- 
ering Moss,  or  Pine-barren  Beauty)  of  southern  New 
Jersey  has  subulate  leaves;  Shortia,  of  North  Carolina 
and  Japan,  and  Schizocodon  soldanelloides  (Fringed 
Galax)  of  Japan  both  have  orbicular  leaves. 

Order  47.    Primulales 

178.  Myrsinaceas  (from  the  genus  Myrsine,  the 
Greek  name  of  Myrrh).  Myrsine  Family.  Trees  or 
shrubs:  leaves  usually  alternate,  coriaceous,  glandular- 
dotted:  flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual,  regular,  often 
very  glandular;  calyx  4-5-p'arted,  persistent;  corolla 
gamopetalous,  larely  of  separate  petals,  4-.5-lobed; 
stamens  5,  opposite  the  lobes  of  the  corolla,  mostly 
epipetalous,  separate  or  monadelphous;  alternating 
staminodia  often  present;  ovary  superior  or  inferior, 
1-celled,  placenta  basal  or  free-central;  ovules  few  or 
numerous;  style  and  stigma  1:  fruit  a  few-seeded  berry 
or  drupe. 

Widely  distributed  in  the  tropics  are  32  genera  and 
about  550  species.  Two  species  reach  Florida.  The 
family  is  related  to  the  Primulaceae,  but  is  woody, 
glandular,  and  has  indehiscent  fruits;  also  related  to 
the  Sapotacea;. 

The  leaves  of  Jacquinia  are  used  in  America  to 
stupefy  fish;  the  fruits  of  this  genus  are  poisonous. 
The  fruits  of  some  species  of  Ardisia  are  edible.  Bread 
is  mad(!  in  San  Domingo  from  the  crushed  seed  of 
Theophrasld  J iinnieiii. 

About  a  half-dozen  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  this 
country,  but  are  little  known.  Jacquinia  and  Myrsine 
are  grown  in  southern  Florida  and  southern  California; 
Ardisia  is  a  genus  of  greenhouse  shrubs.  The  species 
a-scribed  in  the  trade  to  Theophrasta  on  further  study 
have  been  referred  to  other  genera. 

17!).  Primulaceae  (from  the  genus  Primula,  from 
Latin  pritmiti  (first),  in  reference  to  the  early  flowering 
of  some  European  species).  Primrose  Family.  Fig.  47. 
Herbs:  leaves  mostly  opposite  or  whorled,  often  dotted 
or  mealy:  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  rarely  slightly  irreg- 
ular;   calyx    not    bractcate,  mostly  5-parted;    corolla 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE  PLANT   KINGDOM 


65 


gamopetalous,  5-Iobed,  rarely  of  separate  petals; 
stamens  5,  epipetalous,  opposite  the  corolla  lobes,  often 
alternating  with  staminodia;  ovary  superior,  rarely 
half-inferior,  1-celled,  many-ovuled;  placenta  free- 
central;  style  and  stigma  1:  fruit  a  capsule  opening 
by  valves  or  by  a  transverse  lid. 

The  f;unily  has  28  genera  and  about  320  species  of 
more  or  less  cosmopolitan  distribution,  but  most 
abundant  in  north  temperate  regions.  It  is  most 
closely  related  to  the  Myrsinacea;  and  Plumbaginacea;. 
The  herbaceous  habit,  dehiscent  fruit,  and  many  seeds 
are  important  distinguishing  characteristics.  The  flow- 
ers of  this  faniih'  often  have  styles  and  stamens  of 
dilTerent  lengths  in  the  same  species  (heteromorphic), 
e.  g..  Primula.  The  free-central  placentation  is  charac- 
teristic of  this  and  related  families. 

Rhizomes  of  Primula  were  formerly  used  for  diseases 
of  the  bladtler.  Primrose  wine  is  made  from  the  flowers 
of  Primula  officinalis  and  P.  vulgaris.  Rhizomes  of 
Cyclamen  are  purgative  and  emetic.  In  some  countries 
these  rhizomes  are  used  to  stupefy  fish;  roasted  they 
become  good  food  for  pigs  (sowbread  of  Europe). 
Other  species  have  been  used  in  medicine.  Many  are 
ornamental  plants. 

Twelve  to  IS  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  North 
America.  Among  these  are  the  following  well-known 
names:  Cyclamen;  Dodecatheon  (Shooting-star);  An- 
drosace  (Rock  Ja-smine) ;  Anagallis  (Pirapeniel,  Poor 
Man's  Weather-glass);  Hottonia  (Featherfoil,  Water- 
Violet,  Water-Yarrow)  with  aquatic  inflated  stems 
and  fine  leaves;  Lysimachia  (Loosestrife,  Moneywort, 
Creeping  Charlie);  Primula  (Primrose);  Soldanella; 
Stieronema  (Loosestrife);  Trientalis  (Star  Flower). 

150.  Plumbaginaceae  (from  the  genas  Plumbago, 
from  plumbum,  lead;  perhaps  in  reference  to  the  lead- 
like stain  given  by  the  roots  to  the  fingers).  Le.vdwort 
F.\MILY.  Fig.  47.  Herbs  or  shrubs:  leaves  alternate, 
linear  or  lanceolate:  flowers  bisexual,  regular;  caly.x 
bracteate,  o-fid,  usually  scarious,  and  plicate,  angled  or 
winged,  sometimes  colored,  persistent;  corolla  gamo- 
petalous, or  of  5  nearly  separate  petals,  mostly  con- 
volute; stamens  .5,  epipetalous,  opposite  the  lobes  of 
the  corolla;  ovary  superior,  1-celled;  ovule  1,  basal; 
styles  5:  fruit  a  capsule  or  utricle,  invested  by  the  calyx. 

The  ten  genera  and  about  2.50  species,  of  almost 
cosmopolitan  distribution,  are  found  usually  inhabiting 
seacoasts  and  alkaline  regions;  they  are  most  abundant 
in  the  Mediterranean  region,  and  in  Central  Asia.  The 
family  is  closely  related  to  the  Primulacea,  but  has  only 
one  seed. 

A  fatty  substance  in  the  root  of  certain  Plumbagos 
gives  a  lead-colored  stain  to  the  fingers  and  paper. 
These  roots  were  formerly  used  for  toothache,  ulcers, 
and  the  hke.  Beggars  are  said  still  to  use  them  to 
produce  sores.  The  roots  of  Slalice  lalifolia  of  Russia 
contain  tannin  and  have  been  ased  for  tanning. 

There  are  5  or  0  genera  in  cultivation  in  North 
America;  Acantholimon  from  Armenia,  hardy;  Armeria 
(Sea  Pink,  Thrift)  of  Europe  and  Asia,  hardy;  Cera- 
tostigma  of  China,  hardy;  Plumbago  (Leadwort),  of 
Asia,  Africa,  Australia,  mostly  of  the  greenhouse;  Statice 
(Sea  Lavender),  of  Europe,  Asia,  North  America, 
hardy.  Some  species  of  this  family  are  used  for  dry 
bouquets. 

Order  48.   Ebbnales 

151.  SapotacesB  ffrom  the  old  generic  name  Sapota, 
derived  from  a  native  name  of  Achras  Sapota).  Sakj- 
DILLA  F.\MiLY.  Fig.  48.  Trees  Or  shrubs;  juice  milky: 
leaves  alternate,  entire,  coriaceous:  flowers  usually  bi- 
sexual, axillary,  regular;  calyx  mostly  of  separate  sepals 
in  two  whorls  of  2,  .3,  or  4,  or  in  one  whorl  of  5;  corolla 
gamopetalous;  lobes  as  many  ;is  the  sepals,  or  twice  as 
many,  in  one  or  two  series,  imbricated,  sometimes  with 
appendages  which  simulate  extra  corolla-lobes;  stamens 
as  many  as  the  lobes  of  the  corolla  and  opposite  them, 

5 


sometimes  with  intermediate  staminodia,  or  twice  as 
many,  ejjipetalous;  ovary  superior,  4-  to  many-celled; 
ovules  1  in  each  cell,  basal;  style  and  stigma  1:  fruit 
a  berry. 

There  are  31  genera  and  about  400  species,  of  tropical 
distribution,  rarely  reaching  the  warm  temperate  zone. 
One  species  extends  to  Virginia  and  two  to  Illinois. 
This  is  a  distinct  family,  distantly  related  to  the 
Myrsinaceie,  P-ibenacea;,  and  Styracacea;. 

The  fruits  of  Lucuma  mammosa  (marmalade  plum), 
and  Achras  Sapola  (sapodilla),  are  very  agreeable. 
Fruits  of  Illipe  and  Mimusops,  both  Asiatic,  are 
edible.  The  oil  from  the  seeds  of  the  oriental  Illipe 
butyracea  and  of  other  species  is  galam  butter,  and  shea 
butter.  It  is  used  for  food  and  soap.  The  wood  of 
many  species  is  very  hard  and  valuable — so-called 
ironwoods.  Several  species  of  Palaquium  of  the  East 
Indies  yield  gutta  percha,  as  do  other  species  of  the 
family.  Gum  chicle  is  obtained  from  Achras  Sapota. 
Star-Apple  is  Chrysophylluin  Cainito.  West  Indian 
medlar  is  Mimusops  Elengi. 

Six  to  10  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  North  America, 
mostly  in  the  warmer  parts:  Mimusops,  Lucuma  (Mar- 


48.  S.4POTACE/E:  1.  Lucuma,  flower.  2.  Sideroxylon,  floral 
diagram.  Ebenace.e:  3.  Diospyros,  a,  female  flower;  b,  floral 
diagram,  female  flower.  Styracace.e:  4.  Styrax,  a,  flower:  6, 
cross-section  ovary;  c,  fruit.  Symplocace.e;  S.  Symplocos.  a, 
flower;  6,  cross-section  fruit. 

malade  Plum)  and  Sideroxylon  are  grown  in  southern 
California  and  Florida ;  Dichopsis  or  Palaquium  (wrongly 
called  Isonandra),  the  commercial  gutta  percha  tree,  is 
cultivated  in  the  South.  Humelia  and  Chrysophyllum 
are  ornamental,  the  former  hardy  to  Massachusetts. 

182.  Ebenaceae  (from  the  Latin  ebenus,  meaning 
ebony).  Ebony  Family.  Fig.  48.  Trees  or  shrubs :  leaves 
alternate,  coriaceous,  entire:  flowers  rarely  bisexual, 
usually  dioecious,  regular;  calyx  3-6-parted,  persistent; 
corolla  3-6-lobed,  hypogynous,  gamopetalous,  urceo- 
late,  coriaceous,  mostly  imbricated  and  twisted; 
stamens  short,  usually  double  the  number  of  the  corolla- 
lobes,  rarely  as  many  or  more  numerous,  hypogynous  or 
epipetalous,  separate  or  united  in  pairs;  ovary  superior, 
2-16-celled,  with  1-2  suspended  ovules  in  each  cell; 
styles  and  stigmas  2-8:  fruit  berry-hke,  rarely  sub- 
dehiscent. 

In  this  family  are  5  genera  and  about  280  species, 
of  which  180  belong  to  the  genus  Diospyros;  they  are 
inhabitimts  of  tropical  and  subtropical  regions, 
principally  of  the  eastern  hemisphere.  The  greatest 
development  of  the  family  is  in  the  East  Indies  and 
Malay  Archipelago.  One  species  of  Diospyros  occurs 
in  the  eastern  United  States,  from  Rhode  Island  south- 
ward.   The  family  is  related  to  the  Styracacese,  Sym- 


l>l> 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


ploo:n'e;o  niui  Siipotacoiv.  'Die  superior  spveral-ooUpd 
ovary,  uiiisoxual  Howors  niul  ahsoiioo  of  milky  juice 
ar<>  inijHirtaiit  (listinctjvp  cliarai'tors. 

The  wood  of  niaii>'  specios,  (-.spocialiy  of  the  Reims 
Diospynis,  fwrnislics  the  el)oiiy  of  euinmeree.  The 
fruit  of  l)iofi>!/ros  LmIus  is  known  !;s  date  phiiu  in 
Asia.  The  fruit  of  the  persimmon  {Diospyros  viajin- 
iami)  is  also  edible.  The  bark  of  persimmon  is  some- 
times useil  in  medicine. 

Three  or  4  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  North  America 
for  ornjunental  purpo,-;es.  Maba,  from  Natal,  and 
Royena,  from  South  .\frica,  are  not  hardy.  Diospyros 
(Common  Persimmon  and  Kaki),  hardy  or  tender, 
depending  on  the  species,  is  grown  for  ornament  or  fruit. 

1S3.  Styracaceae  (from  the  genus  .S7i/m.r,  the  ancient 
GriH-k  name  of  the  storax  tree).  Stor.w  F.amii.y.  Fig. 
48.  Shrubs  or  small  trees:  leaves  alternate,  simple:  flow- 
ers bisexual,  regular;  calyx  4-.5-cleft ;  corolla  mostly  4-.5- 
lobed,  the  lobes  almost  separate,  imbricated  or  valvatc; 
stamens  in  one  series,  h.\pogynous  or  epipetalous, 
twice  as  many  as  the  lobes  of  the  corolla,  rarely  just  as 
many,  separate  or  more  or  less  united;  ovary  superior, 
rarely  half-inferior,  1-celled  at  the  top,  3-5-colled  at 
the  bottom;  1,  rarely  several,  ovules  in  each  cell;  style 
1;  stigmas  l-o:  fruit  a  capsular  drupe. 

Six  genera  and  about  100  species  arc  distributed  in  the 
warmer  regions  of  South  and  Central  America,  south- 
eastern rnite<i  States,  eastern  Asia,  and  the  Mediter- 
ranean region.  The  family  is  very  closely  related  to  the 
Symplocacesp;  also  to  the  Ebenaceoe  and  Sapotacea;. 
The  superior,  imperfectly  several-celled  ovary,  bisexual 
flowers  and  absence  of  milky  juice  are  distinctive. 
Fossil  species  are  known. 

Styrax  lienzoin  of  the  East  Indies  yields  the  fragrant 
resin  known  as  benzoin.  It  is  a  pathological  product 
of  the  tree.  Some  Brazihan  species  of  Styrax  and  some 
species  of  Pajnphilia  also  yield  a  fragrant  resin  which 
is  burned  as  incense  in  the  churches.  The  storax  of 
the  ancients  was  obtained  from  Liquidamhar  orientalis 
(family  Hamamelidacese). 

Two  or  3  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  America: 
Halesia  (Silver  Bell,  Snowdrop  Tree),  of  eastern  United 
States,  is  hardy;  Styrax  (Storax)  of  China,  Japan,  and 
America,  is  semi-hardy.  PterostjTax  of  Japan  is  by 
some  referred  to  Halesia. 

184.  Symplocaceae  (from  the  genus  Symplocos,  de- 
rived from  the  Greek,  meaning  connected,  referring  to 
the  stamens).  Sympi/jcos  Family.  Fig.  48.  Trees  or 
shrubs:  leaves  alternate,  simple:  flowers  bisexual,  or  less 
commonly  unisexual,  regular;  calyx  .5-lobed,  gamosepa- 
lous,  imbricated;  corolla-lobes  5  or  10,  in  1  or  2  series, 
gamopetalous,  imbricated;  stamens  1.5  to  many  in  1-3 
or  many  series,  separate,  or  slightly  united  with  each 
other  and  the  corolla,  hypogynous  or  epipetalous; 
ovary  inferior  or  half-inferior,  2-.i-celled,  with  about 
2  ovules  in  each  cell;  style  1;  stigmas  1-.5:  fruit  dru- 
paceous. 

Only  one  genus  and  about  27.5  species  are  found  in 
tropical  lands;  they  are  most  abundant  in  the  Malay 
region  and  East  India.  A  few  species  in  Japan,  and 
one  in  North  America,  extend  the  family  into  the 
temperate  zone.  Symplocos  Hru:lorin  reaches  Delaware. 
The  family  is  related  to  the  Styracacea>,  and  is  often 
united  with  it.  The  inferior,  completely  several-celled 
ovary,  and  numerous  stamens,  are  important  charac- 
teristics.   Fo.ssil  species  are  known. 

The  bark  of  Symplocon  racemosa  is  used  as  a  medicine 
in  the  East  Indies  under  the  name  lotus  bark.  The 
leaves  of  iS'.  ajncnla  and  the  roots  of  S.  Hncloria  are 
used  in  the  preparation  of  yellow  dye-stuffs.  .S'.  crnls- 
goidet  is  a  hardy  ornamental  shrub  from  Japan. 

Order  49.   ContortvE 

18.5.  Oleaceae  ("from  the  genus  Oka,  derived  from 
the  Greek  meaning,  originally,  olive  tree,  and  later  oil. 


i.  e.,  olive  oil).  Oi.ivE  Family.  Fig.  49.  Trees  or 
shrubs:  leaves  opposite,  simple  or  pinnate:  flowers  bi- 
sexual or  unisexual,  regular,  small  and  numerous;  calyx 
4-lol)eil,  rarely  4-1.5-lobed,  valvate;  corolla  4-lobed, 
rarely  ti  r2-k)l)ed,  gamopetalous,  rarely  i)olypetalous, 
or  0,  hypogynous,  valvate;  stamens  2,  rarely  3-5, 
epipetalous,  alternate  with  the  corolla-lobes;  ovary 
superior,  2-celled;  ovules  usually  2  in  each  cell;  style  1 
or  0;  stigmas  1-2:  fruit  a  drupe,  berry,  capsule,  or 
saJiiara. 

Oleacca;  has  20  genera  and  more  than  400  species,  ' 
of  temperate  and  tropical  lands;  these  are  especially 
abundant  in  the  East  Indies  and  East  .'Vsia.  About  10 
species  are  native  in  northeastern  North  America. 
Fossil  siiecies  are  known.  The  family  is  related  to  the 
Loganiacea?;    possibly    also    to    the    Celastracese    and 


49.  Oleace.e:  1.  Olea,  a,  flower;  b,  floral  diagram.  2.  Fraxi- 
nii.'^,  fruit.  Loganiace.k:  3.  Lugania,  flower.  Gentianace.e;  4. 
Gentiana,  a,  flower:  b,  floral  diagram.  Apocynace.e;  5.  Apocy- 
num,  a,  flowep;  b,  floral  diagram;  c,  fruit.    6.  Vinca,  pistil. 

Rubiacea;.  The  numerical  plan  of  4,  the  2  stamens  and 
the  superior  ovary  are  important  distinctive  character- 
istics. 

The  most  useful  plant  is  the  olive  (Olea  europsea) 
of  the  Orient,  long  cultivated  in  the  Alediterranean 
region.  The  oil  expressed  from  the  fruit  is  used  as  food, 
and  for  other  purposes.  The  unripe  fruits,  preserved 
in  brine,  are  the  olives  of  commerce.  The  bark  of  the 
fringe  tree  and  privet  contains  medicinal  principles  of 
minor  importance,  as  do  al.so  the  leaves  of  the  lilac. 
A  saccharine  exudation  from  the  bark  of  Fraxinus 
Ornvs  of  Sicily,  induced  by  the  puncture  of  a  cicada, 
is  manna  (See,  also,  Tamnrix  mannifera) .  The  wood  of 
olive  and  ash  are  valuable.  The  flowers  of  Osinanthus 
fragrans  have  been  used  to  scent  tea  in  China. 

A  dozen  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  North  America: 
Chionanthus  (Fringe  Tree),  hardy;  Forsythia  (Golden 
Bell),  hardy;  Fontanesia,  hardy;  Fraxinus  (Ash),  hardy; 
Jasminum  (Jasmine,  Jessamine),  of  the  greenhouse  and 
the  South;  Ligustrum   (Privet),  hardy;   Olea  (Olive), 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT  KINGDOM 


67 


not  hardy;  Osmanthus  (Fragrar.o  Olive  and  Devil- 
wood  l,  not  hardy;  Phillyrea,  not  hardy;  Schrebera, 
not  hardy;  and  Syrinfca  (Lilac),  hardy. 

IM).  LoganiaceEB  (from  the  genus  Logania,  named  in 
honor  of  J.  Logan,  a  botanist).  Logania  Family.  Fig. 
49.  Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees:  lea\'es  opposite,  simple: 
flowers  usually  bisexual,  regular;  calyx  4-5-lobed  or 
-parted;  corolla  4-5-,  or  10-lobed,  imbricated  or  con- 
volute; stamens  epipetalous,  of  the  same  number  as 
the  lobes  of  the  corolla  and  usually  ixlternate  with  them, 
rarely  reduced  to  1;  ovary  superior,  usually  2-celled, 
rarely  1-or  4-cellod;  ovules  usually  numerous;  styles  1; 
stigmas  1-2:  fruit  a  capsule,  rarely  a  berry  or  drupe. 

The  famih'  contains  32  genera  and  about  360  species, 
of  tropical  distribution.  A  few  genera  only  reach  the 
temperate  zone,  4  species  of  which  are  native  in 
northeastern  North  America.  Fossil  species  are  known. 
The  family  is  related  to  the  Apoc}'nacea>,  Gentianacese, 
Solanaeea:',  Rubiacea?,  and  Scrophulariaceae.  The  oppo- 
site stipulate  leaves,  and  2-celled  superior  ovary,  are 
important  distinctive  characters. 

The  seeds  and  bark  of  Strychnos  nux-vomica  contain 
a  very  poisonous  alkaloid,  strychnine,  used  as  a  nerve 
tonic.  Curare,  with  which  the  Indians  of  South 
America  poisoned  their  arrows,  is  probably  obtained 
from  the  bark  of  S.  toxifer.  Other  species  of  Strychnos 
are  used  in  Java  to  poison  arrows.  The  root  of  Spigelia 
(pink-root),  an  American  plant,  has  been  used  as  a  ver- 
mifuge. It  is  also  poisonous.  Strychnos  Ignalia  yields 
the  poisonous  Ignatius  bean  of  India.  The  nut  of  >S. 
■potatorum  is  the  clearing  nut  of  India,  which  is  used  to 
purify  foul  water,  by  rubbing  it  on  the  inside  of  the 
vessel.  The  roots  of  yellow  jasmine  (Gelsemium  sem- 
pennrens)  of  the  southeastern  United  States  are  used 
as  a  nerve  tonic. 

Three  or  4  genera  are  in  the  North  American  trade, 
all  ornamental:  Buddleia,  semi-hardy;  Gelsemium 
(Yellow  Jessamine),  woody  vine,  semi-hardy;  Spigeha 
(Pink-Root),  herbaceous,  hardy. 

187.  Gentianacese  (from  the  genus  Gentiana,  named 
in  honor  of  King  Gentius  of  Illyria,  who,  according  to 
PUny,  first  discovered  the  medicinal  properties  of  these 
plants).  Gentian  Family.  Fig.  49.  Herbs,  rarely 
shrubs  or  small  trees:  leaves  opposite,  rarely  alternate 
or  whorled,  exstipulate:  flowers  bisexual,  regular;  calyx 
4-.5-parted,  persistent;  corolla  4-S-lobed,  gamopetalous, 
hypogynous,  convolute  or  induphcate,  rarely  valvate; 
stamens  of  the  same  number  as  the  corolla-lobes  and 
alternate  with  them,  epipetalous;  hj'pogynous  disk 
u.';ually  present;  ovary  superior,  1-celled,  with  2 
parietal  placenta;,  rarely  2-celled;  ovules  numerous: 
fruit  a  capsule. 

The  63  genera  and  about  750  species  are  almost  cos- 
mopolitan in  distribution.  Three  hundred  species 
belong  to  the  genus  Gentiana,  distributed  mostly  in  the 
mountains  of  the  north  temperate  zone,  in  the  arctic 
zone  and  in  the  Andes;  they  are  wanting  in  Africa. 
Fossil  species  of  Menyanthes  are  known.  The  family 
is  closely  related  to  the  Loganiacea>.  The  commonly 
1-celled  ovary,  exstipulate  leaves  and  the  presence  of 
a  bitter  principle  are  important  characters. 

The  general  occurrence  of  a  bitter  principle  renders 
the  majority  of  Gentianacea;  valuable  as  tonics,  and 
appetizers.  Most  of  the  drug,  gentian,  is  obtained 
from  Gentiana  lutea  of  Europe.  G.  punctata,  G.  purpurea, 
and  G.  Pannonica  are  also  used.  Erythrsfa  Ccnlaurium 
(centaury)  furnishes  a  medicinal  bitter  principle. 
Tachia  guianensis  is  used  as  bitters  in  South  .America, 
under  the  name  quassia.  The  bitter  principle  of  Men- 
yanthes is  used  a.s  a  medicine,  and  also  as  a  substitute 
for  hops  in  flavoring  beer.  The  Gentianacea;  are  used 
medicinally  in  all  parts  of  the  globe. 

Several  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  North  America: 
Erythra"a;  Eustoma;  Fra-sera;  Gentiana  ^(Gentian); 
Menyanthes  (Buckbean);  Sabbatia;  and  Swertia. 
Nymphoides  (Limnanthemum)  (Floating  Heart,  Water 


Snowflake)  is  a  genus  of  peculiar  aquatic  plants. 
Villarsia  is  a  close  relative  of  Nymphoides. 

188  Apocynaceae  (from  the  genus  Apocynum,  the 
ancient  name  of  the  dogbane,  from  the  Greek).  Dog- 
bane Family.  Fig.  49.  Herbs,  shrubs  or  trees  with 
milky  juice,  often  climbing:  leaves  opposite  or  whorled, 
rarely  alternate,  entire,  exstipulate:  flowers  bisexual, 
regular;  calyx  4-5-parted;  corolla  4-5-lobed,  hy- 
pogynous, gamopetalous,  usually  with  appendages  or 
folds  in  the  throat,  convolute  or  valvate;  stamens  4-5, 
epipetalous,  alternating  with  the  corolla  lobes;  anthers 
usually  sagittate  and  acute;  pollen  granular;  hy- 
pogynous disk  usually  present  and  variously  lobed; 
ovaries  usually  2,  rarely  more  or  less  united;  mostly 
superior,  each  1-celled,  many-seeded,  style  1,  usually 
bearing  a  fleshy  ring  below  the  solitary  stigma:  fruit 
follicular  with  comose  seeds,  or  indehiscent,  or  berry- 
like, or  of  nutlets,  sometimes  winged  or  prickly. 

One  hundred  and  thirty  genera  and  about  1,000 
species  occur,  mostly  in  tropical  countries  in  both 
hemispheres.  Five  or  6  species  reach  northeastern 
North  America.  The  family  is  related  to  the  Asclepia- 
daceae  and  Gentianacea?.  The  milky  juice,  sagittate 
anthers,  absence  of  corona,  stylar  ring,  and  usually 
separate  ovaries  but  connate  styles  and  stigmas,  are 
important  characteristics. 

^lany  species  of  Landolphia  yield  commercial  caout- 
chouc, as  do  also  other  genera,  such  as  Urceola  and 
Willoughbya.  Some  are  very  poisonous,  e.  g.,  Tan- 
ghinia  of  Madagascar;  also  Cerbera  and  Acocanthera. 
Tanghinia,  the  ordeal  tree  of  Madagascar,  "is  the  most 
poisonous  of  plants;  a  seed  no  larger  than  an  almond 
suffices  to  kill  twenty  people."  Death  has  followed 
the  use  of  oleander  wood  as  meat-skewers.  An  infusion 
of  its  leaves  is  an  insecticide;  of  its  bark,  a  rat-poison. 
Some  are  heart-poisons,  for  example  Strophanthus  and 
Aspidosperma  (quebracho  bark).  The  bark  of  Alstonia 
is  a  tonic.  Allamanda  cathartica  is  purgative.  Several 
species  furnish  edible  fruits  tasting  like  citron.  Wrighlia 
tinctoria  furnishes  an  indigo;  W.  tomentosa,  a  yellow  dye. 

About  20  to  25  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N.  America 
as  ornamental  plants,  mostly  in  the  South  or  in  the 
greenhouse.  Among  these  are:  Allamanda;  Carissa 
(Caraunda,  Christ's  Thorn);  Amsonia;  Apocynum 
(Dogbane);  Nerium  (Oleander);  Taberna;montana 
(Crape  Jasmine,  Nero's  Crown);  Trachelospermum 
(Star  Jasmine);  and  Vinca  (Periwinkle). 

189.  Asclepiadaceee  (from  the  genus  Asclepias,  dedi- 
cated to  -feculapius).  Milkweed  Family.  Fig.  .")0. 
Herbs  or  shrubs,  sometimes  fleshy,  often  climbing,  gen- 
erally with  milky  j  uice :  leaves  opposit  e,  rarelj'  otherwise, 
exstipulate:  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  very  frequently 
in  umbels;  calyx  .5-parted,  imbricated;  corolla  5-parted 
or -lobed,  gamopetalous,  hypogynous;  a  crown  present, 
which  is  either  an  outgrowth  of  the  corolla,  or  of  the 
stamens,  or  of  both;  stamens  5,  mostly  hypogynous, 
alternating  with  the  lobes  of  the  corolla,  usually 
monadelphous,  sometimes  united  with  the  styles;  pollen 
usually  agglutinated  into  pollinia,  which  are  attached 
to  glandular  appendages  of  the  stigma;  disk  absent; 
ovaries  2,  superior,  each  1-celled,  many-seeded;  styles  2; 
stigmas  united:  fruit  of  two  follicles;  seeds  usually 
comose. 

There  are  217  genera  and  about  1,900  species,  prin- 
cipally of  the  tropics,  but  many  reach  the  temperate 
zone.  The  family  is  distinct,  and  closely  related  only 
to  the  Apocynace;e.  The  Asclepiadacea;  is  one  of  the 
most  extraordinary  of  families.  Most  species  have  a 
milky  juice.  Many  in  South  Africa  are  fleshy,  cactus- 
like plants.  Some  arc  epiphytes  with  variously  modi- 
fied foliage.  One  genus  of  epiphytes  bears  foliar  pitchers 
that  catch  and  hold  rain-water.  Some  species  are  like  a 
bundle  of  leafless  whip-lashes;  others  have  remarkable 
tuberous  bases  to  store  water.  The  floral  crown  is 
most  diverse;  am'  the  details  of  insect-pollination, 
especially  the  behavior  of  the  pollinia,  is  very  compli- 


OS 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


raUxl.   The  union  of  the  two  carpfls  Uy  tlic  slignia  only 
is  unique. 

Pleurisy  riH>t  {.Isdepias  tubcrosa)  wsis  formerly 
ustvl  extensively  for  lung  and  catarrhal  dist)r(lers. 
Conilunuigo.  fn>ni  the  hark  of  Marsdciiid  Coniliirdniii),  is 
a  stomach  tonic.  The  milky  juice  of  many  is  medici- 
nal: .some  are  emetics  0  '"cctoxicum,  tiomphocarpus, 
Secanione);     others    are     purgative     (Solenostcmma, 


50.  A8CLEIM-\DACE«:  1.  A.sclepia.s,  a,  flower:  /»,  flower,  vertical 
section;  r,  stameni*:  d,  pi.stil  and  poUinia;  e,  poilinia  and  gland;  /, 
floral  diagram.  Convolvulace.*::  2.  Convolvulu.s,  floral  dia- 
gram. Pf>LEMONlACE.E:  3.  Phlox,  flower.  4.  Polemonium,  floral 
diagram.  HTDROPHYLi.ArE*:  .5.  Hydrophyllum,  flower.  6.  Phace- 
lia,  a,  and  b,  ovary  of  two  specie.'^. 

Cynanchum);  others  are  sudoritics  (Hemidesmus). 
The  acrid  juice  of  Gonolobus  is  used  to  poison  arrows; 
that  of  Periploca  to  poison  wolves,  hence  the  name 
wolfbane  and  dogbane.  The  milk  of  Gymnema 
lacliferum,  the  cow-plant  of  Ceylon,  is  edible;  also 
that  of  the  Cape,  Oxynlelma  esculentum.  Some  Indian 
species  yield  good  bast  fibers.  Marsdenia  tincloria 
yields  a  dye.  Several  species  yield  caoutchouc.  The 
oschur  or  modar  (('nlutropis  /n-orera)  is  probably  the 
Sodom  apple  of  the  Hible.  The  herbage  of  several 
species  is  cooked  and  eaten.  The  acid  stem  of  Sarcos- 
temma  is  eaten  as  a  salad.  In  E;ist,  Africa,  Cynanchum 
sarcontemmoides  is  used  to  [xjison  fish.  Many  Ascle- 
piadaoeae  are  ornamental  plants. 

.•\bout  20  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N.  America, 
mostly  in  the  tropical  horticulture  of  Florida  and 
California.  More  generally  cultivated  and  bett(T 
known  are:  A.sdepias  (Milkweed);  Cynanchum  (Mos- 
quito Plant,  Cruel  Plantj;  Hoya  (Wax-plant  j;  and 
Periploca  (Silk  Vine). 

f  )rder  nO.    Tubifuirm 

190.  Convolvulaceae  (from  the  genus  Convolvuhis, 
signifying  to  entwine).  Mokninc-Gi/jky  Family  Fig. 
50.  Jferbs,  shrubs  or  small  trees,  twining  or  erect,  turf- 
forming  shrubs,  thorny  shrubs,  "switch  plants,"  or 
yellow,  leaflf«s,  twining  para.sitf!s,  often  with  milky 
juice:  leaves  alternate:  flowers  bisexual,  regular;  i)e- 
duncles  very  often  bi-bracteate;  calyx  ."j-parted,  per- 
sistent;  corolla  more  or  less  .T-lobed,  usually  plaited, 


gamopctalous,  hy|)ogynous,  convolute;  stamens  5, 
slightly  epipclalous,  alternating  with  the  corolla-lobes; 
hypogynous  disk  presi-nt,  usually  lobed;  ovary  superior, 
2-celled,  rarely  more  or  fewer  celled;  each  cell  1-2- 
ovuled,  niicropyle  directed  downward  and  outward; 
styles  1-2;  stigmas  1-2:  fruit  a  cajisule  or  a  berry,  very 
rarely  breaking  into  4  l-.secded  nutlets. 

Coiivolvulaci'ie  has  40  genera  with  about  1,000 
species,  of  which  ;iOO  species  belong  to  the  genus 
Ipomiea  an<l  ItiO  s])ecies  to  the  genus  Convolvulus. 
They  ai"e  tlistributcd  in  all  regions  except  the  arctics; 
but  are  especially  numerous  in  tropical  Asia  and  tropical 
America.  The  family  is  related  to  the  Solanacea"  and 
Boraginacea^,  but  also  to  the  Polemoniacca^  and  Hydro- 
phyllacex.  The  absence  of  a  circinate  inflorescence, 
the  plaited  corolla,  the  direction  in  which  the  micropyle 
is  turned  and  the  few-.secded  fruit  are  important 
distinguishing  characteristics.  The  genus  Cuscuta  is 
parasitic  and  chlorophylless,  receiving  its  nutriment 
by  means  of  haustoria  from  the  plant  upon  which  it 
twines. 

Because  of  the  substances  contained  in  the  milky 
juice,  many  species  are  medicinal.  The  following  are 
Ijurges:  jalap  (Exogonium  Purgn),  of  Mexico;  turbith 
(Ojwrcidinti  Tiirpethum),  of  the  East  Indies;  and  scam- 
mony  {Conviih'utus  tScammonia),  of  the  orient.  The 
fleshy  roots  of  I po?na'aBalat(is  (sweet  potato)  are  edible; 
also  those  of  Convolvulus  Scpiuin.  1  jiomaa  Pes-caprse 
is  used  in  India  to  bind  the  sands  along  the  coast. 
Convolvulus  scopnrius  of  the  Canaries  furnishes  the 
fragrant  oil  of  rhodium,  used  to  adulterate  oil  of  rose, 
and  sold  also  to  rat-catchers  as  a  lure  for  rats.  Cuscuta 
Epilinum,  and  several  other  species,  are  bad  pests  in 
cultivated  fields. 

Several  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N.  America: 
Argyreia,  tender  twiners;  Breweria,  trailing,  grown  in 
Florida;  Convolvulus  (Bindweed,  CaUfornia  Rose, 
Rutland  Beauty),  mostly  twining.;  Ipoma'a  (Morning- 
glory,  Moonflower,  Cypress  Vine,  Indian  Pink,  Man-of- 
the-Earth,  Blue  Dawn  Flower,  Sweet  Potato,  Jalap), 
mostly  twining;  Jacquemontia,  garden  twiners;  Lett- 
somia,  twiners,  grown  in  Florida. 

191.  Polemoniaceae  (from  the  genus  Polemonium,  a,n 
ancient  name  of  doubtful  application).  Polemonium 
Family.  Fig.  50.  Herbs,  rarely  woody:  leaves  alter- 
nate, or  the  lower  sometimes  opposite,  simple  or  pinnate : 
flowers  bisexual,  regular,  or  nearly  so;  calyx  5-cleft; 
corolla  5-lobed,  gamopctalous,  hypogynous,  convolute; 
stamens  5,  epipetalous,  alternate  with  the  coroUa- 
lobes;  hypogynous  disk  present;  ovary  superior,  3-, 
rarely  2-  or  .5-,  celled;  ovules  in  each  cell  many,  rarely 
1;  style  1,  3-fid,  rarely  5-fid;  stigmas  3,  rarely  5:  fruit 
a  capsule. 

About  8  genera  and  200  species  are  known;  these 
are  almost  entirely  American  and  principally  North 
American.  Nearly  100  species  belong  to  the  genus 
Cilia.  The  family  is  closely  related  to  the  Convolvula- 
ceie,  and  difficult  to  separate  from  that  family.  The 
3  many-ovuled  cells  of  the  ovary  are  important.  The 
disk  of  Coba-a  is  large  and  .5-lobed.  The  terminal 
leaflet  of  this  plant  is  a  branched  tendril. 

Many  Polemoniacea;  are  grown  as  ornamental 
plants.  Polemonium  cseruleum  (Jacob's  ladder,  or  Greek 
valerian)  is  used  in  some  countries  as  a  remedy  for 
various  ailments. 

About  6  to  8  genera  are  cultivated  in  this  country  as 
ornamental  plants:  Cantua,  a  .shrub  in  the  greenhouse; 
Coba^a,  a  climbing  herb,  mostly  in  the  greenhouse; 
(Jilia,  many  .species,  for  bedding;  La-selia  in  the  cool- 
house;  Phlox  (Phlox,  Ground  or  Moss  Pink),  for  bed- 
ding; Polemonium,  for  bedding. 

192.  Hydrophyllaceae  (from  the  genus  Hydrophyl- 
lum, nicanirn;,  imtcT-lcnJ).  Watkh-leaf  Family.  Fig.  50. 
Annual  ori  ,)erennial  herbs:  leaves  mostly  alternate, 
often  lobed:  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  mostly  in  circinate 
raceme-like  clusters;  calyx  5-cleft;  corolla  5-lobed,  often 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT  KINGDOM 


69 


with  scales  in  the  throat,  ganioix'talous,  liypogynous, 
imbricated;  stamens  5,  alternating  with  the  corolla- 
lobes,  shghtly  epipetakius;  liypogynous  disk  present; 
ovary  superior,  l-celled,  rarely  ineomjiletely  2-celled; 
ovules  2  to  several;  style  1;  stigmas  2;  fruit  a 
capsule. 

The  17  genera  and  about  170  species  are  found  most 
abundantly  in  temperate  North  America,  less  com- 
monly southward  to  Patagonia.  A  very  few  are  found 
in  south  and  east  Africa,  India,  Japan,  and  the  Hawai- 
ian Islands.  The  family  is  most  closely  related  to  the 
Boraginacea-,  but  lias  a  l-celled  ovary;  more  distantly 
related  to  the  Convolvulacea"  and  Polemoniacea'. 

Eriodictyon  gluliuosum  (yerba  santa)  of  California 
has  lately  come  into  use  a.s  an  expectorant  in  throat  and 
lung  trouble.  HydrophyUiim  canadense  has  long  had  a 
reputation  as  a  remedy  for  snake-bites,  poison-ivy 
poisoning,  erysipelas,  and  other  skin  troubles. 

About  a  half  dozen  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N. 
Americaas  ornamental  plants.  They  are  used  principally 
for  outdoor  bedding.  Emmenanthe  (California  Yellow  or 
Golden  Bells);  Hesperochiron;  Hydrophyllum  (Water- 
leaf);  Nemophila;  and  Phacelia. 

193.  Boraginaceae  (from  the  genus  Borago,  an 
ancient  name  having  reference  to  the  roughness  of  the 
foliage).  Borage  Family.  Fig.  51.  Herbs,  rarely  shrubs 
or  trees:  leaves  usually  alternate,  very  frequently 
rough-hairy:  flowers  bisexual,  regular,  rarely  irregular; 
inflorescence  usually  circinate;  calyx  4-5-cleft,  persist- 
ent; corolla  4-5-lobed,  gamopetalous,  hypogynous, 
imbricated,  often  with  scales  or  folds  in  the  throat; 
stamens  5,  epipetalous,  alternating  with  the  corolla- 
lobes;  hj^jogynous  disk  usually  present;  carpels  2; 
ovary  superior,  -l-celled,  either  entire  and  style  terminal, 
or  2-lobed,  or  more  commonly  deeply  4-lobed  with  the 
style  basal  between  the  lobes;  each  cell  1-ovuled; 
style  1;  stigmas  usually  2:  fruit  rarely  a  berry,  usually 
of  4  1-seeded  nutlets,  with  the  surface  variously  smooth, 
pohshed,  wrinkled,  barbed,  winged,  or  crested. 

There  are  85  genera  and  about  1,500  species  widely 
distributed  in  the  temperate  and  tropical  zones,  most 
abundant  in  the  Mediterranean  region  and  in  western 
North  America.  The  largest  genera  are  Cordia  with 
230  species,  and  Heliotropium  with  220  species.  The 
family  is  most  closely  related  to  the  Hydrophyllacea; ; 
also  related  to  the  Verbenace®  and  Labiatse.  The  cir- 
cinate inflorescence,  and  2-carpelled,  4-celled  ovary 
with  1  seed  in  each  cell,  are  distinctive  character- 
istics. The  fruit  of  the  Boraginaceae  is  most  diverse, 
and  very  important  in  classification  within  the  family. 

Many  species,  native  in  Europe,  were  formerly  used 
for  medicine;  for  example,  comfrej'  (Symphytum  offici- 
nale), borage  {Borago  officinalis),  hound's-tongue  (Cy- 
noglossum  officinale),  lungsvort.  {Pulmonaria  officinalis), 
viper's  bugloss  (Echium  vulgnre),  bugloss  (Anchusa  offi- 
cinalis), gromweU  (Lithospermuni  officinale),  and  helio- 
trope (  Heliotropium  europium) .  Tournefortia  vnibellatn 
was  used  in  Mexico  as  a  febrifuge.  The  roots  of  alkanet 
(Alkanna  tinctoria)  of  South  Europe  and  Asia  contain 
a  red  dye  of  commercial  importance.  The  roots  of  some 
species  of  Anchusa,  Onosma,  Lithospermum  and  Ar- 
nebia  also  contain  a  red  pigment.  The  wood  of  some 
species  of  Cordia  is  of  value,  as  are  also  its  bast  fibers. 
The  wood  of  several  species  of  Ehretia  is  valuable,  and 
the  fruit  is  edible. 

.\bout  30  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N.  America, 
mostly  as  hardy  ornamental  border  plants.  Among 
these  are:  Amebia  (Prophet's  Flower,  Arabian  Prim- 
rose); Anchusa  (Alkanet,  not  the  real);  Borago  (Bor- 
age), used  as  a  pot-herb  or  bee-plant ;  Cerinthe  (Honey- 
wort)  ;  CjTioglossum  (Hound's-tongue) ;  Echium  (Viper's 
Bugloss);  Lithospermum  (GromweU,  Puccoon,  Indian 
Paint);  Myosotidium  (Giant  Forget-me-not);  ^Iyosotis 
(Forget-me-not);  Mertensia  (Virginian  Cowslip,  Vir- 
ginian Lungwort);  Omphalodes  (Navelwort,  Creeping 
Forget-me-not) ;  Onosma  (Golden  Drops) ;  Onosmodium 


(False  GromweU);  Pulmonaria  ^Lungwort,  Bethlehem 
Sage);  and  Symiihytum  (Comfrey). 

194.  Verbenaceae  (from  the  genus  Verbena,  the  Latin 
name  for  any  sacred  herb;  ap]iIication  obscure).  Ver- 
vain Family.  Fig.  51.  Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees:  leaves 
opposite,  rarely  whorled  or  alternate,  simple  or  com- 
pound :  flowers  bisexual,  rarely  regular,  usually  oblique 
or  2-Upped;  calyx  4-5-,  rarely  6-8-,  toothed;  corolla 
4-5-lobed  gamopetalous,  hypogynous,  lobes  imbri- 
cated ;  stamens  4,  didynamous,  rarely  5  or  2,  epipetalous, 
hypogynous;  disk  present;  ovary  superior,  of  2, 
rarely  of  4  or  5,  carpels,  2-5-celled,  but  by  false  par- 
titions 4-10-ceUed,  entire  or  2-4-lobed;  ovule  usually 
solitary  in  each  cell;  style  1;  stigma  usually  1:  fruit  a 
drupe  or  berry,  often  separating  into  drupelets. 

Verbenacea;  has  67  genera  and  about  7.50  species, 
mainly  of  tropical  and  subtropical  distribution.  Eleven 
species  reach  the  northeastern  United  States.  Lippia 
is  the  largest  genus  with  100  species;  Clerodendron 
has  90  species,  and  Verbena  80  species.  The  family  is 
closely  related  to  the  Labiata;  and  not  clearly  distinct 
from  that  family.  The  predominatingly  terminal 
style,  and  not  deeply  lobed  ovary  are  the  only  differen- 
tiating characters. 

Many  species  have  been  used  in  medicine:  Verbena 
haslata  as  bitters;  species  of  Lippia  as  tonics;  jEgiphila 
salutaris  as  a  purge  and  remedy  for  snake-bites.  Species 
of  Clerodendron  have  very  sweet-scented  flowers.  They 


51.  BoriAGiNACE.E:  1.  Borago,  pistil.  2.  Symphytum,  flower. 
.3.  Cynog!o:;sum,  fruit.  4.  Omphalodes,  fruit.  Verbenaoe.e;  .5. 
Verbena,  flower.  6.  Lantana.  floral  diagram.  Labiate:  7.  Mentha, 
flower.  8.  Thymus,  pistil.  9.  .Salvia,  flower.  10.  Lamium,  floral 
diagram.  Nolanace.^::  H.  Nolana,  a,  flower;  b  and  c,  pistils  of 
different  species. 

are  used  as  purges,  diuretics,  and  for  liver,  stomach, 
and  lung  complaints.  Lippia  citriodora  yields  a  fra- 
grant substance  used  in  flavoring  cream,  and  other 
foods.  Several  species  have  been  used  as  tea  in  America. 
Duranta  .Ellisia  and  species  of  Lantana  have  edible 
fruit.  Verbena  officinalis  of  Europe  is  a  tonic,  but  more 
famous  for  its  use  in  witchcraft.  It  was  celebrated 
among  the  Romans  and  Druiils  of  Gaul  and  used  by 
them  in  religious  ceremonies.    The  very  valuable  teak- 


70 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


wixvi  is  obtainixl  fniin  TccIoiki  gniuilig  of  farthiT  Indiii 
and  the  K:uit  liulit-s.  Tlio  wliito  inansrove  Ircos  of 
Hni7.il  lii'loiiK  to  various  spcfics  of  the  tribe  Aviceiuiia'. 

Aseore  of  tienera  are  in  eullivation  in  North  America. 
Among  these  are:  .Xmsonia,  a  greenlionse  shrub;  Calh- 
carpa.  gnxMihoiise  or  hardy  shrubs;  Carvopteris,  a 
shrub,  not  hardy;  C'lerodeiidron  (Turk's  'rtirbanl, 
greenhouse  or  h:irdy;  Duniiila  (tiolden  Dewdrop),  eiil- 
tivattxi  in  the  .South;  l.aiitaiia,  fireeiihouse  or  bedding; 
herbs  or  shrubs;  l,ip|)ia  U-<''iion  \ Crbena),  fireenhouse 
or  hanly  slirubs  or  herbs;  I'llra'a  (Purple  ^^'^eatll), 
Creonhouse  elimber;  Verbena,  beddiiin  or  {jreenhou.se 
herbs;  Vitex  (Chaste  Tree,  Hemp  Tree,  Monk's  Pepper 
TnH'V  semi-hardy  shrubs  or  trees. 

195.  Labiatse  (the  name  refers  to  the  2-lipped  [bila- 
biate] character  of  the  corolla  of  most  s])ecies).  I\Iint 
F.\MILV.  Fig.  .51.  Herbs  or  shrubs,  commonly  with  a 
four-angknl  stem,  and  usually  containing  a  fragrant 
oil:  leaves  opposite  or  whorled:  flowers  bisexual,  very 
rarely  unisexual,  irregular,  rarelj-  regular,  usually 
bilabiate;  calyx  .5-toothed  or  cleft,  regular  or  2-lipped; 
corolla  5-lobed.  rarely  4-lobed,  gainoijetalous  and 
hypogynous,  1  lip  sometimes  obsolete,  the  lobes  im- 
bricated; stamens  4,  didynamoiis,  or  only  2,  epipet- 
alous;  hypograous  disk  well  developed,  thick,  entire 
or  lobed;  ovary  superior,  of  2  carpels,  deeply  4-lobe(.l, 
4-<'elled.  each  cell  l-ovuled;  style  basal  or  sub-basal; 
stigmas  2:  fruit  of  4  1-seeded  nutlets;  the  ectocarp 
rarely  fleshy. 

One  liunilnil  and  fifty-seven  genera  and  about  2,800 
species  are  distributed  over  the  whole  earth,  but  are 
especially  abundant  in  the  Mediterranean  region  and 
the  orient;  they  are  also  abundant  in  the  mountains 
of  the  subtropics.  The  larger  genera  are  Salvia,  500 
species;  Hyptis,  300  species;  Stachys,  180-200  species; 
Scutellaria,  180  species;  Nepeta,  1.50  species;  Satureia, 
130  species;  and  Tcucrium,  100  species.  The  family  is 
related  to  the  \'erbenace;e  and  to  the  Boraginacea-, 
also  to  the  Scrophulariace*  and  Acanthaeea:'.  The  4- 
angled  stem,  fragrant  oil,  4-lobed  ovary,  the  solitary 
ovules,  and  the  basal  style  are  distinctive.  This  is  a 
difficult  family  for  the  student.  The  characters  for 
separating  the  genera  reside  mostly  in  the  calyx,  co- 
rolla and  stamens.  The  nutlets  are  less  important  in 
classification  than  in  the  Horaginacea;. 

Owing  to  the  volatile  oil  and  bitter  principles,  the 
Labiatic  are  of  more  than  usual  economic  importance: 
Scutellaria  latirifliira  (skullcajij,  tonic,  nervine;  Snli'ia 
officinalis  (garden  sage),  tonic,  also  used  as  a  condi- 
ment; Marrubium  vulgare  (hoarhound),  tonic,  anthel- 
mintic, and  expectorant;  Hedeoma  pidegioides  (Ameri- 
can pennyroyal),  carminative  and  stimulant;  Mentha 
gpicata  (spearmint)  and  Meidhn  jriperitii  (peppermint), 
carminative;  Mentha  Pulet/ium  (European  penny- 
royal;, carminative;  mints  are  also  used  as  condiments. 
The  following  oils  are  from  Labiatie:  Oil  of  thyme 
( Thymux  Serpyllum);  rosemary  (Rosmarinitu officinalis) ; 
Lavender  (Lavimdnhi  ufficirudis);  .spike  {Lavandula 
Spica);  origanum  (Origanum  Majnrana).  Catnip  (Ne- 
pela  Cataria)  is  a  family  sudorific.  Mother-wort  {Lco- 
nurus  Cardiaca)  is  a  family  stimulant  and  bitters.  The 
leaves  of  lavender  and  patchouli  {l'(}ij(>stemon  Patch- 
ouli) are  usf.-d  to  keep  in.sects  from  woolens,  furs,  and 
the  like.  Many  other  species  have  been  used  locally 
for  various  purpos(«. 

Fifty  or  more  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  North 
America.  Most  of  these  are  garden  annuals  or  hardy  per- 
ennials cultivated  for  the  flavor  or  odor,  for  ornamental 
purfxjsfo,  f>r  for  medicine.  Among  these  are:  Acantho- 
mintha  fThorny  .Mint);  Ajuga  (Hugle  Weed);  Cedro- 
nella  'Balm  of  Oilea<l);  Coleus;  CoUin.sonia  (Horse- 
balm,  Horw-weefJ,  Stonewortj;  Cunila  (Maryland  Dit- 
tany;; Hedeoma  (.American  Pennyroyal);  Hy.ssopus 
fHys-sop;,  hardy  shrub;  Lamium  (Dead  Nettle);  Lav- 
andula 'lyavender);  Ijconotis  (Lion's  Ear,  Lion's  Tail); 
Lophanthu.s     (fjiant     Hyssop;;     Marrubiuin     (Hore- 


houiul);  Melissa  (Bahu);  Mentha  (Mint,  Siiearmint, 
Pep])ermint,  ,lapane.se  Mint,  Hergamot  Mint,  Black 
Mint,  While  Mint,  European  Pennyroyal);  Micromeria 
(Verba  BuenaU  Moluccella  (Shell  Flower,  Molucca 
Balm);  Monarda  (Horsemint,  O.swego  Tea,  Bee-balm, 
Fragrant  Bahu,  Wikl  Berganiot);  Nepeta  (Catnip, 
(iround  Ivy,  Clill-run-over-tlie-ground);  Ocimum  (Ba- 
sil); Origaniuu  (Marjoraiu);  Phlomis  (.lerusalem  Sage); 
Physostegia  (h'alse  Dragonhead,  Obedient  Plant);  Plec- 
t  rani  bus  (Cockle-spur  Flower);  Pogostemon  (Patch- 
ouli Plant);  Pnmella  or  Brunella  (Self-heal,  Heal-all); 
Pycnanthemum  (Mountain  Mint);  Uo.smarinus  (Rose- 
mary, Old  Man);  Salvia  (Sage,  Clary,  Scarlet  Sage); 
Satureia  (Savory);  Scutellaria  (Skull-cap);  Stachys 
(Woundwort,  Choro-gi,  Chinese  or  Japanese  Artichoke, 
Knot-root,  Betony);  Teucrium  (Germander);  Thymus 
(Thyme,  Pilother-of-Thyme);  Trichostema  (Blue  Curls, 
Bastard  Pennyroyal,  Ramero);  Westringia  (Victorian 
Rosemary). 

190.  Nolanaceae  (from  the  genus  Nolana,  derived 
from  nola,  a  little  bell,  in  reference  to  the  corolla). 
Nolana  Family.  Fig.  51.  Herbs  or  .small  shrubs: 
leaves  alternate,  or  opposite:  flowers  bisexual,  regular; 
calyx  5-cleft;  corolla  5-lobcd,  gamopetalous,  hypogy- 
nous, plicate  in  the  bud;  stamens  5,  slightly  epipeta- 
lous,  alternating  with  the  lobes  of  the  corolla;  hypogy- 
nous disk  well  developed,  often  lobed;  ovary  superior, 
typically  of  5  car|)els,  radially  lobed,  or  both  radially 
and  transversely  lobed,  lobes  5-30,  in  fruit  forming  5- 
30  nutlets  which  are  each  1-7-seeded,  or  sometimes 
both  radially  and  transversely  lobed. 

There  occur  3  genera  and  50  species,  confined  to  the 
west  coast  of  South  America.  Many  species  are  mari- 
time. The  family  is  related  to  the  Convolvulacese,  also 
to  the  Boraginaceai  and  Solanacese.  The  plicate  corolla 
and  very  peculiarly  lobed  ovary  derived  from  5  carpels 
are  distinctive. 

A  few  species  of  Nolana,  all  prostrate  plants,  are  cul- 
tivated in  this  coimtry  for  ornamental  purposes. 

197.  Solanaceae  (from  the  genius  Solanum,  the  sig- 
nificance unknown).  Nightshade  Family.  Fig.  52. 
Herbs,  erect  or  climbing  shrubs,  or  small  trees:  leaves 
usually  alternate:  flowers  bisexual,  rarely  unisexual,  reg- 
ular, rarely  irregular;  calyx  5-cleft;  corolla  5-lobed, 
gamopetalous,  hyijogynous,  usually  plicate  in  the  bud, 
the  folds  tw'i.sted  to  right  or  left,  rarely  the  tips  of  the 
folds  valvate  or  imbricated;  stamens  5,  epipetalous, 
alternating  with  the  corolla-lobes;  hypogynous  disk 
present;  ovary  superior,  2-celled,  rarely  falsely  1-,  or 
more,  celled;  ovules  in  each  cell  1  to  many;  style  1; 
stigmas  1-2:  fruit  a  berry  or  capsule. 

About  70  genera  and  1,G00  species,  900  of  which  be- 
long to  Solanum,  are  distributed  in  the  tropical  and  warm 
temperate  regions,  the  greatest  number  being  in  Cen- 
tral and  South  America.  The  family  is  related  to  the 
Scrophulariacea?,  Convolvulacea'  and  Nolanaceae.  The 
regular,  plaited  corolla,  an<l  usually  numerous  .seeds  are 
important  distinguishing  characteristics.  Datura  has  a 
prickly  fruit.  The  calyx  of  Physalis  is  accrescent  and 
inflated,  surrounds  the  fruit,  and  is  often  colored. 

Many  Solanacea;  contain  narcotic  or  poisonous 
alkaloids  and  are  u.sed  in  medicine.  Belladonna  (alka- 
loid atropine)  is  obtained  from  the  roots  of  Atropa 
Bellailiinna;  it  wa.s  formerly  used  by  women  to 
dilate  the  pupils  of  the  eye,  hence  the  specific  name. 
The  leaves  and  flowers  of  Datura  .Stramonium  (Jirason 
wec<lj  constitute  the  stramonium  of  medicine  (alka- 
loid daturine).  Stramonium  seeds  were,  formerly 
used  by  magicians  to  produce  fantiistic  visions,  and  by 
thieves  to  stup<^fy  their  victims.  Henbane  (alkaloid 
hyosoyamine)  consists  of  the  leaves  and  to|>s  of  Hyos- 
cyainu.s  nigcr  and  is  narcotic.  Mandragora  is  similar 
in  effect  to  belladonna.  It  was  used  by  sorcerers  to 
produce  hallucinations  in  their  victims.  Scopolia 
carniolica  .and  Salanuv}  carolincnse  (horse-nettle) 
have  been  used  in  medicine.    The  remedy,  pichi,  con- 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


71 


sists  of  the  dried  twigs  of  Fabiiuid  iinJiriatla  of  Chile. 
European  bittersweet  (S.  Dulcanmni)  lias  been  used 
a-s  medicine;  it  is  poisonous.  Black  nightshade  (.S. 
tiujnimi  and  others  are  poisonous.  Tobacco  is  the  dried 
leaves  of  Xicotiana  Tabacum.  Winter  cherry  (Fhijadlis 
Alkekengii)  is  diuretic.  Chilh  is  a  n;une  for  the  fruits  of 
Capsicum  nnnitum  of  South  America.  Cayenne  pepper 
is  the  fruit  of  various  species  of  Capsicimi.  Tomato,  or 
lo\'e  apple,  is  the  fruit  of  Lycopersicum  esculentuin 
{  =  Sotanu>n  Lycopersicum).  Species  of  nightshade,  when 
cooked,  are  eaten  as  greens.  Eggplant  is  the  fruit  of 
>S'.  Melongena  of  Asia.  Potatoes  are  the  tubers  of  S. 
tuberosum  of  Peru  and  Chile. 

.\bout  30  genera  are  cultivated  in  North  America  as 
ornamental  plants  or  for  food.  Among  these  are :  Atropa 
(Belladonna);  Capsicum  (Red  or  Cayenne  Pepper); 
Cestrum;  Cyphomandra  (Tree  Tomato);  Datura 
(.Angel's  Trumpet,  Datura);  Hyoscyamus  (Henbane); 
Lycium  (Matrimony  Vine,  Box  Thorn);  Lycopersicum 
(Tomato),  [Engler  and  Prantl  unite  this  with  Solanum] ; 
Alandragora  (Mandrake  of  history);  Nicotiana  (Nico- 
tina,  Tobacco);  Nicandra  (Apple  of  Peru);  Nierem- 
bergia  (Cup-flower,  White  Cup);  Petunia;  Physalis 
(Ground  Cherry,  Strawberry  Tomato,  Alkekengi,  Blad- 
der Cherry,  Cape  Gooseberry,  Chinese  Lantern  Plant) ; 
Salpiglossis;  Schizanthus  (Butterfly  Flower,  Poor  man's 
Orchid);  Streptosolen ;  Solandra;  and  Solanum  (Night- 
shade, Potato,  Pepino,  Melon  Pear,  Melon  Shrub, 
Eggplant,  Guinea  Squash,  Aubergine,  Jerusalem 
Cherry,  Potato  Vine,  Bittersweet). 

198.  ScrophulariaceEB  (from  the  genus  Scrophularia ,  a 
reputed  remedy  for  scrofula).  P^igwort  Family.  Fig.  52. 
Herbs,  shrubs,  or  small  trees:  leaves  alternate,  opposite 
or  whorled:  flowers  bisexual,  regular  or  commonly 
irregular,  often  bilabiate,  in  which  case  the  throat  is 
often  closed  by  a  palate;  calyx  5-cleft;  corolla  5-lobed, 
gamopetalous,  hypogynous,  rarely  spurred  at  the  base, 
imbricated;  fertile  stamens  rarely  .5,  usually  4  and 
didynamous,  rarely  2;  sterile  often  present  as  stamino- 
dia;  epipetalous;  hypogynous  disk  annular  or  uni- 
lateral; ovary  superior,  2-celled;  ovules  many;  style  1; 
stigmas  1-2:  fruit  generally  a  capsule,  rarely  a  berrj-. 

Scrophulariacea>  is  a  family  of  179  genera  and  about 
2, .500  species,  distributed  very  generally  over  the  whole 
earth.  A  few  are  aquatic  and  have  finely  divided 
leaves.  Some  are  half-parasites  on  the  roots  of  other 
plants.  A  few  are  total  parasites  without  chlorophyll. 
The  largest  genera  arc  Verbascum  containing  160 
species,  Calceolaria  with  1.34  species,  Veronica  with 
20D  species,  and  Pedicularis  with  2.50  species.  The 
family  is  related  to  the  Solanacea;,  to  the  Orobanchaceai 
and  Gesneriacea>.  The  non-plicate  imbricated  usually 
irregular  corolla,  reduced  number  of  stamens,  and 
2-celled,  man3--<jvuled  ovary,  are  distinctive  characters. 

The  economic  uses  of  the  Scrophulariacea;  are 
medicinal  and  ornamental.  Veroriica  officinalis  has 
been  used  as  a  tonic  and  an  astringent.  Veronica 
Beccabunga  has  been  used  for  scurvy.  Scrophularia 
nodosa  was  a  remedy  for  fevers.  Antirrhinum  was 
used  as  a  diuretic.  Euphrasia  officinalis  was  used  in 
ophthalmia,  and  hence  the  name  "eye-bright." 
Grdliola  officinalis  (poor  man's  herb)  is  a  violent 
purgative.  Digitalis  purpurea  is  the  most  valuable 
medicinal  plant  in  the  family.  It  is  poi.sonous,  and  a 
well-known  diuretic  and  sedative-narcotic.  The  trop- 
ical Scoparia  dukis  is  a  febrifuge.  Veronica  virginica 
(Culver's  root),  Verbascum  Thapsus,  Linaria  vul- 
garis, and  Chelone  glabra  have  also  been  used  in  med- 
icine. The  snapdragon  and  foxglove  are  well-known 
garden  plants  of  this  family. 

Because  of  the  showy  flowers,  30  to  40  genera  are 
in  cultivation  in  N.  America  for  ornamental  purpo.ses. 
Among  these  are:  Antirrhinum  (Snapdragon),  garden 
ami  greenhouse;  Calceolaria,  greenhouse  plants, 
mostly  from  South  .\merica;  Castilleia  (Painted  Cup), 
garden    plants;    Chelone  (Turtlehead),   hardy  garden 


plants;  CoUinsia,  garden  annuals;  Digitalis  (Foxglove), 
hardy  garden  plants;  Erinus,  hardy;  Gerardia, 
hardy;  Gratiola,  hardy;  Halleria  (.Vfrican  Honey- 
suckle), cultivated  in  the  southern  borders;  Linaria 
(Butter-and-Eggs,  Kenilworth  Ivy,  Mother-of-Thou- 
sands.  Toad-flax),  hardy  and  greenhouse;  Mimulus 
(Monkey  Flower,  Musk  Plant), garden  annualsor hardy; 
Paulownia,  semi-hardy  tree;  Pedicularis  (Lousewort, 
Wood  Betony),  hardy;  Pentstemon  (Beard  Tongue, 
Pentstemon),  hardy;  Phygelius  (Cape  Fuchsia),  mostly 
greenhouse;  Rhodochiton  (Purple  Bells),  vine,  garden 
annual;  Russelia,  greenhouse;  Scrophularia  (Figwort), 
hardy;  Tetranema  (INIexican  Foxglove),  greenhouse; 
Torenia,  garden;  Verbascum  (Mullein),  hardy;  Veronica 
(Speedwell,  Culver's  Root,  Fluellen,  Ground  Hele, 
Angel's  Eyes,  Bird's  Eyes),  garden,  mostly  hardy 
or  annual. 

199.  Bignoniacese  (from  the  genus  Bignonia,  named 
for  the  Abbe  Jean  Pavil  Bignon,  court  librarian  at  Paris, 


52.  SOLANACE.E:  1.  Solanum.  a,  flower;  6,  floral  diagram.  2. 
Nicotiana.  flower.  Scrophulariace.e:  3.  Verbascum,  flower.  4. 
Antirrhinum,  a,  flow-er;  6,  floral  diagram.  5.  Scrophularia,  flower. 
B1GNONIACE.E:  6.  Campaia,  a,  flower:  6,  floral  diagram;  c,  fruit  and 
seeds.    PEDALiACEiG:    7.  Sesamum,  floral  diagram. 

and  a  friend  of  the  botanist  Tournefort).  Bignonia 
FAiMiLY.  Fig.  52.  \\'oody  plants,  rarely  herbs,  usually 
climbing  or  twining  in  the  tropical  forests:  leaves  oppo- 
site, rarely  alternate,  usually  compound :  flowers  bisexual, 
more  or  less  irregular,  scarcely  bilabiate;  calyx  5-cleft, 
rarely  bilabiate  or  spathe-like,  sometimes  with  appen- 
dages; corolla  5-lobed,  gamopetalous,  hypogynous, 
imbricated;  stamens  4,  didynamous,  or  only  2,  the 
others  staminodial,  epipetalous;  anthers  various;  hy- 
pogj'nous  disk  present;  ovary  superior,  2-celled,  rarely 
1-celled;  many-ovuled;  style  1 ;  stigni:is2:  fruit  a  woody 
capsule;  seeds  usually  winged  and  very  compressed; 
endosperm  0. 

The  family  contains  100  genera  and  from  500-600 
species,  principally  natives  of  the  tropics;  these  are 
most  abundant  in  America.  Three  species  reach  the 
northeastern  United  vStates,  from  New  Jersey  and 
Ohio  southward.    The  largest  genus  is  Tabebuia  with 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF   THE   PLANT   KINC.DOM 


so  species.  Tlie  family  is  related  to  the  Seropluilari- 
acex;  but  the  peculiar  fruit  witli  winded  seeds  and  the 
alwenee  of  eiuiospernl  are  distinctive.  'I'lie  elimbing 
sjwcies  may  or  may  not  lia\e  foliar  tendrils.  These, 
when  present,  terminate  in  adherent  disks.  The  woody, 
tropical,  dimhing  Hinnoniacea"  are  fiuned  for  the 
peculiar  cjunhiuin  growth  which  produces  secondary 
thickening  of  such  a  nature  as  to  give  to  the  cross- 
section  very  oild  and  very  diverse  patterns,  some  of 
which  are  ahnost  geometrical  in  their  regularity.  The 
wiKid  in  these  patterns  may  be  either  divided  into 
four  wedges  at  right  angles  to  eadi  otlier,  or  four 
winlges  may  be  superimposed  on  a  smaller  circle  of 
wiKni,  or  the  wedges  may  be  di\ided  toward  the 
periphery  into  peculiar  finger-like  portions,  or  there 
may  be  concentric  rings  of  wood. 

Catalpa  anil  Tecoma  have  been  used  in  medicine 
but  are  not  officinal.  Caraboa  (Jaaininda  Copaiii) 
contains  an  aromatic  resin  of  the  odor  of  coumarin. 
Many  arc  orniunental  plants  with  large,  handsome 
flowers. 

About  20  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  North  America, 
all  :is  orniunental  plants.  Among  these  are:  Bignonia 
(Trumpet  Flower,  Cross  Vine,  Quarter  Vine),  mostly 
greenhouse  climbers;  Catalpa,  semi-hardy  or  hardy 
trees;  Chilopsis  (Desert  Willow,  Flowering  Willow, 
Mimbres)  cultivated  in  the  South;  Crescentia  (Cala- 
bash Tree),  cultivated  South.  Others  are  Carapsis 
(Trumpet  Creeper,  T.  Vine,  T.  Honeysuckle);  Tecoma 
(Yellow  Elder);  Pandorea  (Wonga-Wonga  Vine;  Bower 
Plant  of  Australia);  Tecomaria  (Cape  Honeysuckle, 
climbing  or  erect  shrubs  or  trees,  cultivated  mostly 
in  the  South,  only  one  of  which  is  fully  hardy  North. 

200.  Pedaliacese  (from  the  genus  PedaUum,  signify- 
ing a  rudder,  in  reference  to  the  winged  angles  of  the 
fruit).  Ped.^liv.mF.^.mily.  Fig.  .52.  Herbs,  rarely  shrubs, 
covered  with  pecuhar  slime-secreting  glands:  leaves 
opposite,  or  alternate  above:  flowers  bisexual,  irregular; 
calyx  5-cleft ;  corolla  5-lobed,  gamopetalous,  more  or 
less  cur\-ed  but  indistinctly  if  at  all  2-hppcd;  stamens 
4,  didynamous,  often  with  an  extra  staminodium,  sub- 
epipetalous;  hypogynous  disk  inequilateral;  ovary  su- 
perior or  rarely  inferior,  2-4-celled  or  falsely  1-celled; 
style  1;  stigmas  2-4:  fruit  a  capsule,  or  a  hard  indehis- 
cent  structiu-e  which  is  often  covered  with  stiff  or 
hooked  spines  or  wings;  seeds  1  to  several,  attached  to 
central  placenta;. 

In  this  fiimih'  are  14  genera  and  about  50  species,  of 
tropical  and  subtropical  regions  of  Africa,  Arabia, 
farther  India,  Ceylon,  Australia,  and  East  Indies. 
They  are  mostly  strand  or  xerophytic  plants.  The 
family  is  most  closely  relateil  to  the  Scrophulariacea-, 
and  to  the  Martyniacea',  with  which  latter  family  it 
is  often  united.  The  peculiar  slime-glands,  the  queer 
fruit,  and  the  axial  seeds  are  important  characters. 

The  seeds  of  Sesamnm  imliruin  yield  an  oil  called 
benne  oil  or  oil  of  sesame,  which  is  used  as  ff)od  after 
the  manner  of  olive  oil.  The  oil  is  al.so  used  as  a  cos- 
metic and  as  a  medicine.  This  plant  has  .been  culti- 
vated for  agra  in  the  orient,  and  is  now  cultivated  in 
other  lands,  the  oil  being  used  in  the  manufactture  of 
soap.  Hfirpagophytum  procumhciiH  is  the  famous 
grapple-plant  of  South  Africa,  the  fruits  of  whi(^h  are 
difficult  to  separate  from  wool  and  clothing.  The  fruits 
of  s<rveral  species  of  I'ncarina  are  almost  as  bad.  A 
mucilaginous  medicinal  drink  is  made  from  the  leaves 
of  I'eiUilium  Murex  in  India.  These  leaves  are.  also 
used  to  thicken  milk,  to  which  they  give  a  rich  appear- 
ance. 

The  genera  in  cultivation  in  N.  yVmerica  are:  Cera- 
totheca,  ornamental  greenhouse  plants,  and  grown  in 
Florida,  with  indi.stinctly  hooked  capsules;  Se.samum, 
grown  for  oil,  medicine,  or  ornament,  outdoor  annual, 
capsule  not  hooked, 

201.  Martyniacex  ffrom  the  genus  Marlynia,  in 
honor  of  i^of.  John  Martyn  of  Cambridge,  England). 


Mautvni.\  F'amily.  Fig.  53.  Annual  or  perennial,  glan- 
dular-hairy herbs:  leaves  o[)i)osite,  or  alternate:  flowers 
bisexual,  irregular,  but  not  bilabiate;  calyx  .5-cleft; 
corolla  5-lobed,  gamopetalous,  hypogynous;  stamens  4, 
didynamous,  rarely  2,  the  others  staminodial,  epipetal- 
ous,  alternating  with  the  corolla-lobes;  hypogynous  disk 
present,   regular;     ovary   superior,   of    2   carpels   but 


S3.  M.\rtyniace.e:  1.  Martynia,  a,  flower;  6,  floral  diagram; 
c,  fruit.  Gesneriace*i:  2.  Gesneria,  flower.  3.  Achimenes,  flora! 
diagram.  Lent]bulariace.e:  4.  Ulricularia,  a,  part  of  leaf  with 
bladder;  6,  fiower;  c,  flower  diagram.  Globulariace.e:  5.  Glob- 
ularia,  flower.    6.  Cockburnia,  vertical  section  ovary. 

1-ceUed;  placentiE  parietal;  ovules  several;  style  1; 
stigmas  2:  fruit  a  more  or  less  long,  curved,  beaked  cap- 
sule, with  a  fleshy  pericarp,  becoming  falsely  4-celled. 

About  3  genera  and  10  species  inliabit  tropical  and 
subtropical  America.  One  species  reaches  southern 
Indiana.  The  family  is  closely  related  to  the  PedaU- 
accEE,  with  which  it  has  generally  been  united.  The 
horned  fruit,  1-celled  ovary,  parietal  placenta  and 
less  slimy  pubescence,  are  distinctive  characters. 

The  turnip-like  root  of  Craniolaria  annua,  known  ia 
South  America  as  escorzonera,  is  cooked  with  sugar 
or  eaten  as  a  vegetable.  The  fruits  of  Martynia  (or 
Proboscidea)  louisiana  {M.  proboscidea)  are  sometimes 
used  a-s  pickles. 

One  genus  is  in  cultivation  in  this  country,  namely 
Martynia  (Unicorn  Plant,  Probo.scis  Flower),  of  which 
3  or  4  s])ecies  are  grown.  The  Craniolarias  of  the  trade 
s(!em  to  be  Martynias. 

202.  Gesneriaceae  (from  the  genus  Gesneria,  named 
after  the  early  botanist  Conrad  Gesner  of  Zurich). 
Gksnekia  F'amily.  F'ig.  .53.  Herbs,  rarely  shrubs  or 
small  trees,  sometimes  clunbing:  leaves  usually  oppo- 
site or  whorled,  simple:  flowers  bisexual,  irregular, 
often  bilabiate;  calyx  5-parted;  corolla  5-lobeil,  gamo*, 
petalous,  hypogynous,  often  gibbous  below,  imbricated; 
stamens  rarely  5,  usually  4  and  didynamous,  rarely  2, 
the  sterile  usually  present  as  staminodia,  epipetalous; 
hypogynous  disk  present,  diverse;  ovary  superior  or 
inferior,  of  2  carpels  but  1-celled  with  2  parietal  pla- 
centa, often  falsely  2-4-celled;  ovules  numerous;  style  1; 
8tigm;is  1-2:  fruit  fleshy  with  puljiy  placenta;,  or  cap- 
sular, or  silique-hke  with  twisted  valves. 


A   SYNOPSIS  OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


73 


Eighty-four  genera  and  about  500  species  are  wiiiely 
distributed  in  the  tropics  and  subtro])ics  of  both 
hemispheres.  The  largest  genera  are  Cyrtandra 
containing  ISO  species  and  Ra'ttlera  with  al)Out.  100 
species.  The  family  is  related  to  the  Scroi)hulariacea>, 
()robanchace;e  and  Bignoniacea>.  The  1 -celled  oN'ar^- 
without  winged  seeds,  and  the  non-parasitic  habit,  are 
distinctive. 

The  only  economic  plants  in  the  family  are  the 
ornamental,  of  which  there  are  many.  The  flowers 
throughout  the  family  are  uncommonly  large  and 
showy. 

Twenty  or  more  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N.  Amer- 
ica. Among  these  are  the  following,  all  of  greenhouse 
culture:  Agahiiyla,  climbers;  Episcia;  Gesneria;  Iso- 
lonia  (Kohleria);  Xa?geUa  (Smithiantha);  Saintpaulia 
(Usambara  Violet;  African  Violet);  Sinningia,  includ- 
ing the  Gloxinias;  Streptocarpus  (Cape  Primrose); 
Trichosporum  (or  -Eschynanthus),  trailing  or  drooping. 

203.  Lentibulariaceae  (from  the  old  generic  name 
Lentibularia,  said  to  mean  kns,  +  a  small  pipe,  signifi- 
cance obscure).  Bladderwort  Family.  Fig.  53. 
Aquatic  or  marsh  herbs,  or  epiphytes:  leaves  alter- 
nate, rarely  whorled,  very  diverse;  sometimes  finely 
dissected,  or  peltate,  or  oval,  or  lanceolate;  sometimes 
of  two  very  distinct  kinds;  usually  with  very  small 
scattered  bladder-like  lobes  consisting  of  a  complicated 
trap-like  mechanism  for  catching  tiny  swimming  organ- 
isms, or  with  the  whole  upper  surface  of  the  undivided 
leaf  very  glutinous  so  that  insects  stick  fast  to  it;  cither 
all  basal  or  all  cauline,  or  both:  flowers  bisexual,  irregu- 
lar; calyx  2-5-cleft,  persistent;  corolla  5-lobed,  more  or 
less  2-lipped  and  with  a  spur  or  sack  at  the  base;  upper 
lip  2-lobed;  lower  3-lobed,  often  with  a  palate  in  the 
throat;  stamens  2,  epipetalous;  ovary  superior,  of  2 
carpels  but  1 -celled;  placenta  free -central;  style  1; 
stigmas  2:  fruit  a  capsule. 

Belonging  to  this  family  are  5  genera  and  about  300 
species,  of  which  at  least  200  belong  to  Utricularia; 
they  are  distributed  in  aU  parts  of  the  globe  but  are 
more  numerous  in  the  tropics.  One  fossil  species  is 
known.  The  family  is  related  to  the  Scrophulariaceae. 
The  irregular  corolla,  2  stamens,  and  1-celled  ovary 
with  central  placenta,  are  important  characters.  This 
is  a  most  interesting  family  of  insectivorous  plants; 
with  the  exception  of  Pinguicula,  they  are  adapted  to 
catch  organisms  that  swim  in  the  water  of  ponds,  or, 
in  case  of  the  epiphytes,  in  the  rain-water  in  the 
cracks  and  crevices  of  the  host  plant. 

Utricularias  were  formerly  used  locally  as  medicine. 
The  secretion  of  the  leaves  of  Pinguicula  contains  a 
pepsin-hke  digestive  ferment.  The  Lapps  use  these 
leaves  to  curdle  the  reindeer  milk,  hence  the  common 
name,  butterwort.  Danish  peasant  girls  are  said  to  use 
the  juice  as  a  hair-pomade.  Another  account  says, 
"Pinguicula  leaves,  whether  fresh  or  dry,  are  used  by 
the  Lapps  to  thicken  fresh  still-warm  milk,  which 
neither  curdles  nor  gives  cream  thereafter,  but  forms  a 
delicious  compact  tenacious  mass,  a  small  i)ortion  of 
which  will  act  similarly  on  another  quantity  of  fresh 
milk." 

Two  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N.  America  for  their 
peculiar  habit  and  curious  orchid-like  flowers,  which 
are  often  very  showy:  Pinguicula  (Butterwort);  and 
Utricularia  (liladdcrwort),  mostly  epiphytic. 

204.  GlobulariaceEB  (from  the  genus  (Hubidaria,  so 
named  because  the  flowers  are  borne  in  heads).  Glob- 
I'LAHiA  Family.  Fig.  53.  Shrubs  or  herbs:  leaves 
alternate,  simple:  flowers  bisexual,  bilabiate,  borne  in 
involucratc  heads  on  a  chaffy  receptacle;  calyx  mostly 
5-parted,  bilabiate  or  regular;  corolla  5-lobed,  gamo- 
petalous,  hypogynous,  upper  lip  sometimes  ob.solete; 
the  loliea  imbricated;  stamens  4,  didynamous,  epipeta- 
lous; anthers  exserted,  by  constriction  often  falsely  4- 
celled;  hypogynous  disk  usually  reduced  to  a  gland  on 
one  side;  ovary  superior,  1-celled;  ovule  solitary;  style 


1 ;  stigmas  1-2 :  fruit  a  nutlet  inclosed  in  the  persistent 
calyx. 

The  3  genera  and  20  species  are  confined  to  the 
Mediterranean  region.  Seventeen  species  belong  to  the 
genus  Globularia.  The  family  is  related  to  the  Scroph- 
ulariacea?,  but  is  distinguished  by  the  .solitary  ovule 
and  1-celled  ovary.  Globularias  are  easily  mistaken 
for  Scabiosas,  because  of  the  involucrate  heads  and 
exserted  stamens. 

Some  species  are  locally  used  as  remedies. 

A  few  species  of  Globularia  are  in  cultivation  in 
this  country;  two  are  hardy,  and  a  third  is  a  green- 
house plant. 

205.  Acanthaceae  (from  the  genus  Acanthus,  derived 
from  the  Greek,  a  spine;  some  of  the  plants  are  spiny). 
Acanthus  Family.  Fig.  54.  Herbs,  or  rarely  shrubs 
or  trees:  leaves  opposite,  rarely  whorled:  flowers  bisex- 
ual, irregular,  usually  bilabiate;  calyx  5-cleft;  corolla  5- 
lobed,  gamopetalous,  hypogynous,  the  lobes  imbricated; 
stamens  usually  4,  didynamous,  rarely  2,  sometimes  a 
staminodium  present,  epipetalous;  hypogynous  disk 
present,  mostly  small;  ovary  superior,  2-celled,  each 
cell  2-4-,  rarely  many-,  ovuled;  style  1;  stigmas  1-2, 
one  lobe  often  small  or  wanting:  fruit  a  capsule;  seeds 
exalbuminous,  aided  in  distribution  by  pecuUar  out- 
growths of  the  funiculus. 

AcanthaceiB  has  173  genera  and  about  1,500  species, 
of  tropical  distribution.  Few  species  extend  into  the 
Mediterranean  region  and  into  the  United  States.  Six 
species  are  found  in  the  northeastern  LInited  States. 
Two  hundred  species  belong  to  the  genus  Ruellia,  and 
250  to  Justicia.  The  family  is  related  to  the  Bignoni- 
acea;,  and  to  the  Scrophulariaceae,  as  well  as  to  the  other 


54.  .\canthaCE.E:  1.  Ruellia,  flower.  2.  Ju.sticia,  opened  fruit. 
Myoporace.e:  3.  Myoporum.  a,  flower;  6,  vertical  section  ovary. 
Phrymace.e;  4.  Phryma,  a,  flower;  6,  fruiting  calyx.  Plantagi- 
NACE.E:  5.  Plantago,  a,  flower;  6,  vertical  section  ovary;  c,  fruit. 

families  of  this  group.  The  2-celIed  ovary  with  2-4 
ovules  and  the  queer  outgrowths  of  the  funiculus  are 
distinctive. 

Many  species  are  used  in  the  tropics  for  medicine; 
for  example,  Asleracaniha  longifolia,  a  ))urgc  and  su- 
dorific; Justicia  Gendarussa,  astringent,  used  in  India 
for  rheumatism,  and  the  leaves  sprinkled  in  clothing 
to  keep  insects  away;  Justicia  pecloralis,  used  for  lung 
troubles.  The  young  flowers  of  Blepharis  edulis  and 
Asystania  gangetica  are  eaten  as  vegetables.  Ruellia 
ciiiosa  of  the  United  States  has  recently  been  sold 
spuriously  as  Spigelia  (pink  root). 

Twenty  to  30  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N.  America, 
except  in  a  few  cases,  as  ornamental  greenhouse  plants. 
Among  these  are:  Acanthus  (Bear's  Breech),    hardy 


74 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PI.ANT   KINGDOM 


herlis;  Adhatoiia,  shrubs;  Aiihohindni,  shrubs;  C^ros- 
s;iiidra,  shrub;  Kittonia,  liorbs;  CiraptoiihyUuni  (C\iri- 
caturo  l'l!U>t\  shrub;*;  Jaoobiiiia.  herbs;  Justicia,  rc- 
ferrixl  to  otlior  penora;  IVristropho;  Uuolha,  herbs  or 
shrubs;   Strobilanthos,  often  used  also  for  bedding. 

2l)ti.  Myoporaceae  Urom  the  genus  Mi/oponim,  siR- 
nifymj:  to  fhut  a  port-,  in  reference  to  the  siM)ts  in  the 
leaves  which  are  closed  liy  a  nienibrane).  Myopouum 
Family.  Fig.  ri4.  Shrubs  or  trees:  leavesalternate,  rarely 
opjxisite,  usually  glandular  or  woolly:  flowers  bisexual, 
regular  or  irregvilar;  calyx  5-cleft,  persistent;  corolla 
5-lobetl,  gjunopetalous,  hypogynous;  stamens  4,  didyn- 
aiiious,  the  fifth  a  staniinodiuni,  epii)elalous;  ovary 
superior,  2-cellcd  or  falsely  3-10-celled;  usually  1-2, 
rarely  S,  ovules  in  each  cell;  style  1;  stigmas  1-2:  fruit 
drupaceous. 

There  are  o  genera  and  about  90  species,  of  which  57 
belong  to  Pholidia  and  25  to  Myoporum.  They  are 
mainly  natives  of  Australia,  but  scattered  species  occur 
in  the  West  Indies,  Japan,  China,  Hawaiian  Lslands, 
and  elsewhere.  The  family  is  related  to  the  Scrophulari- 
acca-  and  to  the  \'erbenacea-.  The  few  flvules,  the 
presence  of  oil-glands  and  the  pendulous  seeds  are  dis- 
tinctive. 

Myoporum  platycnrpum  is  the  sandal-tree  or  sugar- 
tree  or  dogwood  of  Australia.  From  it,  a  kind  of  manna 
is  secreted;  also  a  resin  that  is  used  like  sealing-wax. 

Two  species  of  Myoporum  are  grown  as  ornamental 
plants  in  this  country. 


55.  Rubiace.e:  1.  Galium,  a,  flower;  b,  fruit.  2.  Houstonia, 
flower.  3.  Bouvardia.  floral  diagram.  Caprifoliace.e:  4.  Loni- 
cera,  flower.    \*aleriaxace.e:    5.    Valeriana,  flower. 

207.  Phrymacese  (from  the  genus  Phryma,  a  name  of 
unknown  derivation).  Lop.seed  F.\mily.  Fig.  .54.  Per- 
ennial herbs :  leaves  opposite,  simple :  flowers  bisexual,  bi- 
labiate; calyx  5-eleft,  2-lipped;  corolla  5-lobed,  2-li])ped, 
gamopetalous,  hypogynous;  stamens  4,  didynamous,  in- 
cluded, epipetalous;  ovary  superior,  1-celled;  ovule  1, 
sub-basal,  straight  (orthotropous);  style  1;  stigmas  2: 
fruit  dr>',  indehiscent,  inclosed  in  the  abruptly  reflexed 
calyx,  the  teeth  of  which  .are  hooked. 

A  single  genus  and  species  occurs  in  the  eastern 
I'nited  .States  and  V.asi  Asia.  The  family  is  related  to 
the  V'erbenacea.-  and  was  formerly  united  with  that 
family;  but  the  peculiar,  1-secded  fruit,  with  a  straight 
orthotropous  seed  is  distinctive. 

Phryma  LcptosUichyn  flopseedj  has  been  in  the 
trade  as  an  ornamental  garden  plant. 

Order  51 .    Pl.\.nt.\ginales 

208.  Ptantaginaces  (from  the  genus  Planlago,  the 
Latin  name  of  the  plant).  Plantain  Family.  Fig.  .54. 
Annual  or  perennial  herbs:  leaves  alternate  or  opposite: 
flowers  bi.sexual,  or  rarely  unisexual,  regular;  calyx 
4-cleft;  corolla  4-lobed,  gamopetalous,  hypogynous,  scar- 
iou.s,  imbricated;  stamens  4,  e|)ip(talous  or  hyiiogynous, 
ex-sertwl,  alternate  with  the  corolla-lolics;  ovary 
superior,  l-2-<;ellftd,  rarelj'  4-celled;  ovules  I  to  many  in 
each  cell;  style  and  stigma  1:  fruit  a  circumscissile  cap- 


sule, or  an  indehiscent  nutlet,  invested  by  the  persistent 
calyx;  seeds  usually  peltate. 

'Fhree  genera  and  about  200  species,  of  which  all 
but  '.i  belong  to  the  genus  Plantago,  are  distributed 
over  the  whole  earth.  The  centers  of  tlistribution  are 
the  Mediterranean  region  and  the  .Vndes.  This  is  a 
very  tlistinc't  gamopetalous  family  of  doubtful  relation- 
ship, po.ssibly  allied  to  the  LabiaUe. 

^laiiy  ICuropean  s|)ecies  were  formerly  used  in 
medicine;  the  seeds  as  mucilaginous  emollients  in 
inflammatory  ophthalmia,  and  the  like;  the  leaves  as 
bitters.  The  seeds  arc  used  in  India  to  stiffen  nnislins. 
PUinliigo  lanceolnld,  P.  Coronopiis  and  P.  major  are 
eaten  as  greens.  The  seeds  of  several  species  are  sold 
for  feeding  birds.  P.  lanceolata  is  uscti  for  early  pas- 
turage. 

The  family  is  not  cultivated  in  N.  America,  except 
possibly  for  bird-seed,  pasturage,  or  pond-border 
planting. 

Order  52.    Rubiales 

209.  Rubiacese  (from  the  genus  Ruhia,  signifying 
red,  from  the  color  of  the  roots  of  some  species).  Mad- 
der Family.  F'ig.  55.  Trees,  shrubs  or  herbs:  leaves 
opposite  or  whorlcd,  simple,  usually  entire:  flowers  bi- 
sexual, rarely  unisexual,  regular,  rarc-ly  slightly  irregular; 
calyx  2-G-cieft,  or  0;  corolla  gamopetalous,  4-6-lobed, 
mostly  valvate; stamens 4-(3,  epipetalous;  ovary  inferior, 
1  to  many-,  commonly  2-,  celled;  ovules  1  to  many 
in  each  cell;  style  1;  stigma  1,  capitate  or  several- 
branched  :  fruit  a  capsule,  berry,  or  drupe. 

Rubiacea?  is  a  family  of  343  genera  and  about  4,500 
species,  mainly  tropical;  about  34  species  reach  the 
northeastern  Uniteil  States.  The  family  is  closely 
related  to  the  Caprifoliacex,  but  usually  has  stipules  or 
whorled  leaves;  it  is  also  related  to  the  Cornacete, 
Valeriancea>,  Composita>,  and  the  like. 

A  number  of  tropical  Rubiaceai  are  myrmecophilous, 
i.  e.,  provide  a  dwelling-place  for  jirotective  ants.  The 
whorled  leaves  of  some  species  have  probably  been 
developed  from  stij^ules. 

This  is  an  important  economic  family.  Coffea 
arnhi.cn  (Abyssinia  coffee)  is  generally  cultivated  in  the 
troi)ics  and  used  elsewhere  as  a  beverage.  Cinchona 
Leilcjcrinna  and  C.  succirubra  of  the  Andes  furnish 
quinine.  Uragoga  (Caphselis)  Ipecnciinnhii  of  Brazil  is 
the  source  of  the  emetic  ipecac.  Cephalanthus  of  North 
America,  and  several  species  of  Galium  have  been 
used  in  medicine.  Rubin  tincloria  (Mediterranean) 
furnishes  the  red  dye,  madder.  Roots  of  Asperula  and 
some  species  of  Galium  yield  red  dyes.  Morinda 
cilrifolia  (tropics)  yields  a  yellow  dye,  morindin. 
Ourniiparia  Gundnr  (Malay)  yields  the  dye  known  iis 
catecu,  gambir,  or  terra  jajionica.  The  foliage  of 
Asperuin  oiloraln  h.as  the  fragrance  of  sweet  grass,  and 
is  used  for  a  similar  piu'pose,  and  for  flavoring  wines. 
Galium  Iriflorum  has  a  similar  otlor.  Galium  verum,  the 
yellow  bedstraw  (Kurope)  contains  a  milk -curdling 
ferment,  hence  the  name,  "galium;"  also  formerly  given 
to  women  to  increiise  lactation.  Berries  of  Mitchella 
contain  a  saponin-like  substance.  The  fruits  of  Van- 
giieria,  edulis  and  se\'eral  other  species  of  Rubiacea;  are 
edible.   The  wood  of  many  species  is  valuable. 

Forty  to  .50  genera  and  a  great  many  .species  are  in 
cultivation  in  N.  America,  mostly  in  the  greenhouse  and 
in  tropical  horticulture.  Among  the.se  are  Indian  Mul- 
berry (Morinda);  Cape  .Jasmine  (Giirdenia);  Bluets 
(Houstonia);  Manettia  Vine  (Miinettia);  Madder 
(Rubia);  Butfonbush  (Cephal.inthus,  hardy);  Bedstraw 
or  Cleavers  (Galium);  t'"ffee  (Coffea);  Cinchona  (Cin- 
chona); aiifl  Partridge  Berry  (Mitchella). 

210.  Caprifoliaceae  ifrom  the  old  genus  Caprifolium, 
meaning  a  f/atil-lnif,  possibly  in  reference  to  the  climb- 
ing habit  j.  IloNEYsrt'KLE  1'"amily.  F'ig.  55.  Shrubs, 
very  rarely  herbs:  lea\'es  opposite,  simple  or  pimiate: 
flowers  bisexual,  regular  or  irregular;  calyx  4-5-toothed, 


A  SYNOPSIS   OF  THE   PLANT   KINGDOM 


75 


or  4-5-fid;  corolla  gamopotalous,  4-5-lobcd,  tubular  or 
rotate;  stamens  of  the  same  number  as  the  corolla- 
lobes  and  alternate  with  them,  epipetalous;  ovary  in- 
ferior, 1-5-celled;  each  cell  1  to  many-ovulcd;  style  1 
or  obsolete;  stigmas  1-.5:  fruit  a  berry  or  capsule. 

The  1 1  genera  and  about  350  species  are  distributed 
principally  in  the  north  temperate  zone.  The  tropical 
species  are  mostly  confined  to  the  mountains.  A  few 
species  of  Sambucus  and  V'iburmun  occur  in  the  southern 
hemisphere.  The  family  is  very  closely  related  to  the 
Rubiacete  but  the  leaves  are  exstipulate;  also  to  the 
Cornacete  and  Valeriauaoeae.  Some  fossil  species  have 
been  found. 

Many  species  of  Honeysuckle  exhale  a  sweet  odor 
after  sunset.  The  berries  of  Lonicera  Ca-prifoHum  are 
said  to  be  diuretic;  those  of  L.  Xylosteum  are  laxative. 
The  berries  of  the  European  elder  (Sambucus  nigra), 
and  of  the  American  elder  (<S.  canadensis)  are  cooked 
and  eaten  and  are  also  made  into  wine.  The  dried  flowers 
of  eUler  were  formerly  used  in  cases  of  fever.  The  roots 
of  the  North  American  Triosleum  perfolialurn  furnish  a 
kind  of  ipecac.  Other  species  are  locally  used  in  medi- 
cine.   Many  are  ornamental. 

Eight  or  10  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N.  America: 
Viburnum  (Sheepberry,  Hobble-bush,  Waj'faring  Tree, 
Arrowwood,  High  Cranberry,  Snowball  Bush);  Sam- 
bucus (Elder);  Triosteum  (Feverwort,  Horse  Gentian, 
Wild  Ipecac);  Symphoricarpos  (Snowberry,  Coral 
Berry);  Abelia;  Diervilla  (Weigela,  Bush  Honeysuckle) ; 
Linna-a  (Twin-flower);  Lonicera  (Bush  and  Chmbing 
Honeysuckles,  Woodbine,  Trumpet  Honeysuckle). 

211.  Valerianaceae  (from  the  genus  Valeriana,  a  word 
of  uncertain  origin).  Valerian  Family.  Fig.  55.  An- 
nual or  perennial  herbs,  often  strongly  scented:  lea\-es 
basal  and  cauliue,  the  latter  opposite,  simple  or  pinnate: 
flowers  bisexual  or  unisexual,  regular  or  irregular, 
epigynous;  calyx  of  1-3  minute,  but  often  accrescent, 
sepals;  corolla  5-,  rarely  3-4-,  lobcd,  gamopetalous, 
often  produced  into  a  spur  at  the  base;  lobes  imbricated; 
stamens  1-4,  rarely  5,  epipetalous,  exsertcd;  ovary 
inferior,  3-celled,  only  1  cell  maturing;  seed  1;  style  1; 
stigmas  3:  fruit  drj',  indehiscent,  1-seeded. 

Eight  genera  and  about  280  species  are  known,  mostly 
in  the  north  temperate  regions  of  the  Old  World,  especi- 
ally in  the  region  just  north  of  the  Mediterranean,  and 
in  South  America,  where  the  genus  Valeriana  is  mostly 
distributed.  The  familj'  is  related  to  the  Dipsacacese 
and  the  Caprifoliacca;,  and  more  remotely  to  the  Com- 
positte.  The  epigynous,  gamopetalous  flower,  separate 
stamens,  3  carpels  and  1-seeded  fruit  are  distinctive. 

Valeriana  officinalis  is  a  powerful  nerve  sedative 
with  a  peculiar  odor.  Many  other  Valerianacea;  are 
used  as  local  remedies  for  the  same  purpose.  The 
foliage  of  various  species  of  Valerianella  (lamb's 
lettuce,  corn  salad)  is  eaten  as  a  salad,  less  commonly 
as  a  pot-herb. 

In  this  country  few  genera  are  in  cultivation:  Patrinia 
as  a  pot-herb;  Centranthus  (Red  Valerian,  Jupiter's 
Beard)  and  Valeriana  (Valerian)  as  ornamental  plants; 
and  Valerianella  (Com  Salad,  Fetticus)  for  food. 

212.  Dipsacaceae  (from  the  genus  IHpsacus,  derived 
from  the  Greek  lo  thirst,  in  allusion  to  the  water-holding 
leaf-b;uses).  Teasel  Family.  Fig.  .50.  Annual  or  per- 
ennial herbs:  leaves  opposite,  rarely  whorled:  flowers 
small,  bisexual,  mo.stly  irregular,  epigynous,  in  dense 
involucrato  heads;  each  flower  also  surrounded  by  a 
cup-shaped,  more  or  less  scarious,  involucre,  which  is  a 
metamorphosed  bracteolc;  calyx  of  setaceous  segments 
or  crown-like,  or  plumose,  or  various;  corolla  4-.5-lobed, 
gamopetalous,  usually  irregular;  lobes  imbricated; 
stamens  4,  rarely  2-3,  mostly  epipetalous;  ovarj' 
inferior,  1-celled,  1-ovuled;  style  1;  stigmas  2:  fruit  an 
achene. 

The  family  has  10  genera  and  about  1.50  species,  all 
natives  of  warm-temperate  regions  of  the  Old  World, 
and  mostly  of  the  eastern  Mediterranean  region.    The 


family  is  related  to  the  Valerianacea-,  and  more  dis- 
tantly to  the  Composita".  The  gamopetalous  corolla, 
2  carpels,  involucrate  heads  and  involucrate  flowers  are 
distinctive. 

Dipsacus  and  Scabiosa  have  been  used  in  medicine. 
The  spiny  hooked  bracts  of  Dipsacus  ferox  (fuller's 
teasel  of  southwestern  Asia)  have  been  used  to  full 
cloth,  whence  the  common  name;  and  the  plant  was 
once  cultivated  extensively  for  this  purpose.  The 
connate  leaf-bases  of  Dipsacus  sylvestris  hold  several 
ounces  of  rain-water  until  evaporated.  This  contrivance 


56.  DipSACACE^:    1.  Dipsacus,  a,  flower;  b,  fruiting  head.    2. 
Scabiosa,  fruit.     Cucurbit."-Ce.e:    3.  Cucurbita,  a,  male    flower;   ' 
6,  female  flower:  c,  cross-section  fruit.    Camp.\nulace.e;    4.  Cam- 
panula, flower.    5.    Lobelia,  a,  flower;  6,  floral  diagram. 

may  be  of  benefit  in  preventing  the  ascent  of  harmful 
insects. 

Four  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  North  America: 
Cephalaria,  Morina,  and  Scabiosa  as  ornamental  plants; 
Dipsacus  ferox  {D.  fullonum),  locally  cultivated  in 
New  York  state  for  fulling  cloth. 

Order  53.   Campanulales 

213.  Cucurbitaceae  (from  the  genus  Cucurbita,  the 
classical  name  for  the  gourd).  Gourd  Family.  Fig. 
56.  Herbs,  rarely  shrubs,  climbing,  usually  with 
branched  tendrils:  leaves  alternate,  more  or  less 
rounded;  veins  palmate:  flowers  usually  unisexual, 
perigynous,  regular;  stamens  5,  rarely  separate,  usually 
connate  in  2  pairs  and  1  free  stamen  (thus  appar- 
ently, stamens  3),  or  monadelphous,  inserted  at  the 
summit  of  the  ovary;  anthers  2-celled,  the  cells  often 
queerly  curved  and  contorted;  carpels  usually  3, 
rarely  more  or  fewer;  ovary  inferior,  mostly  3-celled, 
many-ovuled:  fruit  a  dry  berry  with  thick  rind  and 
spongy  center  (Pepo),  or  juicy  with  hard  rind,  very 
exceptionally  dehiscent. 

There  are  S7  genera  and  about  650  species,  widely 
distributed  over  the  earth  but  most  abundant  in  the 
tropics;  they  are  wanting  in  the  cold  regions.  Several 
arc  wild  in  the  eastern  United  States.  The  family  is 
related  to  the  Campanulacea;,  possibly  also  to  the  Passi- 


70 


A   SYNOPSIS   OF  TIIK   PLANT   KINGDOM 


tloniooir.  The  foiulrlls  an-  usually  lioiur  singly  at  the 
ihhIos  aiul  art'  thounlit  lo  ho  uuHlilicd  axillary  branches. 
riic  fruits  are  cxrci'iliiisily  diverse  and  odd.  Some  are 
the  larsest  fruits  of  the  vesietahle  knisidoin,  otliers  are 
very  tiny.  The  gourds  are  very  diverse  in  shape  and 
color. — club-shaped,  globular,  or  flattened  from  above, 
or  curiously  curvinl. 

The  family  is  of  considerable  economic  importance. 
The  fruits  of  many  are  edible;  e.  g.,  ('itciirhilii  Pepo 
(piuiipkin.  suiiuner  erookneck  sqiuish),  C.  maxima 
tsquash).  C.  moscluita  (winter  erookneck  squash), 
Ciicumh  Mclo  (muskmelon  and  other  nielonsl,  C. 
Mlini  (.cucumber),  Citrullu^  vulgaris  (watermelon). 
The  gourds  are  cultivated  as  curiosities  and  for  the 
fruit  to  boused  as  household  utensils, e.g., bottle-gourds 
and  calabash  (.Lagenaria).  The  leaves,  stems,  or  roots 
of  very  many  siJocies  contain  bitter,  subresinous  sub- 
stances which  render  them  drastic  purgatives.  The 
roots  of  Bryonia  alba  (bryony)  of  Europe  are  highly 
purgative.  The  fruits  of  colocinth  {('ilridlus  Coln- 
cynthis)  of  the  orient  and  North  .\frica  furnish  a  purga- 
tive known  to  the  ancients.  The  fruit  of  LufTa  of  India 
anti  Arabia  is  purgative  when  ri])o  but  edible  when 
green.  The  outer  portion  of  the  fruit  of  LufTa  is  very 
fibrous  and  reticulated,  and,  when  cleaned,  .scrv'es  as  a 
sponge  or  dish-cloth  in  the  Antilles  (lufi'a-spongo  or 
Egyptian  bath-sponge).  The  .small  gourd  of  Benin- 
casa  hispida  (wax  gourd  or  Chinese  watermelon)  of 
tropical  Asia  is  considered  an  emblem  of  fertility  in 
India  and  is  presented  to  newly  married  couples.  Acan- 
thosicyos  of  the  South  African  ilesert  is  remarkably 
erect  and  spiny,  but  the  small  fruit  is  considered  a 
delicacy.  Elaterium  is  a  <lrug  obtained  from  the  juice 
of  Ecbaltium  Elaterium. 

The  most  remarkable  fruit  is  the  squirting  cucumber 
(Echallium  Elaleriuui)  of  the  Mediterranean  region. 
The  prickly  fruit,  about  2  inches  long,  becomes  very 
turgid  and  finally  explodes  with  a  considerable  report. 
The  biusal  end  is  l)lown  out  like  a  cork  from  a  bottle, 
and  the  pulpy  interior,  containing  the  seeds,  is  pro- 
jected to  a  considerable  distance. 

Twenty  to  30  genera  are  in  cultivation  in  N.  America. 
Among  these  are  the  various  melons,  squashes,  gourds, 
and  the  like,  mentioned  above;  also  Bryony,  Wax 
Gourd,  Balsam  Pear  or  Balsam  Apple  (Momordica), 
Di.sh-cloth  (jourd.  Squirting  Cucumber,  Curuba 
(Sicana).  and  .Snake  Gourd  (Trichosanthes). 

214.  Campanulaceae  (from  the  genus  Campanula,  a 
diminutive  of  ciunp/tna,  a  Uttle  bell).  Bkllflovvek 
I-".\MILY.  Fig.  .')().  Herbs,  shrubs,  or  trees,  mostly  with 
rnilky  juice:  leaves  usually  alternate,  exstipulate,  rarely 
lobed  or  divided:  flowers  bisexual,  rarely  unisexual, 
regular  or  irregular,  often  bilabiate  and  split,  down  the 
back,  usually  ejjigynous;  calyx  of  usually  !>,  separate, 
valvate  sepals;  corolla  usually  .'j-lobed,  gamopetalous, 
very  rarely  polypetalous;  stamens  as  many  as  the  lobes 
of  the  corolla,  often  slightly  epipetalous,  separate  or 
united;  ovary  usually  inferior,  2-.5-celled  or  6-10- 
celled,  rarel}'  1-celled;  ovules  many;  style  1;  stigmas 
1  to  .several:  fruit  a  capsule,  rarely  a  berry. 

Campanulacea'  has  .'59  genera  and  about  1,.500 
species,  occurring  in  all  parts  of  the  world  but  mostly  in 
the  temperate  regions.  A  large  part  are  alpine.  Arbo- 
rescent forms  occur  in  tlie  Hawaiian  Islands.  The  family 
is  rather  distantly  related  to  the  Oimpositx,  Dipsaca- 
ceae,  Caprifoliaceac.  Formerly  the  Lobcliact'a;  were  sepa- 
rated as  a  distinct  family,  but  the  only  difTerencea 
are  in  the  irregular  flowers  and  syngenesious  or  mona- 
delphous  stamens,  both  of  which  show  abundant  tran- 
.silions.  When  united,  the  family  con.stitiites  a  very 
di.'-tinct  group.  The  gamopetalous  epigynous  flower, 
the  many  ovules  and  the  frequently  united  stamens 
are  rli.stinetive.  The  stamens  are  sometimes  united  by 
their  filaments  with  the  anthers  free  (monadelphous),  or 
by  the  anthers  with  the  filaments  free  (syngenesious), 
or  by  both  filaments  and  anthers. 


Ldhcliu  inflata  (lobelia,  Indian  tobacco)  of  North 
America  is  poisonous.  The  foliage  fiu'nishes  the 
medicinal  lobelia.  L.  ni/phililicii  was  used  for  syphilis 
by  the  Indians,  but  is  of  no  value.  The  roots  of  this 
latter  plant  and  of  the  cardinal  ttowcr  (L.  airdinalitf) 
are  more  or  less  |>oisonous.  The  berries  and  fleshy 
roots  of  some  Campanulacea'  have  boon  used  as  food. 

In  cultivation  in  N.  America  are  some  20  genera. 
Among  those  are:  Shephertl  s  Scabious,  or  Shoep's-bit 
(Jasione) ;  Chinese  or  .Jai)ane.se  Bellflower  or  Balloon 
Flower  (Platycodon) ;  Venus's  Looking-glass  (Spocu- 
laria);  Horned  Hampion  (I'hytouma);  Giant  Bellflower 
(Ostrowskia);  Lobelia  and  the  Cardinal  Flower  (Lo- 
belia); and  the  Bellflowers  or  Bluebells  (Campanula). 


57.  Composit.e:  1.  Vernonia,  fruit.  2.  Eupatorium,  head.  3. 
Erigeron,  disk  flower.  4.  Ambrosia,  fniiting  involucre.  5.  Xan- 
tbium,  fruiting  involucre.  6.  Coreop.siH,  head.  7.  Dahlia,  ray 
flower.  8.  Bidens,  fruit.  9.  Cosmos,  disk  flower,  corolla  removed. 
10.  Helenium,  di.sk  flower,  vertical  section.  11.  Rlutisia,  head.  12. 
Senecio,  floral  digaram.  13.  Cichorium,  a,  head;  6,  fruit.  14. 
Lactuca,  fruit.    15.  Hieracium,  ray  flower. 

21.5.  Compositae  (name  having  reference  to  the 
aggregation  of  the  flowers  into  heads  or  falser  flowers,  i.  e., 
composite  flowers).  Composite  Family.  Fig.  57.  Herbs, 
shrubs,  or  rarely  trees,  sometimes  twining,  often  with 
milky  juice:  leaves  alternate,  opposite  or  whorled, 
very  <livorse  in  shape,  size  and  texture:  flowers  bisexual 
or  unisexual,  regular  or  irregular,  epigynous;  subtended 
by  a  bract  called  chaff;  aggregated  into  1-  to  many- 
flowered  involucrate  heads;  calyx  (pappus)  reduced  to 
hairs,  scales,  awns,  or  a  border,  or  wanting;  corolla 
gamopetalous,  normally  regular,  4-.5-lobed;  the  lobes 
valv.ate;  in  one  tribe  bilabiate;  often  enlarged  and 
split  down  one  side,  and  flattened  out  (ligulafe  or  ray 
flowers);  stamens  usually  4-.5,  epipetalous,  synge- 
nesiotis,  alternating  with  the  corolla  lobes;  carpels  2; 
ovary  1-collod,  1-ovuled,  inferior;  style  1;  stigmas  2, 
rarely  1 :  fruit  an  achene,  often  crowned  by  the  persistent 
papjjus;  seed  exalbuminous. 


A  SYNOPSIS  OF  THE  PLANT   KINGDOM 


77 


This  is  the  largest  family  of  flowerinj;  [jlants,  eonsist- 
ingiif  more  than  SOO  genera  ami  10,000  to  12,000  species, 
distributed  over  all  parts  of  the  earth,  each  tribe  usually 
having  a  dehnite  center  of  distribution.  The  largest 
genera  are:  .Senecio,  1,200  species;  Centaurea,  470; 
\'ernonia,  450;  Hieracium,  400;  Helichrysuni,  300; 
Haecharis,  275;  Cousinia,  210;  Artemisia,  200;  Cre- 
pis,  170;  I'Jrigeron,  150;  Chrysanthemmn,  140;  Saus- 
surea,  125;  Clnaphalium,  120;  Circium,  120;  Scorzon- 
era,  100;  Autheniis,  100.  The  Comjiosita;,  taken  in 
the  broad  sense,  is  a  well-defined  family  not  closely 
related  to  any  other  large  families.  Its  affinities  are 
with  the  Campanulacea^,  DipsacaceiB,  and  Valeri- 
anacea\  In  general,  the  involucrate  heads,  epigy- 
nous  gamoi)etalous  flowers,  syngenesious  stamens, 
1-seeded  dry  fruits  and  exalbuminous  seeds  are  dis- 
tinctive. In  some  genera  the  heads  have  no  ray 
flowers  (discoid),  in  others  thej'  have  a  marginal 
row,  ami  in  still  others  all  the  flowers  are  ligulate. 
Except  in  the  last  case,  the  ray  flowers  are  without 
stamens,  and  frequently  without  a  pistil  (neutral). 
The  style-branches  are  very  diverse,  and  are  im- 
portant in  the  characterization  of  tribes.  They  are 
often  provided  with  sweeping  hairs  which  push  the 
pollen  from  the  introrse  anthers  up  out  of  the 
anther  tube  as  the  style  elongates.  The  anthers  are 
caudate  in  two  tribes,  and  in  some  genera  the  fila- 
ments contract  abruptly  when  stimulated  by  touch. 
In  iVmbrosia  and  Xanthium,  the  anthers  are  sepa- 
rate, and  the  bracts  of  the  1-2-flowerecl  pistillate 
iiu'oluere  are  fused,  woody,  indehiscent,  and  covered 
with  spines  or  hooks. 

The  family  is  cUvided  by  Hoffman  into  13  tribes, 
several  of  which  are  by  some  authors  considered  sepa- 
rate families. 

Sub-family  I.  Disk  flowers  not  ligulate;  no  milky 
sap.  Consists  of  twelve  tribes,  separated  on  a  basis  of 
style-branches,  anther-tails,  chaff  on  the  receptacle, 
and  so  on,  as  follows:  Ironweed  Tribe,  Boneset  T., 
Aster  T.,  Elecampane  T.,  Sunflower  T.,  Sneezeweed 
T.,  Chamomile  T.,  Senecio  T.,  Pot  Marigold  T., 
Arctotis  T.,  Thistle  T.,  Mutisia  T. 

Sub-family  II.  All  flowers  hgulate;  juice  miUcy. 
One  tribe, — the  Dandehon  or  Lettuce  Tribe. 

Medicinal  Plants:  The  Composita;  are  rich  in  ethereal 
oils,  fatty  oils,  resins  and  bitter  principles,  and  therefore 
many  species  are  used  in  medicine.  Among  others  of 
less  importance,  the  following  may  be  noted:  Artemisia 
Absinthium  (wormwood),  tonic,  febrifuge,  anthelmintic; 
A.  Cina  which  furnishes  santonica  from  which  santonin 
is  extracted,  anthelmintic,  stimulant;  A.  vulgaris  (mug- 
wort)  has  been  used  as  an  emmenagogue  and  for  epi- 
lepsy; Anthemis  nobilis  (Roman  chamomile),  tonic,  ner- 
vine, emmenagogue;  Matricaria  OuimomUla  (German 
chiunomilej,  with  similar  properties;  Tanacetum  vulgare 
(tansy),  tonic,  anthehnintic,  emmenagogue,  diuretic; 
Arnica  montana  (arnica,  leopard's  bane),  skin  stimu- 
lant, diuretic;  Inula  Hehnium  (elecampane),  skin 
stimulant;  Eupatorium  perfoliatum  (boneset,  thorough- 
wort),  tonic,  diaphoretic,  laxative;  many  Eupatoriums 
of  the  tropics,  famed  remedies  for  snake-bites;  Tussi- 
Uigo  Farfiira  (coltsfoot),  sedative;  Arclium  Lappa  and 
A.  minus  (bunlock),  diaphoretic,  alterative,  used  for 
rheumatism;  Calendula  officinalis  (marigold),  diajiho- 
retic,  alterative;  Lnctuca  satim  (lettuce),  the  thickened 
juice  a  narcotic,  a  substitute  for  opium;  L.  rirosa  (wild 
lettuce),  furnishing  lactucarium  or  lettuce  opium,  a 
I)oisonoiis  anodyne,  hypnotic,  and  sedative;  Taraxarunt 
officinale  (dandelion),  tonic,  but  injurious  to  digestion; 
species  of  (;rind<'lia,  tonic,  sedative,  used  for  asthma 
and  rheumatism;  Erigeron  cauadense  (fleabane),  used 
for  diarrhea  and  uterine  hemorrhage;  Anaryrlus  Py- 
relhrum  (peUitory),  skin  irritant;  Achillea  Millefolium 
(yarrow),  an  old  remedy,  styptic,  tonic,  sudorific, 
antispasmodic.  Brauneria  (Echinacea),  Prenanthes, 
Xanthium,     Helenium,     Spilanthes,     Baccharis,    and 


Chrysanthemum  Leucanthemuni  have  been  used  locally 
to  some  extent.  The  pollen  of  ragwQed  {Andirosia 
(irtcmisifolia),  less  commoidy  of  species  of  SoUdago  and 
other  Composita;,  is  said  to  be  the  cause  of  autumnal 
hay-fever. 

The  following  are  used  for  food,  as  salads  or  cooked 
in  various  ways:  Young  foliage  of  Circium  (thistles), 
Cynara  Cardunculus  (cardoon).  Taraxacum  officinale 
(dandelion),  Cichorium  IrUybus  (chicory),  Lactuca  saliva 
(lettuce),  Cichorium  Endivia  (endive,  succory),  Pacou- 
rina  edulis,  and  Scolymus  hispanicus,  (Spanish  oyster 
plant);  young  flower  heads  of  Cynara  Scolymus  (globe 
artichoke) ;  roots  of  Tragopogon  porrifolius  (vegetable 
oyster,  salsify),  Scorzonera  hispanica  (Scorzonera,  black 
salsify),  Helianthus  luherosus  (Jerusalem  artichoke). 
Roots  of  chicory,  roasted,  are  a  substitute  for  coffee. 

The  following  yield  dyes:  Cartharnus  tinctorius, 
(safflower)  yields  the  red  dye,  carthamine;  Serratula 
tinctoria  (dyer's  savory)  yields  a  yellow  dye. 

The  powdered  heads  of  species  of  Chrysanthemum 
furnish  insect  powder.  An  oil  is  obtained  from  the 
seeds  of  Guizotia  abyssinica  (niger  seeds)  of  India  and 
Abyssinia,  used  for  food,  painting,  and  burning.  Seeds 
of  Madia  saliva  furnish  an  oil  similar  to  olive  oil, 
edible,  illuminating,  and  lubricating.  The  seeds  of 
Helianthus  annuus  also  furnish  a  commercial  oil. 

Many  Composita;  are  ornamental.  The  species  of 
Helichrysum,  Anaphalis,  and  related  genera,  have 
papery  involucres,  and  furnish  well-known  everlastings. 

More  than  one  hundred  and  fifty  genera  are  in  culti- 
vation in  N.  America,  or  are  important  weeds.  Many  of 
our  most  important  and  most  showy  ornamental  plants 
belong  to  the  Composita;.  Among  these  genera  are: 
Achillea  (Milfoil,  Yarrow,  Sneezewort) ;  Ageratum;  Ana- 
phalis (Everlasting,  Moonshine) ;  Antennaria  (Everlast- 
ing, Cat's-ear,  Pussy's  Toes,  Ladies'  Tobacco);  An- 
themis (Chamomile,  Mayweed,  Golden  Marguerite); 
Arctium  (Burdock);  Arnica  (Mountain  Tobacco, 
Mountain  Snuff);  Artemisia  (Wormwood,  Tarragon, 
Estragon,  Southernwood,  Roman  ^^'o^mwood,  Old  Man 
and  Old  Woman,  Sage  Brush);  Aster  (Aster,  Starwort, 
Michaelmas  Daisy);  Bidens  (Bur  Marigold,  Beggar's 
Ticks,  Pitchfork  Bur);  Boltonia  (False  Chamomile); 
Brachycome  (Swan  River  Daisy) ;  Brickellia  (Tjissel 
Flower) ;  Buphthalmum ;  Calendula  (Marigold) ; Calhste- 
phus  (China  Aster);  Cnicus  or  Carbenia  (Blessed 
Thistle);  Carthamus  (Safflower,  False  Saffron);  Cen- 
taurea (Centaury,  Dusty  Miller,  Bachelor's  Button, 
Cornflower,  Knapweed,  Bluebottle,  Bluet,  Ragged 
Sailor,  Sweet  Sultan,  Basket  Flower,  Hardheads); 
Cha'uactis;  Chrysanthemum  (Feverfew,  Golden  Feather, 
Turfing  Daisy,  Marguerite,  Paris  Daisy,  Costmary, 
Mint  Geranium,  Giant  Daisy,  Ox-eye  Daisy,  White- 
weed);  Cichorium  (Chicory,  Succory);  Cineraria;  Cir- 
ciiun  or  Cnicus  (Common  Thistles);  Coreopsis  (Tick- 
seed,  Golden  Wave);  Cosmos;  Cynara  (Artichoke,  Car- 
doon) ;  Dahlia;  Doronicum  (Leopard's-Banc) ;  Echinacea 
or  Brauneria  (Purple  Coneflower);  Echinops  (Globe 
Thistle);  Emilia  (Tassel  Hower);  Erigeron  (Flea- 
bane,  Poor  Robin's  Plantain);  Eupatorium  (Boneset, 
Joe-Pye  Weed,  Thoroughwort,  White  Snakeroot); 
Fehcia  (Blue  Daisy,  Blue  Marguerite);  Gaillardia; 
Gazania  (Peacock  Gazania);  Grindelia  (Gum  Plant); 
Gynura  (Velvet  Plant);  Helenium  (Sneezeweed);  He- 
lianthus (Sunflower,  Indian  Potato,  .lerusalem  Arti- 
choke); Helichryisum;  Heliopsis;  Helipterum;  Hidalgoa 
(Treasure  Vine);  Hieracium  (Hawkweed,  Rattlesnake 
Weed,  Devil's  Paint-brush) ;  Inula  (Elecampane) ;  Krigia 
(Dwarf  Dandelion);  Lactuca  (Lettuce);  Leontopodium 
(Edelwei.ss);  Leptosyne;  Liatris  (Blazing  Star,  Button 
Snakeroot);  Lonas  (African  Dai.sy);  Madia  (Tarweed); 
Matricaria;  Mikania  (Climbing  Hempweed,  Climbing 
Boneset);  Onopordon  (Scotch  Thistle);  Parthenium 
(American  Feverfew,  Prairie  Dock);  Pentach;eta;  Peta- 
sites  (Winter  Hehotrope,  Sweet  Coltsfoot);  Piqueria; 
Podolepis;   Polymnia  (Leaf-cup);  Prenanthes   (Rattle 


78 


A    SYNOPSIS    OF    THE    PLANT    KINGDOM 


snako  R(X>t'>;  Hiuilicckiii  (Blaok-eytHl  Susan,  Yellow 
Haisy,  Conoflowor,  CioKK-n  T.lowl;  Santolina  (Lavender 
Cotton'*;  Seoiynius  (luililen  Thistle,  Spanish  Oyster 
Plant);  Scorzonera  (Hlaek  Salsify);  Seneoio  (Groundsel, 
Canada  Plant,  Hairwort.  German  Ivy,  Leopard  Plant, 
Dusty  Miller);  Silphiuni  (Uosin-Weed,  Compass  Plant, 
Prairie  Dock,  Cup  Plant);  Solidago  (Goldenrod);  Spil- 


•anthes  (Para  Cress);  Stokesia  (Stoke's  Aster);  Taget^s 
(French  Marigold,  African  Marigold);  Tanacetum 
(Tansy) ;  Taraxacum  (Dandelion) ;  Thelysperma;  Town- 
sendia;  Tragopogon  (Salsifv,  Goat's  Beard,  Vegetable 
Oyster,  Oyster  Plant);  Tri'lisa  (Vanilla  Plant);  Tussi- 
lago  (Coltsfoot);  Verbesina  (Crownbeard ) ;  Vernonia 
(Ironweed);  Zinnia  (Zinnia,  Youth-and-Old-Age). 


INDEX  TO  THE  FOREGOING   FAMILIES   (PAGES) 


Acanthaces,  73. 
Aceracea,  49. 
Aiioacese.  30. 
Alisniaceae.  13. 
AiiKiraiitaiefe,  29. 
.\niaryllidare!E,  20. 
-■Vnacardiaceae,  48. 
Androales,  7. 
AnnonaceiE,  34. 
Anthooerotalcs,  6. 
Apocynacea*,  67. 
AponogctouacecB,  13. 
Aquifoliaceoe,  48. 
Araceae,  17. 
-AraliaceEE,  62. 
Aristolochiacese,  28. 
.V^cIfpiadacpEe,  67. 
}^:ilsaniiiiaceai.  50. 
Ha.<i'llacca-.  30. 
lioKoniacesE,  57. 
HcrberidaceEB,  33. 
Hitulaeeae.  25. 
Bignoniaoeae.  71. 
Bixaceae,  55. 
BombacaccsB,  53. 
Boraginacese,  69. 
Bronieliaceffi,  18. 
I'.niniaceae,  39. 
lirA'ales,  7. 
BurscraceiE,  45. 
Butomacese,  14. 
Buxaceffi,  47. 
Cactaceae,  57. 
Calycanthacese.  34. 
C'ampanulacese,  76. 
Cannaceae,  22. 
C'apparidaoeae,  36. 
Caiiri/oliaceae,  74. 
Caricaceae.  57. 
Car>ophyllar'eae,  31. 
Casuarinacea;,  23. 
Celastraceae,  49. 
Cephalotaceae,  .38. 
Ceratopteridaceae,  8. 
Chcriopodiacftae,  29. 
Chloranthaccae,  24. 
f  "istaceae,  55. 
Clethraceae,  63. 
Combrctaceae,  60. 
fommclinaceae,  18. 
f'ompositae.  76. 
f '()rivol\'ulaceae,  68. 
f 'oriariaceae,  47. 
f 'ornafeae,  63. 
f 'ra-ssijlaceae,  38. 
f'rurafera;,  36. 
CucurbitacejE,  75. 


Cunoniacete,  39. 
Cyatheaeeae,  8. 
Cycadaceae,  11. 
Cyclanthaceae,  17. 
Cj-peracefB,  15. 
CyrillacciB,  48. 
DiapensiaccjB,  64. 
Dilleniaceae,  53. 
Dioscoriacete,  20. 
Dipsacace^e,  75. 
Droseracefe,  38. 
EbenacesE,  65. 
Elaeagnaeeae,  59. 
Elaeocarpaeeae,  51. 
Empetraceae,  47. 
Epacridaneae,  64. 
Equisetaceae,  10. 
Ericacea;,  64. 
Erythroxylaceae,  44. 
EuphorbiaceiE,  46. 
Fagaceoe,  25. 
Flacourtiaceae,  56. 
Fouquieriaceae,  55. 
Fumariaceae,  36. 
Gentianaceae,  67. 
Geraniaceae,  42. 
Gesneriaceie,  72. 
Ginkgoaceae,  11. 
Gleicheniaceae,  9. 
Globulariacea;,  73. 
Gnetaceae,  12. 
Gramineae,  14. 
Guttiferae,  54. 
Haloragidaceae,  61. 
Haniamelidaceae,  40. 
Hippocastanaccae,  50. 
Hydrocaryaceae,  61. 
Hydrocharitaceae,  14. 
Hydrophyllaccae,  68. 
Hymenophyllaceae,  8. 
Hypericaceae,  54. 
Iridaceae,  21. 
JuglandacesD,  25. 
Juncacca;,  19. 
.JuMi;frmanniales,  6. 
Lahiata',  70. 
Lardizabalaccse,  33. 
Lauraceae,  35. 
Lecythidaceae,  59. 
Leguminosae,  41. 
Lcninaceie,  18. 
Lentibulariaceae,  73. 
Liliaceae,  19. 
Limnanthaceae,  48. 
Linacc-a',  43. 
Loasacf^ai,  .57. 
Logauiaccae,  07. 


Loranthaceae,  27. 
Lycopodiacea!.  10. 
Lythracese,  59. 
M.agnoliaceiE.  33. 
Malpighiaceae,  45. 
Malvacea;,  52. 
Marantaeefe,  22. 
MarattiaceiE,  7. 
Marchantiales,  6. 
Marsileacese,  9. 
Martyniaceae,  72. 
Melastomaceae,  60. 
Meliacea;,  45. 
Melianthaceae,  50. 
Menispermaceae,  33. 
Monimiaceae,  35. 
Monotropaceae,  63 
Moracea',  26. 
Moringaceae,  37. 
Musaceae,  21. 
Myoporaceae,  74. 
Myricaceae,  24. 
Myristicaceae,  35. 
Myrsinaces,  64. 
Myrtaceae,  60. 
Naiadaceae,  13. 
Nepenthaceae,  38. 
Nolanaceae,  70. 
Nyctaginaceae,  29. 
Nymphaeaceae,  31. 
Oehnaceae,  .53. 
Olacaceae,  27. 
Oleaceae,  66. 
Onagraceae,  61. 
Oomycetes,  5. 
Ophioglossaceae,  7. 
Orchidaceae,  22. 
Osmundaceae,  9. 
OxalidaeeaB,  43. 
Palmaceae,  16. 
Pandanaces,  13. 
Papaveraceae,  35. 
Passifloraceae,  56. 
Pcdaliaoea;,  72. 
Phascalcs,  7. 
PhrymacesE,  74. 
Phytolaccaceae,  30. 
Pinaceae,  12. 
Pipcraceae,  23. 
Pittosporaceae,  39. 
Plantaginaceae,  74. 
Platanaceae,  40. 
Plumbaginaceae,  65. 
Polemoniaceoe,  68. 
Polygalaceai,  46. 
Polygonaceae,  28. 


Polypodiaceae,  8. 
Pontederiaceae,  18. 
Portulacaceae,  30. 
Primulacse,  64. 
Proteaceae,  27. 
Puniraceae,  59. 
Pyrolaceae,  63. 
Raiiunculacese,  32. 
Resedaceae,  37. 
Rhamnaceae,  51. 
Rhizophoraceae,  59. 
Ricciales,  6. 
Rosaceae,  40. 
"Rubiaceae,  74. 
Rutaceae,  44. 
Salicaceae,  24. 
Salviniacese,  10. 
S.antalaceaB,  27. 
Sapindaceae.  50. 
Sapotaceae,  65. 
Sarraceniaceae,  37. 
Saururaceae,  23. 
Saxifragaceae,  39. 
Schizaeaceae,  9. 
Scrophulariaceae,  71. 
Selaginellaceae,  10. 
Simarubaceae,  44. 
Solanaceae,  70. 
Sphagnales.  6. 
Stachyuraceae,  56. 
Stackhousiaceae,  49. 
Staphyleaceae,  49. 
Sterculiaceae,  53. 
Styracaceae,  66. 
Symplocaceae,  66. 
Taccaceae,  20. 
Tamaricaceae,  55. 
Taxaceae,  11. 
Ternstrcemiaceae,  54. 
Theaceae,  54. 
Thymelaeaceae,  58. 
TiUaceae,  52. 
Tremandraceae,  46. 
Trochodendraceae,  32. 
Tropoeolaeeae,  43. 
Typhaceae,  13. 
Ulmacese,  25. 
Umbellifera;,  62. 
Urticaceae,  26. 
Valerianaceae,  75. 
Verbenaceae,  69. 
Violaeeae,  56. 
Vitaceae,  51. 
Zingiberaceae,  21. 
Zygomycetes,  5. 
Zygophyllaceae,  44. 


KEY   TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


In  one  of  the  editions  of  the  Cyclopedia  of  American  Horticulture,  a  key  to  the  families  and  genera 
contained  therein  was  placed  in  the  introductory  part  to  Vol.  I.  This  key  is  now  modified  and  adapted  to  the 
present  work.  The  original  key  was  prepared  by  Wilhelm  MiDer,  Associate  Editor  of  that  Cyclopedia.  The 
main  part  of  Dr.  Miller's  introduction  to  that  key  is  here  reprinted,  with  adaptations,  as  explaining  the  purpose 
of  a  key  and  the  way  in  which  it  is  constituted. 

The  key  has  now  been  extensively  revised,  but  the  original  form  and  method  are  still  retained. 


The  purposes  of  the  key. 

The  following  key  attempts  to  supply  what  is  proba- 
bly the  greatest  deficiency  in  cyclopedic  works  on 
horticulture: 

(1)  It  helps  the  gardener  to  determine  the  name  of 
any  plant  cultivated  in  America,  including  the  wild 
flowers  and  other  plants  native  to  the  United  States 
and  Canada  that  are  commonly  or  even  frequently 
offered  for  sale. 

(2)  It  helps  the  student  towards  a  scientific  knowl- 
edge of  the  plant  world,  since  it  gives  a  condensed 
and  orderly  catalogue  of  that  part  of  the  vegetable 
kingdom  which  is  of  interest  to  gardeners,  farmers 
and  foresters. 

No  merely  alphabetical  work  can  accomplish  either 
of  these  results.  For  example,  suppose  the  person  has 
a  flower  that  is  known  to  be  an  Iris,  but  of  what  species 
of  Iris  is  not  clear  to  him;  and  that  he  wishes  to  find 
the  name.  If  he  were  to  consult  the  best  works  in  which 
the  species  of  Iris  are  arranged  alphabetically,  it  might 
require  hours  to  read  the  pages  of  description,  com- 
paring the  items  with  the  specimen,  and  the  chances 
are  that  in  the  end  he  would  not  be  sure  of  a  determi- 
nation, since  related  species  are  not  compared  and 
contrasted. 

It  was  to  provide  a  short-cut  to  such  information 
that  every  large  genus  or  group  of  plants  described 
in  the  Cyclopedia  of  American  Horticultui-e  was 
classified  according  to  shape,  color,  size,  season, 
height  or  other  characters  of  interest  to  the  gardener. 
These  short-cuts,  or  "keys,"  have  long  been  in  common 
use  with  students  of  botany,  and  are  a  feature  of  all 
floras,  but  they  have  not  been  sufficiently  employed  in 
writings  on  horticultural  .subjects. 

No  valid  objection  can  be  made  to  keys,  s}Tiopses 
or  other  classified  arrangements,  since  they  do  three 
things  more  clearly  and  briefly  than  any  other  device: 
(1)  They  help  one  to  find  out  the  name  of  a  plant.  (2) 
They  show  the  difference  between  the  given  species 
and  other  species  of  the  same  genus.  (3)  They  show 
the  relation  of  each  species  to  every  other,  i.  e.,  some 
of  the  points  of  Ukeness  and  unlikeness. 

But  classified  schemes  alone  have  one  serious  Umi- 
tation:  They  are  not  so  convenient  for  ready  reference 
if  one  knows  one's  plant  and  merely  wishes  to  find  out 
the  native  country  or  how  to  spell  the  name.  The 
Cyclopedia  of  American  Horticulture  met  this  need  by 
numbering  the  species  and  providing  an  alphabetical 
list  or  index  in  each  large  genus.  It  therefore  met 
the  needs  by  presenting  both  systems — the  classified 
and  the  alphabetical — one  for  taxonomic  study,  the 
other  for  convenience. 

All  this  supposes  that  one  knows  the  genus  to  which 
the  plant  belongs, — whether  it  is  an  Iris,  Pa-onia  or 
Rhododendron.  But  he  may  not  know  the  genus:  the 
key  will  aid  him  to  determine  it.  The  key  leads  to  the 
family  and  the  genus;  having  the  genus,  he  can  run 
down  the  species  in  the  Cyclopedia  itself,  for  the 
genera  are  to  be  found  in  alphabetical  order.  This 
key,  therefore,  deals  only  with  families  and  genera, 


since  the  species  are  described  and  distinguished  else- 
where. It  ties  the  whole  work  together  and  makes  it 
an  organism,  instead  of  a  series  of  detached  articles 
on  Iris,  Rosa,  Solanum,  and  other  genera.  In  other 
words,  the  key  is  not  merely  supplementary:  it  is 
structural  and  even  fundamental. 

The  preparation  of  the  key. 

It  must  be  confessed,  however,  that  the  preparation 

of  the  key  was  undertaken  with  serious  misgivings. 
During  the  preparation  of  the  Cyclopedia  of  American 
Horticulture,  the  Editor  was  often  importuned  for 
Something  of  the  kind,  by  students,  botanists,  and 
others  who  made  increasing  use  of  the  volumes  as 
issued.  In  response  to  these  urgent  appeals,  it  was 
necessary  to  point  out  three  objections:  (1)  Such  a 
key  would  necessarily  be  highly  technical.  (2)  It 
would  have  to  use  a  scheme  of  arrangement  that  may 
pass  with  another  generation.  (3)  The  labor  and  ex- 
pense would  be  great. 

In  response  to  this  demand  the  following  key  has 
been  prepared.  It  is  based  on  the  system  of  Bent  ham 
and  Hooker  as  set  forth  in  their  "Genera  Plantarum," 
a  work  jsublished  in  parts  from  1862  to  1883.  The 
system  of  Bentham  and  Hooker  is  not  now  the  lat- 
est, but  it  is  the  only  one  that  was  in  general  use 
at  the  time  the  first  Cyclopedia  was  begun.  The 
system  of  Engler  and  Prantl  in  "Die  NatiirUchen 
Pflanzenfamilien"  is  now  well  known;  this  no  doubt 
presents  the  best  system  for  the  present  generation, 
but  in  its  turn  it  is  likely  to  be  superseded.  In  Engler 
and  Prantl's  system  the  plants  are  arranged,  as  far 
as  possible,  in  the  order  in  which  the  various  fam- 
ilies probably  have  made  their  appearance  on  the 
earth's  surface,  or  at  all  events  in  accordance  with 
the  evolution  from  simple  to  complex.  Perhaps  the 
new  system  is  better  adapted  for  showing  relation- 
ship or  likeness,  while  the  old  system  is  well  adapted 
for  bringing  out  differences.  This  furnishes  an 
additional  reason  for  the  use  of  the  older  system  on 
the  present  occasion,  as  most  of  those  who  use  this 
part  of  the  Cyclopedia  will  probably  be  in  search  of 
differences. 

In  the  present  revision,  the  Bentham  and  Hooker 
key-plan  has  been  retained.  The  authors  of  the 
main  groups  in  the  new  Cyclopedia  have  made 
revisions  and  adaptations  to  meet  the  changes  and 
requirements  of  their  own  work.  New  conceptions 
of  the  limitations  of  families  and  genera  have  naturally 
found  expression  in  the  revision.  It  is  not  designed  to 
insert  in  the  key  all  the  genera  that  are  mentioned 
in  a  minor  or  incidental  way,  for  to  include  them  all 
would  unnecessarily  encumber  and  complicate  the 
lists  and  tend  to  make  them  unworkable;  but  it  is 
intended  to  include  all  the  genera  that  afford  species 
prominently  in  the  trade  in  the  United  States  and 
Canada. '  When  it  has  seemed  to  be  desirable  to  omit 
genera  from  the  key,  the  relatively  unimportant 
native  groups  have  often  been  left  out,  for  they  may 
be  readily  traced  in  the  current  botanies. 


(79) 


80 


KEY   TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND  GENERA 


The  way  to  use  a  key  is  exphiincd  in  thi-  prefatory 
part  to  this  volume  (.page  xii). 

The  general  plan. 

The  key  isdivideii  into  two  ni:iin  p:irts:  a  key  to  the 
famiHes  ipape  SDK  and  a  ki'v  (o  tlic  tjcneni  (pa);e  S(l). 
When  the  student  has  deternnned  the  family  to  whieh 
the  plant  belongs,  the  further  traeing  of  it  is  to  be  made 
in  the  key  to  the  genera;  when  the  genus  has  bix-n 
found,  he  turns  to  its  alphabetic  i)lace  in  one  of  the 
volumes  and  there  runs  down  the  plant  to  its  species. 

The  fiunilies  are  arranged  in  accordanee  with  the 
following  framework  (for  another  and  fuller  outline  of 
the  vegetable  kingdom,  see  pages  2-4). 

Families 

Di\'ision  1.  Flowering  Plants  or  Phanerogams 1-209 

Subdi%'ision  1.   Dirotyledona  or  Exogens 1-lSl 

Claris  1.  .AngiosptTms 1-176 

Subclass  1.  Pal>^)e^alfip 1-101 

Series  1.  Thalamiflorie 1-39 

,  Cohort  1.   Uanales 1-12 

Cohort  2.  Parietalcs 13-22 

Cohort  3.  Polygalales 23-25 

Cohort  4.  Caryophyllales 26-  29 

Cohort  5.  Guttiiorales 30-  34 

Cohort  6.   .Malvales 35-39 

Series  2.  DisciflorK 40-69 

Cohort  1.  Geraniates 40-  53 

Cohort  2.  Olacales 54-  56 

Cohort  3.  Celastrales 57-  60 

Cohort  4.  Sapindales 61-  69 

Series  3.  Calyciflora' 70-101 

Cohort  1.   Kosales 70-79 

Cohort  2.   Myrtales 80-88 

Cohort  3.   Pa.ssiflorales 89-93 

Cohort  4.   Ficoidales 94-  95 

Cohort  5.   Umbellales 96-101 

Subclass  2.  Gamopetalse 102-144 

Series  1.  Infers; 102-107 

Cohort  1.   Rubiales 102-103 

Cohort  2.  Asterales 104-106 

Cohort  3.  Campanalea 107 

Series  2.   Heteromerffi 108-120 

Cohort  1.  Ericales 108-113 

Cohort  2.  Primulalea 114-116 

Cohort  3.  Ebenales 117-120 

Series  3.  BicarpellatsB 121-144 

Cohort  1.  Gentianales 121-125 

Cohort  2.  Polemoniales 126-131 

Cohort  3.  Personales 132-138 

Cohort  4.   I.amiales 139-144 

Subclass  3.  Apetalse  or  Monocblamydete 145-176 

Series  1.  Cur\'embryeffi 145-149 

Series  2.  Multiovulat«  Terrestres 150-151 

Series  3.   Micrembryese 152-156 

Series  4.  Daphneee 157-160 

Series  5.  Achlamydosporese 161-162 

Series  6.    Unisexualea 163-174 

Series  7.  Anomalous  Families 175-176 

Class  2.  Gymnosperms 177-181 

Subdivision  2.  Monocotyledons  or  Endogens 182-209 

Series  1.   Microspermte 182-183 

Series  2.  Epigynse 184-193 

Series  3.  CoronarieEB 194-196 

Series  4.  Calycins 197-198 

Series  5.   Nudiflorie 199-203 

Series  6.  Apocarpae 204-207 

Series  7.  Glumacejc 208-209 

Division  2.  Pteridophyta 210-223 


PART  I.— KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES 

{See  page  86  far  Part  II.) 

Division  1.  Flowering  Plants  ob  Phanerooamb  or  Sper- 
uatophyteb:  those  producing  real  flowers  and  seeds  (pages  8U 
to  86;. 

Subdivision  1.  Dicotyledons.  Sts.  formed  of  bark,  wood 
and  pith,  the  wood  formini;  a  zone  between  the  other  two,  and 
incrfraMing  when  the  st.  continuew  from  year  to  year  by  llie  annual 
addition  of  a  new  layer  to  the  outnide  next  to  the  bark:  Ivh.  usually 
ne t ted- veined :  embryo  with  a  pair  of  opposite  cotyledons,  or,  in 
Subdiviflion  2,  often  3  or  more  in  a  whorl:  parts  of  the  fl.  mostly 
in  4*3  or  5'b  ^pages  80-84). 

Class  1.  An'oiosperhs.  Pistil  consisting  of  a  closed  ovary, 
which  containn  the  ovules:  cotyledons  2. 

Subclass  1.  Poi,ypETAL-«.  Calyx  and  corolla  both  present, 
the  lattiTf  of  seffarate  petalw.  (See  exceptions  I'sted  under  Sub- 
claM  2,  Gamopetatag,  page  82.  > 

Series  1.  Thalamifixjb*.  Calyx  mostly  innerted  under  the 
ovary;  petals  oft«n  in  2  or  more  aeries,  sometimes  1  series;  stamens 


oo  or  definite,  inserted  on  the  often  small  or  raised  or  stipitate 
reerptftfh',  which  is  not  developed  into  a  glandular  disk;  ovary 
very  generally  free. 

Cohort  1.  Ranalks.  Stamens  co,  or  if  definite  then  the  perianth 
in  ;i-<=o  series;  carpels  1  or  more,  usuiilly  distinct,  rarely  united. 
(See  exceptions  in    Saxifragacea?,  also   hypogynou.s  Leguniinoaffl.) 

A.  Sepals  5,  or  fewer,  or  0;  petals  in  about 
1  series. 
B.  Seeds  not  arillate:  sepals  deciduovis, 

usually  colored:  herb.H  or  shrubs..  .  .    1.  RANCNcnLACE^. 
BB.  Seeds  not  arillate:  calyx  and  corolla 
wanting;   ovary  of  2   carpels   but 

1-celled 7.  Eucommiace^. 

BBB.  Seeds  arillatt;:  sepals  persistent,  her- 

baceovis:  shrubs  or  trees 2.  Dilleniace^. 

AA.  Sepals  or  petals  in  2-co  series,  rarely 
wanting. 
B.  Plants  not  aquatic. 

c.  Perianth    wanting;     stamens    nu- 
merous;   fls.    polygamous,   dice- 
cious,  or  jjerfeet. 
D.  Lvs.  piunatcly  veined,  alternate.  5.  Trochodendra- 

[CE^. 

DD.  Lvs.  palmately  veined,  opposite.   6.  Cercidiphyl- 
cc.  Perianth  present.  [lace.*:, 
D.  Petals  and  stamens  mostly  oo ; 
ovules  1-Qo. 
E.  Torus  tubular,  inclosing  car- 
pels: endosperm  0:  lvs.  op- 
posite: shrubs 3.  CalycanthacejG. 

EE.  Torus  short  or  long,  bearing 
carpels  outside:  endosperm 
copious ;      lvs.      alternate : 

woody 4.  Maqnoliace^. 

DD.  Petals   5:   stamens    10:   carpels 
5-10:  ovule  solitary:  lvs.  op- 
posice.      (See    No.    68,     Cori- 
ariacese. ) 
DDD.  Petals  and  stamens  mostly  mul- 
tiples of  3  or  2. 
E.  Stamens  and  carpels  usually 
numerous:      ovules       l-oo ; 
sepals  3;  petals  6;  fis.  bisex- 
ual :  shrubs  or  trees 8.  Annonace^, 

EE.  Stamens  usually  6:  ovule 
solitary:  carpels  3;  sepals 
and  petals  usually  6:  fls. 
dioecious:  mostly  woody  or 

herbaceous  vines. 9.  Menispermace^. 

EEE.  Stamens  4,  6,  or  9;  anthers 
opening  by  2  lids  rarely 
birimose:  carpel  1 :  ovules 
2- GO :     fls.    bisexual:    herbs 

or  shrubs 10.  BerberidacevE. 

EEEE.  Stamens  usually  6;  anthers 
birimose:  carpels  mostly  3: 
ovules  many:  fls.  unisexual: 

vines  or  erect,  woody 11.  LARDiZABALACEiE. 

BB.  Plants  aquatic 12.  Ny^mph^ace^e. 

Cohort  2.  Pahietales.  Stamens  definite  or  co ;  ovary  1-celIed, 
or  several-celled  by  spurious  partitions;  carpels  several;  placentse 
parietal.    (See  Actsea  in  Uanunculaceae,  also  Berberidacece.) 

A.  Embryo  minute,  near  the  base  of  the 
fleshy  endosperm. 

B.  Pitcher  plants 13.  Sarraceniace^. 

BB.  Not  pitcher  plants. 

c.  Petals  all  alike,  or  nearly  so 14.  PAPAVERACEiE. 

cc.  Petals  in  2  series,  the  inner  unlike 

the  outer 15.  Fumariace«. 

aa.  Embryo  curved;  endosperm  0. 

B.  Stamens  6,  tetradynamous,  rarely  4. ..16.  Crucifeh.e. 
BB.  Stamens  a>,or,  if  few,  not  tetradyna- 
mous  17.  Capparidace.e. 

BBB.  Stamens  usually   <»,  not  covered  in 
lEstivation    by    the    small    petals: 

ovary  often  open  above 18.  Rebedacea. 

AAA.  Embryo    not     curved,     rather    large; 
endosperm  fleshy. 
B.  Radicle   remote    from   hilum:   ovule 

generally  orthotropous 19.  Cibtace-g. 

BB.  Radicle  very  near  hilum:  ovule  ana- 
tropous,  or  amphitropous, 
c.  Anthers  dehisce  intror.sely:  mostly 

hnrbs 20.  Violace<b. 

cc.  Anthers  dehisce  extrorsely  or  at 
apex:  insectivorous  plants  with 
capitate  glandular  tentacles  on 
lvs.  (See  No.  76,  Droseracea?.) 
CCC.  Anthers  dehisce  by  apical  cracks  or 
pores:  woody. 
D.  Slime-ceils    present;    receptacle 

nut  enlarged 21.  Bixace^. 

DD.  Slime-cells     absent;     receptacle 

enlarged 22.  Flacourtiace-b. 

cccc.  Anthers    versatile,    dehiscing    by 
longitudinal     fissures:     woody. 
(See  No.  34,  Stachyuraceffi.) 


KEY  TO   THE   FAMILIES  AND   GENERA 


81 


Cohort  J.  PoLYGALALES.  Stamen:s  ii.s  many  or  twice  as  many 
as  petals:  carpela  usually  2:  ovary  usually  perfectly  or  imperfectly 
2-celIed,  usually  compressed. 

A.  Fls.  regular  or  slightly  oblique. 
B.  Stamens   5,    as   many  aa   sepals  or 

petals:  woody 23.  PiTTOSPonACE.E, 

BB.  Stamens  twice  as  many  as  sepals  or 
petals,  which  are  usually  4  or  5, 

rarely  3:  woody 24.  Tremandrace-e. 

AA.  Fls.  irregular:  herbaceous  or  woody. . .  .25.  Polygalace^. 

Cohort  4.  Caryophyll.\les.  Stamens  definite,  rarely  oo : 
ovary  1-ceIled  or  imperfectly  septate;  placenta  central,  rarely 
parietal:  embryo  curved,  or  coiled,  rarely  straight. 

A.  Sepals    of    game    number     as    petals: 

placenta  1,  central:  herbs 26.  Cahyophyllace.e. 

AA.  Sepals  fewer  than  petals:  placenta  1, 

central:  herbs 27.  PoRTULACACEiE. 

AAA.  Sepals   of   same    number    as    petals: 
placentie  several:  mostly  woody. 
B.  Corolla  polypetalous;  stamens  with- 
out scale,  glabrous;  fls.  spicate  or 

racemose 28.  Tarl\ricace/e. 

BB.  Corolla  gamopetalous;  stamens  with 
scale,  hairy;  fls.  thyrsoid-panicu- 
late 29.  Fotjquieriace^. 

Cohort  S.  GnTTiFERALES.  Stamens  usually  co;  sepals  imbri- 
cated; ovary  septate;  placentse  on  the  inner  angles  of  the  cells,  i.e., 
axile.  (See  also,  as  exceptions  with  disk  absent,  the  Linacese, 
Erythroxylaceae.  Malpighiaceee,  Geraniacese,  Tropseolacese,  Lim- 
nanthaceae,  OsalidaceEe,  Balsaminacesp,  Ochnaceae,  Rutacese,  Ana- 
cardiacefe  and  Sapindaceae,  all  belonging  to  the  Disciflorse.  (See 
also  Nigella  of  the  Ranunculacese.) 

A.  Lvs.  opposite  or  whorled,  herbaceous: 

fls.  cymose  or  panicled,  bisexual 30.  Hypericace.e. 

AA.  Lvs.   opposite  or  whorled,  coriaceous: 
fls.  cymose  or  panicled. 
B.  Receptacle    not    enlarged;    fls.    uni- 
sexual   31.  GUTTIFER.E. 

BB.  Receptacle  enlarged,  barrel-shaped 
between  pistil  and  corolla,  bearing 

the  stamens;  fls.  bisexual 32.  Eucryphiace.g. 

AAA.  Lvs.  alternate,  coriaceous:  fls.  mostly 
racemose. 
B.  Cells  of  ovary  2-10:  stamens  numer- 
ous  33.  Teknstbcemiace.e. 

BB.  Cells  of  ovary  1 :  stamens  8 ' . .  .  34.  Stachyuh ace-e. 

Cohort  6.  Malvales.  Stamens  usually  <»  or  monadelphous ; 
Bepais  valvate:  ovary  septate;  placentae  axile. 

a.  Anthers  l-celled;  pollen  rough:  herbs 

or  woody 35.  Malvaceae. 

AA.  Anthers    1-   to   several-celled;    pollen 

smooth:  woody  plants 30.  Bombacace-e. 

A**-  Anthers  2-celled:  fls.  with  staminodia 
and      queer      stamen-tube:      woody 

plants 37.  STERcnuACE.E. 

AAAA.  Anthers  2-celled;  stamens  nearly  free; 
no  staminodia:  o\'ule  often  pendulous 
with  raphe  toward  axis. 

B.  Petals  ordinary:  herbs  or  woody 38.  Tiliace.e. 

BB.  Petals  firm,  often  hairy  or  incised: 

woody  plants 39.  El^ocarpacej!:. 

Anomalous  Group.  Stamens  co ;  sepals 
valvate:  carpel  1;  ovary  l-celled:  fls.  reg- 
ular: lvs.  compound:  herbs  or  woody 

(Alimoesse,  inch  in  Leguminosae. ) 

Series  2.  Disciflor-e.  Calyx  usually  inserted  under  the  ovary; 
petals  in  1  series:  stamens  usually  definite,  inserted  within  or  upon 
or  around  the  receptacle,  which  is  usually  expanded  as  a  disk  within 
the  calyx:  ovary  usually  free,  or  imbedded  in  the  disk.  (See  Fla- 
courtiacese  and  Trapaceae.) 

Cohort  1.  Geraniales.  Disk  usually  a  ring  between  stamens, 
or  adnate  to  staminal  lube,  or  reduced  to  glands  alternating  with 
the  petals,  rarely  0:  ovary  commonly  lobed,  rarely  entire  or  sub- 
apocarpous;  ovules  1-2  in  each  cell,  pendulous;  raphe  toward  axis. 
(See  StaokhousiaceEB.) 

A.  Ovary  more  or  less  lobed  or  grooved. 

B,  Anthers  elongated;  disk  enlarged  in 

f r 51.  OCHNACE<E, 

BB.  Anthers  normal. 

c.  Calyx-lobes  5,  all  or  mostly  with  2 

glands  outside :  woody 42.  Malpighiace^. 

cc.  Calyx-lobes  not  biglandular- 

D.  Foliage    glandular-dotted:    car- 
pels sometimes  separate 49.  Rctaceje. 

DD.  Foliage  not  glandular-dotted. 
E.  Lvs.    usually   opposite,    com- 
pound   43.  Zygophyllace*. 

EE.  Lvs.  alternate. 

¥.  Disk  well  developed,  irregu- 
lar; petal.-*  often  irregular; 
ovary  usually  open  above: 
herbs,  rarely  shrubs. 
(See  No.  18,  Resedacea.) 

6 


FP.  Disk  well  developed,  regu- 
lar; petals  regular:  ovary 

closed:  woody  plants 50.  Simardbace.e. 

FFF.  Disk    indistinct,    otherwise 
as  in  the  last:  herbaceous. 
G.  Ovule   sohtary:    stamens 
6-10. 
H.  Fr.  dehiscent:  stamens 
connate  at  base;  fls. 
regular  or  irregular.  .44.  Geraniace.e. 
HH.  Fr.     indehiacent:     sta- 
mens free:  fls.  irregu- 
lar: ovule  pendulous..45.  Trop.eolace.e. 
HHH.  Fr.     indehiscent:   sta- 
mens free:  fls.  regu- 
lar: ovule  ascending.. 46.  LimnanthacejE. 
GO.  Ovules  several:  fr.  dehis- 
cent. 
H.  Stamens  10:  fls.  regu- 
lar  47.  0XALIDACE.G. 

HH.  Stamens  5:  fls.  irregu- 
lar  48.  Balsaminace*. 

AA.  Ovary  entire. 

B.  Stamens     monadelphotis,     at     least 
below :  woody  plants, 
c.  Stamen-tube  stipitate;  disk  vari- 
ous  53.  Meliace.e. 

cc.  Stamen-tube  sessile ;  disk  0. 

D.  Petals  not  appendaged:  fr.  cap- 
sular   40.  LiNACE-B. 

DD.  Petals  appendaged:  fr.  drupace- 
ous  41.  Erythroxylacejb. 

BB.  Stamens  free. 

c.  Ovules  several  or  many. 

D.  Mostly  herbaceous  plants.    (See 
No.  17,  Capparidace£e.) 
DD.  Woody    plants.     (See    No.    22, 
Flacourtiaceae.) 

cc.  Ovules  1-2 52.  BURSERACEiE. 

Cohort  2.  Olacales.  Disk  cup-shaped  or  ring-shaped,  free,  or 
bearing  the  stamens  and  petals  on  its  edge:  ovary  1-co-celled, 
entire;  ovule  solitary,  pendulous;  raphe  away  from  axis. 

A.  Petals  or  corolla-lobes  usually  valvate: 

woody 54.  Olacace,e. 

AA.  Petals    or    corolla-lobes    imbricate    or 
convolute. 
B.  Fr.  drupaceous,  slightly  fleshy,  3-18- 
stoned ;   stones    1 -seeded :    fls.   not 

racemose;  woody 55.  Aqcifoliace.e. 

BB.  Fr.  crustaceous  or  spongy,  2-4- 
celled,  1-4-seeded:  fls.  racemose: 
woody 56.  Cyrillace*. 

Cohort  3.  Celasthales.  Disk  tumid  or  adnate  to  the  calyx 
or  covering  its  base:  stamens  inserted  around  the  disk  or  affixed  to 
its  margin;  ovary  usually  entire;  ovules  usually  2  in  each  cell,  erect: 
raphe  turned  toward  axis;  lvs.  simple  or  rarely  compound. 

A.  Calyx  valvate;  petals  small,  concave; 

stamens  opposite  the  petals:  woody,. ..59.  Rhamnace-e. 
AA.  Calyx  imbricate. 

B.  Stamens  alternate  with  the  petals, 
the  latter  imbricate, 
c.  Petals     spreading:     calyx     small: 

woody 57.  Celastrace.e. 

CO.  Petals  erect,  often  connate:  calyx- 
tube  hemispherical:  herbs 58.  Stackhousiace.«; 

BB.  Stamens  opposite  the  petals,  the  lat- 
ter   valvate,    dropping    off    early: 

woody,  rarely  herbaceous 60.  VitacejE. 

(Inch  Leeaceae.) 

Cohort  4.  Sapindales.  Disk  various;  stamens  variously 
inserted  on  the  disk:  ovary  entire,  or  more  often  lobed,  or  suba- 
pocarpus;  ovules  commonly  1-2  in  each  cell,  ascending,  with  raphe 
toward  axis,  or  reversed,  or  solitary  and  pendulous  from  an  ascend- 
ing funicle.  rarely  Qo  and  horizontal:  lvs.  pinnate,  rarely  simple 
(No.  62),  or  (No.  65)  digitate. 

A.  Carpels  2:  fr.  a  samara 62.  AcEHACEiE. 

AA.  Carpels  2-3:  fr.  a  drupe,  1-seeded.. ....  61.  Sabiace-b. 

AAA.  Carpels    3-5:    fr.    rarely   samaroid   in 
Sapindaceie. 
B.  Bark  containing  resin:    disk    intra- 

staminal ._ .67.  Anacardiace.b. 

BB.  Bark   not   resinous,    or,   if   so,   disk 
extrastaminal. 
c.  Endosperm      abundant;      embryo 
straight. 
D.  Disk  intrastaminal;  carpels 3. .  ..63.  Staphyleace,e. 
do.  Disk  extrastaminal;  carpels  4-5.-64.  Melianthace.e, 
cc.  Endosperm    sparse     or    wanting; 
embryo      curved:      disk     extra- 
staminal.   (See   Sapindaceffi, 
No.  66.) 
d.  Lvs.   opposite,   palmately  com- 
pound   65.  HlPPOCABTA- 

DD.  Lvs.  alternate,,  variously  com-  |nace.«. 

pound,  or  simple 66.  Sapindace«, 


82 


KEY   TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


Anomalous  Families.  I)i:«k  0;  .sepals  niul 
petals  c>:  -■.uuiions  10;  carpels  5-10,  disiinol: 
ox'ule  M.>Inar>",  )hmu1uIous;  raphe  awnj' 
from  axis.    Approa»'lies  TluilHiuitlorto (»S.  Coriahiace^. 

Oisk  invosHiYK  calyx-tubr:  stamens  10, 
of  which  5  have  uo  aniliers:  ovary  l-celled, 
with  i{-p,inetal  phicenta*;  ovules  <^.  Ap- 
;>roachei'Calyciflonr 09.  Morinoace.b. 

Series  S.  CALYOiri.oR.E.  Petals  iu  1  scries:  stamens  co  or 
definite,  inserted  with  the  petals  and  sepals  on  the  eilKe"of  the  cup- 
ehajHil  reci'ptacle  thypanthium),  or  on  a  disk  lining  the  latter; 
ovarj*  often  adnate  to  this  receptacle;  aud  therefore  inferior.  (See 
also  Calycanthaceae.) 

Cohort  1.  RosALES.  Carpels  superior  solitary  or  free  or  united 
only  at  ba^^e.  sometimes  to  the  aix'x  and  then  rarely  inferior:  styles 
distinct,  rarely  unittnl  in  a  column  and  easily  separated  (styles 
connate  in  some  Bruniacese  and  Saxifragacese).  (See  also  Tropseo- 
Uces  and  Capparidacece. ) 

A.  Endosperm  rare. 

B.  Fr.  a  legume,  when  rarely  otherwise 
the  corolla  is  cither  papilionaceous 
or  the  stamens  are  very  numerous 
and  exserted :  I  vs.  usually  com- 
pound with  pulvini 70.  Leqdmin08e.b. 

BB.  Fr.  not  a  legume,  either  a  follicle, 
drupe,  pome,  achene  or  aggregate: 
Ivs.  simple  or  compound  without 

pulvini 71.  Ro8ace.e. 

AA.  Endo.*iperm  moderate  or  copious. 
B.  Plants  insectivorous. 

C.  Lvs.  bearing  many  tentacles  tipped 
with     capitate     viscid     glands: 

herbs 76.  Droserace-e. 

cc.  Lvs.  bearing  pitchers 74.  Cephalotac££. 

BB.  Plants  not  insectivorous. 

c.  Carpels  -j,  rarely  3  or  more,  sepa- 
rate, with  a  scale  at  the  base  of 
each,    superior:    ovules    many: 

often  fleshy  plants:  herbs 75.  Cra8SULace.e. 

cc.  Carpels  2  to   several,  rarely  sepa- 
rate, no  scale  at  the  base:  plants 
not  conspicuously  fleshy. 
D.  Ovary  usually  2-celled,  usually 
superior;   ovules     oo,    usually 
axile:  fr.  a  caps,  or  berry  or 
follicle. 

E.  Lvs.  opposite,  stipulate 73.  Cunoniace.b. 

EE.  Lvs.  alternate,  or  opposite  and 

exstipulate 72.  Saxifraoace.g, 

DD.  Ovary  2-celIed,  Inferior  or 
rarely  superior;  ovules  1-co, 
pendulous  or  axile:  fr.  a  woody 
2-valved  caps.,  with  a  sepa- 
rating inner  layer  of  different 

texture 77.  Hamameudace^. 

DDD.  Ovary  1-4-eelIed,  usually  infe- 
rior; o\'ules  1  to  several,  pendu- 
lous: fr.  indehiscent  or  cocci 
irregularly  and  tardily  dehis- 
cent. 
E.  Plants     heath-like:     stamens 

and  petals  5 78.  Brcniace.e. 

ee.  Plants       ordinary:      stamens 

often  many 79.  Halohagidace.e. 

Cohort  2.  Myrtales.  Ovary  syncarpous,  inferior  or  inclosed 
in  a  cup-shaped  receptacle,  usually  divided  into  cells;  style  undi- 
vided; ovules  2~<»  in  the  cells. 

A.  Ovules  pendulous  from  apex  of  cells: 
woody. 

B.  Ovary  2-<i-oelIcd 80.  Rhizophorace«. 

BB.  Ovary  1-celled 8L  Combretace.e. 

AA.  Ovules  affixed  to  the  inner  angles  of  the 
celbt  or  to  ba^iilar  plaoentse,  ascending, 
horizontal  or  pendulous. 
B.  Stamens  co,  rarely  definite:  woody, 
c.  Oil-glands   in    foliage;   sieve-tubea 

in  pith-rays 82.  Myrtace-e. 

cc.  Oil-glands  absent;  no  sieve-tubes 

in  pith-rays 83.  Lecttbidacea. 

BB.  Stamens  definite,  rarely  od. 

c,  Calyx-lobcH  usually  imbricate  or 
open;  anthers  curved,  u.'iually 
opening  by  pores  at  the  apex; 
connective    usually  appendaged 

or  thickened 84.  MelastomacejE. 

cc.  Calyx-lo^>eH        usually        valvate; 
anthers  normal,  not  appendaged, 
opfrning  longitudinally. 
D.  Ovary    hujxrrior;    petaLs    corru- 
gated  85.  Lythrace*:. 

DD.  Ovary  inferior  or  half-inferior. 
E.  Carpels   in    stories,    superim- 
posed:  [>etals  corrugated. .  ..86.  Punicace-e. 
EE.  Carpels    in    1    whorl:    petals 

convolute 87.  0.vaorace.«!. 


eee.  Carpels  in  1  whorl:  petals 
imbricate;  a  dentate  or 
wavy  cup-shapi'd  iii.sk  under 
ovary:  waler-plants 88.  Trapace^b. 

Cohort  3.    Passiflohalks.    Ovary  .syncarpous,  inferior,  semi- 
inferior,  or  incluseil  in  the   hollow  receptacle,  rarely  exserted,  1- 
celkni  with  parictiil  phu'cniation,  or  divided  into  cells;  ovules  l-oo  ; 
styles  united  or  distinct  from  the  base. 

A.  Crown  inserted  on  calyx-tube  or  within 

petals,  single,  double  or  multiple 90.  PASaiPLORACEiB. 

AA.  Crown  0. 

B.  Fls.  bisexual  (sec  Caricaceffi);  petals 
uiilike  the  sepals :  foliage-hairs 
stinging  or  rigid  or  queerly  con- 
structed  89.  L0ASACE.E. 

BB.  Fls.  unisexual. 

c.  Stamens  5  or  10:  perianth  of  the 

2  sexes  unlike 91.  Caricace.e. 

cc.  Stamens    usually    3:    perianth    of 

both  sexes  similar 92.  Cccurbitace.g. 

ccc.  Stamens  co  :  perianth  of  the  2  sexes 

often  unlike 93.  Beqoniace^. 

Cohort  4.    FicoiDALEs.    Ovary  syncarpous,  inferior  or  superior, 

divided  into  cells  with  sub-basilar  placentation,  or  rarely  1-celled 
with  parietal  placenta;;  ovules  1-co;  styles  distinct  or  united  to 
near  apex ;  embryo  curved  or  excentric. 

A.  Calyx-lobe.s,  petals  and  stamens  usually 

CD  :  ovary  1-celled 94.  Cactace^. 

A  A.  Calyx-lobes  usually  4-5:  ovary  2-cd- 

colled 95.  AizOACE^. 

Cohort  5.  Umbellales.  Ovary  syncarpous,  inferior,  crowned 
by  the  tlisk,  divided  into  cells,  or  l-carpelled;  styles  distinct  or 
united  part  way;  ovules  solitary  and  pendulous  in  the  cells. 

A.  Fr.  separating  into  2  dry  indehiscent 

carpels 96.  Umbellifer-e. 

A.t.  Fr.  usually  drupaceous,  the  stones  dis- 
tinct but  not  separating  naturally. 
B.  Lvs.  compound,  or  simple,  and  pal- 

mately  veined 97.  Arauace^. 

BB.  Lvs.  simple,  pinnately  veined. 

c.  Ovules  2   in   each   cell:   ovary   1- 
ctlled:  raphe  toward  axis:  fls.  in 

catkins:  lvs.  opposite 98.  GARRYACEiB. 

cc.  Ovule  1  in  each  cell. 

D.  Raphe    toward    axis:    ovary    1- 
celled:     fls.     in     heads:     lvs. 

alternate 99.  NYSSACEa:. 

DD.  Raphe  lateral:  ovary  1-2-celled; 

fls.  in  cymes:  lvs.  alternate. .  .  .100.  Alangiace.e. 
DDD.  Raphe     exterior:     ovary     1-5- 
celled:  fls.  in  heads  or  cymes: 
lvs.  opposite  or  alternate 101.  Cornace^. 

Subclass  2.  Gamopetal^.  Calyx  and  corolla  both  present, 
the  petals  usually  more  or  less  united:  stipules  present  only  in  the 
Rubiaceie  and  LoganiaceEe,  rarely  in  ihe  Caprifoliacete:  corolla 
polypetalous  in  some  Ericaceffi,  in  Monotropacete,  PyrolaceEe,  Cleth- 
raceae,  some  Styracacete  and  Oleacete;  also  in  Galax,  Statice, 
Lysimachia;  corolla  gamopetalous  in  some  Fouquieriacese,  Stack- 
housiaceae,  Leguminosffi,  Fumariaceae,  Polygalaceffi,  and  Oxali- 
dacese  of  the  Polypetalae. 

Series  1.  Infer.e.  Ovary  inferior  (see  EricaceEe):  stamens  as 
many  as  lobes  of  the  corolla,  rarely  fewer. 

Cohort  1.  RuBiALES.  Stamens  affixed  to  the  corolla:  ovary 
2-co-celled;  cells  1-co-ovuled:  Ivs.  opposite  or  whorled. 

A.  Fls.     regular     or     irregular:     stipules 

usually  absent 102.  Caprifoliace.e. 

A  A.  Fls.  regular;  stipules  present,  inter- 
or  intrapetiolar,  various  in  form, 
sometimes  like  the  lvs.  and  disposed 
in  the  same  whorl  with  them 103.  Rcbi  ace.e. 

Cohort  2.  Asterales.  Stamens  affixed  to  corolla:  ovary  of  the 
2-nierous  pistil  1-celled,  1-ovuled. 

A.  Anthers  free:  lvs.  opposite  or  whorled. 

B.  Endosperm  0 104.  Valerianace.e. 

BB.  Endosperm  present 105.  DipbacacEjE. 

AA.  Anthers  united  in  a  ring  around  the 
style  except  in  a  few  genera:  lvs. 
alternate  or  opposite 106.  Composit-e. 

Cohort  3.  Campanales.  Stamens  u.sually  free  from  the  corolla: 
ovary  2-6-celled ;  the  cells  usually  co-ovuled:  lvs.  usually  alternate. 

107.  Campanui-ace.e. 
(Incl.  LobeliaccfB.) 

Series  2.  Heteromer.e.  Ovary  usually  superior:  stamens  free 
from  the  corolla,  or  opposite  the  lobes  or  twice  as  many,  or  od,  or, 
if  borne  on  the  corollan,  the  alternate  with  its  lobes  and  equal  in 
number  to  them;  carpels  more  than  2. 


KEY  TO  THE   FAMILIES  AND   GENERA 


83 


Cohort  1.  Ericales.  Stamens  twice  as  many  as  the  corolla- 
lobes,  or  us  many  and  opposite  them:  ovary  2-co-celled:  ovules 
Dumerous  (.except  iu  Epacridacese) :  fr.  fleshy  or  berry-like. 

A.  Anthers  dehisce  by  an  apical  cr*tek  or 
pore,  often  produced  into  a  tube;  sta- 
mens  usually   S   or    10    (5   in   some 
Ericaceae). 
B.  Chlorophylless  plants:  polypetalous.lOS.  Monotropace.e. 
BB.  Chlorophyll-bearing  plants, 

c.  Anthers  inverted,  at  least  at  first; 
polypetalous. 

D.  Ovary  3-ceIled;  shrubs 109.  Clethrace^. 

DD.  Ovary  o-celled:  low  or  acaules- 

cent  plants 110.  Pyrolace^. 

cc.  Anthers  erect;  rarely  polypetalous 

(Ledum) 111.  Ericace^. 

AA.  Anthers   dehisce    by    longitudinal    fis- 
sures (see  also  EpigEea);  stamens  5. 
B.  Plants  shrubs  or  trees:  carpels  4-5...  .112.  Epacridace.e. 
BB.  Plants  low  or  acaulescent:  carpelsS.  .  113.  Diapenslvce.e. 

Cohort  2.  pRiMULALES.  Stamens  as  many  as  the  corolla-lobes 
and  opposite  them;  ovary  1-celled;  placentae  free-central  or  basal. 

A.  Ovary  1-ovuled 114.  Plumbaoinace.e. 

AA.  Ovary  2  to  many-ovuled. 

B.  Fr.  capsular:  herbs 115.  Primulace-e. 

BB.  Fr.  indehiscent:  trees  or  shrubs 110.  MvRsiNACEiE. 

Cohort  3.  Ebenales.  Stamens  as  many  as  lobes  of  the  corolla 
and  opposite  them  or  twice  as  many,  or  co  ;  ovary  2-oo -celled;  seeds 
usually  few  and  rather  large:  woody. 

A.  Fls.  usually  bisexual;  stamens  usually 
borne  on  the  corolla. 
B.  Stamens  15-oo:  ovary  Inferior,  2-5- 

celied 117.  Symplocace.e. 

BB.  Stamens  5-10:  ovary  superior. 

c.  Ovary  l-celled  at  top IIS.  Styracace.e. 

cc.  Ovary  4-°o-celled 119,  Sapotace.e. 

AA.  Fls.    di(Ecious;    stamens    usually    free 

from  corolla 120.  Ebenace.e. 

Series  3.  Bic.\rpell,\t.e.  Ovary  usually  superior:  stamens 
alternate  with  corolla-lobes,  as  many  as  them  or  fewer:  carpels  2, 
or  rarely  1  or  3. 

Cohort  2.  Gentiaxales.  Corolla  reg:ular:  stamens  alternate 
with  corolla-lobes  and  equal  to  them  in  number,  or,  if  fewer, 
usually  alternate  with  carpels:  Ivs.  usually  opposite. 

A.  Stamens  2,  alternate  with  the  carpels, 
rarely  4;  stigma  terminal;  ovary 
2-celled ;   ovules   affixed   to   septum : 

rarely  herbaceous 121.  Oleace.e. 

AA.  Stamens  and   corolla-lobes   usually  5, 
sometimes  4,  rarely  oo. 
B.  Ovary  usually  compound,  with  2  or  3 
(rarely  4  or  5  )  cells  or  placentse. 
c.  Caps,    mostly    2-celIed:    Ivs.    con- 
nected by  transverse  lines  or  stip- 
ules  122.  Looaniace.e. 

cc.  Caps,  mostly  1-celled,  with  parie- 
tal placentse:  Ivs.  not  connected 

as  above 123.  Gentianace.e. 

BB.  Ovaries  2,  usually  becoming  follicles. 
c.  Anthers  permanently  attached  to  a 
large    stigmatic     body;     pollen 

mostly  in  waxy  masses 124.  Asclepiadace.e. 

cc.  .\nthers    distinct   or   merely  con- 

nivent;  pollen  ordinary 125.  Apocynace.g. 

Cohort  2.  Polemoniales.  Corolla  regular:  stamens  as  many 
as  lobes  of  corolla:  Ivs.  usually  alternate:  ovary  l-oo-o\'uled. 

A.  Pistil  3-merous;  corolla-lobes  con- 
volute   120.  POLEMONIACE.E. 

AA.  Pistil  not  .3-merous. 

B.  Corolla-lobes    imbricated    or    rarely 
convolute. 
c.  .Style  u.sually  deeply  2-cut,  or  even 
split  into  2  distinct  styles:  caps. 
1-celled,  2-valved,  with  2  parie- 
tal  or   int  roflexed    placenta,   or 

sometimes  2-ceUed 127.  Hydrophyll- 

cc.  Style  usually  entire  or  shortly  2-  [ace^. 

cut,  rarely  otherwise;  ovary  4- 
ovuled,  usually  4-lobed  and 
maturing  as  4  separate  or 
separable  nutlets;  or  not  lobed, 
3— 4-relIed,  and  separating  when 

ripe  into  2  or  4  nutlets 128.  Boraoinace.e. 

BB.  Corolla-Iimb  more  or  less  pficate  or 

rarely  imbricate. 

C.  Ovary   2-celled    (sometimes   3-   or 

spuriously  4-celled,  becoming  a 

globular  4-6-seeded  caps.:  seeds 

basal 129.  Convolvulace* 


cc.  Ovary  2-celled  (rarely  .3-5-celled), 
with  numerous  ovules  on  ex-  ^ 
panded  axillary  placenta;,  be- 
coming a  pod  or  berry 130.  SoLANACEiE. 

CCC.  Ovary  5-30-cellod,  .5-30-lobed, 
often  transvcr.sely  as  well  as 
longitudinally  so 131.  Nolanace^. 

Cohort  3.  Perso-N'ale3.  Corolla  usually  irregular  or  oblic]ue: 
posterior  stamen  differing  from  the  others,  abortive  or  even  absent: 
carpels  oo-ovuled,  or  with  2  ovules,  one  above  the  other. 

A.  Seeds  usually  with  endosperm:  ovary 

perfectly  2-celled;  placenta;  central. .  .132.  Scrophclaria- 
AA.  Seeds  without  endosperm.  [ce^. 
B.  Plants  insectivorous,  often  aquatic: 
ovary  1-celled,  globose,  with  a  free- 
central   or   basal    placenta 133.  Lentibdlaria- 

BB.  Plants  not  insectivorous;  not  aquatic.  [ce^e. 

c.  Seeds  winged:  ovary  2-,  rarely   1-, 

celled:  trees  or  climbing  shrubs.. .  134.  BiONONiACEiE. 
cc.  Seeds  not  winged. 

D.  Ovary    l-celled    or   falsely  2-4- 
celled. 

E.  Fr.  straight  or  spiral 135.  Gesneriace*. 

EE.  Fr.  falcate-rostrate 136.  Martyniace.«i. 

DD.  Ovary  2^4-celled. 

E.  Plant  very  mucilaginous:  no 
hooks  among  seeds:  fr.  often 

hooked  or  spiny 137.  Pedaliace^. 

EE.  Plants  not  conspicuously  mu- 
cilaginou.s ;  hooks  in  caps, 
aiding  in  seed-dissemination.  138.  AcANXHACEiC. 

Cohort  4.  Lamiales.  Corolla  usually  irregular  or  oblique:  pos- 
terior stamen  smaller  than  the  others,  usually  abortive  or  quite 
deficient:  carpels  with  2  ovules  placed  side  by  side,  or  else  1-ovuled 

A.  Fr.  not  divided  into  4  nutlets:  ovary 
not  4-lobed. 
B.  Ovary  1-celled,  1-ovuled. 

c.  Fls.  in  heads:  plant  often  heath- 
like   139.  Globitlariace.£. 

cc.  Fls.  in  slender  interrupted  spikes. . .  140.  Phrymace^, 
BB.  Ovary  2-10-celled. 

c.  Cells   with   2-10  ovules:   trees  or 

shrubs 141.  Myoporace^. 

cc.  Cells  with  1  ovule:  herbs  or  shrubs.  142.  Verbenace.h. 
\A.  Fr.  divided    into  4  nutlets:  ovary  4- 

lobed 143.  LABiAT.ffl, 

Anomalous    Family.       Remarkable     for 

its  scarious  4-lobed  corolla:  stamens  few; 
ovary  1-1-celled:  fr.  a  circumscissile  caps., 
or  rarely  indehiscent;  seeds  peltate 144.  PLANXAQiNACEi;. 

Subclass  3.    Apetal.eor  Monochlamyde^.  Corolla  wanting 

or  undifferentiated  from  the  calyx  (except  it)  some  Euphorbiaceae 
and  one  genus  of  Phytolaccacese),  and  sometimes  also  the  calyx 
wanting;  perianth  simple,  the  lobes  or  segms.  in  1  or  2  series, 
similar  among  themselves  and  usually  calyx-like,  sometimes 
minute  or  wanting.  (See  also  Ranunculaceae,  Flacourtiaceae, 
Slenispermacese,  TrochodendraceEe,  Hosaceae,  I>ythraceie,  Ona- 
graceae,  Hamamelidacese,  Rutaceae,  Aceraceae,  Rhamnacese,  Eucom- 
miaceae,  Cornaceae,  and  Caryophyllacese  with  corolla  sometimes 
absent.) 

Series  1.  Curvembrye.e.  Embryo  curved,  excentric,  lateral  or 
peripheral,  rarely  straightish,  subcentral  and  narrow  (Polygon- 
aceae);  ovule  solitary  in  the  ovary  or  in  each  carpel  or  in  the  Ama- 
rantacete  more  then  2  ovules  erect  in  the  center  of  the  cell:  fls. 
bisexual  or,  in  a  few  genera,  unisexual  or  polygamous;  petals  very 
rarely  present;  stamens  as  many  as  the  perianth-segms,  or  fewer, 
rarely  more. 

A.  Fr.  the  hardened  or  membranous 
closed  base  of  the  corolla-like  peri- 
anth with  a  utricle  inclosed 145.  Nyctaqinace.e. 

AA,  Fr,  a  utricle;  ovule  not  orthotropous; 

embryo  annular  or  spiral:  perianth 

mostly    persistent,   small    4-5-lobed, 

or  parted,  or  0. 

B,  Pe'rianth  herbaceous,  or  scarious  at 

the    margin,    persistent;    stamens 

perigynous;     style     branched     or 

styles  2-3:  stipules  scarious 

(Illecebraceae,  inch  in  Caryophyllacese). 
BB.  Perianth  dry,  chaff-like,  not  herba- 
ceous, subtended  by  a  bract  and  2 
bractlets;  stamens  hypogynous  or 
perigynous;  filaments  connate  at 
base ;     style     simple    or    2-3-fid : 

stipules  0 14().  Amarantace^. 

BBB.  Perianth-lobes  or  -segms.  membran- 
ous or  herbaceous;  stamens  hypogy- 
nous  or  perigynous,  nearly  always 
free;  style  simple  or  2-3-lobed,  or 
styles  2-5:  stipules  none 147.  Chenopodiace*. 


KEY   TO   THE  FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


84 

m.  Fr.  composed  of  1  to  several  carpeU, 

which  arc  crowdetl  or  connate  in  a 

ring,  each  with  a  style,  baccate,  cori- 
aceous or  siiniaiMid;  oviile  not  ortho- 

Iropoiis:     embryo     coik-a:     stamens 

h\iHicvnovis;  perianth  herbaceous  or 

^S^u"raA.ly  membranous..     . . .  US.  Phvtol.vccacb;b. 
4AVV.  Fr.    an    achene.    trianRular   or   lens- 

shalied;  stvle  branched  or  styles  .J -vi; 

ovule  orthotropous;  embryo  straight: 

perianth  herbaceous,  membranous  or 

coloroil.  rarely  adherent  to  base  of 

^■^^il.-Se '". .".  .t'!":"!"  .    .".      ''l49.  PoLvao^^c.^. 

Series  2.  MtTinovci^Tai  Tekrestres.  Terrestrial  herbs  or 
shrubs,  often  climbers:  ovary  syncarpous;  ovules  in  each  cell  or  on 
each  placenta  numerous. 

A   FI.*.    dioecious:    ovary    superior:    h's. 

fcarii^^endrils  and  pitchers ,  .  .150.  Nepenthace.^. 

A.\.  Fls.  bi-sexual:  ovary  inferior:  Ivs.  with-  ,„„„,. 

out  tendrils  and  pitchers lol.  Aristolochia-^ 

Series  3.  Micrembrte.e.  Ovary  syncarpous,  mono^carpoua  or 
aixSaroous;  ovules  solitary  for  each  carpel,  rarely  2  or  few;  endos 
perm  copious,  fleshy  or  mealy;  embryo  minute. 

A.  Perianth  0.  ,    „   .  ,      o 

B.  Lvs.  alternate:  carpels  3-1:  ovules  ^ 

to  several:  stamens  3-6 152.  SAtJRURACE.E. 

BB.  Lvs.    alternate,    rarely    opposite    or 
whorled:  carpel  1:  ovule  1,  basal: 

stamens  2^8. •  •  • -l^S-  P.pebace.e. 

BBB    Lvs.    oDPOsite:    carpel    1:    ovule    1, 

jindent:  stamens  1-3 154.  Chloranthace/e. 

aa.  Perianth  calyx-Uke.     .       ,      ,  „ 

"■  ^ernat^"''"^! ."'."".         "'     .'155.  Mtristicace.^. 
BB.  Carpels  several,   together   with   the 
stamens  scattered  over  the  face  of 
the  cup-shaped  receptacle 156.  Monimiace/e. 

Series  4.  Daphn-e*.  Ovary  monocarpous.  1-celled.  rarely  syn- 
carpous with  2^  cells;  ovules  solitary,  or  twin  and  side  by  side  in 
the  ovary  or  in  each  cell,  rarely  a  few  pairs  superposed. 

A.  Radicle  superior;  ovule  solitary,  pendu- 
lous. 
B.  Anthers      dehiscing      by      uplifting 
valves,  rarely  laterally  dehiscent: 
perianth-tube   short,  lobes  6  or  4, 
in   2    series,    usually    imbricated: 

ovary  1-celled:  woody 157.  LAnRACE.E. 

BB   Anthers  normal:  perianth-tube  long; 
lobes  4-5.  imbricated:  ovary  1-2- 

celled:  woody 158.  Thvmel.gace.e. 

AA.  Radicle  inferior. 

B.  Perianth-tube  cyhndraceous;  lobea 
4,  valvate;  stamens  as  many  and 
opposite  them:  ovule  erect  or  pen- 
dulous.  or  geminate,  rarely  a>. . . . .  159.  Photeace.g. 
BB.  Perianth-tube  medium,  constricted 
above  the  ovary,  persistent  at  base, 
deciduous  above;  lobes  2  or  4;  sta- 
mens twice  as  many  as  the  lobes: 
rilvery-scaly  plants:  woody IbO.  El^aonace.e. 

Series  S.  Achi.amydospore«.  Ovary  l-celled;  cells  1-3-ovuled; 
celU  and  ovules  often  inconspicuoui)  before  anthesis;  endosperm  of 
wed  Without  a  coat,  either  free  in  the  pericarp  or  attached  to  its 
walls:  plants  often  parasitic. 

not    easily    distinguishable 


,  Ovule    1, 
from  ovary. 


.  161.  I>ORANTHACE.E. 


EE.  Stamens    not    elastic:    ovule   ^^ 

suspended,  anatropous Ibb. 

DD.  Male    periantli    wanting,    some- 

tiiiu's  •ii-owii  to  the  bract  in 

JuKlMiuhiccie;       stamens      <», 

often  2  ill  Myricacece. 

E.  Lvs.     pinnate:     male    fls.    in 

catkins:  woody .■  •  •  ■  l*^^* 

EE.  Lvs.  simple;  male  intl.  spioate, 
subamcntaeeous:  woody. 
F.  Carpel  1;  placenta  parietal: 

ovule  amphilropous 168 

FF.  Carpels   2;   placenta   basal: 

ovule  orthotropous. .....  169, 

BB.  Ovules  2;  stamen  1:  equisetum-like 

plants;  woody v/i'^^" 

AA.  Ovary   2-3-ocUed,  rarely   more-celled. 

B.  Endosperm      usually      copious:      fr. 

usually   separating    into    2-valved 

berries,  sometimes  fleshy  and  inde- 

hisoent,  or  various:  infl.  various. 

c.  Hypogynous  disk  present:  imcro- 

pyle    externally    directed;    juice 

often  milky ■.  ■  ■  •  1' 1- 

cc.  Hypogynous   disk    absent;   micro- 

pyle  toward  axis;  no  milky  iuice..l72. 
BE.  Endosperm  0;  fr.  a  nut:  male  infl. 
usually  in  catkins:  woody, 
c.  Carpels  2:  pistillate  fls.  usually  in 

cc.  Carpels    3:    pistillate    fls.    not    in 

spikes 174. 


U  LMACE.B. 


JuaLANDACE.^E. 

.  Leitneriace.e. 
,  Myhicace.e. 
.  Ca8uarinace.b. 


EuPHORBIACEJli. 
BUXACE.E. 

betulace.e. 
Fagace«. 


Anomalous  Families.    Somewhat  related  to  the  Uni- 


.  175.  Salicace.e. 


AA.  Ovules  1-3,  pendulous  from  summit  of 

free-central  placenta 162.  Santalace.e. 

Series  6.  Unisexoales.  Fls.  unisexual;  ovary  syncarpous  or 
monocarpou.s;  ovule  solitary  or  in  pairs  side  by  aide  in  the  ovary  or 
in  each  cell :  trees  or  shrubs,  rarely  herbs. 

A.  Ovary  1-celled. 
B.  Ovule  solitary;  stamens  2  to  many, 
c.  FU.  of  both  sexes  in  globose  long- 
peduncled     pendent      heads, 
crowded  very  aen.sely  on  a  cen- 
tral receptacle:  radicle  inferior: 

woody. ,    :    •  •  163.  Platanace*. 

cc.  Fls.  not  as  above:  radicle  superior. 
D.  Male  p<;rianth  free  from  the 
bract;  stamens  tu*  many  as  its 
lofx.-s  and  opposite  them,  or  by 
abortion  fewer,  rarely  numer- 
ous. 
I.  Stamens  uncoiling  elastically. 
r.  Ovule    suspended,    anatro- 

poilli  164.  MOBACE.B. 

FT.  Ovule  basai,  orthotropous.  .16.5.  Ubticace-b. 


Series  7. 

sexuales. 

A.  Fls.    in    catkins:    caps.     2-4-valved: 

woody •  ■  ■  .• ;■■•.■■■, 

AA  Fls.  axillary,  or  rarely  in  a  terminal 
head-  drupe  2-o>-stoned,  stones 
l-seeded:  low  shrubs 176.  Empetrace*. 

Class  2.  GYMN08PERM.E.  Ovules  naked  upon  a  scale,  bract  or 
disk:  cotyledons  2  or  more;  fls.  unisexual. 

■^'b':' The"v1.'.7an-lhaped:  fls.  in  pairs 177.  Ginkgoace*. 

BE.  The  lvs.  not  fan-shaped.        , 

c.  Perianth   present;  no  resin-tubes, 

but  true  vessels  in  wood ■  178.  (jNETace*. 

cc.  Perianth  wanting;  no  true  vessels, 
but  resin-tubes  present. 

D.  Ovule  solitary,  ariUate 179.  Taxace.e. 

DD.  Ovules  in  cones,  not  ariUate 180.  riNACE*. 

AA   Lvs.    pinnatisect.   ample,    crowded   at 

apex  of  the  woody  st.:  fls.  of  both         p_^^.„„„ 
sexes  in  cones 181-  Ctcadace.e. 

Subdivision  2.  Monocotyledons.  St.  without  central  pith 
or  annular  layers,  but  having  the  woody  bundles  distributed  irregu- 
larly through  it  (a  transver-se  section  showmg  the  bundles  as  dots 
scattered  through  the  cellular  tissue):  embryo  with  a  single  cotyle- 
don early  lvs.  always  alternate:  parts  of  the  fl.  usually  in  3  3, 
never  in  S's:  lvs.  mostly  parallel-vemed. 

Series  1  MlCR08PEnM.E.  Perianth  corolla-like,  at  least  inside: 
ovary  inferior,  1-celled  with  3  parietal  placentaj,  or  rarely  3-:celled 
with  axile  plicentie:  seeds  very  small  and  numerous;  without 
endosperm. 

A   FU     regular,    usually    unisexual;    sta- 

mensSsualiy  2,  6,  or9:  aquatic  herbs  182.  Hydrochasi- 
AA   Fl.s.  usually  very  irregular;  stamens  and  [tace«. 

styles  connate  into  a  column;  anther 
1  rarely  2;  terrestrial  or  epiphytic 
herbs,  rarely  cUmbers 183.  Orchidace*. 

Series  2.  EpiaYN.E.  Perianth  corolla-like,  at  lea.st  within :  ovary 
generally  inferior:  endosperm  copious. 

A.  Fh.  normally  uni.sexual;  stamens  6,  or 
those  opposite  the  inner  perianth- 
lobes  imperfect   or   deficient;   ovary 

3-celled:  seeds  2 :  •  •  •  184.  Dioscoreace.«. 

AA.  Fls.     normally     bisexual,     sometimes 
polygamous  or  otherwise. 
B.  Stamens    regular;    perianth    regular 
or   nearly   so:    embryo   small,   in- 
cluded in  the  endosperm, 
c   Ovary   1-celled;   endosperm  sohd; 
embryo     minute:     stamens     6, 

hooded 185-  Taccacejb. 

cc.  Ovary  usually  3-celled. 

D.  Stamens  3,   opposite  the  outer 

lobes:  endosperm  horny ISO.  Ihidace.e. 

DD.  Stamens  0,  rarely  3  and  opposite 
the    inner    lobes,    rarely    <» : 

endosperm  fleshy.  , 

B.  Placenta;  scarcely  intruding...  187.  AMARYLUDACEai. 


KEY  TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND  GENERA 


85 


EE.  Placentje    intruding    lamella- 
like, and  peltate 188.  Vellosiace*. 

BB.  Stamens  I  or  5  perfect,  the  other  5 
or  1.  variously  changed  into 
antherless  staminodia;  fls.  irregu- 
lar: embryo  in  a  central  canal  of 
endosperm,  straight,  incurved,  or 
horseshoe-shaped. 

c.  Fertile  stamens  5 189.  Musace^, 

cc.  Fertile  stamen  1. 

D.  Staminodiurn  1,  often  traces  of 
more ;     a     ligule     at     top     of 

petiole:  anther  2-celled 190.  Zingiberace^. 

DD.  Staminodia  5;  no  ligule;  anther 
1-eelled, 
E.  Ovary-cells  1-seeded:  a  joint 

at  summit  of -petiole 191.  MARANTACEiE. 

EE.  Ovary-cells  co-seeded:  nojoint. 192.  Cannace-b, 
BBB.  Stamens  regular  or  nearly  so:  peri- 
anth  regular:    embryo   in   a   small 
marginal  cave  or  pit  of  endosperm, 
rarely      much       intruded,       never 
wholly  included. 
C.  Kndosperm  mealy:  perianth  calyx- 
like   outside;    stamens    6:    Ivs. 

rigid 193.  BromeliacevE. 

cc.  Endosperm  fleshy;  perianth 
corolla-hke  or  woolly  outside; 
stamens  sometimes  G  and  equal, 
.'■ometimes  1-3  and  slightly  dis- 
similar, or  3  opposite  the  inner 
Iobe3. 
(HsemodoracesB,  mostly  iacl.  in  LiliaccEe  and  Araaryllidacese. ) 

Series  3.  Coronarie-e,  Perianth  corolla-like,  at  least  inside: 
ovary  free,  rarely  shortly  adnate  at  the  base:  endosperm  copious. 

a.  Embryo  minute  or  more  or  less  elon- 
gated, included  in  fleshy  or  horny 
endosperm:  perianth  regular:  sta- 
mens (i:  ovary  usually  3-eelled 194.  Liliace.e. 

aa.  Embryo  straight,  in  a  central  canal  of 
mealy  endosperm :  perianth  regular  or 
irregular,   from  a  spat  he;   stamens  3 

or  6:  ovary  1-  or  3-celled 195.  Pontederiace.e. 

AAA.  Embryo  marginal,  lying  in  mealy  en- 
dosperm and  under  a  little  callosity 
of  the  seed-coat:  perianth  regular  or 
shghtly  irregular,  of  3  herbaceous 
sepals  and  3  deliquescent  colored 
petalr^:  some  stamens  usually  sterile 
and  altered;  stamen-hairs  conspicu- 
ous  196.  C0MMELINACE.E. 

Series  4.  Calycine^.  Perianth  calyx-like,  small,  somewhat 
rigid  or  glumaceous,  or  rarely  herbaceous:  ovary  free;  endosperm 
copious. 

A.  Fr.  a  3-valved,  many-seeded  caps.; 
embryo  included  in  more  or  less 
fleshy  endosperm:  plant  grass-Uke.. .  .197.  Juncace.e. 
AA.  Fr.  berry-  or  drupe-like,  1-seeded, 
rarely  2-3-seeded;  embryo  immersed 
in  a  small  pit  near  the  periphery  of 
the  endosperm:  palm-like  plants 198.  Palmace.e. 

Series  5.  Nudiflor^.  Perianth  0.  or  reduced  to  scales  or  bris- 
tles: ovary  superior;  carpels  solitary  or,  if  more,  syncarpous,  1-co- 
ovuled;  seeds  usually  with  endosperm. 

A.  Plants  minute,  thalloid,  1-3  lines  wide, 
aquatic:  fls.  solitary  or  in  pairs  from 

marginal  fissures 199.  Lemnace^. 

AA.  Plants  larger:  fls.  on  .spadices. 

B.  Fls.  dioecioas;  perianth  0;  carpels 
usually  confluent  in  clusters; 
spadices     clustered     or     panicled: 

stifT  plants 200.  Pandanace^. 

BB.  Fls.  dicecious,  or  moncecious  in  differ- 
ent spadices;  perianth  0,  or  the 
short   segms.    distinct    or   connate; 

spadices  soHtary:  stiff  plants 201.  Cyclanthace.e. 

BBB.  Fls.  moncecious  in  different  spadices, 
rarely  dicecious;  perianth  reduced 
to  membranous  scales  or  thread- 
like chaff;  spadices  rarely  solitary: 

reed-like  marsh  plants 202.  Typbace-e. 

BBBB.  Fls.  bisexual,  or  moncecious  in  same 
spadix,  rarely  dioecious;  perianth  0, 
or  of  4  membranous  or  fleshy  im- 
bricate scales;  spadices  solitary; 
herbaceousor  fleshy  plants 203.  Arace.e. 

Series  6.  Apocarp^,  Perianth  in  1-2  series,  or  0:  ovary  supe- 
rior; carpels  solitary, or,  if  more, distinct;  seeds  without  endosperm. 

A.  Embryo     complicate     or     horseshoe- 
shaped  :  perianth-segms.  6,  in  2  series, 
the  inner  petatoid. 
B.  Ovules  1,  rarely  2-5.  basal 204.  Au8Mace.£. 


Lvcopodiace^. 
Selaginellace^. 


Eqcisetace^e. 


BB.  Ovules  numerous,  borne  between  the 

margins  and  inidrih  of  the  carpel.. ..205.  Butomace.b. 
AA.  Embryo    curved :    jH-rianth    of    4    her- 
baceous segms.,  or  0:  ovule  solitary. .  .206.  NaI ADAGE.*}. 
AAA.  Embryo  straight:  perianth  of  several 

petaloid  parts:  ovules  2-6 207.  Aponogetona- 

IcE^. 

Series  7.  Glumace.e.  Fls.  disposed  in  spikes  or  spikelets  which 
are  variously  arranged;  bracts  of  the  spikelet  scale-like  (glumes), 
usually  imbricate;  perianth-segms.  small,  scale-like,  bristle-like, 
or  0;  ovary  l-celled,  1-ovuled:  seeds  with  endosperm. 

A.  Fr.  an  achene;  seed  free  from  the  peri- 
carp; palets  and  lodiculesO 208.  Cyperace^. 

AA.  Fr.  a  caryopsis;  seed  usually  adherent 
to  pericarp;  palets  and  lodicules 
present 209.  Gramine.^, 

Other  families,  of  which  plants  are  more  or  less  in  cultivation 
and  described  in  this  Cyclopedia,  are:  Adoxaceae  (Adoxa),  Basel- 
lacese  (Anredera) ,  CandoHeacese  (Candollea) ,  Caryocaraceae 
(CaryocarJ ,  Datiscaceae  (Dati.sca) ,  Frankeniacea*  (Frankenia) , 
Goodeniacere  (Goodonia,  Scaevola),  Incacinacete  (Pyrenacantha), 
Orobanchaceir  (Aphyllon),  Restiacea^  (Restio),  Turneracea?  (Tur- 
nera),  Vochysiaceie  (V'ochysia). 

Division  2.  Pteridophyta.  Bearing  spores  instead  of  seeds, 
but  with  a  usually  separate  more  insignificant  stage  which  bears 
sexual  organs.  Ferns,  lycopods,  horsetails  and  the  like. 

A.  Plants    like    large    moss-plants,    with 
scale-  or  needle-like  Ivs. 

B.  Spores  all  alike,  minute 210. 

BB.  Spores  of  two   kinds,  larger   (mega- 
spores)  and  smaller  (microspores). 211. 
AA.  Plants   consisting   mainly   of   slender- 
jointed  herbaceous  8t.s.  with  whorls 
of   scale-like    appressed    Ivs.    at   the 

joints 212. 

AAA.  Plants    true   ferns,    with    usually   ex- 
panded   Ivs.      (AzoUa,    a    moss-Hke 
water-plant    is    exceptional. )      (Fih- 
cales. ) 
B.  Ferns  epiphytic   or  terrestrial    (one 
Ceratopteris      partly     aquatic) : 
spores  uniform,  minute. 
c.  Sporangia  with    thick    walls,  aris- 
ing   from    tissues    beneath    the 
epidermis. 
D.  The     sporangia    in     spikes    or 

panicles 213. 

DD.  The  sporangia  in  round  or  oval 
sori  on  under  surface  of  ordi- 
nary If 214. 

cc.  Sporangia  walls  only  1  cell  thick, 
derived  from  epidermis. 
D.  Small  membranous  ferns:  spor- 
angia borne  on  thread-like  pro- 
jections along  margin  of  Ivs... 215. 
DD.  Usually  larger, thicker-Ivd.  ferns: 
sporangia    not   on  thread-hke 
projections. 
E.  Plants  terrestrial. 

F.  Ring  of  sporangia  obsolete; 

sporangia  in  panicles 21G. 

FF.  Ring   of   sporangia   apical; 

sporangia  ovate,  ses.sile...  .217. 
BTF.  Ring  of  sporangia  vertical. 
G.  The     sporangia     mostly 
long-stalked :    Ivs.    pin- 
nate or  palmate. 21$. 

QG,  The  sporangia  mostly  ses- 
sile     or     very      short- 
stalked. 
H.  Sporangia    in    sori    of 
2-8,    radiating   in    a 
single       plane;       If.- 
branching    often   di- 
chotomous:      growth 

indeterminate 219. 

HH.  Sporangia      numerous 
in   the  globose   sori: 
mostly  arborescent.. .  220. 
EE.  Plants  aquatic,  with  floating 
sterile     Ivs.     and     pod-like 
sporophylls:  sporangia   ses- 
sile with  broad  ring  or  0 221. 

BB.  Ferns,  aquatic,  unfcrn-like  in  appear- 
ance ;    spores    of    2     sorts, — large 
macrosporea    and    minute   micro- 
spores. 
c.  Plants  floating:  Iva.  simple,  folded: 
microspores  and  macro.spores  in 

separate  sporocarps 222. 

cc.  Plants  rooting  in  mud:  Ivs.  quadri- 
foliate,  cloverlikc :  microspores 
and  macrospores  in  the  same 
aporocarp 223 


Ophioglossace^, 
Marattiace^. 


Htmenophyll- 

[A.CEM, 


OSMUNDACE.E. 
SCHIZ-EACE.E. 


POLYPODIACE.«. 


Gleicheniace.e, 
Cyatheace.e. 


Ceratopteri- 

(dace>e. 


Salviniace-e. 


Marsileacejb. 


S6 


KEY  TO   THE   FAIMILIES   AND   GENERA 


PART  II.— KEY  TO  THE  GENERA 

I.  RANUNCULACEiE. 

A.  Sepals  usually  valvate:  U'a.  opposite 1.  Clenialis. 

\A.  Sepals  imbricate. 

B.  C-arpols  1-oviiKxl:  fr.  an  indchisceut  achene. 
c.  Ovule  pt'iidulous;  raphe  dorsal. 

D.  Pelals  conspicuou;! 2.  Adonis. 

DD.  PetaU  0.  or  very  small. 

E.  FIs.  not  subtended  by  involucres... .   3.  Thalictntm. 
EE.  FIs.  subtendcil  by  involucres  remote 
from  the  calyx  or  close  \inder  it. 

F.  Involucre  remote  from  calyx -1.  Anemone. 

FF.  Involucre  of  3  simple,  sessile  Ivs. 

closer  under  the  fl 5.  Ilepatica. 

FFF.  Involucre   of   3   compound   sessile 

Ivs G.  Sytuiesmon. 

cc.  Ovules  ascending. 

o.  Petals  wanting 7.  Trmitvet- 

[teria. 

DD.  Pelals  3  to  many 8.  Ranunculus. 

BB.  Carpels  several-  or  many-oviiled:  fr.  usually 
dehiscent  at  maturity,  rarely  berry-like. 

c.  Petals  large  and  sh(»tt-y 9.  Pxonia. 

CC.  Petals  medium  small,  deformed,  or  0. 
D.  FIs.  irregular. 

E.  Posterior  sepal  form*  a  spur 10.  Delphinium. 

EE.  Posterior  sepal  forms  a  hood 11.  Aconitum. 

DD.  FIs.  regular. 

E.  Infl.  racemose. 

F.  Stamens  5  or  10:  shrubs 12.  Xanthorrh- 

FF.  Stamens  numerous:  herbs.  [iza. 

o.  Fr.  a  berry 13.  Acta'a. 

GO.  Fr.  consisting  of  follicles,  dehis- 
cent   H.  Cimicifuga. 

£E.  Infl.  paniculate,  or  fls.  solitary. 

F.  Lvs.  palmatcly  veined  or  cut;  not 
tcrnate. 
o.  Petals  wanting. 

H.  Ovules     many,     in     2    series 

along  the  ventral  suture.. . .  15.  Caltha. 

HH.  Ovules  only  2 , 10.  Hydrastis. 

QQ.  Petals  small  or  narrow;  mostly 
nectar-bearing. 
H.  Sepals   commonly  deciduous; 
petals     not     2-lipped,     nor 

scale-bearing 17.  TrolUus. 

HH.  Sepals  persistent;  broad  petals 

2-lipped  or  bearing  a  scale ...  18.  Ilelleborus. 
HHH.  Sepals      deciduous,      narrow; 

petals  bearing  a  scale 19.  Eranthis. 

FF.  Lvs.  ternately  or  subpinnately  de- 
compound. 
O.  Sepals  5-6. 

H.  Petals  spurred 20.  .Aquilegia. 

HH.  Petals     not     spurred;     often 
small  or  0. 
I.  The  carpels  connate  at  the 

base  or  higher 21.  Nigella. 

II.  The  carpels  free. 

J.  Carpels  stalked 22.  Coptis. 

jj.  Carpels  not  stalked 23.  Isopyrum. 

ao.  Sepals  and  petals  numerous 24.  Anemonop- 

[sis. 
The  genus  Callianthemum  is  also  in  cultivation. 


2.  DILLENIACE^. 

A.  Anthers  adnate,  linear;  nurpcl.-.  j-20,  partly 

connate:  upright  trees  oi  shrubs 1.  Dillenia. 

AA.  .Anthers  oblong  or  rarely  orbicular,  the  cells 

parallel  and  contiguous 2.  Hibhertia. 

AAA.  Anthers   versatile,   emarginate   at   the   base; 
carpels    completely    connate:    fr.    a    berry: 
twiaing  shniuH. 
B.  .Stamens   and   carpels    <^'  winter-buds   in- 
closed in  the  swollen  baseof  the  petiole. . ..  3. 
BB.  Stamens  10:  carpels  5:  winter-buus  free 4 


Actinidia, 
C'lemuto- 

[clethra. 


3.  CALYCANTHACE^. 

\.  Stameoit  lO-oo  :all  sepaU  browiii.sh  red 

4A.  StamcDs  5 :  outer  HCpals  white,  inner  purple . . 


4.   MAGNOLIACEiE. 

-  Stamens  ^  :  perianth-segms.  G-oo. 
B.  FI.t-  blnexual:  upright  trees  or  shrubs. 
c.  Stipules  0 


1.  Calycanlhus. 

2.  Meratia. 


1.  lUicium. 


cc.  Stipules  present,  inclosing  young  lvs.  in 
the  bud. 

D.  Anther.''  face  out 2.  Lirioden- 

DD.  .\nthers  face  in.  [dron. 

K.  Structure  bearing  the  carpels  stalked.  3.  Michelia. 
EE.  Structure  bearing  the  oarpi^ls  sessile. 

F.  Dehiscence  of  carpel  circumscissle.  4.  Tahiuma. 

FF.  Dehiscence  2-vulved 5.  Magnolia. 

BB.  Fls.  unisexual:  twining  shrubs. 

c.  Carpels  after  anthcsis  spicate 6.  Schizandra. 

CO.  Carpels  after  anthesis  globose-capitate.. .  .    7.  Kadsura. 
lA.  Stamens  4:  perianth-segins.  4;  fls.  in  slender 

spikes,  small:  lvs.  palminerved:  tree 8.  Tetracen- 

[tron, 
RIembors  of  the  genus  Drimys  are  sometimes  cultivated. 


5.  TROCHODENDRACE.^. 

A.  Carpels  5-8,  sessile,  with  many  seeds:  fls.  per- 
fect: evergreen  tree 1.  Trochoden- 

AA.  Carpels  co,  stipitate,  developing   into  winged  [dron. 

nutlets  with  1  or  few  seeds:  fls.  polygiimous: 
deciduous  tree 2.  Euptelea. 


6.  CERCIDIPHYLLACE^. 

The  only  genus Cercidiphyllum. 

7.  EUCOMMIACE.ffi. 

The  only  genus Eucommia. 


8.  ANNONACE^. 

A.  Fr.  an  aggregation  of  many  carpels  closely 
crowded   into   a   spheroid    or   ovoid    mass; 
ovules  solitary. 
B.  Carpels  fused  together  with  the  receptacle 
(torus)  into  a  fleshy   (often  edible)  syn- 
carpium. 
C.  Corolla     ^atnopftaloua,     3-lobed     or     3- 
•spurred,  alino-ti    riosed,  with  only  a  mi- 
nute  opining    tihdve    the   stamens   and 

pistils ■    ■  •    !•  Rollinia, 

cc.  Corolla  polypetalous;  petals  6  in  2  series, 
inner  series  .sometimes  minute  or  even 

wanting,  outer  petals  valvate 2.  Annona. 

BB.  Carpels  distinct,  rigid,  polygonal,  becoming 
detached  from  the  receptacle  when 
mature;  corolla  polypetalous,  the  petals 

imbricate  or  overlapping 3.  Duguetia. 

AA.  Fr.  a  cluster  of  distinct  carpels,  usually  stip- 
itate,  never  crowded  so  closely  as  to  be- 
come polygonal  or  prism-shaped;  ovules 
geminate  or  many  in  1  or  2  series. 

B.  Ovules  geminate,  vertical,  parallel 4.  Artabotrys. 

BB.  Ovules  horizontal  or  in  2  vertical  rows. 

c.  Petals  narrow,  long,  strap-shaped 5.  Canangium. 

cc.  Petals  suborbicular  to  obovate-olilong. 
D.  Inner  petals  with    their  margins  invo- 
lute, ear-shaped  or  boat-shaped CrCymbopet- 

[alum. 
DD.  Inner  petals  with  margins  not  involute..  7.  Asimina. 

Fusiea,   Unona,  Uvaria,  and  Xylopia  are  also  slightly  in  cul- 
tivation 


9.  MENISPERMACE^. 

A.  Filaments  coalesced  into  a  column  which  is 
subpeltate  at  apex. 

B.  Sepals  (»;  petals  0 1-  Anamirta. 

(See  article  Cocculus.) 
BB.  Sepals  4;  petals  grown  together,  making  a 

small  cup 2.  Cissampelos. 

AA.  Filaments  free,  either  at  base  or  apex. 
B.  Stamens  9-20. 

c.  Sepals  and  petals  G,  in  whorls;  stamens 

9-12 S.  Sinomen- 

cc.  Sepals  and   petals  irregularly  arranged;  [turn. 

scpals4-10;  petals  6-0;  stamens  12-24...  4.  Mcni.iper- 
3B.  Stamens  (5.  [mum 

c.  Petals   G,   shorter   than   sepals,    stamens 

high-monadclphous 5.  Cocculus. 

cc.  Petals  0,  unless  the  3  inner  and  larger  se- 
pals are  regarded  as  petals;  outer  sta- 
mens free 6.  Abuta. 

Calyocarpum  and  Jatrorrhiza  are  sometimes  cultivated. 


KEY  TO  THE   FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


87 


10.  BERBERIDACEiE. 

A.  Venation  or  lobing  pinnate;  Ivs.  penuiuerved, 
pinnatisect,  pinuately  2-3-ternate  or  decom- 
poiind. 
B.  Ovules  fen",  erect  from  the  base. 
c.  Plants  are  shrubs. 

D.  Foliage-lvs.     simple,     often     fascicled : 
branches    usually    bearing    reduced 

spine-lvs 1.  Berberis. 

DD.  Foliage-lvs.  pinnate  :evergreen  branches 
unarmed. 

E.  Lfts.  serrate:  Ivs.  simply  pinnate 2.  Mahonia. 

EE.  Lfts.  entire;  Ivs.  2-3-pinnate 3.  Nandina, 

cc  Plants  are  herbs. 

D.  Petals  6,  reduced  to  small  nectaries 4.  Leontice. 

DD.  Petals  G,  scarcely  smaller  than  sepals 

and  fiat 5.  Leontice,  § 

BB.  0\'ules  placed  ventrally  in  2  series:  herbs.  {Bongardia. 
c.  Sepals  12-15;  petals  0,  reduced   to  nec- 
taries     6.  Vancouveria. 

cc.  Sepals  8;  petals  4,  reduced  to  nectaries. ...   7.  Epiftiediuni. 
ccc.  Sepals  7-S;  petals  4,  ahttle  .smaller;  flat...   8.  AceranOmi*. 
AA.  \'enation  or  lobing  palmate;  Ivs.  palminerved, 
palmilobed,  or  2-parted. 

B.  Sepals  6;  petahC:  ovules  in  2  series 9.  Diphijlleia. 

BB.  Sepals  6;  petals  6-9:  o\-ules  in  many  series.  ..10.  Podophyl- 

[lum. 

BBS.  Sepals  4;  petals  8 11.  Jeffersonia. 

BBBB.  Sepals  and  petals  0 12.  Achlys. 

The  species  of  Caulophyllum  may  be  expected  in  wild  gardens. 


AA.  Stigmas  confluent:  Ivs.  alternate,  ternately  de- 
compound:   sepals    2;    petals    4:    phiccntie 
remain  attached  to  the  margin  of  the  valves. 
B.  Sepals  coherent  and  covering  fl.  Uke  a  can- 
dle-extinguisher    4.  EschscholiZ' 

BB.  Sepals  separate.  [ia, 

c.  Lobes  of  stigma  2,  erect 5.  Dendrome~ 

[co/i, 

cc.  Lobes  of  stigma  4,  spreading 6.  ffunne- 

AAA.  Stigmas  confluent:  Ivs.  alternate  or  mainly  so:  [mannia. 

fls.  rarely  3-nierous:  caps,  dehiscing  by  pores 
or  valves,  the  placenta?  remaining  as  a  frame 
alternate  with  and  free  from  the  valves. 

B.  Caps,  dehiscent  by  pores  near  the  top 7.  Papaver. 

BB.  Caps,  shortly  dehiscing  by  valves. 

c.  Stigmatic    lobes    radiating    on    the    de- 
pressed summit  of  a  very  short  style. ...    8.  Arjemone. 
CC.  Stigmatic   lobes    radiating   on   the   club- 
shaped  top  of  a  distinct  style 9.  Meconopsis. 

BBB.  Caps,  dehiscing  by  valves  to  the  base  or 
nearly  so. 
c.  The  caps,  long  and  linear. 

D.  Seeds  pitted '.10.  Glaucium. 

DD.  Seeds  crested 11.  Chelidon- 

cc.  The  caps,  ovoid,  oblong  or  cylindrical.  (turn. 

D.  Petals  4. 

E.  Style  distinct,  but  short 12.  Styloph- 

[oTum. 

EE.  Style  long 13.  Eomecon. 

DD.  Petals  8-12 14.  Sanginn- 

[aria, 
DDD.  Petals  0 15.  Bocconia. 

Hypecoum  is  in  the  trade. 


11.  LARDIZABALACE-ffi. 

A.  Lvs.  pinnate:  upright  shrub 1.  Decaisjiea. 

AA.  Lvs,  digitate;  twining  shrubs. 
B.  Carpels  3,  many-seeded, 
c.  Stamens  monadelphous. 

D.  Sepals  6;  petals  6,  much  smaller 2.  Lardizabala. 

DD.  Sepals  6;  petals  0 3.  Slaiirtlonia. 

cc.  Stamens  free. 

D.  Sepals  6;  petals  6. 

E.  Pedicels  elongated;  sepals  acuminate; 

connective     produced     above     the  ^ 

anthers 4.  Ilolbdllia. 

EE.  Pedicels  short;  sepals  rounded;  con- 
nective not  produced;  racemes  very 

long 5.  Sino/ranch- 

[etia. 

DD.  Sepals  3;  petals  0 6.  Akebia.     . 

BB.  Carpels    oo,  1-seeded;    stamens    free:    lvs. 

deciduous. 7.  Sargevto- 

[doxa. 


12.  NYMPH.«ACE-ffi:. 

A.  Fl3.  small  OA-l  in.). 

B.  Stamens  3-6:  submerged  lvs.  dissected 1.  Cabomba, 

BB.  Stamens  12-25:  lvs.  all  peltate 2.  Brasenia. 

A  A.  Fls.    large    and   showy    (IJ2-I2   in.);   sepals 
4-5;  petals  and  stamens  °°. 
B.  Carpels  in  pits  in  a  top-shaped  receptacle.. .  .   3.  Nelumbo. 
BB.  Carpels    forming    a    distinct    many-seeded 
ovary. 
c.  Plants  prickly. 

D.  Stamens,  inner  ones,  sterile 4.  Victoria. 

DD.  Stamens  all  fertile 5.  Euryaie. 

cc.  Plants  not  prickly. 

D.  Ovary  wholly  free  and  superior 6.  Nuphar, 

DD.  Ovary  with  stamens  and  inner  petals 

inserted  on  it 7.  Nymph.ra 


13.  SARRACENIACEiE. 

A.  Style  umbrella-shaped 1.  Sarracenia. 

AA.  Style  5-cut  at  apex 2.  Darlino- 

[tonia* 
Heliamphora  may  be  expected  in  choice  botanical  collectionH. 


14.  PAPAVERACE^. 

A.  Stigmas  distinct:  lvs.  mainly  opposite  or 
whorled:  sepals  usually  3;  petals  usually  6, 
in  2  series:  placenta  never  separate  from  the 
valves. 

B.  Lvs.  lobed 1.  liomneya. 

BB.  Lvs.  entire. 

c.  Filaments    dilated:     stigmas    os,  linear: 

fr.  not  capsular 2.  Platyntemon. 

cc.  Filaments    slightly    dilated;    stigmas    3, 

broader;  fr.  capsular 3.  Platyntigma, 


15.  FUMARIACE.^. 

A.  Corolla  2-spurred  or  bigibbous,  the  2  outer  and 
larger  (lateral)  petals  similar. 
B.  Seeds  crestless:  petals  permanently  united 
into  a  subcordate  persistent  corolla  which 

incloses  the  ripe  caps 1.  Adlumia. 

BB.  Seeds  mostly  crested:  petals  less  or  slightly 
united    into    a    2-spurred    or    bigibbous 

corolla 2.  Dicentra. 

AA.  Corolla  with  only  1  of  the  outer  petals  spurred 
or  gibbous  by  torsion  becoming  posterior:  a 
nectariferous  spur  from  the  base  of  the  fila- 
ments projects  into  the  petal-spur. 

B.  Style  mostly  persistent 3.  Corydalia. 

BB.  Style  deciduous:  fl.  smaller 4.  FumaTia. 


16.  CRUCIFERiE. 

A.  The  silique  transversely  2-jointed. 
B.  Lower  joint  indehiscent  pedicel-shaped,  the 

larger  joint  globose,  1-loculed,  X-seeded.  . .    1.  Crambe* 
BB.  Lower    joint    dehiscent,    2-valved,    many 

seeded 2.  Morisia. 

AA.  The  silique  not  2-jointed,  indehiscent. 

B.  Siliques  in  pairs 3.  Senebiera. 

BB.  Siliques  not  in  pairs. 

c.  Texture  horny  or  bony 4.  Isatis, 

cc.  Texture  leathery,  or  membranaceous. 

D.  Shape  straight 5.  Raphanus. 

DD.  Shape  curved , . .   6.  Sobolews/cia. 

ODD.  Shape  orbicular 7.  Peltaria. 

AAA.  The   silique   dehiscent   for   its   whole   length 
(except  that  some  Brassicas  are  not  dehis- 
cent at  the  apex). 
B.  Valves  markedly  concave,  compressed  con- 
trary to  the  septum,  which  is  often  very- 
narrow;  sihque  short. 
c.  Cotyledons  accumbent. 

D.  Sts.  leafy 8.  Iberis. 

DD.  Sts.  scapes 9.  llutchinsia. 

CC.  Cotyledons  incumbent. 

D.  The  valves  usually  wingless. 

E.  Fls.  rosy  or  violet 10.  lonopsid- 

[ium. 

EE.  Fls.  white 11.  Lepidium. 

DD.  The  valves  winged 12.  jEthionema. 

BB.  Valves  (transversely  septiferous  in  Anastat- 
ica),  flat  or  concave,  not  compressed  con- 
trary to  the  septum  (Smelowskia  and  cer- 
tain Vesicarias  are  laterally  compressed): 
septum  as  wide  as  the  valves;  sihque  long 
or  short. 
c.  Cotyledons  longitudinally  conduplicate. 

D.  Seeds  in  1  series 13.  BrafJica, 

DD.  Seeds  in  2  series 14.  Eruca. 

CC.  Cotyledons  accumbent  (sometimes  incum- 
bent or  convolute  in  Cheiranthus). 
D.  Seeds  in  1  series  (except  certain  species 
of  Radicula  and  Arabis:  siliques 
long  and  narrow  (except  in  Anastatica 
and  sometimes  Radicula  and 
Parrya). 


8S 


KEY   TO   THE   FAMILIES  AND   GENERA 


B,  Val\-es  apix-ndaeed ....  15.  .ln.i.<(<i(ic<i. 

(Sec  jirlicle  Resurrection  rhints.) 
BB.  Valve.-*  not  iinpendngeti. 

r.  Stiginiitio  lol>r8  ereel,  connate  or 
(lecurrent  aUini;  the  style, 
o.  Plants    are    lierbs   or   branched 

.«ub-shrubs:  woolly 1('>.  Malllnola, 

oa.  Phints  are  tutted.  scape-bcarinE 

herbs '"•  I'arrya. 

TT.  Stigma      undivided     or     shortly 

lobcd.  ,     .      ,  , 

o.  Valves  elastic:  seeds  in  1  or  J 

.«eries,  .siliquc  long  and  linear..   18.  .4ra6is. 
OG.  Valves  not  elastic. 

u.  Sepals     iineiiual,    the    lateral 

ones  saccate  at  the  base 19.  Cheiranlhus. 

BH.  Sepals  equal. 

1.  Seeils  in  2  series 20.  Kailictila. 

II.  Seeds  in  1  series. 

J.  Fls.  yellow 21.  Barbarea. 

jj.  Fla.  white  or  purple. 

K.  Hhizoine      not      scaly; 
valves  delicately  net- 

led-iiervcd 22.  Cardami7ie. 

KK.  Rhizome  scaly:  valves 
with     very     delicate 

midrib 23.  Denlaria. 

DD.  Seeds  in  2  series  and  siliques  short  and 

broad    (except    in    some    species    of 

Aubrietia.    Draba    and    Cochlearia). 

E.  Siliques      2-locular,       mauy-seeded; 

seeds  much  compressed,  winged  or 

margined. 

F   Lvs.    entire    or    dentate:    sihquea 

long-stalked,  very  broad 24.  Lunaria. 

rr.  Lvs.  pinnatisect ;  sihques  sessile  ...  25.  Selenia. 
EE.  Siliques    1-2-loculed,    2-    to    many- 
seeded;  seeiis  rarely  winged;  valves 
often  ttirgid. 
r.  Sepals   often    une(iual,  the  lateral 
saccate  at  the  base. 
o.  Fls.     purple:     siliques    oblong:  . 

lateral  sepals  saccate 20.  Aubrieha. 

GO.  Fls.    generally    yellow;    siliques 
mo.stly  oblong;  sepals  equal  or 

unequal 27.  Vesicana. 

FT.  Sepals  equal. 

o.  Stamens  often  appendaged 28.  Alyssum. 

GO.  Stamens  not  appendaged. 

H.  Plants  tomentose 29.  Draba. 

HH.  Plants  glabrous 30.  CoMmna. 

(See  also  Kernera.) 
CCC.  Cotyledons    incumbent,    straight,    con- 
volute or  transversely  plicate. 
D.  The  cotyledons  tran.svcrselybiplicate...31.  Heliophila. 
DD.  The  cotyledons  not  transvcr.sely  bipli- 

E.  Petals  pinnatifid 32.  Schizopet- 

EE.  Petals  not  pinnatifid.  .  \alon. 

F.  Stigmas  erect,  free  or  connatcinto 
a  cone;  sepals  long  and  straight. 
o.  The     stigmjis     bilamellate;     la- 

meUa  erect 33.  llespens. 

oo.  The     .stigmas     bilamellate;     la- 
mellae   connivent   or    connate 

into  a  cone -34.  Malcomia. 

rr.  Stigma  simple,  capitate,  emargi- 
nate  or  shortly  2-lobed:  cotyle- 
dons straight 

o.  Silique  Btipilatc 35.  Stanleya. 

GO.  Silique  sessile. 

H.  Sepals  equal 36.  Smdowskia. 

HH.  Sepals  unequal 37.  Erysimum. 


The  additional  genera  are  also  treated 
Phyaoptychis. 


Braya,  Physaria,  and 


17.  CAPPARIDACE.ffi. 

A.  Fr.  capsular,  1-Ioculed:  herbs. 
a.  Torus  short,  often  produced  into  a  posterior 

appendage •  •    •    1-  Cleome. 

BB.  Toms  long,  produced  into  a  gynophore 
which  is  elongated  at  the  middle  and  bears 
the    pi.ftil    to    which    the    filaments    are 

united 2.  Cynamlrnp- 

ILX.  Fr.  berry-like  or  drupe-like.  ,  I*"- 

B.  Lvs.  rimple 3.  Cappartt. 

BB.  Lvs.  with  3  Ifta ■*•  Cralxva. 

PoUnisia  is  ahio  to  be  cipccted  in  cultivation. 


19.  CISTACE.ffi. 

A.  Placenta-  with  many  seeds:  lvs.  opposite  at 
least  helow,  Hat. 
u.  Nalves   ."i,    rarely   3;    embryo    eircinate   or 
spiral;    lis.    .solitary    or    cymose,    rarely 

racemose ■ ■  ■  ■ 

BB.  Valves  3;   embryo  biplicate,   runcinate  or 

circumflex;  Hs.  commonly  racemose 2.  Helianlhe- 

AA   Placenta!  with  2  .seeds;  lvs.  alternate,  scale-like  [mum. 

or  awl-shaped:  heath-lilce  shrubs 3.  Hudsoma. 


1.  Cistus. 


20.  VIOLACE.«. 

A.  Sepals  subequal,  produced  or  spurred  at  base; 


1.  Viola. 


lower  petal  spurred  or  saccate:  herbs. 
AA.  Sepals  not  produced  at  base. 

B.  Lower  petal  spurred  or  enlarged. 

c  With  a  very  large  spur;  seeds  complanate : 

woolly  climber •   2.  Coryjios- 

cc.  With  lower  petal  merely  gibbous:  seeds  [tylia. 

obovoid-subglobose:  herbs 3.  Solea. 

BB.  Lower  petal  not  greatly  unlike  the  others: 

shrubs  or  trees 4-  Hymenan- 

\lhera 


21.  BIXACE.ffi. 

A.  Caps.   2-valved;   seeds   straight   and   naked; 

lvs.  entire ■  •    1-  °"<'- 

AA.  Caps.  3-valved;  seeds  spiral,  hairy  or  woolly:  . 

lvs.  digitate  or  palmately  lobed 2.  ManmiLi- 

[anea. 


22.  FLACODRTIACEjE. 

A.  Sepals   and   petals    alike,    9-15,    spirally   ar- 
ranged, red;  stamens  7-10;  twininR  shrub.. 
AA.  .Sepals  3-6,  whorled;  stamens  usually  numer- 
ous (except  in  No.  4 ) ;  upright  trees  or  shrubs. 

B.  Petals  4-10;  sepals  3-5 -  . 

BB.  Petals  wanting. 

c.  Infi.  axillary:  lvs.  penninerved,  leathery: 

fr.  a  berry  or  drupe. 

D.  Style  simple,  sometimes  lobed  at  apex; 

ovary  1-celled. 

E.  The  sepals  imbricate;  style  short. . ... 

EE.  The  sepals  valvate;  style  elongated; 

stamens  sometimes  5  or  10 

DD.  Styles     several;       ovary       irregularly 
divided.  . 

E.  Fls.  perfect  or  polygamous,  in  axillary 

racemes  or  panicles;  fr.  a  drupe 

EE.  Fls.  dicecious.  the  pistillate  solitary 

or  few:  fr.  a  berry . . 

cc.  Infl.    terminal:    lvs.    hand-nerved    or    i- 

nerved  at  base,  long-stalked,  deciduous. 

D.  Fr.   a  berry;  styles  usually   5;  sepals 

imbricate 

DD.  Fr.  a  caps.  , 

E.  Styles   3,    2-parted   at   apex;   sepals 

valvate •  ■ 

EE.  Styles  3^.  3-parted  at  apex;  sepals 
reduplicate,  large 


1.  Berberidop- 

[sis. 

2.  Oncoba. 


3.  Xylosma. 

4.  Azara. 

5.  Flacourtia. 

6.  Aberia 

(or  DoTyalis. ) 

7.  Idesia. 

8.  Poliothyrsh. 

9.  Carrierea 


23.  PITTOSPORACE.ff;. 

A.  Fr.  indehiscent. 

B   Filaments  longer  than  anthers;  petals  more 
or  less  connivent  from  the  base  to  beyond 

the  middle • ■  ■,•    1-  BiUardiera. 

BB.  Filaments    shorter    than    anthers;    petals 

spreading  from  the  base ^-  aoUya. 

AA   Fr.  a  caps,  which  is  loculicidally  dehiscent. 
B   Caps,  thick-coriaceous;  seeds  numerous. 
c.  Seeds  not  winged,  thick  or  shgntly  com- 

pres.sed  3.  Pitlosporum. 

cc   Seeds'winged.  flat,  compressed,  horizontal,  i.  Hymenos- 
BB.  Caps,  thinly  coriaceous:  seeds  1-2  m  each         _^       Iporum 
locule,  compressed,  not  winged,  vertical. 


5.  Bursaria. 


24.  TREMANDRACE.E. 

A.  Anthers  2-celled,  or  4-celled  in  2  planes }■  '^f/^'"'!"'^- 

AA.  Antliers4-eelledinl  plane 2.  1  hlylheca. 


18.  RESEDACE.£. 


In  cultivation . . 


lieieda. 


25.   POLYGALACEiE. 


In  cultivation 


I'uli/gala. 


KEY   TO  THE  FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


89 


26.  CARYOPHYLLACEiE. 

A.  Ovary  1-ovuled:  corolla  absent. 
B.  Segins.  of  involucrate  perianth  hooded  near 

apex  and  mucronate  on  back 1.  Paronychia. 

BB.  Segms.  of  hardly  involucrate  perianth  not 

hooded,  and  blunt. 2.  Hemiaria. 

&A.  Ovary  several-ovuled:  petals  usually  present. 
B.  Sepals  coalesced  into  a  toothed  or  lobed 
calyx ;  petals  and  stamens  hypogjTious, 
being  raised  with  the  ovary  on  a  ^n- 
ophore,  rarely  .sessile;  petals  with  or  with- 
out a  scale  at  the  apex  of  the  claw. 
c.  Hilum  facial;  embryo  straight. 

D.  Calyx  tubular,  niultislriate 3.  Dianthus. 

DD.  Calyx  top-shaped  or  long-tubular,  5- or 

ir>-ribbed:  plants  and  fls.  smaller 4.  Tunica. 

CC.  Hilum  lateral;  embryo  peripheral. 

D.  Calyx    10-nerved,    rarely    with    many 
parallel  nerves. 
E.  Styles    commonly    3:    caps,    shortly 

3-  or  6-valved.^ 5.  Stlene. 

EE.  Styles    commonly    5    or    4:    caps. 

shortly  5-10-  or  4-S-valved 6.  Lychnis. 

DD.  Calyx  obscurely  veined 7.  Saponaria. 

DDD.  Cal>-x  broadly  or  obscurely  5-ner\'ed.. . .   8.  Gypsophila. 
BB.  Sepals  free  or  only  coalesced  at  the  very 
biise ;    petals    and    stamens    hypogynous 
on  a  short  torus  or  usually  very  shortly 
perigjTious. 

c.  Stipules  small,  scarious 9.  Spergula. 

CC.  Stipules  0. 

D.  Valves   (or  rather  teeth)  of  the  caps. 

twice  as  many  as  the  styles^ 10.  Cerastium. 

DD.  Valves  of  the  caps,   as  many  as  the 
styles. 

E.  Petals  2-fid ;  styles  commonly  3 11.  Stellaria. 

EE.  Petals  entire;  styles  commonly  3 12.  Arenaria. 

EEE.  Petals  entire  or  0;  styles  as  many  as 

the  sepals 13.  Sagina. 

Alsine  is  also  cultivated. 


32.  EUCRYPHIACEiE. 

The  only  genus Eucryphii 


33.  TERNSTR(EMIACEiE. 

A.  Anthers  basifixed. 
B.  Calyx  of  5  sepals,  sub-connate  at  the  ba.se,  at 

length  fleshy  and  adhering  to  the  ovary.  .  .    1.  Visnea. 
BB.  Calyx  inferior;  sepals  free. 

c.  Fla.  rather  large;  petals  coalesced  at  base; 
anthers  glabrous:   o\'Tjles  2-4  in  each 

locule,  pendulous  from  the  apex 2.  Ternstraemia. 

CC.  Fls.  medium-sized;  petals  free  or  hardly 
coalesced;    anthers    pilose:  ovules  coin 

the  middle  of  the  locule 3  Cleyera. 

CCC.  Fls.  small,  dicecious;  petals  coalesced  at 
base;  anthers  glabrous:  ovules  co  in  the 

middle  of  the  locule 4.  Eurya. 

KK.  Anthers  versatile. 
B.  Radicles  inferior. 

c.  Ovules     ascending ;     seeds     lens-shaped ; 

embryo  straight 5.  Stuartia. 

CC.  Ovules  laterally  affixed;  seeds  flat,  winged 
on   back;   cotyledons  flat   and    radicle 

inflexed 6.  Schima. 

BB.  Radicles  superior. 

c.  Ovules  CO  ;  seeds  winged  above 7.  Gordonia. 

CC.  Ovules    few    in    each    locule;    seeds    not 
winged. 

D.  Fla.  sessile;  sepals  deciduous 8.  Camellia. 

DD.  Fls.  pedicelled;  sepals  persistent 9.  Thea. 


34.  STACHYURACE.^. 

The  only  genus Stachyurug. 


35.  MALVACE^. 


27.  PORTULACACEiE. 

A.  Ovary  cohering  below  vrith  the  calyx-tube 1.  Portulaca. 

AA.  Ovary  free  from  the  calyx. 

B.  Embryo  arched;  endosperm  scant 2.  Anacamp- 

BB.  Embryo  more  incurved  or  annular,  includ-  [seros. 

ing  the  endosperm. 

C.  Sepals  usually  deciduous 3.  Talinum. 

CC.  Sepals  persistent,  at  least  usually  in  Cal- 
andrinia. 

D.  Number  of  sepals  5-8 4.  Lewisia. 

UG,  Number  of  sepals  2. 

E.  Shape    of    sepals    roundish    heart- 
shaped,  scarious 5.  Spraguea. 

EE.  Shape  of  sepals  ovate,  herbaceous. 

F.  Stamens  3,  rarely  5 6.  Montia. 

TT.  Stamens  definitely  5 7.  Claytonia. 

FFF.  Stamens  indefinitely 5  to  many...   8.  Calandrinia. 


28.  TAMARICACE.E. 

A.  Stamens  4-5,  free 1.  TainaTix. 

AA.  Stamens  10,  connate  below 2.  Myricaria. 


29.  FOUQUIERIACE.^. 

The  only  genus Fouqu 


30,  HYPERICACE^. 

A.  Fls.  4-merous 1.  Ascyrum. 

AA.  Fls.  5-merous 2.  Hypericum. 


31.  GUTTIFER^. 

A.  Style  very  short  or  0:  ovules  solitary  in  each 
locule  of  the  ovary. 

B.  Sepals  4 1.  Garcinia, 

BB.  Sepals  2 2.  Hheedia. 

AA.  Style  elongated:  ovules  solitary  or  2. 

B.  Ovary  1-Ioculed.  1-ovuIed 3.  Calophyl- 

\him. 
BB.  Ovary  2-4-Ioculed,  4-ovuled 4.  Mammea. 

The  genera  Ochrocarpus  and  Platonia  are  also  treated. 


A.  Fr.  a  caps.,  loculicidally  dehiscent  {in  Adau- 
sonia  indehiscent,  and  woody). 
B.  Seeds    usually    kidney-shaped :    stigmas    or 
style-branches  finally  spreading. 
C.  Bractlets  5  to  many,  rarely  0.  or  reduced 
to  teeth:  style-branches  finally  spread- 
ing     1.  Hibiscits. 

CC.  Bractlets  0  or  3:  stigmas  distinct,  free, 

radiating 2.  Lagunaria. 

BB.  Seeds  obovoid  or  angled:  style  club-shaped 
at  apex,  undivided  or  with  short  erect 
branches. 

c.  Bractlets  3-5,  small 3.  Thespesia. 

CC.  Bractlets  3,  large,  cordate 4.  Gossypium. 

AA.  Fr.   composed  of  carpels  which  separate  at 
maturity. 
B.  Staminal    column   anther-bearing  outside; 
truncate  or  5-toothed  at  the  apex;  style- 
branches  10. 
c.  Bractlets    5-8,    herbaceous   or   setiform; 

carpels  with  or  without  1-3  awns 5.  Pavonia. 

CC.  Bractlets  od,  herbaceous  or  setiform;  car- 
pels fleshy  outside,  connate  into  a  berry, 

later  separating 6.  Mahaviscus. 

CCC.  Bractlets  4-tj.  large  and  colored;  carpels 

naked,  muticous 7.  GtEthea. 

BB.  Staminal  column  bearing  anthers  at  or  near 
the  apex. 
c.  Carpels  co,  crowded  into  a  mass  without 
order. 

D.  Bractlets  3 8.  Malope. 

DD.  Bractlets  0 9.  Palava. 

CC.  Carpels  in  a  single  whorl. 
D.  Ovules  2  or  more. 

E.  Bractlets  4-6 10.  Kydia. 

EE.  Bractlets  0 11.  Abutilon. 

EEE.  Bractlets  3 12.  Sphseralcea 

DD.  Ovule  solitary. 

E.  The  ovule  ascending. 

F.  Styles    longitudinally    stigmatose 
inside. 

G.  Fls.  dicEcious 13.  Xapsea. 

GO.  Fls.  bisexual.  (See  article  Sida.' 

H.  Staminal  column  double,  the 

outer  of  5  clusters 14.  Sidalcea. 

HH.  Staminal  column  single. 

I.  Bractlets    3-9,    connate    at 
base. 
J.  Axis  of  fr.  not  surpassing 

carpels 15.  AUhaea. 

jj.  Axis     of     fr.     surpassing 

carpels 16.  Lavatera 

n.  Bractlets  0-3,  distinct. 

J.  Carpels  with  transverse 
appendages  inside  un- 
der the  beak 17.  CalUrho'6. 


«X) 


KEY   TO  THE   FAMILIES   AND  CENERA 


jj.  Carpels  not  appeiulHKtMl . .  IS.  Malvn. 
rr.  Slyle-branchos  tippwi  with  siimll 

capitate  or  eliib-shaped  stigmas. .  H).  Malma(nim. 
EB.  The  ovules  peniiukms. 

F.  Styk-brai^hes  longitudinally  stig- 

matose  inside 20.  Plaguxnthus. 

FT.  Style-branches  truncate  at  apex  or 

with  small  capitate  stigma-s 21.  SUa. 

Other  genera  described  are  Hoheria,  Injienhousia,  Kitaibelia, 
and  Kosteletckyu. 


42.  MALPIGHIACE.E. 

A.  Fr.  a  fleshy  3-stoned  ilrupe ■  ■  .    1-  Malpighia. 

AX.  Fr.  a  caps,  composed  of  3  dehiscent  berries:  _     _ 

Hs.  in  terminal  racemes .    2.  Galphimia. 

A  *A.  Fr.  consists  of  1-3  sanmraa:  fls.  in  umbel-like 

corymbs     3.  Ummaphyl- 

Other  genera  described  are  Byrsoniina,  Janusia.  Sphedamno- 
carpus  and  TristcUatcia. 


36.  BOMBACACE^. 

A.  L\-s-    digitate:    cotyledons    conduplicate    or 
convolute. 
B.  Staminal    column    separated    above    mto 

numerous  filaments.  ,    r>      i 

c.  Caps,  .i-valvwl.  densely  woolly  withm  ...    1.  ISomlmi. 
cc.  Caps,  wootiy.  not  woolly  within. 

D.  Calyi  .Vcut 2.  Adansoma. 

DD.  Calyx  truncate •.•,•■       Paclnra. 

BB.  Staminal   column   .S-eut   or  5-toothed,   the 
branches  bearing  2-3  anthers, 
c.  Colunm  outside  below  the  middle  aimu- 

lately  .^>-10-lobed •*.  Chorisia. 

cc.  Column  not  annulate ,'  j*  • '   ^'  ^^^"^' 

AA.  Lvs.  simple,  feather-vpined,  entire:  cotyledons 

plane,  leafy  or  fleshy 6.  Dv.no. 


37.  STERCDLIACE^. 

A.  Petals  concave  or  hooded  at  the  base.  ,    „   ,■      • 

B.  Anthers  .solitary  between  the  stanunodes 1.  Hutmi/ia. 

BB.  .\nthers  2  or  more  between  the  staminodes. 

c.  Fr.  a  membranous  caps 2.  Ahroma. 

cc.  Fr.  a  woody  caps 3.  Oua^nma. 

ccc.  Fr.  drupaceous 4.  Theohroma. 

*A.  Petals  flat. 

B.  The  petals  deciduous. 

c.  .\nthers  sessile;  calyx  club-shaped  or  bell- 
shaped 5.  Reevesm. 

cc.  .\nthers  stipitate;  sepals  at  length  free.,  fa.  Pterosper- 
BB.  The  petals  persistent  or  innrcescent.  \mum. 

c.  Anthers  10  or  15,  rarely  20.  „    „      , 

D.  Ovules  2  in  each  locule i  ■  Dombeiia- 

DD.  Ovule-s  a> >*■  Pfolnptleis. 

cc.  .\nthers  5 «•  Maherina. 

AAA.  Petals  0.  inc., 

B.  Fls.  bisexual 10-  Frenwntia. 

BB.  Fls.  uni.icxual  or  polygamous. 

c.  Anthers   crowded    without    order:    seeds 

without  endosperm 11.  StercuUa. 

cc.  Anthers  in  a  single  ring:  seeds  with  en- 

dosperm 12.  Cola. 

Brachychiton,  Chiranthodendron,  and  Heritiera  are  also  treated 


43.  ZYGOPHYLLACE.E. 

A.  Ovary  sessile:  lvs.  with  2  Ifts.,  rarely  1  1ft. .  .    1.  Zygophyl- 

[lum, 
AA.  Ovary  stalked:  lvs.  abruptly  pinnate 2.  (luaiacum. 

44.  GERANIACE.ffi. 

A.  Fls.   irregular,   the  posterior  sepal   spurred; 

spur  adnate  to  the  pedicel 1-  Pelargonium. 

AA.  Fls.  regular  or  nearly  so. 

B.  Stamens  10,  usually  all  fertile:  tails  of  car- 

pels  usually  not  bearded  inside 2.  Geranium. 

BB.  Stamens,  5  fertile  and  5  reduced  to  scales; 

tails  of  carpels  u.sually  bearded  inside 3.  Erodium. 

BBB.  Stamens  15,  anther-bearing,  in  groups  of  5  ..    4.  Monsoma. 


45.  TROP.SOLACE.ffi. 

The  only  genus Tropxolum. 

46.  LIMNANTHACEjE. 

In  cultivation Limnanthes. 

47.  OXALIDACE.ffi. 

A.  Fr.  a  loculicidal  caps. 

B.  Valves  of  caps,  separating  to  the  middle. 

BB.  Valves  of  caps,  separating  to  the  base.  .  . 

AA.  Fr.  an  indehiscent  berry 


1.  Oialis. 

2.  liiophytum. 

3.  Averrhoa, 


48.  BALSAMINACEiE. 

In  cultivation Impatims. 


38.  TILIACE.ffi. 

A.  Calyx  bell-shaped,  3-5-cut 1.  Berria. 

AA.  Calyx  composed  of  distinct  sepals. 

B.  Petals  pitted  at  the  ba.se,  inserted  around 
the  base  of  a  more  or  less  elevated  torus. 
c.  Fr.  unarmed,  glabrous,  or  tomentose  ....   2.  Grewia. 

cc.  Fr.  echinate  or  .setose    ■  ■   3.  Triumfetta. 

BB.  Petals    not    pitted,    inserted    immediately 
around  the  stamens, 
c.  Fr.  indehiscent  globose,  usually  1-seeded...  4.  I  Uia. 
cc.  Fr.  a  caps. 

D.  Caps,  loculicidally  dehiscent. 
E.  The  stamens  all  bear  anthers. 

F.  The  caps.  globo-*e,  echinate 5.  Enlelca. 

r?.  The  caps.  pod-Uke,  asually  naked. .   li.  Corchurua. 
EE.  The  outer  stamens  have  no  anthers. . .  7.  Sparmannia. 
DD.  Caps,  dehi-icing  at  the  apex 8.  Luehea. 


39.  EL^OCARPACE.ffi. 

I  berry         I-  Arittotelia. 

AA.  Fr.  a  drupe.  .'.'.'    2.  Elxomrpus. 

AAA.  Fr.  a  dehiscent  loculicidal  caps 3.  Tricuapul- 

[aria. 


.  Fr.  a  I 


40.   LINACE.ffi. 

A.  Styles  5:  lvs.  entire:  glands  equal 1.  Linum. 

AA.  Styles  .V4:  lvs,  usually  serrate:  glands  umially 

unequal  or  absent 2,  Reinwardtia. 


41.  ERYTHROXYLACE^. 

In  cultivation      Erglhraxgton. 


49.  RUTACE.ffi. 

A.  Ovary  entire  or  slightly  2-5-lobed;  style  ter- 
minal, entire  at  base:  fr.  drupe-like  or  berry- 
like, but  leathery,  usually  indehiscent. 
B.  Fls.    hermaphrodite;    petals    and    stamens 
free  or  connate;  ovules  1,  2  or  many:  fr. 
usually  with  a  cortex  outside  and  pulpy 
within;  seeds  ex-albuminous.    (Subfamily 
Citrala.J 
c.  Cotyledons  thin  and  twisted  in  seed :  f rs. 

jfy , 1,  Micromelum. 

cc.  Cotyledons  thick  and  fleshy,  plano-con- 
vex: frs.  more  or  less  fleshy  or  pulpy. 
D,  Thorns  absent:  lvs.  pinnate;  Ifts.  alter- 
nate on  rachis:   frs.  fleshy  lierries. 
E.  Styles  very  short  and  thick,  persis- 
tent;  fls.   small,   urceolate:  young 
growth  densely  covered  with  brown 

velvety  pubescence 2.  Glycosmis. 

EE.  Styles  long  or,  if  short,  dehiscent. 
F.  Fls,  small:  ovarial  cells  with  scat- 
tered hairs:  frs.  with  thick  fleshy 

dissepiments ■   3-  Claucena. 

FF.  Fls.  large:  ovarial  cells  with  tufted 
conducting  hairs:  frs.  fleshy  but 

with  thin  dissepiments 4.  Chalcaa. 

DD.  Thorns  usually  present:  lvs.  .simple  or, 

if    compound,    with    the    lateral    Ifts. 

exactly  opposite.     (Tribe  Citrea;.) 

E.  Frs.    large,    hard-shelled;    cells   filled 

with  mucilage.   (Subtribe  yEglinSB.) 

p.  Lvs.   pinnate:   ovary   .5-ielled   but 

by  confluence  becoming  1-eelled. 

a.  Seeds    woolly;    exocarp    woody, 

continuous o.  Feroma. 

aa.  Seeds  smooth;  exocarp  prismatic.  0.  Feroniella. 
FT.  Lvs.    trifoliate    or    simple:    ovary 
6-15-celled. 


KEY  TO   THE   FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


91 


Q.  The  Iv3.  always  simple:  fr.  with 
thin     dissepiments,     6-ceIled; 

seeds  smootli 7.  .^glopsis. 

GO.  The  Ivs.  trifoliate:  fr.  S-15-celled. 
H.  Seeds  wooUy. 

I.  The  frs.  hard-shelled,  10-15- 

celled 8..Egl€. 

n.  The  frs.  long-oval,  leathery, 

8-10-celIed 9.  Chaetosper- 

HH.  Seeds  smooth:  fr.  subglobose,  [mum. 

very  hard-shelled 10.  Balsamo- 

BE.  Frs.     not     hard-shelled.       (Subtribe  [citrus. 

Lavanginffi. ) 
F.  The  frs.  small,  fleshy  or  with  mu- 
cilage   in    cells,    without    pulp- 
vesicles. 
G.  Petioles  very  long;  Ivs.  trifoliate: 

climbing  shrubs 11.  Lavanga. 

GG.  Petioles  short,  often  winged. 
H.  The     Ivs.      pinnate;      rachia 
broadly   winged:    frs.    3jiin. 

diam 12.  Hespcrc- 

HH.  The  Ivs.  trifoliate  or  simple.  \thusa. 

I.  Lvs.    trifoUate   or   bifoliate. 
J.  Petioles  of  medium  length, 
narrowly  ^\'inged:  frs.  1 

in.  diam. 13.  Pleiospcr- 

33.  Petioles  very  short,  wing-  [mum. 

less:  fla.  3-merous:  frs. 

^^n.  diam 14.  Triphasia. 

n.  Lvs.  simple  or  unifoliate. 
J.  Frs.    angled:    seeds    very 

long,  flattened lo.  Meropc. 

33.  Frs.  not  angled. 

K.  Plant  a  climbing  shrub: 

petioles  long 16.  Paramig ••]/•!. 

KK.  Plant  a  shrub  or  tree: 

petioles  short. 

L.  Diam.  of    frs.    Hin-: 

lvs.     venose:    cells 

not     filled     with 

mucilage 17.  Severinia. 

LL.  Diam.  of  frs.  1  in. : 
cells  filled  with 
mucilage:     lvs. 

smooth IS.  Pamburus. 

FF.  The  frs.  hesperidia,  the  cells  filled 
with  stalked    pulp-vesicles    con- 
taining juice.  (Subtribe  Citrinae.) 
G.  Lvs.    pinnate:     rachis    broadly 

winged:  ovules  1  in  each  cell  .19.  Citropsis. 
GG.  Lvs.  trifoliate  or  simple:  ovules 
usually  2  or  more  in  each  cell. 
H.  The  lvs.  trifoUate,  deciduous .  20.  Poncirus. 
HH.  The  lvs.  simple,  persistent. 
1.  Stamens   S   or    10,   twice   as 

many  as  the  petals 21.  Atalantia. 

n.  Stamens   16-40,   4   or  more 

times  as  many  as  petals. 

J.  Lvs.  isofacial,  gray-green, 

with  stomates  and  hairs 

on  both  faces:  frs.  small, 

3-4-celled 22.  Eremocitrus. 

33.  Lvs.  not  isofacial,  without 
stomates  on  upper  sur- 
face. 
K.  Ovary   3-5-celled:   lvs. 

pale  below,  punctate.  .23.  Forttnulla. 
KK.  Ovary  6-lo-ceUed. 

L.  The    stamens    poly- 
adelphous  24.  Citrus. 

LL.  Stamens  free. 

M.  Cotyledons  aerial 
on  germination; 
first  foliage  lvs. 
opposite:  fr. 
small,     10-12- 

celled 25.  Papeda. 

MM.  Cotyledons  hypog- 
eous;    first    foii- 
age-Ivs.    alter- 
nate   cataphylls: 
frs.  5-or6-ccllcd.26.  Microcilrus. 
BB.  Fls.  usually  polygamo-dicecious;  petals  and 
stamens  free;  ovules  2,  except  in  the  first 
2  genera:  seeds  usually  albuminous. 
c.  0\'ule3  soUtary. 

D.  Petals  4-5,valvate;  9tamen34-5:  drupe 

2-1-stoned 27.  Skimmia. 

DD.  Petals  5,  valvate;  stamens  5;  ovary  5- 

lobed;  stigma  sessile 28.  Casimiron. 

CC.  Ovules  twin. 
'    D.  Petals  2-5,  valvate  or  imbricate;  sta- 
mens 2-5:  fr.  4-7-locuIed 29,  Toddalia. 

DD.  Petals  5-8,  valvate;  stamens  5-6:  fr.  a 

.5-atoned  drupe 30.  Phelloden- 

DDD.  Petals    4-5,    imbricate ;     stamens    4-5:  [dron. 

fr.  a  2-3-loculed  samara 31.  Ptelea. 

■lA.  Ovary  deeply  2-5-lobed ;  styles  ba-iilar  or 
ventral,  or  the  stigmas  connate:  fr.  capsular 
or  3-5-berried. 


B.  Ovules  3  or  more  in  each  locule. 

c.  Petals  4-5,  equal;  stamens  8-10,  straight. 32.  Rufa. 
CC.  Petals  5.  unequal;  stamens  10,  declinate..33.  Dictamnus. 
BB.  Ovules  2  in  each  locule. 

c.  Fls.  irregular 34.  Ravenia. 

CC.  Fls.  regular. 

D.  The  fls.  unisexual  or  polygamous. 
E.  Lvs.  alternate. 

F.  Foliage  pinnate:  fls.  polygamous.  .35.  Xanthozy- 

FF.  Foliage  simple:  fls.  uni.sexual 36.  Orixa.    [lum. 

EE.  Lvs.  oppo.^ite:   fls.  unisexual  . 37.  Evodia. 

DD.  The  fls.  hermaphrodite. 

E.  Albumenfleshy  (unknowninChoisya). 

F.  Petals  erect,  long,  connate  or  con- 

nivent,     forming     a     cylindrical 

tube 38.  Correa. 

TT.  Petals  free,  spreading. 
G.  The  petals  imbricate. 

H.  Stamens  8;  petals  4:  Iva.  oppo- 
site   39.  Boronia. 

HH.  Stamens  8-10;  petals  4-5:  lvs. 

alternate 40.  Eriostemon. 

HHH.  Stamens     10;    petals    5:    lvs. 

opposite 41.  Choisya. 

GG.  The  petals  valvate 42.  Pilocarpus. 

EE.  Albumen  0. 

F.  The  caps.  5-loculed 43.  Caloden- 

FF.  The  ovary-lobea  1-5,  free.  [drum* 

G.  Staminodes  0 44.  Diosma. 

GG.  Staminodes  5. 

H.  Style  short;  stigma  capitate; 

fla.  terminal 45.  Adenandra. 

HH.  Style  long;  stigma  simple;  fls. 

axillary 46.  Barosma. 

The  following  genera  are  also  described:   Amyris,  Chloroxylon, 
Diplolana,  Limonia,  and  Spathelia, 


50.  SIMARUBACE-E. 

A.  Stamens  10,  twice  as  many  as  petals. 

B.  Petals  united  into  a  tube 1.  Quassia. 

BB.  Petals  spreading 2.  AiUifithus. 

w.  Stamens  4-5,  as  many  as  petals 3.  Picrasma. 


51.  OCHNACE.^. 

A.  Ovary  3-10-loculed:   locules   1-ovuled;   seeds 
without  endosperm. 

B.  Stamens  many;  panicle  lateral 1.  Ochna. 

BB.  Stamens  10;  panicle  terminal 2.  Ouratea. 

AA.  Ovary  2-5-loculed,  many-ovuled,  with  endo- 
sperm      3.  Cespedesia. 


52.  BURSERACE.^. 

A.  Calyx-tube  broadly  urn-shaped,  covered  by 

the  torus. 1.  Garuga. 

\A.  Calyx  small,  4-6-parted 2.  Buraera. 


53.  MELIACE-ffi. 

A.  Stamens  free. 

B.  Ovary  4-5-celled;  cells  8-12-ovuled 1.  Cedrela. 

BB.  Ovary  2-celled;  cells  1-ovuled 2.  Pturoxylon. 

AA.  Stamens  coalesced  into  a  tube,   at  least  at 
base. 

B.  Locules  of  the  ovary  many-ovuled 3.  Sivietenia. 

BB.  Locules  of  the  ovary  1-2-ovuled. 

c.  Lvs.  simple 4.  Turrxa. 

CC.  Lva.  3-foliolate  or  1-3-pinnate. 

D.  Anthers  5 5.  Aglaia. 

DD.  Anthers  8-12. 

E.  Disk  cup-like : 6.  Melia. 

EE.  Disk  ring-like 7.  Trichilia. 


54.  OLACACEjE. 

A.  Stamens  twice  as  many  as  the  petals,  all  fertile.  1.  Ximenia. 
AA.  Stamens  anther-bearing,  3-5,  staminodia  6  or 

less 2.  Olax. 


55.  AQUIFOLIACEiE. 

A.  Petals  connate  at  base;  ovary  4-5-loculed.. 
AA.  Petals  free,  linear;  ovary  3-5-loculcd 


1.  Ilex. 

2.  .Yemopanth- 

[us. 


56.  CYRILLACE.ffi. 

A.  Racemes  terminal;  stamens  10:  caps,  winged.  .    1.  Cliftonia. 
AA.  Racemes  lateral;  stamens  5:  caps,  not  winged.   2.  CyriUa. 


92 


KEY   TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


57.  CELASTRACE^. 

A.  Fr.  indehisccnt 1.  ELroden- 

AA.  Fr.  a  dehiswnt  caps.     -  [dron. 

B.  Lvs.  opp«x<ite. 

c.  Ovules  1-2.  in  the  axis  of  the  locule 2.  Eronymus. 

cc.  0\-uies  2.  in  the  locules,  erect 3.  Pachystima. 

BB.  L\-!i.  alternute. 

c.  <.>vary  confluent  with  the  disk. 

o.  Locules  generally  i-ovuled:  plants  un- 
armed:   fls.     solitary,    clustered     or 

cynia*e ■*■  Maytenus, 

DD.  Locules  2-o\'uled:  plants  often  armed: 

fls.  cyinose 5.  Gymnoa- 

[poria. 

cc.  Ovary  free 6.  Cclastrus. 

Other  genera  treated  are  Cassine,  Catha,  and  Tri pterygium. 


58.  STACKHOUSIACE^. 

Id  cultivation Stackhousia. 


59.  RHAMNACEJE. 

A.  Calyx-lobes  persistent,  the  often  star-.shaped 
disk  joining  its  tube  to  the  entire  surface  of 

the  ovary:  fr.  dry.  3-winged 1.  Gouania. 

AA.  Calyx- lobe .'*  deciduou.s. 

B.  Disk  lining  the  shallow  calyx-tube  nearly  or 
quite  free  from  the  ovary:  fr.  drupaceous, 
mostly  fleshy  and  often  edible,  witli  a 
single  1— 1-celled  stone  inclosing  as  many 
seeds,  or  1-seeded  by  abortion;  seed-coats 
membranous, 
c.  Petals  0:  endosperm  copious,  ruminate  .  .  2.  Reynosia. 
cc.  Petals  5. 

D.  Fr.     winged,     dry,     leathery:     plants 

prickly;  Ivs.  S-nerved 3.  Paliurus. 

DD.  Fr.  a  fleshy  drupe:  plants  prickly:  Ivs. 

3-nerved 4.  ZUyphus. 

DDD.  Fr.  a  drupe  with  leathery  sarcocarp: 

plants  unarmed:  Ivs.  penninerved,  ...    5.  Berchemia. 
BB.  Disk  lining  the  calyx-tube,  or  both  adherent 
to  ovary:  fr.  drupaceous  or  becoming  dry, 
c.  Lvs.  very  small  or  wanting,  the  spines  If.- 

likc G.  Collefia. 

cc.  Lvs.  ordinary. 

D.  Fr.  a  fleshy  drupe  free  from  calyx,  con- 
taining 2—4  separate  nut-like  stones        7.  Rhamrius. 
DD.  Fr.    becoming    nearly    or    quite    dry, 
partly    inferior,    separating    into    3 
nutlets:  ovary  adnate  to  disk  at  its 

base 8.  Ceauofhus. 

DDD.  Fr.  a  caps,  with  membranous  covering, 
inferior,    separating    into     3     cocci, 

which  are  dehiscent  inside 9.  Pomadcrris. 

DDDD.  Fr.   indehiscent,    pea-shaped,   3-celled, 

3-8eeded;  ovary  free 10.  Hoxenia. 

The  genus  Rhamnella  is  sometimes  cultivated. 


60.   VITACEiE. 

A.  Stamens  free:  climbing  shrubs  or  herbs. 
B.  Petals  expanding;  fls.  in  cymes:  bark  close; 
pith  white, 
c.  Plants  climbing,  mostly  by  adhesion  of 
dilated    and    disk-shaped    lips    of   the 
tendril-branches:    no   distinct   disk    or 
free  nectariferous    glands,   but  a   nec- 
tariferous and  wholly  confluent    thick- 
ening of  the  ba.se  of  the  ovary,  or  even 

this  obsolete:  lvs.  never  pinnate \.  Partheno- 

cc.  Plants  climbing  by  the  prehension  and  [cissus. 

coiling  of  naked-tippeu   tendrils:   nec- 
tariferous disk   or  glands  surrounding 
the  ovary  or  its  base,  and  at  lea.st  partly 
free  from  it. 
D.  Fls.   S-meroua:   woody   plants,   mostly 

hardy 2.  Ampelopaia. 

DD.  FLs.  4-mcrou8:  more  or  les-s  fleshy, 
woo*Jy  or  herbaceous;  mostly  tropi- 
cal or  subtropical 3.  Ciaaua. 

SB.  Petals  cjwt  off  from  the  base  while  cohering 
by  their  tips;  hypogynoua  disk  or  5 
nectariferous  glands  alternate  with  the 
Btarnens;  fls.  in  panicles:  berries  usually 
edible:  lvs.  rarely  comixjund,  never  pin- 
nate     4,  Vitia. 

VA.  Stamens  with  connate  filaments:  lvs.  1-3-pin- 

nate:  upright  trees  or  shrubs •*>.  Leea. 

Tetrastigma  is  also  briefly  treated. 


61.   SABIACE^. 


In  cultivation 


Mcliosma. 


62.  ACERACE^. 

A.  Nutlets  winged  all  around:  Iva.  pinnate,  with 

9-15  Ifta _.  .  .    1.  Dipieronia. 

AA.  Nutlets  with  an  elongated  wing  on  one  side: 

lvs.  simple  or  coniptiund 2.  Acer. 


63.  STAPHYLEACE^. 

A.  TjVs.  opposite:  several  seeds  in  each  cell. 
B.  Ovary  2-3-parted  at  base. 

c.  Caps,  vesiculose 1.  Staphylea, 

cc.  Follicles  coriaceous 2.  Euscaphis, 

BB.  Ovary  3-Iobed:  fr.  fleshy  or  leathery 3.  Turpinia. 

AA.  Lvs.  alternate:  1  seed  in  each  cell:  fr.  berry- 

hke 4.  Tapiscia. 


64.   MELIANTHACEiE. 

A.  Calyx   aubsaccate.  tlie   segms.    narrow,  very 

unequal  at  base:  ovules  in  the  locules  2-4..  .  .    1.  Melianthus, 
AA.  Calyx    of    5    free,    roundish    sepals:    ovules 

numerous  in  2  aeries  on  the  placentffi 2.  Greyia. 


65.  HIPPOCASTANACEiE. 

In  cultivation ^sculus. 


66.  SAPINDACE.^. 

A.  Fls.  irregular. 

B.  Ovules  solitary  in  the  locules  (rarely  2  in 
Paullinia):  plant  climbing. 

c.  Fr.  a  winged  samara 1.  Serjania. 

cc.  Fr.  bladdery,  membranous,  loculicidal. . .  .   2.  Cardiosper- 

[mum. 

ccc.  Fr.  a  pear-shaped,  septicidal  caps 3.  Paullinia. 

BB.  Ovules  2  or  more  in  the  locules:  plant  erect. 

c.  Sepals  valvate;  petals  3^ 4.  Kcelreuferia. 

cc.  Sepals  imbricate;  petals  4-5 5.  Ungnadia. 

AA.  Fls.  regular,  or  nearly  so. 

B.  Stamens  inserted  at  the  base  of  the  ovary 
inside  the  disk,  often  unilateral. 
C.  Fr.  dehiscent;  ovules  2  or  more  in  cells. 
D.  Disk   produced   into   5   horns;    fls.    in 

racemes  before  the  lvs.,  showy 6.  Xantkoceras. 

DD.  Disk     annular     or     cup-shaped;     fls. 
usually  in  panicles. 
E.  Lvs.   ternate:  sepals  glabrous;  disk 

cupular 7.  Delavaya. 

EE.  Lvs.  pinnate. 

F.  Petals  5;  sepals  imbricate,  pubes- 
cent     8.  Blighia. 

FF.  Petals  0;  sepals  valvate 9.  Stadmannia, 

cc.  Fr.  indehiscent. 

D.  Aril  present;  fr.  edible. 

E.  Calyx    deeply    5-parted,    imbricate; 

petals  present 10.  Euphoria. 

EE.  Calyx   with   small  valvate   lobes  or 

obaoletely  toothed;  petals  0 U.  Litchi. 

DD.  Aril  wanting. 

E.  Fr.  deeply  lobed  or  divided  into  3 
(-1)   cocci:  sepals  5:  Ifts.  usually 

many 12.  Sapindus. 

EE.  Fr.  not  deeply  lobed:  sepals  4:  Ifts. 

2-4 13.  Melicocca. 

BB.  Stamens  inserted  outside  the  disk  or  disk 
wanting;  petals  0:  caps,  winged,  papery 
or  leathery:  lvs.  simple  or  pinnate 14.  Dodonxa. 

Additional  genera  are  somewhat  cultivated,  as  Alectryon.  Ber- 
Bamo,  and  Diploglottis. 


67.  ANACARDIACE.^. 

A.  Lvs.  simple 

B.  Stamens  5;  Styles  3 1-  Semecarpum. 

BB.  Stamens  8-10   (all   or  some  fertile);  style 

eccentric;  stigma  a  mere  dot 2.  Aruicardium 

BBB.  Stamens  1-5;  style  lateral;  stigma  simple.   3.  Mangi/era. 
AA.  Lvs.  pinnate  or  composed  of  3  Ifts. 
B.  Ovary  1-celled. 

c.  Ovules  suspended  at  or  near  the  apex. 
D.  Styles   in   the   pistillate   fls.   short,   in 

the  staminate  fls.  4-5 4.  Tapiria. 

5.  Cyrtocarpa. 

DD.  Styles  3 6.  Schinus. 

cc.  Ovule.s  suspended  by  a  basilar  funiculus. 

D.  Styles  3 7.  PisUida. 


KEY  TO  THE   FAMILIES  AND   GENERA 


93 


DD.  Petals  4-6  or  more. 

E.  Stamens  in  a  single  whorl. 

r.  The  petals  valvate 8.  Sorindeia^ 

FF.  The  petals  imbricate. 

a.  Style  lateral  in  fr.;  pedicels  be- 
coming plumose :  Ivs.  simple. .  .   9.  Cotinus, 
GG.  Style  terminal  in  fr. ;  pedicels  not 
plumose  in  fr.:  Ivs.  compound, 

rarely  simple 10.  Rhtis. 

EE.  Stamens  in  2  whorls,  the  outer  alter- 
nate with  the  petals;  petals  vai- 

vate 11.  Lithrsea. 

BB.  Ovary  2-5-celled. 

c.  Fls.   polygamous;   stamens  8-10;   petals 

sub  valvate 12.  Spondms, 

cc.  Fls.   dicecious;  stamens  8-9;  petals  im- 
bricate   13.  Ilarpehijl- 

[lum. 
The  genera  Coryxocarpua  and  Smodingium  are  also  described  in 
this  Cyclopedia. 


68.  CORIARIACEiE. 

The  only  genus Coriaria. 


69.   MORINGACE^. 

The  only  genus Moringa. 


70.  LEGUMINOSiE. 
/,  Summary  of  Suborders  and  Tribes, 

Ignoring  exceptions  and  six  tribes  of  which  no  examples 
appear  to  be  cult,  in  America.  (Other  genera  of  Leguminosse 
may  be  met  with  now  and  then  in  cultivation,  but  they  are  so 
Uttle  grown  and  so  many  that  the  introduction  of  them  here  would 
make  the  key  unnecessarily  complicated;  some  of  these  are  men- 
tioned at  the  end  of  the  Leguminosse,  p.  95.) 

Suborder   I.— MIMGSE^. 

A.  Fls.  regular,  small;  calyx  gamosepalous 
or  valvately  parted;  petals  valvate, 
often  connate,  below  the  middle. 
B.  Stamens  numerous,  co. 

c.  The  stamens  free 1.  Acacia  Tribe. 

cc.  The  stamens  monadelphous 2.  Inga  Tribe. 

SB.  Stamens  fewer,  definite. 

c.  Anthers  usually  appendaged  with  a 
stalked  gland;  stamens  twice  as 
many  as  the  petals,  rarely  as 
many:  fls.  generally  5-merous. . .  . 
CO.  Anthers  not  glandular;  stamens  as 
many  as  the  petals,  rarely  twice 
as  many:  fls.  4-5-merous,  rarely 

3-  or  ti-merous 4.  Mimosa  Tribe, 

AA.  Fls.  irregular  and  truly  papilionaceous, 
i.  e.,  like  a  sweet  pea,  the  standard 
outside  of  the  other  petals  and  inclos- 
ing them  in  the  bud;  sepals  more  or 
less  united  above  the  disk  into  a 
tube  or  cup;  radicles  inflexed,  accum- 
bent  or  rarely  very  short  and  straight. 
(Compare  aaa.) 


fhaseold8 

[Tribe. 
Trifolium  Tribe. 
Galega  Tribe. 


Adenanthera 

[Tribe. 


Suborder  II.— PAPILIONEiE. 

B.  Lvs.  simple,  or  else  digitately  com- 
pound. (Exceptions:  A  few  mem- 
bers of  the  Trifohum  Tribe  are 
digitately  compound  and  some  of 
the  Phaseolus  Tribe  are  subdigi- 
tately  compound.  Some  lvs.  that 
appear  to  be  simple  have  been  re- 
duced from  several  Ifts.  to  1,  gener- 
ally leaving  a  gland,  joint  or  other 
indication  of  the  reduction.) 
c.  Stamens   10,   free:   shrubs,   rarely 

herbs 5.  Podalyria  Tribe. 

cc.  Stamens  10,  monadelphous,  rarely 
diadeiphousf  racemes  terminal  or 
opposite  the  lvs.  or  the  fls.  soli- 
tary or  subfascicled  at  the  axils.  .   6.  Genista  Tribe. 
B.  Lvs.  pinnate,  rarely  digitate  in  the 
Trifolium  Tribe,  or  subdigitate  in 
the    Phaseolus    Tribe    or    the    lvs. 
sometimes  reduced  to  a  single  1ft. 
c.  Stamens  10,  free:  Ifts.  5  or  more, 
sometimes    reduced    to   1    large 

1ft.,  rarely  3 7.  Sophora  Tribe. 

cc.  Stamens  monadelphous  or  diadel- 
phous. 


D.  The  pod  jointed,  rarely  1-jointed; 
1-seeded  by  abortion.  Other- 
wise like  the  Lotus,  Galega 
and    Phaseolus    Tribes.      An 

artificial  division 8.  Hedysarum 

DD.  The  pod  not  jointed.  (Tribe. 

E.  Pod  indehiscent,  larger  than 
calyx,  membranous,  leath- 
ery, woody  or  drupaceous: 
Ifts.  5  or  more,  rarely  3-1 : 
trees     or     tall     shrubs     or 

climbers 9.  Dalberqia 

EE.  Pod  dehiscent   or  if  indehis-  [Tribe. 
cent  usually  of  small  size, 
generally  2-vaIved. 
F.  Fls.    in    heads    or    umbels, 
rarely  solitary:  Ifts.  3  or 
more,     entire:     alternate 
filaments  usually  dilated 
at  the  apex:  herbs  or  sub- 
shrubs 10.  Lotus  Tribe. 

FF.  Fls.    solitary   or   racemose, 
sometimes     panicled     or 
fascicled. 
G.  Plants  typically  climbing 
herbs,      raising      them- 
selves    by     means     of 
tendrils  at  the  tips  of 
the      petioles:      some- 
times  there   is   a   mere 
bristle:  Ifts.  often  den- 
ticulate at  apex 11.  Vici  A  Tribe. 

GO.  Plants  twining  or  erect, 
not    climbing    by    ten- 
drils. 
H.  Lfts.  generally  3. 

I.  Habit  of  plants  most- 
ly twining 12. 

II.  Habit        of       plants 

mostly  erect 13 

HH.  Lfts.  mostly  5  or  more.. 14. 
.,  Fls.  more  or  less  irregular,  but  not 
truly  papilionaceous.  When  they 
seem  to  be  so,  the  petal  answering 
to  the  standard  will  be  found  within 
the  other  petals  instead  of  out.side 
as  in  aa:  radicle  straight,  very  rarely 
slightly  oblique. 

Suborder   UL— C^SALPINE^. 

b.  Calyx  gamosepalous  beyond  the  disk 
or  valvately  parted ;  lvs.  simple  and 
entire  or  2-lobed.  or  rarely  cut  into 
2  lfts. :  stipe  of  ovary  free  or  adnate 

to  caly,\-tube 15.  Bauhinia  Tribe. 

bb.  Calyx   usually   parted   to   the   very 
disk  and  the  segras.  imbricate. 
c.  Stipe  of  ovary  adnate  to  the  disk- 
bearing  calyx-tube;  lvs.   mostly 

abruptly  pinnate 16.  Amherstia  Tribe. 

cc.  Stipe  of  ovary  free  in  the  bottom  of 
the  calyx. 
D.  Anthers    versatile:    lvs.    mostly 

bipinnate 17.  C.esalpinia  Tribe. 

DD.  Anthers  basifixed,  erect  but 
longitudinally  dehiscent  by  2 
pores  or  short  cracks 18.  Cassia  Tribe. 


//.  Key  to  the  Tribes. 
1.  Acacia  Tribe. 

The  only  genus 1.  Acacia. 

2.  Inga  Tribe. 

A.  Lvs.  once  pinnate 2.  Tnga. 

aa.  Lvs.  mostly  twice  pinnate. 

b.  Shape  of  pods  circinate,  arched  or  variously 
twisted. 
c.  Pod    usually    2-valved ;    seeds    generally 

surrounded  by  a  thin  pulp 3.  Pithecolob- 

cc.  Pod  indehiscent,  usually  septate  between  [ium 

the  seeds 4.  Enterolob' 

BB.  Shape  of  pods  straight,  or  at  most  sUghtly  [ium 

sickle-shaped. 
c.  Valves    separating    from    the    persistent 

sutures o.  Lysiloma. 

cc.  Valves  elastically  dehiscent  and  revolute 

from  apex  to  base 6.  Calliandra. 

ccc.  Valves  not  elastic:  pod  often  indehiscent. .   7.  Albizzia 


3.  Adenanthera  Tribe. 

a.  Fls.  short-pediceled 

aa.  Fls.  sessile. 

B.  The    pod    indehiscent    {presumably    so    in 
Stryphnodendron). 


Adenanlh- 

[era. 


\n 


KEY   TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


c.  Pod  straight,  thick-compresswi.  trans- 
ver>-fly    septate    inside    between    the 

5<,„is 9.  Slri/phno- 

cc.  Poii  straiBht.  falcate  or  variously  twisted,  [deuilron 

tliick-iiinipresseil  or  subterete,  usually 

septate  inside  between  the  seeds 10.  Prosopis, 

BB.  The  pods  J-valveil.    it^ee  also  bbb.  ) 

c.  Pod  slraiiitu  or  aroh«l,  flat;  valves  entire, 

continuous  within:  shrubs  or  trees 11.  Pipladema. 

cc.  Pod  obli.iuely  oblonit,  deflcsed  from  the 
stipe:  herbs  or  diffuse  sub-shrubs,  pros- 
trate or  tloatinR 12.  Xepluma. 

BBB.  The  poif  flat,  with  thickened  persistent 
continuous  suturi*.  the  vnlves  trans- 
versely jointed  between  the  sutures,  the 
joints  1-seedcd 13.  Enlmla 

4.  Mimosa  Tribe. 

A.  Pods  provided  with  a  replum,  i.  e.,  a  frame- 
like  placenta,  which  remains  after  the 
valves  have  fallen  away  from  it. 

B.  Valves  wider  than  reolum 14.  Mimosa. 

BB.  Valves  narrower  than  the  replum  or  hardly 

vcidQT 15*  Schrankia. 

.*.».  Pods  2-vaived  in  the  ordinary  fashion 16.  Leuarna. 

5.  Podalyria  Tribe. 

A.  Keel-petals  free  or  shghtly  connate:  foUage 

herbaceous.  ,„    „,, 

B.  Pod  Unear  or  oblong-inflated IV.  Thermopsis. 

BP.  Pod  globose  or  ovoid,  turgid  or  inflated.  .  .  .  .18.  Baplisia. 
AA.  Keel-petals    connate    on    the    back:    foliage 
mostly  leathery. 
B.  Ovules  4  or  more.  ,  „   ^     ,  ,  • 

c.  Keel  about  as  long  as  the  wnngs 19.  Oxylobium. 

cc.  Keel  much  shorter  than  wings 20.  Chorufvia. 

BB.  Ovules  2.  ,  ,,„,,-■■ 

c   Pod  indehiscent:  calyx  .-shortly  o-toothed..  21.  \  imiiiana. 
cc.  Pod  2-valved:  calyx  3-(id,  or  bilabiate 22.  PuUenxa. 

6.  Genista  Tribe. 

A.  Stamens  coalesced  into  a  shciith  which  is  split 
above  the  middle. 
B.  Seeds  slrophiolate.  „.,    /i,        i 

c.  Lvs.  simple  or  reduced  to  mere  scales 23.  7  emple- 

\toina. 

cc.  Lvs.  pinnate:  Ifts.  3 24  Goodia. 

BB.  Seeds  not  slrophiolate 25.  Crotalana. 

AA.  Stamens  coalesced  into  a  closed  tube. 
B.  Seeds  not  St  rophiolate. 

c.  Calyx-lobes  or  lips  much  longer  than  the 

tube 26.  Lupinus. 

cc.  Calyx-iobes  or  -teeth   shorter  than   the 
tube,  rarely  somewhat  longer. 
D.  Lfts.  3.  „,    ,    , 

E.  Pod  stalked 27.  Laburnum. 

EE.  Pod  sessile. 

F.  Claws  of  petals  adnate  to  stam- 

inal  tube 28.  Pdleria. 

FF.  Claws  of  petals  free. 

o.  Shrubs  unarmed:  upper  calyx- 
lobes  distinct 29.  Adenomr- 

oo.  Shrubs  usually  spinescent:  calyx  Ipus. 

short,  truncate 30.  Calycutome. 

DD.  Lfts.  usually  all  wanting,  rarely  3  or  1: 
shrubs  with  spiny  or  rush-hke 
branches. 

E.  .Shrub  with  rush-like  branches 31.  Apartium. 

EE.  Shrubs  spiny  or  unarmed:  lfts.  re- 
duced to  1  or  0,  rarely  3.  „„   « 

F.  Fls.  yellow:  calyx  not  inflated 32.  Oentsta. 

FF   Fls.  violet  or  bluish;  calyx  inflated: 

spiny  shrub 33.  Erinarra. 

BB.  Seeds  strophiolale. 

c.  Calyx  colored,  2-parted;  the  upper  segms. 
2-to<jthed.  lower  3-toothcd:  leafless 
ehrubs,    the    branchlots    and    petioles 

transformed  into  spines 34.  Ulei. 

CC.  Calyx  with  the  2  upper  lobes  or  teeth  con- 
nate or  free,  the  3  lower  connate  into  a 
lower  lip 35.  Cytim". 

7.  Sophora  Tribe. 

A.  Fl.  with  petals  all  nearly  alike 36.  Cadia. 

AA.  Fl.  distinctly  papihonaceous. 

B.  Pod  2-valved 37.  Ca«tano- 

BB.  Po<J  indehiflccnt  or  at  most  tardily  dehiscent  \Hptrmum. 

to  a  slight  extent.  „„    „     , 

c.  The  pod  moniliform 38.  Sophora. 

cc.  The  pofl  not  moniliform,  linear.  „,.   «  , 

D.  Color  of  fls.  yellow  in  axillary  racemes.  .39,  Calpurnia. 
DD.  Color  of  fls.  white,  panicled. 

E.  Winter-buds  inclosed  in  the  base  of 
the  enlarged  petiole:  panicle  loo.se, 

dr>x.>pinK 40.  Cladraalis. 

EE.  Winter-buds    free:    panicle    dense, 

uprigtit 41.  Maackia. 


8.  Hedysarum  Tribe. 

A.  Stamens  all  free  among  themselves 42.  .idesmia. 

AA.  Stamens  all  connute  in  a  closed  tube 43.  Araclns. 

AAA.  Stamens  nearest  the  standard  free  or  connate 
with  the  others  only  at  the  base  or  at  the 
middle. 
B.  Filaments  all  dilated  above  or  only  alter- 

ziate  ones.  .  .    „      .., 

c.  Keel  obtu.se 44.  Ormlhoput. 

cc.  Keel  acute  or  beaked 45.  toronlUa. 

BB.  Filaments  normal. 

c.  Wings  short  or  very  short,  rarely  as  long 
as    the    keel:  lfts.  not    provided    with 
minute  stipules. 
D.  Pod  flat  or  compressed. 

E.  Joints  many,  rarely  2:  standard-sta- 
men free 46.  Hedysarum. 

EE.  Joints    2:   standard-stamen   connate 

with  others  at  middle 47.  Oiwhrychis. 

DD.  Pod  thickish,  subterete 48.  AUtagi. 

cc.  Wings  as  long  as  or  longer  than  the  keel: 
partial    petioles    of    lfts.    bear    minute 
stipules  (except  in  Lespedeza  0). 
D.  Pod  indehiscent,  rarely  opening  at  the 

lower  suture;  joints  flat 49.  Desmodium, 

DD.  Pod  of  about  4  small,  distinct,  1-seeded, 
smooth,    veined    joints    included    in 

the  calyx 50.  Urana. 

DDD.  Pod  1-seeded,  indehiscent;  no  joints 51.  Lespedeza. 

9.  Dalbergia  Tribe. 

A   Fr  drup.iceoiis,  clolmse  or  ovoid,  indehiscent, 

the  endmarp  WDody 52.  .indira. 

AA.  Fr.  not  dnipareous. 

B.  Lfts.  mostly  alternate. 

c.  .\nthers    vi-rsatilc,    the    loculcs    parallel, 

loni;itudin:illy  dehi.scent 53.  Tipuaiia. 

cc.  .\nther3     small,     erect,     didymous,     the 
locules  placed  back  to  back;  generally 

dehiscent  at  apex  by  a  short  crack 54.  Dalbergia. 

BB.  Lfts.  opposite.  .  r^    D-     'J- 

c.  Pod  longitudinally  4-wmged 65.  .f'tscidm. 

cc.  Pod  with  a  narrow  wing  along  the  upper 

suture  or  both  sutures 56.  Derns. 

10.  Lotus  Tribe. 

A.  Pod  indehiscent  or  tardily  2-valved 57.  Anthyllis. 

AA.  Pod  2-valved.  ,        .   .       ,      i 

B.  Calyx-lobes  usually  longer  than  tube;  keel 

rostrate 58.  Lotus. 

BB.  Calyx-teeth  shorter  than  tube;  keel  obtuse.  .59.  Hoaackia. 

11.  Vicia  Tribe. 

A.  St.  woody:  infl.  subterminal;  stamens  9,  the 

standard-stamen  absent 60.  Abrua. 

t.K.  St.  herbaceous:  fls.  solitary  or  racemose  m  the 
axils;  stamens  10. 

B.  Wings  adherent  to  the  keel ,v;  ■*'l-  f'^'^V      .-i  i 

(See  article  Lentil.) 

BB.  Wings  free  or  only  slightly  adherent. 

c.  Sheath  of  stamens  obUque  at  the  mouth; 

style  slender,  bearded  or  hairy  only  at 

the  apex  or  all  around  the  upper  part. .  .62.  Vicia. 

cc.  Sheath  of  stamens  equal  at  the  mouth. 

D.  Calyx-lobes  leafy;  style  rigid,  dilatetl 

above  and  the  margins  reflexed  and 

joined   together  so  that  it  becomes 

flattened  laterally;  bearded  down  the 

inner  edge -63.  Piaum. 

DD.  Calyx-lobes  not  leafy;  style  flattened 
above  on  the  back  and  front;  bearded 
down  one  face 64.  Lathyrus. 

12.  Phaseolus  Tribe. 

A.  Style   longitudinally   bearded   above   on   the 
inner  side  or  rarely  pilose  only  around  the 
stigma;    petals    normal    or    the    keel    long- 
beaked  or  spiral:  infl.  nodo8e-racemo.se. 
B.  Calyx-tube  not  longer  than  lobe.  di.„„„).,. 

c.  Keel  spiral ■  •  ■ 65-  Phaseolus. 

cc.  Keel  obtuse  or  arched  beaked. 

D.  Stigmastrongly  oblique  or  introrse...  ..Ob.  vigna. 
DD.  Stigma  subglobose  on  inner  face;  style 

flattened  out  at  apex 67.  Pachyrhizut. 

DDD.  Stigma  small,  terminal;  style  fihform 

or  subulate  at  apex 68-  Duhchos. 

BB.  Calyx-tube  cylindrical,  longer  than  lobes ....  69.  t  (i(oria. 
AA.  Style  not  bearded. 

B.  Stanilard-stamen  free  only  at  the  very  base, 
thence  connate  with  the  rest  into  a  closed 
tube;  calyx  mostly  4-lobed. 
c.  Calyx  bell-shaped. 

D.  Pod  broad,  the  upper  suture  thickened 

or  2-winged 70.  Bioclea. 

DD.  Pod  linear,  narrow  or  flat 71.  /  uerana. 


KEY  TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


95 


cc.  Calyx    bilabiate,    the    upper    lip    larger, 

entire  or  2-lobed  or  2-parled 72.  Canavalia. 

BB.  Staiidurd-stamen   free   or   connate   only  at 
the  ba<e. 

c.  Calyx  4-lobed 73.  Galacda. 

CC.  Calyx  not  4-Iobed. 

D.  Infl.  usually  racemose,  the  rachia  of  the 
raceme  jointed. 
E.  Standard     much     larger     than     the 

wings  and  keel 74.  Erythrina. 

EE.  Standard  smaller  than  the  keel. 
F.  Pod  2-valved. 

G.  Anthers  of  2  kinds 75.  Mucuna. 

GG.  Anthers  uniform 76.  Apios. 

FF.  Pod  not  dehiscent,  except  at  the 

top 77.  Butea. 

DD.  Infl.     sometimes     racemose     but     the 
rachis  of  the  raceme  not  jointed. 
E.  Lvs.,    especially  beneath,  with    mi- 
nute  resinous  dots:  infl.  racemose 
or  subumbellate  or  the  fla.  solitary. 

T.  Ovules  2 78.  Flemingia, 

FF.  Ovules  4  or  more. 

a.  Pod  turgid;  seeds strophiolate..  .79.  Fagelia. 
GQ.  Pod  compressed;  seeds  not  stro- 
phiolate  80.  Cajanus. 

EE,  Lvs.  without  minute  resinous  dots: 
fJs.    clustered   or   racemose   in    the 
axils,   solitary  or   twin   along   the 
rachis. 
F.  Fls.   showy;   standard   large,   flat- 
tened out;  bracts  persistent 81.  Centrosema, 

TT.  Fls.     medium-sized;     standard, 
erect,     complicate,     sides    often 

reflexed:  bracts  persistent 82.  Amphi- 

PFF.  Fls.  small    (showy  in   Kennedya);  [carpsea. 

standard  spreading  or  reflexed; 
bracts  persistent  or  small  and 
deciduous. 

G.  Seeds  not  strophiolate 83.  Glycine, 

GQ.  Seeds  strophiolate. 

H.  The   fls.    small;    keel   usually 

much  smaller  than  wings. , .  .84.  Harden- 
HH.  The  fls.  showy;  keel  usually  [bergia 

equaling  or  surpassing  the 
wings 85.  Kennedya. 

13.  Trifolium  Tribe. 

*  Standard-stamen    connate    with    the    others 

into  a  closed  tube;  keel  beaked 86.  Ononis. 

,.  Standard-stamen  free:  keel  obtuse  or  in  Paro- 
chetus  acutish. 
B.  Lfts.  digitate  (rarely  pinnate  in  Trifolium). 
c.  Pod   2-valved:   keel   acutish;   petals  not 

adnate 87.  Parochetus 

cc.  Pod  usually  indehiscent:  claws  of  all  or 
the  lower  petals  adnate  to  the  staminal 

tube 88.  Trifolium. 

BB.  Lfts.  3,  pinnate. 

c.  Pod  straight,  sickle-shaped  or  arched, 
somelimea  thick  and  beaked,  some- 
times hnear,  sometimes  broad  and  flat, 
indehiscent   or   folliculately   gaping  or 

rarely  2-valved 89.  THgonella. 

cc.  Pod      spirally     falcate,      circinnate     or 

cochleate 90.  Medicago. 

ccc.  Pod  small,  subglobose  or  ovoid,  thick,  in- 
dehiscent or  tardily  2-valved 91.  Melilotus. 

14.  Galega  Tribe. 

L.  Connective  of  the  anthers  appendaged  with  a 
small  gland  or  mucro:  ovules  mostly  oo,  1-2 

in  a  few  species;  pod  2-valved 92.  Indigofera. 

L.  Connective  not  appendaged. 
B.  0\Tile3  1-2,  rarely  3-4.  (See  also  bb.) 

c.  Number  of  ovules  1 93.  Psoraha. 

cc.  Number  of  ovules  2,  rarely  3-4. 

D.  Stamens  10 94.  Amorpha. 

DD.  Stamens  5 95.  Pctaloste- 

BB.  0\'ules  00   (1-2  in  a  few  species  of  Teph-  [mon. 

rosia). 
C.  Infl.  terminal  or  opposite  the  lvs.,  mostly 
racemose  I'in  Galega  both  axillary  and 
terminal,  in  some  Tephrosias  axillary): 
pod  2-vaIved. 
D.  Style    longitudinally    bearded    on    the 
inner  side;  calyx  long-tubular;  petals 

very  long-clawed 96.  Barbieria. 

DD.  Style   glabrous    (or  merely  penicillate 
at  the  stigma  in  some  tephrosias). 
E.  Standard-stamen    connate    with    the 

rest  from  the  base 97.  GaUga. 

EE.  Standard-stamen     free     or     connate 
with  the  others  from  the  middle. 


F.  The    pod    narrow    or    short,    with 
slender  valves  and   norviform  or 

hardly  thickened  sutures 98. 

FF,  The  pod  thick,  leathery  or  woody. 
Q.  Pod   usually   tardily   dehiscent: 

infl.  mostly  panicled 99. 

GQ.  Pod  easily  dehiscent;  infl.  race- 
mose  100. 

c.  Infl.  axillary,  except  where  noted  below. 
D.  Pod  flat,  except  where  the  seeds  finally 

make  it  turgid 101. 

DD.  Pod  inflated,  turgid  or  terete,  longitudi- 
nally  septate    or    undivided,    rarely 
flat  and  when  so  always  longitudi- 
nally septate. 
E.  Styles  variously  bearded  above 

F.  Petals  acuminate 102. 

FF.  Petals  not  acuminate. 

G.  Standard  erect 103. 

GG.  Standard  spreading  or  reflexed. 

H.  Stigma  small 104. 

HH.  Stigma  prominent 105. 

tiE.  Style  not  bearded. 

F.  Lvs.  even-pinnate:  shrubs  or  trees. 
G.  The   pod  stipitate,   obovoid   or 

oblong 106. 

GG.  The  pod  linear,  usually  acute ....  107. 
FF.  Lvs.  odd-pinnate  or  with  a  spiny 
petiole  instead  of  an  odd  1ft. 
G.  Anther-cells  confluent  at  apex. . .  108. 
GG.  Anthers  uniform. 

H.  Petals  not  all  narrow,  the 
standard  obovate  or  orbicu- 
lar  109. 

HH.  Petals  narrow. 

I.  Keel  blunt 110. 

II,  Keel  acute 111. 

15.  Bauhinia  Tribe. 


Tephrosia. 

Milletia. 
Wistaria* 

Robinia, 


Clianthus, 

Suther- 

[landia, 
Swainsona, 
Colutea. 


Halimoden- 
[dTon. 
Caragana. 


Glycyrrk- 

[iza. 


Calophaca. 

Astragalus. 
Oxytropis, 


\.  Petals     erect    or    spreading,     only     shghtly 

unequal 112.  Bauhinia. 

AA.  Petals  falsely  pea-like,  the  standard  inmost.. .  .  113.  Cercis. 

16.  Amherstia  Tribe. 

A.  The  petals  absent;  sepals  4 114.  Saraca, 

AA.  The  petals  present. 

B.  Bractlets  persistent,  inclosing  the  bud. 

c.  Petals  5,  slightly  unequal 115.  Brownea. 

cc.  Petals   unequal,    1  very  wide,   2   narrow, 

2  minute  and  rudimentary 116.  Amherstia. 

BB.  Bractlets  small  or  deciduous. 

c.  Lfts.  1  pair 117.  Hymensea. 

cc.  Lfts.  2  or  more  pairs. 

D.  Petals  5,  3  perfect,  2  rudimentary 118.  Tamarin- 

\dus. 
DD.  Petals  5,  slightly  unequal 119.  Scholia. 

17.  Cssalpinia  Tribe. 

A.  Calyx-lobes  strongly  imbricate;  disk-bearing 
tube  short:  seed  not  albuminous. 

B.  Pod  indehiscent;  stigma  peltate 120.  PeUoph- 

[orum. 

BB.  Pod  2-valved:  stigma  not  peltate 121.  CBesalpinia. 

.\.\.  Calyx-tube  long,  or  top-ahaped  or  bell-shaped; 
segms.  short  or  narrow  and  open:  seeds, 
when  known,  albuminous. 

B.  Pod  turgid  or  subterete 122.  Gymnoc- 

\ladus. 

BB.  Pod  flattish 123.  Gleditsia. 

AAA.  Calyx-segms.  valvate. 

B.  Segms.  4,  the  upper  ones  connate;  highest 

petal  widest,  lowest  narrow 124.  Colyillea. 

BB.  Segms.  5;  petals  roundi.sh,  about  equal 125.  Poinciana, 

AAAA.  Calyx-segms.  sUghtly  imbricate  or  valvate: 
seeds  albuminous. 

B.  Ovary  adnate  to  calyx-tube 126.  Schizolob- 

|ium, 

BB.  Ovary  free  in  bottom  of  calyx 127.  Parkin- 

[sonui* 

18.  Cassia  Tribe. 

A.  Petals  5;  fls.  hermaphrodite 128.  Cassia. 

AA.  Petals  0;  fls.  polygamous 129.  Ceratonia. 

The  following  genera  also  are  described  as  having  more  or  less 
horticultural  intere.sl :  Afzelia,  Amicia,  Aotus,  Baikia-a,  Baphia, 
Hr;nliy-.ciim.  Camdensia,  CarmiclioeHa,  Cicer,  Copailera,  Dalea, 
Desinanihus,  Dich^o.'^tachys.  Diphysa,  Ebenus,  Eulaxia,  Galedupa, 
Oliricidia.  Ha-matoxylon,  Hippocrepis,  Hoffmanseggia.  Hovea, 
Jack.sonia.  Kerstingieila.  Krameria,  Lonchocarpus,  Minkelersia, 
Piptanthua,  Podalyria,  Pterocarpus,  Pterolobium,  Rhynchosia» 
Scorpiurus,  Sesbania,  Toluifera,  \'ouapa. 


96 


KEY    TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


71.  ROSACEA. 
/.  Summary  of  Tribes, 

,.  Ovary  inferior:  carpPls  2-5.  more  or 
less  ciMinato  and  atinate  to  the  cup- 
shaiHnl  receptacle,  the  whole  develop- 
ing into  a  lleshy  fr.  (pome):  trees  or 

shruhs  with  frve  s^tipules 4.  Pome  Tribe. 

I.  Ovar>'  superior. 
B.  Carpels  usuaUy  many,  if  1  or  2,  fr. 
not  (Irupaeeous:  calyx  persistent. 
c.  Fr.  folhcular.  dfhiscent. 

D.  Seeds  not  winwed:  Hs.  small 1.  SpiR-ea  Tribe. 

DD.  Seeds     winged,     flattened:     fla. 

rather  large 2.  Quillaja  Tribe. 

cc.  Ft.  not   follicular,  indeliiseent,  or 
carpels  growing  itito  drupelets. 
D.  Pistils    borne   on    a  flat,  hemi- 
spherical or  convex  receptacle, 
subtended    by    a    cup-shaped 
portion  of  the  receptacle  (hy- 
panthium),  usually  many. 
E.  The  pistils  2-5:  shrubs,  with 
simple  Ivs. 
F.  Stipules  wanting:  fls.  small, 

in  large  panicles 3.  Holodiscus 

FT.  Stipules  present:  fla.     soli-  Tribe. 

tary      or      in       few-fid. 

corymbs 5.  Kerria  Tribe. 

EE.  The  pistils  many  (if  few,  Ivs. 

compound ) :  herbs  or  shrubs. 

F.  C  a  r  p  el  s     becoming     dry 

achenes. 

G.  Ovules  2:    carpels    5-15: 

calyx  without  bractlets: 

herbs 9.  Ui.maria  Tribe. 

GO.  Ovules  1:  carpels  many; 
calyx  usuaUy  with 
bractlets        alternating 

with  the  lobes 6,  Potentilla 

FT.  Carpels  becoming  drupelets:  (Tribe. 

ovules  2.  but  seed  solitary.  7.  RuBUa  Tribe. 
DD.  Pistils  inclosed  in  the  tubular- 
or  urn-shaped  receptacle  (hy- 
panthium). 
E.  Number    of    pistils    1    or    4; 
petals  sometimes  wanting. 
F.  Hypanthium  tubular  or  cam- 
panulate.       the      achenes 
loosely  and   usually  only 
partly     inclosing;     pistils 

usually  1:  shrubs S.  Cercocarpus 

FF.  Hypanthium  urceolate.  com-  [Tribe. 

pletely  inclosing  the   1-4 
achenes;  sepals  usually  4: 

herbs  or  shrubs 10.  Sanguisorba^ 

EE.  Numberof  pistils  many;  calyx-  [Tribe. 
tube  becoming  fleshy;  petals 
present :    shrubs   with   odd- 
pinnate  Ivs 11.  Rose  Tribe. 

BB.  Carpels  1,  rarely  2:  fr.  drupaceous: 
calyx  usually  deciduous. 
c.  Fls.    symmetrical;    style     subter- 
minal:  ovules  pendulous;  radicles 

superior 12.  Prunus  Tribe. 

cc.  Fls.    often    unsymmetrical;    style 
basilar:        ovules        ascending; 

radicles  inferior 13.  Chrvsobalanus 

[Tribe. 

//.  Key  to  the  Tribes. 

1.  Spiraea  Tribe. 

A.  Kstils  opposite  to  the  petals  or  less  than  .5. 

B.  Lv8.  simple,  often  lobed,  rarely  pinnatifid: 

stamens  inserted  on   the   margin  of  the 

hypanthium:  shrubs,  rarely  undershnibs. 

c.  Stipules  large,    caducous:   staminal   disk 

wanting:  seeds  shining,  crustaceous. 

D.  J'oUicles  dehL-cent  along  both  sutures, 

often    inflated.  1-5:  fls.  in    terminal 

corymbs 1.  Phyaocarp- 

DD.  Follicles  dehiscent  only  along  the  ven-  [ua, 

tral  suture,  1-2,  not  inflated. 
E.  Fls.  in  terminal  panicles;  style  ter- 
minal; pistils,  2.  rarely  1:  follicles 

usually  .5-Heeded 2.  Neillia. 

EE,  Fls.  in  small  U;rminal  corymbs;  style 
lateral;  pistil  1:  follicles  1-or  rarely 

2-»eedcd 3.  Stephannn- 

cc.  Stipules  wanting:  staminal  disk  usually  [dra. 

prenent:  seeds  dull. 
r.  The  Ivs.  entire,  serrate  or  lobed:  sta- 
meofl  free. 
E.  Carpels  free. 

F.  Fls.  in  panicles,  corymbs  or  umbel- 
like  racemes;  carpels  dehuscent 
along  the  ventral  suture:  Ivs. 
usually  serrate  or  lobed 4.  Spiraia. 


FF.  Fls.  in  rncemes;  carpels  dehiscent 
on     both     sutures:     Ivs.     entire, 
evergreen;  cespitose  undershrvib.   5.  Prtrophy- 
ee.  Carpels  connate  at  the  base;  Hs.  poly-  [turn, 

gamo-tlirt'cious,    in    panicles:     Ivs. 
entire,  deciduous:  upright  shrub. .  .   G.  Sibirsea 
DD.  The  Ivs.  twice  trilid:stamenscoimateat 
the  base:  fls.  in    racemes:  prostrate 

undcrshrub 7.  Luetkea. 

BB.  Lvs.   2-3-pinnatc:   fls.   dioecious,   in   ample 
I)anicles    composed     of     slender    spikes: 

herbs 8.  Aruncus. 

AA.  Pistils  opposite  to  the  sepals,  5. 

D.  Petals  roundish,  imbricate  in  the  bud;  car- 
pels connate  at  the  base:  lvs.  pinnate  or 
bipinnate:  shrubs. 

c.  Lvs.  pitiiiuti-;  Ifis.  coarsely  serrate 9.  Sorbaria. 

cc.  Lvs.  Iii]>inn;it(';  scgms.  minute,  entire 10.  Chamxbati- 

BB.  Petals  .strap-sh:iped,  convolute  in  the  bud:  [aria. 

carpels  distinct:  lvs.  ternate:  herbs H.  Gillenia. 

2.   Quillaja  Tribe. 

K.  Carpels  free,  spreading,  star-like  at  maturity: 
evergreen  trees. 

B.  Stamens  10 12.  Quillaja. 

BB.  Stamens  20 13.  Kageneckia, 

aa.  Carpels   connate  into   a  5-celled  caps.:  sta- 
mens 15-20:  deciduous  shrub 14.  Exochorda. 

3.  Holodiscus  Tribe. 

Lvs.  doubly  serrate  or  slightly  lobed 15.  Holodiscus. 

4.  Pome  Tribe. 

A.  Carpels  bony  at  maturity;  fr*  hence  with  1-5 
stones. 
B.  Pistils  with  2  fertQe  ovules:  Iva.  entire  or 
crenate. 
c.  Lvs.  entire:  spineless  shrubs:  styles  2-5. .  .  16.  Cotoneaater. 
cc.  Lvs.    crenate,    persistent:    usually    spiny 

shrubs:  styles  5 17.  Pyracantha. 

BB.  Pistils  with  only  1  fertile  ovule:  lvs.  usually 
doubly  serrate  or  lobed. 
c.  Ovules  2,  1  fertile  and  1  sterile:  lvs.  sim- 
ple, often  pinnately  lobed. 
D.  Number  of  carpels  5,  wholly  connate 
and  covered  at  the  top  by  the  flesh  of 
the  fr.:  fls.  solitary,  2  in.  across:  lvs. 

entire  or  occasionally  dentate .  18.  Mespilua. 

DD.  Number  of  carpels  1-5,  more  or  less  dis- 
tinct at  the  ventral  suture  and  free  at 
the  top:  fls.  1  in.  or  less  across,  usually 

in  corymbs:  lvs.  often  lobed 19.  Cralsegua. 

cc.  Ovule  but   1;  stones  5:  lvs.  pinnate  (the 
simple-lvd.  species  belong  to  Hespeco- 

meles,  which  is  not  in  cult.) 20.  OsteomeUa. 

AA.  Carpels    with    leathery   or   papery    walls    at 
maturity:  fr.  hence  l~5-celled,  each  cell  with 
1  or  2,  rarely  many  seeds. 
B.  Fls.  in  compound  corymbs. 

c.  Styles  1-5,  distinct   or   connate;    carpels 
partly  free. 
D.  Fr.  solid  and  pointed  at  the  top;  walls 
of  cells  leathery:  lvs.  deciduous,  sim- 
ple or  pinnate. 
E.  Sepals  deciduous:  lvs.  always  simple, 
serrate  with  excurrent  veins:  styles 

2-3 21.  MicTOmeles. 

EE.  Sepals  persistent. 

F.  Number  of  styles  usually  2,  rarely  3 
or  5,  free  or  connate:  lvs.  pin- 
nate or  simple  and  serrate  or 
lobed     with     excurrent     veins, 

deciduous 22.  Sorhua. 

FF.  Number  of  styles  3-5:  lvs.  serrate 

to  crenulate,  with  curving  veins. 

G.  Lvs.  deciduous,  with  glands  on 

the    midrib    above:    styles    5, 

connate  below: endocarp  thin. 23.  Aronia. 

UG.  Lvs.  evergreen,  without  glands 

on    the    midrib:    styles    3-5: 

endocarp  firm 24.  Stranvaeaia. 

DD.  Fr.  hollow  and  rounded  at  the  top, 
small,  l-or2-seeded;  walls  usually  pa- 
pery: styles  u.sually  2:  lvs.  simple, 
deciduous  or  evergreen  with  curving 

veins 25.  Phoiinia. 

cc.  Styles  5.  distinct;  carpels  wholly  connate: 
fr.   pear-shaped,    rather   large,   yellow: 

lvs.  evergreen  with  excurrent  veins 26.  Erioboirya. 

BB.  Fls.  in  umbels,  racemes  or  solitary. 
c.  The  carpels  4-  to  many-seeded. 

D.  Styles  free:  lv.s.  entire 27.  Cydonia. 

DD.  Styles  connate  at  the  base:  lvs.  serrate 
or  serrulate. 
e.  Ovules  many  in  each  cell:  calyx  gla- 
brous outside 28.  ChxnomeUs. 

EE.  Ovules  4-5  in  each  cell;  calyx  densely 

tomentose  outside 29.  Docynia. 

cc.  The  carpels  l~2-seeded. 


KEY  TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND  GENERA 


97 


D.  Cells  of  the  ovary  as  many  as  styles, 

each  with  2  ovules. 

E.  Ovary      2-celled:      fr.      l-2-9eeded, 

black :    fis.    in    upright    racemes, 

sometimes  panicled:  Ivs.  evergreen .  30.  Rapkiolepis. 

EE.  Ovary  3-5-celled:  fls.  in  umbels:  Ivs. 

deciduous.. .31.  Pj/rus. 

DD.  Cells  of  the  ovary  twice  aa  many  as 
styles,  each  with  1  ovule. 
E.  Styles  usually  o;  fls.  in  racemes;  Ivs. 

serrate,  or  crenate  at  the  apex 32.  Amelan- 

EE.  Styles  2-3;   fls.  in  few-fld.   umbels;  [chier. 

calyx-tube  cylindric:  Ivs.  entire  or 

denticulate,  narrow 33.  Peraphyl- 

[lum. 

5.  Kerria  Tribe. 

A.  Petals    wanting;    fls.    in    few-fld.    corymbs: 

achcnes  2-5,  drupaceous 34.  Neviusa. 

AA.  Petals  present;  fla.  solitary,  large. 

B.  Lvs.     alternate:     fls.     5-merou3,     yellow: 

achenes  drupaceous,  yellow 35.  Kerria. 

BB.  Lvs.  opposite:  fls.  4-merous,  white:  achenes 

dry.  black 36.  Rhodotypus. 

6.  PotentiUa  Tribe. 

A.  Style  deciduous. 

B.  Receptacle  in  fr.  much  enlarged,  colored. 

C.  Fls.  white:  receptacle  pulpy,  juicy 37.  Fragaria. 

cc.  Fls.  yellow:  receptacle  dry 38.  Duchesnea. 

BB.  Receptacle  not  fleshy,  even  in  fr. 
c.  Pistils  only  1-12. 

D.  Stamens  5;  petals  minute 39.  Sibhaldia. 

DD.  Stamens  numerous;  petals  conspicuous. 40.  Waldsteinia. 
CC.  Pistils  very  numerous. 

D.  Petals  white  or  yellow,  obtuse  or  emar- 

ginate 41.  PotentiUa. 

DD.  Petals    purple,     abruptly    acuminate, 

much  smaller  than  calyx 42.  Comarum. 

AA.  Style  elongated  after  anthesis,  often  plumose. 
B.  Fls.  5-merous:  lvs.  pinnate  or  pinnatifid. 

c.  Sepals  valvate;  hypanthium  flat:  herbs.  .43.  Geum. 
cc.  Sepals  imbricate;   hypanthium  concave: 
shrubs. 

D.  Calyx  with  bracts  outside 44.  Fallugia. 

DD.  Calyx  without  bracts 45.  Cowania. 

BB.  Fls.  8-9-merous:  lvs.  undivided:  prostrate 

undershnib 46.  Dryas. 

7.  Rubus  Tribe. 

A.  Drupelets  pulpy 47.  Rubits. 

AA.  Drupelets  nearly  dry,  inclosed  by  calyx 48.  Dalibanla. 

8.  Cercocarpus  Tribe. 

A.  Fls,  apetalous;  style  elongated  and  plumose 

in  fr.;  hypanthium  tubular 49.  Cercocarpus. 

AA.  Fls.  with  petals. 

B.  Style    with    terminal    stigma:    lvs,    linear, 

needle-shaped 50,  Adenosloma. 

BB.  Style  with  decurrent  stigma. 

c.  Lvs.  3-6d  at  the  apex:  sepals  imbricate: 

fr.  inclosed  about  half 51.  Purshia. 

cc.  Lvs.    bipinnate:    sepals    valvate:    fr.    in- 
closed  52.  Chamxbatia. 

9.  Ulmaria  Tribe. 

Herbs  with  large  pinnate  Ivg.  and  large  stipules 

and  small  white  or  pink  fls.  in  large  panicles. . .  ,53.  Filipendula. 

10.  Sanguisorba  Tribe. 

A.  Calyx  with  5-6  bractlets  or  10-12-cut  in  2 
series  or  in  Agrimonia  with  a  setose  Umb. 

B.  Petals  0 54.  Alchemilla. 

BE.  Petals  4  or  5 55.  Agrimonia. 

AA.  Calyx  without  bractlets;  petals  0:  lvs.  pinnate. 

B.  Fls.  axillary,  solitary 56.  Margyri- 

BB.  Fls.  spicate  or  capitate.  [carpus. 

c.  The  calyx  \-alvate;  stamens  1-10,  short; 

carpels  1-2 57.  Acssna. 

CC.  The  calyx  imbricate. 

D.  Fr.  rarely  rugose:  fls.  usually  bisexual; 

carpel  1;  stamens  4-12 58.  Sanguisorba. 

DD.  Fr.  often  rugose:  fls.  polygamo-dioe- 
cious,  rarely  bisexual ;  carpels  2 ; 
stamens  oo 59.  Poterium. 

11.  Rose  Tribe. 

The  only  genxis GO.  Rosa. 

12.  Prunus  Tribe. 

A.  Sepals  usually  10,  small;  petala  often  wanting 
or  small;  carpels  in  the  staminate  fl.  2,  1  in 
the  fertile  fl 61.  Maddenia. 


A  A.  Sepals  5. 

B.  Carpels  solitary. 

c.  Style  terminal:  Ivs.  usually  serrate:  pith 

of  branches  sohd 62,  Prunus. 

cc.  Style  lateral:  lvs.  entire:  pith  lamellate,. 63.  Prinaepia. 
BB.  Carpels  5:  lvs.  entire 64.  Osmaronia. 

13.  Chrysobalanus  Tribe. 

Anthers  small,  short,  didymous;  ovary  1-locuIed, 
inserted  in  the  base  of  the  calyx-tube;  stamens 

15  or  more 65.  Chrysobal- 

[anus 
The  genus  Plagiospermum  is  also  cultivated. 


72.  SAXIFRAGACE.^. 
/.  Summary  of  Tribes. 

A.  Plants  are  trees  or  shrubs. 

B.  Lvs.  opposite 1.  Htdranqea  Tribe. 

BB.  Lvs.  alternate. 

c.  Stipules  absent:  lvs.  often  coria- 
ceous or  glandular-serrate:  sta- 
mens    usually    isomerous     with 

petals 2.  EscALLONiA  Tribe. 

cc.  Stipules  absent  or  adnate  to  petiole 
at  base:  fls.  generally  racemose; 
ovary  1-locular,  2-merou3;  seeds 

immersed  in  pulp 3.  Rises  Tribe. 

AA.  Plants  are  herbs. 

B.  Fls.  4-merous 4.  Francoa  Tribe. 

BB.  Fls.  generally '5-merou3 5.  Saxifrage  Tribe. 


//.  Key  to  the  Tribes, 

I.  Hydrangea  Tribe. 

a.  Ovary  superior. 

B.  Number  of  petals  4;  stamens  10;  fllaments 

2-lobed;  styles  3 1.  Fendtera. 

BB.  Number  of  petals  5  or  6. 

c.  Ovulessolitary:  stamens4-12;  styles  3-5.    2.  Whipplea. 
cc.  Ovules  4:  stamens  15;  carpels  2,  separate. .   3.  Lyono- 
ccc.  Ovules  numerous.  [thamnus. 

D.  Petals  5,  convolute:  stamens  10;  styles 

3-5 4.  Jamesia. 

DD.  Petals  5  or  6,  imbricate:  stamens  nu- 
merous;   style    1,  with   a   5-7-iobed 

stigma 5.  Carpenteria. 

AA.  Ovary  inferior  or  semi-superior. 
B.  Stamens  8,  10  or  12. 

c.  Petals  induphcate  or  imbricate:  fr.  cap- 
sular    6.  Deutzia, 

cc.  Petals  valvate. 
D.  Fr.  a  caps. 

e.  Styles  4  or  5,  free  or  connate  at  the 

base;  petals  4  or  5 7.  Hydrangea. 

EE.  Style    1,   with   a  4-5-lobed   stigma; 

petals  5 8.  Schizo- 

DD.  Fr.  a  berry:  petala  5  or  6:  styles  3-5»  [phragma. 

club-shaped 9.  Dichroa. 

BB.  Stamens  oo. 

c.  Petals  induplicate,  7-10;  style  1 10.  Decumaria. 

cc.  Petals  imbricate;  styles  1-5 11.  Philadel- 

ccc.  Petals  valvate.  [pkus. 

D.  Styles  2;  petals  4 12.  Platycrater. 

DD.  Styles  3;  petals  5 13.  Cardiandra. 

2.  Escallonia  Tribe. 

A.  Petals    imbricate;    style  1;  ovary    2-  or    3- 

loculed 14.  Escallonia, 

AA.  Petals  valvate;  styles  divisible  into  2;  ovary 

2-loculed 15.  Ilea, 

3.  Ribes  Tribe. 

The  only  genus 16.  Ribes. 

4.  Francoa  Tribe. 

Sepals  and  petals  equal 17.  Francoa* 

5.  Saxifrage  Tribe, 

A.  Ovary  1-loculed. 

B.  Placentje  basilar  or  nearly  so 18.  Tiarella. 

BB.  PlacentBP  parietal,  opposite  the  stigmas 19.  Pamassia, 

BBB.  Placentae  parietal,  alternate  with  stigmas. 

c.  Stamens  3;  petals  5,  capillary 20.  Tolmiea, 

cc.  Stamens  5-10. 

D.  Caps,  not  beaked,  superior:  petals  5, 

3-cut  or  pinnatifid 21.  MiteUa, 

DD.  Caps.  2-beaked. 

E.  Number  of  stamens  5;  petals  5  or  0: 

caps,  inferior 22.  Hvuckera, 


9S 


KF.Y    T(^    THK    FAMILIHS    AN'H   (JKXKRA 


EE.  Number  of  sliimcns  S  or   10:  caps. 
semi-suiMTior. 
r.  Petals  0;  stamens  S  or  10;  lis.  soli- 

,ary      -  23.  C/irysos- 

re.  Petals  entire  or  lobed;  stamens  10;  [plenium. 

fls.  raeemose .-24.  TeUimc. 

AA   Ovar\-  2-  or  ;Mocvile<l.  the  placcntse  m  the  axis 
of  tlic  f  r. ;  riirely  composed  of  distinct  carpels. 
B.  Stamens  5.    (Sec  idso  bb.) 

'"■  ^".hulm """."'.  :"""■.•.       .'!"^.    "^.".""25.  SuUu-a.Ua. 
cc.  Carpels  Vinited    and    wholly    adnate    to        „   ,    ,     , 

hjTantlmim ...........  .2b.  Suk.dorfia. 

ccc.  Carpels  2.  united  at  biwe    free  from  but 

included  in  the  inflated  hypanthium.  .2/.  BoUindra. 
BB.  Stamens  10,  rarely  8  (sometimes  5  in  Boy- 
kinia). 
c.  Sepals  valvate.  „,    „    , 

D    Petals  0  2S.  Radgersxa. 

dd!  Petals  5.  deciduous;  stamens  5  or  10.. ..29.  Boykiiim. 
CC  Sepals  imbricate.        ,     .        „      .  o 

D.  Styles  erect;  petals  o  or  0;  stamens  8 

QP  iQ  oO.  Asiitoe. 

OD.  Styles  most iyrecurvixl  in  fr.;  petals  5..  ..31.  Saxifraga. 

The  following  genera  also  are  treated:    .Xbrophyllum,   .\nop- 
terus.  Bauera,  Deinanthe,  l.optarrhena,  and  lanakffia. 


5. 


6. 


EE.  Culyx-mhe  urn-shnped,  much  longer 
tiiali    ovary;    si';):ils    and    stamens 
5;  Hs.  ill  loiigariil  HliMulcr  racemes.. . 
BB.  Petals  as  many  as  calyx-lobes. 
c.  I'"ls.  borne  in  calkins,  5-merous. 

D.  Shape  of  petals  broad;  st  .mens  mth 

lonE-tilament ;  disk  present 

DU.  Shape  of  petals  subulate,   as   long  as 
sepals ;  stamens  nearly  sessile ;  disk  0. . 
cc.  Fls.  in  clusters,  4-merous. 

1).  Lvs.   deciduous,   crcnate:   anthers   ob- 
tuse, the  locules  opening  with  1  valve.  S 
Dl).  T.vs.  persistent,  entire:  anthers  beaked, 

t  he  locules  opening  with  2  valves 9. 

AA.  Ovary-loculcs  2-  or  raore-ovuled. 

B.  Kls.  unisexual ^0. 

BB.  l''ls.  bisexual. 

c   The  fls.  5,  in  a  head,  surrounded  by  an  in- 
volucre of  which  the  outer  bracts  are 

small,  the  inner  gradually  larger. 11. 

cc.  The  fls.  2  together  with  very  short  bracts 

at  the  base '^■^■ 


S»nouJt7- 

[sonia. 


Corylopsis, 
Foriunearia, 

;.  llamamelism 

Loropeta- 

[lunu 
Liquidam- 

[bar, 

Rhodaleia, 
DisanthlLS, 


78.   BRUNIACE^. 


In  cultivation.  . 


Audfiuinla. 

(See  article  Diosma.', 


73.   CUNONIACE^. 

A.  Calyx  valvate.  i„.„„i,„) 

B.  Stamens  hypogynous,  very  long 1.  •^"°'"''(;,„„ 

.  .    2.  Cemlu- 

[pftnlinn, 
.  .    3.  Cuitonia. 


BB.  Stamens  perigynoua 

A..  Calyx  imbricate,  the  lobes  very  short 


79.  HALORAGIDACE.«. 

A.  Stamens  1-2;  calyx  3-4-lobed;  ovary  1-loculed  1.  a,n,nera. 
AA.  Stamens   2-8;   calyx   truncate  or  4-toothed;  ,    , 

ovary  deeply  2-  or  4-grooved 2.  •^'."^"'P|«J^_ 

AAA.  Stamen  1;  calyx  truncate;  ovary  l-loculed  .. .  3.  Hippuris. 


74.  CEPHALOTACEiE. 


The  only  genus 


Cephalotittt. 


80.  RHIZOPHORACE.ffi. 


A.  Anthers  8,  subscssile 


1.  Rhizophora, 


AA.  Anthers  15-30,  on 


filaments'. '. 2.  Cassipourea. 


75.  CRASSULACE.*:. 

A.  Stamens  usually  as  many  a^  the  petals. 

B   Petals  free  or  connate  only    at  the   taa.se; 

floral  parts  in  5's U    ••..»  ^■^''a.^ula. 

BB.  Petals   usually   connate   to   the   middle   or 

c   Calyx  bell-shaped,  as  long  as  the  corolla- 

tube  2.  Gramnmn- 

cc.  Calyx   many  times  shorter  than  the  co-  W'es. 

rolla-tube ;  ■  •  •  /  i  ■  '  '        "°'^"''"- 

iA.  Stamens  usually  twice  as  many  as  the  petals. 
B   Petals  free  or  connate  only  at  the  very  base. 

c.  Fls.  usually  4-.5-meroU3 4.  .V(/um. 

cc.  Fls.  t^merousor  more ..  ■  ■ •'•  ■''""''f,;„„„ 

BB   Petals   usually   connate   to  the  middle   or  \nmm. 

c.  Calyx'^large.  inflated  shortly  4-fid 0.  Bryophyl-^^ 

cc.  Calyx  4-parted 7.  Kalanchof. 

CCC.  Calyx  .^-parted «•  (^"tuh'lon. 

The  following  are  also  described:  Altamiranoa.  Diullcya, 
Echeveria?Kitchingia.  Lenophyllum.  Oliveranthus.  Pachyphyiun,. 
Stylophyllum,  Tiltea,  and  Urbima. 

76.   DROSERACE^. 

A.  Stamens  4-S;  styles  2-.->;  placentie  parietal. .  ,  .    1.  Drosera. 
AA.8Umens  about   1.5:  style  columnar;  placentie 

K«a«l  ^.  uioiitea. 

iAA.  Stwnens  i0^26;  styles  5.  filiform 3.  Drosophyl- 


[lum. 


77.  HAMAMELIDACEiE. 


„  Ovary-loculea  1-ovuled. 
B.  Petals  0. 

c.  Lv«.  evergreen. 

D.  Stamens  2-8.  with  long  filaments;  Hs.  in        ^    ,  ,. 

racemes ■•■■.■    1- 0'»'«'»<"". 

DD.  Stamens  a> ,  with  short  filaments;  fls.  in 
heads;  calyx-tube  in  the  pistillate  n. 

tubular..    i.i>ucop»is. 

cc.  Lvs.  deciduous.  „,     <■      • 

D.  Number  of  stamens  about  24;  fls.  in 

dense  spikes •*■  /■"""'■<"«<'• 

DD.  Number  of  stamens  5-7. 

E.  Calyx-tube  not  urn-shaped;  sepals 
and  stamens  5-7;  fls.  in  short 
bead-like  racemes 4.  Farrotm. 


81.  COMBRETACE.S. 

A.  Petals  0;   calyx-tube  not  produced   beyond       j,^,^^,^  .„^,^^^ 

ovary : ' ' ' ;  j^'  ' '  L' '  1 '  '  \ 

w   Petals  5  (0  in  a  few  species  of  Combretum). 
a.  Calyx-tube     straight,     constricted     above 

c.  Cotyledons  convolute •  ■  •    2.  Pmrrea. 

cc.  Cotyledons  deeply  furrowed  or  twisted 

and  plaited •  ■  •  •  ■  ,•  :  •  ■   3-  '  omh.dum. 

BB.  Calyx-tube  produced  to  a  great  length  be- 
yond the  ovary 


4.  QuUqualit. 


82.  MYRTACEjE. 

A.  Ovary  1-loculed......... ^• 

AA.  Ovaiy  2-  or  more-loculed.    ,.  .  ,  „      ... 

B  Fr  a  caps.,  which  is  locuhcidally  dehiscent 
at  apex,  rarely  1-2-seeded  and  sub- 
indehiscent.  „ 

c.  Anthers  basifixcd ■'• 

cc.  Anthers  versatile. 

u.  Individual  fls.  pedicelled. 

E.  Stamens  5-adelphous •>• 

EE.  .Stamens  free. 

F.  Fls.  in  globose  heads ^• 

FF.  Fls.  in  forking  cymes. 5. 

DD.  Individual  fls.  not  pedicelled. 

B.  Fls.  solitary  in  the  axils  of  the  Horal 
lvs.  or  bracts. 
F.  Stamens  distinct,  not  longer  than 
petals b. 


Thrypta- 

{mene. 


Calotham,' 

{nu8, 

Tristatiia. 

Syncarpm. 
Metrosid- 

[eros. 


Leptosper- 

[mum. 
Cattislemon. 


FF.  Stamens  distinct,  long-exserted 7. 

FFF.  Stamens  united  in  clusters,  long- 

exscrted o. 

EE.  Fls.  in  cymose  or  umbellate  heads. 

F.  Petals  distinct •  •  •   9. 

FF.  Petals  wanting  (or  adnate  to  the 

calyx-lid  ) ■  ■ 10. 

BB.  Fr.  a  berry  or  rarely  an  indehiscent  drupe: 
lvs.  opp.isiic,  punctate.       ,^      ,_    ,  , 

c.  Stam.MM   .Hirainhtish   in   the   bud:   ''^"'^^^   f,^-j^ 

cc.  Stamens  infli-xcd  or  involute  in  the  bud: 
seeds  without  cndo.sperni. 
D.  Calyx-Iinib     closed     in     bud,     deeply 

divided  in  anthesis ,.■■.■{.•  j 

DD.  Calyx  4-o-lobed  or  -parted  in  the  bud, 
not  cut  deeper  in  antheses. 


Mehletica. 
A  ngophora. 
Eucalyptus. 


.  Paidium. 


KEY   T()    THE    FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


99 


E.  Ovules  pendulous 13.  I'imenta. 

EE.  Ovules  not  pendulous. 

F.  Embryo  thick  and  fleshy 14.  Eugenia, 

FP.  Embryo  curved,  circuhir  or  spiral. 
G.  The  ovary  2-3-  rarely  4-loculed: 

ovules  in  each  locule  co 15.  Myrtus. 

GO.  The  ovary  several-Ioculed  by 
false  septa;  each  ultimate  lo- 
cule 1-ovuIed IG.  Hhodomyr- 

[tus. 
Other  genera   treated  incidentally  are:    Backhousia,   Barring- 
tonia,  Beaufortia,  Blepharocalyx,  and  Kunzea. 


83.  LECYTHIDACE.^. 

A.  Fr.  woody:  calyx  mostly  imbricate. 

B.  The  fr.  large  and  spherical,  not  opening.  ...  1.  Couroupita. 
BB.  The  fr.  opening  by  a  lid. 

c.  Style  elongated 2.  Bertholletia. 

cc.  Style  short 3.  Lecythis. 

x.K.  Fr.  fibrous:  calyx  subvalvate  or  imbricate. 

B.  Petals  G-8 A  .J  aparandiba, 

BB.  Petals  4  (rarely  5) 5.  Barring- 

AA.\.  Fr.  fleshy:  calyx  mostly  \*alvate  or  entire.  [toitia. 

B.  Ovury  4-loculed 6.  Grias. 

BB.  Ovary  5-loculed 7.  Napoleotia. 


84.  MELASTOMACEiE. 
/.  Summary  of  Tribes. 

Excluding  five  tribes  not  represented  in  this  work,  and  following 
Cogniaux  in  D.  C.  Monog.  Phaner.  vol.  7  (1891  J. 

A.  Fr.   capsular    (rupturing    regularly  in 
Melastoma) :    stamens    usually    un- 
equal. 
B.  Caps,     and     ovary     3-5~angled     or 
winged,  much  dilated  and  hollowed 
out  at  apex. 

c.  Ovary-cells  as  many  as  petals 1.  Sonerila  Tribe. 

cc.  Ovary  3-loculed:  petals  5,  rarely  4.   2.  Bertolonia 
BB.  Caps,  and  ovary  terete  or  angular,  [Tribe. 
fonves  or  conical  at  the  top. 
c.  Connective  rarely  produced  below 
the  locules,   usually  with  poste- 
rior spur  or  appendage 3.  Rhexia  Tribe. 

CO.  Connective   usually   elongated    at 
the  base,   produced   beyond  the 
insertion  of  the  filament  into  an 
appendage  or  wing  on  the  ante- 
rior side. 
D.  Seeds  shaped  like  a  snail-shell. 
E.  Ovary     generally     partly     or 
wholly   inferior:  sepals 
usually      alternating      with 

long,  stellate  hairs 4.  Osbecki.\  Tribe. 

EE.  Ovary  genentUy  superior;   no 

stellate  hairs 5.  Tibouchixa  Tribe. 

DD.  Seeds  oblong  or  ovoid S.  Microucia  Tribe. 

aa.  Fr.   berry-like  or  leathery,   rupturing 
irregularly:  stamens  generally  equal. 
B.  Lvs.   not   finely  striate  between  the 
primary  nerves. 
c.  Connective  usually  appendaged  or 

spurred  on  the  posterior  side.. . .    7.  Dissoch.'eta 
CO.  Connective  rarely  produced  at  the  [Tribe. 
base,  usually  not  appendaged. . .   8.  Miconia  Tribe. 
BB.  Lvs.  finely  striate  between  primary 
ner\-es  with  very  numerous  trans- 
verse nervelets 9.  Blakea  Tribe. 


//.  Key  to  the  Tribes. 
1.  Sonerila  Tribe. 

A.  Fls.  5-merous;  stamens  equal;  connective  with 

a  posterior  spur  but  no  anterior  appendage...   1.  Gravesia. 
AA.  Fls.  mostly  3-merous;  stamens  unequal,  those 

opposite  petals  smaller 2.  Sonerila. 

AAA.  Fls.   mostly  4-merous;   stamens  equal;  con- 
nective not  produced 3.  Phyltag- 

[athij, 

2.  Bertolonia  Tribe. 

A.  The  connective  not  appendaged  on  the  an- 
terior aide. 
B.  Connective    tuberculate    on    the    posterior 

side  at  the  base 4.  Bertolonia, 

BB.  Connective  with  a  short  posterior  spur  and 

a  long  ascending  appendage 5.  Salpinga. 

AA.  The  connective  with  a  spur  on  the  anterior  side 

and  a  tubercle  on  the  posterior  side 0.  Monolerui. 

3.  Rhexia  Tribe. 

Stamens  equal  orsubequal:  ovary  glabrous 7.  Rhexia. 


4.  Osbeckia  Tribe. 

Stamens  unequal;  connective  of  the  larger  ones 
long-produced  at  base:  fr.  baccate:  fia.  not 
involucrate 8.  Meiaatoma. 

5.  Tibouchina  Tribe. 

A.  Stamens  unequal:  ovary  2-4-celled,  usually 
glabrous;  petals  not  acute ;  connective  of 
larger    stamens    with    a    long,    club-shaped, 

2-fid  appendage 9.  Heeria. 

AA.  Stamens  equal:  ovary  setose  at  apex;  connec- 
tive with  2  lobes  or  tubercles  on  the  anterior 
side,  and  no  posterior  appendage 10.  Tibouchina. 

6.  Microlicia  Tribe. 

Stamens  unequal;   anthers   short,   not  beaked; 

calyTt-lobea  shorter  than  tube 11.  Centradenia. 

7.  Dissochseta  Tribe. 

Stamens   equal    or   nearly   so;    fls.    mostly   4-5- 

merous 12.  Medinilla. 

8.  Miconia  Tribe. 
A.  Infl.  terminal. 

B.  Lvs.  provided  with  2-lobed  bladders  at  base.  13.  Tococa. 
BB.  Lvs.    not    provided    with    bladders:    outer 

calyx-lobes  none  or  inconspicuous 14.  Tamonea. 

AA.  Infl.  lateral  or  axillary;  petals  obtuse;  con- 
nective not  produced  at  base 15.  Clidemia. 

9.  Blakea  Tribe. 

The  plants  described   as   Amaraboya  are  now 

referred  to  the  genus  Blakea 16.  Blakea. 

Calvoa,  Dissotis,  Kendrickia,  and  Osbeckia  are  also  cultivated. 


85.  LYTHRACE.ffi. 

A.  Hypanthium  tubular,  curved  or  gibbous  at 

base 1.  Cuphea, 

AA.  Hypanthium  straight. 

B.  Caps,  and  ovary  all  included  in  hypanthium. 

c.  Petals  5,  rarely  4;  stamens  8-10 2.  Decodon. 

CC.  Petals  6;  stamens  mostly  6  or  12 3.  Lylhrum. 

BB.  Caps,  not  all  included  in  hypanthium. 

c.  The  sepals  4;  petals  4;  stamens  8 4.  Lawsonia. 

CC.  The  sepals  6;  petals  (3;  stamens  numerous.  5.  Lagerstra- 

[mia. 


86.  PUNICACE^. 

The  only  genus Punica. 


87.  ONAGRACE^. 

A.  Ovary  1-4-ceIled:  cells  1-ovuled,  rarely  2-4- 
ovuled:  fr.  nut-like,  1-4-celled,  1-4-seeded. 

B.  Fls.  2-merous;  ovary  1-2-celled 1.  Circaea. 

BB.  Fls.     3— 4-merous ;    ovary    4-celled,    rarely 

3-celled 2.  Gaura. 

A  A.  Ovary   2-6-celled;    cells   many-ovuled;   fr.   a 
caps,  (in  Fuchsia  a  berry). 

B.  Stamens  1  or  2 3.  Lopezia. 

BB.  Stamens  4-8,  rarely  3. 
C.  Seeds  bearded. 

D.  Hypanthium     broadened     out     above 

ovary  into  a  funnel-shaped  tube. ...   4.  Zauschiitria 
DD.  Hypanthium  hardly  produced  beyond 

ovary 5.  Epilobium. 

cc.  Seeds  not  bearded  or  winged. 

D.  Hypanthium  usually  long-produced 
beyond  ovary  (except  in  some  (Eno- 
theras). 

E.  Number  of  stamens  4 6.  Eucharid- 

EE.  Number  of  stamens  8. .  [ium 

K.  Fr.  a  caps. 7.  (Enothera. 

FF.  Fr.  a  berry 8.  Fuchsia. 

DD.  Hypanthium   not  or  hardly  produced 
beyond  ovary. 

E.  Caps,  loculicidal 9.  Clarkia. 

EE.  Caps,  septicidal. 

F.  Stamens  8-12 10.  Jusaieua. 

FF.  Stamens  3-6 11.  Ludwigia. 


88.  TRAPACE^. 


The  only  genu^ 


Tmpa. 


UX1 


KEY   TO  THE   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


89.  LOASACE^. 

A.    P«"I«U>   hOOllwl.  ,  ,      r_,„ 

B   Caps'.  3-5-valvi>.lsraiH>\.  rarely  twiatod....    I.  L,oai>a. 
BB.Caivs.lonKitiulu.ally    -.lO-valviHl.    u.sually  ^  Blumen- 

A.t.  Petals  not  hooded.  . 

B.  Seeds  very   numerous,   arranRed  in   many 

.*ries. . V  •  •  ■ .-,  *•  ^"<■""''•• 

BB.  Seeds  few  or.  if  numerous,  arranged  m  . 

series 5.  Menl:,lm. 


2.  Cyclanthera  Tribe. 
K    Fr.  oblique,  Ribbous,  rnplurinK  ohisti.-ally.    ...  19.  C l/cl.mthera. 
aa!  Fr.  not  gibbous,  opening  by  1  or  2  p.iros  at  the  - 

top  or  by  irregular  rupture (i^e-L-Mega'rrhiz  ") 

3.  Abobra  Tribe. 

Anther-cells  fiexuous;  stamens  free 


.21.  .■I(w6ra. 


90.  PASSIFLORACE.ffi. 

A.  Hypanthium  long;  petal.i  and  stamens  5  . .  . .  1.  Tac.^nnia. 
AA.  H"j-panthium    short:    petals    4-5,    rarely    0;  .- 

stamens  4-5 ^.  \.,'  ,J 

•.  vA.  Hj-panthium  medium  or  short;  Bs.  unisexual.  3.  Modecca. 


4.  Sicyos  Tribe. 

Fls.  S-merous,  monoecious:  fr.  fleshy 22.  Sechium. 

The  genera  Actinostemma,  Gurania,  Herpetospermum.  Hodg- 
sonia  and  Sicyos  are  sometimes  cultivated. 


91.  CARICACEiE. 


In  cultivation 


Carira. 


92.  CUCURBITACE.ffi. 
/.  Summary  of  Tribes. 

A  Series  1.  Ovules  horizontal .  . .  1.  Cocuhbita  Tribe. 

AA.  Series  2.     Ovules  erect  or  ascending, 

rarely  horizontal  „   „ 

B.  Fr.  mptures  elastically 2.  Cvclanthera^^_^_^ 

BB.  Fr.  does  not  rupture  elasticaUy 3.  Abobra  Thibe. 

iAA.  Series  3.  Ovules  pendulous *•  Sieves  Tribe. 

//.  Key  to  the  Tribes. 

1.  Cucurbita  Tribe. 

A.AntherK«Ui.    straight,     rarely    curved,    "o'       y^,„„,^;„ 

fiexuous ,'■■,■•'  'i* 

AA.  Anther-cells  fiexuous  or  eonduplicate.       , 
B.  Corolla  bell-shaped,  5-lobed  to  the  middle 

or  a  little  below.  

c.  Anthers  free 2.  Sicana. 

cc.  Anthers  coherent.  Crrinia 

D.  Filaments  connate f  ^"'^'^'"/f- 

DD.  Filaments  free .  .  .....  ■■■■■•*■  Cucurlnla. 

BB.  Corolla  rotate  and  5-petaled  or  bell-shaped 
and  5-parted  to  the  base. 
c.  Petals  fimbriate  or  tendril-bearing.  ,    „  ,, 

D.  Seeds  large,  fibrou.s 5.  ™/a»™ 

DD.  Seeds  small,  not  fibrous 6.  Tnchmui 

cc.  Petals  entire.  ,     „      ,  ., 

D  Hypanthium  of  male  fls.  long:  anthers 
coherent  in  an  oblong  head,  usually 
included.  .     „      ,   „        i    i  . 

E.  Pistillodcs  in  male  fls.  1-3,  subulate 

or  sctiform ■  ■  •  • 7.  Gymnoinhi- 

EE.  Pwtillode   absent   or   reduced   to   a  I"""- 

r.  Anthers  coherent 8.  Pepon  ia. 

TV.  Anthers  free 9.  Lagcarm. 

DD  Hypanthium  of  male  fls.  short;  anthers 
free  or  slightly  coherent,  usually  ex- 

E.  Stamens  in.serted  in  the  mouth  of  the 

F.  ScaKn^botUim  of  hypanthium  . .  10.  Thlndiantha. 
r».  Scales  in    bottom  of    hypanthium 

2-3  ^^-  Momordica. 

EE.  Stamens  in.scrted  in  hypanthium. 
F.  Male  fls.  in  racemes. 

G.  Fr,   dry,   fibrous,   dehiscent   by 

Udat  top 12.  Luffa. 

oo.  Fr.  fleshy,  not  fibrous. 

H.  Female  fls.  solitary .13.  EcbalUum. 

HH.  Female  fls.  racemose  or  clus- 

tered U.  Bryonia. 

rw.  Male  fls.  soUtary  or  fascicled. 

o.  .Sepals     somewhat     leafy,     ser-  . 

rate,  reflcxcd 15.  BenmcoM. 

oo.  Sepals  awl-shaped,  entire,  erect. 
H.  Pollen  minutely  munoate;  pi»- 

tillfxlc  0 16.  BrymMpms. 

HH.  Pollen  smooth;  pistillode  re- 
duced to  a  small  gland. 
I.  Tendrils  not  branched:  con- 
nective usually  prwluccd 
upward  beyond  loculc. .  .17.  Cuaimis. 
jl.  Tendrils     2-3-fid:     conncc- 

live  not  produced Is.  l,iiruuua. 


93.  BEGONIACE^. 

A.  Ovary  wholly  inferior. 

bb!  Pe'tals  ol'pMliate  fl.  growAVoge-ther-.:  .  .  .  .  2.  ^V'-h^B- j«- 

AA.  Ovary  partly  superior 3-  HxUebrandxa. 


1.  Begonia. 


94.  CACTACE.ffi. 

A.  Fl.-tube  wanting. 

B.  Lvs.  large  and  persistent. 

c.  Seeds  black  and  shining ■  ■  ,  • .    1.  '^"■"J'.";  . 

ca  Seeds  white,  dull  and  covered  with  hairs.  2.  Pereskiopats. 
BB    Lvs.  wanting  or  minute  and  caducou.s. 

c.  Plant  epiphytic,  spineless:  fls.  small.  „„,,■„,„ 

D.  Flowering  joints  bottle-shaped. .     ....   3.  "anola- 

DD    Flowering  joints  not  bottle-shaped....    i.  Rhipsahs. 

CC.  Plant  not  epiphytic,  usually  very  spiny: 
fls.  large. 
D.  Petals      spreading;      filaments      much 

shorter  than  the  petals -  ,  ■  •   5-  Opunlm. 

DD   Petals   erect   and   closely   surrounding 
the  stamens;   filaments  longer  than 

the  petals , , 6.^opaka. 

AA  Fl.-tube  present,  often  much  elongated. 

'b  Plants  epiphytic  or  nearly  so,  either  t^at  or 
3-angled,  usually  spineless  and  always 
with  spineless  fr.  . 

c   Sts  3-angled,  bearing  small  spines  at  the 

areoles:    ovary    and    fr.    bearing    large  ^  ^^^,_^^^^^^_ 

cc.  Sts.'^'normail'y'flat,  spineless:  ovary  and 
fr.  bearing  only  minute  bracts. 
D.  The  sts.  weak,  divided  into  many  short 

E.'Fis.1rregular ;    t^^^SZ'"' 

dd!' Th^'''sts!'^st'outer'  than '  the '  last', '  with  [hergera. 

elongated  joint-s.  .       ,„    „. 

E  Fl.-tube  very  short  or  nearly  wanting.lO.  Disocactua. 
EE.  Fl.-tube   very   definite,   often   much 

elongated.  nM(,„ 

F.  Fls.  small,  diurnal 11-  g  ""^- 

TF.  Fls.  large,  nocturnal .12.  Eptphyllum. 

BB.  Plants  not  epiphytic,  never  flat,  with  several 
to  many  ribs.  ,  .     ,  i  •   .  j 

c.  Sts.  globular  or  cylindrical,  not  jointed. 
D.  Plant-body  covered  with  more  or  less 

definite  tubercles:  fr.  naked.  f,„,„„ 

E   The  plant  terminated  by  a  cephahuml  J.  Laclua. 
EE.  The  plant  without  a  terminal  ceph- 
alium.  , 

F.  Without  spines  except  in  the  seed- 
lings. .  ,  , 
G.  Plant    tumid,    without    woody        ,      .      , 

tubercles 14.  Lophophora. 

GO.  Plant      with      dry      prominent  . 

woody  tubercles 15.  /Iriocorjms. 

FF.  With  spines  on  the  tubercles. 

G.  Tubercles  terete  or  angled,  with 

various  kinds  of  spines 16.  MammiUaria. 

GO.  Tubercles   flattened,   with  peo- 

tinate  spines •  •  -17.  PeUcyphora. 

DD.  Plant-body  covered  with  more  or  less 
definite  ribs:  fr.  .scaly. 

E.  Tubercles  elongated,  finger-like 18.  Leuchten- 

EE.  Tubercles,  if  present,  always  low.  [bergui. 

F.  Top  of  plant  naked  or  nearly  so..  19.  Echinocac-^ 

FP.  Top  of  plant  very  woolly .20.  Moiococor- 

00.  Sts.   often   tall,   cyUndrical,    more-or-less  IP««- 

branched,  erect  or  climbing,  sometimes 
low  and  then  always  with  spiny  fr. 
D.  Flowering    plants    taking    on    various 
forms  like  a  cephalium,  long  hairs  or 
wool,  peculiar  bristles  or  spines  from 
near  the  top.  „,     ,    „i.„,.^,,.- 

E.  Kibs  Of  sts.  4-7 21.  Lophoctrewi. 

EE.  Ribs  of  sts.  many. 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND   GENERA 


101 


F.  Fls.     diurnal;     floweritiK     areoles 

with  acicular  spines,  but  no  wool. 22.  Carnegiea. 
FF.  Kla.  nocturnal;  wool  or  hairs  usu- 
ally produced  in  abundance  with 
the  fls. 
o.  Ovary    and    fr.    nearly    smooth, 
the  few  minute  bracts  with  no 

hairs  in  their  axils 23.  Cepkalo- 

Go.  Ovary    and    fr.     covered    with  [cereus. 

bracts  with  long  hairs  in  their 

axils 24.  Oreocereus. 

DD.  Flowering  plants  not  different  from  the 
sterile  plants, 
E.  Plants  tall  erect  trees. 

F.  Fl.,  after  withering,  dropping  frona 

the  ovary 25.  Cereus. 

FF.  FI.,  after  withering,  persisting  on 
the  ovary. 
G.  Fr.  and  fls.  minute,  often  several 
coming   from    each    flowering 

areole 26.  Myrtillo- 

QQ.  Fr.    and    fls.    medium-sized    or  {cactus, 

larger,    only    1    coming    from 
each  flowering  areole. 
H.  Ovary   and    fr.    covered   wdth 

thin  scales,  but  no  fls 27.  Escontria. 

HH.  Ovarj'  and  fr.  spiny  but  not 
bearing  large  chartaceous 
scales. 

I.  The  fr.  edible,  juicy 28.  Lemaireo- 

[cereus. 

ir.  The  fr.  dry 29.  Pachycereus. 

EE.  Plants  low,  often  vines;  or,  if  at  first 
elongated  and  erect,  finally  becom- 
ing procumbent  or  clambering. 
F.  Fls.  nocturnal. 

G.  Fr.  smooth,  yellow 30.  Ilarrisia. 

QQ.  Fr.  spiny,  red. 

H.  Sts.  producing  an  abundance 

of  aerial  roots 31.  Selenicereus, 

HH.  Sts.  not  prodvicing  an  abund- 
ance of  aerial  roots. 

I.  Ribs  usually  3 32.  Acantho- 

[cereiis. 

11.  Ribs  10  or  more 33.  Xyctocereus. 

FF.  Fla.  diurnal. 

G.  The  fls.  irregular,  narrow. 

H.  Sts.  slender,  weak 34.  Aporocactus, 

HH.  Sts.  stout,  at  first  erect. 

I.  Fr.  spiny,  with  red  pulp. . ,  .35.  RcUkbunia. 
n.  Fr.   not   spiny,    with   white 

pulp 36.  Cleistocactus. 

GO.  The  fls.  regular. 

H.  Fl.-tube    much    elongated; 
spines  on  the  ovary  reduced 

to  stiff  bristles 37.  Echinopsis. 

HH.  Fl.-tube  short,  at  least  never 
much  elongated. 
I.  Plants  producing  a  cluster 

of  tubers 38.  Wilcoxia. 

n.  Plants  without  tubers. 

J.  Usually    stout    but    low, 
sometimes  procunibent: 

stigmas  green 39.  Echinoce- 

33.  Viny;   stigmas  not  green.  [reus. 

K.  Fls.  small,  yellow 40.  Bergero- 

KK.  Fls.      large,      red      or  [cactus. 

white 41.  Heliocereus. 

Epiphyllanthus  and  Pterocactus  are  described. 


95.  AI20ACEJE. 

A.  Petals  numerous:  caps.  5-  or  more  valved 1.  Mesembry- 

[antkemurrit 

AA.  Petals  0:  drupe  3-8-3toned 2.  Tetragonia. 

AAA.  Petals  5-co  ;  caps.  circumaci.ssile 3.  Sesuvium. 


96.  UMBELLIFER.ffi, 

Key  condensed  from  Coulter  &  Rose's  "Monograph  of  North 
American  Umbelliferse."    Not  arranged  in  sequence  of  relationship. 

A.  Fls.  in  dense  heads 1.  Eryngium. 

AA.  Fls.  not  in  heads,  evidently  umbellate. 
B.  Fr.  conspicuously  bristly. 

c.  The   fr.    covered    with  spines  or  hooked 

bristles 2.  Sanicula. 

cc.  The  fr.  with  bristles  only  on  the  ribs 3.  Daucus. 

BB.  Fr.    not    bristly    (except    Osmorhiza     and 
Cuminum). 
c.  Oil-tube.-^  obsolete  or  obscure. 

D.  The  fr.  strongly  flattened  laterally:  Ivs. 

simple 4.  Hydrocotyie, 

DD.  The  fr.  not  strongly  flattened. 
E.  Seed-face  concave. 
F.  Stylopodium  conical. 

G.  .\t  base,  fr.  attenuate 5.  Osmorhiza. 


GO.  At  base,  fr.  rounded. 

H.  Ribs  slender 6.  Scandix. 

HH.  Ribs   broad,   3-angled,   or   al- 
most wing-like 7.  Myrrhis. 

pp.  Stylopodium  flat  or  wanting. 

o.  Lvs.  simple  and  perfoliate H.  Bupleurum. 

GO.  Lvs.  large  and  decompound 9.  Conium. 

EE.  Seed-face  plane 10.  Mgopodium, 

CC.  Oil-tubes  distinct. 

D.  Dorsally  the  fr.  strongly  flattened,  with 
lateral  ribs  more  or  less  prominently 
winged  (see  Musineon). 
E.  The  oil-tubes  solitary  in  the  intervals 
between  the  ribs,  rarely  2. 
F.  Stylopodium  conical. 

G.  Slender  and  glabrous  plants.  ...  11.  Oxypolis. 
GG.  Stout   and   pubescent,   at   least 

in  the  umbel 12.  Heracleum, 

FF.  Stylopodium  flat  or  wanting. 

G.  Plants  caulescent  and  branching. 
H.  Color  of  fls.  white. 

I.  Lvs.     pinnately     dissected; 
dorsal  ribs  filiform:  plant 

slender 13.  Anethum. 

n.  Lvs.  ternately  or  pinnately  (See  Dill.) 

decompound:  dorsal  ribs 
prominent     but    slender: 

plant  stout 14.  Angelica. 

ui.  Lvs.  pinnately  decom- 
pound; dorsal  ribs  winged: 
plant  stout.  15.  Selinum. 

HH.  Color  of  fls.  yellow 

1.  Dorsal  ribs  prominent 16.  Levisticum. 

II.  Dorsal  ribs  filiform 17.  Paslinaca. 

GG.  Plants  acaulcscent  or  nearly  so.  .  18.  Lomatium. 
EE.  The  oil-tubes  more  than  1  in  the  inter- 
vals, usually  several. 
F.  Plants    caulescent    or    nearly  so: 

fls.  yellow  or  white 18.  Lorruxtium. 

FF.  Plants  caulescent  and  branching. 

G.  Fr.  winged:  fls.  white 19.  Archangel- 

GG.  Fr.  not  winged:  fls.  yellow 20.  Ferula,    {tea. 

DD.  Dorsally  the  fr.  not  strongly  flattened, 
usually   more  or  less   laterally   flat- 
tened. 
E.  The  oil-tubes  solitary  in  the  inter- 
vals between  the  ribs. 
F.  Stylopodium  conical:  Ifts.  linear  or 
filiform. 
G.  Involucre  wanting. 

H.  Fls.  white 21.  Coriandrum. 

HH.  Fls.  yellow 22.  Fmniculum. 

GG.  Involucre  present. 

H.  Fls.  rose-color:  fr.  bristly 23.  Cuminum. 

HH.  Fls.  white:  fr.  smooth 24.  CaruTn. 

FF.  Stylopodium  flat  or  wanting. 

G.  Fls.  white 25.  Apium. 

GG.  Fls.  yellow.  (See  article  Celery.) 

H.  Ribs  equal,  broad  and  corky .  .  26.  Petroseli- 
HH.  Ribs  winged  or  filiform.  {num. 

I.  The       ribs       conspicuously 

winged 27.  Thaspium. 

II.  The  ribs  filiform 28.  Zizia. 

EE.  The  oil-tubes  more  than   1   in   the 
intervals. 

F.  Stylopodium  conical 29.  Ligusticum. 

FF.  Stylopodium  flat  or  wanting. 

G.  Seed-face    sulcate   or   decidedly 
concave. 
H.  Carpels  flattened  dorsally .  .  .  .30.  Musineon. 
HH.  Carpels     strongly     flattened 

laterally 31.  Erigenia. 

GG.  Seed-face  plane  or  but  slightly 

concave. 

H.  Ribs  all  filiform:lfts.  entire.  ..32.  Txnidia. 

HH.  Ribs  corky  at  least  the  lateral. 

I.  Lvs.  simple  and  i>erfoIiate: 

oil-tubes     continuous 

about  seed-cavity 8.  Bupleurum. 

II.  Lvs.  pinnate,  usually  ser- 
rate: oil-tubes  1-3  in  the 
intervals 33.  Sium. 

The  following  genera  are  also  treated:  Aciphylla,  Arracacia, 
.\.Htrantia,  Chaerophyllum,  Crithmum,  Dorema,  Hacquetia,  Meum, 
.^Iolopo^permum,  Peucedanum,  Portenschlagia,  and  Seseli. 


97.  ARALLACE.^. 

.  Petals  more  or  less  imbricate,  broadly  affixed 

at  base. 
B.  Lvs.  pinnate. 

c.  Lfts.  entire  or  indistinctly  crenate:  ovary 

2-celled:  glabrousevergreenahrubs 1.  Delarbrea. 

cc.  Lfts.  serrate:  ovary  2-5-celled:  herbs  or 

small  deciduous  trees 2.  Aralia. 

BE.  Lvs.  digitate,  whorled:  fla.  in  simple  ter- 
minal umbels;  styles  2-3,  distinct  in  the 
fertile  fls. :  herbs 3.  Panax. 


U»J 


KEY   TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


A.  Petals  valvale. 
B.  P«licel.i   jointed   or   lis.    sessile:   evergreen 
tr\niu-»l   or  subtr(»t)ical   trees  or  shrubs, 
c.  tTs.  pe^licelleii. 

D.  Lvs.    1-3-pinnste:    ovary    1-10-celled; 

styles  usually  lUstiuci .  ■*■  Polyactat. 

DD.  L\T>.    iligitate   or   occasionally  simple: 

styles  o.  ilistinct 5.  Pseudo- 

cc.  Fls.  sessile;  ovarj-  usually  r>-celle<l.  rarely  uwnax. 

i_|.  or  C-ia-eelled;  endosperm  usimlly 
ruminate:  lvs.  usually  simple  aud  lobed, 

rarely  digitate «•  »reo,M  mx. 

BB.  Pedicels  not  jointed. 

c.  Lvs.  digitate.  „      ,,    ,         , 

D.  .\nthers4-oelleil:  ovary  10-celled.. styles 

dustinct:  evergrwn '•  Dizyuulheca. 

DD.  .\nthers   2-celled;   styles   u.sually   con- 

E.  Stipules    wanting:     lvs.     deciduous: 

ovary  2-5-celled »•  Acantho- 

EE.  Stipules  developed:   lvs.   evergreen:  \pamix. 

ovary  5-  to  many-celled 9.  SchcShra. 

CC.  L\"!«.  simple,  usually  lobed. 

D.  Fls.  4-  or  8-12-mcrous:  lvs.  palmately 
lol>ed.  large. 
E.  Styles,  connate  into   a   column:   Ha. 

8-12-merous 10-  Trmsm. 

EE.  Styles  distinct,  2:  Ba.  4-merous:  lvs. 

deciduous H-  redoponaj. 

DD.  Fls.  5-merous,  rarely  .T-8-merous. 
E.  With  distinct  styles. 

F.  Shrub,  evergreen,  unarmed:  styles 

5  12.  Falsia. 

FF.  Shrub  deciduous,  prickly:  styles  2..  13.  Echino- 
EE.  With  connate  styles.  .  \panax. 

r.  Habit  cUmbing:  endosperm  rumi- 
nate: lvs.  simple,  u-sually  lobed, 

evergreen 1-4-  Heilem. 

FT.  Habit  upright. 

o.  Ovary  5-8-celled;  calyx  mdis- 
tinctly  toothed:  lvs.  usually 
entire,  occasionally  2-5-lobed, 

evergreen l'"'-  Oniberlm. 

oa.  Ovary  2-celled;  calyx  with  .5 
short  teeth:  lvs.  palmately 
lobed  or  digitate,  deciduous.    .    S.  Acanllio- 

\paiuxx. 
Meryta  and  Tupidanthus  are  also  in  cultivation. 


98.  GARRYACE.ffi. 
The  only  genus  Garrya. 


99.  NYSSACEiE. 

A.  Ovary  1-celled;  calyx  minute;  petals  usually 
5:  pL"tillate  and  staminate   fls.  in  distinct 

heads  with  small  deciduous  bracts 1.  Nyam. 

AA.  Ovary  6-ll>-celled:  perianth  0  in  staminate 
fls.;  heads  consisting  ol  1  pistillate  fl.  and 
numerous  staminate  fls.  with  2  or  3  very 
large  white  bracts  at  the  ba.se 2.  Damlia. 


100.   ALANGIACEiE. 
The  only  genus Alanoium. 


101.  CORKAGE.*;. 

,  Fls.  bisexual,  usually  in  cymes;  petals  short, 
valvate;      ovary      2-celfed:      lvs.      usually 

opposite '•  Cornua. 

.  Fls.  unisexual. 
B.  Lvs.   opposite,   evergreen:   fls.   in  terminal 

panicles;  ovary  1-cclled 2   Aucuba. 

IB.  Lvs.  alternate. 

c.  Petals  valvate.  4;  fls.  in  few-fld.  cymes  on 

the  upwir  surface  of  the  lvs 3.  Helwingm 

CC.  Petals    imbricate,     5:     fls.    in    terminal         , 

racemes  or  panicles 4-  UriselinM. 


102.  CAPRIFOLIACE.ffi. 

jl.  Corolla   rotate   or   nearly  so;  limb   regular; 
style  short,  deeply  2-.'>-cut. 

B.  Lvs.  pinnately  cut   !•  Sambumt. 

BB.  Lv».  simple    „     2.  Viburnum. 

AA-  Corolla  tubular  or  bell-shaped;  limb  usually 
irregular;  style  long,  usually  with  capitate 
stigma. 


n.  Ovary   2-.')-cclle,l;    nil    tlie    cells    1-ovuled: 

iierbs  with  nitliersiimll  whfjrled  fls 

BB.  Ovary  3-4-celli'd;  1  or  2  cells  1-ovuled,  the 
others  with  imn.erovis  ovules, 
c.  Kr.    a    berry,    usimlly    2-seedcd:    corolla 
campa'Hllnte    or     tubular -funnellorm, 

nearly  regular 4. 

CC.  Fr.  a  leathery  nchene. 

D.  Aohene  inclosed  between  large  peltate 
bracts:    corolla    campanulate-funnel- 

f orm,  2-lipped ;  ovary  4-celled 5 

DD.  Achene   not   inclosed   between   bracts: 

ovary  3-cclled ;  corolla  nearly  or  quite 

regular. 

E.  Ovary    narrow;    .sepals    2-,5,    large, 

per-sistent ;  corolla  tubular  or  cam- 

panulate-funnelform *i 

EE.  Ovary  subglobose ;  sepals  5,  lanceo- 
late deciduous;  corolla  canipanu- 
late-lunnelform:  trailing  under- 
shrub    with    the    fls.    in    pairs    on 

slender  upright  stalks 

BBB.  Ovary    2-S-celled,    the    cells    with    many 
ovulesorl  cell  empty, 
c.  Fr.  an  achene  or  caps. 

D.  Stamens  4:  fls.  in  coalescent  paira 
inserted  at  unequal  height;  ovary 
3-celled,  often   1   cell  empty:  fr.  an 

achene ;    ■■,..■•„"  j  *' 

DD.  Stamens  5:  fls.  in  cymes:  fr.  a  .J-celled 

dehiscent  caps 9, 

CC.  Fr.  a  berry.                             ,      .    ,    a      ■ 
D.  Cells  of  ovary  2-3,  rarely  4-.5:  fls.  in 
pairs  or  whorls;  calyx  deciduous  ....  10 
DD.  Cells  of  ovary  5-8:  fls.  in  whorls;  calyx 
persistent H 

Alseuosmia  is  also  briefly  treated. 


3.  Trinsteum. 


Symphori- 
[atrpos. 


Dipelta. 


Abelia. 


7.  Linna-a. 


KolkwUzia. 
Dienilla. 

Lonicera. 
.  Leycesteria. 


103.  RUBIACE.S. 
/.  Summary  of  Tribes. 

Ignoring  exceptions  and  omitting  eight  tribes  not  within  the 
scope  of  this  work. 

A.  Number  of  ovules  in  each  locule  <». 
B.  Fr.  dry,  capsular  or  2-5-berned  or 
nuthke. 
c.  Fls.  compacted  or  confluent  into  a 

spherical  head 1-  N.vucLE.*.  Tribe. 

CC.  Fls.  not    disposed    in    a    spherical 
head. 
D.  Seeds    winged    or    appendaged,  t„,„„ 

withendosperm:  caps.  2-celled.  2.  Cinchgn.*.  Ibibe. 
DD.  Seeds  not  winged. 
E.  Corolla  valvate. 

F.  The  seeds  with  endosperm: 

caps.  2-celled 3.  Condaminea 

FF.  The  seeds  minute:  fr.  inde-  [Iribe. 

hiscent,  2-berried  or  cap- 

sular,  2-4-celled 4.  Hedyotis  Tribe. 

EE.  Corolla  imbricate  or    convo- 
lute:   caps.    2-celled;  seeds 

with  endosperm 5.  Rondeleti.^ 

BB.  Fr.  fleshy,  bursting  irregularly  or  de-  1 1  hi  be. 

hiscent  at  apex,  or  a  drupe  with  2 
or  more  stones,  the  stones  many- 
seeded. 
c.  Corolla  valvate:  seeds  numerous, 

minute,  angled 6.  Mtias^NDA  Tribe. 

CO.  Corolla    imbricate    or    convolute: 
seeds  numerous,    minute,   often 

angled "•  Hamelia  Tribe. 

ccc.  Corolla   strictly   convolute:    seeds 
numerous  or  few,  large  and  com- 

pressed  or  smaller  and  angled. ...   8.  Gardenia  Tribe. 
AA.  Number  of  ovules  in  each  locule  1. 
B.  Radicles  superior. 

c.  Stamens  inserted  at  base  of  corolla; 

corolla  valvate  or  imbricate 9.  Chiococca  Tribe. 

CC.  .Stamens    inserted    at    throat    of 

corolla.  ....  T. 

I),  f  Corolla  strictly  convolute 10.  Alberta   1  rise. 

ou.  ( ;orolla  valvate 1 1-  V  angueria  Tribe. 

BB.  li.idicles  inferior. 

c.  Corolla  .strictly  convolute 12.  IxoRA    IRIBE. 

CC.  Corolla  valvate. 

D.  Ovules  affixed  to  septum,  rarely 
basilar,     generally     amphilro- 

pous:  trees  and  shrubs 13.  Mohi.sda  1  ribe. 

DD.  Ovules   affixed  to   septum,  am- 
phitropoua      or      anatropous: 

lifrhs. l*-  Galium  Tribe. 

DDD.  Ovules    basilar,    erect,    anatro- 
pous. 
E.  Stamens     inserted     on      the 
throat    of    the    corolla:    fr. 
indehi.scent:      style      entire 
or  with  short  branches 15.  Psychotiiia  Tribe. 


KEY   TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


103 


EE.  Stamens  inserted  on  the 
throat,  rarely  at  base  of 
corolla ;  f  r.  capsular  or  2- 
berried:  style-branches  fili- 
form  16.  P^DERIA  Tribe. 

EEE.  Stamens  inserted  at  base  of 
corolla,  rarely  on  throat:  fr. 
berry-like  or  indehiscent: 
style    entire    or    with    long 

branches 17.  Anthosperm.v 

[Tribe. 

//.  Key  to  the  Tribes, 

1.  Nauclea  Tribe. 

Calyx-tubes  confluent:  fr.  a  globose,  fleshy  syn- 
carp:  ovary  2-ceUed;  ovules  solitary,  pendu- 
lous     I.  C'ephal- 

[antkus. 

2.  Cinchona  Tribe. 

A.  Corolla  valvate. 
B.  Placentfe  ascending  from  the  base  of  the 

septum,  or  erect 2.  Manettia. 

BB.  Placentae  adnate  to  the  middle  of  the  sep- 
tum. 

c.  Caps,  septicidal 3.  Cinchona. 

cc.  Caps,  loculicidal 4.  Bouvardia. 

A  A.  Corolla    imbricate;  stamens    inserted    in   the 
throat. 

B.  Sepals  never  bract-like 5.  Luculia. 

BB.  One  of  the  sepals  in  some  fls.  in  each  infl. 
developing  into  a   large   white  persistent 

appendage 6.  Emmenop- 

[terys. 

3.  Condaminea  Tribe. 

One  calyx-lobe   dilated  into  an   ample   colored 

blade 7.  Pinckneya. 

4.  Hedyotis  Tribe. 

A.  Calyx-lobes  unequal:  caps,  loculicidal 8.  Pentas. 

AA.  Calyx-lobes    equal;   caps,  loculicidal    at    the 

top 9.  Houstonia. 

5.  Rondeletia  Tribe. 

Corolla  imbricate,  lobes  equal  or  nearly  so 10.  Rondeletia. 

6.  Musssnda  Tribe. 

Infl.  terminal, corymbose; ovary  1-2-celled: calyx- 
lobes  5,  1  dilated  and  colored 11.  Mitssa^nda. 

7.  Hamelia  Tribe. 

A.  Corolla  o-ribbed:  berry  5-celled 12.  Hamelia. 

AA.  Corolla  4-o-lobed:  berry  2-3-celIed 13.  Hoffmannia. 

8.  Gardenia  Tribe. 

A.  Infl.  usually  terminal. 

B.  Corolla-tube  short 14.  Burchellia. 

BB.  Corolla-tube  long. 

c.  Calyx  .5-toothed 15.  PosoQueria- 

cc.  Calyx-lobes  large  and  leafy 10.  l.,ptn.ctinn. 

AA.  Infl.  usvially  axillary. 

B.  Style  has  a  spindle  or  club-shaped  stigma, 
entire  or  2-toothed. 
c.  Seed-coat  membranous. 

D.  Calyx-limb  various;  ovary  2-celled 17.  Randia. 

DD.  Calyx-limb    often    tubular;    ovary    1- 

celled 18.  Gardenia. 

CC.  Seed-coat  fibrous  or  subfibrous. 

D.  Corolla-tube  long  and  slender 19.  Oxyaiithus. 

DD.  Corolla-tube  short. 

e.  Calyx  o-parted 20.  Mxtrio- 

\ntigma. 

EE.  Calyx  truncate  or  o-toothed 21.  Genipa. 

BB.  Style-branches    2,    distinct    (except    some- 
times in  Krau.ssia). 

c.  Throat  of  corolla  bearded 22.  Kraussia. 

CC.  Throat  of  corolla  glabrous 23.  Tricalyaia. 

9.  Chiococca  Tribe. 

Corolla  valvate:  infl.  axillary,  racemose;  anthers 

dor^ifixed;  stigma  club-shaped 24.  Chiococca* 

10.  Alberta  Tribe. 

Infl.    terminal;    the    2—4     calyx-lobes    dilated; 

anthers  pilose  on  back 25.  Alberta. 

11.  Vangueria  Tribe. 

A.  Drupe  1-2-stoned 26.  Plectronia* 

AA.  Drupe  3-6-stoned 27.  Vangueria. 


12.  Ixora  Tribe. 

A.  Fls.  clu.stered  in  axils 28.  Coffea. 

AA.  Fls.  in  2-3-forking  corymbs. 

B.  Style-branches  2,  short,  rarely  connate:  Ivs. 

leathery 29.  Ixora. 

BB.  Style  very  far  exserted,  the  slender  spindle- 
shaped  stigma  usually  long:  Ivs.  usually 
membranous 30.  Pavetta. 

13.  Morinda  Tribe. 

A.  Fls.  confluent  in  heads,  which  are  many-fld., 

solitary  or  umbellate 31.  Morinda. 

AA.  Fls.  free;  calyx-limb  4-5-fid;  corolla  villous  at 
throat;     stigma     club-shaped,      2— 4-lobed: 

drupe  1^-stoned:  infl.  axillary 32.  Damna- 

[canthus. 
14.  Galium  Tribe. 

A.  Corolla  funnel-shaped  or  somewhat  tubular. 
B.  Fls.  4-merous,  with  or  without  bracts,  but 

no  bractlets;  style-branches  subequal 33.  Asperula. 

BB.  Fls.     4-5-merous,     bracted     and     with     2 

bractlets;  style-branches  unequal 34.  Crucianella, 

AA.  Corolla  rotate  or  rotate-campanulate. 

B.  Fls.  5-merous 35.  Rubia. 

BB.  Fls.  4-merou3 36.  Galium. 

15.  Psychotria  Tribe. 

Infl.   terminal;  calyx  usually  5-toothed;  corolla 

5-lobed,  rarely  4-lobed;  tube  usually  short 37.  Psychotria 

16.  Paederia  Tribe. 

A.  Ovary  2-celled;  stigma  2,  capillary,  twisted: 

fr.  drupaceous:  twining  plant 38.  Paederia. 

AA.  Ovary    5-celled :    f r.    a    caps. ;   small   upright 

shrubs 39.  Leptodermis 

17.  Anthosperma  Tribe. 

A.  Stamens  inserted  in  throat;  style-branches  4. ...40.  Mitcheltn. 
AA.  Stamens  inserted  at  or  near  base  of  corolla. 

B.  Fls.  bisexual;  style  shortly  2-cut;  shrub.  .  .  .41.  Serissa. 
BB.  Fls.   unisexual   or  bisexual;   style  2-parted 
to  the  base  or  near  it. 

c.  Plants  are  creeping  herbs 42.  Nertera. 

cc.  Plants  are  shrubs  or  small  trees 43.  Coprosma 

Other  genera  incidentally  described  are:  Catesbffia,  CephaeUs, 
Exostemma,  Fernelia,  Guettarda,  Oldenlandia,  Plocama,  and 
Sarcocephalus. 


104.  VALERIANACE.^. 

A.  Stamens  4 1.  Patrinia. 

A  A.  Stamens  1,  rarely  2:  corolla-tube  spurred,  the 

limb  spreading 2,  Centranihus . 

AAA.  Stamens   2;    corolla-tube   spurred,    the   limb 

2-lipped 3.  Fedia. 

AAAA.  Stamens  usually  3. 

B.  Calyx-limb  finally  pappiform 4.  Valeriana. 

BB.  Calyx-limb  various  but  not  pappiform, 5.  Valerianella 


105.  DIPSACACE.ffi. 

A.  Stigma  terminal,  straight:  fls.  densely 
crowded  in  the  axils  of  the  floral  Ivs.,  form- 
ing whorls  after  the   manner  of  the  mint 

family 1.  Marina. 

AA.  Stigma  oblique  or  lateral,  rarely  straightish: 
fls.  in  terminal  heads. 
B.  Bracts  of  involucre   generally  herbaceous; 
chaff    of    receptacle    rigidly    awl-shaped- 
acuminate  or  spinescent ;  corolla  4-fid 2.  Dipaacua. 

BB.  Rracts  and  chaff  rigidly  paleaceous,  rarely 

sub-herbaceous;  corolla  4-fid 3.  Cephalaria, 

BBB.  Bracts  leafy,  in  about  2  series;  chaff  short, 
or  very  narrow  or  abortive;  corolla  4-5- 
cut 4.  Scabiosa. 


106.  COMPOSITE. 
/.  Summary  of  Tribes. 

Series  1.    Ttjbuliflor.e.    Corollas  tubular  and  regular  in  all 
the  bisexual  fls. 

A.  Heads  composed  entirely  of  disk-fls., 
which  are  all  perfect  and  never  truly 
yellow. 
B.  Style-branches     awl-shaped,     acute, 
minutely  hairy:  Ivs.  generally  al- 
ternate: anthers  sagittate  at  ba.se....   1.  Vernonia  Tribb. 


104 


KEY  TO  THE   FAMILIES   AND   (JENERA 


BB.  Style-branches  subterete,  obtuse, 
ix^vtTtxi  wiih  minute  pftpillie;  Ivs. 
opI^K^Hi^o  or  alteruftte:  Biithers  sub- 

ontiro  at  base 2.  EtJPATORirM 

i_i,.  Heads  with  all  perfect  or  some  imp>er-  (Tribe. 

feet    fls..  with  or  without  rays  and 
often  >f  llow. 
B.  Anthers  tailed. 

c  Style-branches  Unear:  heads  with 

or  without  rays 3.  Inula  Tribe. 

CO.  Style-branches  united  or  short; 
heads  without  rays;  typically 
with  spiny  or  scarious  appen- 
dased,    many-bracted    involucre 

ana  fleshy  receptacle 4.  Cynara  Tribe, 

BB.  Anthers  not  conspicuously  tailed. 
c.  Style-branches  m  disk-tls.  flattened 
out,  and  with  a  distinct  though 
sometimes  very   short    terminal 

anpendage 5.  Aster  Tribe. 

cc.  Style-branches  not  flattened  out. 

Note. — It  is  impossible  to  make  a  key  to  separate  the  follow- 
ing tribes  from  one  another.  Some  of  the  important  characters 
are  italicized: 

ReceptacU  chaffy  or  rarely  naked  under 
the  sterile  disk-fis. :  style-branches 
truncate  or  appendaged  or  the  style  of 
the  sterile  fls.  undivided;  pappus  some- 
times absent  but  generally  of  2-4  awns, 
which  are  slender  or  somewhat  chaffy 
and  with  or  without  intermediate 
scales  which  are  free  or  connate  at  base: 
Its.  opposite,  rarely  alternate 6.  Helianthus 

ReceptacU  nak^d;  style-branches  truncate  |Tribe. 

or  appendaged;  pappus  usually  chaffy, 
rarefy  of  awns  or  bristles,  or  absent: 
Its.  opposite  or  alternate:  inrolucral 
bracts  in  1  or  £  series,  rarely  3-4,  her- 
baceous or  membranous:  herbage  often 
resinous-dotted 7.  Helenium  Tribe. 

Receptacle  chaffy  or  naked ;  style- 
branches  truncate;  pappus  when  pres- 
ent crown-shaped,  rarely  of  short  chaff: 
Ivs.  mostly  alternate:  involucral  bracts 
in  2  or  more  series,  dry  or  scarious  at 
apex 8.  Anthemis  Tribe. 

Receptacle  usually  naked;  style-branches 
truncate  or  appendaged ;  pappus 
usually  of  bristles:  Ivs.  mostly  alternate: 
inner  intolucral  bracts  in  1  series,  sub- 
egual,  the  outer  ones  small  or  wanting,  or 
rarely  all  imbricate  in  numerous  series.  .    9.  Senecio  Trjbe. 

Receptacle  naked;  style-branches  trun- 
cate or  the  style  of  the  sterile  fls.  un- 
divided; pappus  absent  or  wool-like: 
Its.  usually  alternate  or  radical:  involu- 
cral bracts  in  1-2  series,  subequal,  nar- 
row  10.  Calendula  Tribe. 

Receptacle  naked,  chaffy  or  alveolate; 
Btyle-branches  rounded  at  apex,  obtuse 
or  rarely  truncate  or  the  style  of  the 
sterile  fls.  undivided;  pappus  absent,  or  ■ 
chaffy  or  crown-shaped:  Ivs.  radical 
or  alternate:  involucral  bracts  in  an 
indefinite  number  of  series,  often  scar- 
ious at  apex  or  spinescent 11.  Arctotis  Tribe. 

Series  2.     Labiat«flor«.     Corollas  of 
alloronlyof  the  bi-sexual  fls.  bilabiate 12.  Mutisia  Tribe. 

Series  3.      I>iouliflor-g.      Corollas    all 
hgulate  and  fls.  bisexual:  juice  milky 13.  Cichohium  Tribe. 


//.  Artificial  Key  to  the  Composite  Tribes. 

(Condensed  from  Engler  &  PrantU) 

„  Plants  without  milky  juice:  corolla  of 
diak-fls.  not  ligulate  fexcx'pt  some  of 
the  Muti.fia  Tribe,  recognized  by  the 
peculiar  style  and  caudate  anthers), 
B.  Style  below  its   point  of    branching 
neither  thickened  nor  with  a  ring 
of  long  sweeping  hairs. 
c.  Anthers  not  caudate. 

D.  Style-branches  awl-shaped, 
acute,  minutely  hairy  outside 
and  often  on  style  below,  stig- 
matose  over  the  whole  inner 

face Vebnonia  Tribe. 

DD.  Style-branches  subterete,  ob- 
tuse, covered  with  minute 
papillse,  stigmatose  in  2  lines 

near  the  base Kupatohicm  Tribe. 

DDD.  Style-branches  flattened,  with 
di«tinct  though  often  short- 
t«rminal.  usually  short-hairy 
appendages,  stigmatose  in  2 
lines Abter  Tbibe. 


DDUU.  Style-branches     flattened,     stig- 
matose  in  2  lines,  very  diverse 
in  form  (i.  e.,  truncate  or  ap- 
pendiculate,   but   with   a  dis- 
tinct tendency  toward  a  ring 
of  long  swcepinE  hairs  some- 
where above  the  fork  (transi- 
tions frequent  to  the  above  3 
tribes). 
E.  Pappus     not     capillary,     but 
composed  of  scales,  plumose 
bristles,  or  strong  awns,  or 
crown-like  or  wanting. 
P.  Involucral    bracts    without 
scarious    margins,    rarely 
with  narrow  nicinhraiious 
margins    (in   snnif  gi-mra 
which   may   be   separatc'd 
by      strongly      developed 
scaly    pappus    from    the 
Anthemis  Tribe). 

G.  Chaff  present Helianthus  Tribe. 

GG.  Chaff  absent Helenium  Tribe.  ^ 

FF.  Involucral  bracts  scarious 
margined:  pappus  0  or 
reduced,  sometimes  uni- 
laterally developed Anthemis  Tribe. 

EE.  Pappus  capillary,  simple Senecio  Tribe, 

DDDDD.  Style-branches   of   the   bisexual 

fls.    (which  are  sterile)  almost 

or    quite    wanting,    rarely    of 

normal  size,  not  stigmatose. 

E.  Plants  more  or  less  completely 

dicecious:  chaff  0. 

F.  Involucral  bracts  in  1  row, 

of  equal  length  (often  with 

tiny     bracteoles     at     the 

base) Petasites. 

FF.  Involucral  bracts  in  many 

rows Baccharis. 

EE.  Plants    not    dicecious:    heads 

bisexual.  ' 

F.  Chaff  0. 

G.  Achene     of     female     fls. 

with  pappus  of  coarse 

or  fine  bristles  or  hairs, 

sometimes  plumose. 

H.  Involucral     bracts     in 

several  rows 

Some  members  of  Aster  Tribe. 
HH.  Involucral  bracts  in   1 
row,    separate,    with 
tiny     bracteoles      at 

,    base Tussilago. 

HHH.  Involucral  bracts  in  1 

row,  connate  at  base.  Othonna  and 
GG,  Achene  of  female  fls.  with  [Gamolepis. 

scaly  pappus -  -    Gutierrezia. 

GGG.  Achene  of  female  fls.  with 
no     pappus. 
H.  Lvs.    opposite     or 

radical Osteospermum. 

HH.  Lvs.  alternate 

Some  members  of  Calendula  Tribe. 
FF.  Chaff  present. 

G.  Involucre  not  scarious, 
nor  woolly  (see  Milam- 
podineae  and  Ambro- 
siese  of  the  Helianthus 
Tribe). 
GG.  Involucre  scarious  mar- 
gined ;    inner     bracts 

woolly Eriocephalus. 

CC.  Anthers  caudate. 

D.  Style-branches  awl-shaped, 
aeutc,  minutely  hairy  outside 
and  often  on  style  below,  stig- 
matose on  whole  inner  face. .  . 

Members  of  Vernonia  Tribe. 
DD.  Style-branches  otherwise. 

E.  Limb  of  corolla  of  bisexual  fls. 
5-  (rarely  4-)  toothed  or 
-lobed,  rarely,  in  the  Inula 
Tribe,  slightly  2-lipped. 

F.  Plants  dioecious Antennaria. 

FF.  Plants  not  dicecious. 

G.  Heads    with    filiform    fe- 
male   marginal    fls. ,    or 

fls.  all  alike.  Some  members  of  Inula  Tribe. 
GG.  Heads  with  fls.  of  2  sexes: 
corolla  of  female  fls. 
(marginal)  ligulate, 
rarely  tubular,  with 
broad  regular  or  2- 
Upped  limb. 

B.  Pappus  present 

Some  members  of  Inula  Tribe, 
BH.  Pappus  0 Calendula  Tribe. 


KEY   TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND  GENERA 


105 


EE.  Limb  of  corolla  of  bisexual  fis. 
regular  and  deeply  5-divided 

or  2-Upped Mutisia  Tribe, 

BB.  Style  with  sweeping  hairs  beginning 
at  or  below  the  point  of  forking, 
forming  a  ring;  or  style  there  thick- 
ened, or  at  least  there  different  in 
color:  style-branches  often  co- 
herent. 
c.  Head  with  female  or  neutral  ligu- 

late  ray-fls Arctotis  Tribe. 

cc.  Head  of    all  bisexual  fis.  or  with 
nonUgulate  neutral  fls.  or  rarely 

with  female  ray-fls Ctnara  Tribe. 

A.  Plants  with  milky  juice:  fls.  in    head 

all  ligulate Cichorium  Tribe. 


///.  Regular  Key  to  the  Tribes. 
1.  Vemonia  Tribe. 

A.  Genus   anomalous   with   enlarged   palmately 

quasiligulate  outer  corollas 1.  Stokesia. 

AA.  Genus  normal  with  tubular  5-lobed  corollas. . .   2.  Vemonia. 

2.  Eupatorium  Tribe. 

A.  Anthers  truncate  at  apex,  not  appendaged: 
achenes     5-angIed,     secondary     riba     not 

prominent 3.  Piqueria. 

AA.  Aiithers  appendaged. 

B.  Achenes  5-ribbed,  no  secondary  ribs  visible. 
C.  Pappus  wholly  of  capillary  brLstles. 

D.  Involucral  bracts  4 4.  Mikania. 

DD.  Involucral  bracts  more  than  4 5.  Eupatorium. 

(Inch  Conocliniura.) 
cc.  Pappus  chaffy,  awned,  blunt  or  crown- 
shaped  6.  Ageratum. 

BB.  Achenes     10-ribbed     (rarely    7-8-ribbed), 
secondary  ribs  conspicuous. 
c.  Involucral  bracts  not  herbaceous,  striate- 
nerved,  conspicuously  so  when  dry. 

D.  Heads  few-fid.,  corymbose 7.  AdenostyUs. 

DD.  Heads  always  paniculate 8.  Brickellia 

CC.  Involucral    bracts    somewhat    herbaceous 
or  partly  colored,  inconspicuously  stri- 
ate if  at  all. 
D.  The  outer  bracts  successively  shorter. . .    9.  Liatris. 
DD.  The  bracts  nearly  all  equal  in  length 10.  Trilisa. 

3.  Inula  Tribe. 

A.  The  fls.  containing  both  stamens  and  pistil  all 
sterile,  only  the  unisexual  fls.  fertile;  heads 
moncecious  or  dioecious. 
B.  Pappus   bristles,    especially   of    fertile   fls., 
united  at  the  ba.se  in  a  ring. 
C.  Heads     strictly     dicecious,     corymbose, 
rarely    solitary;    sterile    pappus    club- 
shaped 11.  Antennarin. 

CC.  Heads  containing  1  or  both  sexes,  monoe- 
cious or  dicecious,  crowded  in  a  small 
cluster  or  cyme  surrounded  by  a  long 

conspicuous  woolly  involucre 12.  Leontopod- 

BB.  Pappus  bristles  free:  involucre  rosette-like,  [ium. 

very  white-papery 13.  Anaphalis. 

AA.  The  fls.  containing  both  stamens  and  style 
usually  fertile. 
B.  Heads  with  disk-fls.  only. 

c.  The  heads  compound;  1-fld.  heads  aggre- 
gated in  an  involucrate  cluster,  often 

with  petaloid  appendages 14.  Myrio- 

CC.  The  heads  simple.  [cephalus. 

D.  Pappus  0 15.  Humea. 

DD.  Pappus  crown-  or  cup-shaped 16.  Amviobium. 

DDD.  Pappus  bristly. 

E.  Achenes  not  Ijeaked. 

F.  Bristles  often  plumose  at  base.  .  .  .17.  HelipttTum. 
FF.  Bristles  smooth,  scarious,  barked 

or  plumose  at  apex 18.  Helichry- 

[num. 

EE.  Achenes  beaked 19.  Waitzia. 

BB.  Heads  composed  of  both  ray- and  disk-fls. 
c.  Receptacle  not  chaffy. 

D.  Stigmatic  lines  not  confluent  at  apex.  .20.  Podolepis. 

DD.  Stigmatic  lines  fusing  at  apex 21.  Inula. 

CC.  Receptacle  chaffy  or  bristly 22.  Buphihal- 

[mutn. 

4.  Cynara  Tribe. 

A.  Heads  1-fld.,  aggregated  Into  larger  involu- 
crate heads 23.  Echinope. 

AA.  Heads  several-fid. 

B.  Fr.  with  basal  areole. 

c.  The  fr.  woolly,  not  margined. 

D.  Pappus  scales  pointed  or  terminated 

by  a  simple  awn 24.  Xeranthe- 

{mum. 


DD.  Pappus-scales  plumose 25.  Carlina. 

CC.  The  fr.  glabrous,  marginal  at  summit. 
D.  Receptacle  bristly. 

E.  Filaments  glabrous:  involucre  bracts 

hooked 26.  Arctium, 

EE.  Filaments  warty,  hairy,  or  pectinate- 
ciliate. 
F.  The  receptacle  not  fleshy. 

G.  Pappus-bristles  not  plumose.. .  .27.  Carduus* 

GO.  Pappus-bristles  plumose 28.  Cirsium. 

FF.  The  receptacle  fleshy 29.  Cynara. 

DD.  Receptacle  not  bristly 30.  Onopordon. 

BB.  Fr.  with  oblique  lateral  areole. 
c.  Heads  not  involucrate  with  Ivs. 

D.  Involucral-bracts  without  appendages. 31.  Serratula. 
DD.  Involucral-bracts  with  dry,  scarious  or 

thorny  appendages 32.  Centaurea. 

CC.  Heads    surrounded    by   an    involucre   of 
thorny  Ivs. 
D.  Pappus  simple,  of  bristles,  scales  or  0.  .  .  33.  Cartkamus. 
DD.  Pappas  of  2  unequally  long  rows  of 

bristles 34.  Cnicus. 

S.  Aster  Tribe. 

A.  Heads  dicecioxis  and  composed  wholly  of  disk- 
fls 35.  Baccharia, 

AA.  Heads  not  dioecious. 
B.  Color  of  fls.  yellow. 

c.  Rays  absent 36.  Bigelovia* 

CC.  Rays  present. 

D.  The  pappus  composed  of  long  palesB, 
whioh  are    sometimes   reduced  to  a 

crown 37.  Qutierrezia. 

DD.  The  pappus  not  as  in  d. 
E.  Pappus-bristles  few  (4-8). 

p.  Involucral     bracts     in     8     series, 

leathery  or  scarious  at  apex 38.  Grindelia. 

FF.  Involucral    bracts    in    2-3    series, 

scarious  at  margins 39.  Pentachaeta. 

EE.  Pappus-bristles  copious,  in  2-8  series, 
sometimes  few  in  ray-fls. 
F.  Bristles    of    2    kinds,    the    inner 
series  capillary,  outer  very  short 

and  setulose  or  squamellate 40.  Ckrysopsis. 

FF.  Bristles  mostly  alike. 

Q.  Rays  usually  wanting 41.  Linosyrts. 

GO.  Rays  present. 

H.  The    bristles   broad   at   base, 

aristate 42.  Xanthisma. 

HH.  The  bristles  capillary. 

I.  Heads  usually  many-fld. 

J.  Achenes  many-nerved.. .  .43.  Aplopappus. 

jj.  Achenes  few-nerved 44.  Hazardia. 

II.  Heads  usually  few-fid. 

J.  Bristles     rudimentary, 

shorter  than  achene.. .  .45,  Brachychaeta 
JJ.  Bristles    longer     than 

achene 46.  Solidago. 

BB.  Color  of  ray  fls.  at  least  not  yellow. 

c.  The  pappus  0,  or  forming  a  more-or-Ieas 
conspicuous  ring  of  short  bristles  or 
hairs,  uniform  in  all  fls. 

D.  Bractsdry  or  scarious  at  margin 47.  Braehycome. 

DD.  Bracts  herbaceous 48.  Bellis. 

cc.  The  pappus  composed  of  numerous  bris- 
tles in  1  or  more  series,  uniform  in  all  fls. 
D.  Involucre    with    outer    bracts    partly 
leafy,    inner   bracts    membranous   or 

scarious 49.  Callistephus 

DD.  Involucral  bracts  all  nearly  alike. 
E.  Bracts  in  about  2  series. 

F.  Achenes  usually  small 50.  Erigeron. 

FF.  Achenes    larger,     longer:    pappus 

more  copious 51.  Vittadinm. 

EE.  Bracts    usually    in     several    series, 
sometimes  2   series  in   Aster  and 
Felicia. 
F.  Plants  woody,  resinous. 

G.  Achenes  cylindrical 52.  Olearia. 

GG.  Achenes  compressed 53.  Felicia. 

PF.  Plant  herbaceous. 

G.  Involucral  bracts  coriaceous  ....  54.  Sericocar- 
GG.  Involucral    bracts    membranous  [pus. 

or  herbaceous 55.  Aster. 

ccc.  The  pappus  anomalous  or  absent  from  the 
rays. 
D.  Pappus-bristles  shortly  plumose;  style- 
branches  broad 56.  Charieis. 

DD.  Pappus-bristles    in    1    aeries,    unequal, 
rigid,    thickened    or    dilated    toward 

the  base 57.  Townsendia. 

DDD.  Pappus  of  the  ray  composed  of  very 
short  palege;  disk-pappus  of   copious 

slender  bristles  in  1-2  series 58.  Heteropap- 

DDDD.   Pappus-bristles     very    short,    upually  [put. 

accompanied  by  2-4  awns  not  longer 
than  the  achene 59.  BoUonia. 


106 


KEY   TO   THE  FAMILIES   AND   (^,ENERA 


6.  Helianthus  Tribe. 

Subtribo  1.  Meukmpouik.k.  Raj's  pistillato;  disk-fls.  ataniinuto: 
•chenes  u.^ually  with  ot>riuctH>us  or  thicker  ppricarj*:  style  modlly 
entire;  receptacle  chaffy  throughout ;  pappus  none. 

\.  Involucrt'  of  the  inany-Hd.  heads  broad; 
inner  bracts*  concave,  cmbracinR  and  half 
inclosing  the  thick,  turgid,  obovoid  achenes..60.  Polymnia. 
AA.  Involucre  broad,  of  plane  or  barely  concave 
bractjj ;  innermost  subtending  obcom- 
preiwed  achenes,  but  not  inclosing  nor  em- 
bracing them. 
B.  Kays,  or  rather  their  ovaries  and  achenes, 

in  more  than  1  series 61.  Silphium. 

BB.  Ra\'s  and  achene-j  in  a  single  series. 

c.  Headn  nearly  discoiil  or  rays  short 62.  Parthenium. 

cc.  Heads   conspicuously   radiate,    mostly  of 

o  fertile  and  rather  numerous  sterile  fis.  .63.  Chrysogo- 

[num. 

Subtribe  2.  Ambroise.e.  Pistillate  fls.  apetalous,  or  with 
corolla  reduced  to  a  tube  or  ring  around  base  of  2-parted  .style; 
staminate  fls.  with  4-5-lol>ed  corolla;  anthers  slightly  united  or 
free;  style  abortive,  hairy  only  at  the  somewhat  enlarged  and 
depresj-ed  summit. 

A.  Herbs;  heads  of  2  kinds,  the  fertile  with  a 

bur-like  involucre 64.  Ambrosia. 

AA.  Shrubs:  heads  all  alike 65.  Iva. 

Subtribe  3.  Zinnie£.  Rays  pistillate;  the  tube  absent  or  very 
short,  persistent  on  achene  and  at  length  papery;  di^k-fls. 
bisexual,  rarely  sterile,  subtended  or  embraced  by  chaffy  bracts: 
l\'s.  opposite. 

A.  Receptacle  flattish 66.  Sanvitalia. 

AA.  Receptacle  conical,  cylindrical  or  elongated. 

B.  Achenes,  at  least  inner  ones,  1-3-awned 67.  Zinnia. 

BB.  Achenes  without  pappus 68.  Heliopsis. 

Subtribe  4.  Verbesine.e.  Rays  pistillate,  or  neutral,  becom- 
ing papery  and  persistent;  disk-fls.  bisexual;  anthers  often  blackish; 
achenes  various,  but  those  of  disk  never  obcompressed:  pappus 
various. 

A.  Chaff    of    receptacle    permanently    investing 

achenes  as  an  accessory  covering 69.  Sclerocarptis* 

AA.  Chaff  of   receptacle   concave   or  complicate, 
loosely  embracing  or  subtending  the  disk- 
achenes,  mostly  persistent. 
B.  Rays  sometimes  absent.  CeTtain  Bpecieaoi.. 70.  Spila7Uhe.t. 
BB.  Rays  usually  present. 

c.  Receptacle  high,  from  conical  to  colum- 
nar or  subulate,  at  least  in  fr. 

D.  The  rays,  if  present,  pistillate 70.  Spilanthea. 

DD.  The  rays  sterile. 

E.  Color  of  rays  rose  or  rose-purple. .  .  .71.  Echinacea. 

EE.  Color  of  rays  yellow  or  partly  brown- 
purple  ^sometimes  wholly  so). 
F.  Achenes  4-angled,  prismatic  .....  .72.  Rudbeckia. 

YT.  Achenes    short    and    broad,    com- 
pressed   73.  Lepachys. 

cc.  Receptacle  low,  flat  to  convex,  rarely  be- 
coming conical. 
D.  Achenes  not  winged  nor  very  flat,  when 
flattened    not    margined    nor   sharp- 
edged. 

E.  Rays  pistillate 74.  Balsamor- 

EE.  Rays  sterile.  [rJiiza. 

F.  Achenes  pubescent 75.  Viguiera. 

rp.  Achenes  glabrous 76.  Helianthus^. 

DD.  Achenea  of  the  ray  or  margin  often 
triquetrous,  of  the  disk  either  flat- 
compressed  and  margined  or  thin- 
edged,  or  if  turgid  some  of  them 
winged. 
B.  R^s  neutral. 

F.  Pappus  0,  or  an  awn  or  its 
rudiment  answering  to  each 
margin  of  the  wingless  achene. ...77.  Encelia. 
TF.  Pappua  of  delicate  sriuamella;  be- 
tween the  2  chaffy  teeth  or  awns 
which    surmount    the    2     acute 

margins  of  the  achene 78.  Ilelianihella. 

TTT.  Pappus  of  2  slender-subulate 
naked  awns,  at  length  divergent, 
sometimes  with  2  or  3  inter- 
mediate awns 79.  Actinomeria 

EE.  Rays    pistillate,    rarely    neutral    in 

\'erbesina. 

V.  Pappus  of  CO  distinct  squamelUe.. .  .80.  Paacalia. 

rr.  Pappus  of  dilated  awns  or  2  awn- 

like  palete  on  the  angles  of  the 

achene,  with  2  small  intermediate 

s'luamellK  on  each  side 81.  Pudachsen- 

rrr.  Pappus  of  2  awns,  sometimes  1-3  [ium. 

or  0.  and  no  intermediate  wjuam- 
mellie 82.  Verbenina. 


Subtribe  f).  ConEnpsiDE.«.  Rays  pistillate  or  neutral;  disk- 
fls.  fertile;  receptacle  chaffy;  chaff  flat  or  hardly  concave:  achenes 
more  or  less  doraally  compressed,  often  2-awned. 

A.  Involucral  bracts  distinct,  the  outer  herbace- 
ous, inner  somewhat  like  paleffi S3.  Guizotia, 

A  A.  Involucre    double;    inner    bracts    membran- 
ous,   subequal,    connate    at    base    or   often 
higher ;    outer    bracts     few    and     small    or 
minute, 
n.  Plants  are  all  climbers  with  pistillate  rays, 
achenes      mvich      enlarging      and      sterile 

disk-fls.  with  individed  style 84.  Hidatooa, 

BB.  Plants  not  climbing;  rays  usually  sterile, 
c.  Style-branches    with    long    hairy   appen- 
dages    H5.  Dahlia. 

cc.  Style-branches    truncate,    penicillate    or 
with  short  appendages. 
D.  Bracts  of  inner  involucre  united  into  a 

cup 86.  Theles- 

DD.  Bracts  of  involucre  distinct,  or  united  \perma, 

only  at  the  common  base. 
E.  Achenes  beaked,  slender:  rays  purple 
or  rose,  in  1  species  yellow;  white 
vars.     in      cult. :      awns      mostly 

deciduous 87.  Cosmos. 

EE.  Achenes  not  beaked:  rays  yellow  or 
white. 
F.  Tube  of  disk-fl.  without  ring  at  top. 

G.  Lvs.  or  divisions  entire 88.  Coreopsis. 

QG.  Lvs.  or  divisions  serrate 89.  Bidens. 

FF.  Tube  of  disk-fls.  with  a  ring  near 

the  top 90.  Leptosyne. 

Subtribe  6.  Galinsoge^.  Heads  rayless  and  homogamous 
(in  Marshallia).   Pappus  of  co  distinct  palete 91.  Marshallia. 

Subtribe  7.  Madie.e.  Rays  pistillate,  each  subtended  by  an 
involucral  bract  which  partly  or  completely  incloses  its  achene; 
disk-fls  with  both  stamens  and  styles,  but  some  or  all  sterile; 
glandular,  viscid  and  heavy-scented  herbs. 

A.  Achenes  laterally  compressed 92.  Madia. 

A  A.  Achenes  not  laterally  compressed 93.  Layia. 

7.  Helenium  Tribe. 

A.  Involucral   bracts   united  nearly  throughout 

into  an  oblong  cup  or  tube 94.  Tagetes. 

(See  also  Lasthenia. ) 
AA.  Involucral  bracts   hardly  at  all  imbricated; 
when  broad,  nearly  equal  or  in  1  series. 
B.  Receptacle  mostly  high-conical,  and  acute, 
beset  after  the  achenes  have   fallen   by 
projecting  points  (as  if  pedicels  on  which 
they  were  inserted). 
c.  The  involucre  a  single  series  of  bracts 
connate   by   their  edges  into   a   5-15- 

toothed  green  cup 95.  Lasthenia. 

cc.The  involucre  of  loose,  distinct  bracts 96.  Bxria 

(.\l3o  Actinolepis  coronaria. ) 
BB.  Receptacle  flat  or  convex,  rarely  obtusely 
conical:  achenes  from  linear  to  obpyram- 
idal,  rarely  'j-atitilcil.    (See  also  bbb.) 
C.  Herbage  niDstly  woolly;  involucral  bracts 

erect,  not  membrunous 97.  Eriophyl- 

cc.  Herbage  usually  not  woolly.  [Ium 

D.  Disk-fls.     deeply    5-cIeft:      involucral 

bracts  mostly  appressed .   98.  Polypleris. 

DD.  Disk-fls.  with  long  and  narrow  throat 
and  5  short  lobes  or  teeth. 

E.  Heads  solitary 99.  Hulsea. 

EE.  Heads  paniculate  or  corymbose. 
F.  Plants   tomentose  herbs,   the  lvs. 
dissected. 
Q.  Involucral  bracts  free,  narrow.  .  100.  Chsenactia. 
GG,  Involucral  bracts  connected  at 

the  base,  broad  and  obtuse. .  .  .  101.  Bahia. 
FF.  Plants  not  tomentose,  the  lvs.  not 

dissected 102.  Pericome. 

BBB.  Receptacle  from  convex  to  oblong:  achenes 

short,  obpyramidal  or  top-shaped,  5-10- 

ribbed    or    angled,    mostly    silky    hairy: 

disk-Hs.  all  fertile. 

c.  The     receptacle     destitute    of    awn-like 

fimbrillte  among  the  fls. 

D.  Involucre  erect  or  nearly  so 103,  Actinella. 

DD.  Involucre  spreading  or  soon  reflexed. . . .  104.  Helenium. 
CO.  The  receptacle  beset  with  bristle-like  or 
awl-shaped  or  rarely  dentiform  fimbrilke 
among  the  fls 105.  QaiUardia. 

8.  Anthemis  Tribe. 

A.  Receptacle  chaffy. 
B.  Heads  usually  discoid. 

c.  Shrubs  with  small,  closely  clustered  lvs...  106.  Erioceph- 
cc.  Herbs,  or  sometimes  slightly  shnibby.  [alua, 

D.  Corolla  with  a  hood-like  appendage  at 

base 107.  Santolina. 

DD.  Corolla  without  such  appendage 108.  Lonas. 


KEY  TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND  GENERA 


107 


BB.  Heads  usually  radiate. 

c.  Achene  compressed,  with  2  narrow  mar- 
gins   109.  Achillea, 

cc.  Achenes  4-5-cornered  or  co-ribbed. 

D.  The  heads peduncled  at  tipsof  branches.llO.  Anthemis. 
DD.  The  heads  sessile  in  forks,  surrounded 

by  5-6  dissected  floral  Ivs IH.  Cladanthus 

AA.  Receptacle  naked  or  alveolate-fimbrilliferous. 
B.  Involucral  bracts  in  many  series. 

c.  Rays  present 112.  Chrysan- 

[theTnum. 
(Consult  also  Pyrethruni.) 

cc.  Rays  absent 113.  Tanacetum. 

BB.  Involucral  bracts  in  1  or  2  or  few  series. 

c.  Rays  present 114.  Matricaria 

cc.  Rays  absent  or  inconspicuous. 

D.  Involucre  top-shaped 115.  Cenia. 

DD.  Involucre  ovoid  or  broadly  bell-shaped.  116.  Artemisia, 

9.  Senecio  Tribe. 

A.  Involucral  bracts  in  1  series  and  connate  at  the 
base  or  beyond  the  middle  in  a  cup;  no 
outer  bracts;  style-branches  of  the  fertile 
bisexual  fls.  truncate  at  apex,  usually  peni- 
cillate. 

B.  Style  undivided;  disk-fls.  sterile. 117.  Othonna. 

BB.  .Style  bifid;  disk-fls.  all  or  some  fertile 118.  Gamolepis. 

AA.  Involucral  bracts  in  1  or  2  series,  not  connate 
in  a  cup  but  free,  at  least  finally. 
B.  Style-branches  of  hermaphrodite  fertile  fls. 
roundish  obtuse  or  at  least  not  truncate 
and  wholly  without  appendage  or  hairi- 
ness at  summit. 
c.  Heads  composed  entirely  of  bisexual  and 

fertile  fls.,  homogamous.  discoid 119.  Cacaliop- 

CC.  Heads  submoncecious  or  subdicecious,  the  [sis. 

fls.  oontaining  both  stamens  and  pistils, 
sterile. 

D.  The  heads  radiate,  yellow 120.  Tussihgo. 

DD.  The  heads  discoid,  purplish  or  white. 
-E^Style    of    hermaphrodite    fls.    undi- 
vided; heads  several 121.  Petasites. 

EE.  Style  branched;  heads  2 122.  Homooyne. 

BB.  Style-branches  (of  hermaphrodite  fls.)  either 
truncate  or  capitellate  at  summit,  which  is 
either  peniciUate,  hairy  or  naked  and  not 
rarely  bears  a  short  conical  or  flattened 
appendage, 
c.  Bracts  of  involucre  herbaceous,  acuminate. 

D.  Receptacle  flat. 123.  Arnica. 

DD.  Receptacle  hemispherical 124.  Doronicum. 

cc.  Bracts  of  involucre  narrow,  strict,  usu- 
ally ribbed  or  keeled. 
D.  Apex    of   style    usually    truncate   and 
peniciUate. 
E.  Involucral  bracts  numerous. 

F.  Achenes  subterete 125.  Senecio. 

FF.  Achenes  dorsally  compressed 126.  Cineraria. 

EE.  Involucral    bracts    few,    4-5;    heads 

homogamous 127*.  Tetrady- 

DD.  Apex  of  style  with  long,  subulate  hairy  [mia. 

appendages;  heads  homogamous 128.  Gynura. 

DDD.  .\pex  of  style  with  appendages  short 
and  obtuse,  or  long  and  acutish; 
heads  homogamous 129.  Emilia. 

10.  Calendula  Tribe. 

A.  Achenes  of  the  rays  thick,  hard  and  bony; 

those  of  the  disk  usually  all  empty 130.  Osteoa- 

AA.  Achenes  straight,   those  of  the   rays  usually  [permum. 

triquetrous;  diak-achenes  often  flattish  or 

2-winged 131.  Dimorph- 

[ofheca. 
AAA.  Achenes  incur\'ed,  heteromorphous 132.  Calendtda, 

11.  Arctotis  Tribe. 

A.  Involucral  bracts  free,  the  inner  ones  broadly 
scarious,  at  least  at  the  apex. 
B.  Herbs    glabrous    or    pubescent:    receptacle 

chaffy 133.  Ursinia. 

BB.  Herbs     tomentose:     receptacle    naked     or 
alveolate. 
c.  Achenes    usually     villous,    crowned    by 
hyaUne    palea    which    are    often    con- 
volute   134.  Arctotia. 

QQ.  Achenes    glabrous,    with    or    without    a 

crown  of  minute  paleolse 135.  Venidium. 

AA.  Involucral  bracts  grown  together  at  the  base: 

Ivs.  not  spinescent:  alveoli  short 136.  Gazania. 

12.  Mutisia  Tribe. 

A.  Rays  in  1-2  series,  2-lipped 137.  Gerhera. 

AA.  Rays  in  2-3  series,  the  outer  always  strap- 
shaped  138.  Chaptalia. 


13.  Cichorium  Tribe. 

A.  Pappus  0,  or  of  2-3  long  bristles,  which  soon 

fall  away 130.  Scolymus, 

AA.  Pappus  paleaceous  or  partly  so,  or  aristiform, 
or  plumose. 
B.  Involucre  of  equal  bracts  and  no  short  caly- 
culate  ones  at  base. 

c.  Achenes  long-beaked 140.  Tragopo- 

loon. 

cc.  Achenes  truncate 141.  Krigia. 

BB,  Involucre   either   calyculate   or  imbricate, 

i.   e. ,    principal    bracts   equal    and   some 

short  ones  at  base,  or  less  unequal  bracts 

in  2  or  more  series. 

c.  Achenes  {at  least  inner  ones)  tapering  into 

a  beak. 

D.  Receptacle  with  membranous  chaff 142.  Hypo- 

[chceris- 

DD.  Receptacle  naked 143.  Leontodon. 

cc.  Achenes  usually  short,  with  summit  trun- 
cate or  only  a  trifle  contracted  below 
apex. 

D.  Receptacle  chaffy 144.  Catanan' 

DD.  Receptacle  not  chaffy.  [che. 

E.  Fls.  normally  blue 145.  Cichorium. 

EE.  Fls.  yellow 146.  Scorzonera 

AAA.  Pappus  of  capillary  bristles  that  are  scabrous, 
rarely  barbellulate,  never  plumose  nor  palea- 
ceous-dilated: receptacle  naked  (except  in  1 
species  of  Troximon). 
B.  Achenes  flattened:  pappus  of  copious  fine 
soft  capillary  bristles. 

c.  The  achenes  distinctly  beaked 147.  Lactuca. 

cc.  The  achenes  beakless 148.  Sonchus. 

BB.  Achenes  not  flattened:  pappus  persistent  or 
bristles  tardily  falling  (except  1  or  2  spe- 
cies of  Crepis). 
c.  Beak  distinct  and  slender  (except  in  1  or  2 
species  of  Troximon). 
D.  The   achenes    10-ribbed    or    10-nerved, 

not  muricate 149.  Troximon. 

DD.  The  achenes  4-5-ribbed  or  angled,  mur- 
icate  150.  Taraxa- 

cc.  Beak  0,  or  achene  merely  narrow  at  apex.  [cum. 

D.  Fls.  whitish  or  cream-color  to  violet  or 

rose-red 151.  Prenanthes. 

DD.  Fls.  mostly  yellow,  sometimes  orange- 
red  or  white. 
E.  Pappus  of  rather  rigid,  scabrous,  fra- 
gile    bristles     which     are     usually 

rather  dirty  or  neutral-colored 152.  Hieracium 

EE.  Pappus  of  copious  white  and  usu- 
ally soft  capillary  bristles 153.  Crepis. 

The  following  genera  (and  others)  also  are  briefly  treated: 
Amellus,  Asterhnosyris,  Bellium,  Cacaha,  Calimeris,  Celmisia. 
Chaniffimelum,  Cotula,  Cryptostemma,  Erlangea,  Euryopa, 
Gymnolomia,  Haplocarpha,  Kuhnia,  Leptocarpha,  Montanoa, 
Oldenburgia.  Pertya.  Psilostrophe,  Pteronia,  Saussurea,  Tithonia, 
Tolpis,  Tricholepis.  Wedelia  and  Zaiuzania. 


107.  CAMPANULACE^. 

A.  Fls.  irregular,  rarely  nearly  regular;   anthers 
united. 
B.  Corolla  open  down  to  the  base  on  one  side... .    1.  Lobelia. 
BB.  Corolla  with  a  closed  tube. 

c.  Stamens  in  a  tube  free  from  the  corolla. ...  2.  Downingiu. 
cc.  Stamens  more  or  less  adnate  to  the  corolla 
up  to  near  the  throat,  then  monadel- 
pbous  and  free  or  farther  adnate  on  one 

side  only 3.  Palmerella. 

ccc.  Stamens  affixed  at  top  of  corolla-tube  or 
above   the   middle:   caps.    2-valved   at 

apex 4.  Isotoma. 

cccc.  Stamens  affixed  at  base  of  corolla-tube. 

D.  Fr.  an  indehiscent  berry 5.  Centropogon. 

DD.  Fr.  a  caps.,  2-valved  at  apex 6.  Siphocam- 

.A.  Fls.    regular   or   nearly   so;   anthers   usually  [pylus 

separate. 
B.  Fr.  an  indehiscent,  fleshy  berry. 

c.  Ovary  inferior 7.  Canarina. 

cc.  Ovary  superior  as  to  calyx  but  not  corolla .  8.  Campan- 
BB.  Fr.  a  caps.  [umaea. 

c.  Caps,    dehiscing   loculicidally   by   apical 
valves. 

D.  Corolla  5-parted  nearly  to  base 9.  Jasione. 

DD.  Corolla  broadly  bell-shaped,  .5-lobed.. .  .10.  Platycodon. 
DDD.  Corolla  narrowly  (or  not  broadly)  bell- 
shaped  or  tubular. 
E.  Calyx-tube  adnate,  hemispherical. .  ..11.  Codonopsis. 
EE.  Calyx-tube  free,  long-campanulate  or 

inflated 12.  Cyananthus. 

cc.  Caps,  closed  at  apex,  dehiscing  laterally 
between  the  riba  by  small  Uda  or  small 
solitary  valves. 
D.  Corolla  5-cut-lobed.  or  -parted. 

E.  Ovary  linear  or  narrowly  oblong 13.  Specularia, 


lOS 


KEY   TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


EE,  Ovar>*  hemispherical  or  top-tiliaped. 

F.  Anthers  conimto  in  a  tune 14.  Symphyan- 

TF.  Anthers  not  connato  in  a  tube.  {dra. 

o.  Style  girt  at  base  by  an  epieyn- 
ous  fleshy  disk,  which  is  eup- 

shapeti  or  tubular 15.  Adenophora. 

GO.  Style  without  such  lUsk. 

H.  Corolla  5-partet.i  to  the  base; 
lobes  narrow,  either  long- 
coherins  above  or  rotate- 
spreading 16.  Phyteuma. 

HB.  Corolla  5-cut  shortly  or  to  the 
middle,  rarely  farther,  bell- 
shaped,  t  ubular,  funnel- 
shaped  or  subrotate 17.  Campanula, 

DD.  Corolla     narrowly     tubular,      shortly 

3-cut  at  ai>es 18.  Trachelium. 

DDD.  Corolla  usually  7-10-cut.  rarely  5-cut. 
E.  Number  of  lobes  5-9,  usually  7;  fls. 

bell-shaped 19.  Ostrowskia. 

EK.  Number  of  lobes  S-10,  lobes  narrow 

and  spreading 20.  Michauxia 

Githopaia,  Leptocodon  and  Lightfootia  are  also  mentioned  in  the 
Cyclopedia. 


108.   MONOTROPACEiE. 


in  cultivation. 


Sarcodes. 


109.  CLETHRACE^. 
The  only  genus CUthra. 


AA.  Anthers  opening  only  at  the  top;  stigma  usu- 
ally entire. 
B.  Calyx    becoming    fleshy    in    fr.,    forming    a 

berry  and  inclosing  the  small  caps 12.  GauUheria, 

BB.  Calyx  vmehanged  and  dry  under  the  caps. 
C.  Sepals  or  calyx-lobes  valvate  or  open  in 
the  bud,  never  overlapping. 
D.  The   anthers  destitute  of   appendages 

or  awns 13.  Lyonia. 

DD.  Tlie  anthers  awned. 

E.  The  anthers  short  and  obtuse,  with  2 
pores  topped  by  slender,  ascending 

awns;  corolla  urn-shaped 14.  Andromeda. 

EE.  Anthers  lanceolate,  produced  into  2 
small  tubes,  each  surmounted  by  a 
pair   of   slender,   ascending   awns; 

corolla  bell-shaped 15.  Zenobia. 

EEE.  Anthers  with  2  spreading  or  deflexed 
awns  or  teeth,  on  the  back  of  the 
filament  or  at  its  junction  with  the 

anther 16.  Pieris. 

cc.  Sepals  or  calyx-lobes  imbricated,  at  least 
in  the  early  bud. 
D.  Lvs.  heath-Uke,  small,  thick  or  needle- 
like,     mostly     overlapping:     anther 

fixed  near  apex 17.  Cassiope, 

DD.  Lvs.  not  heath-like,  usually  larger,  flat, 
broad  and  leathery. 
E.  Corolla    cylindraceoua     to     conical- 
urceolate;  anthers  fixed  near  base. 

F.  Seeds  imbricated  in  2  rows 18.  Ckamae- 

FF.  Seeds   pendulous  or  in   all   direc-  [daphne. 

tions 19.  LeucotkoS. 

FFF.  Seeds  all  ascending  or  erect 20.  Oxyden- 

[drum, 
EE.  Corolla  bell-shaped  or  urn-shaped. . .  .21.  Enkianthus. 


110.  PYROLACE.^. 

A.  Style  verj'  short,  obconical:  sts.  leafy 1.  Chimaphila. 

AA.  Style  mostly  elongated;  scape  naked  or  leafy 
only  at  base. 

B.  Fls.  solitary 2.  Moneses. 

BB.  Fls.  racemose 3.  Pyrola. 


111.  ERICACE.ffi  (Inc.  Vacciniaceae). 

Subfamily    1.   VACCIIOE^.     Ovary  inferior:  fr.  a    berry  or 
drupe. 

Subfamily   2.   ERICINE^.   Ovary  superior:  fr.  a  caps.,  except 

in  Trilw  1  of  Subfamily  2. 

Fr.  fleshy,  a  berry  or  drupe 1.  Arbctus  Tribe. 

Fr.    a   loculicidal    caps.,   chiefly  5-celled: 

corolla  deciduous 2.  Andromeda  Tribe. 

Fr.  a  caps.,  with  loculicidal  or  sometimes 

septicidal  dehiscent  and  4  or    5    cells: 

corolla  marcescent  peristent 3.  Erica  Tribe. 

Fr.  asepticidal  cape.:  corolla  deciduous  ...   4.  Rhododendron 

[Tribe. 

SubfamUy  1.  VACCINIE^. 

A.  Corolla  tubular  or  cylindric;  filaments  con- 
nate or  free. 
B.  Filaments  connate  or  cohering;  anthers  pro- 
duced into  a  single  long  beak. 

c.  Stamens  shorter  than  corolla 1.  Macleania. 

CC-  Stamensequalingorexeeeding  the  corolla.  2.  Thibaudia. 
BB.  Filaments  distinct;  anthers  ending  in  2  long 

beaks 3.  Agapetes. 

AA.  Corolla    campanulate,    urceolate    or    rotate; 
filaments  usually  free. 
B.  The  ovary  wholly  inferior. 

c.  Ovary  lO-cclIed,  10-ovuled 4.  Gaylussacia. 

CO.  Ovary  4-5-ceIied.  or  by  faUe  partitions 
from  the  back  of  these  cells,  S-10-celled; 

ovules  numerous 5.  Vaccinium. 

BB.  The  ovary  at  first  a  third  to  half  superior. . .  .   6.  Chiogenea. 

Subfamily  2.    ERICINEJE. 

1.  Arbutus  Tribe. 

A.  The  anthers  have  a  pair  of  awns  on  the  back. 

B.  Ovary-cell  many-o\Tiled 7.  ArbuittB, 

BB.  Ovary-r*;ll8  l-f^tviiled. 

c.  Nutlet.'(Coalescent:lv8.  per8istent,entire..  S.  Ardos- 

\Uiphylo8, 
CC-  Nutlet*  distinct:  lvs.  deciduous,  serrate- . .   9.  Ardoux. 
AjL.  The  anthers  awnlens  on  back 10,  PemeUya. 

2.  Andromeda  Tribe. 

A.  Anther-celbi  opening  through  their  whole 
length,  not  aprx-ndage*^! ;  stigma  .5-Iobed,  the 
lob^ffi  adnate  to  a  Murrounding  ring  or  cup 11.  Epigsea. 


3.  Erica  Tribe. 

A.  Anthers  2-awned  on  back  at  base 22.  Calluna. 

AA.  Anthers  2-parted,   blunt   or  awned,   usually 

cristate  or  lamellate  at  base 23.  Erica. 

AAA.  Anthers  blunt  on  back,  not  cristate 24.  Brucken- 

[thalia 

4.  Rhododendron  Tribe. 

A.  Corolla  polypetalous  or  nearly  so. 

B.  Fls.  in  elongated  racemes  or  panicles:  lvs. 
deciduous. 

c.  Petals  4;  stamens  8 2.').  ElUuttia. 

CC.  Petals  3;  stamens  6 26.  Tripetaleia 

BB.  Fls.    solitary;    petals   5;   stamens    10:    lvs. 

deciduous 27.  Cladotham- 

BBB.  Fls.  in  umbel-like  racemes;  petals  5;  stamens  {nua, 

5-10:  lvs.  evergreen. 
c.  Lvs.    tomentose    below:    caps.    5-celled; 

seeds  winged 28.  Ledum. 

CC.  Lvs.  glabrous:    caps.     2-3-ceUed;     seeds 

angular 29.  Leiophyllum. 

AA.  Corolla  gamopetalous. 

B.  Seeds  compressed,  winged:  corolla  slightly 
irregular;  stamens  5-10. 
c.  Starnens  usually  exserted;  anthers  open- 
ing by  a  round  terminal  pore;  corolla 

rotate,  campanulate  or  funnelforni 30.  Rfiododen- 

cc.  Stamens  included;  anthers  opening  by  an  [dron. 

oblique    pore ;    corolla    urceolate :    lvs. 

deciduous 31.  Memiesia. 

BB.  Seeds  subglobose  or  trigonous,  not  winged: 
corolla  regular. 
c.  Stamens  10. 

D.  The  corolla  cup-shaped  with  10  pouches 
receiving  the  anthers;  fls.  in  corymbs 

or  solitary 32.  Kalmia. 

DD.  The  corolla  rotate;  fls.  terminal,   1-3: 

lvs.  oblong-elliptic,  cihate 33.  Rhodo- 

DDD.  The  corolla  urceolate  or  campanulate;  [thamnus. 

fls.  terminal,  .solitary  or  in  umbels: 

lvs.  heath-like 34.  PhyUodoce. 

CC.  Stamens  o  or  8. 

D.  Fls.  5-merous,  in  umbels,  2-5;  corolla 
broadly  funnelforni:  lvs,  elliptic,  op- 
posite, smooth 35.  Loiseleuria. 

DD.  Fls.  4-merous;  lvs.  alternate. 

E.  Corolla  rotate,  4-parted;  fls.  2-10,  in 

loose  racemes;  lvs.  heath-like. ....  .36.  Bryanthua. 

EE.  Corolla  campanulate-urceolate  with 
short  4-toothed  limb;  fls.  in  loose 
racemes:  lvs.  tomentose  below 37.  Z)a6(Ecia. 

The  genus  Pentapterygium  is  included  in  the  work. 


112.  EPACRIDACE^. 

Style  inserted  in  the  intruded  vertex  of  the  ovary; 
stamens  epipetalous;  anthers  1-celled;  corolla- 
lobes  quincunciately  imbricate;  bracts  numer- 
ous, passing  into  Hepals Epacrit. 

The  recent  genus  Hupicola  is  also  mentioned  in  the  work. 


KEY  TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


109 


113.  DIAPENSIACEiE. 

A.  Corolla  persistent;  ataminodes  0. 

B.  FI3.  sessile 1.  Pyxidan- 

[thera. 

BB.  FIs.  pedunculate 2.  Diapensia. 

AA.  Corolla  deciduous;  staminodes  5. 

B.  Stuniinodes     small,     scale-like,     separate; 

corolla-lobes  crenate 3.  Shortia. 

BB.  Staminodes  long,  linear,  separate;  corolla- 
lobes  fimbriate 4,  Schizocodon. 

BBB.  Staminodes   spatulate,    connate    with    sta- 
mens; corolla-segms.  entire 5.  Galax. 


114.  PLUMBAGINACE^. 

A.  Calyx -limb   usually   spreading,   scarious   and 
colored. 
B.  Lvs.  usually  needle-like:  styles  distinct  at 

angles  of  ovary;  stigmas  sub-capitate.  ...    1.  AcantkoU- 
BB.  Lvs.  tlat:  styles  as  above;  stigmas  capitate,  [mon. 

oblong  or  linear;  infl.  cymose  or  dense  or 

scape  1-  to  few-fld 2.  Statice. 

BBB.  Lvs.  flat  or  linear-subulate:  styles  shortly 
subconnate  at  vertex  of  ovary;  stigmas 

linear;  scape  1-headed 3.  Armeria. 

AA.  Calyx-lobes  or  teeth  erect  with  merely  scarious 
sinuses. 

B.  Stamens  free;  calyx  glandular 4.  Plumbago. 

BB.  Stamens  adnate  to  middle  of  corolla;  calyx 

not  glandular 5.  Cerato- 

[stigma. 

115.  PRIMULACE^. 

A.  CoroUa-lobes  imbricated  in  quincunx  fashion. 
B.  Plants    aquatic:    ovules    anatrophous;    um- 
bilicus basal 1.  Hottonia. 

BB.  Plants  terrestrial:  ovules  semi-anatropous; 
umbilicus  ventral. 

c.  Caps,  dehisces  by  a  lid  at  top 2.  Soldanella. 

CC.  Caps,  dehisces  by  valves. 

D.  The  corolla-lobes  bent  back 3.  Dodecatkeon. 

DD.  The  corolla-lobes  spreading  or  ascend- 
ing. 
E.  Stamens  affixed  to  base  of  corolla; 

anthers  long-acuminate 4.  Cortusa. 

£E.  Stamens  affixed  to  corolla-tube;  an- 
thers obtuse. 
F.  Corolla-tube    usually  longer    than 
calyx. 

o.  Caps,  many-seeded 5.  Primula. 

GG.  Caps.  1-2-seeded 6.  Douglasia. 

FF.  Corolla-tube  as  long  as  calyx  or 
shorter :  caps,  few  or  many- 
seeded 7.  Androsace. 

AA.  Corolla-lobes   convolute  in   the   bud:   ovules 
semi-anatropous;  umbiUcua  ventral. 

B.  Caps.  circuniscis.sile 8.  Anagallis. 

BB.  Caps.  longitudinally  dehiscent  by  valves. 

c.  Lobes  of  corolla  bent  back 9.  Cyclamen. 

CC.  Lobes  of  corolla  not  bent  back. 

D.  Corolla-lobes  5-6:  testa  of  seed  with  a 
firm  epidermis. 

E.  Staminodes  0 10.  Lysimacliia. 

EE.  Staminodes     5,     each     corolla -lobe 

curved  around  its  stamen 11.  Steironema. 

EEE.  Staminodes    5,    tooth-like;    corolla- 
lobes  not  encircling  stamens 12.  Naumbergia. 

DD.  Corolla-lobes  usually  7:  testa  of  seed 

with  a  lax  epidermis 13.  Trientalis. 

The  genus  Glaux  may  be  met  with  occasionally  in  cultivation. 


116.  MYRSINACEiE. 

A.  Staminodes  5;  corolla  gamopetalous. 
B.  Corolla  cyUndrical,  shortly  3-lobed:  fr.  many- 
seeded  1.  Theophrasta, 

BB.  Corolla  subrotate,   deeply  5-parted:  fr.   1- 

to  many-seeded 2.  Clavija. 

BBB.  Corolla  rotate-campanulate,  deeply  S-cut: 

f r.  few-seeded 3.  Jacquinia. 

AA.  Staminodes  0;  corolla  gamopetalous  or  poly- 
petalous:  fr.  l-seeded. 
B.  Corolla  imbricated;  fla.  fascicled,  lateral  or 

axillary 4.  Myraine. 

BB.  Corolla    convolute;    panicles    terminal    or 

terminal  and  axillary 5.  Ardisia. 

The  genus  Maisa  is  also  accounted  for. 


117.  SYMPLOCACEiE. 
The  only  genus Symplocos. 


118.  STYRACACEiE. 

.\.  Fr.  superior,  globular  or  ovoid,  not  ribbed  nor 

winged 1.  Styrax. 

w.  Fr.  inferior,  elongated  ribbed,  or  winged. 

B.  Infl.    panicled,    many-fld.,  drooping,    sub- 
terminal  2.  Pierrnslyrax. 

BE,  Infl.  of  few-fld.  fascicles,  often  lateral 3.  Halesia. 


119,  SAPOTACE.S. 

A.  Corolla-lobes,     calyx -segms.,     stamens     and 
staminodes  (when  present)  isomerous. 
B.  Staminodes   0:   seeds   usually   albuminous: 

fls.  5-merous,  rarely  6-7-merous 1  Chryaophyl- 

BB.  Staminodes   small,    usually   affixed     higher  \lum. 

than  stamens,  sometimes  few  or  0:  seeds 

not  albuminous:  fls.  4-5-merouM 2.  Lucuma. 

BBB.  Staminodes  alternate  with  stamens,  rarely 

affixed  higher;  seeds  albuminous 3.  Sideroxylon. 

A  A.  Corolla-lobes    and    calyx-segms.    isomerous: 

stamens  twice  as  many  or  more 4.  Isonandra. 

AAA.  Corolla-lobes  usually  2  or  3  times  as  many  as 
calyx-segms. 

B.  Calyx-segms.  1  series 5.  Bumelia. 

BB.  Calyx-segms.  2  series 6.  Mimusop& 

The  genus  Pouteria  is  now  deacribvxi  in  this  family. 


120.  EBENACE.^;. 

A.  The  fls.  usually  hermaphrodite;  stamens  in  1 

series 1.  Royena. 

AA.  The  fls.  dioecious. 

B.  Fls.  usually  3-merous;  stamens  3-co,  com- 
monly 9;  ovary  3-  or  6-celled 2.  Maba, 

BB.  Fls.  usually  4-5-merou3;  stamens  4-8,  usu- 
ally in  2  series;  ovary  4-  or  8-celled 3.  Diospyros, 


121.  OLEACEiE. 

Fr.  didymous  or  septicidally  divisible  into 

two:   corolla-lobes  strongly  imbricate: 

ovules  laterally  affixed  near  base;  seeds 

erect,      without      endosperm;      radicle 

inferior 1.  Jasmine  Tribe. 

Fr.  terete  or  compressed  parallel  to  the 

septum,  locuUcidally  dehiscent;  ovules 

pendulous    from    apex    of    cells ;    seeds 

winged,  pendulous:  radicle  superior. ...    2.  Lilac  Tribe. 
Fr.   entire,   dry,    indehiscent,   winged,    a 

samara,    compressed    contrary    to    the 

septum;  ovules  twin,   pendulous  from 

apex  of  cell;  seeds  pendulous  with  en- 
dosperm; radicle  superior 3.  Ash  Tribe. 

Fr.   fleshy   and   indeliiscent,   a  drupe  or 

rarely  a  berry,  not  lobed;  ovules  twin, 

laterally  affixed   near   the   apex;   seeds 

solitary,  suspended  or  pendulous,  with 

endosperm;  radicle  superior 4.  Olive  Tribe. 

1.  Jasmine  Tribe. 

Fr.  fleshy,  indehiscent,  didymous  or  by  abortion 

simple 1.  Jasminum. 

2.  Lilac  Tribe. 

A.  Corolla-lobes  imbricate. 
b.  Ovules  3-4  in  a  cell:  lvs.  pinnate  and  fls. 

white:  corolla-lobes  shorter  than  tube 2.  Natkuaia, 

BB.  Ovules  4-10  in  a  cell:  lvs.  entire  or  3-foho- 
late   and   fls.   yellow:   lobes  many   times 

longer  than  tube 3.  Forsythia. 

AA.  Corolla-lobes  induplicate-valvate;   tube  long 

or  short:  ovules  2  in  a  cell;  seeds  albuminous.   4.  Syringa. 

3.  Ash  Tribe. 

A.  Lvs.  usually  pinnate:  fr.  elongate,  with  a 
terminal  wing,  generally  l-seeded  by  abor- 
tion     5.  Fraxinus. 

AA.  Lvs.  undivided:  fr.  ovate  or  orbiculate,  sur- 
rounded by  a  wing,  usually  2-ceIled  and  2- 
seeded 6-  Fontanesia. 

4.  Olive  Tribe. 

A.  Corolla  of  nearly  distinct  petals  which  are  long 

and  linear 7.  Chionan- 

A.A.  Corolla-lobes  imbricate,  broad  and  obtuse.  \thu8, 

B.  Endocarp  of  drupe  thinly  cnistareous 8.  Phitlyrea. 

BB.  Endocarp    of    drupe    hard    and    somewhat 

woody 9.  Oamanthua. 

AAA.  Corolla-lobea  induplicate-valvate. 


no 


KEY  T(^   TTIK    FAMILIES   AND   CENERA 


B.  Ft.  R  drupe:  endocarp  hard,  thick  or  thin: 

infl.  axilUr>*.  rarely  ttTiuinal 10.  Olea. 

SB.  Ft.  a  lx*rn,'.  hHn.il}'  drupaceous;  endocarp 
membranous  or  thinly  coriaceous:  pani- 
cles terminal 11-  Uoustrum. 


122.  LOGANIACE^. 

A.  Style  2-fid.  branches  linear.  2-fid 1.  Gehemium. 

AA,  Ptylc  simple. 

B.  CoroUa-lobcs  valvate. 

c.  Kr.  a  circumscissile  caps 2.  Spigelia. 

ct*.  Fr.  an  tndehiscent  drupe  or  berry 3.  Strychnos. 

BE.  Corolla-lol>OM  imbricate. 

c.  Anthers  exserted 4.  Cfiilianthus. 

cc.  Anthers  included o.  Bud^lUin. 

The  genus  Logania  may  afford  cultivated  plants  now  and  then. 


123.  GENTIANACEjE. 

A.  Lvs.  alternate  or  radical. 

B.  Fr.  indehiscent 1.  Symphoides. 

BB.  Fr.  dehiscent. 

c.  Caps,  usually  4-valved  at  apex 2.  Villamia. 

cc.  Caps,  irrcpularly  sub-2-valved  at  apex. . .  .   3.  Menynnthes. 
AA.   Lvs.  opposite. 

B.  Ovary  perfectly  2-cellcd;  placenta  soHtary 
in  each  cell,  often  thick,  adnate  to  septum; 

liberated  by  dehiscence  of  caps 4.  Exaciim. 

BB.  Ovary   1-cclled;   placentiferous  margins  of 
carpels  more  or  les8  intruded  within  or 
even  touching  but  not  connate  in  the  mid- 
dle of  the  cell,  spuriously  2-celled. 
c.  Style   often    deciduous;    anthers    usually 
erect. 

D.  Anthers  spirally  twisted  finally 5.  Erythrna. 

DD.  Anthers  finally  recurved  at  apex 6.  Sahhatia. 

CC.  Style  usually  persistent;  anthers  versa- 
tile, finally  recurved 7.  Lisianthus. 

BBB.  Ovary  l-celled;  margins  of  carpels  rarely 
intruded;  ovules  and  seeds  affixed  at 
each  side  of  the  suture  in  1  series  or  more 
or  less  extended  over  the  parietal  surface; 
piacentffi  adnate.  very  thin. 
C.  Corolla  has  1-2  pits  at  base  of  each  lobe. 

D.  Style  short  or  scarcely  any 8.  Swertia. 

DD.  Style  subulate 9.  Frai<era. 

cc.  Corolla  has  no  such  pits 10,  Centiana. 

The  genus  Chironia  may  also  be  expected  in  cultivation. 


124.  ASCLEPIADACEiE, 

Subfamily  1.    PERIPLOCE.^.    Pollen  granular,  loosely  aggre- 
gated in  2  masses  in  each  anther-cell. 

Character  of  subfamily 1.  Peripixha  Tribe. 

Subfamily  2.    EUASCLEPIADEiE.    Pollen  waxy,  the  masses 
solitary  in  each  anther-cell. 

Anthers  tipped  by  a  membrane,  which  is 

inflexed  or  «tometimes  erect,  and  usually 

hyaline,    rarely    opaque   or    petal-hke; 

pollen-ma-sses   suspended,    attached   in 

pairs  (1  in  each  adjacent  cell  of  different 

anthers)  to  the  corpuscle  or  gland 2.  CvnanchumTribe. 

Anthers  usually  tipped  by  an  inflexed  or 

suberect  membrane,  which  is  hyaUne, 

rarely  oparjue;  pollinia  solitary  in  each 

ceil,  erect  or  very  small 3.  Marsdknia 

Anthers  obtuse  at  apex,  not  appendaged  (Tiube. 

or  rarely  the  connective  produced;  pol- 
linia solitary  in  the  cells,  erect 4.  Ceropkgia  Tribe. 

Anthers  like  those  of  the  CeropegieEe  or 

more  incumbent  above  the  top  of  the 

ftti^ma  or  subimmersed:  sts.  thick  and 

fleshy,  leafless  or  with  a  few  lvs.  at  toj). .   5.  Stapelia  Tribe. 
Anthers  broad  at  the   top,   without  ap- 
pendages or  more  or  less  membranaett- 

oiift  on  the  margins,  the  cells  somewhat 

transversely      dehiscent,      atlac  hed 

nearly  or  quite  on  the  margin  of  the 

stigma-flisk ;     pollinia     horizontal     or 

essentially  so G.  Gonolobus  Tribe. 

1.  Periploca  Tribe. 

A*  Scalea  of  corona  distant  from  staminal  tube. 
B.  Corolla-tube  short;   scalea   linear  or  club- 
shaped  _.    1.  CryptoUpia. 

BB.  Corolla  large,  funnel-shaped;  scales  acumi- 
nate or  2-fid 2.  Cryptofttegia. 

AA.  .SealcH  of  corona  close  to  stamens. 

B.  CorolIa-lob*;H  valvate 3.  Chloror.odon. 

BB.  Corolla-lobes  imbricate 4.  i'eriploca. 


2.   Cynanchum  Tribe. 

A.  The  outer  or  single  crown  either  simple  and 
composed  of  ^  scales  or  rinn-shuped,  adnate 
to  the  corolla  and  not  the  staminal  tube,  or 
rarely  adherent  to  both. 

B.  Stigma  depressed 5.  Mncroscepis. 

BB.  St  igma    umbonat  e    or    2-beaked    at    apex : 
corona-scales     attached     at    middle     (or 

below  t  of  corolla-tube fi.  Physianthus. 

BBB.  Stigma  plane  or  umbonate;  corona  annular, 

adnate  to  corolla 7.  Philibertia. 

AA.  The  crown  of  5  scales  affixed  to  base  of 
corolla  and  staminal  tube;  caudicles  of  pol- 
linia   appendaged    with    an    erect    fuscous 

tooth 8.  Oj-ypetalum, 

AAA.  The  crown   of   5   scales  which   are   distinct, 
affixed  or  adnate  to  the  staminal  tube  or 
the  back  of  the  anthers. 
B.  Scalea   concave   or   hooded   with   an   acute 

ligula  inside 9.  Asclepias: 

BB.  Scalea    fleshy,    narrow,    adnate    to   stamen- 
tube,  but  free  and  recurved  at  base. ......  10.  Calotropis. 

BBB.  Scales    (5    outer   ones)    carinate-compHcate 

at  base  of  staminal  tube;  the  5  scales  at 

the  apex  of  ihc  Inrin  staminal  tube,  short, 

obtuse,  sprl)^(lin^:.  alternate  with  anthers..ll.  Podostigma. 

AAAA.  The   outer  or  single   crown   affixed   to   the 

staminal  tube,  ring-  or  cup-shaped,  entire, 

lobed  or  parted. 

B.  Corona  villous  inside 12.  Morrenia. 

BB.  Corona  with  5  scales  or  ligulee  inside 13.  Cynanchum. 

BBB.  Corona  naked  inside 14.  Vincetoxi- 

BBBB.  Corona  of  5  short  processed  oppoaite  anthers  [cum. 

and  10  ligulse  alternate  with  anthers  in 
pairs 15.  Rothrockia. 

3.   Marsdenia   Tribe. 

A.  Corolla-lobes  strictly  valvate 16.  Hoya. 

AA.  Corolla-lobes  usually  overlapping  dextrorsely. 
B.  Fls.   not  pure  white,  urn-  or  salver-shaped, 

small  or  medium-sized 17.  Marsdenia. 

BB.  Fls.  white,  salver-  or  funnel-shaped,  large. .  .  18.  Stephanotis. 

4.   Ceropegia  Tribe. 

Corona  double,  affixed  to  staminal  tube 19.  Ceropegia. 

5.   Stapelia  Tribe. 

Corona  double,  outer  spreading,  inner  of  5  scales.  20.  Stapelia. 


6.   Gonolobus  Tribe. 
Crown  cup-shaped  or  annular,  entire  or  lobed. . 


.21.  Gonolobus. 


Additional  genera  described  in  Asclepiadacese  are:  Caralluma, 
Duvalia,  Echidnopsis,  Gomphocarpus,  Hoodia,  Huernia,  Michu- 
litzia,  Pectinaria,  Piaranthus,  Raphionacme,  Sphaerocodon  and 
Trichocaulon. 


125.  APOCYNACE^. 

A.  Anther-cells  not  appendaged  at  base. 
B.  Ovary  entire  (Carissa  Tribe);  fls.  5-merous. 

c.  Fr.  a  2-valved  caps.:  ovary  l-celled 1.  AUamanda. 

cc.  Fr.  a  berry,  indehiscent:  ovary  2-celled; 
cells  1-4-ovuled. 
D.  Ovules     laterly     affixed:     cymes     ter- 
minal, few-fld:  .spines  axillary 2.  Carissa. 

DD.  Ovules  erect  from  ba.se:  cymes  axillary, 

dense:  spines  0    3.  Acukanthera. 

BB.  Ovaries  2  to  several ;  style  1  (Plumeria  Tribe). 
c.  Calyx  with  several  glands  inside  or  a  ring 
of  hairs. 

D.  Carpels  2-ovuled 4.  Theietia. 

DD.  Carpels  many-ovuled 5.  Taberna'- 

cc.  Calyx  without  glands  inside.  [montana. 

D.  Carpels  2-ovuIed. 

E.  Disk  2-scaled 6.  Kopsia. 

EE.  Disk  cup-shaped  or  annular 7.  Kauimlfia. 

DD,  Carpels  0-  to  many-ovuled. 
E.  Ovules  in  2  series. 
F.  Disk  0. 

G.  Sec<ls  truncate 8.  Amsonia. 

GO.  Seeds  winged 9.  Gonioma. 

FF.  Disk  of  2  scales 10.   Vinca. 

EE.  Ovules  in  many  series. 

F.  Stamens  near  base  of  tube 11.  Plumeria. 

FF.  Stamens  above  middle  of  tube 12.  .1  Islon  ia. 

AA.  Anther-cells     produced     at     base.       (Echites 
Tribe.) 
B.  The  cone  of  anthers  more  or  less  exserted 
at  apex. 

c.  Throat  of  corolla  with  5  scales 13.  Prestonia. 

cc,  Throat  without  scales 14.  ValUins. 

BB.  The  anthers  included. 

c.  lyvs.  usually  in  whorls  of  3 15.  Xerium. 


KEY  TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


111 


cc.  Lvs.  opposite. 

D.  Corolla  bell-shaped,  with  5  squamellje 

alternating  with  stamens ,  16.  Apocynum. 

DD.  Corolla  salver-shaped  or  funnel-shaped, 
the  throat  without  scales. 

E.  Disk  of  2  scales 17.  Dipladenia, 

EE.  Disk  many-toothed  or  crenulate 18.  Odontadenia. 

EEE.  Disk  of  o  lobes  or  scales,  often  trun- 
cate in  Trachelospermum. 
F.  Fls.  salver-shaped. 

G.  Infl.  lax  corymbose  cymes 19.  Trachelos* 

GG.  Infl.    racemose;    rarely    shortly  [permum. 

dichotamous 20.  Echites. 

FF.  Fls.  funnel-shaped. 

G.  In  cymes 21.  Beaumontia. 

GG.  In  racemes 22.  Mandevilla. 

Other  genera  treated  are:  Hunteria,  Landolphia,  Pachypodium. 
Parsonsia,  Pleiocarpa  and  Strophanthus. 


126.  POLEMONIACE.E. 

A.  Caps,  deeply  locuhcidal:  herbs  or  sub-shrubs. 
B.  Stamens  unequally  affixed  to  corolla-tube; 
not  declinate . 

c.  Lvs.  mostly  opposite,  entire 1.  Phlox. 

cc.  Lvs.  mostly  alternate,  usually  incised  or 

pinnatifid    2.  Collomia. 

BB.  Stamens  equally  affixed  to  lube  or  throat. 

c.  The  stamens  not  declinate 3.  Gilin. 

cc.  The  stamens  declinate. 

D.  Filaments  pilose-appendaged  at  base. . .    4.  Polemo- 

\  Ilium. 

DD.  Filaments  not  appendaged 5.  Laeselia. 

A  A.  Caps,    short  ly    locuUcidal     at     apex ;    seeds 

broadly  winged :  trees  or  shrubs 6.  Canttta, 

AAA.  Caps,  deeply  septicidal:  tall  climbers 7.  Cobsea. 


127.  HYDROPHYLLACEiE. 

A.  Styles  2,  distinct  from  baae;  corolla-lobes  im- 
bricate     1.  Wigandia, 

AA.  Styles  2-cut,  rarely  undivided. 
B.  Corolla-lobes  usually  convolute. 

c.  Stamens  exserted 2.  Hydrophyl- 

[lum. 

cc.  Stamens  included 3.  Nemophila. 

BB.  Corolla-lobes  imbricated. 

C.  Fls.  marcescent,  bell-shaped 4.  Emmenan- 

cc.  Fls.  deciduous.  [the. 

D.  The  peduncles  1-fld 5.  Hespero- 

[chiron. 
DD.  The  fls.  cymose  or  in  1-sided  racemes. . .   6.  Phacelia. 


128.  BORAGINACEiE. 

A.  Ch'ary  undi\'ided  {or  only  laterally  4- 
lobed)  and  surmounted  by  the  style. 
B.  Style   twice   bifid;   stigmas   not   an- 
nular; cotyledons   plaited   or   cor- 
rugated     1.  CoRDiA  Tribe. 

BB.  Style  once  bifid  or  2-parted  (the 
divisions  sometimes  coalescent  to 
the  top) ;  stigmas  more  or  less  capi- 
tate; cotyledons  plane 2.  Ehretia  Tribe. 

BBB.  Style  entire,  sometimes  wanting; 
stigina  shield-  or  ring-shaped, 
forming  a  complete  ring  sur- 
mounted usually  by  a  tip  or  ap- 
pendage which  is  entire  or  2-lobed 
and  varies  from  hemispherical  to 

subulate 3.  Heliotrope 

\\.  Ovary  4-parted  (rarely  2-parted)  from  (Tribe. 

above  into  1-celled,  1-ovuled  divisions 
surrounding  the  base  of  the  undivided 
(rarely  2-lobed)  style;  stigma  not 
annular 4.  Borage  Tribe. 

1.  Cordia  Tribe. 

Calyx  tubular  or  bell-shaped,  merely  toothed  or 

lobed 1.  Cordia. 

2.  Ehretia  Tribe. 

Calyx  5-parted;  style  2-fid 2.  Ehretia. 

3.  Heliotrope  Tribe. 

A.  Plants  sarraentose  or  twining 3.  Tourne' 

l/orlia. 

AA.  Plants  are  herbs  or  sub-shrubs 4.  Heliotro- 

[pium. 


4.  Borage  Tribe. 

A.  Gynobase  elevated. 

B.  Apex  of  nutlets  not  projecting  much  beyond 
scar. 
c.  Nutlets  divergent    or    divaricate   (either 
radiately   or  in   pairs),   extended   out- 
ward  or  backward   much  beyond   the 
insertion  (which    is   by   a   roundish   or 
oblong   scar);  gynobase  little  elevated 
or  broadly  conical. 
D.  Stamens  included. 

e.  Nutlets  covered  with  small  cups  or 

cavities 5.  Omphalodes. 

EE.  Nutlets  covered  with  small  warta  or 

barbed  bristles 6.  Cynoglos- 

DD.  Stamens  exserted.  \sum. 

E.  Corolla-tube  longer  than  spreading 

lobes 7.  Lindelofia. 

EE.  Corolla  tubular;  lobes  short,  erect  or 

somewhat  spreading 8.  SolenatUhus, 

cc.  Nutlets  adnate  by  tlie  inner  face  or  keel 
to  an  elevated,  conical  or  columnar 
g3mobase,  forming  a  more  or  less  glo- 
bose or  pyramidal  fruit 9.  Myosotid- 

BB.  Apex   of   nutlets   projecting  conspicuously  [ium^ 

beyond  scar. 
C.  Pedicels  persistent. 

D.  Nutlets  keeled  toward  apex 10.  Plagiobolrys* 

DD.  Nutlets  not  keeled 11.  Oreocarya. 

CC.  Pedicels  deciduous 12.  Crypianthe. 

AA.  Gynobase  flat  or  nearly  so. 

B.  Scar  excavated  or  often  girt  by  a  ring, 
c.  Throat  of  corolla  has  5  scales  inside. 

D.  Filaments  appendaged  with  a  scale 13.  Borago. 

DD.  Filaments  not  appendaged. 

E.  Corolla-lobes    very    short    and   sub- 
erect  14.  Symphytum, 

EE.  Corolla-lobes  spreading 15.  Anchusa. 

cc.  Throat  naked  or  pilose 16.  Pulmonaria. 

BB.  Scar  flat,  either  small  at  the  inner  angle  or 
oblique. 
c.  Racemes   without   bracts    (rarely   a   few 
bracts  at  base);  anthers  obtuse  at  apex. 

D.  Throat  of  corolla  scaly 17.  Myosotis. 

DD.  Throat  almost  naked 18.  Merteiisia. 

cc.  Racemes  bracted. 

D.  Anthers    obtuse    at    apex    or    hardly 
mucronate. 

E.  Lobes  of  corolla  erect 19.  Onosmo- 

EE.  Lobes  of  corolla  spreading.  \dium. 

F.  Corolla-tube     cylindrical;     throat 
naked    or    5-gibbous    and    sub- 

quamate 20.  Lithosper- 

FF.  Corolla-tube      slender;      throat  [m  u  m. 

naked 21.  Arnebia. 

FFF.  Corolla  tubular  or  salver-form; 
throat  naked,  lobes  usually  un- 
equal  22.  Echium, 

DD.  Anthers  linear,  often  acuminate,  arrow- 
shaped  at  base. 

E.  Nut  lets  distinct 23.  Onosma. 

EE.  Nutlets  connate  in  pairs 24.  Cerinthe. 


129.  CONVOLVULACE^. 

A.  Corolla-lobes  small,  imbricate:  plants  para- 
sitic, leafless:  sts.  thread-like,  not  green 1.  Cuscuta. 

AA.  Corolla  large,  phcate  or  induplicate  in  sestiva- 
tion. 
B.  Fr.  berry-like  or  harder,  indehiscent:  style 
undivided. 

c.  The  ovary  4-eelled,  4-o\'uled 2.  Argyrela. 

cc.  The  ovary  2-celled,  4-o\'uled 3.  Lettsomia. 

BB.  Fr.  a  2— 4-valved  caps,  with  a  thin  or  hard 
pericarp,  or  indehiscent  with  a  thin  peri- 
carp: styles  2  and  distinct  or  the  style 
entire  or  divided. 
c.  Stigma  capitate;  style  entire  or  2-parted; 

ovary  2-celled,  4-ovuled 4.  Parana. 

cc.  Stigma  thick,  globose,  often  twin;  ovary 
2-4-celled,  4-oviiled. 
D.  Stamens  and  style  included  within  the 

corolla-tube 5.  Ipomcea. 

DD.  Stamens  and  style  exserted. 

E.  Plant  a  night-bloomer:  corolla  con- 
torted in  bud 6.  Calonyctiun. 

EE.  Plant    a   day-bloomer:    corolla   not 

contorted 7.  Quamoclit. 

ccc.  Stigma  capitate;  ovary  2-ceUed 8.  Breweria. 

cccc.  Stigmas  2,  linear,  filiform  or  thickish 9.  Convolrulus, 

lExcept  Calystegia  section. 
See  also  Rhodorhiza.) 

ccccc.  Stigmas  2,  fiat,  ovate  or  oblong 10.  Jacguemoii' 

[tia, 
(Also  Calystegia  section  of  Convolvulus.) 


112 


KEY   TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND  GENERA 


130.  SOLANACEiE. 

A,.  Stamens  didynamous.  tho    tifih   (;\nd    some- 
times also  one  of  the  pairs)  smaller,  abor- 
11%*?  or  missii));. 
B.  Number  of  perfect  stamens  usually  5. 

c  The  stamens  affixed  at  middle  of  tube  or 

lower 1.  Petunia. 

oc  The  stamens  affixed  at  apex  of  tube 2.  Nierem- 

BB.  Number  of  perfect  stamens  usually  4  or  2.  [bergia. 

c  Corolla-tuoe    cylindrical;    limb    oblique; 

perfect  stamens  2 3.  Schisanthus. 

OC  Corolla  oblit]viely  funnel-shaped;  perfect 

stamens  4.  ilidynamous 4.  Salpigloaau. 

OOC  Corolla-tube  cylimlrical,  straight;  anthers 
of  the  2  short  stamens  dimidiate,  of  tho 

longer  ones  2-celled 5.  Browallia. 

CCCC  CorolTa-tubet  wasted;  anthers  as  in  Browal- 

Ua 6.  Streptosolen. 

CCCCC.  CoroUa-tube   long,    not    twisted,   sHghtly 
widene<l  at  apex;  4  perfect  anthers  with 

confluent  cells 7.  Briuifehia. 

AA.  Stamens    all    perfect    not   didynamous,    nor- 
mally 5. 
B.  Seeds  little,  if  at  all,  flattened. 

c.  Fr.  a  few-seeded  berry 8.  Cestrum, 

OC.  Fr.  a  many-seeded  caps. 

D.  Corolla  with  a  narrow  tube  and  short 

spreading  lobes 9.  Fabiana. 

DD.  Corolla  funnel-  or  salver-shaped;  Umb 

equal  or  oblique 10.  Sicotiana. 

BB.  Seeds  flattened. 
C.  Fr.  a  caps. 

D.  Corolla-lobes  plicate. 

E.  Caps.  4-ceUed,  and  4-valved  (some- 
times indehiscent) 11.  Datura. 

EE.  Caps,  circumscissile  above  the  middle.  12.  Scopolia. 

DD.  Corolla-lobes  imbricate 13.  llyoscya- 

CC.  Fr.  berry-like,  or  at  least  indehiscent.  [mua. 

B.  Limb  of  corolla  subequally  plicate  or 
di\ided  into  valvate  or  indupUcate 
lobes. 
E.  Anthers  longer  than  filament,  con- 
nivent    connate   in    a   cylinder   or 
cone,  acuminate  at  apex  or  dehis- 
cent by  2  apical  pores. 
F.  Connective  variously  thickened  on 

back 14.  Cyphoman- 

TT.  Connective  slender  or  obsolete.  \dra. 
G.  The  anthers  acuminate,  hollow 
at   tip,  dehiscing  by  a  longi- 
tudinal crack 15.  Lycopersi- 

GG.  The    anthers    opening    by    an  [ciim. 

apical  pore  which  is  sometimes 
continued  into  a  longitudinal 

crack 16.  SolnnuTn. 

EE.  Anthers  free,  with  parallel  cells,  and 

dehiscing  by  a  longitudinal  crack. 

r.  Stamens  affixed  above  middle  of 

tube 17.  Salpickroa. 

FF.  Stamens  affixed  near  the  base  of 
tube. 
G.  Corolla  nearly  rotate  or  broadly 
bell-shaped. 
H.  Fruiting     calyx     hardly    .en- 
larged   18.  Capsicum. 

HH.  Fruiting     calyx     inflated     or 
bladdery. 
I.  Calyx  cut  shortly  or  to  mid- 
dle   19.  Physalis. 

II.  Calyx  parted  to  base 20.  Nicandra. 

GO.  Corolla  tubular  or  narrowly  fun- 
nel-shaped  21.  lochroma. 

DD.  Limb  of  corolla  more  or  less  imbricate, 
flat    and    distinct    or    connected    by 
indupUcate  sinuses. 
E.  The  lobes  imbricated  from  the  base, 
not  plicate. 
r.  Plants  woody. 

0.  Berry  with  4  stones,  each  1-2- 

seeded 22.  Grabowakia. 

GG.  Berry  with  2  cell3,  each  l-oo- 

se^ed 23.  Lycium. 

FT.  Plants  herbaceous 24.  Airopa. 

EE.  The  nouses  of  the  corolla  indupUcate 
between  the  lobes. 

F.  Calyx  long  and  tubular 25.  Solandra. 

FT.  Calyx  leafy,  5-fid,  increasing  in  fr.  .26.  Mandragora. 


131.  NOLANACE.^. 


Sincle  genus. 


Nolana. 


132.  SCROPHULARIACE^. 

Series  1.  P**F-t-DOftOLAXfc.«:.  Lvs.  all  alternate:  infl.  simple, 
ientrir>*'tal;  corolla  hardly  if  at  aU  bilabiate;  the  2  posterior  looes 
external  in  the  bud. 


\.  Corolla-tube     short,    somewhat    bell- 
shaped  :  American  species 1.  Leucophtllom 

(Tribe. 
AA.  Corolla subrotate:  Old  World  Species...   2.  Verbascum  TmsE. 

Series  2.  Antirrhinide.k.  Lvs.  prevailingly  opposite,  at  least 
the  lower:  infl.  simple  or  compound,  partially  centrifugal,  i.e.,  the 
peduncle  cyniosoly  few-  to  several-fld. ;  posterior  lip  or  lobes  of 
corolla  generally  external  in  the  bud. 

A.  Corolla  bilabiate;  Ups  inflated,  concave.  3.  Calceolaria 
A  A.  Corolla    bilabiate    or    nearly    regular;  ITribe. 

Ups  nearly  plane. 
B.  Corolla  saccate  or  spurred. 

c.  Tube  wanting 4.  Hemimbris  Tribe. 

CC.  Tube  present 5.  Antirrhinum 

BB.  Corolla-tube  not  saccate  nor  spurred.  ITribb 

c.  Infl.    centrifugal,  cymose,   usually 

compound,  rarely  sub-simple. .. .  6.  Che  lone  Tribe. 
CC.  Infl.  centripetal. 

D.  Anthers  1-celled 7.  Manulea  Tribe. 

DD.  Anthers  2-celled 8.  Gratiola  Tribe. 

Series  3.  Rhinanthide.«.  Lvs.  various:  infl.  simple  or  com- 
pound; corolla-lobes  variously  imbricated,  the  anterior  or  lateral 
ones  usually  exterior. 

A.  Anthcr-cells  contiguous    at    apex    and 

usually  confluent;  plants  not  parasitic.  9.  Digitalis  Tribe. 
AA.  Anther-cells  everjrwhere  distinct:  plants 
often  root-parasitic. 
b.  CoroUa-lobes  all  flat,  usually  spread- 
ing  10.  Gerardia  Tribe. 

BE.  CoroUa  with  posterior  Up  erect,  con- 
cave or  galeate;  anterior  Up  often 
spreading 11.  Euphrasia  Tribe. 

1.  Leucophyllum  Tribe. 

Corolla-lobes  5,  subequal,  spreading 1.  Leucophyl- 

[lum. 

2.  Verbascum  Tribe. 

A.  Stamens  5 2.  Verbascum. 

AA.  Stamens  4 3.  Cdsia. 

3.  Calceolaria  Tribe. 

The  only  genus 4.  Calceolaria, 

4.  Hemimeris  Tribe. 

A.  Corolla  more  or  less  rotate,  resupinate,  the 

grooves  inconspicuous  or  obsolete 5.  Alonsoa. 

AA.  CoroUa  spread  out  flat,  swoUen  or  saccate 

under  anterior  lip 6.  Angelonia. 

AAA.  Corolla  flat  or  concave,  with  2  basal  spurs  or 

pouches 7.  Diascia. 

AAAA.  Corolla-tube  short  with  1  spur  or  sac  on  the 

anterior  side 8.  Nemesia. 

5.  Antirrhinum  Tribe. 

A.  Throat  has  a  prominent  palate. 

b.  Corolla  spurred 9.  Linaria. 

BB.  Corolla  saccate  or  gibbous  at  base 10.  Antir- 

AA.  Throat  has  no  palate.  [rhinum. 

B.  Caps,  opens  by  2  apical  pores  which  are 

sometimes  confluent 11.  Anar- 

BB.  Caps,  opens  by  transverse  holes  or  irregu-  [rhinum. 

larly. 

C.  Calyx  ample,  membranous 12.  Rhodochiton. 

CC.  Calyx  smaUer,  herbaceous 13.  Maurandia. 

6.  Chelone  Tribe, 

A.  Staminode  often  elongated. 

B.  Caps.  locuUcidally  dehiscent 14.  Tetranema, 

BB.  Caps,  septicidally  dehiscent. 
c.  Fls.  bilabiate. 

D.  Anterior  lip  with   middle   lobe  folded 

upon  itself  and  inclosing  the  stamens.  15.  Collinsia. 
DD.  Anterior  Up  of  3  flat  spreading  lobes. 

E.  Seeds  winged 16.  Chelone. 

EE.  .Seed  not  winged 17.  Pentstemon. 

CO.  Fls.  with  all  the  lobes  flat,  spreading  and 

subequal 18.  Russelia. 

AA.  Staminode  usually  in  the  form  of  a  scale  at 

apex  of  corolla-tube 19.  Scrophu- 

AAA.  Staminode  small,  minute  or  0.  [laria 

B.  Stamens  usually  exserted. 

c  Calyx  5-parted:  caps,  tardily  dehiscent.  .  .20.  Phygelius. 

CC.  Calyx  cup-shaped:  berry  indehiscent 21.  Ilalleria. 

BB.  Stamens  included;  calyx  5-cut. 

c.  Fr.  an  indehiscent  berry 22.  Teedia. 

cc.  Fr.  a  loculicidal  caps 23.  Paulownia. 

7.  Manulea  Tribe. 

A.  Calyx  bilabiate  or  2-parted 24.  Zaluzian- 

[skya. 
AA.  Calyx  5-parted 25.  Chitnoatoma* 


KEY   TO   THE    FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


113 


8.  Gratiola  Tribe. 

A.  Perfect  stamens  2 26.  Gratiola. 

AA.  Perfect  stamens  4. 

B.  Stamens  all  affixed  inside  corolla-tube. 

c.  Calyx  bell-shaped,  5-parted 27.  Afazus. 

cc.  Calyx  tubular,  5-toothed  and  -angled 28.  Mimulus, 

BB.  Stamens  partly  inside  corolla-tube,  partly 

in  throat,  2  affixed  in  each  place 29.  Torenia, 

9.  Digitalis  Tribe, 

A.  Caps,  opens  by  loculicidal  valves. 

B.  Herbs  creeping 30.  Sibthorpia. 

BB.  Herbs  upright 31.  Rehmannia. 

BBB.  Herbs  thick-rhizomatous,  the  Ivs.  nearly  or 

quite  radical 32.  Wulfenia. 

AA.  Caps,  opens  by  septicidal  valves. 
B.  Lvs.  alternate. 

c.  Corolla  dcclinate,  tube  swollen,  or  bell- 
shaped;  posterior  lip  spreading 33.  Digitalis. 

cc.  Corolla-tube  slender,  spreading 34.  Erinus. 

BB.  Lvs.  opposite 35.  Ourisia. 

AA,.\.  Caps.  4-valved  or  locuUcidally  2-valve(i. 

B.  Lvs.  all  alternate  or  radical 36.  Synthyris. 

BB.  Lvs.  (at  least  lower  ones)  opposite 37.  Veronica. 

10.  Gerardia  Tribe. 

Calyi-lobea  shorter  than  tube 38.  Gerardia. 

11.  Euphrasia  Tribe. 

A.  The  anther-cells  equal 39.  Pedicularis. 

AA.  The  outer  anther-cell   fixed  by  the  middle; 
inner  one  pendulous  or  deficient. 
B.  Calyx  laterally  compressed,  split  on  ante- 
rior side  or  both 40.  Castilleia. 

BB.  Calyx  4-cut 41.  Orthocarpus. 

Other  genera  to  be  looked  for  are:  Bowkeria,  Craterostigma, 
Herpcstis,  Lindenbergia,  Seymeria. 


133.  LENTIBULARIACE.^;. 

A.  Posterior  Up  of  corolla  erect;  calyx  2-parted  or 

deeply  2-lobed 1.  Utricularia. 

AA.  Posterior  Up  of  corolla  spreading;  calyx  4-5- 

parted 2.  Pinguicida, 


134.  BIGNONIACE.^. 

I.  Ovary  2-celled:  caps,  dehiscent:  lvs.  mostly 
opposite. 
B.  Valves  opening  parallel  with  septum. 

C.  Lvs.  2-3-foUolate:  shrubs,  climbing  with 
tendrils. 
D.  Tendrils  fiUform,  simple. 
E.  Disk  present. 

F.  Caps,   smooth   or  sUghtly  warty, 
broadly  Unear:  calyx  with  black 

glands 1.  Adeno- 

FF.  Caps,  rough,  broad:  disk  crenate;         [calymma. 
calyx    not     glandular,    with    5 

subulate  teeth 2.  Clytostoma. 

EE.  Disk    wanting;    calyx    with    5   short 

teeth  or  truncate:  caps.  Unear 3.  Cydista. 

DD.  Tendrils    3-parted,    fiUform,     slender. 
E.  CoroUa  straight  or  .slightly  curved, 
membranous :  caps,  narrow,  smooth. 
F.  Lobes   of   corolla   imbricate;    sta- 
mens inclosed:  tendrils  twice  or 

thrice  3-parted 4.  Anisostichus. 

(See  under  Bignonia.) 
FF.  Lobes  valvate;  stamens  exserted: 

tendrils  simply  3-parted 5.  Pyrostegia. 

EE.  Corolla      strongly      curved;      calyx 
leathery,  tomentose. 
F.  Stamens  inclosed;  fls.  white. 

G.  Ovary     warty:     caps.       broad, 
rough,   not    curved:    branches 

angular 6.  Pithecoc' 

GO.  Ovary    smooth:     caps,     oblong,  [tenium. 
cun-ed,  with  a  convex  and  a 
concave  valve:  branches  ter- 
ete    7.  Distictia. 

FF.  Stamens  ex.serted;  fls.  red;  ovary 

tomentose 8.  Pka;dran- 

DDD.  Tendrils    3-parted,    the    ramifications  [thus. 

hooked,  claw-like. 
E.  Calyx  truncate  orlobed;disk  simple.  9.  Bignonia. 
EE.  Calyx    splitting   on    one    aide;   disk 

double 10.  Macfady- 

[enia. 

cc.  Lvs.  2-3-pinnate:  upright  tree 11.  Oroxylon. 

BB.  Valves  opening  at  right  angles  to  septum: 
upright  plants  or  cUmbing  without  tendrils. 

8 


c.  Habit  climbing  (upright  in  some  forms  of 
Campsis);  Ivs.  pinnate. 

D.  Stamens  exserted:  Ifts.  serrate 12.  Tecomarm. 

DD.  Stamens  inclosed. 

E.  CUmbing  by   rootlets:  Ifts.   serrate: 

corolla  campanulate-funnelform. .  .13.  Campsis. 
EE.  CUmbing     without     rootlets:     Ifts. 
entire. 
F.  Corolla  club-shaped,  straight,  up- 
right; fls.  in  racemes 14.  Campsidium 

FF.  Corolla     campanulate-funnelform; 

fls.  in  panicles 15.  Pandorea. 

cc.  Habit  upright:  herbs,  with  alternate  lvs.: 
caps,  folliculately  dehiscent. 
D.  Seeds    with    membranous    wing:    lvs. 

simple  or  compound 16.  IncarvUlea. 

DD.  Seeds  with  fringed  hairs,  lvs.  pinnate.  17.  Amphicome, 
ccc.  Habit  upright:  trees  or  shrubs  with  usu- 
ally opposite  lvs. 
D.  Lvs.  simple  or  digitate. 

E.  Seeds  fringed  with  hairs:  lvs.  simple, 
entire. 
F.  FertUe  stamens  4:  lvs.  linear,  alter- 
nate  18.  Chilopsis. 

FF.  FertUe    stamens    2:    lvs.    cordate, 

opposite 19.  Catalpa. 

EE.  Seeds  winged :  lvs.  simple  or  digitate .  20.  Tabebtiia. 
DD.  Lvs.  pinnate,  rarely  simple  and  serrate. 
E.  Septum  flat. 

F.  Calyx     campanulate,     truncate, 
toothed  or  lobed. 
G.  Staminode  not  elongated. 

H.  Anthers  with  enlarged  leafy 
connective;  calyx  regularly 
5-toothed:  shrubs:  Ifts. 
serrate;  lvs.  rarely  simple. .  .21.  Tecojna, 
HH.  Anthers  without  enlarged  con- 
nective; calyx  irregularly 
2-5-lobed:  tree:  Ifts.  usually 

entire 22.  Hetero- 

GG.  Staminode  much  elongated  and  [phragma, 

enlarged  at  the  apex:  calyx 
small;  fls.  in  large  terminal 
panicles;  lvs.  1-2-pinnate  with 

numerous  Ifts 23.  Jacaranda. 

FF.  Calyx  spathe-Uke,  splitting  on  one 
side;  corolla  broadly  campanu- 
late   24.  Spathodea, 

EE.  Septum  thick,  spongy. 

F.  Seeds  in  deep  impressions  of  the 
septum:  calyx  truncate  or  in- 
distinctly toothed:   lvs.   usually 

bipinnate 25.  Rader- 

PF.  Seeds    in    shallow    impressions    of  [machiat 

the    septum:    calyx    3-5-lobed: 

lvs.  pinnate 26.  Stereospev' 

AA.  Ovary  1-celled.  [mum, 

B.  Fr.  a  dehiscent  caps. :  corolla  tubular,  nar- 
rowed at  the  mouth:  lvs.  opposite,  pinnate: 

climbing  with  tendrils 27.  EccremO' 

BB.  Fr.    indehiscent:    corolla    campanulate    or  [carpus, 

campanulate-funnelform:  trees  or  shrubs, 
with  alternate  lvs. 
c.  Lvs.  simple  or  3-foHolate. 

D.  Calyx  spathe-Uke,  splitting  on  one  side; 

corolla  regular;  fls.  on  the  old  wood.  .28.  Parm^ntiera, 
DD.  Calyx  campanulate,  irregularly  lobed; 
corolla  very  irregular;  fls.  at  the  end 

of  the  branches 29.  Crescentia. 

cc.  Lvs.  pinnate:  coroUa  irregular 30.  Kigelia. 

The  genus  Colea  is  also  more  or  less  in  cultivation  ivithin  our  limits. 


135.  GESNERIACE.ffi;. 

A.  Ovary  more  or  less  inferior:  fr.  capsular, 

B.  Disk  0 1.  Niphsea. 

BB.  Disk  annular. 

c.  Fls.  smallish,  palUd  or  white 2.  Dicyrta. 

cc.  Fls.  largish,  variously  colored. 

D.  CoroUa-tube  broadly  swollen  or  bell- 
shaped;  calyx-lobes  usually  membra- 
nous or  leafy 3.  Gloxinia. 

(Of  botanists,  not  of  florista.) 
DD.  Corolla-tube     cylindrical     or     broad- 
ened  above;    calyx-lobea   narrow   or 
short. 

E.  The  fls.  axillary 4.  Ackimenes. 

(Consult  also  Scheeria.) 
EE.  The  fls.  alternate  in  a  terminal,  leaf- 
less raceme 5.  Nsegelia. 

BBB.  Disk  of  5  distinct  or  but   slightly  united 
glands,  these  equal  or  unequal. 
c.  Caps,  inferior  to  the  middle  or  higher. 

D.  Anther-cells  confluent  at  apex 6.  Sinningia. 

(Gloxinia  of  florists.) 

DD.  Anther-cells  distinct 7.  Isoloma. 

cc.  Caps,  shortly  immersed  at  base,  almost 

superior 8.  Gesneria, 


114 


KEY  TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


AA.  Ch*aTy  wholly  superior :  f  r.  oapi-nilar  or  baccate, 
unknown  in  Saintpaulia. 
B.  Aniher-ooUsilistinct  and  parallel. 

c.  Disk  with  a  largp  iH>sU'rior  gland,  other- 
wise small  or  waiitint;- 

D.  FilanieutJi*  frtn*  anions  themselves 9.  Episcia, 

DD.  Filaments  connate  into  a  sheath  which 
is  spUi  on  the  posterior  side. 

E.  Anthers  sopanile 10.  AUnpltctus. 

EE.  Anthers  connate  eross-Uke 11.  Columnea, 

cc.  Disk     annuliir,     clevatod,     almost     cup- 
shapeil. 

D.  Perfect  stamens  2 12.  Aofilmyla. 

DD.  Perfect  stamens  4 13.  THchm- 

[porutn 

CCC.  Disk  obsolete 14.  ^fitraria. 

BB.  Anther-eells  divaricate  or  diverging,  rarely 
sub-parallel, 
c.  DUk  0. 

D.  Anthers  free 15.  Ramoiida. 

DD.  Anthers  cohering  in  a  tube  extending 

beyond  the  cells 16.  Commdron. 

cc.  Disk  reduced  to  a  posterior  gland 17.  Codonanlhe. 

CCC.  Disk  a  ring  (rarely  dimidiate  in  Chirita), 
E.  Lvs.  cauline.  opposite. 

F.  Stamens  4 18.  Besleria. 

FF.  Stamens  2 19.  Chirita. 

EE.  Lvs.  basal  (rarely  opposite  in  Strep- 
tocarpus). 

F.  Stamens  4 20.  IlahtrUea. 

FF.  Stamens  2.  [pus, 

O.  Corolla-tube  long 21.  Strepiocar- 

GO.  CoroUa-tube  short 22.  Snintpaulia. 

Additional  genera  described  are:  Acanthonema,  Boea, 
Corytfaoloma.  Cyrtandra,  Klugia,  Lysionotus,  Rhabdothamnua 
and  Roettlera. 


136.  MARTYNIACEiE. 

A.  CoroUa-tubes  swollen  above  the  short  base 1.  Martynia. 

AA.  Corolla-lube  very  long,  slender  and  cylindrical 

with  a  bell-shaped  throat 2.  Craniolarin. 


GG.  Tube     long,     slender,     scarcely 

swollen  at  apex 14.  Cham;tr- 

[anthemum. 

DD.  Stamens  2:  oviiles  in  each  cell  2 15.  Eranthe- 

cc.  Corolla  bilabiate  or  sub-equally  4-cut.  [mum. 

D.  Ovules  in  each  cell  3  or  more l(i.  Fhlogacan- 

i)».  Ovules  in  each  cell  2.  [thus. 

E.  Fls.  with  2  or  4  bracts  longer  than 

calyx 17.  Peristrophe. 

EE.  Fls.  without  such  bracts. 

F.  Stamens  4,  anthers  all  1-celled. .  .  .18.  Aphelandra^ 
FF.  Stamens  2,  anthers  2-celled. 

G.  Anther-cells    unlike,  one  larger 
or   affixed    liigher.     (In    Jaco- 
binia  cells  often  subequal.) 
H.  The  lower  anther  cell  usually 

spurred 19.  Justicia. 

BH.  The  anther-cells  not  spurred, 
sometimes  equally  mucron- 
ate  at  base. 
I.  The  corolla  with  short  tube 

and  ample  lips 20.  Adhatoda. 

II.  The     corolla-tube     usually 

long  and  narrow 21.  Jacobinia. 

GG.  Anther-cells  equal. 

H.  Staminodes    at    base   of    fila- 
ments small. 
I.  Corolla-lube  swollen  above; 
posterior     Up     incurved, 
anterior  .spreading,  3-cut.22.  Graptophyl- 
II.  Corolla-tube  elongated;  limb  [lum, 

sub-bilabiate,  4-lobed. . .  .23.  Thyrsacan- 
HH.  Staminodes  0,  [thus 

I.  \'einsofIvs.  white  or  colored.24.  Fittonia. 
II.  Veins  of  lvs.  green. 

J.  Calyx-segms,      Unear     or 

bristle-hke 25.  Schaueria. 

jj.  Calyx  small;  lobes  acute 

or  acuminate 26.  Anisacan- 

[thus. 
The  following  genera  are    also  treated:  Anisotes,  Beloperone, 
Dianthera,    Dicliptera,     Duvernoia,     Dyschoriste,     Lepidagathis, 
Micranthus,  Pseuderanthemum,  Rungia  and  Warpuria. 


137.  PEDALIACE^. 

A.  Caps,  truncate  at  apex,  the  angles  awned  or 

homed 1.  Ceratotheca. 

AA.  Caps,  obtuse  or  acuminate,  unarmed 2.  Sesamum. 


139.  GLOBULARIACEiE,  or  SELAGINACE^. 

A.  Calyx  5-cut;  the2posterior lobes  of  thecorolla 

narrow  or  connate  or  deficient 1.  Glohularia. 

AA.  Calyx  cut  down  one  side;  posterior  lobes  of 

corolla  4 2.  Heben- 

[streitia. 


138.  ACANTHACEiE. 

A.  Corolla  expanded  into  a  single  obovate  lip. 
B.  Calyx  of  normal  texture;  posterior  segms. 

3-5-nerved 1.  Blepharis. 

BE.  Calyx  usually  cartilaginous;  posterior  segm. 

3-5-nerved 2.  Acanthus. 

Jk.  Corolla  with  subequal  limb,  or  2-lipped. 
B.  The  corolla  contorted. 

c.  Ovary  with   2  collateral  ovules  in   each 

cell,  or  by  abortion  1 3.  Thunbcrgia. 

cc.  Ovary  with  2  to  many  ovules  in  each  cell, 
in   1  series  or    alternately  placed    one 
above  another. 
D.  Filaments  connate  in  pairs  at  the  base. 

E.  Caps,  subterete 4.  Ruellia. 

EE.  Caps,    compressed    parallel    to    the 

septum 5.  Ds^dnlacan- 

DD.  Filaments   equidistant   or   aubconnate  [thus. 

at    the    base    in    pairs;    calyx-lobes 

obtuse 6.  Sancfiezia. 

DDD.  Filaments  crowded  or  connate  at  the 
base  on  the  posterior  wall  of  the  tube 
or  2    posterior    filaments    affixed    a 
httle  higher. 
E.  Calyxampie,  membranous  or  colored.  7.  Whitfuhlin. 
EE-  Calyx-segm.s.  linear,  not  colored. 

F.  Ovules  2  in  each  cell 8.  Strobi- 

[Uinthes. 

FF.  Ovules  3  to  many  in  each  cell 9.  Uemigra- 

BB.  The  corolla  not  contorted.  [jjhis. 

c.  Corolla  of  5  flat  lobes,  not  bilabiate. 
D.  Stamens  4, 

E,  The    corolla-lobes    variously    imbri- 
cated,  lateral  ones  usually  outer. 

F.  Anthers  ail  2-ceIled 10.  linrUrin. 

FF.  Anthers  all  1-relled 11.  Cronsandra. 

EE.  The    anterior    corolla-lobe    outside, 
posterior  one  inrnde. 

F.  Anthers  all  1-celled 12.  Stenan- 

FF.  Anthers  all  2-celled  (in  Chama;ran-  [drium. 

themum,   the   posterior  anthers 
wjmetimes  1-ceIlcd), 
o,  Tulxj    swollen    into    a    long    or 

broad  throat 13.  Aaj/slasia, 


140.  PHRYMACEiE. 

The  only  genus Phryma. 


141.   MYOPORACEiE. 

Corolla  more  or  leas  bell-shaped,  rarely  funnel- 
shaped,  with  a  subrcgular  limb;  ovary  2-  or 
more-celled;  cells  1-ovuled,  rarely  2-celled  and 
2-ovuled Myoporum. 


142.  VERBENACEiE. 

A.  Infl.  centripetal. 
B.  Fls.  sessile  in  the  spike. 

c.  Nutlets  2,  or  by  abortion  1,  l-seeded. 

D.  Fr.  a  juicy  berry 1.  Lantana 

DD.  Fr.     drupaceous:     calyx     2— 4-cut     or 

-toothed 2.  Lippia. 

DDD.  Fr.  dry:  calyx  5-toothed 3.  Stachytar- 

cc.  Nutlets  or  cells  of  fr.  4,  or  by  abortion  [pketa 

fewer,  l-.seeded 4.  Verbena. 

BB.  Fls.  pedicelled. 
c.  Nutlets  l-seeded. 

D.  Number  of  nutlets  4 5.  Amasonia. 

DD.  Number  of  nutlets  2  or  1 6.  Petrsea. 

CC.  Nutlets  2-seeded,  in   pyrenes  2-5,  2-lo- 

cellate 7.  Duranta. 

AA.  Infl.  centrifugal. 

B.  Fr.  drupe-like,  entire  or  4-lobed,  exocarp 
usually  pulpy  or  fleshy,  the  endocaip  en- 
tire  or  4-eelled,   often   separating  into  4 
nutlets. 
c.  Corolla    regular;    stamens    as    many    as 

petals 8.  CaUicarpa, 

cc.  CoroMii-limb  obli'pie.   with  anterior  lobe 
proilucci],  fjr  Hutj-bilabiate;  3tamena_4, 
di'lynuinous  or  arelied  under  posterior 
lobes. 
D.  Drupe  with  one  4-celled  stone. 
E.  Corolla-tube  cyhndrical,  short 9.  Vitex. 


KEY   TO  THE   FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


115 


prostanthera 

(Tribe. 
Ajuga  Tribe. 


EE.  Corolla-tube  strongly  dilated  above.  .10.  (imeUna. 
DD.  Drupe  4-parted,   witli  4  stones,  or  by 
reduction  1-stoned  (this  l-ccUed). 

E.  Fertile  stamens  2 11.  Oxera. 

EE.  Fertile  stamens  4 12.  Cleroden- 

BB.  Fr.  dry,  subcapsular:  exocarp  with  4  valves  [rfron. 

involute  at  the  margin  from  the  base  up, 
which  carry  off  the  nutlets  and  leave  no 
central  column 13.  Caryopteris. 

Other  genera  in  cultivation  in  North  America  are  Avicennia, 
Citharexylum,  Congea,  Diostea,  Faradaya,  Premna. 


143.  LABIATE. 
/.  Summary  of  Tribes. 

Ignoring  exceptions. 

A.  The  nutlets  fleshy  or  drupe-hke,   af- 
fixed to  a  small  basal  or  oblong  in- 
trorsely  oblique  areole;  ovary  4-lobed.   1.  Frasia  Tribe. 
AA.  The  nutlt'ts  dry  or  hard. 

B.  Ovary  shortly,  rarely  deeply  4-lobed: 
nutlets  wrinkled  or  netted,  affixed 
to  an  obliquely  introrse  or  lateral, 
usually  large,  areole. 
c.  Seeds,    when    known,  with    endo- 
sperm :    corolla   with    an    ample 

throat  and  broad  lobes 2, 

cc.  Seeds  without  endosperm:  corolla 

various 3, 

BB.  Ovary  4-parted  to  the  base:  nutlets 
affixed  to  a  small  basal  or  slightly 
oblique  areole. 
c.  Stamens  declinate;  perfect  ones  4, 
rarely  2;  anthers  1-celted  by  con- 
fluence    4.  OciMUM  Tribe. 

D.  Subtribe  1.    Edocime.e.    Areole 
basal;  stamens   usually  exser- 
ted ;       anterior       corolla-lobe 
usually  unlike  the  others. 
DD.  Subtribe  2.    Lav.^ndule.e.   Are- 
ole   extrorsely     oblique ;     sta- 
mens   included ;    corolla-lobes 
equal    or    the    anterior    lobe 
with  the  lateral  ones  forming 
the  anterior  Up. 
cc.  Stamens     ascending,     or    in     the 
Stachys  Tribe  sometimes  inclu- 
ded.   (Consult  also  ccc.) 
D.  Perfect   stamens  2;   anther-cells 
linear,    separate,     solitary    or 

confluent 5.  Monarda  Tribe. 

DD.  Perfect   stamens  4.   rarely  2   in 
the  Xepeta  Tribe. 
E.  Calyx  usually  15-nerved;  pos- 
terior stamens  longer   than 

the  anterior 6.  Nepeta  Tribe. 

EE.  Calyx  5-  or  10-nerved;  pos- 
terior stamens  shorter  than 
anterior;  posterior  lip  of 
corolla  erect,  usually  con- 
cave or  fornicate,   anterior 

spreading,  3-cut 7.  Stachts  Tribe. 

F.  Subtribe  1.   Scutellarie^, 
Calyx     bilabiate     or     at 
length  2-part  ed ,  the  mouth 
closed  after  anthesis. 
FP.  Calyx  not  bilabiate. 

G.  Subtribe       2.         Melit- 
TE^.    Corolla-tube 
long -exserted;  calyx 
broad,  of  5  short  teeth 
or  3-4  broad  lobes. 
OG.  Corolla-tube  included  or 
slightly  exserted,  rarely 
long  -exserted;  calyx 
tubular  or  bell-shaped, 
5-10-toothed. 
H.  Subtribe      3.       Mar- 
RUBIE.E.        Stamens 
included. 
HB.  Subtribe    4.      Lamie.e. 
Stamens  exserted. 
CCC.  Stamens     straight,     diverging    or 
ascending;  perfect  ones  4  or  2; 
calyx  0-,  10-,  or  13-nerved,  rarely 
15-nerved;  corolla-lobes  usually 

flat 

D.  Subtribe     1.      Pogostemone^. 
Anthers   1-celled,  aubglobose; 
stamens  distinct,  straight. 
DD.  Anthers    2-celled,    at    least    the 
younger  ones. 
E.  Subtribe    2.      Menthoide^. 
Calyx    usually    5-    or    10- 
nerved;      stamens     distant 
or  divaricate. 


8.  Satureia  Tribe, 


EE.  Subtribe  3.  Meli8SE.c:.  Calyx 
usually  13-nerved;  stamens 
ascending,  at  least  at  the 
base. 


//.  Key  to  the  Tribes. 

1.  Prasia  Tribe. 

Not  in  cultivation. 

2.  Prostanthera  Tribe. 

a.  Calyx  bilabiate;  lips  entire  or  anterior  emar- 

ginate 1.  Prostan- 

[Ihcra, 
AA.  Calyx  equal,  5-toothed 2.  Wesiringia. 

3.  Ajuga  Tribe. 

A.  Corolla-tube     slender,     lobes     5,     subequal, 

spreading 3.  Trichostema. 

AA.  Corolla-tube,  qua-si  1-lipped,  the  posterior 
lobes  and  small  lateral  ones  declinate  at  the 
contracted  base  of  the  very  large  anterior 

lobe,  or  rarely  erect 4.  Teucrium. 

AAA.  Corolta-tube  short  or  exserted,  the  posterior 
lip  short,  erect,  2-cut,  anterior  much  longer 
and  its  middle  lobe  largest 5.  Ajuga. 

4.  Ocimuzn  Tribe. 

A.  Subtribe  1.   Euocime.e. 
b.  Anterior  lobe  of  corolla  hardly  longer  than 
the  others,  often  narrower,  declinate,  flat 
or  slightly  concave. 

c.  Fruiting  calyx  deflexed 6.  Ocimum. 

cc.  Fruiting    calyx   scarcely  enlarging,   often 

declinate 7.  Moschos^ma. 

BE.  Anterior  lobe  of  corolla  longer  than  others, 
concave  or  boat-shaped, 
c.  Filaments  connate  at  the  base  in  a  tube. . .   8.  Coleus. 

cc.  Filaments  free 9.  Plectran- 

\thus. 
AA.  Subtribe  2.  L.^vandule^.  Sole  genus 10.  Lavandula. 

5.  Monarda  Tribe. 

A.  Calyx  tubular. 11.  Monarda. 

AA.  Calyx  bilabiate. 

b.  Fertile  anther-cells  2:  upper  hp  of  corolla 

4-lobed 12.  Perowskia. 

bb.  Fertile  anther-cells   1 :  upper  lip  of  corolla 
entire  or  bifid. 
c.  Connective  continuous  with  filament  and 
not     indicated    unless    by    a    slender 

reflexed  tooth 13.  RosmaTinits, 

cc.  Connective  articulated  to  the  filament 
but  not  produced  or  very  shortly  acumi- 
nate   14.  Audibertia. 

ccc.  Connective  elongated,  versatile  on  the 
short  filament,  its  sterile  end  continued 
beyond  the  articulation  and  either  dila- 
ted or  bearing  an  abortive  rudiment 
of  the  second  anther-cell 15.  Salvia. 

6.  Nepeta  Tribe. 

A.  Calyx  bilabiate  or  with  the  posterior  tooth 

much  wider  than  the  others 16.  Dracoceph- 

aa.  Calyx  tubular,  mouth  straight  or  oblique.  \alum. 

B.  Stamens    erect    or    divergent;    anther-cells 

parallel  or  at  length  divergent 17.  Lopfianlhua. 

be.  Stamens  ascending  or  straightish;   anther- 
cells  parallel 18.  Cedronella. 

BBB.  Stamens  ascending  and  parallel  or  in  a  few 
species  rather  lax  and  distant;  anther- 
cells  divergent  or  divaricate 19.  Nepeta. 

7.  Stachys  Tribe. 

Subtribe  1.    Scutellaries. 

'  A.  The  calyx-lip  entire ^. .  .20.  Scutellaria. 

AA.  The    posterior   calyx-lip   3-toothed,    anterior 

2-fid. 21,  Brunella. 

Subtribe  2.    Melitteas. 

A.  Anther-cells    parallel ;    calyx    subequally    5- 

toothed 22.  Pfij/Hostegia. 

AA.  Anther-cells  divergent;  calyx  3-lobed 23.  Melittis. 

Subtribe  3.    Marrubies. 

Calyx     5~10-toothed;      corolla-lube     included; 

anther-cells  at  length  confluent 24.  Marrubium. 


no 


KEY   TO  THE   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


Subthbe  4.    Lamieat. 

A.  The  posUTior  lip  of  oorolhi  often  short  or  flat,       „  ,     . 

Rlabmua or puln-scH'tit , -So.  Colquhottma. 

AA.  The  ix»^terior  hp  (x>iicavo  or  foroicatei  rarely 
tiattish,  usually  villous. 
B.  Teeth  of  calyx  1.-13,  rarely  5. 

c  CaljT  very  l)n>ail  at  apex 26.  MotHccHla. 

<x.  CaljT  long-tubular 27.  Leonolxs. 

BB.  Teeth  of  oalj-x  .'>. 

c  Stamens   often    cast    to   one    aide    after 

antheais 2S.  Stachys. 

cc.  Stamens  often  hairy  on  the  back  of  the 

anthers .■  ■  ■  ■  ■,■  ■  29-  l-ammm. 

ccc.  Stamens  often   have   the  posterior  fila- 
ments appendaged  at  the  base 30.  I'hlomis. 

8.  Satureia  Tribe. 

Subtribe  1.    Pogostemonese. 

Calyi.  5-toothcd;  corolla  4-cut:  anterior  lobes 

usually  wider  spreading 31.  Pogostemon. 

Subtribe  2.   Menthoideffi. 

A.  Whorls  spicate  or  racemose,  not  axillary. 
B.  Calyx  ciiual.  erect,  often  elongated  in  fr.; 

whorls  many-fld 32.  ElshoUzui. 

BB.  Calyx  subequal  in  anthesis,  but  declinate 
and  bilabiate  in  f  r. ;  whorls  2-fid. 

c.  .\utlcts  smooth 33.  CoUinsonia. 

cc.  Nutlets  netted-veined 34.  Peritla. 

AA.  Whorls  axillary  (or.  in  a  few  species  of  Men- 
tha, crowded  in  a  den.se  terminal  spike). 

B.  Perfect  stamens  4 35.  Mentha. 

BB.  Perfect  stamens  2 36.  Cumla. 

AAA.  Whorls  in  dense  heads  surrounded  by  involu- 
cral  bracts. 
B.  Corolla  sub-bilabiate;  whorls  densely  many- 
fld. 
c.  I.obes  of  corolla  ovate;  heads  often  corym- 

bo.se-panicled 37.  Pycnanthe- 

cc.  Lobes  of  corolla  oblong  or  Unear;  heads  [mum. 

globo.ie,  solitary 38.  Monardella. 

BB.  Corolla  bilabiate;  whorls  2-fld.,  rarely  more; 
heads    solitary,    crowded    or    corymbose 

panicled 39.  Origanum. 

AAAA.  Whorls  few-fid.,  axillary  or  the  upper  ones 

spicate;  calyx-throat  clo.sed  by  villous  hairs. 40.  Thymus. 
AAA-lA.  Whorls  axillary  or  the  highest  spicate;  calyx 
open-bcll-shaped,  equal. 

B.  Calyx  lO-nerved;  stamens  ascending 41.  Satureia. 

BB.  Calyx  15-nerved;  stamens  divergent 42.  Hyssopus. 

Subtribe  3.   Melisseae. 

A.  Posterior  lip  of  corolla  concave,  sickle-shape 

or  galeate 43.  Acanlho- 

AA.  Posterior  Up  of  corolla  flattish  or  slightly  con-  [mintlia. 

cave. 
B.  Calyx  distinctly  2-lipped. 

c.  Corolla-tube  straight  or  slightly  curved. .  .44.  Satureia  § 
cc.  Corolla-tube  below  the  middle  recurved-        [CalamirUha. 

ascending 45.  Melissa. 

BB.  Calyx  equal  or  sub-bilabiate. 

c.  Perfect  stamens  4 46.  Micromeria. 

cc.  Perfect  stamens  2 47.  Hedeoma. 

Other  genera  treated  are:  Eremostachys,  Galeopsis.  Pycnos- 
tachys,  Sideritis,  Synandra  and  Tinnea. 


144.  PLANTAGINACEiE. 

One  genus  in  cultivation Plantago. 


145.  NYCTAGINACEjE. 

A.  Fla.  involucrate. 
B.  Stigma  with  a  small  head;  anthers  didyna- 

uious 1.  Mirahihs. 

BB.  Stigma  linear:  anthers  not  didynamous 2.  Abronia. 

jL.  Fls.  not  involucrate,  but  bracted. 

B.  Bracts  large,  colored 3.  Bttugain- 

[ptllea, 
BB.  Bracts  very  small 4.  Pitonia. 


146.  AMARANTACE.*. 

A  Anthers  2-cclled. 
B.  Ovary  2-ovuled. 

c.  Fr.  a  utricle 1.  Celosia. 

cc.  Fr.  berry-like 2.  Deeringia. 

BB.  Ovary  1-ovuled. 

c.  Ovule  erect,  with  a  short  funiculus. 


D.  Segms.  of  i>erianth  stellate  in  fr. :  fls.  in 

terminal  rnrcmes:  shrubs. .   3.  Bosea. 

DD.  SeRins.  of  poriaiitli  upright  in  fr. :  fls.  in 

clusters  or  paiiirles:  herbs 4.  Amarantua. 

cc.  Ovule  suspi-M^i-'il    Irom   the   apex  of   an 
elongated  funiculus. 
D.  Pcriiuith-s^'unis.  scarious  at  apex,  con- 
nate !tt  ttiiso 5.  Trichinium. 

DD.  Peniuitli-scgms.   hyaline,   membranous 

or  somewhat  papery,  lauate 6.  ^rva. 

AA.  Anthers  1-celled. 

B.  Fls.   minute  in  glomerules  or  little-spiked 

along  the  sparse  branches  of  the  panicle . .  7.  Iresine. 
BB.  Fls.  in  heads  or  spikes  rarely  panicled. 
c.  Stigmas  2. 

D.  Pcrianth-segms.  free  or  connate  at  base.  8.  Gomphrena 
DD.  Perianth-tube  5-cut,  cristate  or  winged 

in  fr 9.  Frmlichia. 

CC.  Stigma  simple. 

D.  Staminal  tube  short  or  long,  with  .5  an- 
ther-bearing awl-shaped  lacinite  and 

5  antherless  lacinite  interposed 10.  Teianthera. 

DD.  Staminal    tubes    with    no    antherless 

lacinife  interposed ; 11.  PJaffia. 


147.  CHENOPODIACE.E. 

A.  Fls.  with  4  bract  lets,  2  of  which  are  adnate  to 
the  perianth  at  the  base,  or  higher. 
B.  Embryo  spiral:  filaments  straight  in  the  bud.  \.  BaseUa. 
BB.  Embryo  .semi-annular:  filaments  recurved  at 

apox  or  lower  in  the  bud 2.  Bouasin- 

Aj^.  Fls.  with  bractlets  not  adnate  to  perianth.  IgauUia. 

B.  Embryo  spiral:  endosperm  scant  or  0 3.  SaUola, 

BB.  Embryo  ring-shaped   or  horseshoe-shaped: 
endosperm  copious.     (Salicornia  has  con- 
duplicate  embryo  and  no  endosperm.) 
c.  St.    and    branches    articulated:    fla.    im- 
mersed   in    caves    in    the    superposed 

joints:  no  foliage-lvs 4.  Salicornia. 

cc.  St.  not  articulated. 

D.  Perianths  heteromorphous;  starainate 
without  bracts,  3-5-lobed  or  parted; 
pistillate  usually  0:  fls.  with  2  bract- 
lets  accrescent  in  fr.  free  or  connate 
into  a  sack,  and  no  perianth. 
E.  Pistillate  fls.  vrithout  perianth,  3-4- 

toothed 5.  Spinada. 

EE.  Pistillate  fla.  with  ample  bracts  which 

enlarge  in  fr. ;  perianth  0 6.  Atriplez. 

DD.  Perianths   homomorphous,  i.e.,  not  of 
two  different  forms  in  the  same  plant. 
E.  Fls.  hermaphrodite  and  feminine,  sol- 
itary or  glomerate :  seed  horizontal; 

embryo  annular;  albumen  scant 7.  Kochia, 

EE.  Fls.    glomerate,     hermaphrodite    or 
unisexual:    seed    erect,   inverse  or 
horizontal ;  embryo  annual  or  horse- 
shoe-shaped. 
F.  Perianth-tube    surrounded    by    a 
wing;  stamens  5:  seed  horizontal, 

bony 8.  Cycloloma. 

FF.  Perianth  5-parted,  usually  un- 
changed in  fr. :  stamens  1-5: 
seed  erect  or  horizontal,  bony  or 

leathery 9.  Chenopod- 

FFF.  Perianth  5-lobed,  hardened  at  the  [ium. 

base    in    fr. :     seed     horizontal, 
leathery 10.  Beta. 

The  genus  Ullucus,  allied  to  Basella,  is  also  described  briefly. 


148.  PHYTOLACCACEiE. 

A.  Ovary  superior.  ,    „.  . 

B.  Carpel  1 1-  5""»- 

BB.  Carpels  2-o=,  united  into  a  berry 2.  Phytolacca. 

BBB.  Carpels  1  or  2,  united,  the  fr.  with  scales  at 

^op 3.  Peliieria. 

AA.  Ovary  semi-inferior:  fr.  inferior 4.  Agdestia. 


149.  POLYGONACE.ffi. 

A.  The  fls.  fascicled  in  the  axils  or  at  the  nodes  of 
infl.    (In  the  first  3  genera  sometimes  along 
the  rachis  of  infl.)                                   , 
B.  Endosperm     3-e-lobed     with     longitudinal 
grooves  and  usually  ruminate, 
c.  Fruiting  perianth  fleshy  or  berry-like  at 
the   base  or  everywhere,   the   nut   in- 
cluded or  exserted  at  the  apex 1.  Muehlen- 

cc.  Fruiting  perianth  with  fleshy  or  berry-  {beckui. 

like  tube,  including  the  nut  and  often  ad- 
nate to  it,  crowned  by  the  unchanged 
connivent  or  marcescent  Umb 2.  Coccolooa. 


KEY  TO  THE   FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


117 


CCC.  Fruiting  perianth  enlarged,  membranous 
or  scarious.  colorerl,  outer  segms. 
larger  and  broadly  cordate,  inner  ones 

oblong 3.  Antigonon. 

cccc.  Fruiting   perianth   developing   wings   on 

the  3  outer  parts 4.  Triplarts, 

BB.  Endosperm  equable,  entire. 

C.  Perianth      o-merous,      rarely      4-merous; 
styles    usually    filiform     and     stigmas 
usually  capitate. 
D.  Pistil  2-3-merous;  stamens  usually  6-8: 

shrubs,  often  spinescent 5.  Atraphaxis. 

DD.  Pistil    3-merous:  stamens    S  or    fewer: 
herbaceous,  rarely  suffruticose. 
E.  Nut  entirely  or  nearly  covered  by 

the  fruiting  perianth 6.  Polygonum. 

EE.  Nut  much  longer  than  the  fruiting 

perianth 7.  Fagopyrum. 

CC.  Perianth  6-merous,  rarely  4-merous. 

D.  Stamens  9,  rarely  6;  fruiting  perianth 

unchanged:  nut  3-winged 8,  Rheum. 

PD.  Stamens  6,   rarely  9;   inner  segms.   of 
fruiting  perianth  much  enlarged,  erect 

and  including  the  3-angled  nut 9.  Rumex. 

AA.  The  fis.  in  infl.  dichotomously  or  umbellately 
branched,  the  floral  Ivs.  or  bracts  connate 
below  the  branches  into  one  3-cut  bract,  or 
free  and  3-«3  in  number 10.  Eriogonum. 


150.  NEPENTHACE^. 

The  only  genus Nepenthes. 


EBB.  The  perianth-seRms.  deciduous  from  base, 
fruiting  tube  flattened  or  disk-shaped  and 

entire  or  truncate 4.  Cinnamo- 

AAA.  Anthers  introrsely  locellate;  valves  dehiscing  [mum  § 

upward.  {Camphora 

B.  Fls.  in  a  short,  lax  raceme,  accompanied  by 

small  and  narrow  bracts. 5.  Sassafras. 

BB.  Fls.  umbellate,  capitate  or  rarely  solitary; 
umbels  or  heads  before  anthesis  included 
in  a  4-6-bracted  involucre. 

c.  LoccUeb  of  anther  4 6.  Umbellul- 

cc.  Locellse  2.  [aria. 

D.  Stamens  usually  9 ;  fls.  dioecious 7.  Benzoin. 

DD.  Stamens  usually  12-20;  fls.  polygamous  8.  Laurua. 

The  genus  Litsea  is  sparingly  in  cultivation. 


158.  THYMELiEACE.ffi;. 

A.  Stamens  fewer  than  the  corolla-lobes 1.  Pimelea. 

AA.  Stamens  twice  as  many  as  corolla-lobes. 
B.  Disk  0  or  a  very  short  ring. 

c.  Perianth-tube    cyUndrical ;    limb   spread- 
ing    2.  Daphne. 

CC.  Perianth  much  swollen  above,  obliquely 

truncate;  limb  not  spreading 3.  Dirca. 

BB.  DJMk  more  or  less  lobed  or  oblique. 

c.  Fls.  5-nierous;  disk  cup-shaped 4.  Dais. 

CC.  Fls.  4-merous. 

D.  The  disk  annular;  lobes  very  short 5.  Edgeworthia. 

DD.  The  disk  4-cut  or  2-cut 6.  Wikstrmmia. 

The  genera  Gnidia,  Lagetta,  and  ThymelsBa  will  also  be  found 
in  the  book. 


151.  ARISTOLOCHIACE.E. 

A.  Perianth    persistent,    3-lobed    above    ovary; 
regular  stamens  12  surrounding  the  style  in 

2  series;  anthers  free 1.  Asarum. 

AA.  Perianth  deciduous,  irregular,  polymorphous; 
anthers  G-co,  adnate  in  1  series  to  a  stylar 
column 2.  Aristolochia. 


152.  SAURURACE.ffi. 

A.  Stamens  3 1.  Houttuynia. 

AA.  Stamens  5-8. 

B.  Carpels  connate 2.  Anemopsis. 

BB.  Caipels  distinct 3.  SauTurus. 


153.  PIPERACE.^. 

.  Stamens   2-6;    anther-cells   usually   distinct; 

stigmas  3—4,  rarely  2  or  5 1.  Piper. 

.  Stamens  2,  anther-cells  confluent  into  one 
2-valved  anther;  stigma  terminal  or  lateral, 
pjenicillate  or  undivided 2.  Peperomia. 


154.  CHLORANTHACE.^. 

Id  cultivation Chlaranthus, 


159.  PROTEACEiE. 

Series  1.  Fr.  an  indehiscent  nut  or  drupe:  fls.  usually  solitary 
with  a  bract  under  each  one. 

A.  Fls.  dioecious  by  abortion,  regular 1.  Leucaden- 

dron. 
AA.  Fls.  hermaphrodite,  irregular 2.  Protea. 

Series  2.  Fr.  follicular,  capsular  or  rarely  indehiscent  and  sub- 
drupaceous:  fls.  usually  in  pairs  along  the  rachis  with  only  1  braot 
for  each  pair. 

A.  Ovules  2,  collateral. 
B.  Fls.  racemose  or  fascicled;  involucre  none  or 
inconspicuous:  bracts  deciduous. 
C.  The  ovules  pendulous,  orthotropous. 
D.  Fr.     scarcely     or     tardily     dehiscent; 
pericarp  thick,  fleshy  or  hard;  seeds 
with  thick,  often  unequal  cotyledons. 

E.  Perianth-limb  recurved 3.  Guevina. 

EE.  Perianth  straight 4.  Macadamia. 

DD.  Fr.    folhcular    or    obhquely    2-valved; 

seeds  compressed,  margined  or  wing. .   5.  Roupala. 
CC.  The  ovules  laterally  affixed  or  ascending. 

D.  Seeds  with  or  without  a  narrow  wing. . .    6.  GreviUea. 
DD.  Seeds  samara-Uke;   wing  oblong,   ter- 
minal     7.  Hakea. 

BB.  Fls.  in  dense  bracted  .spikes  or  cones 8.  Banksia. 

AA.  Ovules  4  or  more. 

B.  Fls.  umbellate:  seeds  winged  below 9.  Stenocarpua. 

BB.  Fls.  in  dense  racemes:  seeds  samara-like, 

with  an  oblong  terminal  wing 10.  Telopea. 

BBB.  Fls.  twin,  in  short  or  long  racemes:  seeds 
samara-like  with  a  terminal  truncate 
wing 11.  Lomatia, 


155.  MYRISTICACE^. 
Sole  genus Myristica. 


156.  MONIMIACE^. 


160.  ELiEAGNACE^. 

A.  Lvs.  alternate:  stamens  4. 

B.  Fls.  hermaphrodite 1.  Elseagnus. 

BB.  Fls,  unisexual,  usually  dioecious 2.  HippophaS. 

AA.  Lvs.  opposite:  stamens  8 3.  Shepherdia. 


A.  Stamens  numerous;   anther-cells  dehiscing  in 

a  2-valved  fashion  by  a  longitudinal  crack.. .    1.  Peumus. 
AA.  Stamens  G-12;  anther-cells  dehiscing  above. . .   2.  Laurelia. 


157.  LAURACE-^. 

A.  Anthers  2-IocelIate,  valves  laterally  dehiscent 

or  quickly  deciduous 1.  Hernandia* 

AA.  Anthers  extrorsely  locellatet  valves  dehiscent 

upwards. 

B.  The  whole  perianth  persisting  under  the  fr., 

appressed  or  slightly  spreading;  perianth 

sometimes  deciduous  from  the  base   .....    2.  Persen 

BB.  The  perianth-segms.  at  length  transversely 

cut,  lea\*ing  the  fruiting  tube  bell-shaped  \mum. 

or  expanded  and  6-toothed 3.  Cinnamo- 


161.  LORANTHACE^. 

A.  Perianth  double 1.  Loranthus. 

AA.  Perianth  single  or  simple 2.  Phoraden- 

[dron. 
Viscum  is  also  of  general  interest. 


162.  SANTALACE.S. 

A.  Plant  herbaceous,  low 1.  Comandra, 

AA.  Plant  woody,  shrubs  or  trees. 

B.  Fls.  perfect 2.  Santalum. 

BB.  Fls.  dicecious  or  polygamous. 

r.  I.vs.  alternate 3.  Pyrularia, 

CC.  Lvs.  opposite 4.  liuckltya. 


118 


KEY  TO  THE   FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


163.  PLATANACEiE. 


SoIp  itenus. 


i^Uttanus. 


168.  LEITNERIACEiE. 

'Dip  only  Rcntis Leitneria. 


164.  MORACE^. 

A.  AnthtTs  reversed   on   the   bud    with   in8exed 
tilamentfi. 
B.  The  male  fls.  spicate,  racemose  or  capitate; 
female  Rlobose,  capitate. 

c.  Female  pcriant  h  dentate 1.  Broussone- 

[tia. 

cc.  Female  perianth  deeply  4-fid 2.  Madura. 

BB.  The  fls.  of  either  sex  spicate;  spikes  short 

and  dense  or  long  and  tax 3.  Aforus. 

BBD.  The  t\».  crowded  on  fleshy  ropcptacle 4.  Dorstenia, 

AA.  Anthers  erect  from  the  hcginninc. 

B.  Plants,   trees  or  shrubs:   tls.   usually  on  a 

fleshy  receptacle. 

c.  The  receptacle  fleshy,  globose  or  ovoid, 

clearly  inclosing  the  uutneroii.s  fls.,  but 

with  a  small  mouth  which  ia  bracteate 

introrsely;  the  mouth  is  closed  in  fr 5.  Ficiis. 

CC.  The    receptacle    androgynous,    male    fls. 
numerous,     females     solitary     in     the 

center  of  the  receptacle 6.  Brosimum. 

ccc.  The  receptacle  unisexual,  with  an  invo- 
lucre of  numerous  bracts  overlapping  in 

series 7.  Antiaris. 

CCCC.  The  fl.-clusters  unisexual,  with  or  without 
3-4  bracts  at  the  base,  in  heads,  spikes, 
rarely  in  racemes  or  the  female  1-fld. 

D.  Stamens  4 8,  Cudrania. 

DD.  Stamens  1 9.  Artocarpua. 

BB.  Plants,  herbs:  fls.  not  on  a  fleshy  receptacle. 
c.  St.     climbing:     Ivs.     opposite:     embryo 

spirally  involute 10.  Humulus. 

cc.  St.   not   climbing:   Ivs.   alternate   or  the 

lowest  opposite:  embryo  curved 11.  Cannahis. 

Coussapoa  is  also  briefly  treated. 


165.  URTICACE.S. 

A.  Hairs  stinging. 

B.  Achene  straight 1.  Urtica. 

BB.  Achene  obUque 2.  Urern. 

Kx.  Hairs  harmless. 

B.  Perianth  of  the  female  fl.,  3-5-parted. 

c.  Lv3.  opposite:  stamens  4,  rarely  2-3 3.  Pilea. 

cc.  Lvs.    alternate,    distichous,    oblique    at 

base:  stamens  5,  rarely  4 4.  Pellionia. 

BB.  Perianth  of  the  female  fl.  tubular,  inclosing 
the  achene,  not  adnate:  lvs.  opposite  or 

alternate :  fls.  in  clusters  or  panicles 5.  Buefi  mrn'a. 

BBS.  Perianth  of  the  female  fl.  tubular  adnate  to 
the  achene:  lvs.  alternate,  tomentose  be- 
low: fls.  in  globular  heads  often  forming 
cymes 6.  Debregeasia. 

Hebdne.  Parietaria.  and  Pipturua  are  described. 


166.  ULMACE.ffi. 

A.  Fr.  drupaceous:  fls.  on  the  young  growth. 
B.  Cotyledons  very  broad. 

c.  Sepals  connate;  .style  excentric 1.  Zelkova. 

CC.  Sepals  distinct  or  nearly  so;  style  cen- 
tral. 

D.  Fr.  globose,  not  winged 2.  Celtis. 

DD.  Fr.  winged 3.  Pteroceltis. 

BB.  Cotyledons  narrow. 

C.  Fertile  fls.  perfect;  fls.  in  cymes .....  4.  Trema. 

CC.  Fertile  fls.  unisexual,  solitary,  staminate 

in  cymes  before  the  lvs 5.  AphanarUke* 

AA.  Fr.    not    drupaceous,    winged    or    muricate: 
fls.  on  last  year's  branches. 
B.  Fr.  stalked,  surrounded  by  a  broad  wing. ...   6.  Ulmus. 
BB.  Fr.     not     winged,    everywhere    somewhat 

fleshy  and  muricate 7.  Planera. 


167.  JUGLANDACE-ffi. 

*  The  fls.  of  either  sex  in  erect  spikes,  imbricate- 

bractate - .   1.  PlcUycarya. 

..  The  fltaminate  fls.  in  pendulous  catkins;  piA- 
tillale  fls.  Mpicale  or  .Hub.solitary. 
B.  In  genriinating,  cotyledons  are  borne  above 

ground  and  remain  green .••■.■■   2.  Pterocarya, 

BB.  In   germinating,   cotyledons  remain  inside 
the  nut. 
c.  Husk  at  length  sphtting  into  segms.;  nut 

smo^jth  or  angled 3.  Carya. 

CC.  Husk     indehi.sccnt;     nut     wrinkled     or 

sculptured 4.  Juglans. 


160.   MYRICACEiE. 

A.  Lvs.  serrate  nr  entire,   not  stipulate:  ovary 

subtended  by  2-4  brnetlets 1.  Myrica. 

AA.  Lvs.  pinnatifid,  stipuliite:  ovary  subtended  by 

8  linear,  persistent  brnctletH 2.  Comptonia. 


170.  CASUARINACEiE. 

Sole  genus Casuarina. 


171.  EUPHORBIACEiE. 

A.  Ovules  2  in  each  cell  of  ovary:  plant  without 
milky  juice  (or  red  juice  in  Bischofia). 
B.  Lv3.  alternate,  simple  (sometimes  opposite 
in  Poranthera). 
C.  Calyx  of  staminate  fls.  imbricate. 

D.  Petals  present,   at  least  in  staminate 
fls. 
E.  Plant  a  shrub  with  broad,  glabrous 
or    somewhat    hairy    lvs. :    ovary 

3-ceUed 1.  Andrachne, 

EE.  Plant   a   tree,    with    scaly   herbage: 

ovary  1-celled. 2.  Mxtoxicon. 

EEE.  Plant   a    heath-like    sub-shrub:    lvs. 

narrow,  with  recurved  margin 3.  Poranthera. 

DD.  Petals  0. 

E.  Fls.  single  or  in  axillary  clusters. 
F.  Styles  slender  or  only  broadened 
at  apex. 
G.  Rudimentary   pistil   present    in 
staminate    fls.;  disk    present: 
lvs.  entire. 
H.  Seed    grooved   on  inner  face: 

disk  of  pistillate  fl.  lobed. . .   4.  Fluggta. 
HH.  Seed   not   grooved:    disk   en- 
tire     5.  Securinega. 

GG.  Rudimentary  pistil  absent. 

H.  Disk  present 6.  Phyllanthus. 

HH.  Disk    absent,    at    least    from 
pistillate  fls. 

I.  Fr.  a  caps 7.  Glochidion. 

II.  Fr.  more  or  less  fleshy. 

J.  The  styles  2-parted 8.  Breynia. 

jj.  The  styles  almost  entire.  .   9.  Sauropus. 
FF.  Styles  broad,  spreading. 

G.  Stamens  arising  from  a  disk. 
H.  Staminate     fls.      with     rudi- 
mentary pistil 10.  Drypetes. 

HH.  Staminate    fls.   without  rudi- 
mentary pistil 11.  Hemicyclia. 

GG.  Stamens  2-4,  without  disk 12.  Putranjiva. 

EE.  Fls.  in  elongated  catkin-like  or 
branched  infl.,  dicecious:  lvs.  large, 
broad  and  plane. 

F.  Ovary  1-celled;  stamens  2-5 13.  Antidesma. 

FF.  Ovary  2-3-celled. 

G.  Staminate  fls.  with  rudimentary 

pistil 14.  BaccauTea. 

GG.  Staminate  fls.  without  rudimen- 
tary pistil 15.  Daphniphyl- 

cc.  Calyx    of   staminate  fls.    valvate;  petals  \lum. 

araali 16.  Lebidierop- 

[aia. 

BB.  Lva.  alternate,  compound 17.  Bischofia. 

BBB.  Lvs.  opposite,  compound 18.  Oldfieldia. 

BBBB.  Lvs.  whorled,  simple 19.  Hysenanche. 

AA.  Ovules  1  in  each  cell  of  the  ovary- 

fi.  Fls.  produced  singly  or  in  ordinary  infl. 
c.  Stamens  incurved  in  the  bud;  pubescence 

stellate  or  scaly ;  juice  not  milky 20.  Croton. 

cc.  Stamens  erect  in  the  bud. 

D.  Juice  not  milky  (see  also  Codiaeum  and 
relatives):  calyx  valvate:  lvs.  simple. 

E.  Staminate  fls.  with  petals:  herbs 21.  Chrozophora. 

EE.  Staminate  fls.  apetalous. 

F.  Stamens    much    branched:    herbs 
with       lvs.       palmately    veined 

and  peltate 22.  Ricinua. 

FF.  Stamens  not  branched. 

Q.  Lvs.   opposite:   styles  free    (see 
also  Mallotus). 
H.  The  stamens  as  many  as  50.  .23.  Trewia. 

HH.  The  stanaens  8-20 24.  Mercuriahs. 

GG.  Lvs.  alternate,  or   rarely  oppo- 
site. 
H.  Plant   a    thorny    shrub:    sta- 
mens 8-15 25.  Adelia. 

HH.  Plant    with    holly-like    spiny 

margined  lvs. :  stamens  3-8.  26.  Alchornea 


KEY  TO   THE   FAMILIES  AND   GENERA 


119 


HHH.  Plant  unarmed  or  with  sting- 
ing hairs. 
I.  Styles  free  or  united  only  at 
base. 
J.  Anther-cells   spherical   to 
oblong. 

K.  Anthers  2-celled 27.  Mallotus. 

KK.  Anthers  3^-celled:  Ivs. 

usually  peltate 28.  Macaranga. 

jj.  Anther-cells       elongated, 

often  vermiform 29.  Acalypha. 

n.  Styles     united     above     the 

base:  st.  often  climbing. 

J,  Infl.  without  conspicuous 

involucre. 

K.  Number     of     stamens 

usually  3;  styles  free 

at  apex 30.  Tragia. 

KK.  Number  of  stamens 
8-30;  styles  united 
to   the   apex    into    a 

swollen  column 31.  Plukenetia, 

JJ.  Infi.  subtended  by  a  con- 
spicuous involucre 32.  Dalecham- 

OD.  Juice  almost  always  more  or  less  milky  \pia. 

(chief    exceptions    in    Clujrtia     and 
relatives). 
£.  The    fis.    with    petals,  at    least    the 
staminate. 
F.  Calyx  valvate. 

G.  Lvs.  simple,  palmate 33.  Aleurites. 

GG.  Lvs.  compound 34.  Joannesia. 

TF.  Calyx  imbricate. 

Q.  Petals  free  from  one  another. 
H.  The   stamens   in   2   or   more 
whorls. 
I.  Number  of  stamens  about 
10;  lvs.  usually  palmately 

veined .3.5.  Jatropha. 

n.  Number  of    .stamens   15-30 
or    more :    lvs.    pinnately 

veined:  styles  entire 36.  Codiwum. 

HH.  The    stamens    in     1     whorl, 

usually  about  3-5 37.  Cluytia. 

GG.  Petals     connate:     lvs.     usually 
palmately  veined. 
H.  Some  of  the  filaments  united; 

lvs.  simple 35.  Jatropha. 

HH.  Filaments  free  :lvs.compound.38.  Ricinoden- 
EE.  The  fls.  apetalous.  [dron. 

F.  Sepals    valvate    or    slightly    im- 
bricate in  some. 

G.  Lvs.  trifoliate 39.  Hevea. 

GO.  Lvs.  simple,  pinnately  veined. 
H.  Number    of    stamens    3;    lvs. 

spiny  margined 40.  Pachy- 

HH.  Number  of  stamens  1:  lvs.  not  [slroma. 

spiny 41.  Ophthal- 

TF.  Sepals  or  lobes  of  calyx,  if  any,  im-        [moblapion. 
bricate:  lvs.  simple. 
o.  Number  of  stamens  usually  10  or 
more  (5-50). 
H.  Staminate  calyx  with  5  sepals 
connate,    at   least   at   base: 
lvs.        usually        palmately 
veined;  st.  erect. 
I.  Herbage  with  stinging  hairs. 35.  Jatropha. 
II.  Herbage  usually  glabrous. .  .42.  Manihot. 
HH.  Staminate     calyx     3-5-lobed: 
lvs.    pinnately    veined;    st. 

climbing  or  traihng 43.  Mabea. 

HHH.  Staminate    calyx    of    1    or   2 

sepals 44.  Homalan- 

HHHH.  Staminate     calyx     cupulate,  [thjis. 

t  runcate    or    dentate :    Iva. 

broad,  hairy 45.  Hura. 

GQ.  Number  of  stamens  1-5. 

H.  Staminate  calyx  with  4-5  free 

sepals:  st.  climbing 46.  Omphalia. 

HH.  Staminate     calyx     with     2-3 
sepals,  free    or    connate    at 
base. 
I.  Infi.  usually  terminal:  seed 

carunculate 47.  Sebastiana. 

n.  Infl.   usually  axillary:  seed 

not  carunculate 48.  ExccBcaria. 

BBS,  Staminate    calyx    with    con- 
nate sepals,  1-3-lobed. 
I.  The  stamens  2-3. 
J.  Stamens  free. 

K.  Base  of  caps,  persistent 

as  a  pointed  piece. .  .49.  Sapium. 
KK.  Base  of  caps,  not  per- 
sistent,    only     a     3- 
parted    central 
column  remaining.  .  .50.  Stillingia. 
JJ.  Stamens  united. 

K.  Pistil  4-celled 51.  Alaprounia. 

KK.  Pistil  6-9-celled 52.  ffippo/wme. 


II.  The  stamens  1 

J.  Infl.  terminal 51.  Maprounia. 

33.  Infl.  lateral  or  axillary.  .  .41.  Ophthal- 
HHHH.  Staminate  calyx  0,  or  rarely         [moblapton. 

_,,        .  1-2  minute  scales 53.  Colliyuaya. 

IB.  I-ls.    m    cyathia   (see     explanation    under 
Euphorbia). 
c.  Cyathia  regular  or  nearly  so. 

D,  Involucral     glands     free     from     one 
another,     alternate     with     lobes    of 

involucre 54.  Euphorbia. 

DD.  Involucral  glands   united  into  a  ring 

around  the  lobes 55.  Synadenium. 

cc.  Cyathia  decidedly  irregular 56.  Pedilanthua. 


172.  BUXACE^. 

A.  Cells  of  ovary  with  2  ovules  each;  stamens  4. 
B.  Lvs.  alternate. 

c.  Evergreen  shrubs:  lvs.  entire 1.  Sarcocucca. 

cc.  Evergreen  herbs:  lvs.  dentate 2,  Pachys- 

_  .  [andra. 

^^-  Lvs.  opposite 3,  Buxus. 

A  A.  Cells  of  ovary  with   1  ovule  each;  stamens 

numerous:  lvs.  opposite 4.  Simmond- 

[sia 


173.  BETULACE^. 

A.  Staminate  fls.  with  4  perianth-segras.  or  by 
abortion  fewer  (Birch  Tribe). 

B.  Stamens  2 1.  Beiula. 

BB.  Stamens  4 2.  Alnus. 

AA.  Staminate  fls.  with  no  perianth  (Hazel  Tribe). 

B.  Nut  large,  inclosed  by  a  leafy  involucre: 

staminate  fls.  with  2  bractlets;  pistillate 

fls.  2-4,  capitate 3.  Corylus, 

BB.  Nut  small,  subtended  by  or  inclosed  in  a 
large    bractlet:    staminate    fls.    with    no 
bractlets;  pistillate  catkins  spike-like, 
c.  Fruiting  bractlet  flat.  3-cleft  and  incised .  .   4.  Carpinus. 
cc.  Fruiting     bractlet     bladder-like,     closed, 

membranous 5.  Ostrya. 


174.  FAGACEiE. 

A.  Ovary  of  pistillate  fls.  6-celIed;  spikes  of  either 
sex  erect  and  strict:  fruiting  involucre  or  bur 

den.sely  covered  with  strong  pickles 1.  Castanea. 

AA.  Ovary  of  pistillate  fls.  3-celled,  rarely  4-  or  5- 
celled  in  some  species  of  Quercus. 
B.  Staminate  fls.  1-3  in  a  cluster:  lvs.  usually 

small 2.  Nothofagua. 

BB.  Staminate  fls.  in  loose,  roundish  pendulous 

heads:  lvs.  generally  large 3.  Fagua. 

BBB.  Staminate  fls.  in  pendulous  catkins  or  the 
spikes  of  either  sex  erect  and  strict, 
c.  Involucre    of    numerous    scales    forming 

a  cup  in  fr.  and  subtending  the  acorn. ...    4.  Quercus. 
cc.  Involucre  in  fr,  armed  with  clusters  of 
prickles  or  tubercles,  wholly  including 
the  fr.,  perfectly  closed  or    at   length 
spHt  irregularly 5.  Caatanopaia 


175.  SALICACE-ffi). 

.  Lvs.  usually  narrow:  disk  composed  of  1  or  2 
glands  which  are  distinct  or  barely  connate 
at  base 1.  Salii. 

.  Lvs.    usually  broad:  disk    cyathiform,  often 

oblique    or    cup-shaped,  entire  or  lobed..  .  .   2.  Populus. 


176.  EMPETRACE.^. 

A.  Fls.  axillary,  solitary;  stamens  3;  pistil  6-9- 

merous 1.  Empetrum. 

AA.  Fls.  axillary  in  2'a  or  3's;  stamens  2;  pistil 

2-merous 2.  Ceratiola. 

AAA.  Fls,  subcapttate;  stamens  usually  3;  pistil  3- 

merous 3.  Corema. 


177.  GINKGOACE^. 

Ovule-bearing  blade,  long-stalked,  shortly  2-co 
cut  at  apex,  the  lobes  dilated  into  a  ring  or 
short  cup  adnate  to  the  seed:  anther-cells  2, 
pendulous:  lvs.  fan-shaped Ginkgo, 


120 


KEY   TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


178.  GNETACE^ffi. 


I.«afles9  shrubs  with  joinfcd  lirnnchos  and  settles 

opposite  the  nodes  connate  into  n  httlc  sheath. .   bphedra. 

The  verj'  curious  genus  Welnilschin  may  be  found  in  botanical 
collections. 


179.  TAXACE.ffi. 

A.  Anthers  2-«lled:  tropical  or  subtropical  trees 
and  shrubs. 
B.  Scales  of  pistillate  ainents  few,  adnate  to 
peduncle  and  with  it  usually  fleshy:  Ivs. 

linear  to  ovate,  rarely  scale-like 1.  Podocarpus. 

BB.  Scales  of  pistillate  anicnts  short,  broad  and 
somewhat  fleshy,  imbricate:  Ivs.  mmute 
and  scale-like:   branchlets  flattened  and 

If  .(jiip  2.  Phylloc- 

AA.  Anthers  3-S-ceiled:  Ivs.  Unear;hardy  or  nearly  \ladus. 

hardy  trees  and  shrubs. 
B.  Pistillate  fls.  consistinn  of  several  decussate 
2-ovuled  carpicles:  Ivs.   with  2  glaucous 
lines   below    broader    than    the    3    green 
lines 3.  CepAao- 
BB.  Pistillatefls.  reduced  to  1  o\Tlle.  [taius. 
c.  Carpicles  at  maturity  inclosing  the  seed 
and  adnate  to  it:  anthers  4-celled,  cells 
free:  Ivs.  with  2  glaucous  lines  below 

narrower  than  the  green  lines .   4.  Toireya. 

cc.  Carpicles  at  maturity  partly  mclosmg  the 
seed,  not  adnate  to  it:  anthers  6-8- 
celled.  cells  connate:  Ivs.  pale  green 
below 5-  r«^«- 


180.  PINACE.ffi. 

A.  Lvs.  spirally  arranged. 

B.  Carpicles  simple;  o\'ule  1,  reversed; 

cone-scales  with  1  seed 1.  Abaucabia  Tbibb. 

BB.  Carpicles  divided  into  scale  and 
bract,  sometimes  connate. 
c.  0\-ules  2,  reversed;  scale  and  bract 
always  distinct;  cone-scales  with 

2  usually  winged  seeds 2.  Abies  Thibe. 

cc.  0\-ules  2-8,  axillary  and  upright  or 
on  the  scale  and  at  least  finally 
reversed;    cone-scales   with    2-8 

ggeda 3.  Taxodicm  Teibe. 

AA.  Lvs.  opposite  or  whorled,  often  scale- 

like:  ovules  upright 4.  Cdprebscs  Tbibe. 

1.  Araucaria  Tribe. 

A.  Seeds  free  from  the  scale,  with  1  or  2  wiiigs: 
lvs.  broad,  generally  elliptic,  more  or  less 

distichous  and  rather  remote ■  •    1-  Agathu. 

AA.  Seeds  adnate  to  the  winged  or  wing  ess  scale: 
lvs.  large,  scale-like  or  needle-shaped, 
spirally  arranged,  crowded 2.  Araucana. 

2.  Abies  Tribe. 

A.  Foliage  deciduoas,  partly  fascicled. 

B.  Male  flu.  solitary  in  a  leafless  scaly  bud;  con- 
nective not  produced  beyond  anther-cellfl 
nor  scarcely  prominent:   cones   reflexed; 


scales  persistent. 


3.  Larix. 


BB.  Male  fls.  clustered,  pendulotis:  cone-scales 

deciduous ■*.  Pseudolarix. 

„  FoUage  evergreen.  . 

B.  Connective  of  anthers  usually  produced  mto 
a  scale-like  appendage. 
c.  Male  fls.  subspicate  at  ba.se  of  new  shoots: 
cone-scales  persistent:  lvs.  in  clusters  of 

2-5,  rarely  solitary 5.  Pmus. 

cc.  Male  fls.  solitary  in  the  cluster  of  lvs. 
which  terminate  short  branchlets:  cone- 
scales  finally  deciduous:  lvs.  partly  fas- 

cicled  aa  in  the  larch 6.  Cedrus. 

CCC.  Male  fla.  solitary  in  the  aidls:  cones 
reflexed;  scales  persistent:  lvs.  solitary, 
4-angled    or    flattened    and    glaucous 

above,  green  on  the  back 7.  Picea. 

BB.  Connective  of    anthers    simply    umbonate 

beyond  the  cells  or   hardly    prominent; 

male   fls.  solitary  in  axils:  lvs.    sohtary, 

lumally  flattened,  glaucous  or  paler  below. 

C.  Cones  reflexed ;  scales  persistent. 

V.  Hubtending  bract  conspicuous »•  Paeudotauga. 

DD.  Subtending  bract  small 9-  Tauya. 

CC.  Conea  erect. 

D.  Scales  peri-stcnt;  sendu  about  an  long  a« 
scales;  bracts  much  shorter  than 
scales:  lvs.  flattened,  keeled  above, 
pale  below 10.  Keteleerta. 


DD.  Scalr.x  deciduous;  seeds  .shorter  than 
sciilis;  hruc'ts  shorter  or  longer:  Iva. 
flattened  and  grooved  above,  usually 
glaucous  below,  rarely  4-iingled 11.  Antes. 

3.  Taxodium  Tribe. 

A.  Lva.  connate  into  pairs,  arranged  in  whorls: 
ovule-bearing  blade  finally  much  increased 
and  hardened,  malung  the  greater  part  of  the  „    „  .    ,     ., 

woody,  cone 12-  Sciadopitys. 

AA.  Lvs.  solitary,  scattered. 

B.  Scales  of  cone  flat.  „    „   . 

c.  Carpicles  entire  at  apex:  anther-cells  2-1: 
seeds  surrounded  by  a  narrow  wing:  lvs. 
lanceolate  flat,   rather  large,   glaucous 

below /  ■  ■  •  ■  I,-  ^^-  ^"""f"0-  . 

CC.  Carpicles  toothed  at  the  apex:  anther-cells  [hamia. 

4-5:  seeds  2-3-angled:  lvs.  awl-shaped, 

curved !*■  Cryplamerm. 

BB.  Scales  peltate.  ■        ,     , 

C.  Seeds  usually   5,   narrowly  winged:   lvs. 

scale-like  or  linear,  persistent 15.  iiequoia. 

CC.  Seeds  2,  angular;  Ivs.   linear,  deciduous 

with  the  branchlets 16.  Taiodium. 

4.  Cupressus  Tribe. 

A.  Fr.  a  cone. 

B.  Cone-scales  all  fertile,  4-8,  forming  appar- 
ently 1  whorl:  Ivs.  usually  scale-like, 
opposite  or  in  whorls  of  3  or  4,  rarely        _  ,,.    . 

alternate  on  sterile  branches .17.  CaUilria. 

BB.  Cone-scales  fertile  at  middle  of  cone  and 

sterile  at  top  and  base 18.  f  itznya. 

EBB.  Cone-scales   partly    fertile,    partly    empty, 
arranged  in  opposite  pairs:  lvs.  scale-like, 
opposite  only  on  juvenile  branches,  some- 
times needle-shaped. 
C.  Scales  of  cone  imbricate. 

D.  Seeds  4-5;  pairs  of  scales  3-4  (exclud- 

ing  the  upper  connate  pair) 19.  I  huiopsia. 

DD.  Seeds  2.  ....,««  t  l      j 

E.  Pairs  of  scales  4,  the  upper  pair  fertile.20.  Libocedrus. 
BE.  Pairs  of  scales  6-8;  the  2  upper  pairs 

fertile 2L  Thuja. 

cc.  Scales  of  cone  peltate. 

D.  Number  of   seeds  2;    cones  small.     ,„„„,.     . 
E.  Wings  of  seeds  very  large,  unequal. 22.  tokienm. 

EE   Wings  of  seeds  narrow,  equal 23.  Chamiecyp- 

DD.  Number  of  seeds  many;  cones  usually  [aris. 

rather  large  and  woody .24.  Cupressus. 

AA.  Fr.  fleshy,  indehiscent  berry  or  drupe,  with 
2-6   fertile   scales:   Iva.   scale-like,   opposite  _ 
or  needle-shaped  and  usually  in  3's 2o.  Jumperus. 

Consult  also  the  genus  Athrotaxis,  alUed  to  Celphalotaxus  and 
Sequoia. 

181.  CYCADACE.E. 

A.  Lf.-segms.  circinately  involute  in  vernation: 
female  cones  proliferous  after  anthesis; 
scales  elongate,  the  margins  bearing  2  to 

many  ovules ;  ■ '  •  ■, Cycas. 

AA.  Lf.-aegms.  straight  in  vernation:  female  cones 

deciduous  after  anthesis;  scales  peltate. 

B.  Cone-scales  superposed  in  vertical  series. 

c.  Shield  of  the  scales  transversely  2-horned  „   ^      _ 

at  apex ,  •    •    ■,  2-  Ceratozamia. 

cc.  Shield  of  the  scales  truncate,  not  horned 

at  apex ■   3.  Zamm. 

BB.  Cone-scales     overlapping     in     alternating 
series.  ,  , 

c.  The  lf.-segms.  ribbed  and  nerved;  nerves 
spreading  on  either  side  of  midrib,  very 

numerous,  simple  or  forked 4.  Stangena. 

cc.  The  lf.-segms.  with  parallel,  longitudinal 
nerves. 
D.  Shield  of  cone-scales  flat,  erect,  ovate- 

cordate ,;  ■   5.  Dioon. 

DD.  Shield    thickened,    ascending,    usually 

Erolonged  into  an  erect,  acuminate 
Ijjje     6.  Macroiamia, 

DDD.  Shield  thickened  truncate,  decurved  at 

aP« ■■   '■^'"''"[^L. 

The  genera  Bowenia  and  Microcycaa  are  also  included. 

182.  HYDROCHARITACE.ffi. 

A.  St.  elongated,  submerged,  everywhere  leafy: 
lvs.   short-   .spathes  small,   sessile  in  axils: 

placenta!  little  prominent  in  ovary •.  •  .    L  bloOta. 

AA  St  very  short,  sometimes  emitting  creeping 
or  floating  stolons:  Ivs.  crowded,  immersed, 
sessile,  elongated:  spathes  pedunculate: 
placenta  hardly  prominent 2.  VaUisnena. 


KEY  TO   THE   FAMILIES  AND   GENERA 


121 


,  St.  very  short:  Ivs.  crowded,  some  sessile  and 

submerged,    others    (except    in    Stratiotes) 

long-stalked,  with  a  floating  blade:  apathes 

peduncled;  placentae  of  2  lamellte,  strongly 

intruded,   dividing  the  ovary   more  or  less 

perfectly  into  6  cells. 

B.  Styles  3 ;  stamens  3-9 3.  Limnobium. 

JB.  Styles  6,  2-fid. 

c.  Stamens  with  6  2-fid  filaments,  of  which 

3  have  2  anthers  and  3  have  1  anther. ...  4.  HydrochaHs, 
cc.  Stamens  11-15 5.  Stratiotea. 


183.  ORCHIDACEiE.* 
/.  Summary  of  Tribes, 

A.  Fertile  stamens  2,  with  a  broad  shield- 
shaped  sterile  one  (staminodium)  .  .    1.  Ctpripedium 
iA.  Fertile  stamen  1,  with  no  staminodium.  [Tribe. 

B.  Anther  persistent;  pollinia  with  basal 
appendages. 
c.  The  anther  erect. 

D.  Stigma  flat,  unappendaged 2.  Serapiab  Tribe. 

DD.  Stigma  with  appendages 3.  Habenaria  Tribe. 

cc.  The  anthers  placed  obliquely 4.  Satyrium  Tribe. 

bb.  Anther    usually    readily    deciduous; 
polhnia    not    appendaged    or   with 
terminal  ones. 
C.  Infl.  terminal. 

D.  Lf.-buds  convolute. 

E.  Lf.-blade  not  jointed  to  stalk. 

F.  The     ant  her     commonly 

much  exceeding  the  beak 

of   the   column   which   is 

not  distinctly  cut. 

G.  Lip     without     hypochil, 

usually  spurless. 

H.  St.    short,    with    only 

1  or  2  Ivs 5.  PoGONiA  Tribe. 

HH.  St.    long,    with    many 

Ivs 6.  Vanilla  Tribe. 

GG.  Lip   with    distinct   hypo- 
chil,    which     is    often 

spurred 7.  Cephal.\n-thera 

FF.  The      anther       commonly  [Tribe. 

about  as  long  as  the  beak 
of  the  column  which 
usually  bears  a  sharp  cut 
or  groove. 
Q.  PoUinia  waxy  or  pow- 
dery, not  di\-ided. 

H.  Lip  turned  down 8.  Spiranthes  Tribe. 

HH.  Lip  turned  up 9.  Cranichis  Tribe. 

GO.  PoUinia  divided  into  dis- 
tinct masses 10.  Physurus  Tribe. 

EE.  Lf.-blade  distinctly  jointed  to 
the  petiole. 
F.  Pollinia  S:  at.   slender:  fls. 
usually     with     spurs     or 

chins 11.  Thunia  Tribe. 

FF.  Pollinia  4:  st.  a  short  pseu- 
dobulb:  fls.  without  spurs 

or  chins 12.  Ccelogtne  Tribe. 

DD.  Lf.-buds  condupUcate. 

E.  Sepals      and      petals      about 
equally  developed,    the   lip 
usually  very  conspicuous. 
F.  Lvs.    usually    not    jointed: 

column  footless 13.  Liparis  Tribe. 

FF.  Lvs.  usually  jointed. 
G.  Nerves  of  lvs.  1. 

H.  PoUinia  2-4.  with  very 

short  stalks 14.  Poltbtachya 

HH.  PoUinia  4-8,  with  dis-  [Tribe. 

tinct  caudicles. 

I.  Column-foot  forming 

a    chin    with    the 

lateral  sepals  or  a 

short  sac  with  the 

lip 15.  Ponera  Tribe. 

II.  Column  footless 16.  Cattleya  Tribe. 

GG.  Nerves  of  lvs.  several. .  ..17.  Sobralia  Tribe. 
EE.  Sepals  much  more  developed 

than  the  petals  and  Up 18.  Pleurothallib 

cc.  Infl.  lateral,  or  on  separate  shoot.  [Tribe. 

D.  Lf.-buds  convolute. 

E.  St.      slender      or      gradually 
swollen. 
F.  PoUinia  with  caudicles  but 

without  stalks 19,  Phajtjs  Tribe. 

FT.  PoUinia    without    caudicles 
but  with  stalks. 
G.  Lip   jointed    to    column- 
foot  or  forming  a  spur  [Tribe. 

with  it 20.  Ctrtopodium 

♦For   explanation    of    orchid    flowers   and    of    terms,    see    the 
article  Orchids. 


GG.  Lip    not    jointed,    often 

with  a  distinct  hjrpochil. 21.  Catasetcm  Tribe. 
EE.  St.   a  short   distinct   pseudo- 
bulb, 
p.  Lip  jointed  to  the  column- 
foot. 
G.  Callus-ridges  lengthwise. .22.  Lycaste  Tribe. 
GO.  Callus-ridges  transverse  .23.  Zyggpetalum 
FF.  Lip    continuous    with    col-  [Tribe. 

umn-foot 24.  Gonqora  Tribe. 

DD.  Lf.-buds  condupUcate. 

E.  St.  terminating  its  growth  in 
1  year. 
F.  Lip  movably  jointed  to  foot 
of  column. 
G.  Lvs.     not     strap-shaped: 
pollinia    unappendaged 
or  with  either  caudicles 
or  stipes,  but  not  with 
both. 
H.  Flowering    st.     arising 
from   near   the    apex 
of  the  slender  st.  or 
from  the  p3eudobulb.25.  Dendrobitjm 
HH.  Flowering    st.    arising  [Tribe. 
under     the     pseudo- 
bulb  or  at  the  base  of 
the  St. 
I.  Pollinia  without  ap- 
pendages  26.  Bulbophyllum 

n.  PolUnia  with  distinct  [Tribe. 

stalks. 
J.  Pseudobulbs       usu- 
ally present:  flow- 
ering    St.     arising 
lower     than     new 

growth 27.  Maxillaria 

jj.  Pseudobulbs       usu-  [Tribe. 

ally  wanting: 
flowering  st. 
arising  higher 
than      new 

growth 28.  Huntleya  Tribe. 

GG.  Lvs.  strap-shaped;  pol- 
linia with  broad  cau- 
dicles and  stipes 29.  Cymbidium  Tribe. 

FF.  Lip    immovably    united    to 
foot  of  column. 

G.  Fls.  with  spurs 30.  loNOPSis  Tribe. 

GG.  Fls.  without  spurs. 

H.  The    fls.    narrow,    not 

open 31.  Ada  Tribe. 

HH.  The  fls.  wide,  open. 
I.  Lip    enrolled    around 

the  column 32.  Trichopilla 

II.  Lip  not  enrolled.  [Tribe. 

J.  The  lip   united  to 
column     to    the 

middle 33.  Aspasia  Tribe. 

JJ.  The      Up      united 
only  to  the  base 

of  the  column.  ..34.  Odontoglossum 
EE.  St.  increasing  in  length  from  [Tribe. 

year  to  year 35.  Aerides  Tribe. 


//.  Key  to  the  Tribes, 

1.  Cypripedium  Tribe. 

A.  Fl.   persistent,   withering  on   the   ovary:  lf.- 
buds  convolute 1.  Cypriped- 

AA.  Fl.  soon  deciduous:  lf.-buds  condupUcate.  [ium. 

B.  Ovary     3-ceUed,     the     placentae     central; 

mouth  of  Up  with  broad  inturned  margin. .   2.  Pkragmoped- 
EB.  Ovary     1-ceUed,     the     placentse     parietal;  [Hum. 

mouth    of    Up    usually   with    no    broad 

inturned  margins 3.  Papkio- 

[pedilum. 

2.  Serapias  Tribe. 

A.  Lip  spurred. 

B.  Sepals  free 4.  Orchis. 

BB.  Sepals  united  into  an  arching  hood 5.  Galeorchis. 

A  A.  Lip  spurless. 

B.  PoUinia  glands  in  a  single  sac 6.  Serapias. 

BB.  Pollinia  glands  separate,  in  2  distinct  sacs. . .  7.  Ophrys. 

3.  Habenaria  Tribe. 

A.  Lip  adnate  to  column  at  base;  stigma  broad...   8.  Cynorchis. 
AA.  Lip  free;  stigma  slender 9.  Habenaria. 

4.  Satyrium  Tribe 

Dorsal  sepal  helmet-shaped 10.  Disa. 


12 


KEY  TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


5,  Pogonia  Tribe. 

A.  Fl-i.  on  a  scaiX"  with  a  terminal  wliorl  of  If.-Uko 

bracts '. n.  Isotria. 

AA.  FIs.  on  a  leafy  st. 

B.  Up  crested 12.  Pooonia. 

BB.  Lip  not  crested 13.  Triphora, 

6.  Vanilla  Tribe. 

Sts,  rooting  at  nodes 14.  Vanilki. 

7.  Cephalanthera  Tribe. 

A.  Fls.  with  a  chin;  hp  long 15.  Cephalan- 

[thera. 
A.V.  Fls.  chinless;  lip  round ' IG.  Epipactis. 

8.  Spiranthes  Tribe. 

A.  Dorsal  sepal  forming  a  hood  with  the  petals. 

B.  Infl.  1-sided;  fls.  without  a  chin 17.  Spiranthes. 

BE.  Infl.  not  1-sided;  tis.  with  a  chin 18.  Stenorrhyn- 

[chus. 
AA.  Sepals  and  petals  spreading 19.  Listera, 

9.  Cranichis  Tribe. 

Lip    and    petals    inserted    upon    the    elongated 

column 20.  Fontkieoa. 

10.  Physurus  Tribe. 

A.  Lip  with  a  distinct  spur. 

B.  Lvs.  green:  Up  concave  above  the  spur 21.  Physurus. 

BB.  Lv;>.    usually  variegated:   Up   with   a   long 

fimbriate  claw 22.  Aiusdo- 

AA.  Lip  spurless  or  nearly  so.  [chilus. 

B.  Column  Straight;  fls.  symmetric. 

c.  The  Up  not  clawed 23.  Goodyera. 

cc.  The  Up  clawed 24.  Dossinia. 

BB.  Column  twisted:  fls.  not  symmetric. 

c.  The  column  with  2  upright  appendages  in 

front 25.  Maaxies. 

cc.  The  column  without  appendages 26.  Hiemaria. 

11.  Thunia  Tribe. 

A.  Fls  without  chin. 

B.  Sts.  without  basal  pseudobulbs 27.  Thunia. 

BB.  Sts.  with  basal  pseudobulbs 28.  BletUla. 

AA.  Fls.   with  a  distinct  chin,  formed  of  lateral 

sepals  and  column-foot 29.  Trichosma. 

12.  CcElogyne  Tribe. 

A.  Base  of  Up  with  sac-like  hollow. 

B.  Column  short,  winged  above;  sepals  6at 30.  Pholidota. 

BB.  Column  slender;  sepals  sac-Uke,  concave. ..  .31.  Neogyne. 
AA.  Base  of  Up  flat. 

B.  Column  slender,  without  horns. 

c.  Lvs.  and  pseudobulbs  perennial 32.  C'celogyne. 

cc.  Lvs.  and  pseudobulbs  annual 33.  Pleione. 

BB.  Column  short,  with  2  horns 34.  Platyclinia. 

13.  Liparis  Tribe. 

A.  Lvs.  green:  fls.  without  chin. 

B.  Lip  ahoe-shaped 35  Calypso. 

BB.  Lip  not  shoe-shaped. 

c.  Column  short;  Up  turned  upward 30.  Microstylis. 

cc.  Column  slender;  lip  turned  downward. . .  .37.  Liparis. 

AA.  Lvs.  wanting:  fls.  with  chin 38.  CoraUor- 

[rhiza. 

14.  Polystachya  Tribe. 

A.  Lip  Jipurred. 

B.  Plant  tuberous:  spur  slender 39.  Tipularia. 

BB.  Plant  not  tuberous:  spur  funnel-shaped 40.  Galeandra. 

AA.  Lip  not  spurred, 
B.  The  Up  ."J-lobed. 

c.  Column  short;  chin  distinct 41.  Polystachya. 

cr.  Column  slender,  curved;  chin  indistinct  ..42.  AnseUia. 

BB.  The  lip  entire 43.  Neoben- 

[thamia. 

15.  Ponera  Tribe 

A.  Lip  normal. 

B.  r*t.  •(lender,  leafy;  no  pseudobulbs:  poUinia  4  .44.  TsorhHua. 

BB.  St.  a  pseudobulb:  p<'>IUnia  H 45.  Ccelia. 

AA.  Lip  forming  a  beaker-like  cavity,   with  the 
f-oliimn.  or  the  former  hollow  at  base. 

B.  Young  shoots  at  the  apex  of  the  old 40.  Ilexixea. 

BB.  Young  shoots  from  base  of  old. 

c.  Fls.  in  dense  .spikes;  poUinia  8 47.  Arpophyl- 

[lum. 
cc.  Flfl.  in  short  clusters;  polUnia  4 48.  Hartwegia. 


16.  Cattleya  Tribe. 

A.  Anther  not  toothed,  nor  in  an  excavation. 
B.  PoUinia  4. 

c.  Lip  adnatc  to  the  column,  at  least  at  its 
base. 

D.  Ovary  produced  into  a  hollow  neck 49.  Broughlonia. 

DD.  Ovary  not  so  produced 50.  Epiden- 

CC.  Lip  free.  [drum. 

D.  The  lip  flat,  with  2  elevations  on  upper 

side 5L  Diacrium. 

DD.  The   lip   enroUed    about    column,  with 

no  elevations 52.  Cattleya. 

BB.  PolUnia  5-7,  some  of  them  often  abortive 53.  Lselio- 

BBB.  PoUinia  8.  {cattleya. 

c.  Stigma    pitted    upon    the    front    of    the 
column;  anther  inclined. 
D.  Base    of    Up    gradually    merging    into 
blade. 
E.  Lip      distinctly      surrounding      the 
column ;     sepals    and    petals    not 

wavy 54.  haelia. 

EE.  Lip  not  as  above;  sepals  and  petals 

distinctly  wavy 55.  Schom- 

DD.  Base  of  lip  tightly  encompassing  col-  [burgkia. 

umn,   suddenly   broadened  into  the 

broad  blade 56.  Brassavola. 

CC.  Stigma  running  up  on  2  extensions  of  the 

column-apex;  anther  erect 57.  Sophronitis 

AA.  Anther  2-toothed  below,  in  an  excavation  in 

the  column 58.  Leptotes. 

17.  Sobralia  Tribe. 

A.  St.  many-lvd.,  not  bulbous  at  base:  lip  not 

bearded 59.  Sobralia. 

AA.  St.  1-  or  2-lvd. ,  bulbous  at  base :  Up  bearded ...  60.  Calopogon. 

18.  Pleurothallis  Tribe. 

A.  Lip    turned    upward ;    lateral    sepals    united 

into  a  boat-shaped  hood 61.  Scapho- 

AA.  Lip  turned  down.  [sepalum. 

B.  Sepals  united 62.  Masdevallia. 

BB.  Sepals  free,  or  the  lateral  only  united. 

c.  Dorsal  sepal  and  petals  attenuated  into  a 

club-shaped  apex 63.  Restrepia. 

cc.  Dorsal  sepal  and  petals  not  as  above.  . .  .64.  Pleurothallis 

19.  Phajus  Tribe. 

A.  Lvs.  not  articulated  to  petiole. 

B.  Lip  free,  encompassing  the  column .65.  Phajus. 

BB.  Lip  adnate  to  column,  the  blade  spreading.  .66.  Calanthe. 
AA.  Lvs.  articulated  to  petiole. 
B.  Sepals  and  petals  spreading. 

c.  Lip  with  its  base  tightly  inclosing    the 

column,  the  blade  spreading 67.  Limatodes. 

cc.  Lip  not  inclosing  column. 

D.  Fls.  with  distinct  chin 68.  Chysis. 

DD.  Fls.  without  chin. 
E.  PolUnia  8. 

F.   Middle  lobe  of  Up  not  clawed 69.  Bletia.. 

FF.  Middle  lobe  of  Up  clawed 70.  Spatho- 

[glottis, 

EE.  PolUnia  4 71.  Aplectrum. 

BB.  Sepals  and  petals  erect 72.  Acantko- 

[phippium. 

20.  Cyrtopodium  Tribe. 

A.  Fls.  spurred  or  with  sac-like  base. 

B.  Sepals  narrower  and  less  colored  than  petals.  73.  Lissochilua. 

BB.  Sepals  and  petals  aUke  or  nearly  so 74.  Eulophia. 

AA.  Fls.  not  spurred  nor  saccate. 

B.  Lip  only  inserted  on  column-foot 75.  Cyrtopodium. 

BB.  liip  and  lateral  sepals  inserted  on  column- 
foot. 

c.  Chin  distinct,  rectangular 76.  Warrea. 

cc.  Chin  indistinct,  round 77.  Eulophiella. 

21.  Catasetum  Tribe. 

A.  FIs.  perfect;  column  twisted 78.  Mormodea. 

AA.  Fls.  of  2  or  3  forms;  column  not  twisted. 

B.  Column  stout,  straight;  fls.  with  antennffl.  .  .79.  Catasetum. 
BB.  Column     slender,     curved;     fls.     without 

antennee 80.  Cycnochea. 

22.  Lycaste  Tribe. 

A.  PolHnia  upon  a  single  stalk. 

B.  Fls.  globose 81.  Anguloa. 

BB.  Fls.  with  spreading  sepals  and  petals. 

c.  Stalk   of   polUnia   long  and   narrow;   fls. 
1  to  few. 
D.  Infl.   of  a  single  erect  fl.;  Up  turned 

down 82.  Lycaste. 


KEY  TO  THE   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


123 


DD,  Infl.    of   2    to    few    drooping    fls.;    lip 

turned  upwards 83.  Paphinia. 

CO,  Stalk  of  poUinia  short;  fls.  many 84.  BatcTnan- 

[nia. 
AA.  Pollinia  upon  2  separate  stalks 85.  Bifrenaria. 

23.  Zygopetalum  Tribe. 

A.  Lip  clawed  distinctly 86.  Colax. 

AA.  Lip  not  distinctly  clawed.  [lum. 

B.  The  lip  with  horseshoe-shaped  callus 87.  Zygopeta- 

BB.  The  lip  with  few  longitudinal  lamellEe 88.  Eriopsis. 

24.  Gongora  Tribe. 

A.  Lip  turned  downwards. 

B.  Fls.  with  sepals  and  petals  erect  or  incurved. 
c.  Hypuchil   separated  from   column   by   a 

strong  stricture:  no  pleuridia 89.  Lacxna. 

cc.  Hypochil  united  with  column  by  a  broad 
base:  pleuridia  present. 
D.  Epichit  movably  attached  to  hypochil; 

pollinia  with  short  stalk  at  most ilO.  Peristeria. 

DD.  Epiehil  immovably  attached  to  hypo- 
chil; pollinia  with  elongated  stalk.  .  .  .    91.  Acineta. 
BB.  Fls.    with   sepals  and   petals  spreading  or 
refiexed. 
c.  Lateral  sepals  much  larger  than  the  dor- 
sal sepal  and  petals 92.  Coryanthes. 

cc.  Sepals  and  petals  nearly  alike. 
t>.  Hypochil  concave;  epiehil  flat. 

E.  Pollinia  2 93.  Stanhopea. 

EE.  PolHnia  4 94.  Aganisia. 

DD.  Hypochil  not  concave 95.  Houlletia. 

AA.  Lip  turned  upwards 96.  Gongora. 


25.  Dendrobium  Tribe. 

A.  Sts.  many-jointed:  rhizome  short. 
B.  Lip   without   callus,   or   with   lamellate  or 

elevated  lines 97. 

BB.  Lip  with  basal  callus:  joints  of  st.  long-fila- 

mentose 98. 

AA.  Sts.    1-  or    rarely  2-jointed;    rhizome  long- 
creeping  99. 

26.  Bulbophyllum  Tribe. 

A.  Lateral  sepals  with  their  outer  margins  adher- 
ing, except  at  the  free  base 100. 

AA.  Lateral  sepals  free 101. 

27.  Maxillaria  Tribe. 

A.  Lip  without  claw,  movable:  Ivs.  normal 102. 

AA.  Lip  clawed,  or  adnate  to  column-base:  Ivs. 

whip-shaped 103. 

28.  Huntleya  Tribe. 

A.  P&eudobulbs  distinct 104. 

AA.  Pseudobulbs  wanting  or  rudimentary. 

B.  Lip  entire 105. 

BB.  Lip  lobed. 

c.  Callus  of  lip  fringed .106. 

cc.  Callus  not  fringed. 

D.  Column  boat-shaped,  concave 107. 

DD.  Column  slender,  not  concave. 

E.  Claw  very  short:  callus  free  in  front 

and  resting  upon  the  lip 108. 

EE.  Claw  distinct:  callus  not  free  in  front. 109. 


Dendro- 

\biuni. 
Inabulbon. 

Sarcopod- 
{ium. 


[lum. 
Cirrhopeta- 
Bulbophyl- 

[lum. 


Maxillaria, 
Scuticaria. 


Promenwa. 

Chondror- 

[rhyncha. 
Huntleya. 

Botha. 


Warscewic- 

[zella, 

Pescatorea. 


29.  Cymbidium  Tribe. 

A.  Lvs.  many:  sts.  elongated 110.  Grammat- 

AA.  Lvs.  few:  sts.  short.  [ophyUum. 

B.  Sts.  concealed  by  the  If. -sheaths. 

c.  Pollinia   pear-shaped,    upon    a   quadrate 

stalk:  St.  not  bulbous 111.  Cyperor- 

CC.  Polhnia  round,  upon  a  stalk  much  broader  [chis. 

than  high:  st.  bulbous 112.  Cymbid- 

[ium. 

BB.  Sts.  naked:  lvs.  only  at  its  apex 113.  Gram- 

[mangia. 

30.  lonopsis  Tribe. 

A.  Sepals  free 1 14.  Trickocen- 

AA.  Sepals,  the  lateral  ones,  united,  at  leEist  below.  [trum. 

B.  The  lip  spurred 115.  Rodri- 

BB.  The  sepals  spurred.  [guezia^ 

c.  Spur  short 116.  lonopsis. 

CC.  Spur  long  and  slender 117.  Comparet' 

[tia. 

31.  Ada  Tribe. 
A.  Lvs,  flat. 

B,  Sepals  free 118.  Ada. 

BB.  Lateral  sepala  united 119.  Mesoa- 

[ptJiidium. 
AA.  Lvs.  cylindric 120.  Quekettia. 


32.  Trichopilia  Tribe. 

Lip  rolled  around  the  column 121.  Trichopilia, 

33.  Aspasia  Tribe. 

A.  Middle  lobe  of  lip  broad 122.  Aspaaia. 

AA.  Middle  lobe  of  lip  narrow 123.  Cochlioda, 

34.  Odontoglossum  Tribe. 

A.  Lip  surrounding  column  with  2  longitudinal 

calluses:  blade  refiexed 124.  Gomeza. 

AA.  Lip  not  as  above. 

B.  Base  of  lip  parallel  to  column  and  some- 
times adnate  to  it 12.i.  Odontogloa- 

BB.  Lip  spreading  from  base  of  column.  [sum. 

c.  Lateral   sepals   united   entirely;   Up   like 

dorsal  sepal 126.  Palum- 

cc.  Lateral  sepals  free  or  only  partly  united;  [bi?ia. 
lip  unlike  dorsal  sepal. 
D.  Sepals    and    petals    long    and    much 
attenuated;     lip     entire     or     fiddle- 
shaped  127.  Brassia. 

DD.  Sepals  and  petals  not  much  attenuated. 

E.  The  lip  entire,  flat,  broad 128.  Miltonia, 

EE.  The  lip  mostly  3-lobed,  with  warts 

or  a  cushion  at  base 129.  Oncidium. 

35.  Aerides  Tribe. 

A.  Lip  movably  jointed  to  column. 

B.  Middle  lobe  of  spurless  hp  flat 130.  Renan^ 

[thera, 

BB.  Middle  lobe  of  spurred  lip  compressed 131.  Arach- 

AA.  Lip  immovably  united  with  column.  [nanthe, 

B.  Spurless. 

c.  Column  without  a  foot. 

D.  Summit  of  lip  laterally  compressed..  .  .132.  Vandopsis. 

DD.  Summit  of  lip  not  compressed 133.  Luisia. 

cc.  Column  with  a  foot,  the  lateral  sepals 

attached  to  it 134.  PhaUenop' 

BB.  Spurred.  [sis, 

c.  Column  without  a  foot. 

D.  Pollinia  upon  a  single  stalk. 
E.  Spur  appendaged. 

F.  With  a  longitudinal  septum 135.  Sarcanthus, 

FF.  With  the  mouth  covered  with  a 

plate 136.  Cleisos- 

EE.  Spur  not  appendaged.  [toma, 

F.  Stalk  of  the  pollinia  filiform. 

Q.  Fls.  firm;  lip  turned  downwards.. 137.  Saccola- 

[biunu 
GG.  Fls.  fragile;  hp  turned  upwards..  138.  Acampe. 
FF.  Stalk    of    the    pollinia    broadened 
upwards  or  throughout. 

G.  Spur  short  and  broad 139.  Vanda. 

GG.  Spur  long  and  slender 140.  Angrascum, 

DD.  Pollinia  on  2  separate  stalks,  or  these 
united  by  the  gland. 
E.  Stalks     membranous,     the     pollinia 
attached  to  the  face. 

F.  Plants  leafy:  Up  entire 141.  Macropleo 

[trum, 
FF.  Plants  without  lvs.:  lip  3-lobed  , .  .142.  Polyrrhiza, 
EE.  Stalks  slender. 

F.  Column   bent   toward    the   dorsal 

sepal 143.  Listro- 

[stachys, 

FF.  Column  straight 144.  Mystaci- 

cc.  Column  with  a  foot,  the    lateral  sepals  [dium. 
attached  to  it. 
D.  Spur  curved  upwards  against  the  lip- 
blade  145.  A  '&rides. 

DD.  Spur  straight  or  refiexed. 

E.  Lip  3-lobed 146.  Camarotis, 

EE.  Lip  entire 147.  Rhyn- 

[chostylia. 
Other  orchid  genera  entered  are:  Acriopsis,  Arethusa,  Brora- 
headia,  Collabium,  Corysanthes,  Cryptophoranthus,  Cryptostylis, 
Diuris,  Eria,  Eriochilus,  Geodorum,  Govenia,  Holothrix,  lone, 
Lepanthes,  Lueddemannia,  Megaclinium,  Monomeria,  Moorea, 
Neolauchea,  Neottia,  Nervilia,  Neuwiedia,  Notylia,  Oberonia, 
Octomeria,  Ornithidiura,  Ornithocephalus,  Ornithochilus,  Panisea, 
Physosiphon,  Platylepis,  Polycycnis,  Pterostyhs,  Sarcochiius, 
Satyrium,  Scaphyglottis,  Schlimmia,  Sievekingia,  Sigmatostalix, 
Solenidium,  Stauropsis,  Stelis,  Stenia,  Tainia,  Thecostele,  Thely- 
mitra,  Trichoglottis,  Trigonidium,  Xylobium,  and  many  bi-  and 
tri-generic  hybrids. 


184.  DIOSCOREACE.^. 

A.  Fr.  globose  and  berry-like,  indehiscent 1.  Tamua, 

AA.  Fr.  capsular,  winged. 

B.  Caps,  l-carpelled  by  abortion 2.  liajania. 

BB.  Caps.  3-carpelled  or  -lobed,  winged  above... .  3.  Tentudi- 
BBB,  Caps.   3-carpellcd  or  -lolied,  winged   below  [naria, 

or  all  around,  or  rarely  not  at  alt 4.  Dioscorea, 


124 


KEY   TO   THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


185.  TACCACEiE. 

In  cultivation Tacca, 


186.  IRIDACE^. 

A.  F\9.  never  more  than  1  to  a  spathe.  spicate, 
not  fuRitive. 
B.  Style-branches  simple,  not  bifid. 

c.  blamense<iuilatcral;  perianth  regular. 
D.  The   style   short:    branches    long    and 
subulate. 
E.  Rootstock    not    bulbous;    roots     in 

dense  tufts,  fibrous,  some  fle.shy...  .    1.  Schizosstylis. 

EE.  Rootstock  bulbous 2.  Hesperantha. 

DD.  The  style  longer:  branches  shorter  and 
more  or  less  broadened. 
E.  The  spathe-valves  oblong,  green  or 

brownish  upwards 3.  Geissorhxza. 

EE.  The  spathe-valves  scarious  or  hya- 
line, cut  or  3-parted  at  apex 4.  Dierama. 

EEE.  The  outer  spathe-valve  short,  emar- 

ginate,  membranous  or  papery 5.  Ixia. 

CC.  Stamens  unilateral  and  arched. 

D.  Foliage  very  hairy  and  plaited 6.  Babiana. 

DD.  Foliage  not  hairy  and  plaited. 
E.  Perianth -limb  irregular. 

F.  Tube  funnel-shaped;  spathe-valves 

lanceolate 7.  Gladiolus. 

FT.  Tube    cylindrical    in    lower   half, 
suddenly  dilated  at  the  middle, 
spathe-valves  oblong-lanceolate..  S.  Antholyza. 
EE.  Perianth-limb  subregular. 

F.  Fls.  small;  no  tube;  segms.  very 

acuminate 9.  Melas- 

FF.  Fls.    larger;   tube   present;   segms.  [phserula. 

more  or  less  oblong. 
G.  Spathe     valves     large,     green, 

lanceolate 10.  Acidanthera, 

GG.  Spathe-valves  small,  oblong. 

H.  Caps,  inflated,  globose 11.  Crocosmia. 

HH.  Caps,  small,  oblong 12.  Tritonia. 

GGO.  Spathe-valves    scarious    and 

deeply  lacerated 13.  Sparaxis. 

BB.  Style-branches  bifid ;  stamens  unilateral. 
c.  Tube   broadly   funnel-shaped,    with   sta- 
mens inserted  below  the  throat 14.  Freesia. 

CC.  Tube  slender  with  stamens  inserted  at  the 

throat 15.  Lapeyrousia. 

ccc.  Tube  broadly  funnel-shaped    above   the 

middle  where  the  stamens  are  inserted . .  16.  Wataonia. 
AA.  Fls.  usually  more  than  1  to  a  spathe,  stalked, 
often  fugitive  and  opening  one  after  another. 
B.  Style-branches  opposite  stamens  and  outer 
pe  ri  an  t  h  -segms. 
c.  Stigmas  transverse;  style-branches  have 
crests  that  overtop  anthers. 
D.  Inner  perianth-segms.  not  convolute. 
E.  Ovary     l-celled,     with     3     parietal 

placentae;  rootstock  digitate 17.  Hermo- 

EE.  Ovary  3-cel!ed.  [dactylus. 
F.  Perianth-tube  usually  present; 
filaments  free:  rootstock  usu- 
ally a  rhizome,  sometimes  a  bulb.  18.  Iris. 
FT.  Perianth  without  a  tube;  filaments 
monadelpbous:  -rootstock  usu- 
ally a  tunicated  corm 19.  Morxa. 

DD.  Inner  perianth-segms.  convolute. 

E.  Style-cre.sta     petaloid;     Ivs.     in     2- 
ranked  rosette,  not  plaited:  pedun- 
cle flattened:  rootstock  not  bulbous. 20.  Marica, 
EE.  Style-cresta  large,  spur-like  or  flat- 
tened:   Ivs.    superposed,    plaited: 

8t,  terete:  rootstock  bulbous 21.  Cypella. 

(See  also  Phalocallia.) 
CC.  Stigmas  terminal;  style-branches  do  not 
overtop  anthers. 
D.  Perianth     without     any    tube;     inner 
segm.s   small,  not    convolute;    style- 
branches  bifid  at  tip 22.  Herbertia. 

DD.  Peri  ant  h-riegm.H.    connivent   in   a   cup, 

without  any  spreading  blade 23.  Hydrotaenia. 

DDD.  Perianth-segms,    connivent   in   a   cup, 
then   spreading,    at   least   the  outer 
ones. 
E.  Style-branches     with     2     petal-like 

Htigmatose  crests 24.  Homeria. 

EE.  Style-brannhes  bifid. 

F.  Ditto  penicillate,  i.e.,  shaped  like 
an  artist's  brush,  a  dense  tuft  of 

hairs 25.  Ferraria. 

yr.  Ditto  not  penicillate. 

G.  Inner   segms.  very  amall;  outer 

with  a  large,  reflexed  blade. . .  .26.  RigideUa, 
OG.  Inner  and  outer  segms.  dissimi- 
lar, various 27.  Tigridia. 

BB.  Style-branches  alt*:mate  with  anthers. 
c.  Rootstock  not  a  bulb  or  corm. 


D.  Spathes  essentially  1-fld. 

E.  Peduncle    short,     hidden;    perianth 
with    a    long    tube    and    ascending 

segms 28.  Crocut, 

EE.  Peduncle  long;  perianth-degms.  much 

longer  than  the  short  tube 29.  Romulea. 

DD.  Spathes  usually  with  more  than  1  fl 30.  Nemastylia, 

CC.  Rootstock  not  a  bulb  or  corm:  spathes 
usually  more  than  1-fld. 
D.  Perianth-segms.  unequal. 

E.  Inner     segms.     shorter,     connivent; 

upper  stamen  imperfect 31.  Diplarrheria* 

EE.  Inner  segms.  obovate-cuneate;  outer 
oblong,    usually   shorter;   stamens 

all  perfect 32.  Libertia. 

DD.  Perianth-segms.  subequal. 

E.  Style-branches  flattened  and  emargi- 

natc  at  apex :  infl.  a  lax  cory  mb ....  33.  Belemcanda, 
EE.  Style-branches  subulate. 

F.  Pedicels  short;  clusters  panicled  .  .  .34.  Orihosan- 
FF.  Pedicels    long ;    clusters    terminal,  [thus. 

single  or  fascicled 35.  Sisyrin- 

[chium. 

Other  genera  described  are:  Aristea,  Cipura,  Eleutherine  and 
Ennealophus. 

187.  AMARYLLIDACE.^. 

A.  Subterranean    axis    a    bulb;    scapose: 
infl.    umbelloid    and   involucrate,   or 

sohtary 1.  Amaryllis  Tribe, 

AA.  Subterranean     axis     a     rhizome:     st. 
leafy,  at  least  at  base. 
B.  Plants    with    large,     thick,     fleshy, 
rosette-like  Ivs.:  infl.  racemose  or 

paniculate 2.  Agave  Tribe. 

BB.  Plants  with   ordinary   Ivs.  of  small 
size:  infl.  various. 
c.  Lf.-blades    inverted,    upper    face 
downward:  infl.   an  involucrate 

umbel 3.  Alstroemeria 

CC.  Lf.-blades  normal,  linear:  infl.  not  [Tribe. 

umbelloid. 
D.  Plant     hairy   or   glabrous,    sca- 
pose: infl.  spicate  or  racemose.    4.  Hypoxia  Tribe. 
DD.  Plant  glabrous,  with  leafy  sts.: 
infl.    loose,    racemose   or  soli- 
tary;     anther      opening      by 

apical  pore 5.  Conanthera 

DDD.  Plant      densely      woolly      with  [Tribe. 

leafy  sts.:  infl.  scorpioid:  Ivs. 
capitate 6.  CoNOSTyLis  Tribe. 

1.  Amaryllis  Tribe. 

Subtribe  1.  Coronat.e.  Fl.  furnished  with  a  crown  between 
the  perianth  and  stamens,  which  is  not  to  be  confused  with  a 
staminal  cup  formed  by  the  growing  together  of  filaments. 

1.  Narcissus. 

Subtribe  2.  Amarylle^  Genuine^.  Corona  0,  and  filaments 
not  united  into  a  staminal  cup. 

A.  Anthers  erect;  filaments  inserted  at  or  near  the 
base  of  anthers. 
B.  Stamens  epigynous;  filaments  short. 

c.  The  perianth-segms.  all  alike 2.  Leucojum. 

CC.  The  inner  segms.  different,  permanently 

connivent 3.  Galanthus. 

BB.  Stamens  perigynous. 

c.  Fls.  sohtary 4.  Cooperia. 

CC.  Fls.  umbellate 5.  Chlidanthus. 

AA.  Anthers  dorsifixed,  versatile. 

B.  Ovules  many,  superposed;  testa  black. 
c.  Fls.  solitary;  spathe  tubular  in  the  lower 
half. 
D.  The  fl.  gaping,  horizontal,  bright  red, 

3  lower  segms.  convolute 6.  Sprekelia. 

DD.  The  fls.  regular,  erect  or  suberect. 

E.  Seeds  globose;  fls.  yellow;  peduncle 

short  or  long 7.  Sternbergia. 

EE.  Seeds  flat:  peduncle  long 8.  Zephyran- 

CC.  Fls.  umbellate;   spathe    2— 4-valved.    and  [thes. 

pedicels  subtended  by  fiUform  bracte- 
oles. 
D.  Perinnili-Iiibf  short  or  almost  0,  rarely 
loTi^r  ill  llippcastrum. 
E.  Prdiinflc  >^olid:  seeds  few  in  a  cell. ...   9.  Lycoris. 
EE.  Peduncle  hollow. 

F.  Fl.    often   furnished   with   minute 
scales  or  a  distinct  neck  at  the 

throat:  seeds  many  in  a  cell 10.  Hippeas- 

FT.  Fl.  with  a  sort  of  corolla,  which  is  [trum. 

funnel-shaped,  and  deeply  cut, 
the  divisions  emarginate. .......  11.  Placea. 

DD.  Perianth-tube  long. 

E.  Tube  broadly  funnel-shaped,  pulvi- 

nate  at  throat 12.  Vallota. 

EE.  Tube  2-3  times  longer  than  segms., 

naked  at  throat 13.  Cyrtanthua. 


KEY   TO  THE   FAMILIES  AND   GENERA 


125 


BB.  Ovules  2,  basal,  collateral;  testa  pale 14.  Griffinia. 

BBB.  Ovulea  2  or  few,  collateral  or  fascicled  from 
the  center  of  the  placenta. 
c.  Fr.  baccate. 

D.  Bulb  imperfect:  ovules  several 15.  C'livia. 

DD.  Bulb  large,  tunicated:  ovules  2 16.  Ilsmanthus. 

cc.  Fr.  capsular 17.  Buphane. 

BBBB,  Ovulea  few  or  many,  superposed;  seeds  few, 
turgid,  testa  green. 
c.  Fr.  indehiscent  or  bursting  irregularly. 

D.  Perianth-tube  long IS.  Crinum, 

DD.  Perianth-tube  short. 

E.  Segms.  broad 19.  ,-1  niarylHs. 

EE.  Segms.   narrow 20.  .-1  mmoch- 

CC.  Fr.  a  3-valved  caps.  [aris, 

D.  Caps,  top-shaped,  acutely  angled 21.  Brunsvigia, 

DD.  Caps,  globose,  obtusely  angled. 22.  Nerine. 

Subtribe  3.    Pancratie.'e.    Corona  0,  but  stamens  appendaged 
toward  base  and  often  united  into  a  distinct  cup. 

A.  Ovules  superposed,  many  or  few, 
E.  Lvs.  broad,  petioled. 
c.  Perianth  white. 
D.  Ovary  globose. 

E.  Filaments  with  a  large  tooth  on  each 

side  of  the  anthers 23    Calliph- 

[ruria, 
EE.  Filaments  united  in  a  distinct  cup. . . .  24.  Euckaris. 

DD.  Ovary  3-lobed;  hybrid 23.  Urceoch- 

cc.  Perianth  colored.  [am, 
D.  The    perianth-tube    cyUndrical,    sud- 
denly dilated 26.  UrceoliTia. 

DD.  The    perianth    subcylindricaJ;    segms. 

long  or  short 27.  Phsedran- 

BB.  Lvs.  linear  or  liguiate,  sessile.  [assa 

c.  Perianth     colored,     subcylindrical ;     tube 
long;  filaments  united  in  an  entire  or 

toothed  cup 28.  Stenomesson. 

cc.  Perianth     white;     tube     funnel-shaped; 

staminal  cup  large 29.  Pancratium. 

AA.  Ovules  collateral,  basal,  2-6 30.  Hymeno- 

AAA.  Ovules  medial,  2-3.  [callis. 

B.  Perianth  funnel-shaped;  segms.  narrow 31.  Vagaria. 

BB.  Perianth   with  a  slender  tube  and  broad 

segms 32.  Eurycles. 

2.  Agave  Tribe. 

A.  Lvs.  thick,  fleshy,  usually  spiny  at  edge  and 
point. 
B.  Perianth  funnel-shaped;  filaments  normal..  .33.  Agave. 
BB.  Perianth  rotate;  filaments  swollen  on  one 

side  at  base 34.  Furcrxa. 

AA.  Lvs.  comparatively  thin,  not  spiny  at  edge  or 
point. 
B.  Segms.  short. 

c.  Fls.  white,  in  a  lax,  simple  spike;  tube 

long,  cur\'ed,  subcylindrical 35.  Polianthes. 

cc.  Fls.  greenish  brown  in  a  lax  raceme;  tube 

abruptly  curved  and  dilated  at  middle .  .  36.  Prochny- 
ccc.  Fls.  red  or  white,  laxly  spicate  or  race-  [anthes, 

mose;  tube  curved,  subcylindrical 37.  Bravoa. 

BB.  Segms.  long;  tube  scarcely  any, 

c.  Fls.  greenish  red,  in  a  simple  or  panicled 

raceme;  segms.  oblanceolate 38.  Beschirr- 

cc.  Fls.  bright  red,  in  a  capitulum  or  thyrsoid  {i\eTia. 

panicle;  segms.  narrow,  falcate 39.  Doryanthes. 

3.  Alstroemeria  Tribe. 

A.  Rootstock  bulbous:  perianth-segms.  subequal. 40.  Ixiolirion. 
AA.  Rootstock  0:  3  outer  perianth-segms.  different 
from  3  inner. 

B.  Inner  segms.  unequal:  st.  erect 41.  Alstrcemeria, 

BB.  Inner  segma.   equal:    st.   with   runners  or 

stolons 42.  Bomarea. 

4.  Hypoxis  Tribe. 

A.  Ovary  often  produced  into  a  long  slender  beak 
simulating  a  perianth-tube:    fr.    succulent, 

indehiscent 43.  Curculigo, 

AA.  Ovary  not  beaked:  fr.  a  caps,  usually  circum- 

scissile  at  apex 44.  Hypoxis. 

5.  Conanthera  Tribe, 
Stamens,  3  only,  fertile 45,  Tecophilaea. 

6.  Conostylis  Tribe. 

Fla.  irregular 46.  Anigozan,' 

\tho8. 
Also    in    cultivation:   Anoiganthus,   Calhpsyche,    Cummingia. 
Cyanella,  Gethyllis. 


188.  VELLOZIACE.ffi. 

A.  Perianth-tube  more  or  less  extended  beyond 

the  ovary 1.  Barbacenia, 

AA.  Perianth-tube  practically  none 2.  Vellozia. 


189.  MUSACE^. 

A.  Caly^  tubular,  later  split-spathaceous 1,  Afuso. 

AA.  Calyx  of  free  sepals  (lateral  ones  sometimes 
adnate  to  corolla  in  Heliconia). 
B.  Fr.  a  caps,  loculicidally  3-valved:  seeds  oo. 

c.  Petals  2,  lateral  connate 2.  Strelitzia. 

cc.  Petals  separate 3.  Ravenala. 

BB.  Fr.  indehiscent  or  separating  into  berries, 

the  cells  1-seeded 4.  Heliconia. 


190.  ZINGIBERACEiE. 

A.  Ovary  l-celled,  with  3  parietal  placentae 1.  Glohha. 

AA.  Ovary  perfectly  3-celIed,  or  at  least  3-celled 
much  above  the  middle;  placentEe  axile. 
B.  Lateral  staminodes  ample  and  petal-like. 
c.  Connective  not  appendaged  at  the  base. 

D.  Filament  short;  bracts  1-fl 2.  Kaemp/eria, 

DD.  Filament  long;  bracts  l-co.fld 3.  Hedychium 

cc.  Connective  appendaged  at  the  base. 

D.  Spur    2-fid;    lateral    staminodes    nar- 
rowed at  base 4.  Roscoea. 

DD.  Spurs    2 ;    lateral    staminodes    connate 

with  the  petaloid  filament 5.  Curcuma. 

BB.  Lateral  staminodes  small,  tooth-like  or  0, 
rarely    longer,    narrow    and    adnate    to 
labellum. 
c.  Filament  short  or  very  short. 
D.  Infl.  cone-like. 

E.  Anther-cells  divergent  at  apex;  con- 
nective either  short  or  produced 
beyond  cells  into  an  entire  or  3- 

lobed  crest 6.  Amomum 

EE.  Anther-cells   contiguous ;   connective 
produced  beyond  the  cells  into  a 

long,  linear  appendage 7.  Zingiber. 

DD.  Infl.  not  cone-like. 

E.  Connective    not    produced    beyond 
celts. 
F.  Anther-cells  contiguous  to  apex. ...  8.  EUttaria. 

FF.  Anther-cells  separate 9.  Renealmia. 

EE.  Connective    produced    beyond    cells 
into    a    long    lanceolate,    concave 

appendage 10.  Burbidgea. 

cc.  Filament     elongated     (in    Costus    petal- 
hke). 

D.  Infl.  cone-Uke 11,  Costus. 

DD.  Infl.  not  cone-Uke 12.  Alpinia. 

Also     in     cultivation:     Bamburanta,     Brachychilus,     Cautlea, 
Rhynchanthus. 

191.  MARANTACE^. 

A.  Ovary  1-celled  after  a  fashion,  the  other  cells 
being  minute  and  empty. 
B.  Bracts    narrow,    convolute,    inclosing    the 

rachis 1.  Maranta. 

BB.  Bracts     and     bractlets     usually     colored, 

spreading,  long  persistent 2.  Stromanthe 

BBB.  Bracts  spreading,  deciduous 3.  Thalia. 

AA.  Ovary  usually  3-celled  and  3-ovuIed. 

B.  Corolla-tube  usually  short 4.  Phrynium. 

BB.  Corolla-tube  usually  slender  and  longer 5.  Calathea. 

Ctenanthe  is  also  briefly  treated. 


192.  CANNACEi£. 

Sole  genus Camia, 


193.  BROMELIACEiE. 

(Following  Mez  in  DC.  Monog.  Phaner.  vol.  9.) 

,  Fr.  a  berry,  indehiscent:  ovary  inferior:  seeds 

not  winged  nor  plumed. 
B.  Pollen-grains    entire,     not    provided     with 
pores  or  a  longitudinal  membranous  fold. 

C.  Calyx  without  a  tube  or  cup 1.  Bromelia. 

cc.  Calyx  with  a  tube  or  cup 2.  Cryptanthu- 

IB.  PoIIen-graina  furnished  with  pores. 

c.  Infl.  immersed  in  a  central  bowl  of  lvs. 
and  surrounded  by  an  involucre 
formed  from  the  reduced  inmost  lvs. 
and  usually  colored. 


lL\i 


KEY   TO   THE   EAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


D.  Pt'lalsi    without     Hgule:;!,    connate,    at 
\enM  toward  base. 

E.  The  inti.  siinplo 3.  AreutUa. 

EK.  The  inti.  compound 4.  X idularium. 

DD.  Pt  tals  with  liKuios.  free 5.  Canistrutn. 

cc.  Inrt.  not  surnnindcd  hy  a  distinct  involu- 
cre: St.  or  scape  tall. 
D.  Petals  furnished  wiili  2  Hgules  inside. 
E.  Berries   connate    aniotig    theniselvea 

and  also  to  the  bracts  and  axis G.  Ananas. 

EE,  Berries  free. 

r.  Sepals    with     long    awns,     or,     if 
awnless,    the   ovules   with    very 

long  tails 7.  Mchmea. 

(Sec  also  Echinostachys.) 
FF.  Sepals     withovit     awns     or     only 

obscurely  awned:  ovules  obtuse..  8.  Quesntiia. 
DD.  Petals  not  provitled  with  ligulcs  inside. 
E.  Fls.  very  flat  and  crowded  into  dense 

cones 9.  Hohenbergia. 

EE.  Fls.  more  or  less  loosely  spicate  on 

the  branches  of  t  he  infl 10.  Streptocali/x, 

BBB.  Pollen-grains  furnished  with  a  longitudinal 

membranous  groove 11.  Bilibergia. 

A\.  Ft.  a  dehiscent  caps:  ovarj'  superior  or  nearly 
so. 
B.  Seeds     winged,     or     appendaged:     pollen 
grooved. 

C.  Ovary  semi-superior 12.  Pitcairnia. 

cc.  Ovary  superior. 

D.  Fls.  of  2  forms  and  dioecious 13.  Ilechtia. 

DD.  Fls.  all  the  same  form. 

E.  Petals  free  to  the  very  base 14.  Piuja, 

EE.  Petals  coalesced  toward  the  base 15.  Dyckia, 

BB.  Seed  with  a  long,  plumose  appendage:  ovary 
superior, 
c.  Petals  free. 

D.  The  petals  ligulate  inside 16.  Vriesia. 

DD.  The  petals  not  ligulate  inside 17.  TilUiiulsia. 

cc.  Petals  connate  or  intimately  conglutinate.  18.  Guzmania. 

(See  also  Massangea.) 
Catopsis  and  Xeoglaziovia  are  also  in  cultivation. 


194.  LILIACE-ffi. 
/.  Summary  of  Tribes, 

Ignoring  many  exceptions. 

Series  1.  Anthers  introrsely  dehiscent:  fr.  u.sually  berry-like: 
plant  not  bulbous,  usually  scaly  at  the  base  of  the  st.  and  leafy 
above,  sometimes  with  a  scaly  scape. 

A.  Stigma  not  broadly  peltate. 

B.  Ovules  orthotropous  or  hemianatro- 

pous:   "foliage"   abnormal,   in   the 

Smilax  Tribe  3-5-nerved  but  with 

netted  veinlets;  in  the  .\sparagus 

Tribe      If. -shaped      or     needle-like 

"phylloclades"  are  present. 

C.  Anthers  abnormal,  the  inner  valve 

of  each  cell  being  so  narrow  that 

the   open    anther    seems    to    be 

1-celled:  st.  sarmentose  or  scand- 

ent 1.  Smilax  Tribe 

cc.  Anthers  normally  2-celled,  or  cells 
confluent  at  apex:  st.  branched 

or  scandent 2.  Asparagus  Tribe. 

BB.  Ovules  anatropous,  rarely  hemiana- 
tropous  in  the  Luzuriaga  Tribe, 
c.  St.  shrubby     and     branehed,     or 

scandent 3.  Luzuriaga   Tribe. 

cc.  St.     herbaceous,     unbranehed     or 

sparingly  branched;  leafy  above..  4.  Solomon's  Seal 
ccc.  Stemlcss  herbs  with  Ivs.  clustered  [Tribe. 
on      the     rhizome     and     often 
inclosed      (together      with      the 
lateral  leafless  scape)  by  sheath- 
ing scales  at  the  base 5.  Lily-of-the- 

AA.  Stigma  usually  very  broadly  peltate:  [Valley  Tribe. 

Ivs.  on  the  rhizome  few,  ample:  scape 
very  short  and  1-fld.  or  bearing  aden.se 
spike  at  apex 6.  Aspidistra  Tribe. 

Series  2.  Anthers  introrsely  dehiscent:  fr.  loculicidally  delas- 
ceot,  rarely  indehiscent  or  berry-like:  Ivs.  on  a  rhizome,  or  densely 
crowded  at  the  apex  of  a  caudex,  or  forming  a  bulb  at  the  base 
of  the  scape. 

A.  Anthers  with  a  pit  on  the  back  into 
which  the  filament  intrudes. 
B.  LvH.  linear  or  membranouH,  crowded 
on  a  short  rhizome:  perianth  cylin- 
drical,     fun  nel-tih  aped,     or      bell- 
shaped 7.  Lemon-I-ily  or 

BB.  Lvs,   usually   thick,   fleshy  or  rigid,  [Hemerocallis 

•tometimes    spiny:    rhi7.ome    hard,  [Tribe. 

(Au-ti  extended  above  ground  into 
a  wfKKly  caudex:  perianth-segms, 
connivent  or  connate  into  a  tube  or 
sometimes  with  spreading  tips.  ...   8.  Aloe  Tribe. 


AA.  Anthers  not  pitted  (sometimes  slightly 
pitted  in  the  .\spho<iel  Tribe):  Ivs. 
not  thick,  and  fleshy  as  in  a  century 
plant. 
b.  Rootstock,  if  any,  rhizomatous;  rhi- 
zome   usually    short,    oftei.    very 
short    in    Asphodel    Tribe,    some- 
times produced  into  a  woudy  cau- 
dex in  Dractena  Tribe  (see  also  bb). 
c.  Seeds  flesliy:  perianth  marcescent.  9.  Ophiopogon 
cc.  Seeds  not  fleshy.  [Tribe, 
D.  Perianth       tubular-bellshaped, 
connate,  per.sistent;  infl.  race- 
mose  10.  Aletris  Tribe. 

DD.  Perianth  shaped  like  a  bell  or 
cylinder,  rarely  a  funnel,  the 
segins.  usually  distinct,  decid- 
uous; infl.  often  panicled 11.  Drac.e.n'a  Tribe. 

DDD.  Perianth-segins.  usually  dis- 
tinct and  spreading,  decidu- 
ous; infl.  sparingly  branched, 

if  at  all 12.  Asphodel  Tribe. 

bb.  Rootstock  bulbous  as  a  rule:  in  the 
Onion  Tribe  sometimes  a  conn  and 
rarely  a  very  short  rhizome;  bulb 
usually  tunicatcd,  but  in  the  Tulip 
Tribe  often  scaly. 
c.  Stemless  plants  with  the  infl.  ter- 
minal on  a  leafy  scape. 
D.  Infl.  an  umbel  with  an  involucre 

of  at  least  2  bracts 13.  Onion  Tribe, 

DD.  Infl.     a     raceme,    or    rarely    a 

spike 14.  Squill  Tribe. 

cc.  St.  leafy,  or  at  least  with  1  If.:  fis. 

few  or  in  a  lax  raceme 15.  Tulip  Tribe. 

Series  3.  Anthers  usually  introrsely  affixed  but  extrorsely 
dehiscent  (the  whole  Colchicum  Tribe  exceptional):  fr.  u.sually  a 
septicidal  caps.,  rarely  loculicidal  or  in  the  Medeola  Tribe  an 
indehiscent  berry.  Plant.s  fibrous-rooted,  rarely  cormous  or 
bulbous. 

A.  Fr.  a  berry:  plant  not  bulbous:  Ivs.  few, 

subradical  or  whorled  on  the  st 10.  Medeol.\.  or 

AA.  Fr.   a  caps,    rarely,   in    the    Bellwort  |Cucumber-Root 
Tribe,  a  berry.  [Tribe. 
B.  Anthers   introrsely   dehiscent.     The 
only  tribe  in  Series  3  with  a  corm- 
ous rootstock 17.  Colchicum  or 

BB.  Anthers  extrorsely  dehiscent,  rarely  [Autumn  Crocus 
otherwise  in  the  Narthecium  Tribe:  [Tribe, 
plants  not   bulbous  except   some- 
times in   False   Hellebore  Tribe. 
c.  St. -Ivs.  smaller  than  the  radical  Ivs. 
which    are    either     crowded     or 
petiolate),  sometimes  very  small 
or  0:  caps,  .septicidal  or  loculi- 
cidal  18.  Narthecium 

cc.  St.  leafy,  herbaceous  or  high  cHmb-  [Tribe. 

ing:    Ivs.     alternate,    sessile    or 

clasping,  without  sheath 19.  Bellwort  or 

ccc.  St.  usually  tall,  leafy  or  hardly  so        [Uvulahia  Tribe. 
beyond    the   radical   Ivs.:   plants 
not  bulbous  or  bulbous;  anthers 
with    contiucnl    cells,   roundish- 
peltate  after  dehiscence 20.  False  Hellebore 

[or  Veratru.m  Tribe. 


//.  Key  to  the  Tribes. 

1.  Smilax  Tribe. 

A.  Perianth  G-parted 1.  Smilax. 

\A.  Perianth  undivided;  mouth  minutely  toothed..  2.  lietero- 

[smilax, 

2.  Asparagus  Tribe. 

A.  Filaments  connate  into  a  little  urn,  with  the 
anthers  sessile  at  the  mouth  of  the  urn. 
B.  Anthers  3;  fls.  clustered  on  the  middle  of  the 

face  of  the  phylloclade 3.  Ruscus. 

BB.  Anthers  6;  fls.  clustered  on  the  margins,  or 

rarely  at  the  middle  of  the  phylloclade. ...  4.  Semde. 

BBB.  Anthers  G;  fls.  terminal  in  short  racemes 5.  Danae. 

AA.  Filaments  free 6.  Asparagus. 

J.  Luzuriaga  Tribe. 

A.  Fls.  large  or  rather  large,  solitary  or  few;  peri- 
anth-segins.    erect;    ovary    I-celled    with    3 
parietal  placentiB. 
B.  Lvs.  3-5-nerved:  perianth-segms.  of  about 

equal  length.. 7.  Lapngeria. 

BB.  Lvs.  1-nerved:  outer  perianth-segms.  much 

smaller  than  inner S.  Fhilesia. 

AA.  Fls.  small;  perianth-segms.  spreading;  ovary 
3-cellcd:  lvs.  with  oo  slender  nerves. 

B.  The  fls.  clustered  in  the  axils 9.  EuMrephus. 

BB.  The  fls.  niostly  terminating  the  branches. . .  .  10.  Geitono- 

Iplesium, 


KEY  TO  THE   FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


127 


4.  Solomon's  Seal  Tribe. 

A.  Fls.  1-2  in  the  axils,  rarely  more,  usually  nod- 
ding. 
B.  Periantn-tube  cylindrical;  lobes  short;  style 

undivided,  with  a  small  stigma 11.  Polygona- 

BB.  Perianth-tube  0;    segms.   spreading  above  [turn. 

or  from  the  base;  style  shortly  or  more 

deeply  3-fid 12.  Streptopus 

AA.  Fls.  in  a  terminal  raceme  or  panicle. 

B.  Floral  parts  in  3's 13.  SmiUicina, 

BB.  Floral  parts  in  2's 14.  Mainthe- 

\mum. 

5.  LUy-of-the-VaUey  Tribe. 

A.  Fls.  racemose,  nodding;  perianth  subglobose; 

lobes  shorter  than  tube 15.  ConvaUaria. 

AA.  Fls.  spicate,  far  apart;  perianth-tube  cybndri- 

cal;  lobes  recurved-.spreading 16.  Reineckia. 

6.  Aspidistra  Tribe. 

A.  Fls.  4-meroua;  stigma  very  large,  roundish- 
peltate,  undivided 17.  Aspidistra. 

AA.  Fls.  3-merous;  stigma  broadlypeltate,  3-lobed.l8.  Rohdea. 

7.  Lemon-Lily,  or  Hemerocallis  Tribe. 

A.  Fls.  erect;  stamens  affixed  at  apex  of  tube:  Ivs. 
long  and  narrow. 
B.  Perianth     funnel-shaped,     the     cylindrical 
tube    shorter    than    the    lobes;   panicles 

few-fld 19.  H efuerocallia. 

BB.  Perianth  with  subincurved  segms.   loosely 
conni vent    above    the    top-shaped    tube ; 

panicles  much  branched 20.  Phormium. 

AA.  Fls.  pendulous. 

B.  Stamens  affixed  at  middle  of  tube:  Ivs.  long 
and  narrow:  perianth-tube  swollen  above; 

lobes  short 21.  Blatuifordia. 

BB.  Stamens  often  hypogynous. 

c.  Lva.   petioled,   usually   broad:    fls.    race- 
mose;    perianth     funnel-shaped;     tube 

short  or  long 22.  Funkia, 

CC.  Lvs.  long  and  narrow:  fls.  spicate;  peri- 
anth a  long  narrow  tube  with  short 
lobes 23.  Knipkofia. 

8.  Aloe  Tribe. 

A.  Perianth-segnis.  strongly  connate  into  a  tube 
which  is  swollen  at  the  base;  segms.  free  at 

apex ;  stamens  included  in  tube 24.  Gasteria. 

AA.  Perianth-segms.  coherent  or  connivent  to  the 
very  apex  in  a  tube,  or  barely  spreading  at 
the  very  apex ;  stamens  usually  exserted.  -  .  25.  Aloe. 
AAA.  Perianth-segms.  coherent  or  connivent,  stel- 
late-spreading  at    apex;  stamens    a   little 

shorter  than  perianth 26.  Apicra. 

AAA  A.  Perianth  usually  incurved,  the  segms. 
cohering  or  connivent,  at  the  apex  recurved 
and  spreading  somewhat  as  if    2-lipped; 

stamens  not  exceeding  perianth 27.  Haworthia. 

AAAAA.  Perianth    of    Aloe,    but    stamens    a    Uttle 

shorter  than  the  perianth 28.  Lomatophyl- 

[lum, 

9.  Ophiopogon  Tribe. 

A.  Perianth-tube    long    and    slender;    filaments 

normal 29.  Sansevieria. 

AA.  Perianth  more  or  less  erect  or  spreading  above 
the  ovary;  filaments  shorter  than  the  linear 

anthers;  style  longisli 30.  Ophiopogon. 

AAA.  Perianth  spreading  from  base  of  ovary;  fila- 
ments about  as  long  as  the  oblong  anthers ...  31 .  Liriope. 

10.  Aletris  Tribe. 
One  genus  cultivated 32.  Aletris. 

11.  Dracaena  Tribe. 

A.  Ovary  1-eelled;  cells  3-ovuled 33.  Dnsylirion. 

AA.  Ovary  3-celled. 

B.  Cells  1-ovuled 34.  Dracaena. 

BB.  Cells  2-ovuled 35.  Xolina. 

BBB.  Cells  oo-ovuled. 

c.  Fls.  racemose 36.  Hespero- 

CC.  Fls.  panicled.  [callia. 

D.  Anthers  small,  sessile  on  a  club-shaped 
filament;  perianth  subglobose  or 
bell-shaped;  segms.  hardly  connate  at 

base 37.  Yucca. 

DD.  Anthers  dorsifixed  on  normal  or  flat- 
tened filaments;  perianth  cylindrical 
or  narrowly  bell-shaped,  with  a  .short 
tube 38.  Cordyline. 


12.  Asphodel  Tribe. 

Summary  of  Subtribes., 

A.  Anthers  dorsifixed,  versatile. 
B.  Subtribe    1.     Euasphodele.e.     Plant   not 
bulbous :    lvs.    crowded    at    base    of    at. ; 
cauline  lvs.  smaller,  when  present. 
BB.  Subtribe  2.    Lomandrej;.    Plant  not  bulb- 
ous; lvs.  grass-like:  fls.  in  spikes. 
BBB.  Subtribe  3.   CHLORoaALE.E.   Plant  bulbous: 

lvs.  few. 
AA.  Anthers  erect,  affixed  at  or  near  the  base. 
B.  Subtribe  4.     Bowie.e.     Lvs.   few,   from  a 
thick  tuber  or  fleshy  bulb,  quickly  van- 
ishing before  or  at  anthesis. 
BB.  Lvs.  numerous,  crowded  at  base  of  st.  or 
sometimes  in  Subtribe  5  arranged  along 

St. 

c.  Subtribe  5.     Antherice-g.     Lvs.  not  2' 
ranked. 
CC.  Subtribe  6.   Dianelle-e.  Lvs.  2-ranked. 

Subtribe  1.    Euasphodeleae. 

A.  Ovules  2  in  a  cell. 
B.  St.  or  scape  leafless. 

c.  Anthers  pitted  where  the  filament  is  in- 
serted; fls.  yellow 39.  Asphodelus. 

cc.  Anthers  not  pitted 40.  Bulbinella. 

(Consult  Chrysobactron.) 

BB.  St.  more  or  le-ss  leafy :  fls.  usually  white 41.  Asphodeline. 

AA.  Ovules  CO  in  a  cell. 

B.  Anthers  pitted;  filaments  glabrous 42.  Faradisea. 

BE.  Anthers  not  pitted;  filaments  long  bearded.  .43.  Bulbine. 

Subtribe  2.    Lomandrese. 

In  cultivation     44.  Xanihor- 

[rhaa, 
Subtribe  3.   ChlorogaleEe. 

A.  Perianth-segms.  3-nerved. 45.  Chloro- 

[galum. 
AA.  Perianth-segms.  l-nerved 46.  Hastingsia. 

Subtribe  4.    Bowiese. 

Lvs.  linear,  vanishing  before  anthesis:  bulb  tuber- 
like  47.  Bowiea. 

Subtribe  5.   Anthericese. 

A.  Infl.  clustered  down  among  the  radical  lvs.  on 

a  very  short  at 48.  LeucO' 

AA.  Infl.  on  a  scape,  simple  or  with  few  branches,  [crinum. 

racemose  or  spicate. 
B.  Stamens  finally  as  long  as  the  perianth  or 

longer;  raceme  long,  simple  and  dense 49.  Eremurus. 

BB.  Stamens  shorter  than  perianth. 

c.  Caps,  with  hardly  prominent  angles 50.  AntheTicum. 

cc.  Caps.  3-cornered  or  3-winged 51.  Chloropky- 

[tum. 
Subtribe  6.    DianellcEe. 
Filaments  fleshy  or  thickened  at  apex  or  middle .  .  52.  Dianella. 

13.  Onion  Tribe. 

A.  Rootstock  a  short  rhizome,  with  clusters  of 

root-fibers 53.  Agapanthus, 

AA.  Rootstock  a  tunicated  bulb  or  corm. 
B.  Perianth  salver-shaped  or  urn-shaped, 
c.  Stamens  6;  perianth-tube  cylindrical. 
D.  Tube    often    crowned    at    throat    with 
3-6  scales;  stamens  included  inside 

the  tube  in  2  series 54.  Tristagma. 

DD.  Tube  constricted  at  the  mouth  by  a 
scarcely  noticeable  ring;  stamens 
exserted  at  mouth  of  tube;  filaments 

very  short 55.  MiUa, 

cc.  Stamens  3,  affixed  at  throat. 

D.  Perianth-tube   subglobose,   constricted 
at  mouth;  stamens  alternate  with  a 

like  number  of  staminodes. 56.  ^tropholi- 

DD.  Perianth-tube       broadly      cylindrical,  [rion. 

short  ly  G-saccat e  at  base ;  stamens 
with  a  like  number  of  staminodes 
connate  into  a  spurious  corona  behind 

the  anthers 57.  Brevoortia. 

BB.  Perianth  funnel-shaped  or  bell-shaped;  lobea 
as  long  as  the  tube  or  longer. 
c.  Filaments  connate  into  a  tube;  stamens  6, 
affixed  to  throat. 

D.  Tube  about  as  long  as  lobes 58.  .Andro- 

[stephium. 

DD.  Tube  much  shorter  than  lobes 59.  Bessera. 

cc.  Filaments  free,  normal  or  very  short;  per- 
fect .stamens  6  or  3,  affixed  to  throat  or 
tube. 
D.  Pedicels  articulated  at  apex 60.  Brodixa. 


12S 


KKY  TO  THE   FAMILIES  AND   GENERA 


DD.  Pedicels  not  articulattnl  iit  apex. ......  .61.  Triieleia. 

B.  Perianth      wheel-shapeti     or     bell-shaped; 
seRiii:*.  connate  at  the  ha^e  into  n  ring  or 
cup. 
c.  Kootiitock  ft  fibrous-tunicutcd  corm. 
D.  Filaments  dilatcii  at  bjise  into  truncate 

scales  surrounding  ovary G2.  Btoomeria. 

DD.  Filaments   slightly   dilated   below   the 

middle 63.  Muilla. 

CC  Rootj*tock  a  tunicateti  bulb. 

D.  Alliaceous  odor  absent ;  porianth-segras. 

connate  at  base  or  to  the  inidtlle 04. 

DD.  Alliaceous  otlor  nearly  if  not  quite 
always  present;  perianth-segms,  dis- 
tinct or  barely  united  at  ba.se  in  a 
ring 65. 


Nothoscor- 
\(ium. 


Alliun 


14.  Squill  Tribe. 

A.  Perianth-segms.   distinct,   or  united  only  at 
the  very  base. 
B.  Seeds  strongly  compressed;  ovtilea  numer- 
ous. 
C.  The  outer  segms.  of  the  persistent  peri- 
anth    spreading,     the     inner    a    little 
shorter,  erect,  connivent  at  apex  and 

variously  crested 66.  Albuca. 

CC.  The  segms.  of  the  deciduous  perianth  sub- 
equal,  connivent  into  a  bell,  or  spread- 
ing  67.  Urginea. 

BB.  Seeds  obovoid  or  globose,  not  flattened  or 
angled:  ovules  2-ao  in  a  cell. 
c.  Infl.  a  long  dense  raceme,  bearded  at  the 
apex  by  empty  bracts,  which  may  be 

herbaceous  or  colored 68.  Eucomis. 

CC.  Infl.  not  as  in  c. 

D.  Ner\*es  of  perianth-segms  1 69.  Scilla. 

DD.  Nerves  of  perianth-segms.  3-co 70.  Camassia. 

ODD.  Nerves  of  perianth  segras.  obscure 71.  Ormthog- 

^A.  Perianth-segms.  united  into  a  tube  or  bell.  [alum. 

B.  0\'ule9  00,  usually  numerous. 

c.  Seeds  strongly  compressed  or  angled. 
D.  The  outer  lobes  spreading;  inner  ones 

erect  and  shorter 72.  Dipcadi. 

DD.  The  lobes  all  spreading  and  subequal, 

or  the  inner  ones  a  little  wider 73.  Galtonia. 

CC.  Seeds  obovoid  or  globose 74.  Lachenalia. 

BB.  Ovules  2-6  in  a  cell,  rarely  more;  seeds  not 
flattened  or  angled. 
c.  Lobes  very  short,  tooth-Uke,  much  shorter 
than  tube. 

D.  Perianth  cylindrical 75.  Vellheimia. 

DD.  Perianth    urn-shaped,    constricted    at 

throat 76.  Muscari. 

cc.  Lobes  considerably  longer  than  the  bell- 
shaped  tube;  fls.  few,  in  a  lax  raceme. 
D.  Filaments  erect,  not  connate,  all  or  only 

alternate  ones  dilated  and  petal-like.  .77.  Chionodoxa. 
DD.  Filaments  connate  into  a  sort  of  cup 
which  is  produced  beyond  the  anthers 

into  a  cone. 78.  Puschkinia. 

CCC.  Lobes  shorter  than  the  tube  or  about  as 
long,  sometimes  a  trifle  longer;  filaments 
normal  or  dilated  at  base 79.  Hyacinthus. 


17.  Colchicum,  or  Autumn- Crocus  Tribe. 

K.  Perianth-tube  entire;  styles  3,  distinct  from 

the  base 89.  Colchicum. 

AA.  Perianth-segms.  with  distinct  claws,  collDivent 
into  a  tube. 

B.  Styles  3,  distinct  from  base 90.  Merendera. 

BB.  Style  entire  inside  the  tube,  3-fid  at  apex. , . .    9L  Bulboco- 

[dium, 

18.  Narthecium  Tribe. 

A.  Caps,  loculicidally  dehiscent. 

B.  Style  undivided 92.  Narthecium. 

BB.  Styles  3 93.  Zeropkyl- 

AA.  Caps,  septicidally  dehiscent  or  parted.  {lum. 

B.  Fls.  few  at  apex  of  scape;  style  undivided. . . .  94.  Heloniopais. 

BB.  Fls,  in  a  dense  raceme;  styles  3,  very  short.  .  95.  Helonias. 

19.  Bellwort,  or  Uvularia  Tribe. 

A.  Fr.  an  indehiscent  berry 96.  Disporum. 

AA.  Fr.  a  septicidal  caps 97.  Tricyrtis. 

AAA.  Fr.  (when  known)  a  loculicidal  caps. 
B.  Fls.  terminal,  pendulous. 

c.  Lvs.  perfoliate:  seeds  covered  by  a  thin 

white  aril 98.  Uvularia, 

CC.  Lvs.  sessile;  seeds  have  a  swollen,  spongy, 

brown  ridge 99.  Oakesia. 

BB.  Fls.  axillary,  or  long-pedicelled  in  the  axils, 
c.  Plants  are  climbers. 

D.  Perianth-segms,      spreading,      usually 

wavy  or  crisped 100  Gloriosa, 

DD.  Perianth-segms.  distinct, suberect,  more 

or  less  connivent  and  bell-shaped 101.  Littonia. 

CC.  Plants  not  cHmbers:  periath  urn-shaped; 

lobes  very  short 102.  Sander- 

[sonia. 

20.  False  Hellebore  or  Veratrum  Tribe. 

A.  Seeds  membranous-winged  nearly  all  the  way 
around:  sts.  leafy. 
B.  Lvs.  narrow  or  long-stalked :  perianth-segms. 

distinctly  clawed 103.  Melan- 

BB.  Lvs.    usually    broad,    plaited,    veiny,    con-  [thium, 
tracted    into    a    sheath,    not    distinctly 
stalked :    perianth-segms.     a    trifle    con- 
tracted at  the  base 104.  Veratrum, 

AA.  Seeds   narrow,    angled,    hardly   winged :    lvs. 
radical  or  crowded  at  base  of  st.,  linear  or 
rarely  sublanceolate. 
B.  Stamens  much  shorter  than  perianth;  i>er- 

ianth  more  or  less  bell-shaped 105.  Stenan- 

BB.  Stamens  a  little  shorter  than  perianth;  per-  \thium, 

ianth  flattened  out 106.  Zygadenua. 

Other  genera  described  are:  Acrospira.  Alectorurus,  Andro- 
cymbiura,  Arthropodium,  Astelia,  Chamielirium,  Dipidax, 
Drimia,  Leucocoryne,  Massonia,  Oligobotrya,  Peliosanthes, 
Thysanotus,  Tofieldia,  Tupistra,  and  Tulbaghia. 


15.  Tulip  Tribe. 

A.  Caps,  septicidally  dehiscent  or  3-parted:  fls. 
erect  or  pendulous;  outer  perianth-segms. 
usually    narrower    or    smaller;    inner    ones 

pitted 80.  Calochortus. 

(Consult  also  Cyclobothra.) 
AA.  Caps.  loculicidally  dehiscent. 

B.  Anthers  dorsifixed,  versatile;  fls.  nodding  or 
pendulou.'i,  rarely  erect;  claw  of  segms. 
usually    furnished    with    a    nectariferous 

groove 81.  Lilium, 

BB.  Anihf-rs  basifixed,  erect;  filament  usually 
intruded. 
c.  Fls.  u.sually  erect;  perianth  bell-shaped  or 
somewhat  funnel-shaped;  segms.  often 

spotted  near  the  ba^e,  not  pitted 82.  Tulipa. 

CC.  Fls.  nodding  or  pendulous. 

D,  Perianth    bell-shaped;    segms.    usually 
furnished  with  a  pit  or  nectar-bearing 

spot  above  the  base 83.  Fritillaria. 

DD.  Perianth-segms.    narrow,    recurved   or 
reflect*-d  from  the  middle  or  almost 

from  the  base 84.  Erythro- 

\nium, 

16.  Medeola,  or  Cucumber-Root  Tribe. 

A.  Foliage  at  baae  of  st. ;  lvs,  few,  stalked  or  con- 
tracted into  a  sheath:  fls.  in  a  long-peduncled 

um^xfl.  rarely  solitary 85.  CUntonia. 

AA.  Foliage  whorled  at  top  of  st. 

B.  Lvs,  3:  fl.  solitary.  ."Vmerous 86.  Trillium. 

BB.  Lv».  4-oD  :  flu,  solitary,  4-«>-merous 87.  Paris. 

AAA.  Foliage  whorled  at  miridle  of  st,  with  3  smaller 

lvs.  at  the  top  surrounding  the  umbel 88.  Medeola. 


195.  PONTEDERIACEiE. 

A.  Perianth  funnel-shaped. 

B.  Ovary  by  abortion  l-celled,  1-ovviIed.  .....  1.  Pontederia. 

BB.  Ovary  3-celled,  many-ovuled 2.  Eichhornia. 

AA.  Perianth  salver-shaped 3,  Heteranthera. 


196.  COMMELINACE^. 

A.  Fr.  indehiscent. 

B.  Pericarp  hard  and  brittle 1.  Pollia. 

BB.  Pericarp  sufrulfnl  or  fleshy 2.  Palisota, 

AA.  Frs.  loculi'itlally  <li'|ii.sri-nt. 

B.  Fls.  with  .i  pi  rfcet  .stamens,  and  3  or  fewer 
staminodes. 
c.  Anther-cells  parallel  and  contiguous. 
D.  Ovary   3-celled;   2   anterior   cells    1-2- 
ovuled;  posterior  1-ovuled,  empty  or 

wanting 3.  Commelina, 

DD.  Ovary  2-3-celled;   cells  usually  2-^~ 

ovuled 4.  Aneilema. 

CC.  Anthers,  with  variously  petaloid  connec- 
tive cells  spirally  twisted  into  numer- 
ous gyres 5.  Cochlios- 

BB.  Fls.  with  6  stamens,  rarely  5,  all  perfect;  no  [tema, 

staminodes. 
c.  Anth<T-crIls  rU-hiscing  by  a  terminal  pore.    6.  Dichori- 
cc.  Anthers  citlicrwise  dehiscent.  [sandra, 

D.  Connective  transversely  or  divaricately 

2-Iobed 7.  Zebrina. 

DD.  Connective  not  2-lobed  as  in  d, 
E.  Ovary-cells  2-5-ovuled. 


KEY  TO  THE   FAMILIES   AND  GENERA 


129 


F.  Cy™^3  fascicle-formed,  with  the 
very  short  rachia  contracted 
into  a  receptacle,  sessile  inside 
the  base  of  the  complicate  floral 

Ivs.  or  variously  paniculate 8.  Trades- 

FF.  Cyme  terminal,  pedunculate  with  [cantia* 

2-3  longish  branches  secund-fld. 

from  base 9.  Tinantia. 

EE.  Ovary  cells  l-ov-uled 10.  lihaeo. 


197.  JUNCACE^. 

A.  Ovary  l-celled.  or  more  or  less  perfectly  3- 

celled;  placentae  or  cells  co-ovuled 1.  J  uncus. 

A.K.  Ovary  3-celled;  cells  2-  or  few-ovxiled 2.  Prionium. 


198.  PALMACE^. 

A.  Lf.-segms.      infolded      in      vernation: 
spadices  interfoliaceous. 
B.  Fls.  dicecious. 

c.  Lvs.  pinnatiaect;  segms.  acumi- 
nate: spat  he  solitary;  ovary  of  3 
distinct  carpels,  only  1  maturing: 
seed    deeply    grooved    ventrally 

umbihcate,  embryo  dorsal 1.  Phcenix  Tribe. 

CC.  Lvs.  plaited  in  a  fan-shaped  fash- 
ion, roundish,  semi-orbicular  or 
wedge-shaped,  spUt :  spathes 
numerous;  ovary  entire  or  3- 
lobed,  3-ceIled,  with  erect  ovules: 
seeds  with  a  mere  dot  of  a  hilum: 

raphe  ventral 2.  Corypha  Tribe. 

BB.  Fls.  usually  hermaphrodite:  lvs. 
much  like  those  of  Corypha  Tribe: 
spathes  numerous;  ovary  entire, 
3-Iobed,    with    ascending    ovules: 

seeds  with  diffused  hilum 3.  Borasscs  Tribe, 

AA.  Lf.-segms.  folded  back  in  vernation. 
B.  Seeds  adherent  to  the  endocarp; 
hilum  diffused;  embryo  opposite 
pore:  spadices  interfoliaceous;  fls. 
usually  monoecious  in  the  same 
spadix,  the  lower  ones  in  3's  with 

the  middle  one  pistillate 4.  Cocos  Tribe. 

BB.  Seed  umbilicate. 

c.  Raphe  dorsal;  embryo  ventral: 
spadices  terminal  or  axillary; 
fls.  polygamo-moncecious 5 


CC.  Raphe  ventral;  embryo  dorsal. .  . . 
1.  Phoenix  Tribe. 


Lepidocarva 

(Tribe. 
Areca  Tribe. 


The  only  genus 1.  Phcenix. 

2.  Corypha  Tribe. 

A.  Style   or   stigma    basilar    in  fr.:    endosperm 
equable. 
B.  The  style  short ;  embryo  terminal.    Palms 

fruit  once  and  die 2.  Corypha. 

BB.  The  style  elongated. 

c.  Embryo  dorsal 3.  Sabal 

[{Inodes). 

CC.  Embryo  sub-basilar 4.  Washing- 

LA.  Style  or  stigma  terminal  in  fruit.  \ionia. 

B.  Perianth    of    imbricate    petals    or    corolla- 
segms. 
c.  Fls.  polygamo-dicecious;  stigmas  sessile, 
distinct; embryo  dorsal. 

D.  Endosperm  ruminate 5.  Cham^rops. 

DD.  Endosperm  equable 6.  Rhapido- 

CC.  Fls.  hermaphrodite;  styles  long,  distinct.  [phyllum. 

D.  Filaments  free 7.  Acantho- 

[rhiza. 

DD.  Filaments  connate  into  a  tube 8.  Trithrinax. 

BB.  Perianth  of  valvale  petals  or  corolla-lobes 
(see  also  bbb). 
c.  Fls.  dioecious;  corolla  3-toothed;  anthers 

extrorseiy  dehiscent 9.  Rhapis. 

CC.  Fls.  polygamo-moncecious;  carpels  dis- 
tinct; stigmas  distinct,  sessile:  endo- 
sperm    equable,     ventrally     grooved; 

embryo  dorsal 10.  Trachy- 

CCC.  Fls.  hermaphrodite.  [carpus. 

D.  Embryo    dorsal;  I  endosperm   equable: 
carpels      slightly      cohering     or     in 
Livistona  sometimes  distinct. 
E.  Spadix-branches  not  sheathed   style 

single,  short,  3-cornered 11.  Brahea. 

EE.  Spadix    rachis    sheathed;  carpels   3- 

comered;  style  single,  thread-like.  .12.  Licuala. 
EEE.  Spadix-branches  naked  or  lower  ones 
bracted ;    carpels    globose;    styles 

short,  distinct  or  cohering 13.  Liviaiona. 

DD.  Embryo,  sub-basilar:  rachis  of  spadix 
sheathed. 

9 


E.  Endosperm  ruminate:  carpels  3,  dis- 
tinct at  base;  style  single,  short, 

3-grooved 14.  Copernicia. 

BE.  Endosperm  equable. 

F.  Corolla-tube     persistent;     segms. 
deciduous;  ovary  3-cornered  or 
3  lobed,  narrowed  into  a  style . .  15.  Pritckardia. 
PF.  Corolla  otherwise. 

G.  Carpels  free  at  base;  style  sin- 
gle, slender,  elongated 16.  Serenaea. 

QQ.  CarpeU  slightly  cohering;  style 

single,  short,  3-grooved 17.  Erythea. 

BBB.  Perianth  minute  6-fid  or  obsolete 18.  r/irtnaj-(and 

Coccothrinax). 

3.  Borassus  Tribe. 

A.  Stamens  6. 

B.  Fls.  numerous  in  the  cavities  of  the  spadix. .  .19.  Borassua. 

BB.  Fls.  solitary  in  the  cavities 20.  Hyphaene. 

AA.  Stamens  numerous. 

B.  Fls.  numerous  in  cavities 21.  Lodoicea. 

BB.  Fls.  solitary  in  cavities 22.  Latania. 

4.  Cocos  Tribe. 

A.  Palms    armed    with    prickles:    fr.    1-aeeded; 
endocarp  3-porous  at  or  above  the  middle. 
B.  Pistillate  fls.  with  petals  united  for  a  con- 
siderable distance;  staminate  fls.  smaller: 
endocarp  bony. 
c.  Staminate  fls.  not  immersed  in  spadix:  lf.- 
segms.  acuminate 23.  Bactris. 

CO.  Staminate   fls.    immersed   in   cavities  of 

spadix:  lf.-segms.  premorse 24.  AatTo- 

BB.  Pistillate  fls.   with  petals  connate  only  at  [car^um. 

base. 
c.  Staminate  fls.  immersed;  anthers  large, 

inserted:  lf.-segms.  acuminate 25.  Acrocomia^ 

CC.  Staminate    fls.    not    immersed;    anthers 
included:       lf.-segms.       wedge-shaped, 

premorse 26.  Martinezia. 

AA.  Palms  unarmed. 

B.  Endocarp     3-porous     above     middle:     fr. 

1-3-seeded 27.  Elaeis. 

BB.  Endocarp  bony  and,  except  in  Jubaea,  3-6- 
porous  toward  base:  fr.  l-t»-seeded. 

c.  Spadix  simple 28.  Diplothe' 

CC.  Spadix  simply  branched.  [mium. 

D.  Number  of  stamens  6:  fr.  1-seeded  (in 
Scheelea  sometimes  2-3-seeded). 
E.  Petals   minute,    much   smaller   than 

exserted  stamensof  staminate  fls.  ..29.  Maxi- 

[miliana 
EE.  Petals  lanceolate;  stamens  included. .30.  Cocoa. 
EEE.  Petals  shaped  hke  a  long  club,  or 

cylindrical;  stamens  shorter 31.  Scheelea, 

DD.  Number  of  stamens  10-24  or  more; 
petals  of  staminate  fls.  lanceolate; 
stamens  included;  anther-cells  con- 
nate. 

E.  Fr.  2-6-seeded 32.  AUaleaJ 

EE.  Fr.  1-seeded;  the  endocarp  3-porou3 

at  th«  middle  oraHttle  lower 33.  Jubaea. 

5.  Lepidocarya  Tribe. 

A.  Lvs.  fan-shaped:  ovary  perfectly  3-celled 34.  Mauritia. 

AA.  Lvs.   equally   pinnatisect:   ovary   imperfectly 
3-celled;  spadices  axillap'. 

B.  Palms  fruit  once  and  die 35.  Plectocomia 

BB.  Palms     fruit     more     than     once;     usually 
climbers, 
c.  Spathes    sohtary,    deciduous:    lf.-segms. 

rhombic;  nerves  fan-shaped 36.  Ceratolobua. 

CC.  Spathes  numerous,  persistent:  lf.-segms. 

acuminate;  nerves  parallel. 

D.  Spadices    contracted ;    spathes    cymbi- 

form,  beaked,    long-persistent,  the   2 

lower  ones  forming  an  involucre  for 

the  others 37.  Daemono- 

DD.  Spadices  diffu.sed.  or,  if  contracted,  the  [ropa. 

spathes  are  flat  and  persistent  only 
during  anthesis 38.  Calamua, 

6.  Areca  Tribe. 

Key  to  Subtribes; 

A.  Petals  of  the  pistillate  fls.  valvate 
throughout  nearly  their  whole  length; 
spadices  interfoliaceous;  spathes  2  or 

more;  ovary  entire,  3-celled 1.  Cabtotidea. 

AA.  Petals  of  the  pistillate  fls.  overlapping 
or  valvate  only  at  apex,  very  rarely 
valvate  throughout. 
B.  Spadices  infrafoliaceous. 

c.  Stigmas    terminal    in    fr.;    ovary 
entire,  l-celled. 
D.  Staminate    fls.    unsymmetrical; 
sepals  usually  small  and  not 
imbricate 2.  Euarecea. 


130 


KEY  TO  THE   FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


DD.  Staminate  fls.  syiiimetrical; 
titepal.s    usually    i\)uiuli8h    aiul 

widfly  overlappinp 3.  Ptychosperme^, 

CC  Stifimas  usually  oxct'iuric  or  tatoral 
on  ovary,  entire  or  3-lobed:  If.- 
sesms.  acuminate. 

D.  Spathes  2;  ovary  entire 4.  OncOSPERMEJB. 

DD.  Sptithes     numerous:     If.-fiegms. 
wedge-shaped . 
E.  Ovar>*    entire;    younger    spa- 
dices  horn-shaped 5.  Iriartee-E. 

£E.  Ovary  deeply  3-lobed,  with 
large  s  t  i  g  m  a  s;       apadices 

club-shaped 6.  Wettinie-e. 

BB.  Spadices    nearly    always    intcrfolia- 

ceous. 

c.  Stigmas    terminal    on    fr.,   rarely 

basal. 

D.  Ovary    1-celled;   spadix   simple, 

with  monnecious  fls.  immersed 

in  cavities 7.  Linos  pa  DiCEiE. 

OD.  Ovary  3-celled,  imperfectly  so  in 
Subtribe  S. 
E.  Fr.    globose:    spadix    panicu- 
lately     branched,     tlie     fls. 

dioecious  and  pedicelled 8.  Ceroxtle.b. 

EE.  Fr.  elongated;  spadix  subdigi- 
tately  branched,  the  fls. 
moncEcious  and  not  im- 
mersed    9.  Malortie^. 

CC  Stigmas    lateral    or    basal  on    fr., 
rarely  terminal;  ovary  entire. 
D.  Fls.  not  immersed  in  cavities. 
E.  Spathes  2;  all  the  fls.  or  the 
lower    ones    in    3's;    ovary 

1-3-celled 10.  Iouandre^. 

EE.  Spathes  numerous;  ovary  3- 
celled;  spadices  inter-  and 
infrafoliacous;  fls.  usually 
dioecious,  without  bracts  or 
bractlets;    perianth    rather 

fleshy  or  leathery 11.  Cham^dore^. 

DD.  Fls.  im^mersed  in  cavities,  monce- 
cious  or  dioecious,  compressed; 
perianth  glumaceous ;  style 
often  elongated,  terminal  or 
lateral 12.  Geonome^. 

Subtribe  1.    Caryotideae. 

A-  Lvs.  bipinnatisect :  endosperm  ruminate:  stam- 
inate fls.  with  3  sepals  and  stamens 39.  Caryota, 

AA.  Lvs.  pinnatisect:  endosperm  equable. 

B.  Stamens  6;  calyx  of  staminate  fls.  tubular, 

truncate 40.  Wallichia, 

BB.  Stamens  co. 

c.  Calyx  of  staminate   fls.    cup-shaped,    3- 

lobed 41.  Didymos- 

[perrna. 
CC.  Calyx  of  staminate  fls.  of  3  sepals 42.  Arenga. 

Subtribe  2.    Euareceae. 

A.  0\'ule  basal,  erect. 
B.  Endosperm  ruminate. 

c.  Stamens  3  or  6;  staminate  fls.  minute, 
numerous,  solitary  or  in  pairs,  on 
branches  of  spadix;  pistillate  fls.  much 
larger,  solitary  toward  base  of  branches .  43.  A  reca. 
CC.  Stamens  numerous;  fls.  in  3's,  the  middle 
one  pistillate,   arranged  in   2,   4   or  6 

ranks 44.  Pinanga. 

BB.  Endosperm  equable :  stamens  6 ;  fls.  in  3's,  the 

middle  one  pistillate,  arranged  in  4  ranks.. .45.  Kentia. 
AA.  Ovule  parietal,  more  or  less  pendulous. 

B.  Fls.   arranged   in  4   ranks  on  branches  of 

spadix 46.  Hydriastele. 

BB.  Fls.  arranged  spirally  on  branches  of  spadix. 

fAll  "sepals"  mentioned  under  bb  refer  to 

sepals    of    staminate     fi.s.    except     when 

otherwise  stated.) 

c.  Pistillate  fls.  much  larger  than  staminate; 

sepals  papery,  connate  at  base 47.  Veitchia. 

CC.  Pistillate  fls.  not  larger  than  staminate. 
D.  Length  of  sepals  far  surpassing  petals; 

sepals  narrow 48.  Nenga. 

DD.  Length  of  sepals  not  exceeding  petals. 
E.  The  sepals  overlapping. 

F.  Sepals     triangular-orbicular;     sta- 
mens numerous;  filaments  short. 49.  Kentiopsis, 
FT.  Sepals  small,  keeled ;  stamens  0-24 ; 

filaments  inflexed  at  apex 50.  Arrhonto- 

EE.  The  sepals  not  overlapping.  [phoenix. 

F.  Filaments  inflexed  at  apex. 

o.  Sepals  awl-shaped  or  lanceolate; 
stamens  &-12;  pLstillate  fls. 
with   short  petals  valvate  at  [atylis. 

apex 51.  Rhopalo- 

OO.  Sepals  small,  acute;  stamens  6; 

pistillate  fls.  with  petals  a  lit-  [eperma. 

tie  longer  than  the  sepals 52.  Dictyo- 


FF.  Filaments  normal;  sepals  narrowly 
lancecilate;  stamen^  9-12;  pis- 
tillate fls.  with  petals  like  the 
sepals 53.  Hedyscepe* 

Subtribe  3.   Ptychospermee. 

A.  Endosperm  ruminate. 

B.  Stamens  20-30 54.  Ptycho- 

[sperma, 

BB.  Stamens  G 55.  Rhopalo- 

AA.  Endosperm  equable.  \blaste- 

B.  Lf.-segms.     obliquely    premorse:     stamens 

numerous 56.  Drymo- 

BB.  Lf.-segms.  narrowed  at  apex,  or  in  Cyrto-  [phlaus. 

stachys  entire  or  sometimes  obliquely  2- 
toothed. 
C.  Stamens  6-15;  pericarp  slightly  fibrous, 

smooth  inside 57.  Cyrtoatackyc. 

CC.  Stamens     6;     pericarp     thick,     granular, 

fibrous  inside 58.  Cypho- 

[phanix. 

Subtribe  4.    Oncosperme£e. 

A.  Staminate  fls.  symmetrical;  sepals  broad  and 
much  overlapping;  stigmas  on  fr.  excentric 
or  lateral,  or  in  Cyphosperina  subterminal. 
B.  Perianth    of    pistillate    fls.    enlarged    after 
anthesis. 

c.  Pericarp  grumose  and  fibrous 59.  Ctinostigma. 

CO.  Pericarp  thin,  leathery  or  bony 60.  Cypho- 

[sperma, 

BB.  Perianth  not  changed  after  anthesis 61.  Microkentia. 

AA.  Staminate  fls.  unsymmetricai;  sepals  small  or 
narrow,  not  imbricate  or  only  slightly  so; 
stigmas  lateral  on  fr.  or  basal. 
B.  Petals  of  pistillate  fls.  connate  at  base,  val- 
vate above. 

c.  Calyx  of  staminate  fls.  united  at  base 62.  Oreodoxa. 

(Inch  Roystonea.) 

CC.  Calyx  with  3  distinct  sepals 63.  .4cr(s/a. 

BB.  Petals  free. 

c.  Anthers  erect 64.  Oncosperma. 

CO.  Anthers  versatile. 

D.  Fr.  globose:  palms  unarmed 65.  Euterpe. 

DD.  Fr.  minute:  palms  spiny 66.  Acantho- 

[phcenix. 

Subtribe  5.   Iriarteeae. 

Stamens  9-15;  stigmas  terminal  or  nearly  so  in 

fr. :  lf.-segms.  turned  in  every  direction 67.  Iriartea. 

Subtribe  6.    Wettiniese. 

No  representatives  known  to  be  cultivated  in  America. 

Subtribe  7.    Lino  spadices. 

A.  Anthers  basifixed,  erect. 

B.  Stamens  6,  10,  or  12;  pistillate  fls.  have  co 

staminodes:  lf.-segms.  premorse 68.  Bacularia* 

BB.  Stamens  very  numerous;  pistillate  fls.  have 

no  staminodes:  lf.-segms.  acuminate 69.  Howea. 

AA.  Anthers  dorsifixed,   versatile;   staminodes  in 

pistillate  fls.  6-9:  lf.-segms.  acuminate 70.  Linospadix, 

Subtribe  8.    Cerozylese. 

Stamens  9-15:  fr.  with  basal  stigmas 71.  Ceroxylon. 

Subtribe  9.    Malortiese. 

Not  cultivated  in  America. 

Subtribe  10.    Iguanureee. 

A.  Stigmas  excentric  or  lat  eral  on  f  r 72.  Heterospathe. 

AA.  Stigmas  basal  or  nearly  so  on  fr. 

B.  Stamens     15-20;     ovary     1-celled;     palm 

armed - 73.  Stevensonia. 

Bd.  Stamens  G,  with  didymous  anthers. 

c.  Ovary  1-celled:  palm  armed 74.  Verachaf- 

[feUia. 
CC.  Ovary  3-celled :  palm  unarmed 75.  Dypais. 

Subtribe  11.    ChamEedoreEe. 

A.  Fls.    dioecious    or    moncecious    in    different 

spa<lices,  spirally  arranged 76.  Chamae- 

AA.  Fls.  moncecious  in  the  same  spadix.  \dorea. 

B.  The   fls.    arranged   in   elongated    heaps   or 
clusters. 

c.  I  nfl.  from  among  t  he  lvs 77.  Ga  ussia. 

CC.  Infl.  from  below  the  lvs,  ... 78.  /lyophorbe. 

BB.  The  fls.  sparse,  solitary  or  in  pairs 79.  Roscheria, 


KEY  TO   THE   FAMILIES  AND   GENERA 


131 


Subtribe  12.   Geonomes. 

A.  Base  of  the  ovary  included  in  the  disk. 

B.  Anthers  arrow-shaped 80.  Calyptro- 

[gyne, 
BB.  Anthers  with  long  separate  pendulous  cells.  .81.  Geonoma. 
AA.  Disk  0:  many-stemmed  palms  of  India 82.  Bentinckia, 

Imperfectly  Known  Genera  of  Palms. 

S3.  Balaka  is  a  member  of  the  Areca  Tribe  and  probably  belongs 
between  Ptychospernia  and  Drymophlceus,  differing  from  those 
genera  as  indicated  in  the  article  Balaka. 

84.  Bismiirckia  is  a  member  of  the  Borassus  Tribe. 

85.  C'hrysalidocarpus  is  a  well-known  member  of  the  Areca 
Tribe  of  doubtful  affinity. 

86.  Exorrhiza  is  a  member  of  the  Areca  Tribe,  Subtribe  Euare- 
cese. 

87.  A'lpa  is  a  member  of  the  Areca  Tribe  but  of  uncertain 
affinity.    Its  nearest  horticultural  relative  is  Phoenix. 

88.  Phytelephas  is  a  well-known  member  of  the  Areca  Tribe 
but  of  doubtful  affinity. 

89.  Pseuduphc^nix  is  a  member  of  the  Areca  Tribe  which  proba- 
bly belongs  in  the  Subtribe  Chamtedorese,  near  Hyophorbe. 

90.  Flychoraphis  is  a  member  of  the  Areca  Tribe  which  probably 
comes  after  Ptychosperma. 

91.  Ra7ievca  is  known  only  in  the  juvenile  state  and  is  con- 
jectured to  be  near  to  Hyophorbe. 

The  followiiig  genera  are  also  treated:  Acoelorraphe,  Cypho- 
kentia,  Desmoncus,  Eremospatha,  Hyospathe,  Manicaria,  Met- 
roxylon,  Microphoenix,  Neonicholsonia,  CEnocarpus,  Pigafetta, 
Plychococrus,  Pynechanthus,  Teysmannia,  Welfia  and  Zalacca. 


199.  LEMNACE.£. 

Floating  plants  with  roots:  fls.  inserted  on  mar- 
ginal cracks  of  the  frond;  stamens  1-2;  anthers 
2-celled Lemna. 


200.  PANDANACE^. 

A.  Ovules  solitar>'  in  carpels 1.  Pandanus. 

AA.  Ovules  many  in  the  loculea 2.  Freycinetia. 


201.  CYCLANTHACE^. 

A.  Plants  with  watery  juice 1.  Carludovica. 

AA.  Plants  with  milky  j  nice 2.  Cyclanthus. 


202.  TYPHACE^. 

The  only  genus Typha. 


203.  ARACE.£. 

.  Perianth  0  (except  female  fls.  of  Peltandra). 
B.  Fls.    monoecious    {in    Arisaema    sometimes 
diceeious). 
c.  Spadix  appendaged  (except  in  Pistea). 
D.  The  male  and  female  infi.  contiguous 
with    no    neutral    organs    between: 
ovules  anatropous  or  semi-anatropous   1.  Amorpho- 
DD.  The     upper    fls.     males,     lower    ones  {phallus. 
females:  ovules  orthotropous. 
E.  The  spadix  free  from  the  spathe  or 
adnate  at  the  base. 
p.  Male  fls.  sparse:  Ivs.  and  fls.  appear 
together. 
G.  Tube   of   spathe    with    connate 
margins;  male  fls.  with  1  sta- 
men ;        anthers       horseshoe- 
shaped  2.  Arisarum. 

QQ.  Tube   of   spathe   convolute;   fls. 
usually  dioecious;  males  with 

2-5 stamens. 3.  Artsccma. 

PP.  Male  fls.  dense:  Ivs.  often  appear 
before  fls. 
G.  Tube   of   spathe    with    connate 
margins. 

H.  Ovule  solitary:  Ivs.  entire 4.  Biarum. 

HH.  Ovules  2-4:  Iv.i.  pedatisect.. . .    5.  Sauroma- 
GO.  Tube  of  spathe  convolute.  Itum. 

H.  Ovules  oo,  parietal,  in  2  series.  6.  Arum. 
HH.  0\'ules  few.  inserted  at  base 
and  apex  of  cell. 
I.  Male  and  female  fls.  remote; 

appendix  of  spadix  hairy. .    7.  Helicodic- 
n.  Male    and    female    fls.    con-  [eros. 

tiguous 8.  Dracunculu9, 

££.  The  spadix  not  appendaged,  adnate 

to  spathe  on  back:  aquatic  plant. . .   9.  Piatia. 


EEE.  The  tube  of  spathe  closed  at 
mouth  by  dilation  of  spadix  or  else 
divided  into  2  cells. 

F.  Tube  closed  at  throat 10.  Pinellia. 

FF.  Tube  2-celled 11.  Ambrosinia. 

cc.  Spadix  not  appendaged  (rarely  with  a 
naked  appendage  or  endowed  with 
neutral  organs) ;  upper  fls.  males,  lower 
ones  females. 
D.  Stamens  connate  in  a  prismatic  or  pel- 
tate body. 
E.  Plants  are  climbing  shrubs. 

F.  Ovaries  distinct,  2-10-cened 12.  Philoden- 

\dTon, 

FF.  Ovaries  coherent,  1-2-celled 13.  Syngonium, 

EE.  Plants  are  herbs,  not  climbing 

F.  The  ovules  orthotropous  or  nearly 
so;micropyle  superior. 
G.  Ovules  numerous  in  2  series  on 

3-5  parietal  placenta 14.  Colocasia. 

GG.  Ovules  few,  basal 15.  Alocaaia. 

GGG.  Ovules  1  or  few,  subparie- 
tal :  distinguished  by  ovary 
immersed  in  a  carp  and  em- 
bryo not  albuminous 16.  Peltandra. 

FF.  The   ovules   anatropous   or   semi- 
anatropous;  micropyle  inferior. 
Q.  Ovaries     distinct     or     slightly 

coherent 17.  Caladium. 

GG.  Ovaries   distinct   below,    above 
thick,      dilated     and     grown 

together 18.  Xanthosoma, 

GGG.  Ovary  2-5-celled 19.  DieffeJi- 

DD.  Stamens  distinct.  [bachia, 

E.  Fr.  not  included  by  tube  of  spathe; 
the  whole  spathe  deciduous,  mar- 
cescent. 
P.  Ovule  affixed  to  intruded  placentae: 

Ivs.  ovate 20.  Aglaonema. 

FF.  Ovule    affixed    near  top    of    cell: 

Ivs.  broadly  arrow-shaped 21.  Nephthytis. 

EE.  Fr.  included  by  accrescent  lube  of 
spathe :   blade   of   spathe   marces- 

cent.  deciduous 22.  Zantedes- 

EEE.  Fr.    included    by    spathe,    blade    of  [chia, 

which  is  persistent 23.  Homalo- 

EEEE.  Fr.  girt  by  the  top-shaped  tube  of  [mena, 

spathe,  which  has  a  circumscissile, 

deciduous  blade 24.  Schismato- 

BB.  Fls.  hermaphrodite.  [glottis, 

c.  Plants  marsh  herbs 25,  Calla. 

cc.  Plants  are  scandent  shrubs. 

D.  Ovules  2  in  a  cell,  affixed  to  base  of 

septum 26.  Monstera. 

DD.  Ovules  solitary,  basal 27.  Scindapsus. 

DDD.  0\'ules  numerous 28.  Rhaphid~ 

[ophora, 

DDDD,  0\'ules  3  or  4  in  a  cell 29.  Stenosper- 

AA.  Perianth  of  4-8  distinct  segms. ;  fls.  att  her-  [mutium. 

maphrodite. 
B.  Spadix  flowering   downward;  spathe   long, 

often  twisted,  long -persistent 30.  Cyrtosperma» 

BB.  Spadix  flowering  upward. 

c.  Spathe  sheathing  the  very  long  peduncuU- 
form  stipe  of  the  spadix,  with  blade  in- 
complete or  0. 
D.  Ovary  1-celled;  ovules  solitary,  semi- 

anatropous 31.  Orontium. 

DD.  Ovary  2-celled;  ovules  1-2  in   a   cell, 

orthotropous 32.  Lysichitum, 

DDD.  Ovary  1-2-celled;  ovule  1  in  each  cell, 

suspended 33.  Symplo- 

DDDD.  Ovary    imperfectly    1-2-ceUed;    ovule  [carpus. 

solitary,  affixed  to   interior  angle  of 

cell 34.  Dracontium. 

cc.  Spathe  provided  with  scale-like  appen- 
dages in  the  tube,  long-persistent : 
ovules    semi -anatropous    or    campylo- 

tropous 35.  Spathyema. 

ccc.  Spathe  leafy,  accrescent,  persistent,  quite 

flattened  out:  ovules  anatropous 36.  Spathiphyl- 

cccc.  Spathe  open,  recur\'ed  or  reflexed,  aceres-  [lum. 

cent,  persistent:  o\'ules  various 37.  Anthurium. 

ccccc.  Spathe  accrescent,  persistent  or  obsolete: 

ovules  anatropous 38.  Poihos. 

cccccc.  Spathe  obsolete  or  obscure:  ovules  ortho- 
tropous  39.  AcoTUB. 

Additional  Key  to  the  Araceae. 

The  Araceae  are  likely  to  be  so  difficult  for  the  gardener  that  an 
additional  key,  ba.sed  on  other  contrasts,  is  here  in.serted  for  his 
convenience. 

A.  Plants  free-swimming,  aquatic. . . ._. Piatia. 

AA.  Plants    not    free-swimming   aquatics,    terres- 
trial or  marsh  plants. 
B.  Lvs.    parallel- veined   (see    also    Calla    and 
Acorus). 
c.  Plant  shrub-like  or  climbing:  st.  more  or 
less    aerial:    stamens   of    staminate    6. 
separate. 


132 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


Blade  of  spathc  deciduous;  spiithe 
constricted  in  middle,  leaving  a  long 
Hibo  "hen  Ulade  falls, ,   ,    ■  ;   bch^malo- 


at    least 


yioUis. 


Jlomalomfua. 
Philodeniiron. 


Aglaonema. 


Dieffeubachia. 


PeUaudra. 


DD.  Blade    of    spat  he    persistent, 
until  riiwning  of  spadix. 

E.  Sewis  anatropous 

EE  Seeds  ort  hot  ropou3 

cc.  Plant   with  St.   uprinht,  aSrial:  stamens 
uniteii  into  a  synandrium. 
D.  Pistillate     lis.    crowded,    without 
staininodia:  staininatc  fla.  mth  only 

2-3  separate  stamens .  ■ 

DD.  Pistillate    fls.    with    staimnodia    inter- 
spersed;    staminate     fla.     with     J^ 

united  stamens 

CCC  Plant  »ith  st.  .subterranean. 

D.  Seeds  orthotropous  or  nearly  ?o.  the 
connate  staininodia  of  the  pistillate 
fl.  formiuK  an  involucre  around  the 

gyna^cium .••■.■.•■•;*'■* 

DD.  Seeds  auatropous:  staminodia  of  pis-  ,      .^ 

tillatc  fls.  separate. ............  .  •  ■  ■   y^antedi>cl,ui. 

BB.  U-s.  netted-veined  (i.e.  veins  of  2nd.  3rd, 
and  4th  order  netted). 
c.  Milk-tubes  absent. 

D.  Kaphidcs  absent    (raphides  are  acicu- 

lar  crystals  found  in  bundles  in  the 

plant-cell).  .  ,  , 

E.  Lvs.  differentiated  into  petiole  ana 

blade:  seed.s  anatropoua. 

F.  Seeds  without  endosperm \    ,v  .„„ 

FF.  Seeds  wnth  endosperm ;  •  •   Anthurmm. 

EE   Lvs.  without  distinction  into  petiole 

and  blade:  seeds  orthotropous Acorua. 

DD.  Raphides  present  in  ground  tissue  of 
St.  and  lvs. 
E   Fls.  without  perianth:  spathe  decidu- 
ous   before    ripening    of    spadix: 
plants  mostly  climbing. 
F.  Seeds  with    endosperm    and    aiual 
embryo, 
o.  Foliage-lv3.      many      on      each 

shoot  Stenosper-    _ 

OG.  Foliage-l'vs.  i  on  each  shoot  in  ,  .  l"'?!i<™- 

addition  to  several  bracts Raphidophara. 

FF.  Seeds  without  endosperm. 

Tovary  2-ceUed Monstera. 

oq!  Ova^  1-eeUed Scmdapxu,. 

FF   Fls      with     perianth;     spathe     not  ..   ,    „ 

deciduous:  sub-shrubs Sputh.phyllum. 

CC.  Milk-tubes     present     in     fibro-vascular 

bundles.  ,     ,        ■         t  t^A 

D  The  milk-tubes  branched;  veins  of  2na 

'      grade   fusing   into   a  collective  vein 

between  veins  of  1st  grade. 

E.  Seeds     with     endosperm:     st.     not 

F  Ov"^°with  basal  placenta Alocasia. 

FF  Ovary  with  parietal  placenta; Colocaaia. 

FFF  Ovarj-  with  broad,  nearly  central 

o.tT-all ...Caladium. 

EE.  Seeds  without  endosperm:  st.  oUmb- 


Dracunculus. 


*Biarum. 


ing. 


Syngonium. 


DD.  The  miik^ubes  simple,  straight;  veins 
not  as  above.  „     ,  .  , 

E.  Perianth  present;  fls.  bisexual. 
F.  Lvs.  not  arrow-shaped. 

o  Ovary  2-celled;  2  oi-ules  in  each 
cell,  suspended  from  middle  of 

partition , LysichUum. 

GO.  Ovary  1-celled.  1-ovuled. 

H.  Ovule  from  apex  of  cell: 
spadix  short,  nearly  globu- 
[^f Symplocarpua. 


HH.  0™le  ba.sal:  spadix  cylindri- 
cal  

FF.  Lvs.  arrow-shaped.  _ 

o.  Plants  are  shrubs  with  climb- 
ing or  creeping  sts.:  petioles 
and    sts.    U!)ually    pnckly    or 


warty . 


Orontium. 


Cyrtoaperma. 


3.  Spadix  with  rudimentary 
fls.  between  the  fer- 
tile staminate  and  fer- 
tile pistillate  fls.,  or 
staminate  infl.  border- 
ing inimcdiately  on  the 
pistillate  infl. 
K.  Placenta  parietal:  lvs. 
arrow-shaped  or 

lanceolate Arum. 

KK.  Placentae     apical     and 
basal:    lvs.    pedately 
divided. 
L.  Fertile    staminate 
infl.  bordering  im- 
mediately   on    the 
pistillate  infl... 
UU  Fertile    staminate 
infl.     separated 
from  pistillate  infl. 
by      many      rudi- 
mentary fls Hehcodiceroa. 

KKK.  Placenta  basal. 

uLvs.        pedately 
divided:     seeds     2 

or  more Sauromatum. 

LL.  Lvs.    ovate,    lanceo- 
late      or       Unear: 
seeds  mostly  1 . 
jj.  Spadix  without  rudimen- 
tary  fls.,   but   a  space 
between  the  staminate 
and    pistillate    fls.,    or 
unisexual. 
K.  Ovary       with       many 
ovules. 
L.  Staminate    fls.    of    1 
stamen:  lvs.  ovate 
*  or     arrow-shaped: 

spadix  bisexual. 
LL.  Staminate  fls.  of  2-5 
stamens:     lvs.     3- 
or       many-parted: 
spadix  unisexual.. 
KK.  Ovary  1-ovuled:  stam- 
inate   and     pistillate 
portions     of     spadix 
separated  by  a  par- 
tition which  reaches 
out     from     wall     of 

spathe 

II.  Appendages  of  the  spadix 
wing-like  on  the  2  sides, 
thus  dividing  the  bila- 
biate spathe  into  2 
chambers,  the  anterior  of 
which  contains  a  stam- 
inate  fl.,  the  posterior   a  .    . 

pistillate  fl Ambrosmia. 

GG.  Spadix  without  such  appendage 
or    wings:    sts.    subterranean, 

creeping :■■•   A^P*"'!''". 

Other  genera  described  are  Callopsis,  Cryptocoryne,  Epijprem- 
num.  Gai^olJ^e.  Gymnostachys,  Staurostigma,  Typhomum  and 
Typiionodorum. 


204.  ALISMACE.E. 

K.  Carpels  inserted  in  a  whori  on  a  smaU  recep-  ^    ^^.^^^ 
A.  cfr^els' densely  crowded  in  m^ny 'aeries  on  a  .     ^ 

large  oblong  or  globose  receptacle ^-  t^agMana. 


20S.  BUTOMACE.E. 

Petals  marcescent;  stamens  9;  carpels  6. . . ....   1-  Bulomus. 

:  Petals    deciduous;    stamens   numerous,    car-        ^.^^^_.^ 
pels  15-20 [c 


Arisarum. 


Arisiema. 


Pindlia. 


GO.  Plants  tuberous Dracmlium. 

EE.  Perianth  absent;  fls.  unisexual  (bisex- 
ual in  Calla).  ,    /.,  i, 
F.  FU.  bisexual  :lvs.  not  arrow-shaped.  LaUa. 
wr.  Fls.  unisexual:  lvs.  various. 

o  .Spadix  with  a  sterile  terminal 
appendage,  or  with  stenle 
wings:  sts.  various. 

H.  Sf;cda  without  endosperm 

HH.  Seeds  with  endosperm. 

I.  Appendage  of  spadix  pro- 
jecting much  beyond  the 
spathe,  or  included  -"'' 
free. 


206.  NAIADACE.E. 


,  Fls.     hermaphrodite,     spicate;     perianth     4-  ^^^^ 

divided;  stamens  2or4.      - 


amogelon. 
XA.  FlHnlS^aCaSla;^;  perianth  O;  Stamens  1.  2.  Zann.Mlia 


Amorphophal- 
[lua. 


207.  APONOGETONACE.ffi. 


and 


The  only  genus. 


Aponogeton. 


KEY  TO   THE   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


133 


208.  CYPERACE^. 

A.  FIs.  strictly  unisexual;  female  inclosed  in  a 
flaak-shatjed  or  bag-shaped  scale  or  glume 

(pcTJgj'nium ) 1.  Carex, 

ajl.  FIs.  bisexual,  rarely  unisexual,  not  inclosed  as 
above. 
B.  With   several    (2   to   many)    of   the   lower 
scales  empty. 
c.  Spikelets    few-fld.   (usually    1-2-,    rarely, 

3-G-fld.) 2.  Rhyncho- 

cc.  Spikelets  many-fld.  [spora. 

D.  St.  leafy 3.  II ypolj/lrum, 

DD.  St.  not  leafy  or  only  at  base 4.  Mapania. 

BB.  With  only  1  or  2  of  the  lower  scales  empty. 
c.  Scales  2-ranked. 

D.  Perianth  0 5.  Cyperus. 

DD.  Perianth  of  8  setge 6.  Dulichium. 

CC.  Scales  many-ranked,  overlapping. 
D.  Perianth  of  3-8,  rarely  0,  seta*. 

E.  Style  persistent,  thickened  and  bulb- 
like at  base 7.  Eleocharis, 

EE.  Stylenot  or  hardly  thickened  at  base.   8.  Scirpus. 
DD.  Perianth    of    many    setae,    very    long- 
excrescent   after  anthesis,   becoming 
wa\'y  or  cottony 9.  Erivphorum, 


209.  GRAMINE^. 
/.  Summary  of  the  Tribes. 

Subfamily  I.  PANICOIDE^. 

Spikelets  1-,  rarely  2-fld.;  the  terminal  fl.  perfect,  the  lower 
Btaminate  or  neuter;  rachilla  articulated  below  the  glumes,  the 
more  or  less  dorsally  compressed  spikelets  falling  from  the 
pedicels  entire,  singly,  in  groups,  or  together  with  joints  of  an 
articulate  rachis. 

A.  Spikelets  unisexual,  the  male  and 
female  spikelets  in  different  infl.  on 
the  same  plant  or  in  different  parts 

of  the  same  infl.;  awnless 1.  Indian  Corn 

AA.  Spikelets  perfect,  sometimes  with  [Tribe,  or 
male  or  neutral  ones  intermixed.  [Mayde^. 
B.  Lemma  and  palea  hyaline,  the 
glumes  more  or  less  indurated; 
spikelets  in  2's  or  3's  on  the  usu- 
ally articulate  axis  of  a  spike-like 
raceme,  1  sessile  and  perfect,  usu- 
ally awned,  the  other  pediceled 
and  perfect,  staminate  or  rudi- 
mentary    2.  SorqhumTribe.or 


,  Lemma  and  palea  more  or  less  in- 
durated, firmer  in  texture  than  the 
glumes;  spikelets  all  perfect;  first 
glume  sometimes  obsolete 


Andropogone.e. 


Millet  Tribe,  or 
[Paxice-e. 
Subfamily  n.    POACOIDEJE. 

Spikelets  1-  to  many-fld.,  the  imperfect  or  rudimentary  floret, 
if  any,  usually  uppermost;  rachilla  usually  articulated  above  the 
glumes  which  are  persistent  on  the  pedicel  or  rachis  after  the  fall 
of  the  florets;  when  2- to  many-fld.,  a  manifest  internode  of  the 
rachilla  separating  the  florets,  and  articulated  below  them; 
spikelets  more  or  less  laterally  compressed. 

A.  Culms  not  woody  and  perennial. 

B.  Infl.    paniculate,   the   spikelets  pedi- 
celed, not  sessile  on  opposite  sides 
of  a  jointed   flattened   axis,   form- 
ing spikes,  nor  sessile  along  one  side 
of  a  slender  continuous  axis. 
c.  Spikelets  1-fld.,  the  rachilla  some- 
times   continued    as    a    minute 
bristle  behind   the   palea    (or  in 
Phalaridese  a  pair  of  rudimen- 
tary or  male  florets  below  the 
perfect  one). 
D.  Spikelets  falling  entire:  glumes 

usually  obsolete  or  nearly  so. .  .   4.  Rice  Tribe,  or 
DD.  Spikelets      persistent ;      glumes  [Oryze.b. 
present. 
E,  Floret   with  2   minute  scales 
(rudimentary     lemmas)     or 
2    small    male    florets    at- 
tached at  the  base  and  fall- 
ing with  it 5.  Canary-Grass 


EE,  Floret  with  no  scales  attached 
below;  glumes  usually  sub- 
equal;     lemma     awned     or 

awnless I 

CC.  Spikelets  2-  to  many-fld. 

D.  Glumes  longer  than  the  first 
floret:  spikelets  2-  to  several- 
fld.;  1  or  more  of  the  florets 
usually  awned  from  the  back 
or  from  between  the  teeth  of  a 


[Tribe,  or 
[Phai.aride^. 

,  Red-Top  Tribe,  or 

(AOROSTIDEiE 


|AVENE.«. 


bifid  apex 7.  Oat  Tribe,  or 


DD.  Glumes  shorter  than  the  first 
floret;  spikelets  2-  to  many- 
fld;  awns  when  present  ter- 
minal or  nearly  so 8.  Fescue  Tribe,  or 

BB.  Infl.  spicate.  [Festdce^. 

c.  Spikelets  sessile  or  subsessile  in 
1-sided  spikes,  1-  to  few-fld.; 
spikes  solitary,  or  digitately  or 

racemosely  arranged 9.  Chloris  Tribe,  or 

CC.  Spikelets  sessile  on  opposite  sides  (Chlorides. 

of   a    zigzag   jointed    channeled 
axis    forming    a    spike;     1-    to 

several-fld 10.  Barley  Tribe,  or 

AA.  Culms     woody,     tree-like :     If  .-blades  [Horded. 

articulated  with  the  sheaths U.  Bamboo  Tribe,  or 

[BAMBU8E.SJ. 

//.  Key  to  the  Tribes, 

1.  Indian  Corn  Tribe,  or  Maydese. 

A.  Male  spikelets  in  a  terminal  panicle;  female 
spikelets  in  spikes  or  ears  in  the  axils  of  the 
Ivs. 
B.  Female  spikelets  sunken   in   cavities  of  a 

jointed  readily  disarticulating  axis 1,  Euchlaena. 

bb.  Female   spikelets   crowded    in    rows   on   a 

thickened  continuous  axis  (the  cob) 2.  Zea. 

AA.  Male  and  female  spikelets  in  the  same  infl., 
the  male  at  the  end  of  the  spikes. 
b.  Spikes  digitate,  the  axis  of  the  female  por- 
tion bony  indurated,  disarticulating  with 

spikelets  attached 3.  Tripsacum. 

bb.  Spikes  paniculate,  the  female  spikelets 
inclosed  in  ovoid  pearly  or  grayish  bead- 
like bodies,  the  male  portion  protruding 
from  a  small  orifice  of  the  bead 4.  Coix, 

2,  Sorghum  Tribe,  or  Andropogoneae. 

A.  Spikelets  all  alike,  perfect. 

B.  Axis  of   racemes   continuous,   the  spikelets 

deciduous;  panicle  fan-shaped 5.  Afiscanthus, 

bb.  Axis  of  racemes  jointed,  readily  disarticula- 
ting with  the  spikelets  attached. 

c.  The  spikelets  awnless 6.  Saccharum, 

CC.  The  spikelets  awned 7.  Erianthus. 

AA.  Spikelets  not  all  aUke,  the  sessile  perfect,  the 
pediceled  male  or  neuter. 
B.  Lower  1  or  2  pairs  of  spikelets  unlike  the 
upper  pairs:  racemes  in  pairs  from  boat- 
shaped  sheaths  on  the  ultimate  branches 

of  an  elongated  infl 8.  Cymbopogon. 

BB.  Lower  pairs  of  spikelets  like  the  upper. 

C.  Infl.  consisting   of    1    to    many    racemes, 
these    digitate    or    racemose    along    a 

short  axis 9.  Andropogon. 

CO.  Infl.  compound,  paniculate. 

D.  Racemes   many-fld.,   linear,   naked   at 
base,   numerous,  arranged  in  whorls 

on  an  elongated  axis 10.  Vetiverxa, 

DD.  Racemes  reduced  to  2  or  3  spikelets, 

arranged  in  a  compound  panicle 11.  Holcus. 

3.  Millet  Tribe,  or  Paniceae. 

A.  Axis  broad  and  corky,  the  spikelets  sunken  in 

its  cavities 12.  Steno- 

AA.  Axis  not  broad  and  corky,  spikelets  not  sunken  \taphrumt 

in  its  cavities. 
B.  Spikelets  not  subtended  or  surrounded  by 
bristles. 
C.  Glumes  and  lemmas  awnless,  the  apex  of 
the    palea    inclosed    in    the    enfolding 

lemma 13.  Panicum. 

CO.  Glumes   or  lemmas,  or  both,  awned   or 
awn-tipped. 
D.  Second  glume  and  sterile  lemma  taper- 
ing into   an   awn   or   point,   coarsely 
hispid;    palea    free    at    the    summit; 

spikelets  crowded 14.  Echinochloa. 

DD.  Second  glume  and  sterile'lemma  awned 
from  a  2-lobed  apex. 
E.  Infl.  of  1-sided  racemes  along  a  com- 
mon axis;  spikelets  pubescent  but 
not  silky;  palea  inclosed  at  summit.  15.  Opliamenut. 
EE.  Infl.    paniculate;     spikelets    covered 

with  long  silky  hairs 16.  Trichohena. 

BB.  Spikelets     subtended     or    surrounded     by 
bristles. 
C.  Bristles  persistent,  not  falling  with  the 

spikelets  at  maturity 17.  Selaria. 

CC.  Bristles  falling  atta(^hed  to  the  spikelet 18.  Penniaetum. 

4.  Rice  Tribe,  or  Oryzea. 

A.  Spikelets  unisexual,  the  female  awned,  erect 
at  the  summit  of  the  panicle,  the  male  awn- 
less, nodding  on  the  lower  branches 19.  Zizanxa, 

AA.  Spikelets  perfect,  strongly  flattened 20.  Oryza. 


134 


KEY  TO   THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


S.  Canary-Grass  Tribe»  or  Phalarideffi. 

A.  Glumo^i  stiMnglv  comprosseii;  sterile  lemmas 

nuiimentao-  ■  •  -     ' ;  -^l-  Pf'dlaris. 

AA.  Glumes     not     stronsly     compressed;    atenle 
lemmas  not  ruilimeutary. 
B.  Sleriie  lemmiis  awued;  glumea  very  unequal. 22.  Anthox- 

\anthum. 
BB.  Sterile  lemmas  awnless;  glumes  nearly  equal. 23.  Hierocfiloif. 

6.  Red-Top  Tribe,  or  Agrostideae. 

A.  Lemma  indurated,  or  lit  least  firmer  than  the 
glumes. 
B.  Panicle  spike-like;  spikeleta  flattened,  awn- 

le-its, 24.  Ammophxla^ 

BB.  Panicle   not  spike-like;   spikelets   not   flat- 
tene<I.  awnea. 
c.  Floret  oblong  and  with  a  sharp  callus  at 
base;   awn   stout,    geniculate,    twisted, 

persistent 25.  Stipa. 

cc.  Floret  ovate,  the  callus  blunt;  awn  slen- 
der, more  or  less  deciduous 26.  Oryzopsia. 

AA.  I^mma  of    about    the   same    texture   aa   the 
glumes  or  more  delicate. 
B.  Spikelets  crowded  in  dense  spike-like  pani- 
cles or  heads. 

c.  Heads  oval,  very  woolly 27.  Lagurus. 

cc.  Heads  cylindrical,  not  woolly 28.  Phleum. 

BB.  Spikelets   not   crowded   in  dense   heads  or 
spikes. 
C.  Lemma  and   palea   much   more  delicate 
and  shorter  than  the  glumes,  the  palea 
shorter  than  the  lemma,  often  wanting.  .29.  Agroslia. 
CO.  Lemma  and    palea  of    about    the    same 
texture  as  the  glumes  and  as  long  or 
longer. 
D.  Hachilla  not  continued  beyond  the  base 
of  the  floret;  lemma  awned  from  the 
tip  or  awnless. 
E.  The  lemma  awned  or  sharp-pointed, 
longer  than  the  body  of  the  awned 

or  awnless  glumes 30.  Muehlen- 

EE.  The  lemma    not    awned    or    sharp-  [bergia. 

pointed. 

r.  Nerves  of  lemma  1 31.  Sporobolus. 

FF.  Nerves  of  lemma  3-5 32.  Calamovilfa. 

DD.  Rachilla  prolonged  beyond  the  floret  as 
a  plumose  bristle;  lemmas  awned  on 

thebackandsilky  hairy  at  base 33.  C'alama- 

[grostis. 

7.  Oat  Tribe,  or  Aveneae. 

A.  Plants  low.  delicate ;  spikelets  minute 34.  Aira. 

AA.  Plants  1  ft.  or  more  high. 

B.  Articulation  below  the  glumes,  the  spikelets 
falling  entire  from  the  pedicels. 
c.  Glumes  much  exceeding  the  2  florets,  the 

upper  floret  with  a  hook-like  awn 35.  Notholcus. 

cc.  Glumes  exceeded  by  the  upper  floret,  both 

florets  awnless 36.  Sphenoph- 

BB.  Articulation  above  the  glumes,  these  per-  Mia. 

aistent  after  the  fall  of  the  florets. 
c.  Spikelets  1  in.  or  more  long,  nodding,  in 

an  open  panicle ;  florets  all  alike 37.  A  vena. 

cc.  Spikelets  about  '^in.  long,  erect  in  a  nar- 
row panicle;  lower  floret  staminate 38.  ArThenath' 

[eTum. 

8.  Fescue  Tribe,  or  Festuceae. 

A.  Rachilla  or  lemma  bearing  long  hairs  as  long 
as  the  lemma:  tall  reeds. 
B.  Spikelets     unisexual;     male     and     female 
spikelets  on  separate  plants, 
c.  Lemmas  much  shorter  than  the  glumes; 

HtH.  leafy  throughout .  .39.  Gynerium. 

CC.  Lemmas    with    elongated    delicate    tips: 

IvH.  crowded  at  the  base 40.  Cortaderin. 

BB.  Spikelets  perfect. 

c,  lemmas  hairy;  rachilla  naked 41.  Arujido. 

cc.Lemmas  naked;  rachilla  hairy 42.  Phragmites. 

hj^  Rachilla  or  lemma  glabrou.-i  or  hairy,  but  the 
hair.')  shorter  than  the  lnmma.s. 
B.  Spikelets  of  2  kinds,  perfect  and  sterile,  in 
the  same  panicle. 
c.  Fertile     spikelets     awnless,     the     sterile 

awned;  panicle  spike-like 43.  Cyno6UTU8. 

cc.  Fertile  spikelets  awned,  the  sterile  awn- 
Ic*''* :     panicle     1  -sided ,     the     fascicled 

fq>ikeletH  nodding 44.  Lamarckia. 

BB.  Spikelets  all  alike  in  the  same  infl. 
c.  Lemmas  l-'i-nerved. 

D.  The   spikelets   subtcrete,   loosely   2— i- 

fld 45.  Molinia. 

DO.  The     spikelets     compressed,     densely, 
usually  many-fld. 
E.  Florets  membranaceous;  spikelets  in 

open  panicles .    46,  EragroHtis. 

EE.  Florets  coriaceous;  spikelets  in  rigid 

spike-like  panicles 47.  Deamazeria. 


CC.  Lemmas  5-  to  many-nerved. 

D.  The  spikelets  with  several  sterile 
lemmiis  at  the  ba.se,  strongly  flat- 
tened, in  a  large  drooping  panicle 48.  Uniola, 

DD,  The  spikelets  without  sterile  lemmas 
at  the  base. 
E.  Florets  crowded,  nearly  horizontal; 

spikelets  broad,  cordate 49.  Briza, 

EB.  Florets  not   crowded;   .spikelets  not 
bro;nl  ;in<l  rurdate. 
F.  Spikrlfts  lliilii-ned,  nearly  sessile  in 
dense  ('lusters  at  the  ends  of  the 

few  panicle  branches 50.  DaUylxa, 

FF.  Spikelets  not  flattened. 

G.  Lemmas   keeled,   often   bearing 
white     cobwebby     hairs     at 

base 5L  Poa, 

OG.  Lemmas  convex  or  keeled  at  the 

summit  only,  not  hairy  at  base. 

H.  Nerves  of  lenmia  prominent, 

parallel;  lemmas  scarioua  at 

the  summit .52.  Glyceria, 

HH.  Nerves  of  lemma  not  promi- 
nent,     approaching      each 
other  at  the  apex;  lemmas 
acute. 
I.  The    lemmas    entire,    often 

awn-tipped 53.  Festuca, 

n.  The  lemmas  2-toothed,  usu- 
ally awned  just  below  the 
apex 54.  Bromus* 

9.  Chloris  Tribe,  or  Chlorideae. 

A.  Spikes      racemose      along     a     common     axis; 

spikelets  falling  entire 55.  SpaHma. 

AA.  Spik.-s  .imitate  at  the  summit  of  the  culm. 
B.  i">pikf|cts  awnless. 

c.  The  spikes  slender;  spikelets  1-fld 56.  Cynodon. 

cc.  The  spikes  stout;  spikelets  several-fld 57.  Eleusine. 

BB.  Spikelets  awned.  . 

c.  Fertile  lemma  1-awned 58.  Chloris. 

cc.  Fertile  lemma  3-awned 59.  TTichloris. 

10.  Bariey  Tribe,  or  Hordeae. 

A.  Spikelets  solitary  at  each  joint  of  the  axis. 
a.  Glume     1,    except    in     terminal    spikelet; 

spikelets  placed  with  1  edge  to  the  axis 60.  Lolium. 

BE.  Glumes  2;  spikelets  placed  with  side  to  the 
axis, 
c.  Palea  adherent  to  the  grain;  rachilla  dis- 
articulating, the  florets  separating .  .61.  AgropyroTi, 

cc.  Palea  free  from  the  grain;  rachilla  not  dis- 
articulating. 
D.  Shape  of  glumes  very  narrow,  l-nerved.62.  Secale. 
nn.  Shape  of  glumes  ovate,  3-  to  many- 
nerved  63.  Triticum. 

AA.  Spikelets  in  clusters  of  2  or  3  at  each  joint  of 
the  axis. 
B.  Lateral  pair  of  each  cluster  pediceled.  usu- 
ally aborted,  appearing  like  a  cluster  of 

jjv^-ns 64.  Hordcum. 

BB.  Lateral    spikelets    sessile,    usually    but    2 

spikelets  at  a  joint 65.  Elymits. 

11.  Bamboo  Tribe,  or  Bambuseae. 

A,  Stamens  3:  fr.  a  true  caryopsia. 
B.  Spikelets  2-  to  many-fld. 

c.  Infl.  fasciculate 6(*.  Oxyterian- 

cc.  Infl.   racemose  or  paniculate,  not  leafy:  [thera* 

sts.  cylindrical :  sheaths  persistent 67.  Aj^ndi- 

ccc.  Infl.  spicate,  leafy:  sts.  flattened  on  one  [Tiaria. 

side :  sheaths  early  deciduous 68.  Phyllo- 

[atachys. 

BB.  Spikelets  1-fld 69.  Chuaquea. 

A.\..  Stamens  6. 

B.  Pericarp  thin,  adnate  to   the   seed,  the  fr. 

a  true  caryopsis 70.  Bambuaa. 

BB.  Pericarp,  crustaceous,   separable  from  the 

seed,  the  fr.  nut-like 71.  Dendro- 

[calamus 

Othergenera  mentioned  ;irc:  Cenchrus,  Cephalostachyum.Cinna, 
Dactyloctenium.  Di-Mctianipsi-a.  Diandrolyra  Distichlis.  Imperata, 
Leptochloa,  Melica,  M.lmis,  I'aspalum,  Kottboellia  and  Trisetum. 


210.  LYCOPODIACE^. 

One  genus  in  cultivation 


Lycopodium. 


211.  SELAGINELLACE.^. 

One  genus  only Selaginella. 


KEY  TO  THE  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


135 


212.  EQUISETACEiE. 

One  genus  only Equisetum. 


ccc.  Indusia  inferior,  attached  under 
the  sorus  and  opening  laterally 
orbyspUtting  radially  into  lobes.  8.  Woodsla,  Tribe, 


213.  OPHIOGLOSSACE^. 

A.  Six>rangia    coherent,    in    2    ranks,    forming 

spikes:  veins  anastomosing 1.  Ophioglos- 

AA.  Sporangia  free  in  compound  spikes  or  pani-  [sum. 

cles:  veins  free:  Ivs.  mostly  compound 2.  Botrychium. 


214.  MARATTIACEiE. 

A.  Sori   in   double    lines   along    the    veins,    not 

united 1.  Angiopteris, 

AA.  Sori  united  in  synangia. 

B.  Synangia  oval,  opening  by  a  fissure 2.  Marattia. 

BB.  Synangia  elongate,  each  compartment  open- 
ing by  a  terminal  pore 3.  Dansea. 


215.  HYMENOPHYLLACEiE. 

A.  Involucre  2-valved 1.  Hymeno- 

Iphyllum. 

AA.  Involucre  tubular  or  funnel-shaped 2.  Trichom- 

[anes. 

216.  OSMUNDACE^. 

A.  Sporangia   borne   in   panicles   formed   either 

from  certain  pinnae  or  from  whole  Ivs 1.  Osmunda. 

AA.  Sporangia  borne  on  the  under  surface  of  foli- 
age Ivs. 

B.  Ferns  coarse  with  broad  segms 2.  Todea. 

BB.  Ferns  finely  cut,  membranous 3.  Leptopteris. 


217.  SCHIZ^ACEiE. 

A.  Sporangia  borne  on  under  side  of  normal  or 
altered  Ivs. 
B.  Lvs.    twining;    Ifts.    palmate    or    pinnate: 

sporangia  borne  singly  under  scale I.  Lygodium. 

BB.  Lvs.  not  twining. 

c.  Sporangia  in  sori  on  the  under  surface 2.  Mokria. 

cc.  Sporangia  in  2  ranks  forming  spikes 3.  Sckizaea. 

AA.  Sporangia  borne  in  erect  panicles  formed  on 

the  elongate  lowermost  pinnae 4.  Anemia. 


218.  POLYPODIACE^ffi. 
/.  Summary  of  Tribes. 

A.  Induaium     wanting     or     rudimentary 

(rarely  developed  in  Monogramma). 

B.  Sporangium  scattered   in  a  stratum 

over  the  under  surface  of  the  lvs.: 

coarse  ferns 1.  Acrostichum 

BB.  Sporangium    collected   in    round    or  [Tribe. 

linear  sori. 
C.  Lvs.  not  jointed  to  the  rootstock: 
sporangia  in  long  lines  following 

the  veins 2.  V^ittaria  Tribe. 

cc.  Lvs.  not  jointed  to  the  rootstock: 
sori  round.    {See  Phegopteria  in 
Dryopteria  Tribe) 
ccc.  Lvs.  jointed  to  the  rootstock:  sori 

mostly  roundish 3.  Polypodium 

AA.  Indusium  present  (exceptionally  want-  (Tribe. 

ing      in      Phegopteris,      Meniscium, 
Notholsena  and  Ceropteris). 
B.  Sori  oblong  or  linear,  at  least  twice 
a.«  long  as  broad. 
C.  The  sori  marginal,  covered  with  an 
indu^'ium  formed  of  the  reflexed 
edge  of  the  If.  (naked  in  Notho- 
!£ei»a,  or  naked  and  distributed 

along  the  veins  in  Ceropteris) 4.  Pteris  Tribe. 

cc.  The   sori   dorsal,   covered   with   a 

flap-like  indusium 5.  AsPLENitTM  Tribe. 

BB.  Sori  roundish  or  at  least  less  than 

twice  as  long  as  broad. 

c.  InduHia   superior,   attached   by   a 

central  stalk  or  by  a  sinus  (sori 

naked  in  Phegopteris  and  Menis- 

eium).  normally  dorsal:  Ivs.  not 

jointed  to  the  rootstock 6.  Dryopteri8 

cc.  Indusia    extrorse    or    cup-shaped,  (Tribe. 

normally  marginal:  lvs,  jointed 
to  the  rootstock  in  most  genera .  .    7.  Davallia  Tribe. 


//.  Key  to  (he  Tribes, 

1.  Acrostichum  Tribe. 

A.  Sporangia  locaUzed  on  definite  areas  of  the  lvs.: 
Ivs.  dimorphous,  the  sterile  basal  ones  shield- 
like  1.  Platycerium, 

AA.  Sporangia  covering  entire  Iva.  or  entire  pinnEe. 

B.  Lvs.  simple 2.  Elapho- 

[glo8sum. 

BB.  Lvs.  pinnate 3.  Acrostichum. 

BBB.  Lvs.  (sterile),  dichotomously  forked 4.  Rhipidop- 

[tsris, 

2.  Vittaria  Tribe. 

A.  Sori  forming  1  or  2  continuous  lines  parallel 
to  the  midrib. 

B.  .Sorus  1  or  2  lines 5.  MoncH 

[gramma, 

BB.  Sorus  always  2  fines 6.  Vittaria. 

K\.  Sori  on  lateral   veins   forming  more  or  less 

interrupted  lines 7.  Antroph- 

[yuTiu 

3.  Polypodium  Tribe. 

A.  Lvs.  distinctly  dimorphous,   compound,  the 

sterile  basal  ones  oak-like :  plants  large 8.  Drynarxa. 

AA.  Lvs.  dimorphous,  simple :  plants  very  small.. .  .   9.  Drymo^ 
KKK.  Lvs.  uniform.  [glossum, 

B.  Foliage   covered   underneath   with  stellate 

hairs 10.  Cyclophonta, 

BB.  Foliage  smooth  or  scaly,  not  stellate  hairy. 

c.  Veins  free 11.  Polypodium, 

cc.  Veins  anastomosing. 

D.  Corresponding  veinlets  from  principal 
veins  uniting  and  bearing  a  sorus  at 

the  end 12.  Goniophle- 

DD.  Areole  bearing  2  or  more  free  veinlets  [bium, 

extending  outward,  which  bear  a  free 

sorus 13.  Phlebodium, 

ODD.  Areoles  containing  free  veinlets  irregu- 
larly directed 14.  Phymatodes, 

4.  Pteris  Tribe. 

A.  Sori   dorsal,   extending   along  all   the  veins, 
naked. 
B.  Veins  copiously  anastomosing. 

c.  Lvs.  large,  pinnate 15.  Conio- 

[gramma, 

cc.  Lvs.  smaller,  palmate 16.  Hemionitis, 

BB.  Veins  free  or  only  casually  uniting. 

c.  Lvs.  naked 17.  A  nogramma, 

cc.  Lvs.  hairy ._ 18.  Ceropteris, 

AA.  Sori  marginal,  nominally  covered  with  edge 
of  If. 
B.  The  sori  at  the  ends  of  veins  unconnected  at 
their  apices, 
c.  Lvs.  dimorphous. 

D.  Sori  at  the  ends  of  veins  only 19.  Crypto- 

[gramTTia, 
DD.  Sori  scattered  the  length  of  the  veins.  .  .20.  Onychium, 
cc.  Lvs.  uniform,   smooth,    on    dark-colored 
stalks. 

D.  Veins  free:  lvs.  pinnate 21.  PeUsea. 

DD.  Veins      usually      anastomosing:      lvs. 

palmate 22.  Doryopteria. 

ccc.  Lvs.  uniform,  hairy,  scaly  or  powdery. 

D.  Margins  scarcely  recurved 23.  NothoUena. 

DD.  Margins   recurved   to  form  a  distinct 
indusium. 
E.  Indusia     more    or    less    continuous 
around  the  segm. 

F.  The  lvs.  pinnately  divided 24.  Ckeilanthes. 

FF.  The  lvs.  palmately  divided 25.  Adiantopsia. 

EE.  Indusia  in  the  form  of  more  or  less 

distant  marginal  lobes .  .26.  Ilypolepis. 

BB.  The    sori    inserted    beneath    the    marginal 

indusium:  stalks  black  or  blackish 27.  Adiantum. 

BBB.  The  sori  rising    in  a    continuous    fine-like 
receptacle  which   joins   the  ends  of  the 
veins, 
c.  With  an  inner  membranous  indusium ....  28.  Pteridium. 
cc.  With  no  inner  indusium  present. 

D.  Lvs.  small,  radiate-dichotomous 29.  Actinopteris. 

DD.  Lvs.  small,  palmate:  stalk  black 30.  Cassebeera, 

DDD.  Lvs.  larger,  pinnate 31.  Pieria. 

5.  Asplenium  Tribe. 

A.  Sori  parallel  to  the  midrib. 
B.  Sterile  lvs.  with  free  veins:  sori  continuous.   32.  Blechnum, 


13(3 


KEY   TO   THE   FAINIILIES   AND   GENERA 


B3,  Sterile  l\-s.   with  anai^tomo^ng  veins:  sori 
iutorrupted. 

c.  The  sori  sunken  in  thelvs 33.  Woodtvardia. 

cc.  The  sori  supertioittl  in  1  or  more  rows 34.  Doodia. 

A  A.  Sori  part'y  parallel  and  partly  oblique  to  the 

niiilrib:  veins  iuia:>tonio^tng 35.Camptosorus. 

AAA.  Sori  obUque  to  the  midrib. 

B.  Wins  free,  united  at  the  n»argins. 

C.  The  sori  double,   extending  along  both 

sides  of  the  vein 36.  Diplazium. 

cc.  The  sori  single  on  the  veins. 

D.  Indusia  opening  toward  each  other,  in 

pairs 37.  PhyUUis. 

DD.  Indusia  all  opening  toward  the  end  of 

pinnte  or  segms 38.  Asplenium, 

BB.  Veins  of  lower  (inner)  series  uniting:  indu- 

sium  extending  both  sidea  of  veins 39.  Callipteris, 

6.  Dryopteris  Tribe. 

A.  Indusium  present. 
B.  \'eins  free,  or  with  a  single  row  of  areoles 
along  the  mid-veins. 
c.  Indusia  on  the  ends  of  veins  which  project 

beyond  t  he  margin  of  the  If 40.  Deparia. 

CC.  Indusia  dorsal. 

D.  The    indusium    cordate    or    reniform, 
attached    by    the    sinus,    sometimes 

wanting 41.  Dryopteris. 

DD.  The   indusium   orbicular,   peltate,   at- 
tached by  a  central  stalk 42.  Polystichum, 

DDD.  The  indusium  oval,  fixed  to  a  central 

elongate  receptacle 43.  Didymo- 

BB.  Veins  anastomosing.  [chlaena. 

c.  The     indusium     cordate     or     reniform, 

attached  by  the  sinus 44.  Tectaria. 

CC.  The    indusium    peltate,    attached    by    a 
central     stalk :    veins     forming    small 

areoles 45.  Cyrtomium. 

AA.  Indusium  wanting. 

B.  \'eins  free 46.  Phegopteris. 

BB.  \eins  anastomosing. 

c.  The  main  veins  joined  by  arches  which 

bear  the  cur\'ed  sori 47.  Gymnopteris, 

CC.  The  sori  round,  attached  dorsally. 

D.  Sori  distinct  at  maturity 48.  Meniscium, 

DD.  Sori  confluent  at  maturity 49.  Leptockilus, 

7.  Davallia  Tribe. 

A.  Indusium  attached  at  base  only. 
B.  Pinnae  jointed   to   the   rachis;   Ivs.   simply 

pinnate:  indusium  circular  or  reniform,  .  .50.  Nephrolepis, 
BB.  Pinnae  not  jointed  to  the  rachis;  Ivs.  jointed 
to  the  rootstock 

c.  The  indusium  thick,  coriaceous 51.  Humata. 

cc.  The  indusium  membranous 52.  Leucostegia^ 

AA.  Indusium  attached  at  both  baj^e  and  sides. 
B.  Lvs.  jointed  to  the  scaly  rootstocks. 

c.  Shape  of  indusium  tubular 53.  Davallia. 

cc.  Shape  of  indusium   broader   than   long, 
forming  a  boat-shaped  cavity  on   the 

edge  of  the  segm 54.  Loxoscaphe. 

BB.  Lvs.  not  jointed  to  the  rootstocks. 

c.  Indusia  near  the  end  of  unmodified  If.- 
lobes. 
D.  Sorup  formed  on  receptacles  contain- 
ing vascular  tissues 55,  Microlepia. 

DD.  Soru.s  not  formed  on  a  special  receptacle. 56.  Odontosoria. 
cc.  Indusium  united   with   the  modified  If.- 

lobe  to  form  a  complete  cup 57.  Dennstxdtia. 


8.  Woodsia  Tribe. 

A.  Lvs.  uniform,  plane;  veins  free. 

B.  Indusium  beneath  the  sorus,  breaking  up 

into  linear  lobes 58.  Woodsia. 

BB.  Indusium  extrorse,  opening  laterally  with  a 

hood-like  lobe 59.  Cystopteris. 

AA.  Lvs.    dimorphous,    the    sporophylls    closely 
rolled  together. 

B.  Veins  free:  lvs.  in  crowns 60.  Matteuccia, 

BB.  Veins  anastomosing:  lvs.  scattered 61.  Onoclea. 

Brainea,  Compteris,  and  Lonchitis  are  briefly  described. 


219.  GLEICHENIACEiE. 

Single  genus  in  cultivation Gleichenia, 


220.  CYATHEACEiE. 

A.  Sori  borne  on  the  apex  of  the  veins: 
indusium  extrorse,  formed  of  a  more 
or  less  modified  marginal  tooth  and 

an  inner  lid-like  scale 1.  Dicksonia  Tribe 

AA.  Sori  borne  dorsally  on  the  veins  or  at 
the  fork :  indusium  inferior,  or 
wholly  wanting 2.  Ctathea  Tribe. 

1.  Dicksonia  Tribe. 

A.  Tooth  of  spore-bearing  segm.  scarcely  modi- 
fied, about  the  size  of  the  inner  scale 1.  Dicksonia. 

AA.  Tooth  of  the  spore-bearing  segm.  strongly 
modified,  coriaceous  like  the  inner  scale  and 
usually  larger 2.  Cibotium. 

2.  Cyathea  Tribe. 

A.  Indusium  present,  inferior. 
B.  The  indusium  at  first  inclosing  the  globular 
sorus,    remaining    cup-shaped    or   irregu- 
larly splitting  at  maturity 3.  Cyathea. 

BB.  The  indusium  membranous,  semi-circular, 

more  fully  inclosing  the  sorus 4.  Hemitelia. 

AA,  Indusium  wanting 5.  Alsophila, 

Thyrsopteris,  of  another  tribe,  may  be  expected  in  cultivation 
and  is  briefly  accounted  for  in  this  work. 


221.  CERATOPTERIDACE.®. 

Habit  aquatic:  single  genus Ceratopteria 


222.  SALVINIACEiE. 

A.  Lvs.   minute,  numerous,  closely  imbricated: 
sporocarps  of  2  kinds,  the  larger  globose,  the 

smaller  ovoid 1.  Azolla. 

AA.  Lvs.  larger,  fewer,  distinct;  sporocarps  uni- 
form, globose 2.  Salvinia. 


223.  MARSILEACEiE. 
In  cultivation Marailea. 


INDEX  TO  KEY  OF  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


Abelia,  102. 
Aberia,  88. 
Abies,  120. 
Abobra,  100. 
Abroma,  90. 
Abronia,  116. 
Abrophyllum,  98. 
Abrus,  94. 
Aljuta,  86. 
Abutilon,  89. 
Acacia,  93. 
Aciena,  97. 
Acalj-pha,  119. 
Acampe,  123. 
AC.\NTH.\CE.E,  83,  114. 
Acanthocereus,  101. 
Acantholimon.  109. 
Acanthoiuintha,  116. 
Acanthonema,  114. 
Acanthopanax,  102. 
Acanthophippium,  122. 
Acanthophoenix,  130. 
Acanthorhiza,  129. 
Acanthus,  114. 
Acer,  92. 

ACERACE.E,  81,  92. 
Aceranthus.  87. 
AchUlea,  107. 
Achimenes,  113. 
Achlys,  87. 
Acidanthera,  124. 
Acineta,  123. 
Aciphylla,  101. 
Acoelorraphe,  131. 
Acokanthera,  110. 
Aconitum,  86. 
Acorus,  131. 
.\criopsis,  123. 
Acrista,  130. 
Acrocomia,  129. 
Acrophyllum,  98. 
Acrospira,  128. 
Acrostichum,  135. 
Actsea,  86. 
Actinella,  106. 
Actinidia,  86. 
.\ctinolepis,  106. 
Actinomeris.  106. 
Actinopteris,  135. 
Actinostemma,  100. 
Ada,  123. 
Adansonia,  90. 
Adelia,  118. 
Adenandra,  91. 
Adenanthera,  93. 
Adenocaljinina,  113. 
Adenocarpus.  94. 
Adenophora,  108. 
Adcnostoma,  97. 
Adenostyles,  105. 
Adcsmia,  94. 
Adhatoda,  114. 
Adiantop.sis,  135. 
Adiantum,  135. 
AdUimia,  87. 
Adonis,  86. 
Adoxa,  85. 
AnoxACEiE,  85. 


jEchmea,  126. 
jEgle,  91. 
JSglopsis,  91. 
jEgopodium,  101. 
Aerides,  123. 
^rva,  116. 
jEsculus,  92. 
^thionema,  87. 
jEtoxicon,  118. 
Aizelia,  95. 
Agalmyla,  114. 
Aganisia,  123. 
Agapanthus,  127. 
Agapetes,  108. 
Agathis,  120. 
Agave,  12.5. 
Agdestis,  116. 
Ageratum,  105. 
Aglaia,  91. 
Aglaonema,  131. 
Agrimonia,  97. 
Agropyron,  134. 
Agrostis,  134. 
Ailanthus,  91. 
Aira,  134. 
A1ZOACE.E,  82,  101. 
Ajuga,  115. 
Akebia,  87. 
Ala.ngiace.e,  82,  102. 
Alangiuni,  102. 
Alberta,  103. 
Albizzia,  93. 
Albuca,  128. 
Alchemilla,  97. 
Alohornea,  118. 
Alectorunis,  128. 
Aleetryon,  92. 
Aletris,  127. 
Aleurites,  119. 
Alhagi,  94. 
Alisma,  132. 
ALI.s^L•lCE.E,  85,  132. 
AUamanda,  110. 
Allium,  128. 
AlloplectuS,  114. 
Alnus,  119. 
Alocasia,  131. 
Aloe,  127. 
Alonsoa,  112. 
Alpinia,  125. 
Alsine,  89. 
Alsophila,  136. 
Alstonia,  110. 
Alstroemeria,  125. 
Altamiranoa,  9^/^ 
Althaea,  89.  •~^ 
Alyssuiu,  88. 

A.MARANTACE.E,   S3.    116. 

Amarantus,  116. 

AMARYLLIDACE.E,   84,    124. 

Amarj'Uis,  125. 
Amasonia,  114. 
Ambrosia,  106. 
Ambrosinia,  131. 
Amelanchier,  97. 
Amellus,  107. 
Amherstia,  95. 
Amicia,  95. 


Ammobium,  105. 
Ammocharis,  125. 
Ammophila,  134. 
Amomum,  125. 
Amorpha,  95. 
Amorphophallus,  131. 
Ampelopsis,  92. 
AmphicarpiEa,  95. 
Amphicome,  113. 
Amsonia,  110. 
Amyris,  91. 
Anacampseros,  89. 

ANACVRDIACEiE,  81,  92. 

Ancardium,  92. 
Anagallis,  109. 
Anamirta,  86. 
Ananas,  126. 
Anaphalis,  105. 
Anarrhinum,  112. 
Anastatica,  88. 
Anchusa,  111. 
Andira,  94. 
Andrachne,  118. 
Androcymbium,  128. 
Andromeda,  108. 
Audropogon.  133. 
Androsace,  109. 
Androstephium,  127. 
Aneilema,  128. 
Anemia,  135. 
Anemone,  86. 
Anemonopsis.  86. 
Anemopsis,  117. 
Anethum,  101. 
Angelica,  101. 
Angelonia,  112. 
Angiopteris,  135. 
Angophora,  98. 
AngrEecum,  123. 
Anguloa,  122. 
Anigozanthos,  125. 
Anisacanthus,  114, 
Anisostichus,  113. 
Anisotes,  114. 
Annona,  86. 

ANNONACE.E,  80,  86. 

Anoectochilus,  122. 
Anogramma,  135. 
Anoiganthus,  125. 
Anopterus,  98. 
Anredera,  85. 
Ansellia,  122. 
Antennaria,  105. 
Anthemis,  107. 
Anthericum,  127. 
.Antholyza,  124. 
.\nthoxanthum,  134. 
-\nthuriuin,  131, 
Anthyllis,  94. 
Antiaris,  118. 
Antidesma.  118. 
Antigonon,  117. 
Antirrhinum,  112, 
Antrophyum,  135. 
Aotus,  95. 
Aphananthe,  118. 
Aphelandra,  114. 
Aphyllon,  85. 


Apicra,  127. 
Apios,  95. 
Apium,  101. 
Aplectrum,  122. 
Aplopappus,  105. 
Apocynace.e,  83,  110. 
Apocynum,  111. 
Aponogeton,  132. 
Aponogetonace^,  85,  132. 
Aporocactus,  101. 
Aquifoliace^,  81,  91. 
Aquilegia,  86. 
Arabis,  88. 
AracejE,  85,  131. 
Arachis,  94. 
Arachnanthe,  123. 
Aralia,  101. 
Araliace^,  82,  101. 
Araucaria,  120. 
Arbutus,  108. 
Archangelica,  101. 
Archontophoenix,  130. 
Arctium,  105. 
Arctostaphylos,  108. 
Arctotis,  107. 
Arctous,  108. 
Ardisia,  109. 
Areca,  130. 
Aregelia,  126. 
Arenaria,  89. 
Arenga,  130. 
Arethusa,  123. 
Argemone,  87. 
Argyreia,  111. 
Ariocarpus,  100. 
Aris£ema,  131. 
Arisarum,  131. 
Aristea,  124. 
Aristolochia,  117. 
Aristolochiace.e,  84,  117. 
Aristotelia,  90. 
Armeria,  109. 
Arnebia,  111. 
Arnica,  107. 
Aronia,  96. 
Arpophyllum,  122. 
Arracacia,  101. 
Arrhenatherum,  134. 
Artabotrj's,  86. 
Artemisia,  107. 
Artocarpus,  118. 
Arthropodium,  128. 
Arum,  131. 
Aruncus,  96. 
Arundinaria,  134. 
Arundo,  134. 
Asarum,  117. 

ASCLEPIADACE.E,  83,  110. 

Asclepias,  110. 
Ascyrum,  89. 
Asimina,  86. 
Asparagus,  126. 
Aspasia,  123. 
.Vsporula,  103. 
Aisphodcline,  127. 
Asphodelus.  127. 
Aspidistra,  127. 
Asplenium,  136. 


(137) 


13S 


INDEX   TO   KEY  OF   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


Astelia.  128. 
Aster.  105. 
.\sterlinos>Tis.  107. 
.\stilbe.  98. 
AstragiUds.  Oo. 
.\stnti>ti:t.  101. 
.\stn>r:ir>niiii.  129. 
.Vsystasia.  114. 
.\t:Uantia.  91. 
.\throt;i.xis,  120. 
.\traphaxis.  117. 
Atriplex,  116. 
Atropa,  112. 
Attalea.  129. 
.•\ubrietia,  88. 
.\ucuba.  102. 
AudilxTtia.  115. 
Audouiuia,  98. 
Avena,  134. 
Averrhoa,  90. 
Avicenaia,  115. 
Azara,  88. 
Azolla,  136. 

Bahiana,  124. 
Bacoaurea,  118. 
Baccharis,  105. 
Backhousia,  99. 
Bactris,  129. 
Bacularia,  130. 
Ba?ria.  106. 
Bahia,  106. 
Baikiaea,  95. 
Balaka,  131. 

B.\LS.\MIN.1CE,E,  81,  90. 

Balsamocitrus,  91. 
Balsamorrhiza.  106. 
Baniburanta.  125. 
Bambusa,  134. 
Banksia,  117. 
Baphia,  95. 
Baptisia,  94. 
Barbapenia,  125. 
Barbarea,  88. 
Barbieria,  95. 
Barleria,  114. 
Barosma,  91. 
Barriiigtonia,  99. 
Basclla,  116. 
Basellace£,  85. 
Batemannia.  123. 
Bauera,  98. 
Bauhinia,  95. 
Beaufortia,  99. 
Beaumontia,  111. 
Begonia,  100. 

BEGONIACE.E,   82,    100. 

Belemcanda,  124. 
Bellis,  105. 
BcUium,  107. 
Bcloi>erone.  114. 
Beriincasa,  100. 
Bentinokia,  131. 
Benzoin,  117. 

BERBERIDACE.E,  80,  87. 

Berljeridopsis,  88. 
Berberis,  87. 
Berchemia,  92. 
Bergerocactus,  101. 
Berria,  90. 
Bersama,  92. 
Bertholletia,  99. 
Bertolonia,  99. 
Beschorneria,  125. 
Beitleria,  114. 
Bessera,  127. 


Beta,  116. 
Bctula,  119. 
Betul.\ce.«,  84,  119. 
Biarum,  131. 
BideiLS,  100. 
Bifroiiaria,  123. 
Bigolo\ia,  105. 
BiEiiouia,  113. 
BlU.NU.NlALE.?:,  S3,  113. 
Billardiera,  88. 
Billbergia,  126. 
Biophytum,  90. 
Bischofia,  118. 
Bismarckia,  131. 
Bixa,  88. 
Bix.\cE.E,  80,  88. 
Blakea,  99. 
Blandfordia,  127. 
Blcchnum,  135. 
Blepharis.  114. 
Blepharocalyx,  99. 
Bletia,  122. 
Bletilla,  122. 
Blighia,  92. 
Bloomeria,  128. 
Blumenbachia,  100. 
Bocconia,  87. 
Boca,  114. 
Boehmeria,  118. 
Bolandra,  98. 
BoUea,  123. 
Boltonia,  105. 
Bomarea,  125. 
Bo.MBACACE.«,  81,  90. 
Bombax,  90. 
Bongardia,  87. 

BORAGINACE.E,   83.    Ill 

Borago,  111. 
Borassus,  129. 
Boronia,  91. 
Bosea,  116. 
Botrychium,  135. 
Bougainvillea,  116. 
Boussingaultia,  116. 
Bouvardia,  103. 
Bowenia,  120. 
Bowiea,  127. 
Bowkeria,  113. 
Boykiiiia,  98. 
Brachychaeta,  105. 
Brachychilus,  125. 
Brachychiton,  90. 
Brachyconie,  105. 
Brachysema,  95. 
Brahea.  129. 
Brainca,  136. 
Brasenia,  87. 
Bras.savola,  122. 
Brassia.  123. 
Brassica,  87. 
Bravoa,  125. 
Braya,  88. 
Brevoortia,  127. 
Breweria,  111. 
Brcvnia,  118. 
Brickellia,  105. 
Briza,  l.M. 
Brodiaia,  127. 
Bromclia,  125. 
Bito.Mr.LiAf.E.E,  85,  125. 
Broniheadia,  123. 
Bromu.s,  l.'J4. 
Brosimuiii,  118. 
Brought^nia.  122. 
Brou.ssonetia.  118. 
Browallia,  112. 


Browiica,  95. 
Bruckenthalia,  108. 
Brunella,  115. 
Bruiifelsia,  112. 
Bruniace.e,  82,  98. 
Brun.svigia,  125. 
Bryanthus,  108. 
Bryonia,  100. 
Brjonopsis,  100. 
Bryophylhim,  98. 
Buckleyu,  117. 
Buddleia,  110. 
Bulbiiip,  127. 
Bulbinclla,  127. 
Bulbocodiuni,  128. 
Bulbophyllum,  123. 
Bumolia,  109. 
Buphane,  125. 
Buphthalmiini.  105. 
Buplcunim,  101. 
Burbidgea,  125. 
Burchellia,  103. 
Bursaria,  88. 
Burscra,  91. 
BhrseracejE,  81,  91. 
Butea.  95. 

BUTOMACE.E.  85,   132. 
Butomus,  132. 
BnxACE.«,  84,  119. 
Buxu.s,  119. 
Byrsonima,  90. 

Caboraba,  87. 
Cacalia,  107. 
Cacaliopsis,  107. 
Cactace^,  82,  100. 
Cactu.s,  100. 
Cadia,  94. 
Cae.salpima,  95. 
Cajanus,  95. 
Caladium,  131. 
Calamagrostis,  134. 
Calamintha,  116. 
Calamovilfa,  1.34. 
Calamus,  129. 
Calandrinia,  89. 
Calanthe,  122. 
Calathea,  125. 
Calceolaria,  112. 
Calendula,  107. 
Calimeris,  107. 
Calla,  131. 
Calliandra,  93. 
Callianthenmni,  86. 
Calliearpa,  114. 
Calliphruria,  125. 
Callipsyche,  125. 
Callipteris,  136. 
Callirhoe,  89. 
Callistemon,  98. 
Calli.stcphus,  105. 
Callit.ris,  120. 
Callopsis,  132. 
Calluna,  108. 
Caloehortus,  128. 
Calodendrum,  91. 
Calonyction,  111. 
Calophaea,  95. 
Calophyllum,  89. 
Calopogon,  122. 
Calothaninu.-i,  98. 
Culotropi.s,  1 10. 
Cali)urnia,  94. 
Caltha,  86. 
Calvoa,  99. 
Calycanthace.e,  80,  86. 


Cal.vcanthus,  86. 
Calycotome,  94. 
Calyocarpuni,  86. 
Calypso,  122. 
Calyptrogyne,  131. 
Camarotis,  123. 
Camassia,  128. 
Camellia,  89. 
Camcensia,  95. 
Campanula,  108. 

CAMPANULACE.E,  82,   107. 

Campanumaea,  107. 
Camphora,  117. 
Campsidiimi,  113. 
Campsis.  113. 
Camptosorus,  136. 
Canangium,  86. 
Canarina,  107. 
Cauavalia,  95. 
Candollea,  85. 
Candoli,eace.e,  85. 
Cani.strum,  126. 
Canna,  125. 
Cannabis,  118. 
CANNACE.E,  85,  125. 
Cantua,  111. 

CAPPARIDACE.E,   80,   88 

Capparis,  88. 
Caprifoliace.b,  82,  102. 
Capsicum,  112. 
Caragana,  95. 
Caralluma,  110. 
Cardamine,  88. 
Cardiandra,  97. 
Cardiospermum,  92. 
Carduus,  105. 
Carex,  133. 
Carica,  100. 
Caricace«,  82,  100. 
Carissa,  110. 
Carlina,  105. 
Carludovica,  131. 
Carmich«lia,  95. 
Carnegiea,  101. 
Carpenteria,  97. 
Carpinus,  119. 
Carrieria,  88. 
Carthamus,  105. 
Carum,  101. 
Carya,  118. 
Carjocar,  85. 
Caryoc.4race^,  85. 
CaryophyllacE/E,  81,  89. 
Caryopteris,  115. 
Caryota,  130. 
Casimiroa,  91 . 
Cassebeera,  135. 
Cassia,  95. 
Cassine,  92. 
Cassiope,  108. 
Cassipourea,  98. 
Castanea,  119. 
Castanopsis,  1 19. 
Castanospermum,  94. 
Castilleia,  113. 
Casuarina,  1 18. 
CasuarinacejE,  84,  118. 
Catalpa,  113. 
Catananche,  107. 
Catasetum,  122. 
Catesba!a,  103. 
Catha,  92. 
Catopsis,  126. 
Cattleya,  122. 
Caulophyllum,  87. 
Cautlea,  125. 


INDEX  TO   KEY    OF   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


139 


Ceanothus,  92. 
Cedrela,  91. 
Cedronella,  115. 
Cedrus,  120. 
Ceiba,  90. 

CELASTRACE.E,  81,  92. 

Celastrus,  92. 
Celmisia,  107. 
Celosia,  116. 
Celsia,  112. 
Celtis,  118. 
Cenchrus,  134. 
Cenia,  107. 
Centaurea,  105. 
Centradenia,  99. 
Centranthus,  103. 
Centropogon,  107. 
Centrosema,  95. 
Cephaelis,  103. 
Cephaianthera,  122. 
Cephalauthus,  103. 
Cephalaria,  103. 
Cephalocereus,  101. 
Cephalostachjum,  134. 
Cephalotace^,  82,  98. 
Cephalotaxus,  120. 
Cepbalotus,  98. 
Cerastium,  89. 
Ceratiola,  119. 
Ceratolobus,  129. 
Ceratonia,  95. 
Ceratopetalum,  98. 

CERATOPTERIDACE.E,     85, 

136. 
Ceratopteris,  136. 
Ceratostigma,  109. 
Ceratotheca,  114. 
Ceratozamia,  120. 

CERCIDIPHYLLACE.E,  80,  86 

Cercidiphyllum,  86. 
Cercis,  95. 
Cercocarpus,  97. 
Cereus,  101. 
Cerinthe,  111. 
Ceropegia,  110. 
Ceropteris,  135. 
Ceroxylon,  130. 
Cespedesia,  91. 
Cestriim,  112. 
Chaenactis,  106. 
Chaenomeles,  96. 
ChEenostoma,  112. 
ChaerophyUum,  101. 
ChsEtospermum,  91. 
Chalcas,  90. 
Chamaebatia,  97. 
Chamaebatiaria,  96. 
Chamaecyparis,  120. 
Chamaedaphne,  108. 
Chamaedorea,  130. 
Chamaelirium,  128. 
Chamaemelum,  107. 
Chamaeranthemuin,  114. 
Chamaerops,  129. 
Chaptalia,  107. 
Charieis,  105. 
Cheilanthes,  135. 
Cheiranthus,  88. 
Chelidonium,  87. 
Chelone,  112. 
Chenopodiace^,  83,  116. 
Chenopodium,  116. 
Chilianthus,  110. 
f'hilopsis,  113. 
fhimaphila,  108. 
Chiococca,  103. 


Chiogenes,  108. 
Chionaiithus,  109. 
Chionodoxa,  128. 
Chiranthodendron,  90. 
Chirita,  114. 
Chironia,  110. 
Chlidanthus,  124. 
Chloranthace.e,  84,  117. 
Chloranthus,  117. 
Chloris,  134. 
Chlorocodon,  110. 
Chlorogalum,  127. 
ChJorophytuin,  127. 
Chloroxj'lon,  91. 
Choisya,  91. 
Chondrorjiicha,  123. 
Chorisia,  90. 
Chorizema,  94. 
Chrozophora,  118. 
Chrysalidocarpus,  131. 
Chrysanthemum,  107. 
Chrysobactron,  127. 
Chrysobalanus,  97. 
Chrysogonum,  106. 
Chrysophyllum,  109. 
Chrysopsis,  105. 
Chrysosplenium,  98. 
Chusquea,  134. 
Chysis,  122. 
Cibotium,  136. 
Cicer,  95. 
Cichorium,  107. 
Cimicifuga,  86. 
Cinchona,  103. 
Cineraria,  107. 
Cinna,  134. 
Cinnamomum,  117. 
Cipura,  124. 
Circaea,  99. 
Cirrhopetalum,  123. 
Cirsium,  105. 
Cissampelos,  86. 
Cissus,  92. 
Cistace^,  80,  88. 
Cistus,  88. 
Citharexylum,  115. 
Citropsis,  91. 
CitruUus,  100. 
Citrus,  91. 
Cladanthus,  107. 
Cladothamnus,  108. 
Cladrastis,  94. 
Clarkia,  99. 
Claucena,  90. 
Clavija,  109. 
Claytonia,  89. 
Cleisostoma,  123. 
Cleistocactus,  101. 
Clematis,  86. 
Clemato-clethra,  86. 
Cleome,  88. 
Clerodendron,  115. 
Clethra,  108. 
Clethrace.e,  83,  108. 
Cleyera,  89. 
Clianthus,  95. 
Clidemia,  99. 
Cliftonia,  91. 
Clinostigma,  130. 
Clintonia,  128. 
Clitoria,  94. 
Clivia,  125. 
Cluytia,  119. 
Clytostonia,  113. 
Cnicus,  105. 
Cobaea,  111. 


Coecinea,  100. 
Coccoloba,  116. 
Coccothrinax,  129. 
Cocculus,  86. 
Cochlearia,  88. 
Cochlioda,  123. 
Cochliostema,  128. 
Cocos,  129. 
Codiaeum,  119. 
Codonanthe,  114. 
Codonopsis,  107. 
Ccelia,  122. 
Coelogyne,  122. 
Coffea,  103. 
Coix,  133. 
Cola,  90. 
Colax.  123. 
Colchicum,  128. 
Colea,  113. 
Coleus,  115. 
Collabium,  123. 
CoUetia,  92. 
Colliguaya,  119. 
CoUinsia,  112. 
Collinsonia,  116. 
Collomia,  111. 
Colocasia,  131. 
Colquhounia,  116. 
Columnea,  114. 
Colutea,  95. 
Colvillea,  95. 
Comandra,  117. 
Comarum,  97. 

COMBRETACE.E,  82,  98. 

Combretum,  98. 
Commelina,  128. 

COMMELINACE.«,   85,    128. 

Comparettia,  123. 
C0MPOSIT.E,  82,  103. 
Comptonia,  118. 
Conandron,  114. 
Congea,  115. 
Coniogramma,  135. 
Conium,  101. 
Conoclinium,  105. 
Convallaria,  127. 
C0NVOLVULACE.E,  83,  111. 
Convolvulus,  111. 
Cooperia,  124. 
Copaifera,  95. 
Copernica,  129. 
Coprosma,  103. 
Coptis,  86. 
Corallorhiza,  122. 
Corchorus,  90. 
Cordia,  111. 
Cordyline,  127. 
Corema,  119. 
Coreopsis,  106. 
Coriandrum,  101. 
Coriaria,  93. 
C0KIARIACE.E,  82,  93. 
C0RNACE.E,  82,  102. 
Comus,  102. 
Coronilla,  94. 
Correa,  91. 
Cortaderia,  134. 
Cortusa,  109. 
Coryanthes,  123. 
Corydalis,  87. 
Corylopsis,  98. 
Corylua,  119. 
Corynocarpus.  93. 
Corynostylis,  88. 
Coryijha,  129. 
Corysanthes,  123. 


Corytholoma,  114. 
Cosmos,  106. 
Costus,  125. 
Cotinus,  93. 
Cotoneaster,  96. 
Cotula,  107. 
Cotyledon,  98. 
Couroupita,  99. 
Coussapoa,  118. 
Cowania,  97. 
Crambe,  87. 
Craniolaria,  114. 
Crassula,  98. 
Crassulace.e,  82,  98. 
Crataegus,  96. 
Crataeva,  88. 
Craterostigma,  113. 
Crepis,  107. 
Crescentia,  113. 
Crinuni,  125. 
Crithmum,  101. 
Crocosmia,  124. 
Crocus,  124. 
Crossandra,  114. 
Crotalaria,  94. 
Croton,  118. 
Crucianella,  103. 
Crucifer.e,  80,  87. 
Crj-ptanthe,  111. 
Cryptanthus,  125. 
Cryptocoryne,  132. 
CrjT^togramma,  135. 
Cryptolepis,  110. 
Crj-ptomeria,  120. 
Cryptophoranthus,  123. 
Cryptostegia,  110. 
Crj-ptostemma,  107 
Cryptostylis,  123. 
Ctenauthe,  125. 
Cucumis,  100. 
Cucurbita,  100. 
CncnRBiTACE.E,  82,  100. 
Cudrania,  118. 
Cuminum,  101. 
Cummingia,  125. 
Cunila,  116. 
Cunninghamia,  120. 
Cunonia,  98. 
CUNONIACE^,  82,  98. 
Cuphea,  99. 
Cupressus,  120. 
Curculigo,  125. 
Curcuma,  125. 
Cuscuta,  111. 
Cyananthus,  107. 
Cyanella,  125. 
Cyathea,  136. 
Cyatheace,e,  85,  136. 
CYCADACE.aE,  84,  120. 
Cycas,  120. 
Cyclamen,  109. 
Cyclanthace.e,  85,  131. 
Cyclanthera,  100. 
Cyclanthus,  131. 
Cyclobothra,  128. 
Cycloloma,  116. 
Cyclophorus,  135. 
Cycnoches,  122. 
Cydista,  113. 
Cydonia,  96. 
CjTnbidium.  123. 
Cymbopetalum,  86. 
CjTnbopogon,  133. 
Cynanchum,  110. 
Cynara,  105. 
Cynodon,  134. 


140 


INDEX   TO   KEY  OF  FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


Cynoglossuiii,  111. 
C>-norchis.  121. 
Cj'iiosunis,  134. 
CjTx-lla,  124. 
Ctper.\ce.e,  85,  133. 
C>-perorchis,  123. 
Cj-perus,  133. 
Cyphomaiidr.1.  112. 
C>-phokeiiti!i.  131. 
Cj-phophciMiix.  130. 
Cj-phosperuiii,  130. 
Cj'pripedium,  121. 
Cjrilln.  91. 
Ctrili..\cej!,  si,  91. 
CjTtandra,  114. 
Cyrtanthus.  124. 
C>Ttocarpa,  92. 
CjTtoniium,  136. 
C>Ttopodiuni,  122. 
Cyrtospemia,  131. 
Cyrtostachys,  130. 
Cystopteris,  136. 
Cj-tisus,  94. 

DabcDcia.  108. 
Dactylis,  134. 
Dactyloctenium,  134. 
Daedalacanthus,  114. 
Dffimouorops,  129. 
Dahlia,  106. 
Dais,  117. 
Dalbergia,  94. 
Dalea,  95. 
Dalechampia,  119. 
Dalibarda,  97. 
Damnacanthus,  103. 
Danae,  126. 
Daniea.  135. 
Daphne,  117. 
Daphniphyllum,  118. 
Darlingtonia,  87. 
Dasjlirion,  127. 
Datisca,  85. 
Datiscace^,  85. 
Datura,  112. 
DauciLs,  101. 
Davallia.  136. 
Davidia,  102. 
Debregeasia,  118. 
Decaisnea,  87. 
Decodon,  99. 
Decumaria,  97. 
Deeringia,  116. 
Deinanthe,  98. 
Delarbrea,  101. 
Delavaya,  92. 
Delphinium,  86. 
Dendrobiuni,  123. 
Dendrocalamus,  134. 
Dendromecon,  87. 
Dcnnstsedtia,  130. 
Dentaria,  88. 
Deparia,  130. 
Derri.s,  94. 
Deschampsia,  1.34. 
Desmanthus,  95. 
Dcsmazeria,  1.34. 
Desmodium,  94. 
Desmoncus,  131. 
Deutzia,  97. 
Diacrium,  122. 
Diandrolyra,  134. 
Dianella,  127. 
Diaiithera,  114. 
Dianthus,  89. 
Diapensia,  109. 


DIAPENSIACE.E,  S3,   109. 

Diascia,  112. 
Dicentra,  87. 
Diohorisandra,  128. 
Diohroa,  97. 
Diohrostaehys,  95. 
Dic'ksoiiia,  136. 
Dicliptera,  114. 
Dictaniuus,  91. 
Dictyospenna.  130. 
Dicyrta.  113. 
DidjTiiocIiIsena,  136. 
Did>Tii().sperma,  130. 
Dieffenbachia,  131. 
Dieraina,  124. 
Dicrvilla,  102. 
Digitalis,  113. 
Dillenia,  86. 

DiLLENIACE.E,  80,  86. 

Diniorphotheca,  107. 
Dioclea,  94. 
DionEea,  98. 
Dioon,  120. 
Dioscorea,  123. 
DiOSCOREACE.E,  84,  123. 
Diosma,  91. 
Diospyros,  109. 
Diostea,  115. 
Dipeadi,  128. 
Dipelta,  102. 
Diphylleia,  87. 
Diphysa,  95. 
Dipidax,  128. 
Dipladenia,  111. 
Diplarrhena,  124. 
Diplazium,  136. 
Diploglottis,  92. 
Diplolsena,  91. 
Diplothemium,  129. 
DiPSACACE.E,  82,   103. 
Dipsacus,  103. 
Dipteronia,  92. 
Dirca,  117. 
Disa,  121. 
Disanthus,  98. 
Disocactus,  100. 
Disporum,  128. 
Dissotis,  99. 
Distichlis,  134. 
Disticti.s,  113. 
Distylium,  98. 
Diuris,  123. 
Dizygotheca,  102. 
Docynia,  96. 
Dodecatheon,  109. 
Dodoncea,  92. 
Dolichos,  94. 
Dombeya,  90. 
Doodia,  136. 
Dorema,  101. 
Doronicum,  107. 
Dorstcnia,  118. 
Doryalis,  88. 
Doo'anthes,  125. 
Doryoptcris,  135. 
Dossinia,  122. 
Douglasia,  109. 
Downingia,  107. 
Draba,  88. 
Dractena,  127. 
Dracoceph;ilMm,  115. 
Draoontiuni,  131. 
DrafiinfuluH,  131. 
Drimia,  128. 
Drimys,  86. 
Drosera,  98. 


Droserace.b,  82,  98. 
Drosophyllum,  98. 
Dryas,  97. 
Drynioglossum,  135. 
Drymophlanis.  130. 
Drynaria,  135. 
Dryopteris,  136. 
Drypetes,  118. 
Duchesnea,  97. 
Dudleya,  98. 
Duguetia,  86. 
Dulichium,  133. 
Duranta,  114. 
Durio,  90. 
Duvalia,  110. 
Duvernoia.  114. 
Dyckia,  126. 
D.vpsis,  130. 
Dyschoriste,  114. 

Ebenace^,  83,  109. 
Ebenus,  95. 
Ecballium,  100. 
Eccremocarpus,  113. 
Echeveria,  98. 
Echidnopsis,  110. 
Echinacea,  106. 
Echinocactus,  100. 
Echinocereus,  101. 
Echinochloa,  133. 
Echinocystis,  100. 
Echinopanax,  102. 
Echinops,  105. 
Echinopsis,  101. 
Echinostachys,  126. 
Echit.es,  111. 
Echiuni,  111. 
Edgeworthia,  117. 
Ehretia,  111. 
Eichhornia,  128. 
El.eagnace.«,  84,  117. 
Elceagnus,  117. 
Elaeis,  129. 

EL.EOCARPACE.E,  81,  90. 

El£eocari)us,  90. 
EliBodendron,  92. 
Elaphoglossum,  135. 
Eleocharis,  133. 
Elettaria,  125. 
Eleusine,  134. 
Eleutherine,  124. 
Elliottia,  108. 
Elodca,  120. 
Elsholtzia,  116. 
Elymus,  134. 
Emilia,  107. 
Emnienanthc,  111. 
Emmcnopterys,  103. 

EMPETRACE.E,   84,    119. 

Empetrum,  119. 
Eneelia,  106. 
Encephalarto.s,  120. 
Enkianthus,  108. 
Ennealophus,  124. 
Entada,  94. 
Entelia,  90. 
Enterolobium,  93. 
Eomecon,  87. 

EPACRIDACE.E,   83,   108. 

Epacris,  108. 
Ephedra,  120. 
Epidendruni,  122. 
Epiga-a,  108. 
Epilohium,  99. 
Epimcdiuin,  87. 
Epipacti-s,  122. 


Epiphyllanthus,  101. 
Epiphyllum,  100. 
Epipremnum,  132. 
Episcia,  114. 
EquisetacejE,  85,  135. 
Equisetum,  135. 
Eragrostis,  134. 
Eranthemum,  114. 
Eranthis,  86. 
Eremocitrus,  91. 
Eremospatha,  131. 
Eremostachys,  116. 
Eremurus,  127. 
Eria,  123. 
Erianthus,  133. 
Erica,  108. 
ERICACE.E,  83,  108. 
Erigenia,  101. 
Erigeron,  105. 
Erinacea,  94. 
Erinus,  113. 
Eriobotrya,  96. 
Eriocephalus,  106. 
Eriochilus,  123. 
Eriogonum,  117. 
Eriophorum,  133. 
Eriophyllum,  106. 
Eriopsis,  123. 
Eriostenion,  91. 
Eriangea,  107. 
Erodium,  90. 
Eruca,  87. 
Eryngium,  101. 
Erysimum.  88. 
Erythea.  129. 
Erythraja,  110. 
Erj'thrina,  95. 
Erythronium,  128. 

ERYTHROXYLACE.E,  81,  90. 

Erythroxylon,  90. 
E.scallonia,  97. 
Eschscholtzia,  87. 
Escontria,  101. 
Eucalyptus,  98. 
Eucharidium,  99. 
Eucharis,  125. 
Euchla'na,  133. 
Eucnide,  100. 
Eucomis,  128. 
Eucommia,  86. 
EUCOMMIACE.E,  80,  86. 
Eucryphia.  89. 
EtlCRYPHIACE^,  81,  89. 
Eugenia,  99. 
Eulophia,  122. 
Eulophiella,  122. 
Eupatorium,  105. 
Euphoriiia,  119. 

EUPHORBIACE.E,   84,   118. 

Euphoria,  92. 
Euptelea,  86. 
Eurya,  89. 
Euryalo,  87. 
Eurydes,  125. 
Euryops,  107. 
Euscaphis,  92. 
Eustrephus,  126. 
Eutaxia,  95. 
Euterpe,  130. 
Evodia,  91. 
Evonymus,  92. 
Exacum,  110. 
Excceearia,  1 19. 
Exochorda,  96. 
Exorrhiza,  131. 
Exostemma.  103. 


INDEX  TO   KEY  OF   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


141 


Fabiana,  112. 
Fagace-e,  84,  119. 
Fagelia,  95. 
Fagopyrum,  117. 
Fagus,  119. 
Fallugia,  97. 
Faradaya,  115. 
Fatsia,  102. 
Fedia,  103. 
Feijoa,  98. 
Feliria,  105. 
Fendlera,  97. 
Fernelia,  103. 
Feronia,  90. 
Ferouiella,  90. 
Ferraria,  124. 
Ferula,  101. 
Festuca,  134. 
Ficus,  118. 
Filipendula,  97. 
Fittonia,  114. 
Fitzroya,  120. 
Flaeourtia,  88. 

FLACOUKTIACEiC,  80,  88. 

Flemingia,  95. 
Fluggea,  118. 
Fceniculuni,  101. 
Fokienia,  120. 
Fontanesia,  109. 
Fcrsythia,  109. 
Fortuncaria,  98. 
Fortunella,  91. 
Fothergilla,  98. 
Fouquieria,  89. 
F0UQDIERIACE.E,  81,  89. 
Fragaria,  97. 
Francoa,  97. 
Frankenia,  85. 
FrankeniacejE,  85. 
Frasera,  110. 
Fraxinus,  109. 
Freesia,  124. 
Fremontia,  90. 
Freycinetia,  131 
Fritillaria,  128. 
Froelichia,  116. 
Fuchsia,  99. 
Fumaria,  87. 
FumariacejE,  80,  87. 
Funkia,  127. 
Furrraea,  125. 
Fusa;a,  86. 

Gaillardia,  106. 
Galactia,  95. 
Galanthus,  124. 
Galax,  109. 
Galeandra,  122. 
Galedupa,  95. 
Galega,  95. 
Galeopsis,  116. 
Galeorchis,  121. 
Galium,  103. 
Galphimia,  90. 
Galtonia,  128. 
Gamogyne,  132. 
Gamolepis,  107. 
Garcinia,  89. 
Gardenia,  103. 
Garrj'a,  102. 
Garryace^,  82,  102. 
Garuga,  91. 
Gasteria,  127. 
Gaultheria,  108. 
Gaura,  99. 
Gaussia,  130. 


Gaylussacia,  108. 
Gazania,  107. 
Geissorhiza,  124. 
Geitonoplesiuni,  126. 
Gelsemium,  110. 
Genipa,  103. 
Genista,  94. 
Gentiana,  110. 
Gentianace.e,  83,  110. 
Geodorum,  123. 
Geonoma,  131. 

GERANIACE.E,  81,  90. 

Geranium,  90. 
Gerardia,  113. 
Gerbera,  107. 
Gesneria,  113. 
Gesneriace.e,  83,  113. 
Gethyllis,  125. 
Geum,  97. 
Gilia,  111. 
Gilibertia,  102. 
Gillenia,  96. 
Ginkgo,  119. 
GlNKGOACE^,  84,  119. 
Githopsis,  108. 
Gladiolus,  124. 
Glaucium,  87. 
Glaux,  109. 
Gleditsia,  95. 
Gleichenia,  136. 
Gleicheniace^,  85,  136. 
Gliricidia,  95. 
Globba,  125. 
Globularia,  114. 
Globul.\riace.e,  83,  114. 
Glochidion,  118. 
Gloriosa,  128. 
Gloxinia,  113. 
Glyceria,  134. 
Glycine,  95. 
Glycosmis,  90. 
Glycyrrhiza,  95. 
Gmelina,  115. 
GNETACE.E,  84,   120. 
Gnidia,  117. 
Gcethea,  89. 
Gomeza,  123. 
Gomphocarpus,  110. 
Gomphrena,  116. 
Gongora,  123. 
Gonioma,  110. 
Goniophlebium,  135. 
Gonolobus,  110. 
Goodenia,  85. 

GOODENIACE^,  85. 

Goodia,  94. 
Goodyera,  122. 
Gordonia,  89. 
Gossypium,  89. 
Gouania,  92. 
Govenia,  123. 
Grabowskia,  112. 
Gramine.1;,  85,  133. 
Grammangis,  123. 
Grammanthes.  98. 
Grammatophyllum,  123. 
Graptophyllum,  114. 
Gratiola,  113. 
Gravesia,  99. 
GrevUlea,  117. 
Grewia,  90. 
Greyia,  92. 
Grias,  99. 
Griffinia,  125. 
Grindelia,  105. 
Griselinia,  102. 


Guaiacum,  90. 
Guazuma,  90. 
Guettarda,  103. 
Guevina,  117. 
Guizotia,  106. 
Gunnera,  98. 
Gurania,  100. 
Gutierrezia,  105. 
GtJTTIFERE,  81,  89. 
Guzmania,  126. 
Gymnocladus,  95. 
Gymnolomia,  107. 
Gymnopetalum,  100. 
Gymnopteris,  136. 
Gymnosporia,  92. 
Gymnostachys,  132. 
Gynandropsis,  88. 
Gyneriuni,  134. 
Gynura,  107. 
Gypsophila,  89. 

Habenaria,  121. 
Haberlaea,  114. 
Hacquetia,  101. 
HjEmodorace.e,  85. 
Haemanthus,  125. 
H^maria,  122. 
Haematoxylon,  95. 
Hakea,  117. 
Halesia,  109. 
Halimodendron,  95. 
Halleria,  112. 
Halobagidace^,  82,  98. 
Hamamelid-^ce^,  82,  98. 
Hamamelis,  98. 
Hamelia,  103. 
Haplocarpha,  107. 
Hardenbergia,  95. 
Hiiriota,  100. 
Harpephyllum,  93. 
Harrisia,  101. 
Hartwegia,  122. 
Hastiugsia,  127. 
Haworthia,  127. 
Hazardia,  105. 
Hebenstreitia,  114. 
Hechtia,  126. 
Hedeoma,  116. 
Hedera,  102. 
Hedychium,  125. 
Hedysarum,  94. 
Hedyscepe,  130. 
Heeria,  99. 
Helenium.  106. 
Heliamphora,  87. 
Helianthella,  106. 
Helianthemum,  88. 
Helianthus,  106. 
Helichrysum,  105. 
Helicodiceros,  131. 
Heliconia,  125. 
Heliocereus,  101. 
Heliophila,  88. 
Heliopsis,  106. 
Heliotropium,  111. 
Helipterum,  105. 
Hclleborus,  86. 
Helonias,  128. 
Heloniopsis,  128. 
Helwingia,  102. 
Helxine,  118. 
Hemerocalli-s,  127. 
Hemicyclia,  118. 
Hemigraphia,  114. 
Hemionitis,  135. 
Hemitelia,  136. 


Hepatica,  86. 
Heracleum,  101. 
Herbertia,  124. 
Heritiera,  90. 
Hermodactylus,  124. 
Hernandia,  117. 
Herniaria,  89. 
Herpestis,  113. 
Herpetospermum,  100. 
Hesperantha,  124. 
Hesperethusa,  91. 
Hesperis,  S8. 
Hesperocallis,  127. 
Hesperochiron,  111. 
Heteranthera,  128. 
Heteropappus,  105. 
Heterophragma.  113. 
Heterosmilax,  126. 
Heterospathe,  130. 
Heuchera,  97. 
Hevea,  119. 
Hexisea,  122. 
Hibbertia,  86. 
Hibiscus,  89. 
Hidalgoa,  106. 
Hieracium,  107. 
Hierochloe,  134. 
Hillebrandia,  100. 
Hippeastrum,  124. 
Hippocastanace.e,  81,   92. 
Hippocrepis,  95. 
Hippomane,  119. 
Hippophae,  117. 
Hippuris,  98. 
Hodgsonia,  100. 
Hoffmannia,  103. 
Hoffmanseggia,  95. 
Hohenbergia,  126. 
Hoheria,  90. 
Holboellia,  87. 
Holcus,  133. 
Holodiscus,  96, 
Holothrix,  123. 
Homalanthus,  119. 
Homalomena,  131. 
Homeria,  124. 
Homogyne,  107. 
Hoodia,  110. 
Hordeum,  134. 
Hosackia,  94. 
Hottonia,  109. 
HouUetia,  123. 
Houstonia,  103. 
Houttuynia,  117. 
Hovea,  95. 
Hovenia,  92. 
Howea,  130. 
Hoya,  110. 
Hudsonia,  88. 
Huernia,  110. 
Hulsea,  106. 
Humata,  136. 
Humea,  105. 
Hamulus,  118. 
Hunnemannia,  87. 
Hunteria,  111. 
Huntleya,  123. 
Hura,  119. 
Hutchinsia,  87. 
Hyacinthus,  128. 
Hysenanche,  118. 
Hydrangea,  97. 
Hydrastis,  86. 
Hydriastele,  130. 
Hydrochariiai  e.t:,.S4,120. 
Hydrocharis,  121. 


142 


INDEX   TO   KEY   OF   FAMILIES  AND  GENERA 


Hydrocotyle.  101. 

HVDR<.>PHYIJ*\CE.E,  S3,  111. 

Hydrophyllum.  111. 
Hyilrota'ilia,  124. 
Hyloi-orous,  100. 
Hyniieiuva,  95. 
H>Tiipiianthera,  88. 
HNnuoiioeuUi.",  125. 
Hymenophyllace-e,    85, 

135. 
Hymenophyllum,  135. 
Hymcnosporum,  88. 
Hyophorbc.  130. 
Hyosoyamus.  112. 
Hyospathe,  131. 
HjpiH'oum,  87. 
Hypericace.e,  81,  89. 
Hyijeripum,  89. 
HyphtBne.  129. 
Hypochoeris.  107. 
H\-polcpis,  135. 
Hypolytrum,  133. 
H>-poxis,  125. 
Hyssopus,  116. 

Iberis,  87. 
Ic.tCIN.tCE^,  85. 
Idesia,  88. 
Ilex.  91. 

Illecebr.\ce^,  83. 
Illiciuin,  86. 
Impatiens.  90. 
Imperata,  134. 
Incan-illea,  113. 
Indigofera,  95. 
luga.  93. 
Ingeiiliausia,  90. 
Inobulbon,  123. 
Inula,  105. 
lochroma,  112. 
lone,  123. 
lonopsidium,  87. 
lonopsis,  123. 
Ipomoea,  111. 
Iresine,  116. 
Iriartea,  130. 
Iridace.e,  84,  124. 
Iris,  124. 
Isatis,  87. 
Isochilus,  122. 
Isoloma,  113. 
Lsonandra,  109. 
Isopyrum.  86. 
Isotoma,  107. 
Isotria,  122. 
Ilea,  97. 
Iva,  106. 
Lria,  124. 
Ixiolirion,  125. 
Iiora,  103. 

Jacaranda,  113. 
Jaclcwnia,  95. 
Jacobinia,  114. 
JacquemoDtia,  111. 
Jacquinia,  109. 
Jamesia,  97. 
lanusia,  90. 
Japararidiba,  99. 
Ja^one,  107. 
Jaaroinum,  109. 
Jatropha,  119. 
Jatrorrhiza,  86. 
Jellersonia,  87. 
Joannesia,  119. 
Jub*a.  129. 


JlMI..\XD.\CE^,  84,  118. 

Juglaii.^,  118. 
JUNC.iCE.E,  85,  129. 
Juncus,  129. 
Juniperus,  120. 
Jussit'ua,  99. 
Justicia,  114. 

Kadsura,  86. 
Koempferia,  125. 
Kageneckia,  96. 
Kalanchoe,  98. 
Kalmia,  108. 
Kendrickia,  99. 
Kennedy  a,  95. 
Kontia.  130. 
Kentiopsi.s,  130. 
Kemera,  88. 
Kerria,  97. 
Kerstingiella,  95. 
Keteleeria,  120. 
Kigelia,  113. 
Kitaibelia,  90. 
Kitchingia,  98. 
Klugia,  114. 
Kniphofia,  127. 
Kochia,  116. 
Kcelreuteria,  92. 
Kolkwitzia,  102. 
Kopsia,  110. 
Kostelelzkya,  90. 
Krameria,  95. 
Kraussia,  103. 
Krigia,  107. 
Kuhnia,  107. 
Kunzea,  99. 
Kydia,  89. 

Labiat.e,  83,  115. 
Laburnum,  94. 
Lacaena,  123. 
Lachenalia,  128. 
Lactuca,  107. 
Lajlia,  122. 
LiEliocattleya,  122. 
Lagenaria,  100. 
LagerstrcEmia,  99. 
Lagetta,  117. 
Lagunaria,  89. 
Laguru.s,  134. 
Lamarckia,  134. 
Lamium,  116. 
Landolphia,  111. 
Lantana.  114. 
Lapageria,  126. 
Lapeyrousia,  124. 
Lardizabala,  87. 
Lakdizabalace.e,  80,  87. 
Larix,  120. 
Lasthenia,  106. 
Latania,  129. 
Lathyrus,  94. 
IxAtrRACE.E,  84,  117. 
Laurelia,  117. 
Lauru.s,  117. 
Lavandula,  115. 
Lavauga,  91. 
Lavatera,  89. 
Lawsonia,  99. 
Layia,  106. 
Lebidieropsis,  118. 

LECYTHIDACE.E,  82,  99. 

Leeythis,  99. 
Ledum,  108. 
Leea,  92. 
Leeace£,  81. 


LEcrMiNo.s.E,  82,  93. 
Lciophylluni.  108. 
Leitneria,  118. 
Leitnereace.e,  84,  118. 
Lemaireocereus,  101. 
Lcmna.  131. 
LEMNACE.E,  85,   131. 
Lenophylluni,  98. 
Lens,  94. 

Lentibularace.e,  83,  113. 
Leonotis,  116. 
Leoiitice,  87. 
Leontodon,  107. 
Leontopodium,  105. 
Lepachys,  106. 
Lepanthes,  123. 
Lepidagathis,  114. 
Lepidium,  87. 
Leptactina,  103. 
Leptarrhcna,  98. 
Leptoearpha,  107. 
LeptochikLs,  136. 
Leptochloa,  134. 
Leptocodon,  108. 
Leptodermis,  103. 
Leptopteris,  135. 
Leptospermum,  98. 
Leptosyne,  106. 
Leptotes,  122. 
Lespedeza,  94. 
Lettsomia,  111. 
Leucadendron,  117. 
Leucaena,  94. 
Leuchtenbergia,  100. 
Leucoeoryne,  128. 
Leucocrinum,  127. 
Leucojum,  124. 
Leucophyllum,  112. 
Leueostegia,  136. 
Leucothoe,  108. 
Levisticum,  101. 
Lewisia,  89. 
Leycesteria,  102. 
Liatris,  105. 
Libertia,  124. 
Libocedrus,  120. 
Licuala,  129. 
Lightfootia,  108. 
Ligusticum,  101. 
Ligustrum,  110. 
L1LIACE.E,  85,  126. 
Lilium,  128. 
Limatodes,  122. 

LlMNANTHACE.«,   81,  90. 

Limnanthes,  90. 
Limnobium,  121. 
Limnocharis,  132. 
Limonia,  91. 
L1NACE.E,  81,  90. 
Linaria,  112. 
Lindelofia,  111. 
Lindenbergia,  113. 
Linnsea,  102. 
Liuospadix,  130. 
Linosyris,  105. 
Linum,  90. 
Liparis,  122. 
Lipfjia,  114. 
Liquidambar,  98. 
Liriodendron,  86. 
Liriope,  127. 
Lisianthus,  110. 
Lissochilus,  122. 
Listera,  122. 
Listrostachys,  123. 


Litchi,  92. 
Lithospcrmuii),  111. 
Lithraia,  93. 
Litsea,  117. 
Littonia,  128. 
Livistoiia,  129. 
Loasa,  100. 
LOASACE.E,  82,   100. 
Lobelia,  107. 
L0BELIACE.E.  82. 
Lodoicea,  129. 
Loeselia,  111. 
Logania,  110. 
LOGANLACE^,  83,  110. 
Loiseleuria,  108. 
Lolium,  134. 
Lomatia,  117. 
Lomatium,  101. 
Lomatophyllum,  127. 
Lonas,  106. 
Lonchitis,  136. 
Lonchocarpus,  95. 
Lonicera,  102. 
Lopezia,  99. 
Lophanthus,  115. 
Lophocereus,  100. 
Lophophora,  100. 

LORANTHACE^,   84,    117. 

Loranthus,  117. 
Loropetalum,  98. 
Lotus,  94. 
Loxoscaphe,  136. 
Luculia,  103. 
Lucuma,  109. 
Ludwigia,  99. 
Lueddemannia,  123. 
Luehea,  90. 
Luetkea,  96. 
Luffa,  100. 
Luisia,  123. 
Lunaria,  88. 
Lupinus,  94. 
Lycaste,  122. 
Lychnis,  89. 
Lycium,  112. 
Lyeopersicum,  112. 
Ltcopodiace,e,  85,  134. 
Lycopodium,  134. 
Lycoris,  124. 
Lygodium,  135. 
Lyonia,  108. 
Lyouothamnus,  97. 
Lysichitum,  131. 
Lysiloma,  93. 
Lysimachia,  109. 
Lysionotus,  114. 
Lythrace.e,  82,  99. 
Lythrum,  99. 

Maackia,  94. 
Maba,  109. 
Mabea,  119. 
Macadamia,  117. 
Macaranga,  119. 
Macfadyenia,  113. 
Macleania,  108. 
Madura,  118. 
Macodes,  122. 
Macroplectrum,  123. 
Macroscepis,  110. 
Maerozamia,  120. 
Maddenia,  97. 
Madia,  106. 
Ma^sa,  109. 
Magnolia,  86. 
Maonoliace^,  80,  86. 


INDEX  TO   KEY   OF   FAMILIES   AND  GENERA 


143 


Mahernia,  90. 
Mahonia,  87. 
Maianthemum,  127. 
Malacocarpus,  100. 
Malcomia,  SS. 
Mallotus,  119. 
Malope,  89. 
Malpidhia,  90. 
MALriGHIACE,E,  81,  90. 
Malva,  90. 
Malvace.«,  81,  89. 
Malvastrum,  90. 
Malvaviscus,  89. 
Maniinea,  89. 
Mammillaria,  100. 
Mandevilla,  111. 
Mandragora,  112. 
Manettia,  103. 
Mangifcra,  92. 
Manioaria,  131. 
Manihot,  119. 
Mapania,  133. 
Maprounia,  119. 
Maranta,  125. 
Mar.\ntace.e,  85,  125. 
Marattia,  135. 

MARATTIACE.E,   85,    135. 

Margyricarpus,  97. 
Marica,  124. 
Marrubium,  115. 
Marsdenia,  110. 
Marshallia,  106. 
Marsilea,  136. 

MARSILEACE.E,   85,    136. 

Martinezia,  129. 
Martynia,  114. 

MARTYNIACE.E,  83,  114. 

Masdevallia,  122. 
Massangea,  126. 
Massonia,  128. 
Matricaria,  107. 
Matteuccia,  136. 
Matthiola,  88. 
Maurandia,  112. 
Mauritia,  129. 
Maxillaria,  123. 
Maxiniiliana,  129. 
Maximilianea,  88 
Maytenus,  92. 
Mazus,  113. 
Meconopsis,  87, 
Medeola,  128. 
Mcdirago,  95. 
Medinilla,  99. 
Megaclinium,  123. 
Megarrhiza,  100. 
Melaleuca,  98. 
Melanthium,  128. 
Melasphserula,  124. 
Melastoma,  99. 

MELASTOMACE.E,  82,  99. 

Melia.  91. 
Meliace.e,  81,  91. 
Melianthace<e,  81,  92. 
Melianthus,  92. 
Melica,  134. 
Melieocca,  92. 
Melilotus,  95. 
Melinis,  134. 
Meliosma,  92. 
Melissa,  116. 
Melittis,  115. 
Melothria,  100. 
Meniscium,  136. 
Meni8per.mace«,  80,  86. 
Menispermum,  86. 


Mentha,  116. 
Mentzelia,  100. 
Menyanilii'-      10. 
Menziesia,  108. 
Meratia,  86. 
Mercurialis,  118. 
Merendera,  128. 
Merope,  91. 
Mertensia,  111. 
Mertya,  102. 

Mesembryaiithenium,  101. 
Mesospinidium,  123. 
MespUus,  96. 
Metrosideros,  98. 
Metro.\ylon,  131. 
Meum,  101. 
Michauxia.  108. 
Michelia,  86. 
Micholitzia,  110. 
Micranthus,  114. 
Microcitrus,  91. 
Microcycas,  120. 
Microkentia,  130. 
Microlepia,  136. 
Micromeles,  96. 
Micromelum,  90. 
Micronieria,  116. 
Microphoenix,  131. 
Microstylis,  122. 
Mikania,  105. 
Milla,  127. 
Millettia,  95. 
Miltonia,  123. 
Mimosa,  94. 
M1MOSE.E,  81. 
Mimulus,  113. 
Mimusops,  109. 
Minkelersia,  95. 
Mirabilis,  116. 
Miscanthus,  133. 
Mitchella,  103. 
Mitella,  97. 
Mitraria.  114. 
Mitriostigma,  103. 
Modecca,  100. 
Mohria,  135. 
Molinia,  134. 
Molopospermum,  101. 
Moluccella,  116. 
Momordica,  100. 
Monarda,  115. 
Monardella,  116. 
Moneses,  108. 
MONIMIACE.E,  84,   117. 
Monogramma,  135. 
Monolena,  99. 
Monomeria,  123. 

MONOTROPACE.E,  83,    108. 

Monsonia,  90. 
Monstera,  131. 
Montanoa,  107. 
Montia,  89. 
Moorea,  123. 
MORACE.E,  84,  118. 
Morasa,  124. 
Morina,  103. 
Morinda,  103. 
Moringa,  93. 
MORINGACE^,  82,  93. 
Morisia,  87. 
Mormodes,  122. 
Morrenia,  110. 
Moras,  118. 
Moschosma,  115. 
Mucuna,  95. 
Muehlenbeckia.  116. 


Muehlenbergia,  134. 
Muilla,  128. 
Musa,  125. 
MDSACE.E,  85,  125. 
Muscari,  128. 
Musineon,  101. 
Musssenda,  103. 
MYOPORACE.E,  83,  114. 
Myoporum.  114. 
Myosotidium,  111. 
Myosotis,  111. 
Myrica,  118. 
Myricace^,  84,  118. 
Myricaria,  89. 
Myriocephalus,  105. 
Myriophyllum,  98. 
Myristica,  117. 

MYRISTICACE.E,   84.    117. 

Myrrhis,  101. 
Myrsinace^,  83,  109. 
Myrsine,  109. 

MYRTACE.E,  82,   98. 

Myrtillocaetus,  101. 
Myrtus,  99. 
Mystacidium,  123. 

Nsegelia,  113. 
Naiadace^,  85,  132. 
Nandina,  87. 
Napeea,  89. 
Napoleona,  99. 
Narcissus,  124. 
Narthecium,  128. 
Nathusia,  109. 
Naumbergia,  109. 
Neillia,  96. 
Nelumbo,  87. 
Nemastylis,  124. 
Nemesia,  112. 
Nemopanthus,  91. 
Nemophila,  111. 
Nenga,  130. 
Neobenthamia,  122. 
Neoglaziovia,  126. 
Neogyne,  122. 
Neolauchea,  123. 
Neonicholsonia,  131. 
Neottia,  123. 
Nepenthace.e,  84,  117. 
Nepenthes,  117. 
Nepeta,  115. 
Nephrolepis,  136. 
Nephthytis,  131. 
Neptunia,  94. 
Nerine,  125. 
Neriuni,  110. 
Nertera,  103. 
Ner\'ilia,  12.3. 
Neuwiedia,  123. 
Neviusa,  97. 
Nicandra,  112. 
Nicotiana.  112. 
Nidularium,  126. 
Nierembergia,  112. 
Nigella,  86. 
Nipa,  131. 
Niphaea,  113. 
Nolana,  112. 
Nolanace^,  83,  112. 
Nolina,  127. 
Nopalea,  100. 
Nothofagus,  119. 
Notholsena,  135. 
Notholcus,  134. 
Nothoscordum,  128. 


Notylia,  123. 
Nuphar,  87. 

Nyctamnace.e,  83,  116 
Nyctocereus,  101. 
Nymphaea,  87. 
Nymph.eace.«,  80,  87 
Nymphoides,  110. 
Nyssa,  102. 
Nyssace.«,  82,  102. 

Oakesia,  128. 
Oberonia,  123. 
Ochna,  91. 

OCHNACE.E,  81,  91. 

Ochrocarpus,  89. 
Ocimum,  115. 
Octomena,  123. 
Odontadenia,  111. 
Odontoglossum,  123. 
Odontosoria,  136. 
ffinocarpus,  131. 
(Enothera,  99. 

OLACACE.E,  81,  91. 

Olax,  91. 

Oldenburgia,  107. 
Oldenlandia,  103. 
Oldfieldia,  118. 
Olea,  110. 
OLEACE.E,  83,  109. 
Olearia,  105. 
Oligobotrya,  128. 
Oliveranthus,  98. 
Omphalia,  119. 
Omphalodes,  111. 
OnagRace.e,  82,  99. 
Oncidiura,  123. 
Oncoba,  88. 
Oncosperma,  130. 
Onobrychis,  94. 
Onoclea,  136. 
Ononis,  95. 
Onopordon,  105. 
Onosma,  111. 
•  Onosmodium,  111. 
Onychium,  135. 
Ophioglossace.e,  85,  135. 
Ophioglossum,  135. 
Ophiopogon,  127. 
Ophrys,  121. 
Ophthalmoblapton,  119. 
Oplismenus,  133. 
Opuntia,  100. 
OrchidacE/E,  84,  121. 
Orchis,  121. 
Oreocarya,  111. 
Oreocereus,  101. 
Oreodoxa,  130. 
Oreopanax,  102. 
Origanum,  116. 
Orixa,  91. 
Ornithidium,  123. 
Ornithocephalus,  123. 
Ornithochilus,  123. 
Ornithogalum,  128. 
Ornithopus,  94. 

OROBANCUACE.E,  85. 

Orontium,  131. 
Oroxylon,  113. 
Orthocarpus,  113. 
Orthosanthus,  124. 
Oryza,  133. 
Oryzopsis,  134. 
Osbeckia,  99. 
Osmanthus,  109. 
Osmaronia,  97. 
Osmorhiza,  101. 


lU 


INDEX   TO   KEY  OF   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


Osmuoda.  135. 
OsMrNDACE^,  85,  135. 
Osteomeles.  90. 
Osteospermum,  107. 
Ostrowskia,  lOS. 
Ostrya,  119. 
Othoiina,  107. 
Ouratea,  91. 
Ourisia,  113. 
Ox.\LIDACEi:,  SI,  90. 
Oxalis.  90. 
Oxera,  115. 
Oxyanthus,  103. 
Oxydendrum,  108. 
Oxylobium,  94. 
Oxypetalum,  110. 
Oxypolis,  101. 
Oxyteuanthera,  134. 
Oxytropis,  95. 

Pachira.  90. 
Pachycereus,  101. 
Pach,\-ph>-tum,  98. 
Parhypodium.  111. 
Pachyrhizus,  94. 
Pachysandra,  119. 
Pachystima,  92. 
Pachystroma,  119. 
Paederia,  103. 
Pseonia,  86. 
Palava,  89. 
Palisota.  128. 
Paliurus,  92. 
Palmace.e,  85,  129. 
Palmereiia,  107. 
Palumbina,  123. 
Pamburus,  91. 
Panax,  101. 
Pancratium,  125. 
Pandanace.e,  85,  131. 
Pandanus,  131. 
Pandorea,  113. 
Panicum,  133. 
Panisea,  123. 
Papaver,  87. 

PAPAVERACE.E,  80,  87. 

Papeda.  91. 
Paphinia,  123. 
Paphiopedilum,  121. 
Paradisea,  127. 
Paramignya,  91. 
Parietaria,  118. 
Paris,  128. 
Parkin-sonia,  95. 
Parmentiera,  113. 
Pamas.sia,  97. 
Parochetus,  95. 
Paronychia,  89. 
PaiTotia,  98. 
Panya,  88. 
Parwjnsia,  111. 
Parthenium,  106. 
Parthenoeis.sus,  92. 
Pascalia,  106. 
Paspalum,  1.34. 
Pas.siflora,  100. 

PAS-mFLORACE-E,  82,  100 

Pastinaoa,  101. 
Patrinia,  103. 
Paullinia.  92. 
Paulownia,  112. 
Pavetta,  103. 
Pavonia,  89. 
Pectinaria,  110. 

PEDALIACE.E,  83,  114. 

Pedicularis,  113. 


Podilanthu.s,  119. 
Pelargonium,  90. 
P^■lee^^)h()ra,  100. 
Pi-liosantlies,  128. 
P.-lla>a,  135. 
Pdlionia,  118. 
Peltandra,  131. 
Pcltaria,  S7. 
Poltopliorum,  95. 
Penuisetum,  133. 
Pentacha'ta,  105. 
Pentapetes,  90. 
Pentapterygium,  108. 
Pentas,  103. 
Pentsteraon,  112. 
Peperomia,  117. 
Peponia,  100. 
Peraphyllum,  97. 
Pereskia,  100. 
Pereskiopsis,  100. 
Pericome,  106. 
Perilla.  116. 
Periploca,  110. 
Peristeria,  123. 
Peristrophe,  114. 
Pernettya,  108. 
Perowskia,  115. 
Persea,  117. 
Pertya,  107. 
Peseatorea,  123. 
Petalostemon,  95. 
Petasites,  107. 
Petiveria,  116. 
Petraea,  114. 
Petrophytum,  96. 
Petroselinum,  101. 
Petteria,  94. 
Petunia,  112. 
Peucedanum,  101. 
Peumus,  117. 
Pfaffia,  116. 
Phacelia,  111. 
Phaedranassa,  125. 
Phaedranthus,  113. 
Phajus,  122. 
Phalsenopsis,  123. 
Phalaris,  134. 
Phalocallis,  124. 
Phaseolus.  94. 
Phegopteris,  136. 
Phellodendron,  91. 
Philadelphus,  97. 
Philesia,  126. 
Philibertia,  110. 
Phillyrea,  109. 
Philodendron,  131. 
Phlebodium,  135. 
Phleum,  1.34. 
Phlogacanthus,  114. 
Phloinis,  116. 
Phlox,  111. 
Phccnix,  129. 
Pholidota,  122. 
Phoradendron,  117. 
Phormium,  127. 
Photinia,  96. 
Phragmites,  134. 
Phragmopedilum,  121. 
I'hryma,  114. 
Phrymace.«,  83,  114. 
Phrynium,  125. 
Phygi;liu.s,  112. 
Phyllagathis,  99. 
Phyllanthua,  118. 
Phyllitis,  136. 
Phyllocladus,  120. 


PhyUodocc.  108. 
Phyllostachys,  134. 
PhjTnatodes,  135. 
Physalis,  112. 
Physaria,  88. 
Physiantlms,  110. 
Physoean>us,  96. 
Physoptychis,  88. 
Physosiphon,  123. 
Physostegia,  115. 
Physurua,  122. 
Phytelephas,  131. 
Phyteuma,  108. 
Phytolacca,  116. 

PHYTOLACCACE.E,  84,    116. 

Piaranthus,  110. 
Pieea,  120. 
Picrasma,  91. 
Pieris,  108. 
Pigafetta,  131. 
Pilea,  118. 
Pilocarpus,  91. 
Pimelea,  117. 
Pimenta,  99. 
PiNACE.E,  84,  120. 
Pinanga,  130. 
Pinckneya,  103. 
Pinellia,  131. 
Pinguicula,  113. 
Pinus,  120. 
Piper.  117. 
P1PERACE.E,  84,  117. 
Piptadenia,  94. 
Piptanthus,  95. 
Pipturus,  118. 
Piqueria,  105. 
Piscidia,  94. 
Pisoiiia,  116. 
Pistacia,  92. 
Pistia,  131. 
Pisum,  94. 
Pitcairnia,  126. 
Pithecoctenium,  113. 
Pithecolobium,  93. 
P1TTO.SPORACE.E,  81,  88. 
Pittosporum,  88. 
Placea,  124. 
Plagianthus,  90. 
Plagiobothrys,  111. 
Plagiospermum,  97. 
Planera,  118. 
PlantaoinacevE,  83,  116. 
Plantago,  116. 

PLATANACE.E,  84,   118. 

Platanus,  118. 
Platouia,  89. 
Platyearya,  118. 
Platycerium,  135. 
Platyclinis,  122. 
Platycodon,  107. 
Platycrater,  97. 
Platylepis,  123. 
Platystemon,  87. 
Platystigma,  87. 
Platytheca,  88. 
Plectocomia,  129. 
Plectranthus,  115. 
Plectronia,  103. 
Pleione,  122. 
PleiocariJa,  111. 
Pleiospermum,  91. 
Pleurothallis,  122. 
Plocama,  103. 
Plukenetia,  119. 

PLnMBAOINACE.E,  83,    109. 

Plumbago,  109. 


Plumeria,  110. 
Poa,  134. 

Podachaenium,  106. 
Podalyria,  95. 
Podocarpus.  120. 
Podolepis,  105. 
Podophyllum,  87. 
Podostigma,  110. 
Pogonia,  122. 
Pogostemon,  116. 
Poinciana,  95. 
Poivrea,  98. 
Polanisia,  88. 

POLEMONIACE.E,  83,   111. 

Polemonium,  111. 
Polianthes,  125. 
Poliothyrsis,  88. 
Pollia,  128. 
Polycycnis,  123. 
Polygala,  88. 

POLYGALACE.E,  81,  88. 
POLYGONACE«,  84,    116. 

Polygonatum,  127. 
Polygonum,  117. 
Polymnia,  106. 
POLYPODIACE.E.  85,  135. 
Poljijodium,  135. 
PoliTsteris,  106. 
Polyrrhiza,  123. 
Polyscias,  102. 
Polystachya,  122. 
Polystichum,  136. 
Pomaderri.s,  92. 
Poncirus,  91. 
Pontederia,  128. 

PoNTEDERIACE,E,  85,   128. 

Ponthieva,  122. 
Populus,  119. 
Porana,  111. 
Poranthera,  118. 
Portenschlagia,  101. 
Portulaca,  89. 

POKTnLACACE.E,   81,  89. 

Posoqueria,  103. 
Potamogeton,  132. 
Potentilla,  97. 
Poterium,  97. 
Pothos,  131. 
Pouteria,  109. 
Premna,  115. 
Prenanthes,  107. 
Prestonia,  110. 
Primula,  109. 

PRIMULACACE.E,  83,   109. 

Prinsepia,  97. 
Prionium,  129. 
Pritchardia,  129. 
Prochnyanthes,  125. 
Promenaea,  123. 
Prosopis,  94. 
Prostanthera,  115. 
Protea,  117. 

PROTEACE.E,   84,    117. 

Prunus,  97. 

Pseuderanthemum,  114. 
Pseudolarix,  120. 
Pseudopanax,  102. 
Pseudophcenix.  131. 
Pseudotsuga,  120. 
Psidium,  98. 
Psilostrophe,  107. 
Psoralea,  95. 
Psychotria,  103. 
Ptaeroxylon,  91. 
Ptelea,  91. 
Pteridium,  135. 


INDEX  TO   KEY   OF   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


145 


Pterig,  135. 
Pterocactus,  101. 
Pterocarpus,  95. 
Pterocarya,  118. 
Pteroeeltis,  118. 
Pterolobium,  95. 
Pteronia,  107. 
Pterospermum,  90. 
Pterostylis,  123. 
Pterostyrax,  109. 
Ptychoccocus,  131. 
Ptychoraphis,  131. 
PtJ'chosperma,  130. 
Pueraria,  94. 
Puimonaria,  111. 
Pultensea,  94. 
Puuic-a,  99. 

PUNICACE.E,  82,  99. 

Purshia,  97. 
Puschkiiiia,  128. 
Putranjiva,  118. 
Puya,  126. 

Pjcnauthemum,  116. 
Pycuostachys,  116. 
Pyracantha,  96. 
PjTenacantha.  85. 
PjTethrum,  107. 
Pyrola,  108. 
PYROL.1CE.E,  S3,   108. 
Pyrostegia,  113. 
Pyrularia,  117. 
PiTus,  97. 
Pyxidanthera,  109. 

Quamoclit,  111. 
Quassia,  91. 
Quekettia,  123. 
Quercus,  119. 
Quesnelia,  126. 
Quillaja,  96. 
Quisqualis,  98. 

Rademiachia,  113. 
Radicula,  88. 
Rajania,  123. 
Ramonda,  114. 
Randia,  103. 
Ranevea,  131. 
Ranuncclace^,  80,  86. 
Ranunculus,  86. 
Raphanus,  87. 
Raphiolepis,  97. 
Raphionacme,  110. 
Rathbunia,  101. 
Rauwolfia,  110. 
Ravenala,  125. 
Ravenia,  91. 
Reevesia,  90. 
Rehmannia,  113. 
Reineckia,  127. 
Rcinwardtia,  90. 
Rfnanthera,  123. 
Renealmia,  125. 
Reseda,  88. 
Resedace^,  80,  88. 
restiace.e,  85. 
Restio,  85. 
Restrepia,  122. 
Reynosia,  92. 
Rhabdothamnus,  114. 

RHAM.NACE.E,  81,  92. 

Rhamnella,  92. 
Rhamnus,  92. 
Rhaphidophora,  131. 
Rhajjidophyllum,  129. 
Rliapis    129. 

10 


Rheedia,  89. 
Rheum,  117. 
Rhexia,  99. 
Rhipidopteris,  135. 
Rhipsalis,  100. 
Rhizophora,  98. 

RH1ZOPHORACE.E,  82,  98. 

Rhodochiton,  112. 
Rhododendron,  108. 
Rhodoleia,  98. 
Rhodomyrtus,  99. 
Rhodorhiza,  111. 
Rhodothamus,  108. 
Rhodotypus,  97. 
Rhoeo,  129. 
Rhopaloblaste,  130. 
Rhopalostylis,  130. 
Rhus,  93. 

Rhynehanthus,  125. 
Rhynchosia,  95. 
Rhynchospora,  133. 
Rhynchostylis,  123. 
Ribes,  97. 

Ricinodendron,  119. 
Ricinus,  118. 
Rigidella,  124. 
Rivina,  116. 
Robinia,  95. 
Rochea,  98. 
Rodgersia,  98. 
Rodriguezia,  123. 
Rcettlera,  114. 
Rohdea,  127. 
Rollinia,  86. 
Romneya,  87. 
Romulea,  124. 
Rondeletia,  103. 
Rosa,  97. 
R08ACE.E,  82,  96. 
Roscheria,  130. 
Roscoea,  125. 
Rosmarinus,  115. 
Rothrockia,  110. 
Rottboellia,  134. 
Roupala,  117. 
Royena,  109. 
Roystonea,  130. 
Rubia,  103. 
RUBIACE.E,  82,   102. 
Rubus,  97. 
Rudbeckia,  106. 
RueUia,  114. 
Rulingia,  90. 
Rumex,  117. 
Rungia,  114. 
Rupieola,  108. 
Ruscus,  126. 
Russelia,  112. 
Ruta,  91. 
RUTACE^,  81,  90. 

Sabal,  129. 
Sabbatia,  110. 
Sabiace.*:,  81,  92. 
Saceharum,  133. 
Saccolabiura,  123. 
Sagina,  89. 
Sagittaria,  132. 
Saintpaulia,  114. 
SALICACE.E,  84,  119. 
Salicomia,  116. 
Salix,  119. 
Salpichroa,  112. 
Salpiglossis,  112. 
Salpinga,  89. 
Salsola,  116. 


Salvia,  115. 
Salvinia,  136. 
SALVINIACE.E,  85,  136. 
Sambucus,  102. 
Sanchezia,  114. 
Sandersonia,  128. 
Sanguinaria,  87. 
Sanguisorba,  97. 
Sanicula,  101. 
Sansevieria,  127. 
SantalacE/E,  84,  117. 
Santalum,  117. 
Santolina,  106. 
Sanvitalia,  106. 
Sapindace^,  81,  92. 
Sapindus,  92. 
Sapium,  119. 
Saponaria,  89. 
SAPOTACE.E,  83,  109. 
Saraca,  95. 
Sarcanthus,  123. 
Sarcoeephalus,  103. 
Sarcochilus,  123. 
Sarcococca,  119. 
Sarcodes,  108. 
Sarcopodium,  123. 
Sargentodoxa,  87. 
Sarracenia,  87. 
Sarraceniace.e,  80,  87. 
Sassafras,  117. 
Satureia,  116. 
Satyrium,  123. 
Sauromatum,  131. 
Sauropus,  118. 
Saururace«,  84,  117. 
Saururus,  117. 
Saussurea,  107. 
Saxifraga,  98. 
SaxifragacejE,  82,  97. 
Scabiosa,  103. 
Scaevola,  85. 
Scandix,  101. 
Scaphosepalum.  122. 
Scaphyglottis,  123. 
Schaueria,  114. 
Scheelea,  129. 
Scheeria,  113. 
Schefflera,  102. 
Schima,  89. 
Schinus,  92. 
Schismatoglottis.  131. 
Schizaea,  135. 
SCHIZ.EACE.E,  85,   135. 
Schizandra,  86. 
Schizanthus,  112. 
Schizoeodon,  109. 
Schizolobiura,  95. 
Schizopetalon,  88. 
Schizophragnia,  97. 
Schizostylis,  124. 
Schlimmia,  123. 
Schlumbergera,  100. 
Schomburgkia,  122. 
Schotia,  95. 
Schrankia,  94. 
Sciadopitys,  120. 
SeUla,  128. 
Scindapsus,  131. 
Scirpus,  133. 
Sclcrocarpus,  106. 
Scol^Tiius,  107. 
Scopolia,  112. 
Seorpiurus,  95. 
Seorzoiiera,  107. 
Scrophularia,  112. 

SCROl'HOLARIACE^,  83,    112. 


Scutellaria,  115. 
Scuticaria,  123. 
Scyphanthus,  100. 
Sebastiana,  119. 
Secale,  134. 
Sechium,  100. 
Securinega,  118. 
Sedum,  98. 

SELAGINACE.E,   114. 

Selaginella,  134. 
Selaginellace^,  85,  134. 
Selenia,  88. 
Selenicereus,  101. 
Selinum.  101. 
Semecarpus,  92. 
Semele,  126. 
Sempervivum,  98. 
Senebiera,  87. 
Seneeio,  107. 
Sequoia,  120. 
Serapias,  121. 
Serensea,  129. 
Sericocarpus,  105. 
Serissa,  103. 
Serjania,  92. 
Serratula,  105. 
Sesamum,  114. 
Sesbania,  95. 
Seseli,  101, 
Sesuvium,  101. 
Setaria,  133. 
Severinia,  91. 
Seymeria,  113. 
Shepherdia,  117. 
Shortia,  109. 
Sibbaldia,  97. 
Sibirsea,  96. 
Sibthorpia,  113. 
Sicana,  100. 
Sicyos,  100. 
Sida,  90. 
Sidalcea,  89. 
Sideritis,  116. 
Sideroxylon,  109. 
Sievekingia,  123. 
Signiatostalix,  123. 
Silene,  89. 
Silphium,  106. 
Simarubace.e,  81,  91. 
Simmondsia,  119. 
Sinningia,  113. 
Sinofranchetia,  87. 
Sinomenium,  86. 
Sinowilsonia,  98. 
Siphocampylus,  107. 
Sisyrinchium,  124. 
Sium,  101. 
Skinimia,  91. 
Smelowskia,  88. 
Smilacina,  127. 
Smilax,  126. 
Smodingium,  93. 
Sobolewskia,  87. 
Sobralia,  122. 
Solanaceje,  S3,  112. 
Solandra,  112. 
Solanum,  112. 
Soldanella,  109. 
Solea,  88. 
Solenanthus,  111. 
Solenidium,  123. 
Soiidago,  105. 
Sollya,  88. 
Sonchus,  107. 
Sonerila,  99. 
Sophora,  94. 


14li 


INDEX  TO   KEY   OF   FAMILIES   AND   GENERA 


Sophroiiitis,  122. 
Sorbiiria,  96. 
Sorbus,  96. 
Sorindoia.  93. 
Sparaxis,  124. 
Spamiannia,  90. 
Spartina,  134. 
Spartium.  94. 
Spatlielia,  91. 
Spatliiphylluni.  1.31. 
Spathodta.  113. 
Sjiatlioglottis,  122. 
Spathyema,  131. 
Specularia,  107. 
Spergula.  89. 
Sphaeralcea,  89. 
Sphierooodon,  110. 
Sphedaninooarpus,  90. 
Sphcnopholis,  134. 
Spigelia.  110. 
Spilanthos.  106. 
Spinacia,  116. 
Spinea.  96. 
Spiranthes,  122. 
Spondias,  93. 
Sporobolus,  134. 
Spraguea,  89. 
Sprekelia,  124. 
Stachys.  116. 
Stachytarijheta,  1 14. 
STACHYrRACE.E,  81,  89. 
Staohyurus,  89. 
Staokhousia,  92. 
Stackhousiace.e,  81,  92. 
Stadmannia,  92. 
Stangeria,  120. 
Stanhopea,  123. 
Stank-ya,  88. 
Stapplia,  110. 
Staphylea,  92. 
StaphyleacE/E,  81,  92. 
Statire,  109. 
Stauntonia,  87. 
Stauropsis,  123. 
Staurostigma,  1.32. 
Steironema,  109. 
Stelis.  123. 
Stellaria,  89. 
Stenandrium,  114. 
Stenanthium,  128. 
Stenia,  123. 
Stenocarpus,  117. 
Stenomesson,  125. 
StenoirhjTichus,  122. 
StciiosporniatiuiM.  l.il. 
Stenotaphnim,  133. 
Stpphanandra,  96. 
.Stephanotis,  110. 
Stcrculia,  90. 
Stehculiace«,  81,  90. 
Stereospermum,  113. 
Stembergia,  124. 
Steven.sonia,  130. 
Stigmaijhyllon,  90. 
Stillingia,  119. 
Stipa.  1.34. 
Stokesia,  105. 
Stranvaesia,  96. 
Stratiotes,  121. 
Strelitzia,  125. 
StreptocaljTt,  126. 
Streptocarpus,  114. 
Streptopus,  127. 
StrepUjsolen,  112. 
Strobilanthc!!,  114. 
'■•romanthe,  125. 


Strophanthu.*,  111. 
Stropholirioii,  127. 
Strychnos,  110. 
Strypli'X'dciidron,  94. 
Stiiartia,  89. 
Slyloplioruin,  87. 
StyUipliylluni.  98. 
Styiucace.b,  83,  109. 
Styra.N,  109. 
Suksdorfia,  98. 
Sullivantia,  98. 
Sutherlandia,  95. 
Svvainsoiia,  95. 
Swcitia,  110. 
Swietcuia,  91. 
Sypopsi.s,  98. 
Symbcgonia,  100. 
Sjinphorioanios,  102. 
S.Nnnpli.\-aiidra,  108. 
S>-niphytuni,  111. 

SYMPLOCACE.E,   83,    109. 

S>iiiplooarpus,  131. 
Symplocos,  109. 
Synadenium,  119. 
Synaiidra,  116. 
Syncarpia,  98. 
SjTidesmon,  86. 
Sjnieohanthus,  131. 
Syngonium,  131. 
Synthyris,  113. 
Syringa,  109. 

Tabebuia,  113. 
Tabernaemontana,  110. 
Tacca,  124. 
Taccacejs,  84,  124. 
Tacsonia,  100. 
TiEnidia,  101. 
Tagetes,  106. 
Tainia,  123. 
Talauma,  86. 
Talinum,  89. 
Tamaricace,e,  81,  89. 
Tamarindus,  95. 
Tamarix,  89. 
Tamonea,  99. 
Tamu.s,  123. 
Tanacetum,  107. 
Tanakaea,  98. 
Tapiria,  92. 
Tapiscia,  92. 
Taraxacum,  107. 
TAXACE.E,  84,   120. 
Taxodium,  120. 
Taxus,  120. 
Tceonia,  113. 
Teconiaria,  113. 
Tecophilaja,  125. 
Tcctaria,  136. 
Teedia,  112. 
Tclaiithora,  116. 
Telfairea,  100. 
Ti-lliiiia,  98. 
Tflopf-a,  117. 
Tompletoiiia,  94. 
Tcphrosia,  95. 
Toniiinalia,  98. 
Tcrnstrfrniia,  89. 
TEnNBTna';MiACE^,  81,  89. 
Testudinaria,  123. 
Tetraceiitron,  86. 
Tctradymia,  107. 
Totragonia,  101. 
Tftranenia,  112. 
Totrapanax,  102. 
Tftrastigiria,  92. 


Tptrathoca,  88. 
Tourrium.  115. 
Ti'y.sniannia,  131. 
Thalia,  125. 
Tlialictnim,  86. 
Thaspium,  101. 
Thea,  89. 
Thcco.strlc,  123. 
Tlii'lcspcnna,  106. 
Tlii'lymitra,  123. 
Thcobronia,  90. 
Theophrasta,  109. 
Thennopsis,  94. 
Thespesia,  89. 
Thevetia,  110. 
Tliibaudia,  108. 
Thladiaiitha,  100. 
Thrinax,  129. 
Thrjijtomene,  98. 
Thuja,  120. 
Thujopsis,  120. 
Thunbergia,  114. 
Thunia,  122. 
Thymela;a,  117. 

THYMEL.EACE.E,  84,   117. 

ThjTiius,  116. 
Thyrsacanthus,  114. 
Thyrsopteris,  136. 
Thysaiiotus,  128. 
Tiarella,  97. 
Tiljouchina,  99. 
Tigridia,  124. 
Tilia,  90. 
TiLIACE.E,  81,  90. 
Tillaja,  98. 
Tillandsia,  126. 
Tiuantia,  129. 
Tinnea,  116. 
Tipuana,  94. 
Tipularia,  122. 
Tithonia,  107. 
Toooca,  99. 
Toddalia,  91. 
Todea,  135. 
Tofieldia,  128. 
Tolniiea,  97. 
TolpLs,  107. 
Toluifera,  95. 
Toreiiia,  113. 
Torreya,  120. 
Tourncfortia,  111. 
Townsendia,  105. 
Trachelium,  108. 
Trachelospermum,  111. 
Trachyearpus,  129. 
Tradcscantia,  129. 
Tragia,  119. 
Tragopogon,  107. 
Trapa,  99. 
TRAPACE.E,  82,  99. 
Trautvetteria,  86. 
Trenia,  118. 

Tkemandrace^,  81,  88. 
Trevesia,  102. 
Trcwia,  118. 
Triialysia,  103. 
Trinhilia,  91. 
Trirliiiiiuin,  116. 
Tri.-hioris,  134. 
Trirho^'aulon,  110. 
Trichocontnim,  123. 
Trifhoglottis,  123. 
Tricholii-na,  1.33. 
Tricholppis,  107. 
TrichoinaiK'S,  135. 
Trif'hopilia,  123. 


Trirh()santhe.s,  100. 
Trirhosnia,  122. 
Tricho.'iporuni,  114. 
Trichostenia,  115. 
Tricuspidaria,  90. 
Tricyrtis,  128. 
Trientalis,  109. 
Trifolium,  95. 
Trignnclla,  95. 
TrigDiiidium,  123. 
Trilisa,  105. 
Trillium,  128. 
Triosteum,  102. 
Tripetaleia,  108. 
Triphasia,  91. 
Triphora,  122. 
Triplaris,  117. 
Tripsacum,  133. 
Tripterygium,  92. 
Trisetum,  134. 
TrLstagma,  127. 
Tristania,  98. 
Tristellateia,  90. 
Triteleia,  128. 
Trithrinax,  129. 
Triticum,  134. 
Tritonia,  124. 
Triumfetta,  90. 
Tbochodendrace^,  80,  86. 
Trochodeiidron,  86. 
Trollius,  86. 

TBOP.EOLACEyE,  81,  90. 

Tropaeolum,  90. 
Troximon,  107. 
Tsuga,  120. 
Tulbaghia,  128. 
Tulipa,  128. 
Tunif-a,  89. 
Tupidanthus,  102. 
Tupistra,  123. 
Turuera,  85. 
TurneracejE,  85. 
Turpinia,  92. 
Turraja,  91. 
Tussilago,  107. 
Typha,  131. 
TYPHACE.E,  85,  131. 
Typhonium,  132. 
Typhonodorum,  132. 

Ulex,  94. 
Ullucus,  116. 
Ulmace.e,  84,  118. 
Ulmus,  118. 

UMBELUFER.E,  82,    101. 

UmbcUularia,  117. 
Unguadia.  92. 
Uniola,  1.34. 
Unona,  86. 
Uraria,  94. 
Urliinia,  98. 
Urceocharis,  125. 
Urceolina,  125. 
Urera,  118. 
Urginea,  128. 
Ursinia,  107. 
Urtica,  118. 

URTICACE.E,  84,    118. 

Utricularia,  113. 
Uvaria,  86. 
Uvularia,  128. 

Vaccinium,  108. 
Vagaria,  125. 
Valeriana,  103. 
Valerianace.e,  82,  103. 


INDEX   TO   KEY  OF  FAMILIES   AND  GENERA 


147 


V'alerianella,  103. 
Vallaris,  110. 
Vallisiicria.  120. 
Vallota,  124. 
Vancouveria,  87. 
Vanda,  123. 
A"andopsis,  123. 
\'angueria,  103. 
Vanilla,  122. 
Veitchia,  130. 
VcUozia,  125. 
Vellozhce-e.  85,  125. 
Veltheimia,  128. 
A'enidiimi,  107. 
Veratruni,  128. 
Verbascum,  112. 
Verbena,  114. 
Verbenace.e,  83,  114. 
Verbesina,  106. 
Vernonia,  105. 
Veronica,  113. 
Verschaffeltia,  130. 
Vesicaria,  88. 
\'etiveria,  133. 
Viburnum,  102. 
Vicia,  94. 
Victoria,  87. 


Vigna,  94. 
Viguiera,  106. 
Villarsia,  110. 
Viminaria,  94. 
Vinca,  110. 
Vincetoxicum,  1 10. 
Viola,  88. 
V10LACE.E,  80,  88. 
Viscum,  117. 
Visnea,  89. 

VlTACE.E,   81,   92. 

Vitex,  114. 
Vitis,  92. 
Vittadinia,  105. 
Vittaria,  135. 
Vochysia,  85. 
V0CHYSIACE.E,  85. 
Vouapa,  95. 
Vriesia,  126. 

Waitzia,  105. 
Waldsteinia,  97. 
Wallichia,  1.30. 
Warpuria,  114. 
Warrea,  122. 
Warsoewiczella,  123. 
Washingtonia,  129. 


Watsonia,  124. 
Wedeloa,  107. 
Welfia,  131. 
Wehvitschia,  120. 
Westringia,  115. 
Whipplea,  97. 
Whitficldia,  114. 
Wigaiidia,  111. 
Wikstroemia,  117. 
Wilcoxia,  101. 
Wistaria,  95. 
Wiltia,  100. 
Woodsia,  136. 
Woodwardia,  136 
Wulfenia,  113. 

Xanthisma,  105. 
Xanthoceras,  92. 
Xanthorrhiza,  86. 
Xanthorrhoea,  127. 
Xanthosonia,  131. 
Xanthoxylum,  91. 
Xeranthemum,  105. 
Xerophyllum,  128. 
Ximenia,  91. 
Xylobium,  123. 
Xylopia,  86. 


Xj'Iosma,  88. 

Yucca,  127. 

Zalacca,  131. 
Zaluzania,  107. 
Zaluzianskya,  112. 
Zaniia,  120. 
Zannichcllia,  132. 
Zantedcschia,  131. 
Zauschneria,  99. 
Zca,  133. 
Zebrina,  128. 
Zelkova,  118. 
Zenobia,  108. 
Zephyranthes,  124. 
Zingiber,  125. 
ZlNGIBERACE.e,  85,  125. 
Zinnia,  106. 
Zizania,  133. 
Zizia,  101. 
Zizyphus,  92. 
Zygadenus.  128. 
Zygocactus,  100. 
Zygopetalum,  123. 

ZYGOPHYLLACE.E,  81,  90. 

Zygophyllum,  90. 


NOTE 

The  foregoing  index  comprises  only  the  names  in  the  Key,  not  all  tho.se  in  the 
Cyclopedia.  It  is  not  intended  that  tlie  Key  shall  include  every  small  or  incidental 
generic  entry  or  paragraph  in  the  volumes,  for  that  would  make  it  more  involved  and 
complicated.  (See  page  79.)  At  the  end  of  some  of  the  families  the  names  of  other 
genera  are  sometime.s  given,  so  far  as  these  small  entries  were  positively  determined 
when  the  Key  was  made,  for  the  purpose  of  aiding  the  student  to  a  completer  knowl- 
edge of  the  family  or  of  advising  him  of  entries  that  he  might  overlook.  In  the  progress 
of  the  work,  other  minor  or  outlying  or  very  recently  introduced  genera  will  undoubtedly 
be  inserted,  and  such  new  definitions  of  genera  may  be  made  as  will  necessitate  some 
shifting  of  names.  All  such  additional  entries  will  be  accounted  for,  under  their  proper 
famihes,  in  the  General  Index  at  the  close  of  Vol.  VI. 


NAME-LIST 

ENGLISH  EQUIVALENTS  OF  LATIN  NAMES  OF  SPECIES 

The  technical  or  botanical  name  of  a  plant  is  a  combination  of  two  words, — the  generic  word,  common  to  the 
entire  group  or  genus;  the  specific  or  particular  word,  designating  the  given  species:  as  Briza  maxima,  the  large 
briza,  B.  minor,  the  small  briza,  and  B.  media,  the  intermediate  briza.  The  second  or  species-word  usually  is  an 
adjective  descriptive  of  some  feature  of  the  plant,  although  it  is  sometimes  geographical,  as  Ahies  sibirica,  the 
Siberian  abies,  or  commemorative,  ;is  ,1.  Fraseri,  Fraser's  abies.  Although  the  species-word  is  not  always  designa- 
tive  and  is  sometimes  even  inapplicable,  nevertheless  the  student  is  aided  if  he  knows  what  the  word  means  in 
English  translation;  and  the  following  list  is  inserted  to  supply  this  knowledge  for  characteristic  Latin  or  Latin- 
izcil  descriptive  adjectives  (in  some  cases  nouns  in  the  genitive  or  in  apposition)  applied  to  the  species  of  plants. 
These  words  are  hkely  to  be  u.sed  in  differing  meanings  in  different  genera  and  as  appUed  by  different  authors; 
in  many  cases,  they  do  not  follow  the  u.sages  of  classical  Latin:  therefore  a  list  of  this  kind  cannot  be  exact  or 
give  all  the  meanings  in  which  the  words  may  be  apphed  as  specific  names.  The  generic  names  (the  first  word 
in  the  combination)  need  not  be  listed  here,  for  they  are  not  adjectives  of  description  but  made-up  substantives; 
and,  moreover,  their  origins  are  explained  at  the  entries  in  the  text. 

The  species-adjective  is  made  to  agree  with  its  genus  in  gender:  thus  the  Latin  adjective  aureus  (golden)  takes 
the  regular  masculine  termination  in  Calochorlus  aureus,  because  Calochortus  is  masculine;  the  feminine  termination 
in  Atbuca  aurea;  the  neuter  in  Acrostichum  aureum;  in  Sorbus  it  is  feminine  (<S'.  aurea)  even  though  the  generic 
name  is  masculine  in  form,  because  most  trees  are  feminine  whatever  the  termination  of  the  name.  In  the  follow- 
ing list,  for  convenience  most  of  the  adjectives  are  printed  in  the  masculine  form.  The  leading  exceptions  are 
those  that  terminate  in  -fer  and  -ger,  meaning  "bearing,"  these  being  given  in  the  feminine  form. 

The  above  examples  illustrate  prevailing  terminations  of  species-words.  Other  adjectives  have  other  forms, 
as  niger,  nigra,  nigrum  (black) ;  asper,  aspera,  asperum  (rough) ;  acaulis,  acaule  (stemless) ;  the  termination  -ensis 
(belonging  to,  citizen  of),  as  in  canadensis,  canadense  {not -um).  Commemorative  personal  species-names  may  be 
in  the  genitive  or  in  the  form  of  an  adjective;  as  Stanhopea  Lindleyi^  Lindley's  stanhopea;  Selenipedium  Lindley- 
anum,  Lindleyan  selenipedium.  If  the  person's  name  ends  in  a  hard  consonant,  the  termination  (under  the 
recent  \'ienna  code)  is  in  double  ii,  as  Canna  Lamhertii.  If  for  a  woman,  the  termination  is  feminine,  as  Acacia 
Wayx.  Substantive  names  in  apposition  hold  their  own  termination,  and  the  word  in  such  cases  should  begin 
with  a  capital  letter,  if  it  is  a  proper  name  or  an  old  generic  name,  as  Hibiscus  Sabdariffa,  Artemisia  Absinthium, 
Bignnia  Rex.  Such  words  are  usually  old  generic  names  or  prominent  vernacular  substantives,  and  they  com- 
monly record  some  historical  connection  of  the  plant. 

In  all  the  regular  entries  in  the  Cyclopedia  the  pronunciation  is  indicated  (see  explanation  p.  xii);  but  it  ia 
also  indicated  again  in  the  following  lists:  when  the  emphatic  syllable  is  indicated  as  ending  in  a  vowel  and  with  a 
grave  accent,  the  vowel  is  pronounced  long,  as  acutifb  lius,  pit  milus;  when  it  ends  in  a  consonant  and  is  marked  with 
an  acute  accent,  the  vowel  is  short,  as  mdx  imus,  arvin  sis.  There  are  differences  of  practice  in  the  pronouncing 
of  many  of  the  names  in  this  Ust,  but  the  list  represents  the  method  in  this  Cyclopedia;  and  if  it  should  so 
happen  that  there  are  any  inconsistencies  between  the  list  and  the  text,  it  is  desired  that  the  hst  shall  hold. 

\'erj'  man}'  names  are  compounded  from  generic  or  subgeneric  names,  representing  similarity  or  Hkeness  to. 
These  the  reader  will  be  able  to  recognize  at  once,  and  they  need  not  be  entered  in  this  hst.  Examples  are: 
achilleseffdvis,  achillea-leaved;  oc/tiHeoidcs,  achillea-like;acTOsh'cAoides,  acrostichuni-like;6eHidi^o7T/s,  beUis-flowered; 
lamiifolius,  lamium-leaved;  xiphioides,  xiphium-like;  tremuliformis,  tremula-formed  or  -shaped;  cacaliopsis, 
cacalia-like;  atriplicis,  atriplex-like;  scillaris,  scilla-like. 

The  glos.'^ary,  beginning  page  160,  will  be  helpful  in  giving  other  botanical  equivalents  and  in  accounting 
for  other  words  that  are  sometimes  applied  as  species-names. 


abbreviS  tus:  abbreviated,  shortened, 
aborti  vus:  aborted,  parts  failing. 
abrup  tus:  abrupt,  suddenly  changing 

in  shape  or  character. 
abyssfn  icus:  Abyssinian, 
acaii  lis:  stemless. 
aceph  alus:  headless, 
acer  bus:  acerb,  harsh  or  sour  (taste). 
acero!  des:  acer-Uke,  maple-like, 
acerd  sus:  needle-shaped, 
aciculi  ris:  needle-like, 
acidis  simus:  exreedinglysour. 
ac  idus:  arid,  sour, 
acini  ceus:  scimetar-or  saber-shaped, 
a  oris:  a'-rid.  sharp, 
aculei  tus:  prickly, 
acumini  tus:  acuminate,  long-pointed, 

ta;<<;riii!<. 
acutan  gulus:      acutely    or     sharply 

afiKl'-d. 

acutff  idus :  acutely  or  sharply  cut. 
acutifd  lius:    acutely    leaved,    sharp- 


acutQ  obus :  acutely  lobed. 

acutipet  alus:  petals  acute  or  sharp 
(puintcil). 

acii  tus:  acute,  sharp-pointed. 

admirab  ilis:  admirable,  noteworthy. 

adna  tus:  adnate,  joined  to. 

adpres  sus:  pressed  against. 

adscen  dens:  ascending. 

ads(irgens:  rising  to  an  erect  posi- 
tio/i,  ascending. 

adun  cus:  hooked. 

ad  venus:  newly  arrived,  adventivo. 

aegypti  acus:  Egyptian. 

aem  ulus:  emulative,  imiftiting. 

se  neus:  brazen,  bronze-colored. 

sequinoctia  lis:  pertaining  to  the  equi- 
nox. 

xquipet  alus:  eqjal-petaled. 

serugind  sus:  rusty,  rust-colored. 

£estiva  lis:  .summer. 

aesti  vus:  sunmier. 

aethiop  icus:  Ethiopian,  African. 

affi  nis:  related  (to  another  species). 

(148) 


africa  nus:  African. 

agavoi  des:  Agave-like. 

ageratoi  des:  ageratum-like. 

aggrega  tus:  aggregate,  clustered. 

agra  rius:  of  the  fields. 

agres  tis:    of    oi     pertaining    to    the 

fields. 
aizoi  des:     aizoon-Iike    (Aizo  on,    an 

evergreen  or  tenacious  plant). 
ala  tus:  winged. 

albes  cens:  whitish,  becoming  white, 
al  bicans:  whitish. 
albicau  lis:  wtiite-stemmed. 
al  bidus:   white. 
albifld  rus:  white-flowered, 
al  bif  rons :     white  -  f  ronded,     white- 

herbaged. 
albispi  nus:  white-spined. 
albocinc  tus:    white-girdled,    white- 

rrown<'d. 
albospi  cus:  white-spiked, 
at  bus:  white, 
alcicor  nis:  elk-horned. 


ENGLISH   EQUIVALENTS   OF   LATIN   NAMES  OF  SPECIES 


149 


alep  picus:  of  Aleppo  (in  Syria). 

allia  ceus:  of  the  alliums,  garlic-like. 

aloi  des:  aloe-like. 

alpes  tris:  alpine. 

alpi  nus:  alpine. 

alta  icus:  of  the  Altai  Mts.  (S.  Siberia). 

alter  nans:  alternating. 

alter  nus;  alternating,  alternate. 

al  tifrons:  tall-fronded  or  -herbaged. 

altis  simus:  verj'  tall,  tallest. 

al  tus:  tall. 

amab  ilis:  lovely. 

ama  rus:  bitter. 

ambig  uus:  ambiguous,  doubtful. 

amelloi  des:  amellus-Uke. 

america  nus:  American. 

ahiethys  tinus:  amethystine,  violet - 
cHlored. 

am<£  nus:  charming,  pleasing. 

amphib  ius:  amphibious,  growing  both 
in  waliT  and  on  land. 

axnplexicaii  lis:  stem-clasping. 

amplfs  simus:  most  or  very  ample. 

am  plus:  ample,  large,  extended. 

amuren  sis:  of  the  Amur  River  region 
(E.  Siberia). 

amygdal  inus:  pertaining  to  or  like 
amygdalus. 

anacan  thus:  without  spines. 

anat51  icus:  of  Anatolia  (Asia  Minor). 

an  ceps:  two-headed,  two-edged. 

andic  olus :  native  of  the  Andes. 

andi  nus:  Andine,  Andian,  pertaining 
to  the  Andes 

androg  ynus :  with  both  staminate 
and  i)istillate  flowers  in  one  cluster. 

anfractuo  sus:  twisted. 

an  glicus :  EngUsh,  pertaining  to  Eng- 
land. 

angui  nus:  snaky,  pertaining  to  ser- 
pents. 

angula  ris:  angular,  angled. 

angula  tus:  angular,  angled. 

angulo  sus:  angular,  angled. 

angus  tus:  narrow. 

annot  inus :  year-old. 

annula  ris:  annular,  ringed. 

annula  tus:  annular. 

an  nuus:  annual,  living  but  one  year. 

anom  alus:  anomalous,  out  of  the 
ordinar\'  or  usual. 

antilla  ris:  of  the  Antilles  (W.  Indies). 

antip  odum:   of  the  antipodes. 

antique  rum:  of  the  ancients. 

anti  quus:  ancient. 

apenni  nus:  pertaining  to  the  Apen- 
nines (Italy). 

aper  tus:  uncovered,  bare. 

apet  alus :  without  petals. 

aphyl  Ius :  leafless. 

apicula  tus:  apiculate,  tipped  with  a 
point. 

appendicula  tus:  ajjpendaged,  bearing 
an  extension  or  additional  part  or 
process. 

applana  tus:  flattened. 

applied  tus:  joined,  attached. 

ap  terus:  wingless. 

aquat  icus,  aquat  ilis:  aquatic. 

a  queus:  aqueous,  waterj-. 

aquili  nus:  aquiline,  pertaining  to  the 
eagle. 

arab  icus:  Arabian. 

arachnoi  des:  spider-like,  cobwebby. 

arbores  cens:  becoming  tree-like, 
woody. 


arbo  reus:  tree-like. 

arc  ticus:  arctic. 

arcua  tus:  bow-like,  bowed. 

arena  rius:  of  sand  or  sandy  places. 

areola  tus:  areolate,  pitted. 

argenta  tus:  silvery,  silvered. 

argen  teus:  silvery. 

argophyl  Ius:  silver-leaved. 

argu  tus:  sharp-toothed. 

argyrse  us:  silvery. 

ar  idus:  arid. 

arieti  nus:  like  a  ram's  head. 

arista  tus:  aristate,  bearded. 

aristo  sus:  bearded. 

arma  tus:  armed  (as  with  thorns). 

aromat  icus:  aromatic. 

arrect  us:  raised  up,  erect. 

articula  tus:  articulated,  jointed. 

arundina  ceus:  reed-like. 

arven  sis:  pertaining  to  cultivated 
fields. 

ascen  dens:  ascending. 

asiat  icus:  Asian. 

as  per:  rough. 

aspera  tus:  rough. 

aspericaii  lis:  rough-stemmed. 

asper  rimus :  very  rough. 

assim  ilis:  similar,  like  to. 

assiir  gens:  assurgent,  clambering. 

a  ter:  coal-black. 

atlant  icus:  Atlantic,  growing  in  At- 
lantic regions. 

atra  tus:  blackened. 

atropurpii  reus:  dark  purple. 

atror  ubens:  dark  red. 

atrosanguin  eus:  dark  blood-red. 

atrov  irens:  dark  green. 

attenua  tus:  attenuated,  produced  to 
a  point. 

at  ticus:  pertaining  to  Attica  or 
Athens,  Greek. 

augustis  simus:  very  notable. 

august  us:  august,  notable,  majestic. 

auranti  acus:  orange-red. 

aure  olus:  golden. 

au  reus:  golden. 

auricula  tus:  auricled,  eared. 

australien  sis:  belonging  to  Australia. 

austra  lis:  southern. 

austri  acus:  .Austrian. 

autumna  lis:  autumnal. 

axilla  ris:  axillary,  borne  in  the  axils, 
pertaining  to  the  axils. 

azii  reus:  azure,  sky-blue. 

bacca  tus:  berried. 

bacclf  era:  berry-bearing. 

balear  icus:  Balearian,  of  the  Balearic 

Islands. 
balsa  meus:  balsamic,     balsam-like, 

with  balsam  odor. 
balsamif  era:  balsam-bearing, 
bambusoi  des:  bambusa-like,  bam- 

ijon-Iikc. 
banat  icus:  of  Banat  (S.  Hungary), 
barbaden  sis:  of  Barbadoes. 
bar  barus:  foreign,    from    a    strange 

country, 
barbi  tus:  barbed,  bearded. 
barbfg  era:  beaiing  barbs  or  beards, 
basila  ris:  pertaining  to  the  base  or 

bottom. 
bel  Ius:  handsome, 
benedic  tus:  blessM. 
benghalen  sis;  of  Bengal   (E.  India), 
betuloi  des:  Bc-tula-likc,   birch-like. 


bicatina  tus:  twice-keeled,  with  two 
keels. 

bic  olor:  two-colored. 

bicor  nis:  two-horned. 

bicornu  tus:  two-horned. 

bidenta  tus:  two-toothed. 

bien  nis:  biennial,  living  only  two 
years. 

bif  idus:  twice  cut,  in  two  parts. 

biflo  rus:  two-flowered. 

bif  urea  tus:  twice-forked. 

bigib  bus:  with  two  swellings  or  pro- 
jections. 

biglu  mis:  two-glumed. 

bij  ugus:  yoked  two  together,  joined, 
fastened  together. 

bn  obus:  two-lobed. 

bina  tus:  twin,  double,  two-and-two. 

binervis:  two-nerved. 

binocula  ris:  binocular,  two-eyed,  two- 
spotted. 

biparti  tus:  two-jjarted. 

bipet  alus:  two-petaled. 

bipinnatif  idus:  bipinnatifid,  twice 
piiuiately  cut. 

bipinna  tus:  bipinnate,  twice  pinnate. 

bipuncta  tus:  two-spotted. 

bisec  tus:  cut  in  two  parts. 

bispino  sus:  two-spined. 

biterna  tus:  twice  ternate. 

blan  dus:  bland,  mild. 

bo  nus;  good. 

borbon  icus:  of  Bourbonne  (in  N.  E. 
France). 

borea  lis:  northern. 

botryoi  des:  cluster-like,  grape-like. 

brachia  tus;  brachiate,  branched  at 
right  angles. 

brachyp  odus:  short -stalked. 

bractea  tus:  bracteate,  bearing  bracts. 

bracteo  sus;  bract-bearing. 

brevicaii  lis;  short-stemmed. 

brev  if rons :  short-fronded,  short- 
leaved. 

brev  ipes:  short -footed,  as  with  short 
pedicel  or  petiole. 

breviros  tris:  short-beaked. 

bre  vis:  short. 

brevise  tus:  shoit-bristled. 

brevis  pathus:  short -spathed. 

brevis  simus:  very  short,  shortest. 

brilliantis  simus;  most  brilliant,  very 
lirilliant. 

brfin  neus:  deep  brown. 

buceph  alus;  ox-headed. 

bufo  nius:  pertaining  to  the  toad. 

bulbif  era:  bulb-bearing. 

bulbo  sus:  bulbous. 

bulla  tus;  inflated, swelling,  puckered, 
hullatc. 

byzanti  nus:  Byzantine  (of  the  Con- 
stantinople region). 

caerules  cens:  becoming  or  turning 
dark  blue. 

caeru  leus;  cerulean,  dark  blue. 

cs  sius;  bluish  gray. 

ceespito  sus ;  cespitose,  tufted,  grow- 
ing in  low  dense  civmips. 

caf  fer,  caffra:  Kafir. 

calab  ricus:  from  (^alabria(inS.  Italy). 

calathi  nus;  basket-like. 

calcara  tus;  spurred,  with  spurs. 

calca  reus,  of  or  pertaining  to  lime. 

callo  sus;  thick-skinned,  with  callosi- 
ties. 


ir>o 


ENGLISH   EQUIVALENTS   OF   LATIN   NAMES   OF  SPECIES 


cal  Tus:  bald,  hnirlt'ss. 

calyc  inus:  ral.\x-liko.  • 

calycula  tus:    ralyx-likc.    caljTt-bear- 

ini:,  fruit  iuclostHl  in  a  calyx. 
cam  bricus:  Camlirian.  W'el.-^h. 
campanula  tus:     cainpanulate,      bell- 

sliai«l. 
campes  tris:  of  the  fields  oi  plains, 
canaden  sis:  Canadian, 
canalicula  tus:  ilianiuled.  Krooved. 
canarien  sis:  of  tlic  Canary  IsU. 
can  dicans:  white,  hoary,  particularly 

\N  hiti'-hairy  or  white-woolly, 
candidis  simus:    verj'  white-hairy  or 

lH)ar\'. 
cantab  ricus:     from     Cantabria     (in 

Spain). 
candidus:  white,  white-hairy,  shining, 
canes  cens:  gra.\'-pvil)i'.scent. 
ca  nus:  ash-colored,  hoaiy. 
capen  sis;  of  the  Cape  (of  Good  Hope), 
capilla  ris:  hair-like. 
capreola  tus:  winding,  twining. 
capsula  ris:  capsular, 
cardina  lis:  cardinal, 
carina  tus:  keeled, 
car  neus:  flesh-colored, 
carno  sus:  fleshy, 
carolinia  nus:  Carolinian,    pertaining 

to  North  or  South  Carolina,  or  in- 

dchnitely  to  the  Carolinas. 
carpath  icus:  of  the  Carpathian  region 

KuropeK 
cartilagin  eus:  like  cartilage, 
caryophylla  ceus:    clove-like;   perhaps 

also  piTtaining  to  the  pink  family, 
cashmeria   nus:    of  Cashmere  (Asia). 
cathar  ticus;  cathartic. 
cathaya  nus;  of  Cathay  (China), 
caucas  icus:  belonging    to    the    Cau- 
casus   'mountain    region     between 

the  Black  and  Caspian  Seas). 
Cauda  tus:  caudate,  tailed, 
caules  cens:    caulescent,      having     a 

stem  or  stems. 
cauliflo  rus:  stem-fJowered. 
cent's    ius:    of     Mt.     Cenis    (between 

IVance  and  Italy). 
cephalS  tus:  headed,  bearing  heads, 
cerasifor  mis:  cherry-formed, 
cerefo  lius;   wax-leaved, 
cerif  era:  wax-bearing. 
cer  nuus:  landing   forward,  inclined, 

(lrr>oi!ing.  nodding, 
ceylan  icus:  of  Ceylon;  same  as  zey- 

lan  icus. 
chalcedon  icus:  of  Chalcedon  (on  the 

Hos[>horus). 
chilen  sis:   belonging  to  Chile, 
chinen  sis;  belonging  to  China, 
chloran  thus:  green-flowered, 
chrysan  thus :  golden-flowered, 
chrysocar  pus:  golden-fruited, 
chrysophyl  Ius:  goldeii-lcaved. 
chrysos  tomus:     golden-mouthed, 

golden-throated. 
cihi  ris:  ciliate,  fringed  with  hairs  on 

the  margin, 
cilid  tus :  ciliate,  hairy  fringed. 
cilic  icus:  of   Cilicia  (in   S.    £.  Asia 

Minor) 
cine  tus:  girded,  girdled. 
cini  reus;  a.sh-colored. 
cinnabari  nus:  cinnabar-red. 
cinnamd  meus;  cinnamon-brn^— .. 
circinil  tus:  circinate    ■ 


cirrho  sus:  tendrilUd. 

citra  tus:  citnis-like. 

citri  nus;   citron-colored  or  -like. 

clandesti  nus:  concealed. 

clava  tus;  clavate,  club-shaped. 

clematid  eus:  pertaining  to  or  like 
clematis. 

clypea  tus:  with  a  shield. 

coccff  era:   berry-bearing. 

coccin  eus:  scarlet. 

cochlea  ris:  spoon-like. 

cochlea  tus:  spoon-like. 

coelesti  nus:  sky-l>lue. 

cceles  tis:  celestial,  sky-blue. 

colli  nus:  pertaining  to  a  hill. 

colora  tus:  colored  (other  than  green). 

coma  tus:  with  coma  or  hair. 

commu  nis:  common,  general,  gre- 
garious. 

commuta  tus:  changed  or  changing. 

como  sus;  with  long  h.air. 

compac  tus;  compact,  dense. 

complex  us:  circled,  embraced. 

complica  tus:  complicate;  page  162. 

compres  sus:  compressed. 

comp  tus:  adorned,  ornamented. 

con  cavus:  concave,  hollowed  out. 

concin  nus:  neat,  w<-ll  made. 

con  color:  colored  similarly. 

conden  sus:  condensed,  crowded. 

confer  tus:  crowded. 

confor  mis:  similar,  like  to. 

confu  sus:  confused,  imcertain  (as  to 
characteristics). 

conges  tus:  congested,  brought  to- 
gether. 

conglomerfi  tus:  conglomerate, 
crowded  together. 

conlf  era:  cone-bearing. 

conjuga  tus:  connected,  joined  to- 
gether. 

conoid  eus:  conoid,  cone-like. 

consol  idus:  consolidated,  solid,  sta- 
ble. 

conspic  uus:  conspicuous,  marked. 

constric  tus:  constricted. 

contig  uus:  contiguous,  near  together. 

contor  tus:  contorted,  twisted. 

contrac  tus:  contracted. 

corallifld  rus:  coral-flowered. 

coral  linus:  coral-red. 

corda  tus:  cordate,  heart-shaped. 

cordifo  lius:  cordate-leaved,  heart- 
leaved. 

coria  ceus:  leathery. 

cornicula  tus:  iiorned. 

cornig  era:   horn-bearing. 

cornu  tus:  horned. 

corona  rius:  used  for  or  belonging  to 
garland.s. 

corona  tus:  crowned. 

corruga  tus:  corrugated,  wiinkled. 

cor  sicus:  Corsican  (island  in  the 
Mediterranean). 

cortico  sus:  heavily  furnished  with  bark. 

corfls  cans:  vibrating,  glittering. 

corymbif  era:  cor>Tnb-bearing. 

corymbd  sus;  coryinbo.se. 

cost4  tus:  costate,  ribbed. 

crassicau  lis:  thick-stenmied. 

crassiffi  lius:  thick-leaved. 

eras  sipes:    thick-footed    or  -stalked 

eras  sus:  thick,  fleshy. 

cren^  tus:  crenate,  scalloped. 

crenula  tus:  creuulate,  somewhat 
scaIloi.»ed. 


crepida  tus:  sandaled,  slippered. 

crepitans:  rattling,  rustling. 

creta  ceus:  cretaceous,   pertaining  to 

chalk. 
cret  icus:  of  Crete  (island  in  East  ere 

Mediterranean). 
crini  tus:   hairy,  provided  with  hair, 
cris  pus:   ciLjiJcd,  curled. 
crista  tus:  cristate,  crested, 
croca  tus:  saffron-yello%v. 
cro  ceus;  saffron-colored,  yellow. 
crucia  tus:  cruciate,  cioss-like. 
crucif  era:  cross-bearing. 
cruen  tus:  bloody. 
crystal  Unus:  ci.vstalline. 
cuben  sis;  Cuban. 
cuculla  tus:  hooded, 
cultra  tus:  cultrate,  knife-shaped, 
cunea  tus:  cuneate,  wedge-shaped. 
cuneifo  lius:   wedge-leaved. 
cuneifor  mis:  wedge-formed. 
cCi  preus:  copper-like  or  -colored, 
curva  tus:  curved, 
cuspida  tus:  cuspidate,    with   a   cusp 

or  sharp  stiff  point, 
cya  neus:  blue. 
cyUndra  ceus:  cyUndrical. 
cylin  dricus:  cylindrical, 
cymbifor  mis:  boat-formed, 
cymo  sus;  cymed,  having  a  cyme  or 

cymes. 
cy  preus:  copper-like;  see  cupreus. 

dactylif  era:  finger-bearing. 

dahii  ricus,  davu  ricus :  Of  Dahuria  or 
Dauria  (in  Trans-Baikal  Siberia, 
near  the  frontier  of  China). 

dalmaticus:  Dalmatian  (on  eastern 
side  of  the  Adriatic). 

damasce  nus:  of  Damascus. 

dasycar  pus:  thick-fruited. 

dealba  tus:  whitened,  white-washed. 

deb  ills:  weak,  frail. 

decan  drus:  ten-.stamened. 

decapet  alus:  ten-petaled. 

decid  uus:  deciduous,  with  parts  fall- 
ing. 

decip  iens:  deceptive. 

declina  tus:  dechned,  bent  down- 
ward. 

decolo  rans:  discoloring,  staining. 

decompos  itus;  decompountl,  more 
than  once  compound  or  divided. 

dec  orans ;  adorning. 

deco  rus:  elegant,  comely,  becoming. 

decum  bens;  decumbent,  reclining  at 
the  base  but  the  top  or  tips  upright. 

deciir  rens:  decurrcnt,  as  a  leaf  ex- 
tending down  the  stem. 

defiex  us:  deflexed,  bent  abruptly 
liowuward. 

deformis:  misshapen,  deformed. 

delec  tus;  chosen. 

delicatis  simus:  most  or  very  delicate. 

delica  tus;  delicate,  tender. 

delicio  sus:  delicious. 

deltoid  eus:  deltoid,  triangular. 

demis  sus:  low,  weak. 

dendroid  eus:  tree-like. 

densiflo  rus:  densely  flowered. 

den  sus:  dense. 

denta  tus:  toothed. 

denticula  tus:  denticulate,  sUghtly 
toothed. 

dento  sus:  toothed. 

denude  tus:  denuded,  naked. 


ENGLISH   EQUIVALENTS   OF  LATIN   NAMES  OF  SPECIES 


151 


depaupera  tus:  depauperate,  starved, 

dwarfed, 
depen  dens:  hanging  down, 
depres  sus:  depressed. 
deus  tus:  burned. 
devasta  tor:     (feminine     devastairix) : 

devastating,  lajing  waste. 
diacan  thus:  two-spined. 
diade  ma:  a  diadem,  crown. 
dian  dnis:  with  two  stamens. 
diaph  anus:  diaphanous,    very    thin, 

transparent. 
dichot    omus:    forked,   two-branched 

equally. 
dich  rous:  of  two  colors, 
dicoc  cus:  with  two  berries. 
did  ymus:  in  a  pair,  as  of  anthers 
diffor  mis:  of  differing  forms, 
diffii  sus:  diffuse,  spreading. 
digita  tus:     digitate,    compound      in 

form  like  the  fingers, 
dilatatus:  dilated,  expanded. 
dila  tus:  dilated,  spread  out. 
dimidia  tus:  halved,     in     two     equal 

parts. 
dimor  phus:  dimorphous,  two-formed, 
di  odon :  with  two  teeth. 
dioi  cus:  dicecious. 
dipet  alus:  two-petaled. 
diphyl  lus:  two-leaved. 
dipsa  ceus:  of  the  teasel  or  Dipsacus. 
discoid  eus:  discoid,  rayless. 
dis  color:    of  two    or    of   different 

colors. 
dis  par:  dissimilar,  unlike, 
dissec  tus:  dissected,  deeply  cut. 
dissim  ilis:  dissimilar,  unlike, 
dissitiflo  rus:  remotely     or     loosely 

flowered. 
dista  chyus:  two-spiked. 
dis  tans:  distant,  separate,  remote. 
dis  tichus:  two-ranked,  with  leaves  or 

flowers  in  ranks  on  opposite  sides  of 

stem. 
dis  tylus:  two-styled. 
diiir  nus:  day-flowering, 
divarica  tus :  divaricate,  spreading, 

widely  divergent. 
diver  gens:  diveiging,  wide-spreading, 
diversiflo  rus:  diversely  flowered,  vari- 

able-floM'ered. 
diversifo  lius:  variable-leaved. 
divi  sus:  divided,  separated. 
dodecan  drus:  twelve-stamened. 
dolabrifor  mis:  hatchet- or  ax-shaped. 
dolo  sus:  deceitful. 
domes  ticus:  domestic,  domesticated. 
drup&  ceus:  drupe-like. 
drupif  era :  drupe-bearing. 
dii  bius:  dubious,  doubtful, 
diil  cis:  sweet. 

dumeto  rum:  of  bushes  or  hedges, 
dumo  sus:  bushy. 
dii  plex:  double. 
duplica  tus:  duplicate,  double, 
durab  ilis:  durable,  lasting. 
durac  inus:  hard-berried. 
durius  cuius :  somewhat  hard  or  rough. 

ebena  ceus:  ebony-like. 
ebractea  tus:  bractless. 
ebur  neus:  ivorj-white. 
echina  tus:  bristly,  prickly, 
echinocar  pus:  prickly-fruited. 
echinosep  alus:  prickly-aepaled. 
ecornii  tus:  hornless. 


edii  lis:  edible. 

effii  sus:  very  loose-spreading. 

elas  ticus:  elastic. 

ela  tior:  taller. 

ela  tus:  tall. 

el  egans:  elegant. 

elegantis  simus:  most  elegant,  very 
elegant.  -^_ 

elephan  turn:  of  the  elepHahti; 

ellip  ticus:  elliptical. 

elonga  tus:  elongated,  lengthened. 

emargina  tus:  emarginate,  with  a 
shallow  notch  at  the  apex. 

emet  icus:  emetic. 

em  inens :  eminent,  prominent. 

enneaphyl  lus:  nine-leaved. 

ensa  tus:  sword-.shaped. 

ensifo  lius:  sword-leaved. 

ensifor  m^s:  sword-formed  or  -shaped. 

entomoph  ilus:  insect-loving. 

eques  tris:  pertaining  to  the  horse. 

equi  nus:  of  horses. 

erec  tus:  erect,  upright. 

erian  thus:  woolly-flowered. 

ericoi  des:  erica-like,  heath-like. 

eriocar  pus:  woolly-fruited. 

erioceph  alus:  woolly-headed. 

ero  sus :  erosc,  jagged,  as  if  gnawed. 

errat  icus:  erratic,  unusual,  sporadic. 

erubes  cens:  blushing. 

erythrocar  pus:  red-fruited. 

erythroceph  alus:  red-headed. 

erythrop  odus:  red-footed,  red- 
stalked. 

erythrop  terus:  red-winged. 

esculen  tus:  esculent,  edible. 

estria  tus:  without  stripes. 

etuberd  sus:  without  tubers. 

eujopfeus:  Kurope:''. 

exalta  tus:  exalted,  .ery  tall. 

excava  tus:  excavated,  hollowed  out. 

excel  lens :  excellent,  excelling. 

excel  sus:  tall. 

exci  sus:  excised,  cut  away. 

exig  uus:  little,  small,  poor. 

exim  ius:  distinguished,  out  of  the 
ordinary. 

exitio  sus:  pernicious,  destructive. 

exole  tus :  matiu-e,  fully  grown,  dying 
away. 

ex&t  icus:  exotic,  from  another 
country. 

ezpan  sus:  expanded. 

exsciilp  tus:  dug  out,  car\'ed  out. 

exser  tus:  exserted,  protruding  from. 

exsiir  gens:  rising  up,  standing  up. 

exten  sus:  extended. 

exii  dans:  exuding. 

f aba  ceus :  faba-like,  bean-like. 

falca  tus:  falcate,  sickle-shaped  or 
scythe-shaped. 

falcifo  lius:  falcate-leaved. 

falcifor  mis:  sickle-formed. 

fal  lax:  deceptive. 

farina  ceus:  containing  farina  or 
starch,  or  like  flour;  perhaps  also 
farinose. 

farinif  era:  farina-bearing. 

farino  sus:  farinose,  mealy,  powder}'. 

fascia  tus:  fasciate,  abnormally  flat- 
tened and  broadened. 

fasciculi  ris:  fascicled,  clustered, 
brought  together.  """"^.,__^^ 

fascicula  tus:  fascicled. 

fascina  tor:  fascinating,  charming. 


fastigia  tus:  fastigiate,  branches  erect 
ami  close  together. 

fastuo  sus:  proud. 

f ebrif  ugus :  febrifuge,  fever-dispelling. 

fenestra  lis:  with  window-like  open- 
ings. 

fe  rox:  ferocious;  very  thorny. 

fer  reus:  pertaining  to  iron. 

ferrugin  eus:  rusty,  of  the  color  of 
iron  rust. 

fer  tilis:  fertile,  fruitful. 

festi  vus:  festive,  gay,  bright. 

fibre  sus:  fibrous,  bearing  prominent 
fibers. 

ficoid  eus:  fig-like. 

filamento  sus:  filamentous,  composed 
of  threads  or  bearing  threads. 

filica  tus:  fern-like,  ferny. 

filicifo  lius:  fern-leaved. 

fiJici  nus:  fern-like. 

filicoi  des:  fern-like. 

filif  era:  bearing  filaments  or  threads. 

filifo  lius:  thread  -  leaved,  with  leaves 
cut  into  thread-like  divisions. 

filif  or  mis:  filiform,  thread-like. 

fil  ipes:  with  stalks  thread-like. 

fimbria  tus:  fimbriated,  fringed. 

firma  tus:  firm,  made  firm. 

fir  mus:  firm,  strong. 

fissifo  lius:  split-leaved. 

f is  silis :  fissile,  cleft  or  split. 

fis  sus:  cleft,  split. 

fistulo  sus :  fistular,  hoUow-cylin- 
drical. 

flabella  tus:  flabellate,  with  fan-like 
parts. 

flabellifor  mis:  fan- formed. 

flac  cidus:  flaccid,  soft. 

flagella  ris:  flagellate,  whip-like. 

flagella  tus:  whip-like. 

flagellifor  mis:  whip-formed. 

flagel  lum:  a  scourge  or  flail. 

flam  meus:  flame-colored. 

flaves  cens:  yellowish,  becoming  yel- 
low or  yellowish. 

flavic  omus :  yellow-wooled  or  -haired. 

flav  idus :  yellow,  yellowish. 

flavispi  nus:  ycUow-spined. 

fiavis  simus :  very  yellow,  deep  yellow. 

fla  vus:  yellow. 

flex  ilis :  flexible,  pliant. 

flexud  sus:  flexuose,  tortuous,  zig-zag. 

flocco  sus;  woolly. 

flo  re-al  bo :  with  white  flowers. 

florenti  nus:  Florentine. 

flo  re-ple  no :  with  full  or  doublo 
flowers. 

floribun  dus:  free-flowering,  bloom- 
ing profusely. 

flor  idus:  flowering,  full  of  flowers. 

flu  itans:  floating. 

fluviat  ihs:  pertaining  to  a  river. 

f dem  ina :  female. 

foenicula  ceus:  fennel-like. 

foetidis  simus:  vcrj-  fetid. 

fdet  idus:  fetid,  bad-smelling. 

folia  tus:  with  leaves. 

foliola  tus:  with  leaflets. 

folio  sus:  leafy,  full  of  leaves. 

foliicula  ris:  bearing  follicles,  fol- 
lided. 

forfica  tus:  shear-.sliaped. 

formiceefor  mis:  ant-shaped,  ant-like. 

formosis  simus:  most  or  verj'  beau- 
-~  tiful. 

formd~sus:  beautiful,  handsome. 


i:y2 


ENGLISH    EQl'IVALENTS   OF   LATIN   NAMES   OF  SPECIES 


fovei  tus:  pittod. 

frig  ilis:  fras'lr.  hrittlo. 

fra  grans:  frapraiit,  odorous. 

fragrantfs  simus:  vorj' fracrant. 

fraxin  eus:  fraxinous,  like  Fraxinus 
or  ash  trees. 

frig  idus:  cold,  of  cold  regions. 

frondo  sus:  frondod.  leafy. 

fnictif  era:  fniit-l>earing,  fruitful. 

fructig  enus:  fruitful. 

frutes  cens:  shrubliy.  bushy. 

frutico  sus:  fruticose.  shrubby,  bushy. 

fuca  tus:  painted,  dyed. 

fu  gai:  swift. 

fill  gens:  shining,  glistening, 

fulg  idus:  fulgid,  shining. 

fuligino  sus:  black -painted  or  -col- 
ored, .sooty. 

fulves  cens:  fulvous  or  becoming  ful- 
vous. 

fulvus:  fulvous,  tawny,  orange-gra>- 
yellow. 

funa  lis:  of  a  rope  or  cord. 

fu  nebris:  funereal. 

fungo  sus:  fungous,  pertaining  to  a 
fungus,  spongj'. 

funicula  tus:  of  a  slender  rojje  or 
cord;  with  a  funicle  (stalk  of  an 
o\-ule  or  seed). 

fur  cans:  forked. 

furca  tus;  furcate,  forked. 

fus  cus:  fuscous,  brown,  dusky. 

fusifor  mis:  spindle-shaped. 

galericula  tus:  helmet-hke. 

gal  licus:  of  Gaul  or  France;  also  per- 
taining to  a  cock  or  rooster. 

gandaven  sis:  belonging  to  Ghent, 
Belgium. 

gargan  icus:  belonging  to  Gargano 
Eastern  Italy). 

gel  idus:  ice-cold. 

gemina  tus:  twin. 

geminiflo  rus;  twin-flowered. 

gemma  tus:  gemmed,  jewelled;  also 
b'-aring  buds. 

gemmifera:  bud-bearing. 

geneven  sis:  belonging  to  Geneva. 

genicula  tus:  jointed,  kneed. 

geoi  des:  of  the  earth. 

geomet  ricus:  geometrical,  in  a  pat- 
tern. 

germanicus:  German,  of  Germany. 

gibberd  sus:  humped,  hunchbacked. 

gibbifid  rus:  gibbous-flowered. 

gibbd  sus:  swollen  on  one  side. 

gib  bus:  gibbous,  swollen  on  one  side. 

gigante  us:  gigantic,  very  large. 

gigant  icus:  gigantic. 

gi  gas:  of  giants,  immense. 

glabel  lus:  smoothish. 

g\i  ber:  glabrous,  smooth. 

glaber  rimus :  most  smooth,  smoothest. 

glabrii  tus :  somewhat  glabrous  or 
.Tnooth. 

glabres  cens:  smoothish,  or  becoming 
so. 

glacis  lis:  icy,  frozen. 

gladid  tus:  sword-like. 

glandulif  era:  gland-ljearing. 

glandutd  sus:  glandular. 

glastifd  lius:  with  leaves  like]  the 
dyer's  woad  fisatis,  once  called 
Gla.stum;. 

glauces  cens:  glaucesceut,  becoming 
glaucous. 


glaucifo  lius;  glaucous-leaved. 
glaucophyl  lus:  glaucous-leaved, 
glaii  cus:    glaucous,    with    a    bloom, 

grayish. 
globo  sus:    gh)bo.se,   spherical,    nearl>' 

or  quite  gloliular. 
globula  ris:  of  a  little  ball  or  sphere. 
globulif  era:    globule-bearing,    globe- 

licaring. 
globulo  sus:  globuled,  like  a  little  ball, 
glomera  tus:  glomerate,  clustered, 
glorio  sus;  glorious,  superb. 
gluma  ceus:  glumed,  with  glumes  or 

glume-like  structures. 
glutino  sus:  glutinous,  gluey,  sticky, 
gongylo  des:  roundish, 
gracilen  tus:  slender, 
grac  ilis:  graceful,  slender. 
gracil  limus:  graceful,  very  slender, 
grje  cus:  of  Greece,  Greek, 
gramin  eus:  gra.ssj',  grass-like, 
graminifo  lius:  grass-leaved. 
gran  diceps;  large-headed, 
grandiciis    pis:    with    large   cusps   or 

points. 
grandidenta  tus:  large- or  big-toothed, 
grandiflo  rus :  large-flowered, 
grandifo  lius:  large-leaved. 
grandifor  mis:  on  a  large  scale,  of  a 

big  kind. 
grandipuncta  tus:  with  large  spots. 
gran  dis:  large,  big. 
granula  tus:  granulate,   covered   with 

niiiiuti'  grains, 
granule  sus:  granulate,  granulose. 
gratis  simus:    very  pleasing  or  agree- 
able. 
gra  tus;  pleasing,  agreeable, 
grave  olens:  heavy-scented. 
groenland  icus:  of  Greenland, 
guianen  sis:     of   Guiana    (South 

.■\merica). 
guineen  sis:  of  Guinea  (Afiica). 
gummif  era:  gum-bearing, 
gutta  tus;  spotted,  speckled, 
gymnocar  pus:  naked-fruited, 
gy  rans;  gyrating,  revolving  in  a  circle. 

haeman  thus:  blood-red-ilowered. 

bama  tus:  hooked. 

hamo  sus:  hooked. 

harpophyl  lus:  sickle-leaved. 

hasta  tus;  hastate,  spear-shaped. 

hastif  era :  spear-bearing. 

hasti  lis:  rjf  a  javelin  or  spear. 

hebecar  pus:  pubescent-fruited. 

hedera  ceus:  of  the  ivy  (Hedera). 

helian  thus:  sunflower. 

helvet  icus;  Swiss,  of  Helvetia 
(.Switzerland). 

hel  volus;  pale  yellow. 

hemisphser  icus:  hemispherical. 

beptaphyl  lus:  seven-leaved. 

herb^  ceus;  herbaceous,  dying  to  the 
ground  ;ind  not  woody. 

herbario  rum ;  of  the  herbaria. 

heteracan  thus:  various-spined. 

heteran  thus;  various-flowered,  varia- 
ble in  flower.s. 

heterocar  pus:  various-fruited. 

heter  odon;  various- toothed. 

heteroglos  sus;   various-tongued. 

heteromor  phus:  various  in  form. 

heterophyl  lus:  various-leaved,  with 
lca\'cs  of  more  than  one  sh.ape. 

hexagonop  terus:  six-angled-winged. 


hexago  nus:   hexagonal,  six-angled. 

hexapet  alus;  six-petaled. 

hi  ans;  oi>en.  gaping. 

hiberna  lis:  of  or  i)ertaining  to  winter. 

hiber  nicus:  Hibernian,  of  or  pertain- 
ing to  Ii eland. 

hieroglyph  icus:  hierogl.vphic,  marked 
as  if  \\ith  signs. 

himala  icus:  Himalayan. 

hirci  nus :  of  a  goat,  with  a  goat's  odor. 

hirsutis  simus:  very  hairy,  most 
hairy. 

hirsu  tulus:  somewhat  hirsute  or 
hairy. 

hirsu  tus:  hirsute,  hairy. 

hirtel  lus:  somewhat  hairy. 

hirtiflo  rus;   liair.\--flowcred. 

hir  tipes:  hairy-stalked  or  -stemmed. 

hir  tus;  hairy. 

hispan  icus;  Spanish,  of  Spain. 

hispidis  simus:  most  or  very  bristly. 

hispid  ulus;  somewhat  hispid  or 
bristly. 

his  pidus:  hispid,  bristly. 

histrion  icus:  histrionic,  pertaining  to 
the  stage  or  to  actors. 

holoseric  eus;  wooll.v-silky. 

horizonta  lis:  horizontal. 

hor  ridus:  provided  with  spines  or 
barbs,   prickly. 

horten  sis :  belonging  to  the  hortus  or 
gaiden. 

hortic  olus:  a  little  garden;  of  the 
garden. 

horto  rum;  of  gardens. 

hortuli  nus:  pertaining  to  a  garden. 

humifu  sus;  sjirawling  on  the  ground. 

hu  mills :  low-growing,  dwarf. 

hyacinth  inus:  hyacinthine,  sapphire- 
colored. 

hyacinthoi  des:  like  the  hyacinth. 

hyal  inus:   transparent,  translucent. 

hyb  ridus:  h>'I)rid,  mixed,  mongrel. 

hyema  lis:  of  winter;   also /i7>?no/)'s. 

hygromet  ricus;  hygrometric,  taking 
ui)  \\atiT. 

hymenan  thus:  membranaceous- 
flowered. 

hymenS  des:  membrane-like. 

hyperbo  reus:  far  northern. 

hypocraterifor  mis:  salver-shaped, 
flower  with  a  slender  cylindrical 
tube  and  flat  spreading  limb. 

bypogae  us:  underground,  subter- 
ranean. 

hypoglau  cus:  glaucous  beneath. 

hypoleii  cus:  whitish,  pale. 

hypophyl  lus:  under  the  leaf. 

hys  trix:  porcupine-like,  bristly. 

ian  thinus:  violet,  ^^olet-blue. 

iber  icus:  of  Iberia  (the  Spanish 
peninsula). 

icosan  drus;  twenty-stamened. 

ignes  cens:  fiery. 

ig  neus:  fiery. 

ilicifo  lius:  ilex-leaved,  holly-leaved. 

illustra  tus:  pictured. 

illus  tris:  l>right,  brilliant,  lustrous. 

illyr  icus:  of  Illyria  (Grecian  Pen- 
insula). 

imber  bis:  without  beards  or  spines. 

im  bricans:  imbricating. 

imbrica  tus:  imbricated,  lapping  over, 
shingletl. 

immacula  tus:  immaculate,  spotless. 


ENGLISH   EQUIVALENTS   OF   LATIN   NAMES  OF  SPECIES 


153 


immer  sus:  immersed,  under  water. 

impera  tor:  oomnianding,  imperious. 

imperia  lis:  ii«prrial,  kingly. 

implex  us:  implicated,  interwoven. 

impres  sus:  impressed,  sunken  in. 

inaequalifo  lius:  unequal-leaved. 

ineequa  lis:  unequal. 

insequilat  erus:  unequal-sided. 

inca  nus:  hoary. 

incarna  tus:  flesh-colored. 

incer  tus:  uncertain,  doubtful. 

incisifo  lius:  cut-leaved. 

inci  sus:  incised,  cut. 

inclina  tus:  inclined,  bent  down- 
w;ird. 

incomparab  ilis:  incomparable,  excel- 
ling. 

incomp  tus:  rude,  unadorned,  not  at- 
tractive. 

inconspic  uus:  inconspicuous,  not 
prominent. 

incurva  tus:  incur\'ed,  bent  inward. 

incur  vus:  incurved. 

indenta  tus;  indented,  dented 

in  dicus:  Indian,  of  India  or  the  East 
Indies. 

indivi  sus:  undivided. 

iner  mis:  unarmed,  mthout  thorns  or 
spines. 

infecto  rius:  used  for  djHng,  pertain- 
ing to  dyes. 

infes  tus:  dangerous,  unsafe. 

infla  tus:  inflated,  swollen  up. 

infortuna  tus:  unfortunate. 

infrac  tus :  broken. 

infundibulifor  mis:  funnel-shaped, 
trumpet-shaped. 

infundib  ulum:  a  funnel. 

inodo  rus:  without  odor,  scentless. 

inorna  tus:  without  ornament,  not 
shon^*. 

In  quinans:  polluting,  discoloring. 

inscrip  tus:  inscribed,  wTitten  on. 

insig  nis:  remarkable,  distinguished, 
marked. 

insitit  ius:  grafted. 

intac  tus:  intact,  untouched. 

in  teger:  entire. 

integer  rimus:  very  entire. 

integrifo  lius:  entire-leaved. 

interjec  tus:  interjected,  put  between, 

interme  dius:  intermediate. 

interrup  tus:  interrupted. 

intertextus:  interwoven,  intertwined. 

intrica  tus:  intricate,  entangled. 

intror  sus:  introrse,  turned  inward. 

intumes  cens:  swollen,  puffed  up, 
tumid. 

intyba  ceus:  pertaining  to  chicorj' 
ilntybus). 

inver  sus:  inverse,  turned  over,  up- 
side down. 

invi  sus:  unseen,  overlooked, 

involucra  tus:  involucred,  with  an 
involucre. 

involii  tus:  involute,  roUed  inward. 

ionan  thus:  with  flowers  like  the  violet. 

ionop  terus:  with  wings  like  the  violet. 

irides  cens:  iridescent,  changing  color 
at  different  angles. 

iridiflo  rus:  iris-flowered. 

irregula  ris:  irregular. 

isan  drus:  with  equal  stamens. 

isopet  alus:  equal-potaled. 

isophyl  Ius:  equal-leaved. 

ital  icus:  Italian.  . 


jamaicen  sis:  of  Jamaica, 
japon  icus:  Japanese,  of  Japan, 
jasmin  eus:  jasmine-like. 
jasminifld  rus:  jasmine-flowered. 
javan  icus:  Javan,  of  Java. 
juba  tus:  crested,  with  a  mane, 
juciin  dus:  agreeable,  pleasing. 
jugo  sus:  joined,  yoked. 
jiin  ceus:  Juncus-like,  rush-like. 

kashmiria  nus:  of  Cashmere  or  Kash- 

mere. 
kewen  sis:  belonging  to  Kew   (Kew 

Gardens,  England). 
koraia  nus:  of  Corea;  also  coreanus. 

labia  tus:  labiate,  lipped. 

labio  sus:  lipped. 

lach  ryma :  a  tear. 

lacinia  tus:  laciniate,    torn,    cut    or 
slashed  into  narrow  lobes. 

lacinio  sus:  Jaciniose,  laciniate. 

lacta  tus:  milky. 

lac  teus:  milk-white. 

lactic  olor:  milk-colored. 

Isictif  era : milk-bearing,  milky-juiced. 

lactiflo  rus:  flowers  milk-colored. 

lacuno  sus:  witn  holes  or  pits. 

lacus  tris:  pertaining  to  lakes. 

ladanif  era:  ladanum-bearing. 

laetev  irens:  Ught  green,  vivid  green. 

ise  tus:  bright,  vi\id. 

laevicau  lis:  smooth-stemmed. 

Iseviga  tus:  smooth. 

Ijev  ipes:    smooth  -  footed,   smooth- 
stalked. 

lie  vis:  smooth. 

laevius  cuius:  smoothish,   somewhat 
smooth. 

lana  tus:  woolly. 

lanceola  tus:  lanceolate. 

Ian  ceus:  lance-like. 

lancifo  lius:  lance-leaved. 

lanig  era:  wool-bearing. 

lanugino  sus:  woolly,  downy. 

lappa  ceus:  pertaining  to  a  globular 
hooked  bur;  Lappa-like. 

lappon  icus:  of  Lapland. 

laricifo  lius:  larch-leaved. 

laric  inus:  Larix-like,  larch-like. 

lasiocar  pus:    rough  -  fruited,    rough- 
hairy. 

lasiopet  alus:  with  petals  rough-hairy. 

lateriflo  rus:    lateral -flowered,    with 
flowers  on  the  side. 

lateytius:  brick-red. 

latifo  lius:  broad-leaved. 

lat  ifrons:  broad-fronded,    broad-her- 
ba(.'c'd.  broad-leaved. 

latimacula  tus:  broad-spotted. 

lat  ipes:  Ijroad-footed,  broad-stalked. 

latis  simus:  broadest,  very  broad. 

la  tus:  Ijroad,  wide. 

laurifo  lius:  laurel-leaved. 

lauri  nus:  laurel-like. 

lavandula  ceus:  lavender-like, 

laxiflo  rus:  loose-flowered. 

laxifo  lius:  loose-leaved. 

lax  us:  lax,  open,  loose. 

leian  thus:  smooth-flowered. 

leiocar  pus:  smooth-fruited. 

leiophyl  Ius:  smooth-leaved. 

lenticula  ris:  lenticular,  lens-shaped. 

len  tus:  pliant,  tenacious,  tough. 

leontoglos    sus:    lion-tongued    or 
-throated. 


leopard!  nus:  leopard-spotted. 

lepidophyl  Ius:  scaly-leaved. 

lepro  sus :  of  leprosy,  scurfy. 

leptocau  lis:  thin-stemmed,  slender- 
stemmed. 

leptoc  ladus:  thin-stemmed  or 
-Ijranched. 

leptol  epis:  thin-scaled. 

leptophyl  Ius:  thin- or  slender-leaved. 

leptosep  alus:  thin-sepaled. 

lep  topus:  thin-  or  slender-stalked. 

leucan  thus:  white-flowered. 

leucob  otrys:  with  %vhite  clusters. 

leucoceph  alus:  white-headed. 

leuconeu  rus:  white-nerved. 

leucophyl  Ius:  white-leaved. 

leucorhi  zus:  white-rooted. 

libiir  nicus:  of  Liburnia  (west  of 
Adriatic). 

ligno  sus:  woody. 

ligula  ris:  ligulate,  strap-shaped. 

lilac  inus:  lilac. 

liliiflo  rus:  lily-flowered. 

limba  tus:  bordered. 

limo  sus:  of  muddy  or  marshy  places. 

linariifo  lius:  linaria-leaved. 

linearifo  lius:  linear-leaved. 

linearO  obus:  liuear-lobed. 

linea  ris:  linear. 

linea  tus:  lined,  with  lines  or  stripes. 

lingula  tus:  tongiie-shaped. 

linifo  lius:  linum-leaved,  flax-leaved. 

linophyl  Ius:  flax-leaved. 

lithosper  mus:  with  seeds  stone-like. 

littora  lis:  of  the  seashore. 

liv  idus:  livid,  bluish. 

loba  tus:  lobed. 

lobiUa  ris:  lobed. 

lolia  ceus:  Lolium-like  (Lolium  com- 
prises the  rye-grasses). 

longebractea  tus:  loug-bracted. 

longepeduncula  tus:  long  -  peduncu  - 
late. 

longicauda  tus:  long-tailed. 

longiflo  rus:  long-flowered. 

longifo  lius:  long-leaved. 

longihama  tus:  long-hooked. 

longilamina  tus:  with  long  laminae  or 
plates. 

longil  obus:  long-Iobed. 

longimucrona  tus:  long-mucronate. 

long  ipes:  long-footed,  long-stalked. 

longipet  alus:  long-petaled. 

longipinna  tus:  long-pinnate. 

longiracemo  sus :  long-racemed. 

longisca  pus:  long-scaped. 

longisep  alus:  long-sepaled. 

iongis  pathus:  long-spathed. 

longispi  nus:  long-spined. 

Iongis  simus:  longest,  very  long. 

Iongis  tylus:  long-stalked. 

Ion  gus:  long. 

lorifo  lius:  strap-leaved. 

lu  cidus:  lucid,  bright,  shining,  clear. 

ludovicia  nus:  of  Louisiana. 

lugdunen  sis:  belonging  to  the  region 
of  L.\'ous. 

luna  tus:  lunate,  moon-shaped,  moon- 
like,  crescent-shaped. 

lunula  tus:  somewhat  moon-shaped. 

lupuli  nus:  Lupulus-like,  hop-like. 

lu  ridus:  lurid,  wan,  sallow,  pale  yel- 
low. 

lute  olus:  yellowish. 

lutes  cens:  yellowish,  becoming  yel- 
low. 


154 


ENGLISH   EQUIVALENTS   OF   LATIN   NAMES   OF  SPECIES 


lu  teus:  yt'llow. 
luxu  rians:  luxuriunt,  thrifty. 
lyri  tus:  l>rnto,  piiiuatitid  with  large 
tiTUiiual  lobe. 

macilen  tus:  loan,  meager. 

macran  drus:  with  large  anthers. 

macran  thus:   large-Howered. 

macrob  otrys:   large-clustered. 

macrocar  pus:  large-fruited. 

macroceph  alus:  large-headed. 

macrodac  tylus:  large-fingered. 

macrodon  tus:  large-toothed. 

macropet  alus :  with  large  petals. 

macrophyl  lus:  large-leaved. 

macroplec  tron:  large-spurred. 

macrop  odus:  large-footed  or -stalked. 

macrop  terus:  large-winged. 

macrospa  dix:  with  large  spadix. 

macrosta  chyus:  laige-spiked. 

macroste  gius:  large-decked. 

macroste  mus:  with  large  filaments. 

macros  tylus:  large-styled. 

macroii  rus:  large-tailed. 

macula  tus:  sjiotted. 

macule  sus:  spotted. 

msesiacus:  of  Moesia,  ancient  name 
of  Bulgaria  and  Ser\"ia. 

magellan  icus:  Straits  of  Magellan 
region. 

magnif  icus:  magnificent,  eminent, 
distingtiished. 

maja  lis:  of  May,  Maj'time. 

majest  icus:  majestic. 

ma  jor,  ma  jus:  greater,  larger. 

malabar  icus:  of  Malabar  (in  British 
India). 

malifor  mis:  apple-formed. 

malva  ceus:   Malva-like,  mallow-like. 

mammo  sus:  breasted,  with  breasts. 

manica  tus:  manicate,  long-sleeved, 
covered  densely  as  with  thick  hairs 
so  that  the  covering  can  be  re- 
moved as  such. 

marces  cens:  withering  but  not  fall- 
ing. 

mar  cidus:  withering  but  not  falling 
off. 

margaritd  ceus:  pearly,  of  pearls. 

margina  lis:  marginal,  marked  in 
some  wa\'  along  the  margins  or 
cdycs. 

margina  tus:  margined. 

marginel  lus:  .somewhat  margined. 

mariland  icus:  of  the  Maryland 
rf.'gif>n:  also  written  miiryUutdicns. 

marit  imus:  inaritinie,  of  the  .sea. 

marmor^  tus:  marbled,  mottled, 

marmd  reus:  marbled. 

marmorophyl  lus:  leaves  marbled. 

marocc^  nus:  of  Morocco. 

mas:  ni.-ile. 

masculd  tus:  masculine. 

mas  cuius:  male,  masculine. 

matronil  lis:  pertaining  to  matrons. 

mauritan  icus:  of  Mauretania  (N. 
.\frica  J. 

maxilli  ris:  maxillary,  of  the  jaw. 

max  imus:  largest. 

mediterri  neus:  of  the  Mediterra- 
nean region. 

m^  dius:  medium,  intermediate. 

medullil  ris:  of  the  marrow  or  center 
or  pith. 

megalan  thus:  large-flowered. 

megaph^I  lus:  large-leaved. 


megapotam  icus:  of  the  largo  river. 

megarrhi  zus:  large-rooted. 

megasper  mus:   large-seeded. 

megasta  chyus:   large-.spiked. 

megastig  mus:  with  largo  stigma. 

melanan  thus:   blaeU-Howercd. 

melanchol  icus:  melancholy,     hang- 
ing or  (_lrooi>iiig. 

melanocaii  Ion:   blaek-stenimed. 

melanococ  cus:   black-berried. 

melanoleu  cus:  black-and-white. 

melanox  ylon:  black-wooded. 

melea  gris:  like  a  guinea-fowl, 
sjn-ekled. 

mel  leus:  pertaining  to  honey. 

mellif  era:   honey-bearing. 

melofor  mis:  melon-shaped. 

membrana  ceus:  membranaceous, 
membranocis,  thin  and  more  or  less 
translucent. 

meniscifo  lius:  crescent-leaved. 

mesoleii  cus:  mixed  with  white. 

metal  licus:  metallic  (color  or  luster). 

mexica  nus:  Mexican,  of  Mexico. 

mi  cans:  glittering,  sparkling,  mica- 
like. 

micran  thus:  small-flowered. 

microcar  pus:  small-fruited. 

mic  rodon:  small-toothed. 

microglos  sus:  small-tongued. 

microl  epis:  small-scaled. 

microm  erts:  small -numbered,  of 
small  mnnber  of  paits. 

micropet  alus:  small-petaled. 

microphyl  lus:  small-leaved. 

microp  terus:  small-winged. 

microsep  alus:  small-sepaled. 

microste  mus:  of  small  filaments  or 
stemlets. 

milita  ris:  militarj'. 

mtUefolia  tus:  thousand-leaved. 

miUefo  lius:  thousand-leaved,  leaves 
or  parts  very  many. 

mi  mus:  mimic. 

mi  nax:  threatening,  forbidding. 

minia  tus:  cinnabar-red. 

min  imus:  least,  smallest. 

mi  nor,  mi  nus:  smaller. 

minutis  simus:  very  or  most  minute. 

minu  tus:  minute,  very  small. 

mirab  ihs:  marvellous,  extraordinary, 
wonderful. 

mistassfn  icus:  of  Lake  Mistassini, 
(Quebec). 

mi  tis:  mild,  gentle. 

mitra  tus:  turbaned. 

mix  tus:  mixed. 

modes  tus:  modest. 

moldav  icus:  of  Moldavia  (in  Ru- 
mania). 

mol  lis:  soft,  soft-hairy. 

mollis  simus:  very  soft-hairy. 

molucca  nus:  of  the  Moluccas  (East 
Indies). 

monadel  phus:  in  one  group  or  bundle. 

mongol  icus:  of  Mongolia. 

monilif  era:   bearing  a  necklace. 

monacan  thus:  one-spined. 

monoceph  alus:  single-headed. 

monog  ynus:  of  one  pistil. 

mono!  cus:  moncjecious. 

monopet  alus:  one-petaled. 

monophyl  lus:  one-leaved. 

monop  terus:  one-winged. 

monopyre  nus:  bearing  one  stone  or 
pyreue. 


monosep  alus:  one-sepaled. 
monosper  mus:  one-seeded. 
monosta  chyus:  single-spiked. 
monspelien  sis:  of  M(jnti.»elier. 
monspessula  nus:  of  Montpolier. 
monstro  sus:  mon-strous,    wholly   ab- 

noinial  or  deformed,  teratological. 
montanus:  pertaining  to  mountains 

<jr  mountainous  regions. 
monteviden  sis:    of     Montevideo 

(  rniguay ). 
montic  olus :  native  of  mountains. 
moscha  tus:  musky,  musk-scented. 
mucrona  tus:  miicronate,  tipped  with 

a  -short  sharp  point  or  muero. 
mucronula  tus:  with  a  small  muero  or 

l>oiut. 
multibractea  tus:  many-bracted. 
multicau  lis:   many-stemmed,    with 

munerous  stems. 
mul  ticeps:    many- headed,    many 

i>ranched. 
multic  olor:  many-colored. 
multif  idus:    nmltifid,     many     times 

parted. 
multifiorus:  many-flowered, 
multif  urea  tus:    much -forked,    many 

times  forketl. 
multij  ugus:  many  in  a  yoke,  many 

times  joined. 
multiner  vis:  many-nerved. 
mul  tiplex:  many-folded. 
multiradia  tus :    many-radiate,   with 

numerous  rays. 
multisec  tus:  many  times  cut,  much 

cut  or  dissected. 
miin  dulus:  trim,  neat. 
muni  tus:  defended,  fortified, 
mura  lis:  of  walls,  growing  on  walla. 
murica  tus:    muricate,  roughed   by 

means  of  hard  points. 
muscip  ula:  a  mouse-trap. 
mutab  ihs:    changeable,    variable, 

mutant. 
muta  tus:  changeable. 
mij  ticus:  blunt,  pointless. 
mutila  tus:  mutilated. 
myriacan  thus:  numberless  s pined, 

ver>"'manj'-spined. 
myriocar  pus:  very  many-fruited. 
myrmecoph  ilus :  ant-loving. 
myrtifo  lius:  myrtle-leaved. 

na  nus:  dwarf. 

napifor  mis:  turnip-shaped. 

narbonen  sis:  of  Narbonne  (ancient 
region  or  province  of  S.  France). 

na  tans:  floating,  swimming. 

navicula  ris:  pertaining  to  a  ship. 

neapolita  nus:  Neapolitan. 

nebulosus:  nebulous,  clouded,  in- 
definite, obscure. 

neglec  tus:  neglected,  overlooked. 

nemora  lis:  of  groves  or  woods. 

nemoro  sus;  of  groves  or.  woods  and 
shady  places. 

nepalen  sis:  of  Nepal  (Himalayan 
ri'gion). 

neriifo  lius:  nerium-leaved,  oleander- 
leaved. 

nervo  sus:  nerved. 

nevaden  sis:  of  the  Sierra  Nevadas 
(in  Spain  or  N.  America). 

nic  titans:  blinking,  moving. 

n!  dus:  nest. 

ni  ger:  black. 


ENGLISH   EQUIVALENTS  OF  LATIN   NAMES   OF  SPECIES 


155 


nigra  tus:  blackish. 

nigres  cens:  blackish,  becoming  black. 

nfg  ricans:   black. 

nigricor  nis:  black-horned. 

nig  ripes:  black-footed  or  -stalked. 

nilot  ica:  of  the  Nile. 

ni  tens:  shining. 

nit  idus:  shining. 

niva  lis:  snowy,  pertaining  to  snow. 

niv  eus:  snow?'. 

nivo  sus :  snowy,  full  of  snow. 

nobil  ior:  more  noble. 

nob  ills:   noble,  famous,  renowned. 

nobilis  simus:  most  or  very  noble. 

nodiflo  rus:  with  flowers  at  nodes. 

node  sus:  with  nodes,  jointed. 

nonscrip  tus:  undescribed. 

nootkaten  sis:  of  Nootka    (Nootka 

!<ound  is  by  ^'ancouver  Island). 
nota  tus:  marked. 
no  vae-an  gliae:  of  New  England, 
no  vse-caesare  £e:  of  New  Jersey. 
no  v£E-zealand  iae:  of  New  Zealand. 
noveboracen  sis:  of  New  York. 
no  vi-bel  gii:  of  New  Belgium  or  New 

Netherlands  (i.  e..  New  York). 
nubic  olus:  dwelling  among  clouds, 
nucif  era:  nut -bearing, 
nuda  tus:  nude,  stripped. 
nudicau  lis:  naked-stemmed, 
nudifio  rus:  naked-flowered, 
uu  dus:  nude,  naked, 
numisma  tus:  pertaining    to    money, 

coin-like. 
nii  tans:  nodding, 
nyctic  alus:  night^blooming. 

obcon  icus:  inversely  conical. 

obcorda  tus:  ob cordate,  inversely 
cordate. 

obe  sus:  obese,  fat. 

obfusca  tus:  clouded,  confused. 

obli  quus:  oblique,  unequal  and 
■slanting. 

oblitera  tus:  obliterated,  erased,  not 
apparent. 

oblonga  tus:  oblong. 

oblongifo  lius:  oblong-leaved. 

oblon  gus:  oblong. 

obova  tus:  obovate,  inverted  ovate. 

obscti  rus:  obscure,  hidden. 

obsole  tus:  ob.solete,  rudinientaty. 

obtusa  tus:  obtuse,  blunt. 

obtusifo  lius:  blunt-leaved. 

obtusfl  obus:  blunt-lobed. 

obtii  sus:  obtuse,  blunt,  rounded. 

occidenta  lis:  occidental,  western. 

ocean  icus:  oceanic;  perhaps  of 
( )ceanica. 

ocella  tus;  eyeleted,  with  small  eyes. 

ochrea  tus:  w-ith  an  ochrea  or  boot- 
sheath. 

ochroleii  cus:  yellowish  wliite. 

octan  drus:  with  eight  anthers. 

octopet  alus:  eight-petaled. 

octophyl  lus:  eight-leaved. 

ocula  tus;  eyed,  with  eye-like  marks. 

odonti  tes:  tooth. 

odontochi  lus:  with  toothed  lip  or 
margin. 

odoratis  simus:  most  or  very  odor- 
oii.';.  ven,'  fragrant. 

odora  tus:  odorous,  fragrant. 

odd  rus:  odorous,  fragrant. 

officind  lis:  officinal,  medicinal,  recog- 
nized in  the  pharmaeopea. 


officina  rum:  of  the  apothecaries. 

oleaefo  lius:  Olea-  or  olive-leaved. 

oleif  era:  oil-bearing. 

olera  ceus:  oleraceou.s,  vegetable- 
garden  herb  used  in  cooking. 

oligan  thus:  few-flowered. 

oligocar  pus:  few-fruited. 

oligosper  mus:  few-seeded. 

olito  rius:  pertaining  to  vegetable- 
gardens  or  -gardeners. 

oliva  ceus:  olive-like,  olive-colored. 

olivsefor  mis:  olive-shaped. 

olym  picus:  of  Ob-nipus  or  Mt.  Ob-m- 
pu.s  (in  Greece). 

omniv  cms:  omnivorous,  of  .all  kinds 
of  food. 

opa  cus;  opaque,  shaded. 

opercula  tus:  with  a  lid. 

oppositifio  rus:  opposite-flowered. 

oppositifo  lius:  opposite-leaved. 

opulifid  rus:  flowers  of  Opulus 
(a  Viburnum). 

orbicula  ris:  round. 

orbicula  tus:  round. 

orchid  eus:  orchid-like. 

orchioi  des:  orchid-like. 

orega  nus:  of  Oregon. 

orgya  lis:  length  of  the  arms  ex- 
tended, about  6  feet. 

orienta  lis:  oriental,  eastern. 

ornatis  simus:  most  showy  or  ornate. 

orna  tus:  ornate,  adorned. 

ornithoceph  alus:  like  a  bird's  head. 

ornithop  odus:  like  a  bird's  foot. 

ornithorhyn  chus:  shaped  like  a 
bird'.s  beak. 

orthocar  pus:  straight-fruited. 

orthochi  lus:  straight-lipped. 

orthop  terus:  straight-winged. 

ovalifo  lius:  oval-leaved. 

ova  lis:  oval. 

ovatifo  lius:  ovate-leaved. 

ova  tus:  ovate. 

ovif  era:  egg-bearing. 

ovig  era:  egg-bearing. 

ovi  nus:  pertaining  to  sheep. 

oxyacan  thus:  sharp-thorned  or 
-spincd. 

oxygo  nus:  sharp-angled. 

oxyphyl  lus:  sharp-leaved. 

oxysep  alus:  with  sharp  sepals. 

pachyan  thus:  thick-flowered, 
pachyneii  rus:  thick-nerved, 
pachyp  terus:  thick-winged. 
pacif  icus:  of  the  Pacific,  of  regions 

bordering  the  Pacific  Ocean. 
palaesti  nus:  of  Palestine. 
paiea  ceus:  with     palea     (bracts     in 

gra.ss flowers),  or palea-like,  chaffy. 
pal  lens:  pale. 

palles  cens:  palish,  becoming  pale, 
pallia  tus:  palliated,  cloaked, 
pallidiflo  rus;  pale-flowered, 
pallidifc  lius:  pale-leaved. 
paUidispi  nus:  pale-spined. 
pal  lidus:  i)ale. 
palliPid  vens;  pale  yellow, 
palmatif  idus:  palmately  cut. 
palmst  tus:  palmate,  divided  or  lobed 

like  thi-^and. 
paludo  sus:  of  marshes,  marsh-loving, 
palus  tris:  marsii-loving. 
pandu-a  tus:  fiddle-shaped. 
paniculd  tus:  paniculate. 
paniculit,  era:  panicle-bearing. 


pannon  icus:  of  Pannonia  (Roman 
province  on  the  Danube,  now  west- 
ern HungarjO. 

panno  sus:  ragged,  tattered. 

papavera  ceus:  Papaver-like,  poppy- 
like. 

papiliona  ceus:  butterfiy-like,  the 
form  of  the  pea  flower. 

papillo  sus:  papillate,  with  minute 
nipple -like  projections  or  pro- 
tuberances. 

papyra  ceus:  papery. 

papyrJf  era:  paper-bearing. 

paradisi  acus :  of  parks  or  gardens. 

paradox  us:  paradoxical,  strange. 

parasit  icus:  i>arasitical,  of  a  parasite. 

pardali  nusr'*rcopard-like,  spotted. 

pardi  nus:  leopard-spotted. 

parti  tus:  iJjfrted. 

parviflo  rus:  small-flowered. 

parvifo  lius:  small-leaved. 

parvis  simus:  smallest,  very  small. 

par  vulus:  very  small,  very  slight. 

par  vus:  small. 

patagon  icus:  of  Patagonia. 

patella  ris:  circular,  disk-shaped,  like 
a  knee-pan. 

pa  tens:  spreading. 

pat  ulus:  spreading. 

pauciflo  rus:  few-flowered. 

paucifolluE:  few-leaved. 

pauper  cuius:  poor. 

pavoni  nus:  peacock-like. 

pectina  ceus:  pectinate. 

pectina  tus:  pectinate,  comb-like,  pin- 
natifid  wn'th  very  narrow  close 
divisions  or  parts. 

pectinif  era:  comb-bearing. 

pectora  lis:  shaped  like  a  breast-bone 

peda  tus:  footed,  of  the  foot  or  feet; 
also  pcdate,  like  a  bird's  foot, 
being  palmately  divided  and  the 
side  parts  2-cleft. 

pedemonta  nus:  of  Piedmont  (north- 
ern Italy). 

peduncula  ris:  peduneled,  stalked. 

peduncula  tus:  peduneled. 

pedunculo  sus:  with  many  peduncles. 

pellii  cidus:  pellucid,  with  translu- 
Cf.-nt  dots. 

pelta  tus;  peltate. 

peltifolius:  peltate-leaved. 

pelvifor  mis:  pelvis-shaped. 

penduliflo  rus:  pendulous-flowered. 

penduli  nus:  somewhat  pendulous. 

pen  dulus:  pendulous,  hanging. 

penicilla  tus:  hair  penciled,  like  a 
little  brush;  pinnate. 

penna  tus:  feathered,  as  the  veins  or 
lobes  standing  off  at  right  angles 
from  a  midrib:  piiuiate. 

penniner  vis:  feather-veined. 

pennsylvan  icus:  of  Pennsylvania. 

pentago  nus:  five-angled. 

pentag  ynus:  of  five  pistils. 

pentan  drus:  of  five  stamens. 

pentan  thus:  five-flowered. 

pentaphyl  lus:  five-leaved. 

perbel  lus:  very  beautiful. 

peregri  nus:  exotic,  foreign,  from  a 
strarige  country. 

peren  nans:  perennial. 

peren  nis:  perennial,  living  three  or 
more  years. 

perfoliS  tus:  perfoliate,  with  leaf  sur- 
rounfling  the  stem. 


15C 


ENGLISH   EQUIVALENTS   OF   LATIN   NAMES   OF  SPECIES 


perfori  tus:  porforatiHl.  witli  liolrs. 

permix  tus:  iiuu'h  iiiixod  yr  oonfiiscd. 

persicsfo  lius:  prach-leaved. 

per  sicus:  of  Persia:  also  the  peaeh. 

persplc  uus:  clear,  transparent. 

pertu  sus:  thrust  tlirongh.  forced 
through,  perforattxl. 

peruvia  nus:   Peruvian,  of  Peru. 

petalofd  eus:  petal-like. 

petiola  ris:  petioled,  with  a  leaf-stalk. 

petiola  tus:  petioled. 

petrtfe  us:  roek-loWuR. 

phlogiflo  rus:  flame-flowered. 

phoenic  eus:  purple-red. 

phryg  ius:  of  Phrygia  (in  Asia 
Minori. 

phyllomani  acus:  running  wildly  to 
lea\  es.  leafy. 

pictura  tus:  painted-leaved,  pictured, 
variegated. 

pic  tus:  painted. 

pilif  era:  bearing  soft  hairs. 

pilosius  cuius:  somewhat  or  slightly 
pilose. 

pil6  sus:  pilose,  shaggj-.  with  soft 
hairs. 

pilulif  era:  globule-bearing.  ^ 

pineto  rum:  of  pine  forests. 

pin  eus:  of  the  pine. 

pinifo  lius:     pine-leaved. 

pinnatif  idus:  pinnatifid,  pinnately 
cleft. 

pinnat  ifrons:  pinnate -fronded  or 
-foliaged. 

pinnatiner  vis:  pinnate-nerved. 

pinna  tus:  pinnate,  with  leaflets  on  the 
sides  of  a  main  leaf  axis. 

pisif  era:  Pisum-bearing,  pea-bearing. 

pisocar  pus:  pea-fruited. 

placa  tus:  quiet,  calm. 

planifld  rus:  plane-flowered,  flat- 
flowered. 

planifo  lius:  flat-leaved. 

plantagin  eus:  plantain-like. 

pla  nus:  plane,  flat. 

platanoi  des:  Platanus-like,  plane- 
tree-like. 

platycan  thus:  Ijroad-spined. 

platycar  pus:  broad-fruited. 

platyc  ladus:   broad-branched. 

platyglos  sus:   broad-tongued. 

platyphyl  Ius:   broad-leaved. 

plenis  simus:  very  full  or  double. 

pie  nus:  full,  used  to  designate  dou- 
bleness  in  flowers  fas  in  florc-pleno). 

pleuros  tachys:  side-spiked. 

plica  tus:  plicate,  plaited,  folded 
lengthwise. 

plumil  rius:  plumed. 

plum^  tus:  plumed. 

plum  beus:  of  lead. 

plum6  sus:   feather>-. 

poculifor  mis:  fleep  cup-shaped. 

podocar  pus:  with  stalked  fruit. 

poet  icus:  pertaining  to  poets 

polif6  lius:  Polium-lea ved,  white- 
lt:av'.-d. 

poll  tus:  (lolishcd. 

polyacan  thus:  many-spined. 

polyan  drus:  of  many  stamens. 

polyan  thus:  rnan.v-flowered. 

polyceph  alus:  many-headed. 

polydac  tylus:  many-fingered. 

pol^'g  amus:  polygamous,  having 
Ixjth  perfect  and  imperfect  flow- 
era. 


polym6r  phus:  of  nian\-  forms,  varia- 
ble. 

polypet  alus:  many-petaled. 

polyphyl  Ius:  many-leaved. 

polysper  mus:  many-seeded. 

polysta  chyus:  man>'-spiked. 

polystic  tus;  many-dotted. 

poma  ceus:  ponie-iike,  resembling 
the  apple  or  pear. 

pomeridia  nus:  afternoon. 

pondero  sus:  ponderous,  heavy, 
weight}'. 

pon  ticus:  of  Pontus  (in  Asia  Minor). 

populifo  lius:  jioijulus-leaved,  poplar- 
leaved. 

poptil  neus:  pertaining  to  poplars. 

porci  nus:  ixTtaining  to  swine. 

porrifo  lius:   Porrum-   or   leek-leaved. 

praeal  tus:  very  tall. 

pr«  cox:  precocious,  premature,  very 
eai  ly. 

pri  stans:  distinguished,  excelling. 

praetex  tus:  bordered. 

prasina  tus:  greenish. 

prasi  nus:  grass-green. 

praten_§is:  of  meadows. 

precato  rius:  praying,  prayerful. 

primtil  inus:  primrose-like. 

prtn  ceps:  i)rineely,  first. 

prismat  icus;  prismatic,  prism-shaped. 

proboscid  eus:  proboscis-like. 

proce  rus:  tall. 

procum  bens:  procumbent,  i.ving  on 
the  ground. 

prociir  rens:  extended. 

produc  tus:  produced, lengthened. 

profu  sus:  profuse. 

prolif  era:  producing  offshoots,  bear- 
ing alinormal  supernumerary  parts. 

prolif  icus;  prolific,  fruitful. 

propen  dens:  hanging  down. 

propin  quus :  related,  near  to. 

prostra  tus;   prostrate,  lying  flat. 

protrii  sus;  protruding. 

provincii  lis:  provincial:  or  of  Prov- 
ence, southern  France. 

pruina  tus:  pruinose. 

pruino  sus:  pruinose,  with  a  hoary  or 
frost-like  bloom. 

prunifo  lius:  plum-leaved. 

pri  riens:  itching. 

pseud- pseudo-:  in  combinations 
means  fahe,  not  oenuine,  not  the 
true  w„lhe  typical,  as  Pseudotsuga, 
false  Tsuga. 

psittaci  nus:  of  the  parrot. 

pu  bens:  downy. 

puber  ulus:  puberalous,  somewhat 
pub<;scent. 

pubes  cens:  jjubescent,  downy. 

pudi  eus:  bashful,  retiring,  shrinking 

pulchel  Ins;  pretty,  beautiful. 

pul  cher:  handsome,  beautiful. 

pulcher  rimus;  very  handsome. 

piil  Ius:  dark   colored,   du.sky 
black. 

pulverulen  tus:   powdered 
vcrcfl. 

pulvin^  tus:  cushioned 

pii  milus:  dwarf. 

punctatis  simus:  ni  .y 

sijfjttcd. 

punctS  tus:  pur 

pun  gens:  pie*  cod 

punic  eus:  r 

purpura  ce 


purpuras  cens:  jjurplish,  becoming 
l)urple. 

purpura  tus:  purple. 

purpu  reus:  purple. 

pusil  Ius:  viry  small,  insignifieant.. 

pycnacan  thus:  densel>'  spined, 

pycnan  thus:  densely  flowered. 

pygmie  us:   pigmy, 

pyramids  lis:  pyramidal. 

pyrena  icus:  of  the  PjTeneea. 

pyrifo  lius:  pear-leaved. 

pyriformis:  Pyrus-formed,  pear- 
shaped. 

quadrangula  ris:  quadrangular,  four- 
angle<i. 

quadrangula  tus:  four-angled. 

quadra  tus:  in  four  or  fours,  squared. 

quadric  olor;  of  four  colors. 

quadridentl  tus:  four-toothed. 

quadrif  idus:  four-cut. 

quadrifo  lius;  four-leaved. 

quadriparti  tus:  four-i)arted. 

quadrival  vis:  four-valved. 

quercifo  lius:  Quercus- leaved,  oak- 
leaved. 

querci  nus:  of  Quercus  the  oak. 

quina  tus:  i|uinate,  in  fives. 

quinquec  olor;  five-colored. 

quinqueflo  rus :  five-flowered. 

quinquefo  lius:  five-leaved. 

quinquelocula  ris:  five-loculed,  of  five 
cells  or  conii>artments. 

quinquener  vis:  five-nerved. 

quinquepuncta  tus:  five-spotted. 

racemiflo  rus:  raceme-flowered. 

racemo  sus:  racemose,  flowers  in 
racemes. 

radia  tus:  radiate,  rayed. 

radi  cans:  rooting. 

radico  sus:  many-rooted. 

radi  cum:  of  roots. 

radio  sus:  radiate,  with  many  rays. 

ramenta  ceus:  bearing  a  hair-like 
covering. 

ramiflo  rus:  with  branching  inflores- 
cence, 

ramosis  simus:  most-  or  much- 
ijrancTied. 

ramo  sus:  branched. 

ranif  era:  bearing  frogs. 

rapa  ceus:  pertaining  to  rape  or 
turnips- 

rariflo  rus:  scattered-flowered,  with 
flowei^fe  loose  or  few. 

ra  rus:  rari^,  uncommon. 

rau  eus:  hoarse,  raw. 

reclina  tus:  reclined,  bent  back. 

rec  tus:  straight,  upright. 

recurva  tus:  recurved. 

recurvifo  lius:  rccurved-leaved. 

"ecur  vus;  recurved,  curved  back. 
■•vi  vus;  restored,  broiight  to  life, 
lica  tus:   duplicated   again, 
nibled  again,  redoubled. 
dex  us:  reflexed,  bent  back, 

/efrac  tus:   broken,   broken  in  pieces. 

reful  gens:  lirightly  shining,  reflect- 
ing light  or  color. 

regS  lis:  regal,  royal. 

Regi  na:  Queen. 

re  gius;  regal,  royal,  kingly,  pertain- 
ing to  a  king. 

religio  sus:  used  for  religious  pur- 
poses, venerated. 


ENGLISH   EQUIVALENTS   OF  LATIN   NAMES  OF  SPECIES 


157 


remo  tus:  remote,  with  parts  distant. 

renifor  mis :  reniform,  kidney-shaped. 

repan  dus :  repand,  with  margin  wavj-. 

re  pens:  repent,  creeping. 

rep  tans:  creeping. 

resec  tus:  cut  off,  curtailed,  pruned. 

resino  sus:  resin-bearing,  full  of  resin. 

reticula  tus:  reticulate,    netted,    net- 
veined. 

retor  tus:  twisted  back. 

retroflex  us:  reflexed. 

retii  sus :  retuse,  notched  slightly  at  a 
rounded  apex. 

rever  sus :  reversed,  end-for-end. 

revolii  tus:  revolute,  rolled  backward 
from  the  margins. 

Rex:  king. 

rhamnifo  lius:  Rhamnus-leaved,  buck- 
thorn-leaved. 

rhizophyl  lus :    root  -  leaved,    acaule.s- 
cent. 

rhodan  thus:  rose-flowered. 

rhodochi  lus:  rose-lipped  or  -margined. 

rhodocinc  tus:  rose-girdled. 

rhodoneu  nis:  red-nerved. 

rhomboid  eus:  rhomboidal. 

ricinifo  lius:     Ricinus  -  leaved,      with 
leaves  of  castor-oil  plant. 

rigid  ulus:  somewhat  stiff  or  rigid. 

rig  idus:  rigid,  stiff. 

rin  gens:    ringent,    gaping,    open- 
mouthed. 

ripa  rius:  of  river  banks. 

riva  lis :  pertaining  to  brooks. 

rivula  ris:  brook-loving. 

robus  tus:  robust,  stout. 

rosa  ceus:  rose-like. 

rosaeflo  rus:  rose-flowered. 

ro  seus:  rose, rosy. 

rostra  tus:  rostrate,  beaked. 

rosula  ris:  rosulate,  in  rosettes. 

rota  tus:  rotate,  wheel-shaped. 

rotundifo  lius:  round-leaved. 

rotun  dus:  rotund,  round. 

rubel  lus:  reddish. 

rii  bens:  red,  ruddy. 

rii  ber:  red,  ruddy. 

ruber  rimus:  verj^  red. 

rubes  cens:  reddish,  becoming  red. 

rubiaefo  lius:      rubus-     or'bramble^, 
leaved. 

rubicun  dus:  rubicund,  red. 

rubigino  sus:  rusty. 

rubricad  lis:  red-stemmed. 

rubrifo  lius:  red-leaved. 

rubroner  vis:  red-veined. 

rufes  cens:  reddish,  becoming  red. 

rufiner  vis:  red-nerved. 

ru  fus:  red,  reddish. 

rugo  sus:  rugose,  wrinkled. 

runcina  tus:  runcinate,   retrorsely   or 
backwardly  incised  or  toothed. 

rupes  tris:  rock-loving. 

lupic.olus:  growing  on  cliffs  or  ledges. 

rus  ticus:    rustic,    belonging    to    the 
'■o.iiitr>'. 

ruthen  icus:  Ruthenian,  Russian. 

ru  tilans:  red,  becoming  red. 

saccll  tus:  saccate,  bag-like, 
sacchara  tus:    containing   sugar, 

sweet. 
saccharif  era:  sugar-bearing, 
sacchari  nus:  saccharine, 
sac  charum:  sugar. 
saccif  era:  bag-bearing. 


sachalinen  sis:  of  Saghalien  Isl.  (N. 
Japan). 

sagitta  lis:  of  the  arrow,  sagittate. 

sagitta  tus :  sagittate,  arrow-like. 

sagittifo  lius:  arrow-leaved. 

salicifo  lius:  aalix-leaved,  willow- 
leaved. 

salic  inus:  willow-like. 

salig  nus:  of  the  willow. 

sail  nus:  salty. 

sambii  cinus:  sambucus- or  elder-like. 

sane  tus:  holy. 

sandwicen  sis:  of  the  Sandwich  or 
Hawaiian  Isls. 

sanguin  eus:  bloody,  blood-red. 

sap  idus:  savory,  pleasing  to  taste. 

sapien  turn:  of  the  wise  men  or  au- 
thors. 

sapona  ceus:  soapy. 

sarco  des:  flesh-like. 

sarmat  icus:  of  iSarmatia  (an  ancient 
territory  in  S.  Russia  and  Poland). 

sarmento  sus:  sarmentose,  bearing 
runners. 

sati  vus:  cultivated. 

sauroceph  alus:  lizard-headed. 

saxat  ilis:  foimd  among  rocks. 

saxic  olus:  growing  among  rocks. 

saxo  sus:  full  of  rocks. 

sea  ber:  scabrous,  rough. 

scabrel  lus :  somewhat  scabrous. 

scan  dens:  scandent,  climbing. 

scapo  sus:  with  scapes. 

seep  trum:  of  a  scepter. 

schizoneij  rus:  cut-nerved. 

schizopet  alus:  cut-petaled. 

schizophyl  lus:  cut-leaved. 

schola  ris:  pertaining  to  a  school. 

sclerocar  pus:  hard-fruited. 

sclerophyl  lus:  hard-leaved. 

scot  ica:  Scotch,  of  Scotland. 

sciilp  tus:  carved. 

scutella  ris:  salver-  or  dish-shaped. 

soil  turn:  a  shield. 

sebif  era:  tallow-bearing. 

sebo  sus:  full  of  tallow  or  grease. 

sechella  rus:  of  the  Seychelles 
(Indian  Ocean). 

secun  dus:  secund,  side-flowering. 

securig  era:  axe-bearing. 

seg  etum :  of  cornfields. 

semiala  tus:  semi -winged,  half  or 
somewliat  winged. 

semicauda  tus:  semi-  or  partially 
tailed. 

semicylin  dricus:  semi-  or  somewhat 
cylindrical. 

semipinna  tus:  halt  or  imperfectly 
pinnate. 

semperflo  rens:  ever  flowering. 

semper  virens:  ever  green. 

seni  lis:  senile,  old,  white-haired. 

sensib  ills:  endowed  with  feeling,  sen- 
sitive. 

sensiti  vus:  sensitive. 

sepia  rius:  j>ertaining  to  hedges. 

se  pium:  of  hedges  or  fences. 

septanguIS  ris:  seven-angled. 

septem  lobus:  seven-lobed. 

septempuncta  tus:  seven-spotted. 

septentrionj  lis:  northern,  belong- 
ing to  the  North. 

sepiil  tus:  sepulchered,  interred. 

seric  eus:  silky. 

serot  inus:  late,  late-flowering  or  late- 
ripening. 


ser  pens:  creeping,  crawling. 

serpent!  nus:  of  snakes,  serpentine, 
looping  or  waving. 

serratJfS  lius:  serrate-leaved,  saw- 
edge-leaved. 

serrS  tus:  serrate,  saw-toothed. 

semila  tus:  serrulate,  somewhat  ser- 
rate. 

sesquipeda  lis:  one  foot  and  a  half 
long  or  high. 

sessiflo  rus:  sessile-flowered,  with- 
out pedicel. 

sessifo  lius:  sessile-leaved,  without 
petiole. 

sessilifo  lius:  sessile-leaved. 

ses  silis:  sessile,  stalkless,  sitting. 

seta  ceus:  setaceous,  bristle-like. 

setig  era :  bristly,  bristle-bearing. 

seto  sus:  setose,  full  of  bristles. 

setulo  sus:  full  of  small  bristles. 

sibir  icus :  of  Siberia. 

sigak  tus:  marked,  designated,  at- 
tested. 

sikldmen  sis:  of  Sikhim  or  Sikkim 
(N.  India). 

silic  eus :  pertaining  to  or  growing  in 
sand. 

siliculo  sus:  bearing  silicles. 

silvat  icus:  pertaining  to  woods,  syl- 
van; sometimes  sylvaticus. 

silves  tris :  pertaining  to  woods. 

simplex:  simple,  unbranched. 

simplicicau  lis:  simple-stemmed. 

simplicifo  lius:  simple-leaved. 

simplicis  simus:  simplest,  very  un- 
branched. 

sim  ulans :  similar  to,  resembling. 

sinen  sis :  T'hinese,  of  China. 

sin  icus:  Chinese. 

sinua  tus:  sinuate,  wavy-margined. 

sinuo  sus:  sinuate. 

sitchen  sis:  belonging  to  Sitka, 
Alaskan. 

smarag  dinus:  of  emerald. 

smilac  inus:  of  smilax. 

sobolif  era:  bearing  creeping  rooting 
stems  or  shoots. 

socia  lis:  .sociable,  companionable. 

socotra  nus:  of  the  Island  of  Socotra 
(south  of  Arabia). 

sola  ris:  solar,  of  the  sun. 

sol  idus:  solid,  dense,  not  hollow. 

somnif  era:  sleep-producing. 

s6r  didus:  dirty,  unclean,  foul. 

spadic  eus:  with  a  spadix. 

sparsiflo  rus:  sparsely  or  few -flow - 
erofl. 

sparsifo  lius:  sparsely  or  few-leaved. 

spar  sus:  sparse,  scattered,  few. 

spar  tens:  pertaining  to  the  broom. 

spatha  ceus:  with  a  spathe. 

spathula  tus:  spatulate,  spoon-shaped, 
narrowed  toward  the  base  from  a 
roimded  top. 

speciosis  simus:  verj-  showy. 

specio  sus :  showy,  good-looking. 

spectab  ilis:  spectacular,  worth  seeing, 
remarkaljle,  showy. 

spectan  dus:  showy. 

spec  trum:  an  image,  apparition. 

sphacela  tus:  dead,  withered,  diseased. 

sphaer  icus:  spherical. 

sphaerocar  pus:  spherical-fruited. 

sphaeroceph  alus:  .spherical-headed. 

sph^eroid  eus:  si>here-likc. 

sphaerosta  chyus:  .spherical-spiked. 


loS 


ENGLISH    KQl'IVALENTS   OF   LATIN   NAMES   OF   SPECIES 


spica  tus:  spioatc,  with  spikes. 

spicig  era:  spike-lH-ariiiK. 

spinosis  simus:  iiutst  or  \-er>'  spiny. 

spine  sus:   full  of  spines. 

spinulff  era:  l>c:iriiig  siiuill  spines. 

spinulo  sus :  somewhat  or  w  e  a  k  1  >• 
spiny. 

spira  lis:  spiral. 

spirel  lus:  a  spiral,  little  spiral. 

spl^n  dens:  splendid. 

splendidls  simus:  ver}' splendid. 

splen  didus:  splendid. 

spuma  rius:  frotliing,  of  froth  or 
spLinie. 

spu  rius:  spurious,  false,  biistard. 

squa  lens:  daubed,  filthy. 

squal  idus:  squalid,  filthy. 

squama  tus:  squam.ite,  with  squamse 
iir  small  si-ale-like  leaves  or  bracts. 

squamo  sus:  sguamate,  full  of  scales. 

squarro  sus:  sqaarrose,  with  parts 
spreading  or  even  recurved  at 
ends. 

stamfn  eus:  bearing  prominent 
stamens. 

stans:  standing,  erect,  upright. 

stauracan  thus:  with  spines  cross- 
shaped. 

Stella  ris:  st.irry. 

stem  tus:  stellate,  starry. 

stellula  tus:  of  little  stars. 

stenoceph  alus:  narrow-headed. 

stenog  ynus:  with  a  narrow  stigma. 

stenopet  alus:  narrow-petaled. 

stenophyl  lus:  narrow-leaved. 

stenop  terns:  narrow-winged. 

ster  ilis:  sterile,  infertile. 

stigmat  icus:  marked,  of  stigmas. 

stigmd  sus:  much  marked,  pertain- 
ing to  stigmas. 

stipuia  ceus:  stipuled,  with  stipules. 

stipula  ris:  stipuled. 

stipuU  tus:  stipuled. 

stolonif  era:  bearing  stolons  or  nm- 
ner^  that  take  root. 

stramin  eus:  straw-colored. 

stranguli  tus:  strangled,  constricted. 

streptocar  pus:  twisted-fruited. 

Etreptopet  alus:  with  petals  twisted. 

streptophyl  lus:  twisted-leaved. 

streptosep  alus:  with  .sepals  twisted. 

striat  ulus :  somewhat  or  faintly 
striped. 

striS  tus:  striated,  striped. 

strictifl6  rus:  strict-  or  stiff-flowered. 

strfc  tus:  strict,  upright,  erect. 

strigilld  sus:  somewhat  strigose. 

strigd  sus:  strigose,  covered  with 
sliarT)  straight  appressed  hairs. 

striguld  sus:  beset  with  small  or 
weak  appressed  hairs. 

striolik  tus:  striolate,  somewhat  or 
faintly  striped. 

strobilif  era:  cone-bearing. 

struma  rius:  of  tumors  or  ulcers. 

strumi  tus:  with  tumors  or  ulcers. 

styld  sus:  with  style  or  styles  promi- 
nent. 

styracif  luus:  flowing  with  storax  or 
gum. 

suavi  olens:  sweet-scented. 

sui  vis:  sweet,  agreeable. 

suavis  simus:  sweetest,  very  sweet- 
s'rented. 

Eubacau  Us:  somewhat  stemmed, 
nearly  stemleos. 


subalpi  nus:  subalpinc,  nearly  al- 
pine. 

subauricula  tus:  somewliat  or  rather 
ainicled  or  eared. 

subcarno  sus:  nearly  or  rather  flcsly. 

subcorda  tus:  partially  or  imperfectly 
or  somewhat  cordate. 

subedenta  tus:  nearly  toothless. 

subercula  tus:  of  cork,  corky. 

suberec  tus :  somewhat  or  rather 
erect. 

subero  sus:  cork-barked,  full  of  cork. 

subfaica  tus:  somewhat  falcate. 

subglau  eus:  somewhat  or  to  some 
degr<"e  Klallrous. 

subhirtel  lus:  somewhat  hairy. 

subluna  tus :  somewhat  lunate  or 
eresecnt-shaped. 

submer  sus:  .submerged,  under  water. 

subperen  nis:  imperfectly  or  nearly 
perennial. 

subpetiola  tus:  somewhat  or  partially 
l)etiuled. 

subses  silis:  nearlj'  sessile,  not  com- 
pletely sessile. 

subsinua  tus:  somewhat  sinuate  or 
«'a\'y-margined. 

subterra  neus:  subterranean,  under- 
ground. 

subula  tus:  subulate,  awl-shaped. 

subumbella  tus:  somewhat  or  incom- 
pletely umbellate. 

subvillo  sus:  somewhat  villose  or 
soft-hair>\ 

subvolu  bills:  somewhat  twining. 

succulen  tus:  succulent,  fleshy. 

suec  icus:  Swedish,  of  Sweden. 

suffrutes  cens:  slightly  shrubby,  be- 
coming somewhat  shrubby. 

suffrutico  sus:  slightly  shrubby. 

sulca  tus:  sulcate,  furrowed. 

sulphii  reus:  sulfur-colored. 

Sumatra  nus:  of  the  Isl.  of  .Sumatra. 

superb  iens:  superb,  proud. 

super  bus:  superb,  proud. 

supercilia  ris:  eyebrow-like. 

super  fluus:  superfluous,    redundant. 

surculo  sus:  producing  suckers. 

surinamen  sis:  belonging  to  Surinam 
(Dutch  Guiana). 

susia  nus:  of  the  province  of  Susiana 
(Persia). 

suspen  sus:  suspended,  hung. 

sylvat  icus:  sylvan,  forest-loving 
(alsr)  written  silvaticus). 

sylves  tris:  of  woods  or  forests. 

sylvic  olus:  growing  in  woods 

syphilit  icus:  syphilitic. 

syri  acus:  Syrian,  of  Syria. 

sys  tylus:  with  styles  joined. 

tabula  ris:  pertaining  to  tablets. 

tabulifor  mis:  tablet-formed. 

tsedig  era:  torch-bearing,  resin-bear- 
ing. 

taraxicifo  lius:  Taraxicum-  or  dande- 
lion-leaved. 

tardifld  rus:  late-flowered. 

tardi  vus:  tardy,  late. 

tatar  icus:  of  Tartary  (old  name  for 
Central  Asia). 

tau  reus:  of  ^>xen. 

tail  ricus:   Taurian,  Crimean. 

tauri  nus:   bull-like. 

taxifo  lius:  Taxus-leaved,  yew-leaved. 

tectd  rum:  of  roofa  or  houses. 


tec  tus:  concealed. 

temiJen  tus:  drunken. 

tenacis  simus:  most  tenacious. 

te  nax:  (eaaeious,  strong. 

tenebro  sus:  of  dark  or  shaded  places. 

tenel  lus:  slender,  tender,  soft. 

ten  er:  slender,  tender,  soft. 

tentacula  tus:  with  tentacles  or  short 
projecting  parts. 

tenuicaii  lis:   slender-stemmed. 

tenuiflo  rus:  slender-flowered. 

tenuifo  Uus:  slender-leaved. 

tenufl  obus:  slender-lobed. 

tenu  ior:  more  slender. 

ten  uis:  slender,  thin. 

tenuis  simus:  very  slender,  verj'  thin. 

terebinth  inus:  of  turpentine. 

te  res:  terete,  circular  in  cross-sec- 
tion. 

teretifo  lius:  terete-leaved. 

termina  lis:  terminal,  at  the  end  of  a 
stem  or  branch. 

terna  tus :  in  threes,  temate. 

ternifo  lius:  with  leaves  in  threes. 

terres  tris:  of  the  earth,  terrestrial. 

tessella  tus:  tessellate,  laid  off  in 
squares  or  in  dice-like  pattern. 

testa  ceus:  light  brown,  brick-col- 
ored; also  testaceous,  bearing  a 
prominent  testa  or  outer  seed-coat. 

testicula  tus.  testiculated,   testicled. 

testudina  rius:  like  a  tortoise-shell. 

tetracan  thus:  four-spined. 

tetrago  nus:  fovir-angled. 

tetrandrus:  four-anthered. 

tetran  thus:  four-flowered. 

tetraphyl  lus:  four-leaved. 

tetrap  terus:  four- winged. 

tetraque  trus:  four-cornered. 

texa  nus,  texen  sis:  of  Texas,  belong- 
ing to  Texas. 

theif  era:  tea-bearing. 

therma  lis:  w.arm,  of  warm  springs. 

thuyoi  des:  like  Thuja  or  arbor-vitse. 

thyrsiflo  rus:  Thyrse-flowered. 

thyrsoid  eus:  thyrse-like. 

tibic  inis:  of  a  flute  player. 

tigri  nus:  tiger-striped. 

tincto  rius:  belonging  to  dyers,  of  dyes. 

tine  tus:  dyed. 

tipulifor  mis:  of  the  shape  of  a  <laddy- 
long-legs. 

tomento  sus:  tomentose,  matted- 
pubescent. 

tormina  lis:  u.seful  against  colic. 

toro  sus:  torose,  cylindrical  with  eon- 
tractions  at  certain  places  or  at 
intervals. 

tor  tills:  twisted. 

tortuo  sus:  much  twisted. 

tor  tus:  twisted. 

torulo  sus:  somewhat  torose. 

toxica  rius:  poisonous. 

tox  icus:  poisonous. 

toxif  era:  poison-producing. 

transpa  rens:  transparent. 

trapezifor  mis:  trapezium-formed,  a 
four-sided  figure  of  which  no  two 
sides  are  alike. 

trapezioi  des:  trapezium-like. 

tremuloi  des:  like  Tremulus,  the 
tr<'nilp|ing  poplar. 

trem  ulus:  cjuivering,  trembling. 

triacan  thus:  thr(!e-sj)ined. 

trian  drus:  with  three  anthers  or 
st  .aniens 


ENGLIFM   EQUIVALENTS   OF   LATIN   NAMES   OF   SPECIES 


159 


triangula  ris:  three-angled. 

triangula  tus:  three-angled. 

trian  gulus:  three-angular. 

tricauda  tus:  three-tailed. 

trichophyl  lus:  haiiy-Ieaved. 

trichosan  thus:  hairj--flo\vered. 

trichosper  mus:  hairy-seeded. 

trichot  omus:  thrice  branched  or 
forked. 

trie  olor:  three-colored. 

tricor  nis :  three-horned. 

tricuspida  tus:  three-cusped,  three- 
pointed. 

tridac  tylus:  three-fingered. 

tri  dens:  with  three  teeth. 

tridenta  tus:  three-toothed. 

trifascia  tus:  three-banded. 

trif  idus:  three-parted. 

triflo  rus:  three-flowered. 

trifolia  tus:  three-leaved. 

trifoliola  tus:  three-leafleted. 

trif 6  lius:  three-leaved. 

trif  urea  tus:  trifurcate,  thrice-forked. 

trilinea  tus:  three-lined. 

triloba  tus:  three-lobed. 

trfl  obus:  three-lobed. 

trimes  tris:  of  three  months. 

triner  vis:  three-nerved. 

trinota  tus:  three-marked  or  -spotted. 

triparti  tus:  three-parted. 

tripet  alus:  three-petaled. 

triphyl  lus :  three-leaved. 

trip  teris:  three-winged. 

tripuncta  tus:  three-spotted. 

trique  trus:  three-cornered. 

tris  tis:  sad,  bitter,  dull. 

triterna  tus:  triternate,  thrice  in 
throes. 

trium  phans:  triumphant. 

trivia  Us:  common,  ordinary,  very 
frequent,  found  ever>-where. 

trop  icus:  of  the  tropics. 

truncat  ulus:  somewhat  or  partially 
truncate. 

trunca  tus :  truncate,  cut  off  square. 

tubercula  tus:  tuberculate,  with 
tubercles  or  small  tubers. 

tuberculo  sus:  tubercled,  knotted. 

tubero  sus:  tuberous. 

tubiflo  rus:  tube-iJowered,  trumpet- 
flowered. 

tubis  pathus:  tube-spathed. 

tubulo  sus:  tubulose,  with  tubes. 

tulipif  era:  tulip-bearing. 

tu  midus:  swollen. 

turbina  tus:  turbinate,  top-shaped. 

tur  gidus:  turgid,  inflated,  full. 

typhi  nus:  smoky  or  dull;  perhaps 
liertaining  to  fever. 

typ  icus:  t>-pical,  conforming  to  the 
standard  or  norm. 

ulic  inus:  like  the  gorse  or  furze 
(Ulcx). 

uligino  sus:  of  wet  or  marshy  places. 

ulmifo  Uus:  Ulmus-leaved,  elm- 
leaved. 

umbella  tus:  with  umbels. 

umbellula  tus:  with  umbellets. 

umbona  tus:  bossed,  bearing  at  cen- 
ter an  umbo  or  stout  projection. 


umbraculif   era:      umbrella  -  bearing, 

shade-producing. 
umbro  sus:  shaded,  shade-loving, 
uncina  tus:  hooked  at  the  point. 
unda  tus:   waved. 

undecimpuncta  tus:  eleven-spotted, 
undulatifo  lius:   undulate-leaved. 
undula  tus:  undulated,  wavy, 
unguicula  ris:  clawed,  narrowed  to  a 

jictiole-like  l^ase. 
unguicula  tus:  unguiculate,  clawed, 
unguipet  alus:  petals  clawed. 
unic  olor:  one-colored, 
unicor  nis:  one-horned, 
unidenta  tus:  one-toothed, 
uniflo  rus:  one-flowered, 
unilatera  lis:  one-sided, 
univitta  tus:  one-striped. 
urceola  tus:  urn-shaped, 
u  rens:   burning,  stinging. 
urentis   simus:     very    burning,   very 

stinging. 
urophyl  lus:  tail-leaved. 
urosta  chyus:  tail-spiked. 
ursi  nus:  pertaining  to  bears, 
urticifo  lius:  nettle-leaved  (Urtica). 
usitatis  simus:  nicst  useful, 
ustula  tus:  burnt,  sere. 
u  tills:  u.seful. 
utilis  simus:  most  useful. 
utricula  tus:  utriculate,  with  a  utricle 

or  small  Ijladdery  one-seeded  fruit. 
utriculo  sus:  utricled. 
uvif  era:  grape-bearing. 

Ta  gans:  wandering,  vagabondish. 
vagina  lis:  vaginate,  sheathed, 
vagina  tus:  sheathed. 
valdivia  nus,  valdivien  sis:  Valdi\'ian, 

of  pro\ince  of  Valdivia  (Chile). 
valenti  nus:    Valentian,    of   Valentia 

(in  Spain). 
val  idus:  strong. 

variab  ilis:  variable,  of  many  forms, 
va  rians:  variable. 
varia  tus:  variable. 
variega  tus:  variegated. 
variifor  mis:    of    variable    or    many 

forms, 
va  rius:  various,  diverse. 
vasta  tor    (feminine   vastalrix) :    rava- 
ging, devastating. 
vegeta  tus:  full  of  growth,  vigorous, 
veg  etus:  vigorous. 
vela    ris:    pertaining    to   curtains   or 

veils, 
velu  tinus:  velvety, 
venena  tus:  poisonous, 
veno  sus:  veiny, 
ventrico  sus:  ventricose,    swelling   or 

inflated  on  one  side  or  unevenly. 
veniis  tus:  handsome,  charming, 
verecun  dus:  modest,  blushing. 
vermicula    tus:    worm -like,    or    like 

Wf)nn-track.^. 
verna  lis:  vernal. 
vernicif  era:  varnish-bearing. 
ver  nus:  of  spring,  vernal, 
verruco  sus:  vrrruro.se,  warted. 
versic  olor:  variously  colored, 
verticilla  ris:  verticillate. 


verticilla  tus:  verticillate,  whorled, 
arranged  in  a  circle  about  the  stem. 

ve  rus:  the  true  or  genuine  or  stan- 
dard. 

ves  cus:  weak,  thin,  feeble. 

vesiculo  sus:  with  little  bladders 

vesperti  nus:  of  the  evening,  west- 
ern. 

vest!  tus:  covered,  clothed,  as  with 
hairs  or  pubescence. 

vex  ans:  puzzling,  vexatious. 

vexilla  rius:  of  the  standard  petal  (as 
of  pea-like  flowers),  with  a  standard. 

villo  sus:  villous,  soft-hairy. 

vimina  lis:  of  osiers,  of  basket  willows. 

Timin  eus:  of  osiers  or  wicker-work. 

vinif  era:  wine-bearing. 

vino  sus:  full  of  wine. 

viola  ceus:  violet. 

violes  cens:  somewhat  \'iolet-colored 
or  be^-oming  so. 

vi  rens :  green. 

vires  cens:  greenish,  becoming  green. 

virga  tus:  twiggy. 

virgina  Us:  virgin. 

virgin  eus:  virgin. 

virgin  icus,  virginien  sis:  Virginian, 
of  Virginia. 

viridiflo  rus:  green-flowered. 

viridifo  lius :  green-leaved. 

vir  idis:  green. 

viridis  simus:  greenest,  verj'  green. 

virid  ulus:  greenish. 

viscid  ulus:  somewhat  viscid. 

vis  cidus:  \-iscid,  sticky. 

viscosis  simus:  very  sticky. 

visco  sus:  viscid. 

vitelli  nus:  dull  yellow  approaching 
red. 

vitifolius:  Vitis-leaved,  grape-leaved. 

vitta  tus:  striped. 

vittig  era:  bearing  stripes. 

vivip  arus:  viviparous,  producing  the 
young  alive  (rather  than  oviparous). 

volgaricus:  Volgan,  of  the  Volga 
river  region  (written  also  wolgarv- 
cus). 

volu  bills:  twining. 

voliip  tas:  pleasure,  delight. 

volii  tus:  rolled-leaved. 

vulgaris:  \'ulgar,  conmion. 

vulga  tus:  comnjon. 

vulpi  nus:  of  the  fox. 

wolgar  icus:  Volgan  (see  volgaricus). 

xanthacan  thus:  yellow-spined. 
xan  thi  nus:  yellow, 
xanthocar  pus:  yellow-fruited, 
lantholeii  cus:  yellow-white. 
lanthophyl  lus:  yellow-leaved. 

yedoen  sis:  of  Yedo or  Yeddo  (Japan). 
yunnanen  sis:  of  Province  of  Yun-nan, 
China. 

zebri  nus:  zebra-striped. 

zeylan  icus:    Ceyloiiian,    of    Ceylon; 

C'ingalcsc;  same  as  ceylanicus. 
zoni  lis:  zonal,  zoned. 
2on4  tus:  zoned,  banded. 


GLOSSARY 

OF  THE  USUAL  BOTANICAL  AND  HORTICULTURAL  TECHNICAL  WORDS 

The  following  set  of  words  indudos  many  descriptive  terms  used  in  this  Cyclopedia  and  elsewhere,  with  ex- 
planations of  their  meaning.  In  some  respects,  the  Name-List  (pages  148  to  159)  is  a  glossary,  and  the  consultant 
should  search  there  when  he  fails  to  find  the  word  in  the  iiresent  catalogue. 


Abcrrani.  Unusual,  or  exceptional;  a  plant  or  strurturc 
that  varies  from  customary  structure  or  from  the 
t>T)e;  used  mostly  of  variation. 

Abortire.    Defective;  barren;  not  developed. 

Abrupt.  Changing  suddenly  rather  than  gradually,  as  a 
leaf  that  is  narrowed  (juickly  to  a  point,  or  a  piimate 
leaf  that  has  no  terminal  leaflet;  not   tapering. 

Acaulescent.  Stemless,  or  apparently  stemless;  sometimes 
the  stem  is  subterranean  or  protrudes  only  slightly. 

Accessory  buds.    Buds  niori'  than  one  in  an  axil. 

Accessory  fruit.  Fruit-like  bod\'  composed  of  pericarp 
and  other  structure  or  structur&s  seemingly  a  part 
of  it.  but  not  originally  united  with  it,  as  wintergreen 
berr>-. 

Accrescent.  Increasing;  becoming  larger  after  flowering, 
as  the  cal>'x  in  some  plants. 

Accumbent.  Lying  against;  said  of  cotyledons  when  the 
edges  are  placed  against  the  radicle. 

Achene  (akene).    A  dr>-  indehiscent  one-seeded  pericarp. 

Achlatnydeous.    Lacking  calyx  or  corolla;  naked. 

Arinaciform.  Shaped  like  a  scimitar;  curved,  round 
toward  the  point,  being  thicker  on  the  outer  side  than 
on  the  convex  or  inner  side. 

Acotyledonous.    Without  cotyledons. 

Adnate.  Grown  to,  united  with  another  part;  as  stamens 
with  the  corolla-tube  or  an  anther  in  its  whole  length 
with  the  filament. 

Adcentituius  buds.  Buds  appearing  on  occasion,  rather 
than  in  regular  places  and  order,  as  those  arising 
about  wounds. 

Adtejitive.  Said  of  an  introduced  plant  not  yet  established; 
imperfectly  or  only  partially  naturalized. 

,£atitalion.  The  arrangement  of  floral  envelopes  in  the 
bud  (sestivu-s,  summer,  when  flowers  mostly  appear. 
Vernation  is  leaf-arrangement  in  the  bud). 

Affinity.  A  plant  or  part  closely  related  to  another  or 
much  resembling  it  in  structure. 

Agglomerate.    Piled  together,  heaped  up. 

Aggregate  fruit.  One  formed  li>'  the  coherence  of  pistils 
that  were  distinct  in  the  flower,  as  blackberry. 

AUmmen.  Starchy  or  other  nutritive  material  accompany- 
ing the  embryo ;  commonly  used  in  the  sense  of  endo- 
sperm, for  the  material  surrounding  the  embryo. 

AUmmum.    The  sapwood  or  younger  wood  of  a  tree. 

Alternate.  Any  arrangement  of  leaves  or  other  parts  not 
opix)site  or  whorled;  placed  singly  at  different  heights 
on  the  axis  or  stem. 

AUeolate.  Honey-combed,  or  pitted  with  angular  sepa- 
rated depressions. 

.4  mertt.   Catkin. 

A  mentiferous.   Bearing  amcnts  or  catkins. 

Amorphous.    Formle.ss;  of  no  definite  or  constant  form. 

Amphigean.  Of  fxjth  worlds,  the  Old  and  New;  said  of 
distribution  of  plants. 

AmphUropous.  Said  of  a  straight  ovule  or  seed  that  is 
apparently  turned  a  quarter  way  around,  so  that  it 
ij  half  inverted  and  with  the  scar  or  hilura  on  the 
.side. 

AmpuUaceous.  Said  of  yjlants  bearing  flask-like  parts,  as 
in  certain  arjuatics  such  as  Utricularia. 

An/iiogous.  Related  in  function  or  u.sc,  but  not  in  f>riKin. 
.See  HomoUjQous. 


Anastomosing.  Netted;  intcrveined;  said  of  leaves  marked 
by  cross-veins  forming  a  network. 

Armtropoiis.  Said  of  a  straight  ovule  or  seed  that  is  in- 
verted, with  the  micropylc  next  the  hiluni  or  scar. 

Ander.  Male;  occurs  in  combinations  as,  monandrous, 
having  one  stamen. 

Andrmceum.  The  male  or  stamen-bearing  part  of  a  flower; 
the  stamens  spoken  of  collectively.    See  Gynwcium. 

Androphorc.  The  c>'Iinder  or  column  formed  by  monadel- 
phous  filaments,  as  in  the  mallow  and  bonibax  tribes. 

Angiospcrtns.  Plants  that  bear  the  seeds  within  a  pericarp, 
in  distinction  from  the  gj-mnospemis  which  have 
naked  ovules  and  seeds;  having  a  closed  ovary. 

Annual.  Of  one  season's  duration  from  seed  to  maturity 
and  death. 

Anterior.  Front;  on  the  front  side;  away  from  the  axis; 
toward  the  .subtending  bract. 

Anther.  The  jjollen-bearing  part  of  the  stamen,  borne  at 
the  top  of  the  filament  or  sometimes  sessile. 

Antherifcrous.    Anther-bearing. 

Anthesis.  Flowering;  strictly,  the  time  of  expansion  of  a 
flower,  but  often  used  to  designate  the  flowering  period; 
the  act  of  flowering. 

Anthocarpous.  Said  of  a  body  combined  of  flowers  and 
fruit  united  into  a  solid  mass,  as  in  the  pineapple  or 
the  mulberry. 

Anthodiiim.  Flower-head  of  the  Compositae;  in  com- 
mon speech  this  flower-head  is  erroneously  called  a 
"flower." 

Antical.    Front,  anterior. 

Apctalous.    No  petals;  petals  missing. 

Apical.    At  the  apex  or  top. 

Apocarpus.    Carpels  not  united;  see  Syncarpous. 

Appendage.  An  attached  subsidiary  or  secondary  part,  as 
a  projecting  part  or  a  hanging  part  or  supplement. 

Appressed.    Closely  and  flatly  pressed  against;  adpressed. 

Arachnoid.  Cobwebby,  by  soft  and  slender  entangled 
hairs;  also  spider-like. 

Areule,  areola.  A  small  more  or  less  angular  space  on  a 
surface,  as  between  network  of  veins. 

Aril.  An  appendage  or  an  outer  covering  of  a  seed,  grow- 
ing out  from  the  hilum  or  funiculus;  sometimes  it 
appears  as  a  pulpy  covering. 

Arillate.    Provided  with  an  aril. 

Arillode.  An  aril-like  structure,  or  false  aril;  a  coating  or 
covering  of  the  seed  arising  from  its  own  surface,  and 
not  from  the  funiculus. 

Armed.  ProvidctI  with  any  kind  of  strong  and  sharp 
tlefencc',  as  of  thorns,  spines,  prickles,  barbs. 

Articulate.  Jointed;  provided  with  nodesor  joints,  or  places 
where  separation  may  naturally  take  place. 

Ascimling.  Rising  up;  produced  somewhat  obliquely  or 
indirectly  upward. 

Asexual.    Sexless;  without  sex. 

Auricle.  An  car-3haf)ed  part  or  appendage,  as  the  projec- 
tions at  the  base  of  some  leaves  and  petals. 

Awl-shaped.  Narrow  and  sharp-pointed;  gradually  taper- 
ing from  base  to  a  slender  or  stiff  point. 

Awn.   A  bristle-like  part  or  appendage. 

Ajcil.  Upper  angle  that  a  petiole  or  peduncle  makes  with 
the  stem  that  bears  it. 

Axile.    Borne  in  or  on  the  axis,  or  relating  to  it. 

(160} 


GLOSSARY   OF   BOTANICAL   TERMS 


IGl 


Axillary.    In  an  axil. 

Axis.  The  main  or  central  line  of  development  of  any 
plant  or  organ;  the  main  stem. 

liacca.    A  berry. 

Baccate.    Berrj'-like;  pulpy  or  fleshy. 

Banded.  Marked  with  cross-bars  or  horizontal  lines  of 
color,  or  with  very  prominent  ribs  or  other  structure. 

Barb.  A  short  point  or  bristle:  usually  employed  to  desig- 
nate points  with  reflexed  or  fishhook -like  rarely 
ascending  appendages. 

Barbulate.    With  fine  beards. 

Bark.  The  word  is  often  used  in  a  general  way  to  designate 
the  softer  outer  envelope  of  a  stem  or  root.  In  this 
sense,  it  includes  all  that  peels  readily,  as  the  bark  of 
the  hemlock  and  oak,  used  for  tanning  leather.  In  a 
stricter  sense,  it  is  applied  to  the  corky  layers  formed 
on  the  outer  surface  of  woody  plants.  It  is  formed 
from  an  active  layer  of  tissue, — the  phellogen.  The 
bark  is  developed  in  different  ways  on  different  trees. 
So  distinct  are  the  resulting  tissues  that  species  of 
trees  may  be  readily  recognized  by  their  bark  alone. 
Cork  of  commerce  is  the  bark  of  the  cork  oak,  a 
native  of  southwestern  Europe.  Inasmuch  as  the 
word  covers  so  many  structures,  it  is  little  used  by 
botanists  in  technical  descriptions. 

Bark-grafting.  A  kind  of  grafting  in  which  the  cions  are 
inserted  between  the  bark  and  wood  of  a  stub;  often, 
but  erroneously,  called  crown-grafting. 

Base.  The  bottom  or  lower  end  of  a  part  or  structure  or 
organ,  even  though  this  part  may  be  uppermost  as 
the  organ  hangs  on  the  plant. 

Basifixed.  Attached  or  fixed  by  the  base,  as  an  ovule  that 
is  affixed  to  its  support  by  its  bottom  rather  than  by 
its  side  or  by  an  angle. 

Basin.  The  depression  at  the  apex  or  blossom-end  of  an 
apple  or  other  pome  fruit. 

Basinerved.  All  the  ribs  or  nerves  of  a  leaf  or  petal  start- 
ing from  its  base. 

Bast.  The  soft  part  of  the  fibro-vascular  bundles  in  plants, 
abundant  in  the  inner  bark.  It  increases  in  thickness 
simultaneously  with  the  wood,  but  much  less  rapidly. 
The  fibrous  elements  in  the  bast  of  basswood  have  been 
used  in  making  cordage;  also  in  making  strong  paper. 

Beak.  \  long  prominent  and  substantial  point;  applied 
particularly  to  prolongations  of  fruits  and  carpels. 

Beard.   A  long  awn  or  bristle-like  hair. 

Berry.  Pulpy,  indehiscent,  few-  or  many-seeded  fruit; 
technically,  the  pulpy  fruit  resulting  from  a  single 
pistil,  containing  one  or  more  seeds  but  no  true  stone, 
as  the  tomato. 

Bi-  or  Bis-.    In  Latin  compounds,  signifying  two  or  twice. 

Biauriculate,  biaurile.    Having  two  ears. 

Bicullose,  bicallous.  Furnished  with  two  callosities,  as  the 
lip  of  some  orchids. 

Bicrural.    With  two  tails,  legs,  or  slender  elongations. 

Biennial.  Of  two  seasons*  duration  from  seed  to  maturity 
and  death. 

Bifarions.   Arranged  in  two  rows. 

Bifid.   Two-cleft  or  two-cut. 

Bifoliolate.    With  two  leaflets  to  a  leaf. 

Biforate.    With  two  openings,  pores  or  apertures. 

Bigcner.    Plant  arising  from  a  cross  between  two  genera. 

Bilabiate.   Two-lipped,  double-lipped. 

Bilamellate.    Bearing  or  consisting  of  two  plates. 

Bilobed.    Two-lobed:   parted  into  two  lobes. 

Bilocular.   Two-celled;  with  two  locules  or  compartments. 

Bipartite.    Divided  into  two  parts;  separated  nearb'  to  base. 

Bipinnate.  Twice-pinnate;  when  the  primary  divisions  are 
pinnate. 

Bipinnatifid.  Twice-pinnatifid ;  when  pinnatifid  primary 
parts  are  pinnately  cut. 

Biplicate.    Bearing  two  plaits  or  folds. 

Bineptate.    Twice-divided;  with  two  partitions. 

Bi.Herial.    In  two  series  or  sets. 

Biserrate.  Doubly  serrate ;  the  serraturcs  themselves  serrate. 

11 


Bisexual.    Two-sexed ;  with  both  stamens  and  pistils. 

Bilernate.  Twice- ternate;  when  the  divisions  of  a  ternate 
leaf  are  divided  into  three. 

Biftilvular.    Two-valved. 

Biriltdte.    With  two  vittae  or  oil-tubes. 

Bldihkry.  Inflated;  empty,  and  the  walls  thin  like  the 
bladder  of  an  animal. 

Blade.    The  expanded  part  of  leaf  or  petal. 

Blanching.  A  whitening  or  decoloring  of  the  usually  green 
parts  of  plants,  as  in  celery  or  endive  when  it  is  pre- 
pared for  use. 

Bole.   The  trunk  of  a  tree,  particularly  of  a  large  tree. 

Boss.  A  prominent  center  or  projection  on  a  flat  and  more 
or  less  circular  surface. 

Bottom-heat.  A  term  used  to  designate  the  condition  that 
arises  when  the  roots  of  plants,  or  the  soil  in  which 
they  grow,  are  exposed  to  a  higher  temperature  than 
that  of  the  air  in  which  the  aerial  parts  are  growing. 

Brachiate.  Branches  or  parts  spreading  at  nearly  right- 
angles  and  placed  alternately. 

Brachys.  In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  short,  as  brachy- 
podus,  on  a  short  foot  or  stalk. 

Bract,  A  nmch-reduced  leaf,  particularly  the  small  or 
scale-like  leaves  in  a  flower -cluster  or  associated  with 
the  flowers. 

Bracleal.   Concerning  or  pertaining  to  bracts. 

Bracteole.    Bractlet. 

Bracllet.  Bract  born  on  a  secondary  axis,  as  on  the  pedicel 
or  even  on  a  petiole. 

Breaking.    Said  when  buds  start  to  grow. 

Bristly.    Bearing  stiff  strong  hairs  or  bristles. 

Bud.  An  incipient  or  nascent  shoot;  the  rudimentary  or 
beginning  state  of  a  stem;  particularly,  in  common 
speech,  a  thickened  and  condensed  resting-stage  of  a 
shoot,  or  a  flower  or  leaf  before  expanding;  in  prop- 
agating, a  single  bud  used  on  a  cutting  or  cion.  See 
Buds,  p.  586. 

Budding.  The  operation  of  applying  a  single  bud  to  the 
surface  of  the  growing  wood  of  the  stock,  with  the 
intention  that  it  shall  grow.  The  bud  is  usually 
inserted  underneath  the  bark  of  the  cion,  and  is  held 
in  place  by  a  bandage.  Budding  is  a  part  of  the  general 
process  of  grafting.    Called  inoculation  in  old  writings. 

Bulb.  A  thickened  part  in  a  resting  state  and  made  up  of 
scales  or  plates  on  a  much  shortened  axis.  See  Bulh,  p. 
588. 

Bulbel.   A  bulb  arising  from  a  mother-bulb. 

Bulbiferous.    Bulb-bearing. 

Bulblet.  Aerial  bulb;  a  bulb  borne  above  ground,  as  in  the 
flower-cluster  or  a  leaf-axil. 

Bulbo-tuber.    Corm. 

Bulbous.  Bulb-like;  with  the  structure  or  the  character- 
istics of  a  bulb. 

Bullatc.  The  surface  blistered  or  puckered,  as  the  leaf  of 
a  Savoy  cabbage. 

BuTsicle.   A  little  pouch-like  or  purse-like  receptacle. 

Bush.    A  low  and  thick  shrub,  without  distinct  trunk. 

Caducous.  Falling  off  early,  or  prematurely,  as  the  sepals 
in  some  plants. 

Calcarate.   Spurred. 

Calcariforin.   Spur-formed;  shaped  like  a  calcar  or  spur. 

Calceolatc.  Slipper-like;  having  the  form  of  a  round- 
ing toed  .shoe. 

Callosity.   A  thickened  and  hardened  part  or  protuberance. 

Callus.  A  hard  prominence  or  protuberance;  in  a  cutting 
or  on  a  severed  or  injured  part,  the  roll  of  new  cover- 
ing tissue. 

Calycine.   Pertaining  to  a  cal>-x,  or  caljTt-like. 

Calyculate.  Calyx-like;  bearing  a  part  resembling  a  calyx; 
particularly,  furnished  with  bracts  against  or  under- 
neath the  caljTC  resembling  a  supplementary  or  outer 
calyx. 

Calyptra.  A  hood  or  lid;  particularly  the  hood  or  cap  of 
the  capsule  of  a  moss. 

Calyptriform.    Hood-formed;  like  a  cap  pulled  over. 


Hv: 


GLOSSARY   OF  BOTANICAL   TERMS 


Calys.    The  outer  circle  of  floral  envelopes. 

Cambium.  The  Krowins  or  nascent  tissue  lyinc  between 
the  xyleni  and  phloem  of  the  fihro-vaseular  Ininclle,  and 
therefore  on  the  ovitside  of  the  wooily  trvnik  between 
wood  and  bast,  or  in  trees  and  shrubs  between  wood 
and  "bark."  Its  function  is  to  increase  the  stem  in 
diameter. 

Campanulalc.    Bell-shaped. 

Campylotropous.  Said  of  ,an  ovule  or  seed  so  curved  or 
turned  on  itself  as  to  l)rinK  the  apex  and  base  togetlier. 

Canaliculate.    Groovitl  or  channeled  lengthwise. 

Caiwsceni.    Gray-pubescent  and  hoary. 

Cap.  A  convex  removable  co\'ering  of  a  part,  as  of  a  cap- 
sule; in  the  Krape,  the  cohcrinc  petals  fall  off  as  a  cap. 

Capillary.    Hair-like;  very  slender. 

Capitate.  Headed;  in  heads;  formed  like  a  head;  aggre- 
gated into  a  very  dense  or  compact  cluster. 

Capitulum.    Head;  a  close  body  of  sessile  flowers. 

Capsular.    Pertaining  to  a  capsule;  formed  like  a  capsule. 

Capsule.  Compound  pod;  a  dr.\'  fruit  of  more  than  one 
carpel,  opening  at  maturity. 

Cariiialc.  Keeled;  pro\idi'd  with  a  projecting  central  longi- 
tudinal line  or  ridge  on  the  lower  or  under  surface. 

Carpel.  One  of  the  foliar  units  of  a  compound  pistil;  a 
simple  pistil  contains  one  carpel. 

Carpophore.  Fruit-stalk ;  stem  bearing  the  carpels ;  particu- 
larly, in  the  Umbelliferce,  the  slender  extended  axis 
that  supports  the  ripe  seed-like  carpels. 

Cartilaginous.    Hard  and  tough,  like  parchment. 

Caruncle.  On  a  seed,  a  protuberance  or  growth  at  or 
around  the  hilum. 

Caryopsis.  .\n  achene-like  fruit,  with  the  thin  pericarp  or 
covering  grown  fast  to  the  seed;  it  is  the  characteristic 
fruit  of  the  cereal  grains  and  other  grasses. 

Cataphyll.  An  undeveloped  leaf,  as  at  the  beginning  of 
a  growth. 

Caikin.  A  scaly-bracted  spike  with  declinous  flowers; 
ament;  prominent  in  willows  and  poplars. 

Caudex.  Stem,  trunk;  used  particularly  to  designate  the 
persistent  base  of  an  herbaceous  stem  that  is  otherwise 
annual,  and  also  for  the  stem  of  tree-ferns  and  palms. 

Caudicle.  Little  stem,  stemlet;  stalk  of  poUinium  in 
orchids. 

Caulescent.  More  or  less  stemmed  or  stem-bearing;  having 
an  evident  stem  above  ground. 

Caulicle.   Stemlet  of  the  embryo;  radicle. 

Cauline.    Pertaining  or  belonging  to  the  stem. 

Canty.  The  depression  at  the  bottom  or  stem-end  of  an 
apple  or  similar  fruit. 

Cell.  One  of  the  ultimate  compartments  or  vesicles  of 
which  plants  are  composed  or  made  up;  also,  a  cavity  or 
compartment  or  locule  of  an  ovary  or  anther. 

Cellular.  Tissue  made  up  of  short  thin-walled  cells, 
rather  than  of  fibers  or  tubes. 

Centrifugal.    .\way  from  the  center. 

Centripetal.   Toward  the  center. 

Centrum.  The  central  part  of  any  structure;  particularly 
the  large  central  air-space  in  hollow  stems. 

Cephalanthium.  An  old  name  for  the  flower-head  of  com- 
posites; anthodium. 

Cephalium.  The  head-like  stem-end  of  condensed  cacti, 
bearing  the  flowers  and  fruits. 

Cemuous.  Drooping;  inclining  somewhat  from  the  per- 
pendicular. 

Cespitose.  Matte<l;  growing  in  tufts;  in  little  dense  clumps; 
said  of  low  plants  that  make  tufts  or  turf  of  their  basal 
growths. 

ClueUi.    A  bristle;  seta. 

Chuff.  A  .small  thin  dry  and  membranous  scale  or  bract; 
in  particular,  the  bracts  in  the  flower-heads  of  com- 
po.sites. 

Channeled.  Deeply  grooved  length  wise ;  canaliculate. 

Chnrlaceous.  Thin,  hard  and  stiff;  having  the  texture  of 
writing-paper. 

ChryHos.  In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  golden  or  golden 
yellow. 


Ciliatc.    Fringed  with  hairs;  bearing  hairs  on  the  margm. 

Ciliolate.    .Slightly  or  minutely  ciliate. 

Cinereous.   Ash-colorcd;  light  gray. 

Cinnamomcus.    ( 'innanion-rolored. 

Cion,    The  bud  or   branch  used  in   grafting;  also  spelled 

scion. 
Circinate.    Coiled  downward  or  inward  from  the  top,  as 

the  young  frond  of  a  fern  and  cycas. 
Circumscissile.    Opening  or  dehiscing  by  a  line  around  the 

fruit  or  anther,  the  valve  usually  coming  off  as  a  lid. 
Cirrhiferous.   Tendril-bearing. 
Cirrhiform.    Tendril-form. 
Cirrhus.  cirrus.    A  tendril. 
Cladophyllum.    A  flattened  leaf-like  branch,  functioning  as 

foliage,  as  m  many  acacias  and  in  asparagus. 
Clados.    In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  a  branch. 
Clasping.    Leaf  partly  or  wholly  surrounding  stem. 
Clavate.    Club-shaped;    said    of    a    long    body    thickened 

toward  the  top. 
Claw.    The  long  narrow  petiole-like  base  of  the  petals  or 

sepals  in  some  flowers. 
Cleislogamous  flowers.    Small  closed  self-fertilized  flowers, 

as  in  some  violets  and  in  many  other  plants. 
Close  fertilization.     Fecundation    by    pollen    from    same 

flower;  self-fertilization. 
Clove.    One  of  the  separable  parts  of  a  composite  bulb,  as 

of  the  garlic. 
Clypeate.    With  the  form  of  an  ancient  buckler  or  round 

convex  shield;  shield-like. 
Coalescence.    The  union  of  similar  parts  or  organs,  or  of 

those  in  the  same  series  as  stamens  with  stamens  and 

petals  with  petals. 
Coarclale.    Crowded  together. 
Coccus.    A  berry   (plural  cocci) ;  in  particular,   one  of  the 

parts  of  a  lobed  fruit  with  one-seeded  cells. 
Cochleariform.    S]:)oon-shaped. 

Coherent.    Two  or  more  similar  parts  or  organs  joined. 
Cohesion.     The   union    of    two   or  more  organs   of    same 

kind. 
Collateral.    By  the  side;  standing  side  by  side. 
Column.     Body  formed  of    union  of    stamens    and  pistil 

in  orchids,  or  of  stamens,  as  in  mallows. 
Commissure.    The  place  of  joining  or  meeting;  as  the  face 

by  which  one  carpel  joins  another. 
Comose.    Bearing  a  tuft  or  tufts  of  hair. 
Complete  flower.     All  parts  present. 
Complete  leaf.   Having  blade,  petiole,  stipules. 
Complicate.    Folded  over  or  back  on  itself. 
Compouyid.    Of  two  or  more  similar  parts  in  one  organ. 
Compound  leaf.    A  leaf  with  two  or  more  separate  leaflets; 

in  some  cases  (as  in  Citrus)  some  of  the  leaflets  may 

be  obsolete  and    the    compound    leaf    have  only  one 

leaflet. 
Compound  pistil.    Of  two  or  more  carpels  united. 
Compressed.    Flattened,  especially  flattened  laterally. 
Conchiform.    Shell-form ;  like  one  valve  of  a  bivalve  shell. 
Conduplicate.   Two  parts  folded  together  lengthwise. 
Cone.    A  dense  and  usually  elongated  collection  of  flowers 

or  fruits  borne  beneath  scales,  the  whole  with  scales 

and  axis  forming  a  detachable  homogeneous  fruit-like 

body;  some  cones  are  of  short  duration,  as  the  stami- 

nate  cones  of  pines,  and  others  become  dry  and  woody 

durable  parts  . 
Confluent.    Running  together  so  as  to  form  a  single  part 

or  organ;  blended. 
Conformed.    Of  the  same  form  or  character  as  something 

else  or  as  a  related  part  or  structure. 
Congested.    Crowded  very  closely  together;  collected  into 

a  mass  or  body. 
Conglobate.    Gathered  into  a  ball  or  globe. 
Conglomerate.   C'lustered;  brought  together. 
Coniferous.   Cone-bearing. 
Connate.    United  or  joined;  in  particular,  like  or  similar 

structures  joined  as  one  body  or  organ. 
Connective.    The  filament  or  tissue  connecting  the  two  cells 

of  an  anther,  particularly  when  the  cells  are  separated. 


GLOSSARY   OF   BOTANICAL   TERMS 


163 


Connivenl.  Coming  logether  or  converging,  but  not 
organically  connected. 

Conoidal.   Cone-like;  nearly  conical. 

Convolute.  Said  of  floral  envelopes  in  the  bud  when  one 
edge  overlaps  the  next  part  or  petal  or  sepal  or  lobe 
while  the  other  edge  or  margin  is  overlapped  by  a 
preceding  part ;  rolled  up. 

Cordate.  Heart-shaped;  with  a  sinus  and  rounded  lobes 
at  the  base  and  ovate  in  general  outline. 

Cork.  The  name  applied  to  the  outer  impervious  mostly 
uot-living  part  of  the  bark.  Most  bark  develops  a 
corky  exterior,  and  in  some  cases  it  becomes  very 
prominent.  In  Evonymous  Thunbergianus,  the  English 
maple,  the  corky  barked  elm,  and  other  trees  and 
shrubs,  it  forms  wings  on  the  branches.  The  cork  of 
commerce  comes  from  the  bark  of  Qitercus  Ilex  (better 
known  as  Q.  Suber),  plantations  of  which  grow  in  south- 
western Europe.  The  cork  tree  of  the  catalogues, 
Phcllodendron  amurense,  is  a  curious  tree,  cultivated 
for  ornament. 

Corm.  A  solid  bulb-like  part,  usually  subterranean,  as 
the  "bulb"  of  crocus  and  gladiolus. 

Cormel.    A  corm  arising  from  a  mother-corm. 

Cormlet.  Aerial  corm,  or  one  borne  in  the  inflorescence  or 
in  the  leaf  axils. 

Cormous.    With  corms,  or  pertaining  to  corms. 

Corneous.    Horny;  hard  and  very  dense  in  texture. 

Corniculate.  Bearing  or  terminating  in  a  small  horn-like 
protuberance  or  process. 

Corolla.  Inner  circle  of  floral  envelopes;  if  the  parts  are 
separate,  they  are  petals;  if  not  separate,  they  are 
teeth,  lobes  or  divisions. 

Corona.  Crown,  coronet;  any  appendage  or  intrusion  that 
stands  between  the  corolla  and  stamens,  or  on  the 
corolla,  as  the  cup  of  a  daffodil,  or  that  is  the  out- 
growth of  the  staminal  part  or  circle,  as  in  the  milk- 
weeds. 

Coroniform.    Crown-formed  or  crown-like;  corona-like. 

Corticate.  Having  a  cortex  or  hard  bark;  also  having  a 
rind,  as  the  lemon  and  orange. 

Corymb.  Short  and  broad,  more  or  less  flat-topped  inde- 
terminate flower-cluster. 

Corymbose    inflorescence.      Outer    flowers     opening    first. 

Costa.  A  rib;  in  particular  a  strong  rib  or  line,  as  a  midrib 
or  mid-nerve. 

Costate.    Ribbed. 

Cotyledon.  Seed-leaf;  the  primary  leaf  or  leaves  in  the 
embrj'o;  in  some  plants  the  cotyledon  always  remains 
in  the  seed-coats  and  in  others  (as  bean)  it  emerges  on 
germination. 

Crateri/orm.    Deep  saucer-shaped;  cup-shaped. 

Creeper.  A  trailing  shoot  that  takes  root  in  the  ground 
throughout  its  length. 

Crenate.    Shallowly  round-toothed  or  obtusely  toothed. 

Crenulate.    Finely  or  shallowly  crenate. 

Crested.    With  elevated  and  irregular  or  toothed  ridge. 

Crihrose.    Sieve-like;  with  numerous  small  apertures. 

Crop.     Produce  of  tilled,   cared-for  or  protected   plants. 

Croppage.    The  whole  subject  of  the  producing  of  crops. 

Cross.  The  offspring  of  any  two  flowers  that  have  been 
fertilized.  A  cro.ss-breed  is  a  cross  between  varieties 
of  the  same  species.  SynonjTns  are  half-breed,  mongrel, 
variety-hybrid.  Cros.sing  is  the  operation  of  cross- 
pollinating.  Cross-pollination  is  the  transfer  of  the 
pollen  of  one  flower  to  the  pistil  of  another. 

Cross-fertilization.  Fertilization  or  fecundation  secured 
by  pollen  from  another  flow-er. 

Cross-pollination.    Transfer  of  pollen  from  flower  to  flower. 

Crown.  Corona;  also  that  part  of  the  stem  at  the  surface 
of  the  ground;  also  a  part  of  a  rhizome  with  a  large 
bud,  suitable  for  use  in  propagation. 

Cruciate.   Cross-shaped  or  cross-like. 

Crustaceous.  Said  of  bodies  or  coverings  that  are  hard  and 
brittle. 

Cryptogam.  Flowerless  plant,  as  fern,  moss,  fungus,  sea- 
weed; less  used  than  formerly  as  a  technical  term. 


Cryptos.    In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  concealed. 
Culm.    The  stem  of  sedges  and  grasses,  and  similar  plants. 
Cuneaie.    Wedge-shaped;  triangular,  with  the  narrow  cud 

at  point  of  attachment,  as  of  leaves  or  petals. 
Cupular.    Cup-like  or  cup-shaped;  the  acorn  nut  sits  in  a 

cupule  or  little  cup  (whence  the  name  Cupulifera;). 
Cuticle.     The  external   rind  or  skin  of  a  plant  or  part; 

usually    applied    to    the   thin    waterproof  membrane 

overlying  the  epidermis. 
Cutting.    A  severed  vegetative  or  asexual  part  of  a  plant 

used  in  propagation;  as  a  cutting  of  root,  of  stem,  or 

of  leaf. 
Cyathiform.    Cup-shaped. 
Cymbiform.  Boat-shaped. 
Cyme.     A   broad,   more    or    less  flat-topped   determinate 

flower-cluster. 
Cymose  inflorescence.    With  central  flowers  opening  first. 
Cypsela.    An  old  term  for  the  fruit  of  composites,  being 

dry,  one-celled  and  one-seeded. 

Deciduous.    Falling,  as  the  leaves  of  non-evergreen  trees. 

Decompound.    More  than  once  compound. 

Decumbent.  Reclining  or  lying  on  the  ground,  but  with  the 
end  ascending. 

Decurrcnt.    Running  down  the  stem,  as  the  leaf  of  mullein. 

Decussate.  Opposite  leaves  in  four  rows  up  and  down  the 
stem;  alternating  in  pairs  at  right  angles. 

Definite.  Said  of  a  constant  or  known  numlier.  not  exceed- 
ing twenty:  contrasted  with  indefinite,  above  twenty, 
when  the  parts  are  usually  not  counted  in  systematic 
descriptions. 

Deflexed.   Turned  downward  abruptly. 

Defoliation.    The  casting  or  falling  of  the  leaves. 

Dehiscence.  The  method  or  process  of  opening  of  a  seed- 
pod  or  anther. 

Deliquescent.  Trunk  or  leader  lost  in  the  branches;  said 
of  tree-top  without  a  leader. 

Deltoid.    Triangular;  delta-like. 

Dendroid.    Said  of  tree-shaped  small  jjlants. 

Dendron.    In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  a  tree. 

Dentate.    With  sharp  spreading  teeth. 

Depauperate.  Applied  to  a  plant  or  part  that  is  less  per- 
fectly developed  than  usual  or  normal;  also  said  of 
very  small  members  of  a  genus  or  family. 

Depressed.    More  or  less  flattened  endwise  or  from  above. 

Descending.    The  direction  gradually  downwards. 

Determinate.  Definite  cessation  of  growth  at  the  apex  or 
in  the  main  axis. 

Di-,  Dis,-.  In  Greek  combinations,  signifying  two  or  twice 
as  diphyllus,  tiro-lexived. 

Diadelphous.  In  two  groups,  as  the  stamens  of  some 
Leguminosa;,  joined  by  their  filaments. 

Diandrous.    With  two  stamens. 

Diaphanous.    Transparent  or  translucent. 

Dicarpellous.   Comprised  of  two  carpels. 

Dichlamydeous.    Provided  with  both  calyx  and  corolla. 

Dichogamy.  Stamens  and  pistils  maturing  at  different 
times. 

Diclinous.  Imperfect;  having  either  stamens  or  pistils  but 
not  both;  unisexual.    See  Monoclinous. 

Dicoccous.    Separating  into  two  cocci. 

Dicotyledonous.    With  two  cotyledons. 

Didynamous.  With  four  stamens  in  two  pairs  of  different 
length. 

Diffuse.  Loosely  branching  or  spreading;  of  open 
growth. 

Digitate.  Hand-like;  compound  with  the  members  arising 
from  one  point. 

Dimerous.    The  parts  in  twos. 

Dioecious.  Staminate  and  pistillate  flowers  on  different 
plants. 

Dipterous.   Two-winged. 

Dipyrenous.    Having  two  stones  or  pjTenes. 

Disciform.    Flatfish  and  circular  like  a  discus. 

Discoid.  Disk-like;  in  particular,  .said  of  a  head  of  Com- 
positiE  without  ray-flowers. 


GLOSSARY   OF   BOTANICAL   TERMS 


Ifri 

Disk.  disc.    A  more  or  U^ss  fleshy  or  elevated  devolopmeut 

of  the  receptacle  about   the  pistil:  receptacle   in   the 

head  of  Compositje.  ^        r  i  „„j=  „f 

Disk-flowers.    The  tubular  flowers  in  the  center  of  heads  of 

Composite,  as  distinguished  from  the  ray-flowers. 
Dissected.    Divided  into  man>-  slender  seKUients. 
Dissepinunt.   A  partition,  particularly  m  an  oyary  or  fru  t 
Distinct.     Separate;  not   united  with    parts  in   the    same 

series. 
Divided.   Separated  to  the  base. 

Division.    Propagation  by  means  of  separatins  the  root 

^vstem  or  rhizome  system  into  parts;  cutting  up  the 

plant  into  several  root-bearing  parts  or  pieces,  as  when 

one  rhubarb  plant  is  made  into  two  or  more. 

Dorsal.    Back;  relating  to  the  back  or  outer  surface  of  a 

part  or  organ. 
Dorsiferous.    Bearing  anything  on  the  back. 
Dorsifixed.    Attached  by  the  back.  ,      .  ,        - 

DorsLntral    Literally,  back-front;  placed  with  reference 

to  the  back  or  front  or  to  both. 
Double.    Said  of  flowers  that  have  more  than  the  usual 
number  of  floral  envelopes,  particularly  of  petaU,  lull. 
Downy.    Covered  with  very  short  and  weak  soft  hairs 
Drupe.    A  fleshy  one-seeded  indehiseent  fruit,  with  seed 

inclosed  in  a  stony  endocarp;  stone-fruit. 
Drupelet.    One  drupe    in  a  fruit    made  up  of    aggregate 

drupes,  as  in  the  raspberry. 
Dumose.   Low  and  branching,  as  a  bush. 

E-  or  Ex-.  In  Latin-formed  words,  usually  denoting  as 
a  prefix,  that  parts  are  missing,  as  e.xstipulate,  withoxd 
stipules,  estriate,  without  stripes. 

Ecalcarate.   AVithout  calcar  or  spur.  .,      ,       .      ,  , 

EZhgy.  Study  of  habits  and  modes  of  life  of  ammals  and 
plants. 

Ecostate.   Without  ribs. 

Edentate.   Without  teeth. 

Effuse.    Loosely  spreading;  verj,-  diffuse. 

Eglandulose.    Without  glands. 

Elliptic.  A  flat  part  or  body  that  is  oval  and  narrowed  to 
rounded  ends. 

Elongate.   Lengthened;  stretched  out. 

Embryo.    The  plantlet  in  the  seed. 

Endocarp.   The  inner  layer  or  part  of  a  pericarp. 

Endogen  Term  applied  to  stems  having  ^«f"ered  bundles, 
as  of  Indian  corn,  not  appropriate,  and  now  little  used. 

£ „<foTp^m!^'starch  or  other  food  outside  or  around  the 

.•„:Sr''— '"sword-shaped;  long,  flat,  2-edged, 
nearly  or  quite  straight,  with  a  sharp  point. 

Entire.    Margin  not  in  any  way  indented;  whole. 

En^ronment  Surroundings;  conditions  in  which  organ- 
isms  live  and  grow.  - 

EplZeral.  Perstting  for  one  day  only,  as  flowers  of 
spiderwort. 

Em    A  Greek  prefix  signifying  on  or  upon. 

Epicirp.    The  outer  layer  or  surface  of  the  pericarp. 

eSc     The  upper  part  of  the  jointed  Up  of  an  orchid. 

EZ>^Ayl    That  part  of  the  caulicle  lying  above  the  coty- 

Epid^is.    Superficial  layer  of  cells  and  underneath  the 

Ep^^f^Cotyledons  rising  into  the  air  in  germination. 
E^Zus.  Close  upon  the  ground  rather  than  underneath 
1^^.   Borne  on  the  ovary;  used  of  floral  parts  when 

ovary  is  inferior  and  flower  not  perigynous. 
Epipetalous.   On  a  petal. 
EpiphylUjus.    On  a  leaf. 
E^phyU.    Air-plant;  a  plant  growing  on  another  or  oa 

some  other  elevated  support.  ,      ,.     .    ,       ^  ,i,„t 

ET^itnni.    Sitting  astride;  used  for  conduplicate  leaves  that 

stand  inside  each  other  in  two  ranks,  as  in  Iria. 
EroHrate.   Without  a  beak. 
E>»enlial  organs.   Stamens  and  pistils. 
Eterarem.    Remaining  green  throughout  the  year. 


Exalhumimms.    Seeds  without  albumen  or  endosperm. 
ExcentHc.   Out  of  or  away  from  the  center. 
Excurrcnt.    The  trunk  or  leader  continumg  through  the  top 
Ixfoliotina.    Coming  off  in  thin  layers,  as  the  bark  of  birch 

and  other  plant.s. 

Erocarp.   The  outside  part  of  a  pericarp.    . 

E.rogcn.  erogenous.    Growing   and   increasing  ■"  diameter 

by  layers  on  the  exterior  of  the  woody  cylinder,  m 

distinction  from  endogens.  .  ,  ^  „ 

Exserled.     Sticking   out;   projecting   beyond,   as   stamens 

from  a  perianth. 
Exsiccated.    Dry  or  dried. 
Exsiiptilate.   Without  stipules. 
Extrorse.   Looking  or  facing  outward. 

Eye.  The  marked  center  of  a  flower;  a  bud  on  a  tuber,  as 
on  a  potato;  a  single-bud  cutting. 

Fades.  The  general  appearance  or  "looks"  of  a  plant;  or 
the  characteristic  appearance  of  a  plant  society       _ 

Farinaceous.    Containing  starch,  or  starch-like  materials. 

Fasciated.  Much  flattened;  an  abnormal  or  teratological 
widening  and  flattening  of  the  stem. 

Fascicle.    A  condensed  or  close  cluster   as  of  flowers. 

Feminine.   Pistillate  (in  higher  plants).  h»,rin<r 

Fertile.    Said  of  pollen-bearing  stamens  and  seed-bearing 

FertiU^ion.    Impregnation  of  the  ovule;   t^e  act  of  union 
of  sperm  and   egg   cells,  in  the   higher  plants  takmg 
place  within  the  ovule:   fecundation. 
Fetid.    Having  a  disagreeable  odor. 
FibriUose.    With  fine  fibers  or  threads. 
Fibrous.    Fiber-like;  containing  fibers  or  thread-like  parts. 
Fihro-vascular.   Made  up  of  both  fibers  and  ducts;  combina- 
tion of  fibrous  and  vascular  structure. 
Filament.   Stalk  of  the  anther. 
Filiform.    Thread-like;  long  and  very  slender. 
Fimbriate.    Fringed. 
Fimbrillale.    Minutely  fringed. 
Fistular.   Cylindrical  and  hollow.   ^ 
Flaccid.   Soft;  lax  and  weak;  not  rigid. 
Flaaelliform.    Whip-form;  long  and  slender  hke  a  lash. 
Flagging.   Wilting;  said  particularly  of  newly  made  cuttmgs 

and  recently  transplanted  plants. 
Flexuous.    Having  a  more  or  less  zigzag  or  wavy  form,  said 

of  stems  of  various  kinds. 
Floccose.    With  tufts  or  flocks  of  soft  wool  or  woolb  ha^- 
Flora.   The  plant  population  of  a  given  region;  also  a  book 

describing  this  population. 
Florets.    Individual  flowers  of  composites  and  grasses   also 
other  very  small   flowers  that  make  up  a  very  dense 
form  of  inflorescence. 
Floriferous.    Flower-bearing.      .     ,     ,      ,         ,    ^,  ^„.   „ 
Foliaceous.   Leaf-like;  said  particularly  of  sepals  and  caJyx 
lobes  and  of  bracts  that  in  texture,  size  or  color  look 
like  small  or  large  leaves.  ,     ,       .      '  ,  „„  t^; 

-foliate.    In  combinations,  -leaved;  having  leaves,  as  tri- 
foliate, (Aree-Zeaued.  .,,.,,        -,,        ;  „/7«i„ 
-foliolale.   Having  leaflets;  as  trifoliolate,  of  three  i^^Af- 
Follicle.   Dry,  dehiscent  pericarp  openmg  only  on  the  front 

suture. 
Follicular.    With  follicles;  foUicle-like. 
Foramen.   An  aperture  or  opening. 
Forked.    Branching  or  divided  into  nearly  equal  parts  or 

members. 
Fornicate.   Arched.  ,   i    t  „„  f,„m  fhp 

Free.    Not  joined  to  other  organs;  as  petals  free  from  the 

stamens  or  calyx.  ,  .    ^.  „f  f„iioop 

Frond.   Leaf  of  fern;  sometimes  used  m  the  ^^^^^  °f   °  ff  j 
Frosted.    With    a   more    or    less    shming    or    crystallized 

white  covering.  •»•„„.   „Un   the 

Fructification.     The  act  or  process  of   fruiting,   also   the 

fruiting  organ  or  organs.  .  ,    ^,       j   „»- 

Frui(     The  ripened  pericarp  or  pericarps  with  the  adnate 

parts;  the  seed-bearing  organ. 
FruHcosc.     Shrubby  or  shrub-like  in  the  sense  of  being 

woody. 


GLOSSARY  OF  BOTANICAL  TERMS 


165 


Fugacious.    Falling  or  withering  away  very  early. 
Fumosc.    Smoke-colored. 

Funclion.    What  a  plant  or  a  part  does;  its  vital  activities. 
Funiclc.    The  stalk  or  stipe  of  an  ovule  or  seed. 
Funnelform.    With   tube  gradually  widening  upward   and 

passing  insensibly  into  the  limb,   as  in  many  flowers 

of  Convolvulus;  infundilniliform. 
Furrowed.    With  longitudinal  channels  or  grooves. 
Fusiform.    Spindle-shaped;   narrowed  both  ways  from  a 

swollen  middle,  as  dahlia  roots. 

Galea.    A  hood  or  a  helmet-shaped  part  or  structure,  as 

found  in  the  upper  lip  of  some  corollas. 
Gamete.    One  of  the  sex-cells,  either  male  or  female. 
Gamopetatous.    Corolla  of  one  piece;  petals  united. 
Gamophyllous.    Leaves  united. 
Gamosepalous.    Calyx  of  one  piece;  sepals  united. 
Geminate.    In  pairs:  twin. 
Gemma.    A  bud;  particularly  a  bud  or  bud-like  structure 

by  which  a  i>lant  propagates. 
Gemmiparous.    Bud-bearing. 
Gemmule.    A  little  bud  or  bud-like  structure. 
Generation.    Period  from  birth   (impregnation)   to  death; 

the  epoch  from  one  1-eelled  stage  of  a  plant  to  the 

next  1-celled  stage. 
Germination.    The  unfolding  of  the  embryo  and  becoming 

self-established  of  the  plantlet. 
Gibbosity.    A  swelling  or  bulging  on  one  side  or  near  the 

base. 
Glabrate.     Nearly   glabrous,    or   becoming   glabrous   with 

maturity  or  age. 
Glabrous.   Not  hairy. 
Gladiatc.    Sword-shaped  or  sword-like. 
Gland.   Properly  a  secreting  part  or  prominence  or  appen- 
dage, but  often  used  in  the  sense  of  gland-like. 
Glandular.    Ha\'ing  or  bearing  secreting  organs,  or  glands. 
Glandulose,  glanduliferous.    Gland-bearing. 
Glaucous.   Covered  with  a  "bloom"  or  a  whitish  substance 

that  rubs  off. 
Glochidiate.    Said  of  parts  with  summit  barbed. 
Glomerate.    In  dense  or  compact  cluster  or  clusters. 
Glomerule.     Dense   head-like   clusters;   properly   a   dense 

cyme. 
Glume.    A  small  chafif-like  bract;  in  particular,  one  of  the 

two  empty  bracts  at  the  base  of  the  grass  spikelet. 
Graft.    A  branch  or  bud  inserted  on  another  plant  with  the 

intention  that  it  shall  grow  there;  cion. 
Grafting.    The  process  of  inserting  a  cion  in  a  plant  with 

the  intention  that  it  shall  grow  there.   See  Budding. 
Granular,   granulose.     Covered    with   very    small    grains: 

miimtely  or  finely  mealy. 
Gymnos.    In  Greek  compounds,  signifying   naked  or    not 

covered:    as  gymnosperms,  with  naked  seeds  (not   in  a 

pericarp).    See  Angiosperm. 
Gynandrous.    With  the  stamens  grown  on  the  pistil,  form- 
ing one  organ,  as  in  the  orchids. 
Gynohase.    Stipe  or  stalk  of  an  ovary,  being  an  extension 

or  prolongation  of  the  receptacle;  short  gj-nophore. 
Gyncecium.     The    female    or   pistil  -  bearing    part    of   the 

flower.    See  Andrweium. 
Gynophore.    Stipe  of  an  ovary  prolonged  within  the  calyx. 

Habit.  The  looks,  appearance,  general  style  or  mode  of 
growth;  as  an  upright,  open,  decumbent  or  strict 
habit. 

Habitat.  Particular  place  in  which  a  plant  grows;  as  a 
swami),  roadside,   lawn,   woods,   ballast-heap,   hillside. 

Hairs.  .\  general  name  for  many  kinds  of  small  and  slen- 
der outgrowths  on  the  parts  of  plants;  special  kinds  of 
hairiness  are  designated  as  setose,  villous,  comose, 
pubescent,  hirsute,  and  others. 

Hnlberd-shape/l.    Hastate. 

Hamate.    Hooked. 

Hastate.  Of  the  shape  of  an  arrow-head  but  the  basal  lobes 
pointed  or  narrow  and  standing  nearly  or  quite  at 
right  angles;  halberd-shaped. 


Hauhn.  Straw-like  stems,  as  of  the  cereal  grains;  some- 
times also  applied  to  the  stems  of  palms;  usually  a 
collecti\'e  noun. 

Head.    A  short  dense  spike;  capitulum. 

Heart-shaped.  Cordate;  ovate  in  general  outline  but  with 
two  rounded  basal  lobes;  has  reference  particularly  to 
the  shape   of  the  base  of  a  leaf  or  other  expanded  part. 

Heel.  An  enlarged  or  more  or  less  transverse  part  on  the 
lower  end  of  a  cutting  secured  from  the  older  or 
larger  branch  from  which  the  cutting  is  taken. 

Helicoid.    Twisted  or  coiled  in  snail-shell  form. 

Heliotropism.  The  characteristic  of  turning  toward  the  light. 

Hemi-   In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  half. 

Hepta-    In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  seven. 

Herb.  Naturally  dying  to  the  ground;  without  persistent 
stem  above  ground;  lacking  definite  woody  firm 
structure. 

Herbaceous.  Not  woody;  dying  down  each  year;  said  also 
of  soft  branches  before  they  become  woody. 

Hermaphrodite.  Bearing  both  stamens  and  pistil  in  the 
same  flower;   two-sexed;  bisexual. 

Hesperidium.    The  fruit  of  the  orange-kind. 

Heterocarpous.  Various-fruited;  with  more  than  one  kind 
or  form  of  fruit. 

Heterogamous.   With  two  or  more  kinds  or  forms  of  flowers. 

Heteros.  In  Greek  composition,  signifying  various,  or  of 
more  than  one  kind  or  form;  as  heterophyllous,  urith 
more  than  one  kind  or  form  of  leaf. 

Hilum.  In  the  seed,  the  scar  or  mark  indicating  the  point 
of  attachment. 

Hip.  Fruit  of  the  rose,  being  an  urn-like  or  closed  recep- 
tacle bearing  the  achenes  inside.    See  Hypanthium. 

Hirsute.    With  rather  rough  or  coarse  hairs. 

Hirtellous.   Softly  or  minutely  hirsute  or  hairy. 

Hispid.    Provided  with  stiff  or  bristly  hairs. 

Hispidulous.    Somewhat  or  minutely  hispid. 

Hoary.  Covered  with  a  close  white  or  whitish  pubes- 
cence. 

Homo-  In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  alike  or  very 
similar. 

Homocarpous.    All  the  fruits,   as  of  a  flower-head,  alike. 

Homogamous.    Presenting  only  one  kind  of  flowers. 

Homologous.  Related  in  origin  or  morphology.  Sefi 
Analogous. 

Homomorphous.    Uniform;  all  the  given  parts  alike. 

Horny,    Hard  and  dense  in  texture;  corneous. 

Hybrid.  A  plant  resulting  from  a  cross  between  two  or 
more  parents  that  are  more  or  less  unlike. 

Hygroscopic.  Capable  of  absorbing  moisture  from  at- 
mosphere. 

Hypanthium.  A  fruit-like  body  (as  the  rose-hip)  formed  by 
the  enlargement  of  the  torus  and  bearing  the  proper 
fruits  on  its  upper  or  inner  surface;  literally  "beneath 
the  flower."  Now  commonly  used  to  denote  the  cup- 
shaped  receptacle  on  which  calyx,  petals  and  stamens 
are  inserted  in  cases  of  perigyny,  as  in  plum,  fuchsia. 

Hypochil.    The  lower  or  basal  part  of  the  lip  in  orchids. 

Hypocotyl.  That  part  of  the  caulicle  lying  below  the 
cotyledons. 

Hypocrateriform.  Salver-form;  that  shape  of  the  flower 
characterized  by  a  cylindrical  tube  and  a  flat-spread- 
ing limb,  as  in  phlox. 

Hypogeal.  Cotyledons  remaining  beneath  the  ground  in 
germination. 

Hypogynous.  Borne  on  the  torus,  or  under  the  ovary; 
said  of  the  stamens  or  petals. 

Immarginatc.   Without  a  rim  or  edge. 

Immersed.    Entirely  under  water. 

Imparipinnate.     Unequally  pinnate;  odd-pinnate;  with  a 

single  terminal  leaflet. 
Imperfect  flower.    Having    either    stamens  or    pistils,   but 

not  both. 
Implexed,  implexuous.   Entangled,  interlaced. 
Impregnation.    Fecundation  or  fertilization  of  the  ovule 

by  the  pollen;  also,  the  infiltration  of  substances. 


166 


GLOSSARY   OF   BOTANICAL   TERMS 


Impressed.  Deeply  nerved;  furrowed  or  grooved  as  if 
by  pressure. 

Inarching.  The  iiraftiiiK  together  of  two  plants  with  the 
intention  that,  when  they  are  severed,  part  of  one 
plant  will  he  growing  on  the  other. 

Incanescent.    Hoary- or  gray-puhesccnt;  canescent. 

Incised.  Out;  slashed  irregularly,  more  or  less  deeply 
and  sharpl.N'. 

Inclining.    Looking  or  falling  down  from  the  horizontal. 

Included.  Not  protruded,  as  stamens  not  projecting  front 
the  corolla. 

Incomplete.  Lacking  some  of  its  parts,  as  a  flower  defi- 
cient in  stamens  or  calyx. 

Incrustate.    Crusted;  with  a  hard  or  firm  covering. 

Incumbent  (cotyledons).  Of  a  seed  so  bent  over  that  the 
back  of  one  cotyledon  lies  against  the  radicle. 

Indefinite.    Ver>'  numerous,  as  above  twenty;  see  Definite. 

Indehiscent.   Not  regularly  opening,  as  a  seed-pod  or  anther. 

Indeterminate.  Growing  on  from  the  apex,  particularly  of 
the  main  axis. 

Indigenous.  Native  to  the  region;  not  introduced  from 
some  other  country'. 

Indumentum.   A  covering  of  hair. 

Irulupticate.   With  margins  folded  inward. 

Indurated.   Hard,  hardened. 

Indusium.  The  little  growth  covering  or  surrounding  the 
sorus  or  fruit-dot  in  ferns. 

Inferior.  Beneath,  lower,  below;  as  an  inferior  ovary,  one 
that  is  below  the  cab'X-leaves. 

Inflated.    Blown  up;  bladderj-. 

Inflorescence.  Mode  of  fiower-bearing;  technically  less 
correct  but  much  more  common  in  the  sense  of  a  flower- 
cluster. 

Infra-    In  combinations,  signifj-ing  below. 

Infundihuliform.    Funnelform. 

Inruite.  Said  of  an  anther  when  attached  by  its  base  to 
the  filament. 

Innovation.    An  offshoot  or  departure  from  the  axis. 

Inserted.    Attached;  as  a  stamen  growing  on  the  corolla. 

Inter-.  In  composition,  signifying  between,  particularly 
between  closely  related  parts  or  organs. 

Interfoliaceous.  Between  the  leaves,  particularly  between 
two  leaves  of  a  pair. 

Intemode.  The  part  or  space  of  stem  between  two  nodes 
or  joints. 

Interrupted.  Not  continuous;  in  particular,  the  inter- 
position of  small  leaflets  or  segments  between  others. 

Intorted.   Twisted  upon  or  around  itself. 

Intramarginal.  Just  within  the  margin  or  edge;  between  the 
margins. 

Introduced.  Brought  from  another  region,  either  inten- 
tionally or  otherwise;  in  horticulture,  used  to  desig- 
nate the  intentional  bringing  of  plants  into  cultiva- 
tion either  from  another  countrj'  or  from  the  wild. 

Introrse.  Turned  or  faced  inward  or  toward  the  axis,  as 
an  anther  looking  toward  the  center  of  the  flower. 

Inverted.    Turned  over;  end-for-end;  top-side  down; 

Imolucel.  A  secondary  involucre;  small  involucre  about 
the  parts  of  a  cluster. 

Imolucre.  A  whorl  of  small  leaves  or  bracts  standing  close 
underneath  a  flower  or  flower-cluster. 

Involute.  Said  of  a  flat  body  (as  a  leaf)  rolled  inward  or 
toward  the  upper  side.   See  Revolute. 

Irregular  flower.  Some  parts  different  from  other  parts 
in  same  series. 

Jointed.  With  nodes,  or  points  of  real  or  apparent  articu- 
lation. 

Keeled.  Ridged  like  the  bottom  of  a  boat;  also  the  two 
front  united  petals  of  a  jjapilionaceous  flower. 

Knaur.  An  excrescence,  bur  or  knot  of  woody  tissue  that 
will  grow  when  removed  and  used  as  a  cutting. 

Lalie.Uum.    Lip,  particularly  the  lip  of  orchids. 
Labiate.    Lippefi;  a  member  of  the  Labiatee. 


Lahyrinthiform .    With  intricate  winding  lines  or  passages. 

Lacerate.    Torn;  irreguarly  cleft  or  cut. 

Laciniate.    Slashed  into  narrow  pointed  lobes. 

Lactescent.    Containing  milk  or  a  milk-like  substance. 

Lacunose.  Having  holes  or  empty  places,  particularly  in 
the  anatomical  structure. 

Lamella.    A  thin  flat  plate  or  part. 

Lamina.  The  blade  of  a  leaf  or  petal  or  other  expanded 
part  or  body. 

Lanceolate.  Lance-shaped;  much  longer  than  broad; 
widening  abo^'e  the  base  and  tapering  to  the  apex. 

Laindose.  Found  in  stony  places. 

Lateral.    On  or  at  the  side. 

Layer.  A  branch  that  takes  root  and  gives  rise  to  an  inde- 
pendent plant. 

Leaflet.    One  part  of  a  compound  leaf;  secondary  leaf. 

Leaf-stalk.    The  stem  of  a  leaf;  petiole;  foot-stalk. 

Legume.    Simple  pericarp  dehiscing  on  both  sutures;  pod.' 

Lemma.  In  grasses,  the  flowering  glume, — the  lower  of 
the  two  bracts  immediately  inclosing  the  flower. 

Lenticular.    Lentil-shaijed;  lens-shaped. 

Lepals.  Sterile  stamens,  particularly  those  nectaries  or 
scales  representing  stamens;  term  little  used. 

Lepidote.    Surfaced  with  small  scurfy  scales. 

Liana,  liane.  A  woody  twining  or  climbing  plant  entang- 
ling a  tropical  forest. 

Life-history.   The  sum  of  the  events  in  the  life  of  a  plant. 

Ligneous.   Woody. 

Ligule.  A  strap-shaped  organ  or  body;  particularly,  a 
strap-shaped  corolla,  as  in  the  ray-flowers  of  com- 
posites; also  a  projection  from  the  top  of  the  sheath  in 
grasses  and  similar  plants. 

Limb.  The  expanded  flat  part  of  an  organ;  in  particular, 
the  expanding  part  of  a  gamopetalous  corolla. 

Limhate.  Surrounded  by  an  edging  of  another  color; 
margined  with  color;  also,  provided  with  a  limb. 

Line.    One-twelfth  of  an  inch. 

Linear.    Long  and  narrow,  the  sides  parallel  or  nearly  so. 

Lineate.    Lined;  bearing  thin  parallel  lines. 

Linguiform.  Shaped  like  a  lingula,  or  with  a  projecting 
tongue-like  part  or  process. 

Lip.  One  of  the  parts  in  an  unequally  divided  corolla  or 
calyx;  these  parts  are  usually  two,  the  upper  lip  and 
the  lower  lip,  although  one  lip  is  sometimes  wanting; 
the  upper  lip  of  orchids  is  by  a  twist  of  the  stipe 
made   to    appear    as    the    lower;   a   labium. 

Lobe.  Any  part  or  segment  of  an  organ;  specifically  a  part 
of  petal  or  calyx  or  leaf  that  represents  a  division  to 
about  the  middle. 

Lobule.   A  small  lobe. 

Locale.    Compartment  or  cell  of  a  pistil  or  anther. 

Loculicidal.  Dehiscence  between  the  partitions  into  the 
cavity. 

Lodicule.  A  small  scale  in  a  grass  flower,  between  the 
lemma  and  stamens. 

Lament.     A  legume  with  constrictions  or  articulations. 

Lorale.   Strap-shaped. 

Lyrate.  Pinnatifid  but  with  an  enlarged  tenninal  lobe  and 
smaller  lower  lobes. 

Medullary.    Relating  to  the  pith;  the  medullar}-  raj's  seen 

in   cross-sections   of   woody   trunks   radiate   from   the 

medulla  or  pith. 
Meniscoidal.    Like  a  meniscus  or  disk;  with  the  form  of  a 

watch-crystal. 
Mericarp.   The  peculiar  seed-like  fruit  of  the  Umbelliferae. 
-mernus.     In    composition,    referring    to    the    numbers    of 

parts;  as  flowers  5-merous,  in  which  thp^arts  of  each 

kind  or  series  are  five  or  in  fives. 
Mesocarp.    Middle  layer  or  part  of  a  pericarp;  the  part 

between  the  endocarp  and  oxocarp. 
Mesochil.     The  intermediate  or  middle  iiart  of  the  lip  of 

orchids  when  the  lip  is  separated  into  three  parts. 
Micropyle.     The    opening    through    which    impregnation 

takes  place;  the  point  on  the  seed  marking  the  orifice 

of  the  ovule. 


GLOSSARY  OF  BOTANICAL   TERMS 


167 


Muirib,    The  main  rib  of  a  leaf  or  leaf-like  part. 

Mitriform.    Mitre-shaped,  or  like  a  cap. 

Monadelphous.    Stamens   united   in   one    group   by  their 

filaments  as  in  many  Leguminosie. 
Moniliform.    Suggesting  a  string  of  beads. 
Mono-.    In  Greek  rompounds,  signifying  one. 
Munoclinous.     Hermaphrodite;  perfect;  the  two  sexes  in 

the  same  flower.    See  Diclinous. 
Monocotyledonous.    With  a  single  cotyledon. 
Monoecious.    Staniinate  and  pistillate  fjowers  on  the  same 

plant. 
Monogynous.    With  only  one  style. 
Monopetalous.    One-petaled;  all  the  petals  united  to  form 

one  body  or  organ,  as  a  gamopetalous  corolla. 
Monopodial.    Axial  direction  continued   by  growth  from 

terminal  bud  or  persistance  of  the  leader. 
Monostichous.    In  one  row. 
Monstrosity.    Deformity;  any  unusual  or  non-typical  kind 

of  development. 
Morphology.    The  science  or  subject  that  treats  of  forms 

or  of  the  transformations  of  organs. 
Mucose.    With  a  slimy  covering  or  secretion, 
Mucro.   A  short  and  sharp  abrupt  tip. 
Mule.    An  old  word  for  a  cross,  particularly  between  dif- 
ferent species;  hybrid;  cross-breed. 
Mulli.M.    Cut  or  cleft  into  many  narrow  lobes  or  parts. 
Multiple.    Of  several  or  many  distinct  parts. 
Multiple  fruit.     The   united    product    (in   one    body)    of 

several  or  many  flowers. 
Multiseptate.    With  many  divisions  or  chambers,  as  some 

nuts. 
Muscarifomi.    In  form  of  a  brush  or  fly-brush. 
Mycelium.     Vegetative   part   of   a   fungus,    composed   of 

threads  or  thready  tissue. 

Naked  flower.     With  no  floral   envelopes;   without  calyx 

and  corolla. 
Napiform.     Turnip-shaped:   more  or  less  short-fusiform; 

broader  than  high  and  abruptly  tapering  both  ways. 
Navicular.   Boat-shaped;  cj-mbiform. 
Nectariferous.    Nectar-bearing. 

Nectary.    A  structure  or  organ  that  secretes  nectar. 
Nephroid.    Kidney-shaped;  reniform. 

Nerve.    A  vein  or  slender  rib,  particularly  if  not  branched. 
Netted.    Marked  with  reticidated  lines  or  nerves  that  pro- 
ject somewhat  above  the  surface. 
Neuter,  neutral.    Neither  stamens  nor  pistils;  sexless. 
Nidulate.    Nested;  as  if  like  or  borne  in  a  nidus  or  nest. 
Node.    A  joint  where  a  leaf  is  borne  or  may  be  borne;  also 

incorrectly   the   space   between    two    joints,   which  is 

properly  an  internode. 
Nucleus.      The    kernel    of    a    seed;    the    central   denser 

structure  of  a  cell. 
Nucule.    A  small  nutlet;  any  hard  seed-like  fruit  or  part. 
Nut.    An  indehiscent  I-celled  and  1-seeded  hard  and  bony 

fruit,  even  if  resulting  from  a  compound  ovarj'. 
Nutlet.    A  small  or  diminutive  nut;  nucule. 

06-.    A  Latin  syllable,  usually  signifying  inversion. 
Obconical.    Inversely  conical;  cone  attached  at  the  small 

point.  ^^^^ 

Oblanccolate.    Inversely  lanceolate;  wi^^^^nroadest  part 

of  a  lanceolate  body  away  frorn^^^^nt  of  attachment. 
Oblique.    Slanting;  unequal-sid^^^^^^ 
Oblong.    Longer  than  bro^^^^^^th  the  sides  nearly  or 

quite  parallel  mos^^^^^^^^gth. 
Obovate.   Invertcc^^^^^^^^^ 

Obovoid.    Ai^^^^^Pl^attached  at  the  smaller  end. 
Obsolescent .^^^^^y  obsolete;  becoming  rudimentary. 
Obsolete.    >^^^vident  or  apparent;  rudimentary. 
Obtuse.    Blunt,  rounded. 
Occllated,    Eyed;  a  circular  spot  of  one  color  inside  a  larger 

spot  or  area  of  another  color. 
Ochraceous.    Ochre-yellow,  gradually  changing  to  brown. 
Ocrca.   .\  boot-shaped  or  tubular  stipule,  as  in  Polygonum. 
Oculus.   An  eye;  a  leaf-bud  when  used  as  a  cutting. 


Offset.    A  plant  arising  close  to  the  base  of  mother  plant. 

Oleaginous.    Fleshy  and  oily. 

Oligos.    In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  few. 

Opaque.    Dull;  not  translucent  or  shining. 

Operculum.    A  lid,  as  ot  a  circumsci,ssile  capsule. 

Orlhos.    In  Greek  compounds,  .signifying  straight. 

Orthotropous  (ovule  or  seed).    An  erect  straight  seed,  with 

the  micropyle  at  the  apex  and  hilum  at  the  base. 
Osseous.    Bony,  hard,  brittle;  of  very  close  texture. 
Ovary.   Ovule-bearing  part  of  a  pistil. 
Ovate.    With  an  outline  like  that  of  hen's  egg  cut  in  two 

lengthwise,  the  broader  end  downward. 
Ovoid,   A  solid  that  is  oval  in  outline. 

Ovule.  The  body  which,  after  fertilization,  becomes  the  seed. 
Ovuliferous.  Ovule-bearing. 

Painted.     Said  of  colors  that  are  in  streaks  of  unequal 

brilliancy. 
Palate.     In   personate  corollas,   a  rounded  projection  or 

prominence  of  the  lower  lip,  closing  the  throat  or  very 

nearly  so. 
Palea,  palet.    In  the  grass   flower,  the  upper  of  the  two 

inclosing  bracts,  the  lower  one  being  the  lemma. 
Palmate.    Lobed  or  divided  in  a  palm-like  or  hand-like 

fashion. 
Palmatifid.    Cut  about  half  way  down  in  a  palmate  form. 
Panicle,    A  branching  raceme;  flower-cluster  in  which  the 

branches  are  racemose,   the  flowers  being  pedicellate. 
Papilionaceous    corolla.      Butterfly-like;    pea-like    flower, 

with  a  standard,  wings,  and  keel. 
Pappiform.    Pappus-like. 
Pappus.  Peculiar  calyx-limb  of  composites,  being  plumose, 

bristle-like,  scales,  or  otherwise. 
Parasitic.    Growing  and  living  on  or  in  another  organism. 
Parietal.    Borne  on  the  paries   or  wall  (inner  surface)  of 

a  capsule. 
Parted.   Cleft  or  cut  not  quite  to  the  base. 
Parthenogenetic.    Seed  developing  without  fertilization  or 

fecundation. 
Partial.    Of  secondary  importance  or  rank. 
Partite.    Divided  very  nearly  to  the  base. 
Partitioned.     Divided  in  compartments  or   chambers  by 

internal  horizontal  partitions. 
Pathological.    Diseased. 
Pedicel.    Stem  of  one  flower  in  a  cluster. 
Peduncle.    Stem  of  a  flower-cluster  or  of  a  solitary  flower. 
Pellucid.     Clear,    transparent;    that   can   nearly   be   seen 

through. 
Peltate.    Attached  to  its  stalk  inside  the  margin;  peltate 

leaves  are  usually  shield-shaped. 
Penninerved.    Nerves  arising  along  the  length  of  a  central 

midrib. 
Pentamerous.    In  fives. 

Pepo.    Fruit  of  pumpkin,  squash,  and  the  like. 
Perennial.    Of  three  or  more  seasons'  duration. 
Perfect  flower.    One  that  has  both  stamens  and  pistil. 
Perfoliate.    The  stem  apparently  passing  through  the  part, 

as  a  leaf:  united  around  the  stem. 
Pergameneous,  pergamentaceous.    Texture  of  parchment. 
Peri-.    In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  around. 
Perianth.    The  floral   envelope  considered  together;  com- 
monly used  for  flowers  in  which   there  is  usually  no 

clear  distinction  between  calyx  and  corolla,  as  the  lilies. 
Pericarp.   The  ripened  ovary. 
Perigynium.    The  sac  or  utricle  that  incloses  the  ovary  or 

achene  in  Carex:  it  is  sometimes  inflated. 
Perigynous.    Borne  around  the  ovary  and  not  beneath  it, 

as  when  calyx,  corolla  and  stamens  are  borne  on  the 

edge  of  a  cup-shaped  hypanthium;  such  cases  are  said 

to  exhibit  perigyny. 
Persistent.    Remaining  attached;  not  falling  off. 
Personate.   Said  of  a  two-lipped  corolla  the  throat  of  which 

is  closed  by  a  palate,  as  in  toad-flax. 
Petal.    One  of  the  separate  leaves  of  a  corolla. 
Petaloid.   Petal-like;  of  color  and  shape  resembling  a  petal. 
Petiole.    Leaf-stalk. 


1C.8 


GLOSSARY   OF   BOTANK^AL   11^:RMS 


I'tliolulf.    Stalk  of  a  leaflet. 

I'hulangcs  ^plu^!ll  of  phalatur).  The  Rfoups  or  bvindlcs  of 
stamens  in  iliadelphons  or  polyadelphous  flowers. 

Pht'tuigtim.  phciHutttinous.  Flowering  plants:  seed-hearing 
plants  U1S  distinguished  from  spore-bearing,  or  cryp- 
togams). 

Phyllodium.  Lejif-likc  petiole  and  no  blade,  as  in  some 
acacias  and  other  plants. 

Phyllotajy.    Order  of  arrangement  of  leaves  on  the  stem. 

Phytology.  The  study  of  plants,  pjirticularly  of  the  kinds 
or  species;  botany. 

PilcaU,  pileiform.  With  the  form  of  a  piii'us  or  rimless 
cap;  in  particular,  pertaining  to  the  cap  of  a  mushroom. 

Pinna.    A  primary  division  or  leaflet  of  a  pinnate  leaf. 

Pinnate.  Feather-formed;  with  the  leaflets  of  a  compound 
leaf  placed  on  either  side  of  the  rachis. 

Pinnatifid.  Cleft  or  parted  in  a  pinnate  (rather  than  pal- 
mate) way. 

PinnatiparlUc.    Pinnately-parted. 

Pinnali^ect.    Cut  down  to  the  midrib  in  a  pinnate  way. 

Pinnule.  A  secondary'  pinna  or  leaflet  in  a  pinnately 
decompound  leaf. 

Pip.  A  perpendicular  or  upright  small  rootstock  used  in 
propagation,  as  of  lily-of-the-valley. 

Piriform.   Pea-shaped;  pea-like. 

Pistil.   The  ovule-bearing  and  seed-bearing  organ. 

Pistillate.    Having  pistils  and  no  stamens;  female. 

Pitied.    Having  little  depressions  or  cavities. 

Placenta.  Part  or  place  in  the  ovary  where  ovules  are 
attached. 

Plaited.    Folded  lengthwise,  as  a  closed  fan. 

Plane.  Evenly  flat,  rather  than  wrinkled,  folded,  grooved 
or  otherwise. 

Plalys.    In  Greek  combinations,  signifying  broad  or  wide. 

Plumose.  Plumy;  feather-like;  with  fine  hairs,  as  the  pap- 
pus of  some  composites. 

Plumule.   The  bud  in  the  embryo. 

Plur-annual.  Of  one  season's  duration  only  because 
killed  by  frost. 

Pod.   A  dehiscent  dry  pericarp. 

Pollen.  Spores  or  grains  borne  by  the  anther,  containing 
the  male  element;  sometimes  it  is  not  granular. 

Pollination.  The  mechanical  or  physical  operation  of 
transfering  pollen  from  stamen  to  pistil. 

Polliniferoxis.  Bearing-pollen. 

Pollinium.  A  coherent  mass  of  pollen,  as  in  orchids  and 
milkweeds. 

Poly-.  In  Greek  combinations,  signifying  numerous  or  many. 

Polyadelphous.    The  stamens  in  many  bundles  or  fascicles. 

Polygamous.  Bearing  imperfect  and  hermaphrodite 
flowers  on  the  same  plant. 

Polymerous.   Of  many  parts  or  series. 

Pome.    Fruit  of  apple,  pear,  quince,  etc. 

Porose.    With  small  holes,  pores  or  perforations. 

Posterior.  At  or  toward  the  back;  opposite  the  front; 
toward  the  axis;  away  from  the  subtending  bract. 

Praefoliation.   Arrangement  of  leaves  in  the  bud;  vernation. 

Prsemorae,   Jagged;  as  if  bitten  off. 

Prickle.  A  small  and  weak  spine-like  body  borne  irregu- 
larly on  the  bark  or  epidermis. 

Prismatic.  Pri.sm-shaped ;  with  plane  sides  separated  by 
angles,  body  of  nearly  uniform  size  throughout,  and 
with  similar  end-sections. 

Process.  An  extension  of  any  surface  or  part  beyond  the 
main  outline. 

ProcuTnheni.    Trailing  or  lying  flat,  but  not  rooting. 

Proliferous.  Bearing  offshoots  or  redundant  parts;  bear- 
ing other  .similar  structures  on  itself. 

Proterandrrms.    Anthers  maturing  before  pistils. 

Proterogynous.    Pistils  maturing  before  anthers. 

Psetul-annuai.  Perennial  by  mean.s  of  bulbs,  comis,  or 
tuljers. 

Pnetjdo-.    In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  s/n^rtous  or  false. 

PseiiilolmU).  The  thickened  or  bulb-form  stems  of  certain 
orchids,  the  part  being  solid  and   borne  above  ground. 

Puherulenl.   Somewhat  or  minutely  pubescent. 


Piihesccnl.    Covered  with  short,  soft  hairs;  downy. 

Puhuriilrnt.    Powdered  or  dusty. 

Pulriiiiitc.  Cushioned;  with  a  cushion-like  enlargement  or 
structure,  as  at  the  base  of  some  petioles  or  leaflets. 

Punctalr.  With  translucent  or  colored  dots  or  depressions 
or  pits. 

Pungent.  Ending  in  a  stiff  sharp  point  or  tip;  also  acrid 
(to  the  taste). 

Putamcn.  The  hard  or  bony  shell  of  a  nut  or  of  a  stone- 
fruit. 

Pyrciie,  pyrcna.    Nutlet,  particularly  the  imtlet  in  a  drupe. 

Pyriform.    Pear-formed  or  -shaped. 

Pyxis.    Pod  opening  or  dehiscing  by  a  transverse  ring. 

Quadrangular.    Four-angled. 

Quaternatc.    In  fours. 

Quincunx.    Five  plants  in  a  square,  one  of  them  being  in 

the  center. 
Quintupled.    Five  times;  multiplied  by  five. 

Raceme.    A  simple  elongated  indeterminate  cluster  with 

stalked  flowers. 
Rachilla,  rhachilla.    A  diminutive    or    secondary  axis,   or 

rachis;  in  particular,  in  the  grasses  and  sedges  the  axis 

that  bears  the  florets. 
Rachis.    Axis  bearing  flowers  or  leaflets;  petiole  of  a  fern 

frond  (plural  rachides  or  rachises). 
Radiate.     Standing   on    and    spreading    from    a    common 

center;  also,  with  ray-flowers,  as  in  the  Compositae. 
Radical.    Belonging  or  pertaining  to  the  root. 
Radicle.    The  inferior  or  downward  part  of  the  embryo 

below  the  cotyledons;  eaudicle. 
Radix.    Root. 

Rameal.    Pertaining  to  a  branch  or  branches. 
Ramenta.    Chaffy  loose  scales  borne  on  leaves  and  stems, 

as  on  the  stems  of  ferns. 
Ramification.    The  mode  or  style  of  branching  of  a  plant. 
Raphe,  rhaphe.    The  cord  or  ridge  of  fibro-vascular  tissue 

connecting  the  hilum  and  chalaza  on  a  seed  (when  the 

hilum  and  chalaza  are  separated). 
Ray.    Outer  modified  florets  of  some  composites,  with  an 

extended   or   strap-like  part   to   the   corolla;   also  the 

branches  of  an  umbel  or  umbel-like  cluster. 
Receptacle.    Torus;  the  more  or  less  enlarged  or  elongated 

end  of  the  stem  or  flower-axis  on  which  some  or  all  of 

the  flower-parts  are  borne;   sometimes  the  receptacle 

is  greatly  expanded,  as  in  the  Compositte;  sometimes  it 

assumes  capsule-like  forms,  as  in  the  hypanthium  of  the 

rose. 
Reclinate,  reclining.    Bent  down  or  falling  back  from  the 

perpendicular. 
Recorulile.     Concealed;  difficult  to  make  out;   not  easily 

recognized. 
Recurved.    Bent  or  curved  downward  or  backward. 
Reflexed.   Abruptly  recurved  or  bent  downward  or  back- 
ward. 
Regular  flower.   With  the  parts  in  each  series  or  set  alike;  aa 

stamens  all  like  each  other,  petals  all  like  each  other. 
Reinforced  fruit.    With  other  parts  grown  to  the  pericarp. 
Remote.    Separated  by  spaces  longer  than  common. 
Reniform.    Kidney-shaped. 
Repent.    Creeping;  rooting  at  the  joints. 
Resupinate.    Upside  down;  turned  over. 
Reirorse.    Bent  or  turned  over  back  or  downward. 
Revolute.     Rolled   backward,  margin  rolled  toward  lower 

side.    See  Involute. 
Rhachis.   See  Rachis. 
Rhaphe.   See  Raphe. 

Rhizome.    Underground  stem;  rootstock. 
Rhizos.    In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  i 
Rib.    In  a  leaf  or  similar  organ,  the  ijrimary  vein;  also 

any  prominent  vein  or  nerve. 
Rimose.    With  cracks  or  chinks. 
Ringent.    Gaping;   said   of   labiate   flowers  with   an   open 

throat  or  mouth. 
Rootstock.    Subterranean  stem;  rhizome. 


I  ^^m 


GLOSSARY   OF  BOTANICAL  TERMS 


169 


RosleUum.   A  little  beak;  particularly  a  projection  above 

the  stigma  in  the  orchid  flower. 
RosuUi.    A  rosette,  or  dense  more  or  less  flat  imbricated 

cluster  of  leaves. 
Rosulate.    In  a  rosula  or  rosette. 
Rotate.    Wheel-shaped;  with  short  or  obsolete  tube  and  a 

flat  and  circular  limb. 
Rotund.    Nearly  circular;  orbicular,  inclining  to  be  oblong. 
Rudimentary.    Incomplete;  very  little  developed. 
Ruminated.     Chewed;    particularly    applied    to  wrinkled 

albumen  in  seeds  that   are    irregularly  channeled    or 

pierced,  as  in  nutmeg  and  in  annona  fruits. 
Runcinate.    Said  of  sharply  lobed  or  cut  leaves  that  have 

the  segments  directed  backward. 
Runner.   A  slender  trailing  shoot  taking  root  at  the  nodes. 

Sabulose.    Growing  in  or  pertaining  to  sandy  places. 
Sagittate.     Like    an   arrowhead    in   form;  triangular  with 

the  basal  lobes  pointing  downward. 
Salver-shaped.     With  a  slender  tube  and  an  abruptly  ex- 
panded flat  limb,  as  that  of  the  phlo.x;  hypocrateriform. 
Samara.     Indehiscent  winged  pericarp,   as  of  the  maple. 
Sap.    The  watery  contents  of  a  plant;  an  indefinite  and 

undescriptive  term  little  used  by  botanists. 
Sapid.    With  a  pleasant  or  savory  taste. 
Scabrous.   Rough;  feeling  roughish  or  gritty  to  the  touch. 
Scale.    A  name  given  to  manj-  kinds  of  small  mostly  dry 

and  appressed  leaves  or  bracts;  a  vestige. 
Scape.     Leafless    peduncle    arising    from    the    ground;    it 
may  bear  scales  or   bracts  but  no  foliage-leaves,  and 
may  be  one-  or  many-flowered. 
Scarious.    Leaf-like  parts  or  bracts  that  are  not  green,  but 
thin,    dr}',    and   membranaceous,   often   more   or   less 
translucent. 
Scion.    See  Cion. 
Scleroid.    Of  a  hard  texture. 

Scorpioid.    Said  of  a  cluster  in  which  the  flowers  are  2- 

ranked  and  borne  alternately  at  the  right  and  the  left. 

Seed.    The  ripened  o^Tile;  the  essential  part  is  the  embryo, 

and  this  is  contained  within  integuments. 
Seedling.  A  young  plant  raised  from  seed ;  a  plant  direct  from 
seed  without  the  intervention  of  grafting  of  any  kind. 
Segment.   One  of  the  parts  of  a  leaf,  petal,  calyx  or  perianth 

that  is  divided  but  not  truly  compound. 
Self-fertilization.     Secured   by   pollen   from    same   flower; 

close-fertilization. 
Self-pollination.    Transfer  of  pollen  from  stamen  to  pistil 

of  same  flower;  close-pollination. 
Sepal.    One  of  the  separate  leaves  of  a  calyx. 
Separation.    Multiplication  of  plants  by  means  of  naturally 
detachable  a.se.xual  bodies  or  organs,  as  offsets,  stolons. 
Septate.    Partitioned;  divided  by  partitions. 
Septicidal.    Dehiscence  along  or  in  the  partitions,  not  di- 
rectly into  the  locule. 
Septum.   A  partition. 
Sessile.    Not  stalked;  sitting. 

Set.    Applied  loosely  to  vegetative  parts  used  in  propaga- 
tion, as  to  offsets,  layers,  root-cuttings. 
Seta.   A  bristle. 
Setiform.   Bristle-shaped. 

Sheath.    Any  long  or  more  or  less  tubular  structure  sur- 
rounding an  organ  or  part. 
Shoot.    A  new  plant  from  the  root  of  the  old  plant;  also 

any  growing  twig  or  axis. 
Shrub.    .\  woody   plant  that  remains  low  and    produces 

shoots  or  trunks  from  the  base. 
Silicle.    The  short  fruit  of  certain  Crucifera;. 
SUique.    The  long  fruit  of  certain  Crueifera;. 
Silky.    A  condition  produced  by  a   covering  of   soft  ap- 
pressed-6ne  hairs;  sericeus. 
Silvery.   With  a  whitish  metallic  more  or  less  shining  luster. 
Simple  instil.    Of  one  carpel. 
Sinus.    The  space  or  recess  between  two  lobes  of  a  leaf  or 

other  expanded  organ. 
Slip.  A  softwood  cutting  "slipped"  off  or  pulled  off;  applied 
also  to  similar  parts  cut  off. 


Smooth.    Said  of  surfaces  that  have  no  hairiness,  roughness 

or  pubescence,  particularly  of  those  not  rough. 
Solitary.   Borne  singly  or  alone. 
Sorus.    A  heap  or  cluster.    The  fruit-dots  or  -cluster  of 

ferns  (plural  sori.) 
Spadix.    A  thick  or  fleshy  spike  of  certain  plants,  as  the 

Araceae,  surrounded  or  subtended  by  a  spathe. 
Span.    Nine  inches;  distance  from  tip  of  thumb  to  tip  of 

little  finger  when  the  hand  is  spread  out. 
Spathe.    The  bract  or  leaf  surrounding  or  subtending  a 
flower-cluster  or  a  spadix;  it  is  sometimes  colored  and 
flower-like,  as  in  the  calla. 
SiKiwn.     The    dried    mycelium    of    mushrooms    used    in 

propagation. 
Spheroidal.    A  solid  that  is  nearly  spherical. 
Spiciform.    Spike-form. 

Spiculate.   With  a  small,  fleshy  and  erect  point. 
Spike.  Compact,  more  or  less  simple  indeterminate,  mostly 

elongated  cluster,  with  flowers  sessile  or  nearly  so. 
Spikelet.   A  secondary  spike;  one  part  of  a  compound  spike; 

particularly,  one  of  the  ultimate  clusters  in  grpsses. 
Spine.    A  strong  and  sharp-pointed  woody  body  mostly 

arising  from  the  wood  of  the  stem. 
Sjnnescent.    More  or  less  spiny. 
Sirinule.    A  little  or  weak  spine. 

Spontaneous.    Said  of  plants  that   have  escaped  from  cul- 
tivation, but  that  do  not  permanently  persist. 
Sporangium.   A  spore-case;  a  sac  or  body  bearing  spores. 
Spore.   A  simple  reproductive  body,  usually  composed  of  a 

single  detached  cell,  and  containing  no  embryo. 
Sporocarp.    A  receptacle  containing  sporangia  or  spores. 
Sporophyll.    A  spore-bearing  leaf. 
Spreading.    Standing  outward  or  horizontally. 
Spur.    A  tubular  or  sac-like   projection  from   a  blossom, 

as  of  a  petal  or  sepal;  it  usually  secretes  nectar. 
Squama.   A  scale. 

Squamella.    Very  small  squama  or  scale. 
Stachys.    In  Greek  compounds,  signifying  a  spike. 
Stalk.    The  stem  of  any  organ,  as  the  petiole,  peduncle, 

pedicel,  filament,  stipe. 
Stamen.    The  pollen-bearing  or  "male"  organ. 
Staminate.    Having  stamens  and  no  pistils;  male. 
Staminode,  statninodium.    A  sterile  stamen,  or  a  structure 
resembling  such  and  borne  in  the  staminal  part  of  the 
flower;    in  some  flowers  (as  in  Canna)  staminodia  are 
petal-like  and  showj-. 
Standard.    The  upper  and  broad  more  or  less  erect  petal 

of  a  papilionaceous  flower. 
Stem.   The  main  axis  of  a  plant;  leaf-bearing  and  flower- 
bearing  as  distinguished  from  the  root-bearing  axis. 
Sterile  flower.    Without  pistils. 

Stigma.    The  part  of   the  pistil  that  receives  the  pollen. 
Stigmatic.    Pertaining  to  the  stigma. 
Stipe.    The  stalk  of  a  pistil  or  other  small  organ;  also  the 

petiole  of  a  fern-leaf. 
Stipel.    Stipule  of  a  leaflet. 

Stipule.    A  basal  appendage  of  a  petiole;  the  three  parts  of 

a  complete  leaf  are  blade,  petiole,  stipules  (usually  2) 

Stock.  The  part  on  which  the  cion  is  grafted;  the  strain  or 

parentage. 
Stolon.    A  shoot  that  bends  to  the  ground  and  takes  root ; 
more  commonly,  a  horizontal  stem  at  or  below  sur- 
face of  the  ground  that  gives  rise  to  a  new  plant  at  its 
tip. 
Stone.  The  "pit"  or  putamen  of  a  stone  fruit. 
Stool.    A  clump  of  roots  or  rootstock  that  may  be  used  in 
propagation:  also  an  established  low  plant  from  which 
layers  are  taken. 
Stratification.    The  operation  or  method  of  burying  seeds 
to  keep  them  fresh  and  to  soften  their  integuments,  or 
to  expose  them  without  injury  to  frost,  that  they  may 
be  more  readil.v  and  successfully  used  in  propagation. 
Strict.    Straight  and  upright,  little  if  any  branched,  often 

rigid. 
Strobile.   Cone. 
Strophiole.    An  appendage  or  protuberance  at  the  hilum. 


170 


GLOSSARY  OF   BOTANICAL   TERMS 


Style.   Mort'  or  less  elongated  part  of  the  pistil  between  the 

ovar>'  !""1  stismia. 
Stylopoditim.    Style-foot;  an  expansion  at    the  base  of  a 

style,  as  in  flowers  of  the  Unibellifera;. 
Sub-.    As  a  prefix,  usually  signifj'ing  somewhat,  slightly  or 

TXither. 
Subacute.   Somewhat  or  partially  acute. 
Subcoriaceous.     Somewhat    or    approaching    leathery    in 

texture. 
Subligneous.    Partially  or  somewhat  woody. 
Subtcrele.    Somewhat  or  inipcrfoctl.v  terete. 
Succulent.    Juicy;  fleshy;  soft  and  thickened  in  texture. 
Sucker.   A  shoot  arising  from  the  roots  or  beneath  the  sur- 
face of  the  ground. 
Suffrutescenl.    Partially  or  slightly  shrubby. 
Su^rutieose.     Pertaining  to  a  low  and  somewhat  woody 

plant;  diminutively  slirul)l)y  or  fruticose;  woody  at  base. 
Sulcate.    Grooved  or  furrowed  lengtlnvise. 
Superior.   Said  of  an  ovary  that  is  free  from  the  calyx. 
Supernumerary.    Said  of  buds  when  there  is  more  than  one 

in  an  axil. 
Suspended.    Hanging  from  the  top,  as  an  ovule  attached 

in  the  top  of  the  locule. 
Suture.   A  line  or  mark  of  splitting  open;  a  groove  marking 

■a  natural  division  or  union;  the  groove  lengthwise  a 

plum  or  similar  fruit. 
Symmetrical.    Said  of  a  flower  that  has  the  same  number  of 

parts  in  each  series  or  circle,  as  five  stamens,  five  petals. 
Symphysis.   Growing  together;  coalescence. 
Sympodial.   Axial  growth  continued  by  successive  lateral 

shoots  instead  of  by  terminal  bud. 
Syncarpium.    A  fruit  consisting  of  many  cohering  or  con- 
solidated carpels. 
Syncarpous.    Having  carpels  united.    See  Apocarpus. 
Syngenesious.   Anthers  united  in  a  ring,  as  in  Compositse. 

Tapering.  Gradually  becoming  smaller  or  diminishing  in 
diameter  or  width  toward  one  end. 

Tap-root.  A  strong  nearly  or  quite  perpendicular  main 
root  that  carries  the  plant  axis  straight  into  the  ground, 
all  the  other  roots  being  secondary  to  it,  rather  than 
branching  eciually  or  diversely  at  the  crown. 

Taxonomy.    Classification  of  species. 

Tendril.  A  rotating  or  twisting  threeid-like  process  or 
extension  by  which  a  plantgraspsanobject  and  clings  to 
it  for  support;  morphologically  it  may  be  stem  or  leaf. 

Teratology.  The  subject  of  monstrosities,  or  of  abnormal 
and  aberrant  forms  and  malformations. 

Terete.  Circular  in  transverse  section;  imperfectly  cylin- 
drical because  the  object  may  taper  both  ways. 

Terminology.    The  subject  dealing  with  names. 

Ternate.    In  threes. 

Testa.  The  outer  seed-coat,  particularly  when  bony,  hard 
or  brittle. 

Tetradynamous.  Six  stamens,  four  being  long  and  two  short. 

Tetragonal.    Four-angled. 

Thallue.  A  flat  leaf-like  organ;  in  some  cryptogams,  the 
entire  cellular  plant  Ijody  without  differentiation  as  to 
stem  and  foliage. 

Throat.  The  opening  or  orifice  into  a  gamopetalous  corolla, 
or  perianth;  the  place  where  the  limb  joins  the  tube. 

Thyrse,  thyrsus.  Compact  and  more  or  less  compound 
panicle;  more  correctly  a  panide-like  cluster  with  main 
axis  indeterminate  and  other  fjarts  determinate. 

Tip.  The  plant  arising  at  the  end  of  a  stolon,  as  in  the 
black  raspberry. 

Trtmentose.  With  tomentum;  densely  woolly  or  pubescent; 
with  matted  soft  wool-like  hairiness. 

Tomentuloae.    .Somewhat  or  delicately  tomentose. 

Tortuous.    Twisted;  with  irregular  bending  and  twining. 

Tortis,    Receptacle. 

Tree.  A  woody  plant  that  produces  one  main  trunk  and  a 
more  or  less  distinct  and  elevated  head. 

Tri-.    Three  or  three  times. 

Tricarjx/^ui.    Of  three  carpels  or  fruits. 


Trichome.    A  hair,  particularl.v  one  that  is  strong  or  stiff. 

Tricostate.    With  three  ribs. 

Trifid.    Separated  about  halfway  down  into  three  parts. 

Trifoliate.   Of  three  leaves. 

Trifoliolate.   Of  three  leaflets. 

Trigonous.   Three-angled. 

Trimeroiis.    In  threes. 

Trimorphous.    In  three  forms;  as  three  lengths  of  stamens. 

Trijnnniitc.  Three  times  pinnate. 

Trisected.    In  three  deeply  cut  parts. 

Triternnte.  Three  times  three;  the  leaflets  or  segments  of  a 
twice  ternate  leaf  again  in  three  parts. 

Truncate.  Appearing  as  if  cut  off  at  the  end;  the  end 
nearly  or  quite  straight  across. 

Tiiber.  A  short  congested  part;  usually  defined  as  sub- 
terranean (as  of  a  rootstock),  although  this  is  not 
essential. 

Tubercle.    .\  small  tuber,  or  rounded  protruding  body. 

Tuheriferous.    Tuber-bearing. 

Tuberous.    With  or  resembling  a  tuber  or  tubers. 

Tumid.    Swollen. 

Tunicatcd.  Provided  with  concentric  or  enwrapping 
coats  or  layers,  as  bulb  of  onion. 

Turgid.    Swollen  from  fullness. 

Umbel.  Corj-mbose  or  indeterminate  cluster  with  branches 
or  rays  arising  from  a  common  point  and  about  equal 
in  length,  resembling  framework  of  umbrella;  umbels 
are  characteristic  of  the  Umbelliferse. 

Umbellate.   Uriibelled ;  with  umbels;  pertaining  to  imibels. 

Umhcllct.   Secondary  umbel. 

Umbellule.    U.mbellet. 

Uni-.  One. 

Unisexual.    Of  one  sex ;  staminate  or  pistillate  only. 

Utricle.    A  small  bladder;  a  bladdery  1-seeded  fruit. 

Valvate.     Opening    by    valves    or   pertaining    to    valves; 

meeting  by  the  edges  without  overlapping,  aa  leaves 

or  petals  in  the  bud. 
Valve.    A  separable  part  of  a  pod;  the  units  or  pieces  into 

which  a  capsule  splits  or  divides  in  dehiscing. 
Vascular.    With  vessels  or  ducts,  or  relating  to  them. 
Vein.    A  branch  of  the  evident  woody  framework  of  a 

leaf  or  similar  organ;  secondary  member  of  the  fibro- 

vascular  structure. 
Veinlet.    A  small  or  slender  vein;  nerve. 
Venation.    Vcining;  arrangement  or  disposition  of  veins. 
Ventral.    Front;  relating  to  the  anterior  or  inner  face  or 

part  of  an  organ ;  opposite  the  back  or  dorsal  part. 
Vernation.    The  disposition  or  arrangement  of  leaves  in 

the  bud. 
Versatile.    Hung  or  attached  near  the  middle  and  usually 

moving  freely,  as  an  anther  attached  crosswise  on  the 

apex  of  filament  and  capable  of  turning. 
Verticil.    X  whorl. 

Vesicle.    A  little  bladder  or  bladder-like  cavity. 
Vexillnry.    Pertaining  to  the  vexillum,  standard  or  banner 

of  a  papilionaceous  flower. 
Villous.    Provided  with  long  and  soft,  not  matted,  hairs; 

shaggy. 
Vilta.    An  oil-tube,  as  in  the  fruits  of  Umbelliferae. 
Viltate.    With  vittse;  also  striped  lengthwise. 
Volute,    Rolled  up. 

Watersprout.  A  strong  rapid-growing  adventitious  shoot 
in  a  tree-top  or  bush  or  on  a  trunk. 

Whorl,  Three  or  more  leaves  or  flowers  at  one  node,  in  a 
circle. 

Winij,  A  thin  dry  or  membranous  expansion  or  flat  exten- 
sion or  appendage  of  an  organ;  also  the  lateral  petal  of 
a  papilionaceous  flower. 

Woolly.  Provided  with  long,  soft  and  more  or  less  matted 
hairs;  like  wool;  lanate. 

Wort.  Old  word  for  a  plant  or  herb;  now  used  only  in  com- 
bination, as  motherwort,  spiderwort,  liverwort. 


V.    Anemone  coronaria,  an  old  garden  favorite. 


A 


ABACA,  or  Manila  hemp,  is  the  fiber  of  Musa  textilis, 
a  native  of  the  Philippine  Islands,  where  it  is  grown  for 
commerce.  The  plant  is  like  the  banana  in  general 
habit  of  growth,  although  it  is  seed-bearing.  It  is 
propagated  by  seeds  or  suckers  or  root-cuttings.  When 
two  to  five  years  old  it  is  at  maturity,  reaching  a  height 
of  6  to  1.5  feet  and  a  diameter  of  trunk  of  6  to  15  inches. 
The  fiber  is  derived  from  the  thick  sheathing  leaf -stems, 
the  stems  being  cut  between  the  flowering  and  fruiting 
stages.  After  seed-bearing,  the  top  or  "plant"  dies  and 
new  suckers  or  shoots  spring  from  the  roots.  The  first 
stalks  may  be  cut  as  early  as  twenty  months  after  plant- 
ing, and  the  plantation  is  cut  over  about  once  in  eight 
months  until  it  becomes  unproductive, 
which  will  be  fifteen  to  forty  years.  New 
stalks  continue  to  arise  as  the  old  ones 
are  cut.  The  fiber,  as  found  in  the  mar- 
ket, is  coarse  and  stiff  and  6  to  12  feet 
long.  In  the  better  grades  it  is  very 
strong.  The  fruit  of  Musa  texlilis  is  not 
edible.  See  Cyclo.  Amer.  Agric.  II,  p. 
286,  and  I,  p.  126. 

ABELIA  (bears  the  name  of  Dr.  Clark 
Abel,  physician  and  author  in  China, 
d.  1826).  Caprifoliacese.  Ornamental 
plants,  cultivated  chiefly  for  their  hand- 
some flowers. 

Shrubs:  Ivs.  opposite,  short-petioled, 
small  or  medium-sized,  entire  or  dentate: 
fls.  in  1-  to  several-fld.  cymes,  axillary  or 
terminal  on  short  branchlets,  sometimes 
forming  panicles  at  the  end  of  the 
branches;  sepals  2-5,  conspicuous,  per- 
sistent; corolla  tubular  or  campanulate, 
5-lobed ;  stamens  4,  paired ;  ovary  3-celled, 
only  1  cell  fertile;  style  elongated:  fr. 
1 -seeded  leathery  achene  crowned  by  the 
persistent  caly.x. — More  than  20  species  in 
E.  and  Cent.  Asia,  1  on  the  Himalayas 
and  2  in  Mex.  For  a  key  to  all  the 
species,  see  Rehder,  Sj'nopsis  of  the 
genus  Abelia  (in  Sargent,  Plantae  Wilson- 
iana;,  I,  pp.  122-129).  The  genus  is  some- 
times united  with  Linna'a. 

The  abelias  are  small  or  medium-sized 
bushy  shrubs  with  deciduous  or  persist- 
ent foliage  and  rather  small  but  numer- 
ous flowers  varying  from  white  to  pink 
or  purple;  after  the  flowers  have  fallen, 
the  persistent  usually  p\irplish  sepals  are 
attractive.  The  recently  introduced  A . 
Graebneriana  and  A.  Engleriana  are 
probably  the  hardiest;  .4.  iriflora,  A.  chinensis  and 
A.  graruli/lora  are  hardy  as  far  north  a-s  Philadelphia: 
the  last-named  is  sometimes  grown  in  sheltered  sit- 
uations as  far  north  as  Massachusetts,  and,  even  if 
partly  killed  back,  the  young  shoots  flower  profusely 
the  same  season;  A.  floribumla  is  hardy  only  south  of 
Washington,  D.  C. 

The  cultivation  of  abelia-s  presents  no  special  diffi- 
culties. They  do  best  in  sunny,  sheltered  positions  and 
piefer  a  well-drained  soil  enriched  by  peat  or  leaf- 
mold.  A.  floribunda  is  sometimes  grown  in  pots  and 
kept  during  the  winter  in  the  cool  greenhou.se;  in  this 
case  a  sandy  compost  of  loam  and  peat  or  leaf-mold 
will  be  a  suitable  mixture. 

Propagation   i  i   usually   by   greenwood   cuttings  in 


58.  Abelia  grandiflora.  (  x  H) 


summer  under  glass;  also  by  cuttings  of  ripened  wood 
taken  in  fall.  Seeds  are  not  often  obtainable;  they  are 
sown  in  spring  and  germinate  after  a  month  or  two; 
the  seedlings  begin  to  bloom  usually  in  their  third  year. 

A.  Sepals  2. 

Graebneriana,  Rehd.  Shrub,  4-10  ft. :  Ivs.  deciduous, 
ovate  to  oblong-ovate,  acuminate,  \Vr-2  in.  long, 
remotely  serrate,  usually  finely  ciliate  and  hairy  on 
midrib  beneath,  sometimes  with  scattered  hairs  above; 
fls.  usually  few  at  the  end  of  short  branchlets  along 
last  year's  branches;  sepals  J^in.  long,  oblong;  corolla 
campanulate,  1  in.  long,  pink  with  yellow  throat. 
Summer.   China. 

Engleriana,  Rehd.  (Limika  Engler- 
iana, Graebn.).  Shrub,  3-6  ft.:  Ivs. 
deciduous,  ovate  to  elliptic-ovate,  acute 
or  acuminate,  about  1  in.  long,  with 
few  small  teeth:  fls.  in  few-fld.  clusters 
in  the  axils  of  fascicled  Ivs.  along  last 
year's  branches,  rosy  purple  or  rosy 
pink,  a  little  over  3^in.  long.  Summer. 
China. — Similar  to  the  preceding  but 
smaller  in  every  part,  flowering  more 
profusely  and  therefore  handsomer.  Has 
proved  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

AA.  Sepals  varying  from  2  to  5  on  the  same 
plant  and  often  partly  connate. 

grandiflora,  Rehd.  (^4.  chinensis  X  uni- 
flbra.  A.  rupestris,  Hort.,  not  Lindl.  A. 
rupestris  var.  grandiflbra,  Andr6.  A. 
uniflora,  Hort.,  not  Turcz.  Unnxa 
Spaethiana,  Graebn.  L.  Perringiana, 
Graebn.).  Fig.  58.  Lvs.  ovate,  rounded 
or  attenuate  at  the  base,  acute,  5^-1  }/2 
in.  long,  serrate,  shining  above,  nearly 
glabrous,  half-evergreen :  fls.  in  terminal, 
loose  panicles,  white  flushed  pink,  cam- 
panulate, 3-4in-  long;  stamens  not  ex- 
serted.  Of  garden  origin.  Gt.  41:1366. 
Gn.  76,  p.  528.  J.H.  III.  8:77.— One  of 
the  hardiest  and  most  free-flowering 
abelias;  it  flowers  continuously  from 
June  to  "Nov. 

AAA.  Sepals  5. 

chinensis,  R.  Br.  (A.  rupestris,  Lindl.). 
Shrub,  3-6  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate,  rounded  at 
the  base,  ^-1^2  in.  long,  serrate,  hairy 
on  the  midrib  beneath  and  sometimes 
with  scattered  hairs  above,  deciduous: 
fls.  in  terminal  dense  panicles,  funnel- 


form,  white,  }-iin.  long;  sepals  oblong,  H'm.  long;  sta- 
mens exserted.  Summer.  China.  H.R.  32:8.  Gn.  27, 
p.  424.  P.F.G.  2:201.  G.  8:143.—^.  rupestris  is  some- 
times considered  a  distinct  species,  but  the  differences 
are  verv  slight. 

trifldra,  R.  Br.  Shrub,  to  10  ft.,  branchlets  with 
reflexed  hairs:  lvs.  lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  1J4- 
2J^  in.  long,  ciliate  and  sparingly  hairy  on  both  sides 
or  nearly  glabrous,  entire  or  occasionally  on  vigorous 
shoots  with  a  few  coarse  teeth,  half-evergreen:  fls.  in 
terminal  clusters,  fragrant;  sepals  linear,  hairy,  J^in. 
long;  corolla  tubular  with  spreading  limb,  white  flushed 
pink,  J^in.  long.  Summer.  Himalayas.  P.F.G.  3:91. 
Gn.  10:29.  G.C.  II.  16:34.  G.  29:483.  R.H.  1870:511. 
J.  F.  3,  pi.  319.— A  very  handsome  species;  after  the 


(171) 


172 


ABELIA 


ABIES 


floweis  arc  gone  the   fealhory   sepals   remain   sis   an 
at t motive  feature. 

floribunda,  Decaisne.  Shrub,  4  ft.:  Ivs.  persistent, 
oval  to  o\  al-t>blong,  '-i-l  in.  long,  crenate-serrate, 
ciliate:  pwiuncles  a-xiUary,  1-3-fld.;  eorolla  carniintv 
puqile,  nixiiiing.  tubular,  l'^  in.  long;  sepals  oblong, 
*sin.  long.  Summer.  Mex.  B.IM.  4:?H).  F.S.  2:5. 
R.B. 23:157.  C.n.  13:120.  B.R.33:55.  R.  H.  1912:  544. 

.4.  bifldra.  Turn.  Lvs.  ovate-hmcoolate,  hairy,  coarsely  ser- 
rate, deciduous:  fls.  white,  tubular,  in  2*s;  sepals  4.  Manchuria, 
N.  China. — .4.  sfrrata,  riieb.  &  Zvicc.  Similar  to  .\.  bifiora.  Fls. 
funnelform.  piuk.  liltlc  over  Uin.  loriR,  in  2's;  sepals  2.  Japan. 
S.Z.  1:;M.— .4.  spathuliUa.  Sicb.  &  Zucc.  .Mlieil  to  A.  bifiora.  Lvs. 
ovate:  fls.  over  1  in.  long,  white  tinged  yellow  in  throat:  sepals  5. 
Japan.  S.Z.  1:34.  B.M.  Ii601.  G.  27:345.  CM. 
45:33.T  (as  A.  scrratal. — .4.  uiiijlfira,  K.Br.  (.\. 
serrata.  Nichols.,  not  Sieb.  &  Zuco.).  Lvs.  persis- 
lenl.  ovate-lanceolate:  fls.  in  loose  terminal  pani- 
cles', campanuiate.  1  in.  long,  ro,sy  white  witli  yel- 
low in  throat:  sepals  2.  China.  B.M.  4694.  F.S. 
8:824.  J.F.  4,  pi.  380.  B.H.  3:338.  G.C.  III. 
37:323.    Gn.W.  21 :933  (a-s  .\.  chinensis).    Gn.  27, 

^'  *^^'  Alfred  Rehder. 

ABELfCEA:  ZeU-om. 

ABELM6sCHnS:    Hibiscus.  .  ,^ 

ABERIA  ( named  from  Mt.  .\ber,  Abyssinia,  where     ^ 
first  species  was  found).    Doryalis,  Arn.  &  E.  Mey. 

]iiicoiirtiaccsp.  Small  trees  or  shrubs,  with  alternate,  sim- 
exstipulate  leaves  and  small  inconspicuous  flowers. 

iFlowers  ilicccious;  staminale  fls.  with  a  4-5-parted 

llyx  and  no  petals,  and  with  many  stamens,  arranged  on 
Jfleshy  receptacle;  pistillate  fls.  with  a  .5-7-parted,  per- 
Jstent  calyx  and  no  petals,  the  ovary  free,  sessile,  1-6- 

elled,  on  a  lobed  usually  fleshy  disk;  fr.  fleshy,  inde- 
liscent. — Eleven  species  in  Afr.  and  Ceylon. 

c&Sra,  Hook.  f.  &  Harv.  Fig.  ,59.  Thorny,  glabrous: 
lvs.  obovate,  obtuse,  cuneate  at  base,  entire:  fls. 
diopcious,*apetalous.  G.C.  III.  18:737.  R.H.  1904:256. 
— The  kei  apple  of  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope;  a  .spiny 
plant  grown  S.  for  hedges;  is  considered  promising  for 
.^.  Calif,  and  S.  Fla.  as  a  fr.  plant.  Fruit  acid,  used  as 
pickles  or  conserves.-  Proves  quite  hardy  in  S.  Calif. 

Gardneri,  Clos.  \  small,  much-branched  tree,  16-20 
ft.:  lvs.  2 J 2-4  in.  long,  lanceolate  or  oval,  acute  at 
both  ends:  fls.  greenish,  staminate  fls.  in  umbellate 
clusters,  the  pistiUate  axillary  in  the  branches:  fr.  1 
in.  diam.,  pale  purple,  edible.   June.   India  and  Ceylon. 

N.    TAYLOR.f 

Abies  (derivation  doubtful).  Pinacese.  Fir,  but 
the  name  spruce  is  often  erroneously  applied.  Tall, 
pyramidal  trees  of  temperate  and  cool  climates,  planted 
for  ornament  and  for  shelter,  and  also  for  timber.  The 
word  Jlbi-cs  is  pronounced  in  tliree  syllables,  the  e  being 
long. 

Leaves  lanceolate  or  oblanceolate,  entire,  sessile, 
persistent  for  many  years;  on  young  plants  and  lower 
sterile  branches  flattened,  usually  deep  green  and 
lustrous  above  and  silvery  white  beneath  from  the  pres- 
ence of  many  rows  of  stomata,  rounded  and  variously 
notched  at  the  apex,  appearing  2-ranked  by  a  twist  at 
their  base;  on  upper  fertile  branches  crowded,  more  or 
less  erect,  often  incurved  or  falcate,  thickened  or  quad- 
rangular, obtuse  or  acute:  fls.  axillary,  appearing  in 
early  spring  from  buds  formed  the  previous  summer  on 
branchlets  of  the  year,  surrounded  by  involucres  of  the 
enlarged  scales  of  the  fl.-buds;  staminate  fls.  pen- 
dent on  branches  above  the  middle  of  the  tree;  pistil- 
late fls.  globular,  ovoid  or  oblong,  erect  on  the  toi)most 
branches:  fr.  an  erect  ovoid  or  oblong  cylindrical  cone, 
it8  scales  longer  or  shorter  than  their  bracts,  separating 
at  maturity  from  the  stout  persistent  axis.  Northern 
and  mountainous  regions  of  the  northern  hemisphere, 
often  gregarious.  Twenty-three  species  are  distiii- 
guishe^l;  greatest  .segregation  on  the  Cascade  Mts.  of 
Ore.,  in  the  countrif«  adjacent  to  the  Medit.,  and  in 
Japan.   Many  species  which  have  been  referred  to  Abies 


are  now  includeil  in  Picea.  S.S.  12.  Heinrich  Mayr, 
Monographic  der  Abietineen  des  Japanischcn  Reiches. 
Gn.  11,  pp.  280,  281.  See  Arboriculture. 

All  the  species  of  abies  produce  soft,  perishable  wood, 
sometimes  manuftict tired  into  lumber,  and  balsamic 
exudations  contained  in  the  prominent  resin  vesicles  in 
the  bark  characteristic  of  the  genus.  They  are  hand- 
some in  cultivation,  but  usually  of  short-lived  beauty. 
The  firs  prefer  moist,  well-drained  soil.  As  timber- 
pr()<lucing  trees,  the  species  of  abies  are  less  valuable 
than  the  spruces  (Picea)  and  in  the  United  States  they 
have  not  been  planted  except  for  Ornament.  In  Europe, 
where  this  tree  is  sometimes  planted  as  a  forest  crop, 
the  wood  of  the  European  A.  Picea  is  valued,  and  in 
the  Pacific  states  the  wood  of  A.  grandis,  A.  concolor 
and  A.  magni.fica  is  employed  in  the  manufacture  of 

fruit-boxes  and  wooden- 
ware. 

In  cultivation,  firs  are 
most  beautiful  while 
young,  and  usually  lose 
their  lower  branches  and 
become  thin  and  un- 
sightly as  they  grow 
older,  and  many  of  the 
species  have  little  orna- 
nental  value  for  more 
than  fifty  years.  In  the 
northern  and  eastern 
states,  the  most  valuable 
ornamental  species  are 
t  he  Colorado  form  of  -4 . 
concolor,  with  pale  or 
■)lui.sh  foliage,  and  the 
Japanese  A.  brachy- 
phylla,  with  leaves 
that  are  dark  green 
and  very  lustrous  above 
and  silvery  beneath.  In 
the  United  States,  A. 
brachyphylla  assumes  a 
compact  pyramidal  form 
of  growth,  but  in  Japan 
old  trees  become,  un- 
like those  of  any  other 
fir,  round-headed.  The 
other  Japanese  fir  that 
has  been  cultivated  in  the  United  States  long  enough 
to  show  its  value  as  an  ornamental  tree,  A .  Veitchii, 
produces  longer  branches  than  A.  brachyphylla  and  is  of 
more  open  habit  and  is  less  valuable  for  ornamental 
use.  After  A.  concolor  and  A.  brachyphylla,  the  best  fir 
trees  for  the  eastern  United  States  are  A.  cilicica  from 
Asia  Minor  and  A.  Nordmanniana  from  the  Caucasus. 
In  its  young  state,  A.  cilicica  forms  a  dense  pyramid  of 
gr:i,\-f;rc('n  foliage  and  as  it  grows  in  the  Pinetum  at 
\\'((Ueslcy,  Massachusetts,  is  an  object  of  great  beauty. 
A.  iXiirdnianniana  is  one  of  the  commonest  fir  trees 
cultivated  in  the  eastern  states,  although  it  sometimes 
suffers  from  cold  in  New  England,  where  it  frequently 
becomes  thin  and  unsightly.  In  the  middle  states,  how- 
ever, it  is  often  an  object  of  great  beauty.  The  two 
eastern  American  species,  A.  b<dsamea  and  A.  Fraseri, 
and  the  related  species  from  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
A.  lasiocarpa,  grow  badly  in  cultivation,  and  are  short- 
lived and  not  handsome.  Of  the  Pacific  coast  species, 
A .  grandis  can  be  kept  alive  in  favorable  sit  nations  in 
the  eastern  states,  and  A.  amabilis,  which  grows  slowly 
always  in  cultivation,  is  hardy  but  gives  little  promise 
of  becoming  of  much  value  anywhere  except  on  the 
mountains  of  northeastern  America.  The  summers  in 
the  southern  states  are  too  hot  for  the  successful  culti- 
vation of  fir  trees,  and  the  climatic  conditions  of  the 
Mississippi  Valley  are  not  favorable  for  their  success- 
ful growth.  In  the  parks  and  gardens  of  the  Pacific 
states,  fir  trees  grow  better  than  in  at  y  other  part  of 


59.  Aberia  caffra.  (fr.XM) 


ABIES 


ABIES 


173 


North  America,  and  in  the  neighborhood  of  the  Pacific 
Ocean  can  be  grown  successfully  the  firs  of  western 
North  America,  Mexico,  Europe,  India  and  eastern  Asia. 
Propagation  is  mostly  by  seeds.  The  percentage  <of 
fertile  seeds  produced  by  firs  is  much  smaller  than  that 
yielded  by  spruces  and  pines,  and  small  crops  of  seed- 
Ungs  are  often  secured  from  large  sowings  of  the  seeds. 
The  seeds  lose  their  fertility  sooner  than  those  of  many 
conifere  and  cannot  be  safely  kept  more  than  one  or  two 
years;  they  should  be  planted  in  carefully  prepared  seed- 
beds and  covered  with  soil  to  a  depth  equal  to  the 
thickness  of  the  seed.  Young  plants  begin  to  appear 
at  the  end  of  a  few  weeks,  and,  as  they  are  e.\tremely 
sensitive  to  the  heat  of  the  sun,  they  need  the  protec- 
tion of  lath  or  brush  screens.  Like  other  conifers,  the 
different  species  can  be  propagated  by  side-grafting 
on  other  species  of  the  genus.  Grafted  plants,  how- 
ever, are  less  valuable  than  seedlings  and  propagation 
in  this  way  is  slow  and  expensive,  as  the  work  must 
be  performed  in  glass  houses.  The  leading  or  other 
upright-growing  shoot  should  be  chosen  for  the  graft, 
as  trees  obtained  by  the  use  of  lateral  branches  for  grafts 
do  not  often  grow  into  erect  or  shapely  trees.  The 
species  most  commonly  used  for  stocks  are  A.  Picea 
and  ^4.  balsamea. 


amabiUs,  4,  8. 
ApoIIinis,  12. 
aurea,  9. 

aureo-variegata,  2. 
halsamea,  6. 
brachyphylla,  11. 
brevifolia,  9. 
cophalonica,  12. 
nlicica,  3. 
columnaris,  6. 
concolor,  9. 


INDEX. 

falcata,  9. 
Fraseri,  7. 
glauca,  14. 
globoaa,  9. 
Gordoniana,  8. 
grandis,  8. 
hudaonia,  6. 
hudsonica,  6. 
hawmna,  9. 
luteacens,  6. 
magnifica,  15. 


nepkrolepis,  10. 
nobilis,  14. 
Nordmanaiana,  2. 
Parsonsianat  9. 
pectinata,  1. 
Picea,  1. 
pichta,  5. 
Pinsapo,  13. 
ahastenais,  15. 
aiblrica,  5. 
Veitchii,  10. 


A.  Euabies.  Lvs.  flat,  grooved  on  the  upper  surface,  only 
occasionally  stomaliferous  above  on  upper  fertile 
branches. 

B.  Lf.  blunt. 
C.  Foliage  essentially  green, — the  lvs.   green  above  and 
whitish  only  beneath. 
D.  Cones  usually  upward  of  4  in.  long. 
1.  Picea,  Lindl.  (.4.  pectinata,   DC).    Silver   Fir. 
Fig.  60.    Tree,   100-200  ft.:   trunk    6-8  ft.  in  diam.: 
lvs.  flat,  distichously  spreading,  dark  green  and  lus- 
trous   above,    silvery    white    below:     cones    slender, 
cylindrical,  light  green  to  dark  purple,  5-6  in.  long; 
bracts  slightly  longer  than  their  scales.    Mts.  of  Cent. 
and  S.  Eu.,  often  gregarious. — Wood  esteemed  and  much 
used;  yields  Strasburg  turpentine.    Dwarf  forms,  with 
erect    and    pendulous    and    with    much    abbreviated 
branches,  are  common  in  gardens.   Not  perfectly  hardy 
in  \ew  England. 

y  2.  Nordmanniana,  Spach.  Fig.  61.  Tree,  100-1.50  ft. : 
trunk  4-<i  ft.  in  diam. :  lvs.  flat,  crowded,  dark  green  and 
very  lust  rous  above,  silvery  white  below :  cones  oblong- 
cyUndrical  or  cUip.soidat,  dark  orange-brown,  4-6  in. 
long;  bracts  as  long  as  or  slightly  longer  than  their 
scales.  Mts.  south  and  .southeast  of  the  Black  Sea,  and 
western  spurs  of  the  Caucasus.  B.^f.  6992.  Clng.  6:51. 
G.C.  II.  19:797. — Often  hardy;  one  of  the  most  desir- 
able firs  in  the  middle  states.  Var.  a&reo-variegata, 
Hort.    Shoots  colored  a  pure  golden  yellow. 

3.  cilicica,  Carr.  Tree,  45-60  ft.:  trunk  2-3  ft.  in 
diam.:  lvs.  narrow-,  flat,  pale  green  above,  silvery  white 
below:  cones  stout,  cyUndrical,  orange-brown,  5-6  in. 
long;  bracts  rather  shorter  than  their  scales.  At  high 
elevations  on  the  .\nti-Taurus  of  Asia  Minor,  and  on 
the  Lebanon.  A.G.  16:255.  Gng.  4:11.3.— Begins  to 
grow  early  in  the  spring  and  is  often  injured  by  late 
frosts;  Jiardy  and  deiirable  in  the  northern  states. 

4.  amabiUs,  Forbes.    White  Fih.    Tree,  100-1.50  ft.: 
il-6  ft.  in  diam.:  lvs.  crowded,  dark  green  and 

trous  above,  silvery  white  below,  occutionally 


stomatiferous  on  the  upper  surface :  cones  oblong,  dark 
purple,  3,',2-6  in.  long;  bracts  much  shorter  than  their 
scales.  Cascade  Mts.  of  Wash,  and  Ore.,  and  Coast 
Ranges  from  Vancouver  Isl.  to  Ore.  S.S.  12:614.  G.C. 
II.  14:721,  725;  III.  30:191.— One  of  the  handsomest 
of  the  genus,  often  forming  groves  at  high  elevations; 
in  cult,  grows  slowly,  and  is  not  satisfactory. 
DD.  Cones  usually  under  4  in.  long. 
5.  sibirica,  Ledeb.  {A.  pichta,  Forbes).  Tree,  60- 
100  ft.:  trunk  2—4  ft.  in  diam.:  lvs.  crowded,  dark  yel- 
low-green: cones  cylindrical,  slender,  brownish  yel- 
low, 2!^-3  in.  long;  bracts  much  shorter  than  their 
scales.  N.  and  E.  Russia  to  Kamtschatka  and  Mon- 
golia, gregarious  on  the  Altai  Mts. — Very  hardy,  the 
early  growth  often  injured  by  late  frosts;  in  cult,  soon 
becomes  thin  and  loose  in  habit. 


tr  -"^V- 


60.  Cooes  of  Abies. — From  bottom  to  top,  A.  grandis, 
A.  balsamea,  A.  Picea. 

6.  balsamea,  Mill.  Bals.^m  Fir.  Balm  of  Gilead 
Fir.  Fig.  60.  Tree,  50-80  ft.:  trunk  17-30  in.  in  diam.: 
lvs.  dark  green  and  lustrous  above,  pale  below,  rounded 
or  obtusely  short-pointed  and  occasionally  emarginate, 
acute  or  acuminate  on  fertile  branches:  cones  oblong, 
cylindrical,  purple,  2}'2-4  in.  long;  bracts  shorter  or 
rarely  slightly  longer  than  their  scales.  E.  N.  Amer. 
from  Labrador  and  the  valley  of  the  Athabasca  to  Iowa 
and  the  mts.  of  Va.  S.S.  12:010.  G.C.  III.  17:423, 
425,  431. — Wood  occasionally  used  for  lumber;  Cana- 


174 


ABIES 


ABIES 


dian  balsam,  or  bals;\in  of  tir,  is  olitaiiied  from  tlio  bark; 
in  cult.  K>S(>s  its  beauty  t»arly.  \"ar.  column^ris,  llort. 
Branches  very  short,  tunieti  upwiird  at  tlie  ends.  Var. 
hudsdnia,  I'-ngebn.  (A.  huJudnica,  Hort.),  is  a  dwarf 
fonn.  V;ir.  lutescens,  Hort.  Lvs.  wliite,  yellow  or 
stni\v-c<.)lort>l  when  exposetl  to  the  sun. 

7.  Fraseri,  I'oir.  8he  B.\ls.\m.  Tree,  3()-50  or  even 
70  ft.:  trunk  reaching  2' 2  ft-  in  tliani.:  lvs.  flat,  ob- 
tusely short -pointwl,  twisted  at  the  bii.se  so  as  to  appear 
to  be  cr^iwdixl  on  the  u|>per  side  of  the  branches,  dark 
green  and  lustrous:  cones  oblonp-ovate  or  nearly  oval, 
rounded  at  the  slightly  narrower  apex,  purple,  2' 2  in. 
long  and  1  in.  thick,  the  scales  twice  aa  wide  as  long, 
and  at  maturity  nearly  half  covered  by  the  ends  of  the 
pale  reflexetl  bracts.  Mts.  of 
\a.,  Tenn.,  and  N.  C.  S.S. 
12  :  (m.  G.  V.  2  :  475.  —  Too 
much  like  the  balsam  fir  to  be 

prizetl  as  an  ornamental  tree.  

Trees  sold  under  this  name  are      kMK^-^      Ji^^SSi:;*'"'* 
nearly  always  forms  of  .1 .  bal- 
samm.   Very  short-lived  in  cult. 


■r^ 


61.  Cones  of  Abies. — From 
bottom  to  top,  A.  concolor,  A. 
Nordmanniana,  A.  magnifica. 


8.  grandis,  Lindl.  (.4.  amdhilis,  Murr.,  not  Forbes. 
A.  GoTdonmrm,  Carr.  P'lceu  grdnilis,  Loud.).  Fig.  60. 
Tree,  200-300  ft.:  trunk  becoming  4  ft.  in  diam.:  lvs. 
thin  and  flexible,  deeply  grooved,  very  dark  green  above 
and  silverj-  white  beneath:  con&s  cylindrical,  2-4  in. 
long,  rounded  or  retu.se  at  the  apex,  the  broad  scales 
somewhat  squarro.se  and  irregularly  serrate  and  fur- 
nishefl  with  a  short  point.  Coast  of  N.  Calif,  to  Van- 
couver Isl.  and  to  the  western  slopes  of  the  Rocky  Mts. 
of  Mont.  S.S.  12:612.  Gn.  .38,  p.  291.  G.C.  II.  1.5:179, 
181.  R.H.  1894,  p.  274. — Occasional  specimens  are 
Been  in  choice  grounds,  but  it  rarely  does  well  in  the 
eastern  states. 

cc.  Foliage  pale  blue  or  glaucous. 

9.  cdncolor,  Lindl.  &  Gord.  (A.  Lf/wiarui,  A.  Murr. 
A.  F'aTionxuirui,  Hort.,  the  Pacific  form).  White  Fik. 
Fig.  61.  Tree,  100-2.50  ft.:  trunk  4-6  ft.  in  diam.: 
IvB.  elongatwj,  stomatiferous  on  the  upper  surface,  on 
fertile  branches  often  falcate  and  thickened  and  keeled 
above;  rjmca  oblong,  gray-green,  dark  purple  or 
bright  canary-yellow,  .'i-.O  in.  long;  bracts  shorter  than 
their  scales.  W.  N.  Amer.  from   S.  Ore.  to  Low.  Cahf. 


and  to  Utah,  S.  Colo.,  New  Mex.,  Ariz,  and  Sonora. 
S.S.  12:013.  G.C.  II.  13:649;  II.  1.5:661;  III.  8:748, 
749;  III.  3.5:,59.— Of  all  fir  trees,  the  Colorado  form 
best  withstands  heat  and  drought;  very  hardy,  grows 
rapiilly,  and  the  most  desirable  of  the  genus  in  the  east- 
ern states.  The  form  from  the  Pacific  coast  is  less 
hardy  and  less  desirable  in  the  E.  as  an  ornamental 
tree.  Seedlings  of  the  Colorado  form,  with  rather 
longer  and  more  glaucous  leaves,  are  found  in  nurseries 
ati  A  .cfiiirolor  violaccn.  Var.  afirea,  Beiss.  Young  shoots 
golden  yellow  in  May,  afterward  becoming  silver-gray. 
Var.  brevifolia,  Beiss.  Lvs.  short  and  obtuse,  twice  as 
broad  as  in  typical  form.  Var.  falcata,  Niem.  Lvs. 
sickle-shaped,  curved  ujiward.  Var.  globosa,  Niem. 
Plant  spherical,  with  symmetrical  small  branches. 

BB.  Lvs.  pointed,  especially  on  main  shoots, 
and  usually  rigid. 

10.  Veitchii,  Lindl.  (.4.  nephrdlepis,  Maxim.). 
Tree,  80-100  ft.:  trunk  3-4  ft.  in  diam.;  branch- 
lets  slender,  pubescent:  lvs.  crowded,  dark  green 
and  lustrous  above,  silvery  white  below:  cones 
cylindrical,  slender,  dark  purple,  2-2J^  in.  long; 
bracts  shorter  than  their  scales.  Mts.  of  Cent. 
Japan;  gregarious  and  forming  great  forests, 
coast  of  Manchuria.  G.C.  II.  13:273.— Very 
hardy  in  the  northern  states,  and  when  young  is 
one  of  the  most  beautiful  of  fir  trees. 

11.  brachyphylla,  Maxim.  Tree,  80-100  ft.: 
trunk  6  ft.  in  diam.;  upper  branches  long  and 
vigorous,  ultimately  forming  a  broad,  round- 
topped  head:  lvs.  elongated,  sharp-pointed,  dark 
green  and  very  lustrous  above,  silvery  white 
below:  cones  cylindrical,  stout,  dark  purple, 
3-3}/2  in.   long;  bracts  much  shorter  than  their 

scales.  Mts.  of  Cent.  Japan,  singly  or  in  small  groves. 
B.M.  7114. — Very  hardy,  and  when  young  one  of  the 
most  desirable  of  the  fir  trees  for  the  northern  states. 

12.  cephalonica,  Loud.  Tree,  60-70  ft.:  trunk  2-4 
ft.  in  diam.:  lvs.  broad,  rigid,  sharp-pointed,  standing 
out  from  the  branches  at  right  angles:  cones  cylindrical, 
slender,  pointed,  gray-brown,  5-6  in.  long;  bracts 
longer  or  rarely  shorter  than  their  scales.  Mt.  Enos,  on 
the  Isl.  of  Cephalonia.  Gng.  6:49.  G.W.  5,  p.  15;  12, 
p.  399;  14,  p.  538. — Doubtfully  hardy  in  northern  states. 

Var.  Ap611inis,  Boiss.  {A.  Apdllinis,  Link),  with  nar- 
row and  blunter  lvs.,  is  remarkable  in  its  power  to  pro- 
duce vigorous  shoots  from  adventitious  buds.  Mts.  of 
Greece  and  Roumelia;  often  gregarious;  more  hardy 
than  the  type  in  the  northern  states.    Page  3565. 

13.  Pinsapo,  Boiss.  Spanish  Fir.  Tree,  70-80  ft.: 
trunk  4-6  ft.  in  diam.:  lvs.  short,  broad,  rigid,  sharp- 
pointed,  bright  green,  spreading  from  all  sides  of  the 
stiff  branchlets:  conos  cylindrical,  slender,  gray-brown, 
b\-2-%  in.  long;  bracts  shorter  than  their  scales. 
Mts.  of  Cent,  and  S.  Spain;  often  gregarious.  G.C.  III. 
21:407;  29:65;  31:407.— Not  hardy  north  of  the 
middle  states. 

AA.  Nobiles.  Lvs.  blue-green,  often  glaucous,  stoma- 
tiferous on  both  surface.'!,  flat  or  4-sided  on  sterile 
brandies,  4-sided  acute,  incurved  and  crowded  on 
fertile  branches. 

14.  nobilis,  Lindl.  {Plcea  ndbilis,  Loud.).  Red  Fir. 
Tree,  1.50-2.50  ft.:  trunk  6-8  ft.  in  diam.:  lvs.  on  lower 
branches  grooved  above,  rounded  and  emarginate  at 
the  apex:  cones  oblong-cylindrical,  purphsh  or  olive- 
brown,  4-6  in.  long;  bracts  much  longer,  thin  and  cover- 
ing the  scales,  strongly  reflexed,  pale  green.  Cascade 
and  Coast  Mts.  of  Wash,  and  Ort . ;  often  gregarious. 
S.S.  12:617.  G.C.  II.  19:15;  III.  20:275.- There  is  a 
var.  gla^ca  in  the  trade. 

15.  magnifica,  A.  Murr.  Red  I'ir.  Fig.  61.  Tree, 
200-2.50  ft.:  trunk  6-10  ft.  in  diam  ;  lvs.  quadrangular, 
bluntly  pointed  cm  sterile  and  acul  ^  on  fertile  bri>  acun;: 
cones  oblong-cylindrical,  purplish  brown,  6-9  ii.art  of 


ABIES 


ABRONIA 


175 


bracts  much  shorter  than  the  scales.  Sierra  Nevada  of 
Cahf.;  gregarious  and  forming  great  forests.  S.S.  12: 
618.  Gn.  37,  p.  591. — -Wood  occiisionally  manufactured 
into  lumber.  Less  hardy  in  the  eastern  states  than 
A.  nobilis. 

Var.  shastensis,  Lemm.,  of  S.  Ore.  and  N.  Calif., 
cones  somewhat  smaller,  with  bracts  as  long  as  or 
longer  than  the  scales.    S.S.  12:620. 

A.  Albcrtiana,  Murr.:=Tsuga  heterophylla. — A.  bahordnsis.  Let. 
Lv3.  dark,  silvery  below,  very  numerous,  J-^-1  in.  long;  cones  4  or  5 
together,  reaching  7  or  8  in.  long.  1  in.  diam.    N.  Afr.    R.H.  1866, 

6106,  deso. — .-1.  bifida,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.=A.  firnia. — .-1.  bracieata, 
ook.  &  Arn.^A.  vcnusta. — A.  canadensis,  Michx.^Tsuga  cana- 
densis.— A.  Deldvayi,  Franch.  Tree,  20-50  ft.:  Ivs.  rolled  back  along 
margin.  W.China.  G.C.  III.  39:212.— .4.  Farffssu,  Franch.  Tree, 
to  200  ft,:  Ivs.  very  white  on  under  surface:  cones  deep  purple. 
Cent,  and  W.  China.  G.C.  III.  39:213.— .4.  firma,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.= 
A.  Mome,  Sieb.  Lvs.  thick  and  rigid,  1  in.  long:  cones  cylindrical, 
often  6  in.  long,  with  keeled  scales. — .4.  homdlepis,  Sieb.  &  Zucc. 
Closely  related  to  A.  braohyphylla  but  less  valuable  as  an  ornamental 
tree;  rare  in  cult.  (Arnold  Arboretum.)  G.C.  II.  12:823.  Japan. 
Promising  for  the  southern  states. — .4.  Hookeridiia,  Murr.=Tsuga 
Mertensiana. — .4.  laswcdrpa,  Nutt.  Lvs.  blue-green  and  glaucous: 
cones  3  in.  long,  with  very  broad  spineless  scales.  W.  U.  S.  G.C. 
11.13:9.  G.F.  4:380.  Gng.  4:373.  S.S.  12:611.— Var.  ari>(i«t"fa 
is  a  form  from  the  mts.  of  Ariz,  with  thicker,  paler  and  more 
corky  bark,  the  result  probably  of  climatic  influence. — A.  macro- 
car  pa.  Vasey^Pseudotsuga  macrocarpa. — .4.  Mariesii,  Mast. 
Small  tree  with  crowded  branches  and  short,  dark  foliage  which  is 
pale  below:  cones  large,  dark  purple.  N.Japan.  G.C.  II.  12:789. — 
A.  Mcntensiana,  LmdI.  =  Tsuga  heterophylla.  —  .4.  numidica, 
Carriere=A.  baborensis. — A.  Findrow,  Spach.  Him:ilayas.  This 
now  being  recognized  as  distinct  from  A.  Webbiana. — 
A.  Reginx  Amdlise=A.  cephalonica  var.  Apollinis. — • 
A.  religidsa,  Lindl.  Long,  slender,  drooping  branches: 
lvs.  silvery  below:  cones  5  in.  long.  Mex.  B.M. 
6753. — ,4.  sachalinensis.  Mast.  Tall  tree,  with  pale 
bark,  white  buds,  and  long,  slender,  dark  green  lvs.; 
cones  3  in.  long.  E.  Asia.  G.C.  II.  12:589.— .4. 
su6a/pinn,  Engelm.^A.  lasiocarpa.  G.C.  II.  15:230, 
237. — .4.  venusta,  Koch.  Lvs.  acuminate,  dark  yel- 
low, green  above  and  silvery  below:  cones  4  in.  long, 
with  long,  slender  bracts.  Calif.  S.S.  12:615,  616. 
B.M.  4740.— yl.  Webbiana,  Lindl.  Lvs.  1-2 H  in. 
long,  flat,  silvery  below:  cones  cylindrical,  6  or  7  in. 
long.  Himalayas.  See  Picea  for  .4.  ajanensis,  alba, 
Alcockiana,  Engelmanni.  excelsa,  Gregoriaria,  miniafa, 
Morinda,  nigra,  obovata,  orientalis,  pendula,  pulitii, 
pungens,  Schrenkiana,  Smitkiana.  See,  also,  Pseudo- 
t<maa  and  Ts^a.  (.     g_   S^hqj-nt. 

ABOBRA  (Brazilian  name).  Cucurbitacex. 
A  monotypic  genus  allied  to  Cucurbita.  The 
only  species  is  a  greenhouse  climber,  cult, 
for  its  numerous  small,  showy  frs. :  grows 
rapidly,  and  may  be  planted 
out  in  summer.    The  tuber- 
ous  roots   are    stored    like 
dahlias.    Prop,  by  seeds  or 
rarely  by  soft  cuttings. 

Flowers   dioecious  green, 
all    axillary    and    solitary; 
Btaminate  fls.  with  a  tubu- 
lar, c'lp-shaped  calyx  and  a 
rotate  .5-parted  corolla,  hav- 
ing oblong-lanceolate  segms. ;  stamens  3,  free,  the  an- 
thers thick,  and  l-ce!led,  or  sometimes  2-celled;  pistil- 
late fls.  with  a  .■5-4-celled  ovary  followed  by  an  ovoid, 
indehiscent,  6-seeded,  showy  fr. 

tenuifdlia,  Xaudin  {A.  viridiflbra,  Naudin).  Height 
10-15  ft.:  lvs.  much  divided:  fls.  small,  pale  green,  fra- 
grant: fr.  a  scarlet  gourd.   Trop.  Amer.    R.H.  1862:  111. 

ABROMA  (from  a,  not,  and  hroma,  food).  Slerculia- 
cen.  A  genus  of  2  or  3  species,  closely  related  to  the 
cacao;  grown  as  evergreen  greenhouse  trees,  but 
apparently  not  in  cult,  except  in  botanical  collections. 
Fls.  dingy  purple,  the  calyx  .5-parted;  corolla  lobes  .5, 
clawed.  Prop,  by  seeds  or  by  cuttings  in  spring  from 
half-ripened  wood  under  glass.    Probably  not  in  cult. 

.4.  'luousta,  Linn.  f.  Lower  Iva.  corriate,  3-5-Iobed:  upper  Ivs. 
ovate-lanceolate.  Trop.  A.sia.  B.H.  518. — A.  faatudsa,  R.  Hr. 
Lower  lvs.  cordate,  5-lobed;  upper  Iv.s.  ovat€;  fls.  dark  purple. 
Trop.  .\9ia,  Austral.  ,-1.  sinuhsa.  Nichols.  Lvs.  ovate  pedately 
pinnatigd,  on  slender  petioles.   Madagascar. 

N.  Taylor. t 


ABRONIA  (from  Greek  abros,  delicate,  referring  to 
the  involucre).  Nyctaginacese.  Sand  Verbena.  Trailing 
and  upright  annuals  or  perennials,  with  fragrant  ver- 
bena-hke  flowers,  suitable  for  baskets,  rockeries  or  the  ■ 
open  border. 

Herbs,  often  viscid:  lvs.  opposite  from  swollen  nodes, 
unequal,  petioled  and  entire:  fls.  1  to  many  in  a  bracted 
peduneled  head,  small,  salver-form,  red,  yellow  or 
white,  showy  in  mass,  fragrant;  stamens  mostly  5,  un- 
equal, joined  to  the  corolla-tube  and  included  within 
it;  calyx  tubular  and  corolla-like,  4-5-lobed,  the  base 
persistent  over  the  1 -seeded  ovary  or  fr.  About  30 
species  in  Amer.  S.  Watson,  Pot.  Calif.  2:3-5;  P.C. 
Standley,  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb,  12:306. 

Abronias  are  garden  annuals,  or  treated  as  annuals,  of 
secondary  importance.  They  are  low  or  trailing  plants, 
rising  from  6  to  18  inches  high  and  spreading  widely. 
They  are  best  adapted  to  open  sunny  places  and  light 
soil.  A.  iDnbcllata  is  the  common  garden  species,  the 
trailing  stems  often  reaching  a  length  of  3  to  5  feet,  and 
the  flowers  appearing  all  summer  and  fall;  in  rflild 
climates,  the  plant  volunteers  from  self-sown  seeds.  It  is 
useful  for  borders  and  for  baskets  and  porch-boxes, 
when  a  change  or  variety  is  wanted  from  the  use  of 
verbenas.    Under  glass,  the  plant  is  nearly  perennial. 

Propagation  is  by  seeds,  sown  in  open  ground  after 
frost,  or  sown  in  late  summer  or  early  fall  in  mild  cli- 
mates. For  early  and  continuous 
summer  bloom,  seeds  may  be  sown 
in  pots  of  sandy  earth  the  pre- 
vious autumn  and  wintered  in  a 
frame.  Peel  off  the  husk  (calyx) 
before  sowing. 

A.  Fls.  yellow. 

latifolia,  Esch.  (A.  arenaria, 
Menzies).  Fig.  62.  Perennial: 
whole  plant  viscid-pubescent^  pro- 
strate: lvs.  thick,  ovate,  orbicular 
or  reniform,  obtuse,  stalked:  fls. 
fragrant,  J^-^in.  long,  lemon-yel- 


low.   June,  July.    Seacoasts,  Cent.  Calif,  and  N.  B.M. 
6546.   G.C.  II.  16:365. 

AA.  Fls.  pink  or    rose. 

umbellata,  Lam.  (Tricratus  admirdbilis,  L'Her. 
A.  rb.-iea,  Hartwcg.)  Fig.  63.  Perennial:  similar  in 
habit  and  pubescence  to  the  above,  but  lvs.  stalked, 
the  blade  ovate,  acute  at  both  ends:  fls.  pink,  about 
Hin.  May,  June.  Calif,  seacoasts  to  Columbia  R. 
F.S.  11:1095.  P.M.  16:36.  Var.  grandifldra,  Hort.,  has 
larger  fls.  and  lvs. 

vill6sa,  Wats.  Perennial:  smaller  and  slenderer 
than  A.  umbellata  and  covered  with  a  glandular-villous 
pubescences  lvs.  rarely  1  in.  long:  fls.  5-15  in  a  cluster, 
rose.  Calif.,  Utah. — Not  common  in  cult.,  but  well 
suited  to  sandy  and  dry  situations.  Intro.  1891. 
AAA.  Fls.  while. 

mellifera,  Dougl.  {A.  Suksddrfii,  Coult.  &  Fisch.). 
Perennial:  stouter  than  A.  umbellata:  st.  finely  hairy; 
involucre  larger,   scarious:  fls.    1    in.    long,    the   tube 


176 


ABRONIA 


ABUTILON 


ereonish   and  (tlabrous:  Ivs.  lons-stalkoil,  in   opposite 
pairs.    Wiush.,  Ore.    B.M..-_>S7S).    Intro.  ISiU. 

frdgrans,  Nutt.  Erect  perennial:  Iv.s.  ovate  or 
elliptical,  i,ialer  beneath  than  above:  Hs.  night-bloom- 
ing, '4-I  in.  Ion;;,  the  tube  greenish,  the  white  lobes 
bifid.    Columbia  K.  to  New  Mex.    U.M.  5.544. 

A.  puM^/Ai.  Nichols.  Erect.  6  in.:  fla.  pinkish  rose. — A.  Crux- 
mditsr.  KclloK.  the  handsomest  of  all  the  species  is,  Tripterocalyx 
Cnii-niiUtffi,  which  see.  j^    TayLOR  t 


63   Abronia  umbeUata.   (X'X;  &.X1) 

ABROPH'iXLUM  (Greek  combination  signifyiiig  deli- 
caie-taue't I .  Saxifragacese.  An  endemic  monotj-pic  genus 
of  New  8.  Wales :  tall,  handsome  shrub :  Ivs.  alternate, 
elliptic  or  ovate-lanceolate  and  acuminate,  to  9  in.  long, 
somewhat  toothed:  fls.  small,  yellowish,  in  dichotomous 
con-mbose  panicles  terminating  the  shoots  or  arising  from 
the  upper  axils;  [letals,  stamens  and  calyx-lobes  5:  fr.  a 
5-cellcd  ovoid  berr>'.  A.  6mans,  Hook,  f.,  was  intro.  to 
Calif,  in  1911  by  Franceschi. 

ABRUS  (from  abros,  delicate,  referring  to  leaves). 
Leguminbsx.  Deciduous  greenhouse  climber,  or  used 
South  outdoors  for  screens.  Roots  a  poor  substitute 
for  licorice,  and  the  seeds  are  violently  poisonous.  Needs 
strong  heat  for  indoor  culture.  Propagation  is  by  seeds 
or  by  cuttings  under  gla-ss  in  sand. 

The  genus  consists  of  usually  creeping  or  climbing 
woody  herbs  with  primately  compound  Ivs.:  fls.  small, 
in  dense  racemes  on  axillary  peduncles  or  short 
branches;  calyx  bell-shaped,  the  teeth  very  short; 
corolla  pea-like,  much  exserted;  stamens  9,  in  a  tube. 

precatdrius,  Linn.  Crab's-eye  Vine.  Weather- 
Pla.s-t.  Fig.  54.  Height  10-12  ft.;  frequently  traihng 
over  the  ground  S.:  Ifts.  oblong,  in  numerous  pairs:  fls. 
var>'ing  from  rose  to  white:  seeds  bright  scarlet,  with  a 
black  spot,  used  by  Buddhists  for  rosaries,  in  India  as 
standards  of  weight,  and  in  the  W.  Indies  in  bead 
work.  Seeds  irritant;  also  used  as  ati  abortive  in  U.  S. 
A  variety  with  a  cream-colored  bean  is  offered  by 
Reasoner  Bros.:  Tropica  generally. — The  claims  made 
for  its  weather-foretelling  properties  are  exposed  by 
Oliver  in  Kew  Bull.  .Jan.,  1890.  It  does,  however,  "go 
to  sleep"  during  storms,  but  this  is  a  feature  of  other 
legumes.     Sometimes     confounded     with     Rhynchosia 

Chaeeoloidea   (R.   precatoria),  which  has  similar  seeds, 
ut  is  a  very  different  plant  with   large,    3-foliolate, 
bean-like  Ivs.  N.  Tayixjk.  i 

•ABSINTH,  ABSINTHE  fab'sinth).  A  liquor  made 
from  plants  of  the  wormwood  group,  particularly  from  the 
absinthium  (Artemisia  Absinthium).  'Hifse  are  aromatic 
or  bit t<:r  herbs.  A.  Absinthium  yields  a  bluish  or  gr(«n 
volatile  oil  r^^jntaining  absinthol  and  other  principles. 
Abeinth  is  a/idnl  to  water  as  a  beverage,  and  in  exceas 
produces  peculiar  intoxication,  and  may  even  prove  fatal. 

ABUT  A  ("native  name).  Menispermacese.  Greenhouse 
evergrof-n  climUfr:  plant  dioecious,  fasciclefl  or  panicled: 
staminate  Be.  with  3  exterior  and  3  interior  larger  sepals. 


and  fi  atiuncns;  pi.stillate  (Is.  with  6  .staminodia  and  3 
carpels:  fr.  a  drupe;  14  species  in  S.  Amer.  Prop,  by  cut- 
tings under  ghuss  with  bottom  he;it,  and  grown  in  peaty 
loiun.  A.  rufescens,  Aubl.  Lvs.  brotui-ovate  or  suborbi- 
cular,  coriaceous,  brown  or  tawny  beneath,  3-nerved:  fls. 
small,  iliu-k  purple  within,  the  3  large  sepals  obtuse. 
Little  known  in  cult. 

ABUTILON  (name  of  Arabic  origin  for  a  malvaceous 
plant).    Malvacea>.    Flowering     Maple.     .Attractive 
coolhouse  shrubs  and  window-plants,  and 
some  kinds  used  for  bedding.   Sometimes 
calletl  Chinese  Bellflower.    Fig.  65. 

Leaves  long-stalked,  often  maple-like: 
fls.  mostly  pendulous,  with  naked  5-cleft 
calyx,  5  separate  obovate  petals,  many 
stamens  united  in  a  column  about  the 
many-branched  style,  the  anthers  borne  at 
the  top  of  the  column:  fr.  a  collection  or 
aggregate  of  2-valved  often  beaked  carpels 
that  are  deciduous  from  the  central  axis 
at  maturity. — Natives  of  warm  regions  in 
both  hemispheres,  comprising  herbs,  shrubs 
and  trees;  about  80  species. 

The  abutilons  oftenest  seen  in  Ameri- 
can gardens  and  conservatories  are  ap- 
parently hybrids  and  derivatives  of  pure 
species.  The  colors  are  mostly  yellow,  white  and 
pink,  with  attractive  vcining.  Well-known  forms  are: 
Arthur  Belsham,  red,  shaded  gold.  Boulc  de  Neige, 
pure  white,  very  free.  California,  a  group  of  free  bloom- 
ers. Eclipse,  foliage  marbled  green,  and  yellow  fls.  of 
fair  size;  sepals  scarlet;  petals  orange-buff;  suited  for 
baskets  and  vases;  a  form  of  A.  megapolamicum  (another 
Eclipse  is  known).  Erecta,  pink,  orange-veined,  erect  fls. 
Golden  Bell,  deep  yellow,  free-flowering.  Goldeii  Fleece, 
pure  yellow,  free-flowering.  Royal  Scarlet,  rich,  shi- 
ning scarlet.  Santana,  deep  red.  Savitzii,  dwarf,  with 
white-edged  foliage;  useful  for  bedding.  Snowstorm, 
semi-dwarf,  pure  white.  Souvenir  de  Bonn,  lvs.  large, 
deep  green,  not  mottled,  but  edged  with  a  broad  white 
margin;  distinct  and  striking;  a  useful  bedding  plant. 
Splendens,  bright  red. 


64.  Abrus  precatorius.  {Xi4) 


ABUTILON 


ABUTILON 


177 


The  cultivation  of  abut  ilons  is  simple,  under  conditions 
suitable  for  the  growing  of  geraniums  and  fuchsias. 
Some  of  the  forms  are  grown  primarily  for  bloom,  and 
they  are  practically  continuous-flowering  when  well 
handled;  the  variegated-leaved  forms  are  grown  for 
foliage  and  used  more  or  less 
for  bedding-out.  Abutilons  make 
good  pot-plants  if  kept  within 
bounds  by  pinching  back  so  that 
they  will  branch.  A.  ■rnegapo- 
tamicam  and  some  others  are  use- 
ful for  baskets  and  vases.  The 
showy  A.  insigne  is  an  excellent 
rafter-plant. 

Propagation  is  by  cuttings  or 
seeds.  Cuttings  may  be  made 
in  spring  of  new  wood  from  old 
plants  that  have  been  cut  back, 
or  they  may  be  taken  in  fall;  as 
the  abutilon  is  active  practically 
aU  the  year,  the  cuttings  may 
be  taken  almost  at  will.  Seeds 
grow  readily ;  if  started  in  March, 
blooming  plants  should  be  had 
by  fall.  Bedding  material  is  raised  from  early-struck 
cuttings. 


A  flower  of  Abutilon. 


compactum,  6. 
Darwinii,  6. 
floribundam,  6. 
grandifiorum,  6. 
H ildebrandii,  6. 
hybridum,  12. 
igneum,  1. 
iasigne,  1. 


INDEX 

longicuape,  2. 
marmoratum,  5. 
megapotamicum,  4. 
pictum,  9. 
pleniflorum,  10. 
Savilzii,  12. 
Selloanum,  5. 
Selloviauum,  5. 


ainense,  3. 
spurium,  11. 
striatum,  9,  11. 
tessellatum,  6. 
Thompaonii,  11. 
venosum,  8. 
vexillarium,  4. 
vitifolium,  7. 


A.  Lvs.  not  lobed,  cordate,  hut  prominently  toothed, 
sometimes  angled. 

B.  Corolla  wide  open. 

1.  insigne,  Planch.  (A.  igneum,  Hort.).  Lvs.  me- 
dium size,  crenate-dentate,  acuminate,  villous  pubescent 
underneath:  fls.  large,  flaring-mouthed,  under-color 
white  but  obscured  by  very  heavy  and  rich  veining  and 
markings  of  purple  and  red,  on  slender  hanging  pe- 
duncles. Colombia.  B.M.  4840.  Gn.  18:624;  53,  p. 
300.  F.S.  6:  551. — Very  showy;  common.  Often  trained 
under  the  roof  of  the  greenhouse  or  conservatory.  St. 
green,  brown-hairy. 

2.  longicuspe,  Hochst.  ^Tiite-canescent  much- 
branched  shrub,  with  long-acuminate  broad-cordate 
and  blunt-toothed  long-stalked  lvs.,  felt-like  below: 
fls.  bluish  purple,  veiny,  wide  open,  on  mostly  many- 
branched  axillary  peduncles.  Abyssinia. — Intro,  by 
S.  Calif.  Acclimatizing  .\ssoc.,  from  seed  collected  by 
Schweinfurth  and  distributed  from  BerUn  in  1893. 

3.  sinense,  OUver.  Lvs.  large  and  broadly  cordate- 
ovate,  long-acuminate,  notched  but  not  lobed,  some- 
what tomentose  beneath:  fls.  large  (2  in.  or  more  across), 
open-bellshaped,  orange-yellow  with  large  interior 
veins  and  marks  of  reddish  brown.  Cent.  China, 
recently  intro.  to  cult.  Seed  apparently  not  yet  in  the 
American  trade.    R.H.  1909:452. 

BB.  Corolla  long  and  narrow. 

4.  megapotamicum,  St.  Hil.  &  Naud.  (A.  vexillarium, 
Morr.).  Fig.  66.  Drooping  habit:  lvs.  rather  small, 
lance-ovate,  acuminate,  sharp-serrate:  fls.  2-3  in.  long, 
on  short  drooping  stalks,  the  long  calyx  bright  red,  the 
protruding  petals  lemon-yellow,  the  column  of  stamens 
conspicuously  protruding.  Brazil,  etc.  B.M.  5717. 
Gn.  37:274.  J.H.  III.  18:359.— A  strikingly  handsome 
species,  particularly  for  ba.skets  and  vases,  apparently 
less  seen  than  formerly.  There  is  a  variegated-lvd. 
variety.  Generally  misspelled  tnesapotamicum.  Mega- 
potamicum means  "big  river,"  signifying  here  the  Rio 
Grande. 

12 


AA.  Lvs.  prominently  lobed,  mostly  maple-like  or 
vilis-like. 

B.  Foliage  silky  or  tomentose,  at  least  beneath. 

5.  Sellovianum,  Regel  (A.  Selloanum,  authors,  a 
correction  of  the  pubUshed  name,  as  the  plant  is 
named  for  Sello.  A.  Selloivianum,  Hort.).  Upright, 
thick-hairy  plant :  lvs.  roundish  deep-heartshaped,  long- 
stalked,  3-lobed  with  long-pointed  parts,  7-9-nerved, 
unequally  toothed,  the  under  side  soft  silky  tomentose; 
fls.  Uglit  purple,  with  erect  petals.  Brazil.  Var.  marmor- 
atum, Hort.,  has  lvs.  variegated  with  golden  yellow. — 
A  good  summer  bloomer.  The  variegated  form  is  some- 
times used  for  bedding. 

6.  Darwinii,  Hook.  f.  (A.  Hlldebrandii,  Fenzl.). 
Strong  pubescent  shrub  of  dwarfish  habit:  lvs.  velvety 
pubescent  beneath,  thickish,  5-9-ribbed,  the  lower  ones 
lobed  to  the  middle,  the  upper  ones  shallow-3-lobed :  fls. 
1-3  in  an  axil  on  short  sts.,  1H~2  in.  across,  orange- 
red  with  blood-red  veins,  widely  open  or  spreading. 
Brazil.  B.M.  5917.  Var.  tessellatum,  Hort.,  has  lvs. 
handsomely  checkered  with  yellow. — Blooms  in  both 
winter  and  summer.  Much  hybridized  with  other 
species.  A.  grandiflorum  and  A.  compdctum  are  garden 
forms;  also  A.  floribundum,  Hort.,  R.H.  1881:350.  Gt. 
23:794  (var.  trinerve,  Regel). 

BB.  Foliage  not  tomentose  or  silky,  glabrous 

or  slightly  pubescent. 

c.  Fls.  blue  {varying  to  white  in  cult.). 

7.  vitifSlium,  Presl.  Lvs.  cordate  in  general  out- 
line, 3-5-,  and  sometimes  7-,  lobed,  the  lobes  long- 
pointed:  fls.  open  beU-shaped  or  cup-shaped,  large, 
lavender-blue,  more  or  less  veined  (sometimes  white), 
clustered,  anthers  yellow.  Chile. — A  hardy  species, 
remaining  out-of-doors  in  S.  of  England;  height  becom- 
ing 30  ft.:  lvs.  golden  in  autumn.  B.M.  4227,  7328. 
Gn.  51:334;  66,  p.  8  (clumps);  76,  p.  415.  J.H.  Ill 
62:380.   B.R.  30:57. 


cc.  Fls.  yellow  or  orange  in  ground  color. 
D.  Blossoms  very  large:  lvs.  7-lobed. 
vendsum,  Lem.    Very  strong,   tall 


grower:    lvs. 
large,  deeply  pahnately  7-Iobed  and  strongly  toothed: 
fls.  large,  3  in.  long,  on  sts.  10-12  in.  long,  bell-shaped 
and    not    flaring,    golden 
orange,    with    veins    and  >\    i> 

over-colors    of    blood-red  vA 

and   brown.    Mex.    B.M.  '==::=~^NJ 

4463. — A  showy  species. 

DD.    Blosso7ns  of  ordinary 
size  {2  in.  or  less  long). 

E.  Lf. -blades  S-lobed,  the 
side  lobes  often  small 
{or  the  clefts  shallow). 

9.  pictum,  Walp.  (A. 
striatum,  Hort.,  at 
least  in  part,  not 
Dickson).  Strong  and 
hardy  free-blooming 
species,  with  lvs. 
green  or  variegated 
and  glabrous  or  thinly 
pubescent,  the  mid- 
dle lobe  usually  about 
equaling  or  some- 
times shorter  than 
the  undivided  part  of 
the  If.  and  wedge- 
shape  or  tapering  from  the  base:  calyx  about  1  in. 
long,  cleft  about  to  its  middle,  brownish  pubescent; 
corolla  less  than  1 3^  in.  long,  orange  or  yellow,  veined 
crimson.  S.  Brazil  to  Buenos  Ayres. — Has  been  con- 
fused with  A.  striatum. 


66.  Abutilon 
megapotamicum. 

(XH) 


178 


ABUTILON 


ACACIA 


10.  plenifldrum,  X.E.Br.  Lvs.  groen,  glabrous  both 
sides,  tlio  iniiiillo  lobo  .slijjhtly  iiarrowod  at  its  base 
and  half  asain  as  Ions  :u<  the  undivided  jiart  of  the 
blade:  lis.  double. — Perhaps  of  hybrid  origin,  with  .1. 
piclitm  a  probable  parent. 

EE.  Lf.-bladc^  5-7-4obeit,  Ihe  middle  lobe  always  more  or 
k'ss  narrowed  at  its  base. 

11.  striitum,  Dicks.  .\  Guatemalan  species  perhaps 
not  in  e\ilt.  in  its  original  form:  middle  lobe  of  If. 
usually  at  least  twice  as  long  as  undivided  part  of 
blade  and  twice  longer  than  broad,  green:  calyx  some- 
what less  than  1  in.  long,  the  lobes  about  twice  as  long 
as  tube,  brown-pubescent;  corolla  1^.1  in.  or  less  long, 
orange,  con.-ipicuously  dark  crimson-veined.  B.M. 
3S40  (as  Sida  picta).—\a.r.  ThSmpsonii,  \eitch.  Fig. 
67.  Lvs.  variegated  with  yellow,  not  jiubescent;  first 
exhibited  by  Veitch  &  Soiis  in  1S6S;  said  to  be  from 
Jamaica;  perhaps  not  in  general  cult.,  at  present. — Var. 
sp&rium,  Lynch.  Lvs.  variegated  with  yellow,  thinly 
pubescent  above  but  thickly  pubescent  beneath  with 
fine  hairs,  the  calyx  white-pubescent:  corolla  light 
reddish  orange  with  redder  veins;  probably  of  garden 
origin. — The  cult,  forms  of  this  specie.s-group  are  imper- 
fectly understood,  particularly  those  passing  as  A. 
Thompaonii.  In  England,  the  form  usually  loiown  as 
.4.  Tliompsonii,  and  used  for  bedding,  is  the  var.  spu- 
rium.  In  X.  Amer.  several  different  things  are  called  A. 
Thumpsonii,  some  of  them  not  variegated  and  at  least 
one  of  the  variegated  forms  having  double  fis.  The 
Fig.  67  is  inserted  to  distinguish  the  plant  originally 
distributed  as  .4.  Thompsonii,  and  to  which  the  name 
should  be  restricted.  Probably  some  of  the  A.  Thomp- 
sonii forms  belong  in  the  general  A.  hybridum  group. 


67.  Abutilon  Thompsonii  as  originally  pictured  in  Florist  and 
Pomologist,  1869,  p.  21.  In.-icrlpd  to  show  ihe  plant  to  which  the 
narrj*-  Thorrjp^tonii  ehould  be  applied. 

Tlje  confusion  between  the  Brazilian  A .  pidum.  and  the 
Guatfmalan  A .  siri/ilum  is  rcductd  by  X.  E.  Brown,  G.  C. 
K)10  (2)  pp.  427  and  488. 

12.  hybridum,  Hort.  Undej  this  name  have  been 
placed  the  many  garden  ionns  and  hybrids,  most  of 
which  have  many  of  the  features  of  the  A.  striatum 
group.  A .  Danvinii  has  been  one  of  the  parents  in  some 
of  them,  as  in  A.  ros^florum,  and  Golden  Fleece  (Gn. 
53:300),  both  of   which  are  recorded   as  offspring   of 


Darwinii  and  Boule  de  Neige.  Other  varieties  referable 
here  are  Fireball,  Golden  Bell,  (i(jl(l  Ball,  Savitzii,  Sou- 
venir de  Bonn,  Caprice,  Boule  de  Xeige  (Snowball). 
Fig.  OS  shows  one  of  the  forms  of  this  garden  group, 
passing  sometimes  erroneously  as  A.  Thompsonii. 

-1.  arhdreum,  Sweet,  l.vs,  cordate,  toiuentose:  flc.  pale  yellow. 
Peru. — ,'1.  lied/ordianum,  St.  Hil.  Lvs.  lobed:  fls.  yellow  with 
red:  very  tall.  Brazil. — A.  escuUntuin,  St.  Hil.  Lvs.  cordate, 
acuminate,  toothed,  toinentose;  tls.  purple,  solitary.  Fls.  said  to  be 
cooked  and  eaten  by  natives  in  Brazil  under  name  of  Bencaode* 
Deos. —  A.  gUihiflfirum,  Don.  Fls.  large,  cream-colored.  Mauritius. 
•^ — .4.  inleg/rrimum,  H(»ok.  &  Jackson,  Index  Kewensis.  (Sida 
integerrima,  Hook.  B.M.  4360. )  Lvs.  entire,  cordate,  tomentose 
below:  fls.  large,  yellow,  flaring.  Colombia. — .4.  pxoniseftdrum, 
Walp.  Fls.  rather  small  pink.  Brazil. — .4.  putcheUum,  Sweet, 
and  .4.  pulchrum,  Don.  =Plagianthua  pulchellus. 


L.  H.  B. 


ACAC ALLIS  :  Aganisia. 


ACACIA  (from  word  meaning  a  point  or  thorn,  refer- 
ring to  the  stijiules  often  spinescent).  Legutnindsx, 
tribe  Mimosese.  Trees  or  shrubs  grown  out-of-floors  in 
warmer  parts  of  the  United  Slates  and  some  of  the 
species  as  cool  greenhouse  plants  for  the  showy  yellow 
bloom. 

Leaves  bipinnate  or  reduced  to  phyllodia  with  ver- 
tical edges  (i.e.,  If.-like  petioles):  fls.  regular,  orange- 
yellow,  occasionally  lemon-yellow  or  white,  in  cylindri- 
cal spikes  or  globidar  heads,  solitary,  or  in  pairs  or 
clusters,  or  in  axillary  racemes;  sepals  and  petals  5,  4 
or  3,  free  or  united;  stamens  many,  long:  pod  a  legume, 
opening  by  two  valves  (occasionally  indehiscent) : 
funiclc  of  the  seed  filiform  or  ending  in  club-shaped 
aril,  either  twice  encircling  the  seed  or  simply  bent 
back  upon  itself.  (The  difference  between  Acacia  and 
Albizzia  lies  in  the  stamens,  which  are  free  in  the 
former  and  united  at  base  in  the  latter.)  A  very  large 
genus  (said  to  be  450  species)  dispersed  throughout  the 
tropical  parts  of  the  earth  and  even  pushing  their  way 
into  parts  of  the  temperate  zones.  The  phyllodine  series 
is  confined  almost  entirely  to  Australia  and  the  Pacific 
Isls.,  while  the  bipinnate  series  is  scattered  over  the 
warm  parts  of  the  remainder  of  the  globe.  The  number 
of  species  reported  from  Amer.  is  large  (about  70),  of 
which  at  least  30  are  Mexican.  Acacias  are  said  to  be 
natives  of  the  following  states:  Ariz.,  Ark.,  Calif.,  Fla., 
Okla.,  Kan.,  La.,  Mo.,  Nev.,  Xew  Mex.  and  Texas. 
Those  in  the  following  account  are  Australian,  unless 
otherwise  stated.  This  list  will  undoubtedly  be  modi- 
fied as  botanists  segregate  the  other  genera  from  the 
Mimo.sca;  group.  Acacias  vary  greatly  undor  cult.,  the 
variation  affecting  infl.,  size  and  shape  of  If.,  and  even 
the  funicle.  One  should  not  expect  to  determine  an 
unfamiliar  species  without  lvs.,  fls.  and  fr.,  with  its 
seeds  in  place. 

Other  species  interesting  because  of  their  ant-inhabited 
thorns  are  described  under  Bull-horn  Acacias.  Other 
species  referred  to  Acacia  arc  to  be  found  under  Albizzia. 

Acacias  arc  quick-growing  plants  and  are  short- 
lived. Various  kinds  have  been  known  to  grow  from  11 
to  12  feet  in  four  months  and  25  feet  in  six  years.  These 
trees  are  thus  in  their  full  maturity  at  thirty  years  of  age, 
and  shortly  afterward  begin  to  deteriorate.  While  they 
may  thus  be  used  as  street  trees  to  secure  immediate 
effects,  more  permanent  trees  should  also  be  planted  to 
take  their  places.  The  leaves  of  some  species  are  used 
in  cookery,  the  flowers  of  A .  Farnesiana  for  perfumer}', 
the  bark  of  various  species  for  tanning;  A.  Senegid 
furnishes  most  of  the  gum  arable  of  commerce;  a  drug 
or  medicine  is  made  from  the  wood  of  A.  Catechu;  a  soap 
or  hair-wash  from  A.  coneinna;  several  are  used  as 
forage  plants,  others  for  dyes,  and  still  others  for  fiber. 
Many  of  them  have  scented  wood,  others  make  fine 
furniture  wof)d,  and  are  used  for  cabinetwork  and 
fence-posts  or  fuel,  still  others  for  street  trees  (as  .4. 
mdanoxylon  and  A.  dealhatn),  and  all  are  more  or  less 
ornamental.  The  Ark  of  the  Covenant,  as  well  as  the 
furniture  of  the  Tabernacle,  are  said  to  have  been  made 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


179 


from  timber  of  A.  Seyal,  which  yields  the  Shittim  wood 
of  the  Bible.  Also  on  account  of  its  incorruptible  wood, 
this  species  for  ages  was  used  by  the  Egyptians  to  make 
coffins  for  the  burial  of  their  kings. 

Acdcuis  oul-of-doors  will  not  endure  much  frost. 
They  seem  to  thri\'e  very  well  in  localities  in  which  the 
winter  temperature  is  as  low  as  20°  F.,  or  even  18°, 
and  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  by  careful  selection  strains 
may  be  secured  t  hat 
will  withstand  an 
even  lower  tempera- 
ture. Some  species 
are  alkali-resistant 
as  .4.  Cyclops,  A.  ^^J_-e^ 
retinodes  and  per- 
haps others.     After 

the  trees  are  once  well  established  they  do 
not  ordinarily  require  further  irrigation  since 
they  have  a  faculty  of  seeking  water.  How- 
ever, if  they  are  given  plenty  of  water  and 
good  soil  their  growth  is  \-ery  rapid.  Weevils 
sometimes  ruin  acacia  seeds  by  laying  their 
eggs  in  the  flower-buds  and  appearing  later 
in  the  pod.  The  cottony  cushionscale  and  the 
black  scale  are  also  found  to  a  limited  extent, 
but  so  far  have  not  proved  troublesome. 

Propagation  is  by  seeds  sown  either  un<ler  glass  or 
out  in  the  open  ground,  or  by  cuttings  from  half-ripened 
wood,  taken  with  a  heel.  Seeds  may  be  prepared  for 
planting  in  two  ways:  First,  place  them  in  ashes  among 
the  dying  embers  of  a  fire  and  allow  them  to  remain 
until  cool.  These  do  not  require  immediate  sowing,  but  if 
they  are  sown  the}-  will  not  perish  if  rain  does  not  fall 
ver\'  soon  afterwards.  Second,  pour  hot  water  over 
seed,  let  cool  and  soak  from  twelve  to  forty-eight  hours. 
Sow  without  alloW'ing  seeds  to  become  dry.  Either 
method  softens  the  hard  seed-coats  and  hastens  germina- 
tion. They  will  then  usually  germinate  in  about  seven 
days  to  three  or  four  weeks,  depending  upon  the  species 
and  the  season  in  which  they  are  sown.  Seed  may  be 
sown  in  the  propagat  ing-house  at  any  time  throughout  the 
year,  though  early  spring  is  the  natural  time.  For  open 
ground,  sow  in  March  or  April.  After  germination,  the 
plants  are  pricked  off  into  flats  or  pots  and  shifted  into 
larger  ones  as  occasion  requires.  They  are  thus  kept 
in  pots  until  they  are  ready  to  be  transplanted  to  their 
permanent  quarters,  since  if  placed  in  the  open  ground 
at  once  the  tap-roots  will  grow  with  too  great  rapidity 
and  the  tree  will  either  have  to  be  balled  or  transplanted 
with  the  greatest  care  to  prevent  its  receiving  a  shock, 
from  which  it  will  take  at  least  a  year  to  recover.  When 
buying  seedlings  from  a  nursery,  therefore,  reject  all 
those  whose  roots  have  penetrated  the  pot.  While 
several  species  (.-1.  pycnantha,  A.  mclanoxylon,  A. 
decurreris  var.  deaUxdn,  etc.)  have  been  known  to  resow 
themselves  in  California,  there  is  no  danger  of  their 
becoming  a  pest  (such  as  ,4.  armnln  in  Australia),  since 
the  seedlings  are  seldom  able  to  live  through  the  dry 
season  without  irrigation.  Cuttings  should  be  made 
from  the  half-ripened  wood,  of  which  the  best  are  from 
the  .side  shoots  of  the  main  stem,  taken  with  a  heel. 
Xo  bottom  heat  is  required,  or  vor>'  Uttle,  but  they 
should  be  covered  with  a  light  frame  and  kept  moist 
and  cool  by  shafling.  They  root  slowly  but  freely  and 
should  be  potted  immefliatelj'  after  rooting,  but  should 
not  be  planted  in  the  open  soil  until  they  have  developed 
good  roots. 

CuUivntion  in  greenhouses  as  florists'  plants  is  con- 
fined to  few  species,  perhaps  not  more  than  a  dozen 
being  commercially  valuable.  All  of  this  most  impor- 
tant section  thrive  in  a  winter  temperature  ranging  from 
40°  to  50°;  in  fact,  little  above  the  freezing  point  is 
sufficient.  They  do  not  like  heat,  and  consequently  are 
not  aflapted  for  forcing.  If  wintered  cool  and  allowed 
to  come  along  naturally  with  the  increasing  heat  and 
hght  of  the  spring,  they  will  flower  in  March  and  April, 


a  season  when  their  graceful  beauty  is  appreciated  in  the 
private  conservatory  or  is  valuable  to  the  commercial 
florist.  The  prevailing  color  of  all  the  Australian  species 
is  yellow,  varying  from  pale  lemon  to  deep  orange. 
The  tall-growing  kinds,  or  rather  those  inclined  to  make 
long,  straight  shoots,  make  excellent  subjects  for 
planting  permanently  against  a  glass  partition  of  a^ 
conservatory,  or  against  a  pillar.    There  is  scarcely  a 


68.  Abutilon 
hybrtdum  form. 


more  beautiful  plant 

than  A .  pubescens, 
with  its  slightly 
drooping,  yellow 
racemes.  It  deserves 
a  favored  place  in 
every  cool  conservatory. 
The  acacias  are  of  easy 
culture.  If  planted  per- 
manently in  the  border, 
provision  for  drainage 
should  be  made.  A  good, 
coarse,  turfy  loam,  of  not 
too  heavy  texture,  is  all 
they  want,  with  the  addi- 
tion of  a  fifth  part  of 
leaf-mold  or  well-rotted 
spent  hops.  Few  of  our  greenhouse  pests  trouble  them. 
\Vater  in  abundance  they  like  at  all  times,  and  in  their 
growing  season,  which  is  the  early  summer  months, 
a  daily  syringing  is  necessary.  Several  of  the  species  of 
bushy  habit  are  very  much  grown  as  pot-plants  in 
Europe,  and  are  now  largely  imported  and  sold  for  the 
eastern  trade.  .4.  armata  and  -4.  Drnmmondii  are  good 
species  for  this  purpose.  With  our  hot  summers,  the 
commercial  man  will  do  better  to  import  than  to 
attempt  to  grow  them  from  cuttings.  The  acacias 
need  pruning,  or  they  will  soon  grow  straggling  and  un- 
shapely; more  especially  is  this  true  of  those  grown  in 
pots.  After  flowering,  cut  back  the  leading  shoots 
rather  severely.  Shift  into  a  larger  pot  if  roots  demand 
it,  and  encourage  growth  by  a  genial  heat  and  syringing, 
giving  at  same  time  abundance  of  light  and  air.  They 
should  be  plunged  out-of-doors  as  soon  as  danger  of 
frost  is  past,  and  removed  to  the  greenhouse  before  any 
danger  of  early  fall  frosts.  Cuttings  root  surely  but  not 
quickly.  The  best  material  is  the  side  shoots  from  a 
main  stem  in  the  condition  that  florists  call  half-ripened 
— that  is,  not  green  and  succulent  as  for  a  verbena,  nor 
as  firm  and  hard  as  the  wood  of  a  hybrid  perpetual  rose 
in  November.  The  wood  or  shoot  will  be  in  about  the 
right  condition  in  June.  No  bottom  heat  is  needed,  but 
the  cuttings  should  be  covered  with  a  close  frame  and 
kept  moderately  moist  and  cool  by  shading.  The  fol- 
lowing spring  these  young  plants  can  be  either  planted 
out-of-doors,  where  there  is  a  good  chance  to  keep  them 
well  watered,  or  grown  on  in  pots,  as  described  above. 
A  few  of  the  finest  species  are  A.  pubescens,  suitable 
for  training  on  pillars;  .4.  Riceana  makes  a  bush  or  can 
be  trained;  .4.  Imigifolia,  an  erect  species,  deserves  a 
permanent  position  in  the  greenhouse  border.  Of  all  the 
species  best  adapted  for  medium-sized,  compact  pot- 
plants,  A.  armnln  and  A.  Drummondii  are  the  best.  The 
former  has  .small,  simple,  dark  green  leaves  and  globular, 
pure  yellow  flowers.  A.  Drummondii  has  drooping, 
cylindrical,  pale  lemon  flowers.  As  both  these  flower  in 
March  without  any  forcing  in  our  northern  greenhouses, 


ISO 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


thoy  are  very  valuable  acquisitions  to  our  Easter  planta. 
The  aeaeia  has  two  liistiiiotive  ehanns:  the  foliage  is 
either  small,  simple  aiul  glaucous,  as  in  .1.  iirinala,  or 
mucli  diviiletl,  graceful  and  fern-like,  as  in  .1.  iiubescens. 
All  the  acaeijis  are  among  the  freest-flowering  of  our 
hani-woodetl  plants.    (.W  illiam  .Scott.) 

INDEX. 

acinacea.  13.  Fnrne^iana,  1)1.  tu-riifolia,  30. 

aneura.  47.  filioina,  .59.  neurocnrpa,  50. 

angiHlifotia.  20.  filicioidfs,  59.  nonnulis,  20,  58. 

arabica.  63.  tluribunda,  52.  ol)tiqim,  12. 

argjTopbylla,  19.  Fraseri,  15.  obtusala,  28. 

armata,  7.  furcifera,  7.  olex/olia,  18. 

Baileyana,  55,  genistxfoUa,  3.  DswaUiii,  41. 

hiftoni.  9.  glabra,  19.  o.vycetlrua,  44. 

binervata,  34.  giaucescens,  48.  paradoxa,  7. 

Ijraohybotrya,  19.  glaucophytla,  19.  pentiula,  35. 

calamifolia,  4.  grandis,  60.  penninervis,  24. 

Caleyi,  15.  Greggii,  67.  penlsedra,  6. 

Calcchu,  65.  harpophylla,  42.  petiolaris,  25. 

ctjiechuoides,  65.  hispidissima,  60.  pinifoli'a,  ."). 

Cavenia,  62.  holo.sericea,  50.  plaijiophylla.  23. 

celastrifolia,  20.  bomomalla,  48.  podalyria'folia,  1,5. 

cinrrascens,  48.  tmplexa,  37.  pravis.siiua,  17. 

euUrata,  16.  incrassata,  9.  promiuens.  22. 

cultriformis,  16.  juncifolia,  5.  pruinosa,  57. 

cuncata,  S.  iuniperina,  1.  pubescens,  53. 

ruspidata.  3.  koa,  38.  pulchella,  60. 

cyanophylla.  27.  Latrobei,  13.  pungens,  1. 

Cyclops,  43.  leiophulla,  26.  pycnantha,  25. 

dealbata,  58.  leptophyUa,  61.  retinodes,  29. 

dccipiens.  9.  leucadendron,  48.  Riceana,  46. 

decurrens,  58.  leucophylta,  50.  rolundifotia,  12. 

diffusa,  3.  linearis,  51.  runciformis,  11. 

discolor,  56.  lineata,  11.  salicina,  33. 

dodonsi/olia,  14.  linifolia,  22,  saligna,  26. 

dolabriformis.  9  loQgifolia,  52.  sentis,  21. 

Dnimmondii.  66.  longissima,  51.  SophoriB,  52. 

eburnea,  64.  lunata,  18.  suaveoiens.  31. 

tchinula,  1.  niacradenia,  32.  tenuifolia,  2. 

elata.  .54.  Maidenii,  49.  umhrosa,  34. 

elongata,  40.  Meissneri,  10.  undulata,  7. 

erythropus,  46.  melanoxylon,  36.  verticillata,  45. 

extensa,  6.  mollis,  58.  viscidula,  39. 

falcata,  23.  muUissima,  58.  Wayffi,  33, 

falciformis,  24.  myrtifolia,  20. 

KEY  TO  THE  SPECIES. 
A.  Lvs.  reduced  to  pliyll.  (i.  e.,  ( le  petiole 
is  flattened  to  resemble  a  simple  l/.). 
B.  Fls.  in  globular  heads. 

c.  Fhyll.  terete  or  slinlilly  Jlallened. 
D.  The  phyll.  tapering  into  points, 

E.  Funicle  filiform  to  its  end.  ...    1.  juniperina 
EE.  Funicle  ending  in  enlarged  aril. 
F.  Fls.      cream-yellow,      phyll. 

slender,  broad  at  base.   ...    2.  tenuifolia 
FF.  Fls.  rich  yrllow:  phyll.  thick, 

narrower  at  base .3.  diffusa 

DD.  The  phyll.  leith  innocuous  points, 
not  pungent. 
E.  Peduncle  usually  more  than  1- 

headed 4.  calamifolia 

EE.   Peduncle  mostly  1-headed. 

F.  Phyll.  obscurely  nerved 5.  juncifolia 

FF.  Phyll.    prominently   nened, 

St.  almost  winged 6.  extensa 

CC.  Phyll.  rerticalli/  flattened. 

D.   Veins  of  phyll.  1 ,  or  very  rarely  2. 
E.  Fl.-heads  solitary  or  in  pairs  or 
clusters. 
F.  Length  of  phyll.  J  in.  or  less. 
G.  Stipules     persistent    as 
slender  spines. 
H.  Pods  hirsute. 

I.  Phyll.  scmiovate 7.  armata 

II.  Phyll.  wedge-shaped. .    h.  cuneata 
HH.  Pod    glabrous:     phyll. 
triangular    or    rhom- 

boidal 9.  decipiens 

CO.  Stipules  deciduous,  small 
or  none. 
H.  Peiluncles  shorter  than 

phyll 10.  Meissneri 

HH.  Peduncles   longer   than 
phyll. 

I.  S'erte  near  one  edge: 

phyll.  ^iin.  wide..  .11.  lineata 

II.  Nerve  central:  phyll. 

over  }iin.  ivide. 


J.  Phyll.  orbicular.  . .  12.  obliqua 

jj.  Phyll.  oblong 13.  acinacea 

FP.  Length  of  phyll.  1 14-4  in. 

G.  More  or  less  spinescent.. .  21.  sentis 

00.  Not  spinescent 14.  dodonaeifolia 

EE.  Fl.-heads  in.   axillary  racemes 
(rarely  reduced  to  a  solitary 
head). 
V.  Length  of  phyll.  2  in.  or  less. 
G.  Racemes  much  exceeding 
phyll. 
H.  Phyll.  hoary  or  pubes- 
cent  1.5.  podalyris- 

Hii.  Phyll.  glabrous.  (folia 

I.  The  phyll.  nearly  as 
broad  as  long. 
J.  Shape      uf     phyll. 

ohliqiirly  orate  -  .  10.  cultrifoimis 
JJ.  Shape  of  phyll.  tri- 
angular  17.  pravissima 

II.  The  phyll.  oblong-fal- 
cate, not  so  broad  as 

long IS.  lunata 

GO.  Racemes     not     or     only 

slightly  exceeding  phyll. 

(except  A.  linifolia  var. 

prominens) . 

H.  Phyll.  ohliriucly  oborale. 19.  brachybotrya 

HH.  Phyll.  luiiriiihiti   infirn 

3  in.  long  in  ( 'atif. ) .  .20.  myrtifolia 
HHH.  Phyll.  linear. 

I.  Stipules  spinescent.  ..21.  sentis 
II.  Stipules    not    spines- 
cent. 

J.  Gland  at  base 22.  linifolia 

JJ.  Gland  below  middle  22.  linifolia  var. 
PF.  Length  of  phyll.  over  S  in.  (ex-  [prominens 

cept  A .  salicina  var.  Way^) . 
G.  Some  of  phyll.  over  1  in. 
wide. 
H.  Funicle  encircling  seed 
and  bent  back  in  dou- 
ble fold. 

I.  Pod  %in.  wide 2.3.  falcata 

II.  Pod  over  yiin.,  nearly 

l-'iin.  wide 24.  penninervis 

HH.  Funicle   not    encircling 
seed. 
I.  Phyll.  .•iickle-shape..  .25.  pycnantha 
II.  Phyll.notsickle-shape.2ij.  saligna 

27.  cyanophylla 
GG.  All  phyll.  under  1  in.  wide. 
H.  Phyll.  linear-lanceolate, 
mostly    widest    above 
middle. 
I.  Midrib  much   to   one 
side,      gland     one- 
third    from     base, 
making  a  notch. .  . .  28.  obtusata 
II.  Midrib      ceidral      or 
nearly  so,  gland  14- 
l^in.  from  base. 
J.  Funicle    surround- 
ing seed 29.  retinodes 

JJ.  Funicle     not     sur- 
rounding seed. .  .  30.  neriifolia 
HH.  Phyll.  linear-oblong,  not 
widest  above  middle. 

I.  Seeds    nearly    trans- 

verse  31.  suaveoiens 

II.  Seeds  longitudinal. 

J.  Racemes  compound  32.  macradenia 
JJ.  Racemes       simple, 
often   reduced   to 
2  or  3  heads. 
K.  Foliage  pale..  .  .33.  salicina 
KK.  Foliage  dark 

green 33.  salicina  var. 

DD.  Veins   of  phyll.    several    (rarely  [Waya; 

only  2),  longitudinal. 
E.  Fl.-heads  in  racemes. 

F.  Phyll.  2-nerved 34.  binervata 

FF.  Phyll.  more  than  2-nerved. 

o.  Pod  with  narrow  wing.  .  .35.  pendula 
GG.  Pod  not  winged. 

H.  Funicle  encircling  seed 

in  double  fold 36.  melanoxylon 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


181 


HH.  Funicle  folded  at  end  of 
seed,  not  encircling  it. 
I.  Width  of  pod  liin...  .37.  implexa 
II.  Width  of  pod  %-l  in.  38.  koa 
EE.  Fl.-heads  solitary  or  in  pairs 
or  clusters. 
F.  Width  of  phyll.  Y^in.  or  less, 
linear. 

G.  Phyll.  viscid 39.  viscidula 

GG.  Phyll.  not  viscid 40.  elongata 

FT.  Width  of  phyll.  over    ]/iin., 
not  linear. 
G.  The   fl.-heads    sessile,    or 

nearly  so 41.  Oswald! 

GG.  The  fl.-heads  not  sessile. 
H.  Funicle    short,   half  as 

long  as  seed 42.  harpophylla 

HH.  Funicle  long,  scarlet, 
encircling  seed  in  dou- 
ble fold 43.  Cyclops 

BB.  Fls.  in  spikes. 

C.  Shape  of  phyll.  narrow  (ro  to  less 
than    \iin.),  pungent  pointed. 

D.  A'erves  S  or  J,:  phyll.  scattered 44.  oxycedrus 

DD.  Nerves  1. 

E.  Phyll.  whorled 45.  verticillata 

EE.  Phyll.  clustered:  fls.  mostly  S- 

merous 46.  Riceana 

CC.  Sh<ipe  of  phyll.  broader  {except  A. 
aneura  and  A .  longiflnra  var.  flori- 
bunda),  less  rigid,  not  pungent 
pointed. 

D.  Pod  winged 47.  aneura 

DD.  Pod  not  winged. 

E.  Calyx  and  phyll.  pubescent  (A. 
Maidenii  only  slightly  so). 
F.  Sepals      velvet-like,      bright 

orange-yellow 48.  glaucescens 

FF.  Sepals     not    velvet-like    yet 
more  or  less  pubescent. 
Q.  Funicle  encircling  seed.. .  .49.  Maidenii 
—  -      GG.  Funicle  folded  and  enlarged 

into  cup-shaped  aril .  . .  50.  holosericea 
EE.  Calyx  and  phyll.  not  pubescent. 

F.  Phyll.  linear 51.  linearis 

FF.  Phyll.  elliptical,  lanceolate. 

G.  Width  of  phyll.  over  ]^in..  52.  longifolia 
GG.  Width  of  phyll.  less  than 

I4in- 52.  longifolia 

AA.  Lvs.  all  bipinnate.  [var.  floribunda 

B.  Fls.  in  globular  heads. 

C.  Stipules  none  or  brown  and  scarious. 
D.  Pinnee  few,  2-10  pairs. 

E.  Rachis  hirsute 53.  pubescens 

EE.  Rachis  not  hirsute. 

F.  Lfts.  1 14-1 14  in.  long 54.  elata 

FF.  Lfts.  less  than  1  ]4  iri.  long. 

G.  Length  of  pinnse  1  in 55.  Baileyana 

GG.  Length  of  pinnse  over  1  in. 

H.  Funicle  filifor-m 56.  discolor 

HH.  Fttnicle cup-shapedaril.57 .  pruinosa 
DD.  Pinns:  many,  8-26  pairs. 

E.  Plant  a  tree:  lfts.  30~40  pairs, 
more   or    less    tonientose-pu- 

bescent 58.  decurrens 

F.  Lfts.    dark    green,     shining 
above,  imbricate:  fls.  bloom 

in  June,  pale  yellow 58.  decurrens 

FF.  Lfts.    more    or    less     gray,  [mollis 

farther  apart:  fls.  bloom  in 
Jan.  and  Feb.,  deep  yellow.^?,,  decurrens 
FFF.  Lfts.    light    green,    distant:  [dealbata 

sepals  as  long  as  petals .  . .  .58.  normalis 
EE.  Plant    a    shrub:     lfts.    20-60 

pairs,  glabrous 59.  filicina 

CC.  Stipules  spinescent. 

D.  Pinnse  1  pair 60.  pulchella 

DD.  Pinnse  more  than  1  pair. 

E.  Pod  round 61.  Farnesiana 

62.  Cavenia 

EE.  Pod  moniliform 6.'^.  arabica 

EEE.  Pod  not  moniliform 64.  eburnea 

BB.  Fls.  in  spikes. 

c.  Pinnse  10-J,0  pairs 65.  Catechu 

CC.  Pinnse  3-4  pairs. 

D.  Pod  not  exceeding  1  in.  long 66.  Drummondii 

DD.  Pod  1  y2~4  in.  long 67.  Greggii 


1.  juniperina,  Willd.  (-4.  echlnula,  DC.  .4.  pungens, 
Spreng.).  A  stiff  shrub,  8  to  12  ft.,  with  branchlets 
either  pubescent  or  smooth:  phyll.  scattered,  numerous 
and  tapering  into  a  sharp  point,  Jg  to  rarely  3-2in.  long, 
1-nerved:  fl.-heads  solitary  on  peduncles  longer  than 
the  phyll.,  5-merous;  petals  ciliate;  petals  acute,  with 
prominent  midrib:  pod  more  or  less  falcate,  flat,  1-2 
in.  long,  about  J-ijin.  broad,  usually  contracted  between 
the  seeds;  seeds  longitudinal,  the  funicle  but  little 
folded  and  filiform  to  the  end.  May,  June. — May  be 
distinguished  from  ,4.  tenuifolia  by  its  funicle  filiform 
the  entire  length,  its  petals  with  prominent  midrib,  and 
its  5-merous  fls. 

2.  tenuifolia,  F.  v.  M.  Fig.  69.  An  everblooming 
shrub  with  a  sticky  exudation  on  sts.  and  over  the  young 
fl.-buds:  branchlets  slender  and  drooping:  phyll.  linear- 
subulate,  M-1  in.  long,  ^^in.  wide,  1-nerved,  ending  in 
a  pungent  point;  gland  at  base:  fls.  lemon-yellow,  with 
peduncles  J^in.  long,  solitary  in  axils  of  the  phyll.,  30 
or  more  in  a  head:  pods 

straight,  shghtly  con- 
stricted between  seeds, 
2-3  in.  long,  nearly  34™. 
wide,  pointed  at  both  ends 
and  bearing  two  rough 
longitudinal  marks  over 
each  seed,  characteristic 
of  this  species;  funicle 
silvery  white,  half  as  long 
as  seed  and  enlarged  into 
a  cup-shaped  aril  over  one 
end;  ripe  June-Nov.  Fls. 
every  month.  F.  v.  M. 
Icon.  1:8. — This  attrac- 
tive shrub  is  easily  grown 
from  seed,  germinating  in 
about  three  weeks  and 
growing  steadily.  It  is 
delightful  for  situations 
that  demand  a  low-branch- 
ing habit.  Its  everbloom- 
ing fls.,  honey-like  odor 
and  dust-resistant  quali- 
ties also  recommend  it. 

3.  difffisa,  Lindl.  (.4. 
genislxfolia,  Link).  A 
shrub  of  5  or  6  ft.  with 
loosely  scattered  foliage: 
phyll.  linear  or  subulate, 
]4r^)4,  in-  long  (mostly 
H\n.),  T2-J^in.  wide, 
1-nerved,  ending  in  sharp 
point:  fls.  in  pairs  or  reduced  to  a  single  head,  either  4- 
or  5-merous;  peduncles  J^in.  long;  sepals  not  half  length 
of  petals:  pod  stipitate,  flat,  acute,  3-4  in.  long,  J-gin. 
broad,  valves  convex  over  seeds;  funicle  much  folded 
and  thickened  from  the  middle.  Apr.,  May.  B.M.2417. 
B.R.  634.  Var.  cuspidata,  Benth.  (A.  cuspidala,  Cunn.). 
Phyll.  more  slender,  from  %-2  in.  long,  about  as  broad 
as  thick. 

4.  calamifolia,  Sweet.  Broom  Wattle.  Fig.  70.  A 
tall  shrub  or  small  tree  with  slender  erect  branches: 
phyll.  narrow-linear  to  subulate,  with  oblique  point  at 
apex  and  narrowed  to  base,  \]i-2}i  in.  long,  rein, 
wide,  1-nerved;  gland  near  base  (obscure  in  dried  .speci- 
mens) :  racemes  short,  of  3  or  4  heads,  or  reduced  to  a 
single  one;  fls.  20  to  a  head,  5-merous;  sepals  half  as 
long  as  petals;  peduncles  J^in.  long:  pods  a  rich  brown, 
slightly  contracted  between  the  seeds,  l)i-3  in.  long, 
i^in.  wide;  funicle  red,  almost  encircling  the  seed  in  a 
double  fold,  ending  in  a  silvery  club-shaped  aril;  ripe 
Aug.  Fls.  Feb.-Apr.  B.R.  8.39. — An  attractive  orna- 
mental at  all  times  but  especially  so  when  in  full  bloom. 
An  excellent  tan-bark  species,  analysis  showing  aa 
much  as  20.63  per  cent  of  tannin. 


69.  Acacia  tenuifolia.    ( X  }^2) 


182 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


,">.  juncifdlia,  Henlh.  (.1.  piiiifolid,  Honth.)-  A  tall 
shrul>  witli  tiTcto  bnuichos,  oithor  p;lahrous  or  hirsute: 
nhyll.  fmin  slishtly  fl!ittom\i  to  tctrasonous,  IMi  in. 
long  or  nioro,  with  a  nerve  on  each  side;  lis.  .")-nierou.s, 
either  solitary  or  in  pairs,  about  U)  in  a  head;  i)elals 
unitiM;  eahx  spatulate  and  eiliate,  not  half  so  long  ;is 
petals;  petltnielos  ■4in.  long  (rarely 
with  nerve-like  margins,  3-4  in.  long, 

wide;     seed: 


I. 


70.  Acacia  calamifolia. 
(Xh) 


in.):  |)od  Hat, 
less  than  '4  in. 
ol)- 
,ons,  loiinitudinal; 
funiele  half  as  long 
as  seed,  filiform 
but  slightly  thick- 
ened at  hilum.  F. 
V.  M.  Icon.  2:8. 

6.  extensa.Lindl. 
(A.  pc  ntkdra, 
Kegel).  A  shrub 
.5  ft.  tall,  with 
more  or  less 
winged  angular 
brauehlets:  phyll. 
linear-subulate  or 
needle-hke,  3-4in. 
long  (sometimes 
8),  Tiin.  wide, 
1-nerved,  ending 
in  sharp  point; 
gland  J-2-1  in- 
from  base :  fls.  soli- 
tary or  shortly 
racemose,  20  in  a 
head,  ,5-merous; 
sepals  short;  pe- 
duncles 34'in.long: 
pods  with  nerve- 
like margins,  constricted  between  the  seeds,  2-4  in. 
long,  J^in.  wide;  funiele  straight  and  only  slightly  thick- 
ened at  hilum  end;  ripe  May.    Fls.  March. 

7.  armata,  R.  Br.  (A.  unduU'ita,  Willd.  A.  paraddm, 
DC.  ,1.  fiirr'ifera,  Lindl.  Mimosa  paraddxa,  Poir.). 
Kang.\roo  Thokn.  Fig.  71.  A  spreading  shrub  8-10  ft. 
wide,  7-11  ft.  tall,  with  pendent  finger-like  branchlets: 
phyll.  half-ovate,  the  straight  edge  hugging  the  st.,  the 
other  edge  more  or  less  undulate;  nerve  excentric,  end- 
ing in  a  pungent  point;  stipules  reduced  to  slender 
spines  about  Min.  in  length:  fls.  solitary  on  peduncles 
Jiin.  long;  petals  5;  sepals  5,  more  than  one-half 
length  of  corolla:  pods  hairy,  straight  or  slightly  curled, 
in  clusters  of  2-.5  or  reduced  to  1,  13^2  in.  long,  ^in. 
wide;  funiele  silvery,  as  long  as  seed  and  enlarged  to  a 
cup-shaped  aril;  ripe  Aug.  Fls.  Feb.-Apr.  li.M.  1653.— 
A  shrub  with  breadth  often  much  greater  than  its  height, 
sometimes  1.5-20  ft.  across,  hence  suitable  for  large 
grounds  and  roomy  comers.  Makes  a  good  hedge  plant, 
and  Ls  also  used  to  reclaim  sand-dunes.  It  is  a  good  rich 
green  and  withstands  considerable  dust  and  drought. 
There  is  a  larger-lvd.  form  with  fissured  bark  and  more 
straggling  habit.  The  phyll.  is  greener  and  more  ten- 
der in  texture  than  the  type,  and  the  fls.  are  larger. 

8.  cune^ta,  Benth.  A  tall  glabrous  .shrub:  phyll.  J/^  to 
scarcely  1  in.  long,  wedge-shaped,  truncate  at  the  apex, 
nerve  excentric,  ending  in  sharp  i)oint  at  on(?  angle 
while  the  other  angle  Ls  tipped  by  a  gland;  occasionally 
a  faint  secondary  nerve;  sti[)ulessetaceou.s:  fls.  solitary; 
peduncles  about  as  long  as  phyll.,  H-ir>  in  a  hea<l,  4- 
merous;  petals  separate;  calyx  turbinate,  half  as  long  as 
corolla  and  with  broafl  lobes:  pod  hirsute,  thick  margins, 
2-3  in.  long  and  }im.  wide.  B.H.  1839.— An  intenwting 
ornamental  species,  .somewhat  resembling  A.  j>ravinfiima. 

9.  decipiens,  R.  Br.  (A.  dol/ibrif6rmis,  CoUa.  A. 
incranmUi,  HwA.  A.  biflf/ra,  Paxt.).  A  shrub  either 
low  and  bushy  or  up  to  1 0  or  1 2  f  t .  tall,  glabrous  or  rarely 
hirsute:  phyll.  triangular  or  trapezoid,  '/3-%'tn.  long 
and  nearly  a.s  broad;  principal  nerve  excentric,  ending 


in  small  point,  gland  on  other  angle;  the  occasional 
stipules  are  spinescent:  fls.  solitary  or  in  pairs,  6-10  in 
a  head:  pod  thick,  hard,  much  incurved,  1-2  in.  long, 
Tij-'s  in.  wide,  narrowed  at  each  end;  seeds  longitu- 
dinal; funiele  ending  in  club-shaped  aril.  B.M.  1745, 
;)2  4 1. — The  dilTereiice  bet  ween  this  and  .1 .  cuncnta  seems 
to  lie  chiefly  in  fls.  and  phjU.,'  which  are  about  as  broad 
as  long  in  A.  decipiens,  and  nmch  longer  than  broad  in 
.4.  cunealti,  and  wedge-shaped. 

10.  Meissneri,  Lehm.    Tall   .shrub:   young  branches 


glabrous,  acutely  angular:  phyl 


-1  in.  long,  'g-Vsin. 


broad,  ohox-ate-oblong  or  obliquely  cuneate,  obtuse,  or 
with  a  small,  hooked  point:  peduncles  shorter  than  the 
phyll.:  pod  flat,  }4-)3in.  broad,  the  margins  not  thick- 
ened; seed  oblong,  longitudinal;  funiele  very  long  and 
much  folded,  the  last  fold  ahnost  encircling  the  seed  and 
returning,  but  thiekenetl  only  at  the  end. 

11.  lineata,  A.  Cunn.  (.4.  runcijdrmis,  A.  Cunn.).  A 
bushy  shrub:  branches  usually  pubescent,  terete  and 
often  slightly  resinous:  phyll.  linear,  J-^-^iin.  long  or 
more,  l,'-2  in-  wide,  nerve  near  the  margin  and  ending 
in  smaU  hooked  point:  fls.  solitary,  5-merous,  equal  to  or 
exceeding  the  phyll.;  sepals  distinct,  linear-spathulate; 
peduncles  34-Hiii-  long:  pod  curved  or  tvvisted,  3-6in. 
wide;  funiele  not  so  long  as  seed,  ending  in  a  clavate 
fleshy  aril.  Fls.  March.  B.M.  3346  (as  A.  runciformis). 
— This  differs  from  A.  acinacea  and  A.  ohliqua  in  only 
its  narrow  phyllodia.  Habitat  in  barren  forest  grounds 
in  the  interior  of  New  South  Wales. 

12.  obliqua,  Cunn. 
(.4  .  rotundif  blia  , 
Hook.).  A  drooping 
shrub,  with  finger-hke 
branches,  angular  and 
slightly  pubescent: 
phyll.  obliquely  ob- 
ovate  to  orbicular, 
}4-J^in-long,M-J-8in- 
wide;  1  excentric 
nerve  ending  in  re- 
curved point;  stipules 
minute;  gland,  when 
present,  one-third  dis- 
tant from  base:  fls. 
5-merous,  solitary  or 
in  pairs  on  peduncles 
Vim.  long;  fls.  15-20 
in  a  head;  petals  with 
midrib;  sepals  nar- 
row, half  as  long  as 
petals:  pod  more  or 
less  twisted  and  con- 
stricted between  the 
seeds,  1-2  in.  long, 
J/gin.  wide,  thin,  with 
nerve  -  hke  margins ; 
funiele  club-shaped, 
half  :is  long  as  seed; 
ripe  July,  Aug.  Fls. 
Feb.    B.M.  4041. 

13.  acinacea,  Lindl.  (A 
branched  shrub:  phyU.  obliquely  oblong,  H-'i'"-  long, 
14-i/^in.  wide,  obtuse,  with  a  recurved  point;  gland 
one-third  distance  from  base:  fls.  in  pairs  (rarely  soli- 
tary), .5-merous;  calyx  spathulate,  cihate,  half  ;is  long 
as  "petals;  petals  united;  peduncles  H-H'm.  long:  pod 
twisted  or  curved,  3^in.  wide,  more  or  less  constricted 
between  the  seeds;  seed  longitudinal;  funiele  not  so 
long  as  seed  and  thickened  into  fleshy  clavate  aril.  Fls. 
March.  F.  v.  M.  Icon.  4:7. — F.  v.  Mueller  proposed  to 
unite  this  with  the  broad-lvd.  A.  obliqua,  since  the  only 
difference  between  them  seems  to  be  based  upon  shape 
of  phyll.  This  group  should  be  given  further  study  to 
(leterrnine  whether  transition  stages  may  be  found 
between  the  narrow  and  the  round  forms  and  whether 


71.  Acacia 

armata.  ( X  Jz) 


Lalrbhd,  Meisn.).   A  much- 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


183 


the  supposed  distinct  ion  of  straight  pods  in  A .  acinacea 
can  be  traced  into  the  curled  pods  of  A.  obliqua. 

14.  dodonaeifolia,  Willd.  A  tall,  glabrous,  verj-  resin- 
ous shrub :  phyll.  lanceolate  to  linear-falcate,  tapering  to 
base,  having  the  appearance  of  being  encrusted  with  a 
brownish  powder,  1'2~"2,  sometimes  4,  in.  long,  about 
3.4in.  wide,  the  lateral  veins  prominent  and  anastomos- 
ing; 1  central  nerve  ending  in  an  oblique  point:  fls. 
solitary  or  in  pairs,  not  exceeding  the  phyll.;  peduncles 
Vgin.  long;  about  40  fls.  in  a  head,  .'i-merous;  calyx  more 
than  half  as  long  as  corolla:  pod  straight  or  falcate, 
about  J^'in.  wide:  seeds  longitudinal;  funicle  with  last 
2  or  3  folds  dilated  into  an  irregular  cup-shaped  aril. 
March. — Superficially  this  resembles  the  A.  retinodes 
group,  but  the  fls.  are  solitary  or  in  pairs  instead  of 
in  racemes,  and  it  has  an  apparent  incrustation  on 
foliage. 

1.5.  podalyrisef61ia,  Cunn.  (-1.  Fraseri,  Hook.  A. 
Cnleyi,  Cunn.).  Fig.  72.  A  tall,  glabrous  shrub  with 
conspicuous  gray  branchlets  covered  with  a  soft  pubes- 
cence: phyll.  pinniveined,  pubescent  (rarely  glabrous), 
ovate  or  oblong,  1-1 '2  in.  long,  ''2~l/i  in.  wide,  nerve- 
like margins  and  prominent  excentric  midrib  ending  in 
oblique  point,  the  margins  and  midrib  ciliate;  gland 
at  middle  or  just  below:  racemes  simple,  longer  than 
phyll.,  of  nimierous  small  heads;  calyx  turbinate,  not 
half  so  long  as  corolla;  petals  hirsute,  with  prominent 
midrib:  pod  flat,  either  glabrous  or  pubescent,  1-3,  or 
more,  in.  long,  'iin.  broad;  seeds  longitudinal;  funicle  not 
encircling  seed  but  in  short  folds  at  hilum  end,  the  last 
fold  slightly  thickened.  R.B.  33:105.  G.C.  III.  43:11. 
Gt.  54:1541.  G.W.  9,  p.  158.— Its  neat  gray  ovate 
Ivs.  and  abundant  long  yellow  racemes  at  the  end  of 
the  branches  make  it  a  very  decorative  and  popular 
species. 

16.  cultrifonnis,  Cunn.  (A.  cidlrata,  Ait.).  A  tall 
shrub  with  gray  fohage  thickly  clothing  the  branches: 
phyll.  with  nerve-like  margins,  obhquely  ovate  to 
almost  triangular,  J^-1  in.  long,  Jl-^in.  wide,  with 
gland  on  upper  edge  one-third  distance  from  base,  the 
intervening  edge  straight  and  closely  hugging  the 
branchlets;  vein  excentric,  much  curved,  ending  in 
mucronate  point:  racemes  axillary,  much  exceeding 
the  phyll.;  fls.  30-40  in  a  head;  sepals  half  as  long  as 
petals;  peduncles  )4in.  long:  pod  a  rich  brown,  with 
nerve-like  margins,  1 J 2~3  in.  long,  J4in.  wide,  occasion- 
ally constricted  between  the  seed;  seed  oblong,  longi- 
tudinal; funicle  half  as  long  as  seed,  silvery  and  enlarged 
into  a  cup-shaped  aril  almost  from  the  beginning;  ripe 
Sept.,  Oct.  Fls.  March,  Apr.  R.H.  1896,  p.  503.  J.H. 
111.34:131. — If  kept  well  pruned  it  makes  a  good 
hedge.  Has  been  cult,  in  Calif,  for  many  years  in  the 
open,  and  is  considered  a  desirable  plant. 

17.  pravissima,  F.  V.  M.  Fig.  72.  A  small  tree,  15-20 
ft.  high  with  decurrent,  pendulous,  finger-like  branchlets 
thickly  clothed  with  short  fohage:  phyll.  J4~l  'D-  long, 
J-i-J-iin.  broad,  cuneiform  to  trapezoid,  one  angle 
rounded,  the  other  acute,  indistinctly  2-nerved,  the 
prominent  nerve  excentric  and  ending  in  a  mucronate 
point ;  gland  large,  near  middle  of  upper  edge:  racemes 
much  longer  than  phyll.,  lOtomore  fls.  in  a  head ;  pedun- 
cles rein,  long:  pods,  when  ripe,  once  or  twice  twisted, 
with  nerve-like  margins  and  mucronate  tip,  1H~254' 
in.  long,  I4i^.  wide;  seed  small,  longitudinal,  with 
prominent  central  marking;  funicle  as  long  as  seed, 
enlarged  into  club-shaped  aril;  ripe  July,  Aug.  Fls. 
Feb.,  March. — A  very  graceful  showy  species  that  is 
becoming  popular. 

18.  Itin^ta,  Sieb.  (A.  oles-fblia,  Cunn.).  A  glabrous 
shrub  with  angular  branches:  phyll.  oblong-falcate, 
obtuse,  with  sharp  point,  %-l  in.  long,  l-i-l^iin.  wide; 
vein  excentric;  gland  one-third  distance  from  base: 
racemes  simple,  longer  than  phyll.;  fls.  4-15  in  a  head; 
calyx  united,  about  one-third  length  of  corolla:  pod 
straight  or  curved,  '3'in.  wide,  seeds  longitudinal,  near 


upper  suture,  the  last  fold  of  the  funicle  thickened  into 
a  lateral  club-shaped  aril,  the  lower  folds  very  small. 
Apr.  B.R.  1352. — This  resembles  A.  linifo'Ua  var. 
prominens  in  fls.  and  fohage;  the  fr.  is  necessary  to  dis- 
tinguish them. 

19.  brachybdtrya,  Benth.  Tall  shrub:  phyll.  14-1% 
in.,  rarely,  in  luxuriant  specimens,  2  in.  long,  obhquely 
obovate  or  oblong,  firm,  rather  broad,  obtuse  or 
mucronulate:  fl. -heads  few,  short,  axillary  racemes, 
about  equaling  the  phyll.,  or  rarely  reduced  to  1  head; 
fls.  20-50  in  a  head:  pod  flat,  Unear  to  narrow-elliptical. 

Var.  argyrophylla,  Benth.  (.4.  argyrophylla,  Hook.). 
Silvery-silky,  turning  sometimes  golden  yellow:  phyll. 
mostly  ?4-13-i  in.  long:  fl.-heads  often  solitary.  B.M. 
4384. 

Var.  glaucophylla,  Benth.  Glaucous  and  more  or 
less  pubescent:  phyll.  mostly  M-Min.  long:  fl.-heads 
mostly  2-5,  shortly  racemose. 

Var.  glabra,  Benth.  Quite  glabrous:  phyll.  small  and 
narrow:  fl.-heads  small. 

20.  myrtifolia,  Willd.  A  tall  shrub  with  angular 
branchlets,  the  angles,  glands  and  margins  of  phyll. 
edged  with  hght  red  or  pink:  phyll.  oval  to  ovate- 
lanceolate,  the  apex  either  acute  with  obUque  point  or 
obtuse  and  rounded,  lJ^-2  in.  long,  }i-J-2in.  wide; 
gland  J-lin.  from  base;  nerve  excentric:  fls.  in  racemes 
nearly  as  long  as  phyll.;  peduncles  J-sin.  long;  fl.-heads 
few  (3-5),  though  large,  4-merous;  petals  with  promi- 
nent midrib;  sepals  short,  united:  pod  with  nerve-like 
margins,  curved  and  contracted  between  the  seeds  and 
tough,  3  in.  long,  Vein,  broad;  funicle  short,  thickened 
into  cup-shaped  aril.   B.M.  302.   Fls.  Feb-Mar. 

Var.  celastrif61ia,  Benth.  {A.  celastrifolia,  Benth.). 
Phyll.  mostly  13  2  in.  long  and  often  1  in.  broad.  B.M. 
4306. 

Var.  normalis,  Benth.  PhyU.  mostly  1-2  in.  long  and 
about  J2in.  broad. 

Var.  angustifolia,  Benth.  Phyll.  mostly  2^  in.  long, 
i  6- J  sin.  broad. 

21.  sentis,  F.  v.  M.  A  rigid  shrub  or  small  tree  30 
or  40  ft.  high,  with  terete  branchlets  and  when  young 
either  glabrous  or  pubescent:  phyll.  various,  either 
lanceolate-oblong  with  a  short  point  or  hnear  with  a 
hooked  point,  in  some  specimens  J^in.  long  by  J^  or 
i^in.  broad  and  in  others  again  they  muy  be  2  in.  long 
and  Ain.  broad;  marginal  gland  near  base  or  wanting; 
stipules  reduced  to  spines,  occasionally  none:  fls.  soU- 
tary  or  in  pairs  or  racemes,  20-30  fls.  in  a  head;  sepals 
linear,  spatulate,  ciliate:  pod  flat,  2-3  in.  long,  3-^-5^in. 
broad;  seeds  nearly  oblique,  the  funicle  gradually 
thickened  and  folded  several  times,  fitting  against  seed 
like  a  cap.  May.  F.  v.  M.  Icon.  4:9. — A  desert  species 
commonly  growing  in  sandy  soil.  It  thrives  with  scant 
rainfall  but  requires  much  hght,  although  in  its  native 
country  it  is  now  and  then  found  among  large  trees.  It 
is  a  valuable  fodder  plant,  cattle  eating  it  greedily.  A 
specimen  in  Calif,  was  growing  on  soil  that  was  almost 
rock  and  consequently  became  shallow -rooted.  The 
wind  threw  it  down  repeatedly  but  each  time  when  set 
in  place  it  continued  its  growth,  apparently  unharmed. 
In  New  S.  Wales  it  is  said  that  the  presence  of  this  tree 
is  a  sure  indication  of  underground  water.  Its  roots 
have  been  found  80  ft.  from  the  surface. 

22.  linifdlia,  Willd.  A  tall  shrub  with  a  minute 
pubescence  on  the  branchlets  and  at  the  base  of  the 
young  phyll.:  phyll.  linear  on  young  shoots  to  Unear- 
lanceolate  on  more  mature  ones,  ?^-lH  in.  long, 
re-/^in.  wide,  1-nerved,  ending  in  mucronate  point; 
gland  below  the  middle  small:  racemes  shorter  than 
phyll.,  with  8-12  fls.  in  a  head:  pod  flat,  with  nerve-like 
margins,  2 '2-4  in.  long,  ^gin.  wide;  funicle  half  as  long 
as  seed,  with  club-shaped  aril.    B.M.  2168. 

Var.  prominens,  Moore  (A.  prdminens,  Cunn.). 
Phyll.  wider,  oblong-lanceolate,  1-1 J  2  in.  long,  J^-^in. 


184 


ACAriA 


ACACIA 


\vi(io;  very  prominent  f;l;uui,  its  position  varyinfi,  some- 
times above,  sometimes  below  tlie  miildle:  poil  wider, 
1 '  j-;i  in.  long,  '  iiti-  wide:  funiele  shofi  (not  surround- 
ing the  st><>tl).  filiform  and  endins;  in  (ieshy  aril.  Fls. 
late  Feb.  and  Mareh.  15. M.  ooOl!. —  This  variety  does 
not  appear  to  sei\l  in  Calif. 

2.'v  falc&ta,  Willd.  (.1.  iiUigiophylla,  Spreng.).  Tree 
or  tall  shrub:  phyll.  distinetly  pinniveined,  lanccolate- 
faleate,  nuieh  narrowed  toward  base,  3-()  in.  long; 
nerve  e.xcentric;  gland  at  base  or  none:  racemes  shorter 
tlian  phyll.,  20  fls.  in  a  head:  sepals  free,  narrow,  ciliate, 

about  half  as  long 
as  petals;  pet- 
als striate,  with 
prominent  mid- 
rib: pod  Hat,  2-3 
in.  long,  )4in. 
wide;  seed  longi- 
tudinal, close  to 
the  margin;  fimi- 
cle  colored,  ex- 
tending around 
.seed  and  bent 
back  on  itself  in 
a  double  fold,  en- 
larged at  hilum 
end  into  a  fleshy 
aril.  —  This  may 
be  distinguished 
from  .'1.  penniner- 
vi.s  by  its  smaller 
pod  (half  the  size), 
by  its  gland  close 
to  base  instead  of 
distant  from  it, 
and  by  its  free, 
narrow,  spatulate 
ciliate  sepals. 

24.  penninervis, 
Sieb.  Mountain 
Hickory.  A  tall 
glabrous  shrub  or 
a  tree,  40-80  ft. 
high :  phyU.  pin- 
niveined, lanceo- 
late-falcate, acu- 
minate, much 
narrowed  at  the 
base,  3-4  in.  long 
(sometimes  twice 
that  length)  about 
3^in.  broad;  nerve 
excentric  with  a 
short  secondary 
nerve  terminating 
in  a  margin.al 
gland  below  the 
middle:  fls.  pale 
yeUow,  in  short 
racemes,  much 
shorter  than 
I)hyll. ;  peduncles 
Win.  long:  pod  3H-.5  in.  long,  J'2in.  broad  with  nerve- 
like margins;  seed  longitudinal;  funicle  colored,  extend- 
ing around  seed  and  bent  back  on  same  side  so  as  to 
encircle  in  double  fold.  B.M.  27.''>4.  Maiden  Wattles 
and  Wattlebark,  p.  35. — A  variable  species  with  very 
narrow  phyll.,  often  l/i-Vivn.  wide  and  8-12  in.  long, 
the  avenige  being  1   in.  broad  and  •')  in.  long. 

Var.  falciformis,  Henth.  {A.  Jalr.iJ(')rwix,  DC).  A 
shrub  <>-10  ft,  high  with  young  shoots  and  infl. 
minutely  hoary  or  golden  pubescent:  phyll.  broad, 
obliquely  ovate-oblong,  obtuse,  smooth  and  feather- 
veined,  3—4  in.  long,  1  in.  broarJ;  gland  at  ba.se:  fls.  in 
racemes. — Larger  and  more  falcate  than  the  type. 


72.  Acacia  leaves.  1,  A.  longifolia;  2, 
A-  pravi-v^irria;  3,  \.  Cyclops;  4.  A.  bi- 
nervata:  5.  A.  imploxa;  6,  A.  pycnantha;  7, 
A.  f*aligna;  8,  A.  podalyrisefoiiu;  9,  A.  niel- 
anoiylon.    ( X  H) 


2.5.  pycnfintha.Renth.  (,4.pc/w)fctm, Lehm.).  Golden 
Waitm:.  Hkoao-i.kavkd  Wattle.  Fig.  72.  A  small 
tree  with  mioic  or  less  pendulous  branchlets:  phyll. 
pinniveined,  oblong-lanceolate  to  falcate-lanceolate"  or 
even  broadly  obovale,  2 '  2-6  in.  long,  ?4-l'2  i"-  wide, 
1-nerved,  the  nerve  more  or  less  excentric;  gland 
32-/i  in,  from  base:  racemes  either  simjjle  or  com- 
pound, large-fld.,  fragrant  and  showy,  often  bending 
the  tri-ee  with  its  weight  of  bloom;  50-60  fls.  in  a 
head  with  peduncles  'sin-  long;  sepals  5,  ciliate, 
almost  as  long  as  petals:  pods  varying,  2-4^2  or  5  in. 
long,  '4in.  wide,  conti-acted  and  slightly  constricted 
between  the  seeds  and  with  nerve-like  margins;  fu- 
nicle whitish,  club-shaped,  not  folded,  half  as  long 
as  .seed  or  occasionally  folded  and  transverse  to  the 
seed;  ripe  Aug.  Fls.  Feb.,  March.  Maiden  W'attles 
and  Wattlebark,  p.  39.  R.H.  18%,  p.  .')04  Brown, 
For.  F^lora  of  S.  Austral.- — The  name  "broad-leaved" 
is  derived  from  its  reference  to  the  swdling  Ivs., 
which  are  of  great  .size,  sometimes  5  in.  long  and 
4  in.  wide.  The  bark  contains  the  highest  percent- 
age of  tannin  of  any  of  the  species,  but  the  tree  does 
not  attain  the  size  of  A.  denirrens,  and  hence  so 
great  a  quantity  is  not  obtained  from  any  one  tree. 
It  is  made  into  perfume,  exudes  a  good  gum,  and  is 
used  as  a  sand-binder. 

26.  saligna,  Wendl.  (A.  leiophylla,  Benth.).  Fig.  72. 
A  low  tree  or  tall  .shrub  with-  angular,  rather  drooping 
branches:  phyU.  lanceolate  to  linear-lanceolate,  or  even 
oblanceolate,  3-8  J-^  in.  or  lower  Ivs.  1  ft.  long,  J4-1 J4  or 
even  154  'n.  wide,  acute  to  obtuse,  narrowed  to  base; 
1  central  nerve,  often  excentric,  ending  in  a  recurved 
point  or  obtuse;  gland  at  base  or  none:  fls,  large  (l^in. 
in  diam.),  either  in  large  racemes  at  the  ends  of  the 
branches  or  reduced  to  4  or  5  heads  strung  along  the 
axils  of  the  Ivs.  for  2  or  3  ft. ;  peduncles  varying  from 
J^-J^in.  in  length:  pods  constricted  between  the  seeds, 
flat  with  nerve-Uke  margins,  3-5  in.  long,  i^^in.  wide; 
funicle  club-shaped,  three-fourths  length  of  seed;  ripe 
Aug.  Fls.  March-May  and  to  slight  extent  at  various 
times, — Botanists  do  not  find  any  well-marked  difTer- 
ences  between  this  species  and  the  next  and  are  there- 
fore inclined  to  combine  the  t.wo.  Nurserymen  base 
their  distinction  on  the  color  of  the  phyll.,  a  bluish- 
tinged  one  being  cafled  A.  cyanophylla,  while  the  green 
phyll.,  especially  if  it  is  smaller,  is  caUed  A.  snligna. 
Both  forms  are  also  said  to  have  been  secured  from 
seed  gathered  from  a  single  tree.  Nurserymen  should 
test  this  to  satisfy  themselves.  Another  so-called 
botanical  distinction  gives  the  funicle  straight  in  one 
species  and  folded  in  the  other.  This  does  not  hold,  as 
such  a  combination  can  be  seen  in  the  same  plant,  and 
even  in  the  same  pod.  This  species  is  variable  in  other 
respects.  Fls.  may  be  in  groups  of  4  or  5  and  strung 
along  the  axis  of  Ivs.  for  2  or  3  ft.  This  type  ma.y  have 
either  large  or  small  or  even  mixed  phyll.,  or  the  fls.  may 
be  in  large  clusters  (either  erect  or  pendulous)  at  the 
ends  of  the  branches.  In  either  case,  the  large  or  the 
small  or  the  mixed  types  of  phyll.  may  accompany 
them. 

27.  cyanophylla,  Lindl.  Blue-leaved  Wattle. 
Tall  .shrub,  IS  ft.,  stoloniferous:  branches  drooping: 
lower  phyll.  about  12  in.  long;  upper  6  in.  or  less  and 
narrower,  linear-oblong  to  lanceolate-falcate,  much 
narrowed  tow.ard  the  base,  glabrous  and  often  glaucous; 
peduncles  i^-'/^in.  long;  fls.  3-5,  large,  golden  yellow. 
March.  Gn.  .52,  p.  09. — Said  to  be  the  same  as  .4. 
snligna,  as  they  run  into  each  other. 

28.  obtusata,  Sieb.  Tall,  glabrous  shrub:  phyll. 
lJ/^-3  in.  long,  oblong-linear,  or  ahnost  spatulate, 
u.su.ally  almost  straight,  rather  obtuse,  point  not  cur^-ed, 
thick,  rigid,  with  thickened,  nerve-like  margins;  mar- 
ginal gland  1,  di.stant  from  the  base,  not  prominent: 
racemiw  about  54in.  long,  with  densely  packed  heads; 
fls.  30  or  more.    March. 


ACA.CIA 


ACACIA 


185 


20.  retin6des,  Schlecht.  A  tall  shrub  or  small  tree: 
ph.\!l.  lanooolato,  with  nervo-like  margins  and  nar- 
ro\vi'(i  to  liasc,  acute,  pinnatoly  veinod,  3-6  in.  long, 
}4-^4in.  wide;  gland  >4in.  from  base:  fls.  in  racemes, 
mostly  compound;  peduncles  Ji'in.  long;  30-40  fls,  in 
a  hcail:  pod  flat,  with  nerve-like  margin,  3-4  in.  long, 
about  }4in.  wide;  funicle  colored  red,  encircling  seed, 
bent  back  upon  itself  in  a  double  fold  and  ending  in 
club-shaped  aril;  ripe  June-Oct.  Fls,  p'eb.-.Sept..  F.  y. 
M.  Icon.  ,5:9. — Very  closely  resembhng  A.  ncriijolin  in 
foliage  and  fls.,  but  difl'ers  in  pod,  being  narrower  than 
that  of  A.  nrriifolia,  while  the  funicle  is  red  and  en- 
circles seed  in  double  fold. 

30.  neriifolia,  Cunn.  A  small  tree  with  angular 
branchlets:  phyll.  lanceolate,  acute,  narrowed  at  both 
ends,  1' 2-534  in.  long,  J^-^sin-  w'ide,  1  central  nerve; 
gland  }  21"-  from  base:  fls.  about  40  in  a  head,  .5-merous, 
in  short  racemes;  sepals  5,  separate,  ciliate;  peduncles 
3  s-?4in.  long:  pods  with  nerve-like  margins,  contracted 
between  the  seeds  and  often  constricted,  a  rich  brown, 
3-6  in.  long,  fin.  wide;  funicle  wliite,  short,  not  encir- 
cling seed,  but  thickened  into  a  club-shaped  aril;  seed 
longitudinal,  oval,  with  central  depression.    Fls.  July. 

31.  suaveolens,  Willd.  A  glabrous  shrub,  3-6  ft. 
tall:  ph\'ll.  hnear  to  lanceolate,  apex  acute,  tapering  to 
base;  1  central  nerve;  gland  near  base:  fl. -heads  in  axil- 
lary racemes,  at  first  inclosed  by  imbricate  scaly  bracts, 
which  soon  fall;  fls.  6-10  in  a  head:  pod  oblong,  rounded 
at  both  ends,  flat,  impressed  between  the  seeds,  1-1 1^ 
in.  long,  J^-^'sin.  wide;  seeds  transverse;  funicle  fili- 
form and  suddenly  enlarged  into  fleshy  aril  at  right 
angles  to  itself.  Fls.  Apr. — Superficially  it  resembles 
narrow-lvd.  A.  retinodes, but  note  the  imbricated  bracts; 
the  pods  are  shorter  and  wider  and  the  funicle  does  not 
encircle  the  seed. 

32.  macradenia,  Benth.  A  glabrous  shrub,  10-12  ft. 
tall,  or,  in  favorable  situations,  a  tree  30-50  ft.  high: 
phyll.  lanceolate-falcate,  narrowed  to  base,  53  2~12  in. 
long,  32'"-  W'ide;  veins  fine,  prominent  and  transverse; 
gland  at  base,  large  or  often  wanting:  racemes  com- 
pound, short;  fls.  small;  petals  pubescent;  calyx  more 
than  half  as  long  as  corolla,  turbinate,  toothed  and 
ciliate:  pod  with  nerve-like  margin,  2-4  in.  long,  }^in. 
wide  or  more,  slightly  constricted  between  the  seeds; 
seeds  longitudinal;  funicle  not  enfolding  seed  but  bent 
upon  itself  and  ending  in  club-shaped  aril,  about  half 
as  long  as  seed.  F.  v.  M.  Icon  5:7. — A  beautiful  close- 
grained  wood  that  is  capable  of  taking  a  high  pohsh. 

33.  salicina,  Lindl.  Small  tree;  branches  drooping: 
foliage  pale;  phyll.  2-5  in.  long,  J^-H'"-.  wide,  oblong- 
linear  or  lanceolate,  narrowed  at  base,  thick,  rigid,  with 
a  curved  point;  midrib  and  marginal  veins  scarcely 
prominent:  racemes  short,  often  reduced  to  2  or  3  heads, 
or  even  only  1 ;  peduncles  slender;  fls.  about  20  in  the 
head:  pods  straight,  1-3  in.  long,  Jiin.  broad,  valves 
convex,  hard  antl  thick;  seeds  longitudinal;  funicle 
thickened  and  usually  scarlet  almost  from  the  base, 
forming  several  folds  under  the  seed. — The  timber  is 
dark  brown  and  tough,  taking  a  high  poUsh.  It  is  a 
good  forage  plant  and  on  this  account  is  becoming 
scarce  in  the  wild  state. 

Var.  Wayae,  Maiden.  Fig.  73.  A  shrub  8  ft.  tall, 
which  blooms  sparingly  at  various  times  during  the 
year:  phyll.  somewhat  thick  (flat  when  dried)  and 
succulent-looking,  oblong-Unear,  narrowed  at  base, 
1J^2}2  '"•  long,  less  than  J^in.  wide;  1  central  nerve 
ending  in  oblique  point;  gland  below  middle:  fls.  soh- 
tary  or  in  pairs,  or  occasionally  in  short  racemes  of  3-5 
fls.;  sepals  united,  truncate;  petals  5:  pod  1-2  in.  long, 
less  than  }<iin.  broad,  contracted  between  the  seeds; 
seed  longitudinal;  funicle  scarlet  its  entire  length, 
folded  several  times  at  one  end  of  seed;  ripe  .luiu^ 
Sept.  Fls.  Feb.-May. — A  neat  little  shrub  with  bright 
green  Ivs.  The  pods  must  be  picked  as  soon  as  ripe  and 


just  before  dehiscence,  for  the  elastic  opening  of  the 
pod  will  discharge  the  seed  in  every  direction. 

34.  binervata,  DC.  (A.  umbrbsa,  Cunn.).  Fig.  72. 
Two-veined  Hickory.  A  tall  shrub  or  shrubby  tree  of 
25  ft.,  with  terete  branchlets:  phyll.  falcate-lanceohite  to 
triangular,  with  2  distinct  veins  (occasionally  3-veined) 
and  pinnately  veined  between,  2J'2-4  in.  long,  J-^-1  in. 
wide;  gland  ]2^n.  from  base:  fls.  in  racemes  shorter  than 
phyll. ;  peduncles  J^in.  long  or  more,  30  fls.  in  a  head, 
4- "or  .5-merous;  calyx  not  half  so  long  as  corolla:  pods 
straight,  very  thin,  convex  over  seed,  4-5  in.  long,  li™- 
wide;  seed  oblong;  funicle  long,  nearly  encircling  seed 
and  bent  back  upon  itself  in  double  dark  red  fold,  with 
light  aril  at  hilum  end.  B.M.  .3.338.  Maiden,  Flowering 
Plants  of  New  S.  Wales,  pt.  5,  p.  53.  Wattles  and 
Wattlebarks,  p.  50. — It  inhabits  dry,  shaded  woods  in 
the  mountainous  district  of  the  coast. 

35.  pendula,  Cunn.  Weeping  Myall.  A  small  tree 
with  gray  fohage  and  pendulous  branchlets:  phyll. 
covered  with  a  minute  pubescence,  finely  striate  with 
.3-5  obscurely  parallel  veins,  linear-lanceolate,  often 
falcate,  acuminate,  ending  in  mu- 
cronate  point,  2-3 ^^  in.  long,  ].{- 
}^in.  wide;  gland  less  than  J^in. 
from  base:  fl. -heads  in  pairs  or 
clusters,  about 
30  in  a  head; 
peduncles  less 
than  Yiin.  long; 
petals  with  mid- 
rib ;  sepals  spatulate,  retic- 
ulately  veined,  half  as  long 
as  petals:  pods  liva. 
broad,  2-3  in.  long,  bor- 
dered by  a  narrow  wing 
along  each  suture.  F.  v. 
M.  Icon.  6:8.— The  or- 
namental value  of  this 
species  lies  rather  in 
drooping  fohage  than  in 
the  fls. 

36.  melanoxylon,  R.  Br. 
Blackwood  Acacia.  Fig. 
72.  A  good  -  sized  ever- 
green tree  of  pyramidal 
fonn  and  dense  foliage: 
phyll.  oblanceolate  to  lan- 
ceolate, usually  one  edge 
straight,  the  other  curved, 
23^2"^/^  in.  long  (average 
ZYz  in.  long  by  %m.. 
wide),. 3-6  parallel  nerves, 
reticulately  veined  between;  gland  ](,vn.  from  base:  fls. 
cream-color,  40-50  in  a  head,  with  peduncles  over  }^in. 
long,  and  in  short  racemes  of  3-5  heads:  pod  reddish 
brown,  with  ncrve-hke  margins,  more  or  less  twisted 
into  shape  of  letter  C  or  S,  3-5  in.  long,  ?8'n.  wide; 
seed  longitudinal,  J^in.  in  length,  encircled  in  double 
fold  by  a  long  red  funicle  which  is  very  characteristic 
of  the  species,  the  seed  hanging  on  the  trees  thus  for 
months;  pods  ripe  July-Nov.  Us.  late  Feb.  and 
March.  B.M.  1659. — Its  wood  is  but  little  inferior  to 
black  walnut  for  furniture  -  making  and  grillwork;  it 
makes  a  good  street  tree  in  Calif,  and  as  a  fuel  it  is 
equal  to  hickory. 

37.  implexa,  Benth.  Fig.  72.  A  tall  tree,  50  ft.  high, 
with  light  green  foUage  and  rough  bark:  phyll.  falcate- 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  with  a  more  or  less  hooked 
point,  4-7  in.  long,  ^j-S^in.  wide,  veins  3-5,  with 
finer  parallel  veins  between ;  no  gland :  fls.  cream-yellow, 
in  racemes  much  shorter  than  phyll.,  40-.50  in  a  head; 
peduncles  5 gin.  long:  pod  curved,  often  like  an  interro- 
gation point,  light  brown  with  nerve-like  margin,  more 
or  less  constricted  and  contracted  between  the  seeds, 
4-6  in.   long,    J^in.   wide;  seeds  longitudinal;  funicle 


73.  Acacia  salicina  var.  Wayae. 

(X}-2) 


1S6 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


club-sliapwi.  foUltxl  once  or  twice  at  end  of  seed. 
F.  V.  M.  Icon.  S:2. — Distinguished  from  .1.  mclnnoxy- 
lon  by  the  nion>  i)ointe<l  -Mvi  hooketl  phyll.,  while  the 
funicle  is  cre:uii-ooloR\i  and  folded  at  the  end  of  the 
seed  instead  of  being  scarlet  and  twice  encircling  it  as 
in  A.  melanoxyloii. 

38.  kda,  Gray.  Ko.\.  Tree  of  50-00  ft.,  with  spread- 
ing branches:  phyll.  falcate,  aciuninate  and  tapering  to 
bas«\  striate  with  3-5  parallel  nerves  more  prominent, 
4-5  in.  Ion-;,  's-'-jin.  wiiic:  gland  at  base  ])rominent: 
fls.  in  short  racemes  or  rarely  solitary-,  or  in  ])airs,  50-IJO 
fls.  in  a  head;  peduncles  i2in.  long,  .5-meroiis;  calyx 
uniteil,  ciliate  eciges;  pod  brown,  flat,  thin,  reticulately 
nervixl,  more  or  less  constricted  between  seeds,  5—6  in. 
long,  ^4-1  in.  wide;  seed  dark  brown,  nearly  transverse, 
oblong,  about  '2in.  long  by  ^in.  wide;  funicle  hght 
brown,  filiform,  not  encircling  seed  but  with  2  or  3 
twists  at  hihun  end.  Hawaiian  Isls. — A  valuable  tim- 
ber tree.  capal)le  of  receiving  a  high  polish.  It  should 
be  more  largely  grown  in  Calif. 

39.  viscidula,   Cunn.      A    tall 
shrub,  12-15  ft.  high,  with  terete 
branches  covered  by  a  glos.sy  viscid 
gum:    phyll.   long-linear,    with    a 
small     oblique     point,     sparingly 
pubescent,  at   least   when   young, 
2-3*2  in.  long,  n.-  to  less  than  J-jin. 
wide,  with  several  obscure  parallel 
veins;  gland  near  base:  fls.  40  in  a 
head,  solitarj-  or  in  pairs,  either  5- 
or    4-merous,    with    peduncles    J<jin.   long; 
calyx  and  corolla  pubescent:   pod  hirsute. 
with  nerve-like  margins,  1 J4-2  in.  long,  %'m. 
wide,  sUghtly  depressed  between  the  seeds; 
seed    small,    longitudinal;    funicle    silvery, 
tvrice  or  thrice  twisted  and  thickened  into 
cap  at  end  of  seed;  ripe  Aug.    Fls.  March, 
.■Vpr. — .\t   first   glance  easily  mistaken  for 
narrow-lvd.    .4.  retinodes,  but  its  short-std. 
fls.  in  pairs,  the  resinous  viscid  substance  on  phyll.  and 
its  small  narrow  pods  will  at  once  distinguish  it. 

40.  elongata,  .Sieb.  .\  tall  shrub  with  angular  branch- 
lets:  phyll.  distinctly  striate,  3-nerved,  or  often  ob- 
scured, long-linear,  sUghtly  falcate,  narrowed  to  base, 
obtuse  and  ending  in  oblique  point,  2-3 J-^  or  4  in.  long 
(or  narrower  and  5J^  in.  long),  hardly  J^in.  broad; 
peduncles  }^2in.  long,  soUtary  or  in  pairs:  pod  thin, 
with  ner\'e-like  margins,  1M~2J^^  in.  long,  J^in.  wide, 
slightly  impressed  between  seeds,  pod  convex  over 
them;  seed  oblong,  brown;  funicle  not  folded  about 
seed  but  with  2  or  3  folds  fitting  over  end  of  seed  like 
a  cap.  H..M.  3337. — Especially  suitable  for  damp, 
sandv  land. 

41"  Oswaldii,  F.  v.  M.  A  stiff  shrub,  8  to  10  ft.  tall: 
phyll.  linear  to  oblong-falcate,  with  numerous  fine 
parallel  veins  ending  in  oblique  mucronate  point,  1-2 
m.  long,  n(Tarly  J<tin.  wide;  gland  near  ba,se:  fl.-heads 
sessile,  soUtary  or  in  pairs,  about  1.5-20  in  a  head; 
sepals  over  half  as  long  as  petals:  pods  hard,  curved 
into  crescents  about  each  seed;  funicle  filiform,  half 
the  length  of  .seed  and  suddenly  dilated  into  a  cap 
nearly  as  long,  which  fits  over  and  covers  up  one-third 
of  seed.  F.  v.  .\I.  Icon.  <):10. — May  be  easily  recog- 
nized by  its  finely  striate,  narrow,  2-in.-long  phyU.,  its 
8es.sile  yellow  fls.  that  sit  at  ba.se  of  phyll.,  nearly 
hiding  st.,  by  the  pods  twisted  in  lunar  shape  wit  h  valves 
convex  over  .seed  and  by  the  cap  covering  one-third  of 
seed.  A  small  bushy  tree  in  .\u.stralia,  producing  a 
scented  timber;  the  natives  make  short  weapons  from  it. 

42.  harpophylla,  F.  v.  M.  A  tree  with  slightly 
angular  branchlets:  phyll.  striate,  .3-.5-nerved,  falcate- 
lanceolate,  tapering  to  both  ends,  6-8  in.  long,  ]/i-%\n. 
wide:  fls.  in  clusters  with  peduncles  J^in.  long,  or  in 
short  racemes,  much  shorter  than  phyll.,  1.5-20  fls.  in 
a  hea<l;  sepals  not  half  so  long  as  petals:  pod  striate, 


more  or  less  constricted  and  contracted  between  seeds, 
3—4,  or  even  5,  in.  long,  'ein.  wide;  seed  elliptic;  funicle 
half  ius  long  as  seed  and  but  slightly  enlarged  into  aril. 
F.  V.  M.6:9. 

43.  Cyclops,  (\mn.  Fig.  72.  A  low  spreading  shrub, 
8-10  ft.  tall,  with  many  sts.:  phyll.  narrow-oblong  to 
lanceolate  or  even  falcate-lanceolate,  with  oblique  jjoint, 
1}^-Sy2  in-  long,  l-i-^gin.  wide,  gland  at  base  more  or 
less  obscure;  3-6  longitudinal  nerves:  fls.  solitary  or  in 
pairs,  or  even  in  short  racemes;  peduncles  '4in.  long: 
po<ls  in  clusters  of  2-7  from  one  head,  2-2 ^^  in.  long, 
i?8in.  wide,  more  or  less  curled;  seeds  transverse,  with 
odor,  when  fresh,  something  like  a  leek,  surrounded  by 
conspicuous  scarlet  funicle  in  double  fold;  ripe  Aug.- 
Nov.  Fls.  off  and  on  from  July-Dec.  F.  v.  M.  Icon. 
8:3. — Young  specimens  are  very  compact  and  attrac- 
tive, although  in  a  few  years  they  become  spreading  and 
unsymmetrical;  but,  as  short-lived  tub-plants  for  cer- 
tain formal  effects,  they  would  be  very  effective.  While 
the  seed-pods  are  at  first  charm- 
ingly artistic  with  the  scarlet 
funicle  surrounding  the  black 
seeds  and  the  rich  brown  pods, 
in  age  they  are  unsightly,  as 
they  persist  until  they  are  ragged, 
ugly  and  black.  The  pods  con- 
tain much  tannin  that  is  hard 
on  the  mucous  membrane  when 
the  seeds  are  cleaned. 

44.  ojcycedrus,  Sieb.    A  rigid 
shrub  with    terete    and    usually 
pubescent  branches:  phyll.  stri- 
ate, hnear-lanceolate  but  broad  at 
IL  -^iJ\M  base  and  tapering  to  a  pungent 

IJ  %  ^^'3«ia«3s»     point,  J^-Jiin.  or  even  1  in.  long 

and  3-4-ncrved  on  each  side; 
small  stipules,  often  spinescent: 
spikes  1  in.  long;  fls.  4-merous; 
calyx  short,  with  obtuse  lobes: 
pods  3  in.  long,  J'ein.  wide,  stri- 
ate, incurved  and  with  convex 
valves;  seed  longitudinal;  funicle 
thickened  from  the  base  and 
much  folded.  B.M.  2928.— Su- 
perficially resembles  A.  verticil- 
lala,  but  the  phyll.  are  broader 
and  the  valves  of  the  pods  are 
thicker  than  in  that  species. 

45.  verticillata,  Willd.  {Mimbsa  verticillata,  L'Her.). 
Whorl-leaved  Acacia.  Fig.  74.  A  spreading  shrub 
or  small  tree  of  graceful  habit;  branches  more  or  less 
pubescent:  phyll.  in  whorls  or  often  scattered,  Unear- 
subulate,  about  'a-^-gin.  long,  or  more,  less  than  J^in. 
wide,  ending  in  a  pungent  point;  1 -nerved;  occasional 
gland  near  middle:  spikes  J 2^1  in.  long,  often  conceal- 
ing the  phyll.:  pods  flat,  straight  or  slightly  curved, 
with  nerve-like  margins,  2-3  in.  long,  J^in.  wide,  taper- 
ing to  a  point;  seeds  longitudinal,  ,'4i"-  long,  with  light- 
colored  funicles  of  about  same  length  thickened  at  end 
of  seed  into  cup-shaped  aril;  ripe  June  and  early  July. 
Fls.  March,  .Vpr.  B.M.  110.— Used  for  hedges  and  as 
ornamental;  also  to  some  extent  as  a  street  tree,  in 
which  case  it  may  be  trimmed  to  assume  a  pyramidal 
form,  but  can  hardly  be  recommended  for  this  pur- 
pose since  it  is  short-lived  and  in  age  becomes  strag- 
gling. It  may  be  made  to  assume  a  pendulous  habit  by 
weighting  its  branches  with  a  bric^k  when  young.  There 
seem  to  be  several  types,  some  being  soft  to  the  touch 
while  others  are  harsh  and  rigid.  There  is  also  much 
difference  in  the  length  of  the  fl. -spikes. 

46.  Riceana,  Hensl.  (A.  erythropus,  Tenore).  A  tall 
shrub  or  small  tree,  with  graceful  drooping  branchlets: 
phyll.  clustered,  less  than  1  in.  long  and  njin.  broad 
(or  narrower  and  1 '  2  in.  long)  linear-subulate,  tapering 
into   pungent   point:   spikes   slender,    lJ-^-2   in.   long; 


74.  Acacia  verticillata, 

(Xh) 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


187 


peduncles  ^2'"-  long;  fls.  Jistant,  acute  in  the  bud, 
o-iiuTous.  the  petals  with  distinct  nerve;  calyx  short, 
ciliato:  pod  usually  curved,  acuminate,  often  2-3  in. 
long,  scarcely  'gin-  broad,  slightly  pubescent  when 
young,  but  soon  glabrous;  valves  very  convex,  coriace- 
ous, contracted  between  the  seeds;  seeds  longitudinal; 
funicle  much  folded  and  thickened  nearly  from  the 
hose.  Fls.  lemon-yellow,  hxst  of  Feb.  and  March  to 
Apr.  Tasmania.  Nl:7.  This  may  be  distinguished  from 
.■1.  verlicillala  by  its  phyll.  in  clusters  rather  than  in 
whorls  and  by  its  distant,  3-raerous  fls.  Its  habitat  is 
in  moist  shady  places  in  its  native  country. 

47.  anetlra,  F.  v.  M.  Mdlga.  A  .shrub  with  terete 
branches  lined  with  gum  along  the  longitudinal  fis- 
sures: phyll.  rigid,  with  oblique  point,  varying  from 
lanceolate-falcate  to  long-linear  or  almost  terete  on  the 
same  plant,  1-3  in.  long,  -Ain.  wide;  no  prominent 
nerves,  but  distinctly  striate  under  a  lens:  fls.  in  spikes 
(which  may  be  single  or  in  pairs),  li-^i'm.  long,  5- 
merous;  calyx  narrow  spatulate,  not  half  so  long  as 
petals:  peduncles  less  than  Jjin.  long:  pods  flat,  oblique, 
with  a  narrow  wing  at  suture  and  recurved  point  at 
apex,  I-IJ2  in.  long,  nearly  '2'n-  wide;  seeds  nearly 
transverse,  marked  by  a  minute  horseshoe;  funicle  not 
encircling  seed  but  with  2  or  3  short  thick  folds.  F.v.M. 
Icon. 10:8. 

48.  glaucescens,  Willd.  (A.  cinerdscens,  Sieb.  A. 
homomdlla,  Wendl.  A.  leucadendron,  Cunn.).  A  tree 
up  to  .50  ft.  high,  with  branchlets  and  phyll.  covered 
with  a  gray  pubescence  which  gives  an  ashy  hue  to  the 
foliage,  the  young  shoots  yellowish:  phyll.  lanceolate 
to  sickle-shaped,  widest  in  center  and  tapering  at  both 
ends,  striate,  with  3  or  4  nerves  more  prominent, 
3'2~6  in.  long,  from  less  than  J2~?iin.  or  even  1  in. 
wide;  gland  near  base:  spikes  several,  in  the  axils  of  the 
phyll.,  1-2  in.  long;  fls.  4-  or  .5-merous;  petals  united 
and  very  narrow  at  base  giving  prominence  to  the  short 
imited  sepals  covered  with  a  bright  yellow  pubescence 
like  pile  on  velvet.  According  to  J.  H.  Maiden,  the 
l)od,  as  originally  described,  was  that  of  A.  Maidenii, 
and  the  error  seems  to  have  been  copied  into  subse- 
quent publications.  B.M.  3174, — This  is  often  con- 
fused with  A.  Maidenii,  but  that  species  is  less  pubes- 
cent, has  a  much-twisted  pod,  and  red  funicles  almost 
encircling  seeds.    It  is  known  as  the  Coast  Myall. 

49.  Maidenii,  F.  v.  M.  A  tall  shrub  or  tree  .50  ft. 
high,  with  rough  bark,  fissured  at  intervals:  phyll. 
lanceolate  to  lanceolate-falcate,  narrowed  at  each  end, 
striate  with  fine  veins,  several  more  prominent,  inore  or 
less  pubescent,  4-6  in.  long,  tj-ijin.  wide;  gland  about 
J4in.  from  base:  fl. -spikes  in  pairs  about  1  in.  long; 
fls.  4-merous,  calyx  not  half  so  long  as  corolla:  pod 
narrow,  y  sin.  wide,  variously  twisted  into  bow-knots 
and  usually  with  one  suture  of  the  valves  gaping  open; 
seeds  longitudinal,  shining,  black,  funicle  pale  reddish, 
almost  or  quite  encirchng  the  seed  and  suddenly  dou- 
bled back  from  the  summit.    Fls.  Sept. 

50.  holosericea,  Cunn.  (A.  leucophijlki,  Lindl.  A. 
neurocdrpa,  Cunn.).  A  shrub  or  small  tree  10  to  20  ft. 
high,  clothed  with  a  white,  silky  puVjescence;  branch- 
lets  with  3  much-raised  angles:  phyll.  obliquely  o^■al- 
oblong,  obtuse  or  mucronate,  4-6  in.  long,  1-3  in.  wide, 
.3-4  nerves,  pinnately  veined  between  them:  fls.  5- 
merous  in  spikes  2  in.  long;  calyx  and  corolla  pubescent: 
pod  more  or  less  twisted;  seeds  longitudinal;  funicle 
folded  and  enlarged  into  cup-shaped  aril.    P"ls.  March. 

51.  linearis,  Sim.s  {A.  Inngiasima,  Wendl.).  A  strag- 
gly shrub  with  phyll.  as  long  and  slender  as  pine  need- 
les, 4-8  in.  long,  or  twice  that  length,  rzin.  wide; 
prominent  longitudinal  vein:  fls.  loose,  slender  in  inter- 
rupted spikes,  1-2  in.  long,  4-mcrous;  calyx  short,  not 
half  .so  long  as  coroUa:  pod  4  in.  long,  \f,in.  broad, 
slightly  impres.sed  between  seeds  and  convex  over  them; 
seeds  longitudinal,  oblong,  shining;  funicle  not  sur- 
rounding seed  but  bent  back  and  forth  into  a  cap- 


shaped  aril  over  one  end.  B.M.  2156.  B.R.  680. — It 
may  grow  to  20  ft.  in  height,  and  the  wood  is  useful 
for  furniture  and  many  small  articles. 

52.  longifolia,  WiUd.  Sydney  Golden  Wattle.  Fig. 
72.  A  tall  shrub  or  small  tree:  phyll.  oblong-lanceolate, 
either  acute  or  obtuse,  narrowed  to  the  base,  2-3  in.  or 
even  4-6  in.  long  and  from  j4-3-'2in.  wide;  3  or  4  longi- 
tudinal nerves,  reticulately  veined  between;  gland  very 
near  base:  fls.  in  spikes  '^-2]i  in.  long,  4-merous:  pods 
1)4-334  in.  long  or  more,  about  )4  i"-  broad,  coria- 
ceous, terete  until  fully  ripe  when  their  valves  flatten, 
separate,  become  dark  and  curled  and  persist  on  the 
tree;  seeds  longitudinal,  black,  fat  and  shining;  funicle 
silvery,  not  enfolding  seed  but  bent  upon  itself  several 
times,  dilated  and  fitted  like  a  cap  over  one  end  of  the 
seed;  ripe  Aug,  Sept.  Fls.  Feb.,  March.  B.R.  362. 
B.M.  2166.  R.H.  1896,  p.  .504.  Wattles  and  Wattle- 
barks,  p.  51. — A  valuable  ornamental  as  well  as  a  good 
tree  for  narrow  streets;  also  used  as  a  tan  for  heavy 
leathers. 

Var.  Sophorae,  F.  v.  M.  (.4.  Sophbne,  R.  Br.).  Phyll. 
shorter,  and  with  rounded  apex,  ll/^Sl-iin.  long,  %- 
-iVin.  broad:  spikes  generally  shorter,  l-lj-iin.;  blooms 
later  and  seed  matures  later  than  tj-pe.  Brown,  Fl.  of 
S.  Austral. — Under  cult,  it  becomes  difficult  to  dis- 
tinguish this  from  the  type,  but  in  general  its  foliage  is 
shorter  and  more  rounded  at  apex. 

Var.  floribunda,  F.  v.  M.  A  tall  shrub  or  small  tree, 
with  the  foliage  all  at  the  ends  of  the  branches,  giving 
the  tree  a  thin,  delicate  appearance:  phyll.  2}/2r3}-i  in. 
long,  J'g-i^in.  wide,  or  more,  linear-lanceolate,  ending 
in  oblique  point,  acuminate,  striate,  several  nerves 
more  prominent  than  others:  spikes  13  2  in.  long,  flower- 
ing to  base;  fls.  whitish  yellow:  pods  contracted  and 
long-constricted  between  seeds;  seed  longitudinal; 
funicle  silvery,  not  encircling  seed  but  folded  like  a 
cap;  ripe  July,  Aug.  Fls.  Feb.,  March.  B.M.  3203  (as 
A.  intermedia). — This  varies  so  much  from  the  type 
that  it  is  diflScult  to  conceive  of  its  relationship,  but 
since  all  variations  between  this  and  the  tj^pe  can  be 
traced,  it  can  be  given  only  varietal  rank. 

53.  pubescens,  R.  Br.  Hairy'  Wattle.  A  shrub, 
with  drooping  branches  and  hirsute  petioles  and  rachis; 
pinns  3-10  pairs  (mostly  3-8),  3'2-54in.  long;  Ifts. 
6-20  pairs  (mostly  16),  crowded,  linear,  smooth, 
-Ti — /sin.  wide:  fls.  in  simple  racemes  longer  than  Ivs., 
on  long  pubescent  peduncles,  1.5-20  in  a  head;  calyx 
short,  sinuate-toothed;  corolla  smooth,  protruding  in 
bud,  the  petals  united.  Blooms  in  spring.  B.M.  1263. 
F.R.  1:733. — This  belongs  to  the  scries  in  which  the 
pods  are  all  flat,  seeds  longitudinal,  last  fold  of  funicle 
forming  a  short  lateral  or  oblique  aril,  with  very  small 
folds  below  it.  Much  grown  in  greenhouses  in  the  E. 
U.  S.,  where  it  is  a  general  favorite  on  accovmt  of  its 
feathery  Ivs.  and  bright  blossoms,  which  are  in  their 
fuU  beauty  at  Eastertide,  and  are  becoming  very  popu- 
lar for  church  decorations  at  that  time. 

54.  elata,  Cunn.  A  handsome  tree  of  50-60  ft. 
with  dark  green  fohage  and  young  shoots  clothed  with 
a  yellow  pubescence:  Ivs.  compound,  1  ft.  long  by 
8-10  in.  wide;  pinna;  2-6  pairs,  .5-7  in.  long;  Ifts.  8-13 
pairs,  lanceolate,  acuminate,  pubescent,  134-132  in- 
long,  ^^-Jgin.  wide,  about  J^gin.  distant:  fls.  in  com- 
pound racemes,  about  40  in  a  head;  sepals  5,  united, 
half  as  long  as  petals;  petals  5:  pod  a  rich  brown,  with 
nerve-like  margins,  332-6  in.  long,  5sin.  broad;  funicle 
silvery,  the  club-shaped  aril  half  as  long  as  lenticular 
seed;  ripe  Aug.  Blooms  Sept.,  Oct.,  Dec.  etc.  F.  v.  M. 
Icon.  12:7.  Wattles  and  Wattle-barks,  p.  54.— Rich 
in  tannic  acid.  Grows  in  shaded  ravines  in  its  native 
country. 

55.  Baileyana,  F.  v.  M.  An  attractive  shrub  or  small 
tree,  with  gray  fohage  arranged  spirally  around  the 
branchlets    and    nearly    concealing    them:    Ivs.    com- 


1S8 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


pound,  1-2  in.  long,  with  gland  at  bivsp  of  each  pair  of 
pinmv:  |)inn;v  2-o  ]iairs   locca-^ionally  4),    1   in.   long; 


'4iti.  long,  nearly 

2-3' 2  in.  lung;  lis.  1.")  in  a  head, 


Ifls.  about  20  pairs 
conios  longer  than  1 

on  petliuicles  'j-'4in.  long:  pod  1 ' -j— i  in.  long,  'o'H- 
wide,  with  nervo-like  margins,  oeeasionally  constricted 
betwiHMi  seeds;  swds  transverse,  Jiin.  long,  with  elub- 
shaped  funiele  one-half  its  length;  ripe  Julv,  Aug.  Fls. 
Jan.,  Feb.  K.  v.  M.  Icon.  12:.3.  G.C.  IIL  15:37.— A 
much-iirized  ornaiuental  and  sometimes  used  as  a 
street  tret>. 

,")t>.  discolor,  Willd.  A  tall  shrub  or  small  tree,  either 
glabrous  or  pubescent:  pinn;e  2-1)  jiairs:  Ifts.  10-1.5 
pairs.  '4-':jin.  long.  1-nerved,  pale  beneath;  large 
gland  on  petiole  and  a  few  .small  ones  on  upi)er  pairs  of 
Ifts.:  fls.  tj-1.5  in  a  head,  in  axillary  racemes,  .5-merous; 
petals  with  prominent  miilribs;  caly.x  short,  ciliate: 
pod  flat,  with  nerve-like  margins,  1-3  in.  long,  J^in. 
wide:  funiele  enlargeil  at  hilum  end. 

.37.  pruinosa,  Cunn.  A  small  tree  with  young  foliage 
bronze-like:  pinme  2-4  pairs,  2'2— 1  in.  long;  Ifts.  11-24 
pairs,  '^?4in.  long,  oblong  to  linear;  nerve  excentric, 
occasionally  1  or  2  short  nerves;  gland  prominent,  dis- 
tant from  biise:  fls.  in  racemes,  30  in  a  head,  .5-merous; 
sepals  united,  half  the  length  of  petals:  pods  with  nerve- 
like margins,  2 '2-3  in.  long,  ^sin.  broad,  occasionally 
constricted  between  seeds;  funiele  short,  filiform  half 
its  length,  then  enlarged  into  club-shaped  aril.  Fls. 
Feb.-Apr. 

.58.  decurrens,  \\illd.  Green  Wattle.  A  hand- 
some tree,  glabrous  or  more  or  less  tomentose-pubescent 
with  branches  more  or  less  prominently  angled:  pinnae 
8-15  pairs  or  more  (sometimes  reduced  to  5  or  0); 
Ifts.  30-40  pairs  or  more,  linear,  from  under  2  to  nearly 
5  lines  long,  according  to  the  variety:  fls.  20-30  in  a 
heail,  mostly  5-merous:  pods  3—4  in.  long,  about  }'4in. 
broad,  more  or  less  contracted  between  the  seeds. 
Wattles  and    Wattle-barks,   p.  55.     Brown,    For.    Fl. 

of  S.  Austral. — 
There  is  much 
confusion  regard- 
ing this  group 
among  nursery- 
men and  others. 

Var.  normalis, 
Benth.  Sydney 
Black  Wattle. 
Lfts.  34-3^in-long. 
Restricted  range 
on  the  coast  of 
Austral.  Accord- 
ing to  Maiden, 
var.  normalis  fiif- 
ers  from  type  in 
having  sepals  a.s 
long  as  petals  and 
cilia  on  interior  of 
lobe:  in  .4.  rlecur- 
Tf.nx,  tlic  petals 
have  a  midrib  and 
a  short,  broadly 
lobed  (tiliate  calyx. 
\ar.  mollis,  Lindl.  (A.  molliasinui,  Willd.).  Black 
Wattle.  .\  tree  20-.50  ft.  high,  with  reddish  bark 
showing  under  the  fi&sures:  pinna;  8-20  pairs,  shining 
on  upper  surface,  2-6  in.  long;  lfts.  3fM)0  pairs,  closely 
crowded,  not  )/^in.  in  length;  gland  between  each  pair 
of  pinnae  and  generally  additional  ones  on  internodes 
between:  fl.-clusters  in  racemes,  3f)-3fj  in  a  head,  5- 
merous;  pwlundf*  ]4s-]4\n.  long:  pods  dark,  pubescent, 
2-4  in.  long,  not  }<iin.  wide,  constricted  and  contracted 
between  the  seeds;  seed  longitudinal;  funiele  filiform, 
enlarged  to  a  light-colored  cap  over  seed;  ripe  .June- 
Oct.  Fls.  pale  yellow,  blooming  profusely  in  .June  and 
intermittently    at    other    times.      B.R.  371. — Distin- 


Acacia  decurrens  var.  dealbata.  (  X  M) 


guislied  from  var.  deaUidta  by  its  later  blooming  period, 
by  its  lighter  fls.,  its  characteristic  pubescent  pods  and 
smalliT  siH'ds  and  by  the  short  lfts.,  shining  above, 
which  sit  close  together. 

Var.  dealbata,  F.  v.  M.  (.4.  dealbata,  Link).  Silver 
\\'attlk.  Fig.  75.  .\  tree  50  or  more  ft.  high,  with 
smooth  bark  and  gray  pubescent  branchlets:  Ivs. 
silver-gray  to  light  green,  3-6J-^  in.  long;  pinnae  13-25 
pairs;  lfts.  30-40  jjairs;  glands  1  between  each  pair  of 
pinnae:  racemes  often  compound,  30  fls.  in  a  head, 
5-merous;  sepals  united;  jietals  with  faint  midrib; 
peduncles  J4in.  long:  pods  \}--2—i]-i  in.  long,  Js^J^in- 
wide,  smooth,  a  rich  brown;  .seeds  longitudinal;  fimicle 
as  long  as  seed,  filiform  half  its  distance  and  ending  in 
silverv  club-shaped  aril;  ripe  ,Julv,  Aug.  Fls.  Feb., 
March.  A.F.  13:880.  R.ll.  1891;  p.  502.— Mts.  in  its 
native  country.  It  is  sometimes  given  specific  rank 
as  A.  dealbata,  but   intermediate  forms  occur. 

59.  filicina,  Willd.  {Miinhaa  filicidules,Ca.v.).  Timbe. 
Unarmed  shrub:  Ivs.  fern-like;  pinn:c  5-30  pairs;  lfts. 
20-.50  or  more  pairs  (rarely  10-15),  very  small:  fl.-heads 
globular,  orange  or  yellow,  in  terminal  panicles:  pods 
broadly  linear,  straight  or  slightly  curved,  often  irreg- 
ular, flat  not  iJulpy.  Texas  and  Mex. — The  astringent, 
bitter  bark  called  tiintie  is  u.sed  by  the  Me.xicans  in 
making  pulque  for  precipitating  mucilaginous  matter. 
Safford,  Science,  Jan.  22,  1909:  IGO. 

CO.  pulchella,  R.  Br.  A  handsome  shrub,  either 
glabrous  or  hirsute,  with  slender  branches,  mostly 
armed  with  subulate  spines:   pinna;   1   pair;  lfts.   4-7 


pairs,  obovate-oblong. 


-J.4in.  long;  gland  on  stipes 


between  pinnae,  or  none:  peduncles  .solitary;  fls.  .5-mer- 
ous; petals  with  prominent  midrib;  calyx  half  as  long 
as  petals  and  sinuate- toothed:  pods  flat,  thick  margins, 
1-2  in.  long,  l(;-i4in.  wide;  seed  longitudinal;  funiele 
filiform  and  thickened  into  club-shaped  aril.    Fls.  Apr. 

Var.  grandis,  Hort.  (A.  grdndis,  Henfr.).  Glabrous: 
lfts.  8-10  pairs,  a  little  larger  and  more  numerous  than 
the  type.    Fls.  Feb.-May.    J.H.  III.  35:  369  (1897). 

Var.  hispidissima,  Hort.  (.4.  hispidissima,  DC). 
Branches  covered  with  long,  spreading  hairs:  lfts.  nar- 
row and  revolute:  fls.  white.    B.M.  4.588. 

61.  Farnesiana,  Willd.  (.4.  leptnphylla,  DC).  Popi- 
NAc.  Opopa.n'ax.  Cassie.  Huisache.  Much-branch- 
ing shrub,  6-10  ft. :  stipules  straight,  slender,  sometimes 
minute  spines;  pinna;  .5-8  pairs;  Ifts.  mostly  10-25 
pairs,  1-2  lines  long,  narrow,  linear,  glabrous:  pedun- 
cles 2  or  3  in  the  older  axils;  fl.-heads  large,  globular, 
deep  yellow,  very  fragrant,  pods  almost  terete,  inde- 
hiscent,  at  length  turgid  and  pulpy.  Feb.,  ilarch. 
Texas,  Mex.,  Asia,  Afr.  and  Austral.  Grown  in  France 
for  perfumery. — Its  origin  is  probably  American,  but 
it  is  now  naturalized  in  nearly  every  tropical  country. 
It  was  intro.  into  the  Hawaiian  Isls.  as  an  ornamen- 
tal, but  escaped  from  cult,  and  has  now  almost  become 
a  pest.  A  new  variety  of  A.  Farnesiana  has  been  dis- 
covered which  is  more  hardy  than  the  tj'pe  and  grows 
more  rapidly.  It  jiroduccs  two  crops  of  fls.  a  year,  which 
makes  it  verj'  lucrative  for  the  making  of  perfumery. 
The  pofis  ari'  said  to  contain  a  tannin. 

62.  Cavenia,  Bert.  Espino  Cavan.  Height  20  ft.: 
spines  stout:  lfts.  scabrous,  scabrous-pubescent. 
Otherwise  near  to  A.  Farnesiana,  of  which  it  is  some- 
times considered  a  mere  variety.  Chile. — A  good  hedge 
plant. 

63.  arabica,  Willd.  Gum  Arabic  Tree.  Fig.  76. 
Shrub  or  small  tree  with  gray  branchlets;  stipules  spiny: 
pinna'  3-8  pairs,  .!^-l}'2  in.  long;  lfts.  10-20  pairs, 
l'i.-]4m.  long,  glands  seve;ral:  fls.  in  groups  of  2-5, 
(;alyx  half  the  length  of  corolla:  pods  distinctly  stalked, 
flat,  mostly  moniliform,  gray-downy,  3-6  in.  long. 
Arabia  and  Eu. — Some  confusion  exists  between  this 
species  and  A.  Farnesiana,  but  they  are  easily  distin- 
guished by  means  of  the  pod  which  in  A.  arabica  is 


ACACIA 


ACACIA 


189 


76.  Acacia  arabica. 


from  slightly  constricted  between  the  see<is  to  nionili- 
forni  or  bead-Uke,  while  in  .4.  Farncsiand  it  is  round 
iind  smooth  with  the  seeds  arranged  in  2  rows  in  a 
pulpy  mass. 

64.  ebumea,  Willd.  A  shrub  with  a  reddish  brown 
bark;  Ivs.  1-1 3<i  in.  long.;  phyll.  5  or  0  pairs,  ^~%m. 
long;  Ifts.  5-9  pairs,  less  than  1^2  in.  long;  stipules  M-2 
in.  long;  gland  between  each  of  the  2  lowest  pairs: 
fls.  40  in  a  head  on  peduncles  .^-1  in.  long  with  a  circle 
of  bracts  at  middle;  petals  5;  sepals  united,  half  as  long 
as  petals:  pod  flat,  3-0  in.  long,  3 gin.  wide;  seeds  longi- 
tudinal; funicle  short. — 
j)/^  ft^p  A   desert   region   species 

'^W}7-^-,  '^^S  ^"^^  ^^^  ^^^^  ^  ^  forage 

\      '  ^^^^  plant. 

^NM?^.  65.  Catechu,    Willd. 

(A.  catechuaules,  Benth.). 
A  medium  -  sized  tree, 
with  opposite,  recurved, 
stipular  spines:  pinna^ 
10-40  pairs;  Ifts.  30-50 
pairs,  linear,  about  f^in. 
long;  gland  near  base 
and  between  upper  pair 
of  pinnie:  spikes  solitary 
or  fascicled,  2-5  in.  long; 
calyx  and  corolla  tomen- 
tose,  the  former  half  the 
size  of  the  latter:  pods 
dehiscent,  flat,  a  rich 
brown,  re  ti  c  u  1  a  t  e  1  y 
veined  and  with  nerve- 
like margin,  2-3  (or  5)  in.  long,  ?2-?4in.  broad;  seed 
orbicular,  transverse;  funicle  flat,  not  curving  around 
seed  but  leading  directly  to  hilum  with  a  twist  or  two. 
E.  Indies. 

66.  Drummondii,  Benth.  Bush  or  small  tree: 
pinna'  2-4  pairs,  each  with  4-10  linear,  very  obtuse, 
glabrous  Ifts.:  fls.  pale  lemon-yellow,  in  dense,  solitary, 
drooping  spikes  1-U  2  in.  long:  pod  not  exceeding  1  in. 
long,  3-4in.  broad,  flat,  with  thickened  margins,  gla- 
brous or  pubescent;  seeds  transverse;  funicle  short, 
thickened  into  small  aril  of  about  2  folds  under  seed. 
B.M.  5191. — A  favorite  greenhouse  species. 

67.  Greggii,  Gray.  Texas  Mimosa.  Sometimes  a 
tree  20  ft.  high,  but  usually  a  shrub  of  4-5  ft.,  growing 
in  thickets  along  river  banks:  compound  Ivs.  1  in.  long, 
pubescent;  pinnse  2-3  pairs  (occasionally  reduced  to  1 
pair),  ^2-^iin.  long;  Lfts.  4-7  pairs  (usually  o),  oblong, 
pubescent  and  2-nerved:  spikes  cream-yellow,  1)4-2  j^ 
in.  long,  including  the  peduncles,  which  are  half  the 
length  of  spikes;  petals  and  sepals  greenish,  5-merous; 
sejials  united  and  half  as  long  as  petals:  pods  much 
bent  and  twisted,  nerve-like  margins  and  more  or  less 
constricted  between  the  seeds,  13^2-4  or  more  in.  long, 
about  34in.  wide;  seed  J^gin.  long,  i4in.  wide  with  an 
arrow-shaped  depression  in  the  center;  funicle  filiform 
its  entire  length.  Fls.  Aug.,  Sept.  In  dry  or  rocky 
places  in  Texas  and  N.  Mex.  and  S.  Known  as  Devil's 
Claws  and  Catsclaw  from  the  short  curved,  spines;  also 
as  Paradise  Flower. 

In  the  following  supplementary  list,  the  heights  given  are  those 
attained  by  the  plants  under  glass  in  N.  Eu.;  in  the  open  air  in  the 
S.  W.  U.  S.  they  often  grow  much  taller,  and  sometimes  flower  2 
months  earlier.  Except  when  otherwise  stated,  the  fls.  are  yellow. 
Those  marked  (*)  are  considered  most  desirable.  Those  marked 
"stove"  need  hothouse  treatment;  the  others  can  be  grown  in  a  cool- 
house,  or  in  the  open  in  CalJf.  .4.  abietina,  Willd. =A.  linifolia. — A. 
acanthocdrpa,  Willd. ^=Mimosa  acanthocarpa, — .4.  acapiilcensis, 
Kunth.^Lysiloma  acapulcensis. — .4.  acedia.  Maiden  &  Bctche. — 
A.  acicularis  (Needle -leaved  Acacia).  4  ft. — A.  affinis.  Sweot  = 
A.dealbata.— -4.  aWto,  R.  Br.  6  ft.  May.  B.K.  .S9G.— .4.  d/6tcans= 
Pithecolobium  albicans. — .4.  arrnkna,  Wendl.  3  ft.  May.  Near  to 
A.  hoterophylla. — A.angulhta,  r)esv.=A.  discolor. — .4.  anaustifdlia, 
Ix)dd.^A.  longifolia  var.  floribunda. — A.  argj/ropkylla,  Hook.^A. 
brachybotrya  var.  arEyrophylla. — A.  dspera,  Lindl.  (A.  Ausfeldii, 
Kegel.  A.  densifolia,  Benth.).  4  ft.  May. — A.  AusfHdii,  Regel== 
A.  aspera. — A.  Banrro/titina,  Bert.=Cse3alpinia  bijuga. — A.  Bnr- 
theri(ina,  Hort.=A.  Berteriana(?).— A.  Berlandari,  Benth.  Fl9.(?). 


Mex. — .4.  Berteriana,  BaIb.=Pithecolobium  fragrans. — .4.  bifidra, 
R.  Br.  .3  ft.  May. — .4.  brachyacdnthn,  Humb.  &  Bonpl. ^Mimosa 
acanthocarpa. — .4.  brevifdlia,  Lodd.^=A.  lunata. — A.  brevipes,  Cimn. 
=A.  melanoxylon. — ,4.  Burmanniihia,  DC.  Shrub  6  ft.  Ceylon. 
Stove. — .4.  buxifdlia,  Cunn.  4  ft.  Apr.  Hook.  Icon,  164. — .4.  cxsia, 
Wight  &  Arn,  (A.  Intsia,  Willd.).  Climber  beset  with  curved 
prickles.  E.  Indies.  Stove. — ^.4.  calamistrdta,  Hort.  lists==(?). — A. 
ceiastrifdlia,  Benth. = A.  myrtifolia  var.  celastri folia. — A.  centro- 
pkylia,  DC.  20  ft.:  white.  Jamaica.  Stove. — .4.  CeratAnia,  Willd. = 
Mimosa  Ceratonia. — A.  chrysostachys,  Hort.=Piptadenia  chry- 
sostachys. — .4.  cUidta,  R.  Br.=A.  strigosa. — A.  cinerdscens,  Sieb.= 
A.  glaucescens. — ,4.  cochledris,  Wendl.  4  ft.  Apr.  to  May. — A. 
cs;rulea,  Lenol. — A.  conclnna,  DC.  20  ft.;  fls.  white.  E.  Indies. 
Stove.— A.  Cojicordidna,  Loud.=:Pithecolobium  umbellatum. — A. 
conferta,  Cunn.  Apr. — ,4.  cordata,  a  trade  name,  probably  belongs 
to  some  other  species. — A,  coriacea,  DC.  5  ft.  May. — -4.  coronill^' 
fdlui,  Desi.  10  ft.  N.  Afr.  Stove. — A.  corymbdsa,  Hort.  lists^(?). 
— .4.  crassicdrpa,  Cunn.  6  ft.  May. — A.  cultrdta,  Hort.^^A.  cultri- 
formis. — A.  ciispiddta,  Cunn.=A.  diffusa  var.  cuspidata. — A. 
cyanophylla  magnifica.  Hort.  lists=C?). — A.  cycndrum,  Hook.=A. 
obscura. — .4.  Daviesisefdlia,  Cunn.  6  ft.  June. — A.  dedpiens  var. 
pricmdrsa.HoTt*  3  ft.  May.  B.M.  3244. — A.  densi/dlia,  Benth.= 
A.  aspera. — .4.  dentlfera,  Benth.  Apr.  B.M,  4032. — ,4.  dependens, 
Cunn.=A.  longifolia  var.  mucronata. — .4.  detinens,  Burch.  3  ft. 
May.  S.  Afr. — .4.  Dieirichidna,  F.  Muell. — .4.  dlptera,  Willd. ^ 
Prosopis  juliflora. — A.  diptera,  Lindl.  Shrub.:  fl3.(?). — .4.  diptera 
var.  erioptera,  Graham.  Sept.  B.M.  3939. — .4.  dissitifldra,  Benth. 
=a  form  of  A.  longifolia. — A.  divariaita,  Willd. =Lysiloma  Schie- 
deana. — .4.  dolabriformis,  Colla^A.  decipiens. — .4.  Donkeldarii 
isatrade'name.^MimosaC?). — -4.  doratdxyloii.Cunn.  ♦(Currawang), 
a  beautiful  small  tree:  fls.  golden  yellow. — .4.  rfumdsa, Wight  &.  Arn. 
^A.  latronum. — .4.  €chinula,DC.=A.  juniperina. — A.edulis,  Humb. 
&  Bonpl.=A.  Farnesiana. — A.  emargindta,  Wendl. =A.  stricta. — .4. 
erioddda,  Benth.  June. — A.  Esterhdzia,  Mackay.  4  ft.  May. — A. 
falcifdrmis,  DC.  =A.  penninervis  var.  falciformis. — A.  ferruginea, 
DC.  From  E.  Indies.  Stove. — A.  fiexicaiilis,  Benth.  =Pithecolo- 
biura  flexicaule,  Coulter. — .4.  floribunda,  Willd. =A.  longifolia  var. 
floribunda. — .4.i?ori6u7Mfa,Hort.=A.neriifolia. — A./ormdsa.Kunth. 
=Calliandra  formosa. — A  fragrans,  Tenore=AIbizzia  fragrans 
("Acacia  fragrance"  Hort.?). — A. /ronddsa,  Willd. =Leuc£ena  glauca. 
=A.  fruticdsa,  Mart.^=Piptadenia  latifolia. — .4.  genist^fdlia,  Link 
=.4.  diffusa.— A.  girdffx,  Willd.  (Camel-thorn).  40  ft.  S.  Afr.  Fl3.(?). 
Stove. — A.  glauca,  Hort.=A.  glaucescens. — A.  grdndis,  Henfr.^A. 
pulchella  var.  grandis. — A.  grata,  Willd. =Piptadenia  macrocarpa. 
— ,4.  graveolens,  Cunn.^A.  verniciflua. — A.  guayaquilensis,  Desf. 
==Mimosa  guayaquilensis. — .4.  guianensis,  Willd. ^Stryphnoden- 
dron  guianense. — -4.  gummifera,  Willd.  30  ft.  Guinea.  Fls.(?). 
— A.Hxmatorylon,  Willd.  20  ft.  Fls.  yellow  or  white.  S.  Afr. 
Stove. — A.hastuUta,  Smith.  4  ft.  May.  B.M.  3341. — .4.  heleracdntha, 
Burch.  15  ft.;  fls.(?).  S.  Afr.— A.  /ie/frop/jyi/a,  Willd.  5  ft.  May. 
Mascarene  Isls. — .4.  klspida,  Hort.^Robinia  hispida. — .4.  hispidis- 
sima,  DC.=A.  pulchella  var.  hispidissima. — .4.  holosericea,  A. 
Cunn. — .4.  homalophylla,*  "Yarran." — A.  homatophylla,  probably 
clerical  error  for  A.  homalophylla. — .4.  homomdlla,  Wendl. =A. 
glaucescens. — .4.  horrida,  Willd.  S.  Afr. —  A.  Iluegelii,  Benth.* 
Pale  yellow.  Feb. — ,4.  humi/usa,  Cunn.  Austral. — .4.  hybrida- 
Lodd.^A.  armata. — A.  imperidlis,  Hort.  Ii3ta^(?). — A.  intermedia, 
Cunn.=A.  longifolia  var.  floribunda. — .4.  intertcita,  Sieb.=A. 
longifolia. — A.  Intsia,  Willd. =A.  csesia. — .4.  J dnesii,  F.  Muell. 
Racemes  simple,  longer  than  Ivs.  which  somewhat  resemble 
those  of  green. -Ivd.  A.  dealbata. — A.  Julibrissin,  Willd. ^Albizzia 
Julibrissin. — .4.  Kalkdra,  G.  Don.=Albizzia  JuHbri.ssin. — .4.  Lam- 
bertidna,  D.  Don.=Calliandra  Lambertiana. — .4.  lanigera,  Cunn. 
6  ft.  Apr.  "Q-M.  2^22.— A.  latifdlia,  Benth.— .4.  latislliqua  Willd. 
=Lysiloma  latisiliqua. — .4.  Latrdbei,  Meisn.^A.  acinacea — 
.4.  latrdnum,  Willd,  (A.  dumosa,  Wight  &  Arn.).  Up  to  20  ft.; 
E.  Indies.  Stove. — A.  laurifdlia,  Willd.  4  ft.  May.  Pacific  Isls. 
Stove. — .4.  Lebbeck,  Willd. ^Albizzia  Lebbek. — .4.  leiophylla, 
Benth.=A.  saligna. — A.  lentiscifdlia,  Desf.  20  ft.:  fls.(?).  Mex. 
Stove. — .4.  leprdsa,  Sieb.*  May.  B.R.  1441.  "Graceful,  linear 
leaves,"  and  habit  of  a  willow." — .4.  leprdsa  var.  tenuifdlia,  Benth. 
Stove. — A.  leptocdrpa,  Cunn.  6  ft.  Apr. — .4.  leptdclada,  Cunn. — .4. 
leptoneura, 'Benth.  6  ft.  Apr.  B.M.  AZbO.—A.leptophylla.'DC.=A. 
Farnesiana. — A.  leucocephala,  Link=^Leuc£ena  glauca. — .4.  leuco- 
phlcBa,  Willd.  12  ft.;  pale  yellow.  Trop.  Asia.  Stove. — A.  leuco- 
phylla,  Colvill.==A.  holosericea. — .4.  liguldta,  Cunn.=A,  salicina. — 
.4.  longifdlia  var.  mucronata,  F.  v.  M.  (A.  dependens,  Cunn.  A. 
mucronata, F. v. M.).  March. B.M. 2747. — A.longlssima.'WendL=A. 
linearis. — .4.  lophdntha,  Willd. ^Albizzia  lophantha. — A.  lophdntha 
var.  gigantea,  Hort. =AIbizzia  lophantha  var.  gigantea. — A.lUcida, 
Baill.=Albizzia  lucida. — .4.  Mdngium,  Willd.  10  ft.  Molucca 
Isls.  Stove. — .4.  microphylla,  Willd.  =Piptadenia  peregrina. — .4. 
mdllis,  WaU.=Albiz2ia  JuHbrissin. — ^.  Nkmu,  Willd. =^Albiz2ia 
Julibrissin. — .4.  neurocdrpa,  Cunn.^A.  holosericea. — .4.  nigricans, 
R.  Br.  6  ft.  Apr.  B.M.  2188.— A.  notdbilis,  F.  Muell.— .4.  nudi- 
yidra,  Willd.  (A.  Rohriana,  DC).  30  ft.;  white.  W.Indies.  Stove. 
—A.  obscura,  DC.  (A.  cycnorum.  Hook.).  2^  ft.  B.M.  4653. 
— A.  odoratissima,  Willd. =Albizzia  odoratissima. — .4.  olesefdlia, 
Cunn.=A.  lunata. — A.  oligophylla,  Hoffmgg.  4  ft.  Habitat (? I. 
Stove. — A.  orndta  is  a  name  in  the  trade,  probably  of  some  well- 
known  species. — .4.  paraddxa,  DC.^A.  armata. — .4.  pentadknia, 
Lindl.  10ft.  May.  B.R.  1521. — ^4.  pt^rii/dZia,  Benth. =A.  juncifolia, 
— .4.  pinndta,  Link.=A.  tamarindifolia. — A.  platyphylla.  Sweet.  10 
ft.  June. — .4.  p/umdsa,  Lowe.  20  ft.  Brazil.  B.M.  3366,  A  stove 
climber. — .4.  podaldria,  Hort.  lists=(?). — .4.  polybdtrya,  Benth.* 
A  beautiful  pinnate-lvd.  species. — A.  portoricensis,  Willd. =Calli- 
andra  portoricensis. — A.  primdsa,  probably  clerical  error  for  A.  pruin- 
osa. — ^.  pri87n4/ica,  Hoffmgg.  6  ft.  Habitat(?).  Stove. — A.  prrim- 
inens,  Cunn. =A.  linifolia  var.  prominens. — A.  Pseudacdcia,  Hort. 
^Robinia  Pseudacacia. — A .  pulch  errima,  Willd. ^=Stryphnoden- 
dron  fioribundum. — A.  pyramiddlia,  Hort.  Ii3t3=(?). — A.  quadran- 


190 


ACACIA 


ACALYPHA 


guttihf.  LiDk.=Ca)liandra  lelraRona. — .4.  Rfimerii,  looal  nainp  for 
viuit'ly  iniro.  by  Reimers  into  iSan  Francisco. — A.  rt/xiriVi,  HBK. 
lA.  sarnicnto^a.  Ctrisob.l.  10  ft.  W.  liuiie.>*.  A  stove  climber. 
— .4.  A\>Ari(in<i,  DC.^.\.  nudiflora. — .4.  rdsea,  Hort.=Uobinia  his- 
pida. — .4.  rit^ctJdUa,  Cunn.=.\.  verticillata  var.  latifotia. — A,  sar- 
mfntdsa^  Grisob.^.\,  riparia. — .4.  sctindens,  Willd.=Eiitada  scan- 
den5. — .4.  Sfmift>rd<iio,  Koxbg.  40  ft.;  fls.(?).  E.  Indict?.  Stove. — .4. 
.S^nnM/,  Willd.  30  ft.:  lis.  white.  Trop.  VV.  .\fr.  Stove. — A.  seri- 
oita,  Cunn.  .\pr. — .4.  Simsii^  Cunn.  Apr. — .4.  Sophdra\  H.  Br.=A. 
longifolia  var.  Sophorte. — .4.  specidsa,  Willd.=.\ibizzia  Lcbbek. — 
.4.  spcrtrffcito.  Cunn.*  Apr.  B.R.  lM3:4('i.  Remarkably  beautiful. 
— .4.  5piiii,  Balb.  15  ft.:  red  and  yellow.  Guadeloupe  I.sl.  Stove. — 
.4.  squamiita,  Lindl.  Apr.  Hook.  Icon.  Plant.  3(>7. — .4.  fileiio- 
phylla,  Cunn.  March. — .4.  stipuldta,  DC.=.\lbizzia  stipulala. — .4. 
stotoniffra,  Burchcll.  a  species  from  S.  Afr.  with  underground  st.^. — 
.4..«(r(rta,  Willd.  (A.  emarginata,  Wendl.).  2  ft.  March.  D.M.  1121. 
^.4.  sJriBiisa,  Link  (.\.  ciliata.  R.Br.).  4  ft. — .4.  siromhiill/cra, 
Willd. =Pro--4opis  strombulifera. — .4.  sutuW/a,  Bonpl.  4  ft.  May.^ 
.4.  .lu/oi/n.  R.  Br.  2  ft.  July.  B.R.  928.— ^.  Sumn,  Gurz.  10  ft.: 
fls. (?)  E.  Indies,  Stove. — .4.  tatnariruiifdtia,  Willd.  {.\.  pinnata). 
4  ft.:  white.  S.  .\mer.  Stove. — .4./axi7(ifia,  Lodd.=A.  Riceana. — -4. 
tomfii/d.w.  Willd.  20  ft.:  fls.(?).  E.Indies.  Stove. — A.  Irichddes, 
Willd. =I>eucwna  trichodes. — .4.  trinerrdla,  Sieb.  6  ft.  Apr. — .4. 
triftis,  Graham=.\.  arniata. — .4.  umhellata,  Cunn.  .4pr. — A.  unci- 
nata.  Ixxld.^.\.  undulsefolia. — .4.  umtuktfdtia  (A.  uneinata.,  Lodd). 
4  ft.  May,  B.M.33S14. — .4.  uroptj/Ha.  Benth.  Pale  yellow.  Apr, 
B,M.  4573. — .4.  rri»a.  Willd.  40  ft.:  white.  Brazil.  Stove. — .4.  nn- 
itsta,  Willd. ^Calliandra  portoricensis. — .4.  vera.  Willd. =A.  arabica. 
— .4.  r^rrn'cf,fl"a,  Cunn,  (A,  graveolens,  Cimn.  A,  virgata,  I.odd,). 
6  ft.  Apr,  B.M.3266.  3279. — .4.  Ter/iciUala  var.  angiista,  Hort, 
10  ft,  Apr. — .4.  tfrtiriUdta  var.  lalifdtia,  Bcnth.  (A.  ru.scifolia,  Cunn. 
A.  moesta.  Lindl.l.  10  ft.  Apr.  B.M.  3193.  B.R.  1846:67.— 4. 
teslila,  Ker-Gawl.*  0  ft.  Jime.  B.R.  698. — .4.  viminalis,  Ait.  Apr. 
— .4.  rir/scfns.  DC.  20  ft.  S.  .\iner.  Stove. — .4.  virgata,  Lodd.=A. 
vemiciflua. — A.  riridiramis,  Burch.^Xerocladia  Zeyheri. — .4.  vis- 
cidula.  Cunn.  Oft.  Feb.  Gt.  1109.  ,4.  viscdsa.  Schrad.=A.  do- 
donteifolia. — -4.  romeri/<Srmi5,  Cunn.    Apr. — A.  Wallichiana,  DC.== 

^*'*'^''"-  Katherine  D.  Jones. 

ACACIA,  FALSE:    Robinia  Pseudacada. 
ACACIA,  ROSE:    Robinia  hispida. 

AC.&NA  (from  Greek  word  signifying  thorn).  Rosacex. 
New  Zealand  Bvr.  Trailing,  more  or  less  evergreen 
plants  used  in  rockwork  antl  as  ground  cover  under 
trees  and  between  other  plants. 

About  40  species  of  sub-shrubs  or  herbs  of  the  sovith- 
em  hemisphere,  allied  to  Agrimonia  and  Sanguisorba: 
Ivs.  unequally  pinnate,  alternate,  the  Ifts.  toothed  or 
cut:  fls,  small,  crowded  in  erect  terminal  spikes  or 
heads;  petals  none;  calyx  5-7-lobed,  usually  armed 


77.  Acalypha  hispida  (A.  Sander!) . 


with  spines;  stiunens  1-10,  or  even  more:  fr.  an  achcne, 
1  or  2  being  enclosed  in  the  hardened  calyx. 

Aca-nas  are  little  grown  in  this  country,  but  are 
prized  in  England  :is  groundwork  for  dwarf  spring- 
flowering  bulbs,  as  trilliums;  also  useful  in  protecting 
native  orchids  and  bog  plants.  Propagation  is  by  cut- 
tings, divisions  and  seeds. 

Buchananii,  Hook.  f.  Plant  usuiilly  densely  or  silky 
pale  gray,  the  numerous  sts.  and  branches  lying  very 
close  on  the  ground:  Ivs.  1  in.  or  less  long,  the  Ifts. 
3-G  pairs,  very  broad,  finely  serrate:  fls,  in  small  sessile 
hetids;  spines  or  bristles  4,  yellow  and  hairy  or  barbed, 
the  fruiting  calyx  broader  than  long.    New.  Zeal. 

microphylla,  Hook.  f.  Plant  glabrous  or  only 
sparingly  silky,  often  making  very  large  patches:  Ivs. 
pale,  2  in.  or  less  long;  Ifts.  'S-H  pairs,  broad,  deeply  cut: 
fls.  in  globose  stalked  heads;  fruiting  calyx  broader  than 
long,  the  red  spines  attractive  all  summer  and  autumn. 
New  Zeal. — Grows  well  in  either  wet  or  dry  soils.— Var. 
inermis,  Kirk  {A.  inermis,  Hook,  f.),  has  longer  Ivs. 
and  the  fruiting  calyx  without  spines  or  bristles. 

ovalifolia,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  Lvs.  a  httle  larger  than  the 
last;  Ifts.  oblong,  subcuneate.    Chile.    Gn,  az,  p.  4b. 

adscendens,  Vtihl.  Plant  usually  glabrous  bronzy, 
Hie  sts.  stout  and  nrostrate,  the  leafy  branches  ascentiing 
at  the  tips:  lvs.  2-4  in.  long:  Ifts.  4-6  pairs,  ovate  or 
obovate,  deeply  toothed:  fls.  in  stalked  heads;  calyx- 
tube  longer  than  broad,  the  spines  4  and  stout.  New 
Zeal.,  S,  Amer. — Apparently  the  plant  in  the  trade 
under  the  name  of  A.  adsurgens. 

A.  argentea,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  Lvs.  silvery.  Chilean  Andes. — .4. 
myriophylla,  Lindl.  Fern-like:  Ifts.  deeply  cut:  fls.  green,  Chile. 
— A.  uovs'-zealnndix.  Kirk.  Prostrate,  silky:  Ifts.  oblong,  coarsely 
serrate:  heads  globose,  stalked:  bristles  reddish  purple:  achene  nar- 
rowed both  ways.  New  Zeal. — A.  omjia,  A.  Cunn.  Said  to  be  much 
like  A.  ovalifolia,  but  larger  and  less  graceful:  fis.  purple,  in  long 
spikes.  Austral. — ,4.  Sa7iguisijrba',  Vahl.  Prostrate,  silky:  Ifts. 
broad,  toothed  or  serrate:  heads  globose,  stalked:  bristles  long  and 
barked,  at  each  angle  of  calyx:  achene  broadest  near  base  and  nar- 
rowing upward;  one  of  the  troublesome  sheep-burs.  New  Zeal. — A. 
aarmentdsa,  Caniiich.=A.  Sanguisorbffi.  L    H    B 

ACAL'?PHA  (a  name  given  by  Hippocrates  to  a 
nettle).  Euplwrbiaceas.  Copper-leaf.  Three-seeded 
i\lERCURY.  Brilliant  tender  foliage  shrubs  or  herbs 
much  used  for  greenhouse  ornament,  and  especially  for 
bedding-out;  and  in  Florida  and  southward  for  lawn 
shrubs  and  hedges. 

The  acalyphas  are  erect  shrubs  or,  in  the  native 
species,  rather  weedy  herbs,  with  alternate  stipulate 
lvs:  fls.  in  spikes  or  spike-like  racemes,  the  staminate 
cluster  peduncled,  each  fl.  in  the  axil  of  a  minute 
bractlet,  with  a  4-parted  calyx  and  8-16  stamens; 
pistillate  fls.  subtended  by  a  "foliaceous  bractlet,  the 
calyx  3-5  parted;  petals  wanting  in  both  kinds  of  fls., 
the"  long  spike-like  ament  being  the  showy  part  of  tlie 
fls.:  fr.   usually  of  3-2-valved  carpels,  each  1-seeded. 

For  bediling,  it  is  desirable  to  have  strong,  well- 
hardened  plants  in  4-inch  pots,  which  should  be  set  out 
the  last  week  in  May,  and  grown  in  a  rich,  moist  soil 
without  check.  The  leading  horticidtural  species  is 
A.  hispida.  The  main  point  in  the  cultivation  of  this 
species  is  that  it  can  be  grown  either  to  a  single  stem 
or  in  a  spreading  bush  form,  both  of  which  ways  are 
effect  ive.  Stock  plants  of  acalypha  do  well  in  a  mixture 
of  three  parts  loam,  one  part  well-decomposed  manure, 
and,  if  the  loam  is  heavy,  also  some  sharp  sand.  In 
central  Florida,  none  of  the  acalyphas  is  quite  hardy. 
They  should  be  banked  late  in  the  fall  with  dry  sand, 
which  must  be  removed  when  all  danger  of  frost  is  over. 

Propagation  is  by  cuttings,  chiefly  in  three  ways: 
(1)  in  fall  from  outdoor  bedded  plants;  (2)  from  plants 
lifted  in  fall,  cut  back,  and  kept  for  spring  stock;  (3) 
from  stock  plants  in  pots  reserved  from  the  previous 
season.  The  well-ripened  wood  of  these  last  is  a  great 
advantage,  and  gives  cuttings  that  may  be  taken  with 
a  heel.    A  mature  stem  will  furnish  several  beside  the 


ACALYPHA 


ACANTHOLIMON 


191 


top  one.  Tliis  is  tlic  best  method  for  general  purposes. 
Cuttings  may  also  be  taken  below  the  joints  when  the 
shoots  are  half  mature.  The  cuttings  require  mild  bot- 
tom heal.  For  greenhouse  ornament  in  fall  and  winter, 
e.xcellent  specimens  ma\'  be  secured  from  cuttings  made 
in  summer  from  such  stock  plants. 


78.  Acalypha  Wilkesiana  var.  Macafeana.    (  X  J-s) 


The  acalyphas  are  subject  to  mealy-bug,  scale  and 
red-spider.  For  the  first  two,  fumigate  with  hydro- 
cyanic acid  gas.  The  red-spider  can  be  kept  in  check  by 
syringing  or  spraying. 

A.  Annual. 
indica,  Linn.  An  erect  hairy  plant  1-3  ft.:  Ivs. 
broad,  ovate,  the  petiole  longer  than  the  blade:  fls. 
greenish,  the  spikes  1-2  in.  long.  Old  World  tropics. — 
Not  showy.  The  hort.  name  A.  Miltoniana  may  belong 
here. 

AA.  Perennial. 
B.  Fl.-cluslers  much  exceeding  the  Ivs. 

hispida,  Burm.  f.  (A.  Sdnderi,  N.  E.  Br.).  Red- 
hot  Cat-tail.  Fig.  77.  Cult,  chiefly  for  its  long  reii, 
amarantus-like  .spikes  of  fis.  which  are  much  longer 
than  the  Ivs.:  Ivs.  green.  E.  Indies.  Burm.  Fl.  Ind., 
p.  303,  t.  61,  f.l.  .\.F.  13:1285.  A.G.  19:453,  827. 
F.E.  10:.554.  G.C.  III.  23:248.  Gt.  47:276;  48:1465. 
Gn.  .54:62.  Gng.  6:279.  B.M.  7632.  R.H.  1898:4.56. 
— A  very  striking  garden  plant.  Called  by  various 
names,  as  Chenille  Plant,  Philippine  Medusa,  and 
others.  Var.  ramosa,  Hort.,  has  upper  spikes  branched 
or  compound.    Var.  alba,  Hort.,  spikes  creamy  white. 

BB.  Fl.-cluslers  shorter  than,  and  usually  half  hidden  by 
the  li's.:  branches  not  spiny. 
Wilkesiana,  Muell.  Arg.  (.4.  Irirolnr.  Hort.  ex  Seem.). 
Lys.  ovat(»-acuniin.itc,  bronzy  green,  variously  mottled 
with  red:  fls.  usually  .some  shade  of  red.  inconspicuous. 
S.  Sea  Isls.  Var.  Macafeana,  Hort.  Fig.  78.  Lvs.  red, 
marked  with  crim.son  and  bronze. — Perhaps  the  com- 
monest variety.  R.H.  1882:288.  Var.  macrophylla 
(.1.  macrophylla,  Hort.,  not  HBK.).  Lvs.  cordate, 
ovate,  russet-brown.  Var.  marginata,  Hort.  Lvs.  with 
marked  crim.son  margin.  F..\I.  1S75: 1.56.  Gn.  7,  p.  .521. 
LH.  24:275.  V.ar.  muslica,  Hort.  Lvs.  green,  with 
orange  and  red  markings.  Var.  obovata,  Hort.  Lvs. 
obovate,  green,  edged  white  when  young,  changing  to 
bronzy  green  with  rosy  pink  margins.  \'ar.  triumphans, 
Hort.    (.4.   triumphan.s,   Lind.   &   Rod.;.     Lvs.   large. 


spotted  with  crimson,  green,  and  brown.     LH.  35:. 55 
(1888). 

integrifolia,  Willd.,  not  Bojer  (A.  colorala,  .Spreng. 
A.  Cunimcrsoniana,  Baill.).  Shrub,  4-6  ft.:  lvs.  oblong- 
fiddle-shaped,  variable  in  size,  crenate  or  entire,  green 
above,  purplish  beneath :  fls.  small,  the  clusters  shorter 
than  the  lvs.    Mauritius  and  Madagascar. 

Godseffiana,  Mast.  Low-growing  shrub  of  dense 
bushy  habit:  lvs.  short-petioled,  ovate  or  ovate-lanceo- 
late, cordate,  acuminate,  coarsely  toothed,  green  with 
a  prominent  cream-colored  margin:  fis.  inconspicuous, 
greenish-yellow,  the  clusters  shorter  than  the  lvs.  Apr., 
May.  New  Gumea.  G.C.  III.  23:242.  Gng.  6:278. 
F.E.  10:. 5,54.  A.F.  13:1286.  Var.  heterophylla,  Hort. 
Lvs.,  especially  the  lower,  linear-lanceolate,  irregularly 
repand. 

BBB.  Fl.-clustcr  as  in  bb,  but  branches  spiny. 

Var.  eremorum,  Muell.  Of  peculiar  habit  and  with 
spiny  branches:  lvs.  green,  short-petioled,  crenate:  fls. 
in  spikes,  the  clusters  shorter  than  the  lvs.  Austral. — 
Coolliouse  plant,  chiefly  interesting  botanically. 

.4.  Chanlrieri,  Hort.=^.A.  Hamlltoniana  X  Wilkesiana  var.  ma- 
crophylla.— .1.  marginata,  Hort.,  not  Spreng. ;=A.  Wilkesiana 
var.  marginata. — .4.  obovata,  Hort.,  not  Benth.^.'V.  Wilke.siana  var. 
obovata.  Other  trade  names  are  .4.  Haniiltoniana,  Hort.  Bruant 
1895.  Lvs.  bright  green,  the  rounded  teeth  yellow-margined. — A. 
Miltoniana,  Hort.  Intro.  1911.  A.  mort/onlani^n.si.'i,  Hort.  =A, 
Hamiltoniana  X  Wilkesiana  var.  marginata.  .4.  torta,  Hort.  Lvs. 
dark  green,  the  margins  cut  into  blunt  oblong  segms.  Samoan  Isls. 

N.  Taylor,  t 

ACAMPE  (named  from  the  brittle  nature  of  the 
flower).    Orchidacese.    Greenhouse  epiphytes. 

.4.  longijdlia,  Lindl.  (Vanda  longifolia,  Lindl.).  E.  Indies.  A 
plant  of  no  decorative  value,  and  rarely,  if  ever,  seen  in  cull, 

ACANTHEPHlPPIUM:   .icanthophippium. 

ACANTHOCEREUS  (Greek,  thorn  and  cereus). 
Cactaccse.  An  erect  or  clambering  night-flowering 
cactus,  the  sts.  elongated,  usually  3-angled,  but  young 
shoots  very  diverse  and  sometimes  8-ribbed,  never  pro- 
ducing aerial  roots;  areola-  remote,  bearing  prominent 
spines:  fls.  large,  funnelform:  fr.  a  berry,  sometimes 
with  spines;  fle,sh  red;  seeds  black. — Perhaps  several 
species,  but  some  authors  recognize  only  one  species. 

pentagonus,  Brit,  it  Rose  (Cactus  pcntagonus,  Linn. 
Cereals  prlnceps,  Pfeiff.  C.  baxaniensis,  Karw.  C 
variabilis,  Engelxn.).  Half 
erect,  3-20  ft.  high:  spines 
4-6,  the  longer  13  2  in.  long: 
fls.  7-8  in.  long.  Trop. 
Amer. — This  species  grows 
wild  in  S.  E.  Texas  and  does 
well  there  as  a  garden  plant. 
It  is  also  a  connnon  green- 
house plant  where  it  does 
well,  often  growing  to  con- 
siderable size.  It  blooms 
freely,  but  the  fls.  are  not 
very  attractive. 


J.  N.  Rose. 

ACANTHODIUM:    Blepharis. 


79.  AcanthoUmon  glumaceum. 


ACANTHOLIMON 

(akaiitho.'i,  spine,  and  limon, 
sea  lavender).  Syn.,  .Irmer- 
iAstrum.  Phimbaginacew. 
PnicKLY  Thrift.  Hardy 
evergreen  perennials,  some- 
times a  little  woody. 

Leaves  stiff,  linear,  round  or  slightly  3-angled,  the 
angles  channeled,  the  apex  nearly  always  sharp- 
pointed:  scape  and  peduncle  nearly  always  simple, 
sometimes  a  little  branched:  fls.  usually  between  and 
half  hidden  by  the  numerous  bracts  of  the  tightly  com- 
pressed heads,  spikes  or  racemes;  corolla  rose  or  white, 


192 


ACANTHOLIMON 


ACANTHOPANAX 


the  petals  at  the  base  uiiittxl  Id  form  a  liiif;  around  the 
stiunons;  ralyx  tubular,  jhe  tube  U)-ribbeil.  Boissier 
describes  74  species  in  the  Mora  Orientalis.  See  A. 
Bunge,  Die  Gattung  Acantholimon,  St.  Petersburg, 
1S72. 

The  acanlhoHinons  are  dwarf,  tufted  herbs,  with 
6harp-vH)inted.  rigid  leaves;  less  coininon  than  Statice 
and  .Vrineria.  from  both  of  which  it  is  distinguished  by 
its  sharp-pointi-d  leaves.  An  oriental  genus  of  slow- 
growing  and  sun-loving  plants  for  rockeries  and  sandy 
places.  Most  of  them  can  be  grown  in  the  open  border, 
.4.  gluniacciim  particularly,  but  they  prefer  warm, 
sunny  situations  in  the  rock-garden. 

Propagation  is  best  effecttxl  by  cuttings  taken  in 
late  summer  and  kept  in  a  coldfranie,  protected  from 
the  frost,  over  winter.  Layering  is  also  a  quicker 
method  of  propagation. 

acerosum,"  WilKl.  Woody,  low  perermial,  with  glau- 
cous,  spotted   foliage:  Ivs.   thick,  2-3  in.   long,   long- 


Acanthopanax 
icinifolium.  (XM) 


pointed,  flatly  3-angled,  the  margins  rough:  .scape 
longer  than  the  Ivs.,  topped  by  a  la.\ly  many-spiked  fl.- 
cluster;  petals  white.  E.  Medit.  region. — Most  suita- 
ble for  rock-garden.    Scarcely  grown  in  Amer. 

glumSceum,  Boi.ss.  (Statice  Arardlii,  Hort.).  Fig.  79. 
Height  U  in.:  Ivs.  green:  fls.  small,  rose,  on  1-sided 
spicate  racemes,  0-9  in  each  short,  dense  racemelet. 
Julv-«ept.  Armenia.  ^^S.  7:677.  Gn.  31:3.")0.  R.H. 
189"l,  p.  489. 

ven&stum,  Boi.ss.  (Armeridslrum  dianlhifdlium,  O. 
Kuntzej.  About  8  in.:  Ivs.  gray-green,  very  stiff:  fls. 
larger  than  the  last,  rose,  12-20  in  each  long,  loo.se 
spikelet.  July-Sept.  Asia  Minor.  R.H.  1806:4,50. 
Gn.  13:186.    15. M.  7500.    Gn.  53,  p.  40.'j. 

A.  KMfich]/ii,  Boui.1.  Fls,  white,  rising  well  above  the  Iva.  Ciiicia. 
— A.  TfieMiTiAmhuTn,  Boi.s8,  Short  dense  spikes;  .'*epals  violet  or 
blackL<ib-[niir(pned.  Persia.  j^    Taylor  t 

ACANTHOMINTHA  (from  Greek  words  for  a  iwickle 
or  ttitjrn,  a.r)(\  mint  I.  Ijdln/ilw.  Thorny  Mint.  A  genus 
of  only  2  specie.^  of  tender  annuals,  with  the  habit  of 
Lamium.  Its  chief  interest  is  botanical,  the  nearest 
relative  of  the  genus  being  the  Brazilian  genus  Glechon. 
Calyx  tubular-campanulate,   13-nerve(l,  and  with  the 


caly.\  teeth  all  spiiuilose-tipped;  corolla  exceeding  the 
calyx.    Prop,  by  seeds  in  spring  under  glass. 

ilicifolia,  Gray.  Height  0  in.:  Ivs.  petioled,  ovate, 
coriaceous,  coarsely  crenate-dentate:  fls.  3-8  in  a 
whorl,  chicflv  rose  or  purplLsh  rose,  with  yellow  and 
white  mark.s.  Calif.  B.M.  6750.  Intro.  1891.— Less 
desirable  than  Laiuitim,  which  see.  jy;    TAYLOK.t 

ACANTHONEMA  (Greek  combination  referring  to 
the  spinous  processes  on  the  filaments) ,  Gesneracex.  A 
monotypic  genus,  comprising  A.  strigosum,  Hook,  f.,  from 
Trop.  .Afr.,  closely  resembling  Streptocarpus:  hothouse 
perennial  with  small  fls.  dark  puiple  on  the  limb  and 
otherwise  white,  in  panicles  2  in.  or  less  liigh  arising  from 
the  base  of  the  solitary  prostrate  narrowly  oblong  If. 

ACANTHOPANAX  (acanlhos,  thorn,  and  panax,  a 
prickly  panax-like  plant).  Araliacex.  Including  Kalo- 
panax  and  Eleutherococciis.  Hardy  trees  or  shrubs,  cul- 
tivated chiefly  for  their  ornamental  foliage. 

Branches  and  sts.  usually  prickly:  Ivs.  alternate, 
long-))etioletl,  pahnately  lobed  or  digitate,  deciduous: 
fls.  small,  usually  greenish,  perfect  or  polygamous,  in 
umbels,  sometimes  forming  large  terminal  panicles; 
calyx-teeth  minute;  petals  and  stamens  5,  rarely  4; 
ovary  2-.5-celled;  styles  2-5,  free  or  connate:  fr.  a 
black,  2-5-seeded  berry. — More  than  15  species  in  Cent, 
and  E.  Asia  and  in  the  Himalayas. 

The  members  of  this  genus  are  trees  or 
large  shrubs  with  stout,  usually  prickly 
branches  and  large,  palmately  lobed  or 
digitate  leaves,  small  greenish  flowers  in 
umbels,  sometimes  forming  large  terminal 
panicles,  followed  by  small  black  berries. 

For  cultivation  of  Acanthopanax,  see 
the  genus  Aralia.  The  species  described 
below  are  hardy  except  A.  pi'titapluiUiim, 
which  is  tender  north  of  Massachusetts, 
and  .4.  trifoliatuin  and  A.  stlclnuiunsc, 
which  are  probably  still  more  tender. 

Pro[)agation  is  by  seeds,  to  be  sown  as 
soon  as  received,  or  stratified  and  sown  in 
spring;  they  germinate  irregularly  and 
may  lie  two  years;  also  projiagated  by 
rcKjt-cuttings  with  liottom  heat,  and  by 
soft-wood  cuttings  taken  from  forced  plants;  A.  pcnlor- 
pliylluin  grows  also  from  cuttings  of  ripened  wood. 

A.  Lrs.  simple,  palmately  lobed. 

ricinifolium,  Seem.  {Kalopanax  ricinifblium,  Miq.  A. 
ricinifiAium  var.  magmficum,  Zabel.  A.  acerifblium, 
Schelle).  Fig.  80.  Sparingly  branched  tree,  to  80  ft.: 
branches  and  sts.  with  numerous  stout  prickles:  Ivs. 
5-7-lobed,  9-14  in.  in  diam.,  lobes  triangular-ovate, 
acuminate,  serrate,  glabrous  or  nearly  so:  infi.  com- 
pound, terminal,  large;  styles  2,  nearly  connate,  .lapan. 
S.I.F.  2:.56.  G.W.  11:537.  Var.  Maximowi'czii, 
Schneid.  {Aralia  MaximmiAczii,  Van  Houtte).  P'ig.  81. 
Lvs.  deeply  .5-7-lobed,  with  oblong-lanceolate  lobes, 
downy  beneath.  Japan.  F.S.  20:2067.  M.D.G.  1897: 
233. — Very  ornamental  trees  of  striking  subtropical 
effect. 

AA.  Lvs.  digitate. 

B.  Fls.  short-pedicetled. 
sessiliflorum,  Seem.  (Panax  sessilijlbrum,  Rupr.  & 
Max.).  Shrub  with  stout  upright  branches,  to  12  ft.: 
branches  with  only  few  prickles:  Ifts.  mostly  3,  obovate- 
lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  cuneate,  acuminate, 
3-7  in.  long,  irregularly  crenate-serrate,  nearly  smooth: 
fls.  dull  purplish,  nearly  sessile,  in  globular  heads  on 
stout,  downy  peduncles,  usually  several  at  the  end  of 
the  branches.  Manchuria,  N.  China.  G.C.  III. 
22:339.  Gt.  11:369.— The  freely  produced  heads  of 
black  berries  are  decorative.  Var.  parviceps,  Rehd. 
Lower  and  denser:  lvs.  elliptic,  2-3  in.  long:  heads 
smaller,  usually  .solitary. 


ACANTHOPANAX 


ACANTHOPH(ENIX 


193 


81.  Acanthopanaz 
ricinifolium  var. 
Maximowiczii. 

(X  J-i) 


BB.  Fls.  slender-pedicelled. 
C.  Lvs.  usually  S-foliolate. 
trifoliatum,  Schneid.  (Zanlhoxylum  Irifolmlum,  Linn. 
A.   (icukidum.   Seem.     A.   aepium,   Socin.).     (.'limbing 
shrub,   to  20  ft.:  branches  with  few  hooked  spines; 
petiole    1-13^  in.  long:  Ifts. 
stalked,     ovate      to     ovate- 
lanceolate,  aoiuninate,  1^4-3 
in.  long,  remotely  and  finely 
serrate,  glabrous,  light  green 
beneath:   the  slender-pedun- 
cled      lunbels     in     terminal 
whorls;     pedi- 
cels    slender; 
styles    2,   con- 
n  a  t  e    to    t  h  e 
middle.  China, 
H  imala  vas. 
L.B.C.  10:977 
(infl.     abnor-  ~*'" 

mal;   a  better 
figure   is  found   in  Jacquin, 
Icon.  PI.  Rar.  3:634).     Re- 
cently intro.  from  China. 

setchuenense,  Harms. 
Upright  shrub,  to  10  ft.: 
branches  yellowish,  with  few 
nearly  straight  prickles: 
petiole  2-4  in.  long:  Ifts. 
stalked,  ovate-oblong,  acu- 
minate, 2J-^-3}/2  in.  long,  ser- 
rate, glabrous,  glaucous  be- 
neath: umbels  several  at  the 
end  of  the  branches,  peduncles  }/^-l  in.  long,  pedicels 
slender;  ovary  5-celled,  styles  connate  into  one.  W. 
China. 

cc.  Lvs.  5-7-foliolate. 

senticosum,  Harms  {Eleulherococcus  senticdsiis, 
Ma.\im.).  Shrub,  to  15  ft.:  branches  upright,  densely 
covered  with  slender  prickles:  Ifts.  5,  occasionally  3, 
stalked,  eUiptic-obovate  to  oblong,  shortly  acuminate, 
narrowed  at  the  base,  3-5  in.  long,  sharply  and  doubly 
serrate,  bright  green;  when  young,  with  brown  hairs 
on  the  veins  beneath  and  with  scattered  hairs  above: 
umbels  long-peduncled,  several  at  the  end  of  the 
branches ;  ovary  5-celled,  styles  connate:  fr.  about  J^in. 
long.   July.    N.  China,  Manchuria.    Gt.  12:393. 

pentaphyllUm,  Marsh.  (A .  spinbsvm^  Hort.,  not 
Miq.     Arulia     penlaphijlla,    Thunb.)     Fig.    82. 
Shrub,  .'i-lO  ft.:  branches  arching  and  slender, 
with    few  compressed,    straight 
prickles :  Ifts.  5-7,  oblong-obovate 
or    oblong-lanceolate,    cuneate, 
acute,  J^-lJ-i  in.  long,  crenate- 

serrate,  smooth:  fls.  green,  in  slender-peduncled  um- 
bels, solitary  on  spur-like  branchlets  along  last  year's 
branches;  styles  5,  connate.  Japan. — A  graceful  shrub, 
with  arching  branches  and  bright  green,  shining  foliage, 
excellent  on  rocky  banks  and  slopes.  Only  the  pistil- 
late form  seems  to  be  in  cult.,  but  produces  no  fr.  for 
want  of  pollen.  Var.  variegitum,  Hort.  Lvs.  edged 
white.  F.S.  20:2079.— Possibly  a  variety  of  .1.  spino- 
sum.  Also  .4.  quinquefolium  variegalum,  Veitch  Cat., 
may  be  the  same. 

.1.  rliraricalum,  .Seom.  .\Ilied  to  A.  scssiliflorum.  Lfts.  5,  downy 
l)i-npath:  fls.  pedicdled.  Japan.  S.I.F.  2:56. — .4.  Hinryi ,  Harms 
( Klcut herococcus  Honryi,  Oliver),  .allied  to  A.  sessilifloruni. 
brandies  H-ith  few  hool<ed  nriclclos:  lfts.  3-.5,  nearly  sessile,  cuneate 
at  the  base,  oblong,  2  3  in.  long:  fls.  pedicelled.  Cent.  China.  n..M. 
S:}16. — .4.  innovans.  Franeh.  &.  Sav.  I'narnied  small  tree:  lvs. 
fascicled  3-foiiolate,  occasionally  2-foIioIate  or  undivided  and  cor- 
date; Ifts.  nearly  scHsile,  glabrous:  umbels  paniculate.  .Japan. — ■ 
.4.  lexu^orrhimm.  Harms.  Allied  to  .\.  senticosum.  Hranches  only 
below  the  petiole  with  several  straight  rcflexed  prickles:  Itts. 
oblanceolatc,  glabrous:  umbels  solitary  or  few.  Cent.  China. — A. 
seindophylbjuUn,  Franeh.  &  Sav.  Unarmed  tree,  to  40  ft.;  Ifts.  .'>, 
stalked,  nearly  glabrous:  umbels  forming  large  terminal  panicles. 
Japan.   S.I.F.  2:  5.5. — .4.  Simdnii,  Schneid.  .\llicd  to  A.  senticosurii. 

13 


Branches  with  several  prickles  below  the  petiole:  Ifts.  5,  prickly 
on  both  sides,  oblong.  China.  M.D.G.  11)10:25. — A.  spindsum, 
Miq.  Allied  to  A.  pentaphyllum.  Lvs.  often  sparingly  appressed- 
wetose  above:  peduncles  shorter  than  petioles;  styles  2,  separate. 

^  '""■'  Alfred  Rehder. 

ACANTHOPHIPPIUM  (meaning  unexplained). 
Sometimes  spelled  Acanlhephippium.  Orchidacex.  Stove 
terrestrial  orchids. 

Pseudobulbs  conic  or  cyUndric,  of  several  internodes, 
with  several  large,  plicate-veined,  jointed  lvs.  at  the 
apex:  fls.  borne  on  a  lateral  leafless  scape,  in  a  few- 
fld.  raceme;  the  broad,  fleshy  sepals  form  an  urn- 
shaped  tube,  which  incloses  the  narrower  petals  and 
the  lip;  Up  jointed  to  the  apex  of  the  short,  thick  column 
which  is  produced  below  into  a  foot  to  which  the  sepals 
and  petals  are  attached;  pollinia  8. — A  genus  of  4 
species,  natives  of  the  E.  Indies  and  Malay  Archipelago. 

These  are  very  rarely  seen  in  cultivation,  but  are 
warmhouse  terrestrial  orchids  from  the  hottest  moist 
shaded  jutigles  of  Java.  A  compost  of  fibrous  loam  and 
leaf-mold  is  best  suited  to  them,  keeping  the  plants  in 
the  warmest  house  in  winter.  Propagate  by  dividing 
the  pseudobulbs  in  spring  before  growth  has  made 
much  advancement.    (Orpet.) 

iavanicum,  Blume.  Fls.  yellow,  flushed  and  striped 
with  purplish  red,  the  sepals  and  petals  spreading  at  the 
tip.   Java.   J.F.  1:35..  B.M.  4492. 

A.  bicolor,  Lindl.  Fls.  yellow,  tipped  and  marked  with  purple. — 
A.  Curtini,  Reichb.  Fls.  light  rose,  flushed  and  striped  with  purple. 
The  5  keels  between  the  side  lobes  serve  to  distinguish  this  from 
related  species.  Malay  Archipelago. — A.  sylhelense,  Lindl.  Fls. 
about  2  in.  long,  white.    Himalayas.  Q^^j^^^   y.    NasH.  t 

ACANTHOPH(ENIX  (acantha,  thorn,  and  phcenix, 
a  date  palm).  Palniacese,  tribe  Artceie.  Very  elegant 
greenhouse  palms. 

Leaves  pinnate,  finely  dissected,  more  or  less  armed 
with  long,  slender,  brown  or  black  spines;  lfts  narrow, 
hnear-lanceolate,  acute,  rarely  acuminate,  prominently 
veined  above,  scaly  beneath,  the  margins  revolute; 
rachis  3-angled  in  sections;   sheath  long,  smooth  or 


^^^iE£ 


82.  Acanthopanax 
pentaphyllum. 


spiny:    infl.    Cspadix)   twice   branched, 

sometimes  smooth,  but  often  hairy  or 

even  spiny,  hanging  by  a  short,,  stout 

stalk;  the  secondary  branches  slender 

or     sometimes     thick     and     twisted: 

spathes  2,  flattened,  soon  falling:   fls. 

moncecious,   in   spirally   disposed   3-fld.    uiu»i.i;in,   leu, 

pinki.sh  or  orange;  inner  segms.  of  the  perianth  val- 

vate  in  male  fls.,  imbricate  in  female  fls.;  stamens  12, 

reduced  in  the  pistillate  fls.  to  a  ring  of  functionless 

staminoidea:  fr.  black,  about  twice  the  size  of  a  grain 

of   wheat. — There   are  only   3  or  4  species,   confined 


clusters,   red. 


194 


ACANTHOPHCENIX 


ACANTHUS 


=-?*•- 


'•<S^N 


\ 


^3,ii^i*.-. 


'/ 


■^ 


exclusively    to 
Bourbon.    G.C 


&3.  Acauthophoenix  crinita. 

Isls., 


Mauritius    and 


the   Mascarene 
11.22:426. 

These  are  tall  palms  or  sometimes  of  moderate 
etature,  the  spiny  and  often  ringed  trunks  conspicuously 
ewoUen  at  the  base.  Horticulturally,  they  have  not 
figured  very  prominently  in  the  trade  in  this  countrj', 
but  they  are  among  the  finest  of  cultivated  palms  in 
the  collections  of  fanciers  and  botanic 
gardens. 

They  should  be  grown  in  a  warm 
house,  from  70  to  90°,  never  less  than  a 
night  temperature  of  55  to  60°.  They 
will  root  best  in  a  soil  compo.sed  as 
follows:  loam  three  parts,  peat  one 
part,  leaf-mold  one  part,  mixed  with 
a  little  sand  or  crushed  charcoal.  The 
drainage,  so  long  as  the  plants  are  in 
pots  and  tubs,  must  be  very  good,  as 
they  require  much  water.  If  possible, 
when  the  plants  are  6  feet  or  more, 
plant  out  permanently. 

Propagation  is  only  by  seeds, 
which  frequcnth'  require  two  to 
three  years  to  germinate.  The  seeds 
should  be  placed  in  a  seed-pan  and 
kept  in  a  warm,  moist  place 

crinita,  H.  Wendl.  {Ar'eca  crinHa 
Bory).    Fig.  83.    Trunk  .50-60   " 
Ivs.  7-13  ft.   long;   petiole  densely 
tomentose,  4-8  in.  long;  If  .-sheath 
2>^J^   ft-   long,   thickly   covered 
with    short     brown    bristles    and 
spines;  eegms.  silverj-  white  beneath:  spadix  1-2  ft 
long,  brown,  wooUy  and  with  slender  brown  spines; 
perianth  refldish  "pink,  or  sometimes  whitish:   fr. 
i^-i/^in.  long.    F.S.  16: 1706.    F.R.  2:201.— Young 
plants  have  pale  yellowish  green  Ivs. 

r&bra,  H.  Wendl.  (Ar'eca  rubra,  Bory.  Cdlamxis 
Verschaffeltii,  Hort.).  Trunk  60  ft.:  Ivs.  6-12  ft. 
long;  petiole  glabrous,  2-4  in.  long;  If  .-sheath 
2^4-4J^  ft.  long,  thickly  covered  with  long,  brown- 
black  spines;  pinna  slightly  glaucous  beneath: 
spadix  2]/T-^l4  ft-  long,  armed  with  straight  black 
spines;  perianth  reddish  brown:  fr.  globose.  J^- 
yim.  in  diam.,  with  a  prominent  ridge  extending 
from  the  stigma  to  the  base. — Young  plants  have 
dark  green  Ivs.  with  red  veins.  N.  Taylor,  t 

ACANTHORHIZA  rCreek  for  thorn, 
and  rhizti,  root;.  I'nlitujcea',  tribe  Cory- 
phee. A  genus  of  tropical  American 
mf^iiiim-sizefl  palms. 

L<-avfs  crowded  at  the  end  of  the 
trunk,  palmate,  3  to  many,  divided  to 
the  base,  but  the  8f;gms.  stalkless,  and 
in  age  becoming  typically  3-4  divided, 


the  segms.  then  wedge-shaped ;  If.-stalk  flattened,  very 
persistent,  slender  and  smootli,  the  sheath  short  and 
fibrous;  as  the  Ivs.  unfold  the  margins  are  bent  inward, 
the  external  faces  applied  together:  infl.  flattened  at 
first,  the  short  peduncle  and  thickening  branches, 
white,  bracteate,  the  bracts  diminishing  downward;  fls. 
cream-white,  in  spike-like,  dense  clusters,  these  race- 
mose; stamens  quite  free,  differing  from  Trithrinax, 
whore  they  are  united  to  form  a  tube.  It  has  never 
been  known  to  fruit  in  cult. — Three  or  four  species  only, 
are  known,  all  from  Trop.  Amer.,  but  not  so  well 
kriown  to  the  trade  as  their  great  beauty  and  stately 
dimensions  deserve.    G.C.  II.  22:426. 

These  palms  have  spineless  trunks,  except  at  the 
base,  where  the  aerial  roots  subsequently  harden  into 
stiff  downward-pointing  spines;  differing  in  this  from 
Trithrinax,  the  nearest  relative. 

They  should  be  grown  as  stove  pahns,  a  night  tem- 
perature not  less  than  60°  being  preferable.  If  possible, 
plant  out  the  tall  plants,  as  they  do  much  better  when 
not  disturbed  by  subsequent  repotting.  A  good  mix- 
ture should  contain  good,  fibrous  loam  and  considerable 
sand. 

Propagation  is  only  by  seeds,  sown  preferably  in 
the  spring,  in  fresh  peat  over  bottom  heat. 

aculeata,  H.  Wendl.  {Chamxrops  slauracdnlha,  Hort.). 
Fig.  84.  St.  30-40  ft.,  spiny  at  base  through 
the  thickening  of  the  aerial  roots:  Ivs.  orbic- 
ular, much  cut  in  young  trees,  subsequently 
3-4-divided  and  palmate  in  the  older  specimens, 
5  ft.  in  diam.,  whitish  beneath;  If. -stalk  3-4  ft.: 
infl.  and  fls.  dark  creamy  pink;  fls.  spicate, 
i\\  thick  and  coriaceous;  calyx  lobes  erect,  oblong, 
^  equaling    the   roundish   and 

concave  petals.  Mex.  I.H. 
26:367.  B.M.  7302.— Suc- 
ceeds in  an  intermediate 
house. 

Chftco,     Drude     ( Thnnax 


1 1  \  Ch  itco,  M  art . ) .  Trunk  smooth 
I,  I      about  30  ft.  high,  usually  nol 


tJt!!l 


P, 
^^. 


84.  Acanthorhiza  aculeata. 


not 
more   than   5   in.    in   diam., 
slender,  flexuous:    Ivs.  orbic- 
ular, with  a  narrow  sinus  at 
the  base,  usually  10-25  in  a 
cluster;  petioles  slender,  3-6 
ft.  long,  .smooth;  blade  6  ft.  in  diam.,  divided  to 
or  beyond  the  middle;  segms.  15-20,  lanceolate, 
acute,  1-2  in.  wide,  dark  green  above,  paler  and 
glandular  below:    fls.  and  fr.  unknown,  except 
from  a  wild  specimen  in  which  the  fr.  is  described 
as  yellow  and  about  1  in.  diam.    Brazil. 

The  following  species  are  rarely  seen  outside  botanic  gai^ 
den.s,  and  need  stovo  temperature:  A.  Wdltisii,  H.  Wendl. 
Gt.  28:977.— A.  H'arsceuitoti.H.  Wendl.  Panama.   Gt.  25:860. 

N.  Taylor,  t 

ACANTHUS  (akanlhos,  thorn).  Acanlhace3e. 
Beau's  Bueech.  A  genus  of  twenty  species  of  tem- 
perate Old  World,  mostly  hardy  herbaceous  peren- 
nials of  vigorous  growth  and  broad  pinnatifid  foli- 
age, suitable  for  backgrounds  of  borders  and  sub- 
tropical effects. 

Height  3-4  ft.:  spikes  1-1  }4  ft.  long;  fls.  dull 
white  to  rose  or  purplish,  sessile,  spicate,  densely 
clustered;  corolla  1-lipped,  the  hp  3-lobed;  anthers 
1-celled,  ciliate.    Mostly  S.  Eu. 

They  need  a  rich,  hght,  well-drained  soil  and 
much  sunshine.  Excessive  moisture  is  fatal, 
especially  in  winter  and  spring.  Fall-planted 
stock  should  always  be  protected  for  the 
winter  by  long  litter  or  evergreen  boughs, 
even  where  established  plants  are  hardy. 
Must  be  deeply  mulched  north  in  winter. 
Propagation  is  by  division  in  spring  or  early 
autumn,  and  by  seeds. 


ACANTHUS 


ACER 


195 


£5.  The  Acanthus  decoratioa  of  an 
architectural  column. 


It  is  supposed  that  acanthus  leaves  afforded  the  sug- 
gestion for  the  fohage  decoration  on  the  capital  of  the 
Corinthian  and  other  columns.  Fig.  85  shows  the  con- 
ventionalized decoration,  and  Fig.  86  the  form  of  leaf 
of  .-l.  spitiosiis.  The  leaves  of  .1.  mollis  were  probably 
also  involved  in  variations  of  decoration. 
A.  Lvs.  spiny. 
Caroli-Alexandri,  Hausskn.  Nine  to  IS  in. :  lvs.  few, 
radic;d,  in  a  lax  rosette,  lanceolate,  spiny,  16  in.  long, 

3-314  in-  broad:  spike 
dense;  fls.  white  or 
.suffused  rose  -  color. 
Summer.    Greece. 

spinosissimus,Desf. 
Fig.  87.  Lvs.  dark 
green,  pinnately 
parted ;  spines  glist- 
ening, whitish:  fls.  in- 
frequent, rosy,  sessile: 
autimm;  spikes  loose, 
pilose  or  glabrescent: 
spines  of  the  bracts  recurved.  S.  Eu.  Grows  3-4  feet. 
Perringi,  Siehe.  About  1-1 3-i  ft.  high:  lvs.  sessile, 
5-6  In.  long,  lanceolate  tapering,  deejjly  toothed  and 
spiny:  fls.  very  profuse,  rosy  red,  its  bracts  spiny. 
Mts.  of  Turkey  in  Asia.  June. — Suitable  for  alpine  gar- 
den. Doubtfully  hardy  where  summers  are  hot  and  dry. 
spinosus,  Linn.  Fig.  86.  Lvs.  lanceolate,  pinnatifid, 
pubescent;  spines  short,  whitish:  fls.  smaller  than  in  the 
last,  purplish,  summer;  .spikes  dense,  slightly  villous. 
B.M.  1808.   Gn.  8:147. 

montanus,  T.  Anders.  Lvs.  pinnatifid  or  sinuate- 
spinose,  1  ft.  or  more  long,  olive-green,  the  lobes  spine- 
pointed:  fls.  rosy  white  in  a  long  spike.  Trop.  Afr.- 
Greenhouse. 

AA.  Lvs.  not  spiny. 
mollis,  Linn.  Fig.  88.  Lvs.  2x1  ft.,  cordate,  sin- 
uately  pinnatifid,  mostly  radical:  fls.  summer;  spikes 
loose,  pubescent.  Gn.  .52,  p.  239. — Also  recommended 
as  a  window  plant.  Var.  latifolius,  Hort.  (A.  hitiffilius, 
Hort.  .4.  lusildnicus,  Hort.)  is  larger  and  hardier.  Gn. 
1,  p.  .303. 

longifolius,  Poir.  Lvs.  radical,  longer  and  narrower 
than  in   A.   mollis,   bright   green:   fls.    purple,    June. 

Daknatia. 

A.  drbdreus,  Forsk. 
Evergreen  prickly  shrub 
attaining  a  height  of 
nearly    20    ft.      N.    E. 

_       „  Trop.    Afr.     G.C.    III. 

.^t■^"a\*-^'f  •^  VW^WB&<         31:222.— .4.     carduifi- 
.5v?.^^5^V. '!,<        ■-      i'^^i*'-        '<"«.   .Unn.=  BIepharis 
^  ^~      "      ■        "       '  carduifolia. — A,  hispdn~ 

icus,  Hort.  2  ft.:  lvs. 
large,  deeply  cleft,  shin- 
ing green:  fis.  white. 
Aug.  Spain.  Perhaps 
A.  niger,  Mill. — .4.  ilici- 
fdlius  (Dilivaria  ilici- 
folia,  Juss. ).  Smooth 
greenhouse  sub -shrub 
with  lvs.  resembling 
Ilex  aquifolium,  the  Eu. 
Holly.  Prop,  by  cut- 
tings under  glass.  E.  Asia. — A.  niger.  Mill.  Lvs.  not  .spiny,  sinu- 
ate, glabrou?:  fls.  purplish  white.    Portugal.         t^     TA-vin-a  + 

ACER  (cla.ssical  Latin  name).  Aceracex.  Maple. 
Native  and  foreign  trees  cultivated  chiefly  for  shade 
and  for  the  ornamental  foUage. 

Trees,  rarely  shrubs:  lvs.  opposite,  petioled,  simple 
and  mostly  palmately  lobed,  or  3-.t  foliolate,  decidu- 
ous, rarely  evergreen :  fls.  small,  polygamous  or  ditecious, 
in  racemes,  panicles  or  corymbs;  petals  and  sepals  .5, 
rarely  4,  rarely  sepals  connate  and  petals  wanting;  flisk 
usually  annular,  conspicuous,  rarely  lobed  or  wanting; 
stamens  4-10,  mostly  8;  styles  2,  usually  more  or  less 
connate:  fr.  consisting  of  2  long-winged,  compressed 
nutlets  (samaras),  each  containing  1  seed. — About  110 


80   Acanthus  spinosus.    From  drawing 
by  John  Ruskin. 


species  in  N.  Amer.,  Asia, 
especially  Cent,  and  E. 
Asia,  Europe  and  N.  Afr. 
Monogr.  by  Pax  in 
Engler,  Pflanzenreich  IV, 
fam.  163  (1903),  quoted 
below  as  fax;  see,  also, 
Rehder,  The  Maples  of 
E.  Continental  Asia,  in 
Sargent,  Trees  and 
Shrubs,  ,1:175  (190.5), 
and  Koidzumi,  Revisio 
Aceracearum  Japonica- 
rum  in  Jour.  College  of 
Science,  Tokyo,  32,  Art.  i 

1  (1911),  both  with  many   XA^ti 
plates.     Monogr.  of  the 
garden    forms    by    Graf 
Schwerin  in  Gt.  1893;  see 
also  G.C.  II.  16:75. 

The  maples  are  hardy 
ornamental  trees  or 
shrubs,  with  handsome 
large  foliage  which,  in 
some  species,  shows  a 
remarkable  tendency  to 
vary  in  shape  and  color- 
ing.    Numerous    garden 

forms  are  in  cultivation,   gy.  Acanthus  spinosissunus.(XH) 
Though  the  flowers  are 

small,  they  are  quite  attractive  in  the  early-flowering 
species  as  in  A.  ruhrum  and  A.  saccharum,  since  they 
appear  in  great  profusion ;  in  some  species  the  young 
fruits  assume  a  bright  red  color,  particularly  in  A. 
talaricum,  A.  ginnala,  A.  pseudoplataniis  var.  eryth- 
rocarpum,  and  .1.  ruhrum.  The  maples  are  among 
our  most  ornamental  and  valuable  trees  for  park  and 
street  planting.  Nearly  all  assume  a  splendid  color 
in  autumn,  especially  the  species  of  North  America 
and  Eastern  Asia,  which  surpass  by  far  the  European 
maples.  Many  species  are  valuable  timber  trees,  and 
some  American  species,  especially  A.  saccharum,  pro- 
duce sugar.  For  purposes  of  shade,  the  common 
sugar  maple  is  best  and  most  popular.  The  Norway 
maple  makes  a  very  dense  and  round  head,  and  is  ex- 
cellent for  lawns,,  but  it  is  too  low-headed  for  the 
streets.  A.  picium  is  similar,  but  smaller  in  every  part.. 
The  silver  maple,  .4.  saccharinum  and  its  vars.,  is  also 
popular  where  quick-growing  trees  are  desired.  The 
Japanese  maples  of  the  Paknata  section  are  among  the 
most  striking  and  showy 
exotic  small  trees,  and 
are  adapted  for  fine 
grounds  and  for  growing 
in  pots. 

The  maples  are  not 
part  icular  as  to  soil ;  some 
species,  as  A.  monspes- 
sulanum  and  A.  cam- 
pesire,  prefer  drier  situa- 
tions, while  A.  sa'cchari- 
num  and  .4 .ruhrum prefer 
moist  situations,  the  lat^ 
ter  growing  well  even  in 
swampy  soil.  Most  of 
the  species  are  hardy  in 
the  northern  and  middle 
states;  among  the  hard- 
iest are  A.  Negundo,  A. 
saccharum  (Figs.  89,  90), 
A.  saccharinum,  A.  ruh- 
rum, A .  nigrum,  A .  penn- 
sylvanicum,  A.  spicntum, 
A.  platanoides,  A.  talari- 
cum. 

Propagation    is    by  88.  Acanthus  moUis.  (XK) 


196 


ACER 


ACER 


%•. 


sotxls,  wliich  soon  lose  thoir  si'rniiiiating  power  and 
must  bo  sown  soon  after  maturitx  or  stratified  and 
sown  in  spring;  .1.  sncchnrum  and  .1.  \cijiimlo  kvvp 
thoir  gerniinatinp  power  soniowhat  longer.  The  early- 
ripening  sjiecies,  like  .1.  saccharinuin  and   .1.  rubnim, 

must  be  sown 
as  soon  as  tliey 
^  are    ripe    and 

they  will  geniii- 
nate  the  same 
year.  A.  cam- 
pestre,  A.  mons- 
pessulanum  and 
other  speeics  of 
this  group  do 
not  usually  ger- 
minate until  the 
second  year. 
The  varieties, 
and  rare  species 
may  be  budded 
in  summer  on 
the  typical 
forms  or  on  spe- 
cies of  the  same 
group;  kinds  be- 
longing to  differ- 
ent groups  can- 
not, as  a  rule,  be 
grafted  on  each 
other;  e.g.,  va- 
rieties of  A.  platanoides  will  not  grow  on  A.  pseudo- 
plntanus  and  vice  versa,  but  .4.  insigne  will  grow  on 
A.  pseudnplntaixus,  as  they  belong  to  the  same  group. 
Some  slirubby  species,  as  A.  pnlmatum,  also  A.  cisni- 
folium,  A.  ginnala  var.  Semeiiowi,  and  A.  latum  var. 
rubrum,  may  be  propagated  by  layers  or  half-ripened 
greenwood  cuttings  in  summer,  or,  still  better,  by 
cuttings  taken  from  forced  plants  in  early  spring  in 
the  greenhouse.  A.  Negundo  grows  also  from  hard- 
wood cuttings.  P^ancy  maples  are  readily  winter-grafted 
by  the  veneer  method,  the  stocks  being  grown  in  pots. 
The  Japanese  kinds  are  usually  worked  on  imported 
stocks  of  A.  palmatum. 


.-iy-xr.- 


^...^^■y^ 


89.   A  pasture  maple  in  autumn,  showing 
the  strong  framework. 


INDEX. 


13, 


albo-limbatum,  32,  atropurpureum, 
aibo-variegatum.  5.  22. 

22.  36.  auratum,  49. 

argenteo-varipgatum,  aureo-maculatum^  49. 

2,  24.  49.  aureo-marginatum, 
argutum,  3.5.  5,  49. 

atrolineare,  13.  aureo-variegatum,  49. 


^^5i^l^--,^j 


fe^ 


90    Pasture  tree  of  Acer  saccharum,  sugar 
maple.   Tree  natter-topped  than  usual. 


aureum.  8,  13,  15. 
uuHtriacurn.  2. 
barhntum.  38,  39. 
bctulifolium,  34. 
bicolor,  13.  22. 
californicum,  49. 
campestre,  2. 
cappadocicum,  8. 
carpinifoliuni,  27. 
catalpifoliuni,  10. 
caudatum,  20. 
circinatum,  12. 
cissifolium,  48. 
colchicum,  S. 
columnare,  5,  37 
concolor,  26. 
cratagifolium,  30. 
cri.spum,  13,  36,  49. 
cucullatum,  5. 
dasycarpum,  36. 
Davidii.  28. 
diabolicum,  43. 
discolor,  26. 
disHectum,  5,  13. 
Douylaaii.  11. 
Drumniondii,  5,  37, 
elohulatum,  34, 
eriorarpum,  36. 
erofoim.  20. 
erythrorarpum,  22. 
orythrorladurn,  33. 
ftlicifolium,  1.5. 
floridanum,  39. 
Frederici-Guilelmi,13. 

KiMnala,  18. 
i;:l;tbnim,  11. 
Klobosum,  .5,  37. 
Krandideniatum,  42. 
ghseum,  45. 


Handjeryi,  22. 
ht'bocarpum.  2. 
Hrldroirhi,  23. 
Ilt'tiryi,  47. 
hetor(ji)hyllum,  30. 
hortirola,  8. 
hyrcanuiii.  3. 
iberirum,  1. 
insigne,  24,  25. 
inttiior,  49. 
italutn,  3. 
japouicum,  14,  15. 
Jiihlkei,  36. 
Kmgii,  49. 
laciniatum,  5,  15,  19. 
Ixtum,  8. 
laxifiorum,  29. 
Leopoldii,  22. 
leucoderme,  41. 
linearilobum,  13. 
lobulatum,  34. 
longeraceinosum,  34 
longilobuni,  29. 
longipes,  9. 
Lorbergii,  5. 
lutescetta,  22,  36. 
macrophyUum,  15,  21. 
magnificuin,  37. 
ni;indshuric«m,  40. 
micropliyllum,  14,  37. 
Miyabei,  4. 
Mono,  7. 

inonspessulanum,  1. 
montanuta,  19. 
monumcntale,  38. 
multiserratum,  20. 
Negundo,  49. 
nervosum.  22. 


INPEX,  CONTINUED 

nigrum.  13,38,40. 
nikciense,  44,  45. 
ol»l(»nguin,  26. 
( )livfrianuin,  16 
ttpalus,  3. 
ornatuni,  13. 
pahnaturn,  13. 
Pjirsimsii,  15. 
par\  idoruin,  7. 
pennsylvanicum,  33. 
pictum,  7. 
pinnatifitlum,  13. 
pitmnti folium,  13. 
platariniiles,  5. 
pohi'ni'iplntm,  13. 
pycudu-ralifurnicLim, 

49. 
pseudoplaianus,  22. 
pulchntm,  43. 
pulvcrulentinn,  2. 
purpurasci'ii.s,  22,  43. 
purpniatuni.  23, 
piirpureum,  22, 
gujidrirolor,  22. 
Rcitr/ibachii,  5. 
reticulatum,  13. 
rhodocarpum,  11. 
roseo-marginatum, 

13. 
rubrum,  5.  13,  37. 
rufinerve,  32. 
Rugelii,  38. 
saccharinum,  36,  38, 

40. 
saccharum,  38,  40, 

41. 
.sanguineum,  13. 
Schlesingeri,  37. 


Sohwedleri,  5. 
scolopendrifotium,  13. 
Scmcnowii,  18. 
semiorhiculntum,  37. 
seplenilobuni,  13. 
scssilifoliura.  13. 
Sieboldianum,  14. 
sinicum,  8. 
Simonii,  22. 
spicatum,  19,  20. 
stachyophyUum,  34. 
Stollii,  5. 
striatum,  33. 
tataricum,  17,  18. 
taurieum,  2,  3. 
tenellum,  7. 
tetramerum,  34, 
Thunbergi,  13. 
tiliifolium,  34, 
tomentosum,  37. 
Trautvetteri,  24. 
tricaudatum,  8. 
tricolor,  8,  13,  22. 
tridens,  37. 
trilobatum,  1,  3. 
tripartitum,  11,  36. 
truncatum,  6. 
Tschonoskii,  .31. 
ukurunduense,  20. 
Van  Volxemi,  2.5. 
velutinum,  24,  25. 
versicolor,  13. 
villosum,  22. 
violaceum,  49. 
Wieri.  36. 
Wittmackii,  5. 
Wolfii,  25. 
Worleei.  22. 


KEY   TO   THE    SPECIES. 

A.  Lvs.    simple,    mostly    palmately    lobed 
(occasionally  S-foHolate  in  No,  11). 
B.  Sepals     and     petals     distinct     (petals 
wanting  in  Nos.  S7  and  36) . 
c.  Fls.  appearing  with  or  after  the  lvs. 
in  corymbs,  pajticles,  or  racemes. 
D.  Arrangement   of   infl.  corymbose 
{broadly  paniculate  in  No.  4)- 
E.  Winier-tmds    with   several   im- 
bricate scales:  lobes  entire  or 
coarsely    toothed,    rarely   lvs, 
without  lobes. 
F.  Lobes     obtuse     or     bluntly 
pointed. 
G.  Lvs.     l-3}/2     ^'i-     across, 
usually    3-lobed;    lobes 
usually    entire    or    with 
few  teeth. 
H.  Corymbs  glabrous:  lobes 
entire,    lvs.    glaucous 

beneath 1. 

HH.  Corymbs  jmbescent,  up- 
right: lobes  usually 
dentate,  lvs.  green  be- 

7ieath 

GG.  Lvs.  3-6  in.  across,  S-6- 
lobed;  lobes  toothed. 
n.  Infl.  corymbose,  many- 
fid,     pendulous:     lvs. 
glaucescent     beneath; 
lobes  obtuse  or  acute .  .    3.   Opalus 
HH.  Infl.     panicjilate,    up- 
right: lvs.    green    be- 
neath and  pubescent: 
lobes      obtusely     acu- 
minate     4.  Miyabei 

FF.  Lobes      acuminate,      finely 

pointed:  corymbs  glabrous. 

G.  Lvs.      glabrous      beneath, 

6-7-,      rarely      3-lobcd: 

corymbs  stalked. 

H.  Bar  k      of     mature 

branches  ashy  gray  or 

light    grayish    brown, 

slightly  fissured  and 

marked  with  lenticels. 

1.  The      lobes      coarsely 

toothed 5.  platanoides 

II.  The     lobes    entire    or 
rarely  with  few  teeth. 


monspessu- 
[lanum 


campestre 


ACER 


ACER 


197 


J.  Wings  about  (u  long 
as  nutlets:  Ivs. 
truncate  at  base: .  6.  tTuncatum 
jj.  Wings  about  twice 
as  long  as  nutlets: 
li^s.  cordate  or  sub- 
cordate 7.  pictum 

HH.  Bark  remaining  smooth 
and  lustrous  for  sev- 
eral years,  without  or 
viilh  few  inconspicu- 
ous lenticels,  greenish 

or  purplish 8.  cappadoci- 

GQ.  Lvs.    pubescent    beneath,  [cum 

usually  S-lobcd,  occa- 
sionally 5-lobed  or  quite 
entire:    corymbs    nearly 

sessile,  very  large 9.  longipes 

FFF.  Lobes  none  or  not  prevalent, 
the  Ivs.  quite  entire,  ovate  to 
ovate-oblotig,  rarely  mixed 
with  a  few  3— 5-lobed  Ivs.: 
corymb  nearly  sessile,  very 

large 10.  catalpif olium 

EB.  Winter-buds  with  2  outer  valvate 

scales:  lobes  serrate  or  doubly 

serrate:  corymbs  small. 

F.  Lvs.    S-lobed    or    S-foliolate, 

occasionally  5-lobed,  pale 

or     glaucescent      beneath, 

quite  glabrous 11.  glabrum 

FF.  Lvs.    5-11-lobed,    green    be- 
neath. 
G.  Petioles  and  peduncles  gla- 
brous:  ovary  glabrous. 
H.  Sepals  purplish;  petals 
white:  lvs.  lobed  nearly 

to  the  middle 12.  circinatuzn 

HH.  Sepals  and  petals  pur- 
plish: lvs.  lobed  beyond 

the  middle 13.  palmatum 

QG.  Petioles     and     peduncles 
pubescent,  at  least  while 
young:  ovary  villous. 
H.  Fls.  yellowish:  lvs.  sub- 
cordate      or      cordate, 
sharply     or      doubly 

serrate 14.  Sieboldia- 

HH.  Fls.  purple,  larger:  lvs.  [num 

deeply     cordate,     in- 

cisely  serrate 15.  japonicum 

DD.  Arrangement  of  infl.    paniculate 
or  racemose. 
E.  Infl.  paniculate  (nearly  corym- 
bose in  No.  16). 
F.  Lvs.  dentate  or  serrate,  usu- 
ally lobed. 
a.  Edges     of     lvs.     sharply 
serrate. 
H.  Panicle     only    little 
longer  than  broad. 
I.  The  lvs .  S-lobed, 
sharply  and  simply 

serrate 16.  Oliverianum 

n.   The    lvs.    3-lobed    or 
without  lobes,  dou- 
bly serrate. 
3.  Foliage  dull  green; 
lvs.  ovate-oblong, 

not  lobed 17.  tataricum 

JJ.  Foliage     shining 
dark   green:    lvs. 

3-lohed 18.  ginnala 

HH.  Panicle  narrow,  spike- 
like,  upright:  lvs.  3-5- 
lobed,  doubly  serrate: 
petals  linear,  much 
longer  than  the  sepals. 
I.  Foliaye  pubescent  be- 
neath:   lvs.    S-, 

rarely  5-lobed 19.  spicatum 

ir.  Foliage    glabrous    or 
pubescent     be- 
neath:     lvs.     5-, 
rarely  7-lobed  ...    20.  caudatum 
GO.  Edges  of  lvs.  coarsely  or  cre- 
nately  dentate,  6~lobed. 


I. 


II. 


FF. 


FF. 


H.  Panicles        pendulous, 

much     longer     than 

broad. 

I.  Fr.  hispid:  lvs.  10-12 

in.      long,      deeply 

lobed 21. 

II.  Fr.  glabrous:  lvs.  U-6 

in.  long 22. 

HH.  Panicles  upright,  little 
longer  than  broad. 
Blade    with  middle 
lobe  free  nearly  to 

the  base 23. 

Blade  with    lobes  di- 
vided to  the  middle 
or  little  beyond. 
J.   Lobes    longer   than 
broad:  lvs.  glau- 
cescent beneath. .  24. 
JJ.  Lobes  about  as  long 
as     broad:      lvs. 
green  beneath.  .  .25. 
Lvs.   quite  entire,   generally 

oblong 26. 

EE.  Infl.  racemose. 

F.  Lvs.  oblong,  undivided,  ser- 
rate, with  about  20  pairs  of 
parallel  veins:  winter-buds 
with  many  imbricate  scales.27, 
Lvs.  lobed  or  undivided,  with 
about  10  pairs  of  veins  or 
less:  winter-buds    with    2 
outer  valvate  scales. 
.  Sepals  and  petals  5;  ra- 
cemes     terminal:      lvs. 
brownish     pubescent 
beneath  while  young,  at 
least  on  the  veins. 
H.  Outline    of  lvs.   oblong, 
without  lobes  or  with 
2  lobes  near  the  base. 
I.  The     lvs.    undivided, 
crenately  serrate. .  .  28. 
The  lvs.  lobed. 
J.  With  lvs.  green  be- 
neath,   sharply 
serrate,  long-acu- 
minate,    slightly 

lobed 29. 

With  lvs.  glauces- 
cent beneath,  un- 
equally serrate, 
acuminate,  often 

deeply  lobed .30. 

HH.  Outline  of  lvs.  ovale  or 

roundish,  5-lobed. .  .  .31. 

HHH.  Outline  of  lvs.   obovate, 

S-lobed,  with  the  lobes 

near    or     above     the 

middle. 

I.    Young    branchlets 

bloomy:  young  lvs. 

densely       brownish 

villous  on  the  veins 

beneath:    raceme 

pubescent 32. 

n.   Young  branchlets  not 
bloomy:  young  un- 
folding lvs.  brown- 
ish  villous    on   the 
whole    under   side, 
primary  veins  gla- 
brescent:    raceme 
often  glabrous  .  .  .  .33. 
GG.  Sepals  and  petals  4:  stam- 
inaie    fls.   from    lateral 
leafless  buds:  lvs.  doubly 
serrate,  5-lobed  or  with- 
out lobes. 
H.  Lvs.    undivided  or  in- 
cisely  lobed,  ovate    to 

ol)long 34. 

HH.  Lvs.  distinctly  5-lobed, 

roundish  ^^outline .  .35. 
cc.  Fls.  appearing  long  b^^e  the  lvs. 
in  dense  lateral  clusters:  lvs.  5- 
lobed:fr.  ripening  in  May  or  June. 


macrophyllum 

pseudoplat- 

[anus 


Heldreichii 

Trautvetteri 

insigne 
oblongum 

carpinif  olium 


n. 


JJ. 


Davidii 

laxiflorum 

cratsegifolium 
Tschonoskii 


rufinerve 


pennsylvan- 
[icum 


tetramerum 
argutum 


198 


ACER 


ACER 


D.  Omry  and  young  fr.  tomentose: 
short  stalked:    lrs.-_  deeply    B- 

lobeil 36.  saccharinum 

DD.  Orary   ami   young  fr.    glabrous: 
fls.  on  long  fHtlicels:  lis.  S-o- 

lohfd 37.  rubrum 

BB.  Scixils  connate  ami  petals  tfanting  at 
least   in   the  staminate  fis.:  fis.   on 
long,  pendulous,  mostly  hairy  pedi- 
cels. 
C.  Pistillate  and  staminate  fls.  corym- 
bose,    terminal    and     lateral:  fr. 
glabrous    or    villous.      American 
species. 
D.  Corymb  sessile  or  nearly  sessile. 
E.  Li'S.  glaucous  or  pale  beneath. 
F.  Lobes    acuminate;    Ivs.   gla- 
brous beneath  at  maturity.  38.  saccharum 
FF.    Lobe^  obtuse;  Ivs.  pubescent 

beneath 39.  floridanum 

EE.  Lv8.  green  beneath;  lobes  acu- 
minate. 
F.  Bark  of  trunk  dark:  hs.  hir- 
sute-pubescent,    6-6     in. 

across 40.  nigrum 

FF.  Bark  jmIc:  Ivs.  soft-pubescent 

beneath,  g-Syi  in.  across.  .41.  leucoderme 
DD.  Corytnbs    short-stalked:    Ivs.   pu- 
bescent benealh;  lobes  obtuse  or 

acute 42.  grandi- 

cc.  Pistillate  fls.  racemose,  with  petals  [dentatum 

arui     distinct     sepals,     slamintite 
corymbose,  uith  connate  seiHils  and 
without  petals,   both  from    lateral 
leafless  buds.  Japanese  species. .  .43.  diabolicum 
AA.  Lvs.  3-o-foliolate:  fls.  dieecious. 

B.  Fls.  in  terminal  corymbs,  after  the  lvs.: 
winter-buds    with   several   imbricate 
scales:  disk  large,  annular:  lvs.  S- 
foliolate. 
c.  Petioles,  lvs.  beneath  and  corymbs 
pilose;  petioles  short. 
D.  Shape  of  lvs.  elliptie-ohlong,  spar- 
ingly serrate,  3-5  in.  long  .  .  .  .44.  nikoense 
DD.  Shape    of    lvs.    elliptic,    coarsely 

dentate,  1-3  in.  long 45.  griseum 

CC.  Petioles,  Irs.  and  corymbs  glabrous; 
lvs.  oblong -lanceolate;  petioles 

slender 46.  mandshuri- 

BB.  FU.,  at  least  the  pistillate,  in  lateral,  [cum 

long  and  slender  racemes:   winter- 
buds  with  2  valvate  scales. 
c.  Petals  present;  fls.  of  both  sexes  in 
racemes,  sometimes  leafy  at  base, 

with  the  lvs.:  lvs.  3-foliolate 

D.  Petioles   and   lvs.    pubescent   be- 
neath: sepals  and  petals  5 47.  Henryi 

DD.  Petioles    and    lvs.    glabrous    at 

maturity:  sepals  and  petals  4 .  .  48.  cissifolium 
CC.  Petals  wanting;  pistillate  fls.  in 
pendulous  racemes,  staminate  co- 
rymbose, pendulous,  both  sexes 
from  lateral  leafless  tinds  before 
the  Its.:  lvs.  S-5-foliolate 49.  Negundo 

Section  Campestria. 

1.  monspessul^num,  Linn.  (A.  Irilobalum,  Lam.). 
Shnib  or  snri.'ill  tree,  2.5  ft.:  lvs.  S-lobed,  coriaccoas,  1-3 
in.  across,  shining  above,  glaucous  and  glabrou.s  be- 
neath; lobes  entire  or  with  few  old  use  teeth:  corymbs 
erect:  fr.  with  slightlv  spreading  wings.  S.  Eu.,  N. 
Afr.,  W.Asia.  Gt.  1893,  p. :«{.  ll.W.  3,  p.  46.  G.W.8, 
p.  19.5  fhabit;.— Shrub  orsinall  tree  of  .slow  growth,  with 
a  den.se,  rounded  he;id  and,  in  tern[)erate  region.s,  nearly 
evergreen  foliage,  thriving  well  in  dry  situations.  Var. 
ibericum,  Koch.  (A.  ih'frin/m,  Bieb.j.  Lvs.  larger,  the 
inner  lobes  usually  slightly  3-lobeil,  obtu.se. 

2.  campestre,  F.inn.  Shrub  or  tree,  occasionally  .50 
ft.,  nith  corky  branches:  lvs.  3-.5-lobed,  1)^^-3 '4  in. 
long,  green  and  pubescent  beneath  or  nearly  glabrous; 
lobfs  entire  or  the  middle  one  slightly  3-lobed: 
corvmbs  erect,  hairy:  fr.  with  horizontally  spreading 
wings.  Eu., W.Asia.  H.W.3:46,  p.  4.5.   F.E.  20,  pi.  108 


(habitl.  Gt.  1.S03,  p.  327. — Shrub  or  tree  of  moderate, 
dense  growth,  with  dull  green  foliage,  valuable  for 
planting  as  undergrowth  and  on  dry  ground.  Many 
varieties  and  garden  forms:  Var.  argenteo-variegitum, 
Schwerin.  Lvs.  with  large  white  blotches.  Var.  pul- 
verulentum,  Kirchn.  Lvs.  sprinkled  with  white.  Var. 
austriacum,  DC.  I'sually  a  tree:  lvs.  5-lobed,  with 
acute,  nearly  entire  lobes:  fr.  glabrous.  V.E.  19,  pi.  98 
(habit).  Var.  taQricum,  Kirchn.  Shrub:  lvs.  5-lobed; 
small,  lobes  3-lobed.  Var.  hebecarpum,  DC.  Fr.  and 
generally  the  Iv.s.  pubescent  beneath. 

3.  Opalus,  Mill.  (A.  Malum,  Lauth).  Small  tree,  30 
ft.:  lvs.  .5-lobed,  3-.5  in.  long,  glaucous  beneath  and  at 
length  glabrous;  lobes  obtusely  dentate,  short  and 
broad,  the  middle  ones  often  3-lobed:  corymbs  some- 
what drooping:  fr.  with  slightly  spreading  wings.  S. 
Eu.,  Orient.  W.D.B.  2:171. — A  variable  species,  simi- 
lar to  a  small-lvd.  sycamore  maple.  Var.  hyrcanum, 
Pax  (A. /ii/rni/Htw,  Fisch.ifc  Mey.  A.  taun'cMTO,  Hort.  A. 
trilohatum,  Hort.,  not  Lam.).  Petioles  very  slender,  red, 
2-4  in.  long;  segms.  of  the  lvs.  3-lobed,  longer  than 
broad,  with  straight  margins.    Gt.  1893,  p.  361. 


Acer  Mi7abei. 

(X,'-2) 


Section  Platanoidea. 

4.  Miyabei,  Maxim.  Fig.  91.  Tree,  to  40  ft.: 
branches  corky:  lvs.  .5-lobed,  lobes  lobulatc  or  coarsely 
dentate,  obtusely  acuminate,  with  obtuse  teeth,  at  first 
pubescent  on  both  sides,  later  only  beneath,  pale  green 
beneath,  .5-6  in.  long:  corymbs  long-stalked,  10-1.5-fld.. 
pubescent:  fr.  pubescent  with  horizontally  spreading 
wings.  Japan.  G.F.  6:143  (adapted  in  Fig.  91).  S.LF. 
2:4.5. — Hand.some,  vigorous  tree,  quite  hardy  at  the 
Arnold  Arboretum. 

.5.  platanoides,  Linn.  Norway  Maple.  Fig.  92. 
Large  tree,  to  100  ft.:  lvs.  .5-lobed,  cordate  at  base, 
glabrous,  liglit  green  and  lustrous  beneath,  lobes 
I)ointed,  remotely  dentate  with  pointed  teeth:  corymbs 
glabrous;  fls.  yellowish  green:  fr.  glabrous,  with  hori- 
zontally spreading  wings.  Eu.,  Caucasus.  H.W.  3:45. 
Pax  49.  Gt.  42,  p.  .561,  .584,  .5.S.5.— Large,  handsome  tree, 
with  roimd,  spreading  head,  resembling  somewhat  ^4. 
saerltarum.  The  lvs.  turn  pale  yellow  in  autumn.  Many 
garden  forms,  .some  of  which  are  here  arranged  in  two 
groups,  the  first  being  rejnarkable  for  the  manner  in 
which  the  lvs.  are  cut  and  for  the  Tiabit;  the  second 
bei.ig  chiefly  remarkal)le  for  their  coloring: 

(1)  Var.  cucuUatum,  Nichols.    Lvs.  irregularly  and 

8  lortly  lobed,  crimped,  light  green.    Var.  dissectum, 


ACER 


ACER 


199 


02.  Upright  tip  shoot 
of  Norway  maple. — 
Acer  platanoides. 


Jacq.  Similar  to  var.  LorfcfrjM,  but  with  darker  foliage 
and  of  slower  growth.  Var.  globosum,  Nichols.  Form- 
ing a  globose  head.  M.D.G.  1903:189.  G.W.  5, 
p.  14.  Var.  laciniatum,  Ait.  Lvs.  irregularly  divided, 
the  divisions  bending  clow  nw  ard :  growth  uijright.  Gt. 
42,  p.  584.  Var.  Lorbergii, 
,  ^  -  \  an  Houtte.  Lvs.  divided 
'i'''^y  nearly  to  the  base,  divi- 
M^  sions  deeply  lobod.  Gt. 
Aljljv  1893,  p.  584."  Var.  column- 
T^      4re,Carr.  Habit  cokunnar. 

(2)  Var.     albo- 
)    *-  \     variegatum,  Nich- 
y  ols.  Lvs.  with 

X,  large  white 
Jy"  blotches. 
Var.  a&reo- 
marginatum, 
Pax.  Lvs. 
with  yellow  mar- 
gin, somewhat 
^3^  irregularly  lobed. 
<t^~-^  Var.  r  vi  b  r  u  m , 
Herd.  (var.  Reiten- 
Idchii,  Nichols.).  Lvs.  greenish 
II  red  when  unfolding,  turning  dark 
blood-red  in  late  summer.  Gt.  16: 
545.  B.H.  18:39.  Var. Genera,  EUwanger  &  Barry,  is 
probably  not  much  different.  Var.  Schwedleri,  Koch. 
Lvs.  bright  red  when  voung,  changing  to  dark  green. 
G.C.n.  15:565.  Var." StoUu,  Spaeth.  More  upright- 
growing:  lvs.  usually  3-lobed,  with  entire  lobes,  purple 
when  unfolding,  later  dark  green.  Gt. 42, p.. 585.  Var. 
Wittmackii,  Schwerin.  Lvs.  usually  3-lobed,  with  an 
irregularly  dentate  and  undulate  j-cllow  margin,  red- 
dish brown  when  unfolding,  later  bright  green  with 
most  of  the  tips  transformed  into  peculiar  reddish 
brown  appendages  becoming,  finally,  dark  green.  Gt. 
52 :  1516.  Var.  Drummondii,  Drumm.  Lvs.  green  with 
white  margin,  red  when  unfolding.    M.D.  1910:1. 

6.  truncatum,  Bunge.  Tree,  to  25  ft.:  lvs.  deeply 
5-lobed  and  mostlj-  truncate  at  the  base,  2J-2-4  in. 
across,  glabrous,  light  green,  purplish  when  unfolding; 
lobes  acuminate,  setosely  pointed,  entire  or  sometimes 
the  middle  ones  3-lobed:  fr.  with  yellow,  short  and  broad 
wings,  spreading  at  right  or  obtuse  angles.  N.  China. 
S.T.S.  1 :76. — Hardy  tree,  with  handsome,  dense  fohage. 

7.  pictum,  Thunb.  Tree,  60  ft.:  lvs.  5-  or  7-lobed, 
3-7  in.  across,  usually  pubescent  beneath  when  young; 
lobes  entire,  acuminate,  sometimes  very  broad  and  short; 
fls.  yellow:  wings  of  the  fr.  upright,  brown  or  brown- 
ish yellow,  hardly  twice  as  long  as  the  nutlets.  Man- 
churia, Japan.  S.LF.  1:65. — Handsome  round-headed 
tree,  with  bright  green  fohage,  hardy.  Var.  parvi- 
fl6rum,  Schneid.  (A.  pictum  var.  Mdno,  Pax.  A.  Mono, 
Maxim.).  Wings  of  the  frs.  spreading:  lvs.  more  cor- 
date. China.  J. H.S.  29:349,  350.  The  form  intro.  as 
.4.  lenellum  belongs  here;  the  true  A.  tenellum,  Pax,  is 
not  in  cult. 

8.  cappadocicum,  Gled.  (A.  Ixium,  C.  A.  Mey.). 
Tree,  to  .50  ft.:  lvs.  5-7-lobed,  usually  cordate,  3-6  in. 
across,  glabrous,  light  green  and  lustrous  beneath; 
lobes  entire,  acuminate:  fls.  greenish  yellow,  in  upright 
peduncled  corymbs:  fr.  with  spreading  wings,  the  wings 
usually  2-3  times  as  long  as  the  nutlets.  From  the 
Cauciisus  to  W.  China  and  the  Himalayas. — Resem- 
bles .4.  platanoides,  but  lobes  of  lvs.  entire  and  branches 
smooth;  not  quite  hardy  N.  Var.  sinicum,  Rehd. 
Smaller  in  every  part:  lvs.  2J/^-4  in.  across,  usually 
5-lobed,  subcordate  or  truncate  at  the  base:  wings  of 
fr.  about  twice  as  long  as  nutlet.  W.  C'hina.  .J. H.S. 
29:3.58  (as  .4.  Isetuin  var.  ruttralum). — Very  similar  to 
A.  pictum,  but  always  easily  distinguished  by  the 
smooth  greenish  bark  of  the  younger  branches.  Var. 
tricaudatum,  Rehd.    Similar  to  the  preceding,  but  lvs. 


3-lobed.  J.H.S.  29:357, 358.  Var.  horticola,  Rehd. 
(A.  Iktum  var.  riibrum,  Schwerin;  A.  cdlchicum  var. 
riibrum,  Hort.).  Lvs.  blood-red,  when  unfolding.  Var. 
tricolor,  Rehd.  (,4.  l^lum  var.  tricolor,  Schwerin).  Lvs. 
blood-red,  sprinkled  with  rosy  pink,  when  young.  The 
last  two  beautiful  forms  usually  remain  shrubby.  Var. 
a&reum,  Rehd.  {A.  Ixtum  aiireum,  Hesse).  Lvs.  red  and 
golden  yellow. 

9.  longipes,  Rehd.  Tree,  to  30  ft.:  young  branches 
with  smooth  greenish  bark:  lvs.  3-,  rarely  5-lobed, 
or  occasionally  undivided  and  ovate,  5-7  in.  broad,  lobes 
entire,  long-acuminate,  light  green  and  soft-pubes- 
cent beneath,  purple  when  unfolding:  corymb  large  and 
loose,  short-peduncled  or  nearly  sessile,  glabrous :  fr.  with 
the  wings  spreading  at  right  angles.  W.  China. — A  very 
handsome  maple,  easily  distinguished  from  all  allied 
species  by  the  large,  3-lobed  lvs.,  pubescent  beneath. 

10.  catalpifolium,  Rehd.  Tree,  to  60  ft.:  younger 
branches  smooth,  greenish:  lvs.  ovate  to  ovate-oblong, 
undivided,  entire,  sometimes  with  a  broad  rounded  lobe 
near  the  base,  4-8  in.  long  and  2-5  in.  broad,  rarely 
mixed  with  a  few  3-5-lobed  lvs.,  hght  green  and  gla- 
brous beneath:  corymbs  sessile,  large  and  loose,  to  8  in. 
across:  wings  of  the  fr.  spreading  at  obtuse  angles.  W. 
China. — Very  distinct  and  beautiful  tree,  but  appar- 
ently not  hardy  N. 

Section  Glabra. 

11.  glabrum.Torr.  (.4. 

Douglasii,  Hook.).  Shrub 
or  small  tree,  25  ft.,  quite 
glabrous :  petioles  bright 
red;  lvs.  deeply  3-5- 
lobcd  or  3-parted,  1-5 
in.  across,  dark  grecii  ^-Y-i^it^f^^n^ 
and     shining  }  W^.' 

above,    pale    or  ""'^af^.  ;M  ''-  \ 

glaucous    be- 
neath;     lobes  1 
doubly    serrate. 
W.     N.    Amer. 
S.  S.     2:89.— 


93.  Japanese  Maples. 

n.  Acer  palmatum  var. 
reticulatum;  b,  A. 
japonicum,  type;  c, 
A.  palmatum  var. 
atropurpureum ;  d, 
var.  ornatum;  e,  var. 
Thunbergii;  /,  var. 
disKPCtum,  ( X  X'i) 

Handsome  shrubby  maple, 
with  graceful,  shining  foh- 
age, contrasting  well  with 
the  red  petioles  and 
branches:  fr.  often  rose- 
colored.  Var.  tripartitum, 
Pax  (A.  tripartitum, 
Nutt.).  Lvs.  small,  usually 
3-foliolate.  Var.  rhodocarpum,  Schwerin.  Frs.  bright  red 
until  fully  ripe. 

Section  Palmata. 
12.  circinatutn,    Pursh.     Small   tree,    rarely   40__ft.: 
branchlets,  petioles  and  peduncles  glabrous:  lvs.  7-9- 
lobed,  2-7  in.  across,  glabrous;  lobes  acute,  doubly  ser- 
rate: fls.  in  drooping  corymbs,  with  purple  sepals.    W. 


2tX1 


ACER 


ACER 


N.  .Vmer.    S.S.  2:87. — Hamlsunic,   rouiul-hi';iilc(l  tree 
or  shrub,  beautiful  with  its  lioHcato  Hglit  given  foliaRO, 
reti  fls.,  rose-colorixl  fr.,  ami  its  orange  antl  scarlet  fall 
I    coloring. 

!  13.  palmatum,  Thunl).  (.1.  pohjmdrphttm,  Sieb.  & 
i  Zucc).  J.\i'.\N  Maple.  Slinili  or  small  tree,  20  ft.:  branch- 
lets,  {x-tioles  and  iHxlundes  glabrous:  l\s.  .5-'.)-lobetl  or 
divided,  2—1  in.  across,  glabrous,  lobes  oblong,  acumi- 
nate, doubly  serrate  or  incisi^d:  corymbs  few-fid.,  gla- 
brous, erect,  with  small  purple  fls.:  fr.  small,  glabrous; 
the  wings  spreading  at  an  obtuse  angle.  Jajjan.  S.Z. 
1:145,140.    S.l.F.l:l>S.    F.E.  19,  pi.  92Uiabit).— A.F. 


94.    Acer  japonicum.    (.Xlz) 


12:11.  J.H..S.  29:340. — ^This  species  and  A.  japonicum 
arc  known  as  Japanese  maples.  They  are  extremely 
handsome  shrubs  of  dense  though  graceful  habit,  and 
with  elegant  foliage,  beautiful  especially  in  spring  for 
its  delicate  shades  of  green  and  red,  and  again  in 
autumn,  when  the  Ivs.  assume  the  most  striking  tints. 
Some  of  the  more  vigorous-growing  varieties,  like 
atropiirpureum,  disseclum,  ornalum,  and  the  typical 
forms,  are  hardy  even  in  New  England,  while  most 
of  the  variegated  forms  are  more  tender.  They  grow  best 
in  partly  shaded  situations  and  in  well-drained,  rich  soil. 
There  are  many  varieties,  mostly  intro.  from  Japan- 
ese gardens,  of  which  the  following  are  some  of  the 
best.  They  may  be  divided  into  .5  groups,  represent- 
ing various  degrees  of  dissect  ion  of  the  Ivs. : 

(1)  A.  palmatum  var.  Thunbergii,  Pax  (.4.  pabna- 
tum,  Thunb.j.  Fig.  93,  e.  Lvs.  deeply  .5-9-lobed  or 
cleft;  lobes  oblong-lanceolate,  coarsely  and  doubly 
serrate  or  incised.  Var.  atropurpareum,  Van  Houtte 
(var.  nigrum,  Ilort.).  Fig.  93,  c.  Lvs.  dark  purple, 
coarsely  doubly  serrate.  F.S.  12:1273.  J.II.S.  29:342. 
F.E.  14,  pi.  42, 32 :707  (habit).  Var.  sanguineum,  Carr., 
is  hghter  red  than  \'a,T.  alropurpureuin.  l.H.  14:520. 
^■ar.  bicolor,  Koch  (var.  ntropurpuremn  variegatum, 
Hort.J.  Lvs.  dark  pur|)le,  with  large  carmine 
blotches,  the  lobes  half  purpk'  and  half  carmine.  Var. 
a&reuin,  Nichols.  Lvs.  yellow.  Var.  versicolor, 
Schwerin  (A.  polynidrplnnn  septcmlohuni  vemiciAurmn, 
Van  Houttej.  Lvs.  bright  green,  with  large  white 
spots.  F.S.  14:1498.  Var.  rdseo-marginatum, 
Schwerin  (A.  polymirphum  roseum  m/irginnlam, 
PjTiaert).  Lvs.  small,  deeplv  cut,  with  narrow  pink 
margin.  F.S.  15: 1.500.  I. H!  28:430.  Var.  crispum, 
Andr6.  Lvs.  small,  with  involute  margins;  of  dis- 
tinctly upright  growth.    LIL  17:43. 

(2 J  Var.  septemlobum,  Koch  (A.  septemlobum, 
Thunb.).  Lvs.  mosdv  7-lol)ed;  lobes  broad,  equally 
doubly  .serrate.  (U.  42,  p.  080.  J.II.S.  29:345.  Var. 
r&bruin,  Schwerin.  Lvs.  large^  deep  red  wlien  young, 
becoming  almost  green  later.  Var.reticulatum,  Aiidrd. 
Fig.  93,  a.  Lvs.  greenish  yellow,  with  green  margin 
and  dark  green  veins.  l.H.  17:18.  Var.  tricolor, 
Nichols.    Lvs.  with  red,  pink  and  white  spots. 

(3)  Var.  linearilobum,  Sieb.  &.  Zucc.  (var.  scolopen- 
drifblium,  Hort.,  not  Schwerin;.  Lvs.  divided  nearly 
to  the  base;  lobes  linear,  remotely  serrate  or  nearly 


entire.  Gt.  42,  p.  081.  Var.  atrolineare,  Schwerin 
(var.  lineanlobum  alropurpureum,  Nichols.;  var.  ;)in- 
niitifblium  nlropurpureum,  Hort.).    Lvs.  dark  red. 

(4)  Var.  dissectum,  Koch  (A.  potymdrphum  var. 
decomposituDi,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  A.  polyniorjihiim  palma- 
t}fidum,Na,n  Houtte).  Fig.  93,/.  Lvs.  divided  to  the 
base  in  5-9  pinnatifid  lobes.  S.Z.1:140.  F.S.21:2156. 
J.II.S.  29:;540.  M.D.G.  1902:209.  F.W.  1875:  G.C. 
III.  31:40  (suppl.).  Var.  omatum,  Carr.  (var.  dissec- 
lum atropurpureum,  Hort.),  l^ig.  93,  d.  Lvs.  deeply 
cut,deepred.  1.11.17:40,  H.H.  1807:391.  F.K.,pl.49 
(habit) .  Var.  Frederici-Guilelmi,  Carr.  (var.  pinnatifi- 
dum  rbseo-pictuni,  Lem.).  Lvs.  finely  cut,  green,  with 
white  and  pink  spots.    l.H.    14:523.  R.H,  1807:391. 

(5)  Var.  sessilifolium,  Maxim.  Lvs.  deeply  cut, 
with  very  short  petioles.  G.C.  II.  10.— Of  httle 
decorative  value. 

14.  Sieboldianum,  Miq.  {A.  jap6nic-um  var.  Sie- 
6oWidreMOT,  Franch.&Sav.).  Small  tree  or  shrub :  branch- 
lets,  petioles  and  peduncles  pubescent  when  young: 
lvs.  7-9-lobed,  cordate  or  nearly  truncate  at  the  base, 
2-3 3^2  in.  across,  glabrous  except  on  the  veins  beneath; 
lobes  ovate-oblong,  acuminate,  sharply  serrate:  corymbs 
long-peduncled,  nodding;  fls.  yellowish,  small:  fr. 
small,  glabrous  or  slightly  pubescent,  the  wings  spread- 
ing at  an  obtuse  angle.  Japan.  S.I. F.  2:45.  Var. 
microphyllum,  Maxim.  Lvs.  smaller,  13-^-2}^  in. 
across.  S.I.F.  2:42. — This  species  is  hardy  at  the 
Arnold  Arboretum;  it  is  similar  to  A.  palmaium,  but 
somewhat  coarser. 

15.  japonicum,  Thunb.  Figs.  93,  h,  and  94.  Small 
tree  or  shrub:  branchlets,  petioles  and  peduncles  pubes- 
cent when  young:  lvs.  7-11-lobed,  cordate,  3-0  in. 
across,  light  green,  with  silky  hairs  when  unfolding; 
lobes  ovate,  doubly  serrate:  corymbs  few-fld.,  pendu- 
lous; fls.  large,  purple:  fr.  finally  glabrous;  wings 
spreading  at  an  obtuse  angle.  Japan.  S.Z.  1 :  144. 
S.I.F.  1:00.  Var.  macrophyllum,  Schwerin.  Lvs.  large, 
light  green.  Var.  a&reum,  Schwerin.  Lvs.  yellow.  Var. 
Parsonsii,  Veitch  (var.  filicifblium,  Hort.;  var.  lacinia- 
tum,  Hort.).  Lvs.  large,  divided  nearly  to  the  base  in 
9-11  pinnatisectsegms.   J.H.S.  29:334.    R.B.  32:197. 

Section  Spicata. 

10.  Oliverianum,  Pax.  Tree,  to  30  ft,:  branchlets 
glabrous:  lvs.  5-lobed,  truncate  or  subcordale  at  the 
base,  glabrous,  finely  reticulate  and  lustrous  beneath, 
232-4  in.  across;  lobes  broad,  ovate,  long-.<icuminate, 
finely  serrate:  panicles  nearly  corymbose,  long-pe- 
duncled, glabrous;  fls.  whitish,  small:  wings  of  fr,  spread- 
ing nearly  horizontally;  wing  with  nutlet  about  1  in. 
long.  W.  China.  S.T.S.  1:77. — \  graceful  maple, 
resembling  A.  pabnatum,  but  larger.  In  young  plants, 
tli(^  lvs.  are  often  decjilv  cut  with  narrow,  elongated 
lobes.   J.ILS,  29:3.50,  3.59  (as  Acer  sp,). 

17.  tataricum,  Linn,  Shrub  or  small  tree,  20  ft, :  lvs. 
roundisli  oval  or  oblong,  cordate,  sometimes  slightly 
lobed,  2-4  in,  long,  doubly  serrat(*,  nearly  glabrous:  fls. 
in  long-peduncled  panicles,  white:  wings  of  fr.  nearly 
ujiright,  or  slightly  spreading,  bright  red  in  summer. 
S.E.  Eu,,  Orient,  H.W.  3,  p.  43.— Round-headed  small 
tree,  growing  best  in  somewhat  moist  soil. 
^  18.  ginnala,  Maxim.  (A.  tatdricum  var.  ginndla, 
Maxim, J.  Fig.  95.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  20  ft,:  lvs. 
3-lobe(l,  132-332  ">•  long,  glabrous,  the  terminal  lobe 
elongated,  doubly  serrate:  fls.  in  long-peduncled  pani- 
cles, yellowish,  fragrant.  Manchuria,  N.  China,  Japan. 
Gt.  1877:308.  S.I.F.  2:44.  F.E.  17,  pi,  72  (habit). 
Var.  Semen6wii,  Pax  (A.  Semenbwii,  Regel  &  Herd.). 
Shrub :  lvs.  smaller,  deeply  3-  or  nearly  5-lobed,  Turkes- 
tan,— Graceful  shrub,  with  handsome  foliage,  turn- 
ing bright  red  in  autumn;  may  be  u.sed  ;is  a  substitute 
for  the  .lapanese  maples  where  these  are  not  hardy. 

19.  spicatum,  Lam.  (A.  montanum,  Ait.).  Motix- 
TAiN  Maple.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  rarely  30  ft.    lvs.  3-, 


ACER 


ACER 


201 


or  slightly  S-lobed,  coarsely  serrate,  pubescent  beneath, 
23-2"^' 2  '"■  long  ■  racemes  rather  dense,  long,  upright: 
fr.  with  diverging  wings,  bright  red  in  summer.  E.N. 
Amer.  S.S.2:S2,  83.  H.T.  328.— Valuable  as  under- 
growth; Ivs.  turn  yellow  and  scarlet  in  fall.  Var.  lacini- 
5tum,  Jouin.  Lvs.  deeply  and  irregularly  lobed  and 
isi'd. 

20.  caudatum,  Wall.  Large  tree:  lvs.  5-,  or  some- 
iinies  7-lobod,  cordate,  3-5  in.  long  and  about  as  broad, 
brownish  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath;  lobes  ovate, 
long-aouminate,  inciscly  serrate:  panicle  upright, 
cylindric,  with  the  peduncle  5-6  in.  long:  fr.  small,  in 
upright  panicles;  wings  spreading  at  right  angles. 
Himalayas.  The  type  is  not  in  cult.,  but  the  two  fol- 
lowing varieties  are:  Var.  uktininduense,  Rehd.  {A. 
ukurunduense,  Fisch.  &  Mey.  A.  spicniiim  var.  ukurun- 
duetise,  Maxim.).  Small  tree:  branchlets  and  petioles 
pubescent  while  young:  lvs.  glabrous  above,  pubescent 
beneath,  sometimes  only  along  the  veins;  lobes  coarsely 
serrate:  panicle  pubescent :  wings  of  the  fr.  often  nearly 
upright:  otherwise  like  the  type.  Japan,  Manchuria. 
S.T.S.  1:82.  S.I.F.  2:43.  G.C.  II.  15:172.  Var.  mul- 
tiserratum,  Rehd.  {A.muUiserratum,Mii\iin.  A.erosum, 
Pax).  Tree,  to  30  ft.;  very  similar  to  the  preceding 
variety,  but  glabrous  or  nearly  glabrous.   W.  China. 

21.  macrophyllum,  Pursh.  Large-leaved  Maple. 
Tree,  to  100  feet  high:  lvs.  cordate,  deeply  3-5-lobed  or 
cleft,  pubescent  when  young,  pale  green  beneath,  8-12 
in.  across;  middle  lobe  mostly  3-lobed:  panicles  gla- 
brous, narrow,  pendulous,  4-.5  in.  long:  fr.  with  yel- 
low, bristly  hairs,  wings  spreading  at  right  angles  or 
nearly  upright,  over  1  in.  long.  W.  N.  Amer.  S.S. 
2:86,  87.  F.E.  14,  pi.  44  (habit).  Gn.M.  2:107  (habit). 
— Handsome  round-headed  tree,  remarkable  for  its 
large  foliage;  not  hardy  in  the  N. 

22.  psefldoplatanus,  Linn.  Sycamore  Maple.  Tree, 
70  ft.  high:  lvs.  5-lobed,  coarsely  crenate-serrate,  3J-^-7 
in.  across,  deep  green  above,  glaucous  and  mostly  gla- 
brous beneath:  racemes  pendulous:  fr.  glabrous.  Eu., 
Caucasus.  Gt.  42:260,  261.  H.W.  3:44,  p.  39.  F.S. 
R.  3,  p.  181.  F.E.  15,  pi.  47  (habit).— Large  tree  of 
vigorous  growth,  with  large,  spreading  head;  thrives 
well  even  in  exposed  situations.  Many  varieties  and 
garden  forms:  Var.  villosum,  Presl.    Lvs.  chartaceous, 

Cubescent  beneath.  Var.  erythrocarpum,  Carr.  Fr. 
right  red:  lvs.  smaller  and  more  lustrous.  R.H.  1864: 
171.  M.D.  1905:1.  Gn.  76,  p.  i540.  Var.  purpurascens, 
Pax  (vars.  purpureiitn  and  airopurpiireum ,  Hort.).  Lvs. 
purplish  red  beneath;  of  robust  growth.  Var.  Hand- 
jeryi,  Spaeth  (var.  Prinz  Hamljery,  Hort.).  Lvs.  pur- 
plish beneath,  bright  red  when  unfolding.  Var.  Wor- 
leei,  Schwerin  (var.  luli'-scens,  Hort.).  Lvs.  yellow.  Var. 
albo-variegatum,  Kirchn.  Lvs.  with  white  blotches 
and  spots,  reddish  while  young.  Var.  Leopoldii,  Lem. 
Similar  to  the  preceding  variety;  bright  rosy  pink 
while  young.  I.H.  1864:411.  R'.B.  1906:197.  Var. 
bicolor,  Spaeth.  Lvs.  light  green  while  young,  with 
yeUow,  finally  whitLsh,  spots.  Var.  tricolor,  Kirchn. 
Lvs.  purplish  while  young,  spotted  with  yellow.  Var. 
quadricolor,  Schwerin  (var.  Simonii  Pax,  var.  Simon- 
Louis  frlrcx,  Deegen).  Lvs.  with  large,  white  spots  and 
also  sprinkled  with  small  dots;  pink  while  young.  Var. 
nervdsum,  Schwerin.  Habit  pyramidal,  of  slow 
growth:  lvs.  marked  with  yellow  between  the  veins 
above,  purplish  beneath. 

23.  Heldreichii,  Orph.  Tree:  lvs.  5-lobed,  the  mid- 
dle lobe  divided  nearly  to,  the  outer  half  way  to  the 
base,  3-5  in.  acro.ss,  glabrous,  dark  green  and  climing 
above,  glaucous  beneath;  lobes  coarsely  ai'  '<  doubly 
serrate:  panicle  erect,  long-stalked,  ovate  S.  E.  Eu. 
Gt.  34:1185.  G.C.  II.  16:141.  V:.-.  purpuratum, 
Schwerin.    Lvs.  intensely  red  bene:  lu. 

24  Trautvetteri,  Medw.  {A  ueluiinum,  Hort.,  not 
Boiss.  .4.  insigne,  Nichols.,  rot  Boiss.  &  Buhse).  Lvs. 
slightly  cordate,  deeply  S-yobed,  5-7  in.  across,  glau- 


cous beneath  and  pubescent  when  young;  lobes  coarsely 
crenate-serrate,  longer  than  broad:  panicle  erect,  ovate. 
Caucasus.  Gt.  40,  pp.  264-266.  G.C.  II.  16:75.  B.M. 
6697  (as  A.  insigne). — Similar  to  A.insigne,  but  hardier, 
with  smaller  lvs.  and  smaller  panicle. 

25.  insigne,  Boiss.  &  Buhse  (A.  Van  Vdlxemi,  Mast.). 
Large  tree:  lvs.  5-lobed,  deeply  cordate,  5-10  in.  across, 
bright  green  above,  glaucous  and  at  length  glabrous 
beneath;  lobes  about  as  long  as  broad,  coarsely  crenate- 
serrate:  panicles  large,  erect.  Caucasus,  N.  Persia. 
G.C.  II.  7:73;  III.  10:9.— Remarkable  for  its  large, 
handsome  foliage;  not  hardy  in  the  N.  Var.  vel&tinum, 
Boiss.  Lvs.  densely  pubescent  beneath.  G.C.  III. 
10:189.   Var.  Wolfii,  Schwerin.    Lvs.  red  beneath. 

Section  Integrifolia. 

26.  obl6ngum.  Wall.  Tree,  to  50  ft:  lvs.  coriaceous, 
oblong,  entire,  long  hut  bluntly  acuminate,  rounded  and 
3-nerved  at  the  base,  glabrous,  reticulate  and  usually 
glaucous  beneath,  2-7  in.  long:  panicle  short,  pubes- 
cent; fls.  small,  greenish:  wings  of  fr.  at  right  angles 
or  horizontally  spreading.  Himalayas,  W.  and  Cent. 
China.  Jacquemont,  Voy.  Inde  4:34.  Var.  concolor, 
Pax.  Lvs.  green  beneath. — Not  hardy  in  the  northern 
states.  In  young  plants,  the  lvs.  are  sometimes  lobed 
at  the  base.  J.H.S.  29:95.  Recently  advertised  as  A. 
discolor;  the  true  A .  discolor,  Maxim.,  is  not  in  cult. 

Section  Indivisa. 

27.  carpinif61ium,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Hornbeam  Maple. 
Tree,  30  ft. :  lvs.  oblong-ovate,  acuminate,  sharply  and 
doubly  serrate, 
nearly  glabrous, 
3-6  in.  long:  stami- 
nate  fls.  apetalous, 
in  few-fid.  racemes; 
pistillate  with  pet- 
als, in  longer  ra- 
cemes. S.Z.  2:142. 
G.C.  II.  15:. 564. 
Gt.  41,  p.  174. 
S.I.F.  1:69.  J. 
H.S.  29:75.  G. 
^V.3: 615.— Very 
distinct,  hardy 
species;  the  Ivs. 
are  almost  ex- 
actly like  those 
of  Carpi  nus. 
This  is  the  only 
species  of  this 
section;  the 
other  species 
included  here  by 
Pax  have  been 
referred  to  other 
sections,  mostly 
to  the  following  (see  Sargent, 
Planta;  Wilsonianae  1:92). 

Section  Macrantha. 

28.  Davidii,  Franch.  Tree,  to  ' 
50  ft.:  branchlets  glabrous:  lvs. 
ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  2 J  2-8  in. 
long,  acuminate,  subcordate  or  rounded  at  base,  un- 
equallj'  crenate-serrate,  green  beneath  and  rufously 
villous  on  the  veins  while  young,  finally  glabrous  or 
nearly  so:  racemes  slender,  pendulous,  glabrous:  wings 
of  fr.  spreading  horizontally.  Cent.  China.  S.T.S.  1 :83. 
J.H.S.  29:86,  90. — Handsome  tree;  hardy  at  the  Arnold 
Arboretum,  the  lvs.  turning  bright  j'ellow  or  purple  in 
autumn.  In  young  plants,  the  lvs.  are  often  lobed  at 
the  base. 

29.  lajdflorum,  Pax.  Tree,  to  .50  ft.:  lvs.  ovate- 
oblong,  with  2  or  4  short  lobes  near  the  base,  2J/2-4  in. 


95.  Acer 
ginnala. 


202 


ACER 


ACER 


long,  long-acuminate,  oordato  at  the  baso,  sharply 
serrate,  green  beneatU,  soon  glahroiis:  racemes  slender, 
pemliiloiis,  glabrous;  lis.  yellowish:  wings  of  fr.  spread- 
ing at  right  angles,  rarely  horizontally.  W.  China. 
Pax  35.  Var.  longilobum,  lielul.  Lvs.  distinotly  5- 
lobtxl,  upper  pair  of  lobes  long-aeuniinate,  floeeose- 
tonient<\<e  on  the  veins  beneath  while  young:  fls.  pur- 
ple. ^\'.  China. — More  graceful  than  the  typical  form. 
30.  cratsegifolium,  8ieb.  iV- Zvicc.  Small  tree,  to  30  ft.: 
lvs.  oblong-ovate,  often  with  2  or  4  lobes  near  the  ba.se, 
2-3  in.  long,  acuminate,  rounded  or  cordate  at  the  base, 

unequally  serrate, 
bluisli  gray  be- 
neath: racemes  5-8- 
fld.,  glabrous:  fr. 
on  pedicels  about. 
J-4in.  long;  wings 
nearly  horizontal. 
Japan.  8.Z.  1:147. 
S.I.F.  l:t)7.-Grace- 
ful  species;  hardy 
■  at  the  Arnold  Ar- 
boretum. 

31.  Tschonoskii, 
Maxim.  Small  tree, 
to  15  ft.:  lvs.  orbic- 
ular-ovate in  out- 
line, 5-,  or  rarely 
7-lobed,  1M~4  in. 
long,  light  green  be- 
neath and  rufously 
96.  Acer  saccharinum  (or  A.  dasycar-  PU.bescent  on  t_he 
pum).— SUverorsoftmaple.  (.Xh)  ,'^'<''"^'  hnally  gla- 
brous or  nearly  so; 
lobes  ovate,  long-acuminate,  sharply  and  doubly  serrate, 
the  miildlo  one  slightly  lobcd:  racemes  slender,  few-fid.: 
fr.  on  slender,  filiform  stalks;  wings  spreading  at  about 
right  angles.  .Japan.  S.T.S.  1:17.  S.I. F.  2:43.— Grace- 
ful shrubby  tree;  harily  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

32.  rufinerve,  Sieb.  A:  Zucc.  Tree,  to  40  ft.,  with  striped 
bark:  branches  glaucous  when  young:  lvs.  rounded  at 
the  base,  3-!obed,  3-5  in.  long,  doubly  serrate,  ferru- 
gineously  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath  when  young: 
racemes  ferrugineously  pubescent:  fr.  short-stalked; 
wings  spreading  at  right  angles.  Japan.  S.Z.  2:148. 
S.I.F.  I:ti7.  Var.  albo-Iimbatum,  Hook.  Lvs.  edged 
with  white.    15.  M.  5793. 

33.  pennsylvanicum,  Linn.  {A.  slrialum,  Dur.). 
Strii'kd  Maple.  Moosewood.  Tree,  rarely  40  ft.: 
bark  greenish,  striped  with  white  lines:  lvs.  slightly 
cordate,  roundish-obovate,  3-lobed  at  the  apex,  5-7  in. 
long,  finely  serrate,  ferrugineously  pubescent  on  the 
whole  lower  surface  when  young:  racemes  glabrous, 
driKjping:  fr.  .short-stalked,  in  long,  drooping  racemes; 
wings  spreading  at  right  angles.  E.  N.  Amer.  S.S. 
2:84,85.  Michx.  Hist.  Arb.  2:17.  Em.  .5(3(5.  ILT. 
330. — Hand.some  medium-sized  tree  of  upright,  dense 
habit,  with  bright  green,  large  foliage,  turning  clear 
yellow  in  autumn,  and  attractive  even  in  winter  from 
its  smooth,  greenish  bark,  striped  with  white.  Var. 
erythrocladum,  Spaeth.  Shoots  bright  red  during 
autumn  and  winter. 

Section  Abgdta. 

34.  tetramerum,  Pax.  Tree,  to  25  ft:  branchlcts 
glabrous:  lvs.  ovate  to  oblong-ovate,  2-3}^^  in.  long, 
acuminate,  truncate  or  rounded  and  usually  3-nerve(l 
at  the  base,  unequally  incisely  serrate  or  sometimes 
slightly  lobed,  light  green  and  pubescent  beneath, 
rarely  nearly  glabrou.s:  staminate  fis.  in  few-fid,  sessile 
racemra  from  lateral  leafless  bufls;  stamens  4  or  some- 
times (>;  disk  lobed;  pistillate  fis.  in  elongated  racemes, 
usually  few-fid.:  fr.  slender-stalked;  nutlet  thick, 
strongly  veinefl.  ..^ent.  anri.  W.  (^hina^JMhk  1  :!^5. — 
Graceful,  hardy  tr^^eiy  ,variay|^^^^^^^latum, 


Rehd.  Lvs.  distinctlv  lobed,  nearly  glabrous.  J. U.S. 
29:352,  355.  Var.  betulifolium,  Relid.  {A.brlulifMiiun, 
Maxim.)  Lvs.  not,  or  very  slightly,  lobed,  rounded  or 
cuneate  at  the  base,  glabrous  or  glabrescent .  Var.  elo- 
bulatum,  Rehd.  Lvs.  not  or  scarcely  lobed,  long-acu- 
minate, rovm<led  and  3-nerved  at  the  base,  [mbeseent 
beneath.  Intro,  as  .4.  sUiclii/ophi/Iliim,  but  the  true 
A.  stachyiijihylluin  is  a  Himalayan  species,  not  in 
cult.  Var.  tiliifolium,  Kehd.  Lvs.  ovate,  cordate 
at  the  biuse,  ami  5-nerved,  pubescent  beneath.  Var. 
longeracemosum,  Rehd.  Lvs.  like  in  var.  elobulatum: 
racemes  to  6  in.  long,  slender. 

35.  argiitum,  Maxim.  Small  tree,  to  25  ft.:  branch- 
lets  pubescent:  lvs.  broadly  ovate  in  outline,  5-,  or 
rarely  7-lobed,  2-3' 2  in.  long,  pale  green  beneath  and 
grayish  pubescent  chiefly  on  the  veins,  finally  nearly 
glabrous;  lobes  ovate,  long-acuminate,  sharply  serrate: 
staminate  fls.  in  short  racemes  from  lateral  leafless  buds; 
.stamens  4;  pistillate  fls.  in  slender  many-fld.  racemes: 
fr.  slender-stalked,  in  pendulous  racemes;  wings  spread- 
ing horizontally.  Japan.  S.I.F.  1:69.  S.T.S.  66. — 
Graceful  shrubby  tree;  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

Section  Rubra. 

36.  saccharinum,  Linn.  (A.  dasycdrpum,  Ehrh.  A. 
eriocdrpum,  Michx.).  White  or  Silver  Maple.  Fig. 
96.  Large  tree,  120  ft.:  lvs.  deeply  5-lobed  to  5-cleft, 
4-6  in.  long,  green  above,  silvery  white  beneath;  lobes 
deeply  and  doubly  serrate:  fls.  greenish  yellow,  apeta- 
lous:  fr.  pubescent  when  young.  E.  N.  Amer.  S.S. 
2:93.  G.C.  11.1:37.  Em.  556.  H.T.  332.  F.E.  32:443 
(habit);  29:983  (habit). — Ornamental  tree,  with  wide- 
spreading,  slender  branches,  growing  best  in  rich  and 
moist  soil,  but  succeeds  almost  anywhere.  Lvs.  turn 
clear  yellow  in  fall.  Many  garden  forms:  Var.  Wieri, 
Schwerin  (var.  Wicri  hicinialiim,  Hort^).  Branches 
pendulous:  lvs.  deeply  cleft,  with  dissected  lobes. — A 
graceful  variety,  remarkable  for  its  drooAig  branches 
and  finely  divided  fo'Hage.  M.D.G.  1903?|28  (habit). 
Var.  heterophyllum,  r:\(var.  helerophyllum  taciniatum, 

eeply  and  unequally  divided. 


Hort.).    Upright:  lvs 
with    narrow     lobes. 
Var.  tripartitum.   Pax. 
Upright:  lvs.  3-parted. 
Var.  lutescens,  Spaeth. 
Lvs.     yellow,    bronze- 
colored   when    unfokl- 
ing.    Var.   albo-varie- 
gatum,     Spaeth     (var. 
Juhlkci,    Hort.).     Lvs. 
spotted  with  white  or 
rosy   pink. 
Var.crispum, 
Schwerin. 
Lvs.     deeply  -.^ 
cut      and      ' 
crimped. — 
Linnicus  evi- 
dently    sup- 
posed  this 
species  to  be 
the     sugar 
maple,  and  named  it 
the  true  sugar  maple. 

37.  rftbrum,  Linn.    Red 
Fig.  97.     Large  tree,    120 


.^, 


Acer  rubrum. — Red  Maple.  (Enlarged) 
accordingly.    He  did  not  know 


Scarlet  or  Swamp  Maple. 

ft.:  lvs.  3-5-lobed,  3-4  in.- 
long,  green  above,  pali;  or  glaucous  beneath;  lobes  un- 
equally and  crenately  serrate:  fls.  red  or  scarlet,  rarely 
yellowi-sh,  petals  5:  fr.  glabrous.  •  E.  N.  Amer.  S.S. 
2:94.  10m.  .:57.  G.C.  II.  1:173.  H.T.  334.— Very  val- 
uable tree  for  s.-eet  and  park  planting;  attractive  at 
every  .sea.son  from  i's  excellent  habit,  earline.ss  of  the 
scarlet  fls.,  bright  re,'  frs.  in  late  spring,  and  the 
bRiuUful  foliage,  which  i.rns  bright  scarlet  or  orange 
in  avJtttinn.    Var.  columnare   Rehd.   Of  upright,  colum- 


ACER 


ACER 


203 


ti;ir  habit.    Var.  globosum,  Rehd.     Dwarf,   compact: 

Ivs.  glaucous  beneath:  Hs.  bright  scarlet.    Var.  Drum- 

moiidii,  Sarg.    (.1.   Drummniidii,  Hoolv.  &  Arn.)     Lvs. 

largo,   mostly  3-lobed,   tomentosc  beneath:  fr.  bright 

scarlet.   Southern  states.   S.S.  2:95.  Var.  tomentosum, 

Kirchn.  (.1.  lonientbsum,  Desf.  A.ruhrum  var.  fulgeiis, 

Ilort.).    Of   moderate   growth:   lvs.  5- 

lobed,  pubescent    beneath:    fls.  bright 

red.     Var.    tridens,  Wood    (.4.  micro- 

phf/Uiim,  Pax,  A .  seiiiiorbicutatum,  Pax) . 

Lvs.  3-lobed,  rather  small,  rounded  or 

rarely   cuncate    at    the    base,    usually 

pubescent  below.   On  .young  plants  and 

vigorous  shoots,  the  lvs.  are  like  those 

of  the  type.   S.S.  13:626.  Var.  magni- 

ficum,  Schwerin.    Fall-coloring  of  the 

lvs.    scarlet    with    green   veins.    M.D. 

1910:1. — The  form  distributed  as  var. 

Schlesingeri,   Schwerin,  does  not  differ 

from  the  type. 

Section  Saccharina. 

38.  saccharum,  Marsh.  (A.  sacchdri- 
num,  Wang.,  not  Linn?  A.  barbatutn, 
Michx.).  Sugar  or  Rock  Maple.  Fig. 
98.    Large  tree,  120  ft.,  withgr^-  bark: 

lvs.  3-5-lobed,  cordateTS^Cin.  long,  with  narrow  and 
deep  sinuses;  lobes  acuminate,  sparingly  dentate,  usu- 
ally glaucous  and  glabrous  beneath:  corymb  hairy:  fr. 
with  slightlv  spreading  wings,  glabrous.  E.  N.  Amer. 
S.S.  2:90.  Em.  558.  H.T.  324.  Gn.  65,  p.  55  (habit). 
— .\n  excellent  street  and  shade  tree  of  upright,  dense 
growth,  turning  bright  yellow  and  scarlet  in  autumn. 
It  does  well  in  almost  every  soil.  ,Var.  Rugelii,  ReRd. 
(.1.  Rugelii,  Pax,  A.  saccharum  var.  barbatum,  Trel.). 
Lvs.  3-lobed,  generally  broader  than^ong,  2-5  in. 
across,  pale  green  or  glaucous  beneath,  and  at  length 
mostly  glabrous,  coriaceous ;  lobejjiearh'  entire.  Central 
states.  S.S.  2:91  {as  var.  nigrum).  Var.  monumentale, 
Schwerin  (.4.  Jitgrum  var.  moniimenlale,  Rehd.).  Of 
upright,  columnar  habit.  ' 

39.  floridanum,  Chapm.  (A.  barbatum  var.  florida- 
luim,  Sarg.).  Tree,  rarely  50  ft.,  with  pale  bark:  lvs. 
mostly  truncate  at  the  base,  3-lobed,  1 }  2-3  in.  across, 
glaucous  beneath,  pubescent;  lobes  obtuse,  entire  or 
slightly  3-lobed:  corymb  sparingly  hairy  or  nearly  gla- 
brous: fr.  sparingly  villous,  finally  glabrous.  Gulf 
states.   S.S,  2:91.   G.F.  4:148. 

4Q.  Qigrum,  Michx.  (.4.  sacchdx^num  var.  nigrum, 
Torr.  i.\?  Gra}'.  ^1.  saccharum  var.  nigrum,  Brit.). 
Black  Maple.  Fig.  99.  Large  tree,  120  ft.,  with  black 
bark:  lvs.  cordate,  with  the  sinus  mostly  closed,  gener- 
ally 3-lobed,  .5-6  in.  across,  with  broad  sinuses,  the 
sides  of  the  blade  mostly  drooping,  green  and  pubes- 
cent beneath;  lobes  acute,  entire  or  obtusely  toothed: 
fr.  with  diverging  wings.  Central  states.  S.S.  13:625. 
fl.T.  326. — Similar  to  A.  saccharum,  but  of  duUer 
appearance  and  less  dense  habit 


41.  leucoderme,  Small  {A.  sdccharum  var.  leuco- 
derme,  Sarg.).  Tree,  to  25,  rarely  to  40  ft.,  with  hght 
gray  or  grayish  brown  bark:  lvs.  3-5-lobed,  2-3M  in. 
across,  truncate  or  sUghtly  cordate  at  the  base,  bright 
yellow-green  and  soft-pubescent  beneath;  lobes  acu- 
minate, sinuately  dentate:   corymbs  glabrous:  fr.  vil- 


90,  Acer  nigrum. — Black  Sugar  Maple.   fX?-J 


98.  Acer  saccharum. — Common  Sugar  Maple.    (X  J^2) 

lous,  finally  glabrous;  wings  wide-spreading.  From  N. 
C.  to  Ga.  and  La.  S.S.  13:624. — Sometimes  planted  as 
a  street  tree  in  Ga.  and  Ala.;  hardy  at  the  Arnold 
Arboretum. 

42.  grandidentatum,  Nutt.  Tree,  40  ft.,  with  dark 
brown  baric:  petioles  comparatively  short:  lvs. 
slightly  cordate,  3-5-lobed,  with  broad  sinuses,  2-3  in. 
across,  pubescent  beneath,  coriaceous;  lobes  acute  or 
obtuse,  entire  or  slightly  3-lobed:  corymbs  few-fid., 
hairy,  short-stalked.  Rocky  Mts.  S.S.  2:92.— Hardy 
at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

43.  diabolicum,  Koch.  Tree,  to  30  ft:  branchlets 
pubescent:  lvs.  5-lobed,  cordate  or  subcordate,  4-6 
in.  across,  pale  green  beneath  and  sparingly  pubescent; 
lobes  broadly  ovate-acuminate,  coarsely  and  remotely 
dentate  with  acute  or  obtusish  teeth:  fls.  from  lateral 
leafless  buds;  staminate  on  long  and  pendulous,  hairy 
pedicels;  sepals  wholly  or  partly  connate,  petals  want- 
ing; pistillate  in  few-fid.  racemes;  sepals  and  petals  dis- 
tinct: pecUcels  of  the  fr.  J2-2  in.  long;  nutlets  thick, 
strongly  veined,  bristly;  wings  upright  or  slightly 
spreading.  Japan.  G.C!  IL  15:5.32.  S.T.S.  1:67.  Var. 
purpurascens,  Rehd.  (A.  purpurdscens,  Franch.  &  Sav. 
A.  pulchrum,  Lavall6).  Fls.  purple:  lvs.  turning  red  in 
autumn.  S.LF.  1:65. — Hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum ; 
similar  to  A.  pseudoplatanus,  but  lvs.  larger;  the  var. 
purpurascens  is  to  be  recommended  for  its  early-appear- 
ing purple  fls. 

Section  Trifoliata. 

44.  nikoense,  Maxim.  Fig.  100.  Tree,  40  ft.;  branch- 
lets  pubescent:  Ifts.  ovate  or  oblong-elliptic,  short- 
stalked,  acute,  entire  or  obtusely  den- 
tate, 2-5  in.  long,  viUous-pubescent 
beneath,  petioles  hairy,  J^-13^  in. 
long:  corymb  few-fld.,  pubescent:  fr.  on 
nodding  pedicels  's-K'in,  long;  nutlets 
thick,  hairy;  wings  upright,  curved 
inward.  Japan,  Cent.  China.  G.F. 
6:155  (adapted  in  Fig.  100.)  Gt.  41,  p. 
149.  S.LF.  1:68.  J.H.S.  29:81.  R.H. 
1912:126,  127.— Very  distinct;  lvs. 
turning  brilliant  scarlet  in  autumn. 

45.  griseum,  Pax  (A.  nikoense  var. 
griseum,  Franch.).  Tree,  to  25  ft.,  with 
cinnamon-brown  bark  separating  in 
thin  flakes:  branchlets  pubescent:  Ifts. 
short-stalked,  elUptic  or  ovate-oblong, 
1  -2  in .  long,  acute,  coarsely  toot  hed  with 
large  bluntish   teeth,  the  lateral  ones 


•204 


ACER 


ACER 


unequal,  dcoply  dontato  on  tlio  outer  margin,  entire  or 
nearly  so  on  the  inner,  plaucous  and  pulieseent  beneath; 
petioles  densely  hair\':  Is.  ratlier  large,  in  few-fid. 
luiiry  corymbs:  fr.  pen<lulous  on  siiort  stalks,  with  the 
pixlunele  seareely  'jin.  long;  nutlets  thiek,  fomentose; 
winss  spreading  at  an  acute  angle.  ^^■.  China. — J. U.S. 
•J'.):S1S.  H.H.  l'.)r2:rJ7.— Remarkable  for  its  flaky 
bark,  resembling  that  of  the  river  birch;  hardy  at  the 
Arnold  .Vrboretiiin. 

4t).  mandshfiricum,  Maxim.  Shrub  or  small  tree: 
branchlets  glabrous:  Ifts.  oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate, 
2-3 '2  '"■  long,  short-stalked,  acuminate,  remotely  and 
obtusely  serrate,  glabrous,  glaucous  beneath;  petioles 
glabrous,  red,  2-4  in.  long:  fls.  in  few-fid.  glabrous 
corymbs:  fr.  on  stalks  32-'4'"-  long;  nutlets  thick, 
glabrous;  wings  spreading  at  obtuse  angles.  Manchuria. 
— Graceful  ma)ile,  hardy  at  the  Arnold  .Xrboretum;  the 
red  color  of  the  slentler  If.-stalks  contrasts  well  with 
the  dark  green  fohage. 

Section  Negtjndo. 

47.  Henryi,  Pax.  Tree,  to  30  ft. :  branchlets  slightly 
pubescent:  Ifts.  3,  elliptic,  2-314  in.  long,  stalked, 
acuminate,  entire  or  coarsely  serrate,  pale  green  and 
pubescent  beneath;  jjetioles  finely  puberulous:  fls. 
nearly  sessile,  small,  greenish  in  slender  pendulous 
pubescent  racemes,  'lateral,  without  Ivs.  or  with  small 
Ivs.  at  the  biisc:  fr.  glabrous,  short-pediccled,  in 
pendulous  racemes  with  the  stalk  4-7  in.  long;  wings 
upright  or  slightly  spreading.  Cent.  China.  J. U.S. 
29:93,  9G  (as  ,4.  sulchuenense) . — Hardy  at  the  Arnold 
Arboretum. — It  has  been  concluded  that  this  and  the 
following  species  which  have  been  hitherto  referred  to 
the  precwling  section  are  more  closely  related  to  A. 
Xegumld  and  therefore  better  transferred  to  this  section. 

48.  cissifolium,  Koch  {Negundo  cisaifblium,  Sieb.  <fe 
Zucc.  Criila  cissijblia,  Nieuwl.).  Small  tree:  Ifts.  3, 
stalked,  ovate  or  elliptic,  acuminate,  coarsely  serrate, 
sparingly  ciliato,  2-3'  2  in.  long,  light  green  beneath  and 
glabrous,  or  nearly  so:  racemes  slender,  manj'-fld.,  pu- 


100  Acer  nikoense.  (  X  ]4) 


bescent ;  pedicels  less  than  '^in.  long;  sepals  and  petals 
4,  small:  fr.  in  jK-ndulous  racemes;  wings  slightly 
sprea<ling.  Japan.  S.l.F.  2:11. — Handsome,  round- 
headed  tree,  with  slender,  s|)reading  branches  and 
graceful  bright  green  foliage,  turning  orange-yellow 
and  scarlet  in  aiitunm;  hardy  at  the  Arnoki  .Vrboretum. 

49.  Negundo,  Linn.  {Negundo  fraxinifdlium,  Nutt. 
A',  accrdiilcs,  Mu'nch.  liulac  Negundo,  Uitchc). 
Ash-leaved  M.\ple.  Box 
Eldek.  Fig.  101.  Large 
tree,  70  ft.:  Ivs.  pinnate; 
Ifts.  3-.'j,  ovate  or  oblong- 
lanceolate,  coarsely  ser- 
rate or  3-lobiMl,  mostly 
glabrous,  2~r>  in.  long:  fls. 
before  the  Ivs,;  staminate 
fls.  in  iHMuhdous  i^orymbs, 
pistillate  lis.  in  i)endulous 
racemes.  E.  N.  Amcr. 
S.S.  2:96.  Michx.  Hist. 
Arb.  2:  IS.  H.T.  336.— 
Large,  rapid-growing  tree 
of  sjjreading  haliit,  thriv- 
ing best  in  moist  and  rich 
soil.  Much  prized  in  the 
W.,  where  it  withstantls  cold  and 
dryness.  Largely  used  for  shelter- 
belts  and  for  jjlanting  timber- 
claims.  Var.  californicum,  Sarg. 
{A.  calif dndcum,  Dietr.  Negundo 
calif drnicum,  Torr.  &  Gray). 
Branches  pubescent  when  young: 
Ifts.  3,  of  firmer  texture,  densely 
pubescent  beneath:  fr.  not  con- 
stricted at  the  base.  W.  N.  Amer. 
S.S.  2:97.  Nutt.  N.  Amer.  Sylv. 
2 :  72.  Var.  pse&do-califomicum, 
Schwerin  (A.  calif I'lmieum,  Hort. 
A.  Negundo  var.  calif  drnicum , 
Kirchn.).  Branches  green, bloomy; 
of  vigorous  growth.  Var.  viola- 
ceum,  Kirchn.  (.4.  ]calif6rnicum, 
Hort.).  A  vigorously  growing 
form:  branches  purplish  with 
glaucous  bloom  or  finely  pubes- 
cent, when  young.  Var.  argenteo- 
variegatum,  Bonaniy.  Lvs.  with 
broad  white  margin.  Probably 
the  most  effective  of  all  variegated  hardy  trees.  F.S. 
17:1781.  Gn.  08,  p.  402  (habit).  G.  2:37;  11:97 
(habit).  Var.  aureo-variegatum,  Booth  (var.  aiireo- 
7nacul()lum,  Schwerin).  Lvs.  spotted  with  yellow. 
Var.  a&reo-marginatum,  Dieck.  Lvs.  with  yellow  mar- 
gin. Var.  auratum,  ■Spaeth  (var.  califdrnicum  aiireum, 
Hort.).  Lvs.  yellow.  R.B.  1906:197.  Var.  crispum,  G. 
Don.  Lfts.  curled.  The.se  horticultural  varieties  may 
be  grafted  on  common  box  elder  seedlings.  Box  elder 
also  grows  from  hardwood  cuttings,  like  the  grape. 
Two  new  forms  have  been  recently  described  as  new 
species  bv  Britton:  A.  interior,  distributed  from  Al- 
berta and  Mont,  to  Ariz,  and  New  Mex.  (B.T.  65.5), 
and  A.  Kingii  (B.T.  6.56),  from  Utah;  they  are  closely 
allied  to  var.  californicum,  but  differ  in  their  glabrous 
foliage;  in  the  first  the  wings  of  the  samara  are  adnate 
to  the  nutlet  only  to  or  above  the  middle;  in  the  sec- 
ond the  wings  reach  the  point  of  union  of  the  nutlets. 

A.  acuminatum.  Wall.  (A.  caudatum.  Brandis,  not  Wall.  A. 
sterculiareum,  Koch,  nut  Wall.).  Allied  to  A.  argutum.  Tree:  lvs. 
3-lobed.  3-4)2  in.  long,  Elabrous  and  light  green  beneath;  lobea 
long-acuininate.  and  doulily  serrate:  wings  of  fr.  spreading  at  a 
right  angle.  Himalayas.  G.C,  II.  15:.'Sli4  (as  A.  caudatum). 
Tender  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. —  A.  amMouum.  Dippel.  Allied 
to  A.  pietuin.  I.vs.  pilose  beneath:  fls.  and  fr.  unknown.  Doubtful 
species  of  unknown  origin. — A.  dmplum,  Kehd.  .Allied  to  A.  longipes. 
Tree,  to  3.5  ft.:  lvs.  .i-lobcd,  4-7  in.  broad,  glabrous:  corymb  nearly 
sessile,  5-0  in.  across.  Cent.  China. — A.  barbinlrve,  Maxim. 
Allied  to  A.  argutum.  Shrubby  tree:  lvs.  5-lobed,  coarsely  serrate: 
pistillate   racemes   usually   7-fld.:  fr.    larger.     Manchuria.     S.T.S. 


101.  Raceme  of  young 
fruit  of  box  elder. — 
Acer  Negundo.  (Nat. 
sizej 


ACER 


ACHILLEA 


205 


1:86. — A.  Bdscii,  Spach.  Probably  hybrid.  A.  monspcssulanum  X 
tataricum. — .4.  6rei>t7o6um,  Hesse^A.  parviflorum.— -4.  cxsium. 
Wall.  Allied  to  A.  insigne.  Tree;  Ivs.  5-lobed,  glabrous,  whitish 
beneath,  6-S  in.  acro.s.s;  lobes  acuminate,  obtusely  crenulate-ser- 
rate.  Himalayas.  Not  hardy  N. — A,  capillipeH,  Maxim.  Allied  to 
A.  rvtfinerve.  Tree,  to  30  ft.:  Ivs.  3-lobed,  glabrous  beneath,  red 
when  unfolding,  3V2--'>  in#  long:  fls.  on  slender  stalks  about  J2in. 
long.  Japan.  S.T.S.  1:16.  Not  perfectly  hardy  at  the  Arnold 
Arboretum. — .4.  cauddlum,  Rrandis=A.  acuminatum. — ,4.  cin- 
erdscens,  Boiss.  Shrub  or  small  tree:  Ivs.  3-lobed,  '3-2  in.  long. 
Similar  to  A.  monspcssulanum.  Persia. — .4.  coriaceum,  Tsch. 
{A.  creticura,  Tratt.  A.  polymorphum,  Spach).  Probably  A. 
creticum  Xpseudoplatanus. — .4.  crds»ii>es,  Pax.  Suppo.sed  to  be  a 
hybrid  between  A.  obtusatum  and  A.  pennsylvanicum. — ,4. 
crdssipes,  Hesse=A.  parviHorum. — .4.  crcticurn,  Linn. = A.  ori- 
entale. — A.  crHicum,  Tratt. =A.  coriaceum. — .4.  Dieckii,  Pax  (A. 
platanoidea  var.  integrilobum,  Zabel).  Similar  to  A.  platanoides, 
but  lobes  entire;  probably  A.  Lobelii  X  platanoides. — A.  distylum, 
Sieb.  &  Zuoo.  Allied  to  A.  oblongum.  Tree:  Ivs.  ovate,  5-7  in.  long, 
cordate,  crenately  serrate,  light  green  and  lustrous  beneath.  Japan, 
G.C.  II.  15:499.  S.I.F.  2:41.  J.H.S.  29:76.— .4.  Durettii,  Pax. 
Probably  A.  monspessulanum  X  pseudoplatanus. — .4.  eridnthiim, 
Schwerin.  Allied  to  A.  caudatum.  Small  tree:  Ivs.  5-lobed,  2-3 .V2 
in.  long,  lobes  broad,  unequally  and  simply  serrate,  nearly  glabrous 
beneath:  fls.  with  densely  villous  disk.  W.  China.  S.T.S.  1:80. — 
A.  Fdrgesi,  Franch.  (A.  Isevigatum  var.  Fargesii,  Veitch).  Allied 
to  A.  oblongum.  Tree,  to  30  ft.;  Ivs.  coriaceous,  lanceolate-ob- 
long, 2-3*2  i"-  long,  narrowed  at  the  base,  penninerved,  glabrous, 
light  green  beneath,  not  reticulate.  W.  China.  J.H.S.  29:91. — 
A.  fiabelldtum,  Rehd.  Allied  to  A.  Oliverianum.  Tree,  to  30  ft.: 
Ivs.  7-lobed,  deeply  cordate,  3-5  in.  across,  light  green  beneath 
and  villous  along  the  veins.  Cent.  China.  S.T.S.  1:81.— A. 
Franchetii,  Pax.  Tree,  to  15  ft.:  Ivs.  3-lobed;  slightly  pubes- 
cent beneath  or  glabrous  at  maturity  and  light  green,  3-4  in.  long; 
lobes  broadly  ovate,  acute,  remotely  toothed:  fis.  in  short  pubes- 
cent racemes  from  lateral  leafless  buds,  with  the  Ivs.:  fr.  with 
the  wings  spreading  at  right  angles  or  less,  nutlets  thick,  hairy: 
winter-buds  with  numerous  imbricate  scales.  Cent.  China.  S.T.S. 
1:87.  Belongs  to  the  section  Lithocarpa. — .4.  fulvescens.  Rehd. 
Allied  to  A.  pictum.  Tree,  to  60  ft.:  Ivs.  usually  3-lobed,  2-4 
in.  across,  beneath  covered  with  a  yellowish  or  fulvous  pubes- 
cence. W.  China.  Hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. — A.  ketero- 
pbyllum,  Willd.=A.  orientale. — .4.  Hodkeri,  Miq.  Allied  to  A. 
Davidii.  Tree,  60  ft.:  Ivs.  cordate-oblong,  serrate,  4-6  in.  long, 
quite  glabrous  beneath.  Himalayas. — .4.  hyhridum,  Spach.  Prob- 
ably A.  itaium  X  pseudoplatanus. — -4.  hybridum,  Baudr.^A. 
Boscii. — .4.  Lrrigdtum,  Wall.  Allied  to  A.  oblongum.  Small  tree: 
Ivs.  oblong,  nearly  entire,  attenuate  at  the  base,  penninerved, 
green  beneath.  Himalayas,  China. — A.  laivigdtum,  Hort.  =A. 
acuminatum.  —  A.  Lobelii,  Ten.  Allied  to  A.  cappadocicum. 
Branches  glaucous:  Ivs.  rounded  at  the  base;  lobes  mostly  undu- 
lated, abruptly  pointed.  Italy. — .4.  Maximowiczii,  Pax  (A.  urophyl- 
lum,  Maxim.).  Allied  to  A.  Tschonoskii.  Small  tree:  Ivs.  3-o-lobed, 
doubly  serrate,  the  middle  lobe  much  elongated,  long-acuminate, 
glaucescent  beneath,  glabrous,  2-3  in.  long:  fr.  slender-stalked; 
wings  spreading  at  an  obtuse  angle.  Cent.  China.  S.T.S.  1:84. — 
A.  Mdyrii,  Schwerin.  Allied  to  A.  cappadocicum  and  A.  amptum. 
Tree  with  smooth  bark:  Ivs.  usually  3-lobed,  glabrous,  3  in.  across; 
lobes  very  broad,  long-acuminate;  wings  of  fr.  upright,  incurved. 
Japan. — A.  mexicd?ium.  Pax  (Negundo  mexicanum,  DC.  A.  ser- 
ratum.  Pax).  Allied  to  A.  Negundo.  Lfts.  3,  pubescent  beneath, 
densely  serrate:  fr.  glabrous;  wings  spreading  at  an  acute  angle. 
Mex. —  A.micrdnthum,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Allied  to  A.  Tschonoskii.  Shrub 
or  small  tree:  Ivs.  5-7-lobed;  lobes  incised  and  doubly  serrate,  gla- 
brous; fls.  and  fr.  small.  S.Z. 1:141.  S.I.F.2:44. — A.  neapolitdnum, 
Ten.=A.  obtusatum. — .4.  neglectum,  Lange  (A.  zceschense.  Pax). 
Probably  A.  campestre  X  Lobelii.  Var.  Annae,  Schwerin.  Young  Ivs. 
deep  red,  later  olive-green.  M.D.  190S:1. — .4.  obtusatum,  W'aldst.  & 
Kit.  (A.  neapolitanum.  Ten.).  Allied  to  A.  Opalus.  Small  tree  or 
shrub:  Ivs.  o-lobed,  pubescent  beneath,  about  4  in.  across;  lobes 
broad,  often  rounded,  obtusely  denticulate;  wings  of  fr.  spreading 
at  a  right  angle  or  less.  S.  Eu..  N.  Afr.  H.W.  3,  p.  47.  Tender  at 
the  Arnold  Arboretum. — .4.  orientale,  Linn.  (A.  creticum,  Linn.  A. 
sempen-irens,  Linn.  A.  heterophyllum,  Wjlld.).  Allied  to  A.  mon- 
spessulanum. Shrub,  4  ft.:  Ivs.  nearly  evergreen,  short-stalked, 
orbicular  or  oval,  entire  or  3-lobed,  V2-I  H  in.  long,  glabrous. 
Orient. — .4.  parriftdrum.  Franch.  &,  Sav.  (A.  crassipes.  Hesse,  not 
Pax.  .\.  brevilobum,  He.ssel.  Allied  to  A.  caudatum.  Tree:  Ivs. 
3-5-lol)ed,  pubescent  beneath,  4-6  in.  across;  lobes  broadly  ovate, 
acute,  doubly  serrate:  wings  of  fr.  spreading  at  an  obtuse  angle. 
Japan.  S.I.F.  2:42.  Not  quite  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. — ■ 
A.  pectindlum.  Wall.  Allied  to  A.  pennsylvanicum.  Tree:  Ivs. 
3-lobed,  setosely  serrulate,  2J.2-3H  in.  across,  the  middle  lobe 
elongated,  acuminate.  Himalayas.  G.C.  II.  15:365. — A.  Perdnai, 
Schwerin.  Supposed  hybrid  of  A.  Opalus  X  monspessulanum. 
Originated  at  Vallombrosa  near  Florence. — ,4.  robustum.  Pax.  Allied 
to  A.  palmatum.  Small  tree:  Ivs.  7-9-lobed,  cordate,  3-4  in.  across, 
glabrous  beneath  except  the  tufts  of  hairs  in  the  axils  of  the  veins; 
lobes  ovate,  acuminate,  sharply  serrate:  wings  of  fr.  nearly  hori- 
zontally spreading.  Cent.  China. — A.  rotundilobum,  Schwerin 
(A.  b4rbatum.  Booth,  not  Michx.).  Possibly  A.  obtusatum  X 
monspessulanum. — ,4.  Schwerinii,  Pax.  Aflinity  doubtful.  Lvs. 
coriaceous,  ovate-oblong,  cordate,  undivided  or  3-lobed,  glau- 
cous beneath,  soon  glabrous.  .5-7  in.  long:  fls.  and  fr.  unknown. 
Probably  from  the  Himalayas.  Var.  marmordtum,  Schwerin,  has 
the  Ivs.  variegated  with  light  green.  Var.  monophyllum,  Schwerin, 
has  the  Ivs.  2-3  H  in.  long. — A.  semper  vir  en  a.  Linn.^A.  orientale. — 
A.  5errd/um.  Pax=A.  mexicanum. —  .4.  sikkimense,  Miq.  Allied 
to  A.  Davidii.  Tree:  Ivs.  cordate-ovate,  coriaceous,  long-acu- 
minate, quite  glabrous,  entire  or  serrulate,  4-7  in.  long:  wings  of  fr. 
spreading  at  a  right  angle.    Himalayas. — A.  sinense.  Pax.    Allied 


to  A.  Oliverianum.  Tree:  Ivs.  5-Iobed,  cordate  or  sometimes 
truncate,  glaucescent  beneath,  glabrous,  3-6  in.  long;  lobes  ovate, 
acuminate,  sparingly  appressed-serrate:  panicle  elongated:  wings 
of  fr.  spreading  horizontally.  Cent.  China.  S.T.S.  1:78.  J.H.S. 
29:92. — .4.  sterculiaceum.  Wall.  (A.  viilosum.  Wall.)  Allied  to  A. 
Franchetii.  Tall  tree:  ivs.  3-5-lobed,  cordate,  6-8  in.  across, 
tomentose  below,  coarsely  serrate:  racemes  from  lateral  leafless 
buds:  fr.  in  long  pendulous  racemes,  often  branched  at  the  base; 
wings  of  fr.  nearly  upright.  Himalayas. — A.  sutchuencnse,  Franch. 
(A.  sutchuense.  Pax).  Allied  to  A.  raandshuricum.  Small  tree: 
lfts.  3,  oblong-lanceolate,  unequally  serrate,  glaucous  beneath, 
154-3  in.  long:  corymb  many-fld.,  rather  dense.  Cent.  China. 
S.T.S.  2:112. — Probably  not  in  cult.;  the  plant  figured  by 
Veitch  under  this  name  is  A.  Henryi. — A.  tegmentdsum,  Maxim. 
Allied  to  A.  pennsylvanicum.  Lvs.  3-4  in.  long,  glabrous  beneath; 
lobes  short;  fls.  small.  Manchuria.  G.C.  II.  15:75. — A.  trifidum.. 
Hook.  &  Arn.  Allied  to  A.  tataricum.  Small  tree:  lvs.  coriaceous, 
cuneate-obovate,  3-lobed,  glaucous  beneath,  glabrous,  2-3  in. 
long;  lobes  entire.  China,  Japan.  S.Z. 2: 143, — A.  urophyllum, 
Maxim.  ^^  A.  Maximowiczii. —  A.  Veitchii,  Schwerin.  Possibly 
A.  cratiegifolium  X  rufinerve. — A.  villdsum,Wa\l.=A.  sterculiaceum. 
— .4.  Wilsojiii,  Rehd.  Allied  to  A.  Oliverianum.  Tree:  lvs.  3-lobed, 
light  green  beneath,  glabrous.  3^2-4  in.  across;  lobes  ovate  to 
oblong-ovate,  acuminate,  entire,  or  sparingly  serrate;  panicle 
elongated:  wings  of  the  fr.  spreading  at  a  right  angle.  Cent.  China. 
S.T.S.  1:79. — A.  zceschense,  Pax=A.  neglectum. 

Alfred  Rehder. 

ACERANTHUS  {Acer,  maple,  and  anthos,  flower,  in 
allusion  to  the  maple-like  flowers).  Berberiddcese. 
Barrenwort.  a  genus  of  4-6  species  of  slender, 
hardy,  herbaceous  perennials  from  Temp.  Asia  and 
Algeria,  related  to  the  native  twin-leaf,  Diphylleia.  Fls, 
variously  colored,  racemose;  sepals  7-8,  petaloid,  the 


102.  Achillea  Millefolium  var.  rubmm.  (XH) 

outer  ones  smaller  than  the  inner;  petals  flat:  lvs. 
BoUtary. — Not  commonly  cult,  and  the  following  seen 
only  in  botanic  gardens. 

A.  diphyllus,  Morr.  &  Decne.  (Epimedium  diphyllum,  Lodd.). 
Plant  rhizomatous:  lfts.  obliquely  cordate,  green  above,  glaucous 
beneath:  fls.    small,    bluish    white.     Japan.     B.M.  3448.     L.B.C. 


N.  Taylor. 


19:1858. 

ACHANIA :    Malvaviscus^ 

ACHILLEA  (its  virtues  said  to  have  been  discovered 
by  Achilles).  Comp6sit3P.  Includes  Plarmica.  About 
100  species,  some  of  which  are  hardy  herbaceous  bor- 
der and  alpine  perennials  of  easy  culture. 

Leaves  simple  or  compound,  often  ternate:  fl.-heads 
emaU,  corymbose  or  racemose;  receptacle  nearly  flat 


2l)t) 


ACHILLEA 


ACHIMENES 


or  con  vox,  chaffy;  ray  fls,  pistillate,  fiTtili',  the  rays 
white  or  pink;  tlisk  Hs.  perfect,  fertile 

Most  of  the  aehillcii*  can  be  };ro\vii  in  ordinary  par- 
don soil,  preferring-  open  sunlight  and  well-drained 
situations.  Some  are  alpine  or 
sub-alpine  anil  require  rock- 
garden  conditions.  These  arc 
indicated  inidcr  the  individual 
species.  Dwarf  kinds  make 
carpets  in  dry,  sininy  places; 
large  kinds  suitable  for  wild 
gardens. 

Propagation  in  spring  by 
division,  cuttings  and  .seeds; 
chieHy  by  the  ftrst  mc-thoil  and 
easily  accomphshed. 

Rays  nhoiil  />,  except  in 
double  /(inns,  half  (is  long 
as  the  ovalc-oblong  invo- 
lucre; fls.  while,  red,  or 
yellow. 
B.  Fls.  white  or  red. 

Mill efSlium,  Linn.   Mii-foil. 

Yaukow.     Height  l-:{  ft.:  Ivs. 

bipinnately      parted,      segms. 

linear,   3-5   cleft:    fls.   in   flat 

corymbs.  June-Oct.  Eu.,Asia, 
Amer.  Common  in  past- 
ures. —  Less  commonly 
cult,  than  vars.  rfibrum 
(Fig.  102)  and  roseum, 
with  red  or  purple  fls. 

BB.  Fh.  yellow. 
Toumefortii,  DC.  {A. 
segypliac(i,lAun.) .  Height 
12-18  in.:  Ivs.  pinnati- 
sect ;  segms.  roundish, 
coarsely  toothed:  fls. 
pale  yellow.  June-Oct. 
Greece. 

filipendulina,  Lam.  (A. 

Eupatdrium,B'\ch.).  Fig. 

erect,    furrowed,    glandular 

fls.  yeUow  in  dense,  convex 

5   in.    across.   June-Sept. 


103, 


Achillea  filipendulina. 

(Plant  X'A) 


ia3.     Height  4-5   ft.:   st. 
spotted  and  almost  hairy: 
compound    corj-mbs,    often 
Orient. — Needs  .staking. 

bolosericea,  .Sibth.  &  Sm.  Similar  to  preceding,  but 
not  glandular  spotted:  fls.  a.s  in  A.  filipendulina,  hut 
corymbs  simple,  terminal,  and  the  petals  scarcely  as 
long  as  the  bracts  of  the  involucre.  Mts.  of  Greece. 
.Summer. — More  suitable  to  semi-alpine  situation*; 
than  .4.  filipendulina. 

tomentdsa,  Linn.  .\  woolly,  carpet-like  plant  for 
rookeries.  Height  8-10  in.  Eu.,  Orient,  N.  Amer.  B.M. 
498.    Gn.  -,2,  p.  421. 

AA.  Rays  6-20,  as  long  as  or  longer  than  the  rotund  or 

cam-panulate  involucre;  fls.  white. 

B.   LvH.  not  divided. 

Ptarmica,  Linn.  {A.  macrocephala,  PiU.  &  Mitterb.). 
Sneezewokt.  Height  1-2  ft.:  Ivs.  serrate:  fls.  in 
lofise  corymbs;  all  summer.  North  temiXTate  regions. — 
Its  full-<iouble  var.  The  Pearl  (Fig.  lOt)  is  much  used 
for  cut-flowers  and  in  cemeteries,  and  is  one  of  the  most 
popular  of  all  hardy  herbaceous  plants.  There  an^ 
many  other  varieties. 

lingulJita,  Waldst.  {A.  buglossis,  Hort.).    A  stilT,  .sim- 

Cle-stemmed.  perennial,  sin)ulating  A.  I'tarmicii,  but 
airy:  Ivs.  broa'lly  spatulate  the  petiole  long-attenuate 
and  dotted:  head.s  corymbose,  the  fls.  numerous; 
petals  .V4  times  a.s  long  as  the  involucre.  Sub-alpine. 
Hungary  and  southward.   Summer. 


sibirica,  Ledeb.  (.4.  mongdlica,  Fisch.  A.  Ptarmi- 
cti'idcs,  Maxim.).  Denser  than  the  last,  more  erect  and 
rigid:  height  1  '2-2  ft.:  fls.  larger  and  in  more  compact 
corymbs.    July-Sept. 

grandiflora,  Rich.  A  smooth  and  erect  perennial: 
Ivs.  narrowly  linear,  narrower  than  in  any  of  the 
Ptarmica  grou]i,  distinctly  .seirulate:  corymbs  simple  or 
sometimes  loosely  branched,  the  pcdiuu^les  4-.')  times 
longer  than  the  heati;  fls.  white,  large  and  more  showy 
than  most  of  the  genus,  longer  than  the  bracts  of  the 
involucre.  Sub-alpine  and  scarcely  good  for  ordinary 
garden  contlitions.    Caucasus.    June,  July. 

BB.   Lvs.  deeply  divided. 

macrophylla,  Linn.  Height  3  ft.:  Ivs.  long,  broad. 
July.  .\lps.  Gn.  52,  p.  421. — Better  suited  to  shrub- 
bery than  to  herbaceous  border. 

Clavenae,  Linn,  (commonly  .spelled  A.  Clavennx. 
A.  (irghiteii,  Hort.,  not  Lam.).  Dwarf,  tufted,  hoary 
alpine  plant;  height  10  in.:  Ivs.  dentate  at  apex; 
segms.  ohtu.se:  fls.  spring  and  summer.  Eu.  B.M. 
1287.   Gn.  ,'52,  p.  421.— Thrives  in  sand. 

A.  Agerdtum,  Linn.  Fls.  yellow.  Eu. — -■!.  ageratifdlia,  Bentli. 
&  Hook,  (.\nthemis  Aizoon).  Tufted,  woolly,  .silvery  gray:  fls. 
white.  May,  June.  Alps. — A.  asplenifdlia.  Vent.  Lvs.  pinnate, 
smooth:  fls.  white.  There  is  a  red-fid.  form.  N.  Amer. — .\.  alrdta, 
Linn.  Dwarf,  tufted,  aromatie:  radical  lvs.  petiolate;  cauline  lvs. 
pinnatisect:  its.  white.  Alps. — .4.  aiirea.  Lam.  Fls.  golden  yellow, 
the  seeds  stipitate:  lvs.  woolly.  Aug.,  Sept.  S.  Eu.  =  Chry- 
.santhemum  achiilesefolium  (which  see). — A.  decoldrans.  Schrad. 
Lvs.  undivided:  fls.  pale  yellow.  July.  Eu. — A.  Herbardta,  All. 
Dwarf,  tufted,  aromatic  alpine:  Ivs.  undivided,  serrate:  fla. 
white.  May,  June. — A.  liguslica,  All.  Lvs.  pinnatifid:  fls.  white. 
Eu.,  Orient. — A.  moschdta.  Jacq.  Lvs.  smooth,  pinnately  parted, 
lobes  uncut:  fls.  white.  Eu. — A.  ndna,  Linn.  Dwarf,  hairy, 
woolly,  aromatic:  lvs.  pinnatisect:  fls.  wliite.  Spring.  Eu.  Used 
in  making  Chartreuse. — .4.  odordta,  Linn.  Lvs.  pinnati-sect;  iobe3 
cut:  fls.  wliite. — A.  pecHndta.  Willd.  Fls.  pale  yellow. — A.  rupes- 
tris,  Huter.  Lvs.  ?'2in.  long,  linear-spatulate,  entire.  S.  Italy. 
B.M.  (i905. —  .4.  santolinoides,  Lag.  1  ft.:  lvs.  pinnatisect,  hairy- 
wejoily:  fls.  white.  July.  Spain. — A,  serrdta,  Retz.  Lvs.  pinnatifid, 
woolly:  fls.  white.  Siberia(?). — .4.  Siehdna,  Hort.  Fls.  golden  yel- 
low, fragrant.  Asia  Minor. — A.  umbelldta,  .Sibth.  Very  woolly 
rock  plant,  4-5  in.:  lvs.  pinnatifid;  lobes  oblong,  bluntish,  entire 
or  serrate:  fls.  white.  June.  Greece. — A.  valcsiaca,  Stein.  Lvs. 
pinnately  parted:  fis.  white.  June-Aug.  Eu.  Other  trade  names 
are  A.  cori/mbdsa,  .4.  Iransylvdnica  and  A.  Hiiteri;  'none  is 
known  in  h.^rt.  or  botanical  literature.  jj     Taylor  t 

ACHIMENES  (Greek,  cheimaino,  to  suff'er  from 
cold).  Including  Scheeria.  Gesncrdcese.  Greenhouse 
herbs,  allied  to  gloxinias,  native  to  tropical  America, 
grown  for  bloom  in  late  spring  and  in  summer. 

Plant    upright, 
erect,     or    drooping:  „.'^'';^',    ,. 

lvs.    o])posite     or 
whorled,     serrate    or 
toothed,    mostly 
hairy:  underground 
sts.  scaly  and  catkin- 
like, and  simi- 
lar   grow  t  h  s 
sonKrt.imes     in 
the  axils  of  the 
lvs:    fls.    axil- 
lary;  5   calyx- 
lobes  narrow 
and    short;     corolla- 
tube  cylindrical  and 
limb   spreading;    an- 
thers 4,  connivent  in 
the  tube,  and  a  rudi- 
ment of   a  fifth  sta- 
men; style  long,  usu- 
ally exserted,  the  stigma  dilated  or  obscurely  2-lobed. 
— Perh.aps  40  species. 

The  gardf^n  achimenes  are  much  confused  by  hy- 
bridization, and  it  is  doubtful  whether  any  of  the  pure 
species  are  in  general  cultivation  in  this  coimtry.  Years 
ago,  the  small  red-flowered  ty^ies  (of  the  coccinea  sec- 
tion) were  frequent,  but  modern  evolution  has  proceeded 
from  tli(!  broad-flowered  purple  species.    The  species 


104.  AchiUea 

Ptarmica   var. 

The  Pearl. 


ACHIMENES 


ACHIMENES 


207 


105.  Achimenes;  tubers  of 
the  coccinea  section. 


(Inscribed  fiirtlior  on  seem  to  have  oontribnteii  most 
largely  to  the  present  garden  forms.  Some  of  the  best 
species  are  A.  longijiora,  purplish  blue;  A.  longiflora 
var.  alha  maxima,  the  best  white  kind;  A.  patens  var. 
major,  a  large  flower  of  purplish  rose;  ^1.  pedunculata, 
orange;  .1.  hclcruphi/lla,  tubular,  a  fiery  orange  at  one 
end  and  blazing  yellow  at  the  other.  There  are  many 
named  varieties,  some  of  the  names  being  Latin  in 
form.  In  the  grandiflora 
group  the  tubers  or  bulbs 
are  clustered;  in  the  longi- 
flora group  the  tubers  are 
pear-shaped  bodies,  growing 
on  the  ends  of  root-like 
rhizomes.  The  coccinea 
(Fig.  105)  and  hirsuta 
groups  arc  late  bloomers. 

The  rhizomes  of  achi- 
menes should  be  removed 
from  their  winter  quarters 
and  spread  out  thinly  in 
bo.ves,  using  a  size  some  3 
inches  deep,  and  a  light 
open  mixture  of  leaf-mold 
and  sand  to  start,  them  in. 
The  lower  inch  in  the  bo.x 
should  be  covered  with  some 
material  that  will  act  as 
drainage;  then  cover  with 
an  inch  or  so  of  the  compost, 
and  spread  out  the  rhizomes 
on  this  and  cover  with  half 
an  inch  of  the  mixture  which 
has  been  passed  through  a  half-inch  mesh  sieve.  Place 
in  a  moist  house  in  a  temjjerature  of  60°  to  65°  F.  and 
water  sparingly  until  the  j'oung  growths  appear.  When 
these  are  some  2  inches  high,  they  should  be  lifted 
from  the  boxes  with  the  material  that  is  attached  to 
the  roots  and  potted  up  into  5-  or  6-inch  pots  or  S-inch 
pans,  spacing  them  equally,  and  using  some  ten  to 
fifteen  growths  for  each  pot  or  pan.  The  material  used 
for  this  potting  should  be  rich  in  humus  and  of  a  very 
open  porous  nature,  so  as  to  provide  free  access  of  air 
to  the  roots  and  at  the  same  time  allow  anj-  excess  of 
water  to  pass  away  freelj'.  A  useful  mixture  for  this 
purpose  is  equal  parts  of  loalu,  leaf-mold  and  sand. 
-About  one-third  the  depth  of  the  pots  or  pans  should 
be  occupied  with  drainage.  All  the  rhizomatous  forms 
of  achimenes  are  shallow-rooting,  so  that  there  is  no 
advantage  in  using  large  and  deep  pots.  This  method 
of  staiting  the  rhizomes  first  and  then  potting  tho.se 
that  have  been  started  together,  is  much  to  be  prefer- 
red to  potting  them  up  directly  into  the  flowering 
sizes,  which  method,  however,  is  practised  by  many 
cultivators.  The  advantage  of  the  method  advised  is 
that  all  the  pots  are  filled  regularly  with  growths  of 
equal  size  and  vigor,  whereas  in  the  other  and  older 
method  the  rhizomes  often  start  irregularly  and  the 
pots  are  only  partially  filled  with  growths.  After  pot- 
ting up,  the  pots  should  be  replaced  again  in  the  same 
house  as  the  rhizomes  were  started  in,  and  kept  shaded 
from  all  hot  sun.  From  this  period  onward,  growth  is 
rapid  and  care  must  be  taken  not  to  allow  any  of  them 
to  suffer  for  want  of  moisture  at  the  roots,  or  failure 
will  ensue.  When  the  plants  are  6  or  8  inches  high, 
feeding  with  weak  liquid  manure  should  begin,  and 
should  be  continued  regularly  until  the  plants  show 
signs  of  exhau.stion  after  flowering.  When  the  flowers 
appear,  the  plants  should  then  be  removed  to  a  some- 
what drier  airj'  greenhouse,  kept  at  a  temperature  of 
about  50°  F.,  where  they  will  remain  until  the  flower- 
ing season  is  over.  They  may  then  be  removed  to  a 
greenhouse  or  coolframe  to  ripen  up.  The  water-sup- 
ply should  be  gradually  reduced  until  the  plants  die 
down.  The  best  method  of  storing  the  rhizomes  is  to 
shake  entirel)-  out  of  the  old  soil,  mix  them  up  in  a  box 


of  sand,  and  keep  them  entirely  dry  in  a  shed  which 
does  not  fall  below  a  temperature  of  45°  F.  until  the 
time  comes  round  for  starting  them  again  in  March  or 
April. — Propagation  is  readily  effected  by  means  of  the 
rhiztmies.  Each  of  these  may  be  used  for  forming  one 
or  many  plants.  Some  of  the  kinds  form  numerous 
scaly  buds  or  short  rhizomes  in  the  axils  of  the  upper 
leaves;  these  may  be  saved  and  treated  in  exactly  the 
same  way  as  the  underground  rhizomes  for  propaga- 
tion. Cuttings  of  any  of  the  sorts  root  readily  in  a 
moist  warmhouse  in  summer-time.  Every  node  may 
be  u.sed  for  stock  and  the  parts  may  be  inserted  with- 
out renio\'ing  the  leaves. — All  members  of  the  genus, 
including  the  numerous  garden  forms,  are  of  the  easiest 
possible  culture,  and  there  are  few  greenhouse  plants 
that  will  furnish  such  a  display  of  flowers  at  such  a 
little  cost  in  time  and  attention.  Some  of  the  forms 
of  weak  habit  make  charming  subjects  for  growing  as 
basket  plants.    (C.  P.  RaflSll.) 

A.  Fls.  colored,  the  tube  uswdly  not  more  than  tmce  the 

length  of  the  limb. 

B.  Blossoms  small,  red,  scarlet,  or  orange  the  limb  narrow 

and  sometimes  not  much  spreading. 

ocellata,  Hook.  Rhizomes  small  and  tuberous:  st. 
1-2  ft. :  Ivs.  rich  green  above  and  purple  beneath,  ovate, 
strongly  serrate,  with  conspicuous  purplish  petioles: 
fls.  small,  1  in.  long,  broatl-tubed,  spotted  with  black 
and  yellow,  the  lobes  short  and  obtuse  and  well  sepa- 
rated, drooping  on  reddish  peduncles.  Panama.  B.M. 
4359. — Fine  for  foliage. 

coccinea,  Pers.  Fig.  105.  Height  1-2  ft.:  st.  reddish: 
Ivs.  3-whorled  or  opposite,  green,  ovate-acuminate, 
serrate:  fls.  small,  scarlet,  the  corolla  twice  longer  than 
the  erect  lanceolate  parted  calj'x  on  short  peduncles. 
Minute  Ivs.  often  borne  in  the  axils.  Blooms  late. 
Jamaica. — One  of  the  older  types. 

heterophylla,  DC.  (.1.  ignescens,  Leva.  A.  Ghies- 
brechtii,  Hort.).  Root  fibrous:  st.  1  ft.  or  less,  dark  pur- 
ple, somewhat  hairy:  Ivs.  ovate-acuminate,  stalked,  ser- 
rate, the  2  of  each  pair  usually  unequal  in  size:  fls. 
solitary,  on  peduncles  somewhat  longer  than  the  If.- 
stalks,  long-tubular  and  .slightly  curved,  with  a  narrow, 
nearly  equal  flar- 
ing limb,  rich  "^^ 
scar'et,  yellow 
within.  Mex. 
B.  M.  4871.— 
This  species  has 
tubers  like  tho.se 
of  the  grandi- 
flora section. 

pedunculata, 
Benth.  Rhi- 
zomes scaly:  st. 
1M~2  ft.,  hairy, 
reddish,  tuber- 
bearing:  Ivs.  ...  , 
opposite,  small,  V  J ', 
ovate,  sharply 
serrate,  green, 
hairy,  on  short 
reddish  stalks: 
fls.  medium  size, 
drooping  and  dilated  upwards,  yellow-red  with  dark 
markings  and  a  yellow  throat,  the  limb  comparatively 
short;  on  long  (4-5  in.)  bracted  sts.  Guatemala.  B.M. 
4077. 

BB.  Blossom  large,  with  wide-flaring  limb,  mostly  violet  in 
mnin  color. 

longifldra,  DC.  (A.  Jauregiiia,  Warsoz.).  F'ig.  106. 
Rhizomes  root-like  and  filiform,  producing  pear-shaped 
tubers  at  their  ends:  st.  1-2  ft.,  hairy:  Ivs.  opposite  or 
3-4-whorled,   ovate-oblong,    serrate,   hairy,   paler  and 


106.  Achimenes  longiflora.  (XJ^) 


20S 


ACHIMENES 


ACINETA 


sometimes  tintotl  beneath:  fls.  solitary,  the  corolla  sal- 
\-er-shaptHl.  with  a  long  and  sniv'ofiil  tube;  the  limb 
very  larjio  and  widely  spreading:.  vii»let-bliie  and  wiiit- 
ish  beneath,  the  lowest  seijin.  sometimes  divided. 
Guatemala.  B.M.39SI).  P.M.  0:  lol— A  popular  blue 
t\-pe.    \'ar.  lillxi  maxima.  Hort.    Fls.  larj^e,  white. 

grandifldra,  DC.  Fig.  107.  Lvs.  mostly  larger  than 
in  last,  rusty  below;  Hs.  often  more  than  one  from 
an  axil,  very  large,  distinetly  rod-tinged.  Mex.  H.M. 
4012. — A  pt>pular  rcnl  or  wine-colored  type. 

pfitens,     Benth.     Height     1-1  '2    ft-    lvs.    unequal, 
ovatt^aeuminate.    hispid   and  serrate:    fls.   violet-blue, 
with  downy  ealyx.  tube  shorter  than  spreading  crenate 
hmb.   Var.  major,  Hort.    Large-fid.    Alex. 
AA.  FU.  pun  white,  the  tube  S-4  times  the  length  of  the  limb, 

tubiflora,  Xiehols.,  Suppl.  p.  4S3  {(iloxhiia  tubijldra, 
Hook.    Dolichodcira  tubijldra,  Hanst.).    8t.  short,  with 
opposite     oblong- 
acuminate,  erenate,  '  ,\,^\''-, 
short -pel  ioled    lvs.:  '.    v.  >  /^ 
fls.     4      in.      long, 
cuned,  gibbous   at 
the  ba-^e.  the  tube 
downy,  the  petlieels 
opposite  and  2  in. 
long.  Argentina.  B. 
M.    3971.— Tubers 
solid,  much   like  a 
potato. 

A.anuibilis,  Decne.^ 
Naegrlia     multiflora.  — 
A.  atrosanguinca,  Lindl. 
^A.    foliosa. — A.    c6n- 
dida,     Lindl. =  Dicyrta 
Candida. — A.    cupreata, 
Hook.=Episcca  cupre- 
Bta. —  A.  folidsa,  Morr. 
Lvs.   cordate,   unequal: 
fls.    crim!-on.   with    i^ac- 
cate    tube    1    in.    long, 
with  narrow  limb.  Gua- 
temala. —  A.     gloxinia:- 
fidra,  Forkel. ^Gloxinia 
(Elabrata. —  A.     hirsuta, 
DC.    Loose  grower:  si. 
bulbiferous:   fl.H.    rather 
large,  with  swollen  tube 
and  oblique  limb,  rose, 
with  yellow  and  spotted 
throat.    Gua- 
temala.    B.NL 
4144.  P.M.  12: 
7.    Once  popu- 
lar.—  A.  Kleei, 
Paxt.      Dwarf: 
fls.    pink -pur- 
ple.   P.M.   16: 
289.  Form  of  A. 
long]  flora. — A. 
lanAta,    Hanst. 
(Scheeria    lan- 
ata,      Hanst.). 
Woolly     or 

white-hairy:  fl.  pinkish  or  lilac,  large  and  showy.  Mex.  B.M.  4963 
(alt.  to  4954). — A.  muUiJldra,  Gardn.  Hairy:  lvs.  broad-ovate:  fis, 
blue,  fringed.  Brazil  B.M.  3993.— A.  picta,  Bcnfh.=Tydffia  pirta. 
— A.  rdaea.  Lindl.  Via.  pink  or  rose,  the  peduncles  many-fid. 
Guatamala. — A.  Scheerii,  Hemsl.  (Scheeria  niexicana,  tx-ern.). 
Erect,  wilh  purple  or  blue,  large  and  showy  fls.  Mex.  B.M.  4743. 
— A.  Skinnen,  Gord..=A.  hir-uta. — Garden  furm-s  and  hybrids  are 
A.  fioriburula,  A.  intermedia,  A.  Jayii,  A.  Mountfordii,  A.  nuge- 
Uoidet,  A.  ruina,  A.  zeniiata  (P.M.  15:121),    A.    Versckaffiltii. 

L.  H.  B. 

ACHLYS  Cthe  goddess  of  obscurity).  Berberiddcex. 
Hardy  herbaceous  perennial  allied  to  the  may-apple, 
and  sfjinetimes  so  called  where  wild.  Lv.s.  all  radical, 
with  3  Ifts. :  fls.  minute,  apetalous,  numerous,  .spicato, 
on  a  ."lender  scape:  fr.  very  small,  at  fir.st  pulpy  but 
becoming  dry. — .Species  2,  one  of  them  .Japanese, 

triphylla,  DC.  Rootstock  terminated  by  a  strong, 
.scaly  winter-bud:  lvs.  1  or  2,  on  petioles  1  ft.  or  more 
long;  Ifts.  fan-shapwJ,  sinuate-dentate,  2J^  x  .'J  in.: 
Bcape  1  ft.  long:  spike  1  in.  long.  Spring.  Calif,  to 
Brit.  Col.,  in  shady  woods. — An  interesting  and  delicate 
plant.    Intro.  1881. 


107.  Achimenes  grandiflora.   {X}i) 


ACHRAS:    SaiiodiUo. 
ACHYRANTHES:    Iresiru. 

ACIDANTHERA  (from  akis,  a  cusp,  and  anthera, 
an  anther,  in  allusion  to  cuspidate  anthers).  Iridicex. 
Tender  herbaceou-s  perennials. 

Leaves  many,  linear,  cnsiform,  1-1 3  2  ft-  loig:  spikes 
3-C-fld.,  simple,  lax:  fls.  long-tubed,  the  tube  slightly 
ililat<'d  upwards;  stamens  unilateral,  inserted  at  or 
below  the  throat:  cornis  rountli-sh,  flattened,  covered 
with  a  niattetl  liber.  Natives  of  I'rop.  and  S.  Afr., 
and  intermediate  between  Gladiolus  and  Ixia. 

The  propagation  is  by  seed  or  by  the  numerous  corms. 

bicolor,  Ilochst.  Fig.  108.  St.  1.5-18  in.:  fls.  creamy 
white,  blotched  chocolate-brown  within,  fragrant: 
corms  I -2-1  in.  diam.  Abyssinia.  G.F.  1:480,  487 
(adapted  in  Fig.  108).  Gn.  47:343.  G.C.  III.  20:393. 
^In.  8:11. — Requires  a  somewhat  stiffer  soil  than  the 
tender  species  of  gladiolus.  May  be  grown  in  a  tub 
outdoors  during  summer,  and  flowered  within  during 
Oct.  Several  corms  in  a  large  pot  give  good  results. 
Corms  should  be  dried  as  soon  as  lifted,  to  prevent  rot. 

A.  sequinoctidlis.  Baker.  St.  3—1  ft.,  atout,  stiffly  erect:  lvs. 
strongly  ribbed:  fis.  about  6  in  a  disticlious  spike,  the  tube  5-6  in. 
long,  white,  blotched  crimson  or  purple  within:  corms  large. 
Sierra  Leone,  B.M.  7393.  May  be  a  stronger-growing  and  more 
tropical  form  of  the  above.  Requires  warmhouse  culture. — .4. 
cdndida,  Rendle.  A  slender,  erect,  leafy  herb:  fls.  white,  very  sweet- 
scented.    Trop.  E.  Afr.    B.M.  7879.  j,t    Taylor  t 

ACINETA  (immovable,  referring  to  the  jointless  lip). 
Orchiddcesp.   Epiphytic  hothouse  orchids. 

Pseudobulbs  conic  or  ovate,  with  the  large  plicate- 
veined  lvs.  articulated  to  the  summit:  fls.  fleshy, 
borne  in  pendulous  racemes  on  lateral  leafless  scapes; 
sepals  broad,  equal,  finally  somewhat  spreading; 
petals  similar  to  the  sepals  but  smaller;  lip  fleshy, 
continuous  with  the  base  of  the  column,  the  middle 
lobe  continuous  or  articulated,  entire  or  3-lobed; 
poUinia  2. — About  10  species,  distributed  from  Mex. 
to  northern  S.  Amer. 

These  plants  require  a  warm  house  and  plenty  of 
moisture  during  the  growing  season,  with  a  decided 
rest,  to  make  them  flower.  They  need  to  be  culti- 
vated in  wooden  baskets  and  suspended  from  the  roof 
of  the  house,  as  the  flower-spikes  are  always  produced 
from  the  base  of  the  bulbs  and  there  should  be  no 
hindrance  in  the  way  of  crocks  to  prevent  their  egress. 
The  rooting  material  may  be  peat  fiber  only,  and  not  a 
great  quantity  under  the  plants,  but  plenty  around 
them.  With  basket  culture  of  orcliids,  it  is  very  neces- 
sary, once  a  week  in  the  growing  season,  to  take  the 
plants  down  and  give  a  soaking  by  immersion,  in  addi- 
tion to  the  ordinary  spraying  overhead  from  day  to 
day;  in  this  way  alone  can  one  be  sure  of  the  proper 
growing  conditions.  In  winter,  much  less  water  is 
required.  Propagation  is  by  division  of  the  plants  in 
spring.    (Orpet.) 

Barkeri,  Lindl.  (Perislhria  Bdrkeri,  Batem.).  Fig.  109. 
Pseudobulbs  conic,  4-5  in.  long,  usually  bearing  3  or 
more  lvs.  2-3  ft.  long:  fls.  yellow,  striped  with  red- 
brown,  12  or  more,  in  pendulous  racemes.  Mex.  B.M. 
4203.  I. H.  2:44.  Gn.  54,  p.  332.  P.M.  14:145.  G.M. 
40:697. 

Hdmboldtii,  Lindl.  (Peristeria  Humboldlii,  Lindl. 
A.  xiijnrhii,  Ileichb.).  Pseudobulbs  ovate,  about  3 
in.  long,  bearing  3  or  4  lvs,  about  1  ft.  long:  fls.  choco- 
late, spotted  with  crimson,  6  or  more,  in  pendulous 
racemes.  Mts.  of  N.  S.  Amer.  Gn.  3:11;  32,  p.  157; 
25,  p.  482.  Var.  C61manii,  Hort.  Fls.  profusely  spotted 
with  purple. 

A.  chryaAnlha,  Lindl.  Fls.  golden  yellow,  the  lip  whitish,  and 
the  column  purplish  or  crimson.  Mex. —  A.  d^nna.  Lindl.  (.4.  War- 
Hcewiczii,  Klotzsch).  Fls.  in  a  dense  raceme,  pale  yellow,  externally 
spotted  with  reddish  brown,  fragrant ;  lip  yellow,  marked  with 
crimson.  Co.sta  Rica.  B.M.  7143. — A.  Hrubyana,  Reichb.  Fls. 
white,  the  lip  spotted  with  purple.  Colombia. — .4.  ModTci, 
Rolfe.     Fls.    straw-colored,    sub-globose,    thickly    brown-spotted; 


ACINETA 


ACONITUM 


209 


the  lip  fleshy,  the  lateral  lobes  obliquely  reniform,  the  midlobe 
oblong,  blunt.  S.  Amer.  B.M.  8392. — A.  sulcatn,  lieichb.  f.  FI3, 
yellow:  otherwise  similar  to  .\.  Humboldtii. 

George  V.  Nash,  t 

AdPHYLLA  (Greek  for  sharp-leaved).  Umbelliferx. 
About  a  dozen  or  so  herbs,  all  of  New  Zealand  except  2 
in  the  nits,  of  Austral.,  sometimes  seen  in  rock-gardens 
but  apparently  not  grown  in  N.  Amer.  Plant  erect,  and 
rigid,  somewhat  spiny,  with  thick  pinnate  Ivs.,  and 
the  small  fls.  in  compoimd  bracted  umbels.  Some  of 
them  are  large  plants.    Allied  to  Ligusticum. 

ACIS;  Leucojum. 

ACOCANTHERA  (mucronale  anthers).  Sometimes 
spelled  Acoknnthcra.  Syn.,  Toxicophloea.  Apocynacea:. 
A  genus  consisting  of  5  species  of  African  shrubs, 
cult,  in  greenhouses  N.,  and  outdoors  in  Fla.  and  Cahf. 
Fls.  with  the  odor  of  jasmine,  lasting;  calyx  5-part«d, 
glandless;  corolla  5-parted,  its  .5  lobes  twisted.  In 
Cent.  Fla.,  they  require  some  protection  during  the 
winter.    Prop,  by  cuttings  taken  early  in  the  spring. 

spectabilis,  G.  Don  (Toxicophloea  specldhilis,  Sond. 
T.  Thunbergii,  Hort.,  not  Harv.).  Winter-Sweet. 
Lvs.  3-5  in.  long,  short  petiolate,  leathery,  elliptic, 
acute,  shining  above:  fls.  mmierous,  in  dense,  axillary, 
branched  cymes,  which  are  sometimes  2  ft.  long,  pure 
white,  very  sweet-scented:  fr.  blackish  purple, 
almost  as  large  as  an  ohve  and  of  the  same  form;  con- 
tains one  large,  nut-like  seed.  Natal.  B.M.  63.59. 
R.H.  1879:270.  G.F.6:1S5.  G.C.  1872:. 363.— Poison- 
ous. The  plants  cult,  under  this  name  are  said  by 
trade  catalogues  to  have  pink  or  violet  fls. 

venenata,  G.  Don   (Toxicophloea  cestroules,  DC.    T. 

Thunbergii,   Harv.,   not   Hort.).     Bushman's  Poison. 

Fls.  white  or  rose.  Differs  from  the  above  in  the  well- 
marked  venation 
of  the  lvs.,  its  fls.  a 
third  smaller,  its 
calyx  not  pubes- 
cent, and  its 
corolla -limb  less 
widely  spreading. 
I.  H.  32  ;  .5.53. 
R.H.  1880:370. 

N.  TAYLOR.f 

AC(ELORRHAPHE  (name 
of  uncertain  origin).  Pal- 
macfie,  tribe  Corijphese.  A 
genus  of  2  species  of 
American  palms  allied  to  Brahea 
and  distinguished  from  it  by  techni- 
cal characters  of  the  albumen.  A. 
Wrightii,  Wendl.,  a  graceful,  slender 
palm  with  almost  orbicular-bladed 
lvs.:  trunk  thin,  scarcely  exceeding 
4-7  ft . :  lvs.  long-petiolcd,  made  up  of 
about  .50  narrow  segms.,  all  united 
at  the  base.  Cuba  and  Honduras. 
— Has  been  cult,  outdoors  at  the 
botanic  gardens  at  Buitenzorg  and 
Calcutta  and  in  extreme  S.  Fla. 
Unique  but  little  known  outside  of 
botanic  gardens.  Grows  with  great 
vigor  in  rich  moist  soil. 

N.  Taylor. 

ACONITE.  WINTER:    EranthU. 

ACONITUM.  Ranunculacese. 
Aconite.  Monkshood.  Wolfs- 
bane. A  group  of  hardy  ornamen- 
tal, perennial  herbs,  much  used  in 
borders  and  masses  for  their  showy 
109.  Acineu  Barkeri.     flo"<'rs  and  efl'ect ive  foliage. 

(xJi)  Root  tuberous,  turnip-shaped,  or 

14 


108.  Acidanthera  bicolor.  ( X  M) 


thick-fibrous:  st.  taU  or  long,  erect,  ascending  or  trail- 
ing: lvs.  pal mately  divided  or  cleft  and  cut-lobed:  fla. 
large,  irregular,  showy;  sepals  5,  the  large  upper  sepal 
in  shape  of  a 
hood  or  h  e  1- 
met;  petals  2-5, 
smaU;  stamens 
munerous ;  car- 
pels 3-5,  ses- 
sile, m  a  n  y  - 
ovuled,  form- 
ing follicles 
when  ripened. 
The  number  of 
species  varies 
from  18-80,  with 
different  botan- 
ists. Native  in 
mountain  re- 
gions of  Eu., 
Temp.  Asia,  and 
5  in  N.  Amer. 
Reichenbach 
Monographia 
Generis  Aconiti, 
Leipsic,  1820, 
2  vols.,  folio; 
Illustratio  Spe- 
cierum  Aconiti, 
Leipsic,  1822-7, 
folio.  Many  spe- 
cies are  planted 
in  Euro])ean  gardens,  but  only  a  few  have  been  much 
used  in  Amer. 

The  aconitums  yield  important  drugs,  although 
none  of  them  is  grown  for  this  purpose  in  this  country. 
The  officinal  aconite  is  derived  from  the  roots  of  A. 
Napellus  from  England  and  continental  Europe.  The 
leaves  are  also  used  for  medicinal  purposes.  A.  japoni- 
cum  yields  Japanese  aconite;  A.  chinense.  the  Chinese 
aconite;  and  A.  ferox  the  "bish"  or  Nepaul  aconite. 
The  poisonous  alkaloid  aconitin  is  secured  from  A. 
Napellus,  and  similar  alkaloids  from  A.  ferox,  A.  luri- 
duni  and  A.  palmaium,  of  India,  A.  Fiacheri,  A.  Lycoc- 
to/mm,  A.  seplentrionale.  Not  all  these  species  are 
described  here,  as  they  are  not  horticultural  subjects. 

These  plants  present  a  pleasing  contrast  to  the  yel- 
low helianthus  and  rudbeckias,  the  white  of  Phlox 
paniculdta,  to  Chrysanthemum  maximum  and  Anemone 
japonica.  They  are  also  effective  for  mixing  in  on 
shrub  borders.  The  first  season,  these  herbs  do  not 
attain  their  fuU  perfection.  Aconitums  should  be  left 
undisturbed  as  long  as  possible.  They  will  survive  the 
northern  winters  if  kept  under  a  leaf-covering,  while  for 
the  central  part  of  the  country,  straw  or  evergreen 
boughs  are  sufficient  protection. 

The  foUowing  species  do  well  in  any  garden  land,  but 
respond  better  if  given  very  rich  soil.  They  thrive  in 
open  sun,  but  flowers  last  longer  in  shaded  places. 
Aconites  should  never  be  planted  in  or  too  near  the 
kitchen-garden  or  the  children's  garden,  as  the  roots 
and  some  of  the  flowers  have  a  deadly  poison.  They  are 
suited  to  the  back  of  the  border,  as  they  are  tall. 

Propagation  is  effected  e;isily  by  division  of  roots  in 
cither  late  fall  or  early  spring;  also  by  seeds  sown  as 
soon  as  mature,  in  warm  spring,  in  the  North,  the 
seeds  may  be  started  in  small  seed-beds  in  the  spring 
and  then  be  transplanted  when  the  seedlings  are  about 
2  inches  high.  In  the  Central  States  and  southward, 
a  year  is  gained  by  sowing  the  seed  in  late  summer  or 
earl}-  fall. 

A.  Roots  globular-tuberous. 
B.   Lvs.  deeply  cut,  but  not  to  the  base. 
Fischeri,  Reichb.  (A.  columbianum,  Nutt.    A 
fornicum,  Hort.).    Sts.  4-6  ft.:  lvs 


cali- 
large,  smooth,  3- 


210 


ACONITUM 


p;irttxl,  attractive;  segms.  much  cut  and  divided:  fls. 
nuniorous,  palo  blue,  panioleil.  pwliools  pubosecnt; 
helmets  hoinisphcrii-o-oonioiil.  Autumn.  N.  Amcr.  ami 
Asia.  F.S.K.  \:2\\:  K.B.:«:  ■JO.'i  (as  .1.  xiiinisis  var. 
blwlor).  Var.  Wilsonii  (.1.  W'iUonii.  Stapf),  is  a  very 
tall  form,  with  violet  fls.  H.H.  I'JIU,  p.  22:5.  (in.  W. 
21 :  107.  C,n.  G4.  p.  33i).  B.M.  7130  Uis  .1.  Fischeri). 

Camminun,  Linn.  (.4.  decorum,  Reiohb.  .4.  exallii- 
lum,  Bernh.1.  St.  3-4  ft.:  Ivs.  with  short,  bluntish  lobes: 
fls.  purple  or  blue;  panicles  or  loose  spikes  few-fkl; 
helmet  hemispherical,  closed.  July-Sept.  Hungary. 
Intro.  1SS9. — .4.  Slorkiariiini,  Reichb.,  is  a  dwarf  form 
of  this,  with  fewer  fis.  and  .somewhat  fibrous  roots. 

uncinatum,  Linn.  Wiu)  Monkshood.  Fig.  110.  St. 
Blender,  3-5  ft.,  inclined  to  climb:  Ivs.  thick,  deeply  cut 
into  3-5  cut-toothed  lobes:  fls.  loosely  panided,  but 
crowded  at  the  apex,  blue,  pubescent,  1  in.  broad;  hel 
met  erect,  nearly  as  broad  as  Ions;,  obtusely  conica" 
follicles  3.  June-,Sept.  Low  grounds  of  Pa.,  S.  and  \V. 
Japan.   Mn.  4:81. — Much  planted  now. 

BB.  Lis.  divided  lo  the  base. 
variegatum,  Linn.    Erect,  1-6  ft.:  Ivs.  variously  di- 
vided into  usually  broad  lobes  and  cut  divisions;  lower 
petioles  long,  others  short  or  none:  fls.  in  a  looise  pani- 
cle or  raceme,  blue,  varying  to  whitish,  rather  smooth; 
helmet   higher  than  wide,  top  curved  forward;  visor 
pointed,    horizontal   or  ascending.     July. 
Eu. — -4.  (ilbuiii,  Ait.,  is  a  pure  white-fid.  -    ii    ^ 
form  of  this,  with  rather  fibrous  roots.    A. 
volitbile,  var.  lalisiclum,  Hort.,  is  a  twin- 
ing form  of  A.  variegaium.   The  plants  are 
allowed  to  ramble  naturally  or  to  climb 
on  arbors;  height  S  ft.    Var.  tennisectum, 
Hort.    Sts.  .slender   though   not  twining: 
large  blue  fls.    Manchuria. 

.\A.   Roots  long-tuberous. 
B.  Carpels  usually  5. 
japonicum,    Decne.    St.  erect,  3-4  ft., 
smooth:  Ivs.  dark  green,  shining,  petioled; 
lobes  2-3   times  cut,  the  parts  blunt  and 
deeply  toothed:    fls.  large,   deep  blue  or 
violet,  tinged  with  red,  on  loose  panicles 
with  a.scending  branches;  hehnet  conical; 
beak  abrupt Iv  pointed:  follicles  5.    July- 
Sept.    Japan.'    Intro.  1SS9.    R.H.  1851,  p. 
475.     \'ar.    caertlleum,    Hort.      Fls.    very 
panicles  shortened. 

BB.  Carpels  3  or  4. 
Napellus,' Linn.  (.4.  tauricum,  Ja,cq.    A.  pyramidale, 
Mill.    A.  inunctum,  Koch).  True 
Monkshood.     Officinal    Acon- 
ite.   Fig.  111.    The  best  known 
and  most  poisonous  species,   and 
used  in  medicine.     Sts.  erect,  3-4 
ft.:  Ivs.  divided  to  the  base,  and 
cleft  2-3  times  into  linear  lobes: 
fis.  blue,  in  a  raceme;  pcdunck-s 
erect,    pubescent;    helmet    broad 
and   low,  gaping,  smoothish:    fr. 
3-4-celled.    June,  July.     On.  M. 
4:34.   R.V.  8:2.  On.  12,  p.  3G2.— 
Very  many  varieties,  differing  in 
shade   of   fls.,   often    mottled    or 
hned  with  white.    Var.  album   is 
nearly   white.     Var.    bicolor   and 
var.  versicolor,  much   used 
in  gardens  for  the  large  blue 
,  and  white  fls.    Reichenbach 
has  divided  this  species  into 
20-30   species.     A.    Hdlleri 
is  one  of   his  divisions  ap- 

Aconitum  NapeUus.  Pefri^K  '"  catalogues.    B.M. 

f  /  \i)  8152  fas  var.  hmnicus). 


r 


no.  Aconitum 
uncinatum. 


abundant; 


111 


ACORUS 

K.KK.  Roots  in  the  form  of  a  scaly,  elongated  bulb, 

or  somewhat  fibrous. 

B.  Sepals  deciduous. 

autumnale,  Reichb.  Autumn  Aconite.   Fig.  112.  St. 

3-5  ft.:  Ivs.  pedately  .5-lobed:  fls.   in  a  simple  spike, 

becoming  a  panicle,    blue,    lilac,    or   whitish;  helmet 

closed.    Sept.-Nov.   N.  China. 

Lycoctonum,  Linn.  (^1.  barba- 
tiim,  Patr.  .1.  iK/uarrdsum,  A. 
ochrohucum,  Willd.).  Pale  Yel- 
low Wolfsbane.  St.  slender, 
simple,  3-6  ft.:  Ivs.  deeply  cut 
into  5-9  lobes;  long  petioles  and 
under  ribs  pubescent:  fls.  yellow 
or  whitish,  in  racemes;  helmet  a 
pinchonl  elongated  cone;  middle 
sepals  usually  bearded:  fr.  usually 
:i-cclled.  June-Sept.  Eu.,  Siberia. 
B.xM.2570.    G.M.  34:124. 

BB.  Sepals  persistent. 
Anthdra,  Linn.  (A.  pyrenaicum, 
Pall.).     St.    1-2    ft.:    Ivs.    parted 
almost  to  the   base,  parts  deeply 
cut  and  lobed,  more  or  less  hispid 
beneath,   smoothish   above;  peti- 
oles long :  fls.  in  lateral  and  termi- 
nal   racemes,    pale   yellow,    often 
large;  racemes  or  panicles  gener- 
ally pubescent;  spur  bent  back  or 
hooked;  helmet  arched,  but  cylin- 
drical   at  base:  follicles  5.    June, 
July.     S.  Eu.      B.M.  2654.  Var. 
aureum,   Hort.,  and   several 
^5,.    other  varieties. 

\^^^  A.    chinknse,    Sicb.    Deep    blue 

'.  *»  spike  of  fls.  from  tlic  axil  of  every 
^  If.:  foliage  bold  and  handsome. 
B.M.  3852.  P.M.  5:3.— A.  ddphini- 
fdlium.  DC.  Allied  to  A.  Napel- 
lus.— .4.  gymndndrum,  Maxim.,  is 
a  good  species.  B.M.  8113. — A. 
Hcmsleyimum,  E.  Pritz.  Sts.  twining  and  ram- 
bling. China.  R.B.  33,  p.  328.  G.  32:39.— A. 
helerophi/Uum.WM.  Fls.  yellow  and  violet.  Lsed 
as  a  tonic  medicine  in  India.  B.M.  G092. — A, 
noveboracriise.  Gray.  ProbabIy=.^.  paniculatum. 
— .1.  paniculatum,  Lam.  (\.  toxicum,  Reichb.). 
Has  blue  fls.  L.B.C.  9:810.— .I.  pyramidale. 
Mill.  Form  of  A.  Napellus. — .1.  recliitalum. 
Gray,  of  the  .Mleghanics,  with  white  Us.  and 
large  Ivs.,  is  worth  cult. — .4.  scapdsum  var. 
pyramiditle,  Franch.  Lvs.  broadly  o-lobed:  fls.  very  numcrou.s, 
%-l  in.  long,  heliotrope,  greenish  yellow  at  the  throat.  Cent.  China. 
— .4.  septcutrioliale  var.  carpdticum,  Sims,  is  a  beautiful  purple 
kind  closely  related  to  A.  Lycoctonum.  B.M.  210fi. — A.  Stork- 
ianum.  Hort.,  may  be  a  form  of  A.  variegatum,  with  the  lvs.  so 
much  cut  up  as  to  give  a  pinnate  form. — A.  torludsum,  Willd.  Once 
listed  in  the  trade;  not  now  found.  j^_  Q_  DaVIS. 

ACORUS  (ancient  name  of  unknown  meaning). 
Aracca.  Hardy,  herbaceous  water-loving  plants.  Lvs. 
sword-shaped,  erect:  spadix  appearing  lateral,  with  no 
true  Kjiathe;  fls.  inconspicuous.  'Ihey  thrive  best  in 
moist  soil,  and  may  be  grown  in  shallow  water  or  on  dry 
land.    Prop.  ea.sily  in  spring  or  autumn  by  division. 

Calamus,  Linn.  Sweet  Flag.  Height  2  ft.:  root- 
stock  horizontal,  pungent,  aromatic:  fls.  early  summer. 
X.  Amer.,  Eu.  V.  2:198.  Var.  variegatus,  Hort.  Lvs. 
striped  deeji  yellow  when  young,  fading  to  a  paler  color 
later  in  summer.  Eu. — Commoner  in  cult,  than  the 
type. 

gramineus,  Soland.  Height  8-12  in.  Much  smaller 
than  A.  Calamun,  forming  comp.act,  grassy  tufts. 
Japan.  Var.  variegatus,  Hort.  Lvs.  striped  white. — 
llst'd  in  hanging-baskets,  vases,  rockeries  and  for  cut- 
ting.   Often  grown  indoors. 

A.  jnpdnicua  aTuftitiri-strialus,  Hort.,  and  A.  japdnicus  JMia 
varitanlux.  Hort.,  are  catalogue  names,  and  are  referable,  from  de- 
scription, to  A.  gramineus,  Soland.  var.  variegatus,  Hort. 

Georoe  v.   NASH.t 


ACRIOPSIS 


ACROPHYLLUM 


211 


ACRIOPSIS  (Greek  combination  for  lop  and  eye). 
Orclndaccs:  A  few  epii)hj'tic  orchids  from  the  E. 
Indies,  with  panicles  of  small  fls.  with  colors  in  green, 
pink,  yellow  and  purple,  and  httle  known  in  cult.  A. 
latifolia,  Rolfe,  has  very  broad  Ivs.  and  very  small 
whitish  yellow  red-striped  and  spotted  fis. 

ACRISTA  (origin  of  name  unexplained).  Pahmicese, 
tribe  Areee^-.   k  tall  palm  suit.able  for  jjlanting  S. 

Leaves  pinnate,  usually  very  large,  from  10-20  in 
a  terminal  crown:  infl.  usually  maturing  well  below 
the  Ivs;  the  spadix  1-branched,  the 
branches  coarse,  tapering. — Only  1 
species,  ,4.  monticola,  confined  to 
Porto  Rico,  Cuba  and  St.  Kitls.  The 
nearest  relative,  the  royal  palm, 
differs  in  liaving  a  bulging  trunk,  and 
in  having  2-3-branched  infls.  See 
Bull.  Torrey  Club,  2S:.5.55  (1901). 

This  palm  is  not  as  yet  common, 
but  well  worthy  of  a  wider  cultiva- 
tion. It  resembles  the  royal  palm 
but  is  shorter,  and  has  a  smooth 
trunk  of  uniform  diameter.  For  cul- 
tivation see  Paints. 

monticola,  O.  F.  Cook.  Thirty-five 
to  45  ft.:  trunk  smooth,  with 
many  ring-like  scars:  Ivs. 
about  6  ft.,  the  Ifts.  lan- 
ceolate in  one  plane,  equally 
spaced,  and  nearly  at 
,  right  angles  to  the  rachis: 
infl.  coming  out  between 
the  Ivs.,  and  by  the  drop- 
ping of  lal  ter,  appearing  well 
below  the  If.-crown  at  ma- 
turity; fls.  not  well  known: 
fr.  with  lateral  stigma,  gray- 
ish brown,  nearly  smooth, 
obovate,  'ixl  in.  Bull. 
Torrey  Club,  28,  pi.  44  (as 
Thrincoma  alia). 

N.  Taylor. 


12.  Aconitum  autumnale. 

( X ;  2) 
means  a    infl    of  leaves  at 


ACROCLiNIUM:  Hdiplerum. 

ACROCOMIA  (name 
the  loji).  Palmaccx-,  tribe 
Bactridinese.  A  showy  genus  of  American  palms.  Not 
popular  in  the  trade  because  of  their  spiny  habit  and 
rather  unattractive  young  state.  The  adult  p'ants, 
however,  are  very  graceful. 

Leaflets  narrowly  linear,  long,  usually  obliquely 
acuminate,  the  margins  naked  and  recurved,  the  midrilj 
often  spiny  on  lower  sides  of  Ifts.;  rachis  and  petioles 
usually  hairy,  always  more  or  less  spiny:  fls.  yellowish, 
monoecious,  the  spathes  ultimately  becoming  woody; 
calyx  small,  of  3  ovate  sepals;  corolla  of  3  oblong- 
lanceolate  or  ovate  petals:  fr.  usually  about  1  in. 
diam.,  glabrous  or  sometimes  prickly  or  tomentose. 
— There  are  onlj'  8  species,  all  natives  of  Trop.  Amer. 
except  ,4.  Total.  Most  closely  related  to  Cocos,  from 
which  the  Amer.  species  differ  in  having  spines.  See 
G.C.  II.  22:427.    Bull.  Torrey  Club.  2S:.5f).'-). 

These  pahns  are  usually  spiny  and  have  large,  termi- 
nal, pinnate  leaves.  .Vll  except  .4.  Tulai  should  be  grown 
in  a  warmhouse,  with  a  night  temperature  not  lower 
than  60°.  They  should  be  potted  in  soil  similar  to  that 
for  the  coconuts,  and,  if  possible,  planted  out  directly. 
It  has  been  found  by  some  that  overpotting  the  young 
plants  is  a  danger  likely  to  bo  incurred.  The  pahns 
grow  slowly  and  should  not  lie  transferred  to  a  new 
pot  until  they  become  almost  pot-hound. 

Propagation  is  by  suckers,  which  lome  freely  in 
most  species.  Seeds  are  not  known  in  cultivation  for 
any  of  the  species  except  A.  sderocnrpn. 


A.  Trunk  greater  in  diam.  a  few  ft.  above   the   ground 

than  elsewhere;  spines  5-6  in.  long. 
media,  O.  F.  Cook.  Trunk  20-30  ft.,  conspicuously 
thickened  above  the  ground;  spines  slender,  black, 
mostly  confined  to  the  lower  half  of  the  internodes: 
Ivs.  opening  about  as  they  are  pushed  out,  not  spire- 
like, as  in  the  royal  jjahii,  forming  a  dense  crown; 
Ifts.  coming  out  from  the  rachis  at  all  angles:  fr. 
about  1'2  in.  diam.,  fibrous  on  the  outside,  yellowish. 
— A  magnificent  palm,  known  only  from  U.  S.  and  not 
common  outside  of  fanciers'  collections  and  botanic 
gardens. 

AA.  Trunks  of  essentially  uniform  diam.  near  base; 
spines  1-4  in.  long. 

B.  Lus.  more  or  less  spreading,  and  sometimes  drooping: 

trunk  predominately  spiny  throughout,  10-20  ft. 

mezicana,  Karw.  Trunk  brown-woolly,  and  covered 
with  stout  spines  1-3  in.  long:  Ivs.  terminal,  6-8  ft. 
long,  the  sheathing  bases  armed  with  long  black  spines; 
rachis  and  petiole  spiny;  Ifts.  rather  stiff,  linear,  and 
shining:  spathe  very  spiny;  fr.  globose,  about  1  in. 
diam.  Mex. — This  palm  is  said  to  be  perfectly  hardy 
at  Santa  Barbara,  CaUf. 

BB.  Lvs.  more  or  less  stiff  and  erect:  trunks  predomi- 
nately more  spiny  above  than  below,  30-40  ft. 

sclerocarpa,  Mart.  (^4.  aculedta,  Lodd.).  Fig.  113. 
Height  30-4.5  ft.:  trunk  cyUndrical,  about  1  ft.  thick, 
with  black  spines  2-4  in.  long,  more  common  toward 
the  summit  than  below:  lvs.  12-1.")  ft.  long,  more  or  less 
erect;  segms.  in  irregular  groups  of  2  or  3,  2-3  ft.  long, 
J4-I  in.  wide,  smooth  and  shining  above,  whitish, 
appressed-pilose  below,  entirely  free  of  spines,  except 
along  the  midrib  on  the  under  side;  rachis  tomentose, 
and  bearing  a  few  small  spines:  fr.  yellowish,  a  little 
more  than  1  in.  diam.  Brazil  to  W.  Indies.  I.H. 
1.5:547.— Not  hardy  at  Oneco,  Fla.  Cult,  in  Calif,  but 
apparently  not  out-of-doors.  "Gru-gru"  and  "corozo" 
are  native  names  of  this  pahn. 

Total,  Mart.  Trunk  30-40  ft.,  about  10-15  in. 
diam.,  clothed  with  stout  spines,  especially  near  the 
summit:  lvs.  not  so  large  as  in  the 
preceding,  green  and  glabrous  on  /^g^x 
both  sides;  petioles  tomentose  and 
a  little  spiny:  spathe  very  spiny, 
the  fls.  yellowish:  fr.  globose,  yel- 
low, a  httle  less  than  1  in.  diam., 
scarcely  known  in  cult,  specimens. 
Paraguay  and  Argentine,  perhaps 
in  Brazil. — May  be  grown  in  cool- 
house.  Offered  in  1912  by  Reasoner 
Bros.,  Oneco,  Fla. 

.i-.  havanensis,  Hort.  A  slow-grow-  ^  . 

ing,   thorny  plant,  of  which  Uttle  is       ;-v^.* 
known;  a  trade  name. 

N.  Taylor. 

ACROPERA:   Gongora. 

ACROPHYLLUM  (Greek, 
top  and  leaf).  Cunoniaceie.  A 
monotypic  genus  allied  to  Cun- 
onia,  containing  the  Austrahan 
evergreen  shrub,  A.  venosum, 
Benth.  (A.verticilU'itum,  Hook.), 
excellent  for  spring  flowering 
in  the  coolhouse.  Prop,  by 
cuttings  in  early  summer.    Let 

the  plant  rest  during  summer.  Do  not  expose  to  frost. 
It  produces  manj-  jiinkish  fls.  in  dense  spicate  v  horls 
near  the  top  of  the  branches.  Lvs.  in  3's,  nearly  all 
terminal  and  above  the  fls.,  sessile,  dentate  or  ser- 
rate, cordate  and  acute:  fls.  with  5  petals  and  10  sta- 
mens:  4-6  ft.    B.M.  40.50  (as  A.  veriicilhtum) . 

N.  Taylor,  t 


113.  Acrocomia 
sclerocarpa. 


212 


ACROSPIHA 


ACTINIDIA 


ACROSPIRA  t.ii!Uiu"  of  junbijiiious  apiilioatiim)  Lili- 
(ifc.r.  One  sptx-ios.  .4.  (i.s/i/ioi/c/o'K/ti-,  Wclw.,  from  Tro|). 
Afr.,  with  the  habit. of  Erenuiruti,  and  white  fls.  in 
spikes;  has  Ihhmi  offered  in  Eu. 

ACROSTICHUM  (derivation  uncertain).  Poti/- 
podiocar.  As  pmiierly  dehniiled,  a  small  genus  of 
«>arse  tropical  swamp  ferns,  sometimes  grown  under 
pla-ss. 

t^tem  stout,  erect:  Ivs.  clustered,  erect,  once-pinnate, 
3-S  ft.  high:  sporangia  completely  covering  the  backs 
of  some  or  all  the  pinnic  of  the  fertile  Ivs. 

atlreum,  Linn.  Fig.  114.  Three  to  S  ft.  long,  withpinna? 
6-11)  in,  long,  short-stalked,  coriaceous:  .sporangia  only 
on  upper  pinna^  of  fertile  Ivs.  Fla.  to  Brazil  and  in  the 
tropics  of  the  Old  World.  S.  1:187. — Strong-growing. 
One  of  the  best.   .Should  be  treated  as  an  aquatic. 

excelsum,  Maxon  (.1.  l<mHirioi<k)>,  Jenman).  Similar 
in  size  to  preceding:  sterile  Ivs.  al.so  similar.  Distin- 
guished by  ha\ing  sporangia  on  all  the  pinnse  of  the 
fertile  Ivs.    Fla.  to  Brazil. 

Acrosticlium  has  been  considered  to  include  a  much 
larger  array  of  species,  including,  as  in  the  previous 
editions  of   the  Cyclopedia  of    Horticulture,  ferns   of 
very  diverse  form  and  habit  of  growth.   Fern  students, 
liowever,  are  now  united  in  distributing  the  species  of 
Aerostiehum    as    formerly  understood    among   several 
genera.    Thus  the  species  included  in  Aerostiehum  in 
the  former  Cyclopedia  are  here  grouped  in  several  genera 
as   follows:  Aerostiehum:   (as  above). 
Elaphoglossum :     con  forme,     crinitum, 
flaccidiim,  gorgoncitm,  muscosiim,  pilo- 
sum,  rcliculatum,  simplex,  scpuimosioii, 
ficosum,    villosum;    Leptochilus:    alie- 
)( urn,  nicotianiefolium ;  Olfersia : cirviiin; 
Polybotrya :     osmund/icen ;     Rhipidop- 
teris:   peltata;  Stenoehlaena :   scandens, 
sorbifolia.  r,  C.  Benedict. 

ACT.^A  (ancient  name  of  the  elder, 
transferred  by  Linna-us).  Ramincu- 
laeex.  Actea.  Baneberry.  Cohosh. 
Native  hard>-  herbacous  perennials. 
Sometimes  offered  in  collections  of 
hardy  border  plants.  Not  to  be  con- 
founded with  blue  cohosh,  which  is 
Caulophyllum. 

I-/eaflets  of  the  twice-  or  thrice-ter- 
nate  Ivs.  ovate,  sharply  cleft,  and  cut- 
toothed:  fls.  small,  white,  in  tenninal 
racemes;  sepals  4  or  5,  falling  early; 
petals  4-10,  clawed;  stamens  many:  fr.  a  many-seeded 
berry. 

Acteas  are  grown  chiefly  for  the  showy  spikes  of 
small  white  flowers  in  spring,  and  handsome  clusters  of 
berries  in  autumn.  I'seful  for  rockery  and  wild  gar- 
den, or  for  clumps  and  borders.  They  thrive  in  rich 
woods  and  shade. 

Propagation  Ls  by  seeds  sown  in  late  fall  to  germinate 
the  next  spring  or  sown  in  spring.  Old  seed  is  said  not 
to  germinate  well.  A  more  satisfactory  means  of  propa- 
gation is  by  ro<jt-division  in  spring. 

alba,  Mill.  (A.  riilrra,  Bigel.).  White  Banehekry. 
Height  1-13^  ft.:  much  Uke  A.  spicala,  but  the  Ifts. 
more  cut,  teeth  and  points  sharper;  plant  smoother: 
Bs.  white,  in  an  oblong  raceme,  and  a  week  or  two  later: 
pedicels  in  fr.  very  thick^  turning  red;  berries  white, 
ovate-oblong,  often  purplish  at  the  end.    N.  states. 

spic^kta,  Linn.  Cohosh.  Hehb-Christoi'her.  Plant 
1-2  ft.:  Ivs.  bi-  or  triternate,  serrated:  fls.  white  or 
bluish,  in  ovate  racemes  in  Apr.  to  June:  berries  pur- 
plish black,  oblong.  Eu.,  Japan. — Less  cult,  than  the 
red-fniited  variety.  Figured  as  A.rnremosa  in  (l.W.  .'1:4 
and  14:5()7.  Figured  as  A.  jnpordca  in  G.M.  50:28 
and  G.W.  5:3  and  15:173. 


Var.  ribra,  Ait.  (A.rfilmt,  Willd.).  Red  BA.\EBERRy. 
Uather  taller  than  ,1.  alba:  Ivs.  bi-  or  triternate,  ser- 
rated: fl. -cluster  white,  larger  than  in  A.  spicata:  ber- 
ries bright  red,  very  handsome.    Northern  states. 

\ar.  argfita,  Torr.  Sts.  rather  taller  than  var.  rubra: 
Ifts.  very  deeply  incised:  racemes  elongated  in  age: 
berries  either  rei.1  or  white.    Neb.,  W.,  and  N.  W. 

K.  C.  Davis. 

ACTINELLA  (Greek,  sm(dl-myed).  Tetraneuris, 
Greene.  Comp6sitse.  Hardy  perennials  from  W.  N. 
Amer.,  for  cult,  in  alpine  gardens  and  the  open  bor- 
der. Height  0-12  in.:  fls.  tubular  and  radiate,  yellow; 
bracts  of  the  involucre  appressed;  rays  3-toothed. — Of 
easy  culture  in  light  soil.  Prop,  by  division  of  the 
roots  in  spring,  or  by  seeds. 

grandifl6ra,  Torr.  &  Gray  {Rydbergia  grandiflbra, 
Greene).  Plant  densely  woolly:  lower  Ivs.  pinnately  or 
bipinnatcly  parted,  with  margined  petioles  from  broad, 
scarious  bases;  upper  cauline  Ivs.  simple  or  sparingly 
divided:  fls.  2-3  in.  wide;  summer. — A  pretty  alpine 

plant. 

.^j  scaposa,  Nutt.  Plant 
;,■  '  \  illous:  Ivs.  radical,  linear- 
.spatulate,  2-3  in.  long, 
punctate,  entire:  fls.  1  in. 
wide;  scapes  single,  leaf- 
less, 1-fld.,  3-9  in.  long. 

.4.  hinata,  Purah^Eriophyl- 
luin  cjpspitosum.  —  A.  lanala, 
Nutt.  .Short,  densely  hairy  Ws. 
with  acape  5-9  in.  long.    Sum- 

""•  N.    TATLOE.t 

ACTINIDIA  (oktis,  ray;  referring  to  the 


114.  Aerostiehum 
aureum.    (XK) 


radiate  styles).   Dilleniacete .    Climbing  shrubs 
' ' "  '   ""^      ^on 


cultivated  for  their  handsome  foliage  which  is 
beautifully  variegated  in  some  species,  and  a  few 
also  for  their  edible  fruit. 

Twining  shrubs:  winter-buds  inclosed  in  the 
swollen  base  of  the  petiole:  Ivs.  alternate,  long-stalked, 
serrate  or  sometimes  entire:  fls.  in  axillary  cymes 
sometimes  solitary,  dicecious  or  polygamous,  cup- 
shaped,  H-2  in.  across,  white  or  rarely  reddish;  sepals 
5,  imbricate;  petals  5,  convolute;  stamens  numerous; 
ovary  superior,  many-celled ;  styles  numerous,  ray-like 
spreading:  fr.  a  berry,  with  numerous  small  seeds. — 
More  than  20  species,  chiefly  in  E.  Asia  from  Saghalin 
to  Java,  also  on  the  Himalayas.  A  revision  of  the 
genus  has  been  published  by  Dunn  in  Jour.  Linn.  Soc. 
Hot.  39:394-410(1911). 

About  7  species  are  in  cultivation;  of  these  A.  Kolo- 
mikta  is  the  hardiest,  growing  as  far  north  as  eastern 
Canafla;  A .  argula and  A.  polygama  are  hardy  in  Massa- 
chusetts, while  A.  chinensis,  which  is  the  most  beauti- 
ful of  all,  and  A.  coriacea,  are  hardy  only  south  of 
Washington,  but  may  be  grown  farther  north  if  taken 
down  in  autumn  and  covered  wit  h  leaves.  A .  argula  is 
excellent  for  covering  arbors,  trellises,  walls  and  the 
like  and  is  remarkably  free  from  insects  and  fungi.  A. 
Kotomikta  and  A .  polygama  show  a  very  striking  silvery 
white  or  pinkish  variegation  of  the  foliage,  which  is 
more  pronoimced  in  the  staminate  plant.  A.  argula 
and  A.  chiiienah  are  al.so  worth  cultivating  for  their 
etlible  fruits,  particularly  the  latter,  which  hiis  fruits 
up  tf)  2  inches  long,  of  a  gooseberry-like  flavor;  to 
obtain  fruit,  it  is  necessary  to  plant  both  sexes  or  a 
plant  with  polygamous  flowers.  A.  polygama,  and,  in 
a  lesser  degree,  A.  Kolomikla,  attract  cats  and  are 
often  destroyed  by  them  if  not  protected  by  screens. 

The  actinidias  prefer  somewhat  moist  and  rich  soil 
and  grow  as  well  in  a  sunny  as  in  a  half-shady  position. 

Propagation  is  by  seeds,  which  are  .sf)wn  in  spring  and 
germinate  readily;  al.so  by  cuttings,  of  half-ripened  wood 
in  summer  or  by  hardwood  cuttings  under  glass,  and 
also  bv  lavers. 


ACTINIDIA 


ADA 


213 


A.  Branchlels   gkibrous:   Ivs.   glabrous   beneath   or   only 

pubescent  on  the  veins,  acuminate. 

B.  Lvs.    (lark   green,    shining   above,  chartaceous,  never 

variegated:  anthers  dark  purple. 
argdta,  Miq.  {A.  polijgama,  Lauche,  not  Miq.  A. 
voUibitis,  Carr.,  not  Miq.  A.  rtifa,  Miq.).  Fig.  115. 
High-climbing:  branches  with  brown  lamellate  pith: 
lvs.  broad-elliptic  or  broadly  ovate,  4-5  in.  long, 
cuneate  to  subcordate  at  the  base,  setosely  appres.sed 
serrate,  glabrous  beneath   except   the   setose   midrib: 


lis.  Actinidia  arguta.  (X  H) 

fls.  3  or  more,  white,  54in.  across;  sepals  elliptic-oblong, 
tomentulose;  petals  brownish  at  the  base:  fr.  subglobose, 
greenish  yellow,  about  an  inch  long,  sweet.  June. 
Japan,  Korea,  Manchuria.  L.I.  2.5.  R.H.  1874, 
p.  394.  B.M.  7497  (a.s  A.  polygama).  A.G.  1891:147. 
M.D.G.  1895:97;  1898:378.   G.  29:.503. 

BB.  Lvs.  bright  green,  membranoxis,  often  variegated: 
anthers  yellow:  fls.  1-3. 

polygama,  Maxim.  To  25  ft. :  pith  of  branches  solid, 
white:  lvs.  broadly  ovate  to  ovate-oblong,  3-6  in.  long, 
rounded  or  subcordate  at  the  base,  appressed  serrate, 
mostly  setose  on  the  veins  beneath,  variegation  white 
or  yeilowi.sh:  fls.  white,  %\n.  acro.ss;  ovary  bottle- 
shaped:  fr.  yellow,  bitter.  June.  Japan,  Korea,  Man- 
churia to  Cent,  and  W.  China. — Known  as  silver 
vine  on  account  of  the  beautiful  silvery  white  color 
of  the  young  lvs.  of  the  staminate  plant. 

Kolomikta,  Maxim.  Climbing  15  ft.  high:  pith  of 
branches  lamellate,  brown:  lvs.  ovate-oblong,  4-5  in. 
long,  rounded  or  cordate,  unequally  setosely  serrate, 
pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath,  variegation  white  or 
pink:  fls.  white,  ?4in.  across;  ovary  cylindric:  fr.  oblong- 
ovoid,  blue,  sweet.  June.  Japan,  Saghalin,  Manchuria, 
Cent,  and  W.  China.  R.H.  1808:36.  M.D.G.  1S96: 
397.  G.W.  3,  p.  61. — The  staminate  plant  is  very  strik- 
ing with  its  beautifully  white  and  carmine  variegated 
young  lvs. 

AA.  Branchlels  densely  hairy:  lvs.  lomentose  beneath, 
u.'iually  rounded  or  emarginate  at  the  apex. 
chinensis,  Planch.  Climbing,  to  25  ft.:  hairs  of 
young  branchlcts  and  lvs.  bright  red;  pith  of  branches 
lamellate:  lvs.  orbicular  or  oval,  cordate,  firm,  3-5  in. 
long,  ciliate-.serrulate,  finally  glabrous  above  and  dark 
preen,  whitish  beneath:  fls.  several,  creamy  white, 
\^  I'l  in.  acro.ss:  fr.  ovoid  or  subglobose,  1-2  in.  long, 
hairv,  edible.  China.  G.C.  HI.  46:77  and  79.  R.H. 
1909,  p.  473.  J.H.S.  1903:.59.  H.I.  16:1.593.— The  most 
beautiful  of  the  actinidias  with  the  largest  fls.  and  a 


promising  fruiting  vine;  the  frs.  have  the  flavor  of  a 
gooseberry. 

A.  calldsa,  Lindl.  Similar  to  A.  Kolomikta.  Branchleta  with  con- 
spicuous Icnticels,  with  lamellate  pith:  lvs.  oval  to  oblong,  .3-5  in. 
long,  serrulate,  quite  glabrous:  fls.  white,  J-2  in.  across:  fr.  ovoid, 
spotted,  1  in.  long.  China. — A.  corincea,  Dunn.  Allied  to  the  pre- 
ceding species.  Lvs.  coriaceous,  oblong  to  lanceolate,  remotely  ser- 
rate, 3—4  in.  long;  petioles  less  than  1  in.  long:  fls.  several,  reddish: 
fr.  ovoid,  spotted,  J'2-?|in.  long.  China.  Recently  offered  under 
the  name  of  A.  Henryi,  which  is  a  totally  different  species,  allied 
to  A.  chinensis. — A.  mehuid-ndra,  Franch.  Allied  to  A.  arguta.  Lvs. 
ovate-oblong  or  oblong,  closely  serrulate:  staminate  corymbs 
many-fid.;  petals  greenish  at  the  base:  fr.  purple.    China. 

Alfred  Rehder. 

ACTINOLEPIS  (Greek,  a  scale-like  ray) .  Compdsitx. 
About  6-8  species  of  hardy  annuals,  mostly  from  Calif. ; 
freely  branching,  and  mostly  yellow-fld.  The  fls.  are 
in  pedunculate  heads  at  the  tips  of  the  branches;  rays 
usually  2-3-toothed,  in  one  scries:  lvs.  opposite.  Con- 
sidered by  da  Delia  Torre  and  Harms  to  be  a  sec- 
tion of  the  genus  Eriophyllum,  and  by  Gray  to  belong 
properly  to  Baeria. 

coronaria,  Gray  {Shortia  calif drnica,  Hort.  Babria 
coronaria,  Gray).  Fig.  116.  Lvs.  opposite,  except  the 
upper  ones,  2  in.  or  more  long,  pinnately,  or  the  lower 
ones  bip innately,  parted  into  linear,  narrow  divisions: 
pappus  of  awned  or  of  muticous,  often  erose  pales, 
rarely  wanting.  B.M.  3828  (as  Hymendxys  calif  drnica). 
— One  of  the  prettiest  of  annual  fls.,  and  deserving  of 
greater  popularity.  Excellent  for  edging.  An  everlasting. 

N.    TAYLOR.t 

ACTINOMERIS  (from  Gyeek  aktis,  ray,  and  meris, 
part,,  alluding  to  the  irregularity  of  the  rays).  Com- 
pdsilae.  Native  hardy  herbaceous  perennials  suitable 
for  wild  gardens  and  shrubbery. 

Tall,  branching,  yellow-fld.  herbs,  with  aspect  of 
native  sunflowers,  but  with  smaller  fls.:  lvs.  often 
decurrent  on  the  stem:  fls.  in  corymbose  or  solitary 
heads,  composed  of  both  ray  and  tubular  fis. — Cult. 
hke  Helianthus.    Prop,  by  division. 

squarrosa,  Nutt.  (Verbesina  alternifblia,  Linn.). 
Height  4-8  ft. :  lvs.  lance-oblong,  acuminate,  toothed, 
subpetiolate,  tapering  to  both  ends:  fls.  numerous, 
corymbed,  yellow,  1-2  in.  across.;  rays  2-10,  irregular. 
Autumn.   E.  N.  Amer. 

A.  helanthoides,  Nutt.  (Verbesina  helianthoides,  Michx.).  Lva. 
silky  villous  underneath:  rays  about  8,  usually  more  than  in  A. 
squarrosa.  Mn.  4:129. — A.  prdcera,  Steud.,  is  only  a  taller  form 
of  A.  squarrosa.  JJ_    TAYLOR.f 

ACTINOPTERIS  (aktis,  ray,  and  pteris,  the  leaves 
radiately  cut).  Syn.,  Actinidpleris.  Polypodiacex. 
Greenhouse  ferns  from  India,  resem- 
bling miniature  fan-palms.  The  sori  are 
linear-elongate  and  submarginal,  and 
covered  with  indusia.  A .  radiata.  Link 
(.4.  australis,  Linn,  f.)  is  the  only  recog- 
nized species.  Apparently  not  in  the 
horticultural  trade. 

ACTINOSTEMMA  (ray  and  wreath 
or  stems).  Cucurbitacese.  Three  or  4 
species  of  chmbing  or  running  plants 
from  China  and  Japan,  of  which  A. 
paniculatum,  Maxim.,  has  been  grown 
in  European  collections.  It  is  a  hardy 
perennial  in  Cent.  Eu.,  with  tuberous 
roots,  palmate  lvs.  and  small  fls.;  said 
to  thrive  in  dry  and  barren  places. 


116.  Actiaolepis 
coronaria  flower. 


ADA  (a  complimentary  name).  Orchidd^ese.  Epiphy- 
tic coolhouse  orchids. 

Pseudobulbs  elongated,  bearing  at  the  apex  1-3 
coriaceous  lvs.:  fls.  nodding,  in  a  somewhat  1-sided 
raceme,  terminating  the  lateral  leafless  scape;  sepals 
nearly  equal,  free,  usually  spreading  above;  petals 
similar  to  the  sepals  but  smaller;  lip  sessile,  continuous 
with  the  base  of  the  column,  entire,  shorter  than  the 


M4 


ADA 


soptvls;  poUinia  2.— !:>pecios  2,  luitivos  of  t ho  Colombian 

Aiutos.  11  »i    • 

Ada  auranliaca  is  a  coolhouse  orchid  and  will  thrive 
well  with  tlio  odontti§;lossiiiiis  where  they  are  eiihi- 
vated;  the  bristlit  oningt^eolond  hlooins  add  interest  to 
the  coUei-tion  when  in  sprinti  display.    The  culture  is 


^^T^ 


117.  Ada  aurantiaca.   o  shows  the 
lip  and  column.    (Plant  X  l-z) 


simple  if  potted  in  peat  fiber  with  plenty  of  drainage; 
sphagnum  mav  be  added  if  it  can  be  made  to  grow 
but  if  not  it  becomes  sour  and  inert,  and  is  best  lett  out 
of  the  material  for  cool  orchids.  Adas  are  evergreen 
and  should  never  be  dried  at  the  roots  as  they  grow  in 
boeg^•  soil  at  8,.'50O  feet  elevation  in  Colombia.  I  here 
is  another  species,  .1.  Lthmnnnii,  which  is  very  distinct, 
but  since  the  unfortunate  death  of  Consul  Lehmann, 
it  seems  never  to  have  been  reintroduced  to  cultivation. 
(Orpet.) 

aurantiaca,  I.indl.  Fig.  117.  Pseudobulbs  2-3  in. 
IdiiB  usuallv  somewhat  compressed,  tapering,  bearing 
l-:j  Ivs  up  "to  12  in.  long:  fls.  cinnabar,  the  sepals  and 
petals  lanceolate,  twice  as  long  a.s  t^e  I'P-  B.M.  .5435. 
CO.,  pi.  1.  G.C.  III.  43:247.  F.W.  1873:22.5  Var. 
maculata,  Hort.  Sepals  and  petals  spotted  with  dark 
brown.   CO.,  pi.  la.  George  V.  Nash. 

ADAM-AND-EVE:  Sempervimm  tectorum.  and  Apleclrum  hye- 
maU. 

ADAM ARA  (from  a  personal  name).  Orchiddcex .  A 
name  proposed  by  the  Royal  Horticultural  S()Ciely  of 
I^jndon  to  cover  the  mult  igeneric  hybrids  of  the  genera 
Bra88avola,Cattleya,  Epidendrum  and  La^ha,  the  name 
Linneara  being  proposed  for  combinations  of  certain 
other  orchid  genera.  The  International  Congres.s  ot 
Horticulture  hold  at  Brussels  in  1010  adopted  Un- 
nenra  for  four  genera  named  above,  and  legislated  that 
"multigeneric  hybrids  receive  a  conventional  generic 
name  preferably  that  of  a  distinguished  man,  to  which 
is  abided  the  termination  nrn.  A  distinct  generic  name 
will  be  formed  for  each  different  combination  of  genera. 
See  Linne'ira;  also  bra-iso-aMMia. 

ADAMIA:    Dichroa. 

ADAM'S     APPLE:     Cilrun    Limelta,    Musa    parailisiam,    and 
Tntjemarnont'tfUi  ctjr'jlvlTUl. 

KDkWS  NEEDLE:     Yucai. 

ADANSONIA   (named   after   M.    Adanson,    French 
botanist  J.   Bombacaceae.  A  genus  of  10  species  of  tropi- 


ADENANTjUA 

cal  shrubs  and  trees,  closely  related  to  Bombax:  fls. 
large,  iieiidulous;  jH'tals  .5,  white,  obovate;  stamens 
luiinenius,  uniteil  in  :i  coluiun  ;ibcmt  the  styles;  ovary 
o-lO-ci'lU'd:  fr.  oblong,  woody,  indehiscent,  filled  with 
a  mealy  pulp  in  which  are  numerous  seeds. 

digitata,  Linn.  Baohau  Thee.  Figs.  118,  119. 
Heiglit  not  more  than  (10  ft.:  diiuii.  said  to  be  some- 
times :iO  ft.  or  more  and  to  have  the  thickest  trunk  of 
any  tree  in  the  world :  Ivs.  palmate,  with  3  Ifts.  in  young 
plants,  and  5-7  in  older  ones:  fls.  0  in.  across,  with  pur- 
plish anthers,  on  long  axillary,  solitary  peduncles; 
stigma  7-10-raved  in  full  anthesis.  Afr.  B.M.  2791- 
2792.  G.C.  III.  27:57.— Rarely  cult,  in  extreme  S. 
Fla.,  where  fr.  is  9-12  in.  long,  and  called  "monkey's 
bread."  Figs.  118  and  119  are  from  specimens  growing 
in  the  American  tropics.  The  fl.  opens  wide,  some- 
thing like  a  spreatling  hibiscus,  and  the  petals  soon  roll 
back  and  wither,  as  shown  in  Fig.  119.  The  tree  is  very 
thick-ljoled,  and  the  wood  is  soft  and  light.  The  tree 
is  supposed  to  attain  to  vast  age.  The  fr.  of  the  baobab 
is  a  gourd-like  structure,  of  which  the  pulp  is  said  some- 
times to  be  eaten  and  the  juice  used  for  the  making 
of  a  beverage.    The  bark  produces  a  very  strong  fiber. 

N.  Taylor. t 

ADDER'S-TONGUE:    Erythronium. 

ADDER'S-TONGUE  FERN:   Ophiutilossum. 

ADELIA  (Greek,  addos,  obscure,  from  the  small 
flowers),  /eictnci/",  Muell.  Arg.  Euphorbiacese.  Thorny, 
Trop.  American  trees,  rare  in  cult,  and  probably  of 
little  horticultural  value.  Lvs.  alternate,  short-petioled, 
clustered  on  short  side  branches:  fls.  dioecious  m  axil- 
lary clusters  or  the  pistillate  single;  stamens  8-15.  .4. 
Ricinella,  Linn.,  is  the  best  known.  Those  grown  under 
the  name  of  A.  acidotdnis  should  perhaps  be  referred 
to  Securinega  buxifolia.  J.  B.  S.  Norton. 

ADELIA:    FnreKtiera. 

ADENANDRA  (from  the  glandular  anthers) .  Rutacex. 
Small,  summer-flowering,  tender  shrubs  from  the  Cape 

of  Good  Hope.  ,        ■,        ^-        ^ 

Lvs.  alternate,  small,  leathery,  subsessile,  entire,  glan- 
dular-dotted: fls.  white  or  rosy,  solitary  and  usually 
terminal;  oetals  obovate;  stamens  5,  alternating  with  5 


jt'   ■f^.fii,,- 


f/     C-     \'>^ 


]Q^it^ 


118.  Adansonia  digitata.— Baobab  tree  as  grown  in 

American  tropics. 

staminodia  which  are  longer  than  the  st:imens.— About 
20  species.  Prop,  by  cuttings  from  the  ripened  wood, 
fragrans,  Roem.  &  Schult.  (Didsma  fragran^,  Sims). 
BuEATi.  ov  Heaven.  Height  2-3  ft-;lvB.obong,  ob- 
tuse, dark  green  above,  whitish  beneath  with  a  gUndu 
lar,  denticulate  margin:  fls.  rosy.  B.M.  1519.— A  ta- 
vorite  in  Calif. 

glahrourdoued  beneath:  fls.  white  above,  reddish  beneath.-A. 


ADENANDRA 


ADENOPHORA 


215 


coriacen,  Lichtst.  1-2  ft.:  Ivs.  oblonp,  obtuse,  glabrous,  revolute: 
fls.  solitary,  terminal,  pink. — .1.  umhill'tla,  Willd.  1-2  ft.:  [vs. 
oblong  or  obovate,  dotted  beneath,  fring<>d  on  the  edges:  fls.  ses- 
sile or  nearly  so,  terminal,  pink,  the  petals  fringed. — One  of  the 

'>"'■  N.    TAYLOR.f 

ADENANTHERA  (from  the  deciduous  pedicillate 
gland  on  eaeh  anther).  Leguminbss.  A  group  of  4 
S]5eeies  of  tender  trees,  aUied  to  Mimosa.  Lvs.  bipin- 
nate  or  decompound:  fls.  small,  racemose,  usually 
golden  yellow  or  whitish. — The  following  unarmed 
evergreen  tree  is  cult,  in  greenhouses  only  for  its  eco- 
nomic interest,  and  also  in  Calif,  in  the  open  air.  Prop, 
by  seeds,  which  should  be  softened  in  hot  water  pre- 
vious to  sowing. 

pavonina,  Linn.  Red  S.\ndalwood  Tree.  Lfts. 
about  13,  ovate,  obtuse,  glabrous  on  both  faces:  fis.  in 
an  axillary  spike-like  raceme,  white  and  yellow  in  the 
same  cluster.  Trop.  Asia,  where  it  grows  to  a  tree  of 
great  size. — The  red  lens-shaped  ''Circassian  seeds" 
are  curiosities  with  travelers,  and  are  used  for  neck- 
laces, and  the  like.  Plant  sometimes  called  "peacock 
flower  fence."  N.  T.^YLOR.t 

ADENIA:   Modecra. 

ADENOCALYMMA,  (glandular  covering;  referring  to 
leaves,  etc.).  Sometimes  but  incorrectly,  spelled  Adeno- 
calymna.  Bignoniaces' .  More  than  50,  mostly  Brazilian, 
species  of  tender  climbing  shrubs,  closelj'  allied  to 
Bignonia.  Fls.  large,  yellow  or  orange,  bracteate,  race- 
mose, trumpet-shaped:  lvs.  ternate  or  binate.  Grown 
in  hothouses,  requiring  considerable  moisture.  Prop, 
by  cuttings  in  frames. 

comosum,  DC.  St.  rough,  punctate:  lvs.  opposite, 
trifoholate;  petioles  thickened  at  junction  with  the 
blades:  racemes  so  densely  clothed  at  first  with  large 
bracts  as  to  suggest  the  aments  of  the  hop-vine;  fls. 
2  in.  across,  brilliant  yellow,  trumpet-shaped;  upper 
lip  of  2,  and  lower  hp  of  3  rounded,  waved  lobes. 
Brazil.  B.M.  4210. 

A.  7iUifium,  Mart.  10  ft.:  Ivs.  trifoliolate  or  unifoliolate  ten- 
drilled,  the  lfts.  elliptic-oblong:   fis.  yellow  in  axillary  and  terminal 

''«^™''''-  N.    TAYLOR.f 

ADENOCARPUS  {aden,  gland,  karpos,  fruit;  easily 
distinguished  from  allied  genera  by  its  glandular  pod). 
Legumiiidaa:^.  Ornamental  woody  plants  cultivated 
chiefly  for  their  yellow  flowers. 

Shrubs,  rarely  small  trees,  more  or  less  pubescent: 
lvs.  alternate,  trifoliolate,  small:  fls.  papilionaceous, 
yellow,  in  terminal  racemes;  calyx  2-lipped,  the  2 
upper  teeth  free,  the  3  lower  more  or  less  connate:  fr. 
a  glandular  pod,  oblong  or  linear,  compressed. — About 
14  species  in  S.  Eu.,  Asia  Minor,  N.  and  W.  Afr., 
Canary  Isls.  This  genus  consists  of  low  shrubs,  rarely 
more  than  3  ft.,  of  spreading  habit,  with  handsome  fls. 
produced  profusely  in  spring;  very  attractive  when  in 
full  bloom. 

They  require  a  sunny  position  and  well-drained  soil. 
They  are  especiallj'  adapted  for  temperate  regions,  but 
do  not  bear  transplanting  well,  and  should  be  grown 
in  pots  until  planted.  They  arc  also  handsome  green- 
house shrubs,  and  grow  best  in  a  sandy  compost  of 
peat  and  loam. 

Propagation  is  by  seeds  and  greenwood  cuttinga  in 
spring;  sometimes  also  by  layers  and  grafting. 

A.  Branchlela  pubescent  or  tomentose:  lvs.  persistent, 
crowded. 

viscfisus,  Webb  &  Berth.  (A.  Anagi/rns,  Spreng.  .1. 
frritih nio'ides,  Choisy).  Branchlets  pubescent:  lfts 
linear-oblong,  folded:  fls.  crowded,  in  short  racemes; 
calyx  glandular,  the  lateral  segm.  of  the  lower  Up 
longer  than  the  middle  one,  exceeding  the  upper  lip. 
TenerifTe. 

hispanicus,  DC.  Shrub,  about  6  ft.  or  more:  branch- 
lets  velvety-pubescent:  lfts.  lanceolate,  acute,  tomentose 


beneath:  racemes  dense,  oblong,  many-fid.,  short- 
peduncled;  calyx  pubescent  and  glandular;  segms.  very 
unequal,  those  of  the  lower  lip  nearly  equal,  but  much 
longer  than  those  of  the  upper  lip.   Spain. 

decorticans,  Boiss.  (.4.  Boissihri,  Webb).  Shrub  or 
small  tree,  15-25  ft.:  branches  tomentose:  lfts.  linear, 
pubescent:  racemes  short,  compact;  calyx  villous, 
segms.  nearly  equal.  Spain.  R.H.  1883:156.  G.C. 
11.  25:725.  On.  30:498. — Resembles  English  gorse, 
but  is  thornless.  Bark  peels  naturally.  Thrives  in  poor, 
sandy  soil. 

AA.   Branchlets  soon  glabrous:  lvs.  deciduous. 

complicatus,  Gay  (A.  divaricatus,  Sweet.  A.  parvi- 
foliiis,  DC).  Much-branched  .shrub,  1-3  ft.:  lvs.  decid- 
uous, fascicled;  lfts.  obovate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  pu- 
bescent beneath,  often  fokled:  fls.  in  elongated  racemes; 
'calyx  pubescent,  usually  glandular,  middle  segm.  of 
the  lower  lip  longer  than  the  lateral  ones,  usually  much 


119.  Flower  of 
Adansonia  digitata.       ^'  ,     h  .^^ 

exceeding  the  upper  lip.  S.  Eu.,  Orient.  B.M.  1387  (aa 
Cytistts  divaricdlus) .  Var.  intermedius,  Aschers.  & 
Graebn.  (A.  intermedius,  DC).  Branchlets  villous: 
calyx  glandular,  with  very  unequal  lips.  Spain,  Portugal, 
Madeira.  Var.  commutatus,  Aschers.  &  Graebn.  {A. 
commuldtus,  Guss.  A.  telonensis,  DC,  not  Robert). 
Racemes  usually  short;  calyx  not  glandular,  with  the 
lips  little  differing  in  length.    S.  Eu.,  Orient. 

A.  folioldsus,  DC.  Branches  and  lvs.  crowded,  villous:  racemes 
compact,  many  fld.;  calyx  villous.  Canary  Isls. — .4.  grandifidrus. 
Boiss. =A.  telonensis. — A.  intermedius,  DC.=A.  complicatus  var. 
intermedius. — A.  parvifdlius.  DC.=A.  complicatus.  Gay. — .4.  lelo- 
nensi.^,  Robert  (A.  grandiflorus,  Boiss.).  Branches  and  lvs.  gla- 
brous; racemes  few-fld.;  calyx  pubescent.  S.  France,  Spain. — A. 
telonensis.  DC.=A.  commutatus.  ALFRED  ReHDEK. 

ADENOPHORA  {gland -bearing;  referring  to  the 
cylindrical  nectary  which  surrounds  the  base  of  the 
style).  Campanuldcex.  Campanula-Uke  border  peren- 
nials. 

Herbs,  differing  from  Campanula  chiefly  by  the  style 
being  surrounded  by  a  cylindrical  gland:  corolla  ball- 
shaped,  5-lobed:  stamens  free  from  corolla,  the  fila- 
ments dilated  and  ciliate  toward  b:use;  caps.  3-eelled. — 
About  14  species  of  hardy  herbaceous  perennials  in 
Siberia,  China  and  Japan.  Fls.  blue,  nodding,  on  short 
pedicels,  produced  freely  in  midsummer  in  slender  but 
stiff,  erect  panicles  or  loose  racemes. — For  cult,  see 
Campanula. 

Propagation  is  by  seeds  or  cuttings  in  spring.    The 


;ui 


ADENOPHORA 


ADIANTUM 


plants  do  not  take  kiiully  to  division  or  other  dis- 
turbanco  of  the  roots.  Many  other  species  than  those 
in  the  trade  are  worthy. 

commilnis,  Fisch.  C.4.  tilifldra,  Schur.  .4.  Fixrhrri, 
Don.  .1.  litifdlin,  Ixnieb.).  Hadical  Ivs.  petiolate, 
ovate-rotund,  cordate,  crenate-denlate;  caiiHne  Ivs. 
sessile,  ovate-lanceolate,  coarsely  .serrate;  fls.  luiincrous, 
in  a  pyramidal  panicle;  lobes  of  the  calyx  triangular; 
style  exserti^l. 

Lam&rckii,  Fisch.  Lvs.  ovate-lanceolate,  sharply 
serrate,  eiliate,  otherwise  glabrous:  fls.  racemose;  lobes 
of  the  calyx  lanceolate;  style  not  exserted. 

Potaninii,  Ilort.  Shrubby;  spikes  2-;5  ft.  high;  fls. 
II4  in.  across,  light  blue.    July,  Aug.    Intro.  1899. 

polymdrpha,  Ledeb.  Three  ft;  lvs.  verticillate,  the 
whorls  remote,  and  small  fls.  which  are  darker  in  color 
than  ,-1.  Polaitinii.  Aug.  Russia.  \'ar.  stricta,  with 
more  erect  habit  than  the  type,  seems  to  be  more 
common. 

.4.  coronopi/dlia.  Fisch.  1-3  ft.:  radical  lvs.  petiolate,  ovate- 
rotund,  cordate,  crenately  toothed,  hairy;  upper  ivs.  sessile, 
entire  or  nearly  so,  glabrous,  and  linear  lanceolate;  fls.  racemose, 
3-10  in  a  cluster,  blue,  each  fl.  on  a  slender  pedicel.  June.  Dahuria. 
— A.  dtnliculala,  Fisch.  (.\.  tricuspidata,  DC).  l!2-2  ft.:  upper 
lvs.  sessile,  ovate-lanceolate,  the  lower  and  radical  ones  petioled 
and  more  or  less  orbicular:  fls.  small,  blue,  pedicillate,  in  a  terminal, 
loose  raceme.  July.  Dahuria. — .4.  Gmelinii,  Fisch.  l-2}2  ft.: 
Ivs.,  or  at  least  the  upper  ones,  linear,  narrow,  entire  or  nearly  so. 
and  quite  glabrous:  fls.  blue.  3-10  in  a  second  racemose  cluster 
which  is  axillary  near  the  upper  part  of  the  st.  Dahuria. — Suita- 
ble for  dry  and  stony  places. — A.  intermedia,  Ledeb.,  not  Sweet 
(A.  coronata.  DC).  Plant  2-3 '2  ft.:  radical  lvs.  petiolate,  cor- 
date, toothed;  upper  lvs.  acutish  at  base,  serrate,  crowded:  fls. 
pale  blue,  racemose,  small.  May.  Siberia. — A.  periploarftiUa, 
DC.  A  dwarf  (3  in.)  perennial  suitable  for  rockeries,  with  as- 
cending St. :  Ivs.  petiolate,  ovate,  acute  at  the  apex,  slightly  cor- 
date at  the  ba.se,  crenately  serrate:  fls.  usually  solitary  and  sea- 
pose,  pale  blue.  June.  Siberia. — .4.  styldsa,  Fisch.  1-2  ft.,  erect: 
K's.  petiolate.  the  lower  obovate  and  sinuate,  the  upper  ovate, 
acuminate,  quite  glabrous:  fis.  few,  racemose,  the  raceme  naked, 
and  lax.  May.  E.  Eu. — .4.  verticiUata,  Fisch.  2-3  ft.:  st.  simple: 
lvs.  whorled,  serrate,  the  upper  ovate-lanceolate,  the  lower  petio- 
late, sub^rbicular:  fjs.  pale  f)lue,  small,  arranged  in  irregular  clus- 
ters near  the  top  of  the  St.,  some,  along  the  lower  part  of  the  St., 
in  whorls.    June.    Dahuria.  ^     TayLOR  t 

ADENOSTOMA  (arfc»,  gland,  atoma,  mouth;  calyx 
with  five  glands  at  the  mouth).  Rosacea-.  Ornamental 
woody  plants,  cultivated  chiefly  for  their  handsome 
white  flowers. 

Evergreen,  somewhat  resinous  shrubs,  rarely  small 
trees;  lvs.  linear,  small;  fls.  white,  about  1-.5  in.  broad, 
in  terminal  panicles;  calyx-tube  obconical,  with  0  short 
teeth  and  .5  glands  at  the  mouth;  petals  .'>,  stamens 
10-1.5;  pistil  1,  with  the  lateral  style  strongly  curved 
above  the  base;  fr.  a  small  achene,  inclosed  in  the 
persistent  caly.x-tube. — Two  species  in  Calif. 

The  a^lenostomas  are  heath-like  evergreen  shrubs; 
very  hand.some  when  in  full  bloom.  They  may  be  cult. 
in  "temperate  regions  in  a  simny  position  and  well- 
drained  soil.  A.  fasciculalum  stands  many  degrees  of 
frost.  Prop,  is  by  seeds  and  greenwood  cuttings  in 
spring. 

fascicuiatum,  Hook.  &  Am.  Shrub,  2-20  ft.:  Ivs.  fas- 
ciculate, linear,  about  J^in.  long;  panicles  rather  dense, 
2-4  in.  long;  fls.  nearly  sessile.  May,  June.  Ranges 
northward  to  Sierra  Co. — The  characteristic  shrub  of 
the  chaparral  or  chamisal  regions  of  the  coast  rang(>s 
of  Calif.  Hooker  &  Arnott,  Bot.  Becchey's  Voy.  30. 
Intro.  ISOl. 

sparsifdlium,  Torr.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  6-12  ft., 
rarely  30  ft.,  resinous:  lvs.  alternate:  panicles  loose; 
fls.  pedicclled,  larger,  Kin.  across,  fragrant.  S.  and 
Low.  Calif.  Emory  Rep.  U.  S.  and  Mex.  Bound. 
Surv.  20.   Intro.  1891.  Alfred  Rehdeh. 

ADENOSTYLES  (from  adm,  a  gland,  and  stylus,  a 
style,  in  allusion  to  warty  glands  of  the  stigmas).  Com- 
pdnilif.  A  little-known  group  of  hardy  perennials,  grow-n 
for  their  pun>liHh  or  whit  ish  flowers,  perhaps  known  in 
America  only  in  botanic  gardens. 


Leaves  alternate  or  radical,  usually  broad,  the  petiole 
frequently  dihited  into  a  stipuie-like,  st.-cl.asping 
b:ise;  lis.  in  ine(liuni-size<l  he:i(ls,  the  Hs.  all  tiibtilar, 
long,  exserted;  involucre  cylindric  or  bell-shaped,  its 
bracts  small  and  unequal. — There  are  only  o  species,  all 
natives  of  Cent.  S.  Ku.  None  is  of  horticultural  im- 
portance. May  be  grown  in  the  open  border.  Prop,  is 
by  seed  and  division. 

filbifrons,  Reichb.  A  much-branched,  hairy  peren- 
nial, 2-3  ft.;  lvs.  on  the  lower  surface  cottony,  bright 
green  above,  almost  round  and  deeply  cordate;  basal 
lvs.  long-stalked;  the  stalks  eared:  heads  l.'5-20-fld., 
purple,  rather  attractively  paniculate  or  corymbose. 
Woody  mts.,   S.  Eu.   July,  Aug. 

A.  niphm.  Bluff.  &  Fingeruth.  A  lower,  smooth  perennial,  with 
the  heads  :i-l)-fld.:  is  scarcely  known  in  Amer.  It  is  not  so  showy  as 
A.  albifrons.    S.  Eu.  jj    TaYLOR. 

ADESMIA  {not  bound;  referring  to  the  free  stamens). 
Leguminbsx.  More  than  100  species  of  tender  herbs, 
shrubs  or  sub-shrubs  from  S.  Amer.,  allied  to  the  pea- 
nut. Lvs.  abruptly  pinnate,  ending  in  a  bristle:  fls. 
axillary,  solitary,  or  sometimes  racemose  and  terminal. 
Some  of  them  are  showy. 

A.  bahdmica,  Bert.  Lvs.  1-1!^  in.  long;  Ifts.  10-16  in  pairs: 
racemes  3-8-fld.:  fls.  2^in.  across,  golden  yellow.  Chile.  B.M. 
0921. — Has  the  odor  of  balsam. — A.  borunioiiles.  Hook.  A  pretty 
shrub,  wartcd  all  over,  except  the  petals  and  Ifts.,  with  large 
balsamiferous  glands:  lvs.  1  H-2  in.  long,  made  up  of  from  10-13 
pairs  of  sessile,  orbicular,  coarsely  crenate,  dark  green  Ifts.:  fls. 
brigiit  orange-yellow,  in  terminal  racemes.  Patagonia.  B.M.  7748. 
— A.  glutiudsa.  Hook.  &  Arn.  2  ft.,  shrubby;  the  branches  clothed 
with  glutinous  hairs:  Ivs.  with  3—1  pairs  of  hairy  elliptic  Ifts.: 
fls.  yellow,  racemose  and  terminal.  Chile. — Neither  is  in  the  Amer- 
ican trade,  but  both  cult,  in  botanic  gardens.      |,t     'Taylor  t 

ADHATODA  (native  name).  Acanthacex.  About 
25  species  of  tender  shrubs,  distinguished  from  Jus- 
ticia  by  the  less-spurred  anthers,  and  often  by  the 
halsit  and  calyx,  but  considered  by  de  Dalla  Torre  and 
Harms  as  a  mere  section  of  that  genus.  Fls.  whitish 
or  purplish;  calyx  5-cleft,  often  exceeded  by  the  bracts; 
corolla  long-tubed,  the  limb  proininently  2-hpped; 
stamens  2.   For  culture,  see  yus(i«a. 

cydoniaefolia,  Nees.  Brazilian  Bower-Plant.  Lvs. 
opposite  on  short  petioles,  ovate:  lower  lip  broadly 
obovate,  purple.  Brazil.  B.M.  4962.  F.S.  12:1222. 
R.II.  1873:110.— Cult,  in  Calif. 

A.  Vdsim,  Nees.  Lvs.  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate:  fls.  white, 
streaked  red  or  purple.    Ceylon.    B.M.  SOI  (aa  Justicia  Adhatoda). 

N.    TAYLOR.t 

ADIANTOPSIS  (Greek,  like  Adiantum).  Polypodia- 
cea-.  Like  Adiantum,  but  differing  in  having  the  sori 
simple,  one  to  each  veinlet  :xnd  not  occupying  the  ends 
of  several  veinlets,  as  in  Adiantum. — A  small  genus, 
little  known  in  cult. 

pedata,  Moore  {Cheildnthes  pedata,  R.  Br.).  Lvs. 
cespitose,  on  long  (9-12  in.)  sts.,  about  6  in.  cither 
way,  the  3  divisions  bipinnatifid;  sori  numerous, 
placed  on  both  sides  of  the  scgm.    Jamaica,  Cuba. 

R.  C.  Benedict. 

ADIANTUM  (Greek,  unwetled).  Pulypodiacex. 
Maidenhair  Fern.  A  large,  widely  distributed  genus 
of  ferns,  mainly  of  tropical  countries,  some  of  them 
popular  greenhou.sc  and  conservatory  plants. 

The  leaves  have  usually  polished  black  or  purplish 
stalks,  the  blades  thin  and  delicate,  simple  or  divided 
into  usually  fan-shaped  segments,  with  the  outer  mar- 
gins revoltite,  covering  linear  sori.  Of  the  one  hundred 
or  more  species,  only  one,  A.  pedal  urn,  occurs,  commonly 
in  temperate  North  America.  A  few  others  are  found  in 
the  southwestern  states  and  in  Florida.  A.  cuneatum 
is  the  most  frequently  cultivated  of  the  exotic  species. 

The  genus  Adiantum  furnishes  some  of  the  most 
useful  and  popular  species  of  commercial  ferns.  They 
are  easy  of  cult.  They  need  a  slightly  shaded  posi- 
tion, moderately  moist  atmosphere,  and  a  temp,  of  60- 


ADIANTUM 


ADIANTUM 


217 


6.5°  F.  The  soil  should  be  composed  of  rich  loam  and 
leaf-mold  in  equal  parts,  and  should  be  kept  moderately 
moist.  Some  of  the  most  useful  ones  for  general  pur- 
poses (given  under  their  trade  names)  are:  .4.  semulum, 
grows  about  12-15  in.  high,  and  has  very  graceful  dark 
green  fronds;  A.  belluiii,  a  dwarf,  verj'  compact  species, 
0-8  in.;  A.  cunenlum,  A.  cunealum  var.  grandiceps,  with 
long,  heavily  crested,  drooping  fronds;  A.  cunealum 
var.  varicgiiluni  making  a  neat  specimen;  A.  condn- 
iium,  gracefully  drooping  dark  green  fronds  15  in. 
long,  with  overlapping  pinnae;  A.  concitinum  var.  te- 
iuin,  of  upright  growth,  is  24  in.  high;  A.  decorum 
very  useful,  12-15.  in.,  and  has  young  fronds  of  a 
pleasing  metallic  tint;  A.  excisum  var.  multifidum; 
A.  formosum;  A.  Fergusonii;  A.  fragrantissimum; 
A.  pubescens;  A.  lenenmi  and  var.  roseum;  A.  Wie- 
gandii;  A.  LcGrandii,  very  dwarf;  A.  mundulum,  a 
very  neat,  dwarf  species;  A.  rubcilum,  a  dwarf  spe- 
cies with  mature  fronds  light  green,  young  fronds  of 
a  deep  ruby  tint.  The  above  may  easily  be  grown  from 
spores,  if  sown  on  a  compost  consisting  of  half  each  of 
finely  screened  clean  soil  and  leaf-mold  or  peat,  and 
placed  in  a  moderately  moist  and  shady  place  in  the 
greenhouse  in  a  temp,  of  60°  F.  To  be  grown  most 
economically,  they  should  be  transplanted  in  clumps 
of  3  or  4  plants  as  soon  as  the  first  pinna;  have  appeared, 
and,  as  soon  as  strong  enough,  potted  off,  either  in 
clumps  or  singly.  Some  very  desirable  species  to  grow 
into  large,  tall  specimens  are:  A.  selhiopicum,  A. 
Bau^ei,  A.  Collisii,  A.  Fergusonii,  A.  formosum,  A. 
Lathomii,  A.  peruvianum,  A.  princeps,  A.rhomhoideum, 
A.  Sanctx-Calharinse,  A.  Iropeziforme,  and  A.  Wil- 
lin7nsii.  The  following  are  also  recommended  for  special 
purposes:  for  fern-dishes,  A.  fulvum;  for  cutting,  A. 
graciUimum.  The  following  kinds  are  economically 
prop,  by  division,  temp.  65°  F. :  .4.  Farleijense,  the  differ- 
ent varieties  of  ,4.  Capillus-Venens,  A.  rhodophyllum, 
A.  assimile.  Some  kinds,  as  -4.  dolabriforme,  A.  cmi- 
datnm  and  A.  Edgeworthii,  form  small  plants  on  the 
ends  of  fronds,  which  may  be  detached  and  potted 
separately,  and  if  kept  in  a  close  atmosphere  will  in  a 
short  time  grow  into  choice  little  plants.  Temp. 
65-70°  F.    (Xichol  N.  Bruckner.) 

The  foUow'ing  directions  (mostly  for  commercial 
growing)  are  prepared  for  this  entry  by  James  C.  Clark: 

Adiantums,  when  grown  in  large  quantities,  are  best 

Cropagated  from  spores  sown  in  pots  or  pans,  6-inch 
eing  a  good  size,  pots  being  preferred  to  pans  as  they 
maintain  a  more  constant  and  equal  moisture.  The  pots 
should  be  filled  with  two-thirds  good  drainage  (coal- 
ashes  or  potsherds  are  very  suitable),  top-dressed  with 
one-third  sterilized  loam  mixed  w-ith  one-tenth  part  of 
sharp  sand  finely  sifted  and  evenly  pressed  down  in  the 
pot,  so  that  the  top  of  the  soil  will  be  about  14  inch 
below  the  rim.  The  pots  should  then  be  placed  on  a 
greenhouse  bench,  under  shaded  glass,  and  where  a 
temperature  of  65°  to  70°  can  be  maintained.  Then 
water  until  they  are  thoroughly  soaked  (and  to  make 
sure  that  they  are  wet,  water  again;  it  is  impossible  to 
make  too  wet).  Allow  to  drain  for  an  hour  or  so  and  then 
dust  the  spores  evenly,  and  as  thinly  as  possible,  over 
the  surface  and  cover  immediately  with  glass.  The 
glass  should  remain  on,  and  no  water  should  be  required 
or  given,  unless  by  dipping,  until  the  spores  have  devel- 
oped to  the  prothallus  stage,  when  it  will  be  advantage- 
ous to  give  a  slight  watering,  using  a  very  fine  rose,  and 
raise  the  glass  8  inches  above  the  pots,  supporting  so 
that  a  free  current  of  air  can  pass  directly  over  the  pots. 
At  this  stage  of  their  development  adiantums,  like 
all  other  fern  prothalluses,  must  never  be  allowed  to 
become  dry.  At  the  same  time,  great  care  must  be 
exercised  so  that  there  will  be  sufficient  air  to  prevent 
damping  and  yet  no  direct  draft  either  from  the  heating 
pipes  or  ventilators  to  cause  wilting  or  drying  out  of 
the  pots 

As  soon  as  the  first  real  fronds  appear  (generally  in 


eight  to  twelve  weeks  from  time  of  sowing,  according  to 
season  of  year;  eight  weeks  in  spring  and  summer; 
twelve  weeks  in  fall  or  winter),  the  seedlings  should  be 
transplanted  in  small  clumps  of  three  to  five  seedlings 
each,  into  flats  or  seed-pans,  spaced  about  1  inch  apart, 
and  placed  in  a  close  warmhouse,  in  a  night  temperature 
of  6.5°  to  70°,  until  the  seedlings  show  signs  of  taking 
root  and  making  new  fronds,  when  the  temperature 
may  be  lowered  to  60°  at  night  and  65°  to  70°  in  the 
day.  This  temperature  will  be  found  to  suit  all  adian- 
tums (except  A.  Farleyense),  in  all  stages  of  their  future 
development. 

When  the  transplanted  seedlings  are  about  1  inch 
high,  they  may  be  placed  in  small  pots  and  repotted 
into  larger  ones  as  soon  as  they  require  it.  In  potting, 
a  good  compost  consists  of  nine  parts  of  loam  and  one 
part  of  well-rotted  cow-manure,  the  pots  being  provided 
with  good  drainage,  especially  the  larger  sizes.  In  pot- 
ting, the  crown  of  the  plant  should  be  placed  deep 
enough  so  that  it  will  be  covered  with  34  to  ?4  inch  of 
fresh  soil,  making  the  soil  only  moderately  firm  (never 
hard).  Place  the  plants  in  a  greenhouse,  spaced  so  that 
there  will  be  a  free  circulation  of  air  all  around  the 
plants,  the  glass  moderately  shaded  from  March  15  to 
November  1,  and  all  shade  removed  during  the  winter 
months,  giving  as  much  ventilation  (without  draft)  as 
possible.  The  soil  should  be  kept  moderately  moist  at 
all  times  and  a  good  atmospheric  moisture  maintained 
by  wetting  down  the  walks,  but  at  no  time  should  the 
foliage  be  wet  more  than  possible.  Well-drained,  solid 
beds  are  better  adapted  to  the  growth  of  adiantums  than 
tables,  but,  if  grown  on  the  latter,  a  3^-inch  overhead 
heating-pipe  over  each  table,  say  18  inches  above  the 
foliage,  will  be  found  of  great  assistance  in  overcoming 
the  condensation  that  is  so  destructive  to  the  foliage 
when  the  plants  are  grown  on  tables. 

Treated  as  above,  adiantums  can  be  grown  into 
6-inch  pot  specimens  in  one  year  from  time  of  sowing 
spores,  and  when  grown  rapidly  are  seldom  troubled 
with  insect  pests,  unless  it  be  green-fly,  which  can  be 
kept  under  control  by  a  weekly  application  of  nikoteen, 
using  two  ounces  to  five  gallons  of  water,  applied  in  as 
fine  spray  as  possible. 

Specimen  adiantums,  in  8-inch  pots  or  larger,  can  be 
grown  in  the  same-sized  pots  for  several  years,  provided 
they  are  slightly  rested  during  the  winter  months  by 
being  kept  on  the  dry  side  and  in  a  lower  temperature, 
say  45°  to  55°.  In  February  the  plants  should  be  re- 
moved from  the  pots,  the  drainage  examined,  a  little 
of  the  top-soil  removed,  and  then  top-dressed  with  old 
rotted  cow-manure,  and  the  plants  returned  to  a  grow- 
ing temperature  and  given  more  water  as  required. 
Feed  either  with  liquid  manure  or  dust  with  pulverized 
animal  manure  every  second  week  during  the  growing 
season.  Some  of  the  finest  specimen  adiantums  in  this 
country  have  been  grown  in  the  same-size  pots  for  five 
to  seven  years. 

Scale  sometimes  attacks  old  specimen  adiantums, 
and  there  is  only  one  remedy, — rest  the  plants  by 
keeping  to  the  dry  side  and  in  a  cool  temperature  for 
about  a  month;  then  cut  off  all  the  fronds  clear  down 
to  the  crowns,  and  treat  the  same  as  old  specimen 
plants. 

For  amateurs  and  small  growers,  all  adiantums  can 
be  propagated  by  division  of  the  crown  and  rhizomes. 
This  is  best  done  in  January  and  February.  Wash  off 
all  soil  and  cut  the  roots  off  as  close  to  the  crowns  as 
possible.  Then  divide  to  single  eyes.  Place  the  eyes 
in  sharp  sand,  merely  covering  them.  Place  in  a  situa- 
tion such  as  advised  for  spores  and  cover  with  glass; 
when  the  first  fronds  appear,  treat  exactly  the  same  as 
recommended  for  seedlings,  when  they  will  make  plants 
about  as  quickly  and  equally  as  good  as  those  grown 
from  spores. 

Adianlum  Farleijense,  being  a  sterile  species,  must  be 
propagated  by  division.  It  requires  the  treatment  recom- 


218 


ADIANTUM 


ADIANTUM 


mended  for  adiantunis  in  general  with  the  exception  of 
a  niiu-h  hipher  tonipcraturo,  li.")°  to  70°  at  nifjlit  and  T'l^ 
to  SO"  liuriiiK  the  ilav.  The  variety  Glory  of  Moor- 
droeht  hiu;  the  preat  advaiitase  of  prodiK'iiij;  fertile 
sport's  and  it  also  thrives  in  tlie  lower  toniperuture.s 
nH'oniniended  for  general  adiantuins.  it  gives  promise 
of  beini;  one  of  the  most  useful  varieties  for  deeonitions 
and  eut-frv)nds  use,  as  the  fronds  are  very  niueh  hardier 
than  t\pieal  .1.  Farlci/citsc  and  will  compare  well  with 
sueh  kinds  for  standing  !is  .1.  cuucatum,  A.  hybridum 
and  .1.  Croweanum. 


acutum,  21. 

amu/rjm.  33. 

sthiopicuai.  28. 

affine.  10. 

amabilr,  34. 

anci  tense,  26, 

assimilf,  28, 

Bardii,  33, 

Bausfi,  21, 

bellum,  31, 

Bessoniaj,  32, 

Capillus-VenerU,  30.    Jordanii,  22, 

caudatuiu,  2,  Kaulfussii,  5. 

Collisii,  24.  I^thomii,  21, 

concinnutn,  2.5.  latum,  2.5. 

Croweanum.  33.  Ledrandii,  39. 

cuuealum,  33,  lunutatum,  1. 

curvatum,  IS.  macrophyllum,  4. 

cychsorum,  35.  Mairisii,  30. 

decorum,  35.  monochlamys,  37. 

diaphanum,  9,  Moorci,  34. 

difdiatum,  40.  mundulum.  33. 


INDEX. 

ezcisum,  29,  pedalum,  17, 

Farleyense,  20.  peruvianum,  3, 

Ferounoiiii,  30,  platypliyllum,  6, 

fonnosum,  13,  polypbyllum,  S, 

fraurfuili:sstmum,  33  priucttis,  21, 

fulvum,  11.  pubi^srins.  19. 

gracillimum,  39.  puiveruk'ntum,  14. 

grandiceps,  33.  rftDtlo/jhiiUum,  21. 

hispiilulum,  19.  rfnnnhoi'h  um,  15. 

hybriihtm,  33.  nitn-lliim.  ilti. 

intermedium,  12,  Siirict:i-Calharinx,7. 


setulusitm,  9, 
Siebrechtii,  35, 
speciosum,  40, 
tenerum.  21, 
tinctum,  27, 
trapeziforme,  7. 
variegatum,  33, 
venu-stum,  38, 
vemaillense,  33, 
Vicloriie,  21, 
villosum,  1.5, 
novse-caledoniffi,  10.      WaRneri,  35. 
Owenii,  35.  W ieqandii,  35, 

palmatum,  40,  Williamsii,  23, 


dolabri/orme,  1, 
Edgeworthii,  2, 
eUoanx,  35, 
cmarginatum,  22, 

A,  Lvs.   with  a  single  row  of  small  Ifts.  on  either  side, 
rooting  at  the  apex. 

1.  lunulatum,  Burm,    (A.  dolabrifdrme,  Hook.}.    Lvs, 

1  ft,  long  on  blaekish,  wiry,  polished  stalks;  lower  Ifts. 
nearlv  semicircular,  all  on  hair-like  stalks,  India, 
Tropl  .\mer.,  .\ustral.    G.  6:203. 

2.  caudatum,  Linn.  {A.  Edgeworthii,  Hook.).  Lvs. 
6-12  in.  long,  on  short,  brownish,  densely  hairy  stalks; 
Ifts.  deeplv  cut  into  several  spreading  narrow  lobes. 
Old  World",    Gn,  m,  p.  3L5. 

AA,  Lvs.  with  usually  a  single  row  of  large  Ifts.  on  either 
side,  not  rooting  at  the  apex. 

3,  peruvianum,  Klotzsch,  Lvs,  1  ft,  or  more  long, 
on  polishcil  stipes,  with  obliquely  ovate  pointed  Ifts, 

2  in,  long  by  I'i  'n,  wide,  on  slender  stalks;  sori  8-10 
on  cither  side  of  the  Ifts,,  twice  as  long  as  wide,    Peru, 

4,  macrophyllum,  Swartz.  Lvs,  1  ft,  long,  on  rather 
stout  polished  stipes,  with  4-6  pairs  of  wedge-shaped 
sessile  Ifts.  lJ':i-2  in.  long  by  H-l  in.  wide;  indusium 
nearly  continuous  on  either  side  of  the  1ft.  Trop. 
Amer, 

.5,  Kaulfussii,  Kunze.  Lvs.  6-8  in.  long,  on  slender 
black  stalks;  Ifts.  .5-11,  2  in.  long,  54-I  in.  wide,  with 
unequal  base;  indusia  very  long  and  narrow,  forming  an 
almost  continuous  marginal  band  on  either  side  of  the 
Ifts.    Mox.,  \V.  Indies. 

6.  platyphyllum,  .'^wartz.  Lvs.  1-2  ft.  long,  stalks 
blai'k,  glossy,  If.-bladi'S  0-12  in.  long,  2—1  in,  broad, 
with  a  long  tenninal  pinna  and  3-6  pairs  of  lateral 
pinna;;  lowest  pinna;  sometimes  pinnately  divided; 
segm.  3-4  in.  long,  lK-2  in,  broad;  sporangia  in 
nearly  continuous  line  along  the  margin.  Cent,  Amer, 
to  Brazil  and  Bolivia, 

AAA.  Lvs.  at  least  hipinnale,  the  segms.  twice  as  long  as 
broad,  with  the  veinlets  all  springing  from  the  lower 
side. 

B,   Lfls.  l]/i-3  in.  long. 

7.  trapeziforme,  Linn.  Lvs,  18  in,  or  more  long,  with 
the  terminal  Ifl.  longer  than  the  lateral;  Ifts,  trape- 
zoirial,  J4"J4in-  wide,  lobed,  and  with  numerous  sori. 


A.  Sdncta'-C(ithar)n:i'  is  a  form  with  deeper  lobes,   Trop. 
.\mer, 

HH,   Lfts.  sniidler,  an  inch  or  less  long. 
V.  Stalks  polishcit,  smooth. 

8.  polyphyllum,  VVilld.  Lvs.  often  tripinnate,  with 
stout,  black  stalks;  piniue  6-8,  long,  with  closely  set  lfts, 
which  are  -'.il  in.  long,  the  upper  margin  curved,  with 
4-6  circular  or  oblong  indusia,    S,  Amer. 

9.  diaphanum,  Blume  {A.  .■iclnldsum,  J.  Smith),  Lvs, 
simply  piiuiate  or  usually  2-pinnate  at  the  ba,se;  lfts, 
J2in,  long,  i4in.  wide,  with  niunerous  sori  placed  in 
the  sinuses  of  the  inner  and  outer  edges.  Asia  to  New 
Zeal, 

10.  affine, Willd.  Lvs.  bipinnate,  with  a  terminal  pinna 
and  several  lateral  ones;  lfts.  not  exceeding  ^^in.  long, 
J'jin.  wide,  the  upper  edge  parallel  with  the  lower,  and 
crenalc,  bearing  numerous  rounded  sori  on  the  upper 
and  outer  margin.    New  Zeal. 

11.  fiilvum,  Raoul.  Lvs.  l.')-20  in.  long,  the  stalks 
erect,  tlark  brown,  shiny,  rough  below  with  long  hairs; 
the  If.-blades  9-12  in.  long,  6-8  in.  broad,  deltoid, 
2-pinnate,  the  segm.  54in.  long,  J^^in.  broad,  dimidiate, 
lower  edge  straight,  the  upper  edge  parallel  with 
sharp-tooth  lobes;  the  sori  uniform,  numerous.  New 
Zeal. 

cc.  Stalks  polished  but  someivhat  woolly. 

12.  intermedium,  Sw.artz.  Lvs.  1  ft.  or  more  long, 
with  a  terminal  pinna  and  1-3  lateral  ones  on  each  side; 
lfts,  1  in,  or  more  long,  with  interrupted  sori  on  the 

upper  and  two-thirds 
of  the  outer  margins, 
Trop,  Amer, 

ccc.  Stalks  rough  or 
hairy. 
13,  form6sum,R,  Br, 
Lvs.  1-2  ft.  long,  two- 
thirds  as  broad,  mostly 
tripinnate,  with  rough, 
scabrous  stalks  and 
rather  small,  deeply 
lobed  lfts.  >2-5i  in. 
long,  with  rounded  and 
toothed  outer  margins. 
Austral,  G.  20:769. 
14.  pulverulentum,  Linn.  Lvs.  often  a  foot  long,  with 
a  large  terminal  pinna  and  several  lateral  ones,  bipin- 
nate; stalks  purjilish,  hairy,  as  are  also  the  rachises; 
lfts.  ?i-l  in.  long,  '^in.  wide,  closely  placed,  the  outer 
edge  rounded  or  truncate.    VV,  Indies, 

1.5,  villosum,  Linn.  {A.  rhomboldeum,  Swartz).  Lvs. 
large,  with  a  terminal  anrl  several  lateral  pinna>  6-12  in. 
long,  on  stout,  villous-hairy  stalks;  lfts.  numerous, 
nearly  1  in.  long,  J  sin.  wide,  trapezoidal,  with  the  inner 
side  jjarallel  to  the  rachis;  indusia  forming  an  almost 
continuous  line  along  the  upper  and  outer  margins.  VV, 
Indies  and  S,  Amer. 

16.  n6vae-caled6niae,  Keys.  Lvs.  6-8  in.  long  and 
wide,  somewhat  jjcntagonal,  once  pinnate  with  one  or 
two  secondary  basal  ])innffi  on  the  lower  side  at  base; 
lfts.  attached  to  the  rachises  by  a  broatl  base,  nearly 
1  in.  long,  pointed,  irregularly  incised,  bearing  1-4 
rounded  sori  next  to  the  base.    New  Caledonia, 

AAAA,  Lvs.  forked,  the  two  branches  bearing  pinnx  from 

the  upper  side. 

B.  Stalks  polished,  .smooth. 

17.  pedatum,  Linn.  Fig.  120.  Common  MAroENHAiR 
of  our  northern  states,  with  circular  lvs.  on  purpli.sh 
stalks  1  ft.  or  more  high. — Sometimes  transplanted  into 
gardens,  requiring  a  shady,  moist  and  protected  place, 
G.  21:9. 

18.  curvitum,  Kaulf,  Lvs,  forked  and  with  the  main 
divisions  once  or  twice  forked;  lfts,   1-1 J^  in,  long, 


120,  Fruiting  pinnules  of  Adiantum 
pedatum,  ( XI) 


ADIANTUM 


ADIANTUM 


219 


nearly  yiin-  wide,  the  upper  margin  rounded  and  lobed. 
Brazil. 

BB.  Stalks  scabrous  {or  rough). 

19.  hispidulum,  Swartz  (A.  pubescens,  Schk.).    Lvs. 
forked,  two  divisions  branching  like  a  fan,  with  the 


121.  Adiantum  Farleyense. 

(X)ii) 

largest  pinnae  6-9  in.  long, 
made  up  of  numerous  Ifts. 
J  2in.  or  more  long,  two-thirds 
as  broad,  covered  with  rather 
long,  stiff  hairs,  and  with  numerous  cir- 
cular indusia  on  the  upper  and  rounded 
outer  margins.   Old  World. 

AAAAA.  Lvs.  at  least  bipinnate,  often  tripinnaie  or 
quadripinnate,  with  numerous  rather  small,. 
Jan-shaped  or  wedge-shaped  Ifts.  with  veins 
radiating  from  the  base. 

B.  Lfts.  an  inch  or  less  across. 
c.  Edges  deeply  cut  into  a  series  of  narrow  lobes. 

20.  Farleyense,  Moore.  Fig.  121.  Lvs.  often  reach- 
ing 15-24  in.  in  length,  forming  a  rich  profusion  of 
closely  overlapping  pinnte,  light  green ;  lfts.  more  or  less 
wedge-shaped  at  base,  with  curved  sides  and  the  outer 
margin  rounded  and  deeply  cut  into  10-15  narrow  lobes, 
which  rarely  bear  sori.  Barbadoes. — Said  to  be  a  gar- 
den variety  of  .1.  tenerum,  but  apparently  a  good 
species.   G.C.  III.  49:73. 

cc.  Edges  not  laciniately  cut. 

21.  tenerum,  Swartz.  Lvs.  deltoid,  12-24  in.  long, 
two-thirds  as  wide,  the  terminal  lfts.  equally,  the  lateral 
unequalK',  wedge-shaped  at  base,  all  of  them  rhombic 
and  deciduous  when  dry,  with  10  or  less  small  sori  on 
the  outer  and  inner  margins.  A.  Lathomii,  A.  Viribrise, 
A.  rhodophtjllum,  A.  prinreps,  A.  nculum,  and  ^1. 
Bausci  are  horticultural  forms.    Fla.  and  Trop.  Amer. 

22.  Jordanii,  C.  Murll.  {A.  emargindtum,  D.  C. 
P^aton,  not  Hook.).  Lvs.  1  ft.  or  more  long,  0  in.  wide, 
mostly  twice  pinnate,  with  nearly  semicircular  lfts.; 
sori  elongate,  the  indusium  almost  continuous  around 
the  margin  of  the  1ft.    Calif,  and  Ore. 

2.3.  WilliamsU,  Moore.  Lvs.  triangular,  nearly  1  ft. 
long;  lfts.  nearly  semicircular,  3-4-lobed  on  the  outer 


margin,  bearing  5-8  sori  covered  with  oblong  indusia. 
Peru. — Similar  in  habit  to  the  last,  but  smaller  and 
with  more  numerous  sori. 

BB.  Lfls.  mostly  less  than  a  half  inch  across. 

c.  Lvs.  at  least  quadripinnate,  broader  than  long. 

24.  CoUisii,  Moore.  Lvs.  1  ft.  or  more  long,  very 
broad,  the  black  rachises  apparently  repeatedly  fork- 
ing; lfts.  rhombic-ovate  or  cuneate,  those  toward  the 
outer  portions  longer  and  larger  than  those  nearer  the 
base. — Of  garden  origin,  possibly  a  hybrid. 

CC.  Lvs.  mostly  triangular  or  oblong,  longer  than  broad. 

D.  Shape  of  lfts.  rhombic,  the  indusia  kidney-shaped  or 
nearly  circular, 

25.  concinnum,  HBK.  Fig.  122.  Lvs.  2-3  pinnate, 
12-18  in.  long,  6-9  in.  wide,  on  rather  stout  black  stalks; 
lfts.  rhombic-oblong,  slightly  lobcd;  sori  4-8  on  each 
1ft.,  usually  set  close  together.  Mex.  to  Brazil.  Var. 
latum,  Moore.  Differs  from  type  by  stiff  upright  habit, 
and  lfts.  twice  as  large  and  much  separated. 

26.  aneitense,  Carr.  Rootstock  wide-creeping,  cov- 
ered with  minute  dark  brown  linear  scales;  lvs.  2-2)^ 
ft.  long,  the  stalks  castaneous,  rusty  hairy  above;  the 
If. -blades  deltoid,  132-2  ft.  long  and  broad,  3-4-pin- 
nate,  the  segm.  rhomboidal,  the  sori  4-6  to  a  segm. 
Aneiteum,  New  Hebrides. 

27.  tinctum,  Moore.  Lvs.  on  stalks  4-6  in.  long,  the 
blades  2-pinnate,  deltoid,  the  stalks  black,  glossy, 
naked,  the  segms.  rhomboid,  3-4  lines  long,  the  lower 
edge  straight,  the  inner  parallel  to  the  rachis  or  just 
overlapping  it,  the  outer  edge  bluntly  lobed,  sori  round, 
on  ultimate  lobes.   Costa  Rica  to  Peru. 

DD.  Shape  of  lfts.  roundish  with  obtuse  base,  small  or 
medium  size. 

28.  aethidpicum,  Linn.  (A.  assimile,  Swartz).  Lvs. 
1  ft.  or  more  long  on  slender  stalks,  2-3-pinnate,  rather 
narrow;  lfts.  roundish  or  obscurely  3-lobed,  the  mar- 
gin finely  serrulate;  sori  2-3  to  a  1ft.,  with  oblong  or 
kidney-shaped  indusia.   Afr.  and  Austral. 

29.  excisum,  Kunze.  Lvs. 
2-3-pinnate,  6-12  in.  long,  3-4 
in.  wide;  lfts.  about  }4in.  wide, 
roundish,  with  the  margin  cut 
into  small  rounded  lobes;  sori 

arge,  2-4  to  each  1ft.;  kidney- 
shaped  or  circular.   Chile. 

DDD.  Shape  of  lfts.  distinctly 

cuneate  at  the  base. 
E.  Indusia  oblong  or  indis- 
tinctly lunate. 

30.  Capillus -Veneris,  Linn. 
(,A.  Fcrgusonii,  A.  Mairlsii, 
Moore).  Fig.  123.  Lvs.  2-.3- 
pinnate,  6-20  in.  long,  3-8  in. 
wide;  lfts.  nearly  32in.  wide, 
more  or  less  irregularly  lobed, 
at  the  outer  margin;  sori ''^ 
1-3  to  each  1ft.  with  oblong " 
or  more'  or  less  elongate 
narrow  indusia.  Native  south- 
ward, and  widely  distributed 
throughout  the  Old  World. — 
Exists  in  many  varieties,  some 
of  them  deeply  lobcd,  like 
A.  Farleyense;  a  compact  imbricated  form  is  very 
effective. 

31.  bellum,  Moore.  Small,  tufted,  3-8  in.  high:  lvs. 
bipinnate;  lfts.  with  the  outer  margin  erose  and  often 
rlivided  into  2-3  shallow  lobes;  sori  2-3  to  each  1ft., 
rather  long  and  broad  or  somewhat  lunate.  Bermuda. 
— A  greenhouse  species. 


122.  Pinna  of  Adiantum 
concinnum.    (  x  r  3 ) 


2J0 


ADIANTUiM 


ADONIS 


3'2.  Bess6iu6e,  Jcnman.  Lvs.  U-IO  in.  long,  the 
stalks  in  tufts,  stiff,  black,  shiny,  with  a  few  pale  scales; 
If.-blades  deltoid,  -l-pinnate,  tlie  pinnula'  very  densely 
imbricated  so  that  many 
of  them  are  covered  over. 
Trinidad. 


123.  Pinna  of  Adiantum 
CapUlus-Veneris. 

(X?3) 


EE.  Indtisia  nearly  circular, 
,     .    ,  icith  n  nnrrmjo  sinus. 

-^  '  "^v^y         33.  cuneatum,    Langs.    & 

^'    .  ^     Fisch.  (.1.  leinuhan,  A.  rmin- 

duliiDi,  Moore.  A.  vcrsait- 
Unsc,  A.  frtigrantlssimutn,  A. 
hi/bridian,  Hort.). 
Fig.  124.  Lvs.  3-4- 
pinnate,  deltoid,  6- 
15  in.  long,  5-9  in. 
wide;  Ifts.  numer- 
ous, obtuse  or 
broadly  wedge- 
shaped  at  base,  the 
margin  rounded 
and  more  or  less 
crenat  ely  1  o  b  e  d  ; 
sori  3-5  to  each 
segm.,  with  rather  small  rounded  indusia.  Brazil. — 
Runs  into  many  forms,  of  which  .4.  variegalum  is  one. 
A.F.  18:508.  A.  Bdrdii  differs  from  the  type  in  hav- 
ing the  fronds  2  ft.  or  more  long.  Var.  grandiceps, 
^Ioo^e.  Robust:  lvs.  numerous  from  a  tufted  crown, 
elongated,  with  tassel-like  growths  at  the  ends.  Var. 
Croweaniim,  Hort.    A  vigorous  hardy  form. 

34.  Modrei,  Baker  (.4.  amdbile,  Moore,  not  Liebm.). 
l.vs.  2-3-pinnate  on  long,  slender  stalks,  6-15  in.  long; 
Ifts.  1,4-} 2'n.  long,  rhomboidal,  with  wedge-like  base, 
deeply  lobed ;  sori  of  medium  size,  4-6  to  each  1ft.  Peru. 
.35.  WSgneri,  Mett.  (A.  decorum,  A.  Wiegandii,  A. 
elegans,  A .  Owenii,  A.cyclosbrum,  Moore).  Lvs.  2-3-pin- 
nate, 6-9  in.  long,  4-6  in.  wide;  lateral  Ifts.  rhomboid, 
the  terminal  cuneate,  slightly  lobed  or  incised ;  sori  4-6  to 
each  1ft . ;  very  large  membranous  circular  indusia.  Peru. 
— A.  Siebrec'hlii,  Hort.,  "suppo.sed  to  be  a  cross  between 
A.  decorum  and  A.  Williaitisii,"  has  strong,  graceful 
lvs.  thickly  set  with  round  pinnules  of  firm  texture. 

36.  rubellum,  Moore.  Lvs.  4-6  in.  long,  deltoid,  bi- 
pinnate;  texture  membranous,  bright  green,  reddish 
when  young;  Ifts.  Hin.  wide, 
deltoid  or  the  lower  rhomboid, 
the  outer  margin  deeply  lobed 
and  the  lobes  finely  toothed; 
Bori  round  at  the  apices  of  the 
lobes.    Bolivia. 

.37.  monochlamys,     D.      C. 
Eaton.      l.vs.     ovate -deltoid, 
6-12  in.  long,  tripinnate;   Ifts. 
J4in.    wide,    cuneate    at    the 
base,  the  upper 
edge  rounded, 
and      slightly 
toothed,  with  a 
single  sorus  or 
rarely  two  in  a 
decided  hollow 
at    the    upper 
edge.   Japan. 

38.  veniistum,  Don. 
Lvs.  ovat«-doltoid,  tri- 
rjuadri-pinnate,  6-12  in. 
long;  Ifts.  cuneate  at  the 
base,  J<jin.  wide,  with  the 
upper  edge  irregularly 
rounded  or  with  3  indis- 
tinct lobes,  finely  toothed, 
bearing  1-3  sori  in  distinct 
hollows.  India. 


BUB.   Lfls.  minulc,  iiitiuincrable;  lvs.  4-6-pinnale. 

;59.  gracillimum,  Moore  (of  horticultural  origin), 
l.vs.  1  fl.  or  more  long,  nearly  as  wide,  4-6-pinnate,  with 
innumerable  very  small  Ifts.,  which  are  i8-i4in.  wide 
anil  usually  bear  a  single  sorus  or  rarely  two. — Dense, 
comi)act  forms  are  in  cult,  under  the  name  of  A.  Le- 
Grdndii. 
AAAAAA.  Lvif.  S-4-pinnalc:  st.  climbing,  several  ft.  long. 

40.  digitatum,  Presl  {A.  specidsmn,  Hook.  A.  pal- 
mdluDi,  Moore).  Lvs.  2-3  ft.  long  on  a  stalk  18  in.  or 
more  long,  with  palmately  lobed  Ifts.  1  in.  or  more 
wide.   S.  Amer. 

A.  orMsum.  Mett.  Stove:  lvs.  lanceolate,  to  Hi  ft.  and  4  in. 
broad,  once-pinnate,  leathery.  Colombia.  G.C.III.  45:51.— /I.  rd- 
seum,  Backh..  an  undetermined  horticultural  name,  probably  ref- 
erable to  A.  rubellum. — A.  sciilum  Tamdsum,  Hort.  A  distinct 
form  n-ith  fan-shaped  lvs.  (properly  A.  Ghiesbreghtii,  Moore). 

L.  M.  Under  WOOD. 

R.    C.    BENEDICT.f 

ADLUMIA  (from  John  Adlum).  Fumariacex.  A 
hardy  biennial  vine,  which  climbs  over  high  bushes  in 
moist  woods:  fls.  with  the 
petals  united  into  cordate- 
ovate  corolla  which  ulti- 
mately encloses  the  small, 
few-seeded  pod . — Sow  seed 
in  spring  in  a  damp,  cool 
place.  Transplant  in  fall, 
if  possible,  if  transplanted 
at  all.  It  does  not  flower 
the  first  season  but  re- 
mains low  and  bushy.  It 
will  not  tolerate  open  sun 
or  windj'  situation. 

fungosa,  Greene  (A. 
cirrlwsa,  Raf.).  Climbing 
Fumitory.  Mountain 
Fringe.  Allegheny 
Vine.  Figs.  125,  126. 
Climbs  by  the  slender 
young  If. -stalks.  Lvs. 
thrice  pinnate;  Ifts.  cut- 
lobed,  delicate:  fls.  white 
or  purphsh,  in  ample 
panicles.  G.W.F.  13.  V. 
2:76  and  4:22  (all  as  A. 
cirrhosa).    N.  TAYLOR.f 

ADODfiNDRUM:  Hhodo- 
thamnus. 

ADONIS  (a  favorite  of 
Venus,  after  his  death 
changed  into  a  flower). 
Rnnunculdcese.  Hardy  an- 
nual and  perennial  herbs 
planted  for  their  showy 
flowers. 

Flowers  solitary,  termi- 
nal; petals  5-16,  yellow 
or  red;  c;xrpels  many:  St. 
about  1  ft.  high,  very 
leafy:  lvs.  alternate,  ciit 
into  very  narrow  divi- 
sions: fr.  an  achene. 

The  culture  is  simple  in 
any  good  soil,  light  moist 
earth  preferred.  They 
thrive  in  full  sun  or  partial  shade;  the  perennial  si)ecies 
well  suited  for  rockwT)rk  and  borders.  Only  a  fe\y  well- 
known  species,  natives  of  temperate  regions  of  Europe 
and  Asia;  perhaps  20  in  the  genus. 

Annuals  are  propagated  by  the  seeds,  which  are  slow- 
germinating;  the  freshest  seed  is  sown  in  autumn  or 
earliest  spring.  Perennials  may,  in  like  manner,  be 
grown  from  seed  and  come  to  flower  the  first  season. 


125.  Adlumia  fungosa. 


ABONIS 


^CHMEA 


221 


126.    Flower  of 
Adlumia  fungosa. 


but  division  of  the  roots  is  to  be  preferred  as  the  flowers 
are  then  more  abundant.  Very  early  spring  is  the  best 
time  for  dividing. 

A.  Annuals:  fls.  crimson  or  scarlet. 
B.  St.  simple  except  at  top:  center  of  fl.  yellow. 
aestivalis,  Linn.    Pheas.\nt'.s-Eye.   Summer  Adonis. 
Sts.  erect,  often  branched  at  top:  fls.  crimson;  petals 
flat,  obtuse,   half  longer   than    caly.x. 
June,  July.    Var.  citrina,  Hoffm.,  is  a 
garden  variety  with  citron-yellow  fls. 

parviflora,  Fisch.  Allied  to  above;  not 
well  recognized  as  a  distinct  species.  Dif- 
fers in  being  smaller-fld.  and  less  showy, 
microcarpa,  DC.   Apparently  a  pale- 
fld.  variation  of  A.  a'slwalis. 

BB.  St.  branched:  center  of  fl.  dark. 
autumnalis,  Linn.  Flos  Adonis. 
.\uTUMN  Adonis.  St.  branched:  fls. 
small,  crimson,  with  dark  center,  glo- 
bose; petals  6-8,  concave,  slightly 
larger  than  calyx.  June-Sept.  Gn.  12,  p.  131. — Spar- 
ingly naturalized. 

AA.  Perennials:  fls.  yellow. 
B.  St.  not  branched. 

vemalis,  Linn.  (A.  apenmna,  Jacq.  A.  davurica, 
Reichb.).  Spring  Adonis.  Fig.  127.  St.  simple;  lower 
Ivs.  scale-like,  others  with  lobes  numerous,  entire:  fls. 
large;  petals  10-1.5,  lanceolate,  slightly  toothed;  sepals 
smooth.  Earlv  spring.  Gn.  5,  p.  519;  39:268.  Gn.W. 
23:153.  G.  29:146;  9:122;  1:249.  Var  alba,  Hort. 
A  form  with  white  fls.  J.H.  52 :39  (desc).  A.  distdrla, 
Tenore,  from  Italy;  a  form  with  later  fls. 

apennina,  Linn.  (A.  vemalis  var.  sibirica.  DC.  A. 
sibirica,PaXrm.) .  This  species  is  much  ]ike  A.  vernalis: 
Ss.  larger:  lower  Ivs.  sheath-like.   April.   Siberia. 

BB.  St.  branched. 
pyrenaica,  DC.  St.  branched:  petals  8-10,  obtuse, 
smaller  than  in  A.  vernalis:  lower  Ivs.  with  long  branched 
petioles;  upper  ones  sessile,  the  numerous  lobes  always 
entire,  July.  Gn.  .39,  p.  269.  Gn.W.  5:533.  A.  Ircii- 
tiana,  DC, a  form  with  some  radical  Ivs.;  lobes  dentate. 

volgensis,  Stev.  (A.  icolgensis,  Hort.).  Much  like 
A.  vernalis,  but  st.  branched:  Ivs.  scale-like  at  base, 
petioled  or  sessile  above:  fls.  like  A.  pyrenaica,  but 
sepals  pubescent  on  under  side.    April.   Volga  region. 

amurensis,  Kegel  &  Radde.  A  beautiful  species,  with 
broad  vellow  fls. ;  not  much  cult,  in  Amer. ;  has  many 
Japanese  varieties.  B.M.  7490.  G.M.  40: 169;  48:212. 
Gn.  .52:6;  67,  p.  207;  G.C.  IIL  29:175  and  IIL37: 
188;  J.H.  in.  50:299  (fl.pl.).  K.  C.  Davi.s. 

ADOXA  (Greek,  wilhoul  glory,  i.e.,  humble  or 
obscure).  Adoxacese,  but  by  some  authorities  placed 
in  Caprifoliacese  and  formerly  in  Araliacex.  A.  Mos- 
chatellina,  Linn.,  the  Moschatcl,  is  the  only  species. 
It  is  an  inconspicuous  herb  3-5  in.  high,  bearing  tubers 
beneath  the  ground,  with  bitcrnate  Ivs.,  and  small 
greenish  fls.  It  occurs  in  England,  Cent.  Eu.,  and 
northward,  and  in  subalpine  and  arctic  regions  in  N. 
Amer.  It  is  scarcely  cult,  but  may  occur  in  rock-gar- 
dens, being  grown  for  its  musky  scent. 

MCHl/lEA  (from  aichme,  point;  referring  to  the  rigid 
points  on  the  calyx).  BromeliAcea? .  Epiphytic  herbs, 
of  about  sixty  species,  natives  of  tropical  South  Amer- 
ica, grown  in  choice  greenhouse  collections. 

Flower-cluster  arising  from  a  cluster  or  rosette  of 
long,  hard  Ivs.  which  are  serrate;  petals  3,  tongue- 
shaped,  obtuse  or  pointed,  2-3  times  the  length  of  the 
spine-pointed  calyx-lobes;  stamens  6,  shorter  than  the 
petals;  ovarj*  inferior,  3-celled.    The  fls.  are  subtended 


by  (in  the  axils  of)  fl. -bracts;  the  entire  head  or  fl.- 
cluster  is  often  reinforced  or  subtended  by  conspicuous 
If  .-bracts;  in  the  compound-infl.  types,  the  individual 
branches  are  usually  subtended  by  branch-bracts.  In 
some  species,  as  ^■E.  Lalindei  and  /E.  Marise-Regime,  the 
large  colored  If.-bracts  are  the  most  conspicuous  part 
of  the  plant.  In  others,  as  JS.  Veitchii,  the  entire  head 
is  the  showy  part.  Monogr.  by  Baker,  Journ.  Hot. 
1879:129,  161,226.  Includes  Canistrum,  Echinostachys, 
Ilohcnbergia,  Hoplophylum,  Larnprococcus,  Pironneava, 
Pothiiava;  and  some  of  the  species  have  been  referred 
to  Billbergia,  Cryptanthus,  Guzmannia,  Tillandsia,  Che- 
valiera,  and  others. 

The  sEchmeas  are  closely  allied  to  the  billbergias, 
from  which  they  are  distinguished  by  smaller  flowers, 
which  are  little  exserted  from  the  calyx  and  not  widely 
expanding,  short  filaments  and  small  anthers,  sharp- 
pointed  sepals  and  conspicuous  sharp-pointed  flower- 
bracts. 

For  culture,  see  Billbergia. 


cserulescens,  8. 
calyculata.  6. 
ccelestia,  12. 
discolor,  10,  11. 
distichantha,  1. 


INDEX. 

fasciata,  7. 
fulgens,  10. 
Lalindei,  2. 
leodiensis,  9. 
Lindenii,  5. 


MariEe-Reginae,  3. 
miniata,  11. 
spectabilis,  13. 
Veitchii,  4. 
Weilbachii,  9. 


A.  Fls.  ^-ranked  on  the  branchlets. 

1.  distichantha,  Lem.  Lvs.  2-3  ft.  long,  with  a  di- 
lated base  4-5  in.  long  and  half  as  wide,  the  blade  rigid 
and  channelled,  edges  prickly:  scape  1-13^  ft.;  fls.  in  a 
bipinnate  panicle  4-7  in.  long  and  half  as  wide,  the 
petals  tongue-shaped  and  red-purple,  longer  than  the 
obtuse-cuspidate  sepals;  fl.-bract  pocket-Uke,  J-|in.  long. 
Brazil.   B.M.  5447.   J.F.  3:269. 

AA.  Fls.    multifarious,  —  in 

several  or  viany  rows  on 

the  spike  or  braTichlets. 

B.  Infl.  simple. 

c.  Ovary  compressed  or 

flattened. 

2.  Lalindei,  Lind.&Rod. 
Large  (3-4  ft.),  with  long 
and  broad  spine- 
edged  lvs.:  spike 
very  dense,  green- 
ish white,  from 
the  color  of  the 
aggregated  cali- 
ces,  the  fls.  sub- 
tended by  many 
deflexed,  showy 
red,  long-pointed, 
entire  bract-lvs.; 
corolla  green,  not 
exserted.  Colom- 
bia. I.H.  30:481. 
— Striking. 

3.  Mariae  -  Regina, 
Wendl .  Smaller  than  the 
last  in  all  its  parts:  petals 
blue-tipped  when  young, 
fading  to  crimson  like  the 
bracts,  half  as  long  again 
as  the  mealy  cuspidate 
sepals;  fl. -bracts  entire, 
small,  not  showy:  bract- 
lvs.  toothed.  Costa  Rica. 
B.M.  6441.  Gt.  49:1477. 
— One  of  the  best  species. 

4.  Veitchii,  Baker.  Lvs. 
spotted,  serrate:  petals 
pale,  a  little  longer  than 
the  sepals;   fl.-bracts  con-         127.  Adonis  vernalis.    (xH) 


'^^ 


0'>-> 


.ECH.MKA 


^GLE 


spiouous,  toothed,  scarlet;  bract-lvs.  groonisli,  erect, 
sernite.  not  onconipassing  the  infl.  S.  Amor.  B.M. 
lKi2i».  Cx.Z.  23,  pi.  .'JO.^Roferred  to  Ananas  by  Bent- 
haiu  iS:  Hooker. 

cc.  Ovary  terete  (cylindrical). 
D.  Head  oblong. 
.').  LIndenii,  Koch  (lloplophi/lum  Lindenii,  Morr.). 
Lvs.  ililattHl  anil  entire  at  base,  the  blade  minutely 
tiHithinl  anil  2-3  ft.  Iouk,  the  lip  l)riiail-rounileil  and 
short -euspidate:  petals  lemon-yellow,  twice  a.s  long  as 
sepals.    Brazil.    B.M.  OoC"). 

DD.  Ilend  glohoxe. 

6.  calyculata,  Baker  (Hoplo/ihi/ttim  calycalatum, 
Morr.  I.  Lvs.  about  1  ft.  loufi.  witli  an  oblong,  dilated 
base,  the  blade  minutely  tool iied  anil  rounded  at  the 
tip,  but  terminated  with  a  minute  eusp:  seape  shorter 
than  the  lvs.,  with  several  deeidunus  lanceolate  bract- 
lvs.;  petals  tongue-shaped,  not  '  ^i'l.  long,  bright  yel- 
low; il.-braets  small,  entire,  reddish.   S.  Amer. 

7.  fasciata,  Baker  (Billbergia  fumata,  Lindl.  B.  rho- 
docydnea,  Lem.).  Lvs.  1-2  ft.  long,  with  an  oblong  en- 
tire clasping  base,  the  blade  strongly  toothed  and  the 
back  marbled  with  whitish  cross-lines,  the  tip  rounrled 


128.  Achillea  miniata  var.  discolor.  ( X  H) 

and  mucronate;  scape  1  ft.  high,  floccose,  the  several 
bract-lvs.  pale  red  and  croet;  petals  ?4'i.  long,  pink. 
Brazil.  B.M.  4883.  B.U.  1130.  F.S.  3; 207.— Infl.  some- 
times forked. 

BB.  Infi.  branched  (or  compound). 
c.  Fls.  pedicellate. 
8.  caerulescens,  Baker.  Lvs.  lJ^-2  ft.  long,  with 
small  prickles:  panicle  4-5  in.  long,  2-pinnate,  with  lax 
few-fid.  crowded  branches;  petals  bluish  red,  Jsin. 
long:  fl. -bracts  none  or  minute.  S.  Amer.  Gt.  1871; 
694. — Produces  white  berries. 

cc.  Fls.  sessile. 

D.  Sepals  blunt. 

E.  Floral  Ijracls  large. 

'.).  Weilbachii,   F.  Didr.     Lvs.    rather  short,    over- 

'op[)(d   by  the  red-stemmofl    and    red-bracted    scape; 

panicle  narrow,  1-pinnate,  the  fls.  rather  crowded,  blue 

and  red.   S.  .\mer.    R.H.  1871 :  170. 

\'ar.  leodiensis,  .\ndr6.     Lvs.   violet  and   spotted; 
fl.s.  shorter.    Brazil. 

EK.  Floral  bracts  minute  or  wanting. 
10.  ffilgens,    Brongn.    (/E.    discolor,    Hort.).     Lvs. 
broad,  with  small  distant  teeth,  with  a  broad  cuspidate 
end:  panicle  large,  simple  above,  branched  below,  gla- 
brous, bearing  numerous  fls,;  petals  blue-tipped,  ex- 


ceeding the  rich  red  calyx;  fl. -bracts  minute  or  none: 
branch-bracts  yellowish.   S.  Ainer.    B.M.  4293. 

1 1 .  miniata,  Baker.  Lvs.  serrate  wit  h  numerous  close 
small  teeth:  panicle  branched  throughout;  fls.  numer- 
ous; petals  blue;  ovary  red.  Var.  discolor,  Hort.,  Fig. 
128,  has  the  lvs.  |)urple  or  violet-brown  on  the  back. 
Brazil. 

DD.  Sepals  pointed  or  awned. 

12.  ccelestis,  Morr.    Lvs.  linear,   the  margins  with 

few  minute  spines  or  ahnost  smooth:  panicle  branched 
below,  sim|ile  above;  fls.  about  10  lines  long;  sepals 
white;  petals  blue.    Brazil. 

13.  spectabilis,  Brongn.  Lvs.  linear,  the  margins 
armed  with  stout  spines:  panicle  laxly  pyramidal;  fls. 
about  1'4  in.  long;  sepals  pale  rose;  petals  white,  pur- 
ple at  apex.    Venezuela  and  Colombia.    R.H.  187.5:311. 

.-E.  aurantiaca,  B;xker=Canistrum  aurfintiacum. — .^.  Bdrleei, 
Baker.  Corolla  pale  yellow.  Homluras. — .^.  brasiliensis,  Kegel. 
Lvs.  much  dilated  at  ba.se,  whitish  below,  black-toothed;  petals 
light  blue:  calyx  and  rachis  red;  panicle  branched.  Brazil.  Gt. 
34:1202. — .fi.  brometia^fdlia.  Baker.  Den.se  spike:  Iva.  whitish 
below,  3-4  ft.  long,  serrate  or  spinescent:  fls.  light  yellow.  .S.  Amer. 
— .S.  C'ornui,  Carr.=.E.  nudicauli.s. — ^.  Drakcdna,  Andr6.  Lvs. 
whitish,  finely  dentate:  spike  simple  and  lax;  fls.  long-tubular, 
light  blue;  bracts  and  ovaries  coral-red:  berries  ro.se,  becoming 
blue.  S.  Amer.  R.H.  1888,  p.  401,  desc. — J?,  exswrfares.  Morr.=Gra- 
\nsia  exsudans. — .^.  Furstenbergii,  Morr.^Streptocalyx  Fursten- 
bergii. — .£.  giffas,  Morr.  Floral  lvs.  crimson:  fls.  in  a  dense  infl.; 
sepals  white,  lepidote;  corolla  pale  green.  Brazil.  B.M.  8107. — 
^.  glomerdta,  Hook.=Hohenbergia  stellata,  Schult. — ^.  Hystrix, 
Morr.  Lvs.  lepidote,  whitish,  crowded:  spike  oblong,  dcn.se;  fls. 
purple,  tomentose.  Guiana. — .'E.  lavandtilacea,  C.  H.  Wright.  Fls. 
distichous,  paniculate,  the  sepals  awned,  green,  the  petals  deep 
violet.  Grenada.  B.M.  8005. — ^.  macracdnlka,  Brongn. =^. 
Schiedeana. — .^.  Melindnii,  Hook.  Panicle  3-pinnate,  dense;  pet- 
als bright  red:  lvs.  spiny,  1  }'2-2  ft.  Guiana.  B.M.  5235. — ^.  mexi- 
cdna.  Baker.  Lvs.  long  and  large,  fine-toothed:  panicle  2-pinnate, 
long  and  lax,  the  peduncles  mealy;  petals  crimson.  Mex. — .^. 
minidta,  Hort.^Billbergia  thyrsoidea(?). — .^.  myriophylla,  Morr. 
Allied  to  M.  distichantha.  Lvs.  narrow,  2-3  ft.,  spiny,  silvery- 
scaly  on  the  back:  fls.  red,  the  petals  fading  blue.  Trop.  Amer. 
B.AI.  6939. — .'E.  nudicauHs.  Griseb.  Lvs.  long  and  straight,  brown- 
toothed:  bract-lvs.  subtending:  spike  large,  brilliant  red;  petals 
yellow.  Trop.  Amer.  R.H.1885:30  (as -^5.  Cornui,  which  is  a  form 
with  shorter  and  denser  spike). — .-ff.  panicultgera,  Griseb.  Lvs. 
large  and  long:  panicle  1-2  ft.  long,  with  few-fld.  branches;  scape 
t:ill,  reddish,  downy;  fls.  purple.  Trop.  Amer. — .^.  .Schiedeana, 
Schlecht.  (M.  macracantha,  Brongn.  1.  Lvs.  large,  rigid,  strongly 
armed:  panicle  3-pinnate,  pubescent;  fls.  pale  yellow.  Mex.  Gt. 
43  p.  175. — J^.  serrdta,  Mez.  Panicle  very  dense,  bipinnate;  fls. 
distichous,  sessile;  sepals  spinulose;  petals  violet,  mucronate. 
Martinique.    R.H.  1907:129-— .*£.  ze6rina=^Billbergia  zebrina. 

L.  H.  B. 

George  V.  NAsa.f 

.^GLE  (from  Ijatin  .€gle,  one  of  the  Hesperides) .  Ru- 
tace!e,  tribe  CUrex.  A  small  tree,  often  spiny,  having 
hard-shelled  frs.:  lvs.  deciduous:  fls.  pentamerous  with 
numerous  free  stamens;  ovary  with  10  or  more  cells; 
ovules  numerous  in  each  cell;  cells  of  the  fr.  without  pulp 
vesicles,  filled  with  gum;  seeds  woolly  and  in  germina- 
tion the  cotyledons  remain  hypogeous:  the  first  foliage 
lvs.  are  opposite. — Only  one  species  is  now  recognized. 

Marmelos,  Correa  (Crat'eva  Mdrmelos,  Linn.  Beluu 
Mdrmelos,  W.  F.  Wight).  Fig.  129.  The  bael  fruit  of 
India.  A  handsome  tree  native  to  N.  India,  but  widely 
cult,  throughout  the  Peninsula  as  well  as  in  Ceylon, 
Burma,  Siam  and  Indo-China.  The  trifoliolate  lvs., 
borne  on  wingless  petioles,  are  thin  in  texture,  prob- 
ably owing  to  the  fact  that  they  are  deciduous.  Al- 
though not  so  hardy  as  the  deciduous  trifoliate  orange 
of  China  anil  Japan,  the  bael  fruit  tree  is  said  to  en- 
dure a  considerable  degree  of  cold  (20°  F.  or  lower)  in 
the  drier  parts  of  N.  W.  India.  The  fr.  is  greeni.sh  yel- 
low, globular,  or  nearly  so,  varying  from  2-6  (usually 
A-h)  in.  in  diam.  The  fr.  of  the  wild  tree  is  consider- 
ably smaller  than  (hat  of  the  cult.  form.  The  hard 
shell,  '^in.  thick,  is  filled  with  the  pale  orange,  aro- 
matic pulp  in  which  occur  10-1.')  long,  narrow  cells 
containing  the  seeds  imbedded  in  tran.sparent  tena- 
cious gum.  These  cells  correspond  to  the  scgms.  of  an 
orange,  while  the  pulp  is  made  up  of  the  pith  and  the 
greatly    thickened    fleshy    membranes   separating   the 


JtjKjLihj 


AERIDES 


223 


129.  .ffigle  Mannelos.  (XH) 


cells.  111.  Roxb.,  PI.  Corom.,  pi.  143.  Wight,  Ic,  pi.  16. 
Bedd.,  Fl.  Sylv.,  pl.  Itil.  Benth.  &  Trim.,  Med.  PI., 
55.  Bonav.,  Oranges  and  Lemons  of  India  and  Ceylon, 
Atlas,  pl.  242,  243.   The  ripe  fr.  is  much  esteemed  by 

the  Hindus,  many  of 
whom  consider  it  the 
best  of  the  citrous  frs.; 
the  European  residents 
in  India  often  become 
very  fond  of  it. 

\\'att  says  (Diet,  of 
Econom.  Prod,  of  India, 
1:123):  "The  fruit,  when 
ripe,  is  sweetish,  whole- 
some, nutritious,  and 
very  palatable,  and  much 
esteemed  and  eaten  by 
all  classes.  The  ripe 
fruit,  diluted  with  water, 
forms,  with  the  addition 
of  a  small  quantity  of 
tamarind  and  sugar,  a  delicious  and  cooling  drink." 
The  famous  botanist,  Roxburgh,  says  (Flora  Indica, 
2:580):  "The  fruit  is  nutritious,  warm,  cathartic;  in 
taste  delicious,  in  fragrance  exquisite;  .  .  ." 

On  the  other  hand,  W.  R.  ]\Iustoe,  Superintendent, 
Government  Archeological  Gardens,  Lahore,  India, 
WTites  (in  a  letter  to  D.  G.  Fairchild,  dated  Lahore, 
Dec.  3,  1908):  "The  fruit  is  greatly  prized  for  eating  by 
the  natives,  but  can  scarcely  be  looked  upon  as  pala- 
table to  the  white  man  except  as  a  sherbet;  .  .  ." 
Sherbet  is  made  from  the  mashed  pulp,  which  is  diluted 
with  a  little  water,  and  then  strained  into  milk  or  soda- 
water  and  sugared  to  taste.  Sometimes  a  little  tama- 
rind is  added  to  give  a  subacid  flavor.  All  Indian  medi- 
cal authorities  agree  that  the  bael  fruit  has  a  most 
salutory  influence  on  the  digestive  system.  The  ripe 
fruit  is  mildly  laxative  and  is  a  good  simple  remedy  for 
d>spe|)sia.  The  unripe  fruit  is  a  specific  of  the  highest 
value  for  dj'sentery,  but  so  mild  that  it  can  be  given  to 
children  without  danger.  The  bael  fruit  tree  is  widely 
cultivated  in  India,  and  i.s  found  in  nearly  every  temple 
garden.  It  is  dedicated  to  Siva,  whose  worship  cannot 
be  completed  without  its  leaves.  This  promising  fruit 
tree  is  now  being  tested  at  several  points  in  the  warmer 
parts  of  the  United  States. 

^.  Bdrleri,  Hnok.  f.=B.i!samocitrus  panirulata,  Swingle. — ^. 
decdndra,  Naves^Chsetosperniuni  glutinosa.  .Swingle. — M .glutiuosa, 
Merrill^Cbseto^permum  glutinosa,  Swingle. — ^.  sepidria,  DC.= 
Poncirus  trifoliata,  Raf.  WALTER   T.    SwiNGLE. 


»•>  .^-^^/■''-,» 


130.  .Sglopsis  Chevalieri.    (X|;  fl.  Xg) 


.^GLOPSIS  (.Egle;  opsis,  appearance).  Rutacese, 
tribe  Cllrese.  A  small  spiny  tree,  having  simple  per- 
sistent Ivs.  with  short,  wingless  petioles,  and  frs.  with 
a  thin  rather  hard  shell:  the  fls.  are  pentamerous  with 
10  stamens,  ovary  t]-7-celled,  ovules  numerous  in  each 
cell:  cells  of  the  fr.  without  pulp  vesicles,  filled  with 
gum.  The  seeds  are  smooth,  and  in  germination  the 
cotyledons  remain  hypogeous;  the  first  foliage  Ivs.  are 
opposite.   Only  one  species  is  known. 

Chevalieri,  Swingle.  Fig.  130.  A  large  shrub  or  small 
spiny  tree  growing  near  the  coast  in  Cote  d'lvoire, 
Trop.  W.  Afr.,  probably  occurring  also  in  Liberia.  The 
spines  occur  singly  alongside  of  the  axillary  bud  and  are 
long,  slender  and  straight.  (See  Fig.  130.)  The  fls.  are 
borne  in  small,  more  or  less  branched  panicles  composed 
of  4-40  fls.  The  fruits  are  globose  or  slightly  pyri- 
form,  deep  orange,  with  a  thin,  hard  shell  rein."  thick. 
Inside  of  this  shell  are  6  (rarely  5  or  7)  cells  filled  with 
large  sublenticular  seeds  imbedded  in  a  fragrant 
mucilage.  These  cells  correspond  to  the  segms.  of  an 
orange  and 
are  trian- 
gular in  t><^ 
outline, oc- 
cupying 
almost  the 
whole 
space,  the  sep- 
arating mem- 
branes being 
very  thin  and  the 
pith  small  In 
this  respect  the 
fr.  is  quite  unlike 
frs.  of  iEgle  and 
Balsamocitrus. 
111.  Bull.  Soc. 
Bot.  Fr.  v. 
58.  M^m.  8d. 
pl.  2,  3.— This 
species  was  only 
recently  brought 
to  light  in  the 
collections  of  the 
Museum  d'His- 
toire  Naturclle 
at  Paris.  It  is  reported  as  growing  in  swamps  near  the 
sea.  If  it  is  able  to  resist  brackish  water  it  may  prove 
to  be  a  stock  of  value  on  which  to  graft  citrous  frs.  as 
most,  if  not  all,  of  the  species  of  Citrus  are  very  sensi- 
tive to  salty  soils  (alkali).  Trees  of  this  species  are 
growing  in  the  greenhouses  of  the  Jardin  des  Plantes 
at  Paris  and  in  those  of  the  U.  S.  Dcpt.  of  Agric.  Young 
seedlings  are  being  grown  for  trial  as  stocks  on  which 
to  graft  other  citrous  frs.  Walter  T.  Swingle. 

.SGOPODIUM  {aix,  goat,  and  podion,  a  little  foot; 
probably  from  the  shape  of  the  Ifts).,  Umbclliferse. 
GouTWEED.  Coarse,  hardy  herbaceous  perennial,  with 
creeping  rootstocks,  biternate  Ivs.,  sharply  toothed, 
ovate  Ifts.,  white  fls.  in  umbels:  frs.  o\'ate,  glabrous, 
with  equal  filiform  ribs,  and  no  oil-tubes. 

Podograria,  Linn.,  var.  variegatum,  Hort.  Fig.  131. 
Twelve  to  14  in. — K  raijid-growing  variegated  form  of 
this  European  weed,  which  makes  attractive  mats  of 
white-margined  foliage.  Common  in  yards,  and  planted 
as  edging  and  mats  against  buildings  and  in  shady 
places.    Prop,  readily  by  division,  and  of  simplest  cult. 

N.    TAYLOR.f 
AERANTHUS:    Certain  species  described  under  this  genua  are 
treated  in  .Inyracum. 

AERIDES  (Greek,  air-planl).  Orchidacew.  Epiphytic 
hothouse  orchids 

Stems  leafy,  without  pseudobulbs:  Ivs.  distichous, 
coriaceous  or  fleshy,  the  persistent  sheaths  covering  the 


131 


iEgopodium  Podograria  var. 
variegatum. 


224  AERIDES 

St.:  fls.  borne  in  siniplo  or  i'i>ni|H)iiiul  Uitonil  clusU-rs; 
sepals  about  equal,  sproadinj;,  tlu>  ilorsal  liroailcr  than 
the  lateral;  petals  similar  to  the  dorsal  sepal;  lip  rreet, 
or  bent  in,  attaeheil  to  the  foot  of  the  cohinm,  s])urred 
at  the  base,  the  spur  hollow;  iiolliiiia  2— .-^peeies 
about  ;?t).  distribiiteii  from  Malay  Archipelago  to  India, 
E.  Asia  and  Japan. 

Nearly  all  the  species  of  this  senus  are  from  the 
East  Indies  and  therefore  require  the  warmhouse 
treatment,  with  a  minimum  of  0.")°  F.  in  winter.  As 
they  have  no  pseudobulbs,  but  an  erect,  evergreen  stem, 
they  must  never  be  allowed  to  become  perfectly  dry. 
Ample  drainage  of  charcoal  and  Ijroken  pots  is  \-ery 
essential,  with  a  surfacing  of  moss,  preferably-  sphag- 
num, renewed  each  year,  the  usual  i)eat  liber  being 
omittetl.  The  best-kiiown  species  is  .1.  oiloniliiiii  nud 
is  often  seen  in  collections  flowering  freely.  .1.  FUiil- 
xugii  is  also  an  interesting  plant,  as  the  spikes  grow  to 
the  length  of  IS  inclies,  are  dense-flowered,  and  known 
as  the  "fox-brush  orchid,"  the  color  being  a  beautiful 
rose-pink.  .-1.  Laurencur  is  another  fine  plant,  from 
the  Philippines  but  not  yet  common  in  gardens. — 
Propagation  is  effected  only  by  cutting  olT  the  top  of 
the  plant  and  setting  it  down  in  another  pot,  and  wait- 
ing for  the  other  part  t6  scud  out  shoots.  The  roots  are 
mostly  aerial,  and  no  attem]jt  must  be  made  to  confine 
these  to  the  pots.  If  the  size  pot  used  is  large,  it  should 
be  perforated  at  the  sides  to  admit  of  a  free  circulation 
of  air.  (Orpet.) 

INDEX. 

affint,  12.  Godcfroyanum,  12.  purpurascena,  1. 

Amosianum,  5.  Houllctiauum.  9.  quin(iuovuliiurum,  3. 

.August  iiinuin.  10.  Japoiiicum,  17.  radicosum,  10. 

naflantiui-aiiura,  4.  LarperUx.  8.  Roebelinn,  3. 

birmanicum,  1.  Lawrenciffi,  5.  roseum,  12. 

Brookei,  15.  Lawrfncmnum,  5.  rubrum,  16. 

cornulum,  1.  Leanum,  6.  Sandcrjc,  2. 

crassitolium,  11.  Lconiei,  8.  Santicnanum.  5. 

crispum,  l.x  LiuJlcyanum,  15.  Savageanum,  7. 

djlindricum.  18.  I.obl>ii,  12.  Schroedcri,  14. 

Dayanum,  2.  maculosum,  14.  suavissimuni,  4. 

Ellisii,  2.  maju.'i.  1.  vandarum,  18. 

cxpansum,  8.  mitratum,  19.  virons,  2. 

falcatum,  8.  multiflorum,  12.  Wameri,  lo. 

Fieldingii,  13.  odoratum,  1. 

KEY   TO   THE   SPECIES. 
A.  Lts.  flat,  keeled. 

B.  Middle  lobe  of  the  lip  incurved  between 
the  larger  lateral  lobes. 
C.  .Spur  curved. 

u.  Fls.  114  in.  long  or  less. 

E.  Lateral  lobes  of  the  lip  white. 
r.  Length  of  fls.  1  in.  or  more. 
a.  Lip   not   spotted   or  with 
few  spots:  fls.  crowded, 
concealing  the  stem.  ...    1.  odoratum 
oa.  Lip  usually  much  spotted; 
fls.  not  crowded,  reveal- 
ing the  stem 2.  virens 

FF.  Length  of  fls.  less  than  1  in..    3.  quinquevul- 
EF-.  Lateral  lobes  of  the  lip  lemon-  [nerum 

yellow 4.  suavissiraum 

DD.  FU.  exceeding  l}/2  »«•  '""ff '^^  Lawrenciffi 

CC.  Spur  straight. 

D.  Raceme  much  longer  thari  the  Ivs.; 
mi/Idle  lobe  of  the  lip  ovale-tri- 

angular <"'■  Leanum 

DD.  Rac/rmes  as  long  as  the  Ivs.;  mid- 
dle lobe  of  the  lip  linear-oblong.    7.  Savageanum 
BB.  MitliUe  lobe  of  the  lip  spreading,  not 
incurved. 
C.  Sis.  long:   Ivs.   numerous,  5  in.   or 
more  long. 
D.  Lateral  lobes  of  lip  large,  usually 
falcate  or  lunate. 
E.  Spur  short,  conic. 

F.  Sepals  and  petals  while  ....   S.  falcatum 
FP.  Sepals    and     petals     tawny 

yelU/w .  .'. 9.  Houlletianum 

EE,  Spur  long,  cylindric. 

r.  Shape  of  spur  straight 10.  Augustianum 

FF.  Shape  of  spur   recurved   or 

hooked 11.  crassitolium 


AERIDES 

DD.  Lateral    lobes    of  lip  smaller  or 
wanting. 
E.  Racemes  drimping  or  pendulous. 
i\  Middle  lobe  of  lip  entire. 
G.  The  spur  siraighl. 

H.  The  middle  lube  of  lip 

eordnte,  <ibtiisc 12.  multiflorum 

HH.  TIk   niiiltllr   lobe  of  lip 

dilliiid,  (icuminate  .  .  13.  Fieldingii 
QG.  The    spur    incurved     or 

hooked 14.  maculosum 

FF.  Middle  lobe  of  lip  serrate; 

lateral  lobes  small 1.5.  crispum 

EE.  Racemes  ereel  or  ascending.  .  .Hi.  radicosum 
CC.  Sts.  short:  Ivs.  few,  4  in.  long  or 

less 17.  japonicum 

AA.  Lvs.  terete  or  semiterete,  grooved  on  the 
upper  surface. 
B.  Fls.  few,  white,  2  in.  or  more  across. .  18.  vandarum 
BB.  Fls.  numerous,  less  than  1  in.  across, 

the  lip  violet 19.  mitratum 

1.  odoratum,  Lour.  (A.  cornidum,  Roxbg.).  Fig.  132. 
Lvs.  G-S  in.  long,  up  to  2  in.  broad:  racemes  nodding, 
equaling  or  longer  than  the  lvs.;  fls.  about  1  in.  long, 
fragrant;  sepals  and  petals  white,  with  a  carmine  spot 

at  the  obtuse  apex,  the 
petals    narrower   than 
iiie  sepals;  lateral  lobes 
of  the  lip  erect,  round- 
oblong,      white,     or 
faintly     tinged      with 
purjile,  and  somewhat 
spotted;    middle    lobe 
'^^^,  jtj  ;!59''^      ^-„ja©      of  the  lip  linear-oblong, 
^^^^^■'^^'■''^^1^^^^  --«©  denticulate    or   entire, 
°7\'rV|^   /^^  -  ^^^   white,  with  a  median 
;i|^^  ft^C^^^,^  _  purple  line.     India 

^-<^^^^?^-'iW\,  '^i^/^,,,^jjser^^   to    Cochin    China. 
^—^     '■''■i^s'W.jf//}W^^  «  B-M.  4139.  Gn.  49, 
?'o''-^i^'/  P-  158.    F.C.  2:75. 

W"'My  Jj  O.R.  6:273;  8:217. 

^/T   y^s^^yy  ^^""^     birmanicum, 

V/        /^^^^<C  Reichb.     f.     Fls. 

'  '  smaller,   with  lines 

[(f^/,y  \i,  instead    of     apical 

spots,    and    the 
narrow  middle  lobe 
^-^'  f5      ,,  of  the  lip   with 

/.J'  "7     '         fsw   marginal 
teeth.  Var.  pur- 
AH^irit.-v^isii^'         purascens,Hort. 
132.  Aerides  "       ^-^^^iMjSa^t-         Racetnes  larger, 
odoratum  J^^SS^^"^    ^""^    ^he    sepals 

' ^ ' ''  ^"^  """^  and       petals 

tipped    with    dull    amethyst.     Ci.C.   II.    16:597.    Var. 
majus,  Hort.  Racemes  and  fls.  larger. 

2.  virens,  Lindl.  Lvs.  up  to  10  in.  long  and  IJi  in. 
broad:  racemes  longer  than  the  lvs.;  fls.'  over  1  in.  long, 
fragrant;  sepals  and  petals  white,  with  a  bright  purple 
apii'al  spot,  broadly  oval,  obtuse;  lip  deeply  3-lobed,  the 
oblong  lateral  lobes  much  the  larger,  erect,  white, 
purple-spotted  below,  the  middle  lobe  oblong,  small, 
incurved,  purple,  or  white  with  a  median  purple  stripe; 
si)nr  green-tipped.  Java.  P.M.  14:197.  B.R.  30:41. 
Var.  Ellisii,  Hort.  (A.iUisii,\\oTi.).  Sepals  and  petals 
whit-c,  llu-hed  with  rose,  the  tips  amethyst-purple.  Var. 
Dayanum,  Ilort,.  Racemes  longer,  with  large  bright 
fls.  Var.  Sanderae,  Hort.  A  form  in  which  the  fls.  are 
pure  white. 

3  quinquevulnerum,  Lindl.  Lvs.  up  to  1  ft.  long  and 
V/i  in.  broad:  raccuK  s  commonly  longer  than  the  lvs.; 
fls.  usually  less  than  1  in.  long;  sepals  and  petals  obtuse, 
oval-oblong,  white,  lippe<l  with  amethyst  and  with  a 
few  purple  .spots  below;  lip  3-lobed,  the  erect  lateral 
lobes  triangular-oblong,  white,  faintly  purple-dotted, 
the  middle  lobe  oblong,  deep  amethy.st,  the  spur 
incurved    green.     I'hilipi)ine   IsLs.     P.M.  8:241.     Var. 


AERIDES 


AERIDES 


225 


Roebelini'  (A.  Rcebelinii,  Reichb.  f.)-  Differs  in  the 
lienticulate  petals  which  shade  to  green  at  the  base,  and 
in  the  rose-colored  middle  lobe  of  the  Up.  Phihppine 
Isls. 

4.  suavissimum,  Lindl.  Lvs.  up  to  10  in.  long  and 
lj'2  i"-  broad:  racemes  longer  than  the  lvs.;  fls.  fragrant, 
somewhat  crowded;  sejials  and  petals  white,  flushed 
with  lilac,  tipped  with  rose-Ulac,  the  dorsal  sepal  broadly 
oval,  the  lateral  larger;  Up  3-lobed,  the  erect  lateral 
lobes  rounded-oblong,  lemon-yellow,  purple-spotted, 
the  middle  lobe  linear-oblong,  paler  than  the  lateral 
lobes.  Malacca.  CO.,  pi.  0.  J. F.  2,  pi.  213.  Var.  Bal- 
lantineanum,  Veitch.  Blooms  a  little  earlier:  racemes 
shorter,  the  sepals  and  petals  amethyst-tipped. 

5.  Lawrenciae,  Reichb.  (-4.  Lawrencianum,  Hort.). 
Lvs.  up  to  1  ft.  long  and  2  in.  broad:  racemes  equaling 
or  longer  than  the  lvs.;  fls.  over  I'^o  in.  long,  fragrant; 
sepals  and  petals  white,  amethyst-tipped;  Up  deeply 
3-lobed,  the  denticulate  lateral  lobes  hatchet-shaped, 
white,  the  middle  lobe  oblong,  amethyst,  the  spur 
green,  incurved.  PhiUppine  Isls.  Gn.  3.5:48.5.  G.C. 
III.  20:  029;  30:435.  Var.  Amesianum,  Kriinzl.  A 
more  robust  plant,  with  fls.  of  a  more  intense  color. 
Var.  Sanderianum,  Hort.  Differs  in  its  narrow  lvs. 
and  yellowish  fls. 

6.  Leanum,  Reichb.  f.  Lvs.  up  to  10  in.  long  and 
13^2  in.  broad:  racemes  longer  than  the  lvs.;  fls.  less  than 
1  in.  long;  sepals  and  petals  rose-purple  with  a  white 
base;  lip  3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes  round,  incurved,  and 
nearly  inclosing  the  small,  ovate-triangular,  deep  pur- 
ple middle  lobe;  spur  straight,  green-tipped.    India. 

7.  Savageanum,  Veitch.  Lvs.  up  to  10  in.  long  and 
1}^  in.  wide:  racemes  equaUng  the  lvs.;  fls.  less  than  1 
in.  long;  sepals  and  petals  with  the  white  base  dotted 
with  purple,  the  upper  portion  crimson;  lip  crimson- 
purple,  the  erect  lateral  lobes  round-oblong,  the  middle 
lobe  Unear-oblong,  small,  incurved;  spur  straight, 
greenish. 

8.  falcatum,  Lindl.  &  Paxt.  (A.  LarpenUe,  Hort.  A. 
expdiisum,  Reichb.  f.).  Lvs.  up  to  8  in.  long  and  1 J2  in- 
broad:  racemes  equaUng  or  exceeding  the  lvs.;  fls. 
about  lJ-4  in.  long;  sepals  and  petals  white,  tipped  with 
amethyst-purple;  lip  3-lobed,  the  spreading  lateral 
lobes  falcate,  light  amethyst,  the  middle  lobe  deep 
amethyst,  broadly  obovate,  notched,  denticulate;  spur 
short,  greenish.  Upper  Burma.  Var.  Leonaei  (A. 
Leojuei,  Reichb.  f.).  Differs  in  having  the  middle  lobe 
of  the  Up  larger  and  of  deeper  color,  and  in  the  dotting 
of  the  lateral  lobes  and  of  the  base  of  the  sepals  and 
petals.    Rangoon. 

9.  Houlletianum,  Reichb.  f.  Resemhles  A.  falcatum, 
but  differs  in  its  smaller  fls.,  arranged  in  shorter  and 
denser  racemes,  the  sepals  and  petals  tawny  yellow, 
tipped  with  purple,  the  lip  white,  striped  and  spotted 
with  purple,  the  middle  lobe  fimbriate.  Cochin  China. 
C.0.,pl.3.    I. H. 29:45.5.   R.B.21:205.   R.H.  1891:324. 

10.  Augustianum,  Rolfe.  Lvs.  up  to  8  in.  long  and 
IJ-X  in.  broad:  racemes  longer  than  the  lvs.;  fls.  1-1} 4  in. 
long;  sepals  and  petals  rose,  round-oblong,  obtuse; 
Up  3-lobed,  the  oblong  lateral  lobes  falcate,  rounded  or 
truncate  at  the  summit,  the  broadly  oblong  middle  lobe 
crenulate,  somewhat  bilobed  at  the  apex;  spur  straight. 
PhiUppine  Isls.  G.C.  III.  7:233. 

11.  crassifoUum,  Par.  &  Reichb.  f.  Lvs.  up  to  8  in. 
long  and  2  in.  wide:  racemes  longer  than  lvs.;  fls.  loosely 
arranged,  1-1 3^  in.  long;  sepals  and  petals  rose-purple, 
paler  at  the  base;  lip  3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes  rose- 
purple,  nearly  lunate  or  crescent-shaped,  the  broadly 
ovate  middle  lobe  deep  rose-purple;  spur  curved,  green- 
ish at  the  tip.    Burma.    G.C.  II.  8:493.   CO.,  pi.  1. 

12.  multifl6rum,  Roxbg.  (.1.  affine,  Wall.  A.  roseum, 
Paxt.).  Lvs.  up  to  10  in.  long,  less  than  1  in.  broad:  ra- 
cemes longer  than  the  lvs.;  fls.  about  ^i'm.  long;  basal 
portion  of  the  oval-oblong  petals  and  dorsal  sepal  white, 

15 


with  a  few  purple  spots,  the  remainder  light  amethyst, 
the  nearly  orbicular  lateral  sepals  white,  faintly  flushed; 
lip  light  amethyst,  deeper  in  the  middle,  cordate, 
obtuse;  spur  straight,  short.  B.iM.  4049.  Gt.  8:267. 
J.F.  2:200.  Var.  Lobbu,  Veitch  {A.  Ldhhii,  Hort.). 
Differs  from  the  type  in  its  much-crowdeil  lvs.,  and  in 
the  fls.  which  are  more  numerous  antl  more  highly 
colored.  I.H.  15:559.  Var.  Godefroyanum,  Veitch 
{A.  Godefroyanum,  Reichb.  f.).  Lvs.  longer:  fls.  a  little 
larger  and  more  highly  colored  than  in  the  tvpe.  R.B. 
17:169. 

13.  Fieldingii,  Lodd.  Fox-brush  Orchid.  Lvs.  up 
to  10  in.  long  and  nearly  2  in.  broad:  infl.  racemose, 
sometimes  paniculate  at  the  base,  longer  than  the  lvs. ; 
fls.  about  132  in.  long,  crowded;  petals  and  dorsal  sepal 
white,  suffused  with  rose,  or  the  basal  portion  some- 
times white  and  dotted  with  purple,  obovate,  the  lateral 
sepals  white,  tipped  with  pale  purple,  broadly  oval;  lip 
white,  suffused  with  rose,  deltoid  or  trowel-shaped, 
acuminate,  the  smaU  lateral  lobes  inroUed  over  the 
mouth  of  the  small  white  spur  which  is  amethyst,  mot- 
tled with  white.  Sikkim  and  Assam.  B.H.  1876:18,  19. 
A.F.  22:883. 

14.  maculSsum,  Lindl.  Lvs.  up  to  10  in.  long  and 
nearly  2  in.  broad :  infl.  longer  tiian  the  lvs.,  often  panic- 
ulate at  the  base;  fls.  about  \}y  in.  long,  the  sepals  and 
petals  white,  the  upper  portion  stained  and  spotted 
with  amethyst,  oval-oblong;  lip  clawed,  the  blade 
amethyst,  deeper  in  the  middle,  ovate-oblong,  obtuse, 
with  2  small  white  tubercles  at  the  base;  spur  incurved, 
short,  green-tipped.  India.  Var.  Schroederi,  Veitch. 
Differs  from  the  type  in  its  more  robust  habit,  its  longer 
lvs.,  and  the  darker  markings  of  the  sepals,  petals, 
and  middle  of  the  lip.  G.C  II.  13:493;  17:341.  J.F. 
1:54. 

15.  crispum,  Lindl.  {A.  Brobkei,  Batem.).  Lvs.  up  to 
8  in.  long  and  2  in.  broad:  infl.  several  times  longer  than 
the  lvs.,  racemose,  or  sometimes  paniculate  at  the  base; 
fls.  about  2  in.  long,  the  sepals  and  petals  white,  faintly 
flushed  with  rose-purple  on  the  back  and  on  the  surface 
at  the  apex;  lip  3-lobed,  the  erect,  small  lateral  lobes 
white,  streaked  with  rose-purple  on  the  surface,  round- 
oblong,  the  middle  lobe  deep  amethyst,  white  at  the 
base,  broadly  ovate,  the  sides  reflexed,  serrate;  spur 
smaU,  curved.  S.India.  B.M.  4427.  F.S.  5:438.  Gn. 
4,  p.  85.  B.R.  28:55.  F.S.  1:42.  G.C.  III.  36:134.  Var. 
Lindleyanum,  Hort.  Infl.  paniculate  at  the  base;  fls. 
larger  than  in  the  type,  the  Up  with  the  lateral  lobes 
greenish  and  the  middle  lobe  rich  amethyst  bordered 
with  white.  Neilgherry  Hills.  Var.  Warneri,  Hort. 
Differs  in  having  the  lvs.  shorter  and  narrower  than  in 
the  type,  and  in  its  longer  racemes  of  smaUer  fls.,  the 
middle  lobe  of  the  Up  deep  rose  with  a  white  border. 

16.  radicosum,  Reichb.  (-4.  riibrum,  Hort.).  Lvs.  up 
to  10  in.  long  and  lj'2  in.  broad:  infl.  longer  than  the 
lvs.,  racemose,  or  sometimes  paniculate  at  the  base;  fls. 
about  IJ4'  in.  long,  the  sepals  and  petals  Ught  rose- 
purple,  deeper  spotted;  Up  3-lobed,  the  small  erect 
lateral  lobes  roimd,  rose-purple,  the  middle  lobe  deep 
rose-purple,  oblong,  acute;  spur  curved,  short.    India. 

17.  japonicum,  Reichb.  f.  Lvs.  up  to  4  in.  long,  few: 
racemes  longer  than  the  lvs.;  fls.  about  1  in.  long,  fra- 
grant; sepals  and  petals  greenish  white,  the  lateral 
sepals  bordered  with  brownish  purple;  lip  3-lobed,  the 
lateral  lobes  small,  the  miildle  lobe  obovate-spatulate, 
crenulate,  white,  with  a  median  dark  violet  ridge  and  a 
few  paler  spots;  spur  straight,  obtuse.  Japan.  B.M. 
5798.   1.11.29:461. 

18.  vandarum,  Reichb.  f.  {A.  cyUndricum,  Hook.). 
St.  slender,  round :  lvs.  terete,  grooved  on  the  upper  sur- 
face, up  to  8  in.  long:  fls.  single  or  in  few-fld.  racemes, 
white,  about  2  in.  long;  sepals  and  petals  undulate,  the 
former  obovate-oblong,  the  latter  nearly  rhomboidal; 
lip  3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes  linear-falcate,  the  middle 


22G 


AERIDES 


.ESCULUS 


lobe  broaillv  obcordjitc;  spur  subulute.  Hiiiuilavan 
rfgion.    H.M.  4982.    J.H.  HI.  34:417.   O.R.  13:G0. 

li>.  mitr&tum,  Heiolib.  f.  St.  short,  with  a  few  semi- 
tfn-to  hs.  ll-l/i  in."  Ion;;,  deeply  grooved  on  the  iii)per 
surface:  raeenies  from  below  the  Ivs.  and  shorter  than 
thejn,  jii^oending  or  nearly  erect;  fls.  ■'4in.  long;  sepals 
and  petals  white,  fliisheil  with  mauve  at  the  apex;  lip 
ainetnvst;  spur  miter-sliaped,  sliorl.  Burma.  B.M. 
o72S.  " 

.4.  MicholiUii,  Rolfe.  .\  rvcemly  intro.  species,  allied  to  A.  o,io- 
THtum.  Light  roso-purple  fls.  ami  a  rather  short  spur.  .-Vnnam. 
U.Il.  lyiHilSl. — .4.  cytindricum,  I.indl.  Uescnibles  .\.  valularum 
in  habit  and  foliage.  Fls.  about  1*2  in.  across;  the  sepals  and 
petals  waxy  white,  sometimes  tinged  ro.se.  the  lip  white,  tiif  side 
lobes  purplc^streaked,  the  middle  lobe  yellow  with  a  crimson  tip. 
India.  G.C.  III.  17:393.— .4.  Duqucsnti,  llort.  Fls.  white  dotted 
with  rose. — .4.  Emerlcii,  Ucichb.  Fls.  1  in.  long,  the  sepals  and 
petals  white,  amethyst-bloiehed  at  apex,  the  side  lobes  of  lip 
purple-spotted,  the  middle  lobe  small,  narrowly  oblong,  acute, 
amethyst:  spur  incurved.  B.M.  G728. — .4.  TbibaiUianum,  Reichb. 
Racemes  longer  than  the  Ivs.:  fls.  rose  with  an  amethyst  lip;  spur 

<^"""'-  George  V.  Nash. 

iERUA  (said  to  be  from  the  Arabic  name).  Ainaran- 
tacese.  A  genus  of  10  species  of  Trop.  Asiatic  and  Afri- 
can herbs  or  shrubs,  alUed  to  AchjTanthes,  with  per- 
fect or  imperfect  fls.,  the  perianth  segms.  short  and 
hyaline;  stamens  5  or  4,  sterile  filaments  intervening; 
fls.  very  small,  usually  in  clusters,  white  or  rusty. 

saBguinolenta,  Blume  (.1.  snngnltien,  Hort.).  Lvs. 
13  2-2 1-2 in.  long,  opposite  or  alternate,  o\'ate-acimiinate, 


133.  Opening  foliage  of  .£sculii    Hippocastanum. 

soft-pubescent,  pale  beneath.  .Java. — Cult,  for  its  dark 
red  lvs.  Not  common  and  at  present  perhaps  confined 
to  botanic  gardens.  >j.  TAYLOR.t 

jESCHYNAnTHTJS:    Trichosporum. 

.^SCULUS  fancient  name  of  some  oak  or  mast-bear- 
ing tree;.  Including  Pavin.  Hippoc(/,stanacew.  Horse- 
Chestnitt.  Buckeye.  Trees  or  sometimes  shrubs, 
cijtivated  for  sha<le  and  for  the  conspicuous  bloom  of 
some  species. 

\Vint<  r-buds  large  with  several  pairs  of  outer  scales: 
lvs.  oppo.silc,  long-petiolcfl,  digitate,  deciduous;  jfts. 
5-9,  serrate:  fls.  sj-mmetrical  in  terminal  panicles; 
calyx  campanulate  to  tubular,  unequally  'l-.5-toot  hed ; 
petals  4-.5,  with  long  claws;  stamens  .5-9;  ovary  3- 
celled,  with  2-ovuled  cells:  fr.  a  large  3-valved  caps., 
usually  with  1  or  2  large  seeds;  .seeds  large,  brown,  with 
a  large  pale  hilum. — .'^bout  20  species  in  \.  Amer.,  E. 
A.sia,  Himalayas  and  Balkan  Peninsula. 

The  buckeyes  are  deciduous  tr(t<«  and  shrubs,  with 
large,  digitate  leaves  and  re<I,  white  or  yellow  flowers  in 
showy  t<;rminal  panicles.  They  arc  cultivated  for  their 
showy  flowers  and  handsfjme  foliage,  and  some  species 


make  excellent  shade  trees.    The  large  seeds  are  not 
edible. 

Some  si)eeies,  as  .-E.  Hippocaataniim  and  jE.  carnea 
!ire  popuhir  shade  and  street  trees.  They  leaf  early  and 
soon  give  a  dense  shade.  The  shrubby  species  are  well 
adai)tetl  for  borders  of  larger  groups  or  as  solitary 
chniips  on  the  lawn,  particularly  Ai.  parviflora,  with  its 
slender  panicles  of  white  flowers;  similar  in  habit  and 
eScri  but  with  bright  scarlet  flowers,  are  ^^.  discolor, 
jE.  ge.orqinnn  and  .li.  sphnileiis.  Most  of  the  species  are 
hardy  North,  but  the  Californian  and  Himalayan  spe- 
cies are  suitable  only  for  the  southern  states.  They 
grow  best  in  loamy  and  moist  soil. 

Propagation  is  by  seetls  to  be  sown  in  autumn  or 
stratified,  or  by  side-grafting  and  budding  on  common 
species,  and  the  shrubby  forms  also  by  layers;  /£. 
parviflora  is  propagated  also  by  root-cuttings. 


INDEX. 

ArgiUa,  8 

hetcrophulla,  1. 

pendula,  13. 

at rosan guinea,  11,  13.    Hippocaytanum,  1. 

plantierensia,  2. 

autitrinn,  14. 

huniili.s,  13. 

pumila,  1. 

Baunmnnii,  1. 

hybrida,  12. 

pyramidalis,  1. 

Biiolii,  2. 

incisa,  1. 

rubicunda,  2. 

Bucklcyi,  8. 

indica,  7. 

rubra,  13. 

californica,  4. 

intertnedia,  2. 

Schirnhoferi.  1. 

carnea,  2. 

laciniata,  1. 

sinensis,  3. 

chinensia,  5. 

lutea,  9. 

splendens,  15. 

discolor,  14. 

Lyonii.  12. 

sublaciniata.  13. 

dissectu,  1. 

macrostachj/n,  16. 

turhinata,  3. 

Ellwangeri,  11. 

Memmingeri,  1. 

umbraculifera.  1 

Jlava,  9. 

mollis.  14. 

variegata,  I. 

flavescens,  14. 

nana,  13. 

versicolor.  12. 

flore-pleno,  1. 

octandra,  9,  14. 

Whitleyi.  11. 

georgiana,  10. 

ohioensis,  8. 

Wilsonii,  6. 

glabra,  8. 

parviflora,  16. 

wcerlitzensis,  11. 

Henkelii.  1. 

Pavia.  11,  13,  14. 

A.  Winter-buds  resinous:  claws  of  petals  not  longer  than 

calyx;  stamens  exserted. 

B.  Lfts.  sessile:  petals  5:  cali/x  campatiulate,  5-lobed; 

stamens  5-8:  fr.  globular.    (Hippocastanum). 

^.  glabrous  beneath. 


l.'i  Hippocastanum, iU.,inn.  Common  Horse-Chest- 
NUT.V  Fig,-«3.^  Lar^ree,  60-SO  ft.:  lfts.  5-7,  sessile, 
cuneate-obovate,  a:tjilniinate,  obtuselj-  serrate,  nearly 
glabrous:  panicles  8-12  in.  long,  very  showy;  fls.  white, 
tinged  with  red,  J^lin.  long:  fr.  echinate.  May.  N. 
Greece,  Bulgaria.- H.W.  3:47.  P\E.  13,  pi.  13  (habit).— 
Many  garden  forms;  the  most  important  are:  Var. 
Baumannii,  Schneid.  (var.  flbre-pleno,  Lem.),  with 
double  white  fls.  I. H.  2:50.  F.S.  7,  p.  75.  B.H.  4,  p. 
133.  G.M.  44:613.  A.G.  .32:271  (habit).  Var.  Schim- 
hdferi,  Rosenth.,  with  double  yellowish  red  fls.  VV.I.G. 
1882:101.  Var.  pilmila,  Dipp.,  dwarf  form.  Var.  um- 
braculifera, Rehil.,  with  compact  round  head.  M.D.G. 
1903:188.  Var.  pyramidalis,  Nichols.,  with  compact, 
narrow,  pyramidal  head.  Var.  laciniita,  Leroy  (var. 
dissectn,  Hort.,  var.  helerophf/lln,  Hort,),  lfts.  laciniate. 
Var.  incisa,  Dipp.  Lfts.  short  and  broad,  deeply  and 
doubly  serrate  to  incisely  lobed.  Var.  HenkeUi,  Hen- 
kel,  is  little  diff'erent,  only  the  lfts.  are  narrower  ;\nd 
the  habit  more  pyramidal.  Var.  variegata,  Loud.,  lvs. 
variegated  with  yellow. -Var.  Memmingeri,  Bean.  Lvs. 
sprinkled  with  white. — The  horse-chestnut  is  one  of  the 
most  popular  of  shade  trees  on  the  continent  of  Eu- 
rope, and  is  also  much  planted  along  roads  and  in 
parks  and  private  grounds  in  this  country.  It  is  partic- 
ularly adaptable  for  bowers  and  places  where  seats 
are  desired,  as  the  top  stands  heading-in  and  makes  a 
very  dense  shade.  It  is  the  first  of  all  shade  trees  to 
burst  into  leaf.  When  smaller,  more  formal  trees  are 
desired,  var.  umbraculifera  should  be  planted.  The 
double-fld.  forms  arc  to  be  recommended  for  the  longer 
duration  of  their  fls.  and  for  the  absence  of  the  fr.  which 
is  of  great,  often  annoying,  attraction  to  the  small  boy. 
In  dry  sit^uations,  the  planting  of  the  horse-chestnut 
should  be  avoided,  as  the  foliage  is  hkely  to  suffer, 
particularly  in  dry  seasons,  from  drought  and  heat.  ^ 


^SCULUS 


^SCULUS 


227 


2.  camea,  Hayne  (.S.  HippocdslanumxPavia.  A. 
Tuhicunda,  Loisel.,  M.  inlermhdia,  Andr6).  Tree,  20-40 
ft.:  Ifts.  mostly  5,  nearly  sessile,  cuneate-obovate,  cre- 
natc-serrate,  nearly  glabrous:  panicles  5-8  in.  long;  fls. 
var\ing  from  flesh-color  to  scarlet:  fr.  with  small 
priekles.  Garden  origin.  B.R.  10.56.  L.B.C.  13:1242. 
F.S.  2229-30.  P\E.  23:607  (habit).— Common  in  parks 
and  on  roadsides.  Handsome  and  desirable;  the  foliage 
is  darker  and  of  firmer  texture  than  that  of  the  preced- 
ing species  and  resists  drought  better.  Many  garden 
forms,  according  to  the  different  shades  in  coloring; 
one  of  the  best  is  var.  Bridtii,  Nichols.  (M.  rubicunda 
var.  Bridtii,  Carr.),  with  bright  scarlet  fls.  R.H.  1878: 
370.  Also  var.  plantierensis,  Rehd.  LS.  plantierensis, 
Andre),  with  yellowish  white  fls.  tinged  with  pink  and 
fading  to  pink  and  with  bluntly  serrate  Ifts.,  is  very 
handsome. 

cc.  Lvs.  pubescent  beneath,  at  least  while  young. 

3.  turbinata,  Blume  {^-E.  sinensis,  Hort.,  not  Bunge). 
Japanese  Horse-Chestnut.  Tree,  30  ft. :  petioles  and 
young  branchlets  pubescent;  Ifts.  5-7,  cuneate-obovate, 
crenate-serrate,  pubescent  beneath  when  young:  pani- 
cles 6-10  in.  long,  dense  and  rather  narrow,  pubescent; 
fls.  j-eUowish  white,  with  a  red  spot,  less  than  }^in.  long: 
fr.  verrucose.  June.  Japan.  G.C.  111.  5:717;  31:187. 
S.I.F.  1 :71. — The  lvs.  are  larger  than  those  of  the  pre- 
ceding species,  but  the  individual  fls.  are  smaller  and 
less  strongly  marked  with  red.  Hardy  at  the  Arnold 
Arboretum. 

BB.  Lfts.  stalked:  petals  4;  calyx  2-lipped;  stamens  7-9: 

fr.  pear-shaped,  smooth.    (Calothyrsus.) 

c.  Petals   nearly  equal,   oblong-obovate   to  oblanceolate. 

D.  Corolla  about  1  in.  long. 

4.  califomica,  Nutt.  California  Buckeye.  ■  Tree 
with  broad  top,  30-40  ft. :  Ifts.  5-7,  petioled,  oblong- 
lanceolate,  cuneate  or  obtuse  at  the  base,  sharply  ser- 
rate, glabrous,  4-6  in.  long:  panicles  3-8  in.  long,  rather 
'dense;  fls.  white  or  pale  rose-colored,  1  in.  long;  petals 
of  equal  length.  Cahf.  B.M.  5077.  R.H.  1855,  p.  150. 
Gn.  49,  pp.  490,  492.  S.S.2:71,72.  F.S.  13:1312.  G.C. 
111.31:186.    G.M.  55:577  (habit). 

DD.  Corolla  much  less  than  1  in.  long. 

5.  chinensis,  Bunge.  Tree,  to  60  ft.:  Ifts.  5-7,  short- 
stalked,  oblong-obovate  to  oblong-oblanceolate,  acu- 
minate, cuneate  at  the  base,  glabrous  beneath,  except 
sparingly  hairy  on  the  veins,  closely  serrulate,  4-7  in. 
long:  fls.  less  than  H'"-  long,  white,  in  elongated  cyUn- 
dric  panicles:  fr.  subglobose,  shghtly  depressed  at  the 
apex,  with  thick  walls;  seeds  1  in.  across  or  less  with 
the  hilum  occupying  about  one-half  of  the  seed.  May, 
June.  N.  China.  G.C.  III.  52:346,  347.— Recently 
intro.  by  the  Arnold  Arboretum  and  probably  hardy  N. 

6.  Wflsonii,  Rehd.  Tree,  to  80  ft.:  Ifts.  5-7,  stalked, 
oblong-obovate  to  oblong-oblanceolate,  acuminate, 
rounded  or  broadly  cuneate  at  the  ba.se,  densely  grayish 
pubescent  beneath  while  young,  4-9  in.  long:  fls.  about 
J'i'n.  long,  the  upper  petals  with  a  yellow  spot,  in  cylin- 
dric  panicles  6-12  in.  long;  fr.  ovoid,  somewhat  pointed 
at  the  apex,  wit  h  thin  walls ;  seeds  1 J  2  in.  across  with  the 
hilum  occupying  one-third  or  less  of  the  seed.  May, 
June.  W.  and  Cent.  China. — Recently  intro.  by  the 
Arnold  Arboretum,  but  proved  tender  in  Mass.;  prob- 
ably hardy  south  of  New  York,  and  a  tree  highly  to  be 
recommended  for  its  very  large  spikes  of  white  fls. 

cc.  Petals  unequal,  about  1  in.  long,  the  upper  ones 
marked  red  and  yellow,  oblanceolate,  the  lateral  ones 
with  oval  or  obovate  blade. 

7.  indica,  Colebr.  Tall  tree,  to  60  ft. :  Ifts.  5-9,  obo- 
vate-lanceolate,  short-stalked,  finely  serrate,  cuneate 
at  the  base,  glabrous  or  nearly  so"  beneath,  6-10  in. 
long:  panicle  to  15  in.  long,  narrow;  fls.  about  1  in.  long 
with   white   unequal    petals,   the    upper   with    yellow 


blotch,  the  lower  tinged  rose.  Himalayas.  B.M.  5117. 
G.C.  33:139;  .36:206.  Gn.  76,  p.  399.— A  handsome 
tree  with  large  foliage  and  showy  fls.,  hardy  only  in  the 
southern  states. 

AA.   Winter-biuls  not  resinous:  claws  mostly  longer  than 

the  5-loothed  calyx. 

B.  Fh.  yellow  to  scarlet;  petals  4!  stamens  included  or 

somewhat  exserted:  Ifts.  petioled.    (Pavia.) 

c.   Petals  villous  at  the  margin  {interspersed  wilh  glands 

in  the  hybrid). 
D.  Color  of  fls.  yellow;  nmrgin  of  petals  ivithoul  glands. 

8.  glabra,  Willd.  {/E.  ohioensis,  Michx.  Pavia  glabra, 
Spach.  P.  pallida,  Spach).  Ohio  Buckeye.  Small 
tree,  15-30  ft.:  Ifts.  5,  oval  or  cuneate-obovate,  finely 
serrate,  smooth:  panicles  5-6  in.  long;  fls.  greenish  yel- 
low; petals  of  nearly  equal  length,  their  claws  as  long  as 
the  calyx;  stamens  exserted:  fr.  echinate.  May.  Pa. 
to  Ala.  and  Iowa.  B.R.  24:51.  S.S.  2:67,  68.  F.E.  29: 
773  (habit).  Var.  Buckleyi,  Sarg.  (jE.  glabra  var.  ar- 
giita,  Rob.  partly).  Shrub:  Ifts.  6-7,  obovate-lanceo- 
late,  unequally  serrate,  more  acuminate,  finely  pubes- 
cent beneath.  Has  been  confounded  with  the  true  /E. 
arguta,  Buckl. 

9.  octandra,  Marsh.  {Ai.  flava.  Ait.  /B.  liitea,  Wang. 
Pavia  liitea,  Poir.).  Sweet  Buckeye.  Large  tree,  40- 
90  ft.:  Ifts.  5,  oblong-obovate  or  elliptical,  cuneate, 


Ji^^i  immi:^^-i^i 


134.  £sculus  georgiana.   (XH) 

equally  serrate,  smooth  or  pubescent  beneath:  panicles 
4-6  in.  long;  petals  yellow,  very  unequal,  their  claws 
longer  than  the  calyx;  stamens  7,  shorter  than  the 
petals:  fr.  smooth.  May,  June.  Pa.  to  Ga.  and  Iowa. 
L.B.C.  13:1280.    S.S.  2:69,  70.    G.W.  7,  p.  145  (habit). 

DD.  Color  of  Jls.  red  or  yellow  tinged  more  or  less  wilh  red. 
E.  Margin  of  petals  without  glands,  villous. 

10.  georgiana,  Sarg.  Fig.  134.  Shrub,  to  6  ft.:  Ifts.  5, 
stalked,  oblong-obovate,  long-pointed,  finely  and  often 
doubly  serrate,  pale  yellowish  green  beneath  and  quite 
glabrous:  fls.  l}4  in.  long,  in  dense  panicles  5-6  in.  long; 
calyx  narrovv-campanulate,  red;  petals  red  and  yel- 
low; very  dissimilar,  the  lateral  ones  broad,  usually 
rounded  at  the  base;  stamens  7,  shorter  than  the  pet- 
als, viDous  below  the  middle.  May,  June.  Ga.  S.T.S. 
2:197. — This  is  the  only  species  of  the  /E.  octandra 
group  with  red  and  yellow  fls. :  it  is  very  handsome  and 
has  proved  perfectly  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

11.  woerlitzensis,  Koehne.  Tree:  Ifts.  obovate- 
oblong,  yellowish  green  beneath,  sparingly  hairj-  along 
the  midrib  and  bearded  in  the  axils,  otherwise  quite 
glabrous,  with  17-20  pairs  of  veins:  fls.  1-1 J^  in.  long,  in 


22S 


^SCULUS 


^THIONEMA 


panicles  4-5  in.  long;  calyx  tubular,  wider  above  the 
middle;  petals  red,  the  lateral  ones  with  an  oblong-oval 
or  oblong-obovate  blade  Rradually  narrowed  at  the  base; 
stamens  jis  lonfi  as  tfie  lateral  petals.  May.  Of  garden 
origin.  Var.  EUwangeri,  Kehd.  (.E.  Fc'ivid  var.  Whit- 
tryi,  Ellwiuiger  \-  Harry,  not  Hort.  .Vngl.  .-E.  Pi'ii>i<i  vnx. 
alrosanguiiua,  Hort.).  lits,  slightly  hairy  on  the  whole 
under  surface  wliile  young,  with  20-27  pairs  of  veins: 
fls.  ilarker  red;  calyx  nsurower,  not  widened  above  the 
middle.  Origin  unknown. — \"ery  similar  to  .A'.  Pavia, 
but  easily  distinguished  by  the  villous  margin  of  the 
petals. 

EE.  Margin  of  petals  with  Imirs  and  glands:  fls.  yellow 
and  reddish. 

12.  hybrida,  DC.    (.S.  oddndra  x  Pavia,  /E.  versi- 
color, ^^'ender.    Pavia  hf/brida,  Spach.   /E.  or  P.  Lyonii, 
Hort.).     Intermediate  between   ^EJ.   odandra   and  M. 
Paria.    Lfts.  pubescent  beneath  along  the  veins, 
short-petioled,    minutely   crenulate-serrate:  calyx 
narrow-campanulate,  red  or  yellowish  red;  petals        x 
yellow  or  reddish;  stamens  shorter  than  petals,      c;; 
pubescent  toward  the  base.    May,  June.   Garden 
origin.     W.D.B.    2:164   (as  -E.   Pania) .—Several 
forms  of  this  hybrid  are  in  cult.,  varying  in  the 
color  of  the  fls.  from  yellow, 
slightly  tinged  with  red,  to 
nearly    red.      Here    belong 
also  several   forms  cult,    in 
gardens  as  /E.  discolor  and 
^.  Pavia  var.  argiita,  Lindl., 
with  red  fls.    (B.R.  993). 

cc.  Petals  only  glandular, 
not  villoiw  on  the  mar- 
gin, red,  or  red  and 
yellow. 

D.  Lvs.  glabrous  beneath  or 
only  slightly  pubescent 
along  the  midrib. 

13.  Pivia,  Linn.  (Pavia 
rubra,  Poir.  P.  Michauxii. 
Spach).  Red  Buckeye. 
Shrub  or  small  tree,  4-2t) 
ft.:  Ifts.  oblong  or  eUiptical, 
acute  at  both  ends,  finely 
serrate,  smooth  or  pubes- 
cent beneath:  panicles  4-7 
in.  long,  loose;  fls.  purphsh 
to  dark  red;  calyx  tubular; 
petals  very  dissimilar;  sta- 
mens mostly  8,  nearly  as 
long  as  the  petals :  f  r.  smooth. 
May,  June.  Va.  to  Fla.  and 
La.  L.B.C.  13:1257.  S.T.S.  2:  199.— Many  garden 
forms,  as  var.  humilis,  Mouillef.  (jE.  hiimilis,  Lodd. 
/E.  Pavia  var.  ruina,  Dipp.  ^.  Pavia  var.  pendula, 
Hort.  /E.  rutrra  var.  hiimilis,  Loud.).  Low  shrub, 
sometimes  prostrate,  2-4  ft.:  Ifts.  coarsely  and  un- 
equally serrate,  slightly  pubescent  beneath,  chiefly 
along  the  veins:  fls.  red;  calyx  dark  red.  B.R.  1018. 
Var.  atrosanguinea,  Rehd.  Fls.  very  dark  red.  Var. 
sublaciniUta,  Wats.  [Pavia  atropurpurea,  Spach).  Lfts. 
narrrower  oblong,  deeply  serrate:  fls.  dark  red.  W.D.B. 
2 :  120.    There  are  also  forms  with  variegated  lvs. 

DD.  LvH.  tomentose  or  densely  pubescent  beneath. 

14.  discolor,  Pursh  (/E.  Pavia  var.  discolor,  Torr.  & 
Gray.  /E.  oddndra  var.  hyl/rida,  Sarg.,  partly).  Shrub 
or  small  tree,  to  30  ft.:  Ifts.  5,  elliptic  to  oblong-obo- 
vate,  acuminate,  finely  crenately  serrate,  whitish  to- 
mentose beneath:  panicles  0-8  in.  long,  rather  narrow; 
fls.  114  in.  long;  calyx  tubular,  deep  scarlet  like  the 
axis  of  the  panicle;  petals  very  unequal,  .scarlet  and 
yellow  in  the  typical  form;  stamens  at  h'ast  longer 
than  the  .shorter  pair  of  petals:  fr.  smooth;  seeds  hght 
yellowish  brown.    May,  June.   Ga.  to  Texas  and  S.  Mo. 


B.R.  4:310.  S.S.  13:622.  S.O.B,  1:39  (as  .E.  Pavia). 
Var.  mollis,  Sarg.  {.E.  i/ioUis,  Raf.  /E.  austrina.  Small). 
Fls.  deep  scarlet.  A  very  handsome  variety  with  its 
long  and  rather  slender  racemes  of  bright  scarlet  fls. 
It  has  prov'ed  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum.  Var. 
flavescens,  Sarg.  Fls.  yellow.  This  is  the  yellow-fld. 
Texan  buckeye  formerly  referred  to  /E.  octandra. 

15.  splendens,  Sarg.  A  shrub,  8-12  ft.:  Ifts.  5,  lan- 
ceolate to  oblanceolate,  acuminate,  finely  and  often 
doubly  crenulate-serrate,  densely  hoary  pubescent  be- 
neath: fls.  1)2  in.  long  in  many-fld.  panicles 
4-8  in.  long;  calyx  tubular,  bright  red;  petals 
unequal,  deep  scarlet;  stamens  usually  7, 
longer  or  shorter  than  the  petals:  seeds  dark 
chestnut-brown.  May,  June.  Ala. — Appar- 
ently the  handsomest  in  flower  of  all  horse- 
chestnuts.   S.F.S.  2:200. 

BB.  Fls.  pure  white,  small;  petals  4-6;  sta- 
mens more  than  tmce  as  long  as  the 
petals.    (MacTothyrsus.) 

16.  parviflora,    Walt.     (/E.    macrostachya, 
Michx.    Pavia  dlba,  Poir.).    Fig.  135.  Shrub, 
3-10  ft.:  Ifts.  5-7,  eUiptical  or  oblong-ovate, 
nearly   sessile,    finely  serrate,  pubescent  be- 
neath:  panicles   8-16   in.   long,   narrow:   fr. 
smooth.    July,  Aug.    Southern  states.    B.M. 
2118.    Gng.  7:81.    G.C.  II.  8:653;  III.  31: 
189,  200;  45:123.   Gn.  63,  p.  299;  75,  p.  568. 
M.D.G.  1897:305.  Gn.  M. 
9:76.   A.F.  24:533;  28:724 
(habit);    34:190.— One    of 
the  handsomest  plants  for  a 
lawn  clump. 

^.  argiita.  Buokl.  C^.  glabra 
var.  arguta,  Rob.).  Allied  to  M. 
glabra.  Shrub,  1-5  ft.:  Ifts.  7-9, 
lanceolate  to  obovate- lanceolate, 
sharply  and  often  doubly  serrate, 
pubescent  beneath:  fls.  light  yellow- 
ish green.  Texas.  S.T.S.  2:198.— 
Not  in  cult.:  the  plant  that  is  cult, 
under  this  name  is  M.  glabra  var. 
Buckleyi. — ^.  Bxishii.  Schneid. 
Suppo.sed  hybrid  of  M.  glabra  and 
discolor.  Tree,  to  30  ft.:  Ifts.  ob- 
long-obovate,  finely  and  bluntly 
serrate,  pubescent  below:  calyx 
pink:  petals  pink  and  yellow,  glan- 
dular and  villous  at  the  margin:  fr. 
slightly  tuberculate.  Ark.  Hardy 
at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. — M.  gtau- 
cescens,  Sarg.  Related  to  M.  octan- 
dra. Shrub,  to  10  ft.  Lfts.  larger, 
glabrous  and  glaucescent  beneath: 
fis.  larger:  fr.  smaller.  Ga.  S.T.S. 
2:193. — V©.  humilis.  Koehne,  not 
Lodd.  Related  to  M.  discolor  and 
possibly  variety.  Low  shrub:  Iva. 
tomentose  beneath:  fls.  red  and  yellow.  Of  unknown  origin. — j^. 
maryliindica,  Booth.  Supposed  hybrid  of  M.  glabra  and  octandra. 
Of  unknown  origin. — A.  neglecta,  Lindl.  Near  JE.  octandra,  but 
petals  veined  with  purple  toward  the  base  of  the  blade:  the  lfts.  are 
glaljrous  beneath.  Of  unknown  origin.  B.R.  12:1009. — jE.  Pdrryi, 
Gray.  Similar  to  A.  californica.  Lfts.  small,  obovate,  canescent- 
tomentose  beneath:  calyx^S-Iobed.   Calif.  G.F.  3:356. 

Alfred  Rehder. 

/ETHEOPAPPUS:  Cenlaurea. 

.ffiXHIONEMA  (aitho,  scorch,  and  nema,  filament; 
probably  referring  to  appearance  of  stamens).  Cru- 
c'lferse.  Dwarf,  shrubby  herbs  for  the  hardy  herbaceous 
border,  or  rockery.   Less  common  than  Iberis. 

The  genus  differs  from  Iberis  in  having  aU  its  petals 
equal,  and  from  Lepidium  in  having  its  four  stamens 
longer,  winged  and  toothed.  Fls.  various  shades  of 
pink,  purple,  or  red,  in  crowded  terminal  racemes. 
W.  B.  Hemsley,  in  Gn.  9,  pp.  108,  109. 

iEthionemas  dislike  moist  or  stiff  soil  or  .shady  places; 
but  in  light,  sandy  loam,  on  dry  and  sunny  slopes,  they 
are  compact  and  branchy,  and  when  once  fairly  estab- 
li.shed  will  last  for  many  successive  years  withoiit  replant- 
ing or  renewal,  while,  under  the  opposite  conditions,  the 
plants  grow  feeble  and  lanky,  and  may  die  after  a  year 


^THIONEMA 


AGAPANTHUS 


229 


or  two.    They  keep  fully  as  well  as  the  candytufts  in 
water,  and  can  be  cut  with  longer  and  straighter  stems. 
Propagation  is  by  seeds  in  spring  or  by  cuttings  in 
summer;  annual  and  biennial  kinds  by  seeds. 

A.  Perennial. 
coridifdlium,  DC.  {Iberis  jucilnda,  Schott  &  Kotschy). 
Branches  numerous,  thick,  4-6  in.  high:  Ivs.  crowded, 
short,  nerveless,  linear  or  linear-oblong,  acute  or  obtuse: 
fls.  rosy  lilac,  smaller  and  later  than  in  the  next,  in 
dense,  short,  rounded  racemes.  Chalky  summits  of 
Lebanon  and  Taurus.  B.M.  5952. — Good  for  edging. 
./E.  pulchellum  was  sold  under  this  name  for  many 
years. 

grandiflorum,  Boiss.  &  Hohen.  Branches  1-1  J'2  ft., 
prostrate:  Ivs.  usually  longer  than  in  /S.  coridifolium, 
more  linear  and  more  acute:  fis.  as  large  as  those  of 
Arahis  alpina,  rose-colored,  in  slender,  elongated 
racemes;  petals  4  times  as  long  as  the  sepals.  Persia. 
Gn.  9:108.    Useful  in  the  rock-garden. 

pulchellum,  Boiss.  &  Huet.  Similar  to  AS.  coridi- 
folium, but  more  diffuse  and  trailing.  Fls.  smaller  and 
brighter-colored;  petals  2J-^  times  as  long  as  the  sepals. 
Persia.   Gn.  25:320. 

iberideum,  Boiss.  St.  cespitose,  ascending,  rough: 
Ivs.  glaucous,  bunched,  oblong  or  hnear- lanceolate, 
narrowly  acute  at  the  base:  fls.  large  and  showy,  white, 
racemose,  flowering  from  June  to  Sept.  E.  Medit.  re- 
gion.— Not  well  known  in  Amer. 

AA.  Annual. 
cappaddcicum,  Spreng.    (^-E.  Buxbaiimi,  DC).   Six  to 
8  in.:  Ivs.  oblong  or  linear-oblong,  spatulate,  glaucous: 
fls.  racemose,  the  racemes  crowded,  corolla  pale  red. 
June.  Orient. 

^.  didstrophis  Bunge.  10  in.  high:  fls.  paie,  rosy  lilac.  Mts.  of 
.\mienia.  GN.  63:  109. — jE.  persicum,  Hon.  Stout,  erect,  shrubby, 
dwarf:  Qa.  deep  rose. — Best  of  dwarfs.    Intro.  1892,  by  J.  W.  Man- 

■^°«-  N.    TAYLOR-t 

.ffiXTOXICON  (Greek,  aix,  goat,  and  toxicon,  poison). 
Euphorbidceie.  Trees,  rarely  cult.  Younger  parts 
covered  with  deciduous  scales:  Ivs.  alternate,  simple, 
leathery:  fls.  with  petals  and  disk,  in  short  clusters: 
fr.  fleshy,  1-seeded.  The  single  species  from  the  Chilian 
coast  (J?.  punctatum,  Ruiz  &  Pav.),  and  known  there 
as  tique,  palo  muerto,  acietunillo  and  olivillo,  is  listed 
once  in  the  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric.  inventories  of  seeds 
and  plants  intro.  j.  b.  S.  Norton. 

AFZELIA  (named  for  Adam  Afzelius,  of  Upsala,  and 
once  resident  in  Sierra  Leone).  Leguminosse.  A  small 
genus  of  unarmed  trees,  in  Afr.  and  the  Pacific  Isls.: 
fls.  with  vexiUum  much  exceeding  calyx  and  clawed,  the 
lateral  and  anterior  petals  scale-like  or  wanting;  perfect 
stamens  7,  staminodia  2.  A.  bij&ga,  Gray.  Tree:  Ivs. 
abruptly  pinnate,  the  Ifts.  mostly  in  2  pairs,  ovate: 
fls.  in  small  terminal  panicles:  pod  oblong  and  flat, 
5-8  in.  long  by  2  in.  wide;  seeds  compressed-orbicular, 
1  in.  or  more  in  diam.  Described  from  the  Fiji  Isls,, 
but  apparently  widely  distributed  in  Oceanica.  Appar- 
ently not  cult.,  but  it  is  the  "ifit,"  used  in  Guam  as  a 
cabinet-wood  and  for  general  construction  purposes. 

AGALL6CHA:  liimmria. 

AGALMYLA  (agnlma,oma.meTit,  and  lude,  wood;  an 
ornament  to  the  woods  in  which  they  grow  wild).  Ges- 
neracese.  A  genus  of  .3  species  of  tender  climbers  from 
Java  and  Sumatra  which  may  be  grown  in  a  basket  like 
vEschynanthus  (Trichosporum) .  Fls.  in  axillary  bunches, 
the  corolla  .5-lobed,  oblique,  but  scarcely  2-lipped:  Ivs. 
simple,  alternate. 

A.  longUtyta,  Carr.,  is  considered  a  synonym  of  the  next,  but 
apparently  has  a  longer  style.  R.H.  1873:270.— .4.  slaminea, 
Blume.    Scarlet  Root  Blossom.    St.  rooting  from  the  lower  sur- 


face: Ivs.  alternate,  with  an  abortive  one  opposite  the  base  of  each; 

f)etioIes  4-8  in.  long;  blade  as  long,  ovate,  serrate:  fls.  in  large  axil- 
ary  sessile  fascicles  of  12-14;  stamens  exserted.  B.M.  5747.  P.M. 
15:73.   F.S.  4:3,58.  N.   TAYLOR.f 

AGANISIA  (Greek,  meaning  desirable).  Orchidacex. 
Epiphytes  grown  on  blocks. 

Stems  short,  finally  forming  pseudobulbs,  arising 
from  fi  creeping  rhizome:  If.  1:  fis.  few,  in  an  erect 
raceme  from  the  base  of  the  pseudobulb;  sepals  and 
petals  nearly  alike,  spreading;  lateral  lobes  of  the  lip 
short  or  obsolete,  the  middle  lobe  broad,  spreading, 
entire  or  2-  or  3-lobed;  pollinia  4. — Species  2;  natives  of 
S.  Amer.  For  culture  and  propagation,  see  article  on 
Orchids. 

cyanea,  Reichb.  (A.  tricolor,  N.  E.  Br.  AcacalUs 
cyanea,  Lindl.).  Pseudobulbs  ovoid,  up  to  2  in.  long, 
1-  or  2-lvd.:  Ivs.  narrowed  to  a  short  petiole,  up  to  6 
in.  long:  raceme  of  4-7  fls.  over  2  in.  wide;  sepals  and 
petals  pale  mauve,  especially  the  latter;  lip  with  a 
rose-purple  reniform  limb  and  a  fringed  claw.  Brazil. 
Lind.  1 :45. — Very  rare  in  cult.    Needs  a  high  temp. 

pulchella,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  ovoid,  barely  1  in. 
long,  1-lvd.:  Ivs.  3-5  in.  long,  narrowed  into  a  long 
petiole :  raceme  of  4-6  fls.  about  1  yi  in.  broad ;  sepals  and 
petals  white;  lip  with  the  lower  part  nearly  round, 
concave,  spotted  with  red,  the  upper  part  larger,  broadly 
ovate,  yellow  in  the  center.  Guiana.  B.R.  26:32. — 
Very  rare  in  cult. 

A.  iondptera,  Nichols.  Fls,  blue,  nodding,  the  sepals  and  petals 
tipped  white,  tlie  white  lip  with  the  lateral  lobes  red-streaked,  the 
middle  lobe  transversely  oblong,  with  2  red  bars.    Peru,     B.M. 

^^^°-  George  V.  Nash. 

AGAPANTHUS  (agape,  love,  and  anthos,  flower). 
Liliacese.  Conservatory  plants,  with  tuberous  root- 
stocks,  blooming  from  late  spring  to  fall,  but  mostly  in 
summer. 

Plant  robust  and  tall  (dwarf  forms) :  scape  simple, 
fls,  in  2-bracted  umbels,  in  shades  of  blue  and  varying  to 
white;  perianth  with  6  wide-spreading  divisions,  nearly 
regular;  stamens  6:  pod  many-seeded;  seeds  flat,  winged 
above:  foliage  usually  evergreen,  but  vanishing  early 
in  some  of  the  forms.  S.  Afr. — Probably  only  one 
species,  although  several  have  been  described. 

In  this  country,  agapanthuses  are  usually  grown  in 
tubs  (the  roots  are  likely  to  burst  pots),  and  are  flowered 
in  summer  in  the  conservatory,  window-garden,  living- 
room,  or  set  in  protected  places  in  the  open.  The  plant 
is  kept  dormant  during  winter,  as  in  a  frame  or  light 
cellar,  only  enough  life  being  maintained  to  prevent  the 
leaves  from  falling.  When  in  bloom,  give  abundance  of 
water.  Plants  will  bloom  many  years  if  given  a  large 
enough  tub,  not  allowed  to  become  •vercrowded  in  the 
tub,  and  supplied  with  manure-water,  sending  up 
many  clusters  each  year.  Good  results  can  also  be 
obtained  in  single  pots.  It  forces  well.  If  kept  dormant 
until  spring,  plants  may  be  bedded  in  the  open,  or 
massed  in  vases,  for  summer  bloom. — Propagation  is 
effected  by  dividing  the  roots  (and  rarely  by  seeds). 
Old  roots  break  up  more  easily  if  soaked  in  water  a  few 
hours.  When  dormant,  the  plant  will  stand  a  few  de- 
grees— usually  10°  or  less — of  frost. 

umbellatus,  L'Her.  African  Lily.  Lily-of-the- 
NiLE  (although  native  to  Cape  of  Good  Hope  region). 
Fig.  136.  Lvs.  2  ft.  long  and  numerous,  thick,  narrow: 
scape  rising  2-3  ft.  from  the  If.-rosette,  bearing  an  um- 
bel of  10-30  handsome  blue  fls. ;  perianth  funnel-shaped, 
l'A-2  in.  long,  with  short  tube.  B.M.  500.— One 
of  the  best  known  of  half-hardy  liliaceous  plants.  Very 
variable  in  the  wild,  and  many  of  the  forms  have  been 
intro.  to  cult.  Tall  or  giant  forms:  Var.  multiflorus, 
Voss.  (var.  mdximus,  Hort-.  A.  multifldrus,  Willd,), 
taller  than  the  prevailing  forms,  the  bright  blue  large 
fls.  as  many  as  .30-60  in  an  umbel,  the  lvs.  broader; 
Var.  giganteus,  Hort.,  a  very  robvist  form   (to  4  ft.) 


230 


AtiAPANTHl'S 


A(JAVE 


\ 


V^:il 


136.  Agapanthus 
umbellatus. 


with  150-200  dark  him'  Hs.  Dwarf  fornis:  Var.  minor, 
Hurt.,  very  small,  with  slondiT  narrow  Ivs.  ('I'i'i-  or 
Ifss  bri>ad>  ami  deep  bluo  (Is.  whidi  arc  1  in.  or  loss  long; 
var.  MooreSnus,  Hort.,  l'.,  ft.,  Ivs.  short  and  upright, 
tis.  dark  blue,  and  as  large  jis  in  .1.  iiiiibcltdlus  itself; 

hardv;  var.  Leicht- 
linii,"  Hort.,  1'2  ft.,  As. 
bright  hyaoinlh-bluo  in 
a  \(Ty  ooniiiai't  umbel. 
\'ariegated  forms;  Var. 
variegatus,  Hort.,  Ivs. 
white  with  sparse  green 
stripes,  rather  small; 
var.  atireus,  Hort., 
Ivs.  striped  yellow. 
^^'hite-fld.  forms:  Var. 
albidus,  Hort.,  fls.  pure 
white,  rather  small  but 
many,  the  Ivs.  usually 
not  persisting;  var.  Saintpa&lii, 
Hort.,  apparently  similar  to  last: 
fls.  smaller  than  in  A.  umbellnlvn. 
Blue-fld.  forms  of  usual  habit:  Var. 
pallidus,  Hort.,  fls.  pale  porcelain- 
blue;  var.  WeUlighii,  Hort.,  fls. 
lavender  with  indigo-blue  lines  and 
margins;  var.  Saundersonianus, 
Hort.,  fls.  dark  blue;  var.  atrocaerii- 
leus,  Hort.,  fls.  dark  violet;  var. 
prsecox,  Hort.  (var.  >ninimiii<,  Lindl. 
A.  prs'cox,  Willd.),  is  an  earlier 
form,  blooming  in  June  or  even 
earlier  and  by  some  regarded  as  a 
distinct  species,  the  Ivs.  narrower  than  in  the  type, 
fls.  smaller  and  30-40  in  the  umbel,  pale  blue,  with 
narrow  perianth  segnis.,  and  the  peduncle  or  scape 
short;  var.  flora  pleno,  Hort.,  a  double-fld.  blue  form, 
the  fls.  long-lasting.  Very  recent  introductions  are: 
\ar.  globSsus  {A.  glohosiift,  Bull),  a  dwarf-growing 
form,  producing  dense  globular  umbels  on  long  scapes, 
the  fls.  about  1  in.  acro.ss,  the  outer  segms.  lilac-blue 
shaded  white  and  the  inner  ones  emarginate  and  darker, 
the  Ivs.  deciduous;  var.  insignis  {A.  inaignis,  Bull), 
tall,  the  basal  part  of  the  arching  Ivs.  milk-white,  the 
fls.  very  numerous  on  long  slender  pedicels  and  droop- 
ing in  the  very  large  umbel,  pale  lavender.  Gn.  64,  p. 
t)7.  G.M.  46,  p.  423.  G.VV.  190.3,  p.  529,  531;  var. 
caulescens  (A.  cnulexccn.s,  Spreng.),  fls.  blue,  lighter 
inside,  long-pediceled  and  the  outer  ones  nodding,  the 
root  with  thickened  fibers;  Intro,  by  Carl  Sprenger 
of  Naples.  Gt.  50:1487.  L.  H.  B. 

AGAPETES  (Greek  agapelos,  beloved  or  lovable, 
refr-rring  to  the  beauty  of  the  plant).  Ericacese,  sub- 
family Vaccirdoides.  Shrubs  sometimes  cultivated  for 
their  handsome  flowers  and  attractive  foliage. 

EvergrfK^n  plants,  often  epiphytic  and  with  the  sts. 
thickened  at  the  ba.se:  Ivs.  alternate,  or  irregularly 
whorled,  short-petioled  or  sessile,  entire  or  slightly 
toothed:  fls.  in  axillary  fascicles  or  short  racemes, 
rarely  solitary;  calyx-tube  turbinate,  with  5-lobed 
limb;  corolla  tubular  to  campanulate,  with  5,  usually 
curved  lobes;  stamens  10,  with  short  filaments,  anthers 
produced  into  2  long  beaks  opening  at  t  he  apex  l)y  a  pore 
or  slit;  ovary  .T-celled,  inferior:  fr.  a  juicy  or  dry  lierry 
with  many  seeds. — About  30  species  from  the  southern 
Himalayas  to  N.  Austral.,  chiefly  in  the  humid  mountain 
forfsts  at  elevations  of  3,000-6,aj0  ft . 

The  several  specify  in  cultivation  are  highly  ornamen- 
tal shrubs  with  hand.sfjme  lustrous  foliage  and  showy 
ijwually  scarlet  or  bright  red  cluHt(Ted  flowers.  They 
are  sometimes  grown  in  warm  greenhouses  in  Europe, 
but  apparently  none  of  them  is  in  the  American  trade. 

They  grow  best  in  a  porous  soil  consisting  of  peat, 
lp4if-mold,  fibrou-s  loam  and  plenty  of  sand;  the  smaller 
kinds  are  suitable  for  growing  in  biiskets  on  account  of 


their  epiphytic  nature.  Out-of-doors  they  could  be 
grown  (iidy  in  wanner  temjjerate  regions,  "in  loi^alilies 
in  whi<'h  the  air  po.sses.ses  sulhcicnt  humidity  and  in  par- 
tial shade. 

Propagation  is  by  cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood 
under  glass  in  the  warm  greenhouse. 

A.  buxi/dlia,  Nutt.  Uranches  and  ciilyx  hairy:  Ivs.  obovate- 
cunnalc,  crcnately  .serralc,  glabrous,  aliout  1  in.  long;  fls.  axillary, 
1-2,  tylindric,  bright  red  with  spreading  lobes.  Himalayas.  B.M. 
5012.  G.C.  III.  27:lfl7.— /I.  ulMra.  Clarke  (Thibaudia  glabra, 
Gritf . ).  Glabrous:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  rounded  at  the  base,  some- 
times elliptic,  obscurely  crenate,  about  5  in.  long:  fls.  several,  axil- 
lary, tubular,  ventricosc  below  the  middle.  Jiin.  long,  white,  green- 
ish toward  the  apex,  pink  at  theba.se.  Himalayas.  Gn.  10.  p.  539. 
—.-1.  mnrrdnlha.  Benth.  &  Hook.  (Thibaudia  macrantha.  Hook.). 
Plant  glabrous:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  long-acuminate,  3-4  in.  long: 
Hs.  in  2-3-fld.  clusters,  outside  of  ttie  axils,  pendulous,  urceo- 
late,  5-ribbed,  2  in.  long,  yellowish  white,  marked  with  red  wavy 
transver.se  line.s.  E.India.  B.M.  45t)().  K.S.  6:646.  J. F.  1:95. 
G.C.  III.  15:501.  R.H.  1852:81.  R.B.  26:181  — ,4.  Modrei.  Hemsl. 
Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,  usually  whorled  at  the  end  of  the  branches, 
entire,  glabrous,  2-3  Ji  in.  long:  fls.  in  short  axillary,  6-9-fld.  ra- 
cemes, cylindric.  scarlet  or  orange-red.  1  H  in.  long,  lobes  reflexed. 
narrow,  yellow  within.  Himalayas.  B.M.  7928. — .4.  sellgera,  D. 
Don  (Tliihaudia  setigera.  Wall.).  Lvs.  oblong  or  lanceolate,  about. 
4  in.  long,  usually  whorled:  fls.  in  lateral  clusters,  deep  red,  usually 
hairy,  %m.  long;  pedicels  and  calyx  hairy.  Himalayas.  Wight  Icon, 
llstt,  1181  fas  Vaccinium  verticillatum  and  V.  Wallichianum). — 
.4.  .spc,-f').sa.  Hemsl.  Glabrous:  Ivs.  ovate-oblong,  subcordate  at  the 
base,  slit.htly  serrulate,  3-4  in.  long:  fls.  3-6,  axillary,  cylindric-ur- 
ceolate.  .'»-ril)hed,  deep  crimson,  1 1^  in.  long.  Probably  from 
Burma.  (i.C.  III.  41:  2:37. — A.  mriegala.  D.  Don  (Thibaudia  pul- 
cherrima,  Wall.  A.  pulcherrima,  Benth.  &  Hook.).  Tall  shrub, 
glabrous:  lvs.  elliptic-lanceolate,  6-8  in.  long:  fls.  on  the  old  wood 
in  many-fld.  dense  chisters,  eylindric-campanulate,  5-angled.  pale 
red  marked  dark  red,  1  in.  long.    Himatayas.    B.M.  4303.    F.S.  3, 

''  ■    —  Alfred  Rehdeb. 

AGARICUS.  A  genus  of  fleshy  fungi,  considered  under  Mush- 
room. 

AGARfSTA:    Leplosyjie. 

AGATHiEA:    Feliria. 

AGATHIS  (agathis,  glome;  the  flowers  in  clusters). 
Pinacesp.  Tender  Australian  dia'cious  conifers,  allied 
to  Araucaria,  yielding  dammar  resin. 

Leaves  coriaceous,  not  needle-like,  usually  broad, 
potioled  or  almost  sessile,  opposite  or  alternate:  cones 
axillary,  ovate  or  globular,  composed  of  persistent, 
bractless  scales.  Distinguished  from  pines  and  firs  by 
the  broad-parallel-veined  lvs. — Not  uncommon  in  bo- 
tanic garden  collections  where  they  are  grown  in  the 
temperate  house. 

robtista,  Hook.  (Dammdra  robusla,  C.  Moore.  D. 
Brownii,  Hort.).  Branches  somewhat  verticillate,  hori- 
zontal: lvs.  broad,  ovate-lanceolate,  obtuse,  short- 
stalked,  33-^-4  in.  long,  2-3  in.  wide:  cones  oval,  3-4  in. 
long,  2-3  in.  wide:  tree  reaching  1,30  ft.  in  Austral. 
— Cult,  in  Calif. 

austrSlis,  Salisb.  (Dammdra  austrdlis,  Lambert.). 
The  Kawki  Pine.  Tree^  120-1,50  ft.:  lvs.  sessile,  linear 
oblong,   rarely  elliptic,   alternate,   or  opposite  on  the 


branchlets,  lJ^-2  in.   long, 


54in.  wide:   staminate 


catkins  .solitary:  cones  almost  spherical,  2-3  in. 
diam.  New  Zeal.  G.F.  2:.583.  Lambert,  Pinus  2:44. 
— Cult,  outdoors  in  Calif.,  but  not  very  successfully. 
Kawri  gum,  much  used  in  the  manufacture  of  varnish, 
is  the  partly  fossilized  resin  of  A .  auslralis.  It  is  found 
5-6  ft.  below  the  surface  of  the  ground,  in  the  northern 
part  of  New  Zeal.,  where  there  were  vast  forests  of 
this  tree  in  ages  past. 

orientalis,  Lambert.  Fig.  137.  Tree,  100  ft.:  Ivs. 
opposite  or  alternate,  entire,  coriaceous,  ghiueous,  2-4 
in.  long,  1 J-^  in.  wide,  sometimes  a  little  falcate:  staminate 
catkins  2  in.  long:  cones  globular  or  turbinate,  solitary, 
peduncled,  and  axillary.  E.  Indies.  Lambert,  Pinus 
2:43.  B.  M.  53.')9.— Cialt.  out(l()ors  in  Calif,  and  in 
greenhouses  elsewhere.  Both  this  and  the  preceding 
intro.  by  Franceschi  of  Santa  Barbara,  Calif,  (as  Dam- 
mara  orientalis.)  j^    Taylor. 

AGAVE  (Greek,  agauos,  admirable).  Amaryllidacesf. 
Importtint  decorative  and  economic  plants  from  hot 


VI.    A  good  example  of  aquatic  gardening,  with  water-lilies  and  Japanese  ins. 


AGAVE 


AGAVE 


231 


American  deserts,  the  most  familiar  of  which  is  A. 
amcricana,  the  Century  Plant,  or  American  Aloe. 

Stem  short  or  wanting:  Ivs.  mostly  in  a  close  rosette, 
usually  stiff  and  more  or  less  fleshy,  persisting  from  year 
to  year,  the  margins  mostly  armed  with  teeth  and  the 
apex  tipped  with  a  usually  pungent  spine:  fls.  in  spikes 
(Littsea)  or  panicles  (Euagave) ;  perianth  6-parted, 
more  or  less  funnel-shaped;  stamens  6,  mostly  long- 
exserted;  style  1;  stigma  capitately  3-lobed;  ovary  in- 
ferior, 3-celled;  seeds  numerous,  flat,  thin,  black. — Some 
species  flower  but  once  and  die,  others  occasionally, 
while  others  flower  from  year  to  year.  The  number  of 
species  is  fully  300,  and  more  than  325  have  been  de- 
scribed, largely  from  the  Mexican  tableland,  although 
each  island  of  the  W.  Indies  possesses  its  jieculiar 
spei^ies.  One  of  the  largest  collections  is  at  Kew,  where 
there  are  85  named  species.  The  largest  collections  in 
the  U.  S.  are  at  the  Botanical  Garden  of  Washington 
and  the  Missouri  Botanical  Garden,  where  there  are 
about  75  species  each.  Amateurs  often  cult,  a  greater 
number  of  species  than  are  described  in  this  account. 

The  most  complete  monographs  of  the  genus  as  a 
whole  are  by  General  von  Jacobi,  in  the  Hamburg 
Garten  Zeitung,  1864-1865,  of  which  a  limited  number 
of  reprints  with  supplements  were  issued  in  book  form, 
and  by  J.  G.  Baker  in  the  Gardeners'  Chronicle,  18Z7, 
with  excellent  small  illustrations,  which  was  amplified 
in  his  Handbook  of  the  Amar>'llide»,  1888.  Several  of 
the  natural  groups  composing  the  subgenus  Euagave 
have  been  monographed  and  illustrated  in  the  Reports 
of  the  Missouri  Botanical  Garden,  one  of  which  also 
contains  a  monograph  of  the  species  known  to  occur 
in  Lower  California.  The  half-hundred  \\est  Indian 
species  are  figured  and  monograph  ically  treated  in  the 
eleventh  volume  of  Memoirs  of  the  National  Academ}' 
of  Sciences.  Engelmann  has  published  a  monograph  of 
the  species  of  the  United  States,  first  classified  on  flower 
characters,  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Academy  of 
Science  of  St.  Louis,  Vol.  III. 

Agaves  are  essentially  fanciers'  or  amateurs'  plants. 
This  noble  group  of  plants  has  never  received  the  atten- 
tion it  deserves,  and  yet  no  genus  of  plants  in  America 
furnishes  so  many  suitable  decorative  plants.  Sir 
Joseph  Hooker  places  it  next  to  the  palm  and  aloe,  but 
the  former  is  a  great  family 
of  1,100  species.  While  in 
the  United  States  one  thinks 
of  the  agaves  only  as 
decorative  plants,  yet  in 
Mexico,  their  native  home, 
they  are  the  most  useful  of 
plants.  Many  species  fur- 
nish fiber,  others  soap,  while 
still  others  produce  the  two 
great  Mexican  drinks, 
pulque  and  mescal.  Pulque, 
which  is  a  fermented  drink, 
is  derived  from 
.'/'several  species, 
•'  especially  A.  alrovi- 
rcns.  r,Ie.scal,  which 
is  a  distilled  drink, 
_^      .^       y-B-  _      __        is    usually  not  ob- 

/^  Vr     \^^ ^..^--^^^^'^    tained      from     the 

same  species  as 
pulque,  although  there  is 
a  general  belief  to  the  con- 
trary. The  species  from 
which  is  made  most  of  the 
mescal  used  in  Mexico  is  unknown. — The  species  vary 
so  much  in  size  and  form  that  they  can  be  used  in 
a  great  many  ways.  Some  of  the  smaller  species  are 
suitable  for  the  house,  and  even  some  of  the  larger 
species  are  so  used.  The  larger  species  are  well  adapted 
tor  vases  in  large  gardens  and  grounds,  along  walks, 
terraces,  and  the  like.  These  plants,  coming,  as  they  do, 


137.  Agathis 
orientalis.   ( X  ]■ 


from  arid  or  even  desert  regions,  where  they  have  a 
hard  struggle  to  exist,  can  be  grown  with  little  or  no 
care,  but  they  respond  very  quickly  to  good  treatment. 
— The  species  are  propagated  in  various  ways ;  some  pro- 
duce suckers  at  the  base,  or  even  underground  shoots; 
others  give  off  buds  from  the  stem,  which  fall  off  and 
take  root,  or  may  be  detached  and  planted;  while  not 
a  few  produce  bulblets  in  the  flower-clusters,  and  some- 
times in  great  abundance.  Nearly  all  may  be  produced 
from  seed,  but  as  most  of  the  species  flower  only  after 
a  long  interval,  and  many  have  not  yet  been  known  to 
flower  in  cultivation,  this  latter  means  of  propagation 
cannot  be  reUed  upon.  In  cultivation,  fruit  is  set  very 
sparingly  or  not  at  all  without  artificial  pollination, 
although  this  can  be  accomplished  with  very  little 
trouble.   (J.  N.  Rose.) 

The  agaves  are  not  at  all  difficult  to  grow.  The  soil 
should  be  principally  loam  and  sand,  and  if  any  vege- 
table soil  be  given  it  should  be  in  small  quantities. 
Good  drainage  and  firm  potting  are  necessary.  To  grow 
small  plants  of  the  large-leaved  kinds  into  good-sized 
specimens  quickly,  they  should  be  plunged  out  in  a 
sunny  spot  in  spring,  taking  care  that  the  pots  are  large 
enough  so  that  they  will  not  require  repotting  in  the 
fall.  Nearly  all  of  the  large-growing  kinds  are  easily 
increased  from  suckers,  which,  when  the  plants  are 
grown  in  a  pot-bound  condition,  are  produced  very 
readily.  They  should  be  taken  off  from  the  parent  plant 
only  when  furnished  with  sufhcierit  roots  to  give  them 
a  start.  Some  kinds  are  raised  only  from  seeds,  which, 
when  freshly  gathered,  germinate  in  a  few  weeks. 
(G.  W.  Oliver.) 

The  classification  of  the  agaves  is  very  perplexing. 
This  is  partially  owing  to  the  nimiber  of  species,  to 
the  scarcity  of  preserved  study  material,  and  to  the 
infrequencj'  of  flowering  in  many  species.  In  fact, 
many  species  have  never  been  known  to  flower.  The 
most  usable  characters  for  classification  are  to  be  found 
in  the  leaves,  of  which  the  end-spine  and  marginal 
prickles  are  very  characteristic,  and,  although  such  an 
arrangement  is  more  or  less  artificial,  it  is  the  most  satis- 
factory in  naming  a  collection.  From  a  botanical  point 
of  view,  however,  the  inflorescence  shows  the  true  rela- 
tionship of  the  species.  In  this  way  the  genus  is  usually 
divided  into  three  groups  or  subgenera.  These  are:  First, 
Euagave,  having  a  paniculate  inflorescence,  with  can- 
delabra-hke  branches.  Second,  Littsea,  having  a  dense 
spike  of  usually  paired  flowers.  (The  section  Littsea  has 
been  considered  by  some  a  good  genus,  but  it  seems  to 
connect  with  the  first  section  through  certain  species.) 
The  third  section,  Manfreda,  is  very  different  from  the 
abo\'e,  and  is  now  considered  as  a  distinct  generic  type, 
and  so  treated  here.  Manfredas  are  all  herbaceous, 
appearing  each  year  from  a  bulbous  base:  the  leaves 
are  soft  and  weak,  dying  down  annually,  while  the  in- 
florescence is  a  sleniler  open  spike,  with  sohtary  flowers 
from  the  axils  of  bracts. 


abortiva,  33. 
adornata,  48. 
albirans,  30. 
albiila,  H. 
altiti^ima,  21. 
americana,  19,  21. 
ainaua,  11. 
amitrensis,  43. 
anarantha,  2. 
aiuinussoides,  8. 
angu.4tifoIia,  1. 
angu.sti.ssima,  48. 
applunata,  113,  14. 
artichaut,  40. 
atricha,  49. 
alroviren.s,  19. 
attenuata,  28. 
auricantha,  11. 
Bakeri,  5. 
Beaucarnei,  39. 
Beauleurinna,  10. 
Beesereriana,  6. 


INDEX. 

Bessermna,  6. 
Bignelii,  48. 
Bonaiiitrtfa,  49. 
Bonndii,  11. 
Bonnetiana,  11, 18. 
Boscii,  49. 
Botterii,  34. 
bracteosa,  55. 
brevifolia,  47. 
brevis,  2. 
butbifera,  9. 
candicans,  6. 
Candida,  6. 
caribxa,  32. 
Cehiana,  31. 
Celsii,  31. 
chiapensis,  33, 
chihuahuana.  15. 
chtoricantha,  32. 
coaTctata,  18. 
coccinea,  12. 
cochlearis,  19. 


cochleaia,  11. 
coerule.scens,  36. 
Coliniana,  .54. 
conipacta,  11,  47, 
compluviata,  19. 
concinna,  fi. 
Considerantii,  44. 
Cookei,  I. 
Corderoyi,  5. 
cornuta,  43. 
Coucsii.  14. 
cra.s.sispina,  19. 
crenata,  11. 
Croucheri,  II. 
ctenophora.  30. 
cucullata.  11. 
cyanea.  10. 
cyanophylla,  10. 

dasylirioide3.-53 

dealbata,  51,  53. 
decipien.s,  4. 
denaa,  33,  47. 


232 


AGAVE 


AGAVE 


dfnsijtora,  31,  33. 
dfpau^trriUa,  47. 

DeSmet  liana.  S,  42. 
Diguftti,  4S. 
diplacADtha.  39. 
dii^tans.  39. 
echinoide!",  51. 
eU}fatif,  11. 
Ellemeonana.  29. 
eiliptica.  2S. 
^nffata,  6. 
ensifent.  37. 
enstformis,  51. 
europsta,  21. 
falcata,  52. 
ferox,  17. 
filamentosa.  47. 
filifora.  47.  48. 
flaccida,  12. 
/latescens,  6. 
fourcroydea,  3. 
fragilis,  41. 
Franzosinii,  20. 
Funkiana,  36. 
seminiBora,  49. 
Ghicsbrechtii.  41. 
Ghiesbreghtii,  41,  42. 
ffigarUea,  6. 
Gilbeyi.  40. 
glauca.  G,  51. 
fflaucescens,  28,  32. 
Goldmaniana,  16. 
gracilipes,  14. 
gracilispina.  19. 
grandibracteata,  11. 
grandidena,  41. 
grandidentata,  41. 
granulosa,  42. 
Guignardii,  11,  28. 
HarUfurii,  40. 

Hartmanii,  46. 

Havardiana,  14. 

HawoTthiana,  10. 

heteracantba,  36,  38. 

histrix,  51. 

horrida.  39,  40.  42. 
■  lioughii.  54. 

HimUeliana  or  Houl- 
leiiii,  2. 

huachucensis,  14. 

hybrida,  43. 

hystrix,  6.  51. 

inermis,  36. 

iDghamii,  40. 

irUegri/olia,  6. 

intrepida,  53. 

ixfli,  2.  3. 

ixtlioidt9,  1,  3. 

Jacquiniann,  1. 

junccQ,  49. 

Karwin>kii,  5. 

Korchovii,  39. 

KiUvichu,  40. 

Knightiana,  48. 

Kochii    43. 

l^evirent,  21. 

IxzioT,  40. 

Ixvis,  2. 

2anc«o^i/a,  11. 

laticincta,  41. 

^j(iyo/ia,4.6,28.43. 

lalisaima,  19,  28. 

lazifolia,  4. 

I>*choKuilla,  36. 

I^.'Kuayana,  41. 

L*:TTviirei,  39. 

I>fopf>!dii.  11.47,48. 

f«pvia.  10. 

lirw-arin,  6. 

lonffi/olia,  3,  6,  22, 
43.  47. 

lophantha,  37. 


INDEX,  CONTINUED. 
luci<la,  10. 
lurida,  1,  10. 
nuii-rncantha,  6. 
miuToucaritha,  6. 
pt<irri>rii/mis.  12. 
macrodoiita,  39. 
Maigretiana,  42. 
mujor,  6,  39,  43,  47. 
Miinguai,  9. 
Mupisiiga,  19. 
Marcusii,  14. 
miirginatu,  1,  19,  21. 
maritim'i.  48. 
marmorata,  23. 
mits^ilieusLs,  21,  33. 
MiiximiliaTia,  43. 
medio-picta,  3, 21,30, 

43. 
mcUiflua,  19. 
nit'sotillo,  36. 
mexicana,  9,  19,  22 
micracantha.  30,  32, 

42. 
Milleri.  21,  22. 
minima    3. 
minor,  47. 
niiradorensis,  8. 
mitis,  32. 
mitraiforniis,  18. 
Morganii,  42. 
muUifiora,  33. 
multilineata,  36. 
nana,  6.  51. 
neglecta.  7. 

Newberruu  27. 

Nickelsiffi,  44. 
nigrescens,  36. 
jiigrispina,  6. 

Nissoni.  36. 

Noah,  15. 
obscura,  41. 
oligophylla,  6. 

orbicularis,  11. 

Orcuttiana,  16. 

Ortgiesiana,  48. 

OUonis,  33. 

Ousselghemiana,  30. 

oiali/olia,  11. 

pachyacantba,  16. 

pallida.  S. 

Palmeri.  24. 

parrasana,  15. 

Parryi,  14. 

parviflora,  46. 

Patonii,  15. 

paucibracleata,  28. 

paucifolia,  6,  50. 

Peacockii,  40. 

perbella,  37,  43. 

perplexans,  46. 

Pferedorffii,  35,  43. 

picta,  22. 

Pilgrimii,  42. 

polyacantba,  33. 

polyphylla,  10. 

Poselgeri,  36. 

potosina,  19. 

princeps,  48. 

Pringlei.  26. 

prolifera,  3. 

pHeudofUifera,  47. 

pugioni/ormis,  6. 

pulverulenta,  11. 

purpurea,  51. 

quudrata,  11. 

quiotifera,  19. 

ramosa,  21. 

rccurva,  50. 

TecuTvata,  7. 

Hegelii.  40. 

fiegc.liaTUi,  8,  40. 

rhomhoidea,  11. 


^ir/mrdst»,  51. 
rigida,  2,  3,  7. 
rigidissima,  39. 
robitsta,  47. 
li(x:Ui,  50. 
KLezliana,  40. 
Hohiiiiii.  41. 
HoiiKini.  :i'>.  17. 
rosna,  ."il. 
rotundifolia,  11. 
rupicola,  32. 
Salmdyckii,  33. 
Salmiana,  19. 
Sargcntii,  1. 
Saundorsii,  11. 
.scliidigera,  48. 
schieiligera,  48. 
Schottii,  45. 
Scolymua,  12. 
Sebiistiana,  16. 
serrulata,  45. 
Shawii,  16. 
silvestris,  3. 
Simonii,  11, 
iSimsu,  11. 
sisaia,  2. 
sisalana,  2. 
spectabilis,  21. 
spicala,  54. 
spiralis,  4. 
squfilidens,  41. 
Btenophylla,  36. 
streptacantha,  11. 
striata.  21,  50,  51. 
stricta,  51. 
subdentata,  29. 
subfalcata,  6. 
aubintegra,  39. 
suhuruhilata,  28. 
sudburyensis,  6. 
superba,  1. 
tseninta,  37. 

Taylori.  33,  47,  49. 

tehuacaiiensis,  11,  18. 
tequilana,  4. 
tetrngoiia,  36. 

Todaroi,  23. 
/or/a.  43. 

Toumtyana,  45. 

Treleasei.  45. 

triangularis,  39. 

Troubetskuyana,  23. 

uncinata,  33. 

undulata,  23. 

univittata.  37. 

utahensia,  27. 

Vanderdonckii,  43. 

variegata,  47. 

vera-crucis,  9. 

rero-crui,  9. 

vera-cruz,  9. 

oera?  cruets,  9. 

Verschaffeitii.  11. 

vestita,  48. 

VictoriEe  ReginEB,  44. 

Villffi.  43. 

Villarum,  43,  47. 

Virginia,  21. 

virginica,  11. 

viridiH.  6,  22. 

vivipnra,  1,  7. 

Whitakeri,  19. 

Wiff^^ii,  1. 

Wislizenif    15. 

PToR-ens^eiTiii,  33. 

Woodrowii,  1. 

Wrightii,  49. 

xalapf-nsia,  35. 

lylonarantha,  43. 

yuccaefolia,  54. 

Zapupe,  4. 

zonata,  19. 


/n/Z.  a  canddahmmAike  panicle. 

EUAGAVE. 


(1-26.)   Subgeniis 


B.  Lt;«.  dagger-like  or  sword-shaped:  spine  not  decurrent: 
fljt.  rather  large^  greenish,  hng-lobed,  ill-.H7nelling, 
often  folUfwed  f/y  bulbils;  seeds  very  large.  Trunk 
often  fJeveloped. 

c,  Fls,  urceolately  contracted  in  throat. 

1 .  angustif&Iia,    Haw,    {A .    lurida,    .Jacq.    A .    Jac- 

quinif'inn,  Sf;hijlt.  f.    A.  ixtli(iideH,    Hook.    A.   Wlghtii, 

Prain.    A.  twApara,  Auc-t.).    Short-triinkffl:  lv8.  3  x  16- 

24  in.,  gray-green,  with  flat  spine  and  elender-cusped 


prickles:  infl.  few-branched;  fis.  13^-2  in.;  segms.  and 
ovary  ^in.  earh,  tube  32*11.:  caps,  subglobose,  strongly 
stipiiate  and  beaked.  Cent.  Amer.(?).  Jacq.,  Obs.  Hot. 
4,  pi.  1.  Targioni  Tozzetti,  Ann.  Firenze.  2,  pi.  0.  B.M. 
5097,  5S03.  Wight,  icon.  PI.  Ind.  Or.  2024.  Hep.  Mo. 
Hot.  Gard.  19,  pi.  29-34.  Proe.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc.  49,  pi. 
32.  Mem.  Nat.  Acad.  11,  pi.  100-109.  A  form  with 
white-margined  Ivs.  is  var.  marginata,  Trel.  {A.  vim- 
para  variegata  and  A.  superba,  Hort.),  Wiesner  Festschr., 
pi.  S,  and  a  variant  of  this  with  the  body  color  gray- 
green  is  var.  Woodrowii,  Trel.  (.1.  ]Voodrd>rii,  Wats., 
and  ^1.  Cookci,  Woodrow),  Rep.  Mo.  Hot.  Gard.  19,  pi. 
35.  A  dwarf  form  of  the  unvariegated  type  is  var.  Sar- 
gentii,  Trel.,  Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  22,  pi.  100-103. 

2.  sisalana,  Perr.  {A.  anacdntha,  Terr.  A.  brbviSf 
Hort.  A.  Iloidletidna  or  Honllettii,  Hort.  A.  lieviSf 
Hort.  A.  Ixtli  sisalana,  Hort.  A.  rigida  progressanOf 
Boyd.  A.  rigida  sisalana,  Auct.  A.  sisdla,  Perr.  A.  sisa- 
lana ittrrniis,  Riviere.  .4.  .nsaldna  ya>yhqn\a,  Perr.), 
Nearly  trunlvless:  Ivs.  4  x  60  in.,  becoming  green,  with 
shallow-grooved  spine  and  typically  no  prickles:  infl. 
ample;  fls.  i^i-2}^in.;  ovary,  segm.  and  tube  about 
equal:  caps.  rare.  Yucatan  or  Chiapas(?).  Perrine, 
Senate  Doc.  300,  pi.  1,  2,  4.  Dodge,  Rep.  Fiber  Invest, 
3,  5,  9,  with  pi.  Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  7,  pi.  54-56.  Proc. 
Amer.  Phil.  Soc.  49,  pi.  32.  Mem.  Nat.  Acad.  11.  pi. 
113-115. — The  yaxci,green  agave  or  sisal  hemp  most 
commonly  cult,  outside  of  Yucatan:  largely  distributed 
to  growers  from  Trop.  Fla.  where  Perrine  intro.  it 
about  1835  and,  as  in  some  of  the  W.  Indies,  it  has  be- 
come naturaUzed.  It  has  been  crossed  by  Trabut  with 
A.  vera-cruz  under  the  name  "potosina." 

3.  fourcroydes,  Lem.  (A.  ixtli  elongdta,  Auct.  A. 
ixtlio\des,  Lem.  A.  longifdlia,  Auct.  A.  rigida,  A. 
rigida  elongdta  and  A.  rigida  longifdlia  of  most  writers}. 
Trunk  3-6  ft.:  Ivs.  3-4  x  60-90  in.,  gray,  with  round- 
grooved  spine  and  slender  curved  prickles:  infl.  ample; 
fls.  2l4r^A  in.;  ovary  1-1 J4  in.,  segm.  and  tube  1^4  in. 
each :  caps,  obo void,  slightly  stipitate  and  beaked . 
Yucatan.  Proc.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc.  49,  pi.  32.  Wiesner 
Festschr.,  349.  Mem.  Nat.  Acad.  11,  pi.  110-112.— 
The  sacci,  gray  agave  or  henequen,  largely  grown  for 
fiber  in  Yucatan.  A  form  with  greenish  white  me- 
dian variegation  is  var.  medio-picta,  Trel., — Wiesner 
Festschr.,  pi.  12.  The  shorter-lvd.  but  similar  chelem 
of  the  Yucatan  coast  is  A.  ixtli,  sometimes  called  A. 
silvestris  or  A.  prolifera,  and  a  related  plant  has  been 
called  A.  minima.  A  large-lvd.  poorer  form  of  A. 
fourcroydes  is  known  as  chucunici,  and  a  shorter-lvd. 
form  of  this  as  babci. 

4.  decipiens,  Baker  (A.  laxifdlia.  Baker.  AAatifolia^ 
Auct.  A.  spiralis,  Yiort.).  Trunk  6-8  ft. :  Ivs.  2-4  x  36- 
50  in.,  green,  rather  soft  and  somewhat  outcurved,  with 
round-grooved  spine  and  slender  prickles  from  green 
prominences:  infl.  ample;  fls.  234  in.;  ovary  13^  in., 
segm.  and  tube  J^in.  each:  caps,  pyriform.  Yucatan. 
Dodge,  Rep.  Fiber  Invest.  3,  5,  9,  pi.  Rep.  Mo.  Bot. 
Gard.  7,  pi.  57-59.  B.M.  7477.— The  false  sisal,  exten- 
sively naturalized,  if  not  indigenous,  in  Fla.  This  and 
A.  karwinskii  deserve  the  name  arborescent,  in  the 
genus  Agave. 

The  tequila  mescals  {A.  tequilana,  Web.,  etc.),  grown 
in  W.  Mex.  for  the  preparation  of  a  distilled  beverage, 
and  the  zapupes  (A.  Zapupe,  Trel.,  etc.),  grown  for 
fiber  in  E.  Mex.,  are  closely  related  to  the  preceding 
group. 

cc.  Fls.  slenderer,  not  urceolate. 

5.  Karwinskii,  Zucc.  {A.  Corderoyi,  Hort,.  A.  Bdkeri, 
Ross).  Trunk  9-12  ft.:  Ivs.  1-13^^x1.5-30  in.,  green, 
with  openly  grooved  spine  and  stout  upcurved  prickles: 
infl.  rather  ample;  fls.  2-214  i"-;  ovary  1  in.,  segm.  and 
tube  about  ^^in.  each:  caps,  oblong,  brown,  stipitate 
and  bf^tked.  S.  Mex.  Ross,  Icon.  Panorm,  pi.  2.  Rep. 
Mo.  liot.  Gard.  18,  pi.  29-31.  MacDougal,  N.  A. 
Deserts,  pi.  23. 


AGAVE 


AGAVE 


233 


6.  macroacdntha,  Zucc.  (A.  inacracdnlha,  Auct.  A. 
Bcssereriaria,  Jacobi.  A.  Befiseriana,  Auct.  A.  piigio- 
nifdrmis,  Zucc.  A.  flavescens,  Salm.  A.  suhfalcata  and  A. 
linearis,  Jacobi.  A.  paudfdlia  and  A.  oligophylla,  Baker. 
A.  integrifblia,  Baker?).  Nearly  trunkless:  Ivs.  1x8-20 
in.,  yellowish  gray-greon,  glaucous,  with  flat-grooved 
spine  and  slender-cusped  heavy-based  prickles:  infl. 
rather  sparse;  fls.  2  in.;  ovary  1  in.,  segin.  and  tube 
^in.  each:  caps,  oblong,  gray,  stipitate  and  beaked. 
S.  Mex.  Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  18  pi.  18-26.— At  one 
time  a  great  favorite  and,  like  A.  Verschaffellii,  col- 
lected in  a  large  range  of  forms  designated  by  descrip- 
tive varietal  names:  vlridis;  Candida,  cdndicans,  glauca; 
nigrlspina;  elongata,  longifdlia;  hystrix  (B.M.  5940), 
noma;  latifblia,  gigantea,  major,  concinna  or  sudbury- 
insis. 

BB.  Lvs.  lanceolate,  large,  rather  firm  than  fleshy,  scarcely 
repand:  spine  not  decurrent:  fls.  rather  large, 
greenish,  fetid,  often  followed  by  bulbils.  Nearly 
trunkless. 

7.  neglecta,  Small  (.4.  vimpara,  Bartram.  A.  recur- 
vata  and  A.  rigida  recurvdla,  Hort.).  Lvs.  gracefully 
outcurved,  6  x  36  in.,  glaucous,  with  slender  round- 
grooved  spine  and  very  minute  prickles:  infl.  ample; 
fls.  2  in.;  ovary  1  in.,  segm.  ^^m.,  tube  J^in.:  caps,  obo- 
void,  scarcely  stipitate  or  beaked.  Trop.  Fla.  Rep.  Mo. 
Bot.  Gard.  7,  pi.  60,  61.  Dodge,  Rep.  Fiber  Invest.  5, 
9.ff.  G.C.III.31,supp.Feb.  1.  Bartram,  Travels.  Map. 

8.  miradorensis,  Jacobi.  Lvs.  rather  straight,  3-4  x 
30-35  in.,  glaucous,  with  slender  narrowly  grooved 
spine  and,  toward  the  base,  very  minute  prickles:  infl. 
iunple;  fls.  2]/i  in.;  ovary  1  in.,  segm.  %m.,  tube  K™- 
E.  Mex.  G.W.  5,  p.  143. — A.  ananassmdes,  A.  De- 
Smeltiana,  A.  pallida  and  A.  Regeliana,  not  now  recog- 
nized, were  based  by  Jacobi  apparently  on  specimens 
from  Sartorius'  ranch.  El  Mirador,  in  the  state  of  Vera 
Cruz,  from  which,  though  ascribed  to  Brazil,  A.  mira- 
dorensis is  believed  to  have  come.  All  are  close  to  if 
not  quite  the  latter,  over  the  accepted  name  of  which 
A.  CcSmeMiaTwi  has  priority. 

9.  vera-crflz,  Mill.  (A.bulbifera,  Bonpl.  A.  Manguai, 
Desf.  A.  tnexicana.  Lam.,  which  in  part  is  Furarxa 
cubensis  and  the  uses  of  which  in  large  part  pertain  to 
A.  atrovirens.  A.  vera-crucis,  Haw.,  sometimes  spelled 
v'erse-CTUcis.  A.  v'era-crux,  Mill.).  Lvs.  nearly  straight, 
6-7  X  50  in.,  glaucous,  somewhat  cross-banded,  rather 
fleshy,  concave^  with  short  heavy  gray  spine  and  oblique 
rounded  deltoid  prickles  somewhat  raised  on  green 
prominences:  infl.  ample;  fls.  2?^' -3  in.;  ovary  lj<j-134 
in.,  segm.  J^-l 'in.,  tube  Min.:  caps,  oblong,  promi-- 
nently  stipitate,  scarcely  beaked.  Mex.(?).  G.C.  II. 
19,  p.  149. — The  blue  aloe,  extensively  planted  and 
more  or  less  established  in  Amoy,  India,  Mauritius  and 
Peru,  and,  as  A.  mexicaria,  in  Italy.  It  has  been  hy- 
bridized with  A.  sisalana. 

10.  Ifirida,  Ait.  (.4.  lepida,  Dietr.  A.  liicida,  Schiede). 
Lvs.  thinner,  flatter  and  more  cuning,  with  slenderer 
spine  and  smaller  scarcely  elevated  prickles:  infl. 
slighter  and  sparser.  Mex.(?).  Zuccarini,  Act.  Acad. 
Carol.  Leop.  16,  pt.  2,  pi.  49-51.  B.M.  1.522(?).  Ref. 
Bot.  307(?). — Less  frequently  seen  than  the  preceding, 
with  which  it  is  confused.  Perhaps  including  the  now 
scarcely  recognized  A.  Beauleuriana,  Jacobi,  A.  cyAnea, 
Hort.,  A.  cynnophylln,  Jacobi,  A.  Haworthiana,  Roem., 
and  A.  polyphylUi,  Koch. 

BBB.  Lvs.  short  and  broad,  fleshy  rather  than  hard,  repand: 
spine  somewhat  decurrent:  fls.  rather  large,  yellow- 
ish, mth  lobes  often  shorter  than  the  tube,  and 
followed  by  bulbils.    Nearly  trutikless. 

11.  Verschaffeltii,  I.«m.  Lvs.  obovate-oblong,  acu- 
minata?, 3  x  6-8  in.,  glaucous,  with  flexuous  or  twisted, 
flat-grooved,  red-brown  spine  and  long  rusty  teeth  on 
large  fleshy  prominences:  infl.  rather  slight  and  sparse; 
fls.  about  2J^  in.;  ovary   1}4  in.,   segm.    J^in.,   tube 


J^in.:  caps,  oblong,  very  stoutly  stipitate,  beaked. 
S.  Mex.  Ref.  Bot.  306,  328.  Lyon  Hort.  1880,  267. 
Gt.  346.  J.  Verschaf.,  Cat.  1866-7,  1869.  f.  I.  H.  15: 
564.— Extremely  variable,  the  original  introducer 
announcing  "as  many  varieties  as  there  are  plants," 
and  33  named  forms  having  been  catalogued  once  in 
the  Lyon  garden.  The  more  distinct,  which  have 
received  mostly  descriptive  specific  names,  are  var. 
crenata  {amwna,  cochleata,  clegans),  var.  cucuUata 
(Croucheri,  Slmsii),  var.  Leopoldii,  var.  pulverulenta, 
var.  quadrata,  var.  Saundersii  (virginica  glauca),  etc., 
and  such  minor  forms  as  dlbida,  auricdntha,  compdcta, 
lanceolalO;  orbicularis,  ovalifolia,  rhomboidea,  rotundi- 
folia  and  streptacdntha.  A.  tehuacanensis,  Karw., 
is  the  earliest  published  name  for  the  species  but  no 
description  was  given.  A.  Bonnetii,  Hort.,  seems  to  be 
this,  but  .4.  Bonnetiana,  Hort.,  is  referred  to  A.  milrse- 
formis,  which  accompanies  A.  Verschaffeltii  about  Te- 
huacan. — Extensively  tried  in  hybridization,  and  crosses 
are  reported  with  A.  atlenimta  (x  A.  Guignardii),  A. 
densiflora,  A.  micracantha  or  mierantha,  A.  schidigera, 
A.  Tonelliana  or  Tonneliana  or  heteracantha  Tonnel- 
iana,  A.  Vanderwinii,  or  Vanderwinneni  (x  A.  Sunonii  x 
A.grandibracteata)  and  A.  xylonacantha or xylinacantha. 

12.  Scolymus,  Karw.  (,4.  coccinea,  Roezl?  A. 
fldccida,  Jacobi?) .  Lvs.  oblanceolatc,  rather  acute,  3-4  x 
12-15  in.,  green  or  (when  it  is  A.  potatorum)  slightly 
glaucous,  with  nearly  straight,  flat-grooved,  dull  brown 


■i!^ 


138.  Agave  Franzosinii.    (No.  20.) 


spine  and  small  prickles  on  moderately  low,  fleshy 
prominences:  infl.  fairly  large  but  loose;  fls.  2  in.; 
ovary  l}4  in.,  segm.  3-'2in.,  tube  }^in. :  caps,  oblong, 
somewhat  stipitate.  S.  Mex.  G.W.  2,  p.  603. — Much 
of  the  "coccinea"  of  gardens  is  .4.  macrociUviis,  Tod.,  a 
member  of  the  subgenus  Littsea.. 

BBBB.  Lvs.  rather  oblong,  very  rigid,  gray  or  glaucous, 
scarcely  repand:  spine  decurrent:  fls.  rather  large, 
yellow,  rarely  followed  by  bulbils.  Nearly  trunk- 
less. 

13.  applanata,  Jacobi.  Lvs.  lance-oblong,  acute,  4-6  x 
40-60  in,  when  mature  but  commonly  seen  of  much 
smaller  size,  glaucous,  with  broad  open  gray  or  pur- 
plish spine  and  rather  large  more  or  less  connected 
prickles:  infl.  2.5-30  ft. ;  fls.  2'2in.;  ovary  IJ^  in.,  segm. 
^in.,  tube  Kin.  E.  Mex.  G.C.  II.  7,  p.  717.  D.G.Z. 
1903,  p.  528.  Tod.,  Hort.  Pan.  pi.  30.  Rep.  Mo.  Bot. 
Gard.  22,  pi.  73,  74. 

14.  Parryi,  Engelm.  {A.  applanata  Pdrryi,  Mulford. 
A.  Marciisii,  Hort.).    Lvs.  oblong,  acute,  2-4  x  10-12 


234 


AGAVE 


AGAVE 


in.,  rIiiucous,  with  ncarlv  ^t might  openly  gniovcd  spine       ft.;  (Is.  2)2  in.;   ovary  1/2-154  in.,  seRm.  ,'2in.»    tube 
and  sniiiller  prioklos:  infl.  10-1.5  ft.;  fls  ' 


li-s  in.,  segni.     l2-^.»in.,   tube 
beakeil  but  scjirccly  stipitate. 
^  adjacent  Mex. 


caps,  oblong, 
Ariz.,  \e\v  Mex.  and 
(i.e.  11.  12,  1).  2:17. 
Rep.  -Mo.  Hot.  (Sard.  22,  pi.  !»lHt3. 
D.IJ.Z.  IS,  p.  :i.— Closely  related 
species  are  A.  huachucensis,  Haker, 
Kep-  Mo.  Hot.  (iard.  22,  pi.  S7- SO, 
of  the  lluacluu-a  Mts,,  withliroad  Ivs.; 
A.  Havardiana,  Trel.,  Hep.  Mo.  Hot. 
(iard.  22.  jil.  .S^-Sti,  of  the  ^reat  bend 
of  the  Rio  Cirandc,  witli  deep-scate(l 
filaments,  and  A.  gracilipes,  Trel., 
Rep.  Mo.  Hot.  (iard.  22,  pi.  'IS,  (19, 
of  W.  Te.x;is,  witli  slender  pedicels 
and  small  seeds,  etc.  A.  Couesii, 
Engehn.,  Rep.  Mo.  Hot.  Gard.  22,  pi. 
94-97,  on  flowering  proves  scarcely 
separable. 

l.j.  Wislizenii,  Kngebii.   (A.  Noah, 
Hort.).      Lvs.  broadly  ovate,  acumi- 
nate,   4-t)  x  S-IO   in.,  gray,  concave, 
with  somewhat  curved  round-grooved 
spine  and  slender  prickles:  infl.  12  ft., 
open;  fls.  2-2 J4  in.;  ovary   lH  in., 
segm.  ^i'm.,  tube  J-^in.:  caps,  slender, 
obscurelv   .stipitate.     N.   Mex.     Rep. 
Mo.  Hot.  Gard.  22,  pi.  7.5-79.— 
A   more  glaucous  and  repand 
plant  from  the  same  region  is 
A.  parrasana,  Herger,  Rep.  Mo. 
Hot.    Gard.    22,    pi.    80,    81. 
Thieker-lvd.  related  New  Mex. 
forms     are    A.    chihuahuana, 
Trel.,    Rep.    Mo.    Hot.    (iard. 
22,  pi.  82,  83,  and  A.  Patonii, 
Trel.,  Rep.  Mo.  Hot.  Garil.  22, 
pi.  90. 

BBBBB.  Lvs.  similar,  someivhat  repand:  spine  decurrent 
and  the  Inrge  teeth  often  cnnjluenl:  fls.  in  compact 
clusters,  large,  i/ellow,  not  followed  by  bulbils. 
Trunk  elongated  hut  leafy. 

16.  Shawii,  Engelni.  Lvs.  ovate  or  lance-ovate, 
acuminate,  .3-5  x  8-20  in.,  green,  glossy,  with  slender, 
flexuous,  openly  grooved  spine  and  large,  hooked,  con- 
nected, garnet-red  prickles:  infl.  10  ft.,  congested;  fls. 
23^332  in-i  ovary  lK-13^  in.,  segm.  and  tube  Min.: 
caps,  oblong,  thick-walled.  S.  W.  Calif,  and  adjoining 
Ix»w.  Calif.  Trans.  Acad.  St.  Louis  3,  pi.  2-4.  Rep. 
Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  7,  pi.  44;  22,  pi.  19-21.— Related  Low. 
Calif,  species  are  A.  OrcuttiSna,  Trel.,  Rep.  Mo.  Bot. 
Garrl.  22,  pi.  22,  with  similar  si)ine  and  A.  Sebastiana, 
Greene,  Rep.  Mo.  Hot .  (lard.  22,  pi.  2:5-2(3,  with  straight 
spine;  and  A.  pachyacantha,  Trel.,  Rep.  Mo.  Hot. 
CJard.  22,  pi.  27,  2S,  and  A.  Goldmaniana,  Trel., 
Rep.  Mo.  Hot.  Gard.  22,  pi.  29-31,— with  heavier-based 
teeth  and  thin-walled  caps,  in  all. 

BBBBBB.  Lvs.  large,  fleshy  ratlier  than  firm,  usually  re- 
jmnd:  fls.  operdy  jxinicleii,  large,   yellow,  rarely 
followeil  by  buUnls.    Nearly  Irunkless. 
c.  Spine  Uirge  and  long-decurrent. 

17.  ferox,  Koch.  Lvs.  broadly  oblanceolat(!,  wavy, 
suberect  with  outcurved  concave  acuminate  tip,  12  x  48 
in.,  green,  deeply  repand,  with  Large  grooved  s|)ine  and 
great  prickles  on  high  green  proiriincnces:  infl.  20  ft.; 
fk.  334  in.;  ovary  13^  in.,  segm.  1  in.,  tube  ?'4in.  Cent. 
Mex.  G.C.  IIL  1.5,  p.  628;  IIL  20,  p.  .52.5;  IIL  43,  p. 
379.   G.W.  2,  p.  (i03. 

18.  mitraeformis,  .Jacobi  (A.  coarctdla,  .Jacobi  ?  A. 
BonnetiArui,  Hort.?).  Lvs.  obovate-oblanceolate,  acumi- 
nate, 12  X. 30  in.,  grayi.sh-zoned,  rather  repand,  with 
large  grooved  spine  and  moderat<;ly  large  gray  chest- 
nut-tipped pricklra  on  green  prominences:  inf!.   1.5-20 


139.  Agave  americaaa  in 
Bower.  (No.  21.) 


S.  Mex.  Karsten  <&  Schenck,  Veg.  Hilder,  pi.  47. 
.\nales  Mus.  Nac.  Mex.  2,  pi.  j.  Publ.  Carnegie  Inst. 
99,  pi.  20, — This  is  .4.  tehiiiininen.'ii.i,  Koch,  Karwinski's 
plant  of  that  name  b<Mng  apj)arently  a  form  of  A. 
W'rschaffellii.  .\  yellow-margined,  variegated  agave, 
listed  under  .1 .  initraformis  by  the  Belgian  dealers  about 
1S7(),  appears  to  be  A.  alroirircns  marginata.  .\  cross 
with  .1.  densi flora  is  said  to  have  been  effected. 

19.  atrSvirens,  Karw.  Becoming  enormous:  lvs. 
lanceolate,  12  x  SO-lOO  in.,  dark  green  or  (when  it  is 
.1.  Salmianii,  .Jacobi)  gray,  outcurved-ascending,  with 
large,  narrowly  grooved  spine  and  moderate  gray 
prickles  from  low  widened  ba.ses:  infl.  20-30  ft.;  fla. 
3'2  in.;  ovary  2  in.,  segm.  1  in.,  tube  3^in.  S.  Mex.  D. 
Cart.  Mag.  1867,  p.  28.,  f.  Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.  5, 
pi.  31-33.  S.H.  4,  p.  281.  Pop.  Sci.  Monthly,  70,  p. 
210-216.  aCsterr.  Gart.  Zeit.  1911,  p.  2.52.  Prometheus 
20,  p.  24.  Journ.  N.  Y.  Hot.  Gard.  8,  p.  10.  Modern 
Mex.  17,  p.  26-28.  Proc.  U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.  33,  p.  .577, 
etc. — The  principal  pulque  species  cultivated  on  the 
plains  of  Apam.  Numerous  varieties  are  figured  by 
Segura,  El  Maguey,  4  ed.,  pi.  1-9.  Vast  confusion 
exists  in  current  literature:  the  names  .4.  americana  and 
A.  mexicana  are  often  applied  to  this,  and  it  is  difficult 
to  account  elsewhere  for  the  many  new  Latin  names 
given  to  pulque  magueys  by  Blasquez,  and  to  a  number 
of  young  garden  plants  by  Jacobi.  A  yellow-margined 
variety  (also  listed  as  belonging  to  A.  mitrs'formis)  is 
var.  marginata,  Trel.  A  very  large-  and  concave-lvd. 
un variegated  form  is  Var.  cochlearis  (.4.  lalissima, 
Jacobi.  .4.  lt7i(((;A:(')(',  Hort.).  Other  important  pulque 
or  agua-miel  species  are:  about  the  City  of  Mexico, 
A.  Mapisaga,  Trel.  (maguey  mapisaga)  with  narrow 
small-prickled  lvs. ;  about  Durango,  A.  compluviata, 
Trel.  (maguey  verde),  with  green-zoned  deeply  gutter- 
shaped  lvs.,  and  A.  quiotifera,  Trel.  (maguey  ceniso), 
with  ashen  lvs.;  about  San  Luis  Potosi,  A.  gracilis- 
pina,  Engelm.  (A.  j/oloslna,  Web.),  with  slender  spine, 
and  A.  crassispina,  Trel.,  with  stout  spine;  and  about 
Monterey,  A.  melliflua,  Trel.  (maguey  manso),  with 
elongated  ashen  lvs.,  and  A.  zonata,  Trel.  (maguey 
verde),  with  broad  green-zoned  lvs. 

20.  Franzosinii,  Baker.  Fig.  138.  Lvs.  lanceolate, 
12  X  80-100  in.,  roughish,  white,  recurved-ascending, 
with  large  narrowly  grooved  spine  and  dark  or  gray 
jjrickles:  infl.  green,  in  striking  contrast  with  the  ivs., 


140.  Agave  americana.  as  commonly  grown  in  greenhouses. 
The  yellow-raargined  form.    C.N'o.  21.) 

30  or  40  ft.;  fls.  314  >"■',  ovary  l^i  in.,  segm.  1  in.,  tube 
Hin.  Mex.(?).  B.M.  8317.  G.W.  2,  p.  603.  G.C.  IIL 
12,  p.  177. 

cc.  Spine  little  if  at  all  decurrent. 
D.  Fh.  andfr.  much  as  in  the  preceding.   Not  bulbiferous. 

21.  americana,  Linn.  (A.  altissima,  Zumag.    A.  eu- 
ropsea,  Vis.  A.  rambsa,  Moench.  A.  specldbilis,  Salisb.). 


AC  i  AVE 


AGAVE 


235 


Figs.  139,  140.  Lvs.  lancoolato,  6-8  .\  60-80  in.,  smooth, 
gra J',  iiscemling  with  out  curved  ends,  with  rathrr  short 
and  stout  rocurvod  rouud-grooved  very  shortly  tiecur- 
rcnt  spine  obliquely  flattened  at  base,  and  moderately 
large  gray  jiriekles  on  prominent  marginal  elevations: 
inH.  20-30  ft.,  rather  slender;  fls.  232-2/4  in.;  ovary 
1 '4  in.,  segra.  1  in.,  tube'iin.  Mex.(?).  Established 
around  the  Medit.  Gt.  24:82.5;  27,  p.  307;  41,  p. 
2t)i).  Penzig,  Fl.  Litt.  Med.,  pi.  140.  Reichb.,  le. 
Fl.  Germ.,  pi.  374.  15.  H.  9,  p.  308.  R.  H.  187.5,  p. 
1.52.  .Journ.  N.  V.  Bot.  Gard.  11,  pi.  79,  81.  Adamovic, 
Pflanzenw.  Dalmat.,  pi.  1.  Abhandl.  Hamburg. 
Kolon.  Inst.  6,  p.  64.  G.W.  8,  p.  337.  Proe.  Am.  Phil. 
Soc.  49,  pi.  32. — The  plant  more  commonly  cult,  in 
this  country  as  ^4.  atncricnna  has  narrower,  more 
hooked  lvs.,  ;is  in  the  next,  but  grayer  and  with  the 
short  recurved  spine  scarcely  decurrent  and  round  at 
base,  var.  Milleri,  Baker  (.4.  Milleri,  Haw.?  A.  Virginia, 
Mill.?  .4.  Iwtcvirens  and  .4.  americana  Isetevirens, 
Hort.?)  Variegated  forms  of  this,  frequently  grown,  are 
var.  marginata  in  yellow-  or  white-margined  forms,  var. 
striata  variously  lined  with  yellow  or  white,  and  var. 
medio-picta  with  a  broad  median  >'ellow  band.  Wies- 
ner  Festschr.,  pi.  6.  A  reputed  hybrid  betw'een  .4.  ameri- 
cana and  ^4 .  dcnsiflora  is  x  A.  massiliensis,  Hort.  Deleuil. 

22.  picta,  Salm-Dyck  (^4.  longifblia  plcta,  A.  mexicana 
pida,  and  .4.  Milleri  picta,  Hort.).  Lvs.  hnear-lanceo- 
late,  ascending  with  recurved  ends,  at  length  6-8x100 
in.,  smooth,  dark  green  with  bright  white  or  yellow 
marginal  variegation,  slightly  glaucous  when  young, 
with  needle-like,  straight ,  narrowly  grooved  spine  anc  1 
moderate  prickles  on  somewhat  prominent  marginal 
elevations:  infl.  tall  and  rather  slender;  fls.  3  in.;  ovary 
I'o  in.,  segni.  1  in.,  tube  Join.:  caps,  oblong,  stipitate 
and  beaked.  Mex.(?).  G.W.  8,  p.  337.  Wiesncr 
Festschr.,  p.  342,  pi.  7.  Pop.  Sci.  Monthly,  70,  p.  210. 
Proc.  Amer.  Phil.  Soc.  49,  pi.  32. — Green  seedlings  (var. 
viridis)  occur  on  the  Riviera  and  are  in  hmited  cult. 

DD.  Fls.  rather  small,  ydlow,  shallow-ticbed:  caps,  thin- 
walled,  small.    Not  bulbiferous. 

23.  mannorata,  Roezl  (A.  Todarbi,  Baker.  A.  Troubet- 
.ikoydna,  Hort.  A.  undaldta.  Tod.).  Lvs.  broadly  lance- 
olate, outcurving,  10-1.5  x  72  in.,  very  rough,  green-  and 
gray-banded,  with  rather  short  and  stout  recurved 
narrowly  grooved  spine  and  large  rough  rusty  brown 
prickles  often  from  prominent  marginal  elevations: 
infl.  ample;  fls.  golden,  m  'n.;  ovary  Jiin.,  segm. 
}2in.,  tube  3^in.;  caps,  short,  stipitate.    S.  Mex. 

DDD.  Fls.  moderately  long,  creamy,  deep-tubed:  caps,  firm, 
elongated.    Not  bulbiferous. 

24.  Palmeri,  Engehn.  IjVS.  lanceolate,  ascending, 
3-4  X  18-30  in.,  blue-green,  somewhat  glaucous,  with 
long,  slender,  open-grooved  spine  and  slender,  hooked 
garnet-purple  or  gray  prickles,  often  on  marginal 
I'levations:  infl.  ample;  fls.  leathery,  2-2J4  in.;  ovary 
1  in.,  segm.  32in.,  tube  ^i'm.:  caps,  oblong,  not  stipi- 
tate. .\riz.  and  \ew  Mex,  Rei).  Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  7, 
pi.  48-52.   Journ.  N.  Y.  Bot.  Gard.  5,  p.  178. 

BBGBBBB.  Li's,  triangular,  thick  and  stiff,  rather  small:  fls. 
small,  yellow,  shallow-tubed,  not  followed  by  bulbils. 
Trunkless. 

25.  deserti,  Engelm.  Cespitose:  lvs.  triangular-lan- 
ceolate, falcately  erect,  2  x  6-12  in.,  gray,  with  slender, 
gray-brown,  grooved  spine  and  friable  teeth :  infl.  slender, 
sparse;  fls.  yellow,  1}4  in.;  ovan,'  fla-sk-.shaped,  }^in., 
segm.  }^in.,  tube  J^in.:  caps,  oblong,  scarcely  stipitate. 
Colo,  desert,  Calif.  Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  7,  "pi.  33,  34; 
22,  pi.  41,  42. 

26.  Pringlei,  Engehn.  Cespitose:  lvs.  triangular- 
oblong,  a.«cending,  2  x  t>-16  in.,  gray,  with  slender, 
drab,  grooved  .spine  and  rather  firm  teeth:  fls.  l}^-2 
in.;  ovary  1-1 M  in.,  segm.  }^in.,  tube  J^in.  Mts.  of 
N.  Low.  Calif.    Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  22,  pi.  44. 


AA.  Infl.    spike-like,    the  fls.    usually   in    pairs    though 
exccplionally   clustered   on    very   short    branches: 
bulbils    very    rarely    following    the    fls.    {27-55.) 
Subgenus  Litt.e.\. 
B.  Lvs.  triangular-lanceolate,  thick  and  stiff,  rather  small: 
fls.  often  clustered  on  short  branches,  cup-shaped, 
sninll.    Trunkless. 
27.  utahensis,   Engelm.    (A.    Newberryi,   Engehn.). 
Cespitose:   lvs.   erect-spreading,    1-2x6-12   in.,   gray, 
with  slender,  grooved,  gray  spine  and  rather  small  and 
friable  gray  teeth:  infl,  5-15  ft.,  with  simple  or  forked 
branches    1-2    in.   long;    fls.   1-lli    in.;    ovary    flask- 
shaped,  ^in.,segm.  'gin.,  tube  Jijin.:  caps,  thin -walled, 


Uih  y.i&'^~     -■  -  ■  --       ■"  - 


141.  Agave  attenuata.    (No.  28.) 

small,  not  stipitate.  Grand  Canon  region.  Pop.  Sci. 
Monthly,  1911,  p.  11.  G.F.  8,  p.  384.  Rep.  Mo.  Bot. 
Gard.  7,  pi.  32. 

BB.  Li's.  moderately  large,  thin,  unarmed  or  at  most 
very  minutely  denticulate,  neither  filiferous  nor 
horny- margined.  Trunk  well  developed  in  the  first: 
fls.  open,  rather  small. 

28.  attenuata,  ,Salm-Dyck  (A.  glaucescens.  Hook.). 
Figs.  141,  142,  143.  Trunk  4-5  ft.,  sometimes  prostrate: 
lvs.  broadly  oblanceolate,  spreading,  with  recurved  tips, 
6-10x2.5-30  in.,  glaucous,  thin,  entirely  unarmed:  infl. 
5-10  ft.,  usually  recurving,  its  very  short  stalk  closely 
covered  by  bracts;  fls.  paired,  about  2  in.;  ovary 
flask-shaped,  ^4-1  in-,  segm.  ?4'in.,  tube  3-iin.  Excep- 
tionally produces  large  bulbils  among  the  caps,  after 
flowering,  Mex.  F.E.  31,  p,  1172  B,  B.M.  .5333. 
J.  H.  Ill,  42,  p,  .392,  R,H.  1876,  p.  149,  Erfurter 
Fuhrer.  7,  p.  70.  G.F.  10,  p.  95.  Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  Gard. 
9,  pi,  31.  G.C.  III.  8,  p.  .500;  III.  17,  p.  4.55;  III.  45, 
suppl.  pi.  Pharm.  .Jovirn.  70,  p,  706. — Varies  in  a  form 
with  sterile  base  of  spike  longer  and  sparsely  bracted, 
and  fls.  in  clusters  of  6-8,  var.  paucibracteata,  Rep. 
Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  11,  pi.  7.  The  varietal  names  ellip- 
tica,  latifolin,  lallssima  and  subunduldta  have  been 
applied  to  garden  forms.  A  cross  with  A.  Verschaffeltii 
is  X  A.  Guignardii,  Hort.;  a  cross  with  .4.  xylonacantha 
is  listed. 

29.  EUemeetiana,  Koch,  Nearly  or  quite  trunkless: 
lvs.  lanceolate,  spreading,  6  x  24  in.  or  more,  glaucous, 
thin,  unarmed:  infl.  .5-10  ft.,  erect,  the  rather  short 
sterile  biise  closely  covered  by  linear  bracts;  fls.  paired. 


230 


AGAVE 


AGAVE 


ereenish  white,  1  '4  in.;  ovary  Hask-sliapcd,  ^gin.,  scgiu. 
^jn.,  tubo  no;irlv  supprcssoii :  filainonts  very  lonji, 
25^4  in.    E.  Mex.  "G.C.   H.  8,  p.  74S;  III.  47,  "p.  201. 

li.M.70'J7.  Rcf.  Hot.  UV.i. 
■ — W'itli  Ivs.  very  niimitely 
(lent  iciilato  it  beeoiiu's  var. 
subdentata,  the  ilistinet- 
ne.-i.s  of  wliich  from  .1. 
pruinosn  is  not  clear.  Re- 
ported crossed  with  .4. 
micracantha. 

BBB.  Lvs.  moderalely  large, 
viirimmly  fleshy  but 
u  .s  u  a  1 1  y  flexible, 
neither  flliferiiiis  nor 
horny-margined,  teeth 
never  large:  flu.  mod- 
erate, often  with  re- 
curved segms.  Nearly 
tnmkkss. 

C.  Spine  slender  and  weak. 

30.  ilbicans,  Jaeobi  (.4. 

142.  Flowers  of  Agave  attenuata.    micriicdntha      nlbldior 

.Salm-Dyck.  ^4.  Oussel- 
ghemiana,  Jaeobi).  Trunkless.  cespitose:  Ivs.  oblanceo- 
late,  4  X  12-15  in.,  spreading,  glaucous,  thin,  with  small, 
needle-shajjed,  narrowlj-  grooved  spine  and  close-set, 
minute,  brown  prickles  connected  by  a  paper}'  margin: 
infl.  scarcely  3  ft.,  rather  few-fld.  above  the  middle;  fls. 
paired,  reddish  green,  nearly  sessile,  1M~132  in; 
ovary  J2-I  'i.,  segm.  32in.,  tube  J^in.:  caps,  pris- 
matic-ovoid, small.  Mex.(?).  B.M.  7207.  Bull.  Soc. 
Tosc.  Ort.  3,  p.  303.  Lyon  Hort.  22,  p.  363.  IWith  re- 
curved long  black  prickles,  and  fls.  2 ''4  in.  long,  it  is 
var.  cten6phora,  Trel.  A  beautiful  form  with  milk-white 
median  variegation  is  var.  medio-picta,  Trel.  (,4.  mi- 
cracdnthn  picta,  A.  micracantha  variigdla,  A.  Oussel- 
ghemiana  dlba-picta,  A.  Ounsclghemidita  plcta,  and  -4. 
'ilbicans  variegdta,  Auct.),  W'iesner  Festschr.,  pi.  10. 
Hybrids  are  reported  between  tills  species  and  A. 
maculata  and  .4.  xakipensis. 

31.  Celsii,  Hook.  {A.  Cehiana,  Koch.  A.  densiflbra 
glaucophylla,  Hort.?).  Lvs.  broadly  oblong,  4x12-18 
in.  or  more,  glaucous,  with  slender  weak  spine  and  very 
irregular  close-set,  often  multiple,  prickles,  fleshy 
except  at  the  very  tip:  infl.  about  4  ft.,  densely  fid.  at 
top;  fls.  reddish  or  yellowish  green,  13^-2  in.;  ovary 
and  segm.  J^in.,  tube  J^in.:  caps,  small.  B.M.  4934. 
R.H.  1861,  p.  33.0.  Gn.  12,  p.  213.— A  hybrid  with  .4. 
Salmiana  is  reported. 

.32.  micracantha,  .Salm-Dyck  (.4.  glnucescens.  Otto.?). 
Cespitose;  Ivs.  broiully  lanceolate,  .spreading,  3-5 x  1.5-25 
in.,  grayi.sh  green,  with  slender  weak  spine  and  small, 
close-set,  dark  prickles:  infl.  about  10  ft.,  the  rather 
short  sterile  base  denselj'  bractfd ;  fls.  brownish  green, 
13^  in.;  ovary  ]/2~%  in.,  segm.  %  in.,  tube  \i  in. 
E.  Mex.f?;.  Ref.  Bot.  ,327.  Gt.  37,  i>.  115.— Hybrids  are 
reported  with  A.  Ellemeetiarui,  A.  Sartnrii,  A.  Ver- 
schnffeltii,  A.  xyloruicantha  and  A.  xylonacanlha  micra- 
carUha.  A.  jriUix,  Salm-Dyck,  and  .4.  rupieola,  Regcl, 
are  closely  related  and  A.  rhlaracdntha,  Salm-Uyck. 
(A.  mrihiea,  Hort.),  differs  chiefly  in  its  greener  Ivs., 
with  pale  prickles. 

cc.  Sjnne  moderate  but  strong,  round-grooved. 

33.  polyacantha,  Haw.  (A.  aborlwa,  Terr.?  A. 
ckiapennK,  Jaeobi.?  A.  chitipmnin  porrecta,  Hort.  A. 
dHixa,  Hort.?  A.  denxi/lora,  Hort."!  A.  multiflora,  Hort. 
A.Ottonin,  Jawjbi?  A . Salnulyckii,  Baker?  A.uncindtn, 
Jaeobi?  A  .Wolkenxleinii,  Hort.?).  Cespitose:  Ivs.  lanceo- 
late, upcurving,  2-5  x  10-24  or  .30  in.,  soon  green,  with 
narrow-grooved  strong  spine  and  rather  smaii  and 
clfjse-set  brown  or  gray  prickles:  infl.  4-3  ft.;  fls.  about 
2  in.;  ovary  Jiin.,  sfjgm.  and  tube  HJn.    S.  Mex.(?). 


B.M.  500(i.  G.W.  2,  p.  004.  Journ.  Soc.  Hort.  Bas. 
Rhin.  3,  p.  324.  (in.  12,  p.  31)6.  R.H.  9,  p.  517.  G.C. 
II.  3,  p.  502.  Hybrids  are  reported  between  A.  chi- 
apensis  and  .4.  xytunacanlha  and  xylonacantha  latia- 
sima  and  with  "Ihisyliriun  gracilis;"  A.  densiflora  and 
,4.  anierirana  (xA.  massiliensis) ;  A.  densiflora  and 
-4.  gemiiiiflora  (x  A.  Taylori),— G.C.  II.  8,  p.  ()20;  .1. 
densiflora  and  .4.  mitra'formis;  A.  densiflora  and  A. 
Verscha.ffeltii,  and  A.  densiflora  and  A.  xylonacantha. 

ccc.  Spine  stout,  openly  grooved. 

34.  Botterii,  Baker.  Lvs.  oblanceolate,  outcurved- 
ascending,  6-8  x  24-30  in.,  green,  with  flat-grooved 
strong  spine  and  short,  broad,  blackish  close-set  prick- 
les: infl.  scarcely  5  ft.;  fls.  reddish  or  yellowish  green,  2 
in.;  ovary  ^im.,  segm.  and  tube  5^in.  each.  Mex.(?). 
B.M.  6248.    G.C.  II.  8,  p.  264. 

35.  xalapensis,  Roezl.  Lvs.  lanceolate,  spreading, 
2-5  X  10-30  in.,  nearly  green  to  decidedly  glaucous, 
with  very  openly  groovtxl  heavy  spine  and  moderately 
long,  heavy,  rather  close-.set  red  to  blackish  prickles: 
infl.  ,5-10  ft.;  fls.  2  in.;  ovary  ?4in.,  segm.  1  in.,  tube 
Min.:  caps.  ?i'xl}-^  in.,  slightly  constricted  at  base. 
E.  Mex.  Monats.schr.  f.  Kakteenk.  14,  p.  151.  R.H. 
1875,  p.  276.  Reported  hybrids  are  A.  xalapensis 
xfilifera(xA.  Romanii,  Hort.),  -4.  xalapensis  xOussel- 
gheyniana,  A.  iidapensisx Salmiana,  and  .4.  xalapen- 
sis x  xylonacarUha  (x  A.  Pfersdorffii,  Simon). 

BBBB.  Lvs.  fibrous  and  often   rigid,   the  sometimes  very 
large  teeth  connected  by  a  detachable  horny  margin: 
fls.   moderate,   with   sooti   erect  segms.     At   most 
short-trunked. 
c.  Teethrather  small:  lvs.  elongated,  rather  thin  but  stiff. 

36.  Lecheguilla,  Torr.  (.4.  mullilinedta.  Baker.  .4. 
Poselgcri,  Salm.  A.  teirdgona,  Hort.).  Lvs.  triangular- 
oblong,  concave,  falcately  ascending,  1  x  16-24  in., 
green  or  bluish  but  not  glaucous,  pale-banded  ventrally 
and  dark-lined  on  the  back,  with  flattened  gray-brown 
spine  and  recurved  slender  jirickles  joined  by  a  very 
narrow  straight  margin:  infl.  .3-12  ft.,  glaucous;  fls. 
^-13^  in.;  ovary  flask-shaped,  3iin.,  segm.  3-^in.,  tube 
3-^in.  W.  Texas  and  southward,  in  a  number  of  forms  of 
which  the  southernmost,  from  below  San  Luis  Potosi, 
with  broader  lvs.  and  heavier  prickles,  is  A.  me- 
sotillo,  Hort.  It  furnishes  the  greater  part  of  the  ixtle 
or  lechuguiUa  fiber  of  New  Mex.  usually  ascribed  to  .4. 
heteracantha.  Pop.  Sci.  Monthly  70,  p.  223.  Bot.  Bound. 
1,  pi.  34,  .39.  Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  "Card.  7,  pi.  31;  13.  pi. 
42.  Bull.  Univ.  Texas  60,  pi.  3,  6.— Closely  allied  forms, 
frequent  in  European  gardens,  are  A.  coerulescens, 
Salm-Dyck  (a  hybrid  of  which  with  ,4.  Victorise  Regius- 
is  reported),  ditTcring  chiefly  in  being  very  glaucous,  and 
its  var.  stenophylla  with  lvs.  over  4  ft.  long;  A.  Funkiana, 
Koch  &  Bouch(3,  with  flatter,  more  oblong,  rather 
glaucous  lvs., 
which  fur- 
nishes the  ixtle 

0  f  Jaumave  ; 
A.  Nissdnii, 
Baker,  with 
thin,  yucca- 
like, glaucous 
lvs.;  A.  nigres-  /.  , 
cens  (,4.  tietir-  (W' 
acdntha  nigres- 

cens,  Hort.),  143.  Cross-sections  ofleaf  of  Agave  attenuata. 
with    thick, 

dark  blue-green,  long-triangular,  often  undulate  lvs., 
sometimes  almost  or  quite  unarmed  on  the  margin, 
when  it  is  the  form  inermis. 

37.  lophantha,  Schiede.    Lvs.  lanceolate,  spreading, 

1  J2~''^  X  12-18  in.,  green,  glossy,  with  openly  grooved 
brown  spine  and  variously  hooked  rather  small  prickles 
joined  by  a  narrow,  nearly  straight  margin:  infl.  9-15  ft.; 


AGAVE 


AGAVE 


237 


fls.   1?2  if- 1  ovary 


sfgni.   5^in.,   tube   3  sin-    E. 


Mex.  G.W.  8,  p.  337.  \\'ith  proininpiit  and  pi-rsistent 
pale  band  on  the  upper  face  it  is  var.  univittata  {A. 
■imiviUala,  Haw.  .1.  cnsiji-ra,  Jacobi  ?  A.  tstniala, 
Hort.?).  Ref.  15ot.  215.  B.iM.  6655.  G.C.  II,  7,  p.  368. 
— Crosses  of  .1.  univittata  with  A.  xylonacantha  are  re- 
ported, of  which  X  A.  perbella,  Hort.,  is  said  to  be  one, 
A.  pulchcrrinia,  Hort.,  in  part,  seeming  to  be  another 
writing  for  the  same. 

38.  heteracantha,  Zucc.  Like  A.  lophaniha  but  Ivs. 
somewhat  sinuate  and  with  variously  hooked  less  equal 
and  closer  prickles.  The  median  band  is  often  promi- 
nent. S.  Mex.  G.W.  2,  p.  605.  G.C.  II.  7,  p.  369.  Gt. 
19,  pi.  639. — Most  of  what  is  called  A.  lieteracaniha  is 
A.  Lecheguilla. 

cc.  Teeth  often  large:  Ivs.  either  broad  or  thick. 
D.  Margin  nearly  straight. 

39.  Kerchovei,  Leni.  Lvs.  triangular,  spreading, 
3-4  X  16-20  in.,  thick,  gray-green,  not  Uned  beneath, 
with  chaimeled  gray  spine  and  large  spreading  triangu- 
lar teeth  joined  by  a  rather  wide  margin:  infl.  dense  and 
heavy,  18  ft.  S.  Mex.  G.C.  II.  7,  p.  527.— Formerly 
much  grown  in  a  number  of  dissimilar  types:  var. 
Beaucamei  (A.  Beaucdrnei,  Lem.,  A.  Lemairei,  Hort., 
.4.  Kerchovei  coarctata,  Hort.),  with  very  short  lvs.; 
var.  macrodonta,  with  larger  and  more  hooked  teeth; 
var.  distans,  with  more  separated  teeth  which  have  a 
well-developed  accessory  basal  cusp  in  f .  diplacantha, 
and  var.  major,  with  a  short  branching  trunk.  Related 
forms  with  shorter  lvs.  and  slenderer,  sparser  infl.  are 
A.  triangularis,  Jacobi  (A.  Kerchdvei  brevifolia,  Hort., 
-■1.  h&rrida  triangularis,  Baker),  Karsten  &  Schenck, 
Veg.  Bilder.  pi.  46,  with  prickles  much  as  in  A.  Ker- 
chovei; and  its  var.  rigidissima  {A.  rigidissima,  Jacobi), 
with  small  prickles  lacking  in  f.  subintegra. 

40.  Roezliana,  Baker  (A.  horrida  Ixvior,  Hort.).  Lvs. 
ovate-lanceolate,  spreading,  2-4  x  12-16  in.,  rather 
thick,  green,  broadly  pale-striped  above,  not  lined  on 
the  back,  with  grooved  brown  and  then  gray  spine  and 
moderately  large  teeth  joined  bv  a  moderate  margin: 
infl.  not  very  heavy.  S.  Mex.  G".C.  1871,  p.  74;  II.  7, 
p.  528.  F.  1870,  p.  42. — Presents  as  extreme  forms:  var. 
Inghamii,  Baker  (^4.  Gilbeyi  longifblia,  Hort.,  A.  Ing- 
hami  and  .4.  Inghanii  gigant'ea,  Hort.),  with  broad, 
often  concolorous  lvs.  and  large  prickles,  known  when 
dwarfed  aa  var.  Gflbeyi  (^1.  Gilbeyi  and  A.  hdrrida  Gil- 
beyi, Hort.),  Gt.  23,  p.  89;  27,  p.  84.  Neubert's  Gart. 
Mag.  .50,  p.  15.  G.C.  1873,  p.  1305;  and  var.  Peacockii 
(A.Killischii,  Hort.?,  A.  Peacdckii,  Croucher),  B.M. 
7757.  G.C.  1873,  p.  1400,  with  narrowlj'  triangular- 
lanceolate  lvs.,  sometimes  entire.  The  names  Regeliana, 
Reg'elii  and  Reg'elii  macroddnta,  identified  by  Jacobi  with 
.4.  triangularis,  seem  also  to  have  been  appUed  to  this; 
and  the  now  unrecognized  A.  drtichaut,  A.  h&rrida  nana 
and  its  f.  Isevior  and  A.  hdrrida  pygmsea  of  gardens  may 
belong  here.  A.  Hanbiirii,  Baker,  suggests  a  possible 
hybrid  of  this. 

41.  Ghiesbrechtii,  Koch  {A.  Ghiesbreghtii,  Auct.  A. 
grdndidens,  Hort.?  A.  grandidenldta,  Hort,.?  A.frdgilis, 
Jacobi?  A.  squdlidens,  Hort.?).  Lvs.  lanceolate,  3-4  x 
10-12  in.,  upcurved-spreading,  little  if  at  all  striped, 
with  inrolled  spine  and  moderate  prickles  joined  by  a 
moderate  margin.  S.  Mex.(?).  G.C.  II.  7,  p.  621. — The 
typical  clear  green  form  varies  into  an  equally  large  or 
longer-lvd.  form  with  smaUer,  closer-set  prickles,  var. 
Leguayana,  Baker  (A.  Leguayana,  Hort.,  or,  with  wider 
margin,  f.  laticincta),  and  a  more  compact  and  con- 
cave Ivd.,  blue-green  form,  var.  Rohanii,  Baker  (var. 
obsciira,  Jacobi).  A  cross  of  A.  fdifera  and  A.  Ghies- 
brechtii is  reported. 

42.  horrida,  Jacobi.  Lvs.  oblanceolate-oblong,  spread- 
ing, flat,  rather  thin,  about  3  x  12  in.,  glo.ssy  green, 
neither  .striped  nor  lined,  with  flat -grooved  short 
spine  and  large  irregular  prickles  often  with  accessory 


cusps,  joined  by  a  heavy  margin:  infl.  moderately  slen- 
der; fls.  yellowish  or  purphsh  green,  1%  in.;  ovary  and 
segm.  J4in.  each.,  tube  H'm.  Cent.  Mex.  B.M.  6511. 
F.  1870,  p.  42. — Forms  occur  with  larger  revolute-mar- 
gmed  lvs.:  var.  Maigretiana  (A.  Maigrelidna,  Jacobi. 
.4.  granulosa,  Scheidw.),  G.W.  2,  p.  593.  S.H.  4, 
p.  299.  t!.F.  2,  p.  115;  or  with  smaller  prickles,  var. 
micracantha,  Baker,  Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  7,  pi.  62,  63. 
The  names  A.  DeSmciidna  {A.  DeSnietliatia,  ]a,cobi, 
being  a  form  or  ally  of  miradorensis) ,  A.  Ghiesbreghtii 
hdrrida,  A.  Mdrganii  and  A.  Pilgrimii  have  been 
applied  in  gardens  to  forms  of  this  or  one  of  the  two 
foregoing,  not  now  recognized. 

DD.  Margin  mith  prominent  fleshy  hummocks 
under  the  teeth. 

43.  xylonacantha,  Sabn-Dyck,  also  written  xylacdntha, 
xylinacdntha  and  xylynacdntha  (A.  amurensis,  Jacobi. 
A.  Kochii,  Jacobi.  A.  Kochii  amurensis,  Ellem.).  Lvs. 
oblong,  concave,  tortuously  spreading,  2-5  x  12-24  in., 
rough,  dull  gray-green,  dark-lined  beneath,  with  flexu- 
ous  channeled  gray  spine  and  very  large  often  multiple 
prickles  saddling  large  green  prominences,  joined  by  a 
moderately  heavy  margin:  infl.  rather  slender;  fls.  \]/2 
in.;  ovary  Min.,  segm.  ^in.,  tube  J^gin.  E.  Mex.  B.M. 
.5660.  G.C.  II.  7,  p.  527.  Lyon  Hort.  1879,  p.  207.— 
Extensively  hybridized,  some  of  its  offspring  recogniz- 
able in  their  scabrid  green-hned  oblong  lvs.  with  green 
prominences  going  into  the  bases  of  the  large  unequal 
teeth:  with  altemuita  or  attenuata  subdenlata,  chiapensis, 
densiflorn,  filifera  (x  A.  Villanxm,  Hort.,  x  A.  Villae, 
Pirotta,  X  A.  hybrida,  Vill.),  micracantha,  univittata 
{A.  armata,  Hort.?  A.  aspera.  Tod.?  Terraciano, 
Primo  Contr.  pi.  3,  5,  x  A.  hybrida,  Versch.),  A.  xylo- 
•nacanlha  vittnta  and  A.  xylonacantha  hybrida  (x  A.  per- 
bella, A.  xylonacantha  perbella,  Hort.),  G.C.  II.  7,  p. 
527,  Verschaffeltii  and  xalapensis  (x  A.  Pfersdorffii, 
Sim.).  At  one  time,  several  varieties  were  Usted:  cor- 
niita  or  longifblia,  the  more  typical  form,  latifdlia  mac- 
racdntha,  variously  spelled,  major,  Maximilidna,  tdrta 
and  Vanderddnckii.  A  rare  form  with  median  variega- 
tion is  var.  medio-picta. 

BBBBB.  Lvs.  3-sided,  short  and  very  stiff,  the  detachable 
horny  margin  toothless:  fls.  as  in  the  preceding. 
Trunkless. 

44.  Victorije  Reginse,  Moore  (A.  Considerdntii, 
Duchartre).  Lvs.  in  a  globose  cluster,  triangular- 
oblong,  acutely  3-angled,  1-2  x  6-8  in.,  dark  green, 
with  a  short  black  triangular  spine  and  gray  margin 
decurrent  on  the  edges  and  keel:  infl.  10-12  ft.,  rather 
slender  but  compact;  fls.  IM  in- J  ovary  %in.,  segm. 
5^811-,  tube  3'sin.:  caps,  small.  N.  E.  Mex.  G.C.  1875,  p. 
484;  1880,  p.  788;  II.  18,  p.  841;  III.  1,  p.  806.  R.H. 
1875,  p.  429;  1890,  p.  392;  1897,  p.  100.  G.W.  2,  p. 
592;  10,  p.  213.  G.Z.  20,  p.  88,  135.  Peacock,  List  of 
Succ.  PI.  pi.  S.H.  4,  p.  287.  I.  H.  28,  pi.  p.  413. 
Lyon  Hort.  22,  p.  371;  31,  p.  146.  R.B.  1876,  p.  16. 
G.M.  6,  p.  196.  Gn.  8,  p.  351;  22,  p.  448,  460;  48, 
p.  117.  Gt.  1878,  p.  74.  Journ.  N.  Y.  Bot.Gard.  7,p.  163. 
— Deleuil  is  said  to  have  effected  a  cross  with  A.  coeru- 
lescens.  Differing  in  its  fewer-lvd.  more  open  rosettes 
and  in  the  triple  spines  at  apex  of  the  lvs.  is  A.  Nickel- 
siae,  Hort.  Both  agree  with  the  following  filiferous  spe- 
cies in  having  the  lvs.  white-marked  by  adherent  cuti- 
cle, and  with  the  preceding  marginate  species  in  their 
detachable  horny  border,  and  in  fls. 

BBBBBB.  Lvs.  fleshy-fibrous,  toothless  {sometimes  with 
minute  prickles  at  base),  the  margin  typically 
shredding  away  in  fibers,  as  in  Yucca:  fls.  nearly 
as  in  the  group  of  A.  micracantha.    Trunkless. 

45.  Schottii,  Engehn.  Cespitose:  lvs.  hnear-trian- 
gular,  }4  X  6-12  in.,  with  scarcely  grooved  spine  and 
few  long  slender  threads:  infl.  4-6  ft.,  slender;  fls.  some- 
what curved,  yellow,  scented  as  in  Polianthes,  1}^-1)^ 
in.;  ovary  and  segm.  ^in.  each,  tube  J^in. :  caps.  }^x 


238 


AGAVE 


AGAVE 


*8in.  S.Am.  B.M.7507.  Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  Card.  7,  pi.  20. 
— With  denticulate  If.-lvuses  it  is  var.  semilata,  Mul- 
fonl.  Hep.  Mo.  Hot.  Oard.  7.  pi.  2!).  .\  plant  :ip]>roaoh- 
inK  .4.  ixirviflora.  from  the  Pinal  Mts.  of  .Vriz.,  with 
coneave  Ivs.  2—1  in.  long,  fls.  •''sin.  long  with  ovary 
's'"-.  sepin.  fVin.  anil  tulie  's'"-.  imd  ovoid  caps.,  is 
A.  ToumeySna,  Trcl.,  Rep.  Mo.  Hot.  (!anl.  .">,  pi.  32;  7, 
pi.  30.  .\  species  of  the  Santa  Catalina  Mt,s.,  .\riz. 
with  Ivs.  as  in  .1.  Lecluguilla  but  filifcrons  instead 
of  niarginate,  :ind  fls.  nearly  as  in  Schotlii,  is  A. 
Treleasei,  Toumev,  Hep.  Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  12,  pi.  31a, 
32,  33. 

46.  parviflSra,  Terr.  Small  and  compact:  Ivs.  as- 
cending, oblong,  )4  X  2  in.,  with  fiat  s|)ine  and  few  short 
coiirse  outcun'ed  threads,  the  dilatcxl  base  denticulate: 
infl.  2-3  ft.,  verj'  slender;  fls.  greenish  white,  ^in.; 
ovar>'  ?siD!  segni.  'sin.,  tube  ^s'n.:  caps,  very  small. 
Ariz,  to  Sononi  Boundary.  Pop.  Sci.  ^lonthly,  1911, 
p.  7.  Rep.  Mo.  Hot.  Gard.  5,  pi.  32,  7,  pi.  30. — .\  similar 
New  Mexican  plant  with  narrowlv  triang\ilar  falcate  Ivs. 
and  grooved  spine  is  A.  Hartmaini,  Wats.    ,\  less  dwarf 


144.  Agave  angustissima.    (No.  48.) 

j)lant  with  Iv.h.  rcserabUng  small  forms  of  the  following 
but  denticulate  at  base,  sometimes  cult,  as  A.  parvi- 
floTa,h  A.  perplexans,  Trel. 

47.  filifera,  S.ilm-Dyck  {A.  pacudofiiifera,  Rass  & 
Lanz.).  Lvs.  .somcwliat  upcurved-spreading,  oblong-lan- 
ceolatc,  1-1 }  2  X  <S-24  in.,  with  openly  grooved  spine  and 
rather  sparing  thin  marginal  threads:  infl.  rather  stout 
and  dense,  10-l."j  ft.;  fls.  maroon,  IK  in.;  ovary  and 
segm.  5^in.  each,  tube  y^m.  E.  Cent.  Mex.  G.C.  II. 
7,  p.  303;  III.  21,  p.  107.  I.  H.  7:  243.  Lyon  Hort, 
1879,  p.  208;  1900,  p.  371;  1900,  p.  147.  Gt.  36,  p.  544. 
Neubert's  (iart.  Mag.  39,  p.  .307.  G.W.  6,  p.  79;  1907, 
p.  9.  Ref.  Hot.,  Ifj4.  Rep.  .Mo.  Bot.  Gard.  11,  frontisp. 
Icon.  Sel.  Hort.  Thenensis,  pi.  144. — Varies  into  a 
number  of  forms:  var.  filament6sa,  Baker  {A.  filnrnen- 
Ibna,  Salin-Dyok,  A.  filifera  Uitifolia,  longifdlin,  roMsta 
or  m/tjt/r,  limtnjArleii  or  lAltsai  fihimerdosa) ,  G.C.  34. 
p.  101,  with  large  lvs.;  var.  compScta  (vars.  hrevifdlia, 
crmjmrUi,  ilenaa,  rlcpaupiratn  and  mXnt/r,  Hort.),  with 
short  broa<i  lvs.;  f.  varieg^ta  ( A.  filifera  nuperha,  Hort.), 
in  which  the  dingy  ciiticular  stripes  of  the  typi^  (var. 
viri/iin  or  imrruiculiiUi ,  are  brighter  and  more  persistent. 
Hybrids  are  rei)orted  with  geminiflora  (x  A.  Tfiylori), 


Chiixhrechtii,  schitligtrn  (x  A.  Leopdldii  II,  .1.  filifera 
Lcapbtitii,  J.  H.  ISO.'i,  p.  3:M).  xalaprn^i^  (x  A.  Romdiii) 
and  jri/lonacanlha  (x  A.  Villarum). 

48.  schidigera,  Lem.  (.4.  filifera  athrnala,  A.  ador- 
nata,  A.  filifera  pannosa,  A.  filifera  nclddigera,  A.  schie- 
digera,  A.  schicdlgera  princeps,  A.  prinoeps,  LiUseti 
R&zlii'l).  Lvs.  narrowly  oblong,  spreading,  about 
'2  X  12  in.,  with  flattened  spine  and  rather  wide 
shaving-like  marginal  threads.  Cent.  Mex.  I.  H.  330. 
H.M.  .'•)641.  G.W.  2,  p.  ,^2.  S.H.  4,  p.  297.— A  num- 
ber of  closely  allied  forms  are  rather  frequently  men- 
tioned or  encountered  in  cult.:  with  narrow,  often 
reddened  lvs.  and  stalked  fls.,  A.  Ortgiesiana  (.4. 
schidigera  Ortgiesiana  and  A.  marilima,  Hort.);  with 
sessile  or  nearly  sessile  fls.  and  mostly  very  curly 
and  numerous  marginal  threads,  A.  angustissima, 
Engelm.  (.4.  Bignelii  or  IHgu'clii,  Hort.).  Fig.  144. 
G.F.  &•.^^  (adapted  in  Fig.  144);  A.  vestita,  Wats., 
A.  G.  1892,  p.  609;  and  A.  Knightiana,  Drum.,  B.  R. 
114.5.  .\ctes  Soc.  Linn.  Bordeaux.  16,  pi.  Reported 
hybrids  are  A.  schiedigera  or  princeps  with  filifera 
(x  A.  Leopoldii  II)  and  A.  schidigera  x  Verschaffeltii. 

49.  geminiflora,  Gawl.  (A.  Bonapdrlea,  A.  Bdscii,  A. 
geminifldra  filamenlbsa,  A.  juncea  filamentbsa,  Bona- 
pdrlea fikimenlbsa,  B.  flagelUfbrmis,  B.  juncea,  Dracama 
Bdscii,  D.  filamentbsa,  Litixa  or  Litt'ea  or  lAtlsxa 
geminiflora,  and  Yucca  Bdscii,  Hort.).  Lvs.  very  many, 
biconvex,  long,  gracefully  recurving,  narrowly  linear, 
scarcely  3'4in.  wide,  with  fine  marginal  threads.  W. 
Mex.(?).  Occasionally  found  in  a  threadless  form,  var. 
atricha.  Diet.  Sc.  Nat.  62,  pi.  5.5.  F.S.  7,  p.  6.  Reich- 
enbach,  Icon.  3,  pi.  209,  210.  Bibl.  Ital.  1816,  pi. 
,Jouni.  of  Sci.  1817,  pi.  1.  G.W.  7,  p.  .548.  Hybrids  are 
reported  with  A.  densiflora  (x  A.  Taylori,  Hort.  A. 
geminifiora  Taylori,  G.C.  II.  8,  p.  620.  Mn.  7),  and 
A.  filifera  (A.  Wrightii,  Drum.,  B.M.  8271.) 


BBBBBBB 


._.  Lvs.  hard-fibrous,  closely  slriate-grooved,  at 
most  sc^ltrous  margined:  fls.  rather  small  with 
tube  and  segms.  about  equal.    Trunkless. 

.50.  striata,  Zucc.  {Bonapdrlea  juncea  rigidifblia,  B. 
rigida,  B.  rigidifblia,  B.  striata  and  B.  tenuifolia,  Hort.). 
Lvs.  many,  spreading,  rhombicaUy  biconvex,  }4  "24-36 
in.,  gray,  with  needle-shaped  brown  spine:  infl.  about 
10  ft.;  fls.  greenish,  l}<i  in.;  ovary  J-^in.,  protruding 
into  the  tube,  segm.  Hi^-,  tube  %m.  Cent.  Mex.  B.M. 
49.50.  Gt.  29,  p.  24.  Jacobi,  Versuch,  p.  154.  G.C. 
II.  8,  p.  556.  G.W.  10,  p.  213.  With  lvs.  conspicu- 
ously recurving  it  becomes  var.  reciirva,  Baker  (.4. 
recurva,  Zucc),  G.C.  II.  8,  p.  5.50.  Jacobi,  Versuch, 
p.  158.  A.  paucifdlia,  Tod.  (A.  Roezlii,  Hort.)  differs 
chiefly  in  its  fewer  lvs.  one-half  wider,  Hort.  Panorm., 
pi.  19.  The  name  striata  has  been  applied,  as  a  specific 
name,  to  variegated  forms  of  A.  americana. 

51.  stricta,  Salm-Dyck  {A.histrix  or  hystrix,  A.  striata 
slrlcta,  Bonapdrlea  histrix,  B.  robusta,  B.  stricta, 
Littxa  histrix.  Yucca  histrix,  Hort.).  Lvs.  many,  fal- 
cately  upcurved  in  a  globose  cluster,  triangularly 
Ijieonvex,  H  x  10-14  in,,  often  pale  or  purplish,  with  a 
flattened  triangular  spine:  infl.  .5-10  ft.;  fls.  l'^  in.; 
ovary  Hin.,  segm.  %m.,  tube  }2'n-  f^-  Cent.  Mex. 
Jacobi,  Versuch,  p.  153.  Gt.  31,  p.  .50.  Gart.  Mag.  40, 
p.  .309.  L.  de  Smet,  Cat.  1874,  pi. — Known  in  a  num- 
ber of  forms:  purpurea  with  i)urplish,  and  r6sea  with 
rosy  foliage  of  the  ordinary  type;  glafica  (.4.  dealbata 
hystrix,  A.  hystrix  glaiica  and  glaucescens,  A.  striata 
glaiica,  Bonapdrlea  glauca,  B.  striata  pulverulenta, 
Ldttka  dealbata,  L.  glaiica,  Hort.),  with  long,  and  nina 
(A.  dealbata  hremfblia,  compdrta  minor  and  nana,  etc.), 
with  short,  jiruinose  lvs.  A  closely  r(4ate(l  form  with 
flat  rhombic  lvs.  with  flatter  spine,  and  short-tubed  fls. 
is  A.  echinoides,  Jacobi  (A.  striata  echinindes,  A.  en.fi- 
formis',',  A.  hystrix  Richdrdsiif,  A.  Richdrdsiif,  A. 
striata  Richdrdsii,  Dasylirion  junceumf,  Hort.).  Gn. 
19,  p.  372. 


AGAVE 


AGLAONEMA 


239 


52.  falcata,  Engclm.  Lvs.  moderately  numerous, 
faloately  ascending,  o-sided,  with  slender  3-sided  spine: 
infl.  IJ-0  ft.;  fls.  purplish,  1  in.;  ovary  ?8'n-i  segm. 
J/4in.,  tube  '2in.  N.  Mex. — The  "guapilla,"  furnishing 
an  Important  part  of  the  ixtle  of  N.  Alex. 

.53.  dasylirioides,  .Jacobi.  Lvs.  inod<'rately  numerous, 
outourved-ascending,  thin  anil  flat,  '  2  x  10-12  in.,  jiale, 
with  flattened  brown  spine;  infl.  .5-B  ft.,  recurving;  fls. 
l)-2  in-i  ovarv  and  .segm.  5^in.  each,  tube  J4-/8  in.: 
caps.  slender,"3gxl  in.  S.  Mex.  B.M.  .5716.  G.C.  II. 
8,  p.  .5.57;  III.  .5,  p.  804.  Lyon  Hort.  22,  p.  365. 
G.A\'.  10,  p.  213. — The  more  glaucous  form  is  A.  deal- 
bata,  Lem.  (.4.  dasylirioides  dcalbata,  Baker).  A. 
intrepida,  Greenm.,  of  Cent.  Mex.,  is  very  similar. 

BBBBBBBB.    Lvs.  Tnther  fleshy,  long  and  narrow,  unarmed 

or  with  minule  soft  prickles.     Trunkless. 

c.  Fls.  moderate,  with  narrow  segm.  and  slender  tube. 

54.  yuccsefdlia,  DC.  {A .  Cohiiiaiia,  Jacobi.  A.  spicala, 
Guss.).  L\'s.  few,  recurved,  with  min,ute  slender  spine, 
concave,  1x24  in.,  glaucous,  the  dry  edge  minutelj- 
denticulate:  infl.  10  ft.;  fls.  1'2  in.;  ovary  and  segm. 
^in.  each,  tube  }iin.:  caps.  J-sx^jin.  Mex.  Redout(5, 
Lil.,  pi.  328,  329.  B.M.  5213.  R.H.  1860,  p.  519. 
Deutsch.  Gart.  Mag.  1870,  2  pi.  Gn.  12,  p.  583.— A  very 
similar  if  distinct  plant,  from  JaUsco,  is  A.  Hotighii, 
Hort.,  and  another  is  A.  yuccafolia  cses]ntdsa,  Terr., 
Primo  Contr.,  pi.  4. 

cc.  Fls.  rather  small,  with  brmid  separated  segms. 

55.  bracteosa,  Wats.  Lvs.  sigmoidally  spreading, 
.3-sidcd,  gray  narrowly  triangular,  13^^x20  in.,  spineless, 
minutely  denticulate:  infl.  3-5  ft.,  the  scape  densely 
covered  b\'  narrow  outcurved  bracts;  fls.  l]4  i"-- 
ovary  J^in.;  segms.  %m..,  tube  nearly  suppressed;  caps. 
ysxHin.   N.  Mex.    G.C.  II.  18,  p.  776. 

The  foliowing  names  occur  as  being  in  cult.:  .4.  Bakeri,  Hook. 
f.  Resembles  a  gigantic  ereinurus  in  habit.  Fls.  with  pale  green- 
ish yellow  segms.  Mex.(?).  Gn.  61,  p.  240. —  .4.  carcharioadnta. 
.-Mlied  to  .\.  Ghiesbrechtii.  Lvs.  flatter,  narrower  and  more  spiny. 
— .\.  Langlassei,  Andr6.  General  haijitasof  Furcrsea  Bedinghausei. 
Infl.  about  3  ft.  high.  Mex.  R.H.  1001:  349.— ^. /t«a-uijfs  Allied 
to  A.  Scolymus.  Stemless:  lvs.  strongly  prickly  toothed,  terminated 
by  astout  spine:  fls.  greenish  yellow. — A.  Pavolinihna.  Stemless:  fls. 
green-yellow. — A.  Wdtsonii.  Allied  to  A.  horrida.  Distinguished  by 
extremely  narrow  border  of  the  If.  Probably  Cent.  Amer. —  A. 
Weberi.  Distinguished  by  almost  complete  absence  of  marginal 
teeth.  Mex. — .4.  W^rip/i/u,  J.  R.  Drunim.  -'\IIied  to  A.  geminiflora. 
Haa  been  cult,  under  name  of  A.  Taylori.  Trunk  short:  margins  of 
lvs.  sharp  without  teeth  or  prickles:  perianth  dark  green  with 
cream-white  borders.    Cent.  .\mer.    B.M.  8271. 

William  Trelease. 
AGDESTIS  (a  mythical  hermaphrodite  monster,  the 
genus  being  an  anomalous  one  in  its  order).    Phytolac- 
racesp.    Tender  climbing  shrub  from  Mex.  and  Guate- 
mala.  Cult,  in  Cahf.  at  one  time.    A  monotypic  genus. 

clematidea,  Moc.  &  Sesse.  Lvs.  alternate,  petiolate, 
cordate:  fls.  axillary  or  in  terminal,  branched,  racemose 
cymes,  white,  star-shaped;  sepals  4;  petals  0. — Grows 
40-50  ft.  in  one  season  and  is  covered  in  Sept.  with 
masses  of  small  white  blossoms  in  dense  racemes;  very 
sweet-scented.  The  red  .sts.  come  from  a  tuber  which 
grows  half  out  of  the  earth,  and  which  is  sometimes  100 
and  1.50  lbs.  in  weight.  These  tubers  look  Uke  solid 
rocks.  They  are  of  a  gray  granite-color.  To  do  its  best, 
this  plant  requires  verj'  rich  soil  and  an  abundance  of 
moisture.  Small  offsets  appear  in  quantities  around  the 
old  tubers  and  furnish  good  material  for  prop.  On 
account  of  its  ill-smelling  foUage,  the  agdestis  cannot 
be  recommended  for  veranda  decoration;  but  it  is  a 
fine  plant  for  covering  unsightly  objects  and  outhouses; 
to  l)e  looked  for  in  extreme  South. 

N.  Taylor,  t 

AGERATUM  (Greek,  Tiot  growing  old,  first  applied 
to  some  ev(  rl:i.sling).    Compdsit^.    Garden  annuals. 

Florets  all  tubular,  blue  (rarely  pinkj  or  white; 
pappus  of  separate  or  united  scales;  otherwise  like 
Eupatorium. — About   30  species,   mostly   Trop.   Am. 


herbs.  Two  in  cult.,  with  opposite,  ovate,  stalked  and 
crenate-.serrate  lvs.  and  tassel-like  heads  in  clusters. 
Mostly  loose-growing  plants,  1-2  ft.  high,  but  with 
compact,  tlwarf,  and  variegtited  forms.  Easily  grown 
from  seed  in  the  open  or  started  in  house  or  hot- 
bed. The}'  thrive  in  anj-  garden  soil,  bloom  all  summer 
;ind,  if  started  late,  winter-blooming  under  glass. 

conyzoides,  Linn.  In\'olucral  scales  oblong,  abruptly 
acuminate,  sparingly  if  at  all  hairy  on  the  back,  erose 
and  ciliate;  lvs.  blunt  or  I'oundeil  at  base,  rarely  heart- 
shaped.    In  most  warm  countries,  often  weed-like. 

Houstonianum,  Mill.  (.4.  mcrirannm,  Simsl.  Fig. 
145.    Involucral  scales 


lance-linear,  attenuate, 
entire,  ciliate,  the  back 
finely,  densely,  andsome- 
what  viscidly  hairy:  lvs. 
usually  heart-shaped  at 
base:  heads  slightly 
larger  than  in  the  last. 
Mex.  H.M.  2524.— The 
bettor  sjiecies  and  more 
frequent   in   cult. 

For  so-called  .4.  conspicuuni 
and  A.  La.'is€''uirii,  see  Eupa- 
tdrium    gletrhonophijUnm    and 
E.  Lassei'iuxti  respectively. 
B.  L.  ROBIN.SON. 

AGLAIA  (Greek, 
splendor;  from  the  order 
and  general  appearance ) . 
Meliacese.  A  genus  of 
more  than  100  species 
of  tender  trees  and 
shrubs  from  China,  with 
minute,  yellow,  fragrant 
fls.,  said  to  be  used  in 
perfuming  certain  teas. 
Prop,  by  cuttings. 

odorata,  Lour.  Ten  to 
20  ft.:  lvs.  alternate,  5- 
7  pinnate:  fls.  in  axil- 
lary, branching  panicles. 
March-May.  Wight. 
Icones.  Ind.  Or.  2:511. 
— Cult,  sparingly  in 
Calif,  and  under  glass  in 
botanic  gardens. 


!V^ 


145.  Ageratum  Houstonianum, 

( X ;  2) 


kGhkO^'EMK{Greek, bright  thread) .  Ardcex.  Green- 
house herbs  grown  for  foliage  and  habit. 

Low  plants  with  an  erect  st.  and  basal  shoots:  lvs. 
with  a  long  sheathed  petiole,  the  blade  usually  oblong 
or  oblong-lanceolate,  with  a  thick  costa  and  few  lateral 
nerves:  peduncles  in  clusters,  shorter  than  the  petiole: 
spathe  straight,  convolute  below,  open  above;  spadix 
sessile  or  stalked. — About  15  species,  of  Trop.  Asia  and 
Afr.,  alhed  to  Arum,  Alocasia  and  Dieffenbachia,  and 
requiring  essentially  the  same  treatment  as  those 
genera. 

These  plants  are  evergreen,  often  beautifully  varie- 
gated. Aglaonemas  may  be  divided,  or  cuttings  may  be 
taken  from  plants  that  become  too  tall  and  weak.  In 
either  case  the  cuttings  and  divisions  should  be  put 
into  the  s;ind-bed  previous  to  potting,  to  develop  new 
roots.  All  of  the  kinds  will  succeed  in  fibrous  loam 
enriched  wWh  rotted  manure,  with  the  addition  of  a 
moderate  ([uantity  of  leaf-mold,  sand,  and  some  crushed 
charcoal.    (G.  W.  Oliver.) 

pictum,  Kunth.  Dwarf:  lvs.  somewhat  unequilateral, 
oblong  or  elliptic,  ovate  (4-7  in.  long  and  2-3  in.  wide), 
verj'  dark  green,  blotched  with  white,  the  central  mark- 
ings usually  extending  the  whole  length  of  the  midrib: 
spathe  white  or  whitish,  1-1, '2  in.  long.  Sumatra. 
I. H.  29:44.5. 


•240 


AGLAONEMA 


AGROSTIS 


nebuldsum,  N.E.  Br.  Sonunvhat  larger;  Ivs.  narrower 
(.">-S  in.  long.  1  '•>  in.  or  lo.-;.'!  witii^),  more  acuniiiiatc,  the 
markings  rathor  more  Kroken  anil  not  so  continuovis 
along    the    midrib.  '  I. H.  34:24.     A.G.  ItiiUtil,    anil 


146.  Aglaonema  costatum.  (  X  i) 

F.E.  7 :961  (as  A.  pictum). — This  and  A.  pictum  are  con- 
fused in  the  trade.  Both  species  deserve  more  attention 
than  they  have  received  in  this  country. 

costatum,  Veitch.  Fig.  146.  Very  dwarf  and  com- 
pact :  Ivs.  heart-shaped,  thick,  3  in.  wide,  one-third 
longer  than  wide,  seldom  exceeding  5  in.  long,  dark 
shining  green,  with  midrib  ivory-white  and  scatter- 
ing blotches  of  white.  Holds  its  tufted  Ivs.  through 
the  winter.    Moluccas.   J.H.  III.  63:225. 

A.  commuiatum,  .Schott.  Lv-s.  oblong-lanceolate,  obtuse  at 
the  ba-^e.  the  apex  long-acuminate,  intense  green,  marked  with 
spot-*  of  a  paler  green  and  of  white.  E.  Indies. — A.  Rablinii, 
Hort..  is  "a  fine  decorative  plant,  with  thick,  leathery  foliage" 
'Manda). — .4.  versicolor,  Hort.  Lvs.  obliquely  oblong,  about  4 
in.  long  by  half  as  wide,  rounded  at  the  base,  the  apex  acute, 
irregularly  marked  with  patches  of  dark  velvety  green  inter- 
pcraed  with  paler  green  and  milky  blotches.    E.  Indies. 

^  ,  George  V.  NASH.f 

AGNOS-CASTUS:    Vitez. 

AGRIMONIA  (old  name,  perhaps  a  corruption  of 
Argemorie).  Ros(ircs\  Aguimony.  Hardy  perennial 
herbs,  natives  of  the  north  temperate  zone,  with  alter- 
nate odd-pinnate,  aromatic  and  astringent  lvs.:  fis. 
yellow,  racemose,  with  .5  small  petals  and  .5-l.'5  stamens: 
i'r.  armed  with  hooked  bristles. — Sometimes  cult,  as 
Hc,(i<lhind  or  shrubbery  plants.  Not  showy.  Prop,  by 
divi.^ion  of  rootstocks  in  spring. 

Eupatdria,  Linn.  (A.  officinalis,  Lam.).  Common 
Agrimony.  Fig.  147.  Petals  twice  as  long  as  calyx, 
latter  making  a  small,  Ughtly  adhering  bur. — Cult,  in 
herb  gardens  to  make  a  tonic  tea,  also  in  wild  borders. 
Native  to  Eu.  Grows  2-3  ft.  high,  in  little  clumps,  from 
a  short  rootstock.  Has  been  confused  with  our  native 
A.  hirsula,  Bicknell,  which  is  not  in  the  trade. 

odorita,  Mill.  Lfts.  narrower 
than  in  A.  Eupnloria,  pubescent; 
lobes  more  deeply  cnmatc-den- 
tate:  petals  more  than  twice  as 
long  a.s  the  calyx.  Italy. — Oc-^j 
ca-sionally  cult,  in  Amer. 

N.    TAYLOR.t        "Tff^^N    M 

AGROPYRON  (Greek,  agros, 
fii'ld,  and  puro.H,  wheat).  Grami- 
nfj:.  Wheat-Grasses.  Perennial 
grasses,  often  producing  creeping 
rfjotstocks. 

Spikelets  3- to  many-fid.,  seasilc, 
placed  sidewise,  singly  and  alter- 


nately on  the  opposite  sides  of  a  continuous  rachis, 
fonning  stiff  terminal  spikes;  glumes  equal,  usually 
linn,  many-nerved,  acute  or  awned,  sometimes  nearly 
as  long  as  the  s])ikelet;  lemmas  .')-7-nerved,  usually 
nu)re  or  less  awned,  the  |)alea  ciliate  on  the  keels. — 
SjM'cics  ;5()  to  40  in  the  t('mi)erate  regions  of  both 
hemispheres.  The  genus  differs  from  Triticum  chiefly 
in  being  perennial,  and  in  the  entire  apex  of  the 
glumes. 

Many  of  the  native  species  of  the  western  states  are 
ijnportant  range  grasses  or  furnish  nutritious  wild  hay. 
One  of  these,  western  wheat-grass  (yl.  ienerum,  Vasey) 
(Dept.of  .\gric.  Div.of  Agrost.  17:297)  has  been  recently 
introduced  into  cultivation  and  is  sold  by  seedsmen  of 
the  northwestern  states.  One  species,  introduced  from 
Europe,  the  familiar  quack-grass  {A.  rbpens,  Beauv., 
Fig.  148,  also  known  as  couch-grass,  quick-grass  and 
quitch-grass),  is  a  troublesome  weed  in  cultivated  land, 
because  of  its  long,  creeping  rootstocks.  Though  diffi- 
cult to  eradicate,  it  has  value  as  a  forage  plant. 

A.  S.  Hitchcock. 

AGR0ST£MMA:    Lychnis. 

AGROSTIS  (an  ancient  Greek  name  for  a  forage 
grass,  from  agros,  a  field).  Graminex.  Bent-Gbass. 
Annual  or  usually  perennial  grasses  with  erect  or  creep- 
ing stems  and  open  panicles  of  small  flowers. 

Spikelets  1-fld.;  glumes  about  equal,  acute;  lemma 
shorter  and  more  delicate  than  the  glumes,  sometimes 
awned  from  the  back,  palea  usually  shorter  than  the 
lenuiia,  often  small  or  wanting. — Species  about  100, 
distributed  over  the  entire  world,  especially  in  the  north 
temperate  zone.    The  genus  comprises  several  forage 


and  lawn  grasses  and  a  few  ornamental,  the  panicles 
being  used  for  bouquets.  A  nebulosa  is  excellent  for  dry 
bouquets.   A.  elegans  of  gardens  is  an  Aira. 

A.  Panicle  open  but  not  diffuse:  perennial  lawn  and 
pasture  grasses. 

B.  Palea  present. 
alba,  Linn.  Red-Top.  Herd's-Grass  (locally). 
Culms  erect,  2-3  ft.,  from  a  usually  decumbent  base, 
producing  short  rootstocks;  sheaths  smooth;  Ugule 
membranaceous,  2-3  hues  long;  blades  flat,  scabrous, 
rather  strongly  nerved,  acuminate-pointed;  panicle 
oblong  or  pyramidal,  several  inches  or  even  a  foot  in 
length;  .spikelets  1-1>2  hnes  long;  the  glumes  scabrous 
on  the  keels;  lemma  awnless;  palea  one  half  to  two- 
thirds  as  long  as  the  lemma.  Dept.  of  Agric,  Div. 
of  Agro.st,  17:187.  Ibid.  B.P.I.  Bull.  68,  pi.  2.— A 
common  meadow  and  pastuni  grass,  native  of  Eu., 
but  abundantly  escapetl  in  the  northern  and  central 
portions  of  the  U.  S.  along  roadsides  and  in  waste 
places.  Var.  vulgaris,  Thurb.  Fine  Bent-Grass. 
Rei)-Top.  a  more  delicate  grass,  about  1  ft.  high: 
panicles  1-3  in.;  Hgvile  usually  1  line  or  less.  Dept.  of 
Agric.  B.P.I.  Bull.  68,  pi.  3.— This  form  is  commonly 
used  as  a  lawn  grass.  Var.  aristata,  Gray.  Similar  to 
var.  vulgaris  but  the  lemmas  bearing  an  exserted  awn 
from  near  the  base.  Infrequent.  Var.  maritima,  Mey. 
Producing  long  stolons;  panicles  narrow,  contracted. 
Dept.  of  Agric.  B.P.I.  Bull.  68:  pi.  4.— A  native  of  the 
sea-coast  of  N.  Amer.  and  Eu.  A  form  of  this  is  cult,  as 
a  lawn  grass  under  the  name  of  creeping  bent  and  has 
received  the  horticultural  name  Agrdstis  dlba  var. 
slulordfera,  but  is  not  A.  sloloulfera,  Linn. 


AGROSTIS 


AILANTHUS 


241 


canina,  Linn. 


BB.  Palea  wanting. 
Rhode  Island  Bent. 


149.  Agrostis  nebulosa. 

CXH) 


Slender,  erect,  cespitose,  J 2-2  ft.:  .spikelets  1  line  long; 

lemma  bearing  about  the  middle  an  exserted  bent  awn. 

Dept.ofAgric.  B.P.I.  Bull.  (iS,  pi.  9.  Eu.— Cult,  as  a  lawn 

grass,  and  sparingly  escaped.  Much  of  the  commercial 
seed  under  this  name  is  Agrostis 
alba  var.  I'ldgnris.  The  seed  of 
A.  canina  may  be  distinguished 
by  the  absence  of  the  palea. 

AA.  Panicle    diffuse,    the    main 
branches  scabrous,  long  and 
hair-like,  naked  below. 
B.  Plants  annual:  palea 
present. 
nebulosa,     Boiss.     &     Reut. 
,  t?v-^  Cloud-Grass.    Fig.  149.    Culms 
'.t'"^^^  branched  below,  slender,    1   ft.; 
blades  few  and  small;  ligule  2-3 
lines;  panicles  oblong,  about  half 
the  plant,  deUcate,  the  branches 
verticillate;  spikelets  J-^hne,  long- 
pedicelled,     sometimes     awned. 
Spain. — Cult,  for  dry  bouquets. 
Sometimes   called    A.  capiUaris 
but  is  not  A.  capiUaris  of  botani- 
cal authors. 

BB.  Plants  perennial:  palea 

wanting. 
hiem^is,  B.  S.  P.  (.4.  sc&bra, 
Willd.).  Hair-Grass.  Tickle- 
Grass.  Silk-Grass.  Culms  low 
and  deUcate,  1-2  ft.;  blades 
small  and  mostly  radical;  pani- 
cles very  diffuse,  the  spikelets  borne  toward  the  ex- 
tremities of  the  branches.  Dept.  of  Agric.  B.P.I.  BuU. 
68,  pi.  26. — The  panicles  break  away  at  maturity  and 
are  blown  about  by  the  wind.  The  young  panicles  are 
often  used  for  dry  bouquets. 

A.  minulifidra.   See  Sporobolus  minutiflorus. 

A.  S.  Hitchcock. 

AGUACATE,   ALLIGATOR   PEAR,   AVOCADO:    Persea. 

AILANTHUS  (from  its  native  name  Ailanto,  meaning 
Tree  of  Heaven).  Syn.,  PongcHon.  Simarubacese. 
Trees  chiefly  grown  for  their  handsome  large  foliage. 

Large  trees:  Ivs.  alternate,  odd-pinnate,  deciduous: 
fls.  small,  in  large  terminal  panicles, 
polygamous;  sepals  and  petals  5  or  6; 
disk  small,  lO-lobed;  stamens  10;  carpels 
5  or  6:  fr.  consisting  of  1-5  distinct  oblong 
samaras  with  the  compressed  seed  in  the 
middle. — Eight  or  9  sjjecies  in  Cent,  and 
S.  .^sia  and  in  N.  Austral. 

These  trees  are  sparingly  branched,  with 
large  pinnate  foliage,  inconspicuous  gree: 
ish  flowers  in  upright  panicles  followed  by  ->^  /  / 
winged  fruits;  the  foliage  exhales  a  dis-  ^  y 
agreeable  odor  when  bruisetl.    The  ailan-  W 
thus  foliage  gives  a  tropical  effect  whgw/ 
the  growth  is  very  strong.  -^-<i^ 

The  Chinese  species  are  fairly  hardy  North;  only  as 
young  plants  are  they  somewhat  tender.  They  are 
very  rapid  growers  and  stand  smoke  and  dust  well.  If 
plants  are  cut  back  to  the  ground  after  they  have 
become  established  (in  two  or  three  years  after  plant- 
ing), they  will  throw  up  very  strong  shoots  and  make  an 
excellent  screen.  This  i)ractice  may  be  repeated  year 
after  year.  Sumacs,  paulownias,  basswoods,  mulber- 
ries, and  other  fa.st-growing  things  may  be  treated  in 
this  way.  The  ailanthus  foliage  is  very  like  that  of  the 
cedrela  (which  see  for  illustration  of  differences).  The 
best  known  is  A  .  alti.isima,  which  is  often  planted  as 
a  street  tree,  particularly  in  cities,  as  it  resists  smoke 

16 


better  than  many  other  trees  and  is  not  attacked  by 
Brown  Bent.  insects.  For  street  planting,  the  fertile  plant  only 
should  be  used,  because  the  male  exhales  a  disagreeable 
odor  when  flowering,  and  the  pollen  is  said  to  cause 
catarrhal  troubles.  It  grows  in  almost  any  soil,  but 
best  in  a  hght  and  somewhat  moist  one. 

Propagation  is  by  seeds  which ,  must  be  sown  soon 
after  ripening,  and  by  root-cuttings^  It  suckers  from  the 
roots. 

A.  Branchlels  and  petioles  glabrous  or  only  finely  pubes- 
cent: Ifts.  glabrous  beneath. 
altissima,  Swingle  (.4.  glnruiulosa,  Desf.).  Tree  of 
Heaven.  Fig.  150.  Tree,  to  60  ft.:  young  branchlets 
minutely  pubescent,  usually  dull  yellowish  brown:  Ivs. 
IJ2-2  ft.  long;  Ifts.  13-25,  stalked,  ovate-lanceolate, 
usually  truncate  at  the  base,  3-5  in.  long,  finely  ciliate, 
with  8-10  pairs  of  veins,  glabrous  and  glaucescent 
beneath,  near  the  base  with  2-4  coarse  teeth,  each  with 
a  large  gland  beneath:  samaras  1  J/2  in.  long.  June,  July. 
China.  G.C.  111.2:365.  Gn.  24,  pp.  63,65  (habit);  32,  p. 
330.  Mn.  10,  p.  152  (habit).  M.D.G.  1901:324  (habit). 
Var.  erythrocarpa,  Relid.  (yl.  erylhrocdrpa,  Carr.  A. 
riibra,  Hort.).  Lvs.  darker  green  above  and  more 
glaucous  beneath:  fr.  bright  red,  very  effective  in  late 
summer  and  autumn.  Var.  pendulifolia,  Rehd.  Lvs. 
very  large,  drooping.  R.H.  1906,  p.  .545.  Var.  sutch- 
uenensis,  Rehd.  &  Wilson  (A.  sutchuenensis,  Dode). 
Young  branchlets  reddish  brown,  glabrous,  lustrous: 
petioles  purphsh  glabrous:  Ifts.  not  ciliate,  cuneate  at 
the  base,  at  least  in  older  plants:  fr.  about  2  in.  long. 
W.  China. — In  China  this  species  and  A.  Vilmoriniana 
are  sometimes  planted  as  the  host  of  a  silkworm,  Attacus 
cynthia,  which  produces  a  coarse  silk,  inferior  to  that 
of  the  common  silkworm.  As  a  shade  and  street  tree,  it 
is  now  much  planted  in  temperate  regions  and  natural- 
ized in  some  localities. 

Giraldii,  Dode.  Tree;  young  branchlets  finely  pubes- 
cent; petioles  purplish:  lvs.  2-3  ft.  long;  Ifts.  33-41, 
closely  set,  lanceolate,  4-6  in.  long,  with  2-4  glandular 


teeth  near  the  base,  undulate  at  the  margin  and  long- 
pointed,  with  14-15  pairs  of  secondary  veins,  dark 
green  above,  pale  green  beneath:  panicle  8-12  in.  lone: 
fr.  2V2  in.  long.    W.  China. 

AA.  Branchlets   and   petioles,    at    least    in    young    trees, 

prickly  and  pubescent:  Ifts.  pubescent  beneath. 

Vilmoriniana,  Dode  {Pongelion  Vilmorinianum,  Van 

Tieghem.    A.  alti-isima    vnr.  spindsa,    Bois).    Tree,  to 

50  ft.:  lvs.  2-3  ft.  long;  Ifts.  17-35,  oblong-lanceolate, 


242 


AILANTHUS 


AKEBIA 


4-6  in.  long,  with  2-4  Rland-bearinn  toeth  near  the  base, 
glabrous  or  pubescent  above,  glaucesceut  and  pubeRcent 
CK^neath:  panicle  to  12  in.  long;  fr.  about  2  in.  long.  VV. 
China.  U.H.  UXM.p'.  445.  C.n.  7h  p.  ()32  (habit).— Has 
proveii  at  le!»st  as  hardy  !is  .1.  nlllKsima  at  the  Arnold 
Arboretum. 

.4.  exeflsn,  Uoxb.  (Pongelion  excelsum,  Pierre).  TaU  tree:  Ivh. 
3  ft.  long,  abruptly  pinnate;  Ifti*.  20-28,  teeth  without  Rhind.'i.  India. 
Can  bo  grown  onlv  in  tropical  regions  or  in  the  Imthouse. — .-l.  fla- 
rt«:<-n,.  Carr.=Cedrela  sinensis.  AlfKED  RehDER. 

AJrA  (an  ancient  Greek  name  for  Darnel).  Gra- 
mincr.  H.mr-Gr.^ss.  Annual  gnisses  with  delicate  culms 
and  open  capillary  panicles.    Spikelets  2-fld.  one  or 


151.  Ajtiga  reptans  var.  variegata.  (Xs' 

both  fls.  awned  from  the  middle  of  the  back;  palea 
nearly  a.s  long  as  the  lemma. — Species  6,  natives  of  the 
Medit.  region,  intro.  in  the  Atlantic  states  and  on  the 
Pacific  coast .  Cult,  for  dry  bouquets.  The  species  have 
been  confused  by  florists  with  Agrostis  (as  Agrostis 
elegans)  from  which  genus  they  may  be  distinguished  by 
their  2-fld.  spikelets. 

capillaris,  Host.  (.4.  elegans,  Willd.).  Spikelets  less 
than  1  line  long,  all  long-pedicelled. 

caryophyllea,  Linn.  Pedicels  mostly  shorter  than  the 
spikelets.    Dept.  of  Agric.  Div.  of  Agrost.  7:170. 

A.  capspiMso^DeachampHia  ciespitosa. — A.  fdliis  variegitis. 
This  name  is  li.sted  in  trade  catalogues,  but  the  seedsmen  report 
that  all  failed.   Probably  is  Deschampsia  csespitosa. 

A.  S.  Hitchcock. 

AIR-PLANT.  In  common  speech,  any  plant  that 
grows  on  the  trunk  or  in  the  top  of  another  plant  is 
called  an  air-plant.  The  proper  term  is  epiphyte  (that 
is,  grou-ing  on  a  plant),  which  .see.  In  horticulture,  the 
term  air-plant  is  usually  applied  to  epiphytal  orchids, 
tillandsia-s,  and  the  like.  Mo.st  of  these  grow  on  old 
bark,  perhaps  deriving  .some  of  their  nourishment  from 
the  bark,  but  most  of  it  from  the  air  and  rain.  Air- 
plants  are  not  parasites, — they  do  not  derive  their  sup- 
port from  the  juices  of  the  host. 

The  term  is  sometimes  applied  to  plants  that  make 
roots  from  leaves  or  other  parts  that  are  severed  and 
allowed  to  remain  out  of  the  earth.  Bryophyllum  is  a 
leading  example,  because  new  plants  start  from  the 
leaf-edges.  The  dioscoreas  and  rajanias  that  bear 
aerial  tubers  are  sometimes  known  as  air-plants.  See 
also  Resurrection  Plants. 

AJUGA  <not  yoked:  the  calyx  not  bilabiate).  Lnbiatx. 
Bi;<;i.K-\VEf;D.  Hardy  herbaceous  European  perennials, 
creeping  by  stolons. 

Height  fi-12  in.:  fls.  numerous,  in  whorls,  normally 
blue  or  purple,  with  rosy  or  white  varieties;  corolla  2- 
li[)ped,  the  upper  lip  short,  the  lower  spreading. — Con- 
siderably used  in  rock-gardens  and  for  border  jjlant- 
ing.    Prop,  by  divi.sion  in  spring  or  by  seeds. 

genevensis,  Linn.  (A.  rugosn,  Hort.  A.  alplna, 
Hort.^  St.  erect,  pubescent:  cauline  Ivs.  oblong-elliptic 
or  obovate,  narrowed  at  the  base;  lower  ones  petiolate; 
floral  Ivs.  ovate  or  wedge-shaped,   coarsely  toothed. 


sparsely  hairy:  upper  fl. -whorls  spicate;  lower  whorls 
tlistant.    May,  June. 

pyramidalis,  Linn.  St.  erect:  cauline  Ivs.  obovate, 
hardly  petiolate,  in  a  4-sided  pyramid;  floral  Ivs,  broadly 
ovate,  the  highest  often  colored;  all  Ivs.  entire:  fl.- 
wliorls  usually  all  spicate. 

reptans,  Linn.  St.  i)rostrate:  Ivs.  ovate  or  obovate, 
entire  or  sinuate,  shiny. — A  low,  dense,  fast-spreading 
creeper,  excellent  for  covering  shady  slopes.  The  typi- 
cal and  whit(>-fld.  forms  are  less  cult,  than  the  following: 
Var.  rfibra,  Hort.  More  valued  for  its  dark  purple  Ivs. 
than  its  blue  fls.  Var.  variegata,  Hort.  Fig.  151.  Lvs. 
splashed  and  edged  creamy  yellow.  Var.  atropurpfirea, 
Hort.  Fls.  purplish  blue.  May. — Useful  for 
carpeting  the  ground  in  shady  places. 

A.  metdllica  var.  crispa,  Hort.,  intro.  by  Henderson, 

1899,   is  described  as   dwarf    (4-5   in.),   with    curled, 

metallic  glossy  and  blue  fls.  in  a  pyramidal  spike. — A 

bedding    plant,  intro.    from    Germany.     None    of   the 

varieties  are  so  desirable  as  the  typical  form. — A.Brdck- 

^  banki,  Hort.,    "with   fine   blue  fls.,"  and    .4.  ofimd/era, 

'V'^  Hort.,  are  trade  names  for  blue-fld.   bugles   that  are 

^i-^   unknown    in    hort.  or   botanical    literature,  and  it   ia 

uncertain  to  what  species  they  are  to  be  referred. 

N.    TAYLOR.f 
AKEE:    Blighia. 

AKEBIA  (from  Akehi,  its  Japanese  name). 
LardizahalaccT;  by  some  included  in  Ber- 
beriddce.x.    Twining  woody  plants. 

Glabrous  twining  shrubs:  lvs.  half-ever- 
green, long-petioled,  digitate:  fls.  monoecious,  in  axillary 
raceme,  the  pistillate  at  the  base,  the  staminate  smaller, 
at  the  end  of  the  raceme;  sepals  3;  stamens  6;  carpels 
3-12,  with  sessile  stigma:  fr.  a  large  oblong  berry  with 
numerous  seeds  imbedded  in  a  pulp,  opening  along  the 
inner  suture. — Two  species  with  several  varieties  in 
Japan  and  China. 

The  akebias  are  very  ornamental,  hardy  climbing 
shrubs  of  graceful  appearance,  especially  adapted  for 
places  in  which  very  dense  shade  is  not  wanted.  They 
require  a  sunny  position  and  well-drained  soil;  also 
valuable  in  the  cool  greenhouse  for  covering  pillars 
and  walls,  growing  best  in  a  sandy  compost  of  loam, 
leaf  soil  and  peat.  In  Japan,  the  fruit  which  is  very 
showy  but  with  us  rarely  produced,  is  eaten,  and  the 
stems  are  much  used  for  wicker-work. 

Propagation  is  by  seeds,  by  greenwood  or  hardwood 
cuttings,  and  also  by  root-division  and  layers. 

quinata,  Decne.  Figs.  152,  153.  Climbing  12  ft.  or 
more:  young  branchlets  purjjlish:  Ifts.  5;  oval  or  ob- 
long-obovate,  entire,  emarginate,  1-2  in.  long:  fls.  fra- 
grant, the  pistillate  purplish  brown,  about  1  in.  broad, 
the  staminate  smaller,  rosy  purple,   in  early  spring: 

berry    oblong,    3-5 


in.  long,  dark  pur- 
ple with  glaucous 
bloom;  seeds  black. 
April,  May.  China, 
Japan.~-B.R.  33:28. 
B.M.  4864.  G.F. 
4:137  (aflapted  in 
Fig.  153).  A.  G. 
March,  1891,  figs. 
5,  7,  and  plate. 
G.W.  10,  p.  500. 
Gn.  51,  p.  151.  R.H. 
1853:141.  S.Z.  77.— 
Hardy,  handsome, 
not  attacked  by  in- 
sects or  fungi. 
Very  graceful 
and  desirable. 

lobata,  Decne. 

{A .     querrifblia, 
Sieb.   &    Zucc). 


152.  Akehia  quinata  flowers. 


AKEBIA 


ALBIZZIA 


243 


Lfts.  3,  broadly  ovate,  coarsely  crenate,  1-2  in.  long: 
fls.  in  long  racemes,  smaller  than  those  of  A.  quinala. 
Japan,  China.  B.M.  7485.  A.G.  March,  1891,  p.  140. 
G.W.  13,  p.  438.  S.Z.  1:78.  Var.  austraUs,  Diels. 
Lfts.  oval  or  ovate  to  ovate-oblong,  entire  or  nearly  so, 
coriaceous. — Recently  intro.  from  China  and  proba- 
bly tender.  Var.  clematifolia,  Ito.  Lfts.  broadly  ovate 
to  ovate,  entire,  of  thin  texture,  to  3J'2  i"-  long. 
Japan.  \  supposed  hybrid  of  this  and  the  preceding 
species  is  .-1.  pentaphylla,  Makino,  with  3-5  lfts.  entire 
or  sparingly  crenate.  Alfred  Rehder. 

ALANGIUM  (from  the  Malabar  name).  Including 
Miirlea.  Ahvigiacese,  formerly  included  in  Cornaccx. 
Trees  or  shrubs,  rarely  grown  in  temperate  regions 
for  their  handsome  large  foliage  and  fragrant  fls.  A 
genus  of  over  20  species  of  shrubs  or  small  trees  of  the 
Old  World  tropics,  with  alternate  entire  or  lobed  ever- 
green or  deciduous  Ivs.  and  small,  perfect  whitish,  often 
fragrant,  fls.  in  axillary  clusters;  calyx  small,  campanu- 
late;  petals  4-10,  linear,  usually  laxly  reflexed;  stamens 
4-30;  ovary  inferior,  style  simple,  elongated:  fr.  a 
1-sceded  drupe.  Sometimes  cult,  in  Old  World  gardens, 
either  as  stove  plants  or  out-of-doors  in  warmer  regions, 
but  probably  not  in  the  American  trade. 

.4.  begonii/dlium.  Baill.  (Marlea  begoniifolia,  Roxbg.)  Tree 
10  tiO  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate,  entire  or  slightly  lobed.  acuminate,  usually 
rounded  at  base,  to  8  in.  long:  Qs.Jim,  long,  in  cymes;  petals  and 
stamens  usually  6.  .\fr.,  S.  and  E.  Asia.  B.R.  24:61.  E.P.  IV. 
220t),  p.  3. — A.  decapctalum.  Lam.  {A,  salviifolium  var.  decape- 
taium,  Wang.  A.  Lamarckii,  Thwait.).  30  ft.:  Ivs.  entire,  oblong- 
lanceolate:  fls.  fragrant,  white,  sohtary  or  in  2'a  or  3's  in  the  axils; 
petals  10.  India.  E.P.  IV.  2206,  10. — A.  platanifdlium.  Harms 
(^Iarlea  platanifolia,  Sieb.  &Zucc.).  Tree:  Ivs.  roundish  in  outline,  3- 
5-lobed,  to  8-10  in.  long:  fls.  over  1  in.  long,  in  few-fid.  cymes,  petals 
and  stamens  usually  6.  Japan,  China,  E.  P.  IV.  2206,  p.  23.  This 
seems  to  be  the  hardiest  species  and  is  probably  hardy  as  far  north 
as  Washington,  D.  C.  ALFRED   ReHDER. 

ALBERTA  (from  .\lbertus  Grotus,  commonly  kno^\Ti 
as  .\lbertus  \Iagnus,  philosopher  of  the  thirteenth 
century,  who  wrote  concerning  plants).  Rubiacese.  Two 
species  of  shrubs  or  trees,  one  of  which  has  been  intro- 
duced as  a  hothouse  or  greenhouse  subject. 

Leaves  thick,  opposite:  fls.  rose-colored  or  purphsh, 
in  terminal  panicles;  calyx  10-ribbed  and  5-lobed,  often 
colored  in  fr. ;  corolla  elongated-tubular. 

magna,  E.  Mey.  Bark  pale,  the  young  branches 
reddish  brown:  Ivs.  4-5  in,  long,  obovate-oblong, 
obtuse,  entire,  narrowed  into  a  short,  stout  petiole; 
midrib  stout:  panicle  terminal,  erect,  6  in.  high  and 
nearly  as  broad  at  the  base;  corolla-tube  1  in.  long, 
slightly  swelling  in  upper  part,  pubescent;  lobes  o,  small, 
triangular,  recurved.  Natal.  B.M.  74.54.  G.C.  IIL 
22:416.  Gn.  53:430.  The  other  species  is  A.  minor, 
Baill.,  from  Madagascar.  L_  jj.  B. 

ALB12ZIA  (after  Albizzi,  an  Italian  naturalist). 
Leguminbsse.  Ornamental  woody  plants  chiefly  grown 
for  their  handsome  foliage  and  also  for  their  attractive 
flowers;  some  are  \aluable  timber  trees;  closely  allied 
to  the  acacias. 

Trees  or  shrubs:  Ivs.  deciduous,  alternate,  bipinnate; 
lfts.  usually  small  and  numerous,  oblique:  fls.  in  axil- 
lary, peduncled  spikes  or  globular  heads;  calyx  tubuhir 
or  campanulate,  5-toothed;  corolla  small,  funnelform, 
with  the  segm.  connate  more  than  one-half;  stamens 
numerous,  more  or  less  connate  at  the  ba.se,  exserted:  fr. 
a  large  strap-shaped  pod  without  pulp. — About  25  spe- 
cies in  tropical  and  subtropical  regions  of  Asia,  Afr.  and 
Austral.;  1  in  Mex. 

The  albizzias  are  unarmed  trees  or  shrubs  with  grace- 
ful feathery  foliage  and  yellowish,  white  or  pink  flow- 
ers in  summer.  \Iost  of  the  species  can  be  grown  only 
in  subtropical  and  tropical  regions  except  A.  Juiibris- 
sin  which  is  the  hardiest  species  and  can  be  grown  as 
far  north  a.s  Washington,  D.  C.  A.  lophantha  is  some- 
times grown  as  a  greenhouse  shrub. 

For  cultivation,  see  Acacia. 


A.  Fls.  in  cylindrical  axillary  spikes:  Ivs.  suh-persisterU. 

lophantha,  Benth.  {Acacia  lophdntha,  Willd.).  Shrub 
or  small  tree,  6-20  ft.:  Ivs.  with  14-24  pinna-,  each  with 
40-60  lfts.,  about  5  lines  long,  linear,  obtuse:  spikes 
mostly  2,  about  2  in.  long,  yellowish;  fls.  distinctly 
pedicelled.  S.  W.  Austral.  B.M.  2108.  B.R.  5:361. 
L.B.C.  8:716. — Sometimes  cult,  as  greenhouse  shrub 
and  flowering  in  spring,  and  in  the  open  in  the  S.;  it 
has  become  naturalized  in  S.  Calif.  Often  known  as 
Acacia  speciosa.   There  is  a  var.  gigantea  in  the  trade. 

mont^a,  Benth.  Small  tree;  ferrugineously  villous: 
Ivs.  with   14-24  pinnae,  each  with  40-80  lfts.  bnear- 


153.  Akebia  quinata  fruit.  iXU) 

oblong,  3-4  lines  long,  obtuse:  spikes  cylindric,  2-3  in. 
long;  fls.  very  short-pedicelled.  Java. — Closely  related 
to  the  preceding  species,  differing  chiefly  in  its  yellowish 
pubescence  and  in  the  short-stalked  fls. 

.\A.  Fls.  in  globular  heads:  Ivs.  deciduous. 

B.  Stamens  united  only  at  the  base. 

c.  Lfts.  ovate  or  oblong,  obtuse. 

D.  The  fls.  pedicelled,  in  axillary  heads. 

Lebbek,  Benth.  (Acacia  Lebbek,  Willd.  A.  speci- 
osa, Willd.).  Lebbeck  Tree.  Siris  Tree.  Woman's- 
ToNGUE  Tree.  Fig.  1.54.  Tall  tree:  Ivs.  with  4-8  pin- 
nae, each  with  10-18  lfts.,  obliquely  oblong  or  oval,  1- 
13-2  in.  long,  nearly  sessile:  fls.  greenish  yellow,  in 
short-peduncled,  axillary  heads,  3-4  together.  Trop. 
Asia,  N.  Austral. — Planted  as  a  yard  tree  in  American 
tropics. 

occidentalis,  Brandegee.  Small  tree,  15-25  ft.:  Ivs. 
with  8  pinna-,  each  with  6-10  lfts.,  oblique-oval,  %- 
1}2  in.  long,  glabrous:  fls,  yellowish,  in  axillary  heads. 
June,  July.  Mex.,  Low.  Calif. — Possibly  only  a  va- 
riety of  A.  Lebbek,  and  not  indigenous. 

DD.  The  fls.  nearly  sessile  in  fascicled  heads  forming  large 
terminal  panicles. 

odoratissima,  Benth.  (Acacia  odoratissima,  Willd.). 
Tall  tree:  Ivs.  with  downy  rachis;  pinnae  6-14,  each  with 
16-50  lfts.,  oblique-oblong,  54-1  in.  long,  glaucous 
beneath:  heads  few-fld.,  numerous,  greenish  white.  E. 
Indies. 


244 


ALBIZZIA 


ALECTRYON 


procera,  Benth.  (.loiciu  i>rocera,  Willd.).  Tall  tree: 
Ivs.  with  uoarly  glabrous  railiis;  pinivc  li-10,  each  with 
12-lG  Ifts.,  obliqiu'-bblong,  1-13-2  i"-  lo»B.  glabrous: 
heads  few-Hil.,  greenish  white.    Trop.  Asia,  Austral. 

cc.  Lfts.  fulcalc,  ivitlt  the  mitlrih  dose  to  the 
upper  edge,  acute. 

Julibrissin,  Durazz.  (.Icucw  Julilmnxin,  Willd.  .1. 
Nh»u.  Willd.).  Tree,  30-40  ft.:  rachis  of  the  Ivs.  with  a 
small  gland  at  the  base;  i)inn;e  8-24,  with  numerous 
lfts.,  faloati'-oblong,  i4in.  long:  heads  pink,  slender- 
pedunoled,  crowded  on  the  upper  end  of  the  brandies. 
Warmer  Temp.  Asia  from  I'ersia  to  Japan.  Summer. 
S.F.  1:51.  Var.  rosea,  Mouillef.  (A.  rdsea,  Carr.). 
Fls.  bright  pink,  dwarfer  antl  hardier  than  the  type. 
R.H.  1870;4',)0,  1912,  pp.  1S4,  185.  F.S.21 :2199.— This 
variety  is  sometimes  grown  imder  the  name  A.  Ncmu. 

\'ar.  mdllis,  Benth.  (.1.  muUi.t,  Boiss.  Acacia  mdllis, 
Wall.).  Lfts.  broader,  densely  pubescent.  Himalayas 
and  Abyssinia. 


154.  Albizzia  Lebbek 

(Xh) 


stipulata,  Boiss.  {Acacia  stipuldta,  DC).  Tall  tree: 
3"Oung  branches  with  large,  persistent  stipules:  rachis 
of  the  Ivs.  with  many  glands,  pubescent;  pinnae  12-40, 
with  numerous  lfts.,  oblong-linear,  \ir]/iva-  long,  pu- 
bescent beneath:  heads  in  axillary  simple  or  terminal 
compound  racemes.   Trop.  Asia.    • 

BB.  Stamens  connate  into  a  long,  narrow  tube. 
fastigi^ta,  Oliver  (Zygia  fasligiata,  E.  Mey.).  Tree: 
branches  and  petioles  ru.sty-pubescent;  pinnae  8-14, 
each  with  15-30  lfts.,  trapezoid-oblong,  H-Kin.  long, 
pubescent  beneath:  hesuls  in  terminal  corymbs  on  the 
end  of  the  branches.   Trop.  Afr. 

A.  Tnoluccana,  Miq.  Tree:  rachis  of  the  Ivs.  with  many  glands; 
ptDrue  14.  each  with  12-40  1ft;*..  obliquely  elliptin-oblong,  glaucous 
and  pubescent  beneath.    Moluccas. — Incompletely  known. 

Alfred  Rehder. 

ALBUCA  {whitish;  the  color  of  the  first-described 
species).  Liliacesc.  Tender  bulbs  from  the  Cape  of 
Good  Hope  allied  to  Ornithogalum,  and  treated  in  the 
same  way. 

Bulb  tunicated:  Ivs.  all  radical,  flat  or  terete:  fls. 
large,  yellow,  white  or  green,  in  single  racemes:  perianth 
of  3  outer  oblong  more  or  less  spreading  parts  and  3 
inner  shorter  connivent  segms. ;  stamens  G,  tlie  filaments 
often  winged;  stigma  .3-lobefl:  fr.  a  3-valved  caps. — 
■S.  and  Trop.  Afr.  and  Arabia. 

There  are  a  good  number  of  species  of  Albuca  (about 
30;,  but  few  are  much  known  to  cultivation,  and  none 
of  them  is  apparently  planted  to  any  extent  in  this 
country.  AJbucas  are  late  spring  and  summer  bloomers, 
profiucing  attractive  white  or  yellow  flowers.  In  mild 
climates,  they  may  be  carried  over  winter  in  a  frame 
or  with  a  good  protec-tion  of  Utter.    Propagation  is  by 


offsets  or  by  seeds.  Some  of  the  species  are  hothouse 
|)lants.  Allied  to  Urginea,  to  which  the  A.  major  of 
catalogues  probably  belongs.  Numbers  of  hybrids  have 
been  produced. 

afirea,  Jac<i.  Two  ft.:  bracts  yellow:  fls.  10-30,  pale 
yellow,  upright:  Ivs.  very  narrow,  flat.    June. 

Nelsonii,  N.  E.  Br.  Three  to  5  ft.:  fls.  1}4  in.  long, 
in  a  large  cluster  or  spike,  almond-scented,  pure  white 
with  a  red-brown  stripe  down  the  middle  of  each  segm. 
(but  pure  white  under  glass) :  Ivs.  long,  grooved  or  con- 
cave at  base,  flat  above,  pointed.  July,  Aug. — Probably 
the  best  species  yet  intro.  The  bulbs  are  hfted  in 
autumn ;  or  they  may  be  potted  up  for  greenhouse  use. 
It  is  an  excellent  plant  when  well  grown.    B.M.  6649. 

L.  H.  B. 

ALCHEMILLA  (from  an  Arabic  name).  Rosacex. 
Hardy  herljaceous  perennials,  suitable  for  rock-gardens 
and  front  rows  of  borders. 

Low  (6-8  in.):  Ivs.  palmately  lobed  or  compound: 
fls.  small,  greenish  or  yellowish,  in  clusters;  petals  0; 
stamens  1—4;  pistils  1-4,  becoming  achenes  included  in 
the  persisting  calyx. — Species  30  or  more  in  Cent,  and 
S.  Amer.,  Afr.,  India  and  elsewhere,  largely  in  mountains. 

Plants  of  easiest  culture.  Propagation  is  effected  by 
division  or  by  seeds.  A.  arvensis  and  A.  pratensis  of 
Europe  are  naturalized  in  North  America.  The  A. 
major  of  catalogues  is  probably  a  form  of  one  of  the 
species. 

alpina,  Bieb.  Lvs.  digitate,  5-7-cut;  lfts.  usually 
7,  lanceolate-cuneate,  obtuse,  serrate  at  apex,  silky 
hairy  beneath,  shiny.    Eu. 

sericea,  WOld.  Lvs.  larger  than  in  A.  alpina,  5-7- 
nerved,  digitate;  Ifts.  7,  lanceolate,  acute,  deeply 
serrate  from  the  middle  to  apex,  downy  beneath. 
Caucasus. 

vulgaris,  Linn.  (A.  montana,  Schmidt).  Lady's  Man- 
tle. Lvs.  7-9-nerved,  7-9-cut;  reniform,  plicate- 
concave.    North  temperate  zone.  l.  H.  B.f 

ALCHORNEA  (in  memory  of  Stanesby  Alchorne). 
Eu,phorbincese.  Dovewood.  Tropical  shrubs  or  trees 
with  alternate,  entire  or  dentate  lvs.:  fls.  usually 
dicecious,  in  elongated  slender  catkin-like  infl.;  stami- 
nate  calyx  4-lobed ;  stamens  8. 

One  species,  A.  ilicifolia,  Muell.  Arg.,  is  rarely  grown 
in  greenhouses,  and  is  listed  by  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric. 
as  intro.  from  Austral.  It  is  a  tall,  handsome  shrub 
with  thick,  holly-like  lvs.   The  wood  is  useful. 

J.  B.  S.  Norton. 

ALDER:     Alnus. 

ALECTORURUS  (Clreek,  apparently  cock's-tail). 
Liliace:e.  An  anthericum-like  plant,  summer-blooming 
and  suitable  for  outdoor  culture;  hardy  in  England. 
Blooms  well  in  i)ots.  One  species,  A.  yedoensis,  Makino, 
of  Japan  (known  also  as  Anthericum  yedoense,  Maxim., 
and  Btilliinella  yedoensis,  Matsum.),  is  now  intro.  to 
g;irdens.  It  is  a  perennial  glabrous  herb  with  a  short 
and  thick  rootstock:  lvs.  6-1 1,  2-ranked,  20  in.  or  less 
long:  fls.  many,  smaU,  pale  rose,  racemose  along  panicled 
branches  on  a  scape  or  st.  surpassing  the  lvs. ;  perianth 
b(^ll-.shaped,  segms.  6;  stamens  6,  in  some  fls.  exserted 
and  in  others  only  equaling  the  segms. ;  ovary  3-lobed. 
In  Japan  it  is  known  as  Kcibi-ran.  B.M.  8336.  G.C. 
111.48:3.52.  L.  H.  B. 

ALECTRYON  (Greek  name  for  the  chanticleer). 
Snpindace;r.  Titoki.  Tall  trees,  one  of  which  is  grown 
in  California. 

Leaves  alternate,  pinnate,  stipulate,  the  lfts.  entire  or 
toothed:  fls,  mostly  unisexual,  in  axillary  or  terminal 
panicles,  the  petals  wanting,  containing  a  small  lobed 
disk;  stamens  10  or  less:  fr.  a  hard  woody  caps.,  the 
seeds  arillate,  with  spiral  cotyledons. — Some  16  species 
in  Malaya  and  the  Pacific  Isls. 


ALECTRYON 


ALFILARIA 


245 


excelsum,  Gaertn.  Evergreen,  30-60  ft.,  with  un- 
equally pinnate  Ivs.  4-12  in.  long,  the  Ifts.  4-6  pairs 
and  2-4  in.  long,  ovate-lanceolate  and  acuminate, 
nearly  or  quite  entire:  fl.s.  greenish,  in  a  much-branched 
panicle:  fr.  globose,  woody;  seed  large,  jet-black  and 
shining,  sunk  in  a  large  scarlet  aril.  New  Zeal. — Said 
to  have  been  in  cult .  in  Calif,  for  more  than  40  years  and 
to  have  been  sometimes  sold  for  Nephelium  Lilchi  (to 
which  it  is  closely  related).  In  New  Zeal,  it  yields  a 
tough  elastic  timber  used  tor  tools  and  yokes,  and  the 
natives  extract  oil  from  the  seeds.  L    H.  B. 

ALETRIS  (Greek  word  for  female  slave  who  ground 
corn;  allutling  to  apparent  mealiness  of  the  fls.}.  Lili- 
dc£s.    Hardy  small  herbs,  sometimes  grown  in  borders. 

Leaves  thin,  flat,  lanceolate,  grass-like,  in  a  spread- 
ing cluster,  all  radical:  fls.  small,  in  a  spiked  raceme, 
terminating  a  slender  scape  2-3  ft.  high;  perianth  not 
woolly,  but  wrinkled  and  roughened  with  many  points 
that  give  a  mealj'  appearance;  perianth  6-cleft;  stamens 
6,  inserted  at  the  base  of  the  lobes;  style  3-cleft. — The 
aletrises  are  about  8  in  number,  in  moors,  barrens,  and 
grass}'  places  in  N.  Amer.,  E.  Asia  and  Japan.  They 
are  fibrous-rooted,  very  bitter  herbs,  with  fls.  on  a 
naked  scape  1-2  ft.  high.  July,  Aug.  They  prefer  a 
moist  but  sunny  situation.  Prop,  slowly  by  division; 
or  seeds  maj-  be  used.  A  plant  once  catalogued  as 
A.  japonica  is  undetermined. 

farinosa,  Linn.  Fls.  tubular,  white;  lobes  lanceoiate- 
oblong.    N.  .Amer.    L.B.C.  12: 1161. 

airea,  Walt.  Fls.  bell-shaped,  fewer  and  shorter 
than  in  A.  farinosa,  yellow;  lobes  short,  ovate.  S.  E. 
N.  .\jner.    B.M.  1418  (erroneously  as  A.  farinosa). 

L.  H.  B. 

ALEURITES  (Greek,  farinose  or  floury).  Euphor- 
bidcese.  Tropical  trees  grown  for  the  oils  they  yield  or 
sometimes  for  shade  and  ornament. 

Leaves  alternate,  palmately  veined,  3-5-lobed,  the 
long  petioles  with  2  glands  at  the  apex:  fls.  usually 
monoecious,  in  lax  terminal  cymes;  sepals  2-3,  valvate; 
petals  5;  stamens  8-20,  the  inner  row  monadelphous; 
1  ovule  in  each  cell  of  the  2-.5-celled  ovary:  fr.  large, 
drupaceous,  with  thick-shelled  seeds. — Four  species, 
with  milky  juice,  natives  of  E.  Asia  and  Pacific  Isls. 
Jatropha  and  Hevea,  are  related  genera.  Page  3565. 

All  of  the  species  are  cultivated  in  tropical  countries 
for  the  drying  oil  derived  from  the  seeds.  These  oils 
are  similar  to  linseed  oil,  but  dry  quicker,  harder  and 
more  waterproof  but  less  lightproof  and  elastic.  The 
seeds  of  A.  moluccana  yield  60  per  cent  of  oil  (kekuna, 
kelun  or  bankul  oil),  which  is  used  for  burning  or  in 
varnishes.  The  seed  or  oil  is  also  used  to  some 
extent  as  food  and  the  wood  is  worked.  The  tree  is 
grown  for  shade.  It  is  said  to  be  easily  grown  in  the 
tropics  up  to  2,000  feet  altitude.  It  is  easily  propagated 
from  seeds,  which  sprout  in  four  to  five  weeks.  The  oil 
(wood-oil,  tung-oil)  of  the  seeds  of  the  wood-oil  trees 
(.4.  cordata,  A.  Fordii)  is  much  used,  especially  in  China 
and  Japan,  for  treating  woodwork,  cloth,  and  the  like, 
and  for  burning.  Its  importation  to  this  country  is  on 
the  increase,  where  it  is  used  in  varnishes  and  other 
products,  paints,  soaps,  linoleum,  and  so  on.  A.  Fordii, 
which  is  the  hardier  species,  has  been  extensively  intro- 
duced into  the  southern  states  by  our  Department  of 
Agriculture  and  is  reported  to  be  doing  very  well. 

A.  cordain  is  a  fine  smooth-barked  tree,  good  for 
shade  and  will  stand  high  temperature,  but  not  much 
below  freezing.    A.  Fordii  is  a  very  ornamental  tree. 

The  wood-fjil  trees  are  usually  grown  on  dry,  thin 
soil  not  suited  to  general  farming.  They  are  grown  from 
seeds,  and  begin  to  produce  nuts  in  three  to  six  years. 
The  .seedlings  are  raised  in  a  bed  and  transplanted  when 
about  a  foot  high  or  are  planted  where  they  are  to  stand. 
They  may  also  be  propagated  from  hardwood  cuttings, 
which  root  readily.   An  average  tree  is  said  to  yield 


twenty  to  fifty  poimd.s  of  nuts  with  about  24  per  cent 
of  oil.  The  oil  is  pressed  from  the  seed  after  roasting. 
The  seed  is  poisonous.   See  Circ.  108,  U.  S.  Bu.  PI.  Ind. 

A.  Pubescence  stellate. 

moluccana,  Willd.  (^4.  triloba,  Forst.).  Candle- 
nut.  Candleberry  Tree.  Varni.sh  Tree.  Tree  with 
long  spreading  branches:  Ivs.  large,  ovate-acuminate, 
short-lobed,  rusty  pubescent  below:  paniculate  cymes 
4-5  in.  long  of  many  small  fls.;  stamens  15-20;  ovary 
2-celled:  fr.  2-3  in.  thick;  seeds  large,  rough  and  walnut- 
like.— Probably  native  of  Malay  region  but  now  widely 
cult,  and  wild  in  the  tropics.  In  wooded  valleys  up  to 
3,000  ft.  Mem.  Terr.  Bot.  Club.  8:117.  Blanco  Flor. 
Filip.  220. — Also  known  as  Belgaum  walnut,  Indian 
walnut,  kukui  and  various  other  native  names. 

trisperma,  Blanco  {A.  sapondria,  Blanco).  Band- 
CALAG.  Differs  from  A.  moluccana  in  having  7-10  sta- 
mens, a  3-4-celled  ovary,  Ivs.  more  entire  and  seeds 
smooth.  Philippines. — Intro,  once  by  U.  S.  Dept.  of 
Agric.  The  seed  used  for  the  drying  oil.  Other  native 
names  are  balocanad,  baguilumbang,  calumbang,  balu- 
canag.   Blanco  Flor.  Filip,  296. 

AA.  Pubescence  not  stellate. 

cordata,  R.  Br.  Japan  Wood-oil  Tree.  Twenty-five 
to  30  ft.  high:  Ivs.  broadly  ovate,  acuminate,  3-5-lobed 
or  toothed:  petals  oblong,  J^in.  long,  hairy  at  base; 
stamens  8-10;  ovary  3-4-celled:  fr.  warty;  seeds  abouti 
the  size  and  shape  of  large  castor  beans.  S.  E.  Asia 
and  adjoining  isls.;  cult,  especially  in  Japan,  south  of 
40°,  and  in  Formosa. 

F6rdii,  Hemsl.  (.4.  cordata,  Muell.  Arg.,  in  part). 
China  Wood-oil  Tree.  Ten  to  25  ft.  high:  Ivs.  ovate- 
cordate:  petals  1  in.  or  more  long,  orbicular  ovate, 
somewhat  hairy;  stamens  8-10;  ovary  about  4-celled: 
fr.  smooth:  panicles  of  reddish  white  fls.  in  spring:  fr. 
ripe  in  Sept.  Cent.  Asia. — Extensively  cult,  for  the  oil. 
Perfectly  hardy  in  Cent.  Fla.  and  resistant  to  drought. 

J.  B.  S.  Norton. 

ALEXANDERS.  Name  applied  to  Smyrnium  Olusa- 
trum  (Umbelliferaj),  the  blanched  leaf-stalks  of  which 
were  once  used  as  a  salad  and  pot-herb,  but  now  out 
of  cultivation  because  of  the  sujierior  value  of  celery. 
It  is  a  biennial,  native  to  Europe,  with  ternately  dissected 
pinnate  radical  leaves,  and  small  yellow  flowers  in 
umbels.  Seed  is  sown  in  late  summer  or  in  autumn, 
and  the  plants  transplanted  in  rows  as  they  come  up 
in  spring.  The  plants  are  blanched  by  being  banked 
with  earth. 

ALFALFA,  LUCERNE  (Medicdgo  saliva,  Linn.).  A 
deep-rooted  perennial  forage  plant  of  the  Leguminoss-. 
The  plant  grows  one  to  four  feet  high,  bears  pinnate 
leaves  with  three  ovate-oblong  toothed  leaflets,  and 
small  head-like  racemes  of  purple  clover-shaped  flowers. 
It  is  native  to  Europe.  In  the  arid  parts  of  the  United 
States  it  is  the  staple  hay  and  forage  plant,  and  it  is  also 
grown  to  a  considerable  extent  in  the  East.  Two  to  six 
mowings  may  be  made  each  year  from  established 
meadows.  Fifteen  to  thirty  pounds  of  seed  are  sown 
to  the  acre ;  and  the  seed  is  preferably  sown  alone,  with- 
out another  crop.  Alfalfa  should  not  be  pastured  the 
first  year.  In  two  or  three  years  it  becomes  thoroughly 
established  and  productive,  and  it  should  continue  for 
man}-  years.  June-grass  often  runs  it  out  in  a  cool, 
moist  climate.  Alfalfa  often  becomes  a  weed  in  waste 
places.   See  Cyclo.  Amer.  Agric.  II,  for  full  account. 

ALFILARLA.  Spelled  also  Aljikra  which  is  the  West 
American,  and  Alfillarilla,  the  Spanish-American  for 
Erbdium  cicutarium,  L'Her.  Geraniacese.  A  hairy  an- 
nual with  pinnate  Ivs.,  sometimes  used  for  pasture  in 
dry  regions.   See  Cyclo.  Amer.  Agric.  II,  p.  197. 


246 


ALGA 


ALL.\JVIANDA 


Alga,  plunU  ALG^.  a  gi'm-nil  luuuo  for  chloro- 
lihyll-bo;inng  tluiUophvtos.  'l"lu\\-  iirc  floworloss  plants, 
allii>i  to  the  fungi,  ami  goiifrally  inhabit  water.  Tliose 
ooeiirring  in  s;ilt  water  are  known  as  seaweeds.  None 
is  culiivatixl.  The  grtvn  "moss"  on  flower-pots  is  made 
up  of  aliiav 

ALGAROBA  is  the  fruit  of  Ccralonia  siliqua. 

ALHAGI  (its  Mauretanian  name).  Ijegumindsse. 
Slirvibs  grown  for  their  profusely  produood  red  flowers. 

.">piny  plants:  Ivs.  alternate,  oblong,  small,  decidu- 
ous, entire:  fls.  papilionaceous,  red,  small,  in  few-fld. 
axillary  racemes;  calj-x  campanulate,  5-toothed;  pods 


1S5.   Allamanda  cathartica  var.  HendersoBii.  (X'A) 

terete,  contracted  between  the  seeds. — Three  closely 
related  species  from  Greece  and  Egypt  to  the  Himalayas. 
These  plants  are  low,  much-branched  shrubs  with 
small  and  sparse,  pale  foliage  and  numerous  small  red 
flowers  toward  the  end  of  the  branches.  Only  the 
foUowing  species,  which  produces  the  Persian  or  alhagi 
manna,  is  but  very  rarely  met  with  in  collections. 
It  may  be  cultivated  in  temperate  regions  in  dry  and 
Bunny  positions  and  propagated  by  seeds  and  by  green- 
wood cuttings  under  glass  with  sUght  bottom  heat;  as  a 
desert  plant,  it  is  impatient  of  too  much  moisture,  and 
needs  special  attention,  particularly  in  the  seedling 
state. 

cameldrum,  Fisch.  Camel's  Thorn.  Low,  spiny 
shrub,  glabrous  or  nearly  glabrous:  Ivs.  oblong,  obtuse, 
3^7!  J4  '"■  long:  fls.  red,  about  J^in.  long,  on  few-fld. 
axillary  racemes,  forming  jianicles  at  the  end  of  the 
branches.  Summer.  Cauoa.sus  to  the  Himalayas. — 
P^asily  distinguished  by  its  glabrousncss  from  the  other 
species,  which  are  more  or  less  pubescent.  The  other 
species  are  A.  grsecorum,  Boiss.,  A.  maurorum,  Medic. 

Alfred  Rehdbr. 

ALISMA  (derivation  doubtful).  Alismacex.  A 
genu-s  of  2  .species  of  hardy  aquatics,  with  small  white  or 
pale  rose  fls.  on  scapes  with  whorleil,  j)anicled  branches. 
Perennial  by  a  .stout  proliferous  cf)rm.  Useful  in  ponds. 
Prop,  by  division  or  seeds.  According  to  N.  Am(!r. 
flora  17:43,  190.0,  the  native  water-plantain  is  not  the 
same  as  the  Old  \\'orld  species,  to  which,  exclusively, 
should  be  applied  the  name  here  taken  up  for  the  species 
which  has  hitherto  been  considered  cosmopolitan,  and 
is  now  so  treated. 


Plantago-aqufitica,  Linn.  (A.  Plantdgo  of  authors. 
A.  siihconlalum,  Itaf.).  W.\tek-Plantain.  Lvs.  vari- 
able, but  usually  broadly  cordate-ovate,  thinner  and 
narrower  when  growing  under  water:  panicle  1-2  ft. 
long.  Common  in  s«ales  and  still  waters  in  U.  S.;  also 
in  Eu.  and  Asia. 

^1.  niUajis,  Linn.,  i.s  now  referred  to  tin?  nioiiolypic  genus  Klisma 
(E.  njitana,  Buch.).  It  i.s  native  to  Eu.,  and  is  offered  in  foreign 
catalogues.  Fl.  white,  single,  on  a  long  peduncle:  floating  Iva. 
elliptic  and  obtuse.  See  Elisma.  -kt     q^. vtr>T>  + 

ALKANNA,  ALKANET  :     Anchusa. 

ALKEKENGI:     Physalis. 

ALLAMANDA  (Dr.  Allamand,  Leyden).  Apocy- 
naces'.  Tropical  shrubs,  mostly  climbers,  grown  in  green- 
houses and  conservatories,  and  in  the  open  far  south. 

Leaves  entire,  whorled:  fls.  terminal,  large  and  funnel- 
shaped,  with  a  flat  spreading  or  reflexed  limb,  the  tube 
inflated  below  the  throat  in  which  there  are  .5  hairy 
scales;  stamens  5,  the  filaments  very  short;  ovary  1- 
loculed:  the  fr.  (seldom  seen  in  conservatories)  a  large 
spiny  globular  or  oblong  pod. — About  a  dozen  species 
in  Brazil  and  1  in  Cent.  Amer. 

With  the  exception  of  A.  wiolacea  and  A.  neriifolia, 
all  the  forms  in  cultivation  are  probably  forms  of  one 
variable  species.  The  original  name  for  this  is  A. 
cathartica.,  and  the  plants  known  in  the  trade  as  A. 
grandiflora,  A.  nobilis,  A.  Schollii,  A.  7nagnifica,  A. 
WiUiamaii  are  all  referred  to  it  as  varieties.  For  garden 
purposes  they  are  distinct,  but  botanically  the  differ- 
ences are  so  slight  as  not  to  justify  their  being  retained 
as  species.  A.  violacea  is  readily  distinguished  by  the 
color  of  the  flowers,  and  A.  neriifolia  by  the  swollen 
base  of  the  corolla. 

The  allamandas  comprise  several  of  the  finest  climbing 
plants  in  cultivation  and  are  general  favorites  wherever 
grown.  They  are  of  very  easy  culture,  thriving  well 
under  the  ordinary  conditions  of  a  stove  or  warm 
greenhouse.  A  mixture  of  two  parts  of  strong  turfy 
loam  and  one  part  of  sharp  sand,  leaf-mold  and  char- 
coal, suits  them  best.  Cuttings  root  readily  in  a  close 
case  in  sandy  soil  in  a  temperature  of  70°  F.  at  ahnost 
any  time  of  the  year,  but  spring  is  by  far  the  best  time, 
as  the  young  plants  have  a  long  season  of  growth  ahead 
of  them  and  make  better  plants  than  those  rooted 
later.  Both  old  and  new  wood  may  be  used  for 
propagation;  the  young  growth  should  be  taken  off 
with  a  heel  if  possible,  whilst  pieces  of  the  previous 
season's  wood,  which  has  been  well  ripened,  ma.v  be  cut 
up  into  lengths  with  two  or  three  joints,  in  spring;  the 
stems  which  are  removed  during  the  annual  pruning 
may  be  used  for  this  purpose.  AH  the  species  make  most 
excellent  pot-plants,  but  in  order  to  obtain  them  at  their 
best  they  should  be  planted  out  in  a  well-drained  border. 
When  well  estabhshed,  either  in  pots  or  borders,  they 
should  be  fed  liberally  with  natural  or  artificial  manures, 
during  the  whole  of  the  growing  season,  as  all  the  species 
without  exception,  arc  gross  feeders.  After  growth  has 
ceased  in  late  autumn  or  winter,  the  plants  should  be 
kept  nearly,  but  not  quite  dry  at  the  roots  until  February 
or  March,  when  they  should  be  cut  back  as  far  as  is 
necessary,  and  started  in  a  moist  position  in  the  green- 
house. Any  repotting  that  they  require  should  be  done 
before  the  new  growths  are  more  than  6  inches  long. 
The  weaker  kinds,  as  A.  violacea,  A.  cathartica  var. 
grandiflora  and  var.  Williamsii,  are  best  grafted  on  the 
strong-growing  var.  Hendersonii.   Spring  and  simimer. 

A.  I'lorit  bushy,  or  little  climbing:  Jl.  swollen  at  base. 

neriifdlia,  Hook.  A  dwarf  bush  or  half  climber: 
sts.  terete,  woody  below,  covered  with  down  when 
young:  lvs.  petiolate,  2-5  in  a  whorl,  elliptic  or  ovate- 
acuminate,  rich  dark  green  above,  pale  dull  green  below, 
midrib  and  principal  veins  .softly  pilose;  petiole  very 
short:  infl.  short,  1-3  in.  long;  fls.  yellow  on  .short  pale 
green  terete  stalks  up  to  I4w.  long;  bracts  J^in.  long, 


ALLAMANDA 


ALLIUM 


247 


green;  calyx  spreading,  lobes  unequal,  light  green, 
elliptic-ovate,  Vsin.  long;  corolla  rich  golden  yellow, 
striped  inside  the  tube  with  reddish  brown;  tube  2  in. 
long,  spreading  upward  with  a  swollen  bulbose  greenish 
base;  limb  1 '  ■)  in.  diani.,  lobes  orbicular  or  oval,  obtuse 
>'2in.  long.   Brazil.    B.M.  4594. 

AA.  Phnl  mostly  tall  cUinbing,   in  greenhotises  usually 

trained  on  rafters:  fl.  not  prominently  enlarged  at  base. 
B.  Fls.  purple. 

violacea,  Gardn.  (A.  Blanchctii,  A.  DC).  A  slen- 
der-growing climber:  sts.  long,  slender,  terete,  green 
tinted  with  red  on  side  exposed  to  the  sun,  hair.y;  Ivs. 
usually  in  4's,  almost  sessile,  elliptic,  4-6  in.  long,  dull 
green  and  covered  with  hispid  hairs:  infl.  up  to  1  ft. 
long,  loosely  fid.;  bracts  small,  'tin.,  lanceolate,  pale 
green;  fls.  in  pairs,  terminating  each  branch  of  the  cyme; 
pedicel  Jsin.  long,  hairy;  calj'x  irain.  diam.,  campanu- 
late,  lobes  ]>m.  long,  eUiptic-ovate,  inner  pair  smaller 
than  the  rest,  and  lanceolate;  corolla  bright  reddish 
purple,  tube  2  in.  long,  narrow  and  constricted  in  the 
middle,  upper  part  purple-red,  middle  part  greenish 
yellow,  and  lower  part  reddish  brown,  limb  spreading 
2-2J-2  in.  diam.,  lobes  orbicular,  throat  rich  dark 
reddish  purple  shading  to  yellowish  white  at  the  base. 
Brazil.  B.M.  7122. — A  fine  handsome  species,  quite  dis- 
tinct from  all  other  species  and  varieties  in  the  color  of 
its  fls.  It  is  a  poor  grower  on  its  own  roots,  but  thrives 
well  when  grafted  on  A.  caiharlica  var.  Hendersonii  or 
var.  Sckottii. 

BB.  Fls.  yellow. 

cathartica,  Linn.  Lvs.  and  calyx  glabrous:  plant  tall- 
climbing:  Ivs.  rather  small,  obovate,  usually  in  4's, 
and  more  or  less  wavy-margined,  thin,  acuminate: 
fls.  golden  yellow,  white-marked  in  the  throat,  the  lobes 
acuminate  on  one  angle,  3  in.  or  less  across,  the  tube 
gibbous  or  curved.  S.  Amer.  B.M.  338.  P.M.  8:77.— 
The  tj-pe  first  described,  but  now  rarely  seen  in  cult. 

Var.  n6bilis  (.4.  nohilis,  T.  Moore).  A  strong,  tall 
climber,  with  purple  twigs:  lvs.  and  calyx  more  or  less 
hairy:  lvs.  in  3's  or  4's,  large,  acuminate,  very  short- 
stalked:  fls.  very  large  (4-5  in.  across),  nearly  circular 
in  outline  of  limb,  bright,  clear  yellow,  with  magnolia- 
like odor.    Finest  fls.  in  the  genus.    Brazil.    B.M.  5764. 

Var.  Schottii,  (.4.  SchMtii,  Pohl).  Strong-growing, 
suitable  for  rafters:  young  shoots  and  petioles  slightly 
pubescent,  the  older  sts.  warty:  lvs.  in  3's.  or  4's,  broadly 
lanceolate  and  acuminate:  corolla  large,  rich  yellow,  the 
throat  darker  and  beautifully  striped.  Brazil.  B.M. 
4351.   .4.  magnifica,  Hort.,  is  a  form  of  this. 

Var.  Hendersonii  (^4.  Wardleyana,  Lebas.  A.  Hen- 
dersonii, 'BmW).  P'ig.  155.  TaU  and  vigorous,  free-flower- 
ing, excellent  for  roofs:  glabrous:  lvs.  large,  elliptic- 
ovate,  thick  and  leathery,  in  3's  or  4's:  fls.  large,  yellow- 
orange,  with  5  light  spots  in  the  throat,  the  corolla  of 
thick  substance,  purplish  on  the  exterior  when  in  bud. 
Gn.  29:400.  I.H.  12:4.52. — The  commonest  allamanda 
in  this  country.  Intro,  from  Guiana  by  Henderson  & 
Co.,  St.  John's  Wood,  England,  and  distributed  by  BuU 
about  1865. 

Var.  grandiflora  (.1.  grandifldra,  Hook.).  St.  thin  and 
wiry:  lvs.  thin,  ovate-lanceolate,  pointed,  usually  in  3'8: 
fls.  somewhat  smaller  than  those  of  var.  A .  Hendersonii 
but  Larger  than  A.  caiharlica,  lemon-  or  primrose-yellow. 
Brazil.  Gn:  39:192.  P.M.  12:79.— Thrives  well  when 
grafted  on  forms  of  .4 .  caiharlica.    Plant  rather  bushy. 

Var.  Williamsii,  Hort.  Habit  slender,  easily  trained 
into  bush  form  or  a  dwarf  climber:  sts.  terete,  slender, 
wir>%  dull  green,  bright  red  on  side  exposed  to  the  sun, 
covered  with  short,  hairs:  lvs.  elliptic  shortly  petiolate, 
usually  in  3's  or  rarely  in  4's,  rich  dark  green  above,  pale 
dull  green  below,  hairy  on  both  sides,  especially  along 
the  midrib  on  the  lower  side;  petiole  }.3in.  long,  hairy: 
infl.  rather  short;  fls.  in  pairs  at  each  joint  of  the 
cj-me;  bracts  much  reduced,  barely  roin.  long,  acute; 


calyx  erect,  not  spreading,  sepals  unequal,  lanceolate, 
or  elliptic,  J-^in  long,  green;  corolla  yellow,  tube  only 
slightly  curved  23^  in.  long,  narrow  and  stalk-like  in 
lower  half,  then  broadening  out  and  becoming  cam- 
panulate  in  upper  half,  upper  side  of  the  pouch  suffused 
with  reddish  brown,  limb  spreading,  2  in.  diam.,  lobes 
ovate,  obtuse,  5^iin.  long,  throat  deeper  shade  of  yel- 
low and  stained  with  reddish  brown.  Garden  origin. 
Gn.  40:468.  l.  H.  B. 

C.  P.  Rapfill. 

ALLEGHENY  VINE:    Adlumia. 

ALL-HEAL:     Brumlla  vulfjaris. 

ALLIGATOR  PEAR,  AGDACATE:    Avocado,  Persea. 

ALLIUM  (ancient  Latin  name  of  garlic).  Liliacex. 
Bulbous  plants,  mostly  cultivated  in  the  open,  but  a 
few  of  them  grown  under  glass  as  florist's  flowers;  and 
comprising  also  the  onions  and  their  allies. 

Leaves  flat,  channelled,  or  terete  and  hollow:  fls.  in  a 
simple  umbel,  from  a  1-2-lvd.  usually  scarious  spathe; 
stamens  and  perianth  segms.  6,  the  perianth  parts  dis- 
tinct or  nearly  so,  1-nerved,  and  often  becoming  dry  and 
persistent;  style  slender,  the  stigma  either  entire  or 
parted. — Strong-scented  plants,  with  fls.  white,  yellow, 
or  in  .shades  of  purple 
and  rose.  There  are 
250-300  species  in  tem- 
perate parts  of  the 
northern  hemisphere. 
Numbers  of  species, 
particularly  the  Asian, 
are  frequently  seen  in 
botanic  gardens  and 
choice  collections,  but 
only  .4.  Moly  and  A. 
ncapolitanum  are  com- 
mon in  this  country 
among  the  ornamental 
species,  and  no  attempt 
is  made  to  describe  all 
the  species  here  that 
are  mentioned  in  gar- 
den literature.  For  the 
"vegetable  garden  mem- 
bers of  the  genus, 
Chives,  Garlic, 
Leek,  Onion,  Shal- 
lot. In  parts  of 
the  northeastern 
states  Alliu  m 
vineale  is  a  bad 
weed;  it  has  a 
slender  scape 
sheathed  below 
with  hollow 
thread  -shaped 
lvs.,  and  green- 
ish rose-colored  fls.  (orbulblets  in  the  place  of  fls.). 

No  special  treatment  is  required  by  the  alliums. 
Most  of  the  cult,  forms  are  hardy  spring  bloomers,  and 
may  be  treated  the  same  as  other  hardy  border  bulbs. 
Propagation  is  by  offsets  and  by  the  bulblets  in  the 
umbel;  also  readily  by  seeds. 


156.  Allium  fistulosum.  (Plant  X  J-e) 


acuminatum,  10. 
albopilosum,  14. 
anct-pj',  33. 
a^calonicum.  4. 
attenuifolium,  28. 
Bidwollia!,  30. 
Bolandcri.  24. 
bulbellUera,  2. 
Ct-pa,  2. 
cprnuum.  16. 
fu.sickii,  23. 
Ellisii.  13. 
falcifolium,  32. 


INDEX. 

fimbriatum,  31. 
fistul03um,  3. 
Geycri,  20. 
Hermetlii,  9. 
hiematochiton,  18. 
niarlidum,  22. 
Molj;,  7. 
multiolicana,  2. 
neapolitanuin,  9. 
platycaule,  34. 
Porrum,  6. 
reticuiatum,  19. 
roseum,  11. 


Sanbornii,  27. 
sativum,  5. 
scaposum,  21. 
Schcenoprasum,  1. 
aenescens,  12. 
eerratum,  29. 
sibiricum,  1. 
Btellatum,  26. 
tricorcum,  15. 
unifolium,  25. 
validum,  17. 
victor  iali.s,  8. 


24S 


ALLIUM 


ALLIUM 


157.  AUiiun  Moly.  (Plant  X  li) 


A.  Group  /,  comprising  Ihe  vegetable-garden  species. 

B.  Li's.  terete  anil  hollow. 

c.  Plant  cespitose  (in  litfts  or  clumps)  and  perennial. 

1.  Schoen6prasum,   l.inn.     Chives  or  Civks.     Lvs. 

4-ti  in.,  very  nuuiy,  slender  and  awl-.slmped :    scapes 

equaling  the  lvs.;  fls.  light  purple,  small  and  many  iii  a 

globular  head.  V,u. 
— The  lvs.  ar(>  used 
for  sejisoninn,  grow- 
ing readily  as  the 
herbage  is  cut.  Var. 
sibiricum,  llartni., 
is  a  large  form  in 
northern  N.  .\nier. 

cc.  Plants  not  in 
tnats,  treated 
practically  as 
annimls  [except 
perluips  No.  6). 

2.  Cepa,  Linn. 
Common  Onion. 
Tall,  with  large 
tubular  lvs.:  scape 
glaucous,  much 
overtopping  the 
lvs.,  swollen  near 
middle;  fls.  white  or 
bluish  in  a  large 
globular  head-like 
umbel:  bulb  not 
making  many  off- 
sets, distinctly 
rounded  at  top  and 
bottom.  Var.  bul- 
bellifera,  Bailey, 
has  bulbels  in   the 

place  of  fls., — the  top,  tree  or  Egyptian  onion.    Var. 

multiplicans,  Hailey,  has  dividing  bulbs, — the  multiplier 

onion.    Persia  and  adjacent  regions. 

3.  fistuISsum,  Linn.  Welsh  Onion.  Fig.  156.  Dif- 
fers in  having  no  distinct  bulb,  but  only  an  enlarged 
base  or  crown:  lvs.  usually  more  clustered.  Siberia. 
B.M.  12:i(). 

4.  ascaldnicum,  Linn.  Shallot.  Smaller,  1  ft.:  lvs. 
many,  awl-shaped:  fls.  lilac:  bulbs  long  and  pointed, 
each  one  soon  separating  into  many  cloves  or  parts 
adhering  to  a  common  disk.   Syria. 

BB.  Lvs.  not  hollow,  more  or  less  plane. 

5.  sativum,  Linn.  Garlic.  Plant  12  in.  or  less:  lvs. 
very  narrow,  keeled:  fls.  purple,  often  replaced  by 
bulbels:  bulbs  small,  breaking  up  into  many  small  ones 
that  are  more  or  less  covered  with  the  dry  scales.    Eu. 

6.  P6rTum,  Linn.  Leek.  Stout  plant,  2  ft.  or  more: 
lvs.  ver\'  broad  and  strongly  conduplicate  or  keeled: 
Bcape  arising  the  second  season;  fls.  white  or  blush: 
bulb  simple  and  scarcely  more  than  an  enlargement  of 
the  stalk.    Eu. 

AA.  Group  II.  The  garden  alliums,  mostly  exotic. 
B.  Fls.  yellow. 

7.  Mdly,  Linn.    Fig.   157     Lvs.  flat,  broad:  fls 
merous,  in  a  dense  umbel,  in  early  spring.  S.  Eu. 
B.M.  499. — Well  known,  and  a  favorite  for  mass- 
ing; common  in  rock-gardens.    Hardy  in  the  N. 

BB.  Fls.  while  or  whitish. 
c.  Lvs.  very  broad,  obtuse. 

8.  victoriaiis,  Linn.  Tall :  lvs.  ovate  or  broad- 
oblong,  short:  fls.  greeni.sh  white,  in  large  heads. 
Spring.    Siberia.    B.M.  1222.— Hardy. 

cc.  Lvs.  narrow,  acxde  or  tapering. 

9.  neapolitdnum,  Cjt.  Fig.  1.58.  Lvs.  long 
and  rather  narrow,  loo.se-spreading,  shorter  than 


the  scape:  fls.  large,  pure  white,  with  colored  stamens 
on  long  pedicels.  Eu. — Needs  protection  if  grown 
outdoors.  Much  used  for  cut-flowers  in  winter  and 
spring.  The  most  popular  species.  A.  H ermellii  grandi- 
fldrum,  recently  intro.  from  Holland,  is  a  clear  white 
odorous  variety,  well  adapted  to  forcing. 

BBB.  Fls.  pink,  rose,  or  lilac. 
V.  Scgms.  with  recurved  lips. 

10.  acuminatum.  Hook.  Scape  4-10  in.:  lvs.  2-4,  not 
longer  than  the  scape,  very  narrow:  umbel  many-fld., 
perianth  segms.  a  third  longer  than  the  stamens,  the 
inner  ones  serrulate.    W.  Amer. 

cc.  Segms.  not  recurved. 

11.  roseum,  Linn.  Scape  12-18  in. :  lvs.  narrow,  with 
inroUed  tips:  fls.  few  (10-12),  on  long  pedicels  in  an 
open  umbel.    S.  Eu.    B.M.  978. 

12.  senescens,  Linn.  Scape  1-2  ft.:  lvs.  narrow, erect, 
often  twisted:  fls.  rather  small,  numerous,  in  a  rather 
dense  head.    Eu.    B.M.  1150. 

13.  Ellisii,  Hook.  f.  Lvs.  4-5,  1  ft.,  2"2  in.  wide, 
glaucous  green:  scape  1  ft.,  very  stout,  being  Jain, 
diam. ;  fls.  rose  with  white  toward  the  base,  wide-spread- 
ing, 1 1'2  in.  or  more  long  and  stiff  and  erect  in  fr.  Persia. 
B.M.  7875. 

14.  albopilosum,  C.  H.  Wright.  Very  robust:  lvs. 
strap-shaped,  13-4  in.  wide,  18  in.  or  less  long:  scape  1  ft. 
as  many  as  80-fld. ;  fls.  deep  lilac  with  metallic  sheen,  the 
segms.  nearly  1  in.  long,  rigid  after  flowering.  Persia, 
etc.  B.M.  7982.  G.C.  IIL  34:40.— Probably  the  lar- 
gest-fld.,  and  most  imposing  garden  species. 

AAA.  Group  III.    Native  alliums,  sometimes  advertised. 

The  species  in  Group  II,  comprise  those  that  are 
likely  to  be  in  general  cultivation.  Aside  from  these 
there  are  various  native  species,  mostly  from  western 
America,  which  are  offered  by  dealers  in  American 
plants.   These  are  recorded  below. 

B.  Bulbs  clustered,  narrowly  oblong:  scape  terete. 
C.  Lvs.  elliptic-lanceolate,  2  or  3. 

15.  tricoccum.  Ait.  Common  Wild  Leek.  Fig.  159. 
Fls.  greenish  white  on  scape  4-12  in.  high  in  early  spring. 
Grows  in  clumps.    New  Eng.  to  Wis.  and  N.  C. 

cc.  Lvs.  linear,  flat  or  channelled. 

16.  cemuum,  Roth.  Fls.  rose- 
.\^2'\  !■  fclLjfC  ■  colored  or  white,  in  open,  nod- 
i^''i  .  -^ t*,' jCS    ding  umbels.  Alleghanies  and  W. 

17.  validum,  V\'ats.  Fls.  rose- 
colored  or  nearly  white,  in  dense 
erecti.sh  umbels:  scape  1-2)  2  ft., 
very  stout.    Nev.,  Cahf.,  Ore. 

18.  hasmatochiton,  Wats.  Fls. 
deep  rose,  in  a  small,  erect  umbel: 
bulb-coats  deep  red:  scape  1  ft. 
or  less  high.    Calif. 

BB.  Bulbs  usually  solitary,  globose 
to    ovate:     scape     terete    or 
nearly  so. 
c.  Coats  (if  l)ulbs  fihrou.'i. 

19.  reticulStum,  Fraser.  Scape 
3-8  in.;  fls.  white 
to  rose,  with  thin 
segms.  W.  Amer. 
B.M.  1840,  as  A. 
stellatum. 

20.  Ge^eri,    Wats. 

A  foot  high,  stouter:  fls. 

rose,  with  broad  acute 

'■f{.'-  strongly  nerved  segms. 

58.  Allium  neapolitanum.  (X]4)  W.  Amer. 


ALLIUM 

cc.  Coals  of  bulb  not  fibrous. 

D.  Lvs.  2  or  several. 

E.  Ovary  with  only  3  crests,  or  none  at  all. 

21.  scapfisum,  Benth.    Fls.  white,  red-veined,  in  a 

loose,  few-fld.  umbel:  bulbs  dark:  scape  1  ft.  or  more. 

W.  Amer. 

22.  madidum,  Wats.  Fls.  white  or 
nearly  so,  in  a  niany-fld.  vunbel:  bulbs 
white:  scape  less  than  1  ft.,  angled. 
Ore. 

23.  Cfisickii,  Wats.  Fls.  rather 
numerous,  nearly  white:  lvs.  J^in. 
w-ide:  scape  3^  in.    Ore. 

24.  Bolanderi,  Wats.  Fls.  rose,  few, 
the  segms.  serrulate:  scape  4-10  in. 
Calif. 

25.  unif61ium,  Kellogg.  Lvs.  sev- 
eral, narrow  and  flat: 
scape  stout,  1-2  ft.;  fls. 
rose,  10-30,  the  segms. 
ovate-lanceolate,  exceed- 
ing stamens  and  style. 
Calif. 

EE.  Ovary     distinctly     6- 
creslcd:    fls.    usually 
rose-colored. 
F.  Scape  usually  more  than 
6  in.  high  (in  the  wild). 
26.  stellatum,     Fraser. 
Bulb-coats  reddish:  scape 
6-18  in.;  pedicels  1-2-^^.  long;  sta- 
mens and  styles  exserted.   W.  Amer. 
B.M.  iruQ. 

27.  Sanbomii,  Wood.  Bulb-scales 
white:  scape  12-24  in.;  pedicels 
shorter;  umbel  densely  many-fld.; 
stamens  and  styles  exserted.    Calif. 

28.  attenuifolium,    Kellogg.     Lvs. 
channelled:   scape  slender,   6-1.5  in., 
leafy  below;  umbel  dense;  fls.  nearly 
white.    W.  Amer. 
FF.  Scape  usually  less  than  6  in.  high 

(in  the  iHld). 

29.  serratum,  Wats.  Lvs.  very  nar- 
row: filaments  broadened  at  the  base. 
W.  Amer. 

7  30.  Bidwelliae.    Wats.     Scape  2-3 

159.  AUium  tricoc-     ;„  ;  umbel  few-fld.,  the  pedicels  J^in- 

cum.  (XH)         long;  filaments  filiform.    CaUL 

DD.  Lf.  solitary,  linear  or  filiform:  scape  2-5  in.  high: 
caps.  6-crestcd. 

31.  fimbriatiun,  Wats.  Lf.  filiform  and  reyolute: 
scape  3  in.;  fls.  deep  rose,  stigma  3-cleft.   S.  Calif. 

BBB.  Bulbs  mostly  solitary:  scape  stout,  2-un.nged:  lvs. 

2,  broad. 

c.  Stamens  not  exserted. 

32.  falcif61ium,  Hook.  &  Am.  Fls.  rose,  the  segms. 
minutely  glandular-serrate  and  twice  longer  than  sta- 
mens; scape  2-3  in,    W.  Amer. 

33.  anceps,    Kellogg.      Fls.    white,    with    purplish 
veins,  the  segms.  Uttle  longer  than  stamens.  Calif., 
Ore. 

cc.  Stamens  exserted. 

34.  platycaftle,  Wats.  Fls.  rose,  the  segms.  long- 
acuminate:  scape  3-.5  in.  Calif.  B.M.  6227  (as  A. 
anceps)  L.  H.  B. 

ALLOPLECTUS  (diversely  plaited;  referring  to 
appearance  of  the  calyx).  Gesneraces-.  Tender 
tropical   evergreen  shrubby  plants,  with  tubular 


ALMOND 


249 


yellowish  axillary  fls.  and  opposite  lvs.;  one  of  each  If. 
in  the  pair  smaller  than  the  other,  their  under  surfaces 
usually  reddish  or  purplish.  1  o  be  grown  in  the  warm- 
house'with  similar  treatment  as  that  for  Gesnera. 

repens,  Hook.  Trailing  by  means  of  roots  thrown  out 
between  the  pairs  of  lvs.:  lvs.  ovate,  coarsely  serrate, 
hairy  or  smooth:  calyx  pale  green,  blotched  with  purple; 
corolla  yellow,  tinged  red,  gaping;  tube  swollen  at  the 
base;  limb  of  4  spreading  segms.,  the  uppermost 
being  twice  cut.    E.  Indies.    B.M.  4250. 

sparsiflorus,  Mart.  Erect:  lvs.  ovate-oblong,  acute 
entire;  petiole  and  nerves  beneath  often  red:  calyx  of  6 
cordate  or  triangular  dark  blood  or  purple  sepals,  form- 
ing a  striking  contrast  to  the  yellow  club-shaped  densely 
hairy  corolla;  Umb  of  corolla  of  5  equal  segms. 
Brazil.    B.M.  4216,  erroneously  as  A.  dichrous. 

Schlimii,  Planch.  &  Lind.  Fig.  160.  Lvs.  acumi- 
nate, rounded  or  subcoidate  at  base,  oblong,  green 
above,  violet  or  purple-violet  beneath:  fis.  axillary,  in 
pairs  or  sometimes  more  numerous,  the  calyx  .spotted 
with  green;  corolla  yellow-scarlet  below,  shading  up- 
ward into  a  delicate  violet  above.  Trop.  S.  Amer. 
F.S.  8:827. 

A.  Forgetii,  Hort.  Corolla  pale  yellow,  spurred  on  the  back. 
Peru.  N.    TAYLOB.t 

ALLSPICE.  The  dry  berry  of  the  Pimento  (Pimenta 
officinalis,  Lindl.),  an  evergreen  tree  of  the  Myrtacea'. 
The  tree  grows  in  the  West  Indies.  Jamaica  yields  much 
of  the  product.  The  fresh  berry  is  about  the  size  of  a 
pea.  It  is  borne  in  clusters,  the  word  allspice  is  also 
applied  to  various  plants  with  aromatic  fragrance,  as 
Calycanthus.   See  Pimenta.. 

ALMOND.  A  name  given  to  the  tree  and  fruit  of 
Primus  Amygdalus,  Baill.  (Amygdalus  commiinis, 
Linn.),  of  the  Rosacese.  It  is  also  applied  to  certain 
dwarf  ornamental  trees  or  bushes,  as  flowering  almond 
(see  Prunus). 

The  almond  has  been  cultivated  from  time  imme- 
morial. It  is  thought  to  be  native  to  the  Mediter- 
ranean basin.  Some  inquirers  have  supposed  it  to  be 
the  original  of  the  peach,  but  this  idea  is  evidently 
untenable.  The  flowers  are  peach-like  and  handsome 
(Fig  161).  The  almond  nut  of  commerce  is  the  pit  or 
stone  of  a  peach-like  fruit  (Fig.  162).  The  fleshy  part^ 
which  is  so  thick  and  edible  in  the  peach,  is  thin  and 
hard,  and  it  splits  at  maturity.  There  are  two  general 
tribes  or  races  of  almonds,— the  bitter  and  the  sweet. 
The  former  has  a  bitter  kernel,  which  is  used  in  the 
manufacture  of  flavoring  extracts  and  prussic  acid.  It 
is  grown  mostly  in  Mediterranean  countries.    Of  the 


160.  Alloplectus  Schlimii.    ( X  H) 


loO 


ALMOND 


ALMOND 


s«(vt  or  ixlibic  sUiiionds,  there  are  two  cljisses, — the 
liiinl-slu'U  and  the  soft -shell.  The  forinor  is  of  little 
value,  and  is  not  gu>wn  to  any  extent.  The  soft-shell 
tyjH~  produces  the  iHtlhle  ahnonds  of  coninierce.  Some 
of  the  thinnest-shelhxl  forms  are  known  as  Paper-shells. 
It  wasonee  lliouslil  that  almond- 
prowiiiu;  could  lie  successfully 
practised  in  the  ])cach-);ro\ving 
sections  of  the  Kast,  but  late 
spring  frosts,  and  other  dillicul- 
ties,  ha\e  caused  the  effort  to 
be  abandoned  commercially.  In- 
dividual almond  trees  are 
occasionally  seen,  and  they  fre- 
quent ly  bear  profusely.  They  are 
nearly  as  hardy  as  the  iieach. 
The  commercial  cult  vat  ion  of 
the  ahnond  on  this  continent  is 
conKned  to  western  America, 
and  the  remainder  of  this  ac- 
count is  therefore  written  from 
the  Californian  standpoint. 

L.  H.  B. 

Almond-growing  in  Cahfomia  has  received  the  atten- 
tion of  horticulturists  for  half  a  century,  and  during  the 
whole  of  its  course  the  iiulustry  has  been  marked  by 
vicissitudes  which,  it  must  be  admitted,  are  not  yet 
ended.  Two  chief  sources  of  difficulty  are  now  clearly 
discerned  to  have  attended  the  effort  from  its  begin- 
ning, and  present  knowledge  may  enable  planters  to 
avoid,  in  the  future,  errors  that  have  led  to  much  dis- 
appointment and  loss — the  vestiges  of  which  still  encum- 
ber the  ground,  though  clearing  is  proceeding  rapidly. 
Thus  far  the  almond  tree  has  yielded  more  firewood 
than  any  other  single  fruit  tree  which  has  been  largely 
planted  in  California,  and  yet  planting  has  continued, 
planting  and  U|)rooting  keeping  pace,  so  that  about 
1,.3(X),(XX)  trees  are  annually  reported  by  the  county 
assessors,  of  which  number  about  two-thirds  may  be 
counted  of  bearing  age.  The  California  almond  prod- 
uct for  a  series  of  years  is  estimated  as  follows: 


Ibl.  Flower  of  common 
almond. 


1905 2,125  tons 

1900 900    " 

1907 750    " 

1908 3,000    " 


1909 1,650  tons 

1910 2.750    " 

1911 1,700    ■• 

1912 3,000    " 


Irregularity  in  production  is  mainly  due  to  the  occur- 
rence or  absence  of  spring  frosts.  In  spite  of  these  facts, 
the  almond  will  remain  an  important  California  prod- 
uct, through  the  satisfactory  performance  of  trees 
enjoying  favorable  environment,  which  is  being  gener- 
ally accepted  as  a  safe  guide  for  current  planting. 

The  two  chief  sources  of  failure  with  the  almond  are 
the  sterility  of  many  varieties  without  cro.ss-pollination, 
and  the  extreme  propensity  oi  tlu-  tree  for  early  bloom- 
ing, with  the  consequent  destruction  of  the  bloom  or  the 
young  fruit  by  tenipcratun^  very  little  below  the  freez- 
ing point.  These  two  evils  have  been  singularly  asso- 
ciated historically,  and  oidy  lately  have  they  been 
shown  to  be  independent  factors  and  both  of  them 
demanding  the  closest  attention  from  planters.  .\t  first 
it  was  thought  that  the  wide  planting  of  self-sterile 
varieties  by  themselves  was  the  cause  of  disaijpoint- 
rnent,  because,  after  years  of  chopping-out  or  grafting- 
over  old  unproductive  trees  to  the  Prune  d'Agen,  for 
w  hich  it  is  an  excellent  stock,  it  was  observed,  by  chance, 
that  the  Languedoc  variety  adjacent  to  Draki^'s  seed- 
ling, of  local  origin,  was  heavily  laden  with  nuts  when 
it  was  sterile  W'ithout  such  a.s.sociation.  Attention  was 
then  direeterl  U>  the  growth  of  seedlings,  and  a  large  lot 
of  .SfMllings  of  the  bitter  almond,  grown  by  A.  T,  Hatch, 
exhibited  such  -satisfactory  bearing  habit  and  such  strik- 
ing variation  toward  new  types  of  the  soft-shell  sweet 
almond  that  the  growth  of  new  selected  California  seed- 
lings wa«  Hftizfjd  upon  as  a  panacea  for  the  previously  ex- 


perienced troubles  with  the  ahnond.  These  new  varieties 
were  conceived  to  be  not  only  self-fertile  but  hardy, 
an<l  large  plantations  were  made  without  tlue  regard 
to  the  frosty  character  of  the  locations.  Low  valley 
laiuls  of  great  area,  and  some  extent  of  high  plateaux, 
were  planted.  Fine,  large  tret'S  grew  oidy  to  lose  their 
crops  year  after  year  by  frosts  from  I'^ebruary  to  ;\pril, 
until  the  growers  cast  the  trees  upt)n  the  wood-pile. 
As  a  deduct  ion  of  the  experience  of  several  decades,  we 
have  arrived  at  what  seems  now  to  be  the  proper  con- 
ception of  the  situation  of  the  almond  in  California, 
which  is,  that  the  most  prolific  variet  ies  nuist  be  chosen, 
must  be  associated  for  jnirposes  of  cross-pollination,  and 
must  be  planted  in  places  of  least  liability  to  frost. 
There  is  a  factor  of  some  moment  in  the  late-blooming 
habit  of  some  varieties,  which  will  be  considered 
presently. 

The  soil  best  suited  to  the  almond  is  a  light,  well- 
drained  loam.  The  tree  makes  a  strong  and  rapid  root- 
growth,  and  is  more  tolerant  of  drought  than  any  other 
of  our  leading  deciduous  fruit  trees.  For  this  reason,  as 
well  as  to  avoid  frost,  it  is  often  desirable  to  place  the 
almond  on  the  higher  and  drier  lands  of  the  valley — 
providing  the  soil  is  not  heavy  and  too  retentive  of  sur- 
plus water  in  the  rainy  season.  The  root  is  most  intol- 
erant of  standing  water,  and  w-ill  quickly  die  if  exposed 
to  it.  Because  of  its  thrift  in  light,  dry  soils,  the  almond 
root  is  used  rather  largely  as  a  stock  for  the  Prune 
d'Agen,  and  to  some  extent  for  the  peach  in  the  dry 
valleys. 

Almond  trees  are  grown  by  budding  into  seedlings 
grown  from  either  the  sweet  or  the  bitter  hard-shell 
almonds,  the  bud  being  set  during  the  first  summer's 
growth  of  the  seedling,  and  then  either  planted  out  as  a 
dormant  bud  the  following  winter  or  allowed  to  make 
one  season's  growth  on  the  bud  in  the  mirsery.  The 
tree  grows  so  rapidly,  both  in  root  and  top,  that  only 
yearling  trees  are  used. 

At  transplanting,  the  young  trees  are  cut  back  so  as 
to  form  a  low  head  with  only  about  a  foot  of  clear  trunk. 
They  are  allowed  to  make  free  growth  during  the  follow- 
ing summer,  and  in  the  following  winter  are  cut  back  so 
as  to  encourage  branching  on  the  main  limbs  within  a 
foot  of  their  attachment  to  the  trunk.  At  the  same  time, 
the  branches  are  reduced  to  four  or  five  in  number,  sym- 
metrically arranged  around  the  stem  and  at  good  dis- 
tance from  each  other,  so  that  they  shall  not  unduly 
crowd  each  other  as  they  enlarge.  Another  full  growth 
during  the  following  summer  and  another  cutting 
back  the  following  winter  give  the  trees  the  vase-form 
on  the  outside,  with  enough  interior  branches  to  fill  the 


162.  Almond  nuts.    ( X  H) 

inside  of  the  tree  without  crowding.  Thus  the  tree  is 
systematically  pruned  after  each  of  its  first  two  years' 
growth  in  the  orchard.  After  that,  shortening-in  of  the 
branches  usually  ceases,  and  the  third  sunmier's  growth 
is  allowed  to  stand  for  fruit-bearing,  with  only  thinning- 
out  of  growth  to  prevent  crowding.  This  thinning-out 
has  to  be  done  from  time  to  time  in  later  years,  other- 
wise the  tree  becomes  too  thick,  and  interior  branches 
dwindle  for  lack  of  light.  The  amount  of  thinning 
varies  in  the  different  chmates  of  the  state:  the  greater 
the  heat,  the  denser  the  tree  for  its  own  protection. 
With  the  proper  adjustment  of  heat  and  light,  fresh 
bearing  wood  may  be  encouraged  in  the  lower  part  of 


ALMOND 


ALNUS 


251 


the  tree,  otherwise  it  becomes  umbrella-shaped,  with 
the  fruit  wood  at  the  top  and  bare  poles  below. 

The  almond  is  the  earliest  bloomer  of  our  common 
fruits.  It  puts  forth  flowers  sometimes  as  early  as  Janu- 
ary, but  the  usual  date  is  about  February  10  for  the 
earliest  bloomers  in  the  warmer  parts  of  the  state,  with 
the  later  bloomers  at  intervals  thereafter  until  April  1. 
Records  of  full  l)loom  of  a  number  of  varieties  widely 
grown  iu  California,  which  have  been  kept  at  the  I'ni- 
versity  of  California  substation,  situated  in  the  Sierra 
foot-hill  region,  show  the  following  succession:  Commer- 
cial, February  27;  Sultana  and  Paper-shell,  March  10; 
King  and  Marie  Duprey,  March  11;  IXL,  March  12; 
I.anguedoc,  March  19;  Nonpareil,  March  20;  Routier 
Twin,  March  24;  Pistache,  March  25;  Drake  and  Te.xas, 
April  2.  Obviously  the  late  bloomers  have  greater 
rhance  of  escaping  frost,  and  there  is  at  present  some 
disposition  to  make  this  a  consider- 
ation in  selecting  varieties  for  plant- 
ing. The  dates  just  given  show  an 
extreme  variation  in  time  of  bloom- 
ing. Some  years  the  intervals  are 
much  shorter,  but  the  relation  seems 
to  be  constant.  The  crop  ripens 
from  August  15  to  October  1,  accord- 
ing to  locality.  Early  maturity  does 
not  follow  early  blooming — that  is, 
as  with  other  fruits,  the  first  to 
bloom  are  not  necessarily  the  first 
to  ripen. 

Not  less  than  twenty-five  varie- 
ties of  almonds  have  been  grown  to 
a  greater  or  less  extent  in  Calilor- 
nia.  Varieties  of  foreign  origin 
have     abnost     wholly    given 
place  to  selected  seedlings  of 
local  origin,  and  of  these   a 
very  few  constitute  the  main 
crop  at   present.     These   are 
named  in  the  order  of  their 
acreage,  as  follows:  Nonpareil,  Ne  Plus 
Ultra,  IXL,  Drake,  Texas  Prolific   Lan- 
guedoc.    Of  these,  the  first  three  occup\ 
not  less  than  three-fourths  of  the  ai_re  ige 

In  handhng  the  crop,  the  local  chmate 
modifies  methods  somewhat,  and  the 
growth-habit  is  also  invoh-ed.  In  regions 
very  free  from  atmospheric  humiditv  m 
the  simimer,  the  hull  opens  readih  and 
discloses  a  clean,  bright  nut,  which  can 
be  marketed  without  treatment.  \\Tiere 
this  is  not  the  case,  and  the  nut  is  more 
or  less  discolored,  bleaching  in  the  fumes 
of  sulfur  has  to  be  practised.  The  nut 
must  be  dry  before  sulf uring,  or  the  fumes 
will  penetrate  and  injure  the  flavor  of  the 
kernel.  Sulfured  nuts  also  lose  largely 
in  power  of  germination.  The  practice  is 
to  gather  the  nuts,  drj-  for  a  few  days 
in  the  sun,  then  spray  with  water  very 
lightly  or  with  a  jet  of  steam,  so  that  only  the  surface 
of  the  shell  is  moistened,  and  then  sulfur,  and  a  light 
color  can  be  secured  without  penetration  of  the  fumes. 
The  nuts  can  usually  be  gathered  from  the  ground  as 
they  naturally  fall,  or  can  be  brought  down  by  shaking 
or  the  use  of  light  poles.  .Some  varieties  are  more  easily 
harvested  than  others,  and  the  same  variety  falls  more 
readily  in  some  localities  than  in  others.  A  greater  or 
less  percentage,  according  also  to  variety  and  locality, 
will  have  adhering  hulls,  and  for  clearing  them,  locally- 
invented  machines,  called  almond-hullers,  are  used. 
Early  rains  in  some  localities  are  apt  to  stain  the  nuts. 
Such  stains  cannot  be  removed  by  sulfuring,  and  the 
nuts  have  to  be  crushed  and  the  product  marketed  as 
kernels  for  the  use  of  confectioners.  Machinery  is  also 
used  for  this  operation,  and  a  considerable  fraction  of 


the  product  reaches  the  market  in  this  form  because  of 
the  demand  for  candied  and  salted  almonds. 

The  standard  of  excellence  in  the  almond,  from  a 
commercial  point  of  view,  as  learned  by  the  experience 
of  California  producers,  is  that  the  kernel  must  be  as 
smooth,  .symmetrical  and  plump  as  possible.  The  twin- 
ning of  kernels,  welcome  as  it  may  be  to  searchers  for 
philopcnas,  results  in  misshapen  kernels,  which  are 
very  objectionable  to  the  confectioners,  who  are  very 
large  users  of  ahnonds.  Constancy  to  single  kernels  is 
therefore  a  good  point  in  a  variety. 

Large  proportion  of  kernel  to  shell  by  weight  is  also, 
obviously,  an  important  point  to  almond- 
buyers.  At  the  same  time,  the  shell  may 
be  so  reduced  in  strength  as  to  break  badly 
in  shipiiing  in  sacks  and  in  subsequent 
handling.  Incomplete  covering  also  ex- 
poses the  kernel  to  the  sulfur  and  to  loss 
of  flavor.  The  ideal  is  such  degree  of  thin- 
ness of  shell  as  can  be  had  with  complete 
covermg  of  the  kernel  and  durability  in 
handling. 

Careful  comparison  of  the 
proportion  of  kernel  weight 
to  gross  weight  of  the  popular 
California  varieties,  as  compared 
with  a  leading  imported  variety, 
was  made  by  a  committee  of  the 
California  Horticultural  Society, 
with  the  following  result:  From 
one  pound  of  each  of  the  follow- 
ing varieties  the  net  weight  of 
kernels  in  ounces  was:  Imported 
Tarragona,  6|;  California  Lan- 
gviedoc,  7J-2;  El  Supremo,  714', 
Drake,  8^;  IXL,  9;  Commercial, 
9i<i;  La  Prima,  9H;  Princess,  9J^; 
Ne  Plus  Ultra,  10;  King,  10; 
Paper-shell,  11;  Nonpareil,  11  to 
l*^-  Edward  J.  Wickson. 


ALMOND,  DEMERARA: 

Calappa. 


Terminalia 


163.  Bearing  habit  of  the 
almond. 


ALMOND,  FLOWERING:   Prunus. 

ALNUS  (the  ancient  Latin 
name).  Bchdacese.  Alder.  Orna- 
mental woody  plants  grown  chiefly 
for  their  foliage;  some  species  are 
valuable  as  timber  trees. 

Trees  or  shrubs:  Ivs.  alternate, 
decitluous,  short-pet  ioled,  usually 
serrate  or  dentate:  fls.  mona?cious, 
apetalous,  in  catkins;  staminate 
ones  elongated,  each  bract  with  3  fls.;  stamens 
4  in  each  fl.,  with  short  filaments  not  divided 
at  the  apex;  pistillate  catkins  short,  each  bract 
with  2  fls.;  styles  2;  the  pistillate  catkins 
developing  into  a  ligneous,  generally  ovoid  cone 
with  persistent,  5-lobed  scales:  fr.  a  small 
nutlet. — About  30  species  in  the  northern  hemisphere, 
in  Amer.  south  to  Peru.  Monograph  by  Winkler  in 
Engler's  Pflanzenreich :  BetulaceEe  101  (1904). 

The  alders  are  deciduous  trees  or  shrubs  with  me- 
dium-sized leaves  and  pendulous  staminate  catkins  in 
spring  before  the  leaves;  the  short-  pistillate  catkins  de- 
\-eloping  into  woody  cones  about  '  2  to  1  inch  long  and 
usually  arranged  in  small  racemes.  The  profuse  male 
catkins  are  pleasing  in  early  spring.  The  wood  is  val- 
uable for  its  durability  in  water;  of  the  native  spe- 
cies, .4.  ruhrn  is  the  most  important  timber-tree;  in 
the  Old  World,  A.  glulinos^a  and  A.  jnponica.  Most 
species  are  suitable  for  planting  on  damp  soil,  where 
they  grow  rapidly,  but  A.  cordala  prefers  a  drier  situa- 
tion; also  A.  jdpimica,  A.  incana  and  A.  linctoria  grow 
well  in  drier  situations. 


liM 


ALNUS 


ALNUS 


Usually  propagation  is  b\'  soods  gat  liorctl  in  t  he  fall  and 
well  dried;  sown  in  spring  witli  Imt  sliplit  covering,  and 
kept  moist  juul  shail\',  they  germinate  soon;  a  slight 
covering  with  moss,  taken  off  when  the  seedlings  apjiear, 
will  be  useful.  At  tlie  end  of  the  same  year  or  tlie  fol- 
lowing spring,  the  seedhngs  are  transplanted,  usually 
into  rows  1  to  2  feet  apart  and  t)  inelies  from  each  other. 
After  two  .\ears.  they  may  be  planted  where  they  are  to 
stand.  The  slirubby  species,  also  A.  glutitutfui,  grow 
from  hardwood  puttings  placed  in  moist  and  sandy 
soil,  also  from  layers,  and  A.  iricuiin  from  suckers. 
Rarer  kinds  are  grafted  on  common  potted  stock  in 
early  spring  in  the  propagating-house;  grafting  out-of- 
doors  is  rarely  successful. 


164.  Alnas  japonica. 


INDEX. 

iQcina.  12. 
japonica,  6. 
laciniata.  8,  12. 
maritima,  5. 
Mitchelliana,  2. 
oblonoatn,  h,  12. 
OTftjana,  10. 
oxyacanthi/olia,  12. 
p«ndula,  4. 
pinnatiBda,  8, 
pyrifolia.  7. 
Totundifolia,  12. 


'ia,  12. 


rubra.  10. 
rubrinerv 
rugosa,  11. 
.serrulata.  11. 
tiliacea.  7. 
tiliiefoUa,  7. 
tinctoria.  9. 
undulata,  1. 
viridifl,  1,  2. 
vulgaris,  8,  12. 
yasba,  3. 


Alnobetula,  1. 
aurea,  12. 
barbata.  12. 
communifi,  12. 
cordata.  7. 
ewdifolin,  7. 
denticulata,  12. 
fimui,  .3,  4,  6. 
gjauca,  8. 
^utinosa,  12. 
unperialis,  12. 
incana,  8,  9. 

A.  PistiUate  catkins  terminal,  inclosed  during  the  winter 
in  the  bud,  opening  in  spring:  jr.  with  broad  mem- 
branous uxing:  winter-butis  scxnile  with  2  or  more 
uneqtuil  scales.    (Alnobetula.) 
B.  Lvs.  ovate  or  elliptic,  with  H-IO  pairs  of  veins. 

1.  viridis,  DC.  (A.  Alnobetula,  Hartig.  A.  undulata, 
Willd.j.  El-ropea.v  Gree.v  Ar,DEn.  Shrub,  2-6  ft.:  lvs. 
elliptic  or  ovate,  to  round-ovate,  acute,  usually  nar- 
rowed at  the  base,  sharply  serrulate,  1-2J^  in.  long, 
glutinous  while  young,  bright  green  above,  pale  green 
and  glabrous  beneath  or  pubescent  on  the  veins:  stam- 
inate  catkins  2-.33^  in.  long;  pistillate  catkin.s  with 
glabrous  or  puberulous  peduncles:  cones  .'i-4,  oblong, 


slender-peduncled.    March,  April.    Mts.  of  Eu.    L.B.C. 
12:1141.   11. \V.  2:14. 

2.  Mitchelliana,  Curt.  (.4.  viridis  oi  most  American 
authors).  American  Cirekn  Alder.  Shrub,  2-10  ft.: 
young  branchlets  glabrous  or  sparingly'  jiubescent:  lvs. 
ellipti(^  or  ovatc-clliptic,  acute  or  obtuse,  rounded  or 
subcordate  at  the  base,  1  },2-3  in.  long,  densely  serrulate, 
glutinous  while  young,  with  impressed  veins  above, 
reticulate  beneath  ami  glabrous:  staminate  catkins  2-3 
in.  long;  pistillate  catkins  with  ])ubescent  peduncles: 
cones  ;5-t>,  oblong,  slender-iieduneled.  March,  Apr. 
Mts.  of  N.  E.  Amer.,  west  to  Brit.  Col.,  south  to  N.  C. 
— Hardy  shrub  with  handsome  bright  green  foliage, 
very  aromatic  when  unfolding  and  of  very  pleasant 
effect  in  spring  with  its  long  male  catkins;  handsomer 
than  the  preceding  species. 

BB.  Lvs.  ovate-oblong  to  ovate-lanceolate,  with  12-2^. 
pairs  of  veins. 

3.  yasha,  Matsum.  (.4.  fir  ma  var.  ydsha,  Winkl.). 
Tree,  to  30  ft.:  young  branchlets  pubescent:  lvs.  ovate- 
oblong,  2-4  in.  long,  acute,  usually  rounded  at  the  base, 
sharply  and  irregularly  serrate,  with  12-18  pairs  of 
veins,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath:  cones  1-3,  ellip- 
soid or  sub-globose,  54'"-  long,  on  slender  peduncles 
about  1  in.  long.   Japan.   J.C.T.  16:2. 

4.  pendula,  Matsum.  (A.  f'lrma  var.  multinervis, 
Regel).  Tree,  to  30  ft.,  or  shrub:  young  branchlets 
pubescent:  lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate, 
2-4  in.  long,  irregularly  and  often  nearly  doublj'  ser- 
rate, with  18-24  pairs  of  veins,  pubescent  on  the  veins 
beneath,  at  maturity  nearly  glabrous:  cones  3-5, 
ovoid,  about  J4in.  long,  in  pendulous  racemes,  1-2  in. 
long.  Japan.  "S.I.F.2:12.  J.C.T.  16:3.— Very  hand- 
some alder,  still  rare  in  cult.;  the  plant  cult,  under  this 
name  is  usuall.y  the  ])receding  species. 

AA.  Pistillate  catkins  axillary,  appearing  in  autunm: 
uinler-buds  with  2  equal  scales,  stalked.  (Gym- 
nothyrsHS.) 

B.  Fls.  opening  in  tlie  f(dl  from  catkins  of  the  same  year: 
lvs.  not  plicately  folded  Mi.  tlie  bud. 

5.  maritima,  Nutt.  {A.  oblongata,  Regel,  not 
Ait.  nor  Willd.).    Tree,  to  :30  ft.:  lvs.  cuneate, 
oblong  or  obovate,   shining   above,   pale  green 
beneath,  glabrous,  remotely  and  crenately  ser- 
rate, 2-4  in.  long:  cones  2-4,  large,  on  short,  stout 
peduncles.     Del.,  Md.    S.S.  9:458.    G.F.  4:269. 
Nutt.,   N.  Amer.  S.  1 :  10. — Ornamental  shrub  or  small 
tree    with    handsome    shining    foliage,    attractive    in 
autumn  with  its  male  catkins. 

BB.  Fls.  opening  in  early  spring  before  the  lvs.,  from 
catkins  fornwd  the  previous  year  and  remaining 
naked  during  the  winter. 

c.  Lvs.  not  plicate  in  the  bud,  green  beneath,  veins  arch- 
ing: cones  1-6,  long-stalked. 

6.  japonica,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (A.firma,  Hort.,  not  Sieb.  & 
Zucc).  Fig.  164.  Tree,  50-80  ft.:  lvs.  cuneate,  oblong- 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  sharply  and  irregularly  serrulate, 
glabrous  at  length,  bearded  in  the  axils  of  the  veins 
beneath,  2-0  in.  long:  cones  3-6,  peduncled.  Japan. 
G.F.  6:345  (adapted  in  Fig.  164).  S.I.F.  1 :  19.— Tall, 
pyramidal  tree  with  dark  green  foliage:  the  largest  and 
perhaps  the  most  beautiful  of  all  alders. 

7.  cordata,  Desf.  {A.  cordifblia.  Ten.  A.  tiliacea, 
Hort.).  Small  tree,  20-50  ft.:  lvs,  cordate,  ovate  or 
roundish,  acuminate,  2-4  in.  long,  bearded  in  the  axils 
beneath,  glandular  when  young:  cones  1-3,  ovoid, 
about  1  in.  long,  peduncled;  nutlets  with  narrow  wing. 
Italy,  Cauciisus.  L.B.C.  13: 1231.  G.C.  II.  19:285.— 
Round-headed  tree  with  handsome,  distinct  foliage, 
changing  orange-yellow  in  autumn,  resembling  that  of  a 
linden  or  pear,  therefore  sometimes  called  A.  tilisefolia 
fir  A.  pyrifblia,  in  gardens.    Not  quite  hardy  N. 


ALNUS 


ALNUS 


253 


cc.  Li's.  plicate  in  the  biul,  the  veins  going  straight  to  the 
points  of  the  larger  teeth:  cones  4-10,  short- 
stalked  or  sessile. 

D.  Under  side  of  Ivs.  glaucous,  not  bearded:  cones  sessile 
or  short-stalked. 

8.  incana,  Willd.  Shrub  or  tree,  to  60  ft.:  branches 
pubescent:  Ivs.  oval  or  oblong-ovate,  acute,  134~4  in. 
long,  doubly  serrate,  pubescent  or  nearly  glabrous 
beneath:  cones  4-8,  mostly  sessile,  Hin-  long.  North- 
ern hemisphere,  in  different  varieties.   H.W.  2 :  13. 

Var.  gla&ca,  Ait.  (A.  glaxica,  Michx.).  Shrub,  to  12 
ft.:  Ivs.  often  nearly  glabrous  beneath.  N.  Amer.,  Eu. 
Em.  251. 

Var.  vulgaris,  Spach.  Tree,  to  50  ft.:  Ivs.  usually 
densely  pubescent  beneath:  cones  1  in.  long.   Eu.,  Asia. 

Var.  pinnatiflda,  Spach  (var.  laciniata,  Hort.).  Lvs. 
pinnately  lobed  or  cleft,  with  dentate  lobes. 

9.  tinctoria,  Sarg.  (.4.  incdtia  var.  tinctbria,  Hort.). 
Fig. 165.  Tree,  to  60  ft.:  young  branchlets  glabrous  or 
slightly  pubescent:  lvs.  broadly  ovate,  4-6  in.  long, 
membranaceous,  coarsely  doubly  serrate,  slightly  lobed, 
glaucous  and  rufously  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath. 
Japan.  G.F.  10:473  (adapted  in  Fig.  165).  S.I.F.  1:19 
(as  var.  glauca). — Handsome  ornamental  tree  of  very 
vigorous  growth,  with  large  foliage. 

10.  rftbra,  Bong.  (A.  oregana,  Nutt.).  Tree,  40-50 
ft.:  lvs.  oblong-ovate,  3-5  in.  long,  crenate-serrate, 
slightly  lobed,  revolute  on  the  margin,  nearly  glabrous 
beneath;  petioles  and  veins  orange-colored:  cones  6-8, 
oblong.  W.  N.  Amer.  S.S.  9:454.  Nutt.,  N.  Amer. 
S.  1:9. 

DD.  Under  side  of  lvs.  green  or  brownish  green,  usually 

bearded. 

E.  Cones  upper  sessile. 

11.  rugSsa,  Spreng.  Smooth  Aldeh.  Shrub,  to  25 
ft.:  young  branchlets  pubescent  or  nearly  glabrous:  lvs. 
ovate  or  broadly  elliptic  to  obovate,  acute  or  obtuse, 
2-5  in.  long,  doubly  serrate  and  often  sUghtly  lobed, 
beneath  covered  more  or  less  with  brownish  pubescence 
or  glabrous:  cones  4-10,  the  upper  sessile,  the  lower 
short-stalked,  ovoid,  about  J^in.  long.  E.  N.  Amer. 
Mx.  3:4.  Var.  sernilata,  Winkl.  (A.  serruh'itn,  Willd.). 
Branchlets  glabrous  or  nearly  so:  lvs.  usually  obovate, 


obtuse,  finely  and  doubly  serrulate,  glabrous  or  nearly 
glabrous  beneath.  Em.  248. — By  most  European 
botanists  this  variety  is  considered  a  distinct  species, 
but,  though  the  extreme  forms  seem  quite  distinct,  they 
are  connected  by  all  kinds  of  intermediate  forms.  In 
flower,  A.  rugosa  is  easily  distinguished  from  A.  incana 


165.  Alnus  tinctoria.    ( X  H) 


166.  Alnus  glutinosa.   ( X.  Vi) 

by  the  pistillate  catkins  which  are  upright  in  A.  rugosa, 
nodding  in  A.  incana. 

EE.  Cones  all  distinctly  peduncled. 
12.  glutinosa,  Gaertn.  (A.  vulgaris,  HiU.  A.  rotundi- 
folia,  Mill.  A.  commiinis,  Desf.).  Black  Alder.  Fig. 
1 66.  Tree,  to  70  ft. :  lvs.  orbicular  or  obovate,  rounded  or 
emarginate  at  the  apex,  2-5  in.  long,  irregularly  obtusely 
serrate,  with  5-7  pairs  of  veins,  nearly  glabrous  beneath, 
glutinous  when  unfolding:  cones  distinctly  peduncled. 
Eu.,  N.  Afr.,  Asia,  naturaUzed  in  some  localities  in  N. 
Amer.  H.W.  2:12.  H.T.  130.— A  vigorously  grow- 
ing tree  with  dark  green,  dull  foliage,  valuable  for 
planting  in  damp  situations.  Commonly  planted  in 
many  forms:  Var.  afirea,  Versch.  Lvs.  yellow.  I.H. 
13:490.  Var.  denticulata,  Ledeb.  {A.  oblongata,  Willd.). 
Lvs.  usually  cuneate,  serrulate.  S.  Eu.  Var.  barbata, 
Callier  (A.  barbata,  C.  A.  Mey.).  Lvs.  ovate,  acute, 
pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath.  Caucasus.  Var. 
imperialis,  Desf.  Lvs.  deeply  pinnately  lobed  with  lan- 
ceolate or  nearly  Unear  lobes.  Var.  incisa,  Willd.  (var. 
oxyacanlhifblia,  Spach).  Lvs.  small,  deeply  incised, 
like  those  of  Cratsegus  oxyacantha.  Var.  laciniata,  Willd. 
Lvs.  pinnately  lobed;  lobes  oblong.  Var.  rubrinervia, ' 
Dipp.  Lvs.  large  and  shining,  with  red  nerves  and 
petioles:  pyramidal  tree  of  vigorous  growth,  very 
handsome. 

.4.  acuminata,  HBK.  Tree;  Ivs.  usually  ovate  and  pubescent  be- 
neath, doubly  serrate.  Cent.  Amer.,  north  to  Ariz. — A.  cremastogytie, 
Burkill.  Tree:  young  branchlets  glabrous;  lvs.  oblong-obovate, 
glabrous,  sharply  serrate,  3^  in.  long:  cones  cylindric,  solitary  on 
slender  peduncles,  about  1 J^  in.  long.  W.  China. — Recently  intro., 
probably  not  hardy  N. — A.  firma,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (A.  Sieboldiana, 
Mats.).  Allied  to  A.  yasha.  Tree:  lvs.  ovate,  or  ovate-oblong, 
acute,  rounded  at  the  base,  with  10-15  pairs  of  veins,  3-5  in.  long: 
cones  about  1  in.  long,  solitary  on  a  peduncle  }i-l  in.  long".  Japan. 
S.I.F.  2:12.  —  A.  frulicdsa.  Rupr.  (A.  viridis  var.  sibirica, 
Regel).  Allied  to  A.  viridis.  Shrub;  lvs.  broadly  ovate  or  elliptic- 
ovate,  usually  rounded  at  the  base,  nearly  doubly  or  sinuately 
serrate.  Siberia,  Corea. — A.  hirsuta,  Turcz.  (A.  incana  var. 
hirsuta,  Spach).  Allied  to  A.  tinctoria.  Tree;  young  branchlets,  and 
petioles  tomentose:  lvs.  suborbicular  to  elliptic,  acutish,  dentic- 
ulate and  slightly  lobed,  ferrugineously  tomento.se  beneath.  Japan, 
Manchuria. — A.  jorullensis.  HBK.  Allied  to  A.  acuminata.  Lvs. 
oblong-lanceolate,  coarsely  dentate.  Cent.  Amer. — A.  mollis, 
Fernald.  Closely  allied  to  A.  crispa.  Shrub  or  small  tree:  branchlets 
pubescent:  lvs.  pubescent  beneath,  2-4  in.  long.  N.E.  Amer.,  west 
to  Lake  Winnipeg,  south  to  Mass. — A.  nitida,  Endl.  Tree,  to  100 
ft.;  Iva.  ovate  to  ovate-oblong,  short-acuminate,  not  plicate,  3-4 
in.  long,  entire  or  remotely  serrulate,  bright  green  and  lustrous 


254 


ALNIS 


ALOCASIA 


above,  glabrous:  male  catkins  very  slender,  to  6  in.  long:  cones  2—4, 
pedunckxl.  Himalayas.  B.M,  7t>.>l. —  A.  ohlotigifdlia.  Torr.  Tri-e, 
21V-30  ft,:  Ivs.  ublon£-o\'ate,  cuncate,  doubly  serrate,  2-3  in.  long: 
strobiles  '•^-l  in.  long,  pedTmcIed.  N.  Mex.  and  Ariz.  S.S.  9:457. — 
-■1.  occidt'tiUilis.  Dipp.=A.  tenuifolia. — .4.  orientalis,  Decin\  (A. 
barbata,  Hort.,  not  C.  A.  Mey.  A.  firma,  Hort.,  not  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  A. 
macrophyllii.  Hort.l.  Allied  to  A.  cordata.  Tree:  Ivs.  ovate-oblong, 
obtusely  or  crenately  serrate,  2-5  in.  long,  glabrous,  with  S-10  pairs 
of  veins:  cones  ovoid,  glutinous,  Ja-l  in.  long;  nutlets  without  wing. 
Asia  Minor. — A.  piiWsccrw,  Tsch.  (A.  glutinosa  Xincaua).  Lvs. 
roundish -ova  to  or  obovate,  irregularly  serrate,  pubescent  beneath. 
Natural  hybrid.— A.  rhombifdlta,  Nutt.  Tree,  ()(VSO  ft.:  lvs.  cu- 
neate,  oval  or  ovale,  2-3^*2  in.  long,  finely  .^lerrate,  yellowish  green 
and  puberulous  beneath:  strobiles  olilong,  pedunclcd.  W.N.  Amer. 
S-S.  9:456.— .4.  6'iW>oMidna.  Mats.=A.  firma.— .4.  sinudta,  Rydb. 
(A.  sitchensis,  Sarg.).  Allied  to  A.  viridis.  Shrub,  3-16  ft.:  Ivs. 
sUghtlylobed,  serrulate,  glabrous,  thin.  W.  N.  Amer.  S.S.  14:727. — 
A.  SparMii.  Callier  (A.  Japonica  Xsubcordata).  Tree:  lvs.  ovate-lance- 
olate, sharply  serrate,  violet -purple  when  unfolding.  Of  garden  origin. 
.4.  subcordata,  C.  A.  Mey.  Tree,  30-50  ft.:  lvs.  ovate  or  oblong- 
ovate,  rounded  at  the  base,  2-6  in.  long,  crenately  or  doubly  serrate, 
glabrous  or  sometimes  pubescent  beneath:  cones  about  1  in.  long: 
nutlets  with  a  narrow  wing.  Cauca.sus. — A.  tenui/dlia,  Nutt.  (A. 
incana  var.  virescens,  Wats.  A.  occidentalis,  Dipp.).  Small  tree, 
occasionally  30  ft.:  lvs.  ovate,  2—4  in.  long,  slightly  lobed  and  doubly 
serrate,  green  and  nearly  glabrous  beneath.    W.  N.  Amer.     S.  S. 

■  Alfred  Rehder. 

ALOCASIA  (name  made  from  Colocasia).  Ardcea^. 
Warmhouse  foliage  plants,  with  green,  veined  and 
motlletl,  large  hanging  leaves. 

Stem  thick,  short  or  assurgent,  densely  marked  with 
If  .-scars:  lvs.  with  long  sheathed  petioles,  the  blade, 

when    3'oung     peltate, 


/-^s. 


167.  Alocasia  Sanderiana. 


when  old  usually  sagit- 
tate-cordate, the  basal 
lobes  commonly  more 
or  less  united:  spathe 
with  the  tube  much 
-horter  than  the  blade, 
'i\oid  or  oblong,  con- 
volute, the  blade  ob- 
long, usuaU}'  boat- 
k^\  shaped;  spadix  shorter 
■y  than  spathe.  —  Stove 
*  foliage  plants  from  E. 
Asia,  comprising  about 
40  species,  in  addition 
to  many  hybrids.  Re- 
lated to  Caladium  and 
Colocasia,  from  which 
separated  by  technical 
fr.  characters.  See  Monogr.  by  Engler  in  De  CandoUe's 
Monographise  Phanerogamarum,  Vol.  II. 

The  species  of  alocasia  grown  in  greenhouses  have 
foUage  of  great  beauty  and  coloring  and  rank  high 
amongst  ornamental  foliage  plants.  The  leaves  are 
remarkable  for  their  coloring,  markings,  size  and  shape, 
some  of  them  being  of  a  rich  metallic  coloring  while 
others  are  green  and  green-and-white  with  prominent 
veining.  AJocasias  are  propagated  by  suckers  or  cut- 
tings of  the  rhizornes,  placed  in  small  pots  containing  a 
mixtiire  of   light  fibrous  peat  and  sand  in  equal   pro- 

Eortions,  and  plunged  in  a  close  frame  or  propagating- 
ox  with  bottom  heat.  They  may  also  be  grown  from 
seeds  sown  in  4-inch  pots,  in  a  light  peaty  soil  in  a  tem- 
perature of  T'i"  F.  The  month  of  March  is  the  best  time 
for  propagating  and  potting.  The  evergreen  species  (as 
A.  cuprea,  A.  Umgiloba,  A.  Lowii,  A.  Regina)  thrive  best 
in  a  compost  of  two  parts  fibrous  peat  and  sphagnum 
mo.ss  and  one  part  lumps  of  fibrous  loam,  to  which  should 
be  added  a  sprinkling  of  silver  sand  and  a  few  nodules 
of  charcoal  to  keep  the  whole  sweet.  The  herbaceous 
species  (as  A.  nuicrr/rhiza)  do  best  in  good  fibrous  loam 
to  which  one-third  of  well-rotted  cow-manure  or  pul- 
verized .sheep-manure  has  been  added.  Perfect  drain- 
age of  the  pots  is  ab.solutely  necessary,  and,  in  potting, 
the  evergreen  species  should  be  coned  up  2  or  3  inches 
above  the  rim  of  the  pot,  and  finished  off  with  a  sur- 
facing of  live  sphagnum  mo.ss.  The  se,'i.son  of  active 
growth  begins  about  the  first  of  March,  when  plants 
should  be  given  a  temperature  of  70°  at  night,  with 
a  rise  of    15°  by  day,  and  the   atmosphere   must    be 


kept  in  a  humid  condition.  They  should  be  given  a 
liosition  free  from  drafts  and  direct  sunlight.  They 
retjuire  an  abundance  of  water  at  the  roots  as  the  leaves 
develop,  and  are  greatly  benefited  by  an  occasional 
watering  of  clear  hquid  sheep-  or  cow-manure.  To 
secure  the  best  development  of  the  leaves,  heavy 
syringing  should  be  avoided,  but  frequent  spraying  oil 
all  fine  days  with  an  atomizer  sprayer  is  very  beneficial. 
Towards  winter  the  humidity  of  the  atmosphere  and 
the  supply  of  water  to  the  roots  should  be  reduced  with 
the  evergreen  species,  and  gradually  withheld  alto- 
gether as  the  leaves  mature,  with  the  herbaceous 
species.  The  temperature  during  winter  should  not 
fall  below  60°.    (E.  J.  Canning.) 


argyrxa,  13. 
hatavicnsis,  13. 
Chantrieri,  13. 
C/ielsonii,  13. 
cuprea,  12. 
gigantea,  6. 
giO'ts,  13. 
illustris,  13. 
itttermedia,  13. 
Jenningsii,   13. 
Joltrtstonii,  13. 


INDEX. 

La  SalUana,  13. 
Lindcnii,  5. 
longiloba,  6. 
Lowii,  7. 
Luciana,  13. 
macrorhiza.  11. 
Marshallii,  13. 
metaUica,  12. 
mortefonlainensis,  13. 
princepa,  1. 
Pucciana,  13. 


Putzey.'.ii,  8. 
Regina,  13. 
Sanderiana,  2. 
Sedcnii,  13. 
Thibaiitiana,  9. 
Van    Houttei,  13. 
variegata,  11. 
Veitchii.  10. 
Villeneuvei,  4. 
violacea,  13. 
zebrina,  3. 


A.  Lvs.  distinctly  notched  or  undulate  on  the  margin. 

1.  princeps,  Nichols.  Lvs.  sagittate,  the  basal  lobes 
narrow  and  spreading,  the  margins  deep-sinuate;  upper 
surface  ohve-green,  with  darker  veins,  the  under  lighter 
colored,  with  brown  veins  and  margin;  petioles  brown- 
spotted,  slender.    E.  Indies. 

2.  Sanderiana,  Bull.  Fig.  167.  Lvs.  long-sagittate, 
with  deeply  notched  margin,  the  basal  lobes  wide-spread- 
ing, deep  glossy  green  with  metallic  reflection,  with 
prominent  white  margins  and  veins;  petioles  brownish 
and  striped.  Philippines.  Gng.  6:84.  G.Z.  28,  p.  267. 
J. n.  III.  4.5:17.3. — One  of  the  best  of  recent  intro- 
ductions. Runs  into  various  forms,  and  has  entered 
largely  into  cult,  hybrids. 

AA.  Lvs.  plain  and  entire  on  the  margin. 

B.  Markings  chiefly  on  the  petioles,  the  blades  green. 

3.  zebrina,  Koch  &  Voitch.  Lvs.  triangular-sagittate, 
the  margin  somewhat  repand,  the  front  lobe  oblong- 
triangular,  cuspidate,  the  basal  lobes  obtuse;  petioles 
beautifully  marked  with  large  zigzag  bands  of  green. 
Philippines.    F.S.  15:1541-2. 

4.  Villeneijvei,  Lind.&Rod.  Lvs.  sagittate-ovate,  the 
veins  of  lighter  green  and  prominent,  basal  lobes  very 
unequal;  petioles  spotted  with  chocolate-brown.  Large. 
Borneo.  I.H.  34:21. — Named  for  de  ViUeneuve,  Brazil- 
ian ambassador  to  Belgium. 

BB.  Markings  or  coloration  chiefly  on  the  If.-blades. 
c.  Veins  and  midrib  light  yellow. 

5.  Lindenii,  Rod.  Lvs.  cordate-ovate,  long-pointed, 
8-12  in.  long,  bright  green,  with  yellowish  veins  curving 
off  from  the  midrib  and  vanishing  near  the  margin; 
petioles  nearly  white.  New  Guinea.  I.H.  33:603. — ■ 
Bruised  lvs.  emit  a  strong  odor. 

cc.  Veins  and  midrib  while  or  silvery. 
D.  Midrib  and  primary  nerves  not  bordered. 

0.  longiloba,  Miq.  (.4.  (7!3o«/(Y(,  Hort.).  Petioles 2  ft., 
greeni.sh  white,  mottled  purple;  blade  sagittate,  18  in. 
long,  the  basal  lobes  very  long  and  erect,  the  upper  sur- 
face green,  with  silvery  or  gray  bands  along  veins  and 
midrib,  the  under  surface  light  purple.    Java. 

7.  Ldwii,  Hook.  Petioles  2-3  ft.,  ro.se-color;  blade  nar- 
row-ovate, 18  in.  long  and  a  third  as  wide,  long-pointed, 
th(^  basal  lobes  long-acute,  upper  surface  olive-green, 
with  very  distinct  silvery  bands,  under  surface  rich 
purple.  Borneo.  H.F.III.  9:  pi.  6.  F.S.  21  :  2204. 
B.M.  5376.    A.F.  11:5.59  (as  var.  grandis). 


ALOCASIA 


ALOE 


255 


DD.  Midrib  and  ■primary  nerves  bordered  toith  pale  or 
gray-green. 

8.  Putzfiysii,  N.  E.  Br.  Much  like  A.  longiloba:  Ivs. 
broader  (oval-sagittate),  dark  metallic  green,  promi- 
nently veined  and  bordered  white,  the  petioles  pale  red- 
purple,  tmder  surface  dark  purple.  Sumatra.  I.H. 
29:439.  G.C.  II.  19:501.— More  brilliant  than  A. 
longiloba,  and  has  wider  spaces  between  the  veins. 

9.  Thibautiana,  Mast.  Petioles  3  ft.,  greenish;  blade 
2  ft.  long  and  18-20  in.  broad,  ovate-cordate,  the  basal 
lobes  broad  and  rounded,  olive-green,  with  broad  sUvery 


168.  Alocasia  cuprea. 


veins  and  rib,  the  imder  surface  deep  piuple.    Borneo. 
G.C.  III.  17:485.   I.H.  28:419.    G.Z.  25,  p.  265. 

10.  Veitchii,  Schott.  Resembles  A.  Lowii,  Hook.,  in 
shape  and  ground-color,  but  the  midrib  and  primary 
veins  are  bordered  with  gray-green,  the  secondary 
veins  whitish  and  the  petiole  green-striped.  Java. 
B.M.  5497  (as  A.  Lowii  var.  picla). 

ccc.  Veins  white  and  If.  blotched  and  mottled. 

11.  macrorhlza,  Schott.  Large,  reaching  10  or  15  ft.: 
If  .-blades  3  ft.  long,  long-sagittate  and  pointed,  the  lobes 
short  and  obtuse,  margin  often  somewhat  wavy,  the 
midrib  very  broad  and  conspicuous,  the  blotches  or 
patches  of  green  and  white  (in  the  var.  variegala,  G.W. 
15,  p.  339,  which  is  the  common  form)  very  striking. 
Ceylon.  I.H.  8:305. — One  of  the  commonest  species. 
Lvs.  sometimes  almost  white. 

cccc.  Veins  dark  or  purple,  or  the  If.  dark-colored. 

12.  ciiprea,  Koch  {A.metdllica,  Schott).  Fig.  168.  Peti- 
oles 2  ft.  or  less  long,  green;  blade  ovate  and  peltate, 
18  X  12  in.,  notched  at  the  base  and  cuspidate  at  the 
point,  dark  metallic  green  with  darker  rib  and  veins, 
the  under  side  rich  purple.  Borneo.  B.M.  5190.  I.H. 
8:283.  G.  19:413.  F.S.  21 : 2208-9.  Lowe,  60.  Gn. 
50:336. — One  of  the  best,  and  conmion. 

13.  Regina,  N.  E.  Br.  Lvs.  thick,  ovate-cordate,  ob- 
tuse or  cuspidate,  the  basal  lobes  short  and  nearly  or 
quite  obtuse,  the  ribs  and  veins  beneath  pubescent, 
somewhat  fleshy,  dark  green  above  with  darker  veins 
and  brown-purple  beneath;  petioles  terete,  pubescent 
spotted  purple.  Borneo.  I.H.  32:.544. — Several  cult, 
varieties  and  hybrids  are  in  the  trade  in  this  country: 
A.  argyrsa,  Sander,  lvs.  large,  dark  green  with  a  silvery 
sheen,  hastate-lanceolate  (G.W.  15:342);  hybrid  of 
longiloba  x  Pucciana;  A.  batnmennis,  petiole  dark  pur- 
ple, If  .-blade  dark  green;  A.  Chantrieri  (raised  by  Chan- 
trier  Bros.,  Mortefontaine,  France),  hybrid  of  cuprea  x 
Sanderiana,   with   long   wavy  lvs.,   purple  below  and 


prominently  white-veined  (I.H.  35:64.  R.H.  1887,  p. 
465);  A.  Chelsonii,  cuprea  x  longiloba,  with  lvs.  purple 
below  and  green  above;  A.  g\gas,  much  like  Villeneuvei; 
A.  intermedia,  hybrid  by  Veitch  25  years  ago  (G.  2:61. 
G.W.  15,  p.  341.  F.  1S69,  p.  80);  A.  La  Sallia-na;  A. 
Luciana,  Thibautiana  x  Putzeysi,  with  lvs.  dark  green 
above  and  whitish  veins  and  margins,  purple  beneath 
(I.H.  34:27);  A.  morlefonlainhisis,  Lowii  x  Sanderiana; 
A.  Pucciana,  Putzeysi  x  Thibautiana;  A.  Sedciiii, 
cuprea  x  Lowii,  with  ovate-peltate  lvs.  purple  beneath 
and  white-veined  above  (I.H.  24:292);  A.  Van  Houtlei. 

The  following  names  are  also  in  our  trade:  .4.  illus- 
<r^s=Colocasia  antiquorum;  A.  J enningsii =Colocas\3, 
affinis;  A.  /dA«sto(m  =  Cyrtosperma  Johnstonii;  A. 
Marshdllii=Co\ocasia,  Marchalhi;  A.  violAcea^Colo- 
casia  antiquorum(?). 

The  following  may  be  expected  to  appear  in  the  .\merican 
trade:  A.  Augustinidna,  Lind.  &  Rod.  Lvs.  peltate  and  wavy, 
green  above  and  below,  with  pale  nerves,  the  petioles  brown- 
spotted;  allied  to  A.  zebrina.  I.H.  33:593.  New  Guinoat?). — .l. 
Curtisii,  N.  E.  Br.  Petioles  3  ft.  or  less,  purple-barred:  If.-blade  20 
in.  or  less,  and  half  as  wide,  shining  green  and  gray-ribbed  above, 
deep  purple  beneath.  Penang. — A.  Desmetidna,  Hort.  Lvs.  elon- 
gated, heart-shaped  and  sinuate;  petiole  spotted. — A.  eminens, 
N.  E.  Br.  Lvs.  peltate,  the  blade  2  ft.  or  less  long  and  nearly  half 
as  broad,  purple  beneath,  green  and  light-veined  above;  petioles 
5  ft.  or  less,  barred.  E.  Indies. — .4.  grdndis,  N.  E.  Br.  Large:  lvs. 
2  ft.  or  less  long,  ovate-sagittate,  half  as  broad,  black-greeri  below, 
bright  green  above;  petioles  4  ft.  or  less,  blackish.  E.  Indies. — A. 
guttata,  N.  E.  Br.,  var.  imperidlis,  N.  E.  Br.  Lvs.  sagittate,  acute, 
1  H  ft.  or  less  long  and  half  as  broad,  purple  beneath,  brown-green 
and  dark-blotched  above.  Borneo.  I.H.  31:541. — .4.  Indica, 
Schott.  6  ft.  or  more,  stout  and  fleshy:  lvs.  often  3  ft.  across,  ovate- 
cordate,  bright  green  on  both  sides.  E.  Indiea.  F.S.  21 :  2206  (as  A. 
plumbea). — A.  Mdrgaritx.  Lind.  &  Rod.  Lvs.  slightly  peltate,  wavy, 
shining,  green  with  blackish  midrib,  the  veins  and  brownish  petioles 
pubescent.  New  Guinea.  I.H.  33:611. — A.  margindta.  Said  to 
have  come  from  Brazil.  Lvs.  2  ft.  or  less  long  and  very  broad, 
slightly  wavy,  rounded  and  short-pointed,  pale  green,  striped  and 
mottled  with  purple;  petioles  brown-marked. — A,  Micholitzidna, 
Hort.  Lvs.  arrow-shaped,  velvety,  the  margins  wavy,  the  midrib 
white.  Malaysia.  G.C.  Ill,  51:  Suppl.  May  25,  p.  XVI.— /I.  i)rf()ra, 
Koch.  Forming  a  trunk:  lvs.  sagittate-ovate,  the  margin  slightly 
undulate,  up  to  3  ft.  long,  on  long  petioles.  J.H.  III.  42:. 393. — .4. 
plumbea,  Hort.=/4.  grandis(?). — A.  revirsa,  N.  E.  Br.  Dwarf  and 
compact,  the  petioles  6  in.  long,  blade  less  than  1  ft.  long,  bright 
green,  with  rib  and  nerves  olive-green.  B.M.  7498.  Philippines. — - 
A.  Rodigasidna,  Andrfi.  A.Thibautiana  X  A.  Regina. — A.Sanderidna 
var.  gandavpnsis.  Rod.  Lvs.  wavy-margined,  purple  and  blotched 
beneath.  I.H.  43:65. — A.  scabrikscula.  N.  E.  Br.  Lvs.  spreading, 
not  deflexed,  sagittate  and  not  peltate,  shining  green  above  and 
paler  beneath.  Borneo. — A.  sinudta.  N.  E.  Br.  Lvs.  sagittate  and 
sinuate,  dark  green  above  with  lighter  areas,  and  whitish  green 
below.  Philippines.— A.  specldhilis.  Hort.  G. 22: 171.— .4.  Wat- 
sonidna,  Hort.^A.  Putzeysi. — A.  Wavrinidna,  Mast.  Lvs.  erect, 
toothed,  not  sagittate,  lanceolate  and  long-pointed,  dark  green; 
petioles  purple-spotted,  winged.  G.C.  III.  23: 243.  F.E.  10:886. 
Gn.  55: 183.   Celebes.  j^   H.  B. 

GeoRQE  V.  NASH.t 

ALOE  (Arabic  name).  Liliacese,  tribe  Aloinese. 
Acaulescent  or  variously  caulescent  perennial  succulents. 

Leaves  often  large,  usually  crowded  in  rosettes  or 
along  end  of  st.:  fls.  red  or  yellow,  often  paler-striped, 
straight,  tubular  (Fig.  169),  with 
short  straight  limb,  equaled  or  sur- 
passed by  the  stamens. — Afr.,  espe- 
cially in  the  Cape  region,  1  species 
about  the  Medit.  and  extensively 
naturalized  in  all  warmer  parts  of  the 
world,  and  1  in  China.  Plants  of  the 
coolhousc,  best  planted  out  in  a  well-  , 
drained  place  in  summer,  when  they 
flower  prettily. 

The  generic  or  scientific  name  Aloe 
is  a  Latinized  form  of  an  Arabic 
name.  As  an  English  word  it  is  pro- 
nounced in  two  syllables,  thus  Al-oe. 
Popularly  this  word  is  loosely  used, 
the  common  American  aloe  being 
Agave  americana,  the  commonest  "century  plant." 
The  "bitter  aloes"  of  commerce  is  a  resinous  juice  much 
used  as  a  laxative.  The  best  quality  is  called  "Soco- 
trine  or  Zanzibar  aloes,"  a  product  of  A.  Perryi,  which 
was  known  by  the  Greeks  of  the  fourth  century  B.C.  to 
come  from   the   island   of  Socotra.     The   "Barbadoes 


169.  Flowers  of 
an  aloe. 


156 


ALOE 


ALOE 


170.  A  good  pot  plant  of  aloe, 
showing  the  offsets. 


aUu^"  is  the  pR>dvict  v>f  .1.  vera,  ii  species  much  planted 
in  the  West  Indies.  Cieneni  allied  to  Aloe  are  Apicra, 
Clasteriii,  Ilaworthiuj  Paehidendnm,  and  Phyllonia. 
The  jrnnip  is  ditheult  t\»r  the  botanist,  there  being  few 
authentie  sptvimens  in  the  herbaria,  because  of  the  large 
size  of  the  plants,  tlie  infnH]Ufnt  tlowcring,  and  the 
dirtieultv  of  suitably  tlrving  them.  Monograph  by 
Alwin  lierger  in  DasPHanzenreirh.  UlOS,  hft.  XI. 

Propagation  is  by  seed,  which  usually  is  not  true  to 
name,  and  by  suckers  or  cut  t  ings  well  dried-olT.    Branch- 
ing for  this  purpose 
may  be  it^ductnl  by 
searing  the  crown  of 
^old  plants.  Hybrids 
between  the  ditTer- 
ent  species  and  with 
H'lated    genera 
are    easily    se- 
cured   and    in- 
teresting. 

Aloes  are  much 
cultivated  as  dec- 
orative plants, 
being  amongst  the 
most  popular  of 
desert  and  succu- 
lent plants  for  their 
stifl",  harsh  and 
rugged  habit.  Fig. 
170.  They  are  often  grouped  about  large  public  build- 
ings, where  thej-  empha.size  certain  architectural  fea- 
tures. Large  collections  are  to  be  seen  only  in  botanic 
gardens  and  in  the  collections  of  a  few  fanciers.  The 
lai-gest  dealer  has  nearly  one  hundred  kinds,  but  grows 
only  five  or  six  kinds  in  quantity. 

Old  plants  of  Aloe  will  keep  healthy  for  several  years 
in  the  same  pots  without  a  renewal  of  soil,  and  flower 
freely  at  the  same  time.  The  soil  most  suited  to  their 
needs  is  sandy  loam  three  parts,  lime  rubble  and  broken 
brick  one  part,  with  a  little  decayed  manure  to  strengthen 
the  mixture.  Ver>'  firm  potting  is  necessary.  Drainage 
is  a  more  important  item  than  soil,  and  must  be  per- 
fectly arranged  to  enable  the  surplus  water  to  run  freely 
from  the  soil.  Broken  bricks  are  preferable  to  pieces  of 
pots,  large  pieces  for  the  bottom  of  the  pot  or  tub,  and 
smaller  pieces  above,  till  the  last  layer  is  quite  fine. 
Some  of  the  species  need  freer  rooting  conditions  than 
others.  .*1.  cilUiris  will  grow  from  5  to  7  feet  in  a  season. 
A.  abyssinica  is  of  robust  growth,  and  differs  from 
most  others  in  the  color  of  the  flowers,  which  are  pure 
yellow,  the  others  being  mostly  orange  and  orange- 
scarlet.  A.  plicatilia  makes  an  ornamental  tub  plant 
when  4  or  5  feet  high.  Except  during  the  period  in  which 
the  species  are  in  active  growth,  they  need  very  little 
water,  the  principal  idea  being  to  keep  the  soil  sweet 
and  porous  even  when  in  growth.  At  all  times  the 
air  of  the  house  should  be  as  dry  as  possible,  full  sun- 
shine not  hurting  them.  Propagation  is  by  seeds,  suck- 
ers and  cuttings.  The  arborescent  kinds  should  be 
rooted  after  they  have  completed  growth.  Dust  over 
the  cut  part  of  the  cutting  with  powdered  charcoal  and 
dr>'  in  sunshine  before  putting  it  in  to  root.  Insert 
singly  in  as  small  pots  ;is  they  will  go  into,  and  plunge 
in  a  sand-bed.  Very  little  moisture  is  necessary  while 
rooting.    (G.  W.  OUver.} 


ftbyiwinica,  23,  25. 
acuminata,  6. 
africana,  40. 
aicavefolia,  22. 
albbtpina,  3'i. 
aUjf>-cincUi.  12. 
aUjopicia,  25. 
brbor*;a,  38. 
arbor'jflciiui,  38. 
arbttata,  5. 
AtheriAfmei,  39. 
aurarUiaca,  28. 


INDEX. 

Bainesii,  49. 
bamanifwatensin,  15. 
barhfulenHig,  21. 
Barb*? r a?,  49. 
iSnumii,  15. 
Bedingkauiii,  5. 
Beffuinii,  5. 
BoIuhH,  40, 
Boriiana,  12. 
brachyphylla, 
brevi/olia,  .35. 
Camperi,  23. 


13. 


candelabrum,  41. 
chinensls,  21. 
Chludomii,  5. 

ciliariH,  27. 
Cornmcljnii,  33. 
commutata,  19. 
Coo  peri,  1. 
cornuta,  25. 
cyanea,  6. 
de  L:j'tii,  27. 
Derbetzii,  12. 
DeBmetiana,  10. 


dichotoma.  48. 
di^tuns,  35. 
disticha,  13,  50. 
drepunupliylla,  44. 
echinata,  G. 
elegans.  24. 
elouQata,  21. 
croota,  25. 
Eru.  25. 

crythrocarpa,  46. 
ferox,  47. 
ftabelti/ormis,  50. 
Flauaganii,  27. 
^ara,  21. 
flavi.spina,  33. 
frutcsccnH,  38. 
friiticosa,  38. 
fulgens,  43. 
Gatpinii,  40. 
glauca,  9,  25. 
grandidontata,  20. 
Grecnii,  17. 
Gi^sonii,  6. 
Hanburiana.  12. 
Haworthii,  10. 
Henzei,  6. 
Hildobrandtii,  29. 
Hookcri,  25. 
horrida,  47. 
Hoyeri,  11. 
liuniilis,  0. 
imbricata,  10. 
incurva,  G. 
ini/ica.  21. 
inermis,  30. 
insignis,  6. 
Kirkii.  31. 
kniphofioide.s,  4. 
Iseiecocdneat  6. 
Lauzfe,  21. 
Lapaixii,  5. 
latifolin,  13. 
leiophylla,  5. 
leptophylla,  12. 
lingui/ormis,  50. 
longiaristata,  5. 
Lugardiaria,  15. 


INDEX,  CONTINUED. 

Luntii,  30. 
Lynchii,  12. 
MaciU?nta.  6. 
Macowaixii,  28. 
macracantha.  14. 
macrocarpa,  16. 
inat-ulata,  18,  25. 
jnnculosa,  13. 
major,  16. 
micracantha.  2. 
minima,  3. 
mifr.T/ormia,  35. 
mitriformis,  33,  34, 

35. 
montana,  48. 
moTtolensia,  10. 
imirirata,  9,  47. 
natalcnsi-s.  38. 
nuhilis,  34, 
Nowatnyi,  5. 
obHcura,  18. 
officinalis,  21. 
oligospeila,  12. 
pachyphylla,  33. 
pachythyrsa,  38. 
paniculata,  12. 
parvifolia.  5. 
parvi-punctata,  25. 
Pazii,  12. 
Pcncockii,  23. 
perfectioT,  5. 
perfoliata,  6,  11,  13, 

18,  21,  35,  3G.  37, 

38.  47. 
Perry  i,  26. 
picta,  18. 
platyphylla,  15. 
plicatilis,  50. 
piuridena,  39. 
pratensis,  8. 
prorumpens,  5. 
pKcudo ferox,  47. 
paeudopicta,  18. 
punctata,  10. 
purpuraacens,  37. 
■Quehlii,  5. 
Tfimosa,  37. 


Rebutii,  10. 
Thiidacantha,  9. 
rhodncincta,  12. 
rubescens,  21. 
rubroviolacea,  42 
Salmdyckiana,  43. 
saponaria,  13,  18. 
saxigena,  36. 
Schmidliann,  1. 
Schimperi,  12. 
Schccnlandii,  12, 
semiguttntH,  6. 
serrulata.  11. 
Simoniana,  5. 
sinuata,  37. 
amaragdina,  10. 
soccotrina,  36,  37. 
sororia,  32. 
epeciosa,  45. 
spicata,  25. 
apinosissima,  6. 
spinulof^a.  33. 
stenophylia,  12. 
striata,  12. 
striatula,  28. 
suberecta,  6. 
sub  ferox,  47. 
subtuberculata,  6. 
succotrina.  36. 
supraleevi.^,  46. 
Tidmarshii,  27. 
Todari,  6. 
tricolor,  19. 
Ucriffi,  38. 
umbellata,  13. 
variegata,  10. 
Varvarii,  43. 
vera,  21,  36. 
virens,  7. 
viridifolia,  38. 
viilgarifi,  21,  23. 
Winteri,  43. 
xanthacantha,  33. 
xanthostachys,  47. 
zebrina,  15. 
Zeyheri.  49. 


A.  Lvs.   clustered,   rather  few   and   thin,  flaccidly  erect, 

linear,  concave,  smooth,  finely  serrulate:  st.  very 
short:  infl.  unbranched;  fls.  oblong  or  yiarrowed 
upward;  stamens  included.    (1-A-) 

B.  Raceme  short;  pedicels  elongated;  fls.  withdisiinct  segms. 

c.  Lvs,  2-ranked. 

1.  Codperi,  Baker  {A.  Schmidtiana,  Regel).  Some- 
what cespitose:  lvs.  1-2  x  12-40  in.,  faintly  striate, 
somewhat  white-blotched:  infl.  1-2  ft.  high;  fls.  nodding, 
1^-13^  in.  long,  yellowish  or  greenish  white,  rosy  at 
base,  with  distinct  green-tipped  segm.  Cape.  B.M. 
6377.  Ot.  970.  Lyon  Hort.  22,.p.  305.  Wood  &  Evans, 
Natal  PI.  41. 

cc.  Lvs.  spirally  arranged. 

2.  micracantha,  Haw.  Lvs.  M  x  IS  in.:  infl.  1  ft. 
high;  fl.s.  nodding,  13^-1/2  in.  long;  red,  the  distinct 
segm.  green  above  or  tipped  and  lined  with  green.  Cape. 
B.M.  2272.   Sahn,  Aloe  §21,  f.  1. 

3.  minima,  Baker.  Lvs.  3^x6-8  in.:  infl.  6-12  or 
even  30  in.  high;  Ah.  spreading,  %-\]4  ^^-  long,  green- 
ish white  or  the  distinct  segm.  rosv  tinged.  Cape. 
Hook.  Icon.  2423.    Wood,  Natal  PI.  338. 

BB.  Raceme  elongated;  pedicels  short;  fl^.   spreading  or 
ascending:  lvs.  spirally  arranged. 

4.  kniphofioides,  Baker.  Lvs.  3^x12-15  in.:  infl. 
2  ft.  high;  fla.  ascending,  13^  in.  long,  pale  red,  with 
very  short  segm.  and  long  tube.  Cape.  Hook.  Icon. 
1939. 

A  A.  Lvs.  Spirally   rosulate   (S-ranked   in   A.   variegata), 

fleshy,  acute  or  pungent:  stamens  little  protruded.  {5-26.) 

B.  Plants  synall:  lvs.  S-8  iyi.  loyig:  st.  never  tall:  infl. 

racemose;  pedicels  lo7ig;  fls.  nearly  cylindrical. 

c.  The  lvs.  bristle-tipped,  soft-toothed  and  warty:  raceme 

rather  short. 

5.  aristata,  Haw.  {A.  longiaristata,  R.  &  S.).  Lvs. 
erect,  triangular-lanceolate,  H  x  3-4  in.,  with  a  whip- 


ALOE 


ALOE 


257 


like  apical  thread,  white-warty  in  transverse  lines  on 
the  back  anil  with  rather  small  close  white  marginal 
teeth:  infl.  1-1'2  ft-  high;  fis,  13|  in.  long,  reddish 
yellow,  tlie  moderately  long  tube  somewhat  constricted 
above  the  base.  Cape.  Gt.  1,SS3,  p.  151.  Salm,  Aloe 
§1.5,  f.  7.  Lyon  Hort.  22,  307.  Berger  61. — In  aspect 
resembling  Hawortliia.  Varies  in  a  nearly  smooth- 
Ivd.  form.  var.  leiophylla,  Baker,  and  a  gray-lvd.  form 
with  2-ranked  tubercles,  var.  parvifolia,  Baker.  Hybrids 
are:  A.x  pronimpcns,  Berger,  A.x  Beguinii,  Hort.,  A. 
xperfcclior,  Berger,  A.xChlwidmii,  Beguin,  A.xLap- 
aixii,  Radl.,  .1.  xQiiehlii,  Radl.,  A.  x  Noivdtnyi,  Radl., 
A.x  Bediiighaiixii,  Radl.,  and  A.xSimoniana,  Deleuil. 
All  are  known  or  believed  to  be  crosses  with  species  of 
the  related  genus  Gasteria. 

cc.  The  h's.  not  brislle-lipped,  rather  coarsely  toothed, 

sometimes  warty. 

D.  Teeth  pale,  racemes  rather  long. 

6.  h&milis,  Haw-.  {A.  perfoliata  humilis,  Linn.).  Lvs. 
suberect,  rather  incurved,  triangular-lanceolate,  %x4: 
in.,  gradually  acute,  somewhat  striate,  sharply  white- 
tuberculate,  at  least  on  the  back,  and  with  rather 
close  large  white  marginal  teeth:  infl.  1}'2'2  ft.  high; 
fls.  1)2  in-  long,  red  or  yellowish,  the  green-tipped 
segm.  distinct  nearly  to  the  base.  Cape.  Salm,  Aloe 
§1.5,  f.  1. — With  somewhat  the  habit  of  Haworthia. 
Varies  from  the  narrow  green-lvd.  type  into  glaucous 
forms  of  this,  with  rather  thicker  lvs.,  var.  incurva,  Haw. 
{A.  inciirva,  Haw.),  B.M.  828,  Salm,  AloeJlS,  f.  3, 
and  rather  thin,  more  concave  lvs.,  var.  echinata,  Baker 
{A.  echinalir,  Willd.),  Sahn,  Aloe  §15,  f.  2.,  Berger 
64,  65.  and  one  with  purplish  lvs.,  var.  macilenta, 
Baker:  a.^  well  as  a  broader-lvd.  glaucous  large  form, 
var.  suberecta,  Baker  {A.  stiberecta,  Haw.  A.  acumi- 
7xatn  major,  Salm-Dyck),  which  is  sometimes  white- 
mottled,  var.  semiguttata,  Haw.;  a  moderately  large 
broad-lvd.  form,  var.  acuminata,  Baker  (^4.  acuminata, 
Haw.,  A.  .'suberecta,  Haw.),  B.I\L  7.57;  and  a  small  blue- 
glaucous  form  with  closer  prickles  and  smaller  warts, 
var.  subtuberculata,  Baker  {A.  subtuberculata,  Haw.). 
Hybrids  are:  .4.  x  insignis,  Brown  {A.  humilis  xA.  dre- 
panophylla I ,  A.xspinosissimu,  Hort..  (A.  humilis  echi- 
nata X  A.  arborescens pachythyrsa),  A.  xcyanea,  Hort.  {A, 
hiit)nlis  incurva  x  A.  arborescens  frutescens) ,  A.  x  Todari, 
Borzi,  (.4.  Todari  prscox,  Borzi,)  A.  xGrusbnii,  Henze, 
Monatschr.  Kakteenk.  11,  p.  57.  {A.  humilis  xA.Schim- 
peri),  A.  x  Henzei,  Hort..  (A.  Grusonii  xA.  variegata), 
and  perhaps  .4.  x  Isetecoccinea. 

7.  viiens.  Haw.  Lvs.  cur\-ed,  spreading,  triangular, 
about  1x8  in.,  somewhat  mottled  or  also  lined,  not 
warty,  with  rather  distant,  coarse,  white,  marginal 
teeth:  infl.  about  2  ft.  high;  fls.  lJ^-2  in.  long,  red,  the 
tube  longer  than  the  paler  green-tipped  sometimes 
verv  short  segm.  Cape.  B.M.  13.55.  SaLm,  Aloe  §15, 
f.  8".    Berger  62,  63.    Journ.  et  Fl.  des  Jard.  1832,  20. 

DD.  Teeth  dark:  racemes  short. 

8.  pratensis,  Baker.  Acaulescent:  lvs.  erect-spread- 
ing, 1-2  X  4-(i  in.,  acute,  striate,  with  large  chestnut  or 
blackish  prickles  on  the  margin  and  toward  the  top  of 
the  back:  infl.  l\i  ft.  high;  fls.  IJ^-lJ^in.  long,  yel- 
lowish red,  the  distinct  segm.  green-tipped.  Cape. 
B.M.  6705.    Berger  67. 

9.  gla&ca,  Mill.  (A.  rhodacdntha,  DC.)  Shortly 
caulescent :  lvs.  erect-spreading,  1 3'2-2  x  6-8  in.,  acu- 
minate, somewhat  white-Uned,  with  close  strong  reddish 
prickles  on  margin  and  back  at  apex:  infl.  2-2J^  ft. 
high;  fls.  IJ.4  in.  long,  red,  the  nearly  distinct  segm. 
somewhat  paler  and  green  at  tip.  Cape.  Salm,  Aloe 
§17,  f.  2.  DC,  PI.  Gr.  44.  B.M.  1278.— This  pale-lvd., 
always  strongly  armed  species  varies  in  a  distinctly 
caulescent  less  glaucous  form  with  even  larger  prickles, 
var.  muricata,  Baker  (A.  muricdta,  Schult.,  A.  glaiica 
spinbsior,  Haw.). 

17 


ccc.  The  lvs.  not  bristle-tipped  or  warty,  minutely  toothed 
or  inerely  rough-edged:  pedicels  rather  short. 

10.  variegata,  Linn.  (A.  punctata.  Haw.).  At  length 
with  a  leafy  st.  6-9  in.  high:  lvs.  green,  ascending,  in  3 
close  oblique  ranks,  about  1  x  2-5  in.,  triangular, 
V-shaped,  abruptly  acute,  crossed  by  bands  of  elon- 
gated white  blotches,  edged  and  keeled  by  cartilaginous 
warty,  or  toward  the  tip  serrate  rather  than  toothed, 
white  borders:  infl.  about  1  ft.  high;  fls.  IJ-^-lJ^in. 
long,  red,  the  green-nerved  segms,  rather  shorter  than 
the  nearly  cvhndrical  tube.  Cape.  B.M.  513.  DC,  PI. 
Gr.  21.  Salin,  Aloe  §20,  f.  2.  Berger  68.  G.Z.  4:92. 
Wien.  lU.  Gart.  Zeit.  1904,  p.  122.  Gt.  29,  p.  25. 
Mordaunt,  Hb.  2:90.  Lyon  Hort.  21,  p.  62;  22,  p.  .307. 
Deutsch.  Tiefsee-Exped.  2:124.  F.E.  8:98.— In  habit 
resembling  Haworthia.  Varies  in  a  form  with  broader 
lvs.  with  smaller  less  banded  blotches,  var.  Haworthii, 
Berger.  Hybrids:  A .  x  smardgdina,  Hort.  (A .  variegata  x 
Gasteria  candicansl),  A.  x  Rebiitii,  Hort.  (A.  variegata  X 
Gasteria,  sp.),  A.x  Desmetiana,  Hort.  {A.  variegata  x 
humilis  echinata  minor),  A.  X  imbricata,  Hort.  {A.  varie- 
gata or  A .  serrulata  x  ?) ,  A.x  mortolensis  {A .  variegata  X 
Gasteria  acinaciforniis) . 

11.  serrulata,  Haw.  (A.  perfoliata  serrulata,  Ait.). 
Fig.171.  At  length  short-std.:  lvs.  somewhat  glaucous, 
rather  spirally  arranged  and  spreading,  2  x  8  in.,  ovate, 
nearly  flat  above,  with  scattered  elongated  white 
blotches  and  serrulate  white  margin  and  keel:  infl.  13^ 
ft.  high;  fls.  13^-2  in.  long,  red,  the  green-nerved 
segms.  scarcely  equaling  the  somewhat  constricted  tube. 
Cape.  B.M.  1415.  Salm,  Aloe  §20,  f.  1.  Berger  68. 
Hybrids:  A.xHdyeri,  Radl.  {"A.  serrulata x Lomato- 
phylium  borbonicum,' ' ? ) . 

BB.  Plants  moderately  large:  lvs.  6  or  8  to  mostly  12-20 
in.  long,  smooth:  st.  never  tall:  infl.  usually 
branched  on  strong  plants;  fls.  saccate  at  base,  then 
constricted,  or  in  the  last  two  less  saccate,  and 
widened  above  the  constriction;  filaments  little  if 
at  all  exserted. 

c.  The  lvs.  unarmed:  infl.  compoundly  corymbose,  with 
very  short  racemes. 

12.  striata,  Haw.  (A.  paniculata,  Jacq.  A.  dlbo- 
cincta,  Haw.).  Nearly  simple:  lvs.  upcurved-spreading, 
4-6  X  1.5-20  in.,  triangular-oblong,  pale  or  reddish, 
somewhat  pruinose,  striate,  with  entire  white  carti- 
laginous margin:  infl.  2-3  ft.  high,  ample;  fls.  \]/i  in. 
long,  red  or  yellowish,  the  pale-tipped  segms.  much 
shorter  than  the  tube.  Cape.  Jacq.  Fragm.  62.  G.C. 
III.  36:  423.  Berger  69.— 
Varies  in  a  form  with  red- 
margined  lvs.,  var.  rhodo- 
cincta,  Hort.  (A.  Hanburi- 
ana,  Naudin),  G.W.  3,  p. 
553,  and  a  form  with  white- 
blotched  lvs.,  var.  oligo- 
speila,  Baker,  B.M.  5210. 
Hybrids:  A.  x  Schlmperi, 
Tod.,  Hort.  Pan.  16;  A.x  ' 
Bortidna,  Terr. ;  A.x Sc/iceji- 
Idndii,  Baker;  A.xPdxii, 
Terr.;  A.xLynchii,  Baker, 
G.C.  III.  29:  199;  A.  x  Der- 
betzii,  Hort.  ;A.xleptophylla, 
Brown,  B.M.  7624,  Berger 
70,  and  a  narrower- Ivd. 
form  of  it,  var.  stenophylla, 
Baker.  Unnamed  hybrids  with  A.  saponaria  are  known, 
and  A .  X  Schimperi  has  been  recrossed  with  A .  striata. 

cc.  The  lvs.  toothed:  infl.  simply  corymbose,  or 

unbranched  when  poorly  developed. 

D.  Racemes  short. 

13.  saponaria,  Haw.  (A.  perfoliata  saponaria.  Ait.  A. 
saponaria  ynhior,  Haw.  A.disticha,  Mill.  A.  xmaculbsa, 
Lam.   A.  umbellata,  Salm.-Dyck.    A.  umhellata  minor, 


171.  Aloe  serrulata.    (No.  ll.J 


2oS 


ALOE 


ALOE 


DC^.  Ccspitosely  elusterod:  Ivs.  ascending  or  spread- 
ing, huice-iiblong,  aonniinato,  2  x  O-S  in.,  ol'lcii  reddish, 
glaucous,  faintly  striate,  with  pale  blotches  more  or 
less  in  tnuisvcrse  bands,  the  large,  marginal,  confltient 
teeth  bnnvn:  infl.  1 '  ^-'2'  2  ft.  high,  commonly  branched; 
fls.  1'2"1'^4  in.  long,  red,  the  paler  inon^  or  less  green 
eegras.  much  shorter  than  the  tube.  Cape.  \\'ood  & 
Evans,  NatiU  PI.  UK).  B.M.  HtiO.  DC,  PI.  Gr.  98, 
Sabn,  Aloe  §23,  f.  1.  H(-rger  "1,  72.  Lyon  Hort.  22, 
p.  30o.  Ljun..  Enc>cl.  2o(J. — Varies  in  a  dwarf  form 
with  Ivs.  sc:ircel\'  4  in.  long,  var.  brachyphylla,  Baker, 
and  a  larger  greener-lvd.  form,  \'ar.  latifolia,  Haw. 
(-4.  Idlifdlia.  Haw.  A.  saponarui  major,  Linn.  A. 
wnbtllaia  major,  DC.)  Salm,  Aloe  §23,  f.  3.  B.M. 
1340. 

DD.  Riiccmes  more  elongated. 
14.  macracantha,  Baker.  Simijle,  becoming  caules- 
cent :  Ivs.  rrciirving,  lanct^oblong,  3-.'j  x  12-18  in., 
striate  and  irregularly  somewhat  white-blotched,  with 
large,  yellow-brown,  distinct  marginal  teeth:  infl.  1-2 
ft.  high;  fls.  l'*4  in.  long,  greenish  yellow  or  orange,  the 
Begins,  half  ;is  long  as  the  tube.    Cape.    B.M.  65S0. 

1.5.  zebrina,  Baker  (.4..  pktiyphi/lla,  Baker.  A. 
Lugardkhia,  Baker.  .4.  Bnumii,  Engl.  &  Gilg.  A. 
bamanguatensis,  Schoenl.).  Somewhat  clustered:  Ivs. 
erect-spreading  with  recurved  acute  tips,  2)2x6-12 
in.,  lance-oblong,  often  reddish,  dull,  at  first  pruinose, 
striate  and  with  elongated  pale  blotches  more  or  less 
in  transverse  bands,  the  sinuate  margin  with  confluent 
large  red-  or  brown-tipped  teeth:  infl.  .3-4  ft.  high;  fls. 
II4  in.  long,  red,  the  nerved  segms.  shorter  than  the 
tube.  Trop.  .\fr.  Baimi,  Kunene-Sambesi  Exped.,  90. 
G.C.  IH.  35:  226.    B.M.  7948.    Berger  75. 

16.  macrocarpa,  Tod.  Cespitose:  Ivs.  spreading, 
gradually  pointed,  2  x  8-15  in.,  broadly  triangular- 
oblong,  pale,  striate,  mottled  in  transverse  bands,  with 
irregular,  small,  confluent,  brown-tipped  marginal 
prickles:  infl.  2  ft.  high;  fls.  1  in.  long,  light  red,  the 
nerved  segms.  shorter  than  the  tube.  Trop.  Afr.  Tod., 
Hort.  Pan.  9.  Berger  76. — .\  larger  Abyssinian  form^ 
with  fls.  becoming  \^  in.  long,  is  var.  major,  Berger. 

17.  Greenii,  Baker.  Lvs.  spreading,  concave,  acute, 
3  X  1.5-lS  in.,  lance-oblong,  glossy  green,  striate  and 
with  elongated  pale  blotches  confluent  in  irregular 
cross-bands,  the  sinuate  margin  with  confluent,  moder- 
atelv  large,  frequentlv  paired,  brown  upcurved  teeth: 
infl."  l'/^-4  ft.  high;"fl.s.  1-1  Ji  in.  long,  dull  red,  the 
segms.  much  shorter  than  the  tube.  Natal.  B.M.  6520. 

18.  obsc&ra,  Mill.  (.4.  perfoliata  ohscura.  Ait.  A. 
saponarid  obxciira,  Haw.  ^4.  plcla,  Thunb.  A.  picla 
major,  Willd.  A.  maculata,  Desf.).  Lvs.  in  a  compact 
rosette,  23^^3x8  in.,  triangular-lanceolate,  green, 
striate  and  with  scattered  small  pale  blotches,  the 
sinuate,  narrowly  cartilaginous  margin  with  rather 
short  and  close  red-tipped  teeth:  infl.  simph;  or  forked, 
234-3  ft.  high;  fls.  IJ^  in.  long,  red,  the  nerved 
segms.  about  equaling  the  tube.  Cape  region.  DC, 
PI.  Gr.97.  B.M.  1323.  Salm,  Aloe  §2.3,  f.  2.  Dillenius, 
Eltham.  15.  Allgem.  Deutsch.  Gart.  Mag.  6:17. 
Hybrid :  A.  x  psewlopicla,  Berger. 

19.  commutata,  Tod.  Lvs.  as  in  ^.soponano  but  with 
somewhat  recurved  apex  and  weaker  green-based 
prickles,  1)^2x6  in.:  infl.  few-branched,  3  ft.  high; 
fls.  campanulately  widened,  IJ/j  in.  long,  light  red,  the 
nerved  segms.  shorter  than  the  tube.  Cape  region(?). 
Tod.,  Hort.  Pan.  18.  Berger  77. — Varies  in  a  form  with 
the  reddish  lvs.  scarcely  Min.  wide  and  more  conspicu- 
ously white-banded,  var.  tricolor,  Berger  (A.  tricolor, 
Baker;.    B..M.  6324. 

20.  grandidentita,  .Salm.-Dyck.  Lvs.  recurved- 
8prea<ling,  234~3  x  12-18  in.,  lance-oh)long,  pale,  striate 
and  with  elongated  pale  blotch<-s  confluent  beneath  into 
transverse  hands,  the  sinuate  margin  with  rather  dis- 
tant, large,  smoky  teeth:  infl.  2-3  ft.  high;  fls.  1)^  in. 


long,  rosy,  the  segms.  about  equaling  the  campanulately 
widened  tube.  Cape  region.  Sahn,  Aloe  §23,  f.  4. 
Berger  77. 

BBB.  Plants  rather  large:  lvs,  15-30  in.  long,  smooth: 
si.  rarely  tall  (6'  ft.  in  one  form  of  A.  Era):  infl.. 
usually  simply  panicled  or  subcorymbose;  fls. 
not  saccate. 

21.  vera,  Linn.  (.4.  perfoliata  vera,  Linn.  A.  elongata, 
Murr.  .4.  barbadensis,  Mill.  .4.  vulgaris.  Lam.  A. 
Jlat'a,  Pers.).  Cespitose,  the  sts.  at  length  1-1)^  ft. 
high:  lvs.  suberect  or  spreading,  gradually  narrowed 
from  the  base,  pale,  2-3  x  12-20  in.,  irregularly  white- 
bk)lched  and  narrow  when  yoimg  and  2-ranked  on 
ofi'sets,  the  repand  margin  with  weak  pale  prickles: 
infl.  2-3  ft.  high,  often  sinii)le;  fls.  1  in.  long,  yellow,  the 
segms.  about  equahng  the  oblong  tube.  Medit.  region 
and  intro.  generally  through  the  tropics.  Fiori  & 
Paoletti,  Fl.  Ital.  1,  p.  206.  Sibthorpe,  Fl.  Gra;ca,  341. 
Sahn,  Aloe  §18,  f.  2.  Stephen.son  &  Churchill,  Med. 
Bot.,  109.  Bentley  &  Trimen,  Med.  PI.  282.  Berger  84. 
— The  source  of  "Barbados  aloes."  Varies  in  a  large 
Arabian  form  with  broader  lvs.,  taller  infl.,  and  fls. 
shading  into  orange,  var.  officinalis,  Baker  {A. 
officinalis,  Forsk.,  A.  rubescens,  DC),  DC,  PI.  Gr, 
15;  a  smaller  Asiatic  form  with  red-tinged  fls.,  var. 
chinensis  (.4.  indica,  Royle.  A.  chinensis.  Baker), 
B.M.  6301;  and  a  hardier  garden  form  of  this,  var. 
Lanzae,  Berger  {A.  Ldnzx,  Tod.),  Tod.,  Hort.  Pan.  39. 
Berger  84. 

22.  agavefolia.  Tod.  Little  caulescent  or  cespitose: 
lvs.  recurved-spreading,  concave,  gradually  narrowed, 
rather  thin,  3-6  x  18-20  in.,  with  scattered,  small, 
oblong,  pale  blotches,  the  margin  with  large  triangular 
hooked  prickles:  infl.  3  ft.  high,  panicled;  fls.  1-1  Ji  in. 
long,  dull  red,  the  green,  pale-margined  segms.  about 
equaling  the  constricted  tube.  Trop.  Afr.  Tod.,  Hort. 
Pan.  23. 

23.  abyssinica,  Lam.  (A.  vulgaris  abyssinica,  DC. 
A.  abyssinica  Peacockii,  Baker.  A.  Peacdrkii,  Berger  & 
Schum.  A.  Camperi,  Schweinf.).  Scarcely  clustered, 
acaulescent:  lvs.  at  first  ascending,  gradually  narrowed, 
rather  sharp-pointed,  4-6  x  12-30  in.,  pale,  not  mottled, 
with  rather  small,  confluent,  deltoid,  reddish  marginal 
prickles:  infl.  3  ft.  high,  dichotomously  few-branched; 
fls.  1 J-4-1 3-^  in.  long,  yellow  or  orange,  the  segms.  rather 
shorter  than  the  slightly  narrowed  tube.  Trop.  Afr. 
Sahn,  Aloe  §18,  f.  1.  DC,  PI.  Gr.  27.  B.M.  6620. 
Berger  87,  88. 

24.  elegans.  Tod.,  differs  mainly  in  having  more 
elongated  racemes. 

25.  Eru,  Berger  (/I .  o6!/s.si«ico,.  Baker) .  St.  branched, 
scarcely  2  ft.  high:  lvs.  recurving,  very  fleshy,  1  J4-3  x 
16-34  in.,  pale,  somewhat  glos.sy,  with  elongated  white 
blotches,  the  repand  margin  with  large  reddish-tipijed 
teeth:  infl.  3-6  ft.  high,  dichotomously  branched;  fls. 
campanulate,  scarcely  %in.  long,  yellow  or  orange, 
the  .segms.  longer  than  the  slightly  constricted  tube. 
Trop.  Afr. — Several  minor  forms  occur — maculata, 
erecta,  glafica,  parvi-punctata, — and  two  large  forms 
have  been  described,  var.  comfita,  Berger  (.4.  spicala. 
Baker,  A.  albopicUi,  Hort.),  Benth.  &  Trimen,  Med. 
PI.  284,  and  var.  Hookeri,  Berger  (.4.  abyssinica. 
Hook.),  B.M.  7712,  respectively  short-std.  and  with  a 
trunk  6  ft.  high. 

26.  Perryi,  Baker.  Tnink  about  1  ft.  high,  simple: 
lvs.  spreading,  gradually  narrowed  or  acuminate,  2-2  J^ 
X  15  in.,  pale  green  or  reddish,  somewhat  striate  but 
not  mottled,  the  margin  with  rather  small  and  close 
brown-tipped  prickles:  infl.  1)^  ft.  high,  somewhat 
pani(4ed;  fls.  1  in.  long,  reddish  becoming  yellow,  the 
green-tipp(!d  segms.  much  shorter  than  the  slightly  con- 
stricted tube.  Socotra.  B.M.  ().596. — This  is  now  held 
to  be  the  source  of  "Socotra  aloes,"  long  attributed  to 
A.  succotrina. 


ALOE 


ALOE 


259 


AAA.  Li^s.  rather  numerous,  spirally  arranged  on  a  length- 
ened St.,  acute  or  pungent.    (27-39.) 
B.  The  Ivs.  rather  separated,  not  armed  on  the  back. 
C.  St.  weak:  Ivs.  thin,  finely  prickly  on  the  margin,  dis- 
tinctly separated,   inlh  perfoliate  striate  sheaths: 
infl.  short,  racemose. 

27.  ciliaris,  Haw.  St.  elongated,  scrambling,  more 
or  less  vert icillatcly  branched:  Ivs.  elongated  lanceolate, 
striate,  coarsely  white-denticulate,  spreading,  about 
1  X  3-6  in.:  infl".  6-8  in.  high;  fls.  IJs  in.  long,  bright 
red,  the  greenish  segnis.  much  shorter  than  the  cylindri- 
cal tube;  stajnens  little  protruding.  Cape.  Salm,  Aloe 
§2.5,  f.  1.  Berger  9,  97.  Henslow,  S.  Afr.  PI.  p.  269. 
— Varies  into  a  smaller-lvd.  form  with  nearly  entire 
If. -bases  and  smaller  fls.,  var  Tidmarshii,  Sehoenl., 
and  a  form  with  broader  Ivs.,  var  Flanaganii,  Sehoenl. 
Hybrids:  A.xde  Lsetii,  Radl.  (A.  ciliaris  x  succotrina) . 

28.  striatula,  Haw.  (A.  Macbwanii,  Baker.  A. 
aurantiaca,  Baker).  Resembling  A.  ciliaris:  Ivs.  longer, 
narrowly  triangular,  minutely  denticulate:  fls.  from 
reddish  becoming  yellow  or  orange,  with  longer  segms. 
and  long-protruding  stamens.  Cape.  Monatsschr.  f. 
Kakteenk.  16,  p.  4.    Berger  99,  100. 

cc.  <S(.  stouter:  Ivs.  rather  fleshy  and  close:  infl. 
taller,  panicled. 

29.  HUdebrandtii,  Baker.  St.  slender,  elongated: 
lv8.  lanceolate-attenuate,  2  x  6-9  in.,  somewhat  thick, 
glaucous,  sometimes  white-blotched  as  are  the  short 
sheaths,  with  rather  small  yellow  marginal  teeth:  infl. 
llz  ft.  high,  nearly  sessile;  fls.  1  in.  long,  red  with 
more  or  less  yellow-  or  green-marked  segms.  about 
equaling  the  somewhat  constricted  tube.  Trop.  Afr. 
B.M.  6981.    Berger  104. 

30.  inennis,  Forsk.  (A.  Luntii,  Baker).  St.  short: 
Ivs.  recurved-spreading,  gradually  narrowed,  2  x  12  in., 
fleshy,  very  pale  green  or  reddish,  blade  and  sheath 
mottled  with  white  at  least  when  young,  entire:  infl. 
2-3  ft.  high,  open;  fl.''.  1  in.  long,  rosy,  with  green- 
lined  yellowish  segms.  shorter  than  the  somewhat  con- 
stricted tube.   Arabia.    B.M.  7448.    Berger  105. 

BB.   The  Ivs.  more  fleshy,  with  short,  nearly  concealed 

sheaths:  infl.  often  panicled. 

c.  Racemes  eloi^gated:  Ivs.  not  armed  on  back. 

31.  Kirkii,  Baker.  St.  short:  Ivs.  crowded,  lanceo- 
late-acuminate, 2  X  9-12  in.,  somewhat  thick,  glossy, 
green  or  reddish,  with  rather  coarse  confluent  reddish 
marginal  teeth:  infl.  2  ft.  high;  fls.  I's  in.  long,  Ught 
red  with  yellowish  base  and  greenish  segms.  shorter  than 
the  cyUndrical  tube.    Zanzibar.    B.M.  7386. 

cc.  Racemes  short:  Ivs.  more  or  less  armed  on  back  as 

well  as  margin. 

D.  Erect:  Ivs.  elongated. 

32.  sordria,  Berger.  Lvs.  elongated,  triangular, 
2)2  X  18  in.,  dull  green,  brown-striate,  with  variable 
whitish  marginal  teeth  alternately  larger  and  smaller: 
infl.  about  2  ft.  high;  fls.  IJg  in.  long,  light  red,  with 
segms.  longer  than  the  tube.    Cape. 

DD.  Prostrate:  lvs.  short  and  broad:  infl.  often  forked. 

33.  mitriformis,  Mill.  (-4.  xanthacdntha,  Salm-Dyck). 
Fig.  172.  Lvs.  upcurved,  ovate,  acute,  2-3  x  4-6  in.,  glau- 
cous, somewhat  prickly  toward  the  tip  beneath,  with 
large  and  strong  yellow  or  brown  marginal  teeth: 
infl.  1  ft.  or  more  high;  fls.  2  in.  long,  bright  red  with 
recurving,  paler,  nearly  distinct  segms.  Cape.  DC,  PI. 
Or.  99.  B.M.  1270.  Salm,  Aloe  §24.  f.  3.  Berger  108.— 
Very  polymorphic,  the  broad-lvd.  typical  form,  with 
dorsal  teeth  on  the  keel  only,  varj'ing  into  a  form  with 
smaller  marginal  teeth,  tho.sc  on  the  back  continuing  to 
the  apex,  var  pachyphylla,  Baker;  another,  in  which 
they  stop  short  of  the  apex,  var.  xanthacantha,  Baker 
(A.  xanthacdntha,  VVilld.),  Salm,  Aloe  §24,  f.  4;  and  a 


third  with    acuminate    lvs.,   var.   Commelinii,   Baker 

(A.  Commelinii,  WiWd.A.  milrifdrmis  humilior,  Haw.), 
Salm.  Aloe  §24,  f.  .5:  narrower-lvd.  forms  with  short 
and  broad  yeUow  teeth,  var.  flavispina,  Baker  (A. 
flfivi spina.  Haw.),  Salm,  Aloe  §24,  f.  2;  or  long  subu- 
late white  teeth,  var.  albispina,  Berger  (A.  albispina, 
Haw.):  and  a  variant  of  the  type  with  scattered  teeth 
over  the  back  of  the  broad  lvs.,  var.  spinulosa,  Baker 
(A.  spinulosa,  Salm),  Salm,  Aloe  §24,  f.  6.  Berger 
109. 

34.  nobilis,  Haw.  {A.  milrifdrmis  spindsior.  Haw.). 
Lvs.  lance-deltoid,  2  x  4-6  in.,  green,  somewhat  prickly 
toward  the  tip  beneath,  with  large,  strong,  confluent, 
white  marginal  teeth:  infl.  2  ft.  high;  fls.  1)^2  in-  long, 
red,  with  recurving  distinct  segms.  Cape.  Salm,  Aloe 
§24,  f.  7.   Berger  109. 


172.  Aloe  mitriformis.    (No.  33) 

35.  distans,  Haw.   {A.  milrsef&rmis  angustior.  Lam. 

A.  perfolidta  hreinfolia,  Ait.  A.  brevifdlia,  Haw.  A. 
mitriformis  brevifdlia,  Sims.  A.  mitrifdrmis  humilior, 
Willd.).  Branched  and  prostrately  spreading:  lvs. 
ascending,  broadly  ovate,  acute,  2  x  3-33^2  in.,  glaucous, 
somewhat  mottled  below  and  prickly  toward  the  tiji 
beneath,  with  strong,  dark-tipped  yellow  marginal 
teeth:  infl.  IJ-^  ft.  high;  fls.  IJ4  in.  long,  red,  with  re- 
curving greenish  segms.  about  as  long  as  the  cylindrical 
tube.  Cape.  Sakn,  Aloe  §24,  f.  1.  B.M.  1362.  Berger 
107. 

AAAA.  Lvs.  numerous,  elongated,  succulent,  acute  or  pun- 
gent, spirally  crowded  at  end  of  the  prominent, 
sometimes  tall  trunk.    (36-49.) 

B.  Stamens  scarcely  protruded:  fls.  narrow:  lvs.  smooth. 

c.  Trunk  scarcely  Jf  ft.  high:  infl.  usually  racemose. 

36.  succotrina,  Lam.  (A.  soccolrina,  DC.  A.  perfoli- 
dta soccolnna,  Ait.  A.  socotrina,  Steph.  &  C'hurch.  A, 
vlra,  Mill.).  Scarcely  cespitose,  the  dichotomously 
branched  st.  at  length  3-4  ft.  high:  lvs.  falcately  up- 
curved,  gradually  narrowed,  \)a.\e  or  glaucous,  some- 
times white-blotched  toward  the  biuse,  1  }^-2  x  15-20 
in.,  the  margin  serrate  with  .small  connate  white  prick- 
les:  infl    2   ft.   high;   fls.  1J4  in.   long,    light  red,  the 


•ji;o 


ALOE 


ALOE 


distinct  sopms.  greon-iierveil.  Capo.  DC,  PI.  Or.  85. 
Sahu.  .\loo  §-22.  f.  1.  H.iM.  472.  Sti-plienson  i<:  Church- 
hill,  Med.  PI.  110.  Hergor  113. — Varios  in  a  form  witli 
inor«^  arniixl,  bniador,  shorter  and  strait;hter  Ivs.,  var. 
saxigena,  lierger. 

:>7.  purpurascens,  Haw.  (.4.  sinud(a,  Thunb.?  A.pcr- 
foliata  purpurdscens,  Ait.  A.soculrina  purpuriUccns,  Ker. 
.4.  ramdsa.  Haw.).  Cespitose,  nearly  aoauleseent:  Ivs. 
upcurvcd.  gradually  tapered,  green,  sometimes  more  or 
less  striate,  and  whit e-iiot ted  on  the  baek  below, 
2' 2  X  lS-20  in.,  the  margin  with  moderately  long  eon- 
natc  hooked  purplish  teeth:  in(l.  3  ft.  high;  fls.  1  '2  i"- 
long,  light  red,  the  distinct  segms.  paler  and  green- 
nerved.  Cape.  iSahn,  Aloe  §22,  f.  2.  B.M.  1474. 
Berger  113.    Winkler,  Pharm.  Waarenk.  182. 

cc.  Trunk  finally  10-20  ft.  high:  not  cespitose. 
n.  Infl.  a  simple  or  forked  raceme. 

38.  arborescens,  Mill.  (A.  perfnliata  arboriscens, 
Ait.  .4.  arborea,  Medikus.  A.  frulicdsa,  ham.?  Catevdla 
arborescens,  Medikus.  A.  arborescens  Miltcri,  Berger). 
Trunk  simple,  finally  10-1.5  ft.  high,  clothed  at  top  with 
the  withering  Ivs.:  Ivs.  sinuately  spreading,  gradually 
narrowed,  dull  green,  2  x  24  in.,  the  repand  margin 
with  rather  long  cartilaginous  white  prickles:  infl. 
elongated;  fls.  about  1}.^  in.  long,  red,  with  distinct 
segms.  Cape(?).  H.M.  1306.  Bot.  Repos.  468.  Berger 
115. — \'arie8  into  numerous  formsj  green-lvd.,  with 
shorter  trunk  and  long  Ivs.,  var.  Ucriae,  Berger  {A. 
Ucri^,  Terr.),  Salm,  Aloe  §26,  f.  3.  G.W.  10,  p.  13. 
Berger  116,  117;  or  shorter  Ivs.,  var.  viridifolia,  Berger, 
— Berger  f.  117;  or  glaucous  or  blue-lvd.,  with  branched 
infl.,  var.  natalensis,  Berger  (A.  natalinsis,  Wood  & 
Evans  I,  Berger  115;  or  simple  infl.  with  normal  fls., 
var.  frutescens,  Link.  {A.  frutescens,  Salm-Dyck), 
Berger  120;  or  fls.  2  in.  long,  var.  pachythyrsa,  Berger. 
Berger  118,  119. 

39.  plfiridens,  Haw.  (A.  Alhersldnei,  Baker).  Trunk 
unbranched,  finally  8-10  ft.  high:  Ivs.  as  in  the  pre- 
ceding but  glossy  and  somewhat  striate,  23^  x  16  in.: 
infl.  branched;  fls.  1^  in.  long.    Cape.    Berger  121. 

DD.  Infl.  a  candelabrum-like  forking  panicle,  with 
upcurved  nearly  sessile  fls. 

40.  afric^a,  Mill.  (A.  africana  angustior,  Sims.  A. 
Bolihsii,  Baker.  Pachydendron  africanum,  Haw.  P. 
principis.  Haw.  P.  angustifolium,  Haw.).  Trunk  sim- 
ple, finally  20  ft.  high:  Ivs.  few,  rather  separated,  sin- 
uately spreading  or  recurved,  triangular-oblong,  glau- 
cous, 2J'2-3x  20-24  in.,  with  rather  large  triangular 
horny  marginal  teeth:  infl.  2  ft.  high;  fls.  IK  in-  longi 
yellow,  with  segms.  shf)rter  than  the  oblong  tube.  Cape. 
Salm,  Aloe  §27,  f.  2.    B.M.  2517.    Berger  128. 

41.  candelabrum,  Berger,  differs  chiefly  in  having 
the  fls.  red.   Cape. 

BB.  Stamens  much  longer  than  the  rather  ample  short 

perianth:  not  cespitose. 

c.  The  Ivs.  smooth,  toothed:  infl.  racemose  or  forked. 

42.  rubrovioiacea,  .Schweinf .  Not  branched,  scarcely 
3  ft.  high:  Ivs.  spreading,  acuminately  triangular, 
purpli.sh-pruinose,  4x24  in.,  the  reddish  margin  with 
rather  distant  curved  dark-poiiite<l  moderate  teeth: 
infl.  often  forked,  2  ft.  high;  fls.  I'/i  in-  long,  hght  red, 
the  segms.  rather  longer  than  the  tube.  N.  Afr.  B.M. 
7882.  Berger  122,  123.  Hybrids:  A.  rutjroviolacea  x 
A.  sup/raLi^vis. 

43.  SalmdyckUna,  Schult.  Branching,  low:  Ivs. 
arcuately  sprea<ling,  gradually  tapered,  glaucous, 
3  X  30  in.,  the  yellowish  margin  with  rather  large  car- 
tilaginous teeth:  infl.  2-3  ft.  high,  paniculate;  fls.  1  j^-li^ 
in.  long,  red,  the  green-tipped  segms.  nearly  distinct. 
S.  Afr.  Salm.,  Aloe  §27,  f.  1.  Berger  125,  126.— 
Varies  in  a  less  dense  form  with  stouter  trunk,  var. 
fiilgens,   Berger   {A.  fulgens.  Tod.),  Tod.,  Hort.  Pan. 


33.  Hybrids:  ,4.  x  Winteri,  Berger  (A.  Salmdyckiana  x 
.4.  arbon.iccns frutescens),  A.  xVarvarii,  Borzi  {A.tialm- 
dyckiiinn  x  .1 .  c^-siai'). 

44.  drepanophylla,  Baker.  Trunk  slender,  simple, 
9-12  ft-,  high:  Ivs.  very  narrowly  lanceolate-attenuate, 
glaucous,  1-112x24-36  in.,  the  cartilaginous  margin 
minutely  denticulate:  infl.  IJ2  ft-  high;  fls.  scarcely 
1  in.  long,  from  red  becoming  whitish,  green-lined, 
with  nearly  distinct  segms.    Cape.    Berger  127. 

45  speciosa,  Baker.  Taller,  18-25  ft.  high,  branch- 
ing: Ivs.  \-ery  immerous,  s])r(>ading,  gradually  tapered, 
blue,  the  rosy  margin  with  minute  prickles:  fls.  l}/^ 
in.  long,  from  rosy  becoming  whitish,  green-nerved, 
the  segms.  about  equaling  the  tube.  N.  Afr.  Berger  124. 

cc.  The  Ivs.  often  armed  on  one  or  both  faces,  toothed: 
St.  nearly  simple:  infl.  paniculately  forked. 

46.  supral&vis,  Haw.  (A.  (lalpinii,  Baker.  Pachy- 
dendron supratseve.  Haw.).  Not  branched,  3-6  ft.  high: 
Ivs.  numerous,  upcurved,  lanceolate,  glaucescent, 
4-6  X  20-130  in.,  prickly  on  the  back  only,  the  marginal 
teeth  rather  large,  reddish  brown:  infl.  3  ft.  or  more 
high;  fls.  1-1 J^  in.  long,  red-orange,  becoming  yel- 
lower, with  segms.  longer  than  the  tube.  Cape.  Sahn, 
Aloe  §27,  f.  6.  Berger  129,  130. — Varies  in  a  form  with 
few  if  any  prickles  on  the  backs  of  Ivs.,  var.  erythro- 
carpa,  Berger.    Berger  130. 

47.  ferox,  MiU.  (A.  perfoliata  ferox,  Ait.  A.  muricclta, 
Haw.  A.  hdrrida,  Haw.  A.  pseudoferox,  Sahn-Dyck. 
A.  subferox,  Spreng.  Pachydendron  ferox.  Haw.  P. 
pseudoferox.  Haw.).  Exceptionally  forked,  3-10  ft. 
high:  ivs.  numerous,  curved,  lanceolate,  glaucous,  be- 
coming reddish,  4-.5  x  28  in.,  more  or  less  prickly  on 
both  faces,  the  purplish  margin  with  rather  large  red- 
brown  teeth:  infl.  4  ft.  high;  fls.  IJ4  in.  long,  greenish 
yellow,  with  smoky-tipped  segms.  longer  than  the 
rather  narrow  tube.  Cape  region.  B.M.  1975.  Berger 
131,  132.  Salm,  Aloe  §27,  f.  5.— Varies  in  a  whiter-lvd. 
form  with  brighter  yellow  black-tipped  fls.,  var.  xan- 
thostachys,  Berger. 

ccc.  The  Ivs.  smooth,  prickly-margined:  trunk  very  large, 
dicholo7nously  branched,  not  cespitose:  infl.  tri- 
partite. 

48.  dichotoma,  Linn.  (Rhipidodcndron  dichdtomum, 
Willd.).  Stout  flat-topped  tree,  25-30  ft.  high,  repeated- 
ly forked  as  in  Dracsena  Draco:  Ivs.  nearly  flat,  recurved- 
spreading,  lanceolate,  glaucous,  2-3  x  6-10  in.,  the  yel- 
low-brown margin  minutely  prickly:  infl.  1  ft.  or  more 
high;  fls.  very  stout,  IJ4  in.  long,  yellow,  with  broad, 
nearly  distinct  segms.  Cape.  G.C.  1873,  p.  712;  1874, 
p.  .567.  Berger  pi.  1.  and  f.  135. — Varies  in  a  smaller- 
fld.  form  with  shorter  stamens,  var.  montana,  Berger 
{A.  montana,  Schinz). 

49.  Bainesii,  Dyer.  Large  flat- topped  tree,  30-60 
ft.  high,  copiously  branched:  Ivs.  concave,  recurved- 
spreading,  elongated,  green,  2-3  x  24-36  in.,  the  pale 
margin  with  rather  small  teeth:  infl.  1  ft.  or  more  high; 
fls.  1  J^-IJ^  in.  long,  yellowish  red,  with  segms.  shorter 
than  the  tube.  Cape  region.  G.C.  1874,  p.  568.  B.M. 
6848.  Berger  136,  137.— Varies  in  a  broader-lvd.  form 
with  minute  marginal  prickles,  var.  Barberae,  Baker 
(A.  Bdrbers;  Dyer.  A.  Zeyheri,  Hort.),  G.C.  1874, 
p.  568. 

AAAAA.  Lvs.   rather  few,   strictly   oblong,   siuxulent,   S- 
ranked,  minutely  prickly  near  the  very  obtuse  tip 
only:    st.    stout,   evident:    infl.    UJibranched;  fls. 
oblong;  stamens  scarcely  protruded. 
,50.  plicatilis,  Mill.  {A.  dlsticha  plicdtilis,  Linn.    A. 
linguifi'irmis,    Linn.    A.  flabellifdrmis,  Salisb.    Kumara 
disticha,  Medikus,   Rhipidodcndrnn  (lislichum,\\i\ld.  R. 
plicdiile,  Haw.).   Somewhat  repeatedly  forking,  3-10  ft. 
high,  not  cespitose:  lvs.  flat  or  2-edged  as  in  Gasteria, 
ascending,  glaucous,  1-1 '2x8-16  in.,  the  narrow  car- 
tilaginous    margin     minutely     somewhat     denticulate 


ALOE 


ALPINE   PLANTS 


261 


upward:  infl.  1-3  ft.  high;  fls.  114-2  in.  long,  red, 
with  segnis.  scarcely  cquahng  the  tube.  Cape.  B.M. 
4.57.  DC,  PL  Gr.  7.5,  Jacq.,  Schoenbr.  423.  Sakn, 
Aloe  §28,  f.  2.    Medic.  4.    Berger  139,  140. 

A.  Cdmeronii,  Hems!  Fls.  almost  cinnabar-red.  passing  into  yel- 
low toward  the  top.  E.  Trop.  Afr.  B.M.  7915. — A.  Campylo- 
siphon,  A.  Berger.  Pale  yellow  fls.  E.  Trop.  Afr, — ,4.  Chabaudii, 
Schoenl.  Allied  to  A.  stricta.  Lvs.  bordered  with  small  prickles; 
outer  segms.  of  fls.  pale  brick-red  with  whitish  wings  at  apex. 
Trop.  Afr.  G.C.  III.  38:102.— .-l.  decdra,  Schoenl.  A  dwarf  spe- 
cies having  red  fls.  tipped  with  green.  S.  Afr.  G.C.  III.  38:3865. — 
,4.  /-ds^' J,  Baker.  Fls.  pale  yellow,  greenish  at  top.  Zanzibar. — A. 
laxifldra,  Hort.  Von,'  lax  arrangement  of  fls.  w'hicli  are  orange-red 
in  lower  part  and  yellow  at  apex.  Cape  Colony.  G.C.  III.  39: 
130,  desc- — .4.  Marldthii,  A.  Berger.  Extremely  spiny  lvs.  and 
nearly  horizontally  spreading  fi. -spikes.  British  Bechuanaland. — 
.4.  Orp6nx,  Schoeal.  Lva.  lined  with  white  spots  and  markings 
on  both  surfaces:  fls.  red,  tipped  with  white.  S.  Afr.  G.C.  III. 
38:3865. — ^4.  palUdifldra,  A.  Berger.  A  stemless  plant:  lvs. 
armed  on  margins  with  sharp  spines:  fls.  pale  flesh-color.  S.  Afr. 
B.M.  S122. — ,4.  pendens.  A  shrubby  species:  fls.  drooping,  dull 
yellowish  red.  S.  Arabia.  B.M.  7837. — ,4.  rubroliUea,  Schinz.  Un- 
branched  st.  8  ft.  high  or  more:  lvs.  armed  or  margins  with  brown 
deltoid  and  somewhat  hooked  spines:  fls.  bright  red.  Trop.  S.  W. 
Afr.    B.M.8263.  WiLLIAM  TrELEASE. 

ALONSOA  (Alonzo  Zanoni,  Spanish  official  at 
Bogota).  Scrophulariacesp.  Alonsoa.  Tropical  Ameri- 
can plants,  cultivated  as  annuals  in  the  open,  or 
grown  for  the  attractive  winter  bloom  in  pots. 

Flowers  showy: 
plant  of  good  habit: 
corolla  very  irreg- 
ular and  turned 
upside  down  by  the 
twisting  of  the 
pedicel,  bringing 
the  larger  lobe  up- 
permost ;  stamens  4 : 
lvs.  (at  least  below) 
opposite  or  in  3's. 
— About  adozen 
species,  many  of 
which  have  been  in 
gardens  at  one  time 
or  another. 

Alonsoas  are  ten- 
der, and  need  pro- 
tection from  frost. 
Seeds  are  usually 
started  under  glass 
in  the  North, 
although  plants 
bloom  well  from 
seeds  sown  directly 
in  the  open.  Use 
only  finely  prepared 
soil.  For  winter 
bloom,  plants  are 
propagated  by  cut- 
tings or  .seeds,  the 
latter  being  sown  in 
late  summer. 


173.  Alonsoa  inclsifolia.   iXli) 


incisifdlia,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  {A.  urticsefblia,  Steud. 
('ihia  urticsefoliu,  Sims,  B.M.  417).  Fig.  173.  About 
2  ft.  high,  erect:  lvs.  ovate  to -6val-lanceolate,  long- 
stalked,  deeply  cut-toothed:  fls.  nearly  }-im.  across, 
very  irregular  (somewhat  hood-shaped),  scarlet,  with 
protruding  organs,  tin  slender  axillary  peduncles; 
upper  hmb  of  corolla  2-4  times  longer  than  calyx; 
ant'iers  2-3  times  shorter  than  filaments.  Also  a  white- 
fld.  variety.    Peru. — A  greenhouse  shrub. 

Warscewiczii,  Regel  (A .  inci.nfolia  var.  WarsceuAczii, 
Hoiss.  .4.  grandiflbrn,  Hort.  A.  compdcla,  Hort.).  Fls. 
large,  the  jilant  herbaceous  or  nearly  so  and  treated  a-s 
a  garden  annual:  lvs.  cordate  or  cordate-lanceolate, 
double-toothed:  calyx-lobes  blunt;  upper  lobes  of 
corolla  4-.5  times  as  long  as  calyx,  and  anthers  3-4  times 
shorter  than  the  crooked  filaments,  the  fls.  light  cinna- 
bar-red or  scarlet -red  (and  a  white  variety).    Peru. — 


Apparently  the  commonest  alonsoa  in  gardens,  2-3  ft., 
readily  grown  from  seeds  as  a  hall-hardy  subject;  July 
till  autumn;  useful  also  for  winter  bloom.  Plant  very 
bushy,  with  mostly  reddish  brown  branches. 

acutif61ia,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  (.4.  myrtifblia,  Roezl).  Plant 
stout  but  bushy,  20-30  in.:  lvs.  broad-lanceolate, 
sharply  simple-toothed:  pedicels  single,  glandular 
hairy  (as  also  the  calyx) ;  fls.  larger  than  A.  Warsceioicni, 
the  Umb  or  hp  3-4  times  as  long  as  the  calj'x;  anthers 
long,  several  times  exceeding  the  filaments;  color  of  fls. 
cinnabar-red.  Peru.  Var.  Candida,  Voss  (.4.  albijlora, 
Hort.),  fls.  white.  Grown  as  a  garden  annual,  and  also 
in  pots  for  winter  bloom. 

linearis,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  (A.  linearifblia,  Steud.  A.  lini- 
flbra,  Hort.).  Plant  bushy  and  much  branched,  12-20 
in.:  lvs.  linear,  pointed,  entire  or  finely  toothed,  often 
fascicled  or  crowded:  fls.  scarlet.  Peru.  Var.  gracilis, 
Hort.  (A.  piimila,  Hort.),  is  a  smaller  graceful  form. 
Cult,  as  garden  annual  and  also  in  pots  indoors. 

A.  caulialdta,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  Lvs.  less  cut  than  in  A.  incisifolia: 
fls.  smaller:  st.  4-angIed.  Peru. — A.  intermedia,  L.B.C.  1456^A. 
linearis. — A.  linifdtia.  Roez.l.  Plant  1  H  ft.  or  less  high:  lvs.  lanceo- 
late or  narrower,  entire:  fls.  bright  scarlet.  Peru. — .4.  Mdthewsii, 
Benth.  Lvs.  lanceolate,  toothed:  fla.  scarlet,  in  terminal  racemes. 
Peru.    Greenhouse.  T     H    R 

ALCfSIA:    Lippia. 

ALPINE  PLANTS.  In  gardening,  a  term  used  to 
desigiiate  th(.ise  plants  that  thrive  in  imitated  alpine 
conditions, — in  cool  places  of  short-growing  season  and 
abundant  cold-water  supply  in  the  growing  and  bloom- 
ing period,  and  soil  conditions  approacljing  those  of 
mountains;  in  practice,  alpine-gardening  is  a  form  of 
rock-gardening. 

The  cultivation  of  alpine  plants  in  some  parts  of 
the  United  States  must  always  be  attended  with  dif- 
ficulty. Wherever,  as  in  the  coastal  plain  region  of  the 
Atlantic  seaboard,  the  summers  are  long,  dry  and  hot, 
it  is  almost  impossible  to  cultivate  many  of  the  most 
desirable  alpines. 

A  study  of  the  natural  environmental  habitats  of 
alpines  is  the  very  best  way  to  arrive  at  really  valuable 
ideas  upon  their  cultivation.  Excluding  all  those  alpines 
of  apparentlj'  little  definite  habitat  preference,  such  as 
the  snowdrop,  daffodil,  poet's  narcissus,  trailing  myrtle, 
Christmas  rose,  and  Scotch  pink,  all  of  which  are  true 
alpines,  but  also  tolerant  of  quite  ordinary  garden  con- 
ditions, there  is  a  large  class,  some  hundreds  of  species, 
that  will  grow  only  in  situations  approximating  their 
native  habitat.  These  plants,  some  of  which  are  per- 
haps the  most  beautiful  flowers  in  cultivation,  grow 
usually  in  a  region  having  long,  rigorous  winters,  a 
growing  season  averaging  100  to  120  days,  and  a 
constant  supply  of  moisture  which,  on  account  of  its 
source  in  the  snow  above  the  vegetation-line,  is  always 
nearly  ice-cold. 

It  is  true  of  most  of  these  alpines  that  the}-  grow 
among  the  rocks,  and,  as  we  shall  see  presently,  this  is  a 
factor  that  must  be  reckoned  with.  Many  of  them 
grow  in  the  open  sun  and  are  exposed  to  violent ,  often 
bitter,  winds.  Others  again  are  on  north-facing  slopes, 
where  the  sun  rarely,  if  ever,  reaches  them.  A  partial 
list  of  alpines  given  below  will  show  the  preference  of 
some  of  the  more  common  species  with  regard  to  the 
exposure  to  sunlight. 

Localities  in  the  United  States  and  Canada  where  alpine 
gardens  may  be  tried  xmlh  a  fair  measure  of  siiccess. 
One  of  the  basic  requirements  of  most  true  alpines  is 
a  short  growing  season.  The  Atlantic  seaboard  from 
Nova  Scotia  southward,  east  of  the  "fall  Hne"  (the 
flat,  usually  somewhat  Bandy,  regions  between  the 
eastern  fringe  of  the  AUeghanies  and  the  sea,  such  as 
southern  Long  Island,  southern  New  Jersey  and  all 
south  of  it  except  parts  of  Virginia,  North  Carolina, 
South  Carolina,  and  Georgia),  has  an  active  growing 


2G2 


ALPINI':   PLANTS 


ALPINE   PLANTS 


90jU!»in  of  170  da_\s  ami  upward.  This  is  (•ompiited 
by  adding  the  days  from  the  la.-it  frost  of  spring  to  the 
first  frost  of  aiitiinm.  'At  New  York,  the  seiu-on  is  210 
days,  at  Philadelphia,  12'JO  days,  and  of  eourse  constantly 
ineroasing  southwaril. 

On  aoeonnt  of  tliis  long  growing  se:u!on  antl  also 
because  of  the  dry,  hot  rharacter  of  the  winds,  it  is 
almost  iiiijwssible,  witliout  great  expense,  to  main- 
tain an  alpine  garden  in  this  region.  The  sjuiie  is  true 
of  the  coastal  part  of  tlie  Pacific  coa.st,  aitd  in  the  Missis- 
sippi Valley  up  to  about  St.  Louis.    This  is,  of  course, 


174.  Arrangement  in  a  rock-garden 
to  insure  sub-irrigation. 


^m//////m//7Er 


a  general  statement,  and  peculiarly  favorable  local  con- 
ditions within  the  areas  specified  may  be  found,  where 
the  attempt  can  be  made.  But  it  is  extremely  doubtful 
whether  any  really  good  alpine  garden  can  be  maintained 
within  this  area  permanently  without  a  great  mainte- 
nance expense,  in  the  way  of  constantly  supplying  new 
plants,  keeping  the  garden  regularly  cooled  down  by 
water  and  the  like. 

As  one  goes  back  from  the  coast,  even  a  few  miles,  there 
is  a  marked  change  in  the  climate,  and  particularly 
noticeable  is  the  constantly  diminishing  length  of  the 
growing  season.  Xear  Hartford,  the  Highlands  of  the 
Hudson,  northern  New  Jersey  and  Pennsylvania,  the 
growing  season  averages  from  138  to  120  days,  more  or 
less.  As  a  general  rule  it  may  safely  be  stated  that  any- 
where east  of  the  MLssissippi  where  elevations  of  1,000 
feet  or  greater  are  found,  an  alpine  garden  is  permissible 
except  in  the  southern  Alleghanies,  where  greater  ele- 
vations must  be  sought.  This  length  of  the  growing 
season  is  etisily  computed  for  all  parts  of  the  country,  as 
indicated  above;  and  wherever  we  find  an  active  grow- 
ing season  of  1(30  to  140  days,  it  would  be  profitable 
to  make  an  alpine  garden.  In  the  East  it  will  be  found 
that  the  short  season  is  almost  always  correlated  with 
elevations  in  excess  of  1,(XX)  feet  and  in  the  West  at 
several  times  that  altitude. 

Fosilion  of  the  alpine  garden. 

So  far  as  our  purpo.se  is  concerned,  there  are  three 
classes  of  alpine  plants:  («)  those  that  require  full  sun- 
light, (h)  shade-inhabiting  species,  and  (c)  those  that 
are  apparently  indifferent  as  to  exposure.  To  meet  all 
these  conditions  within  a  single  garden  is  not  always 
possible,  and  a  .selection  of  plant  s  must  therefore  be  made, 
unless  one  Ls  fortunate  enough  to  have  a  situation  that 
combines  these  requisites.  As  a  general  rule  it  is  better 
at  some  distance  from  a  dwelling,  stable,  or  garage, 
both  architecturally  and  culturally.  No  class  of  plants 
is  quite  so  wild  as  alpines,  and  the  more  secluded  the 
garden,  and  the  greater  the  suggestion  of  sequestered 
nature  the  better.  A  screen  of  evergn^ens  or  other  trees, 
and  a  northward-facing  slope,  insuring  good  drainage,  is 
perhaps  the  best  all-round  combination  that  one  could 
desire.  If  the  garden  is  at  a  slight  elevation  above  the 
immediate  surroundings,  so  mu(^h  the  better;  although 
this  is  not  ab.sijlutely  (■.ssciitial.  Southern  or  western 
expfjHures  are  to  be  avoided  unless  the  garden  is  at 
lea.st  4,fXX)  feet  above  the  sea  in  th(;  Kiist,  and  from 
6,fXXJ  to  S,(XK)  feet  in  the  West.  It  should  also  be 
arrangef]  so  that  drainage  will  not  be  entirely  down 
through  the  soil  as  in  ordinary  gardens,  but  rather  so 


that  the  water  can  trickl(>  front  the  roots  of  those  above 
to  those  below.  This  is  often  liest  attained  by  a  judi- 
cious use  of  rocks,  which  will  lie  considered  later. 

Making  the  garden. 

Having  decided  that  one  lives  within  the  area  in  which 
it  is  .safe  to  begin  the  installation  of  an  alpine  collection, 
the  next  mo.st  important  consideration  is  to  give  the 
plants  the  requisite  local  condition.  Nearly  all  of  them 
require  good  ricli  soil,  at  least  IS  inches  deep,  preferably 
deeper.  Even  those  species  that  grow  in  the  crevices 
of  the  rocks  in  their  native  habitat  do  so  not  because 
they  "like"  such  situations,  but  most  probably  because 
no  more  favorable  place  is  available. 

In  preparing  the  soil,  it  is  well  to  remember  that  at 
least  one-third  of  the  mixture  should  be  fine  rotted 
leaf-mold  mixed  with  equal  p;irts  of  loam  and  sand. 
The  latter  is  quite  necessary  in  order  to  insure  perfect 
drainage.  It  has  been  stated  that  some  alpines  will 
thrive  in  situations  that  approximate  our  bogs  in  hav- 
ing a  high  humic  acid  content.  But  most  of  the  species 
thrive  where  the  drainage  is  good  and  the  soil  is  sweet, 
not  sour. 

If  for  no  other  reason  than  to  insure  perfect  drainage, 
it  is  best  to  construct  the  garden  in  a  series  of  terraces 
with  walks  of  more  or  less  irregular  outline  between,  as 
taste  and  convenience  dictate.  Avoid  all  semblance  of 
formality  in  the  arrangement  of  these  terraces,  aa 
artificiality  or  formalism  in  the  alpine  garden  are  quite 
the  least  desirable  features  to  be  sought. 

The  terraces,  or  any  modification  of  them,  are  best 
held  in  jilace  by  a  more  or  less  free  use  of  rocks.  The 
placing  (if  these  requires  great  skill  and  taste,  as  their 
purjiose  must  be  twofold — to  add  a  sense  of  naturalness 
to  tlie  garden  and  to  make  suitable  pockets  in  which  to 
grow  the  plants.  While  it  is  true  that  many  alpines, 
such  as  Thalictriim  aquilegisefolium,  Clematis  recta, 
Aconitum  Lijcoctonum,  Digitalis  ambigua,  Polemonium 
C3eruleum,  Gentiana  asctepiadea,  and  Delphinium  elatiim, 
with  many  others,  can  be  grown  without  the  use  of 
rocks,  it  is  true,  on  the  whole,  that  most  alpines  grow 
better  and  seem  more  at  home  when  rocks  are  part 
of  their  environment.  Just  what  part  the  rocks  play 
in  the  home  economy  of  the  plants  is  not  very  well 
understood,  but  the  readiness  with  %vhich  they  conduct 
the  water  to  the  roots,  and  their  tendency  to  keep  the 
soil  cool  both  suggest  themselves  as  possible  benefits. 

For  such  species  as  f'hlox  Douglasii,  Cassiope  Mer- 
tensiana,  Polemonium  montrosense,  and  all  plants  of 
their  type  whose  natural  home  is  at  elevations  from 
10,000  to  12,000  feet,  care  must  be  taken  to  insure  almost 
constant  sub-irrigation  of  cool  water.  In  their  native 
habitats,  such  plants  have  their  roots  constantly  in 
the  icy  water  of  the  substratum,  and  any  conditions 
that  do  not  approximate  this  wiU  make  failure  almost 
certain. 

An  arrangement  for  insuring  this  sub-irrigation  is 
figured  in  Fig.  174,  diagramatically.  The  pocket  of 
soil  in  the  rocks  having  been  filled  with  the  proper  soil 
mixture,  the  water  may  be  let  in  at  a,  with  a  rock  just 
in  front  of  the  pipe  to  insure  the  water's  downward 
passage  (d).  With  the  bottom  made  water-tight  by 
concrete  or  rocks  and  clay,  and  the  outlet  regulated  at 
6,  a  definite  water-level  can  always  be  maintained  at  c. 
The  outlet  can  be  arranged  as  indicated  to  flow  either 
over  the  surface  of  the  rock  below  or  in  a  pipe  behind 
it.  If  the  water  for  this  plan  comes  from  a  cool  spring, 
so  much  the  better.  The  smallest  stream  of  water  is 
sufficient,  iis  it  is  not  the  water  itself  with  which  one  is 
aiming  to  supply  the  plants,  .so  much  as  the  cooling  of  the 
soil,  rocks  and  atmosphere  that  ensues  from  a  gentle 
flow  of  water  through  and  around  the  soil  and  rocks. 

Such  measures  are  not  necessary  for  all  alpines,  but  a 
few  specie's  must  be  grown  untler  conditions  aiiproximated 
by  these  methods.  The  ex[)ense  of  installing  and  main- 
taining such  construction,  however,   s  relatively  great, 


ALPINE  PLANTS 


ALPINE  PLANTS 


263 


as  compared  with  the  simple  arrangement  of  the  rocks 
in  pockets,  overlumRing  ledges,  nooks,  and  so  forth, 
which  is  all  that  is  retiuired  for  the  great  majority 
of  alpines.  A  common  and  particularly  undesirable 
metliod  of  procedure  is  to  tumble  a  great  mass  of  rocks 
together,  usually  utterly  without  form  or  definite  pur- 
pose except  to  look  "artistic,"  then  pile  soil  amongst 
them  and  plant  the  whole  mass.  If  the  idea  is  constantly 
kept  in  mind  that  the  rocks  are  for  use  primarily,  that 
they  are  cultural  necessities,  and  that  plants  naturally 
grow  between,  and  among,  and  often  half  imderneath 
them, — then  the  final  result  is  likely  to  be  beautiful,  be- 
cause they  are  useful  and  have  been  placed  with  an 
eye  to  their  sole  r/u)ion  d'etre  in  the  alpine  garden, 
which  is  to  be  a  home  for  alpine  plants. 

In  placing  the  rocks,  indeed  in  the  arrangement  of 
the  garden  generally,  it  is  better  to  avoid  situations  in 
which  the  drip  from  overhanging  trees  or  other  objects 
win  fall  on  the  plants.  No  plants  are  specially  bene- 
fited by  drip,  and  alpines,  particularly  those  having 
tomentose  leaves,  will  suffer  from  such  treatment. 

Plants  for  the  alpine  garden. 

Unfortunately,  very  few  American  dealers  carry 
anything  like  an  adequate  stock  of  alpine  [jlants,  and 
only  the  commonest  and  best-known  species  are  to  be 
found  in  the  American  trade.  This  has  had  the  effect 
of  restricting  the  popularity  of  alpine  gardening  in  this 
country,  and,  furthermore,  all  the  alpine  gardens  of  any 
size  have  had  to  seek  in  Europe  for  the  large  variety  of 
species  that  constitute  a  well-stocked  collection.  Many 
European  firms,  particularly  in  England  and  France, 
have  speciahzed  in  alpines.  At  least  1,000  species  are 
offered  by  one  continental  dealer  alone.  A  common 
but  altogether  unsatisfactory  method,  and  one  that 
has  resulted  in  numberless  failures,  is  the  attempt  to 
import  plants  direct  from  these  dealers.  The  time  of 
transit,  the  highly  speciahzed  character  of  the  cultural 
requirement  of  alpines,  and  the  lack  of  attention  dur- 
ing transit,  all  operate  to  make  such  shipments  costly 
and  usually  unsuccessful. 

The  best  and  most  satisfactory  method  is  to  buy 
seeds  of  the  plants  to  be  cultivated.  The  initial  cost  is 
less  than  one-fifth  and  the  personal  satisfaction  in  having 
grown  one's  stock  of  plants  more  than  offsets  the  time 
spent  in  this  work.  The  seeds  should  be  imported  earlj' 
in  the  spring  or  even  in  the  late  winter  for  those  with 
greenhouse  facilities.  Sow  the  seeds  in  pans  or  bo.<es 
in  a  light  soil  of  leaf-mold  and  sand  in  about  equal 
parts.  It  is  best  partially  to  shade  the  seeds  and  very 
young  seedlings  for  a  few  days.  Pot  up  when  the  seed- 
hngs  are  stout  enough  to  stand  the  transfer,  which  of 
course,  varies  with  different  species.    If  it  is  inconveni- 


ent to  place  them  in  their  permanent  home  the  first 
year,  they  may  be  repotted  and  then  the  pots  plunged  in 
ashes  in  the  frame.  With  proper  shading  from  the  in- 
tense sunlight,  and  a  plentiful  supply  of  cool  water  so 
that  the  ashes  are  kept  moist  and  cool,  they  will  grow 
very  well  under  these  conditions  for  the  first  year. 
Many  of  the  species  can  be  grown  always  with  this 
treatment  if  one  has  no  garden  ready  for  them.  The 
shading  for  these  frames  is  easily  made  of  ordinary 
plasterer's  lath,  the  strips  being  placed  about  one 
inch  apart  and  the  whole  shade  arranged  so  as  to 
be  about  2}, 2  feet  above  the  surface  of  the  ground. 

Of  all  the  genera  cultivated  as  alpines,  the  most 
important  are  the  gentians,  saxifrages,  sedums,  a  few 
dwarf  primulas  and  the  pinguiculas.  These  are  much 
better  known  abroad  than  in  North  America,  but  many 
of  the  best  of  them  can  be  grown  in  this  country. 
Among  the  gentians,  Correvon  of  Geneva  classifies 
them  for  cultural  purposes  as  follows: 

1.  Calcareous-soil   gentians    requiring   sun:    alpina, 

angustifolia,  Clusii  and  Kochiana. 

2.  Sphagnum-moss  species:   bavarica,  Rostanii,  sep- 

temfida. 

3.  Marshy-ground  species:  angustifolia  (also  in  group 

1)  asclepiadea,  Pneiimonanlhe. 

4.  Peaty  sand  and  sandstone  with  peat  in  it:  alba, 

Bigelovii,  ciliata,  frigida,   Parryi,  pumila,  Wal- 
lichiana.  , 

5.  Of  indifferent  habitat  preference:  brevidens,  cruci- 

ata,  dahurica,  decumbens,  macrophylla,  Oliveri, 
Saponaria,  scabra,  straminea,  Wesclmiakovn. 

Among  the  saxifrages  only  the  dwarf,  usually  peren- 
nial, kinds  are  grown  as  alpines.  In  moist,  rocky  places 
in  the  alpine  garden  the  following  species  of  pinguicula 
wiU  be  useful:  P.  vallisnerifolia,  P.  grandiflora,  with 
purple  and  blue  flowers  and  P.  alpina  with  white 
flowers.  P.  vulgaris  and  P.  lusilanica  may  be  grown 
in  general  situations  in  the  "alp." 

It  is  often  necessary  to  make  a  definite  selection  of 
species  for  a  sunny  or  shad_y  place,  as  most  of  our  alpines 
cannot  be  grown  without  reference  to  the  amount  of 
sunlight.  For  those  who  can  arrange  only  for  a  rather 
sunny  situation,  in  which  the  amount  of  shade  is  not 
sufficient  to  keep  the  soil  and  rocks  cool,  the  following 
will  be  found  helpful: 

Alpines  for  Sunny  Situations. 


175.  Alpine-gardening, — good  rock-work  in  a  cool 
and  protected  place. 


Name 

Color  of  flowers 

Height 

Time  of  flowering 

Acaena  species 

Grown  for  gray- 

Creeping, 

foliage 

3-4  in. 

Acantholimon      glu- 

Rose 

3  in. 

Summer 

vmceum 

Achillea  argentea.  . . 

White 

4  in. 

Summer 

A.  rupestris 

White 

3- in. 

Summer 

A.  umbellata 

White 

6  in. 

Summer 

jEthioTiema,  varioua 

Pink 

About  1 

Summer 

sp 

ft. 

Ajuga  reptans  atro- 

For  purple  foli- 

9 in. 

purpurea 

age 

Alyssum,  varioua  sp. 

Yellow  and 
white 

6  in. 

Spring 

Androaace,    various 

3D. 

White  and  rose 
White 

3-6  in. 

6  in. 

Spring  and  summer 

^f 

Arennria  nwntana. . 

Spring  and  summer 

Armeria.  various  sp. 

Rose  and  white 

6-12  in. 

Summer 

Aster  alpinus,  vara. 

Variouri,  not 

About  9 

Summer  and  early 

yellow 

in. 

autumn 

Callnndrinia  umbel- 

Red 

6  in. 

Summer 

lata  

White,  blue 

3-12  in. 

Owarf  campanulas.. 

Spring    and    eariy 

and  purple 

summer 

Ceratostigma    plum- 

Blue 

Sin. 

Autumn 

baginoides 

Corydalis  lutea 

Yellow 

6  in. 

Spring 

Cynnanthus  lobatus. 

Blue 

4  in. 

Summer 

DianthuH       (Alpine 

White  to  rose 

5-12  in. 

Spring  and  summer 

pinks) 

Draba  aizoides 

Yellow 

3  in. 

Spring 

Dryas  octopetala 

White 

Creeping 

Late  spring 

204  ALPlXb:   PLANTS 

Alpines  foh  Sunny  Situations,  rontiimed. 


N\MK 


'Color  of  tlowers     Height 


Erifirron  VUlarsii-  . 
Erixiium,  various  sp. 

Grn/ianrt, various  sp. 
Gypsophila,     dwarf 

Hftiera  conglomcraia 
H.  miniFmi 

Iberif,  various  sp... 
Irii,  dwarf  bearded 

sp 

Leontopodium       al- 

pinum 

Linum  /arum.. . . 
Macrotom  ia      ch  ioi- 

des 

Morisia  hypogxa. 

Septta  Mussinii: 

Soccaa  alpina. . . 
PapaTer      alpinum, 

vars 

PUUycodon,  various 

sp 

5a  ponaria     ocytnot- 

drs 

Silenct  various  sp... 

Tunica  Saxifraga .  . 
Veronica  incana. . . . 
V. cuprcssioxdes . . . . 

Zauschneria,     vari- 
ous sp 


Pale  violet 
Whit<?  and  red 

Blue 
While  to  pink 

( Both     grown 

•I  for  evergreen 

( foliage 

White 

Various 

White 

Yellow 
Yellow 

Yellow 

Blue 

White 
Various 

Blue 

Red 

White  and  red 

Pinkish  white 

Blue 

Ornamental 

foliage 

Scariet 


Time  of  flowering 


12  in. 
6-10  in. 


6-18  in. 
6-12  in. 


6-8  in. 

6  in. 
6-15  in. 

6  in. 

12  in. 
10  in. 

3  in. 

12  in. 

3  in. 
G  in. 

8-15  in. 

Creeping 

5-15  in. 

3-5  in. 
6  in. 
10  in. 

12-18  in. 


Summer 
Summer 

Spring  and  summer 
Summer 


Summer 

Spring  and  eariy 
summer 

Summer  and  au- 
tumn 

Summer 

Summer 

Spring  and  early 
■summer 

Summer  and  au- 
tumn 

Spring  and  summer 

Spring 

Spring 

Summer 

Summer    and    au- 
tumn 
Summer 
Summer 

Autumn 


The  foregoing  list  is,  of  course,  not  a  complete  one, 
but  it  will  serve  as  a  guide  for  the  beginner.  Many  of 
these  will  also  stand  a  partially  shaded  place,  some  of 
them  prefer  such  situations,  but  all  of  them  will  grow 
in  the  open  sunlight  if  the  pitch  of  the  ground  is  not 
too  great  toward  the  south  or  southwest. 

Alpixes  for  Shady  Situations. 


Name 

Color  of  flowers 

Adonis,  various  sp.. 
Anchusa    myosoti' 

Yellow 
Blue 

A  ncmone  alpina. . . . 

A.  syhftttriH 

AquiUgia  gland  ulosa 

A.  caeruUa 

Arenaria  halcarica.. 
>4urtcu/a, various  sp. 

White 

White 
Blue  and  white 
Blue  and  white 

White 
Various 

Dodecatkeon  sp j  White  to  purple 


Eomecon  chionantha 
Epimedium.  various 

8P 

ErinuJi,  various  sp.. 
Galax  aphylia 


HtUehoTu*  niger. .  .  . 

Iri»  criittata 

Linaria  Cymbalaria 

L.  pallida 

Omphalodes  zerna.... 
OurtJiia  coccinea. .  .  . 

ParnoJi/iia  pabistris. 
PoUmonitijn  humile 
Polygonum  affine.... 
Primula  SifhoUlii, 
various  formw.  .  . 
RamoTuiia  pyrenaicn 

Rodger  Bia,     variouH 


«[>.. 


Saxifraga  Geum  Cand 
allien) 

Shoriia  gaUiri folia... 

SoldarifUa  alpina.... 

Tkalirtrnm  minun 
fifiianlifoHuTn.  .  .  . 

TriUium,  variou-tep. 


White 

Ornamental 

foliage 

White  and  roue 

White 

White 

Blue 

Lilac 
Violet 

Blue 

Red 

White 

Blue 

Rose 

Various 

Blue 

Ornamental 

foliage 

Various 


Height 


6-12  in. 
12  in. 

18  in. 
12  in. 
12  in. 

15  in. 
2-i  in. 
4-7  in. 

12  in. 

18  in. 
6-12  in. 

3  in. 
12  in. 

12  in. 

4  in. 

3  in. 
2  in. 
6  in. 
9  in. 

6  in. 

6  in. 

6  in. 

6-9  in. 

4  in. 
3-6  in. 

12-18  in. 


Time  of  flowering 


Spring. 
Summer 

Summer 

Spring 

Early  summer 

Summer 

Summer 

Spring 

Spring    and    early 

summer 
Summer 


Spring  and  summer 

Summer  and  au- 
tumn 

Winter 

Spring 

Summer 

Summer 

Spring 

Spring  and  early 
summer 

Summer 

Spring  and  summer 

Summer 

Spring 


White  6  in. 

Blue  4  in. 

Ornamental  6-12  in. 
foliage         ' 

Whit«  and  pink.  6-8  in. 
or  purple 


Spring 


Spring  and  summer 


Spring 
Spring 


Spring 


ALPINE   PLANTS 

Alpines  for  Shady  Situations,  continuod. 


Name 


Color  of  flowers     Height       Time  of  flowering 


Uvularia  grandiflora 

Vanrouvcria  hexan- 
dra 

Viola,  various  sp.... 

Waldsteinia  fragari- 
oides 


Yellowish  green 

Ornamental 

foliage 

Blue  and  white 

White 


Summer     or     late 
spring 


Spring 
Spring 


To  these  may  be  added  the  native  species  that  grow 
naturally  in  America  at  elevations  in  excess  of  1,500 
feet,  such  as  Copfi-'i  trifolia,  Cornus  canadensis,  Clin- 
ionia  bonaUs,  TinirUn  cordifol  a,  Trillium  grandiflorum, 
Clayionia  caroHniana,  Dalibardn  repens,  Polemonium 
VanBnmtiXj  various  terrestrial  habenarias,  Mitella 
nuda,  Arenaria  groenlandica,  and  many  others. 

The  plants  both  for  shaded  and  sunny  situations  will 
grow  b(^tt(T  if  there  is  a  hberal  top-dressing  of  leaf- 
mold  and  sand,  about  half  and  half,  applied  each  spring. 
It  will  be  noted  that  all  the  plants  listed  in  both  lists 
are  perennials.  Most  natural  alpines  are  of  this  type, 
the  shortness  of  the  growing  season  precluding  the 
possibility  of  the  full  (.leveiopment  of  an  annual. 

For  those  who  wish  to  go  into  the  growing  of  alpines 
more  extensively,  a  partial  list  of  the  alpine  genera 
together  with  an  indicatipn  of  the  number  of  species 
that  are  to  be  found  in  the  principal  European  trade 
catalogues  is  appended.  Many  additions  will  suggest 
themselves  as  the  alpine  gardener  becomes  better  ac- 
quainted with  those  listed  below  and  their  relatives: 

LIST   OF   THE    CHIEF    ALPINE    GENERA. 

The  figures  indicate  approximately  the  number  of  species  in  each 
genus  that  are  alpines. 


Achillea,  5. 
Aconitum,  6. 
Adenostylcs,  2. 
iEthionema. 
Aira. 
Ajuga. 
Alf  lieinilla. 
Allium. 
Allosurus. 
Alsine,  6. 
Aiyasum,  2. 
Androsace,  7. 
Anemone,  6. 
Anthemi.s. 
Aposeris. 
Aquilegia,  3. 
Arabia,  7. 
Arctostaphylos,  2. 
Arenaria,  5. 
Aretia. 
Armeria. 
Aronicum,  3. 
Artemisia,  4. 
Asplenium,  6. 
Astrantia. 
Atragne. 
Azalea 
Betonica. 
Bray  a,  2. 
Bupleurum,  2. 
Calamintha. 
Calluna. 
Campanula.  8. 
Cardaminp,  2. 
Carex,  20. 
CenLaurea,  3. 
Cerastium,  3. 
Cerinthe. 
Cirsium. 
Crepis,  5. 
Crocus. 
Daphne. 
Dianthus,  5. 
Doroninum,  2. 
Draha,  6. 
DryaH. 
Kpilohium,  4. 


Epimedium. 

Erigeron. 

Eriophorum,  2. 

ErynKiura. 

Euphrasia. 

Festuca,  2. 

Galium,  3. 

Gaya. 

Gentiana,  17. 

Geranium,  3. 

Geum,  3. 

Globularia,  2. 

Gnaphaliura,  4. 

Gymnadenia. 

Ik'dysarum. 

Hflianthemum. 

HclU'liorus. 

Heracloum,  2. 

Horminum. 

Hicracium,  10. 

Hypericum. 

Hutchinsia. 

Iberis. 

Imperatoria. 

Juncus,  fi. 

Kobrcsia. 

Laserpitium. 

LaFiagrostis. 

Lcontodon,  4. 

Lilium. 

Jiinna3a. 

Listera. 

Lonicora. 

Lom:itoBonium. 

Luzula,  5. 

I^ychnis. 

Malaxis,  2. 

Montia. 

Mohriiigia. 

MyoHolif*. 

Myriraria. 

Nardus. 

Nigritella. 

Oxyria. 

Oxytropis,  7. 

Pffidcrota.  2. 

Papavcr.  2. 


Pedicularis,  5, 
Petasites,  2. 
Petrocallis. 
Phaca,  4. 
Phk'um,  2. 
Phyteunia,  10. 
Pimpineila. 
Pinus. 
Plantago,  3. 
Foa.  5. 
Polygala,  2. 
Polygonum,  2. 
Potentilla,  14. 
Primula.  12. 
Ranunculus,  14. 
Rhinanthua. 
Ribes.  2. 
Rosa,  3. 
Rubus. 
Rumex,  3. 
Sagina. 
Salix,  12. 
Saponaria. 
Saussurea,  2. 
Saxifraga,  30. 
Scabiosa. 
Seirpus. 
Sedum,  7. 
Selaginella,  2. 
Sempervivum,  5. 
Senecio,  8. 
Sesleria,  3. 
Sibbaldia. 
Silcne,  6. 
Soldanella,  4. 
Sorbus. 
Soyeria. 
Stachys. 
Stellaria. 
Thaliftrum,  6. 
Trifolium,  6. 
Valeriana.  7. 
Veronica,  6. 
Viola.  5. 
Wulfenia. 


The  literature  on  alpine-gardening,  in  English,  is 
very  meager.  Any  good  book  of  the  flora  of  high  moun- 
tain regions, — and  there  are  a  dozen  or  more  excellent 


ALPINE  PLANTS 


ALSINE 


265 


works  on  the  flora  of  the  Alps, — will  aid  in  the  way  of 
suggesting  new  species  that  may  be  grown.  A  good  but 
rather  out-of-date  book  on  the  making  and  culture  of 
alpine  gardens  is  A.  Kerner's  "Die  Cultur  der  Alpen- 
pflanzen."  A  useful  work  containing  many  cultural 
hints  is  H.  S.  Thompson's  "Alpine  Plants  of  Europe, 
with  Cultural  Hints."  The  first  International  Congress 
of  Alpine  Gardens  met  at  Naye,  Switzerland,  in  1904. 
As  yet  nothing  except  administrative  reports  of  this 
convocation  has  been  pubhshed.  N.  Taylor. 

ALPINIA  (Prosper  Alpinus,  an  Italian  botanist). 
Zingiberaces'.  Stove  herbs,  cultivated  both  for  leaves 
and  the  racemes  or  panicles  of  flowers. 

JVIany-std.  leafy  plants,  with  ginger-like  rhizomes:  fls. 
in  spikes  or  panicles  terminating  the  leafy  sts.,  often 
showy;  calyx  wide-tubular  or  nearly  bell-form,  the  tube 
short  and  the  3  points  or  parts  erect;  corolla  of  3  parts; 
stamens  reduced  to  1  pollen-bearing  organ,  and  1  or 
more  staminodia,  one  of  the  staminodia  being  showy  and 
longer  than  corolla  and  notched  or  toothed:  fr.  a  3- 
celled  caps. — About  150  species  in  Polynesia,  Japan, 


■'.'.vt,.,,  "    .       ■ '         ,,,:■■  '^-i'  ■  '"■ 
176.  Alpinia  mutica. 

and  E.  India.  Some  of  the  cult,  forms  have  undoubt- 
edly been  referred  to  Alpinia  without  knowledge  of  the 
botanical  characters,  and  their  botanical  position  is 
therefore  doubtful.  Monogr.  in  Engler,  Pflanzen- 
reich,  hft.  20   (1904). 

Alpinia  contains  many  handsome  species,  but  only 
a  few  are  common  in  cultivation.  They  are  tropical 
plants  and  require  a  moist  air  and  a  temperature  of 
5o°  to  60°  F.  A  mixture  of  two  parts  loam,  one  part 
leaf-mold,  and  one  part  dried  cow-manure  forms  an 
excellent  compost.  While  growing,  they  need  an  abun- 
dance of  water,  and  the  large-growing  kinds  require 
large  pots  or  tubs.  After  flowering,  allow  them  to  rest 
in  heat,  but  do  not  dry  them  off.  The  plants  are  propa- 
gated by  division  in  the  spring.  A.  nutana  is  grown  for 
its  handsome  flowers  and  attains  a  height  of  12  or  13 
feet.  A .  vittata  is  popular  on  account  of  its  variegated  fo- 
liage. A.  mutica  has  very  showy  flowers,  but  is  appa- 
rently little  known  in  the  trade.   (Robert  Cameron.) 

A.  Foliage  striped:  plants  of  doubtful  botanical  position. 

vittata,  Bull  {Ambmum  viltatum,  Hort.).  Lower: 
Ivs.  distichous,  lanceolate,  with  pale  green  or  creamy 
yellow  bars  or  stripes  between  the  nerves:  fls.  red,  in 
axillary  spikes.  S.  Sea  Isls.   A. F.  8:787.   Gn.  4,  p.  25. 

albo-lineata,  Hort.  A  plant  3-4  ft.  high,  with  broad 
bands  of  white  and  pale  green  on  the  elliptic-lanceolate 
Ivs. 

Sanderae,  Sand.  St.  ascending:  Ivs.  very  short- 
stalked  and  5  in.  or  less  long,  1  '4  in.  or  less  broad,  taper- 
ing both  ways,  rich  shining  green,  regularly  and  closely 
striped  in  broad  bands  of  white  leading  from  the  midrib 
to  the  margin.  Xew  (Juinea.  G.C.  III.  33:248  (suppl. J. 
1903.  Probably  a  variegated  form  of  A.  Rafflesiana, 
WaU. 


tricolor,  Sand.  St.  erect:  Ivs.  oblong-acuminate,  10 
in.  long,  lj<t  in.  wide,  green  with  white  or  creamv  vel- 
low  stripes.     Solomon   Isl.     G.C.  III.  33:249  (suppl.). 

AA.  Foliage  green,  not  striped. 

nfttans,  Roseoe  (Zenimbet  specibsum,  Wendl.). 
Shell-flower.  Striking  plant,  reaching  10-12  ft., 
with  long,  lanceolate  glabrous  long-veined  Ivs.:  fls. 
orchid-like,  yellow  with  pink,  sweet-scented,  in  a  long, 
drooping,  terminal,  spike-like  raceme.  E.  Indies.  G.C. 
111.19:301.  I. H.  43,  p.  259.  B.M.  1903.  P.M.  13:125. 
R.H.  1861:51. — Fine  for  foliage  masses,  and  an  old 
favorite.  Said  to  grow  20  ft.  high  in  S.  Calif,  in  rich  soil 
and  with  plenty  of  water,  and  to  bloom  continuously. 

m&tica,  Roxbg.  Fig.  176.  A  handsome  strong  spe- 
cies: Ivs.  very  short -stalked  or  sessile,  long-lanceolate 
and  pointed:  fl.  with  large  bright  yellow  lip  veined 
crimson,  the  outer  segms.  oblong  and  white.  .4.  mutica, 
Hook,  f.,  B.M.  6908,  is  probably  not  the  A.  mutica  of 
Ro.xburgh.  E.  Indies.    Excellent  free-flowering  species. 

All&ghas,  Roseoe.  Strong,  3'/2-7  ft.:  Ivs.  sessile  or 
nearly  so,  lanceolate  or  linear-lanceolate,  short-acumi- 
nate, IJ2  ft-  or  less  long,  3-4  in.  broad:  fls.  small, 
crowded,  greenish  white,  the  lip  cuneate,  pink,  emar- 
ginate.    India.    Spring. 

calcarata,  Roseoe.  Slender,  3-5  ft.:  Ivs.  sessile,  nar- 
rowly linear-lanceolate  and  attenuate-acuminate:  fls. 
medium  in  size,  greenish  white,  the  lip  variegated  with 
red  and  yellow  on  a  lighter  ground.    India.    Fall. 

Many  kinds  of  these  interesting  ornamental  plants  are  likely  to 
find  their  way  into  choice  collections.  Some  of  them  are  as  follows: 
.4.  gigantia,  Blume.  reported  in  S.  Calif.,  very  tall,  even  to  more  than 
20  ft.,  with  very  large  nodding  panicle. — -4.  japonica,  once  cata- 
logued in  U.  S.,  but  not  known  whether  it  was  the  A.  japonica  of 
Thunberg. — .4.  longepeCioldla,  coming  from  W.  Trop.  Afr..  of 
robust  habit,  6  ft.:  Ivs.  elliptic,  the  uppermost  linear,  wing-petioled: 
fls.  white  or  rose  in  terminal  panicle,  purple-spotted. — .4.  magnifica, 
Roscoe=Phaeomeria  magnifica. — A.  Nieuwenhiiizii,  Valet.  (A. 
borneensis.  Valet.),  distinct  species,  4-6  ft.:  Ivs.  2  ft.  or  less  long:  fls. 
purple-lipped,  in  panicles  12  in.  long:  fr.  large.  Borneo. — .4.  officind' 
Turn,  Hance.  Supplying  the  "radix  Galangse  minoris"  of  pharma- 
cists, once  used  as  an  aromatic  stimulant  by  Arabs  and  Greeks: 
rhizome  thick,  creeping,  the  st.  tuberous  at  base:  Iva.  narrowly 
lanceolate,  long-acuminate:  fls.  white  in  simple  spike,  the  lip  red- 
nerved.  China.  B.M.  6995. — .4.  pumila.  Hook.  f.  Lvs.  from  root- 
stock,  6  in.  or  less,  on  petioles  2-4  in.:  fls.  in  short  spike,  1  in.  long, 
pink,  the  lip  recurved,  on  a  very  short  scape.  China.  B.M.  6832. 
.4.  Schumannidna,  Valet.  (A.  fimbriata,  Gagn.).  3-5  ft.:  Ivs.  lanceo- 
late, 18  in.  long,  1  ^2  in.  broad:  fls.  purple  in  spikes,  handsome. 
Formosa. — A.  zingiberina.  Hook.  f.  4-5  ft.:  Ivs.  oblanceolate,  ob- 
long, cuspidate,  12  in.  or  less  long,  3  in.  broad:  fls.  greenish,  the  lip 
white  veined  crimson,  in  panicles.    Siam.    B.M.  6944. 

L.  H.  B. 

ALSEUOSMIA  {alsos,  grove,  and  euosme,  fragrance). 
Caprifoliaceae.  A  group  of  4  species  of  tender  New 
Zealand  shrubs,  usually  glabrous.  Lvs.  alternate  or 
opposite,  with  minute  tufts  of  hair  in  the  axils  of  the 
veins  beneath:  fls.  fragrant,  green  or  red,  axillary, 
solitary  or  in  clusters;  corolla  tubular  or  funnelform: 
fr.  a  purple,  many-seeded  berry. — Perhaps  not  cult, 
outside  botanic  gardens. 

.4.  macTophytla,  A.  Cunn.  New  Zealand  Honetbuckle,  6-10 
ft.:  Ivs.  3-6  in.  long,  elliptic  or  oblanceolate,  acute,  serrate,  or  en- 
tire, petiolate:  fls.  in  small  axillary  clusters,  drooping,  1  '2  in.  long, 
creamy  with  dull  red  streaks;  corolla  lobes  recurved,  toothed,  the 
tube  cylindric.    B.M.  6951.  j^     TayLOR 

ALSIKE:    Clover  and  Tri/olium. 

ALSINE  (Greek  for  grove,  where  some  species  grow). 
Caryophyllacese.  A  few  species  of  Alsine  are  in  the 
market,  mostly  for  rock-gardening.  There  is  much  dif- 
ference among  botanists  as  to  the  standing  of  the  genus 
Alsine.  Some  persons  reier  it  to  Arenaria,  others  make 
it  a  tenable  name  to  replace  Stellaria,  and  Pax  in 
Engler  and  Prantl's  Pflanzenfamilien  retains  it  for 
about  sixty  species,  mostly  in  the  temperate  and  cold 
parts  of  the  northern  hemisphere,  and  distinguishes 
both  Arenaria  and  Stellaria;  for  the  purposes  of  this 
Cyclopedia  it  seems  to  be  desirable  to  follow  the  Index 
Kewensis  disposition;  and  the  few  cultivated  species 
are  therefore  accounted  for  under  Arenaria. 


266 


ALSOPHILA 


ALSTRCEMERIA 


Pinna  of  Aisopbila 
aus  trails 


ALSOPHILA  (Grwk.f/roi'f-Zoi'tHS).  Cyathecicea'.  Tree 
ferns  grvnvii  in  choice  large  conservatories,  :uiil  in  the 
open  in  warm  countries. 

Alsophihis  lia\e  simple  or  forked  free  veiivs,  round 
sori.  and  no  indusia.  Niunerous  species  are  fouid  in  tlie 
tro))ic;d  ref^ions  of  both 
hemispheres.  Tlie  species  of 
Alsophihi  are  very  similar  in 
appearance  to  the  tree  ferns 
placed  in  the  genus  Cyalhea 
and  are  prol)ably  not  gener- 
ically  distinct. 

Of  the  different  species  of 
alsophila,  onl.\'  one  is  in  gen- 
f:,^  eral  commercial  use.  .1.  niis- 
tralis  is  a  very  graceful  and 
rapidly  growing  tree  fern, 
with  hni'ly  divided  fronds  of 
a  pleasing  shade  of  hght 
green,  with  the  stipes  thickly 
covered  with  light  brown, 
hairy  scales.  It  is  grown  from 
spores,  which  can  be  obtained 
only  from  old  and  large 
specimens,  and  which,  like 
the  spores  of  most  commer- 
cial ferns,  will  germinate  very 
freely  if  sown  on  a  compost 
consisting  of  finely  screened 
soil,  leaf-mold  and  sand  in 
equal  parts.  To  develop  a 
good  crown  of  fronds  in  old  specimen  plants  which  may 
look  starved,  the  stem  may  be  covered  to  any  thick- 
ness consistent  with  good  appearance  with  green  moss, 
which  may  be  attached  with  thin  copper  wire,  and 
which,  if  kept  continually  moist,  will  soon  be  thickly 
covered  with  fine  roots.  Alsophilas  should  be  grown 
in  a  temperature  of  (30°  F.,  and  the  soil  should 
never  be  allowed  to  become  very  dry.  (Nichoi  N. 
Bruckner.) 

A.  Lvs.  bipinnate;  rachises  merely  fibrillose. 
Rebeccas,  F.  Muell.    Lvs.  ample,  from  8  in.  or  so 
high;  pinna?  12-1.5  in.  long,   with  20-30  pinnules  on 
each  side,  which  are  2-3  in.  long  and  serrate  or  crenate 
throughout.    Austral.    G.Z.  28,  p.  2. 

AA.  Lvs.  Iripinnalifid  or  triipin- 
nate;  rachises  armed  with 
spines. 

B.  Segms.  long,  strongly  curved; 
pinmdes  tapering  to  a  slen- 
der point. 
excelsa,  R.  Br.    Lvs.  coriace 

ous,  with  more  or  less  w'Oolly 

rachises;  pinna;  6-10  in.  wide, 

with  crowded  pinnules,  which 

are   provided    with    about    20 

pairs  of  segms.  which  are  strongly  curved 

and  more  or  less  enlarged  at  the  ends. 

Norfolk  Isl.  and  Austral. — Said  to  have 

a  trunk  60-80  ft.  high. 

Co6peri,  F.  Muell.    Smaller  than  the 

Isist:    rachLses   with    pali'   brown   scales; 

pinna-  spear-shaped,  with  linear  pinnules 

4-.")  in.  long.    Queensland. 

luDuUta,   R.   Br.     Lvs.  rather  thick, 

herbaceous,  from  smooth  rachises;  pin- 

nule.s    clr)se,   .>-6    in.   long,   with    20-30 

pairs  of  segms.,  which  are  finely  serrate 

throughout. 

BB.  Segms.  \^n.  or  less  long. 
austraiis,  R.  Br.    Fig.   177.    Rachises 
Btraw-colored ;  lvs.  ample,  with  primary 
pinna;  18  in.  long,  6-10   in.  wide;   pin- 


178.  Alsophila  oligocarpa. 


nules  deeply  pinnalitid,  with  segms.  broadest  at  the 
base,  ovate-oblong  and  sharply  serrate.  Tasmania  and 
Austral. 

ferox,  Prcsl.  (.4.  acitleala,  J.  Smith).  Rachises  brown- 
ish: pinnie  12-18  in.  long;  pinnules  narrow,  3-4  in.  long, 
}  3-J  2'>i.  wide,  with  l.'j-lS  pairs  of  segms.  which  are  nar- 
row and  slightly  serrate.    Trop.  Amer. 

AAA.  Lvs.  quadripinnatifid. 

oligocarpa,  Fee.  Fig.  178.  Rachises  smooth,  grayish 
straw-colored;  pinnules  1 J  2-2  ft.  long,  the  segms.  ligu- 
late,  deeply  pinnatifid,  with  blunt  lobes;  sori  median, 
4-(3  on  the  lower  lobes.    Colombia. 

A.  Baroitmbii,  Hort.  Recently  inlro.  Not  so  elegant  as  A.  Loube- 
tiana,  but  of  interest  for  its  majestic  dimensions.  Congo  Free 
State. — .4.  congoensis,  Hort.  Large,  iiandsome  fronds,  with  prom- 
inent yellow  midrib:  pinnse  deeply  and  regularly  cut. — A.  incdna, 
Hort.  .\  magnificent  tree  fern  with  black  -spiny  petioles.  Congo. 
R.B.  34:172. — .4.  Loubetiana,  Hort.  A  decorative  tree  fern  with 
broad  lvs.:  rachis  hairy  brown.    S.H.  4:453. 

L.  M.  Underwood. 
R.  C.  Benedict,  t 

ALSTONIA  (Dr.  Alston,  once  professor  of  botany  at 
Edinliurgh).  Apocyndces'.  Two  trees  of  this  genus  are 
introduced  in  southern  Florida  and  southern  California 
for  outdoor  planting. 

Corolla-tube  cylindrical,  usually  swollen  at  the  base, 
the  parts  spreading,  usually  twisted  in  the  bud;  an- 
thers inclosed  in  the  tube. — Between  30  and  40  species 
of  trees  or  shrubs  of  E.  India  and  Austral.,  with  small 
white  fls.  in  terminal  cymes,  and  simple  entire  lvs. 
in  whorls  or  opposite.  A.  scholaris,  R.  Br.,  is  the  devil- 
tree  or  pah-mara  of  India,  the  bark  of  which  is  medici- 
nal.   Trees  yield  caoutchouc. 

macrophylla,  Wall.  A  tall  tree,  with  milky  juice: 
lvs.  6-12  in.  long,  2  J^-3  in.  wide,  oblanceolate  orelliptic- 
lanceofete,  obtusely  acuminate,  nerves  16-20  pairs: 
cymes  numerous,  the  fls.  small;  corolla-tube  glabrous, 
the  throat  villous;  ovary  glabrous.    Malaya. 

scholaris,  R.  Br.  Tree,  50-90  ft.:  lvs.  4-8  in.  long, 
1-1 '  2  ill-  wide,  coriaceous,  usually  4-7  in  a  whorl, 
obovate  or  elliptic-oblong,  white  beneath;  with  30-60 
veins:  fls.  pubescent,  subcapitate,  ovary  hirsute. 
Wight  Icones  Ind.  Or.  2:422.  Rheede  Hort.  Malab. 
1:4.'). — Intro,  by  Montarioso  Nursery,  Santa  Barbara, 
Calif.,  in  1910.  "Tropics.  n.  TATLOR.f 


ALSTRCEMERLA  (Baron 
Alstroemer,  friend  of  Linna-us). 
A  marylliddcese.  Alstremeria. 
Coolhouse  and  stove  plants, 
■with  tuberous  roots,  treated  as 
bulbs;  and  some  of  them  also 
grown  in  the  open  for  sum- 
mer bloom. 

Showy  tall  or  slender  plants 
with  the  red,  purple  or  yellow 
^  blossoms  in  simple  or  com- 
pound umbels  terminating  the  st.:  fls. 
small  (2  in.  or  less  long),  comparatively 
narrow,  with  6  segms.,  parted  nearly  or 
quite  to  the  ovary,  often  irregular;  stamens 
mostly  declined;  stigma  3-cleft;  sts.  slender 
and  leafy,  weak,  or  even  disposed  to  climb, 
arising  from  a  root  of  thickened  fibers. — 
Perhaps  .50  species  in  S.  Amer.  There  are 
garden  hybrids.  The  alstremerias  are  not 
now  very  much  grown.  Monogr.  by  Baker, 
Handbook  of  the  Amaryllidea-. 

Some  of  the  alstremerias  have  survived 
the  winters  in  Washington  of  late  years 
only  when  a  heavy  mulch  has  been  given, 
as  A.  nurnnliaca  and  its  form  A.  aurea,  A. 
rhilensis  and  its  forms.  Evidently  among 
the  hardiest  are  A.  bra-nliensis  and  A. 
pulchella,  although  some  of  the  others  have 


ALSTRCEMERIA 


ALTAMIRANOA 


267 


not  been  tried.  For  outdoor  planting,  alstrenierias  are 
at  their  best  in  a  partly  .shaded  position,  and  at 
all  times  during  their  growth  the  roots  must  have  an 
abundance  of  water.  In  fact,  there  is  little  use  in 
attempting  their  cultivation  out-of-doors  when  these 
conditions  cannot  be  given. — In  colder  climates,  the  al- 
strenierias can  be  grown  very  successfully  by  planting 
out  in  spring,  and,  as  soon  as  they  die  down,  lift,  and 
keep  o\-er  winter  in  a  place  from  which  frost  is  excluded. 
An  annual  lifting,  or,  wlien  grown  in  pots,  an  annual 
shaking-out,  should  be  given,  because  they  increase  to 
such  an  extent  that  the  younger  and  smaller  crowns  are 
apt  to  take  the  nourishment  from  the  large  flowering 
crowns.  The  largest  ones  ought  to  be  separated  from 
the  smaller,  ones,  and  either  grown  in  pots  or  planted 
outside  when  the  proper  time  arrives.  In  this  way  the 
genus  will  become  much  more  popu- 
lar than  it  now  is,  either  for  cutting 
or  for  the  decoration  of  the  border. — 
The  best  soil  is  largely  composed 
of  vegetable  humus;  when  this  is 
not  to  be  had  old  well -decayed 
cow-  or  stable-manure  should  be 
incorporated  with  the  soil.  When 
they  are  planted  outside,  the  tubers 
should  be  put  deep  in  the  ground, 
and  the  soil  should  be  well  worked 
for  at  least  1.5  inches.  The  tubers  are  slightly 
egg-shaped,  attached  to  a  common  stem;  tlie 
roots  are  from  the  ends  of  the  tubers,  and 
also  from  near  the  growing  points  of  the 
crowns. — For  greenhouse  work  one  of  the 
best  is  .4.  Pdegrina  var.  alha.  The  roots  may 
be  potted  up  in  autumn  in  large  pots,  and 
treated  as  other  tender  late  winter  tuberous 
or  bulbous  plants  are  treated.  See  Bulbs. 
Some  of  the  Van  Houtte  hybrids  are  extremely 
pretty,  but,  with  the  others,  they  are  rather 
unsuitable  for  pot  culture,  owing  to  the 
peculiar  formation  of  the  roots. — The  species 
are  easily  raised  from  seeds,  which  should  be 
sown  rather  thinly  in  deep  pans,  and  allowed 
to  remain  without  pricking  off  or  shifting  for 
the  first  season;  also  by  division  of  the  roots. 
(G.  W.  Oliver.) 


179.   Alstrcemeria  put 
chella.  (X}2) 


aWa,  .3.  Hookeri,  8.  pulchra.  8. 

aurea,  5.  Ligtu,  8.  quillotensis,  3. 

aurantiaca,  5.  lutea,  .5.  revoluta,  10. 

bicolor,  8.  niveo-marginata,  7.    Simsii,  4. 

brasiliensis,  6.  Pelegrina,  .3.  sulpburea,  7. 

caryophyUaceOy  8.      peruviana,  7.  iigrina,  7. 

chilensis,  2.  pnttacina,  1.  versicolor.  7. 

Flos'Marlinii,  8.        puichella,  14.  violacea,  9. 
bSBmantha,  4. 

A.  Lvs.  of  fl.-st.  (or  scape)  broad,  oblong  or  oblong- 
sjmtulate. 

1.  puichella,  Linn.  f.  {A.  psiltacina,  Lehm.).  Fig.  179. 
Sterile  St.  a  foot  or  less  long,  with  aggregated  petioled 
lvs.:  flowering  st.  2-3  ft.,  with  scattered  lvs.:  fls,  in  a 
simple  umbel,  on  pedicels  1-1 H  in.  long,  long  funnel- 
shaped,  the  segms.  unequal,  dark  red  and  tipped  with 
green  and  spotted  insid;;  with  bromi ;  stamens  nearly  as 
long  as  limb.  Brazil.  Fig.  179  is  of  the  A.  psiUacinu, 
B.M.  3033. — An  old  garden  plant. 

2.  chilensis,  Cree.  Chilian  Lily.  Stout,  2-4  ft. :  lvs. 
scattered,  obovate  or  spatulate,  or  the  upper  becom- 
ing lanceolate,  twisted  at  the  base,  fringed,  somewhat 
glaucous:  fls.  large,  ro.se  or  red  (or  var>'ing  to  whitish), 
the  two  lower  segms.  longer  and  straighter;  umbel  with 
5  or  6  2-fld.  peduncles.    Chile. 

AA.  Lvs.  of  fl.-st.  lanceolate  (at  least  the  lower  ones). 
B.  Fk.  purplish  or  red. 

3.  Pelegrina,  Linn.  Fl.-st.  .stout,  a  foot  or  less  high: 
lvs.  about  30,  thin,  ascending,  2  in.  or  less  long  and  J^in. 
or  less  -wide:  fl.  2  in.  or  less  long,  lilac,  the  outer  segms. 


broad  and  cuspidate,  the  inner  ones  spotted  red-purple: 
umbel  few-rayed,  normally  simple,  but  becoming  com- 
pound in  cult.  Also  a  pure  white  variety  (A.  alba, 
Hort.).  A.  quillotensis,  Hort.,  is  a  robust  cult.  form. 
Chile.    B.M.  139.    On.  46,  p.  472.    L.B.C.  13:1295. 

4.  haemantha,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  (^1.  Simsii,  Spreng.).  Fl.- 
st.  2-3  ft.:  lvs.  crowded  and  thin,  somewhat  stalked, 
3—4  in.  long  and  Jiin.  or  less  wide,  the  upper  becoming 
linear,  glaucous  beneath:  fls.  2  in.  or  less  long,  bright 
red  tipped  green,  the  inner  ones  with  red-purple  spots 
on  a  red-yellow  ground;  umbel  very  compound,  the 
branches  4-6  in.  long.  A  white-fid.  variety  is  cult. 
Chile.    B.M.  23.53  (as  .4.  puichella). 

BB.  Fls.  yellow  or  yellowish. 

5.  aurantiaca,  Don  (.4.  aiirea,  Hort.).  Fl.-st.  2-4  ft. 
high:  lvs.  nearly  50,  thin,  some- 
what petiolate,  shghtly  glaucous 
below,  3-4  ft.  long  and  Kin-  wide: 
fls.  l()-30,  in  a  compound  umbel, 
the  perianth  bright  yellow,  outer 
segms.  tipped  green  and  inner  ones 
spotted  brown. — There  is  a  form 
with  pale,  unspotted  fJs.  Chile. 
B.M.  3350  (as  A.  aurea).  Gn.  26: 
540.  A.  liitea,  Hort.,  is  probably  a 
form  of  this  species. 

6.  brasiliensis,  Spreng.  St.  3-4  ft.:  lvs. 
remote  thickish,  oblong-lanceolate,  2  in.  long: 
fl.  1  '-4  in.  long,  in  a  5-rayed  umbel  (each  ray 
bearing  1-3  fls.),  the  segms.  oblong-spatulate 
and  reddish  yellow,  the  inner  ones  spotted 
brown;  stamens  shorter  than  segms.    Brazil. 

AAA.  Lvs.  of  fl.-st.  linear. 

7.  versicolor,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  (A.  peruviana, 
Van  Houtte.  A.  sulphitrea  and  A.  tignna, 
Hort.).  f^l.-st.  short  (1  ft.  or  less  high):  lvs. 
many,  the  lower  ones  about  1  in.  long:  fis.  1 
in.  long,  in  a  nearly  simple  umbel,  yellow 
spotted  purple,  the  segms.  all  oblanceolate 
and  acute.  A  marginate  1-fld.  form  is  var. 
ntveo-inarginala.    Chile. 

8.  Ligtu,  Linn.  Fl.-st.  1)^-2  ft.:  lvs.  20-.30, 
thin,  the  lowermost  becoming  lanceolate,  2-3 
in.  long:  fls.  IJ'j  in.  long,  in  a  nearly  or  quite 
simple  umbel,  whitish,  lilac  or  pale  red, 
streaked  purple,  the  inner  segms.  often  ob- 
tuse. Var.  pulchra,  Baker  (A.  pulchra,  Sims, 
B.M.  2421.  A.  Flds-Mdrtinii,  Ker,  B.R.  731. 
A.  bicolor,  L.B.C.  15:1497),  has  narrower  and 
longer  lvs.,  and  all  the  segms.  acute  or  cuspi- 
date.   Chile.    Common  and  variable  in  cult. 

A.  Hookeri,  Lodd.,  is  a  form  of  A.  Ligtu.  The  A.  Ligtu 
of  B.M.  125  is  A.  caryophyll'ea,  Jacq.,  with  long-clawed, 
very  unequal  segms.  in  two  sets  or  lips,  red  and  red- 
striped.    Brazil. 

9.  violacea,  Phill.  St.  1-2  ft.:  lvs.  scattered  and 
spreading,  1  in.  or  less  long,  those  on  sterile  shoots 
larger,  ovate-oblong  and  5-nerved:  fls.  on  forked  pedi- 
cels in  a  5-rayed  umbel,  13^2-2  in.  long,  bright  lilac,  the 
outer  segms.  obo^■ate,  truncate  and  with  a  short  cusp, 
the  inner  oblong-acute,  spotted.    Chile. 

10.  revoliita,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  Fl.-st.  1  ft.  or  more:  lvs. 
crowded,  linear,  Hi  in.  or  less:  fls.  6-12,  purplish,  J^in. 
or  less,  the  segms.  oblanceolate-clawed,  refiexed  or 
spreading  from  the  middle  in  full  bloom,  the  inner 
segms.  yellowish  and  spotted.   Chile.  l,  jj_  b_ 

ALTAMIRANOA  (named  for  Dr.  F.  Altamirano,  late 
Director  of  the  Instituto  Medico  Nacional,  of  the  City 
of  Mexico).  Crassulacese.  Low,  much-branched  peren- 
nials with  the  habit  and  foliage  of  Sedum,  but  with  the 
petals  united  into  a  distinct  tube.  On  account  of  the 
tubular  fls.,  some  of   the  species  were  first  described 


268 


ALTAMIRANOA 


ALYSSUM 


as  Cotyledon,  with  which  they  have  little  else  in  com- 
mon. None  of  the  speeics  is  especially'  attractive,  but 
iUl  of  them  develop  !}t  the  base  or  on  the  branches 
curious  rosettes  of  Ivs.  Twelve  specimens  are  know  ii, 
of  which  ")  have  been  grown  in  Wiishington  greenhinises 
and  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden.  A.  elongata, 
Rose.  h;»s  puberulent  sts.  and  l\s.  and  white  fis.; 
A.  calcicola,  Rose,  is  more  or  less  glaucous,  with  turgid 
Ivs.  and  greenish  -yellow  fis. ;  A.  Goldmanii,  Rose,  is 
glabrous,  with  linear  Ivs.  an<l  pale  yellow  Ms. ;  A.  Batesii, 
Rose,  is  glabrous,  with  linear  Ivs.  and  fls.  purplish  or 
becoming  so;  A.  scopulina,  Rose,  is  glabrous,  with 
linear  Ivs.  and  pure  white  fls.  j_  x   Rose. 

ALTERNANTHERA:     Telanlhem. 

ALTR£A  (Greek,  to  cure).  Malvacex.  Tall  annual, 
biennial  or  perennial  herbs,  grown  in  the  open  garden. 
The  flowering  shrubs  knomi  as  altheas  are  forms  of 
Hibiscus  syriacus. 

Flowers  axillary,  solitarj',  or  racemose  in  the  axils  or 
at  the  summit  of  the  St.,  with  &-9  bracts  below  the  calyx, 
but  otherwise  iis  in  Malva. — .\bout  15  species  in  the 
temperate  regions  of  the  world. 

officinalis,  Linn.  Marsh  Mallow.  Fig.  180.  Erect, 
3-4  ft.,  downy:  Ivs.  ovate,  often  heart-shaped  or  3- 
lobed,  frequently  undivided,  tomentose:  fls.  1  in.  across, 
blush  or  rose,  clustered  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs.   Perennial, 


180.  Altluea  ofScinalis.  (Plsmt  X  ro).   Marsh  Mallow. 

in  marshes.  E.  Eu.,  and  occurring  in  this  country  as 
an  fscape. — Root  used  for  mucilage  and  for  other  pur- 
pos<s^;  also  medicinal.  The  root  of  conrnitrce  has  its 
browTi  outer  covering  removed.  Rarely  cult.,  but 
occasionally  escaped  in  marshfjs  near  the  coast. 

rdsea,  Cav.    Hollyhock,  which  see  for  culture.    St. 
strict    and    spire-like,    hairy:    Ivs.    large    and    rough. 


rounded-heart-shaped,  wavy-angled  or  lobed:  fls.  large 
and  nearlj-  sessile,  in  a  long  wand-like  raceme  or  spike, 
in  many  forms  and  colors.  Biennial.  China.  B.M. 
319S. 

ficifolia,  Cav.  Antwerp  Hollyhock.  Biennial,  3-6 
ft.:  Ivs.  7-lobed,  toothed:  fl.  lemon-yeUow  or  orange, 
large,    in    terminal 

spik(>s,  showy,  sin-  .:...'"■; 

gle  or  double.    Eu.  '•-'     ■) 

— Grown  in  Calif.  .    , 

cannabina,  Linn.  ../?;■  .  " 

Perennial,  .5-15  ft., 
branching:  Ivs.  digi- 
tately  .")-parted,  up- 
per ones  3-parted, 
the  lobes  nar- 
row  and  strongly 
toothed:  fls.  not 
large,  rose-colored, 
on  many-fld.  axil- 
lary peduncles  that 
are  longer  than  the 
Ivs.  Eu.  —  Grown 
sometimes  as  a 
border  plant.  It 
yields  a  fiber. 

L.  H.  B. 

ALUM  -  ROOT: 

Heuchera. 

ALYSSUM 

(classical  name). 
Cruciferse.  Low 
plants  with 
many  small 
clustered  flow- 
ers, grown  in  the  open  and  often  used  in  rock-gardens. 

Plants  branching,  often  tufted:  fls.  white  or  yellow, 
sometimes  varying  to  rose;  filaments  often  notched:  fr. 
a  small  orbicular  pod,  with  1  or  2  wingless  seeds  in 
each  of  the  2  compartments;  valves  of  pod  nerveless, 
flattened  at  the  margins. — .\s  many  as  100  species  in 
middle  Eu.,  Medit.  region  and  the  Caucasus. 

The  sweet  alyssum  is  one  of  the  commonest  annuals, 
grown  both  in  the  open  and  forced  in  benches,  beds  or 
pots.  It  is  of  the  easiest  culture,  either  indoors  or  out. 
The  compact  varieties  are  most  prized  for  pot  culture. 
L'nder  glass,  it  requires  temperature  of  a  carnation 
house.  It  will  stand  considerable  frost  in  the  open,  and 
may  be  sown  early;  it  blooms  all  summer,  and  until 
killed  by  winter.  Useful  for  window-gardens  and  bas- 
kets. For  winter  bloom,  sow  seeds  late  in  August  or  in 
September.  When  blooms  begin  to  fail,  cut  back  the 
plant,  and  it  will  bloom  again. 

The  pereimial  alyssums  require  no  special  treatment. 
They  are  usually  propagated  by  dividing  the  roots; 
also  by  cuttings  and  seeds. 


181.  Sweet  Alyssum. 


alpestre.  .5. 
argenteuin.  9. 
Bentham',  1. 
compact  um,  1,  6. 
flore-plcno,  6. 
gemonense,  7. 
giganteum,  1. 


INDEX. 

maritimum,  1. 
Alocllendorfianium, 

11. 
montanum,  10. 
odoratum.  1. 
podolicum.  4. 
procumbens,  1. 


pyrenaicum.  3. 
rostratum.  8. 
saxatile.  0. 
serpyllifolium,  5. 
spinosum.  2. 
variegatura,  1,  6. 
Wierzbickii,  8. 


A.  Fk.  white;  annuals  or  perennials. 

1.  maritimum,  Lam.  (.4.  othratum,  Hort.).  Sweet 
Alyssum.  Fig.  181.  A  low.  spreading,  light  green  annual, 
with  lanceolate  or  linear  entire  Ivs.,  tapering  to  the  base, 
and  small  honey-scented  fls.  in  terminal  clusters,  which 
become  long  racemes.  Eu.  Many  cult,  vars.:  var.  Ben- 
thamii  or  compactum,  a  dwarf  and  compact  form,  not 
over  6  in.  high;  var.  variegatum,  with  pale  white-edged 
Ivs.;  var.  giganteum,  robust,  broad-lvd.;  var.  procum- 


ALYSSUM 


AMARANTUS 


269 


bens,  of  spreading   habit;  and   various  horticultural 
forms  with  trade  names. 

2.  spinosum,  Linn.    A  woody-stemmed  little  peren- 
nial, with  lanceolate  acute  silvery  Ivs.,  spiny  H.  branches, 
and  very  small  numerous  fls.    Eu. — Rockwork;  3-6  in. 
A    rose-colored    form   is    re- 
ported. 

3.  pyrenaicum,  Lapeyr. 
Dwarf,  shrubby,  not  spiny: 
Ivs.  obovate,  tomentose:  fls. 
wliite   with    brown    anthers. 

I      Pyrenees.    Perennial. 

4.  podolicum,  Bess.  (Schiv- 
ereckia  podolica,  Andrz.  & 
Bess. ) .  Dwarf :  Ivs.  in  rosette, 
lanceolate,  2-toothed  on  mar- 
gins: fls.  white,  short-pedi- 
celled;  petals  entire.  Early 
spring.   S.  Russia.  Perennial. 

AA.  Fls.  yellow  or  orange: 

perennials. 
B.  Lvs.  join,  or  less  long. 

5.  serpylUfdlium,  Desf.  (A. 
alpe.itre,  Linn.?).  Dwarf  (3-4 
in.  high),  somewhat  woody 
at  the  base,  with  rough-hoary 
lvs.,  and  pale  yellow  fls.  in 

racemes.     Eu.     Intro. 
1892. 


182.  Alyssum  saxatile. 


BB.  Lvs.  mostly  1  in.  or 
more  long. 
6.  saxatile,     Linn. 

Golden  -  tuft.      Fig. 
^)  182.      A     foot     high, 

wood  J-  at  base:  lvs. 
oblanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  entire  or  wavy, 
hoarv-tomentose:  fls.  golden  vellow,  numerous,  in  little 
compact  clusters.  Eu.  B.M'.  159.  A.F.  5:37.— Com- 
mon in  rockwork,  making  a  spreading  mat,  blooming 
in  early  spring.  There  are  man},'  forms  of  this  standard 
rock  plant.  Var.  compactum,  Hort.,  dwarf.  Var.  flore- 
pleno,  Hort.,  double-fld.  Var.  variegatum  Hort.  (A. 
vnriegatum,  Hort.),  has  parti-colored  foliage,  very 
attractive. 

7.  gemonense,  Linn.  Less  hardy  than  the  last:  lvs. 
lanceolate,  grayish,  velvety:  fls.  lemon-yellow:  st.  woody 
at  base.   Eu. 

8.  rostratum,  Stev.  (A.  Wierzbickii,  Heuff.).  About 
20  in.:  Ivs.  2  in.  long,  broad-oblong,  pointed,  hairy:  fls. 
deep  yellow,  in  dense  heads,  in  summer.   Asia  Minor. 

9.  argenteum,  Vitm.  Fig.  183.  Dwarf  and  dense 
grower,  15  in.  or  so:  Ivs.  oblong  or  spatulate,  silvery 
beneath,  some  of  the  tufted  fls.  yellow,  in  clustered 
heads,  all  summer,  beginning  later  than  those  of  A. 
saxatile.   Eu. 

10.  montanum,  Linn.  Tufted  alpine,  2-3  in.  high, 
more  or  less  herbaceous,  pubescent:  Ivs.  obovate:  fls. 
yellow,  fragrant,  in  a  simple  raceme.    Eu. 

11.  Moellendorfianum,  Asch.  Sts.  ascending:  lvs. 
with  stellate  hairs  on  both  sides,  from  spatulate  to  sub- 
ovate,  obtuse:  fls.  yellow,  in  elongated  many-fld. 
racemes,  the  pedicels  nearly  horizontal  and  bractless: 
fr.  nearly  orbicular.    Bosnia. 

Many  other  species  of  alyssum  are  likely  to  be  found  in  choice 
rock-garden  collections.  .4.  alp^stre,  Linn.  3  in.,  grayish:  Ba.  yellow, 
in  simple  raceme. — .4.  atlAnticum,  Desf.^A.  montanum. — .4. 
Bertholdnii.  Desv.=.\.  argenteum. — A.  cuneifdlium,  Tenore^.\. 
montanum. — A  daaycdrpum,  Steph.  Annual:  fls.  yellow. — A. 
diffiisum,  Tenore=A.  montanum. — A.  macrordrpum,  DC.  Shrubby, 
somewhat  spiny,  8  in.:  Ivs.  oblong,  silvery:  fls.  white. — .4.  orien- 
tnle,  Ard.  1  ft.:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  toothed,  downy:  fls.  yellow,  in 
corymbs. — A.  lorludsum.  Rupr.  6  in.,  st.  twisted;  lvs.  narrow, 
hoary:  fls.  yellow,  in  corymbs.  T     TT    H 

ALEXIA:  Gynopogon. 


AMAGLYPT0S;    Hemiraphis. 
AMANITA:   Mushroom. 

AMARABOYA  (native  name).  Melastomacese.  A 
genus  of  onlj-  3  species  of  tender  shrubs  from  Colombia, 
which  are  showy  both  in  foliage  and  flower.  Lvs.  large, 
opposite,  sessile,  with  3  prominent  nerves,  brownish 
red  beneath:  fls.  large,  cymose;  petals  usually  6;  sta- 
mens 12-15.  For  cult.,  see  Pleroma.  Not  known  to  be 
in  American  trade.  Considered  by  some  as  a  section  of 
the  much  larger  genus  Blakea. 

A.  amdbilis.  Linden.  Lvs.  10-12  in.  long,  8  in.  broad:  fis.  white, 
margined  carmine:  stamens  white;  style  red,  exserted.  I.H.  34:9. 
— .4.  prlnceps,  Linden.  Fls.  carmine;  stamen.s  white;  styles  white. 
LH.  34:4. — .4.  splindida.  Linden.  Fls.  6.'iin.  across;  petals 
narrower  at  the  base  than  in  the  other  species;  stamens  yellow; 
style  red,  exserted.  I.H.  34:34. — Perhaps  the  showiest  of  all  the 
Melastomacese.  ^^   TAYLOR.t 

AMARANTUS  (Greek,  unfading,  in  aUusion  to  the 
lasting  character  of  the  calyx  and  floral  bracts). 
Amarantaces.  Amaranth.  Coarse  aimual  plants,  grown 
for  colored  foliage  and  the  showy  flower-clusters; 
related  to  the  cockscomb. 

Plants  tall  and  erect  or  spreading  or  even  prostrate: 
lvs.  alternate,  entire,  petioled:  fls.  very  small  con- 
gested in  terminal  or  axiUary  spikes  or  glomerules,  each 
fl.  subtended  by  3  chaffy  bracts;  petals  0;  sepals  3-5, 
persistent;  stamens  2-5:  fr.  a  small  1-seeded  utricle.— 
Some  45-.50  species,  mostly  weedy  plants,  widely  dis- 
tributed. Some  of  the  pigweeds  are  of  this  genus,  as 
A.  retroflexus,  sometimes  known  as  beet-root  and  red- 
root;  A.  hyhriflus;  A.  gra^cizans  (A.  albiis),  one  of  the 
tumble-weeds;  A.  spinosus;  A.  blitoides  and  .4.  Palmeri, 
spreading  eastward  along  railroads. 

The  amarantlis  are  usually  planted  as  open-air 
annuals,  and  they  require  no  special  treatment.  They 
thrive  best  in  a  hot  and  sunny  place.  In  very  rich  soil 
the  leaves  become 
very  large  but  usu- 
ally lack  in  bright 
coloring.  Seeds  may 
be  sown  in  the  open 
or  in  frames.  The 
dwarf  and  compact 
varieties,  which 
often  have  beauti- 
fully variegated 
fohage,  may  be 
grown  in  pots  or 
used  for  bedding. 
Give  plenty  of 
room. 

A.  Lvs.    linear  -  lan- 
ceolate, long  and 
drooping. 
sa  li  cif  olius, 

Veitch.     Graceful 

pyramidal  habit,  3 

ft.:  lvs.  5-8  in.  long 

and    J^in.    wide, 

wavy, bronze-green, 

changing  to  orange- 
red.     Philippines. 

G.C.I.  1871  :1550. 

F.S.  19:1929. 

AA.  Lvs.  broad, 

mostly  ovate. 

B.  Spikes  drooping. 

caudatus,  Linn. 
Love  -  lies  -  bleed- 
ing. Fig.  184.  Tall, 
robust  and  diffuse 
(3-5  ft.):  lvs.  ovate 

to       ovate  -  oblong,      183.  Alyssum  argenteum.   (Plant  X  ^) 


270 


A.MARAXTrS 


AMARYLLIS 


8tivlkt\i,  jinH>n;  spikos  rtvl,  long  and  sloiuU-r,  nakod,  in  a 
long  and  dnHipin;;  panicli'.  the  terminal  one  forming!;  a 
long,  conl-likolail.  Also  vai-s.  wit li yellowish  and  whitish 
panicK'S.  Tropics.  (!.\V.  ti:70i). — Cuininon,  and  an  old 
favorite.  Var.  atropurpttreus,  Hort.  Foliajie  blood-red. 
Var.  albiflorus,  llort.  Spike.s  white  or  greenish  white. 
Var.  gibbdsus,  Hort.  I'lant  not  large:  fls.  red,  clustered 
in  more  or  less  separated  fascicles  or  heads. 


184.  Amaranms 

caudatus.  (  X  H) 


BB.  Spikes  erect. 

hypochondriacus,  Linn.  Prince's  Feather.  Tall 
and  glabrous:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  acute:  spikes 
blunt ,  aggregated  into  a  thick,  kunpy  terminal  panicle, 
of  which  the  central  part,  is  elongated:  bracts  long- 
awned. — An  old  garden  plant,  with  the  heavy  heads 
variously  colored,  but  mostly  purple.  Lvs.  usually 
purple  or  puqjle-green.  Trop.  Amer.  Cult,  in  many 
forms  and  sometimes  a  weed  in  old  grounds.  Considered 
by  some  to  be  a  form  of  A.  hybridus,  Linn.  (.4.  hi'/bridiis 
var.  hypochondriacus,  Rob.).  Var.  sanguineus,  Hort. 
(A.  cTueidus,  Hort.,  not  Willd.).  Entire  plant  blood- 
red.  Var.  virescens,  Hort.  Lvs.  green  above,  puqjlish 
beneath.  Var.  viridis,  Hort.  Plant  green,  except  the 
floral  parts.  Var.  racemdsus,  Moq.  Lateral  fl. -branches 
elongated,  light-colored.   There  are  other  garden  forms. 

paniculatus,  Linn.  (A.  hybridus  var.  paniculatus, 
Ullnc  &  Hray).  .St.  usually  pubescent:  lvs.  oblong- 
ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  broader  than  in  the  last: 
spikes  thinner  than  in  the  last,  acute  or  acutish,  and 
in  an  open,  more  graceful  terminal  panicle:  bracts 
sharp-pointed  but  not  long-awned.  Trop.  Amer. — 
Common,  and  sometimes  a  weed.  Var.  speciosus 
(A.  speciosus,  Sims,  H.M.  2227).  Stout,  large,  erect 
plant  (334-;4J^  ft.),  with  st.s.  and  lvs.  reddi.sh  or  purjjle- 
green:  panicle  dark  red-purple;  handsome.  Var.  cru- 
entus,  Moq.  (A.  crui-nlus,  Linn.,  not  Hort.).  Lateral 
fl. -branches  spreading -nodding,  blood-red.  Var. 
sanguineus,  Moq.  Lateral  branches  long,  slender, 
often  nodding  at  the  tip:  fls.  and  some  or  all  the  lvs. 
blood-red.  \'ar.  flavescens,  Vo.ss.  Panicles  large  and 
branched,  yellowish  or  greenish. 

gangeticus,  Linn.  Usually  a  lower  plant,  3  ft.  or 
less  and  often  only  1  ft.,  with  thin,  ovate-pointed  lvs., 
and  fls.  in  short,  glomerate,  interrupted  spikes,  both 
terminal  and  axillary.  Tropics. — Very  variable.  Cult. 
by  Amer.  Chines*;  (Kig.  18.5)  iis  a  pot-herb  under  the 
name  of  hon-toi-moi,  with  green  lvs.  (Bailey,  Hull. 
67,  Cornell  Exp.  Sta.).  Various  dwarf  and  compact 
bedding  forms  are  common.  L'sed  more  for  foliage 
than  for  fl.-panicles.  Var.  melancholicus,  Voss  {A. 
meUinchOlicxxs,  Linn.).  Lvs.  variously  colf)red,  some- 
times mostly  in  two  cfilors  {A.  fAcolur,  Hort.),  and  also 
in  three  colors  (A.  Irirolor,  Hort,.);  lvs.  long-petioled, 
broa'lly  U>  narrowly  lanceolate.  Here  Vjelong  th(^ 
Joseph'k  Coat  group  of  the  bedding  amaranths. 

Many  I>atin-form  nampH  are  in  the  cataloKueH,  probably  all  of 
which  arc  referable  to  above  Hpecie«  or  are  hybrids  of  them:  as  A. 


splf-ndetis,  a  form  of  A.  gangeticus  var.  melancholioii.s:  ,4.  .s/JtriiVsus 
aureuf,  to  .\.  panicul.atvi.^  var.  flavescens;  A.  H^nderi,  probably  a 
hybrid  witli  .\.  tialit-ifnliuH,  or  a  var.  of  it,  with  long-drooping.  Itruwn 
lvs..  and  tall,  i)yramidal  ylature;  A.  Gnnlonii,  or  Sunrise,  with  bronzy 
banded  Ivs.  and  brilliant  scarlet  Ivs.  on  top;  A.  supt-rbuit,  lvs. 
blood-red  above  and  crimson  beneath,  probably  one  of  the  melan- 
cholicus forms;  A.  Dw.s\stj',  Spreng.,  with  Ivs.  and  fls.  bright  colored, 
and  suggested  as  a  var.  of  A.  spinosus,  which  is  a  smooth  weedy 
species  with  2  spines  in  the  axils  of  the  narrow-ovate  or  rhomb- 
ovate  Ivs.  — .4.  liiittonii,  Veitch^Celosia.  T     H    R 

AMAR'^LLIS  (classical  name).  Amaryllidacex. 
Summer-  or  autumn-blooming  bulbous  plant  ( March 
and  Apr.  at  the  Cape),  the  leaves  usually  appearing 
later. 

Plant  stout,  producing  many  strap-like  lvs. :  fls.  large, 
fragrant  in  a  few-  to  several-fid.  umbel;  perianth  with 
a  short  ribbed  tube,  the  divisions  oblong  or  lanceo- 
late, the  filaments  distinct  and  no  scale  between  them; 
stamens  on  the  throat  of  the  tube:  fr.  a  globose  caps., 
opening  irregidarly. — One  species,  from  Cape  of  Good 
Hope.  In  gardens,  the  hippeastrums  (winter  and  spring 
bloomers)  are  known  as  Amaryllis. 

In  dealing  with  the  culture  of  aniaryllis,  it  is  cus- 
tomary to  speak  of  the  genus  in  its  horticultural  sense, 
— to  include  hippeastrum  and  related  things.  Such  is 
the  understanding  in  the  following  cultural  directions. 
There  are  two  widely  differing  methods  of  cultivating 
the  amaryllis  to  produce  showy  flowers  in  the  spring 
months, — the  border  method  and  the  pot  method.  Any 
one  trying  both  of  these  methods  will  soon  come 
to  the  conclusion  that  they  differ  not  only  in  method, 
but  in  flower-producing  results.  The  first  method 
is  to  plant  the  bulbs  in  a  prepared  border  after  they 
are  done  flowering,  say  about  the  middle  of  May. 
The  border  should  have  perfect  drainage,  and,  if  con- 
venient, be  on  the  south  side  of  a  house  or  wall,  fully 
exposed  to  the  sun  during  the  greater  part  of  the  day. 
The  bulbs  are  set  out  in  rows,  necessarily  with  as  little 
disturbance  of  the  roots  as  possible,  because,  if  they 
are  bulbs  that  have  undergone  similar  treatment  the 
previous  year,  by  the  middle  of  May  they  have  made 
a  considerable  number  of  new  roots;  besides,  the  foliage 
also  has  gained  some  headway,  and  may  be  considered 
as  in  actual  growth.  In  planting,  carefully  firm  the  soil 
aroimd  the  old  balls,  give  one  watering,  and  on  the 
succeeding  day,  after  the  surface  of  the  soil  has  been 
raked  over,  cover  to  the  depth  of  2  inches  with  half- 
decayed  cow-manure.  With  frequent  waterings  during 
the  summer  and  the  removal  of  weeds,  they  will  need 
no  more  attention  until  the  approach  of  cool  weather, 
when  they  should  be  lifted,  sized,  and  potted ;  however, 
at  this  season,  if  wet  weather  has  predominated,  some 
of  the  bulbs  will  be  in  a  semi-dormant  state,  while  the 
mtijority  will  yet  be  in  active  growth.  Here  is  the  draw- 
back to  this  method :  The  roots  are  large  and  fleshy,  they 


185.  Amarantus  gangeticus.  ( X  H) 


take  up  considerable  room  in  a  6-  or  7-inch  pot,  and  the 
soil  cannot  be  evenly  distributed  amongst  them,  neither 
can  it  be  made  as  firm  as  it  should  be.  The  result  is 
the  partial  decay  of  the  roots  and  leaves,  and  in  the 
spring,  when  the  flower  scapes  appear,  they  are  devel- 
oped at  the  expense  of  the  bulb,  through  having  insuffi- 
cient roots  to  take  up  nourishment  from  the  soil.  The 
flowers  are  small,  few  in  number,  and  do  not  show  what 
the   plant    is  cap.able   of.     Partly  to  ameliortite  these 


AMARYLLIS 


AMBROSINIA 


271 


conditions,  the  bulbs  in  active  growth  at  lifting  time 
may  be  heeled-in  on  a  greenhouse  bench  ui\t,il  they 
graduall>'  ripen,  taking  care  that  some  of  the  soil  is 
retained  on  the  roots;  otherwise  the  ripening  process 
is  altogether  too  rapid,  so  that  the  roots  and  leaves 
suddenly  lose  their  robust  nature,  become  flabby,  and 
eventually  die.  For  this  method,  it  can  be  said  that  a 
larger  number  of  bulbs  can  be  grown  with  less  trouble 
than  by  the  pot  method,  but  neitlier  bulbs  nor  flowers 
compare  in  size  with  those  kept  in  pots  the  year  round. 
For  the  purpose  of  merely  increasing  stock,  the  out- 
door method  is  to  be  preferred. — Most  of  the  kinds  are 
naturally  evergreen;  potting  under  those  conditions  is 
best  done  either  after  the  plants  have  made  their  growth 
in  the  fall  or  after  they  have  finished  flowering  in  April. 
^^'hen  done  in  the  fall,  they  are  allowed  to  remain 
rather  dry  during  the  winter;  this  will  keep  the  soil  of 
the  original  ball  in  a  sweet  condition  until  the  time 
arrives  to  start  them  into  growth,  which  may  be  any- 
where after  the  first  of  January,  or  even  earlier  if  neces- 
sary. They  will  winter  all  right,  and  keep  their  foliage, 
in  a  brick  frame  in  which  the  temperature  is  not  allowed 
to  fall  below  45°  F..  By  the  beginning  of  February,  in 
a  structure  of  this  sort,  they  will  be  showing  flower- 
scapes,  and  should  then  be  taken  to  a  position  in  which 
more  heat  and  light  can  be  given.  A  weak  solution  of 
cow-manure  will  much  help  the  development  of  the 
flowers.  When  in  bloom,  a  greenhouse  tempera- 
ture, with  slight  shade,  will  prolong  the  flowering 
period.  After  flowering,  the  greatest  care  should  be 
taken  of  the  plants,  as  it  is  from  that  period  till  the  end 
of  summer  that  the  principal  growth  is  made.  A  heavy 
loam,  enriched  with  bone-dust  and  rotted  cow-manure, 
suits  them  well. — The  seeds  of  hippeastrums  should 
be  sown  as  soon  as  ripe,  covered  very  lightly  with  finely 
sifted  leaf -mold,  and,  if  this  shows  a  tendency  to  dry  too 
quickly,  cover  with  panes  of  glass  until  germination 
takes  place.  As  soon  as  the  first  leaves  are  developed, 
they  should  be  potted  in  the  smallest  sized  pots  and 
kept  growing. — In  the  propagation  of  varieties,  it  will 
be  found  that  the  large  bulbs  make  two  or  more  offsets 
each  season;  these  should  not  be  detached  until  it  is 
certain  that  they  have  enough  roots  of  their  own  to 
start  with  after  being  separated  fom  the  parent.  If  a 
well-flowered  specimen  clump  is  desired,  the  offsets 
may  be  allowed  to  remain  attached  to  the  parent ;  they 
will,  in  most  cases,  flower  the  second  year  under  gen- 
erous treatment. — Amaryllis  Belladorma  and  the  plant 
known  as  A.  longifolia  (really  a  crinum)  are  hardy  in 
the  District  of  Columbia;  A.  longifolia  thrives  even  in 
damp,  heavy  soils,  with  no  protection,  and  flowers 
abundantly  each  year.  A.  Belladonna  needs  a  warm, 
sheltered  spot,  with  deep  planting.  This  popular 
autumn-blooming  plant  succeeds  best  where  it  can 
remain  out-of-doors  all  the  year.  It  seems  to  thrive 
in  fairlj'  rich  sandy  loam.  A  position  facing  .south  near 
the  wall  of  house  or  by  the  side  of  a  greenhouse  seems 
to  suit  its  requirements.  In  rather  dry  .soils  where  frost 
does  not  penetrate  deeply,  it  is  not  necessary  to  lift 
the  tubers  each  year.    (G.  W.  OHver.) 

Belladonna,  Linn.  BelIjAdonna  Lily.  Fig.  186. 
Scape  2-4  ft.,  with  a  2-lvd.  dry  spathe  or  involucre  just 
underneath  the  umbel:  fls.  on  short  pedicels,  lily-like, 
short-tubed,  anfl  flaring,  with  pointed  segms.  2-3  in. 
long,  and  6  deflexed  stamens,  fragrant,  normally  rose- 
red;  scape  solid:  Ivs.  strap-shaped,  canaliculate  and 
acute.  B.M.733.  Gn.  .33:268;  47,  p.  46;  49,  p.  276; 
.54,  p.414.  G.C.  III.  24:3L5.— An  old  favorite,  with  many 
Latin-named  garden  forms.  There  are  varieties  rang- 
ing from  white  to  red,  and  varying  in  shape  and  size  of 
fls.,  many  of  them  receiving  Latin  descriptive  names. 
Var.  purp&rea,  Hort.  Fls.  purple,  at  least  on  the  hmb. 
Var.  pallida  (A.  pallida.  Red.),  has  pale  flowers. 
Var.  blanda,  Vo.ss  (A.  UdwUi.,  Gawl.  B.M.  14.50),  is  a 
large  form,  with  white  fls.,  fading  to  blush.  Var.  rdsea 
perfecta,  Hort.   Excellent  blooms,  satiny  rose  and  white- 


striped:  fls.  late,  at  the  time  the  Ivs.  appear;  the  segms. 
pointed.  Gt.  45,  p.  443.  Var.  spectabilis  tricolor,  Hort. 
Fls.  showy,  in  large  umbels,  rose-color,  white  inside, 
highly  perfumed.  Gt.  45,  p.  358.  Var.  maxima,  Hort. 
Strong  grower,  with  many  large  rose-colored  fls.  G.M. 
45:303.  Var.  Parkeri  (A.  Pdrkeri,  Hort.).  Probably 
hybrid  of  Brunsvigia  Josephinx  and  Amaryllis  Bella- 
donna: umbel  circular,  with  as  many  as  30  blooms;  fls. 
deep  rose  with  white  and  orange  at  base  inside,  and 
orange  on  outside  of  tube:  3  ft.,  handsome:  also  a 
white-fld.  form.   G.C.  III.  50:211.    Gn.  75,  p.  460. 

See  Brunsvigia  for  A.  gigantea  and  A.  orientatis;  Crinum  for  A. 
longifolia  and  .4.  ornaia;  Hippea.strum  for  A.  aulicfi,  A.  equestris, 
A.  fulglda.  A,  Johnsunii,  A.  Leopoldii,  A,  pardina,  A.  procera,  A. 
Regiii^,  A,  reticulata,  A.  vittata;  Lycoris  for  A.  aurea,  A.  HalXii, 
and  A.  radiata;  Nerine  for  .4.  Nerine;  Sprekelia  for  A.  formosissima; 
Sternbergia  for  A.  lutea;  Vallota  for  A,  purpurea;  Zephyranthea 
for  A.  Atamasco,  A.  Candida  and  A,  eriibescens.  The  following  trade 
name.s  probably  belong  to  other  genera,  most  likely  to  Hippeastrum: 
A,  crocea,  A.  Graveana,  A.  Tnacranlha,  A,  refuloens,     T      M     T^ 

AMASONIA  (after  Thomas  Amason,  early  American 
traveler).  Verbendcese.  About  a  half-dozen  species  of 
under -shrubs  of  Trop. 
Amer.  Fls.  yellow  or  sul- 
fur-colored in  racemose  or 
paniculate  clusters;  calyx 
5-cleft;  corolla  5-cleft, 
almost  2-lipped.  May  be 
treated  as  warmhouse  V 
species  of  Clerodendron.     V 

calycina.  Hook.  f.  (A. 
punicea,  Hort.  not  Vahl. 
Taligdka  punicea,  Hort.) 
Lvs.  6-12  in.  long,  elliptic, 
acuminate,  coarsely  irregu- 
larly toothed  or  sinuate, 
glabrous,  except  the  floral 
ones:  fls.  lJ'2-2  in.  long, 
drooping;  calyx  ncarlv  1  in. 
long,  red.  B.M.  691.5.  Gn. 
27:130.   R.B.  20:13. 

A.  erecta,  Linn.  A  slender, 
sparingly  branched  shrub:  lys. 
alternate  and  whorled,  4-5  in. 
long,  oblong,  crenate-serrate, 
dark  green  above,  paler  beneath ; 
fls.  white,  racemosely  panicu- 
late; bracts  scarlet.    Guiana. 


N.    TAYLOR.t 


186.  Amaryllis  Belladonna. 


AMBROSIA  (a  classical  name).  Compdsitse.  About 
fifteen  species  of  weedy  evil-smelling  herbs,  mostly 
American.  The  common  ragweed  is  A.  nrtemisisefolia, 
Linn.  The  kingweed  of  western  wheatfields,  and  also 
of  low  waste  places,  is  A .  Irifida,  Linn.  Probably  none 
is  cultivated,  the  listed  Ambrosia  mexicana  probably 
being  of  some  other  genus,  very  likely  an  artemisia. 

AMBROSINIA  (Giacinti  Ambrosini,  an  Italian). 
Ardcese.  A  dwarf  perennial  tuberous  herb  of  Italy  and 
Algeria. 

Spathe  boat-shaped,  lying  on  the  earth,  the  mouth 
gaping;  spadix  included:  fr.  a  many-seeded  berry .^ 
Half-hardy ;  planted  in  the  open  or  in  pots,  and  bloom- 
ing in  the  fall.    A  single  species. 

Bassii,  Linn.  Three  or  4  in.:  Ivs.  2  or  3,  overtopping 
the  spathe,  the  If  .-blade  ovate  or  ovate-elliptic,  obtuse, 
often  refuse:  spathe  ?-4in.  long,  tipped  with  a  brown 
tail,  divided  lengthwise,  the  anthers  being  in  one  com- 
partment (which  has  a  hole  to  admit  insects),  and  the 
solitary  ovary  in  the  other,  thus  preventing  automatic 
clo.se  pollination.  B.M.  6.300. — There  is  a  narrow- 
leaved  form  (var.  angustifolia,  Guss.),  a  spotted- 
leaved  form  (var.  maculata,  Engler),  and  a  form  with 
pale  green  reticulations  (var.  reticulata,  Engler).  Prop- 
agation is  by  seeds  started  inside  or  in  frames,  or  by 
division  in  spring.  l    H.  B. 


AMELANCHIER 


AMELANCHIER 


AMELANCHIER  (said  to  be  a  Savoy  name).  Bosd- 
cea\  Shad-hish.  JLuneberuy.  Ornamental  woody 
suljjoots  fliii'tly  cultivated  for  their  profuse  white 
flowers  appearing  in  early  spring;  some  species  also 
grown  for  their  fruits. 

Deciduous  shrubs  or  small  trees:  winter-buds  con- 
spicuous, pointed,  with  several  imbricate  scal(>s:  Ivs. 
alternate,  petioled,  serrate:  fls,  in  racemes  terminal  on 
short  branchlets.  rarely  solitary;  cal>'x-tube  campanu- 
late,  adnate  to  the  ovary,  with  5  persistent  lobes;  petals 
5:  stamens  10-20;  styles  2-.t;  ovary  inferior,  2-5-celled, 
each  cell  with  2  ovules  and  subdivided :  fr.  a  berry-like 
pome,  juicy,  with  a  cavity  at  the  top. — About  20  or 
25  species,  most  of  them  in  N.  Amer.,  2  in  Mex.,  4  in 
Eu.,  and  W.  Asia,  and  1  in  E.  Asia.  The  species 
are  closely  related  and   often   ditticult  to  distinguish, 


Amelanchier  alnifoUa 


especially  as  numerous  spontaneous  hybrids  apparently 
occur.  For  a  detailed  treatment  of  the  species  of  E. 
N.  Amer.,  see  Wicgand  in  Rhodora  14,  p.  117  (1912). 
In  trade  catalogues,  they  are  sometimes  confused  with 
Aronia,  which  is  easily  distinguished  by  its  compound 
cor\"mbo.se  infl.,  .O-celled  mealy  fr.  and  by  the  midrib  of 
the  Ivs.  being  glandular  above. 

The  amelanchiers  are  deciduous  shrubs  or  trees  with 
simple,  suborbicular  to  oblong  serrate  leaves,  rather 
small  white  flowers  in  racemes  followed  by  pur[)lish  or 
bluish  black  berry-like  fruits.  They  are  very  desirable 
for  ornament,  fjroducing  a  profu.sion  of  white  flowers  in 
early  spring,  and  range  from  shrubs  only  a  few  feet  high, 
as  A.  humilin  and  A.  «tol'mifi:rri ,  to  trees  attaining  40 
feet  in  height,  as  A .  canadenaU  and  A  .  la'vis.  The  latter 
species  is  perhaps  the  most  beautiful,  the  white  color  of 
the  pendulous  loose  racemes  being  enhanced  by  the  red 
bracts  and  the  bronzy  red  color  of  the  unfolding  leaves; 
the  other  species  are  pure  white  when  blooming,  the 
young  leaves  being  covered  by  a  whitish  tomentum. 


A.  humilis  and  A.  stolonifera  and  also  A.  sanguinea 
seem  to  be  the  best  for  fruit,  which  ripens  later  than 
the  others:  there  is  also  a  large-fruited  form  of  A. 
la'vis.   See  Junebcrry. 

All  the  species  mentioned  below  are  hardy  North 
and  thrive  upon  a  variety  of  soils  and  succeed  well  in 
dry  climates;  some,  as  .4.  saitguiiiea,  A.  huinilis  and  A. 
rotundifoliii  show  a  preference  for  calcareous  soil  and 
grow  well  in  dry  situations,  while  others,  as  A.  oblongi- 
folia  and  A.  Bartramiana  prefer  moist  and  swampy 
soil. 

Propagation  is  by  seeds  sown  soon  after  ripening  or 
stratified  and  sown  in  spring  and  the  stoloniferous 
species  also  by  suckers;  rare  kinds  are  sometimes  bud- 
ded in  summer  on  a  common  species  or  on  Cratsegua. 


alnifolia,  4. 
Amrlanchier,  1, 
argiifa,  11. 
asiatica, 

Bartramiana,  11. 
Bolryapium,  7,  9. 
canadensis,    2,   4, 

8,  9,  10. 
florida,  4. 


INDEX. 

grandiflora,  2. 
humilis,  3. 
japonica,  8. 
Isevis.  10. 
oblonKifoIia,  7. 
obornlis,  7. 
oligticarpa,  11. 
ovali.s,  i,  5,  6. 


oxyodon,  4. 
pumila,  4. 
rotundifolia,  1,  2. 
Banguinea,  2. 
sinica,  8. 

epicata,  2,  3,  5,  6. 
stolonifera,  5. 
vulgaris,  1. 


A.  Fls.  in  racemes:  Ivs.  folded  in  bud;  petioles  slender. 

B.  Styles  free,  very  short,  not  exceeding  the  calyx-tube. 

1.  rotundifolia,  Dum.-Cours.,  not  Roem.  (A. 
Ameldnchitr,  Sarg.  A.  vulgaris,  Moench.  A.  ovdlis, 
Medikus,  not  Borkh.).  Service-berry.  Upright  or 
spreading,  rather  stiff-branched  shrub,  2-8  ft.:  young 
branchlets  tomentose:  Ivs.  oval  to  obovate,  serrate  from 
near  the  base,  subcordate  at  the  base,  usually  rounded 
at  the  apex,  1-2  in.  long,  woolly  beneath  when  young: 
racemes  many-fld.;  petals  linear-oblanceolate,  obtuse 
or  emarginate:  fr.  bluish  black,  bloomy.  May;  fr.  in 
Aug.,  Sept.  Cent,  and  S.  Eu.  B.M.2430  H.W.  3, 
p.  87.  G.C.  II.  9:793.  M.D.G.  1900:497  (habit).  J.H. 
111.54:395. 

BE.  Styles  more  or  less  connate  at  the  base,  about  as  long  as 

the  stamens. 
c.  Teeth  of  Ivs.  about  4^7  to   yiin.;  Ivs.  rather  coarsely 
serrate;  veins  usually  straight  and  close  together. 
D.  Apex  of  Ivs.  acute  or  acutish;  blade  densely  woolly 
beneath  when  young. 
2.  sanguinea,  DC.  (A.rotundifblia,  Roem., 
not  Dum.-Cours.    A.  caiiaden.ns  var.  spicdta, 
Sarg.,  in  part.    A.  spicata,  Rob.  &  Femald, 
not  Koch) .  Slender  shrub :  sts.  solitary  or  few 
together,  to  8  ft.  high:   Ivs.   orbicular-oval 
to  oval-oblong,  rounded   or  subcordate  at 
the  base,  1J^-2J^^  in.  long,  serrate  nearly  to 
the  base:  fls.  on  a  loo.se,  usually  nodding 
raceme;  petals  J-^in.  long;  summit  of  ovary 
densely  woolly:  fr.  rather  large,  nearly  black,  bloomy, 
juicy  and  sweet.    Maine  to  Minn,  and  Ala.   May;  fr. 
in  Aug.,  Sept,     B,B,  2:238  (as  A.  rotundifolia). — Var. 
grandiflora  (forma  grandiflora,  Wiegand).    Fls.  large; 
petals  Jiin.  long  and  nearly  l^iin.  wide. 

3.  hiimilis,  Wiegand  (A.  spicata  of  many  writers,  not 
Koch).  Stiffly  upright  shrub,  1-4  ft.,  stoloniferous  and 
forming  patches:  Ivs,  oval-oblong  or  oval,  subcordate 
or  rarely  rounded  at  the  base,  1-2  in.  long,  serrate  to 
below  the  middle:  racemes  many-fld.,  rather  dense  and 
upright;  fls.  small;  petals  oblong-obovate,  about  J-jin. 
long:  fr.  nearly  black,  bloomy,  juicy  and  sweet.  May; 
fr.  in  Aug.    Vt,  to  Alberta,  south  to  N.  Y.  and  Iowa. 

DD.  Apex  of  Ivs.  rounded  or  truncate:  blade  very  soon 
glabrous. 

4.  alnifolia,  Nutt.  (A.  canadensis  var.  alnifdlia, 
Torr.  &  (!ray).  Fig.  187.  Shrub  with  rather  stout 
upright  branches,  to  10  ft.:  Ivs.  broadly  oval  to  oval- 
truncate  or  subcordate  at  the  base,   l-l?4  in.   long. 


AMELANCHIER 


AMELANCHIER 


273 


coarsely  and  sharply  toothed  rarely  below  the  middle, 
floccose-tomentose  at  first,  very  soon  becoming  glabrous; 
racemes  many-fld.,  upright,  short  and  dense,  slightly 
tomentose  at  first;  fls.  rather  small;  petals  oblong  to 
narrowly  oblong,  !3-J'2in.  long;  sepals  short:  summit  of 
the  ovarv  woolly:  fr.  nearly  black,  bloomy.  Mav;  fr. 
in  July."  Mich.'to  Ore.  and  Wash.  S.S.  4:196.  "S.F. 
1:185;  5:415.  G.M. 52:143  (habit).  Var.  florida, 
Schneid.  {A.  florida,  Lindl.  A.  oxf/odon,  Koehne).  Lvs. 
and  racemes  glabrous  or  nearly  so  from  the  begin- 
ning. B.R.  19:1589.  Var.  pfimiia,  Schneid.  {A.  cana- 
densis var.  piimila,  Nutt.).  Glabrous  like  the  pre- 
ceding var.,  but  very  low  and  stoloniferous. 

cc.  Teeth  of  lvs.  7-15  to  }2in.;  lvs.  finely  and  closely  serrate. 

D.  Lvs.  tomentose  when  young. 

E.  Apex  of  lvs.  obtuse,  rounded  or  sub-acute. 

F.  Top  of  ovary  woolly:  lvs.  generallytoval. 

5.  stolonifera,  Wiegand  (.4.  spicata,  Brit.  & 
Brown,  in  part,  not  Koch.  -4.  ovalis  of  many  authors, 
not  Medikus).  Upright  stoloniferous  shrub,  1-4  ft.  high, 
forming  patches:  lvs.  oval,  rarely  oval-oblong  or 
orbicular,  rounded  at  the  base  or  rarely  subcordate, 
1-2  in.  long,  finely  serrate,  usually  quite  or  nearly 
entire  on  the  lower  third,  glabrous  above,  densely 
white-tomentose  beneath  when  young:  racemes  short, 
dense,  upright,  tomentose  or  nearly  glabrous;  fls. 
small;  petals  obovate-oblong,  about  Jain,  long;  top  of 
ovary  woolly:  fr.  purplish  black,  bloomy,  juicy  and 
sweet.  May,  a  few  days  later  than  A.  Isevis; 
fr.  in  July.    Newfoundland  and  Maine  to  Va. 

6.  ovalis,  Borkh    (-4.  spicata,  Koch,  Cratx- 
gus  spicata,  Lam.).    Bushy  shrub  with  numer- 
ous sts.,  to  12  ft.:  lvs.  oval  to  obovate,  some- 
times oval-oblong,  l,'-2~2,'^  in.  long,  serrate 
to  the  base,  white-tomentose  beneath  when 
young:  racemes  upright,  woolly;  petals  obovate,  Jgin. 
long;  top  of  ovary  woolly:  fr.  bluish  black,  with  the 
sepals  upright  and  slightly  spreading.    M.D.G.  1900: 
496. — This  is  possibly  a  hybrid  between  the  preceding 
and  the  following  species;  much  cult,  in  Eu. 

FF.  Top  of  ovary  glabrous  or  nearly  so:  lvs.  generally 
oblong. 

7.  oblongifolia,  Roem.  (A.  canadensis  var.  oblongi- 
fblia,  Torr.  &  Gray.  A.  Botryapium,  Brit.  &  Brown, 
in  part.  A ,  obovalis,  Ashe. ) .  Shrub,  with  slender  upright 
sts.  growing  in  rather  dense  clumps,  but  not  stolo- 
niferous, to  25  ft. :  lvs.  oblong  to  obovate-oblong,  usually 
rounded  at  the  base,  and  rounded  or  acute  at  the  apex, 
1M~2H  in.  long,  very  finely  serrate  nearl}'  or  quite  to 
the  base,  white-tomentose  beneath  when  young :  racemes 
short,  dense  and  upright,  silky-tomentose;  petals  obo- 
vate-oblong to  oblanceolate  or  linear,  about  J^in.  long; 
top  of  ovary  glabrous  or  sometimes  slightly  woolly;  fr. 
nearly  black,  with  bloom,  sweet.  May,  with  A.  Isevis;  fr. 
in  June.  Maine  to  S.  C— S.S.  4: 195.  Em.  2 :  503  (lower 
figure).  B.M.  7619.  G.C.  III.  21 :333.  D.G.M.  1900: 
497  (habit). — This  differs  from  all  other  species  except 
A.  ovalis  and  A.  Bartraminna  in  having  the  sepals  on 
the  immature  fr.  upright  or  only  slightly  spreading;  in 
the  other  species  they  are  recurved. 

EE.  Apex  of  lvs.  very  acute  or  shortly  acuminate. 

8.  asiatica,  Endl.  (-4.  canadensis  var.  asidtica,  Miq. 
A.  japdnica,  Hort.).  Shrub  or  tree,  to  40  ft.,  with 
slender  spreading  branches:  lvs.  ovate  to  oblong- 
elliptic,  acute,  rounded  or  subcordate  at  the  base,  2-3 
in.  long,  finely  serrate  all  around,  densely  white  or  yel- 
low tomentose  beneath  when  young:  racemes  rather 
dense,  nodding,  woolly,  top  of  ovary  woolly:  fr.  bluish 
black.  May;  fr.  in  Sept.  Japan,  Korea.  S.Z.  1:42. 
S.I.F.  1:47.  Var.  sinica,  .Schneid.  Lvs.  less  tomentose, 
often  finally  glabrous,  smaller,  usually  serrate  only 
above  the  middle.   China. 

18 


9.  canadensis,  Medikus  {A.  Botryapium,  Borkh.  A. 
canadensis  var.  Botryapium,  Torr.  &  Gray.  A.  cana- 
densis var.  tonientula,  Sarg.).  Service-berry.  Bushy 
tree,  fastigiately  branched:  st.  solitary  or  few,  some- 
times shrubby:  lvs.  generally  obovate,  less  often  ovate, 
oval  or  oblong,  acute  or  acuininate,  usually  cordate 
at  the  base,  IM-^K  in.  long,  sharply  serrate  quite  or 
nearly  to  the  base,  densely  white-tomentose  beneath 
when  yoimg,  less  so  above,  tomentum  usually  partly 
persLstent :  racemes  rather  dense,  nodding,  silky-tomen- 
tose; petals  linear  or  Unear-oblong,  about  hi^n.  long; 
top  of  ovary  glabrous  or  slightly  hairy:  fr.  maroon- 
purple,  tasteless.  May,  early,  before  the  lvs. ;  fr.  in  June. 
Maine  to  Iowa,  Mo.  and  south  to  Ga.  and  La.  S.S.  4 : 
194.  B.R.  14:1174.  Gn.  73,  p.  239  (habit;  may  be  A. 
oblongifolia). — This  is  the  only  species  with  the  lvs. 
tomentose  on  both  surfaces  when  young. 

DD.  Lvs.  quite  glabro-us. 

10.  IJevis,  Wiegand  (A.  canadensis.  Gray,  not 
Medikus).    Irregularly  branched  tree,  with  spreading 


188.  Amelanchier 
Bartramiana. 

( X ;  2) 


branches,  to  40  ft.,  sometimes  shrubby:  lvs.  oval-ovate 
to  ovate-oblong,  short-acuminate,  subcordate  or 
rotundate  at  the  base,  rarely  broadly  cuneate,  1^-2  J^ 
in.  long,  sharply  serrate  nearly  to  the  base,  quite 
glabrous  and  purplish  when  young:  racemes  slender, 
many-fld.,  drooping,  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  lower 
pedicels  very  long,  in  fl.  about  1  in'.,  in  fr.  sometimes  2 
in.  long;  petals  oblong-linear,  about  Join,  long;  top  of 
ovary  glabrous:  fr.  purple  or  nearly  black,  bloomy, 
juicy  and  fairly  sweet.  May;  fr.  in  June.  From  New- 
foundland to  Mich,  and  Kans.,  south  to  Ga.  and 
Ala.  Em.  2:.503  (upper  figures).  H.T.  242.  M.D.G. 
1900:494,  495.  G.  16:48;  34:343  (habit).  G.M. 
44:306  (habit). — This  is  the  most  graceful  and  the 
handsomest  species  in  bloom,  differing  from  all  other 
species  in  the  purplish  young  foliage  and  the  drooping 
racemes. 

AA.  Fls.  .solitary  or  2  or  3  at  the  end  of  the  branchlets; 
petals  broad,  obovate:  lvs.  imbricate  in  the  bud, 
flat  when  unfolding;  petioles  short,  less  than  l^iin. 
long. 

11.  Bartramiana,     Roem.     {A.    oligocdrpa,     Roem. 
A.  argiita,  Nutt.).   Fig.  188.   Shrub,  to  8  ft.:  lvs.  elliptic 


AMELAXriillOR 


AMOMUM 


to  olliptio-oblonp,  acute  or  rouiulcil  at  the  apox,  ounpate 
at  the  biise,  1  '4-2  in.  loiisj;.  sharply  serrate  to  lielow  tho 
niuliile  or  nearly  to  t-lie  l>:i.se,  glalirous  when  yoinin:  fls. 
1-3.  petlieels  glabrous,  '2-I  '"■  li'nt;:  jietals  about  'sin. 
long:  top  of  oviiry  woolly:  fr.  ])urplish  blaek,  bloomy. 
Ma,\  :  fr.  in  July  and  .Vug.  Swjunps.  Labrador  to 
Mieh.  ;uul  Minn.,  south  in  the  mts.  to  Pa.  G  .F.  1 :217 
^adapted  in  Fig.  1S8). 

.4.  Ciisickii.  Fernald.  Shrub,  to  10  ft.:  Ivs.  suborbicular,  about  IH 
in.  long,  gliibrous  or  nearly  so:  fls.  large,  petals  oblong,  about  ^iin. 
long;  fr.  scarlet,  finally  black.  Ore.  and  Wa^^h.  to  Idaho. — Not  in 
cult.,  but  ought  to  be  intro..  a^  it  has  the  largest  fls.  of  all. — 
A.  utahcnsis,  Koehue.  Dwarf  slirub  with  small  obovate  Ivs.  scarcely  1 
in.  long,  pube-scont  on  both  sides;  racemes  slmrl .  wilh  very  small  fls. 
Utah  and  Arir. — Not  in  cult.;  the  plant  cult,  under  t  his  name  belongs 
to  another  species,  to  which  could  not  be  delermiiied. 

AURED    ReHDER. 

AMELLUS  (for  the  river  Mclla).  Compddta-.  Nine 
or  10  Cape  of  Good  Hope  annual  and  perennial  herbs 
allied  to  Aster.  Lvs.  hairy,  oblong,  opposite  below: 
heatis  solitary  and  lerniiiutl  or  lateral;  fls.  blue-rayed; 
pappus  single.  A.  Lychnitis,  Linn.,  sometimes  grown  as 
an  evergreen  glasshouse  plant,  has  hnear-lanceolate 
hoary  lvs.  anil  showy  blue  or  violet  fls.  Summer 
bloomer,  a  few  inches  Itigh, 

AMHERSTIA  vCountess  .\inherst  and  her  daughter, 
Lady  Amherst,  promoters  of  botany  in  India),  Lcya- 
miriuss.  \  monotypic  genus  comprising  A.  nobilis, 
\V;ill.,  one  of  the  noblest  of  flowering  trees,  native  to 
Inclia,  where  it  reaches  a  height  of  40  ft,  and  more. 
Fls.  gaudy  red,  8  in.  long,  with  wide-spreading  petals, 
the  upper  ones  gold-tipped,  and  colored  petal-like 
bracts,  in  long,  hanging  racemes:  lvs.  pinnate,  nearly 
3  ft.  long.  The  tree  first  flowered  in  Eng,  in  1849,  It 
requires  hothouse  treatment.  The  fls,  last  only  2  or  3 
days.  Demands  rich,  loamy  soil,  and  abundant  moist- 
ure during  the  growing  season,  after  which  the  wood 
must  be  ripened  firm.  Propagation  is  by  seeds,  more 
often  by  cuttings  of  half-ripened  wood  under  a  glass, 
■with  bottom  heat  of  about  80°,  Thrives  well  in  the 
open  in  Jamaica,    B.M.  4453.  F.S.  5:. 513-516. 

N.    TAYLOR.t 
AMliNTHIUM:  Zygadenua. 

AMICIA  (named  for  J.  B.  Amici,  Italian  physicist, 
bom  1786),  Leguininbsse .  Woody  plants,  one  of  which 
is  known  in  cultivation  as  a  half-hardy  greenhouse 
subject,  or  in  the  open  in  warmer  regions. 

Straggling  pellucid-dotted  shrubs,  or  sub-shrubs, 
with  alternate  abruptly  pinnate  lvs,  and  few  Ifts, :  fls. 
rather  large,  papilionaceous,  yellow,  in  axillary  or  termi- 
nal racemes  or  rarely  solitary;  calyx  with  2  very  large 
tipper  segms,  and  very  small  lateral  segms,;  stamens 
equal:  fr,  very  narrow,  compressed,  jointed. — About  5 
epecies  in  the  mts.  of  Mex,  to  Bohvia, 

Zygomeris,  DC.  Eight  feet,  pubescent:  Ifts,  2  pairs, 
obcordate  or  wedge -shape,  mucronate:  fls.  large,  pale 
yellow  with  puq>le  on  the  keel:  pod  2-jointed,  Mex. 
— Intro,  in  S.  Calif.;  unusual  in  greenhouses,  l.  h,  b. 

AMMOBIUM  (Greek,  living  in  sand).  Campdsilx. 
Hardy   herb,    cult,    as   an   everlasting   or   immortelle. 

Florets  perfect,  yellow,  surrounded  by  a  dry,  silvery 
white  involucre,  and  subtended  by  chafTy  scales; 
pappus  of  2  bristles  and  2  teeth. — Two  or  3  Australian 
species.  Commonly  grown  as  an  annual,  but  seeds  are 
sometimes  sown  in  Sept..  and  the  plant  treated  as  a 
biennial.  Of  easiest  culture,  the  seeds  b<!ing  sown  where 
the  plants  are  to  grow.  In  the  X.,  sow  seeds  in  spring. 
Cut  the  fls,  before  they  are  fully  exp.andcd,  and  hang 
in  a  dry,  ,'ihafly  place.    They  will  then  remain  white, 

alStum,  H,  Br,  Three  ft,  or  l&ss  high,  erect  and 
branchy,  white-cottony,  the  branche-s  broadly  wing(5d: 
early  root-lvs,  ovate  at  the  ends  and  long-tapering  be- 
low f javelin-shaped) ;  st.-lvs,  small  and  distant,  entire 
or  nearly  so:  hearLs  1-2  in,  across,  the  involucre  becom- 
ing pearly  white,  petal-like;  fls,  all  tubular,    V.  2:62. 


Austral.    A   large-headed   form   is   var.    grandiflorum, 
Hort.  L.  H.  B. 

AMMOCHARIS  [<immos,  s:md;  chmis,  beauty), 
Aniiiriiltiit()cc;i .  tireenhou.se  bulb,  ctdtivated  for  late 
winter  ;iiiil  spring  bloom. 

..Vlli(-d  to  Hrunsvigi:i,  but  the  perianth  regular,  the 
tube  c^'liudrical  anil  straight,  ovary  flask-shaped  and 
narrowed  t,o  a  neck. — Two  species  in  Cape  of  Good 
Hope  region  (by  some  reg:irded  as  forms  of  one  species) : 
A.falcata,  Herb.,  with  limb  4  times  length  of  tube,  and 
A.  coranica,  Burchell,  B.R.  1:39:1219  (as  Amaryllis), 
with  limb  only  twice  as  long. 

falcata,  Herb.  Bulb  ovoid,  somelimes  6-9  in. 
diam.,  with  brown  tuitics:  lvs.  1-2  ft.  long,  1  in.  wide, 
strap-shaped,  spreading,  produced  in  spring  before  the 
bloom:  fls.  20-40,  in  an  umbel,  bright  red,  fragrant.^ 
A.Jalcdta  requires  rich,  loamy  soil.  It  starts  to  grow  in 
the  spring.  Give  plenty  of  water  during  growing  sea- 
son in  summer.  It  can  be  cult,  out-of-doors.  When 
perfected  and  finished  in  autumn,  the  bulb  may  be  put 
under  the  greenhouse  bench;  keep  moderately  dry  in 
sand  or  earth;  may  be  potted  in  January,  after  which 
it  will  soon  throw  out  its  fine,  fragrant  blooms. 

L.  H.  B.f 

AMMONIACAL  CARBONATE  OF  COPPER:  Fungicide. 

AMMOPHILA  (Greek,  amnios,  sand,  and  philein, 
to  love).  Graminex.  Perennial  grasses,  with  long, 
creeping  rootstalks  and  spike-like  panicles:  spikelets 
1-fld.,  awnless,  the  rachilla  prolonged  behind  the  palea 
as  a  hairy  bristle;  lemma  firm,  about  as  long  as  the 
glmnes,  hairy  at  the  base;  palea  as  long  as  lemma — • 
Species  1  or  2,  on  the  sandj'  seacoast  of  Eu.,  the 
Atlantic  Coast  of  N.  Amer.  and  the  shores  of  the 
Great  Lakes. 

arenaria,  Link  {A.  arundinacea,  Host).  Beach- 
Grass.  Mahram-Grass.  Sea  Sand-Reed.  Psamma. 
One  to  3  ft.:  blades  long,  somewhat  involute:  panicle 
pale,  several  in.  or  as  much  as  a  ft.  long.  Dept.  Agric, 
Div.  Agrost.  7:167;  14:11.  Sand-dunes  along  the 
seacoast. — On  accoimt  of  the  long,  hard,  branching 
rootstocks,  it  has  been  much  used  as  a  sand-binder  in 
Eu.  and  certain  parts  of  Amer.,  especially  Cape  Cod 
and  Golden  Gate  Park  in  San  PVancisco. 

A,  S,  Hitchcock, 

AMOMUM  (Greek-made  name,  referring  to  the 
qualities  as  antidote  for  poisons),  Zingiheracex.  Hot- 
house ginger-like  herbs  with  narrow  entire  leaves, 
grown  for  the  habit  and  foliage  and  for  the  flowers 
in  dense  cone-like  spikes, 

Amomums  are  aromatic  tropical  and  subtropical 
plants,  spreading  by  means  of  hard  rhizomes  and  form- 
ing dense  masses  of  handsome  erect  or  spreadiiig 
annual  sts,  and  Unear,  lanceolate  or  elliptic  lvs, :  fls,  in 
dense  cone-hke  spikes  or  racemes,  half  hidden  in  the 
floral-bracts;  calyx  funnel-shaped,  split  down  one  side, 
only  slightly  toothed;  corolla-tube  cyUndrical,  httle 
longer  than  the  calyx,  the  upper  lobe  curved,  the  2 
lower  spreading  and  narrow;  lip  (staminode)  large 
and  petal-like,  mostly  obovate-cuneate;  fertile  stamen 
with  a  narrow  or  a  very  slender  filament:  fr,  ovoid, 
with  a  thick  and  fleshy  exterior. — About  50  species  in 
tropics  of  Asia,  Afr,  arid  Pacific  Isls,,  aUied  to  Alpinia 
and  Elettaria,  The  "grains  of  paradise"  are  amomum 
seeds,  of  several  species,  probably  mostly  of  A.  Grtmum- 
Paradisii  and  A.  Melegucla;  they  are  used,  or  have  been 
used,  for  flavoring  beverages.  Cardamons  (aromatic 
tonic  seeds)  are  secured  from  species  of  Amomum  and 
from  Elettaria. 

Some  of  the  amomums  are  extremely  handsome  as 
foUage  plants,  apart  from  their  flowers.  IMany  of  the 
species  have  been  confused  with  and  included  with  the 
genus  Alpinia,  but  may  be  readily  distinguished  from 
the  flower-clusters,  being  borne  on  erect-solitary  pe- 
duncles arising  from  the  base  of  the  leafy  stem  or  direct 


AMOMUM 


AMORPHA 


275 


T^>^ 


from  the  rhizome,  the  inflorescence  in  Alpinia  being 
always  terminal  on  the  leafy  shoots.  They  thrive  in  an 
open" soil,  rich  in  hmuus  and  with  abundance  of  water 
during  the  growing  period.  They  require  a  rest  of 
several  months  and  to  be  kept  on  the  dry  side,  but 
not  so  dry  in  the  case  of  the  evergreen  species  as  to 
cause  the  leaves  to  shrivel. 

Cardamon,  Linn.  Cardamon.  Plant,  4-S  ft.;  Ivs. 
thick,  spicy,  lanceolate:  fls.  brow^lish,  in  a  recumbent 
compound  spike.  E.  Indies. — Produces  many  of  the 
cardamon  seeds  of  commerce.  Not  to  be  confounded 
with  Elettaria  Varadamomum  (which  see).  Sometimes 
seen  in  growing  collections  of  economic  plants.  Forms 
very  large  clumps. 

Melegueta,  Roscoe.  Plant  4-5  ft.,  the  rhizome  slender: 
Ivs.  lanceolate,  acuminate,  glabrous,  6-9  in.  long  and  1 
in.  or  less  broad,  narrowed  at  base  and  nearly  sessile, 
on  sheath:  fls.  soUtary,  3— i  in.  long,  short-peduncled ; 
upper  corolla-lobe  2-3  in.  long;  Up  2  in.  or  less  broad, 
pure  white  or  tinged  pink:  caps,  flask-shaped,  3  in.  long, 
red  or  orange  when  ripe.    Trop.  Afr. 

Granum-Paradisii,  Linn.  (A.  grandiflwum,  Smith. 
-•1.  Afzelii,  Roscoe).  Plant  4-5  ft.:  sts.  red  at  base, 
rhizome  slender;  Ivs.  lanceolate,  acuminate,  glabrous, 
4-S  in.  long  and  1  ?,4  in.  or  less  broad  at  middle,  wedge- 
shaped  at  base  and  short -stalked  on  sheath:  fls.  3-4  in 
the  spike,  the  peduncles  2-6  in.  long,  white;  corolla- 
lobes  2  in.  long;  lip  2  in.  or  less  long,  yel- 
low at  the  throat;  caps,  ovoid,  pubescent,  ^-j 
2-3  in.  long,  much  grooved.  Guinea.  B.M. 
4603. 

angustiffilium,  Sonn.  (-4.  madagascariense, 
Lam.  A.  DanicUii,  Hook.  f.  A.  Clusii, 
Hanb.  .4.  erylhrocdrpum,  Ridl.).  Plant, 
10-15  ft.,  the  rhizome  stout:  Ivs.  oblong- 
laneeolate,  acute,  thin  and  glabrous,  the 
lower  ones  1  ft.  or  more  long  and  3  in. 
broad,  nearly  sessile:  fls.  several  in  spike, 
yellow,  tinged  red;  upper  corolla-lobe  oblong,  1?-^  in. 
long;  lip  about  as  large  as  the  lobe,  deflexed.  W.  and 
E.  Afr.    B.M.  4764,  .52.50. 

hemisphjericum,  Baker.  Sts.  densely  tufted,  10-12 
ft.:  Ivs.  distichous,  short -petioled  above  the  sheatliing 
base,  I'o  ft.  long  and  3  in.  broad,  cuspidate,  green 
above  and  claret-brown  beneath:  fls.  very  numerous,  in 
a  globose  head,  the  outer  bracts  large  and  empty, 
oljtuse,  tinged  brown,  the  inner  bracts  nearly  as  long 
as  the  fl.;  lobes  of  calj'X  and  corolla  green;  lip  strap- 
shaped,  emarginate,  red-brown  in  middle  and  yellow  at 
edge.    Straits  Settlements.    B.^L  7.592. 

magnificum,  Benth  &  Hook.  f.  A  species  of  large 
dimensions,  reaching,  when  planted  out  in  a  rich  soil, 
up  to  a  height  of  20  ft. :  rhizomes  branching  freely,  stout, 
dark  brown,  green  when  young:  If  .-St.  erect,  arching  at 
top,  terete:  Ivs.  distichous  shortly  petiolate,  lanceolate 
or  elhptic,  1-2  ft.  long,  acute,  glabrous,  upper  side  green, 
(red  when  young)  lower  side  suffused  with  reddish 
brown:  peduncle  stout,  sohtary,  2-5  ft.  high;  infl.  a 
globose  head  with  large  bright  scarlet  and  green 
bracts,  outer  bracts  3  in.  long,  ovate,  or  ovate-lanceo- 
late; fls.  numerous,  densely  crowded  near  the  center  of 
the  head;  sepals  lanceolate,  an  inch  long,  primrose, 
tinted  with  red;  petals  lanceolate,  slightly  longer  than 
the  sepals,  yellow,  tinted  with  red;  hp  longer  than  the 
corolla-lobes,  red,  with  a  margin  of  yeUow.  Mauritius. 
B.M.  3192  (as  Al|)inia). 

vitellinum,  Lindl.  Stemless,  glabrous,  2  ft.:  Ivs. 
oval:  fls.  in  oblong  loose  sessile  spike,  yellow;  hp  oblong. 
E.  Indies(?l. 

vittatum,  Bull,  not  Hance.  A  handsome  dwarf  ever- 
green .species  with  each  Icarling  shoot  bearing  2-4  erect 
or  spreading  elliptic  Ivs.  4-5  in.  in  length,  alteniatcly 
striped  with  silver>'  white  and  dark  green  on  the  upiier 
side,  and  dull  green  on  the  lower.    Habitat  unknown. 


— Habit  neat  and  compact,  and  similar  in  general 
appearance  to  some  of  the  calatheas.  Easily  prop,  by 
division  of  the  rhizomes.  L.  H.  B. 

C.  P.  Raffill. 

AMORPHA  (Greek  amorphos,  deformed;  the  fls.  are 
destitute  of  wings  and  keel).  Legmninosse.  False  Indigo. 
Ornamental  plants  grown  for  their  fohage  and  flowers. 

Shrubs,  sometimes  suffruticose:  Ivs.  alternate,  odd- 
pinnate,  deciduous,  with  entire  small  Ifts;  fls.  in  dense 
terminal  spikes,  small,  papilionaceous,  but  without 
wings  and  keel;  calyx  campanulate  with  5  nearly  equal 
teeth  or  the  lower  ones  longer;  standard  folded  around 
the  stamens;  stamens  connate  at  the  base,  exserted: 
I)od  short,  indehiscent,  slightly  curved,  with  1-2  seeds. 
— Ten  to  15  closely  related  species  in  N.  Amer.,  south 
to  Mex.  Conspectus  of  all  the 
known  species  by  Schneider  in  Bot. 
Gaz.  43:297  (1907). 

Amorphas  are  low  or  mediimi- 
sized  shrubs  with  graceful  pinnate 
foliage  and  small  blue  or  purple 
flowers,  in  dense  upright  spikes. 

Most  of  the  species  are  hardy  as 
far  north  as  Massachusetts;  farther 
north  they  must  be  considered  as 
only  half-hardy.    They  grow  well  in 
sunny  and  somewhat 
dry  situations  but  A. 
fruticosa  prefers  moist 
soil;    they    are    well 
adapted  for  the  bor- 
ders of  shrubberies. 

Propagation  is  usu- 
ally by  seeds;  also  by 
greenwood     cuttings 
under  glass   in  early 
simimer,  or  by  hardwood  cuttings, 
placed  in  sheltered  situations  early 
in  fall  and  left  undisturbed  till  the 
following  autumn.     They  may  be 
grown,     also,      from     layers     and 
suckers. 

A.  Lowest  pair  of  Ifts.  close  to  the 
St.:  plant  grayish  or  whitish 
pubescent,  suffruticose. 

canescens,  Nutt.  Lead-Plant. 
Low  shrub,  1-3  ft.,  densely  white-cane8Cen{:  Ivs.  2-4 
in.  long;  Ifts.  21-49,  nearly  sessile,  oval  or  ovate-lanceo- 
late, acutish,  4-7  lines  long:  fls.  blue,  the  spikes 
crowded  into  terminal  panicles;  pod  tomentose.  June. 
Southern  states.  Mn.  5:707.  B.M.  6618.  R.H.  1896: 
280. — Handsome  free-flowering  shrub  of  dense  habit, 
well  adapted  for  rockeries  and  borders  of  shrubberies 
in  sunny  and  well-drained  situations. 

herbacea,  Walt.  (A.  pubescens,  Willd.  A.  piimila, 
Michx.).  Low  shrub,  2-4  ft.,  grayish  pubescent;  Ivs. 
2-6  in.  long;  Ifts.  11-37,  elliptic  to  oblong,  rounded  at 
both  ends,  4-6  lines  long,  pubescent  or  glabrous  above, 
beneath  dotted  with  dark  glands,  short-petioluled ;  fls. 
varying  from  violet-purple  to  white,  spikes  in  terminal 
clusters:  pod  glandular.    N.C.  to  Fla.   L.B.C.  7:689. 

aa.  Lowest  pair  of  Ifts.  remote  from  the  St.:  plant  glabrous 
or  nearly  so,  rarely  yellowish  pubescent. 

B.  Calyx  with  the  lower  lobes  elongated  and  pointed:  pod 
curved  on  the  back:  young  growth  finely  tomentose. 

frutic5sa,  Linn.  Bastard  Indigo.  Fig.  189.  Shrub, 
.5-20  ft.:  Ivs.  6-10  in.  long,;  Ifts.  11-21,  oval  or  elliptic, 
Yz-XVi  in-  long,  mostly  obtuse  and  mucronulate:  spikes 
dense,  3-6  in.  long,  usually  in  panicles;  fls.  dark  purple: 
pods  stout,  glandular.  From  Wis.  .and  Pa.  south.  B.R. 
5:427. — Interesting  ornamental  shrub  of  spreading 
habit,  with  fine  feathery  foliage;  remarkable  for  the 
unusual  color  of  its  dark  violet-purplish  fls.    A  very 


189.  Amorpha 

fruticosa.  ( x  14) 


27G 


AMORPHA 


AMORPHOPHALLUS 


v;iriablo  species;  of  tlie  iiumy  varieties,  the  follouiiif;  are 
pn.>b;il>ly  the  most  important:  V'ar.  croceo-lanata, 
Nlouillet.  (A.  croceo-liiiiala,  Wats.).  Covered  with  yel- 
lowish brown  pubescence.  W.D.B.  2: 139.  Var. 
albifldra,  Sheldon.  With  wliite  Hs.  \ar.  casr&lea, 
Mouillel".  With  pale  blue  fls.  Var.  pendula,  Dipp. 
(A.  pimliita.  Carr.l.  Witli  recurved  or  pendulous 
branches.  \  ar.  hilmilis,  Sdineid.  t.l.  hiunilis,  Tausch). 
Low  form  with  smaller  and  narrower  Ivs.  B.M.  2112 
(as  A.  nana).  Var.  crispa,  Kirchn.  Lvs.  with  crisp 
margin. 

tennessensis,  Shuttlw.  Shrub,  5-20  ft.:  lvs.  6-8  in. 
long;  ll'ts.  l;?-.^"),  elliptic-oblong  to  oblong-ovate, 
J'4-?4in.  long,  obtu.se:  spikes  clustered,  to  6  in.  long; 
fls.  violet-purple:  pixls  slender,  glandular.    Tenn. 

BB.  Calyx  with  alt  the  lobes  rery  shallow  and  rounded: 
pod  straight  on  the  back:  young  growth  glabrous, 
bloomy  and  purplish. 

glabra,  Poir.  (.4.  montdna,  hoynt.).  Glabrous  shrub, 
to  6  ft.  high:  branches  purplish:  lvs.  3-0  in.  long;  Ifts. 
9-19.  ovate  or  oval  to  oblong-ovatc,  1-2  in.  long, 
■obtu.<e,  rounded  at  the  base:  spikes  clustered,  2'2-6  in. 
long;  fls.  blue:  calyx-lobes  very  short  and  obtuse:  pods 
nearly  straight  on  the  back  with  few  glands.  Spring. 
N.  C.  to  Ga.  and  Ala. 

.-1.  califdrnica,  Xutt.  .Allied  to  A.  frutico.sa.  Only  very  young 
branches  pubescent:  Ifts.  11-17,  oval  to  elliptic-oblong,  obtuse, 
broadly  cuneate  at  the  base:  spikes  2— t,  to  12  in.  long.  Calif. — A. 
eali/Ornica,  Hook.  &  Ath.^A.  hispidula. — .4.  caTolinidnat  Croorn 
(A.  glabra,  Boynt.,  not  Poir. ).  Allied  to  A.  fruticosa.  Lfts.  numer- 
ous, elliptic-oblong,  about  '.2in.  long,  glabrous:  racemes  several,  4-8 
in.  long:  pods  nearly  straight  on  the  back.  Summer.  N.  C.  to  Fla. 
— A.  i/labra,  Boynt,  not  Poir.=.\.  caroliniana. — A.  hispidula, 
Greene  (A.  californica.  Hook.  &  .\rn.,  not  Nutt.).  Allied  to  A. 
fruticosa.  Branchlets  and  petioles  with  prickly  glands  and  pubes- 
cent: lfts.  17-2.5,  ovate  to  oblong,  villous;  spikes  solitary,  to  7  in. 
long;  pods  very  glandular.  Calif. — .4.  Ixvigata,  Nutt.  Allied  to  \. 
fruticosa.  Glabrous:  lfts.  9-21,  remote,  elliptic  to  elliptic-oblong, 
obtuse  or  emarginate,  cuneate  at  the  base,  1-1  5i  in.  long.:  racemes 
solitary  or  several,  to  12  in.  long:  pod  straight  on  the  back,  very 
glandular.  Spring.  Ark.,  Texas.  Var  pubescens.  Gray  (A.  texana, 
Buckl. ).  More  or  less  pubescent.  Texas. — A.  microphylta,  Pursh 
(\.  nana,  Nutt.).  One  ft.  high:  lfts.  small,  '2in.  long,  crowded, 
glandular  beneath:  spikes  usually  single.  From  Minn,  and  Iowa 
west  to  Rocky  Mts. — .4.  montniw.,  Boynt. ^A.  glabra. — .4.  nana, 
Xutt.=:A.  microphylla:  see  also  A.  fruticosa,  var.  humilis. — A. 
paniculdla,  Torr.  &  Gray.  Shrub,  to  12  ft.  high;  grayish  tomentose; 
ifts.  11-17,  ovate-oblong  or  elliptic-oblong,  1-2  in.  long:  racemes 
long  and  slender,  panicled.  Texas, — .4.  pubescens.  WiIld.=A.  her- 
bacea. — A.pitmila,  Michx.=.\.  herbacea. — A.  texana,  Buckl. =.\. 
Isvigata  var.  pubescens. — .4.  virgala.  Small.  Allied  to  A.  fruticosa. 
Perennial,  2-(J  ft.,  sparingly  brancheti;  lfts.  broad,  coriaceous:  spikes 


single  or  few.    Southern  states. 


Alfred  Rehder. 


AMORPHOPHALLUS  iCJreek-made  name),  ^raeea'. 
Giant  aroids  from  the  eastern  tropics,  grown  as  curiosi- 
ties in  hothouses. 

Leaves  ample;  petioles  smooth  or  warty  and  variou.sly 
spotted;  blade  ample,  3-parted,  the  divisions  pinnatifid: 
spadix  long;  spathe  (or  "flower")  funnel- or  bell-.shaped 
at  the  ba.se,  springing  from  ihe  great  bulb-like  tuber  in 
advance  of  the  lvs.,  the  latter  usually  pedately  com- 
pound: differs  from  .Vnim  and  related  gt^nera  by  tech- 
nical characters.  Monogr.  by  Engler  in  De  CandoUe's 
Monographise  Phanerogamarurn,  Vol.  2,  1879. 

Amorphophalluses  are  propagated  by  offsets  of  the 
tubers.  These  offsets  are  miniature  tubers  which  grow 
out  of  the  parent  tuber.  Thej-  are  taken  off  at  the  time 
of  potting,  placed  in  pots  just  large  enough  to  accoimno- 
date  them,  in  a  soil  composed  of  loam,  lc>;if-mold  and 
sand  in  about  equal  proportions  and  kept  in  a  tfinptra- 
ture  of  6.5'  to  70".  They  are  rarely,  if  ever,  propagateij 
by  seeds  in  northern  gardens,  and  for  this  rc:isoii, 
together  with  their  disagreeable  odor  when  in  flower, 
they  are  not  commonly  grown.  The  flowers  are  like  a 
huge  calla  except  that  the  spathe  and  spadix  are  of  a 
dark  chocolate  color.  The  odor  is  supposed  to  attract 
carrion-loving  insect.?,  which  pollinate  the  flowers  in 
their  native  home  and  bring  about  the  production  of 
see*!?.  Towarfls  the  end  of  .March  the  plants  should  be 
taken   from   their  winter  quarters  and  placed  on  the 


IQO.  Flower-stem  and 
bit  of  leaf  of  Amorpho- 
phallus  Rivieri. 


stages  of  a  moderately  warm  greenhouse  and  kept 
moist,  where,  if  the  tubers  are  strong  enough,  they  will 
soon  flower.  The  leaves  begin  to  grow  immediately 
after  the  flowering  season.  'Foward  the  end  of  May, 
they  should  be  planted  out  in  the  open  ground,  or  they 
may  be  usetl  in  subtropical  bedding. 
Plants  should  be  lifted  in  the  fall, 
before  frost,  and  potted  in  any 
good,  rich  soil,  and  placed  in  a 
warm  greenhouse  to  ripen  off  the 
leaves,  after  which  they  may  be 
stored  away  under  the  greenhouse 
stages,  or  in  any  convenient  place 
where  the  temperature  does  not 
fall  below  50°,  giving  just  sufficient 
moisture  to  keep  the  tubers  from 
shriveling.  (E.  J.  Canning.) 
Rivieri,  Dur.  Devil's 
Tongue.  Snake  Palm. 
Fig.  190.  Scape  (sent  up 
in  early  spring)  preceding 
the  lvs.,  3-4  ft.,  dark-colored 
and  speckled  with  light 
red:  If.  often  4  ft.  across, 
pedately  decompound,  the 
petiole  mottled,  standing  on  a 
stalk  like  an  umbrella:  spathe 
rosy,  calla-like,  with  a  long-pro- 
jecting and  slender,  dark  red, 
slightly  curved  spadix,  the  whole 
"flower"  often  measuring  3  ft. 
long.  Cochin  China.  R.H.  1871, 
p.  573.  Gn.  M.  5:2:32.  G.W.  14, 
p.  173.  V.  7:1113.— The  best- 
known  species  in  American  gar- 
dens. Has  a  strong  and  disagree- 
able odor. 

campanulatus,  Blume.  Sx.'iNLEy's  Wash-Tub.  Scape 
lower  (2  ft.  or  less);  spathe  nearly  or  quite  2  ft.  broad 
and  15  in.  high,  with  a  horizontal,  spreading  fluted 
border  (not  calla-like),  red-purple  on  the  margin  and 
grayish,  spotted  white  lower  down,  and  becoming 
purple  in  the  center;  spadix  10-12  in.  high,  the  purple 
top  enlarged  and  convoluted:  If.  much  as  in  A.  Rivieri: 
tuber  weighing  8-10  lbs.,  shape  of  a  flat  cheese.  An 
old  garden  plant  from  E.  Indies.  B.M.  2812  (as 
Arum  campanulatum) .  F.S.  15: 1602-3.  G.C.  1872: 
1720,  1721;  IIL  5:755.    G.W.  13;  p.  9. 

giganteus,  Blanc.  "Fl.  larger  than  .4.  campanulatus 
(often  2  ft.  across)  and  much  more  pleasing  in  color, 
shading  from  deep  red  to  cream-color  toward  the 
center.  The  club-shaped  spadix  is  dark  maroon,  with 
yellow  and  red  base.  After  flowering,  the  foliage-st. 
appears, — -a  stout  st.  of  deep  green  color,  mottled  with 
graj'.  After  growing  at  the  rate  of  several  inches  a  da}', 
it  expands  into  a  large  palm-like  If.,  of  a  rich,  dark  green 
color,  often  mciisuring  5  ft.  acro.ss."  Blanc,  1892, 
received  "under  this  name  from  India."  A,  campan- 
ulaiusi'?).   Probably  not  the  A.  giganteus  of  Blume. 

simlense,  Blanc.  "Fl.  15  in.  long,  the  inside  of 
peculiar  golden  color,  spotted  purple;  the  back  is 
metallic  brown.  Fine  palm-like  foliage."  The  cut  in 
Blanc's  catalogue  shows  a  spathe  produced  into  a  long 
foliaceous  summit,  and  a  long,  slender,  recurved  spadix. 
Probal)!}'  of  some  other  genus:  perhaps  Sauromatum. 

.4.  AfzHii,  Hort.  (CorynophalluM  Afzelii,  Schott)=Hydrosme 
lc;onensis. — .4.  Eichteri,  Hook.  f.  Spathe  2  in.  across,  purple  and 
white:  spadix  .5  or  6  in.  high,  thick,  brown:  If.  single,  much  divided. 
W.  Afr.  B.M.  7091.— .4.  Ellidttii,  Hocjk.  Spiithn  short  and  broad, 
dull  pink  with  pale  green  spots:  lvs.  tripinn.-itilid,  IS  in.  broad. 
B.M.  7.'I49. — A.  Lacoiirii,  Linden.  (Pscmiloiiranontium  T.acourii, 
N.E.Br.).  Petioles  barred  with  yellow;  blades  much  cut,  green, 
spotted  white.  Cochin  China.  l.H.  25:316. — .4.  leoninsis,  Lem. 
.Spathe  <j  in.  long,  pear-shaped,  the  tube  bell-shaped,  white,  dilated 
into  the  dark  purple  limb  which  is  striped  and  spotted  with  white; 
lvs.  about  1  ft.  wide,  tripinnatifid.  B.  M.  77*iS. — .4.  Leitpoldiinus, 
Nichols.  (Hydrosme  t.ecjpoldiana.  Mast.).  Spathe  reddish,  long 
acuminate  on  one  side,  with  undulate  margins;  spadix  2-,'J  ft.,  terete. 


AMORPHOPHALLUS 


AMPELOPSIS 


277 


recurved:  If.  2-3  ft.  across.  Congo.  I.H.  34:23;42,  p.  380.— A. 
nivdsus,  Lem.,  I.H  12:424  =Dracontium  asperum. — .4.  oncupfiyllus, 
Prain.  Spathe  ti-7  in.  long,  the  tuber  broadly  ovoid,  white,  striped 
and  spotted,  the  Umb  brown-purple  with  yellow  spots:  Ivs.  tripin- 
natifid.  Andaman  Arch.  B.M.  7327. — A.  Prainii,  Hook.  f.  Tuber 
(i-lO  in.  diam,,  not  bulbiferous:  Ivs.  3-5  ft.  tall,  the  petiole  green, 
mottled  gray-white  on  red;  spathe-tube  2  in.  long,  pale  green  spotted 
white,  the  limb  (J-8  in.  across,  yellow,  purple-brown  inside  at  base. 
Perak. — .4.  li(x,  Prain.  A  larger  plant  than  A.  eanipanuiatus,  the 
tuber  1  ft.  across:  Ivs.  .5-6  ft.  tall,  the  petiole  purplish,  marked  gray 
and  green:  spathe  campanulate,  12-lS  in.  across,  pale  red-purple; 
spadix  with  an  appendage  10-14  in.  long.  Java. — A.  satimis,  Blume. 
Petiole  2-3  ft.  tall,  rugose,  rough,  white  marked,  each  division  of  the 
blade  pinnate-parted,  the  costa  thick,  white.  Molucca  Isls. — A. 
Schwein/urlhii.  N.  E.  Br.  Spathe  broad,  reddish  brown.  E.  .\fr. 
— A.  Titanum,  Beccari.  One  of  the  most  remarkable  plants  known. 
Tuber  5  ft.  in  circ:  If. -stalk  10  ft.:  If.-blade  45  ft.  in  circ:  spathe 
3  ft.  in  diam. ;  spadix  6  ft.  high.  Bloomed  at  Kew  in  1890,  the  tuber 
dying  thereafter.  Sumatra.  B.M.  7153-5.  G.C.  III.  5:748  (as  con- 
ophallus). — .4.  variabilis,  Blume.  Lvs.  pinnatisect:  spathe  erect,  5 
in.  long,  white  inside,  spotted  outside,  the  margin  rosy.  Java  and 
Philippines.  G.C.  II.  6:  pp.  680,  6S1  (as  Brachy-spatha).  J.H.  III. 
33:  493;  63:  283. — A.  mrdsus,  N.  E.  Br.  .Spathe  green  externally, 
suffused  with  purple  and  spotted,  internally  lurid  purple.  Siam. 
B.M.  697S.  L.  H.  B. 

George  V.  Nash. 

AMPELOPSIS  (Greek  ampelos,  vine,  and  opsis,  like- 
ness). Vitaceu'.  Ornamental  woody  vines  with  hand- 
some deciduous  foliage  and  some  species  with  orna- 
mental fruits,  used  for  covering  trellis-work,  pergolas, 
arbors,  low  walls  and  the  like. 

Shrubs,  climbing  by  tendrils:  branches  with  close 
lenticillate  bark  and  white  pith  and  with  tendrils 
opposite  the  lvs. :  lvs.  alternate,  petioled,  simple,  lobed, 
digitate,  pinnate  or  bipinnate:  fls.  small,  greenish, 
perfect,  in  dichotomous  long-pcduncled  cymes  opposite 
the  lvs.  or  terminal;  caly.x  indistinct;  petals  5,  or  rarely 
4,  expanding;  stamens  as  many  as  petals,  short;  ovary 
2-celled  with  a  slender  style,  adnate  to  a  distinct  cup- 
shaped  disk,  entire  or  crenulate  at  the  margin:  fr.  a 
1— 1-seeded  berry. — About  20  species  in  N.  Amer., 
Cent,  and  E.  Asia.  By  some  botanists  united  with  Vitis, 
which  is  easily  distinguished,  even  in  the  winter  state, 
by  its  shredding  bark  and  brown  pith,  also  by  the  panicu- 


191.  Ampelopsis  heterophylla  var.  amurensis.  ( X  Ji) 

late  infi.  and  the  petals  cohering  into  a  cap  and  falling 
off  as  a  whole;  more  cloSoly  rcl;ited  to  Parthcnocissus, 
which  differs  chiefly  in  it.s  disk-bearing  tendrils  and  the 
absence  of  a  distinct  disk  in  the  fl.;  still  more  clo.sely  to 
Cissus,  which  differs  in  the  fleshy  sts.,  usually  4-merous 
fls.  and  4-lobed  di.sk.  Monogr  by  Planchon  in  De 
Candolle,  Monographic  Phanero.^amarum,  .'5:447-403. 


The  members  of  this  genus  are  shrubs,  climbing, 
with  twining  tendrils,  not  clinging  by  disks  to  its  sup- 
port, of  medium  height,  with  variously  divided,  rarely 
simple  foliage,  small  greenish  flowers,  in  peduncled 
cymes,  followed  by  blue  or  yellow  pea-sized  berries.  Most 
of  the  species  are  hardy  North,  but  ^1.  japonica,  A. 
megalophylla  and  A.  arborea  are  only  half-hardy,  while 
A.  cantoniensis  and  A.  leeoides  can  be  grown  only  in 
warmer  temperate  regions.  Page  3565. 

They  are  not  particular  as  to  the  soil  and  situation 
but  grow  best  in  fresh  and  loamy  land.  Where  only  a 
Ught  covering  is  desired,  species  like  A.  japonica,  A. 
aconitifolia  and  A.  arborea  should  be  planted;  A. 
helerophylla  var.  amurensis  makes  a  rather  dense  cover- 
ing and  is  well  suited  for  the  covering  of  parapets,  low 
walls  and  rocks;  A.  megalophylla  is  a  very  strong  grower, 
with  bold  foliage.  Some  species,  as  A.  helerophylla  and 
particularly  its  var.  amurensis  are  very  ornamental  in 
autumn  with  their  bright  blue  profusely  produced 
berries. 

Propiigation  is  by  seeds  and  by  hardwood  or  green- 
wood cuttings.  AU  species  may  be  propagated  by 
cuttings  with  a  good  eye,  placed  in  sandy  soil  under 
bell-glasses  in  September. 


aconitifolia,  5. 
ajjinis,  5. 
amurensis,  4. 
arborea,  8. 
bipinnate,  8. 
brevipedunculnUl, 
cantoniensis,  10. 
cinerea,  2. 
citrulloides,  4. 


INDEX. 

cordata,  3. 
Delavayana,  6, 
dissecta,  5. 
elegans,  4. 
heterophylla,  2,4,6. 
hunmlifolia,  1. 
japonica,  7. 
megalophylla,  9, 
micans,  2. 


tiapiformis,  7. 
palmiloba,  5. 
Tubricaulis,  5. 
serjanispfolia,  7 
Sieboltlii,  4. 
tricolor,  4. 
tripartita,  5. 
tuberosa,  7. 


A.  Lvs  simple  or  lobed. 
B.  Under  side  of  lvs.  whitish:  lvs.  affirm  texture. 

1.  humulifSlia,  Bunge.  Lvs.  broadly  ovate,  3-5- 
lobed,  sometimes  only  slightly  so,  3-5  in.  long,  truncate 
or  subcordate  at  the  base,  acute  or  acuminate,  bright 
green  and  lustrous  above,  glaucescent  and  glabrous  or 
hairy  beneath:  cymes  slender  peduncled:  fr.  few  and 
small,  usually  pale  yellow  with  bluish  cheek,  or  pale 
yellow  or  entirely  pale  blue.  N.  China. — This  species 
has  been  always  confused  with  .4.  heterophylla,  from 
which  it  is  easily  distinguished  by  the  firmer  texture  of 
lvs.,  their  pale  whitish  under  side  and  the  color  of  the 
frs.  It  is  very  hardy  and  the  foliage  has  the  appearance 
of  that  of  a  true  Vitis. 

2.  micans,  Rehd.  (Vitis  repens,  Veitch,  not  Wight 
&  Am.).  Shrub,  climbing  to  20  ft.:  young  growth 
purplish:  branchlets  glabrous:  lvs.  triangular-ovate 
and  not  lobed  or  broadly  ovate  and  slightly  3-lobed, 
subcordate  or  sometimes  truncate  at  the  base,  short- 
acuminate,  the  lobes  acute,  coarsely  crenate-serrate, 
dark  green  and  with  a  velvety  sheen  above,  glauces- 
cent below,  2-4  in.  long:  c>-mes  long-stalked  and  rather 
dense:  fr.  dark  blue.  Cent.  China. — Has  proved  hardy 
at  the  Arnold  Arboretum.  Var.  cinerea,  Rehd.  (.4. 
heterophylla  var.  cinerea,  Gagnep.).  Lvs.  grayish 
pubescent  on  both  sides  or  only  below,  often  deeply 
3-5-lobed. 

BB.  lender  side  of  lvs.  green:  lvs.  membranous. 

3.  cordata,  Michx.  (Vitis  indivisa,  Willd.  Cissus 
Ampelopsis,  Pers.).  Nearly  glabrous:  lvs.  cordate, 
roundish-ovate,  not  or  slightly  3-lobed,  acuminate, 
acutely  serrate,  pale  green  beneath,  usually  pubescent 
on  the  veins:  cymes  loose,  slender-stalked :  berries  bluish 
or  greenish.    From  111.  and  Ohio  south.    Mn.N.  2:6. 

4.  heterophylla,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (Vktis  heterophylla, 
Thuiil).).  Branchlets  gUibrous  or  hairy:  lvs.  cordtite, 
3-5-lob('d,  with  rountled  sinuses,  sometimes  slightly 
3-lobc(l,  lobes  serrate  or  incised,  shining  green  beneath 
and  usually  glabrous  or  sometimes  hairy,  W'i-'i  in. 
long:  cymes  on  stalks  y^-'^Vi  'i-  long:  fr.  changing  from 
pale  lilac  to  verdigris  color  and  finidly  bright  blue  or 


278 


AMPELOPSIS 


AM  PH  IRA  PHIS 


sometinies  finallv  whitish.  July,  Aug.;  fr.  Sept.,  Oct. 
E.  .\sia.  li.M.  5682  Cas  var.  hiimulifolia).  Gt.  1813: 
Ttio.  Gn.  10.  p.  451.  Var.  elegans,  Koch  (.1.  Iricohr, 
Hort.  A.  Sicbdittii,  Hort.  I  !((.';  liclcrophiiUn  var. 
mnVpdAi,  Nichols.).  Lvs.  snialU-r,  hlotchfxi  and  striped 
with"  white;  flushwl  piiili  when  .vouuk;  slow-gro\viii{!; 
and  tenderiT.  Gn.  54,  p.  5. — A  handsomely  colored 
form,  adapted  for  planting  in  vases  and  btiskels. 
Var.  citruUoides,  Schneid.  (.1.  cilruttoKUti,  Leh:is).  Ias. 
deeply  loheil  with  rather  narrow  sinuately  lobed 
s»>pnis.  Var.  amurensis,  rUineli.  (.4.  hrcripcdiin- 
culalii.  Koehne.  Vilix  linriiit'd'iiiciilaln,  Dipp.).  Fig. 
191.  Hranehlets  and  petioles  u.sually  hairy:  lvs.  slightly 
3-lobtxi,  2-1  in.  loiifi,  lobe.s  crenat.ely  serrate,  hairy 
beneath,  at  least  on  the  veins:  cymes  rather  dense:  fr. 
darker  blue. — The  variety  is  a  stronger  grower  than 
the  type  ixnd  strikingly  beautiful  in  autumn  with  its 
variously-  coloreil  berries;  it  is  well  adapted  for  cover- 
ing low  walls,  rocks  and  trelli-scs. 

AA.  Lvs.  3-5-parled  nr  Higilate,  at  least  partly,  imth 

usually  lobed  segms. 

B.  Segtns.   of  the  lvs.   pinnately  lobed  or  only  serraie; 

the  lower  lvs.  .tometimcs  only  lobed. 

5.  aconitifolia,  Bunge  (A.  dissecta,  Carr.  A.  aconiti- 
fdlia  var.  diiisccta,  Koehne.  A.  afflnis  var.  dissecta, 
Hort.).  Branchlets  glabrous:  lvs.  5-parted,  the  segnas. 
pinnatelv  lobed  with  rather  narrow-toothed  or  entire 
lobes,  2-3  in.  long,  green  beneath,  glabrous  or  hairy  on 
the  veins:  berries  small,  orange  when  fully  ripe,  some- 
times bluish  before  ripening.  Summer;  fr.  in  autumn. 
N.  China.  R.H.  1868,  p.  10;  1883,  p.  318.  Gn.  5,  p. 
523.  G.  1:396.— Very  hand.some  vine  with  finely 
divided  foliage.  Var.  palmiloba,  Rehd.  (A.  palmiloba, 
Carr.  A.  tripartita,  Carr.  .4.  rubricaulis,  Schneid.). 
Lvs.  usually  3-parted,  the  lower  ones  often  only  3-lobed, 
segms.  often  rather  broad,  coarsely  toothed,  rarely 
pinnatifid.  R.H.  1867,  p.  10.  J.H.S.  28:87  (form  with 
rather  narrow  segms.). 

6.  Delavayana,  Planch.  {A.  heterophylla  var.  Dela- 
vaydrta,  Gagnep.  Fife  Delavayana,  Franch.).  Young 
growth  hairy  and  usually  purph.sh:  lvs.  cordate  at  the 
base,  partly"  li-lobed  and"  partly  3-parted,  2-5  in.  long, 
segms.  coarsely  crenately  toothed,  dark  green  and  nearly 
glabrous  above,  hght  green  and  pubescent  beneath  or 
Bometimes  glabrous,  the  middle  segm.  elliptic-oblong, 
cuneate,  the  lateral  ones  very  unequal:  cymes  on  pe- 
duncles 1  in.  or  less  long:  fr.  dark  blue  or  bluish  black. 
Cent.  China.  J.H.S.  28:102.— A  strong-growmg  vine, 
hardy. 

BB.  Segms.  of  the  lvs.  pinrmte;  the  pinnx  separate  from 
the  winged  rachis. 

7.  japonica,  Makino  (A.  serjanisefblia,  Bunge. 
VUis  serjaniarfolia,  Maxim.  A.  napif6rmis,  Carr.  A. 
luberosa,  Carr.).  Roots  tuberous:  plant  glabrous:  lvs. 
3-5-parted  or  digitate,  chartaceous,  shining  and  dark 
green  above,  the  divisions  pirmate,  with  winged  rachis, 
the  pinna-  st^parate  from  the  wings:  berry  small,  blue, 
punctate.  Japan,  N.  China.  Gt.  16:.')31.  R.H.  1870, 
p.  17.  Gn.  6,  p.  365.  I.T.  5:176.— Very  handsome 
vine  with  its  lustrous  and  dark  green,  finely  cut  foliage, 
but  somewhat  tender. 

AAA.  Lvs.  bipinnale  or  pinnate;  Ifts.  distinctly  stalked. 

B.  Lfts.  ugimily  3^/  in.  hng,  very  coarsely  toothed. 

8.  arbftrea,  Koehne  (A.  bipinriata,  Michx.  Vitis 
Hjiinri/iln,  Torr.  &  (Jray.  Cissus  slrijts,  Pers.).  Pepper 
Vine.  St.  erect  or  somewhat  climbing:  lvs.  bipinnate, 
4-8  in  long;  pinna:  and  lfts.  on  each  segm.  usually  5; 
iftfl.  broa/ily  ovate  or  cuneate-<)bovate,  coarsely  toothed, 
J4-1  '/2  in.  long,  veins  beneath  and  rar-hi.s  usually  hairy: 
berriwi  dark  purple.  Summer;  fr.  in  autumn.  .Southern 
Htatra,  .Mex.  15. B.  2,  p.  2109.— Handsome  vine  with 
bright  green  finely  cut  foliage;  not  hardy  N 


BB.  Lfts.  usually  2-4  in.  long,  crenate-serrate. 

9.  megalophylla,  Diels  &  Gilg.  {V'ltis  megalophtjlla, 
Veitch).  Clin\bing  to  :iO  ft.,  glabrous:  lvs.  long- 
petioled,  6-15  in.  or  sometimes  longer,  the  larger  ones 
bipinnate;  the  lower  pinmc  with  3-9  lfts.,  the  lowest 
pair  often  :5-lvd.;  Ift.s.  petioled,  ovate  or  ovate-oblong, 
2-5  in.  long,  rounded  or  subcordate  at  the  base,  mem- 
branous, remotely  serrate,  pale  or  glaucoscent  beneath, 
veins  nearly  straight,  ending  in  the  teeth:  fr.  bluish 
black,  in  loose  cymes.  W.China.  J.H.S.  28:16,  86,  97. 
Gn.  65,  p.  45. — Strong-growing  vine,  hardier  and  larger 
in  every  part  than  the  following. 

10.  cantoniensis,  Planch.  (Vltis  cantoniensis.  Seem.). 
Lvs.  long-petioled,  similar  to  the  preceding  species  but 
smaller;  lfts.  1-3  in.  long,  cuneate  or  rounded  at  the 
base,  sometimes  nearly  sessile,  chartaceous,  remotely 
and  often  indistinctly  crenate-serrate,  veins  arching: 
fr.  violet  or  pale  violet.    S.  China  to  Malay.  Renins. 

.■1.  DaiHiluhia,  Mott.=Viti8  Piasezkii. — A.  ilumeti>rum,  Hort.= 
Partliiiiofissus  vitacea. — -l.  Enaelmdnnii,  Hort.=PartlienocissU3 
cjniiKiui'folia  var.  Engelmannii. — A.  Grafbneri,  Bollc=Parttieaoci3- 
aus  ciuiiniii'folia  var.  hirsuta. — .4.  heileracea.  DC'.=Parttienoci3Sua 
ciiiiiiiiui'liilia. — A.  Henri/ana,  Hort.=Parthenocissu3  Henryana.^ 
A.  luplaiihiilln.  Bucltl.=Parthenoci3.sus  heptaphylla. — A.  Inmatay- 
arin,  Ri>yli=Parttieuocissu3  himalayana. — A.  hirsula,  Don  ="»''- 
tlienocis3U3  ciuimiuefolia  var.  liirsuta. — A.  Udggii,  Hort.=Parthe- 
nocissus  tricuspidata. — A.  incdnstans,  Hort.=Parthenoci3su3  tri- 
cuspidata. — .\.jap6nica,  Hort.:=Parthenoci33U3  tricu3pidata. — A. 
leeoides.  Planch.  (Vitis  leeoides,  Maxim.).  Allied  to  A.  megalophylla. 
Lvs.  usually  pinnate,  sometimes  the  lower  lfts.  3-leaved:  lfts.  5-7, 
ovate-oblong,  2-4  M  in.  long,  rounded  or  broadly  cuneate  at  the 
ba.-ie,  remotely  serrate.  S.Japan.  Tender.  J.H.S.  28:95.  96. — A. 
Ldwii,  Hort.=ParthenocissU3  triou3pidata  var.  Lowii. — .4.  macro- 
phylla,  Hort.=Parthenocissus  vitacea  var.  macrophylla. — A.  mu- 
ralis,  Hort.=Parthenocis.su3  quinquetolia  var.  murorum. —  A.  ori- 
entalis.  Planch.  (Vitis  orientalis,  Boisa.).  Allied  and  very  similar 
to  A.  arboroa:  petioles  longer;  lvs.  ovate-elliptic,  quite  glabrous: 
petals  and  stamens  4.  Orient.  G.  C.  1871 :  1015. — A.  publscens, 
Schlecht.=Parthenocissus  quinquetolia  var.  hirsuta. — A.  quinque- 
/dtia,  Michx. =  Parthenocissus  quinquefolia. —  A.  mdicanltssima, 
Schelle^  Parthenocissus  quinquefolia  var.  murorum. — A.  Tadtcan" 
tlssima,  Hort.=Parthenociaaua  quinquefolia  var.  hirsuta. — .4.  R6i/- 
lei,  Hort.=Parthenoci3sus  quinquefolia  var.  murorum  and  P.  tri- 
cuspidata.— A.  St.  Paulii,  Hort.=Parthenocis3U3  quinquefolia  var. 
St.  Paulii. — .4.  semperviren.-!,  Hort.=Cis.3U3  striata. — .4.  Thdmsonii, 
Hort.=Partlienocis3US  Thomsonii. — A.  tricuspidata  and  .4.  Veitchii, 
Hort.=Parthenocis3U3  tricuspidata. — A.  mrginiana,  Hort.=Par- 
thenocissus  quinquefolia.  ALFRED   RehDER. 

AMPELOPOVtTIS:   Vitis. 

AMPHICARPjEA  (Greek,  alluding  to  the  two  kinds 
of  pods).  Spelled  also  ylmp/iicarpa.  Legumindsse.  Hoa 
Peanut.  A  genus  of  6-8  species  of  herbaceous  peren- 
nial vines  of  E.  N.  Amer.  and  India,  considered  by  some 
to  contain  also  the  species  now  credited  to  Falcata. 
Fls.  of  2  kinds,  the  upper  axillary,  racemose  and 
showy,  the  lower  apetalous,  fertile,  and  borne  in  the 
lower  axils. — Not  in  the  American  trade  and  cult,  only 
in  botanic  gardens.  The  only  common  species  are  A. 
monoica,  Ell.  {Falcata  comosa,  Auct.),  and  A.  PUclieri, 
Torr.  &  Gray.  Both  are  pubescent  or  glabrate  vines, 
with  trifoliolate  lvs.,  white  or  purplish  fls.,  and  rather 
conspicuous  pods. — Of  Uttle  value  horticulturally. 

N.  Taylor. 

AMPHICOME  (amphi,  both,  and  home,  hair;  the 
seeds  having  a  tuft  of  hair  at  both  ends).  Bignoniacese. 
Greenhouse  herbaceous  rockery  plants  from  the  Hima- 
layas, with  large,  rosy,  funnel-shaped,  5-lobed  fls. 
which  are  axillary  or  terminal :  lvs.  alternate,  unequally 
pinnate. — Species  2. 

argiita,  Royle.  Height  3  ft. :  lvs.  radical,  the  Ifts.  in 
.3-4  pairs,  sessile,  lanceolate,  acuminate,  deeply  serrate: 
fls.  in  terminal  racemes,  fewer  than  in  the  next;  corolla- 
tube  rose-colored,  trumpet-shaped;  calyx-lobes  long, 
awkshaped.  P.M.  6:79. — Intro,  by  Montarioso  Nur- 
series. 

A.  Bmiidii,  Royle.  Height  1^2-3  ft.:  lfts.  in  5-7  pairs,  cordate- 
ovate.  oi>tuse,  shortly  petiolulate,  margin  crenate-lobate:  fls.  at 
first  corymbose:  cornlla-tube  and  throat  orange:  calyx-lobes 
short,  thick,  fleshy.    B.M.  4890.    Gn.  8,  p.  25;  38,  p.  458.    F.S.  11; 

iio"-  N.  Taylor.! 

AMPHIR APHIS:  Mimalnssa. 


AMSONIA 


ANAGALLIS 


279 


AMSONIA,  (named  for  Charles  Amson,  colonial 
physician  in  eighteenth  century).  Called  also  Ansonia. 
Apocynacccf.  Plants  sold  for  border  planting,  mostly 
among  shrubbery,  but  little  known  in  cultivation. 

Tough-barked  perennial  herbs  with  alternate  narrow 
Ivs.  and  terminal  panicles  of  blue  or  bluish  narrow- 
limbed  small  fls.  in  May  and  June,  the  inside  of  the 
corolla-tube  bearing  reflexed  hairs  and  also  the  5  sta- 
mens: fr.  two  long  and  slender  many-seeded  follicles. — • 
About  a  dozen  species  in  E.  U.  S.  and  E.  Asia.  Prop, 
mostly  by  dividing  the  clumps;  also  by  seeds,  and  by 
cuttings  in  summer. 

Tabemaemontana,  Walt.  (A.  salicifdlia,  Pursh.  A. 
Ainsonia,  Brit.  Tabiriuemontona  Amsbnia,  Linn.). 
Glabrous  or  nearly  so,  2-3  ft. ;  Ivs.  willow-hke,  ovate  to 
lanceolate,  acuminate,  alternate,  short-petioled :  fls. 
many,  with  lanceolate  spreading  lobes,  succeeded  by 
slender,  milkweed-like  follicles  or  pods  2-3  in.  long. 
Holds  its  foliage  late.  Pa.  to  Fla.  and  Texas.  B.M. 
1S73.    L.B.C.  6:592.    B.R.  151  (as  .-1.  toi/oKa). 

angustifolia,  Michx.  Villous  when  young,  the  st. 
1-3  ft. :  Ivs.  linear  to  lance-linear,  an  inch  or  two  long, 
much  crowded,  margins  becoming  revolute:  corolla- 
lobes  ovate-oblong  to  hnear-oblong.  Dryland,  N.  C, 
to  Texas.  L.  H.  B. 

AMYGDALOPSIS:  Pranus. 

AMYGDALUS  (Greek-made  name,  referring  to  the 
furrowed  pit).  Rosaces.  A  name  given  to  the  peaches, 
apricots  and  their  kin,  but  here  treated  as  a  section  of 
the  genus  Pruniis,  which  see. 

AMYRIS  (etymologically  allied  to  myrrh,  in  allusion 
to  the  odor).  Ruiacex.  Torch-wood.  Some  10  species 
of  shrubs  and  trees  ranging  from  the  S.  U.  S.  to  Cent. 
Amer.  and  W.  Indies,  a  few  of  which  have  been  men- 
tioned as  evergreen  cult,  plants  in  hothouses.  Lvs. 
alternate,  compound  but  Ifts.  sometimes  reduced  to  1 
as  in  some  other  rutaceous  plants:  fls.  white,  in  axillary 
or  terminal  spikes;  sepals  and  petals  4;  stamens  8:  fr. 
an  ovoid  or  globose  drupe,  with  a  single  stone. — • 
Apparently  none  of  the  species  is  in  cult,  in  this  country, 
although  A.  balsamlfera,  Linn.,  of  S.  Fla.  and  the  W. 
Indies,  A.  Plumicri,  DC,  of  the  W.  Indies,  and  A. 
braziliensis  (properly  Prbtium  braziliense,  of  the  Bur- 
Beracea?)  may  occur. 

ANACAMPSEROS  (Greek-made  name,  of  no  sig- 
nificance here).  F^ortulacacese.  Love-Plant.  Succulent 
herbs,  of  a  dozen 
species,  from  the  Cape 
of  Good  Hope,  but  not 
grown  in  this  country 
except  in  botanic  gar- 
dens. They  are  green- 
house plants,  with 
ovate  fleshy  lvs. :  fls. 
racemose,  expanding  in 
the  sun;  petals  5,  fuga- 
cious; sepals  5,  oblong. 
Prop,  by  seeds  or  Vjy 
cuttings  of  sts.  or  h's. 
The  commonest  species 
is  A.  arachnoides,  Sims, 
a  peculiar,  cobwebbed, 
green -Ivd.  succulent, 
with  simple  racemes  of 
white  fls.    B.M.  1368. 

A.  Bdrderi,  Hort.,  "is  a. 
Pyrenean  alpine  plant  of 
easy  culture  in  border  or 
rockery:  purple  fl.s.;  late- 
bloominp."  The  name  is 
apparently  unknown  in 
botanical    literature, 

N.  Taylor.!  192.  Anacardium  occidentale.  (  X  H) 


193.  Anagallis  arvensis.  ( X  K) 


ANACARDIUM  (name  refers  to  the  heart-shaped 
character  of  the  nut).  Anacardi&ceae .  Eight  species 
native  to  the  American  tropics,  of  which  one  (yielding 
the  cashew  nut)  is  widely  culti- 
vated in  tropical  countries. 

Trees  and  shrubs  with 
leathery  alternate  lvs.:  fls. 
small  and  numerous  in  pani- 
cles, polygamous;  calyx  5-cleft; 
petals  5,  very  narrow;  stamens 
7-10:  fr.  kidney-shaped,  borne 
on  a  greatly  enlarged  hard 
receptacle. 

occidentale,  Linn.  Cashew. 
Fig.  192.  A  large,  spreading 
tree  with  milky  juice,  very  im- 
patient of  frost,  and  therefore 
adaptable  only  to  extreme  S. 
Fla.  in  the  U.  S. :  lvs.  oval  or 
obovate,  rounded,  or  even 
emarginate  at  the  top:  fls.  rosy- 
tinted,  fragrant,  in  clusters  ter- 
minating the  young  branches: 
nut  kidney-shaped  or  heart- 
shaped,  the  size  of  a  large 
bean,  the  kernel  edible.  This 
nut  (about  1  in.  long)  is 
borne  on  a  fleshy  recep- 
bV^Sfes,  tacle  (the  cashew  apple, 

* Fig.  33)  which  is  about 

3  in.  high  when  mature, 
white  to  yellow  and  red, 
and  is  sweetish-sour  and 
edible,  Gn.  11,  p.  211.— 
A  vinous  liquor  is  made  from  the  apple.  The  kernel  of 
the  nut  .yields  oil,  and  is  edible  when  roasted;  the  shell 
of  the  nut  is  exceedingly  acrid,  even  the  fumes  from  the 
roasting  being  highly  irritant.  The  tree  yields  a  gum 
which  is  the  basis  of  a  varnisli,  being  used  to  protect 
books  and  woodwork  from  the  ravages  of  white  ants  and 
other  insects.  The  tree  grows  20-40  ft.  high.  Some- 
times grown  under  glass  in  collections  of  economic 
plants;  prop,  then  by  cuttings  of  mature  wood  with 
lvs.  retained.  l    H.  B. 

ANAGALLIS  (Greek,  delighting).  Prirnulacex.  Pim- 
pernel. Low  annual,  biennial  or  perennial  herbs  cul- 
tivated in  the  open  for  their  numerous  bright-colored 
blossoms. 

Stems  mostly  angular,  bearing  opposite  alternate  or 
3-whorled  entire  lvs.:  fls.  axillary,  mostly  solitary, 
usually  not  longer  than  the  lvs.,  in  shades  of  red,  blue 
or  white,  the  corolla  rotate  or  rotate-beU-shaped  and 
with  lobes  obovate  or  linear  which  are  either  entire  or 
toothed;  stamens  5,  attached  in  the  base  of  the  corolla, 
the  filaments  usually  bearded:  fr.  a  globose  caps.,  cir- 
cumscissile. — Two  dozen  species  of  interesting  httle 
plants  mostly  with  traihng  or  procumbent  sts.,  in 
many  parts  of  the  world.  Pax  and  Knuth,  Engler's 
Pflanzenreich,  hft.  22:321-334. 

The  pimpernels  are  of  simple  culture.  They  thrive 
in  a  warm  soil,  the  seeds  of  the  annual  species  being 
planted  where  the  plants  are  to  grow.  The  perennial 
kinds  are  increased  by  division,  or  by  cuttings  of  young 
growths  started  under  glass.  All  of  them  are  free-flower- 
ing and  attractive  minor  plants.  The  many  forms  in 
gardens  are  probably  all  referable  to  two  species. 

A.  Lvs.  ovate. 
arvensis,  Linn.  {A.  pulchella,  Salisb.  A.  orientalis, 
Hort.  A.  Moncllii,  Bieb.,  not  Linn.).  Common  Pim- 
pernel, or  Poor  Man's  Weatherglass  (fls.  close  at 
approach  of  bad  weather).  P'ig.  193.  Annual:  sts. 
procumbent  or  ascending,  the  branches  becoming  long, 
sliglitly  winged:  lvs.  opposite  or  in  3's,  sessile:  fls,  scar- 
let varying  to  white,  the  lobes  broadly  obovate  and 


280 


ANAGALLIS 


ANCHUSA 


obtuse  and  the  edges  finely  toothed.  Ku.,  Asia,  and 
spsrinply  run  wild  in  N.  Ainer.  Var.  phoenicea,  (iren.  it 
Ciodr.  Kls.  red;  eorolln-lolies  mostly  glandular-eiliate 
at  top.  \'ar.  csrillea,  C!ren.  &  (iodr.  (.1.  c;<rulc(i, 
Schreh.  A.  verlicillatn.  .Ml.).  Fls.  blue;  lobes  not  glan- 
dular and  slightly  ciliate.  Var.  latifdlia,  Lange  {A. 
latifdlia,  Linn.).  Fls.  blue:  Ivs.  very  broad;  plant  stout. 
B.Sl.  2389. 

A.4.  Lvs.  linear  or  linear-lanceolate  (except  perhaps  in 
var.  Monellii). 

linifdlia,  Linn.  (.4.  anguftifolia,  Salisb.  A.fruticosa, 
Vent.  .4.  grnndijldra,  Andr.  .1.  Philipsii,  Hort.).  Per- 
ennial or  biennial;  sts.  woody  at  base,  1-1,' 2  ft-:  lvs. 
opposite  or  vertieillate,  sessile,  acute,  margin  often 
revolute;  fls.  blue,  reddish  underneath,  the  lobes  obo- 
vate.  obtuse  and  entire.  W.  Medit.  region.  B.  M.  831. 
Var.  Monellii,  Knuth  (.4.  Monellii,  Linn.,  not  Bieb. 
.4.  \Villmoreana,  Don).  Lvs.  often  in  3's,  somewhat 
broader  (even  to  ovate  or  oblong);  corolla  longer. 
Var.  collina,  Ball  (.4.  coinna.  Sehousb.).  Large,  sts. 
thick;  fls.  rose-colored  or  purplish  (not  blue).  Var. 
microphylla,  Ball.  Many-std.,  branches  ascending:  lvs. 
small,  lanceolate:  fls.  blue,  reddish  beneath. 

L.  H.  B. 

ANANAS  (modified  from  aboriginal  S.  Amer.  name). 
Written  also  Ananassa.  Bromdiaces .  Stove  herbs,  al- 
lied to  the  billbergias,  and  demanding  the  same  general 
treatment.  As  ornamental  subjects,  grown  mostly  for 
the  rosette  of  rigid  lvs.  and  the  strange,  often  colored 
head  of  fleshy  fls.,  which  are  6-cleft,  with  6  stamens  and 
1  style.  The  ripe  head  is  composed  of  the  thickened 
rachis,  in  which  the  fleshy  berry  is  imbedded,  and  the 
fleshy  persistent  bracts;  in  the  pineapple,  the  fls.  are 
abortive.    Prop,   by  the  leafy  crown  or  topknot,  by 


long  and  sword-shaped,  stiff,  more  or  less  rough-edged. 
The  same  stalk  does  not  bear  a  second  time,  but  a  new 
shoot  may  arise  from  the  same  root  and  bear  fruit. 
Better  results  are  usually  secured  by  severing  the 
sucker  or  crown,  and  growing  a  new  plant.     American 


■<>'J  V'p  ,:..' i.i'^' 

194.  Ananas  sativus  (pineapple). 

strong  suckers,  or  by  small  offsets  from  the  base:  these 
are  treated  a.s  cuttings,  being  rooted  in  sand  with  bottom 
heat,  or  in  the  S.  set  directly  in  the  field.  Monogr.  by 
Mez,  DC.,  Monogr.  Phaner.  9. 

sativus,  .'^fhiilt.  f.  PiNBAPPLE,  which  see  for  field  cul- 
ture Fig.  194.  Plant  producing  a  single  .shaft  2-4  ft. 
high,  and  when  12-20  mos.  old  bearing  a  head,  or  pine- 
apple, on  the  top  of  which  is  a  rosette  of  stiff  lvs.:  lvs. 


195.  Ananas  sativus  var.  variegatus.    ( X  K) 


tropics.  B.M.  1554  (as  Bromelia  Ananas).  B.R.  1081 
(as  A.  bracteala). — There  is  a  common  cult,  form  (var. 
variegatus  or  slralif alius),  Fig.  195,  with  striped  lvs. 
Gn.  51,  p.  57.  A.  Porteanus,  Koch,  is  a  form  of  A. 
sativus,  with  olive-green,  sharp-spined  lvs.  with  a  yel- 
low central  band.  G.W.  5,  p.  51.  A.  cochin-chinensis, 
Hort.,  is  another  form  (intro.  by  Pitcher  &  Manda,  1891). 

A.  bractedtus,  Schult.  f..  is  a  showy  species  with  red  heads,  all  the 
bracts  being  elongated,  spiny  and  prominent.  Brazil.  B.M.  5025. 
Regarded  by  Mez  as  a  form  of  A.  sativus. — A.  macrodontes.  Morr., 
like  a  bromelia,  has  large  toothed  bracts.  Brazil.  — A.  Morditdnus, 
Hort.,  a  form  of  A.  sativus  probably,  has  variegated  spineless  lvs. 

L.  H.  B. 

ANAPHALIS  (Greek  name  of  a  similar  plant).  Com- 
pdsitie.  Everlasting.  Hardy  border  plant;  useful  for 
immortelles.  A  genus  of  30  species,  much  like  Anten- 
naria,  but  differs  in  the  pappus-bristles  of  the  stami- 
nate  fls.  not  being  thickened  (these  are  thickened  up- 
wards in  that  genus)  and  the  st.  leafy. 

margaritacea,  Benth.  &  Hook.  A  foot  or  two  high, 
with  many  corymbose  heads,  white:  lvs.  sessile,  linear- 
lanceolate,  long-pointed:  involucre  pearly  white,  hence 
the  value  of  the  plant  as  an  everlasting.  N.  Amer. 
and  Asia. — The  plant  from  Asia,  with  yellow  fls.,  is  per- 
haps better  referred  to  A.  cinnambmea,  Clarke,  but  is 
hardly  separable  from  the  type.  It  is  offered  as 
a  yellow  everlasting.  n_  TAYLOR.f 

ANARRHINUM  (snoutlcsa).  Scrophularidcex.  A 
dozen  biennials  and  perennials  of  S.  Eu.  and  N.  Afr. 
Allied  to  Antirrhinum,  but  not  cult,  in  this  country, 
except  in  botanic  gardens.  P'ls.  small,  in  interrupted 
spike-like  racemes,  white  or  blue.  Easily  grown  in 
ordinary  garden  soil,  but  not  certainly  hardy  north  of 
New  York.    Known  also  as  Simbulata. 

ANASTATICA:  Resurrection  Plant. 

ANCHUSA  (anchousa,  a  paint  for  the  skin).  Bora- 
ginacese.  Alkanet.  Hardy  annual,  biennial  or  perennial 
plants,  with  blue  or  purple  fls.  in  panicled  scorpioid 
racemes  or  sometimes  in  headlike  clusters;  the  corolla 
trumpet-shaped  and  the  throat  closed  by  scales:  lvs. 
alternate,  usually  hairy. — Of  easy  cult,  in  sunny  position 
except  A.  italica  var.  "Dropmore,"  which  is  best 
suited  in  partial  shade.  Prop,  by  seed  generally,  but  old 
perennials  may  be  root-divided  in  spring. 

a.  Fls.  small,  like  forget-me-nots. 
Barrelieri,  Vilm.    Perennial:  height  2  ft.:  lvs.  ovate- 
lanceolate,  smaller  and  shorter  than  in  A.  italica:  fls. 


ANCHUSA 


ANDROMEDA 


281 


blue,  with  a  white  tube  and  pink  or  jellow  throat.  May. 
Eu.  and  Asia  Minor.  B.M.  2349. — Valued  for  its 
earliness  and  for  cut-fls.  The  least  common  of  the  3 
species. 

officinalis,  Liim.  Biennial  or  perennial,  1-2  ft.:  Ivs. 
lanceolate,  hairy,  radical  ones  clustered:  fls.  opening  in 
pairs,  bright  blue  or  purple,  in  loose,  one-sided  spikes. 
June-Oct.  Eu. — Effective  in  masses  and  of  easy  cult. 
The  common  alkanet. 

capensis,  Thunb.  Biennial:  height  IJi  ft-:  Ivs. 
narrowly  lanceolate  and  less  hispid  than  in  A.  ilalica: 
fls.  red-margined,  with  a  white  throat;  buds  red; 
calyx  inflated  after  the  fl.  has  withered;  divisions  short- 
obtuse.  June-Sept.  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  B.M.  1822. — 
Fine  for  cut-fls.  Often  winterkilled,  but  seeds  itself 
freely;  north  of  Boston  best  treated  as  a  coolhouse 
plant.   Var.  ilba,  Hort.,  has  white  fls. 

AA.  Fls.  large. 
italica,  Retz.  Perennial:  height  3-5  ft.:  Ivs.  largest 
of  the  3  species  here  contrasted,  ovate-lanceolate, 
rough,  shining;  radical  ones  sometimes  2  ft.  long:  fls. 
bright  blue.  Medit.  B.M.  2197.  L.B.C.  14: 1383.— 
If  not  allowed  to  go  to  seed,  will  bloom  continuously 
from  June  to  Sept.  Commonest  and  perhaps  best 
species.  Var.  Dropmore.  Fig.  196.  Three  ft. :  fls.  purple, 
in  loose  heads.  Best  suited  to  partial  shade.  Var. 
superba,  Hort.,  has  very  dark  blue  fls. 

A.  Agdrdhii,  Lehm.  Lvs.  linear.  Siberia.  Rare. — A.  myosolidi- 
flira,  Lehm.  Lvs.  large;  radical  ones  long-petiolate,  cordate-reni- 
form;  cauline  ones  sessile,  oval.  Siberia,  Caucasus. — A.  ochroieiica, 
Bieb.  Perennial:  2  ft.:  fls.  yellowish  white:  Ivs.  minutely  stngose, 
lanceolate,  ciliate.  July.  .\ug. — A.  sempcrcireits,  Linn.  Lvs. 
broadly  ovate :  lower  ones  petioiate :  racemes  short,  generally  bracted 
at  the  base.    Eu.    Esteemed  in  France.  ^     TayLOR  t 

ANDA:    Joannesia. 

AND  IRA  (Brazihan  name).  Leguminbsx.  Angeleen 
Tree.    Hothouse  trees. 

Trees,  with  conspicuous  fls.  in  racemes:  calyx  5- 
toothed  or  entire;  keel  petals  distinct;  ovary  stalked: 
fr.  a  roundish  1-seeded  pod. — Nearly  30  species  of 
Tropical  American  and  African. 

Two  or  three  species  are  sometimes  cultivated  in 
hothouses  in  the  Old  World  and  in  American  botanic 
gardens.  They  must  be  grown  in  rich  loam  and  peat  in 
the  warmhouse.  Propagation  is  by  cuttings  of  ripened 
wood  in  sand  under  bell-jar,  with  bottom  heat. 

inermis,  HBK.  Cabbage  Tree.  A  tree  20-35  ft.: 
lvs.  impari-pinnate,  with  13-15  ovate-lanceolate  and 
acute  Ifts.:  fls.  in  terminal  panicles,  purple,  on  short 
pedicels.   W.  Indies  and  Brazil.  ]\f_  Taylor. 

ANDRACHNE  (ancient  Greek  name).  Euphor- 
bidceap.  Low  shrubs  with  bright  green  foliage,  of  httle 
ornamental  value;  sometimes  grown  in  botanical 
collections. 

Shrubs  or  perennials:  lvs.  alternate,  usually  entire: 
fls.  small,  monoecious  or  incompletely  dicecious,  axillary, 
5-6-merous;  staminate  in  clusters,  with  petals  smaller 
than  the  sepals,  stamens  with  free  filaments,  not  exceed- 
ing the  sepals;  pistillate  usually  sohtary,  with  very 
small  petals,  sometimes  wanting,  ovary  .3-celled  with 
3  distinct,  2-cleft  or  2-parted  styles:  fr.  a  subglobose  or 
depressed  caps.,  separating  into  3  2-valved  carpels,  6- 
seeded. — Ten  or  12  species  in  N.  Amer.,  Peru,  Asia,  N. 
and  S.  Afr.,  Malay  Archipelago. 

These  are  low  deciduous  shrubs  similar  to  Securinega, 
but  smaller,  with  small  bright  green  leaves,  slender- 
stalked  whitish  inconspicuous  flowers  in  axillary  clus- 
ters or  solitary,  appearing  during  the  summer  followed 
by  small  greenish  brown  capsular  fruits.  There  are 
three  species  in  cultivation,  of  which  two,  A.  phi/llan- 
thoides  and  A.  colchica,  have  proved  hardy  at  the 
Arnold  Arboretum;  they  may  be  used  in  borders  of 
shrubberies.  They  seem  to  grow  in  any  soil,  if  it  is  well- 
drained,  and  prefer  sunny  positions. 


Propagation  is  by  seeds,  which  are  usually  freely  pro- 
duced, and  also  by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass. 
None  of  the  species  is  in  the  trade. 

A.  cdlchica,  Fisch.  &  Mey.  Shrub,  to  2  ft.,  usually  lower,  glau- 
cescent,  glabrous:  Ivs.  ovate,  obtuse,  J-3-  V2in.  long:  petals  5.  filiform, 
as  long  as  the  glands  of  the  disk,  much  shorter  than  the  calyx:  caps, 
depressed-globose,  '/sin.  thick.  Asia  Minor. — A.  cordifdlia,  Muell. 
.\rg.  Shrub,  to  3  ft.:  lvs.  ovate  to  oblong,  rarely  cordate  at  base, 
obtuse.  1-2  in.  long,  soft  pubescent  beneath:  petals  spathulate,  disk- 
glands  membranous:  caps,  depressed-globose,  kin.  thick.  E.India. 
— A.  fruticdsa,  Linn.  A  greenhouse  shrub  from  S.  China  with  ovate 
or  broadly  ovate,  short-stalked  lvs.,  I-l  ^i  in.  long,  and  small  green- 
ish white,  short-stalked  fls.,  staminate  as  well  as  pistillate  in  axil- 
lary clusters  of  3-6,  is  now  referred  to  Breynia  as  B.  fruticosa, 
Benth.  It  is  probably  no  longer  in  cult.  B.M.  1802  and  L.B.C.  8: 
731  (as  Phyllanthus  turbinata). — A.  phyllanlhoides,  Muell.  Arg. 
(A.  Roemeriana.  Muell.  Arg.).  Shrub,  to  3  ft.  with  slender  glabrous 
branches:  lvs.  oval  to  obovate,  obtuse,  J-^-1  in.  long,  glabrous  or 
slightly  pubescent  beneath:  petals  little  shorter  than  the  sepals, 
obovate,  dentate  near  the  apex;  disk-glands  thick;  caps,  depressed- 
globose,  about  Hin.  thick.    Mo.  to  Ark.  and  Texas. 

Alfred  Rehder. 

ANDROCYMBIUM  (name  referring  to  arrangement 
of  stamens  around  a  cavity).  Liliacese.  A  dozen  or 
more    species   of   bulbous   plants   growing   from   the 


196.  Anchusa  italica,  Dropmore  variety.  ( X 


Medit.  region  to  S.  Afr.,  one  or  two  of  which  may  be 
expected  in  choice  greenhouse  collections.  Bulbs 
tunicated:  sts.  subterranean,  from  which  arise  a  few 
narrow  lvs. :  fls.  few,  in  short  spikes  and  subtended  by 
showv  bracts  in  spring  or  summer.  A.  melanthoides, 
Willd".,  of  S.  and  Cent.  Afr.,  recently  intro.,  has  bulb 
like  minute  tuhp:  lvs.  2-4,  from  3-9  in.  long:  fls.  small, 
boi-ne  in  clusters  in  axils  of  large  bracts  which  reach  3 
in.  long  and  some  of  which  are  white,  green-veined. 
G.C.  III.  45:315,  desc.  A.  leucanthum,  Willd.  (A. 
punctatum,  Baker,  in  part),  of  S.  Afr.,  has  few  whitish 
fls.  in  dense  umbel  and  4  spreading  lvs. 

ANDROMEDA  (Greek  mythological  name).  Erica- 
cex.  Ornamental  low  plants  grown  for  their  evergreen 
foliage  and  for  their  flowers. 

Evergreen  shrubs:  lvs.  short-petioled,  narrow,  entire: 
fls.  in  terminal  umbels,  pcdicelled;  calyx  small,  5- 
toothcd;  corolla  urceolate  with  5  short  recurved  lobes; 
stamens  10  with  aristate  anthers  opening  with  pores: 
caps,  dehiscent  into  5  valves;  seeds  numerous,  small. 
— Two  species  through  the  northern  hemisphere. 


282 


ANDRO:\IEDA 


ANDROSACE 


The  amironuxla^  are  low  o\orp;roon  shrubs  with  small 
and  narrow  l\)liaso  anil  small  pinkish  (liiw(-rs  in  terminal 
umbels.  Thoy  ;iro  perfectly  hardy  N'ortli  and  suited 
for  borders  of  evergreen  shrubberies  ami  for  rockeries 
and  grow  best  in  peaty  or  sandy  and  moist  soil  and  in 
half-siiady  positions. 

Propagation  is  by  seeds,  sown  thinly  so<in  after  matur- 
ity, in  pots  or  pans  of  sandy  peat  soil,  placed  in  a  cool 
frame.  They  germinate  easily  if  sown  in  cut  sijhag- 
nuni.  I)ut  must  be  pricked  into  boxes  as  soon  as  they 
can  be  handled.  Cuttings  from  mature  wood,  placed 
in  sand  under  glass  in  fall,  antl  kept  in  a  cool  green- 
house during  the  winter,  will  root  easily;  also  increased 
by  layers.  See,  also,  Leucolhoe,  Chatnaedaphne,  Pieris 
and  Zenobia. 

polifolia,  Linn.  (A.  rosmarinifblia,  Pursh).  Fig.  197. 
One-half  to  2  ft.:  branchlets  usually  not  glaucous:  Ivs. 

narro.w-oblong  to  lin- 
ear, %-\]2  in.  long, 
whitish-glaucous  be- 
neath, but  not  to- 
mentose,  later  some- 
times green,  revolute 
at  the  margin:  fls. 
nodding  on  slender 
pedicels,  2-4  times  as 
long  as  the  globose- 
urceolate  corolla: 
caps,  brownish,  ob- 
ovoid  or  subglobose, 
'  as  high  as  broad. 
June.  N.  Eu.,  N. 
Asia,  rare  in  the 
colder  regions  of  N. 
Amer.  L.  B.  C.  18: 
1714.  G.W.  12,  p.  .50 
(habit) . — Varies  with 
narrower  and  broader 
ivs.  On  account  of  its 
slender-stalked  fls., 
more  graceful  than 
the  following  species. 
glaucophylla,  Link. 
Similar  to  the  pre- 
ceding, but  young 
branchlets  glaucous:  Ivs.  white  beneath,  with  a  fine 
tomentum:  fis.  on  curved  thick  pedicels,  rarely  twice 
as  long  as  the  lu-ceolate  corolla:  caps,  depressed, 
glaucous.  June.  X.  E.  Amer,,  south  to  Minn,  and  Pa. 
L.B.C.  6:546;  16:1.591;  18: 1725.— Varies  like  the  pre- 
ceding species  with  broader  and  narrower  Ivs. 

A.  acuminnta,  Ait.^Leucothoe  populifolia. — .1.  arhdrea,  Linn. 
=Oxy(i<-ndrum  arboreum. — .-1.  aiilldriH,  Michx.^^Loucothoe  Cates- 
bffii. — A.  axillnri/t,  Lam.=L.  axillaris. — .4.  ailycutula,  Linn.=Cha- 
msedaphne  calyculata. — A.  campanulata,  Miq.=Enkianthus  cam- 
panulatUA. — A.  cdndida,  Hort. ^Zenobia  pulverulenta. — A.  cas- 
nnixfdlia,  Vent.=Z.  pulverulenta. — .-1.  Catesb^,  Walt.^Leucothoe 
Catesbsei. — A.  cernua,  Miq.:^Enkianthu3  cernuu.s. — A.  dealbiila, 
LindI.=Z€nobia  pulverulenta. — A.  fastifjidla,  Wall.=Ca.ssiope  fas- 
tigiata- — A.  ferruginea,  WaIt.==Lyr>nia  ferruginea. — A.  fiorihunda, 
Pursh=Pieri.'*  fiorihunda. — -A.  formdva,  Walt.=Pieri.s  formo.^a. — A. 
gUiur/i,  Hort. ^Zenobia  pulverulenta. — A.  japtmica,  Thunb.= 
Pieris  japonica. — A.  liguslrina,  Muhl.=Lyonia  ligustrina. — A. 
maritina.  Linn.=Pieris  mariana. — A.  nitiila,  Bartr.=Pieri8  nitida. 
— A.  orali/dlia,  Wall.=Pieri.s  ovalifolia. — A.  paniculdla,  Ait.^ 
Lyonia  ligustrina. — A.  parabdlicfi,  Duham.^L.  ligustrina. — A.  vop- 
uiiffilui.  Lam.=Leucothoe  populifolia. — A.  jniheruUnta,  Bartr.= 
Zenobia  pulverulenta. — A.  racemdtia,  Ijinn.^Leucotho6  racemosa. 
— A.  Mjteci^jaa,  Miehx. ^Zenobia  pulverulenta. — .4.  Iflrdgona,  Linn. 
^=Ca»*iope  tetragona. — A.  loment^tin,  Hort.,  not  Dum.-CourB.^ 
Lyonia  l,gu.,trina  pubescen.,.  ALFRED   RehDER. 

ANDROPOGON  (Greek,  nner,  man,  and  pogon, 
beard,  referring  to  the  silky  hairs  on  the  spikelets  of 
some  species),  (iraminex.  Bkahd-Orass.  Annual  or 
mostly  perennial  grasses  of  varifius  habit  but  usually 
with  coarse  foliage,  scarcely  horticultural. 

Spikelets  in  pairs  at  each  joint  of  an  articulate  rachis, 
one  sessile,  perfect,  1-fld.;  the  other  pcdicelled,  stami- 
nate,  neutral  or  reduced  to  a  pedicel;  glumes  of  fertile 


197.  Andromeda  polifolia.  ( X  Ji) 


spikelel  equal,  indiu'ated,  the  first  dorsally  compres.sed, 
tile  second  keeled ;  sterile  and  fertile  lemmas  hyaline,  the 
latter  usually  awned;  palea  minute  or  wanting:  rachis 
usually-  liairy,  often  conspicuously  so. — A  large  genus  of 
probablj'  2t)0  species,  witlely  distributed  in  both  hemi- 
spheres exc'cpt  ill  the  colder  regions.  Includes  several 
important  native  forage  grasses  such  as  blue-stem  or 
blue-joint  {A.  furniliia,  Muhl.)  with  about  3  digitate 
s])ikes  at  the  sunnnit  of  the  tall  culm;  and  little  blue- 
stem  (.1.  scojMTrius,  JMichx.),  with  single  spikes  scattered 
along  the  branches,  both  species  of  the  prairie  region. 
Broom  sedge  (A.  virginicus,  Linn.),  a  common  grass  of 
the  Atlantic  states,  is  considered  troublesome,  though 
it  has  some  forage  value  before  it  flowers.  Some  of  the 
species,  such  as  silver  beard-grass  (A.  argenteus,  DC), 
are  ornamental  on  account  of  the  silvery  panicles.  This 
is  a  stout  grass,  2-4  ft.,  with  bearded  nodes  and  long- 
stalked  oval  panicles  consisting  of  numerous  wooUy 
ascending  or  appressed  si)ikes. 

Several  species  of  oil-producing  grasses  formerly 
included  in  Andropogon  are  now  referred  to  other 
genera.  A.  Ndrdvs,  Linn.=Cymbopogon  Nardus, 
Rendle.  A.  cilratus,  DC.  =  Cymbopogon  citratus,  DC. 
A.  Schoendnthus,  Linn.=Cymbopogon  Schoenanthus, 
Spreng.  A.  sqiiarrdsus,  Linn.=Vetiveria  zizanioides, 
Nash. 

For  a  discussion  of  the  sorghums  and  Johnson-grass 
referred  by  some  authors  to  Andropogon,  see  Holcus; 
also  Vol.  II,  Cyclo.  Amer.  Agric.     a.  S.  Hitchcock. 

ANDROSACE  (old  Greek  name  of  no  significance 
here).  Primulacex.  Rock  Jasmine.  Small  tufted  plants 
grown  in  the  alpine  garden. 

Root-lvs.  clustered:  scapes  mostly  not  exceeding 
8  in.  high,  often  very  short:  fls.  mostly  pink,  red  and 
purplish,  sometimes  white,  primula-like  but  con- 
stricted at  the  throat,  umbellate  or  sohtary,  in  early 
spring. — Over  80  species  in  Eu.,  Asia,  N.  Amer.  and 
Pacific  Isls.  Pax  and  Knuth,  Engler's  Pflanzenreich, 
hft.  22:172-220. 

Many  species  of  rock  jasmine  are  known  in  European 
gardens,  and  they  are  much  prized  by  fanciers  in  alpine- 
gardening.  The  tufted  leaves  sit  close  to  the  rocks. 
Some  of  them  are  woolly-leaved.  Only  currently  cata- 
logued species  are  included  in  the  present  account. 
A  well-drained  soil,  partial  shade,  free  circulation  of 
air,  frequent  waterings  in  dry  summer  months,  and 
protection  from  heavy  fall  and  spring  rains,  will  lead 
to  success  with  these  charming  alpines.  A  heavy  sha- 
ding of  evergreen  boughs  in  winter  will  be  found  of  great 
benefit.  Close  covering  is  not  to  be  recommended, 
because  it  smothers  the  plants.  Very  many  species 
have  been  tried  in  this  country,  with  variable  and  not 
very  encouraging  results,  but  in  a  few  instances,  with 
extra  care,  plants  have  done  well.  The  northern  aspect 
of  a  steep  rockery  seems  to  be  the  most  favorable  posi- 
tion for  them.  Propagation  is  by  division,  seeds  or  cut- 
tings. Plants  should  be  kept  in  pots  until  thoroughly 
established.  The  species  are  biennial  or  perennial 
except  in  group  aaa  below.  Many  of  them  are  densely 
cespitose. 

INDEX. 

Aizoon,  6.  eximea,  10.  lanuginosa,  2. 

angualifolia,  12.  foliosa,  4.  odtjraiissima,  7. 

arachnoidea,  7.  Halleri,  9.  jmucijlora,  10. 

brigantiaca,  9.  hedrjeantha,  8.  Ri^verchonii,  9. 

Bulleyiina,  6.  Hcnryi,  1.  robusta,  7. 

carnea,  9.  imbricata,  11.  rosea,  9. 

Chumbyi,  3.  Jacquemontii,  7.  sarmentosa,  3,  4. 

ckumyienae,  3.  laetea.  10  spinuiifera,  5. 

coccinea,  6.  lactiflora,  12.  villosa,  7. 

coronopi/olia,  12.  Laggeri,  9. 

A.  Lvs.  long-peiioled,  large,  orbicular-reniform  or  cordate, 
lobed  or  crenate. 
1.  Henryi,  OUver.    Scape  .3-9  in.,  woolly,  12-2.5-fld.: 
Ivs.   to  2' 2   in.   acro.ss,   orbicular-reniform,   lobed  and 
toothed:  fls.  white.    China. 


ANDROSACE 


ANEMIA 


283 


AA.  Lvs.  sessile  or  nearly  so,  spalulate  or  linear,  nearly 

or  completely  entire. 

B.  Fls.  in  umbels  or  umbellate  heads. 

c.  Plant  stout:  scape  4  "'•  or  more  high. 

D.  Foliage  woolly  or  i>illous. 

2.  lanuginosa,  Wall.  Whole  plant  densely  white- 
villous;  sts.  leafy:  lvs.  small,  ?4in.  or  less  long,  lance- 
ovate,  arute:  scapes  axillary,  about  4  in.;  Hs.  rose-col- 
ored, in  a  dense  umbel.    Himalaya.    B.M.  4005. 

3.  sannentosa,  Wall.  Creeping  by  brownish  stolons: 
h's.  clustered,  all  basal,  more  or  less  woolly,  lanceolate 
or  ovate-lanceolate,  acute,  1)2  in.  or  less  long:  scapes 
often  4  in.  long;  fls.  many,  rose-colored.  Himalaya. 
Var.  Chiimbyi,  Hort.  (.-1.  chumyiense,  Hort.).  Rosettes 
dense,  and  the  plant  very  cespitose:  lvs.  densely 
woolh". 

DD.  Foliage  bristly. 

E.  The  lvs.  not  in  rosettes,  crowded  al  base  of  st.,  narrowed 

into  petiole. 

4.  folidsa,  Duby  (-4.  sarmenlbsa  var.  folibsa.  Hook. 
f.).  Stolons  thick,  brownish,  naked:  lvs.  all  basal, 
obovate  or  ovate,  sessile  but  base  attenuated,  mucro- 
nate  or  acute,  ciliate,  1}^  in.  or  less  long:  scape  pilose, 
much  exceeding  lvs. ;  fls.  flesh-colored  becoming  whitish. 
Himalaya.    B.M.  6661. 

EE.  The  lvs.  in  rosettes,  long-pelioled,  'usually  cordate. 

5.  spinulifera,  Knuth.  Not  stoloniferous,  densely 
hairy :  lvs.  linear-obovate,  3  in.  or  less  long  with  petiole, 
spinulose  at  apex:  scape  10  in.  or  less;  fls.  numerous, 
densely  capitate,  purple.    China. 

6.  Aizoon,  Franch.  Lvs.  1  in.  or  less,  rosulate  and 
imbricated,  leathery  and  glaucous,  spatulate,  not 
spinulose:  scape  1  ft.  or  less,  many  times  exceeding  the 
lvs.,  the  bracts  glandular;  fls.  6-10,  flesh-colored  or  red. 
Himalaya.  Var.  coccinea,  Franch.  {A.  Bulleyana, 
Hort.).    Not  glandular:  fls.  red  or  intense  scarlet. 

cc.  Plant  slender:  scape  seldom  4  in.  high:  lvs.  all 

rosulate  {in  rosettes). 

D.  The  lvs.  with  hairy  margins. 

7.  villosa,  Linn.  (^4.  odoralissima,  Schreb.).  Entire 
plant  densely  white-hairy,  loosely  cespitose:  lvs.  hnear- 
lanceolate  or  lance-ovate,  sessile,  entire:  scape  2  in.  or 
less;  fls.  white  or  rose  with  yellow-red  throat,  corolla 
equaling  the  calyx-lobes,  the  corolla-lobes  obovate, 
entire  or  slightly  emarginate.  Eurasia.  Very  variable. 
Var.  arachnoidea,  Knuth  (A.  arachnoldea,  Schott). 
More  cespitose:  lvs.  oblong-ovate,  densely  webby-white: 
Bcape  verj'  short.  Var.  robusta,  Knuth.  Plant  robust: 
lvs.  lance-ovate,  often  densely  congested,  white-silky. 
Var.  Jacquemontii,  Knuth  (A.  Jacquemdntii,  Duby). 
Lvs.  crowded,  imbricated,  ovate,  obtuse,  the  hairs 
white  to  brown:  scape  long;  fls.  flesh-colored,  the 
corolla-lobes  obtuse  and  entire. 

DD.  Tlie  lvs.  glabrous,  or  only  obscurely  ciliate. 

8.  hedrasantha,  Griseb.  Cespitose:  lvs.  Hin.  or  less 
long,  lance-oblong,  obtuse,  leathery,  not  crowded  at 
base  of  st:  scape  very  short  (about  1  in.);  fls.  .5-10  in 
each  umbel  or  head,  violet-red  or  pale  purple,  the 
corolla-lobes  obovate.    Balkans. 

9.  camea,  Linn.  (A.  Reverchbnii,  Jord.  A.  rdsea, 
Jord.  &  Fourr.).  More  or  less  densely  cespitose:  lvs. 
linear  or  subulate,  3-4 in.  or  less  long:  scape  3  in.  or 
less;  fls.  3-7,  rose-colored  or  whitish,  the  throat  yellow. 
Eurasia.  L.B.C.  1:40.  Var.  Halleri,  Linn.  Lvs.  twice 
longer  than  in  tjTse,  recurved  at  apex,  shining  green, 
sparsely  hairj%  Var.  Laggeri,  Knuth  (A.  Liiggeri, 
Huet.).  Lvs.  acimiinatc,  spreading,  deep  green:  scape 
verj'  short:  denseh'  cespitose.  Gn.  63,  p.  333.  Var. 
brigantiaca,  Knuth  (A.  hrigotdiaca,  Jord.  &  Fourr.). 
Lvs.  narrowly  linear,  short,  slightly  denticulate  at 
apex:  scape  to  5  in.:  little  cespitose. 


10.  lactea,  Linn.  {A.  pauciflbra,  VilL).  Cespitose, 
glabrous  or  nearly  so:  lvs.  rosulate,  membranous,  hnear 
or  linear-lanceolate,  obtusish,  sparsely  ciliate,  1  in.  or 
less  long:  scape  5  in.  or  less;  fls.  snow-white.  Eurasia. 
B.M.  868,  981.  Var.  eximia,  Hook.  Lvs.  less  rigid, 
strongly  recurved:  fls.  larger  (3iin.  across).  Switz. 
B.M.  5906  (as  .4.  camea  var.  eximia). 

BB.  Fls.  solitary. 

11.  imbricata.  Lam.  Cespitose,  stellate-pubescent: 
lvs.  J4in.  long,  linear-spatulate  and  obtuse,  in  densely 
superimposed  imbricated  rosettes.    Alps. 

AA.\.  Lvs.   scarcely  petioled,   oblong  or  linear,  entire  or 
dentate:  fls.  nmbellate:  annual. 

12.  lactiflora.  Pall.  {A.  angustifblia,  Andr.  A. 
coronopifbiia,  Andr.).  Glabrous,  1  ft.  or  less  high:  lvs. 
2  in.  or  less  long,  rosulate,  linear-lanceolate  or  linear- 
spatulate,  acute,  toothed:  fls.  milk-white,  large.  Asia. — 
A  handsome  little  armual,  often  self-seeding. 

A.  VUaliana,  Lapeyr.,  listed  aa  the  only  yellow-fld.  Androsace, 
is  Douglasia  Vitaliana.     It  is  oftea  catalogued  as  Aretia  Vitaliana. 

L.  H.  B. 

ANDR6s.ffiMnM:  Hypericum. 

ANDROSTEPHIUM  (Greek-made  name,  referring 
to  the  corona).  Liiidcese.  Babies'  Breath.  Outdoor 
bulbous  plants,  allied  to  the  brodieas. 

Small  genus  of  S.  W.  and  Cent.  U.  S.,  with  funnel- 
shaped,  spreading-limbed,  6-lobed  perianth,  6  stamens, 
and  3-angled  ovary,  and  a  corona  or  crown  at  the 
mouth:  lvs.  linear,  radical:  scape  simple,  leafless. — 
Plant  in  a  sunny  place  in  sandy  soil,  placing  the  bulbs 
4-6  in.  deep;  protect  in  winter.  Prop,  by  division  of 
the  bulbs  and  by  seeds.  The  name  "babies'  breath" 
or  "baby's  breath"  is  commonly  applied  to  Gypsophila. 

violaceum,  Torr.  (A.  cseriikum,  Greene).  Slender, 
6-10  in.:  umbel  2-7-fld.,  the  fls.  blue,  1  in.  long,  sup- 
ported on  a  stout  (J^in.)  pedicel;  crown  exceeding  the 
anthers. — Blooms  in  spring;  pretty.       n.  Taylor. t 

ANEILEMA  (Greek,  no  involucre).  Sj-n.,  Aphylax. 
CommcUnace^e.  Sixty  tropical  perennials,  allied  to 
Commehna,  from  which  it  may  be  distinguished  by  its 
sub-paniculate  infl.  A.  biflbrum,  R.  Br.,  and  A.  sinicum, 
Lindl.,  are  sometimes  cult,  in  Old  World  hothouses 
and  in  American  botanic  gardens.  These  species  are 
blue-fld.,  diffuse  or  trailing  plants  with  their  fls.  hav- 
ing no  involucral  bracts.   Culture  as  in  Dichorisandra. 

N.    TAYLOR.t 

ANEMIA  (Greek,  naked;  without  indusia).  Schizsa- 
cex.  Tropical  ferns,  with  1-3  pinnate  lvs.  with  the 
lower  pair  of  pinna;  erect,  elongate  and  bearing  the 
sporangia  in  panicles  at  their  extremities. — Of  the  40 
species,  2  are  found  in  the  southern  states,  and  a  few 
are  occasionally  in  cult. 

Anemias  are  dwarf,  compact  ferns,  suited  for  shelves, 
or  for  growing  near  the  glass  in  warm  pits  or  low 
houses.  They  prefer  being  grown  in  small  pots  to  being 
planted  out  in  the  fernery.  Their  growth  is  too  slow  to 
make  them  popular  decorative  ferns  for  general  pur- 
poses. Propagation  is  by  spores,  which  germinate 
freely;  tufted  kinds  by  division  between  March  15  and 
April  30. — Schneider,  Book  of  Choice  Ferns. 

A.  Lf.  2-3-jnnnate,  with  narrow  divisions. 
adiantifSlia,  Swartz.     Lf.-blade   6-9   in.   long  on  a 
stalk  often  twice  as  long,  the  ultimate  divisions  oblong 
or  linHar-ouneate,  with  the  outer  margin  toothed.    S. 
Fla.  and  tropics. 

AA.  Lf.  only  once  pinnate  with  broad  pinnx. 
B.  Veins  free. 
mexicana,  Klotzsch.    Lf.-blade  6-9  in.  long,  with  4-6 
pinni3E  on  either  side,  which  are  distinctly  stalked,  ovate- 
lanceolate  and   rounded   on   both   sides   at   the  base: 
fertile  pinnae  3-4  in.  long,  dense.    Texas  and  Mex. 


284 


ANEMIA 


ANEMONE 


198.  Anemone  patens  rai. 
Nuttaliana.  ( x  H) 


eollina,  Raddi.    Lvs.  1  ft.  high,  stalks  luiin-,  lilados 

with  about  U)  Ifts.  on  each  side,  which  arc  rounded  at 

the  outer  ends  and  truncate  at  the  upjier  .side  at   the 

.  base:    fertile    jiinna'    alumt 

TV  w  132  in.  long,  dense.    Brazil. 

S.  1:384. 

BB.  PVi/w  anastomosing 

(ncllcd). 
Phyllitidis,  Swartz  (.4 . 
Inncioldta,  Lodd.  A.  Umgi- 
folid.  Link.  AncmidictyoH 
'Phi/UUidis,  Willd.).  Lf.- 
blade  4-12  in.  long,  with 
4-12  pairs  of  sessile  pinnic, 
with  a  erenulate  margin  and 
a  rounded  or  unequal  base; 
^■eins  forming  long,  narrow 
areola^:  fertile  pinna?  3-9  in. 
long,  dense.  Cuba  and  Mex. 
to  Brazil.    S.  1:390. 

L.  M.  Underwood. 

R.  C.  Benedict,  t 

ANEMIDfCTYON:  Anemia. 

ANEMONE  (Greek, 
U'itid).  Ra  nunculacex. 
Anemone,  or  Anemony. 
WiNDFLOWER.  Hardy  and 
attractive  flower  -  garden 
and  border  plants. 
Stems  usually  erect,  with  great  variation  in  height: 
basal  lvs.  lobed,  divided  or  dissected,  those  of  the  st. 
forming  an  involucre  near  to,  or  remote  from,  the  fl.: 
sepals  few  or  many,  petal-like;  no  true  petals;  stamens 
many,  shorter  than  sepals:  carpels  numerous:  fr.  a 
1-seeded  achene. — A  genus  of  about  85  species,  with 
many  handsome  garden  forms;  all  hardy  perennials; 
cult,  for  their  beautiful  show  of  fls.  and  in  a  few  cases 
for  their  striking  foliage.  Chiefly  native  of  the  north 
temperate  and  mountainous  regions.  As  a  technical 
generic  name,  pronounced  anemone;  as  a  vernacular, 
anemone.  Pritzel,  Revision  of  Anemone,  in  Linnaja 
15:498  (1841).  Britton,  N.  Amer.  Anemone,  in  Ann. 
X.  Y.  Acad.  Sci.  6:217  (1891-92). 

The  plants  thrive  best  in  a  fresh,  rather  rich,  sandy 
loam,  well  drained;  but  most  of  the  species  will  do  well 
in  any  good  garden  soil.  The  tuberous-rooted  species 
are  suitable  for  hardy  borders,  while  most  of  the  others 
prefer  a  place  in  a  rockery,  and  some  are  partial  to  shady 
places.  A.  hortensis,  A.  coronaria,  A.Julgens  and  others 
will  well  repay  the  little  indoor  or  greenhouse  care  they 
require  for  producing  winter  blossoms.  They  require 
essentially  the  same  handling  as  tuHps  and  hyacinths, 
and  are  usually  classed  with  bulbous  plants.  Tubers 

C laced  in  pots  in  September  or  October  bring  forth  a 
eautiful  show  of  bloom  by  January  or  March.  For 
this  purpo.se  they  should  be  -well  drained,  and  not  kept 
verj'  wet  or  too  warm  before  the  growth  is  well  started; 
they  prefer  more  moisture  at  flowering  time.  There  are 
many  garden  varieties  of  anemone,  among  which  are 
Whirlwind  and  Geante  Blanche  I'whitej;  Queen  Char- 
lotte, Lorely,  and  KrieiiihiWe  (pink);  Rosa  Zvvey 
flavender-pink);  Brilliant  Diademe,  Purpurine  and 
Prinz  Heinrich  (carmine  and  magenta). 

Nearly  all  the  species  can  be  readily  propagated  by 
both  rfX)t-division  and  seed.  The  seeds  are  sown  very 
shallow  in  a  clean  bed,  in  either  warm  fall  or  early 
spring.  The  division  of  roots  is  best  ma<le  in  early 
spring  before  growth  starts.  The  season  for  both  out- 
door and  indoor  planting  will  directly  influence  the 
flowering  sea.son.  Good  months  for  outdoor  planting 
are  Sej^tember,  October,  November,  December,  I'eb- 
ruary  and  March.  As  a  rule,  the  tuberous  aneinones 
will  blossom  at  any  time  desired,  being  influenced  by 
the  time  they  are  kept  out  of  the  ground.    The  bulbs 


may  be  ripened  after  flowering  time  by  being  taken 
from  the  ground  to  dry,  or  by  covering  the  bed  to  keep 
out  rains.  A.  japonica  is  one  of  the  finest  of  all  fall- 
blooming  herbs. 


acutipetnla,  4,  6. 
alba,  10,  15,  21. 
albkla,  10. 
Allonii,  13,  1."). 
atpinu,  5,  6. 
an  n  iinta-f/raudiJlora,i 
apenninn,  13. 
bniciilcnsis,  12. 
l)lMriila,  14. 
c:rrttli'a,  ITi. 
caiia.l.-iisis,  2:i. 
fiinilliilana,  11. 
ohry>;iiilln-iuifiora,  7. 
coronaria,  7. 
crispa.  21. 
ilerapelala,  11. 
deltoiilea,  17. 
llichtitvnui,  23. 
elegaiis,  21. 


INDEX. 

flore-pleno,7,10, 12, 15. 
fuigens,  8. 
Grayi,  19. 
Halleri,  2. 
hortensis,  8,  9. 
.  hybrida.  21. 
intermedia,  15. 
japonica,  21. 
lutea,  10. 
major.  15. 
multifida,  22. 
muUipetata,  8. 
narcissiflora.  24. 
nemorosa,  15,  16. 
Nuttalliana,  3. 
occiden  talis,  5. 
ochroleuca,  3. 
oreffana,  19. 
palmata.  10. 


patens,  3. 
Pavoniana,  8. 
pennsylvanicat  23. 
pleno,  13. 
Pulsatilla,  4. 
purpurea,  13,  15. 
quinquefolia,  16. 
ranunculoides,  18. 
Robinsoniana.  15. 
rosea.  15.  21. 
rubra,  4,  15,  21. 
stellata,  9. 
sulphurea,  1,  6. 
sylvestris,  12. 
umbellata,  24. 
variegata,  4. 
vernalis,  1. 
virginiana,  20. 


A.  Achenes  with  long  styles,  which  may  become  feather- 

like  on  ripening;  fls.  solitary. — Pulsatilla  section. 

B.  Involucre  hell-shaped,  dissected  into  nvmerous  linear 

equal  lobes. 

1.  vernalis,  Linn.  (Pulsatilla  vernalis,  Mill.  A.  svl- 
phiirea.  All.).  Very  shaggy,  6  in.  high  or  less:  lvs. 
pinnately  parted,  segms.  trifid:  fls.  purple  without, 
whitish  within,  and  smoothish;  erect,  on  very  short 
peduncles;  sepals  6,  rarely  spreading.  Apr.  Cool,  moist 
place,s.  Eu.  J.H.  III.  32:223.  Gn.  25:320.  Gn.  W. 
20:891;  26:134.    F.E.  18:320.    G.20:158. 

2.  Halleri,  All.  Villous,  6  in.  or  less  in  height; 
simple:  lvs.  pinnately  divided  with  segms.  .3-4-parted; 
the  lesser  divisions  lanceolate-linear;  involucre  of  long 
narrow  segms.,  sessile:  fls.  large,  erect,  whitish  purple; 
sepals  6;  anthers  yellow.  Apr.  Sunny  places.  Switzer- 
land.   L.B.C.  10:940. 

3.  patens,  Linn.  Much  like  the  first  variety  below, 
which  is  more  common  in  Amer.,  but  differs  in  its 
broader  and  shorter  If.-segms.  and  smaller  fls.  Eu. 
Gn.  60,  p.  364;  65,  p.  167. 

Var.  Nuttalliana,  Gray  (Pulsatilla  hirsutissima, 
Brit.).  Wild  Patens.  American  Pasque  Flower. 
Fig.  198.  Villous,  with  long,  silky  hairs,  4-9  in.  high: 
radical  lvs.  petioled,  others  sessile,  all  much  divided 
into  narrow,  Unear,  acute  lobes:  fls.  appearing  before 


199.  Tubers  of  Anemone  coronaria. 

the  root-lvs.,  bluish  purple  or  whitish,  erect,  seldom 
nodding:  achenes  silk}':  styles  plumose,  becoming  2  in. 
long;  peduncle  elongates  several  in.  after  flowering. 
Apr.  I^ow  ground.  North  central  states  and  Siberia. 
C.L.A.  3:177.    Gn.  M.  13:15. 

Var.  ochrole&ca,  Sims.  Fls.  creamy  white,  appearing 
at  same  time  as  basal  lvs.  March,  Apr.  J.H.  IIL 
30:.343.   B.M.  1994. 


ANEMONE 


ANEMONE 


285 


4.  Pulsatilla,  Linn.  {Pulsatilla  vulgaris,  Mill.  A. 
acutipetalti .  Schleich).  Pasque  Flower  of  Europe. 
Villous,  hairy,  ri.sing  %-l  ft.:  basal  Ivs.  finely  thrice- 
pinnately  divided,  on  slender  petioles;  involucre  sessile, 
deeply  cut  into  long  narrow  lobes:  fls.  blue  to  reddish 
purple,  1 '  o-'2 '  ■>  in.  across.  Apr.  Well-drained  soil  or 
stonv  places.  Eu.  Gn.  32:466;  71,  p.  215,  530.  L.B.C. 
18:l"704.  G.C.  III.  39:307.  Gn.M.  13:17.  G.M. 
52:636.  Gn.W.  20:225.  Var  rfibra,  Hort.  (A.  rubra, 
Lam.).  Dwarfer:  fls.  always  erect.  Var.  variegata,  Hort. 
Fls.  pale,  appearing  in  May. 

DB.  Involucre  Ivs.  3,  on  short  petioles,  sheathing  the  st. 
occidentalis,  Wats.  [A.  aljnna.  Hook.,  not  Linn.). 


Silkv-hairv, 


-1'2  ft-  high,  simple:  Ivs.  2-parted,  the 


divisions  deeply  pinnatifid  into  usually  incised  linear, 
acute  lobes;  involucre  short-petioled ;  basal  Ivs.  long- 
petioled:  fls.  solitary,  white  or  purple,  varying,  1-2  in. 
across;  receptacle  conic,  sometimes  much  elongated: 
achenes  pubescent:  plumose  styles  reflexed;  peduncle 
becoming  much  elongated 
after  sepals  fall.  May.  Calif, 
to  Brit.  Col.    Intro.  1892. 

^J  6.  alpina,  Linn.  {A.  acuti- 
^>>\  petala,  Hort.).  Closely  allied 
to  the  above.  St.  H-il'i  ft- 
high,  from  thick,  strong  roots: 
Ivs.  large,  finely  divided,  cut 
and  serrated,  smooth  or  hairy ; 
Ivs.  of  involucre  similar:  fls. 
few,  in  an  umbel  or  solitarj', 
2-3  in.  diam.,  creamy  white 
inside,  purple  outside,  but 
varying  much ;  anthers  yellow. 
Mountain-sides.  Eu.  May, 
June.  L.B.C.  17:1617.  B.M. 
2007  (var.  major).  Var.  sul- 
ph&rea,  Hort.  Fls.  a  dehcate 
sulfur-yellow,  larger,  downy 
beneath:  Ivs.  larger.  Moist, 
rich  soil.  Gn.  35:10;  66,  p. 
195.    G.M.  49:797. 

AA.  Achenes  woolly  or  sniooth- 
ish,  with  short  styles. 
(Anemone  proper.) 

B.  Peduncle  1   {rarely  2):  in- 
volucre 7nostly  3-lvd. 

c.  Head  of  Jr.  cylindric: 
achenes  woolly. 

D.  Roots  tuberous:  involucre 
usually  sessile. 

POPPT-FLOWERED      ANEMONE. 

One-half  to  1  ft.  high,  from 
tuberous  roots:  Ivs.  cut  into  many  fine  lobes  and  lob- 
ules; involucral  Ivs.  sessile,  3-4-parted,  deeply  cut:  fls. 
lJ^-2'2  in.  across,  poppy-like,  of  many  colors  and  mix- 
tures of  red,  blue,  white,  etc.;  stamens  blue.  Early  in 
spring  to  June.  Meadows,  Medit.  region.  V.  11:257. 
B.M.  841.  Gn.  50:6;  61,  p.  275;  16,  p.  111.  A.F. 
25:93.  C.L.A.  4:344.  G.  24:5.  G.L.  20:355. 
Gn.M.  13:296.  J.H.  III.  48:38.3.  R.H.  1893:2.32.— 
Caen,  Scarlet,  The  Bride,  St.  Brigid,  Victoria  Giant, 
etc.,  are  some  of  the  trade  names  given  to  the  single 
forms.  Var.  fldre-pleno,  Hort.  Fls.  double,  as  shown  in 
Fig.  202;  many  colors,  scarlet  being  the  most  common 
at  present.  F.S.  16:1678.  Gn.  63,p.  3.53.  Var.  chrysan- 
themifl6ra,  Hort.  A  seedling  variety  produced  in 
1848,  and  intro.  many  years  later.  Fls.  more  com- 
pletely doubled  than  the  above  variety  by  the  sta- 
mens all  becoming  petal-like. — A  dozen  forms,  beau- 
tiful, self-colored,  as  deep  red,  sky-blue  and  even  pure 
white,  have  been  fixed  and  named.  Useful  as  cut-fl. 
On  30:316.  R.H.  1887:36;  1897,  pp.  418-9.  R.B 
21:260-1. 


200.  Anemoae  coronaha, 
stngle-fiowered  form.  (  X  H) 

7.  coronaria,    Linn 
Figs.  199,  200,  201,  202 


8.  fulgens,    Gay    (A.    Pava- 
niana  -vox.  fulgens,  DC.    A.  hor- 
tensis,  Thore).    Fig.  203.   One 
ft.  high,  simple:  basal  Ivs.  3-5- 
lobed,    with    rounded    outline, 
followed    later    by  deeply  cut 
Ivs.;   involucre   sessile,  several 
in.  below   the  solitary  fl. :    fls. 
vivid  scarlet,  2  in.  across;  sta- 
mens    black.      May,     June. 
France.  —  Sometimes    called   a 
variety  of  A.  hortensis, 
Linn.,   from   which    it 
may   have   descended. 
Several  garden  forms, 
as   A.  annuata-grandi- 
flora,    A.    multipetala, 
and     Southern     Star. 
Gn.  11:214.  Gt.37:66. 
R.B.   21:262-3.    R.H. 
1877:270.    G.  4:91. 


201.  Anemone  coronaria,  semi-double' 
flowered  form.  (  x  h) 


9.  hortensis,     Linn. 

{A.     stellala.      Lam.). 

Broad  -  leaved  Gar- 
den Anemone.  Fig.  204.  St.  simple,  erect,  10  in. 
high:  basal  Ivs.  lobed  and  cut  irregularly;  involucre 
small,  3-5-lobed,  usually  3  or  more  in.  below  the  fl.: 
fls.  red,  ro.sy  purple,  or  whitish,  single,  IJ^  in.  across; 
stamens  brownish  violet.  Rich,  light  soil.  S.  Eu. 
May. — This  dilfers  from  A.  coronaria  in  its  coarse,  broad 
Ivs.  and  its  elongated,  rather  narrow-pointed  sepals. 
Garden  names  are  given  to  the  forms  with  different 
coloration.    B.M.  123.    Gn.  61,  p.  352.    F.W.  1877:257. 

10.  palmata,  Linn.  St.  6-9  in.  high  from  tuberous 
root:  basal  Ivs.  leathery,  3-5-lobed,  cordate,  toothed; 
involucral  Ivs.  3-parted:  fls.  golden  yellow,  solitary  or 
in  2's;  sepals  10  or  more.  May,  June.  Deep,  light  soil. 
Medit.  region.  B.R.  200. — Three  good  varieties  in  the 
trade.  Var.  fldre-pleno,  Hort.,  with  double  yellow  or 
white  fls.  Var.  albida,  Sims  (var.  alba,  Hort.).  Fls. 
white:  basal  Ivs.  lobed.  B.M.  2079.  L.B.C.  2:175. 
Gn.  22 :  466.  Var.  Ifitea,  Lodd.  Like  the  last,  but  with 
yellow  fls.   L.B.C.  17:1660. 

11.  caroliniana,  Walt.  {A.  decapetala,  Amer.  authors, 
not  Ard.).  St.  simple,  slender,  J^-1  ft.  high,  arising 
from  a  large  tuber:  Ivs.  of  involucre  sessile,  with  3 
wedge-shaped  clefts;  basal  Ivs.  thrice  divided,  and 
much  lobed  and  parted,  slender-petioled :  solitary  fl. 
erect,  1-1^2  in-  broad,  creamy  white  or  purple;  sepals 
often  numerous:  achenes  densely  woolly.  April,  May. 
Open  places,  U.  S.   G.  6:521. 

dd.  Rootstock  creeping:  Ivs.  of  involucre  petioled. 

12.  sylvestris,  Linn.  St.  1-1 M  ft.,  simple,  or  branched 
once  at  invo- 
lucre, from  a 
creeping  root- 
stock:  Ivs.  3-4-  v 
parted,  deeply 
cut  at  top,  hairy 
beneath;  invo- 
lucre petioled: 
fls.  soUtary  or  in 
2's,  pure  white, 
n^  in  across, 
nodding,  sweet- 
scented  ;  sepals 
6.  May  -  July. 
Wooded  places, 
Eu.  and  Liberia.  '^^ 
B.M.  54.  Gn. 
18,  p.  .561;  30, 
p.    173;    65,    p. 

7.3;     75,   p.    189.     202.  Anemone  coronaria  var.  flore-pleno. 
^   „  „„„    „„   „.  {fuU  double)  ( x  M) 


G.2:223;33:31. 


2S6 


ANEMONE 


ANEMONE 


Gn.M.l.M'Oo.  .1.11.  111.  o7:S0.  L.n.C.lS:173i).  Var. 
fldre-pleno,  llort.  Ddi'hle  Snowdhop  Anemone. 
H:is  hinio.  whito,  doublo  fls.  Ci.C.  111.  19:739.  A. 
tuticalcnsis,  Turcz.,  is  much  like  this  species. 


203.  Anemone  fulgens. 


204.  Anemone  hortensis. 

Reduced  from  an  old  cut,  to  show 

a  little  improved  form. 


cc.  Head  oj  jr.  hemispherical:  achenes  silky-pubescent. 
D.  Roots  tuberous. 

13.  apennina,  Linn.  St.  simple,  slender,  4-9  in.: 
Ivs.  twice-divided  and  lobed,  much  toothed:  fls.  sky- 
blue,  11^  in.  acro.ss;  sepals  10-12,  elongated,  obtuse; 
anthers  white.  March,  Apr.  ^^'oods,  Italy.  Gn.  72, 
p.  482. — This  and  a  form  with  whitish  fls.  are  both  well 
suited,  for  shad}'  nooks  in  clumps  of  shrubbery,  etc. 
Var.  Allenii,  Hort.  Fls.  large,  pale  blue.  Var.  plena, 
Hon.  I'ls.  double.  Var.  purptirea,  Hort..  Fls.  bright 
mauve.  Gn.  72,  p.  2.54. 

14.  blanda,  Schott  &  Kotschy.  St.  4-6  in.  high,  from 
a  cylindrical  rootstock:  Ivs.  like  A.  apennina,  but 
harder  and  smoother,  and  principal  divisions  sessile: 
fls.  intense  sky-blue,  diff'ering  from  above  species  in 
being  larger,  more  finely  rajed,  styles  black-pointed, 
and  sepals  smooth  on  the  outside;  opens  in  earliest 
spring  or  mild  winter  weather.  From  Taurus  Mts.  and 
Greece;  rockv  places.  Intro.  1898.  Gn.  14:200;  7.5 
p.  1.52.  G.L.  19:71.  Gn.  W.  22:  Supp.  Apr.  15  (var. 
atrocXTulea).    G.C.  III.  41:297.  (var.  Scythissica). 

DD.  Rootstock  slender,  creeping,  cylindrical. 

1.5.  nemordsa,  Linn.  (A.  intermedia,  Winkl.).  Wood 
Anemone.  Fig.  20.5.  St.  simple, 3-8 in.,  nearly  smooth: 
rootsUjck  horizontal,  .3-4  times  the  st.  in  diam.:  Ivs.  of 
involucre  petioled,  3-.5-part,ed ;  basal  Ivs.  appearing 
after  the  fl.-st.,  .5-part(d,  divisions  wedge-shaped, 
toothed:  fls.  white  or  piiri)lish,  solitary,  1  in.  across: 
achenes  pubescent;  styles  hooked.  Apr.,  May.  Eu.  and 
Siberia.  Gn.  63,  p.  244  (as  A.  intermedia). — Three  or 
more  horticultural  varieties.  Var.  alba,  Horl.  (var. 
fldre-pleno,  Hort.).  Fls.  larger,  pure  white,  and  abun- 
dant. Intro.  1883.  Gn.  .32:.344;  69,  p.  2.33  (var.  j/ra«(/i- 
flora):  7.5,  p^  128  Cvar.  purpurea).  G.  24:2.5.5  (var.  ma- 
jor). Var.  Allenii,  Hort.  Fls.  large,  lavender-mauve. 
Var.  m&jor,  Hort.  A  robust  variety  with  large  white 
fls.  Var.  Robinsoni^na,  Hort.  (var.  caridea,  Hort.). 
A  robu.st  form,  6-12  in.,  with  broader  and  thicker  Ivs., 
and  large  fls.,  becoming  blue.  Somctinics  given  as  a 
Bcparate  species.  March,  Apr.  Gn.  46,  p.  1.53;  32,  p. 
34.5;  73,  p.  266.  G.  2:.51.5.  R.H.  1901:188.  Var.  rdsea, 
Hort.  fvar.  riil/ra  fldre-plino,  Hort.).  Fls.  a  reddish 
purple:  now  much  u.sed;  suited  to  partially  shaded 
places  of  the  perennial  border. 


16.  quinquefolia,  Linn.  (.1.  nemordsa  var.  quinque- 
folia,  Gray).  This  Amm-ican  species  differs  from  A. 
ncmorosa  in  having  .smaller  fls.,  involiicnil  Ivs.  less 
lobed,  foliage  paler,  antl  much  more  slender  st.  and 
petioles. — The  common  windflower  or  spring  anemone, 
formerly  called  .4.  nemorosa.    Gn.M.  13:15. 

17.  deltoidea,  Douglas.  St,  simple,  slender,  6-12  in. 
high,  from  a  slender  rootstock:  Ivs.  trifoliate,  basal 
ones  ])etioled,  others  nearly  sessile,  coarsely  crenated, 
often  inci.sed;  fls.  solitary,  white,  rather  large:  achenes 
several,  den.sely  pubescent;  style  very  short.  Spring. 
Pacific  slo])e. 

DDD.  Rootstock  horizontal ,  fleshy  or  somewhat  tuberous. 

18.  ranunculoides,  Linn.  Yellow  Wood  Anemone. 
St.  3-8  in.,  from  elongated,  somewhat  tuberous  root- 
stock:  Ivs.  3-5-parted,  divisions  deeply  cut  and  ser- 
rated: fls.  golden  yellow,  usually  solitary,  single  or  semi- 
double.  March  and  Apr.  Rich,  light  soil  in  open 
places  and  woods.  Eu.  and  Siberia.  Gn.  35:408.  L. B.C. 
6:5.56. 

19.  Grayi,  Behr.  {A.  oregana,  Gray).  St.  slender, 
3-12  in.  high,  from  a  fleshy,  brittle  rootstock:  basal 
Ivs.  slender-petioled,  3-parfed,  coarsely  serrate;  involu- 
cral  Ivs.  petioled,  trifoliate,  the  parts  2-3-lobed,  much 
toothed;  sepals  blue  or  purphsh:  achenes  pubescent,  in 
a  globose  head.  Moist,  shady  slopes.  Ore.  and  Wash. 
In  gardens  west  of  the  Rockies.    Intro.  1892. 

BB.  Peduncles  2-5  {mostly  S). 

c.  Frs.  (achenes)  woolly  or  very  silky:  secondary  involucre 
present. 

20.  virginiana,  Linn.  Plant  hairy,  2-3  ft.  high,  stout, 
branching  at  the  involucre:  the  petioled  involueral  Ivs. 
3-parted,  the  Ifts.  cleft  and  lobed;  basal  Ivs.  similar, 
broader  than  long,  on  long  petioles:  fl.  peduncles  naked 
(or  the  lateral  ones  2-lvd.) ;  fls.  greenish  or  white,  1-1 J^ 
in.  across:  achenes  woolly,  in  an  oblong  head;  styles 
short,  awl-shaped.  June-Aug.  Woods  and  meadows, 
U.  S.  and  Canada.    G.M.  33:763. 

21.  japonica,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Fig.  206.  Stately,  branch- 

ing St.,  2-3  ft.  high: 
plant    soft    and 
downy,   with    short 
hairs:    Ivs.   ternate, 
much     lobed     and 
toothed :     fls.     rosy 
purple  or    carmine; 
1-3  whorls  of  sepals, 
2-3    in.    diam.,   on 
long  peduncks  from 
leafy    involucre;    stamens    yellow: 
achenes  silky. — A  very  useful  species 
for  mixed   borders  or  for  pot  cul- 
ture.    Hardy    in    northern    states. 
Sept.  to  late  frosts.   Rich  soil,  China 
and  Japan.  Gn.  30:172.  B.M.4341. 
P.M.  14:25.      A.G.   19:305.    Gng. 
1:221;  3:131.      G.C.   III.   16:661. 
A.F.  12:29.    F.S.  2:74.    Gt.  61,  p. 
92.     Var.    alba,   Hort.     Honorine 
JoBERT.   The  Bride.   Whirlwind, 
etc.     Two    or    3    whorls   of   large, 
white  sepals:  fls.  2-3  in.  across,  last- 
ing until  hard  frosts.    Gng,  5:117. 
R.H.    1867:11.     Var.  crispa,  Hort. 
Thick    Ivs.  bronzed   on   the  edges: 
fls.    rose -colored.    Var.    hybrida, 
Hort.     (vars.    rosea    and    clcgans, 
Hort.).    Radical  Ivs.  ,5-lobed,  often 
cordate;    lobes    twice    serrate:    fls. 
.somewhat    paler,     earlier;      sepals 
rather  broader.  Said  to  be  a  hybrid 
of  A.  japonica  and  A.  vitifolia;  pro- 
duced in  Royal  Gardens,  1848.  Var. 


205.  Anemone 
nemorosa. 

(xM) 


ANEMONE 


ANGELICA 


287 


rftbra,  Hort.  Lady  Ardilaun.  Probably  the  same  as 
the  type,  but  having  h's.  and  fls.  with  a  waxy  gloss: 
plant  4-5  ft.  high. 

22.  multifida,  Poir.  Plant  silky-hairy,  somewhat 
branched,  3  2-1 '2  ft-  high,  from  a  branched,  upright 
rootstock:  main  involucre  2-3-lvd.,  others  2-lvd.  or 
naked,  short  petioles,  similar  to  the  root-lvs.,  2-3  times 
3-parted  and  cleft,  divisions  linear:  fls.  l-z-l  in.  across, 
red,  varying  to  white  or  yellow:  achenes  very  woolly. 
Early  summer.  Rocks  and  uplands.  Middle  states  to 
Hudson  Uay. 

cc.  Frs.   {achenes)  glabrous  at  first:  fls.  white,  somewhat 
umbellate. 

23.  canadensis,  Linn.  {A.  pennsylvdnica,  Linn.  A. 
dichdtomri,  Michx.,  not  Linn.).  Hairy,  stout,  1-2  ft. 
high,  branching  at  or  above  the  involucre:  the  3  Ivs.  of 
main  involucre  sessile,  3-cleft;  upper  involucres  each 
2-lvd.;  basal  Ivs.  broader  than  long,  much  divided, 
cleft  and  toothed;  petioles  long:  fls.  white,  1-2  in. 
across:  achenes  wing-margined,  naked,  becoming  pu- 
bescent, grouped  into  a  spherical  head.  Summer.  In 
shaded  woods  and  open  meadows.  N.  Amer.  Gng.  2: 
21.    Gu.  M.  13:3.55. 

24.  narcissifiora,  Linn.  (A.  umbelldta,  Lam.).  St. 
erect,  rather  stout,  3--2-13^  ft.  high:  Ivs.  of  involucre 
sessile;  basal  Ivs.  petioled,  3-5-parted,  divisions  deeply 
cut:  fls.  white,  Vz-i.  in.  across,  several  in  an  umbel; 
anthers  yellow:  achenes  smooth,  with  short  style. 
May-July.  Mountainous  regions.  Northern  hemis- 
phere.  On.  30,  p.  173.    B.M.  1120.    0.6:309. 

A.  acu(i/(i6a=Hepatica  aoutiloba. — .t.  dlba.  Juss.  Allied  to  A. 
sylvestris,  if  not  the  same.  L.B.C.  4:322.  B.M.  2167. — A.  Bun- 
ffeana,  Fritz.  Similar  in  habit  to  A.  Pulsatilla.  Fls.  golden  yellow. 
Siberia. — .4.  cernua.  Thunb.  Lv.s.  deeply  cut,  divided:  fls.  nodding, 
color  of  dragon 's-l>lood.  Japan. — .4.  cylindrica,  Gray.  A  tall 
native  species,  used  for  beauty  of  foliage  and  fr. — .4.  decapetala, 
Ard.  (.\.  trilobata,  Juss.  .\.  heterophylla,  Nutt.).  Native  and 
reported  as  having  been  cultivated  in  southern  states.  1891. — 
A.  etongata,  D.  Don.  Similar  in  habit  and  foliage  to  A.  sylvestris 
but  not  so  beautiful:  fls.  dull  greenish  white.  Himalaya. — .4.  Fdn- 
ninii.  Haw.  Fls.  pure  white,  2-3  in.  across:  5  feet  high:  Ivs.  1  ft. 
across.  B.M.  6958.  Gn.  34:202. — .i.  hupeliensis,  Hort.  Allied  to 
A.  japonica.  Fls.  produced  very  early.  Cent.  China. — A.  magel- 
Idnica,  Hort.  Fls.  yellow:  pretty  but  not  showy.  Straits  of  Magel- 
lan.— A.  parvifidra,  Michx.  Pretty  white  fls.  Native  of  north- 
ern states  and  Canada. — -4.  polydnthuSf  Don.  Allied  to  A.  nar- 
cissifiora. B.M.  6840.  J.H.  III.  32:2.59. — A.  pratensis,  Unn.  Allied 
to  .\.  Pulsatilla.  L.B.C.  9:900. — .4.  pratensis  var.  obsoleta,  Sims. 
Fls.  pale:  Ifts.  terminated  with  a  sort  of  bristle.  B.M.  1863. — A. 
riruldris,  Bush-Ham.  Is  a  distinct  species  similar  to  A.  narcissi- 
flora.  G.m-.nS.—A.sphmophylla.Poepp.  Fls.  blue.  S.W.  U.  S.— 
A.  thalictrioides.  See  .Syndesmon. — A.  trifdlia,  Linn.  Lvs.  beautifully 
regular:  fls.  white,  1  in.  across.  Two  blue  varieties.  B.M.  6846. — A. 
(riWta^Hepatica  triloba. — A.  tilifdtia.  Ham.  Allied  to  A.  japonica. 
Has  cordate  5-7-parted  lvs.     B.M.  3376.  t^     r\     Daviq 

ANEMONELLA:  Syndesmon. 

ANEMONOPSIS  (Anemone-like).  Ranunculacex. 
A  beautiful  hardy  plant  for  border  purposes  because  of 
its  effective  foliage  and  showy  flowers. 

This  is  a  perennial  herb,  with  erect  sts. :  radical  and 
st.-lvs.  rather  large,  ternately  compound  and  much 
incised,  similar  to  Acta;a:  sepals  many  (often  only  9), 
regular,  petal-like,  deciduous;  petals  many  (often  12), 
short,  sessile,  with  nectariferous  impression  at  the  base; 
carpels  few  (:i-4),  forming  many-seeded  follicles.  In  gen- 
eral appearance  similar  to  the  Japanese  anemones,  but 
smaller  in  all  its  parts,  and  with  numerous  drooping  fls., 
about  13-2  in-  across,  of  pale  purple  color.  A  monotypic 
genus  from  Japan,  now  plantetl  in  American  gardens. 

Anemonopsis  thrives  well  in  rich,  deep  loam,  in  well- 
drained  situations  in  partial  shade.  Propagation  is  by 
division  of  the  roots  in  late  fall  or  early  spring.  Fresh 
seed  may  be  sown  in  the  fall  or  early  the  next  spring 
and  the  plants  will  show  some  flowers  the  first  season. 
Sow  the  seed  in  clean  beds  of  black  sandy  loam,  and 
cover  ver\-  slightly. 

macrophylla,  ,Sieb.  &  Zucc.  The  petals,  instead  of 
spreading,  form  a  half-closed  bud-like  cone  within  the 
sepals.   Gn.  25,  p.  .383.  K.  C.  Davis. 


ANEMOP.a;GMA:  Bignonia. 

ANEMOPSIS  (Greek,  from  the  resemblance  of  its 
fl.-cluster  to  the  flower  of  an  anemone).  Saururaceas. 
Yerba  Mansa.  Aquatic  herb,  yielding  medicinal 
products. 

A  monotypic  genus  closely  allied  to  Houttuynia  of 
E.  Asia.  Stoloniferous  aquatic  plant  with  pungent  aro- 
matic rootstocks:  lvs.  mostly  radical,  minutely  punc- 
tate: infl.  a  conical  spike  or  spadix  subtended  by  an 
involucre  of  petal-like  bracts,  resembhng  the  fl.  of  an 
anemone;  fls.  small  without  calyx  or  corolla,  each  sub- 
tended by  a  bractlet;  stamens  6-8,  with  short  fila- 
ments adnate  to  the  ovary  at  the  base;  ovary  sunk  in 
the  rachis  of  the  spike,  1-celled,  composed  of  3  or  4 
carpels,  with  as  many  spreading  stigmas  and  parietal 
4-10-ovuled  placenta?;  caps,  dehiscent  at  the  top; 
seeds  rounded,  punctulate.    Calif,  and  Mex. 

calif6rnica,  Hook.  (Anemia  calif  drnica,  Nutt. 
Houttuynia  califdrnica,  Benth.  &  Hook.  Anemidpsis 
californica,     Endl.) 

Yerba    Mansa.  ""''^        ^^*- 

Apache  Beads. 
Vavisa.  An  erect 
aquatic  herb:  radi- 
cal lvs.  long-pet- 
ioled,  oblong -obo- 
vate,  cordate  at  the 
base ;  c  a  u  1  i  n  e  If. 
broad,  clasping, 
from  the  axil  of 
which  grows  a 
branchlet  reduced 
to  1  or  2  lvs.:  fls. 
minute,  crowded, 
forming  a  conical 
spadix  with  a  whorl 
of  whitish  petaloid 
bracts  below  it, 
giving  it  the  ap- 
pearance of  the  fl. 
of  an  anemone. 
CaUf.  and  Mex. 
Hook.  &  Arn.  Bot. 
Beech.  Voy.  pi.  92. 
— The  pungent  aro- 
matic  astringent 
rootstocks  are 
strung  into  neck- 
laces in  the  form 
of  cyUndrical  beads 
by  the  Indians  of 
the  S.  W.  U.  S.,  and  are  used  medicinally  in  the  form 
of  an  infusion  for  malaria,  dysentery,  and  syphilis. 
They  are  also  pulverized  and  applied  locally  to  ulcers 
and  malignant  sores.  The  plant  grows  in  swampy 
places  and  on  the  margins  of  springs  and  ponds  more 
or  less  alkahne.  The  roots  are  gathered  in  the  dry 
season  in  Mex.  and  sold  in  the  local  drug  markets. 

W.  E.  Safford. 

ANftXHUM:  Dill  and  Peucedanum;  also  Fennel. 

ANGADENIA:   Ontadenia. 

ANGELICA  (supposed  to  have  angehc  healing  vir- 
tues). Umhelliferse.  Angelica.  Herbs,  sometimes  planted 
for  ornament. 

Stout:  fls.  small,  white  or  greenish,  in  many-lvd.  in- 
volucels:  fr.  fattened  dorsally,  with  very  prominent 
ribs. — A  genus  of  60  species  in  north  temperate  re- 
gions, and  from  New  Zeal.  Several  of  them  are  na- 
tive to  N.  Amer.  They  are  perennial  herbs  with  com- 
pound lvs.  and  large  umbels  of  white  fls.  not  unlike  the 
cow-parsnip  (Heracleum).  The  word  "angelica"  is 
loosely  applied  to  various  plants.  In  the  American 
tropics,  it  is  used  for  some  of  the  araliads.  The  angel- 
ica of  vegetable  gardens  is  Archangelica  officinalis. 


206.  Anemone  japonica. 


288 


ANGELICA 


ANGR.ECUM 


Curtisii,  Buckl.  Stout  poroniiial,  2-5  ft.,  gla- 
brous: Ivs.  2-tornatP_  with  quinate  divisions,  the  Ifts. 
thin,  ovato-hinceolati".  iiTcgularly  sharp-toothed.  Pa. 
to  X.  C. — Grown  for  the  sul)tropii'al  elTeet  of  its  finely 
cut.  :unple  foliase.    Intro.  1S91  by  H.  P.  Kelsey. 

hirsAta,  Muhl.  (A.  rittosa,  B.  S.  P.  Archangclica 
hirsiita.  Torr.  A:  Gray).  Pubescent  above:  Ivs.  twice 
pinnately  or  ternalely  diviiled,  the  Iffs.  thickish  and 
serrate,  the  upper  Ivs.  mostly  reduced  to  sheathiiin 
petioles.    Eastern  states.    Intro.  1S92  by  H.  P.  Kelsey. 

N.    TAYLOU.f 

ANGELONIA  (South  American  name,  angclon,  of 
one  i>f  the  species).  Scrophulariaceie.  Perennial  herbs 
or  sub-shnibs,  c'own  in  hothouses  and  conservatories, 
and  in  the  open  far  .South. 

Plants  with  the  look  of  alonsoas:  Ivs.  simple,  oppo- 
site (or  alternate  above):  fls.  showy,  blue,  irregularly 
2-Upped,  the  upper  lij)  2-lobed  and  the  lower  larger  and 
3-lobed;  calyx  .5-i)arted  or  .5-toothed;  stamens  4,  in 
pairs:  ovary  2-cell(>d.  The  a.Killary  fls.  are  in  a  long, 
leafy  terminal  raceme:  branches  4-sided. — About  two 
dozen  species  from  Mex.  to  Brazil.  Grown  as  pot- 
plants  in  warm  glasshouses  and  prop,  by  seeds  or  soft- 
wood cuttings. 

salicariEefolia,  Humb.  &  Bonpl.  Perennial,  3  ft.  or 
less:  Ivs.  lanceolate  to  ovate-lanceolate,  sessile,  toothed, 
closelv  pubescent :  fls.  deep  blue.  S.  Amer.  B.M.  2478. 
P..M."5:7.5.    B.R.  41.5. 

Gardneri,  Hook.  Woody,  3  ft. :  Ivs.  linear-lanceolate, 
more  strongly  toothed  throughout  their  length:  fls. 
purple,  white-centered,  handsome,  in  a  long  terminal 
leafy  raceme  or  spike:  plant  pubescent-glandular  and 
aroMKitic.    Brazil.    B.M.  37.54. 

grandiflora,  Hort.  (C.  Morr.?).  Perennial;  graceful, 
2  ft.:  Ivs.  entire,  or  slightly  toothed,  lance-pointed:  fis. 
lilac,  fragrant,  solitary,  not  exceeding  the  Ivs.,  the  lobes 
prominent  and  spreading.  S.  .\mer. — An  excellent 
plant  for  winter  bloom,  particularly  the  white-fld.  var. 
alba,  llort.,  and  grown  in  the  open  satisfactorily  in 
Fla.  It  is  a  good  pot-plant  for  conservatoiy  or  for  table 
decoration.  Blooming  plants  are  secured  the  same 
year  the  seeds  are  sown.  Intro.  1,S97  in  Eu.  Gt.  46, 
p.  612;  G.C.  III.  22:307;  Gn.  .52,  p.  461;  R.B.  23:272; 
all  the  same  picture  of  a  pot-plant  of  var.  alba. 

angustifdiia,  Benth.  Lower:  Ivs.  smooth,  narrow- 
lanceolate:  fls.  deep  violet  in  erect  terminal  racemes. 
Mex. 

comigera,  Hook.  Annu.al,  1  ft.  or  more;  slightly 
hirsute:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  practically  sessile,  broad  at  the 
base,  slightly  ciliate:  fls.  sohtary  in  the  axils,  shorter 
than  the  Ivs.,  rich  purple  and  deeper  colored  in  the 
throat,  the  ui)per  .segms.  vclvety-<iotted,  the  middle 
segm.  of  the  lower  lip  bearing  a  horn-like  process 
(whence  the  name  comigera,  "homed").  Brazil.  B.M. 
3848. 

integerrima,  .Spreng.  Perennial,  with  fleshy  root, 
branching  above:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  entire,  narrowed  at 
ba.se:  fls.  .stalked  in  the  axils  of  short  bracts  and  form- 
ing a  terminal  spike  or  raceme  6  in.  long,  light  blue- 
and  purjile-spotted,  the  throat  wide  open  and  lobes 
ver>-  short  and  rounded  except  the  lower  which  is 
broad-ovate  and  toothed.  8.  Brazil,  Paraguay.  Gt. 
54:1.53S.  L.  H.  B. 

ANGIOPTERIS  (Greek,  vessel-fern).  Maralliacese. 
An  Old  World  genus  of  coarse  greenhouse  ferns,  with 
twice-  or  thrice-pinnate  Ivs.,  and  the  large  fleshy 
sporangia  arrangwl  in  boat-shaped  marginal  sori.  In 
cult.,  ref)uirr!H  plenty  of  room  and  ah)undant  drainage. 

Angiopteris  grows  wild  in  swampy  places,  and  is  of 
robiist  habit.  If  grown  in  pots,  the  pots  may  stand  in 
2  or  3  inches  of  water.  .Vlthough  spores  arc  freely  pro- 
duced, no  seedlings  are  on  record.  Easily  projiagalcd 
by  the  fl(«hy  scales  at  the  base  of  each  frond.    Each 


scale  contains  at  least  two  dormant  buds,  and  should 
not  be  divided.  They  may  be  laid  in  sand,  covered  with 
sphagrmm,  and  kept  in  a  close  ca.se  for  three  to  five 
months.  They  start  more  quickly  in  early  spring. 
(Schneider,  Book  of  Choice  Ferns.) 

evecta,  Hoffm.  Growing  from  a  stout,  fleshy,  erect 
caudix,  2-6  ft.  high:  Ivs.  6-15  ft.  long,  mostly  bipinnate, 
with  swollen  rachises;  Ifts.  4-12  in.  long,  32-l''2  in. 
wide,  the  margin  entire  or  slightly  toothed.  India  and 
.l.apan  to  Mailagascar  and  Queensland.  S.  I:;i99.— 
Known  under  various  names  in  cult.,  as  A.  longifolia, 
etc.  The  trade  names,  which  appear  to  indicate  species, 
may  be  regarded  .as  varieties.  R.  c.  Benedict,  f 

ANGOPHORA  {vessel-hearing;  Greek,  in  allusion  to 
shape  of  fruit),  Myrtacese.  Gum  Myrtle.  A  genus  of 
4  species  of  Australian  trees  or  shrubs,  sometimes  cult, 
in  glasshouses  in  the  Old  World,  but  not  known  to  the 
tra<le  in  this  country,  where  their  cult,  seems  to  be 
confined  to  botanic  gardens.  They  have  large  opposite 
Ivs.,  corymbose  fls.,  with  a  5-6-cleft  calyx.  The  com- 
monest species  in  cult,  are  A.  cordifdlia,  Cav.,  with 
yellowish  fls.  and  sessile  Ivs.,  and  A.  lanceolala,  Cav., 
with  white  fls.  and  petiolate  Ivs.  See  page  3565. 

ANGR^CUM  (Latinized  from  Angrek,  the  Malay 
name  for  all  orchids  of  this  habit) .  Orchidacese.  Epiphy- 
tic hothouse  orchids  with  the  habit  of  Vanda. 

Leaves  flat  or  terete:  fls.  few  to  many  in  a  raceme,  or 
rarely  solitary;  sepals  and  petals  nearly  alike,  spreading; 
lip  adnate  to  the  base  of  the  column;  lateral  lobes 
small  or  obsolete;  middle  lobe  entire;  spur  long  and 
slender;  polhnia  2,  upon  a  single  undivided  stipe. — 
About  20  species,  natives  of  Trop.  Afr.,  Madagascar, 
and  the  Mascarene  Isls. 

The,se  are  valued  for  their  winter-flowering  habit 
and  lasting  quahties.  All  have  peculiar  or  grotesque 
forms  and  some  are  fragrant.  All  need  a  warmhouse 
in  winter,  preferably  the  warmest  corner,  where  it  is 
moist.  As  the  plants  have  no  pseudobulbs  they  must 
never  become  dry.  No  soil  is  necessary  at  the  roots, 
but  a  surfacing  of  Uve  sphagnum -may  be  placed  over 
the  crocks;  this  should  be  renewed  as  often  as  it  be- 
comes decayed.  The  angraicums  may  be  classed  with 
the  aerides,  vandas  and  saccolabiiuns  as  being  true  air- 
plants  and  the  roots  are  impatient  of  confinement  in 
pots  or  other  receptacles.  Care  must  be  taken  to  secure 
the  plants  firm  and  upright  when  repotting,  by  means 
of  stakes  or  wire.  Frequent  spraying  overhead  in 
bright  weather  is  of  great  assistance,  especially  in  the 
growing  time.  They  must  never  be  removed  from  the 
greenhouse  for  decoration  elsewhere,  for  if  the  plants 
become  chilled,  there  is  total  loss.    (Orpet.) 

A.  Li's.  semi-lerele,  narrow. 
Scottianum,  Reichb.  f.  Sts.  up  to  2  ft.  long,  with 
brown  sheaths  below:  Ivs.  terete,  grooved  on  the  upper 
side,  3-4  in.  long,  spreading  or  recurved:  peduncles 
with  1-3  fls.  which  are  inverted  and  1  J  2,-2  in.  across, 
the  sepals  and  petals  pale  yellow,  changing  to  white, 
linear,  similar,  acute,  the  sepals  a  little  broader  than 
the  pet,als,  the  lip  white,  concave,  transversely  oblong, 
nucronate;  spur  4r-5  in.  long,  reddish  brown.  Comoro 
Isls.    G.C.  II.  14,  p.  137.    F.M.  1880:421.    B.M.  6723. 

AA.  Lvs.  flat. 
B.  I'lanl  dwarf:  fls.  few,  3-5,  the  clusters  shorter 
than  the  lvs. 
falcatum,   Lindl.    St.   1-2  in.  tall:  Iva.  few,  linear, 
falcate,  2-'.i  in.  long,  channeled  above,  keeled  beneath: 
pi^duncles  with  3-5  fls.,  fragrant,  white,  about   ?4  'n- 
acro.ss,   the  sepals   and    petals    acute,    similar,  linear- 
oblong;  lip  .3-lobed,  the  lateral  lobes  minute,  the  middle 
lobe    nairow-oblong,     retuse;    spur    curved,    filiform. 
Japan.    B.R.  4:283.    B.M.  2097  (both  as   Umodorum 
falcalmn). 


ANGR.ECUM 


ANGULOA 


289 


BB.  Plant  larger  than  above:  ./?.■{.  numerous,  in  racemes 

usually  longer  than  the  Ivs. 

c.  Fls.  while  or  tinged  mith  yellow. 

D.  Lip  acute. 
E.  Spur  less  than  5  in.  long,  white. 
F.  Sepals  lanceolate:  fls.  about  1  in.  across;  spur 
2-3  in.  long. 
modestum,  Hook.  f.  (A.  Sanderianum,  Reichb.  f.). 
Lvs.  oblong  to  obo\'ate-oblong,  acutish  to  emarginate, 
3-6  in.  long:  racemes  of  numerous  pure  white  fls.  on 
orange  pedicels;  sepals  lanceolate;  petals  ovate-lanceo- 
late; lip  broadly  ovate.    Madagascar  and  Comoro  Isls 
B.M.6693.    Lind.  2:92.    R.H.  18SS,  p.  .516.    R.B.  1.5 
217.   A.F.  22:951;  35:381.   O.R.  8:152;  12:337.   O.  4 
f.  24. 

FF.  Sepals  elliptic:  fls.  about  i):j 
3-4  in.  long. 
articulatum,  Reichb.  (.i.  descendens,  Reichb 
Lvs.  oval  to  obovate-oblong,  3-5  in.  long,  emar- 
ginate or  2-lobed:  racemes  pendulous,  of  numer- 
ous pure  white  fls.  on  pale  orange  pedicels;  sepals 
and  petals  elliptic-oblong,  acute,  the  lateral  sepals 
narrower;   lip    broadly  oblong-oval,   acute;    spur 
3^  in.  long.   Madagascar. 

EE.  Spur  6-7  in.  long, 
tinged  mth  orange- 
red. 
EUisii,  Reichb.  Sts. 

up  to  1  ft.  high:  lvs. 

narrow,    oblong,   5 

in.  long,    emarginate 

or  bilobed   at   apex: 

racemes     pendulous, 

of   12  or  more  pure 

white  fls.;  .sepals  and 

petals  elliptic-oblong, 

acute,    the    dorsal 

sepal  inflexed  at  the 

summit,    the    lateral 

reflexed;   lip   oblong- 
elliptic,   acute;    spur 

slender,  tinged   with 

orange-red.       Mada- 
gascar.   G.C.  II.   3: 

277.    F.M.  1875:191. 

O.R.  7:81. 


DD.  Lip  emarginate  or 

2-lobed  at  apex. 

citratum,  Thouars. 
Sts.  3-4  in.  high:  lvs. 
oblong-ovate,  3-5  in. 
long,  acute  or  lobed 
at  the  apex:  racemes  pendulous,  of  12  or  more  white  or 
pale  straw-color  fls.;  sepals  obovate,  obtuse;  petals 
oblong-elliptic;  lip  flat,  nearly  orbicular,  emarginate; 
spur  slender.  Madagascar.  B.M.  5624.  I.H.  33:592. 
Lind.  5:2.38. 

cc.  Fls.  with  green  sepals  and  petals;  lip  white. 

superbum,  Thouars  (.4.  eburneum,  Lindl.).  Fig.  207. 
Sts.  up  to  4  ft.  or  more  long:  Ivs.  up  to  2  ft.  long,  2  in. 
wide,  coriaceous:  racemes  ascending,  with  8  or  more 
fls.;  sepals  and  petals  spreading,  green,  lanceolate; 
lip  white,  orbicular,  fleshy,  abruptly  acuminate;  spur 
green.  Madagascar.  B.M.  4761.  B.R.  1.522.  Var. 
virens,  Veitch  (.4.  Arens,  Lindl.).  Differs  from  the 
type  in  its  smaller  fls.  with  the  labellum  tinged  green. 
B.M.  5170. 

A.  nuQuMitm,  Rolfe  fA.  Augustii)  Allied  to  A.  Kotschyi.  Lvs. 
thick  and  fles-hy,  glaucous  green:  fls.  in  arched  raceme,  pure  white, 
spur  pale  green.  G.C.  III.  4.5:  Feb.  6.  Suppl.  O.R.  1908:246. 
Rhodesia. — .4.  bilobum.  Lindl.  Racemes  of  G-IO  fls,  about  1  in. 
across,  the  sepals,  petals  and  lips  nearly  alike,  lanceolate-acuminate, 
the  spur  pale  orange-red.  W.  Afr.  J.H.  IIL  43:483. — .4.  Buyssdnii, 
God.     Resembles  A.   articulatum:  fls.   pure  white;    brown  spura. 

19 


Madagascar. — .4.  caudatum,  LindL  ^LLstroatachys  caudata. — 
A.  Chailludnum,  Hook.  =Liatrostachy3  Chailluanum. — A.  distichum, 
Lindl. ^Myatacidium  distichum. — .4.  Eihleridnum,  Kranzl.  (A. 
Arnoldianum,  DeWild).  St.  elongated;  !v3.  distant:  fls.  large,  soli- 
tary; sepals  and  petals  oval-lanceolate,  acuminate:  lip  large,  extin- 
guisher-shaped, emarginate  and  apiculate  at  the  summit;  spur  about 
as  long  as  lateral  sepals.  Afr.  B.M.  7813.  A.F.  25:79.  Gng.  13: 
377. — A.  cxpdnsum,  Thouars.  Fls.  white,  of  peculiar  form;  spur 
longer  than  perianth  segms.  Mascarene  Isls. — A.  fastudsum, 
Reichb.  St.  1-2  in.  high:  racemes  of  2—4  fls.  about  IH  in.  diam., 
pure  white,  the  slender  spur  about  3  in.  long.  Madagascar.  J.H. 
III.  42:297. — A.fuscdtum,  Reichb.  Sts.  short:  racemes  of  numerous 
fls.,  1-1 !  2  in.  across,  cream-white,  the  lip  oblong,  acuminate 
abruptly,  the  slender  spur  about  3  in.  long.  Madagascar.  Gn.  37,  p. 
01. — .4.  Humhldtii,  Reichb. ^Macroplectrum  Leonis. — A.  ichneumd- 
neum,  Lindl. ^Listrostachys  ichneumoneum. — .4.  infundlbutare, 
Lindl.  Sts.  long:  fls.  large,  solitary;  sepals  and  petals  pale  yellow; 
lip  funnel-shaped,  2 •-2-3  in.  long,  white  with  a  green  throat,  the 
curved  spur  3-5  in.  long.  W.  Afr.  B.M,  8153.  0.0.111.36:1.30. 
O.M.  47:629.  Gn.  66,  p.  109.  J.H.  III.  49:219;  59:387.—^.  Kol- 
schi/i,  Reichb.  Lvs.  obovate-oblong,  3-7  in.  long: 
raceme  of  6-10  white  fls.,  1  '2  in.  across,  the  ovate- 
oblong  dorsal  sepals  and  petals  reflexed,  the  spread- 
ing lateral  sepals  lanceolate:  lip  nearly  rhomboid, 
with  a  broad  claw;  spur  pale  brown,  up  to  9  in.  long. 
E.  Afr.  G.C.  II.  14:693;  111.39:379;  111.46:221. 
Gn.  31,  p.  323;  37,  p.  101;  75,  p,  583.— .4.  Lednis, 
Veitcb=MacropIectrum  Leonis. — A.  peltucidum, 
Lindl  =  Listrostachys  pellucida.  —  A.  pertiisum, 
Lindl. ^Listrostachyapertusa. — A .  Hothschildidnuin. 
J.  O'Brien.  Sts.  3-6  in.:  lvs.  ovate,  4-8  in.  long: 
racemes  of  10-12  fragrant  white  fls. .with  a  pale  green 
band  along  the  sepals  and  petals,  the  lip  white 
with  an  emerald  center  and  black-purple  throat,  the 
spur  green  with  a  brown  tip.  Cent.  Afr.  G.C.  III. 
34:131.-/1.  Schcfferi, 
Hort.  Scarcely  8  in.  high : 
fls.  long,  reddish  brown. 
German  E.  Afr.  Var. 
virens  differs  from  the 
type  in  having  all  the 
vegetative  parts  green. — 
A.  sesquipeddlg  ^  Macro- 
plectrum  sesquipedale. 

George  V.  Nash. 

ANGULOA  (dedi- 
cated to  Don  Fran- 
cisco de  Angulo). 
Orchidacese.  Stout 
coolhouse  orchids, 
with  large  pseudo- 
bulbs,  the  scales  at  the 
base  passing  into  lvs. 
Leaves  large,  pli- 
cately  nerved:  scapes 
from  the  base  of  the 
pseudobulbs,  clothed 
with  large  lax 
sheaths;  fls.  sub- 
globular;  sepals  and 
petals  connivent, 
fleshy ;  lip  shorter 
than  sepals  and  pet- 
als, 3-lobed,  the  mid- 
dle lobe  much  smaller 
than  the  lateral  lobes,  linear  and  recurved,  or  broader 
and  2-lipped. — Species  3,  all  in  cult.,  natives  of  S. 
American  Andes,  at  elevations  of  5,000-7,000  ft. 

This  interesting  genus  comprises  but  few  species, 
but  these  are  singular,  since  all  are  well  worthy  of  cul- 
ture. Coming  from  the  Andes  of  Colombia,  a  moderate 
temperature  of  50°  in  winter  will  be  ample  for  their 
needs,  and  a  cool,  shaded  structure  in  summer,  as  the 
foliage  is  easily  scorched  by  direct  sunlight  in  hot 
weather.  The  peculiar  .structure  of  the  flowers  has 
given  the  popular  name  of  "boat  orchid,"  which  sug- 
gests the  general  shape.  This,  together  with  the  fra- 
grance, and  the  hinged  lip,  which  oscillates  with  the 
least  movement,  makes  the  plants  very  interesting 
when  in  bloom.  The  anguloas  are  rather  terrestrial 
than  epiphytal.  The  culture  is  very  simple  if,  as  a 
potting  compost,  a  mixture  is  used  containing  some 
soil  with  the  fiber  and  some  sphagnum  moss  as  a  sur- 
facing, the  potting  being  very  firm.  Propagation  ia 
simple  by  division  of  the  bulbs.  The  old  back  ones  may  be 
severed  at  the  creeping  rhizome  after  the  new  growth 


207.  AngTEecum  superbum.    (  x  H) 


2W 


AXGULOA 


has  bot>n  corapletCHl,  and  tliese  will  start  now  shoots 
usually  in  spring.  Division  must  bo  matlo  after  the 
shoots  an^  visible  from  the  back  biilbs.  The  black-spot 
disejise  of  the  bulbs  is  often  fatal  to  anfiuloas.  It  appears 
suddenly  and  is  generally  due  to  too  much  moisture 
in  the  atmosphere  or  at  the  roots.  Directly  it  is  seen, 
the  atTeeti>l  p:irts  nuist  be  cut  out  clean,  and  dry  sul- 
fur applietl;  this,  if  done  in  time,  will  stop  the  prog- 
ress of  the  dise;ise.  If  brown  scale  attacks  the  plants, 
sponge  with  soap  and  water,  taking  care  not  to  injure 
the  tender  leaves.    (.Orpet.) 

A.  ^f^ddtc  lobe  of  lip  linear,  recurved. 
unifldra,  Ruiz  it  Pav.  (.4.  mrginalis,  Hort.).  Pseudo- 
bulbs  angled,  ovate-oblong,  3-6  in.  long:  Ivs.  up  to  2  ft. 
long,  broadly  lanceolate:  fls.  creamy  white,  often  flushed 
or  spotted  internally  with  pink;  sepals  ovate,  acute; 
petals  oblong-elhptic, 
acute;  lateral  lobes  ~;: 
of  lip  semi-orbicular, 
rounded  at  apex,  the  middle 
lobe  linear,  recurved.  Peru 
and  Colombia.  G.C.  III. 
19:423.  B.R.  30:60.  B.M. 
4807.  Gt.  32:1137.  A.  F. 
6:607. 

AA.  Middle  lobe  of  lip  ovate- 
triangular,  2-lipped. 
B.  Lateral  lobes  triangular, 

acute. 
C16wesii,  Lindl.    Fig.  208. 
Pseudobulbs       cylindric- ob- 
long, 4-6  in.  long:  Ivs.  up  to 
2  ft.  long,  obovate-lanceolate: 
fls.  lemon-yellow;  sepals  and 
petals  acute,  oblong-elliptic; 
lip  with   the  lateral  lobes 
triangular,  acute,  the  mid- 
dle    lobe    broadly    ovate- 
triangular,    fleshv,    pubes- 
cent. Colombia."  B.R.  30 :6X. 
B.M.     4313.     Lind.    4:191. 
Veitch,  Miin.  pi.  p.  100.    Var. 

eburnea,  Veitch  (.4.  clmrnea,  Williams).  Differs  in  its 
ivorj'-white  fls.    Colombia. 

BB.  Lateral  lobes  semi-orbicular,  rounded  al  apex. 
Ruckeri,  Lindl.  .'similar  to  A.  Clowesii,  but  smaller. 
Fls.  green  or  yellowish  green,  flushed  with  brown  on 
the  outside,  inside  yellow  densely  spotted  with  red; 
sepals  and  petals  oblong-elliptic;  hp  much  as  in  .4. 
Clowesii,  but  the  lateral  lobes  rounded  at  ape.\.  Colom- 
bia. B.R.  32:41.  Gt.  3:100.  A. F.  6:607.  Lind.  2:. 53. 
Var.  albifl6ra,  Veitch.  Fls.  white,  of  waxy  texture. 
Var.  sanguinea,  Lindl.  Fls.  uniformly  deep  red  on ' 
inside.    B.II.3:31.    1.11.28:427. 

A.  Cliflonii,  Hort.  O.  4,  pi.  3. — A.  intermedia,  Rolfe,  a  hybrid 
bttween  A.  Ruckeri  and  A  Clowesii,  was  produced  by  Seden.  This 
bad  Gs.  of  nearly  the  size  and  shape  of  A.  Ruckeri. 

George  V.  Nash. 

ANHALONIUM.  Cactacesp.  A  name  used  in  the 
first  edition  of  this  Cyclopedia,  but  now  given  place  to 
the  slightly  older  name  Ariocarpus,  which  see.  A. 
Willi/imsii  and  A.  Lewinii,  sometimes  referred  to 
Echinocactus  or  to  Mamillaria,  are  hero  treated  under 
Lophophora,  which  see. 

ANIGOZANTHOS  rGreck,  expanded  flower). 
Amnryllidncnit.  .\lstualian"  Swoud  Lily.  About  8 
Australian  greenhou.se  or  half-hardy  perennials  with 
Bword-iike  Ivs.  and  woolly-yellow,  -green,  or  -red  fls.  in 
short  l-sided  racemes  or  spikes  and  a  much  elr)ngated 
perianth-tube.  The  two  species  likely  to  be  met  with 
are  A.  flavida,  Red.  (A.  coccinen,  Paxt.j,  with  mostly 
red-wo<jlly  fl."!.  IJ^  in.  long  and  appendaged  anthers; 
and  A.  Manglesii,  Don,  with  fls.  about  3  in.  long,  red- 


ANISUM 

woolly  at.  base  and  green  beyond,  the  anthers  not 
appendaged.  These  ijlants  are  little  known  in  N. 
Amor. 

ANISACANTHUS  (Greek,  unequal  acauthus).  Acan- 
tharicr.  A  genus  of  6  species  of  ^Iexican  and  American 
shrubs,  with  mostly  lanceolate,  entire,  pctioled  oppo- 
site or  clustered  Ivs.,  and  loosely  spicate  or  scattered 
rofl  fls.  1  in  or  more  long;  corolla-lobes  4,  the  tube 
2-lipped,  the  upper  lip  3-parted,  the  lower  entire; 
stamens  2,  equaling  or  exceeding  the  corolla-lobes. 

Wrightii,  Gray.  Height,  2-4  ft.:  Ivs.  1-2  in.  long, 
oblong-  or  ovate-lanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate:  fls. 
racemose,  or  paniculate-racemose,  the  corolla  vermilion 
or  purplish  red,  1  '^-2  in.  long,  the  lip  shorter  than  the 
tube;  calyx  deeply  .5-cleft.  S.  and  W.  Texas.  Offered 
by  Franceschi  of  Santa  Barbara,  Calif. 

Gonzalezii,  Grecnm.  (A.  Con- 
zntlii,  Hort.).  Sub-shrub,  the  st. 
much  branched:  Ivs.  1-2  in.  long, 
j2-?4in-  w'ide,  acuminate,  and 
obtuse  at  the  apex:  fls.  cymose- 
racemose,  brick-red,  or  scarlet  and 
larger  than  in  the  preceding. 
Oaxaca,  Mex. — Suitable  for  dry 
places.    Intro,  by  Franceschi   in 

1911.  N.    TAYLOR.t 

ANISE.  UmhelVifers.  An  aro- 
matic condimcntal  and  medicinal 
herb. 

Anise  (Pimpinella  Anisum, 
Linn.)  is  an  annual,  easily  grown 
from  seeds  in  any  warm  and  mel- 
low soil.  The  seeds  are  commonly 
sown  where  the  plants  are  to 
stand,  and  the  plant  matures 
rapidly.  The  seeds  are  used  in 
medicine  and  in  cookery,  and  for 
flavoring  hquors;  they  yield  a 
highly  i^erfumed  essential  oil;  they 
arc  mostly  grown  in  Mediter- 
ranean countries.  The  Ivs.  are 
also  used  as  seasoning  and  garnish- 
ing. The  plant  reaches  a  height 
of  2  ft.  or  less,  bears  twice-pinnate 
Ivs.  and  small  yellowish  white  fls. 
in  large,  loose  umbels.  The  seeds 
are  oblong  and  curved,  ribbed  on 
the  convex  side,  grayish,  the  size 
of  caraway  seed.  In  common  with 
all  umbelliferous  seed,  anise  seed 
does  not  retain  its  vitality  long, 
the  normal  longevity  being  1-3 
years.  Native  from  Greece  to 
Egypt.  L.  H.  B. 


208.  Anguloa  Clowesii. 


ANISOTES  (Greek,  unlikeness). 
Acauthi'iri.r.  Broad-leaved  shrubs 
of  about  4  Arabian  and  African  species,  one  of  which 
has  been  intro.  to  cult,  recently.  Fls.  in  short,  axil- 
lary clusters;  sepals  5,  nearly  free;  corolla  2-lipped, 
in  shades  of  red;  stamens  2,  the  filaments  long  and 
glabrous:  fr.  a  caps.  A.  diversifolius,  Half.,  from  the 
Isl.  of  Socotra,  is  an  erect  nearly  glabrous  shrub 
le.ss  than  2  ft.  high:  Ivs.  elliptic-ovate  or  obovate,  2 
in.  or  le.ss  long,  flame-colored  or  yellow,  tubular  and 
2-lipped,  the  lips  curved.  B.M.  8219. — Warm  green- 
house, blooming  spring  and  summer.  Requires  the 
treatment  given  to  Justicia  and  Jacobinia.  Prop, 
easily  by  cuttings.  L.  H.  B. 

ANISUM.  An  old  generic  name  now  referred  to 
Pimpinella.  A.  ojjlcirude,  D.C.  (P.  Anisimi)  is  Anise, 
which  see. 


ANNONA 


ANNONA 


291 


ANNONA  (Latin,  year's  harvest,  suggested  by  the 
Haitian  mime  anon  applied  to  one  of  the  species.  Com- 
monly spelled  Anomi,  but  Linna>us  used  the  double  n). 
Annonacca'  (Richard,  1S08).  Custard- Apple.  Aka- 
Ticu.  Tropical  and  subtropical  woody  plants  culti- 
vated for  their  fleshy  fruits  and  for  ornament. 

Leaves  2-ranked,  alternate,  devoid  of  stipules:  fls. 
perfect,  sohtary  or  in  clusters,  extra-axillary,  often 
opposite  the  Ivs.  and  sometimes  subterminal;  calyx 
usually  gamosepalous,  3-parted;  petals  typically  6, 
in  2  series,  but  the  inner  series  in  some  species  reduced 
to  small  scales  or  even  wanting;  stamens  numerous, 
crowded  on  the  receptacle,  the  fleshy  filament  bearing  a 
pair  of  linear  parallel  pollen-sacs  on  its  back,  these 
opening  extrorsely  by  a  longitudinal  slit  and  capped  by 
the  expanded  hood-like  connective;  pistils  many,  the 
ovaries  usually  clothed  on  the  outside  with  minute 
hairs  and  containing  a  single  erect  ovule  at  the  base: 
fr.  a  syncari)ium,  formed  by  the  growing  together  of  the 
carpels  and  receptacle  into  a  fleshy  mass;  seeds  contain- 
ing a  large  WTinkled  endosperm  with  small  basal  em- 
bryo.— Trees  and  shrubs,  over  .50  in  number,  chiefly 
from  Trop.  Amer.,  but  a  few  from  Afr.,  and  several 
now  widely  cult,  in  the  warmer  regions  of  both  hemi- 
spheres. 

Several  species  have  been  successfully  introduced 
into  southern  California  and  Florida.  Some  of  those 
cited  in  catalogues  and  horticultural  pubhcations  are 
merely  forms  of  old  species  and  others  are  generically 
distinct.  Amongst  these  names  are  A.  mexicana,  which 
was  a  catalogue  name  used  by  Loddiges;  A.  excelsa  of 
Humboldt  &  Bonpland,  a  species  never  fully  described, 
the  flowers  and  fruit  of  which  are  entirely  unknown; 
and  ,-1.  africana,  an  obscure  species  based  by  Linna?us 
upon  an  American  specimen  with  lanceolate,  pubescent 
leaves.  ^4.  Irilobata  and  A.  obovala  are  Asimina  triloba 
and  Asimina  obomta;  A.  asiatica  of  Linna'us  is  not  an 
annona  at  all  but  a  rubiaceous  plant,  Morinda  citri- 
folia;  while  .4.  asiatica  of  Loureiro  is  A.  reticulata,  and 
A.  asiatica  of  Vahl  is  A.  squamosa.  A.  Forskahlii  of 
De  Candolle  (.4.  glabra,  Forsk.,  not  Linn.)  was  based 
upon  a  specimen  of  .4.  squamosa  growing  in  cultivation 
in  Egypt;  to  A.  squamosa  must  also  be  referred  A. 
biflora  of  Mociflo  &  Sess6,  while  A.  longifolia  of  these 
authors  is  undoubtedly  A.  reticulata,  and  their  A.fru- 
ticosa  is  A.  globiflora  of  Schlechtendahl.  A.aurantiaca 
and  .4 .  macrocarpa  are  Brazilian  species,  the  names  of 
which  were  erroneously  appUed  to  certain  cultivated 
forms  in  southern  California;  while  A.  suavissitna  is 
only  a  horticultural  variety  of  A.  Cherimola,  and  A. 
cincrea  of  the  Antilles  a  form  of  A.  squamosa.  A.  palus- 
tris  of  Linnaius  is  identical  with  his  previously  described 
A.  glabra,  and  the  latter  name  must  take  precedence 
in  accordance  with  accepted  rules  of  priority.  A  num- 
ber of  species  described  as  annonas  belong  to  other 
genera.  Among  them  are  A.  ainplexicaulis  and  A. 
grandiflora  of  the  islands  of  Mauritius  and  Madagascar, 
which  belong  to  the  genus  Pseudannona.  A.  Manrdi  of 
Oliver,  an  African  species  wliich  has  a  branching  in- 
florescence very  different  from  that  of  the  genus 
Annona,  has  been  assigned  to  a  new  genus  Anonidium 
by  Engler  &  Diels;  and  A.  Perottetia  of  A.  De  Can- 
dolle has  been  placed  in  the  genus  Unonopsis  by  R.  E. 
Fries.  Annona  oblusiflora  of  Tussac,  together  with  A. 
mvLcosa  of  Jacquin,  must  be  placed  in  the  genus  Rollinia 
under  the  name  R.  mucosa,  and  to  this  genus  should 
also  be  assigned  the  Brazilian  biriba,  which  is  proba- 
bly Rollinia  crrthopetaln,  a  species  with  large,  fleshy 
fruit  of  delicious  flavor,  successfully  introduced  into 
Florida  from  Para.  The  climbing  Annona  uncinata  of 
Lamarck  belongs  to  the  genus  Artabotrys.  A.  pyri- 
formis.  also  a  climbing  shrub,  of  Mauritius,  the  fruit 
of  which  is  unknown,  belongs  undoubtedly  to  some 
other  genus.  For  Annona  longifolia  sec  Duguetia.  See 
also  I{ollinia,  Artabotrys  and  Vananga. 

W.  E.  Saffokd. 


Cultural  notes. 

While  the  annonas  succeed  best  on  a  heavy  loam, 
most  species  can  be  grown  on  light  soils  and  under 
adverse  conditions.  The  custard-apple  (.4.  reticulata) 
thrives  on  the  Florida  keys  in  a  semi-naturalized  state; 
the  cherimoya  (.4.  Cherimola)  grows  and  bears  abun- 
dantly on  steep  calcareous  cliffs  in  Central  America;  the 
sugar-apple  (A.  squamosa)  is  successful  on  dry  and 
sandy  soils  with  practically  no  attention  whatever. 
The  situation  best  adapted  to  them  is  a  sloping  piece 
of  ground,  for,  with  the  exception  of  A.  glabra,  they 
are  intolerant  of  stagnant  water  about  the  roots. 

The  cherimoya,  probably  the  hardiest  of  the  genus, 
withstands  temperatures  as  low  as  26°  F.  without  in- 
jury, and  reaches  perfection  only  in  a  comparatively 
cool  climate.  The  soursop  (-4.  muricata)  is  one  of  the 
tenderest  species;  the  sugar-apple  and  the  custard- 
apple  are  somewhat  hardier;  all  three  are  successfully 
grown  in  southern  Florida,  but  not  in  California. 

Propagation  is  usually  effected  by  means  of  seeds; 
the  most  highly  valued  species,  however,  such  as  the 
cherimoya,  are  budded  or  grafted. 

Seeds  will  retain  their  vitality  for  several  years,  and 
if  planted  in  warm  weather  or  under  glass  will  germi- 
nate in  a  few  weeks.  If  in  a  greenhouse,  they  rnay  be 
planted  at  any  season  of  the  year;  otherwise,  it  is  best 
to  plant  only  during  spring  or  early  summer.  Sow 
thickly  in  flats  or  pans  of  light,  porous  soil  containing 
an  aljundance  of  humus,  covering  to  the  depth  of  J^  or 
%  inch.  When  the  plants  are  3  or  4  inches  high,  they 
should  be  potted  into  3-inch  pots;  care  should  be  taken 
to  see  that  the  soil  is  perfectly  drained,  and  waterings 
should  not  be  too  frequent  or  copious.  When  the 
plants  have  attained  a  height  of  8  or  10  inches,  they  may 
either  be  shifted  into  larger  pots  or  set  out  in  the  open 
ground;  in  the  latter  case,  they  must  have  careful 
attention  until  they  have  become  established  and  made 
considerable  growth. 

Both  budding  and  grafting  have  proved  to  be  readily 
applicable  to  the  annonas,  either  in  the  open  ground  or 
in  pots,  under  glass.  Several  different  species  have 
been  used  for  stocks,  A.  Cherimola  proving  the  most 
satisfactory  thus  far  in  California,  as  it  is  best  adapted 
to  that  chmate;  A.  glabra  has  been  found  to  be  the  most 
vigorous  and  satisfactory  in  Florida. 

Shield  budding,  essentially  the  same  as  practised 
with  the  citrous  fruits,  is  the  method  most  commonly 
used.  The  work  is  best  done  in  spring,  shortly  after  the 
sap  has  begun  to  flow,  the  time  varying,  of  course, 
according  to  locality  and  season.  Stocks  should  be 
from  ^1  to  ]/2  inch  in  diameter;  seedlings  of  this  size 
will  be  eighteen  months  to  two  years  old.  Budwood 
from  which  the  leaves  have  dropped,  and  of  about  a 
year's  growth,  is  the  most  desirable.  It  is  important 
that  the  buds  be  cut  large, — about  1  }i  inches  in  length, 
— as  they  are  hkely  to  have  difficulty  in  starting  and 
be  choked  out,  on  account  of  the  thick  bark  and  rapid 
callousing  of  the  annonas,  if  they  are  too  smaU.  The 
incision  may  be  made  either  in  the  form  of  a  T  or  an 
inverted  T,  raising  the  bark  with  care  so  that  the  deli- 
cate ti.ssues  lying  under  it  will  not  be  injured,  and  in- 
serting the  bud  with  as  httle  pressure  as  possible. 
Waxed  tape  should  be  used  for  tying.  Throe  or  four 
weeks  after  insertion,  the  buds  should  be  unwrapped, 
and,  if  they  have  united  with  the  stock,  re-wrapped 
loosely,  lopping  the  stock  at  a  point  5  or  6  inches 
above  the  bud.  The  wrap  should  not  be  removed  until 
the  bud  has  made  a  growth  of  several  inches. 

For  grafting,  two-year-old  seedhngs  are  used,  the 
operation  being  a  simple  cleft-graft,  using  a  scion  of 
well-matured  wood  from  which  the  leaves  have  dropped. 

Cuttings  of  well-ripened  wood  can  be  rooted  under 
glass,  with  bottom  heat.  This  method  of  propagation 
is  not  widely  practised,  however. 

The  annonas,  when  grown  from  seed,  vary  greatly 


202 


ANNONA 


ANNONA 


in  roj;:iril  to  pnnluctivoiioss  !U<  well  :is  size,  color,  form, 
texturv  aiul  quality  of  fruit.  In  southern  California, 
insuiy  large  stHxlling  eherimoy;u-i  luive  lieen  grubbed 
out  because  they  were  luiproiluetive,  while  others  pro- 
duce fruit  of  such  poor  quality  as  to  bo  of  no  value. 
Carpful  attention  to  culture  will  lussist  in  improving 
the  quality  and  size  of  the  fruit,  but  the  only  sure  way 

to  pcrpet  \iat  e  choice 
forms  anil  eliminate 
all  possil)ility  of  llu' 
tree  turning  out  to 
be  inferior  is  to 
propagate  by  some 
asexual  means. 

Most  species 
come  into  bearing 
when  three  or  four 
years  old.  Few- 
named  varieties 
ha\'e  been  estab- 
lished, and  these 
are  probably  con- 
fined to  the  chcri- 
moya. 

In  some  coun- 
tries, the  annonas 
are  subject  to  cer- 
tain fungous  dis- 
eases and  insect 
pests,  notably  the 
mealy-bug.  As  a  class,  however,  they  seem  to  suffer  less 
from  these  pests  than  most  other  fruit  trees.  They 
require  very  Uttle  pruning. 

Fruits  must  be  picked  when  mature, — to  avoid  their 
falling  to  the  ground  and  becoming  bruised, — and  laid 
away  for  a  few  days  before  they  are  ready  for  eating. 
If  they  are  to  be  shipped  any  distance,  they  must  be 
packed  in  some  material,  such  as  excelsior  or  straw, 
that  will  allow  good  ventilation,  each  fruit  being 
wrapped  in  a  piece  of  strong  paper.  The  selection  of 
the  toughest-skinned  varieties  adds  greatly  to  the  facil- 
ity with  which  they  can  be  shipped.   p_  w.  Popenoe. 


209.  Annona  muricata.   (xi) 


bi/Urra,  9.  laurifolia,  4,  paluslris,  4. 

Cherimola,  G.  longiflora,  7,  purpurea,  3. 

einerea,  9.  lonijifolia,  8.  reticulata,  8. 

diver8tfolia.  5.  montana,  2.  squamosa,  9. 

Forskahtii,  9,  muricata,  1,  2.  tripetala,  6. 
glabra,  4. 

A.  Petals  broadly  cordate-ovate  or  suborbicular,  the  inner 

ones  somewhat  sinaller  than  the  outer. 

B.  Exterior   petals  valvate  or  edge-to-edge,  usually  acute, 

inner   ones   imbricate   or   overlapping,    obtuse   or 
rounded. 
c.  Fr.  gbibrous,  bearing  fleshy  spines:  Ivs.  glos-ny  leathery, 
with   minute   pockets  in   the  axils  of  the   lateral 
nerves. 
1.  muricata,  Linn.    Soursop.    GuanAhana.    Cohos- 

BOL.       CoHA(,AO     DK     RaINHA.       GrAVIOLA.      StJIRSAAK. 

ZcuR-SAAK.  Fig.  209.  Small  evergreen  tree,  the  size  of 
a  peach  tree,  in  general  cult,  throughout  the  tropics  of 
both  hemispheres:  Ivs.  leathery,  ill-smelling,  obovate- 
oblong  or  oblanceolatc,  to  ovate  or  elliptic,  acute  or 
abruptly  acuminate,  glossy  above  and  rusty  beneath 
but  at  length  glabroas,  with  the  minute  pockets  in 
the  axils  of  the  lateral  veins  scarcely  perceptible  with- 
out a  lens:  fLs.  large,  the  exterior  pi'tals  thick  and 
fleshy,  ovate-acute,  valvate  or  edge-to-edge,  the  inte- 
rior petals  .somewhat  smaller  and  thinner,  concave, 
rounded,  imbricate  or  overlapping:  fr.  very  large, 
fleshy,  often  as  large  as  a  child's  head  and  weighing  as 
much  as  o  lbs.,  ovoid  or  heart-shaped,  dark  green,  the 
glabrous  ill-smelling  skin  bearing  numerous  recurved 
fleshy  spines;  pulp  white  and  juicy,  pleasantly  subacid, 
with  a  slight  mango-like  flavor.    Of  'Irop.  Amcr.  origin, 


but  now  common  in  the  tropics  of  the  Okl  World. — As 
in  all  cult,  frs.,  there  is  more  or  less  variation  in  its 
flavor.  It  is  easily  jjrop.  from  the  seed  or  from  buds, 
and  is  imdoubtedly  capable  of  improvement  by  selec- 
tion. It  begins  to  bear  at  a  very  early  age  and  is  con- 
sequently one  of  the  most  valuable  fr.  trees  of  t  he  tropics. 
If  is  grown  with  especial  excellence  in  Porto  Rico,  and 
is  common  in  the  markets  of  Key  West,  whither  it  is 
shi|iped  from  the  islands  to  the  southward.  A  favorite 
drink  is  made  from  the  juice,  and  the  pulp  yields  ex- 
cellent jelly,  tarts  and  preserves.  Care  must  be  taken, 
however,  to  remove  the  skin  in  preparing  the  fr.  for 
the  table. 

2.  montana,  Macfadyan  (.4.  muricata,  Velloso,  not 
Linn.).     Mountain    Soitrsop.     GuanAbana    Cimar- 

RONA.      COHOSSOLIEK    BaTARD.       Ar.\TICU    PoNHE.      A 

forest  tree,  sometimes  reaching  the  height  of  45  ft.,  but 
usually  of  smaller  dimensions:  Ivs.  resembling  those  of 
the  soursop,  varnished  above  and  dull  beneath,  with  the 
pits  in  the  axils  of  the  lateral  nerves  often  conspicuous: 
fls.  similar  to  those  of  the  sotu'sop,  solitary  or  in  pairs: 
fr.  spheroid  or  broadly  ovoid,  varying  from  the  size  of 
an  orange  to  6  in.  diam.,  green  at  first,  at  length  turn- 
ing yellowish;  skin  glabrous,  bearing  numerous  short 
erect  fleshy  spines;  pulp  not  edible.  This  species,  which 
is  larger  and  more  robust  than  the  closely  allied  A. 
muricata,  has  been  intro.  into  Fla.  for  use  as  stock 
upon  which  to  bud  other  species  of  the  genus.  W.  Indies 
and  N.  S.  Amer. ;  thus  far  unknown  from  Mex.  and 
Cent.  Amer. — The  pccidiar  pits,  or  pockets  in  the  axils 
of  the  lateral  nerves  of  the  Ivs.  set  apart  this  species, 
together  with  A.  muricata,  from  all  other  species  of  the 
genus. 

cc.  Fr.  covered  with  felt-like  tomentum,  bearing  rigid 
stout  pyramidal  spines  often  hooked  at  the  tip: 
Ivs.  very  large,  subcoriaceous  or  membranaceous, 
undulate  without  axillary  pockets. 

3.  purpurea,  Mocino  &  Sess6.  Negro -he.\d. 
Cabeza  de  Negro.  Soncoya.  Sencuya.  Toreta.  Fig. 
210.  A  small  or  medium-sized  tree,  soinetunes  reach- 
ing the  height  of  2.5  ft.,  the  younger  branches  clothed 
with  reddish  tomentum  but  becoming  glabrate  at 
length:  Ivs.  large,  membranaceous  or  subcoriaceous, 
undulate,  oblong-elliptical  to  oblong-obovate,  acumi- 
nate at  the  apex,  rounded  or  obtusely  cuneate  at  the 
base,  8-12  in.  long 

and  4-53^  in.  broad ; 
petioles  short  and 
thick :  fls.  resem- 
bhng  those  of  A. 
muricata  but  sessile 
or  nearly  so,  soU- 
tary,  extra-axillary, 
sometimes  opposite 
a  If.,  inclased  when 
very  young  in  an  in- 
volucre of  2  bracts, 
the  apex  of  which 
becomes  more  or 
le.ss  shriveled  at 
length,  and  the  base 
persists  somewhat 
like  an  outer  or 
second  calyx;  calyx 
3-lobed,  ferrugine- 
ou.s-velvety  on  the 
outside;  .3  outer  pet- 
als very  thick,  val- 
vate, usually  acute  or  acuminate,  sometimes  obtuse  at 
the  apex,  ferrugineous-velvety  on  the  outside,  stained 
with  [)ur[)le  within;  inner  petals  overlapping,  thinner 
and  rounded,  forming  a  dome-like  covering  over  the 
cs.sential  parts,  whitish  on  the  outside,  purple  within; 
terminal  connectives  of  the  stamens  velvety;  carpels 
distinct  at   first,  the  hirtellous  ovaries   crowned   by  a 


210.  Annona  purpurea.   (XH) 


ANNONA 


ANNONA 


293 


prismatic  style  about  J^gin.  long:  fr.  large,  spheroid  or 
Broadly  ovoid,  sometimes  6-8  in.  diam.,  covered  with 
a  brownish  felt-hke  indumentum  and  bearing  numerous 
pyramidal  protuberances,  grooved  longitudinally  on 
the  ventral  side  and  usually  terminating  in  a  hook 
directed  toward  the  peduncle;  seeds  large,  obovate, 
more  or  less  flattened  and  marginate,  sometimes  exceed- 
ing an  inch  in  length  by  )2~?4ii-  broad;  pulp  fleshy, 
fibrous,  very  fragrant,  edible,  with  a  flavor  somewhat 
like  that  of  a  mango.  Mex.  to  Panama  and  perhaps  N. 
S.  Amer.  It  is  abundant  on  the  Isthmus  of  Tehuantepec 
and  is  sold  in  the  markets  of  Veracruz. — The  frs.  differ 
considerably  in  flavor.  Some  of  those  on  the  Isthmus 
of  Panama  are  reputed  to  be  excellent,  though  here,  as 
elsewhere,  they  are  supposed  to  induce  chills  and  fever. 
Intro,  into  S.  Calif.,  but  imperfectly  known  in  cult. 
Like  its  congeners,  it  is  undoubtedly  capable  of  improve- 
ment by  careful  selection. 

BB.  ExttrioT  and  interior  petals  both  valvate  or  edge-to- 
edge  and  usually  acute. 

4.  glabra,  Linn.  (.4.  palustris,  Linn.  A.  laurifblia, 
Dunal).  Pond-Apple.  Alligator-Apple.  Monkey- 
Apple.  Mangrove-Annona.  Mamin.  Mamain. 
Cachiman-Cochon.  Cayul.  Cayures.  Cork-wood. 
Palo  Bobo.  Bois-flot.  Corcho.  Cortisso. 
Araticd  do  Brejo.  Fig.  211.  Small  to  medium-sized 
tree,  sometimes  reaching  a  height  of  4.5  ft.,  growing  in 
swampy  places  and  along  the  banks  of  streams;  young 
growth  smooth:  Ivs.  smooth  and  laurel-like,  glossy  green 
above,  paler  beneath,  evergreen,  ovate  to  oblong  or 
elhptic,  usually  acute  or  acuminate  but  sometimes  blunt- 
ish  at  the  apex  and  rounded  or  tapering  at  the  base: 
fls.  fragrant,  varying  considerably  in  size,  those  of  trees 
growing  in  favorable  situations  larger  than  those  grow- 
ing in  crowded  mangrove  swamps;  outer  petals  cream- 
colored  or  pale  greenish  yellow  when  fresh,  usually 
marked  within  bj"  a 
deep  red  spot  near  the 
base;  inner  ones  some- 
what shorter  and  nar- 
rower, whitish  or  dull 
greenish  outside,  usu- 
ally blood-red  within 
or  spotted  with  red  or 
wine-color  near  the 
ba.se:  fr.  the  size  of  a 
bellflower  apple  with 
a  smooth  leatherj'  .skin, 
green  at  first,  at  length 
yellowish,  its  surface 
covered  with 
indistinctly 
outlined  are- 
oles,  but  these 
never  elevated 
or  squamose; 
pulp  cream- 
colored  when 
ripe,  not  edi- 
ble except  by 
iguanas  and 
other  ani- 
mals. Ever- 
glades of  Fla. 
and  banks  of 
the  Indian 
and  Caloosa- 
hatchee  Rivers;  also  the  tropical  shores  of  .Amer.,  W. 
Indies,  west  coast  of  Mr.,  and  the  Galapagos  IsLs. — State- 
ments that  the  fr.  is  .sold  in  the  markets  of  Mex.  and  that 
the  tree  is  cult,  for  its  fr.  are  based  upon  the  confusion 
of  other  species  of  annona  having  smooth  frs.  with  this. 
This  .species  is  essentially  tropical  and  .swamp-loving. 
Its  light  spongy  roots  are  used  as  a  substitute  for  cork 
and  for  floats  of  fishing-nets;  hence  its  name  cork-wood. 


aa.  Petals  (exterior)  linear  or  oblong,  the  inner  ones 
minute  and  scale-like. 

B.  Peduncles  with  broad  persistent  If. -like  bracts  at  the 
base. 

5.  diversifolia,  Safford.  Ilama.  Ilamatzapotl. 
Fig.  212.  Small  tree  with  brownish-gray,  aromatic, 
longitudinally  furrowed  bark;  young  growth  glabrous, 
with  prominent  If.- 
scars  bordered  with 
a  margin  of  pale 
rufous  hairs:  Ivs. 
thin,  membranace- 
ous, glabrous,  vari- 
able in  form,  those 
near  the  base  of  the 
branchlets  broadly 
elliptical  and 
rounded  at  the  base, 
those  higher  up  ob- 
lanceolate,  rounded 
at  the  apex  and 
acute  or  cuneate  at 
the  base,  the  largest 
4-.53-2  inches  long 
and  1 32-2  inches 
broad  with  petioles 
exceeding  J  2inch  m 
length:  peduncles 
long  and  slender, 
recurved,  glabrous, 
issuing  from  2  sub- 
orbicular.  If.  -  like, 
amplexicaul  bracts 
fl.-buds   obpyriform 


212.  Annona  diversifolia.  (XK) 


at    the  base  of    the    branchlets; 

calyx-divisions  broadly  ovate  or 
triangular,  terminating  at  the  points  in  a  tuft  of  fer- 
rugineous  hairs;  outer  petals  linear-oblong,  swollen  at 
the  base  and  concave  within,  sparsely  rusty-pubescent 
on  the  outside;  inner  petals  minute,  pubescent  on 
the  back  and  bearing  2  rudimentary  pollen-sacs;  car- 
pels distinct,  glabrous  near  the  base,  rufous  hirtcUous 
above,  at  length  growing  together  into  a  compound 
fr.  or  syncarpium:  fr.  large,  conoid  or  broadly  ovoid 
with  an  axis  of  about  6  in.  and  a  diam.  of  5  in., 
clothed  with  dense  grayish  felt-like  tomentum  and 
when  mature  usually  bearing  stout  thick  protuberances 
directed  toward  the  apex,  but  these  sometimes  sup- 
pressed; pulp  edible,  cream-colored  or  rose-tinted; 
seeds  hard,  smooth  and  nutlike,  golden  brown  or  tan- 
colored.  Mts.  and  foot-hills  west  coast  of  Mex.  to  Salva- 
dor.— The  fr.  is  offered  for  sale  in  the  markets  of  Colima 
and  Acapulco.  It  is  described  by  American  Consul 
Marion  Letcher,  stationed  at  Acapulco,  as  shaped  like 
a  pineapple  cheese,  with  delicious  pink-tinted  pulp; 
and  Samuel  E.  Magill,  American  Consul  at  Guada- 
lajara, states  that  the  frs.  grown  on  the  side  of  the 
volcanos  of  Colima  and  Cerro  Grande  are  of  unusually 
fine  quality.    This  species  has  been  intro.  into  S.  Fla. 

BB.  Peduncles  devoid  of  If. -like  bracts  at  the  base. 

c.  Lvs.  velvety  beneath. 

6.  Cherimdla,  Mill.  (.4.  tripetala,  Ait.).  Chirimota. 
Cherimoya.  Cherimoyer.  Cherimolla.  Tree,  15- 
2.5  ft.  high,  with  young  growth  fulvous  tomentose: 
lvs.  persistently  velvety-tomentose  beneath,  sparsely 
pubescent  above,  ovate  to  ovate-lanceolate  or  obo- 
vate, sometimes  elliptical,  obtuse  at  the  apex  or  ob- 
tusely acuminate,  usually  rounded  at  the  base:  fls.  frar 
grant,  extra-axillary,  often  opposite  a  If.  at  the  base 
of  a  branchlet,  usually  solitary  but  sometimes  2  or  3 
on  short  nodding  tomento.se  peduncles,  the  exterior  pet- 
als oblong-linear,  not  exceeding  1  l-i  in.  length,  keeled 
on  the  inside  and  excavated  at  the  base,  greenish  yellow 
or  rufous  on  the  outside  and  clothed  with  velvety  tomen- 
tum,  pale  yellow  or  whitish  within  and  marked  with  a 
purple  spot  at  the  base;  inner  petals  very  small,  squa- 


204 


ANNONA 


ANNONA 


213.  Annona  reticulata.  (XM) 


mose,  ovate  or  triangular,  usually  flesh-ooloreil  or  pur- 
ple and  ket>letl  on  the-out.-iide;  fr.  variable  in  shape  and 
appe;irance,  sonjetinies  eonoiil  or  heart-shaped,  with 
surface  bearing  protuberances;  sometimes  spheroid  or 
ovoid  with  the  surface  covereil  with  eoncaxe  or  squa- 
mose  U-sl»ai>eil  areoles,  each  bearing  a  small  wart  or 
tubercle;  and  sometimes  quite  smooth  or  with  the  sur- 
face having  the  appearance  of  putty  marked  by  finger- 
prints; pulp  white,  (xiible,  i)leasantly  acidulous,  easily 
separable  from  the  seeds;  seeds  usually  obovate, 
obliquely  truncate,  somewhat  compressed,  with  a  thin 

membranous  brown 
testa  which  is  usu- 
ally more  or  less 
wrinkled  or  pitted, 
owing  to  the 
wrinkknl  surface  of 
the  inclosed  endo- 
sperm. Andes  of 
Peru  and  adjacent 
regions,  but  natu- 
ralized at  a  very 
early  date  in  Mex. 
and  Cent.  Amer. 
Successfully  intro. 
into  S.  Calif., 
Canary  Isls.,  Ma- 
deira, the  mts.  of 
India,  and  Hawaii. 
Essentially  a  sub- 
tropical plant  which 
does  not  yield  good 
results  in  low  tropical  countries. — Frs.  of  exquisite 
flavor  are  produced  on  the  island  of  Madeira,  where  the 
trees  are  trained  on  trellises  and  are  taking  the  place  of 
grapes  in  the  economy  of  the  island.  Excellent  results 
have  also  been  secured  in  S.  Calif.   See  Cherimoya. 

7.  longifldra,  Wats.  Wild  Cherimov.\  of  Jalisco. 
A  shrub  or  small  tree,  3-10  ft.  high;  young  growth 
softly  pubescent;  branches  with  prominent  If  .-sears, 
which  are  clothed  with  a  marginal  collar  of  plush-like 
hairs:  Ivs.  resembhng  those  of  A.  Cherimola  but  dis- 
tinguished when  mature  by  being  glabrate  or  glabres- 
cent  between  the  lateral  nerves,  which  together  with 
the  midrib  are  persistently  velvety  pubescent,  the 
blades  2-.5K  in.  long  and  V/i-iH  in-  broad,  elliptical 
to  obovate-elliptical,  usually  rounded  but  sometimes 
acute  at  the  base  and  rounded  at  the  apex,  which  is 
often  minutely  apiculate;  fls.  short-peduncled,  pubes- 
cent, the  calyx-divisions  deltoid-ovate,  clothed  on  the 
outside  with  fine  soft  hairs,  the  outer  petals  leathery, 
often  2  in.  long,  linear-oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate  in 
shape,  cream-colored  or  whitish,  and  marked  within 
with  a  dark  purple  or  blackish  spot  at  the  excavated 
base;  inner  petals  minute  (sometimes  wanting),  ovate, 
obtuse,  finely  pubescent;  carpels  distinct,  the  ovaries 
clothed  with  rufous  hairs,  and  the  styles  minutely 
puberulent:  fr.  contjid  or  globose-ovate,  its  surface 
covered  with  protuberances  or  with  reticulated  areoles; 
pulp  white,  resembling  that  of  A.  Cherimola  in  flavor. 
State  of  Jalisi-o,  Mex.,  especially  in  vicinity  of  Guada- 
lajara and  Tequila.  Intro,  into  S.  CaUf.,  but  as  yet 
little  known. 

cc.  Lvs.  not  velvety. 

D.  Fr.  nmoolk  or  nearly  so,  its  surface  divided  into  angular 
areoles  by  imj/ressed  lines;  pulp  tallow-like. 
8.  reticuUta,  Linn.  (A.  longifolia,  Mociiio  &  Sess6). 
CoMMo.N  Clstard-Apple.    Bullock's-Heabt.   Cora- 

ZON.     COROSSOL    CffiUR-DE-BffiUF.      CORA^AO    DE    Boi. 

Mamon.  Anonas.  Anona  Colorada.  Qcauhtzai-otl. 
Fig.  213.  A  deciduoas  tree,  1.5-2.5  ft.  high  with  young 
growth  fulvous-pubesoont,  at  length  glabratt!:  lvs. 
approximate,  oblong-lanceolate  or  lanceolate,  acute  at 
the  apex,  Cfjnduplicat<;,  glabrate,  or  with  the  midrib 
and  lateral  nerves  sparsely  pubescent:    fls.  in   extra- 


axillary  clusters  of  several  issuing  from  the  new  branch- 
lets,  peduncles  nodding;  outer  petals  fleshy,  oblong- 
linear,  keeled  on  the  inside  and  excavated  at  the  base, 
oli\'e-green  or  yellowish,  usually  stained  within  with 
j)urple  and  with  a  dark  purple  blotch  at  the  base; 
inner  petals  very  small,  scale-like,  ovate,  acute;  carpels 
distinct,  the  ovaries  covered  with  pale  brown  silky  hairs, 
at  length  uniting  to  form  a  solid  fr. ;  fr.  3-5  in.  diam., 
smooth,  with  the  surface  divided  into  rhomboid  or 
hexagonal  areoles  by  impressed  Unes,  usually  reddish 
or  reddish  brown  when  ripe,  or  red-cheeked  on  the 
sunny  side,  pulp  sweetish  but  insipid,  tallow-Uke  and 
usually  granular,  adhering  closely  to  the  seeds.  Trop. 
Amer.;  now  widely  spread  throughout  the  tropics  of 
both  hemispheres. — A  robust  tree  which  has  spread 
spontaneously  in  the  forests  of  the  Philippines,  the 
island  of  Guam  and  the  E.  Indies,  while  its  congeners, 
A.  muricata  and  A.  squamosa,  occur  usually  only  where 
planted.  It  is  essentially  tropical  while  the  cherimoya, 
with  the  smooth-fruited  forms  of  which  it  has  often 
been  confused,  is  subtropical.  Its.  fr.  is  inferior  in  flavor 
to  both  the  cherimoya  and  the  sugar-apple  {A.  squa- 
jnosa),  from  the  first  of  which  it  maybe  distinguished  by 
its  long,  narrow,  glabrate  lvs.,  and  from  the  second  by 
its  solid,  compact  fr.,  as  well  as  its  larger  lvs.  From  A. 
glabra,  with  which  it  is  also  confused,  it  may  be  dis- 
tinguished by  its  elongate  narrow  outer  petals  and 
its  small,  dark  brown  seeds.  It  is  common  in  the  W. 
Indies  and  thrives  in  S.  Fla. 

DD.  Fr.  composed  of  rounded  carpels  loosely  cohering 
when  ripe,  covered  with  a  glaucous  bloom;  pulp 
creamy  or  custard-like. 

9.  squamosa,  Linn.  (A.  cinerea,  Dunal.  A.  For- 
skdhlii,  DC.  .1.  biflora,  Mociiio  &  Sess6).  Sugar-Ap- 
ple. Sweet-Sop.  Anon.  Atta.  Atte.  Atis.  Pomme- 
Cannelle.  Keschta.  Fruta  da  Condessa.  Ahate 
DE  Panuco.  Steenappel.  Texaltzapotl.  Pinha. 
Fig.  214.  A  small  deciduous  tree,  1.5-20  ft.  high,  with 
irregularly  spreading  branches  and  zigzag  branchlets 
bearing  approximate  2-ranked  lvs.;  young  growth 
pubescent,  at  length  glabrate  or  clothed  with  scattered 
hairs  and  dotted  with  lenticels:  lvs.  conduplicate, 
resembling  those  of  A.  reticulata,  but  smaller,  usually 
lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  acute  or  shortly  acumi- 
nate at  the  apex  and  acute  or  cuneate  at  the  base,  some- 
times ovate  or  elliptical  and  rounded  at  the  base  with  a 
tendency  to  be  asymmetrical,  membranaceous,  minutely 
pimctate  with  both  ^-. 

surfaces  pale  green;  /j/ 

sjiarsely  hairy  at 
first,  at  length  gla- 
brate or  nearly  so, 
except  the  petiole, 
which  is  pubescent: 
fls.  borne  on  the 
young  branchlets, 
closely  resembling 
those  of  A.  reticu- 
lata, extra-axillary, 
usually  in  clusters 
of  2,  3,  or  4,  but 
sometimes  solitary; 
peduncles  slender, 
sparsely  and  deli- 
cately pilose,  at 
length  glabrate, 
bearing  a  minute 
bracteole  below  the 
middle,  which  ter- 
minates in  a  tuft 
of  floccose  hairs; 
outer  petals  oblong- 
linear,  thick,  tri- 
quetrous, rounded 
at    the    apex    and 


214.  Annona  squamosa.  (XM) 


ANNONA 


ANNUALS 


295 


excavated  at  the  base,  greenish  yellow,  usually  marked 
within  by  a  wine-colored  or  purplish  red  spot  at 
the  base;  inner  petals  minute,  ovate  or  obovate, 
keeled  on  the  outside;  stamens  with  broad  terminal 
connectives  of  a  cinnamon-brown  or  orange-red  color; 
carpels  distinct,  clothed  with  pale  brown  hairs,  sul- 
cate  on  the  ventral  side  and  terminating  in  oblong 
or  taper-pointed  styles:  fr.  about  the  size  of  an  orange, 
spheroid  or  heart-shaped,  composed  of  loosely  coher- 
ing carpels  rounded  at  the  extremities  and  grooved 
on  the  inner  side,  forming  a  squamose  or  tuberculated 
surface,  greenish  yellow  and  covered  with  a  glaucous 
bloom  at  first,  but  soon  turning  black  in  spots  when 
handled,  and  the  waxj-  bloom  easily  rubbed  off;  pulp 
yellowish  white,  creamy  or  custard-like,  very  sweet 
and  pleasantly  flavored;  seeds  dark  brown,  smooth, 
closely  resembling  those  of  A.  reticulata.  Trop.  Amer., 
now  widely  cult,  in  all  tropical  countries. — Less  robust 
than  .4.  reticulata,  with  fr.  much  more  highly  prized, 
and  produced  several  times  during  the  year  instead 
of  only  once,  as  in  that  species.  Like  A.  reticulata,  it 
is  essentially  tropical  and  will  not  thrive  in  subtropical 
regions  which  are  suitable  for  the  cult,  of  the  cherimoya. 
It  has  been  intro.  into  S.  Fla.  Delicious  sherbets  are 
made  from  its  custard-like  pulp,  often  with 
the  addition  of  a  little  lemon  juice,  but  it  is 
never  cooked  or  made  into  preserves  or  jelly, 
like  the  soursop.  The  fr.,  when  green,  as  well 
as  the  seeds  and  Ivs.,  is  used  for  destroying 
vermin;  and  the  crushed  Ivs.,  in  the  form  of 
poultices,  are  applied  to  ulcers  and  malignant 
sores  in  the  W.  Indies.  The  root  is  a  drastic 
purgative.  W.  E.  Safford. 

ANNUALS.  What  are  known  to  gardeners 
as  "annuals"  are  plants  that  bloom  in  the 
open  the  same  year  the  seeds  are  sown  and 
that  do  not  live  over  winter. 

These  plants   are  not   necessarily  true   an- 
nuals; for  annuals  in  the  botanical  sense  are 
plants  that  normally  complete  their  entire  life- 
cycle   within   one   vegetation-year.     Perennial 
plants  that  bloom  freely  from  seed  the  first  year 
and  do  not  usefully  survive  till  another  year 
may  be  classed  as  annuals  by  the  gardener  and 
treated  as  such :  these  are  properly  plur-annuals, 
a  group  standing  midway  between  annuals  and 
perennials.    The  garden  N  icotiana  affinis  (prop- 
erly A'^.  alata)  and  pinks  and  snapdragons  are 
such.    It  may  be  said  that  plur-annuals  are  plants  of 
somewhat  indefinite  dui'ation  that  are  terminated  by 
cold  weather   rather  than   by  their   normal   maturity 
within  the  season.    Many  real   perennials,  as  castor 
bean,  are  treated  as  annuals  in  northern  gardens. 

Some  of  the  bienyial  plants — those  that  normally 
bloom  and  perish  in  the  second  year — may  flower  the 
first  year  if  the  seeds  are  sown  early  and  the  plants  are 
hurried  along.  Of  these,  Canterbury  beU,  ipomopsis 
and  some  of  the  Oenotheras  are  examples.   See  Biennials. 

The  annuals  of  gardens  are  grown  directly  from  seeds, 
in  usual  practice.  Some  plants  are  reared  annually 
from  bulbs  or  tubers,  as  crocus,  UUes,  potato:  these  are 
really  perennials  that  die  each  year  to  the  ground  and 
do  not  perish  root  and  branch.  To  these  plants  the  name 
pseud-annuals  (i.e.,  false  annuals)  has  been  given. 

Among  the  true  annuals  t  here  are  many  grades.  Some 
of  them  are  winter  annuals,  growing  in  the  cool  part  of 
the  year  and  carr\-ing  over  winter  under  the  snow,  as 
the  common  creeping  chickweed  and  other  crucifers. 
In  the  arid  regions  of  the  West,  many  annual  plants 
spring  into  growth  with  the  rains  and  thrive  in  the  cool 
months.  Manj'  of  the  annuals  are  summer  annuals  and 
others  are  autumn  annuals:  these  two  classes  are  prac- 
tically the  only  ones  that  are  cultivated  in  the  open 
for  ornament. 

Among  the  annuals  are  found  some  of  the  most 


showy  garden  flowers.  As  a  rule,  they  are  easily  grown, 
producing  quick  results  and  affording  a  great  variety  of 
colors,  forms  and  foliage.  Some  of  the  annuals  last  only 
a  few  weeks  in  bloom,  others  continue  throughout  the 
summer.  There  are  trailers  and  climbers,  dwarfs  and 
tall  growers.  By  a  judicious  selection  and  arrangement 
of  kinds,  the  handsomest  effect  may  be  produced.  Many 
of  the  showy  kinds  are  adapted  to  mass  effects,  while  the 
dwarf-growing  sorts  make  good  flowering  edgings  for 
beds  or  walks.  With  the  latter,  handsome  ribbon-beds 
are  possible,  but  this  requires  care  in  the  selection  of 
kinds,  and  as  the  use  of  the  trimming  shears  is  almost 
precluded,  it  is  best  to  limit  oneself  to  simple  designs. 
Annuals  are  well  suited  to  the  covering  of  bare  spots  of 
ground  in  the  border.  Like  other  flowers,  they  dis- 
play best  when  seen  against  a  background  of  foliage. 
The  tall  and  leafy  kinds  make  excellent  covers  for 
unsightly  objects.  For  climbing  and  twining  kinds,  see 
Vines.   See,  also.  Everlastings  and  Grasses. 

Classification  as  to  hardiness. 

It  is  customary  to  divide  annuals  into  three  classes: 
(1)  Hardy  annuals  are  those  that  are  sown  directly  in 
the  open  ground  where  they  are  to  grow.    They  are 


fe:__ 


215.  Annuals  filling  the  formal  space  between  a  drive  and  a  tree-group. 

vitaUy  strong,  developing  without  artificial  heat,  and 
may  be  sown  from  February  to  May,  according  to  the 
season  and  latitude.  Some  of  them,  as  sweet  peas,  may 
be  sown  even  in  the  fall.  For  this  class,  a  well-prepared 
border  on  the  south  side  of  a  fence  or  wall,  or  other 
sheltered  place,  is  usually  preferred  for  early  sowings. 
From  here  the  seedlings  are  transplanted  later  where 
they  are  to  grow.  Some  sorts,  however,  do  not  bear 
transplanting  well,  consequently  must  be  sown  in  the 
places  they  are  to  occupy.  Among  such  are  poppies, 
eschscholtzia,  bartonia,  Venus'  looking-glass,  lupine, 
malope,  and  the  dwarf  convolvulus.  (2)  Half-hardy 
annuals  are  usuaUj'  sown  in  February  or  March  in  the 
window  or  a  warm  frame.  The  season  is  usually  not 
long  enough  to  enable  them  to  reach  fuU  development 
in  the  open.  In  the  early  stages  of  growth  they  need 
protection  and  warmth.  Such  kinds  are  sometimes 
sown  in  the  fall  and  wintered  over  in  a  coldframe.  When 
once  established,  they  are  hardy  with  slight  protection. 
Some  of  the  kinds  are  grown  to  their  greatest  perfec- 
tion only  in  this  way.  (3)  Tender  annuals  require 
still  more  warmth,  and  are  started  from  January  to 
May  in  the  greenhouse  or  other  suitable  place.  They 
commonl}'  need  a  temperature  of  60°  to  70°.  The  danger 
with  early-grown  seedlings,  especially  those  started 
in  the  window,  is  over-crowding  and  want  of  light. 
As  soon   as   crowding   begins,   the   plants   should   be 


20li 


ANNUALS 


ANNUALS 


thiniUHl  out  or  transplant  oil  to  otlior  trays,  or  into 
[Hits,  aiui  rt^sot  fronr  tiint'  ti)  tinio,  ;u5  they  need;  fre- 
quent transplanting  is  usaall.\-  an  advantage.  The  last, 
transplanting  is  preferably  into  small  pots,  as  then  the 
s<xHllings  may  be  readily  set  in  the  open  ground  at  the 
proper  time,  with  little  or  no  check. 

Seedsmcing. 

The  greater  number  of  common  annuals  will  bloom 
Irivly  if  the  seeds  are  sown  in  the  open  gnmnd  when  the 
weather  becomes  thoroughly  settk'd.  Hut  there  are 
some  kinds,  ;is  the  late  cosmos  and  moonflowers,  for 
which  the  northern  se;ison  is  coimnonly  too  short  to  give 
good  bloom  unless  they  arc  started  very  early  indoors. 

In  tlie  c;ise  of  others  than  the  continuous  bloomers,  a 
succession  of  sowings  or  plantings  is  desirable  to  pro- 
vide for  a  continuous  display;  then  as  a  kind  begins  to 
fail,  its  place  may  be  filled  with  yoimg  plants  of  the  same 


216,   A  semi-formal  garden  space  of  annual  flowers. 

or  other  species.  The  usual  method  of  securing  suc- 
cession is  to  sow  the  seeds  in  fiats,  or  beds,  and  trans- 
Clant  the  seedlings  first  to  pots.  The  potted  plants  may 
e  set  out  at  any  time,  with  but  little  check  to  growth. 
When  flowers  of  any  annual  are  wanted  extra  early, 
the  seeds  should  be  starttid  indoors.  It  is  not  necessary 
to  have  a  greenhouse  for  this  purpose,  although  best 
results  are  to  be  expected  with  such  a  building.  The 
seed  may  be  sown  in  boxes,  and  these  boxes  then  placed 
in  a  sheltered  position  on  the  warm  side  of  a  building. 
At  night  they  may  be  covered  with  boards  or  matting. 
In  verj'  cold  "spells"  the  boxes  should  be  brought 
inside.  In  this  simple  way  seeds  may  often  be  started 
one  to  three  weeks  ahejwl  of  the  time  when  they  can  be 
sown  in  the  open  garden.  Mcjreover,  the  plants  are 
likely  to  receive  better  care  in  these  boxes,  and  there- 
fore to  grow  more  rapidly.  Of  course,  if  still  earlier 
rfsiuhs  are  desired,  the  seed  should  be  sown  in  the 
kitchen,  hotbed,  eoldframe,  or  in  a  greenhouse.  In 
starting  plants  ahead  of  the  sea.son,  be  careful  not  to 
use  too  deep  boxes.  The  gardener's  "flat"  may  be  taken 
as  a  suggestion.  Three  inches  of  earth  is  sufficient,  and 
in  .some  cases  fas  when  the  plants  are  started  late)  half 
this  depth  is  enough. 

One  trouble  with  early  sown  seedlings  is  "drawing 
up,"  and  weaknr-ss  from  crowding  and  want  of  light. 
Tiiis  is  most  likely  to  occur  with  window-grown  plants. 


Vigorous  June-sown  plants  are  better  than  such  weak- 
hngs.  It  must  be  remembered,  however,  that  very 
early  bloom  usually  means  the  shortening  of  the  season 
at  the  other  end;  this  may  be  remedied  to  some  extent 
by  making  sowings  at  different  times. 

Only  the  best  seeds  should  be  purchased,  and  it  is 
usually  best  to  get  the  colors  in  separate  packets.  In  the 
open  ground,  seeds  may  be  covered  to  a  depth  of  four  or 
five  times  their  own  thickness,  but  when  sown  indoors 
in  trays  or  pots,  the  rule  is  to  cover  them  to  about  their 
own  thickness.  After  covering,  the  soil  should  be  pressed 
firmly  over  the  seed  with  a  board  or  hoe,  or  the  feet. 
In  soils  that  are  inclined  to  bake,  a  sprinkling  of  sand 
or  fine  litter  over  the  surface  after  sowing  will  remedy 
this  evil.  Evergreen  boughs  placed  over  the  beds  until 
the  seedlings  have  appeared  will  afford  useful  shelter 
from  beating  rains.  It  is  desirable  to  sow  the  seeds 
thickly.    For  the  reception  of  seeds,  the  surface  should 

be  mellow  and 
smooth.  The 
seeds  are  sown 
in  drills  or  con- 
centric circles, 
according  to  the 
method  of  plant- 
ing decided 
upon.  Taller- 
growing  kinds 
are  sown  toward 
the  center  or 
back  of  the  bed. 
When  up,  the 
plants  may  be 
thinned  to  their 
proper  distances. 
Particular  care 
should  be  given 
to  this  matter, 
and  to  keeping 
down  weeds,  or 
the  plants  may 
become  weak, 
spindling  and 
valueless.  Much 
trouble  will  be 
avoided  if  each 
seed-row  is 
plainly  labeled 
or  marked  so 
that  the  young  plants  may  be  distinguished  from  the 
weeds,  with  which  they  must  often  compete. 

Soils  and  places. 

Most  annuals  thrive  best  in  an  open,  sunny  situa- 
tion, but  pansies,  forget-me-nots,  and  some  others, 
thrive  where  they  get  the  full  sun.shine  for  only  half  the 
day.  Some  of  the  kinds  are  at  their  best  in  full  sunlight, 
as  portulaca,  sunflower,  and  zinnia.  In  aU  cases  the 
best  results  are  secured  only  when  the  soil  is  well 
enriched  and  thoroughly  prepared  previous  to  sowing 
or  planting;  and  it  is  far  better  to  make  this  preparation 
a  fortnight  or  more  in  advance.  A  considerable  propor- 
tion of  humus  in  the  soil  is  desirable,  rendering  it 
less  subject  to  baking  and  drying  out.  Cow-manure, 
stable-manure  or  leaf-mold,  worked  in  hberally,  will 
supply  this.  Beds  should  be  spaded  thoroughly  and  at 
least  a  foot  deep.  If  the  surface  is  then  again  worked 
over  to  half  this  depth,  better  results  will  be  obtainable. 
The  soil  should  not  be  disturbed,  however,  unless  it 
pulverizes  readily. 

When  the  flowers  are  to  be  grown  about  the  edges  of 
the  lawn,  make  sure  that  the  grass  roots  do  not  run 
underneath  them  and  rob  them  of  food  and  moisture. 
It  is  well  to  run  a  sharp  spade  deep  into  the  ground  about 
the  edges  of  the  bed  every  two  or  three  weeks  for  the 
purpose  of  cutting  off  any  grass  roots  that  may  have 


ANNUALS 


ANNUALS 


297 


run  into  the  bed.  If  beds  are  made  in  the  turf,  see  that 
they  are  3  feet  or  more  wide,  so  that  the  grass  roots 
will  not  undermine  them.  Against  the  shrub  borders, 
this  precaution  may  not  be  necessary:  it  is  desirable 
that  the  flowers  fill  all  the  space  between  the  overhang- 
ing branches  and  the  sod. 

The  plants  should  not  be  allowed  to  bear  seed,  else 
they  will  be  e.xliausted  and  the  season  of  bloom  will 
be  short.  Sweet  peas,  for  example,  soon  spend  them- 
selves and  dry  up  if  the  pods  are  allowed  to  ripen.  The 
frequent  cutting  of  blooms  prolongs  the  season. 

The  kinds. 

Most  of  the  staple  or  general-purpose  types  of  an- 
nuals in  the  North  are  the  following:  petunias,  phloxes, 
pinks  or  dianthuses,  larkspurs  or  delphiniums,  calliop- 
sis  or  coreopsis,  pot  marigolds  or  calendulas,  bachelor's 
buttons  or  Centaurea  Cyaiius,  clarkias,  zinnias,  mari- 
golds or  tagetes,  coUinsias,  gilias,  California  poppies  or 
eschscholtzias,  verbenas,  poppies,  China  asters,  sweet 
peas,  nemophilas,  portulacas,  silenes,  candytufts  or 
iberis,  alyssum,  stocks  or  matthiolas,  morning-glories, 
nasturtiums  or  tropaeolums,  wallflowers,  gaillardias, 
snapdragons,  coxcombs,  lobelias,  four-o'clocks,  ama- 
ranths, balsams,  sweet  sultans,  salpiglossis,  scabiosas, 
nieotianas,  and  pansies.  Other  species  are  mostly  of 
special  or  particular  use,  not  general-use  tj'pes.  In  the 
South,  and  occasionally  at  the  North,  some  of  the 
annuals  come  up  voluntarily  year  after  year  from  self- 
sown  seeds,  e.g., petunias,  phloxes  and  morning-glories. 

Late  sowings,  even  as  late  as  June  in  the  latitude  of 
New  York  City,  may  be  made  of  such  things  as  China 
aster,  sweet  alyssum,  California  poppj'  (Eschscholtzia), 
calliopsis  or  coreopsis,  portulaca,  calendula,  phlox,  zin- 
nia, marigold,  candytuft,  mignonette,  petunia.  Late- 
blooming  beds  of  these  and  other  annuals  may  be 
secured  by  this  delayed  sow'ing.  The  tendency  to  sow 
everything  for  early  bloom  deprives  the  garden  of 
much  freshness  and  interest  in  autumn. 

The  numbers  of  varieties  in  some  of  these  long- 
cultivated  species-groups  are  surprising  large,  and  they 
often  appeal  to  collectors.  If  a  collector  desires  annuals 
for  autumn  display,  for  example,  he  will  find  that 
zinnias  have  about  forty  current  varieties,  annual 
pinks  about  fifty,  petunias  about  sixty,  pansies  sixty 
to  seventy,  balsams  over  sixty,  and  stocks  perhaps 
300,  all  of  which  may  be  prolonged  more  or  less  into 
autumn.  But  the  most  appropriate  and  varied  of  these 
annuals  are  the  China  asters,  which  have  about  4.50 
varieties.  Owing  to  the  greater  variety  of  everything 
abroad,  collectors  naturally  send  to  Europe  for  large 
collections,  and  the  very  low  duty  on  flower  seeds  has 
stimulated  the  collecting  of  annuals.  Perennial  flowers 
are  more  difficult  to  import,  but  many  persons  have 
recently  imported  fifty  or  more  varieties  of  the  fol- 
lowing: gaillardia  about  100  varieties,  hardy  chry- 
santhemums 100  and  more,  florists'  pentstemons  more 
than  150  (not  sufficiently  hardy),  delphiniums  over 
200,  and  phlox  3.50.  Unfortunately,  collections  of  a 
single  flower  rarely  give  an  artistic  effect,  even  when 
at  their  best,  owing  to  the  difficulty  of  isolating  trouble- 
some colors  in  a  garden  that  must  be  sunny,  failures 
among  highly  bred  varieties,  the  fact  that  the  early, 
midseason  and  late  sections  mix  poorly,  and  so  on.  The 
obvious  limitation  of  gardens  devoted  to  one  kind  of 
flower  is  that  they  are  unattractive  out  of  season,  and 
therefore  it  is  best  to  isolate  them.  There  are  practically 
no  annuals  that  bloom  satisfactorily  throughout  sum- 
mer and  autumn. 

Background  plants,  for  bold  mass-displays  of  color 
in  the  rear  parts  of  the  grounds  or  along  the  borders 
may  be  secured  from  some  of  the  coarser  species. 
Good  plants  for  such  u.se  are:  sunflower  and  castor-bean 
for  the  back  rows;  zinnias  for  bright  effects  in  the  scar- 
lets and  hlacs;  .Vfrican  marigolds  for  brilliant  yellows; 
nieotianas  for  whites.    Unfortunately,  we  have  no  ro- 


bust-growing annuals  with  good  blues.  Some  of  the 
larkspurs  and  the  browallias  are  perhaps  the  nearest 
approach  to  them. 

For  lower-growing  and  less  prominent  mass-displays, 
the  following  are  good:  Cahfornia  poppies  for  oranges 
and  yellows;  sweet  sultans  for  purples,  whites,  and  pale 
yellows;  petunias  for  purples,  violets,  and  whites;  lark- 
spurs for  blues  and  violets;  bachelor's  buttons  (or  corn- 
flowers) for  blues;  calhopsis  and  coreopsis  and  calendu^ 
las  for  yellows;  gaillardias  for  red-yellows  and  orange- 
reds;  China  asters  for  many  colors  except  yellows. 

For  still  less  robustness,  good  mass-displays  can  be 
made  with  the  following:  alyssums  and  candytufts  for 
whites;  phloxes  for  whites  and  various  pinks  and  reds; 
lobelias  and  browallias  for  blues;  pinks  for  whites  and 
various  shades  of  pink;  stocks  for  whites  and  reds;  wall- 
flowers for  brown-yellows;  verbenas  for  many  colors. 

Vines  are  abundant  among  the  annuals,  the  most 
prominent  being  morning-glory,  sweet  pea,  cobea, 
climbing  nasturtium,  Japanese  hop,  cypress-vine  and 
other  ipomoeas,  balloon-vine,  scarlet-runner,  moon- 
flowers  in  the  South. 

Some  of  the  "everlastings"  or  immortelles  are  useful 
as  flower-garden  subjects  as  well  as  for  "dry-bouquets." 
These  "paper  flowers"  are  always  interesting  to  chil- 
dren. The  colors  are  bright,  the  blooms  hold  long  on  the 
plant,  and  most  of  the  kinds  are  very  easy  to  grow. 
Favorite  groups  are  the  different  kinds  of  xeranthe- 
mums  and  helichrysums.  The  globe  amaranths,  with 
clover-like  heads  (sometimes  known  as  bachelor's  but- 
tons), are  good  old  favorites.  Rhodanthes  and  acro- 
cliniums  are  also  good  and  reliable. 

Ornamental  grasses  should  not  be  overlooked.  They 
add  a  note  to  the  flower-garden  and  to  bouquets  that 
is  distinct  and  can  be  secured  by  no  other  plants.  They 
are  easily  grown.  Some  of  the  good  annual  grasses 
are  Agrosiis  nebulosa,  the  brizas,  Brotnus  brizseformis, 
the  species  of  eragrostis,  and  pennisetums  and  Coix 
Lachryma  as  a  curiosity.  Such  good  lawn  grasses  as 
arundo,  pampas-grass,  eulalias,  and  erianthus  are 
perennials  and  therefore  are  not  discussed  here. 

The  amateur  would  do  well  to  make  up  Usts  from 
the  most  detailed  seed  catalogues.  The  following  short 
fists  (under  trade  names)  suggest  a  few  things  in  sev- 
eral categories: 

While-flowered  annuals. 

Ageratum  mexicanum  album.        Matthiola  (Stocks),  Cut-and- 

Alyssum,  common  sweet.  Come-.^gain;  Dresden  Per- 

Centranthus  macrosiphon  petual:    Giant    Perfection; 

albus.  White  Pearl. 

China  asters.  Mirabilis  longiflora  alba. 

Convolvulus  major.  Nigella. 
Dianthus,  Double  White  Mar-      Phlox,  Dwarf  Snowball;  Leo- 

garet.  polclii. 

Iberis  amara;  coronaria.  Poppies,  Flag  of  Truce;  Shir- 

Ipomoea  hederacea.  _  ley:  The  Mikado. 

Lavatera  alba.  Zinnia. 
Malope  grandiflora  alba. 

Yelloiv-  and  orange-flowered  annuals. 

Cacalia  lutea.  Hibiscus    africanus;    Goldeo 

Calendula     officinalis,     com-  Bowl. 

mon:    Meteor;    sulphurea;  Ipomoea  coceinea  lutea. 

suffruticosa.  Loasa  tricolor. 

Calliopsis  liiculor  marmorata;  Tagetes,  various  kinds. 

cardaminifolia;  elegaiis.  Thunbergia    alata    Fryeri; 

Cosmidium  Burridgeanum.  aurantiaca. 

Dimorphotheca  aurantiaca.  Tropieolum,     Dwarf;     Lady 

Erysimum  Perofskianum.  Bird;  Tall,  Schulzii. 

Eschscholtzia  californica.  Zinnia. 

Blue-  and  purple-flowered  annuals. 

Ageratum  mexicanum:  mexi-  Iberis    umbellata:    umbellata 

canum  Dwarf.  lilacina. 

Browallia    Czerniakowski;  Kaulfusaia   amelloides;    atro- 

elata.  violacea. 

Centaurea   Cyanus,    Victoria  Lobelia  Erinus. 

Dwarf   Compact;    Cyanus  Nigella. 

minor.  Phlox  variabilis  atropurpurea. 

China    asters   of   several  Salvia  farinacea. 

varieties.  Specularia. 

Convolvulus    minor;    minor  Verbena,  Black-Blue;  caerulea; 

unicaulis.  Golden-leaved. 

Gilia  achillesefolia;  capitata.  Whitlavia  gloxinioidea. 


298 


ANNUALS 


ANREDERA 


Rosf~  and  rose-red-flowered  anmuih. 


Cacalia.  Scarlet. 
Clarkia  elogans  rosea. 
Convolvulus  tricolor  roseus. 
Dianthu:*.   H.alt- Dwarf  Karly 

Margaret ;    Dwarf   Perpet- 

UiU    chiiipn^is. 
GaillarUia  picta. 
Ipomrea  coccluea:  volubilis. 
Matthiola  animus;  Bloo(i-Ued 

Ten     Weeks;     grandifJora, 

Dwarf 


Papaver    (Poppy)    cardinale; 

Mephisto. 
Phascolus  multifloru^. 
Phlox, .Large-flowering  Dwarf; 

Dwarf     Fire-ball;     Black 

Warrior. 
Salvia  cocciuea. 
Saponaria.  [Thumb. 

Tropa>oluin,     Dwarf,    Tom 
\'erL)cua  bybrida,  Scarlet  De5- 
Zinnia.  [ance. 


Annuals  usefuJ  for  edgings  of  beds  and  loalks,  and  for 
ribbon-beds. 


Ageratum,  bltie  and  white 

Alyssum.  sweet. 

Brachycomc. 

Calandrinia. 

Clarkia. 

Collinsias. 

Dianthusca  or  pinks. 

Gilia. 

Gypsophila  inuralis. 

Iberis  or  candytufts. 


Leptosiphons. 

Lobelia  EriniLs. 

Nemophila-s. 

Nigellas. 

Portulacas  or  rose  moaa. 

Saponaria  calabrica. 

Specularia. 

Torenia. 

Wliitlavia. 


Late-blooming  annuals. 

Probably  the  best  annuals  to  bloom  in  late  fall,  even 
after  the  first  frosts,  are  i)etunia,  phlox,  and  verbena. 
Other  excellent  kinds  are  ageratum,  alyssiim,  antir- 
rhinum or  snapdragon.  Calendula  offieinalis,  California 
poppy,  gaillardia,  marigold,  and  pansy.  The  list  may 
be  extended  by 


Abronia  umbellata. 

.■Vdonis  sestivalia;  autumnale. 

.VrEemone  grandiflora. 

Cullirhoe. 

Carduus  benedictus. 

Centaurea  Cynnus  (bachelor'a 

button*. 
Centauridium. 
Centranthus  macrosiphon. 
Cerinthc  retorta. 
Cheiranthus  Cheiri. 
<  'hrj'salit  hemums. 
("onvolvulus  minor:  tricolor. 
Dianthus  of  various  kinds. 
Elsholtzia  cristata. 


Erysynum  Perofskianum;  ar- 

kansanura. 
Gilia    achilleiefolia;    capitata; 

laciniata;  tricolor. 
Iberis  affinis. 
Lavatera  alba. 
Matthiolas  or  stocks. 
Oenothera  rosea;  Lamarckiana; 

Drummondii. 
Podolepis  affinis;  chrysantha. 
Salvia  coccinea;  farinacea;  Hor- 
Vicia  Gerardii.  [minum. 

Virginian  stocks. 
Viscaria  elegana;  oculata;  Cceli- 

rosa. 


If  sown  early  or  in  the  fall,  bachelor's  button,  annual 
gypsophila  and  poppy  will  re-seed  and  furnish  plants 
for  late  fall  bloom.  L  H   B  t 

ANCECTOCHILUS  (Greek,  open  ?i».  Orchidacex.  A 
group  cultivated  for  the  beautifully  reticulated  leaves, 
which  are  oval  or  ovate,  membranaceous  and  diversely 
colored;  the  flowers  are  small,  not  ornamental. 

Terrestrial,  from  a  creeping  rhizome:  Ivs.  basal 
in  a  spike  or  raceme;  sepals  free,  the  dorsal  erect,  form- 
ing a  hood  with  the  petals,  the  lateral  sepals  spreading; 
lip  adnale  to  the  foot  of  the  column,  spreading;  claw 
fimbriate,  the  blade  2-lobed. — About  8  species. 

Although  many  methods  have  been  adopted  for  the 
Buccessful  cultivation  of  the  best  species  and  varieties, 
failure  has  been  the  rule,  so  that  at  present  few  Ameri- 
can collections  contain  even  a  single  specimen.  Plants 
introduced  by  collectors  sometimes  thrive  for  a  few 
years  and  then  fail,  in  spite  of  all  efforts.  Frequently 
they  can  be  kept  only  a  year  or  two. 

Bullenii,  Low.  Lvs.  about  2  in.  long,  bronze-green, 
with  .j  longitudinal  bands  of  copptT-red.    Borneo. 

regilis,  Blume.  Fig.  217.  One  of  the  most  attractive 
specie.s  of  the  group:  lvs.  oval,  large,  bronze- 
green  netted,  veined  with  gold,  the  surface 
of  the  Iv.s.  like  velvet.  Java.  B.M.  4123. 
F.S.  2:79  fboth  as  A.  selaceus). — Several 
good  varieties  exist. 

Rdxburghii,  Lindl.  Lvs.  ovate,  median 
line  of  pale  green,  reticulated  and  veined 
with  gold    .Java  and  India. 

Several  kinds  are  described  and  figured  in  foreign 
publications,  but  they  are  all  fanciers'  plants.  Other 
namen  which  appear  in  the  American  trade  are:  A. 
Dai/ina  =  (?)  — A.  DawKtmianun  =  Hjemaria. — A. 
Fri/Urici- Aunivtlii.  Reichb,  f.  (A.  xanthophyllu.s. 
Planch,),  LvH.  dark  velvety  green,  the  broad  orange 
Btripc  down  the  center  covered  with  a  network  of  gold. 


G.  10:07.');  27:54.— .4.  Ldwii.  Hort.=Dossinia.— .4.  Petdla,  Hort.= 
Macodes. — A.  X'eitcMAnus,  Hort.=Macode3. 

George  V.  N.^sn.f 
ANOGRAMMA  (Greek,  without  lines  referring  prob- 
ably to  the  absence  of  indusia).  Poli/podiacese.  A  small 
group  of  tropical  ferns,  somewhat  related  to  Pteris,  and 
char:icterizcd  by  linear  sori  uncovered  by  indusia. 
Tlie  lvs.  are  borne  in  a  cluster,  are  small,  1-2  pinnate 
with  i)inn;itifid  divisions  and  forking  veinlets. 

schizophylla,  Diels.  (Gtjmnogrdmma  sckizophylla, 
Baker).  Lvs.  18-24  in.  long,  quadri-pinnatifid,  the 
stalks,  rachises  and  divisions  slender,  the  ultimate 
segms.  finely  cut.  A  comparativelv  recent  intro.; 
very  graceful  in  cult.  Jamaica.  A.G.  18:421.  GF 
2:.533.  A.F.  10:827.  I.H.  31:522.  Gn.  48,  p.  417. 
Var.  elegantissima  {Gymnogramnyi  cleganlissima,  Hort. 
W.  Bull.),  has  reddish  brown  rachises. 

R.  C.  Benedict. 
ANOIGANTHUS  (from  Greek  words,  alluding  to  the 
expanded  flower).  Amaryllidaeese.  A  small  probably 
monotypie  genus  of  Natal  and  the  Cape  region,  the 
plants  sometimes  cult,  as  greenhouse  winter-  and  spring- 
flowering  bulbs.  A.  breviflorus,  Baker  (Cyrtdnlhus 
breuiflorus,  Harv'.),  has  an  ovoid  bulb  1  in.  diam., 
with  a  short,  neck:  lvs.  3-4,  appearing  with  the  fls.,  1 
ft.  or  more:  fl.-st.  to  1  ft.  high,  bearing  a  2-10-fld. 
umbel:  fls.  bright  yellow,  about  1  in.  long,  with  a  short 
tube  and  oblong-lanceolate  nearly  equal  segms;  stamens 
6,  in  2  series:  fr.  a  globose  membranous  caps.,  3-valve(l; 
seeds  flat.  B.M.  7072.  Var.  minor,  Baker  (A.  luleus, 
Baker),  is  a  dwarf  mountain  form  with  narrower  peri- 
anth-segms.  These  plants  are  half-hardy  in  the  milder 
parts  if  given  good  protection  over  winter. 

ANOIMATHECA:  Lapewousia. 

ANOPTERUS  (referring  to  the 
seeds  being  winged  at  top).  Saxifrag- 
dcecV.  Greenhouse  shrub,  blooming  in 
spring. 

Shrubs  or  small  trees,  glabrous, 
with  alternate  thick  e\ergreen  exstip- 
ulate  lvs.,  and  white  fls.  in  terminal 
racemes:  calyx-tube  very  short,  the 
lobes  6-9,  persistent;  petals  and  sta- 
mens as  many  as  caly .x-lobes :  fr.  a 
caps.,  oblong-conical,  opening  by  2 
recurved  valves,  seeds  winged  at  one 
end. — Two  species  in  Australia  and 
Tasmania. 

glandulosus,  Labill.  Handsome 
evergreen  shrub,  becoming  a  small 
tree  (to  40  ft.)  in  its  native  regions: 
lvs.  mostly  at  ends  of  branches,  ellip- 
tic-lanceolate to  somewhat  obovate, 
4-8  in.  long,  somewhat  serrate:  fls. 
in  somewhat  drooping  bracted  race- 
mes 3-6  in.  long;  parts  of  petals  usu- 
ally 6,  about  1^210.  long.  Subalpine 
Tasmania.  L    H    B 

ANREDERA  (personal  name). 
Basclldcca!.  A  monotypie  genus,  aUied 
to  Boussingaultia.  Vine,  with 
fleshy  sts.  and  lvs.,  tuberous- 
rooted  :  fls.  small,  white,  in  long 
slender  mostly  axillary  spikes; 
sepals  2,  broadly  winged ;  petals 
.5,  not  exceeding  sepals;  stamens 
.5,  the  filaments  fattened ;  stigma 
entire.  A.  scandens,  Moq.,  is 
native  Texas  to  S.  Amer.,  and 
planted  in  Old  World  tropics, 
a  much-branched  vine  some- 
times cult,  in  greenhouses,  with 
lvs.  ovate  and  more  or  less 
acute,  entire. 


217.  Ancectochilus  regalis.   (  X  3^) 


ANSELLIA 


ANTHEMIS 


299 


ANSELLIA  (in  honor  of  John  Ansell,  African 
explort'r).  Urchidacea>.  Epiphytic  hothouse  orchids 
with  tall,  thickened  leafy  stems. 

Klowers  in  panicles,  showy;  sepals  and  petals  similar, 
spreading;  lip  erect,  sessile  at  the  end  of  the  column- 
foot;  lateral  lobes  broad,  parallel,  erect;  middle  lobe 
round-ovate,  spreading ;  pollinia  2. — A  genus  of  4  closely 
related  species,  perhaps  all  forms  of  1  species. 

africana,  Lindl.  Sts.  up  to  2  ft.  tall,  leafy  above:  Ivs. 
4-8  in.  long,  about  5-nerved,  elongated -lanceolate: 
panicle  many-fid.;  fls.  2  in.  across,  with  brown-purple 
spots  on  a  light  yellow-green  background;  sepals  nar- 
row-oblong; petals  about  twice  as  broad  as  sepals; 
lateral  lobes  of  lip  oblong,  the  middle  lobe  ovate. 
Fernando  Po.    B.M.  4965. 

gigantea,  Reichb.  (Cymbidium  Sdndersonii,  Harv.). 
Differs  from  the  above  in  the  smaller  fls.  with  narrower 
segms.  which  are  spotted  on  the  lower  part  only. 
Natal.  B.M.  4965,  f.  3.  George  V.  Nash,  f 

ANS6NIA:   Amsonia. 

ANTENNARIA  (pappus  Ukened  to  antennse).  Com- 
pdbilx.  Everlasting.  Cat's-Ear.  Ladies'  Tobacco. 
Pussy's  Toes.  P'ield  herbs,  sometimes  offered  by 
dealers  in  native  plants. 

Small,  white-woolly  perennial  plants,  with  spatulate 
or  obovate  root-lvs.,  and  mostly  leafless  scapes,  bearing 
small  gray  or  white  heads  which  remain  stiff  and  dry: 
fls.  dioecious,  the  staminate  forms  rare  in  cult.,  all 
tubular, — None  is  showy.  They  are  interesting  for  rock- 
work  and  the  edges  of  borders,  and  for  this  purpose 
have  been  sparingly  intro.  in  the  last  few  years.  They 
are  perfectly  hardy,  and  thrive  in  poor  soil.  The  fls. 
are  often  cut  before  fully  mature  and  dried  (and  often 
dyed)  as  everlastings.  About  20  species  grow  wild. 
Prop,  mostly  by  division  of  the  mats;  also  by  seeds. 
Allied  to  Anaphalis  and  Gnaphalium,  both  of  which 
are  leafy  stemmed  plants  quite  distinct  from  the  pros- 
trate, stemless  antennarias,  which  send  up  only  a 
bracted  scape,  except  in  A.racemosa.  See  Everlastings. 

A.  Pappus  of  sterile  fls.  not  thickened  at  the  tip,  minutely 
roughened. 
dimSrpha,  Torr.  &  Gray.  Tufted,  with  spatulate  Ivs. 
and  a  sparsely  Ivd.  fl.-st.  an  inch  or  less  high,  from  a 
stout,  much-branched  rootstaUc.    Neb.  west  to  Calif. 

AA.  Pappus  of  sterile  fls.  thickened  at  the  top. 

B.  Not  spreading  by  stolons. 

Gejeri,  Gray.    Stout,  thick-woolly,  from  a  woody 

base:  fls.-st.  3  in.  or  more  high,  very  leafy  to  the  top: 

pistillate  heads  narrow:  involucre  with  rose-purple  or 

ivory-white  tips  to  the  inner  scales.   Cahf.  and  Ore. 

BB.  Spreading  by  stolons. 
c.  Heads  solitary  or  in  a  cymose  cluster. 

dioica,  Linn.  (.4.  cdndida,  Hort.).  Basal  Ivs.  IH  in. 
or  less  long,  1-nerved  or  only  indistinctly  3-nerved:  St. 
2-12  in.:  involucral  bracts  all  hght  green  or  Ught  brown, 
with  white  or  pinkish  tips.  Northern  states  and  Eu., 
and  Asia. — The  plant  in  the  trade  as  A.  tomenlosum 
is  probably  a  form  of  this  species.  Also  in  cult,  under 
the  proper  name,  A.  dioica.  A.  hyperborea,  Hort.,  a 
name  common  in  the  trade,  is  apparently  a  mere  form 
of  this  with  pinkish  fls. 

alpina,  Gaertn.  Plant  1-4  in.:  involucral  bracts  in 
fertile  heads,  dark  browni.sh  green,  acute.  Canada, 
Rocky  Mts.,  Sierra  Nevadas. 

plantaginifdlia,  Rich.  Basal  Ivs.  1 J^  in.  or  more  long, 
distinctly  3-nerv'ed:  st.  6-18  in.  high. — Stoloniferous, 
making  broad  patches.  Common  in  fields  and  old 
pastures.    Perhaps  not  in  cult. 

cc.  Heads  loosely  panicled. 
racemdsa,    Hook.     Light-woolly,  the    flowering   sts. 
6-20  in.  high,  sparsely  leafy,  the  heads  mostly  on  slen- 


der peduncles:  involucre  brownish,  white-tipped.   Ore. 
and  Brit.  Col.  to  the  Rockies. 

A.  margaritdcea^ADapha.[ia  margaritacea. 

N.   TATLOR.t 

ANTHEMIS  (Greek  name  of  the  chamomile).  Com- 
positip.  Chamomile.  Pyrethrum-hke  heavy-scented 
plants,  annual,  biennial  or  perennial,  members  of  a 


218.  Anthemis  tinctoria.  ( X  Ji) 


large,  Old  World  temperate-region  genus,  used  in  bor- 
ders and  alpine  gardens. 

Heads  many-fld.,  the  disk  yellow,  the  rays  white 
and  yellow  and  (in  the  common  cult,  species)  pistillate, 
the  receptacle  conical  and  chaffy,  the  achenes  terete  or 
ribbed,  and  either  naked  or  bearing  a  minute  crown: 
Ivs.  pinnately  dissected. 

Two  or  three  of  the  species  are  weeds.  Others  are 
excellent  border  plants.  The  true  chamomile  is  a  me- 
dicinal plant.  The  hardy  perennial  species,  which  alone 
are  grown  in  this  country,  are  easily  handled  in  the 
border,  where  they  bloom  from  midsummer  till  frost. 
They  thrive  in  almost  any  soU,  but  need  fuU  exposure 
to  sun. 

Propagation  is  by  seeds  or  division  of  the  clumps, 
usually  the  latter. 

a.  Rays  normally  yellow. 

tinctflria,  Linn.  Golden  Marguerite.  Fig.  218. 
Of  bushy  habit,  2-3  ft.,  with  angular  st.  and  pinnately 
divided,  and  again  pinnatifid  or  cut-toothed  Ivs.,  and 
large,  daisy-Uke  golden  yellow  fls.  (1-2  in.  across). 
Gn.  42,  p.  91;  V.  18:133.  A.  Kelwayi,  Hort.  (or  var. 
Kelwayi,  Hort.),  has  finer-cut  foliage  and  deeper  yellow 
fls.  There  is  also  a  pale-rayed  variety  and  a  white-fid. 
form  is  sold  under  the  name  A.  inontana.  Gn.  52:484. 
— An  excellent  hardy  perennial  border  plant,  and  useful 
at  the  same  time  for  cut-fls. 


300 


ANTHEM  IS 


ANTHOLYZA 


AA.  Rays  while. 

B._  Ptniiiiial:  cull. 

n6bilis,    Linn.      Chamomile.      Half-spreading    and 

nuicli-l>rancht>d  herb,  downy,  tlio   Ivs,  von-  finely  dis- 

sectiHi:   pappus  wanting,  ohafT  of  the  reoeptaele  blunt. 

\!ir.     grandifldra,     Hort.,     is     larger-Hd.     than     the 

type,  and  sometimes 
yellow-fid. — A  pleas- 
ant-.seented  herb, 
sometimes  escaped 
from  cult.  It  yields 
the  medicinal  chamo- 
mile fls.  of  com- 
merce. For  medici- 
nal purposes,  the 
heads  (the  single  pre- 
ferred )  are  cut  as  soon 
as  fully  expanded, 
and  dried.  Cult,  also 
as  a  hardy  border 
plant;  often  double. 

BB.  Biennial  or  an- 
nual; weeds. 
arvensis,  Linn. 
Pubescent,  not  iU- 
scented:  Ivs.  rather 
coarsely  1-2  pin- 
nately   parted :   pap- 

Eus  a  minute  border: 
eads  1  in.  or  more 
across;  the  involucre 
with  broad,  blunt 
scarious  marginal 
edges;  rays  pistillate, 
spreading,  2-toothed. 
— Not  common  and 
rather  coarse. 

Cotula,  DC.  May- 
weed. Dog  Fennel. 
Fig.  219.  A  common 
weed  along  roadsides,  ill-scented,  growing  1-2  ft.  high, 
with  finely  dissected  Ivs.,  neutral  rays  and  many  aster- 
like fls.  1  in.  across. 

A.  Aizdon,  Griseb.=.\chillea  ageratifolia.  Gn.  24:342. — A. 
ardkiai,  Linn.=Cladanfhus. — A.  corondria,  Hort.=Chrysanthe- 
znum  coronarium. — A.  flaribunda,  Hort.  Dwarf:  Ivs.  much  dis- 
sected: fl.-head.s  pure  white.  —  A.  BieberaUiniana,  Koch,  ia 
found  in  some  catalogues.  It  is  an  alpine  plant  with  pinnate 
lv8.,  which  are  silvery,  and  yellow  fls.  Can  be  cult,  only  in  the 
alpine    ttnrAfn.  T      TT    Tl 


219.  Anthemis  Cotula.  (XM) 


ANTHER:  FUnrer. 


N.    TAYLOH.t 


ANTHERICUM  (Greek,  flower  hedge).  Includes  fAa- 
langium.  Liliaces-.  \on-bulbous  liliaceous  plants  grown 
in  borders  and  cool  greenhouses. 

Herbs,  w^ith  tuber-like  rhizomes,  and  racemes  of 
rather  small,  w^hite,  deep-cut  fls.:  perianth  rotate; 
anthers  attached  between  their  basal  lobes,  and  the 
locules  many-o\Tjlcd — in  these  characters  differing 
from  Paradisea. — Home  50  species,  mostly  African,  but 
a  few  in  the  western  hemisphere. 

The  anthericums  are  useful  for  lawn  vases,  for  borders 
that  are  protected  in  winter  at  the  North,  for  green- 
hou.ses  and  also  for  growing  under  benches.  Propaga- 
tion naturally  by  stolons;  increased  also  by  division 
and  seeds.  Of  easiest  culture.  Give  plenty  of  water 
when  in  bloom. 

Liliago,  Linn.  St.  Bernard's  Lily.  Figs.  220,  221. 
St.  simple,  2-.3  ft.  high,  bearing  an  open  raceme  of  opcm- 
sprearJing  fls.  1  in.  or  le.ss  across,  the  segms.  linear- 
oblong:  Ivs.  long  and  narrow.  S.  Eu.  and  N.  Afr.  U.M. 
914.  Var.  mAjor,  Sims,  is  larger  in  all  its  parts.  B.M. 
163.5. 

ramdsum,  Linn.  St.  branched:  fis.  somewhat  smaller. 
Eu.   IJ.M,  10.55. 


;4.  BichHit,  Hort.  Lvs.  flexible,  variegated  with  white;  elegant 
habit.  W.  Trop.  Afr.— .4.  caU!6niicum,  Hort.=Chlorogalum 
pomcndianum. — .4.  Iloffmnnnii,  Engler.  Free-fiowering:  lvs.  1 
ft..  1^4  in.  broad,  .shining  green:  fls.-st.s.  .scarcely  exceeding  the  lvs.: 
fls.  in  dense  panicles,  star-shaped,  white.  E.  Afr. — A.  I.ihaslrum. 
Linn.=Puradisea  Liliastrum. — .4.  piduratum,  A.  mriegiUum  and 
A.  mtttUum  are  garden  names  for  Chlorophytum  elatum. 

L.  H.  B. 

ANTHOL'i'ZA  (name  from  the  Greek,  referring  to 
fancied  shape  of  flower).  Iridacea-.  Cormous  plants  of 
the  gladiolus  kind,  grown  in  the  open  for  summer 
bloom;  reil  and  yellow. 

Perianth  long-tubular,  curved,  dilated  above,  the 
uppermost  segms.  largest;  stamens  3;  style  branched; 
ovary  3-loculed.— About  14  or  more  Cape  and  Trop. 
African  plants,  with  linear  or  sword-shaped  lvs.  and 
bright  fls.  in  2-sidcd  .spikes.  Cult,  the  same  as  gladioli, 
being  taken  up  in  the  fall.  The  tubers  are  often  started 
in  a  frame  or  in  the  house  before  planting  in  the  open. 

A.  Perianlh  red;  segms.  very  unequal. 

Cimdnia,  Linn.  Corm  small,  globose:  st.  simple, 
1-1  J'2  ft.:  lvs.  about  4,  hnear,  1  ft.  or  less  long:  fls. 
4-6,  in  a  lax  spike,  bright  red,  tube  an  inch  long,  the 
stamens  reaching  to  the  tip  of  the  upper  segm:  seeds 
discoid,  winged.  Cape.  L.B.C.20: 1971  (as  AnLsanthes). 

caffra,  Ker.  Corm  large,  globose,  long-necked:  st. 
2  ft.  or  less:  lvs.  narrow-linear,  1  ft.:  fls.  12-20,  in  a  lax 
spike,  bright  red,  tube  1-1 M  in.  long,  stamens  not 
quite  reaching  tip  of  upper  segm.:  seeds  3-angled, 
narrowly  winged.  Cape. — Has  been  hybridized  with 
gladiolus. 

AA.  Perianlh  red  and  yellow;  segms.  less  unequal. 

eethiopica,  Linn.  (.1.  rlngens,  Andr.).  Corm  large, 
globose:  st.  branched,  3-4  ft. :  lvs.  several,  sword-shaped, 
1  in.  broad  and  1-1}^  ft.  long:  spikes  6-9  in.  long, 
rather  dense;  fls.  lJ'^-2  in.  long,  red-yellow;  stamens 
reaching  to  the  tip  of  the  upper  segm.:  seeds  turgid, 
not  winged.  Cape.  B.M.  561.  Var.  minor,  Lindl. 
(A.  bicolor,  Gasp.).  Dwarf:  lvs.  narrow:  fls.  red  at  top, 
pale  yellow  below.  B.R.  1159.  Var.  vittigera,  Baker, 
(var.  rlngens,  Nichols.).  Tall  as  the  type:  fls.  bright 
yellow,  striped  red.  B.M.  1172.  Var.  immargiaata, 
Baker.    Fls.  red,  with  dull  yellow. 

paniculata,  Klatt.  Corm  large,  globose:  st.  stout, 
much  branched,  3-4  ft. :  lvs.  lanceolate,  oblique,  2  ft. 
or  less  long,  to  3  in.  broad:  spikes  dense,  many-fld., 
with  wavy  rachis;  fls.  bright 
red-yellow,  tube  curved,  to  J5^ 

\)-i  in.  long,  upper  segm. 
hgulate.  Natal.  Var.  major, 
Hort.  A  form  with  larger 
lvs.  and  fls. 

crocosmioides,  Hort. 
Said  to  be  a  hybrid  of  ,4. 
■paniculala  and  Crocosmia; 
3  ft.:  spikes  branching;  fls. 
brilliant  orange-red,  shaded 
to  gold. 

A.  abyssinica,  Brongn.  Corm 
globose,  1  in.  diam.:  st.  2  ft. 
or  leH,s:  Ivs.  3-4,  linear,  1  ft. 
long:  spike  simple,  few-fld.;  fls. 
bright  red,  the  curved  tube  1  in. 
long.  Aby.ssinia. — A.  quadrangu- 
Idris,  H  u  r  m  .  {Gladiolus  quad- 
rangularis,  Ker.).  Corm  large, 
globose,  plant  stoloniferous:  st. 
slender,  2-3  ft. :  lvs.  2-3.  narrow: 
spike  very  lax,  2-4  fid.;  fls.  bright 
red  and  yellow,  tube  2  in.  long. 
Cape. — A.  Schvieinfiirthii,  Baker. 
.St.  terete,  1  ft.  to  spike:  lvs.  5  to 
0,  grass-like,  6  in.  long:  spike 
simple  and  lax,  many-fld.;  fis. 
bright  red  shading  to  yellow, 
about  1 '/i  in.  long,  the  tube 
curved  and  dilated.  Abyssinia. 
B.M.  7709. 

L.   H.   B.  220.  Anthericum  Liliago. 


ANTHOXANTHUM 


ANTHURIUM 


301 


ANTHOXANTHUM  (Greek,  anthos,  flower,  and 
xanthos,  yellow).  <ir(iminea\  Aromatic  grasses  with 
spike-liko  panicles.  Spikelets  with  1  awnless  perfect 
floret,  and  two  2-lobed,  awned  sterile  lemmas.  Species  4, 
Eu.  A  perennial  species,  sweet  vernal  grass  {A. 
oiloralum,  Linn.),  is  occasionally  cult,  as  a  meadow 
grass  to  give  a  pleasant  odor  to  hay.  Dept.  of  Agric, 
Div.  of  Agrost.,  Bull.  20:55.  Another  species,  an  annual 
(.4.  Puclii,  Lecq.  &  Lam.),  is  more  rarely  cult. 

A.  S.  Hitchcock. 

ANTHRIsCUS:  Chervil. 

ANTHURIUM  (Greek,  tail-flower).  Aracese.  Choice 
hothouse  foUage  plants. 

Perennial,  the  St.  creeping,  climbing,  assurgent  or 
arborescent:  Ivs.  variable,  net-veined,  with  a  promi- 
nent midnerve  and  lateral  nerves,  and  a  well-defined 
nerve  at  or  near  the  margin:  fls.  in  a  spike  (spadix), 
subtended  or  inclosed  in  the  spathe:  fr.  a  berry. 
Tropical  herbs  and  chmbing  plants  of  perhaps  608 
species  besides  varieties,  mostly  from  the  central  and 
warmer  parts  of  S.  .Amer.,  though  probably  not  one- 
tenth  are  in  cult,  in  this  country.  Grown  either  for  their 
showy  spathes  and  spadiees,  or  their  handsome  velvety 
Ivs.  Spathe  usually  spreading  or  even  reflexed,  only 
rarely  partially  inclosing  the  spadix.  Differs  from 
Alocasia  and  allied  genera  in  technical  characters. 
Monogr.  by  Englcr  in  De  CandoUe's  Monographic 
Phanerogamarum,  Vol.  2  (1879),  and  Pflanzenreich, 
hft.  21  (1905). 

The  genus  Anthurium  appears  to  be  a  constantly 
increasing  one  as  regards  the  number  of  species.  Index 
Kewensis,  when  first  issued  in  1893,  gave  the  number  of 
known  species  as  213.  The  supplements  have  now 
recognized  365  more  species,  making  in  all  about 
578  known  species,  though  there  are  probably  not 
more  than  fifty  in  cultivation  in  this  country  and 
perhaps  not  more  than  ten  or  fifteen  known  to  the 
trade.  Of  those  that  are  in  cultivation  there  are  several 
varieties  or  hybrids,  as  the  species  seem  to  cross 
readily. 

Anthuriums  are  tropical  aroids  of  great  beauty,  and 
at  least  a  few  species  should  be  included  in  every  col- 
lection of  choice  plants.    They  seem  to  fall  naturally 


221.  Stolon  of  Anthericum  Liliago. 

into  two  sections  or  groups,  viz.,  foliage  and  flowering. 
Although  anthuriums  all  flower,  those  that  have  the 
large  handsome  velvety  leaves,  such  as  A.  cryslallinum , 
A.  W arocqnr.nnum,  A.  splendidum,  and  the  like,  have 
very  inconspicuous  or  tlccidedly  unattractive  flowers, 
while  A.  Andra'aniim,  A.  Fironmii,  A.  Rcgnellinnmn  and 
A.  Sr.herzerinnum  and  many  others  have  remarkably 
showy,  usually  scarlet  spathes  and  spadiees  but  much 
less  handsome  foliage.  All  are  striking  plants. — • 
Anthuriums  such  as  A.  Anrlrscnniim,  A.  ornatum, 
and   their  numerous  hybrid   progeny,   require  at   all 


222.  Anthurium  Scher- 
zerianum.    (X,'s) 


times  a  high  and  humid  atmosphere.  Under  these  con- 
ditions and  in  a  good  rooting  medium,  they  ought  to  be 
continually  in  flower.  A  bloom  is  produced  from  the  axil 
of  each  leaf,  and  immediately  beneath  this  leaf  a  new 
root  is  produced,  thick  and  succulent  at  first,  becoming 
tough  with  age,  and,  if  not  allowed  to  bury  itself  among 
the  compost  in  which  the  plant  grows,  it  eventually 
hardens  and  is  of  no  help  in  the  sustenance  of  the  plant. 
Therefore,  the  growing  point 
of  the  specimens  should  not 
be  aUowed  to  get  too  high,  or 
the  flowers  will  be  few  and 
poor.  When  the  plant  forms 
stems  above  the  pot,  the  com- 
post should  either  be  built  up 
around  the  stem,  to  catch  the 
roots,  or  the  plant  may  be  cut 
over,  rooted  afresh  in  sand, 
and  given  a  new  start  in  a 
pot.  The  two  ornamental- 
leaved  species,  A.  Veitchii  and 
A.  Warocqueanum,  should  be 
treated  in  the  same  manner. 
When  cut  down,  one  may  look 
for  the  old  stocks  to  send  out 
small  growths,  which  in  course 
of  time  may  be  taken  off  and 
put  in  small  pots.  All  of  the 
above  are  such  free-rooting 
kinds  that  they  may,  with  the 
addition  of  some  rotted  ma- 
nure, be  grown  in  sphagnum 
moss.  A  good  mixture  is  as 
follows:  sphagnum,  chopped 
not  too  fine,  one  part;  fern  or 
kahnia  roots,  chopped  up  and 
the  fine  substance  removed, 
one  part;  another  part  to  be  made  up  equally  of  sand 
and  rotted  manure.  With  well-drained  pots,  this  forms 
an  admirable  rooting  substance. — Most  of  the  other 
species  and  their  forms,  including  A.  Scherzerinnum 
and  A.  crystallirium,  will  thrive  better  in  material 
mainly  composed  of  rough,  fibrous  loam  and  peat  with 
the  fine  material  sifted  from  it.  This  rough,  fibrous 
material  should  be  mixed  with  a  small  quantity  each 
of  sphagnum,  charcoal  and  sand.  Good  drainage,  and 
less  water  than  is  needed  for  the  Andreanum  and 
Warocqueanum  groups  will  be  necessary.  A.  Scherzer- 
ianutn,  although  thriving  well  in  the  hottest  house, 
will  succeed  in  an  intermediate  house. — Established 
plants  of  anthurium  will  need  repotting  only  once  in 
two  or  three  years,  but  should  have  a  fresh  top-dressing 
every  year;  the  best  time  to  overhaul  them  is  about 
the  end  of  January,  or  before  active  growth  begins. 
They  should  be  given  a  shaded  position,  free  from 
draughts  of  cold  air,  and  ordinary  stove  temperature. 
Care  must  be  taken  not  to  mar  the  leaves  by  hard 
spraying.  The  temperature  during  winter  should  not 
fall  below  55°. — Propagation  is  by  suckers  or  cuttings 
of  the  rhizome  inserted  in  small  pots  containing  a  mixture 
of  peat  fiber,  chopped  sphagnum  moss  and  silver-sand  in 
equal  proportions,  and  plunged  in  a  propagating-box  in 
a  temperature  of  75°  to  80°,  with  bottom  heat.  About 
the  end  of  January  is  the  most  suitable  time  to  take  the 
cuttings.  Anthuriums  may  also  be  propagated  by  seeds 
sown  in  a  mixture  of  very  fine  fibrous  peat  and  chopped 
sphagnum  moss  in  4-inch  pots.  The  seeds  should  be 
lightly  covered  with  sphagnum,  and  the  pots  placed 
either  in  a  propagating-case  or  under  beU-glasses,  where 
a  temperature  of  80°  can  be  maintained.  A  constant 
humid  atmosphere  is  very  necessary  to  induce  the  seeds 
to  germinate.  To  prevent  damping,  the  seedlings 
should  be  pricked  off  round  the  edge  of  a  3-inch  pot  as 
soon  as  the  first  leaf  is  large  enough  to  handle.  Seeds 
of  such  kinds  as  A.  cryslallinum  and  A.  regale  will 
germinate   well   on   the   moss   of   nepenthes    baskets. 


302 


AXTTIIHIUM 


ANTHURIUM 


S«His  are  socurtni  by  polliiKUins  the  flowers,  the  stip- 
iiias  of  which  bocoino  iii;ituro  long  before  the  anthers. 
Anihuriuins  of  the'Seherzerianum  type  may  be  in- 
croaseil  bv  division  of  the  crown.  (E.  J.  Canning  and 
G.  W.  Oliver.) 

INDEX. 

album.  1,  5.  maxiiiiuin.  I.  siiiipulncum,  .'S. 

!iiuit'g:ivfnse.  1,  muttibiU'.  1.  SclitT/.t'riiiiuiin,  1. 

Andn^anura,  5.  nebuloMim,  1.  i^puthipltylluni.  2. 

Benncttii.  1.  pari.-^ipn.se,  1.  spjlendiciuni,  11. 

Brownii.  4.  pygma?am,  1.  Veitchii,  G. 

co*!^talliDum,  9.  regale.  10.  Vervseneum,  1. 

Gameri.  5.  ReBncUianum.  3.  AVardii,  1. 

giganteum,  1.  rhodochlorurn,  5.  Warocqueanum,  1,  7. 

lacteum,  1,  roseum.  1,  o.  Williainsii.  1. 

Lawrencije,  5.  Rothschildianum,  1.     Woodbridgei,  1. 

niagnificum,  8.  salmoneum,  5. 

A.  Lvs.  plain  green:  grown  mostly  for  the  showy  "flowers." 
B.  Spadix  coiled. 

1.  Scherzerianum,  Schott.  Fig.  222.  A  foot  or  two 
high,  evergreen:  lvs.  long-lanceolate  (the  blade  1  ft.  or 
more  long  .and  petiole  of  nearly  equal  length),  thick,  usu- 
all\'  somewhat  revolute,  with  a  strong  vein  parallel  with 
each  edge  and  close  to  it,  and  many  cross- veins:  scape 
long  and  slender  (1-2  ft.),  red;  spathe  ovate-oblong,  3-4 
in.  long,  spreading  or  deflexed,  intense  red  (sometimes 
double,  I.H.  37:107);  spadix  slender,  curled,  yellow. 
Cent.  .Vmer.  B.M.  5319.  H.B.  22:121.  Gn,  33,  p.  89. 
G.C.  II.  12:301.  G.  3:^,5.  A.F.  0:.569  (in  variety).— 
An  old  favorite.  Runs  into  many  forms:  spathe  white, 
\ars.  album,  album  magnificum,  lacteum,  maximum 
album,  Wniiamsii,  Vervaeneum;  .'ijjathe  parti-colored, 
vars.  andegavense  (scarlet  on  the  back,  white  and 
scarlet  spotted  above),  mutabile  (white -bordered), 
nebuldsum  (double  white  spotted  rose),  Rothschildia- 
num (scarlet  mottled  white,  Gn.  30:454),  Warocquea- 
num, not  A.  WnrocQueiinum  (white  spotted  red); 
spathe  very  large,  vars.  giganteum,  maximum,  Wfirdii, 
Woddbridgei.  Very  dwarf  is  var.  pygmasum;  rose-sal- 
mon spathe  and  orange  spadix  is  var.  parisiense;  sharp 
pointed  lvs.  and  spathes  is  var.  Bennettii;  rose-colored 
spathes,  var.  roseum;  deep  blood-red  spathes,  var.  san- 
gumeum. 

BB.  Spadix  not  coiled. 

c.  Spathe  narrow,  green. 

D.  The  lvs.  narrow,  nol  cordate. 

2.  Spathiphyllum,  N.  E.  Br.  Two  ft.  or  less,  stemless 
or  nearly  so:  If. -blade  2  ft.  or  less,  narrow-lanceolate, 
attenuate  in  a  straight  line  from  the  middle  to  the  base, 
acuminate,  bright  green  above  and  grayish  beneath, 


223.  Anthurium  Acdrxanum.    (  X  H) 


with  prominent  midrib:  spathe  2  in.  or  less  long  and  a 
half  or  more  as  wide,  erect,  boat -shaped,  pale  green  or 
whiti.fh;  spadix  1  in.  long  and  very  blunt,  pale  yellow. 
Trop.  .\rner. 

3.  Regnelli^num,  Engl.  Lvs.  .5-6  in.  long,  about  2 
in.  broa<l,  obtuse  or  slightly  emarginate  at  the  base, 
gra/Jually  narrowed  to  an  acute   apex,  green:  spathe 


224.  Anthurium  Veitchii.    (XH) 

Young  leaf,  not  yet  showing  the 

arched  depressions. 


about  IJ-^  in.  long,  t4'-i3'in.  broad;  sp.adix  dark  green, 
1 3^2-2  in.  long,  on  a  short,  stipe.    Brazil. 

DD.  The  lvs.  broad,  deeply  cordate. 

4.  Brownii,  l\Iast.  Lvs.  2-3  ft.  long,  a  deep  sinus 
separating  the  rounded  basal  lobes,  leathery,  dark 
shining  green  above,  |)aler  beneath,  with  12-15  pairs 
of  promi'ient  lateral  nerves;  spathe  6-8  in.  long,  lan- 
ceolate, greenish,  rose- 
tinted;  spadix  10-15  in. 
long.  Colombia.  G.C.  II. 
6:744-5. 

cc.  Spothe  cordate-ovate, 
colored, 

5.  Andraeanum,  Lind. 
Fig.  223.  Low  species, 
with  If.-blades  drooping 
like  an  alocasia  and  cor- 
date  ovate- lanceolate: 
spathe  cordate -ovate, 
thick  in  texture,  6-10  in. 
long,  orange-red,  widely 
open -spreading;  spadix 
3-4  in.  long,  yellowish, 
with  white  band  marking 
the  zone  in  which  the 
stigmas  are  receptive. 
Colombia.  B.  M.  6616. 
A.F.  6:.569;  10:1065.  Gt. 
38:  1293.  I.H.  24  :271; 
37:105.  V. 9:259; 11:138. 
G.C.  II.  13:497.— Beauti- 
ful and  popular.  Runs 
into  many  v  a  ri  e  t  i  e  s . 
Spathes  white,  var.  album ; 
spathe  very  bright  red, 
shining,  var.  Gameri  (R.II. 
1907:30,  desc);  spathes  very  large,  pure  white,  var. 
Lawrencije;  spathes  of  a  soft  rose-color  in  upper  part 
passing  into  light  green  on  lateral  lobes,  var.  rhodo- 
chlorurn (R.H.  1901:4.52);  spathes  shining  rose-pink, 
var.  roseum;  spathes  sahnon-color,  var.  salmoneum; 
spathes  dark  crimson,  var.  sanguineum. 

AA.  Lvs.   prominently  marked   with   white   or   colors,   or 
with  deep  bands  of  green:  cult,  mostly  for  foliage. 

B.  The  lvs.  nol  bullate. 

c.  Markings  green  or  greenish. 

6.  Veitchii,  Mast.  Fig.  224.  Tall  and  robust  species 
(st.  2-3  ft.):  If.-blades  pendent,  like  a  fine  alocasia, 
often  3-4  ft.  long,  cordate  or  eared  at  base,  metallic 
green,  but  marked  by  deep-sunk  nerves,  which  arch  off 
the  midrib:  spathe  1  ft.  long,  horizontal,  green;  spadix 
6-8  in.  long,  .straw-color.  Colombia.  G.C.  II.  6:773. 
B.M.  6968.  Mn.  8:187.  I.H.  27:406.  Gn.  29,  p.  453. 
G.C.  III.  44:181.— Striking. 

cc.  Markings  white  or  essentially  so. 

7.  Warocqueanum,  Moore.  Fig.  225.  Very  vigorous: 
lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,  long-tapering,  hanging,  2-4  ft. 
long,  deep  velvety  green,  with  rib  and  principal  veins  of 
a  prominently  lighter  shade,  making  handsome  con- 
trasts. Colombia.  I.H.  27:392.  G.C.  III.  44:180.— A 
handsome  and  striking  foliage  plant. 

8.  magnificum,  Lind.  Lf. -blade  deep  cordate,  oval,  2 
ft.  long,  upper  surface  olive-groen  with  white  nerves; 
petiole  4-angIcd:  spathe  .small,  oblong,  green;  spadix 
green,  cylindrical.    Colombia. 

9.  crystallinum,  Lind.  &  Andr6.  Like ^4.  wM^nf^cum; 
differs  in  petiole  terete  or  only  very  imperfectly  angled, 
sinus  of  blade  .smaller,  veins  wide-banded  and  whiter 
and  very  regular:  If. -blade  ovate-cordate,  short,  deep 
velvety  green,  with  the  midrib  and  two  consecutive 
bands  crystal  white:  spathe  linear-oblong,  acuminate. 


ANTHURIUM 


ANTIARIS 


303 


(var. 


green.     Peru.     I.H.  20:128.     G.C.  III.  24:417 
iltustre).    G.  21:98.    G.W.  15,  p.  254. 

10.  regale,  Lind.  Lf.-blade  cordate-oblong,  long-cus- 
pidate, 3  ft.  or  less,  at  first  tinged  rose,  but  becoming 
dull  green  and  marked  with  white  veins;  petiole  nearly 
terete:  spathe  broad-lanceolate,  greenish.    Peru. 

BB.  The  Ivs.  bullate. 

11.  splendidum,  Hort.  Lvs.  large,  cordate-ovate, 
coriaceous,  sea-green,  glaucous  above,  bullate,  the  de- 
pressions and  nerves  brownish.    Colombia. 

Various  horticuhural  forms  and  Iiybrids  are  in  cult. 
in  this  country:  .1.  nmdhile.  Lvs.  soft  rose  (crj-stalli- 
num  X  magnificum). — .4.  Archiducis  Jbsephii,  Lind. 
Spat  lie  shining  carmine,  broadly  cordate  (Andra^anum 
X  Lindenianum). — .1.  atropurpureum,  Pynaert.  Spathes 
black-purple,  spadix  white. — A.  blcolor,  Cvousse.  Spathe 
white  beneath,  above  whitish  and  rose-colored.  R.H. 
1904:40. — -4.  cdrneum.  is  a  hj'brid  of  Andra;anum  and 
ornatum. — .4.  Chanlinianum,  Mart.  Spathe  rose,  with 
paler  ner^-es. — .4.  Chantrieri.  Lvs.  triangular,  with 
wide-spreading 
basal  lobes:  spathe 
ivory  -  white,  erect 
(nymphiefolium  x 
subsignatum). — A. 
cheheiense,  N.  E. 
Br.  (Andraeanum  x 
Veitchii).  G.Z.  31, 
p.  169.— .4.  Clarki- 
anum.  Lvs.  large 
and  broad:  spathe 
resembling  that  of 
Andraeanum  but 
salmon  -  rose.  —  -4 . 
ferrierense.  Lvs. 
large,  cordate: 
spathe  cordate, 
brilliant  red  (orna- 
tum xAndraanum). 
—  -4.  florihundum, 
Lind.  and  Andr6= 
Spat  hiphyllum 
floribundum.  I.H. 
21:159.  — A.  Fr&- 
belii.  Lvs.  large 
and  cordate: 
spathe  deep  car- 
mine (Andrsanum 
X  ornatum). —  .4. 
g  rdnde  =  A.  magni- 
ficum.— A.  Hriihyi, 
Hort.  Spathe  flesh- 
colored  or  almost  white. — A.  hybridum.  Lvs.  large, 
lobed  at  base,  obtuse,  green. — A.  musaicum. — A.  orna- 
tum. Lvs.  oval  or  oblong,  cordate:  spathe  hnear- 
oblong,  white,  purple-tinted. — .4.  Reynoldsidnum,  vari- 
ous forms  (ferrierense  x  .Andraeanum?). — A.  Sie- 
brechlianum.  Lvs.  much  as  in  A.  magnificum,  rich, 
velvety  green,  with  thick  margins:  spathe  hght  green 
shading  to  cream;  spadi.x  large,  crimson. — .4.  Irium- 
phans.  Lvs.  long-heart-shaped,  bright  green  with  lighter 
veins:  spathe  narrow,  green;  spadix  greenish  white. 

.4.  acaitle,  Schott.  FIs.  fragrant:  Ivs.  l-2?,ij  ft.  long,  very  broad. 
W.  Indies. — A.  aciitum,  X.  E.  Br.  Lv.s.  8-10  in,  long,  triangular  and 
long-acuminate,  green;  spathe  reflexed.  green:  spadix  deep  green. 
Brazil.— .4.  Aiienddr/ii'^AndrEeanum  X  Grusonii. — .-1.  Bakeri,  Hook. 
Lvs.  elliptic-lanceolate  or  linear,  green:  spathe  small,  reflexed.  green; 
spadix  3  in.  long,  yellowish  green,  becoming  longer  and  red  and 
drooping  in  fr. — the  chief  merit  of  the  plant.  Costa  Rica.  B.M. 
6261.  G.C.  III.  29:2. — .4.  bogotense,  Schott.  Lvs.  with  a  very 
broad  halberd-shajjed  ba-se  and  a  long-acuminate  middle  lobe,  dark 
green.  Gt.  46.  p.  525. — A.  brevilobum,  X.  E.  Br.  Lvs.  oval-acumi- 
nate, cordate,  8-10  in.,  paper-like,  green:  spathe  lanceolate,  pur- 
plish; spadix  purplish  brown. — .4.  cdrneum,  Hort.  Chant.  Spathe 
a  beautiful  rose  color. — A.  Chamberlainii,  Mast.  Lvs.  4  ft.  long, 
broadly  cordate-ovate  and  narrowly  long-pointed,  green:  spathe 
erect,  boat-shaped,  8-9  in.  long,  purplish  outside,  crimson  inside, 
partially  inclosing  the  purplish  spadix.  \'enezuela.  G.C.  111.3:46.5. 
I.H.  35:62.     B.M.  7297.— .4.    CUrmntinx.    DcSmct.     Spathe  white 


225.  Antburium  Warocqueanum. 


with  rosy  nerves. — A.  coriaceum,  Endl.  Lvs.  very  thick,  leathery, 
2  ft.  long,  Brazil. — A.  Edudrdii,  Pynaert,  Spathe  white  (Andrffi- 
anumx  Lindenianum). — A.  Forgctii,  N,  E,  Br.  Related  to  A.  crys- 
tallinum,  but  smaller  and  with  peltate  Iva.  of  a  deep  rich  green  with 
a  velvety  sheen,  the  veins  not  quite  so  marked.  Colombia. — .4. 
GUizWivii,  Hook.  Lf.-blade  obovate-oblong,  not  hanging:  tapering 
to  petiole,  green  and  strongly  light-veined;  spathe  linear-oblong, 
often  twisted,  purple  (as  is  also  the  spadix).  Brazil.  B.iVI.  6833. — 
A.  grandifidram  var.  perfpctitm,  Hort.  Spathe  very  large,  of  a  pro- 
nounced red  color. — .4.  Gustdvii,  Regel.  Lvs.  broadly  ovate-cordate, 
bright  green:  spathe  cylindric.  about  1  ft.  long,  and  dark  violet- 
purple  like  the  spadix.  Colombia.  B.M.  7437. — A.  Hardyanum, 
Mart.  Spathe  rose,  spadix  white. — A.  Ho^^•e^l,  Kunth.  Lvs.  dotted 
with  black,  spathe  lanceolate.  B.M.  2987  (as  Pothos  crassinervia). 
W.  Indies. — .4.  inslgne,  Mast.  G.C.  II.  6:365.=Philodendron 
tripartitura. — .4.  Kntbrhjeri,  Hort.  Climbing:  Ivs.  9-parted. 
Colombia.  G.C.  II.  16: 117. — A.  Laucheanum,  Hort,,  Sand,  Re- 
sembles A.  Andrseanum.  but  Ivs.  reticulated:  sts.  climbing.  Colom- 
bia. G.C. III.  43:258. — ,4.  Lindenianum,  Koch  &  August.  Lvs. 
ovate-cordate,  green,  coriaceous;  spathe  pure  white,  linear-oblong, 
5-6  in.  long;  spadix  dark  purple,  Colombia,  B,M,  5848.  F.M. 
1876:236  (both  as  A.  ornatum). — A.  Miquelianum,  Koch.  St. 
climbing;  lvs.  shining,  elliptic-oblong,  1-2  ft.  long:  spathe  lance- 
olate, green.  Brazil.  G.l-.iZTi  {as  A.  ornatum). — A.  NicolasiAnum, 
Engl.  Spathe  yellowish,  flushed  with  rose. — .4.  nymphl/dlium,  Koch. 
Spathe  white:  spadix  purple,  Venezuela, — A.  purpitreum,  N.  E.  Br, 
Lvs,  oblong-lanceolate,  thick,  green :  spathe  and  spadix  purple,  Bra- 
zil,— .4,  rotundispatheum.  Lind.  &  Rod,  Spathes  nearly  round,  in- 
tensely sanguineous, — .4,  Sdnderi,  Hort,  R.B,  34,  p.  196. — A.  sig- 
ndtum,  Koch.  Lvs.  3-lobed,  deep  green.  Venezuela.  A.  trifidum, 
Oliver  (B.M.  6330)^A.  signatum. — A.  trinerve,  Miq.  Climbing:  Ivs. 
oblong-elliptic,  4-7  in.  long;  spadix  up  to  2  in.  long.  ^jin.  thick  in 
fruit:  berries  lilac.  S.  Amer.  B.M.  8251. — A.  watermaliense,  Hort. 
Allied  to  A.  .■VndrEeanum.  Spathes  of  a  metallic  black.  Colombia. 
Intro,  from  Watermall,  Belgium.  T     H    R 

George  V.  NASH.f 

ANTHYLLIS  (Greek,  meaning  rfojc/i^/^otoej-s).  Kid- 
ney Vetch.  Legiiminbsse.  Perennial  herbs,  or  some- 
what shrubby,  prized  for  their  spikes  or  heads  of  yel- 
low, purple  or  white  flowers  and  usually  silky  pinnate 
foliage;  also  for  forage;  in  the  Old  ^^'orld,  prized  mostly 
for  rockwork. 

Calyx-tube  inflated  near  the  base,  dentate  or  lobed 
above;  petals  pea-hke;  the  stamens  all  connected  into 
a  tube:  legume  usually  ovoid. 

The  culture  is  the  easiest,  as  the  plants  thrive  even 
in  poor  soil.  Propagation  is  by  seeds  or  division,  or, 
rarely,  bj'  soft  cuttings.  Not  generally  known  in 
United  States. 

A.  LfU.  4  or  more  pairs. 

Vulneraria,  Linn.  Sand  Clover.  Woundwort.  A 
foot  high:  Ifts.  5  or  more:  fls.  normally  yellow,  but 
there  are  red  and  white  varieties.  Eu. — A  deep-rooted, 
clover-like,  hardy  plant,  excellent  for  sandy  and  hght 
lands.  Useful  for  forage,  and,  for  that  purpose,  occa- 
sionally grown  in  this  country.  Requires  20  lbs.  of  seed 
to  the  acre.  See  Cyclo.  Amer.  Agric,  Vol.  II,  p.  308 
and  fig.  416. 

montana,  Linn.  A  foot  or  less  high,  silky-hoary:  Ifts. 
numerous:  fls.  purple  in  dense  heads  subtended  by  a 
leafy  involucre.  Herbaceous.  Var.  rfibra,  Hort.,  is  a 
reddish  fld.  form  suitable  for  rock-gardens.  Eu.  L.B.C. 
6:578. 

Barba-J6vis,  Linn.  Jupiter's  Beard.  Glasshouse 
silky  evergreen,  3-8,  or  even  12  ft.  high,  with  several 
to  many  pairs  of  narrow,  pointed  Ifts. :  fls.  straw-colored 
or  whitish,  in  clover-like  heads.  S.  Eu.  B.M.  1927. — 
In  frostless  countries,  endures  sea-winds  and  salt  spray. 

AA.  Lvs.  unifoliolate  or  trifoliolate. 
Hermanniae,  Linn.  Two  to  4  ft.;  dwarfer  and  more 
bushy  than  the  preceding:  lvs.  ahnost  sessile,  simple  or 
trifoliolate,  the  Ift.s.  oblong-cuneate :  fls.  yellow  in 
axillary  almost  sessile,  few-fld.  heads.  S.  Eu.  B.M. 
2576. — Good  for  dry  places.  Intro,  by  Franceschi 
in   1910.  N.  TAYLOR.t 

ANTIARIS  (name  derived  from  Greek  word  for  arrow, 
the  sap  being  used  for  arrow  poison.)  Moracese.  Five  or 
6  trees  or  shrubs  of  the  E.  Indies  and  Malaya  famous 
because  of  the  upa.s-tree,  A.  toxicaria,  Lesch.,  fabled 
for  years  to  be  so  poisonous  that  men  or  animals  were 
destroyed  who  came  within  some  distance  of  it.    These 


304 


ANTIARIS 


ANTIRRHINUM 


legciuls  arc  apparently  .lavaii.  Tlie  tree  has  boon  srown 
in  botanic  pardons,  huwowr,  with  no  thsastrous  ri'sults. 
The  drit^i  milky  jiiiee  is  very  poisonous,  and  the  natives 
use  it  with  other  ingredients  (the  ipoh  poison)  for 
poisoning  arrows.  The  tree  grows  1)0-70  ft.  high,  with 
alternate  distioiious  short-std.  oblong  or  olilong-ovate, 
entire  Ivs.  and  moniveious  tis.,  the  sterile  lis.  in  dense 
heads  and  the  fertile  fls.  solitary:  fr.  a  l-.seeded  fleshy 
drupe.  .\  fiber  is  yielded  irom  the  inner  bark.  Another 
species,  A.  inn6xia,  Bhiine,  yields  fiber  that  is  used  for 
the  making  of  sacks. 

ANTIDESMA  (Creek,  for  and  6fi(u/,  the  bark  of  .1. 
Buniug,  being  used  for  cordage).  Eiipliorl)i(icea\  Tropi- 
cal trees  rarely  cult.  Lvs.  large,  alternate,  simple:  fls. 
small,  in  spikes;  calyx  imbricate;  petals  none;  ovary 
1-celleii.  'J-ovuled.  The  1  species  cult,  for  its  cm-rant- 
like  berries  used  in  preserves.  Tlie  very  tough  fiber  of 
the  bark  also  used.  The  tree  is  \-ery  ornamental  and 
suited  to  the  subtropical  parts  of  this  country.    Prop. 


226.  Antigonon  leptopus  var.  albus.   ( X^) 
From  a  plant  grown  under  glass. 

by  cuttings.  There  are  about  70  other  species  in  the 
warmer  parts  of  the  Old  World. 

B&njus,  Spreng.  XifiGER'.sCoRD.  Salamander  Tree. 
Chinese  Laurel.  Bi(;nay  of  Malays.  A  medium- 
sized  evergreen  tree  with  dark  green  laurel-like  foliage, 
and  small  red  berries  in  racemes.    Malay  region. 

Two  similar  shrubs,  A.  fiitidum,  TuL,  from  Malaya, 
and  A.  venosum,  Mey.,  from  S.  Afr.,  have  been  intro. 
by  U.  S.  Dcpt.  of  Agric.  j.  ij.  s.  Norton. 

ANTIGONON  fname  from  Greek,  probably  referring 
to  the  kneed  or  angled  character  of  stem).  Pob/qntincex. 
Showy-flowered  climbers,  abundant  in  .southeriunost 
United  States  and  .southward,  and  sometimes  grown  in 
warmhouses. 

Tropical  tendril-climbers:  sepals  5,  colored  petal- 
like and  cordate,  the  2  interior  ones  narrower;  stamens 
8;  styles  3,  and  ovary  .'J-angled:  lvs.  alternate  and  en- 
tire: fls.  in  racemes,  which  end  in  branching  tendrils. 
— Species  3  or  4,  in  Mex.  and  Cent.  Amer. 

The  usual  .species  is  .1.  leptopus,  one  of  the  most  con- 
spicuous and  beautiful  climbers  grown  in  Florida,  and 
always  in  flower  from  early  spring  to  late  aiitiiirin.  It 
grows  30  to  40  feet  high  in  good  soils.  Some  plants  are 
shy  bloomers,  while  others  are  often  covered  from  top 
to  bottom  with  a  mass  of  bright  deej)  rosy  red.  Too 
much  fertilizer  effects  a  verj'  vigorous  growth  at  the 
cost  of  the  flowering.  Verandas  covered  with  antigonr)n 
look  extremely  beautiful,  and  cabbage  palmettos 
decorated   with   rna.sses  of   its  pendent  flower-trusses 


form  charming  objects.  The  plants  form  large  tubers 
and  when  killed  down  by  frost,  sprout  readily  again  in 
spring.  Seeds,  looking  much  like  buckwheat,  are 
abundantly  produced  and  form  a  ready  means  for 
propagation.  Small  i)lants  from  self-sown  seeds  come 
up  everywhere  in  l''lorida  gartlens.    (H.  Nehrling.) 

leptopus,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Mountain  Rose.  Rosa  de 
Montana.  San  Miguelito.  Corallita.  Love's 
Chain.  Plant  tuberous-rooted:  st.  slender  and  tall, 
glabrous,  or  nearly  so:  lvs.  cordate  and  acuminate,  or 
hastate-ovate,  3-5  in.  long:  fls.  6-L5  in  the  raceme, 
handsome  rose-pink.  Mex.  B.M.5S16.  G.C.  III.  17:797. 
On,  68,  p.  ;320.  G.M.  49:317.  Var.  albus,  Hort.  (Fig. 
226),  has  fls.  nearly  or  quite  white. — One  of  the  hand- 
somest summer-blooming  greenhouse  climbers,  requir- 
ing abundance  of  light  and  recommended  to  be  planted 
near  heating-pipes  and  ^.o  be  trained  on  the  rafters; 
usually  grown  from  seeds,  but  also  from  cuttings.  Give 
plenty  of  vv'ater  whert  in  flower  but  keep  dry  when  at 
rest.  In  the  S.  and  the  American  tropics  it  is  one  of 
the  commonest  vines  on  fences,  arbors  and 
verandas. 

guatemalense,  Meisn.  {A.  insigne,  Mast.). 
Pubescent:  lvs.  broader:  fls.  more  numerous,  the 
sepals  nearly  twice  longer  (1  in.  long)  than  in 
the  last.    Guatemala.    G.C.  II.  7:789. 

L.  H.  B. 
ANTIRRHINUM  (Greek,  snoul-flower) .   Scro- 
phulariaces'.    Snapdragon.    Flower-garden  and 
greenhouse  herbs. 

Erect  or  climbing  herbs  or  even  half-shrubs: 
lvs.  usually  opposite  below  and  commonly  entire, 
never  compound:  corolla  saccate  or  gibbous  at 
base,  but  not  spurred,  personate  or  closed  at  the 
throat;  stamens  4:  seeds  not  winged. — Closely 
alhed  to  Linaria,  from  which  it  differs  in  the 
spurless  fls.  About  30  or  40  .species  in  the  north- 
ern hemisphere,  particularly  in  N.  Amer. 

Snapdragons  are  flowered  either  in  the  open  or 

under  glass.   The  common  varieties  are  forms  of 

A.  nidjiis,  and  are  perennial,  although  the  first 

crop  of  bloom   is  usually  the  only  one  that   is 

desired.    Most  of  the  varieties  of  this  species  are 

hardy    in    the    North,    if   well    covered    during 

winter.    Seeds   sown  very  early    in    the  spring, 

especially    under    frames,    and    transplanted,    produce 

blooming  plants  the  same  season.    It  is  usual,  however, 

if  early  bloom  is  desired,  to  sow  the  seeds  in  August  or 

September,  and  cover  the  plants  with  a  mulch  on  the 

approach  of  cold  weather.    These  fall-sown  plants  may 

be  transplanted  into  pots  (or  grown  in  them  from  the 

first)  and  flowered  in  the  house.     For  growing  under 

glass  in  this  way,  snapdragons  are  very  satisfactory. 

The  teinperat ure  and  treatment  required  for  geraniums 

and  carnations  suit  them  well.     Dwarf  varieties  are 

used  for  edgings. 

A.  Plant  erect,  herbaceous. 

B.  Root  annual:  sinall-fld. 

Orontium,  T^inn.  Small  Snapdragon.  Fig.  227. 
A  low,  slender  annual,  with  linear  lvs.  and  small  fls. 
purple  or  white  C^in.  long)  in  the  axils.  An  occasional 
weed  in  cult,  ground.s,  6-12  in.  high;  not  cult. 

Orcuttianum,  Gray.  Slender,  2-4  ft.,  glabrous: 
corolla  '  .(in.  long,  white  or  violet,  lower  hp  not  much 
larger  than  tlie  upjier:  lower  lvs.  spatulate-lancet)late, 
the  upper  linear.  Lower  and  S.  Calif. — Intro,  by  Orcutt 
in  1891.  Tendril-like  branchlets  are  produced  in  the 
fl. -clusters. 

BB.  Root  perennial:  large-fld. 

m&jus,  Linn.  Common  or  Large  Snapdragon.  Fig. 
228.  Perennial,  or  practically  a  biennial  under  cult.: 
1-3  ft.,  not  downy  except  in  the  fl. -cluster:  lvs.  oblong 
or  lanceolate,  entire,  sometimes  variegated:  fls.  large, 


ANTIRRHINUM 


ANTS 


305 


long-tubiilar,  with  spreading,  very  irregular  lobes,  in  an 
elongated  terminal  sjiike  or  raceme.  In  many  colors 
and  varieties  (ranging  from  red  and  purple  to  white),  in 
forms  both  tall  and  dwarf.  Medit.  region;  sometimes 
running  wild  about  gardens.  A. F.  9:909;  13:949.  I.H. 
41:22.    A.G.  17:379.    F.E.    7:711.— There  are  double 

forms.  Some  of  the 
varietal  names  used 
by  horticulturists  are 
dlbum,  blcolor,  coccl- 
neum,  pr  deer  am, 
piimilum,  mriegatum. 
P  e  1  o  r  i  c  forms  are 
reported,  with  regular 
corolla  and  the  much- 
reflexed  limb  5-7- 
lobed.  Gt.53:1524. 

AA.  Plant  erect,  peren- 
nial and  shrubby: 
fls.    about   1    in. 
long. 
speciosum,     Gray. 
Three  to  4  ft.,  some- 
what pubescent,  leafy : 
Ivs.    oval   or   oblong, 
short-petioled,  thick : 
fls.    scarlet    or    pink- 
red,  the  corolla-tube 
three  times  length  of 
the    lips    (which    are 
narrow).  S. and  Lower 
Calif.,  on  the  islands. 

AAA.  Plant  trailing 
or  procumbent, 
perenn  ial,  with 
small  fls.;  used 
mostly  in  rock- 
gardens.  June, 
July. 

Asarina,  Linn. 
Grayish-clammy,  pro- 
cumbent: Ivs.  .5-lobed,  cordate,  crenate,  long-petioled: 
fls.  axillary,  solitary,  white  and  sometimes  tinged  red, 
the  palate  yellow.   S.  W.  Eu. 

sempervirens,  Lapeyr.  Procumbent,  woolly,  small: 
fis.  white  with  purple  blotch.   Pyrenees. 

glutindsxun,  Boiss.  &  Reut.  Prostrate,  glandular- 
pilose:  Ivs.  alternate,  elliptic  to  elhptic-ovate,  short- 
petioled:  fls.  pale  vellowish  white,  the  lip  striped  red. 
Spain.   B.M.  7285." 

AAAA.  Plant  climbing,  perennial. 
maurandioides,  Gray  {Maurdndia  antirrhiniflbra, 
Willd.J.  Fig.  229.  Climbing  2-6  ft.  by  means  of  the 
coiling  petioles  and  peduncles:  Ivs.  3-lobed,  halberd- 
shape:  lis.  axillary,  1  in.  or  more  long,  violet  or  purple, 
handsome.  Texas  to  Calif.  B.M.  1643. — Attractive 
plant  for  the  window,  cool  greenhouse  or  conservator}'. 
Suitable  for  baskets.  L_  jj_  3_ 

ANTROPHYUM  (Greek,  growing  in  cavertis).  Pnly- 
podinrea-.  A  genus  of  simple-lvd.  herbaceous  ferns, 
rarely  found  in  cult.  Native  in  tropics,  in  damp  forests. 
AH  the  species  are  epiphj'tes,  and  not  of  commercial 
value  except  a.s  rarities.    Require  high  temp. 

ANTS,  Their  Habits,  Activities,  Injuries  and  Control. 

Various  kinds  of  ants  are  troublesome  to  gardeners; 
and  all  the  ants  are  most  interesting  animals. 

The  anis  belong  to  the  .same  great  group  of  insects 
(Hymenoptera)  that  contains  the  wasps,  bees,  sawflies, 
and  others:  and  like  the  honey  bee  and  common  wasps 
are  congregate  in  their  habits  of  living.  The  abdomen 
of  all  the  common  ants  is  attached  to  the  thorax  by  a 

20 


227.  Antirrhinum  Orontium.  (  X 


slender  waist,  or  peduncle;  and  each  segment  (there 
may  be  one  or  two)  of  this  peduncle  is  expanded  on  the 
top  side  and  forms  a  lens,  or  button-shaped  knot,  a 
character  that  distinguishes  ants  from  all  other  insects. 
Everyone  is  familiar  with  ants;  they  occur  in  all 
lands  and  all  regions,  from  the  dry  deserts  to  the  damp 
forests,  from  the  timber  line  of  mountains  to  the  lowest 
valleys  and  among  the  dwcUings  and  habitations  of 
man.  They  seem  to  thrive  in  all  kinds  of  environment 
and  multiply  enormously,  so  that  they  outnumber  all 
other  terrestrial  animals. 

The  nature  of  an  ant  colony. 

Ants  are  social;  that  is,  they  live  in  colonies  or  com- 
munities where  ever.v  individual  ant  works  for  the  good 
of  the  whole  and  not  for  itself  alone.  A  colony  of  ants 
furnishes  an  illustration  of  a  more  perfect  communistic 
society  than  any  ever  estabhshed  by  man,  and  perhaps 
a  more  amicable  one  than  any  he  will  ever  be  able  to 
organize. 

In  a  typical  colony  of  ants,  there  are  at  least  three 
kinds  of  individuals,  the  queen,  the  males,  and  the  work- 
ers. The  queen  is  not  the  ruler  but  the  mother  of  the 
colony.  Her  only  business  seems  to  be  to  lay  eggs  which 
hatch  into  workers  and  other  forms  to  take  the  places 
of  those  that  disappear  or  die,  thus  maintaining  the 
full  and  continuous  strength  of  the  community.  When 
the  queen  comes  forth  from  the  pupal  stage,  she  has 
wings  which  she  retains  until  after  the  swarming  period. 
After  the  swarming  flight  is  o\-er  and  the  queen  alights, 
her  wings  fall  off'  or  are  torn  off  by  herself  or  workers 
and  from  that  time  she  remains  wingless.  In  some 
species  of  ants  there  may  be  modified  forms  of  the 
queen,  for  example,  giant  queens,  dwarf  queens,  worker- 
like  queens,  and  other  forms. 

The  males,  which  have  wings,  exist  only  to  mate 
with  the  queens,  and  after  the  swarming  period  is  over 
they  eventually  die.  The  males 
are  also  often  modified  into  giant 
males,  dwarf  males,  worker-like 
males,  and  other  forms. 

The  workers,  which  are  un- 
developed females,  are  wingless 
and  constitute  the  great  major- 
ity of  individuals  that  we  see 
running  about  in  the  vicinity  of 
an  ant-nest.  The  workers  are 
just  what  their  title  implies. 
They  do  the  work  of  the  com- 
munity, build  the  nest,  keep  it 
clean,  care  for  and  procure  food 
for  the  queen  and  larva;,  care 
for  the  eggs,  figlit  the  battles, 
and  so  forth.  The  workers  may 
exist  imder  several  different 
forms.  One  especially  inter- 
esting form  has  a  very  large 
head  and  strong  jaws,  thus  fit- 
ting it  for  war-hke  functions.  <^ 
Ants  of  this  form  are  known 
as  the  soldiers. 

The  nests  and  activities  of  ants. 

The  nests  of  ants,  in  a  general 
way,  consist  merely  of 
a  system  of  passage- 
ways or  cavities  com- 
municating with  each 
other  and  connected  to 
the  outside  world  with 
one  or  more  ojienings. 
There  are  some  species 
of  ants  that  live  below 
the  surface  of  the  earth 
and  have  no  openings  228.  Young  spike  of  a  dwarf  form 
from    their    nests    into  of  Antirrhinum  niajus.  [Xii) 


300 


ANTS 


ANTS 


229. 


Antirrhinum  maurandioides,  in  bud. 


the  air.  except  at  the  swarming  period.  The  style  of 
oonstruotion  and  the  inaleiials  used  by  ants  in  making 
their  nests  vary  witli  the  different  species  and  with  the 
environment  in  wliieh  tlie  animals  li\e.  Mon>over,  the 
nests  are  very  irn^gular,  especially  when  compared  with 
tliose  of  w;isps  and  bees. 

The  psissaiieways  of  the  nests  are  enlarged  here  and 
there  into  comparatively  large  cavities,  or  chambers. 
It  is  in  these  different  chambers  that  the  activities  of 

the  colony  arc 
conducted.  The 
queen  lies  deep 
within  the  in- 
terior of  the 
nest  in  a  dry, 
dark  chamber. 
Here  she  is  care- 
fully tended  and 
fed  by  the  work- 
ers w'ho  bear  the 
eggs  as  they 
are  laid,  to  other 
chambers  and 
zealously  care 
for  them.  Many 
insects  never 
see  their  young; 
others  may  see  them  but  do  not  care  for  them;  others, 
like  the  bees  and  wasps,  put  food  into  the  gaping 
mouths  of  their  young  but  have  no  further  associa- 
tion with  them.  The  ants,  however,  stand  alone  among 
in.sects  in  their  very  intimate  relations  with  their 
progeny  from  the  egg  to  the  adult.  Some  of  the  cham- 
bers in  the  nest  are  reserved  for  the  eggs,  some  for  the 
larvEE,  and  some  for  the  pupae.  If,  as  often  happens,  the 
eggs,  larvae  and  pups  are  all  in  one  chamber,  then  they 
are  each  grouped  by  themselves  in  separate  piles,  re- 
minding one,  as  Lubbock  says,  "of  a  school  divided 
into  five  or  six  classes."     In  the  simpler  and  more 

Crimitive  ants,  this  grouping  and  separation  may  not 
e  so  distinct.  The  ants  are  constantly  transferring 
their  young  from  one  part  of  the  nest  to  another  in 
search  of  the  right  degree  of  moisture,  temperature,  and 
the  like.  In  the  warm  part  of  the  day,  the  young  will  be 
transferred  to  near  the  surface  but  at  night  will  be 
carried  down  again  away  from  the  cool  air.  The  ants 
are  constantly  cleaning  the  young,  caring  for  the  eggs 
to  prevent  mold  from  growing  on  them,  helping  the 
callow  ants  to  emerge  from  their  cocoons,  bringing 
food,  cleaning,  enlarging  and  reconstructing  the  nest 
and  doing  thousands  of  things  contributing  to  the  com- 
fort, growth  and  happiness  of  the  community. 

The  relation  of  ants  to  plants  and  to  insects. 

It  has  been  argued  and  manj'  observations  have  been 
offered  to  show  that  there  is  a  most  intimate  relation 
between  ants  and  many  kinds  of  plants.  Certain  observ- 
ers think  that  many  plants  not  only  offer  special  in- 
ducements to  attract  ants  to  them  by  affording  favor- 
able nesting-places,  but  also  offer  the  ants  delectable 
food  in  the  way  of  a  sweet  liquid,  the  floral  and  extra- 
floral  nectar.  In  return  for  tlie  domiciles  and  the  food, 
the  ants  are  supposed  to  jjrotect  their  plant  liosts  from 
certain  in.scct  and  other  animal  enemies.  In  other 
words,  the  relationship  is  one  of  mutual  benefit,  or  a 
Bjinbiotic  one.  It  is  certainly  true  that  many  species 
of  ants  make  their  homes  in  the  hollow  stems  of  plants, 
in  the  thorns  of  acacias  which  the  ants  easily  hollow 
out  (.see  Bull-horn  Acacitis),  in  cavities  in  bulbs,  leaves, 
and  so  on,  and  in  the  dried  seed-pods  of  plants.  It  is 
also  true  that  ants  assiduously  collect  and  carry  to 
their  nests  the  sweet  nectar  excreted  by  many  plants. 
It  is  not  so  clear,  however,  that  these  favorable  nesting- 
places  and  the  nectar  are  provided  by  the  plants  on 
purpose  to  attract  the  ants,  nor  is  it  clear  that  the  ants 
afford  the  plants  protection  from  their  animal  enemies. 


In  other  words,  more  definite  proof  is  needed  to  show 
that  the  relation  between  ants  and  {)lants  is  a  pur- 
posely mutual  one. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  relation  of  ants  to  plant-lice, 
tree-hoppers  and  certain  scale  insects  is  clearly,  in  many 
cases,  a  nuitually  hel|)ful  one.  Especially  is  this  true  of 
the  relations  between  ants  and  plant-lice.  The  aphids 
secrete  a  sweet  liquid  material  known  as  honey-dew,  of 
which  the  ants  are  very  fond  and  which  they  are 
active  in  collecting  and  carrying  to  theij-  nests.  It  can 
hardly  be  supposed  that  the  aphids  excrete  the  honey- 
dew  solely  for  the  ants.  The  liquid  is  an  excretion  from 
the  alimentary  canal  and  is  exuded  whether  ants  are 
in  attendance  or  not.  On  the  other  hand,  ants  are  very 
solicitous  in  their  care  of  aphids  in  return  for  the  honey- 
dew.  The  ants  sometimes  build  "sheds"  over  the  lice 
for  their  protection  and  sometimes  take  the  lice  into 
their  own  nests  to  care  for  them.  In  the  case  of  the 
corn-root  louse,  the  ants  collect  the  eggs  of  the  aphid 
in  the  fall,  carry  them  into  their  own  nests,  and  care  for 
them  all  winter.  In  the  spring,  the  newly-hatched 
aphids  are  carried  out  by  the  ants  and  placed  in  bur- 
rows dug  beforehand  among  the  roots  of  certain  early 
food-plants.  Later,  the  ants  excavate  burrows  along 
the  roots  of  the  corn  and  transfer  the  aphids  to  these 
plants. 

It  is  interesting  to  watch  the  ants  collecting  the 
honey-dew  from  the  aphids.  An  ant  approaches  a 
louse  and  gently  strokes  the  latter  with  its  antennae, 
whereupon  the  aphid  exudes  a  drop  of  the  sweet  material 
which  is  quickly  gathered  up  by  the  ant.  This  action 
may  be  repeated  with  three  or  four  of  the  aphids  until 
the  ant  has  all  it  desires,  when  it  hurries  down  the  stem 
of  the  plant  and  away  to  its  nest  with  its  load  of  sweet 
provender. 

The  life-history  of  anls. 

Enough  observations  have  now  been  made  to  enable 
us  to  say  that  most,  if  not  all,  colonies  of  ants  are 
started  by  a  solitary  queen  or  occasionally  by  two  queens 
working  together.  The  queen,  after  the  swarming 
period,  alights,  breaks  off  her  wings,  and  digs  a  burrow 
in  the  soil  or  in  decayed  wood,  forms  a  small  chamber, 
and  then  closes  the  opening.  Here  she  remains  until 
her  eggs  are  laid  and  have  hatched  into  small  larvse 
that  finally  mature  into  normal  but  diminutive  workers. 
All  this  time  the  queen  has  taken  no  food  but  has  lived 
and  fed  the  first  workers  on  the  reserve  material  in  her 
body.  The  small  workers  now  begin  to  enlarge  the 
nest  and  soon  other  larger  workers  are  reared  and  the 
community  begins  to  multiply  and  increase. 

The  eggs  laid  by  the  queen  are  small  and  white 
and  rarely  seen  by  the  ordinary  observer.  These  are 
solicitously  cared  for  by  workers  and  finally  hatch 
into  white,  footless,  soft,  grub-like  larvae.  The  larva 
are  also  tenderly  cared  for  by  the  workers  and  changed 
from  chamber  to  chamber  in  conformity  with  varia- 
tions in  temperature  and  moisture.  The  workers 
feed  the  larvae  either  on  food  which  has  been  predi- 
gested  and  which  the  workers  now  regurgitate,  or  on 
bits  of  dead  insects,  leaves,  or  seeds  that  have  been 
chewed  fine.  The  larvic  finally,  after  attaining  their 
growth,  change  to  whitish  pupae  which,  in  some  species, 
are  inclosed  in  cocoons,  while  in  others  they  are  not. 
These  the  workers  treat  with  the  same  solicitude  and 
care  that  they  show  toward  the  larvae.  The  pupae  are 
often  mistaken  for  eggs.  Often,  on  raising  up  a  flat 
stone,  one  will  see  the  workers  running  this  way  and  that 
with  the  larvae  and  pup;p  in  their  jaws,  evidently  seek- 
ing a  place  of  safety  for  them.  The  pupae  finally  trans- 
form to  the  adult  ants  of  the  various  forms,  workers, 
queens,  and  males. 

Ecov.omic  importance  of  ants. 

Ants,  as  a  whole,  may  probably  be  considered  as 
agents  in  making  the  earth  more  habitable  for  man. 


ANTS 


APHANANTHE 


307 


Some  of  the  species  are  neutral,  perhaps,  in  relation  to 
the  economic  status  of  mankind.  A  great  many  species 
are  certainly  beneficial  through  their  action  in  stirring 
and  aerating  the  soil.  They  are  constantly  burrowing 
deep  into  the  earth  and  bringing  up  the  particles  which 
they  distribute  over  the  surface.  Their  action  in  this 
respect  is  similar  to  that  of  earthworms,  the  value  of 
which  was  revealed  to  us  by  the  classic  investigations  of 
Darwin.  Ants  are  also  important  agents  in  aiding  in 
the  decomposition  of  organic  substances.  Their  work 
in  this  respect  is  little  appreciated  or  realized  because 
it  is  invisible.  It  must  be  remembered,  however,  that 
this  work  of  ants  is  gradual,  incessant,  and  extends 
through  tremendously  long  periods  of  time. 

Again,  ants  are  great  insect-destroyers.  Their  food 
consists,  in  great  part,  of  the  juices  and  tissues  of  dead 
insects  or  insects  that  they  kill.  The  interesting  driver 
ants  of  the  Old  World  and  the  legionary  ants  of  tropical 
Africa  pass  through  a  territory  killing  and  devouring 
multitudes  of  living  insects,  rats,  mice,  and  the  like. 
Hunter  and  Hinds  tell  us  that  there  are  twelve  species 
of  ants  known  to  attack  the  immature  stages  of  the 
Mexican  cotton  boll-weevil.  "In  some  cases  more  than 
lialf  of  the  immature  stages  in  fields  have  been  found 
to  be  destroyed  by  ants  alone.  To  find  25  per  cent  so 
destroyed  is  not  a  rare  occurrence." 

On  the  other  hand,  certain  household  species  of  ants 
are  very  annoying  and  troublesome.  Moreover,  the 
leaf-cutting  ants  of  tropical  America  are  very  injurious 
to  plants.  They  will  strip  a  fruit  tree  of  its  foliage  in 
a  very  short  time.  One  species  of  these  leaf-cutting 
forms  (Alia  texana)  found  in  Texas,  attacks  cotton, 
corn,  fruit  trees,  sorghum  and  other  plants,  and  has 
become  of  considerable  economic  importance.  In 
some  places,  land  is  not  planted  on  account  of  fear  of 
attack  by  these  ants. 

The  mound-building  prairie  ant  {Pogonomyrmex  occi- 
denlalis),  distributed  over  a  large  part  of  the  western 
plains  of  the  United  States,  has  become  a  distinct  pest 
since  man  has  begun  to  occupy  the  prairies.  Its 
large  mound-nests  in  fields  of  alfalfa  or  grain  become 
serious  obstacles  to  harvesting  the  crops.  Moreover, 
when  the  nests  are  disturbed,  the  ants  emerge  in  large 
numbers  and  attack  man  and  beast,  inflicting  painful 
wounds  with  their  stings.  In  dooryards  and  lawns  and 
along  paths,  they  are  liable  to  attack  the  passerby, 
especially  dawdling  children. 

The  agricultural  ant  (Pogonomyrmex  barbahis  mole- 
faciens)  of  Texas  may  build  its  mound-nests  in  fields  of 
alfalfa,  corn,  or  cotton,  and,  since  it  allows  no  vegetation 
to  grow  over  a  considerable  area  around  the  nest,  the 
injurj'  may  be  serious.  Moreover,  they  are  pugnacious 
and  sting  intruders  severely. 

Perhaps  the  most  injurious  role  assumed  by  ants  is 
their  protection  and  fostering  of  plant-lice,  scale  insects, 
and  the  like.  Aphids  and  scale  insects  are  among  the 
most  injurious  insect  pests,  and  anything  that  protects 
them  or  aids  them  in  increasing  may  be  considered  an 
enemy  to  man. 

As  a  pest,  the  Argentine  ant  (Tridomyrmex  humilis), 
stands  by  itself.  Professor  Newell  says,  "As  a  house- 
hold pest  I  venture  the  opinion  that  this  ant  has  no 
equal  in  the  United  States."  Unfortunately,  it  has  also 
become  a  serious  menace  to  horticultural  interests  as 
well.  It  destroys  the  buds,  blossoms,  and  fruit  of  cer- 
tain plants  and  protects  and  fosters  certain  scale  insects 
that  are  very  injurious  to  sugar-cane.  Moreover,  it  has 
in  a  few  instances  actually  shown  itself  to  be  dangerous 
to  human  life  by  nearly  suffocating  >-oung  infants. 

The  Argentine  ant  was  probably  first  introduced 
into  the  United  States  through  the  port  of  New  Orleans, 
and  is  now  found  in  I^ouisiana,  Alis.sissippi,  parts  of 
California,  and  probably  Texas.  It  is  an  exceechngly 
tenacious  ant,  holding  on  where  once  established, 
increasing  with  great  rapidity,  and  driving  out  all  the 
native  ants. 


The  termites,  or  whit",  ants. 

The  termites  are  not  true  ants.  In  fact,  they  stand 
at  the  opposite  end  of  the  insect-world,  widely  separated 
from  the  ants  just  discussed.  They  resemble  the  true 
ants,  however,  in  many  important  respects.  For  exam- 
ple, they  live  in  great  colonies,  and  many  tropical 
species  build  large  mound-like  nests.  Moreover,  in 
each  colony  there  are  several  kinds  of  individuals,  for 
example,  the  queen,  the  males,  the  workers  which , 
are  blind  or  have  imperfect  vision,  and,  finally,  the 
soldiers.  The  food  of  termites  usually  consists  of  dead 
or  decaying  wood,  and  the  species  in  the  United  States 
Uve  mostly  underground  or  in  old  logs,  in  the  timbers 
of  buildings,  or  in  the  walls  and  floors  of  houses.  Occa- 
sionally they  injure  young  pecan  and  orange  trees  by 
mining  into  the  stems  and  sometimes  attack  sugar- 
cane. The  greatest  injury  performed  by  termites,  how- 
ever, is  by  burrowing  into  the  sills  and  foundation- 
timbers  of  buildings,  thus  undermining  the  whole 
structure.  They  also  injure  books  and  documents 
stored  in  damp  basements  and  sometimes  become 
serious  pests  to  greenhouses. 

The  control  of  ants  in  gardens,  lawns  and  fields. 

The  only  method  of  getting  rid  of  ants  permanently 
is  by  locating  the  nests  and  treating  them  in  such  a 
way  that  the  queen  will  finally  be  destroyed.  The  sub- 
stance most  used  for  treating  the  nests  is  carbon 
bisulfide.  One  or  more  holes  should  be  made  in  the 
nest  with  an  iron  bar  and  an  ounce  or  two  of  the  hquid 
poured  into  each  hole.  The  openings  to  the  holes  should 
be  quickly  and  tightly  closed  with  a  clod  of  dirt.  A 
heavy  wet  blanket  thrown  over  the  nest  will  aid  in 
retaining  the  gas  and  tend  to  make  the  fumigation 
more  effective.  The  hquid  evaporates  and  the  gas 
penetrates  the  whole  nest,  killing  queen  and  workers, 
thus  exterminating  the  colony. 

Within  the  past  few  years,  several  workers  have  used 
potassium  cyanide  with  good  success  in  destroying  ants 
in  the  field.  J.  D.  Mitchell  conducted  experiments 
against  the  leaf-cutting  ant  in  Texas.  He  dissolved  the 
cyanide  at  the  rate  of  one  ounce  in  one  quart  of  water 
and  poiu-ed  a  quart  into  each  of  the  openings  of  the 
nests.  In  every  case  the  colony  was  destroyed  by  one 
or  two  applications.  This  method  may  be  followed  to 
advantage  in  destroying  ants  in  gardens  and  on  lawns, 
but  the  solution  may  be  made  weaker — one  ounce  of 
the  cyanide  to  two  to  foiu'  quarts  of  water.  Best 
results  will  be  secured  by  using  9S  per  cent  pure  potas- 
sium cyanide.  It  must  be  remembered  that  this  is  a 
deadly  poison  and  great  care  should  be  exercised  in 
handUng  and  storing  it.  Q    \y    Hbrrick. 

AOTUS  (without  ear;  no  calyx  appendages).  Legu- 
mindsex.  Greenhouse  plant,  blooming  April  to  June 
m  N. 

Shrubs,  with  simple  scattered  or  3-whorled  revolute- 
margined  Ivs.,  and  j-ellow  or  reddish  fls.  in  axillary 
clusters  or  short  terminal  racemes;  calyx  2-lipped; 
petals  long-claw-ed,  the  standard  nearly  orbicular  and 
longer  than  lower  petals,  the  wings  oblong  and  keel 
incurved;  stamens  free:  pod  ovate,  flat  or  turgid,  2- 
valved. — Ten  or  11  species  in  Austral. 

gracillima,  Meisn.  Tall  shrub,  with  long  slender 
branches,  hoary  or  slightly  tomentose:  fls.  yellow  with 
crimson  or  dark-colored  keel,  in  long  leafy  dense  ra- 
cemes, the  petals  twice  as  long  as  calyx.  W.  Austral. 
R-B.  26:193.  L.  H.  B. 

APERA  ARUNDINACEA:  Stipa  arundinacea. 

APHANANTHE    (Greek,    aphanes,    inconspicuous, 

and  (inthe,  flower).  Ulmacex.  Ornamental  deciduous 
tree  cultivated  for  its  foliage  and  sometimes  planted  as 
a  shade  tree. 

Trees  or  shrubs:  Ivs.  alternate,  petiolate,  serrate; 
stipules  free:  fls.  montjucious,  inconspicuous;  staminate 


SOS 


APHANANTHE 


APHELANDRA 


in  axillary  connihs;  sepals  and  st anions  5;  pistillate 
solitary,  axillary;  ovarj-  l-coUoil  with  1  ovule,  styles  2: 
fr.  a  drupe. — Threi>  to  4  species  in  E.  Asia  and  Austral. 
The  only  species  in  cult,  is  a  deciduous  tree  of  the 
appeariince  of  a  hackberry,  with  slender  branches  form- 
ing a  dense  head ;  fls.  and  fr.  inconspicuous.  Not  hardy 
north  of  Ga.  Prop,  by  seeds  sown  after  maturity  and 
by  cuttings  of  mature  wood  in  fall;  it  also  may  be 
grafted  on  Celt  is. 

fispera,  Planchon  (HomoiocHlis  dspera,  Blume.  Homo- 
celtis  japonica,  Hort.).  Tree,  to  60  ft.:  Ivs.  ovate  to 
ovate-oblong,  broadly  cuneate  at  the  base,  long-acimii- 
nate.  2-3 '2  in-  long,  serrate  with  straight 
veins  ending  in  the  teeth,  with  appressed 
hairs  on  both  sides,  rough  to  the  touch, 
on  short  stalks  iin.  long:  fls.  greenish,  with 
the  Ivs.:  drupe  globular,  black,  J'sin. 
diam.,  short-stalketl.  Early  spring:  fr.  in 
autumn.  Japan.  S.I.F.  1:37. — This  tree 
has  been  confused  with  Celtis  sinensis,  but 
is  easily  distinguished  by  the  straight 
veins  ending  in  the  teeth,  while  in  Celtis 
they  are  curved  and  form  loops  along  the 
margin. 

Alfred  Rehder. 


APHELANDRA 

(Greek-made  name). 
Acanlhdcex.  Tropical 
American  evergreen 
shrubs  or  tall  herbs, 
grown  in  hothou.ses 
for  the  fine  foliage 
and  verj-  showy  4- 
sided  terminal  spikes 
of  red  or  yellow 
gaudy-bracted  flow- 
ers. 

Leaves  mostly  op- 
posite, simple,  entire 
or  toothed,  usually 
many  and  large:  fls. 
labiate,  the  upper 
lip  mostly  3-lobed 
and  the  middle  lobe 
erect  or  arching,  the 
lower  lip  more  or  less 
2-lobed  or  notched ; 
stamens  4,  rising 
from  the  base  of  the 
corolla,  the  anthers 
connivent  and  1 -celled;  style  2-lobed:  fr.  a  4-angled 
caps. — .^bout  60  species. 

Aphelandra.s  are  of  ea.sy  culture,  if  given  plenty  of 
diffused  light  in  the  growing  .sesi-son,  and  plants  are  not 
allowed  to  become  tall  and  leggy.  It  is  well  to  grow  new 
plants  frequently.  Propagation  is  by  seeds  when 
obtainable,  or  by  cuttings  of  partially  ripened  wood  at 
any  season  or  the  young  growths  taken  off  with  a  heel. 
They  bloom  in  autumn,  but  can  readily  be  brought 
into  flower  at  other  sea.-'ons.  When  done  blooming,  the 
plants  should  be  roasted  in  an  intermediate  temperature, 
kept  rather  dry,  but  not  allowed  to  wilt  or  shrivel. 
They  require  treatment  of  justicias,  and  thrive  along 
with  allamandas  and  poinsettia.s. 

A.  Flu.  in  yellow  series. 
squarrdsa,  Nees  (.4.  Leopoldii,  Hort.  A.  rhry-fops, 
Bull,.  Lvs.  large,  ovate  to  ovate-elliptic,  acuminate, 
dark  green  above  (pale  belowj,  with  white  rib  and 
main  veins:  infl.  a  simple,  erect,  or  compound  spike, 
up  to  1  ft.  long;  fls.  pale  yellow  and  exserted  one-third 
their  length  beyond  the  yellow  crenate-dentatc  bracts. 
Brazil.  A.  sguarrosa  itself  is  not  in  cult.,  the  showy 
plant  in  the  trade  fand  described  herewith)  being  Var. 
Leopoldii,  Van  Houtte.     Fig.  2;j0.     F.S.  9:88!*.    G.C. 


III,  1,  p.  737.  Var.  Loftisse,  Van  Houtte.  Dwarfer 
and  smaller  in  all  its  parts  than  var.  Leopoldii:  St. 
slender,  dark  reddish  green,  terete,  covered  in  parts 
with  soft  pilose  hairs,  upper  part  of  the  st.  below  the 
infl.  quite  glabrous:  lvs.  3-.5  in.  long,  elliptic,  rich  dark 
green  with  brighter  colored  silvery  markings  along  the 
midrib  and  principal  veins:  infl.  3-6  in.  long,  un- 
branched;  bracts  ovate,  •'4in.  long,  rich  dark  yellow, 
with  green  markings  in  the  middle;  fls.  exserted  beyond 
the  bracts  over  half  their  length,  rich  canary-yellow, 
l-^in.  diam.,  lower  3  petals  forming  a  lip  and  reflexed, 
upper  2  hooded,  reflexing  with  age;  tube  broad,  broad- 
ening out  upwards  with  a  narrow 
base,  \%  in.  long.  Brazil.  G.VV. 
3:157. 

Chamissoni&na,  Nees  (A.  punctata, 
Hull).     An  erect  herb  or  sub-shrub: 
sts.  slender,  erect,  terete,  green,  lower 
part  more  or  less  woody:  lvs.  petio- 
late,    eUiptic     or    elliptic-lanceolate, 
tapering  at  apex  and  base,  and  up 
to  6  in.  long,  upper  part  light  green, 
marked   along    the    principal    veins 
and  midrib  with  dull  silvery  white  or 
yellowi.sh  white,  the  silvery  markings 
sometimes  spreading  over  nearly  the 
entire  If.;  petiole  short  or  up  to  an 
inch   or   more    long, 
lower  side  dull  light 
green:  infl.  an  erect 
unbranched  spike,  as 
much  as  a  foot  long 
when  strong  and  2-3 
in  .wide ;  bracts  ovate- 
lanceolate,     bright 
yellow,    tipped    with 
green,    coarsely   ser- 
rate, slightly  reflexed; 
calyx    J  sin.   long; 
sepals  lanceolate;  corolla  bright  yel- 
low, an  inch  diam.;  tube  1  }4  in.  long, 
curved  outward  and  tapering  up- 
ward;   lobes  ovate,   nearly    equal; 
anthers    yellow.     S.   Brazil.    B.M. 
6627.   I. H.  29:457. 

Blanchetiana,  Hook.  f.  (A.amdna, 
Bull).  St.  terete,  green,  tinted  with 
dull  purple,  with  deeper  shading 
around  the  base  of  petiole  and  at 
the  nodes,  thick  and  stout:  lvs. 
with  many  pairs  of  conspicuous 
nerve.s,  green,  the  midrib,  and  often  the  main  veins, 
white;  petiole,  1-2  in.  long,  terete,  glabrous:  fls.  dark 
yellow,  exceeding  the  long,  entire,  cusp-pointed  red 
seate:  spike  sessile.  Brazil.  B.M.  7179. — Known  in  the 
trade  as  A.  amaena,  having  been  described  under  that 
name  before  it  had  flowered  in  cult. 

AA.  Fls.  in  red-orange  series, — i.e.,  scarlet,  or 
verging  to  orange. 

aurantiaca,  Lindl.  Lvs.  ovate-elliptic,  deep  green 
above,  light  green  below,  strongly  veined,  but  not  parti- 
colored, slightly  wavy  edged:  fls.  orange,  with  a  tinge  of 
scarlet,  the  spreading  limb  overhanging  the  greenish 
sharp-toothed  scales. — A  dwarf-growing  species  of  easy 
cult,  and  readily  raised  from  .seed.  Mex.  B.M.  4224. 
B.R.  31:12.  Var.  Rdfezlii,  Nichols.  (A.  Roezlei,  Carr.). 
P'ls.  with  more  scarlet:  lvs.  twisted,  with  silvery  hue 
between  the  veins.  Mex.  Gn.  W.  20:576. — Showy  and 
good.    Not  so  tall  as  A.  aurantiaca. 

MacleSyi,  Bedd.  Lvs.  ovate-elliptic,  3  in.  or  less  long, 
acute,  entire,  green  both  sides  with  white  band  along 
midrib  above:  spike  cone-like,  orange-scarlet,  nearly  2 
in.  long.  Country  unknown. — Said  to  have  been  cult, 
as  A.  puncliita  and  A.  squarrosa. 


ovate-acuminate. 


APHELANDRA 


APICRA 


309 


tetragona,  Nees  (A.  crislata,  Lindl.  Justicia  cristata, 
Jacq.  J.  tclragbna,  Vahl).  An  erect  or  spreading, 
shrub:  sts.  terete,  woody  below,  green,  tinted  with  red 
when  young:  Ivs.  opposite  and  decussate,  petiolate, 
green,  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  elliptic  or  elliptic-ovate, 
acuminate  or  acute,  6-12  in.  long,  and  2-7  in.  diam., 
entire  or  crenate,  slightly  undulate;  petiole  as  much  as 
6  in.  long,  slender,  hairy:  infl.  an  erect-terminal  cluster 
of  spikes,  the  central  one  hairy,  6-8  in.  long,  with  shorter 
ones  branching  from  its  base,  often,  when  well  grown, 
bearing  from  10-12  lateral  spikes  of  various  lengths; 
fls.  bright  scarlet,  crowded  on  the  spike,  and  the  bulk 
of  them  opening  together;  bracts  erect,  closely  ad- 
pressed  to  the  rachis,  green,  ovate,  acute,  Jsin.  long, 
ciliate;  bracteoles  lanceolate,  hairy;  corolla  scarlet, 
I'l  in.  diam.,  tube  2  in.  long,  narrow  at  the  base, 
broadening  upwards,  lip  reflexed,  IJ-^  in.  long;  upper 
pair  of  petals  hooded,  lateral  ones  reduced  to  short 
obtuse  lobes.  Trop.  S.  Amer.  B.M.  8272.  Gt.  40: 
13.54. — The  finest  species  in  cult.;  a  magnificent  stove 
plant. 

nitens,  Hook.  f.  An  erect  herb  or  sub-shrub:  st. 
terete,  green,  stout,  usually  dwarf  and  compact:  Ivs. 
shortly  petiolate,  ovate-acute,  entire,  thick,  rich  dark 
olive-green  above,  bright  vinous  purple  below,  highly 
glabrous  on  both  sides,  margins  recurved;  petiole 
very  short  or  none,  winged:  infi.  an  erect  terminal 
spike,  6  in.  or  more  long;  bracts  green  and  erect,  1-1}^ 
in.  long,  serrate;  sepals  J-jiin.  long,  linear-lanceolate; 
corolla  bright  vermilion-scarlet,  1-1 J 2  in-  diam.;  hp 
ovate,  larger  than  the  rest  of  the  petals  and  shghtly 
reflexed;  upper  pair  of  petals  hooded;  tube  1-1 M  in. 
long,  yellow.  Colombia.  B.M.  5741.  Gn.  48:122.— 
A  fine  dwarf-growing  stove  plant  readily  prop,  by  cut- 
tings and  often  setting  seed  if  kept  in  a  cooler  and 
drier  house  when  in  flower. 

fascinator,  Lind.  &  Andr6.  Habit  stiff  and  erect, 
with  fls.  opening  in  succession  over  a  period  of  some 
4-6  weeks:  st.  terete,  green,  glabrous:  Ivs.  elliptic, 
lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  entire, 
shortly  petiolate,  6-9  in.  long,  upper  side  dark  green 
with  narrow  band  of  silvery  white  along  midrib  and 
principal  veins,  lower  side  dull  wine-red  with  veins  of  a 
darker  shade:  infl.  an  erect  unbranched  terminal  spike 
up  to  6  in.  long;  bracts  ovate  or  elliptic,  basal  ones  an 
inch  long,  tapering  upwards  to  J^in.  long,  covered  with 
short  pilose  hairs;  sepals  J  sin.  long,  lanceolate,  glan- 
dular, green;  corolla  bright  vermilion-scarlet,  IJ^  in. 
diam.  with  large  and  prominent  front  lobe;  tube 
slender.  IH  in.  long.  B.M.  8398.  I. H.  21:164.— A 
beautiful  and  striking  species,  well  worth  growing  for 
its  handsome  foliage  apart  from  its  beautiful  fls.  It 
should  be  kept  rather  on  the  dry  sitle  as  soon  as  the  fls. 
appear,  otherwise  the  plant  is  likely  to  lose  ail  its  roots. 

A.  alrdvirens,  N.  E.  Br.  Dwarf:  Ivs.  very  dark  green  above  and 
purplish  beneath;  fls.  yellow,  1  in.  long.  Brazil.  I.H.  31:527. — A. 
tiboniana,  Lind.  Dwarf:  Ivs.  ovate  and  long-acuminate,  with  a 
white  rib,  green  below:  fls.  deep  yellow,  small,  scarcely  exserted 
beyond  the  red  bracts.  Brazil.  B.M.  .5463. — A.  ntacedoniana,  hind. 
&  Rod.  Said  to  be  a  form  of  A.  atrovirens.  Lvs.  with  white  rib  and 
main  veins.  Brazil.  I.H.  33:583. — A.  Mdrgaritse,  E.  Morr.  Lva. 
elliptic-acuminate,  barred  with  white,  purple  below:  fls.  yellow,  the 
bracts  strong-toothed.  Brazil.  G.C.  III.  2:585. — A.  orientalia, 
offered  in  Amer.,  is  possibly  a  form  of  some  well-known  species. — 
A.  pumila,  Hook.  f.  Less  than  1  ft.:  Ivs.  large,  acute:  fis.  orange, 
bracts  purplish.  Brazil.  B.M.  6467. — .4.  vanei/dta,  Morel.  \  near 
ally  of  A.  Blanchetiana  with  bright  scarlet  bracts,  and  bright  yellow 
fls.    Probably  not  now  in  cult.   B.M.  4899.   F.S.  10:981. 

L.  H.  B. 

APHELfiXIS:    Helichrysum.  C.   P.   RaFFILL. 

APHtLLON  (Greek,  leafless).  Orohanchacex.  Two 
species  of  small  N.  American  para.sitic  herbs,  now  often 
united  with  Orobanche,  and  by  others  kept  distinct 
under  Rafinesque's  name,  Thalesia.  The.se  plants  are 
not  cult.,  but  are  always  interesting  to  the  collector 
and  surprising  to  one  who  runs  arro.ss  them  in  woods 
or  fields.    A.  unifldrum,  Gray,  Fig.  231,  produces  very 


few  leafless   1-fld.  pale  scapes,  3-8  in.  high,   and  5- 
lobed,  curved,  white  or  violet  fls.,  and  known  as  cancer- 
root.    A.  fasciculatum,  Torr.  &  Gray,   has  the  scaly 
st.  rising  higher  out 
of  the  ground  and 
bearing      several 
crowded  peduncles: 
fis.  purplish  yellow. 
— These  plants  oc- 
cur sparingly  nearly 
or  quite  across  the 
continent. 

APICRA  {not 
hitter,  from  the 
Greek).  Liliacese, 
tnhe  Aloinese .  Aloe- 
like plants,  grown 
with  other  succu- 
lents. 

Shortly  caules- 
cent small  succu- 
lents: lvs.  spirally 
arranged  or  crowd- 
ed along  the  st.: 
fls.  greenish,  often 
striped  with  white, 
straight,  tubular  or 
prismatic,  with 
short.,  flat  or  spread- 
ing white  limb  sur- 
passing the  sta- 
mens. Cape  region. 
— Agave  house  or 
cactus  house;  suit- 
able for  rockeries  during  the  summer.  Prop,  like  Aloe. 
Monogr.  by  Baker.  G.C.  II,  11:717  (1879).  Journ. 
Linn.  Soc.  Bot.  18:216.  Berger  in  Daa  Pflanzenreich 
1908,  hft.  33. 


231.  Aphyllon  uniflorum.  (XM) 


aspera,  1. 
bicarinata,  2. 
bullulata,  3. 
congesta,  6. 
deltoidea,  7. 


INDEX. 

foiiolosa,  8. 
imbricata,  4. 
intermedia,  7. 
major,  1. 
pentagona,  3,  5. 


spiralis,  4,  5. 
spirella,  5. 
turgida,  7. 
Willdenowii,  . 


A.  Lvs.  warty  on  the  back:  fls.  smooth. 

1.  Sspera,  Haw.  (Aloe  aspera,  Haw.  Hawdrthia  dspera, 
Haw.).  St.  mostly  simple,  erect,  4-6  in.  high,  IJ^  in. 
diam.,  including  lvs.:  lvs.  half-globose,  acuminate, 
slightly  keeled,  H'f-  long,  green,  smooth  on  the  rather 
convex  upper  surface,  green-warty  on  the  back,  the 
margin  granular:  infl.  scarcely  1  ft.  high,  unbranched; 
fls.  somewhat  rosy,  J'gin.  long, 
twice  as  long  as  the  pedicels. 
Cape.  Sahn,  Aloe  §2.  f.  2.— 
A  large  form  with  white-warty 
lvs.  twice  as  long,  is  var. 
major,  Haw. 

2.  bicarinata,  Haw.  (Aide 
bicarinata,  Roem.).  St.  erect, 
6-12  in.  high:  lvs.  falcately 
short  -  ovate,  acute,  acutely 
keeled,  ^sX/iin.,  green, 
smooth  on  the  somewhat  con- 
cave upper  surface,  irregu- 
larly white-warty  on  the  back, 
the  margin  and  keel  granu- 
lar roughened.  Cape.  Berger 
40. 

3.  bullulata,  Willd.  (A.  pen- 
lagbna  bullulata,  Baker.  Aide 
bullulata,  Jacq.).  St.  erect: 
lvs.  lanceolate,  acute,  ob- 
liquely keeled,  5^xlJ^  in., 
pale,    the    back    unequally        232.  Apicra  pentagons. 


310 


APICRA 


APIOS 


whito-wiuly,  the  inarpin  and   kool  finely  denticulate: 
fls.  soniewliat  yellow. .  Cape. 

AA.  Lvs.  twt  imrtij. 

B.  Fls.  uiarty:  lvs.  smooth. 

4.  spiralis,  Baker  (.4.  ("mbncdfa,  Willd.  Aide  spiralis, 
Linn.  .4.  inihricata.  Haw.  .4.  cijllndrica,  Lam.  Ha- 
icMhia  imbrifdta,    Haw.).      Sts.  somewhat   clustered, 


r 


r^  >r'H 


233.  Apios  tuberosa.  ( X  H) 


erect.  6-12  in.  high;  about  2}4  in.  diam.,  including  lvs.: 
lvs.  broadly  triangular-acuminate,  biconvex,  J^  x  1  }4- 
IJ^  in.,  glaucescent,  the  margin  .slightly  granular: 
infl.  about  1  ft.  high,  unbranched;  fi.s.  greenish,  l^in. 
long,  more  than  twice  as  long  as  the  pedicels. 
Cape.  DC,  PI.  Gr.  56.  Jacq.,  Fragm.  110.  li.M.  14.5.5. 
Salm,  Aloe  §1.  f.  1.  Dillenius,  Eltham.  1.3.  Com- 
mehn,  Prael.  .32. 

BB.  Fls.  smooth:  lvs.  somelimes  granular  in  the  first. 

5.  pentagdna,  Willd.  (Aloepenlagonn,  Haw.  HawOrthia 
■pentagonn,  Haw.).  Fig.  232.  St.  mo.stly. solitary,  erect, 
&-12  in.  high;  about  4  in.  diam.,  including  lvs.:  lvs. 
distinctly  .5-ranked,  broadly  triangular-lanceolate, 
acute,  bicrmvex,  .somewhat  low-keeled,  1^x1^-2  in., 
green,  sUghtly  fsf)metimes  granularly)  white-dotted, 
the  margin  .slightly  granular:  infl.  1^  ft.  high,  .some- 
times forkfxl;  fls.  greenish,  Ytim.  long,  twice  as  long  as 
the  pedicels.  Cape.  Jacq.,  Fragm.  111.  B.M.  1.3:38. 
Salm,  Aloe  §1.  f.  4.  Berger  40. — Varies  into  fonna  with 
lvs.  less  obviously  .5-ranked:  large,  in  .somewhat  evi- 
dent   oblique    ranks,    var.    Willdendwii,    Baker     {A. 


spirali.^.  Willd.  Aloe  spiralis,  Haw.  A.  pentagdna  spir- 
alis. iSalm-Dyek),  .Sahn,  Aloe  §1.  f.  5;  smaller,  scarcely  in 
distinct  ranks,  \ar.  spirella,  Baker  (Aloe  spirilla,  Salm- 
Dyek.  Hawdrthin  spirclhi,  Haw.),  Sahn,  Aloe  §L  f.  3. 

6.  congesta,  Baker  (Aide  co)uje.'<t(i,  Sahii-Dyck).  St. 
solitary,  erect,  about  1  ft.  high  and  4  in.  diam.,  includ- 
ing lvs. :  lvs.  broadly  ovate,  acuminate,  rather  fiat  above, 
more  or  le.ss  keeled, '1-1 JX  x  I'i  in-,  green,  glossy,  the 
margin  graiuilar:  infl.  134  ft.  high,  simple;  fls.  green- 
ish, nearly  5s'U-  long,  with  rather  large  spreading 
segm.-tips,  thrice  as  long  as  the  pedicels.  Cape.  Salm, 
Aloe  §2.f. 

7.  deltoidea,  Baker  (Aloe  deltoidea,  Hook.).  Sts. 
somewhat  clustered,  6  in.  or  more  high,  about  2)4  in. 
diam.,  including  lvs.:  lvs.  distinctly  5-ranked,  ovate, 
sub-acute,  somewhat  concave  and  low-keeled,  1  x  IJ^- 
IJain.,  green,  glossy,  the  margin  and  keel  serrulate: 
infl".  1  ft.  high,  simple;  fls.  nearly  sessile,  yellow-green, 
about  ^^'sin.  long,  the  rather  large  spreading  white 
segm.-tips  at  first  rosy.  Cape.  B.M.  6071. — Varies  in  a 
form  with  more  turgid  lvs.  less  obviously  5-ranked, 
var.  turgida,  Berger  (A.  turgida,  Baker),  and  a  smaller 
form  with  evidently  5-ranked  sometimes  bluish  lvs., 
var.  intermedia,  Berger. 

8.  foliolosa,  ^^'illd.  (Aloe  foliolbsa,  Haw.  Hawdrlhia 
folioldsd.  Haw,).  Sts.  somewhat 
clustered,  erect,  at  length  a  foot  or 
more  high;  IJ^s  in.  diam.,  including 
lvs.:  lvs.  broadly  ovate-acummate, 
flat  above,  acutely  keeled,  ^i-^in. 
long  and  wide,  green,  glossy,  the 
margin  granular:  infl.  over  1  ft. 
high,  simple;  fls.  greenish,  about 
"sin.  long,  twice  as  long  as  the 
pedicels.  Cape.  B.M.  1352.  Sahn, 
Aloe  §2.  f.  4.    Berger  40. 

William  Trelease. 


APIOS  (pear,  from  the  Greek, 
alluding  to  the  shape  of  the  tubers ) . 
Leguminbsa?.  Hardy  twining  herb.^, 
with  tuber-bearing  roots,  infre- 
quently planted. 

Leaves  pinnate,  of  3-9  mostly 
ovate-lanceolate  scarcely  stipellate 
Ifts. :  fls.  in  dense,  short  racemes, 
papilionaceous,  the  standard  broal 
and  reflexed,  keel  incurved  and 
coiled;  stamens  9  and  1:  pod  linear 
and  flat,  several-seeded. — Two  spe- 
cies in  E.  N.  Amer  ,  and  3  others 
in  Asia. 

tuberosa,  Moench.  Groundnut. 
Wild  Bean.  Fig.  233.  Four  to  8  ft., 
climbing  over  bushes:  root  bearing 
strings  of  edible  tubers,  1-2  in.  long: 
Ifts.  5-7,  ovate-lanceolate:  fls  fra- 
grant, chocolate-brown,  the  standard 
very  broad  and  turned  back,  the  keel 
long,  incurved  and  scythe-shaped. 
July,  Aug. — Common  in  low  grounds 
and  swamps.  The  fr.  often  fails 
to  mature.  Prop,  by  the  tubers, 
2-4  of  which  should  be  planted 
together  at  a  depth  of  3-4  in.;  also, 
by  seeds.  Grows  well  in  the  wild 
border,  in  any  loose,  rich  soil.  Under 
these  conditions,  the  plant  covers  a 
trellis  or  other  support  in  a  com- 
paratively short  time.  Dry  tubers 
offered  by  seedsmen  are  likely  to 
start  slowly.  The  brown  of  the  fls.  is 
a  very  unusual  color  in  hardy  herbs. 
Likely  to  become  a  weed  in  rock- 
eries and  wild  gardens. 


234.  Fruit  of  Aplec- 
trum  hyemale. 

Nearly  natural  size. 


APIOS 


APONOGETON 


311 


.4.  F6rtunei,  Maxim.,  is  occasionally  cult,  in  Japan  for  its  small, 
ovate,  edible  tubers.  A.G.  13:77. — A.  PriceHna,  Rob.,  native 
to  Kentucky,  may  be  expected  to  appear  in  the  trade:  root  a  single 
large  tuber,  becoming  0-7  in.  diam.;  fls.  pale  rose-color:  a  vigor- 
ous climber,  first  described  in  1898  (Bot.  Gaz.  25:451,  with  illus.). 

APIUM:  Celery.  L,   11.   B. 

APLECTRUM  (Greek,  loith  no  spur).  Orchidacex. 
A  small  orchid,  with  smalUsh  dull-colored  fls.  in  a 
raceme,  on  a  leafless  scape,  which  springs  from  a  large 
corm-like  tuber.  Single  species  (or  possibly  two),  in 
woods  in  the  northern  states. 

Flower  spurless  and  sacless;  petals  and  sepals  similar, 
narrow;  lip  3-lobed  and  crested,  deflexed;  fertile  anther 
1,  the  pollen-masses  4,  smooth  and  waxy;  column  free, 
compressed,  the  anther  borne  below  the  top. 

hyemale,  Nutt.  {A.  spicalum,  B.  S.  P.).  Putty 
Root.  Adam-.\nd-Eve.  Fig.  234.  Sends  up  a  pointed 
green  If.  2-6  in.  long,  which  lasts  through  the  winter,  and 
in  spring  a  stalk  about  a  foot  high,  bearing  a  raceme  of 
ratlier  large  greenish  brown  fls.,  which  are  succeeded  by 
hanging,  oblong-pointed  pods  (Fig.  234). — Hardy.  May 
be  grown  in  rich,  loamy  borders.  Interesting,  but  not 
showj--  L.  H.  B. 

APLOPAPPUS  (Greek,  simple  papp^is).  Syn., 
Haplopappus.  Compositse.  Herbaceous  perennials, 
sometimes  offered  for  the  hardy  border. 

Leaves  mostly  stiffish  or  rigid,  alternate:  heads 
radiate,  many-fld.,  the  rays  pistillate;  involucre  hemis- 
pherical, with  several  series  of  closely  imbricated  bracts : 
pappus   simple,    of    many    unequal  r 

bristles,  the  achene  short  and  nar-  W 

row. — A  genus  of  about  115  species 


bell-shaped,  with  .5  appendages  inside;  stamens  5, 
inserted  deep  in  the  corolla,  the  filaments  very  short; 
style  0:  seeds  silky. — Tough  perennial  herbs,  with 
milky  juice,  chiefly  of  north  temperate  zone,  with 
oblong  or  ovate,  opposite  Ivs.,  milkweed-like  fls.  in  small 
cymes,  and  slender  follicles  or  pods.  About  25  species, 
10  native  to  N.  iVmer. 

androsaemifolium,  Linn.  Spreading  Dog-bane. 
Three  ft.  or  less  high,  usually  glabrous,  the  branches 
spreading:  lobes  of  corolla  revolute  and  tube  of  corolla 
longer  than  the  calyx:  Ivs.  oval  or  ovate,  mucronate, 
short-petioled:  cymes  loose,  axillary  and  terminal;  fls. 
bell-like,  white  or  pink.  N.  N.  Amer.;  common.  13. M. 
280. — Sold  by  dealers  in  native  plants.  Useful  for  the 
hardy  border  as  it  will  stand  dry  open  places.  Root 
used  in  medicine;  sometimes  gathered  by  drug-collec- 
tors for  ,1.  cnnnabinum,  but  as  its  action  is  different,  it 
should  not  be  substituted. 

cannabinum,  Linn.  Branches  erect  or  nearly  so: 
lobes  of  corolla  nearly  erect,  the  tube  not  longer  than 
calyx:  Ivs.  ovate  to  lance-oblong,  short-petioled:  cymes 
dense;  fls.  greenish  white.  Northern  states;  common. — 
Not  known  to  be  in  the  trade,  but  likely  to  be  con- 
founded with  the  above.  Root  emetic,  cathartic,  dia- 
phoretic, expectorant,  and  diuretic.  The  tough  fibrous 
bark  of  the  stalks  formerly  used  by  the  Indians  for 
making  twine.  l_  jj_  g_ 

APODOLIRION  (Greek  combination,  footless  lily, 
the  peduncles  not  being  evident).  Amarijllidaces. 
Greenhouse  bulbs  of  S.  Afr.,  of  which  one  or  two  of  the 
half-dozen  species  are  rarely  cult.  Bulb  tunicated:  fl. 
1,  borne  or  hidden  in  the  bulb-neck  in  the  maimer  of 


235.  Aponogeton  distachyus.  (  X  H) 


of  herbaceous  perennials,  rarely  shrubs,  mostly  from 
Calif,  and  Chile.  Fls.  yellow,  in  summer  and  autumn. 
Separated  only  by  technical  characters  from  Bigelovia, 
into  which  it  in.sensibly  grades.  (Bigelovia  has  discoid 
few-fld.  heads  and  pappus  in  single  row.)  The  only  3 
species  known  to  have  been  in  the  American  trade  are 

lanuginosus,  Gray.  Hardy  alpine  herb,  woolly,  4  in. 
high,  from  creeping  rootstocks:  Ivs.  soft,  narrowly 
spatulate,  or  upper  linear,  1-2  in.  long:  rays  1.5-20. 
Mts.  of  Wash,  and  Mont.— Intro.  18S9,  "by  F.  H. 
Horsford. 

P4rryi,  Gray.  Alpine  herb,  6-18  in.  high,  green  and 
ahiiost  glabrous:  Ivs.  oblong-obovate,  2-4  in.  long: 
fj.-heads  about  }^in.  high,  pale  yellow,  the  involucral 
bracts  oblong  and  obtuse;  rays  12-20,  small  and  narrow. 
— Suitable  for  rockwork. 

crflceus,  Gray.  St.  about  IJ-2  ft.,  erect  and  stout,  and 
with  radical  Ivs.  a  foot  or  less  long:  cauhne  Ivs.  ovate- 
oblong  to  lanceolate,  partly  clasping:  fls.  showy,  saf- 
fron-yellow, the  rays  about  an  inch  long,  the  inner 
involucral  bracts  ragged.    Rocky  Mts.   June-Oct. 

A.  ericoidea.  Hook.  &  .\m.  Shrub,  2-5  ft.  high:  Ivs.  very  nu- 
merous, filiform,  those  of  the  dense  fascicles,  2  or  3  lines  long:  fls, 
very  numerous.    G.C. III.  20:301.  |,j    TayLOB  t 

APOCYNUM  (Greek  for  dog-bane).  Apocynacex. 
Dog-bane.  Indian  Hemp.  Native  herb.s,  sometimes 
planted  in  borders. 

Flowers  small,  the  calyx  with  acute  teeth;  corolla 


crocus,  white  or  reddish:  ^Ivs.  usually  not  appearing 
with  the  fls.,  narrow.  A.  Ettae,  Baker,  and  A.  lanceo- 
latum,  Baker,  are  probably  best  known  as  cult,  plants. 
The  former  has  a  white,  tinged  red  fl.  3  in.  long  and 
crocus-like  Ivs.;  the  latter  (Gcthyllis  lanceolala,  Linn, 
f.)  has  a  much  shorter  fl.,  white  or  whitish,  and  a 
solitary  lanceolate  If.  appearing  with  the  fls.  The 
apodohrions  are  prop,  by  offsets  or  seeds. 

APONOGETON     (Greek    name,    referring    to    its 

habitat  in  the  water).  Aponogetonacex.  Aquatics, 
mostly  with  flat  floating  Ivs.  and  emerging  spikes  of 
fls.    Includes  Ouvu-andra. 

Submerged  herbs,  with  tuberous  rhizomes  and 
fibrous  roots:  Ivs.  long-stalked,  oblong  or  linear,  some- 
times lacking  the  parenchJ^na  and  having  a  lattioe- 
Uke  character:  fl.-characters  those  of  the  family  (p.  13). 
—About  two  dozen  species  of  warm  countries,  Asian, 
African  and  Australian.  Krause  &  Engler,  Das  Pflan- 
zenreich,  hft.  24  (ly06).  There  are  two  main  species 
in  cult.,  the  aponogeton  proper  with  solid  Ivs.,  and 
the  ouvirandra  with  open-work  Ivs.  The  former  is 
grown  mostly  out-of-doors;  the  latter  in  warm  green- 
houses. 

distachyus,  Linn.  f.  Cape  Pond-weed.  Water 
Hawthorn  (from  the  fragrance).  Fig  235.  Fls.  in 
twin  spikes  on  the  emersed  ends  of  long  scapes, 
wholly  naked,  but  subtended  by  a  double  row  of 
petal-like  bracts,  very  fragrant,  with  purple  anthers: 


312 


APOXOGETON 


APPLE 


If.-bliulc  floating,  oblong-lanceolate,  round-based,  par- 
alK'l-voineil,  3-t>  in.  knig.  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  B.M. 
IJ'.W.  F.R.  1:403.  P.G.-l:U)0.  G.\V.o:19o.  Gng.2:25. 
— A  ch;irnung  and  interesting  plant.  In  a  protected 
pool,  espei'ially  if  it  can  be  coverwl  in  winter,  the  plant 
IS  hardy  in  the  N.,  blooming  nearly  all  smnnier. 
Reinoveil  to  tubs  in  the  fall,  it  l>loonis  nearly  all  winter; 
or  it  c;ui  be  grown  permanently  in  tubs  or  deep  pans  in 
the  liouse.  Requires  about  2  ft.  of  water,  or  out-of- 
doors  it  may  liave  twice  that  depth.  I'rop.  chiefly  by 
soo<is,  but  fls.  sliould  be  pollinated  and  kept  above 
water  at  least  24  hours  afterward,  and  seeds  not  be 
alloweil    to   become   dry     \'ar.  Lagrangei,   Hort.   (.1. 


lyaj^vaiic 


236.  Aponogeton  fenestraiis,  the  lace-leaf  plant.    Known 
to  gardeners  mostly  as  Ouvirandra. 

Lagrangei,  Hort.),  is  a  rare  and  beautiful  variety,  with 
violet  bracts  and  Ivs.  violet  beneath.  It  props,  slowly. 
R.H. 1893:380. 

fenestralis,  Hook.  f.  {Ouinrdndra  fenestralis,  Poir.). 
Lace-le.\f.  L.\ttice-le.^f.  Fig.  23G.  Lvs.  oblong,  6-18 
in.  long  and  2-4  in.  broad,  reduced  to  .skeletons,  float- 
ing just  under  the  surface  of  the  water:  fls.  small,  con- 
sisting of  6  stamens,  3  pistils  and  2  white  petal-Uke 
bodies,  numerous,  in  2  spikes  each  about  2  in.  long, 
which  are  united  at  the  ba.se,  and  borne  on  the  top  of  a 
scape  a  foot  or  so  long.  Madagascar.  A.F.  7:67.  A.G. 
15:169.  B.M.  4894.  Gt.  1863:387.  G.M.  38:830. 
On.  30,  pp.  .344,  34.5.  Mn.  6,  p.  231.  F.S.  11:1107. 
I.H.  8:300.  G.W.  10:.59.5  (var.  major) .—The  lvs.  are 
merely  a  tracery  of  nerves  and  cros.s-veins,  but  despite 
their  lace-like  delicacy  they  can  be  handled  with  con- 
siderable roughness.  The  venation  of  the  lace-leaf 
plant  is  like  that  of  the  common  aponogeton,  and  now 
and  then  a  If.  occurs  in  which  the  spaces  between  the 
veins  are  partly  or  wholly  filled  with  green  matter. 
There  is  another  species  with  skeletonized  lvs.  (A .  Ber- 
nierianus),  but  the  open  spaces  are  smaller  and  the 
plant  is  less  desirable  for  cult. 

The  lace-leaf  plant  can  be  grown  in  a  tub  in  a  warm 
greenhouse.  For  some  unknown  reason  the  plant  seems 
rarely  to  succeed  in  a  jar  or  glass  aquarium.  Some 
cultivators  think  that  the  water  must  be  changed  every 
day,  but  this  is  not  nece.ssary.  If  conferva;  appear, 
introduce  a  few  tadpoles  and  snails;  the.se  will  devour 
the  green  scum,  and  help  to  keep  the  plant  in  good 
health  by  furnishing  oxygen.  See  Aqiuirium.  The 
plant  should  be  potted,  and  plunged  not  more  than  18 
in.  below  the  surface  of  the  water.  For  potting  soil  use 
a  rich  compost,  such  as  is  recommended  for  water-lilies. 
The  water  should  be  kept  clean  and  sweet,  and  a 
temperature  of  6.5-70°  pro- 
vided. Avoid  direct  sun- 
light. In  Madagascar  the 
streams  often  dry  up,  and 
the  tubers  carry  the  plant 
over  the  dry  season.  In 
imitation  of  nature  some 
cultivators  take  the  tubers 
out  of  the  .soil,  and  leave 
thf^m  on  a  shelf  in  a  hot^ 
237.  Aporocactus flagelliformis.  house  during  the  month  of 
I  /  y^i  Feb.   It  i.'-  doubtful  whether 


this  is  necessary.  Potting  should  be  done  while  the 
])lant  is  in  active  growth,  not  dormant.  Prop,  by  divi- 
sion. The  lace-leaf  is  cult,  in  all  the  finest  collections 
of  aquatics,  and  is  prized  as  a  ciu'iosity. 

.1.  nnguslifMius,  Ait.  (A.  capensia,  Perrj').  Like  A.  distachyu*. 
but  much  smaller:  fla.  small,  white.  S.  .4fr. — .4.  Bernieriaiius, 
Hook,  f.,  differs  from  A.  fenestralis  in  having  smaller  open  space-* 
in  the  lvs.,  and  pinkish  4-parted  spikes. — A.  Dinteri.  Engl.  <&  Kr. 
Tuber  globose:  floating  lvs.  oblong,  rounded  or  somewhat  emargin- 
atc  at  base,  long-nerved,  not  lace-like:  inflorescence  2-spiked.  yel- 
lowish. German  S.  W.  .\fr.  G.W.  14:659. — .4.  Henckelianua, 
Hort.  Allied  to  A.  fenestralis,  but  rhizome  larger  and  not  creeping: 
lvs.  pale  green,  less  lasting.  Madagascar.  G.C.  III.  40:270. — A. 
monostachyus,  Linn.  f.  (A.  natans.  Engl.  &  Kr.)  Lf.  linear-obloDg 
infl.  in  1  spike,  pink.    India,  Austral.   G.W.  9:62. 

L.  H.  B. 
Wm.  Thicker. 

APOROCACTUS  (Greek,  impenetrable  and  caclus). 
Cacldcese.  A  very  slender  \'ine-like  creeping,  clambering, 
or  hanging  cactus,  sentling  out  aerial  roots:  fls.  rather 
small,  slender,  somewhat  irregular,  bright  red:  fr.  small, 
globose,  reddish,  setose. — Three  species  recognized,  the 
one  below  and  A.  flagriformis,  Lem.,  and  A.  leptophis, 
Britt.  iV  Rose.  Only  one  appears  to  be  in  cult.  These 
plants  are  commonly  referred  to  Cereus. 

flagelliformis,  Lem.  (Cereus  flageUifdrmis,  Mill.). 
Rat-tail  Cactus.  Fig.  237.  Sts.  about  3-2'n-  diam., 
branching:  ribs  10-12:  fls.  2-3  in.  long.  Trop.  Amer. — 
This  is  commonly  hybridized  with  other  species.  It  is  a 
well-known  window-plant.  It  is  easily  grown  and  is  a 
great  favorite  with  people  who  know  little  about  cacti. 
It  is  often  grafted  on  other  cacti  and  worked  into  vari- 
ous fantastic  designs.  It  is  rather  a 
a  free  bloomer,  and  with  proper 
care  a  most  charming  plant  can  be 
obtained.  j.  N.  Rose. 

APOSERIS.  An  alpine  com- 
posite, now  included  in  the  genus 
Hyoseris,  which  see. 

APPLE.  Rosacese.  The  fruit  and 
tree  of  Pyrus  Mains,  one  of  the 
rosaceous  group.  The  name  is  also 
applied,  with  quahfications,  to 
many  other  edible  fruits,  as  may- 
ajjple,  pond-apple,  rose-apple. 

The  apple  is  native  to  south- 
western Asia  and  adjacent  Europe. 
It  has  been  cultivated  from  time 
iimnemorial.  Charred  remains  of 
the  fruit  are  found  in  the  prehis- 
toric lake  dwellings  of  Switzerland 
(Fig.  238).  Now  widely  cultivated 
and  immensely  variable,  the  apple 
is  grown  in  every  temperate  climate,  and  is  probably 
the  most  important  commercial  pomological  fruit. 

The  apple  hits  come  apparently  from  two  original 
stems.  All  the  common  apples  are  modifications  of 
Pyrus  Malus  (see  Pyrus),  a  low  round-headed  tree,  with 
thick  and  fuzzy  irregularly  dentate,  short,  -  stemmed 
leaves  and  fairly  compact,  clusters  of  woolly-stemmed 
flowers.  The  crab-apples  are  derived  chiefly  from 
Pyrus  baccala,  commonly  known  as  the  Siberian  crab. 
This  species  is  probably  of  more  northern  or  eastern 
origin  than  the  other.  It  is  of  smoother  and  more 
wiry  growth,  with  narrower  and  thinner  essentially  gla- 
brous long-.stemmed  leaves,  and  more  open  clusters  of 
glabrou.s-stemmed  flowers.  The  apple  is  small  and 
hard,  and  the  calyx-lobes  fall  at  maturity,  leaving  the 
eye  or  basin  of  the  fruit  .smooth  and  plain.  Hybrids 
between  the.se  species  ai)p:in'ntly  have  given  the  race  of 
large-fruited  crab-a|)ples,  of  wliich  the  Transcendent  and 
Hyslop  are  e.\am|)les.  The  r:ice  known  to  botanists  as 
Pyrus  prunifolin  is  probably  a  hybrid  group.  Certain 
apples  are  native  to  North  America.  Two  species, 
Pyrus  ioennis  and  P.  cornruiria,  are  of  interest  to  the 
pomologist.  The  former  is  the  prairie-states  crab,  and 
IS  the  more  promising.   In  characters  of  growth,  leaves 


238.   Apple  remains 

from  the 
Swiss  lake  dwellings. 


■F"^^^ 

n 

■  •                     < 

^^^3 

^^^^aSltSLj 

^^^PHE   J^^^^^^^H^^tilv.''                    ^^^H^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H 

^^k 

m* 

1 

-*• 

^vjl^^l 

1 

^ 

^^1 

1 

VII.    The  flowers  of  the  apple  tree. 


APPLE 


APPLE 


313 


and  flowers,  it  bears  a  striking  resemblance  to  forms  of 
Pyrtis  Mains.  The  fruit  is  spherical  or  spherical-oblong, 
short-stemmed,  very  hard,  and  remains  green-colored. 
The  fruit  of  the  eastern-states  crab,  Pyrus  coroiiaria, 
is  distinctly  flattened  endwise,  and  is  long-stemmed. 
The  leaves  are  deep-cut  and  often  three-lobed.  There 
are  no  improved  varieties  of  this  eastern  species,  and 
no  authentic  hybriils  between  it  and  tlie  common 
apples.  The  fruit  is  sometimes  used  by  settlers,  but  it 
has  httle  comestible  value.  Pyrus  iucnsis  has  produced 
a  number  of  promising  hybrids  with  the  common 
apple,  and  this  mongrel  race  is  known  as  Pyrus  Soulanlii. 
The  Soulard  crab  is  the  best  known  of  these.  Its 
value  lies  only  in  its  extreme  hardiness.  The  pomo- 
logical  value  of  the  native  crabs  is  prospective.  For  a 
completer  account  of  the  native  apples,  see  'Bailey, 
"Evolution  of  our  Native  Fruits." 

One  of  the  most  perfect  apple  regions  of  this  coun- 
try— considering  productiveness,  quality,  long-keeping 
attributes,  longevity  of  tree — is  that  which  begins  with 
Nova  Scotia  and  extends  to  the  west  and  southwest  to 
Lake  Michigan.  Other  important  regions  are  the 
Piedmont  country  of  Virginia  and  the  highlands  of 
of  adjacent  states;  the  Plains  regions;  the  Ozark  and 


239.   Spur  and  fruit 
bud  of  apple. 


240.  Only  one  fruit  may  set 
in  a  cluster. 


Arkansas  region;  the  interniountain  region  from  Mon- 
tana to  New  Mexico;  the  Northwest,  including  both 
large  and  small  areas  in  British  Columbia,  Washington 
and  Oregon;  and  the  Pacific  region,  comprising  the  foot- 
hills and  parts  of  the  coast  in  California.  All  parts  of 
the  United  States  north  of  Florida  and  the  fiulf  bor- 
ders, and  excluding  the  warm-temperate  parts  of  the 
Southwest,  are  adapted  to  the  apple  in  greater  or  lesser 
degree.  North  America  is  the  leading  apple-growing 
country  of  the  world.  A  full  crop  for  the  I'nited  States 
and  Canada,  of  all  kinds  and  grades,  is  probably  not 
much  less  than  100,000,000  barrels,  although  it  is 
doubtful  whether  more  than  one-thirtl  of  this  vast 
quantity  is  marketed  in  a  fresh  state.  The  apple  is  a 
cosmopolitan  fruit,  and,  since  it  thrives  almost  any- 
where, it  is  commonly  neglected. 

The  apple  was  early  introduced  into  this  country.  In 
the  first  davs  it  was  prized  chiefly  for  cider.  It  is  an 
ancient  and  common  notion  that  any  apple  is  good 
enough  for  cider;  and  this  is  one  reason  for  the  neglect 
in  which  the  apple  plantation  was  commonly  allowed  to 
stand. 

Brief  or  summary  statemenl. 

The  best  results  in  apple-growing  are  to  be  expected 
in  general  when  the  land  is  tilled.  The  reasons  for  till- 
ing the  orchard  are  those  that  apply  to  other  crops, — 
to  make  plant-food  available,  to  extend  the  area  in 
which  the  roots  can  grow,  to  conserve  moisture.    It  is 


4- 


241.  Showing  the  side  bud 
that  is  to  continue  the  spur 
the  following  year. 


especially  important,  in  our  hot  and  sunny  country, 
that  the  roots  extend  deep  enough  to  escape  the  disas- 
trous effects  of  drought.  The  ideal  treatment  of  orchard 
land  is  to  fit 

the  ground  -^ 

deep  before 
the  trees'* 
are  planted, 
to  plow 
deep  for  a 
year  or  two 
or  three  in 

order  to  force  the  roots 
down  and  thoroughly  to 
ameliorate  the  soil  and  to 
practise  shallow  tillage  to 
conserve  moisture  Since 
trees  make  most  of  their 
growth  early  in  the  season, 
the  tillage  should  be  begun 
as  soon  as  the  land  is  fit  in 
spring;  and  it  may  be  dis- 
continued by  midsummer  or 
August.  This  cessation  of 
the  tillage  allows  of  the  growing  of  some  cover-crop  or 
catch-crop  late  in  the  season,  in  order  to  provide  humus 
and  to  improve  the  physical  texture  of  the  soil.  If  the 
land  is  well  handled  in  the  first  few  years,  it  will  not  be 
necessary  to  turn  a  furrow  in  the  orchard  frequently 
thereafter,  but  merely  to  loosen  the  surface  in  the  spring 
with  a  spading-harrow,  spring-tooth  harrow,  or  other 
tool,  to  reestablish  the  surface  mulch.  The  only  rea- 
sons for  turning  a  furrow  will  occur  when  the  land  is  so 
hard  that  the  surface  tools  cannot  mellow  the  surface, 
or  when  it  is  desirable  to  turn  under  a  green-manure 
crop.  Even  hard  lands  may  be  got  in  such  condition, 
by  means  of  tillage  and  green-manures,  that  they  may 
be  worked  up  with  harrow  tools  when  the  orchard 
comes  into  bearing.  Plowing  the  orchard,  therefore, 
has  two  legitimate  objects;  to  mellow  and  ameliorate 
the  land  to  a  considerable  depth,  so  that  the  roots 
may  forage  deep;  to  turn  under  a  cover-crop.  The 
former  purj^ose  should  not  be  necessary  after  the  first 
few  plowings.  An  incidental  object  of  plowing  is  to 
facilitate  the  making  of  the  annual  surface  mulch;  and 
this  mulch  is  to  save  the  moisture. 

On  good  lands  in  which  there  is  a  suflRcient  natural 
supply  of  moisture,  the  .sod-mulch  treatment  may  take 


242.   The  flower-cluster  and  the  leaf-cluster. 

the  place  of  tillage.  This  procedure  keeps  the  land  in 
sod,  and  the  griiss  is  mown  and  allowed  to  remain  on 
the  ground  or  is  spread  under  the  trees. 

The  apple  thrives  in  a  variety  of  soils.  Lands  that 
yield  good  crops  of  wheat  and  corn  may  be  expected 
to  be  good  apple  lands,  if  other  conditions  are  right. 
Rolling,  inclined,  or  somewhat  elevated  lands  are 
generally  considered  to  be  most  desirable.  Their  value 
lies  in  the  better  drainage  of  water  and  air.  The  trees 
may  be  set  in  either  fall  or  spring.  Forty  feet  apart 
each  way  is  the  standard  distance  for  apple  trees;  but 
some  varieties,  as  the  Wagener  and  the  crabs,  may  be 
set  closer.    In  the  South  and  on  the  plains,  trees  may 


314 


APPLE 


APPLE 


be  set  closer,  as  they  do  not  attain  such  great  size  as  in 
the  northe;istern  states.  In  general,  it  is  best  to  devote 
the  land  to  apples  aloae;  but  persons  who  are  willing  to 

give  the  plantation  the 
best  of  care  may  jilant 
other  trees  between  the 
api)les  as  fillers.  The 
more  iliwrse  the  kinds 
of  t  rees  w  h  i  c  h  are 
planted  together,  the 
more  difhcult  it  is  to 
give  the  proper  care 
to  each.  Some  of  the 
shorter-lived  varieties 
of  apples  make  excel- 
lent tillers  in  the  apple 
orchard;  and  in  special 
cases  dwarf  apples  may 
be  vised. 

Although  it  should 
be  the  general  purpose 
to  till  the  apple  or- 
chard throughout  its 
life,  whenever  the  trees 
seem  to  be  growing 
too  rapidly,  the  planta- 
tion may  be  seeded 
down  for  a  time.  That 
is.  tillage  is  the  general  practice;  seeding  down  and 
sod-mulching  are  the  special  practices.  For  the  first 
few  years,  annual  crops  may  be  grown  in  the  apple 

orchard;  but  every  year 
a  more  open  space 
should  be  left  about 
the  trees.  As  often  as  the 
land  becomes  crusted 
it  sho  Lild  be  t  iUed. 
On  strong  lands  which 
are  well  handled,  it  is 
rarely  necessary  to  apply 
concentrated  fertilizers 
until  the  trees  are  old 
enough  to  bear.  What 
fertilizers  are  then 
;  needed,  and  how  much 
.  to  apply,  are  to  be  deter- 
mined by  the  behavior 
of  the  trees.  If  the  trees 
are  making  insufficient 
growth,  and  the  foliage 
lacks  color,  one  or  all  of 
three  things  may  be  the 


243.    Baldwin. 


244.   Ben  Davis. 


247.    Gano.   (XH) 


trouble:  the  trees  may  need  water;  they 
may  be  sufTering  from  in.sects  or  disease; 
they  may  lack  nitrogen.    If  it  is  thought 


that  they  lack  nitrogen,  this  material  may  be  supplied 
in  the  form  of  nitrate  of  soda,  sulfate  of  ammonia,  or 
the  unburneil  animal  substances,  as  blood  and  tankage. 
Two  to  three  hundred 
pounds  to  the  acre  of  the 
nitrate  of  soda  or  sulfate  of 
ammonia  are  liberal  applica- 
tions on  well-tilled  lands. 
If  the  trees  are  making 
vigorous  growth,  the  prob- 
ability is  that  they  are  not 
in  need  of  more  nitrogen. 
Potash  and  phosjihoric  aciil 
ma>'  then  be  ai)plieTt".  Three 
hundred  pounds  of  muriate 
of  potash,  or  other  concen- 
trated material,  should  be 
sufficient  for  an  acre,  under 
ordinary  conditions.  As  a 
rule,  all  orchards  in  full 
bearing  should  have  a 
liberal  annual  application  of  fertilizing  materials.  In 
the  East,  apple  trees  should  be  in  profitable  bearing  at 
twelve  years  from  planting,  and  should  continue  for 
thirty  years.  In  recent  years,  lime  has  been  applied  in 
many  cases  with  good 
results,  about  1,000 
pounds  to  the  acre 
every  four  or  five  years. 
The  two  staple  ene- 
mies of  the  apple  are 
the  apple-worm  (the 
larva  of  the  codlin- 
moth),  and  the  apple- 
snab.  These  are 
readily  held  in  check 
b  y  spraying, —  with 
arsenical  poisons  for 
the  worm,  and  with 
lime  -  sulfur  or  bor- 
deaux mixt.ure  for  the 
scab.  See  Sj>raying. 
Spraying  for  the  worm 
should  be  performed 
as  soon  as  the  last 
petals  fall ;  for  the  scab 
as  soon  as  the  buds 
are  well  burst.  In 
badly  infected  regions 
and  on  very  susceptible 
varieties,  it  may  be 
necessary  to  spray  first 


24S.   Blue  Pearmain.  (  X  H) 


246.   Esopus  (Spitzenberg).  (XM) 


249.   Grimes.  (XH) 


APPLE 


APPLE 


315 


2S0.  Hubbardston.  (XVs) 


for  the  scab  before  the  buds  swell.  Since  there  are 
insects  (as  canker-worms,  case-bearers,  bud-moth) 
that  appear  before  the  flowers  open,  it  is  advisable  to 

add  arsenical  poison  to 
the  fungicide  at  the 
early  spraying.  The 
number  of  times  to 
spray  depends  on  the 
thoroughness  of  the 
work,  the  pests  to  be 
combated,  and  the  sea- 
son; but  it  is  a  good 
rule  to  expect  to  spray 
with  the  combined 
fungicide  and  insecti- 
cide mixture  when  the 
buds  burst,  and  again 
when  the  petals  have 
fallen.  In  the  plains 
country,  less  spraying 
may  be  necessary  for 
the  fungous  diseases. 

The  apple  commonly 
bears   on   spurs.    The 
fruit -bud     is    dis- 
tinguished   by    its 
greater    size    (usu- 
ally    somewhat 
thicker     than      its 
branch),  its  greater 
width     in     propor- 
tion  to   its   length, 
and  more  conspicu- 
ous pubescence.    It 
is  also  distinguished 
by  its  position.    A 
fruit-bud   is  shown 
in  Fig.  239.   A  fruit- 
scar  is  shown  near 
the     base     of     the 
branch.  If  this  fruit 
was  borne  in  1912, 
the     side      branch 
grew  in  1913  from 
a  bud  which  came 
into     existence     in 
1912.   If  we  go  back 
to    the     spring    of 
1912,    the     matter 
can  be  made 
plain.  A  clus- 
ter  of    flow- 
ers appeared. 
One     flower 
set     a    fruit 


251.   Yellow  Newtown.  (  X  H) 


nd       /.''    -  ■,'A'"^.i^^s<^^ 
Its      A/,..       '-f-.     .';-\H,m 

lit-    %^cr^-sSi^\\\:,\mM 


254.  Rome  Beauty. 


(Fig.  240).    This  apple  is  at  the  end  of  the  branchlet 
or  spur.    The  spur  cannot  increase  in  length  in  the  same 
axis.    Therefore,  a  bud  appears  on  the  side  (Fig.  241). 
The     fruit     absorbs    the 
energies    of    the    spur. 
There  is  little  nourishment 
left  for  the  bud.    The  bud 
awaits    its     opportunity; 
the  following  year  it  grows 
into    a   branchlet    and 
makes  a  fruit-bud  at 
end  (Fig.239) ;  and  thereby 
there  arises  an  alternation 
in  fruit-bearing,  althouL 
not  all  alternating  in  fruit- 
bearing  may  be  attributed 
to  this  cause.    The  differ- 
ence  between    fruit-buds 
and  leaf-buds  becomes  ap- 
parent   when     the     buds 
burst  (Fig.  242). 

The  apple  is  budded 
or  root-grafted  on  com- 
mon apple  seedlings. 
These  seedlings  are  usu- 
ally grown  from  seeds  se- 
cured from  cider  mills. 
In  the  East,  budded  trees 
are  preferred.  In  the 
upper  Mississippi  Valley, 
root-grafted  trees  are  pre- 
ferred, largely  because 
own-rooted  trees  of  known 
hardiness  can  be  secured. 
In  Russia,  seedUngs  of 
Pyrus  baccala  are  used  as 
stocks.  They  prevent 
root-killing,  and  give  ear- 
lier fruit-bearing.  Apple 
trees  are  usually  planted 
when  two  or  three  years 
old. 

Apples  are  dwarfed  by 
working  them  on  various 
kinds  of  Paradise  and 
Doucin  stocks.  "These 
stocks  are  merelj'  natu- 
rally dwarf  forms  of  the 
common  apple,  and  which, 
in  some  remote  time,  have 
originated  probably  from 
seeds.  Dwarf  apples  are 
much  grown  in  Europe, 
where  small-area  cultiva- 
tion and  wall-training  are 


256.    Stayman  iWinesap) 
(XJg) 


255. 


Wealthy.  (X^,) 


252.  Northern  Spy.  (X3i) 


253.   Rhode  IsUnd  Greening.  ( X  %) 


257.   York  Imperial.  (.XVs) 


316 


APPLE 


APPLE 


'/ 


258.   Tompkins  bLins.     ine  nji  or  oblate 
American  apple,    i  X  '  j> 


common,  but  they  are  little  knowu  in  America,  and, 
because  of  eeononiioxotuiitious,  are  u.-^ually  not  profit- 
able    here.       See 
■—^^^^  Dudrfiiiy. 

y  '   s  Varieties. 

.  ^^«4.  The  v;irietics  of 

/  apple   trees  aetu- 

/  ^     ally    on     sale     in 

j  ,  Xorth  America  in 

I  '  Mw  \'ear  are   not 

lar  from  1,000 
kinds.  Kacli  great 
f;eonraplii<'al  area 
has  varieties  that 
are  particularly 
adapted  to  it.  In 
the  northern  Mis- 
sissippi Valley, 
there   are   few    of 

the  e.<»stern-states  apjiles  that  thrive.    V'arieties  have 

been  introduced  from  Russia  with  the  expectation  that 

they   will   be   adapted  to  the   region;  but  more  is  to 

be    expected    of    their    progeny    than   of    themselves. 

Varieties     of     local 

origin,  coming  from 

various  stem  types,  || 

are   now   providing       /^  ^X 

that     region 

satisfactory  apples. 

In  the  selectic 

varieties,  one  si 

be    guided    by  this       259.  The  oblate  and  spherical  forms 

adaptation    to    the  of  apple. 

region,  and  by  the 

purpose   for  which  the 

fruit  is  designed  to  be 

grown.  Consult  the  rc<'- 

ommended  Usts  of  the 

state  horticultural  so- 
cieties: ask  persons  who 

have  had  experience  in 

the  given  region;  write 

to  the  experiment  sta- 
tion:   enquire    at    the 

markets.     The   leading 

commercial    varieties   in 


nviding  /^                X 

1     with  /                         \ 

apples.  (                           I 

■tion  of  y                       / 

^should  ^^^_s:=i — 


The  conical  and  ovoid  forms 
of  apple. 


Xorth  America  are  Golden 
Russet  (N.  Y.),  Red  Astrachan.  Baldwin  (Fig.  243), 
Ben  Davis  fFig.  244),  Blue  Pearmain  (Fig.  245), 
Oldenburg  (Duche.ss  of),  Esopus  (Spitzenberg)  (Fig. 
246),  Famcuse,  Gano  (Fig.  247),  Black  Gillitlower  (Fig. 

248),  Gravenst<'in,  Cirimes 
(Fig.  249),  Ilubli.ardston 
(Fig.  2.')0),  Ralls,  ,Jonathan, 
Tompkins  King,  McInto.sh, 


261.  Lady,  a  small  dessert  apple.  (X3^2) 


Missouri  (Pippin),  Newtown  (.Mbemarle)  (Fig.  2.51), 
Northern  S])y  (Fig.  252),  Peek  (Pleasant),  Pennock, 
Rhode  Lsland  Greening  (Fig.  2,53),  Rome  Beautv  (Fig. 
254),  Shoekley,  Twenty  Ounce,  \\'ealthy  (Fig.  255), 
\\'ill(jw  (Twig),  Winesap  and  StaJ^llan  Winesap  (Fig. 
25(j),  Wolf  River, 
Y.>llowBellflower, 
York  Imjierial 
(Fig.  257),  King 
(Fig.  25S).  Bald- 
win and  Ben  Da- 
vis, the  former  of 
secondary  quahty 
and  the  latter  of 
worse,  hold  the 
supremacj'  in 
.American  market  apples.  The  apples  of  the  eastern 
and  central  country  tend  toward  flattened  or  oblate 
shape  (Figs.  258-9).  The  typical  form  of  the  so-called 
long  or  conical  American  ajiple  may  be  seen  in  Fig.  260. 
Many  odd  and  unusual  varieties  are  grown  for  dessert, 
one  of  which  is  shown  in  Fig.  261. 

Monuments  or  markers  have  been  erected  to  a  few 
of  the  most  noted  varieties  of  apples.  Fig.  262  shows 
the  monument  erected  in  Wihnington,  near  Lowell, 
Mass.,  in  1895,  to  the  Baldwin,  with  the  following 
inscription: 

This  Pillar  Erected  in  1895 

BY     THE 

RUMFORD    HISTORICAL   ASSOCLATION 

Incorporated   April  28,  1S77 

Marks  the  estate  whore  in  1793  Samuel  Thompson,  Esq., 

while  locating  the  line  of  the  Middlesex  Canal,  discovered 

the  first  Pecker  apple  tree.    Later  named  the 

BALDWIN 


The  first  tablet  in  New  York  state  in  memory  of 
any  apple  was  erected  in  the  town  of  Camillus,  Onon- 
daga County,  on  the  original  site  of  the  Primate  apple 
tree  (Fig.  263).  John  T.  Roberts,  Syracuse,  N,  Y., 
on  September  11,  1903,  caused  a  bronze  tablet  to  be 
ereetetl  there.  On  this  tablet  is  the  following 
inscription: 

On  this  farm  Calvin  D.  Bingham,  about  1840,  produced 
the  marvellous 

PRIMATE    APPLE 

Named  by  Charles  P.  Cowles 

god's    E.IRTH    IS    FULL    OF    LOVE    TO    M.\N 


A  second  marker  was  erected  in  New  York  in  1912 
to  the  Northern  Spy,  Early 
Joe  and  Melon  apples,  at 
Bloomfield,  by  the  Ontario 
Countv  Fruit-Growers'  Society 
(Fig.  264),  with  the  following 
tablet: 


262.    Monument  Vj 


"^ 


J..  Bjldv, 


:  to  the  Primate  apple. 


Northern  Spy  monument. 

(4  ft.  high.) 


APPLE 


APPLE 


317 


THE    ORIGINAL    NORTHERN    SPY   APPLE    TREE 

stood  about  14  rods  south  of  this  spot,  in  a  seedling 
orchard  planted    hy  Heman    Chapin   about    1800. 

The  Early  Joe  and  Melon  Apples 
also  originated  in  this  orchard 

The  Mcintosh  apple  (Mcintosh  Red)  is  comineni 
orated  (Fig.  265)  by  a  monument  at  Dundela,  Dundas 
County,  Ontario,  as  follows; 

THE   ORIGINAL    McINTOSH    RED    APPLE   TREE 

stood  about  20  rods  north  of  this  spot.    It  was  one 

of   a    number   of  seedlings  taken  from  the  border 

of  the  clearings  and  transplanted  by  John  Mcintosh 

in  the  ^'ear  1796. 

Erected  by  Popular  Subscription  1912. 

The  history  is  that  John  Mcintosh  came  to  Canada 
with  the  United  Empire  Loyalists.  After  spending 
some  time  along  the  frontier,  he  settled  on  his  home- 
stead in  the  county  of  Dundas  in  1790  at  a  place  later 
called  Mcintosh's  Corners,   although  that  place  has 

now  become  extinct  and 
Dundela  has  taken  its 
place.  In  the  year  1796 
while  clearing  some  for- 
est land,  he  came  upon 
a  clump  of  young  apple 
trees,  about  twenty  in 
nimiber.  As  apples  were 
at  that  time  a  luxury, 
the  apple  trees  were  left 
unharmed,  and  a  few 
days  after  were  replanted 
in  a  clearing  nearer  his 
house.  Most  of  the  trees 
thiived  for  a  few  years 
but  finally  died.  In  1830 
only  one  tree  out  of  the 
twenty  remained.  As 
this  apple  wa.s  unnamed, 
Mr.  Mcintosh  combined 
his  own  name  with  the 
color  of  the  apple  and  christened  it  "Mcintosh  Red." 
From  the  time  it  was  transplanted,  it  grew  rapidly 
and  in  a  few  years  bore  an  abundance  of  fruit  the 
color  and  flavor  of  which  attracted  the  attention  of 
the  earUer  settlers.  It  was  situated  about  fifteen  feet 
from  the  house,  and  when  in  1893  the  house  was 
burned,  the  tree  also  received  its  share  of  the  fire  and 
one  side  was  badly  burned.  Nevertheless,  the  other 
side  continued  to  bear  until  190S.  That  summer  the 
leaves  began  to  wilt  and  the  apples  to  fall  off  until  it 
was  entirely  bare.  Thus  the  old  tree  which  had  with- 
stood the  storm  of  112  years  was  forced  at  last  to  sub- 
mit to  the  injuries  received  from  the  fire  of  1893  (Fig. 
21)6).  The  wide  ciiculation  of  the  Mclnto.sh  apple  is 
due  to  his  son,  the  late  Allen  Mcintosh,  who,  fully 
appreciating  the  fruit,  wished  others  to  enjoy  it  also 
and  started  propagating  by  grafting  and  budding  from 
the  original  tree.  This  has  been  repeated  year  after 
year  since  1836. 

The  origin  of  the  Wealthy  apple,  the  leading  va- 
riety of  the  upper  Mississip|)i  Valley,  is  commemorated 
on  the  monument  erected  to  the  memory  of  Peter  M. 
Gideon,  Excelsior,  Minnesota  (Fig.  267).  The  tablet 
was  unveiled  and  dedicated  with  apjiropriate  cere- 
monies on  the  old  farmstead,  where  he  pa.ssed  the  last 
forty-six  years  of  his  life,  at  2  o'clock  on  the  afternoon 
of  Saturday,  June  1.5,  1912.  The  memorial  consists  of 
a  block  of  granite,  raised  on  a  platform  of  solid  con- 
crete, surrounded  by  a  chain  supported  by  a  number 
of  black  iron  posts.  On  the  sloping  top  of  stone  is  a 
bronze  tablet  bearing  this  inscription: 


265. 


Monument  to  the  Mcintosh 
apple,    to  ft.  high.) 


This  Tablet  commemorates  Peter  M.  Gideon 
who  grew  the  original 

WEALTHY  APPLE  TREE 

from  seed  on  this,  his  homestead,  in  1864. 

Erected  by  the  Native  Sons  of  Minnesota,  June,  1912. 

The  triangular  piece  of  ground  on  which  this  is 
placed  containing  approximately  a  half-acre,   is  sur- 
rounded by  a  chain  and  post  fence.    This  ground,  the 
gift  of  O.  P.  Briggs,  is  dedicated  as  "Gideon  Memorial 
Park."   It  lies  on 
the  main  traveled 
boulevard    be- 
tween     Excelsior 
and    Minnetonka 
Beach,    a    few 
hundred      feet 
south  of  the  Mani- 
tou  station  on  the 
electric  fine. 

Special  literature. 

Several  books 
devoted  wholly  to 
the  apple  have 
appeared  in  North 
America:  Warder, 
Apples,  1867; 
Todd,  Apple  Culturist,  1871;  Waugh,  The  American 
Apple  Orchard,  1908;  Burritt,  Apple  Growing,  1912; 
Woolverton,  Canadian  Apple  Grower's  Guide.  For  va- 
rieties, the  two  volumes,  Beach,  Apples  of  New  York, 
published  by  the  New  York  Agricultural  Experiment 
Station,  at  Geneva,  are  invaluable.  Consult,  also.  Vol. 
25,  Nebraska  State  Horticultural  Society,  1894;  The 
Apple,  a  report  of  the  Kansas  State  Horticultural 
Society,  1898.  Nearly  all  the  fruit  manuals  devote 
space   to   the  apple.  L.  H.  B. 

Apple-growing  in  the  northeastern  states. 

Although  the  eastern  region  (New  England,  New 
York,  Pennsylvania)  early  developed  an  apple  industry, 
it  had  few  commercial  orchards  until  near  the  middle 
of  the  last  century.  About  that  time  many  named 
varieties  of  American  origin  were  disseminated.  At 
first  the  product  was  used  largely  for  the  making  of 
cider.  Gradually  there  arose  a  demand  for  fresh  fruit, 


266.    Original  Mcintosh  apple  tree. 


267.    Monument  to  Peter  M.  Gideon  and  the  Wealthy  apple. 


and  as  transportation  facilities  improved  and  the  busi- 
ness became  more  profitable,  there  was  a  rapid  increase 
in  the  number  and  size  of  the  orchards.  The  prodiic- 
tion  of  apples  increased  more  rapidly  than  the  faciUties 
for  distribution  and  soon  the  supply  apparently  ex- 
ceeded the  demand.  The  low  prices  received  in  the 
following  years  discouraged  the  growers  from  fur- 
ther planting.    Many  growers,  being  attracted  by  the 


318 


.M'PLL 


APPLE 


alluring  sottk-inciit  of  tlio  \Vo.-;t  ami  oth'Ts  hv  tho  oppor- 
tunitk-s  in  the  rapidly  ttrowins  inaniifacturins;  cotitcr.-!. 
forsook  their  orcharils.  Of  ihoso  who  ri-inain-."<l.  many 
out  liown  the  trees  to  make  room  for  more  ])rofi(al)le 
crops.  The  orehanls  that  remained  were  mostly  neg- 
lect e<l  and  many  of  them  may  still  he  found,  although 
few  of  them  :ire  now  profitable.  There  have  been  two 
or  three  attempts  at  reviving  the  industry  and  these 
mark  well-defined  ei)oehs  of  orchard  planting. 

With  the  phenomenal  ;uiiassing  of  i)0]nilation  in  the 
ejistern  cities  and  with  the  marketl  iinjirovement  in 
transportation  facilities,  there  hiis  develo])ed  within 
the  p;i#t  ten  years  a  remarkable  opportunity  in  the 
gniwinp  of  apples.  .\s  a  result,  enormous  areas  are 
being   plantetl  and  many 


importance,  there  is  now  known  to  be  mtieh  greater 
latitude  in  this  respect  than  was  generall.y  considered. 
In  recent  years,  ajiples  have  been  successfidly  and 
prolilalily  grown  under  conditions  that  formerly  were 
thought  to  be  ver\'  uiKlesirable.  This  is  mentioned  here 
to  show  that  the  proper  selection  of  varieties  and  the 
.adoiition  of  special  methods  of  treatment  are  also 
im)K)rtant  factors,  and  that  the  "fruit-belt"  is  not  the 
only  controlling  factor. 

The  accompanying  table  gives  some  information 
regarding  the  number  of  apple  trees  and  the  production 
of  ajiples  in  the  states  under  consideration.  One  column 
also  shows  the  relation  of  the  production  of  the  various 
states  to  the  total  production  of  the  United  States: 


of  the  old  and  neglected 
orchards  are  being  re- 
vived. Many  persons  from 
the  cities  are  being  at- 
tracted to  the  cheap  lands 
in  the  Eiist  and  most  of 
them  are  planting  apple 
trees.  It  is  difiicult  to 
ascertain,  even  in  an  ap- 
pro.xiniate  way,  the  nimi- 
ber  of  trees  being  planted 
in  any  section.  The  thir- 
teenth census  shows  that 
there  are  over  7,425,000 
apple  trees  in  the  eight 
states  under  discussion 
that  had  not  reached  the 
bearing  age  in  1910,  and 
there  has  been  much  greater  activity  in  tree-planting  in 
the  three  subsequent  seasons  than  ever  before.  Many  of 
the  old  orchards,  however,  are  fast  passing  out  of  exis- 
tence. From  the  census  reports  it  may  be  seen  that 
despite  the  number  of  young  orchards  coming  into  bear- 
ing in  the  ten-year  period,  there  were  10,488,000  more 
trees  of  the  bearing  age  reported  in  1900  than  in  1910. 
The  question  of  the  probability  of  over-production 
imme<liately  arises.  Most  of  the  growers  are  still 
optimistic,  "thinking  that  for  various  reasons  many  of 
the  orchards  will  never  reach  the  bearing  age  and  that 
with  the  rapidly  growing  population,  the  increasing 
opportunities  for  exporting,  the  raising  of  varieties  of 
better  quality,  and  with  better  methods  of  grading  and 
packing,  the  supply  will  not  exceed  the  demand  for  any 
con.siderable  tune. 

Apple  regions. 

It  is  remarkable  that  the  apple  industry  has  reached 
its  highest  development  in  certain  restricted  regions. 
\\'hen  pomologists  speak  of  the  western  New  York 
fruit-belt  or  the  Champlain  Valley  district,  a  fairly 
definite  area  is  understood.  Usually  such  districts  are 
marked  by  exceptionally  favorable  soil  or  climatic 
conditions.  The  con.sj)icuous  apple  regions  of  the  North- 
east, although  fre()uently  hundreds  of  miles  apart, 
fX).ssess  about  the  same  set  of  conditions.  This  is 
especially  true  within  the  same  parallels  of  latitude. 
The  distinctive  features  of  these  regions  are: 

(\)  A  favorable  climat(;,  that  insures  protection 
from  extreme  temperature,  affords  sufTicient  rainfall 
in  simimer,  and  that  furnishes  long  days  and  abundant 
sunshine  throughout  the  growing  season. 

(2)  A  favorable  si)i\,  that  insures  good  drainage,  ease 
of  cultivation,  and  a  spacious  feeding-ground  for  the 
roots. 

(Z)  A  suitable  topography,  that  affords  adequate 
atmo.spheric  drainage  and  insures  protection  from 
frosts  anri  freezes.  I.ands  adjacent  to  large  bodies  of 
water,  however,  are  not  necessarily  dejjcndent  upon 
variations  in  altitude  to  insure  protection  from  frost. 

While  favorable  soil,  climate  and  topography  often 
are  determining  factors  and  are  considerations  of  great 


Various  Apple  Statistics  fob  the  Northeastern  States,  According  to  the 
Census  Reports  for   1900  and   1910. 


State 

Bushels 
1899 

Bushels 
1909 

Per  cent 
of 
total  pro- 
duction 
of  U.  S. 
1909 

Trees  of  bearing 
age 

Trees  not 
of 

1900 

1910 

bearing  age 
1910 

1,422,000 
1,979,000 
"1,177,000 
3,023,000 
339,000 
3,709,000 
24,111,000 
4,641,000 

3.6,36,000 

1,108,000 

1,460,000 

2,550,000 

213,000 

1,541,000 

25,409,000 

11,048,000 

2.48 
.08 
.10 

1.73 
.01 

1.04 
17.22 

7.49 

4,185,000 

2,034.000 

1,675,000 

1,8.52,000 

214,000 

1,167.000 

15,055,000 

11,774,000 

3,477,000 

1,241,000 

1,184,000 

1,367,000 

152,000 

799,000 

11,248,000 

8,000,000 

1,045,000 

N.  Hampshire.. 

Vermont 

Massachusetts. 
Rhode  Island.. 
Connecticut.. . . 

New  York 

Pennsylvania. . 

207,000 

220,000 

356.000 

55,000 

212,000 

2,829,000 

2,501,000 

Total 

40,401,000 

46,905,000 

31.83 

37,956,000 

27,468,000 

7,425,000 

By  comparing  the  production  from  the  various 
counties,  it  is  easy  to  determine  the  conspicuous  apple 
sections.  The  following  table  shows  the  production 
from  the  twenty-four  highest  producing  counties  in  the 
northeastern  states: 

Table  Showing  Prodxjction  of  Apples  from  the 
Twenty-four  Highest  Producing  Counties  in 
THE  Northe.astern  States,   Census  of   1910. 


County 

State 

Bushels 

New  York 
New  York 
New  York 
New  York 
New  York 
New  York 
New  York 
New  York 
New  York 
Massachusetts 
New  York 
New  York 
New  York 
Massachusetts 
New  York 
New  York 
New  York 
New  York 
Maine 

Pennsylvania 
New  York 
Pennsylvania 
Maine 
Maine 

3,304,000 

2,592,000 

2,367,000 

2,229,000 

913.000 

893,000 

795,000 

Ulster                 .                       .... 

668,000 

646,000 

633,000 

630,000 

625,000 

Erie                  

623,000 

595,000 

581.000 

558.000 

528.000 

4S4.000 

Oxford     

443.000 

Kerka 

426,000 

Oswego 

406,000 
399.000 

392,000 

389,000 

It  will  be  seen  that  of  the  twenty-four  counties, 
seventeen  are  in  New  York  state,  three  in  Maine  and 
two  each  in  Massachusetts  and  Pennsylvania. 

The  territory  under  consideration  lies  mostly  between 
the  G8th  and  81  si,  degrees  of  longitude  and  the  40th  and 
4()th  degrees  of  latitude.  It  possesses,  on  the  whole,  a 
very  irregular  tofjography,  resulting  from  glacial 
deposits.  It  is  drained  in  almost  all  directions  by  rivers 
of  various  sizes.  It  includes  many  fertile  valleys,  ele- 
vated plateaus,  and  several  mountainous  areas.    Along 


APPLE 


APPLE 


319 


the  coast,  in  many  sections,  and  on  the  shores  of  the 
Great  Lakes  are  fairly  broad  low-lying  plateaus.  These 
areas,  with  the  broatl  river  valleys  and  their  bordering 
slopes,  are  of  great  importance  from  a  fruit-growing 
standpoint. 

In  a  rough  way,  the  lands  may  be  divided  into  two 
main  groups.  The  first  embraces  the  river  valleys, 
including  tlie  vallej-  slopes,  and  the  lower  plains  adja- 
cent to  the  Great  Lakes,  and  certain  areas  near  the  coast. 
To  this  group  belong  the  most  conspicuous  apple-grow- 
ing areas,  such  as  those  along  the  valleys  of  the  Con- 
necticut, the  Hudson,  the  St.  Lawrence,  the  Mohawk, 
the  Susquehanna  and  other  smaller  rivers,  and  the 
shores  of  Lake  Erie,  Lake  Ontario,  Lake  Champlain 
and  various  inland  lakes. 

The  second  group  of  lands  embraces  the  uplands, 
composed  usually  of  more  or  less  rolling  land  with 
innumerable  hills,  narrow  valleys,  and  great  plateaus. 
This  territory  embraces  much  rough  mountainous  land 
that  is  of  little  value  except  for  forestry.  In  general,  the 
upland  territory  is  devoted  mainly  to  diversified  farm- 
ing. As  a  rule,  only  the  hanlier  varieties  of  apples  are 
grown,  but  in  the  uplands  there  are  innumerable 
areas  of  restricted  dimensions  that  are  well 
adapted  to  the  growing  of  apples  in  conjimction  ■ 

with  other  interests. 

In  the  East  apples  are  extensively  grown  for 
home  use  and  for  local  market.  For  this  reason 
the  apple  industry  is  not  so  centralized  as  it  is 
in  some  other  regions,  although  there  are  many 
large  commercial  orchards.  Many  individual 
orchards  are  small,  being  on  diversified  farms. 
According  to  the  thirteenth  census,  the  ave- 
rage value  of  farm  lands  throughout  the  eight 
states  is  .$23.28  per  acre.  The  price  recorded 
for  the  states  of  Pennsylvania,  New  York. 
Massachusetts,  Connecticut  and  Rhode  Island 
was  about  the  same,  averaging  $33.92  per  acre, 
while  that  for  the  remaining  three  states, 
Maine,  New  Hampshire  and  Vermont  was 
much  lower,  averaging  S13.31  per  acre. 

The  apple-growing  area  in  the  northeastern 
states  is  rapidly  extending  and  comprises  much 
of  the  cheaper  lands  of  the  territory.    In  New 
England,  the  area  embraces  the  southern  half 
of  Elaine,  New  Hampshire,  and  Vermont,  pro- 
jecting somewhat  northward  along  the  west- 
em    border  of  the  latter  state,  and  extending  south- 
ward to  include  the   greater  part  of   Massachusetts, 
Connecticut,   and    Rhode    Island.     Here    the    leading 
■varieties    in  the  older  orchards  are   Baldwin,   Rhode 
Island  Greening,  Northern  Spy,  Roxbury,  Ben  Davis, 
Fameuse,     Tolman,    Hubbardston,    Oldenburg,    Red 
Astrachan,  Bethel,  Twenty  Ounce,  Mcintosh,  Yellow 
Bellflower,   and    Wealthy.     The    later   plantings   are 
mostly  of  higher  quality  varieties,  including  Northern 
Spy,  Mcintosh,  Wealthy,  Fall  Pippin,  Sutton,  Wagener, 
Red  Canada,  Esopus  (Spitzenberg),  Gravenstein,  Yel- 
low Transparent,  Red  Astrachan,  Fameuse,  Tompkins 
King,  and  Williams.    The  Baldwin,  however,  continues 
to  be  the  most  popular  variety  in  New  England. 

In  New  York,  the  main  apple-growing  section  extends 
along  the  south  shore  of  Lake  Ontario,  but  the  industry 
is  rapidly  developing  in  many  other  parts,  including 
the  Hudson,  Champlain,  St.  Lawrence,  and  lower 
Mohawk  valleys,  and  the  lands  surrounding  the  central 
lakes.  The  leading  varieties  in  the  bearing  orchards 
are  Baldwin,  Rhode  Island,  Northern  Spy,  Tompkins 
King,  Roxburj',  Hubbardston,  Esopus  (Spitzenberg), 
Golden  Russctt,  Ben  Davis,  Tolman,  Black  Gilhflower, 
Twenty  Ounce,  Swaar,  ^Vestfield,  Pumpkin  Sweet, 
Fameuse,  Fall  Pippin,  Yellow  Bellflower,  Mcintosh, 
Wealthy,  Oldenburg,  Red  Astrachan,  Jonathan,  Yel- 
low Newtown,  Green  Newtown,  Maiden  Blush,  Graven- 
stein, Blue  Pearmain,  Early  Harvest,  Alexander,  and 
Yellow  Transparent.    Many  of  these  varieties  are  still 


being  planted,  but  the  tendency  is  to  set  fewer  varie- 
ties and  more  of  the  leading  commercial  sorts. 

The  apple-growing  area  in  Pennsylvania  is  limited 
largely  to  the  southeastern  part  of  the  state.  The 
industry  has  reached  its  highest  development  in  the 
Cumberland  Valley,  especially  in  Cumberland,  Adams 
and  Franklin  counties.  Much  planting  is  now  being 
done  along  the  upper  Susquehanna  in  Luzerne,  Lacka- 
wanna, and  Wyoming  counties.  In  the  southwestern 
part  of  the  state,  Bedford  and  Somerset  counties  also 
have  many  commercial  orchards.  Southern  Pennsyl- 
vania has  a  longer  growing  season  than  New  York  and 
New  England  and  this  is  plainly  shown  by  the  nature 
of  the  varieties  most  commonly  grown.  The  older 
orchard.^  are  composed  mainly  of  York  Imperial,  Bald- 
win and  Northern  Spy,  but  the  newer  plantings  are 
mostly  Stayman  Winesap,  Mcintosh,  DeUcious,  and 
Northern  Spy. 

Cultural  peculiarities. 

While  there  is  diversity  of  opinion  regarding  cul- 
tural methods,  the  common  practice  embraces  a  sys- 


268.  Apple  orchard  at  bearing  age,  as  seen  in  the  northeastern  states. 

tem  of  clean  culture  with  cover-crops.  In  some  regions, 
especially  on  the  heavier  soils,  it  has  been  found  that; 
this  treatment,  if  practised  year  after  year,  produces 
too  much  growtrh.  In  such  cases,  the  cover-crop,  in- 
stead of  being  turned  under,  is  allowed  to  stand  till 
about  June,  when  it  is  out  and  allowed  to  remain  on  the 
surface  as  a  mulch.  In  New  England,  clover  is  most 
commonly  used  as  a  cover-crop.  In  New  York  and 
Pennsylvania,  various  crops  are  used  for  the  purpose; 
among  these  the  most  common  are  clover,  vetch,  rye, 
buckwheat,  turnips,  cowpeas,  and  soybeans.  Some 
growers  in  various  parts  have  secured  good  results 
from  growing  their  trees  in  sod,  mowing  the  grass  and 
leaving  it  as  a  mulch.  The  success  of  this  method 
depends  largely  on  the  quantity  of  herbage  that  can 
be  grown  in  the  orchard.  If  the  orchard  does  not  pro- 
duce enough,  it  must  be  supplemented  with  some  form 
of  coarse  material  from  other  sources.  A  system 
of  this  kind  ma.y  be  very  satisfactorily  employed 
in  various  parts  of  Pennsylvania,  New  York  and  New 
England,  where  there  is  much  land  that,  although  well 
adapted  to  apple-growing,  is  oftentimes  too  steep  for 
cultivation. 

As  a  rule,  chemical  fertilizers  are  used  in  the  orchard. 
Since  the  supply  of  hiunus  may  be  maintained  in  the 
orchard  by  the  use  of  cover-crops,  most  growers  prefer 
to  use  the  available  stable  manure  for  crops  like  corn, 
hay,  or  vegetables,  that  are  not  so  easily  adapted  to 
cover-crop    treatment.     Stable    manure,    however,    ia 


APPLE 


APPLE 


often  used  in  sod  orchards  to  supply  additional  mulcii 
as  well  as  the  elements  of  plant-food.  Many  growers  are 
coming  to  realize  that  the  apple  tree  does  not  require 
heavy  applications  of  fertilizers.  More  important  than 
fertilizers  is  moisture  supply,  and  this  is  maintained  by 
incrciising  the  humus  and  by  cultivation.  Very  few 
growers  are  applying  much  nitrogen,  depending  upon 
leguminous  cover-crops  to  keep  up  the  supply.  .Vs  a 
source  of  phosphoric  acid,  raw  ground  bone  is  the  most 
common  material.  In  recent  years,  very  large  quan- 
tities of  btisic  slag  have  been  used,  600  to  SOO  pounds 
per  acre  usually  being  applied.  Potash  is  usually  ap- 
plied in  the  muriate  form,  but  some  growers  jjrefer  to 
use  the  sulfate  of  potash.  Recently,  growers  have 
realizixl  the  necessity  for  applying  lime,  and  this  is 
being  used  largely  in  the  form  of  ground  limestone. 

There  is  a  growing  feeling  that  in  the  past  young 
trees  have  been  pruned  too  severely.  Progressive 
growers  think  that  the  young  apple  tree  should  not  be 
pruned  very  severely  during  the  dormant  season.  With 
this  is  associated  the  idea  that  when  much  pruning  is 
necessary,  some  of  it,  at  least,  should  be  performed  in 
the  growing  season.    This  practice  tends  to  bring  the 


ii09.  Harvest  time  in  the  apple  orchard. 

trees  into  bearing  earlier  and  to  make  better-shaped 
trees.  Summer  pruning,  when  employed,  is  usually 
performed  about  .luly  1  or  just  before  growth  ceases. 
Mature  trer-s  fend  to  overbear,  and  pruning  them  in 
the  flormant  season  is  the  rule. 

A  striking  feature  in  the  work  of  renovating  old 
orchards  is  the  .severity  with  which  many  of  the  trees 
are  pruned.  High-headed  trees,  especially  those  that 
arc  verj'  weak,  are  cut  back  to  mere  stubs  on  which  tlio 
growth  of  water-sprouts  is  encouraged.  From  these 
sprouts  new  heads  are  formed.  Trees  treated  in  this 
way  often  prorluce  fair  crops  of  fruit,  when  properlj- 
trained,  the  fourth  or  fifth  year  following  the  treat- 
ment. Other  trees  that  are  in  better  shape  to  start 
with,  are  dealt  with  less  severely,  only  the  higher 
branches  being  removed  and  the  remaining  ones  short- 
ened in. 

Spraying  practices  are  about  the  same  throughout 
the  various  regions  of  the  Northeast.  The  concentrated 
lime-sulfur  wash,  either  prepared  or  home-made,  has 
befxjme  the  standard  remedy  for  scale.  In  some  sec- 
tions and  especially  for  use  on  old  apple  trees,  the  mis- 
cible  oils  are  preferred.  For  the  various  fungous  trou- 
bles, of  which  scab,  black-rot,  rust  and  sooty-blotch 
are  the  most  conspicuous,  a  weak  lime-sulfur  prepara- 
tion hi  generally  employed.  Applications  are  usually 
marie  iu.st  before  the  blossoms  open,  again  afti'r  the 
petals  fall,  and  one  or  two  later  applications  at  intervals 
of  three  or  four  weeks.  Arsenate  of  lead  is  usually 
added  for  the  control  of  insects.  In  New  England, 
the  lime-sulfur  as  a  summer  spray  has  not  given  satis- 
faction, and  the  tendency  is  to  use  regular  bordeaux 


mixture  for  the  first  application  and  a  very  weak 
bordeaux  for  the  subsequent  treatments.  With  most 
varieties,  and  under  ordinary  conditions,  the  one  apph- 
cation  is  sufficient  to  control  the  various  diseases.  One 
or  two  api)lications  of  arsenate  of  lead,  either  with  or 
without  bordeaux,  is  usually  applied  after  the  blossoms 
have  fallen. 

The  practice  of  thinning  apples  is  becoming  somewhat 
general  among  the  commercial  growers  of  New  England 
and  in  most  sections  of  New  York  and  Pennsylvania. 
The  work  is  usualh^  performed  about  July  1,  or  just  after 
the  so-called  "June  drop."  In  some  sections  in  western 
New  York,  where  the  evaporating  trade  takes  the 
greater  part  of  the  crop,  the  practice  is  almost  unknown. 

Markeling. 

The  apple  crop  in  general  farming  districts  is  mostly 
disposed  of  within  the  limits  of  the  territory  and  usually 
in  the  local  market.   The  more  extensive  growers,  how- 
ever, ship  large  quantities  to  the  eastern   cities,  and 
varying  quantities,   depending  upon  the  supply,   are 
exported.    Progress  in  grading  and  packing  has  been 
slow,  chiefly  because  of  lack   of  necessity.   There   is 
great  demand  in   the  manufacturing  centers  for  a 
medium  grade  of   fruit  and  in  such   places  it  has 
not  paid  to  increase  the  price  of  apples  by  fancy 
grading  and  packing.     Some  growers,  even  at  the 
present  time,  say  that  thej'  make  as  much  from  their 
lower  grades  as  from  their  higher  grades.    This  ap- 
plies especiall}'  to  sections  where  peddlers  come  to 
the   orchard,   take   the   fruit  away  and  bring  the 
barrels  back.    The  enormous  number  of  varieties 
has  also  affected  progress  in  the  way  of  improved 
methods.    Methods  of  packing  and  selling  are  very 
diverse.    The  barrel  still  remains  the  most  popular 
|):ickage,  although  the  box  is  being  largely  used.    In 
the  vicinity  of  the  large  cities  and  towns,  special 
packages   are   used   for  the  retail   trade.     Around 
Boston,  a  slatted  bushel  box  is  in  common  use.  In 
Connecticut,  the  conmion  Jersey  peach  basket  is 
largely  used,  with  a  growing  tendency  toward  the 
climax    basket.      Near   Philadelphia,    the   familiar 
hamper  is  still  in  use.    The  box  package  as  used  in 
the  West  has  been  adopted  by  many  growers  in  New 
York  and  in  northern  New  England.   In  Connecticut, 
there  is  a  movement  to  adopt  a  distinctive  package, 
like  the  climax  basket,  for  the  fancy  retail  trade  and 
to  continue  to  use  the  barrel  for  the  general  crop. 

C.  D.  Jarvis. 
The  apple  in  Canada. 

Apples  have  been  cultivated  in  Canada  for  about  300 
years.  In  the  early  part  of  the  seventeenth  century, 
the  French  settlers  brought  with  them  seeds  and  trees 
to  the  banks  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River,  along  which 
the  first  settlements  were  made.  In  that  part,  of  Canada 
which  in  the  French  regune  was  known  as  Acadia,  now 
the  province  of  Nova  Scotia,  apple  trees  were  planted 
early  in  the  seventeenth  century  also.  Trees  were  top- 
grafted  in  Nova  Scotia  as  early  as  1764,  and  some  of 
these  old  trees  are  still  alive.  On  account  of  poor 
transportation  facilities  in  Canada  until  comparatively 
recent  years,  the  development  of  apple-growing  was 
slow  for  a  long  time  and  it  has  been  only  during  the 
Ijast  fifty  or  sixty  years  that  a  rapid  growth  in  ttie 
industn,'  has  taken  place.  Now,  however,  the  pro- 
duction of  ai)ples  is  large  and  is  increasing  very  fast. 
In  I'Jll  the  number  of  bushels  of  apples  grown  in  Can- 
ada was  estimated  at  10,384,985. 

Regions. 

The  area  in  Canada  over  which  apples  can  be  grown 
is  very  large.  In  the  provinces  of  Ontario  and  (Juebec, 
there  is  a  belt  of  about  700  miles  in  length,  where 
apple  trees  can  be  successfully  grown,  while  in  the  prov- 
ince of  Ontario  alone  the  best  winter  apples  can  be 


APPLE 


APPLE 


321 


grown  over  an  area  of  about  350  miles  long  by  30  to  150 
miles  in  width.  Over  this  great  winter-apple  area,  which 
may  be  roughly  divided  into,  first:  that  part  bordering 
on  Lake  Ontario  and  extending  for  30  and  more  miles 
inland;  second,  that  bordering  Lake  Huron  and  for 
several  miles  back;  and  third,  the  southwestern  part,  of 
Ontario, — the  Northern  .Spy,  Baldwin,  Tompkins  King 
and  Rhode  Island  Greening  are  the  predominant  win- 
ter varieties  of  the  better  class. 

Nova  Scotia  has  long  been  noted  for  its  winter 
apples,  which  ship  and  keep  well.  The  most  favored 
parts  are  the  Annapolis  and  Cornwallis  vallej's,  which 
have  a  total  length  of  about  100  miles  and  vary  in  width 
from  6  to  11  miles.  Here  apples  of  British  or  European 
origin,  such  as  Blenheim,  Ribston,  Gravenstein,  Cox 
Orange  Pippin,  and  Yellow  Bellflower  do  particularly 
well.  But  it  is  being  found  that  winter  apples  can  be 
grown  successfully  along  the  southeastern  part  of  Nova 
Scotia,  and  a  large  area  will  no  doubt  be  eventually 
planted  to  apple  trees  there.  In  the  northern  part  of 
Nova  Scotia,  the  hardier  apples,  including  some  winter 
varieties,  do  well.  Prince  Edward  Island,  the  smallest 
province  in  Canada,  produces  excellent  apples,  and  here 
may  be  found,  perhaps,  the  longest-keeping  fruit  in 
Canada  of  the  varieties  grown,  due  no  doubt  to  the 
cool  autumn.  The  season  is  somewhat  short  for  some 
of  the  latest-maturing  varieties.  The  province  of  New 
Brunswick  has  for  a  long  time  shown  its  adaptability 
for  apple-culture,  and  in  this  province  some  of  the 
highest-colored  and  best-flavored  apples  are  grown. 
The  climate  over  a  large  part  of  New  Brunswick  is 
much  the  same  as  the  southern  part  of  the  province  of 
Quebec  and  eastern  and  central  Ontario,  and  over  this 
great  area  such  apples  as  Wealthy,  Fameuse,  Mcintosh, 
Alexander,  Wolf  River  and  others  are  grown  to  great 
perfection. 

In  the  far  West,  British  Columbia  has  many  districts 
and  valleys  well  suited  for  summer,  autumn  and  winter 
varieties  of  apples,  but  some  varieties  do  better  in  one 
district  than  in  another.  At  present  the  three  most 
important  parts  are,  first,  that  comprising  the  damp 
chmate  of  the  lower  mainland  near  the  coast,  and  Van- 
couver Island;  second,  the  dry  interior  country  where 
irrigation  is,  as  a  rule,  necessary,  including  the  Okana- 
gan  and  other  valleys;  and  third,  the  Kootenays,  East 
and  West,  the  Sahnon  Arm,  and  other  districts  where 
irrigation  is  in  most  places  unnecessary.  Many  valleys 
farther  north  than  the  present  commercial  orchards 
extend  are  being  found  suitable  for  apple-culture. 

In  the  prairie  provinces  of  Manitoba,  Saskatchewan 
and  Alberta,  few  apples  have  as  yet  been  grown,  but  it 
is  thought  that  before  long  some  parts  of  these  prov- 
inces will  be  producing  large  quantities  of  apples.  In 
southern  Manitoba  the  Russian  varieties  of  apples  are 
succeeding  well  in  places  where  cared  for,  and  consider- 
able quantities  of  fruit  have  been  obtained  there.  The 
chief  causes  of  failure  in  the  prairie  provinces  appear 
to  be,  first,  too  late  growth,  preventing  proper  ripening 
of  the  wood,  and  due,  we  believe,  to  the  rich  soil  with 
its  large  percentage  of  available  nitrogen;  second,  to 
the  drying  out  of  the  trees  in  winter  on  account  of  their 
being  exposed  to  dry  and  very  cold  winds  for  a  long 
period;  and  third,  on  account  of  early  growth  in  spring 
followed  by  hard  frosts.  All  of  these  causes  of  failure 
may  in  a  large  degree  be  overcome  by  planting  the 
hardiest  varieties  in  well-drained,  light  soil,  protecting 
them  from  winds  in  winter  by  means  of  windbreaks, 
and  choosing  exposures  where  growth  will  not  start 
early.  In  the  wooded  country  in  northern  Saskatchewan 
and  Alberta,  where  the  springs  are  cooler  and  where 
there  is  natural  protection,  it  is  thought  that  ultimately 
large  quantities  of  apples  will  be  grown.  At  present 
crab-apples  are  being  grown  in  a  number  of  places  and 
also  the  small  hybrid  apples  originated  by  William 
Saunders. 

The  farthest  north  that  apples  have  been  grown  in 

21 


Canada  east  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  of  which  we  have 
a  record,  is  at  Fort  Vermilion,  Peace  River,  in  latitude 
56°,  where,  in  1910,  fruit  was  grown  of  the  hybrid  apples 
referred  to. 

Varieties  of  apples  'recommended  for  different  parts  of 
Canada. 

Ontario  {districts  bordering  Lake  Ontario  and  Lake  Huron, 
and  southwestern  Ontario):  Summer — Red  Astrachan,  Oldenburg. 
Fall — Gravenstein,  Wealthy,  Alexander.  Mcintosh,  Fameuse, 
Blenheim.  Winter — Tompkins  King,  Rhode  Island  Greening,  Bald- 
win, Northern  Spy,  Cranberry,  Stark, 

Nova  Scotia  {Annapolis,  Cornwallis,  and  adjacent  valleys): 
Summer — Red  Astrachan,  Oldenburg.  Fall — Gravenstein,  Wealthy, 
Blenheim,  Ribston.  Winter — Tompkins  King,  Yellow  Bellflower, 
Wagener,  Cox  Orange  Pippin,  Rhode  Island  Greening,  Stark, 
Northern  Spy,  American  Golden  Russet,  Fallawater,  Roxbury 
Russet  (Nonpareil),  and  Ben  Davis. 

Nova  Scotia  {northern  and  colder  parts)  New  Brunswick, 
Quebec  {except  coldest  parts).  Eastern  and  Central  Ontario: 
Summer — Transparent,  Lowland  Raspberry,  Oldenburg.  Fall — 
St.  Lawrence,  Wealthy,  Dudley,  Alexander,  AIcMahon.  Winter — 
Mcintosh,  Fameuse,  Wolf  River,  Bethel,  Milwaukee. 

Prince  Edward  Isl.\nd:  Summer — Transparent,  Oldenburg, 
Fall — Wealthy,  Dudley,  Gravenstein  (whick  keeps  well  into  winter 
here).  Winter — .\lexander,  Wolf  River,  Mcintosh,  Stark.  Such 
varieties  as  Blenheim.  Ribston,  Tompkins  King,  Northern  Spy, 
and  many  others  can  be  grown  on  Prince  Edward  Island,  but  are 
not  so  reliable  for  commercial  purposes. 

British  Columbi.\  (lower  mainland,  Vancouver  Island); 
Yellow  Transparent,  Oldenburg,  Gravenstein,  Wealthy,  Tompkins 
King,  Grimes.  For  irrigated  districts  of  Southern  British  Columbia: 
Transparent,  Red  Astrachan,  Oldenburg,  Wealthy,  Mcintosh.  Jona- 
than, Wagener,  Rome  Beauty,  and  in  addition  for  the  most  favored 
parts,  Esopus,  Yellow  Newtown,  and  Winesap.  Other  temperate 
parts  where  irrigation,  if  practised,  is  not  general,  including  the 
Kootenays,  Salmon  Arm,  and  Armstrong  district:  Yellow  Trans- 
parent, Oldenburg,  Gravenstein,  Wealthy,  Mcintosh,  Jonathan, 
Wagener,  Grimes  and  Northern  Spy. 

Hardiest  varieties  for  coldest  parts  of  Canada:  Summer  to 
Autumn — Blushed  Calville,  Lowland  Raspberry.  Oldenberg,  Char- 
lamoff.  Autumn  to  Winter — Antonovka,  Wealthy.  Hibernal,  Mc- 
Mahon,  Longfield,  and  Patten.  Crab-applei, — Whitney,  Virginia 
Martha,  Transcendent,  Hyslop  and  the  small  hybrid  apples  origi- 
nated by  Wm.  Saunders. 

Up  to  comparatively  recent  years,  Canada  had 
depended  mainly  on  the  other  parts  of  the  world  for 
varieties  to  plant,  but  some  excellent  apples  of  Cana- 
dian origin  are  now  in  commerce,  such  as  Fameuse, 
Mcintosh,  St.  Lawrence,  and  Baxter.  Within  the  past 
twenty  years  under  the  direction  of  the  Dominion 
Government,  many  new  varieties  have  been  originated 
with  a  view  to  furnishing  suitable  kinds  for  the 
prairie  provinces,  and  secondly  to  obtain  apples  of  the 
best  color  and  quality  which  would  succeed  over  a 
wider  range  than  those  on  the  market  at  present.  The 
results  so  far  have  been  very  promising. 

General  outlook. 

Canadians  are  fully  alive  to  the  importance  of  prac- 
tising the  best  methods  of  apple-culture,  and  in  those 
parts  of  the  Dominion  where  the  industry  is  an  impor- 
tant one,  the  methods  employed  and  culture  given  are 
equal  to  those  in  other  countries. 

The  cooperative  movement  is  strong  in  Canada,  and 
there  are  many  cooperative  associations  for  the  buying 
of  horticultural  supplies  and  for  the  marketing  of  fruit. 
There  has  been  an  Act  in  force  in  Canada  since  1899  by 
which  Dominion  inspectors  may  examine  fruit  packed 
in  closed  packages  before  shipment  in  any  part  of 
Canada.  The  Act  empowers  the  inspectors  to  mark  the 
package  "Falsely  Marked"  if  the  fruit  within  the  pack- 
age is  not  of  the  grade  or  quahty  indicated  by  the  marks 
outside,  and  the  person  who  packs  the  fruit  and  marks 
the  package  is  liable  to  a  fine. 

There  is  a  minimum  standard  or  legal  barrel  of  96 
Imperial  quarts  for  apples  throughout  Canada,  and  a 
uniform  box  of  10  x  1 1  x  20  inches,  inside  measure- 
ments. The  barrel  is  still  the  popular  package  in  eastern 
Canada,  although  the  use  of  the  box  is  steadily  increas- 
ing. In  British  Columbia,  however,  the  box  is  used 
practically  altogether. 

The  outlook  for  apple-growing  in  Canada  is  bright. 
The    market    for    Canadian    apples    appears    to    be 


322 


APPLE 


APPLE 


iinliinited.  if  the  fruit  is  well  packed  and  properly  dis- 
trihuteil,  and  the  qiujntit.y  of  apples  that  Canada  is  able 
to  produce  is  enormous.  For  further  information,  see 
Brilifh  \orth  America,  Ilorlicullure  in. 

W.  T.  Macoun. 

The  arfl:;  in  the  southern  Alleghany  Mountain 
region.    Fig.  270. 

With  n^spect  to  climatic  conditions,  the  AUeglumy 
region  presents  the  widest  range  of  extremes  within 
short  distances  in  ejistern  North  America.  Extending 
through  nearly  seven  degrees  of  north  latitude,  its  great 


270.    The  Alleghany  apple  region. 

valleys,  plateaus,  detached  hills  and  long  ridges  vary  in 
elevation  from  500  to  more  than  4,000  feet  above  sea- 
level,  presenting  in  their  varied  slopes  almost  every 
angle  of  exposure  to  the  sun.  Correspondingly  varied 
soils  occur  also,  often  in  close  proximity,  so  that  within 
short  distances,  combinations  of  soil  and  climatic  con- 
ditions adapted  to  more  widely  differing  types  of  plants 
are  found  than  elsewhere  in  the  humid  regions  of  the 
United  States.  The  extreme  contrasts  occur  in  western 
North  Carolina,  where  in  the  sheltered  valleys  and 
thermal  belts  of  the  eastern  slopes  of  the  Blue  Ridge, 
the  fig  and  the  European  grape  are  grown  with  a  fair 
degree  of  success  within  a  few  miles  of  higher  lands  well 
adapted  to  a  wide  range  of  winter  apples. 

While  fewer  chronological  records  have  been  pre- 
Berve<l  of  the  earlier  history  of  apple-culture  in  this 
region  than  is  true  of  some  of  the  more  northern  apple 
districts,  it  is  evident  from  scattered  references  that  in 
Bome  localities  in  Virginia  and  North  Carolina,  rather 
eystematic  culture  of  this  fruit  was  undertaken  in  a 
small  way  at  a  verj'  early  date. 

It  is  known  that  as  early  as  1686  there  was  one  apple 
orchard  of  2,.5(X)  trees  in  Virginia,  mostly  grafted,  and 
that  by  the  close  of  the  seventeenth  century,  few  plan- 
tations in  that  state  were  without  orchards.  In  tliese, 
the  apple  w-as  the  leading  fruit  along  with  the  peach, 
the  pear,  the  plum,  the  quince  and  some  others.  As 
early  as  1773  Thonuis  Jefferson  recorded  in  his  "Gar- 
den Book"  the  grafting  of  "Newtown  Pippin"  in  Albe- 
marle County,  Virginia,  and  in  177S  the  planting  of 
these  grafted  trees  on  his  Monticello  estate.  This 
variety  hiul  apparently  reached  that  section  from  the 
vicinity  of  Philiwielphia  a-s  early  as  175.'j  in  the  form  of 
eions  brought  in  the  saddle-bags  of  Dr.  Thom;is  Walker, 
the  commissary  officer  of  the  Virginia  troops  in  Brad- 
dock's  army,  when  he  returned  after  the  disastrous 
defeat  of  that  year.  (See  Bulletin  5,  Division  of  Pomol- 
og\',  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture,  p.  360.-1898.) 

But  if  written  records  were  entirely  lacking,  the  large 
Bize  anfl  evident  age  of  the  surviving  trees  about  farm 
dwellings  and  the  abundant  di.stribution  of  seedling 
apple  treits  of  great  age  and  large  size  at  the  j)resentr 
time  would  sufficiently  establish  the  fact  of  early  intro- 
duction and  the  general  a/laptabihty  of  the  conditions 
to  the  requirements  of  the  apple.  The  late  T.  K. 
Bruner,  of   North    Carolina,  cites  an  example  of  an 


orchard  in  Ha>Tvood  County  in  that  state  in  which, 
though  never  cultivated,  a  hundred  trees  had  attained 
a  size  of  full  3  feet  in  diameter  of  trunk,  the  largest 
having  a  girth  of  11  feet  antl  9  inches.  While  these 
exceptionally  large  trees  are  usually  fountl  in  the  lower 
slopes  or  in  mountain  coves  where  the  wash  from  the 
moimtainsides  above  brings  to  them  the  moisture  and 
fertility  of  considerable  aresis  of  land,  many  unoccupied 
benches  and  gradual  slopes  exist  where  such  soil 
conditions  could  be  appro.ximately  dupUcated  by  the 
orchardist. 

Varieties  of  the  Alleghany  region. 

While  le-ss  attention  has  probably  been  given  in  this 
region  to  the  systematic  stiuly  of  the  seedling  fruits 
that  have  originated  there  tlian  in  most  of  the  earlier 
settled  parts  of  the  country,  upwards  of  fifty  varie- 
ties of  the  319  included  in  the  last  catalogue  of  fruits 
of  the  American  Pomological  Society  are  traceable  to 
this  region.  These  include  such  commercially'  impor- 
tant varieties  as  Ben  Davis,  Grimes'  Golden,  Kinnard, 
Paragon  and  Willow,  together  with  such  highly 
esteemed  home-use  sorts  as  Bonum,  Buckingham, 
Gilpin,  Pilot,  Red  June,  Shockley,  Summer  King,  Terry 
and  Virginia  Beauty.  R.  L.  Watts,  working  in  Tennes- 
see, and  C.  C.  Newman,  in  South  Carolina  and  Georgia, 
have  made  a  beginning  in  the  canvass  of  the  region  for 
valuable  seedhngs  in  connection  with  their  experiment- 
station  work,  but  this  region  undoubtedly  remains  at 
the  present  time  the  most  promising  field  in  America 
for  the  searcher  after  promising  new  varieties  of  apples. 

As  in  most  of  the  earlier  settled  parts  of  the  country, 
commercial  development  of  orchards  in  this  region  is 
comparatively  recent.  The  first  plantings  were  solely 
for  home-supply.  Later,  small  orchards  were  planted 
for  the  production  of  sun-dried  apples,  cider,  apple- 
brandy and  similar  products  in  a  commercial  way, 
rather  than  for  the  sale  of  the  fresh  fruit  on  any  exten- 
sive scale.  So  long  as  these  uses  determined  the  selec- 
tion of  trees  for  planting,  httle  attention  was  paid  to 
varieties,  or,  in  fact,  to  the  perpetuation  of  varieties  at 
all;  hence  the  numerous  small  seedling  orchards  per- 
sisting throughout  the  less  accessible  portions  of  the 
region  at  the  present  time.  Gradually,  in  certain  locah- 
ties,  the  quality  of  fruit  produced  gave  the  more  dur- 
able winter  varieties  a  money  value  for  marketing  by 
wagon,  river-boat  or  railroad  to  more  distant  markets. 
The  longer-keeping  Winesap  and  other  winter  apples 
of  Tennessee  found  profitable  wagon-market  demand 
in  the  lower  valleys  of  Alabama  and  Georgia  where  this 


,.^^^-^^ 


271.   A  mountain  orchard,  Virginia. 

fruit  did  not  succeed.  The  Willow,  Gilpin  and  Bentley 
of  th(^  northern  Panhandle  of  West  Virginia  found  eager 
buyers  when  transported  by  boat  down  the  Ohio  and 
Mississippi  Rivers  as  far  as  New  Orleans.  The  Yellow 
Newtown,  rechristened  Albemarle  Pippin  in  the  county 
of  that  name  (under  the  impression  that  it  was  a  dis- 


APPLE 


APPLE 


323 


tinct  sort)  found  its  way  from  Virginia  by  railroad  to 
the  eastern  seaboard  eities  and  at  an  early  date  moved 
across  the  Atlantic  in  considerable  quantities,  where 
its  ilurability  and  fine  dessert  quaUty  created  an  active 
demand  at  prices  that  yielded  a  good  profit  to  the 
grower. 

Extent  of  llie  planting. 

Gradually  commercial  orcharding  has  been  differen- 
tiatetl  from  ordinary  farm  fruit-growing  and  a  consider- 
able number  of  farms  have  become  distinctively  orchard 
farms  on  which  the  apple  is  the  main  crop,  with  merely 
such  cereals  and  forage  crops  as  can  be  grown  without 
interfering  with  the  essential  orchard  ojx'rations,  such 
as  orchard  cultivation,  spraj-ing,  harvesting,  and  the 
hke. 

Most  of  the  systematically  planted  and  cared  for 
orchards  are  under  thirty  years  of  age  and  a  large  pro- 
portion of  the  acreage  in  these  has  been  planted  since 
1900.  Accurate  statistical  information  regariling  the 
acreage  or  number  of  trees  of  orchard  fruits  in  the 
United  States  is  lacking,  and  this  is  peculiarly  true  of 
those  regions  in  which,  because  of  varying  topography 
and  the  resulting  eccentricities  of  climate  and  varia- 
tions in  soil,  the  orchard  areas  vary  greatly  in  size  and 
form,  as  is  true  of  much  of  this  region.  Outside  of  the 
Great  Valley  of  Virginia,  and  Tennessee,  and  those 
portions  of  the  Piedmont  region  of  Virginia  that  are 
adapted  to  orcharding,  most  of  the  best  orchard  sites 
occur  as  coves,  benches  or  broken  slopes,  possessing  at 
the  same  time  suitable  depth  and  character  of  soil,  and 
adequate  atmospheric  drainage.  (Figs.  271,  272.)  Some 
of  the  best  orchards  are  strung  out  along  the  lower 
slopes,  varying  in  width  in  accordance  with  particular 
soil  types.  This  is  especially  true  of  the  "pippin 
orchards"  in  the  Blue  Ridge  district  of  Virginia  and 
North  Carohna  where  certain  particular  combinations 
of  soil  and  slope  are  considered  important  for  the 
Yellow  Newtown. 

The  following  summary  of  the  number  of  trees,  both 
bearing  and  non-bearing,  and  of  yield  and  value  of  crop 
in  the  eight  states  comprised  in  the  region,  is  compiled 
from  the  advance  sheets  of  the  census  of  1910: 


ripening  and  therefore  shortened  the  storage  durability 
of  the  fruit;  relatively  long  hauls  from  orchards  to  rail- 
road station  over  rough  roads  resulted  in  much  bruising 
and,  by  prolonging  the  exposure  of  the  fruit  to  the 
weather,  still  furt,her  impaired  its  keeping  quality.  The 
development  of  efficient  remedies  and  spraying  equip- 
ment, and  the  improvement  in  methods  of  handhng 
the  fruit,  coupled  with  the  marked  improvement  in 
rop,ds  that  has  been  accomplished  in  many  sections  is 
rapidly  changing  this.  The  railroads  also,  in  recognition 
of  the  need  have  accelerated  and  improved  their  ser- 


Apple  in  Southeastern 

United  St.'ites,  Census  of  1910. 

Trees.  April  15,  1910 

Product,  1909. 

Of  bearing 
age 

Not  of 
bearing  age 

Bushels 

Value 

United  States  . . 

Virginia 

W.  Virginia. .  . . 

N.  Carolina 

S.  Carolina 

Cieorgia 

Alabama 

Tennes-see 

Kentucky 

151,323,000 

7.005,000 
4, .'.71,000 
4,010,000 
5,S2.000 
1  ..S7.S.000 
1. 468.000 
4.8.39,000 
5.538.000 

65,792,000 

3,436.000 

2.772.000 

1,835,000 

269,000 

822,000 

738,000 

2,117,000 

2,106,000 

147,522,000 

6,104,000 

4,225,000 

4.776.000 

363,000 

896.000 

888.000 

4.640,000 

7,308,000 

$83,231,000 

3,130.000 

2,461,000 

2,015,000 

276,000 

556.000 

621.000 

2,172.000 

3.067,000 

30.791,000 
20  per  cent 

14,095,000 
20  per  cent 

29,260,000 
19  per  cent 

814.298,000 
17  per  cent 

It  will  be  observed  on  comparison  of  these  tables 
with  those  of  the  United  States  as  a  whole  that  this 
region  is  credited  with  approximately  20  per  cent  of 
both  bearing  and  non-bearing  trees,  and  that  the  prod- 
uct of  the  region  in  the  crop  year  of  1909  was  of  some- 
what smaller  proportion  (19  per  cent)  and  value  (17 
per  cent). 

Outlook  for  Ike  Alleghany  region. 

In  contrast  with  the  more  northern  apple  districts, 
most  of  this  region  was  until  recently  somewhat  at  a 
disadvantage  so  far  as  commercial  production  is  con- 
cerned. Higher  humidity  favored  the  development  of 
certain  injurious  <liseasc'H  in  foliage  and  fruit;  the  wanner 
weather  commonly  prevalent   in   autumn  accelerated 


272     Apple  orchard   n  Piedmont  region  of  the  Alleghanies 

vice  so  that  certain  parts  of  the  region  are  handling 
their  apples  as  well  as  the  Ix^st  eastern  or  barrel-fruit 
districts,  and  better  than  in  much  of  the  older  com- 
mercial apple  territory. 

The  conspicuous  essentials  of  success  in  orcharding 
in  this  region,  as  in  others,  are: 

(1)  Suitability  of  site,  as  regards  character  of  3oiI  and  adequacy 
of  atniospheric  drainage. 

(2)  Adaptability  of  varieties  to  the  soil  and  cliTnate  of  the  location.-  — 
The  standard  northern  varieties,  though  growing  and  frequently 
bearing  well,  are  unreliable  in  most  locahties,  especially  below 
elevations  under  200  feet,  although  in  certain  localities  succeeding 
well  under  careful  management.  The  thoroughly  proved  and 
distinctively  important  commercial  sorts  of  the  region  are  York 
Imperial,  Winesap,  Stayman  Winesap,  Kinnard,  Ben  Davis, 
Yellow  Newtown,  Grimes,  Willow  and  Rome  Beauty.  In  some 
sections  less  well-known  sorts,  such  as  Paragon,  Arkansas  (syn. 
Mammoth  Black  Twig),  Bonum,  Virginia  Beauty,  Lowry,  Shockley, 
and  Terry,  are  considerably  planted  in  commercial  orchards. 

Gano,  Delicious,  Jonathan  and  some  other  sorts  of  Mississippi 
Valley  or  northern  origin  are  promising  in  certain  localities,  but 
these  have  not  yet  been  sufficiently  tested  to  justify  ex- 
tensive planting. 

Summer  varieties,  though  succeeding  well  throughout 
most  of  the  region  and  universally  found  in  sufficient  quan- 
tity for  home  use,  have  not  become  so  important  commer- 
cially as  in  the  lower  lands  of  the  tidewater  districts  and  of 
the  Mississippi  Valley.  This  is  in  a  large  measure  due  to  the 
earlier  ripening  of  the  fruit  at  lower  elevations,  which  fre- 
quently gives  it  a  distinct  advantage  in  northern  markets. 
Recently,  considerable  plantings  of  Yellow  Transparent, 
Williams,  Oldenburg,  Gravenstein  and  some  other  sorta 
have  been  made  in  the  more  northern  districts  of  the  region, 
especially  in  West  Virginia  and  western  Maryland. 

(3)  Abundance  of  wafer  for  aprayiny. — The  necessity  of 
thorough  and  systematic  spraying  of  orchards  to  protect 
against  insects  and  fungi  makes  the  orchard  water  supply 
an  important  factor.  In  many  places,  flowing  springs  are 
available  at  considerable  elevations  from  which  the  supply 
can  bo  piped  by  gravity  to  convenient  mixing  stations,  ttius 
permitting  prompt  distribution  without  long  wagon  haul  of 
liquid.  The  use  of  compressed-air  spraying-outfits,  charged 
at  conveniently  located  air-compressing  and  spray-mixing 
stations,  has  developed  more  largely  in  the  lower  Shenan- 
doah Valley  part  of  this  region  than  elsewhere,  but  the 
gasoline  engine  is  the  prevailing  type  of  equipment. 

(4)  Adaptability  of  kind  to  cultivation. — W'hile  occasional  orchards 
in  this  as  in  other  humid  regions  do  well  without  systematic  tillage, 
especially  if  heavily  mulched  with  stable  manure,  straw  or  other 
humuH-produeing  material,  annual  or  at  least  alternate-year 
plowing  and  cultivation,  supplemented  by  leguminous  crops,  is 
rapidly  becoming  the  generally  accepted  best  practice  of  the 
region.  Some  sites  otherwise  admirably  adapted  to  apple-growing 
arc  too  rocky  or  too  steep  to  plow,  and  therefore  of  doubtful  value 
to  the  orchardist.  Much  can  be  done  on  such  sites  by  contour- 
t'-rraeing,  however,  both  to  dispose  of  loose  rocks  and  to  reduce 
washing  of  the  slopes,  thereby  conserving  the  soil  moisture  against 
droughty  periods. 

(5)  Adequacy  of  transportation  facilities. — This  includes  both 
railroads  and  highways.  Some  of  the  earlier-planted  commercial 
orrhards  were  located  as  much  as  15  to  25  or  even  30  miles  from 
the  shipping  station.  The  expense  incident  to  this  long  haul  and 
the  ill  effect  of  the  jolting  and  exposure  of  the  fruit  to  the  weather 
are  evident.  Kvory  additional  mile  beyond  a  distance  of  3  miles 
from  the  station  over  a  good  road  is  a  handicap  which  the  orchard 


324 


APPLE 


APPLE 


planter  should  a\'oid  unless  it  is  overbalanced  by  other  important 
advantages.  As  roads  ace  improved,  the  practical  distance  wiil 
increase. 

Sovenil  of  the  State  Kxporiment  Stations,  as  well  as 
the  Unitetl  States  Depart ment  of  Afirieulliire  and  the 
North  Carohiia  Department  of  Agrienllure,  have  pnb- 
lishetl  bulletins  beariiifj  on  ililTerent  ])li:ises  of  apiile- 
orehaniing,  especi;ill\'  MarrlaiKi,  N'irginia,  West  Vir- 
ginia, Tennessee,  and  South  Carolina. 

Wit.  A.  Taylor. 


The  apple  in  mid-continental  or  plains 
districts. 

In  that  va^t  region  of  the  interior  of  the  United  States 
whieh  hes  between  the  Great  Lalvcs,  Ohio,  Kentucky, 
and  Tennessee  on  the  east  and  the  Roeliy  Mountain 
states  on  the  west,  the  Canadian  boundary  on  the 


273.  The  mid-continental  corn-belt,  in  which  the  apple  is  the  leading  fruit;  and  the  Wisconsin 
drift,  on  which  the  Ben  Davis  family  is  not  at  its  best. 

north  and  the  Gulf  states  on  the  soutli,  the  leading  fruit 
is  the  apple.  This  mid-continental  territory  includes 
the  greater  part  of  that  exceptionally  rich  agricul- 
tural region  which  has  come  to  be  known  as  the  corn- 
belt  of  America.  (Fig.  273.)  It  extends  also  into  the 
northern  wheat-belt  of  the  Upper  Mississippi  Valley 
plains  and  into  the  wheat  and  livestock  country  of  the 
Great  Plains  Plateau  of  Oklahoma,  Kansas,  Nebraska, 
and  the  Dakotas. 

Geography. 

Tlie  topography  may  be  indicated  in  a  very  general 
way  by  the  .statement  that  this  region  takes  in  the 
Upper  Mississippi  Valley  jjlains,  a  large  part  of  the 
Great  Plains  Plateau,  and  all  of  that  more  limited  area 
known  as  the  Ozark  Plateau.  Its  great  riv(>r  valleys  are 
those  of  the  Ohio,  Mi.isissippi,  Mis.souri,  Arkan.sas,  and 
Red.   A  limited  area  in  Minnesota  and  the  Dakotas  lies 


in  the  valley  of  the  Red  River  of  the  North  and  a  rather 
narrow  strip  along  the  northeast  boundary  lies  in  the 
basin  of  the  Great  Lakes 

Tlie  larger  part,  of  this  mid-continental  district,  as 
outlined,  has  an  elevation  of  5(M)  feet  to  2,000  feet 
above  sea-level.  The  southwest  point  of  Indiana, 
southern  Illinois,  southeastern  Missoiu-i,  and  eastern 
Arkansas  have  an  elevation  of  less  than  500  feet.  The 
remainder  of  Indiana  and  Illinois,  much  of  Missouri, 
and  a  portion  of  .soutliern  and  eastern  Iowa  lie  between 
500  feet  and  1,000  feet  elevation.  The  range  of  eleva- 
tion of  1,000  to  2,000  feet  takes  in  the  remaining  parts 
of  Iowa,  most  of  Minnesota,  and  the  eastern  part  of 
the  Dakotas,  Nebraska,  Kansas,  Oklahoma,  and  the 
Ozarks.  The  remainder  hes  to  the  west  in  the  Great 
Plains  Plateau  at  an  elevation  above  2,000  feet. 

In  the  more  northern  and  western  districts  of  this 
region,  there  is  little  or  no  commercial  orcharding. 
Only  in  their  more  favored 
localities  are  apples  produced 
at  all,  and  the  lists  are  re- 
stricted to  the  hardier  varie- 
ties. This  is  because  the  re- 
curring extremes  of  tempera- 
ture and  of  drought  make  the 
environment  unfavorable  to 
the  ajjple,  at  least  during 
critical  periods.  But  through- 
out the  states  of  the  corn-belt, 
the  apple  is  very  generally 
growTi  for  home  use  and  certain 
sections  show  a  notable  de- 
velopment of  commercial  or- 
charding (Figs.  274,  275).  In 
fact,  the  most  extensive  indi- 
vidual ap])le  orchards  known 
are  found  in  parts  of  Arkansas, 
Missouri,  Kansas,  and  Illinois, 
some  of  them  being  several 
himdred  acres  in  extent. 

Orchards  well  located  and 
rightly  managed  are  proving  to 
be  profitable  in  different  sec- 
tions of  the  corn-belt  states. 
With  the  rapid  growth  of  the 
United  States  in  population  and 
wealth,  must  come  a  corres- 
ponding increase  in  the  home- 
market  demand  for  good  apples 
at  remunerative  prices.  This, 
with  the  improvement  and  ex- 
tension of  storage  and  trans- 
portation faciUties  and  the  con- 
temporaneous expansion  of  our 
foreign  trade,  tends  to  make  the 
outlook  enrouraging  for  the 
apple-growing  industry  in  this 
region.  The  more  general  adop- 
tion of  up-to-date  methods  of  marketing  and  of  orchard 
management  will  help  to  put  the  industry  on  a  more 
stable  basis,  and  gradually  to  enlarge  it  and  extend  it. 

Rank  in  apple-production. 

According  to  the  United  States  census  reports  of 
1910,  aijproximately  tO  per  cent  of  the  bearing  apple 
trees  of  the  United  States  is  foimd  in  the  territory 
above  outlined,  together  with  33  per  cent  of  the  j'oung 
trees  not  yet  of  bearing  age.  In  the  census  year  of 
1909,  it  produced  approximately  one-fourth  of  the 
apple  oi'op  of  the  entire  United  States. 

Following  is  a  list  based  on  United  States  census 
reports,  whieh  indicates  something  of  the  relative  stand- 
ing. For  comparison  they  are  also  ranked  a-s  to  their 
averages  in  apple-crop  production  for  1905,  1907,  and 
1909,  combined  on  the  basis  of  the  crop  reports  pub- 
lished in  the  American  Agriculturist  Yearbook: 


Corn  Belt  32^00 
Busheisto  the  Sq  ._Mi 


APPLE 


APPLE 


325 


Rank  of  Mid-Continental  States  in  Yield  of 
Apples.    Fig.  274. 


1909 

1899 

1905-7-9 

Name 
of 

Rank 

Rank 

Rank 

in 

Yield  in 

based  on 

United 

bushels 

United 

bushels 

combined 

States 

States 

averages 

Missouri 

4 

9,969.000 

9 

6,496,000 

16 

Iowa 

6 

6,747,000 

18 

3,129.000 

19 

Nebraska.  . 

15 

3,321.000 

23 

1.343.000 

26 

Illinois 

16 

3,093,000 

5 

9,178,000 

11 

Indiana..  .  . 

17 

2,7.59,000 

7 

8,620,000 

13 

Arkan.sa8.. . 

20 

2,296,000 

20 

2,811,000 

21 

Wisconsin.. 

21 

2,232,000 

33 

303.000 

27 

Kansas .... 

27 

1,3.56.000 

16 

3,214.000 

25 

Minnesota.. 

29 

1,044,000 

40 

120,000 

Oklaiioma. . 

32 

742,000 

41 

111.000 

S.  Dakota.. 

40 

192.000 

* 

N.  Dakota. 

47 

4.000 

♦Record  included  with  other  states. 

Rank    of    Mid-Continental    States    in    Number    of 
Orchard  Trees  in  Ce.nsus  Year  1909.  Fig.  275. 


Bearing  Trees 

Non-bearing  Trees 

Rank  in 
United 

States 

Number 

Rank  in 
United 

.States 

Number 

1 

3 

6 

9 

10 

11 

18 

19 

21 

26 

41 

47 

14,360,000 
9,901,000 
7,650,000 
6,930.000 
5,847,000 
5,765.000 
2.9.56.000 
2,937,000 
2,430,000 
1,380,000 
275,000 
16,000 

3 
7 
2 
24 
17 
16 
14 
27 
21 
19 
34 
44 

3,625,000 

2,548.000 

Arkansas 

Kansas 

3,940.000 
1,116.000 
1,914.000 

1.962.000 

Oklahoma 

Nebraska^., 

Wisconsin 

Minnesota 

South  Dakota..  . . 
North  Dakota 

2,060,000 

967.000 

1,409.000 

1,572.000 

461.000 

70,000 

Apple  belts. 

In  comparing  the  great  apple-growing  regions  of  the 
continent  it  is  convenient  to  designate  each  by  its  lead- 
ing variety.  In  the  eastern  part  of  the  continent, 
there  is  the  Fameuse  or  Wealthy  belt  on  the  north,  the 
Ben  Davis  belt  on  the  south,  and  the  Baldwin  belt 
lying  intermediate  between  these  two.  It  is  seen  that 
varieties  difTer  greatly  as  to  their  adaptability  to  differ- 
ent regions.  The  degree  of  soil  aeration  and  of  soil 
moisture  and  the  range  of  atmospheric  and  soil  tem- 
peratures are 
among  the  most 
important  deter- 
mining factors 
of  the  geographi- 
cal range  of  com- 
mercial apple- 
growing  with 
any  variety. 

Passing  west- 
ward into  the 
mid- continental 
region,  it  is 
found  that  the 
Baldwin  belt 
does  not  extend 
west  of  Lake 
Michigan.  The 
climatic  ex- 
tremes  are  here 
too  se\-ere  for 
that  variety  and 
many  of  its  east- 
_  _  eni  associat  es  of 

274.   Apple  areas  in  the  Mississippi  VaUey—     :'  similar  degree 
Yields,  1909  crop.  of  hardiness.    In 


275.   Apple  areas  in  the  Mississippi  Valley 
— Trees. 


all  that  vast  territory  which  extends  westward  from 
the  Great  Lakes,  these  varieties  disappear  and  do  not 
again  appear  till  the  states  of  the  Pacific  Coast  are 
reached.  Instead,  the  Wealthy  belt  extends  southward 
till  it  reaches  the  region  where  Wealthy  yields  leadership 
to  Ben  Davis. 
In  this  connec- 
tion it  is  worthy 
of  note  that 
from  the  Atlan- 
tic Coast  west- 
ward to  the  Mis- 
souri River  the 
north  margin  of 
the  Ben  Davis 
belt  approxi- 
mately coincides 
with  the  south- 
ern boundary  of 
the  geological 
area  covered  by 
the  Wisconsin 
drift.  (Fig.  273.) 

Wealthy  belt. 
— The  mid-con- 
tinental t  e  r  r  i  - 
tory  in  which 
Wealthy  is,  gen- 
erall.v  speaking, 
the  leading  va- 
riety, includes 
northern  IlUnois,  the  north  half  of  Iowa,  and  prac- 
tically all  of  the  apple-growing  districts  of  Wisconsin, 
Miniiesota,  South  Dakota,  and  northern  Nebraska. 
Among  the  more  important  varieties  associated 
with  it  are,  for  the  more  northern  parts,  Oldenburg, 
Okabena,  Patten  (Patten  Greening),  and  Malinda. 
Among  the  very  hardiest  of  the  large-size  apples  for 
the  North  are  those  of  the  Hibernal  group,  but  tneir 
fruit  is  .so  austere  that  it  is  esteemed  of  little  value 
except  for  cuUnary  uses.  In  the  southern  part  of  the 
Wealthy  belt  are  grown  hardy  varieties  of  more  or  less 
local  value  such  as  Salome,  Windsor,  Black  Annette, 
and  Colorado  Orange,  varieties  which  as  yet  have  not 
established  themselves  in  the  great  world  markets  but 
which  are  valued  where  better  varieties  cannot  be 
satisfactorily  grown. 

Ben  Davis  belt. — Generally  speaking,  Ben  Davis  is  the 
leading  variety  in  central  and  southern  Illinois,  the 
south  half  of  Iowa,  and  the  apple-growing  districts  of 
Arkansas,  Oklahoma,  Missouri,  Kansas,  and  the  south 
half  of  Nebraska.  With  its  close  kin,  the  Gano  and  the 
Black  Ben  Davis,  which  evidently  are  highly-colored 
bud-sports  of  Ben  Davis,  it  probably  produces  at  least 
one-half  of  the  commercial  apple-crop  in  this  region. 
Winosap  and  Jonathan  appear  to  be  next  in  order  of 
importance,  with  Winesap  perhaps  in  the  lead.  Other 
important  varieties  are  Grimes,  Rome  Beauty,  Willow 
(Twig),  Missouri  (Pippin),  Minkler,  and  Ralls.  York 
Imperial  is  gaining  ground.  Stayman  W'inesap  is  one 
of  the  newer  kinds  which  will  be  more  largely  planted. 
Delicious,  also,  is  attracting  attention,  particularly 
because  of  its  agreeable  dessert  quality  and  good 
appearance.  The  Stayman  and  Delicious  are  being 
planted  to  some  extent  in  the  southern  part  of  the 
Wealthy  belt,  as  Jonathan  and  Grimes  have  been. 

Varieties. 

The  following  varieties  of  apples  are  those  most  com- 
monly grown  in  the  prairies  and  plains  regions: 


Arkansas  (Mammoth 

Black  Twig). 
Ben  Davis. 
Black  Ben  Davis. 
Gano. 

Grimes  Golden. 
Ingram. 


Jonathan. 

Minkler. 

Missouri. 

Oldenburg. 

Ralls    (Ralls   Genet, 

Geniton). 
Rome  Beauty. 


Salome. 

Stayman. 

Wealthy. 

Willow(WiliowTwig). 

Winesap. 

Yellow  Transparent. 

York  (York  Imperial). 


326 


APPLE 


APPLE 


Status  of  the  apple  induslnj  in  the  mid-conlinenlal  stales. 

IVi.sfOH.s-in. — Apples  arc  grown  mostly  in  small 
plantings  about  homesteads.  The  erop  is  important 
chiefly  in  .•supplying  the  home  ami  the  loeal  markets 
with  siunmer  ami  fall  fruit.  The  varieties  are  those  of 
the  Wealthy  belt. 

Minnesota. — Apple-growing  is  chiefly  confined  to  the 
southeastern  (|uarter  of  the  state,  although  crab-apples 
and  the  very  hardiest  apples  are  being  planted  in  other 
sections.  Fn)m  Minneapolis  southward  to  the  Iowa 
Une.  many  farm  oroliards  are  found  and  some  com- 
mercial plantings.  Heretofore,  these  have  seldom  pro- 
duced enough  fruit  to  supply  the  local  demand  at  any 
time  and  then  for  a  brief  period  only.  However,  apple- 
production  is  gradually  increasing  in  the  state  and 
apple-planting  is  being  slowly  extended.  It  will  doubt- 
less assume  greater  proportions  as  late-keeping  varie- 
ties are  developed  which  are  hardy  and  desirable. 

A'or(/i  Dakota. — This  state  raises  but  very  few  apples 
or  crab-apples  and  those  only  of  the  kinds  most  resistant 
to  cold  and  drought.  It  ranks  next  to  the  bottom  of 
the  list  in  apple-production  among  the  states  of  the 
Union. 

South  Dakota. — Apples  are  produced  in  very  limited 
quantities  and  chiefly  near  the  Missouri  River  in  the 
southeast  corner  of  the  state  and  in  the  Black  Hills 
district.  The  varieties  are  those  of  the  northern  section 
of  the  Wealthy  belt.  The  recommended  list  of  the  State 
Horticultural  Society  includes:  Northern  District- 
first  degree  of  hardiness — Hibernal,  Oldenburg 
(Duchess) ;  second  degree  of  hardiness — Patten  (Green- 
ing), Anisim,  Wealthy.  Southern  District — in  addition 
to  the  above — Northwestern  Greening,  Malinda,  and, 
in  favorable  locations,  Ben  Davis.  Planting  increases 
slowly. 

Xebraska. — .Apples  are  grown  in  the  eastern  third  of 
the  state  and  under  irrigation  in  some  places  farther 
west.  It  has  .some  important  commercial  orchards,  the 
majority  of  them  being  in  the  southeastern  part  of  the 
state  and  within  three  counties  of  the  Missouri  River. 
The  northern  third  of  the  state  grows  the  varieties  com- 
mon to  the  Wealthy  belt.  In  the  southern  two-thirds 
are  grown  the  Ben  Davis  and  its  kin  and  also  Winesap, 
Grimes,  Arkansas  or  JNIammoth  Black  Twig,  Jonathan, 
Missouri  ( Pippin),  Willow  (Twig)  and  others  of  the  Ben 
Davis  associates.  Planting  is  not  active,  but  growers  are 
beginning  to  take  a  more  lively  interest  in  modern 
methods  of  orchard  management. 

Iowa. — In  the  amount  of  crop  produced,  Iowa  was 
ranked  sixth  in  the  Union  by  the  1910  census,  but  often 
it  drops  as  low  as  the  eighteenth  or  nineteenth  place. 
The  greater  proportion  of  the  crop  is  grown  in  home 
orchards  and  goes  to  supply  home  and  local  market 
demands,  but  in  the  aggregate  there  is  a  considerable 
number  of  commercial  orchards.  These  are  found  in 
all  parts  of  the  state.  They  are  sparsely  scattered  in 
the  north  and  grafJually  increase  in  number  to  the 
southward,  being  most  abundant  in  the  south  tier  of 
counties.  The  most  important  coiiunercial  apple  dis- 
trict includes  the  counties  bordering  the  Missouri 
River  in  southwestern  Iowa.  Here  Grimes  and  Jonathan 
of  superior  quality  are  grown.  Northern  Iowa  grows  the 
varieties  of  the  Wealthy  belt.  The  southern  Iowa  list 
Ls  almost  identical  with  that  given  for  southeastern 
Nebraska.  Planting  is  not  active.  Modem  methods 
of  management  are  being  a<Iopted  by  a  few  of  the  more 
progressive  growers  but  most  orchards  suffer  from 
ne^ect. 

Illinois. — At  present,  Illinois  takes  second  rank  in 
apple-production  among  the  mid-continental  states, 
bemg  surT)a.s.s<;d  by  Mi.s.souri  only.  Northern  Illinois, 
like  Wisconsin,  grows  apples  chiefly  for  home  use  and 
the  varirties  are  those  of  the  southern  area  of  the 
Wealthy  belt.  Central  and  Sfjuthern  Illinois  contain 
altogether  many  large  commercial  apple  orchards.    In 


good-crop  years,  they  produce  in  the  aggregate  large 
quantities  of  winter  apples,  including  Ben  Davis,  Black 
IJen  Davis,  Gano,  Arkansas  or  Miunmoth  Black  Twig, 
Winesap,  Jonathan,  Grimes,  Missouri,  Willow,  Ralls, 
and  several  other  varieties  commonly  found  in  the 
Ben  Davis  belt.  Winter  injury  and  late  spring 
freezes  have  often  seriously  diminished  the  general 
crop.  Injurious  insects  together  with  blight,  cankers, 
Ijitter-rot,  blotch,  scab  and  other  diseases,  have  also 
caused  great  losses.  Clean  tillage  and  other  up-to-date 
orchard  methods  would  doubtless  be  more  generally 
practisefl  if  crops  were  more  reliable.  Planting  is  not 
very  active,  although  the  number  of  trees  of  bearing 
age  is  gradually  increasing. 

Mis.^ouri. — The  1900  census  gave  Missouri  ninth 
rank  and  the  1910  census  gave  it  fourth  rank  in  apple- 
production,  but  it  often  falls  as  low  as  the  sixteenth 
place  among  the  states  of  the  Union.  On  the  whole, 
it  may  he  regarded  as  the  leading  apple  state  of  the  mid- 
continental  region.  Apples  are  very  generally  grown 
for  home  use  and  local  market  throughout  Missouri,  but 
the  more  important  commercial  apple  districts  are  in 
the  Ozark  country  of  southwest  Missouri  and  the  loess 
soil  region  along  the  Missouri  River  in  the  northwest 
quarter  of  the  state.  The  apple  industry  in  Missouri 
has  been  retarded  by  troubles  similar  to  those  described 
for  Illinois,  but  undoubted  progress  is  being  made  in 
knowledge  of  the  methods  for  holding  them  under 
control. 

Arkansas. — The  apple  districts  of  Arkansas  are 
mostly  located  in  the  nort.hvv'est  third  of  the  state, 
particularly  in  the  two  northwest  counties  of  Benton 
and  Washington,  which  have  from  four  to  five  million 
trees  planted.  There  is  also  an  undeveloped  west- 
central  region.  The  older  plantings  include  about  90 
per  cent  Ben  Davis,  Arkansas  or  Mammoth  Black 
Twig,  and  Winesap.  The  later  plantings  are  made  up 
principally  of  Gano,  Black  Ben  Davis,  Jonathan, 
Grimes,  "Winesap,  Stayman  Winesap,  with  some 
Ingram,  Collins,  King  David,  and  Delicious.  Arkansas 
has  enough  apple  trees  of  bearing  age  to  produce  a  very 
large  crop,  but  as  in  Missouri  and  Illinois,  within  recent 
years  unfavorable  climatic  conditions  with  diseases  and 
injurious  insects  have  proved  a  rather  serious  handicap 
to  the  progress  of  the  apple  industry.  Generally  speak- 
ing, planting  is  not  now  being  rapidly  extended.  The 
planting  of  thousands  or  even  hundreds  of  acres  under 
one  management  is  fortunately  no  longer  generally 
regarded  with  favor,  and  the  trend  is  distinctly  towards 
reducing  the  individual  holdings  to  a  size  that  is  com- 
patible with  careful  and  thorough  orchard  management. 
The  future  will  see  a  large  development  of  commercial 
apple-growing  in  this  region. 

Kansas. — Northeastern  Kansas  from  Topeka  north- 
ward to  the  Nebraska  line  and  northeastward  to  the 
Missouri  River  forms  a  part  of  an  important  apple- 
growing  region  which  takes  in  southeastern  Nebraska, 
southwestern  Iowa,  and  northwestern  Missouri.  Here 
Jonathan  and  Grimes  are  grown  to  a  high  degree  of 
perfection,  together  with  Ben  Davis,  Gano,  Winesap, 
and  other  varieties  of  the  Ben  Davis  belt.  There  is 
another  important  apple  district  which  is  located  in 
the  Arkansas  Valley  from  Hutchinson  to  the  Oklahoma 
line.  In  recent  years,  this  has  taken  the  lead  in  crop- 
production  in  this  state.  The  older  Kansas  orchards 
were  hugely  of  Ben  Davis,  Gano,  and  Missouri.  The 
newer  plantings  have  more  of  York  Imperial,  Jona- 
than and  (irimes.  Other  varieties  common  to  the  Ben 
Davis  belt  are  also  found. 

Oklahoma  and  norllnvcst  Texas. — In  Oklahoma,  the 
apple  has  not  yet  developed  very  large  commercial 
importance.  Planting  is  gradually  increasing  in  the 
Red  River  section  and  also  in  west  Texas  where  the 
altitude  reaches  2,000  feet.  Here  Ben  Davis,  Missouri 
and  Arkansas  Black  are  among  the  most  important 
commercial  varieties. 


APPLE 


APPLE 


327 


Establishing  and  managing  the  orchard  on  the  prairies 
and  plains.   Fig.  27(5. 

Preparation  of  land. — The  fundamental  principles  of 
proper  preparation  of  soil  for  orchard  planting  in  the 
mid-continental  country  are  much  the  same  as  those 
that  are  set  forth  for  other  regions,  although  they  may 
difTcr  somewhat  in  relative  importance.  One  of  the 
first  things  to  be  considered  is  the  matter  of  putting  the 
soil  in  such  condition  that  the  entire  root-system  of 
the  apple  tree  may  withstand,  without  injury,  any 
period  when  the  soil  is  filled  with  water.  Unfortunately, 
the  importance  of  this  is  not  generally  nor  fully  reahzed, 
even  among  experienced  orchardists.  The  principle 
that  apple  roots  must  have  a  constant  supply  of  air  in 
order  to  do  their  work  should  never  be  lost  sight  of. 
Stagnant  water  cuts  off  the  supply  of  air  to  the  roots 
and  verj'  quickly  impairs  the  health  of  the  root-system. 
Excepting  on  such  soils  as  deep  porous  loess,  or  when 
the  subsoil  is  of  such  a  sandy  or  gravelly  nature  as  to 


276.   A  ten-year-old  Nebraska  apple  orchard. 
The  trunks  are  protected  from  the  sun  by  board  jackets. 

let  the  surplus  water  pass  off  readily,  it  may  be  laid 
down  as  a  general  principle  that  thorough  tiling  is 
fundamental  to  the  highest  degree  of  regular  and 
abundant  crop-production  and  longevity  of  the  apple 
tree.  On  land  where  the  general  slope  is  sufficient  to 
carry  off  the  surface  water  and  even  on  hillsides,  tiling 
may  be,  and  often  is,  essential  to  the  best  success.  The 
lines  of  tile  should  be  not  less  than  4  rods  apart  and  in 
many  cases  2  rods  apart,  gives  enough  better  results  to 
more  than  repay  the  extra  expense.  Even  in  arid  re- 
gions, progressive  orchardists  are  learning  that,  under 
irrigation,  in  many  places  it  becomes  necessary  to 
under-drain  the  land  so  as  to  prevent  the  seepage  and 
waste-water  from  water-logging  the  soil  and  damaging 
the  root-system  of  the  trees. 

Humus. — It  is  highly  important  that  the  orchard 
soils  have  an  abundance  of  humus  to  begin  with,  and 
that  the  supply  be  continually  kept  up  by  the  use  of 
either  green  manures  or  barnyard  manure  or  both. 
The  humus  not  only  puts  the  soil  in  a  more  fertile  con- 
dition but  increases  its  moisture-holding  capacity  and 
gives  it  greater  ability  to  withstand  drought.  The 
necessity  of  promptly  getting  rid  of  surplus  water  in 
the  soil  has  already  been  emphasized.  It  is  equally 
important  to  conserve  soil  moisture  so  as  to  carry  the 
tree  unharmed  through  any  periods  of  drought  that 
maj'  occur  either  in  summer  or  winter.  Generally 
speaking,  this  can  best  be  done  in  the  mid-continental 
regions  bj-  thorough  tillage  during  the  growing  season, 
followed  by  the  growing  of  cover-crops.  In  places 
where  soils  wash  so  badly  that  this  practice  cannot  be 
followed,  perhaps  the  next  best  way  to  develop  the 
capacity  of  the  soil  to  hold  moisture  is  by  the  use  of 
barnyard  manure  and  the  growing  of  clovers  or  other 
crops  that  can  be  mowed  twice  or  more  during  the 
season  and  allowed  to  rot  on  the  ground. 


It  is  well  to  grow  grain  or  some  cultivated  crop  on  the 
land  the  season  previous  to  planting  the  orchard.  The 
land  may  then  be  fall-plowed  to  a  good  depth  and  disked 
in  the  spring,  or  it  may  be  plowed  in  the  sjjring  and 
disked  just  before  planting.  North  of  the  latitude  of 
southern  Iowa,  spring  planting  is  always  to  be  preferred, 
while  to  the  southward,  orchards  may  be  planted  either 
in  fall  or  spring.  In  the  case  of  fall  planting,  two  or 
three  furrows  should  be  turned  towards  the  tree  on  each 
side  of  the  row  as  a  matter  of  protection  from  alternate 
thawing  and  freezing  about  the  roots  and  to  turn  away 
surface  water  from  the  trunk. 

In  planting  the  tree  it  is  essential  that  the  first  earth 
that  is  put  in  the  hole  should  at  once  be  tramped  about 
the  roots,  and  this  process  repeated  as  the  hole  is  filled. 
Great  care  must  be  taken  in  this  region  to  keep  the 
trees  from  drying  out  in  handhng  them  while  they  are 
being  transferred  from  nursery  to  orchard.  Trees 
should  be  kept  perfectly  dormant  till  planted.  Nursery 
stock  should  be  neither  accepted  nor  planted  after  its 
buds  have  started  growth.  Sometimes  when  such  stock 
is  transferred  promptly  from  nursery  to  orchard  on  a 
rainy  day,  it  may  grow  well,  but  as  a  rule  it  dies  or 
makes  but  feeble  growth. 

Budded  apple  trees  should  not  be  planted  in  any  part 
of  the  upper  Mississippi  Valley  for  the  reason  that  when 
such  trees  are  set  in  the  orchard  the  point  of  union 
between  the  top  and  the  seedling  root  comes  at  or  near 
the  surface  of  the  ground,  thus  exposing  the  root  to 
greater  liability  of  suffering  winter  injury  than  when  it 
is  buried  more  deeply.  By  using  a  long  cion  grafted  on 
a  short,  piece-root,  it  is  possible  to  produce  a  nursery 
tree  that  will  permit  of  planting  the  seedling  root 
deeply.  During  the  history  of  apple-growing  in  the  more 
northern  parts  of  the  mid-continental  apple  districts, 
it  has  repeatedly  happened  that  when  the  hardier 
cultivated  varieties  have  been  budded  on  some  tender 
seedling  roots,  the  roots  have  been  winterkilled,  while 
the  top  remained  uninjured  until  it  died  from  the  lack 
of  Uve  roots  to  support  it.  In  many  cases  when  root- 
grafted  trees  of  the  very  hardy  varieties  had  sent  out 
roots  from  the  lower  part  of  the  cion,  they  were  able 
to  withstand  the  severest  winters  uninjured,  while  trees 
of  the  same  kinds  which  were  not  thus  established  on 
their  own  roots  died  from  winterkilling  of  the  roots. 
Such  experiences  have  led  fruit-growers  to  demand 
root-grafted  apple  trees. 

The  methods  of  spraying  now  being  followed  by  the 
more  intelligent  and  progressive  apple-growers  of  mid- 
continental  .\merica  do  not  differ  materially  from  those 
of  the  best  growers  east  and  west. 

Pruning. — Pruning  is,  generally  speaking,  sadly 
neglected  by  the  ordinary  apple-grower.  In  recent 
years,  the  tendency  of  orchard  practice  in  the  Missis- 
sippi Vallej'  has  been  towards  the  methods  of  heading 
and  pruning  apple  trees  which  are  most  commonly 
practised  in  the  interniountain  and  Pacific  coast  dis- 
tricts. Very  high-headed  trees  are  comparatively 
scarce  except  in  old  closely  planted  orchards  in  which 
the  lower  limbs  have  been  lost  by  over-crowding.  The 
trees  are  headed  rather  low,  commonly  at  about  18  to 
24  inches  from  the  ground  to  the  first  limb.  The  leader 
is  taken  out  at  a  height  of  28  to  36  inches,  leaving  for 
the  framework  of  the  tree  from  three  to  five  ascend- 
ing main  limbs  which  should  be  at  least  6  inches  apart. 
In  regions  where  the  trees  are  comparatively  short- 
lived or  with  varieties  that  are  not  expected  to  live 
more  than  from  twenty  to  thirty  years,  this  is  doubtless 
the  best  practice,  but  with  longer-lived  trees  it  is  open 
to  the  very  serious  objection  that  when  loaded  with 
fruit  or  weighted  with  ice  and  snow  these  large  limbs 
sometimes  break  at  the  trunk,  leaving  an  injury  which 
can  never  be  healed,  and  as  a  result  the  whole  tree  goes 
down  within  a  few  years.  On  the  other  hand,  trees 
that  are  trained  with  a  central  leader  may  lose  very 
large  branches  and  yet  heal  over  such  wounds  and  live 


328 


APPLE 


APPLE 


to  old  age  in  pood  condition.  In  training  trees  in  tliis 
way.  it  is  best  to  eut  i)tT  the  leader  at  tlie  proper  height 
when  the  tree  is  planted.  This  tends  to  force  the  growth 
of  the  branches  wliich  are  needed  to  form  the  main 
fraanework  of  the  tree.  One  of  these  branches  may  be 
alloweil  to  grow  in  the  center  of  the  top  so  as  to  form  a 
new  leader. 

Aside  from  shaping  the  tree  so  as  to  give  it  riglit 
mechanical  fnuncwork  for  supporting  lieavv  loads  of 
fruit,  it  needs  to  be  kept  sulliciently  ojien  to  permit 
light  and  air  to  reach  the  foliage  throughout  the  top. 
This  will  favor  the  best  development  of  abundant  and 
strong  fruit-buds  and  perfect  fruit.  It  also  leaves  the 
top  open  so  that  all  of  its  foliage  and  fruit  may  be  read- 
ily spniyed.  Thick,  dense  tops  are  to  be  avoided  and 
trees  should  not  be  allowed  to  grow  so  close  together 
as  to  crowd  each  other. 

Tillage. — As  before  stated,  the  best  system  for  gen- 
eral practice  in  conserving  soil  moisture  and  fertility 
is  tillage  thmughout  the  growing  season,  till  late  July  or 
early  August .  followed  by  a  good  cover-crop.  The  great- 
est care  must  be  used  not  to  bruise  the  trees  when 
cultivating.  In  this  interior  climate,  it  often  happens 
that  such  wounds  do  not  readily  heal  and  they  may 
result  in  the  loss  of  the  tree  within  a  very  few  years. 
If  a  wound  happens  to  be  made,  the  loose  bark  should 
be  at  once  cut  away  and  the  exposed  surface  coated 
with  a  thick  paint  of  pure  white  lead  and  raw  linseed 
oil  and  kept  thus  protected  till  completely  healed 
over. 

Mice  and  rabbils. — For  the  last  few  years  in  the 
writer's  experience,  lime-sulfur  sprayed  on  the  trunks 
and  low  branches  of  the  trees  as  soon  as  the  leaves  drop 
has  prevented  attacks  of  mice  and  rabbits.  Use  at  same 
strength  as  indicated  for  the  dormant  season. 

Handling  the  crop. — At  the  present  writing,  the 
apple  crop  of  the  mid-continental  regions  is  marketed 
locally,  cither  in  bulk,  open  packages,  or  in  barrels,  or 
it  is  shipped  in  barrels  or  in  bulk.  Box-packing  is 
practically  unknown  here.    It  is  just  beginning  to  be 

Jractised  by  a  few  scattering  enterprising  fruit-growers, 
t  would  extend  more  rapidly  but  for  the  fact  that  very 
few  persons  in  this  region  know  how  to  pack  apples  in 
boxes.  The  Iowa  Experiment  Station  has  taken  the 
lead  in  introducing  box-|)acking  among  the  apple- 
growers  of  the  interior  by  arranging  for  schools  of 
instruction  in  apple  box-packing  in  that  state  and 
assisting  in  introducing  them  into  other  states.  The 
effect  of  this  work  is  already  shown  in  the  rapidly  grow- 
ing local  interest  in  improved  methods  of  grading  and 
packing  apples  for  market. 

The  methods  follo%ved  in  barrel-packing  and  in  hand- 
ling apples  in  bulk  do  not  differ  materially  from  those 
which  are  prevalent  in  the  eastern  states.  So  also  the 
handling  of  apples  in  cold  storage  follows  the  general 
lines  of  this  business  as  practised  by  eastern  growers 
and  dealers,  but  the  storage  facilities  are  not  yet 
developed  as  extensively  as  in  eastern  apple-growing 
sections,  although  many  strictly  up-to-date  storage 
establishments  are  found. 

Fruit-grower.'i'  orgaidzalions. — There  are  as  yet  com- 
paratively few  apple-growers'  organizations  in  this 
mid-continental  rt^gion.  Generally  speaking,  these  are 
organized  along  lines  similaf  to  those  which  character- 
ize the  fruit-growers'  organizations  of  the  Rocky 
Mountain  and  Pacific  coa.st  states,  except  that  in  no 
case  are  they  yet  combined  in  a  fruit-growers'  exchange. 
With  the  increa.sf'  of  intensive  orcharding,  it  may  reason- 
ably be  exfjected  that  apple-growers'  organizations  in 
this  region  will  become  more  abundant  and  more  thor- 
oughly .sy.stematized. 

fjrchard-heating. — The  recent  advent  of  the  practice 
of  fighting  late  spring  fro.sts  by  orchard-heating  un- 
doubtedly marks  a  new  era  in  fruit-growing  in  the  mid- 
Cfintinental  regions.  It  reduo-s  the  hazards  by  bring- 
ing an  heretofore  uncertain  factor  under  some  degree  of 


control  and  thus  puts  the  industry  upon  a  more  stable 
basis. 

The  amount  of  losses  in  this  region  during  only  the 
past  decade  from  injury  to  orchard  blossoms  and  fruits 
by  late  spring  frosts  and  freezes  aggregates  an  enormous 
sum,  a  considerable  part-  of  which  doubtless  might 
have  been  saved  by  proper  orchard-heating.  In  the 
Iowa  Horticultural  Society  Report  for  1910,  Laurenz 
Greene  estimates  the  amount  of  loss  from  frost  injury 
to  the  api)le  crop  of  Iowa  alone  from  1905  to  1910  at 
.?5,000,000  to  $10,000,000.  In  some  of  the  other  states, 
the  losses  have  been  even  greater. 

The  practice  of  orc^hard-heating  for  this  region  is  in 
many  respects  still  in  the  experimental  stages,  and 
much  will  need  to  be  learned  before  all  the  details  shall 
have  been  definitely  worked  out  into  the  most  efficient 
and  economical  practice.  Nevertheless,  it  may  now 
rightly  be  regarded  as  a  good  method  of  insurance 
against  frost  injury. 

For  detailed  treatment,  see  Orchard  Protection. 

S.  A.  Beach. 

Apple-growing  in  the  western  mountain  states. 

Accepting  the  common  geographical  grouping  of  the 
states,  the  mountain  division  embraces  the  states  of 
Colorado,  Idaho,  Montana,  New  Mexico,  Utah,  Wyo- 
ming, .Vrizona  and  Nevada.  According  to  the  census 
report,  these  states  produced  in  1909  a  little  less  than 
4  per  cent  of  the  total  apple  crop  of  the  United  States, 
or  .5, .500,000  bushels.  While  New  York  alone  produced 
four  times  this  amount,  a.nd  the  New  England  states 
more  than  10,000,000  bushels,  these  mountain  states 
are  competitors  worth  considering  in  commercial 
apple-growing.  In  1910,  these  states  reported  only 
40  per  cent  of  their  total  acreage  of  apple  orchards  in 
bearing,  while  the  New  England  states,  as  well  as  New 
York,  reported  about  80  per  cent  of  their  apple  trees  of 
bearing  age. 

The  mountain  states. 

In  the  two  years  that  have  passed  since  these  figures 
were  gathered,  at  least  five  of  the  mountain  states  have 
greatly  extended  the  plantings  of  apple  orchards,  and 
it  is  safe  to  say  that  in  no  group  of  states  is  the  apple 
industry  growing  more  rajjidly.  Of  this  group,  Colo- 
rado stands  first  in  production,  Idaho  second,  Utah 
third,  Montana  fourth  and  New  Mexico  fifth.  In 
total  acreage  planted  to  apple  trees,  Colorado  ranks 
first,  Idaho  second  and  Montana  third.  Colorado  has 
a  substantial  lead  and  promises  to  hold  its  place  for 
some  years  to  come.  Comparing  Utah  and  New 
Mexico,  it  would  be  unsafe  to  say  which  leads  in 
total  acreage  of  apple  orchards.  The  same  is  true  of 
Arizona,  Nevada  and  Wyoming.  The  fruit-growing 
industry  of  the  region  has  grown  up  in  comparatively 
recent  years  and,  with  the  exception  of  Arizona  and 
Nevada,  all  states  reported  the  larger  per  cent  of  the 
apple  trees  too  young  to  bear  in  1910.  The  status  of 
the  apple-growing  industry  in  these  states  individually 
may  be  briefly  summarized  as  follows: 

Colorado.— In  1910,  Colorado  reported  1,688,000 
apple  trees  of  bearing  age  and  1,973,000  trees  not 
bearing.  In  1909  the  state  produced,  according  to 
census  figures,  3, .559, 000  bushels  of  apples.  The  state's 
principal  apple-growing  sections  are  the  Grand  Valley 
(Mesa  County) ;  the  North  Fork  Valley  (Delta  County) ; 
the  Uncompahgre  Valley  (Montrose  County);  the 
Canon  City  district  (P>cmont  County);  and  a  new  and 
promising  district  embracing  a  large  part  of  Monte- 
zimia  County.  The  varieties  most  largely  grown  are 
Gano,  Jonathan,  Rome  Beauty  and  Winesap.  In  the 
older  orchards,  there  has  been  a  considerable  planting  of 
Ben  Davis,  but  many  of  these  are  now  grafted  to  the 
better  varieties.  Little  is  done  in  the  way  of  apple- 
growing  without  irrigation.    Most  of  the  orchard  land 


APPLE 


APPLE 


329 


is  found  in  comparatively  narrow  mountain  valleys  or 
upon  the  bench  or  mesa  lands  of  these  valleys. 

/(/<;/!<).— In  1910,  Idaho  had  1,006,000  apple  trees  of 
bearing  ape  and  1,540,000  trees  not  bearing.  The 
state  is  creilited  with  the  production  of  660,000  bushels 
of  apples  in  1909.  The  Snake  River  Valley  is  the  prin- 
cipal apple-growing  section.  In  the  north  of  the  state, 
the  Clearwater  Valley  and  the  valleys  of  the  Kootenai 
and  Clarke's  Fork  of  the  Columbia  afford  additional 
possibilities  for  commercial  apple-growing.  The  in- 
dustry is  growing  rapidly,  and  it  is  probably  safe  to 
say  that  in  1913  the  output  of  the  state  was  double 
that  of  1909.  The  principal  varieties  grow'n  are  Gano, 
Jonathan,  Winesap  and  Rome  Beauty,  with  E.sopus  and 
Yellow  Newtown  in  the  newer  plantings.  In  the  nor- 
thern half  of  the  state,  the  moisture  supplied  by 
natural  rainfall  is  generally  sufficient  to  mature  the 
apple  crop,  while  in  the  southern  half  of  the  state 
additional  moisture  must  be  supplied  bv  irrigation. 

Montana.— In  1910,  Montana  had  "697,000  apple 
trees  of  bearing  age  and  1,. 308, 000  trees  not  bearing. 
The  estimates  of  the  State  Board  of  Horticulture  placed 
the  total  acreage  of  apple  orchards  in  Montana,  in 
1912,  as  30,000  acres.  The  principal  apple-growing 
sections  are  the  Bitter  Root  Valley,  the  Flathead  dis- 
trict, which  embraces  a  portion  of  the  valley  above 
Flathead  Lake  and  the  land  along  the  lake  shore,  the 
Clarke's  Fork  Valley  (Carbon  Count}-)  and  the  Yellow- 
stone Valley  (Yellowstone  County);  with  newer  plant- 
ings in  the  valley  west  of  the  junction  of  the  Missoula 
and  Flathead  Rivers  (Missoula  and  .Saunders  Counties) 
and  in  the  Tobacco  Plains  and  Kootenai  Valleys  in 
Lincoln  County.  With  the  exception  of  the  greater 
portion  of  the  Flathead  districts,  all  are  irrigated. 
The  principal  varieties  grown  are  McInto.sh,  Wagener, 
Rome  Beauty,  Northern  Spy  and  Wealthy.  A  few  Gano, 
Jonathan  and  Dehcious  are  being  planted.  The  Tran- 
scendent Crab,  largely  planted  in  the  older  orcliards  and 
those  just  coming  into  bearing,  is  being  little  planted 
now,  on  account  of  its  susceptibility  to  pear  bUght. 

\eu'  Mexico. — The  apple  industry  of  this  state  is 
comparatively  young.  In  1910  there  were  543,000 
trees  of  bearing  age  and  914,000  trees  not  bearing. 
In  1909,  the  state  produced  417,000  bushels  of  apples. 
The  orchards  are  all  under  irrigation  and  are  located 
in  the  Rio  Grande  Valley  from  north  of  Albuquerque 
to  the  Te.\as  line,  in  the  Roswell  district  in  the  Pecos 
\'alley,  and  in  the  Farmington  district  (San  Juan 
County),  which  may  be  said  to  be  a  continuation  of 
the  Montezuma  district  of  Colorado.  The  varieties 
grown  are  Ben  Davis,  Gano,  Arkansas  Black,  Wine- 
sap,  Jonathan,  White  Pearmain  and  Rome  Beauty. 
The  apple  industry  is  growing  rapitlly,  especially  in 
the  Roswell  and  Farmington  districts.  The  state  bids 
fair  to  take  third  place  in  the  mountain  region. 

Utah.— In  1910,  Utah  reported  517,000  trees  of 
bearing  age  and  789,000  not  bearing.  In  1909  the  total 
apple-production  was  350,000  bushels.  In  the  past 
ten  years  the  state  has  not  shown  the  growth  in  apple- 
production  a.s  has  Colorado,  Idaho,  Montana  and 
New  Mexico;  yet  many  new  orchards  are  being  planted 
in  the  Cache  Valley  (Cache  County),  Bear  Valley 
(Iron  County),  L'tah  Vallej-  (Utah  County),  and  in  the 
Ogden  district.  These  are  the  leading  apple-growing 
sections  of  the  state.  Gano  and  Jonathan  are  most 
widely  planted,  although  Winesap,  Rome  Beauty  and 
and  other  standard  winter  varieties  are  grown  in  smaller 
quantities.   The  orchards  arc  all  irrigated. 

Arizoiia. — Approximately  1,(K)0  acres  were  in  apple 
orchards  in  Arizona  in  1910,  about  one-half  being  of 
hearing  age.  The  cL'mate  over  most  of  the  state  is 
too  warm  for  the  apple,  and  in  the  mountainous  sec- 
tions of  the  state  where  apples  may  be  successfully 
grown,  the  areas  which  can  be  irrigated  are  very 
limited  in  extent.  There  is  apparently  little  chance  for 
development  in  commercial  apple-growing. 


Nevada. — With  a  climate  similar  to  that  of  Arizona, 
the  apple  industry  has  not  flourished  in  Nevada. 
Latest  census  figures  credit  the  state  with  little  more 
than  1,000  acres  of  apple  orchards.  Limited  areas 
located  near  the  Sien'a  Nevada  Mountains  in  the 
northwest  part  of  the  state  are  fairly  well  adapted  to 
apple-culture.  The  rainfall  is  light  and  all  orchards 
are  irrigated.  A  number  of  the  standard  winter  varie- 
ties are  grown. 

Wyoming. — The  interest  in  apple-growing  in  Wyom- 
ing is  confined  principally  to  the  development  of  the 
home  orchard.  The  acreage  planted  is  about  equal  to 
that  of  Arizona  or  Nevada,  with  a  little  more  interest 
now  manifest  in  the  development  of  the  industry. 
The  varieties  planted  are  Wealthy,  Mcintosh  and 
Jonathan. 

General  -practices. 

Generally  speaking,  this  whole  region  is  arid,  little 
being  attempted  in  the  way  of  apple-growing  except 
with  irrigation.  The  atmosphere  is  dry,  and  during 
the  summer  months  there  is  an  exceptionally  large 
amount  of  sunshine.  Especially  in  the  mountain 
valleys,  the  days  are  warm  and  the  nights  cool.  The 
entire  region  is  more  or  less  subject  to  untimely  spring 
frosts.  For  this  reason  many  of  the  best  fruit  sections 
of  the  region  are  found  in  narrow  mountain  valleys, 
protected  more  or  less  by  caiion  breezes,  or  upon  the 
bench  lands  of  broader  valleys,  where  the  air  drainage 
is  good.  Within  this  region,  however,  we  find  many 
sections  afforded  this  natural  protection  where  the 
apple  crop  seldom  fails. 

Soils. — Within  this  group  of  states,  apples  are  grown 
on  a  large  variety  of  soils.  The  great  majority  of 
orchards  have  been  planted  upon  virgin  land,  and  as 
time  goes  on,  we  shall  probably  learn  to  consider  soil- 
adaptation  a  more  important  factor  in  apple-growing. 
From  the  standpoint  of  ease  of  cultivation,  ease  of 
irrigation  and  the  maintenance  of  soil  fertility,  the 
medium  sandy  loams  are  proving  the  most  satisfac- 
tory apple  soils. 

Tillage. — The  orchardists  of  the  mountain  states 
have  from  the  beginning  been  exponents  of  clean  cul- 
ture. In  many  sections,  however,  they  are  now  begin- 
ning to  feel  that  this  has  been  overdone,  and  in  the 
present  system  of  tillage,  clean  cultivation  and  cover- 
crops  alternate.  In  some  cases  the  orchard  is  well 
tilled  during  the  early  part  of  the  season  and  seeded 
to  field  peas,  vetch  or  other  crop  in  midsummer. 
Another  practice  is  to  seed  the  orchard  to  clover,  which 
is  turned  under  after  two  seasons'  growth.  The  orchard 
is  then  cultivated  for  one  or  two  seasons  and  again 
planted  to  clover.  Alfalfa  has  been  used  instead  of  the 
clover.  Providing  it  is  kept  away  from  the  trees  and 
within  reach  of  the  turning  plow,  alfalfa  is  not  objec- 
tionable in  orchard  lands  free  from  stones.  On  rocky 
land  it  is  difficult  to  kill  the  alfalfa  out.  In  this  arid 
region,  .some  such  system  of  tillage  must  be  practised 
as  a  means  of  maintaining  soil-fertility. 

Irrignlion. — The  irrigation  practice  of  the  orchard- 
ists of  these  states  is  not  unhke  that  of  the  other 
western  states.  Practically  all  water  is  applied  by  the 
furrow  method,  running  shallow  ditches  close  together 
in  sandy  soils  and  deep  ditches  farther  apart  in  the 
heavy  soils.  The  distances  between  ditches  will  vary 
from  2  to  6  or  8  feet.  The  old  orchards  receive  from 
two  to  four  applications  during  the  growing  season. 
The  plan  is  to  get  the  fruit  up  to  size  early  in  the  sea- 
■son  and  then  promote  coloring  by  maintaining  only 
a  moderate  moisture  supply  during  the  latter  part  of 
the  summer.  In  sections  where  the  winters  are  dry, 
both  the  old  and  yoimg  orchards  receive  one  late  fall 
irrigation  This  is  apphed  after  the  first  frosts  when 
there  is  no  longer  danger  of  starting  new  growth.  The 
young  orchards  are  well  watered  during  the  early  part 
of  the  growing  season.    After  midsummer,  little  water 


330 


APPLE 


APPLE 


is  applied.  Every  effort  is  iu;uio  to  vWck  tlio  growth 
of  the  tnvs  early,  fop  when  well  nuitureil  they  witii- 
staiui  severe  freezing  best. 

Pruning. — The  apple-growers  of  the  mountain  states 
art^  quite  unanimous  in  their  ehoiee  of  the  vase-form  as 
the  standard  to  lie  workcil  for  in  training  apple  trees. 
While  the  eastern  grower  many  justly  comlenm  such  a 
svsteni  of  training  on  aeeount  of  limited  fruiting  area, 
the  objeetion  is  without  merit  in  this  region  where 
the  tendency  is  for  most  varieties  to  overhear.  In  the 
tirst  three  or  four  years  in  the  orchard,  the  joung 
trees  are  severely  headed-in  each  s|)ring,  the  object 
being  to  get  a  stocky  trunk  with  the  first  scaffold  limb 
within  12  or  IS  inches  of  the  ground  and  three  or  four 
more  spaced  along  the  trunk  at  intervals  of  6  inches. 
.\fter  these  first  three  or  four  prunings,  little  heading- 
in  is  done  until  the  trees  begin  to  overbear.  The  trees 
are  then  cut  back  and  thinned  out  sufficiently  to  induce 
annual  bearing  and  the  production  of  fruits  of  desir- 
able sizes  with  the  minimum  amount  of  hand  thinning. 
In  the  commercial  fruit-growing  sections,  the  fruit  is 
systematically  thinned.  There  is  httle  occasion  for 
summer  pruning. 

Marketing. — The  bulk  of  the  apple  crop  of  these 
states  is  sold  in  standard  apple-boxes,  and  much  of  the 
fruit  is  wrapped  and  packed  in  sizes  in  tier  packs.  As 
a  rule,  the  fruit  is  marketed  through  cooperative  fruit- 
growers' a.ssociations,  some  of  the  oldest  and  most 
successful  associations  in  the  United  States  being 
found  in  this  region.  The  fruit  is  generally  distrib- 
uted in  all  eastern,  southern  and  western  markets 
where  extra  fancy  boxed  apples  are  in  demand. 

Diseases  and  insects. —  The  apple-growers  of  the 
mountain  states  are  little  troubled  with  fungous  dis- 
eases. During  the  summer  sea.son  the  atmosphere  is 
generally  dry  and  the  fungi  apparently  do  not  thrive. 
In  some  of  the  more  humid  sections  of  this  region, 
especially  in  rainy  summers,  apple  scab  becomes 
a  serious  menace.  It  is  easily  controllerl,  however, 
with  the  liinc-sulfur  sprays.  Over  the  entire  region, 
pear  blight  has  attacked  some  of  the  more  susceptible 
varieties  of  apples.  The  planting  of  Alexander  and 
Transcendent  Crab  has  been  discontinued  on  this 
account,  and  in  some  sections  other  varieties  must 
be  watched  carefully  and  will  probably  be  discarded 
eventually. 

Of  the  apple  orchard  insects,  the  codlin-moth  is 
easily  the  most  important,  and  over  almost  the  entire 
region  up-to-date  methods  of  control  must  be  em- 
ployed. Both  the  green  and  woolly  aphis  are  ever- 
present  enemies  f)f  the  apple  orchards,  the  first  troub- 
ling young  orchards  esijccially.  The  San  Jose  scale 
has  not  as  yet  become  a  troublesome  pest  in  the  apple 
orchards  of  the  greater  part  of  the  mountain  region. 
The  oyster-shell  scale,  the  bud-moth  and  the  green 
fruit-worm  are  of  only  local  importance. 

The  majority  or  orchardists  of  this  region'  are  well 
equipped  with  modern  |)0wcr  spraying  machinery, 
and  as  a  rule  are  well  posted  on  spraying  methods. 

O.  B.  Whipple. 

The  apple  in  Oregon  and  Washington. 

The  .states  of  Oregon  and  Washington  are  noted 
for  their  diversity  of  fruit  conditions.  Their  soils  range 
from  the  hghte.st  loam  to  the  heaviest  adobe;  their 
rainfall  varies  from  8  or  9  inches  to  over  lOf);  their 
elevations  extend  from  sea-level  to  the  snow  line.  l''rom 
the  horticulture  of  each  of  these  states,  which  is  thor- 
oughly described  in  this  Cyclopedia,  the  readers  can  get 
complete  details  concerning  these  special  characteristics. 

In  Oregon  apple-culture  is  largely  confined  to  such 
valleys  as  the  Rogue  River,  Umpqua,  Willamette, 
Ho'A  River,  Freewater-Milton,  and  (Jrande  Ronde, 
with  certain  developments  along  the  coast,  especally 
in  such  regions  as  Coos  Bay. 


In  Washington  the  development  is  largely  east  of  the 
Cascade  Range  in  such  inland  districts  as  Wenatchee, 
Yakima,  Walla  Walla  and  Lewiston-Clarkston. 

General  considerations. 

Apple-culture  on  the  Pacific  Coast  is  characterized  by 
the  following: 

Coiiini  tinol  development. — In  such  valleys,  for  example, 
as  the  Hood  River  (Fig.  277)  or  Wenatchee,  one  finds 
that  ajiple-growing  is  almost  the  sole  industry,  and  large 
contiguous  areas  are  devoted  to  apple-production 
alone.  One  sees  the  entire  absence  of  diversitj'  of  agri- 
culture in  some  districts.  These  orchards  may  occasion- 
ally be  very  large,  although  in  the  more  highly  devel- 
oped regions  the  tendency  is  for  small  orchards  very 
intensively  developed. 

Intensive  tillage. — There  is  practically  not  a  fruit- 
grower to  be  found  on  the  Pacific  Coast  who  is  not  a 
firm  believer  in  tillage.  In  a  few  sections,  the  intro- 
duction of  shade-crops  is  supplementing  the  former 
intensive  tillage,  but  the  ahnost  universal  practice  ia 
to  till  very  intensively. 

Systematic  spraying. — Each  orchard  is  given  frequent 
sprayings,  according  to  a  specified  program.  There  are 
very  few  orchards  on  the  Pacific  Coast  that  are  not 
equipped  with  power  sprayers,  capable  of  maintaining 
200  pounds  of  pressure.  Pacific  Coast  apple-growers 
are  thoroughly  alive  to  the  value  of  spraying  for  pests. 


277.   Apple  orcliard  in  Hood  River  valley. 

Methodical  thinning. — It  would  be  very  hard  indeed 
to  find  any  fruit  districts  in  which  the  orchardists  do 
not  thin  regularly.  They  would  no  sooner  give  up 
thinning  than  eating.  It  is  thought  by  a  great  many 
growers  that  thinning  pays  a  larger  dividend  on  the 
investment  than  any  other  orchard  practice. 

Skillful  packing. — The  Pacific  Coast  has  long  been 
famous  for  the  high-grade  packing  of  its  fruit  products. 
Every  cITort  is  made  to  educate  the  growers  to  be  skill- 
ful fruit-packers,  and  rigid  systems  of  inspection  are 
maintained  in  order  that  the  high  grade  of  the  pack  may 
not  be  sacrificed. 

Spirit  of  cooperation. — Almost  every  community  is 
thoroughly  organized.  The  spirit  of  cooperation  has 
taken  a  firm  hold  with  the  people  and  its  benefits  are 
thoroughly  realized.  Not  only  have  certain  sections 
organized,  but  there  is  every  indication  at  the  present 
time  that  within  the  next  few  years  apple  interests  of 
the  entire  Pacific  Coast  will  be  consolidated  into  a 
central  .selling  agency. 

The  personnel  of  the  Pacific  Coast  fruit-growers  can 
be  characterized  by  the  large  number  of  \'Oung  men, 
especially  college  graduates,  who  arc  engaging  in  apple- 
culture.  In  Hood  River  alone  there  are  in  the  neigh- 
borhood of  one  hundred  and  thirty  college  graduates 
from  all  jiarts  of  the  country  engaged  in  apple-growing 
and  making  it  a  life-work  and  study.  There  are  also 
large  numbers  of  retired  business  and  professional 
men  from  various  parts  of  the  country.  Such  men, 
because  of  their  enthusiasm,  are  anxious  to  adopt  up- 
to-date  methods  in  order  to  make  very  successful  fruit- 
growers. They  intend  to  specialize  in  making  apple- 
growing  a  very  serious  business.    It  is  not  an  uncom- 


VIII.    The  York  Imperial  apple. 


APPLE 


APPLE 


331 


mon  thing  to  find  a  man  devoting  his  entire  energy  to 
the  growing  of  two  varieties  of  apples. 

Orchard  management. 

Most  of  the  orchardists  practice  annual  spring  plow- 
ing. In  some  of  the  lighter  soils,  disking  takes  the 
place  of  plowing,  but  the  present  tendency  is  to  plow 
and  harrow  down  the  soil  very  thoroughly.  With  the 
heavy  loams  the  plowing  is  generally  followed  by  hght 
harrowing,  supplemented  by  the  use  of  the  clod- 
masher,  corrugated  roller  or  briUion.  After  the  ground 
is  placed  in  good  condition,  frequent  cultivations  are 
made.  One  of  the  best  tools  to  use  in  such  cases  is 
the  Kimball  weeder;  this  stirs  the  soil  and  prevents 
drying  or  baking  of  the  surface  soil.  Often  as  many  as 
eighteen  harrowings  are  given  diu-ing  the  summer- 
time. By  the  middle  of  August  or  at  such  time  as 
the  young  trees  have  made  sufficient  growth,  cultiva- 
tion ceases,  but  with  the  heavier-bearing  orchards 
cultivation  is  generally  continued  up  to  the  harvesting. 
With  the  lighter  soils,  such  as  many  of  the  volcanic 
ash,  after  the  ground  has  been  plowed  in  the  spring, 
the  tendency  is  to  compact  the  ground  more  by  the 
use  of  subsoil  packers  or  by  dragging  the  ground  with 
floats.  Such  soils  tend  to  blow  out  constantly  and  it  is 
only  by  these  methods  that  the  moisture  can  be  re- 
tained in  the  surface  soil. 

Irrigation. — Irrigation  becomes  more  and  more  a 
factor  to  the  Pacific  Coast  apple-grower  east  of  the 
Cascade  Mountains  where  the  rainfall  is  less  than  1.5 
inches.  Irrigation  is  made  to  supplement  tillage.  The 
water  is  appUed  by  the  furrow  or  rill  system,  and  as 
soon  as  possible  after  irrigation  the  ground  is  thor- 
oughly harrowed  and,  after  becoming  smooth,  is  kept 
in  good  shape  with  smoothing  harrows.  Irrigation  is 
practised  more  with  trees  fifteen  years  of  age  and  up 
than  with  young  trees. 

The  growers  are  finding  out  that  an  abundant  supply 
of  moisture  either  through  intensive  tillage  or  irriga- 
tion tends  to  make  the  trees  produce  larger  crops,  makes 
them  annual  bearers,  increases  the  individual  size  of 
the  specimens  and  tends  to  make  the  fruit  more  elonga- 
ted and  of  a  liveUer,  brighter  color.  In  some  cases  too 
much  moisture  is  used,  resulting  in  soft,  poorly  colored 
fruit  of  poor  shipping  qualities. 

Fertilizers. — At  the  present  time  no  commercial 
fertilizers  are  being  used.  The  growers,  however,  are 
taking  hold  of  cover-crops  very  enthusiastically. 
Vetch  becomes  a  principal  crop, — the  forage  or  Oregon 
vetch  in  the  region  where  the  chmate  is  mild,  and  the 
hairy  vetch  where  the  climate  is  severe.  The  vetch  is 
generally  combined  with  rye,  oats,  or  wheat,  and  is 
drilled  in  by  the  latter  part  of  August,  about  forty 
pounds  of  vetch  and  ten  pounds  of  rye  being  the  com- 
mon amount  to  use  to  the  acre.  Under  normal  con- 
ditions, from  2  to  3  feet  of  growth  can  be  reahzed  by 
early  spring. 

Shade-crops. — In  the  irrigated  sections  where  the 
tcndencj-  to  use  shade-crops  is  becoming  common, 
alfalfa  and  the  clovers  are  the  principal  crops  grown. 
There  is  a  great  diflerence  in  ojiinion  among  the 
growers  whether  alfalfa  is  a  suitable  crop  to  use  as  a 
shade-crop,  clovers  being  more  commonly  used.  Some 
growers  practise  growing  clover  for  two  years,  cutting 
it  and  allowing  it  to  mat  on  the  ground;  while  other 
growers  disk  the  clover  under  each  year  and  allow  it  to 
re.seed  itself.  The  practice  of  growing  shade-crops  is 
yet  so  new  that  it  will  be  a  number  of  years  before  the 
growers  unite  on  some  practice,  but  a  larger  percentage 
of  growers  are  resorting  to  shade-crops  each  year. 

Thinning. — Nearly  all  varieties  of  apples  are  thinned 
very  carefully.  The  thinning  generally  begins  as  soon 
as  the  drop  is  over,  in  .some  places  before  the  drop  takes 
place.  The  apples  are  thinned  at  various  distances, 
according  to  varieties.  The  red  apples  are  generally 
thinned  one  to  a  spur.    With  yellow  apples,  there  is  a 


tendency  to  leave  two  specimens  on  certain  spurs  but 
to  remove  all  the  fruit  from  the  remaining  spurs.  The 
growers  think  that  when  this  method  is  followed  there  is 
a  tendency  to  maintain  the  trees  as  annual  bearers.  The 
distances  apart  vary  extremely.  Winesaps  are  thinned 
from  8  to  10  inches  apart,  whereas  the  larger  varieties 
of  apples  are  thinned  rather  sparingly,  as  they  often 
have  a  tendency  to  overgrow  if  thinned  too  vigorously. 

Pruning. — Most  growers  practise  annual  pruning. 
The  trees  are  started  very  low,  the  head  being  9  to  18 
inches  from  the  ground.  Most  of  the  growers  resort  to 
what  is  known  as  the  open,  goblet  or  vase  tree.  In  this 
tree,  most  of  the  branches  issue  from  one  point  and  the 
trees  are  kept  open  constantly  by  rigorous  pruning. 
The  growers  think  that  more  light  is  allowed  to  play 
around  the  fruit  by  such  a  system  and  that  a  better 
color  is  developed.  During  the  first  three  years,  the 
trees  are  cut  back  very  rigorously  each  spring,  but  as 
they  become  older  less  heading-back  is  resorted  to  and 
more  thinning-out  is  practised.  Many  of  the  growers 
are  now  leaning  more  to  the  modification  of  the  center 
tree,  growing  what  is  known  as  the  modified  center  tree, 
the  leaders  being  allowed  to  grow  for  a  few  years  and 
then  being  suppressed.  This  system  gives  a  better  dis- 
tribution of  the  branches  and  makes  a  stronger  tiee,  and 
it  also  gives  a  larger  fruiting  area.  Some  growers 
contend  that  varieties  like  the  Yellow  Newtown  do 
better  if  trained  as  leaders. 

There  is  much  sentiment  among  the  fruit-growers 
on  the  Pacific  Coast  in  favor  of  summer  pruning.  In 
their  enthusiasm,  many  of  them  are  overdoing  sum- 
mer pruning.  On  the  stronger  loams  certain  varieties 
like  Yellow  Newtown  are  slow  in  coming  into  bearing, 
but  on  the  lighter  loams  and  higher  altitudes  come  into 
bearing  in  three  to  five  years.  In  such  cases  summer 
pruning  is  not  resorted  to. 

Pollination. — Pollination  has  become  a  subject  to 
which  the  Pacific  Coast  growers  are  paying  a  great 
deal  of  attention  and  the  orchards  are  now  being 
planted  in  oblong  blocks  of  two  to  si.x  rows  of  a 
variety.  It  is  felt  that  where  this  is  practised,  a  larger 
set  of  fruit  is  secitfed,  that  there  is  a  greater  uniformity 
in  the  crop  and  a  tendency  for  increase  in  size  of  speci- 
mens. Formerly  trees  were  planted  in  large  blocks,  but 
the  heavy  shedding  of  fruit  has  caused  the  growers  to 
abandon  this  system  and  plant  so  that  interpoUina- 
tion  can  take  place. 

Frost-fighting. — Frost-fighting  is  resorted  to  in  many 
of  the  mountain  valleys  that  are  early  and  subject  to 
damage  from  frosts.  The  most  common  method  for 
controlling  is  smudging  with  oil  in  pots.  The  last  few 
years  many  growers  have  been  very  successful  in  sav- 
ing the  crops  under  adverse  conditions.  See  Orchard 
Protection. 

Spraying. — Practically  every  grower  has  a  spray 
calendar  which  he  follows  very  carefully.  Power  outfits 
are  used  extensively  and  high  pressure  is  maintained. 
In  all  the  older  orchards,  high  platforms  are  built  on 
the  spray  outfits  so  the  trees  can  be  thoroughly  covered 
with  spray.  The  principal  diseases  are  the  mildew, 
found  more  in  California  and  southern  Oregon;  apple 
scab;  apple  tree  anthracnose,  or  black  spot.  These  are 
about  the  only  diseases  that  receive  much  attention. 
Of  the  insect  pests,  the  codlin-moth  and  aphis  are  the 
most  serious.  The  codhn-moth  is  distributed  over  the 
entire  district  with  the  exception  of  the  coast  regions, 
which  arc  free  from  this  insect  pest.  The  green  aphis 
attacks  the  young  trees  injuriously,  and  for  the  past 
two  years  the  brown  aphis  has  been  of  serious  menace 
to  the  fruit.  In  some  regions  the  brown  aphis  is  now 
doing  more  damage  than  the  codlin-moth.  The  scale 
insects,  for  the  present  time,  receive  very  little  atten- 
tion, as  they  are  so  easily  controlled.  Occasionally  the 
red-spider  and  borers  give  considerable  trouble. 

Packing. — The  apples  are  all  packed  in  boxes  known 
as  the  Northwest   Standard,   103-2  "  llJ-2  x  18  inches. 


332 


APPLE 


APPLE 


All  the  better  grades  of  apples  are  wrapped  in  paper, 
and  lithographs  are  plaetxi  on  the  boxes.  I'lie  fruit  is 
pr:»d»\l  \-ery  carefully  before  packing.  The  pr(>sent 
tendency  is  to  use  one  size  of  box  and  |)ack  the  apples 
by  what  is  known  as  llic  diagonal  pack. 

Packing-housig. — \'cry  large  and  expensive  packing- 
houses are  being  erected  all  over  the  Pacific  Coast  and 
enormous  storage  plants  are  being  built  at  all  the  ijn- 
nic<liate  shipping  points.  In  most  cases,  the  packing 
is  very  rigorously  inspected.  Most  of  the  states  have 
laws  that  require  the  grower  to  put  on  the  box  his 
name,  the  grade  of  fruit  and  the  number  of  specimens 
in  the  package.  Most  associations  rc(]uirc  the  packer 
to  stamp  his  number  on  the  box,  so  tliat  in  tlie  case  of 
any  imperfect  ions  it  can  be  e:usily  traced. 

Morkeling. — The  marketing  of  the  fruit  is  done 
largely  through  associations.  By  cooperating,  the 
growers  have  been  able  to  improve  constantly  their 
pack  and  have  also  tendeil  to  distribute  the  fruit  more 
widely.  At  the  present  time,  the  Pacific  Coast  is  send- 
ing fruit  to  nearly  all  the  leading  ports  of  the  world,  and 
the  effort  is  ra:ide  to  get  a  wider  and  wider  distribution 
rather  than  to  send  it  to  a  few  distributing  points  like 
Chicago  and  Xew  York,  which  was  the  system  formerly 
followed. 

The  wilhngnes-s  of  the  people  to  organize,  and  the 
cooperative  system,  which  is  broadcast  in  the  region, 
is  a  very  important  factor  in  successful  aijple-culture 
on  the  Pacific  Coast.  C.  I.  Lewis. 

The  apple  in  California. 

.Although  the  apple  was  introduced  into  southern 
Cahfoniia  by  the  Mission  padres  nearly  a  century 
before  the  American  occupation,  and  although  the  Rus- 
sians established  an  apple  orchard  in  northern  Cali- 
fornia more  than  a  quarter  of  a  century  before  the  gold 
discoverj',  it  was  not  fully  demonstrated  until  about 
1880  that  the  state  can  produce  an  apple  of  character 
and  quaUty  to  entitle  the  region  to  standing  among 


rA 


r4-*i«.'- 


4  \Am>-^P^ 


278.   A  California  apple  orchard. 

the  commercial  apple  regions  of  the  United  States. 
California  pioneers  were  accustomed  to  concede  apple 
adaptations  to  Oregon  and  to  claim  none  for  them- 
selves. This  w'a.s  chiefly  due  to  the  fact  that  early 
plantings  were  made  in  the  mining  districts  of  the 
lower  foothills  and  on  valley  lands  a<Jjacent  to  routes  of 
travel  thereto  from  the  port  of  Han  Francisco.  Climatic 
onditions  in  such  situations  forced  too  early  maturity 
of  winter  varieties,  which  impaired  quality  and  keeping 
and,  as  main  commercial  desirability  was  vested  in 
long-keeping,  California  was  conceded  to  lack  adapta- 
tion.i  for  the  production  of  a  good  apple,  and  local  sup- 
plies of  the  fruit  were  drawn  for  three  decades  froin  the 
orchards  in  western  f)regon.  Pojtular  judgment  was, 
however,  reversed  by  the  notable  long-keeping  of  Cali- 
fornia apples  shown  at  the  Xew  Orleans  Fair  in  188.5, 
which  is  explained  by  the  fact  that  the  exhibits  were 


gathered  from  family  orchards  in  the  coast  districts  and 
in  the  high  jUat cans  and  mountain  valleys  where  grow- 
ing coniiitions  an>  quite  unlike  those  of  the  lower 
foothills  and  adjacent,  valleys.  The  conclusion  from 
this  dcmonst ration  was  that  when  the  right  variety  is 
planted  in  the  right  place,  in  California,  superior  fruit, 
both  for  local  use  and  long  shipment,  may  be  secured. 
Sinci'  that  time,  California  a]iples  have  been  success- 
fully sold  in  consiilerable  tjuantities  in  England  and  on 
the  continent  of  Europe,  on  the  .-Vtlantic  Coast  of  Amer- 
ica, in  .Australia  and  in  Eastern  Asia — as  well  as 
throughout  the  interior  states  of  the  Pacific  Slope,  in 
Canada  and  in  Alaska.  The  uprise  of  a  great  apple 
industry  in  other  states  of  the  Pacific  Slope  has,  how- 
ever, recently  excluded  the  California  winter  apple 
from  large  American  areas  in  which  it  formerly  sold 
freely,  but  California  still  retains  in  the  same  areas  its 
market  for  smnmer  and  fall  apples  because  mature 
fruit  can  be  shipped  before  the  same  varieties  ripen 
farther  north  or  at  greater  elevations.  Fig.  278  shows 
a  representative  California  apple  orchard. 

Summer  apples. 

It  is  now  clear  that  there  are  two  distinct  branches 
of  the  apple  industry  of  California,  in  which,  first, 
effort  is  concentrated  on  the  production  of  summer 
apples  in  what  are  known  as  early  districts  and,  second, 
fall  and  winter  apples  in  other  districts  where  slower 
development  is  favored  by  prevalence  of  lower  spring 
and  summer  temperatures.  In  the  interior  valleys  and 
lower  foothills,  the  forcing  heat  brings  early  varieties, 
like  the  Astrachans,  quickly  to  notable  size,  crispness 
and  flavor,  and  there  is  an  ample  demand  for  such  fruit 
for  shipment,  providing  it  is  sound  and  free  from  pests, 
some  of  which,  however,  are  more  aggressive  than  they 
are  in  cooler  sections.  Fall  apples  are  successfully 
grown  in  the  same  districts  but  they  also  are  profitable 
in  the  coast  district,  as  is  shown  by  the  behavior  of 
the  Gravenstein  in  the  Sebastopol  section  of  Sonoma 
County  where  "Gravenstein  shows"  are  annually  held 
in  August.  Another  instance  of  specialization  is  found 
in  the  commercial  importance  of  the  Yellow  Bellflower 
in  the  W.atsonville  district,  where  it  enters  largely  into 
the  ".Apple  Annual" — a  greater  exhibition  held  the  first 
week  in  October.  In  these  typical  fall-apple  districts, 
the  winter  apples  are  also  important,  the  Esopus 
(Spitzenberg)  leading  these  varieties  at  Sebastopol  and 
the  Yellow  Newtown  at  Watsonville.  These  facts 
emphasize  the  importance  of  certain  varieties;  for  spe- 
cialization is  built  upon  varieties  even  more  than  upon 
the  classes  to  which  they  belong. 

Winter  apples. 

The  chief  importance  does,  however,  rest  with  the 
winter  apple  in  California,  in  the  same  way,  but  perhaps 
not  to  such  a  degree,  as  in  other  apple-growing  states 
and  coimt ries,  anfl  the  chief  investment  and  expectation 
are  made  upon  that  basis.  Aside  from  the  conditions 
cited,  which  make  nearly  exclusively  for  the  summer 
and  early  fall  varieties,  the  state  has  great  capacity 
for  the  production  of  winter  apples  of  the  type  for 
which  the  coast  hii.s  become  so  famous  during  the  last 
few  years.  Every  county  in  the  state  has  apple  trees, 
but  the  requirements  of  a  winter  apple  are  fully  met  by 
two  main  divisions  of  the  state,  viz.:  the  smaller  val- 
leys close  to  the  coast,  in  fact,  in  some  cases,  the  coast 
flats,  where  the  exposure  is  directly  toward  the  cooling 
breezes  of  the  ocean  which  produce  a  cool  summer — a 
long,  slow-growing  sesison,  which  develops  great  beauty 
and  high  quality  in  a  winter  apple.  Similar  results  are 
also  i)roiluced  by  the  climate  found  at  an  elevation  of 
about  2, .')()()  to  .'),()()()  feet  on  the  interior  plateaus  and  in 
the  mountain  valleys.  The  co.ast  di.strict  has  developed 
a  greater  commercial  apple  industry  than  the  moun- 
tains, because  transportation  facilities  for  shipment  are 
vastly  better;  but  as  the  state  advances,  the  mountain 


APPLE 


APRICOT 


333 


districts  will  be  employed  in  this  production  much  more 
largely  than  at  present.  The  greatest  apple  district 
of  the  state  now  is  the  Pajaro  Valley,  including  parts 
of  Monterey  and  Santa  Cruz  Coimties,  centering  at 
\\'atson%ille,  which  shipped  about  6,0()0  carloads  of 
apples  in  1912.  The  county  next  prominent  in  apple- 
growing  is  Sonoma;  Santa  Cruz  and  Sonoma  Counties 
have  about  one-lialf  of  all  the  trees  in  the  state,  while 
many  other  counties  have  good  apple  orchards  in  less 
total  acreage;  in  fact,  from  San  Diego  on  the  south  to 
Siskiyou  on  the  north,  localities  exist  which  afford  the 
elevation  or  the  coast  exposures  that  favor  the  pro- 
duction of  good  winter  apples,  and  planting  is  pro- 
gressing in  all  these  districts. 

Extent. 

The  number  of  apple  trees  in  California  in  1913  is 
about  2,.5(X),0OO,  occupying,  as  nearly  as  can  be  calcu- 
lated, ;iO,()00  acres  of  land.  The  varieties  of  chief  com- 
mercial importance,  in  order  of  ripening,  are:  White  and 
Red  Astrachan,  Gravenstein,  Yellow  Bellflower,  Yellow 
Nev\'tomi,  Esopus,  White  Pearmain,  Winesap  and  Rome 
Beauty.  I\Iany  other  winter  varieties  have  been  planted 
recently  in  different  districts,  but  their  relative  impor- 
tance cannot  be  predicted.  £    j_  Wickson. 

APRICOT.  Rosaceie.  A  tree  and  fruit  somewhat 
intermediate  between  the  peach  and  the  plum,  grown 
largelv  in  California  and  in  special  localities  in  the 
East. 

The  apricot  tree  is  a  round-headed  grower,  with 
dark,  somewhat  peach-like  bark,  and  very  broad  or 
almost  circular  leaves.  The  fruit,  which  usually  ripens 
in  advance  of  both  the  peach  and  plum,  is  peach-like  in 
shape  and  color,  with  a  smoother  skin,  rich  yellow  flesh 
and  large  flat  smooth  stone.  The  flesh  is  commonly 
less  iuic>-  than  that  of  the  peach,  and,  as  a  rule,  per- 
haps, of  higher  quality.  The  apricots  are  of  three 
species,  all  probably  native  of  China  or  Japan.  (1)  The 
common  apricot  of  Europe  and  America  is  Prunus 
Armcninca:  fr.  variable,  but  smooth  at  niaturity,  red  or 
yellow,  the  sweet  and  firm  flesh  free,  or  very  nearly  so, 
from  the  large,  smooth,  flat  stone:  tree  with  a  round, 
spreading  top,  and  a  reddish,  cherry-like  or  peach-like 
bark:  Ivs.  (Fig.  279,  right)  ovate  or  round-ovate,  with 
a  short  point  and  sometimes  a  heart-shaped  base,  thin 
and  bright  green,  smooth  or  very  nearly  so  below,  as  are 
the  gland-bearing  stalks,  the  margins  rather  obtusely 
and  mostly  finely  serrate:  fls.  pink-white  and  borne 
singly,  sessile  or  very  nearly  so,  preceding  the  Ivs.  (Fig. 
2S0).  The  Russian  apricot  is  a 
hardy  but  smaller-fruited  race  of 
this  species.  (2)  The  Japanese 
apricot,  in  Japan  grown  for  flow- 
ers rather  than  for  fruit,  is  Prunus 
Mume:  fr.  small,  yellowish  or 
greenish,  the  flesh  rather  hard  and 
ilr>',  and  adhering  tightly  to  the 
pitted  stone:  tree  like  the  common 
apricot,  but  with  a  grayer  or 
greener  bark  and  duller  foliage: 
Ivs.  grayish  green,  generally  nar- 
rower (Fig.  279,  left)  and  long- 
pointed,  more  or  less  hairy  along 
the  veins  below  and  on  the  shorter  mostly  glandless 
stalk,  thick  in  texture  and  prominently  netted  beneath: 
fls.  fragrant,  borne  singly  or  in  2's,  and  sessile  (with- 
out stalks);  more  lately  intro.  into  this  country,  chiefly 
under  the  name  of  Bungoume  plum.  (3)  The  third 
species  is  the  purple  or  black  ajjricot,  Prunus  dasycarpa, 
which  is  little  cult.:  fr.  globular  ami  somewhat  plum- 
like, with  a  distinct  st.,  [jubescent  or  fuzzy  even  at 
maturity,  dull  dark  purple,  the  sourish  soft  flesh  cUng- 
ing  to  the  plum-like  fuzzy  stone:  tree  round-headwl, 
with  much  the  habit  of  the  common  apricot,  with  Ivs. 
ovate  and  more  or  less  tapering  at  both  ends,  thin,  dull 


279.  Apricot  leaves. 

P.  Mume  on  left; 

F.  anuemaca  on  right. 


280. 


Flowers  of  the 
apricot. 


green,    on   slender    and    pubescent,    mostly   glandless, 

stalks,  finely  appressed-serrate  and  hairy  on  the  veins 

below:  fls.  large  and  plum-hke,  blush,  solitary  or  in  2'3, 

on  pubescent   stalks   ^2'n.  or   more 

long,  and  appearing  in  advance  of 

the  leaves.    See  Prunus  for  related 

species.    The  apricot-plum,  Prunus 

Simonii,  is  discussed  under    Plum. 

The  plumcot  is  a  hybrid   of   plum 

and   apricot,   accounted    for   under 

Prunus.  L    H.  B. 

East  of  the  Mississippi  the  apricot 
is  not  grown  commercially  to  great 
extent,  although  it  is  a  popular  fruit 
for  the  home  orchard  and  garden. 
As  a  commercial  crop,  it  does  not 
seem  to  be  increasing  in  favor. 
There  are  two  important  reasons 
for  this:  the  loss  of  the  fruit  by 
spring  frosts  because  of  the  very 
early  season  of  bloom,  and  the  great 
liability  to  curculio  attack.  Pos- 
sibly the  apricot  has  not  yet  been 
given  a  thorough  test.  Its  value 
may  be  more  appreciated  and  the 
difficulties  of  its  culture  lessened 
when  the  fruit  has  received  greater 
study  and  attention. 

The  apricot  is  as  hardy  as  the  peach  and  thrives  in 
similar  localities  and  under  the  same  general  cultivation 
and  treatment,  but  demands  very  strong  soil.  The 
ideal  land  for  this  fruit  seems  to  be  one  that  is  deep  and 
dry,  and  loamy  or  gravelly  in  character.  The  rolling 
loamy  lands  that  are  well  adapted  to  apples  seem  to 
be  well  suited  to  the  apricot,  if  the  exposure  and  loca- 
tion are  correct.  The  apricot  is  particularly  impatient 
of  wet  feet,  and  many  of  the  failures  are  due  to  reten- 
tive subsoils.  The  kind  of  soil  has  an  important  bearing 
also  on  the  stock  to  be  used. 

Particular  attention  should  be  given  to  the  location 
and  exposure  of  the  apricot  orchard.  In  the  East  the 
best  results  are  secured  if  the  plantation  stands  on 
elevated  land  near  a  large  body  of  water,  for  there  the 
spring  frosts  are  not  so  serious  as  elsewhere.  Generally 
a  somewhat  backward  exposure,  if  it  can  be  had,  is 
desirable,  to  retard  blooming.  Apricots  wiU  be  sure  to 
fail  in  frosty  localities. 

The  apricot  should  always  be  given  clean  culture. 
For  the  first  two  or  three  years,  some  hoed  crop  may  be 
grown  between  the  rows,  but  after  that  the  trees  should 
be  allowed  the  entire  land,  particularly  if  set  less  than 
20  feet  apart.  Tillage  should  be  stopped  late  in  sum- 
mer or  early  in  fall  to  allow  the  wood  to  mature  thor- 
oughly. It  is  best  to  raise  a  cover-crop  in  the  latter 
parti  of  July  or  in  August  to  hasten  this  maturity  and 
also  to  protect  the  roots  and  to  improve  the  physical 
properties  of  the  soil. 

The  trees  are  pruned  in  essentially  the  same  way 
as  plums.  The  fruit-buds  are  borne  both  on  spurs 
(two  are  shown  in  Fig.  281)  and  also  on  the  wood 
of  the  last  se;ison's  growth  on  either  side  of  the  leaf-bud, 
as  shown  in  the  twin  and  triplet  buds  above  a  in  Fig. 
281.  Each  bud  contains  a  single  naked  flower  (Fig. 
280).  As  the  fruit  begins  to  swell,  the  calyx-ring  is 
forced  off  over  the  top  (Fig.  282)  and  the  injury  from 
curculio  may  then  be  expected.  The  fruit  is  often 
borne  so  close  together  as  to  appear  to  be  in  clusters 
(Fig.  283). 

\Vhen  grown  under  the  best  conditions,  the  apricot 
may  be  considered  to  be  nearly  or  quite  as  productive 
as  the  peach.  Like  other  fruit  trees,  it  bears  in  alter- 
nate years,  unless  the  crops  are  very  heavily  thinned. 
It  can  never  be  recommended  for  general  or  indiscrimi- 
nate planting.  Only  the  best  fruit-growers  can  succeed 
with  it.    Apricots  are  to  be  considered  as  a  dessert  or 


334 


APRICOT 


APRICOT 


i\1 


fancy  fruit,  and  therefore,  should  be  neatly  packed  in 
small  and  tasty  packages. 

The  varieties  mostly  in  demand  in  the  eiwtern  states 
in  order  of  preference  are:  Moorpark,  Harris,  Alexis, 
Montjisunet,  Hudd,  Early  Golden,  8t.  Ambroise, 
Alexander  and  Peach.  The  Koyal  and  Superb  are  grown 
to  some  extent.  0(  the  above-men  I  ioned  varieties,  the 
Harris,  St.  Ambroise,  Montgamet,  and  Karly 
Golden  iire  early  iis  regards  season  of  ripen- 
ing; the  Peach  and  Moorpark  are  medium; 
the  Alexander,  Alexis  and  Hudd  are  late. 
The  Alexander,  Alexis,  Budil  and  some 
others  belong  to  the  Russian  race.  Fig.  284 
shows  a  good-shaped  apricot . 

The  aiirieot  is  propagated  by  budding  or 

grafting  the  desired  varieties  on  the  peach 

or  phnn  stock.    On  its  own  root  the  ajiricot 

seems  to  be  less  successful,  probably  because 

of    the    peculiar    soil-requirements    that  it 

demands.    The  peacli  seems  to  give  a  better 

II  union    and    consequently    a    better    stand, 

>J|  wiiereas  the  jilum  stock  gives  a  tree  that  is 

31  hardier,    longer   lived,   and    less  sulijeet  to 

\l         attacks  of   borers.     Both   Myrobalan    and 

Domestica  stocks  are  used,  the  preference 

being  for  the  latter. 

The  most  serious  enemy  of  the  apricot  is 
the  curculio,  the  same  insect  that  attacks 
the  fruits  of  plum  .ind  peach.    This  insect 
seems  to  have  a  particular  fondness  for  the 
apricot,  and  as  the  fruit  sets  very  early,  the 
crop  may  be  expected  to  be  destroyed  un- 
less tlie  most  vigilant  means  are  emj^loyed. 
The  foliage  of  the  apricot,  as  in  the  c:ise  of 
the   peach,    is    especially   sensitive    to   the 
arsenical    sprays   and   therefore   entomolo- 
gists have  hesitated  to  recommend 
j)aris  green  and  arsenate  of  lead 
for  the   control    of    the  curculio. 
The  work  of  W.  M.  Scott  and  A.  L. 
Quaintance,  of  the  United  States 
Department   of    Agriculture,    has 
shown,  however,  that  arsenate  of 
lead    in    combination    with    self- 
boiled  lime-sulfur  is  successful  in 
controlling  this  pest  on  the  peach. 
It  is  probable   that  the  mixture 
will  be  equally  successful  in  con- 
trolling the  curculio  on  the  apricot. 
They  recommend  the  use  of  two 
pounds  of  arsenate  of  lead  com- 
bined   with   fifty   gallons  of  self- 
boiled  Ume-sulfur  applied  as  follows: 

First  application. — About  the  time  the  calyces,  or 

shucks,  are  shedding  from  the  young  fruit. 
Second  application. — Two  or  three  weeks  later,  or 

about  one  month  after  the  falling  of  the  petals. 
Another  method  of  control  of  this  insect  is  by  jarring 
the  trees,  in  the  same  W'ay  as  with  plums  and  peaches, 
but  the  work  must  be  even  more  thoroughly  done  than 
with  those  fruits.  The  jarring  should  begin  as  soon  as 
the  blo.s-soms  fall,  and  continue  as  long  as  the  in.sec^ts  are 
numerous  enough  to  do  serious  damage.  It  will  usually 
be  necessary  to  catch  the  in.sects  for  three  to  six 
weeks,  two  or  three  times  a  week,  or  perhaps  even 
everj'  day.  The  work  must  be  performed  early  in  the 
morning,  while  the  curculio  is  mdisposed  to  fly.  The 
operation  consi-sts  in  knocking  the  in.sects  from  the 
tree  by  a  quick  jar  or  shake,  catching  them  on  a  white 
sheet  or  in  a  canvas  hopper.  The  catcher  fcirm<rly 
ua«l  in  western  New  York  was  a  strong  clf)th  hopper 
rnountwl  on  a  wheelbarrow-like  frame,  and  run  on  two 
wheels.  The  hopper  converged  into  a  tin  \)»\,  into  wliic^h 
the  curculios  rolled  as  they  fell  on  the  sheet.  One  man 
wh(*led  the  device,  by  barrow-like  handles,  under  the 
tree,  then  dropped  the  handles  and  jarred  the  1r(;e;  or 


281.  Fruit-  buds  of 
the  apricot.  Borne  be- 
side tbe  leaf-bud,  as 
oo  the  peach,  and  also 
on  spurs. 


sometimes  two  men  went  with  a  machine,  one  wheeling 

it  and  the  other  jarring  the  trees.  If  the  work  of  spray- 
ing, as  above  recommended,  is  done  thoroughly,  it  will 
probably  not.  bi'  necessary  to  use  this  jarring  device  in 
addition;  and  the  device  is  now  going  out  of  use. 

The  apricot,  is  often  trained  on  walls,  where  the  fruit 
reaches  the  highest  perfection.  Care  should  be  taken 
that  the  wall  does  not  face  the  east  or  the  south,  or  the 
early-forced  flowers  may  be  caught  by  frost.  An  over- 
hanging-coniico   will   aid   greatly   in   protecting  from 

frost.  C.    S.    WlLSON.f 

The  apricot  in  California  is  one  of  the  leading  com- 
mercial fruits.  It  was  apparently  introduced  by  the 
Mission  Fathers,  for  \'ancouver  found  it  at  the  Santa 
Clara  Mission  in  1792.  However,  there  is  no  relation 
between  this  early  introduction  and  the  expansion  that 
quicldy  followed  the  American  occupation,  because  the 
Mission  Fathers  had  only  seedling  fruits,  while  the 
early  American  jilanfers,  shortly  before  the  gold  dis- 
covery, introduced  the  best  French  and  English  varie- 
ties, and  were  delighted  to  find  that  these  sorts,  usu- 
ally given  some  iirotcction  in  the  Old  World,  grew  with 
surprising  thrift  of  tree  and  size  of  fruit  in  valley  sit- 
uations in  California  in  the  open  air.  Upon  these  facts 
the  apricot  rose  to  wide  popularity.  The  acreage  has 
steadily  increased  during  the  last  fifty  years,  and  with 
particularly  swift  rate  (luring  the  last  twenty  years, 
until  the  number  of  trees  reported  in  1899  was  "about 
three  milhons,  occupying  upwards  of  forty  thousand 
acres  of  land.  Since  then,  however,  the  acreage  has  not 
increased,  because  the  crop  is  irregular  on  account  of 
frost  injuries  in  some  districts.  The  fruit  is  sold  fresh, 
canned,  dried  and  in  crystallized  forms,  in  all  the  re- 
gions of  the  United  States,  in  England  and  on  the 
Continent,  where,  by  reason  of  its  superior  size  and 
acceptable  manner  of  curing,  it  has  achieved  notable 
popularity.  The  year  190.')  was  the  greatest  thus  far 
in  amount  of  dried  i)roduct  realized,  viz.,  30,000,000 
pounds.  The  year  1911  was  greatest  in  amount  of 
canned  product,  which  reached  upwards  of  758,.32.5 
cases,  each  containing  two  dozen  2,'^-pound  cans.  The 
shipment  of  fresh  apricots  out  of  California  during  the 
summer  of  1910  was  290  carloads. 

The  chief  part,  of  the  apricot  crop  of  California  is 
grown  in  the  interior  valleys.  In  the  low  places  in 
these  valleys,  however,  the  fruit  is  liable  to  be  injured  and 
sometimes  almost  wholly  destroyed  by  spring  frosts, 
although  the  trees  make  excellent  growth.  In  foothill 
situations  adjacent  to  these  valleys,  there  is  also  serious 
danger  of  frost  above  an  elevation  of  about  1,-500  feet 
above  sea-level,  and  the  tree  is  rarely  planted  for  com- 
mercial purposes.  In  southern  California  the  apricot 
succeeds  both  in  the  coast  and 
interior  valleys.  But  along  the 
coast  northward,  excepting  the 
very  important  producing  regions 
of  the  Alameda  and  Santa  Clara 
valleys,  eastward,  and  southward 
from  the  Bay  of  San  Francisco, 
the  apricot  is  but  little  grown, 
owing  to  frost  troubles.  In  re- 
si)ect  to  these,  the  apricot  is  some- 
what less  subject  to  harm  than 
the  almond,  but  it  is  less  hardy 
than  the  peach,  and  has,  therefore, 
a  much  narrower  range  of  aflapta- 
tion.  The  average  date  of  the 
blooming  of  apricot  varieties  is  about  two  weeks  later 
than  that  of  the  almonds.  The  apricot  is  adapted  to  a 
wide  range  of  soils,  because  to  the  rather  heavy,  moist 
loams  which  its  own  root  tolerates,  it  adds  the  lighter 
tastes  of  the  peach  root,  upon  which  it  is  very  largely- 
propagated.  However,  attempts  to  carry  the  aiiricot 
upon  heavier,  moister  soils  by  working  it  upon  the  plum 
root  have  not  been  very  successful,  owing  to  the  dwarf- 


282.  Young  apricots 
shedding  the  ring. 


APRICOT 


APRICOT 


335 


ing  of  the  tree;  and  the  movement  toward  the  light,  dry 
loiuns,  by  working  upon  the  ahnond  root,  has  failed  be- 
cause the  attacliment  is  insecure,  and  the  trees  are  very 
liable  to  be  snapped  off  at  the  joining,  even  tliough  they 
may  attain  bearing  age  before  the  mishap  occurs.  The 
apricot  root  itself  is  a  favorite  morsel  with  rotlents,  and 
is  for  tliat  reason  not  largely  used.  The  mainstay  for  the 
apricot,  then,  is  the  peach  root,  and  the  soils  which  this 
root  enjoy.s  in  localities  sufficiently  frost-free  are,  there- 
fore, to  a  great  extent  the  mejisure  of  the  ajjricot  area. 

Apricot  trees  are  produced  by  budding  on  peach  or 
apricot  seedlings  during  their  first  siunmer's  growth  in 
the  nursery  row,  from  pits  planted  wlien  the  ground  is 
moist  antl  warm,  at  any  time  in  the  preceding  win- 
ter. When  there  is  a  great  demand  for  trees,  jjlanting 
in  orchanl  is  sometimes  done  with  dormant  buds,  but 
ordinarily  the  trees  are  allowed  to  make  one  summer's 
growth  in  the  nursery.  The  trees  branch  during  the  first 
year's  growth  from  the  bud,  and  usually  come  to  the 
planter  with  a  good  choice  of  low-starting  branches, 
from  which  to  shape  the  low-headed  tree  which  is  uni- 
versally preferred.  The  method  of  securing  such  a  tree  is 
identical  witli  that  already  described  for  the  almond,  but 
the  treatment  of  the  tree  after  reaching  bearing  age,  in 
its  third  year,  is  very  different  from  the  after-treatment 
of  the  ahnond.  The  apricot  is  a  rampant  grower  and 
most  profuse  bearer.  Unless  kept  continually  in  check 
it  will  quickly  rush  out  of  reach,  and  will  destroy  its  low 
shoots  and  spurs  by  the  dense  shade  of  its  thick,  beautf  ul 
foliage.  There  is  continually  necessar}',  then,  a 
certain  degree  of  thinning  of  the  surplus  shoots 
and  shortening  of  the  new  growth,  to  continue 
the  system  of  low  branching,  to  reheve  the  tree 
from  an  excess  of  bearing  wood,  and  to  avoid 
small  fruit  and  exhaustion  of  the  tree,  lesult- 
ing  in  alternate  years  of  bearing.  In  the  coast 
regions,  where  the  tree  makes  moderate  wood- 
growth,  it  can  be  kept  in  good  form  and  bear- 
ing b)'  regular  winter  pruning.  In 
warmer  regions,  where  the  tendency 
is  to  exuberant  wood-growih,  the  main 
pruning  is  done  in  the  summer,  im- 
mediately after  the  fniit  is  gathered,  id^''' 
This  has  a  tendency  to  check  wood- 
growth  and  promote  fruit-bearing, 
and  where  the  main  cutting  is  done  in 
the  summer,  winter  pruning  is  reduced  to 
thinning  out  shoots,  to  prevent  the  tree 
from  becoming  too  dense  and  to  lessen  the 
work  of  hand-thinning  of  the  fruit  later 
on.  In  addition,  however,  to  the  most 
intelligent  pruning,  much  fruit  must  be 
remo\'ed  by  hand  when  there  is  a  heavy 
set  of  it,  in  order  to  bring  the  fruit  to  a  size  satis- 
factory to  shippers  or  canners,  and  to  reach  the  highest 
grades,  if  drj'ing  is  practised.  California  apricot 
orchards  are  all  grown  with  clean  tillage,  for  the 
main  purpose  of  moi.sture  conservation.  In  regions  of 
good  rainfall  and  sufficiently  retentive  loams  no  irriga- 
tion is  required;  good  tillage  will  suffice  for  the  pro- 
duction of  large  fruit  and  perfection  of  fruit-buds  for 
the  following  year.  As  the  trees  are  becoming  older 
and  bearing  larger  crops  the  demand  for  moisture  in- 
creases, and  the  use  of  irrigation  water  is  growing.  In 
most  places,  however,  one  irrigation  is  sufficient,  and 
that  is  given  after  fruit-gathering,  to  carry  the  tree 
through  the  last  half  of  its  season's  work.  In  the  regu- 
larly irrigated  regions  of  the  state,  water  is  periodically 
applied  through  the  growing  season,  in  such  amount 
and  at  such  intervals  as  the  local  climate  and  soils 
require. 

Although  probably  all  the  good  varieties  of  the  apri- 
cot in  the  world  have  been  introduced  into  California 
in  the  last  half-century,  and  scores  of  selected  seedlings 
of  local  origin  have  been  widely  tested,  the  varieties 
that  have  survived  the  tests  and  are  now  widely  grown 


are  comparatively  few  in  number.  Most  of  the  rejected 
varieties  met  this  fate  because  of  shy  bearing,  and  those 
which  now  constitute  the  bulk  of  the  crop  are  very  regu- 
lar and  full  bearers,  under  rational  treatment.  A  local 
seedling,  the  Pringle,  was  for  many  years  chiefly  grown 
for  the  earliest  ripening,  but  this  has  recently  been 
largely  superseded  by  another  local  seedling,  the  New- 
castle, which  is  of  superior  size  and  about  as  early. 
The  European  varieties.  Large  Early  and  Early  Golden, 
are  fine  in  a  few  localities  where 
they  bear  well,  and  do  better  in 
southern  California  than  elsewhere. 
The  universal  favorite  is  the  Royal; 
probably  three-fourths  of  all  the 
trees  in  the  state 
are  of  this  variety, 
though  recentli,  the 
area  of  the  Blen- 
heim has  been  m- 
creasing  largely 
The  Hemskirk 
stands  next  to  the 
Blenheim  in  popu- 


283.  A  charactenshc 
branch  of  apricot 


larity.  The  Peach  is  largely  grown  in  the  Sacra- 
mento Valley.  The  best  apricot  grown  in  California  is 
the  Moorpark;  in  size  and  lusciousness,  when  well 
ripened,  it  heads  the  list.  It  is,  however,  rather  shy  in 
bearing,  and  is  forsaken  for  this  fault  in  most  regions. 
It  shows  the  best  behavior  in  the  Santa  Clara  Valley, 
and  is  there  retained,  in  spite  of  frequent  lapses,  because 
of  the  high  prices  which  it  comntands  at  the  canneries. 
About  a  dozen  other  varieties  are  carried  in  small  num- 
ber by  the  nurserymen  to  meet  limited  local  demands. 

Apricots  for  canning  and  drying  are  graded  according 
to  size:  Ex'tra,  not  less  than  2J4  inches  in  diameter; 
No.  1,  2  inches;  No.  2,  1}4  inches;  No.  3,  1  inch.  The 
first  three  grades  must  be  sound,  clean  and  free  from 
blemish,  and  No.  3  must  be  of  good  merchantable  qual- 
ity. The  shippers  and  canners  recpiire  well-colored  but 
only  firm-ripe  fruit,  because  both  the  long  rail  trans- 
portation and  the  canning  process  require  it;  soft-ripe 
fruit  will  neither  can  nor  carry.  For  drying,  riper  fruit 
is  used,  and  yet  over-ripeness  has  to  be  guarded  against 
to  a\oid  too  dark  color.  For  canning,  the  fruit  must  be 
carefully  hand-picked;  for  drying,  much  is  shaken 
from  the  trees.    The  drjing  process  consists  in  cutting 


APRICOT 


AQUARIUM 


tho  fruit  in  halves  longitudinally,  dropping  out  thr  pits 
and  placing  tho  halves,  cavity  uiiix'rniost,  upon  lifjht 
wooden  tniys.  Hreutins  or  tearing  the  fruit  o|ien  will 
not  do:  it  must  show  elean-eut  txlges.  When  tlie  Iraxs 
sire  covennl  they  are  plaetni  in  a  tight  eonipaitnient, 
usually  ealltxi  a  "sulfui  box,"  though  it  ni:i\'  he  of  con- 
siderable size,  and  the  fruit  is  exposeii  to  tlie  f tunes  of 
slowly  bunting  sulfur,  to  ensure  its  ilrying  to  the  light 
golden  color  wliich  is  most  acceptable  to  the  trade. 
The  proihiction  of  the  riglit  color  is  the  end  in  view,  and 
diffen^nt  dryers  regulate  tlie  amount  of  sidfur  and  the 
length  of  exposure  acconling  to  the  condition  of  their 
fruit  and  their  judgment  of  what  it  needs.  The  exposure 
varies  from  half  an  hour  to  two  or  three  hours,  accord- 
ing to  circumstances.  .Vfter  svdftuing,  the  trays  are 
taken  to  open  groimd,  and  the  fruit  is  cured  in  the  sun. 
Only  a  very  small  fraction  of  the  California  product  of 
evaporattnl  ai)ricots  is  curtNj  in  .an  evaporator,  it 
requires  about  six  jiounds  of  fresh  apricot*  to  make  one 
pound  of  cured  fruit. 


284.  Good  apricot  fruits,  one-half  natural  size. 

A  moderate  estimate  of  the  yield  of  apricots  might  be 
placed  at  seven  and  one-half  ton.s  to  the  acre;  extreme 
yields  are  far  away  from  this  both  ways. 

The  apricot  Ls,  as  a  rule,  a  very  healthy  tree  in  Cali- 
fornia. It  is,  however,  subject  to  injury  by  scale  insects 
of  the  lecanium  group  in  some  parts  of  the  state.  Dur- 
ing recent  years  there  has  been  increasing  injury  by  a 
shot-hole  fungus,  which  perforates  the  leaves  and  makes 
ugly  pustules  upon  the  fruit.  Such  fruit  is  unfit  for 
canning  except  the  fruit  be  peeled,  v/hich  is  little  done 
as  yet.  It  also  makes  low-grafie  dried  product.  This 
fungus  can  be  repressed  by  fimgicides  of  the  copper 
class.  Edward  J.  Wickson. 

AQUARIUM.  The  aquarium  as  here  understood  is 
a  glass  tank  for  live  fish,  plants,  and  the  like,  for  the 
dwelling-house  or  other  suitable  place. 

The  aquarium  should  be  in  a  place  where  it  may 
receive  light,  but  direct  sunlight  is  not  necessary;  and 
to  keep  an  aquarium  in  a  healthy  condition,  living 
plants  in  the  water  are  absolutely  necessary  and 
plants  will  not  thrive  in  dark  rooms;  neither  will  fish 
retain  their  bright  coloring.  The  squiire  or  rectangular 
aquaritim  with  rmen  top  affords  a  large  breathing- 
space  or  air  for  the  fish — which  is  another  requisite, 
and  the  fish  will  be  healthier  and  hve  longer  than  in  a 
gla.ss  globe  with  small  neck  and  orifice.  Another  and 
verj'  important  factor  in  the  aquarium  is  sand  and 
small  pebbhsi.  These  should  be  washed  clean  of  all  soil 
before  r>lacing  in  the  aquarium.  About  2  inches  over 
the  bottom  is  sufficient.  The  plants  should  be  planted 
before  filling  the  aquarium  with  water.  Figs.  28.'3-287 
show  u-wful  window  aquaria. 


285.  A  museum-jar  aquarium. 


\n  aquarium,  to  be  in  a  healthy  condition,  should 
contain  living  plants — oxygenators — which  are  as 
necessar\-  as  food,  as  fish  must  have  good  air.  The 
aquarium  nmst  be  kept  clean.  The  sediment  should 
be  removed  from  the  bottom  with  a  dip  tube  twice  a 
w(>ek,  and  the  inner  side  of  the  glass  cleaned  with  a 
wi|)er  once  a  week.  Encourage  the  growth  of  the  plants 
at  all  .seasons;  admit 
plenty  of  light,  but  no 
din'ct  sunshine.  There 
should  also  be  a  few  tad- 
poles and  .snails  in  the 
aquariiun.  These  are 
\'ery  essential,  as  they 
are  scavengers,  and  de- 
vour  the  confervoid 
growth  that  frequently 
a  c  c  u  m  u  I  a  t  e  s  on  the 
plants.  In  fall,  give  a 
thorough  cleaning  and 
rearrangement  of  the 
aquarium,  so  that  all  are 
in  the  best  condition  pos- 
sible before  winter  sets 
in.  In  March  it  should 
be  carefully  looked  over, 
and  imdesirable  plants  removed  or  transplanted. 
Additions  may  be  made  or  any    change  if  necessary. 

Following  are  some  of  the  best  plants  to  place  in  the 
aquarium,  all  of  which  can  be  easily  and  cheaply  pro- 
cured from  dealers  who  make  a  specialty  of  aquatics: 
Caboniba  caroliniana  (commonly  called  Washington- 
grass  or  fish-grass)  is  one  of  the  very  best  oxygenators 
and  a  mo.st  desirable  plant  for  the  aquarium  and  can 
usually  be  had  in  quantity  at  any  season,  except  late  in 
winter.  It  is  usually  sold  in  bunches,  but  after  winter 
sets  in,  bunches  of  cabomba  will  not  i^emain  long  in  a 
healthy  condition  in  the  aquarium  without  care  and 
attention.  Plants  to  be  of  benefit  in  the  aquarium  must 
be  living,  and  before  these  bunches  of  grass  can  emit 
roots  and  be  self-sustaining,  the  fish  too  often  nibble 
and  disturb  them  to  such  a  degree  that,  instead  of  being 
serviceable  to  the  aquariiun,  they  are  a  positive  injury. 
Eloden,  or  Anncharis  (water  pest):  there  are  two  forms 
of  this  useful  plant.  E.  canadensis  is  a  very  rapid  grower 
and  may  be  found  in  ponds  in  dense  masses.  When  once 
established,  it  is  a  pest  and  hard  to  eradicate;  but 
being  of  stem  growth,  it  is  not  so  readily  grown  in  the 
aquarium.  The  giant  form  is  a  very  desirable  and 
valuable  plant  and  can  be  used  to  good  advantage, 
making  a  very  interesting  as  well  as  a  valuable  plant 
in  the  aquarium.  Myriophyllum  spicalum  somewhat 
resembles  the  cabomba,  but  is  of  a  darker  color  and 
stronger  in  growth  and  texture.  It  is  a  hardy  plant 
and  will  withstand  the  winters  in  the  neighborhood  of 
Philadelphia.  When 
cabomba  is  unattain- 
able, this  may  be  had 
in  good  condition.  It  is 
also  an  excellent  plant 
to  use  for  fish  spawn 
during  the  breeding 
S(^a.son.  This  must  not 
be  confused  with  the 
M  yr  ioph  yll  ii  m  jrroser- 
pinricoiiles,  commonly 
called  parrot 's  feather, 
as  the  latter  is  useless 
as  an  aquariimi  plant. 
Sagittnria  n/itnnn  is  a 
very  pretty  strap-leaf  variety  of  sagittaria  and  useful 
for  a  small  aquarium.  But  S.  sinensis,  the  giant  form, 
is  the  best  of  all  sagittarias  for  the  aquarium,  and 
is  indispensable.  When  planted  in  the  aquarium  and 
allowed  to  get  well  rooted  before  the  fish  are  intro- 
duced, it  can  be  relied  upon  to  maintain  the  aquarium 


286.  A  rectangular  glass  aquarium. 


AQUARIUM 


AQUARIUM 


337 


287.  Permanent  aquarium  made  of 
wood  and  glass. 


in  a  healthy  condition  for  several  months.  Vallisneria 
spiralis  (e(>l-p;ra#s,  tape-grass,  wild  celery)  is  a  native 
plant  inhabiting  streams  and  rivers,  and  often  u.sed  in 
the  aquarium.  Its  long,  narrow,  strap-like  blades  or 
lea\"es  are  more  flexible  than  the  sagittaria  and  the  tips 
float  on  tlie  surface  of  the  water.  They  are  light  green 
in  color  and  of  softer  texture.  It  is  a  tliffieult  plant  to 
carry  over  winter,  its  natural  propensity  being  to  die 
down  in  winter,  just  the  season  when  it  is  wanted  in 
evidence  in  the  aquarium.   Ludviqia  MulerUii  is  one  of 

the  most  conspicuous, 
!■    -w.^^__<-  ,_-  >  ::::;y=— --=—        ornamental  antl  useful 
^  ^  jjlants   for   the    aqua- 

rium and  i.s  always  in 
great  demand.  It  is 
much  larger  and  a 
stronger  grower  than 
L.  palustris  of  the 
_  middle  and  northern 
states.  It  is  a  native 
of  the  southern  states, 
whence  come  our  sup- 
plies in  winter  in  small 
quantities  and  for  high  prices,  the  plants  verj^  un- 
satisfactory at  best.  The  difficulty  is  that  plants,  or 
rather  sprays,  plucked  from  growing  plants  and  shipped 
North,  receive  a  violent  check  in  the  change  of  temper- 
ature and  the  closely  confined  condition  of  the  packing- 
case.  The  result  often  is  that  the  plants  or  sprays  lose 
a  great  part  of  their  foliage,  and  when  afterward  sub- 
jected to  cold  running  water  are  completely  ruined. 
The  only  safe  way  is  to  secure  stock  during  the  summer 
or  early  fall,  getting  plants  established  in  pots  before 
preparing  the  aquarium  for  winter.  In  this  condition, 
the  plants  will  hold  their  own  and  winter  over;  but  to 
attempt  to  grow  southern  stock  in  winter  in  our  north- 
ern states  is  futile.  There  are  a  few  other  submerged 
plants  that  might  be  used,  but  the  above-mentioned 
are  the  best  and  the  best  oxygenators  for  large  or  small 
aquariums.  Floating  plants  should  be  used  sparingly 
in  the  aquarium,  an  open,  clean  surface  being  most 
desirable  and  even  necessary  for  air.  Moreover,  the 
majority  of  the  floating  plants  are  suitable  only  for  sum- 
mer culture.  Another  reason  why  surface  or  floating 
plants  do  not  succeed  in  a  house 
aquarium  is  that  the  water  is  i 
deficient  of  plant-food  suitable  for  ' 
such  plants.  Plants  that  die  in  an 
aquarium  would,  if  transferred  to  a 
tub  containing  a  quantity  of  soil, 
as  well  ;vs  water,  make  rapid  and 
healthy  growth.  Limnocharis  Hum- 
bolillii  (water  poppy)  is  a  plant  often 
used  in  the  aquarium.  It  is  neces- 
sary to  plant  this  in  the  sand  in 
the  same  manner  as  other  aquatic 
plants,  although  the  leaves  are  float- 
ing, similar  to  the  leaves  of  a  pond- 
lil.\'.  Eichhornia  crassipes  major 
(water  hyacinth)  is  a  very  desirable 
plant  for  catching  the  fish  spawn, 
hut  under  ordinary  conditions  lasts 
but  a  few  days  in  the  aquarium. 
Miniature  plants  of  these  are  very 
pretty,  and  fish  are  very  fond  of 
nibbling  at  the  roots  to  the  detri- 
ment of  the  plants.  The.se,  with 
many  other  plants,  are  best  adapted 
for  the  summer  aquaria  where  they 
can  enjoy  the  benefit  of  sunhght 
and  open  air. 

Numerous  free-floating  plants  are 
adapted  to  the  aquarium,  but  too 
many  mu.st  not  be  in  evidence,  or  the 
fish  may  become  suffocated.  The 
azollas  are  very  pretty,  and  the  fish 

22 


will  occasionally  eat  the  plants.  The  salvinia  is  another 
small  plant  often  seen  in  the  aquarium,  but  under  favor- 
able conditions  it  grows  very  rapidly,  and  forms  a  com- 
plete mat.  which  must  be  avoided.  The  European  and 
American  frog's-bits  (Limnohium  Spongia,  H ydrocharis 
Morsiis-ranse)  are  very  attractive  plants,  their  long, 
silky  roots  reaching  down  in  the  water. 

In  summer  the  plants  and  fish  should  be  placed  out- 
of-doors  in  a  fountain  basin,  pool,  or  a  tub  sunken  in 
the  ground  in  a  partially  shaded  place;  and  a  fresh 
aquarium  should  be  stocked  in  the  fall. 

Aquariiuns  are  rapidly  increasing  in  popularity  for 
home  use,  and  are  of  great  service  in  nature-study. 
A  permanent  aquarium  need  not  be  an  expensive 
affair.  The  rectangular  ones  are  best  if  large  fishes  are 
to  be  kept,  but  they  are  not  essential.  A  simple  home- 
made aquarium  of  glass  and  wood  (Fig.  287)  is  de- 
scribed in  Jackraan's  "Nature  Study,"  as  follows  (the 
dimensions  being  slightly  altered):  "Use  an  inch  board 
11,^2  inches  wide  and  12  inches  long  for  the  bottom, 
and  two  boards  of  the  same  thickness  and  length,  10^ 
inches  high,  for  the  ends.  Three-eighths  of  an  inch 
from  the  edge  on  either  side,  with  a  saw,  make  a  groove 
Jjinch  deep  and  wide  enough  to  receive  loosely  double- 
strength  glass.  Groove  the  end  boards  and  fasten  them 
to  the  bottom  with  screws,  so  that  the  grooves  will 
exactly  match.  Partially  fill  the  grooves  with  soft 
putty,  or,  better,  aquarium  cement,  and  press  into  each 
side  a  pane  of  glass.  By  making  the  bottom  board  113^ 
inches  long,  an  ordinary  10  x  12  window  pane  will  be 
the  proper  size.  When  the  glass  is  pressed  to  the  bottom 
of  the  groove,  draw  the  two  ends  in  at  the  top  until 
the  glass  is  held  firmly  and  then  fasten  them  in  place 
by  narrow  strips  of  wood,  one  on  each  side  of  the  tank, 
placed  on  top  of  the  glass  and  screwed  to  the  end  pieces. 
These  strips  also  protect  the  hands  from  injury  while 
working  with  the  specimens  in  the  aquarium.  Before 
filling  with  water,  the  inner  surface  of  the  bottom  and 
ends  should  be  well  rubbed  with  oil  or  paraffin  and  the 
grooves  inside  the  glass  well  packed  with  putty."  After 
the  box  is  made  it  would  be  well  to  let  it  stand  in  water 
for  a  day  or  two.  The  wooden  sides  will  swell  and 
tighten  the  joints,  and  leakage  will  be  less  probable. 

William  Thicker. 


wiorn  OF  THICK 


<t 


s> 


■lOi'- 


—^- 


SECT/ ON  ON  UNE  A-B 


1_L 


^\^^^^^\N\^-<,»>^^imim^ 


288.  Working  drawings  for  making  box  shown  in  Fig.  287. 


338 


AQUATICS 


AQUATICS 


AQUATICS.  A  term  applied  to  plants  suited  to  cul- 
tivation onl>-  in  water,  particularly  to  those  grown  in 
ponds  ;uid  taJlks. 

North  America  is  the  most  highly  favored  country 
in  the  world  for  the  cultivation  of  aquatic  plants.  Col- 
lections can  easily  be  made  to  furnish  a  display  of  flow- 
ers from  April  to  October  in  the  ojion  without  artificial 
heat.  There  are  numerous  aquatic  plants  other  than 
nymphe;is.  nelumbiimis  and  victori;is.  Some  very  lie- 
sirable  plants  are  Acorti^  japonica  I'nriegala  (varie- 
gated sweet  flag),  Aponogeton  distachyus  (Cape  pond- 


289.  Lawn  pond  of  aquatics,  with  mason-work  margin. 

weed,  or  water  hawihorn),  Caltha  palustris  and  C.  palus- 
Iris  fl.  pi.  (marsh  marigolds),  Cyperus  Papyrus  (Egyp- 
tian paper  plant),  limnanthemums  in  variety.  Some 
of  the  bog  or  marsh  plants  may  be  used  in  margins,  as 
many  varieties  of  sagittaria,  not  omitting  the  common 
cat-tail,  Typha  lalifotia,  the  hibiscus  of  mammoth  pro- 
portion, and  the  beautiful  new  hybrids  with  gorgeous 
flowers  of  all  shades  from  pink  to  scarlet  and  crimson. 
See  Bog-gardening.  Figs.  289  and  290  show  formal 
and  infonnal  lawn  ponds. 

Soil. — All  aquatics  require  a  rich  soil,  and  this  with- 
out hmit,  a  depth  of  water  from  1  to  3  feet,  and  ample 
space  to  spread  their  succulent  leaves.  In  a  natural 
pond,  in  which  there  is  an  accimiulation  of  humus  over- 
laying a  clayey  subsoil,  nothing  more  is  wanted,  but 
on  a  .sandy  or  gravelly  bottom  it  is  necessary  to  place 
a  layer  of  rich  earth  12  to  18  inches  deep.  In  artificial 
ponds,  built  of  masonrj-  (Fig.  289),  a  layer  of  rich  soil  is 
necessary  if  the  things  are  to  be  planted  out,  as  is  best 
for  nehunbiums.  The  soil  best  suited  for  aquatics  is 
a  turfy  loam,  inchning  to  heavy,  and  thoroughly  rotted 
cow-manure,  two  parts  of  the  former  to  one  of  the  latter, 
and,  when  possible,  it  should  be  composted  some  time 
before  using,  and  turned  over  two  or  three  times 
to  thorouglily  incorijoratc  the  manure.  When  cow- 
manure  can  not  be  obtained,  other  thoroughly  rotted 
manure  may  be  u.sed.  The  next  best  fertilizer  is  pulver- 
izerl  sheep-manure,  but  this,  being  less  bulky  and 
stronger  in  proportion,  should  not  be  used  so  freely  as 
other  manures;  one  part  sheep-manure  to  nine  of  soil 
is  sufTicient.  Chemical  manures,  ground  bone,  horn 
shavings,  and  the  like  should  not  be  used  unless  in 
extreme  cases,  and  then  very  cautiously.  Tankage  may 
be  used  to  good  advantage.  It  contains  dried  blood, 
and  ground  bone.  It  is  very  desirable  for  permanent 
beds  or  soils  that  may  wjntinue  two  or  more  seasons 
without  renewing.  The  bone  is  not  readily  dissolved 
and  has  a  lasting  quality.  Blood,  being  soluble,  has 
immediate  effect  and  is  a  valuable  fertihzer,  if  used 
gparingly. 

Depth  of  water. — In  natural  ponds,  water-lilies  are 
found  growing  in  water  from  a  few  inches  to  4  and  6 
feet  deep,  but  in  artificial  ponds  a  depth  of  12  to  18 
inches  will  be  found  sufficient  for  most  nympheas,  and 
18  to  24  inch(«  is  a  good  depth  for  victorias.  In  con- 
structing an  artificial  pond,  a  depth  of  2  to  2]/^  feet  is 
ample.  Water  to  the  depth  of  12  inches  above  the 
crowns  of  the  plants  is  sufficient,  and  a  box  containing 
the  s^)il  may  be  12  inches  deep.  Thus  a  pond  2  feet  in 
depth  is  deep  enough,  and  wiU  allow  a  man,  with  hip 


boots  on,  to  walk  between  the  plants  with  ease.  For  a 
small  pond,  less  than  12  feet  over,  a  plank  laid  across 
will  sutiice  for  all  operations. 

Protection. — Where  severe  frosts  are  prevalent  in 
winter,  and  ice  12  to  18  inches  in  thickness  is  found, 
there  will  be  danger  of  the  roots  freezing.  In  such  cases, 
ail  addit  ional  depth  of  0  inches  will  be  a  great  advantage, 
and  a  protection  of  bracken,  salt  hay,  green  manure, 
leaves,  or  any  other  non-conducting  materials  should  be 
used  to  protect  the  masonry,  in  severe  weather,  against 
expansion  and  breaJcage.  To  protect  tubs,  small  pools 
or  ponds,  cover  with  boards  and  pile  on  dry  leaves  to 
the  depth  of  8  or  12  inches,  then  salt,  hay  or  fresh  stable- 
manure  to  keep  the  leaves  from  blowing  away.  This  is 
one  of  the  best  means  of  protection  against  freezing. 
The  general  use  of  concrete  work  instead  of  brick  and 
stone  is  to  be  commended.  Reinforcement  makes  the 
walls  frost-proof  and  water-proof. 

Planting. — -AH  hardy  nympheas  may  be  planted  any 
time  between  the  1st  of  April  and  the  1st  of  September. 
Those  planted  early,  other  things  being  equal,  will  give 
good  results  the  same  season,  while  those  planted  late 
will  get  well  established  before  winter,  and  will  be  in 
excellent  condition  to  start  at  natm-e's  summons  early 
the  following  spring.  The  hardy  nympheas  differ  con- 
siderably as  to  rootstocks.  Those  of  the  native  species 
are  long  and  of  a  spongy,  soft  texture,  and  rambling 
in  growth,  while  the  European  species  have  a  much 
larger  and  very  firm  rootstock,  and  grow  more  compact. 
In  planting,  all  that  is  necessary  is  to  press  the  root-- 
stock  firmly  into  the  soil,  and  if  there  is  any  danger  of 
the  root  rising  to  the  sm-face,  place  a  brick  or  any  weight 
upon  it,  to  keep  it  in  position  until  anchored  by  its  own 
roots.  Tender  nympheas  should  not  be  planted  until 
the  latter  end  of  May  or  beginning  of  June,  according  to 
location.  They  should  not  be  planted  out  before  coleus, 
alternanthera,  and  other  tender  bedding  plants.  They 
require  to  be  started  indoors,  and  will  be  grown  in  pots, 
which  are  much  handier  to  plant  than  roots  of  the 
hardy  varieties,  and  can  be  planted  under  the  water 
with  ease  and  facihty.  Neliunbiums  should  not  be 
planted  until  about  the  1st  of  May.  Southward  the 
season  is  earher.  The  existing  conditions  should  be 
such  that  tubers  shall  start  at  once  into  active  growth. 


290.  A  lawn  pond. 


AQUATICS 


AQUILEGIA 


3-39 


They  should  be  already  "started"  before  setting  out. 
The  tubers  should  be  laid  horizontally  in  a  slightly 
excavated  trench  and  covered  with  2  or  3  inches  of  soil, 
using  a  weight,  if  necessary,  to  keep  the  tubers  in  posi- 
tion. Plants  established  in  pots  or  pans  are  very  con- 
venient for  planting,  and  may  be  purchased  when  tubers 
can  no  longer  be  procured,  and  can  be  planted  a  month 
later  in  the  season  with  good  results. 

The  Victoria  regia  has  always  been  an  aristocrat 
among  water-lilies,  and  few  cultivators  could  indulge  in 
such  a  horticultural  luxury.  To  grow  it  satisfactorily, 
a  large  surface  space  with  a  greater  depth  of  water  is 
necessary  than  for  other  aquatics,  and  a  higher  tempera- 
ture is  needed  at  the  early  stages.  It  can  be  cultivated 
in  the  open  air,  but  artificial  heat  must  usually  be  ap- 
plied and  protection  afforded,  so  as  to  maintain  a  tem- 
perature of  85°  F.  In  1898  the  introducer  of  V.  Tricken 
brought  the  Victoria  within  easy  reach  and  culture  of 
aU  lovers  of  aquatic  plants.  V.  Tricken  is  entirely  dis- 
tinct from  other  known  varieties  and  can  be  grown  in 
the  open  alongside  of  Nyiiiphaa  zanzihariensis  and  A'^. 
di-vonicnsis,  and  under  precisely  the  same  conditions. 
When  planted  out  about  the  middle  of  June,  the  plants 
grow  rapidly,  and  will  develop  their  gigantic  leafage 
and  magnificent  flowers  in  August,  and  continue  to  do 
so  until  destroyed  by  frost.  V.  Trickcri  is  none  other 
than  V.  Cruziana,  which  was  never  introduced  into  cul- 
tivation until  1898.  All  that  existed  outside  of  its  na- 
tive haunts,  on  the  Parana  River,  South  America,  was 
an  herbarium  specimen  of  part  of  a  leaf.  It  is  now 
generally  and  extensively  grown  throughout  the  United 
States  and  in  Europe  where  aquatics  are  cultivated. 

Enemies. — Aquatics,  like  other  plants,  have  their 
enemies  in  the  way  of  insect  pests,  although  in  a  less 
degree  than  most  plants.  Aphides  are  sometimes 
troublesome,  or  at  least  very  unsightly.  These,  however, 
have  their  enemies,  especially  the  coccinella  (lady-bird), 
insectivorous  birds,  and  so  on.  When  these  do  not 
keep  them  down,  a  weak  appUcation  of  kerosene  emul- 
sion will  make  a  clearance.  Another  method  of  getting 
rid  of  these  pests,  especially  in  a  small  artificial  pond, 
where  an  overflow  is  (or  should  be)  iirovided,  is  to  take 
the  hose  with  a  spray,  using  a  little  force,  and  drive  the 
insects  off  the  plants,  and,  as  they  readily  float  on  the 
water,  the  action  with  the  hose  will  drive  them  out  at 
the  overflow  pipe.  Recently  an  insect  pest  that  has  its 
home  in  Florida  has  migrated  northward,  causing  some 
annoyance.  The  larva  of  the  moth  H ydrocampa  pro- 
prialis  eats  the  leaf,  and  also  cuts  out  pieces  of  the  same, 
which  it  uses  for  protection,  thereby  greatly  disfiguring 
the  plant,  and  at  the  same  time  making  it  difficult  to 
get  at  the  enemy.  The  best  remedy  for  this  and  the 
nelurnbium  moth,  which  is  very  much  like  it,  is  a  lamp 
trap.  Any  ordinary  lamp  placed  near  the  plants  at 
night,  and  standing  in  a  shallow  vessel  containing  kero- 
sene, will  attract  the  insects,  which,  on  striking  the 
lamp,  fall  into  the  kerosene  and  are  no  further  trouble. 
For  other  insects,  such  as  leaf-miners  and  those  which 
eat  the  leaves  of  plants,  the  best  remedy  is  arsenate  of 
lead.  Muskrat.s  are  more  or  less  troublesome,  especially 
where  nelumbiimis  are  grown.  They  will  eat  the  tubers 
in  winter  and  early  spring,  and  will  make  sad  havoc 
with  banks.  They  will  also  eat  the  roots  of  some  nym- 
pheas.  The  best  remedy  for  these  is  the  steel  trap.  A 
sporodic  disease  has  also  made  its  appearance.  The 
leaves  are  affected  with  spots,  which,  under  a  damp, 
warm  atmosphere,  spread  rapidly.  Such  climatic  con- 
ditions, followed  by  bright  sunshine,  cause  the  affected 
leaves  to  shrivel  up.  This  greatly  weakens  and  checks 
the  plants.  This  disea.se  yields  readily  to  a  weak  solu- 
tion of  bordeaux  mixture.  The  same  remedy  is  also 
verj'  valuable  in  ridding  the  pond  of  all  confervoid 
growth. 

Tuh  culture  should  be  resorted  to  only  from  lack  of 
space,  or  when  no  other  method  can  be  adopted  (Fig. 
291).    For  this  system  of  culture,  nympheas  should  be 


chosen  that  are  moderate  growers,  yet  free-flowering, 
and  other  miscellaneous  aquatic  plants.  The  tubs 
should  hold  from  4  to  12  cubic  feet  of  soil  for  nympheas, 
according  to  the  variety,  some  being  moderate  growers, 
others  vigorous  and  robust.  The  tubs  may  remain 
above  ground  or  sunken.  If  sunken  during  the  warm 
weather,  the  roots  are  kept  cooler,  and  this  is  desirable, 
especially  if  hardy  kinds  are  grown.  A  great  improve- 
ment over  tubs  is  a  concrete  pool  4  or  .5  feet  in  diameter 
made  in  the  shape  of  a  tub,  and  2  feet  deep.  A  circular 
form  4  or  more  feet  in  diameter  should  be  made  and  the 
ground  then  excavated  8  inches  larger  than  the  form. 
This  will  allow  a  wall  of  concrete  4  inches  thick.  Wire 
netting  should  be  used  for  reenforcing,  arranged  so  as 
to  be  in  the  middle  of  the  wall.    Use  a  mixture  of  sand, 


291.  Tub  of  water-lilies. 

gravel  or  cinders  in  the  following  proportion :  two  bags  of 
Portland  cement,  three  wheelbarrows  of  sand,  five  wheel- 
barrows of  gravel  or  finely  broken  stone  or  cinders  and 
Umoide  equal  to  one-fourth  of  cement.  This  must  be 
thoroughly  mixed  before  using.  After  the  second  day, 
remove  the  form  and  lay  the  bottom  with  the  same 
material  4  to  6  inches  thick.  This  will  make  a  strong, 
durable,  water-tight  pool  and  at  a  very  moderate  cost. 

William  Tricker. 

[The  standard  book  on  the  American  culture  of  aquat- 
ics is  "The  Water  Garden,"  by  Wm.  Tricker,  N.  Y., 
1897,  pp.  120,  to  which  the  reader  is  referred  for  exten- 
sive cultural  directions  and  for  Usts  of  aquatic  plants. 
For  botanical  descriptions  of  the  various  kinds  of 
aquatics,  with  brief,  special  cultural  directions,  the 
reader  may  consult  the  articles  in  this  Cyclopedia, 
under  the  various  genera,  as  Nelurnbium,  Nymphxa, 
and  Victoria. — L.  H.  B.] 

AQUILEGIA  (from  aquilegus,  water-drawer,  not  from 
o^utia,  eagle).  Ranuncidacex.  Columbine.  Hardy  per- 
ennial herbs  of  th<!  northern  hemisphere;  grown  for 
their  profusion  of  showy  flowers  in  early  summer,  and 
the  deUcate  foUage  later  on  in  the  year.    See  page  3565. 

Mostly  with  paniculate  branches,  terminated  by 
showy  fls.,  and  1-3  ternately-compound  Ivs.,  commonly 
glaucous:  the  Ifts.  roundish  and  obtusely  lobed:  fls. 
large,  showy,  usually  in  spring  or  early  summer;  sepals 
5,  regular,  petaloid ;  petals  concave,  produced  backward 
between  the  sepals,  forming  a  hollow  spur;  stamens 
numerous:  fr.  of  about  5  many-seeded  follicles. — 
About  30  distinct  species.  J.  G.  Baker,  A  Synopsis  of 
the  .\quilegia,  in  G.C.  II.  IQ:  19,  76,  HI,  203  (1878). 

The  columbines  are  among  the  most  beautiful  and 
popular  of  all  hardy  plants.  The  tall  and  strong-growing 


340 


AQUILEGIA 


AQUILEGIA 


spivii^s  can  bo  ustxl  to  ailvantaKo  in  half-shaily  positions. 
Tho  attraotivo  fornis  anil  ricli  variations  in  luit>  of 
aqailopias  come  out  well  when  associated  with  heniero- 
callis,  Siberian  irises,  thalictnim.s,  |)oly};(iMatunis, 
^'/)|■r.1(I  FiliiMii)lula  anil  wild  ferns.  In  the  N'orlh,  a 
similar  elToct  is  prodiii-ed  by  jfroupiiif;  columbines 
together  witli  while  ami  blue  Lupiiius  poliipliiiUiix, 
Campanula  iKTsicifotia,  Irisgtniiaiiiai  and  /.  jiiillitln  var. 
datmatiai.  Iceland  po])pies  and  trolliiis.  For  rockeries, 
the  low-growins  early  alpine  species,  such  as  .1 .  (il/>iiia,  A . 
iS/imr/i'i  and  .{.jIhIhIIiiIii  arc  well  adapted.  Throughout 
the  middle  and  northern  states,  columbines  need  winter 
protection,   dry  leaves  being  preferable  for  ci>\-ering. 

Seeds  sown  in  [)ans,  in  colilframes  in  March,  or  oijcn 
air  in  .^iiril,  occiusionally  bloom  the  first  season,  Ijtit 
generally  the  second.    The  different  species  should 
be  some  distance  apart,  if  po.ssible,  if  pure  seed  is 
dcsireii.    ;us    the    most    diverse   species   hybridize 
directly.    They  may  be  propagated  by  division  of 
the  roots  in  late  fall,  winter  or  early  spring,  but. 
the  better  way  is  by  seeds.    Absolutely  pure  seed 
is  hard  to  obtain  except    from  the  plants  in  the 
wild  state;  and  some  of  the  mixed  forms  are  quite 
inferior  to  the  true  species  from  which  they  have 
come.    .1.  af-ridai,  A.  glnmlulosa,  and  A.  I'ulgnris 
are  likely  to  flower  onl_\-  two  or  three  years,  and  should 
be  treated  as  biennials;  but  ^-1.  vitlgmia  may  be  kept 
active  for  a  longer  period  by  transplanting. 

A  light  sand_\-  soil,  moist,  with  good  drainage,  shel- 
tered, but  exposed  to  sim,  is  what  aquilegias  prefer.  Some 
of  the  stronger  species,  when  of  nearly  full  flowering  size, 
may  be  transplanted  into  hea\'ier  garden  soil,  even 
heavy  clay,  and  made  to  succeed;  but  for  the  rearing  of 
young  seedlings,  a  light,  sandy  loam  is  essential.  The 
seed  of  most  columbines  is  rather  slow  in  germinating, 
and  it  is  necessary  to  keep  the  soO  moist  on  top  of  the 
ground  until  tho  young  plants  are  up.  A  coldframe, 
with  moilium  heavy  cotton  covering,  is  a  good  place  to 
prow  tho  plants.  Tho  cotton  retains  sufficient  moisture 
to  keep  the  soil  moist  on  top,  and  still  admits  sufficient 
circulation  of  air  to  prevent  damping-off  of  the  young 
seedlings.  When  large  enough,  the  seedlings  may  be 
pricked  out  into  another  frame  for  a  time,  or,  by  shad- 
ing for  a  few  days  until  they  get  a  start,  they  may  be 
sot  into  the  permanent  border,  or  wherever  they  are  to 
be  placed.    (F.  H.  Horsford.) 


,6. 


alba.  9.  15,  16. 
alba-plena,   13. 
alpin.a,  Ifj. 
alrala,  9. 
at  ropurpurea,  4, 
alroviolacea,  9. 
aurea,  13. 
bifolor,  10. 
blinda,  9. 
Buergeriana,  0. 
Cffiruiea,  5,  1.5. 
califomica,  11. 
canadeniii.H,  5,  11,  13. 
caryophylloiilcs,  19. 
chry^^antha,  13. 
flabcllata,  7. 
flavescena,  5,  13. 
flatifUrra,  5. 


INDEX. 

flore-alba,  7. 
florc-pleno.  9,  10,  11, 

12,  l.o. 
foliia-aureis,  9. 
formo3a,  11. 
Garnieriana,  10. 
^lalidulosa,  17. 
(ITaTuliflora,  13. 
Helrma;,  l.'». 
hybrida,  9,  11,  1.5. 
Ja;.schkanii,  13. 
Jonesii,  1. 
jucunda,  17. 
lactiflora,  3. 
leptoreras,  8,  13,  15. 
lonKi^Hifna,  14. 
lutca,  15. 
macraiUha,  15. 


nana,  5,  13. 
nana-alba,  7,  11. 
nivea,  9. 
olympica,  9. 
oxysepala,  2. 
nibra-pleno,  11. 
.sibirica,  10. 
Skinned,  12,  13. 
upcciona,  10. 
spfctabilis,  10. 
utellata,  9. 
Stuartii,  18. 
superba,  11,  16  . 
truncata,  1 1. 
Vervaeneana,  9. 
viridiflora,  4. 
vulgari.s.  9. 
Wittmanniana,  9 


A.  Sepals  not  more  than  J^  or  %in.  long:  expanded  fls. 
1  or  l]/2  ^n.  diam. 
B.  Ldmb  of  pettil  ahorter  than  the  aepal. 
1.  Jdnesii,  Parrj'.  Truest,  very  .short  or  almost  want- 
ing, »oft-pubf«cent:   tufted  root-lv.s.  1-2  in.  high  from 
the  stout,  as«:nding branchis of  therootstock,  biternately 
divide^];  partial-petioles  verj'  short  or  none;  jfts.  very 
crowded:  fls.   blue;  sepal.s  oblong-obtuse,  equaling  the 
spurs,  and   twice   the   length   of    the  petal-limbs  and 
hea'i  of   stamens:    follicles    glabrous,    large,    nearly    1 
in.  long;  stylos  half  as  long;  peduncles  lengthening  to 
about  ^  in.  in  fr.    July.    Wyoming  and  Montana.    (j.F. 

'j-.'.icr,. 


2.  oxysepala,  Traut.  tt  Mey.  Plant  2'4  ft.,  slightly 
pubescent,  abin'c:  radical  Ivs.  long-petioled,  secondary 
di\isions  sessile:  sepals  blue,  ovate-lanceolate,  much 
exceeding  in  length  the  petal-limbs,  which  are  6  lines 
long,  white,  rounded-truncate;  st.amens  not  protruding 
beyond  the  i)etal-limb;  spur  knobbed,  bent  inward, 
sliorter  than  pclal-limb:  follick's  pulicscent,  with  styles 
their  own  length.  June.  Siberia. — Said  to  be  one  of 
the  fir.st  to  bloom,  and  one  of  the  most  attractive 
in  the  list.  It  is  one  of  the  most  dwarfed;  fls.  large 
blue,  yellow  and  white;  it  comes  so  much  before  the 
others  that  its  pistils,  as  a  rule,  all  fertilize  before  any 
of  the  other  species  come  into  flower."  Oidy  recently 
intro.  to  cult. 

3.  lactiflora,  Kar.  &  Kir.   St.  1}^  ft.  high,  glabrous 

in  the  lower  part: 
partial -petioles  of 
root-lvs.  n2-2  in. 
long;  Ifts.  sessile  or 
short-stalked,  1  in. 
long,  many  lobes 
reaching  half  way 
down;  st.-lvs.  pet- 
ioled  and  com- 
pound:  fls.  about 
3  to  a  St.;  sepals 
nearly  white  or 
tinged  with  blue, 
over  f2in.  long,  nar- 
row; petal-limb  half 
as  long  as  sepal; 
spur  liin.,  slender, 
nearly  straight,  not 
knobbed  at  tip; 
stamens  equal  in 
length  to  the  limb. 
June.  Altai  Mts., 
Siberia.  —  A  desir- 
able species,  but  not 
much  planted. 

BB.  Limb  of  petal 
about  equal  to 
sepal. 

4.  viridifldra, 
PaUas.  St.  1-1 'a ft. 
high,  finely  pubes- 
cent throughout, 
several -fld.:  the 
partial -petioles  of 
root-lvs.  1-2  in.  long;  Ifts.  sessile  or  the  end  one  shortly 
stalked,  lobes  rather  narrow  and  deep;  lower  st.-lvs. 
potioled,  biternate:  sepals  oblong,  obtuse,  ascending, 
greenish,  equaling  the  broad,  greenish  petal-limb,  but 
not  reaching  the  head  of  stamens;  sjiur  straight,  slender, 
i/^in.  long,  not  knobbed:  pubescent  follicles  as  short,  as 
their  styles.  Summer.  E.  Siberia. — Not  so  much  used 
as  the  following  variety: 

Var.  atropurp&rea,  Vilm.  (.1.  alropxirpiirea,  Willd.). 
Limbs  of  the  petals  deep  blue  or  lilac-purple,  and  the 
sepals  and  spur  somewhat  tinged  with  the  same  hue. 
B.R.  922. 

5.  canadensis,  Linn.  Common  Columbine  of  Amer. 
Figs.  292,  293.  Height  1-2  ft.:  primary  divisions  of 
jjctioles  of  root-lvs.  1-2  in.,  having  3  divisions;  2  or  3 
of  the  st.-lvs.  potioled,  biternate:  fls.  sevor.al  to  a  st.; 
sepals  yellowish  or  tinted  on  the  back  with  red,  about 
J^in.  long,  not  refiexing;  limb  of  petals  a  little  shorter, 
yellowish,  truncate;  spur  M'n.  long,  nearly  straight, 
knobbed  at  the  end,  bright  red  throughout;  stamens 
much  protruding:  folUcles  ^in.  long,  with  styles  half 
:is  long.  May-July.  Stony  banks,  eiust  of  Rocky 
Mountains.  Introduced  1890.  B.M.  24().  L.B.C.  9: 
888.  Mn.  .5:21.  R.H.  1S96,  p.  109.  F.W.  187S:,33.— 
There  are  some  beautiful  hybrids  of  this  and  the  blue 


292    Aquilegia  canadensis. 


AQUILEGIA 


AQUILEGIA 


341 


sppcies.    Var.  nana,  Hort.    Plant  1  ft.  high  or  less:  fls. 

likp  the  type. 

Var.    flavescens,    Hook.     A    pale-lv<l.    yellow-fld. 

variety.    \'ery  jirctty.     Intro.   1889.    This   has    often 

lieen  called  -4.  fluvcscens,  Wats.;  A.  cserulea  var.  flaves- 
cens, Lawson;  ,-1.  flaui- 
flora,  Tenney;  .4.  cana- 
densis var.  flaniflora, 
Brit.  B.M.  65.52  B. 

6.  Buergeriana,Siob. 
&  Zucc.  (-1.  alropur- 
piirea,  Miq.).  More 
slender  than  A.  vul- 
garis: 1  ft.  high,  finely 
pubescent  toward  the 
top;  branched  to  form 
several  heads,  bearing 
2-3-petioled,  bitemate 
l\s. ;  partial-petioles  of 
basal  Ivs.  3  2~1  in.  long, 
with  3  sessile  divi- 
sions: fls.  yellow,  tinted 
with  purple,  1-1'^  in. 
diam.;  sepals  Jiin. 
long,  acute,  spreading; 
spurs  erect ,  nearly 
straight,  as  long  as  the 
limb  of  petals,  and 
about    equaUng     the 

293.  Radical  leaves  of  AquUegia        sepal ;  head  of  stamens 
canadensis.  equal  to  limb  in  length: 

follicles    pubescent, 

Mia.  long,  style  half  as  long.    Early.   Japan. — Brought 

from  St.  Petersburg,  1892. 

AA.  Sepals  about  1  in.  long:  expanded  fl.  about  2  in. 

diam. 
B.  Spurs  shorter  than  the  petal-limb,  and  incurved. 

7.  flabellata,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  St.  1-1!/^  ft.,  few-fld.: 
partial-petioles  of  root-lvs.  1  in.  or  more,  Ifts.  nearly 
sessile;  st.-lvs.  large  and  petioled:  fls.  bright  lilac,  or 
pale  purple  or  white;  sepals  1  in.  long,  obtuse;  limb  of 
petal  half  as  long,  often  white  in  the  lilac-fld.  form; 
spur  shorter  than  the  limb,  slender  toward  the  end, 
nmeh  incurved;  stamens  not  protruding  beyond  the 
petal-limbs:  follicles  glabrous.  Summer.  Japan.  R.H. 
1896,  p.  109.  Var.  nana-alba,  Hort.  (var.  flore-dlba, 
Hort.).  Fls.  pure  white:  plant  dwarfish.  R.B.  15:157. 
B.M.  8354  (var.  nivea). 

BB.  Spurs  at  least  as  long  as  petal-limb. 
c.  Stamens  short,  not  much  protruding. 

8.  leptoceras,  Fisch.  &  Mey.  St.  several-fid.,  about 
1  ft.  high;  partial-petioles  of  root-lvs.  over  1  in.,  Ifts. 
sessile;  st.-lvs.  petioled  biternate:  fls.  violet,  with  the 
tips  of  the  sepals  greenish,  and  tips  of  the  short,  petal- 
limb  yellow;  spur  slender,  slightly  curved,  32in.  long, 
not  knobbed;  stamens  protruding  a  Utile  beyond  the 
limbs  of  petals:  follicles  slender,  glabrous,  nearlv  1  in. 
long.  Summer.  E.Siberia.  B.R.  33:64.  F.S.  3:296.— 
Little  used  in  Amer. 

9.  vulgaris,  Linn.  (.-{.  stellata,  Hort,.  A.  atrata, 
Koch).  Common  Coli'mbine  of  Eu.  Sts.  \]4-2  ft. 
high,  many-fld.,  finely  pubescent  throughout:  root-lvs. 
with  3  partial-petioles  I'g"'-  in-  long,  .secondary 
branches  certain,  ultimate  If  .-lobes  shallow  and  round- 
ish, texture  firm;  lower  .st.-lvs.  petioled  and  biternate: 
fls.  violet,  furnished  with  a  claw,  acute,  1  in.  long,  half 
as  wide;  petal-limb  '^i'm.  long,  equaling  the  head  of 
stamens ;  .spur  about  same  length,  stout,  much  incurved, 
knobbed:  foUicles  densely  pubescent,  1  in.  long,  .style 
half  iis  long.  Summer.  Eu.,  Siberia,  and  naturalized  in 
.A.mer.  On.  12,  p.  288;  70,  p.  10  (as  .4.  stellata).  G.W. 
3,  p.  229.  Var.  flore-pleno,  Hort.  Fls.  much  floubled, 
ranging  from  pure  white  to  deep  blue.     Here  belong 


many  horticultural  varieties  with  personal  names. 
Var.  Vervseneana,  Hort.  (var.  fbliis-aiireis,  Hort.  Var. 
alroviolaced ,  Hort.).    Lvs.  with  yeUow  variegated  lines. 

Var.  nivea,  Baumg.  (var.  alba,  Hort.).  Mdnstead's 
White  Con-MBiNE.  Often  2-3  ft.  high:  a  great  profu- 
sion of  large,  jnire  white  fls.  for  several  weeks  in  early 
spring,    Var.  nivea  grandiflora,  Hort.,  is  much  hke  this. 

Var.  olympica,  Baker  (.4.  olijmpica,  Boiss.  -4.  Witt- 
manniann,  Hort.  .4.  bldnda,  Lem.).  A  fine  variety, 
with  several  large  fls.;  sepals  light  lilac  or  bright  jDurple, 
1  in.  or  more  in  length;  petal-hmb  white.  l.H.  4:146. 
R.H.  1896,  p.  108. 

Var.  hybrida,  Sims.  Much  like  the  last  variety,  but 
with  stout ,  lilac-purple  spurs  as  long  as  the  sepals,  only 
slightly  incurved. — Probably  a  hybrid  of  A.  vulgaris 
and  A.  CJinadensis.    B.M.  1221. 

10.  sibirica.  Lam.  (.4.  bicolor,  Ehrh.  A.  Garnieridna, 
Sweet.  A.  speciosa,  DC).  St.  13^-2  ft.  high,  many- 
fld.;  often  nearly  glabrous  throughout:  partial-petioles 
of  root-lvs.  1-2  in.,  sometimes  showing  3  distinct 
branches;  terminal  Ifts.  1  in.  or  more  broad,  lobes 
rather  shallow  and  rounded;  lower  st.-lvs.  petioled  and 
biternate:  fls.  pale  or  bright  lilac-blue;  oblong  sepals 
fully  1  in.  long,  spreading  or  reflexed  a  little;  petal-limb 
half  as  long,  equaling  the  head  of  stamens,  and  often 
white;  spur  rather  stout,  32in.  or  more,  very  much 
incurved,  or  even  coiled:  follicles  glabrous,  1  in.  long, 
style  i-^in.  Smnmer.  E.  Siberia.  S.B.F.G.  11.  1 :90. 
Var.  flore-pleno,  Hort.  (,4.  bicolor  var.  flore-pleno, 
Hort.. ) .  Fls.  much  doubled  by  the  multiplication  of  both 
the  limbs  and  the  spurs. 

Var.  spectabilis.  Baker  (A.  spectdbilis,  Lem.).  A 
large,  bright  lilac-fld.  var.;  petal-Umbs  tipped  yellow. 
Amurland.   I.E.  11:403. 

cc.  Stamens  long,  protruding  far  beyond  the  petal-limb. 

11.  formosa,  Tesch.  (^4.  canadensis  var.  formosa, 
Wats.).  Habit,  as  in  A.  canadensis:  root-lvs.  and  st.- 
lvs.  like  that  species,  but  fls.  brick-red  and  yellow,  or 
wholly  yellow,  and  sepals  larger,  quite  twice  as  long  as 
petal-limb;  spurs  more  spreading,  somewhat  more  slen- 
der, and  often  shorter.  May-Aug.  Sitka  to  Calif.,  and 
east  to  the  Rockies.  Intro.  1881.  B.M.  6552.  F.S. 
8:79.5.  Gt.  .32:.372.  R.H.  1896,  p.  108.  G.C.  1854:836. 
Var.  hybrida,    Hort. 

(.4.  cnlifoDiica  var. 
hybrida,  Hort.  .4.  su^ 
perba,  Hort.).  Fls. 
large,  with  scarlet 
sepals  and  yellow 
petals;  spurs  spread- 
ing, long  and  slender. 
— A  supposed  hybrid 
with  A.  chrysantha. 
F.M.  1877:278.  V. 
2:33f.2.  Var.rfibra- 
pleno,  Hort.  (var. 
flore-pleno,  Hort.). 
Fls.  as  in  var.  hybrida, 
but  several  whorLs  of 
petal-limbs.  Var. 
nana-alba,  Hort.  FLs. 
pale,  often  nearly 
white:  plant  not  ex- 
ceeding 1  ft. 

Var.  trunc&ta, 
Baker  (A.  truncala, 
Fisch.  A.  californica, 
Lindl.).  Fls.  with 
short,  thick  spurs  and 
very  small  sepals  and 
a  small  petal-limb. 
Intro.  1881.  F.S.  12: 
1188  (as  A.  eximia, 
Hort).  294.  Aquilegia  chrysantha 


342 


AQI'ILEGIA 


AQUILEGIA 


IJ.  Skinneri,  Hook.  St.  1-2  ft.  hifili,  many-fid.,  pla- 
bnni.-;;  root-l\s.  loiip-petiolod,  with  both  primary  and 
secondary  divisions  lonjj;  Ifts.  cordato,  ;5-parted;  sev- 
eral st.-lvs.  petioleil  and  biternate:  sepals  preen,  keeled, 
lane(H)late,  aeute,  never  much  spreading,  ''.i-l  in.  lonn; 
petal-limb  greenish  orange,  half  as  long  as  sepal;  spur 
bright  r(\i.  tapering  rapidly,  over  1  in.  long;  stamens 
protruding  far  beyond  the  limb;  styles  3:  fr.,  at  least 
when  young,  bearing  broad,  membranous,  curled  wings. 
After  flowering,  the  peduncles  become  erect.  Julv- 
Sept.  Mts.  of  \ew  Mex.  H.M.  3919.  P.M.  10:199. 
H.H.  4:1.  F.S.  1:6.  V. 
•J : 33  f.  >5  (poor). — A  hand- 
some phmt  requiring  a 
light  soil  in  a  sunny  bor- 
der. ^'  a  r.  flore  -  pleno, 
Hort.  Fls.  double.  Gt. 
34:57. — Verv  fine. 


295.  Aquilegia  longissima.    (XH) 

BBB.  Spurs  very  long,  several  limes  Ihe  length  of 
peliil-limb. 

13.  chrysantha,  Gray  (A.  leptoceras  var.  chrysdnlha, 
Hook.j.  Kig.  294.  Height  3-4  ft.:  root-lvs.  with  twice 
3-branehed  petioles,  Ifts.  biternate;  st.-lvs.  several, 
petioled:  fls.  many  on  the  plant,  2-3  in.  across;  sepals 
pale  yellow,  tinted  claret,  s])reading  horizontally;  petal- 
limb  deep  yellow,  shorter  than  the  sepals,  and  nearly  as 
long  as  the  head  of  stamens;  spur  rather  straight,  very 
slender,  divergent,  about  2  in.  long,  descending  when 
fl.  is  mature:  follicles  glabrous,  1  in.  long;  style  half 
a-s  long.  May-Aug.  New  Mex.  and  Ariz.  Gn.  16: 
264;  .51,  p.  385.  B.M.  6073.  R.H.  1896,  p.  108.  F.R. 
2:169.  Gt.  .33:84.  G.C.  1873:  l.Wl.  F.M.  1873:88. 
V.  2:.33  f.  3.  F.S.  20:2108.  H.F.  4:120.  H.U.  3, 
p.  324.  Var.  flavescens,  Hort.  [A.  aurea,  Junk.  A. 
c/inatlensis  var.  nitrfii,  Roezl).  FLs.  yellow,  ting(^d 
with  red;  spurs  incurved,  and  shorter  than  in  the  type. 
Gt.  21:734.  Var.  alba-plena,  Hort.  (var.  grandifldra 
dlija,  Hort.).  Fls.  very  pale  yellow  or  nearly  white,  with 
two  or  more  whorLs  of  petal-limbs.  Intro.  1889. 
V.  12:311.  G.W.  8,  p.  :J75.  Var.  nSna,  Hort.  (A. 
leploceran  var.  lixlen,  Hort.).  Like  the  type,  fjut  ])lant 
always  small,  not  exceeding  1J4  ft.  Var.  Jaschkanii, 
Hort.  About  the  same  height  as  last:  fls.  large,  yellow, 
with  red  spurs. — Thought  to  be  a  hybrid  n!  A.  chrysan- 
tha X  Skinneri,  hence  sometimes  called  A .  Skinneri 
var.  hyhritUi,  Hort. 

14.  longissima,  Gray.  Fig.  295.  Tall,  somewhat  pu- 
bescent with  silky  hairs,  or  smoothish:  root-lvs. 
biternate,  even  in  the  petioles;  Ifts.  deeply  lobed  and 
cut,  green  above,  glaucous  beneath;  st.-lvs.  simil.ir, 
petioled:   fls.   pale  yellow,   sepals   lanceolate,   broadly 


spreading,  1  in.  or  more,  the  spatiilate  petals  a  little 
shorter,  about  equaling  the  head  of  stamens;  spur  with 
a  narrow  orifice,  4  in.  long  or  more,  alwajs  hanging. 
Distinguished  from  A.  chrysanthti  by  its  longer  spur 
with  contracted  orifice,  by  the  narrow  petals,  and  by 
the  late  season  of  flowering.  Late  July  to  t)ct.  1. 
Ravines  S.  \V.  Texas  into  Mex.  G.F.  1:31  (adapted  in 
Fig.  295). — The  seed  must  be  obtained  from  wild  plants, 
as  tho.se  cult,  usually  fail  to  produce  seed;  hence  not 
much  used. 

AAA.  Sepals  1  }4rl  Vi  or  even  2  in.  long:  expanded  fls. 

2^2-3  in.  diarn.;  stamens  not  protruding. 

B.  Spurs  long  and  not  incurved. 

15.  cseriilea,  J;mies  (A.  leptoceras,  Nutt.  A.  ma- 
crdntha.  Hook  &  .\rn.).  St.  l-lJa  ft.,  finely  pubescent 
above,  bearing  several  fls.:  lower  st.-lvs.  large  and  bi- 
ternate; basal-l\'S.  with  long  3-branched  petioles;  Ifts. 
3-lobed  on  secondary  stalks:  fls.  2  in.  across,  whitish,  but 
variously  tinted  with  light  blue  and  yellow;  sepals  often 
blue,  oblong,  obtuse,  twice  as  long  as  the  petal-limb; 
spurs  long,  slender,  knobbed  at  the  end,  rather  straight, 
but  curving  outward;  head  of  stamens  equaling  the 
petals:  follicles  pubescent,  1  in.  long;  style  Jsin.  Apr.- 
July.  Lower  mt.  regions,  Mont,  to  New  Mex.  B.M. 
4407;  .5477.  Gn.  16:264.  Mn.  6:61.  V.  2:.33  f.  4. 
F.S.  5:.531.  F.R.  10:165.  Gn.  .59,  p.  147.  G.  28:241. 
Var.  alba,  Hort.  Fls.  of  same  size  but  entirely  white. 
Intro.  1883.  Var.  hybrida,  Hort.  Sepals  some  shade 
of  blue  or  pink,  or  mixed,  and  petals  nearly  white  or 
yellow,  also  called  var.  liitea,  Hort.  The  true  form  of 
this  is  probably  A.  cserulea  x  A.  chrysantha.  Gn.  51, 
p.  385.  R.H.  1896:  108.  A.G.  15:315.  LH.  43:61. 
Var.  Helenas,  Hort.,  is  very  probably  a  form  of  this 
hybrid;  very  robust,  fls.  numerous,  blue  and  pure 
white.  G.W.  6:212.  Var.  flore-pleno,  Hort.  Fls.  longer 
and  very  showy,  more  or  less  doubled  toward  the 
center. 

BB.  Spurs  incurved  and  hardly  longer  than  petal-limbs. 

16.  alpina,  Linn.  (incl.  var.  superba,  Hort.).  Fig.  296. 
St.  nearly  1  ft.  high,  finely  pubescent  upwards,  2-5- 
fld.,  bearing  petioled,  biternate  Ivs.:  partial-petioles  of 
basal-lvs.  1-2  in.  long,  with  3  nearly  sessile  divisions, 
deeply  lobed:  expanded  fl.  1)^-2  in.  across,  blue,  rarely 
pale  or  white;  sepals  134  in.  long,  half  as  broad,  acute; 
petal-hmb  half  as  long  as 

sepals,  often  white;  spur 
stout,  incurved,  same  length 
as  the  limb;  head  of  sta- 
mens not  protruding:  fol- 
licles pubescent,  1  in.  long; 
style  much  shorter.  May, 
June.  Switzerland.  L.B.C. 
7:6.57.  Gn.  9:384.  F.W. 
1S79::?.53.  B.M.  8303.  Var. 
alba,  I  lort.    Fls.  pure  white. 

17.  glandulosa,  Fisch. 
Fig.  297.  St.  1-1'^  ft.  high, 
glandular  pubescent  in  the 
upper  half,  l-.3-fld.:  partial- 
petioles  of  root-lvs.  1-2  in. 
long,  each  with  3  distinct 
divisions;  Ift.-segms.  nar- 
row and  deep;  st.-lvs.  few, 
bract-like:  fls.  large,  nod- 
ding; se|)als  bright  lilac- 
blue,  ovate,  acute,  about 
114  in.  long  and  half  as 
broad;  petal  -limb  same 
color,  but  tipped  and  bor- 
dered with  creamy  white, 
less  than  half  th(^  length  of 
the  sepals,  very  broad;  spur 
very  short.,  M-J^'n.,  stout, 
much     incurved;    stamens     296.  Aquilegia  alpina.  ( x  JO 


AQUILEGIA 


ARALIA 


343 


297.  Aqiiilegia  glandulosa.  (xj-i) 


not  protruding:  follicles  1  in.  long,  6-10  in  number, 
densely  hairy,  with  short,  falcate  style.  Allied  to  A. 
alpina,  but  a  taller  plant,  with  shorter  spurs,  larger 
fls.,  and  a  greater  number  of  follicles.  May,  June.  Altai 
Mts.    of    Siberia.      B.  5:219.      F.W.  1871:353.     Gn. 

15:278;  45,  p.  193;  64, 
p.  26.  Gt.  289  f.  1.— 
One  of  the  hand- 
somest. 

Var.  juciinda,  Fisch. 
&  LaU.  Fls.  rather 
smaller  than  in  the 
iype ;  petal-limb  white, 
more  truncate  at  the 
tip ;  stamens  as  long  as 
limb.  B.R..33:19.  F.S. 
5:. 535. — A  fine  variety, 
with  some  tendency  to 
double. 

18.  Stflartii,  Hort.  A 
recorded  hybrid  of  A. 
glandulosax  A.  vulgaris 
var.  oli/mpica.  Fls. 
very  large  and  beauti- 
ful. It  very  much  re- 
sembles the  latter  in 
form  of  sepals  and 
petals,  and  the  former 
in  shape  of  spurs  and 
coloration.  May,  June. 
Intro.  1891.  Gn.  34: 
344;  61,  p.  409.  G.M. 
54:416. 

19.  caryophylloides 
is  a  garden  name  given 

to  some  very  mixed  forms,  with  a  great  variety  of 
colors.    Special  characters  seem  not  to  be  well  fixed. 

A.  baikalensis,  Hort.  Fla.  large,  violet-blue,  spurs  long. — 4.  hay- 
lodg'nsis.  Hort.,  and  its  var.  delicatissima,  Hort..  are  much  like  A. 
chr>'3antha,  and  resemble  it  in  habit  and  color  of  fls.  but  the  spurs 
are   not   so  long. 

K.  C.  Davis. 

ARABIS  {Arahia).  Crunfers:.  Rock-Cress.  Small 
perennial  or  annual  herbs,  with  white  or  purple  flowers, 
grown  mostly  on  borders  and  in  rock  work. 

Flowers  mostly  in  terminal  spikes  or  racemes,  small, 
but  often  many  or  appearing  for  a  considerable  period 
of  time:  Ivs.  mostly  undivided:  siliques  long,  linear, 
flat:  stigma  2-lobed. — In  temperate  regions,  about  100 
species,  several  native  to  this  country;  some  of  them 
are  alpine.  Usually  prop,  by  division;  also  by  seeds 
and  cuttings.  Hardy,  requiring  plenty  of  sun,  and 
thriving  even  in  poor  soil.  The  following  four  species 
are  perennials: 

A.  Fls.  purple  or  rose. 
muralis,  Bertol.  {A.  rosea,  DC).  A  foot  high,  with  a 
rather  dense  raceme  of  pretty  fls.:  Ivs.  oblong,  sessile 
(the  radical  ones  with  a  long  narrow  ba.se),  prominently 
and  distantly  blunt-toothed,  sparsely  pubescent.  Spring 
and  summer.    Italy.   B.M.  3246. 

AA.  Fls.  white. 

serpyllifSlia,  ViU.  (.4.  nivalis,  Guss.).  Tufted,  2-6  in.: 
railical  Ivs.  entire  or  few-toothed,  the  st.-lvs.  small  and 
sessile,  not  clasping;  fls.  in  a  short  cluster,  the  calyx  as 
long  a.s  the  pedimde,  the  Umb  of  the  petals  linear- 
oblong  and  erect.   Eu. 

albida,  Stev.  (A.caucdMca,  Willd.).  Fig.  298.  A  few 
inches  high,  pubescent:  lower  Ivs.  narrow  at  the  base, 
the  upper  auriculate-clasping,  all  angle-toothed  near 
the  top;  Hs.  in  a  loose  raceme,  the  calyx  shorter  than 
the  pedicel,  the  petal-limb  oval  and  obtu.se.  Ku.  B.M. 
2046.  Gn.  62,  p.  2S0;  72,  p.  67;  74,  p.  620.  F.E.  16:611. 
— Blooms  early,  is  fragrant,  and  is  well  aflapted  for 
rock-gardens  and  edgings,  and  covering  steep   banks. 


Var.  flore-pleno,  Hort.  Double.  Gn.  65,  p.  306.  Var. 
variegata,  Hort.,  has  yellow-white  stripes  on  Ivs.  Gt. 
45,  p.  108.  Var.  Billardieri,  Boiss.  {A.  Billardi'eri,  DC). 
Hoary-pubescent,  slender;  Ivs.  small,  very  obtuse, 
entire  or  with  1  or  2  teeth  at  base:  pod  long,  slender 
and  spreading:  fls.  often  tinged.  Eastern.  Gn.  63, 
p.  422. 

alpina,  Linn.  Fls.  smaller  than  in  the  last,  plant  only 
slightly  jjubescent  and  hairy;  Ivs.  somewhat  clasping 
but  not  auriculate;  small-toothed  nearly  or  quite  the 
entire  length,  the  cauhne  ones  pointed.  Eu.  B.M.  226. 
G.C  III.  30:239. — Blooms  very  early,  and  is  one  of 
the  best  rock-plants.  Var.  variegata,  Hort.  Var.  nana 
compacta,  Hort.,  a  dwarf  form.  Gt.  44,  p.  203.  Var. 
fiore-pleno,  Hort.  FLs.  full-double;  handsome.  Gt.  51, 
p.  211.   G.  26:199. 

.4.  areiidsa.  Scop.  Fis.  rose  varying  to  white;  Ivs.  pinnatifid, 
those  on  the  st.  deep-toothed.  Eu. — A.  aubrictioides  Boiss.  Much 
like  A.  albida,  but  pale  pink.  Cilicia. — A.  blepharophjjUa,  Hook. 
&  Am.  Fls.  lar^e,  rose-purple:  Ivs.  sharp-toothed,  se-isile  or  clasp- 
ing, the  mar^ns  hairy.  Calif.  B.M  6087. — A.  Ferdindndii-Co- 
bursjii.  Kell.  &  Suenderm.  Lvs.  gray  in  rosettes,  becoming  green  in 
winter:  fls.  small,  yellowish.  Macedonia. — .4.  liicida,  Linn.  f.  Fls. 
white:  lvs.  shining,  obovate,  clasping.  There  is  a  variegated  form. 
Eu. — .4.  mollis,  Stev.  Fls.  white:  lvs.  pubescent,  large-toothed,  the 
lower  ones  rounded  and  long-stalked.  Eu. — .4.  pelrxa.  Lam.  Fls. 
white:  lvs.  toothed,  the  radical  ones  often  parted,  the  st.-lvs.  oblong- 
linear.  Eu. — A.  prxcox,  Waldst.  &  Kit.=A  procurrens. — A.  prO' 
currens,  Waldst.  &  Kit.  Fls.  white:  lvs.  ciliate,  those  on  the  st. 
entire  and  sessile,  the  others  stalked:  stoloniferous.  A  variegated 
var.  Eu. — A.  Stuni,  Hort.  A  compact  but  vigorous  garden  form 
with  large  clear  white  fls. — A.  r^crna,  R.  Br.  Annual,  hairy:  fls. 
large,  purple:  lvs.  oblong-ovate  to  roimd-oblong,  the  upper  ones 
clasping,  rather  coarse-toothed.    Eu.    B.M.  3331.        T      H     R 

ARACHIS  (Greek,  without  a  rachis).  Leguminbsx. 
Peanut.  Goober.  The  peanut  is  sometimes  grown  in 
the  economic  house  of  botanical  gardens,  and  also  as  a 
curiosity  in  outdoor  gardens.  The  genus  has  nine 
species,  of  which  eight  are  Brazilian.  Lvs.  abruptly 
pinnate:  fls.  1-3,  yellow,  in  a  dense,  axillary,  sessile 
spike;  ovary  stipitate,  in- 
closed within  the  tube  of  the 
calyx,  the  stipe  at  first  short, 
subsequently  elongating  and 
carrying  the  immature  fr. 
beneath  the  ground.  Here 
develops  what  is  one  of  the 
most  anomalous  frs.  in  the 
whole  Leguminosse,  it  being 
whoUy  indehiscent, — the  pea- 
nut of  commerce  (which  see). 
See  also  Cvclo.  Amer.  Agric, 
Vol.  II,  pp".  514-519  for  pic- 
tures and  agricultural  ac- 
count. As  a  hothouse  annual, 
the  seeds  of  the  peanut  may 
be  sown  in  heat,  and  the 
plants  potted  in  sandy  loam. 
For  outdoor  culture,  see 
Peanut,  by  which  name  the 
plant  is  commonly  known. 

hypogjea,  Linn.  Annual;  1 
ft.  or  less  high:  lvs.  abruptly 
pinnate,  with  2  pairs  of  Ifts. 
and  no  tendril.  Mn.  7 :  105. — 
Procumbent,   x.  T.-LYLOR.f 

ARACHNANTHE. 

(Greek  for  spider- 
flower).  Orchidacex.  In- 
cluded under  Renan- 
thera . 

ARALIA  (derivation 
obscure).  Araliacese.  Or- 
namental herbs,  shrubs 
or  trees  grown  chiefly 
for  their  bold  foliage. 

Stems  often  spiny :  lvs.  298.  Arabis  albida.  ( X  H) 


344 


AUALIA 


ARALIA 


lev    are  ^  :     '": v-^C^^:::^-JW1:;%&:a-^:^ 


■s?w-- 


alternate,  deciduous,  pinnate  to  8-pinnate:  fls.  small, 
whitish,  in  umbels  usually  formint!;  panieles;  pedicels 
articulate:  calyx-lobes  niiiuile;  petals  imbricate  in  bud; 
stiuuens  o:  ovary  5-,  rarely  2-celleti,  with  the  .styles  free 
oriMunate  only  at  the  ba.se:  fr.  a  berry-like  drupe  with 
2-5  compresseil  stones. — -.Vbout  2(1  species  in  N.  Amer., 
.\sia,  Malay  .\rchipelaso  and  .Vustral. 

The  arali;is  are  larjje  herbs,  shrubs  or  small  trees,  often 
spinv,  with  large  decompoiuid  foliage,  small  whitish 
flowers  in  umbels  forming  large  terminal  panicles  and 
followed  by  small  usually  blaek  berry-like  fruits. 

The  species  are  hardy  or  nearly  hardy  Xorth.    They 
prefer  rich  or  heavy  soil.'  They  areoften  planted  a-ssiugle 
specimens  on  the  lawn  for  the  bold  subtropical  effect  of 
their  foliage.    Propagation  is  by  seeds  sown  in 
spring,  which  do  best  with  slight  bottom-heat, 
or  bv  root -cut  tings,  aK-^o  with  bottom-heat. 

There  are  also  a  number  of  tender  shrubby 
plants  cultivated   as  or- 
namental greenhouse  or 
stove  plants,  which  have 
been     proWsionally     re- 
ferred     to      the      genus 
.\ralia,   as    their   flowers 
and    fruits   are   not   yet 
known;   therefore  it  has 
not  been  possible 
termine   their    true 
tanical    affinity 
present   work    they    are 
referred  to  other  genera. 
They  should   be   looked 
for    under    Polyscias, 
Pseudopanax,    Schefflera, 
Oreopanax,    Panax,    Sci- 
ndophyHum,    Dizygo- 
Iheca.    Other  related 
genera,   perhaps  not 
including  .any  horti- 
culturally  important    r  • '- 
forms, are  Heptapleu- 
rum  and  Monopanax. 

A.  Prickly  shrubs  or  rarely 
low  trees:  Ivs.  bipinnate, 
3-3    ft.    long:    umbels 
numerous,   in   a    large, 
broad,  compound  pani- 
cle: styles  distinct. 
spindsa,  I.inn.  Angelica 
Tree.     Hercules'  Club. 
Devil's    Walking-stick. 
Sts,   verv  prickly,    40   ft. 
high:  Ivs'.  1)4-2 J^  ft.  long, 
usually  prickly  above;  Ifts. 
ovate,   serrate,   2-3)^   in. 
long,  glaucous  and  nearly 
glabrous  beneath,  mostly 
distinctly  petioled;  veins  curving  upward  before  the 
margin.    Aug.    .Southern  states  north  to  Tenn.    S.S. 
.5:211.      Gn.  .50,  p.   120. — The  stout,   armed  sts.,  the 
large  Ivs.,  and  the  enormous  clusters  of  fls.  give  this 
species  a  very  distinct  subtropical   appearance.     Not 
quite  hardy  X.     Bark  posses-ses  medicinal  properties. 

chinensis,  Linn.  {A.  japdnica,  Hort.  A.  mand- 
ghurica,  Ilorf.  THm/rrplidntlnt.'i  elalus,  Miq.  A.  spindsa 
var.  rnneiicens,  Franch.  &  Savat.).  Chinese  Angelica 
Tree.  Fig.  299.  Sts.  less  priokly,  40  ft.:  Ivs.  2-4  ft. 
long,  usually  without  prickles;  Ifts.  ovate  or  broad  ovate, 
coarsely  .serrate  or  dentate,  usually  pubescent  beneath, 
nearly  sessile,  Zl/^rG  in.  long;  veins  dividing  before 
reaching  the  margin  and  ending  in  the  points  of  the 
twth.  Aug..  .Sept.  China.  .Japan.  M.D.G.  1897:461. 
On.  1,  p.  .561.  G.W.  .5:.509. — -In  general  appearance 
vf^ry  much  like  the  former  species,  but  considerably 
hardi'-r      Grows  well  al.sfj  in  somewhat  dry,  rocky  or 


?^. 


■„f  1 . 


u>ti;,> ; 


299.  Aralia  chinensis. 


clayey  soil.  Var.  glabrescens,  Schneid.  {A.  spindsa 
var.  glabrescens,  Fraiu-h.  &  Savat.  ,4.  spindsa  var. 
cani'scens,  Sarg.  A.  cancscens,  Sieb.  &  Zucc).  Lvs. 
often  prickly  above;  Ifts.  glabrous  beneath,  except  on 
the  veins,  dark  green  above.  More  tender.  Var.  mand- 
sh&rica,  Rehd.  (Diniorplmnthiis  ntamishuricus,  Maxim.). 
St.  prickly:  Ifts.  pubescent  only  on  the  veins  beneath, 
more  sharplv  and  dcnselv  serrate  than  the  foregoing 
variety  and  "hardier.  G.C.  11.  10:592;  23:313.  Var. 
variegata,  Rehd.  {A.  japdnica  variegala,  G.C).  Lfts. 
bordered  with  white.  I. H.  33:609.  G.C.  III.  31:231. 
Gn.  63,  p.  379.  Var.  a&reo-variegata,  Rehd.  (Dimor- 
phiinlhus  mandschuriciis  clcganti.^.'iintiix  fol.  var.,  Hort.). 
Lfts.  variegated  with  yellow. 

^    ^,  AA.  Unarmed  fierbs:  styles 

'■'    "•        ■  "'  ■ .%.  united  at  the  base. 

B.  Uinbels  numerous,  in  elon- 
gated puberulous  panicles: 
3-10  ft.  high. 
racemosa,    Linn.      Spike- 
x.^^RD.    Height    3-6  ft.:  gla- 
brous, or  slightly  pubescent: 
lvs.    quinately    or    ternately 
decompound ;    lfts.     cordate, 
roundish     ovate, 
doubly  and  sharply 
serrate,  acuminate, 
usually-  glabrous 
beneath,    2-6     in. 
long:    fls.  greenish 
white.    July,   Aug. 
E.  X.  Amer.   west 
to  Minn,  and  Mo. 
B.B.  2  :.506.— Root- 
stock   employed 
'l  '     medicinally;  prop- 

■Sjii  erties  similar  to 

those  of  sarsa- 
parilla. 

califomica,  Wats.  Height 
8-10  ft.:  resembles  the  pre- 
ceding: lfts.  cordate,  ovate  or 
oblong-ovate,  shortly  acuminate,  simply 
or  doubly  serrate:  panicle  loose;  umbels 
fewer,  larger,  and  with  more  numerous 
rays.    Calif.    M.D.G.  24:343. 

cordata,  Thunb.  {A.  edidis,  Sieb.  & 
Zucc).  Height  4-8  ft.:  lvs.  ternately  or 
quinately  decompound,  pinnie  sometimes 
with  7  lfts.;  lfts.  cordate  or  rounded  at 
the  base,  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  abruptly 
acuminate,  unequally  serrate,  pubescent 
on  the  veins  beneath,  4—8  in.  long.  Japan. 
Gt.  13:432  (as  A.  racemosa  var.  sachali- 
nensis).  R.H.  1896,  p.  55.  A.G.  13,  pp. 
6,  7.  Young  stalks  edible:  see  Udo. 
cachemirica,  Decne.  {A.  cashmeridna,  Hort.  A. 
macropltyllii,  Lindl.).  Height  .5-8  ft.:  lvs.  quinately 
compound,  pinna  often  with  5-9  lfts.;  lfts.  usually 
rounded  at  the  base,  oblong-ovate,  doubly  serrate, 
glabrous  or  bristly  on  the  veins  beneath,  4-8  in.  long. 
Himalayas. 

BB.  Umbels  several  or  few  on  slender  peduncles;  pedicels 
glabrous:  1-3  ft.  high. 
hispida,  Vent.  Bristly  Sarsaparilla.  Wild  Elder. 
Height  1-3  ft.,  usually  with  short,,  woody  st.,  bristly: 
lvs.  bipinnate;  lfts.  ovate  or  oval,  rounded  or  narrowed 
at  the  base,  acute,  sharply  and  irregularly  serrate, 
1-3  in.  long:  umbels  3  or  more  in  a  loose  corymb;  fls. 
white.  June,  July.  From  X'ewfoundland  to  N.  C,  west 
to  Minn,  and  Ind.  B.M.  1085.  L.B.C.  14:1306— Bark 
diurectic.  alterative. 

nudicaillis,     Linn.      Wild    Sarsaparilla.      Small 
Spikenard.    Stemless  or  nearlv  so:  usuallv  1  If.,  1  ft. 


AR.4J.LA. 


ARAUCARIA 


345 


high,  with  3  quinately  pinnate  divisions;  Ifts.  oval  or 
o\'atc,  rounded  or  narrowed  at  the  base,  acuminate, 
finely  serrate,  2-5  in.  long:  umbels  2  or  3;  fls.  greenish. 
May,  June.  Newfoundland  to  N.  C,  west  to  Mo.  B.B. 
2:506. — Rootstock  employed  medicinally;  properties 
similar  to  those  of  sarsaparilla. 

A.  japiinicfi,  Thunb.=Fatsia  japonica. — A.  pnpyrffera,  Hook.= 
Tetrapanax  papyriferum. — A.  pcntaphyUa.  Tlnmb.=«Acantho- 
panax  pentaphyllum. — A.  quinquefdlia,  Depne.  &  Planch. ^Panax 
quinquefoliurn. — A.  Sieboldii,  Hort.^Fatsia  japonica. — A.  trifdlia^ 
Decne.  &  Planch. =Panax  trifoliuni.    (See  also  Ginseng.) 

Alfred  Rehd^.r. 

ARATICU:  Anitona  and  RoUinia. 

ARAUCARIA  (Chilean  name).  Including  Cohimbea 
and  Eutacta.  Pirtdces\  Large  South  American  and 
Pacific  Australian  evergreen  trees  (about  a  dozen 
species),  grown  in  their  juvenile  state  in  greenhouses 
and  windows  and  often  used  in  summei  for  lawn  deco- 
ration ;  they  are  very  decorative  pot-plants. 

Tall  strict  or  widely  branching  conical  trees:  Ivs. 
small,  scale-like  and  stiff,  clothing  all  the  branches 
imiformly  and  usually  closely  imbricated:  fls.  mostly 
dia'cious,  the  stamina te  terminal  and  solitary  or  disposed 
in  fascicles;  anthers  6-8-celled;  pistillate  fls.  in  ovoid 
or  globose  heads  that  become  large  woody  cones  with 
only  1  seed  underneath  each  scale. — The  South  Ameri- 
can species  (Cohunbea)  have  scarcely  winged  cone- 
scales,  the  cotyledons  2,  and  the  germination  hypogeal 
(cotyledons  remaining  below  groimdl;  the  Australian 
and  Pacific  species  (Eutassa)  have  winged  scales,  coty- 
ledons 4,  and  germination  epigeal. 

Araucarias  are  probably  the  most  prized  pot  ever- 
greens in  cultivation.  They  are  much  used  in  house 
decoration,  particularly  at  Christmas  time,  as  they  are 
not  only  attractive  but  will  stand  much  hard  usage. 
.1.  excelsa  (Fig.  300)  is  the  one  commonly  seen  in  resi- 
dences. Propagation  is  by  seeds  and  cuttings,  as  given 
under  A.  excelsa  below.  Symmetrical  plants  are  secured 
from  the  leading  shoots.  Side  shoots  are  likely  to  make 
misshapen  specimens,  as  seen  in  Fig.  301.    The  arau- 


m. 


','% 

w 


nv 


300.  A  good  specimen  of  Araucaria  excelsa. 

carias  need  cool  treatment.  The  temperature  should 
not  be  above  60°  at  night.  If  kept  too  crowded  or  not 
given  sufficient  fight,  they  become  ragged  and  strag- 
gling, a.s  in  Fig.  .302.  In  summer  the  plants  should  be 
protected  from  direct  burning  sun. 

The  species  thrive  in  the  open  in  southern  Florida 
and  in  parts  of  California.  A.  imhricnta  is  the  hardiest. 
It    is    rarely   .seen    in    greenhouses.     A.    Biituillii    is 


^^ 


301.  Unsymmetrical  Arau- 
caria excelsa,  growa  from  a 
side  shoot. 


apparently  the  second  hardiest,  and  also  one  of  the 
best  species  for  all  purposes.  A.  excelsa  and  its  allies 
are  about  as  hardy  in  southern  Florida  as  crotons  and 
acalyphas. 

The  commonest  species  in  greenhouses  is  A.  excelsa. 
It  is  grown  on  an  enormous  scale  in  many  nurseries  for 

decoration    as 

V-**-^^.,  '"fC         window     or 

■^^^  J^\-'      table      plants. 

'""  \\'hcn      raised 

from  seed  the 
plan  t  s  grow 
1  a  p  i  d  1  y  and 
the  branches 
are  invariably 
disposed  in  tiers  with  wide 
internodes,  often  as  much  as 
2  feet  separating  each  tier 
of  branches.  Such  plants  are 
of  little  use  for  ordinary  dec- 
orative work  and  recourse 
is  made  to  plants  raised  from 
cuttings.  This  practice  has 
grown  up  as  it  is  found  that 
plants  raised  from  cuttings  assume  a  dwarf  compact 
habit,  with  the  tiers  of  branches  placed  close  together, 
and  that  they  do  not  grow  into  large  specimens  until 
many  years  old.  The  plants  for  stock  purposes  are 
usually  raised  from  seed,  and  when  they  have  formed 
some  three  to  six  tiers  of  branches  the  tops  are  taken 
out  and  put  in  as  cuttings  in  light  sandy  compost  in  a 
close  house  or  case  at  a  temperature  of  about  60°  F. 
They  are  kept  shaded  from  hot  sun  and  damped  over 
frequently  until  rooted.  The  stock  plants  are  kept 
growing  and  soon  break  out  into  new  growth  in  the 
axils  of  each  of  the  upper  branches.  These  are  all 
"leader"  growths,  and  when  long  enough  they  each 
furnish  a  suitable  cutting  which  is  treated  in  the  same 
way  as  the  primary  growth  or  leader.  After  each  of 
these  has  been  removed  for  stock,  the  stem  of  the  stock 
plant  is  cut  off  to  the  next  tier  of  branches,  which  in 
turn  will  furnish  another  set  of  cuttings  and  so  on  until 
the  plant  is  reduced  to  the  bottom  layer  of  branches, 
when  it  is  discarded  and  another  stock  obtained  again 
from  seed.  It  should  be  pointed  out  that  the  branches 
themselves  may  be  rooted  as  cuttings,  but  they  always 
retain  their  flat  asymetrical  shape  and  are  useless  for 
stock  purposes.  (See  Fig.  301.) 


aurea,  3. 
Balansse,  4. 
Bidwillii,  6. 
braziliana.  7. 
cotumnuris.  3. 
compacta.  5. 
Cookii,  3. 


INDEX. 

Cunninghamii,  2. 
elegans,  4,  5,  7. 
exceUa,  1. 
glauca,  1,  2,  3. 
Goldieana,  5. 
gracilis,  7. 
imbricata,  8. 


platifolia,  8. 
polymorpha,  5. 
Ridolfiana,  7. 
robusta,  1. 
Rulei,  5. 
virgata,  1. 


A.  Ia!s.  (or  most  of  Ihem)  awl-like,  at  least 
at  apex. 

1.  excelsa,  R.  Br.  Norfolk  Island  Pine.  Figs. 
300-303.  Plant  light  green:  branches  frondose,  the 
Ivs.  curved  and  sharp-pointed,  rather  soft,  Ja'-J/^in. 
long,  and  densely  placed  on  the  horizontal  or  drooping 
branchlets.  Norfolk  Isl.  F.R.  2:411. — The  commonest 
species  in  this  country,  being  much  grown  as  small  pot 
specimens.  A  blue-green  form  is  cult,  as  var.  glaftca, 
(or  A.  glauca).  It  is  a  form  in  which  the  ti|)s  of  the 
growths  are  white  when  young;  hii-s  recently  been  intro. 
under  the  name  of  "Silver  Star."  It  is  a  most  beautiful 
plant  and  sure  to  have  a  great  future  as  a  market  plant. 
There  is  also  a  strong-growing,  large  variety,  with  very 
deep  green  foliage,  var.  robusta,  Hort.  Var.  virgata, 
Hort.,  primary  branches  with  no  secondary  branches, 
or  very  short  ones.  In  its  native  wilds  A.  excelsa 
reaches  a  height  of  over  200  ft.  and  a  diam.  of  even  9  or 
10  ft.    The  solid,  globular  cones  are  4  or  5  in.  diam. 


346 


ARAUCARIA 


ARAUCARIA 


302.  Araucaria  excelsa,  a  poor  speci- 
men because  too  crowded  or  not  suffi- 
cient light. 


F.S.  22:  2304-2305.— An  excellent  hoiise  plant,  and 
keeps  well  in  a  cool  room  near  a  wiiuUnv.  In  fiiiminer 
it  may  be  used  on  the  veranda,  but  must  1h'  shaded. 

The  (imlior  is  used 
for  ship-b\iilding. 

2.  Cunninghamii, 
Sweel .  I'lants  less 
formal  and  sym- 
metrical than  A. 
excelsa,  the  upper 
branches  ascend- 
ing and  the  lower 
horizon!  al:  Ivs. 
stiff  and  very 
sharp-pointed, 
straiglit  or  nearly 
so.  There  is  also  a 
glaucous  form  (A. 
gla  itcn ) ;  also  a 
weeping  form. 
Austral.,  where  it 
reaches  a  height 
of  200  ft.,  yielding 
valuable  timber 
and  resin.  Locally  known  as  hoop  pine,  Moreton  Bay 
pine,  colonial  pine,  coorong,  cumburtu,  coonam. 

3.  Cookii,  R.  Br.  (A.  cnhunnaris,  Hook.).  A  slender 
columnar  tree,  much  narrower  in  shape  than  A.  excelsa 
which  it  closely  resembles  when  young:  branches  dis- 
posed as  in  ,-1.  exceUa,  but  tree  tending  to  shed  the 
lower  ones;  branchlets  crowded  on  the  branches  and 
turning  upwards  in  a  boat-Hke  form:  young  Ivs. 
alternate  and  rather  closely  arranged  on  the  branchlet 
and  Viin.  long,  broad 
and  slightly  decurrent 
at  base,  shghtly  curved, 
mucronate;  adult  Ivs. 
densely  imbricated,, 
Bhort  and  ovate,  ob- 
tuse; cones  3-4  in. 
diam.  and  somewhat 
longer.  New  Cale- 
donia, where  it  reaches  a  height  of  200  ft.,  making 
very  straight  and  imposing  shafts.  B.M.  4635.  A.F. 
12:o.59. — Named  for  Captain  Cook.  Var.  afirea,  Ilort., 
has  golden-yellow  foliage.  There  is  also  a  var.  gla&ca, 
Hort.,  with  silvery  Ivs. 

4.  Balansse,  Brongn.  &  Gris.  (A.  elegans,  Hort. 
Bull. J.  A  dwarf-growing  species  of  slow  growth  (when 
grow'n  as  a  pot-plant)  and  with  few  loosely  arranged 
tiers  of  branches,  usually  5  in  a  tier;  branchlets 
distichous,  narrow  and  deflexed  with  age:  Ivs.  imbri- 
cated, short,  stiff;  J-gin.  long,  falcate,  more  or  less 
obtuse,  dark  olive-green  in  color:  male  cones  cylindri- 
cal-conical, 2-3  in.  long;  female  cones  globose  or 
elliptic,  4  in.  long.  New  Caledonia. — Rarely  grown. 
The  narrowest  and  most  slender-branched  species 
in  cult. 

AA.  Lvs.  broader,  usvxilly  -plane  and  imbricated. 

5.  R&lei,  Muell.  Fig.  304.  Leafy  branchlets  very 
long:  lvs.  oval-elliptic,  imbricated,  concave,  arched 
towards  the  branch,  nearly  or  quite  obtuse,   with  a 

prominent  dor- 
sal nerve,  sil- 
very gray  on 
the  upper  and 
rich  glo.ssy 
green  on  the 
lower  Bide.  Variable  at  different  ages.  When  young, 
the  branches  are  often  drooping  and  the  lvs.  coin- 
pres-sfs^l  and  obscurely  4-angled  and  nearly  or  quite 
subulate,  var.  polymorpha,  R.H.  18f)t),  p.  3.")0.  There 
is  also  a  var.  compacta.  New  Caledonia.  Reaching  .50 
ft.    in    height.      R.H.     1860:390,     and    plate.      I.H. 


.Xv^^ 


303.  Araucaria  excelsa.  (  X  H) 


304.  Araucaria  Rulei.  ( X  Vil 


305.  Araucaria 
Bidwillii.  (XH) 


22:204.  A  strikingly  beautiful  plant  and  somewhat 
rare  in  cult.  The  figure  in  (l.C.  1861:868,  is  A. 
Miielli-ri,  Brongn.  &  Gris.,  a  broader-lvd.  species. 
Var  Goldieana,  Hort.  {A.  (loldieana,  T.  Moore).  A 
variety  with  narrower  Ivs.  and  with  branches  rather 
more  erect  than  the  type.  F.  1877:39.  A  var.  elegans, 
Hort.,  is  described  ,with  smaller  lvs.,  and  close-whorled 
more  slender  branches : 
dwarf. 

6.  Bidwillii,  Hook. 
Fig.  305.  Rather  nar- 
row in  growth,  especi- 
ally with  age,  the 
branches  simple:  lvs. 
in  two  rows,  lance- 
ovate  and  very  sharp- 
pointed,  thick,  firm 
and  .shining.  Austral., 
w  here  it  attains  a 
height  of  1.50  ft.,  and 
is  known  asbunya-bunya.  R.H.  1897,  p.  500,  desc.  G.C. 
in.  15:465,  showing  the  pineapple-like  cone. — One  of 
the  best  and  handsomest  species  for  pots. 

7.  braziliana,  A.  Rich.  (/I.  jrrfciKs,  Hort.).  Branches 
verticillate,  somewhat  inclined,  raised  at  the  ends, 
tending  to  disappear  below  as  the  plant  grows:  lvs. 
alternate,  oblong-lanceolate,  1-2  in.  long,  somewhat 
decurrent,  much  attenuated  and  very  sharp-pointed, 
deep  glaucous  green,  loosely  imbricated:  cone  large  and 
nearly  globular.  S.  Brazil,  reaching  a  height  of  iOO  ft. 
F.S.  21:2202.  Var.  elegans  (A.  elegans,  Hort.),  is  a 
form  with  very  numerous  branches  and  more  crowded 
and  often  glaucous  lvs.  Var.  Ridolfiana,  Gord.,  is  a 
more  robust  form,  with  larger  and  longer  lvs. 

S.  imbricata,  Pav.  Monkey  Puzzle.  Figs.  306,  307. 
A  striking  tree  of  pyramidal  habit:  branches  generally 
in  5's,  at  first  horizontal,  with  upward-curving  (some- 
times downward-curving)  tips,  but  finally  becoming 
much  deflexed;  branchlets  in  opposite  pairs,  curved 
upward  when  young,  and  continuing  to  grow  until 
several  feet  long  when  adult:  lvs.  imbricated  and  per- 
si.sting,  even  on  the  trunk,  ovate-lanceolate,  very  stiff, 
leathery,  and  sharp-pointed,  2  in.  long  on  the  primary 
St.  and  branches,  1  in.  long  on  the  branchlets,  shghtly 
concave  at  the  base,  bright  green  on  both  sides:  cone 
6-8  in.  diam.  West- 
ern slope  of  the  An- 
des in  Chile,  reach- 
ing a  height  of  100 
ft.  F.S.  15:  L577- 
1580.  R.H.  1893, 
p.  1.53;  1897,  pp. 
271,  319,  desc.  Gt. 
44:115.  G.C.  IIL 
21:288;  24:154.— 
Hardy  in  the  S. 
This  is  the  species 
which  is  grown  in 
the  open  in  Eng- 
land and  Ireland. 
The  hardiest  species 
in  cult.  Thrives  well 
in  a  heavy  loamy 
soil  in  a  moist  valley 
or  position  shel- 
tered from  rough 
winds  in  mild  clim- 
ates. The  branches 
are  heavy  and 
rather  brittle  and 
the  beauty  and 
symmetry  is  soon 
destroyed  if  planted 

in  an  exposed  posi-  ^-.■•"-  "      "     '  '   ''    ' 

tion.    Thetiml)eris      306.  Araucaria  imbricata.    California. 


ARAUCARIA 


ARBORETUM 


347 


,4.   albospira, 
imbricata. — .4. 


307.  Araucaria  imbricata.   (  X  3-^^ 


valuable.  The  seeds  constitute  the  chief  food  f)f  the 
aborigines  in  some  sections  of  S.  Amer.  Var.  platifolia, 
Hort.,  is  a  form  with  very  broad  Ivs. 

Hort.=^.\.  excelsa. — .4.  Ddmbeyi,  A.  Rich.^A. 
itUermedia,  R.  Br.  Tall  and  erect,  sparingly 
brannhed,  nearly  de- 
nuded of  foliage;  ivs. 
sessile,  imbricated, 
cordiform.  obtuse, 
green  and  shining. 
New  Caledonia, — A. 
Li  nd  ley  a  71  a.  Van 
Houtte  ^  A.  brazil- 
iana. — .4.  montana, 
Brongn.  &  Gris. 
Tall:  Ivs.  scale-like, 
curved,  ovate,  ob- 
tusish,  more  or  less  concave,  with  white  spots  in  many  series.  New 
Caledonia. — .4.  Muelleri,  Brongn.  &  Gris.  Lvs.  almost  flat,  with 
whitisli  spots  in  series.  New  Caledonia. — A.  Nieprdschhii,  Bau- 
mann.  Branches  wide-spreading  with  long  drooping  side  branches; 
perhaps  a  form  of  A.  Rulei.  R.  B.  31:  p.  132. — .4.  subitldta,  Vieiil. 
Like  A.  intermedia,  but  trunk  less  naked,  and  lvs.  linear-subulate. 
New  Caledonia.  L     H     B 

C.  P.  Raffill. 

ARBORETUM.— A  living  collection  of  trees  and 
other  wood}'  plants. 

Collections  of  trees  have  found  a  place  in  the  botanic 
gardens  of  all  countries  since  the  physic  garden  at 
Tokyo  was  founded  eight  hundred  years  ago;  and  for 
more  than  three  centuries  individuals  have  made  such 
collections  for  the  decoration  of  estates  or  for  purposes 
of  studj".  In  Europe  the  largest  collection  of  the  woody 
plants  of  temperate  regions  is  found  in  the  Royal 
Gardens  at  Kew;  and  in  the  Dutch  Colonial  Garden  at 
Buitenzorg  on  the  island  of  Java  is  the  most  important 
collection  of  the  trees  of  the  tropics.  Small  experimental 
arboreta  composed  chiefly  of  timber  trees  of  supposed 
value  have  been  planted  in  conection  with  most  of  the 
forest  schools  or  forest  institutes  of  Europe. 

Historical  sketch. 

As  early  as  the  middle  of  the  sixteenth  century,  a 
collection  of  trees  was  made  at  Touvoye  in  France  by 
Ren6  du  Bellay,  Bishop  of  Mans,  who  received  the 
seeds  of  a  number  of  exotic  trees  from  Pierre  Belon, 
physician  and  traveler,  who  first  brought  to  Europe 
some  of  the  trees  of  western  Asia.  In  its  day,  the  gar- 
den at  Touvoye  was  pronounced  by  the  botanist  Gesner 
the  richest  and  most  beautiful  in  France,  Germany  and 
Italy.  Like  most  of  the  early  collections  of  trees  made 
by  individuals,  all  traces  of  the  trees  planted  by  Ren6 
du  Bellay  have  disappeared. 

Nearly  two  centuries  later,  the  head  of  the  French 
Marine,  Duhamel  du  Monceau,  a  man  of  scientific 
attainments,  wealth  and  social  influence,  gathered 
from  Europe  and  North  America  large  collections  of 
trees  on  his  two  estates  of  de  Vcigny  and  du  Monceau 
and  formed  what  mu.st  be  considered  the  first  arboretum 
made  with  scientific  purpose.  Du  Monceau  undertook 
a  critical  study  of  his  collections  and  published  in  I75r) 
his  "Traite  des  arbres  et  arbustes  qui  se  cultivent  en 
France."  His  arboretum  is  said  to  have  contained  a 
thousand  species  of  woody  plants  belonging  to  one 
hundred  and  ninety-one  genera.  Duhamel's  publica- 
tions and  example  had  much  influence  and  led  to  the 
introduction  of  many  exotic  trees  into  French  parks 
and  plantations.  Noble  specimens  of  the  cedar  of 
Lebanon,  the  deciduous  cypress  of  the  southern  Ignited 
States  and  other  trees  planted  by  him,  are  still  living. 

The  arboretum  established  in  182.T  in  France  at  Les 
Ban'es  near  the  village  of  Xogent-sur-Vcmi.s.son  (Loiret) 
by  Pierre  Philippe  Andre  de  Vilmorin  is  still  one  of  the 
most  important  dendrological  stations  in  Europe.  Vil- 
morin was  especially  interested  in  the  ditTerent  geo- 
graphical forms  or  varieties  of  the  principal  timber 
trees  of  Europe  and  made  large  plantations  of  these  and 
of  a  number  of  exotic  trees.  In  1866,  after  the  death  of 
the  founder,  the  arboretum  at  Les  Barres  was  purcha.sed 
by  the  French  Government  and  now,  greatly  improved 


and  enlarged  by  new  plantations,  is  known  as  the 
Arboretum  National  des  Barres  and  is  used  as  a  school 
of  sylviculture.  In  1906  a  critical  catalogue  of  this 
collection,  prepared  by  Monsieur  L.  Parde,  Inspector 
des  Forets,  and  accompanied  by  an  atlas  of  plans  of  the 
arboretum  and  pictures  of  many  of  its  principal  trees, 
was  published  in  Paris.  The  value  of  the  arboretum  at 
Les  Barres  has  been  increased  by  the  formation  in  its 
immediate  neighborhood  of  the  Fruticetiun  Vilrnorin- 
ianum.  This  collection  of  shrubs,  which  is  the  most 
complete  in  Europe,  was  established  in  1894  by  the 
grandson  of  the  founder  of  the  arboretum  at  Les  Barres, 
Monsieur  Maurice  L.  de  Vilmorin,  who  has  been  suc- 
cessful in  introducing  many  interesting  plants  into 
gardens  through  his  relations  with  French  missionaries 
in  China.  A  catalogue  of  the  Fruticetum  Vibnorinianum 
was  published  in  1894. 

In  18.57  Monsieur  Alfonse  Lavallee  began  to  plant 
an  arboretum  at  Segrez  in  the  Department  of  Siene- 
et-Oise.  This  was  a  scientific  enterprise  and  the  value 
of  the  living  collections  was  increased  by  the  establish- 
ment at  Segrez  of  a  botanical  library  and  herbarium. 
Aided  by  the  professors  of  the  Museum  d'  Histoire 
Naturelle  in  Paris,  it  had  become  in  1875,  when  the 
"Enumeration  des  Arbres  et  Arbrisseaux  Cultivfe  k 
Segrez"  was  published,  one  of  the  largest  collec- 
tions of  woody  plants  that  had  been  made  up  to  that 
time.  This  catalogue  was  followed  in  1880  by  the 
"Arboretum  Segrezianum"  in  which  appear  critical 
descriptions  and  figures  of  some  of  the  rare  plants  culti- 
vated at  Segrez.  Six  parts  with  thirty-six  plates  of  this 
work  appeared.  M.  Lavallee  died  suddenly  in  1884 
and  his  publications  and  a  few  trees  in  the  park  at 
Segrez  are  the  only  monuments  left  of  his  zeal  and 
industry  in  the  study  of  trees.  In  1858  Monsieur  G. 
Allard  began  the  ar- 
boretum at  la  Maul- 
6vrie,  near  Angers  in 
France,  which  he  stiU 
maintains,  and  which 
contains  one  of  the 
largest  and  most  in- 
teresting collections  of 
the  oaks  of  Europe  and 
southwestern  Asia  in 
the  world,  and  is  par- 
ticularly rich  in  coni- 
fers. 

At  Muskau  in  the 
valley  of  the  Neisse  in 
Silesia,  on  the  estate 
made  famous  by  the 
beauty  of  arrangement 
given  to  it  by  Hein- 
rich  Hermann  von 
Puckler,  an  important 
arboretum  was  estab- 
lished by  Prince  Fred- 
erick of  the  Nether- 
lands, who  purcha.sed 
the  Muskau  estate  in, 
1845.  The  critical 
catalogue  of  the  plants 
in  the  Muskau  Arbo- 
retum by  Petzold  & 
Kirehner,  published  in 
1864,  and  entitled  "Ar- 
boretum Muscavicn- 
sis,"  is  a  standard  work  on  cultivated  trees  and  shrubs. 
Many  of  the  trees  planted  by  von  Puckler  are  still 
living,  but  the  arboretum  is  now  conducted  as  a  com- 
mercial nursery. 

In  Great  Britain,  no  important  scientifically  managed 
collection  of  trees  and  shrubs,  with  the  exception  of 
those  connected  with  general  botanic  gardens,  has  been 
attempted.   The  arboreta,  however,  connected  with  the 


308.  Old  Deciduous  Cypress  in 
Bartram's  Garden.  This  tree  still 
stands,  although  dead. 


34S 


AKHOKKTIM 


ARBORETUM 


national  gardens  at  Kow,  lMinlnirf;li  and  Dublin  li:no 
gn-ally  ineroasod  tho  l^uowU'dgc  oi  Irci's  ami  stiiiuihiti'il 
the  taste  for  planting  not  only  in  Ciriat  Hiilain  Inil  in 
all  eivilizeil  eountries.  At  Kow  is  to  be  found  pnibably 
the  largest  number  of  speeies  of  trees  and  shrubs  wliiih 
has  yet  btx-n  gathered  together,  for  in  England  more 
plants  ean  be  made  to  grow  together  than  tionrish  in 
any  one  eountry  on  the  continent  of  Euro))e  or  in  any 
one  plare  in  the  United  States.  Kew,  as  a  garden  in 
connection  with  royal  residences  lias  existed  since  the 
middle  of  the  sixteenth  century;  in  1841  it  was  created 
anational  ganicn  and  its  growth  and  im]irovenu'nt  have 
continued  uninterruptedly  ever  since.  In  the  oliler  parts 
of  the  garden  many  noble  trees  testify  to  the  age  of 
the  establishment,  but  it  was  not  until  1S4S  that  the 
systematic  [ilanting  of  an  arboretiun  was  begun  by  Sir 
William  Hooker,  the  first  director  of  the  national  garden. 
The  reputation  of  the  succeeding  directors  of  Kew,  its 
scientific  standing  and  the  interest  of  the  nation  in  its 
garden  have  made  it  possible  to  gather  there  plants 
from  all  parts  of  the  world;  and  although  nuich  of  the 
soil  occupied  by  the  arboretum  is  not  well  suited  for 
the  growth  of  trees,  and  the  smoke  of  the  city  makes 
the  cultivation  of  conifers  and  many  other  evergreen 
plants  ditticult  and  sometimes  impossible,  every  serious 
student  of  trees  nuist  avail  himself  of  the  great  ojipor- 
tunities  for  study  which  this  arboretum  affords.  A 
collection  of  trees  was  once  planted  by  the  Horticul- 
tural Society  of  London  at  its  gardens  in  Chelsea;  this 
was  given  up  b_\-  the  Society  many  years  ago.  On  many 
of  the  large  i)ri\at(?  estates  in  England,  Scotland  and 
Ireland  there  are  important  arboreta;  and  the  desire 
of  the  owners  of  British  estates  to  cultivate  new  trees, 
especially  conifers,  stimulated  the  botanical  explora- 
ations  in  all  the  temperate  parts  of  the  world  in  the  first 
half  of  the  nineteenth  century  undertaken  by  the  Horti- 
cultural Society  of  London  and  by  some  of  the  large 
firms  of  European  nurserymen.  Some  of  these  private 
collections  have  been  of  great  value  to  students. 

In  connection  with  the  Quinta  Xormale  and  the 
Mui^eum  of  Natural  History  in  San  Diego  in  Chile  is  a 
small  but  remarkable  arboretum  in  which  are  found  the 
oaks,  hickories,  magnolias  and  other  trees  of  eastern 
North  America  flourishing  as  they  flourish  nowhere 
else  outside  the  I'nited  States,  and  with  these  the  pop- 
lars and  birches  of  northern  Europe  are  growing  with 
the  cypresses  and  pines  of  California,  and  the  eucalypti 
of  Australia. 

Few  interesting  collections  of  trees  have  been  made 
in  North  America.  In  172.S  John  Bartram,  a  Penn.syl- 
vania  farmer  and  later  di.slinguished  as  a  traveler  and 
botanist,  purchased  a  piece  of  land  on  the  banks  of  the 
Schuylkill  River  about  three  miles  from  Philadeljihia 
and  established  a  botanic  garden,  in  which  he  planted 
a  number  of  American  trees  collected  in  his  various 
journeys,  which  extended  from  the  shores  of  Lake 
Ontario  to  Florida,  or  received  from  his  correspondents 
in  Europe;  among  these  were  some  of  the  famous 
botanists  of  the  day.  Bartram  was  appointed  botan- 
ist to  the  King  of  England  and,  through  his  labors, 
many  American  trees  wen^  introduced  into  England 
and  many  Old  World  [ilants  first,  reached  America. 
Bartram  died  in  1777.  Later  his  garden  was  used  as  a 
nurserj-  and,  after  having  pa.ssed  through  the  liands  of 
varioijs  owners,  was  bought  in  I.S91  by  the  city  of  I'hila- 
delphia  and  is  now  a  public  park.  A  few  only  of  the 
trees  planted  by  John  Bartram  are  now  standing. 
Fig.  308. 

Bartram  by  his  own  labors  and  through  his  European 
correspondents  attained  much  influences,  and  is  one  of 
the  mo.st  interesting  figures  among  those  who  have 
increased  the  knowledge  of  American  trees.  Not  the 
least  imfwrtant  of  his  goofl  works  was  the  inspiration 
which  his  cousin,  Humphrey  Marshall,  another  Penn- 
sylvania farmer,  derived  from  his  example  and  advice. 
Marshall  in  1773  made  a  garden  and  planted  a  number 


of  trees  near  the  Bradford  Meeting-house  now  in  the 
village  of  Marshalltown,  a  few  miles  from  West  Chester, 
traveled  widely  to  stinly  and  collect  plants,  and  in  1785 
published  the  ".Vrbustum  .Vinericanum,"  a  ilescription 
of  the  trees  and  shrubs  indigenous  to  the  United  States. 
This  was  the  first-  book  on  plants  written  by  a  native- 
born  .\merican.  Many  of  the  trees  planted  by  Marshall 
ha\'e  grown  to  a  great  size  and  are  still  in  a  flourishing 
condition.  His  arboretmii  is  now  the  most  interesting 
of  the  old  collections  of  American  trees. 

The  garden  and  arboretum  i)lanted  about  1830  by 
John  l'j\ans,  another  Peiui.sylvanian,  in  Delaware 
Coimt\'  about  twelve  miles  west  of  Philadelphia,  con- 
tained for  man}'  years  one  of  the  largest  collections  of 
plants  in  the  United  States.  Evans  kept  up  an  active 
correspondence  with  Sir  W'illiam  Hooker,  the  Director 
of  the  Royal  Gardens  at  Kew,  from  whom  he  received 
the  seeds  of  many  Himalayan  and  other  rare  and  little- 
known  ])lants.  A  few  only  of  the  trees  ])lanted  by  Evans, 
who  ilied  in  1862,  are  now  alive;  among  them  is  probably 
the  largest  specimen  of  the  European  hop  hornbeam 
in  the  I'nited  States. 

In  1841  Henry  Winthrop  Sargent,  of  Boston, 
bought  Wodenethe,  an  estate  of  twenty-two  acres 
above  Fishkill  Landing,  New  York,  overlooking  the 
Hudson  River.  A  friend  and  pupil  of  his  neighbor,  A. 
J.  Downing,  Sargent  through  Downing's  influence 
became  interested  in  the  cultivation  of  trees  and  espe- 
cially of  conifers.  At  Wodenethe  every  coniferous  plant 
that  oould  be  obtained  was  tested,  and  for  forty  years 
it  remained  the  most  important  place  in  the  United 
States  for  obtaining  information  on  the  value  of  these 
plants  for  cultivation  in  this  country.  If  the  results  of 
Sargent's  experiments  were  largely  negative,  that  is  if 
they  were  more  successful  in  showing  what  trees  were 
not  suitable  for  the  eastern  states  than  in  adding 
numerous  species  to  the  number  of  conifers  which  can 
be  iiermanently  grown  here,  they  were  of  great  interest 
and  value  to  the  country.  For  many  years  the  influence 
of  H.  W.  Sargent  among  lovers  of  coimtry  life  in  the 
United  States  was  considerable  and  has  done  much  in 
the  last  sixty  years  toward  increasing  the  knowledge  of 
trees  and  directing  sound  horticultural  ta.ste.  To  this 
influence  is  largely  due  the  horticultural  careers  of 
his  relatives,  Horatio  HoUis  Hunnewell  and  Charles 
Sprague  Sargent. 

In  18.52  I\Ir.  Hunnewell  began  the  development  of  an 
estate  in  the  valley  of  the  Charles  River  at  5fatick  (now 
Wellesley),  about  twelve  miles  west  of  Boston.  Here, 
with  the  aid  of  his  relative  at  Wodenethe,  he  planted 
coniferous  trees  for  which  the  well-drained  gravelly 
sf)il  proved  to  be  suited.  Past  middle  life  when  he 
began  to  jjlant  his  trees,  he  was  able  to  see  many  of  them 
attain  a  large  size  and  his  pinetum,  in  number  of  spe- 
cie's and  beauty  of  individuals,  the  most  important  in 
the  LInited  States.  In  the  hands  of  a  younger  Hunne- 
well, it  is  constantly  enlarged  and  improved,  and 
Wellesley  is  still  one  of  the  most  interesting  places' in 
America  for  the  lover  of  cultivated  trees. 

About  1870  Josiah  Hoopes,  author  of  "The  Book 
of  Evergreens,"  the  only  American  book  on  the  subject, 
jjlantcd  in  connection  with  his  nursery  in  West  Chester, 
Pennsylvania,  a  large  number  of  coniferous  trees.  This 
al  the  time  was  one  of  the  best  collections  of  these 
|)lants  that  had  been  made  in  the  United  States. 
Twenty-five  years  later,  and  after  Mr.  Hoopes'  death, 
although  a  large  number  of  the  species  had  disappeared, 
many  survived  to  show  their  beauty  and  value  ;is  orna- 
mental trees.  The  Hooi)es  pinetum  should  be  visited 
by  everyone  int,erested  in  the  cultivation  of  conifers. 

In  1874  Ch.arles  A.  Dixna,  the  distinguished  jour- 
nalist, bought  Do.soris,  an  island  about  fifty  acres  in 
extent  off  the  north  shore  of  Long  Island,  near  Cilen 
{"ove,  and  began  planting  trees.  (Ireat  intelligence  and 
indu.stry  was  shown  in  this  imdertaking,  and  in  the 
Dosoris  collection  are  still  found  manv  rare  trees  and 


ARBORETUM 


ARBORETUM 


349 


shrul)Sof  exceptional  size  and  beauty;  but 
witli  the  cliantce  of  owners  this,  like  most 
private  collections  of  trees  in  the  United 
States,  is  probably  destined  to  suffer  from 
neglect  or  to  entirely  disappear. 

In  Highland  Park,  Rochester,  New 
"^'ork,  on  sroinids  admirably  situated  for 
the  purpose,  the  park  department  of  that 
city  has  established  an  arboretum  which 
contains  one  of  the  largest  collections  of 
trees  and  shrubs  in  the  United  States  and 
which,  situated  as  it  is  in  a  great  center 
of  commercial  horticulture,  cannot  fail  to 
become  a  powerful  factor  in  horticultural 
education.  Equally  important  in  etluca- 
tional  possibilities  is  the  excellent  arbo- 
retmn  which  has  been  established  by  the 
Goverimient  of  the  Dominion  of  Canada 
on  its  Central  Experimental  Farm  at 
Ottawa.  Placed  in  a  region  of  great  winter 
cold,  the  lessons  which  the  Ottawa  Arbo- 
retmii  can  teach  of  the  hardiness  of  plants 
will  be  of  special  value  to  Canada  and  to 
the  northern  borders  of  the  United  States. 

The  influence  of  .\jnerican  nurserymen 
by  their  introduction  and  multipUcation 
of  trees  and  shrubs  mu.st  not  be  over- 
looked, and  American  lovers  and  students 
of  trees  will  always  gratefully  remember 
such  names  as  Kenrick  and  Hovey  of 
Massachusetts,  Price  and  Parsons  of  Long 
Island,  EUwanger  and  Barry  of  Rochester, 
New  York,  Thomas  Meehan  of  Pennsyl- 
^•ania,  Berckmans  of  Georgia,  and  Robert 
Douglas  of  Illinois.  The  arboreta  which 
they  planted  in  connection  with  their  nur- 
series offered  in  their  time  valuable  object 
lessons,  and  the  influences  of  their  pub- 
lications are  often  of  lasting  value. 

The  Arnold  Arborclum.    Figs.  309-311. 

It  has  been  left  to  Harvard  University 
to  establish  an  arboretum  on  a  large  scale 
and  in  a  manner  which  seems  destined  to 
make  it  permanent.  This  arboretmii  owes 
its  origin  to  Mr.  James  Arnold,  a  mer- 
chant of  New  Bedford  who  died  in  1S(5S, 
leaving  to  the  trustees  of  his  estate  .$100,000 
to  be  devoted  to  the  advancement  of  agri- 
culture or  horticulture.  One  of  these  trus- 
tees was  George  B.  Emerson,  the  author 
of  "The  Report  on  the  Trees  and  Shrubs 
of  Massachusetts."  Mr.  Emerson,  realiz- 
ing the  benefit  which  the  world  might 
derive  from  the  establishment  of  a  scien- 
tifically managed  collection  of  trees  in  the 
neighborhood  of  Boston,  proposed  to  turn 
over  Mr.  Arnold's  legacy  to  the  President 
and  Fellows  of  Harvard  College  to  be  used 
to  fievelop  and  maintain  an  arboretum, 
provided  they  would  devote  to  this  pur- 
pf)sc  a  part  of  the  farm  in  West  Roxbury 
wliich  had  been  given  to  the  university  by 
Mr.  Benjamin  Bussey.  This  plan  was 
carried  out  in  1872,  and  V2'i  acres  were 
set  aside  for  the  .Arnold  Arboretum,  in 
which  the  University  undertook  to  grow  a 
specimen  of  everj-  tree  and  shrub  able  to 
support  the  climate  of  eastern  Massachu- 
setts. In  December,  1882,  a  contract  was 
made  between  the  university  and  the  city 
of  Boston  under  which  the  city  agreed  to 
add  certain  adjoining  lands  to  the  arbo- 
retum, to  construct  and  maintain  under 
the  din'ction  of  its  park  commi.ssion  a 
system     of     carriage-drives     and     walks 


350 


AUBOHKTr.M 


ARBORETUM 


planiuM  under  tho  diroctioii  of  Frederick  Law  Ohn- 
sttni.  to  police  tlie  lirouiuls  and  to  as.siiine  all  taxes 
wliieli  might  be  levied  on  the  property  during  the 
thousiind  ye;irs  for  which  the  contract  w;i,s  made.  In 
return  for  this  sissistanee,  the  iniiversity  agreed  to 
ofien  the  iirborotum  to  the  public  from  sunrise  to 
sunset  diu^ing  every  day  of  the  year,  reserving,  however, 
entire  control  of  all  the  collections  and  of  the  groimds 
with  the  exception  of  the  drives  and  walks.  Work  on 
the  roads  w;ii!  begun  by  the  city  in  ISS.'i,  but  through 
various  delays  in  construction,  tlie  planting  of  the  prin- 
eip;U  collections  of  trees  and  shrubs  was  not  under- 
taken until  the  following  year.  In  1894,  seventy-five 
acres,  known  as  Peter's  Hill,  and  a  part  of  the  Bus,sey 
farm,  were  added  to  the  arboretum  by  the  President 
and  Fellows  of  the  university,  and  in  IS9.S  were  opened 
to  the  pubUc  by  an  encircling  road  built  by  the  park 
department  of  the  city.  This  contract  with  the  city  of 


been  imderstiiod  liy  its  management,  is  to  increase 
the  knowledge  of  trees  and  other  woody  plants.  To 
accomplish  this,  something  more  than  the  collection 
of  living  plants  hardy  in  eastern  Massachusetts  con- 
templated Ijy  the  trustees  of  Jsimes  Arnold's  will  was 
necessary,  and  the  Arnold  Arboretinn  as  now  organized 
is,  first,  an  out-of-door  museum  in  which  the  public  can 
see  the  trees  and  shrubs  of  the  north  temperate  zone 
conveniently  arranged;  second,  a  dendrological  station 
and  laboratory  in  which  the  scientific  study  of  trees  is 
carried  on,  and  third,  a  bureau  of  (jublication,  explora- 
tion and  exchange  through  which  botanical  exploration 
in  different  parts  of  the  world  is  undertaken  and  the 
results  and  products  of  these  explorations  made  known 
and  tlistriljuted. 

In  the  arrangement  of  the  out-of-door  museum — the 
living  collection  of  trees  and  shrubs — the  species  to 
facilitate  study  have  been  arranged  in  groups  of  genera 


310.    Ealmia  in  bloom  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 


Boston  is  of  great  value  to  the  arboretimi,  for,  as  it 
cannot  be  moved  from  its  present  location  without  the 
non.sent  of  the  university  and  the  city,  there  is  little 
chance  that,  however  vahiable  the  lanil  may  become, 
the  people  of  Boston  will  ever  con.sent  to  give  up  a 
public  park  of  unusual  (character  and  great  beauty. 
The  a-ssumption  of  all  taxes  by  the  city  during  1,000 
years  insured  by  this  contract  may  become  an  impor- 
tant contribution  to  the  arboretum. 

The  .Arnold  Arboretum  occupies  220  acres  of  meadow, 
hill  and  valley.  It  forms  one  of  the  .series  of  Boston 
parks  with  which  it  is  i:onnected  by  a  broad  parkway. 
It  is  close  to  the  Forest  Hills  station  of  the  New  York, 
New  Haven  &  Hartford  Railroad,  and  it  can  be  reached 
from  all  parts  of  the  city  by  two  lines  of  electric  cars. 
Its  natural  features  are  a  broafl  meadow  along  the 
northea-stem  boundary,  and  three  high  hills  separated 
by  narrow  valleys  through  one  of  which  flows  a  small 
stream.  (>ni-  of  these  hills  is  covered  by  a  remarkable 
growth  of  hemlock  trees,  and  natural  woods,  in  which 
large  individuals  of  many  of  the  trees  of  eastern  New 
England  are  found,  cover  other  parts  of  the  arboretum. 

The  purpose  of  the  Arnold  Arboretum,  a.s  this  has 


and  families  in  a  natural  sequence  whenever  contlitions 
of  .soil  and  situation  have  made  this  possible,  a  further 
attempt  being  made  to  arrange  the  planted  groups  in 
harmony  with  the  native  woods  and  the  other  natural 
features  of  the  groimd.  All  the  groups  of  trees,  shrubs, 
and  all  the  natural  woods  are  easily  reached  by  grass 
paths  which  extend  to  all  jjarts  of  the  grounds.  In  the 
Ciise  of  the  trees  of  North  America,  several  individuals 
of  each  species  have  been  i)latit-ed,  but  want  of  space 
has  generally  made  it  impossible  to  plant  more  than 
one  individual  of  an  Old  World  species.  In  the  groups 
of  Airierican  trees,  one  specimen  is  planted  with 
abundant  space  for  the  full  development  of  its  br.anches 
anfl  the  others  are  arrange<l  in  a  compact  group  to  show 
their  habit  under  such  conditions. 

For  the  convenience  of  students,  the  shrubs  of  genera 
in  which  there  are  no  hardy  trees,  and  all  vines,  have 
been  arranged  in  a  sequence  of  genera  in  long  parallel 
beds  near  one  of  the  j)rincipal  entrances;  but  the  shrubs 
belonging  to  genera  in  which  some  of  the  species  are 
hardy  trees  have  been  planted  in  connection  with  the 
groups  of  trees  of  these  genera.  In  addition  to  the 
shrubs  in  the  general  shrub  collection,  supplementary 


ARBORETUM 


ARBORETUM 


351 


collections  of  several  of  the  large  genera  of  shrubs  have 
been  established,  usually  in  sheltered  positions,  in  which 
are  planted  new  or  imperfectly  known  species  or  species 
that  require  unusual  care  or  special  protection. 

The  collections  of  the  Arnold  Arboretum  are  rich  in 
the  woody  plants  of  eastern  North  America,  northern 
Europe,  Siberia,  China  and  Japan,  and  contain  the 
largest  number  of  species  and  varieties  of  these  plants 
to  be  found  in  any  American  collection;  and  gradually 
the  Arboretum,  with  its  hills  and  valleys,  its  native 
woods  and  varied  vegetation,  has  developed  into  one  of 
the  most  beautiful  of  all  the  public  gardens  of  the 
world. 

A  large  part  of  the  trees  and  shrubs  planted  in  the 
Arboretum  has  been  raised  in  its  nurseries  from  seeds 
collected  in  those  parts  of  the  region  occupied  by  the 
species  in  which  the  climate  most  resembles  that  of 
New  England.  A  record  of  the  origin  and  history  of 
all  the  plants  is  kept  on  the  cards  of  a  catalogue,  and 
the  position  of  every  tree  permanently  planted  in  the 
groups  is  recorded  on  the  sheets  of  a  large  scale  map, 
and  with  this  is  kept  the  detailed  history  of  each  tree. 
Labels  giving  the  Latin  and  English  names  and  the 
region  that  they  inhabit  are  placed  at  the  height  of 
the  eye  on  the  trunks  of  prominent  native  trees  standing 
ne;ir  drives  and  walks,  and  these  labels  are  found  on  the 
trunks  of  many  of  the  planted  trees  in  the  different 
groups.  ]Metal  labels  with  raised  letters  are  used  for 
the  plants  in  the  shrub  collection  and  for  shrubs  and 
small  trees  near  some  of  the  walks.  Wooden  stakes 
giving  their  names  are  placed  before  many  shrubs  and 
small  trees;  and  to  every  plant,  whether  otherwise 
labeled  or  not,  a  small  zinc  label  is  attached. 

In  order  to  make  the  Arnold  Arboretum  a  scientific 
station  and  something  more  than  a  collection  of  living 
trees,  an  herbarium  of  woody  plants  intended  event- 
ually to  represent  the  ligneous  vegetation  of  the  world 
and  a  Ubrary  now  containing  29,000  bound  volumes 
and  6,000  pamphlets  have  been  formed.  An  herbarium 
and  library  connected  with  such  an  institution  are 
essential  for  the  determination  and  correct  labeling 
of  the  living  collections  and  make  possible  original 
scientific  work.  A  report-  on  the  forest  wealth  of  the 
United  States,  the  reports  of  state  and  national  com- 
missions appointed  to  stud}'  American  forest  conditions, 
the  illustrated  "Silva  of  North  America,"  the  "Manual 
of  the  Trees  of  North  America,"  a  "Forest  Flora  of 
Japan,"  "Trees  and  Shrubs,"  a  monograph  of  the  genus 
Lonicera,  a  monograph  of  the  pines  of  Mexico,  many 
of  the  articles  on  trees  and  shrubs  in  this  Cyclopedia, 
the  ten  volumes  of  Garden  and  Forest,  the  Jesup  collec- 
tion of  North  American  woods  in  the  American  ^luseum 
of  Natural  History  in  New  York,  are  some  of  the  con- 
tributions to  knowledge  which  the  arboretum  as  a 
scientific  station  has  been  able  to  make.  For  several 
years,  it  has  been  actively  engaged  in  bibliographical 
studies,  and  the  results  of  these  studies  are  being 
pubUshed  in  the  "Bradley  Bibliography,"  of  which  two 
volumes  have  appeared.  An  elaboration  of  the  woody 
plants  of  China  is  in  progress,  based  largely  on  the  col- 
lections of  E.  H.  Wilson,  one  of  the  arboretum  explorers, 
and  is  now  being  published  by  the  arboretum  in  the 
"Planta>  WiLsoniana;." 

In  connection  with  its  work  in  search  of  material  for 
its  collections,  officers  and  employees  of  the  arboretum 
have  visited  nearly  every  part  of  North  America,  have 
traveled  in  Peru  and  Chile,  and  ex-jjlorcd  the  Caucasus, 
Japan,  Korea,  and  northern  and  w'estem  China. 
Through  these  explorations,  the  Arnold  Arboretum 
has  been  able  to  introduce  into  the  gardens  of  the 
United  States  and  Europe  a  large  number  of  new  plants 
or  plants  that  have  been  long  lost  to  cultivation,  and 
through  these  introductions  it  has  established  relations 
in  all  countries  with  the  principal  botanic  gardens, 
the  important  nurserymen  and  many  indix'iduals  inter- 
ested in  trees  and  their  cultivation. 


The  work  the  Arnold  Arboretum  attempts  and  the 
demands  which  are  made  on  it  are  national  in  scope  and 
extent,  but  for  a  national  American  arboretum  a  more 
temperate  and  equable  climate  than  that  of  Massachu- 
setts is  desirable.  Its  situation,  however,  in  the  midst 
of  a  population  famous  for  its  generosity  and  actively 
interested  in  horticulture,  and  the  stability  it  enjoys 
from  its  connection  with  a  great  university,  and  from  its 
contact  with  the  city  of  Boston,  are  favorable  to  it. 
It  is  impossible,  however,  to  cultivate  in  one  collection 
the  trees  which  grow  naturally  or  can  be  made  to  grow 
in  all  the  different  regions  of  the  United  States,  and 
the  American  national  arboretum  of  the  future  must 
first  of  all  be  an  institution,  like  the  Arnold  Arboretum, 
of  long  life 
and  continu- 
o  u  s  control ; 
and  this  cen- 
tral institu- 
tion properly 
equipped 
with  labora- 
tories and 
material  for 
research  must 
be  in  a  posi- 
tion to  estab- 
lish branches 
in  Florida, 
Arizona,Cali- 
fornia  and  in 
some  central 
regions  of  the 
continent,  for 
in  such  bran- 
ches managed 
by  the  central 
institute,  i  t 
would  be  pos- 
sible to  col- 
lect and  to 
study  nearly 
all  the  trees 
of  the  world 
suitable    for 

different  parts  of  the  country,  and  so  make  possible  in 
the  United  States  an  arboretum  really  national  in 
character. 

Herbaria  are  chiefly  valuable  when  they  supplement 
collections  of  living  plants;  and  it  is  now  becoming  grad- 
ually acknowledged  that  accurate  knowledge  of  trees 
and  of  many  other  groups  of  plants  can  be  obtained  only 
by  a  comparative  study  of  the  plants  themselves.  The 
opportunity  for  this  will  be  found  only  in  estabhsh- 
ments  in  which  plants  in  large  groups  can  be  assembled 
and  grown  under  conditions  favorable  for  their  best 
development.  Today  the  pahns  of  the  tropics,  especi- 
ally those  of  the  Old  World,  can  be  satisfactorily  stud- 
ied only  in  the  great  collection  of  these  plants  gathered 
together  in  the  botanic  garden  at  Buitenzorg  in  Java. 
Some  groups  of  northern  trees  and  shrubs  can  now 
best  be  observed  in  the  Arnold  Arboretum,  but  to 
obtain  exact  information  of  others  the  student  must 
make  long  and  .sometimes  difficult  journeys.  Lentil, 
for  example,  collections  of  the  oactacea;  and  of  plants 
like  the  agaves  and  yuccas  are  assembled  in  a  region 
favorable  to  their  growth,  hke  southern  New  Mexico  or 
Arizona,  it  will  be  impossible  to  obtain  a  true  under- 
standing of  these  plants  which,  when  grown  in  northern 
greenhouses  or  in  regions  unsuited  to  their  peculiar 
needs,  more  often  mislead  than  illuminate.  Com- 
prehensive collections  of  the  species  of  eucalyptus, 
acacia  and  other  Australasian  plants  established  in 
California  would  be  of  great  value  to  that  state; 
and  collections  of  tropical  and  subtropical  plants  in 
southern  Florida   would  immensely  benefit  not  only 


311.  Trees  still   standing   in    the    Humphrey 
Marshall  collection. 


352 


ARBDRETL'iM 


ARBORICULTURE 


the   southern   part    yf   t)iat    state   but   all   the   West 
Indies  ami  other  tropical  countries. 

A  nalionnlizcd  arborelum. 

The  iirboretuin.  tlierefore,  worthy  to  be  considered 
national  in  scope  and  accomiilishment  in  a  country  of 
such  varied  chinates  a^  North  .\inerica  must  consist  of 
a  number  of  stations  in  tlilTerent  parts  of  the  country 
under  one  nianasi'inent  antl  with  one  central  head 
from  which  the  work  of  the  ditTerent  stations  shoukl  be 
directed  and  superintended  and  which  should  be  the 
bureau  of  i)ublication  of  the  results  obtained  in  them. 
The  position  of  the  central  station  in  the  country  is  of 
little  importance  in  comparison  with  its  permanence, 
endowment  and  freedom  from  all  dangerous  influences. 
Such  conditions  of  permanence  and  freeilom  in  this 
country  will  best  be  obtained  in  connection  with  one  of 
the  great  endowed  universities  rather  than  with  the 
national  or  with  any  state  government,  for  political 
association  is  not  conducive  to  the  best  scientific 
research,  and  for  the  next  hundred  years  at  least,  and 
until  a  real  knowledge  of  the  vegetation  of  the  earth 
has  been  obtained,  the  National  Arboretum  must  be 
organized  primarily  for  research. 

By  the  information  it  could  acciunulate,  such  an  in- 
stitution would  be  able  to  aid  the  agricultural  experi- 
ment stations  and  state  universities,  which  are  the 
natural  and  proper  organizations  for  popularizing  the 
results  of  long-sustained  scientific  investigations,  for 
which  they  are  not  equipped  and  which,  with  the 
uncertainty  of  their  resources,  they  cannot  hope  suc- 
cessfully to  carry  on.  Forestry  and  landscape-garden- 
ing are  based  on  a  knowledge  of  trees,  and  in  the  study 
of  trees  are  found  pleasures  which  increase  with  knowl- 
edge and  endure  through  life. 

The  Arnold  .\rboretum  endeavors  to  popularize  its 
knowledge  by  the  publication  of  Bulletins  of  Popular 
Information  and  by  courses  of  popular  field  instruction; 
and  it  should  further  be  the  duty  of  a  national  Arbo- 
retum to  aid  in  the  establishment  of  arboreta  in  con- 
nection with  agricultural  colleges  and  experiment  sta- 
tions, on  the  grounds  of  universities  not  equipped  with 
botanic  gardens,  and  on  the  grounds  of  high-schools. 
Collections  of  trees  properly  labeled  are  needed  in 
every  institution  of  learning  and  in  every  large  center 
of  population.  Until  such  collections  are  established, 
the  people  of  the  I'nited  States  can  hope  to  know 
little  of  the  beauty  and  value  of  their  native  trees 
and  of  those  e.xotic  trees  which  can  safely  be  intro- 
duced into  different  parts  of  the  country. 

C.  S.  Sargent. 

ARBORICULTURE.  Arboriculture  is  the  growing  or 
cultivation  of  trees.  It  is  distinct  from  sylviculture, 
which  grows  trees  in  forest  plantations  for  the  pro- 
duction of  a  timber-crop.  Sylviculture  is  a  part  of 
forestry. 

What  constitutes  a  tree  is  not  easy  to  explain  in  a 
short  and  well-<lefined  statement.  A  given  species  may 
assume  a  tree-like  habit  or  remain  shrubby,  according 
to  the  climatic  conditions,  soil  and  other  circumstances. 
Usually  a  tree  is  defined,  under  normal  conditions,  as  a 
woody  plant  rising  from  the  ground  with  a  single  stem 
and  attaining  a  certain  height,  fi.xed  by  some  at  20,  by 
others  at  1.5  feet,  or  c-ven  less.  A  more  exact  definition 
has  been  given  by  B.  E.  Fernow:  "Trees  are  woody 
plants  the  seed  of  which  ha.s  the  inherent  capacity  of 
producing  natiirally  within  their  native  hmits  one  main 
erect  axis  continuing  to  grow  for  a  number  of  years 
more  vigorously  than  the  lateral  axes  and  the  lower 
branch's  dying  off  in  time." 

Trets  are  the  mo.st  proriinent  feature  of  the  vegetable 
world  and  surj)as3  all  other  organic  beings  in  hc-ight, 
magnitude  and  longevity.  The  greatest  height  known 
has  been  reachwi  by  iSequma  Kempervirenii,  which 
attains  340  feet     Not  very  far  less  is  Eucalyptus  nmyg- 


dalina,  of  which  the  highest  tree  actually  measured  is 
given  as  32.5  feet;  it  is,  therefore,  the  tallest  of  the  hard- 
wood trees.  The  sequoias,  however,  are  of  more  majes- 
tic and  gigantic  appearance  than  the  eucalyptus  on 
account  of  their  massive  trunk  (see  Scquuia).  Pseu- 
dolmiga  taiifolia  and  Pinus  Lambcrliana  occasionally 
attain  300  feet.  A  mmiber  of  other  conifers,  chiefly 
American,  grow  to  a  height  of  150  to  300  feet.  Some 
decitluous  trees,  as  Plalanus  occidentalis,  several  species 
of  oak  and  Liriodendron  Tulipifera  exceed  150  feet  in 
lieight.  The  jequitiba  of  southern  Brazil  (Couralari 
Irqnlis,  one  of  the  Myrtaceie)  is  also  a  gigantic  tree  (see 
Bot.  Gaz.  31,  p.  352). 

The  greatest  diameter  has  been  observed  in  Caslanea 
vesca,  of  which  a  tree  with  a  partly  decayed  trunk  at 
the  foot  of  Mt.  Etna  in  Sicily  measures  more  than  60 
feet  in  diameter.  After  this  the  greatest  diameter 
observed  is  in  Taxodium  mucronnlum,  about  40  feet, 
and  in  Plalanus  orientalis  about  the  same,  in  Sequoia 
gigatdea  35  feet,  in  Taxodium  dislichum  30  feet,  and 
somewhat  less  in  Adansonia  digilala. 

The  age  attributed  to  many  of  the  tallest  trees  is 
based  more  or  less  on  speculation,  and  opinions  often 
differ  widely.  Dracsena  Draco  is  believed  to  reach  6,000 
years  of  age,  Adansonia  digilala  5,000,  Taxodium  mu- 
cronalum  and  Plalanus  orientalis  4,000,  Cupressus  sem^ 
pervirens  and  Taxus  baccala  3,000,  Caslanea  saliva, 
Qucrcus  pedunculala,  Sequoia  giganlea  and  Cedrus 
Libani  more  than  2,000  years. 

Although  the  trees  are  the  most  conspicuous  features 
of  the  vegetable  kingdom,  they  represent  only  a  small 
percentage  of  it  as  regards  the  number  of  species.  In 
the  United  States,  where  about  600  trees  occur,  they 
represent  only  about  3^  2  per  cent  of  the  whole  phanero- 
gamic flora,  in  Eur<^e  even  less.  As  a  rule,  towards 
the  tropics  the  number  of  tree-hke  species  increases, 
towards  the  arctic  regions  it  decreases.  Remarkably 
rich  in  trees  is  the  flora  of  Japan,  where  the  proportion 
of  trees  to  the  whole  phanerogamic  flora  is  more  than 
10  per  cent,  which  percentage  surpasses  by  far  that  of 
any  other  country  in  the  temperate  regions. 

Trees  belong  to  many  different  natural  orders,  but  of 
the  orders  of  monocotyledonous  plants  only  a  few  con- 
tain trees  and  none  of  them  is  hardy  North.  None  of  the 
larger  orders  contains  trees  only,  but  there  are  some 
which  consist  exclusively  of  woody  plants  and  include 
a  large  proportion  of  trees,  as  Pinacea?,  Fagaceae, 
Salicaceae,  Juglandaceae,  Magnohacea-,  Sapindaceae, 
Eteagnaceae,  Ulmacese,  Hamamelidacese,  Laiu-aceae, 
Anacardiaceae,  Ebenacese,  Styracaceae  and  others. 

The  uses  of  trees  are  manifold,  and  a  country  from 
which  the  forests  have  been  destroyed  becomes  almost 
uninhabitable  and  worthless  to  mankind.  The  forests 
furnish  wood  and  timber,  exercise  beneficial  influences 
on  the  climate,  act  as  regulators  of  the  waterflow,  pre- 
vent erosion  and  also  the  removal  of  soil  by  the  wind. 
Besides  furnishing  wood  and  timber,  many  trees  yield 
other  products  of  great  economic  importance,  especially 
the  numerous  kinds  bearing  fruits.  The  icsthetic  value 
also  of  the  tree  must  not  be  underrated,  although  it 
cannot  be  counted  in  money. 

The  science  of  trees  and  shrubs  is  dendrology.  The 
art  of  growing  trees  is  arboriculture,  while  the  rearing 
and  maintaining  of  forests  and  the  production  of 
timber-crops  is  sylviculture.  Arboriculture  is  some- 
times used  in  a  broader  sense,  like  dendrology,  to  in- 
clude also  the  growing  of  shrubs.  Orchard  culture  is  a 
branch  of  arboriculture  or  of  horticulture,  and  deals 
with  the  cultivation  of  fruit  trees;  it  is  usually  included 
under  pomology,  which  comprises  both  the  science  and 
practice  of  fruit-growing, 

As  ornamental  subjects,  trees  are  more  permanent, 
easier  of  cultivation  and  cheaper  in  the  long  run  than 
herbs.  It  is  curious  to  note  how  little  attention  the 
average  gardener  who  has  the  care  of  a  park  or  garden 
gives  to  the  most  prominent  feature  of  his  domain.    He 


IX.    Arboretum. — Plantation  of  American  oaks  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum;  Solidago  canadensis  underplanting. 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


353 


usually  knows  fairly  well  the  greenhouse  plants  and 
herbaceous  perennials,  which  cost  most  in  time  and 
money,  but  the  trees  and  shrubs  he  often  disregards. 
This  is  apparently  due  to  the  fact  that  after  being  once 
planted,  and  often  not  by  himself,  the  trees  and  shrubs 
do  not  need  his  perpetual  care,  and  usually  grow  with- 
out his  aid  and  interference. 

To  the  landscape  gardener  a  thorough  knowledge  of 
trees  is  absolutely  essential.  He  ought  to  know  the 
ornamental  properties  of  the  trees,  their  rate  and  mode 
of  growth,  their  peculiarities  in  regard  to  soil,  situation 
and  climate.  As  the  trees  are,  after  the  surface  of  the 
ground,  the  most  permanent  element  of  the  landscape, 
they  ought  to  be  planted  with  careful  deliberation  as  to 
the  intended  artLstic  effect  and  their  fitness  to  the  soil 
and  cUmatic  conditions,  for  mistakes  in  planting  of 
trees  are  afterwards  not  easily  corrected  and  rarely 
without  injur}'  to  the  original  artistic  design. 
The  available  munber  of  trees  from  which 
selection  may  be  made  is  large.  There  are 
in  American  and  European  nurseries  and  gar- 
dens more  than  000  species  in  cultivation 
that  are  hardy  in  the  northern  and  middle 
states.  About  2.50  of  them  are  American,  more 
than  200  from  eastern  Asia,  about  100  from 
Europe  and  70  from  western  and  central 
Asia.  About  forty  natural  families  are  repre- 
sented, of  which  the  most  important  are  the 
Pinacese,  Fagacese,  Salicacese,  Rosacese,  Legu- 
minosae,  Juglandaceae,  SapindaceEe,  Urticaceae, 
Magnoliacea?,  and  OleaceiB.  The  number  of 
all  the  cultivated  varieties  and  garden  forms 
is,  of  course,  considerably  larger  than  that  of 
the  botanical  species  and  may  be  estimated 
at  about  3,000.  Comparatively  few  horti- 
cultural varieties  are  found  in  Alnerican  nur- 
series as  compared  with  European,  but  this  ^, 
need  not  be  regretted,  as  horticultural  varie- 
ties are  mostly  merely  curious  or  monstrous 
forms.  In  planting,  one  must  rely  chiefly 
on  the  types  and  use  the  horticultural  varie-  312, 

ties  sparingly,  for  restfulness  should  be  the 
prevailing    character    of    the   masses  and   groups   of 
trees.  Alfred  Rehder. 

CONTENTS   TO    THE    ARTICLES    IN    "  AKBORICUI/rURE." 

The  cultivation  of  trees,  Mulford.  page  353. 

The  conifers  in  particular,  Fernow,  page  358, 

The  transplanting  of  large  trees,  Hicks,  page  362. 

Types  of  insect  injury  to  trees,  Brues,  page  364. 

Some  types  of  tree  diseases,  Rankin,  page  368. 

Choice  of  trees  for  special  purpose.^,  Rehder,  page  372. 

Choice  of  street  trees  for  special  regions,  Mulford.  page  374. 

Otnamental  trees  for  the  middle  and  southern  states,  Berckmans, 

page  374. 
Trees  on  the  great  plains,  Bessey  and  Watrous,  page  376. 
Trees  grown  for  shade  and  ornament  in  California,  Davy  and 

Morrison,  page  378. 

The  cultivation  of  trees. 

From  earliest  times  man's  instinct  has  been  to  seek 
the  protection  of  trees.  In  locating  his  home  the  first 
necessity  has  been  the  proximity  of  water;  second, 
pasture  for  his  flocks;  third,  the  presence  of  trees;  in 
warm  countries  it  has  been  necessary  to  provide  pro- 
tection from  the  hot  sun's  rays,  in  cool  countries  for 
the  sake  of  fuel  and  protection  from  the  elements.  As 
civilization  has  progressed  and  man  has  developed  more 
elaborate  abodes,  he  still  desires  the  protection  of  trees 
to  make  his  home  more  comfortable,  to  protect  it 
from  the  winter  wind,  or  the  summer  sun,  or  both. 

To  meet  the  needs  in  different  localities,  as  one  or 
another  protection  may  be  more  important,  different 
kinds  of  trees  are  used.  In  the  extreme  North,  the  conif- 
erous evergreens  act  as  windbreaks  twelve  months  in 
the  year.  In  the  south  .Atlantic  and  Gulf  regions,  the 
broad-leaved  evergreens  give  shade  the  year  through. 

23 


In  the  intermediate  country  and  overlapping  both,  the 
deciduous  trees  afford  much  summer  protection  and  a 
little  winter  protection.  The  chief  aesthetic  value  of 
trees  is  due  to  the  suggestion  of  comfort  that  they 
give.  In  winter,  a  house  snuggUng  against  a  group  of 
evergreens  may  be  attractive,  and  yet,  if  lacking  a  well- 
placed  shade  tree,  may  in  summer  appear  glaring  or 
otherwise  uninviting.  These  feelings  are  the  same  with 
regard  to  native  woodlands  or  man-made  clumps  more 
remote  from  dwellings.  The  different  kinds  of  forest 
attract  because  of  suggestions  of  comparative  comfort 
and  of  pleasures.  To  those  who  have  lived  in  the  heart 
of  a  large  city  all  their  lives,  such  scenes  are  likely  to  be 
unattractive  because  of  lack  of  suggestiveness.  Some 
of  the  interesting  and  varied  forms  of  trees  are  dis- 
played in  Figs.  312  to  359. 

In  planting  trees  for  ornament,  these  elements  of  pro- 


A  group  of  old  sugar  maples,  with  irregular  and  broken  heads. 

tection  suggest  two  uses,  that  of  windbreaks  and  that 
of  producing  shade  at  appropriate  places.  In  addition 
are  the  partial  hiding  of  buildings  from  important  view- 
points, enhancing  the  beauties  of  the  building  or  per- 
mitting only  the  most  desirable  features  to  be  seen, 
covering  the  outlines  of  ugly  buildings,  or  completely 
hiding  objectionable  objects,  either  nearby  or  distant; 
forming  frames  for  distant  views  or  nearby  objects; 
making  knoUs  and  hills  look  higher  by  groves  on  their 
tops,  or  valleys  look  deeper  because  of  wooded  sides; 
making  irregular  sky  Unes  either  by  accentuating 
existing  conditions  by  planting  tall  trees  on  the  high 
places  and  low  trees  in  the  low  places,  or  in  level  coun- 
tries making  a  similar  sky  line  by  tall  and  short  trees; 
or  forming  irregular  and  natural  appearing  boundaries 
to  lawns  or  meadows. 

To  accompUsh  any  of  these  results,  some  trees  are 
inherently  better  suited  than  others;  climate  and  soil, 
however,  may  make  their  use  impracticable  or  impos- 
sible. Coniferous  evergreens  make  the  ideal  windbreak 
and  screen,  but  they  are  satisfactory  only  in  the  north- 
eastern section  of  the  country  and  on  the  Pacific  Coast, 
the  hot  sun  of  the  South,  the  dry  winds  of  the  central 
plains  and  the  smoke  of  cities  making  most  species 
impossible  in  those  regions.  The  broad-leaved  ever- 
greens are  ne.xt  in  importance,  but  they  are  adapted 
only  to  the  south  Atlantic  and  Gulf  seaboards,  and  the 
Pacific  Coast  north  of  San  Francisco.  For  adaptabili- 
ties see  special  lists,  for  no  other  sweeping  generaliza- 
tions of  adaptabilities  can  be  made  except  that  the  use 
of  bronze,  yellow  or  variegated-leaved  trees,  and  trees 
of  unusual  drooping  habit  or  of  other  striking  form, 
should  be  hmited  to  special  times  and  places.  A  tree  to 
be  satisfactory  for  ornamental  planting  must  suit  the 


354 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


clijiiato  and  maintain  tlic  appoaranoo  of  healthy  growth 
on  the  soil  where  planted,  must  l)e  hardy,  and  must  be 
free  from  serious  insect  and  fundus  attacks. 

The  location  of  trees  is  a  detail  of  the  design  of  the 
place.  This  is  intimated  in  the  preceding  paragraphs 
and  more  fully  discussed  under  Landscape  Gardening, 
but  a  few  cautions  may  be  in  order.  Do  not  so  surround 
the  house  with  trees  that  they  exclude  all  the  sunshine. 
Except  in  the  extreme  .South,  use  deciduous  trees  next- 
the  house  so  as  to  have  full  benefit  of  the  winter  sun. 
Plant  the  evergreens  at  a  little  distance.  For  specimen 
trees  of  the  larger  kinds,  plant  50  to  100  feet  apart, 
depending  on  the  kind.  For  thickets  and  quick  masses 
of  foliage,  the  same  kinds  may  be  planted  15  feet  apart. 
Theoretically,  planting  more  trees  than  are  ultimately 
necessary  and  then  thiiming  is  excellent.  Practically, 
it  is  dangerous  as  there  is  not  one  chance  in  ten  that  it 
will  be  done  in  time.  Plant  irregularly  both  as  to  dis- 
tance and  direction  unless  the  design  is  strictly  formal, 
in  which  case  plant  with  mathematical  precision. 

When  and  how  to  plant. 

There  is  great  difference  of  opinion  as  to  the  best 
time  to  plant.  In  climates  with  the  temperatures  of 
Boston,  Rochester,  Chicago  and  farther  north,  spring 
planting  is  probably  best  for  most  plants.  Fall  planting 
is  incrciisingly  more  satisfactory  as  one  goes  south.  On 
the  western  plains  where  strong,  dry  winter  winds  pre- 
vail and  the  soil  is  either  so  dry  or  freezes  so  hard  that 
a  newly  planted  tree  cannot  replenish  the  moisture 
taken  out  by  the  winds,  spring  planting  is  most  suc- 
cessful. The  character  of  soil  may  also  have  its  influ- 
ence. Magnolias  and  tulip  trees  should  always  be 
planted  in  spring.     Coniferous  evergreens  should  be 


-Si'.    .  .  . 


313.  A  commanding  white  oak  on  a  bank  margin. 

planted  either  wlien  growth  has  started  in  spring  or, 
when  vigorous,  in  late  summer  or  early  fall.  Other 
evergreens  should  be  planted  when  entering  the  period 
of  most  active  growth  .so  as  to  be  able  to  form  roots 
quickly  to  support  the  foliage  that  is  always  present. 
The  perifxl  of  generous  moisture  in  air  and  soil  is  most 
favorable  for  the  planting  of  evergreens.  In  adverse 
seaflons,  these  conditions  may  be  in  a  measure  pro- 
duced by  liberal  watering  of  the  soil  anrl  frequent 
spraying  of  the  tops.   Deciduous  trees  should  be  planted 


when  dormant,  in  order  that  roots  may  become  well 
formed  before  there  is  foliage  to  support. 

Large  holes  should  be  |)repared  for  planting,  at  least 
2  feet  larger  in  diameter  than  the  spread  of  the  roots  of 
the  lifted  tree,  and  2  feet  deep.  If  the  soil  is  good,  no 
further  special  preparation  is  necessary  beyond  a  liberal 
mixture  of  well-rotted  manure  or  raw  bone-meal  with  the 
soil  to  be  rcjilaced  in  the  hole,  and  sup])lying  new  top- 
soil  to  replace  any  subsoil  excavated  in  digging  the  hole. 
In  poor  ground,  a  hole  at  least  6  feet  across  and  2  feet 
deep  should  be  dug  for  a  tree  up  to  8  feet  high,  and  for 
larger  trees  proportionately  larger  holes  to  give  them 
good  ground  for  beginning  growth.  It  is  becoming 
common  to  dynamite  holes  for  trees.  Just  how  far  this 
is  desirable  is  yet  problematical.  In  tough  subsoils, 
it  appears  to  be  eminently  successful.  It  seems  reason- 
able to  suppose  that  in  most  subsoils  such  a  loosening 
would  be  permanently  beneficial.  Careful  observers 
have  noticed  that  trees  usually  thrive  better  on  filled 
ground  than  on  nearby  soil  where  the  land  has  been 
undisturbed,  even  though  the  fill  appears  poor  in  com- 
parison. This  does  not  have  reference  to  city  ash  and 
garbage  dumps.  The  ashes  are  too  inert  to  support 
tree  growth,  the  dump  is  frequently  poisonous.  In  large 
plantings,  the  watering  of  deciduous  trees  and  the  staking 
of  trees  under  10  feet  is  usually  omitted  in  the  moist 
regions  in  which  strong  winds  do  not  prevail,  the  re- 
placing of  any  losses  being  considered  more  economical 
than  this  additional  expense.  Larger  trees  need  special 
attention. 

The  size  of  trees  to  choose  varies  with  the  kind,  the 
purpose,  and  the  need  for  quick  results.  Trees  may  be 
successfully  transplanted  from  one-  or  two-year-old 
seedlings  to  tho.se  12  or  16  inches  through  and  40  feet 
high,  success  depending  largely  on  the  skill  of  the 
planter.  LTsually  trees  6  to  12  feet  high  are  best  for 
deciduous  trees,  .3  to  6  for  coniferous.  Some  species 
succeed  better  with  small  sizes,  as  tulip  tree,  magnolias 
and  hollies.  Nursery-grown  trees  that  have  been  fre- 
quently transplanted  are  best,  as  they  transplant  with 
less  loss  because  they  have  an  abundance  of  fibrous 
roots.  Collected  stock  of  some  kinds  is  satisfactory  for 
mass-planting  but  the  loss  will  run  from  .50  to  90  per 
cent,  depending  on  kind  and  condition.  Trees  that  are 
very  small  are  not  desirable  to  use,  as  they  grow  no  better 
than  larger  nursery-grown  trees  and  the  cost  of  culti- 
vation is  more  when  planted  permanently  than  when 
in  the  nursery  row.  Trees  above  the  sizes  mentioned 
are  expensive  to  handle  and  the  loss  is  likely  to  be  greater. 
When  immediate  results  are  important,  these  are  worth 
using  with  a  mixture  of  smaller  trees  to  take  their 
place  in  case  they  should  be  short-lived. 

Pruning  and  tree-docloring. 

At  planting,  all  broken  Umbs  should  be  removed  as 
well  as  any  crossing  through  the  head  or  below  it.  If 
the  top  is  still  crowded,  some  limbs  may  be  removed  by 
cutting  them  off  at  the  nearest  fork.  Heading-in  or 
shortening  the  limbs  is  undesirable  with  most  species. 
The  magnolias  and  tulip  tree  are  exceptions  to  this; 
tliey  need  severe  shortening-in  when  transplanted. 
All  roots  should  have  the  broken  ends  cut  off  with  a 
smooth,  clean  cut,  as  this  freshly  cut  surface  seems  to 
facilitate  the  formation  of  new  rootlets  or  .at  least  to 
prevent  decay.  If  a  newly  planted  tree  is  very  slow 
in  starting,  it  is  sometimes  induced  to  grow  by  a 
severe  pruning. 

Desirable  varieties  of  shade  trees  seldom  need  any 
heading  back.  An  annual  inspection  with  slight  prun- 
ing to  shape  the  tree  and  remove  surplus  branches  is 
all  that  will  be  required.  A  tree  should  be  grown  into 
shape,  not  pruned  into  shape,  and  should  be  allowed  to 
develop  its  own  characteristics. 

Evergreen  trees,  with  th(!  exception  of  the  evergreen 
oaks  and  Aliifiiiolia  (iraruliflora,  should  be  trained  so 
that  their  foliage  rises  directly  from  the  turf.    As  it 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


355 


grows  old,  the  white  pine  is  likely  to  bare  its  trunk  in 
spite  of  other  training.  Spruces  and  other  coniferous 
trees  are  ruined  if  pruned  to  show  the  trunk.  Figs. 
318,  319.  Many  deciduous  trees  are  also  most  attrac- 
tive when  their  lower  Umbs  rest  on  the  ground,  as 
beeches,  the  Norway  maples,  hornbeams  and  many 
more,  an}'  tree  in  fact  whose  natural  habit  will  permit 
such  a  form. 

Old  trees,  owing  to  neglect,  or  more  often,  improper 
pruning,  frequently  need  the  saw.  Protruding  stubs 
should  never  be  left,  whether  the  tree  is  large  or  small. 
The  cut  should  always  be  made  close  to  the  remaining 
limb  and  parallel  with  it.  It  will  not  require  over  two 
years  for  the  callus  to  show  all  around  a  i)roperly  made 
cut.  If  it  does  not  show  then,  the  work  should  be  done 
over  again.  AU  dead  wood  should  be  kept  out.  Crossing 
Umbs,  even  if  large,  should  be  removed.  A  tree  should 
not  be  dehorned,  i.e.,  cut  back  to  stubs  3  or  4  inches  or 
more  in  diameter,  except  as  a  last  resort  for  a  failing 
tree. 

Pruning  is  employed  for  two  distinct  ends:  to  train 
and  shape  a  young  tree  as  it  grows;  and  to  re-form  or 
adapt  a  tree  of  some  maturity,  especially  if  somewhat 
decrepit.  The  so-called  "tree-doctoring"  or  "tree- 
surgery"  is  applied  especially  to  the  latter  phase.  A  tree 
that  has  become  weakened  by  transplanting,  or  from 
lack  of  proper  nutrition,  from  lack  of  proper  fertiUty,  or 
scarcity  of  water,  or  from  other  undetermined  causes, 
may  often  be  forced  into  active  vigorous  growth  by  a 
severe  cutting-back.  It  may  even  be  allowable,  in  such 
cases,  to  pole  or  dehorn  a  tree;  that  is  to  remove  most  of 
the  small  limbs,  cutting  the  large  ones  so  close  to  the 
tree  as  to  leave  stubs  as  large  as  one's  wrist  or  arm  or 
even  larger.  It  never  happens  that  several  trees  in  a  row 
need  such  treatment  iinless  their  feeding-ground  has 
been  greatly  depleted. 

Trees  that  have  been  badly  pruned,  broken  by  wind, 
storms  or  otherwise  bruised  or  mistreated,  frequently 
have  badly  decayed  spots  in  their  trunks  and  limbs. 
It  has  become  the  custom  to  "doctor"  such  trees, — - 
that  is,  thoroughly  to  clean  out  rotten  wood,  treat  the 
exposed  surface  with  a  solution  of  corrosive  subUmate 
or  sulfate  of  copper  to  kill  any  fungous  growiih  that 
may  be  present,  with  bisulfide  of  carbon  or  other 
insecticide  for  insects,  and  then  coat  the  surface  with 
tar  as  a  preservative.  After  this  the  cavity  is  carefully 
filled  with  concrete  of  the  strength  commonly  used  in  con- 
struction work.  It  is  absolutely  essential  to  success  that 
the  joint  between  the  wood  and  cement  be  water-tight. 
The  surface  should  also  be  given  a  smooth  finish  of  the 
general  outhne  that  the  tree  would  assume  had  it  grown 
normally.  The  finished  surface  should  coincide  with 
the  inner  edge  of  the  cambium  layer  so  that  the  growth 
of  the  tree  will  proceed  over  the  cement  just  as  it  would 
over  a  properly  cut  stub.  Zinc  caps  are  frequently 
used  both  to  cover  cement  fillings  to  keep  out  the 
water  and  to  cover  large  cuts  when  the  wood  is  solid 
but  when  it  will  take  several  years  to  heal  on  account  of 
the  size  of  the  wound.  Cavities  must  be  absolutely 
clean,  thoroughly  disinfected,  and  the  filling  positively 
water-tight  or  decay  will  begin  behind  the  filUng  and 
the  tree  will  be  destroyed  while  every  confidence  is 
being  felt  that  it  is  safe.  The  cement  work  is  frequently 
reinforced  with  rods  of  iron.  Its  principal  value  is  to 
hold  the  cement  from  cracking.  The  only  value  of  such 
cement  work  is  as  a  preventive  of  decay  where  there 
are  cavities.  When  properlj'  done,  it  gives  a  smooth 
surface  over  which  the  growth  may  proceed.  The  sup- 
porting value  of  the  cement  to  the  tree  is  slight. 

With  many  hardwood  trees  in  important  locations 
such  treatment  is  warranted,  but  at  the  present  time 
many  trees  are  thus  treated  that  should  be  cut  down, 
while  many  others  are  left  that  should  have  attention. 
The  first  requisite  to  warrant  the  treatment  of  a  large 
cavity  is  a  good  type  of  tree  in  an  important  location, 
for  example  a  large  tree  protecting  the  home  from  the 


mid-afternoon  sun,  or  a  bad  individual  in  an  avenue  of 
otherwise  good  specimens.  In  large  plantations,  treat- 
ment of  a  preventive  nature  is  of  course  warranted, 
but  the  filling  of  large  cavities  is  not  worth  the  cost 
except  to  those  to  whom  money  is  little  object.  It  is 
better  to  start  new  trees  than  to  spend  fifty  dollars  on 
patching  up  an  old  one.  One  must  exercise  careful  judg- 
ment in  selecting  old  tiees  for  treatment,  to  make  sure 
that  the  tree  is  worth  it.  Trees  worth  doing  work  on  are 
the  oaks,  sugar,  swamp  and  Norway  maples,  hickory,  \<^ 
ash,  elm  and  the  slow-growing  native  trees.  Those  not 
worth  treating  in  this  way  are  the  poplars,  willows, 
silver-  and  ash-leaved  maple  and  sycamore  or  plane 


314.  Picturesque  old  apple  trees. 

tree.  A  street  tree  with  a  large  cavity  would  better  not 
be  doctored  unless  it  is  of  special  value  and  of  a  kind 
likely  to  last  a  long  time. 

Badly  branched  trees  often  show  a  tendency  to  split 
in  the  crotches.  It  is  well  to  attend  these  trees  before 
they  begin  to  spUt  and  either  chain  or  bolt  the  offending 
Umbs  together.  They  may  be  chained  by  putting  lag- 
screws  in  the  limbs,  drawing  the  limbs  together  and 
dropping  a  link  of  the  chain  over  the  turned  up  end  of 
the  screw.  Rods  and  turn-buckles  may  be  used  in  the 
same  way,  the  bolts  for  the  rods  being  put  through  the 
limbs,  not  around  them.  Because  bolts  have  to  be 
placed  closer  to  the  weak  point  than  the  other  reme- 
dies, they  are  not  so  effective  but  are  often  useful.  If  a 
tree  splits,  there  is  danger  of  decay.  The  splitting 
should  be  anticipated  and  prevented  whenever  possible. 

The  best  time  for  pruning  is  not  a  question  of  invari- 
able rule.  The  period  of  most  active  growth,  in  most 
places  June,  is  usually  regarded  as  the  best  time.  The 
period  of  starting  into  leaf  is  probably  the  worst  time, 
although  the  maples  are  about  the  only  good  shade 
trees  that  seem  much  affected  by  pruning  at  this  season. 

Large  cuts  or  wounds  should  be  immediately  painted 
with  a  good  grade  of  paint  or  with  tar,  care  being  taken 
to  cover  the  exposed  wood  but  not  to  allow  the  paint 
to  come  into  contact  with  the  cambium  layer,  or  grow- 
ing part  of  the  bark. 

Root  injuries  should  be  as  zealously  guarded  against 
as  injuries  to  the  top.  If  a  large  part  of  the  roots  must 
be  removed,  the  top  should  be  correspondingly  thinned. 
Changes  of  grade  are  a  great  source  of  damage  to  shade- 
trees,  even  when  the  roots  are  not  actually  touched. 
The  filling  of  2  or  3  feet  of  soil  over  the  roots  of  a  tiee  is, 
for  most  varieties,  as  sure  death  to  the  roots  as  cutting 
them  off  close  to  the  trunk.  This  filling  prevents  the 
aeration  of  the  soil  and  smothers  the  soil  life  on  which 
healthy  root-action  seems  to  depend.    This  may  be 


3oG 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


prevented  by  a  pood  layer  of  loose  stones,  open  at 
intenals  to  the  air,  placed  over  the  siirfaee  before  fill- 
ing, or,  in  some  Ciises,  by  the  use  of  agricultural  tile 
dnuns  on  the  old  surface  at  close  intervals  and  so 
arrangeil  as  to  facilitate  a  free  circulation  of  fresh  air 
through  the  tiles. 

Street  trees. 

In  the  development  of  to^\Ti9  and  cities,  the  need  of 
trivs  as  a  protection  againsti  wind  h;us  been  reiluced  to 
a  minimum  since  the  cIoscIn'  built  houses  protect  one 
another.  This  close  building,  however,  has  brought 
about  another  untoward  con<lition  tliat  needs  ameliora- 
ting; this  is  the  replacing  of  the  viist  extent  of  green, 
common  to  the  open  country,  by  a  motley  array  of  dis- 
cordant colors.  Many  of  these  colors  have  been  demon- 
strated experimentally  and  practically  to  have  exciting 
and  debilitating  effects  on  the 
physical  condition  of  persons. 
Part  of  the  great  utility  of  parks 
is  to  afford  urban  residents 
relief  from  this  color  excite-  JS. 
ment.  .Vs  far  as  possible,  the 
soothing  green  needs  to  be 


315.  A  group  of  surviving  hemlock  spruces. 

taken  into  the  city  streets  to  rest  the  tired  nerves 
through  the  effect  on  the  ej-e.  Also,  the  shade  helps  to 
re<iuce  the  temperature  by  absorbing  the  sun's  rays; 
the  large  amounts  of  watx^r  the  tree  transpires  also  helps 
to  cool  the  air.  These  beneficial  effects  make  it  worth 
while  to  expend  effort  and  money  to  secure  well-shaded 
y^ireeta.   Figs.  .323,  324. 

The  conditions  in  urban  communities  are  adverse  to 
tree  growth.  Streets  are  narrow  and  the  trees  crowded; 
roadway  and  sidewalk  are  paved  with  impervious 
materials  preventing  both  water  and  air  getting  into 
the  soil,  and  effectually  keeping  in  .sewer-gas  and  illumi- 
nating-gas that  may  be  discharged  into  it  from  below. 
The  air  is  dust-lxulen  from  constant  traffic,  and,  what 
is  far  worse,  contaminat,ed  by  .soot  and  pois<jiiou8  com- 
pounds from  numberless  badly-fired  chinmeys.  As 
though  this  were  not  enough,  there  are  the  self-styled 
tree-trimmers,  knowing  nothing  of  the  work,  then  the 
linemen  cutting  ruthlessly,  caring  nothing  for  the  tree, 
and  with  an  occasional  gnawing  horse  adding  its  dem- 


olition. And  the  sewer-layer,  pipe-  or  conduit-layer 
and  finally  the  curb-setter  do  their  worst.  After  all  of 
these,  come  the  insects  and  diseases  that  affect  trees 
everywhere  and  which  here  find  an  easy  prey  because 
of  the  fewer  birds  in  city  streets  and  the  weakened 
condition  of  the  trees. 

The  first  essential  to  successful  street  tree-planting  is 
competent  municipal  control  of  all  such  work.  The 
street  trees  should  be  under  the  care  of  an  unpaid  com- 
mission of  three  or  five  men,  one  named  every  two  years 
by  a  local  court,  or  by  the  mayor,  for  a  term  of  six  or 
ten  years,  and  confirmed  by  the  legislative  body.  Such 
commissioners  usually  need  to  be  trained,  and  there- 
fore they  should  have  considerable  experience  in  their 
work  before  coming  into  full  responsibility.  The 
restrictions  on  the  appointment  of  the  executive  officer 
should  be  stringent,  so  that  only  thoroughly  trained  and 
experienced  men  could  be  employed.  The  expert  should 
have  the  full  confidence  of  the  commission  and  be  the 
leader  in  the  work.  To  fill  such  a  position,  a  man  should 
have  thorough  knowledge  of  trees  and  the  soils  and  con- 
ditions under  which  they  grow,  their  characteristics, 
SBsthetic  values  and  habits  of  growth  under  city  condi- 
tions, the  methods  of  aiding  trees  to  withstand  these 
conditions,  and  a  knowledge  of  the  insects  and  dis- 
eases to  which  the  different  species  are  hable  and  the 
methods  of  combating  them.  The  work  is  neither  for- 
estry nor  pomology,  as  it  has  nothing  whatever  to  do 
with  the  products  of  tree  growth  or  the  growing  of 
trees  for  their  fruits. 

Powers  vii.al  to  the  success  of  this  commission  are  the 
right  to  plant  suitable  kinds  of  trees  in  a  proper  way, 
and  to  collect  benefits  for  work  so  done;  to  control 
absolutely  all  pruning,  removal  and  care  of  trees;  and 
the  right  to  invade  private  grounds  for  the  control  of 
insects  and  diseases.  Of  course,  sufficient  funds  must  be 
available  to  support  the  work. 

Many  city  streets  are  too  narrow  from  building-line 
to  building-line  for  satisfactory  planting.  There  is 
absolutely  no  excuse  for  this  in  the  newer  sections. 
There  should  be  at  least  100  feet  from  building-Une  to 
building-line  on  any  street  and  on  principal  streets  con- 
siderably more.  Forty  feet  may  be  all  that  is  needed 
for  roadway  and  sidewalks,  at  present.  The  abutting 
dwellers  need  the  air-space  provided  by  the  remaining 
area  which  is  legitimately  used  as  front  lawns.  This 
will  leave  ample  space  for  trees.  If  the  city  grows  and 
more  space  is  needed  for  traffic,  it  can  be  secured  with 
no  sacrifice  to  buildings  and  the  dwellers  in  the  interval 
have  had  better  living  conditions.  It  is  this  arrange- 
ment that  makes  Washington  such  a  beautiful  city, 
and  the  lack  of  it  on  Fifth  Avenue  that  is  costing  New 
York  City  so  much  money  to  widen  that  thoroughfare. 
In  the  older  parts  of  cities,  species  must  be  cho.sen  that 
are  appropriate  to  the  width  of  the  street.  Most  kinds 
should  be  planted  not  closer  than  40  feet  apart  and  such 
varieties  as  oaks,  elms  and  sycamores  would  be  better 
at  50  feet.  Most  planters  use  35  and  40  feet  because  of 
the  public  demand  for  quick  shade,  and  at  the  greater 
distances  the  trees  look  far  apart  when  first  planted. 
Theoretically,  the  planting  double  the  number  of  trees 
needed  at  maturity  or  the  placing  of  fillers  of  a  quick- 
growing  inferior  type,  is  desirable;  but  practically  it  is 
dangerous,  as  there  are  not  many  cases  in  which  public 
oi)inion  will  tolerate  the  thinning  at  the  proper  time.  In 
city  work  an  excavation  2  feet  deep,  with  the  removal 
of  "at  least  2  cubic  yards  of  dirt,  should  be  made  for 
each  tree.  This  should  be  filled  with  good  top-soil  mixed 
with  well-decomposed  manure.  Of  most  varieties,  trees 
10  to  12  feet  high  and  l^^  to  2  inches  caliper  should 
be  used.  These  should  be  nursery-grown.  They  should 
have  been  frequently  transplanted  and  have  a  well- 
d(!veloped  head,  6  to  8  feet  from  the  grotmd.  The  roots 
should  be  abundant  and  fibrous.  In  planting,  the  roots 
should  be  S[)rea(l  out  and  separated  to  their  full  length, 
the  ground  worked  all  in  amongst  them,  and  then  thor- 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


357 


oughly  firmed  by  tramping.  Before  the  hole  ia  com- 
pletely filled,  the  tree  should  be  well  watered  and  the 
remainder  of  the  soil  put  in  loosely.  A  strong  stake  8 
feet  long  should  be  placed  beside  the 
tree  when  planted.  At  least  30 
inches  of  this  should  be  in  the 
ground.  The  tree  may  be  attached 
to  the  stake  by  a  piece  of  old  gar- 
den hose  attached  to  each  side  of 
the  stake  and  put  around  the  tree 
in  such  a  manner  as  to  make  a  cross 
between  the  stake  and  the  tree. 

All  young  trees  should  be  pro- 
tected by  boxes  or  guards.  Many 
forms  are  used!  Any  of  them  are 
good  if  the  box  reaches  from  the 
ground  to  a  height  of  5  feet  and  will 
prevent  horses  biting  the  trunks 
and  boys  swinging  on  the  guard. 

Notes  on  ornamental 
trees. 

Acer  Negundo  (box 
elder).  Too  short- 
lived, brittle  and  sub- 
ject to  insect  attack. 
Its  use  may  be  war- 
ranted in  semi-arid 
and  very  cold  regions. 

Acer  platanoides 
(Norway  maple). 
Moderate  grower, 
healthy ,  but  too  dense 
for  close  city  streets. 

Acer  rubrum 
(swamp  maple,  scar- 
let maple).  A  good- 
eized  tree,  good 
grower,  fine  foliage, 
especially  brilliant  in 
autumn.  Also  a  bright  red  in  spring  due  to  blossoms  and 
young  leaves.   Not  suited  to  the  interior  of  large  cities. 

Acer  saccharinum  (silver  maple,  soft  maple).  Rapid 
grower,  but  too  brittle  and  short-lived,  and  the  shallow 
roots  prevent  the  growth  of  grass  under  it  and  also 
destroy  sidewalks. 

Acer  sacchnrum  (sugar  maple).  Does  not  thrive  on 
hea^Ti'  clay  soils  or  under  .severe  city  conditions  but  most 
excellent  where  it  does  grow.  Moderate  grower,  doing 
best  north  of  the  40th  parallel. 

Ailanthus  altissima  (ailanthus,  tree  of  heaven). 
A  large,  handsome  tree,  the  starainate  and  pistillate 
flowers  appearing  on  different  trees,  the  latter  very  ill- 
Bmelling.  A  most  useful  tree  in  the  center  of  large 
cities.    The  staminate  form  only  should  be  planted. 

Celtis  mississippiensis  (southern  hackberrj').  An 
excellent  tree  in  those  regions  in  which  the  "witches- 
broom"  does  not  attack  it.  One  of  the  promising  trees 
to  withstand  the  hot  winds  of  the  plains  as  far  north  as 
Denver.    A  large  tree  and  good  grower. 

Celtis  occidentalis  (hackberry).  A  good  tree  where 
the  disease  known  as  "witches'  broom"  does  not  attack 
it.  It  is  for  regions  north  of  the  36th  parallel  what  the 
foregoing  species  is  for  the  region  south  of  it. 

Fraxinus  americana  (ash,  white  ash).  A  good  tree  for 
suburban  conditions.  Moderate  grower,  attaining  large 
size. 

Ginkgo  biloha  (ginkgo,  maidenhair  tree).  An  excellent 
tree  of  peculiar  pyramidal  form  when  young.  Moderate 
grower,  attains  good  size  and  is  free  from  insect  and 
fungus  attacks. 

Gledilsia  triacanthos  (honey  locust).  A  large,  quick- 
growing,  handsome  tree.  Except  for  its  thorns,  this  tree 
would  proVjably  be  a  most  desirable  tree  for  the  semi- 
arid  regions  of  the  West.  There  is  a  thornless  form  that 
may  sometimes  be  obtained,  which  is  good. 


316.  Pinus  ponderosa. 

Giant  specimens  225  ft.  high,  grown  in  the  deep,  moist 

soil  of  the  Yosemite  Valley. 


Liquidnmhar  St'iraciflua  (sweet  gum).  A  handsome 
and  valuable  native  tree  but  little  used.  Moderate 
grower,  good  size,  handsome  fall  coloring.  A  little  hard 
to  transplant,  especially  in  large  sizes.  Does  not  suc- 
ceed well  under  extreme  city  conditions,  and  is  not 
adapted  to  the  extreme  northern  sections. 

Liriodendron  Tulipifera  (tulip  tree).  Miscalled  yel- 
low poplar,  and  tulip  poplar.  A  handsome,  large, 
quick-growing  tree,  little  used,  but  valuable  except  for 
extreme  city  conditions  and  much  of  the  country  north 
of  the  40th  parallel.  A  little  hard  to  transplant,  espe- 
cially in  large  sizes,  and  should  be  moved  only  in  spring. 
Magnolia  grandiflora.  A  broad-leaved  evergreen  of 
large  size,  adapted  to  the  extreme  South.  A  good  lawn 
tree  as  far  north  as  Washington. 

Magnolia  acuminata  (cucumber  tree).  A  handsome 
tree  of  moderate  size,  good  for  suburban  conditions 
south  of  \\"ashington  and  St.  Louis. 

Magnolia  tripetala  (umbrella  tree).    A  handsome  tree 

of  moderate  size,  good  for  suburban  conditions  south  of 

Washington,  and  St.  Louis. 

Melia  Azedarach  (umbrella  tree).   A  small,  attractive 

tree,   good   for  temporary   effects  from 

North  Carolina  south  and  west. 

Nyssa  sylvatica  (sour  gum,  tupelo).  A 
large,  handsome  tree,  adapted  to  subur- 
ban conditions.  Brilliant  fall  foliage  and 
winter  berries. 

Platanus  occidentalis  (sycamore,  but- 
tonwood).  A  large  tree,  rapid-growing, 
open -topped,  and  almost  scraggly  in  its 
growth.  Considered  an  untidy  tree  by 
some  on  account  of  its  seed-balls  and  the 
bark  which  is  shed  in  large  flakes.  The 
white  trunk,  after  the  bark  is  shed,  is 
unusual  and  attractive.  In  some  regions 
it  is  subject  to  a  blight  just  after  the 
leaves  start  in  spring.  A  good  tree  for 
severe  city  conditions. 

Platanus  orientalis  (plane  tree,  orien- 
tal plane).  A  more  compact  grower  than  the  foregoing 
and  a  little  better  suited 
to  street  purposes,  but 
not  quite  so  rugged  and 
imposing  as  the  fore- 
going. An  excellent  street 
tree. 

Populus  deltoides,  in- 
cluding var.  caroliniana 
(cottonwood  and  Carolina 
poplar).  These  two  trees 
are  much  used  for  street 
planting  in  many  places 
but  are  entirely  unsuited 
for  the  purpose.  Although 
the  growth  of  a  severely 
pruned  tree  is  large  in  any 
one  year,  it  is  the  custom 
to  remove  a  half  of  this 
each  year  so  that  the  net 
gain  in  growth  is  no  more 
than  an  average  tree.  Even 
with  this  pruning  it  is  liable 
to  be  broken  by  a  moder- 
ate wind  storm,  and  with- 
out the  pruning  it  is  even 
more  liable  to  be  broken. 
Their  roots  are  as  bad  .as 
willow  roots  about  find- 
ing and  clogging  .sewers. 
Wide-awake  cities  pro- 
hibit the  planting  of  these 
trees. 

Populus  nigra  var.  ital- 
ica  (Lombardy  poplar).    A  317.  Conifer   forms  —  Pine 

tall,  short-lived,  fastigiate  and  spruces. 


358 


ARBORICULTURE 


trw,  suitable   for  narrow  streets  in  the  heart  of  a 

^^wre'us  alba  (white  oak).  A  most  pictiirosqvic  tree, 
:itt:uning  the  hu-Rest  size.  The  gom  of  .Vinonciin  trees 
ami  not  si>  slow-srowins:  iui  usually  oousulered  Dead 
leaves  hang  on  most  of  tlic  winter.    Figs.  ,51.3,  .i'-'-. 

Quercus  hicolor  (swiunp  white  oak).  A  large,  handsome 
oak  of  moderat<>lv  rapid  growth,  suited  to  moist  situa- 
tions It  swins  to  suooeed  under  city  conditions.  A 
desirable  shailc  tree,  ahnost  :is  handsome  as  the  white 
oak  and  a  little  faster  grower.  , ,     .^     tu 

Qiurcus  coccinea  (scarlet  oak).  Comparable  to  the 
rvxl  o!ik  but  not  quite  so  sturdy  and  vigorous  under  all 
conditions,  but  with  a  little  more  brUhant  autumn 
coloring  and  leaves  more  finely  cut.         ,  ,     ^,       .       , 

Querctis  laurifolia  (laurel  oak,  water  oak),  the  stand- 
ard street  tree  for  the  South.  A  large,  handsome, 
deciduous  tree,  not  so  desirable  as  the  hve  oak,  but  ot 
more  rapid  growth.  ,    r      ^u- 

Quercus  ^fichauxii  (cow  oak).  A  good  oak  for  thin 
gravelly  lands.    Not  so  desirable  as  the  other  oaks  on 


v**.; 


318.  Spanish  Fir.— Abies  Pinsapo,  showing  the  verdure 
from  top  to  base. 

good  ground  and  not  adapted  to  the  extreme  northern 
sections.  ,  ,       , 

Quercus  macrocarpa  (mossy-cup  oak).  A  handsome 
and  satisfactory  tree,  not  so  large  as  some  of  the  others. 
One  of  the  most  promising  for  the  plains.  .      . , 

Quercus  nigra  (possum  oak,  water  oak).  Another 
eood  oak  south  of  Norfolk.  A  little  more  upright  in 
growth  than  Q.  hiurifolia,  but  not  quite  so  desirable 
except  possibly  in  its  more  northern  limits. 

Quercus  paluslris  (pin  oak).  A  quick-growing,  good- 
sized  tree,  with  pendulous  branches  when  old.  Hand- 
some cut  leaves,  brilliant  in  autumn.  One  of  the  best. 
Ite  pendulous  branches  may  sometimes  be  a  rather 
serious  objection.  Dead  leaves  hang  on  well  into  the 
winter.    Fig.  323. 

Qwrrcus  phellos  (willow  oak).  A  large,  handsome  tree, 
moderately  fast-growing,  satisfactory  south  of  Wash- 
ington in  regions  in  which  it  is  not  attacked  by  a 
growth  resembling  "witches'  broom"  of  the  celtis. 

Quercus  rutxra  (red  oak).  Ahnost  the  best  street  tree. 
Large,  symmetrical,  rapid  in  growth,  fine  autumn  foli- 
age, heaxi  not  too  dense.  It  is  exceeded  only  by  the 
ehn  in  rapidity  of  growth  among  the  trees  suited  tor 
street  planting  and  not  by  that  in  the  southern  half  ot 
the  country.  _, 

Quercus  virginvxna  Give  oak) .  A  large  evergreen^     1  he 

best  street  tree  for  the  South,  but  slower  in  growth  than 

Q.  laurifoli/i.  . 

SUrculia  plaUmifolia  (varnish  tree).    A  small  tree  ot 

reasonably  rapid  growth  bearing  bright  yeUow  flowers. 


ARBORICULTURE 

It  has  a  tropical  suggestion.  Good  only  for  the_  South 
and  its  principal  value  is  in  its  possibiUties  for  the 
Southwest,  especially  .semi-arid  Texas.  ,.     ,     ,       . 

7'(7):ii  (iiiicriaina  (basswood,  American  linden).  A 
large,  handsome,  quick-growing  tree.  Young  trees  are 
sometimes  affected  bv  a  disease  at  the  base  of  the  trunk, 
but  the  tree  is  well  worth  growing  except  in  regions 
in  which  the  difficultv  is  known  to  bo  present. 

Vliiius  amcricaud  (elm,  white  elm).  The  shade  tree  of 
New  England  and  deservedly  ranked  first  there.  It 
loses  its  preeminence  as  one  goes  from  New  England,  but 
a  large  quick-growing  tree  worth  using  except  in  the 
extreme  South.  Drops  its  foliage  too  early  to  be  the 
ideal  shade  tree  in  the  middle  states  and  southward. 
It  is  subject  to  the  attacks  of  the  elm-leaf  beetle  in 
regions  in  which  that  has  been  introduced. 

F.  L.  MULFORD. 

The  conifers  in  particular. 

The  cone-bearing  trees  (Pinacca-  and  alUes)  are 
decidedly  the  most  important  order  of  forest  trees  in 
the  economy  of  civilized  man.  They  have  furnished  l;he 
bulk  of  the  material  of  which  our  civihzation  is  built. 
The  remarkable  combination  of  strength  and  stittness 
with  the  smallest  weight  compatible,  and  the  abundance 
and  gregariousness  of  their  occurrence,  give  them  this 
important  position.  .     ,      ■  ^   ^i. 

From  the  standpoint  of  the  horticulturist,  the  coni- 
fers also  take  a  prominent  place  among  the  materials 
for  landscape  gardening  effects,  and,  in  the  more  practi- 
cal use,  as  windbreaks.  Their  evergreen  habit— for  all 
except  the  larch  and  ginkgo  tribes  are  evergreen--and 
their  conical  form,  especially  in  earlier  periods  ot  hte, 
with  a  branch  system  persisting  to  the  base  for  a  long 
time,  are  the  elements  that  make  them  desirable. 
To  these  graces  may  be  added  the  peculiar  form  a,nd 
striking  coloring  of  their  foliage,  which,  in  combination 
with  deciduous  trees  or  in  clumps  by  themselves,  or  m 
single  specimens,  offer  striking  effects.  ,    .    , . 

There  are  two  types  of  natural  or  native  beauty  in  the 
conifers— the  symmetrical  and  verdurous  beauty  of  the 
young  specimen  (Figs.  318,  319),  and  the  picturesque 
and  rugged  beauty  of  the  old  and  timewom  tree  (iigs. 
315-317).  Aside  from  these,  there  are  also  odd,  gro- 
tesque and  formal  cultivated  varieties,  as  typihed  in 
the  weeping  spruce  (Fig.  320),  the  columnar  jumpers, 
and  the  various  dwarf  pines  and  spruces. 

The  majority  of  the  species  belonging  to  this  group, 
as  well  as  their  greatest  numerical  development,  is 
found  in  the  temperate  zones,  only  a  few  belonging  to 
subtropical  or  tropical  countries,  among  which  are  the 
araucarias,  from  South  America;  the  dammara,  dac- 
rydium,  and  phyllocladus,  from  Austraha,  and  neigh- 
borhood. 

Kinds  and  adaptations. 

The  order  Conifers  comprises  nearly  40  genera,  and 
about  300  species.  Our  own  native  flora,  with  15  genera 
and  not  less  than  100  species  and  subspecies,  is  among 
the  richest,  the  bulk  of  these  being  found  on  the  Paeifac 
coast  The  Altantic  side  offers  28  sijecies,  representing 
the  genus  Pinus  with  12  species  out  of  39;  1  Larix  out 
of  3;  3  Piceas  out  of  7;  2  Tsugas  out  of  5;  2  Abies  out 
of  12;  1  Taxodium;  1  Thuja  out  of  2;  1  Chama-cyparis 
out  of  3;' 3  Juniperus  out  of  11 ;  1  Tumion  (Torreya)  out 
of  2-  1  arborescent  Taxus  out  of  2;  being  without  repre- 
sentatives of  the  genus  Pseudotsuga  Sequoia,  Libo- 
cedrus,  and  Cupressus.  There  are  to  be  added  a  large 
number  (not  less  than  400)  of  nurserymen  s  variet_ies 
some  of  which  have  been  enumerated  in  Bulletin  1  -  ol 
the  Division  of  Forestry,  United  States  Department 
of  Agriculture.  "  .f        »u  » 

There  are  also  a  number  of  exotic  comfers  that 
promise  satisfactory  results  if  used  in  suitab  e  locaU- 
ties,  climate  and  soil.    The  Norway  spruce  {Picea  ex- 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


359 


celsa,  Fig.  356)  recommends  itself  by  its  elegant  gothic 
form,  often  with  pendulous  branchlets,  its  very  rapid 
growth,  and  its  wide  adaptation  to  soils  and  climates, 
together  with  its  ease  of  propagation  and  cheapness.  It 
excels  most  of  the  American  spruces  in  form  and  rapidity 
of  growth.  Like  all  conifers,  after  the  twenty-fifth  to 
fortieth  year  it  must  pass  through  a  period  of  change  in 
form,  during  which  it  loses,  for  a  time,  its  shapeliness. 
The  Scotch  pine  (Pinu^  sytvestris)  has  nothing  to  recom- 
mend it  which  may  not  be  found  in  native  species, 
except,  perhaps,  adaptation  to  the  dry  climate  of  the 
\\'est,  and  cheapness.  The  Austrian  pine,  on  the  other 
hand,  is  an  acquisition  by  its  stout  growth  in  its  youth, 
although  the  red  pine  (Pinus  resinosa)  would  probalily 
do  as  well;  so  far,  its  small  cones  and  seed  have  made 
the  latter  expensive.  The  European  larch  outgrows  the 
native  northern  one  easily,  but  Larix  occidentalia,  from 
the  interior  basin,  will  probably  do  as  well  or  better. 
There  is  no  particular  commendation  for  the  European 
fir,  but  the  Nordmann  fir,  from  the  Caucasus,  is  a  most 
decided  aquisition,  by  its  beauty  and  adaptation;  so  is 
the  most  graceful  of  all  spruces,  Picea  orienUdis,  while 
the  Spanish  Abies  Pinsapo  (Fig.  318)  will  always  attract 
attention  by  its  pecuUar  shape  and  foliage. 

Of  other  ornamental  forms  that  are  without  repre- 
tatives  in  the  United  States  and  hence  fill  vacancies, 
may  be  mentioned  as  capable  of  adaptation  and  more 
or  less  in  use,  from  South  America,  the  araucarias;  from 
Africa  and  eastern  Asia,  Cedrus  Deodara,  libani,  at- 
lantica,  Abies  Apollinis  and  cilicica;  from  Korea,  the 
promising,  more  densely  foUaged  white  pine,  P.  koraien- 
sis;  from  China,  Cunninghamia,  Biota,  Glyptostrobus, 
Cephalotaxus,  Podocarpus,  Pseudolarix,  and,  above  all, 
that  interesting  remnant  of  former  ages,  the  maiden- 
hair-tree, Gingko  biloba,  which  will  maintain  itself  any- 
where along  the  Atlantic  coast  if  propagated  from  seed 
of  the  proper  localities.  Japan  has  furnished  a  number 
of  additions,  especially  retinosporas,  torreyas,  taxus, 
various  pinus,  piceas  and  tsugas,  with  the  peculiar 
Sciadopilys  verticillata,  the  umbrella  pine,  and,  the  most 
acceptable  of  all,  the  graceful  Cryptomeria  japonicn. 

As  with  all  introductions  from  one  country  to  another, 
nay,  from  one  cUmatic  region  to  another,  caution  is  ad- 
vised, so  it  may  be  laid  down  as  a  rule,  that  exotics 
should  be  used  with  great  discretion,  and,  until  their 
adaptation  is  amply  demonstrated,  only  in  a  subor- 
dinate way.  If  it  is  in  general  true  that  perennial  plants 
can  be  transplanted  with  permanent  success  only  into 
similar  climatic  conditions,  it  must  be  especially  true 
with  the  conifers,  which  do  not  lose  their  foliage,  and 
hence  must  be  able  to  bear  svimmer  as  well  as  winter 
conditions.  The  long-leaf  pine  of  the  South,  most 
striking  of  our  pines,  may,  therefore,  not  be  trans- 
planted far  beyond  its  northern  Umit,  and,  if  one  desires 
to  utilize  any  of  the  Pacific  coast  species  in  the  East, 
one  will  have  to  secure  them  at  least  from  the  highest 
and  driest  altitudes  and  exposures,  or  if,  as  in  the  case 
of  some  species,  hke  the  Douglas  fir  and  Engelmann 
spruce,  their  field  of  distribution  covers  the  dry  slopes 
of  the  Rocky  Mountains  as  well  as  the  moist  slopes  of 
the  coast  ranges,  one  may  be  successful  if  one  chooses 
the  plant  material  from  these  drier  slopes. 

Of  the  many  native  species,  a  number  that  are  not 
of  any  particular  value  may  be  discarded,  although  the 
distinction  could  be  more  readily  accomplished  from 
the  economic  point  of  view  than  from  the  standpoint  of 
the  horticulturist  and  landscape  gardener,  for  almost 
every  one  has  a  distinctive  feature  of  either  form  or 
ailaptation  to  soil  or  other  interest.  For  each  climatic 
region  the  choice  must  be  different;  hence  it  would  be 
imi)Ossible  to  give,  in  the  brief  space  of  an  article, 
intelligent  advice  as  to  best  selections.  In  general,  be- 
sides climatic  limitations,  the  following  consi<lerations 
may  serve  in  the  choice  of  native  species: 

The  pines,  as  a  rule,  are  not  to  be  placed  on  compact 
clay  soU,  and  on  account  of  their  taproot,  not  on  shal- 


low soils,  on  which  they  soon  become  spindly;  they  thrive 
best  on  loose,  sandy  soils,  and  can  endure  dry  soils,  the 
white  pine  adapting  itself  perhaps  best  to  the  clay  soils 
without  detriment  to  its  development.  On  wet  soils  pines 
are,  as  a  rule,  decidedly  out  of  place,  although  the  red 
pine  (P.  resinosa),  of  the  North,  and  the  loblolly  (P. 
Tseda),  and  some  other  southern  species  are  capable  of 
supporting  such  conditions.  For  such  situations  here, 
however,  the  cedar  tribe  furnishes  better  material,^the 
chamaecyparis,  thuyas  and  taxodium.  These  trees  of 
the  bog  and  swamp  are,  however, — it  should  not  be 
overlooked, — capable  of  thriving  even  better  on  drier 
soils.  They  are  merely  indifferent  to  moisture  condi- 
tions at  the  foot. 

The  shallow-rooted  spruces  are  trees  of  the  higher 
mountain  ranges,  and  are,  therefore,  more  adapted  to 
moist  and  cool  situations,  although  some  of  them,  the 


''^^^^i^,  '/  '%•  '^_ 


^-^H)^ 


319.  A  well  clothed  conifer.— Abies  venusta. 

Norway  spruce,  the  blue  spruce  of  Colorado  and  the 
northern  white  spruce  will — the  former,  at  least,  during 
its  juvenile  period — endure  more  droughty  situations. 
The  firs,  too,  are  rather  more  species  of  northern 
climates  and  high  altitudes,  the  red  fir,  so-called 
{Pseudotsuga  laxtfolia),  which  is  not  a  fir  proper,  be- 
ing, perhaps,  best  capable  of  supporting  drier  and  hot- 
ter situations.  The  most  ornamental,  and,  in  many 
respects,  most  serviceable  of  the  firs,  Abies  Nordmanni- 
ana,  from  the  Caucasus,  develops  its  magnificent  dense 
and  dark  green  foliage  in  the  warm  but  moist  climate  of 
Washington,  while  our  most  ornamental  Abies  concolor 
from  Colorado  will  thrive  even  in  the  drier  atmos- 
pheres of  the  middle  states.  The  fine  firs  of  the  Pacific 
coast  will  probably  not  thrive  anywhere  in  our  drier  and 
hotter  eastern  climates  for  any  length  of  time,  unless 
placed  in  cool  and  shady  situations. 

The  Douglas  fir  (Pseudotsuga  laxifolia)  is,  perhaps, 


360 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


most  readily  acclimatof  if  seed  is  secured  from  the  dry 
slopes  of  Colorado.  I'he  Lawsou  ey press  (Ch(iin^\-i/- 
paris  Lawsonitina),  with  it~s  pracef\il  pendulous  branches 
and  foli:ipe,  suid  the  pyrmnidal  Libocalnt,^  (lecum-n)<  are 
unquestionably  desirable  atlditions  to  our  ornamental 
stock,  while  the  sequoias,  especially  N.  gignutm,  the 
big  tree,  seems  not  to  be  able  to  support  persistently 
our  eastern  climate. 

One  important  feature  which  enters  into  considera- 
tion when  grouping  conifers  is  tlie  relative  endurance 

of  shade  or  tolerance  which 
the  species  exhibit,  thereby 
indicating  their  use  in  va- 
rious positions.  The  yews 
and  firs  are  the  most  tole- 
rant of  shade,  together 
with  the  hemlocks;  next 
may  be  placed  the  spruces, 
arborvita;  (Thuya),  and 
junipers,  while  the  pines 
are  mostly  intolerant  of 
j(^'- ■ViKi&&;-M3M''  shade,  excepting  the  white 

/^  '  '^i^%^^^  pine,   which   is  the  most 

/  ■' ''•i'feJ'^«'^S&*.  shade-enduring  of  the 

pines;  the  larch  and  the 
bald  cypress  are  the  most 
light-needing  of  all,  and 
will  perish  soon  if  placed 
under  the  shade  of  any 
other  trees.  All  species,  to 
be  sure,  are  capable  of 
more  shade-endurance 
when  young  and  on  deep, 
moist  soil.  Their  relative 
shade-endurance  under 
the  same  conditions 
remains,  however,  the 
same,  and  may  be  studied 
in  the  forest  by  ob.serving 
the  density  of  the  individual  crowns,  the  capacity  of 
maintaining  a  thrifty  foliage  under  the  shade  of  dif- 
ferent species,  and  especially  of  young  plants  to  per- 
sist in  such  shade. 

Propagation. 

Most  conifers  ripen  their  fruit  in  the  fall,  September 
to  November,  and  are  best  gathered  soon  after  or 
before  ripening.  The  pines  require  two  years  (some  three 
years)  to  mature  their  cones.  White  pines  ripen  fruit  in 
the  first  two  weeks  of  September,  and  the  cones  open- 
ing shed  the  .seeds  at  once,  the  empty  cones  remain- 
ing on  the  branches.  The  cones  of  the  firs  fall  apart 
upon  ripening,  hence  must  be  gathered  before  being 
quite  ripe.  Spruces  and  hemlocks  shed  seeds  from  time 
to  time,  opening  and  closing  their  cones  according  to 
the  weather  through  the  winter  into  spring.  Some 
pines,  like  Pinus  pungens  and  P.  ifernHmi,  keep  their 
cones  closed  for  years,  and  artificial  heat  nmst  be 
employed  to  make  them  ()|)cn  and  give  up  their  seed. 
In  gathering  .seeds  for  the  trade,  such  artificial  heat  is 
frequently  applied  with  pines  in  specially  con- 
structed seefl-roasters;  such  seed  should  be  carefully 
inspected,  as  it  sometimes  suffers  from  improper  use  of 
the  heat. 

The  proportion  of  germinating  seeds,  and  the  vital- 
ity, i.e.,  the  ability  of  retaining  germinative  power, 
varies  greatly  not  only  with  the  seasons  in  the  same 
species,  but  from  species  to  species. 

The  lowest  germination  percentage  and  vitality  is 
found  in  firs  and  larch,  which  show  rarely  more  than  .'JO 
per  cent  of  good  seed,  and  .soon  lose  their  vitality,  while 
spruce  and  pine,  when  entirely  fresh,  may  show  as  much 
as  9.5  to  100  per  cent  germination,  and  retain  vitality 
for  two  to  five  years,  losing  each  year  a  projiortion, 
Norway  spruce  five  years  old  still  having  10  per  cent 
germination. 


320.  A  "weeping"  or  drooping 
form  of  Norway  spruce.  This 
is  a  so-called  horticultural  va- 
riety, to  be  planted  only 
sparingly. 


In  trade,  a  germination  percentage  for  spruce  of  75 
to  SO;  pine,  70  to  75;  fir,  30  to  50;  larch,  20  to  40,  should 
be  acceptable. 

Seeds  are  best  kept  in  a  dry,  cool  garret  in  tight  bags 
or  boxes,  excluding  the  air  as  much  as  possible. 

All  seeds  require  a  short  rest  or  after-ripening  of  two 
to  four  weeks  before  they  are  ready  to  germinate,  and 
•some,  like  the  taxus  and  juniper,  lie  over,  even  in 
nature,  for  a  year  or  more  before  they  germinate.  The 
latter  should  be  prepared  for  sowing  by  macerating 
them,  and  removing  the  pulp  in  hot  water,  then  mixing 
with  sharp  sand  in  bags,  and  by  friction  freeing  the 
seed  from  the  pulp. 

In  the  seed-bed  somewhat  more  care  is  required  than 
with  most  other  species  of  trees.  A  thoroughly  mellow, 
well-pulverized  .seed-bed  of  light  loamy  sand,  possibly 
enriched  with  well-decomposed  manure  (cow-dung 
better  than  horse-dung)  is  required,  the  covering  of 
the  seed  varying,  according  to  size,  from  a  mere  sprink- 
ling for  larch  to  }4  inch  for  the  heavy-seeded  pines. 
They  may  be  sown  as  soon  as  the  weather  is  settled,  in 
northern  latitudes  the  second  or  third  week  in  May, 
best  in  rows  not  more  than  6  inches  apart,  and  prefera- 
bly in  dry  weather,  when  the  soil  does  not  clog,  for 
clogging  or  baking  of  the  earth  sometimes  prevents 
seeds  from  germinating.  Mulch  between  the  rows  with 
pine  needles  or  sphagnum  moss,  or  other  fine  mulch, 
to  reduce  necessity  of  watering  and  weeding.  Conifer 
seeds  need  very  little  water  for  germination.  The 
seedlings,  on  the  other  hand,  for  the  first  three  months, 
until  they  have  made  their  crown  bud,  need  to  be 
either  kept  well  watered  or  else  protected  against  the 
drying  effects  of  sun  and  wind  by  shading,  for  which 
purpose  lath  screens  are  best.  These  latter  must  be 
lifted  for  airing  after  the  sun  is  gone,  especially  in  muggy 
weather,  to  avoid  damping-off.  For  wintering,  a 
covering  with  conifer  branches  or  very  clean  meadow 
hay  is  advisable  (the  latter  is  likely  to  bring  in 
weeds). 

For  growing  small  quantities,  the  use  of  boxes,  as 
described  by  Jack.son  Dawson,  of  the  Arnold  Arbore- 
tum, in  Proceedings  of  the  Massachusetts  Horticultural 
Society,  is  highly  commendable.  In  well-drained  boxes, 
sow  the  seed  soon  after  gathering,  pile  four  or  five  deep 
in  a  pit  or  sheltered  place,  cover  with  boards,  and  when 
cold  weather  comes,  cover  up  with  leaves  or  hay.  About 
the  middle  of  April,  move  them  into  a  place  where  they 
get  the  early  morning  sun.  Kee|)  the  seedlings  well 
watered  and  free  from  weeds,  and  shaded  as  described. 
Winter  the  seedlings  in  same  manner  as  the  seed-boxes. 


321.  A  "weeping"  tree,  representing  a  grotesque  horticultural 
variety. — Ulmus  scabra  var.  horizontalis. 

well  covered  up.  They  are  ready  for  transplanting  next 
spring,  when  they  are  making  their  first  or  second  set 
of   true   leaves. 

Since  pine  and  spruce  seedlings  take  about  seven  to 
ten  pounds  of  phosphoric  acid,  ten  to  twenty  pounds  of 
potash  and  fifteen  to  thirty  pounds  of  lime,  besides 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


361 


twenty  pounds  of  nitrof^en,  per  acre  from  the  soil,  for 
continuously  used  nurseries  the  addition  of  mineral 
materials  in  the  shape  of  bone-meal  and  wood-ashes 
may  become  desirable. 

A  large  number  of  seedhngs  may  be  grown  in  a  small 
space;  thus  30,000  Norway  spruce  may  be  grown  on  a 
square  rod,  requiring  about  two  pounds  of  seed.  The 
quantity  of  seed  sown  depends,  in  part,  upon  the  length 
of  time  it  is  expected  to  leave  seedlings  in  the  seed-bed, 
besides  size  and  quality  of  seed;  the  quantities  vary 
from  one-fourth  to  one-half  pound  per  100  square 
feet  if  sown  in  drills,  and  the  yield  of  seedhngs  will 
vary  from  2,000  to  25,000  seedhngs,  according  to  species 
and  seasons. 

Transplanting  and  pruning. 

Conifers,  like  any  other  trees,  may  be  transplanted  at 
any  time  of  the  year,  provided  the  necessary  care  is 
taken  in  moving  the  plant,  This  care  is  least  required, 
as  with  other  trees,  in  the  fall  and  early  spring,  when 
activities  of  root  and  foliage  are,  if  not  at  rest,  at  least 
reduced.  Which  of  these  seasons  is  preferable  depends 
on  the  locality,  and  the  dependent  character  of  the  sea- 
son. On  the  whole,  spring  planting  will  probably  be 
preferable  in  most  parts  of  the  United  States  which 
do  not  suffer  from  dry  spring  winds.  In  localities  of 
the  Southwest,  which  have  commonly  a  dry  spring 
followed  by  a  rainy  season  in  July,  this  latter  time 


322.  An  ideal  shade  tree, 


-White  oali. 


should  be  chosen.  There  is  a  belief  that  planting  in 
August  is  specially  favorable.  There  is  no  reason 
for  this  belief,  unless  favorable  weather  (a  rainy  season) 
follows. 

Conifers  may  be  transplanted  later  than  deciduous 
trees,  even  after  the  buds  have  started,  excepting  the 
larch,  which  buds  out  very  early;  with  this  species,  fall 
planting  may  be  recommended.  Cloudy  weather,  rather 
than  rainy  or  very  dry,  should  be  chosen,  especially 
when  transplanting  into  nursery  rows. 

Young  trees  are  naturally  more  readily  and  success- 
fully transplanted  than  older  ones,  with  which  there  is 
more  difficulty  in  securing  the  whole  root-system  when 
taking  them  up.  Since,  however,  the  seedlings  develop 
slowly  for  the  first  one  or  two  to  three  years,  they  shoiild 
be  left  in  the  seed-bed  for  that  length  of  time,  root- 
pruned,  and  then  transplanted  into  nursery  rows.  .Al- 
though those  with  a  shallow  root-system,  like  spruces 
and  firs,  may  be  moved  even  when  30  to  40  feet  in 
height,  it  is  best,  even  for  ornamental  purposes,  not  to 
take  them  more  than  3  to  4  feet  in  height.  In  forestry, 
one-  to  four-year-old  plants,  according  to  species,  from 
2  to  12  or  15  inches  in  height,,  are  prefen-ed  for  reasons 
of  economy. 

Much  greater  care  than  with  deciduous  trees  is 
necessary,  when  transplanting  without  an  earth-ball,  in 
keeping  the  root  fibers  from  drying  out ;  a  large  amount 
of  loss  in  transplanting  is  explained  from  neglect  in 
this  respect.   As  soon  as  taken  uj),  the  roots  should  be 


323.  Good  street  trees. — Pin  oaks. 

immersed  into  a  loam-puddle,  or  kept  protected  by 
wet  sphagnum  moss  or  canvas  until  set  into  their 
new  place. 

The  question  of  trimming  when  transplanting  must  be 
considered  with  more  care  than  is  necessary  with  broad- 
leaved  trees,  which  possess  much  greater  recuperative 
power.  It  should  be  confined  to  the  smallest  amount, 
smoothing  bruised  roots,  and  if  for  proper  proportion- 
ing pruning  at  the  top  becomes  absolutely  necessary, 
shortening  the  leader  rather  than  branches.  Larch  will 
stand  more  severe  pruning  than  most  other  conifers. 
From  the  artistic  as  well  as  physiological  point  of  view, 
it  is  barbarism  to  remove  the  lower  branches,  which  the 
tree  needs  to  shade  its  trunk  and  standing  room,  and 
often,  when  deprived  of  the  same,  will  replace  first 
before  starting  again,  in  its  height  growth.  Attention 
should,  however,  be  especially  paid  to  preventing  dou- 
ble leaders,  which  are  detrimental  to  future  form-devel- 
opment; cut  them  out  as  early  as  possible,  preferably 
in  the  bud.  Laterals  may  be  somewhat  shortened-in 
while  standing  in  the  nursery,  to  lengthen  the  time 
diu-ing  which  the  lower  branches  are  to  persist.  Break- 
ing out  buds  is,  as  with  all  trees,  the  best  method,  pro- 
vided the  pruner  has  an  eye  for  his  business.  Even  in 
after-life,  when  pruning  is  performed  to  keep  the  tree 
shapely,  the  minimum  use  of  the  pruning-knife  should 
be  the  rule. 

There  are  three  marked  periods  in  the  development  of 
conifers — the  juvenile  period,  when  the  entire  tree  is  a 
crown,  branched  symmetrically  to  the  base,  the  perfec- 
tion of  symmetry;  then  follows  the  adolescent  stage, 
when  the  lower  branches  die  out,  a  period  of  unshape- 
liness;  followed  by  the  virile  stage,  when  the  straight, 
cylindrical  shaft  bears  the  crown  at  one-third  or  one- 
half  of  the  upper  length  of  the  bole.  The  trimming 
during  the  adolescent  stage  requires  most  considera- 
tion. It  is,  in  most  cases,  best  to  take  off  only  the 
lowest,  dying  or  dead  branches,  as  it  becomes  necessary. 

In  pruning,  cut  as  closely  as  possible  to  the  trunk, 


324.  Effect  of  trees  on  city  street  compared  with  no  trees. 


362 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


even  cutting  into  the  burk,  :ilso  removing  the  swelled 
portion  on  wliieli  the  bninclies  arc  usually  inserted, 
when  the  callousing  will  be  ujore  rapid  and  satisfactory 

in  sliape. 

If  at  this  stage  or 
at  any  time,  the  trees 
sliow  trouble  at  the 
top  by  drying  (becom- 
ing "stag-headed"),  it 
is  a  sign  that  they 
suffer  at  the  root 
from  lack  of  mois- 
ture. Trinuning  off  a 
few  tiers  of  lower 
branches,  loosening 
the  soil  as  far  a.s  the 
ambitus  of  the  crown, 
and  mulching  will 
largely  correct  this. 
If  this  proportioning 
of  crown  to  root  is  not 
done,  the  tree  itself 
will  do  it  and  not 
necessarily  in  desir- 
able form.  When 
used  for  hedges,  the 
treatment  is,  of 
course,  different.  For 
such  a  purpose  the 
shade-enduring  spe- 
cies, spruces  and  hem- 
locks, are  best,  since 
they   are    capable   of 


325.  Trimmed  by  linemen. 


preserving   a   dense   interior   foliage,  while   the  pines 
are  bound  to  thin  out. 

Enemies. 

There  are  a  number  of  dangers  and  damage  from  in- 
sects to  which  conifers  are  exposed.  Drought  and  frost 
are  most  dangerous  to  seedlings  in  the  seed-bed.  These 
are  obviated  by  proper  location  of  the  seed-bed  (protec- 
tion against  sun  and  wind),  by  covering  with  a  mulch  of 
moss,  straw,  pine-straw  or  the  like  (which  also  prevents 
the  heaving  out  by  frost  and  the  washing  out  by  rain, 
to  wliich  young  .seedlings  are  liable).  By  shading  and 
watering  the  danger  of  drought  is  overcome,  although 
at  the  same  time  that  of  damping-off  is  invited.  The 
cause  of  this  disease,  consisting  in  the  reddening  of  the 

needles  and  their  fall- 
ing off,  is  a  fungus 
which  can  be  com- 
bated by  spraying. 
Birds  may  be  kept 
away  from  the  seeds 
by  mixing  them  with 
red  oxide  of  lead,  by 
lath  screens,  and  the 
usual  methods. 

Various  fungi  and 
insects,  too  many  to 
mention,  some  poly- 
phagous,  others  more 
or  less  specific,  are 
at  work  during  the 
various  stages  of  de- 
velopment. A  host 
of  leaf-miners,  saw- 
flies  and  caterpillars 
destroy  the  foliage, 
and  weevils  sap  the 
young  shoots.  Bos- 
trichi,  or  bark- bee- 
tles, mine  under  the 
bark,  mostly  of  trees 
that  are  sickly  from 
other    causes;    borers 


enter  the  wood  of  the 
boles.  Tortrices  bore 
into  the  base  of 
leaders  and  cause 
them  to  break  off. 
The  best  remedies 
against  most  of  these 
are  preventives, 
namely  providing 
the  trees  with  such 
chances  of  vigorous 
growth,  or  satisfac- 
tory soil  conditions, 
that  they  are  able  to 
ward  off  or  overcome 
the  enemies.  Other- 
wise, watching  and 
destroying  the  ene- 
mies in  time,  and  the 
usual  remedies  to  kill 
them,  may  be  em- 
ployed. Literature: 
Veitch,  "Manual  of 
Conifers;"  Carriere, 
"Traits  des  Coni- 
feres;"  Beissner,  "Handbuch 
Femow,  "Care  of  Trees. 


327.  Same  tree  as  Fig.  326  five 
years  later,  showing  unattractive 
busby  top,  and  bad  stumps  that  will 
decay  instead  of  healing. 


der 


Nadelholzkunde;' 
B.  E.  Fernow. 


326.  Showing  need  of  city  control. 
This  tree  on  a  city  street  being 
trimmed  for  firewood. 


Transplanting  large  trees  (Figs.  328-332). 

Moving  large  trees  divides  itself  into  two  classes: 
Pirst,  with  a  ball  of  earth;  second,  with  the  earth  dis- 
sected out  from  the  roots  with  or  without  a  ball  remain- 
ing in  the  center. 

Start  at  or  near  the  ends  of  the  roots  where  they  are 
1  inch  in  diameter  or  less.  In  practice,  this  results  in 
about  30  feet  spread  of  roots  on  a  tree  12  to  15  inches 
in  diameter.  \n  elm  18  inches  in  diameter  on  very  thin 
gravelly  .soil  was  found  to  have  a  root  6  inches  in  diame- 
ter at  15  feet  from  the  trunk,  extending  toward  a  horse- 
shed  and  cultivated  field  where  it  would  get  more  food 
and  water.  A  trench  is  dug  to  below  the  roots,  which 
may  be  IJ2  or  3  feet.  An  under-cut  is  made  and  the 
soil  caved  dowTi  by  a  picking  bar  or  fork  with  round 
Iiointed  tines.  The  earth  and  roots  will  be  mixed  at 
the  bottom  of  the  trench.  The  roots  must  be  carefully 
picked  up  with  the  fingers,  bound  in  bundles  and  tied 
out  of  the  way.  This  operation  is  the  point  of  greatest 
failure  as  it  takes  considerable  time,  patience,  and  skill, 
to  avoid  breaking  the  roots.  There  are  many  chances 
to  break  a  root  after 
it  has  been  carefully 
dissected  out.  The 
roots  must  be 
promptly  lifted  up  or 
they  will  be  broken 
by  the  shovel  in  dig- 
ging out  the  loose 
S(jil  at  the  bottom  of 
the  trench.  The  bun- 
dles must  be  untied 
and  rearranged  where 
the  njots  cro.ss.  This 
proceeds  until  a  tree 
is  dug  in  to  a  ball 
about  6  to  8  feet.  The 
tree  is  then  tipped 
over  b\'  tackle,  cleav- 
ing the  roots  from 
the  subsoil. 

The  a  m  o  u  n  t  of 
earth  left  in  the  cen- 
ter depends  upon  the 
strength  of  the  truck, 
c  h  a  r  a  c  t  c  r  of  the 
roads  and  [jower  for 


328. 


Moving  a  tree  in  winter,  with  a 
large  ball  of  frozen  earth. 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


363 


§Mim. 


hauling.  To  leave  a  mass  of  earth  6  to  7  feet  wide, 
15  inches  deep,  is  practicable  with  two  teams  and 
6-inch  tires  over  hard  dirt  roads.  Such  a  ball  is  help- 
ful because  there  are  more  roots  left  undisturbed  and 
they  help  support  the  tree  during  the  first  summer, 
especially  if  the  ball  is  kept  to  the  proper  degree  of 
moisture.  Larger  balls,  8  and  10  feet  in  diameter,  15  to 
20  inches  deep,  can  be  carried  only  by  more  expensive 
trucks  with  much  wider  wheels,  and  with  deciduous 
trt*>s  the  advantage  is  slight  as  compared  with  carrying 
a  full  circle  of  roots  30  to  40  feet  wide. 

The  trees  are  readily  picked  up  by  the  trunk  which  is 
protected  by  cushions  and  clasped  by  slats,  and  chains 
tighened  by  screws.   A  cradle  is  hinged  at  the  front  axle 
and  tij)s  the  tree  over  in  a  horizontal 
position  which  is  necessary  on  account 
of  overhead  wires  and  bri<lges.    There 
are  one  or  two  screws  about  9  feet  long, 
2J4   inches   in   diameter.     Tipping    is 
accomplished  by  these  screws  or  tackle 
or  both.    The  roots  on  the  lower  side 
of  the  tree  are  tied  back  underneath 
the  axle. 

In  t  ransport  ing,  the  roots  are  WTapped 
in  straw  and  burlap.  They  can  be  ex- 
posed to  the  air  for  a  day  without  seri- 
ous injury,  as  roots  Vj  inch  in  diam- 
eter do  not  get  dried  out  and  killed 
in  that  time.  In  passing  under  wires, 
these  can  be  lifted  by  a  T-shaped  pole  and  disentangled 
from  the  branches  by  proceeding  a  few  feet  at  a  time. 
Dangerous  high  tension  electric  wires  must  be  handled 
by  linemen  employed  by  the  electrical  company.  It  is 
sometimes  necessary  to  raise  the  wires  or  take  them 
down  and  drive  over  them. 

In  planting,  the  truck  is  drawn  into  the  hole  and 
stopped  at  such  a  distance  from  the  center  that  the  tree 
when  swung  over  will  be  in  the  right  position.  The  holes 
should  be  made  of  such  a  de[)th  as  to  keep  the  roots 
as  near  the  surface  as  possible.  Allowance  must  be 
made  for  the  bending  of  the  downward  roots  below  the 
center  of  the  ball.  The  most  frequent  mistake  is  to 
get  the  tree  too  deep,  especially  the  roots  at  the  outside 
of  the  ball,  which  will  often 
drop  to  the  bottom  of  the 
hole  and  be  18  inches  deep; 
whereas  when  dug  there 
were  some  at  the  surface, 
some  6  inches  deep  and  a 
few  18  inches  deep.  After 
the  tree  is  stood  up  in  the 
hole  by  means  of  the  tackle 
and  screws,  earth 
is  packed  under 
the  center  by 
packing  -  sticks. 
This  is  difficult 
and  there  are 
liable  to  be  air- 
holes left  va- 
cant. A  stream 
from  a  hose  will 
help  to  wash 
mud  into  these 
spaces.  It  is  best 
to  leave  the 
bundles  of  side 
roots  tied  up 
while  this  is  going  on.  Before  the  bundles  of  side  roots 
are  untied,  the  bottom  of  the  hole  should  be  filled  up, 
if  nece-S-sary,  .so  that  the.se  are  2  to  8  inches  below  the 
surface.  Spread  out  the  side  roots  and  cover  with  earth. 

Anchoring  the  tree  is  important.  It  is  easily  done  by 
three  or  four  anchor  posts  4  feet  deep  with  a  croaspiece 
3  feet  long.  Wires  should  be  put  through  rubber  hose 
and  twisted  around  the  tree.   The  tree  is  liable  to  settle, 


A  large  tree  removed  from  its  place.   The  roots  are 
now  to  be  wound  in  burlap  or  other  material. 


330.  The  roots  wrapped,  and  the  tree  being  moved  on  skids. 


the  anchor  posts  move,  the  tree  lean  and  require 
straightening  and  tightening  of  the  wires  by  further 
twisting. 

Pruning  is  important,  made  so  by  cutting  back  the 
tree  from  2  to  8  feet  aU  around.  It  is  best  to  cut  the 
most  at  the  apex  and  the  least  at  the  sides,  to  make  the 
shade  as  wide  as  possible.  If  cut  back 
to  an  even  outline,  the  tree  will  make  a 
dense  growth  and  look  more  sohd  the 
first  year.  If  the  thinning-out  method  is 
used,  the  thiiming  is  liable  to  be  too  great 
in  the  center  of  the  tree,  as  it  is  easy  to 
reach,  and  the  tree  has  to  thicken  up  over 
a  period  of  four  years 


by  making  sprouts  in 
the  center,  the  outer 
branches  remaining 
thin,  especially  if  the 
tree  is  not  fed  and 
5  watered  enough. 

Wrapping  the  trunk 
with  straw  may  be 
necessary  with  thin- 
barked  trees,  especially 
in  warm  and  dry  cli- 
mates. The  bark  is 
liable  to  dry  out  and 
die  on  the  southwest 
side.  The  wrapping 
and  anchors  may  be  removed  after  two  years  or  more. 
A  mistake  is  often  made  in  choosing  trees  within  two 
miles,  whereas,  the  area  to  draw  upon  is  over  fifteen  or 
twenty  miles  radius  which  will  contain  much  better  trees, 
the  time  on  the  road  being  a  comparatively  small  item  in 
the  total  cost.  Trees  are  often  chosen  which  are  growing 
on  thin  or  rocky  soil  or  in  swamps  saturated  within  6 
inches  of  the  surface,  both  giving  much  less  amount  of 
roots  than  trees  in  a  friable  soil  3  feet  deep.  In  a 
country  of  hills  and  valleys,  the  best  trees  may  often  be 
found  in  terraces  or  benches  above  the  river  bottom  or 
in  the  river  bottom  if  drained  to  allow  roots  to  be  3  feet 
deep.  Trees  are  often  chosen  which  are  too  old  and 
have  made  a  short,  slow  growth.  It  is  better  to  move 
a  young  tree  35  feet  high,  12  inches  in  diameter,  which 
is  growing  1  foot  a  year,  than  to  take  a  tree  the  same 
size,  twice  ;is  old,  growing  3  inches  a  year.  The  roots 
on  the  latter  will  be  longer  and  less  flexible.  Each  will 
hve  and  grow  rapidly  if  given  favorable  conditions.  A 
mistake  is  often  made  in  choosing  trees  which  are 
crowded  or  in  thick  forests.  The  latter  may  appear  to 
have  low  branches.  The.se  branches  are  weak  and 
to  die.  Trees  of  species  difficult  to  move  and 
trees  about  the  moving  of  which  little  is 
known  are  liable  to  be  chosen.  Trees 
which  move  readily  are  those  of  soft  wood, 
rapid  growth,  usually  native  in  moist  soils, 
as  maple,  elm,  linden,  poplar,  locust, 
catalpa,  horse  -  chest- 
nut, birch,  apple  and 
pin  oak.  The  follow- 
ing are  trees  about 
which  less  is  known: 
Pepperidge,  sassafras, 
plane,  chestnut,  beech, 
tulip,  white  oak,  black 
oak,liquidambar,ailan- 
thus,  hickory,  walnut 
and  ash.  The  chestnut, 
beech,  magnolia,  tulip  tree,  black  oak  and  walnut  do 
not  indicate  by  their  behavior  when  small  that  they  are 
readily  moved.  It  is  to  be  presumed  that  the  ailanthus 
and  .ash  are  easily  moved.  No  species  has  proved  itself 
impo.ssible  to  move.  It  is  merely  a  matter  of  getting 
the  right  proportion  of  roots  and  top  and  nursing  the 
tree  through  the  convalescence  until  it  has  reestablished 
itself.    In  moving  trees  it  may  be  better  to  move  three 


3(U 


ARROUUTLTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


trtx's  S  inclu's  in  diaiin:t('r,  H")  fret  liifjli.  than  one  tree  16 
int'hes  iniiiajnctcr,  35  fcot  lugh.  I'rcmi  tliriTSiiialliTtrci'S 
there  will  result  a  wider  mass  of  foliatie,  and  it  will  be 
c;i*ier  for  those  not  eqiiipiied  with  lar^e  tree-moving 
apparatus  to  handle  the  three  smaller  trees. 

if  the  earth  is  disseettni  out  from  the  roots,  two  trees 
S  inches  in  diameter  could  be  carried  by  one  team. 
They  can  be  loaded  on  a  low  stone  truck  or  handy 
wapin,  the  trunks  of  the  trees  resting  on  two  benches 
which  lessens  the  breakage  of  roots  and  top.  Trees 
can  be  loaded  by  the  men,  the  tree  being  tipped 
over    on    the  truck    which    stands   beside    the    hole. 


9  feet  in  diameter  with  trees  10  to  IS  inches,  on  a  low 
truck  consisting  of  a  platform  hung  under  four  heavy 
whe(>ls,  the  tree  being  lashed  fast  to  a  collar  and  pole 
t>u  the  rear  axle,  and  pulled  over  to  the  rear  and  then 
the  platform  chained  fast  to  the  rear  a.xle.  The  roots 
outside  the  ball  arc  usually  cut  off.  With  elm  trees 
cjirrying  a  slender  top  this  method  succeeds,  although 
the  trees  are  often  slow  in  recovering.  It  succeeds 
with  maples,  but  they  are  likely  to  grow  slowly  or  die 
back  until  the  tree  reestablishes  a  balance,  after 
several  years. 

Deciduous  trees  can  be  moved  in  midsummer  in  ftill 


^  auNOLC  orROOTi 

;  Tiro  TO  nnoiATiNC,  arms  of- 
'LIkoot  «oi««  oui  orwftyof 

[-',  \  wOflAWf* 


331.  Diagram  in  illustrate  the  operation  in  the  removal  of  a  large  tree  for  transplanting. 


The  tree  is  shifted  into  position  by  the  men  lift- 
ing on  the  trunk,  or  it  may  be  lifted  by  a  shear  pole 
derrick  or  single  pole.  Many  people  hesitate  about 
moving  large  trees  and  wait  fifteen  years  for  a  result 
they  could  easily  secure  in  this  manner,  by  collecting 
wild  trees  in  the  vicinity. 

Jloot-i)runing  a  year  in  advance  may  aid  in  moving 
a  tree,  but  is  not  essential.  If  a  trench  is  to  be  dug  at 
a  radius  of  4  feet  all  the  way  around  a  tree  10  inches  in 
diameter,  it  is  better  to  move  the  tree  with  a  wider 
spread  of  roots  and  take  gfiod  care  of  it.  A  root- 
pruned  tree  is  likely  to  be  neglected  and  suffer  for  mois- 
ture. The  tree  can  be  root-pruned  three-quarters  of 
the  way  around  for  one  season  and  perhaps  be  in  better 
conriition  for  moving.  This  is  more  likely  to  be  bene- 
ficial with  a  tree  with  long  coarse  roots  and  with  few 
fibers  in  the  center,  like  a  black  oak.  A  mistake  is 
frequently  made  in  a.'fsuming  that  a  ball  of  earth  is  all 
that  is  es.sential,  regardless  of  the  amount  of  fibrous 
r(K)ts  in  the  ball  and  of  its  area  to  gather  rainfall  as 
compared  with  the  toj).  Frequently  trees  dug  around 
the  roots  cut  off  at  a  iliameter  of  10  feet,  have  the 
tree-mover  sent  for  when  they  should  have  a  spread  of 
rrKits  of  30  feet.  The  ball-of-earth  mi'thod  with  decidu- 
ous trees  usually  consists  in  carrying  a  ball  of  earth  7  to 


leaf.  Norway  maples  7  inches  in  diameter  were  well 
watered  to  fill  them  with  sap;  the  next  day  they  were 
dug  with  roots  spreading  15  feet,  leaving  a  ball  of  earth 
5  feet  in  diameter  in  the  center.  The  tree  Wiis  tipped 
back  and  a  platform  or  stone  boat  moved  under,  on 
which  it  was  moved.  After  planting  the  trees  were 
watered  about  four  times,  once  in  ten  days.  The  ball 
of  earth  became  dry  very  quickly.  The  bundles  of  outer 
roots  did  not  send  out  fibers  for  about  two  weeks. 
Trees  with  less  fibers  in  the  center  would  probably 
not  succeefl  so  well.  See  also  Drainage  and  Evirgrrens 
for  further  discussion.  Henry  Hicks. 

Types  of  insect  injury  to  trees. 

Trees  of  all  sorts  are  liable  to  injury  by  many  kinds  of 
insects,  so  many  indeed  that  it  is  difficult  to  present  a 
satisfactory  account  of  their  depredations  without  going 
into  great  detail.  A  few  insects  stand  out  preeminently, 
however,  among  the  more  common  and  widespread  tree 
pests  anfl  a  selected  series  of  these  will  serve  as  examples 
of  the  various  ways  in  which  the  trees  may  be  injured 
by  these  animals. 

Destructive  forest-  or  shade-tree  insects  may  be 
grouped  into  two  classes,  according  to  the  way  in  which 


332.  Diagram  to  show  how  and  where  the  digging  is  begun. 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


365 


3ii.  Lepidopterous  caterpillar.    (  X  ^4) 


they  feed,  based  on  the  fact  that  one  series  feed  by 
chewing  and  consuming  the  tissue  of  the  trees,  while  the 
members  of  the  other  class  derive  their  nourishment 
from  the  juices  or  sap  of  the  trees  which  they  suck  out 
by  means  of  needle-Uke  sucking  mouthpaits.  Most 
insects  pass  through  three,  or  at  least  two,  preparatory 
stages,  very  different  from  the  adult,  before  they  reach 
maturity.  They  hatch  from  eggs  deposited  by  the  adult 
female,  as  larvae  (grubs,  caterpillars,  maggots,  and  so  on) 
and  in  this  larval  stage  feed  till  they  attain  their  full 
size.  The  larval  stage  is,  therefore,  the  most  destructive 
one.  ^^'hen  full  grown,  the  larva  usually  changes  to  a 
resting  condition  or  pupal  stage  (chrysalis),  and  during 
this  time  does  not  feed.  Finally  the  adult  appears  and 
the  life-c}-cle  is  complete.  Many  insects  undergo  a  single 

generation  every  j'ear, 
but  a  number  grow 
more  rapidly,  produc- 
ing several  broods 
each  season,  while  a 
few  require  two  years 
or  more  to  mature. 
Insects  provided 
with  chewing  mouthparts  may  feed  on  the  leaves  and 
are  then  known  as  defoliators;  or  they  may  feed  on 
the  bark,  cambium,  sapwood,  heartwood,  or  roots,  in 
which  case  thev  are  known  as  borers.  Caterpillars, 
beetle  grubs  and  saw-fly  larvae  are  the  most  important 
insects  of  the  latter  kind. 

Among  the  insects  with  piercing  mouthparts,  some 
suck  the  juices  of  leaves,  while  others  affect  the  twigs 
and  branches,  or  even  the  roots.  Plant-lice  and  scale 
insects  are  the  most  important  insects  of  this  kind. 

Methods  of  destroying  tree-pests. 

There  are  five  widely  different  methods  of  destroying 
insects  which  injure  trees,  and  the  selection  of  an  appro- 
priate method  must  d^-pend  primarily  on  the  feeding- 
habits  of  the  species  to  be  dealt  with. 

(a)  All  defoliators,  such  as  caterpillars  (Fig.  333),  saw- 
fly  larvae  (Fig.  334),  and  those  beetle  larviE  that  feed 
e.xtcrnally  upon  the  leaves,  are  best  killed  by  the  appli- 
cation of  an  arsenical  poison  (Figs.  3.3.5,  336).  This  is 
appUed  preferably  by  some  sort  of  a  spray-pump  that 
throws  a  fine  mist  or  spray  of  water  in  which  the  arsen- 
ical has  been  mixed.  Such  spraying  machines  may  be 
obtained  in  sizes  to  suit  any  needs,  from  hand-pumps 
holding  a  quart  of  liquid  to  power  sprayers  equipped 
for  spraying  extensive  woodlands  thoroughly  and  rap- 
idly. The  most  satisfactory  poison  is  arsenate  of  lead, 
an  insoluble  arsenical  which  can  be  mixed  with  water 
in  the  proportion   of   six   to   ten   pounds  to  each  100 

gallons  of  water  and 
sprayed  upon  foliage 
without  danger  of  dam- 
age to  the  leaves.  It  is 
sold  commercially  as  a 
white  paste  and  is  easily 
handled.  This  sub- 
stance is  far  superior 
to  paris  green,  london  purple,  and  the  like.  It  should 
be  applied  only  in  sufficient  amount  to  show  after 
drying  as  whitish  specks  upon  the  surface  of  the  leaves. 
(I)j  Plant-lice,  since  they  feed  by  inserting  their 
beaks  into  the  tissues  of  the  leaves,  and  other  soft  parts, 
are  not  affected  by  arsenicals  and  must  be  destroyed 
by  spraying  with  what  is  known  as  a  contact  insecticide, 
one  that  kills  through  the  application  upon  the  surface 
of  the  insect's  body.  The  most  generally  used,  and  one 
of  the  best  contact  insecticides  is  kerosene  emulsion. 
This  is  prepared  by  dis.solving  half  a  pound  of  common 
laundry  soap  in  one  gallon  of  hot  water  and  then  adding 
two  gallons  of  kerosene  while  stirring  or  churning  the 
mixture  violently.  The  creamy  mass  thus  formed 
thickens  on  cooling  and  must  be  diluted  with  nine  times 
its  volume  of  water  before  being  sprayed  upon  the 


334.  Sawfly caterpillar.  {Natural  size.) 


335.  Injury  by  leaf-eating  caterpillar  of 
small  size. 


plants.  Scale  insects  feed  like  plant-lice,  by  inserting 
their  delicate  beaks  into  the  tissue  of  the  tree  and  suck- 
ing out  the  sap,  but  usually  occur  on  the  thin  bark  of 
the  branches  and  twigs  rather  than  on  the  leaves.  Each 
insect  secretes  a  scale-like  covering  beneath  which  it 
hvcs  while  growing,  and,  even  when  adult,  the  female 
never  leaves  her  position  beneath  the  scale.  As  the 
scaly   covering   is 

of  a  waxen  nature,  ^  ^rw^^^ 

these  insects  are 
not  so  easily  de- 
stroyed by  con- 
tact insecticides 
as  are  plant-lice, 
although  kerosene 
emulsion  is  some- 
times  effective, 
especially  in  the 
case  of  young  insects  which  have  not  yet  secreted  a 
thick  scale.  Many  older  or  more  resistant  scales  can- 
not be  destroyed  in  this  way  and  they  may  be  killed 
when  the  trees  are  in  a  dormant  condition  by  a  spray- 
ing with  lime-sulfur  wash  prepared  as  follows:  Water, 
forty  gallons;  fresh  lime,  twenty  pounds;  flowers  of 
sulfur,  fourteen  pounds.  These  are  boiled  together  for 
one  hour  and  then  applied  as  a  spray  to  the  branches 
and  twigs.  This  wash  should  never  be  sprayed  upon 
trees  when  in  leaf. 

(c)  Bark-beetles. — These  are  small  insects  that  live 
during  the  larval  stages  beneath  the  bark  of  the  trunk 
and  branches  of  trees.  The  parent  insects  enter  the 
bark  and  excavate  a  small  tubular  gallery  through 
the  cambium  or  iimer  bark.  Along  the  sides  of  this, 
the  eggs  are  laid  and  the  developing  larvae  eat  out 
sinuous  burrows  through  the  cambium.  They  thus 
interfere  with  the  sap-flow  and  cause  a  general  weak- 
ing  or  even  death  of  the  tree.  Bark-beetles  are  liable 
to  attack  sickly  or  dying  trees,  and  the  only  feasible 
method  of  lessening  their  depredations  is  to  remove  and 
burn  such  trees  or  branches  as  are  affected,  in  addition 
to  improving  in  all  possible  ways  the  conditions  under 
which  the  tree  is  growing,  bearing  in  mind  that  healthy 
trees  are  much  less  hkely  to  be  troubled  by  these 
insects  than  are  weak,  poorly  nourished  ones. 

(d)  Wood-borers, — The  larvae  of  certain  beetles  and 
moths  subsist  upon  the  woody  tissues  of  trees,  excava- 
ting galleries  through  the  wood  of  both  living  and  dead 
trees.  Such  larvae  are  usually  whitish,  often  with  brown 
head  and  have  powerful  jaws,  by  means  of  which  they 
can  cut  through  the  solid  wood.  They  may  attack  trunk, 
branches,  or  twigs,  some  working  in  the  sapwood,  others 
in  pith,  while  a  few  feed  mainly  on  the  heartwood.  In- 
sects of  this  kind  are  the  most  difficult  to  combat  as  they 
feed  where  they  cannot 
be  reached  by  means 
of  insecticides  duiing 
the  greater  part  of 
their  life.  Due  to  their 
concealed  position, 
they  are  not  so  readily 
noticed  and  may  fre- 
quently cause  irrepa- 
rable damage  to  trees 
before  their  presence 
is  recognized.  Besides 
cutting  out  the  indi- 
vidual larvae  or  de- 
.stroying  them  in  their 
burrows  by  means  of 
a  piece  of  wire,  no 
general  method  of  destruction  can  be  recommended. 
It  is  important,  however,  to  maintain  the  trees  in  as 
healthy  condition  as  possible,  and  to  remove  all  dead 
or  dying  timber  in  order  to  reduce  the  number  of 
breeding-places  for  the  insects. 

(e)  Leaf-miners. — To  this  class  belong  some  of  the 


336.  Injury  by  leaf-eating  cater- 
pillar of  large  size. 


366 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


337.  Tu:>sock  molh  lacva. 


nioinbors  of  several  ilitTorent  groups  of  inserts,  certain 
small  moths,  a  few  saw-flies  and  a  small  iminber  of  Hies 
and  bet^tles.  All  of  tlie  leaf-miners  are  \ery  small 
uisects  whose  larva-  fe(xl  upon  the  parenchyma  of  the 
leaf,  leaving  intact  the  upper  and  lower  epidermis. 
In  this  position  they  arc  protected  froin  most  sorts  of 

insecticides,  although 
in  some  cases,  si)ray- 
ing  with  a  contact 
insecticide  containing 
some  tol)a(^(^o  com- 
pound in  combination 
with  soap  may  be 
efficacious.  One  form- 
ula recommended  is: 
water,  800  gallons ; 
nicofuinc,  or  "blackleaf 
40,"  one  gallon;  hum- 
dry  soap,  thirty-two 
p  o  u  n  d  s.  Ordinarily, 
leaf-miners  do  not  pre- 
sent a  serious  menace 
to  trees,  but  the  pres- 
ence of  their  blotch-like  or  serpentine  galleries,  which 
show  as  faded  areas,  often  greatly  disfigure  the  leaves. 

Some  of  the  more  important  shade-tree  pests. 
A.  Defoliators. 
The   tussock   moth,  Hemerocampa  leucostigma  (Fig. 
337),  is  perhai)s  the  most  abundant  caterpillar  on  trees, 

f)articularly  in  thickly  .settled  districts.  The  eggs  are 
aid  in  the  fall  in  white  fluffy  masses  the  size  of  a  dime 
on  the  trunks  of  infested  trees  and  hatch  in  the  early 
summer.  The  larva"  bear  several  pencils  of  long  black 
hairs  placed  at  each  end  and  have  four  brush-like  tufts 
of  pale  yellow  hairs  above,  with  a  bright  red  head. 
These  pupate  early  in  July  in  crevices  in  the  bark  and 
the  adults  .soon  emerge  to  lay  the  eggs  for  a  second 
generation  of  caterpillars  which  will  mature  before  fall 
into  moths  that  deposit  the  over-wintering  eggs.  The 
female  moth  is  without  wings  and  lays  her  mass  of 
eggs  on  the  bark  where  she  emerges  from  her  pupa 
case.  These  caterpillars  feed  on  all  sorts  of  trees 
except  evergreens,  but  seem  to  be  most  destructive  to 
maple,  elm  and  .-Vmerican  linden.  Two  related  caterpil- 
lars have  been  imported  from  Europe  into  Massachu- 
setts, the  gypsy  moth  and  brown-tail  moth,  and 
although  these  are  at  present  confined  to  that  neigh- 
borhood, they  will  undoubtedly  become  widespread 
before  many  years  have  elapsed.  The  gipsy  caterpil- 
lars feed  on  many  kinds  of  trees,  preferring  oaks;  they 
may  be  recognized  by  a  double 
line  of  round  spots  down  the  mid- 
dle of  the  back,  blue,  followed  by 
red  ones.  Their  life-cycle  is  like 
that  of  the  tussock  moth,  except 
that  there  is  only  one  generation 
passing  the  winter  as  a  mass  of 
woolly,  dull  ochre-ycllow  eggs  at- 
tached to  the  bark.  The  brown- 
tail  is  a  brownish  cateq)illar  with 
white  spots,  passing  the  winter  in 
email  woven  silk  nests  containing 
many  caterpillars.  The  nests  are 
attached  to  the  tips  of  the  twigs 
of  infested  tre<».  Orchard  trees  suffer  most  severely 
from  this  species,  although  all  sorts  of  broad-leaved 
trees  are  attacked. 

Another  common  caterpillar  of  very  different  habits 
is  the  American  tf-nt-caterpillar,  Malacosomti  ameri- 
cana.  This  is  an  inconspicuous  brownish  moth  which 
over-wmters  as  a  band-like  mass  of  eggs  placed  around 
twigs  of  cherry  and  a  number  of  other  trees.  These 
hatch  in  very  early  spring  and  the  larva;  spin  silken 
nests  in  small  forks  of  the  branches  from  which  they 
crawl  out  to  feed  upon  the  opening  leaves.  They  mature 


338.  Cocoon  of  bag- 
worm.   ( X  H) 


339.  Euvanessa  antiopa. 


in  early  summer  and  the  eggs  are  laid  in  midsummer  for 
the  next  season's  brood. 

The  bag-worm,  Thyridoplerix  ephemcraformis,  is  a 
defoliator  at  times  very  flestructive,  although  each 
larva  in  his  dependent  bag  docs  not  have  a  wide  range 
of  operations.  Fig.  338.  Hand-picking  and  arsenical 
sprays  are  the  remedies. 

The  caterpillars  of  the  mourning  cloak,  Euvanessa 
antiopa  (Fig.  339),  are  a  very  common  pest  of  elm  and 
other  shade  trees.  They  are  black,  coarsely  spiny  cat- 
erpillars with  red  spots  along 
the  back,  and  feed  more 
or  less  in  colonies,  usually 
defoliating  single  branches  at 
a  time.  The  butterfly  passes 
the  winter  as  an  adult,  ap- 
pearing in  very  early  spring, 
and  laying  its  eggs  in  May. 
The  caterpillars  from  these 
eggs  become  full-grown  be- 
fore July,  and  the  butterflies 
of  another  generation  appear 
in  July  to  lay  eggs  which  will  give  rise  to  the  hibernating 
butterflies  of  the  next  winter. 

A  common  saw-fly  which  occurs  on  willows  is  the 
American  saw-fly,  Cimbex  americana.  The  larva  are 
much  like  the  defoliating  caterpillars  of  moths  and 
butterflies  in  appearance  and  feed  in  the  same  way, 
destroying  the  entire  leaf -tissue.  The  larva;  are  pale 
green,  with  a  blackish  hne  down  the  back.  When 
mature,  they  descend  to  the  base  of  the  tree,  where  they 
spin  parchment-like  brown  cocoons  in  which  to  pass  the 
winter  on  the  ground  among  fallen  leaves.  In  the  spring, 
they  transform  and  the  adult  saw-flics  deposit  their  eggs 
singly  in  slit-like  cuts  made  into  the  tissue  of  the  leaf. 

Pine  trees  often  suffer  from  the  depredations  of 
saw-fly  larva;  of  the  genus  LophjTus  which  devour  the 
needles,  near  the  bases  of  which  they  later  spin  their 
small  cocoons. 

Many  saw-fly  larvae  feed  only  on  the  leaf  from  one 
side,  leaving  the  epidermis  of  the  other  side  intact. 
Arsenical  sprays  for  the  destruction  of  such  species 
must  be  directed  against  the  side  of  the  leaves  attacked, 
usually  the  under  surface. 

Among  defoliating  beetle  larvae,  the  imported  ehn- 
leaf  beetle,  Galerucella  luteola  (Fig.  340),  is  probably 
most  important.  This  occurs  only  in  the  eastern 
states  but  is  gradually  spreading  into  the  middle  \\'est. 
The  small,  yellow,  two-striped  adults  live  through  the 
winter  and  deposit  tlicir  bright  yellow  eggs  in  small 
masses  on  the  under  side  of  elm  leaves  in  early  spring. 
These  eggs  hatch  into  black  and  reddish  slugs  which 
feed  on  the  under  surface  of  the  leaves,  leaving  only 
the  veins  and  upper  epiilermis.  The  leaves  then  dry  up 
and  may  fall  off.  The  larva", 
now  changed  to  a  yeOow  color, 
descend  to  the  surface  of  the 
ground  to  pupate  and  .soon 
emerge  as  a  summer  genera- 
tion of  beetles.  There  are 
two  or  three  annual  broods, 
according  to  the  latitude. 


B.  Plant-lice  and  scale  insects. 

There  are  many  kinds  of 
plant-Hce  (P"ig.  341),  but  all 
pass  through  very  similar  life- 
cycles.  In  general,  this  is  as 
follows:  the  winter  is  passed 
as  a  large,  shining,  elongate-  _^   „„.„o„.„^„ 

oval  egg  attached  to  a  twig  s^ace '.^rk's'b7l"vffi."' 
or  branch.  This  gives  rise 
in  th(;  spiing  to  a  soft-bodied  wingless  female  aphid 
that  gives  birth  to  living  young  aphids,  which  in  turn 
reproduce  in  the  same  way.  These  suck  the  juices  from 
leaves,  petioles  or  tender  twigs  and  thus  sap  the  vital- 


340.     Larvae    of    elm-leaf 
beetle.  Holes  made  by  adults, 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


367 


341.  Woolly  aphis  on  alnus, 


ity  of  the  tree.  In  addition,  the  leaves  may  be  dis- 
figured by  a  sticky  substance,  known  as  honey-dew, 
secreted  by  the  insects.  In  the  fall,  both  females  and 
winged  males  are  produced  and  the  female  laj's  a  single 
winter  egg.  On  account  of  their  method  of  reproduc- 
tion, plant-lice  multiply  very  rapidly,  especially  in 
damp  seasons.  Some  species  have  a  more  complicated 
life-cycle,  producing  winged  individuals  in  the  summer 
which  migrate  to  another  food-plant,  later  to  return 
in  the  fall  to  the  original  one. 

A  few  plant-lice  living  in  colonies  produce  galls, 
curled  leaves,  or  otiier  malformations  on  the  leaves  or 
twigs  of  infested  trees. 

Scale  insects  exhibit  a  greater  variety  in  their  sea- 
sonal history;  some  pass  through  a  single  generation 
each  year,  while  others  multiply  more  rajjidly,  passing 
through  a  number  of  generations  annually.  The  win- 
ter is  .sometimes  passed  in  the  egg  state,  but  more 
commonly  as  a  partly  grown  insect. 

One  of  the  commonest  and  most  destructive  scales  is 
the  oyster-shell  scale,  Lepidosaphes  ulmi.  This  occurs 
on  the  thin  bark  of  a  great  variety  of  trees,  appearing 
as  a  very  small,  elongate,  flattened  body,  pointed  at  one 
end  and  rounded  at  the  other,  with  the  upper  surface 
more  or  less  distinctly  ridged  in  a  transverse  direction. 

There  is  a  single 
generat  ion  an- 
nually, the  fe- 
males maturing 
in  late  summer 
and  depositing 
a  mass  of  eggs 
which  remains 
beneath  the 
scale  through 
thewinter,hatch- 
ing  in  the  spring  and  producing  full-grown  insects  by 
midsummer.  Sometimes  this  species  is  so  abundant 
that  the  smaller  branches  appear  as  if  covered  by  a 
gray  incrustation. 

The  San  Jose  scale,  Aspidiotus  perniciosus,  is  another 
important  scale,  which  has  been  introduced  into  many 
parts  of  the  United  States.  It  is  very  destructive, 
primarily  to  certain  orchard  trees,  but  injures  many 
thin-barked  shade  trees  as  well.  The  scale  is  very  small, 
round  in  the  female  and  oval  in  the  male,  with  a  minute 
nipple-shaped  projection  near  its  center.  The  females 
do  not  lay  their  eggs  till  the  yoimg  insects  are  ready  to 
hatch,  so  that  they  practically  produce  living  young. 
These  develop  rapidly,  five  or  six  broods  maturing  each 
season,  of  which  the  last  hibernates  in  the  half-grown 
condition.  In  mass,  the  scales  form  a  gray,  granular 
crust,  covering  the  branches  and  twigs. 

In  some  parts  of  the  country,  maples  grown  for  shade 
trees  suffer  great  injury  by  the  cottony  maple  scale, 
Puliiinarin  innumerabilis.  This  scale  is  most  conspicu- 
ous on  the  twigs  in  early  summer,  at  which  time  the 
females  are  depositing  their  eggs.  It  then  bears  a  tuft 
of  fluffy  waxen  substance  resembling  a  bit  of  white 
cotton.  The  young  scales  appear  soon  after,  when  they 
migrate  to  the  leaves  and  feed  till  early  fall  before 
returning  to  the  twigs,  where  they  finally  pass  the 
winter  in  a  half-grown  condition. 

Practically  all  sorts  of  trees  suffer  at  times  from  scale 
insects,  of  which  there  are  many  kinds.  The  common 
forms  are  divisible  into  two  groups,  the  soft  scales  and 
armored  scales.  The  former  arc  soft  and  convex  like 
the  cottony  maple  scale,  in  which  the  "scale"  is  the  back 
of  the  insect  itself;  the  latter  are  usually  smaller,  like 
the  San  Jos6  scale,  in  which  the  "scale"  is  a  separate 
waxen  cover  secreted  by  the  in,sect. 

c.  Bark-beelles. 

These  insects  are  small  black  or  brown  beetles  that 
hvc  in  the  larval  stages  beneath  the  bark,  feeding  on 
the  inner  bark  and  cambium,  and  all  have  very  similar 


342.  Flat-headed  borer. 
(Natural  size.) 


habits.  The  parent  beetle  enters  the  bark  through  a 
small  hole  about  the  size  of  a  pencil-lead,  and  excavates 
a  single  primary  or  egg-gallery  through  the  cambium, 
usually  grooving  the  sapwood.  This  tunnel  varies  from 
one  to  several  inches  in 
length,  and  along  its 
sides  the  female  cuts  out 
little  pockets,  in  each  of 
which  an  egg  is  laid.  On 
hatching  from  the  eggs, 
the  larvaj  excavate  in- 
dividual mines  usually  more  or  less  perpendicular  to 
the  egg-gallery.  When  full  grown,  the  white  leglesa 
grub-like  larviB  pupate  in  cells  excavated  in  the  bark, 
from  which  the  beetles  emerge  by  chewing  out  a  circu- 
lar tunnel  to  the  surface.  Trees  from  which  beetles 
have  emerged  appear  as  though  the  bark  had  received  a 
charge  of  buck-shot,  from  the  presence  of  the  small  cir- 
cular emergence  holes.  Some  forms,  like  the  genus  Den- 
roctonus,  attack  fine  healthy  coniferous  trees  and  kill 
much  valuable  timber,  but  shade  trees  are  more  com- 
monly attacked  by  the  species  that  live  in  the  bark  of 
deciduous  trees,  more  particularly  those  that  are  in 
a  sickly  condition. 

A  common  form  is  the  hickory  bark-beetle,  Eccop- 
togaster  quadrispinosa,  that  attacks  hickories.  The 
beetles  appear  in  June  and  July,  to  excavate  the  pri- 
mary galleries  which  extend  vertically  for  an  inch  or  two. 
Fort.y  or  fifty  eggs  are  placed  in  notches  on  the  sides  and 
the  larvEe  bore  out  at  right  angles,  thus  girdhng  the 
cambium  and  weakening  or  killing  the  branch.  This 
species  undergoes  only  one  generation  annually,  although 
some  others  pass  through  two  or  more  each  season. 
There  are  many  other  kinds,  all  scarring  the  bark  or 
surface  of  the  wood  in  a  similar  way. 

D.  Wood-borers. 

The  larvEe  of  many  beetles  and  moths,  and  of  a  few 
wasp-like  insects,  injure  trees  by  excavating  their  food- 
burrows  through  the  solid  wood. 

Birches,  grown  for  shade  or  ornamental  trees,  often 
suffer  great  injury  from  the  presence  of  a  flat-headed 
borer,  the  bronze  birch -borer,  Agrilus  anxius.  The 
small  elongate  bronze-green  beetles  appear  in  May  or 
June  and  deposit  their  eggs  on  the  branches,  at  first 
near  the  crown  of  the  tree.  The  larviE  penetrate  the 
bark,  beneath  which  they  cut  irregular  flattened  gal- 
leries till  grown,  when  they  cut  out  cells  in  the  wood  in 
which  to  pass  the  winter  before  emerging  in  the  spring. 
The  upper  parts  of  the  tree  suffer  first  and  begin  to  die, 
and  the  following  year  the  larvae  appear  nearer  to  the 
ground.  Chestnut  is  attacked  by  Agrilus  bilineaius,  the 
two-lined  chestnut-borer. 

Most  other  kinds  of  trees  suffer  similar  injury  from 
related  beetles,  many  of  which  multiply  also  in  dead 
trees  and  stumps. 

Another  flat-headed  borer,  the  larger  flat-headed 
pine-borer,  Chalcophora  virginiensis  (Figs.  342,  343), 
extends  its  flattened  burrows  deep  into  the  wood  of  the 
tree,  a  method  of  feeding  exhibited  by  many  borers  of 
this  group  attacking  deciduous  trees  also.  The  larvae 
grow  to  a  length  of  2  inches  before 
cutting  out  their  transformation  cells 
in  the  bark. 

Round-headed  borers  are  similar  in 
habits,  but  belong  to  another  family 
of  beetles  in  which  the  larva;  are  less 
distinctly  flattened  near  the  head 
and  excavate  more  nearly  cyUndrical 
burrows. 

One  of  our  commonest  species  is  the 
locust-borer,   Cyllene   robinis',   which 
attacks     yellow     lot^ust    trees.     The 
elongate    medium-sized    black    beet-      343.  Chalcophora 
les,  with   brilliant    yellow  markings,    ^Sf'teaded  Wer"' 
appear  in  the   early  fall   to  deposit        (Naiural  size.) 


36S 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


their  oRgs  on  the  bark -of  the  trees.  The  eggs  soon  hatch 
into  larv;v  which  feed  for  a  time  and  then  over-winter 
in  a  small  cell  beneath  the  bark.  Next  year  they  bore 
througli  the  living  wood  and  transform  in  August  to 
beetles.  'Phis  species  can  destroy 
healtliy  locust  trees  rapidl\'  and  is 
a  very  serious  post  wherever  the 
tree  is  grown.  .\11  infested  trees 
should  be  pruned  or  felled  and 
burned  to  destroy  the  larvie,  in 
llie  fall  or  winter.  Sugar  maples 
suffer  from  a  similar  insect,  as  do 
practically  all  sorts  of  trees. 

\\'hite  pine  trees  are  commonly 
deformed  by  the  larvie  of  the 
white-pine  weevil  which  feed  ex- 
clusively beneath  the  bark  of  the 
terminal  shoots  of  young  trees  of 
this  species.    (Fig.  344.) 

The  carpenter  moth,  Prionoxys- 
tus  rohinite,  is  a  large  common 
mottled  gray  insect  with  pale 
yellow  black-headed  and  black- 
speckled  lar\;e  2  inches  in  length, 
that  bore  in  the  branches  of  many 
kinds  of  trees.  Oak  suffers  most,  but  maple,  ash,  locust, 
willow  and  cottonwood  are  often  infested.  The  moth 
lays  its  eggs  on  the  bark  late  in  the  summer,  and  for 
two  or  three  se;isons  the  larva;  feed  on  the  wood,  cut- 
ting large  circular  burrows.  They  transform  in  the 
burrow,  the  pui)a  working  its  way  partly  through  the 
bark  for  the  eclosion  of  the  moth.  The  brown  pupa- 
case  may  then  remain  projecting  from  the  mouth  of 
the  burrow  for  some  time.  A  related  European  insect, 
the  leopard  moth,  Zeuzera  pyrina,  has  recently  become 
abundant  along  the  northern  Atlantic  coast  region, 
attacking  elm  and  all  sorts  of  other  trees  and  shrubs. 
It  feeds  in  the  same  way  and  bids  fair  to  become 
one  of  our  worst  shade-tree  pests.  The  larvee  of 
many  other  moths  injure  trees  in  a  more  or  less 
similar  way. 

The  pigeon  hom-tail  is  a  large  cylindrical  yellow- 
brown  and  black  insect  with  gruli-like  larvEe  that  bore 


344.  Injury  to  tip  of 
white  pine  sapling  by 
white-pine  weevil. (  Xi) 


345.  Phyllorera  galls  on  chestnut.  ( X  H) 


in  elm,  maple,  and  other  trees.  The  females  insert 
their  egga  deep  into  the  tree  by  means  of  a  needle-like 
ovipositor.  Tney  frequently  fail  to  extricate  the  ovi- 
positor and  may  be  seen  dead,  but  still  attached  to  the 
tree  trunks. 

E.  Leaf-miners. 

Small  larvse  belonging  to  several  orders  of  insects 
live  as  miners  in  leaves,  the  most  abundant  forms  often 
greatly  disfiguring  the  foliage  of  affected  trees. 

Deciduous  trees  of  all  sorts  are  affected  by  the  leaf- 
mining  larvjeof  various  small  moths,  but  it  is  very  diffi- 
cult to  distinguish  the  different  species  withoiit  minute 
studv.  Oaks  are  particularly  susceptible  and  are  com- 
monly disfigured  by  the  sinuous  or  irregularly  rounded 
mines  that  appear  as  pale  streaks  or  blotches.  Even 
pines  suffer  from  such  larva-,  which  enter  a  needle  and 
eat  out  the  tissue,  causing  the  tip  to  dry  and  become 
yellow.   Occasionally  insect  larvae  cause  malformations 


or  swellings  of  the  leaves  or  twigs,  known  as  galls. 
(Figs.  345,  340.) 

Yellow  locust  suffers  from  a  leaf-mining  beetle  larva, 
Odonlota  dorsaUs,  that  eats  out  almost  all  of  the  leaf 
parenchyma,  causing  the  leaves  to  dry  and  shrivel. 
Related  species  affect  oak  and  basswood.  Members  of 
another  family,  belonging  to  the  genus  Brachys,  also 
mine  in  leaves  of  oak,  chestnut,  and  so  forth. 

One  leaf-mining  saw-fly  is  of  considerable  importance, 
Kaliofenusa  ulmi,  the  larvte  of  which  eat  out  the  paren- 
chyma of  elm  leaves  between  the  lateral  veins,  causing 
them  to  assume  a  seared  appearance  in  spots  (Fig. 
347).  Another  closely  related  species  mines  in  the 
leaves  of  the  hawthorn  (Crateegus).  The  latter  may 
be  satisfactorily  killed  by  a  spray  of  tobacco-water, 
but  the  species  on  elm  is  more 
resistant.  The  larva;  of  these 
species  enter  the  ground  later  in 
the  simimer  to  spin  their  cocoons. 
C.  T.  Brues. 


346.  Mite-galls  on  maple.  ( X  'A) 


347.  Leaf-miners'  galler- 
ies in  elm.  ( X  )^) 


Some  types  of  tree  diseases. 

Disease  in  plants  is  the  result  of  any  derangement  in 
the  normal  form,  structure  or  physiology  of  the  organ- 
ism. The  disease  condition  becomes  manifest  by  differ- 
ent symptoms,  according  to  the  nature  of  the  disorder. 
Such  symptoms  as  stag-head,  cankers,  leaf-spots, 
witches'  brooms,  and  so  on,  are  examples  of  the  effect 
produced  in  the  tree  by  some  disease-producing  agent  or 
combination  of  agents.  The  variety  of  functional  dis- 
orders alone  that  may  arise  in  trees  is  large.  Such 
causes  as  insufficient  or  excessive  soil  water,  mal- 
nutrition, excessive  heat  or  cold,  or  rapid  variations 
in  temperature  are  capable  of  producing  effects  called 
physiological  diseases.  On  the  other  hand  are  those 
diseases  that  are  produced  by  the  activities  of  para- 
sites, such  as  certain  of  the  fungi,  and  bacteria.  Accu- 
rately to  place  a  new  or  little-known  disease  in  one  of  these 
two  classes  is  often  difficult  for  the  expert,  even  after 
much  study.  There  is  relatively  less  known  concerning 
the  physiological  diseases  of  trees  than  of  those  caused 
by  parasites,  not  because  of  their  less  importance  so 
much  as  of  the  difficulty  of  studying  them.  It  is  to  be 
deplored  that  the  diseases  of  forest,  shade  and  ornamen- 
tal trees  have  not  received  their  due  share  of  study  and 
investigation  by  pathologists. 

How  fungi  cause  diseases  of  trees. 

The  fungi  consist  of  a  group  of  plants  that  do  not 
contain  chlorophyll,  upon  which  all  green  plants  depend 
for  the  synthesis  of  carbohydrates.  Consequently,  not 
being  able  to  manufacture  their  own  food,  the  fungi 
must  secure  it  from  their  environment,  by  dissolving 
and  utilizing  organic  materials  from  dead  or  living 
plant  oi  animaf  bodies.  By  far  the  vast  majority, 
luckily,  belong  to  the  class  of  scavengers  which  attack 
dead  organic  material  and  utilize  it  for  food.  Thfse 
forms  are  called  saprophytes.  Other  species  of  the 
fungi  attack  living  plants  and,  through  their  activities, 
produce  the  disorders  that  are  termed  diseases.  These 
are  known  as  parasites  or  pathogens. 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


369 


In  brief,  the  general  action  of  the  fungi  that  cause 
tree  diseases  is  as  follows:  The  fungus  exists  in  two 
stages,  the  vegetative  and  the  fruiting.  The  vegetative 
stage  consists  of  a  mycelium,  which  is  an  aggregate  of 
long  much-branched  microscopic  threads  of  fungous 
cells.  This  mycelium  penetrates  and  grows  in  the  body 
of  the  tree,  extracting  nutriment  from  it  by  dissolving 
the  different  structures  it  can  utilize.  In  this  process 
the  tissues  of  the  tree  are  destroyed  and  the  fungus 
obtains  food  for  its  further  development.  In  time, 
after  sufficient  food  has  been  stored  in  the  mycelium, 
the  fungus  forms  its  fruiting  bodies.  In  the  case  of  the 
larger  number  of  the  heatt-  and  sap-wood  rots,  this 
fruit  body  consists  of  a  shelf-like  or  toadstool-like 
structure  on  the  exterior  of  the  tree.  In  these  fruiting 
structures  are  borne  millions  of  microscopic  spores  or 
seeds  of  the  fungus,  which  are  distributed  largely  by 
the  wind.  If  by  chance  one  of  these  spores  finds  lodg- 
ment on  an  exposed  wound  in  the  bark  of  a  tree  which 
it  is  capable  of  infecting,  it  will  under  proper  condi- 
tions germinate,  producing  a  mycelium  that  will 
penetrate  the  tissues  of  the  new  host. 

Seedling  diseases. 

The  young  seedlings  in  the  nursery  beds  are  often 
attacked  by  certain  soil  organisms  that  cause  a  decay 
of  the  stem  at  the  surface  of  the  ground,  allowing  the 
plant  to  wilt  and  fall  over.  This  type  of  disease  is  called 
"damping  off;"  in  many  cases  it  is  caused  by  the 
fungus  Pythium  de  Baryanum.  This  disease  is  largely 
induced  bj'  verj'  moist  soils,  a  moist  atmosphere,  high 
temperature,  and  little  ventilation.  By  growing  seed- 
lings in  light  sandy  soils,  well  watered  but  not  exces- 
sively, and  by  aerating  the  beds  well  to  reduce  the 
humidity  of  the  atmosphere  around  the  plants,  this 
trouble  is  practically  avoided.  Soils  in  which  it  has 
once  occurred  should  be  abandoned,  however.  In 
greenhouses  in  which  this  disease  is  often  troublesome 
and  the  precautionary  measures  mentioned  above 
difficult  to  maintain  it  may  be  necessary  to  sterilize 
the  soil  with  formaldehj-de  or  by  steam  heat  immedi- 
ately before  sowing  the  seed. 

Leaf  diseases. 

Very  little  serious  damage  is  caused  by  most  leaf 
diseases  of  trees  other  than  the  unsightly  appearance 
produced.  There  are  a  few  leaf  diseases,  however, 
that  are  of  more  or  less  importance  in  the  United 
States.  Conspicuous  among  these  is  the  anthracnose 
disease  of  oak  and  sycamore  leaves,  caused  by  the 
fungus  Gnotnonia  vetieta.  Throughout  northeastern 
United  States  in  recent  years  the  plane-tree  (Plakinus 

occidentalis)  has  been 
almost  universally  af- 
fected and  the  trees 
often  completely  defoli- 
ated before  the  first  of 
July.  Early  in  the  sea- 
son the  disease  becomes 
manifest  by  the  pro- 
duction of  rapidly  en- 
larging brown  blotches 
which  are  usually  pro- 
duced along  the  veins 
of  the  leaf.  If  examined 
closely,  the  numerous 
spore  clusters  can  be 
seen.  These  clusters  are 
composed  of  innumer- 
able microscopic  con- 
idia  which  serve  for  the  dissemination  of  the  fungus. 
The  twigs  are  commonly  affected  also  and  on  these,  as 
well  as  the  fallen  leaves,  the  fungus  winters  over.  The 
same  fungus  produces  a  similar  disease  on  oaks,  especi- 
ally the  white  oak,  and  is  often  epidemic  in  certain 
regions.   As  a  measure  of  prevention,  all  fallen  leaves 

24 


348.  Maple  leaf  affected  by  the  tar- 
spot  fungus,  Rbytisma  acerinum. 


•i 


»>,(» 


\i 


'*'-;J 


and  twigs  from  diseased  trees  should  be  carefully  col- 
lected and  burned.  All  diseased  twigs  should  be  pruned 
off  and  burned.  If  desirable,  the  trees  may  be  sprayed 
with  standard  bordeaux  mixture  from  the  time  the 
leaves  begin  to  unfokl,  at  periods  of  two  or  three  weeks, 
until  the  first  of  July. 

The  tar-spot  disease  of  the  maple 
caused  by  Rhytisnm  acerinum  is  a  con- 
spicuous disease  but  seldom  causes 
serious  damage  to  the  tree.  Fig.  348. 
The  diseased  .spots  appear  as  blotches 
of  tar  on  the  upper  surface  of  the 
leaves.  Burning  the  diseased  leaves 
will  materially  lessen  the  chances  of 
attack  the  coming  year  since  the 
pathogen  winters  in  them. 

Maple  trees,  at  least  in  the  north- 
eastern states,  have  suffered  during 
the  past  few  summers  from  a  physio- 
logical trouble  called  leaf-scorch.  The 
leaves  of  one  side  or  the  whole  of  the 
tree  turn  brown  between  the  veins  and 
finally  dry  up.  This  disease  has  been 
ascribed  to  over-transpiration  of  the 
leaf -tissues  at  a  time  of  year  when  the 
roots  cannot  furnish  enough  water  to 
the  tree  to  compensate  the  loss.  Thus 
the  leaf-cells  are  killed  by  desiccation 
and  the  brown  blotches  appear.  It  is 
advised  that  artificial  watering  during 
hot,  dry  weather  will  materially  lessen 
the  severity  of  the  trouble,  especially 
under  city  conditions. 

Canker  diseases. 

A  diseased  condition  of  the  limbs  349.  canker 
or  trunk  of  a  tree  that  results  in  the  disease  of  the 
death  of  an  area  of  the  bark  is  termed  chestnut  pro- 
a  canker.  These  cankered  areas  may  duced  by  the 
be  either  sunken  or  enlarged,  and  the  p'^f^iuca°  °The 
terms  necrotic  and  hypertrophy  cank-  conidial  tendrils 
ers  are  used  respectively  to  designate  are  produced 
these  characters.  Not  all  cankers  are  f™"  the  numer- 
produced  by  parasitic  organisms ;  some  °"^  ruptures 
are  the  result  of  malnutrition,  winter  ba^t.°  '"  * 
injury,  sun-scorch,  insects,  and  the  like. 

By  far  the  worst  epidemic  disease  of  trees  in  America 
is  the  chestnut-canker  now  prevalent  in  many  of  the 
eastern  states.  In  all,  a  total  loss  of  .$2.5,000,000  has 
been  ascribed  to  this  disease  between  the  time  it  was 
first  noticed,  in  1904,  on  Long  Island,  and  the  year 
1912.  The  cankers  produced  on  the  chestnut  are 
caused  by  the  fungus  Endothia  parasitica.  Fig.  349. 
At  present,  the  question  of  the  origin  of  this  disease  in 
the  United  States  is  undetermined.  The  fungus  works 
rapidly  in  the  bark  and  sap-wood,  killing  the  tissues. 
Fruiting  bodies  of  two  types  are  formed  on  the  dis- 
eased bark,  a  conidial  stage  that  appears  as  long 
yellow  tendrils  of  gelatinous  matter  and  the  reddish 
yellow  to  dark  brown  cushion-like  stromata  that  contain 
the  ascospores.  These  latter  spores  are  ejected  in  large 
numbers  at  every  rainy  period  throughout  the  spring, 
summer,  and  fall  and  are  carried  by  the  wind,  readily 
causing  new  infections.  On  the  individual  tree,  the 
fungus  is  rapidly  spread  by  the  washing  down  of  the 
conidia  into  wounds  in  the  bark.  The  cankered  areas 
soon  cause  the  death  of  the  parts  above  by  girdUng 
the  limb  and,  in  most  cases,  complete  death  of  the  tree 
follows  in  two  or  three  years.  The  state  of  Pennsyl- 
vania has  taken  steps  to  eradicate  tliis  disease  by  seeking 
out  diseased  trees  and  compelling  owners  to  cut  all 
affected  trees  in  the  western  half  of  the  state.  The 
extremely  virulent  nature  of  the  disease,  however,  has 
led  more  conservative  pathologists  to  question  the 
advisability  of  expending  large  sums  of  money  with  so 
slight  a  chance  of  ultimate  or  complete  success.     The 


370 


AHBOKICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


350.  Stem  of  white  pine  tree  attacked  by 
the  white  pine  blister-rust  fungus,  Cronartium 
ribicola.  The  fruiting  stage  is  here  shown  in 
the  process  of  rupturing  the  bark. 


problem  of  s;i\-in};  imtivitlujil  trees  in  affoeted  regions 
luis  not  tuvn  solvinl.  The  \-ery  nature  of  the  disease 
preehides  siirayiiig,  and  tree  surgery  methods  ha\e  not 
given  anything  more  than  temporary  sueeess.  Incipient 
eankersaresoditiicult  to  locate  and,  by  produeingeonidia 

when  only  three 
or  lour  weeks 
old,  serve  to 
spread  the  fun- 
gus so  rapidly 
over  the  tree  that 
himian  efforts  so 
far  have  failed. 

Rust  diseases. 

The  most  de- 
structive and 
important  rust 
diseases  of  trees 
are  those  caused 
by  different  spe- 
cies of  the  Peri- 
dermiums  on 
coniferous  trees. 
These  rust  fungi 
attack  the  nee- 
dles, twigs,  or 
limbs  of  conifer- 
ous trees,  often 
producing  de- 
foliation or  com- 
plete death  of 
the  tree.  Notable  among  these  diseases  is  the  white-pine 
blister-rust  caused  by  the  Peridermium  stage  of  the 
fungus  Cronartium  ribicola  (Fig.  350)  which  has  its  Cro- 
nartium stage  on  species  of  currants  and  gooseberries. 
The  fungus  is  not  native  to  this  country  but  has  recently 
been  imported  from  Europe.  In  Europe  the  disease  has 
practically  exterminated  the  white  pine  (Pinus  Strobus) 
m  many  localities,  and  in  this  country  the  danger  of 
a  similar  destruction  of  this  species  is  now  being  faced, 
if  the  fungus  acts  with  the  same  virulence  as  in  its 
native  environment.  In  1912  the  Federal  Board  of 
Horticulture  placed  a  quarantine  on  most  of  the  coun- 
tries of  Europe,  which  prevents  anyone  bringing  white 
pine  trees  from  the^e  countries  into  the  United  States. 
The  fungus  attacks  white  pine  from  one  to  twenty 
years  old,  the  mycelium  growing  in  the  bark  and  usu- 
ally producing  a  swelling. 
The  orange -yellow  fruiting 
bodies  burst  through  the  bark 
in  one  to  five  years  after  in- 
fection. The  spores  from  the 
pine  can  affect  the  gooseberry 
or  currant  leaves  only.  On 
these  hosts  other  kinds  of 
spores  are  borne  in  the  fall 
which  can  infect  the  white 
pine  only  and  thus  the  yearly 
cycle  is  completed.  The  black 
currant  (Ribes  nigrum)  is  by 
far  the  most  virulently  af- 
fect(!d  in  this  countr>',  and  it 
is  a<lvised  that  plants  of  this 
species  are  therefore  ex- 
tremely dangerotis  to  the 
white  pine  industry  and  their 
culture  should  be  discouraged. 
By  keeping  currants  and 
gooseberries  at  letust  5(X)  feet 
away  from  white  pines,  a 
partial  safeguard  is  provifled 
against  th(t  pa.ssing  of  the 
fungus  from  one  host  to  the 
other.  \]]  plants  affected  l)y 
this  fungus  should  be  imme- 


351.  Black  spruce  at- 
tacked by  the  dwarf  mistle- 
toe, Arceuthobium  pusil- 
lum,  causing  witches' 
brooms. 


diately  destroyed.    Consult  Bureau  of  Plant  Industry, 
U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric,  Bulletin  200  for  further  details. 

Witches'  broom  diseases. 

Excessive  branching  at  any  point  on  a  limb,  forming 
a  compact  cluster  of  short  stubby  branches,  is  often 
caused  bj-  numerous  agents,  both  insect  and  fungus, 
as  well  a,s  by  the  mistletoes.  In  the  South,  especially, 
trees  of  many  species  are  disfigured  by  these  witches' 
brooms  caused  by  the  American  mistletoe,  Phoraden- 
dron  flovetscens  and  related  forms.  In  the  northern  states 
the  dwarf  mistletoe,  Arceuthobium  pusiRum  (Fig.  351) 
causes  similar  brooms  on  the  black  spruce  (Picea 
Mariana).  Witches'  brooms  on  red  cedar  (Juniperus 
virginiana)  htg  caused  by  the  rust  Gymnosporangium 
nidus-avis. 

Root  diseases. 

The  principal  root  disease  of  trees  that  is  widely  dis- 
tributed throughout  the  United  States  is  that  caused 
by  the  mushroom  Armillaria  mellea.  Fig.  352.  The 
mycelium  of  this  fungus  grows  in  the  soil  on  decaying 
wood  as  a  saprophyte,  but  can  also  become  parasitic, 
killing  trees  over  large  areas.  Almost  any  of  our  indig- 
enous trees  may  be  affected 
with  this  disease.  Fruit  trees 
often  suffer  in  certain  re- 
gions. The  mycelium  pene- 
trates the  roots  and  grows  in 
the  bark  and  wood,  working 
up  into  the  base  of  the  tree. 
The  destruction  of  the  root- 
sy.stem  is  so  rapid,  however, 
that  two  or  three  years  after 
infection  the  tree  often  dies, 
before  the  fungus  has  spread 
anj-  great  distance  up  the 
trunk.  In  the  older  decayed 
parts  of  the 
root  and  in  the 
soil,  the  myce- 
lium is  aggre- 
gated into  long 
black,  flat- 
tened strands 
called  "rhizo- 
morphs,"  or 
more  com- 
monly termed,  r. 
"shoe-strings."  x 
In  the  case 
of  conifer- 
ous trees,  an 
abundant  exu- 
date of  resin- 
ous sap  occurs 
at  the  base  of 
affected  trees, 
which  forms 
the  surrounding  soil  into  a  cake.  The  disease  may  be 
recognized  by  the  gradual  yellowing  of  the  fohage, 
decay  of  the  rooks,  presence  of  the  "shoe-strings"  in 
the  soil,  and  the  appearance  of  the  honey-yellow  mush- 
rooms around  the  base  of  the  tree.  No  practical  method 
of  treatment  is  known.  Diseased  trees  and  the  mush- 
rooms should  be  destroyed. 

Other  soil  organisms  may  enter  through  wounds  in 
roots  and  cause  diseases.  Such  a  disease  may,  after 
becoming  estabhshed  in  the  roots,  continue  to  spread  up 
the  trunk.  Thus  wounded  root-systems  are  as  danger- 
ous a  source  of  infection  as  wounded  branches.  Roots 
often  suff(T  from  winter  injury  largely  because  the  wood 
ripens  from  the  top  of  the  tree  downward,  and  when 
severe  conditions  are  undergone  early  in  the  winter 
before  the  new  wood  of  the  roots  has  ripened,  it  is 
killed. 


352.  Base  of  young  white  pine  tree  attacked 
by  Armillaria  mellea.  Note  the  cake  of  earth 
around  the  tree  due  to  the  exudate  of  resin,  also 
the  white  mycelium  felts  within  the  bark  and 
the  enlarged  resin  vesicles  induced  by  the 
fungus.  The  slender  strands  clinging  to  the  cake 
of  earth  are  the  "shoe  strings." 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


371 


Hearl-rot  diseases. 

Most,  of  the  wood-rotting  fungi  belong  to  a  class 
known  ;us  the  wound  parasites.  By  far  the  most  univer- 
sally distributed  and  destructive  of  these  is  the  shelf 
fungus,  Fames  igiiiarius  (Figs.  353, 354),  which  causes  the 
white  heart-rot  of  deciduous  trees.  Infection  may  occur 
in  any  part  of  the  tree  where  wood  is  exposed.  The  my- 
celiuni,  by  dissolving  the  lignin  of  the  woody  elements, 
first  causes  a  brown  decay  that  Ls  later  succeeded  by  a 
whitish  decomposition,  at  which  stage  very  little  of 
the  original  woody  structiu-es  is  left.  This  decom- 
position of  the  heartwood  takes  place  rapidly  and 
often  the  tree  is  blown  over.  The  fruiting  bodies  of  this 
fungus  are  produced  usually  at  the  point  of  infection. 
They  consist  of  large  hoof -shaped  bodies,  carbonaceous 
and  rough  on  the  upper  surface,  and  brown  beneath. 
The  under  surface  is  full  of  small  holes  which  are  the 
openings  of  long  vertical  tubes,  on  the  inner  surface  of 
which  the  spores  are  bonie.  These  spores  sift  out  of 
the  tubes  and  arc  distributed  by  the  wind. 

Another  fungus  commonly  met  with,  and  acting 
similarly,  is  Fames  fomenlarius.  This  is  also  at  times 
a  wound  parasite  but  works  mostly  in  the  sapwood 
first  and  later  spreads  into  the  heartwood.  A  yel- 
lowish white,  soft  decay  is  produced.  Large  sheets  of  a 
chamois-skin-like  character  are  often  found  in  trees 
rotted  by  this  fungus.  These  sheets  are  compact  masses 
of  the  mycelium  which  have  filled  up  the  long  cracks 
produced  by  the  shrinking  of  the  diseased  wood.  The 
sporophores  are  essentially  different  from  those  of  F. 
igniarius,  being  light  gray  and  smooth  on  top  and  light 
gray-brown  beneath,  with  relatively  large  pores.  Nu- 
merous other  shelf  fungi  occur  as  wound  parasites  and 
do  more  or  less  damage  where  the  bark,  when  wounded, 
was  not  protected  until  the  natural  callus  could  form. 
Some  of  the  fungi  which  are  wound  parasites  of  hving 
trees  continue  a  saprophj-tic  life  in  structural  timbers, 
causing  their  ultimate  destruction. 

Winter  injury,  sun-scald  and  drought 

Many  misconceptions  are  prevalent  concerning  the 
real  effect  of  freezing  and  sun-scald  on  trees.  The 
injury  by  freezing  in  trees  is  due  to  the  action  of  low 
temperature  upon  the  water  in  the  cells  of  the  tree  or 
to  the  tension  pressures  induced.  As  the  temperature 
appi  caches  freezing,  the  water  in  the  cell  begins  to  pass 
out  into  the  intercellular  spaces  and  there  accumulates. 
The  lower  the  temperature  goes,  the  more  water  is 
extracted  from  the  cell  and  stored  in  the  intercellular 
spaces  as  ice  crystals.  WTien  a  certain  temperature  is 
reached,  the  amount  of  water  withdrawn  is  such  that 
the  living  elements  of  the  cell  can  no  longer  survive,  and 
arc  killed.  This  specific  minimum  temperature  varies 
for  diiTerent  species  of  trees,  accounting  for  the  diffeience 
in  susceptibility  to  winter  injury.  The  hving  tissues 
of  the  tree  constitute  the  bark  and  sapwood,  and  when 
areas  of  these  tissues  are  killed,  serious  damage  is  done  to 
the  tree.  Either  enough  damage  is  done  to  the  roots, 
trunks,  or  twigs  to  cause  ultimate  death  the  coming 
summer,  or  the  areas  that  were  killed  serve  as  infection 
courts  for  the  various  wound  parasites  like  the  heart- 
rot  or  sap-rot  fungi.  In  the  case  of  sun-scald,  the  action 
is  exactly  similar,  with  the  exception  that  the  water  is 
removed  from  one  side  of  the  tree  by  excessive  heat 
during  the  growing  season,  instead  of  by  freezing.  The 
cracking  and  splitting  of  the  bark  of  trees  may  be  due 
to  the  tension  pressure  set  up  in  the  bark  by  the  con- 
tracting of  thewTjody  cylinder  in  circmnference  during 
periods  of  low  temperature. 

Norway  maple  trees  planted  for  shade  are  especially 
susceptible  to  sun-scald  because  they  are  grown  close 
together  in  the  nurserj'  to  a  large  size  and  then,  when 
planted  out,  they  are  often  injured  by  the  hot  sun. 
Care  should  be  taken  not  to  attempt  to  grow  trees 
farther  north  than   their  natural  range,   which  is  an 


indication  of  their  ability  to  withstand  the  minimum 
temperatures. 

Trees  suffer  in  dry  seasons  from  drought.  Water 
is  transpired  from  the  leaves  of  a  large  tree,  in  great 
quantities.  The  hotter  and  dryer  the  atmosphere,  the 
more  water  is  transpired.  Thus  it  happens  that  during 
continued  droughts  there  is  not  sufficient  soil-water 
present  for  the  roots  to  supply  the  requisite  quantity 
to  compensate  for  this  large  loss,  and  the  leaves  are 
killed  lay  dessication.  Dead  tops  or  .stag-head  ultimately 
result  in  cases  in  which  such  conditions  continue  year 
after  year.  Artificial  watering  in  such  cases  will  relieve 
this  condition  and  largely  prevent  the  trouble. 

Excessively  wet  soil  will  also  act  in  a  similar  way. 
Tree  roots  in  saturated  soil  are  unable  to  take  up  water 
because  they  are  suffocated  by  the  lack  of  oxygen. 
Hence  the  tops  suffer  as  from  drought. 

Smoke  and  gas  injury. 

In  manufacturing  districts  in  which  large  quantities 
of  smoke  are  produced,  extensive  injuries  to  trees  as 
well  as  other  vegetation  often  result.  The  injurious 
property  of  the  smoke  is  mainly  due  to  the  sulfur 


353.  Sporophore  of  Fomes  igniarius  var.  nigricans.    Spore- 
bearing  surface  shown  by  the  lighter  color. 

dioxid  that  it  contains.  This  gas,  when  dissolved 
in  the  cell-sap  of  the  leaf  or  the  soil-water,  produces 
sulfuric  acid,  which  is  poisonous  to  the  tree. 

The  roots  of  trees  are  also  injured  by  escaping  sewer- 
gas  or  illuminating  gas,  which  either  poisons  or  suffo- 
cates the  roots.  Trees  killed  by  escaping  gas  in  the  soil 
usually  shed  their  outer  bark  in  large  patches  near  the 
base,  the  inner  bark  remaining  tighly  appressed  to  the 
tree. 

Trees  that  come  into  contact  with  electric  wires  are 
injured  in  proportion  to  the  strength  of  the  current  and 
the  duration  of  the  contact.  Often  trees  are  killed  in 
cities  from  this  cause. 

Gases  arising  from  recently  laid  creosoted  paving- 
blocks  or  macadam  bound  with  tar  often  cause  defoli- 
ation of  nearby  trees,  by  the  poisoning  of  the  cell- 
contents  of  the  leaves. 

Sanitary  ineasures  for  the  prevention  aj  diseases. 

(1)  As  a  first  means  of  preventing  di.sease  in  trees, 
one  should  buy  clean  stock  from  nurseries  regularly 
inspected  by  state  agents.  Stock  should  be  bought  from 
nurseries  in  this  country,  owing  to  the  great  danger  of 
importing  diseases  which  might  become  epidemic.  (2) 
In  addition,  one  should  use  his  influence  in  getting  his 
neighbors  to  eradicate  diseased  trees  and  diseased  parts 
of  trees.  Clean  stock  grown  in  a  well-cared-for  neigh- 
borhood is  the  problem  half  solved.  (3)  The  litter  of 
leaves  or  twigs  under  a  di.-iea-^ed  tree  should  be  collected 


372 


AKBOHICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


each  fall  and  carefully  Imnicd  in  order  to  prevent,  the 
wintering  over  of  harmful  fungi.  (4)  Care  should  be 
taken  that  all  wounds  made  in  pruning  or  by  accident 
be  imnuHiiately  treated  witli  some  waterproof  adhesive 
to  prevent  infection  by  wound  panusites.  In  the  absence 
of  anything  like  accurate  knowledge  concerning  better 
preparations,  coal  or  g;us  tar  and  lead  paint  are  to  be 
reconimendixl.  The  tar  will  last  longer  than  the  paint. 
The  whole  idea  of  wound-protection  is  to  bridge  over 
the  time  lapsing  between  the  injury  and  the  natural 
healing  of  the  wound  by  the  callus.  Wounds  previously 
treated  should  be  gone  over  at  least  once  a  year  and  a 
new  coating  applied  if  necessary. 

Pretcniion  of  leaf  diseases. 

.\lthough  the  most  of  the  damage  done  by  leaf  dis- 
e;ises  is  mainly  to  the  appearance  and  not  to  the  life  of 
the  tree,  it  may  even  be  desirable  to  prevent  the  un- 
sightlj'  appearance  of  leaf -spot  or  other  diseases  of  that 

nature.  If,  after  the 
sanitary  methods  de- 
scribed above  fail  to 
control  the  disease,  it  is 
desired  to  spray,  this  can 
be  done  at  some  little 
expense  if  the  trees  are 
not  too  large.  Bordeaux 
mixture,  full  strength  or 
half  strength,  applied 
three  or  four  times  after 
the  leaves  begin  to 
show,  at  intervals  of 
about  three  weeks,  will 
probably  tend  to  lessen 
infection  in  most  cases. 
Spray  mixtures  should 
be  applied  a  few  hours 
previous  to  general  rain 
periods,  the  advance  of 
which  can  be  predicted 
bv  observing  the  government  weather  maps.  General 
directions  about  spray  mixtures  and  spraying  machinery 
is  now  attainable  from  almost  any  one  of  the  State 
Agricultural  Experiment  Stations. 

Treatment  of  diseased  trees. 

When  the  woody  part  of  the  tree  is  the  diseased 
area,  tree-surgery  methods  must  be  used.  Badly  dis- 
eased limbs  and  twigs  should  be  pruned  ofT  flush.  Never 
leave  a  stub.  Wounds  so  made  should  immediately 
be  coatwl  with  a  waterproofing.  Decayed  parts  of 
larger  limbs  or  trunks  should  be  carefully  dug  out  with 
a  gouge  and  mallet,  being  sure  to  remove  far  back 
on  all  sides  of  the  cavity  into  apiiarently  healthy  wood. 
The  growing  mycelium  of  the  fungus  is  advancing  some 
distance  beyond  the  decayed  area,  in  what  appears 
as  healthy  tissue,  and  must  be  removed  to  effect  a 
stoppage  "of  the  decay.  Cavities  thus  made  may  be 
filled  with  concrete  or  left  open,  providefl,  in  either  case 
however,  that  the  entiie  surface  exposed  is  carefully 
painted  with  a  waterproofing  paint  or  tar.  Diseased 
roots  may  be  treated  in  the  same  way.  At  the 
present  time  no  method  of  treating  diseased  trees 
internally  is  known.  The  ideas  of  quacks  who  may 
advance  such  treatments  should  be  doubted,  for  in  the 
majority  of  cases  such  treatments  will  prove  to  be  harm- 
ful. The  matter  of  chemcotherapy  for  the  cure  of  tree 
diseases  Ls  not  without  hopeful  outlook,  but  much  care- 
ful investigation  by  experts  must  be  forthcoming  before 
such  methods  can  be  evolved.  w.  H.  Rankin. 

Choice  of  trees  for  special  purposes. 

The  following  lists  include  trees  of  proved  hardiness 
and  are  not  intended  to  be  complete  but  merely  sugges- 
tive, and  chiefly  for  the  northeastern  United  States  and 
Canada. 


354.  Cross-section  of  maple  limb 
affected  by  Fomes  igniarius.  Note 
that  tlie  frost  crack  was  possibly  the 
infection  court.  A  young  sporophore 
is  shown  just  emerging  at  the  top 
of  the  picture.  (X?^) 


1.  Trees  with  Showy  Flowers. 

A.  Bloominn    in   early   spring   before   or   with   the 

leaves. 
Acer  rubruin  (fls.  blood-red). 
Aniclanchier  canadensis  (fls.  white). 
Ccrcis  canadensis  (fls.  rosy  pink). 
Cornus  florida  {fls.  white,  also  pink). 
Cornu.s  mas  (fls.  yellow). 
Magnolia  denudata  (fls.  white). 
Magnolia  Soulangeana  (fls.  white  to  purple). 
Prunus  aniericana  and  other  plums  (fls.  white). 
Prunus  Avium  and  other  cherries  (fls.  white). 
Prunus  Davidiana  (fls.  pink,  also  white,  the  earliest  of  all 

Prunus). 
Prunus  pentlula  (fls.  pinkish,  branches  pendulous). 
Prunus  Sargentii  (fls.  light  pink). 
Prunus  serrulata  (fls.  white  to  pink). 
Pyrus  baccata  and  other  species  (fls.  white  to  pink). 
SaUx  (staminate  plants  with  yellow  catkins). 

AA.  Blooming  late  in  spring  after  the  leaves. 

^Esculus  Hippocastanum  and  otlier  species  (fls.  white  or 

red). 
Catalpa  speciosa  (fls.  white). 
Cladrastis  lutea  (fls.  white). 
Cornus  kousa  (fls.  white). 
Crataegus  (fls.  white). 
Fraxinus  Ornus  (fls.  white). 
Laburnum  (fls.  yellow). 
Magnolia  hypoleuca  (fls.  white). 
Pterostyrax  (fls.  white). 
Robinia  (fls.  white  or  light  pink). 
Syringa  vulgaris  (fls.  white  to  purple). 
Tamarix  parviflora  (pink). 

AAA.  Blooming  in  summer  and  autumn. 

Aralia  chinensis  and  A.  spinosa  (fls.  Aug.  and  Sept.). 
Castanea  dentata  (fls.  white;  July). 
Gordonia  pubescens  (fls.  white;  Sept.,  Oct.). 
Koelreuteria  paniculata  (fls.  yellow;  July,  Aug.). 
Oxydendrum  arboreum  (fls.  white;  July,  .\ug. ). 
Rhus  semialata  (fls.  white;  Aug.,  Sept.). 
Robinia  neomexicana  (fls.  light  pink;  Aug.). 
Sophora  japonica  (fls.  white;  Aug.). 
Syringa  japonica  (fls.  white;  July). 

Tamarix  gallica  (fls.  pink;  Aug.,  Sept..  if  severely  cut 
back). 

2.  Trees  with  Showy  Fruits. 

Acer  pseudoplatanus  var.  erythrocarpa  (fr.  bright  red). 

Acer  rubrum  (fr.  bright  red  in  May  and  June). 

Ailanthus    altisaima  var.  erythrocarpa  (fr.  red). 

Cornus  florida  (fr.  scarlet). 

Cotinus  coggygria  (ample  feathery  panicles.) 

Crataegus  mollis  and  others  (fr.  scarlet  or  red). 

Hippophae  rhamnoides  (fr.  yellow). 

Ilex  opaca  ffr.  red). 

Magnolia  hypoleuca  (fr.  scarlet). 

Magnolia  tripctala  (fr.  pink). 

Pyrus  baccata  and  allied  species  (fr.  yellow  or  scarlet). 

Rhus  typhina  (fr.  scarlet). 

Sassafras  (fr.  dark  blue  with  red  stems). 

.Sorbus  americana  and  aucuparia  (fr.  red). 

Taxus  baccata  (fr.  scarlet). 

3.  Trees  Valued  for  Foliage  Effects.     (See  also 

Section  5,  Evergreens,  next  page.) 
A.  With  colored  foliage. 

Acer  Negundo  var.  argenteo-variegatum  (the  most  effec- 
tive of  hardy  variegated  trees.) 

Acer  Negundo  var.  aureo-marginatum  (Ivs.  yellow). 

Acer  palmatum  var.  atropurpureum  (Ivs.  purple). 

Acer  platanoidea  var.  Reitenbachii  (Ivs.  becoming  dark 
red  in  summer). 

Acer  platanoides  var.  Schwedleri  (Ivs.  bright  red  in 
spring). 

Acer  pseudoplatanus  var.  Worleei  (Ivs.  yellowish). 

Betula  alba  var.  purpurea  (Ivs.  purple). 

Fagus  sylvatica  var.  purpurea  (ivs.  purple). 

Populus  alba  var.  nivea  (Ivs.  white  beneath). 

Populus  deltoides  var.  aurca  (one  of  the  best  yellow- 
leaved  trees). 

Quercus  pedunculata  var.  atropurpurea  (Ivs.  purplish). 

Quercus  pedunculata  var.  Concordia  (Ivs.  yellowish). 

Salix  alba  var.  argcntea  (Ivs.  silvery  white). 

Tilia  tomentosa  (Ivs.  white  beneath). 

Ulmus  campestris  var.  argenteo-variegata  (Ivs.  whitish). 

AA.  With  la.rge,  hold  foliage. 

.^ranthopanax  ricinifolium.  Catalpa  speciosa. 

Acer  insigne.  Magnolia  macrophylla. 

Acer  macrophyllum.  Magnolia  tripetala. 

Aralia  chinensis  and  A.  .spinosa.  Paulownia  tomentosa. 

Asimina  triloba.  Quercus  dentata. 


^-«^ 


X.    Arboriculture.  -  Picea  pungens,  tlir  (  ..lorad,.  t.lut-  sprue 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


373 


Frees  Valued  for  Foliage  Effects,  continued. 
AAA.  With  snially  narrow,  or  finely  cut  foliage, 

Acer  palmatum  var.  dissectura. 
Acer  platanoides  var.  Lorbergii. 
Acer  siaccharinum  var.  Wieri. 
Alnu.s  glutinosa  var.  iinperialis. 
Belula  pendula  var.  dalecarlica. 
Elffiagnus  angustifolia. 
Fagus  tiylvatica  var.  asplenifolia. 
Gleditsia  triacanthos. 
Gymnocladus  canadensis. 
Hippophae  rhamnoides. 
Juglans  regia  var.  laciniata. 
Quercus  pedunculata  var.  filicifolia. 
Salix  nigra. 

Sambucus  nigra  var.  laciniata. 
Tamarix  gallica.  etc. 
Taxodium  distichum. 

4.  Trees  with  Brilliant  Autumnal  Tints. 

Acer  rubrura  (scarlet). 

Acer  saccharum  {scarlet  and  orange). 

Cornus  florida  (scarlet). 

Cercidiphyllum  (yellow  and  purple). 

Crataegus  (mostly  scarlet  and  orange). 

Fraxinus  americana  (yellow  or  violet-purple). 

Liquidambar  (scarlet). 

Liriodendron  (bright  yellow). 

Nyssa  sylvatica  (scarlet). 

Oxydendrum  arboreum. 

Quercus  alba  (\nnou3  purple). 

Quercus  coccinea.  palustris  (scarlet). 

Rhus  (mostly  scarlet). 

Sassafras  (orange  and  scarlet). 


5.  Evergreen  Trees. 
A.  Conifers. 

Abies. 

ChamEecyparia 
Juniperu.s  virginiana. 
Picea. 


Pinus. 

Pseudotsuga, 
Thuya. 
Tsuga. 


AA.  Broad-lea  ved    evergreens  (only    Ilex    opaca    and 
Rhododendron  hard}-  in  the  N.). 

Ilex  opaca.  Persea  carolinensis. 

Magnolia    glauca    (not  Prunus  caroliniana. 

fully  evergreen  as  far  Prunus  lusitanica. 

north  as  it  is  hardy).  Quercus  virginiana. 

Magnolia  grandiflora.  Rhododendron  maximum. 

6.  Deciduous   Trees  Valued   for   Their    Winter 
Effects. 

Acer  Negundo  (branches  light  green). 

Acer  pennsylvanicum  (striped  bark). 

Betula  nigra  (flaky  reddish  brown  bark). 

Betula  papyracea  (smooth,  silvery  white  bark). 

CratEegus  viridis,  C.  nitida  and  other  species  (red  fruit). 

Fagus  sylvatica  (keeps  its  dead  leaves). 

Gleditsia  (large,  flat  pods). 

Hippophae  rhamnoides  (yellow  berries). 

Liquidambar  (corky  branches). 

Pyrus  prunifolia  (scarlet  or  yellow  fruit). 

Quercus    alba,    pedunculata    and    tincloria    (keep    their 

leaves). 
Quercus  macrocarpa  (corky  branches). 
Rhus  typhina  (scarlet  fruit). 
Salix  vitellina  fyellow  branches). 
Sorbus  americana  and  S.  aucuparia  (scarlet  fruit). 


Columnar  or  Narrow  Pyramidal  Trees,  contiDued. 

Populus  nigra  var.  italica. 

Quercus  pedunculata  var.  pyramidalis. 

Robinia  pseudacacia  var.  pyramidalis. 

Sorbus  hybrida. 

Taxodium  distichum  (especially  var.  imbricarium  • 

Taxus  baccata  var.  fastigiata. 

Thuya. 

Ulmus  campestris  var.  monumentalis. 

Ulmus  scabra  var.  fastigiata. 

9.  Round-headed  Trees. 

Acer  platanoides  var.  globosum. 

iEsculus  Hippocastanum  var.  urabraculifera. 

Catalpa  bignonioides  var.  nana. 

Fraxinus  excelsior  var.  globosa. 

Morus  alba  var.  nana. 

Prunus  Mahaleb  var.  globosa. 

Robinia  Pseudacacia  var.  umbraculifera. 

Ulmus  campestris  var.  gracilis. 

Ulmvis  campestris  var.  umbraculifera. 

10.  Weeping  Trees. 

Acer  saccharinum  var.  Wieri. 

Betula  alba  var.  pendula. 

CratEBgus  monogyna  var.  pendula. 

Fagus  sylvatica  var.  pendula. 

Fraxinus  excelsior  var.  pendula. 

Fraxinus  parvifolia  var.  pendula. 

Gleditsia  triacanthos  var.  pendula. 

Prunus  pendula. 

Prunus  serotina  var.  pendu'a. 

Quercus  pedunculata  var.  Dauvessei. 

Salix  babylonica. 

Salix  blanda. 

Salix  vitellina  var.  pendula. 

Sophora  japonica  var.  pendula. 

Sorbus  aucuparia  var.  pendula. 

Tilia  petiolaris. 

Ulmus  scabra  var.  pendula. 

11.  City  Trees.    (See  also  No.  12.) 

Ailanthus   altissima    ipistillate  tree). 

Carpinus. 

Celtis  occidentalis. 

Crat£Egus  oxyacantha. 

Fraxinus  americana. 

Fraxinus  excelsior. 

Ginkgo  biloba. 

Gleditsia  triacanthos. 

Platanus  orientalis. 

Populus  deltoides. 

Populus  nigra  var.  italica 

Prunus  serotina. 

Robinia  Pseudacacia  (often  attacked  by  borers). 

Sophora  japonica. 

Tilia  tomentosa. 

Tilia  ulmifolia. 

Ulmus  americana. 

Ulmus  campestris. 

12.  Shade  and  Avenue  Trees. 

Besides  the  trees  enumerated  under  city  trees,  No.  11 
(which  are  to  be  recommended  as  street  trees  in  the 
cities),  the  following  trees  are  good  avenue  subjects: 


'  (often  attacked  by  borers). 


7.  Very  Tall  Trees. 

Gleditsia  triacanthos. 
Juglans  nigra. 
I-iriodendron  Tulipifera. 
Picea  excelsa. 
Pinus  strobus. 
Platanus  occidentalis. 
Populus  balsamifera. 


Populus  deltoides. 
Quercus  macrocarpa, 
Quercus  palustris. 
Quercus  rubra. 
Quercus  velutina. 
Taxodium  distichum. 
Uimus  americana. 


Acer  platanoides. 
Acer  rubrum. 
Acer  saccharinum. 
Acer  saccharum. 
iEsculus  carnea. 
.^sculus  Hippocastanum. 
Catalpa  speciosa. 
Liquidambar  styraciflua. 
Liriodendron  Tulipifera. 


Quercus  alba. 
Quercus  coccinea. 
Quercus  imbricaria. 
Quercus  palustris. 
Quercus  phellos. 
Quercus  rubra. 
Tilia  americana. 
Tilia  dasystyla. 
Tilia  ulmifolia. 


13.  Trees  for  Seaside  Planting. 


8.  Columnar  or  Narrow  Pyramidal  Trees. 

Abies  (most  species). 

Acer  saccharinum  var.  pyramidale. 

Acer  saccharum  var.  monumentale. 

Betula  pendula  var.  fastigiata. 

Carpinus  betulus  var.  fastigiata. 

Cephalotaxus  Harringtonia  var.  koraiana. 

Chamacyparis  Lawsoniana. 

ChamEEcyparis  nutkaensis. 

Juniperus  communis  var.  suecica. 

-lunipenis  virginiana  (especially  var.  pyramidalis). 

Liriodendron  Tulipifera  var.  pyramidalis. 

Picea  ("most  species). 

Populus  alba  var.  BoIIeana. 


Ailant  hus   altissima. 
Crataegus  oxyacantha. 
Elseagnus  angustifolia. 
Hippophae  rhamnoides, 
Juniperus  virginiana. 
Picea  alba. 
Pinus  nigra. 
Pinus  sylvcstris. 


Populus  deltoides  var.  caroli- 

nensis. 
Populus  tremuloides. 
Quercus  rubra. 
Salix  alba. 
Salix  caprea. 
Sassafras. 
Taiiiaris. 


14.  Trees  for  Dry  Situations  and  Dry  Climates. 


Acer  campestre. 
Acer  ginnala. 
Alnus  rugosa. 
Betula  pendula. 
Cornus  mas. 
Elseagnus  angustifolia. 
Fraxinus  pubescens. 
Phellodendron  amurense. 


Pinus  divaricata. 
Pinus  rigida. 
Pinus  sylvestris. 
Quercus  coccinea. 
Q\iercus  Prinus. 
Quercus  rubra. 
Quercus  velutina. 
Ulmus  eff'jsa. 


374 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


15.  Trees  kou  Wet  Soil. 

Acvr  rubrum. 
Acer  sjiccharinum. 
Alnu--^  Rlutin»»A. 
AlnuH  m:irili[ua. 
Ik'luht  tUt>a. 
Botula  ntKnu 
Car>'a  tarinitMa. 
Chamirc>n>aris  thuyoides. 
Nj-sjitt  sylvatica. 
Picoa  alha. 


Picoa  inariana. 
PintLs  riKitla. 
Populiis  (moat  species). 
Quercus  alba. 
Quercus  bicolor. 
QutTOUH  pahistris. 
Quercus  phcllos. 
Salix  inu)st  .species). 
Taxodiutn  distichum. 

.\lfuki)  Reiider. 


Choice  of  street  trees  for  special  regions 
Trees  for  the  Eastern  Part  of  the  Continent. 
Street  trees  far  New  England  and  northern  New  York. 


Urban. 
Acer  platanoidcs. 
Platanus  orientalid. 
Quercus  rubra. 
Tilia  americana. 
Ulmus  americana. 


Suburban. 
Acer  rubrum. 
Acer  saccharum. 
Fraxinus  americana. 
Platanus  occidcntalia. 
Qxiercus  alba. 
Quercus  palustris. 


From  New  York  City  and  Pennsylvania  soulhward  even 
to  Georgia  along  the  mountains. 


Urba.v. 
Acer  platanoides. 
Ginkgo  biloba. 
Platanus  occidentalis. 
Platanus  orientalis. 
Quercus  coccinca. 
Quercus  palustris. 
Quercus  rubra. 
Tilia  americana. 
Ulmtis  americana. 


Suburban. 
Acer  rubrum. 
Acer  saccharum. 
Fraxinus  americana. 
Liquitlamlmr  styraciflua. 
I.irio<leiulr()n  Tulipifera. 
Quercus  alba. 
Quercus  bicolor. 


The  coast  region  from  Norfolk  southward  ami  along 
the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  except  southern  Florida. 


Urban. 
Liquidambar  styraciflua. 
Quercus  laurifolia. 
Quercus  nigra. 
Quercus  phcllos. 
Quercus  virginiana. 

North  central  stales. 
Urban. 
Cellis  occidentalis. 
Native  oaks. 
Tilia  americana. 
Ulmus  americana. 


Suburban. 
Magnolia  acuminata. 
Mafinolia  grandiflora. 
Magnolia  tripetala. 
Nyssa  sylvatica. 


Suburban. 
Acer  rubrum. 
Acer  saccharum. 
Fraxinus  americana. 
Platanus  occidentalis. 


Add  to  the  above   list  for  -points 
Chiaigo  and  Omaha. 


south  of  Cleveland, 


Urban. 
Acer  platanoides. 
Ginkgo  biloba. 
Platanus  orientalis. 
Quercus  coccinca. 
Quercus  palustris. 
Quercus  rubra. 


Li<iuidambar  styraciflua. 
Liriodendron  Tulipifera. 
Platanus  occidentalis. 


Most  points  in  northern  Alabama,  northorn  Misai.s- 
sippi,  wjulhf'rn  .\rkansa.s,  Oklahoina,  and  part  of  Texas 
back  of  the  r;oa.s(  region  are  adapted  to  tlie  tree.s  of  both 
(h(r  northern  h.st  and  the  list  for  the  south  Atlantic 
and  Gulf  coa-st  regions.  p.  I^.  Mulfoud. 

Ornamental  trees  for  the  middle  and  southern  states. 

DecuiwpjLH  trees. 

Acer  saccharinum  (A.  dasycarpum)  and  A.  Negundo, 
the  latter  extxinsively  used  for  street  planting. — Brous- 
aortetin  papifrifero,  fonnerly  planted  along  streets,  but 
objectionable  because  of  the  many  suckers  which  they 
prfxluf*,  as  is  also  li.  Kazinoki. — Cercis  canadensis. 
Valuable  as  an  early  spring-flowering  tree. — Celtis 
Hungean/i.  One  of  the  most  distinct  trees;  an  excellent 
Hha<lc  tree. — Calalpa.  Seldom  i)lant(-d  South  as  an 
'jmamental  tree,  becau.sc  of  the  repeated  attacks  of 
caterjiillarB.    The  latter  are  frequently  used  for  fish 


bait. — Cladraslis  tinctorin.  Very  desirable  as  a  flower- 
ing lawn  tree. — Cornus  flurlda.  The  wliilc-iluwcring 
species  is  among  the  most  attractive  of  our  early  spring- 
bloonui\g  trees  and  is  largely  u.scd  in  landscape  work. 
The  pink-  and  red-llowering  forms  are  exceedingly 
beautiful. — Vriilirgiis.  Taking  into  account  the  various 
shapes,  Hie  foliage  and  the  bright-colored  fruit  in  fall 
and  wintei',  the  best  are:  ('.  Ph;riiiipyriii)t  or  Washington 
thorn,  ('.  (irbonxciiis,  C.  spaDiidaiii  :ind  C.  ifslivalis 
or  apple  haw. — t'hitopsix  s<diii)i<i,  known  as  C.  lineans, 
is  one  of  the  best  for  dry  soils.  The  typical  species  pro- 
duces lilac-colored  llowers,  but  several  forms  have  lately 
been  produced  with  llowers  ranging  from  light  lilac  to 
lilac-purple  with  yellow  stripes  inside.  A  pure  white- 
flowering  form  is  very  striking  but  is  of  more  dwarf 
habit. — Uiospyros  virginiuiia.  Sometimes  planted  for 
shade  or  for  its  fruit.  Adajits  itself  to  nearly  all  soils 
There  are  many  forms  varying  both  in  the  foliage  and 
size  and  shape  of  fruit. — Furjus  yrandifulia  is  frequently 
used  for  street  planting  in  sandy  soils.  The  red-leaved 
forms  of  the  iMiropean  species  are  of  little  value  South, 
the  purple  tint  of  the  foliage  fading  to  a  dull  green  at 
the  a]>pi'oach  of  warm  weather. — Fraxinus  acuminata 
and  F.  puhesccns.  Both  thrive  best  in  rich  soils  and  are 
very  desirable  for  street  planting,  being  seldom  attacked 
by  insects. — Ginkgo  or  Salisburia  is  sometimes  used 
for  avenues  and  street  planting  where  a  rigid  pyramidal 
tree  is  required.  The  foliage  is  one  of  its  attractions, 
being  shaped  like  the  maidenhair  fern. — Gledilsia 
IriacaiUhos.  The  fertile  tree  is  sometimes  planted  for 
its  large  falcate  poils,  which  are  relished  by  many  for 
the  saccharine  acidulated  pulp.  The  finely  pinnate  foli- 
age is  very  ornamental. — Ilalesia  telraptera.  In  the 
middle  sections  of  the  South  and  in  rich,  dry  soils  it 
grows  to  a  small  tree,  but  in  the  mountain  districts  in 
rich  soils  along  the  water-courses,  trees  40  to  50  feet 
liigh  are  frequently  found.  Valuable  for  landscape 
planting. — Carya  or  Hicoria.  The  pecan  is  the  best 
southern  nut  tree  and  is  very  largely  planted  for  its 
nuts.  It  is  often  planted  in  avenues  for  its  beauty. — 
C'lirya  myristicseformis  is  scarce,  but  its  foliage  is  more 
attractive  than  that  of  any  other  species. — Hovenla 
dulcis.  The  foliage  and  the  fleshy  red  peduncles  in 
autumn  make  it  an  excellent  shade  and  ornamental 
tr(!e. — Idf.sia  polyairpa.  A  handsome  tree  when  grown 
in  partial  shade;  the  bark  blisters  in  full  sun. — Jug- 
Ui/is.  .J.  nigra  is  one  of  the  most  valuable  ornamental 
and  economic  trees  and  is  extensively  planted  for 
avenues.  The  Persian  or  Knglish  walimt  and  its  many 
forms  aie  being  more  largely  planted  than  of  old,  but 
are  often  injured  by  late  spring  frosts  following  a  warm 
period  during  February.  J.  Sirboldiana  is  a  very  orna- 
mental tree  and  very  productive  at  an  early  age.  J. 
cinerva  is  suited  only  to  the  mountain  regions  of  the 
South. — Kailreutcrid  paiiicuUitd.  Very  desirable  for  its 
pinnate  foliage  and  panicles  of  yellow  flowers,  which 
are  succeeded  by  bladder-like  fruits. — Lagerstramia 
iiidica.  The  crape  myrtle  is  one  of  the  most  character- 
istic features  of  southern  homes.  It  has  become  almost 
naturalized  South.  If  trained  to  a  single  stem,  it  will 
form  a  tree  2.")  to  30  feet  high;  otherwi.se  it  affects  the 
bush  form.  It  is  conspicuous  for  its  shining  brown  bark 
and  the  profusion  of  its  beautifully  crimped  and  fringed 
flowers,  which  are  produced  from  April  until  August. 
The  colors  vary  from  a  jjale  to  a  dark  pink,  purplish 
red,  pure  white  and  glowing  crimson.  No  other  flower- 
ing tree  can  surpass  it  in  beauty,  and  by  a  judicious 
sele<:tion  of  the  various  colored  flowers  a  grand  effect 
is  produced  in  landscape  work. — Liriodindron  Tulipif- 
era. One  of  the  most  valuable  and  rai)i(l-prowing  shade 
and  ornamental  trees;  thrives  best  in  rich  soil.  Trees 
taken  from  woods  transplant  badly.  They  should  be 
grown  in  nursery  and  occasionally  tiansplanted  until 
sudiciently  large  for  using  in  sireet  planting. — Liquid- 
ambar. A  most  symmetrical  shaped  tree;  adapts  itself 
to  all  soil;  valuable  for  street  planting.    Some  trees 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


375 


assume  a  deep  purple  or  crimson  tint  in  the  foliage  dur- 
ing autumn,  others  a  golden  yellow. — Mtignolia.  Of  the 
native  deciduous  spe<'ies,  At.  acumiiKiln  is  the  most 
desirable  for  street  and  avenue  planting.  All  the  sjie- 
cies  are  voracious  feeders  and  thrive  best  in  rich  soils. 
M.  nuicrophylh,  or  umbrella  magnolia,  seldom  grows 
beyond  25  feet,  but  is  conspicuous  for  the  length  and 
size  of  its  leaves.  This  tree  is  called  umbrella  tree 
South,  whereas  this  name  applies  to  M.  tripelala  at  the 
North.  M.  Fraseri,  ear-leaved  magnoha  or  wahoo  of 
the  western  North  Carolina  mountaineers,  is  also  a  very 
ornamental  tree.  M.  tripetala  is  objectionable  in  gar- 
dens owing  to  the  unpleasant  odor  of  its  flowers.  Few 
Chinese  species,  with  the  cxcejition  of  M.  hijpoleuca, 
aUain  the  size  of  a  tree.  M .  den  lulata  and  M.  Sotdange- 
ana  can  be  trained  to  a  single  stem  and  made  to  attain 
a  height  of  2.5  feet.  All  the  other  varieties  may  be 
classed  as  shrubs.  The  flowers  are  often  injured  by 
late  spring  frosts. — Mclia  Azedarach  (Pride 
of  India,  Chinaberry).  Almost  natural- 
ized South.  It  is  of  very  rapid 
growth  and  begins  to  flower  at  an 
early  stage.  The  flowers  are 
deUghtfully  fragrint  with 
the  perfume  of  the  hlic 
Extensively  planted  for 
shade  trees.  The  uin 
brella  form,  known  as 
Texas  umbrella,  aa 
sumes  a  dense, 
spreading  head 
with  drooping 
foUage.  It  is  of 
unique  appear- 
ance and  can  be 
used  with  great 
effect  in  land- 
scape work. — 
Morns.  M.  rubra 
is  frequently 
planted  for  shade ; 
it  is  valuable  for 
its  wood,  which  is 
of  great  durabilit> 
for  posts.  M.  alba 
is  naturalized  m 
many  sections.  A  form 
of  .1/.  rubra  discovered 
in  middle  Georgia  some 
years  ago  and  called  the 
Stubbs  mulberry,  from  the 
discoverer,    produces   enormous  355^ 

crops  of  large,  rich  vinous  iruit.  This 
and  the  Hicks  and  Downing  varie- 
ties are  often  planted  for  feeding  poultry  and  hogs. 
They  should  not  be  planted  near  dwellings,  owing 
to  the  dropping  of  the  fruit. — Njjssa  sylvaiica.  Only 
desirable  in  landscape  work  for  the  brilUant  red 
tint  of  its  auttmin  foliage. —  Oxydendru7n  arboreutn. 
Desirable  for  its  flowers  and  highly  colored  autumn 
foliage.  —  Parkinsonin  acuhala.  Retoma  or  horse 
bean  of  southern  Texas.  A  .small  tree  with  green 
bark,  feathery  foliage  and  yellow  flowers.  Valuable  for 
shrubberias. — Paulownia  Umu-nlosa.  Rapid-growing. 
Almost  naturalized  in  some  sections  of  the  South.  The 
foliage  in  young  trees  is  very  large.  Flowers  pale  violet, 
very  fragrant,  in  long  panicles;  they  open  before  the 
leaves  appear. — Peach.  There  are  many  ornamental 
varieties  which  are  exceedingly  handsome  while  in 
bloom,  especially  the  double-flowering  crimson,  white 
and  pink;  others  are  desirable  for  their  peculiar  growth, 
as  Pyramidalis,  which  is  as  erect  as  a  Lombardy  pojjlar. 
Weeping,  willow-leaved,  and  golden-leav(>d  varieties  are 
interesting. — Pruiiu.s.  Hortulana  or  Chicasaw  plums 
are  sometimes  planted  for  ornament,  though  commonly 
for  fruit.    P.  virginiana  is  abundant  everywhere  but 


not  valued  owing  to  being  usually  infested  with  tent 
caterpillars.  Primus  Pissardii  is  the  best  purple-leaved 
tree  for  the  South,  as  it  retains  its  color  during  sum- 
mer. — Pinckneya  pubens.  This  very  ornamental  small 
tree  is  seldom  seen  under  cultivation,  as  it  grows  natu- 
rally in  wet  and  boggy  soils. — Pyrus  coronaria.  The 
cr;ib-apple,  a  small  tree  with  very  fragrant  flowers  in 
spring,  is  excellent  for  shrubberies. — Plalanus  occi- 
denialis.  One  of  the  most  desirable  trees  for  street 
planting. — Populus.  The  variety  used  most  freely  for 
street  planting  is  P.  dtUoides  or  P.  moniliftra,  com- 
monly known  in  the  South  as  Cottonwood.  It  is  of  rapid 
growth  and  thrives  in  nearly  all  soils  that  are  not  too 
arid.  All  southern  nurserymen  catalogue  the  Carolina 
poplar,  but  the  stock  is  not  always  true  to  name. — • 
Pterocarya  fraxinifolia,  or  Caucasian  wing-fruited  wal- 
nut, is  a  very  rapid-growing  tree,  with  sjjreading 
branches  and  pinnate  foliage.  Very  ornamental  when 
covered  with  pendulous  racemes  of  small 
winged  nuts,  which,  however,  are  of  no 
economic  value. — Quercus.  Nearly 
all  the  species  of  the  middle  and 
eastern  states  are  found  more 
or  less  abundant  in  the 
middle  South,  but  the 
most  valuable  purely 
southern  species  are  as 
"#  follows:  Q.  phellos, 
01  willow  oak,  with 
lanceolate  leaves; 
Q.  aquatica,  or 
water  oak,  with 
leaves  almost 
perennial,  oblong 
and  obtusely 
lobed.  Both  are 
largely  planted 
for  streets  and 
shade,  as  they 
grow  very  rapidly 
and  in  almost  any 
soil.  Q.  falcala, 
Q.  laurifolia,  Q. 
phellos  and  Q. 
M  uhlenbergii  are  de- 
sirable. Q.  virgin- 
lara,  or  live  oak,  ia  a 
very  large  tree,  seldom 
exceeding  50  feet  in  height 
but  covering  a  large  circum- 
ference. It  is  native  along 
the  seacoast  and  adapts  itself  to 
inland  sections,  where  it  does  not 
attain  the  great  size  of  the  coast 
no  southern  tree,  except  Magnolia 
is  more  admired,  especially  when 
planted  in  avenues.  —  Sapindus  marginatus.  The 
globose  yellow  berries  are  retained  during  winter. 
Berries  when  boiled  produce  a  saponaceous  fluid. — Slil- 
lingia  sebifera.  Naturahzed  on  the  coast  of  Georgia  and 
South  Carolina.  The  acuminate  rhomboidal  leaves  give 
the  tree  a  unique  appearance.  Requires  rich  soil  and  is 
valuable  in  landscape  work. — Symplocos  lincloria.  Not 
common.  Should  be  available  for  shrubberies. — Tilia 
pnbescens.  A  large  tree  occasionally  found  in  rich  soila 
along  the  seacoast.  DifTers  little  in  general  from  T. 
amerkann,  but  seems  to  be  better  suited  to  the  middle 
South.  Very  desirable  for  street  planting  or  shade. — 
Toiylon,  or  Madura,  is  naturalized  in  many  sections  of 
the  middle  South.  Grows  to  a  height  of  30  feet  and  the 
fertile  trees  arc  verj'  ornamental  when  laden  with  their 
large,  globular  fruit.  The  wood  is  very  lasting  when 
used  for  posts  and  takes  a  beautiful  polish. — Vhnns 
amiririDin  is  perhaps  more  largely  planted  for  streets 
and  avenues  than  any  other  deciduous  tree. — ■Viburnum 
pruni/olium  (black  haw  or  possum  haw).    In  very  rich 


Arenue  of  live  oaks,  Audubon  Park, 
New  Orleans. 


region.    There  is 
grandijlora,    that 


3.0 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


soils  sometimes  attains' a  height  of  15  to  20  feet.  The 
dark  blue  berries  are  retained  during  winter.  Desirable 
for  shrubberies. 

Broad-leaved  evergreen  trees. 

Camellia  japonica.  Although  these  magnificent  plants 
are  usually  seen  in  bush  form,  they  can  be  trained  to 
single  stems  and  attain  a  height  of  20  or  more  feet  in 
the  eoijst  region,  where  the\'  have  found  a  congenial 
soil  and  chmate.  The  typi<-al  single  red  variety,  a  tree 
of  which  is  growing  at  Charleston,  S.  C,  and  planted 
in  1808,  being  the  first  introduced,  is  now  upwards  of 
20  feet  high.  The  double-flowering  sorts,  while  usually 
of  vigorous  growth,  do  not  attain  the  size  of  the  single 
red.— Cinnamomum  Camphora.  In  southern  Louisiana 
and  middle  Florida  trees  grow  to  a  height  of  50  feet;  in 
the  middle  South  they  affect  the  bush  form  or  when 
trained  to  single  stems  exceed  15  to  20  feet  For  the 
extreme  South  it  is  recommended  for  street  planting. — ■ 
Cyritla  racemiflora.  Specimens  are  occasionally  found 
on  shady  banks  of  streams,  where  the  soil  is  very  rich, 
that  will  grow  20  feet  high,  but  the  tree  form  must 
be  secured  by  pruning.  The  foliage  assumes  a  bright 
red  or  bronze  tint  in  winter. — Eriobotrya  japonica. 
Flowers  produced  in  January,  and  if  not  frost-killed  are 
followed  by  a  golden  yellow-  plum-like  fruit  of  good 
flavor.  Reaches  a  height  of  20  or  more  feet  in  the  coast 
belt. — Gordonia  Lasianlhus.  A  stately  tree  found  only 
in  shallow  swamps  or  turfy  soils.  The  roots  spread 
almost  entirely  near  or  upon  the  surface  of  the  ground, 
which  makes  it  difficult  to  transplant  trees  taken  from 
the  woods.  Trees  grown  from  seed  in  pots  are  best  for 
planting,  but  a  rich  moist  soil  is  necessary  to  their 
growth. — Ilex.  I.  opaca  and  /.  Dahoon  are  among  the 
most  valuable  evergreen  trees,  the  former  being  the 
best  where  a  large  tree  is  desired.    Specimens  taken 

from  the  woods  should 
not  exceed  one  foot  in 
height,  as  larger  sizes 
almost  always  fail  in 
transplanting. —  Ligu- 
strum.  L.  japmticum 
often  forms  a  tree  25 
feet  high.  Berries 
blue  -  black,  retained 
during  winter. — Mag- 
nolia.. M.  grandiflora 
is  justly  considered 
the  glory  of  southern 
broad  -  leaved  ever- 
green trees.  There  are 
many  forms,  based  on 
the  size  and  shape  of 
the  leaves  and  the 
flowers.  The  superb 
white  flowers,  which 
are  seen  from  May 
until  August  and  oc- 
casionally upon  some 
trees  as  late  as  Octo- 
ber, vary  from  4  to 
12  inches  in  diameter. 
Thrives  as  far  north 
as  Washington,  D.  C. 
M.  glauca  has  white 
flowers  2  to  3  inches 
in   diameter   and   de- 


3  56. 


A  Norway  Spruce. 
Picea  ezcelsa. 


lightfully  fragrant. — 
Osmanthvn  frograns 
var.  riAer  and  O.  Aquijolium  var.  ilicifoliun,  can  be 
trained  to  single  stem.  The  flowers  of  the  first  are 
delicately  fragrant  and  produced  twice  a  year. — Persea 
carolinennin.  Planted  for  sha/le  in  rich  soils  in  the  coast 
belt. — Pholinia  nerruhtta,  or  Chinese  evergreen  thorn, 
has  white  flowers  and  dark  red  autumn  foliage. — Prunus 
carotinenmi.    Known  south  as  Carolina  Cherry,  Caro- 


lina lavirel,  mock  orange,  etc.  One  of  the  most  orna- 
mental southern  trees. — Quercus  Suber.  Acorns  were 
distributed  by  the  United  States  Patent  Office  in  1860, 
and  many  large  trees  are  now  found  in  several  sections 
of  the  South,  where  they  h.ave  fruited.  Some  small 
plantations  are  made  for  the  purpose  of  producing  cork. 
It  grows  well  in  comparatively  poor  and  stony  soils. — 
Sabal  Pnlmello  is  now  freely  used  for  street  and  avenue 
planting  on  the  coast.  It  is  conspicuous  for  its  tropical 
appearance.  It  is  not  entirely  successful  further  than 
40  miles  from  the  seashore. 

Conifers  or  narrow-leaved  evergreens. 

Abies.  Of  this  section  few  specimens  are  found  below 
the  Piedmont  region.  Occasionally  the  Norway  spruce 
grows  to  a  moderate  size. — Cedrus  Deodara.  An  admira- 
ble tree  and  of  rapid  growth,  40  to  .50  feet.  C.  atlantica. 
25  to  30  feet. — Cunningliamia  lanceolata.  Foliage  resem- 
bles an  araucaria. — Cupress^is.  C.  sempervirens  has 
many  forms,  from  the  compact,  spiral  or  shaft-like  shape 
to  more  spreading  habit.  C.  lusitanica  or  cypress  of 
Goa,  has  numerous  forms  with  foliage  of  an  ashy  green 
and  pendulous  branches,  to  others  of  a  more  dark  tint 
and  rigid  form.  Of  Chamsecyparis  Lawsoniana  there  are 
endless  forms,  from  a  compact,  erect  habit  and  vivid 
green  foliage  to  those  of  open  or  pendulous  shape  and 
with  glaucous  or  golden  foliage.  Cupressiis  Juntbris  has 
varied  less  in  its  seedlings. — Juniperus.  The  Irish  juni- 
per is  of  fine  pyramidal  form,  and  reaches  a  height  of  15 
feet.  J.  excelsa,  J.  chinensis  and  J.  thurifern  differ  in  the 
tint  of  their  foliage  and  are  all  of  tall  growth. — Libocedrus 
decurrens.  The  California  arborvitae,  with  its  graceful 
feathery  foliage  and  conical  shape,  is  one  of  the  most 
ornamental  of  conifers. — Pinus.  Few  of  the  exotic 
species  are  suitable  to  the  South.  Pinus  excelsa,  or 
Bhotan  pine,  is  undoubtedly  the  best  adapted  to  the 
middle  South  of  all  kinds. — Retinispora  is  a  valuable 
group  of  Japanese  cypress,  but  with  the  exception  of  R. 
obiusa,  R.  Fullerii,  R.  plumosa  and  R.  squarrosa  Veilchii, 
all  are  of  dwarf  habit. — Thuya.  The  Asiatic  section  is 
better  adapted  to  the  middle  South  than  the  American 
species.  Of  the  former  the  best  forms  are  known  to 
nurseries  as  Biota  pyramidalis  and  var.  aurea,  reaching 
a  height  of  15  to  18  feet.  B.  japonica  var.  jiliformis 
{Thuya  orienlalis)  is  a  remarkable  variety,  with  thread-  / 
like  foliage  and  compact  habit  to  10  to  12  feet. 

In  the  foregoing  list  of  Coniferse  no  mention  is  made 
of  species  or  varieties  of  low  or  shrub-like  growth,  such 
as  Podocarpus,  Cephalotaxus,  Thuyopsis,  and  Sciado- 
pitys,  of  which  there  are  many  good  specimens  in  vari- 
ous parts  of  the  south.  ,\raucarias  are  also  omitted, 
owing  to  their  liability  of  failure  from  extreme  heat 
or  otfier  unfavorable  climatic  conditions.  This  applies 
also  to  Sequoia,  and  Frenelas  (properly  CaUitris); 
these  frequently  make  an  extraordinarily  rapid  growth 
until  late  in  autumn,  and  are  often  injured  by  a  cold 
wave  early  in  winter.  p.  j.  Berckmans. 

Trees  on  the  Great  Plains. 

The  Plains,  lying  mostly  west  of  the  Missouri  River, 
are  not  absolutely  treeless,  as  strangers  often  suppose, 
but  the  whole  vast  area  is  dotted  here  and  there  with 
small  groves,  or  narrow  belts  that  fringe  the  borders 
of  the  streams.  The  number  of  native  species,  however, 
is  much  smaller  than  in  the  rich  tree  flora  of  the  north- 
eastern United  States  and  Canada.  The  number  of 
species  cultivated  for  shade  and  ornament,  for  a  long 
time,  at  least,  must  bo  relatively  small,  owing  to  cli- 
matic and  other  causes.  In  general,  the  people  of  the 
Plains  are  necessarily  more  interested  at  present  in 
planting  trees  for  profit  than  for  pleasure,  but  in  the 
older  parts  are  already  to  be  found  many  fine  pubhc 
parks  and  private  grounds.  To  a  large  extent,  howe\'er, 
their  point  of  view  is  that  of  forestry  rather  than 
horticulture. 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


377 


In  studying  the  forest  trees  of  the  Great  Plains  of 
central  North  America,  it  is  found  that  most  of  the  species 
have  migrated  out  upon  the  Plains  from  the  great  forest 
body  of  the  Mississippi  Valley.  These  trees  found  their 
way  upon  the  Plains  by  way  of  the  forests  that  border 
the  Missouri  River  and  its  tributaries.  As  we  pass  down 
the  river,  along  the  eastern  edge  of  the  Plains,  the  forest 
belt  becomes  larger  and  larger,  until  it  eventually 
merges  into  the  great  body  of  forest  trees  lying  on  the 
easterly  side  of  the  Mississippi  Valley.  The  principal 
trees  that  have  come  upon  the  Plains  by  this  route 
are  the  common  red  cedar,  jjapaw,  half  a  dozen  willows, 
one  Cottonwood,  basswood,  two  or  three  elms,  hack- 
berry,  mulberry,  three  ashes,  wild  apple,  four  or  more 
species  of  hawthorns,  juneberry,  wild  cherry,  choke 
cherry,  wild  plum,  coffee  bean,  honey  locust,  redbud, 
sycamore,  two  species  of  buckthorns,  buckeye,  one 
maple,  box  elder,  sumach,  two  species  of  walnuts,  five 
or  six  hickories,  nine  or  ten  oaks,  ironwood,  blue  beech, 
and  one  birch.  But  ten  species  of  trees  have  come  from 
the  Rocky  Mountain  forests,  and  these  have  made  much 
less  impression  upon  the  forests  of  the  Plains  than  those 
that  came  from  the  eastern  forests.  In  this  list  are  the 
bull-pine,  the  western  red  cedar,  four  species  of  cotton- 
woods,  the  buffalo  berry,  a  maple,  and  two  birches. 

Although  the  present  forest  area  of  the  Plains  is  not 
relatively  great,  it  is  large  enough  to  be  seriously  consid- 
ered in  regard  to  its  preservation.  There  is  danger  that 
with  the  habit  acquired  by  our  people  in  the  thickly 
wooded  parts  of  the  United  States  of  cutting  down 
forest  trees  wherever  found,  much  of  this  small  forest 
area  will  be  destroyed.  It  is  much  easier  to  preserve  an 
area  of  forest  growth  than  to  create  it  anew.  First,  all 
forest  fires  must  be  kept  down.  When  a  mass  of  wood- 
land adjoins  the  open  prairie,  fire-guards  should  be  made 
60  that  the  fires  will  not  sweep  into  the  forest  growth. 
The  greatest  destroyer  of  the  forests  of  the  Plains  in 
the  past  has  been  fire,  as  it  swept  over  the  prairies  into 
woodland.  Second,  it  is  absolutely  necessary  to  keep  out 
certain  kinds  of  stock.  Swine,  if  herded  in  large  num- 
bers, will  inevitably  destroy  the  trees.  They  prevent 
the  growth  of  small  trees,  and  eventually  destroy  those 
of  larger  growth.  Cattle,  in  large  numbers,  are  equally 
destructive.  In  fact,  when  the  attempt  is  made  to  pre- 
serve uninjured  the  trees  in  a  forest,  it  is  necessary  to 
keep  out  stock  of  all  kinds,  excepting  possibly  during 
limited  portions  of  the  year.  Third,  it  is  necessary  to 
cut  out  the  trees  for  use  with  very  great  care.  A  forest 
should  be  a  permanent  crop,  and  the  cuttings  should 
be  so  made  that  the  forest  as  a  whole  is  not  injured. 
Trees  should  be  cut  here  and  there  in  such  a  way  that 
the  young  trees  which  are  left  have  an  opportunity  for 
growing  into  usable  timber. 

Care  should  be  taken  to  encourage  the  tendency  to 
spreading  which  is  so  strong  in  nearly  all  parts  of  the 
Plains.  With  a  little  care  every  present  Uving  forest 
area  may  be  made  to  extend  itself  spontaneously,  or 
nearly  so.  The  forest  should  be  effectually  inclosed  by 
a  fence,  placed  at  some  distance  from  its  outer  border, 
leaving  a  belt  of  unoccupied  land  between  the  trees 
and  the  fence.  This  will  grow  up  with  weeds,  and 
mingled  with  these  will  be  the  .seedling  trees  springing 
from  the  seeds  blown  or  carried  from  the  forest  area. 
In  this  way  the  border  of  the  forest  will  be  gradually 
extended.  This  can  be  helped  by  plowing  up  these 
inclosed  belts  of  land,  giving  better  opportunity  for  the 
starting  of  seedling  trees.  With  the  weeds  and  little 
trees  will  spring  up  low  shrubs  of  various  kinds.  These 
need  give  no  trouble,  for  this  is  merely  Nature's  way 
of  taking  possession  of  the  soil.  Little,  if  any,  cultiva- 
tion need  be  given  to  such  a  nursery  belt,  as  the  weeds 
which  spring  up,  while  unsightly,  will  serve  the  useful 
purpose  of  sheltering  the  little  trees,  and  eventually 
the  trees  will  rise  above,  and  choke  them  out.  Grass, 
however,  forming  a  tough  sod,  is  harmful  to  the  little 
trees,  far  more  so  than  the  ordinary  weeds. 


There  are  many  places  in  which  actual  planting  must 
be  resorted  to.  In  looking  about  for  a  site  for  the  new 
forest  plantation,  it  must  be  remembered  that  the  best 
conditions  for  tree  growth  are  usually  to  be  found  near 
the  natural  forests.  Where  there  are  natural  forests,  the 
planting  should  be  around  their  borders,  so  as  to  extend 
them  in  much  the  same  way  as  indicated  in  the  pre- 
ceding paragraph  in  regard  to  natural  spreading. 
Where  theft  are  no  natural  forests  at  all,  it  is  necessary 
to  select  the  more  favorable  places  for  planting.  Since 
the  natural  forests  on  the  Plains  occupy  the  depressions 
rather  than  the  hilltops  or  the  slopes,  this  should  give 


357.  A  good  field  elm. 

one  a  hint  as  to  what  must  be  done.  Wherever  the  land 
slopes  into  a  depression,  one  may  find  favorable  condi- 
tions for  growing  trees.  These  depressions,  generally 
called  "draws,"  may  be  filled  with  trees,  and  when  once 
a  growth  of  a  few  acres  is  secured  it  will  not  be  difficult 
to  extend  the  forest  far  up  the  hillside  slopes.  On  the 
western  parts  of  the  Plains  similar  positions  should 
be  taken  under  the  irrigation  ditches.  In  the  selection 
of  trees  for  the  formation  of  forest  areas,  one  should 
also  take  a  hint  from  nature.  The  rule,  which  is  a  very 
excellent  one  for  the  plainsman  to  follow,  is  to  plant  on 
his  farm  the  kinds  that  he  finds  in  the  nearest  forest, 
and  to  give  his  planted  trees  as  nearlyas  possible  the  same 
conditions  as  those  under  which  they  grew  in  the  native 
forest.  On  the  eastern  third  of  the  Plains,  the  walnut, 
white  oak,  shellbark  hickory,  white  elm.  red  elm,  hack- 
berry,  white  ash,  wild  cherry,  catalpa  and  honey  locust 
are  recommended  for  planting.  On  the  extreme  eastern 
parts  bordering  the  Missouri  River,  many  more  kinds 
can  be  planted,  but  as  one  passes  westward  toward  the 
borders  of  the  Sand  Hill  region  the  list  grows  smaller. 
On  the  central  Plains  the  list  is  reduced,  and  also  some- 
what changed  in  species.  The  two  elms  may  be  planted, 
as  also  the  hackberry,  the  green  ash  in  place  of  the  white 
ash,  wild  cherry,  honey  locust,  and  in  many  places  the 
bull-pine.  On  the  western  Plains,  especially  that  por- 
tion lying  west  of  the  main  body  of  the  Sand  Hills,  and 
having  an  elevation  above  the  sea  of  from  3,000  to  4,000 
feet,  the  list  is  still  smaller.  The  white  elm  is  still  in- 
cluded, also  the  hackberry,  the  bull-pine,  and  in  many 
places  the  red  cedar. 

The  trees  mentioned  are  of  the  more  durable  and 
profitable  kinds.  But  on  all  parts  of  the  Plains  persons 
must  often  have  quick-growing  trees,  which  soon  pro- 
duce fuel,  but  which  have  little,  if  any,  value  for  other 
purposes.  In  the  eastern  part  of  the  Plains,  the  black 
willow,  almond  willow,  common  cottonwood,  silver 
maple,  and  box  elder  are  useful  trees  for  this  purjiose. 
One  should  not  condemn  the  use  of  these  easily  grown, 
soft-wooded  trees.  A  forest  is  a  crop,  and  there  is  no 
reason  why  a  farmer  may  not  plant  a  more  quickly 
growing  crop  if  he  wishes,  but  he  should  at  the  same 
time  plant  the  more  enduring  kinds  given  in  the  preced- 


37S 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


ing  lists.  On  the  central  Plains  the  quickly  grown 
trees  may  incliule  the"  same  willows  and  cottonwood 
and  also  the  box  elder.  The  silver  maple  will  not  do 
well  in  the  greater  p;irt  of  this  central  region.  On  the 
western  Plains  tlie  list  is  essentially  the  same  as  for  the 
central  portion:  namely,  the  willows,  cottonwood,  and 
the  box  elder,  to  wliicli  may  be  added,  here  and  there, 
one  or  more  of  tlie  western  species  of  cottonwood. 

The  horticultural  point  of  view  is  to  be  considered. 
About  country  homes  the  tirst  trees  are  usually  cotton- 
wood, silver  maple  and  box  elder,  followed  later  by  green 
ash  and  white  ebn.  Very  commonly  the  red  cedar  is 
phuited  with  the  first-mentioned  species,  and  often 
bcotch  and  .\ustrian  pines  are  added.  It  must  be  remem- 
bered that  the  sett  ler's  house  on  the  Plains  stands  in  the 
open  instead  of  being  hemmed  in  by  forest  trees,  as  in 
the  eastern  parts  of  the  American  continent.  The  set- 
tler's problem  is  to  surround  his  house  with  trees,  not 
to  clear  the  trees  awaj'.  In  towns  and  cities  the  cotton- 
wood, sih'er  maple  and  box  elder  are  generally  the 
pioneer  trees,  since  they  produce  a  shade  sooner  than 
any  others,  and  later  these  are  gradually  replaced  by 


Trees  fok  Planting  on  the  Great  Plains.  The 
asterisks  (*)  indicate  those  trees  that  are  not 
native  to  the  regions. 


358.  Phoenix  canariensis.    One  of  the  most  serviceable 
palms  in  California. 

green  ash  and  white  elm.  Hackberry,  black  walnut  and 
buttonwood  are  occasionally  planted  with  good  success. 
The  species  which  are  most  largely  used  for  wind- 
breaks for  orchards  and  other  plantations  are  common 
cottonwood,  willow  (a  variety  of  Salix  alba),  silver 
maple  and  box  elder.  The  first  mentioned,  because  of 
its  easy  propagation,  rapid  growth  and  extreme  hardi- 
ness, is  the  favorite  tree  for  this  purpose.  When  land- 
scape gardening  is  attempted,  the  Scotch  and  Austrian 
pines,  Norway  spruce  and  red  cedar  are  generally  used, 
and  to  these  are  often  added  one  or  more  species  of 
the  Rocky  Mountain  spruces.  The  most  generally  used 
deciduous  tree  for  this  purpose  is  tlie  white  ehn  (which 
here  attains  to  a  singular  beauty  of  form  and  foliage),  to 
which  are  occasionally  added  bur  oak,  black  walnut  and 
Riissian  olive  (Ela;agnusJ,  and  in  proper  situations,  the 
white  willow.  The  coniferous  trees  of  greatest  value  for 
ornamental  purpo.ses  on  the  Plains  are  the  Austrian 
pine,  Scotch  pin(!  and  red  cedar.  With  proper  care  these 
may  be  grown  on  all  parts  of  the  Plains  where  water 
enough  to  maintain  life  may  be  obtained.  On  the 
extreme  ea.stem  border,  the  Norway  spruce  and  even 
the  balsam  fir  have  proved  valuable.  Among  deciduous 
trefs  the  white  elm  holds  first  place,  followed  by  the 
hackberry  (which  is  not  so  much  planted  as  it  deserves) 
and  the  green  ash.  Charles  E.  Bessey. 


1.  For  the  eastern  plains. 

Abies  bulsanic'u.* 
Abies  concolor.* 
Acer  platanoides.* 
Ailanthus    altissima.* 
Carya  ovata. 
Catalpa  speciosa.* 
Celtis  Occident  alis. 
Fraxinus  americana. 
Gleditsia  triacanthoa. 
Juglans  nigra. 
Picea  alba.* 


Picea  excelsa*  (Fig.  356). 
Picea  pungens.* 
Pinus  austriaca.* 
Pinus  sylveatris.* 
Prunus  serotina. 
Quercua  alba. 
Robinia  Pseudacacia.* 
SaUx  vitellina.* 
UlmusamericanaCFig.  357), 
Ulmus  fulva. 


and  the  following  quick-growing  but  temporary  trees: 


Acer  Negundo. 
.\cer  saccharinura. 
Populus  Sargentii. 

2.  For  the  central  plains. 

Catalpa  speciosa.* 
Celtia  occidentalis. 
Fraxinus  lanceolata. 
Gleditsia  triacanthos. 
Picea  canadensis.* 
Pinus  divaricata.* 


Salix  amygdaloides. 
Salix  nigra. 


Pinna  scopulorum. 
Prunus  serotina. 
Robinia  Pseudacacia.* 
Ulmus  americana. 
Ulmua  fulva. 


and  the  following  quick-growing  but  temporary  trees: 

Acer  Negundo.  Salix  amygdaloidea. 

Populus  Sargentii.  Salix  nigra. 

and  in  the  southern  parts: 

Elceagnus  anguatifolia.*  Pinus  austriaca.* 

Madura  aurantiaca,  Nutt.        Pinus  sylvestris.* 

also   black   walnut   and   bur   oak   if  seed   is  planted 
where  tree  is  to  stand  permanently. 


3.  For  the  high  western  plains. 

Celtis  occidentalia. 
Juniperus  scopulorum. 
Pinna  divaricata.* 


Pinua  scopulorum. 
Robinia  Paeudacacia.'' 
Ulmus  americana. 


and  the  following  quick-growing  but  temporary  trees: 

Acer  Negundo.  Sails  amygdaloidea. 

Populus  acuminata.  Salix  nigra. 

Populua  Sargentii. 

and  nearer  the  mountains: 


Acer  Negundo. 
Acer  platanoides.* 
Elseagnus  anguatifolia.* 
Fraxinus  lanceolata. 


Gleditsia  triacanthos.* 
Juglana  nigra.* 
Populua  Sargentii. 
Tilia  americana.* 


Seeds  or  seedlings  grown  in  the  region  in  which  they 
are  to  be  planted  are  the  most  reliable.  Young  trees 
or  seedlings  succeed  better  than  older  and  larger  ones. 
Varieties  native  in  moist  climates  or  in  foreign  countries 
should  be  avoided  unless  their  adaptability  has  been 
proved.  Young  plants,  like  young  animals,  are  easily 
killed  and  must  have  extra  care.      c.  L.  Watrous. 

C.  E.  Bessey. 

Trees  grown  for  shade  and  ornament  in  California. 

The  mild  and  equable  climate  of  California  allows  a 
wide  range  of  available  species  from  which  to  select 
trees  for  shade,  ornament  and  shelter.  There  is,  never- 
theless, some  considerable  variation  in  the  species,  which 
are  characteristic  of  the  plantings  in  different  parts  of 
the  state,  that  has  arisen  from  variations  in  soil  and 
climatic  conditions. 

On  account  of  the  long  rainy  season,  the  low  humidity 
of  the  atmosphere  and  the  relatively  high  mean,  and 
freedom  from  low  winter  minima  in  temperatures,  the 
trees  that  thrive  best  in  middle  California  are  those 
indigenous  to  the  arid  and  semi-arid  warm  temperate 
regions  of  the  globe,  e.  g.,  southern  Australia,  the  Medi- 
terranean region,  south  .•\frica,  northern  Mexico  and 
Chile,  together  with  those  native  species  which  deserve 
a  place.  As  one  goes  into  the  southern  part  of  the  state, 
some  of  these  species  drop  out  and  others  markedly 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


379 


characteristic  of  arid  regions  take  their  place.  The 
reverse  of  this  is  true,  as  one  goes  north,  where  many 
trees  of  the  temperate  humid  regions  also  thrive  in 
this  state,  particularly  in  the  relatively  humid  climate 
of  the  coast,  and  are  offered  by  our  nurserymen. 

I.  The  Species  Heretofore  Most  Extensively 

Planted  in  California. 

The  following  trees  are  perhaps  the  coimnonest 
species  found  in  the  plantings: 

1.  Eucalyptus  ;;lobuliis.  15.  Araucaria  Bidwillli. 

2.  Cupres.sus  raaerocarpa.  16.  Araucaria  excelsa. 

3.  Pinus  radiata.  17.  Populus   deltoides   var. 

4.  Robinia  Pseudacacia.  carolinensis. 

5.  Acacia  melanoxylon.  18.  Juglans  californica  and 

6.  Schinus  Molle.  species. 

7.  Acacia   decurrena  var.  19.  Salix  babylonica. 

dealbata.  20.  Acer  saccharinum. 

8.  Acacia   decurrena  var.  21.  Eucalyptus  robusta. 

mollis.  22.  Eucalyptus  virainalia. 

9.  Melia   Azedarach  var.  23.  Eucalyptus   rostrata 

umbraculiformis.  (Fig.  360). 

10.  Phcenix    canariensis  24.  Acer  macrophyllum. 

(Fig.  358).  25.  Pittosporum  species. 

11.  Magnolia  grandiflora.  26.  Cedrus   Deodara   and 

12.  Ulmus    racemosa   and  species. 

species.  27.  Betula  alba. 

13.  Cordyline  australia  (Fig.  28.  Grevillea  robusta. 

359)  and  species.  29.  Washingtonia  filifera. 

14.  Acer  Negundo,  and  var.  30,  Cinnamomum  Camphora 

californica. 

II.  Trees    Being    Most   Extensively    Planted   in 

California  at  the  Present  Time. 

The  following  hst,  arranged  in  sequence  according 
to  the  actual  number  of  sales  made  during  the  sea- 
son of  1911-12,  is  compiled  from  data  furnished  by 
W.  B.  Clarke,  of  the  California  Nursery  Company, 
at  Niles.  The  percentages  refer  only  to  the  twelve 
species  here  enumerated,  and  not  to  the  total  number 
of  trees  sold  by  the  nursery,  which  has  a  large  and 
varied  assortment  of  species,  many  of  which  aie  more 
suitable  and  more  effective  than  those  for  which  there 
is,  at  present,  the  greatest  demand. 

Per  cent. 

Eucalyptus  globulus 40.8 

Cupressus  macroearpa 12.0 

Platanus  orientaiis 11.4 

Eucalyptus  rostrata 10.2 

Populus  nigra  italics 6.2 

Pinus  radiata i^.0 

Acacia  decurrens  dealbata 3.5 

Acacia  melanoxylon 3.0 

Populus  deltoides  var.  carolinensis 2.2 

Robinia  Pseudacacia  var.  Decaisneana 2.0 

Acer  saccharinum 2.0 

Schinus  Molle 1.7 

III.  Selections  for  Special  Purposes. 

The  following  lists  are  from  species  now  offered  in 
the  California  trade  and  are  intended  to  be  suggestive 
only,  and  not  by  any  means  complete.  New  species  and 
varieties  are  constantly  being  added  to  the  nursery 
stocks,  some  of  which  will  be  found  particularly  well 
adapted  to  certain  conditions  of  climate  and  soU,  and 
will  doubtless  replace  others  now  in  use. 

1.  For  subtropical  effect. 

That  there  is  in  California  strong  appreciation  of 
subtropical  effects  in  gardening  is  shown  by  the  great 
demand  for  dracenas  and  such  large-leaved  plants  as 
palms,  magnolias,  bananas  and  rubber  trees.  That  the 
effect  produced  by  the  planting  of  such  trees  so  often 
fails  to  be  satisfatoiy^  is  largely  due  to  one  or  both  of 
two  causes, — either  unsuitable  location  of  the  speci- 
mens, or  choice  and  association  of  unsuitable  species. 
To  prevent  a  repetition  of  the  first-named  error,  the 
piospective  tree  planter  is  recommended  to  consult  the 
article  on  Landscape  Gardening;  and  to  avoid  the 
second,  a  selection  from  the  following  hst  is  suggested, 
with  the  addition  of  such  large-leaved  herbaceous 
plants  as  cannas,  colocasia,  cynaras,  funkias,  Guyinera 
scabra,  pampas  grass,  veratrunos,  agaves,  yuccas,  aloes, 


Woodwardia  radicans  and  Rodgersia  podophylla,  to- 
gether with  such  shiubby  plants  as  bamboos,  giant  reed, 
the  choicer  varieties  of  castor-bean,  Senecio  grandi- 
folius,  Polygonum  sachalinense  and  P.  Sieboldii. 

A.  Sviall  trees  or  tall  shrubs. 


Acanthopanax  ricinifolium. 

Aralia  chinensis. 

Aralia  chinensis  var.  mand- 

schurica. 
Aralia  spinosa. 
Arundinaria  falcata. 
Chamterops  hurailis. 
Dicksonia  antarctica. 
Eriobotrya  japonica. 


Erythea  armata. 
Musa  Ensete. 
Prunus  Laurocerasus. 
Ricinus  cambodgensig. 
Ricinus  macrophyllus. 
Ricinus  sanguineus. 
Ricinus  zanzibarensis, 
Tetrapanax  papyrifera. 


Catalpa  bignonioides. 
Catalpa  ovata. 
Catalpa  speciosa. 
Cordyline  australia. 
Cordyline  Banksii. 
Cordyline  indivisa. 
Cordyline  stricta. 
Corynocarpus. 
Er>*thea  edulis. 
Eucalyptus  calophylla. 
Eucalyptus  ficifolia. 
Ficus  Carica. 
Ficus  macrophylla. 
Gymnocladus  canadensis. 
JubEea  spectabilis. 


AA.  Larger  trees. 

Livistonia  australia. 

Magnolia  grandiflora, 

Paulownia  tomentosa. 

Phcenix  canariensis. 

Phcenix  dactylifera. 

Phcenix  reclinata. 

Phcenix   Rcebelenii  (P.  humilis 

var.) 
Phcenix  sylvestris. 
Phytolacca  dioica. 
Trachycarpus  exeelsus. 
Tris'.ania  conferta. 
Washingtonia  filifera. 
Washingtonia  robusta. 


Eucalyptus  globulus  can  also  be  used  effectively  if  cut 
down  periodically  when  the  falcate  leaves  begin  to  ap- 
pear; it  will  continue  to  shoot  up  vigorously  from  the 
same  root  for  several  years.  E.  robusta  is  useful  for 
screen  purposes  if  cut  do^Ti  before  it  becomes  strag- 
gUng.  This  can  also  be  said  for  E.  polyanlhemos,  E.  rudiSj 
E.  Risdouii,  and  many  others.  E.  polyanthemos  is  cer- 
tainly more  beautiful  than  E.  globulus  and  would  not 
need  to  be  cut  down  so  frequently. 

2.   Trees  with  ornamental  flowers  (for  California) 

In  making  the  following  grouping,  arranged  accord- 
ing to  relative  hardiness,  it  has  been  impossible  to  give 
precise  information  as  to  the  exact  degree  of  frost- 
tolerance  of  the  several  species,  as  only  meager  pub- 
lished data  on  the  subject  are  to  be  found. 

A.  Susceptible  to  light  frost. 
The  following  would  probably  succumb  to  a  temper- 
ature of  28°  F. : 

Eucalyptus  calophylla.  Jacaranda  ovalifolia. 

Eucalyptus  ficifolia. 

AA.  Susceptible  to  heavy  frost. 

The  following  are  not  likely  to  stand  a  temperature 
of  20°  F.  Some  of  them  may  succumb  at  25°  F.,  particu- 
larly when  young. 


Acacia  Baileyana. 

Acacia  salicina,  etc. 

Acacia  cyanophylla. 

Bursaria  spinosa. 

Acacia  decurrens  var.  dealbata. 

Eucalyptus  cornuta. 

Acacia  elata. 

Eucalyptus  corymbosa. 

Acacia  falcata. 

Eucalyptus  polyanthemos. 

Acacia  longifolia. 

Eucalyptus  sideroxylon  var. 

Acacia  neriifolia. 

pallens. 

Acacia  peadula. 

Hymenosporum  fiavum. 

AAA. 

Hardy, 

Acacia  pycnantha. 

Magnolia  Soulangeana. 

^sculas  carnea. 

Magnolia  stellata. 

.^i^sculus  Hippocastanum. 

Paulownia  tomentosa. 

Albizzia  .lulibrissin. 

Prunus  Armeniaca  (double.-fld.) 

Catalpa  bignonioides. 

Prunus     cerasifera     var,    atro- 

Catalpa  ovata. 

purpurea. 

Catalpa  speciosa. 

Prunus  japonica. 

Cercis  canadensis. 

Prunus       Persica        (white-fld., 

Corcis  Siliquastrum. 

double     red-fld.,     dark-fld.. 

Crataegus  mollis. 

etc.). 

Crataegus     monogyna      (vars. 

Prunus  spinosa  (double-fld.). 

Paulii,  punicea,   alba    plena, 

Pyrus  Halliana. 

.  etc.) 

Pyrus  ioensis  (Bechtel's  double 

Koelreuteria  paniculata. 

crab). 

Laburnum  vulgare. 

Robinia  hispida. 

Lagunaria  Patersonii. 

Robinia    Pseudacacia  and    var. 

Magnolia  acuminata. 

rosea. 

Magnolia  grandiflora. 

Sorbus  Aucuparia. 

Magnolia  Kobus. 

3S0 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


3.  Trees  with  colored  foliage, 

A.  Glaucous. 
B.  Susceptible  to  frost  {20°  F.  and  perhaps  less). 


BB.  Evergreen. 


Acacia  Baile>'ana. 
Acacia  dealliata. 
Acacia  glaucescens. 
Acacia  salicina. 
Cocos  au-itralis. 
Eo'thoa  unnnta. 
£ucal>*|)tus  globulus  ipollarded 
to  protiuce  suckers). 

BB. 

Codrus  atlantica  var.  glaiini. 
Cedrus  DtHxiara  var.  glauca. 
Picea  puugeos  var.  caerulea. 


Kucalpj'tus  polyaiithemoa. 
Kucalyptus  Uisdonii. 
Eucalyptus   sideroxylon    var 

pallens. 
I,cuoadendron  argenteum. 
Phcenix  dactylifora. 
Washingtoaia  Souora;. 

Hardy. 

Picea  pungcns  var.  glauca. 
Sequoia  sempervirens  var. 
glauca. 


AA.  Purple  or  bronze, 

B.  Susceptible  to  25°  F. 

Ricinus  cambodgeosis.  Ricinus  communis  var.  Gibsooii 

BB.  Hardy. 

Fagus  sylvatica  var.  purpurea. 


Fagus  sylvatica  var.  purpurea 

Riversii. 
Prunus     cerasifera     var.    atro- 

purpurea. 
Prunua  Persica,  var. 


Acer    platanoidcs    var.   Reiten- 

bacnii. 
Acer  platanoides  var.  Schwed- 

leri. 
Betula  alba  var.  atropurpurea. 
Cryptomeria    japonica    var. 

elegans. 

4,  Wide-Spreading  trees  for  shadcj  mostly  with  rounded 
outline. 
It  frequently  happens  that  the  owner  of  a  Cahfornia 
garden  desires  a  wide-spreading  tree  in  the  back  or  one 
comer  of  his  domain,  under  which  to  swing  a  ham- 
mock on  a  hot  day;  such  trees  are  also  useful  in  the 
echool-yard,  affording  welcome  shade  in  which  the 
children  can  eat  their  lunch. 

A.  Deciduous,  all  hardy. 

B.  Groxdh  rapid  or  medium. 

c.  Suckers  likely  to  be  troublesome. 


Populus  alba. 
Robinia  Pseudacacia. 


Ulmus  americana. 
Ulmus  racemosa. 


cc.  Suckers  not  troublesome. 
D.  Requiring  a  great  deal  of  water. 
Salix  babylonica. 

DD.  Requiring  not  much  water. 


Acer  macrophyllum. 

Acer  N'egundo. 

Acer  Negundo  var.  californicum. 

Acer  platanoides. 

Acer    platanoides    var.   Reiten- 

bachi. 
Acer  platanoides  var.  Schwed- 

leri. 
Acer  pseudoplatanus. 


Acer  saccharinum. 
Acer  saccharinum  var.  Wieri. 
Carya  illinoensis  (PccanJ. 
Fraxinus  americana. 
Fraxinus  vclutina. 
Quercus  lobata. 
Qucrcvxs  pedunculata. 
Ulmus  campeslria. 


BB.  Growth  somewhat  slow. 


Acer  campeatre. 
^Hculus  camea. 
Mscu\\i9  Uippocastanum. 
Castanea  uativa. 
Fagu.-t  sylvatica  var.  purpurea. 
Juglanii  Sieboldiaria. 
Liriodendron  Tulipifera. 
Melia  Azedarach  var.  umbra- 

culiforrois. 
Platanus  orientalis. 


Quercus  coccinea. 

Quercus  Kelloggii. 
Quercus  lobata. 
Quercus  macrocarpa. 
Quercus  rubra. 
Sophora  japonica. 
Tilia  americana. 
Tilia  europaea. 
Ulmus  campestria.    . 


AA.  Evergreen. 
B.  Growth  rapid:  trees  susceptible  to  2o°  F, 

Acacia  decurrens  dealbata.  Acacia  dccurrens  mollis. 

BB.  Growth  somewhat  slow:  trees  hardy. 


Arbutus  Menzicsii. 
Ficufl  Carica. 
Olea  europaea. 
Pinufl  Pinea. 


Quercus  agrifolia. 
(Quercus  Suber. 
Schinus  Molle. 


5.  Orntimerital  trees  affording  but  little  shade. 
A.  Outline  long  or  nearly  columnar. 
B.  Deciduous. 
PopuJus  nigra  var.  italica.  Betula  alba. 


Cupressus  sempervirens. 
Cupressus     semper\'iren3     var. 
fastigiata. 


Juniperus    communis   var.    hi* 

bernica. 
Taxus  baccata  var.  fastigiata. 


AA.  Outline  conical  or  spiral,  usually  pointed. 

B.  Coniferse,  ivith  mostly  narrow  leaves. 

c.  Deciduous:  hardy. 


Larix  decidua. 
Larix  leptolepis. 


Taxoriium  distichum. 
Taxodium  mucronatum. 


CC.  Evergreen. 
D.  Susceptible  to  severe  frost  {about  20° 


F.). 


Agathia  robusta. 
Araucaria  BidwiUii. 
Araucaria  braziliana. 
Araucaria  Cookii. 


Abies  balaamea. 

Abies  ccphalonica. 

Abies  concolor. 

Abies  nobilis. 

Abies  Nordmanniana. 

Abies  Pinsapo. 

Cedrus  atlantica. 

Cedrus  Deodara. 

Cedrus  Libani. 

Cephalotaxus  drupacea. 

Cephalotaxus  Fortunei. 

ChamEecyparis  Lawsoniana. 

Cryptomeria  japonica. 

Cryptomeria  japonica  var. 

elegans. 
Cunninghamia  sinensis. 
Cupressus  Goveniana. 
Cupressus  macrocarpa. 
Cupressus  guadalupensia. 
Libocedrxis  chilensis. 
Libocedrus  decurrens. 
Picea  ajanensis. 
Picea  canadensis. 
Picea  Engetmannii. 


Araucaria  Cunninghamii. 
Araucaria  excelsa. 
Araucaria  irabricata. 
Pinus  canariensis. 

Hardy. 

Picea  excelsa. 

Picea  mariana  var.  Doumetti. 

Picea  torano. 

Picea  pungens. 

Pinuti  contorta. 

Pinus  Coulteri. 

Pinus  densiflora. 

Pinus  Laricio  var.  austriaca. 

Pinus  monophylla. 

Pinus  Pinaster. 

Pinus  radiata. 

Pinus  Sabiniana. 

Pinus  sylvestris. 

Podocarpus  Totara. 

Pseudotsuga  Douglasii. 

Sciadopitys  verticillata. 

Sequoia  giganlea. 

Sequoia  sempervirens, 

Taxus  baccata. 

Thuja  gigantea. 

Thuja  orientalis. 

Thujopsis  dolabrata. 

Torreya  californica. 

Torreya  nucifera. 


BB.  Foliage  broad. 
c.  Deciduous:  hardy. 


Betula  alba. 

Betula  lenta. 
Betula  lutea. 
Betula  papyracea. 
Betula  populifolia. 


Ginkgo  biloba. 
Quercus  Cerris. 
Quercus  nigra. 
Sorbus  Aucuparia. 


CC.  Evergreen. 

D.  Susceptible  to  severe  frost  {probably  20°  F.  and 

even  less). 


Cinnamomum  Camphora. 
Ci>n,'noc;irpus  la;vigatus. 
Cryptocarya  Miersii. 


Grevillea  robusta. 
Sterculia  diversifolia. 
Tristania  conferta. 


DD.  Hardy. 


Acacia  melanoxylon. 
Ccrasus  lusitanica. 
Ilex  Afjuifolium. 
Lagunaria  Patersonii. 


Laurus  nobilis. 
Pittosporum  crassifolium. 
Quercus  Suber. 
Umbellularia  californica. 


AAA.  Outline  more  or  less  rounded,  but  trees  not  as  wide- 
spreading  nor  as  shade-giving  as  in  Class  4- 

B.  Deciduous. 
c.  Susceptible  to  frost  {25°  F.). 
Phytolacca  dioica. 

CC.  Hardy. 


^sculus  glabra. 
Fraxinus  americana. 
Fraxinus  excelsior. 
Fraxinus  (Jrnus. 
Gymnocladus  canadensis. 


Juglans  californica. 
Juglans  nigra. 
Koelreuteria  paniculata. 
Paulownia  tomentosa. 
Hobinia  Pseudacacia. 


BB.  Evergreen. 
c.  Probably  susceptible  to  severe  frost  {20°  F.,  or  less). 

Acacia  cyanophylla.  Eucal>-ptus  ficifolia. 

Aicctryon  excelsum. 

Bursaria  spinosa. 

Eucalyptus  calophylla. 

Eucalyptus  cornuta. 

Eucalyptus  corymbosa. 

Eucalyptus  corynoralyx. 


Eucalyptus  globulus. 
Eucalyptus  macuiata    var.  cit- 

riodora. 
Eucalyptus  robusta. 
Hymenosporum  flavum. 
Maytenus  Boaria. 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBORICULTURE 


381 


cc.  Hardy. 


Acacia  pycnantha. 
Eucalyptus  amygdalina. 
Eucalyptus  Gunnii. 
Eucal>'ptus  leucoxlyon. 
Eucalyptus  obliqua. 
Eucalyptus  rostrata. 
Eucalyptus  rudis. 
Eucalyptus  viminalis. 


Jubfea  spectabilis. 
Phcenix  canariensia. 
Phcenix  reclinata. 
Phcenix  sylvestris. 
Pittosporum  eugenioides. 
Pittosporum  tenuifoliura. 
Pittosporum  undulatum. 


Acer   saccharinura 
laciniatura. 

Betula  pondula  elegans. 

Betula  pendula  laciniata. 

Betula  pendula  Youngii. 

Crataegus  monogyna    var.  pen- 
dula. 

Fagus  sylvatica  var.  pendula. 

Fraxinus    excelsior   var.   aurea 
pendula. 

Fraxinus     excelsior    var.    pen- 
dula. 

Morus  alba  (Teas'  weeping). 


AAAA.  Drooping  frees, 

B.  Deciduous. 
var.    Wieri 


Populus     grandidentata      var. 

pendula. 
Prunus  fructicosa  var.  pendula. 
Quercus  lobata. 
Salix  babylonica. 
Salix  babylonica  var.  Lickii. 
Sophora  japonica  var.  pendula. 
Sorbus  Aucuparia  var.  pendula. 
Tilia  aniericana  var.  pendula. 
Tilia  europEBa  var.  pendula. 
Ulmus  americana  var.  pendula. 
Ulmua  campestris  var.  pendula. 
Ulmus  scabra  var.  pendula. 


Cupressus  funebris. 
Cupressus  lusitanica. 


BB.  Evergreen. 

Schinus  MoIIe. 


6.  Trees  for  streets,  avenues  and  roadsides  in  California. 

The  number  of  tree  species  suitable  for  street  plant- 
ing is  limited  by  the  necessarily  heavy  restrictions,  as  to 
height,  spread,  sewer-penetra- 
tion and  sidewalk-raising,  im- 
posed by  municipal  street  de- 
partments. In  European  cities 
the  first-named  objections  are 
overcome  by  means  of  frequent 
and  systematic  pruning  to  a 
uniform  standard;  when  this 
necessity  can  be  obviated  by 
the  selection  of  trees  which 
naturally  keep  within  the  de- 
sired bounds,  the  labor  of 
maintaining  them  in  a  sightly 
condition  is  minimized  and  the 
result  much  more  pleasing. 

For  town  streets  not  more 
than  60  feet  in  width,  it  is  im- 
portant to  have  trees  that  will 
not  give  too  much  shade  and 
prevent  the  rapid  drying  of 
the  roadway  after  showers,  nor 
be  so  tall  nor  wide-spreading 
as  to  obstruct  the  view  and 
shut  out  sunshine,  rendering 
the  adjacent  houses  dark,  cold 
and  damp.  On  this  account, 
trees  with  narrow  or  pjTamidal 
outline  are  in  many  cases  pref- 
erable to  those  with  wide- 
spreading  habit,  and,  generally 
speaking,  deciduous  trees  are 
more  suitable  than  evergreen, 
although  at  the  time  of  losing 
their  leaves  they  make  more 
litter.  E.xception  may  be  made 
in  favor  of  such  evergreen  spe- 
cies as  certain  palms  and  cordylines,  some  acacias  and 
a  few  other  species  mentioned  below. 

It  is  not  wise  to  use  trees  of  very  rapid  growth  on 
town  streets;  they  soon  become  too  large  and  require 
frequent  trimming,  which  is  usually  equivalent  to 
mutilation,  and  are  Ukely  to  interfere  with  sewers. 

It  cannot  be  said  that  street  planting  in  California 
towns  has,  in  most  cases,  been  sat  isfactorj*.  In  spite  of 
the  much  larger  variety  of  suitable  material  than  is 
available  in  most  of  the  states,  there  are  few  examples 
of  good  street  planting  to  be  met  with.    In  most  of  the 


>iV> 


359.  Cordyline  australis  or  "dracena  palm.'' 
Common  in  California. 


towns  the  eye  is  greeted  with  a  few  straggling  trees,  of 
which  perhaps  not  more  than  two  are  of  one  kind, 
recalling  F.  A.  Waugh's  apt  simile  of  "nine  mon- 
strously different  buttons  in  a  row  down  the  front  of  a 
Prince  Albert  coat."  There  are  many  pleasing  excep- 
tions, however,  although  few  are  entirely  satisfactory. 
The  repeated  attempts  to  improve  the  appearance  of  a 
town  by  planting  trees  along  the  streets  should  be 
encouraged  on  every  occasion,  and  the  object  of  this 
discussion  is  to  render  assistance  by  pointing  out  how 
some  of  the  mistakes  may  be  avoided.  The  unsatis- 
factory results  of  street  planting,  so  often  met  with, 
can  generally  be  traced  to  one  or  all  of  three  causes: 

(1)  Choice  of  unsuitable  species. 

(2)  The  mixing  of  several  species  on  the  same  block 
and  even  in  front  of  the  same  lot. 

(3)  Crowding  of  trees. 

This  hist-mentioned  source  of  trouble  is  perhaps  the 
cause  of  more  failures  than  the  fir.st.  When  trees  are 
once  growing,  few  persons  have  the  heart  to  thin  out 
the  species  for  the  proper  distance  apart ;  finally,  a  new- 
comer, without  personal  feeling  in  the  matter  and  noting 
only  that  there  is  too  much  shade  and  too  httle  light, 
cuts  down  the  whole  row  and  a  gap  is  left  in  what  may 
have  been  a  fairly  uniform  block.  Spreading  avenue 
trees  of  large  size  should  not  stand  closer  than  50  feet 
apart ;  smaller  trees,  on  narrower  streets,  should  have  40 
feet,  unless  they  are  slender  species  such  as  cordyhne 
or  washingtonias,  when  20  feet  may  be  sufficient.  As  a 
rule,  one  small  tree  to  a  50-foot 
lot  will  be  found  ample;  if  the 
whole  street  is  planted  uni- 
forml.v  with  the  same  species, 
and  at  this  same  distance,  the 
result  wiU  be  much  more  pleas- 
ing than  if  four  or  five  trees  are 
planted  in  front  of  every  house. 
This  question  of  spacing  can 
be  determined  only  by  the 
species  in  use.  If  20  feet  is 
added  to  the  diameter  of  the 
spread  of  the  crown,  an  approxi- 
mate spacing  can  be  secured. 
For  example,  cork  ekns  often  at- 
tain a  60-  or  75-foot  spread  and 
should  be  spaced,  accordingly, 
80  to  100  feet  apart.  This  ad- 
vice is  given  from  data  gathered 
in  various  towns  where  closer 
plantings  were  in  order,  and 
have  ah-eadj'  demonstrated  how 
the  air,  light  and  heat  are  shut 
off  by  too  crowded  plantings. 

In  towns  where  the  climate 
is  verj'  mild,  with  few  extremes, 
trees  are  planted  only  for  dec- 
orative effect  and  not  for 
shade, —  hence  these  extreme 
distances  may  be  used  even  for 
species  which  do  not  attain 
great  size. 

On  the  other  extreme  in  the 
interior  California  valleys,  the 
distances  may  have  to  be  short- 
ened to  allow  for  the  extreme 
heat,  but  trees  should  never  be  set  so  closely  that  the 
circulation  of  air  is  hindered,  except  of  course  for  wind- 
break plantings,  which  are  not  found  on  streets  as  a  rule. 

A.  For  city  and  town  streets. 

B.  Small  trees  suitable  for  streets  60  feel  wide  or  less. 

c.  Deciduous. 

D.  Growth  rapid  or  moderate. 

v^aculus  carnea. 
Betula  alba. 
Betula  lutea. 


Betula  populifolia. 
Catalpa  bignonioides. 
Catalpa  ovata. 


Catalpa  speciosa. 
KcElreuteria  paniculata. 
Paulownia  tomentosa. 


SS'2 


akbokk;ulture 


ARBORICULTURE 


DD.  Growth  sloiv. 

Cratspgus  mollis.  GinkRo  biloba. 

Cratacgui*  monogj'na. 

cc.  Evergreen. 

D.  Orowth  rapid  or  moderate. 

E.  Paltns  and  arborescent  Liliacese. 


DD.  Growth  slow. 


Gleditsia  triacanthos. 
Liriodendron  Tulipifera. 


Cordylinc  australis. 
Cordyline  Banksii. 
Cordylinc  indivisa. 
Cordylinc  stricta. 
Erythea  edulis. 


Livistona  australis. 
Traohycarpus  excelsua. 
Washingtonia  filifera. 
Washingtonia  robusta. 


EE.  Evergreen  trees  other  thaii  palms  and  arborescent 
Liliacesp. 


Acacia  falcata. 
Acacia  lineata. 
Acacia  nehifolia. 


Myoponim  IiEtuni. 
Pittosporum  cugenioldes. 
Pittosporum  temiifolium. 


DD.  Growth  slow. 


Alectryon  escelsura. 
Bulgaria  spinosa. 
Cinnaniomum  Camphora. 
Eucalj*ptus  6cifoHa. 
Ilex  Aquifolium. 
Jacaranda  ovalifolia. 


Ligustrum  lucidum. 
Magnolia  grandiflora. 
Maytenus  Boaria. 
Oloa  europaea. 
Pittosporum  crassifolium. 
Tristania  conferta. 


BB.  Larger  trees  for  streets,  avenues  and  boulevards 

80  to  100  feel  wide. 

c    Deciduous. 

D.  Growth  rapid  or  moderate. 

Acer  macrophyllum.  Gymnocladus  canadensis. 


Acer  saccharinum. 
Carya  (Pecan). 
Fraxinus  americana. 
Fraxinus  velutina. 


Platanus  orientalis. 
Quercus  pedunculata. 
Robinia  Pseudacacia, 
Ulraus  campestris. 


Tilia  aiuericana. 
Tilia  europsea. 


CC.  Evergreen, 
D.  Palms  and  bananas. 


Erythea  edulis. 
Livistona  australis. 
Musa  Ensete. 


Trachycarpus  excelsus. 
Washingtonia  filifera. 
Washingtonia  robusta. 


DD.  Evergreen  trees  other  than  palms  and  barnnas. 


Eucalyptus  poIyanthTiuos. 
Eucalyptus  rudis. 
Eucalyptus  sideroxylon  var. 

pallens. 
Ficus  macrophylla. 
Sypcarpia  laurifolia. 
Tristania  conferta. 
Umbelluiaria  californica. 


Acacia  elata. 
Acacia  melanoxylon. 
Angophora  intermedia. 
Angophora  subvclutina. 
Eucalyptus  amygdalina  var. 

angustifolia. 
Eucalyptus  calophylla. 
Eucalpytus  corinybosa. 
Eucalyptus  ficifoHa. 

BBB.  For  avenues  arid  boulevards  'without  sidewalks  or 
with  wide  spaces  between  sidewalk  and  driveway. 
For  this  purpose  almost  any  of  the  larger  and  more 
ornamental  species  enumerated  in  the  other  lists  may 
be  selected.  Spreading  coniferous  trees,  with  broad 
bases  (such  as  Sequoia  giganiea,  etc.),  may  often  be  used 
to  advantage,  as  well  as  the  wide-spreading  feather- 
palms  (Phoenix  and  Juba^a). 

AA.  For  country  roads, 
B.  Deciduous. 


Acer  campestre. 

Acer  macrophyllum. 

Acer  Negundo. 

Acer    Negundo   var.    calif orni- 

cum. 
Acer  platanoides. 
Acer  saccharinum. 
^sculus  carnea. 
.(Esculus  Hippocaatanum. 
Carya  (Pecan). 
Ginkgo  biloba. 
Juglans  californica. 
Juglans  Sieboldiana. 


Liriodendron  Tulipifera. 
Paulownia  tomentosa. 
Phytolacca  dioica. 
Populus  nigra  var.  italica, 
Quercus  lobata. 
Quercus  pedunculata. 
Robinia  Pseudacacia. 
Sophora  japonica. 
Taxodium  distichum. 
Tilia  americana. 
Tilia  europsea. 
Ulmus  campestris. 
Ulmus  racemosa. 


BB.  Evergreen. 

Acacia  melanoxylon.  Eucalyptus  rudis. 

Acacia  decurrens  var.  dealbata.  Eucalyptus  viminalis. 


Arbutus  Menziesii. 
Cinnamomum  Camphora. 
Cryptomeria  japonica. 
Eucalyptus  botryoides. 
Eucalyptus  calophylla. 
Eucalyptus  capitellata. 
Eucalyptus  cornuta. 
Eucalyptus  diversicolor. 
Eucalyptus  leucoxylon. 
Eucalyptus  rostrata. 


Ficus  macrophylla. 
Olea  europsea. 
Pinus  radiata. 
Quercus  Suber. 
Schinus  Molle. 
Sequoia  gigantea. 
Sequoia  sempervirens. 
Stercuiia  diversifolia. 
Tristania  conferta. 
Umbelluiaria  californica. 


360.  Eucalpytus  rostrata;  xi  yrs.  planted;  86  ft.  high.     California. 


7.  Trees  that  have  been  tried  in  California  but  have 
proved  unsatisfactory. 

There  are  many  species  that  have  failed  to  give 
satisfaction  in  some  localities  because  of  pecu- 
liarities of  climate  or  soil;  there  are  some,  also,  that 
have  proved  unsatisfactory  on  account  of  habit;  from 
among  these  may  be  mentioned : 

Acacia  species.  Nearly  all  acacias  stump-sprout 
badly,  so  that  for  temporary  planting  they  should 
be  avoided.  When  planted  in  narrow  parkings,  they 
are  very  likely  to  raise  sidewalks  also,  but  this  can  be 
remedied  by  frequent  root-prunings,  which  they 
stand  admirably. 

Acacia  melanoxylon  is  generally  debarred  from  the 
citrus  belt  as  a  breeder  of  scale:  when  mature  it  is 
said  to  suffer  quickly  from  the  effects  of  drought. 
In  the  moister  climate  of  the  immediate  vicinity  of 
the  coast,  near  San  Francisco,  however,  it  proves 
entirely  satisfactory. 

Ailanthus  altissima,  has  a  bad  reputation  on 
af^count  of  its  disagreeable  odor,  but  as  this  is  found 
only  in  the  staminate  trees,  it  can  be  avoided  by 
planting  none  but  the  pistillate  (fruit-bearing)  trees. 

Crats'gus  species.  Of  all  the.se  species,  C.  Oxyacantha 
is  pf-rhaps  the  one  most  commonly  used,  and  through 
the  Santa  Clara  Valley  and  Bay  regions  is  disfigured, 


ARBORICULTURE 


ARBUTUS 


383 


in  most  eases,  by  sooty  mold  fungus,  resulting  from 
scale  infestations.  This  can  of  course  be  remedied,  but, 
in  the  average  case,  at  considerable  more  expense  than 
■^ould  be  warranted. 

ii  ■raJyptiis  corynocalyx  becomes  straggUng  and 
unsightly  with  age. 

Eucalyptus  globulus  and,  in  fact,  almost  all  species  of 
the  genus,  are  frequently  debarred  by  town  ordinance 
from  growth  within  60  or  even  70  feet  of  a  sewer,  on 
account  of  the  remarkable  length  and  penetrating 
power  of  their  roots. 

Eucalyptus  robusta,  a  species  which  is  exceedingly 
handsome  as  a  young  tree,  has  been  extensively 
planted  along  roadsides  and  streets  in  the  warmer  parts 
of  the  state.  When  mature,  it  becomes  straggling 
and  exceedingly  brittle,  breaking  up  in  an  unsightly 
way. 

Eucalyptus  rudis.  This  species  has  a  pendent  habit 
when  older  that  often  causes  a  severe  splitting  of  the 
crown.  As  the  trees  are  very  picturesque,  they  are 
often  desirable,  provided  reasonable  attention  can  be 
given  to  prevent  this. 

Ficus  macrophylla  is  injurious  to  sidewalks. 
Grevillea  robusta  has  brittle  wood  and  is  usually  much 
broken  in  heavy  winds,  but  can  be  used  with  satis- 
faction if  kept  well  cut  back. 

Melia  Azedarach  var.  umbraculiformis  is  unsatis- 
factory in  the  immediate  vicinity  of  the  coast;  as  a 
sidewalk  tree  it  is  exceedingly  untidy  when  losing 
leaves,  and  is  also  very  much  subject  to  scale  insects. 
Paulownia  tomentosa  is  sometimes  objected  to  on 
account  of  the  somewhat  untidy  appearance  of  the 
persistent  seed-pods,  which  require  no  little  labor  if  all 
are  to  be  removed  after  flowering. 

Phoenix  dactylifera  and  P.  reclinata  both  sucker 
objectionably. 

Populus  alba,  Robinia  Pseudacacia  and  Ulmus  race- 
mosa  are  exceedingly  troublesome  when  used  as  side- 
walk trees  on  narrow  streets;  their  surface  roots  often 
break  the  cement  or  asphalt  sidewalks,  and  the  suckers 
come  up  in  the  midst  of  lawns  several  yaxds  away  from 
the  parent  tree. 

Schinus  Molle  should  be  avoided  in  the  citrouB  belt, 
as  it  is  found  to  harbor  and  become  a  nursery  for  scale 
insects.  As  a  street  tree  it  is  also  unsatisfactory,  becom- 
ing too  large  and  straggling,  and  requires  too  much 
pruning  to  keep  it  within  bounds;  its  large  surface 
roots  often  break  cement  and  asphalt  sidewalks. 

The  species  of  Phoenix  and  Jubasa  should  be  avoided 
on  account  of  their  low,  wide-spreading  habit,  except 
for  avenues  and  bouleva,rds  where  there  is  no  sidewalk 
or  where  there  is  from  20  to  30  feet  space  between  side- 
walk and  driveway. 

8.  Trees  for  alkali  soils. 

There  are  many  places  in  those  parts  of  the  state  that 
enjoy  a  high  temperature  and  low  rainfall,  where  the 
percentage  of  alkah  salts  in  the  soil  is  too  great  for  the 
cultivation  of  most  of  our  ornamental  trees,  and  where 
it  is  very  important  that  some  shade-producing  species 
be  grown. 

A.  Tolerant  of  strong  "black"  alkali  (sodium  carbonate). 
The  most  alkaU-tolerant  tree  of  those  yet  tested  is 
Koslreuleria  paniculata,  a  small  species  15  to  30  feet  high, 
with  feathery,  pinnate  leaves  and  ornamental  yellow 
blossoms. 


AA.  Tolerant  of  medium  alkali  {chiefly  "white"  alkali). 

Eucalyptus  rostrata  (Fig.  360). 
Eucalyptus     sideroxlyon     var. 

rosea. 
Phcenix  dactylifera. 
Platanus  orientalis. 


Acacia  melanoxylon. 
Aitanthus  altissima. 
Albizzia  lophantba. 
Caauarina  equisetifolia. 
Eucalyptus    amygdalina     var. 


angustifolia  (apparently  the 
least  sensitive  of  the  eu- 
calyptus). 


Populus  Fremontii. 
Quercus  lobata. 
Robinia  Pseudacacia. 


AAA.  Only  fairly  tolerant. 

Acer  macrophyllum.  Gleditsia  triacanthos. 

Acer  Negundo  var.  californicum        Ulmus  species. 
Cinnamomum  Camphora.  Washingtonia  filifera. 

AAAA.  Tested  and  found  unsuitable. 

Most  of  those  trees  of  the  humid  regions,  e.g.,  the 
eastern  states  and  northern  Europe,  which  have  been 
tried  on  alkali  soils,  have  been  found  to  suffer  and  to 
remain  dwarf  and  stunted.  This  is  particularly  true 
of  Liriodendron  Tulipifera,  Quercus  pedunculata  and 
species  of  Tilia. 

Since  writing  the  above,  the  following  additional 
information  on  the  alkali  tolerance  of  ornamental  trees 
has  been  secured  through  the  investigations  of  R.  H. 
Loughridge  of  the  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  at, 
Berkeley,  and  has  been  placed  at  our  disposal. 

Total  amount  of  salts  found  in  the  upper  4  feet  of 
soil  in  which  the  following  trees  were  growing,  expressed 
in  tons  per  acre: 

Tons  per  acre  in  depth  of  4  feet. 

Koelreuteria  paniculata   3^ 

Platanus  orientalis 21}^ 

Eucalyptus  amygdalina 20 

EucaljT)tus  angustifolia 20 

Washingtonia  (species  not  stated) 7H 

Phcenix  dactylifera 5 

Cinnamomum  Camphora 3>^ 

Jos.  Bdrtt  Davy. 

B.    Y.    MoRRISON.t 
ARBOR  VITAE:  Thuja. 

ARBUTUS  (ancient  Latin  name).  Ericacex.  Orna- 
mental woody  plants  grown  for  their  handsome  ever- 
green fohage  and  for  their  attractive  flowers  and  fruits. 

Trees  or  shrubs  with  the  bark  of  the  branches  and 
younger  sts.  smooth,  and  usually  red,  exfoliating:  Ivs. 
"alternate,  petioled,  serrate  or  entire:  fls.  monopetalous, 
globular  or  urn-shaped,  .5-toothed ;  stamens  10,  included; 
anthers  with  a  pair  of  reflexed  awns,  the  cells  opening  by 
a  terminal  pore;  ovary  .5-,  rarely  4-celled,  cells  with 
many  ovules:  fr.  a  globose,  many-seeded,  berry-like 
drupe  with  mealy  flesh,  mostly  granulose  outside.— 
Twelve  species  in  W.  N.  and  Cent.  Amer.,  S.  and  W. 
Eu.,  Asia  Minor,  N.  Afr.,  and  Canary  Isls. 

The  stems  and  branches  are  conspicuous  by  their 
red  smooth  bark  peeling  off  in  large  thin  jjlates,  the 
evergreen  foliage,  rather  large  and  usually  lustrous 
flowers, white  to  red,  in  terminal  panicles  foUowed  by 
attractive  red  fruits.  They  are  of  great  decorative 
value  for  parks  and  gardens  in  warm-temperate  re- 
gions; especially  beautiful  when  adorned  with  the 
clusters  of  white  flowers  or  bright  red  berries. 

Arbutuses  grow  best  in  well-drained  soil  in  some- 
what sheltered  positions  not  exposed  to  dry  winds. 
They  are  very  handsome  greenhouse  shrubs,  thriving  well 
in  a  sandy  compost  of  peat  and  leaf  soil  or  light  loam. 

Propagation  is  by  seeds  sown  in  early  spring  or  in 
fall,  or  by  cuttings  from  half-ripened  wood  in  fall, 
placed  in  sandy  peat  soil  under  glass;  they  root  but 
slowly.  Increased  also  by  budding  or  grafting,  usually 
veneer-grafting,  if  seedlings  of  one  of  the  species  can 
be  had  for  stock.   Layers  usually  take  two  years  to  root. 

A.  Panicles  short,  nodding:  Ivs.  usually  serrate. 

Unedo,  Linn.  Strawberry  Tree.  From  8-15  ft.: 
Ivs.  cuneate,  oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate,  2-3  in.  long, 
glabrous,  green  beneath:  fls.  white  or  red,  ovate:  fr. 
scarlet,  warty,  %m.  broad.  Sept. -Dec.  S.  Eu.,  Ireland. 
L.B.C.  2:123.  R.B.  31:36.  G.C.  III.  14:329.  Var. 
integerrima,  Sims.  Lvs.  entire.  B.M.  2319.  Var. 
rftbra,  Ait.,  and  var.  CroSmii,  Hort.,  have  red  fls.  Gn. 
26,  p.  .506;  33,  p.  320.  F.S.R.  2,  p.  375.— Very  beauti- 
ful in  autiunn  when  the  tree  bears  its  large  scarlet  frs. 
and  at  the  same  time  its  white  or  rosy  fls.  Roots  and 
lvs.  astringent. 

AA.  Panicles  erect:  lvs.  usually  entire. 

Menziesii,  Pursh  (A.  procera,  Douglas).  Madrona. 
Fig.  361.    Occasionally  100  ft.  high;  trunk  with  dark 


384 


ARBUTUS 


ARCHONTOPHCENIX 


reildish  brown  bark:  Ivs.  rounded  or  sliglitly  oordato  at 
the  bivse,  ov;vl  or  oblon;;,  3-1  in.  long,  {ilabrous,  glaucous 
beneath;  fls.  white,  in  :Vt)-in.-long  panicles:  fr.  bright 
orange-red,  '  iin.  long.  Spring.  W.  N.  Anier.  B.R.  21: 
1753.  S.S.o:231.   P.M. 2:147.  G.F.3:51o;  5:151.  Mn. 


361.  Arbutus  Menziesii.    { 


3:8.5.  B.M.  8249.  R.H.  1893,  pp.  149,  150.— The  hardi- 
est and  probably  the  handsomest  species  of  the  genus; 
it  stands  many  degrees  of  frost.  Fig.  361  is  adapted 
from  Pacific  Railroad  Rejit. 

arizonica,  Sarg.  (.4.  xnlapensis  v&T.  arir.dnica,  Gray). 
Fig.  362.  Tree,  40-,")0  ft.:  trunk  with  light  gray  or 
nearly  white  bark:  Ivs.  usually  cuneate  at  the  base, 
oblong-lanceolate,  lM-3  in.  long,  glabrous,  pale  be- 
neath: fls.  white,  in  loose,  broad  panicles  2-3  in.  long: 
fr.  globose  or  oblong,  dark  orange-red.  Spring.  Ariz. 
G.F.  4:318  (adapted  in  Fig.  362).  S.S.  5:233.— The 
contrast  between  the  white  bark  of  the  trunk,  the 
red  branches,  and  the  pale  green  foliage  makes 
a  very  pleasant  effect:  fr.  and  fis.  are  also  very 
decorative. 

.4.  Ari'lrdrhne,  Linn.  From  10-30  ft.:  Iv8.  oval-oblong,  usually 
entire,  yellowish  green  beneath:  fls.  yellowish  white;  fr.  bright  red. 
Greece.  Orient.  B.M.  2024.  B.R.  2:113.  G.C.  III.  4:724.  R.H. 
1911,  p.  .307  'habit). — A.  andrachnoi/Jes,  Link  (A.  Andracline  X 
Unedo.  .A.hybrida,  Ker.  A.  serratifoHa,  Lodd.  A.  Miileri.  Hort. 
A.  photinifffolia,  Hort.).  Lvs.  serrate;  panicles  drooping:  fls. 
white.  B.K.  H:fjl9.  L.B.C.  6:580.  G.C.  II.  9:211.  F.  1879,  p.  50. 
— .4.  canariensis.  Lindl.  Height  10-30  ft.:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate, 
serrate,  glaucous  beneath:  panicles  erect:  fls.  greenish  white. 
Canary  Isla.  B.M.  1.577.— .4.  (/e;isi7?<)ra.  HBK.  Height  20  ft.:  Ivs. 
oblong  or  ovate,  serrate,  downy  beneath:  fla.  white.  Mex. — A. 
hybrifla,  Ker^.A.  arachnoide.s, — .4.  laurifdtm,  Hook.^A.  Men- 
ziesii.— .4.  tauri/dlui.  I-indl.=.\.  xalapensis. — A.  MUhri,  Hort.=A. 
andrachnoides. — .4.  mollU,  HBK.  Shrub  or  small  tree:  Ivs.  oblong, 
serrate,  pubescent  beneath:  fls.  white,  often  tinged  greenish  red. 
Mex.  B.M.  4.595. — .4.  pildna,  Grah.=Pernettya  pilosa. — A. 
procira,  Douglas=A.  Menziesii. — .4.  serrah'fdtia,  hodd.,  not  Salisb. 
=A.  andrachnoidea. — A.  tex(tna,  Buckl.^A.  xalapensis. — A.tomen- 
tdM.  Pursh=.\rctostaphyIos  tomentosa. — A.  Vva-umi,  Linn.= 
Arctostaphyloa  l.'va-ursi. — A.  xalapensis,  HBK.  (A.  laurifolia, 
Lindl.).  Height  10-20  ft.:  Ivs.  oval  or  ovate-lanceolate,  entire  or 
crenately  ."terrate,  glabrous  or  downy  beneath:  fls.  reddish:  corolla 
abruptly  contracted  above  the  middle.    Mex.,  Texas.    S.S.  5:232. 


B.R.  25:67. 


Alfred  Rehder. 


ARBUTUS,  TRAILING:  Epigaa  rcpens. 

ARCHANGELICA  fOreek,  chief  angel,  from  fancied 
medicinal  virtues).  Umhell'ifera'.  Garden  Angelica. 
A  genu.s  of  15-20  species  of  strong-Hmelling  coarse  herbs 
closely  allied  to  Angelica,  but  differing  in  highly 
technical  characters  a-ssociated  with  the  oil-tubes 
in  the  fruit. 

officinalis,  Hoffm.  A  European  and  Asian  biennial 
or    perennial,   known    also    as  Angelica  Archangelim; 


stout  herb,  with  ternately  decompound  lvs.  and  large 
umbels  of  small  fls. — The  sts.  and  ribs  of  the  lvs. 
were  once  blanched  and  eaten,  after  the  manner  of 
celery,  and  they  are  still  used  in  making  of  sweet 
meats.  Little  known  in  this  country,  althoufh  it 
is  offered  by  American  dealers.  Its  chiei  value 
to  us  is  its  large  foliage.  Seeds  may  be  sown 
in  the  fall  as  soon  as  ripe,  or  the  following 
spring.  They  are  slow  to  germinate.  Root 
used  for  its  aromatic  and  carminative  prop- 
erties. 

ARCHONTOPHffiNIX  (Greek,  majestic  phce- 
7tix).  Palmacea',  tribe  Ar'ecese.  Showy  and  ele- 
gant pahns,  completely  spineless,  and  with  tall 
stout  trunks,  which  are  conspicuously  ringed  by 
the  annular  scars  of  the  fallen  leaves. 

Leaves  divaricate,  terminal,  forming  a  large 
crown  pinnately  divided,  the  segms.  entire  or  toothed; 
in  very  young  specimens  the  lvs.  are  undivided  or 
simply  bipartite;  midrib  prominent,  the  nerves  more 
slender;  rachis  keeled  above,  convex  beneath,  the 
petiole  slightly  tomentose,  and  channeled  above: 
infl.  appearing  much  below  the  lvs.,  consisting  of 
2  long,  flattened,  ultimately  pendent  and  deciduous 
spathes,  inclosing  the  short  -  peduncled  and  much- 
branched,  pedulous  spadices:  fls.  moncecious,  sessile 
on  the  branches  of  the  spadix;  in  male  fls.  the 
8  i^erianth  segms.  are  unique  in  the  family;  female 
fls.  with  3  perianth  segms.,  sometimes  more:  fr. 
a  drupe,  globose  or  elliptic-globose,  containing  a 
single  fibrous  seed. — There  are  about  10  species,  all 
natives  of  the  Australian  or  Malayan  region.  G.C. II. 
22:427. 

As  Seaforthia  elegans,  the  second  species  is  well  known 
to  all  florists  and  decorators  as  one  of  the  mo.st  graceful 
and  stately  palms  in  cultivation.  Both  species  have 
become  very  popular  in  California  for  outdoor  culti- 
vation (see  G.  C.  III.  27: 109),  where  the  second  species 
fruits,  seeds  and  germinates  readily. 


362.  Arbutus  arizoaica.    ( X  H) 

In  the  North,  they  are  grown  in  a  temperate  house, 
in  a  rich  soil  containing  a  good  percentage  of  fibrous 
material  and  sand  mixed  with  an  equal  part  of  rich 
loam.    They  require  plenty  of  water. 


ARCHONTOPHCENIX 


ARCTOSTAPHYLOS 


385 


Propagation  is  by  seeds,  which  sprout  readily  in  pans 
or  boxes  if  placed  in  a  warm  moist  house. 

A.  Lf.-segms.  whitish  underneath. 

Alexandrae,  H.  Wendl.  &  Drude  (Ptychosp  rma  Alex- 
dndrsp,  F.  Muell.).  Trunk  70-80  ft.;  Ivs.  several  ft. 
long;  rachis  very  broad  and  thick,  glabrous  or  slightly 
scurfy;  segms.  numerous,  the  longer  ones  1.'2  ft.  long, 
H-1  in.  broad,  acuminate  and  entire  or  slightly  notched, 
green  above,  ashy  glaucous  beneath;  infl.  about  1  ft. 
long,  the  fls.  greenish  yellow;  fr.  ovoid-globular. 
Queensland.  F.S.  18;1916. — Seldom  ripening  fr.  on 
plants  cult,  outdoors  in  Calif,  and  rather  tender  when 
young 

AA.   Lf.-segms.  green  on  both  sides. 

Cunninghamii,  H.  Wendl.  &  Drude  (Ptychosperma 
Ctinninghamii.  H.  Wendl.  P.  etegans,  Bliune.  Seaforthia 
elegayis.  Hook.).  Trunk  and  general  habit  like  the  pre- 
ceding, but  the  segms.  acuminate  and  entire  or  scarcely 
notched:  fls.  shell-pink,  followed  by  globular  berry-Uke 
drupes.  Queensland  and  .New  S.  Wales.  B.M.  4961, 
734.5,  the  first  as  Seaforthia  elegans,  the  second  as 
Ptychosperma  elegans. — Hardier  than  the  preceding, 
and  fruiting  freely  in  outdoor  specimens  in  Cahf. 

N.    TAYLOR.t 

ARCTIUM  (from  Greek  word  for  bear,  probably 
alluding  to  the  shaggy  bur).  Compdsitse.  Burdock.  A 
few  coarse  perennials  or  biennials  of  Temp.  Eu.  and 
Asia,  some  of  them  widely  distributed  as  weeds.  Invo- 
lucre globular  and  large,  with  hooked  bristles,  becoming 
a  bur;  receptacle  densely  setose;  pappus  deciduous,  of 
short  serrulate  scales;  Ivs.  alternate,  large  and  soft, 
whitish  beneath;  plant  not  prickly;  fls.  pinkish  or 
purphsh  in  summer. 

Lappa,  linn.  (Lappa  major,  GaeTtn.).  Common  Bur- 
dock. The  burdock  is  a  common  and  despised  weed  in 
this  countr}-,  although  it  is  capable  of  making  an  ex- 
cellent foUage  mass  and  screen.  In  Japan  it  is  much 
cult,  for  its  root,  which  has  been  greatly  thickened  and 
amehorated,  affording  a  popular  vegetable.  It  is  there 
known  as  gobo  (see  Georgeson,  A.  G.  13,  p.  210). 
Roots  collected  from  plants  of  the  first  year's  growth 
are  used  as  an  alterative  in  blood  and  skin  diseases. 
The  seeds  and  fresh  Ivs.   are  used  medicinally  to  a 

limited  extent.  A.jmnus, 
Schk.,  a  European  weed, 
widely  naturalized  in  E. 
N.  Amer.  is  apt  to 
be  confused  with  A. 
Lappa.     N.  Taylor,  t 


C^.- 


n£> 


363.  Arctostapbylos  Uva-ursi. 

25 


ARCTOSTAPHYLOS 

(Greek,  bear  and  grape). 
Ericacese.  Manzanita. 
Ornamental  shrubs 
grown  for  their  evei  green 
fohagc  and  also  for  their 
'  i-?^  attractive  flowers  and 
!/,^    fruits. 

Shrubs  or  rarely  small 

trees:  Ivs.  alternate,  en- 

.    '^^,    tire,  evergreen;  fls.  small 

^^  ,  J'      m   terminal  often   pani- 

i,,<|j^i3  cled  racemes;  calyx  4-5- 

'''^»_  \':^^   parted, persistent; corolla 

//5ipi^59       urceolate,    4-.5  -  toothed ; 

■    '^^  stamens  8  or  1 0,  included ; 

anthers   with   a   paii    of 

awns,  the   cells   opening 

with  a  pore;  ovary  4-10- 

celled,   1    ovule   in   each 

cell:   fr.   a   red,    usually 

smooth   mealy   berry  or 

rather  drupe  with  4-10 

coherent    nutlets. — 


About  20  species  in  N.  and  Cent.  Amer.,  1  species  also 
in  N.  Eu.  and  N.  Asia.    Includes  ComarostaphyUs. 

They  are  handsome  evergreen  shrubs,  though  gen- 
erally with  less  conspicuous  flowers  and  fruits  than  those 
of  the  allied  genus  Arbutus.  Some  Central  American 
species,  however,  as  A.  arbutoides,  A.  argula  and 
A.  polifolia  are  beautiful  m  flower,  and  well  worth  a 


364.  Manzanita. — Arctostapbylos  manzanita.     (XH) 

place  in  the  greenhouse  or  in  the  garden  in  temperate 
regions;  of  the  American  species,  A.  Pringlei,  A.  viscida 
and  ^4.  bicolor  are  some  of  the  handsomest.  Only  the 
trailing  species  are  hardy  North.  For  culture,  see 
Arbutus. 


bicolor,  9,  manzanita,  4.  tomentosa,  7. 

californica,  2.  nevadensis,  2.  Uva-urai,  1. 

diversifolia,  10.  Pringlei,  8.  viscida,  6. 

glauca,  5.  pungens,  3,  4, 

A.  Trailing  or  creeping:  Ivs.  J^-/  J^  in.  long:  fls.  in 
short  and  rather  few-fld.  clusters. 

1.  Uva-ursi,  Spreng.(yCr6«(u.s  f/('a-Mm,Linn.).  Bear- 
berry.  Fig.  363.  Lvs.  obovate-oblong,  tapering  into 
the  petiole,  retuse  or  obtuse  at  the  apex:  fls.  small,  about 
J^in.  long,  white  tinged  with  red.  Northern  hemisphere, 
in  N.  Amer.  south  to  Mex.  Em.  2:431.  Gn.  14:68 
(habit). — Hardy  traihng  evergreen  shrub,  like  the  fol- 
lowing valuable  for  covering  rocky  slopes  and  sandy 
banks.  Cuttings  from  mature  wood  taken  late  in  sum- 
mer root  readily  under  glass.  Lvs.  are  employed  in 
medicine  chiefly  for  their  action  on  the  kidneys  and 
bladder. 

2.  nevadensis,  Gray  (A.  caZi/drm'ca,  Hort.).  Lvs.  ob- 
ovate  or  obovate-lanceolate,  abruptly  petioled,  acute  or 
mucronate  at  the  apex:  fls.  in  short-stalked  clusters, 
white  or  tinged  with  red.  Calif.,  in  the  higher  mts. 
G.W.  13:326  (habit). 

aa.  Erect  shrubs:  lvs.  usually  1-2  in.  long:  fls.  in  mostly 

many-fld.  panicled  racemes. 

B.  Lvs.  glabrous,  rarely  minutely  pubescent. 

c.  Pedicels  glabrous. 

3.  piingens,  HBK.  From  3-10  ft.;  glabrous  or  min- 
utely pubescent:  lvs.  slender-petioled,  oblong-lanceo- 
late or  oblong-elliptic,  acute,  entire,  green  or  glauces- 
cent:  fls.  in  short,  umbel-like  clusters;  fr.  glabrous, 
about  ]4in.  broad.  Mex.,  Low.  Cahf.  B.R.  30:17. 
B.M.  3927. 

4.  manzanita.  Parry  (A.  piiresrens,  Authors).  Fig.  364. 
Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  30  ft. .  lvs.  ovate,  usually  obtuse 
and  mucronulate  at  the  apex,  glabrous,  dull  green;  fls. 
in  prolonged  panicled  racemes:  fr.  glabrous,  }^-3^in. 
broad.  W.  N.  Amer.,  from  Ore.  south.  G.F.  4:571. 
G.C.  III.  44:163.    B.M  8128. 

cc.  Pedicels  glandular. 

5.  glaiica,  Lindl.  From  8-25  ft. .  lvs.  oblong  or  orbic- 
ular, obtuse  and  mucronulate  at  the  apex,  glaucescent 
or  pale  green:  fls.  in  prolonged  panicled  racemes;  pedi- 


386 


ARCT0STAPHYL08 


ARDISIA 


eels  glandular:   fr.  mimitoly  t^hmdukir.    Calif.— Intro. 
1S91.    Lvs.  u.sed  ineiiiriiuilly  like  thosp  of  A.  Uv(i-urt:i. 

6.  viscida,  Parry.  From  ,")-15  ft.:  lvs.  broad-ovate  or 
elliptic,  abruptly  mucroiuilate,  acute  or  rounded  at  the 
base,  glaucous:  fls.  in  slender  and  spreailiiiji,  panicled 
racemes;  pedicels  viscid;  corolla  light  pink :  fr.  depressed, 
about  }4in.  broad,  smooth.    Ore.  to  Calif. 

BB.  Lvs.  more  or  less  pubescent. 

C.  BrancMets  usually  bristhj-hniry:   It's,  dull  grayish  or 
bluish  green  above. 

7.  tomentosa,  Douglas.  From  2-6  ft. :  lvs.  oblong-lan- 
ceolate or  ovate,  acute,  sometimes  serrulate,  pubescent 
beneath,  pale  green:  fls.  in  rather  dense  and  short, 
usuallv  panicled  racemes;  pedicels  short:  fr.  puberulous, 
glabrous  at  length.  W.  N.  Amer.  B.R.  21:1791.  B.M. 
3320. — The  hardiest  of  the  erect  species. 


corolla  }'4in.  long, 
scarlet.  Low.  Calif. 
5:231. 


light  pink:  fr.   ovoid,    J^in.   long, 
May,  .lune:  fr.  in  Aug.,  Sept.   Mn. 


%. 


365.  Arctotis  grandis.  (XH) 

8.  Pringlei,  Parry.  Shrub:  lvs.  broad-ovate  or  ellip- 
tic, usually  abruptly  mucnjnulate,  pubescent,  some- 
times glabrous  at  length,  glaucous:  panicled  racemes 
pedunded,  usually  leafy  at  the  base,  many-fld.;  slen- 
der pedicels  and  calyx  glandular-pubescent:  fr.  glan- 
dular hispid.   Calif.,  Ariz. 

cc.  Branchlels  tomcnlose:  lvs.  bright  green  and 
lustrous  above. 

9.  bicolor,  Gray.  From  .3-4  ft. :  lvs.  oblong-oval,  acute 
at  both  ends,  entire  and  revolute  at  the  margin,  gla- 
brous and  bright  green  above,  white-tomentose  be- 
neath: fls.  in  nodding,  rather  dense  racemes;  pedicels 
and  calyx  tomentose;  corolla  J^in.  long,  rose-colored: 
fr.  .smofjth.    Calif. 

10.  diversifdlia,  Parry  (CoTnnrostdphylis  diversifblia, 
Greene;.  .Shrub,  .5-1.5  ft. :  lvs.  elliptic  or  ovate  to  oblong, 
1-2J^  in.  long,  acute,  cuneate  at  the  base,  spinulo.se- 
dentate,  often  revolute  at  the  margin,  grayish  pubes- 
cent or  tomentose  beneath:  racemes  terminal,  usually 
several,   134-4  in.  long,  tomentose;  pedicels  slender; 


.■i.  alpina,  Spreng.=Arctous  alpina. — A.  arbutoides,  Hemsl. 
Five  to  6  ft.:  lvs.  lanceolate,  oblong,  fermgineously  pubescent 
beneath:  panicles  erect,  loose.  Guatemala.  B.R.  29:30. — A.  argitta, 
Zucc.  (A.  nitida,  Benth. ).  Five  to  6  ft.:  lvs.  oblong-Ianceolate,  ser- 
rate, glaucous  and  glabrous:  panicles  loose,  erect.  S.  Mex.  B.R. 
31:32.  B.M.  3004  (as  A.  nitida).— .4.  cali/drnica,  Hort.=A.  neva- 
densis. — A.  niliila,  Benth.=A.  arguta. — .4.  polifdlia,  HBK.  Height 
1-3  ft.:  lvs.  linear-lanceolate,  glaucous  and  puberulous  beneath:  fl3. 
red,  in  loose,  erect  racemes.   Me^.  ALFRED  Rehder. 

ARCTOTIS  (Greek  for  bear's  ear,  alluding  to  the 
achene).  Composite.  Herbs  with  long-peduncled  heads 
and  more  or  less  white-woolly  herbage,  of  30  or  more 
African  species:  achenes  grooved,  with  scale-like  pappus: 
involucre  with  numerous  imbricated  scales:  receptacle 
bristly, — Two  species,  both  treated  as  annuals,  are  sold 
in  this  country.    Cultivation  simple. 

breviscapa,  Thunb.  (.4.  leplorhhza  var.  breviscapa, 
DC).  Stemless  or  nearly  so  (6  in.  high),  half-hardy,  read- 
ily prop,  from  seeds,  and  to  be  grown  in  a  warm,  sunny 
place:  lvs.  usually  longer  than  the  scape,  incised-den- 
tate:  scape  hirsute,  bearing  one  large  fl.  with  dark 
center  and  orange  rays. 

grandis,  Thunb.  Fig.  .365.  A  beautiful  annual,  form- 
ing a  bushy  clump  2-2 '2  ft.  high:  lvs.  much  shorter 
than  the  scape,  repand  dentate:  fls.  2^2-3  in.  diam., 
white  or  white  and  pale  violet. — May  be  the  same  as  A. 
stoechadifolia,  Berger. 

.4.  Gumhletonii,  Hook.  f.  Ray  fls.  deep  orange-red.  Namaqua- 
land,S.Afr.    B.M.  7796.  N.  TAVLOR.f 

ARCTOUS  (Greek,  boreal,  referring  to  its  distribu- 
tion). Syn.  Mairania.  Ericacese.  Ornamental  flat 
shrub,  rarely  cultivated  in  rockeries  for  its  bright 
green  foliage  and  scarlet  or  black  fruits  in  autumn. 

Prostrate  glabrous  shrub:  lvs.  alternate,  serrate, 
deciduous:  fls.  in  small  terminal  racemes;  calyx  4-5- 
partcd;  coroUa  urceolate  with  4-5-toothed  recurved 
limb;  stamens  8-10,  included,  anthers  with  a  pair  of 
short  awns,  cells  opening  with  a  pore;  ovary  4-5- 
celled:  fr.  a  globose  juicy  drupe  with  4-5  separate 
nutlets. — One  circumpolar  species. 

This  is  a  plant  lying  flat  on  the  ground,  with 
shreddy  bark,  thin  deciduous  leaves  clustered  toward 
the  end  of  the  branches,  small  white  flowers  appearing 
before  or  with  the  leaves,  followed  bj-  lustrous,  black 
or  red  fruits.  Adapted  for  rockeries  where  it  will  prob- 
ably succeed  best  in  peaty  soil  and  in  a  half-shady  posi- 
tion. Propagation  is  by  seeds  and  by  cuttings. 

alpinus,  Niedenzu  (Arctostdphylos  alpina,  Spreng. 
Mairania  alpina,  Desv.).  Lvs.  obovate  or  oblanceolate, 
narrowed  into  the  short  petiole,  I4~^yi  in.  long,  reticu- 
late, serrate:  fls.  2-4,  J2in.  long,  white  tinged  pinkish 
or  greenish:  fr.  J^in.  across,  globose,  bluish  black.  N. 
Amer.,  N.  Eu.,  and  N.  Asia.  S.E.B.  6:880.  B.B.  2:573. 
M.D.G.  25:138  (habit).  Var.  rftber,  Rehd.  &  Wilson. 
Fr.  bright  red,  not  changing  to  black.  Rocky  Mts.,  W. 
China. — This  variety  is  handsomer  than  the  type  on 
account  of  the  bright  color  of  the  fr. 

Alfred  Rehder. 

ARDISIA  (pointed,  alluding  to  the  stamens  or 
corolla-lobes).  Including  Jcacdrea.  Myrsinacea?.  Trees 
and  shrubs,  some  of  which  are  grown  in  their  juvenile 
state  as  pot  subjects,  or  as  outdoor  specimens  in  warm 
climates. 

F^lowers  white  or  rose,  usually  in  cymes,  with  5- 
parted  (sometimes  4-  or  6-parted)  rotate  corolla,  5 
stamens  attached  to  the  throat  of  the  corolla,  with  very 
large  anthers  and  a  1-seeded  drupe  the  size  of  a  pea: 
lvs.  entire,  dentate  or  crenate,  thick  and  evergreen.^ 
Probably  more  than  200  species  in  the  tropical  and 
subtropical  parts  of  both  hemispheres,  one  of  which 
(.4.  cremdala)  is  a  popular  berry-bearing  conservatory 


ARDISIA 


ARECA 


387 


and  table  plant,  and  a  half-dozen  others  of  which  are 
sometimes  seen  in  collections. 

Ardisia  crenulata  is  in  great  demand  as  a  Christmas 
plant.  The  other  species  are  seldom  seen  in  this  coun- 
try. They  are  nearly  always  propagated  from  seed,  but 
a  plant  can  be  secured  more  quickly,  and  better,  from 
a  cutting.  When  plants  are  over  three  years  old,  they 
often  lose  their  foliage  and  become  "leggy."  Good 
plants  can  be  obtained  from  the  bushy  tops  by  girdling 
them  near  the  branches,  and  covering  the  pieces  from 
which  the  bark  has  been  removed  with  wet  moss;  the 
moss  will  be  well  filled  with  root  in  about  six  weeks, 
when  the  tops  may  be  taken  off  and  potted,  keeping 
them  in  a  tight  case  until  they  grip  the  soil.  These 
plants,  from  which  the  tops  have  been  removed,  are 
excellent  material  from  which  to  obtain  cuttings,  and 
they  will  break  quite  readily  if  placed  in  a  close,  warm 
atmosphere,  about  65°.  Cuttings  should  be  taken  from 
young  shoots  of  half-matured  wood,  and  placed  in  a 
cutting-bed  with  a  top  and  bottom  temperature  of  70° 
If  these  conditions  are  followed  they  will  root  m  a 
month,  after  which  they  may  be  transferred 
to  small  pots.  Loam,  peat  and  sand  in  equal 
parts  is  the  best  potting  material.  As  the 
plant  increases  in  size  and  vigor,  decomposed  , 
manure  should  be  added  to  the  mixture, 
about  a  fourth  part  of  manure  being  sufficient. 
A  night  temperature  of  6!^°  should  be  main-  &■ '' 
tained  for  securing  the  best  results. — The 
advantage  of  the  cutting  over  the  seedUng  will  be 
apparent,  the  cutting  branching  near  the  pot,  whereas 
the  seedling  will  grow  a  few  inches  of  stem  first.  Care 
should  be  exercised  in  selecting  the  plants  from  which 
to  propagate,  since  those  grown  from  seed  will  vary 
somewhat  in  the  size  and  number  of  berries  they  pro- 
duce, and  only  the  best  should  be  selected  as  stock 
plants.  As  soon  as  the  plants  show  signs  of  flowering, 
they  should  be  given  more  air,  and  wetting  overhead 
should  be  avoided  until  the  berries  are  set.  They  should 
at  all  times  be  kept  in  a  light  position  near  the  glass; 
during  the  summer  months,  however,  they  should  be 
shaded  with  cheese-cloth  on  bright  sunny  days.  About 
the  1st  of  October,  the  berries  will  be  well  developed 
and  should  be  given  plenty  of  sunshine  to  color  them 
well.  The  te.mperature  may  be  lowered  to  50°  or  55°, 
as  growth  is  not  wanted  at  this  season.  Waterings  with 
Boot-watcr  will  be  beneficial,  a  handful  to  an  ordinary 
watering-pot.  This  produces  a  fine  color  on  the  leaves 
and  berries. — The  large  brown  scale  is  the  greatest 
enemy  of  this  plant;  and  the  best  means  to  keep  this 
in  check  is  to  fumigate  with  cyanide  of  potassium. 
Several  fumigations  will  effect  a  cure.  The  temperature 
of  the  house  should  never  be  over  60°  when  fumigated. 
(Geo.  F.  Stewart.) 

A.  Fls.  red  or  rose-colored. 

crenulata,  Lodd.  (A.  crenala,  Sims.  A.  crispa,  Hort.). 
Fig.  366.  As  cult.,  a  compact  and  neat  shrub,  with 
lance-oblong,  wavy-margined,  alternate  Ivs.  and  droop- 
ing clusters  of  small  coral-red,  long-lasting,  handsome 
frs;  fls.  in  terminal  panicles,  sweet-scented.  Probably 
native  to  E.  Indies  or  China.  B.M.  1950.  L.B.C.  1:2. 
Mn.  1:58.  A.F.  13:558.  Var.  variegita,  Hort.,  has 
variegated  Ivs. 

hfimilis,  Vahl.  Lvs.  lance-oblong,  shining:  frs.  shin- 
ing black.   India. 

Oliveri,  Mast.  Lvs.  nearly  sessile,  recurved,  oblanceo- 
late  and  acuminate,  6-8  in.  long,  entire:  fls.  pink,  in 
large,  dense  heads,  like  an  ixora,  the  limb  rotate,  3^2in. 
across.  Co.staRica.  G.C.  11.8:681. — Elegant  .stove  plant. 

AA.  Fls.  white. 
japonica,   Blunie.     Lvs.   short-oblong   or  somewhat 
cuneate,  whorlerl,  serrate:  fis.  on  red  pedicels  in  droop- 
ing racemes:  berries  white.    Dwarf.   Japan. — Probably 
hardy  in  the  N. 


polycephala.  Wall.  Lvs.  bright  green,  red  or  wine- 
colored  when  young,  opposite:  fr.  black.  E.  Indies. 

AAA.  Fls.  purple  or  black-doUed. 
Pickeringia,  Torr.  &  Gray  (Icacbrea  paniculata, 
Sudw.).  Marbleberry.  Glabrous,  to  24  ft.:  lvs. 
oblanceolate  to  lance-oblong,  entire,  narrowed  to  a 
petiole:  panicle  many-fld.;  corolla-lobes  oval  and  be- 
coming reflexed:  fr.  as  large  as  peas,  black  and  shining. 
E.  Fla.   Intro.  1891. 

A.  umbellMa  is  offered  in  this  country  as  coming  from  India. 
The  A.  utnbellJta,  Baker  (of  the  botanists),  is  a  Madagascar  plant, 
and  it  is  doubtful  whether  it  is  cult,  in  this  country.  Species  with 
white  fis.  are  .4.  acuminata.  Willd.,  B.M.  1678;  A.  cupilaia.  Gray; 
A.  mamilUia,  Hance;  .-1.  punctata,  Roxbg. ;  A.  villdsa.  Wall.  Spe- 
cies with  red  or  reddish  fls.  are  A.  macrocdrpa.  Wall.;  A.  panicw- 
lala,  Roxbg.,  B.M.  2364;  A.  serruldta,  Swartz;  A.  Wdllichii,  DC. 
Recently  described  ardisias  are:  A.  gigantifdlia,  Stapf.,  with 
elliptic  lvs.  12-14  in.  long  and  8  in.  broad;  fls.  small,  rose-colored, 
in  iong-stalked  loose  panicle.  S.  China.  A.  Brandneridna,  Linden, 
dwarf,  with  green-shaded  crenulate  lvs.    Congo.  L    H    R 


366.  Ardisia  crenulata.  ( X  Vi) 

ARECA  (said  to  be  latinized  form  of  Malayan  name). 
Palmacex,  tribe  Arecese.  A  graceful  and  well-known 
group  of  spineless  palms,  the  trunks  soUtary  or  forming 
a  ring-like  clump. 

Leaves  at  first  bipartite,  and  only  after  several  years 
forming  the  beautiful  and  gracefully  pinnate  adult  lvs., 
which  form  large  terminal  clusters;  Ifts.  slender,  lanceo- 
late or  linear,  acuminate;  rachis  3-angled,  convex  on 
the  back,  the  upper  face  and  the  petiole  concave: 
spadix  very  much  branched,  appearing  from  the  lowest 
If.-base,  and  by  the  falhng  of  this  ultimately  being 
separated  from  the  If.-cluster;  spathes  3,  1  inclosing  the 
fls.,  the  other  2  usually  bract-like:  fls.  monoecious,  the 
female  solitary,  surrounded  by  numerous  slender  spikes 
of  male  fls.  which  are  fragrant  and  white,  and  much 
smaller  than  the  female:  fr.  ovoid,  orange-colored,  sur- 
rounded by  the  persistent,  coriaceous  perianth. — There 
are  only  about  14  species,  confined  to  the  Asiatic  and 
Australian  tropics,  all  the  30  or  more  species  usually 
credited  to  the  genus  belonging  in  Acanthophocnix, 
Chrysalidocarpus  (A.  lutescens),  Dictyosperma,  Eu- 
torpe,  Hyophorbe,  Kentia  (Howea),  Oncosperma, 
Phoenicophorum  and  others.  From  Pinanga,  the  most 
closely  related  genus,  Areca  is  distinguished  by  having 
not  more  than  6  stamens  and  by  the  female  fls.  being 
much  larger  than  the  male. 

Areca  is  commercially  a  very  important  genus  on 
account  of  the  betel  nut  {A.  Catechu).  The  fibrous 
spathes  and  the  covering  of  the  fruit  are  used  in  packing; 
the  seeds  contain  a  dye,  and,  most  important  of  all,  are 
the  source  of  the  masticatory  "betel  nut"  of  the  East 
Medicinally,  their  principal  use  is  for  expelling  tape- 


388 


ARECA 


AREGELIA 


nir^a  Catechu. 


worms.  More  than  seventeen  varieties  of  the  nut  arc 
known  in  India  alone,  wliere  the  trade  in  the  nuts 
(seeds)  exceeds  S30,(X)0,000  yearly.  It  is  also  used 
extensively  for  medicinal  purposes. 

The  cultivation  of  areciis  is  not  difficult.  They  must 
be  grown  in  a  tropical  house  with  a  day  temperature 

of  75°  to  85°  and  a 
night  temperature 
of  not  less  than  60°. 
Young  plants  thrive 
in  a  mixture  of 
equal  parts  of  peat 
or  leaf-mold  and 
loam,  while  older 
plants  wiU  do  best 
in  a  mixture  of 
loam  and  sand, 
equal  parts,  mixed 
with  a  liberal 
amount  of  well-rot- 
ted cow-  or  horse- 
man u  re.  Water 
freely,  at  least  every 
other  day.  As  young 
plants,  they  form 
beautiful  decorations  and  when  old  are  perhaps  the 
most  graceful  and  delicately  fohaged  palms  in  culti- 
vation.   G.C.  II.  22:427. 

A  Sts.  solitary  and  exceeding  40  ft.  in  adult  trees. 
Catechu,  Linn.  Betel  Nut.  Fig.  367.  St.  solitary, 
40-100  ft.:  Ivs.  4-6  ft.,  forming  a  large  crown,  but  with 
1  or  2  of  the  lowest  usually  pendulous;  Ifts.  numerous, 
1-2  ft.,  upper  confluent,  quite  glabrous:  spathe,  flat- 
tened and,  smooth  in  age,  become  fibrous  when  old:  fr. 
134-2  in.,  ovoid,  smooth,  orange  or  scarlet.  Asia  and 
Malayan  Isls. — Frequent  in  American  tropics. 

AA.  Sts.  usually  numerous,  often  forming  a  ring,  usually 
not  over  25  ft. 

B.  Young  growth  red:  Ifts.  appearing  in  bunches  of  3. 

ilsemannii,  Hort.  Resembles  a  red-stemmed  chrysa- 
lidocarpus:  young  Ivs.  very  dark  red,  becoming  green; 
fronds  slender,  arching,  with  curving  pinnae:  fls.  and 
fr.  unknown.  Oceanica  (?).  R.H.  1898:261.  (as Lireos- 
padix  Micholtziana). 

BB.  Young  growth  green:  Ifts.  not  in  hunches  of  3. 

Aliceae,  F.  Muell.  Sts.  several  from  the  same  rhi- 
zome, 9  ft.  or  more  high,  and  slender:  Ivs.  3-6  ft.  long; 
segms.  acuminate,  several  confluent,  especially  at  apex, 
bright  shining  green  on  both  sides:  fls.  paniculate,  the 
panicle  coming  from  between  the  Ivs.    Queensland. 

triandra,  Roxbg.  Trunk  1.5-25  ft.  high,  1-234  .in. 
thick,  usually  several  together,  and  frequently  sending 
out  basal  offshoots,  cylindrical:  fronds  4-6  ft.  long; 
gegms.  with  6  primary  nerves  about  1  Une  apart; 
petiole  about  1  ft.  long:  fls.  as  in  A.  Catechu:  fr.  about 
as  large  as  an  olive,  orange-scarlet.    India. 

A.  dlha,  Bory^Dictyosperma  alba. — A.  Baueri,  Hook.  f.= 
Rhopalostylis  Baueri.  B.M.  .3735. — A.  degantUsima,  Hort.  Trade 
name''?). — A.  furfurdcea,  Hort.=Dictyosperma  furfuracea. — .4. 
ffiganlia,  Hort.=Pinanga  tcrnatensis. — A.  grdcitis,  Roxbg. :=Pin- 
anga  gracilis. — A.  grdcilis,  Tbouar8=Dyp8i3  pinnatifrons. — .4. 
ffrdcilU,  Gi.'ieke=DrymophIceus  appendiculatus. — A.  grandifOrmis, 
Hort.==Trade  Dame(?). — A.  luUacena,  Bory.=ChrysaIidocarpus 
lutescens. — A.  madagascariensis,  Mart.  A  rare  species,  with  small 
trunk  and  few  Ivs.  Madagascar.^Dypsis  madagascariensis. — A. 
moTuistdchya,  Mart.=Bacularia  monostachya.  B.M.  6644. — A. 
montana,  Hort.  B.M.  3874  (aa  Euterpe). — A.  Nibung,  Gri£f.= 
Oncosperma  filamentosum. — A .  olerdcea,  Jacq.=Oreodoxa  oleracea. 
— A.vumila,  Blume=Nenga  Wendlandiana.  B.M.  6025. — A.  ru- 
bra, Hort.=Dictyo8perma  rubra. — A.  rubra,  Bory=Acanthophce- 
nix  rubra. — A.  Sanderidna.  Hort.  Trade  name{?). — A.  sd-pida,  So- 
land.^RhopalostyliB  sapida.  B.M.  5139. — A.  epecidsa,  Hort. 
Trade  name(?J. — A.  tiffiWiria,  Jack.^Oncosperma  filamentosa. — 
A.  VeTBchaffiltii,  Hort.=Hyophorbe  Verschaffeltii. 

N.  Tayixjk. 
AREGELIA  (named  in  honor  of  the  botanist,  C.  von 
'Re%(^\).    hromdiaces:.   Epiphytic  hothouse  plants  with 
the  serrate  Ivs.  arranged  m  a  rosette:  fls.  in  a  simple 


dense  head  among  the  inner  Ivs.  of  the  rosette,  which 
are  often  colored,  violet,  blue  or  white. — A  genus  of 
about  25  species,  inhabiting  Guiana  and  Brazil.  The 
species  below  are  sometimes  referred  to  Nidularum. 
For  cult.,  see  Billbergia. 

A.  Length  of  fl.  1]/^  in.  or  less. 
tristis,  Mez  (Niduldrium  tnarmordtum,  Hort.,  not 
Morr.  A^.  trlste,  Regel.  Kardtas  tristis.  Baker).  Lvs.  6- 
12,  from  6-12  in.  long  and  half  as  broad  in  the  middle, 
green  dappled  with  brown,  somewhat  scurfy  beneath: 
fl.  purple:  bract-lvs.  narrow-linear:  fr.  oblong,  white. 

AA.  Length  of  fl,.  7  3-2  in.  or  mare. 
B.  Lvs.  not  barred. 
c.  The  lvs.  densely  scaly. 
Morreniana,     Mez      {Kardtas      Morrenidna,     Ant. 
Niduldrium  Morrenidnum,  Makoy).    Lvs.   manj'  in  a 
dense  rosette,  with  few  very  minute  spines,  not  striped, 
densely  scurfy  beneath:  fls.  many,  dark  purple:  bract- 
lvs.  linear-lanceolate. 

cc.  The  lvs.  free  from  scales  or  nearly  so. 

Carolin£e,  Mez  (Niduldrium  Carolina,  Lem.  N. 
Mhyendorfii,  Regel.  Kardtas  Carolina,  Ant.  Guzmania 
plcia,  Hort.  Billbergia  Carolinse,  Beer.  B.  blens.  Hook.). 
Lvs.  several  to  many,  strap-shaped,  rather  thick,  finely 
spiny-toothed,  12  in.  long,  bright  green  on  both  sur- 
faces, the  bract-lvs.  bright  red:  fls.  blue-purple,  in  a 
short  head  nestling  in  the  bright  If.-cup.  B.M.  5502. 
I. H.  7:245. 

princeps,  Mez  {Niduldrium  princeps,  Morr.  N. 
specldbile,  Hort.  Kardtas  princeps,  Baker.  K.  Meyen- 
dorfii.  Ant.  A.  princeps,  Mez.).  Lvs.  15-20,  about 
10-12  in.  long,  broadest  at  the  middle,  firm,  spiny- 
toothed,  lightly  glaucous:  fls.  numerous,  violet-purple, 
surrounded  by  about  8-10  oval,  bright  red  bract-lvs. 

BB.  Lvs.  conspicuously  barred  on  the  back. 

Bindtii,  Mez  {Niduldrium  Binbtii,  Regel.  A''.  Mak- 
oydnum,  Regel.  Kardtas  Bindtii,  Ant.).  Lvs.  15-20, 
strong-spiny,  scurfy  and  transversely  banded  on  the 
back,  the  inner  ones  similar  in  color:  fls.  many,  white. 
— Not  to  be  confounded  with  Bromelia  Binotii. 

spectabilis,  Mez  {Kardtas  spectdbilis.  Ant.  Niduld- 
rium spectdbile,  Moore.  A',  exlminum,  Hort.).  Fig.  368. 
Lvs.  10-15  in.  long,  about  132  in.  broad,  serrulate, 
barred  on  the  back,  the  apex  r-ounded,  apiculate,  with 
a  red  apical  spot:  fls.  milky,  pale  blue  at  the  apex. 
Brazil.    B.M.  6024.  George  V.  NASH.f 


368.  Aregelia  spectabilis.   (X^) 


Arboriculture.     A  palm  plantation,  with  Corypha  umbraculifera  in  the  foreground. 


ARENARIA 


ARENGA 


389 


ARENARIA  (arena,  sand,  where  many  of  the  species 
grow).  Including  Alsine,  Cherteria  and  Moehringia. 
Caryophyllacese.  Low  herbs,  mostly  with  white  flowers, 
usually  forming  mats,  and  suitable  for  borders,  carpets, 
and  lawn  clumps;  many  of  them  also  used  for  rockwork 
and  alpine  gardens;  spring-  or  summer-flowering. 

Annual  or  perennial,  with  opposite  entire  narrow  ex- 
stipulate  Ivs.:  fls.  small,  terminal  or  clustered,  or  some- 
times axillary;  sepals  5;  petals  4  or  5,  entire  or  slightly 
notched,  sometimes  wanting;  stamens  10  (rarely  8); 
styles  mostly  3:  fr.  a  small  caps.,  opening  by  valves  as 
many  or  twice  as  many  as  the  styles. — Perhaps  130-150 
species,  as  the  genus  is  here  defined,  throughout  the 
world  but  rare  in  the  tropics.  Only  the  perennial  spe- 
cies are  commonly  cult.  Of  easiest  cult,  in  almost  any 
soil.  Prop,  by  division;  also  by  seeds,  and  rare  species 
sometimes  by  cuttings.  Many  species  of  arenaria  may 
be  found  in  the  collections  of  alpine-garden  and  rock- 
garden  fanciers;  but  the  prevailing  cult,  kinds  are 
accounted  for  below  Related  genera  are  Cerastium 
and  Stellaria.  Monogr.  bv  F.  N.  Williams,  Journ.  Linn. 
Soc.  33:326  (1897-8). 


aculeata,  16. 
aretioides,  4. 
balearica,  3. 
CKspitoaa.  14. 
Franklinii,  17. 
graminifolia,  9. 
grandi6ora,  10. 


INDEX. 

groenlandica,  8. 
,/(i/j  iperifolia,  15. 
juniperina,  15. 
ianceolata,  6. 
macrophylla,  7. 
montana,  11. 


pinifolia,  13. 
purpurascena,  2. 
Rosanii,  12. 
sedoides,  1. 
tetraquetra,  5. 
verna,  14. 


A.  Petals  usually  wanting  or  rvdimentary. 

1.  sedoides,  Froel.  {Cherlhria  sedoides,  Linn.).  Mi- 
nute green  moss-like  carpeter,  1  or  2  in.  high:  fls.  uni- 
sexual or  polygamous,  greenish,  inconspicuous.  Mts., 
Eu. — A  choice  rock-cover  in  alpine  gardens.  Prop,  by 
division  or  seeds. 

AA.  Petals  usually  present  and  ■prominent. 
B.  Fls.  purplish. 

2.  purpurascens,  Ramond.  Alpine,  tufted  and  de- 
cumbent: Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate:  fls.  on  short 
tomentose  pedicels,  2  or  3  on  a  branch,  the  purplish 
corolla  exceeded  by  the  sepals.   Pyrenees. — A  carpeter. 

BB.  Fls.  white  {sometimes  purple  in  No.  16). 
c.  Lvs.  ovate-oblong  or  lanceolate. 

3.  balearica,  Linn.  Very  low  (3  in.  high),  creeping, 
with  small  ovate  glossy  thick  and  cihated  lvs.:  fls. 
single  on  long  peduncles;  sepals  erect.  Balearic  Isls., 
Corsica. — Not  hardy  in  latitude  of  New  York  City. 

4.  aretioides,  Portens.  Densely  cespitose,  and  making 
a  good  green  carpet:  lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,  obtuse  and 
short-mucronulate,  grooved  above  and  3-nerved 
beneath:  fls.  sohtary,  with  4  sepals. — High  Alps. 

5.  tetraquetra,  Linn.  Carpeter,  3-6  in.,  pubescent: 
Ivs.  ovate,  keeled,  4-rowed:  fls.  in  heads,  with  sepals 
stiff  and  cihate  and  nearly  equaling  petals.   France. 

6.  Ianceolata,  All.  Cespitose-procumbent,  the  sts. 
ascending:  lvs.  lanceolate,  rounded  at  ba.se,  acute,  flat, 
m.any-nerved  below:  fls.  1-3,  the  sepals  lanceolate- 
acute,  equahng  the  petals.    High  Alps. 

7.  macrophylla.  Hook.  Sts.  decumbent  and  angled, 
pubescent:  lvs.  lanceolate  or  lance-oblong,  mostly 
acute:  peduncles  slender,  l-.5-fld.,  the  sepals  lanceolate- 
acuminate.  Labrador  and  Vt.  to  the  Pacific.  Intro.1881. 

cc.  Lvs.  linear  or  awl-like. 
D.  Sepals  obtuse. 

8.  grcenlandica,  Spreng.  Annual:  verj-  low,  forming 
mat.s,  the  decumbent  or  erectish  sts.  bearing  1-5  fls.: 
lvs.  linear  and  obtuse,  Ijin.  or  less  long:  sepals  and 
petals  blunt,  the  latter  .sometimes  notched.  High  alti- 
tudes and  latitudes,  but  coming  to  the  seacoast  in 
parts  of  New  Eng.,  and  ranging  down  the  mts.  to  N.  C. 
Intro.  1884. — A  neat  little  alpine. 


9.  graminif&lia,  Schrad.  A  foot  or  less  high:  lvs.  long 
and  filiform,  rough-margined:  fls.  in  3-forked  loose 
pubescent  panicles;  petals  obovate,  exceeding  calyx.  Eu. 

DD.  Sepals  acute,  pointed  or  even  owned. 
E.  Blossoms  solitary,  or  mostly  in  2's  or  S's. 

10.  grandifldra,  Linn.  Fig.  369.  Ten  in.  or  less  high: 
Ivs.  flat-awl-shaped,  3-nerved  and  ciliate,  the  radical 
ones  crowded:  fls.  large,  solitary  or  in  about  2's  or  3'9, 
long-stalked.    Eu. — Runs  into  many  forms. 

11.  montana,  Linn.  Smaller:  lvs.  linear  or  nearly 
so:  fls.  large,  solitary,  very  long-stalked;  sepals  acumi- 
nate, less  than  the  corolla.    S.  W.  Eu. 

12.  Rosanii,  Tenore.  {Alsine  Rosanii,  Fenzl).  Low 
(1-2  in.):  lvs.  linear-lanceolate  and  mucronate,  hairy, 
striate:  sts.  erect,  hirsute,  about  3-fld.:  fls.  white,  with 
obovate  petals  and  striate  longer  sepals.    Italy. 

EE.  Blossoms  5-7  {or  more)  together. 

13.  pinifolia,  Bieb.  {Al^ne  pinifdlia  var.  gracilis, 
Fenzl).  Cespitose,  the  branches  ascending:  lvs.  nar- 
rowly awl  -  shaped 
or  bristle-like,  often 
curved :  fls.  large,  in 
5-7-fld.  corymb,  the 
pedicels  equaling 
the  calyx  or  shorter; 
sepals  linear,  hairy, 
3-nerved;  petals 
obovate-oblong,  ex- 
ceeding calyx.  Asia 
Minor.  —  A  dwarf 
compact  plant  with 
small  pine-hke  foU- 
age  which  becomes 
rosulate  on  sterile 
shoots,  producing 
many  pure  white 
fls.;  an  attractive 
edging  and  rockery 
plant. 

14.  verna,  Linn. 
(Alsine  verna, 
Bartl.).  Dwarf,  1-3 
in.  high:  lvs.  Unear- 
subulate,  flat, 
strongly  3-nerved, 
erect :  fls.  on  fihf orm 
peduncles,  with 
strongly  3  -  nerved 
sepals.  Eu.  and 
Rocky  Mts. — Ex- 
cellent little  rock 
plant.  Var.  caaspi- 
tdsa,  Hort.,  is  a  compact,  leafy  form,  making  dense 
moss-like  masses;  all  summer. 

15.  juniperina,  Linn.  (Alsine  juniperina,  Fenzl.  A. 
junipefrifblia,  Hort.?).  Cespitose,  nodes  often  swollen: 
sts.  simple,  bearing  clusters:  lvs.  awl-like,  mucronate, 
keeled,  about  1-nerved,  often  recurved  and  persisting: 
fls.  with  lanceolate-acuminate  3-nerved  sepals,  and 
longer  linear-cuneate  white  petals.  E.  Eu.  and  Asia 
Minor. — -Variable. 

16.  aculeata,  Wats.  Sts.  4-6  in.  high:  lvs.  stiff  and 
sharp,  glaucous:  fls.  fascicled,  white,  but  often  purple. 
W.  Amer.   Intro.  1889. 

17.  Franklinii,  Douglas.  Sts.  3-5  in.  high,  nearly 
or  quite  glabrous:  lvs.  in  3-6  pairs,  narrow-subulate, 
sharp-pointed:  fls.  in  dense  cymes  at  the  top  of  the  st. 
W.  Amer.   Intro.  1881.  l    H.  B. 

ARENGA  (derivation  unknown).  Palmacex,  tribe 
Arecea^.  Tall,  usually  spineless  palms  with  a  thickish, 
ringed  trunk,  the  upper  part  of  which,  and  the  leaf-stalks 
are  often  covered  with  long  black  fibers. 


369.  Arenaria  grandiflora.  (  X  H^ 


300 


AHENGA 


ARGEMONE 


Loaves  pinnate,  the  Ifts.  rei;u!ar!y  placed  on  the 
rachis,  siimetinies  oonlluent  at  their  hiuses,  the  jagged 
or  cut-ofT  appearance  of  the  Ifts.  peculiar  to  this  genus 
and  Caryota  among  the  liortieuUural  pahns.Jthe  margin 
irreguhu'ly  toothi^  above  the  middle;  the  Iva.  paler 
beneath  than  above;  petiole  flattish 
or  convex:  fls.  monu'cious,  numerous, 
and  with  2  or  more  bracts  beneath 
each  sessile  fl.;  spadix  6-10  ft.  long 
in  some  species,  usually  smaller, 
coming  from  among  the  Ivs.  and  de- 
veloping downwards;  when  the  last 
fl. -cluster  reaches  maturity  some  at 
least  of  the  species  die,  notably  A.  sacchari- 
fera:  fr.  the  size  of  an  apple  and  somewhat 
resembling  it,  containing  2  or  3  oblong 
and  usually  dark  brown  seeds.  G.C.  II. 
22:522. 

-Vrengas  are  graceful  pabns,  all  natives  of 
tropical  Asia  and  Australia,  and  so  far  as 
known  are  of  only  eight  species.  A.  sac- 
charifera  is  an  important  economic  plant 
in  India,  the  black  fiber  at  the  leaf-bases 
known  as  gomuta  fiber  being  vridely  used  for 
filters  and  in  the  caulking  of  ships.  The 
sap  yields  "arenga  sugar"  after  the  plant  is 
ten  to  twelve  years  old.  For  culture,  see 
Areca. 

Arenga  saccharifera,  in  a  young  state,  is 
surpassed  in  beauty  by  most  palms.  Speci- 
mens eight  to  ten  years  old,  however,  show 
their  characteristics  well,  and  from  that 
period  till  they  begin  to  flower  (which  they 
do  from  the  top  of  the  stem  downwards  in 
the  axils  of  the  leaves),  they  are  among  the 
most  striking  subjects  for  high  and  roomy 
conservatories.  The  temperature  should  not 
be  allowed  to  fall  below  55°  F.  during  the 
coldest  weather.    (Oliver.) 

A.  Trunks  at  least  20  Jt.  or  more. 

saccharifera,    Labill.     Trunk    20-40    ft. 

high:    Ivs.    very  many,   frequently   20-28; 

petioles  smooth;   Ifts.   115,   on   each   side, 

fasciculate,  in  4's  or  5's,  linear-ensiform,  3-5 

ft.  long,   1-  or  2-auricled  at  the  base,  the 

lower  auricle  the  longer,  2-lobed  or  variously 

dentate  at  the  apex,  white  or  silvery 

beneath :  branches  of  the  spadix  long, 

fastigiate,  pendulous:  male  fJs.  purple, 

1  in.  long.    Malaya. 

obtusifdlia,  Mart.  Trunk  20-30  ft. 
high,  1-1}-^  ft.  thick:  fronds  9-13, 
12-16  ft.  long;  petiole  thickly  spiny, 
especially  on  the  margins,  scarcely 
more  than  1  ft.  long;  segms.  IJ^  in.  apart,  2-3  ft.  long, 
1}^2  in.  wide,  alternate,  lanceolate-linear,  unequally 
acutely  dentate,  attenuate,  2-auricled  at  the  base,  the 
lower  auricle  the  larger,  glaucous  beneath:  branches  of 
the  spadix  short,  lax,  nodding.   Java. 

AA.  Trunks  not  over  10  Jt. 
£ngleri,  Becc.  About  5  ft.  tall :  Ivs.  numerous,  with  a 
great  many  Ifta.  about  16  in.  long  and  1  in.  wide,  much 
constricted  at  the  base  and  irregularly  toothed  at  the 
apex:  infl.  much  branched,  borne  among  the  Ivs.,  not 
more  than  IJ^  ft.  long:  fr.  about  %m.  diam.  For- 
mosa.— Not  as  yet  common  in  this  country,  but  inter- 
esting among  arengas  for  its  small  size. 

A.  BoTTettii,  Hort.,  reported  from  K.  Indies,  is  a  name  frequently 
appearing  in  bort.  literature,  not  certainly  referable. 

N.   TAYLOB.t 

ARETHUSA  ("the  nymph  Arethusa).  OrchiMceas. 
Hand.s/jffic  terrfwtrial  tuberous  orchids. 

.Scapf«  leaflr«.s  or  with  a  single  If.  1- to  few-fld.;  fl. 
gaping,  the  sepals  and  petals  nearly  alike,  arching  over 


370.  Arethusa 
bulbosa.  (  X  H) 


the  column;  lip  erect,  narrow,  entire,  adnate  to  the  base 
of  the  elongated  erect  column,  and  produced  into  a 
short  spur. — Three  species,  2  in  N.  Amer.  and  1  in 
.lap  an. 

bulbosa,  Linn.  Fig.  370.  A  very  pretty  hardy  orchid, 
8-10  in.,  with  one  linear,  nerved  If.  and  a  bright  rose- 
pink  fl.  on  an  erect  scape,  the  Up  recurved  and  bearded. 
Bogs,  N.  C,  N.  and  W.;  not  common.  May,  June. 
Mn.  5:141. — Requires  a  moist  and  shady,  cool  situa- 
tion and  open,  porous  soil.  A  shady  nook  on  north 
slope  of  rockery,  where  it  can  be  watered  in  dry 
weather,  is  an  ideal  place.   Prop,  is  by  the  solid  bulbs. 

A.  sinensis.  Rolfe.  A  terrestrial  tuberous  herb  4-9  in.  high:  fls. 
white  and  red.    W.  China.    B.M.  7935. 

.„-.„,,     „     ,    .  George  V.  Nash.I 

AKETIA:   Douglasia. 

ARGEMONE  (Greek  name  for  an  eye  disease  for 
which  a  plant  was  reputed  a  remedy).  Papaveracex. 
Argemony.  Prickly  garden  annuals,  grown  for  the 
showy  yellow,  white  or  purphsh  poppy-like  flowers. 

Coarse  herbs  with  yellow  juice  and  sometimes  with 
spotted  Ivs.:  fls.  large,  short-lived;  sepals  2  or  3;  petals 
4-6;  stigmas  6  or  less,  radiate,  sessile  or  nearly  so:  pod 
oblong  or  ellipsoid,  prickly  or  bristly,  opening  at  top  by 
3-6  valves. — About  10  species  of  N.  and  S.  Amer.,  cult. 
as  annuals,  although  sometimes  biennial  oi  even  peren- 
nial. Argemonies  are  easy  to  manage  from  seeds  sown 
where  the  plants  are  to  stand,  or  transplanted  from  pots. 
They  need  a  light  soil  and  full  sunny  exposure.  Monogr. 
by  Fedde,  Engler's  Pflanzenreich,  hft.  40  (1909). 

A.  Fls.  yellow  or  yellowish. 
mexicana,  Linn.  {A.  specidsa,  Hort.).  Prickly 
Poppy.  Fig.  371.  A  moderately  prickly-stemmed  herb, 
1-2  ft.  high,  sprawling,  glaucous:  Ivs.  coarsely  sinuate- 
pinnatifid:  fls.  sessile  or  nearly  so,  the  petals  obovate 
and  an  inch  or  less  long,  orange  or  lemon-colored,  to 


371.  Argemone  mexicana.    (XJs) 

2]4  in-  across  when  expanded.  Trop.  Amer.,  but 
naturalized  in  eastern  and  southern  states  and  in  many 
parts  of  the  world.  B.M.  243.  — Not  much  used  in 
this  country  for  medicinal  purposes.  The  plant  is  said 
to  po.ssess  emetic,  cathartic,  anodyne  and  narcotic- 
properties;  the  oil  from  the  seeds  acts  as  a  mild  cathar- 
tic. Var.  ochroleilca,  Lindl.  Petals  yellowish  white, 
and  style  longer.   Texas.    B.R.  1343. 


ARGEMONE 


ARISiEMA 


391 


AA.  Fill,  white  {rarely  purple). 

grandiflora,  Sweet.  Fig.  372.  Glabrous  and  glaucous, 

1-3  ft.  high,  almo.st  destitute  of  prickles,  stout:  Ivs. 

sinuate-pinnatifid,   the  lobes  only  weakly  spinescent, 

white-veined:  bracts  scattered  along  the  fl.  branches: 


372.  Argemone  grandiflora.  ( X  H) 

fls.  3-6  near  together,  4  in.  across:  caps.-valves  scarcely 
crested.  S.  W.  Mex.  B.R.  1264.  L.B.C.  16:1546. 
B.M.  3073.— Very  showy. 

platyceras,  Link  &  Otto.  Robust,  lJ-2-4  ft.,  very 
spiny,  the  Ivs.  glaucous:  Ivs.  sinuate-pinnatifid,  spiny: 
fl.-bracts  aggregated  below  the  fls.;  petals  truncate, 
large,  white  (rarely  purple),  the  fls.  2  in.  or  more  across: 
caps.-valves  crested  or  spiny.  Var.  hispida,  Prain 
(A.  hispida,  Gray).  Petals  rounded;  sepals  and  caps. 
densely  prickly:  plant  hispid.  Var.  hispido-rosea, 
Fedde.  Petals  rounded,  rose  or  rosy  white;  sepals  nar- 
row, sparsely  prickly.  Var.  Hunnemanii,  Fedde.  Petals 
rounded,  white:  plant  stout. — The  species  is  very  varia- 
ble and  widely  distributed  in  N.  and  S.  Amer.  Likely 
to  appear  in  cult,  in  several  forms;  all  of  them  have 
thick  and  densely  prickly  caps.-valves. 

alba,  Lestib.  (A.  meiicana  var.  dlbiflara,  DC).  Slen- 
der, 1-3  ft.,  somewhat  glaucous:  Ivs.  glabrous,  pin- 
nate-lobed  and  sinuate,  the  lobes  oblong-acute,  spiny 
toothed:  fls.  solitary  or  2-3  together,  on  naked  pedun- 
cles, 3  in.  across,  white;  petals  oblong,  narrowed  at 
base,  truncate  at  top.  Southern  states  and  south.  B.M. 
2342  (as  A.  albiflora). — Sparingly  run  wild.  Caps.- 
valves  thin,  reticulate  spiny.  L.  H.  B. 

ARGYREIA  (silvery,  referring  to  the  under  side  of 
the  Ivs.).  Convolvuldcese.  Silver  Weed.  Asiatic  tender 
chmbers  allied  to  Ipomoca,  sometimes  grown  in  the  open. 

Lvs.  usually  large,  silvery,  tomentose  or  villous 
beneath:  cymes  usually  few-fld.;  corolla  campanulate; 
sepals  5. — They  require  too  much  room  befoie  flowering 
to  be  popular  in  Amer.  A.  cuneata  is  one  of  the  dwarf  est 
and  most  floriferous  kinds.  Prop,  by  cuttings  or  seeds, 
the  former  over  bottom  heat.   About  25  species. 

tiliaefSlia,  Wight  (Rivea  tilia-fdlia,'HoTt.).  Fls.  white, 
violet  or  rose-purple,  widely  funnelform:  lvs.  ovate- 
cordate,  2-3  in.  diam.,  shortly  acmninate  or  obtuse. 
Prop,  is  from  seeds.  E.  Indies. — Intro.  1890  by  Peter 
Henderson  &  Co. 

cuneata,  Ker-Gawl.  Two  to  5  ft.:  st.  downy:  fls. 
large,  bright  but  deep  purple,  on  hairy  peduncles  which 
are  shorter  than  the  lvs.:  lvs.  obovate-cuneate,  emar- 
ginate,  glabrate.    E.  Indies.    B.R. :  661. 

.•1.  Pierre'ina,  Hort.(?).  Corolla  funnel-shaped,  white  tinted  with 
rose.    Tonquin.    R.  H.  1906:560.  See  p.  3566.     ]yT     XaYLOR  t 


ARIA:  SoTbus. 

ARIOCARPUS  (Aria-like  fruit).  Caclacese.  Top- 
shiiped  succulent  desert  plants,  mostly  buried  in  the 
ground,  the  broad  aerial  part  covered  with  angular 
tubercles  bearing  no  spines:  fls.  from  the  center  of  the 
plant,  large,  white  or  pink:  fr.  small,  naked;  seeds  black, 
roughened. — A  genus  of  6  or  7  species  confined  to  Cent. 
Mex.,  except  a  single  species  in  S.  W.  Texas.  A  very 
distinct  genus,  easily  distinguished  from  MamiUaria  by 
its  tubercles. 

A.  Upper  surface  of  tubercle  with  a  broad  and  deep  wool- 
bearing  longitudinal  groove,  which  widens  below. 

fissuratus,  Schum.  (Anhalbnium  Engelmannii,  Lem.). 
Living  Rock.  The  flat  tubercle-covered  top  2-5  in. 
across,  tapering  below  into  a  thick  root;  tubercles  im- 
bricated and  appressed,  triangular  in  outline,  }  2-I  in. 
long  and  about  as  wide  at  base,  the  upper  surface  fis- 
sured in  bands,  the  outer  ones  forming  an  elevated 
margin:  fls  central,  about  1  in.  long  and  broad,  shading 
from  whitish  to  rose.  On  limestone  hills  in  the  "Great 
Bend"  region  of  the  Rio  Grande  in  Texas,  and  extend- 
ing into  Mex.  I.H.  16,  p.  73,  and  fig.  Contr.  Nat. 
Herb.  13,  pi.  62. 

Lloydii,  Rose.  Fig.  373.  Plant  body  with  rounded  top, 
4  in.  or  more  in  diam.:  tubercles  imbricated,  Jin.  broad 
at  base,  the  upper  portion  rounded,  obtuse,  broader 
than  thick,  the  whole  surface  fissured,  but  not  in 
definite  bands:  fls.  purple,  about  l^in.  long;  petals  broad, 
apiculate.  This  species  dilTers  from  A.  fissuratus  in 
shape  and  surface  of  tubercles,  in  its  round  top,  and 
more  southern  range.  Cent.  Mex.  Contr.  Nat.  Herb. 13, 
pi.  63. 

Kotschubeyanus,Schum.(A.  .sMfca(ws,Schimi.).  Plants 
nearly  concealed  by  the  ground,  often  less  than  1  in. 
broad  at  top,  with  a  deep  thick  root:  fl.-tube  nearly  fin. 
long;  petals  sin.  long,  rose-pink.  Cent.  Mex. — Much 
smaller  than  the  last  two.  Only  recently  re-intro.  into 
cult,  A  very  distinct  species.  A.  McDbwellii,  Haage 
&  Schmidt,  is  the  same  or  a  near  species. 

AA.  Upper  surface  of  tubercle  not  grooved. 

retflsus,  Scheidw.  (Anhalbnium  prismdticum,  Lem.). 
The  flat  top  3-8  in.  across:  tubercles  imbricate,  but 
squarrose-spreading,  sharply  triangular-pyramidal  and 
very  acute,  with  a  sharp,  cartilaginous  tip,  which  usually 
disappears  with  age  and  leaves  the  older  tubercles  blunt 
or  retuse,  ?4-l  in.  long 
and  about  as  wide  at 
base,  the  upper  sur- 
face ahnost  plane  and 
smooth,  except  that  it 
is  more  or  less  pul- 
verulent, and  often 
bears  a  small  tomen- 
tose tuft  j  ust  behind  the 
claw-Uke  tip:  fls.  rose- 
color.  Mts.  of  Mex. 
— A.  trigbnus,  Schum. 
and  A.  furfuraceus, 
Thompson,  are  similar 
species  sometimes  in 
cult.        J.  X.  Rose. 

ARIS.fiMA  (Greek- 
made  name,  of  no  par- 
ticular significance^. 
Aracese.  Indian  Tur- 
nip. Dragon  Arum. 
Odd  hooded  aroids, 
sometimes  grown  in 
hardy  borders  and 
some  species  as  pot- 
plants. 

About  60  widely  dis- 
tributed    herbs,     with  373.  Ariocarpus  Lloydii.  ( x  \i) 


392 


ARIS.EMA 


ARISTOLOCHIA 


¥ 


374. 


Jack-in-the-Pulpit,  Arisaema 

triphyllum.   ( x  h) 


tuberous  roots,  and  a  spatho  rolled  in  or  convolute 
about  the  spailix  below,  and  often  ari'hed  over  it:  fis. 
un'sexuiU,  the  pistillate  on  the  lower  part  of  the  .spadix, 
and  each  consisting  of  a  l-ku-uled  ovary,  and  generally 
ripening  into  a  showy  berry.  Some  species  are  native, 
and  several  of  tiiem  are  hanl>-  in  the  open;  others  are 
cult,  under  cover,  :is  recommended  for  Arum  (which 
see).  Monogr.  by  Engler  in  l)e  Candolle's  Mono- 
graphi;c  Phanerogainarum,  \'ol.  II. 

A.  Lfts.  7-U. 
Drac6ntium,  Schott.    Drao.on-Root.    Sending  up  a 
solitarv  If.  1-2  ft.  high,  pedately  divided  into  oblong- 
lanceolate  pointed 
>,-j»-^  lfts.:   spadix   long- 

pointed  and  pro- 
jecting beyond  the 
greenish  spa  the: 
scaiie  much  shorter 
than  the  If.  Low 
grounds  in  E. 
Amer.  —  Occasion- 
ally  grown  in 
borders  and  rock- 
work. 

AA.  Lfts.  3. 
triphyllum,  Terr. 
Jack-in-the-Pul- 
pit. Indian  Tur- 
nip. Fig.  374. 
Usually  dioecious: 
Ivs.  usually  2,  with 
ovate  or  elliptic- 
ovate  lfts.:  spadix 
club  -  shaped  and 
covered  by  the 
arching  purplish 
spathe.  Common 
in  woods.  V.  14 :  179.— Tuber  or  corm  fiattish  and  large, 
very  acrid,  often  employed  as  a  domestic  remedy.  Ber- 
ries red  and  showy,  ripening  in  early  summer.  Planted 
in  a  moist,  shady  place,  the  Ivs.  remain  until  fall;  but 
in  exposed  places  they  die  down  early  in  summer.  This 
and  the  la.st  are  very  interesting  native  plants  of  easy 
cult.,  ])rop.  by  tubers  and  by  seeds. 

fimbriatum,  Mast.  Fkinged  Calla.  Lf.  solitary, 
the  petiole  a  ft.  or  less  high,  sheathed  below;  lfts.  broad- 
ovate  and  acuminate,  short-stalked:  scape  as  long  as 
the  petiole,  bearing  a  large,  purple-limbed,  white- 
streaked,  long-pointed  spathe:  spadix  ending  in  a  long 
and  gracefully  drooping,  feather-like  appendage.  E. 
Indies.  G.C.  II.  22:689;  III.  15:763.  B.M.  71.50.  Mn. 
8,  p.  59.  G.  25 :  626. — A  handsome  and  striking  pot-plant, 
blooming  in  sunamer.  Grows  in  rich  soil.  Dry  off  the 
tuber  when  the  Ivs.  turn  yellow  after  flowering,  and 
keep  dry  in  sand  or  earth  until  .spring. 

Other  species  are:  A.  andmalum,  Hemsl.  I.fts.  .3,  l)road-ovate, 
acuminate:  spathe  small,  purplish  and  streaked,  arching  _over 
the  short  spadix:  suggestfl  A.  triphyllum.  .Mal.iyu.  H.M.  7211. 
— A.  eondnnum,  .Schott.  Lf.  solitary,  with  10  or  more  lfts.:  spathe 
colored,  tailed.  India.  B..M.  .5914. — A.  cunmlum,  Hook.=A. 
tortuosum. — A.  Fargiaii,  Bouchet.  Spathe  striped  longitudinally 
with  broad  purple-brown  bands  alternating  with  bands  of  silvery 
white.  W.  China. — A.  flrlvum,  Schott.  Lvs.  pedate:  spathe 
green  to  yellow.  Himalaya.  B..M.  7700. — A.  galerUum,  N.  E.  Br. 
Lf.  solitary,  with  .3  lfts.:  spathe  purple  in.sidc.  India.  B..M.  fAfiT. — 
A.  OHffilkii,  Schott.  Lvs.  2;  lfts.  :i,  nearly  orbicular:  snathe  very 
large  with  a  sprea^ling  and  wrinkled  limb  several  inches  broad,  and 
rich  purple  with  green  veins.  India.  B.M.  (i491. — One  of  the  hand- 
somest of  all  arisaemas. — A.jnpdnicum,  Blume.  Lvs.  pedate:  spathe 
green,  white  striped.  B.M.  7910. — A.  nepenthoirkK.  Mort.  Lf.  pedate, 
of  .5  narrow  lfts. :  spathe  auricled.  India.  B.M.  644(5. — A.rinuens, 
Schott.  Lfts.  3,  ovate-acuminate:  spathe  purple,  arched.  Japan. 
Perhaps  hardy  in  the  open.  Gn.  .37,  p.  577.  G.  17:1S2.— /I.  .S'ip- 
bdldii,  De  Vries<j,=A.  ringens. — A.itpecidsum,  Mort.  Lfts.  3:  spathe 
large  and  very  dark  purple;  spadix  with  a  very  long,  string-like  tip. 
Inia.  Gn.  37:.Wfi.  B.M.  5964.  G.C.  II.  12:.585.— .-1.  /or(uA«um, 
Schott.  Lvs.  usually  2,  with  several  or  many  lfts.:  spathe  purple 
oul.side;  spadix  long-tailed  but  erecti.sh,  greenish.  India.  B.M. 
5931  ras  A- c^r^•atum^ — A.utiU.llixtk.  Lvs,  2,  with  3  crenate  lfts. : 
■pathe  reddish,  green-ribbed;  spadix  purple:  tubers  eaten  by  natives 


in  India.  B.M.  6474. — A.  mridiflbrum,  Franch.,  has  recently  been 
offered  in  Eu.,  from  China.  It  has  pedate  lvs.,  and  a  striped 
spathe. — A.  WrAyi,  Hemsl.  Lf.  solitary,  pedate,  the  lfts.  lanceolate: 
spatho  green  or  whitish;  spadix  slender,  recurved.     India.    B.M. 

71U5-  L.  H.  B. 

ARISARUM  (old  Greek  name).  Arace;e.  Three  or 
four  variable  sjjecies  of  arum-like  plants  of  the  Medi- 
terranean region.  Differs  from  Arisa;ma,  its  nearest 
ally,  in  having  the  margins  of  the  spathe  connate  rather 
than  convolute,  and  in  other  technical  characters.  For 
culture,  see  Arum. 

vulgare,  Targ.  (Ariim  Arimrum,  Linn.).  A  foot  high: 
lvs.  cordate  or  somewhat  hastate,  long-stalked:  spathe 
purple,  incurved  at  the  top. — Has  many  forms  and 
names.    Can  be  grown  in  the  open  with  protection. 

.4.  proboscUeum,  Savi.  Lvs.  hastate;  scape  less  than  half  the 
petiole:  spathe  1-1  )i  in.  long,  pale  gray,  with  a  long  olive  tail  5-6 
in.,  the  moutli  of  spathe  small,  olive-purple.    Italy.    B.M.  6634. 

G.w.  5,  p.  512.  George  V.  NASH.f 

ARISTEA  (name  refers  to  the  stiiT  leaf-points).  Iri- 
da^esp.  Mostly  blue-flowered  spring-  or  summer-bloom- 
ing greenhouse  herbs  or  sub-shrubs,  and  grown  in  the 
open  far  south. 

Leaves  distichous  in  basal  rosettes,  those  on  the  st. 
alternate:  fls.  clustered  in  spikes,  not  lasting;  the 
perianth  with  a  short  tube  and  oblong,  spreading, 
nearly  equid  segms.  that  twist  up  spirally  after  flower- 
ing; stamens  short-stalked,  borne  on  the  throat  of 
perianth-tube:  fr.  an  oblong  or  cylindrical  3-valved 
caps.— About  30  species  in  Afr.  Of  easy  cult.  Prop,  by 
seeds  and  division.    Not  showy. 

Ecklonii,  Baker.  Herb,  IH  ft.:  lvs.  linear  but  not 
rigid,  18  in.  or  less  long:  fls.  in  many  clu.sters  that  form 
a  loose  panicle  with  a  flattened  rachis;  hmb  of  blue 
perianth  H'm.  long:  caps,  cyhndrical,  less  than  1  in.  long. 
Cape  Colony. — Reported  in  Cahf.,  where  it  is  said  to 
make  dense  dark  green  clumps,  with  Sisyrinchium-like 
fls.  in  spring. 

fruticosa,  Pers.  {Niv'enia  frulicdsa,  Baker).  Dwarf 
shrub:  st.-lvs.  linear,  2  in.  or  less  long:  fls.  in  a  single 
cluster;  perianth  blue,  the  tube  J^in.  long.  Cape 
Colony.  L.  H.  B. 

ARISTOLOCHIA  (named  for  supposed  medicinal 
virtues).  Arislolochiacese .  Birth  wort.  Perennial  herbs 
or  shrubs,  many  climbing,  remarkable  for  the  very  odd- 
shaped  flowers,  some  species  grown  in  the  open,  but 
most  of  them  culti- 
vated as  odd  glass- 
house subjects. 

The  corolla  is 
wanting,  but  the 
calyx  is  corolla-like, 
tubular,  mostly  vari- 
ously bent,  and  com- 
monly tumid  above 
the  ovary  and  con- 
tracted at  the  mouth, 
superior;  stamens 
commonly  6,  short 
and  adnate  to  the 
style,  which  is  flefhy 
and  lobcd:  fr.  a 
naked  6-valved  caps. ; 
seeds  flat.  —  About 
180  species  of  warm 
and  temperate  regions  throughout  the  earth;  mostly 
woody  twiners.  Many  si)ecies  are  evergreen.  The 
tender  species  are  cult,  for  the  strikingly  irregular 
and  grotesque  fls.  The  fls.  arc  u.sually  fetid  in  odor, 
often  very  disagreeable.  .Many  species  are  grown  in 
botanic  gardens  and  in  the  collections  of  fanciers,  but 
those  usually  cult,  or  planted  are  to  be  found  in  the 
treatment  which  follows. 

These  plants  are  mostly  climbing  vines,  A.  macro- 


375.  Aristolochia  macrophylla.  (  X  K) 


ARISTOLOCHIA 


ARISTOLOCHIA 


393 


phylla  being  perhaps  the  best  known  vine  for  shade 
purposes.  It  is  vigorous  and  of  rapid  growth,  and  has 
never  been  Ivnown  to  be  attacked  by  fungoid  or  insect 
enemies.  For  covering  outbuikiings  quickly  it  has  no 
equal,  owing  to  the  heavy  growth  of  foliage  and  its 
adaptability  to  any  situation.  The  flowers  are  peculiar 
in  shape,  giving  rise  to  the  popular  name,  Dutchman's 
pipe.  These  are  inconspicuous,  however,  compared 
with  the  tropical  species  of  this  genus.  In 
contrast  with  the  foregoing,  A.  grandiflora 
var.  Sturtevantii  has  gigantic  flowers  with  a 
tail  sometimes  3  feet  long.  This  species 
must  be  cultivated  under  glass  and  is  most 
suitable  for  large  structures  as  the  odor 
when  in  bloom  beggars  description,  it  being 
such  that  flies  have  been  known  to  be 
deceived,  thinking  its  origin  was  due  to 
putridity.  There  are  other  fine  species  for 
indoor  culture  as  A.  brasiliensis  and  A. 
Goldieana.  These  are  best  pro- 
pagated from  cuttings  taken 
from  well-matured  wood  in  early 
spring  or  at  pruning  time.  A 
rich  soil  is  desirable  and  pref- 
erence is  given  to  planting  the 
roots  in  a  border  or  bed  that 
they  may  be  trained  up  rafters 
or  pillars  of  warmhouses.  Pot 
culture  does  not  give  good 
results.  Another  very  pretty 
species  is  .4.  elegans.  This  is 
not  odorous,  can  easily  be  pro- 
cured from  seeds,  which  are 
freely  produced  under  cultiva- 
tion. It  will  bloom  the  first 
year  under  glass,  and  may  be  cut  back  to  give  light  to 
other  plants  in  winter.  The  outdoor  A.  macrophylla 
(often  known  as  A.  Sipho)  produces  good  seed;  this 
seems  to  be  the  only  way  to  increase  it  as  hardwood 
cuttings  do  not  root  readily.  (E.  O.  Orpet.) 


376.  Flowers  of  Dutch- 
man's Pipe,  Aristolochia 
macrophylla,  showing  the 
ovary  at  a,  and  the  swell- 
ing of  the  calyx-tube  at  b. 


argentina,  8. 
brasiliensis,  13. 
californica,  5. 
Clematitis,  2. 
cymbifera,  15. 
elegan.s,  14. 
giQantea,  11. 
gigas,  11. 


INDEX. 

Goldieana,  12. 
grandiflora,  11. 
hastata.  1. 
Hookeri,  11. 
labiosa,  1.5. 
macrophylla,  3.  13. 
moupinensis,  6. 
ornilhocephataj  13. 


ridicula,  9, 
Serpentaria,  !• 
Sipho,  S.v 
Sturtevantii,  11. 
tomentosa,  4, 
triangularis,  7. 
tricaudata,  10. 


A.  Plant  not  climbing,  herbaceous. 

1.  Serpentaria,  Linn.  Virginia  Snakeroot.  Height 
2  ft.  or  less,  pubescent,  with  short  rootstocks  and  aro- 
matic roots:  Ivs.  ovate  or  oblong,  cordate  or  halberd- 
form,  acuminate:  fls.  near  the  root,  solitary,  S-shaped, 
much  enlarged  above  the  ovary,  greenish.  E.  U.  S. — 
Occasionally  cult.  Roots  used  in  medicine.  Reputed 
remedy  for  snake-bites.  Var.  hastata,  Duch.  Lvs. 
narrow,  sagittate  or  hastate.   Southeastern  states. 

2.  Clematitis,  Linn.  Two  ft.  or  less  tall,  glabrous: 
lvs.  reniform-pointed,  ciliate  on  the  margins:  fls.  axillary 
and  clustered,  straight,  greenish.  Eu. — Rarely  cult., 
and  occasionally  escaped. 

aa.  Plant  twining,  mostly  woody. 
B.  Cult,  in  the  open. 

3.  macrophylla,  Lam.  (A.  Slpho,  L'Her.).  Dutch- 
man's Pipe.  Pipe  Vine.  Figs.  375,  376,  377.  Very  tall, 
twining,  glabrous:  lvs.  very  large,  broadly  reniform  or 
rounded,  becoming  glabrous:  fls.  solitary  or  2  or  3  to- 
gether in  the  axils,  U-shaped,  enlarged  above  the  ovary, 
with  a  3-lobed,  spreading  flat  hmb,  purplish.  Eastern 
states.  B.M.  .534.  Gng.  1:53.  G.F.  5:509  (habit).— 
An  excellent  vine  for  porches,  the  great  lvs.  affording 
a  dense  shade. 

4.  tomentdsa,  Sims.  Much  like  the  last,  but  very 
tomentosp:  lvs.  less  rounded:  fls.  yellow,  with  reflexed 


lobes,  the  closed  orifice  purple.  N.  C.  to  111.  and  S. 
B.M.  1369. 

5.  calif6rnica,  Torr.  Silky  pubescent,  6-10  ft.:  lv.s. 
ovate-cordate,  2-4  in.  long,  obtuse  or  acutish,  short- 
petioled:  fls.  U-shaped,  little  contracted  at  the  throat, 
the  limb  2-lobed,  with  the  upper  lip  of  2  broad,  obtuse 
lobes  and  a  thickening  on  the  inner  side.   CaUf. 

6.  moupinensis,  Franch.  Branches  slender,  densely 
silky,  becoming  smoothish:  lvs.  cordate,  5  in.  or  less 
long,  hairy  above,  grayish  pubescent  beneath,  the 
petiole  about  23^  in.  long:  fls.  solitary  on  axillary 
peduncles,  the  tube  \]/2  in.  long,  abruptly  curved  .so 
that  the  blossom  appears  U-shaped  as  it  hangs,  pale 
green  outside  and  yellowish  inside,  the  limb  obliquely 
3-lobed,  1  }/i  in.  across,  yellowish  and  purple-marked. 
From  the  Moupine  region  of  W.  China.  B.M.  8325. — 
A  rapid  grower,  reaching  15  ft.  in  one  season.  A  good 
pillar  and  post  plant,  hardy  in  England.  Allied  to  A. 
Kaempjeri  (see  supplementary  hst). 

7.  triangularis,  Cham.  Glabrous:  lvs.  triangular- 
acute,  3-nerved,  pellucid-punctate,  the  petioles  pre- 
hensile, the  blade  4  in.  long  by  3  in.  broad:  fls.  solitary, 
ovoid-inflated  at  base  and  then  making  a  sharp  angle, 
the  tube  funnelforra  and  the  limb  small  and  truncate 
and  not  large,  purple-spotted.  Brazil. — A  climber 
reported  in  S.  Calif. 

8.  argentina,  Griseb.  Herbaceous,  glabrous;  st. 
angular-sulcate:  lvs.  cordate-deltoid,  obtuse,  pedately 
7-nerved:  fls.  solitary  on  axillary  peduncles,  glabrous 
without  and  somewhat  puberulent  within,  the  tube 
ovoid  at  base,  bent,  the  parts  of  limb  broadly  ovate 
and  obtuse.    S.  Amer.   Reported  in  S.  Calif. 

BB.  Cult,  in  greenhouse  or  warmhouse. 
c.  Fl.-limb  of  2  narrow  divergent  lobes. 

9.  ridicula,  N.  E.  Br.  Very  slender,  stiff-hairy 
throughout:  lvs.  round-reniform,  cordate:  fls.  axillary 
and  solitary,  2  in.  long  aside  from  the  limb,  with  a  long 
sac  at  the  base  of  the  tube,  pale  yellow  with  dull  purple 
veining;  hmb  of  2  spreading,  deflexed,  narrow  lobes, 
glandular,  reminding  one  of  donkeys'  ears.  Brazil. 
B.M.  6934.  G.C.  II.  26:361. 

cc.  Fl.-limb  of  3  narrow  lobes. 

10.  tricaudata,  Lem.  Lvs.  5-8  in.  long,  oblong- 
acuminate,  rugose,  cihate:  fls.  soUtary;  tube  short  and 
somewhat  inflated  at  the  rounded 
base,  suddenly  bent;  limb  wide 
and  concave,  maroon-red  outside 
and  very  dark  purple-brown  in- 
side, produced  into  tails  4  in.  long. 
Mex.  I. H.  14:522.  R.B.  20:37. 
B.M.  6067. — A  fine  species  of 
shrubby  habit,  producing  quanti- 
ties of  fls.  all  over  the  older  parts 
of  the  growths,  down  to  the  base 
of  the  old  St.  A  striking  plant 
when  well  grown  under  sunny 
conditions  in  a  temp,  of  50-55°  F. 

CCC.  Fl.-limb    2-lipped,    the     lips 

unlike  and  one  of  them  usu-  ^^.j   Longitudinal 

ally  ample  and  flowing:  fls.  section    of   flower    of 

large.  Dutchman'^  Pipe, 

D.  Bloffsoms  with  one  or  more  long  showing  the  ovary,  and 

L^    ..■    ^  i   .■/,  the    short    column    of 

hanging  tails.  stamens  at  ?.  iXD 

11.  grandifl6ra,    Swartz     (A. 

gigas,  Lindl.).  Pelican -Flower.  Swan -Flower. 
Goose-Flower.  Duck-Flower.  Figs.  378,  379.  Downy 
cUmbing  shrub:  lvs.  cordate-acuminate;  peduncles 
striate,  exceeding  the  petiole,  1-fld.:  the  fl.-bud  is 
"bent  like  a  siphon  in  the  tube,  so  as  to  resemble  the 
body  and  neck  of  a  bird,  while  the  hmb,  in  that  state, 
resembles  the  head  and  beak  thrown  back  upon  the 
body,  as  a  pelican  when  that  bird  is  at  rest,  whence 


394 


AK18TOLOCHIA 


ARI8TOTELIA 


the  ntuue"   (Hook,  in  B.M.,  vol.  74)"   the  great  ex- 

paniiptl     cordatoovate  •  limb    several    inches    acro.ss, 

\vavy-marsine<l,  purpU^hlotehed  ami  veined,  termina- 

ting  in  a  Ions:  and  slender  ciliated  tail:  strong-scented. 

\'ar.  Sturtevantii,  \V.  Wats.,  is  the  form  chielly  known 

in  cult.,  being  very  large-fld.,  often  20  in.  diam.,  and 

with  a  tail  3   ft.  or  more 

long.  W.  Indies,  Cent,  and 

S.    .Ajiier.     B.M.   43tiS-9. 

B.R.  2S:t)0.  F.8.  4:3.31-2. 

G.F.  3:597-599  (adapted 

in  Fig.  379).  A.F.  10:1.57. 

G.C.    111.    19:73.     Gng. 

3:23.    On.   50:378.     Var. 

Hodkeri,  Duch.   (.4.    gig- 

anli'd.  Hook.),  is  glabrous, 

inodorous,  with  a  short-tailed  S.. 

B.M.  4221. 

DD.  Blossoms  not  tailed,  altlumgh 
perhaps  bearing  long  more  or 
less  erect  point-appendugcs. 

12.  Goldieana,  Hook.  Whole 
plant  dying  down  to  a  large 
fleshy  root,stock:  glabrous:  Ivs. 
ovate-cordate  or  triangular-cor- 
date, acuminate,  the  base  deeply 
cut:  fls.  very  large,  greenish 
outside  but  brown-veined  and 
blotched  inside,  the  lower  part 
of  the  tube  straightish  and  8  in. 
long,  the  upper  part  sharply 
bent  over  and  a  foot  long,  with 
a  funnel-shaped,  spreading  limb 
a  foot  or  more  across,  and  indistinctly  3-lobed, 
each  lobe  terminated  bv  slender  appendages;  sta- 
mens 24.  W.  Afr.  B.M.  5672.  G.C.  III.  7:521; 
21:337.   G.M.  33:286. 

13.  brasiliensis,  Mart.  &  Zucc.  Glabrous:  Ivs. 
cordate-reniform,  obtuse,  with  deep  sinus  at  base: 
peduncle  S-10  in.  long,  1-fld.:  fl.  very  large,  dingy 
yellow,  with  marks  and  reticulations  of  purple,  the 
limb  strongly  2-lipped;  tube  strongly  bent,  purple 
inside;  upper  lip  4  in.  long,  violet  within,  hairy; 
lower  Hp  not  longer  than  the  upper,  5-7  in.  wide. 
Var.  macrophyUa,  Duch.  (.1.  ornithocephala,  Hook.). 
Lvs.  large:  upper  Up  5  in.  long,  lanceolate-acuminate, 
projecting  from  the  inflated  headlike  tube  Uke  the  long 
beak  of  a  bird;  lower  lip  on  a  stalk  2  in.  long,  then 
expanding  into  a  flattened,  wavy,  beautifully  marked 
limb  4  in.  long  and  4-6  in.  across.  Brazil.  B.M.  4120. 
Gn.  45,  p.  289. — A  most  odd  and  interesting  species, 
not  infrequent  in  fine  establishments. 

14.  elegans,  Mast.  Calico  Flower.  Slender, 
glabrous,  the  fls.  borne  on  the  pendulous  young  wood: 
lvs.  long-stalked,  reniform-cordate,  2-3  in.  across,  with 
wide  sinus  and  rounded  basal  lobes,  the  tip  obtuse:  fls. 
solitary,  long-stalked,  the  tube  yellow-green,  IJ2  in. 
long,  the  Umb  cordate-circular,  3  in.  across,  purple  and 
white  blotched,  white  on  the  exterior,  the  eye  yellow: 
not  strong-smelhng.  Brazil.  G.C.  II.  24:301;  III.  22: 
123.1  B.M.  6909.— A  small-fld.  and  graceful,  free- 
blooming  species.  A  most  desirable  decorative  climber 
for  a  warm  greenhouse  of  55°  F.  but  does  not  thrive  so 
well  in  a  stove.  It  is  entirely  devoid  of  the  unpleasant 
Oflor  which  is  characteristic  of  the  fls.  of  this  genus.  In 
Fla.  it  self-sows  freely;  and  the  hanging  basket-like  frs. 
are  very  attractive. 

1.5.  cymbifera,  Mart.  &  Zucc.  {A.  laUbsa,  Sims). 
Glabrous:  st.  striate:  lvs.  reniform,  obtuse  and  deeply 
cut  at  the  base,  pedately  7-9-nerved,  long-stalked:  fls. 
long-stalked,  H-10  in.  long,  strongly  2-lipped;  the  upper 
lip  short  and  lanceolate,  acute  or  acuminate;  the  lower 
lip  Cwhich,  by  position  of  fl.  may  scf'm  to  be  the  upper) 
very  large,  fJilatefl  at  base,  and  produced  into  a  long, 
boat-shaped  (whence  the  name,  from  cymba,  a  boatj 


usually  2-lobed  projection;  fl.  creamy  white,  marked 
and  blotched  with  maroon.  Brazil.  B.M.  2545.  P.M. 
6:53  (as  A.  hyperborea,  Paxt.). 

.4.  altUsima,  Deaf.  Fls.  2  in.  or  less  long,  brownish.  Sicily 
and  .\lger:a.  B.M.  65S6. — Would  probably  be  hardy  with  pro- 
tection in  the  middle  states. — A.  anguicida,  Jacq.  Lvs.  long-cor- 
date: fls.  small,  1-2  in.  long,  with  a  long-pointed  limb.  Colombia. 
B.M.  4361.  F.S.  4:344.— A.  barbiUa,  Jacq. 
Lvs.  oblong  and  cordate:  fls.  2^2  in.,  pur- 
ple. Venezuela.  B.M.  5869. — A  caudata, 
Booth^A.  macroura. — A.  cilidta,  Hook., 
and  .4.  cilidsa,  Benth.^A.  fimbriata. — .4. 
clypedta,  Lindl.  &  Andr^.  Lvs.  triangular- 
ovate,  pointed:  fls.  with  a  large,  oval,  pur- 
ple-spotted, tailless  limb.  S.  Amer.  I.H. 
17:40.  B.M.  7512.— .4.  Duchdrlrei,  Andr« 
^A.  Ruiziana. — A,  fimbriata,  Cham.  A 
free-flowering  greenhouse  species:  lvs.  small, 
cordate-orbicular:  fls.  small,  the  little  limb 
glandular-ciliata  Brazil.  B.M.  3756  (as  A. 
ciliata). — A,  hians,  Willd.  Lvs.  round-cor- 
date: lis.  bronze-green,  with  lobed  limb  and 
ahairybeak.  Venezuela.  B.M.  7073.  Allied 
to  A.  brasiliensis. —  A,  Kahnpferi.  Willd. 
Tall-climbing:  lvs.  ovate-cordate  or  hastate, 
variable:  fis.  solitary,  tomentose,  with  nar- 
row rim,  yellow  outside,  purple  inside. 
Japan.  Probably  hardy  in  the  N. — A. 
longicauddta,  Mast.  Lvs.  ovate  and  cor- 
date: fls.  cream-colored  with  purple  mark- 
ings, with  a  large  sac-like  tube,  hairy  at  the 
throat,  with  no  expanded  limb  but  a  very 
long  tail  &  Amer.  G.C.  111.8:493. — A.  ionyi/d/ia.  Champ. 
Branches  climbing,  from  a  woody  rootstock:  lvs.  thick, 
linear  lanctolite:  fls.  U-shaped,  with  a  2-lobed  purple  limb 
2' 2  in  across  Hong  Kong.  B.RL  6884. — A.  nfaeroura,  Gomez. 
Lvs  reniform  lobed:  fl.  dark  maroon,  6-spurred,  the  lip  with  a 
twisted  cusp.  Brazil.  B.M.  3709  (as  A.  caudata). — A.  macroiira 
Xbraifiliensis,  a  garden  hybrid. — .4.  odoraltssijna,  Linn.  Lvs. 
cordate-ovate:  fl.  solitary,  purple,  sweet.  Jamaica. — A.pdnlica, 
Linn.  Erect  or  ascending  from  a  globose  rootstock:  lvs.  large, 
broadly  ovate:  fls.  very  large,  curved,  greenish  purple,  ill-smelling. 
.\.sia  Alinor. — A.  rtngens,  Vahl.  Lvs.  round-reniform:  fl.  7-10  in. 
long,  green  marked  with  dark  purple,  hairy  inside,  with  2  long  lips, 
one  of  which  has  a  much-expanded  limb.  Brazil.  B.M.  5700. — A, 
Ruiziana,  Duch.  Lvs.  reniform-cordate:  fls.  with  tube  1  in.  or  less 
long,  the  cordate-ovate  limb  3  in.  across,  and  brown-spotted.  Brazil. 
B.M.  5880  and  G.C.  1868:516  (as  A.  Duchartrei). — A.  saccala. 
Wall.  Lvs.  long-ovate:  fls.  small,  U-shaped,  with  a  very  narrow 
rim  (suggesting  the  Dutchman's  pipe),  red.  India.  B.M.  3640. — 
A.  Sdlpinx,  Mast.  Lvs.  ovate-lanceolate:  fls.  small,  with  a  trumpet- 
shaped,  somewhat  2-lipped  mouth,  purplish.  Paraguay.  G.C.  II. 
26:457. — A.  ungulifdlia.  Mast.  Lvs.  3-lobed:  fls.  small,  brownish 
and  reddish,  with  a  ciliate,  tongue-like  lip.  Borneo.  G.C.  II.  14: 117, 
B.M.  7424. — A.  Westlandii,  Hems!.  Lvs.  oblong-lanceolate:  fl. 
pendulous,  with  a  spreading  purple-marked  limb  5  or  0  in.  across. 
China.  B.M.  7011.  A  greenhouse  climber  producing  its  fls.  on  the 
old  parts  of  the  plant  near  the  ground.  L     H     B 

ARISTOTELIA  (after  the  Greek  philosopher 
Aristotle).  Elseocarpacex.  Woody  plants  sometimes 
grown  in  the  open  in  warm  countries. 

Leaves  evergreen,  nearly  opposite,  entire  or  toothed: 
fls.  polygamous;  sepals  4-.5,  valvate;  petals  of  the  same 
number:  berries  small,  edible. — A  genus  of  7  species  of 
trees  and  shrubs  from  the  southern  hemisphere,  aUied 
to  Elieocarpus.  Prop,  by  ripened  cuttings,  under  bell- 
jar  or  closed  frame. 


379.  Aristolochia  grandiflora.    (Xf) 


ARISTOTELIA 


ARNICA 


395 


racemosa,  Hook.  f.  New  Zealand  Wineberry. 
Small  tree,  20  ft.:  Ivs.  glossy,  ovate  or  cordate-ovate, 
thin  and  membranous:  fls.  white  in  many-fld.  panicled 
racemes.    New  Zeal. — Cult,  somewhat  in  S.  Calif. 

Macqui,  L'Her.  Shrub,  to  7  ft.:  Ivs.  almost  opposite, 
dentate,  smooth,  shining,  oblong  and  acute  at  the  apex: 
fls.  inconspicuous,  greenish,  axillary.  Chile. — Grown 
for  its  foliage.  A  variegated  form,  less  hardy  than  the 
type,  is  known.  Occasionally  found  in  botanical  and 
other  collections,  particularly  in  Calif.    n_  TAYLOR.f 

ARMENiACA:  Prunus. 

ARMERIA  (an  old  Latin  name).  Plumhaginacex. 
Se-^  Pink.  Thrift.  Small  perennial  herbs,  with  ro- 
settes of  narrow  evergreen  leaves  on  the  ground,  planted 
along  borders  and  walks,  used  for  continuous  low 
edgings  and  in  rock-gardens;  sometimes  grown  as 
pot-plants. 

Scape  naked,  simple,  2-12  in.  high,  on  which  is  borne 
a  compact  head  of  pink,  hlac  or  white  fls.,  the  head 
being  subtended  by  small  bracts,  forming  a  kind  of 
involucre;  fls.  with  plaited  funnel-shaped  dry  caly.x,  the 
lobes  pointed;  5  petals  nearly  or  quite  distinct  and 
tapering  at  the  base;  5  stamens  opposite  the  corolla 
parts;  styles  5,  hairy  below  the  middle:  fr.  a  utricle 
inclosed  in  the  calyx. — About  50  species  in  Eu.,  W.  Asia, 
N.  Afr.  and  1  in  N.  Amer.,  much  confused. 

Armerias  are  of  easiest  culture,  being  hardy  and  free 
growers.  Propagation  is  by  division  of  the  stools;  also 
by  seeds. 

A.  Calyx-lube  usually  pilose  all  over. 

vulgaris,  Willd.  (A.  marilima,  Willd.).  Common 
Thrift.  Fig.  380.  Lvs.  linear,  l-nerved,  somewhat 
obtuse,  glabrous  or  shghtly  ciliate:  scape  low,  some- 
what villose;  calyx-tube  about  the  length  of  the  pedicel 
and  decurrent  on  it,  the  limb  nearly  equal  to  the  tube, 
with  very  short  ovate,  blunt  or  aristate  lobes.  Eu.  and 
Amer.,  along  the  seacoast.  Var.  alba,  Hort.  White.  Var. 
ribra,  Hort.  Fls.  dark  rose-red.  Var.  purpiirea,  Hort. 
Purple-red.  Var.  Laucheana,  Voss.  Light  rose-color. 
Var.  grandiflora,  Hort.  Large-fld.,  hght  rose-red.  Var. 
splendens,  Hort.  Bright  pink.  A.  argcnlea,  Hort.,  is 
perhaps  another  form,  with  small  white  fls.;  also  a 
white-lvd.  form. 

sibirica,  Turcz.  Lvs.  hnear,  l-nerved,  obtuse,  gla- 
brous: scape  rather  taller,  thicker;  calyx-tube  longer 
than  pedicel,  the  limb  about  length  of  tube,  with  tri- 
angular, short-mucronate  lobes;  involucre  brown;  fls. 
white.   Siberia. 

jiincea,  Girard  (.1.  setdcea,  Dehle).  Outer  lvs.  of 
rosette  narrow-linear  and  subdentate,  the  inner  ones 
longer  and  filiform:  head  small,  with  pale  involucre,  the 
pedicel  much  shorter  than  the  calyx-tube;  calyx-Umb 
short, the  lobes  ovate-obtuse  and  aristate;  fls.  pink.  Eu. 

AA.  Calyx-lube  glabrous,  or  pilose  only  on  the  ridges. 

B.  Lvs.  elliptic-lanceolate  or  broader. 

latifdlia,  Willd.  (A.  cephaldtes,  Link  &  Hoffm.,  not 
Hook.).  Glabrous  and  glaucous:  lvs.  broad-oblong, 
5-7-nerved,  the  margin  remotely  denticulate:  head 
large,  the  involucre  dry;  calyx-Umb  long,  with  very 
small  or  no  lobes  and  long  teeth;  fls.  bright  pink.  S. 
Eu.  B.M.  731.3.  P.M.  11:79  (as  Slalice  Pseudo- 
armeria). — A.  formosa,  Hort.,  probably  belongs   here. 

mauritanica,  Wallr.  (A.  cephaldtes,  Hook.,  not  Link 
&  Hoffm.}.  Lvs.  broad-spatulate  or  elliptic-lanceolate, 
3-5-nerved,  glaucous  green,  the  margin  scarious- white: 
heads  large  (2-3  in.  across),  the  involucre  brownish, 
the  calyx  short^toothed  and  aristate;  fls.  pink.  Eu., 
Algeria. 

BB.  Lvs.  linear-lanceolate  or  narrower. 

alpina,  Willd.  Glabrous:  lvs.  hnear-lanceolate;  equal- 
ing the  scape,  1-ncrved  or  obscurely  3-nerved:  head 
large,  the  involucre  pale  brown;  pedicels  shorter  than 


calyx-tube,  the  tube  equaling  the  oblong  long-aristate 
lobes;  fls.  deep  rose.    Mts.,  Eu. 

purpurea,  Koch.  Lvs.  linear,  long,  l-nerved,  blunt: 
outer  involucre-scales  mostly  blunt,  the  inner  very 
blunt  and  weak:  pedicels  as  long  as  calyx-tube,  limb 
equaling  the  tube,  and  the  lobes  ovate-aristate;  purple. 
Cent.  Eu. 

plantaginea,  Willd.  Glabrous:  lvs.  linear-lanceolate, 
3-7-nerved,  acute  or  acuminate:  scape  tall;  head  dense 
and  globular,  the  involucre  white;  pedicels  as  long  as 
calyx-tube,  the  lobes  ovate  and  long-aristate  and  as 
long  as  tube;  pink.  Cent,  and  S.  Eu.  Var.  leucantha, 
Boiss.  (.4.  diantholdes,  Hornem.  &  Spreng.),  has  white  fls. 

argyrocephala,  Wallr.  (,-1.  unduldta,  Boiss.).  Gla- 
brous: outer  lvs.  in  rosette,  short  and  lanceolate  or 
hnear-lanceolate  and  3-nerved  and  often  sinuate,  the 
inner  ones  linear  or  setaceous  and  1-3-nerved:  head 
large,  the  involucre  white;  pedicel  nearly  as  long  as 
calyx-tube,  the  calyx-limb  with  long-triangular  aristate 
lobes;  fls.  white,  showy.   Greece.  L.  H.  B.f 

ARMERIASTRUM:  Amnlholimon. 

ARNATTO:  Bixa. 

ARNEBIA  (Arabic  name).  Boragindceae.  Annual  or 
perennial  hispid  herbs,  grown  as  flower-garden  or 
border  subjects. 

Erect  or  diffuse:  root  sometimes  yielding  red  tint: 
lvs.  alternate:  fls.  yellow  or  violet,  in  racemes  or  cymes, 
the  color  changing  with 
the  age  of  the  blossom ; 
corolla  slender-tubed, 
with  5  obtuse  lobes,  the 
throat  devoid  of  scales; 
stamens  included ;  style 
usually  bifid:  fr.  nor- 
mally of  4  erect  nutlets. 
— A  dozen  species  in 
Asia  and  N.  Afr. .  of 
easy  cult,  in  gardens. 

echioides,  DC.  {Ma- 
crotdmia  echioides , 
Boiss.).  Prophet- 
Flower.  Hardy  per- 
ennial, 3-12  in.  high, 
short-hairy,  with 
spreading,  obovate- 
oblong  lvs.:  fls.  in  a 
scorpioid  raceme  or 
spike,  yellow,  with 
purple  spots,  fading  to 
pure  yellow.  Caucasus, 
Armenia,  etc.  B.  M. 
4409.   G.C.  IL  11:689. 


380.  Armeria  vulgaris.  iXH) 


Blooms  in  spring.  In  full  sun 
or  in  rather  dry  ground,  it  is  difficult  to  keep  this  charm- 
ing plant  in  a  healthy  condition;  partial  shade  is  essen- 
tial to  its  welfare.  One  can  grow  luxuriant  specimens 
on  the  northern  slope  of  a  rockery  or  close  to  a  building 
on  the  east  or  north  side.  Prop,  by  seeds,  division,  or 
by  root-cuttings. 

comfita,  Fisch.  &  Mey.  Arabian  Primrose.  An- 
nual, 2  ft.,  bushy:  lvs.  lanceolate  or  hnear-oblong, 
pointed:  fls.  ^iin-  across,  yellow  and  black-spotted, 
changing  to  maroon  and  then  to  yellow.  Orient.  G.C. 
111.7:52.  J.H.  111.31:29.  A.F.  5:400.  A.G.  11:181 
(1890). — An  attractive  and  not  very  common  annual, 
easily  grown  in  the  open. 

A.  Grlffithii,  Boias.  Annual,  9-12  in.:  lvs.  narrow-oblong,  obtuse, 
ciliate:  fls.  long-tubed,  with  a  black  spot  in  each  sinus.  India. 
B.M.  .5266. — .t.  macrothf/raa,  Stapf.  Perennial,  1  to  nearly  2  ft.: 
fla.  yellow  in  dense  thyrses.   Armenia.  L     H     B  t 

ARNICA  (ancient  name).  Compdsitx.  Perennial  herbs 
sometimes  seen  in  borders  or  rockeries. 

With  clustered  root-l  vs.  and  opposite  st.-lvs.  and  large, 
long-peduncled  yellow  heads:  involucral  bracts  all  equal, 


306 


ARNICA 


ARONICUM 


thin,  in  a  sinple,  raroh'- doublp  series.  Native  to  Eu., 
Asia,  and  N.  Anier.,  abont  10  species. — Tincture  of  tiie 
European  .1.  monUiiia  is  iiseti  in  medicine.  (Jrown 
mostly  !»s  iUpincs  or  in  rockwork:  some  s])ecies  also  grow 

well  in  the  common 
border.  Prop,  by  divi- 
sion, and  rarely  by  seeds. 

A.  Radical  Ivs.  cordate, 
mth  slender  or  xcinged 
petioles. 

cordif61ia,"Hook.  Two 
ft.  or  less  hish,  hairy: 
iieads  few  or  even  soli- 
tary, with  inch -long 
rays;  involucre  ^ain. 
high,  pubescent.  Rocky 
Mts.  and  W.— To  be 
grown  as  -  n  alpine. 

latifolia,  Bongard  (A. 
venlorum,  Greene). 
Glabrous  or  very  nearly 
so,  the  St. -Ivs.  not  cor- 
date or  petioled,  the 
radical  Ivs.  nearly  round: 
heads  smaller  than  in 
preceding.  Rocky  Mts. 
and  W. 

AA.  Radical  Ivs.  not  cor- 
date, often  petioled. 

^^  amplexicaftlis,     Nutt. 

K§fe«^  ■Ban  /irX-^tr  Glabrous  or  nearly  so: 
yvN^  JMilAri  !//■'.  ^W  Ivs.  ovate  to  lance-ob- 
long, acute,  those  on  the 
St.  clasping  and  dentate: 
St.  leafy  to  the  top. 
Ore.  and  N. 

foliosa,  Xutt.  Pubes- 
cent: Ivs.  lanceolate, 
strongly  nerved,  small- 
toothed,  the  ujjper  ones 
somewhat  clasping: 
heads  sometimes  soli- 
tary, short  -  peduncled : 
8t.  leafy,  strict.     Rocky  Mts.  and  W. 

montdna,  Linn.  Mountain  Tobacco.  Mountain 
Snuff.  Fig.  381.  A  foot  high,  the  st.  .spansely  hairy: 
radical  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  glabrous  and  entire: 
heads  3-4,  large.  Eu.  B.M.  1749.  J. H.  III.  34:441. 
Gn.  24,  p.  394.  G.  29:21,5.— The  best  known  species 
in  cultivation  and  can  be  grown  in  the  open  border, 
but  none  of  the  arnicas  is  common  in  American 
gardens. 

A.  C7imi=Doronicum  Clusii.  L.   H.    B. 

N.    TAYLOR.t 

ARONIA  fmodification  of  Aria,  a  subgenus  of  the 
allied  genus  Sorbus).  Rosacese.  Chokeberhy.  Orna- 
mental shrubs  grown  for  their  attractive  white  flowers 
and  for  their  hand.somc  fruits,  and  also  for  the  bright 
autumnal  tints  of  the  foliage. 

Ix)W  plants:  Ivs.  deciduous,  short-petioled,  finely  and 
crenately  serrate,  glandular  on  the  inidrih  above,  con- 
volute in  bud:  fls.  in  small  corymbs,  white;  caljx  .5- 
lobed,  petals  5,  spreading;  stamens  numerous;  ovary 
5-cellfxi,  woolly  at  the  top,  with  .5  styles  united  at  \\w 
base,  the  carpels  connate  but  part  ly  free  m\  t  heir  ventral 
suture:  fr.  a  small  pome,  flesh  without  gril-cells,  toj) 
hemispherical. — Three  closely  related  species  in  E.  N. 
Amer.  Clo.sely  related  to  Sorbus,  which  is  easily  dis- 
tinguishwJ  by  the  sharply  or  doubly  serrate,  often  pin- 
nate Ivs.  folderl  in  bud  and  without  glands  above,  by 
the  usually  2-3-celled  ovarj-  with  the  carpels  connate 
on  their  ventral  suture,  otherwise  often  partly  free,  and 
by  the  conical  top  of  the  fr. :  quite  distinct  in  general 


381.  Arnica  montana.  (  X  H) 


appearance  and  habit  and  suggesting  more  an  affinity 
with  .'\melanchier. 

The  aronia,s  are  small  shrubs  with  simple  deciduous 
leaves  turning  bright  red  in  autumn  and  with  white 
flowers  in  small  corymbs  followed  by  berry-like,  red, 
purple  or  black  fruit.  Well  adapted  for  borders  of  shrub- 
beries and  quite  hardy  North.  ^4.  melanocarpa  is  hand- 
somest in  foliage  and  bloom,  jiarticularly  the  var. 
grandifolia;  its  fruit  ripens  in  .August,  but  soon  shrivels 
and  drops,  while  A.  atropurpurca  and  ,4.  arhutifolia  have 
showier  and  usually  more  numerous  fruits;  those  of  A. 
alropurpurea  ripen  in  early  September  and  shrivel  at 
the  beginning  of  the  winter,  while  those  of  the  last- 
named  species  ripen  later  and  remain  plump  and 
bright  far  into  the  winter. 

They  prefer  moist  situations,  but  A.  melanocarpa 
also  grows  well  on  drier  and  rocky  soil.  Propagation  is 
by  seeds  sown  in  fall  or  stratified;  also  by  suckers  and 
layers,  or  by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass. 

arbutifdlia,  Spach  (Sdrbus  arbutifolia,  Heynh.  Pyrus 
arhutifolia,  Linn.  f.  A.  arhutifolia.  Ell.  .4.  pyrifblia, 
Pers.  Mespilus  arhutifolia  var.  erythrocdrpa,  Michx.). 
Red  Chokeberhy.  Upright  shrub,  6-10  ft.  high:  Ivs. 
short-petioled,  oval  to  oblong  or  obovate,  acute  or 
abruptly  acuminate,  crenately  serrate,  glabrous  above 
except  some  glands  on  the  midrib,  whitish  or  grayish 
green  and  tomentose  or  pubescent  beneath,  1J2-3  in. 
long:  corymbs  tomentose,  few-  to  many-fid.,  1-1  ,'2  in- 
broad;  fls.  white  or  tinged  red,  j3-?2in.  across:  fr.  sub- 
globose  or  pear-shaped,  bright  or  dull  red,  about  '4in. 
across.  April.  May.  N.  Y.  to  Minn.,  to  Fla.  and  La. 
B.M.  3668.    G.F.  3:417.    G.VV.  5,  p.  245. 

atropurp&rea,  Brit.  (Sdrbus  arhutifcilia  var.  atro- 
purpitrea,  Schneid.).  Purple  Chokeberry.  Shrub,  to 
12  ft.,  closely  allied  to  the  last:  Ivs.  oblong  to  obovate, 
grayish  pubescent  beneath,  2-3)2  in.  long;  corymbs 
tomentose,  many-fid. :  fr.  ovoid  to  subglobose,  purplish 
black,  about  J-sin.  high  May,  June.  Nova  Scotia 
to  Fla. 

melanocarpa,  Spach  (Sdrbus  melanocarpa,  Heynh. 
Pijrus  n'icjrn,  Sarg.  A.  nigra,  Koehne.  Pyrus  arhuti- 
folia var.  nigra,  Willd.).  Black  Chokeberry.  Low 
shrub,  rarely  to  6  ft.:  Ivs.  oval  to  obovate,  abruptly 
acuminate  or  obtuse,  pale  green  and  glabrous  or  nearly 
so  beneath:  calyx  and  pedicels  glabrous  or  nearly  so:  fr. 
globose,  about  Jsin.  across,  shining  black.  Nova  Scotia 
to  Ont.,  south  to  Flo.,  and  Mich.  April-June.  B.B. 
2:237.    Var.  grandifolia,  Schneid.  {Pyrus  grandifolia. 


382.  Aronia  melanocarpa  var.  elata.    (XJi) 

Lindl.).  A  taller,  more  vigorous  shrub  with  larger, 
obovate  or  broadly  obovate  lustrous  Ivs.  and  larger  fls. 
in  larger  corymbs.  B.R.  14:11.54.  Var  elata,  Uehd. 
Fig.  382.  Similar  to  the  preceding,  but  Ivs.  narrower, 
generally  oblong-obovate,  acute.  Var.  subpubescens, 
Schneid.   Lvs.  pubescent  beneath  when  young. 

.4 .  florihundn,  Spach  (Pyrus  floribunda,  Lindl. ).  Hybrid  between 
A.  arbutifolia  and  A.  inolanocarpa,  similar  to  .\.  alropurpurea,  but 
usually  more  Klahrescent.  B.R.  12: 1006.  G.W.  5,  p.  246.— It  is  of 
garden  origin  and  several  forms  of  it  are  in  cult. 

Alfred  Rehder. 
AR6NICUM:  Doronicum. 


ARPOPHYLLUM 


ARTABOTRYS 


397 


ARPOPHYLLUM  (cimiler  and  leaf).  Orchidacex. 
Epiphytic  evergreen  orchids,  with  1-lvd.  sts.  arising 
from  creeping  rhizomes:  Ivs.  coriaceous  or  fleshy:  fls. 
numerous,  sessile,  in  dense  cyhndric  spikes;  sepals  and 
petals  ncarh'  alike,  spreading;  lip  adnate  to  base  of  the 
erect  column,  narrowed  above  the  somewhat  saccate 
base;  pollinia  8. — About  6  species,  natives  of  Mex., 
Cent.  Amer.,  and  W.  Indies. 

giganteum,  Lindl.  Sts.  stout,  up  to  1  ft.  tall:  Ivs. 
12-16  in.  long:  spike  dense,  up  to  1  ft.  long;  fls.  rose- 
purple,  the  broadly  obovate  lip  deeper.  Mex.  and 
Guatemala. 

spicatum,  Llav.  &  Lex.  Fig.  383.  Sts.  up  to  8  in.  tall: 
Ivs.  up  to  1  ft.  long:  spike  dense,  3-6  in.  long;  fls.  less 
than  J^in.  across,  numerous;  sejjals  and  petals  rose- 
purple;  lip  bright  purple.    Mex.   B.M.  6022. 

George  V.  Nash. 

ARRACACIA  (Spanish  name  of  the  plants).  Umbel- 
liferse.  Also  spelled  Arracacha.  Twenty  to  30  species  of 
perennial  herbs  closely  allied  to  Conium,  with  calyx- 
teeth  verj'  small  or  wanting,  petals  broad,  acvuuinate 
and  inflexed,  white  to  dark  purple,  fls.  in  large  com- 
pound umbels:  Ivs.  pinnately  compound  or  decompound. 
A.  xanlhorrhXza,  Bancr.  [A.  esculenta,  DC),  produces 
edible  tuberous  roots  much  eaten  by  residents  of 
N.  S.  Amer.;  these  tubers  have  branches  or  lobes  the 
size  of  carrots,  and  are  boiled.  A.  Dugesii,  Coulter  & 
Rose,  Cent.  Amer.,  is  reported  as  a  botanic-garden 
plant.  It  is  tall  and  coarse,  aromatic:  Ivs.  much 
decompound,  segm.  linear. 

ARRHENATHERUM  (Greek  arren,  masculine,  and 
alher,  awn,  in  reference  to  the  awned  staminatc  flower). 
Graniinese.  Oat  Grass.  Tall  perennials  with  flat  blades 
and  long  narrow  panicles:  spikelets  2-fld.,  the  lower 
staminate,  its  lemma  bearing  a  geniculate  twisted 
dorsal  awn,  the  upper  perfect,  short-awned  or  awnless. 
Species  6,  Medit.  region.  One  species,  tall  oat -grass 
(.4.  elatius,  Beauv.),  is  cult,  as  a  meadow  grass.  Dept. 
Agric,  Div.  Agrost.  20:9.5.  There  has  been  recently 
Intro,  into  the  eastern  states  a  variety  (var.  tuberosum, 
Halac.  .4.  bulbosum,  Presl  )  that  bears  at  the  base  of 
the  culms  a  short  chain  of  corms.  A  variegated  form 
of  this  has  been  offered  under  the  name  A.  bulbosum 
variegalum.  A.  S.  Hitchcock. 

ARROW-ROOT.  An  edible  starch,  derived  from  the 
rhizomes  of  various  scitaminaceous  plants,  as  Maranta, 
Curcmiia,  Tacca,  Canna.  The  West  Indian  arrow-root 
is  mostly  from  Maranta  arwidinacea.  The  Brazilian  is 
from  Maidhot  ulilissima.  The  East  Indian  is  chiefly 
from  Curcuma  angustifolia.  Potato  and  maize  starches 
are  also  a  source  of  arrow-root.  In  the  United  States 
starch  is  secured  from  Cassava  {Manihot  ulilissima) 
and  is  used  as  a  substitute  for  arrow-root.  See  Cyclo. 
Amer.  Agric,  Vol.  II,  p.  199,  with  figure  of  Maranta 
arundinacea. 

ARTABOTRYS  (Greek,  suspended  grapes,  alluding 
to  the  clustered  fruit  suspended  by  the  hooked 
peduncle).  Annondceas.  Climbing  Ylang-ylang.  Tail- 
Grape.  Woody  tropical  climbers  or  scrambling  shrubs, 
remarkable  for  their  curiously  hooked  peduncles,  and 
prized  for  the  fragrance  of  their  flowers. 

Leaves  smooth,  evergreen,  alternate:  petals  6  in  2 
series,  both  series  valvate  or  edge-to-edge,  in  most 
species  flat  but  in  certain  Malayan  and  African  species 
terete  or  club-shaped,  with  a  broad  excavated  base, 
above  which  they  are  constricted  and  connivent  over 
the  essential  parts,  which  they  almost  conceal,  the  flat  or 
terete  limb  above  the  constriction  usually  spreading 
and  ascending,  sometimes  slightly  incurved:  stamens 
typically  annonaceous,  closely  packed,  wedge-shaped  or 
oblong  with  2  dorsal  pollen-sacs  on  the  back  of  the  thick 
filament  and  connective  produced  above  them  in  the 


form  of  a  dilated  hood  or  cap:  ovaries  several,  seldom 
numerous,  each  with  2  erect  basal  ovules  side  by 
side;  styles  variable,  sometimes  oblong  or  club-shaped 
and  reflexed,  sometimes  erect  or  very  small;  ripe  car- 
pels separate,  borne  in  a  cluster  on  the  hardened  torus 
or  receptacle,  either  sessile  or  stipitate,  more  or  less 
plum-hke  or  olive-like,  and  normally  containing  2  flat- 
tened seeds  with  hard  bony  testa,  rising  side  by  side 
from  the  base,  grooved  around  the  margin  and  contain- 
ing the  wrinkled  albumen  characteristic  of  all  Annona- 
ceae.  E.  Asia,  the  Malay  Archipelago,  and  Trop.  Afr. — 
About  40  species  thus  far  described,  several  of  them 
cult,  in  tropical  countries  and  grown  in  conservatories 
for  their  fragrant  fls. 

Several  of  the  most  common  species  have  been  con- 
fused. Artabotrys  undnatus  was  described  by  Lamarck 
under  the  name  Annona  uncinata  in  1786.  It  was  sup- 
posed to  be  identical  with  Artabotrys  odoratissimus,  R. 
Br.,  the  type  species  of  the  genus,  which  was  established 
in  1819.  Its  flowers,  however,  are  described  as  having 
ovate-lanceolate  petals  with  a  brownish  red  upper  part 


383.  ArpophyUum  spicatum.  (XJe) 

(or  limb),  and  with  broad  claws  at  the  base,  cottony, 
concave  within  at  the  base  and  constricted  between  the 
claw  and  the  blade.  It  is  consequently  to  be  identified 
with  Artabotrys  odoratissimus  of  Blume,  which  is  dis- 
tinct from  .4.  odoratissimus,  R.  Br.,  and  which  was 
described  as  A.  Blumei  by  Hooker  &  Thomson;  while 
A.  odoratissimus  of  Hooker  &  Thomson  is  to  be  re- 
ferred to  .4.  hamatus  of  Blume;  and  A.  intermedius, 
Hassk.,  is  regarded  as  a  variety  of  A.  odoratissimus,  R. 
Br. 

a.  Shape  of  petals  lanceolate  or  ovate,  flat. 
B.  Petals  glabrous,  more  than  an  inch  long. 
odoratissimus,  R.  Br.  Climbing  Ylang-ylano. 
Alang-ilang  Songsong.  Tail -Grape.  Alang- 
ilang  de  China.  A  woody  climber  or  half-scandent 
shrub:  young  branches  puberulous,  at  length  glabrous: 
Ivs.  short-petioled,  oblong  or  oblong-lanceolate,  acu- 
minate, acute  at  the  base,  thin,  coriaceous,  both  sides 
glabrous,  glossy,  reticulate  between  the  lateral  nerves: 
hooked  peduncles  1-  or  2-fld.,  extra-axillary,  usually 
opposite  a  If.  or  subterminal;  fls.  rather  large,  greenish 
to  yellow,  very  fragrant;  petals  flat,  glabrous,  or  silky- 
puberulous  at  the  base,  thick  and  coriaceous,  lanceolate 
to  oblong-lanceolate,  nearly  2  in.  long  when  full-grown, 
constricted  near  the  base  and  connivent  over  the  essen- 
tial parts,  widely  spreading  above  the  constriction, 
inner  petals  similar  to  the  outer  but  slightly  smaller; 
stamens  numerous,  short  and  thick,  wedge-shaped, 
with  the  connective  broadly  dilated  above  the  2  pollen- 
sacs,  which  are  adnate  on  the  back  of  the  fleshy  filament 
and  open  extrorsely  by  longitudinal  fissures;  ovaries 


398 


ARTABOTRYS 


ARTABOTRYS 


glabrous,  several,  each  with  2  erect,  ovules  at  the  base; 
stylft?  linear-oblong  or  cliib-shapoil:  berries  plum-like, 
clustered  on  the  hardened  reoeptaole,  oblong,  narrowed 
at  the  base,  neixrly  sessile,  with  a  .small  point  at  the  apex, 
smooth,  yellow  and  fragrant  when  rijie.  S.  China, 
Formosa,  India,  Ceylon,  iJurma,  Philippine  Lsls.  B.R. 
423. — .\  speeies  widely  cult,  in  the  warm  countries  of 
the  eastern  hemisphere  and  in  conservatories,  for  its 
fragrant  fls.  and  frs.  This  speeies  is  tender  in  Cent.  Fla. 
and  should  be  banked  with  dry  sand.  It  needs  rich 
soil  and  should  be  well  fertilized  each  year.  Easily 
prop,  by  seeds. 

BB.  Petals  tomentose  or  pubescent,  not  exceeding  an  inch 
in  length. 

c.  Ft.  ovoid,  sharp-pointed:  petals  onale-lanceolate, 

brownish  red,  pubescent. 
uncinatus,  Safford  {Annbna  iincinata.  Lam.).  Fig. 
384.  A  shrub  with  climbing  divaricate  branches;  young 
branches  slightly  pubescent  at  first,  at  length  glabrous, 
more  or  less  zigzag:  Ivs.  lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate, 
acuminate,  usually  acute  at  the  base,  glabrous  on  both 


384.  Artabotrys  uncinatus. 

IX 'A) 

sides,  glo-ssy,  and  with  short  thick  petioles,  5-10  in. 
long  by  2-3  in.  broad:  hooked  peduncles  glabrous, 
cur\-ed  downwards  almost  like  a  spiral,  somewhat 
flattened,  usually  opposite  a  If.,  often  with  the  portion 
of  the  branch  above  it  more  or  less  aborted,  so  as  to 
make  it  appear  terminal;  calyx  ;i-parted,  the  divisions 
ovate-acute;  petals  6,  ovate-lanceolate,  brownish  red 
on  the  upper  part,  with  broad  claws,  woolly  or  pubes- 
cent ("cottoneux"),  concave  within  and  constricted 
between  the  claw  and  the  limb,  the  3  outer  petals 
about  5iin.  long,  somewhat  larger  than  the  inner,  and 
relatively  broader;  ovaries  about  8-12,  gradually  tap- 
ering upward  to  the  obtuse  .stigmatic  apex,  clothed 
with  minute  hairs,  and  containing  2  basal  collateral 
erect  ovules:  frs.  several,  rounded-ovoid,  abruptly 
pointed  at  the  apex,  nearly  sessile,  about  the  size  of  a 
walnut  inclosed  in  its  hull,  at  length  smooth,  lightly 
punctate,  and  inclosing  2  oblong  seeds  truncated  at 
the  ba.se,  rising  side  by  side  from  the  base,  more  or 
less  cornpresswJ  and  bearing  a  marginal  groove  around 
the  periphery  of  the  hard  bony  testa. — This  species  was 
describwi  by  Lamarck  from  specimens  collected  by 
Sonnerat  in  the  E.  Indies  and  Madagascar  (see  figs. 
Dunal  Anon.  pis.  12,  12a;.    It  is  verj'  closely  related  to 


A .  odoratis.'iim.us,  R.  Br.,  from  which  it  apparently  differs 
in  the  broader  shape,  reddish  bro\\Ti  color,  and  "cot- 
tony" indumentum  of  its  petals.  If,  as  supposed  by 
many  botanists,  the  two  species  are  identical,  the  spe- 
cific name  uncinatus  of  Blume,  which  it  more  closely 
resembles,  the  latter,  set  apart  by  Hooker  &  Thomson 
as  a  distinct  species  under  the  name  A.  Blumei,  must 
j'ield  to  the  earlier  specific  name,  and  A.  odoratissimus, 
R.  Br.,  be  retained  as  a  species  distinct  from  Lamarck's 
though  supposed  by  its  author  and  his  followers  to  be 
identical  with  it.  A.  uncinatus,  like  its  very  close  ally, 
A.  odoratissimus,  is  frequently  planted  in  the  warm 
regions  of  the  eastern  hemisphere  for  the  sake  of  its 
fragrant  fls. 

cc.  Fr.  tapering  at  both  ends:  petals  linear-kmceolate, 
tomerUose. 

hamatus,  Blume  (A.  odoratissimus.  Hook.  f.  & 
Thomson).  A  large  scrambhng  shrub  with  elongate  sar- 
mentose  glabrous  branches:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate, 
obtusely  acuminate,  acute  at  the  base,  2-4  in.  long  by 
1-1 J  2  in-  broad,  coriaceous,  glabrous,  delicately  veined 
on  both  surfaces:  hooked  peduncles  flattened,  glabrous, 
spirally  curved,  several-fld.  but  usuaUy  all  but  one  of  the 
fls.  abortive;  pedicel  curved,  clothed  with  short  pubes- 
cence and  bearing  at  the  base  a  sessile  ovate  caducous 
bracteole;  fls.  yellowish  ferrugineous;  calyx  minute, 
subtomentose,  deciduous,  deeply  3-parted,  the  divisions 
broadly  ovate-acute,  spreading  and  reflexed;  outer  and 
inner  petals  of  equal  length,  1  in.  long,  linear-lanceolate, 
obtusely  acuminate,  thickish,  tomentose,  excavated  and 
constricted  at  the  base,  conniving  over  the  essential 
parts  and  almost  conceaUng  them,  the  limb,  above  the 
constriction,  curving  somewhat  inward,  witih  a  raised 
median  line  along  the  back  and  a  groove  within,  the 
outer  petals  somewhat  broader  than  the  inner;  recep- 
tacle plano-convex,  clothed  with  minute  hairs;  sta- 
mens numerous,  thick,  club-shaped,  obtuse,  the  con- 
nective swollen  and  rounded  above  the  pollen-sacs; 
ovaries  few,  about  5-8,  Unear-oblong,  glabrous,  taper- 
ing upward  into  the  terete  style;  mature  hardened 
receptacle  bearing  3-5  fruiting  carpels  2-232  hi.  long 
and  1  in.  diam.,  tapering  toward  both  ends,  obtusely  ' 
acuminate,  rather  smooth,  marked  with  longitudinal 
lines  within  from  the  base  to  the  apex  and  spotted  with 
greenish  and  white,  at  length  turning  red;  seeds  2,  erect, 
side  by  side,  oval,  with  a  hard  bony  pericarp  sur- 
rounded by  a  marginal  groove,  and  a  large  ruminate 
albumen.  Java,  common  at  the  base  of  high  mts. — 
Widely  diffused  in  India  and  Ceylon,  and  planted  for 
the  sake  of  its  fragrant  fls.,  often  scrambling  over 
garden  walls.  Closely  allied  to  this  species  is  Arta- 
botrys intermedins,  Hassk.,  which  grows  in  the  botani- 
cal gardens  of  Buitenzorg,  on  the  island  of  Java.  Its 
calyx  is  described  as  silky  within,  its  petals  as  green  and 
covered  with  fine  tomentum,  the  exterior  ones  a  little 
broader  and  longer  than  the  inner  (an  inch  long),  and 
ovate-lanceolate  in  shape,  and  the  ripe  carpels  obovoid 
and  acutish. 

AA.  Shape  of  petals  cylindrical  or  club-shaped,  fleshy: 

peduncles  several-fld. 
suaveolens,  Blume.  Buffalo  Thorn.  Durie 
Carabao.  Susong  Damulag.  a  large  woody  climber 
or  scrambling  shrub:  young  branches  puberulous:  Ivs. 
eUiptic-oblong  to  oblong-lanceolate,  2-5  in.  long  by  1- 
IH  in.  broad,  acuminate,  at  the  acute  or  obtuse  base 
usually  narrowed  into  a  short  glabrous  petiole,  coriace- 
ous or  subcoriaceous,  glabrous  or  pubescent  on  the 
midrib  beneath,  glossy  above,  conspicuously  veined 
on  both  sides:  peduncles  short,  recurved  or  hooked, 
flattened  and  fasciated,  puberulous,  several-fld.;  fls. 
very  fragrant,  small,  yellow,  borne  on  pedicels  liin. 
long  or  less;  petals  all  similar,  about  J-^in.  long,  fleshy, 
terete  or  club-shaped,  broad  and  concave  at  the  base, 
where  they  connive  to  form  a  dome-shaped  covering 
over  the  essential  parts;  stamens  many,  short  and  thick, 


ARTABOTRYS 


ARTEMISIA 


399 


wedge-shaped,  with  a  very  broad  truncate  or  flattened 
connective  above  the  two  pollen-sacs;  ovaries  few,  about 
3-5,  broadly  ovoid,  subconipressed,  terminating  in  a 
small  stigma  and  containing  2  basal  ovules;  fruiting 
carpels  2  or  3,  oblong,  obtuse,  slightly  contracted  at  the 
base,  sessile;  seed  usually  solitary.  All  Malayan  prov- 
inces at  low  elevations,  common;  distribution  from 
Svlhet  to  Burma;  also  ocem-ring 
m  the  Phihppines. — The  natives 
use  this  plant  to  form  hedges  and 
fences,  interwea^ang  the  long  sar- 
mentose  branches,  which  form  an 
efTective  barrier  against  cattle  and 
buffalo.  Often  planted  near 
houses  on  account  of  the 
exquisite  fragrance  of  its  fls. 
Suitable  for  forming  in- 
closures  in  Fla.,  Porto  Rico, 
Hawaii,  and  S.  Calif. 

W.  E.  Safford. 

ARTEMISIA  (Artemisia, 
wife  of  Mausolus).     Com- 
pdsUse.      Wormwood.      A 
large    genus     of    aromatic 
and  bitter  herbs  and  small 
shrubs,  mostly  in  the 
northern  hemisphere, 
and  most   abundant 
in  arid  regions. 
_.  ,'..'  Leaves     alternate, 

'>-.>    ,.         often  dissected :  heads 
^ :  small  and  mostly  in- 

~   /  -■/      conspicuous,   numer- 
:^- '' ,,  ,^  ous,    and     generally 
.  ' ',;' ;  ■    ■■''  nodding,  with  yellow 
or     whitish     florets, 
wholly    discoid,    the 
involucre     im- 
bricated   in 
several  rows. 

In  the  West, 
many  of  the 
species,  parti- 
cularly A.  iri- 
denlata ,  are 
known  as  sage  brush.  Grown  for  their  medicinal  prop- 
erties or  for  foliage  effects.  The  drug  product  of  the 
artemisias  is  large.  A.  Absinthium  is  the  chief  source 
of  absinthe;  A.  Barrelieri,  Bess.,  of  Spain,  is  said  to  be 
used  in  the  preparation  of  Algerian  absinthe;  A.  Cina, 
Berger,  of  the  Orient,  is  the  source  of  santonica.  The 
garden  kinds  are  perennials  and  thrive  in  the  most 
ordinarj'  conditions,  even  in  poor  and  dry  soil.  Propa- 
gation is  mostly  by  division. 


385. 


Aitemif>ia  Stellenana,  one  of  the 
Dusty  Millers. 


Abrotanum,  11. 
Absinthium,  7. 
arborescens,  S. 
arbuscula,  15. 
argentea,  6. 
canadensis,  2. 
Dracunculus,  1. 


INDEX. 

endovicianat  9. 
filifolia,  3. 
frigida,  4. 
fjrmphalodcs,  10. 
iactiftora,  13. 
ludovifiana,  14. 
pontica,  12. 


Pursliiana,  10. 
sacrorum,  17. 
sericea,  5. 
Stelleriana,  9. 
tridentata,  16. 
viiide,  17. 
vulgaris,  13. 


A.  Heads  with  two  kinds  of  florets  (heterogamoiis) . 
B.  Disk-fls.  with  both  stamens  and  pistils,  but  the  ovary 
abortive  (not  producing  seed);  style  usually  entire. 
1.  Dracunculus,  Linn.  Tarragon.  Estragon.  Herb; 
green  and  glabrous,  with  erect,  branched  sts.  2  ft. 
high:  radical  Ivs.  3-part.ed  at  the  top;  st.-lvs.  hnear 
or  lanceolate,  entire  or  small-toothed:  panicle  spread- 
ing, with  whitish  green,  nearly  globular  fl. -heads.  Eu. 
R.H.  1896,  p.  28.5. — Tarragon  Ivs.  are  used  for  seasoning, 
but  the  plant  is  little  grown  in  this  country.  The  Ivs. 
may  be  dried  in  the  fall,  or  roots  may  be  forced  in  a 
coolhouse  in  the  winter.  Prop,  by  division;  rarely  pro- 
duces seed.    See  Tarragon. 


2.  canadensis,  Michx.  Herb,  2  ft.  or  less  high,  glabrous 
or  verj-  nearly  so:  Ivs.  usually  2-pinnate,  with  fihform, 
plane  lobes:  fls.  in  a  long,  narrow  panicle,  with  numer- 
ous small  greenish  heads.  Wild  on  banks  and  plains  in 
the  northern  part  of  the  country. 

3.  filifSlia,  Torr.  Shrubby,  canescent,  3  ft.  or  less 
high,  very  leafy,  the  branches  rigid:  Ivs.  3-parted  into 
linear  filiform  segms.,  scarcely  TT,in.  wide:  panicle  long 
and  leaf}'.  Plains,  W. — Plant  has  a  purplish,  mist-hke 
aspect  when  in  fr. 

BB.  Disk-fls.  perfect  and  fertile;  style  2-cleft. 

c.  Receptacle  hairy. 

D.  Racemes  not  1-sided. 

4.  frigida,  Willd.  Herb,  8-12  in.,  with  a  woody  base, 
silvery  canescent:  Ivs.  much  cut  into  linear  lobes: 
heads  small  and  globular,  with  pale  involucre,  in  nu- 
merous racemes.  Plains  and  mts.  W.  Intro.  1883. — 
Good  for  borders.  Known  in  Colo,  as  "mountain 
fringe,"  and  used  medicinally. 

5.  sericea,  Web.  Sub-shrub  or  more  usually  a  creep- 
ing woody  perennial  with  finely  divided  silky  fohage: 
If. -segms.  distinctly'  stalked:  fl. -heads  in  soUtary  or 
paniculately  branching  racemes,  yellowish  white.  Sum- 
mer.   Siberia. 

6.  argentea,  L'Her.  Shrubby,  erect,  1-2  ft.:  Ivs. 
white-silky,  2-pinnate,  the  lobes  linear  or  lanceolate: 
heads  globular,  tomentose,  nodding,  in  racemose  pani- 
cles.   Madeira. — Useful  for  rookwork. 

7.  Absinthium,  Linn.  WoBiMwooD.  Absinthium. 
Almost  shrubby,  2-4  ft.  high,  spreading  and  branchy, 
white-sUky:  Ivs.  2-3-parted  into  oblong,  obtuse  lobes: 
heads  small  and  numerous,  in  leafy  panicles. — Worm- 
wood is  native  to  Eu.,  but  it  occasionally  escapes  from 
gardens.  It  is  a  common  garden  herb,  being  used  in 
domestic  medicine,  especially  as  a  vermifuge.  Worm- 
wood tea  is  an  odorous  memory  with  every  person 
who  was  reared  in  the  country.  See  Absinthe  and 
Wormwood. 

DD.  Racemes  1-sided. 

8.  arborescens,  Linn.  Shrubby,  1-2  ft.,  the  sts.  erect 
and  angled:  foliage  finely  dissected,  silvery  white,  the 
upper  Ivs.  almost  sessile,  the  lower  petiolate:  fls.  in 
somewhat  1-sided  racemes,  bright  yellow.  Medit.  re- 
gion.— Hardy  only  as  far  north 
as  Washington,  D.  C. 

cc.  Receptacle  not  hairy. 

D.  Lvs.  white  or  silvery 
throughout. 

9.  Stelleriana,  Bess.  (A.  en- 
doviciana,  Hort. ) .  Old  Woman. 
Dusty  Miller.  Beach 
Wormwood.  Fig.  385.  Herb, 
2  ft.,  from  a  woody  creeping 
base,  densely  white  tomentose: 
lvs.  pinnatifid,  with  obtuse 
lobes:  heads  large  and  many- 
fld.,  in  a  racemose-glomerate 
infl.  N.  E.  Asia  and  on  the 
Atlantic  coast  from  Mass.  to 
Del.  —  Attractive  from  its 
whiteness.    Useful  for  borders. 

10.  Purshiana,      Bess.     (A. 

gnaphalodes,  Nutt.  not  Hort.). 

Sts.  and  lvs.  white-woolly  on 

both  sides,  differing    from  A. 

ludoviciana   in   which  the  lvs. 

are     usually    glabrate     above  ;" 

when  old:  lvs.  acute  or  acumi-  ' 

nate,  overtopped   by  the  spi- 

cate-paniculate    infl.  of   white        386.  Artemisia  pontics. 

fls.  Missouri  R.  to  the  Pacific.  (x;i) 


tiOO 


ARTEMISIA 


ARTICHOKE 


Shnibbv 


m^  ^ 


•yry 


387. 


Artemisia  vulgaris. 


DD.  Lfg.  white  on  1  side  only  or  green  throughout. 
11.  Abrdtanum,  Linn.  Southeknwood.  Old  M.\n. 
3-5  ft.,  grivn  ami  glabrous,  the  st.  much 
branolu'd  and  ralluT  strict :  Ivs.  1-3- 
pinnatcly  dixiilcd,  the  divisions  fine- 
filifonu:  panicle  loose,  with  yeliowish 
wiiite  heads.  Eu. — Soutiiornwood 
is  grown  for  its  pleasant-scented 
foliage;  and  it  sometimes  escapes 
into  waste  places.  See  Southern- 
wood. 

12.  p6ntica,  Linn.  Roman  Worm- 
wood. I'ig.  3.S(i.  Shrubby,  erect, 
1-4  ft.:  Ivs.  canescent  below,  pin- 
natisect,  the  lobes  linear:  panicle 
open  and  long,  with  small,  globular, 
nodding,  whitish  yellow  heads.  Eu. 
— Roman  wormwood  is  used  for  the 
same  purposes  as  A.  Absinthium, 
and  is  more  agreeable.  A  source 
of  absinthe. 

13.  vulgaris,  Linn.  Mdg- 
WORT.  Fig.  387.  Herb,  erect, 
paniculately  branched,  the  sts. 
often  purplish:  Ivs.  white-cot- 
tony beneath  but  soon  green 
above,  2-pinnately  cleft,  with 
lanceolate  lobes;  upper  Ivs. 
sometimes  linear:  heads  many, 
oblong,  yellowish.  Eu.  and  N. 
N.  Amer.,  and  naturalized  in 
eastern  states. — A  white-fid. 
form  has  been  sold  as  A.  lacti- 
fibra.  Fig.  388.  It  is  a  beauti- 
ful i>lant  with  fragrant  foliage.  G.  29:409. — Mug- 
wort  is  grown  for  the  ornament  of  its  foliage.  There 
are  variegated-lvd.  and  golden-lvd.  varieties.  It  was 
once  a  domestic  remedy. 
Variable. 

14.  ludoviciana,  Nutt. 
Western  Mug  wort. 
White  S.\ge.  Erect  or 
ascending  herb,  2-3  ft., 
white-tomentose  or  Ivs.  be- 
coming greenish  above:  Ivs. 
linear  to  oblong,  the  lower 
ones  toothed  or  parted,  the 
upper  ones  entire:  heads 
small,  bell-shaped,  panicu- 
late. Plains  and  banks,  W. 
Intro.  1891. 

AA.  Heads  with  perfect  ''''" 
ftg.  throughout:  re- 
ceptacle  not  htiiry. 

1.5.  arbuscula,  Xutt. 
SageBrish.  Shrubby, 
a   foot   or     less    high: 
Ivs.  short,  wedge-shaped,  3- 
lobed,  the  lobes  obovate  and 
often    2-lobed,    cane-scent: 
panicle  simple   and   strict, 
often  spike-like,  the  .5-9-fld. 
hearj.s    erect.      Plains    and 
mts.,  Colo,  and  Wyo.,  N.  W. 

16.  tridentata,Xutt.  Sage 
BRf.sH.  Shrubbv,  reaching 
height  of  12  ft.  although 
often  only  a  foot  high, 
branchy,  canescent:  Ivs. 
wedge-shaped,  3-7-toothed 
or  lobed,  truncate  at  the 
summit,  the  uppermost  ones 
narrower:  hea^Ls  .5-8-fid. 
Plains,  W.    Intro.  1881.  388.  Artemisia  lactiflora.  No.  13. 


17.  sacrorum,  Ledeb.  Annual  or  biennial,  shrubby 
below:  Ivs.  long-petioled,  ovate,  pinnatisect  and  the 
.segm.s.  again  [jectinate,  hoary  or  white-pubescent, 
the  rachis  winged:  fis.  15-20  in  the  head,  the  heads 
nodding  and  in  separate  slender  racemes.  S.  Russia, 
Siberia,  etc.  Var.  viride,  Hort.,  with  green  foUage,  is 
the  attractive  Summer  Fir  recently  intro.,  grown  as  an 
annual  for  its  neat  pyramidal  form  (3-5  ft.)  and  much 
dissected  rich  green  foliage. 

.1.  Baum(inili-iui,  Be.ss.  Compact,  ahrub-like,  with  small  Ivs, 
and  yellow  fis.  .stamliiit;  erect  above  the  Ivs.  .S.  Eu. — A.  landtag 
Wilki  (.\.  pe<li'inoiit:ma.  Balbis).  Low  cespitose  plant  with  finely 
cut,  silverj'  foliage  for  which  it  is  chiefly  grown.   Spain. 

N.  TAI-LOR.f 


ii2i> 


—\^r 


389.  Globe  artichoke. 


ARTHROPODIUM  (Greek,  joint  and  fool,  alluding 
to  jointed  iiedicels).  Liliacex.  Herbaceous  perennials, 
allied  to  Anthericum,  grown  in  the  open  in  the  South 
and  otherwise  in  greenhouses. 

Tufted  herbs  1-3  ft.  high,  with  fibrous  fleshy  roots: 
Ivs.  Unear  or  lanceolate,  crowded  at  base  of  St.:  scape 
simple  or  branched;  fls.  white  or  violet,  in  racemes  or 
panicles,  on  pedicels  jointed  at  the  middle;  perianth 
persistent,  the  segms.  6  and  distinct  and  3-nerved; 
stamens  6,  shorter  than  perianth:  fr.  a  subglobose  caps., 
3-valved. — About  10  species  in  Austral.,  New  Zeal.,  etc. 
Cult,  and  prop,  as  for  Anthericum,  requiring  no  special 
treatment. 

cirrhatum,  R.  Br.  Glabrous,  to  3  ft.:  Ivs.  numerous, 
deep  green,  2  ft.  or  less  long:  scape  stout,  naked,  bear- 
ing a  much-branched  panicle  often  1  ft.  long;  fls. 
white,  star-shaped,  1  in.  or  le-ss  in  diam.,  the  segms. 
oblong-lanceolate,  acuminate;  filaments  bearing  2  ten- 
dril-like appendages  (whence  the  name).  New  Zeal. 
B.M.  2350.— Reported  in  S.  Calif.  L.  H.  B. 

ARTHROTAXIS:  Athrolaxis. 

ARTICHOKE  (Cynara  Scdlymus,  Linn.).  Com- 
pdsilie.  The  artichoke  (or  the  Globe  artichoke,  to 
distinguish  it  from  the  Jerusalem  artichoke)  is  a  strong 
thistle-like  plant  (Fig.  389),  grown  for  the  edible  flower- 
heads  fFig.  390).  It  is  native  in  southern  Europe  and 
northern  Africa,  and  is  not  hard>'  in  the  northernmost 
parts  of  the  United  States.  It  is  perennial,  but  the 
plantation  should  be  renewed  every  two  or  three  years. 
See  Cynara. 

The  artichoke  is  propagated  by  seed  or  by  suckers. 
The  latter  is  the  preferable  method,  for  a  good  strain  or 
variety  may  thus  be  perpetuated.  The  buds  or  shoots 
are  detached  from  the  old  crown  in  spring  before 
growth  begins.  Seeds  produce  bearing  plants  the  fol- 
lowing year,  although  heads  may  be  secured  the  same 
autumn  if  the  season  is  long  and  if  the  seeds  are 
started  early  under  glass. 

The  soft  fleshy  receptacle  of  the  flower-head  and 
the  thickened  base  of  the  scales  (or  involucre  bracts) 


ARTICHOKE 


ARTOCARPUS 


401 


390.  Edible  heads  of  artichoke.    (  X  H) 


are  the  edible  parts.  They  are  sometimes  eaten  raw, 
but  are  usually  boiled  and  served  with  drawn  butter  or 
sauce.  The  leaves  are  sometimes  blanched  after  the 
manner  of  sea-kale  and  cardoon,  and  are  cooked  as  a 
pot-herb. 

In  the  southern  states  and  California,  the  artichoke  is 
grown  without  difficulty.  In  California,  particularly, 
it  thrives  as  a  field  crop.  In  northern  gardens,  even 
professional  and  skilled  gardeners  have  usually  given 

it  up  after  a  few 
trials.  It  is  found 
in  a  few  gardens 
on  Long  Island, 
in  Massachusetts, 
and  perhaps  a  few 
other  places,  and 
is  there  grown 
with  fair  success, 
provided  that  the 
crown  is  protected 
in  winter  in  such 
a  way  that  snow 
or  heavy  mulch  is 
not  allowed  to 
choke  the  plant. 
This  seems  to  be 
the  chief  danger. 
Instead  of  covering  with  manure  or  litter,  place  a  cap  or 
miniature  tent  over  the  crown  to  give  it  air  and  freedom 
of  breathing.  The  flower-heads  are  now  regularly  and 
commonly  found  on  sale  at  the  green  grocers'  in  our 
larger  eastern  cities,  and  the  supply  comes  mostly  from 
California.  The  large  seeds  may  need  special  treat- 
ment to  make  them  germinate  promptly.  The  better 
way,  undoubtedly,  for  the  home  gardener  who  may 
wish  to  try  a  few  plants,  is  to  secure  sucker  plants 
from  one  of  the  big  seedsmen  or  professional  plant- 
growers.  Set  them  in  fairly  good  warm  soil,  3  feet 
each  way,  or  4  by  2,  and  give  clean  cultivation.  Pro- 
tect the  crowns  during  winter  as  suggested,  and  in 
following  spring  thin  to  about  three  shoots.  Edible 
heads  may  be  expected  in  July.  They  are  gathered  for 
use  before  the  flower-heads  open.  It  is  better  to  cut  the 
old  stalk  down  to  the  ground  after  the  head  is  removed, 
for  the  root  is  not  then  weakened  and  new  shoots  will 
spring  up.  There  are  a  number  of  varieties.  Large 
Green  Paris  being  the  one  mostly  mentioned  in  Cali- 
fornia. In  parts  of  Europe  the  artichoke  is  growm  with 
special  skill,  but  it  has  never  been  a  prominent  vege- 
table in  American  gardens.  T.  Gbeiner. 

ARTICHOKE,  JERUSALEM  {Helidnthus  tuberosus, 
Linn.).  Compositse.  The  Jerusalem  artichoke  is  the 
subterranean  stem  tuber  of  a  native  sunflower.  Fig. 
391.  The  plant  is  coarse  and  upright,  and  persists  as  a 
weed  when  once  introduced.  It  does  not  need  excess- 
ively rich  soil,  nor  high  culture,  succeeding  on  any 
warm  well-drained  land  without  attention.  It  is 
planted  much  after  the  manner  of  potatoes,  and  it  will 
grow  and  produce  its  many  smaUish,  white,  edible  tubers. 

In  late  fall,  the  plants 

_-.»,-  ^^^^k  ^^y  ^^  pulled  up,  e.\- 

a&P" '''^^§R?^4^Bkv  posing     to     view    the 

^Ji    J      ^ .  i^^^3t'gft  tubers  that    are   clus- 

<^         '''"'■VJEF  tered  around  the  roots 

'"*---^    .         VWT        ^  ^»5f    near  the  main  stalks  so 

that  they  can  be  easily 
gathered  with  the  help 
of  a  hoe  or  pot  ato  hook, 
if  wanted  for  use  as  a 
culinarj-  vegetable;  or,  if  grown  for  hog-feed,  the  hogs 
may  be  turned  right  into  the  field  and  allowed  to  dig 
their  ow^n.  All  farm  stock  seems  to  like  the  artichoke 
tubers.  If  shredded  or  ground  and  mixed  with  meals, 
they  make  a  good  w-inter  ration,  as  a  variety,  for  pf)ultry. 
More   prohfic   than  common  potatoes,   and   far  more 

26 


-*ffc 


h^ 


391. 


Tuber  of  Jerasalem  artichoke. 

(X'i) 


easily  grown,  the  artichoke  is  one  of  the  crops  that  may 
be  considered  for  cultivation  as  a  succulent  vegetable  to 
feed  to  cattle,  swine,  and  other  farm  animals  during 
winter.  Raw  or  boiled  and  served  cold  with  oil  and  vine- 
gar, this  tuber  also  makes  a  very  palatable  winter  or 
spring  salad,  and  for  this  purpose  it  finds  a  limited  sale 
in  our  markets.  The  chief  commercial  demand  for  it 
is  for  seed  purposes.  Frost  has  no  injurious  effect  on 
the  tuber  in  the  ground,  and  the  easiest  way  to  winter 
it,  therefore,  is  by  leaving  the  plants  alone  until  spring 
and  then  digging  the  tubers.  If  already  harvested,  they 
may  be  pitted  like  potatoes,  beets,  or  other  roots,  and 
wiU  require  very  httle  covering.  Mammoth  White 
French  is  said  by  some  propagators  to  be  an  improved 
strain  of  the  Jerusalem  artichoke.  If  there  is  danger  of 
the  plant  spreading  and  becoming  a  weed,  hogs,  when 
given  a  chance-  at  it,  will  soon  clear  the  land  of 
the  tubers.  It  was  cultivated  by  the  Indians.  See 
Helianthus.  T.  Ghbiner. 

ARTOCARPUS  (artos,  bread,  and  carpos,  fruit). 
Mmaces:.  Bread-Fruit.  Milky-juiced  tropical  trees, 
some  of  them  yielding  ecUble  fruits,  ornamental  in 
foliage. 

Leaves  alternate,  large,  thick,  entire  or  pinnate: 
dioecious;  staminate  fis.  on  long  spikes,  the  sepals  and 


392.  Bread-Fruit. — Artocarpus  incisa,  showing  a 
fruit  of  edible  size.    ( X  J  s) 

stamens  2;  pistillate  fls.  in  globular  heads,  with  simple 
1-ovuled  ovarj-  and  bifid  stigma:  fr.  a  large  fleshy  mass 
or  sj-ncarp,  formed  of  the  aggregated  fls. — A  geiius  of 
40  species  containing  many  tropical  fr.  plants,  originally 
from  the  E.  Indies,  sometimes  cult,  with  difficulty  in 
northern  botanic  gardens  for  their  great  economic 
interest,  and  throughout  the  world  in  the  tropics.  They 
need  a  hot,  moist  atmosphere,  much  water,  and  per- 
fect drainage.  Prop,  slowly  by  cuttings  of  young 
lateral  growth.  Bread-fruit  seeds  are  boiled  and  eaten. 
incisa,  Linn.f.  (A.commvuis,  Forst.?).  Bread-Frdit. 
Fig.  392.  Tree,  30-40  ft.,  with  a  viscid,  milky  juice: 
branches  fragile:  Ivs.  1-3  ft.  long,  leathery,  ovate, 
cuneate  and  entire  at  base,  upper  part  3-9-lobed:  male 
fls.  in  a  dense  club-shaped  yellow  catkin,  10-16  in.  long; 
female  fls.  in  a  subglobuiar  echinate  head,  having  a 
spongy  receptacle:  fr.  4-6  in.  diam.,  typically  muri- 
cated,  but  in  the  best  cult,  varieties  reticulated  only, 
and  often  seedless.    Gt.  39,  p.  273.    Gng.  .5:233,  and 


402 


ARTOCARPUS 


ARUM 


B.M.  2S69-2S71,  whwe  the  riimantic  story  of  its 
transfer  to  the  \V.  Indies  is  told. — k>paringly  cult,  in 
S.  Fla.  and  in  warnihouses  of  botanic  gardens.    Eaten 

cooked,  as  a  vege- 
table rather  than 
as  a  fruit ;  widely 
used  in  tropics. 

integrifolia, 

Linn.    f.   J.-iCK- 

Fruit   or    Tree. 

Called  also  Jaca. 

Fig.  393.  Tree,  30 

ft.,     with     milky 

juice:   Ivs.  4-0   in.  long, 

very    various;    those    of 

fertile     branches     nearly 

obovate,  entire;  those  of 

higher  branches  more  ob- 

o\-ate  and  oblong;  those 

of  yoimg  shoots  from  the 

root  verj^  narrow,  or  2-3- 

lobed:     fr.     attaining    a 

length  of  IS  in.  or  more, 

and  weight  of  30-40  lbs. 

G.C.  in.  20:717.   B.M. 

2833,   2834.     Gt.   39,   p. 

273.    On.   35,    p.  455.— 

Less  palatable  than  the 

bread-fruit,  and   usually 

eaten    only    by    natives 

and  coolies. 

Cannonii,    Bull.     Lvs. 
varying  from  cordate  to 
deeply  3-lobcd,  1  ft.  long, 
red  beneath,  bronzy  crim- 
son   and    purple    above, 
F.S.  21:2231,  2232.— -Per- 
haps better  included  under  Ficus  Cannonii,  according 
to  Nicholson,  but  here  retained  in  Artocarpus. 

N.    TAYLOR.t 

ARUM  (ancient  name).  Aracese.  Wild  Ginger. 
Tuber-bearing  low  herbs,  of  few  species,  in  Eu.  and  W. 
Asia,  most  of  them  grown  in  pots. 

Lvs.  simple,  the  petiole  sheathed  at  the  base:  spathe 
convolute,  variously  colored,  mostly  including  the  short 
spadi.\;  pistillate  fls.  at  the  base.  Monogr.  by  Engler  in 
DeCandoUe's  Monographia,'  Phanerogamarum,  Vol.  IL 

Arums  are  grown  usually  as  oddities,  mostly  under  the 
general  name  of  callas.  Some  of  the  species  are  hardy; 
others,  as  A.  palxstinum,  are  tender,  and  require  glass- 
house treatment.  The  kinds  are  managed  in  essentially 
the  same  way  as  the  fancy-leaved  caladiums.  Plant 
the  tubers  sufficiently  deep  that  roots  may  form  from 
near  the  top.  Give  rich  soil,  and  water  freely  when 
growing  or  in  bloom.  The  hardy  species  should  be 
well  mulched  in  late  fall.  They  thrive  best  in  partially 
shaded  places  and  in  rich  soil.  Propagation  is  by 
natural  offsets;  also  by  seeds  or  berries,  which  some 
species  produce  freely.  Some  of  the  species  are  acrid- 
poisonous. 

INDEX. 


393.  Jack-Fruit.— Artocarpus 
integrifolia. 

very  showy.    Society  Isls. 


albiMpathum,  5,  7. 
alpinum,  6. 
itiitpi.»tal\im,  6. 
byzanlinurn,  7. 
carmriense,  7. 
ooncionatum,  7. 
eorJiicum,  1. 
cylin/lraceum,  7. 
eyprium,  2. 
detruncatum,  3. 


Dioscoridie,  2. 
elongatum,  5. 
ffratum,  5, 
imrruiculatum,  6. 
intermedium,  6. 
italicurn.  7. 
maculatuin,  6. 
Malyi,  (J. 
marmoratiLm,  7. 
niyrum,  5. 


Nordmannii,  6. 
orientaie,  5. 
palsestinum,  4. 
pictum,  1. 
sanctum,  4. 
spf^rlnhite,  2. 
syrtacum,  2, 
varioi/ltum,  5. 
vulfjftre,  G. 
Zelebori,  6. 


A.  Mature  lvs.  cordate,  oblong-ovate. 
1.  pictum,  Linn.  f.  (A.  corsicum,  Loisel).    Lvs.  ap- 
pearing in  spring,   long-petioled,   light,  green:   spathe 
oright  violet,  swollen  at  the  ba.se:  spadix  purple-black, 
exceeding  the  spathe.   Corsica,  Balearica,  etc. — Hardy. 


A  A.  Mature  lvs.  hastate  or  sagittate. 

B.  Tuber  rovnd-flatlened  or  oblate,  the  lvs.  and  pedun- 
cles arising  from  a  depressed  center:  lvs.  appear- 
ing before  the  spathe. 

2.  Dioscoridis,  Sibth.  &  Smith  {A.  spectdbile,  Regel. 
.4.  syruictini,  Blume.  A.  eyprium.,  Schott).  Lf.-blade 
oblong-triangular  or  ovate-triangular:  spathe-tube  pale 
within,  the  limb  6-8  in.  long,  lanceolate-oblong,  and 
colored  with  large  lenticular  purple  spots:  spadix  short, 
included.  Asia  Minor. — Runs  into  many  forms,  with 
variously  marked  spathes.    Pots. 

3.  detnmcatum,  Mey.  Lvs.  more  or  less  truncate  at 
the  base,  the  blade  shorter  than  in  the  last:  spathe 
yellowish  green  and  purple-spotted,  large  (10-15  in. 
long)  and  short-stalked,  the  limb  acuminate.  Persia. 
—Hardy. 

4.  palsestinum,  Boiss.  {A.  sdnctum,  Hort.).  Black 
Calla.  Solomon's  Lily.  Lvs.  cordate-hastate,  6  in. 
broad  across  the  base  and  about  equal  in  length,  the 
middle  lobe  broad-ovate  and  nearly  blunt:  spathe  about 
the  length  of  the  If.,  with  a  short  green  tube,  and  an 
elongated  lance-oblong  tapering  limb,  which  is  greenish 
on  the  outside  and  continuous  black-purple  within,  the 
tip  sometimes  recurving:  spadix  shorter  than  the 
spathe,  the  upper  part  dark-colored.    Palestine.    B.M. 


r ;  h^  /J 


394.  Arum  maculatum.  (XM) 

5509.  Gn.  45,  p.  311;  .59,  p.  317;  71,  p.  102.— Perhaps 
the  most  popular  arum  at  present,  being  grown  in 
pots  as  an  oddity. 

5.  orientaie,  Bieb.  A  foot  high:  lvs.  brownish, 
broadly  hastate-sagittate,  the  front  lobe  oblong-acute: 
spathe-tube  oblong-ovoid  and  white  within,  the  limb 
ovate  to  oblong  and  intense  black-purple  (rarely  pale), 
resembling  A.  maculatum. — A  hardy  species  from  Asia 
Minor,  running  into  many  forms.    Some  of  the  plants 


ARUM 


ASARUM 


403 


.4      r:  5^ ---:iil\5*,  /^Mst 


395.  Arum  italicum.  (XJi) 


referred  here  are  A.  nigrum,  A.  variolatum,  A.  Nord- 
mannii,  A.  gratum,  Schott;  A.  elongaluni  and  A.  albi- 
spathum,  Ster.  (not  A.  alhispalhum,  Hort.,  which  is  A. 
italicum). 

BB.  Tuber  ovoid  or  oblong,  propagating  hori- 
zontally, the  Ivs.  and  peduncles  arising 
from  the  apex:  Ivs.  appearing  before 
or  with  the  spaihe. 

6.  maculatum,  Linn.  {A.  vulgare,  Lam.). 

LoRDS-.\ND-L.\DIES.    CuCKOO-PlNT.  WaKE 

Robin  (in  England).  Fig.  394. 
About  a  foot  high:  Ivs.  usually 
black-spotted,  hastate  or  sagit- 
tate, the  front  lobe  triangular- 
ovate,  about  as  high  as  the 
spathe:  spathe  somewhat  con- 
tracted above  the  base,  the  mar- 
gins of  the  limb  becoming  in- 
rolled,  spotted  with  purple: 
spadix  shorter  than  the  spathe, 
purple.  Eu. — A  hardy  species,  of 
many  forms.  A  form  with  spot- 
less Ivs.  and  whitish  tube  with 
medial  purple  zone,  is^4.  imwiac- 
■ulatum,  Reichb.,  and  Zelebbri, 
Schott.  Var.  angustatum,  Eng- 
ler  (A.  intermedium,  Schur.  .4. 
Mdlyi,  Schott)  has  a  narrow  light 
purple  spathe,  Var.  alpinum, 
Engler  {A.  alpinum,  Schott  & 
Kotschy)  has  peduncles  longer, 
and  an  ovate-lanceolate  spathe. 

7.  italicum,  Mill.  (A.  cylin- 
drdceum.  Gasp.).  Fig.  395. 
Larger  than  the  last:  Ivs.  has- 
tate, nearly  truncate  below, 
light-veined:  spathe  scarcely  swollen  below,  the  Mmb 
erect  and  not  expanding  and  including  the  short 
spadix  (tip  sometimes  deflexed  after  flowering),  yel- 
lowish or  white  and  faintly  striate.  Eu.  B.M.  2432. — A 
hardy  species;  also  grown  in  pots.  In  the  open,  the 
Ivs.  appear  in  the  fall.  A  very  variable  species.  Var. 
canariense,  Engler  (A.  canariense,  Webb  &  Berth.), 
has  narrow  If.-lobes  and  spathe.  Var.  concinnatum, 
Engler  (.4.  concinnatum  and  A.  marmoratutn,  Schott), 
has  broad  gray-spotted  Ivs.  Var.  byzantinum,  Engler, 
(A.  byzant'iiium,  Schott),  has  spathe-tube  oblong,  white 
inside  and  purple  at  the  mouth,  and  an  acuminate  pur- 
ple or  green  limb.  Var.  albispathum,  Hort.,  has  a  white 
spathe.  L,  H,  B. 

ARUNCUS  (old  name).  Rosdcex.  Goat's-Beabd. 
Ornamental  tall  perennial  herbs,  cultivated  chiefly  for 
the  large  showy  panicles  of  white  flowers  and  also  for 
the  handsome  much-divided  foliage. 

Leaves  bi-  to  tripinnate  with  minute  or  wanting 
stipules:  fls.  dioecious,  small;  caljTc  .5-lobed;  petals  5; 
stamens  many;  pistils  commonly  3:  the  foUicles  dehis- 
cent, glabrous,  usually  2-seeded;  seeds  minute,  dull. — 
Two  species  in  N.  Amer.,  N.  and  W.  Eu.,  N.  Asia  to 
Japan.  Formerly  usually  referred  to  Spirasa,  which  dif- 
fers chiefly  in  its  shrubby  habit,  simple,  rather  small 
Ivs.,  and  5  pistils. 

They  are  tall  perennial  herbs  with  large  compound 
leaves  and  small  white  flowers  in  slender  spikes  forming 
large  terminal  panicles.  The  species  in  cultivation  ia 
hardy  North;  it  prefers  rich  rather  moist  soil  and  grows 
well  in  half-shady  situations.  Propagation  is  by  seeds, 
which  germinate  readily,  and  also  by  division  of  older 
plants. 

Sylvester,  Ko8tel.(A.Ariincus,  Karsten.  Spirka  Ariln- 
cus,  Linn.).  Tall  (.5-7  ft.),  erect  branchy  herb:  Ivs. 
large,  2-3-pinnate;  Ifts.  ovate  to  lanceolate,  sharply  and 
doubly  serrate,  1-2J^  in.  long:  fls.  about  J^in.  across: 
follicles  deflexed  in  fr.     May-July.     Rich  woods,   N. 


Amer.,  N.  Eu.  and  Asia. — A  desirable  hardy  border 
plant  of  easy  cult.  Var.  KneiiBi,  Zabel.  Lfts.  linear- 
lanceolate,  irregularly  serrate  or  incised,  long-acuminate: 
fls.  as  in  the  type.  M.D.G.  1897:260.— Very  graceful 
form  with  its  finely  cut  foliage. 

.i.  astilboides,  Maxim.  (SpirffaAruncusvar.astilboides,  Maxim.). 
Similar  to  the  preceding,  but  lower  and  smaller  in  every  part:  lfts, 
more  deeply  serrate,  %-l  H  in.  long:  infl.  less  compound,  with 
denser  oblong  branchlets:  follicles  erect.  Japan. — Apparently  not 
in  cult.;  the  plant  cult,  under  the  name  of  Spirfea  astilboides  is 
Astilbe  astilboides,  Lem.,  which  is  a  true  astilbe. 

Alfred  Rehdeb. 

ARUNDINARIA:  Bamboo. 

ARtJNDO  (an  ancient  Latin  name  for  A.  Donax). 
Graminex.  Reed.  Tall  reed-like  grasses  with  broad 
flat  blades  and  large  plume- 
like terminal  panicles:  spike- 
lets  3-4-fld.;  glumes  narrow, 
acute;  rachilla  naked;  lemmas 
long-pilose. — Species  about  6, 
in  the  warmer  regions  of  the 
Old  Worid. 


Donax,  Linn.  Giant  Reed. 
Figs.  396,  397.  Tall  and  stout, 
as  much  as  20  ft.,  from  large  knotty  root- 
stocks:  blades  numerous,  cordate-clasping  and 
hairy-tufted  at  base,  2-3  in.  wide  on  main 
St. :  panicle  1-2  ft. ;  spikelets  6  Unes  long.  G. 
2:419.  Gn.  1,  p.  391;  3,  p. 493;  8,  p.  199;  17,  p. 
407;  27,  p.  307.  G.M.  50:253.  G.W.  2:337; 
3:416;  8:613. — Cult. for  ornament  because  of 
the  regularly  placed  Ivs.  and  the  large  plumes. 
A  smaller  less  hardy  variegated  form  with 
white-striped  Ivs.  is  cult,  under  the  name  of 
var.  variegata  (var.  versicolor;  var.  picla).  G. 
18:137.  Var.  macrophylla  has  large  glaucous 
Ivs. 

conspicua,  Forst.  f.  Sts.  lower  and  more  slender: 
blades  long  and  narrow,  2—4  ft.:  panicle  1-2  ft.,  silvery 
or  yellow-white;  spikelets  1-3-fld.  B.M.  6232.  F. 
1874:61.  G.  1:344;  9:64;  19:21.  Gn.  49,  p.  229;  66,  p. 
121.  G.M.  55:408.  G.W.  15:51.  Native  of  New  Zeal.— 
Less  hardy  than  A.  Donax.  a.  S.  Hitchcock. 

ASARUM  (ancient  obscure  name).  Including 
Hexaslylis.  Arislolochidcese .  Asarabacca.  Low,  nearly 
stemless  herbs,  sometimes  planted  in  wild  borders  and 
used  as  ground-cover  in  shady  places. 

Perennial:  sts.  creeping,  with  odd  purplish  or  brown 
fls.  on  the  surface  of  the  ground  (or  nearly  so),  under- 
neath the  heart-like  or  kidney-like  Ivs.:  corolla  want- 
ing or  merely  rudimentary,  but  calyx  coroUa-Uke,  with 
a  regular  3-parted  limb;  sta- 
mens 12,  with  tips  on  the 
filaments  projecting  beyond 
the  anthers:  ovary  inferior, 
maturing  into  a  rather  fleshy 
globular  caps. — A  dozen  or 
more  species  in  the  temperate 
parts  of  the  northern  hemi- 
sphere. The  asarums  inhabit 
rich,  shady  woods,  spreading 
on  the  ground,  and  the  fls. 
are  unseen  except  by  the  close 
observer.  They  are  of  ea.sy 
culture  if  transplanted  to  rich, 
moist  places.  They  make  at- 
tractive carpets  in  borders 
and  groves.  The  species  de- 
scribed are  sold  by  dealers 
in  native  plants.  Some  of  the 
species  are  reported  to  have 
medicinal  properties.  Several 
species  of  doubtful   validity  ' 

have  been  described  from  the  , 

southern  states.  396.  Arundo  Donax. 


404 


ASARUM 


ASCLEPIAS 


A.  Plant  markedly  pubescent. 

canadense,  Linn.  Wild  Gin'cer.  Canada  Snake- 
root.  Lvs.  iilioiit  2  to  a  plant,  thin,  kidney-shaped, 
pointed,  with  a  deep  and  open  sinus,  not  mottled:  fl. 
slender-stalkotl,  with  lance-acuminate  calyx-lobes  an 
inch  or  more  across  at  the 
expanded  mouth,  chocolate- 
brown  ;  stvle  G-lobed.  Frequent 
in  woods  "E.  B.M.  27C9.  A.G. 
13:517. 

Hfirtwegii,    Wat.s.     Tufted, 
loos(>-|iubest'ent:  Ivs.  large  and 
thick,    cordate,   with   rounded 
basiJ   lobes,    mostly   acute   at 
the  apex,   margin   ciliate,   gla- 
brous and   mottled   above:   fl. 
stout-stalked, 
the    lobes   often 
ovate  and  long- 
pointed,    the 
ovary     inferior; 
styles  6.    Sierra 
Nevadas,  4,0(X)- 
7,000     ft.     alti- 
tude. 

europseum, 
Linn.  Lvs.  kid- 
ney-shaped, evergreen, 
dark  green,  the  petiole 
3-5  in.:  fls.  greenish 
purple,  3^211!  with  in- 
curved lobes;  styles  6, 
and  grooved  or  2- 
parted,  recurved.    Eu. 

AA.  Pl<inl  slightly  or 
not  at  all  pubescent. 

caudatum,  Lindl. 
Wild  Ginger.  Rather 
slender,  with  long 
rootstocks,  sparingly 
pubescent:  lvs.  cor- 
date -  kidney  -  shaped, 
and  more  or  less  cup- 
pefl  or  cucullate,  acute 
or  obtusish:  fls.  slen- 
der-stalked, the  calyx- 
lobes  oblong  or  trian- 
gular and  attenuate; 
styles  united.    Pacific  coast. — Evergreen. 

Lemmonii,  Wats.  Like  the  last,  but  lvs.  plane  or  flat, 
rounded  at  apex,  less  pubescent,  calyx-lobes  short. 
Sierra  Xevadfus. 

virginicum,  Linn.  Lvs.  broad-ovate  or  orbicular, 
rounded  at  the  top,  the  sinus  narrow:  fl.  short-stalked, 
purple,  the  calyx-lobes  broad  and  rounded;  styles  6, 
2-lobefl;  anthers  not  pointed.   Va.,  S.  in  mts. 

arifdlium,  Michx.  Lvs.  thickish  and  usually  mottled, 
orbicular  to  hastate,  obtuse:  fls.  stout-stalked,  urn- 
shaped  and  much  contracted  at  the  throat;  styles  6,  2- 
lobed:  anthers  pointed.   Va.,  S.  L.  IL  B. 

ASCLEPIAS  (ancient  Greek  and  Latinized  name). 
Asclepwitlficea;.  Milkweed.  .Silkweed.  Perennial 
milky-juiced  herbs,  sometimes  u.sed  in  the  hardy 
border  or  wild  garden. 

Erect,  with  deep  thick  and  hard  perennial  roots:  lvs. 
opposite  or  verticillate  Crarely  alternate),  entire:  fls. 
gamopetalous,  the  corolla  segms.  generally  strongly 
reflexefJ;  stameas  5,  attached  to  the  corolla,  the  anthers 
more  or  less  imited  about  the  stigma;  between  the 
corolla  and  the  stamens  is  a  crown  of  5  cornucopia-like 
horns  or  appendages;  pollen  cohering  into  a  waxy  mass 
(poUinium;  which  is  removed  bodily  by  in.sects  that 
visit  the  fl.:  fr.  2  warty,  or  echinate  or  .smooth  follicles. 


Plume  of 
Dooax. 


Anindo 


The  pollination  of  an  asclepias  fl.  is  shown  in  Fig.  398. 
The  i)ollen-masses  are  usually  twin  (as  at  6),  and  the 
handle  or  caudide  lies  in  a  chink  on  the  side  of  the 
stigma.  The  pollen-masses  become  attached  to  the 
legs  or  mouth  parts  of  the  insect,  and  are  thereby  trans- 
ferred to  another  fl. — The  milkweeds  are  common  in 
waste  places  in  N.  Amer.,  and  are  rarely  cult.  About 
80  species  are  known,  mostly  North  American,  but 
others  in  Cent,  and  S.  Amer.  and  Afr.  Several  species 
(described  below)  have  been  offered  by  dealers  in  native 
plants.  The  butterfly-weed  and  some  others  are  very 
showy  and  worthy  of  more  general  attention.  The 
large-lvd.  kinds  are  desirable  when  heavy  foliage  effects 
are  wanted.  They  are  all  perennials  of  the  easiest  cult. 
Prop,  by  division,  rarely  by  seeds. 

A.  Fls.  {corolla  and  crown)  orange. 

tuberosa,  Linn.  Butterfly-Weed.  Pleurisy 
Root.  Fig.  399.  Hairy,  2-3  ft.  high,  from  long,  hori- 
zontal roots,  with  more  or  less  alternate,  lance-oblong 
or  lance-linear  lvs.:  umbels  several,  short-peduncled: 
pods  pubescent,  erect.  Dry  banks  and  fields;  wide- 
spread, and  not  infrequent.  B.R.  76. — A  handsome 
plant. 

AA.  Fls.  in  shades  of  red  or  purple. 

Curassavica,  Linn.  Plant  glabrous,  2  ft.  or  less:  lvs. 
opposite  and  short-petioled,  thin,  oblong-lanceolate: 
corolla  scarlet:  pods  glabrous,  erect.  Fla.  and  La. 
B.R.  8L 

incamata,  Linn.  Glabrous  or  nearly  so,  leafy  and 
branching,  3  ft.:  lvs.  opposite,  oblong-lanceolate:  cor- 
olla rose-purple  to  flesh-color,  with  oblong  lobes:  pods 
glabrous,  erect.  B.R.  250.  Var.  pulchra,  Pers.  Hirsute, 
and  lvs.  broader.   Swamps. — Common. 

AAA.  Fls.   greenish,  yellowish  or  white  (.sometimes 
purple-tinged,  especially  in  A.  quadrifolia). 

B.  Pods  tomentose  and  soft-spiny. 

specidsa,  Torr.  {A.  Doiiglasii,  Hook.).  St.  stout  and 
simple,  3  ft.  or  less,  fine-tomento.se  or  becoming  gla- 
brous: lvs.  large  and  broad,  ovate,  transversely  veined, 
short-petioled:  fls.  purplish  and  large,  the  peduncle  of 
the  umbel  shorter  than  the  lvs.  Neb.  W.  and  S.  B.M. 
4413. 

Com&tii,  Decne.  (A.  syriaca,  Linn.).  Differs  from 
last  in  having  obtuse  and  short  hoods  to  the  crown, 
taller,  less  pubescent:  lvs.  oblong  or  oval:  fls.  dull  pur- 
ple, in  large,  more  or  less  nodding  umbels.  Mn.  7 :221. — 
The  common  milkweed  of  the  eastern  states. 

BB.  Pods  glabrous  and  unarmed. 

c.  Fruiting  pedicels  dccurved  or  deflexed,  the  pods  erect 
or  ascertding. 

amplexicaiUis,  Michx.  Plant  glabrous  and  glaucous: 
st.  decumbent,  1-2  ft.  long:  lvs.  numerous,  cordate- 
ovate  and  clasping,  obtuse,  succulent:  corolla  green- 
purple.    Barrens,  N.  C.  and  S. 

phytolaccoides,     Pursh 

(A.  nlvca,  Sims).  Plant 
glabrous  and  green,  3-4 
ft.,  erect:  lvs.  thin,  oval  to 
lance-oval,  acuminate  and 
short-petioled:  fls.  green- 
ish, in  large,  loose  umbels. 
Moist  ground;  frequent. 
B.M.  1181. 

Hallii,  Gray.  Stout, 
pubcrulent:  lvs.  thickish, 
ovate-lanceolate  or  oblong 
(3-5  in.  long),  short- 
petioled  :  fls.  greenish  white 
and  purple,  in  few  many- 
fld.  umbels.  Colo.  G.C.  398.  Milkweed  flower,  showing 
in.  28:183.  poUination. 


ASCLEPIAS 


ASIMINA 


405 


variegata,  Linn.  Two  ft.  or  less  high:  Ivs.  3-7  pairs, 
oval,  ovate  or  oblong,  thinnish,  green  and  glabrous 
above  and  pale  beneath:  fls.  white  and  pink,  in  1-3 
umbels.  Dry,  shady  places,  central  and  southern  states. 
B.M.  1182. 

eriocarpa,  Benth.  Densely  woolly  all  over:  Ivs.  alter- 
nate or  in  3's,  long-oblong  or  lanceolate,  short-petioled: 
fls.  dull  white,  in  few  or  several  umbels.   Calif. 

cc.  Fruiting  pedicels  erect,  and  the  pods  erect. 
quadrifdlia,  Linn.  About  2  ft.,  not  branched,  with  Ivs. 
towards  the  top  of  the  st.  in  whorls  of  4:  Ivs.  ovate  or 
lance-ovate,  acuminate,  thin,  nearly  or  quite  glabrous: 
fls.  pink  to  white  in  2-4  loose  umbels.  Dry  soil;  fre- 
quent.  L.B.C.  13:1258. 

verticillata,  Linn.    About  2  ft.,  slender,  very  leafy: 
Ivs.   in  whorls  of  3-6,   very  narrow-linear  and     -^ 
revolute:    fls.    greenish    white,    in    many  small 
umbels.    Dry  soil;  frequent.   L.B.C.  11 :  1067. 

\'ar.  p&mila,  Gray.  A  few  inches  high  from  a  fascicled 
root:  Ivs.  filiform,  crowded.    Plains,  W. 

mexicana,  Cav.  Height  5  ft.  or  less:  Ivs.  in  whorls 
of  3-6,  or  sometimes  opposite  or  fasciclecl,   linear  or 

narrow-lanceolate :  fls. 
greenish  white  or  pur- 
plish in  dense,  many- 
fid,  umbels.  Ore.,  W. 
and  S.        L.  H.  B. 

ASCYRUM  (Greek, 
7iot  hard  or  rough, 
ancient  name  of  some 
plant) .  Hypericdcese. 
Small  plants  some- 
times planted  in  wild 
gardens  and  borders. 

Low  herbs  or  sub- 
shrubs,  with  bright 
yellow  fls.,  2  small 
sepals  and  2  large 
ones,  4  petals,  and 
many  stamens:  fr.  a 
1  -  c  e  1 1  e  d  and  2-A- 
valved  caps.  —  Two 
species  in  dry,  sandy 
soils  in  eastern  states 
(also  one  or  two  \^'. 
Indian  and  one  Hi- 
malayan species).  Of 
easiest  cult,  but 
should  be  covered  in 
winter  in  the  N .  Prop, 
by  division;  also  by 
seeds. 

hypericoides,  Linn. 
(A.  Crux -Andrew, 
Linn.).  St.  Andrew's 
Cross.  Fig  400.  A  ft. 
or  less  high,  branchy; 
Ivs.  thin,  oblong  or 
obovate,  narrowed  to 
the  base :  petals  linear- 
oblong;  styles  2,  short. 
G.F.  5:2.57  (adapted  in  Fig.  400).    Mn.  3:65. 

stans,  Michx.  St.  Peter's-wort.  Taller,  scarcely 
branched:  st.  2-edged,  stout:  Ivs.  thicker,  broad-oblong 
or  oval  and  clasping:  petals  obovate;  styles  3-4. 

L.  H.  B. 

ASH:   Fraxinus. 

ASIMINA,  (from  Assiminier,  a  French-and-Indian 
n.ame).  Annonace^.  Papaw  (the  papaw  of  literature  is 
Carica,  which  see).  Small  trees  or  shrubs,  grown  chiefly 
for  their  handsome  large  foliage  and  for  their  attractive 
flowers;  also  sometimes  for  their  edible  fruit. 


Low  shrubs,  and  1  species  a  small  tree:  Ivs.  alternate, 
usually  deciduous,  entire:  fls.  axillary,  solitary  or  few, 
nodding,  short-stalked;  sepals  3,  smaller  than  petals. 


399.  Asdepias  tuberosa.  ( X  H) 


400.  Ascyrum  hypericoides.  (X}2) 

deciduous;  petals  6,  the  inner  ones  smaller,  usually 
upright;  stamens  numerous,  crowded,  with  short 
filaments;  pistils  3-15,  separate,  1-celled  with  many 
ovules:  fr.  consisting  of  1  or  few  oval  to  oblong  berries 
with  rather  large  compressed  seeds  in  1  or  2  ranks. — 
Eight  species  in  E.  N.  Amer.  Description  of  all  species 
is  given  in  Gray,  Syn.  Fl.  N.  Amer.  1,  pt.  1,  pp.  62  and 
464. 

Asiminas  are  ornamental  trees  or  shrubs  with  hand- 
some large  foliage,  of  disagreeable  odor  when  bruised, 
conspicuous  white  or  purplish  flowers  in  early  spring 
and  large  edible  fruits  in  autunm.  Only  two  species  are 
cultivated,  of  which  the  arborescent  one  is  the  hardier 
and  the  handsomer  in  foliage,  while  the  more  tender 
A.  grandiflora  has  larger  and  showier  flowers. 

They  grow  best  in  rich  and  moist  soil.  They  trans- 
plant with  difficulty.  Propagation  is  by  seeds  sown  in 
autumn,  or  stratified  and  sown  in  spring,  or  by  layers  in 
autumn;  also  by  root-cuttings.  In  the  North,  the  seeds 
should  be  sown  in  pots  or  pans. 

triloba,  Dunal  (A?TO6na(?-iZo6o,  Linn.).  Fig.  40L  Small 
tree,  10-40  ft. :  Ivs.  cuneate,  obovate-oblong,  acute,  J/^-1 
ft.  long,  glabrous:  fls.  with  the  Ivs.  from  branches  of  the 
previous  year,  green  when  expanding,  changing  to  pur- 
plish red,  with  yellow  in  the  middle,  2  in.  broad:  fr. 


401.  Asimina  triloba.  (XH) 


400 


ASIMINA 


ASPARAGUS 


oblong,  2-6  in.  long,  dark  brown.  S.  states,  north  to  N. 
Y.,  west  to  Mich,  and  Kan.  8.8.1:15,  10.  B.M. 
5S54.  Gn..33,  p.  321.  G.F.  8:495.  A.G.  44:713.  R.H. 
1911,  pp.  134,  135.— This  is  the  only  arboroscent  species 
of  the  genus.  It  is  well  wortli  a  place  in  the  garden,  for 
it*  large  foliage  is  very  handsome  and  the  fls.,  appear- 
ing in  the  early  spring,  are  attractive.  The  large  fr.  is 
edible,  and  may  be  stiil  improved  by  cult,  and  careful 
selection  of  the  be.st  varieties.  Many  persons  do  not  rel- 
ish the  highly  aromatic  flavor;  and  the  large  seeds  are  a 
dis;id vantage.  The  tree  has  proved  hardy  in  Mass. 
and  Ont.   t^ne  or  2  named  forms  have  been  offered. 

grandiflora,  Dunal.  Shrub,  2-6  ft.:  Ivs.  cuneate,  obo- 
vate  or  oblong,  obtuse,  2— i  in.  long,  rufous-pubescent 
when  young,  at  length  glabrous  and  chartaceous:  Hs. 
large,  appearing  with  the  Ivs.;  outer  petals  cream-col- 
ored, over  2  in.  long,  much  larger  than  the  inner  ones: 
the  large  fr.  is  said  to  be  very  deUcious.    S.  Ga.,  Fla. 

Alfred  Rehder. 

ASPARAGUS  (the  Greek  name).  Liliacese.  Aspara- 
gus. ,'^MiL.\.\  (greenhouse).  Asparagus  Fern.  A  large 
genus  of  herbaceous  perennials  and  tender  woody 
shrubs  and  vines,  grown  mostly  for  ornamental  habit 
and  foliage,  but  one  of  them  (.1.  officinalis)  for  food. 

Plants  provided  with  short  underground  rhizomes 
from  which  the  aerial  sts.  arise  in  serial  order:  roots 
often  tuberous,  sometimes  fleshy  but  long-cylindric  as 
in  .4.  officinalis:  sts.  varj'ing  from  low  herbs  to  stout 
woody  vines  50  ft.  or  more  long:  Ivs.  reduced  to  scale- 
like bracts  usually  with  a  basal  spur,  often  spiny;  If.- 
function  performed  by  special  sterile  twigs,  cladodes 
(phyllodia,  cladophylls,  i.e.,  If.-hke  branchlets)  of 
determinate  growth  and  of  characteristic  shape  with 
each  species  (see  Fig.  411):  fls.  usually  axillary,  or 
terminal,  in  1-4's,  sometimes  umbellate, 
often  racemose  on  special  branches  lacking 
the  cladodes,  small;  perianth  6-parted;  sta- 
mens 6,  free,  filament  attached  to  base  of 
perianth  lobes;  ovary  3-celled,  stigma  3- 
paited  (except  in  Section  Kodiastigma), 
ovules  2-6  in  locule:  fr.  a  berry  1-,  3-,  6- 
or  more  seeded;  seed  globose  or  flat  on  one 
side,  testa  usually  black,  embryo  straight, 
surrounded  by  a  hard  endosperm. — About 
150  species,  all  native  of  the  Old  World, 
ranging  from  Siberia  to  Cape  of  Good 
Hope,  usually  from  dry  regions.  Monogr. 
by  Baker,  Joum.  Linn.  Soc.  14  (1875); 
account  of  cult,  species  by  Watson,  G.C. 
III.  23:122,  147,  178. 

This  large  genus  is  remarkable  for  its 
lack  of  functional  leaves,  who.se  place  is 
taken  by  the  leaf-like  cladodes  which  are 
usually  considered  as  leaves.  The  cladodes 
are  usually  borne  in  fascicles  of  three  to 
forty  in  the  axils  of  the  leaf-scale;  in  A.  asparagoides 
the  leaf-Uke  cladode  is  solitary  in  the  axils.  The  woody 
members  of  the  genus  often  have  the  ba.se  of  the  leaf- 
scale  developed  into  a  strong  spine.  In  some  groups 
the  cladodes  are  spiny  tipped.  A.  slipulaceus  and  its 
relatives  (apparently  not  in  cult.)  have  the  side 
branches  developed  into  thorns. 

Most  of  the  ornamentals  of  the  genus 
will  not  stand  frost,  but  some  of  the 
Asiatic  forms  are  perfectly  hardy  except 
in  the  North.  Members  of  this  genus 
furnish  the  most  satisfactory  "green"  for 
decorative  purposes  known  to  the  trade, 
some  of  the  forms  rivaling  the  finest 
ferns  in  their  delicate  beauty.  Their 
ability  to  hold  up  for  several  days  with-  4Q3  pemale 
out  wilting  mak(«  the  cut  sprays  of  some  flower  of  As- 
of  the  species  neces.sary  in  some  forms  paragus  offici- 
of  decorative  work.     .  ?2',l!m^e''nrof 

Nearly  all  the  species  are  of  easy  cul-    stamen. 


ture  and  can  be  propagated  readily  by  seed  which  is 
usually  produced  in  abundance;  also  propagated  by 
division  and  in  some  woody  forms  by  cuttings. 


^ 


fi 


f 


402.  Male 
flower  of  As- 
paragus offi- 
cinalis. Typi- 
cal of  Euas- 
paragus.  The 
rudimentary 
ovary  is 
shown. 


aaparaBoides,  17. 
Blampit'dii,  6. 
comorensis,  6. 
compactus,  6,  14. 
Cooperi,  7. 
crispus,  5. 
dfcMmhens,  5. 
deflexus,  11. 
drepanophyllus,  13. 
Duchesnei,  13. 
elongatus,  16. 
falcatoides,  14. 


INDEX. 

faIcatU3,  15. 
filicinus,  3. 
Hatcheri,  6. 
lucidus,  4. 

madagascarensis,  10. 
medeoioidcs,  17. 
myrtifolius,  17. 
nanus,  6. 
officinalis,  1. 
plumosu.s,  6. 
racemosus,  12. 
retrofractus,  9. 


robustus,  6. 
sarmerUosus,  14. 
scandens,  11. 
Sprengeri,  14. 
superbus,  6. 
tenuissimus,  6. 
tetragonus,  12. 
umbellatua,  8. 
variegatus,  14. 
verticillatus,  2. 
virgatus,  16. 


KEY   TO    THE    SPECIES. 

A.  Lf .-scales  with  a  basal  spur  or  scale: 

ckidodes  fascicled  in  axils  of  If.-scales 

and,  when  fiat,  with  stomata  on  both 

sides. 

B.  FU.    dicecious:   fi.-buds    axillary   and 

present  on  young  shoots,  developing 

with  the  cladodes Section   EUASPARAGUS 

c.  Cladodes  filiform. 

D.  Plant    an    erect    herb:    cladodes 

terete 1.  officinalis 

DD.  Plant   a   semi-woody   vine:   cla- 
dodes angled 2.  verticillatus 

cc.  Cladodes     fiat,     linear    or     linear- 
lanceolate. 
D.  Berry     black:     cladodes    falcate, 
}4~l'2in.:   branches   with   twigs 
and    cladodes   in  a    horizontal 
plane:  fis.  opening  widely:   an 

erect  herb 3.  filicmus 

DD.  Berry   white   or   pink:    cladodes 
nearly  straight,  1-2  in.,  not  in 

a  definite  plane:  a  vine 4.  lucidus 

BB.  Fls.   perfect,  usually  appearing  after 
the  cladodes  or  on  special  branches 
on  the  old  wood. 
c.  Base  of  If.-scale  a  spur,   often  a 
sharp   spine:  fis.,  when  solitary, 
in  axils  with  cladodes.. Section  ASPARAGOPSIS 
D.  Position   of  fis.   axillary  or  ter- 
minal, with  cladodes. 
E.  Cladodes  filiform,  or  3-angled. 
F.  The  fis.  not  umbelled,  4  or  less. 
G.  Shape      of     cladodes      3- 
angled,  in  3's:  fis.  axil- 
lary: an  herbaceous  vine, 

tuberous-rooted 5.  crispus 

GO.  Shape   of  cladodes   terete, 
numerous:  fis.  terminal: 
woody     vines,     not     tu- 
berous-rooted:   branches 
with  twigs  pinnate  in  a 
horizontal  plane. 
H.  Lf. -scales      white     or 
whitish,  spine  deltoid: 
sts.  slender,  smooth  . .    6.  plumosus 
HH.  Lf.-scales    red-brown, 
spine     terete,     strong 
and  sharp:  sts.  thick, 
with  short  pubescence.  7.  Cooperi 
FF.  The  fis.  in  u?nbels. 

G.  Plant    a    slender     green- 
stemmed   vine:  cladodes 

3-8 8.  umbellatus 

GO.  Plant  stiff  gray-stemmed 
shrubby  climber:  cla- 
dodes 10-20 9.  retrofractus 

EE.  Cladodes  flat. 

F.  Berry  3-lobed:  cladodes  laji- 
ceolate:  fls.  terminal:  erect 

shrub,  1  ft .  10.  madagascar- 

FF.  Berry  globose:  cladodes    lin-  [ensis 

ear-falcate:  fls.  axillary:  a 

delicate  vine 11.  scandens 

DD.  Position   of  fis.    in   racemes    on 
old  wood. 
E.  Cladodes  3-   or   4'0,ngled,  fiat- 

tened 12.  tetragonus 


ASPARAGUS 


ASPARAGUS 


407 


EE.  Cladodes  fiat,  linear  or  linear- 
lanceolate. 
F.  The    cladodes    arranged    in 
horizontal  plane  on  twigs: 

a  long  vine 13.  drepano- 

PF.  The  cladodes  not  in  one  plane.  Iphyllus 

G.  Length  of  cladodes  about 
1   in.:  St.  G  ft.  or  less: 

spines  small 14.  Sprengeri 

GO.  Length    of    cladodes    2-3 
in.:     a      rank-growing 

vine,  SO-40  ft 15.  falcatus 

cc.  Base  of  If. -scale  appressed,  bract- 
like: stigma  capitate:  fls.  solitary 
in  axils  without  cladodes. 

Section  KODIASTIGMA.  .16.  virgatus 
AA.  Lf.-scales    not   spurred:    fls.    a.riltary: 
cladodes  solitary  in  axils,  flat.  If. -like, 
stomata  only  on  lower  side. 

Section  MYRSIPHYLLUM .  .  17.  asparagoides 

1.  officinalis,  Linn.  Asparagus.  Figs.  402,  403.  An 
erect  herb  from  a  woody  crown  with  long  fleshy  roots: 
sts.  smooth,  much  branched  above,  4-12  ft.  high:  cla- 
dodes 3-8  in  a  fascicle,  J4-I  in.  long,  terete:  If. -scale 
with  a  short  soft  spur  at  base:  fls.  1--4,  in  a.\ils  with 
cladodes  or  branches,  campanulate,  yellowish  green: 
berries  red,  J4-?8in-,  1-9-seeded;  seed  germinate  in 
12-14  days  in  warmhouse,  often  taking  a  month  when 
planted  outdoors  in  spring.  Eu. — The  esculent  aspar- 
agus of  the  garden,  the  fruiting  sprays  with  the  bright 
red  berries  used  for  decorating. 
The  young  seedlings  developed 
from  a  large  number  of  seed 
planted  in  a  small  pot  or  pan 
make  a  very  handsome  table  de- 
coration. See  Asparagus,  Esculent. 

2.  verticiliatus,  Linn.  A  semi- 
woody  cUmbing  vine  from  a  woody 
rootstock:  roots  long-cylindric, 
fleshy:  sts.  stout  (J  2™.),  10-15  ft. 
long,  edible  when  young:  branches 
green,  angled,  flexuose:   cladodes 


404.  Flower  of  A. 
plumosus.  Typical  of 
Asparagopsis. 


of  main  st.  developed  below  into  spines:  fls.  funnel- 
shaped  in  1-4's  in  axils  of  lf.-scales:  berries  red,  }i\n. 
diam.,  1-3-seeded.  Persia  to  Siberia.  R.B.  20:154. 
G.W.  14:648.  G.Z.  24:505.— A  hardy  ornamental 
climber;  grows  readily  from  seed,  which  germinates  in 
about  3  weeks  in  a  warmhouse;  plants  slow-growing 
at  first. 


405.  Asparagus  plumosus  var.  nanus.  ( X  H) 


3.  fihcinus,  Ham.  An  erect  herb  with  densely  clus- 
tered fusiform  tuberous  roots  2-4  in.  long:  sts.  erect, 
branching:  branches  with  twigs  and  cladodes  in  a 
horizontal  plane  Uke  A.  piu»io.5i«:  cladodes  flat,  lance- 
olate strongly  falcate,  3-5,  of  varjdng  lengths,  J^-J-^in. : 
fls.  axillary  on  long  slender  pedicels,  green;  stamens  and 
pistils  white;  perianth -lobes  wide-spreading:  berry 
black,  ?-^in.,  1-3-seeded.    India  and  China.   G.C.  III. 


44:122,  123. — Hardy  herbaceous  perennial,  very  orna- 
mental, suggesting  a  delicate  fern  in  appearance;  sev- 
eral wild  varieties. 

4.  liicidus,  Lindl.  Semi-woody  climber,  6-10  ft.,  few 
main  branches:  roots  tuberous,  2-6  in.  long:  cladodes 
3-5,  flat  curved  linear  about  1  in.  long:  If  .-scale  on  main 
St.  with  a  short  spine:  fls.  smaU,  white,  1-4,  in  axils 
with  cladodes:  berries  pink  or  white,  \4\n.  diam. 
China,  Japan  and  Formosa.  A.G.  13:78. — Probably 
hardy  in  most  of  U.  S.   Tubers  edible. 

5.  crispus.  Lam.  (-4.  deciimbens,  Jacq.,  and  Hort.). 
Roots  tuberous,  short,  densely  clustered  about  crown: 
sts.  herbaceous,  green,  weak,  climbing  or  drooping,  3-6 
ft.,  much  branched:  branches  deflexed,  and  zigzag: 
If  .-scale  developed  below  into  a  weak  spur:  cladodes  3, 
3-angled,  reflexed,  about  34"? sin.  long:  fls.  on  slender 
drooping  pedicels,  axillary,  solitary,  or  in  pairs,  white, 
sweet-scented,  resembling  the  fls.  of  A.  asparagoides: 
berry  white  or  pink,  J-^in.,  several-seeded,  seeds  small, 
black.  S.  Afr.  A.F.  16:825. — Easily  grown  from  seed 
or  prop,  by  division;  a  beautiful  plant  for  hanging- 
baskets.  This  species  is  often  sold  under  the  name  of 
A.  scandens  deflexus,  Baker,  which  has  flat  cladodes 
and  1-3-seeded,  red  berries. 

6.  plumosus,  Raker.  Asparagus  Fern.  Fig.  404. 
Woody,  tall  climbing  vine:  roots  not  tuberous,  long, 
slightly  fleshy:  St.  terete,  green,  glabrous:  branches  with 
twigs  and  cladodes  arranged  in  a  horizontal  plane, 
making  a  compound  pinnate  frond,  triangular  in  out- 
line: cladodes  numerous,  8-20  in  a  fascicle,  J^'in.  or 
less  long,  slender,  terete,  bright  green:  If. -scale  white  or 
gray,  on  main  st.  developed  beJow  into  a  woody  deltoid 
spine:  fls.  1-4  at  ends  of  twigs,  white;  perianth-lobes 
spreading  obovate,  blooming  in  autumn:  berry  1-3- 
seeded,  purple-black.  S.  Afr.  F.  1882:101.  F.R.  4:93. 
F.S.  2413-14.  G.  25:110.  G.C.  II.  13:749;  III. 
23:146.  G.Z.  25:2.  A.F.  11:1178.— A  popular  deco- 
rative plant  now  almost  superseded  by  some  of  its 
varieties.  The  cut  sprays  and  strings  of  A.  plu- 
mosus and  its  varieties  are  used  in  large  quantities  by 
florists  on  account  of  their  beauty  and  keeping  quali- 
ties. Most  of  the  forms  are  prop,  by  seed  or  division 
but  some  are  readily  increased  by  means  of  cuttings. 
Var.  comorensis,  Hort.  {A.  comorcnsis,  Hort.).  Similar 
to  A.  plumosus  but  more  robust:  cladodes  lighter  green, 
more  open  and  delicate  in  their  arrangement:  frond 
widely  triangular,  very  regular.  A.F.  18:684.  F.E.  14:^ 
462.  F.R.  9:877.  G.C.  III.  23:181.  Gng.  10:295.  I.H. 
42:61.  S.H.  1:84.  V.20:101.  Var.  nanus,  Hort.  Fig. 
405.  The  common  commercial  variety  of  the  species: 
cladodes  more  numerous  and  shorter  than  type,  making 
the  horizontally  spreading  fronds  more  dense:  sts.  often 

short,  making  a  short  spray  rather  than  a 
vine:   easily   reproduced    by   seed,  which 
germinate  in  three   weeks.    Var.  tenuis- 
simus,    Hort.     (.4.    tenuls- 
si7nus,  Hort.).    Fig.  406.   A 
■"'■\^  wiry  stemmed  variety  with 

5S*^;^  ^^>^afj^  fewer  cladodes  longer  than 
"^  in  type  and  not  so  much 
in  a  horizontal  plane,  dis- 
tinctly glaucous  blue-green;  not  a  strong  climber.  Var. 
robustus,  Hort.  A  ranker-growing  vine  with  shorter 
cladodes  than  type,  side  branches  making  longer  and 
more  irregular  fronds  than  A.  plumosus  nanus,  a 
duller  green.  A.  plumosus  superbus,  Hort.,  .4.  Bldm- 
piedii,  Hort.,  and  A.  Hdtcheri,  Hort.  (F.E.  31:935),  are 
all  botanically  closely  related  if  not  identical  with  A. 
plumosus  robustus  and  with  it  are  separated  from  the 
other  forms  of  the  species  by  their  stronger  growth  and 
by  the  much  less  regular  arrangement  of  the  cladodes 
and  twigs  into  a  horizontal  plane.  Var.  compactus, 
Hort.  A  dwarf  form,  said  to  be  a  hybrid  between  A. 
plumosus  nanu^  and  A.  plumosus  tenuissimus,  suitable 
for  pot-plants.    F.E.  16:637     See  Fern,  Asparagus. 


40S 


ASPARAGUS 


ASPARAGUS 


7.  Codperi,  Baker.  Hoots  long,  cylindric,  more  or 
less  fleshy:  sts.  larjie,  up  to  ■''4111.  (iiaiii.  ami  60  or  more 
ft.  long,  braiu'liing  above;  main  sts.  and  branches 
dark  preen,  with  a  soft,  verv  short  pubeseenee:  ('ladodes 
very  dark  green,  ,'4-'2>n.  ionf".  0-12  in  a  cluster,  much 
stouter  than  in  .1.  plumosiis:  final  branches  with  twigs 
and  eladodes  making  beaut  ifvil  pinnate  fern-like  sprays 
J2-3  ft.   long:    If  .-scale  swollen   at   base,   red-brown, 


-  ,^//-^ 


fe  .jit. 


406.  Asparagus  plumosus  var.  tenuissimus.   (XJi) 

with  a  strong  spine:  fls.  small,  white,  bell-shaped,  sweet- 
scented:  berry  about  Jlin.  diam.,  red.  S.  Afr.  G.Z.  21 : 
568,  569. — This  species  is  probably  the  largest  one  in 
the  genus,  its  long  vines  covered  with  beautiful  dark 
green  sprays  making  a  very  desirable  cover  for  pillars. 
The  side  sprays  are  valuable  for  cut-green  for  florists' 
use  and,  when  removed,  a  second  crop  will  appear 
shortly  on  the  old  vines. 

8.  umbellatus,  Link.  A  spreading  climber  or  under- 
shrub:  sts.  terete,  slender,  scabrous,  dark  green,  woody 
below,  branching:  branches  and  twigs  often  reflexed 
and  pendulous:  eladodes  3-10,  terete,  ^-^  in.  long, 
very  dark  green:  fls.  in  axillary  or  terminal  umbels; 
pedicels  }^in.  long,  perianth  largest  of  genus,  J^-J^in. 
spreading,  white;  segms.  elliptic-obtuse;  stamens  dark 
yellow:  berry  globose,  yellow  to  dark 
red.  Canary  Isls.  and  Madeira.  B.M. 
77;i3.  G.C.  III.  28:379.— The  large, 
sweet-scented  fls.  produced  abundantly 
in  midsummer;  a  good  plant  for  pillar 
decoration;  grows  well  from  seed. 

9.  retrofractus,  Linn.  (.4.  retrofrdctus 
arhdreux,  Hort.).  Sts.  slender  (6  or  more 
ft.},  becoming  woody  and  gray,  scarcely 
climbing,  zigzag,  the  branches  wiry: 
eladodes  in  close  clusters,  green,  fili- 
form, about  1  in.  long:  If. -scale  bases 
spiny:  fls.  in  umbels,  small,  white:  berry 
email,  nearly  globose,  1-seeded.  S.  Afr. 
Gn.  59:111. 

10.  madagascarensis,  Baker.  Erect,  much-branched 
shrub,  1  ft.  or  more,  suggesting  Ruscus  aculeatus:  sts. 
green,  angled:  claflodes  3,  lanceolate,  pointed,  glabrous, 
dark  olive-green,  often  arranged  on  the  twig  in  one 
plane  making  a  pinnately  compound  If.  in  appearance, 
^/ff-^m.  long:  base  of  If. -scale  not  spiny:  fls.  creamy 
white,  normally  in  4's  at  end  of  twigs,  ]4vn.  diam.: 
berr>'  scarlet,  3-lobed,  1-3-seeded.  Madagascar.  B.M. 
8046. — A  good  pot-plant,  e.specially  in  winter  when  it  is 
well  .set  with  scarlet  berries.  Thri\es  in  either  a  hot  or 
temperate  greenhouse,  ea-sily  prop,  from  seed,  which 
are  freely  produced. 

11.  sc&ndens,  Thunb.  A  .slender  climbing  vine  up  to 
6  ft.:  .sts.  green,  branching  freely  above:  branches  with 
twigs  and  eladodes  in  one  plane,  suggesting  A.  fdiciniis 
somewhat:  elafJodes  flat,  long,  lanceolate-falcate,  3-5 
in.:  fascicle  K-J^in-  long,  central  one  longest,  glabrous, 
light  green:  If. -scale  minute,  base  not  spined:  fls.  pendu- 
lous, .s*j|itary  or  paired  in  axils,  greenish  white,  ^in. 
diam.,  perianth  spreading,  segms.  elliptic-oblong:  berry 


globose,  yiin.  diam.,  red,  1-seeded.  S.  Afr.  B.M. 
7()75.  G.C.  in.  33:339. — One  of  the  weaker-growing 
kinds  of  ornamental  asparagus,  thriving  well  in  an 
intermediate  house.  A  good  decorative  plant  when 
grown  in  strings  for  table  decoration;  also  good  as  a 
pot-plant.  Var.  deflexus.  Similar  to  type  but  with 
branches  deflexed:  eladodes  stiffer  and  smaller:  fls. 
smaller:  seed  often  white.  G.W.  5:446;  13:301.  A. 
crispus  is  often  sold  under  this  name,  but  is  easily 
distinguished  by  its  3-angled  eladodes  (see  discussion 
under  No.  5). 

12.  tetragonus,  Bresler  (A.  racemosus  telragonus, 
Baker).  A  climbing  vine,  15-20  ft.  high:  roots  tuberous, 
elliptic,  1-2  in.  long:  sts.  gray  to  brown,  branching 
above:  eladodes  3-8,  usually  5,  3— 4-angled,  's'-J^^in. 
long,  dense;  more  or  less  falcate:  If. -scale  on  main  st. 
with  a  strong  recurved  basal  spine  up  to  Join,  long: 
fls.  in  racemes  2-3  in.  long,  on  old  wood ;  perianth  white 
or  pink,  J^in.  diam.,  segms.  obovate- obtuse;  fls.  fra- 
grant. S.  Afr.   B.M.  8288.   G.C.  III.  23:147. 

13.  drepanophyllus,  Welw.  (,4.  Duchesnci,  Linden). 
A  tall  climbing  woody  vine  with  tuberous  roots  2-3  ft. 
long:  sts.  20-30  ft.  long,  terete,  without  main  branches: 
axillary  twigs  and  eladodes  making  a  compound  cla- 
do]3hyil  from  upper  axils:  twigs  J^-2  ft.  long,  thick-set 
with  eladodes  in  fascicles  of  3-5:  If. -scales  on  twigs 
5-ranked  but  eladodes  turned  into  a  horizontal  plane: 
central  cladode  2-3  in.  long,  lateral  IH  in.,  the  com- 
pound cladophyll  suggesting  a  frond  of  .\splenium: 
if. -base  with  a  strong  spine:  fls.  in  dense  erect  racemes, 
3-8  in.  long;  pedicels  deflexed  in  fascicles  of  3-8; 
perianth  greenish,  bell-shaped,  not  opening  widely: 
berry  rare,  3-lobed,  usually  1-seeded,  Jiin.  diam.,  briglit 
scarlet,  ripe  in  90-120  days  after  the  bloom.  Oct.- 
Jan.    S.  Cent.,  Afr.,  Congo  region.    G.C.  III.  28:305. 

R.B.  2S:(j0.    Gng.  15:131.    A.F. 
t\  -  27:1139. — A   highly  decorative 

plant;     the     compound     clado- 
phylls  valuable  in  florists'  work. 
((/JM^llW     /       Readily  prop,  by  division  or  by 
cuttings  of  the  twigs  taken  off 
with  a  heel,  or  piece 
of   the   main   st.   at- 
tached and  put  in  a 
sandy  soil  in  a  close 
case     with     bottom 
heat. 

14.    Sprengeri, 
Kegel.  Figs.  407,  408. 
Roots    tuberous, 
white,     elliptic,     not 
\\  densely  clustered: sts. 
numerous,    scarcely 
climbing,  6  ft.  or  less: 
side  branches  numerous,  small, 
angled:    twigs  1-3  in.  long:   ela- 
dodes 3-8,  H-lli  in.  long,  flat, 
linear,  smooth,  pointed,  shghtly 
falcate,  rich   green:   If. -scale  on 
main  st.  with  a  slender  brown 
brittle  spine    'gin.  long:   fls.  in 
May-June,  in  open  racemes  1-3 
in.  long;  pedicels  1-2  from  each 
bract;  fls.  whitish  pink,  fragrant, 
perianth  wide-spreading,    iein-: 
berry     slightly     3-lobed,      1-3- 
seeded,   bright   coral-red,   up  to 
J4in.  diam.     Natal. — One  of  the 
most    popular    plants    for    cut- 
green,   easily  grown    in  a  mod- 
erate temp.    Plants   in   tubs  or 
baskets    are     very    ornamental 
when   covered   with   the    bright 
407.  Asparagus  red   berries   which   ripen   about 

Sprengeri.  ( X  H)  Christmas-time.     Easily    grown 


ASPARAGUS 


ASPARAGUS 


409 


408. 
Strong  new 
shoot  of 
Asparagus  Sprengeri 


from  seed,  which  germinates  in  a  temperate  house  in 
about  4  weeks.  The  best  asparagus  for  a  house 
plant.  A.G.  18:86,  883;  19:101.  B.M.  7728  (as  A. 
lernifolius),  8052.  F.E.  9:11.  F.R.  4:95.  G.  21:123. 
On.  54,  p.  88;  58,  p.  109.  G.L.  17:175.  Mn.  8,  p.  151. 
Gn.W.20:117;  23:607.  G.W.  4,  p.  109;  13,  p. 
462.  Gng.  4:167.  G.C.  III.  37:10.  Var.  com- 
pactus,  a  dwarf  variety  seldom  over  18  in.  long. 
Var.  variegatus,  a  form  having  variegated 
Ivs;  otherwise  like  the  type.  Gn.  .59:145. 
F.E.  14:885.  Var.  falcatoides,  a  large  strong- 
growing  form :  phylloclades  solitary  to  .5-6  more 
or  less  falcate.  -4.  sarmentosus,  Hort.,  not 
Linn.,  is  a  short,  compact  form  of  A. 
Sprengeri.  The  true  .4.  sar7ne7itosiis  is  quite 
a  different  plant  and  not  in  cult. 

15.  falcatus,  Linn.  A  large  spreading 
woody  vine  with  stout  gray  or  brown  sts. 
20-40  ft.  long,  much  branched  above: 
cladodes  3-5,  or  more  at  ends  of  twigs,  fal- 
cate, linear-lanceolate,  with  undulate 
margins,  rich  dark  green,  2-3  in.  long: 
If. -scales  with  stout  basal  spines: 
sweet-scented  fls.  in  loose  racemes 
2-3  in.  long,  produced  in  great  pro- 
fusion in  midsummer;  perianth  pure 
white,  }4^n.  diam.,  segms.  lanceolate; 
stamens  yellow:  fr.  duU 
brown.  Trop.  Asia  and 
Afr. — One  of  the  largest 
and  finest  species  of  the 
genus ;  thrives  under 
temperate  conditions, 
growing  outdoors  in  the 
absence  of  frost.  G.C. 
in.  2.S:123;  41:82.  Ref. 
Bot.  261.  G.W.  5:334. 
16.  virgatus,  Baker  (.4.  elongatus,  Hort.).  Fig. 
409.  Roots  fibrous,  crown  with  long  semi-woody 
rhizomes:  sts.  erect  (3-6  ft.),  much  branched  above, 
branches  long,  straight  or  drooping:  cladodes  in 
3's,  stiff,  J^-Ji'in.  long,  angled,  not  very  abundant; 
cladodes  and  sts.  dark  green:  If  .-scale  white,  de- 
veloped basally  into  an  appressed  bract-like  extension 
similar  to  upper  part:  fls.  solitary  at  nodes  on  droop- 
ing pedicels,  no  cladodes  in  axils  with  fls.;  perianth 
greenish  white,  wide-spreading, 
y^in.  diam. ;  stigma  capitate:  berry 
1-2-seeded,  dull  orange-red,  J^in. 
in  diam.  S.  Afr.  F.E.  27:114.— 
Easily  grown  from  seed,  which  ger- 
minates in  3  weeks,  or  from  cut- 
tings of  rhizomes.  Not  highly 
ornamental,  but  of  value  in  decora- 
ti\-e  work  on  account  of  its  erect 

V  iv'  \  ^'^-  asparagoides,  Wight  (Myr- 

siphf/llum  asparagoides,  Willd.  A. 
mcdcolmdcfs,  Thunb.).  .Smilax  of 
florists.  Fig.  410.  Tall  slender 
glabrous  twiner:  sts.  slender,  much 
branched:  cladodes  single  in  axils 
of  If.-scales,  ovate,  about  1  in. 
long,  usually  spreading  horizontally:  If. -scale  small,  not 
developed  into  a  spur  at  base:  fls.  solitary  or  paired  in 
axils  on  slender  pedicels,  greenish  white;  perianth-lobes 
spreading  or  recurved  from  beyond  middle:  berries 
dark  purple,  1-3-seeded.  S.  Afr.  B.M.  5584.  R.H. 
1895:177.  S.H.  1:417;  2:160.  Gn.  42,  p.  536.  G.W.I, 
)).  206. — Much  grown  for  florists'  use  in  decorations, 
.•^(■ed  small,  germinating  in  about  3  weeks  (see  cul- 
tural notes  under  Smilax  in  a  succeeding  volume). 
\'ar.  myrtifolius,  Hort.  "BabV"  Smilax,  an  extremely 
light  and  elegant  variety  with  much  smaller  Ivs.  than 
the  type,  becoming  popular. 


A.  acuttfdlius,  Linn.  Semi-hardy,  becoming  a  woody  shrub  in 
the  .S.,  zigzag,  branching.  5  ft.:  cladodes  short,  stiff,  terete,  spiny- 
tipped  in  fascicles  of  5-12,  ?4in.  long:  fis.  dioecious,  yellow:  berry 
waxy  olive-green. — A  dark  green  cedar-like  ornamental.  Medit. 
region. — A.  sethidpicus,  Linn.  Tropical  vine:  cladodes  3-5  ft., 
linear  falcate,  1-2  in.  long;  If. -base  spiny:  fls.  in  racemes,  near  A. 
Sprengeri.  .S.  .\fr. — A.  a/ricdnus.  Lam.  Woody  semi-climber,  spiny: 
cladodes  filiform-terete,  stiff,  dark  green,  up  to  20  in  a  cluster  1  in. 
long:  fls.  in  umbels.  S.  Afr. — A.  albus,  hmn.  (A.  Pastorianus,  Webb 
&  Berth.).  A  white-stemmed  branching  woody  shrub,  semi-hardy,  3— 
4  ft.  high:  cladodes  densely  fascicled.  1  in.  long:  If. -scale  with  a  long 
sharp  spine:  fls.  in  umbels.  Medit.  region. — Very  susceptible  to 
attacks  of  red-spider.  G.Z.  1907:31. — A.  asidticus,  Linn.  A  tall 
branching  woody  vine:  cladodes  numerous  in  clusters,  soft -filiform, 
}2in.  long:  fls.  in  umbels.  S.  Air, — A.  decluuitus,  Linn.  Allied  to 
A.  plumosus  but  with  cladodes  about  \2\n.  long:  branches  slender, 
drooping:  fls.  axillary,  small,  white:  berries  1-seeded.  S.  Afr. — A. 
laricinus,  Burch.  A  woody  shrub  suggesting  A.  retrofractus  but 
with  cladodes  1  in.  long.  S.  Afr.  G.C.  IIL  23:122.— ,-1.  Idngipes, 
Baker.  A  copiously  branched  undershrub  with  subterete  slender 
green  cladodes  ^2-1  in.  long  in  whorls  of  9-12:  fls.  axillary,  soli- 
tary or  paired.  S.  Cent.  Afr. — A,  myrioclddus,  Hort.  {A.  Green- 
fieldii,  Hort.).  An  erect,  much-branched  shrub,  6  ft.,  with 
tuberous  roots;  st.  gray;  branches  zigzag  with  dense  clusters  of 
light  green  filiform  cladodes  ^jin.  long,  becoming  dark  green  with 
age. — V^ery  ornamental:  fls.  unknown,  but  it  is  closely  related 
in  type  to  A.  retrofractus.  Natal.  G.  25:293;  33:435.  Gng. 
12:547.  F.E.  16:637.  The  true  A.  myriocladus.  Baker,  is 
related  to  A.  Sprengeri  and  has  flat  cladodes  and  racemose  fls. 
This  species  is  apparently  not  in  cultivation. — A.  oligocldnus, 
Maxim.  Erect,  hardy  herbaceous  perennial  suggesting  A.  offi- 
cinalis: cladodes  more  dense,  slender  and  graceful:  1-2  ft.:  fls. 
dicecious,  campanulate.  N.  Asia. — .4.  schoberioides,  Kunth.  Erect, 
hardy  herbaceous  perennial,  1-3  ft.:  roots  tuberous:  cladodes  long, 
3-angled,  flat,  ascending;  fls.  nearly  sessile,  dicecious:  berries  red. 
Japan    and    China. — A.    Sieberidnua,  Hort.     A  supposed    hybrid 


409.  Flower  of 

Asparagus  virgatus. 

Typical  of  Kodiastigma, 


410.  Asparagus  asparagoides,  or  SmiUx  of  florists. 

(Natural  size.) 


between  A.  crispus  and  A.  plumosus  tenuissimus:  sts.  slender,  rigid, 
with  slightly  curved  cladodes.  Distinct  and  valuable  as  a  market 
plant. — .4.  tenuifdlias.  Lam.  Herbaceous  perennial:  like  A.  officin- 
nalis,  with  very  slender,  numerous  cladodes  and  large  bright  red 
berries.  S.  Eu. — .4. /r(c/iop/tj///us,  Bunge.  Hardy  herbaceous  peren- 
nial, somewhat  twining,  3-G  ft.:  cladodes  like  A.  officinalis,  )i-\  in. 
long;   f3s.  dicecious  (long-campanulate)  on  drooping  pedicels.    N. 

^''''^-  J.  B.  Norton, 

ASPARAGUS,   ESCULENT    (Aspdragm    officinalis, - 
Linn.).    Liliapese.   A  perennial  herb,  cult,  for  the  succu- 
lent young  shoots  that  arise  from  the  crown  in  spring. 

Asparagus  is  native  to  Europe.  It  has  been  cultivated 
2,000  years  and  more.  It  was  known  to  the  Greeks 
and  Romans.  The  so-called  Ivs.  of  asparagus  are  really 
leaf-like  branches.  The  Ivs.  are  the  scales,  which  are 
well  shown  on  the  shoot  at  the  left  in  Fig.  411.  From 
the  axils  of  these  scales,  branches  may  arise,  a  a.  At 
h  b  are  shown  clusters  of  branchlets,  or  "leaves,"  issuing 
from  the  axils  of  scales  or  Ivs. 

Being  a  rugged  pLant,  asparagus  will  live  and  in  a 
measure  thrive  on  almo.st  any  kind  of  soil,  even  under 
adverse  circumstances  and  when  entirely  neglected. 
Occasionally  one  may  find  apparently  thrifty  plants  in 
fence  rows,  or  strong  stalks  pushing  up  through  stone 
heaps  or  other  rubbish  piled  foot-thick  upon  an  old 
abandoned  asparagus  bed.  Plants  on  good  soil  will  get 
so  large,  and  the  immense  network  of  roots  so  well 
anchored  in  the  soil,  that  all  the  strength  of  a  good  team 
may  be  insufficient  to  pull  them  out,  and  sometimes 
several  years'  persistent  efforts  may  be  required  to 
clear  them  out  of  a  piece  of  ground  once  used  as  an 
asparagus  patch.  The  stalks  that  the  discriminating 
growers  and  fastidious  consumers  want  are  those  an 


410 


ASPARAGUS 


ASPARAGUS 


inch  in  diiunoter  and  doliciously  tender  and  succulent, 
and  these  can  be  jiniwn  only  on  sooJ  plants  set  far 
enough  apart  on  well-draincii,  well-nianured  and  well- 
tilleii  soil.  To  secure  the  choice  early  stalks  that  bring 
the  high  prices,  the  land  selected  for  an  asparagus  patch 
should  be  a  warm  ri<'h  loam,  preferably  e.xposed  to  east 
or  south.  Manures  and  fertilizers,  also,  must  be  used 
most  lavishly.  In  this  respect,  many  growers  fail  to 
obtain  best  results,  such  :is  are  within  their  reach  by 
greater  liberality.  Unless  the  soil  is  already  well  sup- 
plied with  vegetable  matter  and  for  that  reason  very 
loose  and  mellow,  bulky  maimres,  such  as  fairly  well- 
rotted  stable  mamu-e  or  rich  compost,  are  almost  or 
quite  indispensable  at  the  start.  A  heavy  dressing  is  to 
be  plowed  under,  and  should  be  well  and  deeply  mixed 
with  the  soil  by  replowing  and  reworking  the  land. 
Afterwards  concentrated  manures,  rich  especially  in 
nitrogen  and  pottush,  will  do  very  well  for  loose  soils,  and 
may  be  used  broadcast  on  top,  as  the  crop  appears  to 
need  them  from  year  to  year,  at  least  for  a  while.  Even 
then  an  occasional,  or  better,  yearly,  application  of  good 
stable  manure  or  compost  placed  in  furrows  plowed 
(with  a  one-horse  plow) 
on  each  side  of  the 
rows  after  the  cutting 
season  or  in  early  fall, 
will  be  of  benefit  or 
become  necessarj-  to 
keep  the  yield  up  to  a 
high  mark.  To  start  a 
plantation  in  the  right 
way,  the  selection  of 
good  strong  one-year- 
old  plants  is  of  much 
importance.  They  are 
usually  preferable  to 
the  ordinarv'  two-year 
plants.  To  grow  one's 
own  supply  for  starting 
a  plantation  a  year 
later  is  usually  a  safer 
plan  than  to  depend 
on  purchased  plants. 
The  male,  or  pollen- 
bearing,  plants  are 
often  more  vigorous 
and  more  produc- 
tive of  good  stalks 
than  the  female  or 
seed-bearing  plants; 
but  one  cannot  verj' 
well  tell  the  one  from  the  other  unless  they  bloom,  until 
long  after  they  are  already  established  in  the  planta- 
tion, when  it  would  be  impracticable  to  tear  out  the 
less  desirable  female  plants  and  replace  them  with 
the  male  plants. — The  seed,  obtainable  from  any  regular 
seed  hou.se,  is  rather  hard-shelled  and  sometimes  slow 
to  germinate.  It  is  important  to  give  the  seedling 
plants  the  longest  possible  period  of  growth  so  as  to 
secure  the  strongest  possible  plants.  It  is  advisable, 
therefore,  to  soak  the  seed,  or  give  it  special  treat- 
ment or  seed  stimulation,  before  sowing  it,  and  to  sow 
it  just  as  .soon  in  spring  as  a  rich  mellow  seed-bed 
can  be  prepared.  The  rows  or  drills  may  be  made  a 
foot  apart,  and  seed  S(j\vti  rather  thinly.  Plants  are  to 
be  thinned  to  3  inches  apart  at  an  early  age,  and 
weeds  should  be  carefully  kejit  down  from  the  very 
start.  In  short,  nothing  should  be  neglected  to  prevent 
any  interference  with  the  rapid  and  healthy  growth  of 
the  seedlings,  for  the  future  outcome  hinges,  to  a  great 
measure,  on  a  favorable  early  start. — When  getting 
really  to  .set  the  plants,  and  after  the  land  has  been 
carefully  and  deeply  plowed  and  harrowed,  plow  out 
furrows  4  or  even  6  feet  apart.  It  may  look  lik(^  a  sinful 
waste  of  good  land  to  .set  asparagus  so  far  apart,  but 
even  at  6  feet  the  roots  will  fill  the  soil  and  reach  across 


411.  Leaves  and  branches  ot 
commoa  Asparagus.   {Xla) 


the  rows,  and  the  fat  stalks  obtainable  by  wide  planting 
are  worth  more  in  our  markets  than  the  inferior  ones 
usually  found  there.  Some  markets  demand  or  prefer 
green  stalks  which  are  mainly  grown  above  ground. 
In  that  case,  make  the  furrows  5  to  9  inches  deep.  In 
other  markets  blanched  shoots  are  wanted,  and  these 
are  of  sujierior  flavor  ami  tenderness,  provided  they 
are  grown  in  mellow  soil  and  under  high  and  skillful 
culture.  In  that  case,  make  the  furrows  a  few  inches 
deeper  than  for  plants  set  for  green  stalks.  Set  the 
plants  in  the  furrows  about  2  feet  apart,  each  on  a  lit- 
tle movmd  of  soil,  spreading  the  roots  in  the  same  way 
as  they  grew  in  the  seed-bed.  Cover  with  mellow  soil  to 
the  depth  of  a  few  inches,  and  afterwards,  in  the  course 
of  some  weeks  and  by  means  of  some  suitable  tools  (cul- 
tivators, harrows,  and  the  like),  gradually  fill  the  furrows 
even  with  the  ground-level.  A  still  better  plan  when  the 
material  can  be  had,  especially  for  the  home-gardener, 
is  to  fill  the  furrows  with  fine  old  compost,  wood's  earth, 
leaf-mold,  or  any  other  loose  and  rich  material,  as  the 
covering  above  the  crowns  of  the  plants  cannot  be 
made  too  loose.  It  is  advisable  and  will  insure  closer 
attention  in  cultivation,  to  grow  some  hoed  crop,  like 
beets,  turnips,  radishes,  cabbage,  beets,  beans  or  peas, 
between  the  rows  of  asparagus  the  first  year.  In  the 
fall,  and  every  fall  thereafter,  cut  the  asparagus  stalks 
close  to  the  ground  and  remove  them  from  the  patch, 
to  avoid  the  scattering  of  the  seed. 

In  early  spring  of  the  second  year,  the  surface  of  the 
ground  is  to  be  loosened  by  shallow  plowing  or  deep 
cultivating;  and  when  the  first  sprouts  appear,  the 
rows  may  be  hilled  up  to  some  extent  if  any  of  the 
sprouts  are  to  be  cut  for  use.  Under  especially  favor- 
able conditions  a  few  may  be  cut  the  sec- 
ond year.  It  is  better  for  the  plantation 
and  its  future  value,  however,  if  no  cut- 
ting is  done  that  year.  Plants  left  intact 
until  the  third  year,  and  kept  in  a  high 
state  of  cultivation,  will  grow  much 
*  stronger  and  be  more  productive  afterward.  Com- 
mercial growers  use  specially  devised  asparagus  knives 
for  cutting  the  stalks.  In  the  absence  of  such,  any 
ordinary  sharp  table  or  kitchen  knife  may  be  used,  or 
in  the  mellow  soil  the  blanched  shoots  may  be  broken 
off  at  the  ba.se  with  the  finger.  In  cutting,  be  very 
careful,  and  tr>'  to  avoid  cutting  later  shoots  or 
injuring  the  crown  of  the  plants.  The  third  season 
and  every  season  thereafter,  loosen  up  the  ground  as 
directed  for  the  second  season.  The  shoots  are  now  to 
be  cut  indiscriminately  and  clean,  up  to  the  beginning 
of  the  green-pea  season.  After  that,  allow  them  to  grow 
undisturbed,  but  continue  cultivation,  to  keep  the 
ground-surface  mellow  and  free  from  weeds.  For  mar- 
ket, wash  the  freshly-cut  stalks  and  tie  them  in  neat, 
compact  bunches  of  the  size  demanded  in  the  particu- 
lar market,  using  some  bright-colored  ribbon,  or  per- 
haps rubber  bands.  If  to  be  shipped,  especially  for 
longer  distances,  pack  the  bunches  in  moist  moss  or 
other  material  that  will  keep  the  stalks  fresh. 

The  varietal  differences  in  the  asparagus  plant  do 
not  appear  to  be  very  pronounced  except  in  the  color 
of  the  young  shoots,  and  most  of  the  variations  seem  to 
be  due  to  differences  in  culture  and  environment  rather 
than  to  those  characteristic  of  the  variety.  American 
seed.smen  offer  the  following  as  distinct  varieties:  Colos- 
sal (Conover's),  Palmetto,  Manunoth  (Barr's),  Colum- 
bian (Mammoth  Columbian  White),  Argenteuil  (Giant 
Argenteuil),  Bonvallet   Giant,  Heading  Giant. 

To  save  the  .seed,  strip  the  ripe  berries  off  the  stalks 
by  hand,  or  thresh  them  off  with  a  flail,  put  them  in  a 
.sound  barrel  or  tank,  and  mash  them  with  a  wooden 
pounder,  to  separate  the  hard,  black  seeds  from  the 
pulp.  Clean  them  by  washing  in  plenty  of  water,  pour- 
ing off  the  pulp  and  skins;  then  dry  and  .store. 

To  any  person  who  has  even  a  little  land  to  use  for  a 
home-garden,  no  better  advice  could  be  given  than  to 


ASPARAGUS 


ASPHODEL 


411 


plant  in  a  corner  or  at  one  side  of  it  50  or  100  asparagus 
roots  for  his  family,  as  no  other  use  of  that  spot,  ordi- 
narily, may  be  expected  to  g.iv-e  more  real  benefit,  enjoy- 
ment and  value.  The  number  of  roots  named  will 
under  average  conditions  give  all  the  stalks  that  a 
large  family  could  use,  and  several  times  the  quantity 
that  a  person  of  ordinary  means  would  feel  able  to  pur- 
chase for  the  family  table  in  the  open  market.  For  the 
market-gardener,  especially  one  with  a  regular  retail 
trade,  few  if  any  vegetables  offer  equal  chances  of 
profit  and  regular  returns  and  a  sure  income  at  a  most 
opportune  time  (spring). 

Enemies. — The  a-sjiaragua  rust  {Puccinia  asparagi) 
has  often  done  considerable  damage.  Planting  rust- 
resistant  varieties  is  the  best  procedure.  Argenteuil 
and  Reading  Giant  afford  the  best  relief.  Dusting 
completely  with  flowers  of  sulfur  when  the  dew  is  on, 
and  after  the  cutting  season,  is  the  best  remedy;  two 
apphcations,  three  or  four  weeks  intervening,  are 
usually  sufficient. 

Of  insect  enemies,  two  have  become  well  known  on 
asparagus  plants  in  America,  namely,  the  common 
asparagus  beetle  {Crioceris  asparagi)  and  the  twelve- 
spotted  asparagus  beetle  (C  12-punetata).  The  follow- 
ing remedies  are  recommended:  chickens  and  ducks; 
close  cutting  of  the  young  shoots  in  the  early  season, 
and  the  use  of  arsenate  of  lead  or  of  dry  arsenites 
dusted  on  the  dew-wet  plants  after  the  cutting  period. 

The  subject  of  asparagus  and  asparagus-growing  is 
treated  in  the  following  books  and  bulletins:  Asparagus, 
by  F.  M.  Hexamer,  Orange  Judd  Company.  Farmers' 
Bulletin  No.  61  (Asparagus  Culture),  issued  by  the 
Department  of  Agriculture,  Washington,  D.  C.  Bulle- 
tin No.  151  of  the  Maryland  Station  (FertiUzers  for 
Asparagus).  Bulletin  No.  34  of  the  Missouri  Station 
(Asparagus  and  Rhubarb  Culture).  Bulletins  Nos. 
165  and  172  of  the  CaUfornia  Station  (Asparagus  and 
Asparagus  Rust  in  California).  X.  Grbiner. 

ASPASIA  (Greek  personal  name).  Orchiddcex. 
Epiphytic  hothouse  orchids. 

Stems  thickened  into  pseudobulbs,  1-  or  2-lvd. : 
racemes  lateral;  sepals  and  petals  nearly  alike,  spread- 
ing; Up  with  the  claw  adnate  to  the  column,  the  blade 
spreading;  lateral  lobes  distinct  or  confluent  with  the 
middle  lobe;  pollinia2. — Species  about  8,  ranging  from 
Cent.  Amer.  to  Brazil. 

epidendroides,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs,  oblong,  2-edged: 
Ivs.  linear-lanceolate:  racemes  of  2-4  fls.;  sepals  and 
petals  whitish  yellow,  streaked  with  brown;  hp  white, 
dotted  with  purple.   Panama.    B.M.  3962. 

Itmata,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs,  2-edged,  oblong:  Ivs. 
oblong-hgulate,  up  to  6  in.  long:  fls.  single,  or  rarely  2; 
sepals  and  petals  linear-lanceolate,  acuminate,  green 
or  yellowish,  marked  with  violet-purple;  Mp  white, 
marked  with  purple.   S.  Brazil. 

variegata,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  ovate  or  oblong,  2- 
edged:  Ivs.  lanceolate-hgulate,  up  to  8  in.  long:  raceme 
of  2  or  3  fls.;  sepals  oblong-lanceolate,  acute,  greenish 
or  yellowish,  marked  with  interrupted  longitudinal 
black-purple  lines;  petals  obovate-oblong,  acute,  yellow- 
ish veined  with  purrjle;  lip  white,  yellowish  at  the  base, 
spotted  with  purple.    S.  Amer.    B.M.  3679.  B.R.  1907. 

George  V.  Nash. 

ASPEN:  Povuha. 
ASPERELLA:  Hystrix. 

ASPERULA  {rmtghish;  referring  to  Ivs.).  Rubiacex. 
Woodruff.  Mostly  dwarf  hardy  herbs,  for  borders, 
rock  garrlerLs  and  shady  places. 

.Annual  or  perennial:  sts.  square:  Ivs.  whorled  (some 
of  the  Ivs.  are  really  stipules) :  fls.  many,  small,  mostly 
4-parted,  produced  freely  from  May  to  July;  corolla 
funnelform,  which  distinguishes  it  from  the  closely 
related  Galium  in  which  the  corolla  is  rotate. — About 
80  species  in  Eu.,  Asia  and  Austral. 


The  commonest  species  is  A.  odorata,  the  Wald- 
meister  of  the  Germans,  which  is  used  in  their  Mai- 
trank,  or  May  wine,  and  in  summer  drinks.  The  dried 
leaves  have  a  hay-like  fragrance,  lasting  for  years,  and 
are  often  kept  with  clothes.  The  plant  occasionally 
escapes  from  gardens.  A.  hexaphylla,  with  its  dehcate, 
misty  spray,  is  used  with  sweet  peas  and  other  cut- 
flowers  that  are  incUned  to  look  lumpy.  Other  plants 
for  this  purpose  are  Gypsophila  paniculata,  Statice  lali- 
folia,  and  several  gahums,  all  of  which  have  small, 
abundant  flowers  in  loose  panicles  on  long,  slender  stems. 

In  half-shaded  and  moist  soil,  asperulas  grow  vei}' 
luxuriantly  until  late  fall.  In  dry  and  sunny  places 
they  soon  become  stunted,  and  die  down  before  the 
season  is  over. 

Propagation  is  by  division  and  by  seeds. 

A.  Plants  perennial:  fls.  white  or  pink. 
B.  Corollas  4-lobed. 

odorata,  Linn.  Sweet  Woodruff.  Fig.  412.  Habit 
erect  or  ascending:  height  6-8  in. :  Ivs.  usually  in  whorls 
of  8,  lanceolate,  finely 
toothed  or  roughish  at 
the  margin:  coroUas 
campanulate :  seeds 
rough.  Eu.  and  Ori- 
ent. Eng.Bot.  2:775. 
Bax-t-er  Brit.  Bot. 
1 : 46.  —  Increases 
rapidly,  and  is  used 
for  carpeting  shady 
places,  and  for  edg- 
ings. 

Gussdnei,  Boiss. 
(A.  suberosa,  Guss.). 
A  glaucous,  smooth, 
usually  cespitose  per- 
ennial suitable  only 
for  the  rock-garden : 
Ivs.  small,  in  pairs, 
some  ovate-oblong,  the  rest  lanceolate-linear:  fls.  at  the 
ends  of  the  branches,  the  corolla  smooth  and  pinkish, 
not  showy.    Sicily. — A  graceful  Uttle  alpine. 

hexaphylla.  All.  Plant-st.  glabrous:  habit  ascending, 
slender:  height  1-2  ft.:  Ivs.  in  whorls  of  6,  linear,  acute, 
rough:  corollas  tubular-funnel-shaped:  panicles  very 
loose;  fls.  larger  than  the  bracts:  seeds  smooth.  Italy, 
Hungary,  Pyrenees  on  high  passes  and  dry  mountain- 
sides.— Well-grown  specimens  may  be  3  ft.  in  diam.  and 
nearly  as  high. 

hirta,  Ramond.  A  many-stemmed  hairy  perennial, 
suitable  for  the  alpine  garden:  sts.  4-sided,  with  verti- 
cillate  Ivs.  in  6's:  Ivs.  linear,  l-nerved:  fls.  small,  pink- 
ish.   Rocky  situations  in  the  Pyrenees.   July,  Aug. 

BB.  Corollas  often  3-lobed. 
tinctoria,  Linn.  Dyer's  Woodruff.  Habit  pro- 
cumbent unless  supported:  height  1-2  ft.,  the  st.  pur- 
plish: Ivs.  hnear;  lower  ones  in  6's,  middle  ones  in  4's, 
uppermost  ones  in  2's:  bracts  ovate:  fls.  reddish  on  out- 
side: roots  large,  creeping  widely,  reddish.  Dry  hills 
and  rocks  of  Eu. 

AA.  Plants  annual:  fls.  blue. 

orientalis,  Boiss.  &  Hohen.  (A.  azitrea  and  A.  setbsa, 

Jaub.  &  Spach.    A.  aziirea-selbsa  and  A.  selbsa-azurea, 

Hort.).    Height  1  ft.:  Ivs.  in  whorls  of  8,  lanceolate, 

bristly:  fls.  longer  than  the  bracts.    Eu.  and  Orient. 

.4.  cundnchina,  Linn.  9-12  in.,  glabrous:  fls.  corymbose  on  erect 
peduncles:  Ivs.  4  to  a  whorl.  Eu.  and  Asia. — A.  longifldra,  Waldst. 
6-S  in.,  weak,  glabrous:  fls.  white,  yellowish  inside:  Ivs.  4  to  a  whorl, 
linear-lanceolate.  Eu. — .4.  tauri?ia.  Linn.  1  ft.,  erect,  smooth:  fls.  in 
fasciculately  umbelled  corymbs,  white:  Ivs.  3-nerved,  ciliate,  4  to  a 
wliorl.    Perhaps  not  hardy  N.    S.  Eu. 


412.  Asperula  odorata.    (XI) 


WiLHELM  Miller.       N.  Taylor. t 


ASPHODEL:  Asphodeline  and  Asphodelus. 


412 


ASPHODELINE 


ASPHODELUS 


ASPHODELINE  (nanio  moilifiod  from  Asphodehis). 
Liliace.r.  Hardy  herbarpoiis  plants,  distinguished  from 
Asphtxieliis  by  the  erect  and  leafy  stems. 

Asphodelines  ha\e  long  racemes  of  yellow  or  white 
fls.  in  June  and  July.  .\11  the  older  species  were  de- 
scribed under  .\sphodelus.  In  1830,  Reichenbach  made 
the  new  genus  .\sphodeline  for  .1.  lutea  and  others. 
The  only  species  advertised  in  Amer.  is  .1.  lutea,  but 
all  those  described  below  are  likely  to  be  in  cult. 
Monogr.  by  J.  G.  Baker  in  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  15:273- 
27cS  (1877).  There  are  some  145  species  in  the  Medit. 
region  and  the  Caucasus. 

The  culture  of  Asphodeline  hdea  is  simple.  Any  soil 
will  suit.  Partial  shade  is  allow.able,  but,  flowers  are 
often  better  in  the  sun.  Propagated  readily  by  divi- 
sion, in  spring  or  the  fall. 

A.  Sis.  leafy  up  to  the  raceme. 

B.  Fls.  yellow. 

Idtea,  Reiehb.  (Asphddelus  luleus,  Linn.).  True 
Asphodel  of  the  ancients,  or  King's  Spear.  Height 
2-4  ft.:  roots  thick,  flesh}',  stoloniferous:  Ivs.  3- 
12  in.  long;  margins  rough:  racemes  6-18  in.  long, 
3  in.  wide:  bracts  large,  membranaceous,  persistent. 
Italv,  Muritania  and  Algeria  to  Tauria  and  Ara- 
bia. B..M.  773.  L.B.C.  12:  1102  as  .4.  tauricus.— 
The  best  species.  A  double-fld.  var.  flore-pleno  has 
been  advertised. 

BB.  Fls.  white. 

tattrica,  Kunth.  Height  1-2  ft.:  roots  slender:  Ivs. 
3-9  in.  long;  margins  membranaceous:  racemes  6-12  in. 
long,  l'2-2  in.  wide:  bracts  9-12  lines  long,  13'2-2  in. 
wide.  Caucasus,  Tauria,  Syria,  Asia  Minor,  Greece. 
G.C.  III.  21 :  175. 

AA.  Sts.  leafy  only  a  third  or  half  the  way  to  the  raceme. 

B.  Fls.  white:  raceme  dense. 

globifera,  J.  Gay.  Height  2-3  ft. :  Ivs.  numerous,  sub- 
ulate 5-6  in.  long,  1-1 '  2  lines  broad:  racemes  dense-fid.: 
caps,  globose.    Cappadocia. 

BB.  Fls.  yellow:  raceme  lax. 

c.  Bracts  large,  6-12  lines  long,  long-cuspidate. 

tenilior,  Ledeb.  Height  1  ft.:  smaller  than  A.  lutea, 
with  finer  Ivs.  and  smaller,  fewer  and  paler  fls.  Cau- 
casus, Armenia,  N.  Persia.  B.M.  2626. — Especially  dis- 
tinguished by  the  stalk  being  naked  at  the  upper  part, 
below  the  raceme  of  fls.,  and  the  bracts  as  short  as  or 
shorter  than  the  peduncle. 

cc.  Brads  small,  ly^rS  lines  long,  short-cwspidate. 

libilmica,  Reiehb.  (A.  cretica.  Vis.,  not  Boiss.). 
Height  1-2  ft.:  Ivs.  .3-4  in.  long:  racemes  weak,  6-9  in. 
long,  when  expanded  2J^-3  in.  wide;  stamens  unequal. 
Greece,  Crete,  Dalmatia,  Austria,  Italy,  not  Asia 
Minor.    L.B.C.  10:915  (as  A.  cretica). 

brevicaMis,  J.  Gay  (.4.  cretica,  Boiss.,  not  Vis.). 
St.  often  fiexuose,  that  of  all  the  others  here  described 
being  erect  and  strict.  Asia  Minor,  Syria,  Palestine, 
Egj-pt. 

AAA.  SU  leafy  only  at  the  haxe:  fk.  white:  raceme  dense. 

B.  Racemes  uswilly  simple. 

c.  Height  8  ft.:  sis.  having  If. -scales. 

imperiMis,  Siehe.  Tallest  species  of  the  genus:  fls. 
large,  reddish  white:  Ivs.  numerous,  fonning  a  large 
rosette,  and  also  clothing  part  of  the  st.  Cappadocia. 
G.C.  III.  22::i97. 

cc.  Height  1\^S  fl.:  sts.  not  having  If. -scales. 
damascSna,  Baker.    Height  V/t-2  ft.:  bracts  mem- 
branaceoas,    lanceolate,    the   lowest   9-12    lines    long: 
racemes  simple,  rarely  branched.    Mt.  Lebanon. 


Balansae,  J.  Gay.  Height  2  ft.:  bracts  scarious,  6-9 
lines  long.    Cilicia.    Gt.  46,  p.  521.    G.C.  III.  23:111. 

BB.  Racemes  mm:h  panicled. 
isthmocarpa,  J.  Gay.  Height  2  ft.  Cilicia.   G.C.  III. 
23:117.  WiLUELM  Miller.      N.  TAYLOR.f 

ASPHODELUS  (Greek  name  of  unknown  origin). 
Liliaccic.  Asphodel.  Hardy  herbaceous  stemless 
plants,  with  white,  lily-like  fls.  in  long  racemes,  fleshy 
fascicled  roots,  and  firm,  linear,  radical,  tufted  Ivs.: 
perianth  funnel-shaped;  segms.  6,  oblong-ligulate,  ob- 
tuse, equal,  with  a  distinct  nerve  on  the  back,  and 
always  ascending. — Probably  a  half-dozen  species  in 
Medit.  region  and  India. 

The  asphodel  of  the  ancients,  or  king's  spear,  is 
Asphodeline  lutea,  which  see.  Homer  mentions  the 
asphodel  meadows  of  the  dead,  where  the  shades  of 
heroes  congregated  in  Hades.  The  asphodel  in  Greek 
mythology  was  the  peculiar  flower  of  the  dead.  It  has 
always  been  a  common  weed  in  Greece,  and  its  pallid 
yellow  flowers  are  associated  with  desert  places  and 
tombs.  The  word  daffodil  is  a  corruption  of  asphodel. 
The  asphodel  of  the  early  English  and  PVench  poets  is 
Narcissus  Pseudo-Narcissus.  J.  G.  Baker,  in  his  revis- 
ion of  the  genus  in  Jour.  Linn.  Soo.  15:268-272  (1877), 
refers  forty  species  of  other  botanists  to  ^4.  ramosus,  the 
dominant  type,  of  which  he  makes  three  subspecies. 
These  subspecies  are  here  kept  distinct,  for  horticul- 
tural purposes,  as  good  species.  They  are  the  ones  first 
described  below.  A.  ramosus  and  A.  albus  are  among 
the  few  current  trade  names  in  America. 

Culture  simple;  see  Asphodeline. 

A.  Plant  perennial:  Ivs.  S-angled. 

B.  Scape  long. 

c.  Racemes  simple  or  sparingly  branched. 

albus,  Mill.,  not  Willd.  Branching  Asphodel. 
Bracts  buff-colored  when  young:  filaments  deltoid  at 
the  base:  caps,  medium-sized,  5-6  lines  long,  subglobu- 
lar  or  ellipsoid.   S.  Eu. 

cerasiferus,  J.  Gay.  Bracts  pale  yellow:  filaments 
wedge-shaped  at  the  base,  but  rapidly  becoming  awl- 
shaped:  caps,  large,  8-10  lines  thick,  flattish  globular, 
umbilicate..  W.  Medit.  region. 

cc.  Racemes  much  branched  or  panicled. 

comosus.  Ford.  Radical  Ivs.  sword-shaped,  1-1 H  ft- 
long,  aoutish,  sharply  keeled  on  the  back:  panicle 
branched,  the  terminal  racemose  cluster  2-3  in.  diam.; 
petals  white,  }i-}im.  long.   Himalayan  region. 

tenuifolius,  Cav.  (.4.  microcdrpus,  and  .4.  gstivus, 
Reiehb.).  Bracts  pale  yellow  at  first :  filaments  4-angled 
at  the  base"  caps,  small,  3^  Unes  long;  obovoid-glo- 
bose.    Medit.,  Canary  Isls. 

BB.  Scape  short,  almost  wanting. 

aca&lis,  Desf.  Lvs.  6-20,  in  a  dense  rosette,  3—4  in. 
long,  minutely  pubescent:  fls.  6-20,  in  a  crowded 
corymb;  segms.  of  perianth  2-3  lines  wide.  Algiers. 
B.M.  7004. 

AA.  Plant  annual:  lvs.  cylindrical,  hollow. 

flstuldsus,  Linn.  Height  16-20  in.:  lvs.  12-30,  in  a 
dense  rosette,  6-12  in.  long,  striate,  awl-like,  glabrous: 
segms.  of  perianth  1-2  lines  wide,  lined  with  pink:  buds 
pink:  fls.  pinkish.  France  and  Portugal  to  Syria, 
Arabia  and  Afghanistan.  B.M.  984.  L.B.C.  12:1121. 
— Needs  protection  under  glass  in  winter.  If  removed 
early  in  autumn  to  a  greenhouse,  it  may  be  induced  to 
seed  freely. 

A.  cre(icu5==Asphodeline  liburnica. — .4.  iufeus=A9phodeline 
lutea. — -.4.  Villdrsii,  V'erl.,  is  a  form  of  \.  ramosus,  from  E.  France, 
with  long,  dense  racemes  and  dark  brown  bracts. 

WiLHELM  Miller        N.  TAYLOR.f 


XII.   Asparagus,  variety  Colossal. 


ASPIDISTRA 


ASPLENIUM 


413 


ASPIDISTRA  (Greek,  a  small,  round  shield;  referring, 
probably,  to  the  shape  of  the  stigma).  Liliacese.  A 
po]iular  florists'  jjlant,  grown  for  its  stiff,  shining, 
beautiful  foliage,  which  is  sometimes  striped. 

Leaves  all  radical,  many,  long,  gradually  narrowed 
into  petiole,  the  rhizome  thick  and  sometimes  creep- 
ing: fis.  inconspicuous  and  borne  close  to  the  ground; 
perianth  wide-campanulate,  8-lobed;  stamens  8,  at- 
tached on  the  tube,  the  filaments  very  short;  ovary 
4-celled:  fr.  a  globose  indehisccnt  1-seeded  berry. — 
Three  or  4  species  in  Himalaya,  China  and  Japan.  The 
casual  observer  never  suspects  that  Aspitlistra  is  a 
liliaceous  plant.  The  parts  of  the  fl.  in  monocotyledons 
are  typically  in  3's.  The  genus  Aspidistra  is  con- 
sidered abnormal,  as  usually  having  its  parts  in  4's. 
This  tetramerous  state  (which  is  here  considered  the 
normal  one,  and  described  below)  is  pictured  in  B.M. 
2499,  but  the  species  was  first  described  upon  a  trimer- 
ous  state,  and  pictured  in  B.R.  628.  In  A.  lundn,  the 
trimerous  state  must  be  regarded  as  an  exceptional 
reversion:  in  A.  typica,  B.M.  7484,  the  trimerous  state 
is  thought  to  be  constant. 

Aspidistra     is     invaluable    to     the 
florist  in  decorative  work,  owing  to  its 
ability  to  withstand  rough  usage,  dust, 
heat,  cold  and  drought.    The  foliage  is 
very  useful  when  cut  for  mixing  with 
amarylUses  when  the}'  are  used  as  cut- 
flowers,  lasting  for  weeks  in  good  con- 
dition; for  such  purposes  the  aspidistra 
may    be    planted    under    greenhouse 
benches  in  waste  places  for  the  production 
of  leaves  alone.    The  variegated  variety  is 
often  seen,  but  a  poor  soil  must  be  used  or 
the  variegation  will  speedily  disappear.    To 
increase   the   plants,  divide   in   early  spring 
when  repotting,  shaking  out  the  old  soil  from 
the  roots  and  separating  the  leaves,  putting 
several  in  a  pot  of  a  useful  si_ze,  a  6-inch 
being  large  enough  to  hold  a  number  of  leaves  and  their 
roots.   (E.  O.  Orpet.) 

l&rida,  Ker-Gawl  {A.  elalior,  Hort.  A.  punctata, 
Lindl.).  Fig.  413.  Lvs.  1.5-20  in.  long,  stiff,  evergreen, 
oblong-lanceolate,  sharp-pointed,  radical;  blade  nar- 
'  rowed  into  a  channeled  petiole  a  third  of  its  length:  fls. 
lurid  purple,  on  short  1-fld.  scapes;  perianth  segms.  8; 
stamens  8;  stigma  broadly  shield-shaped,  like  a  small 
mushroom.  China.  B.R.  977.  Var.  variegata,  Hort., 
has  alternation  of  green  and  white  stripes,  no  2  lvs. 
being  exactly  aUke. — In  Fla.,  the  aspidistra  makes 
beautiful  dense  specimens  in  unheated  plant-sheds.  It 
thrives  in  sunshine  when  growing  along  the  edges  of 
ditches  and  flowing  water. 

A.  typici,  Baill.  Rootstock  creeping:  lvs.  elliptic-lanceolate, 
long-pelioled,  about  7-nerved:  fls.  greenish  or  whitish,  speckled 
with  red,  purple  inside,  trimerous.    Ctiina.  t      TT    B  f 

ASPIDIUM:  Dryopteris  and  Polystichum. 

ASPLENENDRtUM:   Tkamnopteris. 

ASPLENIUM  (Greek,  not  the  spleen;  referring  to  sup- 
po.sed  medicinal  properties).  Polypodiacese.  A  large, 
widely  distributed  genus  of  ferns,  containing  some  200 
species.  Some  of  them  hardy,  and  many  others  grown 
in  the  gieenhouse. 

Aspleniums  are  distinguished  by  the  free  veins,  and  by 
the  elongated  sori  covered  by  an  indusium,  which  nor- 
mally is  attached  to  one  side  of  a  vein.  The  species 
here  inclutled  under  Asplenium,  which  have  some  of 
the  sori  curved  across  the  subtending  veinlets  and 
certain  differences  in  the  internal  structure  of  the  st. 
are  placed  bv  many  botanists  in  a  separate  genus, 
Athyrium;  in  the  list  below,  Nos.  10,  25,  26,  and  27 
belong  in  this  group. 

Aspleniums  enjoy  an  abundance  of  moisture  at  the 
roots,  but  thev  will  turn  brown  in  the  winter  months  in 


an  excessively  moist  atmosphere.  They  should  be  kept 
in  a  very  lightly  shaded  position.  A  good  potting  ma- 
terial consists  of  equal  parts  of  rich  soil  and  leaf -mold  or 
peat.  The  following  are  some  of  the  most  useful  com- 
mercial kinds:  A.  Belange.ri,  height  2}4  feet;  A.  bulbif- 
eriim  (including  A.  laxum),  which  grows  quickly  into  a 
handsome  specimen  about  20  inches  high,  and  seems  to 
stand  the  hot,  dry  American  summers  better  than  other 
species;  A.  salicifolium;  and  A.  viviparum,  which  is 
dwarf,  compact,  with  lace-like  fronds,  and  easily  propa- 
gated. For  hanging-baskets,  .4.  ^acfirfiiTO  is  best.  The 
foregoing  species  and  others  of  Uke  habit  develop  small 
plantlets  on  the  surface  and  edge  of  pinnae.  As  soon  as 
these  are  sufficiently  strong,  they  may  be  detached,  with 
a  smaU  piece  of  old  pinnae,  and  pricked  into  shallow 
pans,  the  older  part  being  placed  below  ground  to  hold 
the  .young  plant  firmly  in  position  until  roots  have 


413.  Aspidistra  lurida  var.  variegata. 

formed.  The  best  soil  for  this  purpose  is  composed  of 
equal  parts  of  fresh  garden  soil,  leaf-mold  or  fine  peat, 
and  sand.  Plant  very  firmly,  and  place  in  a  shady, 
moderately  moist  and  close  position,  where  in  ten  or 
fifteen  days  they  will  make  roots.  The  foregoing  ones  do 
best  in  a  temperature  of  50°  F  A,  cristatum  is  easily 
grown  from  spores,  and  is  very  useful  for  fern-dishes. 
(Nichol  N,  Bruckner.) 

INDEX. 


acrostichoides,  33. 
Adiantum-nigrum.20. 
affine.  19. 
alatum.  6. 
angustifolium,  14. 
Baptistii,  18. 
Belangeri,  29. 
bulbiferum,  24. 
caudatum,  16. 
cicutarium,  26. 
Colensoi,  13. 
cristatum,  26. 
cuneatum,  21. 
diniorphum,  30. 
ebeneum,  10. 


ebenoides,  5. 
Filix-fceniina,  32. 
f<Tntrulaceum,  22. 
fontanum,  23, 
formosum,  11. 
fragrans,  22. 
Hemionitis,  3. 
laxum.  24. 
luoidura,  17. 
myriophyllum,  25. 
Nidus,  2. 
nobilis,  31. 
obtusilobum,  27. 
oceanicum,  27. 
palmatum,  3. 


parvulum,  9. 
pinnatifidum,  4. 
platyneuron,  10. 
resiiiens,  9. 
ThizophyUum,  25. 
rutEefolium,  28. 
salicifolium,  45. 
serratum,  1. 
apinulosum,  34. 
tenerum,  12. 
thelypter aides,  33. 
Trichomanea,  8. 
Veitchianum,  12. 
viride,  7. 
viviparum,  31. 


A.  SoH  linear  or  oblong,  straight,  borne  on  the  back  of  the  If. 

(Nos.  1-26.) 

B.  Lf.  simple,  with  a  serrate  margin. 

1.  serratum,  Linn.  Lf.  1-3  ft.  long,  on  a  very  short 
stalk,  2-4  in.  wide,  gradually  narrowed  below:  sori  1  in. 
or  more  long.    Fla.  to  Brazil. 


414 


ASPLENIUM 


ASPLENIUM 


2.  Nidus,  Linn.  (Thamndpleris  Xidits,  Presl.  A.  and 
T.  X'lilus-aris,  Hort.).  Bird's-nest  Fern.  Fig.  414. 
Much  like  the  preceding  in  si/.e  and  habit  of  growth,  but 
with  entire  margined  Ivs.  and  with  the  veins  partly 
united  to  form  a  net. 

BB.  Lf.  lobed  or  pinnaiifid. 

3.  Hemionitis,  Linn.  (.4.  palinaliim,  Lam.).  Lf.  4-6 
in.  each  way,  }uistate,  with  a  triangular  terminal  lobe 
and  2  lateral  ones,  and  a  large,  roundetl  sinus  at  the 
base:  sori  often  over  1  in.  in  length.  Spain,  Canary 
Isls.   S.  1:.5S6. 

4.  pinnatifidiun,  Xutt.  Lvs.  clustered,  from  a  short 
rootstock,  3-9  in.  long,  with  mostly  rounded  lobes  at  the 
base  and  terminating  in  a  slender  point;  texture  thick, 
herbaceous;  occasionally  rooting  at  the  tip.  Pa.  to  Ala. 
S.  1:628. 

5.  ebenoides,  R.  R.  Scott.  Texture  thin:  lvs.  5-10  in. 
long,  with  a  few  irregular  di\'isions  near  the  base,  and 
a  long,  slender,  much-incised  apical  portion,  occasionally 
rooting  at  the  apex.  A  very  rare  native  fern. — One  of 
the  verj-  few  definitely  proved  fern  hybrids,  its  hybrid 
name  being  A.  platyneuron  x  Camptosorus  rhizophyllus. 


414.  Asplenium  Nidus.   (  Xriy) 

6.  aiatum,  HBK.  Lvs.  1  ^-2  ft.  long,  the  stalks  4-6 
in.  long,  winged  above,  the  blades  1-1 J-^  ft.  long,  3-4 
in.  broad,  deeply  pinnatifid,  the  rachis  winged 
throughout,  the  lobes  1-114  in.  long,  J^^^in.  broad, 
herbaceous. — VV.  Indies  and  S.  Amer. 

BBB.  Lf.  once  pinnate. 

c.  Pinnx  less  than  ^in.  long,  blunt. 

D.  Rachises  greenish. 

7.  viride,  Hudson.  Lvs.  3-8  in.  long,  scarcely  more 
than  ]/2'^c-  wide,  with  numerous  rather  distant  Ifts.,  which 
are  ovate  and  deeply  crenate:  .sori  abundant,  oblique. 
A  Bubalpine  species  of  X.  Eu.  and  N.  Amer.   S.  1 :661. 

DD.  Rachises  purplish  or  blackish. 

8.  Trichomanes,  Linn.  Lvs.  densely  clustered,  3-8  in. 
long,  J^in.  wide,  with  densely  crowded  oval  Ifts.  which 
are  slightly  crenate  on  the  upper  side  and  suddenly  nar- 
rowed at  the  base.  Northern  hemisphere  generally.  A.G. 
13:6.53.   8.1:6.53.    Gn.  59::i\8  (an  A.  incisum). 

9.  resiliens,  Kunze  (A.  pdrvulum,  Mart.  &  Galcotti). 
Lf .  .5-9  in.  long,  with  2f>-.30  pairs  of  mostly  opposite  Ifts., 


which  are  '4-^8  in.  long,  rounded  at  the  outer  margin 
and  squarely  truncate  at  the  base.  Southern  states  and 
Mex. 

cc.  Pinnx  ^-1  in.  long,  with  a  strong  auricle  at  the  upper 
side  of  the  base  or  deeply  incised  on  the  upper  margin. 

10.  platynefiron,  Oakes  (.4.  ebeneum,  Ait.).  Lvs.  6-15 
in.  long,  with  30-35  pairs  of  Ifts.  which  have  an  en- 
larged auricle  at  the  upper  side  at  the  base,  the  lower 
Ifts.  reduced  to  mere  triangular  auricles:  sori,  when 
mature,  covering  the  entire  surface.  Canada  to  S. 
Amer.    A.G.  13:654.   S.  1:53.5. 

11.  formosum,  Willd.  Lvs.  12-16  in.  long,  with 
numerous  alternate  pinna;  which  are  mostly  deflexed, 
with  the  upper  margin  deeply  incised  and  the  lower 
margin  toothed:  sori  3-5  to  each  1ft.  Trop.  Amer.  S. 
1:570. 

12.  tenenun,  Forst.  (A.  Veitchianum,  Hort.).  Lvs. 
1-1? 4  ft.  long,  the  .stalks  4-6  in.  long,  grayish,  the 
blades  8-15  in.  long,  ,3-4  in.  broad,  1-pinnate  with  10-20 
pairs  of  stalked  pinnje,  the  pinnae  1-1 J  2  in-  long,  }4~ 
J  gin.  broad,  rounded,  toothed,  inequilateral,  usually 
auricled.   Asia,  Malaya. 

13.  Colensoi,  Col.  Stalks  .3-4  in.  long,  with  small 
scales:  If.-blades  4-5  in.  long,  2  in.  broad;  pinna 
numerous,  spreading,  the  lower  pinnatifid  auricled,  on 
stalks  M~3^in.  long.    New  Zeal. 

ccc.  Pinnx  2-6  in.  long,  linear  or  lanceolate. 

14.  angustifolium,  Michx.  Lvs.  18-24  in.  long  on 
stout  stalks,  4-6  in.  wide,  with  20-30  pairs  of  nearly 
sessile  pinnse,  which  are  truncate  at  the  base  and  extend 
to  a  tapering  point;  fertile  pinnae  narrower  and  more 
distant.    Moist  woods  northward.    S.  1:496. 

15.  salicifolium,  Linn.  Lvs.  12-18  in.  long,  with  about 
20  distinctly  .stalked  horizontal  pinna;,  which  are  wedge- 
shaped  at  the  ba.se,  and  curve  upward  to  a  long  point: 
sori  strongly  obUque  to  the  midrib,  wide  apart,  not 
reaching  either  margin  or  midrib.    VV.  Indies  to  Brazil. 

16.  caudatum,  Forst.  Stalks  4-6  in.  long,  densely 
clothed  with  fine  fibrillose  scales:  blades  12-18  in.  long, 
4-8  in.  broad,  with  20-30  pairs  of  pinnae,  the  pinnae 
3-4  in.  long,  J2-I  in.  broad,  acuminate,  deeply  toothed, 
auriculate  above.    Polynesia,  Malaya. 

17.  l&cidum,  Forst.  Stalks  3-6  in.  long,  gra3'ish, 
densely  clothed  with  large  gray  scales,  the  blades  1-2  ft. 
long,  4-8  in.  broad,  oblong,  or  ovate-deltoid,  with  a 
terminal  pinna  and  15-20  pairs  of  lateral  pinnEe;  pinnae 
4-6  in.  long,  1-1 K  in.  broad,  acuminate,  toothed.  New 
Zeal. 

BBBB.  Lf.  2-4  pinnate. 

c.  Ultimate  divisions  linear  or  cuneate:  venation  somewhat 

fan-shaped:  texture  thick. 

18.  Baptistii,  Moore.  Lf.  bipinnate,  with  broadly 
ovate  pinnae  5  in.  or  more  long,  each  with  about  4  stipi- 
tate  linear  toothed  pinnules;  sori  nearly  parallel  with 
the  midvein  and  close  to  it;  rachises  scaly,  with  pur- 
plish lined  scales.   South  Sea  Isls. 

19.  affine,  Swartz.  Lf.  9-18  in.  long,  with  numerous 
pinnae  on  either  side,  the  lower  ovate  deltoid,  the  upper 
lanceolate;  pinnules  incised:  sori  Unear.  Mauritius 
and  Ceylon  to  E.  Indies. 

20.  Adiantum-nigrum,  Linn.  Stalks  brownish,  lvs.  3- 
pinnatifid  from  winged  rachises,  triangular,  5-9  in.  long; 
ultimate  divisions  ovate,  sharply  incised  and  serrate  on 
both  sides.    Old  World  generally.    8.1:486. 

21.  cuneatum,  Lam.  Lvs.  12-16  in.  long,  4-6  in.  wide, 
tripinnate  below,  the  ultimate  divisions  broadly  obtuse 
above  and  strongly  cuneate  below:  sori  linear,  usually 
long  for  the  size  of  the  segms.  Tropical  regions 
generally. 

22.  fragrans,  Swartz  (A.  faeniculaccum,  Kunth). 
Lvs.  2-3-pinnate;  ultimate  segms.  lanceolate,  sharp- 
eerrate  above;  veins  simple  or  the  lowest  forked:  sori 


ASPLENIUM 


ASTELIA 


415 


oblong,  extending  from  midrib  to  near  base  of  the  lobes : 
petiole  brownish,  rachis  flattened.   W.  Indies.  S.  1 :  577. 

cc.  Ultimate  divisions  rhombic,  sharply  spinulose: 

texture  herbaceoiis. 

23.  fontanum,  Bernh.   Growing  in  dense  clusters:  lys. 

3-6  in.  long,  1  in.  or  more  wide,  2-pinnate;  .segms.  with 

2-5  spinulose  teeth  which 

are  widely  divergent:  sori  at 

maturity     covering    nearly 

J"  5^  the   entire    surface   of   the 

^^^  segms.   England  and  Spain 

to  the  Himalayas.  S.  1 :  574. 

ccc.  Ultimate  divisions 
longer,  not  spinidose: 
texture  membranous  or 
herbaceous. 

24.  bulbiferum,  Forst. 
(.4.  Idxum,  Hort.).  Lvs. 
1-1  yi  ft.  long,  6-8  in.  wide, 
3-pinnatifid ;  pinna;  tapering 
to  a  slender  toothed  point: 
often   bearing   bulbs    from 

which  new  plants 
originate  while  still 
attached  to  the  If. 
Afr.  and  Australasia. 
8.1:508.  Gn.72:156. 

25.  m3rriophyllum,  Presl. 
{A.  rhizophijUiim,  Kunze). 
Fig.  415.  Growing  in  ex- 
tensive tufts,  with  grayish 
brown  stalks  and  rachises: 
lvs.  6-15  in.  long,  3-pinnate 
or  4-pinnatifid,  the  ultimate 
segms.  frequently  deeply 
2-lobed  with  a  single  sorus 
to  each  division.  Fla.  to  S. 
Amer. 

26.  cristatum,  Lam.  (A.  cicutdrium,  Swartz).  Lvs. 
3-pinnatifid  with  a  winged  rachis,  8-18  in.  long;  pinnules 
ovate,  with  5-7  narrow  divisions,  each  bearing  a  single 
sorus;  texture  thin,  membranous.  Trop.  Amer.,  rare 
in  Fla. 

AA.  Sori  linear,  margirwl  or  submarginal,  on  narrow, 

linear,  ultimate  divisions  of  the  If.    (Darea.) 

B.  Lvs.  bipinnatifid,  less  than  a  foot  long. 

27.  oceanicum,  C.  Chr.  (A.  obtusilobum.  Hook.,  not 
Desv.).  Lvs.  4-7  in.  long,  2  in.  wide  or  less,  with  about 
10  pinnae,  which  are  made  up  of  5-7  narrow  segms.  bear- 
ing occasional  sori  in  the  outer  margin  of  the  segms. 
New  Hebrides  and  Fiji  Isls.   S.  1:625. 

BB.  Lvs.  2-pinnate  or  3-pinnatifid,  over  a  fool  long. 

c.  Pinnse  short,  with  close  segins. 

28.  rutaefdlium,  Kunze.  Lvs.  13-15  in.  long,  with 
12-20  pinnse  on  each  side,  each  with  7-11  narrow  segms., 

2  or  3  of  the  lower  ones  2-fld.  or  rarely  3-fld.  S.  Afr., 
India  and  Japan. 

29.  Belangeri,  Kunze.    Fig.  416.    Lvs.  1.5-18  in.  long, 

3  in.  wide,  with  numerous  horizontal  pinnae  on  each 
side,  cut  into  about  12  slender  linear  segms.  on  either 
side,  which  are  set  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  rachis; 
the  lower  basal  segms.  often  forked.  Each  segm.  has  a 
single  sorus,  and  1  vein.  This  species  is  thought  by 
some  fern  students  to  be  merely  a  divided  variety  of  A. 
lenerum,  Forst.  (No.  12).  In  general  the  two  species 
are  much  alike.    E.  Indies. 

30.  dimorphum,  Kunze.  Stalks  6-12  in.  long,  naked: 
blades  2-3  ft.  long,  12-15  in.  broad,  ovate-deltoid,  2-3 
pinnate;  sterile  lvs.  2-pinnate,  segms.  ovate  1  in.  long, 
}4in.  broad,  bluntly  toothed;  fertile  lvs.  .3-pinnate, 
segms.  linear,  each  with  a  single  sorus.    Norfolk  Isl. 


415. 


Asplenium  myriophyllum. 

(X34) 


CC.  Pinnse  longer,  with  scattered  narrowly  linear  segms. 

31.  vivipanim,  Presl.  Lvs.  15-24  in.  long,  6-8  in. 
wide,  on  rather  short  stalks  with  pinnatifid  pinnules  and 
ultimate  segms.,  which  are  narrowly  linear  and  often 
forked:  plant  often  bulb-bearing,  hke  A.  bulbiferum. 
Mauritius  and  Bourbon.  Cult,  under  various  names. 
S.  1:662.  A.  nobilis,  Hort.,  is  a  more  vigorous  variety, 
originally  from  New  Guinea. 

AAA.  Sori  more  or  less  curved,  sometimes  horseshoe- 
shaped:  lvs.  ample,  2-Jf-pinnalifid. 

32.  Filix-fdemina,  Bernh.  Lvs.  lJ^-3  ft.,  broadly 
ovate-oblong,  bipinnate;  pinnae  4-8  in.  long,  lanceolate, 
with  numerous  more  or  less  pinnately  incised  or  serrate 
segms.  Eu.  and  N.  Amer. — Very  variable,  especially 
in  cult.   Schneider  describes  56  varieties. 

33.  acrostichoides,  Swartz  [A.  thelyptercndes,  Michx.). 
Lvs.  1-2  ft.  long,  on  long,  straw-colored  stalks,  6-12  in. 
wide,  2-pinnatifid,  with  linear-lanceolate  pinnae;  segms. 
crowded,  oblong,  minutely  toothed:  sori  10-12  to  each 
segm.   Rich  soil  in  the  E.  U.  S.    S.  1:651. 

34.  spinulosum,  Baker.  Lvs.  9-12  in.  each  way,  del- 
toid, 3-4-pinnatifid,  with  9-12  pinnae  on  either  side,  the 
lowest  much  the  largest;  segms.  short  and  sharply 
toothed.   China  and  Japan. 

Supplementary  list  of  less  common  trade  names;  A.  aculed- 
tum,  Hort.  Hab.{?). — A.  aTbdreum.  See  Diplazium. — A,  bijidutn= 
A.  lineatum. — A.  decdrutn,  a  sport  from  A.  bulbiferum. — A.  decus- 
satum.  See  Caliipteris. — A.  ellipticum,  Hort.,  a  trade  name. — A. 
fidccidum.  Forst.  Coolhouse  basket  fern  from  Austral.,  Tasmania 
and  New  Zeal.  Lvs.  2-3  ft.  long,  4-8  in.  broad;  stipes  stout,  flex- 
ible, greenish,  naked;  pinnaei  numerous,  close  or  distant,  lanceo- 
late, leathery,  4-8  in.  long,  j2-^4in.  broad.  Very  variable. — A. 
GoTingidnum  var.  plctum,  Mett  (Athyrium  Goringianum  var. 
pictum,  Hort.}.  Distinguislied  from  all  other  members  of  the  genus 
by  the  bright  color  of  its  entirely  deciduous  lvs.,  which  are  10-15 
in.  long,  spear-shaped,  and  pendulous.  Possibly  the  only  hardy 
variegated  fern.  It.  fiowever,  needs  glass  protection  for  best  results. 
Stalks  purple  or  claret-colored:  lvs.  green  with  a  central  band  of 
gray;  Ifts.  divided  into  sharply  toothed  pinnules  on  which  the 
oblong  or  kidney-shaped  sori  are  arranged  in  2  rows  parallel  to 
the  midvein.  Japan. — A.  laceratum,  Desv.  Allied  to  A.  Nidus  and 
possibly  a  variety  of  that  species.  Lvs.  narrower,  cut  into  irregu- 
lar lobes,  each  loiae  having  black  stripe  about  3  in.  long.  Brazil. — 
,4.  Idncetim.  See  Diplazium.  — .4.  Laurentii,  Christ,  var.  denticu- 
latum.  Allied  to  A.  macrophyllum  but  smaller.  Congo. — A. 
lineatum,  Swartz.  Warmhouse  species  from  Mauritius  and  Bour- 
bon, is  very  variable,  running  into  forms  with  Ifts.  again  pinnate, 
which  have  either  small,  linear  pinnules  or  these  again  twice  cut; 
lvs.  1-2  ft.  long.  4-6  in.  wide:  stalks  erect,  6-9  in.  long,  more  or  less 
scaly. — A.  longissimum,  Blume.  The  best  of  all  the  genus  for  large 
baskets.    Lvs.  2-3  ft.  long,  4-6  in.  broad:  stalks  blackish,  3-12  in. 


^S'i^fJ^ 


416.  Asplenium  Belangeri.    (XM) 

long;  Ifts.  sessile,  auncled.  E.  Indies.  S.  1:602. — .4.  macrophyl- 
Ijtm,  Swartz.  Coolhouse  species  from  Polynesia,  Malaya,  China,  and 
Himalayas.  Lvs.  6-18  in.  long,  6-12  in.  wide;  stalks  brownish;  Ifts. 
6-12  pairs,  stalked,  3-6  in.  long,  1-3  in.  wide,  sharp-pointed,  ser- 
rate.— .4.  Shepherdii,  Spreng.    See  Diplazium. 

L.  M.  Underwood. 
ASPRfiLLA:  Hystrix.  R-   C.   BENEDICT.f 

ASTELIA  (name  alluding  to  epiphytic  character  of 
some  species).  Liliaces--.  Greenhouse  plants  with 
racemes  or  panicles  of  small  flowers. 

Astelias  are  perennial  herbs  of  about  a  dozen  species 
in  New  Zeal.,  Austral,  and  the  Pacific  Isls.,  with  lvs. 
all  radical  or  crowded  at  the  base  of  the  st.,  belonging 
to  the  Dracana  tribe:  fls.  .small  and  dia'cious;  perianth 


416 


ASTELIA 


ASTER 


ti-parted,  persistent,  tlie  parts  spreading  or  reflexed; 
stamens  6,  attached  to  base  of  rorolla-parts;  stam- 
inodia  present  in  pistillate  r.s.,  the  ovary  sessile,  1-3- 
celled:  fr.  an  indeliiseent  somewhat  fleshy  and  globose 
berry.  In  New  Zeal.,  the  ;istelias  form  a  prominent 
part  of  the  vegetation.  The  species  are  confused.  Two 
or  3  New  Zeal,  species  have  been  sparingly  intro.  to  cult, 
abroad,  as:  A.  Ciinninghamii,  Hook,  f.,  with  1-celled 
fr.:  fis.  numerous  and  small,  greenish  yellow  or  red- 
dish yellow  or  maroon ;  a  densely  tufted  species,  epiphy- 
tic or  terrestrial,  with  Ivs.  2-5  ft.  long  and  scape  1-3  ft. 
B.M.  .5175.  A.  Banksii,  Cunn.,  with  3-celled  fr.:  fls. 
larger  (about  '4in.  long),  many,  greenish:  densely 
tufted,  large,  the  Ivs.  2-6  ft.  A.  Solandri,  Cunn.,  with 
3-celled  fr. :  fls.  very  niunerous  and  lemon-yellow,  JMn. 
long:  denselj'  tufted,  often  making  large  clumps  on  trees 
and  rocks,  the  Ivs.  2-5  ft.   B.M.  5.503.  l.  H.  B. 

ASTER  (o  star).  Including  Diplopappiis.  Composi- 
te. Aster.  St.\rwort.  IMich.elxias  Daisy.  A  large 
temperate-zone  genus  of  attractive  but  botanically- 
confused,  mostly  perennial  leafy  herbs,  particularly 
abundant  in  North  America;  very  useful  for  border 
planting. 

The  genus  is  characterized  by  numerous  flattish 
rays  (white,  blue,  red,  or  purple),  slender  subuLate  or 
lanceolate  style  appendages,  compressed  several- 
nerved  aehenes,  and  an  involucre  with  unequal  bracts 
in  few  or  several  rows,  the  pappus  simple,  soft,  and 
abundant  (Fig.  417);  leafy  steriimed,  mostly  blooming 
in  the  autumn:  Ivs.  always  alternate.  It  differs  from 
Erigeron  in  ha\-ing  2  to  several  rows  of  involucrate 
bracts;  in  Erigeron  there  is  only  1  series  of  bracts. 
Some  of  the  species  are  annual, 
but  those  in  cult,  are  perennial  (or 
rarely  biennial).  CaUmeris  and 
Linosyris,  which  have  yeUow  fls., 
a  color  unknown  in  aster,  are  kept 
distinct  in  this  book. 

In  North  America,  where  the 
asters  are  such  abundant  plants  in 
the  autumn  flora,  the  species  are 
not  much  known  as  cultivated 
plants,  most  of  the  specimens  seen 
in  gardens  being  the  wild  species 
transplanted.  In  Europe,  however, 
there  are  numbers  of  named  gar- 
den kinds,  some  of  them  derived 
from  American  species  that  have 
been  long  cultivated  there.  A. 
novi-helgii  has  been  particularly 
productive  of  garden  forms.  Many 
of  the  garden  forms  are  undoubt- 
edly confu.sed  hybrids.  The  Mich- 
a-lmas  daisies  are  mostly  from  this  species  and  per- 
haps also  from  A.  novx-angliss.  Many  of  the  Latin- 
form  garden  names  are  very  difficult  to  place. 

The  native  asters  are  amongst  the  very  best  plants 
for  borders  and  roadsides.  They  should  be  better 
known.  A.  acuminalus  grows  well  in  shade  in  ordinary 
soil,  not  necessarily  moist;  increases  in  vigor  under 
cultivation.  A.  cordifolius  prefers  open  or  partial  shade; 
improves  much  under  cultivation  wnth  good  soil.  A. 
corymbosu.1  prefers  at  least  partial  shade,  and  will  grow 
even  in  very  deep  sharlc;  seeds  very  freely;  does  well  on 
dry  ledges  and  in  small  crevices  in  rock;  very  tenacious 
of  life.  A.  dumosus  prefers  full  sunlight  and  dry  situa- 
tion. A.  ericoule.1  wants  full  sunlight  and  dry  situation; 
will  grow  in  very  poor  or  shallow  soil,  but  does  best 
where  roots  can  penetrate  deep.  A .  lnvis  grows  in  either 
full  sunlight  or  partial  shade  and  good  soil.  A.  nuv^- 
anglia:  will  not  endure  much  sha<le;  prefers  moist  soil, 
but  grow.")  well  in  ordinarj'  garden  situations.  Fall- 
sown  seedlings  of  A.  novie-angliw  var.  rnseus  come 
practicallj-  true  to  varietal  name,  though  varying  in 
shade  of  color,  and  these  seedhngs  bloom  later  than 


417.  Disk  floret 
of  Aster.  (  X-i) 
a.  pappus;  h,  corolla; 
c.  stamens;  d,  styles. 


older  plants  and  at  a  height  of  18  inches,  making  the 
plant  of  value  as  a  late  bedding  plant  treated  as  an 
annual.  A.  nom-helgii  prefers  moist  soil;  will  not 
endure  heavy  shade.  A.  paniculatus  prefers  moist  soil, 
but  will  do  well  in  rather  dry  situations;  will  endure 
more  shade  than  either  of  the  two  above  species.  A. 
patens  wants  open  or  half-shaded  places,  and  good 
soU;  one  of  the  weaker  species,  often  pro\'ing  short- 
lived.  A.  puniceus  will  not  endure  shade;  prefers  moist 


418.  Aster  macrophyllus.    ( X  H) 

places,  but  will  grow  in  good  soil  not  over-moist;  in  dry 
situations  it  loses  its  vigor;  spreads  rapidly  in  favored 
locations.  A.  spcctabilis  prefers  open  or  partly  shaded 
places;  one  of  the  weaker  species  in  wild  state;  rather 
short-Uved.  A.  undulatus  wants  open  or  half  shade; 
late-flowering,  handsome  plant,  forming  large  clumps 
when  allowed  to  develop.    (F.  W.  Barclay.) 

The  garden  or  modified  asters  undoubtedly  deserve 
more  attention  in  American  collections.  The  beautiful 
low-growing,  vernal  alpine  asters  are  little  known  at 
present,  but  are  valuable  for  rock-garden  and  for  bor- 
dering purposes.  The  earliest  asters  to  flower  are  the 
Alpine  varieties.  These  are  well  adapted  for  floral 
mass  effects,  and  transplant  well,  e^'en  in  an  advanced 
state.  There  are  many  garden  varieties  of  asters,  among 
which  are  Schoene  von  Ronsdorf,  I'ltramarin,  Beauty 
of  Colwall,  Beaut6  Parfaite,  Rosalind  and  Boule  de 
Neige.  Alpine  asters  can  be  easily  raised  from  seed 
sown  in  spring.  Seedlings  do  not  flower  until  the  second 
year.  In  the  garden  they  require  a  hght  rich  soil,  open 
exposure  and  moderate  amount  of  moisture.  Plants 
retain  their  foliage  over  winter  and  for  this  reason  need 
a  more  careful  covering  than  the  tall-growing  classes 
require.  Garden  varieties  of  the  latter,  as  a  rule,  do 
better  in  low  and  rather  moist  locations.  Here  a  mini- 
mum of  care  is  sufficient.  To  bring  out  their  full  beauty, 
however,  it  is  necessary  to  plant  them  in  well-prepared 
richly  manured  ground  and  properly  to  cultivate,  stake 
and  irrigate  them.  Stock  of  named  varieties  must  be 
purchased  as  plants.  Propagation  can  be  effected  by 
ilivision   of   old   clumps,   or,   if  larger  quantities  are 


ASTER 


ASTER 


417 


desired,  by  cuttings.  If  distinctness  of  variety  and  color 
is  no  object,  seeding  may  be  employed;  sow  early  in 
spring,  thinly  in  rows;  transplant  seedlings  in  August 
or  early  in  September  and  await  their  coming  into 
flower  the  following  season.    (R.  Rothe.) 


acris,  10. 
albus,  1. 
alpinus,  1 
Ameilus,  7. 
bessarabicus,  8. 
c^spitosus,  18. 
canus,  10. 
cordifolius,  15. 
decurrens,  17. 
diploatephioides,  6. 
elegans,  15. 
eminens,  18. 
ericoides,  20. 


INDEX. 

Falconeri.  6. 
himalaicus,  3. 
himalayensis,  3. 
Herveyi,  19. 
laevis,  17. 
macrophyllua,  13. 
magnificus,  15. 
mesa  gra  ndifiorus= 

Erigeroa   macran- 

thus. 
nanus,  10. 
novae-angliae,  16. 
novi-belgii,  IS. 


Petersianus,  12. 
polycephalus,  13. 
pyrenseus,  5. 
roseus,  16. 
Shortii,  14. 
sibiricua,  9. 
speciosus,  1. 
Bubcffruieus,  4. 
auperous,  1. 
tataricug,  12. 
Thomsonii,  2, 
trinerviu-s,  11. 


A.  Old  World  asters,  some  of 

them  old  garden  plants, 
and  somewhat  modified 
by  cull.    Nos.  1-12. 

B.  Sts.  simple  and  scape-like, 

hearing    a    single    fl., 
sometimes   branched  in 
A.  Thomsonii. 
C.  Raijs  purplish  or  violet. 

1.  alpinus,  Linn.  Lvs. 
entire  and  spatulate,  form- 
ing a  cluster  on  the  ground, 
those  on  the  st.  small  and 
linear:  st.  3-10  in.,  bearing 
a  large  violet-rayed,  hand- 
some head.  B.M.  199.  Gn. 
76,  p.  122.— In  its  wild 
state,  the  plant  also  occurs  s^tj 
in  the  Rocky  Mts.  Valuable  ''^'  '^' 
alpine  or  rockwork  plant, 
with  fls.  varying  to  pink 
and  white.  Var.  speciosus, 
Hort .,  is  taller  and  stronger, 
with  heads  3-4  in.  across. 
Var.  superbus,  Hort.  (Gn. 
54:328.  G.  32:591),  is 
large  and  showy  form.  Var. 
albus  is  a  beautiful  pure 
white-fid.  form  of  the  tvpe. 
G.M.  ,50:617. 

2.  Thomsonii,  Clarke. 
An  erect,  sometimes  laxly 
branched  herb,  with  slender, 
flexuous,  hairj'  branches: 
lvs.  2-4  in.  long,  almost 
clasping  at  the  base:  fls. 
solitary,  l}'2-2}-2  in.  wide, 
the  rays  reddish  purple, 
about  20-30  in  each  head. 
Himalaya  region.  Gn.W. 
23:27.  Gn.  42,  p.  295.— To 
be  treated  as  an  alpine  near 
referred  to  Callimeris. 


G.C.  III.  38:23.   G.M.  48:411.    Gn.  68,  p.  11.— Needs 
protection  N.  June. 

5.  pyrenaeus,  DC.  St.  erect,  simple,  10-18  in.  high: 
lvs.  sessile,  roughly  pubescent,  oblong-lanceolate  and 
prominently  3-nerved:  fls.  solitary  or  2  or  3  together,  at 
least  23^  in.  wide,  the  numerous  rays  lilac,  the  disk- 
fls.  yellow.   S.  Eu.   Aug.,  Sept. 

DD.  Plants  2-3  ft.  high. 

6.  diplostephioides,  Benth.  Two  to  3  ft.,  soft-pubea- 
cent  or  hairy,  the  st.  simple  and  solitary:  lvs.  obovate  or 
oblanceolate,  entire  but  ciliate:  solitary  head  large, 
inchned,  2-3  in.  across,  blue  or  pale  purple,  very  showy. 
Himalayas.  B.M.  6718.  J. H.  III.  33:262.  G.C.  III. 
48:56.  G.M.  35:445. — In  the  American  trade  has  been 
misspelled  A.  Deplostaphides.  Var.  Falconeri,  Clarke 
(A.  Falconeri,  Hort.),  from  Cashmir,  has  very  large 
sky-blue  heads. 

BB.  Sts.  u^iudly  branched  and  several-  to  many-fld. 

7.  Ameilus,  Linn.  St.  simple  or  nearly  so,  few-fld.  or 
sometimes  only  1-fld.:  lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,  obtuse, 
somewhat   serrate,  more  or  less   3-nerved,   roughish, 

'^pubescent:  involucre  scales  oblong,  obtuse  or  nearly 
'so,  spreading,  in  4-5  rows;  heads  large,  purple.  Eu.  and 


419.  Aster  cordifolius.    A  handsome 
blue-flowered  native  aster.  ( X  J-a) 

Perhaps  better 


cc.  Rays  predominenlly  blue  or  lilac. 
D.  Plants  low,  not  over  1  ft.  in  height. 

3.  himalaicus,  C.  B.  Clarke  {A.  himalayensis,  Hort.). 
Similar  to  A.  alpinus,  but  dwarfer:  rays  lilac-blue, 
slightly  recurved  at  the  tip:  sts.  4-12  in.,  slightly  vil- 
lous: lvs.  oblong  or  elliptic,  nearly  entire.  Himalayas, 
13,000-15,000  ft.— Little  known  in  Amer. 

4.  subcseruleus,  S.  Moore.  Erect  herb  from  a  tufted 
mat  of  foliage  with  sessile,  nearly  oblong  lvs.,  all  a  little 
hairy:  lvs.  entire  or  sometimes  slightly  denticulate:  fls. 
large,  solitarj-  on  long  stalks,  at  least  2  in.  wide,  the  rays 
a  beautiful  pale  blue,  the  disk  yellow;  involucral  lvs. 
broadly  oblong,  ciliate.  N.W.India.  June.   G.  32:449. 

27 


420.  Aster  novae-anglige.    One  of  the  best  and  most  showy 
of  native  asters.   (XJa) 

Asia.   Gn.  27,  p.  202;  35:172.— Variable,  and  several 
well-marked  garden  forms.      .• 

8.  Var.  bessarabicus,  DC.  (A.  bessardbicus,  Bernh.). 
Lvs.  oblong  and  attenuated  at  base:  plant  taller  and 
larger-fld.,  deep  purple.  G.  21,  p.  167.  Gn.  35,  p.  173; 
75,  p.  511. — Showy  and  desirable. 

9.  sibiricus,  Linn.  A  foot  or  sometimes  nearly  2  ft. 
high,  somewhat  pubescent,  each  branch  terminating  in 
a  single  head:  lvs.  oblong-spatulate  to  broad-lanceolate, 
serrate,  almost  clasping  the  st.:  heads  violet  or  lilac. 


418 


ASTER 


ASTER 


Arctic  Eu.   and  Amer.^  and   Rocky   Mts. — Excellent 
rockwork  plant. 

H).  acris,  Linn.  About  2-3  ft.,  slender-branched:  Ivs. 
linear,  or  ianco-linear:  heads  large  and  blue,  with  long, 
distinct,  handsome  rays.  S.  Eu.  Gn.  37:240.  G.M. 
34:Glo. — Excellent  showj*  garden  plants.  A  dwarf 
form  is  .4.  canus.  \'ar.  nanus  is  a  very  dwarf  form,  not 
exceeding  15  in. 

11.  trinervius,  Roxbg.  About  3  ft.,  stout,  corymbose 
at  simimit :  l\s.  lance-ovate,  1-4  in.  long,  usually  rough 
on  both  sides  and  strongly  toothed:  heads  large,  blue 
or  purple  (a  pale  variety)  with  narrow,  spreading 
rays.  Himalayas.  R.H.  1892:396. — Hardy,  handsome, 
variable. 

12.  tataricus,  Linn.  f.  St.  erect  and  striate,  hispid, 
corymbose  at  "the  summit,  often  7  ft.  high:  Ivs.  large 
(the  radical  2  ft.  long),  lanceolate  or  oval  lanceolate, 
attenuate  at  base,  entire:  involucre  scales  purplish  at 


421.  Aster  Herveyi. 


tip;  heads  blue  or  purple,  late.  Siberia.  G.F.  4:197. — 
Excellent  for  the  hardy  border,  particularly  for  its 
ver>'  late  blooming.  \'ar.  Petersianus,  Hort.,  has  nar- 
rower ivs.  and  pale  blue  rays  and  yellow  disk.  China. 
AA.  Native  Asters.  These  plants  are  one  of  the  charms 
of  the  American  autumn,  and  are  amongst  the  best 
of  all  hardy  border  plants.  They  usually  improve 
greatly  in  habit  when  transferred  to  cultivated  grounds. 
Any  of  these  wild  asters  are  likely  to  come  into  culti- 
vation at  any  time.  The  number  of  kinds  is  large.  The 
student  will  find  them  all  desfribed  in  Gray's  Synopti- 
cal Flora  of  North  America,  1,  pt.  2.  Those  of  the  north- 
eastern states  and  adjacent  Canada  will  be  found  in 
Britton  and  Brown's  Illastrated  Flora  of  the  United 
States  and  Gray's  Manual.  Those  of  the  South  are 
described  in  Small's  Flora  of  the  Southeastern  States, 
and  those  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  in  Nelson's  Manual 
of  Rocky  Mountain  Botany.  The  following  comprises 
those  known  to  be  in  cultivation.  Of  these,  A.  novie- 
anglix  is  the  best  known  in  domestication.  The  species 
are  much  confused. 


B.  Basal  and  lower  Ivs.  cordate  and  slender  petioled. 
c.  I'liint  glandular:  rays  violet. 

13.  macrophyllus,  Linn.  Fig.  418.  Perennial  about 
214  ft.  tall  with  reddish  angular  st.:  Ivs.  cordate  and 
petioled  below,  on  the  upper  part,  of  St.  sessile  and 
acute:  rays  about  16,  violet-lavender,  the  involucrate 
bracts  prominently  green-tipped.  E.  N.  Amer.  G.F.  4: 
89  (adapted  in  Fig.  418). — Suitable  for  dry  shady 
places. 

cc.  Plants  not  glandular:  rays  blue  or  purple. 

14.  Shortii,  Hook.  Perennial,  3-4  ft.,  with  a  rough, 
usually  slender  paniculately  branched  st.:  Ivs.  thick, 
usually  quite  smooth,  the  lower  cordate,  the  upper 
lanceolate  and  quite  entire  and  those  of  the  small 
branches  bract-like:  heads  very  numerous,  the  10-15 
violet-blue  ravs  showy  and  linear.  S.  E.  tf.  S.  G.F. 
4:473.  G.C.III.  32:269.— Cult,  easy,  even  in  dry 
rock}'  places. 

15.  cordifolius,  Linn.  Fig.  419.  Perennial,  much- 
branched  herb,  3-4}^  ft.,  with  a  smooth  st.  and  thin, 
rough,  usually  hairy  Ivs.,  the  lower  cordate,  the  upper 
ovate  or  lanceolate:  heads  very  numerous,  not  over  }'2in. 
diam.,  the  pale  blue  rays  usually  10-20  in  number.  Cent. 
N.  Amer.  Gn.M.  3:211. — Can  be  grown  almost  any- 
where. There  are  many  varieties,  the  best  being  var. 
polycephalus  with  more  heads  than  the  type.  Gn.  40, 
p.  337. — In  cult,  it  has  varied  much  and  is  prized 
abroad.  A.  elegans  is  probably  a  form  of  it.  Var. 
magnificus  is  large  with  many  small  fis. 

BB.  No  cordate  and  petioled  Ivs.:  those  of  the  st.  with 

clasping  bases. 

c.  St.  rough  or  Idrsute,  pubescent. 

16.  nSvae-angliae,  Linn.  New  England  Aster. 
Fig.  420.  A  stout-std.  corymbosely  branched  perennial, 
3-5  ft.:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate,  clasping  the  St.,  hairy, 
2}^4  in.  long:  fls.  numerous,  showy,  the  40-50  violet- 
purple  rays  about  j2-54in.  long.  E.  N.  Amer.  A.F. 
9:283. — The  best  and  most  widely  known  native  aster 
suitable  for  open  places  but  partial  to  moisture. 
Var.  roseus,  Hort.,  an  excellent  rose-colored  form,  is 
offered  by  some  dealers.  Many  cult,  forms  in  European 
collections. 

cc.  <S(.  quite  smooth. 

17.  Ijevis,  Linn.  (,4.  decurrens,  Hort.).  Perennial, 
with  .stout  often  glaucous  st.,  2-3  ft.:  Ivs.  thick,  sharply 
toothed,  often  rough-margined,  the  upper  strongly  st.- 
clasping:  heads  numerous,  about  1  in.  wide,  the  15-30 
blue  or  violet  rays  acutish.  N.  E.  N.  Amer. — There  are 
several  varieties,  but  apparently  not  known  to  the 
trade. 

18.  ndvi-belgii,  Linn.  New  York  Aster.  Widely 
variable,  slender-std.  perennial,  2-3  ft. :  Ivs.  lanceolate, 
or  oblong-lanceolate,  entire,  smooth,  2 J 2-5  in.  long: 
heads  many,  in  a  coiymbose-paniculate  infl.,  the  1.5-25 
rays  a  rich  violet.  Atlantic  coast  from  Maine  to  Ga. — 
Suitable  for  moist  places.  Many  garden  varieties  and 
hybrids  are  known,  but  they  are  mostly  confined  to  the 
European  trade.  A.  eminens  and  A.  csespitbsus  proba- 
blj'  belong  here. 

BBB.  Lvs.  neither  cordate  nor  st  .-clasping . 

19.  Herveyi,  Gray.  P'ig.  421.  A  rough-std.  peren- 
nial, 2-3  ft.,  with  firm  lvs.  that  are  rough  above,  hairy 
on  the  veins  beneath,  2J^-5  in.  long,  and  toothed: 
heads  numerous,  about  2  in.  broad,  with  15-25  violet 
rays,  very  showy.  New  England.  G.F.  2:473  (adapted 
in  Fig.  421).    Good  for  dry  sandy  soil. 

20.  ericoides,  Linn.  White  Heath  Aster.  Frost- 
weed  AsTBK.  A  smooth-std.  perennial  with  panicu- 
lately, much-branched  facies,  2-3  ft.:  lvs.  slender, 
tho.se  of  the  st.  narrowly  linear  and  acute,  not  over  2,^ 
in.  long,  usually  shorter:  fls.  very  numerous,  the  heads 
not  over  J4in.  wide,  and  composed  of  15-25  white  rays. 


ASTER 


ASTER 


419 


Not  very  showj'.  E.  N.  Amer.  J.H.  III.  49:465.  Gn. 
32,  p.  318. — Useful  for  naturalizing  in  open  dry 
situations. 

Besides  these,  many  other  native  species  are  from 
time  to  time  found  in  the  catalogues  of  dealers  in  native 
plants.   The  most  common  are: 

A.  acuminatas,  ,Michx.;  A.  amelhystinus,  Nutt. 
(G.F.  5:378);  A.  Andersonii,  Gray;  A.  Bigelovii,  Gray 
(B.IM.6430);  A.  canescens,  Pursh;  A.  carnosus,  Gray; 
A.  carolinianus,  Walt.;  A.  Chamissords,  Gray;  A. 
Chdpnmnii,  Torr.  &  Gra}';  A.  commutatus,  Gray;  A. 
cdncolor,  Linn.  (Mn.  10:161);  A.  conspicuus,  Lindl.; 
A.  corymbdsus,  Ait.;  A.  Cusickii,  Gray;  A.  diffusus, 
Ait.,  and  var.  horizontaUs;  A.  Doilglasii,  Lindl.;  A. 
Drurnmondii,  Lindl.;  A.  dumosus,  Linn.;  A.  Jalcatus, 
Lindl.;  A.  Fendleri,  Gray;  A.  foliaceus,  Lindl.  (A. 
folidsus,  Hort.?);  A.  Fremontii,  Gray;  A.  grandifloras, 
Linn.  (G.C.  III.  45:36);  A.  Hdllii,  Gray;  A.  inlegri- 
fblius,  Nutt.;  A.  linariifdlins,  Linn.;  -4.  Lindleyanus, 
Torr.  &  Gray  (Fig.  422),  (G.F.  2:449,  adapted  in 
Fig.  422;  G.M.  34:615);  A.  longifblius.  Lam.  (G.F. 
9:507);  A.  Menziesii,  Lindl.;  A.  multiflbrus,  Ait.; 
A.  nemoralis,  Ait.;  A.  oblongifolius,  Nutt.;  A.  panicu- 
latu^,  Lam.;  A.  patens,  Ait.,  and  var.  Meehanii;  A. 
polyphyUus,  Willd.;  A.  Porteri,  Gray;  ,4.  prenanthxAdes, 
Muhl.;  A.  ptnrmiccMes,  Torr.  &  Gray  (G.F.  3:153);  A. 
pulcheUus,  Eaton;  A.  puniceus,  Linn.  (G.M.  34:615), 
(Fig.  423),  and  var.  laevicaidis  and  var.  luddvlus;  A. 
radulinus,  Gray;  A.  sagilifolius,  Willd.;  A.  salicifdlius, 
Ait.;  A.  sericeus,  Vent.  (G.F.  5:473);  A.  speddbilis,  Ait. 
(Mn.  5:41);  A.  sureulbsus,  Michx.  (G.F.  5:521);  A. 
tanacetif alius,  HBK.;  A.  Tradescdntii,  Linn.  (B.M. 
7825);  A.  turbinellus,  Lindl.  (G.F.  6:17;  Gn.  32,  p. 
319);  A.  undvlatus,  Linn.;  A.  versicolor,  WUld.  (J.H. 
III.  49:309). 

In  the  following  list,  those  marked  *  are  offered  by  dealers: 
A.  brachytrichuSt  Franch.    Dwarf:  disk.-fls.  yellow,  ray-fls.  blue. 


Yunnan,  part  of  China.  R.H.  1900:369. — *A.  coccineus  nevadens^'s 
=  (?). —  *A.  Ddtscl)ii=^(?).  —  *^4.  hybridus  nnnus={7),  "Rosy 
color,  only  6  in.  high." — *.4.  lancifdUus  c<ili/6rnicus^{?). — *A. 
decima,  Hort.,  white  to  pink=(?). — *A.  delicdta,  Hort.,  pale  fiesh- 
color={?). — *A,gracll-  ,.,, 

limus,       Hort.,       white  ..-'.e**^^''. 

changing  to  rosy  pink 
=  (?). — A.Ibkris,  of  gar- 
dens: 20  in.  high,  of 
compact  even  growth: 
fls.  rich  blue.  Probably 
a  form  of  Amellua. — *A. 
lilacinus  nevadensis  = 
(?). —  A.  Litiosyris, 
Bernh.^Lynosyris  vul- 
garis, Cass.,  which  see. 
— *A.  mesa  grdnde  spe- 
cidsa  grandifldra,  dark 
purplish  blue^(?).  R. 
B.  36:117.— *.4.  Mee- 
kanii,  Hort.,  is  a  well- 
marked  form  of  A. 
patens,  found  by  Joseph 
Meehan  at  Antietam. — 
*A.  ndvx-ca^rulens=={?). 
— *A.  ■pyTamidaXis={1). 
— A.  Rekvesii,  Hort., 
is  A.  ericoides  var. 
Reevesii,  Gray,  a  "rigid 
form,  comparatively 
stout,  glabrous,  except 
that  the  Ivs.  are  often 
hispidulous-ciliate 
toward  the  base,  the 
heads  and  rays  as  large 
and  the  latter  about  as 
numerous  as  in  A.  poly- 
phyllua."  N.  Amer. — 
*.4.  rotundifdlius, 
Thvmb.  =  Felicia.  —  A. 
s  i  k  kimensis,  Hook. 
Three  to  4  ft.,  stout 
and  erect:  Ivs.  lanceo- 
late-acuminate, spinu- 
lo.se-serrate:  heads  pur- 
ple, in  larg-e  corymbs. 
Himalayas.  B.M.  4557. 
J.F.  1,  pi.  91.— j1.  Strd- 
cheyi,  Hook.  Stemless 
and  sarmentose,  wiih 
1-fld.  bracted  scapes: 
radical  Ivs.  spatulate, 
hairy:  heads  lilac-blue, 
1  in.  across.  Prett  y. 
Himalayas.  B.M.  6912. 
G.  M.  31  :  358.—*^. 
teTm  indlis=C!). — A. 
Tdwnshendii,  Hook.= 
A.  Bigelovii,  Gray.  N. 
Amer. 


423.  Aster  puniceus.    iXH) 


422.  Aster  Lindleyanus.    ( X  H) 


N.  Taylor,  t 


ASTER.  CHINA 

{Callisk'phus    hor- 

tensis).    One  of  the 

most  popular  of  all  garden  annuals,  being  particularly 

valuable  for  its  fall  blooming. 

The  evolution  of  the  China  aster  suggests  that  of  the 
chrysanthemum  at  almost  every  point,  and  it  is,  there- 
fore, a  history  of  remarkable  variations.  The  plant  is 
native  to  China.  It  was  introduced  into  Europe  about 
1731  by  R.  P.  dTncarville,  a  Jesuit  missionary  in  China, 
for  whom  the  genus  Incarvillea  of  the  Bignonia  family 
was  named.  At  that  time  it  was  a  single  flower;  that  is, 
the  rays  or  ligulat  e  florets  were  of  only  two  to  four  rows. 
These  rays  were  blue,  violet  or  white.  The  center  of  the 
flower  (or  head)  was  comprised  of  very  numerous  tubu- 
lar, yellowish  florets.  Philip  Miller,  the  famous  gar- 
dener-botanist of  Chelsea,  England,  received  seeds  of 
the  single  white  and  red  asters  in  1731,  evidently  from 
France;  and  he  received  the  single  blue  in  1736.  In 
1752  he  secured  seeds  of  the  double  red  and  blue,  and 
in  1753  of  the  double  white.  At  that  time  there  appears 
to  have  been  no  dwarf  forms,  for  Miller  says  that  the 
plants  grew  18  inches  or  2  feet  high.  Martyn,  in  1807, 
says  that,  in  addition  to  these  varieties  mentioned  by 
Miller,  there  had  then  appeared  a  'Variegated  blue  and 
white"  variety.  The  species  was  well  known  to  Ameri- 
can gardeners  at  the  opening  of  the  last  century.  In 
1806  M'Mahon,of  Philadelphia,  mentioned  the  "China 
aster  (in  sorts)"  as  one  of  the  desirable  garden  annuals. 


420 


ASTER 


ASTER 


Rridpeman,  a  Now  York  spoilsman,  offered  the  China 
anil  German  asters  in  1S37  "in  numerous  and  splendid 
varieties,"  specifying  varieties  "alba,  rubra,  corulea 
stri.'Ua  purpurea,  etc."  In  1845,  Elcy  said  that.  "China 
and  German  ;isters"  "are  very  numerous''  in  New 
England.  This  n;une  German  aster  records  the  fact  that 
the  first  great  advances  in  the  garden  evolution  of  the 
plant  were  m.adc  in  Germany,  and  the  seed  then  used 
came  largely  from  that  country.  The  first  marked  de- 
parture from  the  type  appears  to  have  been  the  pro- 
longation or  great  development  of  the  central  florets  of 
the  he.ad,  and  the  production  of  the  "quilled"  flower. 
This  type  of  aster  was  very  popular  fifty  and  sixty 
years  ago.  Breck,  in  the  first  edition  of  his  "Flower 
Garden."  1851,  speaks  of  the  great  improvement  of  the 
aster  "within  a  few  years"  "by  the  German  florists,  and 
others,"  and  adds  that  "the  full-quilled  varieties  are 
the  most  highly  esteemed,  having  a  hemispherical 
shape,  either  a  pure  white,  clear  blue,  purple,  rose,  or 
deep  red;  or  beautifulh'  mottled,  striped,  or  edged  with 
those  colors,  or  having  a  red  or  blue  center."  About 
sixty  years  ago  the  habit  of  the  plant  had  begun  to  vary 
considerably,  and  the  progenitors  of  our  modern  dwarf 
races  began  to  attract  attention.  The  quilled,  high- 
centered  flower  of  a  generation  or  more  ago  is  too  stiff  to 
satisfy  the  tastes  of  these  later  days,  and  the  many  flat- 
rayed,  loose  and  fluffy  races  are  now  most  in  demand, 
and  their  popularity  is  usually  greater  the  nearer  they 
approach  the  form  of  the  uncombed  chrysanthemums-. 
The  China  aster  has  long  since  varied  into  a  wide 
range  of  colors  of  the  cyanic  series — shades  of  blue, 
red,  pink  and  purple.  The  modern  evolution  of  the 
plant  is  in  the  direction  of  habit  and  form  of  flower. 
There  are  various  well-marked  races  or  types,  each  of 
which  has  its  full  and  independent  range  of  colors.  The 
Comet  t\-pe  (with  verj-  flat  rays),  now  one  of  the  most 
desersang  of  the  China  asters,  illustrates  these  state- 
ments admirably.  This  Comet  form — the  loose,  open 
flower  with  long,  strap-hke  rays — appeared  on  the 
market  about  1886  or  1887,  with  a  flower  of  a  duU  white 
overlaid  with  pink.  The  pink  tended  to  fade  out  after 
the  flower  opened,  leaving  the  color  an  unwashed  white. 
The  rose  -  colored  Comet 
next  appeared,  and  the  blue 
was  introduced  in  1890. 
The  first  clear  white  was 
introduced  in  America  in 
1892,  coming  from  Vilmorin, 
of  Paris.  The  Branching 
types  marked  a  departure. 
The  introduction  of  the 
"New  White  Branching"  by 
James  Vick's  Sons,  in  1893, 
gave  the  main  impetus  to 
the    com- 


)«■ 


424.  Chma  aster,  the 
Comet  type.  ( X  H; 


mercial  de- 
velopment 
of  the  aster 
in  America. 
It  is  prob- 
able that 
more  than 
one-half  of 
all  the  as- 
ters now 
grown  in 
the  United  States  are  of  the 
various  Branching  varieties.  The 
named  garden  forms  of  China 
aster  are  several  hundred.  As 
early  as  1895,  American  seeds- 
men offered  2.50  varieties.  Some 
of  the  forms  are  shown  in 
Fig.s.  424-427.  For  botanical 
account  of  the  China  aster,  sec 
Calligiejjhus. 


425. 


China  aster,  the  Branch- 
ing type. 


It  is  impossible  to  construct  a  satisfactory  classifica- 
tion of  the  China  asters.  It  is  no  longer  practicable  to 
classify  the  varieties  by  color.  Neither  is  it  feasible  to 
classify  them  upon 
habit  or  stature  of 
plant,  for  several  of 
the  best  marked  types 
run  into  both  tall  and  .-7^ 
dwarf  forms.  Vil-  (i^ 
morin,  however,  divides 
the  varieties  into 
two  main  groups,  the 
pyramidal  growers, 
and  the  non-pyramidal 
growers.  The  most 
elaborate  classification 
is  that  proposed  by 
Barron,  from  a  study 
of  extensive  tests  made 
at  Chiswick,  England. 
Barron  has  17  sections, 
but  they  are  not 
coordinate,  and  they 
are  really  little  more 
than  an  enumeration 
of  the  various  types 
or  classes.  After  con- 
siderable study  of  the  varieties  in  the  field  and  her- 
barium, the  following  scheme  seems  to  be  serviceable: 

A.  Flat-rayed  aaters,  in  which  all,  or  at  least  more  than  5  or  6 
rows  of  rays,  are  more  or  leas  prominently  flat  and  the 
fioret.*^  open. 
B.  Incurved  or  ball-shaped. 
BB.  Spreading  or  reflexed. 
AA.  Tubular  or  quilled  asters,  in  which  all,  or  all  but  the  2  or  3 
outer  rows  of  florets,  have  prominently  tubular  corollas. 
B.  Inner  florets  short,  outer  ones  longer  and  flat.    Represented 
by  the  German  Quilled. 
BB.  All  the  florets  elongated  and  quilled. 

A  grower's  classification  (Arnold)  would  be  approxi- 
mately as  follows: 

Upright. — All  the  branches  erect;  plants  compact: 
e.  g.,  Victoria,  Truffaut,  Giant  Comet, 

Semi-upright. — Branches  few;  strong;  ascending  from 
base:  e.  g.,  "non-lateral"  type  of  Branching. 

Branching. — Strong  pyramidal  habit.  Original  type 
much  branched. 

Spreading. — More  open  and  spreading  form  than 
Branching:  e.  g..  Queen  of  the  Market,  Early  Wonder 
and  Early  Hohenzollern. 

For  growing  in  borders,  one  of  the  best  types  is  the 
Comet  (Fig.  424),  in  various  colors.  Other  excellent 
races  are  the  Branching  (Vick's  Branching  is  shown  in 
Fig.  425) ;  Truffaut,  known  also  as  Perfection  and  Peony- 
flowered;  Chrysanthemum-flowered;  Washington;  Vic- 
toria, Mignon,  and  Queen  of  the  Market.  The  last  is 
commended  for  eariiness  and  graceful,  open  habit,  and 
it  is  one  of  the  best  for  cut-flowers.  Many  other  types 
are  valuable  for  special  purposes.  The  Crown  or  Cocar- 
deau  is  odd  and  attractive.  Amongst  the  quilled  asters, 
the  various  strains  of  German  Quilled  (Fig.  426),  Victoria 
Needle  (Fig.  427),  and  LilUput  are  excellent.  The  very- 
dwarf  tufted  asters  are  well  represented  in  Dwarf 
Bouquet  or  Dwarf  German,  and  Shakespeare.  All  these 
are  easily  grown  in  any  good  garden  soil.  For  early 
bloom,  seeds  may  be  started  under  glass;  but  good  fall 
bloom  may  be  had,  even  in  the  North,  by  sowing  seeds 
in  the  open  as  late  as  the  1st  of  June.  Asters  make 
very  showy  bedding  plants  when  grown  in  large  masses, 
and  are  also  valuable  for  filling  up  vacancies  in  the 
mixed  herbaceous  border,  where  they  ought  to  be 
planted  in  climips,  the  dwarfer  kinds  put  in  front  and 
the  taller  behind.  The  colors  of  asters  are  not  so  strong 
or  heavy  as  to  introduce  violent  contrasts,  and  for  this 
reason,  as  well  as  because  of  their  simple  requirements, 
they  are  useful  and  popular.  l.  h.  B. 


ASTER 


ASTER 


421 


426.    China  aster  of  the 
QuiUed  type.  ( X  li"' 


The  China  aster  is  now  grown  largely  for  cut-flowers, 
rather  than  merely  for  garden  decoration.  Commer- 
cially, it  is  the  most  important  of  the  cut-flowers  that 
are  grown  out-of-tloors.  In  the  garden  of  the  amateur,  it 
divides  honors  with  the  sweet  pea.  The  commercial 
value  of  aster  seed  sold  by  American  seedsmen  exceeds 
that  of  any  other  flower.  In  addition  to  the  large  amount 
of  aster  seed  grown  in  southern  California,  New  York 
now  produces  annually  twenty  hundredweight  of  seed, 
mostly  in  varieties  u.sed  by  the  commercial  florist. 
The  principal  reasons  for  the  popularity  of  the  aster 
with  florists,  aside  from  its  range  of  useful  colors,  are 
its  excellent  keeping  qualities  as  a  cut-flower,  its  abil- 
ity to  stand  rough  handling 
in  shipping,  and  the  ease 
with  which  it  may  be  grown. 

The  past  ten  years  have 
been  marked  by  a  decided 
increase  in  the  use  of  the 
artistic  Comet  type  of  flower. 
Many  asters  of  American 
origin,  adapted  to  American 
market  conditions,  have  been 
widely  disseminated.  "Non- 
lateral"  strains  of  Branching 
asters,  devoid  of  side  buds, 
have  been  produced  to  meet 
a  need  of  the  florists,  and  as 
a  result  of  careful  seed-grow- 
ing, the  semi-double  aster  has 
nearly  disappeared  from  field 
and  garden.  The  frequent 
accidental  crossing  and  re- 
crossing  of  widely  differing  types  and  a  natural  tendency 
toward  variation  are  constantly  furnishing  material 
for  improvement  when  asters  are  grown  in  quantity 
and  variety.  Recent  introductions  of  types  of  asters 
show  increased  size  and  vigor  of  plant  commonly  attrib- 
uted to  a  more  or  less  remote  Branching  cross.  Some  of 
the  most  valuable  introductions,  like  the  Rochester  and 
the  Crego  Pink,  appear  to  be  a  combination  of  a  Branch- 
ing plant  and  a  Comet  flower. 

The  Comet  aster  group  has  not  taken  the  place,  com- 
mercially, to  which  its  great  beauty  would  entitle  it, 
because  its  very  long  slender  petals  make  it  less  lasting 
as  a  cut-flower  than  flowers  with  broader,  shorter  petals. 
The  slender  stems  usually  correlated  with  this  type  of 
flower,  although  attractive  in  cut-flowers,  are  undesir- 
able in  the  field.  Beautiful  single  asters  have  been 
introduced  from  Europe,  but  so  far  have  made  little 
headway  against  the  American  prejudice  in  favor  of 
double  flowers. 

Classes  of  asters. 

The  typical  Branching  aster  is  pjrramidal  in  form, 
large  and  vigorous,  with  many  lateral  branches.  It 
blooms  at  the  close  of  the  season.  The  abundant 
leaves  are  broad  and  large.  The  flower  is  large  and  deep 
with  the  long,  rather  broad  petals  irregularly  arranged, 
giving  it  a  soft  appearance.  The  flowers  bear  well  the 
rough  handling  incident  to  ordinary  shipping,  and  if  cut 
before  fully  mature  will  last  for  two  weeks.  The  size 
and  vigor  of  plant  enable  the  amateur  to  get  fair 
results  with  indifferent  culture.  Modifications  of  the 
original  type  may  now  be  had  with  flowers  having  petals 
variously  folded,  incurved  or  whorled  and  with  plants 
varying  to  upright  in  growth  and  entirely  devoid  of  the 
many  branches  that  gave  the  type  its  name. 

The  Comet  flower  is  characterized  by  having  petals 
that  are  long  and  narrow  and  strongly  recurved.  This 
gives  it  a  charming  light  feathery  appearance.  Origi- 
nally it  was  of  medium  size  and  bloomed  in  midseason 
on  upright  plants.  Comet  flowers  may  now  be  had 
on  every  sort  of  aster  plant.  The  sea.son  includes  the 
earliest  and  the  latest,  and  the  largest  aster  flowers  now 
grown  are  of  the  Comet  type. 


Queen  of  the  Market  was  the  first  of  the  distinctively 
early  varieties  and  is  still  the  most  largely  grown.  The 
plants  are  open  and  spreading  and  the  flowers,  while 
smaller  and  flatter  than  those  ot  the  Branching,  have 
the  same  general  character. 

Victoria  and  Truffaut  (or  Paeony-flowered  Perfec- 
tion) were  for  many  years  the  standard  varieties  and 
are  still  grown  to  some  extent.  The  plants  are  upright 
and  bloom  in  midseason.  The  petals  of  the  Victoria 
aster  are  reflexed  at  the  ends;  those  of  the  Truffaut 
aster  strongly  incurve,  making  a  ball-shaped  flower. 
Both  varieties  comprise  every  shade  of  color  known  in 
asters,  and  these  are  duplicated  in  Giant  and  Dwarf 
classes. 

Cultivation. 

Asters  thrive  in  any  soil  that  can  be  kept  in  a  good 
mechanical  condition.  The  large  late  asters  are  usually 
the  most  satisfactory  to  the  amateur.  They  may  easily 
be  grown  from  seed  sown  as  early  as  possible  in  the 
open  ground.    Asters  transplant  readily. 

If  the  plants  are  started  in  boxes  in  the  house,  the  soil 
should  be  allowed  to  dry  off  on  the  surface  as  much  as 
possible  between  waterings  to  prevent  damping  off. 
Midseason  varieties  may  be  grown  successfully  in  this 
way ;  but  the  very  earliest  varieties  need  to  be  started  in 
a  greenhouse  or  an  early  hotbed. 

For  market,  the  e.vtra-early  kinds  should  be  sown 
eight  to  ten  weeks  before  the  soil  will  permit  planting 
out.  They  should  be  kept  growing  thriftily  with  a 
night  temperature  of  about  50°  and  afterward  be 
thoroughly  hardened  off  in  coldframes  so  that  they  will 
not  be  injured  by  late  frosts  after  planting  out.  The 
soil  should  be  quite  as  rich  as  that  used  for  profitable 
crops  of  onions  or  celery;  otherwise  the  flowers  will  be 
too  short-stemmed.  Midseason  varieties  for  market 
succeed  well  when  .started  in 
a  mild  hotbed.  Give  plenty 
of  air  and  avoid  overwater- 
ing.  The  last  sowing  of  late 
varieties  is  made  in  the 
open  ground. 

When  growing  in  large 
quantities,  the  seed  is  sown 
with  a  garden  drill  in  rows 
a  foot  apart.  A  transplant- 
ing machine,  drawn  by 
horses,  is  used  for  setting 
the  plants  in  the  field. 

The  most  destructive  dis- 
eases in  the  commercial 
cultivation  of  asters  are 
various  forms  of  stem-rot. 
They  are  of  fungous  origin 
and  are  induced  by  allowing 
the  plants  to  remain  moist 
too  long  at  a  time.  The 
infection  usually  takes  place 
in  the  seed-row,  but  often 
no  effect  is  noticed  until 
the  plants  are  nearly  full- 
grown,  when  the3'  suddenly 
wilt  and  die.  Covering  the 
soil  in  the  seed-boxes  with 
ch^an  sand,  which  can  be 
kept  drj'  between  waterings, 
is  an  effective  aid  in  the 
prevention  of  damping-off 
and  stem-rot.  The  "yellow 
disease"  causes  the  plants 
to  have  a  bleached  appearance  and  to  make  a  spin- 
dling growth.  It  is  a  derangement  of  the  functions  of 
plant-growth  caused,  so  far  as  known,  by  irregularity 
in  the  moisture-supply.  Thorough  cultivation  of  the 
soil  is  the  best  preventive.  The  presence  of  "orange 
rust"   is   shown    by  conspicuous  orange-colored   pus- 


427.   China  aster,  Victoria 
Needle  type.  ( X  J  2) 


42': 


ASTER 


ASTILBE 


tules  on  the  under  side  of  the  leaves.  The  dise;use 
csm  be  held  in  eheek  b.\-  thoroii};h  spraying  witli  a 
funjjieide.  The  Pennsylvania  blister  beetle  is  so  de- 
structive to  iuiters  south  of  the  latitmie  of  New  York 
that  it  is  now  eoninionly  known  !us  "the  aster  beetle." 
It  is  a  large,  soft-bodied,  blaek  beetle.  It  feeds  on  the 
flower.  Sprayin;;  with  an  arsenical  poi.son  will  control 
the  beetles  in  the  field.  Frequent  hand-picking  can  be 
practised  in  the  garden.  The  season  of  this  insect  is 
short.  The  "tarnished  plant-bug"  causes  extensive 
dajn:ige  to  asters,  most  of  which  is  commonly  attributed 
to  otlier  causes.  The  inconspicuous  yellowish  brown 
insect,  smaller  than  a  hous(»-fiy,  easily  escapes  notice. 
The  terminal  buds  that  are  punctured  by  the  bug, 
usually  die.  Frequently  the  liranch  becomes  diseased 
and  sometimes  the  entire  plant  is  dwarfed  and  sickened. 
The  insects  cannot  be  poisoned,  but  kerosene  emulsion 
and  wliale-t>il  soap  are  effectual  deterrents.  Asters 
growing  in  partial  shade  are  seldom  injured  by  plant- 
bugs.  Giso,  Arnold. 

ASTEROLINOStRIS  (name  derived  from  Aslcr  and 
LinosyrU).  Composilse.  A  plant  with  "rosy-mauve 
petals,  mixed  yellow,"  reputed  to  be  a  hybrid  between 
Aster  dcris  and  ^4.  Linosyris  {Linospris  vulgaris). 
Apparently  a  bi-generic  hybrid.  Asterolinosi/ris  WUl- 
vxdtlise  is  the  only  species  offered,  and  apparently  not 
by  American  dealers.  N.  Taylor. 

ASTILBE  (Greek,  meaning  not  shining).  Saxifra- 
gaccse.  Includes  Holbia.  Ornamental  perennial  herbs 
grown  chiefly  for  their  showy  panicles  of  white  or  pink 
flowers. 

Leaves  temately  2-3-pinnate:  fls.  perfect  or  dicecious; 
calyx  5-,  rarely  4-lobed;  petals  as  many,  rarely  want- 
ing"; stamens  10  or  8,  rarely  5;  pistils  2  or  3,  distinct  or 
Earth"  connate:  fr.  2  or  3  de- 
iscent  foUicles  with  many  mi- 
nute seeds. — .\bout  14  species 
in  Cent,  and  E.  Asia,  Java  and 
¥j.  X.  Amcr.    They  look  much 
hke  .\runcus  (which  see),  and 
are  often  called  Spira;a.   Arun- 
cus  and  Spira'a  are  rosaceous 
genera,  and  are   characterized 
by  many  stamens  and  usually 
bj-   several  to   many  separate 
pistils,  whereas  Astilbe  has  10, 8 
or  o  stamens  (twice  the  number, 
or  of  the  same  number,  as  the 
petals),  and  a  2-3-lobed  pistil 
(which    finally   separates  into 
more  or  less  distinct  follicles). 
Astilbe   and   Arun- 
cus    are    so    much 
alike  that  they  are 
often   confounded 
by  horticulturists. 

The  a.stilbes  are 
perennial  herbs, 
mostly  rather  tall 
with  handsome 
compound  bright 
green  foliage  and 
small  white,  pink  or 
almost  purple  flow- 
ers in  8lend(!r  or 
den.'w;  .spike,s  forming  large  terminal  feathery  panicles. 
They  are  hardy  plants  of  great  merit.  They  are 
easily  grown  in  any  well-miule  border  and  like  rich  good 
soil  and  plenty  of  water  during  the  growing  jjeriod. 
They  give  conspicuous  masses  of  bloom  in  summ(-r. 

Propagation  is  mostly  by  division;  also  by  seeds 
Bown  early  in  spring  in  the  greenhouse;  they  germinate 
after  two  or  three  weeks;  the  young  seedlings  mu.st  be 
pricked   ofl   several    times    and   later  planted   out   in 


frames  or  in  the  open  ground.    The  young  plants  will 
flower  the  second  year. 

Forcing  of  astilbe. — Few  herbaceous  plants  force 
with  greater  ease  than  Astilbe  japonicn,  and  its  var  com- 
pacta:  but  three  weeks  longer  time  should  be  given  the 
latter  fully  to  develop  its  feathery  s])ikes.  Astilbes  are 
so  easily  and  cheaply  imported  that  for  the  commercial 
florist  it  is  cheaper  to  buy  than  to  divide  and  grow  his 
own  plants.  When  first  received,  the  clinnps  of  roots 
should  be  stored,  with  a  lit  tie  earth  or  moss  between  the 
roots  and  a  little  soil  over  the  crown,  until  the  florist  is 
ready  to  pot  them.  No  amount  of  freezing  does  them 
the  slightest  harm;  but  the  boxes  or  flats  in  which  they 
are  stored  are  best  covered  with  a  little  straw  or  litter, 
and  should  have  the  full  benefit  of  rain  or  snow  to  keep 
the  roots  from  drying.  From  potting  or  bringing  into 
the  greenhouse,  it  requires  from  ten  to  fourteen  weeks  to 
bring  them  into  flower,  according  to  the  earliness  of  the 
season  at  which  they  are  wanted  in  flower.  The  quality 
of  soil  is  of  no  consequence,  provided  it  is  light  and  easily 
handled.  They  need  water  in  great  abundance.  Tem- 
perature is  also  of  little  consequence.  Anything  above 
50°  at  night  will  do;  but  it  is  best  not  to  flower  them  in 
a  higher  temperature  than  60°,  or  they  will  quickly  wilt 
when  cut  or  used  for  decorations.  From  the  time  the 
sprays  begin  to  show  white  color  until  they  are  fully 
developed,  every  astilbe  should  stand  in  a  saucer  in 
which  there  should  be  constantly  an  inch  of  liquid 
manure.  When  sold  for  window  plants  or  for  decor- 
ation, astilbes  are  often  disappointing.  It  is  merely 
want  of  water.  Before  the  full  development  of  the  shoots 
and  leaves,  they  are  easily  hurt  by  tobacco  smoke,  and 
should  be  covered  with  paper  or  well  wetted  when 
fumigation  is  necessary.  Aphis,  spider  or  thrips  never 
trouble  astilbe.  As  a  border  plant,  astilbe  is  one  of  the 
best  of  our  hardy  herbaceous  plants;  but  the  feath- 
ery plume  obtained  in  the  greenhouse  is  much  shorter, 
more  compact,  and  lacks  the  pure  whiteness  of  the  out- 
door-grown specimens.    (Wm.  Scott.) 


Arendsii,  11. 
aruncoiiJes,  6. 
aBtilboides.  6. 
biternata,  2. 
carminea,  11. 
chinensis,  8,  10. 
compapta,  4. 
Davidii,  10. 


INDEX. 

decandra,  2. 
floribunda,  6. 
grandiflora,  4. 
grandis,  .3. 
hi/brula,  9. 
japoniea,  4. 
Lemoinei,  5. 
muhiflora,  4. 


purpurea,  4. 
rivularis,  1. 
rosea,  9. 
rubella.  11. 
rubra,  12. 
rutilans,  11. 
Thunbergii,  7 
variegata,  4. 


428.  Astilbe  japoniea. 


A.  Color  of  petals  while  or  yellowish  white 
(or  changing  to  pinkish  in  A.  Thun- 
bergii), rarely  petals  wanting. 

B.  Petals  wanting;  stamens  5. 

1.  rivularis,  Ham.    Rhizome   creeping: 

st.  3-5  ft.:  Ivs.  2-ternate,  the  Ifts.  ovate, 
dentate  1-3  in.  long;  the  petioles  tawny- 
hairy  hke  the  sts.  at  the  base:  fls.  yellowish 
white,  in  large  .spikes,  which  are  dis- 
posed in  panicles;  stamens  5,  pure  white. 
Nepal,  W.  China.  Gn.  48,  p.  3.55.— At- 
tractive, border  species,  blooming  late. 
Probably  needs  protection. 

BB.  Petals  present  at  least  in  the  staminale 

fls.;  stamens  10. 

C.  Stamens  exceeding  the  petals:  tall, 

3-6  ft.  high. 

2.  biternata,  Brit.  (A.  decdndra,  Don.  Tiarella 
biternata,  Vent,).  Somewhat  pubescent,  3-6  ft.:  Ivs. 
2-3-ternate,  the  Ifts.  ovate  and  cordate  or  abrupt  at 
base,  sharp-serrate,  2-5  in.  long:  fls.  yellowish  white, 
in  a  large  (10-12  in.  long)  racemose  panicle;  petals 
linear,  spatulate  in  the  staminate  fls.,  small  or  wanting 
in  the  perfect  ones.  .June.  Woods,  Va.  and  S.  BB. 
2: 170. — Often  confounded  with  Aruncus  Sylvester,  which 
has  numerous  stamens  not  exceeding  the  broad  petals. 


ASTILBE 


ASTILBE 


423 


3.  grandis,  Stapf.  St.  4-6  ft. :  Ivs.  ternately  pinnate 
or  3-pinnate;  Ifts.  ovate  to  oblong-ovate,  doubly  ser- 
rate, 2-4  in.  long,  slightly  hairy,  petiole  hairy:  panicle 
2-3  ft.  long  with  spreading  branches;  fls.  crowded, 
petals  3  times  as  long  as  calvx,  stamens  longer  than 
petals.  July.  Cent.  China.  G.C.  III.  38:426.  R.B. 
33:232. 

cc.  Stamens  shorter  than  petals:  st.  1-4  ft. 

D.  Lfts.  distinctly  cuneate  at  the  base:  petals  about  twice 

as  long  as  calyx. 

4.  japonica,  Gray  {Holeia  japdnica,  Morr.  &  Decne. 
H.  barbdta,  IVIorr.  &  Decne.  iSptVsa  japdnica,  Hort.). 
Fig.  428.  Erect,  1-3  ft.,  hairy  on  the  petioles  and  nodes: 
Ivs.  3-2-ternate,  petiole  reddish;  lfts.  ovate-acute, 
tapering  to  the  base,  serrate:  fls.  white,  in  a  pubescent 
racemose  panicle  with  .somewhat  recurved  branches; 
sepals  obtusish,  as  long  or  slightly  longer  than  pistils. 
Japan.  B.M.  3821.  On.  48,  p.  366.  Mn.  .5:174.— Com- 
monly known  as  a  spring  glasshouse  plant  in  this  coun- 
try, but  hardy  in  the  open.  There  are  various  cult, 
forms,  as  var.  grandiflora,  Hort.,  with  larger  and  denser 
panicle;  var.  compacta,  Hort.,  the  panicle  more  com- 
pact; var.  multifiora,  Hort.;  var.  variegata,  Hort.,  with 
variegated  Ivs.;  var.  purp&rea,  Hort., 
with  purple-shaded  foliage. 

DD.  Lfts.  rounded  at  the  base  or  occasion- 
ally broadly  cuneate:  petals  2]Ar4  times 
as  long  as  calyx. 

5.  Lemoinei,  Lemoine.  Foliage  grace- 
ful, standing  1 J  2  ft.  high,  with  lfts.  broad- 
oval,  dentate  and  crimped,  satiny  green, 
hairy:  fls.  with  white  petals  and  10  pink 
stamens,  very-  numerous,  in  plume-like 
clusters,  disposed  in  panicles  IH  ft.  long. 
Gn.  48,  p.  3.55.  R.H.  1895,  p.  567.  A.F. 
11:459. — Garden  plant,  a  hybrid  of  A. 
Thunbergii  and  A.  astilboides.  Hardy,  and 
forces  well. 

6.  astilboides,  Lemoine  (Spirka  astilboides,  Moore. 
Spirssa  Aruncus  var.  astilboides,  Hort.,  not  Maxim.  A. 
aruncoides,  Lemoine).  Fig.  429.  St.  2-3  ft.:  Ivs.  2-3- 
pinnate;  lfts.  ovate  to  ovate-oblong,  1-2'/^  in.  long, 
doubly  and  sharply  serrate,  hairy:  fls.  white,  crowded 
in  dense  spikes,  forming  a  panicle,  with  straight  spread- 
ing branches;  sepals  acutish,  shorter  than  pistils;  petals 
linear-oblong,  at  least  2)2  times  as  long  as  sepals. 
Intro,  from  Japan.  G.C.  II.  14:113. — Var.  floribunda, 
is  supposed  to  be  a  cross  of  this  species  and  A.japo7iica. 

7.  Thunbergii,  Miq.  St.  1-2  ft.:  Ivs.  2-3-pinnate,  the 
lfts.  slender-stalked,  ovate,  l}2-33-'2  in.  long,  serrate, 
j'ellowish  green,  hairy:  fls.  white,  on  reddish  stalks, 
often  changing  to  pink,  in  clusters  on  rather  slender 
spikes  forming  a  spreading  panicle;  petals  2}^  times  as 
long  as  the  calyx.  Japan.  F.M.  1881:457.  R.H.  1895, 
p.  565. — A  graceful  plant.   Forces  well. 

8.  chinensis,  Franch.  &  Sav.  (Hot'eia  chinensis, 
Maxim.).  Plant  1^2-2  ft.,  graceful:  Ivs.  ternately  2-3- 
pinnate;  lfts.  ovate-lanceolate,  doubly  serrate,  2-.3J-2  in. 
long,  hairy:  fk.  in  a  branchy,  rather  narrow  panicle; 
petals  linear-spatulate,  white,  3  or  4  times  as  long  as 
the  yellowish  white  or  pink  calvx;  stamens  lilac; 
anthers  blue.  July.  China.  M.D.G.  1907:. 547.— Pos- 
sibly a  form  of  the  preceding. 

9.  rdsea,  Van  Waveren  &  Kruijft  (A.  hybrida  rosea, 
Arendsj.  .\  hybrid  between  A.  chinensis  and  A.  ja- 
ponica. Similar  to  .4.  japonica  in  habit,  but  fls.  pinkish. 
The  two  best  known  forms  are  var.  Peach  Blossom,  with 
lighter  pink  fls.,  R.H.  1908,  p.  341,  and  var.  Queen 
Alexandra,  with  deeper  pink  fls.    M.D.G.  1911:53. 

AA.  Color  of  petals  pink. 

10.  Davidii,  Henry  (.1.  chirten.sis  var.  Ddvidii, 
Franch.).  .St.  4-6  ft.:  Ivs.  ternately  pinnate  or  bii)in- 
nate;  lfts.  ovate  to  ovate-oblong,  1-1 J  2  in.  long,  coarsely 


and  unequally  serrate:  panicle  about  2  ft.  long,  narrow, 
with  ascending,  spike-like  slender  branches,  the  lower 
4-5  in.  long;  fls.  nearly  sessile,  crowded,  fascicled, 
bright  rose-pink;  petals  linear;  stamens  10,  shorter  than 
petals  with  violet  filaments  and  dark  blue  anthers. 
July.  N.  and  Cent.  China.  B.M.  7880.  G.C.  III. 
^  32  :  103.     R.  H. 

1907:40.  Gn. 
72,  p.  179.  M. 
D.G. 1907:545. 

11.  rubella, 
Lemoine.  A  hy- 
brid between  A. 
Lemoinei  and  A. 
Davidii  (or  A. 
LemoineixA. 
chinensis  x  A . 
Davidii).  Similar 
to  A.  Lemoinei, 
but  fls.  rose-col- 
ored; panicle 
more  compact 
than  in  A.  Da- 
vidii. R.B.34:28. 
— Other  forms 
of  the  same  parentage  are  var. 
rutilans,  Rehd.  {A.rutilans,  Le- 
moine), with  rosy-carmine  fls. 
and  white  stamens,  and  var. 
carminea,  Rehd.  (A.  carminea, 
Lemoine),  with  violet-carmine 
fls. ;  also  Crepuscule,  with  flesh- 
colored  fls.;  Lumineux,  with 
rosy  carmine  fls.  changing  to 
pink,  plant  over  3  ft.  high; 
Magenta,  with  carmine  fls.; 
Solferino,  with  violet-pink  fls.; 
and  Titien,  with  delicate  pink 
fls.,  plant  over  3  ft.  high.  A 
series  of  hybrids  of  A.  Davidii 
with  different  species  has  been 
put  into  the  trade  under  the 
collective  name  of  A.  Arendsii, 
Arends.  M.D.G.  1907:546. 
These  comprise  the  following 
crosses :  A .  Damdii  x  A .  astilboi- 
des, with  rosy-lilac  fls.  in  loose  and  graceful  feathery 
panicles;  stamens  and  petals  much  exceeding  the 
sepals;  here  belong  the  varieties  Juno,  with  purplish 
pink  fls.,  plant  over  3  ft.  high;  Venus,  also  with  pur- 
phsh  pink  fls.;  Vesta,  with  ro.sy  hlac  fls.;  and  Ceres, 
with  lilac-pink  fls.  A.  Davidii  x  A.  japonica,  with 
creamy  white  to  pale  pink  or  salmon  fls.  in  dense  spikes; 
petals  and  the  pink  stamens  not  much  exceeding  the 
sepals;  here  belongs  Rose  Perle.  A.  Davidii  x  A.  rosea, 
similar  to  A.  japonica  in  habit,  with  purplish  pink  to 
salmon  or  nearly  white  fls.;  this  cross  may  be  classed 
with  A.  rubella.  A.  Davidii  xA.  Thunbergii,  taller,  4-5 
ft.  high  with  large  feathery  panicles,  their  branches 
nodding  at  the  tips:  fls.  pale  pink  to  white. 

12.  rfibra,  Hook.  &  Thoms.  St.  simple,  4-6  ft.,  long- 
hairy:  Ivs.  2-ternate;  lfts.  oblique-ovate,  more  or  less 
cordate,  1-3  in.  long,  sharp-serrate:  fls.  numerous,  rose- 
red,  in  compact,  robust  panicles,  with  the  main  branches 
erect  and  numerous  short  lateral  branchlets  about  1 
in.  long;  stamens  10,  shorter  than  petals.  India.  B.M. 
4959. — Needs  protection.    Little  known  in  Amer. 

A.  crenatilohata,  Small  (A.  dccandra  crenatilobata,  Brit.).  Allied 
to  A.  decandra.  Lfts.  creiiatcly  toothed,  the  terminal  one  usually 
3-Iobed.  N.  C. — .4.  simplirifCAui,  .Makino.  Low,  not  exceeding  1  ft.: 
Ivs.  simple,  ovate,  deeply  lobt^d  or  incised,  about  3  in.  long:  panicle 
slender  and  narrow,  the  branches  short,  with  star-like  white  fla. 
Japan.  G.C.  IIL  48:2'.I4:  r2:101.— .4.  lirescens,  Hutchins. 
.Mlied  to  A.  rivularis.  Lfts.  obliquely  cordate-ovate,  3-4  in.  long, 
denticulate:  panicles  much  branched  with  .-imall  greenish  white 
fragrant  fls.:  petals  wanting;  stamens  10,    China. 

Alfred  Rehder.! 


424 


ASTRAGALUS 


ASTRANTIA 


ASTRAGALUS  (ancient  Greek  name  of  some  shrub). 
Uginiunosx.  Milk  Vetch.  Haniy  herbs  or  sub- 
shrubs,  now  and  then  seen  in  plantings. 

Leaves  mostly  odd-pinnate,  sometimes  simple:  fls.  in 
spikes  or  racemes,  yellow,  purple  or  white;  calyx  tubular, 
its  teeth  nc;irlv  equal;  petals  clawed,  the  standartl  erect; 
stiimens  in  2  clusters,  the  anthers  similar:  pods  fleshy, 
leather?"  or  papery,  not  much  swollen,  as  they  are  in 
the  meinbranous-iegumed  Phaca,  the  nearest  relative. 


430.  Astragalus 
hypoglottis. 

(X}2) 


— .About  1,500  species.  Many  kinds  are  cult,  in  the 
Old  World,  but  those  described  below  are  the  only 
kinds  commonly  sold  in  Amer.  The  loco-weed  of  the 
prairies,  which  is  said  to  poison  cattle,  is  A.  molUssi- 
mius.  For  those  below  and  many  others,  the  student 
is  referred  to  Hritlon  and  Brown's  Illustrated  Flora, 
Nelson's  Manual  of  Rocky  Mountain  Botany,  and 
Rydberg's  Flora  of  Colorado.  The  botanical  characters 
are  mostly  found  in  the  pods. 

Astragaluses  prefer  a  light,  porous  soil  and  no  shade. 
The  dwarfcr  kinds  may  be  placed  in  the  front  of  the 
border  or  in  the  rockery. 

Propagation  is  chiefly  by  seeds,  which  germinate 
slowly,  or  by  careful  division  in  early  spring.  Many 
kinds  are  Ukely  to  die  if  divided  or  transplanted,  aa  they 
are  mycorrhizal  plants,  much  dependent  on  a  semi- 
paraaitic  organism,  which  is  better  left  undisturbed. 

A.  Fh.  yellow. 

alopecuroides,  Linn.  .St.  erect,  strict;  height  2-.5ft. : 
Ift.s.  ovate-lanceolate,  pubescent:  fls.  in  thick  ovate- 
oblong  .spikes,  on  short,  axillary  peduncles.  Siberia. 
h.M.yjV.f.i. 

caroliniAnus,  Linn.  (A.  canadensis,  Linn.).  One  to 
314  ft.:  IftB.    l.S-31,   glabrous  or  slightly   pubescent, 


ellijitic  or  oval,  obtuse  or  slightly  cmarginate  at  apex: 
fls.  yellowish,  ?4-l  in.  long,  in  a  dense  spike:  pods  2- 
cclled,  coriaceous,  sessile,  terete  and  glabrous.  July, 
Aug.    E.  N.  Amer.    L.B.C.  4:372. 

Drummondii,  Douglas.  Erect,  10-20  in.:  Ifts.  19-33, 
glabrous,  oblong  or  sometimes  oblanceolate,  and 
obtuse:  fls.  yellowish  white,  the  keel  rarely  tinged  with 
purple,  1-1 3 2  in-  long,  in  a  loose  spike:  pods  1-celled, 
distinctly  stalked,  glalsrous  and  grooved.  June,  July. 
Plains  of  Cent.  N.  Amer.  Hook.  Fl.  Bor.  Amer.  57. 

AA.  Fls.  not  yellow. 
B.  Sts.  trailing. 
monspessulanus,  Linn.    St.  trailing:  height  9  in.:  fls. 
purple,  purplish  or  white,  in  smaller  and  looser  heads 
than  the  above.   Eu.   B.M.  375. 

BB.  Sts.  erect  or  merely  decumbent,  not  trailing. 
c.  Plants  not  spiny. 
D.  Pods  1-celled. 
flexuosus,  Hook.   Four  to  15  in.,  leafy-std.  and  finely 
hairy:  Ifts.  9-21,  Unear,  oblong  or  oblanceolate,  obtuse 
or  emarginate:  fls.  purplLsh,  j2-?4m.  long,  the  pedun- 
cles exceeding  the  Ivs. :  pods  1-celled,  sessile,  cylindric, 
hnear  or  linear-oblong.    June-Aug.     Plains  of  Cent. 
N.  Amer. 

alpinus,  Linn.  Height  6-15  in.:  Ifts.  13-25:  fls. 
violet,  keel  darker:  pods  1-celled,  black-pubescent. 
Northern  and  Arctic  regions  around  the  world. 

DD.  Pods  more  than  1-celled. 

hypoglottis,  Linn.  Fig.  430.  Height  3-24  in.:  Ifts. 
17-25:  fls.  violet-purple,  6-10  lines  long,  in  dense 
heads:  pods  4-5  lines  long,  2-cclled,  densely  villous 
with  white  hairs.  Eu.,  Asia,  and  from  Kan.  west  to 
Nev.  and  north  to  Alaska. — Also  a  white  variety 
excellent  for  pots. 

caiyocarpus,  Ker-Gawl.  Perennial,  the  whole  plant 
tomentulose:  sts.  decumbent,  ultimately  ascending: 
Ivs.  alternate,  distant,  with  17-25  Ifts.:  fls.  pale  violet- 
purple,  the  calyx  about  half  as  long  as  the  corolla:  seeds 
several  in  each  cell.    La.    B.R.  176. 

adsiirgens,  Pall.  (.4.  L&xmanii,  Jacq.).  Fig.  431. 
Small,  erect  or  mostly  decumbent  plant,  with  15-25 
Ifts.,  which  are  oval  to  linear-oblong,  obtuse  and  rarely 
emarginate:  fls.  purplish,  32-1  in.  long,  the  peduncles 
exceeding  the  Ivs.,  the  spikes  dense:  pods  2-celled, 
sessile,  oblong  and  pointed.  June,  July.  Plains  of  Cent. 
N.  Amer.  Jacq.  Hort.  Vind.  3:37  (as  A.  Laxmanii). 

cc.  Plant  spiny:  fls.  white. 
horrida,  Boiss.    A  low  bristly  perennial  with  spiny 
Ivs.  composed  of  7-8  pairs  of  broad  Ifts.:  fls.  white  in  a 
dense,  long-stalked,  spike-like  cluster.    Persia. — Curi- 
ous and  rare,  rather  than  attractive. 

A.  racemdsus,  Pursh.  Zigzag,  erect  St.:  Ifts.  17-21:  fls.  yellowish 
in  loose  racemes.  July.  Plains  of  Cent.  U.  S. — A.  Rdhbinsn,  Oakes. 
Erect  and  glabrous:  Ifts.  9-25:  fls.  in  loose  racemes,  white  or  purple: 
pods  1-celled,  flattened.  Suitable  for  rocky  places.  June,  July. 
N  E.  U.  (3. — A.  ShorUajius.NuU.  Silvery  canescent:  Ifts.  9-15:  fls. 
blue  or  violet:  pods  sessile,  1-celled,  strongly  curved  upward.  May, 
June.   Plains  of  Cent.  U.  S.  N_  TaylOR. 

ASTRANTLA  (name  in  allusion  to  star-hke  appear- 
ance of  umbels).  Umbdllferx.  Masterwort.  Peren- 
nial garden  plants,  grown  for  the  odd  and  ornamental 
umbels  and  attractive  habit. 

Glabrous  and  erect  low  herbs  with  dark-colored 
aromatic  roots:  Ivs.  pahnately  lobed  or  dissected, 
petioled,  the  st.-lvs.  often  sessile  and  more  smiple:  fls. 
polygamous,  the  sterile  long-pedicelled  and  the  fertile 
short-pedicelled;  calyx  with  5  foliaceous  lobes,  more  or 
less  tuberculate;  petals  oblong-ovate,  conmvent;  fr. 
compressed.  —  Perhaps  a  half-dozen  species,  m  Eu. 
and  W.  Asia,  bearing  fls.  in  leafy-involuqred  umbels 
and  umbellules,  the  fls.  being  white,  rose-colored  or 
blush.  The  astrantias  grow  a  foot  or  more  high,  making 


ASTRANTIA 


ASYSTASIA 


425 


interesting  branching  plants  for  the  border,  particu- 
larly in  moist  places.  Prop,  by  seeds,  and  easily  by 
divisions  in  autumn  or  spring. 

camiolica,  Wulf .  About  1  ft. :  radical  Ivs.  .5-7-lobed, 
the  lobes  oblong-acuminate,  serrate:  fls.  white  or  blush: 
involucel  of  about  12  entire  whitish  parts  with  green 
red-tinged  line.   Eu.  .Attractive.   June,  July. 

major,  Linn.  The  commonest  species  in  cult.:  1-3 
ft.:  radical  Ivs.  5-lobed.  the  lobes  ovate-lanceolate  and 
more  or  less  parted  and  toothed,  acute:  fls.  pinkish,  or 
rose,  or  white:  involucel  of  20  or  less  hnear-lanceolate 
entire  leafy  parts;  calyx-lobes  lanceolate  and  spinulose, 
exceeding  the  petals.  Eu. — Thrives  by  running  water 
and  in  partial  shade.   May,  June. 

Biebersteinii,  Traut.  Small:  radical  Ivs.  .3-parted, 
the  middle  lobe  oblong  or  obovate  and  more  or  less 
3-lobed,  sharp-serrate;  involucel  parts  oblong,  entire 
or  nearly  so,  equaling  the  umbel;  calyx-lobes  lanceo- 
late-acute, equaling  the  petals.   Caucasus. 

.4.  helUborifdlia,  Saliab.  (A.  heterophylla,  Willd.,  A.  maxima, 
Pall.).  2  ft.  or  less:  radical  Ivs.  3-Iobed,  serrate:  fls.  pink:  involu- 
cre of  about  12  ovate-lanceolate  bristly  parts.  Caucasus. — .4.  minor, 
Linn.  8-10  in.:  radical  Ivs.  7-9-lobed,  toothed:  fls.  white:  invo- 
lucre white.    Eu.  T      H     R 

ASTRAP.ffiA:  Dombeya. 

ASTROCARYUM  (Greek,  astron,  star,  and  hmjon, 
nut;  referring  to  star-like  arrangement  of  the  fruits). 
Palmacese,  tribe  Bactridess.  Spiny  palms,  stemless  or 
with  a  short,  or  tall,  ringed  caudex. 

Leaves  terminal,  pinnately  parted;  segms.  approxi- 
mate, equidistant  or  fasciculate,  lanceolate-acuminate 
or  attenuate  to  the  obliquely  truncate  apex,  plicate, 
whitish  beneath,  the  terminal  ones  free  or  confluent,  the 
spiny  margins  recurved  at  the  base;  petiole  very  short; 
sheath  short,  open,  the  spines  of  nearly  all  parts  of  the 
plant,  in  some  eases,  nearly  a  foot  long:  spadices 
short  or  long,  the  finely  divided  branches  pendulous, 
thickened  at  the  base,  thence  very,  slender,  long,  naked, 
the  floriferous  naked  basal  portion,  as  it  were,  pedun- 
culate; spathes  2,  the  lower  one  membranous,  decidu- 
ous, the  upper  fusiform,  coriaceous  or  woody,  open  on 
the  ventral  side,  persistent;  bracts  of  the  female  fls. 
broad,  imbricated  hke  the  bractlets;  pistil'ate  fls.  vrith 
a  stipitate  male  one  on  either  side:  fr.  rather  large, 
ovoid  or  subglobose,  beaked,  smooth  ,or  spiny,  red  or 
orange. — Species  30.  Trop.  Amer. 


431.  Astragalus  adsurgens.    (XH) 


Astrocaryums  are  elegant  palms  of  medium  height, 
very  suitable  for  moderate-sized  conservatories.  A. 
Marumuru,  A.  mexicanum  and  A.  argenteum  are  the 
kinds  most  commonly  met  with  in  collections.  The 
leaves  are  pinnate,  spiny  on  both  sides,  even  in  very 
young  plants,  and  in  small  plants,  at  least  in  some  of  the 
species,  the  segments  are  narrow,  four  or  five  pairs  of 
these  alternating  with  two  very  broad  ones.  A.  argen- 
teum has  the  under  surfaces  of  the  l6aves  of  a  much 
fighter  color  than  the  others. 

In  a  j'oung  state,  the  plants  require  the  temperature 
of  the  stove,  and  after  attaining  the  height  of  a  few 
feet  they  may  be  best  grown  in  a  warmhouse,  and 
given  plenty  of  water;  also  a  humid  atmosphere.  Speci- 
mens 8  to  10  feet  high  fruit  freely. 

Propagation  is  by  seeds,  which  are  slow  in  germina- 
ting. The  soil  in  which  they  are  sown  should  be 
changed  occasionally,  to  prevent  it  from  becoming 
sour.  Be  careful  not  to  overpot,  or  the  fleshy  roots 
wiU  decay.    G.C.  IL  22:522.    See  Paiws. 

A.  Lvs.  scurfy,  at  least  beneath  or  on  the  petioles. 
M&rumuru,  Mart.   Lvs.  9-12  ft.  long;  segms.  lanceo- 
late,   somewhat    falcate,    rich    green    above,    silvery 
beneath:  sts.  12-1.5  ft.  high,  densely  covered  with  stout, 
black  spines  6  in.  long.    Brazil.    LH.  22:213. 

argenteum,  Hort.  Petioles  and  under  surface  of  the 
lvs.  covered  with  silvery  white  scurf:  lvs.  arching, 
wedge-shaped,  2-lobed,  distinctly  plicate,  bright  green 
above;  petioles  with  numerous  dark,  spreading  spines 
1  in.  long.  Colombia.  F.R.  3:569. — Perhaps  more 
correctly  named  A.  Malyho,  Karsten. 

filulare,  Hort.  Small,  slender:  lvs.  erect,  narrowly 
cuneate,  with  2  divergent  lobes,  inversely  sagittate; 
petioles  densely  scurfy;  rachis  scurfy  on  both  sides; 
spines  numerous  on  the  petioles  and  rachis,  and  on  the 
principal  nerves  above;  brown.    Country  unknown. 

AA.  Lvs.  not  scurfy. 

Ayri,  Mart.  Trunks  18-30  ft.  high,  8-12  in.  diam., 
usually  cespitose:  lvs.  15  ft.  long,  equally  pinnatisect 
to  the  apex;  petiole  piano-compressed,  membranaceous 
on  the  margins,  densely  scaly  and  with  scattered  spines; 
lower  segms.  over  3  ft.  long,  1  ?4'-2  in.  wide,  2  in.  apart, 
the  upper  ones  2-2'^  ft.  long,  1  in.  wide,  \%  in.  apart, 
conduplicate  at  the  base,  linear,  long,  attenuate, 
pointed,  minutely  and  remotely  spiny  along  the  margins, 
white-tomentose  below.    Brazil. 

mexicanum,  Liebm.  St.  4-6  ft.  high,  cylindrical, 
thickly  covered  with  rings  of  black,  straight,  2-edged 
spines:  petiole  2  ft.  long,  4-sided,  the  2  upper  sides 
concave,  clothed  (as  is  the  rachis)  with  straight  black 
spines;  blade  6  ft.;  segms.  15-18  in.  long,  1  in.  wide, 
alternate,  broadly  linear,  acute,  straight,  white  beneath, 
with  deciduous  black  spines  along  the  margins.    Mex. 

A.  granatense,  Hort.,  is  an  unidentified  trade  name. 

J.  G.  Smith  and  G.  W.  Oliver. 
N.  Taylor,  t 

ASYSTASIA  (obscure  name).  Including  Henfr'eya, 
Dicentraidhbra  and  Mackaya.  Acanihaceae.  Hothouse 
or  greenhouse  evergreen  herbs  and  shrubs. 

Plants  erect  or  scandent:  lvs.  membranaceous, 
entire:  corolla- tube  straight  or  curved,  the  spreading 
limb  5-lobed  and  nearly  or  quite  regular;  stamens  4, 
unequal;  stigma  blunt  or  minutely  2-lobed;  fls.  white, 
blue  or  purple,  in  axillary  or  terminal  clusters,  often 
very  showy. — About  20  species  in  the  Old  World 
tropics.  Require  the  general  treatment  of  Justicia,  in 
intermediate  or  warmhouses. 

bella,  Henth.  &  Hook.  (Mackaya  bella,  Harv.). 
Glabrous,  upright  sub-shrub:  lvs.  ovate-oblong,  acumi- 
nate, spreading,  short-stalked,  sinuate-toothed:  fls. 
lilac,  2  in.  long,  with  a  long  tube  below  the  flaring 
throat,  the  spreading  segms.  ovate-obtuse,  disposed 
on  one  side  of  a  raceme  5-8  in.  long.    S.  Afr.    B.M. 


42li 


ASYSTASIA 


ATALANTIA 


o797. — A  beautiful  phmt,  raroly  soon,  and  thouplit,  to 
be  dirticult  to  manage;  but  it  sooms  to  Howor  loailily 
in  fall  in  our  oliniale,  if  rested  during  the  previous 
winter  and  brought  on  in  the  suiniuer.  Prop,  by  cut- 
tings of  firm  wood  in  spring  or  suinnK-r.  Young  plants 
in  small  pot*  often  bloom  well. 

.4.  coromanddutiia,  Neea  {.\.  coinorensb,  Bojer.  A.  violacea, 
Dale.  Justicia  gangctica,  Linn.).  Zigzag  sub-shnib:  Ivs.  ovate- 
cortiate.  vc&vy:  fls.  purple,  nearly  sessile,  in  0-10~fld.  raceme. 
India.  B.M.  424S.  P.M.  14:125.  F.S.  2:179.— .4.  scdndeiis,  Lindl. 
(Henfreya  scandens,  Lindl.).  Climbing:  Ivs.  obovate  to  ovate, 
thick,  entire:  fls.  large,  yellow,  white  and  blush,  in  a  thyrse.  Afr, 
B.M.  444y.    B.R.  33:31.    F.S.  3:23L  L.   H.   B. 

ATACCIA:  Tacm. 

ATALANTIA    {Alalantia,   one  of    the   Hespcrides). 
Rutaccie,  tribe   Cltreie.     Woody  plants,  now  receiving 
attention  in  America  as  stocks  for  cit- 
rus fruits,  and  as  possible  parents  in 
breeding  new  forms  of  such  fruits. 

Small  trees  or  shrubs,  usually  spiny, 
with  persistent  coriaceous  simple  Ivs. 
having  prominent  netted  veins  and 
wingless  or  very  narrowly  winged 
petioles  jointed  at  base  of  If.:  fls.  u.su- 
ally  pcntamerous,  with  the  stamens 
free  or  united  into  a  tube,  twice  as 
numerous  as  the  petals;  ovary  3-5- 
celled,  with  1  or  2  ovules  in  each  cell : 
fr.  hke  a  small  orange  with  a  lemori'? 
like  skin.  In  the  typical  species,  the 
pulp -vesicles  fill  the  segms.,  but  in 
some  dry-fruited  species  they  are 
rudimentary;  these  species  constitute 
the  subgenus  Rissoa. — Twelve  or  15 
species  are  known,  ranging  from  India 
through  the  Malayan  peninsula  to 
Austral. 


432. 

Leaf  of  Atalantia 

citrioides. (  Xf) 


A.  Subgenus  Eualalantia.   Cells  of  fr. 
lined  with  pulp-vesicles. 

monophylla,  DC.  {Limbnia  monophylla,  Roxbg.,  not 
Linn. J.  A  large  shrub  or  .small  tree,  native  to  India, 
Ceylon,  Uurma,  Siam  and  Indo-China,  usually  spiny: 
Ivs.  glabrous,  or  sometimes  pubescent,  1-3  in.  long; 
petioles  short,  sUghtly  or  not  at  all  winged:  fls.  borne  in 
axillary  panicles;  c;ilyx  irregularly  lobcd,  split  to  the 
base  on  one  side;  petals  usually  4,  stamens  8,  the  fila- 
ments connate  and  forming  a  completely  closed  tube; 
ovarj'  .3-5-celled:  fr.  from  3  2~-4'n-  diam.,  with  a  skin 
hke  a  lime,  globose,  with  several  cells  (generally  i),  each 
usually  containing  1  .seed  and  filled  with  pulp-vesicles, 
making  the  fr.  much  like  a  miniature  orange.  India, 
Ceylon,  farther  Indi,a.  111.  Roxbg.  PI.  Corom.,  pi.  83. 
Wight,  Icones,  pi.  1611.  Engl,  in  Engl,  and  Prantl. 
Nat.  Planzenf.  III.  4:191;  fig.  Ill,  QD.— This  tree, 
still  little  known  outside  of  India  and  Ceylon,  is  the 
type  of  the  genus  Atalantia,  and  one  of 
the  promising  species  for  trial  as  a 
stock  on  which  to  graft  other  citrus 
frs.,  and  also  for  use  in  breeding  new 
tj'pes  of  citrus  frs.  The  frs.  yield 
an  oil  which  in  India  is  considered 
a  valuable  apijlication  in  chronic 
rheumatism. 

macrophylla,  Kurz.  (A.  monophylla 
var.  Tn/icrophyll/i,  Oliver).  A  small  or 
medium-sized  tree,  native  to  the  Anda- 
man Lsls.  and  Uurma,  having  ovate- 
elliptical  emarginate  Ivs.  1)^-4  in.  long  and  i-2'2  in. 
broarl:  fl.s.  on  short  axillary  racemes;  calyx  irregularly 
lobed,  sfjlit  to  the  ba-w  on  one  side  as  in  yl .  monophylla; 
stamfm.s  connate  and  forming  a  tube:  fr.  large,  said  to 
reach  134-2  in.  diam.  Andaman  lsls.,  Uurma,  Malay 
Penin.sula,  Bangka  I.sl. — Little  known  and  is  chiefly  in- 
teresting beeaii.se  of  the  large  size  of  its  frs.  Kurz,  in  his 
"Forest  Flora  of  Hritish  Hurma,"  .says  of  this  species: 


433.  Cross- 
section  of  ovary 
of  Atalantia 
citrioides.  (XlJ 


''Berries  globose,  the  size  of  a  wood-apple,  glabrous," 
and  gives  the  size  of  the  wood-apple  as  1 }  2~2  in. 
diam.  A  tree  brought  from  the  island  of  Bangka,  east 
of  Sumatra,  and  now  growing  at  the  Botanical  Gar- 
tlens  at  Buitenzorg,  Java,  is  considered  by  Hochreu- 
tiner  to  belong 
to  this  species. 
It  is  of  remark- 
able size,  being  a 
beautiful  round- 
topped  tree  40 
ft.  high  with  a 
deeply  furrowed 
trtmk  (5  ft.  in  cir- 
c  u  m  f  e  r  e  n  c  e , 
forking  at  3  ft. 
from  the  ground 
and  branching  profusely  at 
6}2-l()  ft.  No  other  species  of 
Atalantia  is  known  to  reach 
this  size  or  to  bear  frs.  so  large. 
This  species  is  of  unusual  in- 
terest for  trial  as  a  stock  and 
also  for  hybridizing  with  other 
citrus  frs. 

citrioides,  Pierre.     A   small 
tree  native  to  Indo-China,  usu- 
ally   spiny,    having    glabrous 
emarginate  oval  Ivs.  2-33-2  in.       434.  Atalantia  ceylonica. 
long    (Fig.    4.32):    calyx    cup-  (xja 

shaped,  not  split  to  the  base; 

stamens  connate,  forming  a  tube;  ovary  usually  3-  or 
4-celled:  fr.  resembles  a  small  orange  about  ?i'in.  diam., 
with  a  roughened  glandular  skin;  cells  filled  with  pulp- 
vesicles  and  contain  usually  a  single  seed  about  '  gin. 
long  (Fig.  433).  111.  H.  Lecomte  Fl.  g6n.  de  I'lndo- 
Chine,  Vol.  I,  pi.  24,  fig.  C.  5,  6. — This  interesting 
species  is  native  to  Cochin  China  and  Cambodia  and 
has  recently  been  intro.  into  this  country,  where  it  will 
be  tested  as  a  stock  and  for  breeding  purposes.  Its  close 
reltitionship  to  Citrus  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  it  grows 
well  when  grafted  on  grapefruit. 

racemSsa,  Wight.  A  shrub  or  small  tree,  differing 
from  A.  monophylla  chiefly  in  having  a  regular  calyx 
not  split  down  one  side.  S.  India,  Cevlon.  111.  Hook. 
J.  bot.  Vol.  I,  pi.  122:   Wight,  Icones,  "pi.  71. 

AA.  Subgenus,  Rissoa,  n.  subg.,  named  for  A.  Risso,  b. 
Nice,  1777,  d.  IS40,  a  well-known  writer  on  citrus 
frs.  Rissoa,  ArnoU,  1836  as  a  genus.  Like  Eu- 
alalantia, but  with  dry  frs.,  the  cells  being  nearly 
filled  with  1  or  2  large  seeds;  pulp-vesicles  rudi- 
mentary and  greatly  reduced  in  number. 

ceylonica,  Oliver  (Rissoa  ceylonica,  Arn.).  Fig.  434. 
A  much-branched  spiny  shrub  or  small  tree  native  to 
Ceylon  and  India:  Ivs.  lanceolate  emarginate,  l}^-3  in. 
long:  fls.  borne  in  crowded  cymes;  calyx  not  spht  on  one 
side;  stamens  free,  alternate  ones  longer;  ovary  usually 
2-celled  with  2  ovules  in  each  cell:  frs.  about  34-Jiin. 
diam.,  dry,  having  only  rudimentary  pulp- vesicles; 
containing  from  2-4  very  large  rounded  seeds.  Ceylon. 
— This  species  is  of  interest  chiefly  for  trial  as  a  stock, 
since  its  large  seeds  would  be  likely  to  produce  very 
vigorous  seedlings.  The  dry  fr.  renders  it  unpromising 
for  breeding  purposes.  The  figure  is  from  a  specimen 
grown  at  tlie  Hope  Garden,  Jamaica. 

Guillauminii,  Swingle.  A  small  spiny  tree,  10-13  ft. 
high:  young  branches  angular  and  pubescent:  Ivs.  oval, 
more  or  less  pointed  at  both  ends,  2-4  in.  long:  fls. 
unknown:  frs.  J^-1  in.  diam.,  3-celled,  2  large  seeds 
in  each  cell,  pulp-vesicles  rudimentary.  Tonkin.  111. 
Notulae  systematica.  H.  Lecomte,  Vol.  II,  p.  162,  fig.  1. 
— A  little-known  spticies,  interesting  on  account  of  its 
large  frs.  Because  of  its  large  seeds,  it  should  yield 
vigorous  seedlings. 


ATALANTIA 


ATRIPLEX 


427 


simpUcifolia,  Engl.  {Amyris  simpKcifdlia,  Roxbg. 
Atalnnlia  Roxhurghiana,  Hook.  f.).  A  spineless  shrub  or 
small  tree:  Ivs.  very  large,  4-6  in.  long,  13^-2}^  in.  wide, 
elliptic,  pointed  at  both  ends:  stamens  free;  ovary  2- 
celled:  fr.  spherical,  rough-skinned,  Jo"!  in.  diam.,  with 
large  seeds.  Malay  Peninsula.  111.  Wight,  Icones,  pi. 
72.  — An  interesting  species  because  of  its  unusually 
large  Ivs. 

Imperfectly  known  species:  A.  caudatay  Hook.  f.  Lvs.  caudate- 
acuminate,  narrowed  at  base:  ovary  2-celIed.  India. — .4.  puberula, 
Miq.  Lvs.  narrowly  oblong-emarginate:  twigs,  petioles,  If.-baaes 
and  midrib  puberulous;  perhaps  a  form  of  A.  monophylla. 

Walteb  T.  Swingle. 

ATAMASCO  LILY:  Zephijranthes. 
ATHANASIA:  Lonas. 

ATHROTAXIS  (name  alludes  to  the  crowded  cone- 
scales).  Sometimes  spelled  .4 r^/irotaiis.  Pinacese.  Ever- 
greens, allied  to  Cryptomeria,  Sequoia  and  Sciadopitys, 
suitable  for  planting  South,  or  for  use  as  tub  specimens 
in  coolhouses. 

Trees,  densely  branched,  monoecious:  lvs.  small, 
either  short,  blunt,  scale-like  and  appressed,  or  lanceo- 
late and  somewhat  loosely  disposed:  staminate  fls.  in 
imbricated  spiral  aments,  the  anthers  2-celled;  pistil- 
late fls.  in  spirally  imbricated  aments,  3-6  ovules  under 
each  scale,  these  aments  becoming  small  globular  cones 
with  woody  scales  which  are  contracted  at  base  and  at 
apex  incurved  or  acuminate  or  pointed. — Three  species 
in  Tasmania;  by  some  considered  to  be  inseparable 
from  the  genus  Cunninghamia.  These  plants  are 
little  known  in  cult.  Aside  from  seeds,  cuttings  may 
be  used  for  prop. 

selaginoides,  Don  {A.  alpiim,  Van  Houtte.  Cun- 
ninghdmia  selaginoides,  Zucc).  Stout,  to  4.5  ft.:  lvs. 
loose,  lanceolate,  incurved,  acute,  Jiin.  or  less  long, 
those  of  yoimg  seedlings  narrower:  cones  J-^-Mi"- 
diam.,  the  scales  lanceolate-pointed.    Mts. 

cupressoides,  Don  (A.  imhricala,  Maule.  Cunning- 
hamia cupressoides,  Zucc).  Tree,  reaching  40  ft.,  with 
ascending  branches:  lvs.  broad  and  obtuse,  less  than 
J^in.  long,  thick  and  keeled,  closely  appressed  to  the 
branches:  cones  J2in.  or  less  diam.,  the  scales  rounded 
at  top  and  bearing  a  short  point. 

laxifolia,  Hook.  (.4.  Doniana,  Henk.  &  Hochst.). 
Tree,  2.5-.30  ft.,  closely  allied  to  A.  cupressoides:  lvs. 
imbricate  but  le.ss  appressed,  acute,  about  J-ein.  long: 
cones  larger  and  scales  more  acuminate.   Mts. 

L.  H.  B. 

ATH^RIUM.  .\  generic  name  recognized  as  valid  by 
many  well-known  fern  students.  .\s  usually  delimited, 
it  includes  species  of  Asplenium  (which  see)  which  have 
some  of  the  sori  curved  across  the  subtending  veinlets. 
There  are  also  differences  in  the  stem  structure.  The 
species  are  mostly  larger  and  more  herbaceous  than 
those  of  true  Asplenium.  j^    q    Benedict. 

ATRAGENE:  Clemalis. 

ATRAPHAXIS  (ancient  Greek  name).  Polygonacese. 
Ornamental  shrubs  grown  chiefly  for  the  white  or  pink- 
ish flowers  produced  during  the  summer. 

Low  shrubs  with  spiny  or  unarmed  branches:  lvs. 
deciduous,  short-petioled,  alternate  or  fasciculate:  fls. 
small,  apetalous  in  few-fld.  axillary  clusters  forming 
terminal  racemes;  sepals  usually  .5,  sometimes  4,  the  2 
outer  ones  smaller  and  usually  reflexed;  stamens  8, 
sometimes  6;  o\ary  superior  with  2-3  styles  free  or 
connate  at  the  b;ise:  fr.  a  small  2-  or  .3-angled  achene 
enveloped  by  the  enlarged  inner  sepals.  Summer. — - 
About  18  species  in  Cent,  and  W.  Asia,  Greece,  and  N. 
Afr. 

These  plants  are  of  spreading  habit,  with  usually 
small  leaves,  attractive  with  their  numerous  racemes  of 
white  or  rose-colored  flowers,  which  remain  unchanged 
for  a  long  time,  owing  to  the  persistent  calyx. 


They  grow  best  in  well-drained  soil  and  sunny  situa- 
tions, but  do  not  stand  transplanting  well  when  older. 
They  are  well  atlapted  for  planting  in  rockeries  or  on 
rocky  slopes  and  are  hardy  North.  The  handsomest 
of  the  species  is  .4.  Muschkctowii.  Propagation  is  by 
seeds  sown  in  spring;  the  seedlings  are  hable  to  rot  if 
kept  too  moist,  or  in  damp  air.  Increased  also  by 
greenwood  cuttings  under  glass  in  early  summer,  and 
by  layers.  None  of  the  species  is  in  the  American 
trade. 

.4.  buxifdlia,  Jaub.  &  Spach  (Polygonum  crispulum,  Sims). 
Height  1-2  ft.,  spineless:  lvs.  obovate,  crenate,  dark  green,  J^-1  in. 
long:  racemes  short.  Transcaucasia,  Turkestan.  B.M.  1065. — A. 
frutescens,  Koch  (A.  lanceolata,  Meisn.).  Height  1-2  ft.,  spineless: 
ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  glaucescent,  H-1  in.  long:  racemes  loose. 
Caucasus.  Turkestan,  Siberia.  L.B.C.  5:489.  B.R.  3:254. — A. 
Muschketowii,  Krassn.  (A.  latifolia,  Koehne.  Tragopyrum  lanceo- 
latum  var.  latifolium.  Regel).  Erect,  2-3  ft.,  spineless:  lvs.  lanceo- 
late, crenate,  ^4-2  in.  long:  fls.  white  with  the  anthers  and  ovary 
red,  J-sin.  across  in  dense  racemes.  Turkestan.  B.M.  7435.  Gt. 
40:1344. — .4.  spindsa,  Linn.  Height  1-2  ft.,  spiny:  lvs.  elliptic, 
entire,  glaucescent,  i-i-' oin.  long:  racemes  short;  sepals  usually  4 
and  stamens  6.    S,  Russia,  Orient,  Siberia.    At  popTj  "DirHnFR 

ATRIPLEX  (from  a  Greek  name  of  orache).  Cheno- 
podiacese.  Herbs  with  inconspicuous  flowers,  some  of 
which  are  used  for  forage  under  the  name  of  salt- 
bushes,  some  for  hedges  or  lawn  specimens,  and  one 
as  a  garden  vegetable,  and  many  succulent  weeds  of 
desert  regions. 

Flowers  dioecious  or  monoecious,  in  spicate  or  pani- 
culate clusters,  sometimes  bunched  in  the  axils:  lvs. 
usually  alternate  or  some  opposite:  fr.  half  or  wholly 
inclosed  by  the  persistent  bractlets. — About  125  widely 
distributed  species,  often  weeds.  A.  patula,  in  many 
forms,  is  a  common  weedy  plant  throughout  the  country. 

A  triplex  hortensis  is  a  garden  vegetable  used  like 
spinach;  for  culture,  see  Orach.  A.  leptocarpa,  A. 
semibaccata  and  others  have  been  introduced  as  sup- 
plementary forage  plants  for  arid  regions.  ^4.  Brewer i 
is  a  popular  low  hedge 
plant  in  southern  Cali- 
fornia. 

A.  Garden     vegetable 

(with    ornamental- 

Ivd.  variety). 
hortensis,  Linn. 
Orach.  Sea  Purs- 
lane. Annual:  st.  her- 
baceous, erect :  lvs.  has- 
tate, cordate,  or  tri- 
angular-oblong, acute, 
4-5  in.  long,  2'2--' 
in.  wide;  petioles  12-18 
lines  long:  fruiting 
bracts  4-8  Unes  long, 
short -pediceled.  Var. 
atro-sanguinea,  Hort., 
is  a  crimson-lvd.  orna- 
mental about  4  ft. 
high,  sometimes  grown 
with  amarantus  -  like 
plants.  Old  World. 
See  Orach. 

AA.  Ornamental  shrubs. 

n.  Shrubs  1-3  feet. 

canescens,  James.  A 
pale,  densely  scurv'V 
shrub,  1-3  ft,  high:  lvs.  oblanceolate,  entire:  fruiting 
bractlets  with  4  vertical,  reticulated  wings.  July-Sept. 
New  Mex.  to  S.  Dak.  and  west  to  Calif. 

Halimus,  Linn.  Low-spreading  shrub  with  gray  fol- 
iage, cult,  in  Calif,  for  hedges  and  for  seaside  planting: 
lvs.  1-1 '  2  in.  long;  petioles  3^  lines  long:  fls.  purplish: 
fruiting  bracts  1  'i  lines  long,  2  lines  wide,  sessile,  reni- 
form,  obtuse,  entire:  seed  compressed,  yellowish. 
Medit,  region  and  S.  .\fr. 


435.  Atriplex  Breweri.   Used  for 
hedges  in  California.   (  X  'sJ 


428 


ATRIPLEX 


ATTALEA 


BB.  Shrubs  4-10  feet. 

Breweri,  t'.  Wats.  Fig.  4?o.  Stout  woody  shrub,  4-6 
It.:  Ivs.  ovate-oblons,  silvery  gray,  somewhat,  rhonibic- 
euneate  at  the  baiie,  obtuse  an<l  aeute  at  apex,  1-3  in. 
lonp:  fls.  liian-ious,  tlie  ealyx  deeply  t-olcft.  At  home 
in  sandy,  wind-swept  places.    S.  Calif. 

lentifdnnis,  S.  Wats.  (Obione  Icntifdrmis,  Torr.). 
Diffusely  branched,  4-10  ft.,  the  branches  terete,  with 
rigid  often  spinescent  branchlets:  Ivs.  oblong-rhombic, 
'a-l'i  in.  long:  fl.-clusters  small,  golden  or  silvery, 
the  calyx  5-parted.  S.^^MI.S. — Sih'ery  and  tall,  grow- 
ing as  the  preceding  but  standing  more  cold. 

N.  Taylor,  t 


^ '        436.  Atropa  Belladonna 
or  Deadly  Nightshade. 


ATROPA  (after  Alropns,  that  one  of  the  three  Fates 
who  cut  the  thread  of  life;.  Solfinace!e.  Belladonna. 
A  genu-s  of  2  species  of  Old  World  herbs  of  great  eco- 
nomic importance.  Calyx  with  .5  ovate  leafy  divisions, 
enlarging  in  fr. ;  corolla  bell-shaped  or  funnelform.  The 
purple  berries  are  poisonous.  The  plant  is  u.sed  in  medi- 
'ine  and  is  the  source  of  atropine  and  other  drugs.  Not 
in  cult,  in  U.  .S.  except  in  botanic  gardens. 

Belladdnna,  Linn.  Fig.  436.  Plant  erect,  branching, 
leafy:  Ivs.  ovate,  entire,  pointed:  fls.  single  or  in  pairs, 
nfKlding  on  lateral  peduncles;  corolla  blue-jiurple  or 
often  greenish  purple.    Eu.  to  India. 

N.    TATLOR.t 

ATTALEA  (attains,  magnificent).  Fcjlmacea',  tribe 
Cormnes-.  A  large  genus  of  horticulturally  little-known 
palms,  well  worth  more  attention. 

Stenris  .spineless,  single,  usually  ringed,  sometimes 
lacking:  Ivs.  usually  many  in  a  large  erect  tuft,  pinnate, 
the  numerous  Ifts.  rather  regularly  placed,  but  at  right 


angles  to  the  rachis,  those  above  standing  erect,  those 
beneath  falling  below  the  rachis;  young  Ivs.  very  attrac- 
tive but  rather  stiff  in  their  perfect  erectness;  petiole 
concave  above,  often  very  fibrous  at  the  base:  fls. 
mona'cious  or  polyganio-dia'cious,  on  a  branched  spadix 
inclosed  in  a  rather  woody  spathe,  at  least  at  first, 
which  appears  among  the  lowest  Ivs.;  spadix  ultimately 
recurving,  sessile,  bracted,  usually  yellow:  fr.  a  drupe, 
sometimes  quite  large,  frequently  fibrous-coated. — lie- 
cause  of  their  slow  growth  the  20-2.5  species  are  not 
very  favorably  known  to  the  dealers.  All  are  natives  of 
Trop.  Amcr.  "See  G.C.  II.  22:523. 

At  least  two  of  the  species  are  of  economic  impor- 
tance. A.  Cohune  is  the  source  of  a  finer  oil  than  that  of 
the  coconut,  and  is  also  used  in  making  an  intoxicating 
beverage.  A.  funifern  is  the  source  of  a  fine  fiber  much 
used  in  the  making  of  brooms,  and  in  rope-making. 

Attaleas  must  be  grown  in  a  tropical  greenhou.se,  with 
a  night  temperature  not  less  than  00°.  They  will  do  best 
in  a  mixture  of  loam  three  parts,  cow-  or  horse-manure, 
one  part,  and  one  part  «f  sand. 

Propagation  is  by  seeds,  which  may  be  placed  2  inches 
deep  in  a  box  to  be  plunged  out-of-doors  in  summer, 
covered  with  moss  and  watered  freely. 

A.  Trunks  becoming  tall,  or  at  least  not  stemless. 

B.  Bases  of  the  petiole  prominently  fibrous:  old  Ivs.  persist- 
ent in  A.  funifera:  trutiks  lS-30  ft. 

funifera,  Mart.  Pissaba  Palm.  Coquilla.  St. 
18-30  ft.,  8-13  in.  diam.,  smooth:  Ivs.  as  long  as  the 
caudex,  green  both  sides;  petioles  with  very  long  hang- 
ing fibers;  segms.  broafUy  linear-acuminate,  in  clusters 
of  3-.5,  divaricate,  very  numerous:  drupe  4  in.  long. 
Brazil. 

gomphococca,  Mart.  St.  20-30  ft.  crowned  by  a 
magnificent  cluster  of  large  (6-9  ft.)  Ivs.:  Ifts.  very  nu- 
merous, linear  or  linear-lanceolate,  bright  green  above, 
paler  beneath;  petiole  relatively  short,  very  fibrous  at 
the  base:  spathe  slender  and  woody,  the  spadix  reflexed, 
but  short-stalked  and  half  hidden  by  the  Ivs. :  fr. 
fibrous-coated.  Costa  Rica. — Intro,  by  Reasoner  Bros, 
in  1911. 

BB.  Bases  of  the  petiole  not  prominently  fibrous: 
trunks  50-100  ft. 

excelsa,  Mart.  St.90-100ft.  high  in  the  wild,  16-20  in. 
diam.:  Ivs.  erect-spreading:  pistillate  fls.  solitary  on 
the  branches  of  the  spadix:  drupe  oblong-cylindric, 
acute  at  both  ends.  Brazil. — A  little-known  palm 
among  the  dealers,  but  not  uncommon  in  fanciers' 
collections.  Stately  in  habit  and  with  splendid  large  Ivs. 

Cohfine,  Mart.  Cohune  Palm.  Fig.  437.  St.  50-60 
ft.:  Ivs.  erect,  pinnate,  the  dark  green  pinnae  30-50  and 
IS  in.  or  less  long;  petiole  fiat  above  and  rounded  below: 
drupe  broadly  ovate,  nearly  3  in.  long,  with  a  very  short 
beak.  Honduras. — Fruit  used  for  soap-making,  and 
exported  from  Cent.  Amer.  for  that  purpose.  Used  for 
thatching. 

AA.  Without  trunks. 

spectabilis,  Mart.  Stemless,  or  with  a  very  short  cau- 
dex: Ivs.  18-21  ft.  long,  erect  or  spreading,  the  lower 
segms.  3-4  ft.,  the  upper  12-16  in.,  32in.  wide,  linear- 
acuminate:  spathe  erect:  fr.  about  as  large  as  a  hen's 
egg.  Brazil. — Requires  plenty  of  water,  as  its  home  is 
on  the  banks  of  the  Amazon. 

amygdalina,  HBK.  (.4.  nudfera,  Karsten).  Stemless: 
Ivs.  1.5-lS  ft.  long,  crowded,  pinnatisect;  segms.  90-100 
on  each  side,  ensiform,  glabrous  above,  with  hairs  along 
the  outer  margins  beneath,  2^-2?^  ft.  long,  about 
\]4  in.  wide;  petiole  with  rusty  scales  beneath:  spadix 
of  male  fis.  about  18  in.  long,  with  a  flattened  stalk, 
inclosed  by  a  thick  woody  spathe.    Brazil. 

A.  Guirhire  is  a  trade  name;  "extremely  long-Ieaved." — A. 
Mdripa,  Mart.  (A.  Mariposa,  Hort.).    See  Maximiliana. 

N.    TAYLOR.t 


AUBRIETIA 


AUCUBA 


429 


^r 


AUBRIETIA  (Claude  Aubriet,  French  natural  his- 
tory painter  of  last  century).  Cruciferse.  Purple 
Rock-Cress.  Showy  iierennial  more  or  less  evergreen 
trailers,  excellent  for  rockwork  or  edgings. 

Alhed  to  Alyssum  and  Vesicaria:  distinguished 
chiefly  by  the  outer  sepals  being  saccate  at  base,  the 
shorter  filaments 
toothed,  and  the 
valves  of  the  oblong 
or  globose  silique 
convex  and  not 
ribbed:  Ivs.  entire  or 
angular-toothed :  fls. 
in  shades  of  violet 
or  purple,  in  few-fld. 
bractless  racemes: 
plant  canescent  or 
tonientose. — About  a 
half-dozen  species, 
Italy  to  Persia.  The 
aubrietias  are  of 
simple  eult.  Prop,  by 
seeds,  layers  or  cut- 
tings. They  make  excellent  mats 
of  fohage  and  bloom. 

deltoidea,  DC.  Fig.  438.  Lvs. 
oblong  -  spatulate,  deltoid  or 
rhomboid,  with  1  or  2  teeth  on 
either  side,  grayish,  narrowed 
into  a  very  short  petiole:  fls.  in 
few-fid.  lax  clusters,  the  violet 
or  purple  petals  twice  the  length 
of  the  calyx. — Grows  2-12  in. 
high.  Pretty  spring  and  sum- 
mer bloomer.  Hardy  in  the  N. 
Very  variable,  some  of  the  forms 
being  named  as  if  of  specific 
rank.     Var.   Bougainvfllei,   Hort. 

dwarf  and  compact.  Var.  Campbellii,  Hort.  Fls.  large, 
purple:  plant  large.  Var.  Eyrei,  Hort.  Fls.  large  and 
long,  deep  violet.  Var.  grseca,  Hort.  (var.  suyerha). 
Dwarf  and  compact,  large-fld.  One  of  the  best.  Var. 
Hendersonii,  Hort.,  probably  the  same  as  Campbellii. 
Var.  Leichtlinii,  Hort.  Profuse  bloomer,  pink  fls.  Var. 
olympica,  Hort.  Fls.  large,  violet,  hke  var.  Eyrei.  Var. 
violacea,  Hort.  One  of  the  largest  forms.  Var.  Moore- 
ana,  Hort.  Compact:  fls.  blue.  Var.  Perkinsii,  Hort. 
Fls.  deep  purple  with  tiny  white  eye,  the  petals  rounded: 
plant  strong,  10  in.,  making  a  large  mat.  Gn.  67,  p. 
344.  Raised  by  F.  Perkins,  Stratford-on-Avon.  Var. 
Moerheimii,  Lemoine.  Fls.  large,  rosy  pink  or  mauve, 
blooming  all  summer.  Var.  purpurea,  Hort.  Erect  in 
habit:  fls.  large,  purple.  Var.  variegata,  Hort.  Lvs. 
variegated.  L_  jj    g_ 

AUCUBA  (Latinized  for  Aokiba,  its  Japanese  name). 
Cornaceie.  Ornamental  plants  grown  for  their  large 
evergreen  foliage,  often  handsomely  variegated,  and 
also  for  the  bright  scarlet  fruits. 

Shrubs  with  stout  forked  branches:  lvs.  opposite, 
remotely  serrate  or  nearly  entire:  fls.  dicocious,  small; 
calyx  minute,  4-toothed;  petals  4;  staminate  fls.  with  4 
stamens,  filaments  short.,  with  a  large  ili.sk  in  the 
middle;  pistillate  with  an  inferior  1-celled  ovar>',  style 
short  with  an  oblique  stigma:  fr.  a  1 -seeded  berry-like 
drupe. — Three  species  in  E.  Asia  extending  west  to  W. 
China  and  E.  Himalayas,  often  considered  varieties 
of  one  polymorphous  species. 

The  aucubas  are  evergreens  with  large,  lustrous, 
and  often  handsomely  variegated  leaves,  small  purple 
flowers  in  terminal  panicles,  elongated  in  the  staminate, 
short  and  rattier  dense  in  the  pistillate  plant  and  with 
bright  scarlet  oblong  berries  forming  terminal  clusters. 
Hardy  in  the  southern  states  about  as  far  north  as 
Washington,  D.  C,  and  in  sheltered  localities  even 
farther  north;    they  are   well   adapted   for   city  gar- 


J!#^' 


r 


437.  Attalea  Coliiuie. 

Fls.    Ught     violet: 


dens  as  they  withstand  dust  and  smoke  to  a  consider- 
able degree. 

In  the  northern  states,  aucubas  are  grown  in  cool- 
houses — those  adapted  to  azaleas  are  excellent — and 
they  are  kept  evergreen  by  keeping  them  in  a  pit  dur- 
ing winter,  or  by  holding  them  cool  and  partially  dry 
in  the  house.  They  will  stand  five  or 
six  degrees  of  frost  in  a  pit.  From  cut- 
tings of  half-ripened  wood,  good  speci- 
men plants  may  be  had  in  two  or  three 
years.  Fruiting  plants,  with  their  numer- 
ous bright  scarlet  berries,  are  exceedingly 
attractive,  but  as  the  plant  is  dioecious, 
there  must  be  male  plants  with  the 
female  ones.  If  grown  in  pots  and  under 
glass,  the  plant  must  be  fertilized  by 
shaking  the  flowering  male  plant  over 
the  female,  or  by  applying  the  pollen 
with  a  camel's-hair  pencil.  If  the  male 
plant  flowers  earlier,  the  pollen  may  be 
collected  and  kept  dry  until  the  female 
.  plant  is  in  flower;  it  remains  effective 
for  some  weeks.  In  the  open,  aucuba 
grows  well  in  any  good,  somewhat  moist  though  well- 
drained  soil,  in  a  half-shaded  position.  In  pots,  it  wiU 
thrive  in  a  sandy  loam  with  sufficient  drainage,  and 
requires  plenty  of  water  during  its  growing  period. 
Fruiting  plants  should  not  have  too  large  pots. 

They  are  propagated  very  easily  by  half-ripened 
greenwood  cuttings  at  nearly  any  time  of  the  year, 
under  glass,  and  by  seeds  sown  soon  after  maturity; 
the  varieties  are  sometimes  grafted  on  the  common 
form  in  early  spring,  under  glass. 

japonica,  Thunb.  A  stout  shrub,  4-1.5  ft.:  Iva. 
usually  ovate,  3-8  in.  long,  remotely  and  coarsely 
dentate,  obtusely  aciuninate,  shining:  petals  obtusely 
acuminate:  berries  scarlet,  rarely  white  or  yellow, 
usually  oblong.  From  Himalayas  to  Japan.  B.M.  5512. 
I.H.  l"l:399.  S.I.F.  2:.59.  F.S.  16:1609.  F.  1865: 65.— 
There  are  a  great  number  of  garden  fonns  in  culti- 
vation, mostly  with  variegated  leaves;  the  latter  are 
more  often  cult,  than  the  green  forms.  Handsome 
variegated  forms  are:  Var.  latimaculata,  Kirchn.(var. 
aureo-macuUda,  Dombrain).  Lvs.  ovate-oblong  with  a 
large  irregular  yellow  blotch  in  the  middle  and  smaller 
yellow  dots  around  it.  F.M.  10:527.  F.W.  1876:353. 
Var.  variegata,  Dombrain,  not  Regel  (var.  maeulala, 
Regel,  var.  picta-,  Hort.,  var.  punctata,  Hort.).  Gold 
Dust  Tree.  Fig.  439.  Lvs.  with  numerous  yellow  spots. 
— The  most  commonly  cult.  form.  B.M.  1197.  F.M. 
5:277.  R.H.  1866:292.  Var.  limbata,  BuU.  Lvs.  large, 
coarsely  dentate,  with  a  greenish  yellow  margin.  Var. 
bicolor,  Regel.  Lvs.  with  a  large  yellow  blotch  in  the 
middle,  ovate  to  ovate-oblong,  remotely  dentate.  The 
following  forms  have  green  lvs.:  Var.  angustif61ia, 
Regel  (var.  salicifdlia,  Hort.).  Lvs.  narrowly  oblong- 
lanceolate.  Var.  concolor,  Regel  (var.  vlridis,  Hort.). 
Lvs.  ovate -lanceolate 
or  elliptic  -  ovate,  re- 
motely and  coarsely 
serrate.  Gt.  25:859. 
Var.  dentata,  Carr. 
(var.  macroddnla, 
Hort.).  Lvs.  elhptic, 
coarsely  and  long-den- 
tate. Var.  macrophylla, 
Bull.  Lvs.  large  and 
broad,  remotely  and 
slightly  dentate.  Var. 
ovata,  Regel.  Lvs. 
ovate,  coarsely  sin- 
uately  dentate,  dark 
green,  lustrous.  Var. 
pygmaa,  Regel.  Low: 
lvs.  ovate-oblong,  re- 
motely    and      sharply    438.  Aubrietia  deltoidea.  (plant  X  H) 


430 


AUCURA 


AURICULA 


dontato,  hristht   srooif,  dull.     IJitToiviitly    ('olon-d    fn 

distinguish  tlio  foUowins  forms;    \';vr.  luteocarpa,  Kohc 

(A.luliD-cdrjM,  Domliniiii)  witli 

12.    V:u-.   leucocarpa,   Malsiiiii. 

fr. — .1.  critnifolia,  ouoo  olTortxi 

pivbably  a  form  of  .1.  juiionica. 

certain  form  is  a  stiuninate  or 

niiisculii   or   feniina   (foemina)  is  often   added  to  the 

Viiriotal  name. 


yollowfr.  F..M.  1S72: 
it  Nakai,  with  white 
in  .Viiicrican  trade,  is 
To  indii-atc  whether  a 
a  fruit-bearing  plant, 


entire 

petiila 

ad  stiff 


A.  chinfnsis,  Benth.    Lv.s.  lanceolate  to  nearly  obovate, 
or  toward  the  apex  sharply  dentate,   .sharply  acuminate: 
6nely  and  long-acuminate;   panicle  with  scattered  short  and 
hairs.    China.— .-1.  hirtuilaicn.  Hook.  f.  &  Thorns.  (A.  japonica  var. 
himalaica.    Dipp. ).     Lvs.    usually   lanceolate   to  ovate-lanceolate, 
entire  or  dentate,  sharply  anil  long-acuminate:    panicles  densely 
hairj*:  petals  long  and  finely  acuminate:  fr.  orange  to  scarlet.    E. 
Himalaya.s.    F.S.  12:1271.    I.n.ti:197.        ALFRED   ReHDER. 

AUDIBERTIA  (.1/.  Audibert,  of  Provence).  Labiatx. 
Including;  Rumonn.  Perennial  herbs  or  sub-shrubs, 
sometimes  grown  for  bees  and  in  ornamental  plantings. 

Ten  species  all   from  \\'.   U.  S.  mostly  from  Calif., 
related  to  Salvia,  but  differing  in  the  calyx  being  more 
deeply  cleft  in  front,  and  in  laeing  almost  spathaceous: 
lvs.  opposite,  usually  rugose,  sage-like:  fls.  axillary  or 
terminal,    not   imUke 
those  of  Salvia  offici- 
nalis;    corolla     with 
upper  lip    spreading, 
2-lobed     or     eraargi- 
nate. 

grandiflfira,  Benth. 
St.  villous,  glandular, 
1-3  ft.  high:  lvs.  woolly  beneath;  lower 
lvs.  hastate,  obtuse,  3-8  in.  long, 
coarse;  bracts  crowded,  conspicuous: 
fls.  1-13^  in.  long,  red  or  crimson-pur- 
ple, in  dense,  showy  clusters.  Cahf. — 
Prized  for  bees. 

incana,   Benth.     St.  woody,  tomen- 
t«se-canescent,  leafy:  lvs.  spatulate  or 
obovate,  obtuse  or  retuse,  not  rugose, 
scarcely    1    in.   long;  bracts   obovate,   ciliate,  purple- 
tinged:  corolla  3^in.  long,  rarely  shghtly  longer,  pale 


blue.    \Va.sh.  to  Ariz.    B.R.  1469. 


N.  Taylor. 


AURICULA  (Primula  Auricula,  Linn.).  Fig.  440.  A 
European  perennial,  sending  up  short  scapes,  bearing 
flowers  of  many  colors.  It  is  one  of  the  most  famous  of 
florists'  flowers,  but  it  has  never  received  the  attention 
in  this  country  that  it  has  in  Europe.  Our  summers  are 
generally  too  hot  for  it.  In  this  country  generally 
treated  as  a  greenhou.se  plant;  but  it  is  hardy,  and  in  the 
Old  World  is  grown  largely  in  frames.    Sec  Primula. 

Auriculas  grow  wild  in  the  mountainous  districts  of 
Switzerland,  Austria,  Syria,  and  the  Caucasus;  there- 
fore they  are  generally  regarded  as  alpine  plants,  but 
like  many  other  alpines,  thty  have  proved  to  be  excel- 
lent subjects  for  cool  greenhouse  culture  as  well  as  for 
rock-  or  alpine-garden  culture.  In  their  nalive  habitats, 
some  plants  are  heavily  powdered  with  a  fine  mealy 
substance  called  "farina,"  while  others  are  perfectly 
destitute  of  it.  Under  cultivation,  al.so,  they  show  this 
same  chara<;teri.stic.  This  has  cau.seil  fanciers  to  divide 
them  into  two  sections;  those  covered  with  f:irina, 
called  show  auriculas,  and  those  destitute  of  it,  termed 
alpine  auriculas.  The  show  auriculas  have  received  the 
rnfj.st  attention  at  the  hands  of  fanciers.  Their  flowers 
are  large,  and  present  more  comhinatif)n8  in  variety  of 
wjlor  than  the  alpine  section,  and  since  rains  mar  their 
beautiful  farina-ct)vered  leaves  and  flowers,  they  are 
by  far  best  a/iapted  to  greenhouse  culture.  Like  all 
primulas,  the  flowers  arc  tubular  and  borne  in  erect 
tniaivji  well  above  the  foliage.  Well-grown  plants  will 
prrxluce  strong  trus,ses  with  often  as  many  as  twenty 
"pips"  or  individual  flowers.  Such  a  number  cannot 
fiiUy  develop,  consequently  they  should  be  thinned  out 


and  only  eight  or  nine  flowers  allowed  to  develop  on 
each  truss.  'Plie  lube  of  the  flowers  of  show  auriculas  is 
usually  wliite,  with  a  circle  of  maroon,  violet,  pkmi  or 
chocoliite-color  above  and  a  margin  of  green,  gray, 
white,  or  yellow.  In  what  are  c:dled  "selfs,"  the  circle 
of  chocolate-ni;iroon,  or  violet,  extends  to  the  edges  of 
the  flowers.  They  arc  usually  very  sweet-scented.  Alpine 
auriculas  are  best  adapted  for  growing  in  the  rock-  or 
alpine-garden  since  the  leaves  and  flowers  are  destitute  of 
farina.  This  section  does  not  exhibit  as  large  a  variety 
of  color  in  the  flowers.  The  tube  of  the  corolla  is  usually 
yellow  or  cream-color  with  a  margin  of 
maroon  or  piu'plc  which  shades  off  toward 
the  edges.  The  culture  given  below  is  the 
same  for  both  sections  except  that  the 
alpine  .section  should  be  planted  on  the 
north  side  of  the  rock-garden  in  October, 
where  they  will  flower  the  following  spring. 
Auriculas  may 
be  [iropagated  by 
seed  for  general 
purposes  and  for 
the  production  of 
new  varieties,  but 
to  perpetuate  very 
choice  varieties  it 
is  necessary  to 
propagate  either 
by  offsets  or  divi- 
sion of  the  plants. 
Seed  should  be 
sown  in  shallow 
pans  or  4-inch  pots 
early  in  March,  so 
that  the  seedlings  will  be  well 
developed  before  very  warm 
weather  sets  in.  The  soil  used 
in  the  seed-pans  should  be  very 
light  and  sandy,  the  surface 
should  be  made  smooth,  and 
the  seeds  then  pressed  lightly 
into  the  soil,  after  which  a  light  covering  of  sand 
should  be  given,  and  the  pans  placed  in  a  temperature 
of  60°  until  they  have  germinated,  which  usually  takes 
from  three  to  four  weeks;  pans  should  then  be  removed 
to  a  light  position,  shaded  from  direct  sunlight,  in  a 
rather  lower  temperature,  to  induce  a  stocky  growth. 
As  soon  as  the  seedlings  are  large  enough  to  handle  con- 
veniently, they  should  be  pricked  off  into  other  pans  or 
shallow  boxes  containing  a  mixture  of  three  parts  leaf- 
mold  and  one  part  sifted  loam  and  clean  silver-sand. 
Watering  should  be  carefully  attended  to,  and  every- 
thing done  to  promote  active  growth,  so  that,  if  possible, 
the  plants  may  be  large  enough  to  require  a  second 
shift  into  other  boxes,  similarly  prepared,  by  the  end  of 
June.  Auricula  seedlings  go  through  the  hottest  months 
much  better  in  boxes  than  in  pots,  as  they  can  be  kept 
more  evenly  moist.  For  their  summer  quarters,  a 
wooden  frame  placed  on  sifted  coal-ashes  on  the  north 
side  of  a  building  or  wall,  or  ahnost  any  position  in 
which  they  will  l)c  sheltered  from  the  sun  and  still  receive 
plenty  of  light,  should  Ijc  given  them.  The  frame  should 
be  provided  with  sash,  which  should  be  kept  over  the 
plants  most  of  the  time,  giving  air  in  abundance  in 
favorable  weather,  and  during  the  warmest  weather  the 
whole  frame  should  be  raised  by  placing  a  brick  under 
each  corner,  so  as  to  allow  a  good  circulaton  of  air 
among  the  plants.  About  the  second  week  in  Septem- 
ber the  young  ])lants  .should  be  potted,  using  a  compost 
of  two  parts  good  fibrous  loam,  one  part  leaf-mold,  and 
one  part,  well  decayed  cow-  or  sheep-manure,  with  a 
little;  sand  added.  The  frame  should  be  kept  a  little 
close  for  a  few  days  after  potting,  and  from  this  time 
care  must  be  taken  not  to  wet.  the  foliage  in  watering. 
The  plants  may  remain  in  the  frame  inttil  danger  of 
freezing,   when  they  should  be  transferred  to  a  cool 


439.  Aucuba  japonica  var.  variegata.   ( X  H) 


AURICULA 


AUTUMN-GARDENING 


431 


grocnhousp  for  the  winter.  All  decaying  leaves  should 
be  earefull\-  removed,  and  but  little  water  will  be 
required  during  the  dull  wniter  months.  Toward  the 
end  of  February  the  plants  will  show  signs  of  flowering, 
when  they  should  be  given  a  top-dressing  of  ijulverized 
sheep-maniu-e  and  placed  in  a  light,  airy  position,  in  a 
temperature  of  55°.  The  flowering  season  lasts  about 
two  months,  after  which  the  plants  should  receive 
their  annual  potting.  All  disciised  or  decayed  roots 
should  be  cut  away,  and  most  of  the  old  soil  carefully 
removed.  Tlie  projjagation  of  very  choice  varieties  by 
offsets  or  division  is  best  done  at  this  time.  The  pots 
used  in  potting  should  be 
well  drained,  and  no  larger 
than  will  just  accommodate 
the  plants.  The  soil  best 
suited  is  the  same  as  before 
recommended.  After  pot- 
ting, they  may  be  placed 
in  their  summer  quarters. 
Offsets  should  be  inserted 
around  the  edge  of  4-inch 
pots,  using  very  sandy  soil, 
and  kept  in  a  moist,  shaded 
position  until  rooted.  By 
annually  repotting  and  giv- 
ing a  httle  extra  care  dur- 
ing the  summer  months,  a 
batch  of  show  auriculas  will 
return  very  satisfactory  re- 
sults, and  may  be  kept  in 
a  good,  healthy  condition 
for  several  years.  ^ 

Edward  J.  Canning,     (..^^j^  / 

AUTUMN      COLORS,  ^ 

PHYSIOLOGY  OF.    When 

the  conditions  in  ahnost 
any  locality  are  favorable 
for  the  rapid  growth  of  plants,  the  prevailing  color  of  the 
vegetation  is  green.  The  leaf-green,  or  chlorophyll,  is 
a  conspicuous  part,  of  vegetative  organs.  Green  is 
normal,  so  that  one  does  not  regard  a  green  plant  as 
"colored."  It  is  true  that  in  some  species  of  plants, 
chlorophyll  is  partially  or  completely  veiled  by  the 
presence  of  other  pigments,  and  in  the  blossoms  it  may 
practically  fail;  but  in  the  latter  case  the  Ufe  of  the 
brilliant  structures  is  fleeting,  and  green  is  promptly 

Eredominant.     "Color"   is  more  or  less  restricted  to 
lossoms,  to  particular  species,  or  to  seasons.   The  great 
seasonal  change  is  here  the  center  of  interest. 

In  the  autumn  the  vegetation  of  the  usual  temperate 
landscape  loses  gradually  its  distinctive  green,  while 
striking  yellows  and  reds  are  substituted.  With  favor- 
able conditions,  the  climax  of  this  transformation  is 
such  a  riot  of  color  as  is  not  seen  at  any  other  time.  It 
Ls  noteworthy  that  this  change  is  an  immediate  fore- 
runner of  leaf-fall  and  death.  The  vegetation  that  is 
suddenly  cut  off  by  severe  frost  seldom  exhibits  true 
autmnnal  colors,  but  instead  the  dry  bromi  or  black- 
ened effects  of  rapid  death,  characteristic  of  any  sea- 
son. On  the  other  hand,  autumn  tints  of  leaves  may 
appear  in  the  summer,  as  when  hmbs  of  the  hard  maple 
or  peach  are  ringed.  This  suggests  that  the  produc- 
tion of  color  is  susceptible  of  experimental  study.  On 
the  whole,  the  layman  may  regard  the  autumn  colors 
as  a  necessity  to  the  wholesome  rounding  out,  and  a 
fitting  terminus,  of  a  season  of  \isefulness.  Coloration 
is,  however,  an  evidence  of  fundamental  physiological 
changes;  and  it  is  appropriate  to  ask  regarding  the 
climatic  or  other  conditions  which  bring  this  about,  as 
well  iis  concerning  the  nature  of  these  internal  changes 
which  also  make  for  the  development  of  color  in  the 
autumn. 

For  the  mo.st  part,  the  autiunn  leaf-colors  fall  into 
two  groups — yellows  and  reds.    These  colors  are  pro- 


Auricula 


duced  by  two  groups  of  pigments  essentially  different  in 
chemical  and  physical  (jroperties;  yet  these  pigments 
are  frequently  blended  in  the  same  leaf,  yielding  such 
gorgeous  effects  as  ma.y  be  seen  in  the  sumach. 

The  yellow  pigment  (more  correctly  pigments)  of 
leaves  occurs  in  the  chlorophyll  bodies  of  the  cell.  It  is 
present  in  conjunction  witli  the  leaf-green  in  the 
healthy  leaf,  but  not  infrequently  it  seems  to  increase 
in  quantity  as  the  chlorophyll  disappears.  It  belongs  to 
a  group  of  substances  often  called  xanthophylls.  These 
are  carotin-like  compounds,  that  is,  related  to  carotin, 
the  orange  or  orange-red  pigment  of  the  carrot  root. 
Carotin-hke  bodies  are  widely  distributed  in  plants  and 
are  also  responsible  for  the  yellow,  orange,  and  orange- 
red  colors  of  a  large  number  of  blossoms.  These  pig- 
ments do  not  occur  in  solution  in  the  cell-sap,  but  may 
be  present  either  in  the  healthy  chlorophyll  bodies 
(plastids)  or  outside  of  them.  In  the  latter  case,  they 
form  crystals,  or  are  in  solution  in  droplets  of  fatty 
oils.  Carotin-hke  compounds  are  more  permanent  than 
chlorophyll,  so  that  any  green  plant  may  exhibit  a  yel- 
lowish color  upon  the  gradual  disappearance  of  the 
chlorophyll. 

The  red  pigments  of  autumn  leaves  are  cell-sap  colors, 
substances  soluble  in  the  aqueous  solution  constituting 
plant  juices.  They  are  supposed  to  be  tannoid  com- 
pounds, and  are  generally  referred  to  as  anthocyanin. 
The  pigments  of  red  beets  and  dark  grapes  are  similar 
compounds.  It  is  significant  that  those  plants  exhibit- 
ing conspicuous  red  coloration  in  the  autumn  are 
usually  those  which  give  some  indication  of  red  during 
the  growing  season,  as  in  the  possession  of  red  petioles 
or  twigs;  and,  more  especially,  they  are  those  in  which 
red  is  more  or  less  conspicuous  as  the  buds  open  and  the 
leaves  unfold  in  the  spring.  The  attractive  tints  of 
unfolding  hard  maple  buds  are  therefore  an  indication 
that  the  maple  has  the  capacity  to  develop  a  coloration 
of  the  cell-sap  in  the  autumn.  Some  plants  develop  no 
anthocyanin  under  normal  conditions  of  growth. 

It  is  then  evident  that  the  yellow  colors  of  autumn 
leaves  may  be  due  to  both  a  greater  visibility  of  the 
yellow  in  the  chlorophyll  body  when  the  chlorophyll 
disappears,  and  also  to  actual  increased  development 
of  carotin-hke  compounds.  The  reds  and  purples  in 
autumn  leaves  are  a  result  of  the  formation  or  increased 
formation  of  tannoid  compounds.  The  question  then 
is:  What  are  the  conditions  which  make  the  autumn 
season  particularly  favorable  for  the  development  of 
these  substances? 

Some  careful  studies  have  been  made  that  bear 
upon  this  question.  It  appears  that  the  production  of 
autumnal  reds  in  many  species  is  related  to  the  sugar- 
content,  and  color  may  be  induced  or  heightened  in  the 
shoots  of  many  plants  by  growing  them  for  a  time  in 
strong  solutions.  Moreover,  cold  weather  has  been 
found  to  be  generally  favorable  to  the  accumulation  of 
sugar  in  the  tissues.  Observation  indicates  that  after  a 
season  favorable  for  growth,  a  cold,  protracted  autumn 
results  in  exquisite  autumn  coloration.  It  is  certain 
that  nothing  is  more  disastrous  to  brilliance  of  color 
than  severe  early  frosts.  In  addition  to  enhancing 
pigmentation,  sugar-content  seems  to  be  most  impor- 
tant as  one  factor  in  cold-resistance.  It  requires  a  very 
hght  frost  in  the  late  summer  to  kill  outright  the  leaves 
and  young  shoots  of  many  trees,  but  the  same  shoots 
may  be  unaffected  by  an  equal  degree  of  cold  when  the 
conditions  have  been  such  as  to  bring  about  the  normal 
autumn  coloration.  B.  M.  Ddggab. 

AUTUMN -GARDENING.  There  is  wealth  of 
material  for  spring -and  summer- gardening;  but  to 
secure  good  garden  effects  in  autumn  retiuires  mostly 
other  material  and  a  different  intellectual  conception 
of  the  problem.  The  common  problems  of  the  gardener 
in  autumn  gro%v  out  of  two  facts:  First,  the  frost  kills 
lender  plants  sooner  than  he  desires;  therefore  he  tries 


432 


AUTUMN-GARDENING 


AUTUMN-GARDENING 


to  save  vegetables  sxtrI  flowers  as  long  as  possible  by 
proteetion  sind  by  choosing  hardy  kinds.  Second,  gar- 
dens tend  to  look  unattractive  and  seedy  in  September, 
because  this  is  nature's  time  for  ripening  fruits;  there- 
fore he  desires  fresh  flowers.  The  popular  ilemand  is  for 
fresh  vegetables  jus  long  as  possible,  color  in  the  garden 
right  into  the  teeth  of  winter,  cut-flowers  after  frost, 
home  grounds  that  will  be  attracti\-e  even  after  a  sinn- 
nier's  absence,  and  a  note  of  welcome  to  the  children 
in  every  school-yard.  Also,  there  arc  enthusiasts  who 
wish  ganlens  devoted  exclusively  to  autumn  beauties. 

Prolonging  the  vegelahle-garden. 

The  ideal  way  to  prolong  the  yield  of  fresh  vegetables 
in  late  autumn  is  by  means  of  greenhouse,  hotbeds  and 
coldframes.    In  frames,  which  are  the  cheapest,  it  is 


a*^ 


.  ^---^^ri-» 


V '7 


441.  A  good  autumn  landscape  for  color  effects. 

easy  to  have  in  Xovemhcr  lettuce,  spinach  and  radishes. 
The  next  best  plan  is  to  shelter  the  garden  from  cutting 
winds  and  frost  bj'  a  windbrc^ak,  e.g.,  wall,  fence,  hedge, 
natural  wood,  or  group  of  evergreens.  (Sheltered  gar- 
den.s  often  yield  fresh  vegetables  two  to  six  weeks  after 
adjacent  unsheltered  gardens  have  been  devastated  by 
frost.  It  is  also  possible  to  prolong  the  season  by  rais- 
ing late-growing  varieties  and  by  starting  the  ordinary 
kinds  later  in  the  year. 

Freshening  the  flov;er-garden. 

Parks  and  the  grounds  of  wealthy  people  often  rely 
chiefly  on  tender  or  temporary  bedding  plants,  e.g., 
cannas,  dahlias,  scarlet  sage,  gladioli,  geraniums  and 
Pfitzer's  torch-lily,  for  their  largest  masses  of  autumn 
color.  This  methwl  gives  the  greatest  show  the  first 
year,  but  is  costly  in  the  long  run.  Moreover,  these 
plants  are  killed  by  frost,  leaving  gaps  too  large  to  fill. 

\  grafJe  higher  is  hardy  bedding,  which  has  become 
popular  since  KKXJ.  The  favorite  plants  arc  long-blooin- 
mg  shrubs  and  perennials,  e.g..  Baby  Rambler  rose, 
garden  and  tree  hydrangeas.  Miss  Lingard  phlox,  gail- 
lardias,  stokesia.   Napoleon    III   pink,  double   ragged 


robin,  Veronica  longifolia  var.  subsessilis,  Conoclinium 
{Eupatorium)  coelestinum. 

Unfortunately,  the  flowers  of  the  two  preceding  lists 
do  not  really  freshen  the  garden,  because  they  are  sum- 
mer flowers  or  are  being  made  so  by  the  irresistible 
tendency  to  exploit  earlier  varieties  of  everything.  As 
taste  improves,  there  is  a  reaction  against  excessive  use 
of  long-blooming  plants,  and  a  desire  has  arisen  for 
"season  markers."  .\mong  the  finer  plants  of  this  real 
autumn  sort  are  Colchicum  Parkinsonii,  Crocus  zonatus, 
C.  speciosiis,  C.  sativus,  Crinum  Powellii,  Sternbergia 
lutea,  Chrysanlhemwn  uliginosum,  gordonia,  and  the 
rarer  plants  to  be  mentioned  hereafter.  They  are,  how- 
ever, plants  of  the  skilled  amateur. 

For  beginners,  the  favorite  hardy  autumn  flowers 
include  the  following  annuals  or  plants  treated  as  such, 
— China  asters,  pansies  (sown  outdoors  about  May 
10  in  latitude  of  New  York  City),  snapdragons,  and 
cosmos;  bulbs, — Colchicum  aulumnale;  perennials, — 
sneezeweed,  Helianthus  orgyalis  and  H.  Maximilianii, 
and  pompon  chrysanthemums. 

Another  way  of  providing  fresh  color  in  autumn  is  to 
make  a  second  or  June  sowing  of  favorite  annual  flowers, 
e.g.,  sweet  aly.ssum,  candytuft,  love-in-a-mist,  common 
and  pot-marigold,  mignonette,  nasturtium,  phlox, 
California  poppy,  portulaca  and  zinnia.  These  usually 
fail  in  September  from  the  April  sowing.  The  June 
sowing  will  carry  them  beyond  a  hard  frost,  except 
nasturtium  and  portulaca. 

Flowers  after  frost. 

In  early  November,  after  frost  had  devastated  the 
gardens  in  the  neighborhood  of  Philadelphia,  the  fol- 
lowing flowers  were  in  condition  at  one  of  the  largest 
nurseries  of  perennials.  Only  those  are  mentioned  that 
gave  decided  masses,  not  mere  dots  or  remnants  of 
color:  Aconitum  columhianum,  A.  Fischeri,  alyssimi, 
antirrhinum,  Aster  grandiflorus,  A.  tataricus,  Cimicifuga 
simplex,  Napoleon  III  dianthus,  Erigeron  glabellus, 
gaillardias,  gladioli,  Helianthus  Maximilianii,  hunne- 
mannia,  kniphofias,  pansies  (sown  in  May),  Miss  Lin- 
gard phlox. 

Nearly  all  the  flowers  in  the  two  preceding  lists  are 
available  for  home  decoration,  although  the  quality 
may  not  be  equal  to  that  of  early  September.  If  long- 
stemmed,  long-lasting  flowers  are  needed  in  quantity, 
the  most  satisfactory,  perhaps,  are  chrj'santhemums, 
snapdragons.  Miss  Lingard  phlox,  gaillardias.  To  this 
list  may  be  added  delphiniums.  Baby  Rambler  rose 
and  Calananche  cserulea: 

Gardens  based  on  the  dominant  color. 

It  is  feasible  to  make  a  garden  that  changes  its  color 
every  three  or  four  weeks,  based  upon  the  idea  that  a 
garden  may  well  reflect  the  dominant  color  in  the  land- 
scape produced  by  the  wild  flowers  of  each  season. 
Since  yellow  is  the  dominant  color  of  autumn  (witness 
the  goldenrods,  sunflowers  and  other  composites)  such 
gardens  may  be  rich  in  sneezeweed  and  perennial  sun- 
flowers (especially  Helianthus  Maximilianii,  H.  orgyalis, 
and  H.  multiflorus  var.  plenus)  since  these  are  partic- 
ularly appropriate  to  season  and  country.  The  following 
yellow  flowers  of  summer  may  be  prolonged  into 
autumn  by  seed-picking,  cutting  back,  fertilizing,  and 
watering:  Tufted  pansies,  snapdragons,  Golden  Glow 
rudbeckia,  gaillardia,  Iceland  and  horned  poppies, 
Anthemis  tinctoria  and  Lepachys  columnaris. 

Gardens  of  perennial  asters. 

The  English  make  an  exceedingly  showy,  yet  artistic, 
garden  based  upon  what  they  call  "Micha'lmas  dai- 
sies" (asters),  of  which  137  species  and  varieties  are 
catalogued  by  a  single  dealer.  It  consists  of  a  double 
border  devoted  to  the  early  kinds  that  bloom  during 
the  first  three  weeks  of  September;  and  a  separate  bor- 
der for  the  October-  and  November-blooming  species. 


AUTUMN-GARDENING 


AUTUMN-GARDENING 


433 


The  pictorial  offect  is  improved  by  a  definite  color 
scheme,  planting  in  drifts,  and  an  ingenious  system  of 
training  on  hidden  branches.  This  type  of  garden  is  of 
peculiar  interest  to  Americans  because  the  perennial 
asters  are  mostly  American  wild  flowers,  and  it  meets  the 
general  desire  to  grow  a  class  of  flowers  which  is  too 
prohfic  for  the  ordinary  garden.  Owing  to  the  notorious 
difficulties  of  identifying  species  of  this  genus,  Ameri- 
cans find  it  more  practicable  to  import  collections  than 
to  assemble  species  from  the  wild.  The  true  asters  are 
generally  supplemented  by  yellow  flowers  of  other 
genera  (e.g.,  Chrysopsis)  in  order  to  make  the  early 
garden  a  pink  and  yellow  composition,  while  the  later 
garden  is  devoted  to  purple,  lavender  and  blue. 

Woody  plants  for  autumn  bloom. 

In  larger  gardens  and  on  home  grounds  it  is  desirable 
to  secure  flowers  by  using  more  permanent  materials, 
as  woody  plants.  Unfortunately,  the  only  tree  that 
blooms  in  autumn  (gordonia)  has  to  be  wrapped  dur- 
ing winter  in  the  North.  The  list  of  vines  also  is  small, 
being  confined  to  left-over  blooms  of  trumpet  creeper. 
Hall's  honeysuckle,  and  panicled  clematis. 

The  autumn-blooming  shrubs,  however,  are  excellent. 
Unluckily,  the  showiest  of  them  all,  Hydrangea  panicu- 
lata  var.  grandiflora,  is  commonly  used  in  such  ways 
as  to  bring  upon  American  yards  the  reproach  of 
gaudine'";  and  vulgarity.  It  looks  gi'oss  and  over-fed 
compared  with  the  slender  grace  of  its  prototype,  H. 
paniculata,  and  its  double  flowers  are  artificial  compared 
with  the  single  ones.  True,  they  last  longer  and  give 
more  for  the  money  than  any  other  flower  of  autumn, 
but  such  plants  from  their  irresi-stible  appeal  to  begin- 
ners, are  planted  in  every  yard  and  tend  to  make  home 
grounds  look  too  much  alike  and  too  common.  The 
situation  is  aggravated  by  inartistic  ways  of  using  it, 
e.g.,  hedges  from  sidewalk  to  porch,  great  masses  across 
the  front  of  the  house,  borders  of  curving  drives,  and 
beds  in  the  middle  of  the  lawn.  Again,  it  is  pruned 
severely  to  make  the  largest  trusses,  which  results  in 
loss  of  height  and  dignity,  and  in  top-heavy  masses 
ill-concealed  by  supports.  A  better  system  of  yard- 
decoration,  is  the  use  of  informal  shrubbery  borders, 
since  they  give  year-round  interest  and  greater  variety 
to  yards. 

To  supplement  the  ubiquitous  double  hydrangea,  the 
following  may  be  recommended,  subject  to  the  limita- 
tions noted:  Ahelia  chincnsis,  white,  begins  blooming 
in  Georgia  in  June  and  is  well  covered  in  Xew  England 
as  late  as  September  30;  Abelia  grandiflora,  pink,  needs 
a  winter  covering  of  boughs  North;  Baccharis  halimi- 
folia,  has  tufts  of  showy  pappus,  like  camel's-hair 
brushes,  that  look  like  white  flowers;  Buddleia  varia- 
bilis, pink,  is  killed  to  the  ground  at  New  York  but 
recovers  and  blooms  freely;  Caryoplcris  Mastacanthus, 
blue,  behaves  like  buddleia;  Hamamelis  virginiana, 
yellow,  not  showj-,  but  the  last  shrub  to  bloom ;  Hibiscus 
syriacus  or  altha?a  (only  the  single  white  variety  here 
recommended);  Hydrangea  paniculata  var.  tardiva, 
which  gives  a  fresh  white  after  the  double  hydrangea 
has  begun  to  assume  its  metallic  colors;  roses,  hybrid 
teas,  which  are  at  their  best  on  Long  Island  in  early  Sep- 
tember; Vilex  Agnus-Castus,  lilac,  hardy  to  New  York. 

A  more  artistic  way  of  securing  color. 

.\lthough  the  popular  interest  is  in  flowers,  there  is  a 
far  more  important  method  of  securing  color, — by 
means  of  trees,  shrubs  and  vines  with  brilliant  autumn 
colors  in  foliage  and  fruit.  This  method  is  more  artistic 
because  more  appropriate  to  the  season,  more  perma- 
nent, and  cheaper  in  the  end.  It  is  also  more  .\pierican, 
because  we  have  more  native  shrubs  than  autumn 
flowers;  because  shrubberj'  is  the  only  class  of  material 
(except  water-lilies)  in  which  we  enjoy  a  climatic  advan- 
tage over  I^ngland;  and  because  autumnal  colors  in 
America  are  more  brilliant  than  those  in  western  Europe. 

28 


For  home  decoration,  cut  sprays  of  multiflora  rose,  com- 
mon barberry,  bittersweet,  and  the  like,  are  longer-stem- 
med and  last  longer  than  flowers.  Those  just  named 
remain  attractive  all  winter,  even  when  shriveled. 

Oiu'  climate  naturally  suggests  flowers  in  spring, 
attractive  fohage  in  summer,  natural  colors  in  autumn, 
and  in  winter  the  shrubs  with  brightly  colored  berries 
and  twigs.  The  late  season  situation  can  be  met  by 
making  90  per  cent  of  the  planting  consist  of  combina- 
tions of  trees  and  shrubs  with  triple  or  quadruple  attrac- 
tions of  flowers,  fohage,  autumn  colors  and  fruit,  e.g., 
Cornus  alba  and  var.  sibirica,  C.  Amomum,  C.  florida, 
and  C.  mas;  Viburnum  cassinoides,  V.  Lentago,  V. 
■prunifolium,  V.  Lantana,  V.  tomentosum,  and  V.  ameri- 
canum;  Magnolia  stellata,  M.  Soulangeana,  M.  glauca, 
M.  acuminata,  and  M.  tripetala;  Berberis  vulgaris  and 
B.  Thunbergii;  Kegel's  privet  and  the  best  form  of  the 
Amoor  River  privet;  Morrow's  bush  honeysuckle; 
prairie,  multiflora,  rugosa,  and  Wichuraiana  roses  and 
their  sturdiest  descendants;  and  the  following  vines: 
Euonymus  radicans  var.  vegetus,  trumpet  creeper,  wis- 
taria, bittersweet,  and  the  wild  and  panicled  clematis. 


442.  An  autumn  blooming  bulb. — Colchicum  autiminale. 

Color  harmony  in  autumn. 

Sentimentalists  aver  that  nature  never  produces  dis- 
cordant colors,  although  the  famous  poinciana  of  the 
tropics  and  the  nemesias  of  the  garden  furnish  a  com- 
bination of  magenta  and  scarlet  in  the  same  flower.  A 
walk  tlirough  a  good  arboretum  in  September  will  con- 
vince the  unprejudiced  observer  that  discords  exist 
in  flowers,  fruit,  and  foliage.  In  practice,  nine-tenths  of 
the  troublesome  discords  are  produced  by  the  magenta 
group  of  colors,  including  the  strongest  purples,  crim- 
son, lilac,  and  crimson-pink.  The  artistic  way  to  handle 
these  colors  is  to  isolate  them  in  nooks  surrounded  by 
green,  or  to  put  them  in  deep  shade,  where  they  are 
purified  and  softened,  instead  of  allowing  them  in  the 
open  garden,  where  full  sun  makes  them  too  strong  and 
where  they  conflict  with  all  other  colors,  except  white  and 
green.  The  list  of  "dangerous  colors"  includes  the 
flowers  of  Japanese  anemone,  crimson-pink  chrysanthe- 
mums and  China  asters  (in  all  of  which  safer  colors 
are  available),  the  Anthony  Waterer  spirea,  the  sub- 
sessile  veronica,  Lespedeza  Sieboldii  and  Clerodendron 
foetiduni.  Examples  among  fruits  are  Indian  currant, 
callicarpa,  burning-bush,  strawberry-bush  and  several 
of  the  species  of  euonymus  during  the  period  when  their 
highly  colored  capsules  conflict  with  their  scarlet  arils. 
The  purphsh-twigged  shrubs,  e.  g.,  Cornus  alba,  C. 
Amomum,  C.  stolonifera,  and  C.  Purpura  (the  last  a 
species  commonly  but  unwittingly  distributed  as  C. 
Amomum),  constitute  an  exception,  since  they  are 
brilliant  only  in  sunhght,  and  their  color  being  dis- 


434 


AUTUMN-GARDENING 


AUTUMN-GARDENING 


eipatod,   instead  of   massed,  is  less  liable  to  produce 
disci>rds. 

In  foliage,  the  colors  bordering  on  magenta  are  so 
rare  that  they  may  bo  ignored  in  planning  the  home- 
grounds,  although  careful  designei-s  always  consiticr 
autumnal  colors.  When  discords  occur  they  may  be 
rrsolveii  usually  by  planting  between  the  discordant 
trees  or  shrubs  some  plants  that  retain  green  foliage 
until  late  autumn.  Wine- or  claret-colored  foliage,  like 
that  of  the  maple-lcavetl  arrow-wood,  or  crimson,  like 
that  of  I  tea  virginiai,  occ;isionally  makes  discords  with 
Dearby  folijige  of  yellow  or  scarlet,  but  in  the  case  of 
such  small  plants  it  is  usually  easier  to  remove  one  of 
the  trouble-makers.  The  sweet-gum,  however,  often 
makes  a  large  mass  of  very  dark  purple,  which  may 
seriously  disagree  with  yellow-foliagcd  specimens,  or 
with  buildings  of  yellow  or  red,  especially  since  it  has 
come  to  be  u.sed  as  a  street  tree.  In  practice,  however, 
flowers  make  less  trouble  than  shrubs,  and  shrubs  than 

trees,  and  discords  may 
generallj'  be  abolished  by 
moving  the  smaller  plants. 
The  commonest  and  great- 
est color  difficulty  in  au- 
tumn foliage  comes  from 
over-planting  the  follow- 
ing class. 

Scarlet  foliage  in  autumn 
theoretically  may  be  no 
more  vivid  than  other 
colors,  but  it  is  popularly 
regarded  as  the  climax  of 
all  the  autumn  colors.  For 
example,  persons  who  give 
little  thought  to  plant- 
ing for  autumn  effect  buy 
the  scarlet  and  Tartarian 
maples,  the  red  variety  of 
silver  maple,  and  ask  the 
nurserymen  for  "a  sugar 
maple  that  is  guaranteed 
to  turn  red."  The  aroma- 
tic, scarlet,  smooth,  and 
staghorn  sumachs  are 
in  considerable  demand. 
And,  above  all,  the  Japane.se  and  common  barberry  are 
planted.  At  the  entrance  to  public  parks  are  often 
seen  several  himdred  Japanese  barberries  planted  in  a 
bed  for  a  blaze  of  autumn  color.  If  disproportionately 
large,  such  ma-sses  of  scarlet  are  perhaps  only  one 
grade  higher  than  tender  foliage  plants.  The  brilliant 
reds  commonly  conflict  with  brick  buildings  and  parti- 
colored houses  of  wood. 

Deep  re/i  foliage  in  autumn  is  quieter,  but  rich  enough. 
It  is  seen  in  the  scarlet,  pin,  and  red  oaks,  flowering 
dogwood,  black  choke-cherry,  wild  gooseberry  {Ribes 
Cynosbati),  and  several  native  huckleberries  and 
roses. 

Bronze  foliage  is  seen  in  most  of  the  plants  that 
become  red,  for  they  attain  to  it  from  green  through 
many  bronzy  colors.  But  the  richest  bronzes  generally 
are  associated  with  thick,  lustrous,  persistent  leaves. 
The  most  highly  <!steemed,  because  most  costly,  are 
the  broad-leaved  evergreens,  e.g.,  the  Hinodigiri  and 
amrx'na  azaleas,  mahonias,  leucothoes,  Pieris  floribnnda 
and  P.  japonica,  and  galax.  These  a.'isurnc  their  bright- 
est colors  in  full  sunshine  and,  at  the  northern  limits 
of  their  cultivation,  sometimes  .suffer  a  lo.ss  of  foliage. 
In  the  higher  latitudes  it  is  often  best  to  sacrifice  color 
to  hardiness,  by  sheltering  the  plants  from  winter 
winds  and  sunshine,  in  which  case  they  usually  retain 
a  lively  green.  A  cheaper  list,  because  composed  of 
serni-evergreen  plants,  comprises  California  privet, 
Hall's  honeysuckle,  Wiohuraiana  rose,  sweet  fern,  and 
bayberry.  Th(«e  color  poorly  in  .some  localities,  but 
they  are  of  special  value  in  the  latter  half  of  Novem- 


443.  Hardy  chrysanthemum, 
one  of  the  best  of  the  autumn- 
blooming  herbaceous  plants. 


ber,  when  the  landscape  first  becomes  bare,  except  for 
evergreen  and  nearly  evergreen  plants. 

Yellow  and  orange  foliage  in  autumn  is  midway 
between  the  vivider  and  the  quieter  autumn  colors,  the 
former  having  an  exciting,  while  the  latter  have  a 
soothing,  elfect  upon  the  mind.  The  yellow  and  orange 
group  rises  in  vividness  from  pale  .^-ellow,  through  gold 
to  orange,  the  three  stages  being  exemplified  by  larch, 
witch-liazel,  and  persinunon.  Ilere  belong  the  striped 
maple,  yellow-wood,  Kentucky  coffee  tree,  ironwood, 
Prunus  pennsylvanica  and  P.  serotina,  cucumber  tree, 
large-leaved  magnolia,  Cratscgus  punctata,  yellow-root 
and  sugar  maple.  The  duller  yellows  merge  with  the 
next  group. 

Brown  and  neutral  autumn  foliage  tones  down  the 
most  brilliant  colors  and  resolves  nature's  discords. 
Examples  are  the  American  and  slippery  elms,  and  per- 
haps even  the  brighter  red  and  chestnut  oaks. 

Green  foliage  in  autumn  is  even  more  valuable  in 
harmonizing  colors.  It  is  well  expressed  in  the  ever- 
greens and  nearly  evergreen  plants.  The  sudden 
devastation  of  the  landscape  occasioned  by  the  fall  of 
the  leaves  (whence  the  Americanism  "fall"  as  a  syno- 
nym of  autumn)  excites  fresh  interest  in  all  the  plants 
that  remain  green.  These  are  of  three  classes:  (1) 
The  broad-leaved  evergreens  constitute  the  most  sump- 
tuous class  of  hardy  plants,  because  they  often  possess 
showy  flowers  or  fruits  in  addition  to  broader  and  more 
lustrous  leaves  than  the  conifers.  Of  the  fifty  kinds 
that  are  hardy  in  the  latitude  of  New  York,  the  follow- 
ing have  special  autumn  attractions:  Osmanthus  Aqui- 
foHum  (flowers),  mountain  laurel  (red  twigs),  American 
holly,  climbing  euonymus,  fire  thorn,  Cotoneaster  buxi- 
folia  and  C.  microphylla,  partridge  berry,  and  winter- 
green.  In  the  South,  the  following  have  special  attrac- 
tions in  autumn:  English  holh-,  Euonymus  japonicus, 
ardisia,  and  nandina,  all  of  which  have  red  fruits,  and 
pernettyas  having  fruits  of  various  colors.  Unfortu- 
nately, no  plant  of  this  class  much  exceeds  1.5  feet  in  height 
in  the  northeastern  United  .States,  and  it  is  idle  to  hope 
for  a  .50-foot  tree  of  this  group,  such  as  England  possesses 
in  the  holm  oak  or  ilex.  (2)  The  narrow-leaved  ever- 
greens, or  conifers,  may  lack  showy  flowers  but  they 
furni,sh  more  tall  hardy  plants  than  the  broad-leaved 
evergreens.  Their  year-round  u.ses  are  too  numerous 
for  mention  here,  but  their  autumnal  functions  are 
four, — (a)  to  harmonize  discords;  (b)  to  rest  the  eye 
from  color;  (c)  to  furnish  contrast,  which  intensifies 
color;  (d)  to  give  greater  dignity  than  showy  colors  pos- 
sess. This  dignity  is  due  to  the  year-round  beauty, 
longer  life,  and  costliness  of  white  and  red  pine,  north- 
ern and  Carolina  hemlock,  Nordmann  and  concolor 
fir,  white  and  Douglas  spruce,  red  cedar  and  arborvitffi, 
as  compared  with  cheap,  showy  and  temporary  decidu- 
ous trees  like  willows,  poplars,  silver  maples,  and  the 
like.  Even  the  Vermont  sugar-bush  which,  in  October, 
is  one  of  the  most  gorgeous  spectacles,  presents  a  finer 
appearance  in  the  landscape  when  skirted  by  occasional 
white  pines,  which  add  greatly  to  the  dignity  and  "paint- 
able  quality"  without  obscuring  its  farm  value  or  pur- 
poseful character.  (.3)  The  nearly  evergreen  or  half- 
evergreen  plants  may  be  bare  from  one  to  three  months, 
depending  largely  on  latitude  and  season.  The  plants 
that  remain  green  until  their  leaves  fall  are  mostly 
natives  to  western  Europe,  or  to  the  warmer  parts  of 
China,  Japan  or  Korea,  and  are  u.sually  associated  with 
a  moist  and  cloudy  autumn.  European  examples  are 
buckthorn,  common  privet,  sea  buckthorn,  Cylisus 
capilalus  and  C.  nigricans,  Genista  tinctoria,  G.  elala, 
G.  pilosa  and  G.  germnnica.  Far-eastern  examples  are 
California  privet,  matrimony  vine,  panicled  clematis, 
Akebia  quinata.  and  A.  lobatn,  Lonicera  fragrantissima 
and  L.  Standishii,  and  Euonymus  Hamiltonianus 
var.  semipersistens.  American  examples  are  few,  and 
Lonicera  Ledehourii  comes  from  California  (climate  like 
Europe),  but  the  overcup  oak  and  Leucothoe  racemosa 


AUTUMN   GARDENING 


AVERRHOA 


435 


are  eastrrn  and  southern  plants.  All  these  species  were 
reported  as  being  green  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum  as 
late  as  November  S.  The  peculiar  value  of  this  class 
is  as  a  substitute  for  broad-leaved  evergreens.  Unfor- 
tunately, the  climate  of  the  northeastern  United  States 
is  not  favorable  to  broad-leaved  evergreens,  compared 
with  the  South  or  Europe,  and  the  lavish  use  of  them 
requires  a  princely  income.  Consequently,  some  of 
these  cheaper  plants,  e.g.,  California  privet,  Hall's 
honeysu('k!e,  and  Wichuraiana  roses,  are  available 
even  to  the  poor,  while  the  whole  Ust  is  of  special 
interest  to  people  who  have  summer  homes. 

Ornamental  fruits  of  autumn. 

The  e.xtraordinary  beauty  of  shrubs  with  brightly 
colored  berries  was  first  publicly  and  sufficiently 
demonstrated  in  this  country  by  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 
Compared  with  autumnal  colors  of  foliage,  the  fruits 
present  fewer,  smaller,  and  more  jewel-like  masses. 
Amid  the  bewOdering  variety  one  may  discern  three 
groups. 

First  are  the  short-lived  fruits,  which  drop  soon  after 
the  killing  frost,  or  present  an  unattractive  appearance 
owing  to  decay.  Here  belong  the  vast  majority  of 
ornamental  fruits,  including  crab  apples,  dozens  of 
hawthorns.  Viburnum.  Lnntana,  V.  alnifolium,  V.  cas- 
sinoides,  V.  Sieboldii.  The  chief  function  of  this  class  is 
to  suggest  the  fecundity  and  variety  of  nature  in 
autumn,  but  attractive  thomeries  have  been  designed, 
and  the  ornamental  fruits  of  the  Rosacese  are  now  used 
to  connect  the  battle-scarred  remnants  of  old  orchards 
with  modem  ornamental  planting,  especially  boun- 
daries. 

The  second  group  comprises  all  the  fruits  that 
remain  attractive  until  Christmas,  e.g.,  the  rugosa  rose. 

The  third  and  most  valuable  group  comprises  those 
that  remain  attractive  all  winter,  hke  the  barberries. 
This  and  the  second  group  are  classified  by  color  under 
^yinler  Gardening  (Vol.  VI.) 

IVIost  persons  are  willing  to  sacrifice  some  degree  of 
ornament  in  order  to  attract  the  birds.  The  following 
furnish  food  in  autumn,  when  it  is  especially  desirable 
to  attract  the  migrants  to  the  South:  the  flowering 
dogwood,  red  osier,  and  alternate-leaved  dogwood, 
choke-cherry,  black  and  sweet  elder,  arrow-wood, 
sassafras,  kinnikinnick,  crab-apple,  hawthorn,  fire- 
thorn,  cotoneaster,  buffalo  berry,  tupelo,  and  moun- 
tain ash. 

Landscape  forestry  in  autumn. 

Private  and  pubUc  woodlands  in  the  East  are  more 
beautiful  than  a  decade  ago,  in  spite  of  the  destruction 
of  magnificent  chestnut  trees,  and  this  is  true,  although 
probably  to  a  lesser  extent,  in  other  parts  of  the  coun- 
try. The  sudden  spread  of  the  chestnut  disease  has 
brought  certain  compensations.  For  example,  the 
flowering  dogwood,  which  was  formerly  kept  down,  has 
prospered  mightily,  making  the  woods  showier  both 
in  May  and  September;  and  other  vegetation  changes 
are  following. 

There  is  arising  a  general  interest  in  pleasure  woods, 
as  witness  the  tenn  "landscape  forestry,"  which  was 
unknown  ten  years  ago.  We  are  beginning  to  make 
personal  use  of  woods.  Judged  by  English  standards, 
American  woods  are  too  crowded  by  crooked  antl 
spindling  trees  for  comfort,  and  the  general  lack  of 
evergreens  robs  them  of  mystery  and  charm.  Our  most 
urgent  needs,  therefore,  are  thinning,  drives,  paths,  and 
the  restoration  of  evergreens,  all  of  which  are  especially 
enjoyable  during  the  autumn  and  nutting  season.  Mis- 
taken zeal  has  denuded  many  woods  of  undergrowth, 
which  should  quickly  be  restored  along  drives  and 
paths.  To  glorify  the  woods  on  dark  autumnal  days, 
it  is  well  to  use  mas.ses  of  witch  hazel,  the  foliage  of 
which  furnishes  one  of  the  cheapest  and  quickest  ways 
of  getting  great  sheets  of  sunny  color. 


Unfortunately  the  eastern  mountains  have  been 
devastated  so  often  by  fires  and  lumbermen  that  there 
is  comparatively  little  variety,  the  chief  masses  of  color 
being  furnished  by  quick,  short-lived  species,  like 
poplars,  birch  and  balsam,  which  are  mere  weeds  com- 
pared with  the  more  enduring  and  valuable  oaks  and 
pines.  Our  greatest  problems  are  the  restoration  of 
variety  and  of  long-lived  species.  In  such  work  the 
fasliionable  colonies  in  the  Berkshires  ought  to  take  the 
lead,  since  the  social  season  reaches  its  height  at  Lenox 
in  September.  The  Arnold  Arboretum  presents  one  of 
the  most  artistic,  and  probably  the  most  varied, 
autumn  landscapes  made  by  man. 

WiLHELM  Miller. 

AVENA  (the  old  Latin  name).  Graminese.  Oats-. 
Mostly  annuals  with  open  panicle  and  large  spikelets. 

Spikelcts  2-6-f!d.;  rachilla  bearded  below  the  florets; 
glumes  about  equal,  large  and  membranaceous,  many- 
nerved,  usually  as  long  as  the  spikelet;  lemmas  indu- 
rated, bidentate  at  apex,  bearing  a  stout  twisted  awn  on 
the  back  (this  often  straight  or  wanting  in  the  culti- 
vated oat). — Species  about  50,  of  the  temperate  or 
cooler  regions  of  the  world.  Scarcely  grown  as  orna- 
mental subjects. 

fatua,  Linn.  Wild  Oats.  Resembles  the  cultivated 
oat,  but  differs  in  having  long,  brown  hairs  on  the 
lemmas:  spikelets  usually  .3-fld.;  glumes  1  in.  long; 
awns  of  lemmas  about  an  inch  long.  Dept.  Agric,  Div. 
of  Agrost.  20:94, — Intro,  from  Eu.,  especially  on  the 
Pacific  coast,  where  it  is  a  troublesome  weed.  In  the 
latter  region  the  spontaneous  growth 
is  frequently  used  for  hay. 

sativa,  Linn.  Cultivated  Oats. 
Spikelets  usually  2-fld.;  lemmas 
glabrous,  awns  usually  straight  or 
wanting.    See  Cyclo.  Agric.  I. 

sterilis,  Linn.  Animated  Oats. 
Resembles  A. /a<ita  but  the  spikelets 
larger,  the  glumes  about  13-2  in.; 
awns  2-3  in. — Occasionally  cult,  as 
a  curiosity,  the  florets  when  moist- 
ened presenting  spontaneous  move- 
ments due  to  the  twisting  and  un- 
twisting of  the  awns  as  they  absorb 
or  give  off  moisture. 

.4.  eM/ior=Arrhenatherum  elatius. 

A.  S.  Hitchcock. 


444.  Averrhoa 
Carambola.    ( X  H) 


AVERRHOA  (after  Averrhoes,  the  Arabian  physi- 
cian). Oxalidacex.  Tropical  fruit  trees,  cultivated  in 
India  and  China,  and  sometimes  grown  under  glass  for 
ornament. 

Leaves  alternate,  odd-pinnate;  Ifts.  alternate,  ovate- 
acuminate,  entire,  stalked,  sensitive:  fls.  borne  on  the 
naked  sts.  and  branches,  minute,  fragrant,  rose-colored 
to  reddish  purple  in  axillary  or  lateral  cymes  which 
are  often  panicle-like:  calvx  rod;  corolla  campanulate; 
petals  5.   See  N.  Amer.  Fl'.  2.5:.57  (1907). 

Carambola,  Linn.  Carambola,  Fig.  444.  Height 
1.5-30  ft.:  Ifts.  .5-10:  fls.  rosy  purple  borne  in  the  If.- 
axils:  fr.  varying  in  size  from  a  hen's  egg  to  a  large 
orange,  ovate,  acutely  5-angled,  yellow,  fragrant,  the 
pulp  acid.  P.M.  15,  p.  231.  Rheede,  Hort.  Ural.  3.  pi. 
43,  44.  Cav.  Di.ss.  pi.  202.— Cult,  sparingly  in  S.  Calif., 
and  frequent  in  W.  Indies.  The  half-grown  fr.  used  as 
pickles;  the  ripe  fr.  for  preserves.  There  are  said  to 
be  two  varieties,  the  sweet  and  sour,  the  former  being 
eaten.  Said  to  produce  3  crops  a  year.  Leaves  respond- 
ing to  the  touch. 

.4.  ZJi7(m).i,  Linn.  CcccmberTree.  Bilimbi.  Height  20-60  ft.: 
Ifts.  u.'juaMy  .31-4.5  pairs;  fls.  red,  in  longer  clusters  than  the  above 
and  home  on  branchlets  from  the  hard  wood:  fr.  smaller  than  the 
carambola,  cucumber-shaped,  smooth,  green  rind,  and  acid  pulp. 
Extensively  cult,  in  .S..'\mer.  P.M.  15,  p.  231.  Rheede,  Hort.  Mai.  3, 
pi.  45:46.    Lam.  Eneyc,  pi.  385.  i,t     X  a  vt  OR  t 


436 


AVICENNIA 


AVOCADO 


AVICENNIA  (from  -Ariccnna,  tho  Latin  name  of  an 
illustrious  physician  of  the  Orient,  980-1030).  Ver- 
ben(icea\  Black  MANtiRovE.  White  Mangrove. 
Trees  or  shrubs  usually  f^rowiiig  in  mangrove  swiunps 
and  on  the  shores  of  tropical  estuaries,  remarkable  for 
the  vertical  leafless  breathing-stems  that  rise  above  the 
soil  from  tlieir  long  si>reading  horizontal  roots. 

Leaves  opposite,  entire,  coriaceous,  persistent:  fls. 
small  and  incons|ncuous  in  axiUary  cymes;  cal>'x  eup- 
shape<L  deeply  ,5-lobed;  corolla  bell-shaped,  vvliitish, 
4-lobwi :  St  tunens  1,  inserted  on  the  coroUa-tube,  exserted, 
bearing  ovate,  2-celled  antliers;  ovary  sessile,  1 -celled, 
ovate,  tapering  upward  into  a  slender  2-lobed  style,  and 
containing  4  ovules  suspended  from  a  central  placenta: 
fr.  ovate,  obUque,  opening  by  the  ventral  suture  and 
exposing  the  expanding  embrjo,  before  dropping  off; 
embr>-o  with  broad,  fleshy  conduplicate  cotyledons. — ■ 
Three  species  now  recognized:  .1.  nitida  which  reaches 
S.  P'la.  and  La.,  A.  ojltciimlis  of  Polynesia  and  the  E. 
Indies,  and  A.  africana  of  the  west  coast  of  Afr.  Planted 
on  the  shores  of  estuaries  to  prevent  washing  by  tidal 
currents,  they  collect  floating  debris  by  means  of  their 
erect  breathing-sts.,  and  by  this  means  aid  in  extending 
the  shoreline  seaward. 

nitida,  Jacq.  Black  Mangrove.  White  Man- 
GRO\'E.  Honey  Mangrove.  Salt-Bush.  A  tree, 
usually  of  moderate  size  but  sometimes  60  to  70  ft. 
high,  with  a  short  trunk,  and  spreading  crooked 
branches:  inner  bark  bright  orange-red,  outer  bark 
scaly,  deciduous,  dark  reddish  brown:  young  branches 
hoary-pubescent,  at  length  glabrous  and  marked  with 
interpetiolar  lines  and  conspicuous  If.-scars:  Ivs.  oppo- 
site, oblong  or  lanceolate-elliptical,  gradually  narrowed 
at  the  base,  coriaceous,  deep  green  and  glos.sy  above, 
whitish  or  grayish  beneath,  2  or  3  in.  long  and  about 
1-1 '  2  in.  broad :  fls.  inconspicuous,  fragrant,  borne  in 
few-fld.  spikes  on  angled  canescent  peduncles,  closely 
invested  with  small  bracts;  corolla  whitish,  about  Join- 
diam.  when  expanded,  the  lobes  slightly  tomentose 
on  both  surfaces,  and  the  4  anthers  together  with  the 
style  protruding  from  the  nearly  closed  tliroat:  fr. 
oblong  or  elliptic  1-2  in.  long  and  about  1  in.  broad. 
Mangrove  swamps  and  shores  of  e.stuaries,  Fla.,  Miss., 
and  Texas;  also  Trop.  Amer. — The  fls.  are  very  rich  in 
honey,  oi  which  account  bee-keepers  in  certain  parts 
of  Fla.  tiansport  their  entire  apiaries  to  the  coast,  along 
the  Indian  River  during  the  season  of  blooming,  which 
occurs  in  June  and  Juh'.  The  honey  produced  is  white 
and  clear,  and  of  excellent  flavor,  and  always  com- 
mands the  highest  market-price.  The  embryo  begins 
to  germinate  while  the  fr.  is  still  on  the  tree.  When  it 
drops  off,  the  two  cotyledons  unfold  into  a  miniature 
boat,  floating  on  the  tide,  which  distributes  the  fr. 
along  the  shores  of  bays  and  lagoons  and  carries  it  to 
the  outlying  keys.  Crjstals  of  salt  are  often  deposited 
on  the  Ivs.,  on  which  account  this  species  is  sometimes 
called  piilo  de  sal,  or  salt-bush.  wr_  j;.  Safford. 

AVOCADO.  (Persia  gratissima,  Gaertn.).  Figs. 
44.">,  440.  One  of  the  most  highly  valued  of  tropical 
fruits.  It  is  commonly  grown  in  Mexico,  Central 
America,  parts  of  South  America,  the  West  Indies, 
and  Hawaii;  to  a  limited  extent  in  India,  Mada- 
gascar, Reunion,  Ma/leira,  Samoa,  Tahiti,  Algeria, 
Queensland,  and  other  tropical  and  subtropical 
countries.  In  Flori<ia  and  California,  its  cultivation  is 
conducted  commercially.   See  Persea. 

The  avocado  is  considered  by  most  authorities  to  be 
indigenous  to  Mexico,  Central  America,  and  South 
America  to  Peru  and  Brazil.  From  the  Aztec  ahuacatl 
has  been  derived  the  Spanish  a/laptation  ahimcate  or 
agwicate,  the  name  in  general  use  in  Spanish-speaking 
countries.  Avocado  is  an  aflaptation  in  use  in  the 
United  States  and  other  English-speaking  countries; 
avoml  in  the  French  colonies.  AlligaloT  pear  is  a  mis- 
leading corruption  that  should  be  dropped. 


Seedling  avocados  grow  to  a  height  of  50  or  60  feet; 
when  budded  tlie  tree  is  considerably  dwarfed.  The 
leaves  are  elliptical  to  oblong-lanceolate,  varying  from 
4  to  8  inches  in  length,  pgrsistent,  deep  green,  the 
new  growth  frequently  ^ine- colored.  The  tree  is 
worthy  of  a  place  in  every  dooryard  for  shade  and 
ornament.  The  small,  greenish  flowers  are  produced 
in  great  abundance  on  loose  axillary  racemes. 

The  fruit  is  variable  in  form,  color,  and  size,  as  well  as 
in  quality  and  minor  characters.  The  form  ranges 
from  oblate  or  spherical  to  slender  pjTiform,  including 
a  great  variety  of  shapes,  one  of  the  commonest  being 
broad  pyriform.  The  color  may  be  light  or  dark  green, 
purple,  crimson,  or  maroon.  The  fruit  varies  from  1 
to  0  inches  in  diameter,  and  in  weight  from  a  few 
ounces  to  three  or  four  pounds.  The  skin  is  sometimes 
soft  and  pliable,  and  no  thicker  than  that  of  an  apple; 


445.    Avocado  tree. 


in  other  forms  it  is  coarsely  granular,  woody,  and 
I's  inch  thick, — in  reality  almost  a  shell.  Inclosed 
by  it  is  a  mass  of  yellowish  pulp,  of  the  consistency 
of  firm  butter,  and  of  delicious  nutty  flavor.  The 
avocado  is  unlike  most  other  cultivated  fruits  in  the 
fact  that  it  contains  a  large  amount  of  vegetable  oil, 
sometimes  as  much  as  18  per  cent;  hence  it  can  be 
considered  more  as  a  food  than  as  a  dessert.  It  is 
used  in  numerous  ways,  the  commonest  being  as  a 
salad,  with  the  addition  of  salt,  pepper  and  an  acid. 
Sometimes  it  is  cut  in  half,  the  seed  removed,  and 
the  flesh  eaten  with  a  spoon,  as  muskmelons  are 
eaten,  salt  or  other  condiment  being  added.  The 
single,  spherical  or  conical  seed  is  frequently  as 
large  as  a  hen's  egg.  It  is  provided  with  two  more 
or  less  distinct  coats,  which  sometimes  adhere  to  the 
seed,  and  in  other  instances  to  the  flesh. 

In  recent  years  the  avocado  has  been  given  systematic 
attention  in  the  United  States,  both  in  regard  to  culti- 
vation and  varieties.  Previous  to  1900,  propagation 
was  exclusively  by  seed,  and  as  the  species  is  variable 
when  grown  in  this  way,  many  trees  produced  inferior 


AVOCADO 


AVOCADO 


437 


fruit  and  comniprcial  cultivation  on  a  sound  and 
profitable  basis  was  not  possible.  The  choicest  varieties 
are  now  propagated  by  budding  and  are  grown  on  a 
large  scale. 

The  diverse  climatic  conditions  under  which  the 
avocado  is  found  enable  varieties  to  be  obtained  which 
are  suited  to  regions  with  cool  climates  as  well  as  those 
which  are  strictly  tropical.  In  Mexico  the  fruit  has  been 
grown  for  centuries  at  altitudes  of  6,000  or  7,000  feet, 
where  severe  frosts  are  experienced  each  winter;  varie- 
ties from  such  regions,  as  opposed  to  those  from  hot 
and  humid  lowlands,  are  suitable  for  cultivation  in 
those  parts  of  California  and  Florida  in  which  slight 
frosts  are  the  usual  winter  occurrence.  When  mature, 
some  types  will  stand  temperatures  as  low  as  20°  F. 
without  injury,  if  in  proper  condition  at  the  time  of  the 
freeze;  others  will  not  withstand  lower  than  27°  or  28° 
without  serious  damage. 

The  subject  of  races  or  types  has  not  been  given 
systematic  attention  outside  of  the  United  States,  and 
no  attempt  at  classification  has  been  made,  other  than 
brief  descriptions  of  types  found  in  limited  areas  in 
Mexico  and  Central  America.  In  California  two  very 
distinct  types  are  grown,  commonly  referred  to  as  the 
Mexican  and  the  Guatemalan;  the  former  {Fersea 
drymifolia  of  some  botanists)  is  ordinarily  a  small  fruit, 
four  to  eight  ounces  in  weight,  oval  or  pyriform,  and 
thin-skinned.  It  is  one  of  the  hardiest  types  in  cultiva- 
tion and  very  productive,  as  a  rule.  The  Guatemalan 
tj'pe  is  characterized  by  its  thick,  woody  skin,  fre- 
quently rough  or  tuberculate  on  the  exterior;  the  fruits 
are  medium-sized.  It  is  considered  one  of  the  best  for 
commercial  use,  as  it  can  be  shipped  without  difficulty. 
The  type  grown  in  F^lorida  is  usually  referred  to 
as  the  West  Indian-South  American.  It  has  a  skin 
sometimes  as  thick  as  the  Guatemalan,  but  of  softer 
texture;  some  varieties  are  of  large  size  and  attrac- 
tive appearance,  but  the  type  is  rather  susceptible  to 
frost. 

The  avocado  has  been  subjected  to  systematic  culti- 
vation for  so  brief  a  period  that  a  large  number  of 
named  varieties  has  not  been  established.  In  Florida 
the  Trapp  is  the  most  widely  planted  and  is,  in  fact, 
the  standard  commercial  variety,  Pollock  occupying  the 
place  of  next  importance.  Several  others  are  grown  to  a 
limited  extent,  including  Family,  Rico,  Blackman,  and 
Wester.  In  California  some  of  the  most  promising 
varieties  are  Taft,  Lyon,  Meserve  and  Murrieta;  a  num- 
ber of  others  have  been  disseminated.  Several  named 
varieties  have  been  established  in  Hawaii. 

For  commercial  cultivation,  winter-fruiting  varieties 
have  been  found  to  be  the  most  valuable,  since  north- 
em  markets  are  almost  destitute  of  fresh  fruit  during 
that  season.  It  is  desirable,  however,  to  have  a  supply, 
for  local  consumption  at  least,  during  other  seasons  of 
the  year.  Fortunately  varieties  are  obtainable  which 
ripen  at  widely  different  times, — in  California  fruit  is 
in  the  markets  fully  ten  out  of  the  twelve  months, 
although  the  season  in  Florida,  at  the  present  time,  is 
not  so  long.  A  variety  running  uniformly  about  a 
pound  in  weight  appears  to  be  the  most  desirable, 
and  if  the  fruit  is  round  or  6val,  it  can  be  more  advan- 
tageously packed  and  shipped  than  if  pear-shaped  or 
"bottle-necked."  The  skin  should  be  sufficiently  thick 
and  tough  to  withstand  shipment  without  undue  care 
in  packing,  and  the  seed  should  be  as  small  as  possible. 
It  is  also  important  that  the  seed  be  tight  in  its  cavity, 
for  in  the  loose-seeded  varieties,  the  flesh  is  often  seri- 
ously damaged  by  the  seed  shaking  around  while  the 
fruit  is  in  transit.  Flavor  and  quality  must  of  course  be 
up  to  the  standard,  there  being  a  wide  difTercnce  among 
the  varieties  in  the.se  re-spects. 

Large  seedling  trees  of  the  small-fruited  Mexican 
type  sometimes  produce  as  many  a-s  2,000  or  3,000 
fruits  in  a  season,  while  a  large-fruited  variety  may  not 
produce  more  than  a  few  dozen.   Two  or  three  hundred 


fruits  may  be  considered  a  good  crop  for  a  tree  of  a 
medium-sized  variety. 

In  F'lorida,  budded  trees  are  planted  in  orchard  form 
20  feet  apart;  in  California  the  distance  is  increased  to 
24  or  25  feet.  Seedlings  must  be  given  more  room, — 30 
feet  at  least.  A  well-drained,  sandy  loam  is  the  soil 
best  suited  to  the  avocado,  drainage  being  the  most 
important  requirement.  For  this  reason  it  is  best,  where 
possible,  to  select  a  sloping  piece  of  ground  as  a  site  for 
the  orchard.  Heavy  soils,  such  as  clay  and  adobe,  will 
grow  the  tree  successfully  if  the  drainage  is  good. 

Transplanting  is  best  done  in  early  spring,  after 
danger  of  frost  is  over,  but  before  the  tree  has  started 
into  new  growth.  In  climates  such  as  those  of  Cali- 
fornia and  Florida,  the  tree  is  in  a  semi-dormant  state 
after  the  cool  weather  of  winter,  and  can  be  moved 
with  little  difficulty.  A  ball  of  soil  should  be  taken  with 
the  roots,  and  the  top  pruneil  moderately.  In  light 
soils  which  cannot  be  balled,  the  trees  should  be  trans- 
ferred to  pots  or  boxes  and  allowed  to  establish  them- 
selves, after  which  they  may  be  set  out  in  the  orchard 
without  disturbing  the  roots.  When  the  budded  trees 
have  been  grown  in  pots,  the  possibility  of  injuring  the 
delicate  roots  is  eliminated. 

The  cultural  requirements  of  the  avocado  are  similar 
to  those  of  the  citrous  fruits.  In  dry  climates  the  trees 
must  be  irrigated  regularly  and  frequently,  particu- 
larly during  the  first  two  or  three  years.  For  bearing 
trees  a  fertilizer  containing  3  per  cent  nitrogen,  .5  per 
cent  phosphoric  acid,  and  12  per  cent  potash  has  been 
recommended,  the  quantity  required  each  season  vary- 
ing from  three  to  ten  pounds  per  tree,  according  to  the 
character  of  the  soil.  This  should  be  applied  in  several 
doses  during  the  growing  season.  The  growth  of  young 
trees  is  greatly  encouraged  by  organic  nitrogen. 
Leguminous  cover-crops  are  very  desirable,  for  the 
humus  they  will  furnish  as  well  as  the  nitrogen. 

Often  there  is  a  tendency,  especially  in  seedlings,  to 
shoot  upward  and  not  spread  out;  this  must  be 
checked  by  heading  back.  All  weak  or  unshapely 
growths  should  be  trimmed  out,  and  all  wounds  made 
when  pruning  should  be  covered  with  grafting  wax 
or  paint  to  prevent  the  entrance  of  any  fungus  into 
the  wood.  It  is  well  to  keep  the  trees  headed  low  to 
prevent  damage  from  winds  as  much  as  possible;  this 
also  brings  the  fruit  within  easy  reach  for  picking. 

In  regions  subject  to  severe  frosts,  the  trees  should 
be  protected  during  the  first  two  or  three  winters 
with  a  shelter  of  palm  leaves,  corn  stalks,  burlap, 
or  some  such  material.  Where  irrigation  is  practised, 
it  is  well  to  harden  the  trees  by  withholding  water  in 
late  fall. 

In  Florida  the  avocado  is  attacked  by  the  wither-tip 
fungus  (Colletoirichum  glcosporioides) ,  which  can  be 
controlled  with  bordeaux  mixture.  Two  or  three  scale 
insects  have  been  noted  on  trees  in  California,  but  up 
to  the  present  time  they  are  not  of  serious  importance, 
with  the  exception  of  the  black  scale  {Saisselia  ole.r), 
which  sometimes  requires  combative  measures.  The 
avocado  mealy  bug  (Pseudococcus  niipse)  is  troublesome 
in  Hawaii. 

For  market  purposes,  the  fruit  should  be  graded 
according  to  size,  color  and  form,  and  carefully  packed; 
it  is  essential,  if  the  fruit  is  to  be  shipped  any  distance, 
to  select  varieties  having  good  carrying  qualities.  Light 
wooden  crates  are  used  for  shipping,  containing  one 
layer  of  fruits,  and  provided  with  good  ventilation. 
The  fruits  must  be  separately  wrapped  in  pieces  of 
strong  paper,  and  packed  clo.sely  together  to  prevent 
their  shaking  about  and  becoming  bruised.  If  they  are 
to  be  shipped  long  distances,  refrigeration  is  essential, 
experiments  having  shown  that  the  temperature  should 
be  40°  to  4.5°  I<\  Prolonged  storage  in  temperature 
lower  than  40°  results  in  decomposition  of  the  flesh. 

Seedlings  do  not  usually  bear  as  early  as  budded 
trees,  and  on  account  of  the  variation  which  they  are 


438 


AVOCADO 


AZALEA 


likely  to  show  in  product ivoness,  ivs  well  aa  in  form, 
size  anil  quality  of  fruit,  they  are  unsuitable  for  com- 
mercial cultivation.  For  the  home  grounds,  on  account 
of  their  ornsunental  value,  they  are  worth  planting;  it 
is  imperative,  however,  to  sek'ct  seeds  from  the  most 
desirable  fruits,  of  known  quality  and  productiveness. 

The  avocado  is  budded  on  seedlings  of  the  same 
species.  For  nursery  purposes  the  seeds  are  usually 
plantttl  singly  in  pots  or  in  rows  in  the  open  ground. 
They  may  also  be  ])lanted  in  flats,  and  potted  off  as 
soon  iis  the.\'  ha\e  germinated;  as  the  roots  are  delicate 
and  e:\sily  injured,  however,  this  is  not  a  desirable 
method.  .\  ghusshouse  is  unnecessary,  provided  the 
seeds  are  planted  during  warm  weather, 
but  they  are  usually  started  under  a 
lath  or  slat  covering  of  some  kind. 
Seotis  will  not  retain  their  \-itality 
very  long,  and  should  be  planted  as 
fresh  as  possible.  Pots  or  boxes  less 
than  4  inches  in  diameter  should  not  he 
used.  The  soil  should  be  light  and 
porous,  preferably 
rich  in  humus.  Most 
avocado  seeds  are 
somewhat  conical; 
they  should  be 
planted  with  the 
pointed  end  up,  leav- 
ing the  tip  projecting 
above  the  surface  of 
the  soil.  The  pots 
should  then  be 
plunged  in  a  frame, 
covered  with  straw 
or  litter,  and  kept 
continually  moist, 
but  not  soggy.  Ger- 
mination will  take 
place  in  two  or 
three  weeks  if  condi- 
tions are  favorable.  If 
planted  in  the  open  ground,  the  seeds  should  be  placed 
in  rows  3  or  4  feet  apart,  and  14  inches  apart  in  the 
row,  covering  them  with  an  inch  or  two  of  soil.  It  is 
well  to  cover  the  ground  with  a  mulch  of  straw  to 
prevent  evaporation  as  much  as  possible. 

The  avocado  is  a  rapid  grower,  and  young  plants 
require  frequent  repotting.  It  is  also  a  gross  feeder,  so 
that  a  rich  soil  should  be  used.  The  plants  may  be 
budded  either  in  pots  or  in  the  open  ground;  if  in  the 
former,  they  must  be  given  very  careful  attention  so  as 
to  keep  them  growing  vigorously,  and  should  be  in  6- 
or  8-inch  pots.  They  may  be  budded  when  Jg  inch  in 
diameter,  or  even  slightly  less. 

For  avocados,  shield  budding,  essentially  the  same  as 
practised  with  the  citrus  fruits,  is  most  successful  and 
advantageous.  The  amateur  may  have  some  trouble 
in  performing  the  work  successfully,  but  after  a  little 
experience,  few  difficulties  will  be  encountered. 

The  season  at  which  budding  is  mo.st  successful 
naturally  depends  somewhat  upon  the  locality.  In 
Florida,  late  autumn  and  winter  budding  is  favored; 
in  California,  May  and  June  seem  to  be  the  best, 
although  good  success  is  often  obtained  in  the  fall;  in 
Hawaii  winter  and  early  spring  are  [jreferred.  Probably 
the  work  can  be  done  at  any  season  when  the  bark  will 
slip  readily,  but  all  sea.sons  are  nf)t  equally  advantageous. 

Selection  of  budwood  is  one  of  the  most  important 
matters,  and  one  likely  to  give  the  novice  mo.st  trouble. 
If  the  wood  is  too  old  or  too  far  advanced,  the  buds  are 
almost  certain  to  drop,  leaving  a  "blind"  shield;  this 
may  happen  even  when  good  budwood  is  used,  if  the 
stock  is  not  in  vigorous  condition.  The  ideal  wood  is 
of  recent  growth,  but  hardened  up  sufhciently  so  that  it 
does  not  snap  on  bending,  and  having  [jlump,  well- 
developed  buds. 


415.  Avocado 


It  is  essential  that  the  buds  be  cut  large, — not  less 
than  1  i^j  inches  in  length,  and  thick  enough  so  that  a 
small  quantity  of  wood  will  be  taken.  In  budding  large 
stocks,  ^4  inch  in  diameter,  2  inches  is  not  too  long  for 
the  bud,  provided  the  budstick  is,  as  it  always  should 
be,  not  less  than  'j  g  inch  in  diameter.  The  budding- 
knife  must  be  as  keen  as  a  razor,  and  kept  in  as 
nearly  that  condition  as  possible  by  frequent  strop- 
ping or  whetting  the  knife  after  cutting  each  thirty  or 
forty  buds.  The  incision  in  the  stock  may  be  made 
either  in  the  form  of  a  T  or  an  inverted  T,  preferably 
the  latter,  which  has  the  recommendation  of  the  most 
successful  avocado  budders.  In  lifting  the  bark  be 
careful  not  to  injure  the  delicate  tissues  which  lie  under 
it,  and  push  the  bud  in  very  gently.  Tie  it  in  firmly 
with  waxed  tape,  leaving  the  eye  exposed. 

In  three  to  five  weeks  the  bud  will  have  united  with 
the  stock,  and  the  wrap  should  be  loosened;  it  should 
not  be  entirely  removed  until  the  bud  has  made  a  growth 
of  3  or  4  inches.    Force  the  bud  into  growth  by  partly 
girdling  the  stock  3  or  4  inches  above  it,  or  by  cutting 
off  the  stock  about  a  foot  above  it.   Lop- 
ping is  difficult,  as  the  wood  is  brittle  and 
will  frequently  break  off  rather   than  be 
lopped.  The  stock  must  be  gone  over  every 
week  and  all  adventitious  buds  rubbed  off. 
When  the  bud  is  8  or  10  inches  high,  the 
stock  may  be  trimmed  off  close  above  it, 
and  the  stump  covered  with  paint  or  graft- 
ing-wax. 

Both  inarching  and  grafting  are  prac- 
tised to  a  limited  extent,  the  latter  usually 
under  glass.  Neither  of  these  methods  is 
so  desirable  as  budding.  Cuttings  can  be 
grown  if  bottom  heat  is  available  but  trees 
produced  in  this  way  do  not  seem  to  have 
the  vigor  of  budded  trees. 

Large,  unproductive  or  undesirable  seed- 
ings  should  be  worked  over  to  a  good 
variety.  This  is  not  difficult  to  do  by 
budding;  grafting  is  also  possible.  Cut  the 
tree  back  severely  in  spring,  leaving  only  the  stumps 
of  the  largest  branches,  3  or  4  inches  in  diameter,  and 
painting  the  cut  ends  with  white  lead.  Numerous 
sprouts  will  soon  make  their  appearance;  aU  but  three 
or  four  of  these  on  each  branch  must  be  rubbed  off, 
and  when  these  have  attained  a  diameter  of  ^4  inch 
they  can  be  budded  in  the  same  manner  as  seedlings. 
It  is  necessary  to  loosen  the  wraps  oftener,  however, 
as  the  sprouts  naturally  make  a  very  rapid  growth. 
Old  trees  worked  over  in  this  way  will  often  produce 
fruit  in  two  years.  p    \\\  Popenoe. 

AZALEA  (from  Greek  azaleas,  dry:  Linnaeus  believed 
them  to  grow  in  dry  locations) .  Ericacese.  See  Rhodo- 
dendron. 

The  genus  Azalea  seems  botanically  inseparable  from 
Rhododendron;  there  are  no  characters  by  which  the 
two  genera  can  be  clearly  separated,  though  if  one  looks 
only  at  the  American  species  and  those  generally  in 
cultivation,  the  differences  seem  to  be  clear  enough, 
but  if  one  takes  into  consideration  the  whole  genus, 
particularly  as  it  is  represented  in  Asia,  where  it  reaches 
its  greatest  development,  one  finds  many  species  that 
have  the  characters  of  these  two  groups  combined  in 
various  ways  and  render  a  natural  and  clear  separation 
impossible. 

Most  of  the  species  retain  the  same  specific  or  varietal 
name  under  Rhododendron,  except  the  following: 

A.  dfba,  Sweet^Rhododendron  rosmarinifolium. — A.  batsamin^- 
Jldra,  Carr.=R.  indicum  var.  rosiflorum. — .4.  californica,  Buckl.^ 
K.  occidentale. — A.  Danielsiana  Paxt.^R.  indicum  var.  macran- 
thum. — A.  ledi/dlia.  Hook.^=K.  rosmarinifolium. — ,4.  liliifidra, 
Poir.=R.  ro.smarinifolium. — A.  liitea.  Linn.^R.  calendulaccum. — 
A.  mMlift,  BIume=R.  sinense. — A.  mdllia,  Miq.  =  R.  japonicimi. — 
A,  mucrondta,  Blume^R.  rosmarinifolium. — A.  pdntica,  I>inn.= 
U.  luteum. — A.  procumbens,  Linn.^Loiaeleuria  procumbena. — 
A.    punicea,    Sweet^R.    rosmarinifolium. — .4.    relicutdta,    Koch^ 


AZALEA 


AZOLLA 


439 


R.  rhombicum. — .4.  Rdllisonii,  Hort.^R.  indicum  var.  rosiflorum. 
— .4.  Siebdtdii,  Miq.=;R.  indicum. — .4.  spfridsa,  Willd.=R.  calen- 
dlllaceum. — •4.  squamnia,  Lindl.^R.  Farrerse. 

Alfred  Rehder. 

AZARA  (I.  N.  Azara,  a  Spanish  promoter  of  science, 
especially  of  botany).  Flacourtiacese.  Ornamental 
shrubs  or  small  trees  gromi  for  their  handsome  ever- 
green foliage  and  also  for  their  fragrant  flowers. 

Leaves  evergreen,  alternate,  short-petioled,  entire  or 
serrate,  with  usually  one  of  the  stipules  enlarged  and 
If.-like:  fls.  small,  in  axillary  peduncled  racemes  or 
clusters,  apetalous;  sepals  4-5;  with  glands  between 
the  stamens  and  the  sepals  opposite  the  latter;  stamens 
numerous,  rarely  5;  ovary  superior,  1-celled,  with 
numerous  o\'ules;  style  simple,  elongated:  fr.  a  many- 
seeded  berry. — About  20  species  in  S.  Amer.,  especially 
in  Chile. 

They  are  handsome  evergreen  shrubs,  with'  small 
or  medium-sized  foliage,  inconspicuous  but  fragrant 
flowers,  and  therefore  called  "aromo"  in  Chile. 

They  can  be  grown  only  in  warmer  temperate  regions; 
the  hardiest  species  is  .4.  microphylla.  They  are  some- 
times cultivated  as  greenhouse  plants  and  potted  in  a 
sandy  compost  of  loam  and  leaf  soil.  Propagation  is  by 
seeds  or  by  cuttings  of  mature  wood  in  autumn  under 
glass  with  slight  bottom  heat. 

microphylla,  Hook.  f.  From  3-12  ft.:  Ivs.  obovate, 
serrate,  or  nearly  entire,  '2-/4in.  long,  shining,  gla- 
brous, the  stipules  similar,  but  half  the  size:  fls.  greenish 
in  few-fid.  clusters;  stamens  5:  berries  orange.  Feb., 
March.  Chile.  G.C.  II.  1:81.  Gn.  18,  p.  403.  Gt.  23, 
p.  340.  F.  1874,  p.  221. — Graceful  evergreen  shrub, 
regularly  pinnately  branched,   excellent  for  covering 


walls;  the  hardiest  of  all  the  cult,  species;  hardy  as  far 
north  as  Washington,  D.  C. 

GilUesii,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Height  10-15  ft.:  Ivs.  2J^-3 
in.  long,  broad-ovate,  with  coarse,  spiny  teeth,  gla- 
brous; stipules  orbicular,  much  smaller:  fls.  in  dense, 
elliptic,  nodding  heads,  yellow.  Feb.,  March.  Chile. 
B.M.  5178.  F.S.  23:2445.  G.C.  II.  15:401.— The 
handsomest  of  all  azaras. 

.4.  crassifdlia,  Hort.=.\.  Gillie,sii. — A.  derUata,  Ruiz.  Height  12 
ft.:  Ivs.  obovate  or  elliptic,  crenate-serrate:  fl.s.  yellow,  in  small 
corymb.?.  Chile.  B.R.  1788. — A.  iiUeari/dlia,  Ruiz.  Height  10- 
20  ft.:  Ivs.  entire:  fls.  yellow,  in  oblong  heads.  Chile.  Has  a 
variegated  form.  ALFRED    RehDER. 

AZOLLA  (Greek,  to  destroy  by  drying).  Salviniacese. 
A  small  genus  of  floating  aquatics  with  small,  pinnately 
branched  sts.  and  minute  fleshy  2-lobed  Ivs.,  producing 
2  sorts  of  spores  in  globular  sporocarps.  The  plants 
multiply  rapidly  by  self-division,  and  will  grow  readily 
in  water  containing  a  little  nutriment.  The  species  are 
distinguishable  only  by  microscopic  examination.  In 
natural  conditions,  the  plants  grow  so  closely  together 
and  multiply  so  rapidly  as  to  cover  very  completely  any 
quiet  water  surface.  For  this  reason,  they  have  been 
found  useful  in  preventing  the  propagation  of  mos- 
quitos  in  Germany  and  Panama. 

caroliniana,  Willd.  Plant  %-!  in.  long:  anchor-like 
processes  of  spores  with  septa.  N.  Y.  to  the  Gulf  of 
Mex. 

filiculoides.  Lam.  Plants  1-2  in.  long:  anchor-like 
processes  without  septa.   Calif,  to  Chile. 

L.  M.  Underwood. 
R.  C.  Benedict.! 


B 


BABIANA  (said  to  come  from  Dutch  for  baboon,  be- 
cause those  animals  cat  the  bulbs),  [ridaces-.  About 
fifty  cornious  plants  of  South  Africa  (and  one  Socotran), 
sometimes  grown  for  spring  bloom  under  glass,  or  in  the 
open  in  the  South. 

Usually  less  than  1  ft.  tall:  fls.  showy,  red  or  pur- 
plish, in  a  short,  spike-like  cluster  or  raceme,  tubular 
at  the  base,  the  segms.  with  claws  or  narrow  bases, 
and  the  limb  erect-spreading,  in  marked  colors  and 
shades,  often  fragrant;  ovary  3-loculed:  Ivs.  narrow, 
hairy,  plaited,  standing  edgewise  to  the  st. 

Low  plants,  of  easy  culture  if  treated  hke  freesias  or 
hyacinths.  Three  or  four  comis  placed  in  a  4-inch  pot, 
in  autumn,  give  attractive  bloom  in  March  or  later. 
Grown  only  indoors  or  under  frames  in  the  North. 
Outdoors  in  mild  climates 
they  may  remain  continu- 
ously in  the  ground,  al- 
though it  is  better  to  tixke 
up  and  replant  even,-  year 
or  two.  Propagation  is  by 
cormels  and  seeds.  They 
are  showj-  and  useful  plants. 
Monograph  by  Baker  in 
Handbook  of  the  Iridete, 
1892. 

A.  Perianth-limb  regular  or 

nearly    so,    and    wide- 
spreading. 
stricta,    Ker    (B.    villbsa 

and     B.     purpitrea,    Ker). 

Fig.  447.   Plant  1  ft.  or  less 

high:    Ivs.    broad,   oblong- 
lanceolate  or  sword-shaped, 

barely  reaching  the  spikes: 

fls.   scattered,   showy,  usu- 

aOy  red  or  piuple,  with  a 

prominent  tube,  the  segms. 

oblong  -  lanceolate.      B.  M. 

583, 621. — Babianas  are  not 

sold  under  species-names  in 

this  country,  but  a-s  mixed 

varieties.     These    varieties 

are  chiefly,   if   not  wholly, 

of  this  species.    There  are 

many  forms  aud  colors.  Var.  angustifolia,  Sweet.    Lvs. 

linear:  fls.  blue,  pinkish  inside.    B.M.  637.    Var.  rubro- 

cyinea,   Ker.    Limb  lilac,  throat   red.    B.M.  410  (as 

IxiaJ.  Var.  sulph&rea,  Ker.    Yellow  or  whitLsh.    B.M. 

10.53.    Two  other  long-cult,  types  are  described  below. 

AA.  Perianth-limb  distinctly  ringent  or  gaping. 

plic&ta,  Ker.  Low:  lvs.  lanceolate,  hairy,  usually 
overtopping  the  spikes:  fls.  lilac  or  red,  long-tubed,  the 
.«gm8.  oblong  and  unequal;  odor  pink-like.    B.M.  .576. 

disticha,  Ker.    Differs  from  the  last  in  having  the 

Eerianth-tube  distinctly  exserted  from  the  spathe;  odor 
yacinth-like.    B.M.  626. 

B.  fiahdlifdlia,  Harv'.  Fls.  2-.5,  in  erect  spike,  long-tubed,  lower 
lobes  blotched :  lvs.  Hin.  broad,  toothed  at  apex. — B.  rinfienit,  Ker. 
6-10  in.:  fls.  Kaping  and  ringent,  searlet:  Ivs.  narrow  and  pointed. — 

B.  eamhMnn/i,  Ker.  0-10  in.:  fls.  purplish,  with  spreading  diviwions, 
elder.«cented.  B.M.  1019. — B.  eocolrana,  Hook.  f.  3-4  in.:  fl. 
single,  the  tube  very  slender,  pale  blue,  2-lipped:  lvs.  narrow- 
laneeolatc.    Isl.  of  Socotra.    B.M.  G.5S5.  T     H    R 

BABY'S  BREATH:  Gvpaophila;  &\fioGalium  and  Androstephium. 

BACCAUREA  (Greek,  bacr.a,  berry,  and  aureus,  gol- 
den, from  the  yellow  fruitj.  Euphorlnacex.  Trees,  rarely 


447.  Babiana  stricta.  ( X  H) 


cult.,  some  with  edible  fr. :  lvs.  large,  alternate,  simple: 
infl.  racemose;  calyx  imbricate;  petals  absent;  2  ovules 
in  each  of  the  2-5  cells. — .4bout  50  species  in  the  Old 
World  tropics:  related  to  Antidesma.  B.  bracteata, 
Muell.  Arg.  (Pierardia  dulcis.  Wall.),  is  mentioned  as 
once  intro.  to  England.  Malaya.  Seed  of  B.  Motley- 
ana,  Muell.  Arg.,  of  Malaya  where  the  fr.  is  u.sed,  has 
been  intro.  by  the  U.  S.  Dept.  Agric. 

J.  B.  S.  Norton. 

BACCHARIS  (bakkharis,  an  ancient  Greek  name 
for  different  shrubs).  CompOsitse.  Groundsel  Tree. 
Ornamental  plants,  chiefly  grown  for  the  showy  white 
pappus  of  the  fruit;  some  species  also  for  their  ever- 
green foliage. 

Shrubby  or  suffruticose:  lvs.  alternate,  usually  ser- 
rate, glabrous,  deciduous  or  evergreen:  heads  of  fls. 
small,  white  or  yellowish,  dioecious,  in  panicles  or 
corymbs;  involucre  with  many  imbricate  scales;  recep- 
tacle flat,  naked;  pistillate  fls.  with  fihform  corolla: 
achenes  compressed,  ribbed,  with  pappus. — More  than 
250  species  in  Amer.,  chiefly  in  S.  Amer. 

Baccharis  halimifolia  and  B.  salicina  are  hardy 
North,  while  the  evergreen  species  are  more  tender. 
They  grow  in  almost  any  well-drained  soil  in  a  sunny 
position,  and  are  well  adapted  for  dry  and  rocky  slopes, 
and  valuable  for  seashore  planting.  Propagation  is  by 
seeds,  or  by  cuttings  under  glass. 

halimifolia,  Linn.  Shrub,  3-12  ft.:  branches  angular: 
lvs.  cvmeate,  oblong  or  obovate,  coarsely  toothed,  the 
uppermost  entire,  glabrous,  1-2  in.  long:  fls.  in  large 
panicles:  pappus  white,  about  J  sin.  long,  Sept.  Sea- 
coast,  from  New  England  southward.  Gng.  7:113. — 
The  hardiest  species;  in  fr.  resembling  a  shrub  with 
abundant  snow-white  fls. 

B.  glomcrulifldra,  Pers.  Allied  to  B.  halimifolia:  heads  axillary, 
solitary  or  clustered,  sessile  or  nearly  so:  pappus  somewhat  shorter. 
N.  C.  to  Fia. — B.  patagdnica,  Hook.  &  Arn.  Low  evergreen  shrub: 
lvs.  !-3-'2in.  long:  heads  mostly  axillary.  Patagonia. — B.  piluldriSt 
DC.  Height  6  ft.;  evergreen:  lvs.  1  in.  long;  he.ids  in  racemose  pani- 
cles. Pacific  coast. — B.  salicina,  Torr.  &  Gray  (B.  salicifolia,  Nutt.). 
Allied  to  B.  halimifolia.  Lvs.  narrow-oblong,  or  linear-lanceolate. 
Colo,  to  W.  Texas.  ALFRED    ReHDER. 

BACHELOR'S  BUTTONS:  Centaurca  Cyanus,  Gomphrena  olo- 
bosa,  Hanunculus  acris  and  Ageratum  conyzoides. 

BACKHOUSIA  (James  Backhouse,  botanical  trav- 
eler). Myrtacea-.  Evergreen  greenhouse  plants,  bloom- 
ing in  spring. 

Shrubs  or  trees,  with  opposite  lvs.  and  blossoms  in 
cymes  or  lunbels:  calyx-tube  turbinate,  or  broadly 
campanulate,  adhering  to  base  of  ovary,  with  4  persist- 
ent segms.;  petals  4,  short;  stamens  many;  ovary  2- 
celled,  bearing  a  filiform  style:  fr.  a  caps.,  more  or  less 
inclosed  in  calyx,  indehiscent  or  separating  into  2  parts. 
— Five  species  in  Austral.  Requires  the  general  treat- 
ment of  myrtaceous  coolhouse  plants.  Prop,  by  harden- 
ing cuttings  under  glass. 

myrtifolia,  Hook.  &  Harv.  Large  slender-branched 
shrub,  or  small  tree:  lvs.  ovate-acuminate,  stiff',  pel- 
lucid-punctate: fls.  white,  in  iiedunculate  corymbs,  the 
younger  ones  partly  concealed  by  the  petaloid  bracts; 
petals  small,  round-ovate,  concave,  acute;  calyx  hairy. 
Queensland  and  New  S.  Wales.    B.M.  4133. 

L.  H.  B. 

BACTRIS  (Greek,  haklron,  cane;  the  young  stems 
u.sed  for  walking-sticks).  Palnmcese,  tribe  Baclridex. 
Usually  low  palms,  very  rarely  entirely  spineless. 

Stems  solitary  or  fasciculate,  ringed,  spiny  or  smooth, 
sprouting  from  the  roots:  lvs.  terminal  or  scattering, 


(440) 


BACTRIS 


BACULARIA 


441 


equally  or  unequally  pinnafisect,  glabrous  or  pubes- 
cent; segms.  sparse  or  aggregated,  or  more  or  less 
imperfectly  connate,  forming  a  bifid  blade,  acute  or 
rarely  obtuse  at  the  apex,  the  ciliate  margins  recurved 
at  the  base;  petiole  short  or  long;  sheath  long,  spiny: 
spadices  sessile  or  pedunculate,  perforating  the  If.- 
sheaths;  spathes  2,  the  lower  short,  open  at  the  apex, 
the  upper  coriaceous  or  woody,  exceeding  the  spadix, 
or  fusiform,  ventraUy  dehiscent,  smooth,  bristly  or 
spiny;  bracts  persistent:  fls.  small  or  medium,  pale  yel- 
low or  greenish:  fr.  small,  green,  ovoid  or  globose. — 
Species  90.   Trop.  Amer.   G.C.  II.  22:595. 

These  are  ornamental  pahns.  but  little  grown  on 
account  of  the  spines.  The  fruits  of  B.  major  are  used 
extensively  in  South  America  for  food. 

The  cultivation  of  bactris  is  easy  if  it  is  grown  in  a 
warmhouse,  with  a  range  of  temperature  from  60°  to 
80°,  and  given  plenty  of  water.  Frequent  syringing  is 
advisable.  It  thrives  best  in  a  mixtiu-e  of  loam,  two 
parts;  leaf -mold,  one  part;  well-rotted  cow-manure, 
one  part.  The  young  plants  are  very  decorative,  but  in 
age  most  of  the  species  become  spindly. 

Propagation  is  by  suckers  which  grow  freely;  rarely 
by  seeds,  which  are  hard  to  get. 

A.  Spines  yellow,  tipped  black. 
pallidispina,  Mart.  {B.  flavisjAna,  Hort.).  St.  10-18 
ft.  high,  1-2  in.  diam.,  the  internodes  spiny:  Ivs. 
showy,  5-9  ft.  long,  equally  interruptedly  pinnatisect; 
petiole  4-6  ft.,  brown-scaly,  thickly  covered  with  very 
long  (M-23<t  in.),  black-tipped  yellow  spines,  either 
solitary  or  in  groups  of  2-4;  segms.  linear-lanceolate, 
caudate-acuminate,  prickly  on  the  margins,  the  basal 
ones  2-8  in.  long,  \} o  in.  wide,  the  upper,  12 x  \%  in.: 
fr.  3-4  times  exceeding  the  persistent  calyx,  about 
lyi  in.  long.   Brazil. 

AA.  Spines  black. 
B.  Lf. -segms.  acute  at  both  ends. 

major,  Jacq.  Beach  Palm.  St.  9-15  ft.  high,  1-1 J^ 
in.  diam.,  armed  with  rows  of  black  spines  2  in.  long: 
petiole  armed  w-ith  very  long  black,  terete  spines;  Ivs. 
4-6  ft.  long,  equally  pinnatisect  nearlj'  to  the  rachis; 
sheath  and  rachis  spmy  and  white  or  brown  tomentose; 
Begms.  linear,  acute  at  both  ends,  25-35  on  each  side, 
1-nerved,  8-12  in.  long,  J3'-J2in.  wide,  glabrous  on 
both  sides,  densely  setose,  with  black  hairs  along  the 
margin.:  frs.  about  the  size  of  an  apricot,  edible.  Brazil. 

minor,  Jacq.  Fig.  448.  A  tall,  slender-stemmed 
palm,  often  40  ft.  in  height,  armed  with  many  dark- 
colored  spines:  Ivs.  roundish  in  outline,  about  3  ft. 
long  and  composed  of  numerous  narrow,  sharp-pointed 
Ifts.  that  arc  spiny  on  the  veins  beneath:  spathe  axil- 
lary, solitary,  spreading,  very  spiny;  corolla  in  both 
sexes  gamopetalous :  fr.  rotund,  purplish  black. — A 
rare  but  showy  palm  grown  sometunes  in  tropics. 

BB.  Lf  .-segms.  acute  at  tip. 
Gasipaes,  HBK.  (Guilielma  speciosa,  Mart.).  St. 
about  60  ft.  high,  single  or  cespitose,  with  rings  of  subu- 
late-compressed black  spines,  1  in.  long,  the  rings  about 
as  far  apart  as  the  diam.  of  the  St. :  Ivs.  6  ft.  long,  curv- 
ing; segms.  dark  green  above,  pale  green  below,  very 
numerous,  approximate,  II i  ft-  long,  I'l  in.  wide, 
linear-lanceolate,  long-acunainate,  bristly  or  minutely 
prickly  along  the  margins:  fr.  orange  or  reddish,  nearly 
2  in.  long,  ovoid.    Lower  Amazon. 

horrida,  Oerst.  Cespito.se  sts.  6-8  ft.  high,  8-9  in. 
diam.,  \'ery  spiny,  sheathed  for  mo.st  of  its  length  with 
bases  of  dead  Ivs.;  spines  3-4  in.  long,  4-sided,  whitish 
tomentose,  at  length  glabrous:  Ivs.  23^3-3  ft.  long; 
sheath  8  in.,  brown-tomentose;  petiole  13^  ft.,  densely 
spiny,  subtetragonal,  densely  brown-tomentose  be- 
neath; segms.  7  in.  long,  3^in.  wide,  lanceolate,  rigid, 
glaucous.  UnUke  all  the  above  in  having  a  hairy  but 
not  spiny  spathe.    Nicaragua. 


_B.  aurantiaca,  Hort.,  is  a  "pinnate  palm  from  Mex.,  dwarf  and 
spiny  but  beautiful."  The  name  i^  unknown  in  botanical  literature. 
— B.  caryotR'fdlia,  Mart.,  from  Brazil,  with  wedge-shaped  3-lobed 
pinnie.  has  been  catalogued;  also  B.  utilis,  Benth.  &  Hook.  (Gui- 
lielma utilis,  CErst.J,  from  Costa  Rica,  with  spiny  petioles  and 
^"^S  Ivs.    ^  N     TAYLOR.t 

BACULARIA  (Latin,  baculum,  a  small  walking-stick). 
Fahuaceic,  tribe  Arecex.  Two  or  three  small  palms, 
completely  spineless.   By  some,  included  in  Linospadix. 

Stems  very  thin,  either  solitary  or  in  bunches,  which 
are  prominently  ringed :  Ivs.  usually  numerous,  terminal, 
unequally  pinnate,  and  with  relatively  short  petioles; 
Ifts.  coriaceous,  usually  alternate,  from  4-6  pairs,  strap- 
shaped,  and  with  incised  or  much-laciniated  apices, 
attached  by  a  broad,  almost  decurrent  base;  nerves 
prominent,  numerous  on  older  Ifts.,  on  small  ones  soli- 
tary: spathes  in  pairs;  spadix  consisting  of  a  long  spike- 
like cluster,  as  long  as  or  longer  than  the  Ivs.;  fls.  in 
3's,  a  female  with  2  males  in  each  cluster  on  the  green 
spadix:  fr.  small,  obovate  or  ovoid,  green,  from  )^--%  in. 


448    Bactris  mmor. 


long.    The  genus  is  confined  to  temperate  and  tropical 
Austral.    G.C.  II.  22:595. 

For  general  culture,  see  Areca,  to  which  they  are 
aUied.  The  only  species  known  in  cultivation  seem  to 
do  better  in  a  temperate  rather  than  a  tropical  house, 
but  shifting  wiU  probably  be  found  advantageous.  One 
of  the  smallest  palms  in  cultivation,  B.  monoslachya 
is  very  popular,  particularly  in  England. 

monostachya,  F.  Muell.  {Areca  monostachya,  Mart. 
Kentia  monoslachya,  F.  Muell.).  Walking-stick 
Palm.  Tnink  6-12  ft.  high,  scarcely  1  in.  thick:  Ivs. 
lJ-2-4  ft.  long;  the  sheath  broad,  coriaceous,  about 
6  in.  long,  produced  into  2  stipular  lobes;  segms.  very 
irregular,  acuminate,  very  variable  in  breadth  and  dis- 
tance, adnate  to  the  rachis.  or  tapering  at  the  base,  the 
longest  about  1  ft.  long:  infl.  very  long,  often  exceeding 
the  Ivs.;  stamens  usually  10:  fr.  ovoid,  about  3^in.  thick. 
Queensland,  New  S.  Wales.    B.M.  6644. 

minor,  F.  Muell.  Sts.  several  from  the  same  rhizome, 
2-5  ft.  high,  about  'yn.  thick:  Ivs.  about  3)^  ft.  long, 
with  from  12-14  Ifts. :  spadix  about  as  long  as  the  Ivs.  or 
a  little  shorter,  scarcely  y.jin.  thick;  stamens  12;  seed 
about  3'2in.  diam.  Queensland. — .\  delicate  palm,  not 
so  well  known  as  the  preceding,  but  attractive. 

.N.  TAYLon.t 


44-: 


BAERIA 


BALSAM 


line 


BA£RIA  (after  the  itnssiaii  zoologist,  Karl  Ernst  von 
Baer'>.  Comp6sila\  Small  pUmts,  one  of  which  is  some- 
times grown  as  a  garden  annual. 

Heads  usually  nian>-tld. ,  radiate,  the  rays  5-15;  bracts 
of  the  invohiere  ixs  many  as  rays; 
pappus  often  wanting. — Twenty 
species  of  Californian  annuals 
(or  one  or  two  perennial  species), 
with  numerous  showy,  inch-wide  ' 
yellow  fls.  in  early  siunnier. 

gracilis,  LJray  (liurriclia  graci- 
lis. DC).  Easily  distinguished 
from  Actinolepsis  corotiarin  by 
its  hairy  sts.  and  foliage  and 
undividetl  Ivs.:  plant  much 
brancheti:  height  4-12  in.:  Ivs. 
opposite,  connate,  linear-lanceo- 
late: fls.  solitary,  on  slender 
terminal  peduncles;  involucre 
leafier  than  in  Actinolepsis  coro- 
naria,  the  scales  longer,  downy, 
in   2   series;   rays   8-12.     B.M.  j 

3758. — This  is  hkely  to  be  cult. 
as  Laslhenia  californica,  which, 
hpwever,  is  not  hairj-  and  has  much  longer  Ivs. 

B.  chrysdstoma,  Fisch.  &  Mey.    Lvs.  narrowly  linear,  1 
or  less  wide:  fls.  larger  than  in  B.  gracilis,  the  heads  3-4  lines 
high;  ligules  3-4  lines  long:  habit  more  erect. — B,  coronaTia= 
Actinolepsis  coronaria.  ^     TaYLOR  t 

BAHIA  (probably  from  the  port  of  Bahia,  or 
Pan  Salvador,  .South  .America).  CompdsHse.  A  little- 
known  group  of  herbaceous  perennials  or  some- 
times subshrubs  grown  for  their  yellow  flowers  and 
canescent  leaves. 

Leaves  mostly  opposite,  rarely  alternate,  the 
rather  small  pedunculate  heads 
terminating  the  branches;  invo- 
lucre hemispheric  or  obovate; 
receptacle  mo.stly  flat:  achenes 
narrow,  4-sided;  pappus  of  sev- 
eral scarious  scales. — There  are  12 
species,  all  American.  They  thrive  ^ 
on  borders  of  light  and  well- 
drained  soil,  and  may  be  increased 
by  seeds  or  by  division  in  spring. 

lan^ta,  DC.  One  to  2  ft.  high,  slender:  lvs.  pinnately 
cleft  or  divided  into  3-7  linear  or  linear-lanceolate  lobes: 
rays  mostly  8-9,  oblong,  showy:  achenes  glabrous  or  mi- 
nutely hairj'.  Calif.  B.R.  1167  (as  Eriophyllum). — Per- 
haps not  hardy  in  the  N.  E.  Summer.      ]Sf.  Taylor. 

BAIKXffiA  (\Vm.  B.  Baikie,  African  traveler). 
Leguminbsx.  Great-flowered  Trop.  African  trees  of  2 
species,  one  of  which  has  been  cult. 
in  Eu.  Trees  unarmed:  lvs.  abruptly 
pinnate,  coriaceous:  fls.  few  in  each 
raceme,  not  pajjilionaceous;  petals  5, 
much  exceeding  the  turbinate  calyx, 
broadly  oblanceolate  or  obovate,  long- 
clawed  ;  stamens  10.  li.  insignis,  Benth., 
is  an  erect  evergreen,  to  40  ft.,  with 
short-lined  fls.  Klin,  acro.ss,  snow-white 
with  lower  petal  or  lip  lemon-yellow. 
Upper  Guinea. — Said  to  be  the  largest 
flower  in  the  Leguminosse. 

BALAKA    (the     Fijian     vernacular 

name;.   /'r//mrirf a,  tribe /I rccea>.  Palms, 

differing,  if  at  all,  from  Ptychosperma, 

to  whicli  they  are  with  equal  propriety 

referred,  in  having  the  .seed  not  sulcate, 

and  in  the  half-rhomboid  segms.  of  the 

_^'  lvs.;   and    from   Dr>-mophl(i'us    in  the 

450.  Pod  o(  gar-     form  of  the  If.  and  the  caducous  spathes. 

den  balsam.       — Species  2.  Fiji  Isls. 


449.  Balaka  Seemannii 


Seemannii,  Becc.  (Ptijchosperma  Sebmannii,  H. 
Wendl.).  Balaka.  Fig.  449.  Caudex  slender,  8-12  ft. 
high,  straight,  ringed,  about  1  in.  diam.:  lvs.  pinnatisect, 
4  ft.  long;  segms.  erose-dentate  at  the  apex,  alternate, 
9  on  each  side,  semi-rhom- 
boid, obliquely  truncate,  the 
upper  margin  longer,  cuspi- 
date at  the  apex,  the  terminal 
one  deeply  bifid.  Growing 
as  underwood  in  dense  for- 
ests. Fiji. — Sts.  used  for 
spears  by  natives,  because  of 
their  strength  and  straight- 
ness.  Fig.  449  is  adapted  from  See- 
man's  Flora  Vitiensis.     N.  Taylor,  t 

BALLOON  VINE:    Canliospermum. 

BALM    (Melissa    officinalis,    Linn.). 
Lahiatse.    Lemon  Balm  and  Bee  Balm. 
Sweet   herb,  the  lvs.   being   used   for 
seasoning,   particularly  in  liquors,  and 
also  in  medicine.    It  has  a  lemon-like 
flavor.    It  is  a  hardy  perennial  from 
S.   Eu.    The  plant  grows  1-2  ft.  high,  somewhat 
hairy,  loosely  branched,  with  ovate-petioled,  some- 
times cordate,  lvs.  and  yellowish  or  whitish  fls.  in 
loose  axillary  clusters.   Thrives  in  any  warm  posi- 
tion, and  is  easy  to  grow.     Prop,  by  seeds;  also  by 
division.    Becoming  wild  in  E.  U.  S. 

BALSAM,  Impaliens  Balsdmina,  Linn.  (Balsdm- 
ina  horleusis,  DC.  Balsdmina  Impaliens,  Hort.  Im- 
pdtiens  cocclnen,  Sims,  B.M.  12.56).  Balsamindceae . 
An  erect,  much-branched,  half-succulent  annual, 
long  ago  introduced  from  India,  and  now  widely 
cultivated  for  its  showy  flowers. 

Plant  132-232  ft.:  lvs.  lanceo- 
late, toothed,  the  lower  ones  being 
mostly  in  pairs:  fls.  clustered  in 
the  axils  of  the  lvs.,  on  very  short 
stalks;  sepals  and  petals  similarly 
colored  and  not  easily  distin- 
guished, one  of  the  sepals  (of  which 
there  seem  to  be  3)  long-spurred; 
petals  apparently  3,  but  2  of  them 
probably  represent  2  united  petals, 
thus  making  5;  stamens  5.  The  pod,  shown  in  Figs. 
450  and  451,  is  explosive.  It  has  5  carpels  and  very 
thin  partitions,  and  seeds  borne  on  axile  placenta;. 
When  the  caps,  are  ripe,  a  pinch  or  concussion  will  cause 
the  valves  to  separate  and  contract,  the  seeds  being 
thrown  with  considerable  force.  The  balsam  has  varied 
immensely  in  the  doubling,  size  and  color  of  its  fls.  and 
in  the  stature  of  the  plant.  It  was  known  to  Gerarde 
in  1596.  The  balsam  is  sometimes  called  "lady  sUp- 
per,"  although  this  name  is  properly  confined  to 
Cypripedium,  and  used  for  Calceolaria. 

Practically  all  the  garden  balsams  are  now  double  or 
semi -double.  The  full -double 
forms  are  known  as  the  camellia- 
flowered  varieties.  Fig.  452.  In 
well-selected  stock,  the  greater 
part  of  the  flowers  from  any 
batch  of  seedlings  should  come 
very  double.  The  colors  range 
from  white  to  dark  blood-red, 
yellowish  and  spotted.  Balsam.s 
are  of  very  easy  culture.  They 
are  tender,  and  should  be  started 
in  thumb-pots  or  boxes  indoors, 
or  in  the  open  when  danger  of 
frost  is  past.  The  seeds  are 
large,  and  germinate  quickly. 
']"he  plants  prefer  a  rich,  sandy 
loam,   and  must   not   suffer  for  451.  Explosion  of 

moisture      Transplanting,     and  balsam  pod. 


BALSAM 


BALSAMOCITRUS 


443 


452.  Camellia-flowered  balsam.   (XI) 


pinching-in  the  strong  shoots,  tend  to  make  the  plants 
dwarf  and  compact;  two  or  three  transiilantings  are 
often  made.   It  is  well  to  remove  the  first  flower-buds, 

especially  if  the 
,/    ,:il  plants  are  not  thor- 

oughly   established. 
Better    results    are 
/C  'iflvX'    ^  \  I   Jl'S  secured   when   only 

/v'Vw?.^!^  \''\  f'-M'^  a  few  main  branches 

<'     «s!l  3yM^^te-.         Jiy'W  are  allowed  to  grow, 

all  the  secondary 
and  weak  ones  be- 
ing pinched  out. 
Sometimes  they  are 
pruned  to  a  single 
stem,  and  if  much 
room  is  given  ver>' 
large  blooms  are 
secured.  The  lower 
leaves  may  be  re- 
moved if  they  ob- 
scure the  flowers. 
Well-grown  bushy  plants  should  stand  2  feet  apart 
each  way,  and  the  tall  kinds  will  reach  a  height  of 
2  to  2J^  feet.  Good  bloom  is  impossible  if  plants  are 
crowded.  For  this  reason,  balsams  do  well  in  rows  on 
the  border  of  a  garden  where  they  may  have  room. 
Seed  of  the  finest  double  strains  is  expensive,  but  infe- 
rior or  common  seed  gives  httle  satisfaction.  Plants 
started  early  in  May  should  give  flowers  in  July,  and 
should  bloom  until  frost.  A  full-grown  plant  is  shown 
in  Fig.  453.  At  present,  balsams  are  grown  chiefly  as 
flower-garden  plants;  but  some  years  ago  the  flowers 
were  largely  used  as  "groundwork"  in  florists'  designs, 
particularly  the  double  white  varieties.  The  flowers 
were  wired  to  toothpicks,  and  were  then  thrust  into  the 
moss  that  formed  the  body  of  the  design,     l    H.  B. 

BALSAMOCITRUS  (Latin,  halsamum,  balsam,  and 
citrus).  Ruldcese,  tribe  Citrese.  Trees;  usually  spiny, 
suggested  as  stocks  for  citrous  fruits;  as  yet  scarcely 
known  in  this  country. 

Fruits  hard-shelled  and  persistent:  Ivs.  trifoliolate,  or 
rarely  simple:  fls.  4-.5-parted;  stamens  10-20;  ovary 
8-9-celled;  ovules  numerous  in  each  cell;  seeds  large, 
smooth;  hypocotyl  very  short,  the  cotyledons  remaining 
near  or  just  above  the  surface  of  the  ground.    The  first 


453.  The  garden  balsam. 


foliage  Ivs.  are  opposite,  lanceolate  or  ovate. — Three 
species  are  known,  all  occurring  in  Trop.  Afr.  B. 
Dawei  is  the  type  species. 

The  subgenus  Afrspgle  (Latin,  Africa  and  JUgle) 
differs  from  Balsamocitrus  proper  in  having  more  than 
twice  as  many  (usually  4  times  as  many)  stamens  as 
petals  and  in  having  a  larger,  more  deeply  lobed  disk. 
B.  paniculata  is  the  type  of  this  subgenus. 


Dawei,  Stapf.  Fig.  4.54.  A  large  tree,  50-60  ft.  or 
rnore  in  height:  first  few  foliage  Ivs.  on  young  plants 
simple  but  next  succeeding  ones  3-foliolate;  lateral  Ifts. 
three-fifths  to  three-fourths  as  long  as  the  terminal  1ft., 
having  a  cylindrical  petiolule  J-g-J^in.  long;  terminal 
1ft.  with  a  much  shorter  petiolule,  K-J^in.  long,  but 
usually  borne  on  a  section  of  the  rachis  J^-1  }-2  in.  long, 
jointed  both  at  the  insertion  of  the  lateral  Ifts.  and  also 
where  the  petiolule  of  the  terminal  1ft.  is  inserted  (such 
imperfectly  pinnate  Ivs.  are  not  uncommon  in  some 
pinnate-lvd.  plants  but  are  rare  in  trifoliolate  species) : 
fls.  5-merous  with  10  free  stamens  (twice  as  many  as 
the  petals):  frs.  globose  or  oval,  4-6  in.  diam.,  with  a 
very  thick,  hard  woody  rind  and  8  oval  cells  surrounded 
by  the  more  or  less  fibrous  mesocarp  tissue;  cells  con- 
tain numerous  seeds  imbedded  in  amber-colored,  fra- 
grant gum.  The  ripe  frs.  drop  off  the  pedicel,  leaving  a 
hole  through  the  shell  where  they  were  attached.  The 
seeds  are  large,  H-Ji  x  ^-Jjin.,  smooth,  and  germi- 
nate with  a 
very  short  hy- 
pocotyl, often 
bringing  the 
cotyledons  to 
the  surface  of 
the  ground  or 
just  above  it. 
Occurringinthe 
Budongo  forest 
east  of  Lake 
Albert  Nyanza 
in  Uganda,  E. 
Cent.  Afr.,  at 
an  altitude  of 
2,000-3,000  ft. 
— The  seed- 
lings grow  very 
rapidly.  Exper- 
iments indicate 

that    this     is    a       454^  p^^  „(  Balsamocitrus  Dawei.  ( X  hi) 
very  promising 

stock  on  which  to  graft  the  bael  fruit  (Jigle  Marmelos), 
which  it  is  difficult  to  grow  on  its  own  roots.  111. 
Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  Bot.  37,  pi.  22. 

paniculita.  Swingle  {Citrus  paniculata,  Schum. 
j3S(jle  Bdrteri,  Hook.  f.  Limbnia  Warneckii,  Engler). 
Fig.  455.  A  handsome  tree,  20-45  ft.  high  and  much 
branched:  Ivs.  on  old  trees  trifoliolate,  the  lateral  Ifts. 
about  two-thirds  as  long  as  the  terminal  one  and  nar- 
rowed into  a  slender  petiolule  J-g-i^in.  long;  terminal 
Ift.  has  a  long  slender  petiolule  }-i-^in.  long  but  there 
seems  to  be  no  articulation  where  it  joins  the  lamina  as 
in  case  of  B.  Dawei;  spines  are  said  to  be  solitary,  from 
1-4  in.  long  but  are  wanting  on  fruiting  branches: 
fls.  usually  4-merous,  sometimes  5-merous;  stamens 
13-20,  normally  4  times  as  many  as  the  petals;  ovary 
8-  or  9-celled;  disk  large,  lobed:  frs.  spherical  or  obo- 
void,  3-5  in.  diam.,  with  a  thick  woody  rind,  green 
until  maturitj-,  then  taking  on  a  gray  color;  cells  of 
fr.  contain  numerous  smooth  seeds;  germination  un- 
known.— Commonly  planted  in  the  villages  of  Nigeria 
and  the  Gold  Coast  in  Trop.  \\'.  Afr.  This  species  has 
not  yet  been  intro.  into  cult.,  but  it  is  to  be  hoped  that 
seeds  will  be  secured  from  Afr.  to  permit  its  being  tested 
as  a  stock  for  citrous  frs.  111.  Hooker,  Ic.  37,  pi.  2285. 
Bull.  Soc.  Bot.  Fr.  v.  58,  Mem.  8d.,  pi.  1-2. 

gabonensis,  Swingle.  A  little-known  tree  or  shrub: 
Ivs.  narrowly  lanceolate,  simple,  with  short  petioles: 
vigorous  young  trees,  when  they  have  reached  a  height 
ofSoi  10ft., begin  to  showtrifoliolate  Ivs.  with  relatively 
small  lateral  Ifts.  from  one-third  to  one-half  as  long  as 
the  terminal  1ft.  and  like  it  acute  at  both  ends;  terminal 
Ift.  sessile:  fls.  unknown:  fr.  nearly  globular,  slightly  pear- 
shaped,  with  a  thick  woody  rind. — The  natives  remove 
the  contents  through  an  opening  at  the  stem  end  and  use 


444 


BALSAMOCITRUS 


BAMBOO 


the  empty  fr.  as  a  powder-flask.  Native  to  the  M'fau  or 
Palioxiin  country  in  N.  French  Congo  and  S.  Kanierun 
where  the  fr.  is  known  to  tlie  French  re.-fidents  as 
"f)oire  a  poudre"  (powder-flask).  This  species  grows 
very  rapidly  under  greenliouse  conditions.  It  has  been 
grafted  successfully  on  the  tabog  iCIwlospennum 
glulinosa).  a  related  tree  native  to  the  Philii)pines,  and 
may  prove  of  value  as  a  stock  for  citrous  fruits  on  ac- 
count of  its  vigor  and  healthiness.  111.  Bull.  Soc. 
Bot.  Fr.  V.  58,  Mem.  8d,  pi.  3,  and  F'ig.  B.,  p.  235. 

Walter  T.  Swingle. 

BALSAMORRHIZA  (Greek,  bnhamrool).  Compdsitse. 
Low  perennials  with  thick,  deep,  resinous,  frequently 
tuberous  roots,  tufts  of  radical  Ivs.,  and  large  yellow 
fis. :  Ivs.  usually  long-petiolate,  when  cauline  usually 
opposite,  mostly  radical:  scapes  few-lvd.  or  n.aked; 
fls.  usually  solitary.  The  root  was  an  aboriginal  food, 
when  the  rind  was  peeled. — About  10  species,  mostly 
from  Cent,  and  \V.  N.  Amer. 

Hookeri,  Nutt.  Caneseent:  height  4-12  in.:  Ivs. 
lanceolate,  1-2-pinnately  parted:  fls.  solitary,  on  naked 
scapes. — Intro.  1881  by  E.  Gillett,  but  scarcely  known  to 
horticulturists.     Useful  in  dry  situations. 

N.  Taylor. 


455.  Balsamocitrus  paniculata.  ( X 


BAMBOO.  Various  perennial  ornamental  grasses 
embracing  the  genera  and  species  of  the  tribe  Bumbu- 
sem,  order  (Iramiiieif,  cultivated  for  the  surpassing 
beauty  of  their  foliage  and  habit;  some  of  them  are 
hardy  even  in  parts  of  the  northern  states,  but  they 
are  warm-country  plants. 

Usually  large,  sometimes  tree-like,  woody,  rarely 
herbaceous  or  cUmbing  plants,  of  wide  geographical 
range.  The  species  are  irregularly  distributed  through- 
out the  tropical  zone,  a  few  occurring  in  subtropical 
and  temperate  zones,  attaining  their  maximum  devel- 
opment in  the  monsoon  regions  of  Asia. — About  twenty- 
three  genera,  only  two  being  common  to  both  hemis- 
pheres. Something  more  than  20(J  species  are  recog- 
nized, of  which  upwards  of  100  occur  in  Asia,  about 
seventy  in  America,  and  five  in  Africa.  They  extend 
from  sea-level  to  altitudes  of  more  than  10,000  feet  in 
the  Himalayas  and  lo.OtK)  feet  in  the  Andes,  and  under 
the  most  favorable  conditions  some  specie.'i  may  attain 
a  height  of  HW  to  120  feet,  with  a  diameter  of  culm 
oia  U)  \2  inchfs. 

An  attempt  to  enumerate  the  numerous  and  variefl 
economic  u.ses  of  the  giant-gra8.se.s  woukl  greatly  over- 
reach the  field  of  this  article;  but  as  objf^cls  of  grace 
and  beauty  in  the  garden,  conservatory,  and  under 
special  cxjnditions  of  landscape,  bamboos  are  matchless. 
Not  only  are  they  adapted  to  sections  favored  witli  a 


gentle  climate,  but  it  is  possible  to  grow  certain  species 
where  the  cold  of  winter  may  reach  zero  Fahrenheit, 
or  even  occasional  depressions  of  greater  severity. 

Bamboos  delight  in  a  deep,  rich  loam,  and  generously 
respond  to  good  treatment.  A  warm,  sUghtly  shady 
nook,  protected  from  the  prevailing  cold  winds  of  win- 
ter, and  in  which  moi.st  but  well-drained  soil  is  plenti- 
ful, is  an  ideal  location.  A  top-dressing  of  manure  and 
leaves  is  not  onlj'  beneficial  in  winter,  by  preventing  the 
frost  from  penetrating  the  ground  too  deeply,  but  it 
also  preserves  the  moisture  that  is  so  essential  to  the 
welfare  of  the  plants  during  the  growing  season.  Some 
species  produce  rampant  subterranean  stems,  and  spread 
rapidly  when  once  established.  These  should  not  be 
planted  for  ornamental  purposes,  but  only  those  form- 
ing tufts  or  clumps.  It  is  best  to  plant  each  group  of  but 
a  single  species,  and  to  restrict  the  wide-spreading  sorts 
to  isolated  positions.  The  most  elTective  results  to  be 
obtained  by  planting  bamboos  are  secured  on  gentle 
banks  above  clear  water,  and  against  a  background  of 
the  deepest  green.  In  such  situations  the  graceful 
stems  and  dainty  branches,  bending  with  their  wealth 
of  soft  green  leaves,  and  the  careless  lines  of  symmetry 
of  each  individual,  lend  a  bold  contrast  of  the  richest 
beauty.  Ordinarily  it  will  require  two  or  three  years 
thoroughly  to  establish  a  clump  of  bamboos  in  the 
open  air,  and,  until  this  is  accomplished,  the  vigor, 
hardiness  and  beauty  that  characterize  some  noble 
kinds  will  be  lacking.  During  the  first  few  years,  a  new 
plantation  should  receive  generous  protection  in  locaU- 
ties  in  which  the  winters  are  trying,  and  even  with  this 
precaution  it  is  likely  the  plants  will  suffer  to  some 
extent  in  cold  weather.  Planted  out  in  conservatories 
or  confined  in  tubs  or  large  pots,  the  bamboos  present 
many  admirable  qualities,  and,  as  decorative  plants, 
several  species  ofTer  many  inducements  to  their  culti- 
vation, eispecially  as  they  may  be  grown  and  used 
out-of-doors  in  the  summer  and  cheaply  wintered  in  a 
coolhouse. 

Propagation  is  best  effected  by  careful  division  of  the 
clumps  before  the  annual  growth  has  started.  The 
difficulty  of  procuring  seeds  in  some  instances  is  very 
great;  indeed,  the  fruiting  of  a  number  of  species  has 
never  been  observed.  Some  species  flower  annually, 
but  the  majority  reach  this  stage  only  at  intervals  of 
indefinite  and  frequently  widely  separated  periods.  In 
some  species  the  flowers  appear  on  leafy  branches;  in 
others  the  leaves  fall  from  the  culms  before  the  flowers 
appear,  or  the  inflorescence  is  produced  on  leafless, 
radical  stems.  Fructification  does  not  exhaust  the 
vitality  of  some  species;  but  others,  on  the  other  hand, 
perish  even  to  the  portions  underground,  leaving  their 
places  to  be  filled  by  their  seedling  offspring.  Owing 
largely  to  the  difficulty  in  obtaining  flowering  speci- 
mens, the  systematic  arrangement  or  nomenclature  of 
the  bamboos  is  in  a  sad  plight.  As  it  is  sometimes  even 
impossible  to  determine  accurately  the  genus  without 
flowers,  the  correct  positions  of  some  forms  are  not 
known. 

F'our  sub-tribes  of  Bambuseae  are  accepted  by  Hackel, 
namely:  Arundinariiise. — Stamens  3:  palea  2-keeled: 
fr.  with  the  seed  grown  fast  to  the  seed-wall.  To  this 
belong  Arundinaria  and  Phyllostachys.  Eubambuscce. — 
Stamens  6:  fr.  with  the  seed  fused  to  a  delicate  seed- 
wall.  Bambusa  is  the  only  garden  genus.  Dcndrocala- 
mese. — Stamens  6  (rarely  more):  palca  2-keeled:  fr.  a 
nut  or  berry.  Here  belongs  Dendrocalamus.  Melo- 
cannex. — Characters  of  the  last,  but  palea  not  keeled. 
Melocanna  is  an  example,  an  exira-tropical  genus, 
probably  not  in  cult,  in  the  U.  S. 

The  genera  Arunriinaria,  Phyllostachys,  Bambusa 
and  Dendrocalamus  contain  the  most  important  species 
in  cultivation.  Roughly,  the  species  of  Arundinaria  may 
be  separated  from  Phyllostachys  by  the  persistent 
sheaths  and  cylindrical  stems.  In  Phyllostachys  the 
sheaths  are  early   deciduous,   and  the  internodes,   at 


BAMBOO 


BAMBOO 


445 


least  those  above  tlio  liasr,  are  flattened  on  one  side, 
(lenerally,  Arundinaria  and  Banibusa  cannot  be  sepa- 
rated by  horticultural  characters,  and  Denflrocalamua 
is  hardly  separable  cxcejit  by  its  great  size.  It  is  proba- 
ble that  many  of  the  forms  now  classed  as  species  of 
Hambusa  will  eventually  be  found  to  belong  to  other 
genera,  especially  to  .\rundinaria.  Extended  informa- 
tion regarding  the  Bambuseae  may  be  found  in  the 
following  publications:  Munro's  Monograph,  in  Trans- 
actions of  the  Linna'an  Society,  Vol.  XXVI  (1868); 
Hackel,  in  Die  Naturlichen  Pflanzenfamilien,  Vol.  II, 
part  2,  p.  89  (1887),  English  Translation  by  Lamson- 
Scribner  &  Southwort.h,  as  The  True  Grasses,  New 
York,  1890;  papers  by  Bean  in  Gardeners'  Chronicle 
111,15:167,  et  seq.  (1894);  Freeman-Mitford,  The 
Bamboo  Garden,  1896,  New  York,  The  Macmillan 
Company,  pp.  224;  A.  &  C.  Riviere,  Les  Banibous, 
Paris,  1879;  Gamble,  The  Bambuses  of  British  India, 
Calcutta  and  London,  1896;  Houzeau,  Le  Bambou, 
Mens.,  1906;  Fairchild,  Japanese  Bamboos,  190.3; 
Franceschi,  Bamboos  in  California,  Santa  Barbara, 
1908.  Among  the  hardiest  of  the  bamboos  are  the  fol- 
lowing: Phylloslachys  Henonis,  P.  nigra,  P.  viridi-glau- 
cescens;  Arundinaria  macrosperma,  A.  japonica,  A. 
nilida;  Bamhusa  palmata,  B.  tessellala  and  B.  pygmxa. 

The  list  of  descriptions  contains  the  important  kinds 
of  bamboos  in  cultivation  in  America,  and  following  the 
classified  descriptions  will  be  found  a  hst  of  species, 
showing  those  that  are  more  or  less  rare  in  gardens,  but 
procurable  from  time  to  time  through  horticultural 
catalogues  or  prominent  growers.  An  attempt  has  been 
made  to  separate  the  hardier  forms  of  bamboos  from 
the  tenderer  kinds  by  the  character  of  the  venation  of 
the  leaves,  a  distinction  that  has  been  enthusiastically 
entertained  by  Freeman-Mitford  in  his  most  estimable 
work,  a  book  that  has  done  much  to  create  a  popular 
appreciation  of  bamboos,  and  also  to  clear  up  the  com- 
plete confusion  into  which  the  trade  names  have  fallen. 

Bamboos  have  slowly  but  persistently  increased  in 
popular  esteem,  especially  in  the  southern  and  Pacific 
states,  where  they  have  proved  their  great  beauty  and 
usefulness  a.s  garden  ornamentals.  A  new  impetus  has 
been  given  the  cultivation  of  these  plants  by  the  dis- 
semination of  suitable  species  and  varieties,  and  by  the 
introduction  of  new  and  desirable  kinds  by  commercial 
horticulturists  and  the  U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture. 

In  the  following  taxonomy,  A.  =  Arundinaria;  B.= 
Banibusa;  D.  =  Dendrocalamus;  P.  =Phyllostachys; 
T.=Thamnocalamus,  which  is  here  considered  a  sub- 
genus of  Arundinaria.  No  Japanese  native  names  are 
indicated,  although  bamboos  are  sometimes  offered 
under  such  names.  The  prevailing  tendency  is  to  dis- 
card vernacular  names,  when  unassociated  with  the 
Latin  binomials,  as  they  breed  hopeless  confusion. 


INDEX. 

B. 

angustifolia.  19. 

A. 

Hind.sii,  14. 

B. 

pumila,  6. 

B. 

arundinacea,  40. 

A. 

Hookcriana,  35. 

P. 

punctata,  21. 

.4. 

aurea,  17. 

A. 

humili.s,  7. 

B. 

pygma^a,  5. 

B. 

aurea,  24. 

A. 

japonica,  12. 

B. 

quadrangularia,  15. 

P. 

aurea.  24. 

P. 

Kumasaca,  .30. 

B. 

Quilioi,  26. 

B. 

aureo  variegata,  36, 

.  D, 

latiflorus.  38. 

P. 

Quilioi,  26. 

A. 

auricoma.  IS. 

A. 

macTo.sperma,  10, 

B. 

Ragamowskii,  3. 

P. 

bambusoide.s.  29. 

11. 

B. 

Tuscifolia,  30. 

B. 

CasliUonis,  2.3. 

A. 

marmorea,  16. 

P. 

niscifolia.  30. 

P. 

Castillonis,  23. 

B. 

marmorea,  16. 

A. 

Simonii,  13. 

A. 

chrysantha,  20. 

B. 

Maximowiczii,  13. 

B. 

Simonii,  13. 

B 

chryaantha,  20. 

B. 

Mazelii,  26. 

D. 

strictua,  41. 

A. 

debilis,  32. 

D. 

membranaceus, 

A. 

tecta,  11. 

A. 

dpcidua,  11. 

39. 

B. 

teascllata,  3. 

B. 

di.'itirha.  4. 

B. 

Mctake,  12. 

A. 

Veitchii,  1 

B. 

erecta,  14. 

B. 

mitis,  25. 

B. 

Veitchii.  1. 

A. 

falcata.  .34. 

P. 

miti.s,  25. 

B. 

Vilmoriniz,  19. 

B. 

falrata.  34. 

B. 

nana,  4. 

B. 

viminalis,  30. 

A. 

Falconori,  .33. 

A. 

Narihira,  13. 

B. 

violescens,  22. 

T. 

Fiilconeri.  33. 

B. 

Naribna,  13. 

P. 

violcscens,  22. 

B. 

fastuo.^a.  0. 

B. 

nigra,  21. 

B. 

viridi-glaucescens. 

A. 

Fortune!.  7,  17.  18. 

P. 

nigra,  21. 

28. 

«. 

Forlunei,  17,  18. 

A. 

nitida,  8. 

P. 

viridi-glauccscens, 

B. 

ararilix.  33. 

A. 

nobilis.  31. 

28. 

D. 

Hamiitonii.  37. 

B. 

palmata,  2. 

B. 

virifii-alriata,  13. 

B. 

Henonis,  27. 

B. 

plicatn,  13. 

A. 

viridis,  17. 

P. 

Henoni»,  27. 

A. 

pumila,  6. 

B. 

vuiKaris,  36. 

Section  I. — Venation  conspicuously  tessellate,  i.e.,  the 
veins  crossing  one  another  like  the  meshes  of  a  net, 
visible  to  the  naked  eye  by  holding  a  If.  up  to  the 
light,  or  more  clearly  seen  by  the  use  of  a  lens. 
(Embraces  the  hardier  types  of  bamboos,  1-30.) 

A.  Intemodes  not  flattened:  sheaths  persistent. 
B.  Lvs.  relatively  very  broad,  usually  2  in.  wide,  or  more. 

1.  A.  Veitchii,  N.  E.  Br.  (Bambusa  Veitchii,  Carr.). 
Fig.  487.  Height  usually  3  ft.  or  less:  sts.  purple,  white- 
waxy  below  the  nodes:  lvs.  .5-8  in.  long,  about  2  in.  wide, 
bright  green  above,  below  pale  and  minutely  pubes- 
cent, serrate.  Japan.  M.  77,  but  not  G.C.  III.  15:169, 
or  R.B.  23,  p.  270,  which  are  pictures  of  B.  palmata,  as 
explained  in  G.C.  III.  15:209. — This  is  also  hable  to 
confusion  with  B.  Ies,^ellata,  but  may  be  separated  by 
If.  characters.  Quite  hardy,  but  the  edges  of  the  lvs. 
wither  in  late  autumn,  giving  a  variegated  but  injured 
appearance. 

2.  B.  palmata,  Burbidge.  Fig.  488.  Height  2-5  ft.: 
lvs.  10-15  in.  long,  2-33^  in.  wide,  bright  green,  serrate, 
smooth  and  shin- 
ing above,  below 
pale  and  min- 
utely pubescent ; 
longitudinal  veins 
very  prominent. 
Japan.  M.  79. 
Gn.  49,  p.  59, 
shows  a  clump  36 
ft.  in  circum. — A 
beautiful,  broad- 
Ivd.  ornamental. 


456.  Bambusa  tessellata.  (  x  rj) 


3.  B.  tessellata, 

Munro  (B.  Rag- 
amowskii, Hort.). 
Fig.  456.  Height 
3-4  ft.:  lvs.  12- 
18  in.  long,  2-4 
in.  wide,  smooth 
and  shining  above, 
whitened  beneath, 
sharply  serrate; 
midrib  prominent 
and  bearing  a 
tomentose  hne  on  one  side.  China  and  Japan.  G.C.  III. 
15: 167;  18: 189.  R.B.  23,  p.  269.— Produces  the  largest 
lvs.  of  any  of  the  hardy  bamboos  in  cult.,  which  is 
e.specially  remarkable  on  account  of  its  dwarf  habit. 
Much  confused  in  gardens,  but  unnecessarily,  with 
A.  Veitchii,  as  the  tomentose  line  on  one  side  of  the  mid- 
rib is  unique  in  B.  tessellata.  The  lvs.  are  used  by  the 
Chinese  for  wrapping  tea. 

BB.  Lvs.  distinctly  narrower. 

c.  Foliage  green. 

D.  Plants  low,  usually  1-3  ft.  in  height. 

E.  Arrangement  of  lvs.  distichous. 

4.  B.  dlsticha,  Mitford  (B.  nana,  Hort.,  not  Roxbg.). 
Height  2-3  ft. :  sts.  zigzag,  slender,  green  or  tinged  with 
purple:  branches  borne  singly:  lvs.  2-2}  2  in.  long,  Join, 
wide,  or  less,  green,  serrate  on  both  edges,  produced  in 
2  vertical  ranks.  Origin  uncertain. — An  interesting  and 
beautiful  species,  the  distichous  arrangement  of  the 
lvs.  lending  a  distinct  and  unusual  character. 

EE.  Arrangement  of  lvs.  not  distichous. 

5.  B.  pygmaea,  Miq.  Height  }i-l  ft.:  sts.  very  slen- 
der, purple,  much  branched;  nodes  prominent,  with  a 
wa.xy  glaucous  band:  lvs.  3-4  in.  long,  about  J4in.  wide, 
serrate,  pubescent,  bright  green  above,  glaucous  be- 
neath. Japan. — The  smallest  of  the  bamboos,  and  re- 
markably hardy.  It  is  especially  valuable  as  an  under- 
growth, quickly  making  a  carpet  in  wild  places;  but  its 
rampant  growth  will  quickly  outgrow  close  quarters. 


440 


BAMBOO 


BAMBOO 


457.  Anindinaria  nitida.  (  x 


6.  A.  pilmila,  Mitford  (H.  piimilu,  Hort.).  Height 
1-2  ft.:  sts.  very  slender,  purplish,  white-waxy  below 
the  nodes:  Ivs.  t-o  in.  long,  -'.lin.  or  less  wide,  minutely 
pubescent,  bright  green. — Much  rarer  than  B.  Vvitchii, 
awarfer,  the  sts.  merely  purplish,  the  l\s.  shorter  and 

narrower.  The  Ivs.  are  a 
darker  green  than  in  .1. 
Iiuiuilis,  shorter,  narrower, 
and  taper  less  gradually-; 
nodes  less  well  defined,  but 
having  a  waxy  bloom:  in- 
ternodes  about  2 '  2  in.  long. 

7.  A.  h&milis,  Mitford 
(.4.  FOrtunei  var.  liridis, 
Hort.).  Height  2-3  ft.: 
branches  in  2's  and  3's, 
long  in  proportion  to  the 
sts.;  Ivs.  4-0  in.  long,  the 
largest  about  J^gin.  wide, 
pale  green :  internodes  2-5 
in.  long.  Japan. — A  rare 
and  pretty  plant,  liable  to 
confusion  with  .4.  puinila, 
but  the  sts.  lack  the  waxy 
bloom  of  that  species. 

DD.  Plants  taller  than  in  d, 

usually  in  excess  of  3  ft. 

E.  Sts.  hollow,  cylindrical, 

or  nearly  so. 

F.  Culms  purple,  or 

purplish. 

8.  A.  nitida,  Mitford. 
Fig.  4.57.   Height  6-10  ft.: 

sts.  slender,  seldom  exceeding  a  lead-pencil  in  thickness, 
black-purple  in  color:  Ivs.  2-3  in.  long,  32in.  wide, 
shining  green  above,  pale  beneath;  sheaths  purplish,  the 
ligule  without  hairs.  China.  M.  73.  G.C.  HI.  18:179; 
24:211.  Gn.  49,  p.  388.— One  of  the  daintiest  and  most 
attractive  of  the  arundiiiarias,  and  exceptionally  hardy. 
Some  shade  is  desirable,  as  the  Ivs.  are  often  injured  by 
strong  sun.  Easily  distinguished  from  A.  Veitchii  and 
A.  pumila  by  the  deeper  color  of  the  sts.,  which  are 
almost  black. 

9.  B.  fastu6sa,  Latour-Mariiac.  Height  15-20  ft.: 
culms  marked  with  purple-brown:  the  internodes  with 
an  unusually  large  cavity:  branches  numerous,  erect, 
giving  a  colvunnar  outline  to  each  st.:  sheatlis  shaded 
with  purple:  Ivs.  5-7  in.  long,  an  inch  or  less  wide,  bright 
green  above,  glaucous  beneath.   Japan. 

FF.  Culms  green  or  golden. 
G.  Species  native. 

10.  A.  macrosperma,  Michx.  Large  Cane.  Height 
1.5-25  ft.,  with  numerous,  short,  divergent  branches: 
Ivs.  4-8  in.  or  more  long,  M-IJ2  in.  broad,  smoothish 
or  pubescent;  sheaths  verj-  persistent:  sts.  erect,  rigid, 
simple  or  sparingly  branched  the  first  year,  becoming 
den.se  and  leafy  the  second,  afterwards  fruiting  at  in- 
definite periods,  and  soon  after  decaying.  Chiefly  along 
river  banks,  V'a.  and  Ky.  southward. — Forming  cane- 
brakes,  sometimas  of  great  size  and  density.  This  and 
the  next  are  the  only  bamboos  native  to  the  U.  S. 
Sometimes  cult,  as  an  ornamental. 

11.  A.  tecta,  Muhl.  (A.  macrosperma  var.  suffruti- 
cbsa,  Munro).  Smaix  Can'e.  Switch  Cane.  Scutch 
Cane.  Height  2-12  ft.:  sts.  slender:  Ivs.  .'Mi  in,  long, 
4-12  Unes  wide,  roughish ;  sheath  bearded  at  the  throat. 
Swamps  and  moist  soil,  Md.  and  .S.  Ind.  southward. — 
A  form,  perhaps  specifically  di.stinct,  which  may  be 
known  as  var.  decidua,  common  in  W.  N.  C,  has  the 
peculiarity  of  dropping  its  Ivs.  every  aulurrm,  and  pass- 
ing the  wint<-r  in  a  leafless  state.  The  foliage  of  this 
deciduous  cane  turns  yellow  in  autumn,  drops,  and  in 
early  spring  the  culms  resume  their  verdure. 


GG.  Species  not  native  to  the  U.  S. 
H.  Branches  borne  singly  in  the  axils. 

12.  A.  japonica,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (B.  Metdke,  Sieb.) 
Fig.  458.  Height  .5-10  ft. :  Ivs.  4-8  in.  or  more  in  length, 
1-2  in.  wide,  smooth  and  shining  on  the  upper  surface, 
below  whitened  and  finely  pubescent;  sheaths  conspicu- 
ous. Japan.  M.  1.  G.C.  III.  15:239;  18:185.— The 
commonest  of  the  hardy  bamboos,  and  readily  dis- 
tinguished from  other  tall-growing  kinds  of  arundinarias 
by  the  large,  broad  Ivs.  and  by  the  broad,  persistent 
sheaths  which  almost  permanently  enwrap  the  canes. 
From  A.  Simonii  it  differs  by  the  bud  being  a  simple 
flattish  scale,  instead  of  a  complex  scaly  one,  and  also  by 
the  less  amount  of  waxy  bloom  on  the  sts.  Particularly 
recommended  for  cities. 

HH.  Brandies  borne  in  dense,  semi-verticillate  clusters. 

13.  A.  Simonii,  A.  &  C.  Riviere  (jB.  Simonii,  Carr.  B. 
viridi-striala,  Hort.  .4.  and  B.  A'^an/iira,  Hort-.).  Height 
10-20  ft.:  Ivs.  6-10  in.  or  more  in  length,  usually  less 
than  an  inch  wide,  sometimes  striped  with  white, 
tapering  to  a  long,  fine  point;  mid-vein  glaucous  on  one 
side  toward  the  apex,  green  on  the  other.  Himalayas, 
China  and  Japan.  G.C.  III.  15:301;  18:181.— A  sil- 
ver-variegated form  is  sometimes  known  as  B.  Maxi- 
momczii,  Hort.,  and  B.  plicata,  Hort.  B.M.  7146. — 
One  of  the  tallest  of  the  arundinarias.  Very  late  in 
starting  into  growth.  It  flowers  quite  frequently,  and 
does  not  die  down  entirely  after  blooming,  as  some 
kinds  do.  Resistent  to  drought,  hardy  and  ultimately 
very  vigorous  and  handsome. 

14.  A.  Hindsii,  Munro  (B.  erecto,Hort.).  Height  6-10 
ft. :  culms  .straight,  the  branches  appearing  as  if  whorled : 
Ivs.  upright  at  first,  varying  in  length  up  to  9  in.,  and 
about  ^'gin.  wide;  the  veins  conspicuously  tessellated: 
internodes  3-7  in.  long,  waxy-white;  sheaths  with  a 
few  hairs,  long  persistent.    Japan. — The  erect  habit  of 


458.  Arundinaria  japonica.  (  x 


BAMBOO 


BAMBOO 


447 


growth  is  very  pronounced,  and  it  spreads  with  marked 
rapidity. 

EE.  Sts.  either  solid  or  quadrangular. 

15.  B.  quadrangularis,  Fenzi.  Sts.  square,  especially 
in  older  plants,  20-30  ft.  tall:  Ivs.  deep  green,  serrate, 
6-7  in.  long,  about  1  in.  wide,  the  tessellation  minute. 
China  and  Japan. — A  wide-spreading  species,  when 
established,  and  one  possessing  considerable  hardiness. 
New  growth  is  produced  mostly  in  late  summer  and 
autumn. 

16.  A.  marmorea,  Franceschi  {B.  marmbrea,  Mit- 
ford).  Height  3-5  ft.:  sts.  slender,  cylindrical,  without 
a  cavity:  sheaths  purple,  marbled  with  gray:  nodes 
unusually  prominent,  purple,  with  the  under  side  bright 
green:  intemodes  short,  usually  1-2  in.  long:  Ivs.  3-5 
in.  long,  about  Hin.  wide,  abruptly  and  sharply  pointed 
at  the  apex.  Japan.  —  In  cult,  for  several  years  in 
CaUf. 

cc.  Foliage  variegated. 

D.  Plants  low,  usually  1-3  ft.  in  height. 

17.  A.  Fortunei,  A.  &  C.  Riviere  {B.  Fdrtunei,  Van 
Houtte,  and  var.  vnriegala,  Hort.).  Fig.  459.  Height 
1-3  ft.:  Ivs.  4-5  in.  long,  M-^m.  wide,  beautifully 
striped  with  white.  Japan.  F.S.  15:1535. — Sometimes 
loses  its  Ivs.  in  severe  winters,  but  quickly  recovers  in 
spring.  The  internodes  are  rarely  more  than  an  inch 
long.  Var.  aiirea,  Hort.,  with  yellow  variegation,  is  A. 
auricoina.  Var.  vlridis,  Hort..  =A.  humilis.  An  old 
favorite.  Rhizomes  very  active,  requiring  consider- 
able  space. 

18.  A.  auricoma,  Mitford  {A.  and  B.  Fdrtunei  var. 
aiirea,  Hort.).  Height  2-3  ft.:  Ivs.  4-6  in.  long,  about 
an  inch  wide,  brilliantly  variegated  with  yellow,  vel- 
vety pubescent  on  the  lower  surface,  serrate,  with  the 
teeth  more  pronounced  on  one  side:  sts.  purple:  nodes 
3-5  in.  apart.  Japan. — An  exceedingly  beautiful  and 
meritorious  ornamental  of  striking  character. 

19.  B.  angustifolia,  Mitford  (B.  Vilmorinii,  Hort.). 
Height  about  1  ft.:  sts.  slender,  purplish  or  light  green, 
with  prominent  nodes:  Ivs.  2-4  in.  long,  about  M'n. 
wide,  serrate,  frequently  variegated  with  white.  Japan. 
• — A  dainty  species,  soon  forming  attractive  clumps. 

DD.  Plants  taller  than  in  D,  usually  in  excess  of  3  ft.    [See 
also  under  A^o.  IS  for  A.  Sinionii.) 

20.  A.  chrysantha,  Mitford  {B.  chrysdntha,  Hort.). 
Height  3-0  ft.:  Ivs.  .5-7  in.  long,  1  in.  or  less  wide, 
nearly  smooth,  more  or  less  variegated  with  yellow. 
Japan. — Not  so  brilliantly  colored  as  A.  auricoma,  from 
which  it  may  be  readily  distinguished  by  the  prominent 
ribs  and  absence  of  the  soft  velvety  pubescence  from 
the  lower  surface  of  the  Ivs. 

AA.  Internodes  flattened  on  one  side:  sheaths  early 
deciditous. 

B.  Sts.  black  or  brown. 

21.  P.  nigra,  Munro  (B.  rAgra,  Lodd.).  Black 
Bamdoo.  Height  10-20  ft. :  sts.  green  at  first,  but  chang- 
ing to  black  the  second  year:  nodes  conspicuous,  the 
upper  rim  nearly  black,  the  lower  edged  with  white: 
Ivs.  very  thin,  2-^  in.  long,  6-10  Unes  broad.  China  and 
Japan.  M.  142,  and  frontispiece.  G.C.  III.  15:369; 
18: 185.  R.B.  23,  p.  268.  B.M.  7994.— One  of  the  most 
popular  of  the  bamboos,  markedly  hardy  and  distinct. 
Var.  punctata,  Hort.,  has  yellowish  sts.  spotted  with 
brownish  black. 

22.  P.  violescens,  A.  &  C.  Riviere  (B.  violescens, 
Carr.).  Height  10-20  ft.:  sts.  violet,  almost  black  the 
first  few  months,  changing  the  .second  year  to  a  dingy 
yellow  or  brown:  Ivs.  variable  in  size,  2-6  in.  long,  }4- 
1}A  in.  wide,  the  larger  Ivs.  borne  on  young  shoots  or 
lower  branches;  they  are  sharply  serrate,  and  have  a 
well-defined  purplish  petiole.    China  and  Japan. 


BB.  Sts.  striped  tmth  yellow  and  green. 

23.  P.  Castillonis,  Hort.  (B.  Castilldnis,  Hort.). 
Height  10-20  ft.  or  more:  sts.  zigzag,  striped  golden 
yellow  and  green,  the  colors  alternating  at  the  nodes: 
Ivs.  sparingly  striped  with  yellowish  white,  variable  in 
size,  usually  3-6  in.  long,  fi-lli  in.  wide,  serrate,  the 
teeth  being  especially  prominent  on  one  edge:  If  .-sheaths 
topped  by  a  whorl  of  dark  brown  or  purple  hairs.  Japan. 
— Both  beautiful  and  uncommon. 

BBB.  Sts.  green,  yellow,  or  yellowish. 

c.  Plants  tall,  i.e.,  more  than  5  ft.  high. 

D.  The  internodes  very  short  at  the  base  of  the  culms. 

24.  P.  a&rea,  A.  &  C.  Riviere  (B.  aiirea,  Hort.).  Height 
10-15  ft.:  sts.  yellowish,  often  brilliant  in  color,  the 
internodes  at  the  base  remarkably  short:  Ivs.  narrowed 
from  near  the  base  to  the  apex,  minutely  and  regularly 
serrate  on  only  one  border,  usually  2-4  in.  long  and 
M>n.  wide,  but  variable,  light  green,  glaucous  beneath; 
sheaths  deciduous,  marked  with  purple.  China  and 
Japan.  Gn.  8:206.  A.  F.  5:41. — Easily  recognized  by 
the  very  short  nodes  at  the  base  of  the  culms. 

DD.  The  internodes  at  the  base  of  the  culms  not  congested. 
E.  Outline  of  sts.  not  conspicuously  zigzag. 

25.  P.  mitis,  A.  &  C.  Riviere  (B.  milis,  Hort.,  not 
Poir.).   Height  20  or  more  ft.,  and  said  to  attain  60  ft. 

in    its    native 
soil:   sts.   deep 
green    at   first, 
eventually  yel- 
low: internodes 
at  the  base  not 
conspicuously 
short :  Ivs.  vari- 
usually    2-4    in. 
and    j^in.   wide, 
light  green,  serrate  on 
only    one   border; 
sheaths     deciduous, 
marked    with    purple. 
China  and  Japan.    Gn. 
17:44.  —  Readily     dis- 
tinguished    from     P. 
aurea  by  the  long  inter- 
nodes  at  the  base  of 
the  culms. 

26.  P.  Qunioi,  A.  & 
C.  Riviere  (B.  Quilioi, 
Hort.      B.    Mazelii, 
Hort.).    Height  20  or 
459.  Arundinaria  Fortunei.  (xi)       more    ft.,    and    under 

favorable  conditions  up 
to  70  ft. :  sts.  arched,  green  or  yellowish,  bearing  unusu- 
ally long  branches:  Ivs.  remarkably  large  and  broad, 
the  largest  8  in.  long,  1 J4  in.  wide,  conspicuously  serrate 
on  one  edge,  dark  green,  often  spotted  with  brown, 
very  glaucous  beneath:  If. -sheaths  pinkish  brown, 
deeply  mottled  with  purple  spots.  China  and  Japan. ^ 
Rare  and  unusually  attractive. 

27.  P.  Hendnis,  Mitford  (B.  Henbnis,  Hort.). 
Height  10-15  ft.:  sts.  arched,  bright  green,  eventually 
yellowish,  the  surface  slightly  roughened:  sheaths  yel- 
low-brown, early  deciduous:  Ivs.  2-3  in.  long,  a  little 
under  Hin.  broad,  narrowed  below  the  middle  to  the 
base,  long-attenuate  at  the  apex,  bright  green;  If.- 
sheaths  often  purplish,  the  ligule  fringed  with  purple 
hairs:  internodes  5-6  in.  long  near  the  base  and  middle 
of  the  culm,  grooved  with  a  double  furrow.  Japan. — 
Wonderfully  graceful  and  eminently  hardy. 

Kic.  Outline  of  sts.  conspicuously  zigzag. 

28.  P.  vlridi-glaucescens,  A.  &  C.  Rivifere  (B.  viridi- 
glaucescens,  Carr.).  Height  20  or  more  ft.,  and  under 
favorable  conditions  up  to  60  ft.:  sts.  zigzag,  arched. 


us 


lUMBOO 


BAMBOO 


bright  Krccn  at  first,  fAdinp  as  they  ripen  to  a  dingy 
yellow:  sheatlis  early  ileriduoiis,  the  Hgule  extendeil 
into  fringeti  auricles:  Ivs.  3—1  in.  long,  about  32in.  wide 
or  a  little  more,  bright  green  above,  whitened  below. 
China  :uid  Japan.  Gn.  7:279.  G.C.  III.  15:433; 
IS:  183. — Frequent  in  cult,  and  very  hardy. 

29.  P.  bambusoides, 
Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Height 
6-10  ft.:  sts.  slender,  zig- 
zag, green  at  first,  event- 
ually   yellowish :    sheaths 

Eurplish,  early  deciduous; 
ranches  in  3's,  the  long- 
est  in    the   middle,   httle 
longer  than  the  internodes: 
Ivs.  variable,  5-' 
in.    long,    1    in.  ^ 
or  less  wide,  ser- 
rate,   the    teeth 
especially  sharp 
on    one    edge, 
bright     green, 
pale     beneath. 
China       and 

Japan.  Gamble,  Bamb.  Brit.  Ind.  27,  t. 
27. — The  true  plant  very  rare  in  cult. 

cc.  Plants  low,  1-3  ft.  high. 

30.  P.  ruscifolia,  Hort.  Kew  (P. 
Kianasdca,  Mitford.  P.  Kumasdca, 
Munro.  B.  ruscifolia,  Sieb.  B.  vimina- 
lis,  Hort.).  Fig.  460.  Height  1-3  ft.: 
sts.  zigzag,  dark  to  pale  green :  sheaths 
purple,  much  fringed:  branches  very  450.  Phyllostachys 
short,  not  more  than  1  or  2  in.  long,  in  ruscitoUa.  (x-rs) 
3's  and  4's:  Ivs.  2-3  in.  long,  about  1 

in.  wide,  ovate  in  outline.  Japan.  G.C.  III.  1.5:369; 
18:189. — The  sts.  are  almost  solid,  the  tube  being  ex- 
ceedingly small.  Dwarfest  species  of  Phyllostachys. 

Section  II.  Venation  essentially  striate,  i.e.,  the  veins 
running  in  parallel  lines  from  the  base  to  the  apex, 
cross  veins  ob-mlete  or  obscure,  but  itsiially  with  a 
number  of  interposed  pellucid  dots.  (Embraces 
the  less  hardy  types  of  bamboos,  31-41.) 

A.  Sts.  hollow,  not  spiny. 
B.  Lvs.  averaging  not  more  than  3  in.  long. 

31.  A.  nobilis,  Mitford.  Height  1.5-25  ft.:  Ivs.  2-3 
in.  long,  usually  less  than  J2in.  wide,  bright  green, 
borne  on  short,  purjile  petioles,  striate-veined :  sts. 
yellow-green,  with  purple-brown  nodes.  Probably  a 
native  of  China. — .\  large  and  graceful  species  intro. 
into  Calif,  by  Francesehi  in  1896.  One  of  the  hardiest 
of  the  arundinarias  with  striated  lvs. 

32.  A.  debilis,  Thwaites.  Height  probably  .5-10  ft.: 
sts/ clustered,  much  branched,  the  nodes  2-6  in.  apart, 
yellowish:  lvs.  1-3  in.  long,  i-|in.  or  less  wide,  striate- 
veined.  High  mts.  of  Ceylon  and  the  Philippines. 
Gamble,  Bamb.  Brit.  Ind.  7,  t.  6. — Intro,  in  Calif,  and 
offered  in  1910  by  the  Montario.so  Xursery.  The  char- 
acter of  the  venation  would  seem  to  imply  only 
moderate  hardiness. 

BB.  Lvs.  averaging  not  more  than  6  in.  long. 

33.  A.  Falconeri,  Benth.  (T.  Fdlconeri,  Hook.  f. 
B.  griicilis,  Hort.,  not  VVall.J.  Height  10-1.5  ft.:  sts. 
slender,  bright  green  when  young,  yellow  when  old, 
the  internodes  sometimes  white-waxy:  lvs.  thin,  3-4 
in.  long,  about  M'n.  wide,  striate-veined.  Himalayas. 
Gamble,  Bamb.  Brit.  Ind.  20,  t.  18.  B.M.  7947.— Not 
ver>'  hardy.  The  If.-sheaths  are  smooth,  cut  short  at 
the  top,  without  a  fringe,  and  with  an  elongated  ligule; 
while  A.falcala  has  very  downy  If.-sheaths,  fringed  with 
long  hairs  at  the  intersection  with  the  If.    The  serra- 


tions  of    the   If. -edges   are   more   pronounced    in    A. 
Falconeri,  especially  on  one  side. 

34.  A.  falcata,  Necs  (B.  falcata,  Hort.).  Height  10- 
20  ft.:  lvs.  4-6  in.  long,  about  3 sin.  wide,  light  green, 
striate-veined:  sts.  slender,  not  exceeding  J-^in.  diam., 
covered  with  a  bluish  white-waxy  coating  when  young, 
eventually  yellow-green:  sheaths  downy,  ciliate  at  the 
ligule.  Himalayas.  Gamble,  Bamb.  Brit.  Ind.  12,  t. 
1 1  and  12. — A  great  many  plants  cult,  under  this  name 
are  really  A.  Falconeri,  a  species  with  smooth  sheaths 
and  fringeless  hgules.    Requires  a  mild  chmate. 

BBS.  Lvs.  averaging  more  than  6  in.  long. 
c.  Culms  15-25  ft.  tall,  reddish  brown 

at  maturity. 

35.  A.    Hookeriana,    Munro.      Height 

15-25    ft.:    culms   glaucous    green  when 

young,  turning  reddisli  brown  with  age: 

nodes  prominent,  with  a  bluish  ring:  lvs. 

6-10  in.  long,  }2-l)'2  in.  wide,  the  venation 

striate.    Himalayas.    Gamble,  Bamb.  Brit.  Ind.  17,  t. 

15. — The  tallest  and  largest  species  of  arundinaria  in 

cult.    Intro,  in  Calif,  by  Francesehi.    Not  very  hardy. 

Culms  taller;  giant  species:  sts.  green  or  yellomsh. 

36.  B.  vulgaris,  Schrad.  Feathery  Bamboo.  Height 
20-80  ft.:  sts.  bright  green,  4  in.  diam.,  or  more, 
straight  at  first,  eventually  much  arched  by  the  weight 
of  the  dense  foliage:  branches  numerous,  striate:  lvs. 
usually  6-10  in.  long,  8-15  lines  wide,  rough  on  and 
near  the  margins  and  on  the  lower  surface.  India. 
G.C.  III.  25:390.  Gamble,  Bamb.  Brit.  Ind.  44,  t.  49. 
Var.  aftreo-variegata,  Hort.,  Golden  Bamboo,  has 
canes  of  a  rich  golden  yellow  color,  penciled  with  green. 
— Will  stand  but  slight  frost. 

37.  D.  Hamiltonii,  Nees  &  Am.  Height  up  to  80  ft.: 
sts.  4-7  in.  diam.,  much  branched  above,  pubescent 
with  white  hairs  when  young:  internodes  12-20  in. 
long:  lvs.  variable,  sometimes  15  in.  long,  2^2  in.  wide, 
finely  serrate;  midrib  narrow,  with  6-17  nerves  on 
either  side,  the  nervules  chiefly  of  pellucid  glands. 
Himalayas.  Gamble,  Bamb.  Brit.  Ind.  85,  t.  74. — 
The  lower  branches  usually  seated  on  woody  knobs. 
Promises  to  become  an  import-ant  member  of  the  tall 
bamboos  in  S.  Calif. 

38.  D.  latiflo- 
rus,    Munro. 
Height    60-70 
ft. :     sts.     erect 
and  remarkably 
straight,  4-5  in. 
diam.,    with     a 
large  cavity:  lvs. 
7-10    in.   long, 
1-2    in.    broad, 
long-acuminate, 
deep     green, 
borne   on   short 
petioles;  midrib 
prominent,  with 
about    9    nerves 
either  side,  the  trans- 
verse nervules  lacking 
or  obscure.    Formosa, 
Burma,  Cochin  China. 
Gamble,    Bamb.    Brit. 
Ind.      131,      t.      117. 
Munro,    Trans.    Linn. 
Soc.    26:1.52,    t.    6.— 
Considered  one  of  the 
best  of  the  giant  bam- 
boos in  S.  Calif 

39.  D.  membrana- 
ceus,   Munro.     Height  46I.  Bambusa  arundinacea. 
60-70  ft.:   sts.   white-  (X's) 


BAMBOO 


BANANA 


449 


powdery  when  young,  smooth  and  bright  green  when 
older,  1-5  in.  diam.:  nodes  prominent:  internodes  9-20 
in.  long:  sheaths  with  waved,  hairy  auricles:  Ivs.  5-10 
in.  long,  }  2-^4in.  wide,  deep  green  above,  pale  beneath, 
slightly  hispid.  Burma,  India.  Gamble,  Bamb.  Brit. 
Ind.  81,  t.  71. — Requires  a  warm,  protected  situation 
to  attain  full  development.  Intro,  into  Calif,  in  1895 
by  Franceschi. 

AA.  Sts.  either  solid  or  spiny. 

40.  B.  arundinacea,    Retz.     Fig.  461.      A  majestic 

species,  often  attaining  a  height  of  more  than  40-60  ft. : 
sts.  produced  in  dense  clumps,  at  first  green  and  shining, 
zigzag  in  outUne,  eventually  straight  and  golden  in 
color:  branches,  especially  the  lower,  more  or  less  spiny: 
Ivs.  4-8  in.  long,  3^2in.  or  a  little  more  wide,  nearly  gla- 
brous; sheaths  persistent:  fls.  produced  at  long  intervals, 
and  after  perfecting  seeds,  the  plants  die.  India. 
Gamble,  Bamb.  Brit.  Ind.  51,  t.  48. 

41.  D.  strictus,   Nees.     Called   Male    Bamboo,  on 

account  of  the  soUd  character  of  the  culms.  Height 
20-50  ft.:  sts.  1-3  in.  diam.,  solid  or  nearly  so,  glau- 
cous green  when  young,  yellowish  when  mature:  nodes 
swollen:  internodes  10-15  in.:  branches  long  and  slen- 
der, leafy:  Ivs.  4-10  in,  long,  up  to  lH  in.  wide,  soft- 
hairy,  at  least  when  young,  narrowed  from  near  the 
base  to  the  tip,  the  apex  usually  twisted;  midrib  promi- 
nent, with  3-6  nerves  on  either  side,  the  nervulea 
chiefly  of  interposed  pellucid  glands.  India,  Burma. 
Gamble,  Bamb.  Brit.  Ind.  78,  t.  68  and  69. 

B.  agristis,  Foil.  India,  Cochin  China.  Adv.  by  Yokohoma  Nura. 
Co. — B.  Alpkdnse  Kurri,  Hort.  A  variegated  form  of  B.  nana,  Roxbg. 
Young  sts.  striped  with  white  and  pink,  older  sts.  yellow  with  broad 
green  stripes.  Tender. — A.  dnceps,  Mitford.  Similar  to  A.  nitida, 
but  mature  sts.  yellow-green  or  brown,  and  If. -sheaths  fringed  with 
w^hite  hairs.  Native  of  the  Himalayas,  at  elevations  between  9,000- 
10,000  ft. — "B.  argentea.  Grows  25-35  ft.  high;  the  dense  masses  of 
beautiful  green  foliage,  glaucous  underneath,  and  the  hundreds  of 
slender  culms  growing  close  together,  the  exterior  ones  bending  over 
to  all  sides,  combine  to  make  this  bamboo  indescribably  beautiful." 
H.  Xehrling,  Fla. — "B.  argentea  var.  vitfdta,  the  variegated  bamboo 
or  the  blue  bamboo  of  gardens,  the  taiho-chiku  of  the  Japanese, 
who  have  grown  this  from  time  immemorial  in  pots,  is  one  of  the 
most  satisfactory  in  Fla.;  it  attains  the  size  of  B.  argentea,  but  its 
Ivs.  are  still  more  blue  on  the  under  side  and  altogether  smaller 
and  more  delicate;  they  are  striped  and  edged  with  white."  Nehr- 
ling. — A.  aristdta.  Gamble.  Sts.  5  ft.,  purplish  brown:  Ivs.  4  in. 
long,  J2in.  or  less  wide,  narrowed  to  an  acute  apex,  venation  tessel- 
iate.  Himalayas,  where  it  thrives  at  elevations  of  11,000  ft. — B. 
aureo-stridta,  Hegel.  Japan. — P.  Borydna,  Hort.  By  some  authori- 
ties considered  to  be  a  form  of  P.  nigra,  but  the  culms  are  of  a  dull 
yellow  color  when  mature,  splashed  here  and  there  with  purple- 
brown  blotches,  and  the  branches  are  much  longer  in  proportion  to 
the  culms.  China  and  Japan. — P.  fiexudsa,  A.  &  C.  Riviere.  Culms 
6-10  ft.,  dull  greenish  yellow  when  mature:  Ivs.  similar  to  those  of 
P.  viridi-glaucescens:  li gules  of  the  culm-sheaths  without  auricles. 
A  comparatively  small  and  compact  ornamental.  China. — A.  fdliis' 
variegdtis,  Hort.,  is  presumably  A.  Fortunei,  the  commonest  low- 
growing,  variegated  arundinaria. — "B.  grdcilis.  This  most  beautiful 
small  species  used  to  be  grown  in  gardens  under  the  name  of  A. 
falcatarthe  Ivs.  are  very  small,  arranged  in  a  distichous  way  on 
both  sides  of  the  twigs:  they  have  a  fine  emerald-green  color:  sts. 
thin  and  slender,  the  whole  plant  not  growing  taller  than  10-12  ft." 
Nehrling. — P.  heterocyda,  Carr.  A  curious  plant,  the  lower  inter- 
nodes of  which  are  obliquely  and  alternately  arranged  like  the 
scales  of  a  tortoise,  and  for  this  reason  called  the  "tortoise-shell 
bamboo."  At  about  1-3  ft.  from  the  ground  the  nodes  lose  this 
peculiar  character,  and  assume  a  regularity  as  in  other  species.  In 
other  respects  this  interesting  bamboo  does  not  differ  much  from 
P.  mitis,  or  P.  aurea.  Japan. — .4.  Khasidna,  Munro.  A  Himalayan 
species  with  black  sts.,  allied  to  A.  falcata.  The  name,  however,  has 
been  misapplied  to  A.  nitida  and  A.  nobilis.  and  the  true  species  is 
probably  not  in  cult,  in  the  U.  S. — B.  Laydekeri,  Hort.  Height  3-8 
ft.:  sts.  green  with  a  tinge  of  purple,  verticillately  branched  above, 
the  branches  relatively  long:  ivs.  4— ti  in.  long,  ?--2in.  or  less  wide,  dark 
green,  somewhat  mottled  in  appearance.  China  and  Japan. — "B. 
macroculmis.  Received  about  15  years  ago  directly  from  Japan 
under  t  he  name  of  taisan-chiku.  It  is  a  veritable  giant,  growing  50- 
75  ft.  high  with  large  dark  green  Ivs.  and  thick  culms,  first  green, 
then  black;  old  culms  have  a  gray  color:  in  stature  this  is  one  of  the 
noblest  of  all  the  bamboos,  and  it  is  perfectly  hardy;  the  sts.  spring 
straight  out  of  the  soil  like  spears  and  when  they  have  fully  devel- 
oped they  bend  over  to  all  sides  at  their  tops,  so  that  the  entire 
plant  from  a  distance  looks  like  a  gigantic  sheaf."  Nehrling. — P. 
marlidcea,  Mitford.  Wrinkled  Bamboo.  Similar  to  P.  Quilioi.  but 
the  internodes  at  the  base  are  very  close  together,  not  more  than 
1-2  in.  apart,  mucn  wrinkled.  Japan. — P.  nigro-punctdta,  Hort. 
Probably  a  variety  of  P.  nigra,  under  which  it  appears  in  the  classi- 
fied descriptions  above. — "B.  niUana.  A  most  exquisite  bamboo 
grown  for  many  years  under  the  name  of  Dendrocalamus  strictus. 

29 


which  is  a  very  different  plant;  grows  35-40  ft.  high  with  a  very 
dense  growth  of  small  green  Ivs,  the  green  having  a  shade  of  blue  in 
it;  the  sts.  hang  over  to  all  sides,  forming  beautiful  arches;  tender;  a 
most  exquisite  plant  to  grow  on  lawns  or  on  the  edge  of  lakes,  or  in 
the  foreground  of  deep  green  magnolias."  Nehrling. — B.  orientdlis, 
Nees.  Adv.  by  Franceschi,  Santa  Barbara,  Calif.,  who  regards  it 
as  a  form  of  B.  arundinacea,  with  Ivs.  larger  and  velvety  to  the 
touch.  It  forms  clumps  quickly.  E.  India. — A.  racemdsa,  Munro. 
A  native  of  the  Himalayas,  growing  at  high  altitudes:  height  up  to 
15  ft.,  the  culms  brown,  very  thick  in  proportion  to  height:  the  long 
and  narrow  Ivs.  are  conspicuously  tessellated. — "B.  scriptdria.  A 
small  species  not  growing  over  6-S  ft.  high,  farming  fine  dense 
clumps:  Ivs.  small,  green,  underneath  glaucous;  particularly  valu- 
able for  small  gardens."  Nehrhng. — .4.  spathifldra,  Trin.  Height 
10-20  ft.,  the  culms  yellowish  or  nearly  brown,  slender  and  much 
branched:  Ivs.  tessellated,  2-3  in.  long,  about  }4'm.  wide,  acutely 
pointed,  thin  in  texture.  Himalayas,  at  altitudes  of  7,000-10,000  ft. 
— B.  stridta,  Lodd.  Height  4-5  ft.:  sts.  striped  yellow  and  green,  aa 
thick  as  the  thumb;  internodes  4-6  in.  long:  Ivs.  0-8  in.  long,  ^i-1  in. 
broad.  China.  B.M.  6079,  which  shows  a  flowering  specimen  with 
conspicuous  anthers,  red-purple  at  first,  and  fading  to  lilac.  Not 
described  by  Mitford.  Formerly  sold  by  Yokohoma  Nurs.  Co. — B. 
striatifdlia  var.  aurea,  Hort.,  an  abandoned  trade  name  never  re- 
cognized by  botanists. — B.  stricta,  Hort.,  an  old  trade  name  probably 
not  B.  stricta,  Roxbg. — P.  sulphiirea,  A.  &  C.  Rividre.  Height  10- 
15  ft.,  seemingly  intermediate  between  P.  mitis  and  P.  aurea.  It 
is  less  tall  than  the  former,  and  the  sts.  are  more  brightly  colored 
than  in  the  latter  species.  Japan. — B.  Thoudrsii.  Kunth.  A  doubtr- 
ful  species,  considered  by  some  botanists  to  be  only  a  form  of  the 
widespread  B.  vulgaris:  but,  according  to  Franceschi,  at  least  horti- 
culturally  distinct.  Height  50-60  ft.,  with  a  diam.  of  culm  of  4-5  in. 
Intermediate  in  outline  between  the  erect-growing  D.  latiflorus,  and 
the  spreading  or  horizontally  inclined  B.  vulgaris.  Intro,  into  Calif, 
some  25  years  ago,  and  in  recent  years  reintro.  by  the  IJ.  S.  Dept.  of 
Agric.  from  S.  France,  where  it  had  come  from  Algiers  40-45  years 
ago. — B.  Tulda,  Roxbg.  Height  up  to  70  ft.,  the  culms  4-5  in. 
diam.,  and  of  a  remarkable  gray-green  color:  Ivs.  very  glaucous  on 
the  lower  surface.  Recently  intro.  by  the  U.  S.  Dept.  of  Agric. 
Bengal  and  Burma.  Gamble,  Bamb.  Brit.  Ind.  30,  t.  29. — B.  varie- 
gdta,  Sieb.=A.  Fortunei. — B.  verticilldla,  Hort.,  Franceschi.  Height 
15-20  ft.:  sts.  orange-yellow:  Ivs.  in  whorls,  striped  white. 

Among  the  recent  introductions  of  bamboos  by  the  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture,  representing  two  genera  of  much 
interest  and  rarity  to  the  United  States,  are  the  following: 

CHUSQUEA.  A  genus  belonging  to  the  subtribe  ArundinariesB, 
of  tall,  shrubby  or  climbing  plants  with  the  flowering  branches  in 
clusters  at  the  joints,  and  comparatively  small  Ivs.  and  spikelets. 
W.  Indies  and  S.  Amer.,  chiefly  in  the  Andes. — C.  bambusoides.  Hack. 
A  large  species  with  small  panicles  exceeded  by  the  crowded  blades, 
1  in.  wide  and  about  6  in.  long.  Native  of  Brazil. — C.  quita,  Kunth. 
A  freely  branching  arborescent  species  with  numerous  open  panicles 
and  distant  Ivs.  scarcely  ^i^n.  wide.  Native  of  Chile. — C.  oaldi- 
vensis,  Desv.,  of  Chile,  is  a  slender  climbing  species  with  naked  sts. 
and  numerous  fascicled  leafy  flowering  branches,  the  Ivs.  3-4  in. 
long. — C.  abietifdlia,  Griseb.  A  climbing  species  with  dense  tufts  of 
short  branches  with  Ivs.  less  than  2  in.  long  and  about  Hi^i-  wide. 
Native  of  the  W.  Indies. 

OXYTENANTHERA.  A  genus  of  the  subtribe  Eubambusea,  of 
tall,  shrubby  plants  from  the  E.  Indies  and  Afr.,  characterized  by 
long,  cylindrical  or  conical  spikelets  in  compact  fascicles;  the  anthers 
ending  in  a  bristle. — O.  abyssinica.  Munro  (Bambusa  abyssinica, 
Rich.).  Infl.  capitate,  large  and  spiny:  Ivs.  about  6  in.  long,  6-8 
lines  broad.    Native  of  Trop.  Afr.  q    t\    ■Reajjtb' 

BAMBURANTA  (Bambusa  and  Maranta).  Zingiher- 
acex.  A  name  applied  to  an  undetermined  plant  with 
maranta  -  like  leaves  and  bamboo  -  like  habit,  from 
the  Congo  Free  State.  B.  Amoldiana,  Lind.  Lvs. 
broadly  ovate,  acuminate,  distinctly  petioled,  on  long, 
spreading,  graceful  stems;  attrac- 
tive as  a  pot-plant.  G.C.  III.  28: 
313  (1900). 

BANANA,  a  name 
applied    to    certain 
species    of    Musa, 
particularly  to  those 
that  produce  edible  fruits, 
although    it    is    sometimes 
used  for  species  gro\vn  for 
ornament ,     as     for     M  usa 
Ensete.     There    are     three 
groups  of    edible  bananas: 
the  common  banana,  eaten 
raw,   Miisa  sapienimn;  the 
plantain,    fruits     to     be 
cooked ,      M.     pa  radisiaca ; 
dwarf,    with    edible    fruits, 
M.    CavendUhii.     The   tirst 
two  are  probably  forms  of 


462.  Tip  of  flower-cluster 
of  banaaa. 


450 


BANANA 


BANANA 


one  species,  and  the   botanieal  nomenclature  is  con- 
fuseii.   Some  species  protluce  fiber.   Consult  .•Ihora  and 

The  banana  plant  is  a  groat  perennial  herb.  It 
cn>\vs  10  to  even  30  feet  tall,  and  produces  a  bunch  of 
fruit,  and  the  stalk  then  dies  or  becomes  weak;  in  the 

meantime,    suckers 
have  arisen  from  the 
rootstock  to  take  its 
place.     The    peculiar 
flower-beariiiK  of  the 
banana   is   shown   in 
Fig.  462,  which  illus- 
trates   the    tip    of   a 
flower -cluster.      This 
cluster  may  be  likened 
to    a    giant    elonpa- 
tinK  bud,  with  large, 
■^  -     tightly  overlapping 
'^  scales  or  bracts.  Three 
i^  of    these    bracts    are 
/     -    shown   at    a  a   a.    in 
ditTerent  stages  of  the 
flowering.      As    they 
rise     or     open,     the 
The  bracts  soon  fall.    The 


463.  Plantain  banana,  (xh 


flowers  below  them  expand, 
flowers  soon  shed  their  envelopes,  but  the  styles,  b, 
persist  for  a  time.  The  ovaries  soon  swell  into  bananas, 
c.    The  bracts  are  royal  purple  and  showy. 

The  banana  has  come  to  be  one  of  the  most  popular 
fruits  in  North  .-Vmerica,  due  to  the  cheapness  of  its 
cultivation  and  transportation,  ease  of  handling,  long- 
keeping  qualities,  and  adaptability  to  many  uses.  The 
.source  of  supply  is  mostly  Jamaica,  Costa  Rica,  Cuba, 
I  londuras,  and  latterly  the  northern  shores  of  Colombia. 
In  the  tropics,  the  ordinarj-  bananas  are  cooked  and 
used  as  a  vegetable  rather  more  than  as  a  fruit  to  be 
eaten  from  the  hand.  The  plantains,  which  are  coarser 
and  harder  fruits  and  thicker,  are  always  cooked.  A 
form  of  cooking  banana  used  in  parts  of  tropical 
America  ia  shown  in  Fig.  463.  Of  the  banana  itself 
there  are  many  varieties.  The  common  large  fruit  in 
northern  markets  is  the  Martinique,  Jamaica,  Gros 
Michel  or  Blueficlds.  A  red  variety,  the  BaraQoa  or 
Red  Jamaica,  is  sometimes  seen.  In  the  tropics,  vari- 
ous ver>'  small  forms  are  grown  for  local  consumption. 
These  are  fragile  and  do  not  keep  long,  and  are  rarely 
Been  in  the  markets  North.  One  of  them,  known  as  the 
"fig"  in  Trinidad,  is  shown  in  Fig.  464;  the  fruits  are 
about  3  inches  long.  The  dwarf  or  Cavendish  banana 
is  grown  extensively  in  the  Canary  Islands,  and  appar- 
ently also  in  Bermuda;  and  it  is  not  uncommon  as  an 
ornamental  plant  in  conservatories. 

It  is  said  that  the  banana  was  first  imported  into  the 
United  States  in  1804  by  Captain  John  N.  Chester  of 
the  schooner  Reynard,  the  lot  consi.sting  of  thirty 
bunches.  The  first  full  cargo  is  said  to  have  been  1,500 
bunches  brought  to  New  York  in  1S30  on  the  schooner 
Harriet  Smith,  chartered  by  John  Pearsall  of  the  firm 
of  J.  &  T.  Pearsall.  Two  or  thrfc  cargoes  would  appear 
each  year,  until  about  1857  Wilham  C.  Bliss  entered  the 

banana- importing 
business,  securing 
his  supply  from 
Karagoa,  Cuba, 
and  taking  the 
trade  to  Bo.ston. 
In  1S69,  he  se- 
cured a  small  car- 
go from  Jamaica. 
I  n  recent  years, 
the  Jamaica- 
United  States 
banana  trade  has 
assumed  very 
large  proportions. 


In  the  United  States,  there  is  little  commercial  culti- 
vation of  b.ananas,  since  the  frostless  zone  is  narrow  and 
the  fi'uil  can  be  grown  so  much  more  cheaply  in  Central 
America  and  the  West  Imlies.  Small  banana  planta- 
tions are  common  in  southern  Florida,  however,  and 
even  as  far  north  as  Jacksonville.  They  are  also  grown 
in  extreme  southern  Louisiana,  and  southwestward  to 
the  Pacific  coast-.  The  plants  will  endure  a  slight  frost 
without  injury.  A  frost  of  five  or  six  degrees  will  kill 
the  leaves,  but  if  the  plants  are  nearly  full  grown  at 
the  time,  new  foliage  may  apjicar  and  fruit  may  form. 
If  the  entire  top  is  killed,  new  suckers  will  spring  up 
and  bear  fruit  the  following  year.  A  stalk,  or  trunk, 
bears  but  once;  but  the  new  sprouts  which  arise  from  the 
roots  of  the  same  plant  continue  the  fruit-bearing.  A 
strong  sprout  should  bear  when  twelve  to  eighteen 
months  old  (from  two  to  three  years  in  hothouses). 


4A4,  A  hand  of  the  "fig"  banana.  ( /  |^) 


465.  A  bearing  banana  plant. 

The  plantation  will,  therefore,  continue  to  bear  for 
many  years.  A  bearing  stalk,  as  grown  in  southern 
California,  is  shown  in  Fig.  465. 

The  species  mostly  in  demand  for  fruiting  seldom  or 
never  produce  seeds,  and  naturally  increase  by  suckers. 
The  suckers  are  most  readily  separated  from  the  parent 
rf)otstock  by  a  spade.  This  is  a  slow  process  of  increase, 
but  the  suckers  so  produced  make  large  and  vigorous 
plants.  A  quicker  method  of  propagation  is  to  cut  the 
entire  rootstock  into  small,  wedge-shaped  pieces,  leav- 
ing the  outer  surface  of  the  root  about  1  by  2  inches  in 
size,  planting  in  light,  moist  soil,  with  the  point  of  the 
wedge  down  and  the  outer  surface  but  slightly  covered. 
The  be.st  m.iterial  for  covering  these  small  pieces  is  fine 
peat,  old  leaf-mold,  mixed  nio.ss  and  sand,  or  other 
light  material  that  is  easily  kept  moist.  The  beds 
so  planted  should  be  in  full  open  .sunshine  if  in  a 
tropical  climate,  or  given  bottom  heat  and  plenty  of 
light  if  in  the  plant-house.  The  small  plants  from  root- 
cuttings  should  not  be  allowed  to  remain  in  the  original 
bed  longer  than  is  necessary  to  mature  one  or  two  leaves, 
as  that  treatment  would  stunt  them. 


BANANA 


BANKS 


451 


The  textile  and  ornamental  species,  also,  may  be 
increased  by  the  above  process,  but  as  these  species 
usvially  produce  seeds  freely,  seedlings  can  be  more 
quickly  grown,  and  with  less  trouble.  The  seeds  of 
bananas  should  be  sown  as  fresh  as  possible,  treating 
them  the  same  as  recommended  for  root-cuttings.  As 
soon  as  the  seedlings  show  their  first  leaves,  they  should 
be  transplanted  into  well-prepared  beds  of  rich,  moist 
soil,  or  potted  off  and  plunged  into  slight  bottom 
heat,  as  the  needs  of  the  grower  or  his  location  may 
demand.  Both  seedhngs  and  root-cuttings  should  have 
proper  transplanting,  sufficient  room  and  rich  soil,  as 
a  rapid,  unchecked  growth  gives  the  best  and  quickest 
results. 

In  the  West  Indies,  Central  America  and  Mexico, 
bananas  are  raised  for  export  to  the  United  States  and 
Canada.  The  site  chosen  is  usually  a  level  plain  in  the 
lowlands,  near  the  coast,  or  in  valleys  among  the  hills, 
where  the  rainfall  or  artificial  moisture  is  sufficient. 
For  distant  shipping,  bunches  of  fruit  are  cut  with 
"machetes"  or  knives,  after  they  reach  their  full  size 
and  are  almost  mature,  but  quite  green  in  color.  Ripen- 
ing is  effected  during  shipment  in  warm  weather,  and 
by  storing  in  dark,  artificially  heated  rooms  during  cold 
weather.  Banana  flour  is  a  valuable  product  of  ripe 
bananas  prepared  among  the  plantations  in  the  tropics. 
It  is  nutritious,  and  has  an  increasing  demand  and  use 
as  human  food.  A  recently  invented  process  of  drying 
ripe  bananas  has  been  found  very  successful,  and  the 
industry  promises  to  be  of  vast  importance  as  the  mar- 
ketable article  finds  ready  sale.  Further  details  of  the 
growing  of  the  commercial  crop  in  the  tropics  may  be 
found  in  Cyclo.  Araer.  Agric,  Vol.  II,  p.  199. 

E.  N.  Reasonbr. 

BANEBERRY:    Aclsa.  L.  H.  B. 

BANKS.  The  means  of  holding  and  planting  banks 
and  steep  surfaces  is  one  of  the  perplexities  of  the  horti- 
culturist and  landscape  designer.  The  banks  to  be 
considered  may  be  defined  as  very  steep  earth  slopes 
with  a  bare,  shifting  surface,  requiring  protection  and 
planting,  or  a  surface  covered  with  natural  vegetation. 
Figs.  466-469. 

Low  banks,  either  curved  or  rigidly  formal,  usually 
enter  into  symmetrical  designs  of  the  elaborately 
finished  surroundings  of  a  fine  home.    Usually  they  are 


466.   A  bank  before  planting. 

placed  to  outline  or  to  inclose  parts  of  a  design,  or  to 
decrease  or  increase  the  apparent  height  of  a  building 
or  other  structure,  or  of  a  garden  compartment. 

Protection. 

One  problem  to  be  solved  is  the  protection  of  sea, 
lake,  river,  and  small  stream  banks  and  bluffs  against 
the  sliding  of  the  soil,  due  to  waves  or  along-shore  cur- 
rents in  sea  or  lakes  and   to  running  water,  especially 


floods,  in  stream  beds.  Such  water-action,  cutting 
under  the  base  of  a  bank,  causes  the  soil  above  to  sUde 
down.  On  lake  and  sea  shores,  jetties  built  from  the 
bluff-base  into  the  water  will  check  an  eroding  margi- 
nal current,  make  it  drop  its  load  of  silt,  and  extend 
the  shore.  In  many  positions  willows,  planted  close 
together  in  a  wide  band  on  the  beach  or  at  the  blufT- 
base,  will  accumulate  and  fill  with  roots  the  soil  that 


467.   Same  bank  after  planting. 

is  washed  down  and  blown  in,  and  thus  create  a  water- 
resisting  barrier.  Along  salt  water,  plantations  of  the 
sea-beach  grass,  Ammophila  arenaria,  and  the  shrubby 
Baccharis  halimifolia  and  Ivafrulescens  are  serviceable; 
and  far  South,  the  mangrove  may  be  planted  on  outer- 
most sea-edges. 

Another  bank  trouble  is  soil-seepage  water  coming 
to  the  surface  part  way  up  the  slope  and  making  mud 
patches  that  slide  down  and  cause  the  soil  above  to 
cave  away.  Usually  this  sloughing  is  at  an  impervious 
soil  layer  at  some  feet  below  the  surface,  to  which  the 
water  passes,  then  finds  its  way  out  to  the  bank-face. 
If  this  water  is  at  fixed  spring-like  points,  a  tile  drain 
laid  in  porous  material  about  3  or  4  feet  deep  and 
directly  down  the  bank  to  a  concrete  anchor  at  the  out- 
let opening  will  usu.ally  take  off  the  water  that  causes 
sliding.  If  the  seepage  is  all  along  the  face  of  the  bank, 
it  may  be  necessary  to  carry  a  drain  some  feet  back 
from  and  parallel  to  the  edge  of  the  bluff-top  down  to 
and  a  little  into  the  impervious  .soil,  with  tile  outlets 
down  the  bank. 

The  surface  of  banks  is  often  gullied  by  water  run- 
ning from  the  top  down  the  face  at  frequent  intervals. 
This  may  be  prevented  by  forming  a  ridge  or  barrier 
at  the  edge  of  the  bluff  to  carry  the  water  along  sodded 
channels  to  paved  or  piped  outlets  down  the  slope. 

Sand-bluft  surfaces  that  drift  with  the  wind  need 
thick  plantations  of  plants  that  will  grow  well  in  sand, 
with  a  mulching  of  hay,  leaves  or  litter  to  keep  the  sand 
in  place  until  vegetation  is  estabhshed. 

The  erosion  of  large  streams  at  the  base  of  bluffs 
is  often  beyond  the  means  of  individuals  to  control, 
although  persistent  willow-planting  along  shore  and 
planting  on  the  slope,  will  often  suffice.  In  bad  banks,  a 
riprap  of  stone  with  plants  having  matteil  roots  between 
the  stones  will  hold.  On  smaller  streams,  ripraps  of 
stones  or  stumps,  while  unattractive  until  covered  with 
vines,  will  hold  banks  at  critical  places.  A  continuous 
stone  wall  is  not  a  good  barrier  unless  it  is  high  enough 
on  both  sides  to  include  flood-water,  and  the  cost  of 
such  walls  is  too  high  for  most  individuals. 

On  sliding  slopes  there  is  usually  an  overhanging 
upper  edge  with  a  short  perpendicular  edge  just  under 
it  to  be  graded  back.  The  material  thus  secured  may 
be  used  at  the  fool  of  the  bluff.  When  more  ideal  con- 
ditions are  desired,  the  grading  may  be  extended  to 
give  angular  raw  banks  the  graceful  contours  that 
nature's  gradual  rounding-down  of  angles  will  give. 


4,V2 


BANKS 


BANKSIA 


Planting. 

On  low  banks  and  torraccs,  where  soil  may  be  thor- 
oughly prepiinxl  and  well  oarod  for,  turf  or  any  vigorous 
pliUit  c;m  be  establishtnl.  In  elaliorate  pirdoii  designs, 
such  planting  is  often  trimmed  or  traineil  to  a  uniform 
siirfaee  or  arr:u\g(\i  to  make  a  part  of  a  formal  pattern. 

On  high  b:uiks,  landseape  beauty  of  distinction  may 
be  created  by  the  selection,  arrangement  and  maiiage- 


468,  Banks  htld  by  niMilerate  planting,  the  scenic  features 
not  being  obscured. 

ment  of  artificial  plantations  or  the  natural  growth. 
High  banks  uniformly  drained  and  graded  to  prevent 
shpping,  such  as  railroad  and  reservoir  slopes,  may  be 
turfed.  Such  treatment  is  not  recommentled  in  large 
operations  in  which  an  interesting  and  varied  surface- 
cover,  or  a  low  maintenance  cost,  is  desired,  ^\'hen 
large  bluffs  require  many  thousand  plants  and  limita- 
tions of  cost  require  that  they  be  planted  with  little 
soil  preparation,  varieties  must  be  selected  that  will 
grow  well  in  the  soil  presented.  They  nmst  be  plants 
that  can  be  procured  in  large  quantities  at  low  cost,  for 
the  bulk  of  the  planting,  and  it  is  desirable  that  they 
have  such  special  characteristics  as  underground  or 
surface  stolons  or  trailing  stems  that  root  strongly  at 
frequent  inter\'als,  or  stems  that  root  at  the  tips. 
There  are  also  varieties  with  verj'  densely  matted 
fibrous  roots  that  hold  soil  well. 

The  following  plants  meet  these  requirements  for 
the  soils  indicated: 

Low  evergreen  plants  for  the  sandy  or  gravelly  soil 
of  the  North:  Bearberrj'  {Arctoslaphylos  Uva-Ursii)  an 
ideal  evergreen  trailing  giound-cover  for  sand  or  gravel, 
of  which  collected  i)lants  must  be  used  that  are  not 
easily  transplanted.  Trailing  juniper  (Juniperus  com- 
munis). Savin  juniper  (Juniperua  Stihimi).  These 
three  species  are  not  procurable  in  large  tjuantities  at 
low  cost,  and  collected  plants  do  not  transplant  readily. 

Low  evergreen  plants  for  good  soil  in  shade:  Ever- 
green spurge  (Pachysanilra  lerrtiiruilis),  excellent  for 
sha'ie  and  hardy  over  a  wide  territory.  Myrtle  or  large 
periwinkle  (Vinca  nmjorj,  from  Virginia  south.  Periwin- 
kle (Vinca  minor),  from  Pennsylvania  north.  The  last 
three  plants  are  offered  by  nurseries  in  large  quanti- 
ties, the  latter  at  low  cost  by  collectors,  and  collected 
plants  transplant  well.  Japanese  evergreen  honey- 
suckle (Lonicera  japimim).  This  climber  and  trailer  is 
one  of  the  bf«t  bank-covers  in  states  south  of  New 
York,  and  it  can  be  obtained  in  nurseries  or  from  col- 
lectors in  large  quantities.  Spring  planting  .should  be 
done  very  early. 

For  low  deciduous  trailers  or  medium  high  shrubs  for 
nearly  all  sf^iLs,  the  tip-rooting  species  of  blackberry, 
such  as  RuhiM  ciiwulenidH,  R.  dumeJimim,  R.  occiden- 
talin,  and  the  species  with  underground  stolons,  such  as 
the  cultivated  high-bush  blackberries,  and  red  ras[)ber- 
ries,  are  serviceable  and  can  be  obtained  in  large  ()uan- 
tities  at  low  Cfjst.  Plants  having  a  similar  habit  may  also 
be  thus  secured,  as  the  matrimony  vine,  the   Indian 


currant,  the  weeping  golden  bell  {Forsijlhin  siLipcnsa), 
the  wild  roses,  (Rosn  liicida  or  li.  tiitidii),  the  staghorn 
sumac  (lihiis  li/phiiin).  Of  low-cost  trees,  the  common 
locust,  soft  maple,  box  elder,  and  Ilussian  mulberry,  are 
all  suitable. 

Of  matted-root  plants,  the  .laijanese  barberry,  the 
hop-tree  {Plelcn  Irifotiala),  the  European  euonymus, 
the  common  buckthorn,  can  usually  be  readily  procured. 

Of  small  trees  for  shade,  the  flowering  dogwood  and 
red-bud  are  especially  suitable  and  attractive  from 
ISlassai'husetts  and  New  York  south. 

(.)f  tall  evergreen  trees,  the  white  pine  is  more  ser- 
viceable for  light  soils  and  more  easily  procured;  the 
arborvita;  and  red  cedar  are  the  most  available  medium- 
height  trees  for  average  .soils. 

In  California,  the  mesembryanthemtmis  are  largely 
used  for  bank-covers. 

It  is  very  desirable  to  establish  a  ground-cover  of  low 
shrubs  and  especially  herbs  under  trees  on  banks  as  soon 
as  ijracticable.  By  using  hay  containing  wild  asters, 
thoroughworts,  blazing  star,  goldenrod,  i>erennial  sun- 
flowers, and  the  like,  for  mulching  young  plantations, 
many  of  the.se  plants  will  be  introduced  from  .seed, 
especially  when  seeds  are  mature.  These  will  gradually 
be  superseded  by  such  shade-loving  plants  as  ferns, 
violets,  woodland  asters,  and  goldenrods,  especially  if 
colonies  of  these  plants  are  introduced  as  soon  as  the 
plantations  are  high  enough  to  give  shade. 

Arrangement. 

If  it  is  important  to  retain  an  extended  open  view 
from  the  top  of  high  banks,  then  high  trees  must  be 
confined  to  the  lower  edge,  medium-sized  trees  and  large 
shrubs  to  the  central  zone,  and  trailing  plants  or  low 
shrubs  to  the  upper  zone.  If  the  bank  is  a  low  one,  then 
low  trees  or  large  shrubs  must  be  substituted  for  the 
large  trees  at  the  bottom  of  the  bank.  It  is  often  more 
interesting,  however,  to  allow  the  bank  to  be  covered 
with  tall  trees  and  then  open  vistas  and  views  through 
these  trees 
by  cutting 
branches  and 
thinning  out 
as  they  de- 
velop. Banks 
offer  rather 
an  unusual 
opportunity 
for  the  de- 
velopment of 
interesting 
detail  in  the 
development 
of  the  plant- 
ing, because 
of  varying 
conditions  of 
moisture  and 
soil.  Such  in- 
teresting de- 
tails should 
be  made  ac- 
cessible  by 

trails  following  along  the  slope  on  easy  grades  that  can 
be  made  at  the  time  the  bank  is  first  graded  or  at  later 
periods  as  the  growth  develops. 

Warren  H.  Manning. 

BANKSU  (Sir  Joseph  Banks,  1743-1820,  famous 
English  scientist).  I'Tuleacex.  Australian  evergreen 
shrubs  or  trees  with  handsome  foliage,  but  not  widely 
known  in  cultivation  here. 

Leaves  variable,  often  deeply  incised,  usually  dark 
green  above,  white  or  brown  downy  beneath :  fls.  showy, 
s<'.ssile,  usually  in  pairs,  spicate;  spike  terminal  or  axil- 
lary, itKjstly  crowded  within  the  bracts  and  floral  Ivs., 


469.  Flat  plan  of  a  bank  treatment  on  the 
right  of  the  plan;  and  good  planting  against 
the  residence,  and  up  a  bank  at  the  rear. 


BANKSIA 


BARBADOS   LILY 


453 


470.  Banksia  ericifolia. 

(XH) 


the  pistillate  ones  ultimately  forming  thick  woody 
strobiles. — Species  40,  more  than  23  of  which  have  been 
more  or  less  cult,  in  England,  but  only  2  or  3  so  far 
known  here. 

Propagation  is  difficult,  and  by  seeds  is  usually  an 
unsatisfactory  method,  although  B.  serrata  has  been 
grown  satisfactorily  from  seeds.  Cuttings  under  a  bell- 
jar,  without  too  much  heat,  root  fairly  well. 

The  following  have  been  recently  catalogued  in 
North  America;  none  of  them  has  ''gained  a  perma- 
nent foothold"  in  California.  Several  species  are  known 
in  American  botanic  gardens. 

integrifolia,  Linn.  Ten  to  12  ft.:  Ivs.  6  in.  long,  1-1 J^ 
in.  \sdde,  entire,  or  rarely  a  httle  dentate,  the  upper  side 
dark  green,  silveiy  white  beneath,  scattered  or  some- 
times irregularh'  verticillate;  spikes  3-6  in.  long;  peri- 
anth about  1  in.  long,  greenish  yellow.  Cav.  Ic.  546. 
B.  M.  2770.  Lam.  Encyc. 
54. 

serrata,  Linn.  Tree,  10-20 
ft.,  the  yoimg  branches  to- 
mentose:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceo- 
late, 3-6  in.  long,  coriaceous 
and  deeply  and  regularly  ser- 
rate: fis.  similar  to  the  pre- 
ceding, but  red.  B.  R.  1316 
(as  B.  undidnln).  Cav.  Ic. 
539,  540.^Almost  perfectly 
hardy  in  Cent.  Fla. 

ericifdlia,  Linn.  Fig.  470. 
Shrub  or  small  tree,  12-14 
ft. :  Ivs.  scarcely  longer  than 
^in.,  heath-like:  spikes  6-10 
in.  long,  the  yellow  perianth 
about  Jiin.  long.  B.M.  738. 
Andr.  Bot.  Rep.,  pi.  156. 
Cav.  Ic.  538. 

B.  latifdlia,  R.  Br.  Stout  shrub:  Ivs.  irregularly  almost  spiny 
serrate,  4-8  in.  long,  1^2-3  in.  wide:  spikes  3-5  in.  long:  perianth 
slender,  scarcely  1  in.  long,  greenish.  B.M.  2406. — B.  priondtes, 
Lindl.  Tree.  15-2.5  ft.:  Ivs.  8-11  in.  long,  ^^1  in.  wide,  pinnatifid.: 
spikes  3-5  in.  long;  perianth  scarcely  an  inch  long,  villotis;  style 
rigid,  included  at  the  base.  ^    TaTLOR 

BANUCALAG:   AleurUes  trisperma, 

BANYAN  TREE:   Ficus  indica,  and  other  species. 

BAOBAB:   Adansonia. 

BAPHIA  (name  meaning  dye).  Lequniinbsx.  Cam- 
wood. Barwood.  Shrubs  or  small  trees,  sparingly 
planted  far  south. 

Erect  or  climbing:  Ivs.  1-foholate,  exstipellate,  the 
stipules  small:  fls.  white  or  yellow,  papiUonaceous,  fas- 
cicled or  racemose;  calyx  short-toothed  but  becoming 
slit  a.s  the  fl.  opens;  standard  orbicular,  and  wings 
oblong  or  obovate,  keel  obtuse  and  sUghtly  incurved; 
stiimens  not  united:  pod  linear-lanceolate,  acuminate, 
flattened. — A  dozen  species  in  Trop.  Afr.  and  Mada- 
gascar. Sometimes  grown  in  hothouses.  Prop,  by  cut- 
tings bearing  Ivs. 

racemdsa,  Hochst.  Erect,  8  ft.,  branches  glabrous: 
Ivs,  leathery,  3  in.  long,  oblong  or  nearly  so,  acute:  fls. 
large  in  a  leafy  panicle;  corolla  much  exceeding  the 
calyx,  white  with  purple  veins  on  the  standard:  pod 
2  in.  long,  about  2-seeded.  S.  Cent.  Afr.  and  Xatal. 
— Offered  in  S.  Fla.  j^    H    g_ 

BAPTISIA  (Greek,  to  dye,  alluding  to  the  coloring 
matter  in  some  species).  Legumind.'ne.  False  Indigo. 
About  twenty-five  erect  perennial  herbs  of  eastern 
North  America,  sometimes  planted  in  borders  and 
collections. 

Branching  herbs:  Ivs.  alternate,  mostly  3-foliolate: 
corolla  papilionaceous,  the  .standard  not  larger  than  the 
wings:  calyx  campanulate,  the  5  teeth  separate  and 
equal  or  the  2  upper  ones  united:  stamens  10,  distinct: 


pod  stalked  in  the  calyx. — Plants  usually  turn  black  in 
drying. 

Baptisias  thrive  in  any  ordinary  .soil  and  under  com- 
mon treatment,  preferring  free  exposure  to  sun.  Prop- 
agation is  by  division  or  seeds. 

A.  Lf. -blades  simple:  fls.  yellow. 
simplicifdlia,  Croom.    Branchy,  2-3  ft.:  Ivs.  2-4  in. 
long,  sessile,  broadly  ovate  and  obtuse:  fls.  in  numerous 
terminal  racemes.    Fla.,  in  dry  pine-  or  oak-lands. — 
Intro.  1891. 

perfoliata,  R.  Br.,  with  small  axillary  fls.  and  broad 
perfoliate  Ivs.,  is  occasionally  planted,  and  is  hardy  as 
far  north  as  Washington,  but  is  evidently  not  in  the 
trade.   S.  C.  and  Ga.,  on  sand-hills.    B.M.  3121. 

AA.  Lf. -blades  compound,  S-foliolate. 
B.  Fls.  yellow. 
tinctoria,      R.  Br.    Wild  Indigo.    Bushy-branched, 
2-4  ft.,  glabrous:  Ivs.  stalked,  the  Ifts.  small,  obovate  or 
oblanceolate,  and  nearly  or  quite  sessile 
and  entire:  fls.  J^in.  long,  bright  yellow, 
in  numerous  few-fid.  racemes.    Common 
in  eastern  states  and  to  La.   B.M.  1099. 
Mn.  5:81. — A    kind   of  indigo  may   be 
extracted  from  this  plant,  and  it  has  been 
used  by  dyers.    The  root  and  sometimes 
the  herb  are  employed  medicinally. 

lanceolata,  Ell.  About  2  ft.,  pubescent 
when  young,  but  becoming  nearly  gla- 
brous: Ivs.  short-stalked,  the  Ifts.  thick,  lanceolate  to 
obovate  and  obtuse:  fls.  large,  dull  yellow,  axillary  and 
solitary  but  close  together  near  ends  of  branches.  Pine 
barrens,  N.  C.  to  Fla. 

BB.  Fls.  blue. 

australis,  R.  Br.  (S.  aeridea,  Eaton  &  Wright.  B. 
exaltata.  Sweet).  Stout,  4-6  ft.,  glabrous:  Ivs.  short- 
stalked;  Ifts.  oblanceolate  to  oval,  entire,  obtuse:  fls. 
lupine-like,  indigo-blue,  nearly  or  quite  an  inch  long, 
in  loose-fld.,  long  terminal  racemes.  Pa.,  W.  and  S. 
J.H.  III.  29:64;  34:511.— Handsome.  Probably  the 
best  species  for  cult. 

BBB.  Fls.  white  or  whitish. 

Slba,  R.  Br.  Wide-branching,  1-3  ft.,  smooth:  Ivs. 
stalked;  Ifts.  oblong  or  lanceolate,  obtuse,  thin,  drying 
green:  fls.  white,  ^i^n.  long,  in  long-peduncled,  elonga- 
ted lateral  racemes.  N.  C,  W.  and  S.,  and  extending 
northward.    B.M.  1177. 

leucantha,  Torr.  &  Gray.  Branching,  more  or  less 
succulent,  2-4  ft.,  glabrous:  Ivs.  stalked;  Ifts.  obovate  to 
oblanceolate  to  cuneate,  very  obtuse,  drj'ing  black:  fls. 
white,  nearly  an  inch  long,  in  loose-fld.,  lateral  racemes. 
Ont.  to  Texas. 

leucophjea,  Nutt.  St.  stout  and  angled,  but  low  and 
wide-branched,  1-23^2  ft.,  hairy  or  nearly  glabrous:  Ivs. 
short  petioled;  Ifts.  oblanceolate  to  obovate,  stiff,  dry- 
ing black:  fls.  large  and  cream-colored,  on  slender  erect 
pedicels,  borne  in  1-sided  declined  racemes.  Mich,  to 
Texas.    B.M.  5900.    Mn.  3:177.    F.S.  23:2449. 

L.  H.  B. 

BARBACENIA  (Barbacena,  a  Brazihan  governor). 
Amaryllidace^.  About  30  Brazilian  plants,  with  scape 
bearing  a  single  purple  fl.  Grown  mostly  in  baskets, 
after  the  manner  of  many  orchids.  B.  purp&rea,  Hook., 
is  occasionally  seen  in  fine  collections,  but  does  not 
appear  to  be  in  the  American  trade.  Grown  in  a  warm, 
moist  house.  It  has  many  scapes  which  are  much 
longer  than  the  long,  grass-like,  toothed,  prominently 
keeled  Ivs;  IH  ft-  Summer.  B.M.  2777. — The  genus 
is  anomalous.  It  has  been  placed  in  the  Hamodoracese 
;is  well  as  in  AmnTyllidncea-;  and  Engler  &  Prantl 
place  it  in  the  small  family  Velloziacex. 

BARBADOS  LILY:   Hip-peastrum. 


4o4 


RAHRAREA 


RARRINGTONIA 


c 


471.  Barbarea  vulgaris. 

Natural- 
H.  B.t 


BARBAREA  (irom  the  old  niunc.  Herb  of  Saint  Bar- 
barn  V  Cnicifer.r.  Hardy  biennials,  with  yollmv  llowors, 
sometimes  cultivated;  allied  to  water-cress  and  horse- 
radish. 

Branching  leafy  herbs:  fls.  small,  yellow,  clustered: 
fr.  a  linear  cylindrical  and  4-angled  pod,  the  valves 
keeled. 

vulgaris,    R.     Br.      Common 

\\  I.NTEIS  CkESS.    rPL.\XD  CRESS. 

Yellow     Rocket.      Fig.     471. 
Height     10-lS    in.:    lower    Ivs. 
lyrate,  the  terminal  lobe  round, 
the    lateral    usually    1-4   pairs; 
upper  Ivs.  obovate,  cut-toothed 
at   the  base.    Eu.    Asia. — Cult, 
for  sala<l.   and   aHo  a  common 
weed,  making  fields  sulfur-yellow 
in  early  spring.    Native  far  N., 
but  apparently  a  settler  in  cen- 
tral states.  Var.  variegata,  Hort., 
Ivs.  splashed  and  mot- 
tled with  yellow,  is  cult 
as  a  border  plant,  an( 
grows    freely    in    riol 
soil.     If    the    fls.    are 
picked   off,    St.   and    all,   hefcjre 
they    open,  the    plant    will    be 
practically  perennial. 

prEbcox,  R.  Br.  {B.  verna, 
.\sch. ) .  E.uiLY  Winter,  or  Bell 
Isle  Cress.  Distinguished  by 
the  more  numerous  divisions  of 
the  Ivs.  (4-8  pairs)  and  thick- 
ened pedicels.  Slightly  cult,  as  a 
winter  salad,  and  known  S.  as  scurvy  grass, 
izcd  from  Eu.  L 

BARBE  DE  CAPUCIN:   Chicory. 
BARBERRY:  Berberis. 

BARBIERIA  (after  J.  B.  G.  Barbier,  French  physi- 
cian i.  lAgnminbsse.  Hothouse  evergreen ;  1  .species,  from 
Trop.  .\mer.  Its  nearest  allies  familiar  to  the  horti- 
culturist are  Lndigofera  and  Petalostemon.  It  is  dis- 
tinguished from  these  allied  genera  by  the  calyx-  and 
coroUa-tubes,  which  are  much  longer  than  in  either  of 
them.  Tender  evergreen  shrubs,  with  odd-pinnate  Ivs., 
numerous  entire  Ifts.,  and  awl-shaped  stipules:  fls.  large 
racemose,  red.  Prop,  by  seed  and  by  cuttings  of  half- 
ripened  wood  under  a  bell-jar,  with  bottom  heat. 

pinnata,  Baill.  (B.  potyphf/ltn,  DC.  Galddia  pin- 
nala,  Pers.   Clitcria  polyphylUi,  Poir.).   Lfts.  9-11  pairs, 

elliptic  -  oblong,  mucro- 
nate,  pubescent  with  age: 
racemes  few-fld.,  shorter 
than  the  Ivs.;  fls.  2  in. 
long.  Trop.  Arner. — B. 
glabella,  Hort.,  is  probably 
a  variety,  n.  Taylor,  t 

BARKERIA:    Epiilmdrum.. 

BARLERIA  (J.  Barrel- 
ier,    died     1673,     French 
botanist).    A  canthacex. 
Hothouse  evergreen, 
shrubs. 

Fls.  axillary  or  terminal, 

the  calyx  with   4  sepals, 

the   2  outer   larger    than 

the    inner;     corolla -tube 

long,  its  hmb  of  .5  rounded, 

ovate  lobes. — A  genus  of 

<      .^  ,_  150    species   of     tropical 

^— i^-'^-'J'  shrubs,    mostly    African, 

472.  Barosm^  pulcheUa.  sometimes  seen  in  fine  col- 


lections of  stove  plaiit.s,  but  not  offered  in  the  Ameri- 
can trade.  Prop.  I ly  cuttings  of  young  wood,  under  a 
bell-jar  with  bottom  heat.  B.  cristata,  Linn.,  with 
purplish  blue  fls.,  or  rarely  white,  in  dense  spikes,  is 
sometimes  used  as  a  beilding  plant.  B.  strig6sa,  VVilld., 
with  subcoriaceous  Ivs.,  somewhat  strigose,  and  large 
blue  (Is.  in  terminal  spikes,  is  not  uncommon  in  botanic 
garden  collections. — Worthy  of  greater  notice. 

N.  Taylor. 
BARLEY.  Various  kinds  of  HOrdeum  of  the  Gra- 
miiun'.  Common  barley  is  H.  sntirum,  Jess.  According 
to  Hackel,  it  "undoubtedly  originated  from  //.  spon- 
tancum,  C.  Koch,  which  gi-ows  wild  from  Asia  Minor 
and  Caucasian  countries  to  Persia  and  Beloochistan,  as 
well  as  in  Syria,  Palestine,  and  Arabia  Petra'a."  The 
common  barley  has  a  4-rowed  ear  or  head.  There  are 
also  2-rowe(l  and  6-rowed  races,  and  other  well-marked 
forms.    They  are  probably  all  domestic  forms  of  one 

parent  stock.    For  fuller  treatment,  see  Cycle. 

Amer.  Agric,  Vol.  II,  p.  202. 

BAROSMA  [heavy  scent).  Rutacex.  A  group 
of  15  species  of  S.  African  heath-like  shrubs. 
Fls.  on  axillary  twigs;  calyx  5-cleft  or  5-parted; 
petals  5,  oblong,  usually  subsessile;  stamens  .5,  alterna- 
ting with  .5  staminoidea:  Ivs.  mostly  opposite,  rarely 
in  3's.  Some  of  the  species  furnish  the  buchu  Ivs.  of 
coimnerce,  which  are  used  in  medicine  for  their  diu- 
retic, diaphoretic,  stimulant,  and  tonic  properties. 
They  are  evergreens,  and  in  the  N.  must  be  grown 
under  glass.    Prop,  by  mature-wood  cuttings. 

pulcheUa,  Bartl  &  Wendl.  Fig.  472.  Shrubby, 
3-4  ft.:  Ivs.  scattered,  ovate,  with  a  revolute  margin: 
fls.  a.xillary,  solitary  or  in  pairs  longer  than  the  If.; 
petals  3  times  longer  than  the  calyx.  B.M.  1357  (as 
Diosma). — Sold  by  some  dealers,  but  rare  in  this 
country. 

B.  ftFtulissima,  Bartl.  &  Wendl.  (Agathosma  foetidissima,  Hort.). 
A  low  shrub,  2-3  ft.:  Ivs.  ternate,  a  little  longer  than  the  internodes: 
fls.  umbellate  at  the  ends  of  the  branches,  the  petals  one-half  to  one- 
third  longer  than  the  calyx,  white  or  pinkish  white. — .Attrac- 
tive little  shrub,  grown  in  the  temperate  house,  but  evil-smelling. 
It  often  scents  a  whole  greenhouse.  j^    TayLOR. 

BARRINGTONIA  (Daines  Barrington,  English 
naturalist  and  antiquary,  died  1800).  Including 
Htravidium.  Myrtacex;  placed  in  Lecythiddcex  by  those 
who  keep  this  group  as  a 
distinct  family.  Evergreen 
broad-leaved  trees,  some  of 
which  are  planted  in  the 
tropics  for  the  striking  foliage 
and  flowers. 

Leaves  mostly  large  and 
crowded  at  the  ends  of  the 
branches,  entire  or  somewhat 
crenate:  fls.  large  in  the  cult, 
species  and  striking  because 
of  the  numerous  long  and 
protruding  stamens  which 
are  united  in  a  ring;  calyx- 
tube  ovoid  or  turbinate, 
lobed;  petals  4  or  5;  ovary 
inferior,  2-4- celled:  fr.  a 
fibrous  berry-like  or  box-like 
structure,  crowned  by  the 
c;ilyx-limb,  1-seeded  by  abor- 
tion of  other  ovules. — About 
30  species  in  tropical  parts 
of  Asia,  Afr.,  and  Polynesia, 
be;iring  the  white  or  reddish 
fls.  in  spikes  or  racemes. 

specidsa,  Forst  (Figs.  473, 
474),     is     apparently     most 

planted  in  parts  of  the  Ameri-  473.  Barringtonia  speciosa. 
can  tropics:  tree  wide-spread-  (X  H) 


BARRINGTONIA 


BASKET   PLANTS 


455 


ing,  large-boled,  to  50  ft.  in  height:  Ivs.  entire,  obo- 
vate,  sessile,  shining,  12-15  in.  long:  fls.  few  in  the 
raceme,  large  and  showy,  petals  white  and  stamens 
tinted  purple,  the  style  long  and  prominent:  fr. 
4-sided  (ahiiost  square  in  cross-section  at  the  mid- 
dle or  below),  3  in.  di.am.  at  base,  box-like  in  looks, 
with  a  single  large  seed 
and  crowned  by  caly.x- 
lobes  and  gtyle.  India, 
near  the  sea.  l  H.  B. 


BARTONIA  of  Sims  is 
Moitzclia;  this  is  in  cult. 
Bartonia  of  Muhlenberg 
is  one  of  the  Gentian- 
aceae,  but  is  not  cult. 


474.  Fruit  of  Barringtonia.  (X.^e) 


BASELLA  (native  Malabar  name).  Basellacea?. 
Mal.\b.\r  Xightsh.ide.  Annual  or  biennial  herbs,  cult, 
in  the  tropics  as  a  pot-herb,  like  spinach.  They  have 
bisexual,  white,  red  or  violet  fls.  Rarely  cult.  N.  as  an 
ornamental  warmhouse  climber.  It  may  also  be  started 
indoors,  and  set  out  in  jNIay  for  use  as  a  garden  vege- 
table, to  follow  spinach.  Prop,  by  seeds.  Only  1  spe- 
cies, which  is,  however,  remarkably  variable. 

riibra,  Linn.  Lvs.  succulent,  alternate,  rarely 
opposite,  almost  entire,  of  various  forms:  fls.  not  pedi- 
eelled,  in  simple  spikes  or  racemes;  spikes  short  or  long, 
lax,  few-fld.  Lam.  111.,  pi.  215,  fig.  1.  Rheede,  Hort. 
Mai.  7,  pi.  24. — The  following  species  are  now  con- 
sidered only  forms  of  the  above:  B.  dlbn,  a  white-fld. 
form  rarely  cult,  as  a  trailer  from  roofs  of  warmhouses, 
or  as  a  basket  plant:  B.  caninifblia;  B.  cordifolia,  with 
heart-shaped  lvs.  4-5  in.  long  and  2-232  in.  wide; 
B.  cras.sifdlia:  B.  japonica;  B.  liicida,  from  India;  B. 
mgra,  a  Chinese  form;  B.  ramosa  and  B.  voliibilis. 
Under  the  name  of  sweet  malabar  vine,  a  form  with 
tiny  yellow  and  red  fls.,  and  lvs.  variegated  with  white, 
pink,  and  green  has  been  advertised.  It  is  said  that 
"with  age  it  assumes  a  drooping  habit.  When  cut, 
keeps  fresh  for  weeks." 

BASIL.  Species  of  Ocimum  (sometimes,  but  incor- 
rectly written  Ocymum),  of  the  Labidta'.  They  are 
Indian  annuals,  and  are  cult,  as  pot-herbs,  the  clove- 
flavored  foliage  being  used  as  seasoning  in  soups,  meats 
and  salads.  They  are  of  easiest  cult.,  the  seed  being 
sown  in  the  open  as  soon  as  the  weather  is  settled. 
Common  basil  isOcimum  basilicum,  Linn.,  a  foot  high, 
branching,  with  ovate  toothed  lvs.,  and  white,  bluish 
white,  or  purpUsh  fls.  in  leafy  terminal  racemes  or 
spikes.  O.  iiiinimum,  Linn.,  the  dwarf  basil,  is  lower, 
and  smaller  in  all  its  parts;  rarely  seen  and  perhaps 
only  a  mere  form  of  O.  basilicum,  Linn.  When  basil 
is  in  bloom,  it  can  be  cut  and  dried  for  winter  use. 

BASILiMA:  Sorharia. 

BASKET  PLANTS.  Under  this  term  are  included 
all  those  plants  which,  from  their  habit  of  growth  and 
blooming  and  adaptabilities  as  to  culti^-ation,  ha\'e  been 
found  especially  suitable  for  use  in  hanging-baskets. 
Figs.  475,  476.  " 

Most  of  the  basket  plants  are  dwarfish  subjects  of 
indeterminate  growth,  of  gracefully  drooping  or  vine- 
like habit,  and  are  \-alued  either  for  their  grace,  or  for 
freedom  and  daintiness  of  bloom.  Some  of  the  plants 
used  in  baskets  are  of  upright  habit.  These  are  either 
plants  of  naturally  .small  stature,  or  are  practically  such 
for  a  season  from  a  slow  habit  of  growth.  The  suitaliility 
of  these  erect-growing  plants  for  the  purpose  is  deter- 
mined, aside  from  their  stature,  by  their  freedom  of 
bloom,  beauty  of  foliage,  striking  form,  or  grace  of 
habit.  Such  plants  are  used  principally  for  filling  the 
central  part  of  the  basket;  whereag,  plants  of  trailing 
habit  are  inserted  near  the  sides — some  to  droop,  others 
to  twine  upward  on  the  cords  or  handle  by  which  the 


basket  is  suspended.  In  addition  to  the  long  drooping 
or  climbing  plants,  there  are  a  number  of  half-erect 
habit,  hke  the  lobelia,  sweet  alyssum  and  russelia. 
These  may  droop  somewhat,  but  are  not  of  a  truly 
vine-hke  habit.  Some  plants  are  more  suitable  than 
others  for  shady  places;  the  selagineUas,  are  examples. 
Others  thrive  only  with  several  hours  of  direct  sun- 
shine each  day. 

The  following  list  of  common  trade  names  embraces 
a  number  of  the  most  important  basket  plants,  ar- 
ranged according  to  habit  of  growth  and  blooming.  The 
hst  is,  of  course,  not  complete.  Any  list  would  need 
amending  from  year  to  year  to  suit  individual  taste  and 
experience.  Plants  that  withstand  considerable  shade 
are  marked  with  an  asterisk  (*);  those  that  will  bear 
much  shade  are  marked  with  two  asterisks  (**) : 

1.  Plants  of  vine-like  habit. 

a.  Long-drooping. 
**EngHsh  I\^',  *Kenilworth  Ivy,  *Vinca  major,  *V.  Harnsonn, 
Saxifraga  sarnientosa,  *CissU3  discolor,  *MonejTvort  Ivy,  Tropajo- 
Ium3  (Nasturtiums),  Lonicera  Halliana,  L.  aurea  var.  reticulata, 
Nepeta  Gleclioma,  Ampelopsis  quinquefolia,  A.  Veitcliii.  The 
ampelopsis  is  deciduous,  and  not  suitable  for  winter  baskets, 

6.  Climbing. 
Maurandia,  **Lygodium  scandens,  *Senecio  scandens,  Thun- 
bergia,  Cobsea  scandens,  Japanese  Variegated  Hop,  Manettia  bi- 
color.  Lonicera  Halliana,  L.  aurea  var.  reticulata,  Clematis  coccinea, 
Tropieolum  peregrinum,  forms  of  Convolvulus. 

c.  Short-drooping,  or  Half-erect. 
*Lobelia  Erinus,  *Otfionna  crassifolia,  *.Sweet  .A.lyssum,  *Trade3- 
cantia,  Petunias,  Oxalis  tioribunda,  *Rus.selia  juncea  (also  bears  sun 
well).  *Fittonia,  *Fuchsia  procumbens.  Ice  Plant,  Verbena,  *I\'y 
Geranium,  **SelagineIlas,  *Begonia  giaucophylla  var.  scandens, 
*Sedum  Sieboldii.  *S.  carneum  var.  variegatum,  *.\sparagu3  Spren- 
geri,  *Passifioras,  *Panicum  variegatum,  Gazania  splendens,  Abu- 
tilon  megapotamicum  and  var.  variegatum.  Lantana  delicatissima, 
Solanum  jasminoides,  S.  Seaforthianum,  Convolvulus  mauritanicus. 

2.  Plants  of  upright  habit. 

a.  LOW-GROWING. 

(1)  Flowering  Plants. — *TorRnia, 
♦Pansy,  Cuphea  platycentra,  C.  hys- 
sopifolia,  *  Primula  obconica.  Dwarf 
Alyssum,  Bellis  perennis,  Linum  or 
Reinwardtia  trigyna.  Phlox  Drum- 
mondii,  Dutch  bulbs. 

(2)  Foliage  Plants, — *Peperomia, 
*Begonia  Rex,  *Farfugium  grande,  Al- 
ternanthera,  **M.aidenhair  Fern,  Gera- 
niums (especially  Mme.  .Salleroi),  *Iso- 
lepis  gracilis  (droops  with  age). 

b.  Taller-growing. 

f  1 )  Flowering. —  Geraniums  — Pelar- 
gonium, *Fuchsias,  Petunias,  *Begonias, 
Browallia.  *Stevia  serrata  var.  nana, 
Madagascar  Periwinkle,*  Nierembergia, 
Lantana,  *Impatiens  Sultana,  Cuphea 
Llavea,  Swainsona,  Chrysanthemum 
frutescens,  Sahias. 

(2)  Foliage. — *Dusty   Miller,   *Cro- 
tons,   *Palm3,   **Ferns,   *Fancy   Cala- 
diums,  Coleus,  Achyranthes,  **Aspidis-        «^ 
tra,  *Cyperus    alternifolius,  *Draca?na  Vi> 
indi\isa,     *D.     terminalis,     Coccoloba         ^ 
platyclada. 

Some  of  the  above  plants  make 
large  subjects  when  growing  in 
the  open  ground.  Of  such,  only 
young  or  smaller  plants  are  avail- 
able for  use  in  hanging-baskets. 
Ordinarily,  several  different  sorts 
of  plants  are  used  for  filling  a 
basket.  In  some  cases,  however,  a  satisfactory  basket 
is  made  by  using  but  one  kind  of  plant.  A  hanging- 
basket  filled  with  sword  fern  (nephrolepis),  for 
example,  makes  a  handsome  object. 

The  soil  used  in  hanging-baskets  is  simply  good, 
common,  florists'  potting  soil.  This  usually  contains 
about  25  per  cent  of  humus,  and  a  small  amount  of 
sharp  sand  to  make  it  porous.  Prior  to  filling,  wire 
baskets  must  be  lined  with  moss.  This  is  merely  com- 
mon woodland  moss  from  rotting  logs,  or  rich,  damp 


475.  A  hanging-basket. 


4:)(> 


BASKET  PLANTS 


BAUHINIA 


si>il.  In  fillinp  b;iskets,  a  fow  drooping  or  climbing 
phmts  jirt'  iiispos»>(l  annmd  the  siiios;  then  one  or  more 
uprinlit-nrowinj:  or  half-iTcct  plants,  arcordins  to  the 
siie  of  tlu"  plants  and  biusket.  are  plaiitod  in  the  centor. 
Ininuxliato  effocts  rtHiuiri'  plants  which  have  alreatly 
made  oonsiilerable  prt)\vth.  Florists  usually  carry  a 
stock  of  suitable  plants.  In  case  seedlings  or  cuttings 
an'  grown  for  the  purpose,  it  is  usuall\-  best  to  start. 
them  in  seed-pans  or  cutling-lnjxes,  and  transfer  them 
later  to  the  basket.  Seeds  ina>-  be  sown  or  the  cuttings 
starte«i  in  the  b:uiket,  but  it  is  so  long  before  they  fill 
the  biu-iket  that  there  is  no  advantage  in  it. 

A  common  mistake  in  arranging  b:u;kets  is  crowding, 
or  filling  them  too  full.  Fewer  plants  will  ai)pear  more 
gnieefid.  growth  will  be  more  \-igorous,  and  the  b;usket. 
will  retain  its  grace  and  beauty  for  a  longer  time.  Exer- 
cise vigilance  and  care  in  watering.  After  the  roots 
have  well  fille<i  the  biusket,  watering  is  best  done  by 
dipping  the  basket  in  a  tub  or  barrel  of  water,  and 
allowing  it  to  remain  until  it  is  well  saturated.  Dipping 
the  basket  in  weak  liquid  manure 
once  or  twice  a  month  will  greatly 

f)roniote  vigor  when  the  plants 
lave  been  long  in  the  b;isket. 
These  remarks  also  apply  in  a 
general  way  to  vases  and  rustic 
stands. 

Baskets  of  many  patterns  are 
obtainable  from  florists  and  other 
dealers.  The  b;iskets  most,  exten- 
sively used,  are  made  of  strong 
wire,  woven  into  hemispherical  or 
other  forms.  These  are  sometimes 
plain,  and  again  of  ornamental 
character.  The  better  form  lias  a 
flat  bottom,  or  a  stand,  formed  of 
wire,  to  support  the  basket  in  an 
upright  position  when  it  is  not 
pendent.  Another  style  is  formed 
of  rustic  work.  Here  tlie  vessel  or 
plant  basin  is  covered  about  the 
sides  with  rough  bark  or  knotted 
roots.  For  this  puqjose  tlie  roots 
of  the  laurel  are  much  used. 
Above  the  basket  there  is  an  arch 
or  handle  by  which  it  is  suspended. 
Again,  earthenware  vessels,  to  be 
suspended  by  wires,  are  offered 
for  sale  in  a  varietj'  of  shapes. 
.Some  of  these    are   molded    and 

f)ainted  in  imitation  of  logs,  and  are  known  as  "stick 
»askets"  and  "log  baskets."  Such  baskets  are  often 
without  provision  for  drainage.  When  this  is  the  ca.se, 
holes  should  be  drilled  at  the  lowest  point  in  the  bottom. 
A  special  form  of  b^ifket  is  much  used  for  orcfiids.  It  is 
rnafle  of  .square  cedar  slats  in  raft-  or  log-fiishion.  Fern- 
fiber  and  broken  bits  of  brick,  flower-pots  or  charcoal, 
are  used  for  filUng  them.    See  also  the  artich'  V'ases. 

Ek.nest  \\'alker. 
BASS  WOOD:    Tilia. 

BATATAS:    Jponuta, 

BATEMANNIA,  f,Jame8  Bateman,  a  distingui.shed 
coH<ctor  and  cultivator,  and  author  f  imjxirtant 
orchid  works).   OrcUiiUicex.    Epiphytic;  greenhouse. 

Stems  thickened  into  pseudobulbs,  l-.3-lvd.:  Ivs.  pli- 
■  itf^-veined:  racemes  arising  from  ba.se  of  pseudobulbs; 
sepals  and  petals  similar  in  shape;  lip  articulated  to  the 
f'X)t  of  the  column,  the  lateral  lobes  inclosing  the 
"ilumn,  the  middle  lobe  short,  entire;  poUinia  2. — A 
ingle  sfK'cifjs,  native  of  Guiana,  rarely  seen  in  cult. 

C6Ueyi,  Lindl.  Pst-udobulbs  2-3  in.  long:  Ivs.  up  to 
10  in.  long:  raceme  pendulous,  with  4  or  more  distant 
fls.  abfjut  .3  in.  diam.;  8<;pals  and  petals  vinous,  pur- 
ple, the  lateral  sepals  green-margined;  lip  white,  red- 


476.  Rustic  basket  (with  Convolvulus). 


dish  stained  at  the  base  of  middle  lobe.    B.K.  1714. 
B.M.  3S1S.  George  V.  Nash. 

BATODENDRON:    Vaccinium. 

BAUERA  (H.  Gottfr.  and  Franz  Bauer,  German 
Ijrofessor  and  painter,  respectively).  Saxijragdcex. 
Choice  little  evergreen  shrubs  grown  in  greenhouses. 

Leaves  3-parted  and  opposite,  looking  like  a  whorl  of 
('>:  fls.  white  to  purple,  axillary  and  solitary,  but  some- 
times aggregated  at  top  of  the  St.;  calyx  4~10-divided; 
petals  as  many  as  the  calyx-divisions;  stamens  few  to 
many,  borne  on  a  disk;  fr.  a  2-valved  caps.,  the  valves 
again  splitting. — Three  sjjecies  in  Austral,  and  Tas- 
mania, one  of  which  is  in  cult. 

These  small  shrubs  make  handsome  specimen  plants 
for  the  cool  greenhouse,  and  flower  most  of  the  year, 
especially  during  the  winter  and  .spring  months.  Bau- 
eras  are  easily  propagated  from  cuttings  of  half-ripened 
wood  in  spring;  cut  into  lengths  of  about  2  inches,  insert 
in  equal  parts  of  finely  sifted  peat 
ami  sharj)  sand  in  3-inch  pots, 
pricking  them  round  the  rim  of 
the  pot,  and  cover  with  a  bell- 
glass  in  a  greenhouse  with  a  tem- 
perature froin  hb°  to  60°.  Give 
them  a  thorough  watering  at  the 
time  of  insertion,  and  they  will 
fretiuently  root  without  further 
watering.  When  the  cuttings  be- 
gin to  show  signs  of  growing,  they 
should  be  potted  singly  in  2-inch 
pots  in  the  same  mixture  as  above, 
and  should  be  kept  in  a  tight  case 
for  a  few  days.  After  they  have 
gripped  the  soil,  they  should  be 
cut  back  to  about  an  inch  above 
the  pot,  which  will  encourage  them 
to  branch.  Baueras  should  never 
be  allowed  to  become  pot-bound 
until  the  desired  size  of  plant  is 
reached.  The  plants  at  all  times 
should  be  kept  in  good  shape  by 
cutting  back  the  strong  shoots.  In 
simimer,  baueras  do  better  when 
plimged  in  a  bed  of  coal-ashes 
out-of-doors,  and  strict  attention 
given  to  watering.  A  cool  green- 
house with  a  night  temperature  of 
40°  to  45°  will  be  ideal  all  winter. 
Water  occasionally  with  soft-coal  soot  mixed  in  water, 
a  handful  to  an  ordinary  watering-pot;  water  with  clean 
water  three  times  and  the  soot-water  once.  (Geo.  F. 
Stewart.) 

nibioides,  Andr.  Erect  or  prostrate,  usually  1-2  ft. 
in  cult.,  but  becoming  6  ft.  or  more:  Ifts.  oblong  or 
lanceolate,  somewhat  acute,  3'4~^2'n.  long,  serrate: 
fls.  |)ink  or  white,  .slender-pedicelled,  the  very  obtuse 
petals  exceeding  the  spreading  or  reflexed  acute-toothed 
calyx-divisions.  Inhabits  swamjjy  places.  B.M.  715. 
L. B.C.  14: 1313  (as  B.  rubafolia). — An  old  favorite, 
blooming  in  spring.  l.  H.  B. 

BAUHINIA  (after  .John  and  Caspar  Bauhin,  six- 
teenth century  herbalists,  the  twin  leaflets  suggesting 
two  brothers).  Legnnirnbsa'.  Mountain  Ebony. 
OiifHii)  Thick.  Tropical  trees  and  shrubs,  .sometimes 
climbing,  planted  in  southern  Florida  and  southern 
California  to  some  extent  for  the  flowers,  odd  foHage, 
and  general  attractive  appearance;  distinguished  by 
the  usually  bifid  or  binate  leaves;  allied  to  Cercis. 

Trees,  shrubs,  or  vines,  with  showy  fls.  ranging  from 
white  to  purple  and  yellow:  Ivs.  broad,  entire  or  2-lobed, 
in  some  cases  the  Ifts.  being  entirely  free;  petiole  pro- 
longed into  a  short  but  characteristic  awn  between  the 
Ifts.:   fls.   in   simple  or  panided   terminal  or  axillary 


BAUHINIA 


BAUHINIA 


457 


racemes;  petals  5,  somewhat  unequal,  usually  narrowed 
into  a  claw;  stamens  10,  but  sometimes  reduced  even 
to  3  and  perhaps  bearing  sterile  filaments;  ovary 
stalked,  stigma  in  some  species  peltate  and  in  others 
oblique;  fr.  a  long  flat  pod,  dehiscent  or  indehiscent.^ 
About  150  species  in  tropics  of  both  hemispheres.  The 
number  and  fertility  of  the  stamens  arc  important 
characters  in  determining  the  subgenera.  The  purpUsh 
fls.  of  some  species  suggest  those  of  some  kinds  of 
pelargonium.  The  bauhinias  are  not  papilionaceous. 
Some  of  the  arboreal  species  (as  B.  variegala)  produce 
ebony  wood.  Others  are  gigantic  climbers,  sometimes 
mounting  the  highest  trees. 

Bauhinias  are  frequent  in  plantings  in  many  parts  of 
the  tropics.  They  are  planted  to  some  extent  in  south- 
ern Florida  and  southern  Cahfornia.  Numbers  of  spe- 
cies are  Ukely  to  be  introduced  from  time  to  time 
because  of  their  gorgeous  appearance  in  the  tropics. 
In  the  experience  of  Old  World  gardeners,  the  most 
reUable  species  under  glass  are  B.  variegala,  B.  corym- 
bosa,  and  B.  nataletms.  These  can  be  planted  outside 
in  southern  Florida  in  summer,  and  kept  over  winter 
a-s  oleanders  are.  B.  variegala  and  B.  purpurea  are  two 
of  the  commonest  and  showiest  small  trees  of  India, 
and,  although  frequently  introduced  into  northern 
greenhouses,  have  rarely  succeeded  permanently.  B. 
tmriegala  is  much  cultivated  in  India.  The  astringent 
bark  is  used  in  tanning  and  dyeing,  and  the  leaves  and 
flower-buds  as  a  vegetable,  the  latter  being  pickled. 
Bauhinias  thrive  in  a  variety  of  soils  on  our  southern- 
most borders.  They  delight  in  high  well-drained  land, 
but  will  grow  on  lower  lands  in  southern  F"lorida  if  it 
is  fairly  well  drained  or  if  set  on  slight  mounds;  all 
of  them  are  very  tender  and  easily  affected  by  low 
temperatures,  but  are  easily  saved  by  banking.  B.  pur- 
purea and  B.  variegala  (B.  alba)  have  withstood  a 
temperature  of  26°  F.  in  Florida.  No  particular  care  in 
tillage  or  fertilizing  is  necessary,  but  better  bloom  is 
secured  if  some  attention  is  given  to  these  details. 
From  seeds  in  Florida  bauhinias  grow  readily  and 
bloom  freely  in  three  or  four  years.  Cuttings  root  with 
difficulty,  but  some  kinds  propagate  readily  from 
suckers.  Bauhinias  are  little  known  as  greenhouse 
subjects;  but  in  the  tropics  thej'  make  showy  and  very 
attractive  shrubs  or  small  trees  or  profuse  vines.  (E.  N. 
Reasoner.) 

INDEX. 


acuminata,  4. 
alba,  12. 
Candida,  12. 
corymbosa,  2. 
forficata,  S. 
fur/uracea,  8. 


Galpinii,  3. 
grandiflora,  5. 
Kappleri,  10. 
Krugii,  10. 
natalensis,  6. 
picta,  7. 


purpurea,  11. 
tomentosa,  9. 
triandra,  11. 
variegata.  12. 
yunnanenBis,  1. 


A.  Plant  climbing,  or  at  least  of  climbing  habit  or 
tendencies. 

1.  yunnanensis,  Franch.  Vigorous,  glabrous  and 
glaucous  throughout:  Ivs.  coriaceoas,  bipartite;  segms. 
obliquely  elliptic,  3-4-nerved,  rounded,  1'2  i"-  As.  in 
many-fld.  pendulous  racemes,  rosy  white  striped  with 
purple.    Yunnan,  China.    B.M.  7814. 

2.  corymbdsa,  Roxbg.  Woody  climber,  branching 
from  the  ground:  branches  grooved:  tendrils  opposite, 
revolute:  Ivs.  1 '  2~2  in.  long,  outer  edges  slightly 
rounded,  inner  edges  straight  and  parallel;  1ft s.  nearly 
free  from  each  other;  nerves  2-4:  fls.  numerous,  corym- 
bose, 1  in.  across,  rosy,  with  fluted  petals,  and  char- 
acteristic venation;  stamens  bright  red,  3  verv  long, 
the  rest  abortive.   China.   B.M.  GG21.    G.C.  II.  "l6:204. 

3.  Galpinii,  X.  E.  Br.  Half-climbing  shrub,  .5-10  ft.: 
Ivs.  1-3  in.  long,  2-lobed  from  one-fifth  to  one-half  their 
length,  7-nerved;  petiole  about  '4in.  long:  racemes 
(>-10-fld.;  fls.  borne  continuously  from  spring  to  late 
autumn;  petals  .5,  all  alike,  l-l'a  in-  long;  claw  as  long 
as  the  limb;  limb  orbicular,  cuspidate,  brick-red;  fertile 
stamens  3:  pod  3-5  in.  long;  seeds  dark  brown.  S.  and 
Trop.  Afr.    B.M.  7494.— Discovered  1891. 


AA.  Plant  upright,  a  bush  or  tree. 
B.  Fls.  white. 

4.  acuminata,  Linn.  Height  5-6  ft.:  Ifts.  ovate,  acu- 
minate, parallel,  4-ncrved,  clo.sing  at  night:  fls.  2-3  in. 
across;  fertile  stamen  long  and  nearly  free,  the  other  9 
short,  connected,  and  sterile.  India,  Malaya,  China. 
B.M.  7866.  J.H.  III.  44:  343.— One  of  the  most  satis- 
factory of  all,  either  for  open  ground  or  greenhouse  cul- 
ture, as  it  will  bloom  the  first  summer,  when  but  a  few 
months  old  and  but  a  foot  or  two  high,  and  in  succeed- 
ing simimers  blooms  continuously  from  May  to  Sept. 

5.  grandiflora,  Juss.  Tree,  to  20  ft. :  Ivs.  oval  or  sub- 
cordate,  tomentose  beneath,  not  deeply  divided,  the 
lobes  ovate-obtuse  and  3-4-nerved,  stipules  spiny:  fls. 
very  large,  pure  white,  opening  at  night,  1-3  on  axillary 
peduncles;  petals  obovate,  acute  at  apex,  clawed.  S. 
Amer.    R.H.  1897,  p.  393. 

6.  natalensis,  Oliver.  Small  shrub:  Ivs.  numerous; 
Ifts.  each  1  in.  long,  with  a  midrib  and  a  few  nerves, 
dark  green;  petioles  M-''2in-  long;  Ifts.  entirely  free:  fls. 
single  or  in  2's,  1 J^  in.  across,  white,  the  midvein  of  the 
3  upper  petals  reddish;  petals  erect  or  spreading,  the  2 
lower  ones  larger;  stamens  10,  5  long  and  5  short:  pod 
3  in.  long.  S.  Afr.  B.M.  6086. 
— Not  advertised  at  present. 

7.  picta,  DC.  Unarmed:  Ivs. 
roundish  elliptic,  membranous, 
glabrous;  Ifts.  semi-ovate,  acu- 
tish,  5-nerved:  fls.  in  solitary 
terminal  racemes,  white;  calyx 
ferrugineous- tomentose;  petals 
oblong.   Colombia. 

BB.  Fls.  colored  (cream -color, 
yellow,  or  shades  of  red  or 
purple). 

8.  forficata,  Link  (B.  furfur- 
acea,  Hort.).  Thorny  shrub: 
Ivs.  cordate  at  base,  glabrous, 
cleft  to  middle:  fls.  cream-color 
in  summer,  rather  bell-shaped, 
the  petals  narrow.  Brazil. 
B.M.  3741.   Gt.  10:333. 

9.  tomentosa,  Linn.  St. 
Thomas  Tree.  Erect  shrub  or 
small  tree,  branches  downy:  Ivs.  broader  than  long, 
1-2  in.  long,  coriaceous,  the  lobes  obtuse,  7-nerved:  fls. 
mostly  in  axillary  pairs  (sometimes  1  or  3)  on  pedicels 
bearing  a  pair  of  bractlets,  yellow  with  red  blotch  on 
the  upper  petal,  the  petals  2  in.  or  less  long,  obovate, 
much  exceeding  calyx  (which  is  entire):  pod  stalked, 
4-5  in.  long.    India.    B.M.  5560. 

10.  Kappleri,  Sagot  (B.  Kriigii,  Urban).  Fig.  477. 
Strong  tree,  to  50  ft.:  Ivs.  23-^  in.  or  less  long,  long- 
petioled,  longer  than  broad,  truncate  or  somewhat 
cordate  at  base,  divided  about  one-third  of  the  length 
into  obtuse  lobes  that  are  about  5-nerved:  fls.  in  short 
racemes  opposite  the  Ivs.,  whitish  rose  with  darker  and 
purple  markings,  the  petals  spatulate  and  clawed; 
lower  stamens  fertile:  pod  6-10  in.,  narrow  and  curved. 
Probably  French  Guiana;  cult,  and  partly  sponta- 
neous in  W.  Indies. — Attractive. 

11.  purpurea,  Linn.  (B.  triandra,  Roxbg.).  Small  to 
middle-sized  tree:  Ivs.  coriaceous,  glabrous,  somewhat 
cordate,  cleft  one-third  to  one-half  their  depth,  9-11- 
nerved;  lobes  obtuse  or  somewhat  acute:  fls.  in  few- 
fld.  axillary  and  terminal  corj-mbs,  fragrant;  petals 
red,  one  streaked  with  white  on  the  claw,  oblanceolate, 
acute;  fertile  stamens  :3-4,  very  long,  the  rest  sterile  or 
abortive:  pod  1  ft.  long.  India,  Burma,  China. — One 
of  the  finest  flowering  small  trees  in  S.  Fla.  Fls.  are 
borne  in  the  greatest  profusion,  3-5  in.  across,  varying 
in  color  from  almost  white  to  a  shade  of  rich  purple,  and 
marked  and  shaded  with  many  tones.    The  plant  is 


Bauhinia  Kappleri. 

(XJs) 


4:>s 


BAl'HIMA 


BEAN 


robust  :»ml  lianly,  urowiii};  to  ;i  licijilit  of  1.')  It.  in  less 
than  2  ypar^.  iiiul  bliKHUS-all  wiiitor  ami  spiiiif;.  Wliat 
is  known  as  H.  (ri/im/ni  to  Kla.  cultivatoi's  is  iti'scribcd 
as  a  very  tcndor  species  but  suceoediiig  aiiiniral)ly 
there;  jirowlh  hke  tliat  of  B.  iHirjiurcii  but  witli  lonf!;er 
willowy  bnuu-hes  that  bear  at  the  tips  great  dusters 
of  pink  fls.  in  late  autiuun  or  early  winter,  liclioately 
soenterl. 

12.  variegita,  Linn.  Much  like  B.  purpurea  in  habit : 
tree,  tj-20  ft.:  Ivs.  3—1  in.  across,  somewhat  broarler 
than  long,  ilividixl  on(>-fc>urlh  to  one-tliinl  the  dejith, 
D-U-nerve«l,  lobes  rouiukil;  petiole  1-2  iu.  long:  fls. 
about  7,  in  a  short  raceme  or  corymb,  4  in.  acro.ss; 
cal\-x  spathe-like;  petals  5,  clawed,  obovate-oblong, 
veined,  rase-eolored  and  variegated  with  red  and  yellow, 
the  lowest  one  larger,  broader  above  the  middle, 
strongly  marked  with  crimson:  pod  1-2  ft.  long.  India. 
B.M.  liSlS.— The  coloring  of  the  fls.  varies.  Var. 
cAndida,  Hoxbg.  (B.  lilba,  Buch-HiUii.).  Height  12 
ft.:  tls.  wliite.  beautifully  veined  with  groon:  fls.  Fcb.- 
May.    B.M.  7312. 

Numbers  of  bauhiniiis  may  be  expected  to  appear  in  plantings 
bIodk  the  southern  borders.  The  following  name.s  have  already 
occurred:  B.  cdndicans,  Bcnth.  Closely  related  to  li.  furfieala. 
Spiny:  branchlets  and  racemes  whitish  tomento.se:  Ivs.  puliesceiit 
below.  9-neri'ed:  petals  nearly  3  in.  long.  Uruguay,  Argentina. — 
B.  Uodkeri,  F.  Muell.  Large  tree:  Ifta.  distinct,  broad,  very 
obtu.**c.  5-7-nerved:  fls.  white,  edged  with  crimson,  in  few-fid. 
terminal  racemes:  petals  clawed,  the  blade  about  IJ2  in.  long 
Au-ttral. — B.  Hichardsoniit  said  to  be  from  Mauritius;  unidentified. 

L.  11.  B.t 
BAY  TREE:    Lauriu. 

BEAN.  A  name  applied  to  various  plants  of  the  Legii- 
minosse.  The  word  is  comnioidy  used  for  herbaceous 
plants  of  the  Phaseolus  trit)e,  but  it  is  sometimes  em- 
ployed for  seeds  of  leguminous  trees  and  shrubs.  The 
species  of  true  beans  (I'liaseolus  and  closely  allied  gen- 
era) are  yet  imperfectly  understood.  The  bean  differs 
from  the  pea,  among  other  things,  in  being  epigoal  in 
germination  (cotyledons  appearing  above  ground). 
Some  of  the  plants  to  which  the  name  is  applied  are 
really  peas. 

The  beans  chiefly  known  to  horticulture  are  of  five 
t\T)es:  (1)  The  Broad  bean  {Vicia  Fab.i),  or  the  bean  of 
historj',  an  erect-growing  plant,  producing  very  large 
and  usually  flat,  orbicular  or  angular  seeds.  Probably 
native  to  southwest  Asia  (Figs.  478,  479  n).  ,See  Vicia. 
These  tj-pes  of  beans  are  extensively  grown  in  Europe, 
mostly  for  feeding  animals.  They  are  either  grown  to 
full  maturity  anrl  a  meal  nuule  from  the  bean,  or  the 
plant  is  cut  when  nearlj-  full  grown  and  used  as  forage 

or     made     into 
if/A  silage.     The 

Broad  bean 
needs  a  cool  cli- 
mate and  long 
season.  In  the 
United  States, 
the  summj'rs  arc 
too  hot  and  dry 
for  its  successful 
cultivation  on  a 
large  scale,  and 
the  plant  is 
jiractically  un- 
known here.  In 
C-  a  n  a  d  a ,  the 
[ilarit  has  been 
used  with  com 
to  make  .silage; 
and  this  com- 
bi  nation  has 
bicn  called  the 
"Kobertwm  mix- 
ture." (2)  Kid- 
ney bean  {I'hn- 
478.  Bfoad  bean— Vicia  Faba.  (.XVt)  seolus      vul- 


garis; Figs.  470f),  ISO).  This  is  the  plant  which  is 
everywhere  known  as  bean  in  North  America,  com- 
prising all  the  common  field,  garden,  snap  and  string 

beans.     By   the 
French  it  is  known 
as  haricot,  and  by 
the  Spanish  as  fri- 
joie,    and    these 
words    are    often 
finmd  in  our  litera- 
ture.   Its  nativity 
is  unknown,  but  is 
probably      of      tropical 
American  origin.  For  in- 
quiries into  the  nativity 
of  the  bean,  see  DeCan- 
dolle.   Origin    of    Culti- 
vated  Plants;    Gray   & 
Trumbull,  Amer. 
Join-  Sci.26:l,S0; 
Sturtevant, 
Amer.     Nat. 
1887:332;  Witt- 
mack,   Ber.   der 
Deutschen   Bot. 
Gesellschaft,  6: 
.374  (1888).    (3) 
Lima   or   Sugar 
beans     (Phaseo- 
lus lunaliis,  which  see). 
Long-season,  normally 
tall  -  climbing     plants, 
producing     large,    flat 
seeds  (Figs.  479  c,  481). 
Native  to  South  Amer- 
ica.   See  Bailey,  Bull. 
87,  Cornell  Exp.   Sta. 
(4)  Various  species  of 


479.  Types  of  beans.    (Natural  .size.) 

a.  Vicia  Faba.  b.  Phaseolus  vulgaris,  c.  Phaseolus  lunatus. 
fl.  Dolichos  sesquipedalis  (properly  a  Vigna).  e.  Glycine  hispida. 
/.  Phaseolus  multifforus. 

Dolichos  (as  D.  sesquipedalis  of  gardens),  or  closely 
related  things.  Vines  which  produce  very  long,  slender 
pods  and  small,  narrow  beans  (Figs.  479rf,  482).  Native 
to  tropical  America.  (.5)  Soy,  or  Soja,  bean  {Glycine 
hispida).  A  bushy,  erect,  hairy  plant  producing  small 
pods  in  clusters,  and  pea-like  seeds  (Figs.  479 e,  483). 
In  this  country  u.sed  mostly  for  forage.  Native  to 
China  and  Jai)an,  where  it  is  much  grow-n. 

Asifle  from  the.se  types,  there  are  others  of  less  econ- 
omic importance.  The  Scarlet  Runner  type  is  a  peren- 
nial phaseolus  (P.  mulliflorus),  grown  in  this  country 
tnosll.v  for  ornament  (Figs.  479/,  484).  The  Tepary 
bean,  now  gaining  jirominence  in  the  Southwest,  is  a 
form  of  Ph.a.-icolus  acuiifolius,  a  native  species.  Various 
other  species  of  Phaseolus  are  also  cultivated  in  va- 
rir.)us  parts  of  the  world  under  the  name  of  beans.  P. 
radiatus  is  prized  in  .lapan,  and  has  been  introduced 
into  the  United  States  as  Adzuki  Bean  (see  Georgeson, 
Bull.  32.  Kan,  Exj).  Sta.).  Vigna  sinensis,  known  in 
North  America  as  cowpea  (which  see),  is  sometimes 
called  a  bean.  The  Velvet  bean  of  the  South  is  a 
Mucuna  (which  see),  recently,  however,  referred  to 
Stizolobium.  The  .lack  bean  is  a  Canavalia  (Fig.  485). 
Recent  American  studies  on  varieties  and  tvpes  of 
beans  are  Irish,  Rep.  Mo.   Bot.  Card.   1901,  81-165; 


BEAN 


BEAN 


459 


480.  Common  or  Kidney  bean. — 
Phaseolus  vulgaris. 


Jarvis,  .-Vmerican  Varietips  of  Bean.s,  Cornell  Bull.  260 
(190S);  Freeman,  .Ariz.  Hull.  68  (1912). 

The  ."iea  beans  of  the  Florida  coast  are  seeds  of  various 
tro]iieal  leguminous  plants,  and  are  transported  by 
ocean  currents  (see  Coe,  in  G.F.  7:503). 

For  botanical  treatment,  see  Dolichos,  Glycine, 
Phaseolus,  Vicia,  Vigna.  L.  H.  B. 

Culture  of  the  bean. 

For  the  purposes  of  the  practical  gardener,  the  various 
types  and  numerous  varieties  of  the  bean  may  be  classi- 
fied  in  two   groups,   in   two  different    ways,   namely, 

either  as  "field 
beans"  and  "gar- 
den beans,"  or  as 
"bush  beans"  and 
"pole  beans." 
Field  beans  are 
grown  on  a  large 
commercial  scale 
for  the  dry-shelled 
seeds,  either  as  a 
farm  crop  in  regu- 
lar rotation,  as 
corn  and  potatoes 
are  grown,  or  at 
times  as  a  sub- 
sidiary or  chance 
crop,  or  side  line, 
in  young  orchards, 
and  so  on,  but  are 
not  usually  found 
in  the  home-  or 
market- garden, 
where  highly  ma- 
nured soil  would 
tend  to  stimulate 
growth  of  foliage  at  the  expense  of  seed-production. 
Field  beans  belong  mostly  or  entirely  in  the  class  of 
bush  beans.  The  garden  beans  are  more  commonly 
grown  for  their  succulent  pods  and  inmiature  seeds, 
and  include  both  bush  and  pole  or  "running"  sorts. 
The  latter  come  almost  exclusively  under  the  head  of 
"garden"  beans. 

The  great  economic  value  of  the  bean  is  generally 
recognized,  not  alone  in  respect  to  its  high  place  as  a 
farm  and  garden  crop,  but  also  as  the  most  suitable 
material,  next  to  animal  products,  in  compounding  a 
balanced  ration  for  man,  and  to  some  extent  for  beast, 
and  as  a  substitute  for  dear  meats. 

Beans  are  easily  forced  under  glass,  in  a  temperature 
suitable  for  tomatoes.  They  may  be  grown  either  in 
pot.s  or  beds.  The  bush  varieties,  as  Sion  House,  are 
preferred.  Keep  them  growing,  and  look  out  for  red 
spider. 

Field  beans. 

Ordinary'  field  beans  like  a  fairly  good  warm  farm 
soil,  such  as  will  .suit  corn  or  potatoes.  They  do  not 
draw  very  heavily  on  the  fertility  of  the  land.  Belong- 
ing to  the  legumes,  they  are  able  to  make  use  to  a  large 
extent  of  atmospheric  nitrogen,  and  if  given  a  good 
start  will  not  only  look  out  for  their  own  needs  in  that 
respect,  but  may  leave  the  land  better  supplied  with 
nitrogen  than  it  was  found  at  jjlanting-time.  They  will 
not  thrive  on  wet  or  badly  drained  land;  otherwise 
good  strong  loams,  or  .soils  resting  on  limestone,  are 
considered  most  desirable,  with  sandy  loams  aiul 
gravelly  loams  next  in  order.  They  should  liave  a  fair 
but  not  excessive  amount  of  humus.  A  few  loads  of  fine 
old  stable  manure  spread  evenly  on  the  surface  after 
plowing,  if  possible  supplemented  with  fifty  or  a  hun- 
dred pounds  of  muriate  of  potash  and  a  few  hundred 
pounds  of  dissolved  rock  (acid  phosphate)  or  other 
phosphatic  manure,  may  be  expected  to  give  good  re- 


turns. Or,  in  the  absence  of  these  chemicals,  200 
pounds  or  so  of  a  commercial  fertilizer  such  as  is  usually 
applied  foi  grain  crops,  and  which  analyzes  about  2  or 
3  per  cent  of  nitrogen,  8  of  phosphoric  acid  and  3  or  4  of 
potash,  may  be  applied  broadcast  after  plowing.  Al- 
though the  plant  ing  should  not  be  done  until  after  the 
soil  has  become  warm,  in  the  northern  states  not  before 
June,  the  customary  planting-time  in  the  great  bean- 
producing  sections  extends  from  June  1  to  June  2.');  it 
is,  nevertheless,  of  great  importance  to  plow  the  land 
early  and  keep  it  worked  with  disk  or  other  harrows 
until  planting-time;  this  for  the  purpose  of  preserving 
moisture  and  getting  ahead  of  the  weeds.  Important 
also  is  the  use  of  good  hand-picked  seed  beans,  not  over 
one  year  old,  anfl  free  from  weevils  and  disease  infection. 
The  rows  are  to  be  made  28  to  36  inches  apart.,  and  for 
small  areas,  planting  by  hand  or  with  a  corn-planter 
will  do.  For  planting  on  a  larger  scale,  a  regular  bean- 
planter  or  a  grain-drill  with  part  of  the  tubes  stopped  up 
so  as  to  bring  the  rows  the  correct  distance  apart  should 
be  used.  If  fertilizer  is  to  be  apphed  with  the  drill  at 
the  same  time,  it  may  be  allowed  to  run  from  the  hoe 
or  tube  on  each  side  of  each  tube  that  discharges  the 
seed  beans. 

Among  the  varieties  generally  grown  in  field  culture 
are  the  Pea  or  Navy,  the  Medium,  Red  and  White 
Kidney.  The  Pea  bean  is  small  but  early  and  prolific, 
and  considered  to  be  about  as  profitable  as  any  other 
under  ordinary  circumstances.  It  is  particularly  recom- 
mended for  the  small  or  home  grower. 

The  harvesting  comes  when  the  pods  have  ripened 
and  the  leaves  have  dropped  off,  and  is  to  be  done 
with  a  bean-puller  or  harvester,  taking  two  rows  at  a 
time,  or  in  a  small  way  by  hand-pulling.  The  vines  are 
put  in  small  heaps,  alloweil  to  cure,  and  promptly  stored 
out  of  the  way  of  moisture,  afterwards  threshed  with 
a  bean  thresher,  or  in  a  small  way  with  the  flail,  cleaned, 
sorted  by  hand  (in  a  large  commercial  way  with  the  help 
of  a  bean-sorting  device),  and  marketed. 

Garden  beans. 

The  warm  and  fertile  soil  of  the  average  home-  or 
market-garden  suits  the  requirements  of  the  "garden" 
beans,  as  they  are  mostly  grown  for  their  tender  and 
succulent  pods  and  not  for  their  seeds,  or,  as  in  the 
case  of  the  Uma  and  several  others,  for  their  seeds  in 
an  immature  or  half-developed  state.  The  pods  of  all 
these  garden  beans  should 
be  picked  promptly  and 
clean  in  order  to  prolong  ' 
the  bearing  period  as 
much  as  possible.  If  the 
beans  are  allowed  to  ripen 
on  the  vines,  the  latter 
will  soon  give  out.  Only 
when  these  garden  beans 
are  grown  for  seed  pur- 
poses is  early  and  even 
ripening  flesirable,  and  in 
that  case  the  pods,  ])er- 
haps  with  the  exception 
of  the  first  setting  if 
light,  mu.st  all  be  left  on. 
A  good  string  bean  has  a 
thick,  meaty  pod  which 
snaps  off  clean  when 
broken,  leaving  no  string 
along  the  back. 

Many  varieties  which 
answer  this  description  are  offered  in  the  various  seeds- 
men's lists,  both  green-podded  and  yellow-podded. 
Early  Valentine,  with  its  many  strains  (Red,  Black, 
Earliest  Improved,  and  so  on),  is  still  in  favor  with 
growers  for  a  green-podded  variety.  A  newer  good 
one  is  Stringless  Green-Pod.  Quite  numerous  are 
the  yellow-podded  sorts.    Among  them  are  Black  Wax, 


481.  Large  White  Lima  bean 

(X'3) 


4tiO 


BEAN 


BEAN 


GoKion    Wax.    Davis    Kiiiney    Wax,    Wardwell   Wax, 
Hoilson,  !Uid  others.     , 

Poir  beans. 

Pole  or  running  varieties  of  beans  require  especially 
fertile  s«iil;  and  for  that  kinp  of  table  beans,  the  lima  of 
all  forms,  too  much  can  hardly  lie  done  in  the  way  of 
enriehing  the  pRiiind.  \\  arm  .soil  is  one  of  the  first 
ess»"ntials  of  sueeess  in  prowiuK  pole  beans.  When  poles 
are  to  be  ustxl  for  support,  they  should  he  .set  not  less 
than  4  feet  apart  each  way,  before  the  beans  are  planted. 
Four  or  five  beans  are  to  be  placed  aroiuid  each  ])ole, 
1  to  l.'o  inches  deep.  While  it  is  a  safe  rule  to  put  the 
seed  eye  downward,  it  is  not  a  necessary  condition  of 
prompt  and  uniform  Rcrniination.  In  ciuse  of  ab.senee  or 
scarcity  of  poles,  a  serviceable,  cheap  and  ornamental 
trellis  may  be  constructed  by  setting  posts  firmly  at 
proper  distances  alont;  the  row,  connecting  them  with 
two  wires,  one  a  few  inches  and  the  other  ,'j  or  (5  feet 
from  the  ground,  and  finally  winding  cheap  twine  zig- 
zag fjishion  around  the  two  wires.  Cultivate  and  hoe 
frequently.  A  top-dressing  of  good  fertilizer,  or  of  old 
poultry-  or  sheep-manure,  hoed  in  around  the  plants, 
may  be  of  great  helj)  in  keeping  up  the  productiveness 
of  the  plants  to  the  end  of  the  season.  To  have  a  con- 
tinuous supply  during  the  entire  season,  the  pods, 
when  large  enough,  must  be  gathered  frequently  and 
clean,  .\mong  the  varieties  used  both  for  string 
and   shell  beans,  are  the  Green-podded  Creaseback, 


482.  Yard-long  Bean.  A  species  of  Vigna. 


Jen  Cluster,  and  the  populiir 
Cranberry  bean,  besides  any 

■■ery  fine  bean  is  the  Dutch 
h    api)roache8    the    lima    in 

in  habit  of  growth.  The  seed 
clear  white  in  color.  Highly 
related  Scarlet  Rimner,  with 

scarlet  blossoms.  This  latter 
for  eating,  but  is  rarely  used 


several  wax  varieties.  Go 
Horticultural  or  Speckled 
number  of  others.     A   v 
Runner   (Fig.   484),   whi 
quality  and  resembles  it 
is  of  the  largest  size  and 
ornamental  is  the  closely 
its  abundance  of  showy 
bean  is  grown  in  Europe 
for  that  purpose  here. 

Lima  beans. 

Of  all  pole  beans,  the  limas  have  undoubtedly  the 
greatest  economic  value.  They  enjoy  a  deserved  popu- 
larity, and  are  usually  grown  with  profit  by  the  markets- 
gardener.  The  varieties  might  be  cLassed  in  three  types, 
— that  of  the  Large  Lima,  the  Dreer  I^ima,  and  the 
Small  Lima  or  .Sieva.  Each  of  them  has  a  number  of 
Bul>-varieties  or  strains,  and  appears  in  both  pole  and 
bush  form.  The  old  Large  Lima  (Fig.  4KI)  is  a  very 
large,  flat  bean,  and  yet  largely  grown  for  main  crop. 
To  the  same  type  belong  Extra-Early  .Jersey,  King- 
of-the-fJarden,  and  others.  The  pods  of  these  are  very 
large,  and  the  beans  in  them  somewhat  flattened. 

There  are  dwarf  forms  of  both  sieva  and  the  regular 
lima.  The  Hurpee  Bush  Lima  is  a  form  of  the  large 
lima  type.  The  Dreer  Lima  of  both  forms  is  appreciated 
e«p<;f;iaily  for  its  high  quality.  'J'he  seeds  are  more 
roundish  and  crowded  close  tfigether  in  the  pods,  the 
latter  being  much  smalh-r  than  those  of  the  Large  Lima. 
The  seeds  of  these  two  types  are  light-colored,  with  a 


greenish  tinge,  hut  the  Large  Lima  is  also  represented 
by  red  and  speckled  (red-and-white)  sports.  'I'he  Small 
Ijma  or  Sieva,  with  its  dwarf  form,  Henderson  Bush 
Lima,  seems  to  be  hardier  and  earlier  than  the  two 
larger  types,  but  pod  and  bean  are  quite  small.  The 
color  of  tliis  bean  is  nearly  clear  white,  but  there  is  also 
a  speckled  sub-variety  of  it.  Wherever  there  is  a  place 
for  the  Sieva,  its  bush  form  will  be  appreciated.  The 
bush  forms  of  the  two  larger  types,  however,  are  not 
uniformly  productive  enough  to  take  the  place  of  the 
pole  forms  entirely.  The  latter  will  often  be  preferable 
when  a  season  of  continuous  bearing  is  desired. 

Lima  beans  require  a  long  season,  and  therefore  are 
not  much  grown  along  the  northern  borders  and  in 
Canada.  They  must  be  given  warm  and  "quick"  soil 
and  kept  constantly  growing. 

Other  beans. 

Three  other  members  of  the  bean  tribe  might  be  men- 
tioned in  this  connection;  namely,  the  Black  bean  or 
cowpea  of  the  South,  the  Japanese  Soy  bean,  and  the 
English  or  Broad  bean.  The  cowpea  takes,  in  some 
measure,  the  same  place  in  the  southern  states  that  red 
clover  takes  at  the  Nort,h,  being  used  both  as  stock  food 
and  as  a  green-manure  crop.  There  are  many  varieties 
of  it,  early  and  late,  some  of  strictly  bush  habit 
and  some  producing  long  runners.  See  Cowpea.  Of 
greater  value  for  the  same  purposes,  north  of  New  Jer- 
sey, seems  to  be  the  Japanese  Soy  bean,  which  is  early 
enough  to  come  to  maturity  almost  anywhere  in  the 
L'nited  States.  Its  foliage  is  rather  thin  or  open,  how- 
ever, which  impairs  its  value  for  green-manuring.  The 
dry  bean  constitutes  one  of  the  richest  vegetable  foods 
known,  and  its  flavor  .seems  unobjectionable  to  all  kinds 
of  stock.  Sow  one  bushel  to  the  acre.  Similar  to  this  in 
value  is  the  English  Broad  bean,  several  varieties  of 
which,  as  the  Broad  Wind.sor,  the  Horse  bean,  and  others, 
are  grown  and  are  popidarin  England  and  in  some  parts 
of  the  European  continent.  In  most  parts  of  the  United 
States  they  are  scarcely  known,  and  in  none  generally 
cultivated.  Only  a  few  of  our  seedsmen  list  them  in 
their  otherwise  complete  catalogues.  Yet  they  are  a 
decidedly  interesting  group  of  plants,  and  worthy  of 
greater  attention  in  the  cooler  parts  of  the  country. 
Being  about  as  hardy  as  peas,  they  may  be  planted 
much  earlier  than  would  be  safe  for  ordinary  beans. 
The  Windsor  is  used  in  England  in  much  the  same  way  as 
lima  beans  are  used  in  America;  but  the  latter  are  so 
much  better  that  in  the  United  States  there  is  no  need 
of  planting  the  former  as  a  table  vegetable.  The  varie- 
ties with  smallish  seeds  are  sometimes  grown  and  used 
in  parts  of  Eurof)e  for  feeding  pigeons  and  chickens, 
and  under  certain  conditions  might  have  some  value 
here  for  the  same  purpose  on  account  of  the  high 
protein  content. 

Insects  and  diseases. 

The  foliage  of  the  various  beans  is  rarely  attacked  by 
insects.  A  somewhat  serious  pest,  however,  w-hich 
attacks  the  seeds  both  in  the  pod  and  dry,  after  being 
shelled,  is  the  bean-weevil,  a  smaller  brother  of  the  pea- 
weevil,  and  having  nearly  the  same  general  habits  of 
development.  If  only  beans  free  from  live  weevils  are 
used  for  seed  in  a  given  locality,  the  product  will  be 
free  from  them  also.  For  that  reason,  all  beans  to  be 
used  for  .seed,  or  for  food,  if  .suspected  of  being  weevil- 
infested,  should  be  subjected  to  the  carbon-bisulfid 
tre.-itment  in  the  fall.  It  is  simple,  but  care  should  be 
taken  to  keep  the  highly  inflammable  drug  away  from 
an  open  fire  or  light.  Place  the  beans  in  a  tight  recep- 
tacle. Pour  a  quantity  (half  pint  to  barrel)  of  the 
bisulfid  into  a  saucer  or  other  flat  dish,  which  place  on 
top  of  the  beans,  and  cover  the  receptacle  tightly, 
leaving  it  thus  for  twenty-four  hours  or  more. 

Difficult  to  control  is  the  bean  blight,  a  disease  which 
frequently  affects  field,  garden  and  lima  beans.    Seed 


XIII.    Bean.— The   Bush   Lima 


BEAN 


BEAN 


461 


from  an  affected  field  should  not  be  used,  nor  should 
beans  be  planted  again  on  a  fiekl  ff)r  several  years  after 
having  been  affected.  For  bean  anthracnose,  also  called 
bean  rust  (erroneously)  and  pod-spot,  which  is  easily 
recognized  by  the  dark  or  brownish  spots  on  the  pods 
and  occurs  both  on  field  and  garden  beans,  there  is  one 
sure  preventive.  Plant  clean  seed  and  grow  a  practically 
clean  crop.  It  is  advisable  for  the  grower  to  select  his 
own  seed  beans,  carefully  rejecting  every  pod  that 
shows  the  least  sign  of  the  disease.  The  true  bean  rust 
is  not  so  often  met  with,  therefore  not  so  serious. 

T.  Greiner. 

Lima  beans  in  California. 

Lima  beans  are  grown  in  California  very  extensively 
as  a  field  crop,  supplying  the  markets  of  the  country 
with  the  bulk  of  the  dry  shelled  product.  The  figures 
for  the  lima  bean  crop  of  1910  in  CaUfornia  are  as 

^°"°"'*-  Sacks 

Ventura  County 80l),000 

Orange  County 150.000 

Santa  Barbara  County 75.000 

Los  Angele.-*  County 75,000 

San  Diego  County 60,000 

Total I.ICO.OOO 

The  above  represents  a  total  of  about  82,850  acres 
devoted  to  this  crop. 

Lima  beans  delight  in  warm,  summer  weather,  but 
if  the  relative  humidity  is  low,  they  suffer  in  conse- 
quence. Along  the  Cahfornia  coast,  which  is  the  heavi- 
est producing  section,  the  fogs  are  remarkably  constant 
in  the  night  and  early  morning,  and  when  for  a  week  or 
ten  days  these  fogs  are  lacking,  the  bean  crop  suffers 
markedly.  The  small  pods  that  are  just  forming  dry 
up  and  fall  off  without  making  seed.  The  heavy  fogs 
which  roll  in  may  add  a  little  moisture  to  the  surface 
soil  for  a  time,  but  not  enough  to  reach  the  rooos  and 
aid  the  plants  directly.  The  great  benefit  of  tne  fog  is 
in  lessening  evaporation  and  tempering  the  atmosphere, 
less  water  passing  from  the  plant  into  moist  atmospheie 
than  would  pass  into  dry  atmosphere. 

The  profitable  production  of  lima  beans  is  limited  to 
some  extent  bj'  soil,  though  not  so  much  as  Vjy  climate. 
They  are  grown  on  soil  ranging  all  the  way  I'rom  sandy 
to  adobe.  The  hma  bean  plant  does  not  grow  well  on 
an  acid  soil;  neither  does  it  thrive  on  an  alkali  soil. 
California  soils,  being  mostly  arid  or  semi-arid,  are  not 

badly  leached,  and 

,    .  therefore     lime     is 

!iX  f'Cn  usually    abundant, 

\x[/]  n^ij  insuring  freedom 

from  acidity.     But 
the     same     aridity 
v/lr/l  and  consequent  lack 

JX\         I   "\'  X  f/iy//  "^    leaching    is    re- 

•^''h/^A/  sponsible  for  the  ac- 

cumulation in  some 
j-_,^_^,  lands    of   consider- 

V<^~-¥T/'  /.i   *^ \  ^^^^   amounts   of 

Vt--\.4'  /^ alkali  salts,  enough 

to    Umit    the    area 

and  the  production 

V|-jy^|    '■*#'      /-^       \  ^'^~  I    '"    ^'^    counties 

^S'\0^-\/  /X  J  /^     /     where  the  bulk  of 

•V)1        \*  If  I   /    /  .  \V__^      /       the  limas  is  grown. 

^^   .     I       The    amount    of 

'^   '        alkali    which     this 

bean     can     endure 

.„    ^l^^^^/  and     still    produce 

t  \\^       paying     crops    has 

,  \     -(^  not  been  definitely 

■ '  I      ^^  determined,  but   it 

is  not  high.    How- 
ever, experience  has 
483.  Soy  bean.— Glycine  hispida.  ( X  Ji)     shown  that  the  lima 


484.  Phaseolus  multifiorus. 

(X'2) 


will  bear  more  alkali  than  the  Hlackeye,  Lady  Washing- 
ton, or  other  beans  of  the  common  kidney  type. 

The  difference  in  time  of  maturity  is  very  great 
between  sandy  and  clayey  soils,  and  still  greater  be- 
tween dry  and  moist  soils.  A  difference  of  a  week  may 
be  observed  in  the  same  field,  due  to  physical  variations 
in  the  .soil,  and  much  more 
than  this  difference  in  time 
has  been  frequently  observed 
within  the  distance  of  a  few 
miles.  It  seems  that  the 
water-supply  of  the  soil  more 
than  the  texture  is  respon- 
sible for  this  difference  in 
time  of  ripening,  as  irrigation 
on  light  soils  causes  the  same 
lateness  in  maturity.  Thus, 
a  tendency  is  foimd  toward 
the  perennial  habit  which  the 
plant  maintains  under  the 
humid  conditions  of  the 
tropics. 

Soils  with  much  nitrogen 
tend  to  jjroduce  late  matu- 
rity; hence  the  limas  ripen 
later  on  land  which  has  been 
recently  manured.  On  the 
other  hand,  the  mineral  ele- 
ments tend  toward  early 
maturity.  Limas  require  a 
richer  soil  than  do  the  white 
kidney  beans;  the  pole  varie- 
ties require  a  richer  soil  than 
the  bush  varieties. 

The  standard  preparation 
of  land  for  a  bean  crop  is 
practised.  Growers  have 
learned  by  experience  that 
good  preparation  pays;  in  fact,  very  much  more  culti- 
vation is  given  the  soil  before  seeding  than  after. 

Planting  is  from  May  1  to  May  2.5,  at  the  rate  of 
forty-five  to  sixty-five  pounds  per  acre,  according  to 
the  moisttn-e  conflition  and  fertiUty  of  the  soil.  The 
beans  are  planted  in  rows  30  to  36  inches  apart,  8  to  12 
inches  apart  in  the  row,  a  single  seed  being  dropped  in  a 
place.  On  the  heavier  and  more  moist  soils,  where  the 
growth  of  vines  is  rank,  the  wider  distances  are  given 
between  rows.  Two  inches  in  the  moist  soil  is  considered 
the  best  depth  of  planting. 

The  beans  are  tilled  while  young,  one,  two  or  three 
times,  the  average  nimnber  of  cultivations  being  two  or  a 
little  more.  The  fields  are  ordinarily  kept  free  from 
weeds  from  the  time  of  working  in  the  winter  till  the 
vines  cover  the  ground.  Cultivation  must  cease  when 
the  vines  get  large,  as,  not  being  provided  with  supports, 
they  spread  across  the  row  and  would  be  badly  injured 
by  the  pa.ssage  of  the  cultivator.  After  the  vines  have 
made  such  a  growth  as  practically  to  cover  the 
ground,  the  mulch  is  not  so  much  needed  to  prevent 
evaporation. 

Irrigation,  in  California. 

As  there  is  normally  no  rain  on  the  bean  crop  in 
California  from  planting  till  harvest,  the  ground,  of 
course,  becomes  very  dry.  Hence  irrigation  has  been 
found  profitable,  the  production  in  many  fields  being 
doubled  by  the  use  of  water.  The  most  common 
method  of  irrigation  is  by  the  row  system.  Furrows  are 
made  between  all  the  rows  with  an  implement  carrying 
four  broad  shovels,  furrowing  between  four  rows  at  a 
time.  Water  is  run  in  these  furrows  for  the  desired 
time,  after  which  the  land  is  leveled  by  a  shallow- 
cultivation.  This  prevents  exces.sive  evaporation  which 
would  take  place  if  the  furrows  were  allowed  to  bake  in 
the  sun.  Usually  only  one  irrigation  is  given,  and  that 
about  July  1st,  just  before  cultivation  ceases.  Two  and 


462 


BEAN 


BEAN 


;il)plie(l  at  this 


one  half  to  3  acro-inohcs  per  acre 
lime. 

Ilonysting.  ami  caring  for  the  product. 

In  the  set-lions  of  light  and  unirrigatcd  land,  the 
lioans  ripen  from  August  20  to  September  10.  In  the 
irrii;:ite<i  parts  and  on  heavier  huui,  tliey  ripen  from 
September  10  to  September  2.3  or  October  1.  These 
dati>s  indicate  the  time  tlie  beans  are  harvested.  Before 
the  earliest  date  for  eaeh  section  there  will  be  some  dry 
pods  in  all  the  fields  and  at  the  latest  date  of  harvest 
there  are  always  green  jiods. 

The  beans  are  liarvesled  by  a  seed-cut ter  with  two 
nmners  12  to  lo  inches  high.  On  the  inner  side  of  each 
a  knife  is  set  diagonally  backward  and  toward  the  middle 
of  the  slwi.  A  few 
inches  above  each 
knife  is  a  bar  of  iron 
or  wood  set  in  a  simi- 
lar position.  Thesled- 
runners  are  such  a 
distance  apart  that 
two  rows  of  beans 
will  pass  between 
them.  Hence  each 
knife  is  drawn  along 
the  line  of  the  row- 
cutting  the  plants 
just  below  the  sur- 
face of  the  ground. 
The  diagonal  position 
of  the  knife  causes  it 
to  cut  the  plant-s 
clean  without  pulling 
up  by  the  roots,  and 
together  with  the 
diagonal  bar  above,  pushes  both 
rows  to  the  middle,  leaving  them 
together  in  a  windrow.  The.se 
cutters  are  often  mounte<l  on 
wheels  to  bear  the  main  weight 
of  the  sled  and  driver,  the  runner 
cutting  into  the  ground  just 
enough  to  hold  it  firmly  to  the 
row.  Levers  are  provitled  to 
r.iise  and  lower  the  frame  of  the 
-led.  A  man  with  two  or  three 
liorses,  usually  three,  cuts  from 
s  to  123  2  acres  a  day. 

The  vines,  after  lying  in  wind- 
rows for  a  few  hours,  as  left  by 
the  cutter,  are  piled  by  hand 
with  pitchforks.  Three  wind- 
lows  are  commonly  placed  to- 
gether in  one  row  of  piles.  Piles  are  4  or  5  feet  in 
diameter  on  the  ground  and  3  feet  high.  They  remain 
in  these  piles  till  very  dry,  which  is  a  length  of  time 
varying  with  the  weather  and  the  maturity  of  the 
bean.s,  but  usually  from  two  to  three  weeks.  A  man 
is  expected  to  pile  about  ')  acres  a  day,  but  frefjuently 
does  not  pile  more  than  2  or  3  acres.  It  rerjuir(^s  from 
two  to  three  men  to  handle  the  beans  cut  with  one  sled. 

Threshing  is  done  by  itinerant  machines,  using  for 
|K»wer  either  steam  or  gasolene  engines.  The  machines 
thresh  from  l,fXX)  to  2,.5(X)  sacks  per  day,  1,.'")00  being  a 
fair  day's  work.  In  a  few  instances  about  3,000  sacks 
have  been  threshed  in  a  day.  The  charge  is  usually 
2.1  cent.s  a  hundred  pounds,  equal  to  20  cents  a  sack. 
The  Vjeans  are  stored  in  large  warehouses  until  mar- 
kfiifi,  and  are  generally  recleaned  by  a  mechanical 
recleaner  which  is  very  satisfactory. 

YiM  and  value  of  crop. 

The  average  yield  m  about  fourteen  sacks,  eighty 
pffund-s  per  .sack,  or  about  1,120  pounds  per  acre.  Some 
fields  produce  nearly  three  times  this  amount,  but  in 


485. 


The  Chickasaw  Lima,  or  Jack  bean. — 
Canavaiia  eosiformis.    (Xia) 


the  best  .section  an  average  of  I  weiity-five  sacks  or  2,000 
poiuids  per  acre  is  (•(insiiicred  lo  he  satisfactory. 

.\nuther  factor  wliicli  is  of  importance,  and  which  has 
only  recently  come  lo  be  ai)precialed,  is  the  value  of  the 
bean  straw  as  rough  feed,  ll  is  generally  regarded  that 
the  straw  is  worth  about  -11  per  ton  in  the  field,  loose. 

CiEOHOE  W.  Shaw. 

Tepary  beans. 

The  tepary  is  a  small  white  bean  native  to  the 
southwestern  region  of  the  United  States  {Phaseolus 
arulifolius  var.  latifiiliu^),  long  grown  by  the  Indians 
and  now  receiving  attention  from  general  cultivators. 
The  first  full  acount  is  in  Bulletin  68,  Arizona  Experi- 
ment Station  (1912). 

The  devcloiiment  of  artesian  and  dry-farming  dis- 
tricts in  Arizona,  together  with  the  increased  use  of 
piunped  water  for  irrigation,  have  created  a  need  for  a 
leguminous  crop  which,  used  in  rotation  with  grain  or 
forage  planting,  will  maintain  the  nitrogen  and  humous 
content  of  the  soil  and  at  the  same  time  [irovide  a 
money  return  which  is  sure  and  profitable.   The  experi- 
ence of  practical  farmers  throughout  Arizona  and  New 
Mexico  has  for  years  demonstrated  the  fact  that  no 
crop  so  well  fills  this  demand  as  the  growing  of  dry 
cans.  Being  a  countrywide  food  staple,  they  have 
market  which  is  httle  influenced   by  local 
conditions   other  than   transportation 
charges.    As  corn  in  Illinois,  cotton  in 
Texas  or   wheat  in   Kansas  represent 
to  their  producers  products  of  staple 
value,  so  may  the  dry-farmers  of  the 
Southwest,   and   those   irrigating  with 
artesian  and  pumped  waters,  look  to 
the  bean  as  a  money-crop  which  at  all 
times  may  be  surely  and  readily  turned 
into  cash. 

Varieties  of  beans  originated  in  the 
humid  sections  of  the  East  are  of  but 
httle  value  when  grown  in  Arizona. 
They  do  not  withstand  satisfactorily 
the  extreme  ariflity  and  heat  of  the  air 
during  the  summer  months.  Out  of  a 
large  number  of  varieties  tested  at 
Yuma,  only  those  of  southwestern 
origin  wore  at  all  .successful. 

Among  these  southwestern  varieties 
of  beans,  first  tested  at  Yuma  in  1909, 
certain  ones  were  noted  which  gave 
yields  far  in  excess  of  all  others,  includ- 
ing even  the  much-]irized  i5ink  bean, 
or  frijole.  Subsequent  investigations 
developed  the  fact  that  this  group  of 
varieties  (known  as  teparics)  was  distinct  from  either 
the  common  kidney  or  snap  bean.  They  were  found  to 
constitute  a  new  species,  hitherto  unrecognized  as  a 
cultivated  plant  in  botanical  or  horticultural  hterature. 
It  has  been  described  by  the  writer  as  a  new  variety  of 
Plidtieolus  aculifolius.  In  its  wild  state,  Phaseolus 
aculifoUiis  is  peculiar  to  the  southwestern  desert 
region.  It  may  be  found  on  the  mountain-sides  and  in 
narrow  valleys  from  the  Pecos  river  westward  across 
New  Mexico  and  Arizona  and  southward  into  the 
adjoining  states  of  Mexico.  Domesticated  from  the 
neighboring  canons  and  cultivated  in  small  patches, 
attended  at  best  by  a  crude  husbandry  and  dependent 
upon  the  precarious  summer  rains  and  uncertain  floods 
from  the  mountain  washes  for  irrigation,  the  tepary  has 
lost  none  of  its  native  hanlincss.  It  has  been  cultivated 
by  the  Papiigo  and  Pima  Indians  from  prehistoric 
times  and  in  all  probability  formed  one  of  the  principal 
food-crops  of  that  ancient,  and  tmknown  agricultural 
race,  the  ruins  of  whose  cities  and  irrigating  canals  are 
now  the  only  witnesses  of  their  former  presence  and 
[irosperity. 


BEAN 


BEAUMONTIA 


463 


While  Krowiiifi,  the  Icpary  may  easily  be  distinguished 
from  the  common  garden  bean  by  its  more  slender 
vines  and  smaller  leaves.  The  leaves  are  also  thinner, 
smoother,  narrower  and  more  pointed  at  the  apex  than 
those  of  the  bean.  The  pods  are  smaller  than  those  of 
the  bean,  averaging  about  3  inches  long  and  |  inch 
wide.  Being  somewhat  flattened  and  having  thin, 
rather  tough  walls,  the  potls  might  resemble  rather 
closely  a  small  variety  of  the  Uina.  Teparies,  however, 
differ  markedly  from  either  the  bean  or  the  lima  in  the 
length  of  the  stems  bearing  the  first  pair  of  aerial 
leaves.  For  teparies  these  measure  only  about  i  inch, 
whereas  for  beans  and  limas  they  will  average  an  indi 
or  more.  The  seeds  of  the  tepary  are  smaller  than  those 
of  the  other  sorts  mentioned  and  there  are  a  number  of 
minor  differences  which  suffice  to  give  them  a  distinctive 
aiipearance  at  least  to  those  who  are  famihar  with  the 
group.  Tlie  seeds  of  the  white  vaiiety 
are  very  similar  to  those  of  the  navy 
bean,  with  which  they  would  in  all 
probability  be  classed  on  the  general 
market.  A  convenient  test  for  shelled 
tepary  beans  is  to  immerse  them  in 
water.  They  will  wrinkle  in  five  to 
ten  minutes;  while  other  cultivated 
species  commonly  require  forty-five 
minutes  to  one  hour. 

The  tepary  as  a  food. 

There  is  considerable  difference  of 
opinion  a-s  to  the  relative  palatability 
of  beans  and  teparies.  Among  the 
Indians  and  Mexicans,  the  commer- 
cial pink  bean  is  preferred  to  the 
tepary,  as  they  say  it  has  a  better 
flavor.  These  people,  however,  make 
the  same  difference  bet%veen  the  pink 
bean  and  the  white  navy  which  is 
shipped  in  from  the  East.  Teparies 
should  be  soaked  twelve  hours  before 
cooking,  during  which  time  they  swell 
to  at  least  twice  their  original  volume 
and  more  than  double  in  weight.  In 
this  respect  they  markedly  surjjass 
other  beans.  \Vell-cooked  teparies 
are  Ught  and  mealy  and  have  a  rich 
bean-like  aroma.  Boiled  and  baked 
with  bacon  or  mashed  and  added  to 
soups,  they  form  most  acceptable 
dishes.  To  such  as  are  fond  of  the 
onion,  a  small  amount  of  this  vegetable  finely  chopped 
and  stirred  in  during  boiling  makes  a  pleasing 
addition. 

Yields  and  culture. 

The  superiority  of  the  tepary  over  other  beans  for 
planting  in  the  Southwest  is  exhibited  in  its  greater 
productivity  when  grown  under  similar  conditions. 
This  statement  is  not  only  true  in  irrigated  sections, 
but  even  more  marked  in  regions  devoted  to  dry-farm- 
ing. In  nine  experiments  in  Arizona  covering  almost 
every  condition  of  soil,  culture  and  water-supply,  and 
extending  over  three  years,  the  average  yield  of  the 
teparies  has  been  slightly  more  than  four  times  the 
average  for  varieties  of  the  kidnej'  bean.  These  greater 
yields  are  due  to  the  ability  of  the  tepary  to  germinate 
quickly  in  the  presence  of  a  low  moisture-content  of 
the  soil,  with  the  resulting  better  stands  on  dry  lands. 
Tlie  tepary  is  also  able  to  withstand  protracted  sea.sons 
of  drought  without  permanent  injury,  returning  to  full 
vigor  immediately  when  the  rain.s  come.  Other  beans 
do  not  possess  this  ability  to  a  marked  degree.  The 
tepary  is  also  inured  to  the  greatest  extremes  of  sum- 
mer temperatures  and  will  bloom  and  set  seed  any 
month  from  May  to  November.  f)n  the  other  hantl, 
when  the  blooming  period  of  common  beans  happens  to 


486.  Typical  SnaP; 
or  String  beans. 

(X)2) 


487.  Bedding. — Arundinaria 
Veitchii. 


fall  within  a  season  of  extreme  heat,  the  buds  will  for 
the  most  part  drop  without  setting  pods.  For  these 
reasons  the  tepary  is  a  more  sure  and  dependable  crop, 
often  giving  fair  returns  when  beans  are  a  total  failure. 
With  an  amjjle  supply  of  water,  good  soil  and  other 
conditions   favorable. 


teparies  should  yield  700 
to  1,200  pounds  per  acre. 
However,  1,.500  pounds 
per  acre  have  been  re- 
ported from  the  Colo- 
rado Valley  near  Yimia. 
I'nder  dry-farm  condi- 
tions, yields  of  450  to 
700  pounds  have  been 
reported.  On  irrigated 
lands,  teparies  may  be 
planted  in  southern  Arizona  any  time  from  the  early 
spring  when  danger  of  frost  is  past  until  August  10. 
The  best  cro]js  however,  are  secured  bj'  early  planting, 
March  20  to  April  1,  or  by  midsummer  planting,  July 
12.  to  25.  In  (irv-farming,  they  are  planted  any  time 
from  the  10th  to  the  15th  or  2dth  of  July. 

Geo.  F.  Freeman. 

BEARBERRY:  Arclostaphyhs. 
BEAR'S  BREECH:  Acanthus. 
BEAUCARNEA:   Nolina. 

BEAUFORTIA  (Duchess  of  Beaufort,  patron  of 
botany).  .Mi/rldcese.  Greenhouse  red-flowered  shrubs, 
blooming  in  spring. 

Stiff,  more  or  less  heath-like  shrubs:  Ivs.  commonly 
opposite,  small  and  rigid,  often  only  1-nerved:  fls.  in 
heads  or  short  spikes,  sessile;  calyx  5-lobed;  petals  5, 
sjireading;  stamens  many,  longer  than  the  petals,  in 
bundles  opposite  each  of  the  petals;  ovary  3-celled:  fr. 
a  locuhcidal  caps,  borne  in  the  hardened  calyx-tube. — 
Twelve  or  13  species  in  W.  Austral.  Requires  the  treat- 
ment of  coolhouse  Australian  things,  with  peaty  soil. 
Prop,  by  maturing  shoots  tmder  glass. 

purpfirea,  Lindl.  Small  free-flowering  shrub,  with 
virgate  branches:  Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate  or  narrower, 
becoming  linear  on  the  small  branches:  fls.  small,  pur- 
plish red,  the  petals  shorter  than  the  erect  subulate 
calyx-lobes.  l    H.  B. 

BEAUMONTIA  (after  Mrs.  Beaumont,  of  Bretton 
Hall,  Yorkshire,  England).  Apocynaces.  Hothouse  white- 
flowered  twiner. 

Corolla  funnelfomi,  short-tubed,  without  scales  in 
the  throat,  with  5  broad  lobes;  stamens  5,  included, 
attached  to  corolla;  disk  5-lobed  or  of  5  scales.  The 
genus  is  more  nearly  allied  to  the  familiar  greenhouse 
shrub  Trachelosperiiium  ja^minoides  than  to  the  splen- 
did tropical  climbers  in  Allamanda  and  Dipladenia. — 
Four  or  5  Indian  or 
Javanese  trees  or  tall 
climbers,  with  very 
large,  white,  fra- 
grant,  bell-shaped  fls. 
in  terminal  cymes. 

B.  granilijlora  has 
been  neglected  of 
late,  presumably  be- 
cause it  needs  so 
much  room.  It 
should     be     planted 

out  in  strong,  fibrous,  ^^  BeddlcE.— Bambusa  palmata. 
loamy  soil  of  a  warm- 
house,  as  it  rarely  succeeds  in  pots.  It  is  best  trained 
to  the  roof,  as  full  light  is  necessary  for  flowering,  if 
not  for  growth.  The  shoots  may  be  thinned  if  the  large 
leaves  cast  too  much  shade  on  the  plants  beneath.  The 
wood  should  be  well  ripened  to  produce  an  abundance 
of  winter  bloom.    The  flowers  are  produced  on  the 


•tiU 


BKAlMOXriA 


BEDDING 


gniwth  of  the  provious  soiu^on.  After  flowering,  the 
plant  should  be  severely  pruned  to  produce  lateral 
shoots  forthe  next  sejison's  bloom.  In  its  native  coun- 
try, this  vine 
climbs  over  very 
tall  trees. 

grandifidra, 
Wall.  A  tall- 
growing,  woody 
vine:  Ivs.  obo- 
vate,  cuspidate, 
wa^■y  margined: 
sepals  5,  large, 
ovate,  wavy, 
pink-tipped;  co- 
rolla-tube veined 
with  green,  the 
limb  .'■/-cleft.  B. 
M.  ,3213.  Gn. 
45,  p.  138;  49, 
p.  314.  J.H.III. 
28:243.  Var. 
superba,  having 
larger  whiter  fls. 
than  the  tj'pe,  is 
known. 


489.  Oriental  pattern. 
1.  White  Kernnium.  '2.  Ciilrtidula  offici- 
nalis. "OranKC  KinR."  3.  C'oleus,  green. 
4.  \'erbena  hybrids  I*\irple  M:iininoth,  or 
Lemoine's  heholrope.  5.  -Vlys-sum  varie- 
Katum.  6.  Outline  of  black-red  coleua 
bounding  all  part^. 


B.  fr&granSt 
Pierre.  Evergreen 
shrub  with  white,  fragrant,  shallow  bell-shaped  fJs.  Cochin  China. 
G.C.  III.  49:30t). — B.  Jerdimiina.  Wight.  Similar  to  the  above  but 
with  smaller  part.^.  and  with  foliicle-s  10  in.  long.  Cult,  only  in  rare 
collections.    Wight   Ic..  pi.  VHi.  jj    TayLOR  t 

BEDDING,  or  BEDDING-OUT.  The  temporary  use 
out-of-doors  of  plants  that  are  massed  for  showy  and 
Striking  effects.  There  are  four  main  types:  spring, 
sununer,  subtropical  and  carpet-bedding. 

Spring  bedding. 

The  most  temporary  of  all  forms  of  bedding  is  that 
designed  only  for  spring  effects.  It  is  usually  followed 
by  summer  becMing  in  the  same  area.  It  is  the  only 
kind  that  largely  entjiloys  hardy  plants,  as  crocuses, 
narcissi,  daffodils,  tulips,  hyacinths,  and  other  Dutch 
bulbs.  .Ml  four  types  of  bedding  are  commonly  seen  in 
public  parks,  but  spring  bedding  is  the  most  appropri- 
ate for  amateur  and  home  u.se,  as  the  bulbs  flower  at  a 
drearj'  time  of  the  year,  when  t  heir  brave  colors  are  most 
cheering,  and  also  because  the\-  are  nnich  more  familiar 
than  the  subtropical  and  foliage  plants  of  summer. 
Moreover,  hardy  bulbs  are  more  easily  cultivated  than 
any  other  class  of  plants,  and  they  are  cheap.  The 
main   principle   is    to    plant    them    early    enough    to 

secure  a  .strong 
root  develop- 
ment. There- 
fore, they  should 
be  ordered  early, 
and  planted  in 
the  latter  part  of 
(Jctobcr  or  first 
of  November. 
The  colors  may 
be  massed  or 
mixed  according 
to  taste,  the 
terms  massed 
and  mixed  bed- 
ding referring  to 
unity  or  variety 
of  effect,  and  be- 
ing a[)plicable  in 
each  of  the  four 
main  types  men- 
tioned above. 

Opposed    to 
this  style  of  bed- 


490.   French  pattern. 
I.  Calendula officinaliN,  ".Sulphur  Queen," 

2.  Ageratum    nanum,    "Blue    Perfection." 

3.  White  geranium.  4.  .Scarlet  geranium. 
5.  Rnk  geranium.  Palm  at  center  for  accent. 
Whole  dantga  oultined  with  green  alter- 
naotbera. 


ding  is  the  naturalizing  of  bulbs  in  the  lawn.  Crocuses 
an<l  stiuills  are  [)articularly  charming  when  they 
appear  singly,  or  in  twos  or  threes,  at  unexpected 
places  in  tlie  lavvii.  Daffodils  are  frequently  natural- 
ized in  large  masses  in  spots  where  the  grass  is  not 
mowed. 

Pansi(>s  are  the  only  other  plants  that  are  used  ex- 
tensively for  spring  bedding.  English  double  daisies 
and  catchdies  are  largely  used  for  edgings.  Pansies  are 
set  out  between  Ai)ril  1  and  l.").  In  large  operations, 
pansy  seed  is  sown  in  August  of  the  preceding  year, 
and  the  young  plants  are  transplanted  once  and  win- 
tered in  a  coldfraiiie.  After  flowering,  the  plants  are 
thrown  away.  The  other  methcjil  is  1,o  sow  the  seed  in 
a  greenhouse  in  January.  The  .\ugust-sown  pansies 
give  larger  and  earlier  blooms,  but  the  January-sown 
pansies  will  last  longer,  and  in  partially  shaded  places 
will  give  scattering  bloom  all  summer,  especially  if  pro- 
tected from  drought. 

Summer  bedding. 

Bedding  for  summer  effects  often  follows  spring 
bedding  in  the  same  space  of  ground,  and  employs 
chiefly  geraniums,  coleus,  begonias,  ageratum,  salvia, 
vinca,  alyssum,  petunia,  verbena,  heliotrope,  grasses, 
cacti,  and  aquatic  plants,  the  culture  and  varieties  of 
which  may  be  sought  elsewhere  in  this  work.  As  to 
tenderness,  these  fall  into  two  groups,  the  first  of  which 
may  be  set  out  about  Maj-  15  in  New  York,  and  the 
second  about  June  1.  Geraniums  are  the  most  impor- 
tant of  the  first  group,  and  coleus  is  an  example  of  the 
tenderest  mate- 
rial, which  is  set        '  " 

out     simultane-    — •• a il<- 

ously  with  sub- 
tropical    plants    f/feV 
when  all  danger     V^-^ 
of  frost  is  past. 

As  to  fondness  ,„,    t-       ,.  l    ^ 

f                   1  •     1  ^  491.  French  border  pattern, 

for    sunlight,  ,    ,,                 ..„           ,,         ,     „   „ 

*l,««.^      „«    .r«   :r.  1.  MaPKuente,      Queen    Alexandra.      2. 

tnere    are    again  Coleu.s,  "Golden  Bedder."  3.  .Scarlet  gera- 

two   groups,  but  nium.  4.  Cineraria  maritima.  5.  Calendula 

the  only  bedding  officinalis,  "Sulphur  Queen."    6.  Ageratum 

.  ^     ..  *^    ^f    ;™  nanum,  "Blue  Perfection."    7.  White  gera- 

plants   of   im-  ^j^^,, 

I)ortance     that 

prefer  shade  are  tuberous  begonias  and  fuchsias.  The 
popularity  lately  achieved  by  tuberous  begonias  in 
Europe  will  probably  never  be  duplicated  in  America. 
The  secret  of  their  culture  is  shade,  shelter,  and  mois- 
ture at  the  roots.  Therefore,  a  clay  bottom  is  desirable 
for  a  bed  of  tuberous  begonias,  as  being  more  retentive 
of  moisture  than  a  sanely  or  porous  soil.  They  enjoy 
cool  air  and  as  much  indirect  light  as  possible,  but  not 
the  direct  rays  of  the  sun.  The  north  side  of  a  build- 
ing is  better  for  them  than  a  station  under  trees,  as 
the  trees  usually  give  too  dense  a  shade,  and  their 
roots  interfere.  On  the  other  hand,  coleus  is  more 
highly  colored  in  full  sunlight  than  in  shade. 

The  only  fibrous-rooted  begonias  largely  used  for 
bedding  are  varieties  of  the  semperflorens  type,  of  which 
Vernon  and  Erfordii  are  |)opular  varieties  at  present. 
In  the  manipulati(jn  of  tender  perennials,  there  are  often 
two  methods  of  propagation,  either  of  which  may  be 
better,  according  to  the  ideal  in  view.  As  a  matter  of 
general  tendency,  [jropagation  by  cuttings  gives  bloom 
that  is  earlier  but  not  so  continuous  or  profuse  as  by 
seeds.  Salvias  and  verbenas  are  pronounced  examples. 
On  the  contrary,  cuttings  must  be  depended  on,  as  a 
rule,  to  keep  the  choicest  varieties  true  to  tj'pe,  as  a 
functi(jn  of  seeds  in  nature  seems  to  be  to  produce  more 
variation  than  can  be  attained  by  non-sexual  methods 
of  propagation,  as  bj-  bulbs  or  cuttings.  Salvias  are  also 
an  example  of  plants  that  are  particularly  effective 
when  seen  at  a  great  distance,  and  also  of  plants  that 
are  generally  massed  for  unity  of  effect,  and  not  mixed 
with  others.    Verbenas  ale  commonly  grown  by  them- 


BEDDING 


BEDDING 


465 


selves,  but  tliis  is  because  they  demand  much  room  by 
reason  of  their  trailing  habit. 

Subtropical  bedding. 

Summer  bedding  for  subtropical  effects  employs 
chiefly  cannas,  musas,  castor-oil  plants,  crotons,  palms, 
ferns  of  coarser  habit,  screw-pingg,  dracenas,  araucarias, 
elephant-ear  caladiums,  and,  to  a  lesser  extent,  abutilon, 
acalj'pha,  achyranthes,  anthericum,  Carica  Papaya, 
sanchezia,  and  others.  Cannas  are  by  far  the  most 
popular  at  the  present  time,  especially  for  mass-work. 
Sometimes  the  tall,  purple-leaved  old-fashioned,  small- 
flowered  types  are  used  in  the  center  or  at  the  back  of 
the  bed,  and  the  dwarf,  modern,  large-flowered  types 
around  the  edges  or  in  front.  Frequently,  massing  with 
a  single  variety  of  canna  is  practised.  Ne.xt  to  cannas 
in  popularity  probably  come  the  crotons  or  cotlieums, — 
the  broad-leaved  types,  as  Queen  Victoria,  being  better 
Jor  this  purjjose  than  the  narrower-leaved  or  simply 
curious  kinds,  as  Codiseum  interruptum  and  C.  volidum, 
which  belong  to  fanciers'  collections.  For  carpeting  the 
ground  in  a  croton  bed,  two  variegated  trailers  can  be 
used  with  good  effect,  the  wandering  Jew  or  trades- 
cantia  and  Oplismenus  Burmonnii,  which  is  familiar 
to  gardeners  as  Panicum  variegatum.  The  large  leaves  of 
bananas  give  a  verj'  rich  tropical  effect,  especially  if 

_^_^  thej'  can  be  so 
'»  '  "»  sheltered  that 
the  wind  will 
not  split  them. 
One  of  the  very 
best  plants  for 
encircling  a 
pubhc  fountain 
is  the  huge- 
leaved  ele- 
phant-ear cala- 
dium.  For  in- 
teresting points 
concerning  its 
culture,  see  Co- 
locnsia.  Among 
the  first  half- 
dozen  favorities 
for  sub -tropi- 
cal bedding  is 
the  castor  -  oil 
plant,  or  rici- 
nus.  Its  mar- 
velous gro^Nih  from  seed  in  a  single  season  makes  it 
one  of  the  very  best  of  aU  plants  for  rapidly  filling  up 
large  areas  temporarily.  Grasses  furnish  an  exception 
to  the  general  rule  that  bedding  plants  are  tender. 
There  are  some  kinds  of  bamboos  that  are  more  or  less 
hardy  in  the  northern  states,  and  these  are  bound  to 
increase  in  popularity.  J'igs.  487,  488.  A  favorite 
combination  of  grasses  for  bedding  is  Arundo  Donax, 
the  giant  reed,  surrounded  by  eulalias.  Grasses  and 
their  kind  are  particularly  effective  in  aquatic  groups. 
No  well-kept  large  establishment  is  complete  without 
a  pond  or  body  of  water  in  which  aquatic  plants  are 
naturalized.  For  a  more  extended  account  of  this 
attractive  subject,  see  the  article  Aqualics. 

There  is  a  large  class  of  tender  material — as  palms, 
screw-pines,  the  coarser  ferns,  dracenas,  araucari;is — a 
class  of  foliage  plants  that  reall)'  does  better  outdoors 
during  summer  in  a  shady  and  sheltered  position  than 
indoors  all  the  year  round.  In  the  more  formal  styles 
of  ornamental  gardening,  such  plants  often  form  the 
nucleus  of  a  subtropical   befl,   the  large  tubs  of  the 

Calms  being  hidden  by  lower-growing  jjlants,  as 
pgonias,  or  whatever  ma>'  be  left  over  from  the  spring 
operations.  In  less  formal  gardening,  the  tubs  may  be 
hidden  by  plunging  them  1  alf-way  into  the  ground  and 
grading  the  sod,  which  has  been  previously  broken,  in 
such  a  manner  as  to  cor  ceal  the  tubs  entirelj'.    The 


492.  Tudor  rose  pattern. 
1.  Scarlet     begonia.      1.     Lobelia    erinus, 
white.      3.    Echeveria     secunda     glauca.    4. 
Scarlet  geranium.       5.  Cineraria    maritima. 
6.  .\ltemanthera  paronychioides. 


493.  Eighteenth  century  English  border 
pattern. 
1.  Lobelia  erinus,  blue.  2.  Begonia, 
"Fairy  Queen."  3.  Cineraria  maritima.  4. 
Calendula  officinalis,  "Sulphur  Queen."  5. 
Lobelia  erinus,  white.  6.  Alternanthera 
paronychtoides.  Alternative:  Use  pansies 
alone. 


30 


/ 


plants  are  arranged  in  a  freer  and  more  natural  manner, 
and  the  outer  fringe  of  begonias  and  the  like  may  be 
dispensed  with.  The  chief  dangers  to  such  plants  are 
from  the  sun  and  wind.  Palms  once  scorched  or  wind- 
whipped  are  ruined.  Hence,  a  sheltered  position  on 
the    north    side 

of    a    building,     fe_ 

or  under  the 
shade  of  trees,  is 
usually  the  best 
spot  for  their 
summer  v  a  c  a  - 
tion. 


Carpel-bedding. 

What  is  known 
as  carpet-  or  de- 
sign-bedding is 
the  most  formal 
and  most  expen- 
sive of  all  kinds 
of  bedding,  and 
employs  plants 
that  stand  pinching  and  shearing,  as  coleus,  achyran- 
thes, alternanthera,  lobelia,  one  of  the  dusty  millers 
{Centaurea  gymnocarpa, — C.  cnndidissima  will  not  bear 
the  shears),  and  certain  succulents  of  the  hen-and- 
chickens  type  (as  echeverias),  and  many  others.  The 
plants  are  started  indoors,  mostly  by  cuttings,  and 
from  very  carefully  selected  stock.  The  terms  "geo- 
metrical bedding"  and  "fancy  bedding"  are  somewhat 
synonymous.  Here  belong  the  imitations  of  buildings 
and  animals,  the  portraits  of  men,  the  lettered  greet- 
ings to  conventions,  the  calendars,  floral  clocks,  and 
similar  ingenuities. 

The  designs  of  carpet-beds  are  very  numerous,  but 
there  are  certain  recognized  standards.  The  diagrams 
(Figs.  489  to  494)  give  forms  and  planting  material  for 
a  half-dozen  unlike  and  regulated  patterns,  with  har- 
monious color  combinations.  Forms  of  pattern-beds  on 
the  lawn  are  shown  in  Figs.  495,  496.  A  proper  setting 
for  pattern  beds  is  indicated  in  Fig.  497.  For  designs 
and  for  extended  cultural  information,  the  reader  is 
referred  to  the  numerous  German  books  on  the  subject, 
to  Mottet's  La  Mosaiculture,  and  to  a  book  published 
by  Geo.  A.  Solly  &  Son,  Springfield,  Mass.  This  style 
of  bedding  requires  the  highest  degree  of  technical 
skill,  and  is  especially  enjoyed  by  the  Germans,  whose 
gardeners  excel  in  it. 

The  position  of  a  bed  is  far  more  important  than  the 
style  of  bedding  or  the  kinds  of  plants  that  are  used. 
The  natural  school  of  landscape  gardening,  as  opposed  to 
the  various  schools  of  ornamental  gardening,  makes  no 
objection  to  beds 
in  themselves, 
but  dislikes  their 
usual  position. 
They  are  com- 
monly given  the 
most  conspicu- 
ous places,  where 
they  must  be 
seen,  whether 
people  like  them 
or  not.  They 
should  be  in  a 
place  by  them- 
selves where 
they  do  not  in- 
terfere with  the 
quieter  and 
larger  pictures  of 
the  whole  place. 
Sunken  areas, 
as  in  Fairmount 
Park,    Philadel- 


4- 
3 

i 

494.  An  Italian  pattern. 
1.  Calendula  ufficinalia.  "Orange   Kini;." 

2.  Agpratum    nanum,     "Blue    Perfection." 

3.  White  geranium.  4.  Scarlet  geranium. 
5.  Alternanthera  paronychioides as  an  out- 
line separating  parts  of  the  deaign. 


466 


BEDDING 


BEES   IN   HORTICULTURE 


phia,  are  particularly  conimemiablo;  a  flower-bed  should 
not  be  in  the  iiiidille-of  a  larpe  lawn,  because  it  dis- 
tracts the  attention  from  llie  larger  picture,  and 
because  the  lawn  is  the  canvas  upon  whi<li  the  land- 
scape gardener  makes  his 
„^^  picture.    The  chief  merit  of 

^^g^*/«  lieds  is  their  attractiveness 

and  brinhtness,  which  ac- 
counts for  their  presence  in 
parks  and  iiuhlic  ])laces.  On 
the  other  hand,  they  are  ex- 
pensive, and  lliev  are  at 
their  best  oidy  two  or  three 
months  in  the  year,  while 
a  mud-hole  in  a  lawn  for 
nine  months  of  the  year  is 
an  imsisht  ly  object.  Form-al 
bc<ls,  especially  of  foliage 
plants,  with  their  gaudy 
colors  and  unchanging 
moTiotor.y,  are  considered 
by  some  the  most  unnatural 
and  the  least  artistic  style 
of  gardening.  Nevertheless, 
they  require  a  high  degree  of 
„,    ,         ^   ^^  technical    skill,    which    de- 

495.    Lawn  bedding  pattern.       ^^^^.^^  appreciation. 

General  instructions. 

A  few  practical  suggestions  may  be  given  for  making 
any  bed.  The  soil  should  be  rich  and  full  of  vegetable 
matter.  If  a  foot  or  18  inches  of  the  surface  soil  is  so 
poor  that  it  must  be  removed,  it  may  be  rejilaced  by 
two  parts  of  fibrous  loam  and  one  of  well-rotted  manure, 
with  some  upturned  broken  .sods  in  the  bottom  for 
drainage.  The  fall  is  the  proper  time  to  apply  manure, 
and  if  the  bed  be  thoroughly  spatled  over  and  left  rough 
during  the  winter,  the  alternate  freezing  and  thawing 
will  fine  both  the  soil  and  the  fiber  of  the  manure. 
Beginners  nearly  always  fail  to  supply  perfect  condi- 
tions for  watering.  A  midstmimer  mulch  of  half-rotted 
manure  enables  the  plants  to  take  all  the  moisture  they 
need  during  the  drought  and  to  keep  it.  The  soil  should 
be  in  ideal  condition  before  the  plants  are  set  into  it, — 
mellow,  rich,  full  of  fiber,  and  of  firm  and  uniform 
texture.  Begin  in  the  middle  and  work  toward  the 
edges.  When  the  bed  is  finished,  give  it  one  thorough 
soaking,  to  settle  the  soil  at  the  roots. 

BEECH.    Faou..  J^°=^«^  S«°«^- 

BEES    IN    HORTICULTURE.     Bees  pollinate  the 
greatest  nunjber  of  flowers  of  any  insects.    To  them, 
therefore,  horticulturists  are  indebted  for  a  service  that 
is  inestimable,  but  it  is  usually  disregarded.     The  pro- 
gressive horticulturist,  how- 
^^  ever,  today  is  awake  t,o  the 

situation  and  ready  to  uti- 
lize the  honey-bee  in  an 
effort  better  to  meet  com- 
petition. 

The  bee's  service  to   the 
y^        ^  horticulturist  in  pollinating 

^r    fc^  ^^ '  the    flowers   of    fruits    and 

M  "  ~  vegetables,  is  the  residt  of 

.     ^jK  >'"  effort   to   secure   nectar 

||p  or  pollen,  the  male  element 

496.  Uwn  bedding  patteni.  "^  ^^''  ffwer;  this  is  trans- 
planted from  the  anther  to 
the  stigma,  which  latter  is  the  female  organ.  Many 
flowers,  for  .'fati.'ffactory  fertilization,  require  a  foreign 
pollen,  and  it  is  through  the  agency  of  bees  that  this  is 
UMJally  HUpplif<l.  The  intricacies  of  the  mechanisms  and 
the  mean.s  of  fwllination  have  been  described  by  a  host 
of  »Titer»,  including  Darwin  and  Muller. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  bees,  solitarj-  and  colonial 
(social;.    Solitarj-  bees  five  isolated  and  singly,  .seldom 


^E:€ 


'S  C'^CT  6 


becoming  numerous.  Among  the  colonial  bees  are  the 
bumblebee  anil  honey-bee.  While  the  honey-bee  may 
be  classed  as  wild  when  colonies  escape  from  apiaries, 
wild  bees  may  be  considered  to  include  all  bees  other 
than  the  honey-bi^e. 

While  wild  bees  are  sometimes  numerous  and  may  be 
observed  at  work  on  the  apple,  raspberrj-  and  many 
other  flowers,  the  honey-bee,  in  most  localities,  prob- 
ably outnumbers  them.  If  it  were  possible  to  calculate 
the  value  deri\'ed  from  jiollination  by  the  honey-bee 
alone,  these  returns  would  without  doubt  far  exceed  the 
total  income  of  beekeepers  through  their  honey  and 
wax.  In  the  bee,  therefore,  there  is  a  source  of  double 
income. 

Among  the  cultivated  plants  in  northern  latitudes 
that  are  jiollinatefl  by  honey-bees,  are  the  apple,  pear, 
plum,  quince,  peach,  raspberry,  blackberry  and  straw- 
berry (to  .some  extent),  mulberry,  pea,  bean,  currant, 
grape,  squash,  melon,  cucumber  and  the  cranberrj'. 
The  value  of  the  honey-bee  in  the  cultivation  of  the 
cranberry  was  but  recently  recognized  and  is  mentioned 
on  next  page. 

While  growers  of  fruits  and  vegetables  have  usually 
recognized  that  bees  play  an  important  part  in  their 
croppage,  they  have  largely  depended  on  the  wild  bees 
or  bees  in  neighboring  apiaries  for  service.   There  is, 


497.  Pattern  beds  in  a  foimal  setting. 

however,  some  risk  in  this,  because  the  seasons  vary  and 
the  prevalence  of  insect-  and  bee-life  varies  from  year 
to  year. 

It  is  well  known  that  the  prevalence  of  all  wild  life, 
plant  or  animal,  is  subject  to  fluctuations  due  to  favor- 
able and  unfavorable  environmental  conditions.  Some 
years  in  a  locality  there  is  a  pest  of  mosquitos  or  house- 
flies.  In  succeeding  years  they  may  be  few.  It  is  so  with 
the  game  birds  and  the  fish  of  the  sea;  they  are  plenty 
or  scarce  from  time  to  time.  Bees  also  have  their 
periods  of  ups  and  downs.  When  favored,  they  rise  to 
the  crest  of  prosperity  and  prevalence.  It  may  be  that 
disease  enters  a  locality  and  reduces  their  numbers. 
Hard  winters  may  also  depreciate  them  so  that  in  a 
year  when  they  arc  needed  for  their  service  as  pollen- 
bearers,  they  are  at  a  low  ebb.  Fig.  498  illustrates  the 
hypothetical  curve  of  this  fluctuation. 

\\hen  the  horticulturist  realizes  that  he  is  depending 
on  this  fluctuating  service  of  wild  bees,  he  asks  what  he 
can  do  to  overcome  the  unreliability  and  assure  him- 
self of  a  maximum  crop  or  a  more  even  crop.  The 
recommendation  would  be  to  establish  an  apiary  in 
proportion  to  the  size  of  the  orchard  or  garden.  This 
eliminates  any  dependency  upon  wild  bees  or  honey- 
bees from  neighboring  ai)iarics.  Yet  their  additional 
service  will  do  no  harm.  It  is  far  better  to  over-supply 
an  orchard  with  bees  duritig  the  blooming  period  than 
to  have  a  scarcity.  Fin-thennore,  the  cost  of  the  small 
apiary  is  infinitesimal  as  (ompared  with  the  possible 
benefits  and  returns. 

I 
\ 


BEES   IN   HORTICULTURE 


BEET 


467 


It  should  also  be  remembered  that  during  fruit- 
bloom  particularly,  weather  conditions  often  prohibit 
free  flight  of  bees.  Hence  they  should  be  near  at  hand 
to  perform  their  service.  Numerous  observations  are 
on  record  in  which  orchards  were  successfully  fertilized 
when  the  bees  had  less  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile  to  fly, 
while  more  distant  orchards  bore  no  crops.  Thus  the 
apiary  in  or  adjacent  to  an  orchard  will  safeguard  failure. 

A  specific  instance  of  the  importance  of  bees  to  the 
practical  orchardist,  is  shown  in  an  observation  on  two 
orchards  of  about  equal  acreage  in  a  western  "pocket" 
in  the  foothills  of  an  admirable  fruit  land,  well  drained 
and  protected  from  frost.  One  grower  secured  large 
crops,  while  his  neighbor  secured  none,  although  his 
fruit  trees  were  of  the  same  age  and  blossomed  heavily 
each  spring.  The  owner,  in  despair  of  financial  ruin, 
called  for  assistance  upon  the  State  Experiment  Station. 
A  specialist,  who  was  a  pomologist  and  entomologist, 
investigated  the  two  entirely  comparable  orchards,  but 
was  about  to  return  without  solving  the  problem  when 
the  question  of  bees  arose.  Upon  inquiry  it  was  asserted 
that  no  bees  had  been  maintained  for  either  orchard. 
Going  over  the  ground  more  carefully,  however,  the 
speciali-st  found  in  a  neglected  comer  of  the  fruiting 
orchard,  a  fallen  log  partially  sunken  in  the  damp 
land.  This  sheltered  a  very  large  colony  of  bees;  to  it  is 
attributed  the  success  of  the  orchard.  The  following 
season  bees  were  pro\nded  in  the  orchard  which  had 
pre\-iously  failed,  with  the  result  that  the  owner  netted 
83,800  on  his  crop. 

Special  services  of  bees. 

Various  fruits. — The  honey-bee  has  been  known  to 
work  the  strawberry  although  it  does  not  always  fre- 
quent it.  There  is,  however,  a  particular  affinity  in  the 
raspberry  for  bees.  One  of  the  sources  of  the  finest 
honey  is  the  wild  raspberry.  The  blackberry  is  less 
frequently'  visited.    Plums  benefit  materially. 

Cranberry. — Recentl}'  investigations  have  shown  the 
bees  to  be  of  prime  importance  in  the  setting  of  cran- 
berries. In  cranberry-growing  in  Massachusetts,  own- 
ers are  maintaining  their  own  apiaries.  It  may  be 
desirable  to  have  one  colony  for  every  two  acres.  The 
growers  of  melons  use  colonies  of  bees  on  their  planta- 
tions with  most  marked  success.  Similarly,  cucumber- 
growers  for  pickling-houses  and  squash-growers  regu- 
larly maintain  bees.  General  market-gardeners  also 
believe  in  the  benefits  derived. 

Apple  and  peach  orchards. — .\pple  and  pear  crops  as 
well  as  peach  and  plum  arc,  without  doubt,  more  even, 
larger  and  more  constant  when  bees  are  kept.  In  Ver- 
mont it  has  recently  been  noticed  that  the  largest  apple 
crops  occur  in  the  vicinity  of  the  commercial  apiaries. 
It  is  fast  becoming  the  custom  among  commercial 
growers  to  maintain  their  own  apiaries  adjacent  to  or 
in  their  orchards.  Some  advocate  a  colony  of  bees  for 
every  fifty  trees. 

In  greenhoiuses. — For  the  fertilization  of  vegetables 
and  fruits  in  greenhouses,  bees  are  of  material  service, 
having  largely  done  away  with  the  use  of  the  camel's- 
hair  brush,  impossible  for  commercial  growers.  For 
example,  in  Massachusetts,  one  grower  of  greenhouse 
cucumbers  uses  upwards  of  eighty  colonies  a  j'ear.  The 
total  number  used  annually  in  the  state  by  greenhou.se 
cucumber-growers  exceeds  2,000  colonies.  It  is  believed 
by  some  that  tomatoes  in  the  greenhouse  benefit  to 
some  extent  by  the  service  of  bees. 

The  alleged  injury  la  fruit  by  bees. 

Occasionally  it  is  alleged  that  bees  damage  an 
orchard.  It  might  be  concluded  when  bees  are  seen 
upon  peaches,  grapes  or  pears,  sucking  al  the  flesh,  that 
the  bee  is  injurious.  On  the  other  hand  if  this  act  could 
have  been  traced,  it  would  have  been  found  that  some- 
thing other  than  a  bee  had  first  pierced  the  skin  of  the 
fruit.    Investigation  shows  that  wasps  and  birds  do  this. 


or  that  a  fungus  may  disintegrate  the  skin.  In  some 
such  break  in  the  skin  the  honey-bee  can  make  a  start; 
but  to  the  satisfaction  of  all  beekeepers  and  most 
orchardists,  it  has  been  proved  by  experiments  and 
demonstrations  that  the  honey-bee  is  physically  incap- 
able of  puncturing  a  sound  fruit.  Thus,  the  injury  by 
bees  to  fruit  is  a  misconception;  the  news  should  be 
spread  by  successful  orchardists. 

Securing  of  6ee.s. 

Bees  are  available  to  horticulturists  in  several  ways. 
A  small  number  of  colonies  is  sometimes  hired  for  a 
period  of  a  few  weeks,  during  the  blossoming  period  of 
the  crop.  Growers  occasionally  induce  beekeepers  to 
establish  an  apiary  in  their  orchards  by  granting  them 
privileges.  Bee-keepers  sometimes  approach  orchardists 
for  the  location  of  the  apiary.  The  more  thoughtful 
grower,  however,  considers  it  advisable  to  own  his  bees. 
These  he  maintains  himself  or  hires  kept  by  a  practical 
apiarist.  The  practice  is  growing  in  favor,  especially 
among  moderate-sized  orchardists  or  cranberry-grow- 
ers, of  hiring  a  practical  apiarist  to  maintain  the 
colonies  on  several  adjacent  farms.  This  cooperative 
plan  insures  a  maximum  efficiency  of  the  colonies  at  a 
minimvim  cost  and  without  burdening  the  horticul- 
turist with  additional  detail.    Those  who  use  bees  ;in 


498.    Hypothetical    curve    illustrating  the   fluctuation   of 
"^   wild-bee  life,  their  periods  of  *'ups"  and  "downs."    Dotted 
line  illustrates  high  efficiency  secured  by  maintaining  an  apiaiy. 

greenhouses   ^nll   find    it   advantageous   to   maintain 
colonies  rather  than  to  purchase  annually. 

In  buying  bees  it  is  particularly  essential  to  secure 
disease-free  stock.  Bees  are  subject  to  at  least  two 
prevalent  diseases,  known  as  ''American  foul  brood" 
and  "European  foul  brood,"  to  which  they  succumb 
rapidl}'.  The  inexperienced,  therefore,  should  secure 
information  and  ascertain  that  the  bees  have  been 
inspected  for  disease,  when  this  is  possible.  Should 
disea.se  set  in,  a  considerable  loss,  both  in  bees  and  to 
the  orchard,  might  result  in  a  short  time.  Information 
concerning  diseases  can  usually  be  had  through  the 
experiment  stations  or  agricultural  colleges  as  well  as 
the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture. 

Manipulation  of  bees. 

There  are  numerous  books  and  bulletins  upon  the 
manipulation  of  colonies.  A  few  fundamental  features 
are:  Always  keep  the  colonics  strong;  secure  an  amiable 
race  so  that  the  bees  may  be  handled  agreeably;  keep 
the  colonies  in  hives  from  which  the  combs  may  be 
removed;  eliminate  swarming;  give  adequate  pro- 
tection in  winter;  feed  when  necessary. 

If  the  inexperienced  grower  is  to  manipulate  his  own 
bees,  it  is  advised  that  he  begin  with  a  small  number  of 
colonies,  say  not  more  than  five. 

If  the  bee-moth  becomes  prevalent  in  the  hive,  it  is 
a  sign  that  something  is  radically  WTong  with  the 
colony.  An  experienced  apiary  inspector  always  sus- 
pects the  presence  of  disease  when  moths  are  found. 

Burton  N.  Gates. 

BEET.  .\  set  of  garden  vegetables,  grown  for  the 
fleshy  roots  and  a  few  sorts  for  the  thickened  midribs; 
and  some  kinds  in  the  ornamental  garden  for  the  highly 
colored  foliage. 

There  are  4  or  .")  species  of  the  genus  Beta,  which  are 


4(>S 


BEET 


BEET 


499.  Bassano  beet 


s»inetiinc9  cultivatotl  uiulor  the  natiio  of  hoot,  but  Held 
rulgaria,  Linn.,  is  tlic  ouly  one  of  practical  iiiiportaiice. 
Krv>m  it  all  our  conunoii  panicn  varieties  are  derived. 
Acivrxiiiip  to  IVC'aiuioUe.  tlie  ahoriniiial  slender-rooted 
siHvies  is  found  in  sandy  soil,  and  especially  near  the 
«■».  Ihrxniphout  southern  Kurope,  and  on  nearly  all  the 
oiiistsof  the  Moiiiterranean.  It  also  occurs  as  far  east- 
ward as  the  Caspian  Sea  and  Persia.  "Ever\thin{;  shows 
that  its  cultivation  does  not  date 
from  more  than  tAvo  or  three  cen- 
turies before  the  Christian  era."  It 
is  now  highly  improved,  principally 
in  the  one  direction  of  lar^e  and  suc- 
culent mots,  and  is  much  csleenied 
in  all  civilized  countries.    See  Bela. 

'riic  beet  grows  at  a  low  tcmpera- 

ture  and  thrives  best,   therefore,   in 

^^-^^RjjP'  the  cooler  parts  of  the  country.    It  is 

V Vi  also  an  important  winter  crop  at  the 

"  South  and  an  early  spring  crop  at  the 

North.  The  young  plants  will  stand 
light  frosts  and  after  two  weeks  will 
stand  fairly  heavy  frosts. 

With  the  extension  of  glasshouse 
gardening,  beets  have  come  to  be  one  of  the  important 
greenhouse  crops.  They  are  not  usually  made  a  main 
crop,  however,  but  are  grown  between  other  crops, 
such  as  lettuce,  beans,  or  even  tomatoes.  They  are 
sown  very  thick  and  when  the  young  plants  begin  to 
crowd,  they  are  thinned  out  and  the  thinning  sold  for 
greens.  As  beets  thrive  best  at  relatively  low  tempera- 
tures, they  may  first  be  grown  in  a  lettuce-house  or 
other  greenhouife  having  a  tem|)erature  of  60°  to 
70°,  rather  than  in  a  house  piped  for  tomatoes  or 
cucumbers. 

The  beet  is  grown  exclusively  from  seed.  Most  table- 
beet  seed  for  use  in  the  United  States  is  produced  in 
Europe.  It  is  possible,  of  course,  for  any  gardener  to 
grow  his  own  seed,  but  in  order  to  do  this  the  roots  must 
be  taken  up  before  the  crown  is  exposed  to  severe  frost, 
and  carried  through  the  winter  in  cool  and  moist  but 
fro.-^t-proof  storage,  and  planted  in  the  garden  the  sec- 
ond year.  Seed  stems  run  up  to  the  height  of  4  feet. 
WTien  the  seeds  are  ripe  the  t(jps  are  cut  and  put  in  a 
warm  storage  house  to  dry.  When  fully  dry  the  seed 
is  winnowed  out.  Seed  is  usually  sown  where  the  crop 
is  to  grow,  although  the  plants  are  easily  transplanted. 
The  transplanting  is  sometimes  undertaken,  especially 
when  beets  are  to  be  grown  as  a  catch-crop  or  intercrop 
in  greenhouses. 

Varieties  and  types. 

Some  of  the  most  popular  varietal  types  of  the  gar- 
den beet  are:  Bassano  (Fig.  499). — Flesh  white  and 
light  red  mixed;  an  old-time  early  variety,  now  less 
grown  than  formerly.  Crosby. — Slightly  oblate,  red 
flesh,  excellent  for  general  purposes,  including  forcing. 
Early  Bloofl  Turnip. — Rich,  deep  blo(jd-red,  flattened 
tumifh-shape;  an  old  and  well-known  sort.  Ediiiand. — 
-Moderate  size;  hand.some,  rounded,  smooth,  deep  red; 
H'xnl  grain  and  flavor;  not  quite  first-early.  Eciip-ie. — 
I'nifonnly  globular,  bright  red;  fine-grained  and  sweet; 
one  of  the  best  fiuick-growing  early  beets.  Egyptian 
Turnip. — Tops  quite  small;  roots  fair  size,  rich,  deep 
nxi;  a  standard  early  variety. 

For  field  culture  of  culinary  beets,  the  long-rooted 
varieti(«  are  chiefly  used.  These  are  sown  in  the  field 
nji  soon  as  the  wc-ather  is  settled,  in  rows  far  enough 
apart  to  allow  of  tilhige  by  horse.  Most  of  tlieni  re(|uire 
the  erjtire  .sea-son  in  which  to  mature.  They  are  grown 
mo.stly  for  storing  for  winter  use.  They  were  once  grown 
for  stock,  but  the  rnangel-wurzels  give  much  greater 
yield.s.  The  various  type^  of  Long  and  Half-long  Blood 
beet  (FiiB;.  .500;  are  chiefly  used  for  field  culture. 

Favorite  varieties  of  mangel-wurzels  are  Golden 
Tankard,  Golden  Yellow  Mammoth,  Mammoth  Long 


Ked.  Several  sorts  of  sugar  beets,  mostly  imported 
from  Germany,  are  being  grown  in  divers  places  ia 
,\inerica.  Of  chard,  there  are  few  selected  varieties 
offered  in  .\merica. 

The  varieties  of  Btln  mdgnris  may  be  conveniently 
divided  into  live  cultural  sections,  though  the  distinc- 
tions are  somewhat  arbitrary  and  of  no  fundamental 
importance.    These  sections  are  as  follows: 

i.  Gauden  Beets.  Varieties  with  comparatively 
small  tops:  roots  of  medium  size,  smooth,  regular  and 
line-grained:  mostly  red,  but  sometimes  whitish  or 
yellowish. 

2.  Mangel-wubzels,  or  Mangels.  Large,  coarse- 
growing  varieties,  with  large  tops  and  often  very  large 
roots,  the  latter  frequently  rising  some  distance  out  of 
the  groimd;  rather  coarse-grained.  Extensively  grown 
for  stock-feeding.  See  Cyclo.  Amer.  Agric.  Vol.  II,  p. 
539  (Root  Crops). 

3.  Sugar- Beets.  Sometimes  said  to  belong  to 
another  species,  but  doubtless  to  be  classified  here. 
Rather  small-growing  varieties,  with  medium  tops: 
roots  small  to  medium,  usually  fusiform,  smooth, 
nearly  always  yellowish  or  whitish.  See  Cyclo.  Amer. 
Agric.  Vol.  il,  "p.  588. 

4.  Chard,  or  Swiss  Chard.  Varieties  with  com- 
paratively large  tops,  broad  leaf-blades  and  very  large, 
succulent  leaf-stems,  which  are  cooked  and  eaten  some- 
what like  asparagus.  The  thrifty,  tender  young  leaves 
make  a  very  excellent  pot-herb.  Chard  h.as  sometimes 
been  referred  to  a  separate  species,  Bela  i'icla,  but 
should  be  included  with  B.  vulgaris.   See  Chard. 

5.  Foliage  Beets.  A  race  which  has  been  developed 
to  produce  luxuriant  foliage  of  many  colors  and  varied 
markings.  Of  such  varieties  are  the  Brazilian,  Chilian, 
Victoria,  and  Draca;na-leaved.  The  ribs  of  the  leaves 
are  usually  beautifully  colored.  Where  the  leaf-blight 
fungus  is  not  serious,  these  foliage  beets  make  excellent 
borders  when  strong  and  heavy  effects  are  desired,  and 
they  are  excellent  for  bedding.  Raised  from  seeds,  aa 
other  beets  are;  roots  may  be  kept  over  winter. 

Cultivation. 

Young  beets  constitute  one  of  the  most  important 
early  crops  in  truck-gardening.  Many  acres  of  them  are 
grown  near  all  the  city  markets,  and  as  they  bear  trans- 
portation well,  they  are  often  grown  at  comparatively 
remote  places.   Large  quantities  are  shipped  early  from 


500.  Half-long  Blood  beet. 

Norfolk,  Va.,  and  from  other  southern  points  to  north- 
ern markets.  Like  all  root  crops,  the  beet  needs  a  loose, 
light,  fresh,  clean,  rich  soil,  which  nui.st  be  in  the  best 
condition  of  tillage.  No  fermenting  manure  should  be 
used,  hut  instead  fully  rotted  barn  manure,  with  some 
good  potash  fertilizer.  Light  api)lications  of  nitrate  of 
soda  often  produce  marked  beneficial  effects.  The  seed 
for  the  first  crop  is  .sown  early  in  spring,  as  soon  as 
the  soil  can  be  well  worked.    \\'hen  intensive  garden- 


BEET 


BEGONIA 


469 


inp  is  practised,  the  drills  may  he  as  close  as  1  foot 
apart,  in  which  case  the  young  beets  are  tliiniied  to  0 
inelics  apart  in  the  row.  But  in  ordinary' gardening,  it 
will  be  found  most  convenient  to  run  the  rows  2  to  3 
feet  apart,  allowing  cultivation  with  the  horse.  The 
plants  in  such  rows  can  be  left  4  inches  apart  at  thin- 
ning time.  The  thinning  is  done  when  the  young 
plants  arc  large  enough  to  bo  pulled  for  "greens,"  for 
which  purpose  they  find  a  read}'  market.  Beets  are  also 
grown  in  quantities  as  a  fall  crop,  and  are  stored  for 
winter  use.  When  this  is  to  be  done,  the  seed  is  sown 
in  .June,  and  the  plantation  is  managed  in  all  resjiects 
like  the  spring  sowing.  When  the  young  roots  are 
ready  for  the  early  market,  they  are  pulled  and  tied 
in  bunches  of  five  or  six.  The  fall  crop  is  pulled  soon 
after  the  first  frost,  the  tops  are  removed,  and  the 
roots  stored  in  pits  or  root  cellars. 

Markelmg. 

Greenhouse  beets  and  early  beets  are  usually  bunched 
for  market,  three  to  six  together,  according  to  size.  They 
are  bunched  together  tightly  with  a  string  about  the 
tops.  All  beets  should  be  thoroughly  washed  before 
marketing.  Considerable  quantities  of  late  beets  and 
field-grown  stock  are  sold  in  bulk,  like  potatoes.  In 
this  case  the  tops  are  cut  o(T.  Late-grown  beets  may  be 
stored  over  winter  in  the  same  manner  as  potatoes. 
They  are  often  buried  in  the  fields  in  pits,  but  may  be 
kept  in  a  good  cellar  or  storage  house.  The  yield  of 
mature  beets  varies  from  200  to  500  bushels  to  an  acre, 
300  being  an  average  yield. 

Insects  and  diseases. 

There  are  many  species  of  insects  that  feed  upon 
beets,  but  flea  beetles  are  about  the  only  ones  of  im- 
portance. The.se  may  be  poisoned  by  sprajing  with 
paris  green  or  arsenate  of  lead,  and  they  are  driven 
away  in  many  cases  by  the  use  of  bordeaux  mixture 
which  is  also  the  most  important  preventive  of  leaf- 
spot.  This  leaf-spot  is  perhaps  the  worst  disease  which 
attacks  beets,  but  this  is  more  common  upon  the  sugar- 
beets  in  the  field  than  upon  the  more  common  varieties. 
The  potato  scab,  very  common  on  potatoes,  is  found 
also  on  beets,  and  as  this  disease  lives  in  the  soil  from 
year  to  year,  it  is  a  bad  practice  to  grow  beets  after  a 
crop  of  potatoes.  F_  A.  Waugh. 

BEGONIA  (named  after  Michel  Begon,  superin- 
tendent at  St.  Domingo,  1638-1710,  a  French  pro- 
-j»eter  of  botany),  begoniacese.  Begonia.  Elephant's 
Ear.  Beef.steak  Geranium.  A  various  group,  rang- 
ing from  hothouse  to  conservatory  and  window-garden 
subjects,  many  of  them  grown  primarily  for  foliage, 
others  for  the  showy  bloom;  treated  mostly  as  single 
pot-specimens,  but  some  kinds  used  for  bedding. 

More  or  less  sappy  or  succulent  herbs  or  unflershrubs, 
having  the  st.  in  some  cases  reduced  to  a  thick  rhizome, 
in  others  to  a  distinct  small  tuber,  while  a  few  others 
pos.sess  a  semi-tuber  in  which  there  are  a  number  of 
closely  set  scales  or  suppressed  Ivs.,  resembling  bulbs: 
Ivs.  variable,  alternate,  more  or  less  unequal-sided, 
entire,  or  lobefl,  or  toothed,  ovate-acuminate,  orbicular 
or  peltate:  fls,  mona^cious  (bi.sexual  variations  are 
known:  Diimmer,  .\nnals  Bot.  xxvi.  1123),  asj-m- 
metrical,  usually  in  axillary  cymes,  the  males  usually 
with  4  parts,  of  which  2  arc  mostly  small,  the 
females  with  .5  (rarely  2),  pink,  white,  rose,  scarlet,  yel- 
low, anfl  all  shades  of  these,  being  represented;  stamens 
numerous;  filament.s  free  or  united  at  the  ba.se;  styles 
2  or  4,  free,  sometimes  connate;  stigmiis  branched  or 
twisted  like  a  corkscrew;  ovary  inferior:  fr.  usually  a  1- 
S-winged  caps.,  which  is  often  colored;  .seed  numerous, 
very  minute. — The  genus  Begonia,  with  400- .'itX) 
species  in  warm  countries  aroimd  the  globe,  gives  the 
name  and  definition  to  the  Begoniacea'.  Only  three 
other  genera  are  recognized:  Hillebrandia,  with  1  spe- 


cies in  Hawaii;  Symbegonia,  1  little-known  species  in 
New  Guinea;  Begoniella,  3  species  in  Colombia.  The 
begonias  are  exceedingly  variable,  the  genus  running 
into  about  60  well-marked  sections,  but  the  inter- 
gradations  are  so  many  and  the  essential  floral  charac- 
ters so  constant  that  it  is  impracticable  to  break  up 
the  great  group  into  separate  genera. 

The  begonia  is  one  of  the  great  groups  of  cultivated 
ornamental  plants.  Very  many  species  have  been  intro- 
duced, and  there  are  numberless  hybrids  and  variations. 
The  most  popular  single  begonia  is  now  probably  the 
wonderfully  floriferous  Gloire  de  Lorraine  (Fig.  505). 
The  foliage  begonias  are  of  many  original  kinds,  and 
the  numeroas  hybrids  and  variations  have  given  great 
choice  to  the  cultivator.  B.  Rex  is  the  chief  basis  of 
the  foliage  races.  Many  cultivators  are  unaware  of  the 
possibilities  of  the  Rex  derivatives,  because  they  grow 
them  in  pots  (for  commerce)  on  benches,  whereas  the 
singular  and  characteristic  results  are  secured  by  grow- 
ing them  in  the  earth  against  greenhouse  walls  or  in 
rock  pockets  below  the  benches  (Plate  XIV). 

Because  of  the  great  numbers  of  interesting  forms, 
begonias  have  appealed  strongly  to  collectors  and 
fanciers.  In  recent  years,  however,  the  collections  have 
been  passing  out  in  the  large  private  places;  and  most 
dealers  now  carry  only  a  few  standard  kinds  (mostly 
modified  cultivated  forms),  in  addition  to  the  florists' 
bedding  and  garden  sorts  and  a  general  mixed  stock  of 
tuberous  kinds.  The  following  botanical  account,  there- 
fore, does  not  accurately  represent  the  present  state  of 
the  begonia  trade.  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  the  fan- 
ciers' collections  are  not  kept;  and  it  is  partly  in  the 
hope  that  the  desire  for  collections  will  return  that 
this  rather  full  treatment  is  given  of  the  main  species 
and  stem-groups  now  in  cultivation. 

The  foliage  begonias  of  the  Rex  type  are  subject  to 
an  insidious  disorder,  affecting  the  leaves  and  eventually 
the  entire  plant.  The  remedy  seems  to  be  to  discard 
all  suspected  stock  and  to  propagate  from  wholly 
healthy  plants,  or  to  grow  them  out  of  it  by  planting 
them  in  a  shaded  airy  greenhouse  bench  for  a  summer 
and  potting  again  in  fall. 

The  interest  in  begonias  centers  in  their  use  as  orna- 
mental subjects.  It  is  said  that  the  stalks  of  .some  of 
the  species  are  used  as  the  leaf-stalks  of  rhubarb  are 
used.  The  rhizomes  of  many  species,  particularly 
those  from  South  America,  are  bitter  and  astringent 
and  are  employed  locally  for  certain  fevers  and  for 
syphilis.  Some  species  contain  purgative  principles. 
The  sour  sap  of  one  of  the  Asiatic  species  is  said  to  be 
used  for  the  cleaning  of  weapons. 

The  first  begonia  was  introduced  into  England  in 
1777,  B.  nilida.  Since  then,  about  200  have  proved  of 
value  to  the  horticulturist.  Few  other  plants  have  been 
improved  or  varied  so  rapidly,  there  being  thousands 
of  variations  now  in  cultivation,  displaying  the  most 
gorgeous  colors  in  their  flowers  and  beautiful  color- 
ing in  their  leaves.  The  development  of  the  modern 
race  of  hybrid  tuberous  begonias  followed  the  intro- 
duction of  B.  Veitchii,  B.  rossflora,  B.  Davisii,  B.  bolivi- 
ensis,  B.  I'carcei  and  others  after  1860.  The  geograph- 
ical distribution  of  begonias  is  very  disjunctive  and 
localized.  They  are  indigenous  to  Mexico,  Central  and 
South  America,  Asia,  and  South  Africa.  They  seem  to 
have  no  genetic  relationship  with  other  plants  now 
living.  For  literature,  see  Dryander,  The  Genus  Be- 
gonia, Trans,  of  the  Linn.  Soc,  Vol.  I,  1791;  Klotzsch, 
Begoniaceen-Gattungen  und  Arten,  12  plates,  1855 
(Abh.  Ak.  Berlin);  DeCandoUe's  Prodromus,  15,  1, 
1864;  and  floras  of  regions  in  which  begonias  arc  native. 

L.  H.  B. 
General  culture  and  propagation. 

For  horticultural  purposes,  the  begonias  may  be 
arranged  in  four  groups:  The  socotrana  or  semi-tuber- 
ous set;  the  tuberous-rooted;  the  foliage  kinds,  mostly 


470 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


501.  Young  plants  starting  from  the 
incisions  on  a  begonia  leaf. 


rhiioiiiatoiis;  ami  the_  fibrous-root etl.  Tlic  bedding 
bojioniiis  !in>  nuistly  of  tho  fibrous-rooted  section, 
fvirlieularly  in  tlie  Seniperflorens  group,  iillliougli  the 
miprovcil  tuberous  kinds  may  be  used  for  this  purpose  in 

special  places. 
. . ,  -  ~^_ji_^__^ .'.  -_-  , .  ( 1 )  Tlie  senii- 

tuber  o  u  s  or 
bulbous  group 
comprises  such 
begonias  as  B. 
sdcolnina  and 
(Moire  d  e 
Sceaux.  They 
re(]uire  much 
care  and  sliould 
be  grown  in  a 
soil  with  more 
leaf-mold  than  tlie  filirous-rootpd,  and  a  temjicrature  of 
65°  to  70°  in  the  daytime  and  00° at  night.  Of  (iloirede 
Soeaux  and  some  others,  plants  two  jears  old  will  be 
found  best  for  decorative  purposes.  For  special  notes  on 
B.  socotrana,  .see  the  treatment  of  that  species,  jjage  473. 

(2)  The  tuberous  begonias  are  grown  in  pots,  boxes 
or  ba.skets,  under  glass,  or  as  bedding  plants  in  a  shaded 
border.  If  the  plant.s  are  intended  for  pot-culture  in 
the  greenhouse,  it  is  best  to  use  the  tubers.  For  early 
flowering,  start  the  tubers  in  February  or  March,  either 
in  small  pots  or  shallow  boxes.  The  soil  may  be  com- 
posed of  loam,  sharp  sand  and  leaf-mold,  and  the  tem- 
perature about  (iO°  to  ti.")°.  When  the  plants  are  ready 
for  repotting,  well-rotted  manure  may  be  added,  and 
when  the  roots  have  taken  a  fresh  hold  a  cooler  tem- 
|)erature  may  be  maintained.  For  bedding  purposes, 
seedling  jilants,  as  well  as  tubers,  may  be  used,  provid- 
ing they  are  of  a  first-class  strain.  Tubers  are  preferred 
if  early-flowering  plants  are  desired.  For  further  cul- 
tural notes,  .see  the  discu.s.sion  on  |)age  471. 

(3)  The  Ucx  begonias  are  grown  entirely  for  the 
beauty  of  tlieir  foliage.  Tliey  may  be  propagated  by 
means  of  either  shoot-  or  leaf-cuttings,  the  latter  being 
the  better  when  plants  have  to  be  raised  in  quantity. 
Large  and  well-matured,  but  still  healthy  and  vigorous 
leaves  may  have  the  jjrincipal  nerves  cut  on  the  under 
side.  The  leaf  is  then  pegged  or  weighted  down  on  the 
surface  of  a  well-drained  i)ropagating  bed.  If  care- 
fully shaded,  roots  will  be  formed  at  everj' cut,  a  tiny 
leaf  will  follow  (Fig.  .501),  and  the  little  plants  may  be 
insertefl  singly  in  small  pots.  Another  method  is  to 
cut  the  large  leaves  into  triangular  parts,  with  a  bit  of 
the  main  petiole  at  the  tip  of  each,  and  in.scrt  the  pieces 
about  1  inch,  with  the  lower  or  thickest  end  of  the  rib 
downward  (Figs.  .502,  503).     Still  another  method  is 

to  cut  the  leaf  in  two,  across  the 
veins,  and  stand  it  edgewise  in  the 
propagating  bed.  The  young  plants 
may  be  potted-up  into  small  pots, 
u.sing  a  light,  porous,  sifted  soil. 
Keep  shaded  in  a  low  house  with 
a  moist  atmosphere.  'Ihe  soil  may 
be  gradually  made  coarser  with  each 
potting  until  in  the  final  shift;  an 
unsifted  ('ompost  of  two  parts  loam, 
one  part  leaf-mold,  one  part  well- 
rotted  manure,  and  one  part  sand, 
is  used,  adding  a  sprinkling  of  lime. 
While  watering,  avoid  wetting  Ihe 
leaves  as  much  as  ijossible,  and  keep 
large,  well-<leveloped  plants  in  a  shaded  house,  with 
plenty  of  ventilation  day  and  night  during  the  summer. 
(i)  The  fibroas-rfxjt^^l  begonias  comprise  such  spe- 
ci(«  a.^  B.  nilvla,  B.  HKmyfrjloTens  var.  gignnlen,  B.  (dhn- 
j/ict/i,  B.  HiuigfjiTM,  and  B.  Ducharlrei.  Of  these,  cnt^ 
tinj^i  taken  from  clean,  healthy  stems  in  spring  will 
Btrike  readily  in  an  ordinarj'  propagating-box  or  bench, 
and  if  potted-on,  a.i  they  require  root-room,  will  make 
fine   plant-   for    late   winter  and   .spring  flowering.    As 


502.   Triangular  leaf- 
cutting  of  begonia. 


soon  a-s  one  neglects  good  treatment,  especially  in  re- 
gard to  light,  fresh  air  antl  fresh  soil,  the  red  sijider,  a 
physiological  (lisea.se  appearing  like  rust,  and  the 
dreaded  nematodes,  will  soon  attack  them  and  give 
them  a  sickly  and  stiuited  appearance.  Thev  require  a 
temperature  of  .').')°  to  60°  at  night  and  0.")°  to  70° 
in  the  da>time.  The  plants  should  be  kept  close  to  the 
glass  in  the  early  stages  of  growth,  on  account  of  the 
tendency  of  many  of  the  varieties  to  send  out  rather 
long  shoots.  A  good  compost  is  three  parts  loam,  one 
part  well-rotted  manure,  and  one  part  sand. 

While  begonias  in  general  are  injured  by  too  strong 
sunshine  during  summer,  they  are  benefited  by  all  the 
sunshine  they  can  get  during  the  winter  and  early 
sjiring  months.  Strong  sunshine,  however,  pouring 
through  imperfect  glass  upon  wet  foliage,  is  liable  to 
blister  the  leaves  of  any  begonia.  Such  species  as,  B. 
Dregci  and  B.  welloniensis,  which  produce  at  their  base 
a  thickened,  fleshy  stem  like  a  potato,  may  be  propa- 
gated either  by  division  or  by  cuttings.  Many  kinds  of 
the  fibrous-rooted  and  rhizomatous  sections  can  be 
grown  by  amateurs,  and  make  excellent  house-plants, 
especially  B.  manicata,  B.  coccinea,  B.  speculala,  B. 
argyrosHgma  var.  picta,  B.  ricinifolia,  B.  heracleifolia, 
B.  incarnula.  Robert  Shore. 

Begonia  Gloire  de  Lorraine. 

Begonia  Gloire  de  Lorraine  (Fig.  505)  was  raised 
by  Lemoine  by  crossing  B.  Dregei  and  B.  socotrana, 
and  is  one  of  the  most  useful  and  beautiful  deco- 
rative plants  introduced.  If  large 
specimen  plants  in  10-  or  12-inch 
pans  are  desired,  propagating 
should  be  begun  about  November 
or  December  of  the  year  previous, 
as  these  plants  are  generally  at 
their  best  about  Christmas  time. 
The  best  plants  are  obtained  from 
leaf-cuttings.  Select  medium-sized, 
well-ripened  leaves,  cut  off  with  a 
sharp  knife,  insert  in  a  bed  of 
sharp  sand  in  a  temperature  of  70° 
and  space  them  far  enough  apart, 
so  that  they  do  not  touch  one 
another.  The  propagating  -  bed 
should  be  at  least  2  inches  deep,  but 
the  stems  should  not  be  buried  -so 
deeply  that  the  leaf  lies  on  the  top 
of  the  bed.  These  precautions  pre- 
vent damping  off.  A  further  preventive  against  damp- 
ing off  is  to  dust  powdered  charcoal  over  the  bed  after 
the  cuttings  have  been  thoroughly  watered.  The  leaf- 
cuttings  of  Gloire  de  Lorraine  are  far  superior  to  shoots 
that  start  from  the  base  of  a  cut  back  plant,  the  leaf- 
cutting  having  greater  vigor  and  breaking  more  shoots 
from  the  ba.se  of  the  plant.  The  leaf-cuttings  will  root 
in  three  weeks  in  the  temperature  recommended  above, 
but  they  should  be  left  in  the  sand  until  they  begin  to 
throw  up  shoots  from  the  callus  formed  at  the  end  of  the 
leaf-stem,  after  which  they  should  be  immediately 
I)ottcd  in  2-ineh  pots,  in  equal  parts  of  fibrous  loam  and 
leaf-molil,  with  about  a  fourth  part  of  charcoal.  Never 
allow  the  plants  to  become  pot-bound  imtil  they  have 
attained  the  desired  size,  and  for  all  future  pot  tings  use 
equal  i)arts  of  the  fiber  of  loam,  half-decayetl  flaky- 
leaves,  well-rotted  cow-manure  or  horse-droppings,  and 
a  fourth  part  of  charcoal.  I'se  this  compost  as  rough 
as  can  be  conveniently  worked  around  the  plant  while 
potting.  During  the  summer,  they  should  be  grown  in 
a  rather  humid  atmosphere  near  the  glass,  always 
lightly  shaded  from  the  sun  until  they  begin  to  flower. 
Pinch  the  shoots  two  or  three  times  during  the  season 
as  this  encourages  breaks  from  the  ba,se  of  the  plant. 
When  well  rooted  in  the  final  shift,  waterings  with 
rnanurc-water  will  be  beneficial.  When  the  plants  begin 
to  flower,  they  should  be  neatly  staked  with  thin  twigs, 


503.  Plant  arising 
from  the  base  (or  tip) 
of  a  triangular  leaf- 
cutting. 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


471 


504.  Begonia  socotrana  (xf).  No.  1. 


unless  desired  for  hanging 
plants,  when  they  may  be 
allowed  to  droop  around 
the  pan.  When  in  flower 
they  should  be  in  a  light 
airy  greenhouse  with  a 
temperature  of  45°  by 
night.  These  plants  are 
subject  to  mealy-bug  and 
may  be  fumigated  at  in- 
tervals of  two  weeks  with 
hydrocyanic  gas. 

Geo.  F.  Stewart. 

Tuberous  begonias. 

The  tuberous-rooted  be- 
gonias, which  are  every 
year  becoming  more  popu- 
lar, both  as  pot-plants, 
and  for  bedding  out-of- 
doors,  are  the  result  of 
crossing  several  different 
species  differing  consider- 
ably in  habit,  and  are 
ea.'^ily  cultivated.  They 
are  raised  almost 
wholly  from  seed,  and 
good  strains  in  differ- 
ent colors  may  be  ob- 
tained from  any  repu- 
table seed  firm.  How- 
ever, if  one  wishes  to 
increase    these    plants 

by  cuttings  it  can  be  done.   Shallow  boxes  or  seed-pans 

may  be  used  in  which   to   sow   the  seed   about  the 

beginning  of  February.    They  should  be  well  drained 

and   filled  with  a   compost  made   up  of  equal   parts 

of   peat,  leaf-mold    and  about  a  fourth   of   charcoal. 

As  soon  as  the   plants   are   large  enough   to   handle, 

prick  them   out   about  2    inches  apart  in   the   same 

soil   as    above,   place    them   close   to    the   glass,    but 

always  shaded  from  the  bright   sun,  and  in   a  moist 

atmosphere.     When    they    have 

grown    close    together,    traiisfer 

them    to   SJ'a-inch    pots,  the    best 

soil  to   use  from   now  on  being  a 

spent      mushroom      bed,     adding 

about  a  fifth  part  of  charcoal.    A 

6 -inch     pot     is     generallj'     large 

enough    for   the   first   season,   and 

when  they  are  well  estabUshed  in 

these  pots  should  be  kept  as  cool 

a,s  possible.    A  house  facing  north 

is  the  best  place  for  them  during 

the  summer,  and  all  the  air  pos- 
sible may  be  admitted   night  and 

day.    On   no  account   allow  these 

plants  to  suffer  for  lack  of  water 

until  fall,  when  they  will  begin  to 

.show  signs  of  ripening  off.  Dur- 
ing    their    growing     period,     they 

may    be    stimulated     by    frequent 

apphcations  of  cow-manure  water, 

and     soot    diluted     in     water,    an 

ordinary    handful    to    two    and    a 

half  gallons  of  water;  water  three 

times  with  clean  water,  and  alter- 
nately with  the  other  two.    When 

signs    of    ripening  begin   to    show, 

gradually     withhold     water     until 

the  growths  decay,  and  then  place 

the    pots   on    their   sides   under  a 

bench  in  a  greenhouse  where  the 

temperature  keeps  around  40°.    Be 

sure  they  are  in  a   position  where 


water  does  not  reach  them.  The  tubers  will  be  good  for 
several  years,  but  the  best  plants  are  in  their  second 
year.  The  plants  may  be  started  at  intervals,  having 
an  earher  and  a  later  lot.  For  bedding  out  in  partial 
shade,  these  plants  have  no  equals.  Start  the  tubers  in 
flats  about  the  end  of  April,  have  the  bed  heavily 
manured  and  the  soil  level  with  the  surface  of  the 
ground,  as  the  roots  run  near  the  top  of  the  ground, 
and  consequently  they  have  to  be  watered  frequently. 
The  top  of  the  bed  should  be  always  moist,  a  mulching 
of  well-rotted  manure  being  of  great  assistance  in 
retaining  the  moisture.  Plant  about  a  foot  apart,  all 
of  one  color,  unless  great  care  is  e.\ercised  in  blending 
the  briUiant  colors  so  that  they  do  not  clash. 

Geo.  F.  Stewart. 


acuminata,  74. 
alba,  18. 

albo-coccinea,  56. 
albo-picta,  75. 
.\lleryi,  92. 
angularis,  99. 
annulata,  16 
argenteo  -  guttata, 

112. 
argyrostigma,  113. 
ascotiensis,  71. 
atropurpurea,  60. 
aucitbx folia,  70. 
Augustinei,  37. 
aureo-niacuiata,  57. 
B.iumannii,  20. 
Bertinii,  11. 
bicolor,  16. 
Binotii,  44. 
Bismarckii,  106. 
bolidavis,  11. 
boliviensifl,  11. 
Bowringiana,  95. 
Brxuintii,  62. 
Bunchii,  52. 
Ciiffra,  17. 
Cnledunia,  2. 
carminiata,  107. 
caroliniEefoiia,  83. 
Carrierei,  62. 
Cathayana,  95. 
cionabarina,  22,  67. 
Clarkel,  14. 
coccinea,  109. 


INDEX. 

Comte  de  Limminghe, 

31. 
conchsefolia,  54. 
corallina,  113. 
Corbeille  de  Feu,  66. 
coronata,  116. 
CouniessL.Erdoedy,33 
t'redneri,  91. 
crinita.  23. 
crispa,  57. 
cyclophylla,  24. 
cyprea,  93. 
dajdalea,  38. 
Davisii,  6. 
decora,  40. 
deliciosa,  96. 
diadema,  84. 
dichroa,  115. 
digitata.  82. 
Digswelliana,  69. 
discolor,  15. 
diver.sifolia,  16. 
Dr.  Nachtigal,  104 
Dregei,  17. 
Duchartrei,  90. 
echinosepala,  87. 
elegantissima,  113. 
elliptica,  32. 
Engleri,  86. 
Engleriana,  86. 
Erfordii,  63. 
erythrophylla,  88. 
Evansiana,  15. 
Feastii,  52. 


foliosa,  72. 
FrcebelU,  8. 
fuchsioides,  67. 
fulgens,  19. 
Gentilii,  43. 
geranifolia,  25, 
geranioides,  26. 
gigantea.  46,  61. 
glaucophylla,  31. 
Gloire  de  Chatelaine, 

GO. 
Gloire  de  Lorraine,  2. 
Gloire  de  Sceaux,  3. 
Glory  of  Cincinnati,  2. 
goegoensis,  45. 
gracilis.  16. 
Grahamiana,  56. 
grandiflora,  10,  70. 
grandis,  15,  85. 
Griffithii,  35. 
gunneraefolia.  81. 
Uaageana,  91. 
Hasskarlii,  77. 
Hemslyana,  SO. 
lieracleifolia,  47. 
heracleicotyle,  50. 
liydrodotylifolia,  51, 
impercalis,  41. 
incarnata,  70. 
incomparabilis,  5. 
Ingramii.  68. 
insignis,  70. 
jatrophefolia,  47. 
kewensia,  103. 


SOS.  Begonia  Gloire  de  Lorraine.   No.  2. 


472 


BEC.OMA 


BEGONIA 


knoir!Ot>>*ana,  73. 
laciaiatA.  97. 
Laaulii,  34. 
l«pnteui,  08. 
L*mmtntikri,  31. 
loiixiix'-s  101. 
loofnpilu.  47. 
Lubbersii,  55. 
lucerua,  119. 
Luciansp.  05. 
luciiia.  32. 
Iuxuri;ins,  79. 
Lynchcaim.  04. 
maetil.Hta.  41,  109, 

113. 
Maa.tieLesseps,  no. 
tuiMinitioa.  ,^9. 
manicata.  57. 
Manr^riia",  94. 
Mnrliann,  Itx 
metalHca.  93. 
miniata.  07. 
minor,  101, 
modica,  42. 
nana.  S,  11. 
natalcosu^,  27, 
Delumbiifolia,  53 
oigricaD^.  47 
nitida.  104. 
obiiqua,  1(M. 
octopetala,  10. 
odorata.  104. 
olbia.  111. 
palmatat  82. 


lOS. 


INDEX.  CONTINUED. 

piirri'/Wm,  17. 
Pea  reel   13. 
IH'ltatu,  77. 
pliylloimmiaca,  117. 
picta,  35, 
piVAinVfWt.s.  91. 
pictifulia,  34. 
platiuiifotia,  SI. 
polyjuithii,  108. 
p<)I>TX'talu,  28. 
Prvs.  Carnot.   US. 
puDctata,  47. 
Kajah.  30. 
rcniformis,  17,  85. 
Hex,  33. 
ricinifolia,  46. 
fiiKslii,  04. 
ro«eflora,  7. 
ixxsea,  70. 
RotfischiUs,  2. 
rubella.  4S. 
rubra.  10«». 
rubricaulU.  29. 
Satuiersonii,  69. 
sanRuinea,  9S. 
8cunden>i,  32. 
Scharffiaiia,  89. 
Scharj0i{,  91. 
Scbmidtiana,  76. 
Schmidtii,  70. 
Seilowii,  GO. 
semperflorens,  60. 
emaragdina.  41. 
Smithiit  02. 


socotrana,  1. 
sprciosa,  104. 
siH'cuIata,  39. 
$tri(/iUosa,  3S. 
Siinderbruchii,  47. 
Sutlicrlaudii,  12. 

tClUTH,  30. 

Ti'uclicri,  105. 
Thurwtoiiii,  114. 
7'fnmitcsii,  30. 
Trioinphc  Lfinoine.  4. 
Trioinpiie  de  Lor- 
raine, 00. 
Triomphr  dv  .\'ancy,4. 
tuberhybrida,  21. 
tuhiTosa,  21. 
Tuniford  Hall.  2. 
ulinifuliii,  100. 
Uiuiul;it;i.  Hi-2. 
vurii't^ata,  93. 
Veitcliii,  9. 
veliUina,  93. 
veiiosa,  78. 
vcrnaliH,  S. 
A'crtum,  00. 
Vorscliaffeltiana,  49. 
VerschaffeltU,  49. 
vitifolia,  85. 
Washingtoniatuit  81. 
Wfifuniensis,  18. 
Woriliiiina,  11. 
Wri^litii,  113. 
xantitina,  34. 
zebrina,  99. 


506    Begonia  Gloire  de  Sceaux  (XH).  No.  3. 

Horticultural  Arrangement  of  Species. 

This  arrangement  often  throws  together  specie.s  of 
no  close  botanical  roiationshij),  but  it  will  aid  the  cul- 
tivator to  understand  the  genus. 

I.  Species  Bulbous  or  essentially  so. 
aocotrana. 
II.  Species  Tuberous. 

A.  Flanl   titcmlesSt   he.   springing  directly  from    the 
crown   or    tuber    {Davisii,    roaxjlora,    Froehdii^ 
Veilchii,  octopetala.) 
AA.  Plant  with  «te.,  Tnore  or  less  branching. 

B.  Lvs.  narrow  {lanceolate  to  ovate-lanceolate) 
(bolicicwiis,  Sutherlandii). 
BB.  Lv8.    broofi    (ovate    to    cordate-ovate)    (Pearcei, 
Clarkei,  Evansiana,  gracilis,  Dregei,  welionv- 
ensis,  fulgens). 
BBB.  Lvs.  orbicular  (Baumannii). 
BBBB.  Lvs.  xnriftus,  mo»tly   f/road'Ovate   at   base,  acu- 
minate {tuber  hybrida). 
III.  Species  Rhizomatous. 

A.  Pl/mt  creeping,  trailing,  or  climbing  {glaucophylla, 
Hrjindfms). 
AA.  Plant  ujrright,  often  diffuse. 

B.  The  jfiriure-lvd.  species,  grown  for  the  foliage, 
which   is   Uirge  and   prominent   and   blotched, 
strongly  colored,   blistered,   or  otherwise  illus- 
trated.   The  Hex  set,  and  others' 
C.  Lvs.  oblif/ue,  lobed  at  the  base,  not  pellfttr  (or 
only  slightly  so)   (Hex,  xanthina,  Oriffithii, 
Rajah,     Augustind,     dsdatea,     speculata, 
decora,  imperialis). 


cc.  Lvs.     markedly     peltate      {modica,     Gentilii^ 
Binotii,  goegoensis). 
BB.  The    essentially    plain-lvd.    rhizomatous    kinds, 
allhough  some  of  them  are  grown  chiefly  for 
foliage. 
C.  Lvs.    prominently    lobed,    or    parted    or    even 
divided^   {ricinifolia,    heracleifolia.    Sunder* 
bruchii,     rubella,      VerscliaffeUiana,    hera- 
cleicotyle). 
CO.  Lvs.    lanceolate    to    ovate    or   cordate-ovate   to 
orbicular,  not  deeply  lobed,  often  entire,  and 
sometimes  peltate. 
D.  Foliage  small,  the  lvs.  less  than  2  in.  unde 
{hydrocotyHfolia). 
DD.  Foliage  of  usual  or  large  size. 

E.  The    lvs.    pcliate   {Feastii,  nelumbiifolia, 
conchsefiilia,    Lubbersii,  alho-coccinea). 
EK.  The  lvs.    not   peltate    {manicata,  Icprosa, 
niagnifica). 
IV.  Species  Fibrous-rooted  {Rhizomes  small  or  0.) 

A.  The  herbaceous  kituls — the  plant  small,  succulent, 
never  becoming  very  tall  or  woody  {semperflorens, 
gigantea  rosea,   Carrierei,   Erfordii,  Lyncheana, 
Luciame,  Corbeille  de  Feu). 
AA,    The    woody    or    shrubhy     kinds,    usually    much 
branched  ivhcn  mature,  and  often  tall. 
B.  Kinds    slender,     upright,     small-leaved,     mostly 
smooth,    green    or    nearly    so:    lvs.   many  and 
usually  not  more  than  1  in.  across. 
c.  Fls.  pink  or  red  {fuchsioides,  Ingramii,  Digs- 
welliana,  incarnaia,  ascotiensis). 
cc.  Fls.    white,    or   tinted   white    {foliosa,    knows- 
Icyana,  acuminata,  albo-picta). 
BB.  Kinds  low-growing,  diffuse  {Schmidtiana). 
BBB.  Kinds    stiff,    succulent    white-scurfy     (jpeltata, 
venosa). 
BBBB.  Kinds  mostly  tall  and  erect,  some  of  them  becom- 
ing S  ft.  high,  distinctly  shrubby  and  bushy. 
c.  Lvs.  compound,  or  divided  {luxurians.  Hems- 
Icyana,     platanifolia,     digitata,     caroliniae- 
folia,  diadema). 
cc.  Lvs.      not     compound,      although     sometim.es 
strongly  notched  or  even  lobed). 
D.  Whole  plant  hairy,  or  at  least  so  much  so 
as  to  give  it  the  appearance  of  b&iTig  a 
rough  or  pubescent  species. 
E.  Foliage  lujhi  grern   and  plant  pubescent 
(vififniin,  Kngli  ri). 
EE.  Folitigc   markedly   colored    above    or    be- 
neath, or  both. 
F.  Fls.  white,  (echinosepala,  erythrophylla, 
Scharffiana,  Duchartrei). 
FF.  Fls.      adored      {Haageana,       Credneri, 
Alleryi,  Margarita:,    mctallica,  cath- 
ayana,  deliciosa,  laciniata). 
DD.  Whole  plant  smooth  or  becoming  so  {a  few 
hairs  perhaps  remaining  on  the  lvs.),  or 
so  much  so  as  to  give  it  the  appearance  of 
being  a  glabrous  species. 
E.  Lvs.  medium  to  large,  very  broad,  fleshy 
or    thick,    entire,    often     peltate    {san- 
guinea ) . 
EE.  Lvs.  medium  size,  stiff,  green  and  shining, 
often    elongated,    mostly    undulate    or 
notched. 
F.  Fls.   white    {angularis,    ulmifolia.   Ion- 
gipes,  undulata,  kewensis). 
FF.  Fls.    colored    {nitida,    Teuscheri,    Bis- 
?narckii,  carminata,  polyantha,   coc- 
cinea). 
EEE,  Lvs.     medium    to    large,     the    margins 
strongly  toothed,  incised  or  lobed. 
F.  Fls.  white  {Madame  de  Lesseps,  olbia). 
FF.  Fls.    colored,    varying   to    tinted    white 
{argenteo-gullata,    maculata,    Thurs- 
tonii,      dichroa,      cororuita,      phyllo- 
maniaca,  President  Carnot,  lucerna) 

I.  Bulbous  Beoonias,  and  8emi-Bulbous  or  Semi- 
TuBEKOUs  Derivatives. 

1.  socotrSna,  Hook.  Fig.  504.  A  winter-flowering 
species:  st.  annual,  stout  and  succulent,  forming  at 
the  base  a  nu/nbcr  of  closely  set  scales  or  suppressed 
lvs.  resembling  bulbs:  lvs.  dark  green,  orbicular,  pel- 
tate, 4-7  in.  across,  center  depressed,  margin  recurved, 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


473 


SD7.  Begottia  Davisii  C  X  H>-    No.  6. 


crenate:  fls.  all  male  except  the  terminal  one  of  each 
branch  of  the  cyme,  in  terminal  few-fid.  cvmes,  bright 
rose  G.C.  II.  15:8.  B.M.  6555.  Gn.  2iri63;  49:42(5 
(a.s  B.  Gloire  de  Lorraine).  J.H.  III.  51:317.  R.H. 
1906,  p.  130;  1909,  p.  426.  A.F.  13:587,  588.— Bulbs  or 
semi-tubers  were  brought  from  the  hot  sandy  island  of 
Socotra  by  I.  B.  Balfour,  and  grown  at  Kew  in  1880. 
The  species  was  first  described  in  Gardeners'  Chronicle 

in  1881,  and  in  the 
same  year  in  Bo- 
tanical Magazine. 
See  also  Balfour, 
Botany  of  Socotra, 
p.  102,  1888  (Vol. 
31,  Roy.  Soc,  Edin- 
burgh ) .  An  early 
study  of  the  nature 
of  the  bulbs  by 
Duchartre  will  be 
found  in  Bull.  Soc. 
Bot.  de  France,  12 
(1885).— This  ex- 
cellent plant  re- 
quires to  be  grown 
in  a  light  position 
in  a  stove  to  develop 
at  its  best.  The 
A}\.-  ."^^tir'tJ'  ''v*i&ri^  bulbs  should  be 
'fi'^^i '^  ^\''!s\''n   -i'U^TK^^  shaken   out  of  the 

old  soil  in  Sept.  or 
Oct.  and  potted  up 
'in  a  light  soil,  rich  in 
humus,  and  placed 
in  heat  and  mois- 
ture, and,  when  well 
established,  should 
be  liberally  supplied  with  manure-water.  The  fls. 
appear  during  the  winter  months,  after  which  the 
plant  dies  down,  forming  a  number  of  large  resting 
buds  or  bulbs;  the  pots  should  then  be  placed  in  an 
intermediate  temp,  and  be  kept  nearly  dry  until  the 
following  growing  period  comes  round.  On  account  of 
its  habit  of  producing  fls.  in  winter,  this  species  has 
been  largely  used  by  the  hybridist  in  the  production 
of  a  race  of  winter-flowering  begonias,  of  which  there 
are  many  named  varieties. 

Following  are  leading  Socotrana  derivatives: 

2.  Gloire  de  Lorraine  (S.  aocolrana-xB.  Dregci).  Fig.  505.  One 
of  the  fine.^t  hybrid  begonias  ever  raised:  Ivs.  small,  nearly  regular, 
pure  green;  fls.  almost  exclusively  male,  4-petaled.  large,  borne  in 
broad  panicles,  covering  the  whole  superior  part  of  the  plant,  rose- 
colored,  not  deciduous.  Gt.  42.  p.  111.  A.F.  12:842.  G.F.  5:247.— 
Although  B.  socotrana  ia  semi  -  bulbous  and  B.  Dreffei  has  a  thickened 
rhizome,  the  hybrid  forms  show  neither,  but  the  base  of  the  st. 
throws  out  many  shoot.s,  which  can  be  separated  and  insure  the 
multiplication  of  the  plant.  Intro,  by  Lemoine  in  1S92. — There 
are  several  forms  of  this  plant  now  in  cult.  Rothschilds  variety  has 
larger  and  darker  colored  fls.  than  the  type.  Turn/ord  Halt  is  a 
form  with  white  fls.  Caledonia  also  has  white  fls.  but  is  far  inferior 
a-s  a  garden  plant  to  that  of  Turnford  Hall.  Glory  of  Cincinnati,  a 
form  with  very  lasting  large  satiny  pink  fls.,  is  a  seedling  from  B. 
socotrana  x  a  sport  of  Gloire  de  Lorraine;  it  bloomed  first  in 
Dec.  1908,  and  was  intro.  to  tratie  in   1910  (J.  A.  Peterson). 

'.i.  Gloire  de  Sceaux  {B.  socotrana  x  B.subpeltata).  Fig.  506. 
Plant  stout,  half  shrubby,  erect,  vigorous,  compact,  will  form  a 
plant  a-s  much  as  8  ft.  high  in  a  year  with  good  cult,  and  produce 
quantities  of  its  large  rose-colored  fis.  over  a  period  of  several 
months:  Ivs.  dark  metallic  green,  thick,  large,  red  beneath,  veins 
red  above,  suborbicular,  sliglitly  oliIi()ue:  fls.  profuse,  beautiful  rose- 
pink,  shiny,  females  the  last  fl.  on  the  cyme.  Fls,  from  Dec.  till  May. 
H.H.  1884:516.    G.F.  7;  1S5.— Intro,  in  1S85. 

4.  Triomphe  de  Lemoine  (B.  socotrana  x  B.  Roezlii).  St.  her- 
baceous, spreading,  then  erect  and  branching  into  numerous  flower- 
ing branches:  Ivs.  large,  coriaceous,  orbicular,  .somewhat  oblique, 
margins  slightly  cenerous,  6  in.  diam.:  fis.  in  dichotomous  cymes 
from  axils  of  Iv.s.,  rose-carmine,  female  fls.  exceedingly  rare,  males 
very  profuse,  plant  resembling  a  large  bouquet  when  in  full  bloom. 
G.F.  2:557. — Intro,  by  I.emoine  in  18H7.  Retains  its  fls.  after  they 
are  withered,  a  rare  occurrence  in  begonias.  Another  hybrid  from 
the  same  parent  is  Triomphe  de  Nancy,  with  fls.  rich  yellow  in  the 
center,  double,  and  the  out«r  petals  of  a  paler  hue. — Intro.  1888. 

.5.  incomparabilis,  Hort.  {B.  socotrana  x  a  garden  tuberous 
form).  I, vs.  large,  with  the  showy,  well-formed  orange-red  fls. 
standing  well  above  them.    H.B.  33:00. 


II.  Tuberous  Begonias,  the  plant  passing  the  winter 
as  a  dormant  tuber     Nos.  6-30. 

A.  Plard  slemless:  Ivs.  springing  directly  from  the  crown 

or  tuber. 

6.  Davisii,  Veitch.  Fig.  507.  Lvs.  ovate-cordate, 
dull  green,  thinly  hairy,  above  and  below,  upper  side 
lighter  veined  and  under  side  red,  petiole  short:  pedun- 
cles, pedicels  and  fls.  bright  red.  Peru.  B.M.  6252. 
F.M.  1876:231.  G.C.  II.  15:669.— A  favorite  with 
hybridists,  because  of  its  rich  coloring  and  its  free  flow- 
ering. It  has  given  rise  to  numerous  dwarf,  erect-habited 
garden  forms,  with  small  but  brightly  colored  fls. 

7.  rosseflSra,  Hook.  Stout:  petioles,  .scapes,  bracts, 
and  stipules  bright  red:  lvs.  green,  2-4  in.  wide,  on  stout, 
hairy  petioles,  2-6  in.  long,  orbicular,  reniform,  con- 
cave, margins  lobed,  red,  toothed:  fls.  2  in.  across, 
rose-red.  Andes  of  Peru,  12,000  ft.  Intro,  in  1867. 
B.M.  5680. — Light-colored  seedlings  of  this  species 
gave  rise  to  Queen  of  Whites,  put  into  commerce  in 
1878,  and  apparently  an  important  factor  in  subse- 
quent garden  forms  of  the  same  color.  The  species 
itself  is  probably  not  now  in  cult. 

8.  Froebelii,  A.  DC.  More  or  le.ss  hairy:  lvs.  numer- 
ous, cordate,  acuminate,  green,  covered  with  fleshy, 
purplish  hairs:  fls.  in  tall,  lax,  drooping,  branching 
cymes,  brilliant  scarlet,  large.  Late  autumn  and 
winter.  Ecuador.  J.H.  III.  32,  p.  33.  Journ.  Roy. 
Hort.  Soc.  19,  p.  cxcii.  Gn.  12,  p.  376.  Intro,  about 
1872-3  by  Otto  Froebel  of  Zurich. — A  beautiful  flower- 
ing plant,  useful  for  conservatory  work  in  winter.  Var. 
vemalis,  Hort.,  hybrid  (B.  FroebeliixB.  Dregei),  simi- 
lar to  type;  intro.  by  Dclouil  in  1880.  Var.  nana, 
Hort.   Very  dwarf:  fls.  dark  scarlet. 

9.  Veitchii,  Hook.  Loosely  hairy:  st.  very  short  or 
practically  none,  thick,  fleshy,  green:  lvs.  orbiculate, 
cordate,  lobed  and  incised,  margins  ciliate,  green, 
principal  veins  radiating  from  a  bright  carmine  spot 
near  the  center,  under  side  pale  green;  petiole  thick, 
terete  pilose:  fls.  234  in.  diam.,  cinnabar-red:  caps, 
smooth,  unequal  wings.  Peru,  12,000  ft.  B.M.  5663. 
F.S.  22:2326. — One  of  the  progenitors  of  the  tuberous 
race.  Intro.  1867.  Probably  not  now  in  cult.,  but  a 
beautiful  species. 

10.  octopetala,  L'Her.  (B.  grandifldra,  Knowl.  & 
West).  Lvs.  on  long,  .succulent  downy  petioles  IJ2  ft- 
long,  cordate,  deeply  lobed  and  serrated,  bright  green: 
fls.  seldom  produced 
in  cult.,  greenish 
white,  in  corymbs, 
males  with  8  or  9 
petals  2  in.  across, 
females  smaller  and 
generally  fewer. 
Intro,  to  Glasgow 
from  Lima,  Peru, 
inlS35.  B.M.  3559. 
F.S.  20:2056-7. 
A.F.  4:225  (var. 
Lemoinei).  This 
species  is  of  little 
or  no  horticul- 
tural value. 

AA.  Plant  with 
st.  {not  scapes) 
evident  and 
more  or  less 
upright,  usu- 
ally branching. 

B.  Lvs.    narroii-, 
lanceolate      In  ~ 
ovatc-laiirfiiliiU-. 

11.  boliviensis, 
A.  DC.  Fig.  .508. 
Plant     sparsely    508.  Begonia  boliviensis  (XH)-    No.  11. 


474 


BEC.OMA 


hairy:  st.  erect  :it  first,  lull  ilroopinsi  ami  hd'oiiiiiis  sli-n- 
der  with  iipe.  2-3  ft.  \nf.\\.  lirancliiiiK:  Ivs.  lam-oolatc  to 
ovatt^lancctilat<\  aoiuuiliato,  .-icrrate,  '.i-ii  iu.  lonjj;:  fl.s.  in 
drtxiping  panicles,  cinnabar-scarlet,  long  ami  fmhsia- 
like;  males  twice  jis  long  sw  females.  Holivia.  H.M. 
5(>o7.— Intro,  into  England  in  ISCl.  It  is  a  very  useful 
basket-pliUtt.  This  species  has  recently  been  crossed 
with  some  of  the  double  and  single  garden  forms  of 
the  tuberous  race  (of  which  this  species  was  one 
of  the  ancestors! .  and  has  given  rise  to  a  jiretty  and 
distinct  tvpc  with  long  pendulous  sts.  and  droojjing 
fjs.  which'  ivnder  them  most  useful  ;is  subjects  for 
baskets.  B.  Bertinii,  Ilort.,  is  closely  allied,  and  per- 
hai>s  a  form  of  li.  holirinixis.  FIs.  light  scarlet,  numer- 
ous and  krge,  not  so  pendent.  C!t.  .51,  p..").")0,  desc.  R.H. 
1S94,  p.  247.  There  is  a  dwarf  form  (var.  ik'dki)  of  this. 
B.  Worthiana,  Hort.,  .said  to  be  a  seedling  of  B.  holivi- 
aisif.  with  larger  and  shorter  Ivs.  and  more  numerous 
and  less  pendent  fls.  B.  bolidavis,  Ilort.,  is  a  hybrid  of 
B.  Darhii  and  B.  bolivirnsis. 

12.  Sutherlandii,  Hook.  Slender  and  graceful,  1-2 
ft.  high,  bright  vinous  red,  from  .small  tubers:  Ivs.  4-6 
in.  long,  lanceolate,  lobed  and  serrated,  green,  with  red 
veins  and  niargin;  petioles  slender,  red:  fls.  numerous, 
coppery  or  sahnon-red.  \atal.  B.M.  .50S9.— Intro,  by 
Backhouse  in  1807.   Of  little  decorative  value. 

BB.  Lvs.  broad-oviite  to  cordate-ovule. 

13.  Pearcei,  Hook.  Pubescent,  branching,  1  ft. 
high:  lvs.  oblique-ovale,  cordate,  acuminate, 
toothe<l,  glabrous  and  velvety  green  above,  tomen- 
to.se  beneath,  pale  red  on  under  .surface:  fls.  in 
loo.se,  axillarv  panicles,  large,  bright  yellow.  Boli- 
via; intro.  from  La  Paz,  being  sent  by  Mr.  Pearce, 
collector  for  Messrs.  Veitch.  B.M.  554.').— A  vari-  Sio. 
able  plant,  both  in  habit,  size,  color  of  the  fls. 
and  in  the  degree  of  the  venation  of  the  strongly 
m-rved  lvs.  It  is  the  only  ycllow-fld.  tuberous  begonia 
in  cult.  It  has  been  the  "chief  factor  in  the  production 
of  the  hundreds  of  yellow,  buff  and  orange-colored 
garden  forms.    Intro,  in  IStio. 

14.  Clarkei,  Hook.  Stout  and  erect,  2  ft.,  puberu- 
lent,  the  st.  purplish,  fleshy:  lvs.  obliquely  cordate- 
ovate,  serrate:  fls.  in  pendulous  racemes,  abundant. 


Begonia  tuberhybrida.  Single-flowered  (X!4)- 
No.  21. 


S09.  Begonia  Dregei  ( X  K).     No.  17. 


BEGONIA 

large,  bright  red.  Bolivia,  9,000-10,000  ft.  B.M. 
51)63  (as  ti.  Veilchii),  5075. — Resembles  B.  Veitchii.  It 
was  the  seed  parent  of  Vesuvius  and  Emperor,  two  im- 
portant and  useful  varieties  for  bedding  out.    Probably 

not  now  in  cult. 
15.  Evansiana, 
Andr.     {B.     dU- 
color,  R.  Br.  B. 
grdndis,    Dry.). 
Smooth:    st.   de- 
ciduous, branch- 
ing, 2  ft.  high:  lvs, 
ovate-acute,  sub- 
cordate,     lobed, 
margins  denticu- 
late, green  above, 
under    side    and 
petioles  red,  pe- 
duncles   branch- 
ing, axillary:  fls. 
numerous,   flesh- 
colored,    large. 
Java,   China, 
Japan.       B.   M. 
1473.  — A  hand- 
some and  almost 
hardy  species. 
Intro,  in  1804  to 
Kew.  Little  cult. 
now.    It  makes  a 
pretty  and  free- 
flowering     plant 
for    the    cool 
greenhouse  in 
summer.  Readily 
prop,  by  bulblets, 
which  are  produced  in  quantities  in  the  axils  of  the 
lvs.  after  flowering,  and  which  will  give  flowering  plants 
the  following  year.    Stands  some  frost. 

16.  gracilis,  HBK.  [B.  blcolor,  Wats.  B.  diversi- 
folia,  R.  Grab.).  Smooth  and  shining,  tall  and  st. 
erect,  seldom  branched,  succulent:  lvs.  thinly  scattered 
along  sts.,  abnost  heart-shaped,  slightly  hairy,  lobed, 
denticulate,  ciliate:  fls.  on  short,  axillary  peduncles, 
pink.  Mex.  B.M.  2966.— In  axils  of  lvs.  between 
stipules  a  cluster  of  bulblets  is  borne.  The.se  may  be 
gathered  and  sown  as  seeds.  Along  with  its  varieties, 
annulata,  diversif61ia,  Martiana,  and  others,  it  makes 
a  very  l)eautiful  svnnmer-flowcring  greenhouse  begonia. 
— Intro,  by  P.  Neill,  of  Cannonniills,  Edinburgh,  in 
1829.  This  species  should  be  treated  in  exactly  the 
same  way  as  the  garden  race  of  tuberous  begonias  as 
to  cult.  The  variety  Martiana  is  a  large-fld.  form  with 
ro.se-colored  fls.  and  frequently  reaches  5  ft.  in  height. 
It  is  a  pretty  and  desirable  greenhouse  plant,  producing 
a  succession  of  fls.  for  2-3  months  during  the  summer. 

17.  Dregei,  Otto  &  Dietr.  (B.  cdfra,  Meisn.  B. 
parvifijlia,  tirah.  B.  renif&rims,  Hort.).  Glabrous:  sts. 
succulent,  annual,  1-3  ft.  high:  from  a  rootstalk  a 
fleshy  irregular  tuber:  lvs.  thin,  small,  oblique-ovate, 
green,  deeply  serrated,  reddish  on  the  under  side:  fls. 
white,  small,  profuse.  Cape  of  Good  Hope.  B.M.  3720. 
— Received  at  Botanic  Gardens,  Edinburgh  in  1836 
from  Berlin.    A  useful  free-flowering  greenhouse  plant. 

18.  weltoniensis,  Hort.  (B.  Sutherlandii  x  B.  Dregei). 
St.  reddish,  1-3  ft.  high:  lvs.  Ught  green,  smooth,  ovate- 
acuminate,  lobed,  dentate,  lJ-^-2  in.  acro.ss;  petiole  red, 
1-114  in.  long:  fls.  |)ink,  profuse,  on  short  peduncles.— - 
Frequently  met  with  in  cottagers'  windows  in  Elngland; 
of  very  easy  cult.  Intro,  by  Major  Clark,  of  Welton 
Park,  England.    Var.  alba,  Hort.,  has  white  fls. 

19.  fijlgens,  Lemoine.  Stout:  st.  short:  lvs.  large- 
reniform  to  cordate-ovate,  more  or  less  oblique,  irregu- 
larly sinuate-toothed,  sparsely  hairy  above  and  beneath, 
dull  dark  green  above  and  reddish  on  the  under  side: 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


475 


fls.  large  (2  in.  across)  in  many  long-pedunck'd 
clusters,  bright  rich  rose-red,  fragrant.  Bolivia. — • 
A  handsome  plant,  published  by  Lemoine  in  cata- 
logue of  1893. 

BBB.  Lvs.  orbicular. 

20.  Ba&mannii,  Lemoine.  Loose-hairy  or  nearly 
glabrous,  the  sts.  often  very  short  and  the  plant 
appearing  acaulescent,  but  becoming  1-1 J^  ft.  high: 
lvs.  large,  orbicular,  with  short,  thick  petioles: 
peduncles  18  in.  high,  bearing  panicles  of  4-6  fls., 
which  are  ro.se-red,  4-petaled,  from  3-4  in.  across, 
and  fragrant  as  roses.  Bolivia,  8,000-9,000  ft.  B.M. 
7540.  Gt.  40:1348;  42,  p.  2,5.  A.F.  7:561.  G.F. 
5:77. — It  is  described  as  plentiful  in  the  moist 
valleys  of  the  Cordilleras,  where  it  is  eaten  by  cattle. 
Distributed  by  Lemoine  in  1890.  Tubers  as  large 
as  ostrich  eggs.    Habit  of  B.  socolrana. 

BBBB.  Lvs.  various,  mostly  broad-ovate  at  base, 
acuminate,  oblique. 

21.  tuberhybrida,  Voss  (B.  (wbero.sa,  Hort.).  Figs. 
510,  511,  512.  The  garden  race  of  tuberous  bego- 
nias, combined  of  many  species  and  derived  from 
many  sources,  very  variable  and  yet  for  the  most 
part  agreeing  in  general  If.  form.  There  are  many 
named  garden  varieties. 

Other  Tttberous-rooted  Species. 

22.  cinnabariaa.  Hook.  Puberulent:  sts.  short,  green,  zigzag, 
slightly  downy:  Iva.  on  .short  petioles,  obliquely  ovate,  lobed  and 
serrated:  peduncles  9-12  in.  long,  red;  fls.  cinnabar-red,  2  in.  across. 
Bolivia.    B.M.  4183.    P.M.  16:225.— Intro.  1849;  not  in  cult. 

2.3.  crinita,  Oliver.  Slender,  sparsely  hairy:  sts.  red,  hairy,  1  ft. 
high:  lvs.  ovate-cordate,  irregularly  toothed,  tinged  with  red  on  the 
under  side:  peduncles  erect,  red,  producing  3  pale  rose-colored  fla. 
Boli%-ia.    B.M.  3897. — Intro,  by  Veitch  in  18ti6. 

24.  cyclophylla,  Hook.  Slightly  hairy,  slender,  stemless:  If. 
Bolitary.  orbicular,  6  in.  across,  green,  with  fimbriated  margin: 
peduncles  erect.  6  in.  long;  fls.  rose-colored,  with  the  fragrance  of 
roses.    China.    B.M.  6926. — Intro,  to  Kew  m  1885. 

25.  geranifdlia,  Hook.  Glabrous;  st.  1  ft.  high,  erect,  greenish: 
lvs.  cordate,  lobed,  incised  and  serrated,  green,  margins  red;  fls.  2 
or  3  on  terminal  peduncles,  outer  petals  orbicular,  red;  the  two 
inner  obovate.  white.    Lima.    B.M.  3387. — Intro.  1833. 

26.  geranioides,  Hook.  Small,  10-14  in.,  stemless.  rootatock 
fleshy:  lvs.  radical,  reniform,  6  in.  across,  lobed  and  toothed,  green, 
hairy,  petioles  S  in.  long;  peduncles  erect.  6-12  in.  long,  reddish, 
hairy,  bearing  a  lax  panicle  of  fls.,  each  1  K  in.  across,  pure  white, 
with  a  button-like  cluster  of  yellow  anthers.  Natal.  B.M  5583. — 
Planted  in  a  border  in  a  sunny  greenhouse,  this  is  a  fine  begonia, 


fUJ'i-i '  V-^ffeV    ^ 


S 11.  Begonia  tuberhybrida.   Double-flowered.  No.  21. 


512    Begoma  tuberhybrida 
Double-flowered  form.     No.  21. 


flowering  profusely   during    Oct. 
and  Nov.    Intro,  to  Kew  in  1866.      ^■* 
Probably  not  now  in  cult.    Allied 
to  B.  Dregei.  '^ij:\i 

27.  natalensis.  Hook.  Glab-  \^ 
rous:  sts.  fleshy,  1-2  ft.  high:  lvs. 
obliquely  cordate,  lobed,  sinuate, 
2-3    in.    long,    green,    sometimes 
mottled  with  gray,  veins  reddish:  fls.  yellowish  white,  tinged  with 
rose,  1  in.  across.    Natal.    B.M.  4841. — Intro,  to  Kew  in  1854. 

28.  polypetala,  A.  DC.  St.  short,  fleshy:  lvs.  ovate-cordate, 
toothed,  hairy,  with  raised  veins,  10x8  in.;  fls.  with  9  or  10 
ovate-oblong  petals  an  inch  long,  red;  ovary  hairy,  with  1  long 
wing.    Peru.    Gn.  14,  p.  531. — Intro,  by  Froebel  in  1878. 

29.  rubricaiiUs,  Hook.  Pubescent,  stemless,  scapes  red;  lvs.  4-6 
in.  long,  ovate,  wa\'y,  ciliate  along  the  margins,  deep  green:  fls.  large, 
males  1  'i  in.  across,  5-petaIed:  females  smaller,  6-peta!ed.  reddish. 
Country  unknown.  B.M.  4131. — Intro,  to  Birmingham  Botanic 
Garden  in  or  about  1844. 

.30.  tenera,  Dry.  (B.  ThwaUesii.  Hook.).  Pubescent,  stemless: 
lvs.  radical,  cordate,  5  in.  long,  coppery  green,  mixed  with  purple 
and  blotched  with  gray,  under  surface  very  red:  fls.  white,  tinged 
pink.  Ceylon.  B.M.  4692. — Chiefly  interesting  as  a  variegated 
plant.    Intro,  to  Kew  about  1852. 


in.  Species  Rhizom.\tous:  the  rhizomes  mostly  shaggy 
and  lying  on  top  the  ground  or  very  nearly  so 
{Fig.  516);  plant  making  no  proper  upright  stem 
or  trunk.   Nos.  31-59. 

A.  Plant  creeping,  trailing,  or  climbing. 

31.  glaucophylla,  Hook.  (B.  glaucophylla  spUndens, 
Hort.  B.  glaucophylla  scdndens,  Hort.  B.  Comte  de 
Limminghe,  Hort.  B.  Limminghei,  Hort.).  Glabrous: 
sts.  long,  drooping  or  creeping,  lending  themselves  to 
training  on  rafters:  lvs.  ovate,  wavy,  3  in.  long,  glaucous 
green,  reddish  and  variegated  in  bud,  purple  beneath 
and  white-spotted  above,  the  margin  cartilaginous:  fls. 
brick-red,  males  1  in.  across,  with  petals,  females  of 
equal  petals.  Brazil.  B.M.  7219.  Gn.  59,  p.  336.— A 
good  basket  plant,  flowering  freely  all  winter.  Excellent 
for  a  permanent  position  in  a  greenhouse;  reaches  6-8 
ft.  or  more  high. 

32.  scandens,  Swartz  (B.  liiriih.  Otto  &  Dietr.  B. 
clliptica,  IIBK.).  Glabrous:  sts.  climbing  or  trailing, 
clinging  by  means  of  .short  aerial  roots:  lvs.  ovate  or 
broader,  acuminate,  notched  at  base,  dentate,  glossy 
green,  4  in.  long:  fls.  small,  white,  hanging  in  ball-hke 
clusters.  W.  Indies  and  S. — An  excellent  basket  or 
climbing  plant. 


476 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


AA.  Plant  upright,  often  diffuse. 
B.  The  picture-lvd.  set:  plants  low  and  tending  to  be  com- 
pact, the  mature  tes.  usually  hanging  nearly  verti- 
cal, often  mriously  colored  and  marked. 
C  Lvs.  oblique,  lobed  at  the  base,  not  peltate  {or  only 

slightly  so). 
33.  R€x,  Putz.  Fig.  513.  Very  hairy:  st  a  short, 
fleshy  rhironic,  from  whirh  spring  the  limg-stalked 
large  ovate  wavy  Ivs..  wliicli  are  liairy  ami  colored  a 
rieh  metallie  green,  with  a  zone  of  silvery  gray:  pediin- 
cles  erect;  fls.  hirge,  rose-tinted:  males  2  in.  across,  with 
4  unequal  petals;  females  smaller,  with  '>  nearly  equal 


"^^xS^ 


513.  Begonia  Rex,  in  its  original  form.   No.  33. 

petals;  ovary  3-angled,  with  2  short  and  1  long  wing. 
Assam.  F.S.  12:12.5,5-12.58.  B.M.  5101.— This  noble 
species  is  the  principal  parent  in  the  production  of  the 
numerous  ornamental-foliaged  begonias.  It  has  been 
crossed  with  a  few  species  in  the  first  place,  and  then 
hybrid  seedlings  have  been  raised  again  and  again  from 
the  progeny.  Fig.  513  is  a  copy  of  a  part  of  the  original 
figure  in  Flore  des  Serres  (1857),  and  is  given  here  for 
the  purpose  of  showing  what  this  species  was  like  when 
first  known  to  horticulturists.  There  are  very  many 
named  forms,  but  most  of  the  listed  kinds  tend  soon 
to  pass  out.  One  of  them  that  has  persisted,  because  of 
the  odd  quirl  to  the  If.  is  Countess  Louise  Erdoedy  (B. 
Alexander  von  Humboldt  xB.  argentea-cupreala).  Fig. 
514.  Lvs.  obliquely  cordate,  ovate-acute,  the  smaller  of 
the  2  lobes  twisted  in  a  spiral  manner,  with  as  many  as 
4  coils;  upper  surface  silvery,  with  veins  deep  green; 
under  surface  reddish,  pilo.se.  I. H.  31:516.  G.C.  II. 
22:205.  Intro,  by  F.  Xemeczek,  gardener  to  Count 
Erdody,  a  Hungarian  nobleman,  in  1884. — Other  Rex 
varieties  of  unknown  or  uncertain  origin:  Louise  Clos- 
Kon.  Lvs.  ovate-acuminate,  lobed,  veins  deep  purple, 
surface  blotched  with  deep  purple  bronze,  metallic 
laster  verj-  bright.  Lucy  Closson  is  very  similar,  but 
more  vigorous,  with  the  blotches  more  numerous  and 
better  distributed.  Marquis  de  Peralla.  Lvs.  small, 
margins  hairj-,  numerous  silvery  spots  on  surface. 
Compact,  den.se  grower.  Duchesse  de  Brabant.  Lvs. 
large,  purple,  margins  and  surface  hairy,  otherwi.se  like 
H.  Hex.  Louiife  Chretien.  Lvs.  green,  with  a  zone  of 
gjossv  silver  towards  the  center,  covered  with  very 
email  white  spots.  Count  Erdoedy.  Silver-white,  green- 
Btripf^^l  along  the  veins,  hairy;  lobes  twisted  into  a 
spiral,  hairy. 

34.  zanthlna,  Hook.  Similar  to  B.  Rex:  lvs.  large, 
flf~hy,  cordate-ovate,  acuminate,  sinuate-ciliated,  dark 
glo-.-\-  green  above,  purplish  beneath:  fls.  large,  almost 
golden  yellow,  tinged  on  the  back  with  red:  caps,  with 
one  large  wing.  India.  B.M.  4683.  Var.  pictifdlia, 
Hook.  Lvs.  with  rows  and  spots  of  silvery  white:  fls. 
yellowish  white.   B.M.  5102.   Var.  LSzulii,  Hook.   Lvs. 


not  spotted,   tinted   with   bluish  purple.     B.M.  5107. 
This  species  is  probably  not  now  in  cult. 

:i5,  Griffithii,  Hook.  (B.  jricta,  Hort.).  St.-lvs.  and 
habit  as  in  B.  Rex:  lvs.  olive-green,  with  a  broad  zone 
iif  gray  inside  a  purple  margin,  tinged  with  red  on  the 
under  side,  the  basal  lobes  overlapping:  fls.  large, 
fleshy,  pink;  ovary  curiously  crinkled  along  the  angles. 
Assam.  B.M.  4984. — Intro,  by  Henderson,  England, 
in  1856.    Probably  not  now  in  cult. 

36.  Rajah,  Ridley.  Fig.  515.  Lvs.  from  the  root- 
stock,  angular-orbicular,  papery,  the  petioles  and 
under  veins  setose,  upper  surface  smooth  and  richly 
mottled  from  the  green  ribs  and  the  brown  or  brown- 
red  intermediate  spaces,  the  margins  serrate  and 
setose:  fls.  small,  pink,  on  hispid  peduncles  that  stand 
about  as  high  as  the  lvs.  Malaya.  G.C.  III.  16:213. 
— A  distinct  and  beautiful  hothouse  species,  deserving 
of  popularity.   Said  erroneously  to  be  a  garden  hybrid. 

37.  Augustinei,  Hemsl.  A  dwarf,  compact  species, 
allied  to  B.  Rex  but  devoid  of  color  in  the  lvs.  as  in  that 
species:  sts.  branching  freely,  short-jointed:  lvs.  erect 
or  spreading,  eUiptic  or  ovate,  3-6  in.  long,  reddish 
green  above  and  below,  covered  on  both  sides  with  red 
hairs;  petiole  red,  terete,  provided  with  dense  white 
hispid  hairs:  whole  plant  presenting  a  mixture  of  white 
or  red  hairs:  infl.  erect,  few-fid.;  fls.  pink.  China. — 
Differs  from  B.  xanlhina  in  its  rough  rugose  hairy  lvs. 
and  rose-pink  fls. 

38.  daedalea,  Lem.  (B.  strigilldsa,  Dietr.).  Hairy, 
Rex-like:  st.  a  short,  thick  rootstock:  lvs.  large,  green, 
ovate-acuminate,  cordate,  margins  slightly  serrate  and 
beset  with  long  reddish  hairs,  surface  covered  with  a 
peculiar  network  of  russet-brown:  peduncles  spotted 
and  slightly  hairy;  fls.  white,  tinged  with  pink.  Mex. 
I.H.8:2t)9. — A  handsome  foliage  plant,  not  very 
widely  known. 

39.  speculata,  Hort.  Probably  a  hybrid:  st.  a  short, 
thick  rhizome:  lvs.  broadly  ovate,  acuminate,  cordate, 
lobed  half  way  down  the  blade,  on  long,  hairy  petioles, 
dull  green,  rough,  speckled  with  gray,  hairy,  reddish 
on  the  under  side,  veins  very  prominent,  light  green: 
fls.  on  long,  hairy  peduncles,  pink-white,  males  and 
females  both  with  2  petals:  caps,  green,  with  small  red 


514.  Begonia  Countess  Louise  Erdoedy  (  X  H).   No.  33. 

spots. — Origin  uncertain,  although  apparently  com- 
mon in  cult,  in  this  country.  A  hardy  and  useful 
begonia  for  conservatory  and  window-garden. 

40.  decdra,  Stapf.  A  small  species  of  compact  habit, 
allied  to  B.  Rex:  rhizome  short,  reddish  green:  lvs.  3-4 
in.  long,  ovate,  rich  reddish  brown  with  prominent 
yellow-green  veins:  whole  plant  covered  with  thick- 
set papilla;  and  .short  hairs:  fls.  pink,  comparatively 
large  for  so  .small  a  plant.  Perak. — This  plant  thrives 
best  in  a  stove.  It  is  readily  crossed  with  many  other 
species,  notably  with  B.  Rex,  and  the  offspring  are 
amongst  the  finest  ornamental  foliage  plants. 


BEGOXIA 


BEGONIA 


477 


41.  imperialis,  Lem.  Very  hairy,  low:  st.  short,  her- 
baceous, green:  Ivs.  4-6  in.  wide,  brownish  green,  with 
irregular  bands  of  bright  green  along  the  nerves,  mak- 
ing a  striking  contrast:  fls.  insignificant,  white.  Mex. 
I.H.  8:274.  Var.  maculata,  Hort.,  has  brown  Ivs.  with 
green  blotches.  Var.  smaragdina,  Hort.,  has  wholly 
bright  green  Ivs.  I.H.  7:202. — These  plants  require  a 
liothouse  treatment  in  winter. 

cc.  Lvs.  markedly  pellale. 

42.  modica,  Stapf.  A  spreading,  dwarf  plant  with 
-ts.  green,  slender:  lvs.  peltate,  orbicular  or  broadly 
nvate,  2-4  in.  long,  pale  green  in  color,  margins  pink, 
undulate,  margins  and  veins  ciliate;  petioles  greenish 
red,  hairy,  3-0  in.  long:  infl.  few-fid.,  males  .'small,  2- 
petaled,  orange-yellow,  with  red  blotch  at  base  of 
petals,  female.s  same  as  males  in  color;  ovary  4-celled, 
J^^in.  long,  winged,  hairy.  W.  Trop.  Afr.  B.M.  8258. — 
A  recent  species,  requiring  stove  conditions. 

43.  Gentilii,  De  Wild.  A  near  ally  of  B.  modica:  sts. 
creeping,  red  hairy:  lvs.  peltate,  erect,  ovate,  acute, 
margins  finely  serrate,  slightly  reflexed,  green  .suffused 
with  light  red,  young  lvs.  red;  petiole  terete,  red, 
hairy,  6-12  in.  long;  blades  3-4  in.  long:  infl.  few-fld.; 
fls.  orange-yellow  suffused  with  red;  ovary  4-celled, 
winged.   Congo. 

44.  Bindtii,  Hort.  Plant  rough-hairy  hke  B.  Rex: 
lvs.  elliptic-orbicular,  markedly  peltate,  green  above 
and  red-hairy  beneath,  blistered  or  bullate. — Very 
recently  offered,  and  yet  little  known. 

4.5.  goegoensis,  N.  E.  Br.  Fire  King.  Compact  but 
large  plant:  st.  a  short,  thick,  greenish  red  rootstock: 
lvs.  handsome,  erect,  peltate,  ovate-orbicular,  6-9  in. 
long,  surface  blistered  or  puckered  green,  with  dark 
bronzy  blotches,  prominently  veined,  dull  red  on  the 
under  side:  fls.  small,  rose-pink,  in  a  lax  cluster  6  in. 
high.  Goego,  Sumatra. — A  distinct  and  ornamental- 
Ivd.  plant,  requiring  stove  conditions;  deserves  the 
attention  of  amateurs. 

BB.  The  essentially  plain-lvd.  rhizomatous  kinds,  although 
some  of  them  are  grown  almost  wholly  for  the  foliage. 
{Some  of  this  group  are  bold  and  striking.) 

C.  Lvs.  prominently  lobed,  or  parted  or  even  divided. 
46.  ricinifolia,   Hort.    {B.   heracleifolia  x  B.   peponi- 
fblia).    St.  a  short,  thick  rootstock:  Ivs.  large,  bronzy 


515.  Begonia  Rajah  (XJi).    No.  36. 

green,  lobed,  resembling  ca,stor-oil  plant:  fls.  numerous, 
on  long,  erect  peduncles,  rose-pink. — A  useful  free- 
flowering  plant  for  the  greenhouse,  producing  its  fls  in 
winter  and  early  spring.  \'ar.  gigantea  odor^ta,  Hort., 
is  a  double  hybrid  {B.  ricirufi)liti  and  B.  fidgens  x 
B.  Scharffiana)  of  German  origin.  Lvs.  large,  round-cor- 


date, the  lobes  extending  one-third  or  less  deep  and 
notched:  fls.  on  long  scapes,  standing  above  the  lvs., 
delicate  rose-color  and  with  tea-rose  odor.  Gt.  54, 
p.  42. 

47.  heracleifolia, Cham.  &  Schlecht.  (B.jatrophspfdlia, 
Hort.).  Hairy:  st.  a  short,  thick  rhizome:  lvs.  6-12  in. 
across,  with  5-9  deep  and  narrow  notched  and  toothed 


516.  Begonia  magnifica  ( X  'A). 
No.  59. 

lobes,  rich  green:  peduncles  2-A  ft.,  long,  straight:  fls. 
white  or  rose-tinted,  small,  with  2  prominent  rounded 
parts.  Mex.  B.M.  3444.  B.R.  1668.  J.H.  HI.  56:309. 
Var.  nigricans,  Hook.,  has  the  margins  of  the  lvs.  bor- 
dered with  dark  (almost  black)  green.  B.M.  4983.  Var. 
longipila,  Hort.  has  long,  fleshy  hairs  on  the  If.-stalks 
and  peduncles.  B.  Siinderbruchii,  Hort.,  is  an  American 
form  of  this  var.:  lvs.  bronze-green,  silver  bands  along 
the  nerves,  purple  underneath.  Var.  punctata,  Hort., 
has  green  lvs.,  reddish  near  the  margin:  fls.  rose-colored, 
with  deep  red  spots  on  the  outside. 

48.  rubella,  Hamil.  Smooth:  st.  a  short,  thick  rhi- 
zome: lvs.  handsome,  large,  cordate,  acuminate,  deeply 
lobed,  spotted  with  irregularly  shaped  dark  brown  marks: 
fls.  pale  pink,  on  long  peduncles,  decorative.    Nepal. 

49.  Verschaffeltiana,  Regel  (B.  Verschaffcltii,  Hort. 
B.  manicala  x  B.  carolinicefdlia) .  Hairy:  st.  a  thick 
rhizome:  lvs.  large,  ovate,  acuminate,  lobed:  fls.  rose- 
colored,  pendent  on  long  peduncles.  I.H.  2:68. — Tall, 
coarse  and  unsightly  as  an  old  specimen,  but  when  well 
grown  from  year  to  year  from  cuttings  makes  an  excel- 
lent plant  and  produces  quantities  of  its  small  rose- 
colored  fls.  in  early  spring,  which  last  for  several  months 
and  have  a  considerable  decorative  value. 

50.  heracleicotyle,  Veitch  (B.  heracleifolia  x  B.  hydro- 
cotylifoiia).  A  small,  es.sentially  smooth  plant,  with 
lvs.  close  to  the  rhizomes:  lvs.  thick,  obliquely  cordate- 
ovate,  many-lobed  and  toothed,  margins  slightly  ciliate, 
shining  metallic  green  above  and  reddish  beneath:  fls. 
pink,  small,  freely  produced  on  about  8  free-branching 
peduncles  in  early  spring.  Veitch,  1895. — A  useful  and 
decorative  greenhouse  plant. 

cc.  Lvs.  lanceolate  to  ovate  or  cordate-ovate  to  orbicular, 

not  deeply  lobed,  often  entire,  and  sometimes  peltate. 

D.  Foliage  small,  the  lvs.  less  than  2  in.  wide. 

51.  hydrocotylifolia.  Otto.  Whole  plant  hairy:  st. 
succulent,  creeping:  lvs.  rotundate-cordate,  repand  but 


478 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


entiiT,  small,  on  short  petioles  and  therefore  clustered 
near  the  Rriniiul:  p«luncles  1-1 '2  ft-  hinh,  pilose;  fls. 
di(H>talous.  rosi'-colori'd,  small  and  numerous,  showy. 
Mex.    B..M.39()S. 

DD.  Foliage  of  usital  or  large  size. 

E.  The  li's.  i>ellate. 

5'2.  Feastii,  llort.  (li.  iminiciila  x  B.  hydrocotijlijiilia). 

ShaKKi.-hairv   on   petioles   and    lf.-edj;es:   st.   a  short, 

thick  roolstock:  Ivs.  suborbicular,  thick,  red  beneath, 


517.  Begonia  semperflorens.    A  recently  struck  cutting. 
To  show  the  precocity  of  bioom.    No.  GO. 

entire  with  long  white  hairs  on  margins;  petioles  short, 
irregularly  marked:  fls.  light  pink,  on  long  peduncles. 
A.G.2:i:;J3.5. — Intro,  by  .John  Feast,  of  Baltimore,  before 
1S80.  A  common  pot  and  house  plant.  B.  Biinchii, 
Hoit.,  is  a  form  with  edges  of  Ivs.  crested  and  frilled. 
Originate<l  with  Lloyd  C.  Bunch,  Fredonia,  Kan. 

.53.  nelumbiifdlia,  Cham.  &  Schlccht.  Hairy:  st.  a 
short,  thick  rhizome:  Ivs.  large,  12-18  in.  long,  S-12  in. 
wide,  peltate,  hairy  on  the  under  side,  on  long  upstand- 
ing petioles:  fls.  many  and  small,  white  or  rose-colored, 
in  a  dense  erect  much-branched  cluster.  Mex. — The 
foliage  Ls  bold  and  han<l.some,  and  distinct  in  general 
effect  from  any  other  cult,  species. 

bi.  conchaefdlia,  A.  Dietr.  Lvs.  nearly  peltate  or 
semi-peltate,  thick,  cordate-ovate  and  the  basal  lobes 
or  ears  overlai)i)ing,  margins  entire  or  repfuid,  becotning 
Bmofjth  above,  shining  green  above  and  reddish  beneath : 
flrf.  pink.    Cent.  Ainer. 

')'>.  Ltibbersii,  E.  Morr.  Semi-shrubby,  the  short 
rhizome  occasionally  ascending  and  becoming  gouty 
at  the  hasit::  lvs.  large,  peltate,  oblicimly  lanceolate, 
entire,  green  with  many  silvery  blotches  above,  claret- 
colorefl  beneath:  fls.  white,  on  long  peduncles.  Brazil. 
G.C.  III.  3:301.  R.II.  1S88,  p.  22.5.— \amed  in  com|)li- 
menl  to  M.  Lubbers,  curator  Brus.sels  Bot.  Card.  Has 
Bpots  like  B.  m/ioiUiUi. — Of  little  horticultural  value. 

•V).  Slbo-coccinea,  Hook.  (B.  Orahimidna,  Wight). 
■iio'jth  and  shining:  rootstock  creeping:  lvs.  peltate, 
ovate,  leathery,  <>  in.  long:  pedunchsi  1  ft.  long,  coral- 
rfl,  ."pringing  from  the  crown;  male  fls.  1  in.  across, 
with  4  p<-lal.'-;  fe/nale  fls.  also  of  4  petals,  white  above, 
coral-re<I  b<'nealh.  Flowers  in  winter.  India.  B.H. 
32:39.  B.M.  4172. — A  beautiful  species,  apparently 
little  cult.  now. 


EE.  The  h's.  not  peltate. 

57.  manicata,  Cels.  Essentially  smooth  except  the 
hairy  If.-edges,  short-stemmed,  succulent:  lvs.  ovate, 
obliquely  cordate,  thick,  fleshy,  sniooth,  shiny  green, 
t)-8  in.  long;  petioles  covered  with  fleshy  scale-like 
hairs:  iieduncles  a  foot  or  more  long,  bearing  loose 
panicles  of  pink  dipctalous  fls.  Mex.  Var.  a&reo-macu- 
lata,  llort.,  has  large  blotches  of  vcllovvish  white  on 
the  Iv.s.  F.E.  8:ll,'59.  F.R.  2:435.  A.G.  23:337.— 
Flowers  profusely  in  spring,  having  a  light  elegant 
and  feathery  effect  sujiported  on  long  erect  and  free- 
branching  peduncles.  Var.  crispa,  Hort.,  has  foliage  with 
cri.spate  margins ;  there  is  also  a  yellow-spotted  form  of  it. 

58.  leprosa,  Ilance.  \  dwarf,  compact  species,  with 
short,  free-branching  rhizomes  and  erect,  ovate,  pale 
green  Ivs.  with  biserrate  margins  and  reaching  to  a 
height  of  ()-f)  in.:  infl.  few-fld.;  fls.  large  for  so  small  a 
plant,  rose-pink,  male  with  4  petals  and  female  with  6 
I)etals:  ixirtially  deciduous  during  the  winter  months. 
China. — Thrives  best  in  a  greenhouse. 

59.  magnifica,  Lind.  Fig.  516.  Sub-frutescent, 
smooth  and  shining,  the  sts.  creeping:  Ivs.  large  and 
bold,  sometimes  rising  2  ft.,  obliquely  ovate-cordate, 
entire  or  obscurely  lobed,  serrate,  slightly  peltate, 
bright  green,  the  iiiargins  ciUate :  fls.  long  and  fuchsia- 
like, numerous,  the  sts.,  bracts,  fls.  arid  hairs  of  the 
clusters  all  scarlet-red,  showy.  Colombia.  R.H.  1870: 
270. — One  of  the  best  of  the  rhizomatous  begonias. 
Lf.-blades  often  2  ft.  acro.ss. 

IV.  Species  Fibrous-rooted  (rootstock,  if  any,  smnll). 
Nos.  60-119. 

A   The  small  smculent  herbaceous  kinds,  never  becoming 
very  tall  or  woody. 

60.  semperflorens,  Link.  &  Otto  (R.  Sellowii, 
Klotzsch).  Fig.  517.  Erect,  smooth  pl.-ints  with  st. 
herbaceous,  green  or  reddish,  6-18  in.  high:  Ivs.  ovate, 
rotundate,  obtu.se  at  the  base,  toothed  and  ciliate  along 
the  margin,  pale  glossy  green,  tinged  with  red  on  the 
midrib  and  petiole:  peduncles  axillary,  few-fld.;  fls. 
white  or  rose-colored;  males  with  4  petals,  females  with 
5  petals:  caps,  green,  wings  tinged  with  red.  Brazil. 
L.B.C.  15:14.39.  R.H. 
1897,  p.  46.  B.M.  2920. 
— This  is  an  exceedingly 
variable  species.  An 
endless  number  of  gar- 
den forms  has  been  pro- 
duced from  it.  A  very 
popular  bedding  bego- 
nia, and  a  i)ersistent 
bloomer.  Var.  Vernon 
{atropurpiiren  ciiiniKutd, 
Gt.  44,  p.  570)  is  one  of 
the  best  forms.  Tri- 
omphe  de  Lorraine  (Fig. 


518)  is  one  of  the  good    / 
bed<ling     kinds.      Fls.    ■. 


-.  -  -  uiR 
cherry-red,  the  stamens 
golden  yellow.  Gloirede 
Chatelaine  is  a  form  of 
dwarf  habit,  and  deep 
ro.sc  fls.;  one  of  the 
best  in  England  for  bed- 
ding and  pots,  and  a 
continuous  bloomer. 

61.  Var.giganteardsea 
(B.  semperjlorens  x  B. 
Lynchedmi).  Very  dis- 
tinct: rootstock  woody: 
Hts.  suc(nilcnt,  about  3 
ft.  high:  lvs.  on  short 
petioles,  ovate  or  reni- 
form,  obtuse,  toothed  at 


518.  Begonia,  Triomphe  de  Lor- 
raioe  (XJi).   No.  60. 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


479 


the  marpiins,  about  7  in  across,  bright  grepn,  with  a 
red  spot  at  base  of  sinus:  peduncles  axillary  stout, 
4-8  in.  long,  bearing  large  panicles  of  large  rosy 
red  fls.,  of  which  the  males  have  2  ovate  petals,  the 
females  2-4  smaller  petals.  A.F.  IS'.rtSQ.  A.G.  16:41. 
— One  of  the  best  begonias  for  winter  decoration  in 
the  cool  greenhouse.   Intro,  by  Lemoine  in  1888. 

82.  Carrierei,  Hort.  {B.  semperflorens  x  B.  Schmldlii. 
B.  Brudnlii.  Hort.  B.  Smlthii,  Hort.).  Dewdrop. 
Compact,  about  1  ft.  high:  Ivs.  like  B.  semperflorens:  fls. 
nearly  as  large  as  in  B.  semperflorens,  abundant,  pure 
white.  G.  0:557.  J.H.  III.  53:249.— Excellent  bed- 
ding begonia;  also  a  good  late  winter  bloomer.  Intro, 
by  Bruant  in  188.3. 

63.  Erfordii,  Hort.  (B.  Schmidtii  x  B.  semperfldrens 
I'ernon).     Very  dwarf   and   bushy,    1^2   ft.   high:   fls. 
abundant,  rose-carmine. — Ex- 
cellent for  bedding.    Intro,  by 
Haage  &  Schmidt  in  1894. 

64.  Lyncheana,  Hook.  (B. 
Roczlii,  Hort.,  not  Regel). 
Glabrous :  rootstock  stout, 
somewhat  tuberous:  st.  erect, 
tall,  succulent,  smooth:  Ivs. 
green,  smooth,  ovate-cordate: 
sinus  red:  fls.  in  axillary, 
drooping  cymes,  deep  reddish 
crim.son.  Mex.  B.M. 67.58. — 
Very  like  B.  semperflorens 
gigantea  rosea,  but  not  so 
strong  a  grower.  Perhaps  not 
now  in  cult. 

65.  Lucianae,     Hort.     {B. 

LjjncheanaxB.  Briuiniii).  Fls. 
large,  in  the  axils  of  the  Ivs., 
rose. — Intro,  by  Bruant  in 
1889. 

66.  Corbeille   de    Feu    (B. 

•semperflorens  xB.  fuehsio'ides). 
Fig.  519.  Intermediate  in 
habit  between  its  parents:  fls. 
bright  coral-red,  produced  in 
quantity  nearh-  all  the  year 
round. —  The  ])lant  branches 
freely  from  the  ba,se  and 
makes  an  excellent  bedding 
plant;  the  fls.  are  rich-colored 
and  withstand  the  sun  well. 
Intro,  by  Lemoine,  1891. 

AA.  The  kinds  becoming   woody  or  shrubby,   mostly  tall 
and  muth  branched. 

B.  Plants  slender,  upright,  small-leaved. 

c.  Fls.  pink  or  red. 

67.  fuchsioides.  Hook.  Fig.  520.  Smooth:  rootstock 
woody,  not  prominent:  sts.  slender  and  erect,  2-3  ft., 
succulent:  Ivs.  many  and  small,  ovate,  iy->  in.  long, 
tinged  with  red  when  young:  fls.  drooping  hke  a  fuchsia, 
rich  scarlet,  males  with  4  petals,  females  with  5  petals. 
Mex. — Requires  the  conditions  of  a  warm  airy  green- 
hou.se.  If  kept  in  a  moist  close  atmosphere  it  is  apt  to 
damp  off  badly,  and  if  kept  too  warm  it  makes  a  lot 
of  growth  and  produces  very  few  fls.  It  rajiidly  forms 
a  large  specimen  if  kept  growing,  an<l  is  a  most  attrac- 
tive plant  for  greenhou.se  decoration  during  winter  and 
spring  months.  B.M.  4281.  Var.  miniita,  Lind.  (B. 
cinnabarina,  Hort.),  differs  only  in  having  flesh-colored 
fls.  ami  smaller  Ivs.    R.H.  18.55:221.    F.S.  8:787. 

68.  ingramii,  Hort.  (B.  niti/la  x  B.  fuchsioides). 
Fig.  .521.  Combines  the  characters  of  the  two  species: 
very  free-flowering  and  makes  a  most  desirable  bedding 
plant,  and  also  blooms  well  in  winter:  fls.  ro.se,  large: 
foliage  tinted  with  red  when  exposed  to  the  sun.    The 


519.  Begonia  Corbeille 
de  Feu  ("Basket  of  Fire") 
(  X  H).    No.  66. 


horizontal  blooming  side 
branches  are  characteris- 
tic of  this  plant  as  a  green- 
house subject. — Intro,  by 
Ingram  in  1849. 

69.  Digswelliana,  Hort. 
(B.  Sdndcrsonii,  Hort.) 
A  useful  hybrid  probably 
between  B.  fuchsioides 
and  one  of  the  numerous 
varieties  of  B.  .  semper- 
florens: sts.  erect  or  nearly 
so,  green  suffused  with 
red:  Ivs.  elliptic,  serrate, 
2-4  in.  long,  dark  rich 
green  in  color:  infl.  me- 
dium in  length  and  size; 
fls.  rosy  scarlet,  pendu- 
lous.—  A  useful  bed- 
ding plant  or  may  be 
used  for  a  cool  greenhouse. 

70.  incamata,  Link  & 
Otto  (B.  auc ubxfol ia, 
Hort.  B.  insignis.  Grab.). 
Smooth:  st.  erect,  sub- 
herbaceous,  2-3  ft.  high: 
Ivs.  very  unequally  cor- 
date, ovate-lanceolate,  toothed:  fls.  rose-colored,  abun- 
dant, males  1}^  in.  across,  with  2  ovale  and  2  narrow 
petals;  females  smaller,  with  5  equal  petals.  B.M.  2900. 
A.G.  16:97.  A.F.  12:724-5;  13:.588;  17:857.  R.H. 
1870,  p.  266;  1875:151.  Var.  grandiflora,  Hort.,  is  a 
much  improved  variety,  very  useful  for  cut-fls.  or 
decoration  in  winter. 

71.  ascotiensis,  Weber.  Of  hybrid  origin,  probably 
obtained  from  B.  fuchsioides  and  one  of  the  forms  of  B. 
semperflorens:  Ivs.  ovate,  2  in.  long,  smooth,  brown, 
margin  green,  dentate:  fls.  on  peduncles  4  in.  long, 
bright  red. — An  excellent  bedding  begonia. 

cc.  Fls.  white,  or  tinted  white. 

72.  foliSsa,  HBK.  Small,  smooth,  shrubby:  sts. 
herbaceous,  slender,  branching:  Ivs.  very  many,  frond- 
like, very  small,  somewhat  3-lobed,  glossy  green,  dis- 
tichous:" fls.  white,  tinged  with  rose.  Blooms  early 
summer.  Colombia. — An  elegant  little  basket  and 
ornamental  plant. 

73.  knowsleyana,  Hort.  Much  like  B.  incamata,  but 
If.  smaller,  entire  or  nearly  so:  fls.  nearly  white.  Named 
for  Knowsley,  seat  of  the  Earl  of  Derby.  Origin  not 
known;  probably  a  seedling  of  B.  acuminata.  A  good 
winter  bloomer,  particularly  in  6-in.  pots.  J.H.  III. 
49,  p.  177. 


520.  Begonia  fuchsioides 

CX?4).    No.  07. 


521.  Begonia  Ingianui  CXM)-    No.  68. 

74.  acuminata,  Dry.  Slender,  3-4  ft.:  sts.  nearly  or 
quite  smooth:  Ivs.  2-3  in.  long,  oblique-ovate,  taper- 
ing to  the  point,  toothed  and  serrate,  the  margin  and 
veins  underneath  hairy:  fls.  white,  3-5  on  a  peduncle, 
nearly  1  in.  across,  spring  and  summer.    Jamaica. — A 


4S0 


BEGOXIA 


BEGONIA 


useful  plant  for  prowin^  in  baskets,  tliriviiiK  aiul  flower- 
ing fnvlv  in  a  sunnv  position  in  a  cool  airy  (greenhouse. 
Intm.  to  Kew  in  lf'10.    B.M.  4025.    B.R.'otU. 

7.'i.  ilbo-picta,    Hort.     t^lirubliy,    compact    growth, 
freely  bnuiehixl:  h-s.  elhptical,  lanceolate,  covered  with 


522.  Begonia  Scharffiana.    No.  .SQ. 

numerous  small  silvery  white  spots:  fls.  greenish  white, 
males  with  2  broad  and  2  narrow  petals,  females  of  5 
eubequal  petals.  Brazil. — .\n  elegant  foliage  plant, 
especially  in  the  young  state.    Intro,  by  Bull  in  1885. 

BB.  Phnlfs  low-growing,  diffuse. 

76.  Schmidtiana,  llegcl  {B.  Schmidtii,  Hort.).  Her- 
baceous or  half-shrubby,  slender-branched,  1  ft.  or  less 
in  height,  the  branches  red-tinged:  Ivs. 
lobed,  toothed,  hairy,  about  2  in.  long, 
reddi.sh  beneath:  fls.  white,  tinted  with 
rose.  Brazil.  R.H.  1S83,  pp.  .'56-7.  Gn. 
17,  pp.  268-9. — .\  very  useful  plant  for 
summer  bedding.  Xiuned  for  Mr.  Schmidt, 
of  the  firm  of  Haage  &  Schmidt,  Erfurt. 
Var.  rdsea,  Hort.,  has  rose-red  fls. 

BBB.  Plants  stiff,  succulent,  while-scurfy. 

77.  pelt^ta,  Hassk.  (B.  HcUskarlii,  Zoll.). 
Upright:  st.  perennial:  Ivs.  [)eltate,  ovate- 
acuminate,  very  thick  and  succulent, 
covered  with  a  whiti.sh  tomentum,  6-9  in. 

long:  fls.  small,  white,  on  long  peduncles.  Brazil — It 
Ls  the  only  begonia  in  cult,  with  thick,  felted  peltate, 
silvery  Ivs. 

78.  vendsa,  Skan.  A  tall,  stout,  erect  species  with 
white-frostc^l  very  fleshj'  foliage,  anil  marked  by  very 
large  inflated  con.spicuously  veined  stipules:  Ivs.  reni- 
fonri  or  ear-shaped,  repand-entire,  joined  at  the  middle 
(not  peltate;  with  the  thick  flattened  jietiole:  fls.  many, 
white,  crowded  on  a  reddish  peduncle.  Brazil.  B.M. 
7657. — Very  distinct,  and  a  striking  plant  when  well 
RTOwn.  Requires  a  warm  sunny  position  in  the  grecn- 
hoase,  and  to  be  kept  rather  on  the  dry  side  at  the  roots 
during  winter. 

BBBB.  Plants  mostly  tall  and  erect,  distinctly  shrubby. 
c.  Lvs.  compound  or  nearly  so. 

79.  luxikrians,  Scheidw.  Sts.  and  If.-stalks  hairy,  the 
If.-^talk.-i  reddish:  pointed  membraneous  stipules  at  the 
younger  nodtai:  lvs.  peltately  compound,  the  7-17  Ifts. 
lanceolate  Ci-C)  in.  long  and  1  in.  broad),  .serrate, 
under  .surface  glabroas  and  green,  upper  surface  with 
stiff  short  hairs  and  red:  fls.  small,  cream-color,  in  a 


coni|)oun(l   long-stalked   cluster.     S.  Amer.     G.C.  III. 
51:28. — Thrives  in  an  intermediate  temp. 

SO.  Hemsleyina,  Hook.  Slightly  hairy:  habit  dense, 
free-branching:  sts.  erect,  red,  hairy:  lvs.  digitate  6-12- 
partcd,  the  parts  or  Ifts.  lanceolate  or  elliptic,  slightly 
curved,  serrate  undulate,  rich  shining  green  above,  dull 
greenish  red  beneath;  petiole  long,  red:  sts.  and  petioles 
covered  with  soft-tomentose  hairs:  infl.  slender,  few-fld.; 
fls.  pink,  large,  1-1 '  ■>  in.  diiun.  Yunnan,  S.  China. 
B.IM.  76S5. — One  of  the  hardiest  species. 

81.  platanifolia,  Hort.  (Schott?).  St.  shrubby, 
smooth,  5-6  ft.  high,  erect,  robust,  smooth,  green, 
joints  annulated:  lvs.  8-10  in.  across,  reniform,  lobed 
half  way  down,  hispid  on  both  siiles,  dark  green,  lobes 
acute,  toothed,  ciliated:  fls.  in  axillary  dichotomous 
cymes,  large,  white,  tinted  rose.  Brazil.  B.M.  3591. — 
B.  gunneraefolia,  Lind.  {B.  Washingtoniana,  Hort.), 
is  very  similar  to  this,  but  its  lvs.  are  not  so  deeply 
lobed  and  the  fls.  are  very  insignificant.  I.H.  22:212. 
Runs  into  many  forms.  See  B.  Faureana  in  supplemen- 
tary list,  p.  484. 

82.  digitata,  Raddi  (B.  palm&ta,  Hort.).  St.  short, 
gouty:  lvs.  pahiiate,  10-12-parted,  somewhat  pubes- 
cent, green  above,  brownish  beneath:  fls.  white,  in 
dense  clusters.  Brazil. — A  species  of  httle  decorative 
value. 

83.  caroliniaefdlia,  Regel.  St.  erect,  thick,  fleshy:  lvs. 
palmately  divided  into  6-8  long  ovate  segms.:  fls. 
email,  pink,  on  long  peduncles.  Mex.  Gt.  1:258. — 
Named  for  its  lvs.  resembling  those  of  the  Carolinea 
(Pachira).  The  Ifts.  are  ovate,  rather  than  narrow  as  in 
most  begonias  with  divided  or  compound  lvs.,  and  in 
this  regard  peculiar. 

84.  diadema,  Lind.  Sts.  short  and  fleshy,  2  ft.  high: 
lvs.  many,  maple-like,  deeply  parted,  bright  green 
blotched  with  white,  dentate:  fls.  insignificant,  pink. 
Borneo.  I.H.  29:446. — Attractive  for  its  conspicuously 
marked  foliage. 

cc.  Lvs.  not  compound. 
D.  Whole  plant  hairy. 
Foliage  light  green,  and  plant  pubescent. 

85  vitifolia,  Schott,  not  Lindl.  (B. 
grandts,  Otto.  B.  renifdrmis,  Hook.). 
Till,  strong  species,  3-4  ft.  high: 
lvs.  large  and  grape-like  (Vitis 
mnifern),  orbicular  or  reniform, 
lobed  and  serrate,  soft-pubescent, 
green  above  and  rusty  veined 
beneath,  the  petiole  flat  or  can- 
aliculate on  top:  fls.  .small,  white, 

slightly  downy,  winter.    Brazil. 

B.M.  3225. 

86.  Engleri,  Gilg.    (B.   Eng- 
■»-     leriana,YloTt.).  Striking  species 
with  mostly  a  single  St.:  con- 
spicuously   red  -  strigose  -  hairy 
and  scaly,  becoming  5  ft.  tall: 
lvs.   large   and   showy,   thin, 
oblique     and 
ovate-oblong, 
deeply     and' 
evenly     serrate, 
hairy,    red  -  rib- 
bed: fls.  on  long 
pendulous      pe- 
duncles, numer- 
ous,    pink.      E. 
Trop.  Afr. — Dis- 
t  i  n  c  t ,       and 
worthy  of  atten- 
tion on  account 
523.  Begonia  Haageana.    Showing  a  very         of  its  handsome 
small  cluster  (  X  '2)-    No.  91.  hairy  Ivs. 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


481 


EE.  Foliage  colored  above  or  beneath,  or  both. 
F.  Fls.  white. 
87.  echinosepala,  Regel.  St.  green,  succulent,  erect 
and  branching  freely:  Ivs.  obliquely  oblong,  finely  ser- 
rate, rather  small:  fls.  on  axillary  peduncles,  white, 
with  curiously  papillose  sepals.  Brazil. — A  useful  species 
for  warm  greenhouse,  of  very  easy  cult,  and  very  free- 
flowering.   One  of  the  best  for  decoration. 


524.  Begonia  catbayana    (  X 


No.  95. 


88.  erythrophylla,  Neura.  Soft-hairy,  the  st.  fleshy, 
strong:  Ivs.  thick,  reniform,  long-stalked,  dark  green 
and  lustrous  above  and  red  beneath,  almost  entire, 
strigillose:  fls.  small,  white. — Probably  of  garden  origin. 

89.  Scharffiana,  Regel.  Fig.  522.  A  robust  herba- 
ceous perennial,  1-3  ft.  high:  Ivs.  large,  thick,  fleshy, 
hairy,  olive-green  above,  crimson  below:  stipules  very 
large  and  prominent:  fls.  waxy  white  with  red  hairs  on 
under  surface  of  petals,  large.  Brazil.  Gt.  1888,  p.  661. 
— This  begonia  requires  warmth  and  care  to  succeed  well. 
When  well  grown,  it  is  an  excellent  bracket-plant. 

90.  Duchartrei,  Hort.  (fi.  echinosepala  x  B.  Scharf- 
fiana). St.  2-3  ft.  high,  branched  profusely,  hairy,  pur- 
ple: Ivs.  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  green  above, 
hairy,  red  below:  fls.  large,  waxy  white,  a  few  red  hairs 
on  the  under  surface  of  petals.  R.H.  1892,  p.  29. — 
Intro,  by  Bruant  in  1892. 

FF.  Fls.  colored. 

91.  Haageana,  Wats.  (B.  Schdrffi,  Hook.).  Fig.  523. 
Tall-shrubby,  whole  plant  hairy:  Ivs.  ovate-cordate, 
acuminate,  wavy,  red-nerved  above:  fls.  rose-pink, 
with  a  cyme  8-12  in.  diam.,  males  with  2  round  and  2 
narrow  petals,  females  with  5  equal  petals.  Brazil. 
G.C.  III.  16:633.  B.M.  7028,  (as  B.  Scharffi}.~One 
of  the  most  beautiful  plants  of  the  genus,  and  now 
one  of  the  best  known  of  the  big  tall  red-hairy  begonias; 
the  hanging  trusses  of  fls.  (imperfectly  represented  in 
Fig.  523)  are  very  conspicuous.  Named  for  one  of  the 
firm  of  Haage  &  Schmidt.  B.  Credneri,  Hort.  (B.  Scharf- 
fiana X  B.  metdllica).  Intro,  by  Haage  &  Schmidt,  1890. 
There  is  another  plant  named  B.  Credneri,  which  was 
raised  by  Lemoine  in  1S91  from  the  same  parents. 
Bruant  also  used  the.se  two  parents  in  1891,  and  called 
his  plant  B.  piclamensis.  .\\\  three  plants  can  be  dis- 
tinguished from  B.  Haageana  only  by  their  smaller  fls. 
and  the  peduncles  standing  erect  and  not  gracefully 
bending  over,  as  in  B.  Haageana. 

31 


92.  AUeryi,  Hort.  {B.  metdllica  x  B.  gigantea).  Of  the 
B.  Haageana  type:  hairy,  Ivs.  bronzy,  red-veined  be- 
neath, toothed:  plant  becoming  very  tall  (even  4-6  ft. 
in  a  single  year),  producing  many  large  pendulous 
clusters  of  rose-colored  fls. — A  very  fine  warm  green- 
house or  stove  variety,  free-flowering,  of  easy  cult. 
Shown  in  1905  before  Society  National  d'HorticuIture 
de  France  by  M.  Allery  Aubert  of  Tours. 

93.  metalUca,  G.  Smith.  Hairy:  sts.  perennial,  suc- 
culent, 4  ft.  high,  branched:  Ivs.  obliquely  cordate, 
lobed  and  serrated,  3-6  in.  long,  upper  surface  green, 
shaded  with  a  dark  metallic  color:  fls.  blush-white, 
under  side  of  petals  clothed  with  red  bristly  hairs. 
There  are  a  number  of  varieties,  e.  g.,  var  variegata, 
var.  veiatina,  var.  cyprea,  but  they  do  not  differ  much 
from  the  original.  Bahia.  R.H.  1844:218  (as  B.  velu- 
tina).    G.C.  II.  5:397. — A  very  attractive  plant. 

94.  Margarttae,  Hort.  (B.  metdllica  x  B.  echino- 
sepala). Plant  1-2  ft.  high:  sts.  purple,  hairy:  lv3. 
ovate-acuminate,  sinuously  dentate,  green  and  pur- 
plish above,  red  beneath:  fls.  in  cymes,  large,  rose- 
colored;  sepals  with  long  hairs  at  the  ba.se. — Intro.  1884. 

95.  cathayana,  Hemsl.  (B.  Boioringidna,  Hort.,  not 
Champ.).  Fig.  .524.  A  beautiful  ornamental-lvd. 
species,  named  in  1908:  sts.  fleshy  and  crimson-hairy, 
18  in.  high:  Ivs.  hanging  much  like  the  Rex  varieties, 
large,  obliquely  cordate,  long-pointed,  toothed  and  ser- 
rate, green  with  crimson  nerves  above  and  bright  mot- 
tled crimson  beneath,  very  showy:  fls.  large  for  the 
group,  vermilion.  Sept.  China.  B.M.  8202. — It  prop- 
agates readily  from  cuttings  of  both  sts.  and  Ivs.  It  has 
been  hybridized  with  B.  Rex,  producing  very  richly 
colored  foliage.  B.  Bowringiana,  Champ.  B.M.  5182, 
is  distinct  from  B.  cathayana,  and  apparently  is  not  in 
cult.;  but  the  B.  Bowrin^jiana  of  gardens,  as  figured  in 
G.C.   Apr.  18,  1903  suppl.,  is  the  plant  here  described. 

96.  deliciosa,  Lind.  Plant  the  size  of  B.  Rex,  but 
smooth  or  nearly  so:  Ivs.  large,  obliquely  cordate-ovate, 
many  triangular-toothed  or  -lobed,  marked  above  with 
many  gray  blotches,  reddish  beneath:  fls.  in  dense 
clusters,  pink,  produced  in  winter.   Ceylon. 

97.  lacini&ta,  Roxbg.  Erect,  1-2  ft.,  becoming  strag- 
gling, the  sts.  green:  Ivs.  roundly  ovate,  sharply  lobed, 
pubescent,  black-purple,  with  a  broad  zone  of  green, 
reddish  on  the  under  side:  fls.  as  in  B.  Rex.  India, 
S.  China.    B.M.  5021.    G.C.  III.  34:368.— Odd. 

DD.  Whole  plant  smooth. 
E.  Lvs.  thick,  broad  and  entire,  often  peltate. 

98.  sanguinea,  Raddi.  Fig.  525.  Very  smooth  and 
shining:  sts.  perennial,  woody  at  the  base,  red:  lvs. 
4-6  in.  long,  subpeltate,  obliquely  cordate,  abruptly 
pointed,  thick, 
fleshy,  bright 
green  above, 
blood -crimson 
below:  fls.  small, 
white.  Brazil. 
B.M.  3520.  — A 
handsome  ever- 
green -  fohaged 
begonia,  notable 
for  its  brilliant 
red-lined  thick- 
edged  lvs. 

EE.  Lvs.  medium,  stiff,  green  and  shining. 
F.  Fls.  white. 

99.  angul&ris,  Raddi  (B.  zebrlna,  Hort.).  Smooth, 
shrubby,  very  tall  (to  8  ft.),  much  branched,  the 
branches  spreading  or  drooping:  lvs.  elongate,  ovate- 
acuminate,  shiny  dark  green,  veins  white,  pale  green 
and  reddish  tinged  beneath,  the  margins  undulate  and 
crenate-serrate:  fls.  small  (^in.  across)  and  many  in  large 
cluster,  white.     Brazil.    B.M.  7842. — A  striking  plant. 


.  Uegoma  sanguinea 

( X  H).  No.  98. 


4S2 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


100.  ulmiffilia,  IIHK.  (Donnhtin  idmifdlia.  Klotzsch). 
Ttill,  pn^'ii.  ihf  St.  4-aii5;liHi  iiiui  sroovod,  slicddint!;  it.s 
haitr  scurf:  Ivs.  small  aiul  elm-like  (wheiioe  the  name), 
thinly  hairy,  grtvn  on  botli  sides:  (Is.  white,  small. 
Colombia.  Gt.  lSo4:U3. — X'ery  free-tioweriiip  wlieii 
grown  large,  the  fls.  appearing  in  winter  and  early 
spring. 


525.  Begonia  nitida  (  X  H). 
No.  104. 


101.  16ngipes,  Hook.  Tall  and  slout  (.3  ft.  or  more), 
the  St.  furrowed  and  more  or  le.ss  glandular  but  other- 
wise the  plant  green,  smooth  and  shining:  Ivs.  ample, 
reniform  or  nearly  orbicular,  oblique  or  lop-sided,  glossy, 
serrate:  fls.  small,  white,  numerous  in  a  long-stalked 
cluster,  winter-blooming.  Trop.  Amer.  B.M.  3001. — 
In  some  forms,  the  petluncies  are  excessively  long. 

102.  undulita,  Schott.  Plant  green  and  shining, 
although  soiriewhat  hairy  when  young:  Ivs.  2-rangcd, 
oblong,  very  short-stalked,  acuminate,  wavy  or  undu- 
late on  the  margins:  fis.  rather  small,  white,  in  .short 
axillary  clusters,  the  pistillate  ones  long.  Brazil.  B.M. 
2723. 

103.  kewensis,  Hort.  Like  B.  unduhita:  slender,  with 
spreading  or  drooping  leafy  branches:  Ivs.  ovate  to 
cordate-ovate  about  6  in.  long,  smooth  and  shining, 
green:  fls.  many,  in  large  clusters,  small,  white  or 
slightly  cream-colored,  J^in.  across.  Of  garden  origin. — 
There  is  a  hybrid  between  thi.s  and  B.  coccinea.  A  good 
basket  plant. 

FF.  Fls.  colored. 

104.  nitida,  Dry.  (B.  minor,  Jacq.  B.  specidsa,  Hort. 
B.  obCujim,  L'Her.J.  Fig.  520.  Smooth:  st.  3-4  ft.  high, 
perennial,  fleshy,  woody  at  the  base  when  old:  Ivs. 
obhquely  ovate,  wavy,  4-6  in.  across,  glossy  dark  green: 
fls.  on  long,  axillary  peduncles,  pale  pink,  with  a  sil- 
very blu.sh;  males  IJ/^  in.  acro.ss,  with  2  broiul  and  2 
narrow  petaLs;  females  smaller,  with  .5  equal  [letals. 
Jamaica.  B..M.  4tl46.  A.G.  24:.57.').  Gt.  2:192.— A  very 
useful  plant  in  the  greenhou.se,  flowering  all  winter. 
Abo  interesting  on  account  of  being  probably  the 
first  begonia  intro.  U>  cult,  in  Eu.  (1777,  at  Kew,  by 
Wm.  Browne  Var.  odorilta  alba  is  a  very  handsome 
variety  of  this  spr^cies,  which  has  smaller  fls.  of  the 
purest  white  and  Bweet^scented.  Dr.  Nachtigal  (H. 
rAti/Ui  var.  (xUrrhUi  lilha  y  B.  Lyrtcfieana ) ,  is  similar  in 
general  form  to  the  latter,  but,  hits  fls.  of  a  delicate 
rose-pink,  esfjecially  on  the  inner  surface  of  petals. 


10,5.  Tefischeri,  Lind.  Stout:  st.  2-6  ft.  high, 
erect,  strong  grower:  Ivs.  large,  obHque,  fleshy,  acutely 
lobed,  ovatt'-lanceolate,  margins  serrate,  bright  green 
above,  with  large  grayish  blotches  or  in  one  form  with 
dots,  red  and  strongly  veined  beneath:  fls.  in  axillary 
eluster.s,  bright  red,  large.    Malaya.    I.H.  26:358. 

106.  Bismarckii,  Veitch.  Lvs.  large  and  lobed, 
oblique,  acuminate-pointed,  6  in.  long:  fls.  in  drooping 
clusters,  satiny  rose,  males  insignificant,  females  13^ 
in.  across  and  making  a  gorgeous  display. — Very  similar 
to  B.  Teuscheri. 

107.  carminata,  Veitch.  A  handsome  hybrid,  the 
result  of  a  cross  between  B.  coccinen  and  B.  Dregei: 
plant  erect  or  nearly  so,  branching  freely:  st.  green, 
shining:  lvs.  obliquely  ovate-acuminate,  deeply  toothed, 
light,  green:  fls.  rosy  scarlet  in  large  pendulous  cymes.^ 
The  male  fls.  do  not  remain  on  the  plant  long,  the 
main  featiu'e  being  the  large  bright  rosy  scarlet  female 
fls,  and  their  brightly  colored  ovaries  which  remain  on 
the  plant  for  a  considerable  period.  In  this  respect  it 
greatly  resembles  its  parent,  B.  coccinea.  It  is  a  very 
fine  greenhouse  plant  and  should  be  in  every  collection. 

10.S.  polyantha,  Hort.  Sts.  green,  red  at  the  nodes, 
erect,  free-branching:  lvs.  elliptic,  rich  green,  glabrous 
or  nearly  so;  petioles  reddish  green,  2-3  in.  long:  infl. 
numerous,  10-20-fld.;  fls.  pink,  5^-1  in.  diam.  Mex. — 
A  strong-growing  species  of  quick  growth  and  produc- 
ing a  mass  of  charming  fls.  all  over  the  plant  in  winter 
and  early  spring.  One  of  the  finest  and  best  of  the  win- 
ter-flowering begonias.  The  plants  often  supplied  as 
B.  natalensis  are  said  to  be  this  species. 

109.  coccinea,  Hook.  (B.  rubrn,  Hort.  B.  maculata 
var.  cornllina,  Hort.).  Fig.  527.  Smooth:  sts.  tall,  suc- 
culent: lvs.  on  short  petioles,  obliquely  oblong,  angular, 
with  wavy  red  margins,  4-6  in.  long:  fls,  deep  coral-red; 
males  '  2in.  across,  with  4  unequal  petals;  females  more 
attractive,  owing  to  the  length  and  rich  color  of  the 


527.  Begonia  coccinea  (  X  J  2).  No.  109. 

ovary,  which  has  3  small  subequal  wings.  Brazil.  B.M. 
3990. — The  fls.  are  very  persistent  and  exceedingly 
oni.imental,  especially  when  planted  out.  Thrives 
well  in  a  warm  airy  greenhouse.  One  of  the  most 
attractive  and  best-known  members  of  the  genus.  It 
hxs  been  largely  used  by  the  hybridist,  the  well-known 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


483 


President  Carnot  being  one  of  its  offspring.     Intro, 
from  the  Organ  Mts.  of  Brazil  by  William  Lobb  in  1841. 

EEE.  Lvs.  iiieiHum  to  hirge,  the  margins  strongly  toothed, 
incised  or  lobed. 

F.  Fls.  white. 

110.  Madame  de  Lesseps.  Fig.  528.   Showy,  strong, 

erect  grower:  lvs.  acutely  lobed,  large,  margins  serrate, 

green  above,  red  and  strongly  veined  below:  fls.  large, 

white,  in  a.\illary  clusters,  males  small.    Garden  origin. 


528.  Begonia  Madame  de  Lesseps  (XH).  No.  110. 

111.  61bia,  Kerchove.  Erect,  the  st.  2-3  ft.  high:  lvs. 
lobed,  hairy  and  olive-green  above,  smooth  and  red 
beneath,  margins  reddish,  petioles  grooved,  smooth, 
veins  prominent  as  dark  lines:  fls.  concealed  by  lvs.,  in 
small  clusters  directly  on  the  st.  without  peduncles, 
large,  white,  male  and  female  in  same  cluster.    Brazil. 

FT.  Fls.  colored,  varying  to  tinted  white. 

112.  argenteo-guttata,  Hort.  (B.  dlbo-inctax  B. 
dlbin).  Fig.  529.  Profusely  branching:  lvs.  shin- 
ing green,  ovate-acuminate,  slightly  lobed,  smooth, 
2' 2  in.  wide,  3-5  in.  long,  thickly  dotted  with 
white  spots:  fls.  in  clusters,  variable;  petals  white, 
tinged  with  pink:  caps,  rose-pink. — Intro,  by 
Lemoine,  1889.  Well  worth  a  place  in  a  collection 
on  account  of  its  decorative  foUage. 

113.  maculata,  Raddi  (B.  argyrostigma,  Fisch.). 
Very  .smooth:  st.  erect,  2-3  ft.,  branching,  woody 
when  old:  lvs.  cordate,  lanceolate,  wavy,  4-6  in. 
long,  upper  surface  sometimes  with  large  white 
roundish  or  circular  spots:  fls.  pale  ro.se  or  white, 
males  with  2  ovate  and  2  narrow  petals,  females 
with  5  equal  petals.  It  includes  several  forms. 
Brazil.  B.H.  666.  Var.  argyrostigma  pfcta,  Ilort., 
Ls  a  common  form,  with  very  large  white  spots  on 
the  lvs.  An  old  greenhouse  or  conservatory  [jlaiit. 
Var.  elegantfssima,  Hort.,  a  variety  with  more 
slender  habit  of  growth  than  the  type  and  only 
sparingly  maculated  on  the  lvs.,  but  forming  a  large 
free-branching  specimen.  Var.  Wrightii,  Hort.,  a 
variety  with  large  lvs.  heavily  maculated  with  white, 
especially  in  the  young  state:  infl.  pendulous,  l()-20-fld.; 
fls.  white,  an  in.  diam.;  males  short  lived;  females  green- 


529, 


Begonia  argenteo-guttata 
CXH).   No.  112. 


ish  white,  remaining  on  the  plant  for  several  weeks. — 
This  variety  does  not  branch  very  freely  as  with  the 
preceding  variety  but  has  the  habit  of  sending  up  long 
stout  shoots,  6  or  8 
ft.  high,  from  which 
the  line  handsome 
clusters  of  fls.  hang 
in  the  form  of  a 
c'^h  a  i  n .  — B.  coral- 
llna,  Hort.,  is  a 
free-flowering  form, 
useful  for  conser- 
vatory, 8-10  ft.  on 
rafters:  lvs.  dark 
glossy  green,  abnost 
covered  with  bright 
coral-red  long  fls., 
in  large  drooping 
trasses.  J.H.  HI. 
51:339. 

114.  Thurstonil, 
Hort.  (B.  meldllica 
X  B.  son  guinea). 
Smooth  and  shiny:  st.  2  ft.  high:  lvs.  orbicular-acumi- 
nate obliciue,  rich  purple,  red  on  the  under  side,  veins 
prominent:  fls.  insignificant,  small,  rosy  white,  on 
slender  peduncles.  A.F.  7:729. — Excellent  for  bedding 
on  the  north  side  of  a  building,  and  as  a  pot-plant. 
Originated  with  C.  Thurston,  Paterson,  N.  J. 

115.  dichroa,  Sprague.  A  tall-growing  species  but 
often  remaining  dwarf,  woody  in  lower  parts,  habit 
half-pendulous:  sts.  green  in  upper  parts  only:  lvs. 
large  for  so  dwarf  a  plant,  elliptic-ovate,  6-12  in.  long, 
rich  green,  glabrous  on  both  sides,  occasionally 
toothed,  prominently  veined:  seedling  plants  beauti- 
fully maculated  with  white  when  young  but  the  spot- 
ting is  entirely  lost  in  the  adult  stage':  infl.  dense,  short, 
hidden  amongst  the  upper  lvs.;  fls.  large;  males  occa- 
sionally 2  in.  diam.,  petals  4,  rich  brick-red;  females 
smaller,  ovaries  brick-red  shaded  with  white  and  promi- 
nently winged.  Brazil.  B.M.  8412. — A  distinct  and 
handsome  species,  useful  as  a  basket^plant. 

116.  coronata,  Hort.  (B.  carolinise folia  x  B.  poly- 
dnlha).  St.  shrubby,  coarse,  2-3  ft.  high,  covered  with 
numerous  withered  stipules:  lvs.  large,  lobed,  on  long 
petioles:  fls.  pale  pink,  with  large,  somewhat  droop- 
ing cymes. 

117.  phyllomaniaca,  Mart.  Fig.  530.  Hairy  and 
shaggy:  st.  perennial:  lvs.  obliquely  cordate,  attenuate, 
4-6  in.  long,  slightly  laciniatcd  and  fringed:  fls.  pale 


,.  <'S'^,.C!'--V'' 


0W- 


iti^' 


530.   Begonia  phyllomaniaca,  showing 
adventitious  plantlets  (x;2).    No.  117. 


pink.  B.M.  5254.  Brazil. — This  species  is  pecu- 
liar in  producing  from  the  st.,  petioles  and  lvs. 
innumerable  buds  and  small  growths.  It  is  one 
of  the  most  interesting  of  plants.  It  is  covered 
with  small  fls.  in  early  spring. 

1 18.  President  Camot,  (B.  coccinea  x ?)• 

Figs.  531,532.  Plant,  2-6  ft.  high,  spreading:  lvs. 
ovate-lanceolate,  acute-lobed,  ribs  on  the  under  side 
red:  fls.  in  a  large  cluster;  males  small,  in.significant; 
females  large,  bright  red-carmine,  2  in.  long,  includ- 
ing caps. — .\  striking  and  handsome  plant  and  one 
that  should  be  in  all  collections.     It  is  of  very  easy 


4S4 


BEGONIA 


BEGONIA 


531.  Begoaia  President  Camot. 
No.  lis. 


cult,  and  each  shoot 
bears  1-3  of  its  im- 
mense cUisters  of  bril- 
liant female  fls. 

119.  lucerna,  Hort. 
Kig.  533.  Hybrid  of  ex- 
ceptional merit,  with 
habit  and  constitution 
of  President  Carnot : 
Ivs.  heavily  spotted 
with  white,  specially 
whiMi  young:  fls.  in  long 
l)endulous  clusters  that 
are  often  1  ft.  in  diam.; 
male  fls.  1  in.  across; 
females  much  larger, 
with  bright  pink  ova- 
ries, giving  the  plant  a 
distinctive  appearance 
as  the}'  persist  for  many  weeks. — The  plant  succeeds 
well  in  a  warm  greenhouse.  Should  be  in  every  collec- 
tion. Xamed  for  Lucerne,  where  it  originated.  Intro. 
to  commerce  in  1903. 

B.  amdbilis,  Hort.  A  large-fld.  form  of  the  Gloire  de  Lorraine 
class,  the  clear  brilliant  pink  blossoms  being  nearly  1?  2  in.  across 
(Rochford). — B.  Balmisidna,  Ruiz  (B.  populifolia,  Kunth)  Var. 
mUdlifdlia,  Dav.  Tuberous  rootstock:  st.  simple,  erect,  purplish, 
pubescent:  Ivs.  reniform,  obscurely  lobed,  irregularly  serrate, 
whitish  tomentose  beneath:  fls.  pale  rose,  in  a  terminal  raceme. 
Mex.  R.H.  1911,  p.  43.— B.  Bdrkeri,  Knowl.  &  Wesc.  Fibrous- 
rooted:  stiff,  erect,  sparsely  branched:  sts.  somewhat  woody,  brown, 
densely  hairy:  Ivs.  peltate,  ovale,  acute,  lobed,  serrate,  5-7 
in.  long.  light  green  in  color;  veins  pale  yellowish  green; 
petioles  long  and  fairly  stout :  infl.  large  and  spreading,  freely 
Branched:  fls.  pink,  produced  in  early  spring.  Mex.^A 
distinct  and  pretty  begonia. — B.  cnlabdrica,  Stapf.  St. 
abort  and  prostrate:  Ivs.  peltate,  oblique,  broadly  cordate- 
ovate,  2-3  in.  long,  ciliale  on  margins:  fls.  red,  small. 
Calabar,  W.  Trop.  Afr. — B.  crassicaitlis,  Hort.  (Lindl.?). 
Lv9.  large,  nearly  circular,  coriaceous,  clear  green:  fls.  many  m 
vertical  clusters,  small,  rose-white,  the  bloom  being  more  beautiful 
than  that  of  B.  manicata.  which  it  resembles. — B.  crlspa,  Krelage. 
Fls.  large,  on  long,  erect  peduncles  above  the  Ivs.,  the  5-8  perianth 
eegms.  crispate.  Country  unrecorded. — B.  cristata,  Hort.  A  form 
or  race  of  tuberous  begonias  with  a  crested  outgrowth  in  the  cen- 
ter of  the  fl.;  the  race  is  fixed  and  comes  more  or  less  true  from  seed. 
— B.  eUitioT,  Hort.\"eitch,  is  a  cross  between  B.  socotrana  and  a 
tuberous  begonia. — B.  Ehmeri,  Hort.  Of  garden  origin,  probably 
hybrid:  fls.  stellate,  large,  flesh-colored,  in  winter.  European. — 
B.  Paureana,  Garn.  Lvs.  palmately  parted  to  the  middle  into  3  or 
5  main  divisions  and  these  divisions  again  parted  or  notched, 
beautifully  colored  with  silvery  white  on  a  green  ground  and  with 
brown-green  on  the  ribs.  Brazil.  Intro,  to  France  in  1892;  named 
for  the  former  President  of  France.  I.H.  42:.34. — Some  at  least 
of  the  B.  platanifolia  of  gardens  is  this  species. — B.  Forgetiana. 
Hemsl.  Fibrous-rooted:  nearly  2  ft.,  more  or  less  branched:  lvs. 
fleshy,  glossy  green,  6-7  in.  long  and  2  in.  broad:  fls.  pink  and 
white,  1  in.  across,  in  clusters.  Brazil. — Named  for  L.  Forget, 
collector  for  Messrs.  Sander.  Allied  to  B.  undulata. — B.  gemmdta. 
Hort.  'B.  decora  XB.  Rex  var.).  Lvs.  angled.  Rex-like,  dotted  with 
silver  on  a  green  ground:  very  attractive  as  a  specimen  plant.    G. 


22:12.3.-5.  gioantiia,  Hort.  Rootstock  woody:  st.  2-3  ft.,  lvs. 
caudate-acuminate,  becoming  1  ft.  long:  fls.  many,  small,  white  or 
pale  pink.  It  is  probably  a  form  of  garden  origin. — B.  Gilsonii, 
Hort.  Plant,  2  ft.  high:  st.  shrubby,  coarse:  lvs.  large,  lobed:  fls. 
on  lonK,  erect  peduncles,  pale  pink. — Interesting  as  being  a  double- 
fld.  Hhrous-rooted  begonia.  Named  for  Gilson,  colored  gardener  to 
Mrs.  l,i\ mtcston,  N.  Y. — B.  Heddei,  Warb.  Tall,  branching:  lvs. 
tnariKMlar-iivate  or  broadly  elliptic,  acuminate,  jagged  and  notched 
and  usually  lobed  toward  the  base,  green  above  and  red  beneath: 
fls.  light  rose,  borne  amongst  the  lvs.  German  E.  Afr. — B.  Idedla, 
Hort.Voitch.  Neat  dwarf  plant,  B.  socotrana  X  a  tuberous 
begonia;  6  in.:  fls.  semi-double,  2  in.  across,  brilliant  rose,  long- 
lasting;  winter.  Gn.  61,  p.  13.  R.H.  1906,  p.  131.— B.  Kiimvierise, 
Gilg.  Fibrous-rooted:  st.  erect  and  free-branching,  green  suffused 
with  red:  lvs.  ovate,  6  in.  diam.,  shining,  green  veins  and  petiole 
red:  infl.  short,  few-fld.;  fls.  blush-white,  tipped  with  rose;  male,  34in. 
diam.,  female  with  bright  yellow  stigmas;  ovary  3-celled  bluntly 
triangular,  swelling  up  to  a  large  flesliy  fr.  some  2  in.  long.  Trop. 
Afr. — B.  Kunthiaria,  Walp.  St.  erect:  lvs.  lanceolate,  acuminate, 
serrate,  smooth,  green  above,  red  below:  fls.  white,  large.  B.M. 
52S4.  Brazil.— S.  Lehmhachii,  Warb.  Allied  to  B.  Heddei:  herb, 
erect,  8-16  in.,  the  sts.  fleshy  and  red:  lvs.  oblique,  4-5  in.  long, 
irregularly  o-lobed,  dentate,  light  green  and  somewhat  hairy  above, 
red-green  beneath:  fls.  axillary,  small,  tinted  and  red-striate.  Ger- 
man E.  Afr.  Gt.  49:1476. — B.  Lindleydna,  Hort.^B.  incarnata. 
— B.  lobuldta,  A.  DC.  Fibrous-rooted:  erect,  branching:  sts.  light 
green:  lvs.  highly  glabrous,  pale  green,  ovate-acute,  serrate,  occa- 
sionally lobed,  prominently  veined,  6-8  in.  long;  petiole  red:  infl. 
rather  short,  densely  fld.;  fls.  small,  white.  Mex. — B.  longicyma, 
Bellair,  is  a  garden  hybrid  of  B,  Schmidtiana  and  B.  aemperflorens. 


►  '/  .  .  .         .  .  - 

532.  Begonui  Wtriident  Carnot  {XH). 


533.  Begonia  lucerna  (XH).    No.  119. 

of  the  fourth  generation:  much-branching,  bushy;  lvs.  like  those  of 
B.  gracilis;  female  fls.  few  or  none,  terminal;  males  lateral;  fls.  rose- 
tinted.  R.H.  1905,  p.  582.— B.  Martidna,  Link  &  Otto.  Tuberous: 
St.  1-1  H  ft.,  with  erect  branches,  glabrous,  leafy:  lvs.  oblique,  cor- 
date-ovate, acuminate,  double  toothed.  3-6  in.  long;  fls.  solitary  or 
clustered  in  axils,  large,  rose-pink,  the  males  4-merou3  and  females 
5-merous.  Mex.  Vars.  gTandifidra,  pulcherrima  and  racemifldra  are 
known  to  growers.  B.M.  8322.  All  considered  to  be  forms  of  B. 
gracilis  (p.  474). — B.  Pdtrise,  Hort.  A  garden  hybrid  of  B.  soco- 
trana and  B.  Pearcei:  plant  dense  and  free-flowering,  10-12  in.:  fls. 
many,  rather  small,  bright  rose-pink:  lvs.  similar  to  those  of  B.  soco- 
trana. (Lemoine.) — B.  P6ggei,  Warb.  Fibrous-rooted:  erect  or 
spreading:  sts.  terete,  woody  in  lower  part,  dull  brownish  green: lvs. 
only  slightly  oblique,  elliptic,  4--6  in.  long,  dark  green  above,  suffused 
with  red  beneath:  infl.  in  short  axillary  clusters;  fls.  small,  white 
veined  with  red,  female  with  rather  narrow  petals;  ovary  distinct 
terete,  not  winged,  bright  red,  1-2  in.  long:  whole  plant  covered 
with  rufous  liairs.  A  remarkably  distinct  begonia,  but  of  little 
horticultural  value. — B.  pruindta,  A.  DC.  St.  erect  or  spreading, 
seldom  branched,  covered  with  greenish  white  spots:  lvs.  peltate, 
fleshy,  on  long  terete  petioles,  spreading  or  erect;  blades  broadly 
ovate,  lobed  and  undulate,  dark  green  above,  with  prominent  veins 
of  a  greenish  yellow  color,  and  dull  grey  beneath:  infl.  erect,  large, 
branching  freely;  fls.  pure  white.  Costa  Rica.  A  fine  winter- 
flowfring  species. — B.  pyramiddlis,  Lemoine.  B.  manicata  X  B. 
caroliniEefoIia;  lvs.  large,  palmate,  entire,  thick,  brilliant  green: 
fls.  large,  in  panicles,  wliite-rose  or  rose-tinted. — B.  Queen.  A  gar- 
den hybrid;  fibrous-rooted:  erect  with  brilliant-colored  foliage:  sts. 
green,  terete:  lvs.  ovate-acuminate,  undulate,  finely  serrate,  upper 
side  a  brilliant  purple-red,  the  veins  being  green,  under  side  bright 
red;  fls.  rosy  red  seldom  produced.  One  of  the  finest  and  most 
ornamental  of  the  fibrous-rooted  begonias.  It  is  somewhat  diffi- 
cult to  grow  into  a  large  specimen  and  should  be  kept  slightly 
drier  at  the  roots  than  most  plants  of  this  section. — B.  Rexchen- 
hkimii,  Hort.  {B.  rubella  xB.  heracleifolia).  Lvs.  all  basal,  large 
and  long-petioled,  parted  to  the  middle:  fls.  on  sts.  upright  above 
the  lvs.  Gt.  52,  p.  207. — B.  Rdch/ordii,  Hort.,  is  a  bright  rosy  car- 
mine begonia  of  the  Gloire  de  Lorraine  type,  with  larger  fls.  and 
foliage.    F.E.  31   (1911 ).  p.  434. — B.  Saulii,  Hort.,  named  for  the 


BEGONIA 


BELLIS 


485 


late  John  Saul,  was  intro.  from  Guatemala:  resembles  B.  Feastii 
in  the  shape  and  color  of  its  Ivs.,  but  with  a  distinct  red  sinus  at 
junction  of  petiole  with  If.  Probably  not  now  cult,  under  this 
name. — B.  sc^plrum,  Hort.  Erect,  sparsely  branched:  sts.  light 
brown  colored  with  red  OQ  young  growth:  Ivs.  large,  broadly  ovate, 
deeply  lobed,  margins  serrate,  pale  green  suffused  with  red  and 
irregularly  blotched  with  white,  prominently  veined  on  the  under- 
side; petioles  bright  red;  fls.  10-20  in  a  cluster,  pink  or  white. — B. 
sttgmdsa,  Lindl.  St.  a  short,  creeping  rhizome;  Ivs.  large,  cordale- 
aoute,  irregularly  toothed,  smooth  above,  hairy  beneath,  green, 
with  purple-brown  blotches:  fls.  insignificant,  white,  in  cymose 
panicles.  Mex. — 5.  Sturzii,  Hort.  A  fioriferous  form  of  B.  sem- 
perflorens,  with  rose-pink  0s.  in  broad  panicles,  and  Ivs.  white- 
spotted. — B.  snhpeltcUa  nigricans,  Hort.  (B.  nigricans,  Hort. ). 
Plant  2-3  ft.  high:  Ivs.  ovate,  acuminate,  blood-red  below,  silvery 
and  slightly  hairy  above,  4-8  in.  long,  2-4  in.  across:  fls.  ro.-^e-pink, 
profuse:  caps,  wings  equal,  pink.  Very  useful  for  decoration.  Var. 
Pt€s.  de  BoureuiUes.  Hert.,  has  Ivs.  of  a  much  richer  color,  and  more 
profusely  studded  with  red  hairs:  fla.  of  a  deeper  pink. — B.  Temp- 
linii,  Hort.  Sport  from  B.  phyllomaniaca  var.  variegata:  differs  in 
having  its  regular  blotches  over  the  face  of  the  Ivs.  varying  from 
true  yellow  to  light  sulfur-color,  often  with  blending  of  shades  of 
pink;  2  l-f-3  ft.;  Ivs.  oblique,  the  margins  ruffled  and  fringed.  Origi- 
nated with  H.  G.  Wolfgang,  of  the  Templin  Co.,  Calla,  Ohio,  and 
put  in  the  trade  in  1905.  F.E.  18:2.58. — Tree.  A  group  of  large- 
growing  begonias  produced  by  Mrs.  Theodosia  B.  Shepherd,  Calif. 
Some  of  them  are  described  as  a  cross  of  Gloire  de  Jouy  by  Rubra, 
having  the  cane-like  growth  of  Rubra  (B.  coccinea),  with  its  long- 
Btemmed  fla.  but  larger  sepals  and  pistils;  Iva.  illuminated  with  red, 
lerra-cotta,  pink  and  yellow.  Other  giants  are  seedlings  of  Pink 
Rubra,  with  stronger  canes,  larger  Ivs.,  and  more  beautiful  fls.,  the 
Iv^.  on  young  growth  spotted  with  silver  {Princess  Alice,  Rubra 
Bamboo,  Striking  Beauty,  Hebe  and  others,  are  of  this  parentage). 
—  B.  unifdlia.  Rose.  A  singular  begonia  from  Mex.,  recently 
described  (Rep.  Mo.  Bot.  Card.,  1904,  p.  79,  Fig.  28):  tuberous- 
rooted:  If.  1,  lying  on  the  ground,  sessile,  nearly  orbicular,  double- 
toothed:  fls.  on  slender  scape  to  2  ft.  high,  nearly  white.  Not  in 
the  trade. — -Voss.  has  called  the  hybrids  of  the  rhizomatous  group 
B.  rhizohyhridi  and  of  the  fibrous-rooted  upright  caulescent  group 
B.  caulohybrida;  these  names  represent  such  various  and  often 
unlike  forms  that  they  will  probably  have  little  application  in 
common  practice,  although  useful  for  taxonomic  purposes. 

L.  H.  B. 

BELAMCANDA  (East  Indian  name).  Iridacex. 
Blackberry  Lily.  Leopard  Flower.  A  hardy,  her- 
baceous perennial,  which  is  an  old 
garden  favorite.  The  first  of  the 
popular  names  comes  from  the 
clusters  of  shining  black  roundish 
seeds,  and  the  second  from  the 
flower,  which  is  orange,  spotted 
red.  It  is  more  commonly  sold  as 
a  Pardanthus,  which  also  means 
leopard  flower. 

Perianth   segms.   oblong,  the   .3 
inner  slightly  shorter  and  spirally 
twi.sting  as  they  fade:  stamens  in 
one  group  only  at 
the      base:     caps, 
pear-shaped,    the 
valves    ultimately 
falling     away. 
Prop,  by  seeds  or 
by    division.     Of   easy 
culture  in   rich,  sandy 
loam   and   in  a   sunny 
place.    Sometimes,  but 
incorrectly,  spelled  Be- 
lemcanda.  One  species. 

chinensis,  DC.  (Gem- 
tn'.  ngin  chinensi s, 
Kuntze.  B.  pimctala, 
Moench.  Ixia  chinen- 
six,  Linn.  Mor^i  chi- 
nensis,Thnnh.  Pnrdnn- 
thiis  chinensis,  Ker.  P. 
sinensis,  Van  Houtte). 
Fig.  534.  Height  2-.3 
ft.:  rootstock  short, 
stoloniferous  Ivs. 
about  6,  equitant,  stri- 
ate, 1-1 '/2  ft.  long.  1 
in.  broad:  outer  spathe- 
valves  J  2-1  in-  long: 
pedicels  1-2  in.  long: 


caps.  1-1}^  in.  long;  valves  reflexing,  persistent.    China 
and  Japan.    B.M.  171  (as  Ixia).  F.S.  16:1632.    L.B.C. 
19:1874. — The   seed-stalks  are  sometimes   used  with 
dried  grasses  for  decora- 
tion.   It  is  said  that  the 
birds  sometimes  mistake 
the     seeds     for    black- 
berries.    N.  TAYLOR.t 

BELGAUM    WALNUT: 

Ateurites. 


BELLADONNA: 


BELLADONNA 

Amarullis. 


Atropa. 
LILY: 


535.  Bellis  perennis.  ( X  H) 


534.  BelamcanJi  chinensis.   (  x  H) 


BELLFLOWER:   Campan- 
ula. 

BELLIDIASTRUM 

(daisy  and  star),  is  now 

referred    to    Aster.     B. 

Michellii,    Cass.     (.4s(er'^C>^<--s 

Bellididsirum,  Scop.),  is       ',zAt^ 

a  small  European  com-  ''■ 

posite,    1    ft.,   perennial, 

with  white  heads  single 

on    naked    scapes    and 

Ivs.  in  a  rosette,  sometimes  planted  but  probably  not 

in  Amer. 

BELLIS  (Latin,  bellus,  pretty).  Compfisilas.  Eng- 
lish Daisy.  The  true  daisy:  a  low  perennial  with 
single  heads  on  scapes,  planted  in  borders  and  edgings 
and  naturalized  in  grass  land.    Fig.  535. 

The  daisy,  as  it  grows  wild  in  England,  has  a  yel- 
low center,  surrounded  by  numerous  rays  in  a  single 
row,  but  the  favorite  cult,  forms  are  double,  the  rays 
rising  in  tier  upon  tier,  and  frequently  crowding  out 
every  trace  of  a  yellow  center.  The  English  daisy  is 
essentially  a  pink  or  pinki.sh  fl.  in  its  general  effect,  the 
tips  of  the  rays  sometimes  and  the  under  surfaces 
usually  being  pink  or  red.  There  are  about  10  species  in 
the  genus,  only  one  of  which  is  American.  B.  inlegrifolia 
is  found  in  moist  soil  from  Ky.  and  Tenn.  to  Ark.  and 
Texas,  but  is  too  rare  and  sectional  to  become  a  general 
favorite.  The  plant  that  is  most  commonly  called 
daisy  in  Amer.  is  Chrysanthemum  Leucanthemum.  For 
a  list  of  the  various  plants  known  as  daisies  in  Amer., 
see  Daisy. 

Daisies  are  favorite  border  plants,  and  are  much  used 
in  spring  bedding,  especially  for  edging.  They  thrive 
in  a  cool  soil  and  moist  atmosphere,  and  are,  therefore, 
much  better  adapted  to  English  than  American  gar- 
dens. They  can  be  grown,  however,  in  a  cool  green- 
house where  they  will  flower  profusely  during  February 
and  March.  Although  the  English  daisy  is  a  perennial, 
it  can  be  very  easily  grown  as  an  annual.  A  light 
mulch  is  desirable  for  winter  protection.  In  home 
gardening,  the  plants,  after  flowering,  are  divided  into 
single  crowns.  These  are  planted  about  6  inches  apart  in 
good  rich  garden  soil.  Each  crown  soon  sends  out  side 
growths,  which,  in  time,  form  new  crowns.  Before 
winter  sets  in  the  young  clumps  can  be  moved  readily 
to  any  place  in  the  garden  in  which  they  are  wanted  to 
bloom.  Daisies  are  also  forced  by  florists  for  winter 
bloom.  When  daisies  arc  desired  for  edging  spring 
flower-beds,  the  clumps  are  di\'ided  into  single  plants 
during  the  previous  September,  or  early  enough  to 
allow  the  new  plants  to  get  a  firm  hold  before  winter, 
and  are  placed  3  inches  apart  in  a  narrow  trench.  These 
edgings  must  be  renewed  each  year,  as  the  plants,  if 
they  grow  well,  spread  too  wide,  or  irregularly.  In  dry 
summers  many  roots  fail,  and  if  they  remain  in  the 
same  spot  year  after  year,  the  flowers  will  degenerate  to 
the  single  condition. 

The  simplest  way  of  propagating  and  growing  Eng- 
lish daisies  for  spring  bedding  in  this  country  is  to 


4Sti 


BELLIS 


BENTINCKIA 


A>w  the  stH\l  in  shallojv  l)oxi's  ;il)(>iit  Ausust  10.  Aa 
Axin  !is  hiTRo  eiioush  to  luiiidK',  transplant  5  inches 
apart  into  i-oUlfranu-s,  and  when  the  wintiT  sets  in 
put  on  the  s;ii;h,  si'^i'iS  i'ir  whenever  the  weather  may 
DC  mild.  Tnmsplant  to  the  flower  l^eds  :is  early  as  pos- 
sible in  the  sprin;;,  where  in  a  very  sliort  lime  they 
will  be  a  m:»i!S  of  bloom,  and  will  eontiinie  to  bloom  till 
the  beginning  of  .Iiuie.  when  they  should  be  thrown  out, 
and  the  siuumer  betiding  plants  put  in.  Longfellow  and 
Snowball  are  the  two  best  \arieties  for  this  i)urpose. 
Myosotig  atjH-stri^  and  SUenc  jxiuluhi  may  be  grown  the 
same  way,  using  the  daisies  as  edging  when  in  the  beds, 
and  the  others  as  center  pieces. 

The  daisy  is  pnipagate<1  by  seefls  (which  are  sown 
early  I,  and  b_\'  divisions,  the  choicest  varieties  being 
maintained  by  the  latter  method.  The  main  types 
grown  from  seed  aretlie  while,  rose,  quilled,  and  white 
with  red  center,  all  of  whicli  are  tlouble.  A  dark  red  is 
less  common.  Of  kinds  pn)|)agated  by  seed,  l^ong- 
fellow  is  now  the  best  rose-colored,  and  Snowball  the 
best  white  variety,  the  latter  being  especially  prized 
by  florists  for  cut-flowers,  as  it  has  long,  stiff  stems. 
Other  varieties  are  Maxima,  Snowflake,  and  Rob  Roy, 
which  is  perhaps  the  best  red. 

perennis,  Linn,  Tuue  or  English  Daisy.  Hardy 
herbaceous  perennial,  3-6  in.  high:  l\s.  clustered  at  the 
root,  spatulale  or  obovate:  fls.  1-2  in.  across,  solitary, 
on  hairj' scapes.  .\pr,-June,  \V.  Eu.;  escaped  in  Calif.; 
rarely  runs  wild  in  the  eastern  states.  B.M.  228. 
F,S.  6:.584,  which  shows  11  well-marked  types. — An 
interesting  but  not  permanent  form  is  the  "hen-and- 
chickena  daisy,"  in  which  a  number  of  small  fl,-heads 
are  borne  on  short  stalks  springing  out  of  the  main  fl.- 
head.  Cockscomb  forms,  in  which  several  scapes  unite 
to  produce  a  monstrous  H,,  are  sometimes  seen,  but 
cannot  be  perpetuated.  The  rays  are  sometimes  wholly 
incurvefl,  or  reHe.\ed,  or  quilled.  Other  English  names  of 
the  daisy  are  herb  Margaret,  ewe-  or  May-gowan, 
childing  daisy,  bone-  or  bruisewort,  bone  flower,  March 
daisy,  baimwort.  j.  b.  Keller,  E.  J.  Canning, 

and  WiLHELM  MiLLEh. 

BELLIUM  (from  its  resemblance  to  BMis,  the  daisy). 
Compdailif.  Miniature  plants,  sometimes  planted  in 
rock-gardens. 

Leaves  crowded  or  in  a  ro.sette,  from  which  arise 
scapes  bearing  a  single  daisy-like  head  or  "flower," 
white,  with  light  yellow  di.sk:  differs  from  Bellis 
largely  in  its  pappus,  which  is  unequal  and  double,  of 
bristles  and  scales. — Four  to  6  species  in  the  Medit. 
region,  anntial  and  perennial.  Require  treatment  given 
rock-plants  and  .sod-plants. 

bellidioides,  Linn.  .Annual,  2  in.,  with  creeping 
stolons:  Ivs.  spatulate:  heads  white,  all  summer. — Like 
a  miniature  daisy.  Apparently  Uttle  known  in  this 
countrj'.  ■  L    H.  B. 

BELLWORT:  In  Ent^lund,  any  member  of  the  Campanulacex . 
In  .\fnerica,  Urularia. 

BELOU  CBrahman  name  for  the  Bael  fruit).  Rulace^, 
tribe  Citrex.  An  older  name  for  jBgIc,  recently  rein- 
stated by  American  taxonomic  botanists.  See  descrip- 
tion under  j^gU. 

It.  .ViirmrUi:  A-  B.  Lyon,=^gle  Marmeloa,  tlie  Bael  fruit  of 
India,    h.  (jlutm^tna.  .SkcC'l8=Chael08permum  glutincia.  Swingle. 

BELOPERONE  (name  refers  to  the  arrow-shaped 
connective;.  Acanthaces:.  Hothouse  evergreen  shrubs 
of  the  Justicia  group,  rarely  seen  in  cult,  and  apparently 
not  in  .\merican  trafle.  Lvs.  entire:  fls.  usually  red  or 
purple,  rnwtly  in  .showy-bracted  axillary  or  termin.il 
clu-Ht/frs ;  corolla-tube  narrow,  often  long,  tlie  limb  2- 
lipped;  .ftarnens  2,  afhxwl  on  the  tube;  style  filiform, 
entire  or  .slightly  2-lobefl:  fr.  an  oblong  or  ovoid  caps. — 
About  'M  .'fpecics  inhabiting  Trop.  ,\mer.,  of  which 
2  or  3  are  listed  as  cult,  plants.    B.  vioiacea,  Planch.  & 


Lind.,  has  lanceolate-acuminate  Ivs.  and  violet-purple 
fls.  B.M.  .'■)244.  B.  oblongata,  Lindl.,  has  oblong- 
lanceolate  lvs.  and  axillary  spikes  of  rosf!-purple  fls. 
B.R.  IG.')?.  A  recent  species  is  B.  angustifldra,  Stapf, 
resembling  B.  violacea,  with  oblong-cUiptic  lvs.  and  a 
very  narrow  corolla-tube  with  a  violet-purple  limb. 

BELVIDERE,  or  SUMMER  CYPRESS:    Kochia. 

BENE:    Sesainum. 

BENI,  JAPANESE:    Carnypleris  Masiacanthtis. 

BENINCASA  (name  of  an  Italian  nobleman).  Cucur- 
bilaccn-.  Annual  running  squash-like  herbs  grown 
sparingly  for  the  edible  fruits. 

Leaves  5-lobed  soft-hairy:  fls.  solitary,  yellow, 
monoecious,  the  staminate  •long-peduncled,  the  pistil- 


536.  Benincasa  hispida. 

late  nearly  sessile;  corolla  deeply  lobed;  tendrils  2-3- 
branched. — Two  species  in  Trop.  Asia. 

hispida,  Cogn,  (B.  cerifera,  Savi).  Fig.  536,  Wax 
Gourd.  White  Gourd  of  India,  Zit-kwa,  Chinese 
Preserving  Melon,  Chine.se  Watermelon.  Vine 
long,  like  a  muskmelon,  hairy,  with  cordate  lobed  lvs.: 
fr.  mostly  oblong,  10-16  in,  long,  hairy,  white-waxy, 
with  solid  white  flesh  and  small  cucumber-like  seeds. 
Cult,  the  same  as  muskmelon  or  cucumber.  R,H. 
1887:. '540, — LIsed  for  making  preserves  and  sweet 
pickles;  said  to  be  eaten  raw  in  warm  countries,  and  the 
unripe  frs.  to  be  employed  by  natives  in  India  in  the 
making  of  curries.  £,_  2j_  b_ 

BENJAMIN  BUSH:    Benzoin  xstimle. 
BENT-GRASS:    Agrostis. 
BENTHAMIA:    Curnus. 

BENTINCKIA  (named  for  Lord  Bentinck,  governor 

of  Madnis,  1803-180.5).  Palmacex,  tribe  Geonomese. 
Tall  stately  unarmed  palms,  with  e(|ually  pinnate, 
terminal  leaves;  not  as  yet  well  known  to  the  trade, 
but  deserving  greater  attention. 

Leaves  of  many  Ifts,  which  are  usually  2-lobed  at  the 
apex:  spathes  many,  the  2  lower  short  and  incomplete; 
spadix  ari.sing  from  among  the  lvs,,  branched;  fls,  small, 
moncecious  or  polygamous:  fr,  .small,  almost  round, 
with  a  single  seed  pendulous  from  the  top  of  the  cavity. 
— There  are  only  2  species,  both  Indian.  G,C,  II. 
22:. 59.5. 

The  following  is  a  graceful  pahn  "in  general  appear- 
ance not  unlike  the  coconut  palm,  than  which  it  is, 
however,  much  more  graceful,"  The  young  leaves  for 
the  first  year  are  bi-partite,  quite  hkc  young  coconut 
palms. 

They  should  be  grown  in  a  warmhouse,  never  less 
than  60°,  and  should  be  given  plenty  of  water  at  all 
sea.sons.  A  mixture  of  rich  loam  and  peat  or  leaf-mold, 
lialf  and  l];ilf,  makes  the  best  medium  for  growth. 

nicobarica,  Becc.  Orania.  St.  50-60  ft,,  solitary, 
usually  from  7-10  in.  thick:  lvs.  .5-8  ft.  long;  Ifts.  1-2 
ft.,  se.ssile.  linear  and  leathery,  the  tips  distinctly  2- 
lobed;  petiole  and  rachis  glabrous,  the  former  short: 


BENTINCKIA 


BERBERIS 


487 


spadix  lJ^-2  ft.,  many  times  branched,  the  branchlets 
inserted  in  woolly  grooves:  fr.  about  as  large  as  a 
cherry.    India.   R.H.  1896,  p.  249.  n.  Taylor. 

BENZOIN  (of  Arabic  or  Semitic  origin,  moaning  a 
gum  or  perfume).  Syn.,  Lindera.  Lauracea>..  Ornamen- 
tal woody  plants,  grown  chiefly  for  their  handsome 
aromatic  foliage;  some  species  also  for  their  early  yel- 
low flowers  and  the  brightly  colored  fruits  in  autumn. 

Aromatic  shrubs  or  trees:  Ivs.  alternate,  entire  or 
3-lobed,  deciduous  or  persistent:  fls.  polygamous  or 
dio-cious,  apetalous,  small,  in  axillary  clusters  with  an 
involucre  of  4  deciduous  scales;  sepals  6,  rarely  more; 
staminate  fls.  with  9  stamens,  pistillate  with  a  globose 
ovary  and  9-1.5  staminodes:  fr.  a  1-seeded  drupe. 
— About  60  species,  if  Daphnidimn  and  Aperula  are 
included,  in  Temp,  and  Trop.  E.  and  Cent.  Asia  and  in 
N.  Amer. 

Some  Asiatic  species  yield  an  odorous  oil  used  in  per- 
fiunery.  The  cultivated  species,  with  the  exception  of 
B.  gracile,  are  deciduous  shrubs,  with  yellow  flowers  in 
small  clusters  before  the  leaves  and  red  or  black  fruits 
in  autumn.  B.  xstival-e  is  hardy  North  and  B.  obtusi- 
lobum  has  proved  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum  in  a 
sheltered  position;  B.  hypoglaucuni  is  of  about  equal 
hardiness;  the  other  species  are  more  tender. 

They  thrive  best  in  peaty  or  sandy  and  moist  soil. 
Propagation  is  usually  by  seeds,  which  must  be  sown 
after  maturity,  as  they  soon  lose  their  vitality;  also  by 
layers,  which  root  best  in  peaty  soil;  of  greenwood  cut- 
tings under  glass,  one-half  may  be  expected  to  loot. 
The  benzoin  of  the  drug- 
gists is  a  balsamic  resin 
obtained     from     Slyrax 
Benzoin. 

aestivale,  Nees  (Ben- 
zoin Benzoin,  Coulter. 
B.  odoriferum,  Nees.  Lln- 
dera  Binzoin,  Blume). 
Spice  Bush.  Benj.\min 
Bush.  Wild  Allspice. 
Fever  Bu.sh.  Fig.  537. 
Shrub,  6-15  ft.,  nearly 
glabrous:  Ivs.  oblong- 
obovate,  finely  eiliate, 
bright  green,  pale  be- 
neath, 3-5  in.  long:  fls. 
yellow,  before  the  Ivs. : 
beny  red,  oblong,  spicy. 
New  Eng.  southward 
and  west  to  Kan.  Em. 
365. — The  bark  is  aro- 
matic, stimulant,  tonic, 
astringent;  the  fr.  is  like- 
wise used  medicinally. 
The  shrub  is  attractive 
in  early  spring  with  its 
j-ellow,  small,  but  numer- 
ous fls.,  and  handsome 
in  autumn  with  its 
foliage  turning  clear  yel- 
low and  studded  with 
the  scarlet  frs. 

B.  (jrdciU,  Kuntze  (Daphnidium  gracile,  Nees).  Lvs.  ovate, 
3-nerved,  chartaceous,  persisteot.  Habitat  unknown.  Stove  plant. 
— B.  hiipoolnucum,  Rehd.  (Lindera  hypORlauca,  Maxim.  B.  hypo- 
leucum,  Kuntze).  Lvs.  penninerved.  glaucous  beneath;  clu.stcrs 
few-fld.,  with  or  before  the  lvs.:  berries  black.  Japan. — B.  melinHifd- 
lium,  Nees.  Allied  to  B.  ffistivale.  Branches  pubescent:  lvs. 
oblong,  downy  beneath.  Southern  states.  B.M.  1470. — B.  oUu- 
ailobum,  Kuntze.  Large  shrub  with  very  handsome  foliage;  lvs. 
3-nerved,  ovate  or  3-iobed,  grayish  green  and  nearly  glabrous 
beneath,  2-4  '  a  in.  long:  clusters  many-fld. :  berries  black.  Japan. 
G.F.  6:295.  S.I.F.  1:44. — S?  priirox,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Lvs.  penni- 
nerved. elliptic-obiong,  greenish  beneath,  acuminate:  clusters  few- 
fld.,  before  the  lvs.:  berries  brownish,  ^^in.  diam.  Japan.  S.LF. 
2:19. — B.  sericeum,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Lvs.  petminervcd,  grayish 
pubescent  beneath:  clusters  many-fid.,  with  the  lvs.    Japan. 

Alfred  Rehder. 


537. 
Beazoin  sstivale. 

CX}i) 


BERBERIDOPSIS  (from  BerbeHs  and  Greek  opsis, 
likeness).  Flacourliacex.  Ornamental  shrub  cultivated 
for  its  crimson  flowers  and  evergreen  fohage. 

Branches  slender,  terete:  lvs.  alternate,  petioled, 
dentate:  fls.  perfect,  long-pedicelled,  in  terminal  racemes; 
bracts,  sepals  and  petals  gradually  passing  into  one 
another,  9-15,  the  inner  ones  concave,  larger;  stamens 
7-10  with  very  short  filaments;  ovary  superior,  1-celled 
with  many  ovules;  style  short,  with  3-lobed  stigraa: 
fr.  a  berry. — One  species  in  Chile. 

This  is  a  low,  glabrous,  slightly  climbing  shrub,  with 
deep  green  foliage  and  crimson  flowers  in  drooping 
racemes,  for  temperate  regions  or  the  cool  greenhouse, 
growing  in  almost  any  soil.  Propagation  is  by  seeds 
sown  in  spring,  by  greenwood  cuttings  in  spring,  or  by 
layers  in  autimin. 

corallina,  Hook.  Lvs.  cordate,  oblong-ovate,  coarsely 
spinulose-dentate,  2-3  in.  long:  fls.  globose,  over  V^in. 
long,  crimson,  in  many-fid.  bracteate  racemes.  B.M. 
.5343.  F.S.  20:2137.  F.W.  1875:97.  G.  2:547.  32:175. 
H.F.  1863:148.  Alfred  Rehder. 

BERBERIS  (Arabic  name).  Berheridacex.  Bar- 
berry. Ornamental  deciduous  or  evergreen  shrubs, 
cultivated  for  their  handsome  foliage  assuming  in  most 
species  brilliant  autumnal  tints,  and  for  their  bright 
yellow  flowers  and  attractive  fruit. 

Spiny  shrubs  with  yellow  inner  bark  and  wood:  Iva. 
alternate,  often  fascicled,  usually  glabrous,  simple, 
deciduous  or  evergreen :  fls.  in  elongated  or  umbel-like, 
rarely  compound  racemes,  or  fascicled  or  solitary; 
sepals  6  with  2  or  3  bractlets  below;  petals  6,  often 
smaller  than  sepals  and  usually  with  2  glands  near  the 
base;  stamens  6,  included,  the  anthers  opening  with 
valves;  ovarj-  superior,  1-celled,  with  1  to  many  ovules: 
fr.  a  berry  with  1  or  several  oblong  seeds. — Nearly  175 
species  in  Amer.  from  Brit.  Col.  to  Patagonia,  in  Asia, 
Eu.,  and  N.  Afr.  Monogr.  by  Schneider  in  Bull.  Hort. 
'-^ Boi.ssier,  Ser.  II.  5:33,  133,  391,  449,  6.55,  800,  813 
(1905).  Mahonia  is  now  considered  by  most  botanists 
as  a  distinct  genus,  differing  from  the  true  barberries  by 
the  pinnate  lvs.,  by  the  racemes  appearing  in  the  axils 
of  the  bud-scales  and  by  the  spineless  branches.  The 
spines  of  the  barberry  are,  morphologically,  lvs.,  and 
the  lvs.  are  borne  on  short  branches  in  their  axils  (Fig. 
538).  The  stamens  are  sensitive;  when  the  filaments 
are  touched  with  a  pin,  the  fis.  first  open,  and  the  sta- 
mens fly  forward  upon  the  pistil.      Alfred  Rehder. 

The  different  species  of  hardy  deciduous  barberries 
are  excellent  decorative  shrubs  with  pleasing  habits  of 
growth.  The  flowers  of  most  of  them  in  spring  and 
early  summer,  whilst  not  conspicuous,  are  very  attrac- 
tive, and  the  fruits  of  nearly  all  are  highly  ornamental 
in  late  summer,  fall  and  early  winter  on  account  of  their 
red,  dark  blue  or  nearly  black  color.  Berberis  a)nurensis, 
B.  sinensis,  B.  diaphann,  B.  Poiretii,  B.  Regeliana,  B. 
Sieholdii,  and  B.  Thunbergii  all  assume  brilliant  fall 
colors  in  varying  shades  of  orange  and  red.  Some 
species,  as  B.  Thunbergii,  B.  Sieboldii,  and  B.  Rehder- 
iana,  retain  their  bright  red  fruits  unchanged  until  the 
following  spring,  while  the  fruits  of  the  other  species 
shrivel  and  dry  up  during  the  winter. 

Berberis  aristala  is  the  strongest-growing  species  and 
attains  a  height  of  12  to  13  feet  in  twenty  years,  with 
gracefully  arching  branches,  and  has  violet-red  fruits; 
the  thickish  leaves  are  semi-persistent.  B.  canadensis 
forms  a  neat  compact  bush  3  to  3^2  feet  with  upright 
spreading  branches.  The  small  clu.sters  of  bright  red 
fruits  are  very  attractive.  This  is  a  rare  shrub  in  culti- 
vation, and  B.  vulgaris  has  often  been  sold  for  it.  B. 
sinensis  is  a  neat,  graceful  shrub  with  pendulous 
branches  Zli  to  4  feet  and  hears  numerous  clusters  of 
bright  red  fruits.  B.  diaphana  forms  a  dense  compact 
shrub  2, '-2  to  3  feet,  but  its  chief  decorative  value  is  in 
its  rich  fall  coloring,  as  the  solitary  flowers  and  fruits 


488 


BERBERIS 


BERBERIS 


an-  inconspicuous.  B.  Rcgeliana  lias  an  upright  dense 
habit,  luui  grows  from  "i  to  ti  feet.  It  lias  tlie  largest 
leaves  of  iUiy  of  the  ileciduous  species,  and  the  oraiige- 
it\l  fruits  :ire  reniarkalily  oriianiontal  throughout  late 
summer  and  fall,  until  midwinter.  This  is  jierhaps 
the  most  beautiful  barberry  in  cultivation.  B.  Sieholdii 
is  slow-growing,  but  is  a  very  choice  species.  The 
habit  is  upright  and  compact,  and  the  fall  coloring 
is  brilliant.  The  small  vermilion-red  fruit-clusters  are 
very  attractive.  B.  vulgaris,  which  is  commonly  grown 
ami  has  become  extensively  naturalized,  has  large 
clusters  of  brilliantly  colored  fruits,  and  is  a  most 
useful  shrub  in  border  plantations.  It  is  prolific  in 
many  varieties.  Perhaps  the  most  distinctive  form  is 
the  one  with  yellow  fruits,  which  are  usually  seedless, 
or.  if  the  seeds  are  present,  they  are  abortive.  This 
species  makes  a  good  hedge  plant  as  does  also  B. 
atnurrnsis;  for  low  ornamental  hedges,  B.  Thunhcrgii  is 
excellent.  Since  it  makes  a  rather  broad  hedge,  the 
plant  is  most  beautiful  when  it  is  not  necessary  to 
trim  it.  B.  Wilsons  is  a  small  beautiful  shrub,  2  to  23^ 
feet  with  slender  branches  and  small  leaves.  The  coral- 
red  fruits  are  very  distinctive.  The  tips  of  the  branches 
usually  are  winterkilled,  but  the  plants  recover  rapidly 
in  summer. 

Few  of  the  evergreen  species  are  dependable  in  the 
northeastern  states.  B.  Sargentiann,  a  handsome  shrub, 
attaining  a  height  of  about  C  ft.,  with  rather  large 
oblong  leaves,  hits  proved  quite  hardy,  and  B.  buiijo- 
lia,  B.  stenophylln  and  B.  Virruculosa  nearly  hardy  in 
Massachusetts.  B.  Neubertii  rarely  has  the  leaves 
scorched  by  winter's  cold,  but  is  very  slow-growing. 
For  other  evergreen  species,  see  Mahonia  (formerly 
include*!  in  Berberis). 

The  root  and  the  inner  bark  of  several  species  are 
sometimes  used  ,for  dyeing  yellow.  Some  species  have 
medicinal  properties.  The  fruits  of  B.  vulgaris  are  made 
into  jelly.  In  wheat -growing  districts,  planting  of  Ber- 
beris should  be  avoided,  as  it  is  the  host  of  the  a;cid- 
ium  stage  of  Puccinia  grmninis,  a  fungus  which  causes 
the  wheat-rust.  Destroying  the  Berberis,  however,  will 
not  check  the  propagation  of  the  fungus,  as  it  is  able 
to  grow  and  to  spread  for  years  without  forming  the 
a-cidium  stage. 

To  secure  the  best  results  from  most  of  the  barberries, 
they  should  be  planted  in  moist,  light  loam,  well 
drained.  The  deciduous  species,  however,  can  be 
grown  in  drier  situations. 

Barberries  germinate  readily  from  seeds.  The  seeds 
should  be  separated  from  the  pulp  by  maceration  and 
sown  in  "flats"  or  broadcast  in  beds  in  the  fall,  and  they 
will  germinate  the  following  season.  The  seeds  of  rare 
and  scarce  species  should  be  sown  in  the  greenhouse 
where  they  will  gcnninate  during  the  winter.  Berberis 
M'ilsona^  will  genninate  in  two  to  three  week.s  in  the 
grecnhou.se  if  sown  as  soon  as  ripe.  Some  of  the  spe- 
cies cross  when  grown  togttther,  but  B.  sinensis,  B.  liege- 
linna  and  B.  vulgaris  appear  to  come  true.  The  prog- 
eny of  B.  Thunbergii  sometimes  seem  to  show  that 
they  have  been  affected  by  the  pollen  of  B.  vulgaris. 

Most  of  the  barberries  can  be  pnjpagated  from  the 
green  cuttings  of  the  young  wood  taken  from  the  first 
to  the  middle  of  .June,  and  placed  in  sand  in  a  shaded 
hotbed  in  precisely  the  same  way  as  lilacs,  viburnums 
or  hydrangeas  are  treated.  Tliis  is  the  best  way  to 
wrjjctuate  individuals  of  strikingly  characteristic 
habits.  A  very  small  fx^rcentage  of  the  cuttings  of  the 
ripe  wofxJ  placed  in  the  greenhou.sc  in  the  fall  will 
■•strike,"  but  not  enough  to  pay.  Some  species  may  be 
propagated  by  suckers.  Ilarer  kinds  and  varieties  are 
Bometirno  grafted  on  B.  vulgaris  or  B.  Thunbergii,  in 
Augii-rt  or  Se[)tember  under  gl;i.ss,  or  in  early  spring  in 
the  greenhouse.  Grafting,  however,  is  not  U>  be  recom- 
mended, for  the  stock  usually  throws  up  suckers  which 
are  often  overlooked  on  aef»unt  of  the  similarity  of  the 
foliage  of  many  species;  they  will  overgrow  the  cion 


in  a  short  time  and  smother  it.  A  good  plan  is  to  use 
the  puqile-leaved  barberrj'  as  a  stock;  the  suckers  are 
thus  easily  noticeable  antl  may  be  removed  in  time. 

John  Dunbar. 

INDEX. 

alba,  1.  dulci.s.  1.  IS.  Maximowiczii,  14. 

albicaulis,  IG.  ttlutts,  1.  minor,  14. 

albo-variegata,  1.  enipetrifolia.  19.  Neuliertii,  31 

amurensis.  2,  3.  epruinosa,  10.  nigra,  1. 

ani;ulizans,  h.  Jtorihundn,  4.  nummular ia,  13. 

ansjustifolia,  10.  Francisci-Ferdinandi,  piuriHora,  14. 

approximata,  16.  9.  Poiretii.  10. 

apyremi,  1.  Gagnepainii,  23.  polyantha,  8. 

aristala,  4,  30.  Ouimpelii,  11.  purpurea,  1. 

asiatica,  29.  hakooides,  26.  Kegeliana,  3.  . 

asperma,  1.  Hakodate,  3.  santjuinolenla,  11,    i^^ 

atropurpurea,  1.  hetcropoda,  12.  tSargentiana,  25.      ' 

auroo-marginata,  1.      hijpolcuai,  29.  Sieboldii,  3,  7. 

buxifolia,  18.  iberica,  11.  .sinensi'^,  10,  11. 

canadensi.s,  ,'j.  ilicifolia,  27,  31.  spalhulala,  11. 

caroliniatia,  5.  integerrima,  13.  stenophylla,  20. 

chitria,  30.  japonica,  3.  Thunbergii,  14.  ^^ 

concinna,  21.  koreana,  6.  verruculoaa.  22.  '^ 

congestijlora,  26.  latifolia,  31.  violncea,  1. 

curiaria,  4.  leucocarpa,  1.  vulgaris,  1,  2,  3. 

Darwinii,  28.  levis,  24.  Wilsonae,  15. 

Dnwsorui,  14.  lutea,  1.  xanthocarpa,  1. 

diaphana,  17.  macrocarpa,  1.  yuiinanensis,  17. 

diclyophylla,.16.  macrophylla,  1. 

KEY    TO    THE    SPECIES. 

A.  Foliage  deculaous:  hs.  membranous  or 
chartaceous. 
B.  Fls.  in  elongated  racemes  or  panicles 
{Jew-fid.  peduncle-d  umbels  in  No.  7). 
c.  Lvs.  dentate  or  serrate. 
D.  Infl.  simple,  racemose. 

E.  Branches    of   last    year    gray, 

except    thx>se   of  the   purple- 

hd.  form  of  No.  1. 

F.  Texture  of  Ivs.   rather  thin, 

not     distinctly     reticulate 

beneath. 

G.  Shape    of    Ivs.    generally 

obovate;  setulose-dentate.    1.  vulgaris 
GG.  Shape    of   Ivs.    oblong    or 
elliptic;  densely  ciliate- 

denlale 2.  amurensis 

FF.  Texture  of  Ivs.  firmer  than 
in   F,    distinctly   reticulate 

beneath,  often  obtuse 3.  Regeliana 

EE.  Branches  of  last  year  reddish 
brown  or  yellowish  brown. 
F.  The  ivs.  spinulose-dentate. 
G.  Fr.  purplish  blue,  oblong- 
ovoid,    longer    than    the 
stout   pedicels:   racemes 

longer  than  the  Ivs 4.  aristata 

GG.  Fr.  red,  short-ovoid,  shorter 
than  the  slender  pedicels. 
H.  Breadth  of  Ivs. li-^iin., 
oblong-obovate  to  obo- 
vate,   scarcely    reticu- 
late    5.  canadensis 

HH.  Breadth  of  Ivs.  ^4- 
lYl  in.,  usually  obo- 
vate, n drulft!'',  round- 
ed at  llii  II !„  r G.  koreana 

FF.  The  Ivs.  dt'iimlij  Kiliisc-cili- 
ate,  oblong:  racemes  um- 
bel-like, 3-6-fid 7.  Sieboldii 

DD.  Infi.   compound,   paniculate,   2- 
6  in.  long. 
E.  Branches     angled,     grayish 
brown:    Ivs.    rourtded  at   the 

apex,  subcoriaceous 8.  polyantha 

EE.  Branches  nearly  terete,  brown: 

Ivs.  acute,  thin 9.  Francisci- 

cc.  Lvs.    entire,    at   least   those   of  the  IFerdinandi 

flowering  branches. 
D.  Fr.  red  or  purple:  Ivs.  narrow- 
obovate    or    oblanceolate,    acute 
or  acutish,  bright  green. 
E.  Bracts  at  least  half  as  long  as 
the  short  pedicels:  Ivs.  green 
beneath,    usually   ruirrow-ob- 
lanceolale,  entire 10.  Poiretii 


BERBERIS 

EE.  Bracts  much  shorter  than  the 
elongated  pedicels:  hs.  gray- 
ish or  bluish  gray  beneath, 
those  of  the  shoots  often  spin- 

nn   Fr   "/"''•>/'™°''«'----. 11.  Sinensis 

DD.  It     blm-sh    or    purplish    black, 

bloomy:  Ivs.  usually  grayish  or 

bluish  green,  broadly  obovate  to 

oblong-obovate. 

<.  E.  Racemes    short,    usually   S-7- 

fld.:  branches  slightly  angu- 

lar:  ovules  slender-stalked.. . .  12,  heteropoda 

EE.  Racemes     many-fld..      dense: 

branches  terete:  ovules  short- 

BB.  Fls.  solitary'^lfsom.etimcs  in  few^ftd^^'  '°*«8«"™» 
umbels  or  in  dense  fascicles  (in  a 
variety  of  No.  14  in  3-10-fld.  short 
racemes) . 

C.  Lvs.  always  entire. 

D.  Young    branchlets    glabrous:   lvs 

not    reticulate,    generally    obo- 
vate,  Yrl  Vi  in.  long:  fr.  scar- 

let.  rather  dry 14.  Thunbergii 

DD.  1  oung  branchlets  puberulous: 
lvs.  reticulate,  generally  ob- 
lartceolate,    \i~l    in.    long:   fr. 

salmon-red,  juicy 15   Wilsonw 

CC-  Lvs.  partly  dentate,  partly  entire.  '  ' 

D.  Pedicels  'Ain.  long:  lvs.  chalky 
white  beneath,  not  reticulate, 
less  than  1  in.  long:  fr.   }4in. 

DD.  Pf&eUliin:iong:-fls:nodding^^-  •'''♦^P'^y'"' 
lvs.  glaucous  beneath,  reticulate, 
more  than  1  in.  long:  fr.  nearly 
y^m.  long. . .  .  -17   |i:-„i,-„- 

AA.  Foliage  persistent  or  half-evergreen  "  """P^^na 

E.  Lvs.  entire. 

C.  Shape  of  lvs.  obovate  or  elliptic-  fls 

solitary,  long-pediceUed 'ig   buxifolia 

CC.  tihape  of  lvs.  narrow-oblong  to  lin- 
ear, revolute  at  the  margin. 
D.  Fls.  1-2,  long-pedicelled:  lvs.  lin- 

DD.  pts^M-e:  in  pedu;nded  umbels:'''-  ^"P''"'""'' 
BB.  Lvs.  de"''""-'''''"^ 20.  stenophylla 

C.  Fls.  in  fascicles  or  solitary. 

D.  Lower   surface   of  lvs.    white   or 
glaucous,  Yi-l  in.  long:  fU.  1-2 

E.  Branchlets  angled,  smooth.  .  .  .21.  concinna 
EE.  Branchlets  terete,  densely  ver- 

DD.  Lo«™":X-<^ /»..-,.ee„;  ;?..-'^-  '"'"-'o^" 
several  to  many. 
E.  Shape  of  lvs.  oblong  to  narrow- 
lanceolate,  with  many  teeth 
F.  Texture  of  lvs.  rather  thin; 
lvs.    usually    about     l-^in. 
broad,  indistinctly  veined. 
G.  Pedicels  slender,   1,^-1  in 
long:  fls.  3-8:  lvs.  with 
8-20  teeth  on  each  side: 
n^    Jl;.''^f'^\''}<^^l^:bloomy.  23.  Gagnepainii 
GG.  Pedicels     M-\iin.     long; 
fls.  many:  lvs.  with  5-12 
teeth  on   each  side:  fr. 

jet-black 24  levis 

FF.  Texture  of  lvs.  thick  and 
firm;  lvs.  %-li4  in. 
broad:  fls.  many;  pedicels 

^^    Vhn  °i"'"' J^'"-  lo'Ka/fr.  black.  25.  Sargentiana 
EE.  Shape  of  lvs.  roundish  to  ellip- 
tic,   with    3-6   teeth:  fls.    in 

CC   FI,    .J""'"' Blobose  clusters 26.  hakeoides 

CC.  !■  Is.  m  racemes  or  panicles. 

D.  Branches  spiny;  young  branchlets 
pubescent  or  puberulous:  lvs. 
always  simple. 

E.  Racemes  simple. 

P.  Ovary  with   long  style:   ha. 

green  beneath. 

G.  Branchlets  puberulous:  lvs. 

1-2   in.  long:    racemes 

shorter  than  lvs.,  4-10- 

fi^ 27.  ilicifolia 


BERBERIS  489 

GG.  Branchlets  hairy:  lvs.  J^ 
/  J-2  in.  long :  racemes 
longer  than  lvs.,  many- 

™  n     •"''■•.■; 28.  Darwimi 

FF.  Ovary  with  short  style: 
branchlets  puberulous:  lvs. 
whitish  beneath,  t^2]/2  in. 

„     ^""S .'29.  asiatica 

EE.  Racemes  compound:  hs.  obo- 
vate-oblong,  with  few  teeth 
above  the  middle  or  entire,  1- 

aVi  in.  long 30.  chitria 

DD.  Branches  spineless,  glabrous:  hs 
occasionally  3-foliolate,  half- 
''"^'■orcen 31.  Neubertii 

1.  vulgaris,  Linn.  Common  Barberry  Fie  .5,38 
From  4-8  ft.  rarely  15:  branches  grooved,  gray,  upright 
dentafe'"^ ,  '"'•  "Wong-spatulat/or  obovfte.'^seffie- 
dentate  pale  or  grayish  green  beneath,  membranous, 
1-Z  m.  long:  racemes  pendulous,  many-fld.;  fls.  bright 
yellow  fr  oblong-ovoid,  scariet,  finally  purple.  mIv 
June:  fr_Sept.,  Oct.  Eu.  to  E.  Asia;  escaVfrom  cuT: 
tiire  and  naturahzed  m  E.  N.  Amer.  Gn  3.5-264  — 
Handsome  in  spring,  with  its  golden  yellow  fls.  and 
light  green  foliage;  and  in  fall,  with  its  bright  scariet 
frs  remaining  through  the  whole  winter.  A  very  vari- 
able species.  Of  the  many  garden 
forms,  the  most  effective  is  var. 
atropurpiirea,  Regel  (var.  purpiirea,  f  \^ 

Hort..,  not  Loud.,  which   is  a  form  Ui.^^/f"ff 

with  purple  fr.),  with  purple-colored  lllll^^''r  ^ 

lvs.    (Gt.  9:278,   1);  little  different  m\w.^w, 

IS  var.  macrophylla,  Kew  Bull.   (B.         \\WJ 
vulgaris  foUis  purpiirea  rmcrovhijlla 
Paul  &  Sons),  with  *-  a      - 

larger  lvs.  of  deep 

purple  color.   Other    ,;«s^*!!(,„.,j.  |ll|j|r   /  J'M 

varieties  are:   Var.  ^^i««^^»^  liMy^tWm' 

albo-variegata,  \  >^\\  W'    '   'M'S 

^abel,  lvs.  vane-  \  "^^ItAm  llT'^*.^'/'.' 
gated  with  white,  H;'Vl!jsSk>cr^'fi  '  .<^M 
rather  small;  Var. 
a  ti  r  e  o  -  marginata, 
Zabel,  lvs.  with  yel- 
low margin,  rather 
large;  var.  alba, 
Don  (var.  leuco- 
carpa, Hort.), white-    .,„   „    , 

fruited;  var  as-  "^- ^"''"'^  ™'ga"s.  (X'S.  Showing 
penna,     Don     (var.  the  spines  and  foliage. 

HniiT'i  H°rt.)  seedless;  var.  dulcis.  Loud.  (var.  edUU, 
Hort'  vpn  ""^f^:^!-  '<»*««.  Don  (var.  xanlhocdrpa, 
Hort.)  yeUow-fruited;  var.  macrocarpa,  Jaeger  with 
larger  fr.  The  forms  with  black  or  purplish  bfuefr  as 
var.  n,^ra,  Don,  and  var.  inolacea,  Don^lo  not  belong 
here,  but  are  either  hybrids  or  belong  to  other  spedes 

RelirThr""'*'  ff^\  {B.  vulgaris  var.  amuren^s, 
Kegel)  Three  to  8  ft. :  branches  straight,  gray,  upright 
grooved:  lvs.  cuneate,  oblong  or  elliptic,  df n.se  v  dl  Itel 

trouste'neatf'^l^r'?'^*'  ^""^  bright' green  l^A\^ 
trous  beneath,  1-3  in.  long:  racemes  upright  or  nodding, 
b-12-fld.,  about  a.s  long  as  lvs.:  fr.  oblong-ovoid,  scarlet 
May:  fr.   Sept.    Manchuria,   N.   China     Gng  T119 
G.  W.  i,  p.  413.    See  page  3566. 
3.  Regeliana,    Koehne    {B.    vulg&ri.s   var.    iapdnica 

oLnneici     not  UG.    B.  Siehohhi,  Hort.,  not  Mio      R 
Hakodate,  Hort.).    Fig,  5.39.     Upright  shrub,  to^6  It' 
branches  gray,  grooved:  lvs.  elliptic-oblong  and  acute' 
Tn J  °?*i''  or  obovate-oblong  and  obtusf,   1-2^    n 
bng,  setulose-dcntate,  often  rather  densely  so   pafe  or 

&m  lext^r"  ^"^  ^■'*'"'^'^'  '^'■"''^*^  beneath  o 
l^w  u-    ■■''<=^m«'s  upright   or  nodding,  6-12-fld 

L  ^r*",  "If  u^ *  ""^  '""S  ^  '^«-  ■■  fr.  oblong-ovoid  scarlet' 
G  F  f'iu  }'^T"\-  May,  June:  fr.  Sept.,  Oct  '  JaS 
G.l-.  3.249  (adapted  in  Fig,  539),   A.G.  18:454. 


4iX) 


BKRBERIS 


BERBEKIS 


4.  ahsUU,  DC.  (H.  coriaria,  Koyle.  li.  floribilnda. 
Wall).  Shrub,  to  S  It.i-hist  year's  braiu'lios  yi-Uouish 
br«»'n,  sliitlitly  angular;  spines  mostly  siinple:  Ivs. 
I'lliptio  to  ovatc-obloii);.  acute  or  obtusish,  spinosely 
ileiitato.  oee;i-sioiially  entire,  1-2 '2  in.  long,  of  finn  tex- 
tur»>  at  maturity:  racemes  10-25-fld.,  sessile,  usually 
spn-ading  and  stout: 


fr.  nearly 


2MI.  long, 


539.  Berberis  Regeliaaa. 

(X.'3) 


longer  than  the  stout 
p«^li^els.  bright  ri-tl, 
iinallv  bluish  purple 
ami  hliKimy:  -stigma 
on  a  short  distinct 
style.  June;  fr.  Sept., 
Oct.  Himalayas.  B. 
R.  27 :4(>.— Hardy  at 
the  .\rnold  .Arbore- 
tum. Hybrids  occur 
with  B.  vtilyiirif. 

5.  canadensis, Mill. 
(6.C(iri)/iMn;i<i,  Loud. 
B.  nitgiilizons,  Hort . ) .  Up- 
right shrub,  1-3  ft.,  with 
arching  branches:  spines 
small.  3-part  ed  :  Ivs. 
cuneate  -  oblong  to  ob- 
ovate,  remotely  spinulose- 
dentate,  rarely  entire,  usu- 
ally obtusish,  1-2  in.  long: 
racemes  many-fld.,  longer 
than  the  Ivs.;  petals  re- 
tu.se  or  emarginate:  fr. 
ovoid, scarlet.  May, June; 
fr. .Sept., (let.  .Mleghanies. 
G.W.  1:101.— The  plant 
Bold  imder  this  name  is 
usually  B.  vtilgarix.  Lower 
and  more  graceful  then  B.  vulgaris;  the  foliage  turns 
scarlet  in  autuiiui. 

6.  koreana,  I'alibin.  Shrub,  to  6  ft.:  branches 
grooved,  yellowish  or  reddish  brown;  spines  short, 
scarcely  '  jin.  long,  usually  simple:  Ivs.  obovatc,  or  oval, 
rounded  at  the  apex,  cuneate  at  the  base,  1-2'  ■>  in.  long 
and  '  2-1  '  2  in-  broad,  spinose-scrrulate,  reticulate  and 
I)ale  beneath:  racemes  shorter  than  Ivs.,  rather  dense, 
slender-stalked,  nodding:  fr.  subglobose-ovoid,  '4in. 
long,  bright  red.  May:  fr.  Sept.,  Oct.  Korea.  J.C.T. 
2tj,  I  :.5. — Hand.some  species  with  broad  Ivs.  coloring 
deep  red  in  autumn  and  with  briglit  red  fr.  persisting 
until  the  following  spring;  has  proved  perfectly  hardy 
at  the  Arnold  .\rboretum. 

7.  Siebdldii,  Miq.  Shrub,  to  3  ft. :  last  year's  branches 
deep  ri'dclish  lirown,  angular,  2-edged  toward  the  end: 
spines  ;}-parted,  slender:  Ivs.  oblong-obovate,  1-2^-2  in. 
long,  acute  or  obtusish,  cuneate  at  the  base,  setosely 
ciliate  and  usually  revolutc  at  the  margin,  bright  green 
below:  racemes  3-(j-fld.,  slender-pedunclecl,  umbel-lil^e: 
fr.  ovoid  to  subglobose,  ^^in.  long,  rather  dry,  liright 
red  and  lu-strous.  May,  June:  fr.  Sept.  Japan.  S.'l.S. 
1:14. — \  verj'  hand.some  shrub:  Ivs.  purplish  when 
unfolding  and  marked  with  green  veins,  deej)  vinous  red 
in  autumn:  the  fr.  retains  the  bright  color  until  the 
following  .spring.  It  has  proved  perfectly  hardy  at  the 
Amtild  Arboretum.  Often  B.  liegeliana  is  cultivated 
under  the  name  B.  Sieholdii. 

8.  polyantha,  Hemsl.  Shrub,  to  12  ft.:  branches 
grayi.sh  brown,  slightly  angled,  glabrous  or  i)ub<rulous 
with  usually  short  spines:  Ivs.  cuneate-obovatc,  rounded 
at  the  apex,  leatherj-,  spiny-s(frrate,  rarely  nearly  entire, 
pale  grayish  green,  %-\]4  in.  long:  fis.  deep  yellow  in 
pendulous  .'ihort-stalkcl  panicles  2-6  in.  long:  fr.  oblong- 
ovoid,  narrower]  into  a  distinct  style,  pale  red,  bloomy, 
Hin.  long.  June,  July;  fr.  Sept.  W.  China,  (i.  33: 
2fi9. — \'ery  hand.'wjme  with  its  large  panicles  of  deep 
yellow  fla.;  not  quite  hardy  in  Mass. 


n.  Francisci-Ferdinandi,  Schneid.  Shrub,  to  10  ft.: 
branches  re(l-l)rown,  nearly  terete,  with  long  spines: 
Ivs.  elliptic  to  ovate-lanceolate,  acute,  cuneate  at  the 
ba.se,  densely  spiny-serrate,  bright  green,  thin,  1-2 '2  in. 
long:  Ms.  yellow  in  pendulous,  usuall.y  narrow  panicles, 
with  the  slender  stalk  3-.5  in.  long:  fr.  ovoid-oblong, 
scarlet,  almost  '  2in.  long,  with  nearly  sessile  stigma. 
May,  June;  fr.  Sept.  W .  China.— The  drooping  pani- 
cles of  scarlet  frs.  are  very  handsome. 

10.  Poiretii,  Schneid.  (B.  sinensis,  Hemsl.,  not  Poir. 
B.  sinensis  var.  anguslijblia,  Regel).    Shrub,  to  h  ft.: 
branches  slender,  arching,  the  j-ounger  grooved,  pur- 
plish brown;  spines  about   'sin.  long,  usually  simple: 
Ivs.   oblanceolato,   to  narrow-oblanceolate,    J^-l'/2  in. 
long,    entire,    slightly    reticulate   and    green   beneath: 
racemes  8-14-fld.,  1-2  in.  long;  pedicels  scarcely  '4in. 
long,  bracts  about  half  as  long:  fr.  ovoid-oblong,  deep 
blood-red.    X.  China,  Amurland. — H.ardy 
and  handsome,  but  rare  in  cult,  and  usu- 
ally confounded  with  the  following  species. 

11.  sinensis,  Poir.  (B.  spa(/iuMto,Schrad. 
B.  ibbrica,  Stev.  &  Fisch.  B.  snnguino- 
/e/i(r;,  Schrad.  B.dniinpeUi,  Koch).  From 
4-6  ft.,  with  slender,  often  arching 
branches,  the  yoimger  grooved,  reddish 
brown;  spines  1-3-parted,  '2-?^in.  long: 
\s.  cuneate,  oblong  or  obovate-lanceo- 
late,  entire  or  sometimes  with  a  few  teeth, 
grayish  green  or  glaucescent  beneath,  14- 
long:  racemes  pendulous,   slender-peduncled, 

rather  dense;  pedicels  slender,  about  J^in.  long,  several 

times  longer  than  the  bracts:  berries  <ovoid,  purplish. 

Caucasus.    B.M.  6.573.    G.O.H.  63.    L.D.  7:487.    G.W. 

8:11.5.    G.  34:379. — A  hardy,   graceful  species,    very 

handsome  in  fr. 

12.  heteropoda,  Schrenk.  Fig.  540.  Three  to  6  ft.: 
branches  stout,  spreading,  the  younger  chestnut- 
brown,  lustrous  slightly  grooved,  spines  sometimes  to 
2  in.  long,  often  wanting:  Ivs.  broadly  obovate  or  oval, 
entire  or  sometimes  remotely  serrate,  pale  bluish  green, 
1-2  in.  long,  some  short  and  some  slender-petioled : 
fis.  in  stalked,  usually  .5-7-fld.  racemes,  orange-yellow, 
fragrant;  ovules  long-stalked:  fr.  ovoid,  dark  blue  with 
glaucous  bloom.  May.  Turkestan,  Songaria.  G.F. 
8:4.5.5  (adapted  in  Fig.  540). — Handsome  and  very 
distinct  species.  B.  heteropoda  var.  oblonga,  Regel, 
see  B.  oblongn  in  supplementary  list. 

13.  integerrima,  Bunge  (B.  nummularia,  Bungc). 
Shrub,  to  6  ft.:  la.st  year's  branches  terete,  purplish 
brown;  .spines  usually  sim])le,  to  2  in.  long:  Ivs.  obovate 
or  broadly  obovate,  usually  entire,  sometimes  remotely 
setose-serrate,  grayish  green:  racemes  dense,  usually 
many-fld.;  fis.  small,  on  short,  pedicels,  about  i-in. 
long;  ovules  short-stalked:  fr.  black,  globose-ovoid. 
May. — A  \'ariable  species  similar  to  the  preceding. 

14.  ThiJnbergii,  DC.  Figs.  .541,  542.  Dense,  low 
shrub,  2-5  ft.:  branches  spreading,  deeply  grooved, 
brown,  with  simple  spines:  Ivs.  obovate  or  spatulate, 
quite  entire,  glaucescent  beneath,  3-2-1 '2  in.  long:  fls. 
1-3,  pale  yellow:  fr.  elliptic  or  nearly  globose,  bright 
red.  Apr.,"  May.  G.F.  2:. 53.  B.M.  6646.  R.H.  1894: 
173.  A.G.  18:3.57.  Gng.  4:241;  5:119,  3.53,  355.  Mn. 
2:118.  A.F.  8:.526. — One  of  the  most  valuable  species, 
especially  remarkable  for  its  low,  dense,  horizontal 
growth,  its  large  brilliant  red  frs.,  remaining  fresh  till 
the  following  spring,  and  for  its  bright  scarlet  fall  color- 
ing; hardy.  Very  valuable  for  borders  of  walks  and 
drives  and  f(jr  low  ornamental  hedges.  Endures  par- 
tiid  shade.  Cattle  and  sheep  do  not  browse  it  much. 
Var.  Maxim6wiczii,  Franch.  &  Sav.,  has  the  Ivs.  green 
beiiealli.  \ar.  plurifldra,  Koehne,  has  :3-10  fls.  in  short, 
imibel-like  raceme.  Var.  minor,  Rehd.  (var.  Dnwsonii, 
Bean).  Very  low,  <lense  shrub,  '2-2  ft.  high,  with  small 
Ivs.  about  ,1  iin.  long.  A  variety  with  the  Ivs.  variegated 
with  white  "is  var.  .Silver  Beauty,  which  originated  in 


\ 


BERBERIS 


BERBERIS 


491 


I'ranklin,   Mass.    G.C.  III.  49:10.    Hybrids  with  B. 
ndgnris  occur. 

lr>.  Wflsonae,  Hemsl.  Low  shrub  with  spreading 
branches:  hist  year's  branches  reddish  brown,  angular, 
puberulous;  spines  3-parted,  slender,  J-^-^in.  long: 
ivs.  oblanceolate  or  narrowly  obovate,  }4~1  i"-  long, 
rounded  and  niucronate  or  acutish  at  the  apex,  rarely 
3-pointrd,  pale  green  and  dull  above,  glaucous  beneath, 
reticulate,  thickish :  fls.  golden  yellow,  in  dense  clusters 
or  in  very  short-stalked  umbels:  fr.  globose,  J^in. 
diain.,  salmon-red,  usually  yellow  or  whitish  on  the 
shailv  side.  May;  fr.  in  Sept.  W.  China.  B.M.  8414. 
G.C.'III.  42:372.  Gn.  71,  p.  .541.  G.  29:.520.  J.H.  III. 
5.5:42.5. — Very  distinct  hand.some  shrub,  with  small 
foliage,  assuming  a  brilliant  fall  coloring.  It  has  proved 
hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum  in  .somewhat  sheltered 
positions. 

16.  dictyophylla,  Franch.  Shrub,  to  6  ft.  high,  with 
slightly  angular  branches,  usually  covered  with  white 
bloom  while  young,  reddish  brown  the  second  year: 
Ivs.  obovate  to  oblong-obovate,  }  2-I  in-  long,  obtuse  or 
acutish,  entire  or  spinose-dent ate,  chalky  white  beneath: 
fls,  solitary,  pale  yeDow,  V^-Hin.  diam.,  short -stalked: 
fr  red,  ovoid,  H'm.  long.  May.  S.  VV.  China.^Very 
distinct,  with  its  small  foliage  white  beneath  like  the 
young  shoots.  Var.  albicafllis,  Hort.,  is  a  form  with 
the  young  branchlets  distinctly  bloomy  and  the  Ivs. 
intensely  white  beneath.  Var.  epruinosa,  Schneid. 
Branchlets  angled,  red-brown,  not  bloomy:  Ivs.  light 
green  beneath.  Var.  approximata,  Rehd.  (B.  npproxi- 
tnata,  Sprague).  Lvs.  obovate,  spinose-dentate,  rarely 
entire,  fls.  smaller.  B.M.  7833;  the  type  of  the  species 
with  all  or  nearlv  all  lvs.  entire  is  figured  in  Franchet, 
Plant.  Delavay.  "11. 

17.  diaphana,  Maxim.  (B.  yunnanensis,  Hutchins., 
not  Franch. ).  .Shrub,  to  3  ft.,  with  rather  stout  branches, 
grooved,  light  yellowish  brown  in  their  second  year; 
spines  l-.3-parted,  l-i-Vi,  rarely  to  13-2  in.  long:  lvs. 
obovate  to  oblong-obovate,  obtusish,  Ji-lx^  in.  long, 
spinose-serrulate  or  sometimes  entire,  glaucous  and 
reticulate  beneath:  fls.  bright  yellow,  }  2in.  diam.,  sol- 
itary, or  in  2's  or  3's  on  a  common  peduncle;  pedicels 
^4-in.  long:  fr.  oblong,  often  attenuated  at  the  apex, 
scarlet,  slightlv  bloomy,  nearlv  J'2in.  long.  May;  fr. 
in  Sept.  VV."  China.  B.M.  8224.  S.T.S.  2:109.— 
Remarkable  for  its  large  fr.;  the  lvs.  turn  scar- 
let in  autumn.   Hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

IS.  buxifolia,  Poir.  (B.  dulcis,  Sweet).  One  to 
3  ft.:  branches  brown,  grooved;  spines  usually 
3-part.ed,  short:  lvs.  cuneate,  obovate  or  elliptic, 
Js'-l  in.  long:  fls.  solitarj',  on  long  pedicels, 
orange-vellow:  fr.  nearlv  globose,  blackish  purjjle. 
Mav.  Chile  to  Strait  "of  Magellan.  B.M.  6.505. 
S.B.F.G.  II.  1:100.  P.M.  10: 171.  L.B.C.  20:1941. 
H.F.  1857:122. — .A  very  graceful,  free-flowering 
shrub;  one  of  the  hardiest  of  the  evergreen 
species;  will  stand  the  winter  even  N.  if  somewhat 
[irotected. 

19.  empetrifSUa,  Lam.  Low,  den.sely  branched  shrub, 
to  2  ft. :  last  year's  branches  slightly  angular,  brown,  the 
young  ones  purplish,  often  bloomy;  spines  1-3-parted, 
}^-^4in.  long:  lvs.  hnear,  J^-^iin.  long,  strongly 
revolute  at  the  margin,  spiny  pointed,  bright  green: 
fls.  1-2,  on  slender  pedicels,  about  )4in.  long:  fr.  glo- 
bose, bluish  black,  about  3<4in.  diam.  Mav,  .June.  Chile 
to  Patagonia.  B.R.  26:27.  S.B.F.G.  4 ::J5"0.— Less  often 
cult,  and  not  so  handsome  as  the  following  hybrid, 
which  has  larger  lvs.  and  umbellate  fls. 

20.  stenophylla,  Mast.  (B.  Ddnrinii  xB.  empetrifolin) . 
Height  1-3  ft.,  with  slender,  arching  branches-  lvs. 
narrow-oblong,  revolute  at  the  margins,  spiny  pointed, 
52-1  !i  in.  long,  dark  green  above:  fls.  2-ti,  in  pedun- 
cled  nodding  umbels.  Of  garden  origin.  May.  G.C. 
UI.  7:G19.     A.F.  6::325.     Gn.   14,  p.  40;   61,"  p.   305 


(habit);  69,  p.  318.  G.W.  14,  p.  593;  15,  p.  103.— 
Handsome  shrub,  hardy  in  sheltered  positions  at  the 
Arnold  Arboretum. 

21.  concinna,  Hook.  f.  Low,  spreading  shrub,  to  3 
ft.:  branches  of  last  year  pale  brown,  angular;  spines 
3-parted,  slender:  lvs.  obovate,  J/2-I  in.  long,  rather 
thin  and  only  half-evergreen,  remotely  spinose-dentate, 
bright  green  above,  glaucous  beneath:  fls.  solitary  or  in 
2's  on  slender  stalks,  ?4-l  in.  long,  bright  yellow,  over 
J/2in.  across:  fr.  red,  oblong-ovoid.  June.  Himalayas. 
B.M.  4744. — One  of  the  most  graceful  barberries, 
similiar  to  B.  didyophyllii,  but  easily  distinguished  by 
the  slender-stalked  fls.  and  half-evergreen  lvs.  It  has 
proved  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum  in  sheltered 
positions. 

22.  verruculdsa,  Hemsl.  &  Wilson.  Dwarf,  spreading 
shrub,  to  3  ft.,  evergreen:  branches  terete,  densely 
verruculose,  with  slender  spines  often  as  long  as  lvs. : 
lvs.  ovate  or  elliptic  to  ovate  -  lanceolate,  remotely 
spiny-toothed,  dark  green  and  lustrous  above,  glaucous 
beneath,  '2^1  in.  long:  fls.  1-2,  }2in.  across:  fr.  violet- 
black,  bloomy,  ovoid  ^sin.  long,  with  sessile  stigma. 
June;  fr.  Oct."  W.  China.  B.M.  ,84.54.— Very  handsome 
with  its  dense  dark  green  and  lustrous  foliage.  Has 
proved  hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. 

23.  Gagnepainii,  Schneid.  Evergreen  shrub,  to 
6  ft.:  branches  yellowish  gray,  terete,  with  slender, 
rather  long  spines:  lvs.  narrow-lanceolate,  spiny-ser- 
rate, revolute  at  the  margin,  hght  green  beneath,  indis- 
tinctly veined,  1 }  2-3)  2  in.  long:  fls.  fascicled,  3-8,  J^in. 
across;  pedicels  32-1  in.  long:  fr.  ovoid,  about  33ii'- 
long,  bluish  black,  bloomy,  with  nearly  sessile  style. 
June;  fr.  Oct.  W.China.  G.C.  III.  46:226.  B.M.  8185 
(as  B.  acuminata). 


540.  Berberis  heteropoda.  ( X  H) 


24.  levis,  Franch.  Shrub,  to  5  ft.,  evergreen:  branches 
light  yellowish  gra\',  angletl,  usually  with  long  spines: 
lvs.  narrow-lanceolate,  remotely  spinv-serrate,  slightly 
or  not  revolute  at  the  margin,  light  green  beneath, 
indistinctly  veined,  1-2  in.  long:  fls.  in  many-fld. 
fascicles,  33in.  acro.ss;  pedicels  short,  34~32in.  long:  fr. 
short-ovoid,  about  34in.  long,  black;  stigma  on  a  short 
style.  June;  fr.  Oct.  W.  China.  See  discussion  on 
page  3566. 


i9-2 


BERBERIS 


BERBERIS 


-."i  Sargenti&na,  SchntMti.  lOvorpreeii  shrub,  lo  0 
ft.:  Imuiches  nearly  tor^to,  grayish  liruwn,  witli  usually 
short  spiiu's;  Ivs.  coriaceous,  olliptic-obloug  to  ohlong- 
lancotilatc,  acute  or  acuiniuatc,  densely  spiny-serrate, 
dark  proon  above,  light  gnn^n  luid  reticulate  below, 
ll<>— 1  in.  long:  fls.  f:iscicled,  many,  'oin.  across;  pedicels 
?2-'4in.  long:  fr.  globose-ovoid,  'gin.  long,  black,  with 
sessiile  stigma.  May,  June;  fr.  Sept.,  Oct.  W.  China. 
— \'er>'  handsome  with  large  dark  green  Ivs.  At  the 
Arnold  Arboretum  it  has  proved  the  hardiest  of  the 
evergreen  barberries.  See  page  3566. 

26.  hakeoides,  Schneid.  {R.  congestiflbra  var.  hnke- 
o\d(s.  Hook.  f.  li.  cougi'sti flora,  Hort.,  not  Gay).  Shrub, 
to  6  ft.:  last  year's  branches  angular,  gra\'ish  brown; 
ppines  small  or  oftener  leafy.,  and  semi-orbicular  with 

J^  >:*^^ 


541.  Berberis  Thunbergii. 

gpinv  teeth:  Ivs.  oval  to  nearly  orbicular,  1-2  in.  long, 
npJ.  spinose-dentato,  bright  green  above,  glaucous 
beneath:  fls.  in  dense  globose  clusters;  clusters  very 
numerous  along  the  bran<-hes  and  forming  spikes  toward 
the  end  which  is  often  leafless:  fr.  ovoid,  ^.jin.,  bluish 
black.  Chile.  G.C.  III.  29:295.  B.M.  6770.— Very 
handsome  with  its  numerous  bright  yellow  fl.-clusters. 
Not  hardy  N. 

27.  ilicifdlia,  Forst.  Shrub,  to  8  ft.:  last  year's 
branches  angular,  purjjlish,  minutely  pubescent  when 
young:  Ivs.  obovate,  J4-2  in.  long,  dark  green  above, 
coarsely  spiny-toothed:  racemes  .5-10-fld.,  shorter  than 
the  Ivs.  with  the  peduncle  about  1  in.  long;  fls.  orange- 
yellow.  Patagonia.  B.M.  4308.  F.S.  3:291.— Similar 
to  the  following.  Ver>'  rare  in  cult.;  for  the  plants 
usually  cult,  under  this  name  see  No.  31. 

28.  Darwinii,  Hook.  Shrub,  1-3  ft.:  branches  brown, 
pubfscent  when  young:  Ivs.  cuneate,  obovate,  spiny- 
tof^thed  and  usually  3-pointed  at  the  apex,  glossy  dark 
green  above,  light  green  and  lustrous  beneath,  3^-1 
in.  long:  racemes  ^20-fld.,  longer  than  the  Ivs.,  with  the 
peduncle  2-4  in.  long,  pendulous;  fls.  orange-yellow, 
often  reddish  outside;  style  as  long  as  the  ovary:  fr. 
dark  purf)le.  June;  fr.  Aug.,  Sept.  Chile  to  Patagonia. 
B.M.  4.yjO.  F.S.  7:603.  P.F.G.  2:46.  J.F.  2:111. 
G.M.  44:6W). 

29.  asiatica,  Roxbg.  {B.  hypoleiica,  Lindl.).  Shrub, 
to  10  ft.:  last  year's  branches  grayish  yellow, 
grwn-ed,  puberulous  when  young;  spines  small:  Ivs. 
ohx>vate  to  oblong,  1-3  in.  long,  entire  or  with  few  teeth, 
whitish  beneath:  racemes  H-2.5-fld.,  1-2  in.  long:  fr. 
purjjje,  with  distinct  stvle.  Apr..  May.  Himalayas. 
J.H.S.  2:246.— Hardy  only  8. 

30.  chitria,  Lindl.  (B.  aristata,  Sims,  not  DC). 
Shrub,  to  6  ft.:  last  year's  branches  yellowish  or  reddish 
brown,  slightly  grooved  or  nearlv  terete;  spines  slender, 
to  ^in.  long:  Ivs.  oblong,  or  oblong-obovate,  cuneate 
at  the  base,  1-3  in.  long,  .spinose-serrate  or  entire,  sub- 
roriaf'f^jus:  fls.  deep  yellow,  often  reddish,  in  long- 
jx-*lunclerl  panicles:  fr.  purf)li8h,  ovoid-oblong,  with 
di.stinct  style.  June.  July.  Himalayas.  B.H.  9:729. 
B.M.  2o49  fa  few-fld.  form,  as  B.  umbellata) .—Oiien 


confused  with  />*.  oristatd,  which  is  easily  distinguished 
by  its  simple  sessile  racemes. 

31.  Neubertii,  Lem.  {B.  vulgaris  x  Mahonia  Aqui- 
fdliuni).  Branches  grayish  brown,  without  spines, 
upright:  Ivs.  simple,  oval  or  ovate,  or  sometimes 
oblong,  cuneate  at  the  base,  often  with  1  or  2  smaller 
lateral  Ifts.,  spiny-toothed,  dark  grayish  green  above, 
132-3  in.  long:  fls.  in  racemes.  Of  garden  origin.  I.H. 
1:111,  G.C.  III.  9:73,  75.  Var.  latifolia,  Rehd.  {B. 
ilicifolia,  Hort.,  not  Forst.  B.  Uitifdlui,  Hort.).  Lvs. 
broader,  those  of  the  shoots  more  rigid,  with  fewer 
and  broa<ler,  more  spreading  spines,  with  broader 
often  nearly  truneatc  base.^ — Hardy  in  sheltered  posi- 
tions at  t.he  Arnokl  Arboretum,  but  not  evergreen;  in 
the  8.  the  lvs.  are  persistent. 

B,  actinacdniha,  Mart.  Evergreen  shrub,  to  3  ft.:  spines  4-7- 
parted:  Ivs.  obovate  to  oblong,  ?2~1  in-  long,  spiny:  fls.  slender- 
stalked,  in  clusters.  Chile.  B.R.  31:55. — B.  acuminata,  Franch. 
Allied  to  B.  Gagnepainii.  Evergreen  shrub:  branches  yellow,  terete: 
Ivs.  lanceolate,  4-7  in.  long,  acuminate,  with  numerous  small  spiiiy 
teeth:  fls.  fascicled;  pedicels  about  1  in.  long.  S.W.  China.  J.H.F. 
1900:191. — B.  acuminata,  Stapf^B.  Gagnepainii. — B.  acumin'ita, 
Veitch^B.  Vcitchii. — B.  irtnenais,  Presl.  Low,  dense,  deciduous 
shrub:  branches  yellowish  gray,  angular  with  numerous  spines, 
about  ''iin.  long:  lvs.  oblanceolate  or  obovate,  spinose-serrate,  ?  2" 
1  '  2  ill.  I'liig:  racemes  short,  8-14-fld.  Sicily,  Sardinia,  Corsica. — B. 
aiJi/riij'ilii,  Schneid.  Allied  to  B.  polyantha.  Lvs.  oblong-obovate, 
epiiiy-tuuthed,  ^^-i  in.  long:  panicles  short  and  very  dense,  about 
^4in.  long:  fr.  subglobose,  salmon-red.  W.  China. — B.  Andredna, 
Naudin^B.  laurina. — B.  anguldsa,  Wall.  Deciduous  shrub,  to 4  ft.: 
young  branchlets  puberulous,  angular,  spiny:  Ivs.  oblong-obovate, 
J'2^1?2  in-  long,  whitish  beneath,  entire  or  sparsely  spinulose:  fls. 
solitary  or  few,  slender-stalked:  fr.  red.  Himalayas.  B.M.  7071. — 
B.  Aquifdlium,  Pursh^Mahonia  Aquifolium. — B.  arguta,  Ball= 
Mahonia  arguta. — B.  Belstaniana,  Hort.=B.  virescens. — B.  Berg- 
mdnniae,  Schneid.  Allied  to  B.  Sargentiana.  Evergreen  shrub,  to 
6  ft.:  lvs.  coriaceous,  elliptic,  indistinctly  veined,  I-l  }2  in.  long:  fls. 
fascicled,  many:  fr.  oblong-ovoid,  black,  bloomy.  Cent,  and  W, 
China.  Var.  acanthopkylla,  Schneid.  Lvs.  to  2  in.  long,  sinuately 
spiny.  W.  China.  Only  the  variety  is  in  cult.— B.  Bretschneideri, 
Rehd.  Allied  to  B.  korcana.  Shrub,  to  8  ft.;  branches  terete,  red- 
dish brown  with  few  and  small  spines:  lvs.  obovato-oblong,  1  H~2}'^ 
in.  long,  setoie-serrate:  racemes  about  1^2  1".  long:  fr.  oblong,  pur- 
pli^sh.  N.China.  S.T.S.  2:110.  Hardy  N.— B.  trar/i^/poJa,  Maxim. 
Allied  to  B.  amurensis.  Shrub,  to  6  ft.:  lvs.  elliptic-oblong,  acute, 
pubescent  on  both  sides,  1 }  2~3  H  in-  long:  racemes  pubescent,  slen- 
der, 2-3  in.  long:  fr.  scarlet.  Cent.  China. — B.  carididula,  Schneid. 
(B.  Wallichiana  var.  candidula,  Schneid.  B.  Wallichiana  var.  pal- 
lida, Boiss.).  Allied  to  B.  verruculosa.  Evergreen  prostrate  shrub: 
branchlets  glabrous,  yellowish:  lvs.  elliptic  with  few  spiny  teeth, 
white  beneath,  about  1  in.  long:  fls.  solitary.  Cent.  China.  V.F.  15. 
— B.  Cdroli,  Schneid.  (B.  integerrima  var.  stenophylla,  Maxim.). 
Similar  to  B.  Poiretii.  Shrub,  to  6  ft.:  lvs.  oblanceolate,  usually 
entire,  5^-1  J-z  in.  long:  racemes  8-14-fld.  Mongoli.a.  Var.  hoang- 
hensis,  Schneid.  Racemes  many-fid.,  1-1  ?2  in.  long,  pedicels  ^gin. 
long:  fr.  subglobose,  salmon-red.  W.  China.  Only  the  variety  is  in 
cult. — B.  cerdsina,  Schrad.  Allied  to  R.  sinensis,  but  lvs.  more  often 
toothed,  racemes  shorter,  hardly  longer  than  the  lvs.  and  spines 
shorter,  usually  simple.  Of  unknown  origin. — B.  congestiflbra.  Gay. 
Allied  to  B.  hakeoides.  Lvs.  oblong-ovate  to  orbicular,  often 
entire:  fls.  in  dense  umbels  on  upright  stalks  ?2"-l  in.  long.  Chile. — 
B.  cratgegina,  DC.  Shrub,  to  5  ft.:  branches  brownish  red,  nearly 
terete:  lvs.  deciduous,  oblanceolate  to  oblong-obovate,  ?2-l/2in. 
long,  usually  entire:  racemes  f)-20-fld.,  1-2  in.  long:  fr.  bluish  black. 
Asia  Minor. — The  true  B.  cratagina  does  not  seem  to  be  in  cult. — 
B,  cretica,  Linn,   Deciduous  shrub,  to  3  ft.:  branches  purplish  with 


542.  Fruiting  twig  of  Berberis  Thunbergii.  (X  H) 


numerous  spines  often  nearly  1  in.  long:  lvs.  lanceolate,  ^:i-^.iin. 
long,  usually  entire:  fls.  3-7,  in  short  umbel-like  racemes.  S.E.  Eu. 
Orient. — B.  cHspa,  Gay.  Allied  to  B.  hakeoides.  Branches  puber- 
ulous: Iva.  thinner,  ovate  or  oval,  spiny-toothed,  i2'"l'2  in.  long: 
fls.  5-8,  on  slender  pedicels,  clustered.  Chile. — B.  dealbaia,  Lindi. 
I^vs,  persistent,  nearly  orbicular,  with  few  spiny  teeth;  racemes 
short,  dense,  nodding.  Mex.  B.R.  21:1750. — B.  ^Ugans,  Rort.^B. 
Lycium. — B.  emargindta,  Willd.  Possibly  B.  sibirica  X  vulgaris. 
Low  shrub:  spines  1-5-parted:  lvs.  obovate  to  obovate-oblong,  }2~ 
1  ?4  in.  long,  setuloae-dentate:  racemes  shorter  than  the  lvs.,  up- 
right; petals  usually  emarginate.  Of  unknown  origin.  G.O.H.  62. — 
B.  Fendleri,  Gray.  Allied  to  B.  canadensis.  Shrub,  to  5  ft.:  spines 
3-5-parted:  Ivs.  obovate-lanceolate,  ?4-l  ?4  in,  long,  lustrous,  entire 
or  spinulose:  racemes  dense,  long-peduncled,  pendulous.  Colo,  to 
New  Mex.    G.F.  1:462. — B.  Fdrtunei,  Lindl. =Mahonia  Fortunei. 


BERBERIS 


BERGEROCACTUS 


493 


B    Fremdntii,  Torr.=  Mahoma  Fremontii. — B.  glaitca,   Benth., 

not  Kunth=B.  Jamiesottii.— B.  grdcMs,  Hartw.=Mahonia  gracilia. 

B    hxmalncdrpa,   Wooton=MahoDia  ha;matocarpa. — B.   helero- 

vhyita.  Jus3.    Allied  to  B.  ilicifolia.    Branches  glabrous,  yellowish 
brown;  spines  3-5-parted ;  Ivs.  persistent,  obovate  to  oblong,  '2-I  \i 
in    long,  entire,  or  with  2-4  spiny  teeth:  fls.  solitary:  fr.  purplish 
black.   Straits  of    Magellan.    H.E.    1:14. — B.  hderniihiiUa,  /-,shc\= 
Mahonia  heterophylla. — B.  Hodkeri,  Lem.  (B.  Jamicsonu.  Hon..  not 
Lindl.    B.  Wallichiana.  Hook.,  not.  DC).    Allied  to  B.  Sargcntmua. 
Branchlets  angular,  stout,  pale  yellowish  brown:  Iva.  elliptic-oblong 
to  oblong-lanceolate,  sinu.ately  spiny-toothed.  1-2  in.  long;  fls.  3^6; 
pedicels  slender:  fr.  oblong,  large,  with  4-8  seeds.  Origin  uncertain; 
probably  Himalayas.    I.H.  6:207.     B.M.  465B.— B.  Hutchinsd/m. 
Rehd  =Mahonia  arguta. — B.  Jamiesdnii,  Lindl.  (B.  glauca,  Benth., 
not  Kunth).    Evergreen  shrub:  branches  terete,  brownish  red:  Ivs. 
oblong,  2-3  in.  long,  entire  or  with  few  teeth,  lustrous,  pale  green 
beneath;  fls.  in  close  panicles;  pedicels   ;2in.  long.    Peru. — Often 
confused   with   B.    Hookeri   and   B.    Verschaffeltii.— B.  japAmca, 
Spreng  =Mahonia  japonica.— S.   KniijUii,  Hort.=B.  Wallichiana 
var  latifolia.— B.  (aurina  Billbg.  (B.  Andreana,  Naudin).    Allied  to 
B  buxifolia.  Shrub,  too  ft.:  branches  glabrous,  terete;  spines  to  1  in. 
long:  Ivs.  oblanceolate,  1-3  in.  long,  entire,  pale  beneath:  racemes 
pendulous,  to  5  in.  long:  fr.  black,  bloomy.   S.  Brazil.   R.H.  1899,  p. 
9  — B  laxifldra,  Schrad.   Allied  to  B.  amurensis.    Lvs.  oval  to  oval- 
eiliptic,  obtuse,  serration  less  dense,  grayish  green  beneath:  racemes 
pendulous,  2-3  '  2  in.  long.    Of  unknown  origin. — B.  Lierhlenstcinn, 
.Schneid     Deciduous  shrub,  to  5  ft.:  branches  slightly  angled,  pur- 
plish with  strong  spines:  lvs.  ovate  to  lanceolate,  sinuately  spiny, 
light  green  beneath.   >2-2  in.  long:  fls.  in  racemes  1-1 '2  m-  long: 
fr.  globose,  red,  with  2  seeds.   W.  China. — B.  loxensjs,  Benth.  Lvs. 
persistent,  oblong-obovate,  entire  or  sometimes  with  a  few  spiny 
teeth   lustrous:  fls.  small  in  peduncled.  loose  racemes.  Peru.  F.  t>.  b, 
p  69  — B.  liicida,  Schrad.     Allied  to  B.  vulgaris.    Lvs.  elliptic  to 
elliptic-oblong,  dark  green  and  lustrous  above,  obtuse,  remotely  and 
finely  serrate:  racemes  spreading,  about  2  in.  long:  fr.  red..  Of  un- 
known origin;  possibly  variety  of  B.  vulgaris. — B.  Li/cium,  Royle 
(B  ruseifolia,  Hort.,  not  Lam.   B.  elegans,  Hort.).   Shrub,  to  b  ft.  or 
more-  branches  terete,  yellowish  gray:  Ivs.  sub-persistent,  obovate- 
lanceolate,  'i-2  in.  long,  entire  or  spinulose:  racemes  sessile,  longer 
than  the  lvs.,  drooping:  fr.  violet.     Himalayas.     B.M.  7075. — B. 
marrophylla.  Hort.=B.  Wallichiana  var.  latifolia. — B.  marracAntha, 
Schrad.    Possibly  B.  a ristata  X vulgaris.    Branches  yellowish  gray: 
lvs  elliptic,  acutish,  remotely  spiny-toothed,  1-2  in.  long:  racemes 
nodding    1  1  2-2  '  2  in.  long;  fr.  red.    Of  unknown  origin. — B.  micTO- 
phyUa  var.  sernUa,  Hort.=B.  serrata. — B.   Afoutlltialna.  bchneid. 
Deciduous  shrub,  to  10  ft.;  branches  grooved,  purplish,  with  simple 
spines-  lvs.  obovate-lanceolate,  obtuse,  usually  entire,  light  green 
teneath    '2-2  in.  long;  fls.  in  racemes,  to  1>2  in.  long;  fr.  scarlet, 
with  2  seeds    W.  China. — B.  oblonga.  Schneid.  (B.  heteropoda  var. 
oblonga.  Kegel.).    Allied  to  B.  heteropoda.    Branches  angular:  Ivs. 
obovate:  racemes  10-20-fld..  usually  compound  near  the  base;  ovary 
with  2  sessile  ovules;  fr.  oblong.   Turkestan.— S.  nepoiensis.  bpreng. 
=Mahonia  nepalensis.— S.  nervdsa.  Pursh=Mahonia   nervosa.— 
B    vdllida,   Benth.=Mahonia  pallida. — B.   parmfldra.    Lindl.=B. 
ruscifolia  — B.  parvifdlia,  Sprague.  Allied  to  B.  Wilsonae.  Low  shrub: 
lvs     half-evergreen,    oblanceolate,    entire    or   occasionally   spiny- 
toothed,  glabrous  and  reticulate  beneath:  fls.  fascicled,  3-6:  fr. 
globose,  terra-cotta  color.   W.  China.— B.  pmnala,  Lag.=Mahonia 
pinnata  — B.  Prdttii,  Schneid.    Allied  to  B.  polyantha.    Shrub,  to 
10  ft  •  lvs.  oblong-obovate.  entire  or  with  few  spiny  teeth,  reticulate, 
thinner;  panicles  narrow,  to  6  in.  long:  fr.  globose,  salmon-red.    W. 
China     Var.  recurvdta,  Schneid.    Raceme  narrow,  spike-like;  fr.  on 
reflexed    pedicels.     W.  China.— B.  pruindsa.    Franch.     Evergreen 
shrub;   branches  brownish   yellow,  nearly   terete;  spines  to  1  m. 
long-    lvs.  ovate-oblong,    H-2   in.    long,    strongly    spmy-toothed, 
whiti-sh  beneath;  fls.  8-25,  fascicled,  rarely  in  a  pedtincled  umbel:  fr. 
bluish  black.    S.W.  China.— B.  Rehderiana,  Schneid.    Allied  to  B. 
koreana,  but  much  smaller  in  every  part,  branches  reddish  brown, 
slightly  angled;  spines  3-5-parted:  lvs.  obovate  to  oblong,  spinose- 
serrate,  U-l  H  in.  long:  fls.  8-15,  in  a  peduncled  raceme;  fr   sub- 
globose,  bright  red.    Origin  unknown.— Hardy,  graceful  shrub;  the 
fr  remains  unchanged  until  the  following  spring. — B.  ripens,  Lindl. 
=Mahonia  repens.— B.  rolundifdUa,  Hort.=Mahonia  repens  var. 
rotundifolia.— B.  ruscifdlia,  Lam.  (B.  par\-iflora,  Lindl.).    Allied  to 
B  buxifolia.   Branches  terete,  yellowish  gray;  lvs.  oblong,  entire  or 
•»-ith  a  few  coarse  teeth,  Jj-IH  in-  lo°8:  ^^  'n  a  4-5-fld.  pedunc  ed 
raceme;  fr.  bluish  black.    Argentine.    J.H.S.  2;243.— B.  n/sci/iha, 
Hort  =B    Lycium. — B.  sangutnea,  Franch.    Allied  to  B.  Oagne- 
painii     Lvs.  narrow-lanceolate,  5^-2  in.  long,  spinose-serrate,  pale 
beneath;  fls.  with  red  sepals,  in  fascicles  of  2-4;  pedicels  ?4in.  long: 
fr  bluish  black.  W.  China.   V.F.  16.— B.  serdtina.  Lange.   Allied  to 
B'  sinensis.  Lvs.  light  green,  oblanceolate,  usually  entire:  racemes 
short  and  dense.   Origin  unknown.— B.  serrila.  Koehne  (B.  micro- 
phylla   var.    serrata,    Hort.).     Low,   deciduous    shrub:    branches 
grooved,  reddish  or  yellowish  brown:  lvs.  oblong-lanceolate,  ;  2-I  in. 
long    spinulose-serrate:  racemes  dense,  short.    Ongin  unknown.— 
B    iMrica.  Pall.     Deciduous  shrub:  branches  angular,  yellowish 
brown;  spines  3-9-parted:  lvs.  obovate,  remotely  toothed:  fls.  soli- 
tary or  2,  short-pedicelled;  fr.  red.    Sibena.    B.R.  b:4.S/.— B.  AUra- 


TaroucAna.  Schneid.  Deciduous  shrub,  to  10  ft.;  branches  grooved, 
brown;  spines  small  or  wanting:  lvs.  oblong-lanceolate  or  obovate- 
oblong,  obtuse,  entire  or  with  few  small  teeth,  pruinose  beneath, 
1-.-2  in.  long:  racemes  1-2!.^  in.  long;  pedicels  h-?4in-  long:  fr. 
globose-ovoid,  scarlet,  with  1-2  seeds.  W.  China.— B.  subcauhalala, 
Schneid.  Deciduous  shrub;  branches  strongly  angulatc;  lvs.  oblan- 
ceolate )4-l  in.  long,  acute,  rarely  3-pointed  at  the  apex,  whitish 
beneath:  fls.  in  very  short.  6-8-Bd.  racemes  or  rarely  fascicled,  nod- 
ding: fr.  globose,  red.  W.  China.— S.  lenuifdlia,  Lindl. =Mahonia 
tenuifolia.— B.  Ihihelica,  Schneid.  Deciduous  shrub:  branches  an- 
gular, purphsh,  bloomy;  Iva.  obovate-lanceolate,  H-1  in.  long, 
rounded  or  acutish,  mucronulate,  entire,  whitish  beneath:  fls.  in 


1-5-fld.  fascicles;  pedicels  about  Hin-  'ong-  W.  China,— B.  Tisch- 
Icri,  Schneid.  .\llied  to  B.  diaphana.  Shrub,  to  8  ft.:  branches 
angled,  gray,  spiny;  Ivs.  obovate  to  oblong,  obtuse,  spinulose-ser- 
rate, pruinose  beneath,  '.'2-I  '4  in.:  racemes  4-15-fld. ;  pedicels  H-l 
in.  long;  fr.  oblong,  with  a  distinct  style,  pale  red,  pruinose.  W. 
China. — S.  tohmcinsis,  Hort.  =  Mahonia  heterophylla. — B.  triacan- 
thdphora.  Fedde.  Allied  to  B.  Gagnepainii:  evergreen  shrub,  to  5  ft.: 
branches  terete,  brown:  lvs.  linear-lanceolate  with  2  to  5  spiny  teeth 
on  each  side  or  entire,  glaucescent  beneath,  1-2  in.;  fls.  2-5,  slender- 
stalked:  fr.  black,  ovoid,  with  sessile  style.  Cent.  China. — B.  tri- 
folMa,  Hartw.=  Mahonia  trifoliolata.— B.  Irifolioldta.  Moric.= 
Mahonia  trifoliolata. — B.  trifurca,  Forbes=  Mahonia  japoniea  var. 
trifurca. — S.  umbellala,  Wall.  Deciduous  shrub:  branches  angular, 
gray;  lvs.  oblanceolate,  usually  entire,  rarely  sparsely  serrulate; 
racemes  long-peduncled,  usually  umbel-like,  sometimes  elongated. 
Himalayas.  B.R.  30:44.— B.  rcifr/ui,  Schneid.  Allied  to  B.  levis. 
Evergreen  shrub:  lvs.  narrow-lanceolate,  acuminate,  sinuately 
toothed  with  long  and  strong  spines,  2-4  in.  long:  fls.  5-8,  slender- 
stalked:  fr.  ovoid,  bluish  black.  Cent.  China. — B.  \  erischaff eltu, 
Schneid.  (B.  Jamesonii.  Lem.,  not  Lindl.).  Evergreen  shrub:  lvs. 
oblong,  2-3  in.  long,  sparingly  spiny-toothed:  fls.  orange  in  drooping 
panicles.  Ecuador.  LH.  6:201.— B.  nirescms.  Hook.  Deciduous 
shrub,  2-5  ft.:  branches  yellowish  red  or  red.  lustrous,  terete:  lvs. 
obovate,  J  2-1  Ji  in.  long,  spiny-toothed  or  entire,  light  green,  whitish 
beneath;  fls.  pale  yellow,  few,  fascicled  or  in  peduncled  umbel- 
like racemes;  fr.  purple,  bloomy.  Himalayas.  B.M.  7116. — Graceful 
shrub.  Hardy  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum. — B.  Wallichiana,  DC. 
Allied  to  B.  .Sargentiana.  Evergreen  shrub,  to  10  ft.;  branches 
grooved,  spiny;  Ivs.  elliptic  to  lanceolate,  spiny-serrate  with  nunaer- 
ous  small  teeth,  lustrous  above,  light  green  beneath,  reticulate,  2-4 
in  long:  fls.  10-20;  pedicels  about  ■2in.  long:  fr.  ovoid,  black,  with 
usually  1  long-stalked  seed.  Himalayas.  P.F.G.  1,  p.  79  .  Var.  la/i- 
fdlia  Hook.  f.  &  Thoms.  (B.  Knightii.  Hort..  not.  Koch.  B.  macro- 
phylia,  Hort.).  Branchlets  less  grooved:  Ivs.  broader,  thinner.-— 
B.  Wallichiana,  Hook.=B.  Hookeri.— B.  yunnanensis,  Franch. 
Allied  to  B.  diaphana.  Branches  grooved,  gray:  lvs.  obovate-oblong, 
1  in.  long,  entire,  glaucous  beneath:  fls.  3-5,  fascicled.  S.W.  China. 
— Has  been  confused  with  B.  diaphana-    See  page  3566. 

Alfred  Rehder. 
BERCHEMIA  (derivation  uncertain).    Rhamnacese. 
Ornamental  woody  clinibers,  grown  chiefly  for  their 
bright  green  graceful  fohage. 

Deciduous  twining  shrubs:  lvs.  alternate,  entire  or 
nearly  so,  petioled,  with  conspicuous  numerous  parallel 
veins:  fls.  perfect;  sepals,  petals  and  stamens  5;  calyx- 
tube  shallow;  ovary  free,  2-celled,  with  a  2-parted 
style:  drupe  oblong  to  cyhndric  with  a  2-celled  stone.^ 
About  12  species  in  S.  and  Cent.  Asia,  N.  Amer.  and 
E.  Afr. 

These  slender  climbing  shrubs  have  inconspicuous 
greenish  white  flowers  in  terminal  panicles  followed  by 
berry-like,  small,  usually  oblong,  black  or  red  fruits 
The  cultivated  species  are  not  quite  hardy  North  and 
prefer  sunny  positions;  they  grow  in  almost  any  soil  and 
are  useful  for  trelhs-work,  when  no  dense  shade  is 
desired.  Propagation  is  by  seeds  and  by  root-cuttinga 
in  spring  under  glass;  also  by  layering  the  young  shoots 
and  by  cuttings  of  mature  wood  in  fall  under  glass. 

scandens,  Koch  {B.  volubilis,  DC).  Supple-Jack. 
Ten  to  15  ft.:  lvs.  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  acuminate, 
often  undulate,  1-3  in.  long,  with  9-12  pairs  of  lateral 
veins:  fls.  greenish  white  in  small  terminal  pamcles:  fr. 
bluish  black,  M-lim.  long.  June.  Southern  states. 
B.B.  2:404.   S.O.B.  3:153. 

racemSsa,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  Closely  allied  to  the  former. 
Lvs.  cordate,  ovate,  1-2H  in-  long,  with  6-8  paira  of 
veins:  fls.  greenish  in  large  terminal  panicles:  fr.  first 
red,  becoming  black  at  length.  July.  Japan,  China.— 
Hardier  than  the  former,  not  high-climbing;  attractive 
in  late  summer,  with  its  red  frs. 

B  Giraldiina,  Schneid.  Allied  to  B.  racemosa.  Lvs.  ovate- 
oblong,  1-3  in.  long,  grayish  white  beneath,  with  9-11  pairs  of  veins; 
petiolSs  »4in.  long.  W.  China.— B.  lineata,  DC.  AUied  to  B.  scan- 
Sens.  Lvs.  smaller,  oblong-ovate,  obtuse,  with  about  9  pairs  of 
veins,  grayish  white  beneath.    N.  and  W.  China. 

Alfred  Rehder. 

BERGAMOT.  Name  applied  to  various  aromatic 
plants,  particularly  to  members  of  the  Labiate,  as 
menthas  and  monardas.  The  bergamot  essence  of 
commerce  is  made  from  a  citrous  fruit.   See  Citrus. 

BERGEROCACTUS  (named  for  Alwin  Berger, 
Curator  of  the  Hanbury  Garden,  at  La  Mortola,  Italy). 
Cactace^.  A  low,  much-branched,  day-blooming  cactus 
with  cyhndrical,  low-ribbed  sts. :  areoles  close  together, 


41U 


BERGEROCACTUS 


BERTOLONIA 


Ix-aring  many  yellow  spines:  corolla  short,  funnel- 
shapisl.  gnvnish  yellow:  fr.  globose,  densely  spiny. — A 
snigle  species  known, 

Emoryi,  Hrit.  A  Hi>se  (C^reiis  Emori/i,  Engebn.). 
IVistnite  or  :iscending.  l>-10  in.  high,  1-2  in.  diain., 
often  forming  thick  nuisses  10-20  ft,  in  diaiii.:  fis.  1-2 
in.  hmad:  fr.  1-1'^!  in.  diam.  On  niaiiilaiid  and  isls. 
of  S.  Calif.,  and  N.  Low.  Calif. — This  species,  native 
of  Calif.,  ciui  cjisily  be  grown  in  the  open  in  the  south- 
ern part  of  that  state.  It  forms  large  masses  and  care 
must  be  taken  that  it  does  not  preempt,  more  than 
it*  share  of  the  garden.  The  species  has  long  been  in 
the  trade,  but  it  does  not  do  well  in  the  greenhouse,  and 
it  is  hardly  to  be  recommende<l  for  the  small  collection. 
Its  slender  sts.,  covered  with  striking  yellow  spines,  are 
ver>-  unlike  any  of  our  other  cereus-like  plants. 

J.  N.  Rose. 

BERMUDA  GRASS:  Cynodon  daclylon. 

BERRIA  (after  Dr.  Andrew  Berry,  a  Madras 
botanist  I.  Syn..  Bcrri/a,  DC,  not  Klein.  Tiliace^. 
A  timber  tree  of  India.  whi<h  ha.s  been  sparingly 
intrtxluced  into  this  country.    One  species. 

Ammonflla,  Hoxbg.  High  tree:  Ivs.  entire,  heart- 
shaped,  long-pet ioled.  .smooth,  5-7-nervcd,  alte:^ 
nate:  fls.  in.  racemes,  small,  white,  very  numerous: 
fr.  a  3-celled  caps,  with  (5  wings,  the  3-12  seeds 
with  stiff  hairs,  which  readily  penetrate  the  skin 
and  produce  a  painful  itching, — Grows  abundantly 
in  British  India,  Ceylon,  the  Malay  .\rchipelago,  and 
the  Philippines.  The  wood  is  smooth-grained,  yellow, 
with  dark  re<l  heart;  u.sed  for  house-building,  agricul- 
tural implements,  oil-casks,  boats,  and  the  like^  Ex- 
porte<l  as  •trincomalee  wood."  Q.  T.  Hastings. 

BERSAMA  (Abyssinian  name).  Snpindaceie.  Trop. 
and  .S.  .\frican  trees  and  shrubs,  of  perhaps  a  half-dozen 
species,  probably  not  cult.  Lvs.  alternate,  odd-pinnate; 
Ifts.  entire  or  serrate:  fis.  silky,  white,  of  5  sepals  and 
o  unequal  clawed  petals,  /i.  usatitbar/'nsi.i,  Guerke,  a 
recently  described  species  from  German  E.  Afr.,  has 
been  discussed  in  horticultural  journals:  tree,  50  ft.: 
Ivs.  more  than  2  ft.  long,  with  winged  rachis,  the  Ifts. 
oblong-lanceolate  and  somewhat  cut,  prickly-margined. 

BERTHOLLfeTIA  (after  Louis  Claude  Berthollct, 
French  chemist).  Myrlaces'.  Brazil-Nut.  Butter- 
STT,    Par.\-Xut.    Creasi-Nct.    Nicger-Toe.    Large 

trees:  lvs.  alter- 
nate, bright  green, 
leathery,  about  2 
ft.  long,  6  in.  broad : 
fis.  cream  -  colored ; 
calyx  parts  united 
and  tearing  into  2 
part  s  when  the 
flower  opens;  petals 
<>;  stamens  many, 
united  into  a  hood- 
shaped  ma.ss,  the 
upper  ones  sterile: 
fr.  round,  about  6 
in.  diam.,  with  a 
hard  shell  contain- 
ing 18-24  3-sided 
nuts  (Fig.  543). — 
Species  several,  all 
furnishing  Brazil 
,  nuts     and    usually 

descnbed  as  B.  exceha.  The  common  trafle  name  is  Cas- 
tanea,  the  name  of  the  genus  including  the  chestnuts. 
excelsa,  Hiunb.  &  Ronpl.  Fig.  .543.  A  tree  100-1.50 
wth  a  srnwjth  tnjnk  3-4  ft.  in  diam,:  branches 
near  the  top,— It  fonris  large  forests  on  the  banks  of  the 
Amaxfjn  and  Rio  Negro.  The  natives  gather  the  nuts 
in  large  quantities,  chopping  the  fr.  open.    They  are 


exported  in  large  quantities,  chiefly  from  Para.  An  oil 
is  expressed  from  the  kernels,  and  the  bark  is  used  at 
Para  for  caulking  ships.  The  tree  is  of  Uttle  \'alue  for 
decorative  purposes,  and,  is  too  tender  for  growth  any- 
where in  the  U.  S.  G.  T.  Hastings. 

BERTOLONIA  (after  A.  Bertolini,  Italian  botanist). 
Mclastonmcese.  Excellent  warmhouse  foliage  plants 
from  Brazil. 

Always  dwitrf,  and  sometimes  creeping;  the  garden 
forms  with  membranaceous,  5-11-nerved  lvs.  5-8  in. 


543,  Berthollelia  excelsa.    Cross-sec- 
tion   of     btuks,   showing    Brazil-nuts. 


ft 


544.  Bertolonia  marmorata. 

long,  and  purple  beneath:  fls.  white,  purple  or  rose- 
colored,  5-i)etaled,  in  scorpioid  racemes  or  spikes.  There 
are  only  9  species,  5  of  which  were  distinguished  when 
the  l;i.st  edition  was  issued.  (A.  Coigneaux,  in  DC. 
Mon.  Phan.,  Vol.  VII.)  Some  earlier  botanists  do  not 
separate  certain  allied  genera  which  usually  cannot 
be  distinguished  by  habit  alone.  The  surest  character 
is  the  inflated  and  3-angled  or  3-winged  calyx  of  Berto- 
lonia. In  Bertolonia,  fl. -parts  are  in  5's,  but  the  ovary 
is  3-celled.  Gravesia  hits  a  5-celled  ovary,  and  Sonerila 
is  trimerous.  In  Bertolonia,  the  connective  of  the 
anthers  has  no  appendage;  in  Salpinga  there  is  a  spur 
below  and  behind  the  connective;  in  ^lonolena  there  is 
a  spur  in  front,  and  the  calyx  is  not  hairy. 

Bertolonias  are  essentially  fanciers'  plants.  It  is 
somewhat  difficult  to  bring  out  their  true  character- 
istics under  ordinary  stove  treatment,  as  they  require 
a  more  humid  atmosphere  than  can  usually  be  main- 
tained, even  in  a  small  house.  The  additional  shelter  of 
a  small  frame  should  be  provided,  where  the  atmos- 
pheric conditions  will  be  much  more  easily  regulated. 
A  plentiful  supply  of  water  at  the  roots  is  necessary; 
syringing  or  sprinkling  overhead  is  not  advisable. — 
The  most  convenient  method  of  propagation  is  by 
cuttings,  which  strike  readily,  in  a  moderately  close 
propagating-case  filled  with  sharp,  clean  sand.  The 
pots  should  be  thoroughly  clean  and  drained,  and  the 
compost  open  and  porous.  They  may  also  be  grown 
from  seed.  They  thrive  in  dense  shade.  Old  plants  are 
not  so  brilliant  as  young  ones.    (Wm.  Scott.) 

Bertolonias  and  their  allies  furnish  an  excellent 
example  of  Van  Houtte's  triumphs  in  hybridization. 
The  two  species  described  below  have  probably  been 
important,  factors  in  the  plant-breeding,  and  Orcivesia 
gutldld  even  more  so.  Gravesia  is  a  Madagascar  plant, 
and  h;is,  jjcrhaps,  been  crossed  with  the  Brazilian 
bertolonias.  Unfortunately,  the  pictures  in  Hore  des 
Serres  show  no  flowers,  and  the  pedigree  is  not  given. 
The  bertonerila-s  figured  and  described  in  I.IL  43,  pp. 
188  and  189,  with  colored  plates  64  and  68,  are  pre- 
sumably hybrids  between  Bertolonia  and  Sonerila. 
Excepting  li.  maculnta  and  B.  marmorata,  the  following 
are  hybrids: 

A.  Veins  not  lined  on  both  sides  with  a  colored  band. 
marmorata,  Naudin,    Fig.  544.   .St.  less  densely  hairy 
than   H.   niiicnldta:   lvs.   more  narrowly  ovate,   ovat'.>- 


BERTOLONIA 


BESCHORNERIA 


495 


oblong,  acute,  sparsely  hairy,  streaked  with  white  along 
the  veins:  ealyx  sparsely  hairy,  not  glandular;  petals 
somewhat  blunter,  dilute  purple.  R.H.  1848:381  (as 
Eriorncinn  mnrmorotn,  N.audin).  F.S.  7:750  (as  B. 
nidriilnla  var.  mariuorata,  Planch.).  Coigneaux  recog- 
nizes 2  varieties,  var.  genuina,  with  Ivs.  green  above, 
anil  banded  with  white  along  the  veins;  var.  xnea, 
(E.  aenea  and  B.  xnea,  Naudin),  witb  Ivs.  dark  green 
with  a  coppery  cast,  but  not  spotted  or  only  slightly  so. 

Mirandas!,  Van  Houtte.  Spots  red  on  the  lower  Ivs. 
and  white  on  the  upper  or  younger  ones:  Ivs.  purple 
beneath.    F.S.  21:2235  (1875). 

A.4.  Veins  lined  on  both  sides  with  a  while  or  colored  band. 
B.  Bands  and  spots  magenta  or  purple. 

maculata,  DC.  St.  short,  decumbent,  rooting  at  the 
base,  densely  clothed  with  rusty  hairs:  Ivs.  long-pet ioled, 
cordate,  broadly  ovate,  obtuse,  hispid  abo\-e  and  at 
margins,  dark  velvety  green  above,  often  spotted: 
calyx  densely  clothed  with  glandular  hairs;  petals  obo- 
vace,  somewhat  acute,  rose-colored.    B.M.  4551. 

Houtteana,  Van  Houtte  (B.  Van  Hoidtei,  Hort.). 
Lvs.  purple  beneath.  F.S.  20:2120.— This  was  a  sen- 
sational plant  of  1875,  and  Van  Houtte  refused  $2,000 
for  his  stock  of  it. 

BB.  Bands  and  spots  silvery  white. 
c.  Spots  very  distinct. 

Hrubyana,  Van  Houtte.  This  has  bars  of  white  con- 
necting the  veins.  The  under  side  of  the  lvs.  seems  to 
be  green  instead  of  purple,  at  least  toward  the  tip. 
F.S.  23:2.381. 

Rodeckiana,  Van  Houtte.  Distinguished  from  the 
above  and  all  others  of  this  group  by  the  abundance  of 
dark  red  color  on  the  upper  surface  of  the  lvs. :  veins  of 
the  Under  side  prominent  and  green.    F.S.  23:2382. 

cc.  Spots  very  faint. 
Legrelleana,  Van  Houtte  {B.  Legrelle,  Hort.).   There 
are  a  few  longitudinal  bars,  but  they  do  not  connect 
the  veins.    Referred  to  Gravesia  guttata  by  Coigneaux. 
F.S  23:2407. 

Other  trade  names  are  B.  guttata.  Hook.  f.=Gravesia  guttata. — 
B.  margaritacca.  Hort.  BuU.^Salpinga  margaritacea. — B.  primulse- 
ftdra,  Hort.=Monolena  primulieflora. — B.  pubescens,  Hort.,  with 
long  white  hairs,  and  a  chocolate  band  down  the  center.  Ecuador. 
— B.  pundatiasima.  Hort. — B.  superbissirmi,  Hort.  (B.  superba?, 
Hort.).  with  rose-colored  spots,  which  are  larger  and  brighter  near 
the   margin.     F.M.  151  (1875). — Probably  a  variety  of  Gravesia 

«""'"''•  WiLHELM  Miller. 

N.    TAYLOR.t 

BERTONERILA.  A  class  of  handsome  foliage  plants, 
presumably  hybrids  between  Bertolonia  and  Sonerila. 
Bertonerila  is  a  combination  of  the  names  Bertolonia  and 
Sonerila.  I. H.  Vol.  43  (1896),  pp.  188-190.  For  culture, 
see  Bertolonia. — Rare  in  this  country,  perhaps  not  in 
cult,  outside  of  a  few  botanic  gardens.  Some  of  the 
best-known  forms  are:  Madame  Cahuzae,  Madame  de 
Brezetz  and  Madame  Treyeran. 

BESCHORNERIA  (after  H.  Beschorner,  German 
botanist).  AmaryUidacese .  Succulent  desert  plants,  al- 
lied to  Bravoa,  Fourcroya  and  Doryanthes,  planted  far 
south  and  in  California,  and  sometimes  seen  in  col- 
lections under  glass  in  the  North. 

Leaves  in  a  rosette,  glaucous,  roughish  at  the  margins, 
not  so  thick,  firm  or  fleshy  •a.'-:  in  .^gave  (which  hius  a 
strong  end-spine  and  horny  marginal  prickles):  root- 
stock  short,  tuberous:  fls.  accomi>aiiied  by  showy  colored 
bracts.  In  Be.schomeria,  the  perianth  is  usually  reddish 
green,  funnelform  but  with  a  very  short  tube  and  with 
long,  oblanceolate  segms.;  in  Doryanthes  the  perianth 
is  bright  red,  the  segms.  long,  narrowly  falcate;  in 
Bravoa  the  perianth  is  red  or  white,  the  tube  curved, 
sub-cylindrical,  and  the  segms.  short.  I<>om  Fourcroya, 
to  which  the  genus  is  closely  related,  Beschorneria  is 


distinguished  by  its  tubular-sha|)ed  perianth,  long  and 
narrow  segms.,  thin  and  slender  fil.aments,  which  are 
only  slightly  thickened  below  the  middle.  The  perianth 
of  Fourcroya  is  campanulate,  with  spreading,  ovoid  or 
elliptic  segms.,  and  short  thickened  filaments;  the 
fourcroyas  are  larger  plants,  and  without  large  showy 
bracts,  and  often  produce  bulbils,  which  Beschorneria 
never  does. 

The  species  are  very  closely  allied,  and  difficult  to 
distinguish.  The  following  are  the  only  kinds  well 
known,  and  they  are  all  from  Mexico.  If  in  good  con- 
dition they  bloom  every  year  in  warm  countries  from 
suckers  of  the  previous  year,  but  in  the  North  they  are 
likely  to  bloom  only  at  long  irregular  intervals.  The 
species  succeed  best  when  treated  similarly  to  agaves, 
with  the  exception  of  the  soil,  which  may  be  made 
richer  by  the  addition  of  crushed  bone  and  a  little 
vegetable-mold.  All  of  the  species  need  greenhouse 
protection  in  the  northern  states.  They  are  hardy  in 
the  warmest  parts  of  the  British  Islands.  Useful  for 
bedding  as  striking  fohage  subjects. 

tubiflora,  Kunth.  No  st.  or  trunk:  lvs.  12  or  more, 
IJ2-2  ft.  long,  1  in.  broad,  linear,  long-acuminate, 
roughish  on  both  surfaces,  tufted,  more  or  less  recurved, 
thickened  and  triangular  at  b:tse,  minutely  striated, 
glaucous-green:  scape  4  ft.,  terminating  in  an  erect 
raceme;  fls.  drooping,  2-4  together,  the  perianth  divided 
to  the  top  of  the  ovary,  brownish  green.  B.M.  4642. — 
The  oldest  and  best-known  species. 

Tonelii,  Jacobi  (B.  Toneliana,  .Jacobi).  Allied  to  B. 
tuhiflnra,  but  with  looser  habit,  much  broader  foliage, 
bright  red-purple  scape  and  a  colored  panicle  with 
drooping  branches,  longer  purple  and  red  fls.  with  more 
acute  segms.:  st.  or  trunk  very  short:  lvs.  very  glau- 
cous, roughish  beneath  and  on  the  margins,  15-20  in 
niunber,  1-132  ft.  long,  2-2  J  2  in.  broad,  short-acumi- 
nate, and  contracted  below  the  middle  into  a  flat  thick 
petiole  1  in.  broad.    B.M.  6091. 

Dekosteriana,  C.  Koch  (B.  Decosteridna,  Baker). 
Lvs.  15-20  or  more,  2-232  ft.  long,  2-23^  in.  broad, 
oblanceolate,  long-acimiinate,  very  gradually  tapering 
both  ways  from  the  middle,  1-134  in-  broad  above  the 
base,  which  is  very  thick:  fls.  in  a  deltoid  panicle,  green, 
13^  in.  long,  cut  nearly  to  base,  the  ovary  protruding. 
B.M.  6768. 

bracteata,  Jacobi.  Stemless:  lvs.  20-30,  13^-2  ft. 
long,  2  in.  broad,  short-acuminate,  textiu-e  thin  but 
firm,  contracted  to  less  than  1  in.  wide  above  the 
dilated  base,  glaucous  green,  scarious  or  dry  on  the 
margin:  scape  4-5  ft.,  the  panicle  reddish  brown;  fls. 
13^2  in.  long,  segms.  free  but  connivant,  green,  chang- 
ing to  yellowish  red.    B.M.  6641. 

yuccoides,  Hook.  f.  St.  none,  or  apparently  present 
by  shedding  of  older  lvs.  in  the  rosette:  lvs.  about  20, 
1-13  2  ft.  long,  2  in.  broad,  lanceolate,  short-acuminate, 
narrowed  to  3'^in.  above  the  base,  glaucous  green: 
scape  3-4  ft.,  with  fls.  on  drooping  rod  branches  in  the 
panicle;  fls.  about  3  in.  long,  dark  green,  tinged  j'cllow. 
B.M.  5203.  G.C.  III.  46:8,  309,  313.— The  lvs.  are 
broader  than  in  A.  tubiflora,  shorter  acuminate,  and 
more  boldly  narrowed  below  the  middle. 

Wrightii,  Hook.  f.  Allierl  to  B.  Dekosteriana,  but  fls. 
pubescent:  st.  or  trunk  IS  in.:  lvs.  about  50,  densely 
crowded,  spreading  or  recurved,  ensiform,  4-5  ft.  long 
by  2  in.  at  the  middle,  the  tip  narrowed  to  a  long  brown 
stiff  point,  the  b:ise  dilatetl  and  very  thick  antl  bi-con- 
vex,  the  margins  very  narrowly  scarious,  denticulate; 
panicle  pyramidal,  8  ft.;  fls.  fascicled,  nodding,  green- 
ish, pubescent.    B.M.  7779. 

pubescens,  Berger.  Smaller:  lvs.  2  ft.  long  by  2  in. 
broad,  glaucous,  rather  stiff  and  fleshy  along  the  midrib, 
nearly  smooth  underneath,  rough  only  near  tip,  margins 
finely  and  deeply  denticulate:  panicle  4-5  ft.,  rather 
slender,  the  scape  bright  red;  fls.  fascicled  in  axils  of 


4% 


BESCHORNERIA 


BETULA 


ovato  bracts,  green,  fading  to  yellow,  pubescent.   G.C. 
111.40:350. 

B.  iiravrophillla,  Hort.=B.  Dckoatcriana. — B.  califdmira  is  n 
nomen  nudum. — B.  «upH-ba,   Hon.  ami   B.  viri^iiftdra,  Hort.=B. 

yuccoides. 

G.  W.  Oliver. 
L.  11.  IJ.t 

BESLERIA 

(after  H:isil  Bus- 
ier,   Nuremberg 
apothprar.\',  and 
reputed     author 
of     the     superb 
Hortus    Eystet- 
tensis,    1613). 
Gc-iiicmcea:       A 
genus  of  .">0  species  of 
Tro]).  .American  plants, 
mostly  subshrubs,  with 
somewhat    4 -angled 
sts.,  large,  membrana- 
ceous, opposite,  petio- 
late    Ivs.    prominently 
veined    beneath,    and 
yellow,  white  or  purple 
fls. :    calyx    ciunpanu- 
late,  at  length  globose, 
shortly  .5-toothed;  cor- 
olla tubular.    B.  imray 
is  herbaceous,  with  ser- 
rate   Ivs.    and    vellow 
axillary  fls.   B.M;6341. 
Prop,  by  cuttings  over 
bottom  heat.    None  is 
known  to  be  offered  in 
Amer. 

latea,  I.inn.  St.  6-10 
ft.,  glabrous  or  nearly 
8o:  Ivs.  elliptic  or  ellipt  ie-oblong:  calyx  about  half  as  long 
as  the  yellow  slightly  gibbous  corolla.    Trop.  Amer. 

N.  Taylor. t 

B£SS£RA  (after  Dr.  Besser,  professor  of  botany  at 
Brodyi.  LUidcevf.  Mexican  Coral  Drops.  An  ex- 
ceedingly pretty  summer-flowering  bulbous  squill-like 
plant. 

I'mbels  pendulous;  fls.  vermilion  outside,  with  a 
white  corona  or  cup  within,  and  long,  purple  stamens; 
perianth  cup-shaped,  the  tube  shorter  than  the  oblong- 
lanceolate  segms.;  stamens  6. — A  monotypic  genus 
allied  to  Andro.stephium.  Culture  '  simple.  Bulbs 
planter!  out,  and  lifted  when  ripe.  May  be  prop,  by 
ofT.scts. 

elegans,  Schult.  f.  Fig.  54.5.  Rulb  globular,  1  in. 
thick,  tunicatefi:  Ivs.  2-3,  about  10-12  in.,  or  even  2  ft., 
long:  .scape  1-2  ft.  long,  hollow,  fragile;  umbels  4-10- 
fld.;  pedicels  1-1 H  in-  long;  perianth  0-10  lines  long, 
keeled  on  the  back,  variously  marked  with  white 
within,  but  usually  with  vermilion  margins  and 
center-band;  fls.  borne  through  two  months  of 
late  .summer  and  early  autiunn.  G.F.  4:125 
(arJapted  in  Fig.  .545j.  Gn.  2."):42.  B.R.  1.546 
(as  rharium  fintulomim);  25:34.  F.S.  4:424  (as 
B.  miniatum). — ,Strong  bulbs  sometimes  throw 
up  6-10  scapes,  with  12-20-Hd.  umbels. 

WiLHELM  Miller. 

BETA  (ancient  name).  Chenopodidceai.  Beet- 
Root.  Beet.  Annuals  in  cultivation,  or  hien- 
niaL-  by  the  wintering  of  the  roots,  grown  for 
the  thick  edible  roots,  edible  leaves,  and  orna- 
mental foliage. 

Olabrou.s,  mostly  thick-rooted  herbs,  with 
alternate,  entire  or  sinuate  Ivs.:  fls.  perfect, 
bracted;  f>erianth  um-shapefl,  .5-lobed,  adhering 
at  ba."*  to  the  ovary,  becoming  hardened  in  fr.; 


545.  Bessera  elegans. 


stamens  5  on  a  fleshy  ring  or  disk;  ovary  partly  inferior, 
in  fr.  covered  by  the  withered  and  corky  remains  of 
the  perianth;  the  fls.  usually  stand  2  or  more  together 
and  cohere  into  a  "seed"  or  "ball"  that  is  more  than 
l-seeded. — The  species  of  Beta  are  much  confused,  but 
probably  all  iiS  them  can  be  referred  to  a  half-dozen 
species.    Eu.,  N.  Afr.,  Asia. 

vulgaris,  Linn.  (fl.  nuirUima,  Linn.).  The  supposed 
source  of  the  cult,  beets  and  foliage  beets.  Probably  a 
development  from  the  perennial  beet  of  the  coasts  in 
parts  of  Eu.,  a  much-branched  decumbent  plant  (Fig. 
5K)),  with  thick,  long  and  hard  (not  really  fleshy) 
l)erennial  roots.  In  cult,  forms,  the  plant  is  erect  in 
fls.  and  fr.,  with  greenish  clustered  fls.,  and  ovate- 
oblong,  smooth,  more  or  less  thick  and  wavy-margined 
Ivs.   There  are  3  main  races  of  the  cult,  beet-plant: 

Var.  crassa,  .\lef.  Beet-Root.  Beet  of  American 
gardens  antl  fields,  characterized  by  its  thickened  root 
of  many  forms,  some  of  which  are  developed  for  their 
sugar-producing  qualities.   See  Beet. 

Var.  cruenta,  Alef.  {B.  hortensis  and  B.  rubra,  Hort.). 
Red  and  Victoria  foliage  beets.  Root  not  highly 
developed:  Ivs.  large  and  showy,  red  or  green,  with  yel- 
low ribs.  Var.  metdllica  is  a  form  of  this.  In  many  bril- 
liant forms,  often  used  in  bedding  and  for  strong  color 
effects. 

Var.  Cicla,  Moq.  {B.  Clcla,  Linn.  B.  brasiliensis  and 
B.  chilmsis,  Hort.).  Leaf-Beet.  Sicilian  Beet. 
Sea-Kale  Beet.  Spinach  Beet.  Chilian  Beet. 
Roman  Kale.  Poirei.  Root  small  and  branched,  not 
thick  or  fleshy:  Ivs.  very  large,  thick-ribbed,  green, 
yellow-green,  reddish  green  or  even  red,  often  with  very 
wide  and  thick  petioles. — Used  as  a  pot-herb.  Differs 
widely  in  the  coloration  of  the  If.-ribs,  and  shape  and 
development  of  If.-blade.  One  form  of  it  is  Chard 
(which  see).  L.  ij.  B. 

BETEL,  or  BETLE.  The  leaf  of  Piper  Betle,  a  kind 
of  pepper  used  in  wrapping  the  pellets  of  betel-nut  and 
lime  which  are  commonly  chewed  in  the  Orient.  The 
pellets  are  hot,  acrid,  aromatic,  astringent.  They 
redden  the  saliva  and  blacken  the  teeth,  and  event- 
ually corrode  them.  The  betel-nut  is  the  fruit  of  Areca 
Catechu,  a  palm.   See  pp.  16  and  24. 

BETONICA  and  BETONY:   Stachys. 

BETULA  (ancient  Latin  name).  Betidacex.  Birch. 
Ornamental  deciduous  woody  plants  grown  chiefly  for 
their  bright  green  handsome  foliage.  Page  3566. 

Trees  or  shrubs:  winter-buds  usually  conspicuous, 
sessile,  with  several  imbricate  scales:  Ivs.  alternate, 
petioled,  serrate  or  crenate:  fls.  monwcious,  apetalous, 
in  catkins,  staminate  formed  in  autumn  and  remaining 
naked  during  the  winter,  every  scale  bearing  3  fls.,  each 
with  a  minute  4-toothed  calyx  and  with  2  stamens 
divided  at  the  apex;  pistillate  catkins  oblong  or  cyhn- 
drical,  bearing  3  naked  ovaries  in  the  axil  of  every  scale 


-v. 


546. 


Beta.  The  wild  perennial  form  of  the  beet  plant  as  it  grows  on 
the  coasts  of  England. 


BETULA 


BETULA 


497 


consisting  of  3  connate  bracts:  fr.  a  minute  nut,  often 
erroneously  called  seed,  with  membranous  wings, 
dropping  at  maturity  with  the  3-pointed  scales  from  the 
slender  rachis  of  the  strobile. — About  35  species  in  N. 
Amer.,  Eu.,  N.  and  Cent.  Asia,  especially  in  the  nort,hern 
regions.  No  tree  goes  farther  north  than  the  birch,  in 
N.  Amer.  B.  papyrifera  reaches  6(3°  north  latitude, 
and  in  Eu.  B.  pubesceiis  goes  to  the  N.  Cape,  and  is  still 
a  forest  tree  at  70°.  Monogr.  by  Kegel:  Monographische 
Bcarbeitung  der  Betulacea;  (1861);  and  in  De  CandoUe, 
Prodromus,  16,  2,  p.  162  (1869);  and  by  WinUer  in 
Engler's  Pflanzenreich :  Betulacea;,  p.  56,  quoted  below 
as  W.  B. 

The  birches  are  often  conspicuous  on  account  of  their 
colored  bark,  and  slender  usually  pendulous  staminate 
catkins  before  the  leaves  and  much  smaller  pistillate 
catkins,  followed  by  subglobose  to  cyhndric  strobiles. 
The  hard  and  tough  wood  is  often  used  in  the  manu- 
facture of  furniture  and  of  many  small  articles,  in 
making  charcoal,  and  for  fuel;  from  the  bark,  bo.xes,  bas- 
kets, and  many  small  articles  are  made;  also  canoes 
from  that  of  the  B.  papyrifera;  in  Russia  and  Siberia  it 
is  used  in  tanning  leather.  The  sap  of  some  species  ia 
used  as  a  beverage.  The  birches  arc  very  ornamental 
park  trees,  hardy,  except  two  or  three  Himalayan  spe- 
cies, and  especial!}'  valuable  for  colder  climates.  They 
are  essentially  northern  trees  and  are  short-lived  in 
warmer  regions,  particularly  mountain  species  hke  B. 
lutea,  while  B.  nigra  and  B.  leitla  are  better  suited  for 
a  warmer  climate  than  most  other  species.  Their 
foliage  is  rarely  attacked  by  insects,  and  turns  to  a 
bright  or  orange-yellow  in  tall.  Their  graceful  habit, 
the  slender,  often  pendulous  branches,  and  the  pictur- 
esque trunks  make  them  conspicuous  features  of  the 
landscape.  Especially  remarkable  are  those  with  white 
bark,  as  B.  papyrifera,  B.  populifolia,  B.  pendula, 
B.  Ermanii,  and  also  B.  Maximomczii  with  yellow 
bark. 

Most  birches  prefer  moist,  sandy  and  loamy  soil; 
but  some,  as  B.  pendula  and  B.  populifolia,  grow  as 
satisfactorily  in  dry  locahties  and  poor  soil  as  in  swamps 
and  bogs,  and  they  are  especially  valuable  in  replant- 
ing deserted  grounds  as  nurses  for  other  trees;  both  are 
comparatively  short-lived  trees. 

Propagation  is  readily  accomplished  by  seeds,  gath- 
ered at  maturity  and  sown  in  fall,  or  usually  kept  dry 
during  the  winter,  or  stratified;  but  B.  nigra,  which 
ripens  its  fruits  in  June,  must  be  sown  at  once,  and  by 
fall  the  seedlings  will  be  several  inches  high.  The  seeds 
should  be  sown  in  sandy  soil,  rather  thick,  as  the  per- 
centage of  perfect  seeds  is  not  very  large,  slightly  or 
not  at  all  covered,  but  pressed  firmly  into  the  ground 
and  kept  moist  and  shady.  The  seedlings  must  be 
transplanted  when  one  year  old.  Rarer  species  and 
varieties  are  grafted,  usually  on  B.  lenta,  B.  papyrifera, 
B.  nigra  or  B.  pendula.  Cleft  or  tongue-grafting  in  early 
spring,  on  potted  stock  in  the  greenhouse,  is  the  best 
method.  Budding  in  summer  is  also  sometimes  prac- 
tised. Shrubby  forms  may  also  be  increased  by  layers, 
and  B.  nana  by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass. 


alba.  8,  9,  10. 
aspleniifolia,  10. 
atropurpurea,  9. 
Bbojpattra,  3. 
carpatica,  10. 
carpinifolia.  4. 
cordifojia,  11. 
costata.  6. 
dalccarlica,  9. 
elegans.  9. 
Ermanii,  7. 
eicelsa.  5. 
fastigiata,  9,  l4. 
glandulo.'^a,  13. 
gracilis,  9. 
yrandis,  11. 
humiU.i.  14. 
hybrida.  9. 

32 


INDEX. 

japonica.  9. 
laciniata,  8,  9, 
lenta.  4. 
lutea,  5. 
Lyalliana,  12. 
Maximowiczii,  1. 
minor,  11. 
Murithii,  10 
nana,  15. 
nigra,  2. 
occidentalis,  12. 
odorata,  10. 
papyracea,  11,  12, 
papyrifera,  11, 
pendula,  8,  9. 
persicifolia,  5. 
platyphylta,  11. 
populifolia,  8. 


pubescens,  9,  10. 
pumila,  14. 
purpurea,  8,  9, 
pyrifolia,  11. 
pyramidalis,  9, 
rubra,  2. 
aongarica,  10. 
Tau-schii,  9. 
tortuosa,  10. 
tristis,  9. 
ulmifolia,  6.       , 
urticifolia,  10. 
utilis.  3. 
varicgata,  10. 
verruco/ia,  9. 
vutyaris,  9, 
Youngii,  9. 


A,  Veins  of  Ivs.  7  pairs  or  more,  usually  impressed  above. 
Trees. 
B.  Lvs.  large,  4-6  in.  long,  deeply  cordate:  cones  cylin- 
drical, racemose,  2-4- 

1.  Maximowiczii,  Regel.  Tree,  80-90  ft.,  with 
smooth,  orange-colored  trunk  and  dark  reddish  brown 
branchlets:  lvs.  long-petioled,  broadly  ovate,  coarsely 
and  doubly  serrate,  membranous,  pubescent  on 
younger  trees,  nearly  glabrous  on  older  ones:  cones 
J'9-3  in.  long,  slender,  nodding;  fr.  with  very  broad 
wings.  Japan.  B.M.  8337.  S.I. F.  1:23.  W.B.  90.— 
This  is  probably  the  most  beautiful  of  all  birches,  per- 
fectly hardy  N.  and  of  rapid  growth;  its  large  foliage 
and  the  yellow  color  of  the  trunk  render  it  a  highly 
ornamental  and  conspicuous  park  tree. 

BB.  Lvs.  2-5  in.  long:  cones  solitary:  wings  narrower 
than  the  fr. 

C.  Under  side  of  lvs.  glaucescent:  lvs.  rhombic-ovate,  cu- 

neate  at  base  with  7-h  slightly  impressed  pairs 
of  veins. 

2.  nigra,  Linn.  (B.  riibra,  Michx.).    Red  or  River 
Birch.    Tree  50-90  ft. :  bark  reddish  brown,  or  silvery 
gray  on  younger  branches,  separa- 
ting into  numerous  thin,  papery 
flakes:    branchlets  pubescent: 
petioles   scarcely   J^in.  long:  lvs. 
rhombic-ovate,  acute,  doubly  ser- 
rate, pubescent  when 
young,  at  length  only 
on  the  veins  beneath, 
pale    or   glaucescent 
beneath,    2-3  J/^    in. 
long:  cones  1-1%  in. 
long,    cylindrical,    - 
ripening   in   May  or 

June;    scales    pubes-  >^^. 

cent,      with      erect,     X^ 

hnear-oblong,  nearly 

equal     lobes.     From 

Mass.  south  to  Fla. 

and  west  to  Kan.  and 

Minn.      S.S.    9:4.52. 

L.B.C.    13:1248.    G. 

F.  2:.591.    Gn.  55,  p. 

161    (habit).    W.  B. 

63.    H.T.  122,  123.— 

A   moisture-loving,   graceful   tree,  with   slender,  very 

numerous  branches,  and  remarkable  for  its  torn  and 

ragged  bark, 

cc.  Under  side  of  lvs.  light  green:  lvs.  rounded  or  truncate 
at  the  base,  with  8-14  pairs  of  impressed  veins. 

D.  Shape  of  lvs.  ovate  or  oblong-ovate,  rounded  and  often 

cordate  at  the  base,  broadest  about  the  middle; 
veins  distinctly  impressed  above:  petioles  less  than 
%in.  long.    See  page  3566. 

E.  Cones  peduncled,  eylindric. 

3.  iitilis,  Don  (B.  Bhojpdttra,  Wall.)  Tree,  40-60 
ft.:  trunk  with  reddish  brown  bark:  branchlets  pubes- 
cent while  young,  not  glandular:  lvs.  ovate,  rounded  at 
the  base,  acuminate,  densely  irregularly  serrate,  pubes- 
cent on  the  veins  beneath,  2-3  in.  long,  with  8-12  pairs 
of  veins:  cones  peduncled,  cylindrical,  1-2  in.  long, 
with  erect  oblong  lobes,  the  middle  one  much  longer. 
Himalaya.    Japan.    S.I.F.  1:23. — Not  quite  hardy  N, 


547.  Cone  of  Betula  lutea.  (^    '  '  fl 
(Cone  natural  size.) 


EE.  Cones  sessile  or  nearly  sessile,  ovoid  or 
4.  lenta,  Linn.  {B.  cnrpinifblia,  Ehrh. 
Sweet,  or  Black  Birch.  Tree,  60-70  ft. 
reddisli  brown,  young  bark  aromatic, 
flavor:  lvs.  oblong-ovate,  usually  cordate 
sharply  and  doubly  serrate,  hairy  beneath 
nearly  glabrous  at  length,  2-5  in.  long: 

scales  about  %m.  1 


ovoid-oblong. 
).  Cherry, 
:  trunk  dark 
of  agreeable 
at  the  base, 
when  young, 
cones  ovoid- 
ong,  lobed 


4;>S 


B  ETUI.  A 


BETULA 


W  ■ 


mimmMMf 


548.  Betula  pendula. 


only    ;it    the   apex,   tlip   miiidlc    lobe   slijihtly   lonsier. 

Fn)in  Maine  to  Ala.,  west  to  eastern  Ohio.   S.S.  9:448. 

U.T.  124,  125.    Em.  232. — Very  hand.some  tree,  roinul- 

headed,    juid  with    peiiiiiUoiis    branches  wh(>n    older; 

attractive  in  spring,  with  its  long  stiuninate  catkins. 

Bark    and    Ivs.    largely   used    in    domestic    practice; 

branches  and  foliage  yield  an  oil  very  similar  to  oil  of 

wintergreen,  iind  employed  for  all  conditions  in  which 

the  latter  proves  use- 
ful; bark  iVs  well  ;is  the 
oil  much  used  for 
flavoring. 

5.  latea,  Michx.  (B. 
excclsa,  Pursh,  not 
Ait.).  Yellow  Birch. 
Fig.  517.  Tree,  some- 
times 100  ft.:  bark 
silverj-  gray  or  light 
orange,  on  old  tnmks 
reddish  brown;  young 
bark  aromatic,  but 
somewhat  bitter: 
branch  lets  usually 
pilose:  Ivs.  ovate  or 
oblong- ovate,  usuall}' 
rounded  at  the  base, 
acuminate,  sharply  and 
doubly  serrate,  usually 
hairy  along  the  veins 
beneath:  cones  like  the 
last,  but  thicker;  scales 
nearly  J  sin.  long,  lobed 
to  the  middle,  pubes- 
cent outside.  From  Newfoundland  west  to  Minn., 
Bouth  along  the  AUeghanies  to  the  high  peaks  of  N.  C. 
and  Tenn.  S.S.  9:449.  Em.  235.  H.T.  126,  127.— One 
of  the  most  valuable  forest  trees  in  the  northern 
states,  much  resembhng  the  former  in  habit.  Var. 
persicifdlia,  Dipp.,  has  larger  and  longer  Ivs.,  often 
ovate-lanceolate. 

DD.  Shape  of  Ivs.  ovate,  broadest  near  the  base  and  lusually 
truncate  or  sometimes  cordate:  veins  not  impressed 
above:  petioles  to  1  in.  long. 

6.  ulmifdlia,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  {B.  costata,  Trautv.). 
Tree,  .50  ft.:  bark  yellowish  brown:  branches  not,  or 
elightly  glandular:  Ivs.  ovate,  rarely  oblong-ovate, 
irregularly  doubly  serrate,  with  9-14  pairs  of  veins, 
long-acuminate,  2-3}^  in.  long,  hairy  when  unfolding, 
glabrous  at  maturity:  cones  elliptic;  scales  glabrous, 
with  short,  rhombic  or  obovate  lateral  lobes;  wings 
about  half  as  broa<l  as  nutlet.  Japan.  Manchuria. 
S.I.K.  1:22.    W.B.  63. 

7.  Erm^ii,  Cham.  Tree,  60  ft.:  trunk  white: 
branches  yellowish  white  or  orange-colored;  branchlets 
usually  glandular  and  pubescent  when  young:  Ivs. 
broadly  triangular-ovate,  acuminat  e,  irregularly  coarsely 
B<Trate,  2-4  in.  long,  hairy  when  unfolding,  with 
7-10  pairs  of  veins:  cones  oblong;  scales  pubescent, 
with  linear-oblong  lobes,  middle  one  somewhat  longer; 
wing."!  about  one-third  as  broad  as  nutlet.  N.  E.  Asia, 
Japan.  S.l.F.  1:22.  W.B.  63.— Handsome  round- 
headc-d  tree,  with  slender  branches.     See  page  3566. 

AA.  Veins  of  Ivs.  7  or  Uss  pairs,  not  impressed. 

B.  Wings  usiuiUy  broruler  than  the  nvi. 

C.  Hark  white. 

D.  Branddf.tx  glabrous  and  ghruhilar:  Ivs.  usually  rhonv- 

Inc-ovalf.:  scales  of  strobiles  luith  divergent  broad 

Ujfjejf  Uirger  than  the  middle  lobe. 

8.  populifdlia,  Ait,  (fi.  tilfja  var.  populifdlia,  Spach). 
White  Biwh.  Small  tree,  exceptionally  40  ft.,  with 
smooth  white  bark:  branchlets  with  nuinerous  resinous 
Klands:  ivs.  slender,  petioled,  triangular  or  deltoid, 
Iong-af;uminate,  cfiarsely  doubly  serrate,  glutinous  when 


young,  glabrous  at  length  and  shining:  cones  slender, 
stalked,  cylindric,  about  1  in.  long;  bracts  i)ubescent, 
the  lateral  lobes  divergent,  about  as  long  as  the  middle 
one.  From  Mew  Brunswick  to  Del.,  west  to  Ont.  S.S. 
9:450.  H.T.  118,  119.  Em.  1:242.— A  small,  graceful, 
but  short-lived  tree,  yet  thriving  in  dry  and  poor  soil. 
Var.  laciniata,  Loud.  Lvs.  incised-laciniate.  Var.  pen- 
dula, Loud.  Branches  distinctly  pendulous.  Var.  pur- 
purea, EUwanger  &  Barry.  Lvs.  purple  when  young, 
green  at  length.  B.  populifolia  x  B.  papyrifera  is  shown 
in  G.F.  8:356.  It  has  been  found  wild  in  several  locali- 
ties, but  i.s  apparently  not  in  cult. 

9.  pendula,  Roth  {B.vcrrucbsa,  Ehrh.  B.dZfea,  Linn., 
in  part).  Figs.  548,  549.  Tree,  to  60  ft.,  with  slender, 
in  older  trees  usually  pendulous,  branches:  young 
branchlets  usually  glandular:  lvs.  rhombic-ovate,  ?4- 
2' 2  in.  long,  glutinous  when  young,  glabrous,  usually 
cuneate,  sometimes  truncate  at  the  base,  acurmnate, 
doubly  serrate;  petioles  slender,  about  1  in.  long: 
strobiles  cylindric,  about  1  in.  long,  slender-peduncled, 
usually  pendulous:  wings  of  nutlet  about  one  and  a  half 
to  two  and  a  half  times  as  broad  as  its  body.  Eu.  to 
Japan.  H.W.  2:15,  p.  20.  W.B.  76.  Var.  Tatischii, 
Rehd.  {B.japdnica,  Sieb.  B.  dlba  var.  Taiischii,  Shirai. 
B.  pendula  var.  japonica,  Rehd.).  Lvs.  broadly  ovate, 
truncate  or  sometimes  subcordate  at  the  base,  some- 
times puberulous  beneath  and  often  with  tufts  of  hairs 
in  the  axils.  S.l.F.  1:21.  Var.  dalecarlica,  Schneid. 
(B.  laciniata,  Wahl.  B.  hybrida,  Blom).  Lvs.  more  or 
less  deeply  lobed  with  irregularly  serrate-acuminate 
lobes:  branches  on  older  trees  pendulous. — A  very 
graceful  tree.  Var.  fastigiata,  Koch  {B.  dlba  fastigidta, 
Carr.  B.  pendula  pyramiddlis,  Dipp.).  With  straight 
upright  branches,  forming  a  narrow  columnar  pyr- 
amid. G.C.  in.  41:151.  M.D.G.  16:164.  Var.  tristis, 
Schneid.  With  very  slender,  strongly  pendulous 
branches,  forming  a  round  regular  head.  Var.  Yotingii, 
Schneid.  (B.  dlba  pendula  Youngii,  Moore.  B.  pendula 
elegans,  Dipp.  B.  dlba  elegantlssima  pendula,  Hort.). 
Branches  very  slender,  strongly  pendulous;  primary 
branches  spreading  or  recurved,  forming  an  irregular 
picturesque  head ;  similar  in  habit  to  the  weeping  beech. 
F.  1873,  p.  60.  R.H.  1869,  p.  136.  On.  6,  p.  528.  Var. 
gracilis,  Rehd.  {B. 
dlba  laciniata  graci- 
lis pendula,  Hort. 
B.  elegans  lacini- 
ata, Hort.).  Habit 
like  the  preceding, 
with  laciniate  lvs. 
Much  slenderer  and 
smaller  and  of 
slower  growth  than 
var.  dalecarlica. 
Var.  purpurea, 
Schneid.  {B. vulgaris 
purpiirea,  Andre. 
B.  dlba  atropur- 
piirea,  Lauche.  B. 
pubescens  atropurpiirca,  Zahel).  Lvs.  dark  purple.  R.B. 
4:185. 

DD.  Branchlets  pubescent  and  slightly  glandular  or  gland- 
less:  lvs.  generally  ovate,  rounded  at  the  base: 
bracts  with  the  lateral  lobes  upright  or  spreading, 
shorter  than  the  middle  lobe. 

10.  pubescens,  Ehrh.  (B.  odordta,  Bechst.  B.  dlba, 
Linn.,  in  part).  Tree,  to  60  ft.:  branches  upright  or 
spreading,  rarely  pendulous  in  old  trees;  branchlets 
pubescent  and  glandless:  lvs.  ovate  or  rhombic-ovate, 
1-2  in.  lf)ng,  rounded,  truncate  or  cuneate  at  the  base, 
acute,  usually  unequally  and  doubly  serrate,  pubescent 
beneath,  at  least  while  young:  strobiles  cylindric,  about 
1  in.  long,  upright  or  nodding;  scaL-s  puberulous, 
lateral  lobes  upright  or  spreading,  rarely  recurved.  N. 
and  Cent.  Eu.  to  E.  Siberia.    H.W.  2,  pp.  24,  25.    Var. 


549.  Leaves  of  Betiila  pendula.  ( X  J  3 


BETULA 


BETULA 


499 


urticifdlia,  Spach  {B.  urticifdlia,  Regel.  B.  dlba  asplenii- 
jblia,  Hort.).  Lvs.  small,  deep  green,  irregularly 
incised.  Var.  variegata,  Zabel  (B.  dlba  foliis  variegalis, 
Hort.).  An  inconstant  form  with  variegated  lvs.  There 
are  also  a  number  of  geographical  varieties  as  var. 
carpatica,  Koch;  var.  songarica,  Regel;  var.  tortuosa, 
Koehne;  var.  Murithii,  Gremi,  which  are  rarely  met 
with  in  cult,  and  horticulturally  are  of  no  importance. 
— In  the  wild  state  this  species  is  generally  found 
in  moist  places,  often  in  swamps,  while  the  preceding 
species  prefers  drier  situations. 

11.  pap3rrifera,  jMarsh.  (B.  papyr&cea,  Ait.  B.grdn- 
dis,  Schrad.).  Paper  or  Canoe  Birch.  Figs.  5.50,  5.51. 
Tree,  60-80,  exceptionally  120,  ft.:  branchlets  slightly 
glandular,  hairy  when  young:  lvs.  ovate,  narrowed  to 
cordate  at  the  base,  acuminate,  coarsely  and  usually 
doubl}'  serrate,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath  or 
nearly  glabrous,  lli-^l'i  in.  long:  strobiles  peduncled, 
1-2  in.  long;  scales  with  short  and  broad  divergent 
lateral  lobes.  Northern  states  from  the  Atlantic  to 
Pacific  coast.  S.S.  9:451.  Em.  238.  G.F.  8:223.  H.T. 
120,121.  I.T.  4:125.— Ornamental  tree,  with  very 
white  trunk  and  a  loose,  graceful  head  when  older. 
Bark  known  for  its  use  in  making  Indian  canoes.  Var. 
cordifSlia,  Regel  (B.  pyrifdlin  and  B.  platyphylla,  Hort.). 
Lvs.  broadly  ovate,  usually  cordate.  S.S.  14:724.  Var. 
minor,  Tuckm.  Low,  bushy  tree  with  smaller  lvs.  and 
frs.    Mts.  of  New  England  and  N.  Y. 

cc.  Bark  orange-brown:  branchlets  glandular  and  hairy 
when  young:  lateral  lobes  of  scales  upright,  shorter 
than  the  middle  lobe. 

12.  occidentalis,  Hook.  (B.  Lyallidna,  Koehne.  B. 
■papyracea  var.  occidentalis,  Dipp.).  Tree,  to  100  ft.: 
branches  in  older  trees  often  pendulous:  lvs.  ovate,  3-4 
in.  long,  usually  rounded  at  the  base,  acute,  coarsely 
and  mostly  doubly  serrate,  resinous  while  young  and 
vill(5us  on  the  veins,  glabrous  at  maturity  except  on 
the  puberulous  veins:  strobiles  cylindric,  lli-lli 
in.  long;  scales  ciliate,  with  rhombic-ovate  upright 
lateral  lobes,  about  half  as  long  as  the  oblong  middle 

lobe.    B.  C.  to  Wash. 
(liSSa&  S.S.  14:725. 

im.Wings  narrower  than 
the  nut:  shrubs,  1-16 
ft.:  lvs.  small,  short- 
petioled:  cones  erect. 
c.  Branchlets  glandular, 
not  pubescent. 
13.  glanduldsa, 
Michx.  Only  1^  ft.: 
lvs.  short  -  petioled, 
rounded  or  cuneate 
at  the  base, 
orbicular  or 
broadly  ob- 
ovate,  ob- 
tuse, dentate, 
glabrous,  J^- 
1}^  in.  long: 
strobiles  pe- 
duncled, li- 
Sjin.  long; 
lobes  of  scales 
nearly  equal, 
slightly 
spreading ; 
wings  of  nut- 
let sometimes  as  broad  as  its  body.  Newfoundland  to 
Alaska,  south  to  Mich.,  and  in  the  Rocky  Mts.  to 
Colo.    B.B.  1:510. 

cc.  Branchlets  pubescent  or  nearly  glabrous,  not  glandular. 

14.  p&mila,  Linn.  Usually  2-8,  rarely  15,  ft.:  branch- 
lets  tomentose  or  pubescent,  at  least  when  young:  lvs. 


553.  Staminate  catkin  (natural  size)  and  flowers 
(t-iilargcd)  of  Betula  papyrifera. 


orbicular  or  oval,  acute  or  obtuse,  coarsely  dentate,  paJe 
and  glabrous  or  pubescent  beneath,  }'2-2  in.  long: 
strobiles  peduncled,  J^-1  in.  long;  lateral  lobes  of  the 
pubescent  scales  spreading,  shorter  than  the  middle 
one;  wings  of  nutlet  half  as  broad  as  its  body  or 
narrower.  Newfoundland  to  Minn.,  south  to  Ohio. 
B.B.  1:511.  VV.B.  71.  Var.  fasti- 
giata,  Rehd.  (B.  hiimilis  fasti- 
giata,  Hort.).  Shrub,  with  upright 
branches,  forming  a  narrow  pyra- 
mid: branchlets  soft  pubescent:  lvs. 
broadly  rhombic  to  suborbicular, 
1-1 J  2  in.  long,  broadly  cuneate  at 
base,  pubescent  beneath  only  on  the 
veins,  resin-dotted  on  both  sides. 

15.  nana,  Linn.   Low,  spreading, 
rarely  4  ft. :  lvs.  orbicular  or  cuneate- 
obovate,  crenate,  rounded  at  apex, 
glabrous,    J<C-?.iin.    long:    strobiles    551.  catkin  of  Betula 
nearly   sessile,    M-W"^.   long;    the      papyrifera.  (x'2) 
upper    scales    usually    entire,    the 
lower   ones  3-lobed;   wings  of    nutlets   verv   narrow. 
Arctic   N.  E.   Amer.,   N.   Eu.,   Siberia.    B.B.    1:511. 
W.B.   71. — A  low,   graceful   shrub  for  rockeries   and 
rocky  slopes. 

B.  acuminata,  Wall.^B.  ainoides. — B.  alaskdna.  Sarg.  Allied  to 
B.  occidentalis.  Tree,  to  40.  rarely  SO,  ft.:  bark  grayish  white: 
branchlets  densely  glandular:  lvs.  rhombic-ovate,  1J2-3  in.  long, 
truncate  to  broadly  cuneate,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath  or 
finally  glabrous;  petiole  about  1  in.  long:  scales  of  strobiles  ciliate, 
Alaska.  S.S.  14:726. — B.  alkghani crisis,  Brit.  Intermediate  be- 
tween B.  lenta  and  B.  lutea.  Bark  either  close  and  furrowed  or  peel- 
ing off  in  thin  flakes:  young  branchlets  pubescent:  lvs.  usually 
cordate  at  base  and  pubescent  beneal  li :  strobiles  ovoid-oblong,  about 
1  in.  long:  scales  ?4in.  long.  3-lobed  about  to  the  middle.  Que. 
and  Mich,  to  Ga. — B.  ainoides,  Hamil.  (B.  acuminata,  Wall.  B. 
cylindrostachya.  Wall.),  .\llied  to  B.  Maximowiczii.  Tree,  to  60  ft.: 
young  branchlets  pubescent:  bark  brown:  lvs.  ovate-oblong  to  ovate- 
lanceolate,  2 '  2^6  in.  long,  rounded  at  the  base,  doubly  cuspidate- 
serrate,  with  10-13  pairs  of  veins:  strobiles  in  racemes.  Himalayas, 
S.W.  China.  W.B.  90. — B.  alpcstris.  Fries=B.  intermedia. — B. 
Borggrcvei,  Zabel  (B.  papyrifera  X  B.  pumila).  Shrubby.  Inter- 
mediate between  the  parents,  but  more  similar  to  B.  pumila.  Raised 
at  Hann.,  Muenden,  Germany,  from  American  seed. — B,  cseriilea, 
Blanch,  .\llied  to  B.  pendula.  Tree,  to  60  ft.;  young  branchlets 
hairy;  lvs.  ovate,  2-3  32  in.  long,  rounded  or  cuneate  at  ba.se.  acu- 
minate, sharply  serrate,  dull  bluish  green  above,  slightly  hairy 
along  the  veins  beneath;  scales  of  strobiles  similar  to  those  of  B. 
populifolia.  Vt.,  Me.  S.M.  201. — B.  carpinifdlia,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.= 
B.  grossa. — B.  carpinifolia,  Ehrh.^B.  lenta. — B.  corylifdlia,  Regel. 
Allied  to  B.  nigra.  Lvs.  broadly  elliptic  or  obovate,  1  ^4-2  V2  in.  long, 
coarsely  dentate,  silky  on  the  veins  beneath,  with  10-14  impressed 
pairs  of  veins;  strobiles  cylindric.  Japan.  S.I. F.  2:14.  W.B.  60. — 
The  plant  cult,  under  this  name  is  usually  B.  Ermanii. — B..  cylindro- 
slachya.  Wall. ^B.  ainoides. — B.  dahiirica.  Pall.  Allied  to  B.  pubes- 
cens.  Tree,  to  60  ft.;  bark  brown:  branchlets  glandular,  hairy  when 
young;  lvs.  ovate,  1-2  in.  long,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath: 
strobiles  oblong;  wings  of  nutlet  half  as  broad  as  body  or  less. 
Dahuria.  Manchuria.  Pallas,  Fl.  Ross.  39. — B.  excelsa.  Ait.  iB.  alba 
var.  excelsa.  Regel).  Allied  to  B.  pubescens.  Large  tree;  bark  yel- 
lowish brown:  young  branchlets  densely  pubescent:  lvs.  broadly 
ovate  to  obovate,  1-2  J3  in.  long,  rovmded  or  pubcordate  at  the  base, 
acute,  pubescent  beneatli:  strobiles  cylindric-oblong,  upright  or 
nodding;  lateral  lobes  of  scales  slightly  shorter  than  the  middle  one. 
Of  unknown  origin.  W.D.B.  2:95.  N.U.  3:.52. — B. /onlirtalis,  Surg. 
(B.  occidentalis,  Nutt.,  not  Hook.  B.  rhombifolia,  Nutt.,  not 
Tausch).  Allied  to  B.  occidentalis.  Small  tree,  to  40  ft.  or  shrubby: 
bark  dark  bronze  color,  lustrous:  branchlets  glandular;  lvs.  broadly 
ovate.  1-2  in.  long,  truncate  to  broadly  cuneate.  sharply,  often 
doubly  serrate;  strobiles  cylindric-oblong.  1-lH  >"■  long;  scales  gla^ 
brousor  puberulous.  B.  C.  to  Calif.,  east  to  Dak.  and  Colo.  S.S. 
9:453  (as  B.  occidentalis). — B.  frulicdsa.  Pall.  (B.  Gmelinii,  Bunge). 
.■Mlicd  to  B.  glandulo-sa.  Shrub,  to  15  ft.:  branchlets  glandular  and 
pubescent:  Iv.s.  ovate-elliptic,  M-l'A  in.  long,  glabrous  at  length 
and  u.sually  glandular  beneath:  strobiles  oblong-cylindric.  ?i-l  in. 
long,  wings  about  as  broad  as  nutlet.  Siberia.  Manchuria.  Pallas, 
Fl.  Ross.  40. — B.  glohispica,  Shirai.  .Mlied  to  B.  ulmifolia.  Tree,  to 
GO  ft.;  bark  grayish  brown:  lvs.  broadly  rhombic-ovate,  1  ^2-2  J-j  in. 
long,  short-acuminate,  unequally  serrate,  with  about  10  pairs  of 
veins,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath:  strobiles  subglobo.se  or  ovoid, 
aijout  1 '  2  in.  long;  scales  deeply  .S-lobed  with  spatulate  lobes. 
Japan.  S.I.F.  1:21.  W.B.  68.— B.  Gm/(inii,  Bunge=B.  fruticosa. 
— B.  gr6ssa,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (B.  carpinifolia.  Sieb.  &  Zucr. ).  Tree: 
branchlets  glabrous:  lvs.  ovate,  2-4  in.  long,  unequally  serrate,  with 
10-15  pairs  of  veins,  pubescent  on  the  veins  beneath  and  glandular- 
punctate:  strobiles  nearly  .sessile,  elliptic-ovoid;  middle  lobe  of  the 
scale  slightly  longer  than  the  lateral  ones.  Japan.  .S.I.F.  1:22. — B. 
ftumifi.s.  Schrank.  Allied  to  B.  glandulosa.  Shrub.  2-6  ft.;  branch- 
lets  glandular  and  slightly  pubescent  at  first:  lvs.  ovate  or  subor- 
bicular, '2-I  '4  in.  long,  crenately  serrate,  glabrous:  strobiles  ovoid, 
about  Jzin.  long.    N.  and  W.  Eu.,  N.  Asia.   G.W.H.2:149.    H.W.2: 


500 


BETl'LA 


BIENNIALS 


Krios.  B.  puboscens  X  B.  nnna).  Shrub:  Ivs.  orbicvilar  or  ovate.  H" 
1  in.  lonj!.  crvnate-sorrate,  usually  pubescent  while  young,  and  often 
glutinous,  finely  glabrous:  strobiles  oblong;  lateral  lobes  of  seale  up- 
nchl  and  usually  shorter  than  the  middle  one.  N.  Kvi. — Natural 
h>-brid;  ver>'  variable. — B.  Jdckii,  Schneid.  (B.  leuta  xpumilu). 
Shrub:  bark  of  the  wlor  of  B.  lenta:  Ivs.  usually  obovate,  1-2  in. 
long,  usually  with  about  7  pair»  of  veins:  strobiles  oblong,  3-a-?4in. 
long;  latenu  Iol»ej^  of  scales  spreading,  somewhat  shorter  than  the 
middle  one.  Originated  at  the  .\rnold  .\rboretuin.'  G.F.  S:2-i.'>. — 
B.  kr'u'nai,  Kvans.  .\llietl  to  B.  occideutalis.  Tree,  to  40  ft.:  bark 
(frayish  white  or  light  re<ldish  brown:  brauchlets  glabrous,  not  or 
slightly  glandular;  Ivs.  ovate.  1  '-^-2  in.  long,  cuneate  or  rounded  at 
the  bji-se.  irregxilarly.  often  doubly  serrate,  glabrous:  strobiles  cylin- 
dric-oblong.  about  I  in.  long,  glabrous.  .-Vlaska.  S.S.  14:723. — B, 
K&hnei.  Schneid.  (B.  papyrifera  xpi^ndula).  Intermediate  between 
the  parents.  Tn*e:  branchlets  sparingly  pubescent:  Ivs.  ovate.  2-3 H 
in.  long,  usually  truncate  at  biuso.  acuminate:  rather  finely  and 
doubly  -^Trale;  scales  of  strobiles  similar  to  those  of  B.  papyrifera. 
Origin  unknown. — B.  luminifera.  Winkl.  .\llied  to  B.  alnoides.  Lvs. 
ovate,  subcorxiale  at  the  ba.se.  serrate  with  acuminate  teeth,  3- .5  in. 
long;  strobiles  solitary.  2-3  in.  long.  Cent.  China.  W.  92. — B.Med' 
u-f<ijetrii,  Kegel.  .Allied  to  B.  utilis.  Tree:  young  branchlets  hairy; 
Ivs.  broadly  ovate  to  obovate.  2-3  in.  long,  rounded  or  sometimes 
subcordate  at  the  base,  short-acuminate,  glabrous  or  pubescent  on 
ihe  veins  beneath:  strobiles  cylindric-oblong.  l-I  ^4  in.  long;  wings 
of  ntitle:  often  4  times  narrower  than  it.s  body.  Caucasus.  Gt.  30, 
p.  ;W4. — B,  orCH/ca/(Ui\s,  Xutt..  not  Hook.=B.  fontinalis. — B.  Pur- 
piiMi,  Schneid.  {B.  lutca  X  pumila).  Shrubby  or  small  tree:  lvs. 
oblong-ovate.  1-2  in.  long,  with  7-9  pairs  of  veins,  .soft-pubescent 
beneath.  Intro,  to  Ku.  from  Mich. — B.  Riutdeana,  Trautv.  Tree: 
Ivs.  ovate-pulx'soent  on  the  veins  beneath,  with  6-7  pairs  of  veins, 
1-2  in.  long:  strobiles  oblong,  upright,  ?4in.  long;  wings  a.s  broad  as 
nutlet.     Caucasua.     Gt.   3B,    p.    384. — B.    rhombif&lia,    Nutt.=B. 

'""''";'""•  Alfred  Rehder. 

BIARUM  (old  and  obscure  name).  Incl.  Ischarum. 
AiiUia.  Dwarf,  tuberous  perennials  of  the  same  tribe 
with  our  native  jaek-in-the-pulpit.  They  are  hardy  in 
England,  but  probably  are  suitable  only  for  pot-cul- 
ture in  the  Northern  United  States. 

Bianims  have  a  spathe  which  is  tubular  at  the  base, 
mcstly  with  a  long  limb,  and  usually  a  long  tail-hke 
spadi.x;  otherwise  much  as  in  Arum.  They  grow  a  few 
inches  high.  Odd.  l^ittle  known  in  Amer.  A  few  spe- 
cies in  Eu.  and  Asia  Minor. 

tenuifdlium,  Schott  {Arum  tenuifblium,  Linn.). 
I.v.s.  linear-lanceolate  or  spalulate,  appearing  after  the 
fis.  decay:  spathe  long-acuminate,  at  length  recurved 
and  twisted  spirally,  about  10  in.  long,  outside  green, 
streaked  purple;  inside  dull  purple,  spotted;  margins 
wavy;  spadix  15  in.  long.    Spain.    B.M.  2282. 

Pyramii,  Engler  (I.schdrum  Pyrdmii,  Schott).  Lvs. 
oblong  above  the  middle,  narrowing  abruptly  to  a  very 
long  petiole,  resembling  ('alia  paluxlris:  spathe  green 
outside,  shining,  velvety  purple  within,  shorter  and 
broader  than  in  B.  ()/'«^orMm,  at  length  revolute;  tube 
swelling,  connate  onlv  at  the  very  base;  spadix  thicker 
and  shorter.    Syria.    B.M.  .5324. 

Bdvei,  Blimie.  Lvs.  similar  to  B.  Pyramii;  spathe- 
tuhe  connate  a  fourth  of  its  length;  blade  of  spathe 
longr-r  and  more  narrowly  lanceolate,  green  outside, 
dark  purple  within.   Syria,  Asia  Minor.        L.  H.  B. 

BIDENS  CLatin,  lv;o-ieelh,  in  reference  to  the  awns). 
Comp6isiUe.  Buk-M.\kigold.  STicK-TiiiHTS.  Tick-Seed. 
Annual,  or  rarely  perennial,  herbs,  mostly  American, 
related  to  Coreopsis,  Dahlia,  and  Cosmos. 

Leaves  opposite,  serrate  or  incised,  often  pinnately  or 
temately  divided:  heads  radiate  or  discoid;  rays  yellow 
or  white;  disk  yellow;  involucre  double,  the  outer  set  of 
bracts  ^een  and  more  or  less  foliaceous,  the  inner  of 
quite  different  texture  and  shai)e,  more  appresscd, 
thinner,  more  scarious  and  striate:  achencs  flat  or 
angled;  pappus  of  2-4  stiff  bristles  or  awns,  usually 
Ti-ATtini-Xy  barbed. — Plants  grown  as  garden  annuals. 
B.  fronilom,  a  common  weed,  is  the  well-known  boot- 
jack bur,  or  stick-tiglit. 

A.  AcheneH  obovate  or  cuneate-ohlong,  more  or  lens  jlatlened 
or  IrinngnUir,  tfie/oren  vni-coHtate:  texture  of  If.  medium. 

B.  Size  of  ncheneH  sm/iU  (1-2  lines  long)  with  firm  gla- 

t/rouH  margirtu:  inner  involucre  dark  dotted. 
coronAta,  FLsch.  (Coredpsis  aiirea,  Ait.).    St.   1-4  ft. 
hig>i,  branched  above,  glabrous  or  nearly  so:  lvs.  ter- 


nately  or  ijinnatcly  (li\ided:  outer  involucre  about 
ctiualing  the  dark-dotted  inner:  achenes  dark,  very 
sinidl,  1-2  lines  long,  narrowly  cuneate,  3-angled,  mar- 
gin firm  and  glabrous;  pappus  of  2—4  minute  awns  and 
some  chaff.    S.  E.  U.  S. — Very  variable. 

nn.  Size  of  achencs  larger  {2-4  lines  long)  with  fiispid 
margins:  involucre  not  dotted. 

trichosperma,  Brit.  {Coreopsis  trichospSrma,  Michx.). 
St.  tall,  2-5  ft.  high,  glabrous,  branched  above:  lvs. 
pinnatifitl:  outer  involucre  about  equaling  the  undotted 
inner:  achenes  dark,  larger,  23-2-4  hnes  long,  cuneate, 
moderately  flat,  margin  firm,  usually  pubescent;  pap- 
pus of  2  upwardly  hispid  broad-based  awns  about  }^ 
line  long.  E.  U.  S.  Var.  tenuifolia,  Brit.  Lf.-segms. 
narrowly  linear:  achenes  2-3  hnes  long. 

aristosa,  Brit.  {Coreopsis  ai-istdsa,  Michx.).  St.  1-4 
ft.  high,  branched  above,  nearly  or  quite  glabrous: 
lvs.  pinnatifid,  often  pubescent  beneath:  outer  involu- 
cre about  equ:iling  the  undotted  inner:  achenes  olive 
or  brownish,  large,  2-4  lines  long,  broad  and  very  flat 
1-2J4  hnes  broad,  abruptly  contracted  at  summit, 
margin  thin  and  hispid,  often  crenulate;  pappus  awna 
2,  each  1-2  lines  long,  divergent,  stramineous,  up- 
wardly or  downwardly  barbed,  or  sometimes  entirely 
wanting.    Cent.  U.  S.    B.M.  6462.    R.H.  1869:72. 

AA.  Aclienes    linear-spindle-shaped,    tapering    gradually 
above,  angled  or  costate:  texture  of  If.  usually  firmer. 

B.  Lvs.,  in  part,  finely  dissected:  rays  large,  golden  yellow. 

grandiflflra,  Balb.  St.  1-4  ft.  high,  branched,  gla- 
brous and  somewhat  glaucous:  lvs.  pinnatifid,  the 
divisions  either  lanceolate  and  serrate  or  dissected  into 
narrowly  hnear  divisions:  outer  involucre  about  equal- 
ing the  more  or  less  hirsute  inner;  rays  large,  golden 
yellow:  achenes  3-6  lines  long;  awns  2,  downwardly 
barbed,  about  1  line  long.  Mex. — A  showy  plant  some- 
times cult,  in  Amer. 

BB.  Lvs.  or  their  divisions  lanceolate  to  ovate:  rays  pale 
yellow  or  whitish. 
Warszewicziana,  Regel.  Erect,  glabrous  perennial: 
lvs.  simple,  or  pinnate  or  rarely  bipinnate,  the  lobes 
lanceolate  or  ovate-lanceolate:  heads  corymbose,  the 
involucral  bracts  ciliate;  petals  whitish  or  yellowish, 
of  medium  size:  achenes  compressed,  angular,  the 
angles  ciliate.  Guatemala. — Hardy  N.  only  with  pro- 
tection. 

pilosa,  Linn.  St.  2-5  ft.  high,  much  branched,  nearly 
glabrous:  lvs.  ternate  or  pinnate,  divisions  lanceolate, 
incised-serrate  with  somewhat  rounded  teeth:  outer 
involucre  about  equaling  the  glabrous  or  minutely 
puberulent  inner:  rays  short,  1-3  times  as  long  as  the 
involucre,  cream y- white :  achenes  4-7  hnes  long;  awns 
2-4,  downwardly  barbed,  13-2  hnes  long.  Tropics. — 
Sometimes  grown  in  botanic  gardens. 

B.  dahUoidts,  Wats.  A  perennial  "with  dahlia-like  tubers,  Mcs, 
G.C.  III.  48:220.    R.H.  1910,  p.  475. 

K.  M.  WiEGAND  and  N.  Taylor. 

BIENNIALS.  Plants  that  bloom  a  year  after  the 
seeds  are  sown,  then  make  seeds  and  die.  Familiar 
examples  among  vegetables  are  cabbage,  turnips, 
celery  and  onions,  but  in  warm  or  long-season  climates 
they  become  annuals.  Even  in  northern  gardens,  celery, 
carrots  and  beets,  if  permitted  to  crowd,  will  often  rim 
to  seed  the  first  year.  On  the  other  hand,  many  bien- 
nials, such  as  hollyhocks  and  others,  are  practically 
perennial  because  they  self-sow,  or  multiply  by  off- 
shoots, so  that  there  is  little  danger  of  losing  them. 
Such  cases  give  rise  to  discussion  as  to  whether  a  plant 
is  an  annual,  biennial,  or  perennial,  but  the  practical 
problems  are  few  and  simple,  and  are  commonly  con- 
nectetl  with  the  following  favorite  flowers: 

Hollyhock  {Althud  ro.si-a),  snaptlragon  {Antirrhinum 
ynajus),    English    daisy    {Bellis   perennis),   Canterbury 


BIENNIALS 


BIFRENARIA 


501 


bells  (Campanula  Medium),  steeple  bellflower  (Cam- 
panula pyromidalis) ,  sweet  william  (Dianlhus  barbatus), 
foxglove  (Digitalis  purpurea),  horned  poppy  (Glaucium 
luteum),  French  lioncysuokle  (Hedysarum  coronarium) , 
morning  campion  (Lychnis  dioica),  evening  campion 
(Lychnis  alba),  rose  campion  (Lychnis  Coronaria), 
honesty  (Lunaria  annua;  L.  biennis),  pansy  (Viola  tri- 
color x)  tufted  pansies  (Viola  cornuta  x.) 

Every  beginner  desires  to  know  what  to  do  with  the 
seedlings  that  spring  up  in  every  border  by  the  dozen 
or  hundred  around  sweet  wiUiams,  foxgloves,  lark- 
spurs, hollyhocks,  and  the  like.  All  that  is  necessary  is 
to  thin  the  seedlings  and  transplant  some  at  any  con- 
venient time  before  autumn  to  the  positions  in  which 
they  are  to  bloom  next  year.  This  practice,  however, 
does  not  suit  those  who  want  only  the  finest  varieties, 
for  these  do  not  come  true  from  seed.  Therefore,  they 
must  buy  seeds  every  year  of  the  best  varieties  of  highly- 
bred  groups,  such  as  sweet  william,  foxglove,  English 
daisy,  Canterbury  bells,  and  hollyhocks,  or  else  buy 
plants.  If  a  very  fine  variety  appears,  it  is  desirable 
to  multiply  it  by  methods  other  than  seed-sowing  if 
possible,  e.g.,  by  offsets,  cuttings  or  division.  Named 
larkspurs  cannot  be  kept  a  long  time,  owing  to  disease, 
unless  propagated  by  cuttings  every  year.  Double 
hollyhocks  can  be  maintained  by  division  and  by  keep- 
ing the  leaves  coated  constantly  with  animoniacal 
copper  carbonate,  which  is  less  unsightly  than  bor- 
deaux. A  German  cultivator  avers  that  one  should 
save  seeds  from  diseased  hollyhock  plants  instead  of 
healthy  ones,  and  declares  that  he  has  raised  1,500 
such  seedlings  that  proved  immune.  So  far  as  known, 
this  has  not  been  thoroughly  tested  in  America. 

Those  who  do  not  want  such  expense  and  care,  and 
prefer  lusty,  many-fJowered  plants  of  ordinary  varie- 
ties to  sickly  specimens  of  high-bred  types,  will  find  it 
cheaper  and  easier  to  collect  seeds  as  they  ripen  and  sow 
them  immediately.  Color  discords  can  be  mitigated  by 
thinning  out  or  transplanting  offenders.  This  is  the 
way  to  secure  gorgeous  masses  of  blue  delphiniums,  if 
one  cares  more  for  color  than  size  and  form. 

What  to  do  with  famous  English  spring  flowers  that 
dislike  our  hot  summers  is  another  common  problem. 
The  beginner  finds  that  violets,  pansies,  daisies,  prim- 
roses, polyanthus,  and  auriculas,  will  not  bloom  all 
summer,  as  they  do  in  the  cool,  moist  climate  of  Eng- 
land, unless  in  similar  climates  (e.g.,  at  the  seashore  or 
in  the  northern  tier  of  states),  and  then  only  with  special 
care  in  seed-picking,  cutting-back,  fertilizing,  water- 
ing. At  best  the  summer  bloom  is  only  intermittent, 
rarely  massive,  and  the  common  practice  is  to  treat 
these  species  frankly  as  spring  bedding  plants  (April  15 
to  May  15  near  New  York),  and  when  their  glory  is 
past  discard  them  or  move  them  to  some  moist,  shady 
spot  in  which  there  is  a  better  chance  for  casual  sum- 
mer bloom  and  a  tolerable  autumn  show  than  in  the 
hot  sunny  border. 

Those  who  cannot  afford  greenhouses  may  easily 
have  larger  and  better  flowers  of  the  species  just  named 
by  the  use  of  coldframcs.  They  are  particularl}-  enjoy- 
able while  the  snows  of  March  are  on  the  ground. 

In  these  days  of  cheap  greenhouses,  everyone  wants 
cut-flowers  the  year  round,  especially  long-stemmed, 
long-lasting  kinds  in  many  colors.  Consequently  snap- 
dragons and  ten-weeks  stocks  have  become  popular. 

The  commonest  way  of  raising  biennials  is  to  sow 
the  seeds  in  an  outdoor  seed-bed  in  sununer,  and  in 
autumn  tran.splant  the  seedlings  to  their  permanent 
quarters.  English  books  have  always  disappointed 
Americans  by  ad\'ising  that  this  be  done  in  June.  But 
in  America  the  best  time  is  early  August.  Not  only 
does  one  save  two  months'  care,  but  June-sown  bien- 
nials and  perennials  in  our  climate  make  plants  that 
are  too  large  to  winter  easily  in  coldframes,  and  they 
often  tr>-  to  bloom  just  when  the  kilhng  frost  of 
autumn  comes. 


A  much  better  way  is  to  sow  the  seeds  in  flats  in  cold- 
frames  (for  protection  against  summer  showers)  and 
to  winter  the  young  plants  in  frames.  This  is  the  way 
to  secure  the  finest  white  foxgloves,  Canterbury  bells, 
larkspurs,  and  steeple  bellfiowers. 

Professional  gardeners  often  prefer  to  treat  biennials 
as  half-hardy  annuals,  i.e.,  they  sow  the  seeds  in  green- 
houses in  March  and  set  the  young  plants  outdoors  in 
May.  On  new  places  this  saves  a  year;  it  is  especially 
worth  doing  with  snapiiragons  and  intermediate  stocks. 

Many  of  the  flowers  named  above  are  technically 
perennial,  but  in  practice  they  arc  so  short-lived  that 
it  usually  pays  to  raise  a  fresh  batch  from  seed  every 
year.  Wilhelm  Miller. 

BIFRENARIA  (Latin  for  turice  and  strap,  referring  to 
the  two  stalks  of  the  poUinia).  Orchidacese.  Epiphytic 
plants,  with  pseudobulbs,  plicate- 
veined  Ivs.,  and  lateral  infl.:  fls. 
sometimes  single  and  large,  or  more 
frequently  smaller  and  several  to 
many  in  a  raceme;  sepals  about 
equal,  spread- 
ing, the  lateral 
adinate  to  the 
foot  of  the  col- 
umn; petals 
similar  to  the 
dorsal  sepal;  lip 
articulated  to 
the  apex  of  the 
column-foot,  3- 
Iobcd;pollinia4, 
on  2  stalks. — 
About  25  species  in 
Trop.  Amer. 

A.  Foot  of  column  or 
mentum  short  and 
brand:  fls.  deep  yel- 
low with  golden  pur- 
ple spots. 
aurantiaca,    L  i  n  d  1 . 

Pseudobulbs  ovoid,  up 

to  132  in-  long:  Ivs.  up 

to  8  in.  long  and  2  in. 

broad :  raceme  few-  to  several-fid. ;  Qs.  about  1  in.  across, 

deep  yellow  and  spotted  with  golden  purple.    Guiana 

and  Trinidad.    B.M.  3597.    B.R.  1875. 

AA.  Foot  long,  acute:  fls.  not  colored  as  above. 

B.  Fls.  large,  1-3. 
c.  Lip  purple,  darker-veined:  fls.  ivory-white. 
Harrisoniffi,  Reichb.  f.  Fig.  552.  Pseudobulbs 
broadly  ovoid,  up  to  2}  2  in.  long,  1-lvd.:  Ivs.  up  to  1  ft. 
long  and  4  in.  broad:  peduncle  with  1  or  2  ivory-white 
large  fls.  about  3  in.  across,  the  lip  purple  with  darker 
veins.  Brazil.  Lind.  5:239.  B.R.  897.  B.M.  2927  (as 
Ma.xillaria). 

cc.  Lip  white,  yellow  or  rose:  fls.  apple-green. 
inoddra,  Lindl.   Resembles  B.  Harrisonise  in  pseudo- 
bulbs, Ivs.,  infl.   and  size  of  fls.:  sepals  apple-green; 
petals  of  the  same  color  but  brighter,  smaller;  lip  white, 
yellow  or  rose;  spur  half  as  long  as  ovary.    Brazil. 

BB.  Fls.  small,  several. 

vitellina,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  ovoid,  up  to  1}2  in- 
long,  1-lvd.:  Ivs.  up  to  1  ft.  long  and  IJ2  in-  broad: 
fls.  about  1  in.  across,  orange-yellow,  with  a  purple  spot 
on  the  lip;  lip  cordate.  Brazil.  B.R.  25:12.  (As 
Maxillaria.) 

B.  bicornaria,  Reichb.  Allied  to  B.  aurantiaca.  Y]3.  orange- 
colored.  Brazil. — B.  Fuerstenberoiaiw,  Schlecht.  Fl.s.  yellow  Bra- 
zil.— B.  melanopoda.  Klotzsch.  .Sepals  and  petals  light  green,  lip 
fringed,  white.  Brazil. — B.  Utragdna,  Hort.  Fla.  wax-like  with 
greeni.-ih  sepals  and  petals.  Brazil. — B.  tyrianthina  var.  Goodsdrtce, 
Reichb.    Fls.  light  purple.  GeoRGE   V.    NaSH. 


552.  Bifrenaria  Harrisonise.  C  X  H) 


50-2 


BIGELOVIA 


BIGNONIA 


BIGELOVIA  (after  Dr.  Junih  Hisolow,  author  of 
Florula  Hostonionsis.  Mi-dical  Hotaiiy  of  I'liitod  .States, 
efoJ.  Frt-qviontly  written  Biili'lowia.  CowposiLv.  More 
than  tliirty  species  of  western  .Vinerieaii  herbs  or  low 
slirul)s,  one  or  two  of  wliieh  arc  sometimes  offered  by 
dealers  in  native  phint^. 

Heads  3-HO-fld..  witlioiit  ray  Rs.,  small;  invohicre 
narrow,  its  bniots  mostly  lacking  herbaceous  tips.  The 
only  species  in  cult,  is  the  one  originally  described, 
whicli  resembles  a  goldcnrod,  to  which  Bigcloxia  is  very 
closely  related.  It  differs  in  not  having  the  racemiform 
infl.  of  goldenrt)ds.    Prop,  by  cuttings  and  by  seed. 

graveolens,  Gray  (Bigcldwia  dninincido'itles,  DC). 
Low  shrub,  1-3  ft.  high,  densely  white-tomentose 
when  young,  smoother  in  age,  much  branchetl,  very 
leafy,  malodorous  only  in  drying:  Ivs.  linear,  1-2  in. 
long:  II. -heads  yellow,  5-S  lines  high,  very  numerous, 
crowded,  in  terminal  corv'mbose  cymes,  rajless.  Alka- 
hne  soils  Dak.  to  B.  C.  and  south  to  S.  Calif,  and 
Ariz. — An  extremely  variable  species.  Van.  albicaiilis 
'is  more  permanent!.\'  and  densely  woolly,  ilwarfer,  and 
h:»s  been  recommended  in  the  West  for  low  hedges  and 
edgings.  N.  TATLOR.t 

BIGNAY:   Antidesvia. 

BIGNONU  (The  Ahb^  Jean  Paul  Bignon,  1662- 
1743,  Court  librarian  to  Louis  XIV).  Biynnniacca?. 
Woody  tendril-climbers,  grown  in  the  open  in  the 
warmer  parts  and  al>-'o  under  ghuss. 

Leaves  opposite,  compound  (in  proper  representatives 
of  the  genus),  the  terminal  1ft.  often  re|)resented  by 
a  tendril:  fls.  Large,  tubular  or  bell-shaped,  enlarged 
above  the  calyx,  obtusely  j-lobed,  and  more  or  less 
2-lipped,  the  calyx  slightly  or  not  at  all  toothed;  sta- 
mens 4.  paired,  and  sometimes  a  sterile  rudiment:  fr. 
a  2-celled  septifragal  caps,  flattened  parallel  with 
the  partition;  valves  thickened;  seeds  winged. — The 
genus  Bignonia  is  variously  understood.  By  Bentham 
&  Hooker  it  is  regarded  a-s  a  polymoriihoiis  group  of 
150  or  more  species;  by  Schumaim  (in  Engler  &  Prantl) 
it  is  reduced  to  2  .species  with  claw-like  (not  disk-bear- 
ing) tendrils,  B.  exoleta,  Veil.,  and  B.  Unguis-cati,  Linn. 
By  the  former  authors  Bignoniacea;  is  held  to  contain 
about  50  genera,  and  by  the  latter  about  100.  Schu- 
mann distributes  the  biguonias  of  Bentham  &  Hooker 
into  several  genera:  the  conunon  East  American  B. 
capreohta  goes  to  Doxantha,  a  disposition  that  has  not 
been  acceijted  by  American 
botanists.  As  here  employed, 
Bignonia  is  deprived  of  many 
of  the  tropical  species  that 
have  been  placed  in  it  in  horti- 
cultural literature,  and  the 
student  is  referred  to  Clytos- 
toma,  Cydista,  Pha'dranthus, 
I'ithecoctenium,  Pyrostegia, 
Tabebuia  and  others.  \'ery  re- 
cently the  name  Bignonia  has 
been  used  for  the  species  de- 
scrib{!d  in  this  work  under 
Camps  is,  because  Bignonia  orig- 
inally was  ba.sed  mainly  on  B. 
T'idicans  =  Cam.TpHiii  radiams.  In  this  case,  the  generic 
name  for  B.  exoleta  and  B.  Unguis-cali  above  becomes 
DoztiTiihii;  otherwi.se,  this  latter  name  remains  a 
8>'nonym  of  Bignonia,  although,  as  stated  above, 
Kf;huinann  has  nucA  it  as  the  generic  name  of  B.  niprco- 
lat/i;  but  the  correct  name  for  this  plant  ai)pears  to  be 
AninontichtiJi  caf/reohl'i,  of  Bureau.  The  other  species 
described  here  under  Bignonia  probably  belong  to  dif- 
ferent genera,  but  Oio.ir  correct  botanical  affinity  has 
not  yet  Vif«n  ascertained. 

The  biKnonia.s  are  American  climbers,  mostly  trop- 
ical, .some  of  them  and  their  allies  constituting  lianas 
of   great    length;    and    the   profusion    and    beauty  of 


553.  Cross  -  section  of 
stem  of  a  tropical  climber 
of  the  biifnonia  family. 


their  flowers  makes  them  conspicuous  and  interest- 
ing. The  stem  of  some  species  shows  a  4-parted  or 
cross-like  arrangement  in  eross-.scction,  whence  the 
name  "cross-vine;"  and  on  this  account,  some  of  the 
natives  of  Spanish  America  attribute  sacred  virtues  or 
attributes  to  the  plants,  calling  them  "bejucos  de  la 
cruz."    Fig.  ."i.")3. 

The  biguonias  (using  the  term  in  the  horticultural 
sense)  are  strong  and  rapiil-growing  evergreen  green- 
house climbers,  requiring  considerable  space  for  their 
best  development,  such  as  the  roof  of  a  large  conser- 
vatory, or  the  baclv  wall  of  a  lean-to  greenhouse.  If 
convenient,  they  should  be  planted  out  under  the  plant 
stage  of  the  greenhouse,  or  otherwi.se  in  boxes  placed  on 
the  stage,  A  box  5  feet  by  1,'  2  feet  and  1  foot  deep  will 
be  found  a  convenient  size  for  them.  As  with  most 
greenhou.se  climbing  plants,  the  roots  like  considerable 
freedom;  but  with  biguonias  the  roots  must  be  some- 
what restricted  (though  not  to  the  limitations  of  a 
flower-pot),  otherwise  an  immense  growth  and  few 
flowers  will  be  the  result.  They  are  not  very  fastidious 
as  to  .soil.  A  good,  fibrous  loam,  to  which  one-third 
well-decomposed  cow  or  sheep  manure  has  been  added, 
suits  them  admirably.  A  winter  temperature  of  45° 
to  50°,  with  a  gradual  ri.se  as  the  days  lengthen,  should 
be  given  them,  admitting  air  freely  whenever  the 
weather  is  favorable.  They  like  plenty  of  moisture  at 
the  roots — especially  during  the  spring  and  .summer 
(the  growing  season) — but  perfect  drainage  should  be 
insured,  as  the  soil  at  no  time  must  become  saturated  or 
sour.  Except  when  in  flower,  a  good  syringing  on  all 
fine  days  will  bo  very  beneficial.  They  should  also  be 
sprayed  once  or  twice  a  week  with  a  moderately  strong 
solution  of  kerosene  emulsion,  or  kerosene  and  water, 
to  keep  them  free  from  mealy-bug,  as  they  are  very 
subject  to  this  pest.  The  vines  should  be  trained  so  as 
to  allow  a  free  circulation  of  air  among  the  branches 
for  the  purpose  of  ripening  the  wood,  as  upon  this 
depends  the  assurance  of  flowers.  AH  superfluous 
branches  and  weak  shoots  should  be  removed,  and 
before  the  growing  .season  begins  all  the  branches  should 
be  shortened  from  1  to  3  feet,  according  to  their 
strength;  this  will  throw  the  energy  of  the  plant  into 
the  lateral  buds,  which  will  produce  the  flowering 
branches,  providing  the  wood  has  been  properly 
ripened  the  previous  season. — Propagation  is  effected 
by  cuttings  taken  in  late  sjiring  and  inserted  in  sand 
unfler  a  bell-glass,  or  in  a  propagating-box,  in  a  warm 
temperature.  Choose,  if  possible,  stout,  short-jointed 
lateral  growths  for  the  purpose.  They  must  be  care^ 
fully  watered  until  rooted,  which  usually  takes  from 
six  to  ten  weeks.    (E.  J.  Canning.) 

A.  Li'S.  compound:  fls.  yellow  or  yellow-red. 

Ch^mberlaynii,  Sims  {Anetnop^gma  racembsum, 
Mart.).  Glabi-ous:  Ifts.  ovate-acuminate,  glabrous, 
shining  above,  paler  beneath,  more  or  less  tapering  at 
base:  fls.  tubular,  contracted  below,  3—4  in.  long,  the 
limb  comparatively  short  and  sjjreading,  bright  yeUow; 
cluster  many-fld.  Brazil.  B.M.  214S.  F.S.  3:235. 
P.M.  14:3-4. — One  of  the  freest  and  most  beautiful 
tropical  cUmbers,  flowering  well  in  a  small  house. 
Shoukl  be  in  all  collections  of  tropical  plants-.  This 
plant  bears  the  name  of  Consul-General  Chamberlayne, 
stationed  about  100  years  ago  in  Brazil.  The  genus 
Anemoi)a'gma  is  kept  distinct  by  many. 

Unguis-cSti,  Linn.  (B.  Tweediann,  Lindl.,  not  Gri.seb.). 
Lvs,  evcrgre('n;  Ifts.  1  pair,  lanceolate  and  pointed, 
cordate,  3  in.  or  less  long,  with  3-parted  claw-like 
tendrils;  fls.  triunpet-shaped,  2  in.  long,  allamanda-hke, 
tube  clear  bright  yellow,  ui)[)er  surface  of  limb  orange- 
yellow,  and  throat  with  orange  lines,  the  limb  of 
rounded,  spreading  lobes  and  from  2-4  in.  across. 
Argentina.  B.H.  20:45.  Gn.  40:10.— Will  stand  a 
little  frost  if  grown  in  the  open  in  the  S.  B.  Tweediana, 
Griseb.,  is  a  Macfadyena. 


BIGNONIA 


BILLBERGIA 


503 


capreolata,  Linn.  (B.  crncigera,  Linn.,  in  part. 
Anisdstichitii  cnpreolatii,  Bur.  Doxdntha  cnpnolaln, 
Miers).  Trumtet-Flower.  Cross-Vine.  Quakter- 
ViNE.  Climbing  to  great  heights  (often  50  ft.  or  more), 
glabrous,  evergreen:  Ivs.  stiffish,  ending  in  a  branched 
tendril  that  clings  by  small  disks;  Ifts.  stalked,  oblong- 
acuminate,  coriiate,  entire:  fls.  in  man}'  2-5-fld.  short- 
peduncled  cymes,  yellow-red  and  lighter  within,  tubu- 
lar (2  in.  long),  with  a  stout  limb.  Native  from  Md. 
south  and  west,  and  often  a  pest  in  orchards,  climbing 
on  the  trees.  B.M.  864.  Gng.  1:370-1. — Handsome 
vine  for  outdoor  use.  Good  for  covering  walls.  Some- 
times grown  in  conservatories.  Not  hardy  N.,  but  will 
survive  in  Mass.  as  a  creeping  plant. 

Var.  atrosangumea,  Hook.  f.  (B.  airosanguinea, 
Hort.).  Lvs.  longer  and  narrower:  fls.  dark  purple,  the 
lobes  short  and  triangular-ovate.  B.]\L  6501.  F.R. 
2:27. — Handsome. 

.\.\.  Li's.  simple,  opposite  (horticultural  names,  plants 
evidently  not  of  this  genus:  perhaps  Tabebuias). 

magnifica,  )3ull.  Free-growing  and  floriferous,  need- 
ing warm  treatment:  lvs.  ovate-elliptic,  stalked,  entire: 
fls.  panicled,  large  (3!  2  in.  across),  ranging  from  mauve 
to  purple-red,  the  throat  primrose,  limb  wide-spread- 
ing. Colombia.  G.C.  IL  12:73. — Requires  hot  sunny 
position  under  tropical  conditions. 

regalis,  Hort.  Lvs.  elliptic-lanceolate:  fls.  large,  yel- 
low and  red.   Guiana. — Requires  warm  treatment. 

argyreo-violascens,  Hort.  Lvs.  ovate,  cordate  at 
base,  short-stalked,  purple  when  young,  but  becoming 
beautifully  veined  and  blotched  with  white:  fls.  purple. 
S.  Amer.(?).    LH.  13:469. 

B.  adennphylta.  WalL^  Heterophragma. — B.  a'quinoctkilis, 
I.inn  ^Cvdista. — B.  dll/a,  Hort.^Pithecoctenium. — fi.  buccinatd' 
Tia.  Mair.=Ph2edranthus. — B.  Cfierere,  Lindl.^Pbsedranthus. — B. 
chrysdntha,  Hort.^Tabebuia. — B.  grandifldra,  Thunb.=Campsi.s. — 
B.  jasminoides,  A.  Cunn.=Pandorea. — B.  Llndleyi,  DC.^CIytos- 
toma. — B.  liUordlis,  HBK.  Hairy  on  branchlets:  Ifts.  roundish- 
ovate,  acuminate,  hairy;  fls.  red,  pubescent,  funnel-shaped,  in 
axillary  panicles.  Mex. — B.  pdllrtJa,  Lindl.=Tabebuia. — B.  plcta, 
Lindl.=Clytostoina. — B.  purpurea,  Hook.=Clj'tostoma. — B.  radi- 
cans,  Linn.^Campsis. — B.  rugdsa.  Hook.  Hairy:  Ifts.  2,  oblong- 
acuminate;  fls.  axillary,  2-2^2  in.  long,  primrose-color,  limb  short. 
Venezuela.  Probably  a  Nlacrodiscus.  B.M.  7124. — B,  specidsa.  Grab. 
=Clytostoma. — B.  .^uav^olens,  Thunb.=Stereospermum. — B,  Thun- 
bergii,  Hort.=Campsi3. — B.  venusta,  Ker=Pyrostegia.  T    TT  t:* 

BILIMBI:    Averrhoa. 

BILLARDIERA  (after  J.  J.  Labillardiere,  French 
botanist  and  traveler).  Piltosporacex.  Six  or  eight  spe- 
cies of  tender  Australian  undershrubs,  with  twining 
branches,  and  terminal  flowers  suitable  for  outdoor 
planting  South  and  for  growing  under  glass. 

Leaves  entire  or  sinuate,  alternate:  fls.  solitary  or 
2-3  together,  sometimes  as  many  as  15,  yellow,  purple 
or  rarely  blue,  .showj-  in  B.  longiflora:  fr.  succulent  or 
fleshy,  edible  in  some  species.  Prop,  by  cuttings  under 
a  bell-jar  or  by  seeds,  which,  at  least  in  England,  are 
produced  freely  in  some  of  the  species.  B.  longiflora 
and  B.  scaiulens  are  cult,  abroad  as  greenhouse  climb- 
ers. B.  cymosa  is  cult,  outdoors  at  Santa  Barbara, 
Calif. 

scandens,  Smith.  Fig.  5.54.  Sts.  twining,  often  exten- 
sively so:  h-s.  variable,  ovate-lanceolate  to  linear, 
obtuse  or  with  a  recurved  point,  1-2  in.  long,  entire  or 
undulate:  fls.  solitary,  rarelv  2  together,  greenish  yel- 
low, violet  or  purple.  Sweet. "FLAust.,pL. 54.  B.M. 801. 
• — Ofi'ered  bv  ^Iont  arioso  Nurseries,  Santa  Barbara, 
Calif. 

cymdsa,  F.  Muell.  Shrubby  with  the  branches  more 
or  less  twining:  lvs.  oblong  or  lanceolate,  sessile  or  nearly 
BO,  1-2  in.  long,  obtuse  or  acute:  corj-mbs  several-fld.; 
sepals  usually  lanceolate-subulate;  petals  7-8  lines  long, 
bluish  or  violet-purple. 

longifldra,  Labill.  Lvs.  lanceolate,  entire:  fls.  greenish 
yellow,  often  changing  to  purple,  solitary;  pedicels 
glabrous:  berries  blue.  N.  Taylor. 


554.  Billardiera 

scandens.  ( X  )-i) 


may   aid   the    gardener. 


BILLBERGIA  (for  the  Swedish  botanist,  J.  G.  BiU- 
bcrg).  Bromelidcese.  About  forty  tropical  An^erican 
evergreen  epiphytal  herbs,  now  much  cultivated  by  ama- 
teurs and  in  fancy  collections.  X  few  kinds  are  well 
known  to  florists.  A 
closely  allied  genus  is 
.'Echmea,  which  see  for 
botanical  diff'erences. 

The  fls,  are  in  a. spike 
or  spicate  panicle, 
which  rises  from  the 
center  of  the  rosette  of 
long,  spiny-edged,  and 
usually  stiff,  pineap- 
ple-like lvs.,  showy, 
with  3 -parted  calyx 
and  3  long  petals,  6  ex- 
serted  stamens,  thread- 
like style,  and  berry- 
Uke  fr.  The  colored 
bracts  of  the  fl. -clusters 
are  usually  verv  showy. 
Cf.  Charles  Mez,  the 
latest  monographer,  in 
DC.  Phaner.  Monogr 
9.  Species  confused: 
but  the  artificial  ar- 
rangement  given    below 

Billbergias  can  be  cultivated  best  in  "greenhouses, 
planted  in  pans,  pots,  wooden  cribs,  or  wire  baskets, 
with  loose,  light  material  about  their  roots,  such  as 
pieces  of  charcoal,  roots  of  very  fibrous  plants,  or  fern 
roots  and  sphagnum  moss,  and  such  material.  They 
demand  little  water  at  the  roots  in  winter,  and  nothing 
but  light  sprinkling  over  the  foliage  is  required  to  keep 
them  alive  during  that  time.  But  in  summer,  when  the 
heat  is  great  and  they  are  making  their  growth,  they 
can  withstand  an  abundance  of  moisture  at  the  roota 
as  well  as  at  the  top,  most  of  the  time  holding  water  in 
the  funnel-like  center  or  body  of  the  plant.  They  usu- 
ally produce  their  conspicuous  showy  bloom  in  the 
spring,  when  moisture  overhead  or  sprinkling  should  be 
withheld  in  order  to  prolong  the  beauty  of  the  flowers. 
They  require  at  night  a  temperature  of  50°  to  75°, 
but,  of  course,  can  stand  any  amount  of  heat  in  summer. 
Billbergias,  like  all  other  bromeliads,  make  very  good 
house  plants,  and  they  will  thrive  exceedingly  well  in  a 
living-room  temperature.  They  love  plenty  of  light  and 
sun.  All  first-class  private  garden  establishments  should 
have  at  least  a  few  of  this  class  of  plants. — They  are 
propagated  best  from  suckers  or  sprouts,  which  arise 
from  the  base  of  the  old  plant,  usually  after  it  has 
bloomed  and  performed  its  functions.  The  old  plant 
then  gradually  deteriorates,  sending  out  two  to  five 
young  plants  from  its  base.  These  can  be  taken  off  as 
soon  as  they  are  hardy  and  substantial  enough,  and  can 
be  mounted  or  potted  into  the  same  kind  of  materiaL 
Then,  suspended  in  the  greenhouse,  conservatory,  or 
window  for  an  exhibition,  they  thrive  best. — Besides 
their  beautiful  and  attractive  flowers,  billbergias  have 
very  handsome  foliage,  which  is  of  a  tough  and  leathery 
texture.  Billbergias,  aichmeas,  and  the  like,  are  na- 
ti\'es  of  the  tropics,  and,  therefore,  require  a  warm  tem- 
perature, .^^^chmeas  are  usually  larger  than  billbergias 
and  tillandsias.    (H.  A.  Siebrecht.) 

A.  Petals  curling  spirally  after  fl.  expands.  (Helicodea.) 
zebrina,  Lindl.  (Bromelia  zebrlna,  Herb,  ^chmba 
zelifina,  Hort.).  St.  verj' short,  or  none:  lvs.  sheathing, 
deep  green,  with  blotches  and  zones  of  gray-white, 
strongly  spine-margined:  fl. -cluster  loose,  long  and 
drooping;  fls.  green  or  yellow-green,  the  stamens  be- 
coming long-exserted;  bracts  salmon  or  rose,  long-lan- 
ceolate.   S  Amer.    L.B.C.  20:1912.    B.M.  2686. 

dec6ra,  Poepp.  &  Endl.  (Helicddea  Baraquiniana, 
Lem.).    t)iffers  from  the  last  in  having  longer  petals, 


504 


BILLBERGIA 


BIRDS 


denser  spikes  and  longej-  bnicts:  Ivs.  S-10,  from  1-2  ft. 
long,  moiilv,  white-blotched  suid  baJidcd.  Brazil.  l.II. 
ll:-l-n.    B.M.Ci)37. 

.\.\.  Petals  not  spirally  twisting. 

B.  Infi.  nodding. 

c.  FU.  in  panicles. 

specidsa,  Thunb.  (B.  anuinfi,  Lindl.  B.  pallida, 
KerK  Lvs.  strai>-sh.nped.  connivent,  and  forming  a 
tube  at  the  bjise,  1-2  ft.  long,  somewhat  .spiiie-margined, 
green  above  and  lepidote  and  somewhat  strijied  on  the 
back:  fl. -cluster  large  and  loose,  drooping;  bracts  rose; 
fls.  piUe  green  or  whitish,  tipped  with  blue.  Brazil. 
— An  old  and  well-known  species. 

cc.  Fh.  in  racemes. 

nfttans,  Wendl.  Stemless,  stoloniferous:  lvs.  linear 
and  long-pointed,  1-2  ft.,  distantly  small-toothed, 
finely  striate  on  the  back:  fls.  4-8,  in  a  loose,  drooping 
raceme;  petals  green,  blue-edged;  bracts  lanceolate,  red. 
Brazil.    H.M.  0423.    Gn.  32.  p.  107. 

Morelii,  Brongn.  {B.  Moreliana,  Hort.  B.  Welher- 
ellii,  Hook.).  Lvs.  short,  1-1 J 2  ft.,  with  few  weak 
spines,  wide,  glabrous  and  green:  fl. -cluster  exserted  and 
drooping,  with  showy,  pointed  red  bracts,  the  rachis 
woolly;  fls.  with  red  sepals  and  purple-limbed  petals. 
Brazil.    B..M.  483.5.    J.F.  2,  pi.  138.— Very  showy. 

BB.  Infl.  erect. 
c.  FU.  red. 
thyrsoidea,  Mart.  Lvs.  1-2  ft.,  broad-ligulate,  spine- 
margined,  concave  on  upper  surface,  green  above  and 
paler  beneath,  abruptly  acuminate:  fl. -cluster  shorter 
than  lvs.,  farinaceous,  densely  red-bracted;  fls.  numer- 
ous, bright  red,  petals  reflexing.  Brazil.  B.M.  4756. 
J.F.  3,  pi.  267. — Showy.  Runs  into  several  varieties, 
8ome  of  them  with  purple-tipped  fls.  (as  vars.  splen- 
dida  and  fastu6sa,  Andr6,  R.H.  1883:300).  B.  splen- 
dens,  Hort.,  is  evidently  one  of  the  forms.  Species  too 
near  the  next. 


pyramidalis,    Lindl.     (Bromelia    pyramidalis, 
B.  Croyiana,  De.Jonghe).    A  foot  high:  differs 
from  the  last  in  having  more  gradually  acumi- 
nate lvs.,  which  are  more  strongly  and  dis- 
tantly toothed  and  whitish,  or  even  banded 
on    the    back:    fl.-cluster    less    farinaceous, 
broader  and  looser,  the 
fls.  less  numerous.   Peru. 
B.M.  1732. 

cc.  Fh.  purple. 

vexillaria,  .\ndr<;.  Fig. 
5.5.0.  Hybrid  of  B.  thyrs- 
oidea and  B.  Morelii.  Fls. 
f)urple;  lower  bracts 
ong-pointed  and  red ; 
spike  erect,  exceeding 
the  lvs.    R.H.  1889:468. 

vitt^ta,  Brongn.  (B. 
Leopol/lii,  Hort.,  not 
Morr.j.  Vigorous,  2-3 
ft.:  lvs.  long  and  large, 
concave  above,  recurved 
at  the  summit  obtuse, 
or  abruptly  pointed,  red- 
spined,  cros-^-banded  on 
the  back :  fl.-clu.ster  loose 
and  nodding,  shorter 
than  the  lvs.,  red- 
bracted;  fls.  deep  blue, 
with  recurving  limbs. 
BrazO.  Gn.  .32:106.  R. 
H.  1869,  p.  87. 

Liboniikiia,  Do  .longhe. 
•Small,  1-13^  ft.,  produc-  555.  BiUbergia  vexillaria. 


Sims. 


ing  runners:  Ivs  long-linear  or  strap-shaped,  spiny,  very 
.sh  an  (-pointed,  concave  and  green  above  and  whiti.sh- 
mealy  below:  fl.-cluster  erect  or  nearly  so,  rather  slen- 
der, the  bracts  not  prominent;  fls.  with  red  sepals  and 
erect  blue  petals.  Brazil.  B.M.  .5090.  F.S.  10:1048. 
J.F.  2,  pi.  197. 

In  the  .'VinLTican  trade  tlie  following  names  have  been  used: 
B.  cUimta  tonoifdlia,  once  offered  by  Pitcher  &  Manda,  is  probably 
an  yEchmea — B.  fascidta=.^chinesi  fasciata. — B.  mdxima  =  ('!). — 
B.  orndta^i?). — B.  Quesnelidjia^QuesneVia. — B.  Thodocydnea= 
."Echmca  fasciata. — B.  stricla=i?).     , 

Any  of  the  foUowing  may  l)e  expected  to  appear  in  the  American 
trade  at  any  time:  B.  andtyjavinsis.  Hort.,  is  B.  thyrsoidea  X  Mo- 
rellii:  fts.  red  and  blue, — B.  Bdkcri,  Morr.  (B.  pallescens.  Balder). 
Fls.  greenish,  tipped  purple.  B.M.  6342. — B.  Breautedna,  Andr6  (B. 
pallescens  Xvittata).  has  reddish,  purple-limbed  fls.  R.H.  1885:300. 
— B.  Bruqntii,  Hort.  (B.  Bakerix  decora).  Fls.  greenish,  bracts 
red. — B.  Enderi,  Regel.  Small:  fls.  very  deep  blue:  bracts  coral-red. 
Brazil. — B.  Foryetidna,  Hort.  Lvs.  large  with  bands  of  white  on  a 
green  ground.  G.C.  111.33:258.. — B.  irii/i/tWm,  Lindl.  Fls.  redand 
yellow,  blue-tipped.  Brazil.  B.R.  10G8. — B.  Lielzei,  Morr.  Fls.  and 
bracts  rose.  Brazil. — B.  nSbilis,  Bull.  Cat.  Bracts  cerise-carmine, 
petals  green,  curling  spirally  after  flowering:  lvs.  barred. — Perhaps 
only  a  form  of  B.  decora,  Poepp.  «fe  Endl. — B.  Portedna,  Brongn. 
Fls.  green,  the  petals  rolling  spirally.  Brazil.  B.M.  6670. — B.  San- 
deridna.  Morr.  Fls.  green,  tipped  blue.  Brazil. — B.  Saundersii. 
Bull.  Fls.  greenish,  tipped  blue:  lvs.  striking,  green  above,  reddish 
beneath,  white-blotched  and  red-spined.    Brazil.    Gt.  3ft:  1316. 

L.  H.  B. 

BILSTED:    Liquidambar.  GeorGE  V.  NxSH.f 

BILTIA;    Rhododendron  Vaseyi. 

BINDWEED;  Name  applied  to  various  twining  weedy  plants, 
particularly  to  various  kinds  of  Convolvulus. 

BIOPH'i^TUM  (life-plant,  some  of  the  species  being 
sensitive  to  the  touch).  Oxaliddcese.  Oxalis-like  peren- 
nial herbs,  sometimes  grown  under  glass  as  curiosities: 
lvs.  abruptly  pinnate,  with  many  Ifts.:  valves  of  caps, 
separating  to  base.  There  are  about  20  species  in  Trop. 
Asia,  Afr.  and  Amer.  B.  sensitivum,  DC,  with  6-15 
pairs  of  Ifts.,  has  lvs.  that  contract  at  the  touch:  fls. 
small,  yellow:  6  in.  Generally  spread  in  the  tropics. 
B.R.  31 :68  (as  Oxalis).  B.  F6xii,  Sprague,  is  a  recently 
described  species  from  Peru,  with  st.  2  in.  high  and 
bearing  8  lvs.  at  the  apex  in  a  whorl:  Ifts.  3-6  pairs: 
fls.  white. 

BI6TA:    Thuja. 

BIRCH:    Betula. 

BIRD  CACTUS:    Pedilanthus. 

BIRD-OF-PARADISE  FLOWER:  SlreUuia;  also  Cxsalpinia 
CiiUit'tiii. 

BIRDS.  The  horticulturist  has  the  opportunity  to 
avail  himself  of  a  mighty  band  of  helpers  in  the  birds. 
It  seems  not  to  be  understood  that  it  is  perfectly  pos- 
sible for  a  bird  to  be  eating  something  useful  to  man 
at  some  particular  moment,  and  at  the  same  time  to  be 
spending  by  far  the  greater  part  of  its  time  eating 
things  that  are  harmful  to  man,  for  which  service  it 
should  be  carefully  protected.  Very  thorough  studies  of 
the  food  of  birds  have  proved  that  the  great  majority 
are  helpful  to  one  who  raises  crops.  Most  birds  are 
l)cneficial  most  of  the  time,  and  very  few  have  no  re- 
deeming traits  in  this  regard.  Moreover,  if  useful  birds 
are  protected  at  all  times,  so  as  to  encourage  the  natural 
increase,  they  will  do  their  part  in  an  emergency,  such 
as  an  invasion  of  insects.  Aside  from  these  economic 
reasons  for  bird-protection  is  the  gain  that  comes  from 
their  presence  as  attractive  and  interesting  objects  in 
n;iture,  as  much  to  be  desired  as  blossoms  and  gardens. 

It  is  said  that  there  is  less  need  of  birds  now  that 
insects  are  being  destroyed  by  arsenical  sprays.  This 
is  perhaps  to  some  extent  true,  but  even  in  fruit-planta- 
tions tlie  birds  are  still  effective;  and  there  are  hosts  of 
insects  that  are  not  effectively  held  within  bounds  by 
the  sprays.   Spraying  will  never  take  the  place  of  birds. 

Protection  of  birds  from  their  enemies. 

Birds  should  l)e  both  i)rotected  and  attracted.  Men 
and  boys  with  guns  and  shng-shots,  cats,  and  the  Eng- 


BIRDS 


BIRDS 


505 


1 

¥ 

WA 

^^prM 

i 

556.  Pouring  the  food  on  lae 
"food-tree." 


lish  or  house  sparrow  are  the  most  common  enemies 
or  destroyers  of  birds.  The  red  squirrel,  weasel,  crow, 
and  shrike  are  destroyers  as  well,  but  they  seem  to  be 
regulated  naturally,  although  frequently  one  may  inter- 
fere to  good  effect,  parti- 
cularly in  the  case  of 
squirrels  in  parks.  But 
man,  the  cat  and  the 
English  sparrow  should 
be  controlled.  Our  boys 
can  be  educated  to  pro- 
tect the  wild  birds.  It  is 
being  done  in  many 
homes  and  schools.  As 
soon  as  a  boj'  learns  the 
interesting  habits  of  the 
common  bird.s  he  loses 
the  desire  to  kill,  and 
he  prefers  to  protect  and 
observe.  A  bluebird  or 
wren  nesting  on  the 
premises  will  do  more 
than  all  the  laws  to  cor- 
rect the  lawlessness  of 
boys. 

Experience  shows  that  one  must  deal  with  the  house 
or  English  sparrow,  if  one  is  to  win  back  our  insect- 
eating  birds  in  any  great  numbers.  The  increase  of 
other  birds  is  in  inverse  ratio  to  the  decrease  of  English 
sparrows.  However,  not  everyone  should  be  allowed  to 
take  part  in  the  warfare  against  them.  Schoolboys 
and  inexperienced  men  make  too  many  mistakes  in 
trying  to  destroy  them  and  their  nests;  and  the  taking 
of  the  eggs  from  the  nest  seems  too  much  like  an  out- 
rage on  the  instinct  of  motherhood,  to  be  tolerated.  The 
Enghsh  sparrows  should  be  kept  within  bounds  as  to 
numbers.  They  can  be  kept  in  check  by  the  use  of 
poisoned  grain  in  winter.  Some  persons  object  to  this 
practice  from  sentimental  reasons,  but  it  is  no  worse  to 
despatch  house  sparrows  than  mice,  prairie  dogs,  insects 
or  other  pests;  and  if  man  does  not  keep  the  sparrows 
within  limits,  they  will  destroy  or  drive  away  other 
birds.  A  certain  number  of  house  sparrows  is  desirable 
in  winter,  particularly  in  towns  where  there  are  few 
other  winter  birds,  but  they  should  not  be  allowed  to 
become  nuisances.    See  page  507. 

It  has  been  estimated  that  a  cat  destroys  on  an 
average  about  fifty  song  birds  in  one  season.  A  new 
attitude  toward  cats  is  needed.  They  should  no  more 
be  allowed  to  roam  at  will  than  should  chickens  or 
goats.  All  cats  away  from  home  are  trespassers,  and 
should  be  .so  regarded;  they  should  fall  to  the  care  of 
a  bird-warden.  Bird-killing  cats  should  be  destroyed 
or  kept  within  doors. 

To  attract  birds,  it  is  of 
course  necessary  to  win 
their  confidence.  They 
must  feel  comfortable  and 
secure.  They  must  be 
aided  to  hve  through  severe  winter  weather,  and  they 
must  have  adequate  nesting-places  and  drinking-places. 
Measures  to  secure  these  ends  have  been  put  to  the 
test  and  found  to  be  genuinely  satisfactory. 

Feeding  birds  in  winter. 

Many  birds  perish  for  want  of  food  in  every  severe 
winter.  They  digest  their  food  so  quickly  that  lack  of 
it  for  a  few  days  results  in  death.  The  real  necessity 
is  in  the  time  of  blizzards  and  continued  cold,  when 
they  cannot  find  their  natural  food. 

For  insect-eating  birds,  suet  and  fat  pork  or  a  split 
bone  may  be  fa-stened  to  the  trunks  of  trees  by  means 
of  wire  netting  and  stout  cord.  Woodpeckers,  nut- 
hatches, and  chickadees  will  be  attracted.  The  netting 
prevents  crows,  jays  and  squirrels  from  carrying  off 
the  whole  piece  of  food. 


557.  The  "food-stick." 


>i-'^-^;; 


558.  A  "food-house"  that  can 
be  easily  made. 


Seed-eating  birds  may  be  fed  crumbs,  nuts,  millet, 
chaff,  sunflower  seeds,  squash  seeds,  and  various  grains, 
including  corn;  also  any  kind  of  poultry-food,  and  even 
dog-biscuit.  These  materials  may  be  placed  on  the 
ground  after  removing  the  snow,  but  should  be  pro- 
tected to  prevent  waste.  Many  a  bob-white  has  sur- 
vived a  heavy  snowstorm  by  coming  regularly  to  such 
a  place.  All  kinds  of  sparrows,  juncos,  and  snow  bunt- 
ings are  among  the  birds  that  are  attracted  by  such 
suppUes. 

Many  ways  for  feeding  birds  near  the  residence  have 
been   more   or  less   successful,   depending   largely  on 
the  prevalence  of  the  English  or  house  sparrows.    The 
tree -shelf,  window  -  shelf , 
moving  shelf  or   counter, 
and     the    coconut     f:;ied 
with  pork  and  kernels  of 
nuts,  are  among  the  most 
useful  devices. 

In  Germany,  Baron  von 
Berlepsch  has  experi- 
mented effectively  in  the 
winter-feeding  of  birds, 
with  the  idea  of  securing 
the  protection  of  the  food, 
and  of  making  it  acces- 
sible at  all  times  to  all 
birds.  On  his  estate  at 
See  bach  he  uses  the 
"food-tree,"  the  "food- 
stick,"  the  "food-house" 
and  the  "food-bell,"  all  of 
which  were  devised  after 
many  years  of  study  of 
the  habits  of  birds.  The  food-tree  (Fig.  556)  imitates  a 
coniferous  tree  closely  covered  with  insect  eggs  and 
larvae.  A  mixture  of  hot  liquid  food  which  hardens  as 
it  cools  is  poured  upon  the  tree.  This  food  consists  of 
white  bread  (dried  and  ground),  meat  (dried  and 
ground),  hemp,  millet,  sunflower  seeds,  and  other  seeds 
mixed  with  water.  The  food-tree  is  especially  inter- 
esting to  children  and  has  brought  good  results  in  the 
study  of  winter  birds.  The  food-stick  (Fig.  557)  is 
merely  a  part  of  a  branch  with  six 
holes  in  which  the  food  mixture  is 
placed  at  intervals.  The  food-house 
(Fig.  558)  is  the  most  satisfactory  of 
all  ways  of  feeding.  It  consists  of  a 
roof  on  four  corner  posts  with  upper 
and  lower  food-tables,  the  lower  being 
used  only  until  the  birds  have  dis- 
covered the  upper  table.  Below  the 
roof  a  strip  of  glass  is  fixed  from  post 
to  post.  This  is  very  important  to 
protect  the  food  from  the  weather  and 
also  to  admit  light.  The  food-bell  (Fig. 
559)  is  a  device  for  making  hemp  seed 
always  accessible  to  the  birds.  It 
is  very  popular,  except  with  the 
English  sparrows.  It  may  be 
placed  on  trees  or  buildings. 

Nesting-houses. 

The  birds  that  naturally  make  559.  Section  of 

their  nests   in   holes   in  trees  are  "food-bell." 

the  ones  that  have  been  induced  ".  food-dish;  (<,  tube; 

.      I      ..,    .         ^-^    -It  *  c.  food  reservoir; 

to  build  m  artificial  houses.  Ac-  d,  metal  bell, 
cordingly,  the  most  successful 
houses  are  those  that  somewhat  resemble  a  hollow  limb, 
although  great  success  has  been  attained  with  board 
houses,  and  other  styles,  as  gourds,  and  coconuts,  and 
even  tin-cans.  In  fact,  some  bird  will  adapt  itself  to 
almost  any  kind  of  house,  provided  cats,  red  squirrels 
and  Enghsh  sparrows  are  kept  away. 

A  most  satisfactory  cat-proof  box  for  a  bluebird  can 
be  made  of  weather-stained  boards,   if  the  following 


^5>- 


I 


51)6 


BIRDS 


BIRDS 


560.  The  HU- 
bersdorfer  food- 
house. 


precautions  are  taken:  The  hole  should  be  well  near 
the  top  with  no  perch  nfar:  the  roof  shoiilii  slope  from 
the  back  toward  the  front  and  shoukl  |)rojoi'l  about 
three  inclu>s.  If  tiic  box  is  deep,  the  young  bluebirds 
tind  it  ditheult  to  leave  the  house  until 
they  are  strong  and  able  to  care  for 
themselves,  and  this  is  a  great  advant- 
age. The  roof  prevents  rain  from  beat- 
ing in,  and  keeps  the  cats  out.  From 
whatever  direction  the  cat  may  altemi)t 
to  reach  the  hole,  the  projeeling  roof 
stands  in  the  way  of  reaching  the  nest. 
Twelve  by  ti  by  G  inches  are  good 
dimensions  for  such  a  house.  It  should 
be  placed  8  to  15  feet  above  the 
ground. 

The  house  wTcn  is  the  ca-siest  of  birds 
to  attract.  It  will  easily  appropriate 
any  httle  house  if  the  English  sparrow 
does  not  interfere.  .V  good  size  is  7  by 
5  by  5  inches,  with  tlie  hole  only  ;is 
large  as  a  2.i-cent  piece.  It  should  be 
placet!  6  to  8  feet  from  the  ground,  with 
the  long  axis  of  the  box  backward.  The  wren  has  the 
habit  of  filling  the  front  of  the  house  with  sticks  and 
leaving  a  hollow  in  the  rear  for  the  eggs.  The  hole 
should  be  in  the  upper  half  of  the  box.  The  middle  of 
April  is  not  too  early  to  place  it,  in  the  northern  states, 
although  houses  put  out  late  may  attract  for  the  second 
brood.  It  is  well  to  make  the  house  so  that  it  can  be 
opened,  to  permit  of  its  being  cleaned  for  the  second 
brood,  for  the  wren  will  choose  a  clean  house  if  it  can 
find  one. 

The  purple  martin  is  an  attractive  neighbor.  UnUke 
the  WTens,  which  will  not  nest  near  one  another,  the 
martins  are  gregarious,  so  that  the  houses  should 
have  a  number  of  compartments,  each  part  9  by  11 
inches,  with  entrance  2J^  inches  across.  The  house 
should  be  placed  1.5  to  20  feet  above  the  ground.  To 
prevent  English  sparrows  from  build- 
ing before  the  martin  arrives  in  the 
spring,  the  openings  should  be  covered 
until  April;  or  better,  the 
house  may  be  taken  down 
in  the  fall  and  put  up 
again  in  April. 

\\'oodpeckers  may  be 
induced  to  live  in  houses. 
The  opening  should 
always  be  circular  and 
with  an  upward  slant; 
the  bottom  of  the  nest- 
ing cavity  should  be 
gourd-shaped  and  end  in 
a  pointed  trough  within 
which  a  few  shavings  are 
placed;  and  the  inner 
walls  should  be  roughened  somewhat  to  allow  the 
young  birds  to  cling  more  easily.  Of  the  10,000  or 
more  of  these  houses  tried  in  parts  of  Germany,  more 
than  90  per  cent  are  occupied. 

Drinking-  and  bathing-places  for  birds. 

Birds  need  free  access  to  water.  If  a  brook  or  pond  is 
near  by,  no  more  is  necessary ;  but,  otherwise,  special 
provision  should  be  made.  The  presence  of  water  is  a 
great  factor  in  inducing  birds  to  nest  in  a  given  locality. 

There  are  many  kinds  of  bird-fountains,  but  the  chief 
characteristics  are  that  the  water  be  shallow,  that  the 
efJge  of  the  container  be  not  slippery,  and  that  they  be 
placrW  where  there  are  no  hiding-places  for  cats.  Most 
interfsrting  stylr-s  have  been  devi.sed,  varying  from  con- 
Btruction.'i  of  natural  rocks  holding  little  pools,  with 
wild  flowers  and  ferns  close  by,  to  those  made  of  flower- 
prjt  saucers,  or  of  special  pans,  placed  safe  from  molesta- 
tion.  .Scho<jl  children  are  readdy  interested  in  the  pla- 


561.  Berlepscb 
Nesting-box. 


562.  Longi- 
tudinal section 
of  Berlepsch's 
nesting-box. 


563.  Nesting-box. 


cing  of  bird-fountains  and  in  watching  the  birds  that 
come  to  drink  and  to  bathe. 

Nesting-places  for  birds  that  build  in  the  open. 

Birds  breeding  in  the  open  nest  in  bushes  and  trees 
and  on  the  ground,  and  among  reeds  or  in  banks.  These 
comprise  by  far  the  larger  class,  and  yet  these  birds 
are  finding  it  more  and 
more  difficult  to  secure 
nesting  -places.  One 
cuts  off  hedges  along 
roads  and  fences,  cleans 
the  pastures  and  mead- 
dows,  digs  away  the 
banks  and  seals  up  the 
roofs  of  barns  with  Uttle  thought  of  the  birds  that 
woulfl  like  to  nest  there. 

While  all  trees  provide  more  or  less  shelter  for 
birds,  the  conifers  are  most  useful  for  this  purpose. 
It  is  practicable  so  to  plant  as  to  have  wild  fruits  for 
birds  at  all  times  of  the  year,  and  especially  in  cold 
winter  ilays,  and  perhaps  during  the  time  in  which 
one  wishes  to  protect  cultivated  fruits.  It  seems  to 
be  agreed  that  the  best  single  tree  is  the  mulberry, 
either  the  white  or  the  Russian.  The  fruiting  season 
is  long,  and  the  trees  are  easily  grown.  Four  good 
plants  are:  early  sweet  cherry,  Juneberry  or  shadbush, 
mulberry,  Virginia  creeper.  Probably  more  birds  visit 
these  plants  than  any  others.  Many  other  shrubs  and 
herbs  are  of  great  value,  as  elder,  black  cherry,  rasp- 
berry, blueberry,  dogwood,  pokeberry, 
and  mountain-ash.  Many  growers  pro- 
tect their  cherries  and  strawberries 
with  mulberry  and  shadbush;  or  they 
plant  a  sweet  early  variety  of  the  given 
fruit,  to  be  left  unpicked  especially  for 
the  birds.  Elder,  Virginia  creeper,  and 
black  cherry  will  serve  as  protectors 
for  grapes.  Raspberries  and  black- 
berries may  be  protected  by  mulberry, 
chokecherry,  and  elder. 

Germany  recognizes  Seebach  as  the 
great  bird  experiment  station.  Repre- 
sentatives of  many  states  and  countries  have  visited 
the  place,  making  effective  observations  of  methods. 
For  these  students,  special  winter  courses  in  bird-pro- 
tection have  been  arranged,  including  not  only  theory 
but  practical  instruction. 
They  find  many  acres 
of  wood,  thicket,  and  park 
made  attractive  to  birds, 
with  luxuriant  undergrowth 
about  the  trees,  special  care 
as  to  the  species,  the  shrubs 
specially  pruned  (Figs.  SG.'i, 
.566);  hundreds  of  nesting- 
liouses ;  food  -  houses  and 
food-bells  in  various  situa- 
tions for  winter-feeding.  In 
the  spring  of  1905,  the  trees 
of  the  Hainich  wood,  south 
of  iSoebach,  were  strii)ped 
bare  by  the  larva  of  a  httle 
moth  (Torlrix  viridana), 
whereas  the  wood  at  See- 
bach with  its  nesting-boxes 
was  untouched.  At  a  dis- 
tance of  a  little  more  than  a  quarter  of  a  mile  the  first 
traces  of  the  plague  were  apparent. 

THE  ECONOMIC  IMPORTANCE  OF  FAMILIAR  BIRDS. 

Woodpeckera  are  (-speciaUy  fitted  for  the  care  of  trees.  The 
downy  is  the  mo-st  useful  woodpecker.  It  is  the  bird  of  the  old 
orchard,  preferring  neglected  trees,  under  the  scales  of  which  the 
codling-moth  larva  lies  during  the  winter.  It  has  been  known  to 
visit  as  many  a-s  181  woodland  trees  between  9;40  a.m.  and  12:15 
P.M.,  making,  meanwhile,  twenty-six  excavations  for  food,  most  of 


564.  Nesting- 
box. 


565.  One-year-old  whorls  re- 
cently pruned,  to  provide  nest- 
ing places. 


5  j6.  Old  whorls  recently 
pruned. 


BIRDS 


BIRDS 


507 


«r.'f 


m 

567.  Hairy  woodpecker. 
(Length  9  in.J 


which  exposed  galleries  of  wood-boring  ants.  The  hairy  woodpecker 
(Fig.  567)  is  equal  to  the  downy  in  importance,  being  fond  of 
wood-boring  beetles  and  wood-boring  ants.  Its  large  size  and 
strong  beak  give  it  much  power  in  drilling  deep.  A  few  ears  of  corn 
and  a  little  suel  will  attract  him.  He  is  becoming  less  common  than 
the  other  woodpeckers.  The  flicker  is  much  misunderstood.  Anta 
constitute  about  40  per  cent  of  his  food,  and  he  eats,  also,  many 
beetles,  grasshoppers,  and  caterpillars,  besides  some  wild  fruit.  The 
red-headed  woodpecker  Is  especially 
fond  of  beech-nuts  and  acorns.  It  stores 
them  for  winter  use.  In  its  storehouse 
are  often  to  be  found  quantities  of 
dried  grasshoppers  also.  It  is  an  irregu- 
lar permanent  resident  in  the  East, 
but  in  the  West  it  migrates  regularly. 
The  yellow-bellied  sap^ucker  {Fig.  568) 
doubtless  iloes  con.siderable  harm;  in 
fact,  it  is  responsible  for  most  of  the 
objectionss  to  woodpeckers  in  general. 
Whether  the  good  done  in  destroying 
insects  in  the  breeding  season  balances 
the  harm  done  in  sucking  sap  is  an 
open  question.  The  sapsucker  drills 
holes  in  the  trunks  of  many  of  the  most 
valuable  trees,  as  sugar  maple,  birch, 
pignut  hickory,  pine,  apple,  mountain- 
ash,  beech,  and  others.  The  death  of 
the  trees  may  result  not  only  from  the 
loss  of  sap,  but  from  the  work  of  borera 
that  deposit  eggs  in  the  holes.  If  the 
sapsuckers  are  to  be  destroyed,  care 
must  be  taken  not  to  kill  the  downy 
woodpecker  at  the  same  time.  Fortu- 
nately, the  sapsuckers  are  resident  in 
fruit  sections  for  only  a  short  time  in 
the  spring  and  autumn.  In  their  north- 
ern breeding  -  grounds  they  destroy 
many  noxious  insects.  The  red-bellied 
woodpecker  annoys  growers  of  Florida 
by  its  fondness  for  orange  juice.  Else- 
where it  is  of  much  value  as  a  destroyer  of  anta  and  beetles  and 
other  insects. 

The  chickadee  is  a  permanent  resident.  Many  other  birds  seek 
their  company,  so  that  one  haa  but  to  follow  them  as  they  rove 
to  6nd  many  smaller  birds.  This  is  particularly  true  in  spring  and 
fall,  when  the  warblers  are  in  migration.  In  an  experiment  in 
Massachusetts,  chickadees  were  attracted  to  an  orchard  in  the 
winter  by  means  of  suet  fastened  to  the  trees.  The  birds  destroyed 
multitudes  of  eggs  of  the  fall  canker-worm  moth.  The  conclusion 
was  reached  that  one  chickadee  would  destroy  in  one  day  5,550 
eggs;  and  in  the  twenty-five  days  during  which  the  canker-worm 
moths  crawl  up  the  trees  138,750  eggs  might  be  taken  by  one 
chickadee.    Chickadees  readily  accept  a  nesting-box. 

The  white-breasted  nuthatch  is  the  constant  companion  of  the 
chickadee  and  the  downy  woodpecker.  It  takes  from  the  bark 
great  numbers  of  eggs  of  canker-worms,  and  many  of  the  oyster- 
shell  bark-louse,  and  even  the  hairy  caterpillars  of  the  gypsy  moth. 
It  is  easily  attracted  by  suet  and  will  often  eat  crumbs  as  well. 
The  red-breasted  nuthatch,  a  smaller  bird  with  dull  reddish  bieast, 
comes  from  the  North  in  September,  spending  the  winter  in  attend- 
ing to  tree-trunks,  and  returning  North  in  the  spring. 

The  brown  creeper,  with  its.  long  cur\'ed  beak,  rounded  back, 
and  stiff  tail,  is  especially  valuable  for  service  among  shade  trees. 
It  starts  at  the  base  of  the  trunk,  ascending  spirally,  quietly  investi- 
gating   crevices    as 
it  goes. 

The  slate-colored 
junco.  or  snowbird, 
comes  from  the 
North  in  autumn 
and  remains  all  win- 
ter, busy  all  the 
time  in  reducing 
the  number  of  weed- 
seeds.  The  snow- 
birds rove  in  little 
fiocks,  and  easily 
respond  to  seeds 
and  crumbs  put  in 
any  open  place.  In 
the  North  the  junco 
destroys  many  in- 
sects, for  the  young 
eat  insect  food  only. 
The  American 
robin  (Fig.  569), 
(which  is  a  very 
different  bird  fiom 
the  robin  of  Eu- 
rope ),  is  protected 
b^  law  in  all  of  the 
Lnited  States  ex- 
cepting seven  of  the 
southern  states. 
The  National  Asso- 
ciation of  Audubon 
Societies  is  making 
efforts  to  secure  the 
passage  of  laws 
better  calculated  to 
568.  Yellow-belliea  woodpecker,  or  protect  it.     .^^n  ex- 

sapsucker.  (Length  Sh  in. J  amination     of     the 


stomachs  of  330  robins  showed  that  vegetable  food  constituted 
about  58  per  cent  of  the  contents.  Of  this,  47  per  cent  was  wild 
fruit,  with  only  a  little  over  4  per  cent  cultivated  fruit.  The  United 
States  Department  of  Agriculture  has  shown  by  recent  investiga- 
tion that  in  the  South  the  robin  is  essentially  an  insect- eating  bird. 
The  robin  is  the  great  enemy  of  the  white  grub,  the  young  of  the 
May-beetle  or  June-bug.  The  robin  is  an  inveterate  devourer  of 
earth-worms  in  spring.  Although  the  earthworm  is  useful  to  the  soil, 
if  it  were  allowed  to  increase  naturally,  with  no  interference  by  the 
birds,  it  would  rapidly  become  a  pest.  The  favorite  food  of  young 
robins  is  the  cutworm,  and  this  is  important,  since  there  are  fre- 
quently two  or  three  broods  of  robins  in  a  season  and  a  young 


569.  The  American  robin.  (10  in.) 

robin's  appetite  is  nearly  insatiable.  The  cutworm  feeds  at  night 
and  is  going  back  to  its  hole  at  daybreak,  when  the  robin  intercepts 
it.  One  may  prevent  the  robin  from  eating  cherries  by  planting 
trees  that  are  in  fruit  at  the  same  time,  as  the  Russian  mulberry,  and 
the  shadbush  and  wild  cherries,  or  even  a  cheap  variety  of  cherry. 
The  strawberry-grower  m.ay  plant  a  variety  of  inferior  strawberries 
to  attract  the  robins  from  his  choice  fruit. 

The  bluebird  (Fig.  570)  destroys  quantities  of  cutworms  and 
other  caterpillars.  In  August  and  September  grasshoppers  consti- 
tute more  than  60  per  cent  of  its  food.  It  is  fond  of  wild  fruit,  espe- 
cially berries.    Unfortunately,  the  bluebird  is  becoming  uncommon. 

The  sparrows  are  among  the  most  valuable  birds  to  the  farmer. 
The  food  of  the  native  sparrows,  as  a  family,  consists  of  25  to  35 
per  cent  of  vegetable  matter,  and  65  to  75  per  cent  animal  matter. 
Young  sparrows  are  almost  entirely  insectivorous  until  they  leave 
the  nest.  Many  sparrows  rear  two  broods  in  a  season.  As  soon  as 
the  insect  season  is  over,  they  turn  their  attention  to  weed-seeds, 
of  which  Beal  estimates  that  tree  sparrows  alone  eat  875  tons  in 
one  season;  and  even  this  estimate  may  be  too  low.  Forbush  found, 
among  other  things,  that  a  song  sparrow,  even  after  it  had  been 
eating  seeds  for  about  an  hour  before  he  began  to  count,  ate  154 
seeds  in  ten  minutes  and  forty-five  seconds.  Song  sparrows  eat 
the  seeds, of  such  troublesome  things  as  chickweed.  purslane,  sorrel, 
dandelion,  and  dock;  also  pests  like  plant-lice  and  cutworms,  and 
caterpillars  of  the  brown-tail  and  gypsy  moths.  The  field  sparrow 
(Fig.  571)  is  smaller  than  the  song  sparrow  and  very  shy.  It 
scarcely  comes  into  our  towns,  but  its  clear  trill  from  the  fields 
suggests  the  warm  days  of  late  spring  and  early  summer.  It  has 
been  seen  to  eat  ]\Iay-beetles,  leaf-hoppers,  saw-flies,  spiders,  ants, 
and  some  earthworms.  In  the  field  it  prefers  weed-seed  to  grain. 
The  chipping  sparrow  has  the  distinction  of  being  the  most  useful 
sparrow,  having  an  astonishing  list  of  services  to  its  credit.  In  the 
spring  it  feeds  largely  upon  small  caterpillars,  as  the  gypsy,  brown- 
tail,  and  tussock  moths.  It  destoys  at  least  three  species  of  cater- 
pillars on  the  cabbage;  it  is  fond  of  wild  cherries,  chickweed  seeds 
and  seeds  of  ragweed,  smartwced 
and  many  other  weeds,  including 
dandelions  and  the  crab-grass  of 
the  lawn.  The  vesper  sparrow  is 
nearly  as  abundant  as  the  song 
sparrow.  It  eats  quantities  of 
grasshoppers  and  beetles  and 
weed-seeds.  The  English  sparrow 
was  introduced  into  the  United 
States  in  1850  for  the  purpose  of 
destroying  cankerworms  and  other 
insects  just  then  becoming  numer- 
ous. At  first  it  was  received  with 
delight.  A  very  short  time,  how- 
ever, showed  conclusively  that  it 
did  more  harm  than  good,  and 
now  every  locality  has  its  "spar- 
row problem."  The  charges  against 
the  English  sparrow  are  serious. 
An  investigation  in  Illinois  showed 

that  out  of  twenty-five  stomachs  of  English  sparrows  at  a  time 
when  30  per  cent  of  the  food  of  the  robin,  30  per  cent  of  the  food 
of  the  catbird,  and  90  per  cent  of  that  of  the  bluebird  consisted  of 
insects,  no  insects  were  found  in  these  sparrows,  excepting  traces 
of  grasshoppers  making  perhaps  6  per  cent  of  the  food.  However, 
during  the  first  sixteen  days  of  the  nestlings'  life,  40  per  cent  of  the 
food  consists  of  caterpillars,  10  per  cent  of  beetles,  and  40  per  cent 
of  small  grains.  This  is  perhaps  the  best  that  can  be  said  for  the 
P^nglish  sparrow.  It  is  so  pugnacious  that  it  has  driven  most  of  the 
bluebirds,  wrens,  and  purple  martins  from  the  towns,  while  they 
themselves  do  not  eat  the  insects  that  thewe  birds  would  eat.  Organ- 
ized warfare  against  them  has  been  more  or  less  successful.    But  to 


570.  Bluebird.  (7  in.) 


508 


BIRDS 


BIRDS 


571.  FUlii  ip^row 


.lie-  ,ho  public  in  s^ncral  ,o  a.<o,np.  dest^yinR  <he  ;>f' f;/™;,^™J 
Vu,  .h..n>  o-'lrrLoXr-'pnr  o?,hrne.,r«™i  c^g^  i"  sure 
pins  and  P-''^^^  5^,  '",' '  n  of  „,,  „v  nesUs  of  valuable  sparrows. 
V\''' w\Vk%houltUXrsvs."    aUcally  by  specially  appointed 

Bood"  sinfier.    Inasmuch  as  the  lin- 
net's food  ha-s  been   proved  to  bo 
80  2  per  cent  weed-seeds,  and  since 
examination    of    the    contents    of 
'  iiNiny  stomachs  shows  that  Iruit  is 
I  ,r  from  beinc  its  principal  arlicle 
,.1   diet,  manv  Californians  protect 
the  bird  and  plant  shrubs  and  trees 
to    attract   tliem    away    from   the 
'  fruit.   The.sc  birds  are  fond  of  elder- 
berries and  many  other  wild  fruits. 
The  cedar  wnxwinRS  or  cherry- 
birds  (Fig.  572),  go  in  small  flocks 
in  search  of  foo<l.    Their  fondness 
for  cedar  berries  has   given  them 
their  name,  although  they  have  a 
wide  range  of  food.    In  early  sum- 
mer they  feed   almost  exclusively 
on  insects  and  become  expert  fly- 
catchers.   Unfortunately,  they  have 
a    bad    reputation     among    f^ruit- 
growers  because  of   their  fondness 
for    cherries.     It  has  been  shown, 

^^ci?3rt'^a^''e^l^J^"t,^nhl^VL^^ 
S'^3  WOW)  of  the  pe-  s  i7^hey  stave.l  in  the  orchard  a  month. 

"The  Ca'roTiniw^n  adapts  itself  to  civilised  conditions,  and  often 

^a^ow  wfll  do  itatSLt  to  drive  the  wren  away,  but  with  a  small 
^n^E  the  wrenU  safe  and  will  usually  win  in  the  eontest.  The 
S^i  IS  the  w'cn  is  mainly  insectivorous,  consisting  of  grasshoppers, 
iit,  b«tle"^bs  tp"ders.  and  hairy  caterpillars.  Many  a  fruit 
mehafbii^ved  f°om  the  ravages  of  ""^^.'"^''"ck  moth  cater- 
nXr  bv  a  family  of  wrens  in  the  vicinity.  Wrens  gather  spiders 
^"aS  ?un  "f  eggs,  putting  them  inside  the  house  on  the  wall. 
-■''^L'ratV'rrd''rFig'°l?4rL^'inTru';i:''hie  robin  isoften  blamed 

for  Vbc  deLds  of  the  catbird.  Inasmuch  as  the  -.f '.''"Kf/^t .95  P^^ 
ISnt  animal  food,  mainly  insects  and  spiders,  it  is  far  better  to 
cent  animal  looa,  umi    j  ^^^^  ^^.^  ^^^^^  especially  for  the 

catbirds  than  to  destroy  theni  on 
account  of  their  fniit-eating  habits. 
In  case  of  insect  outbreaks,  the 
catbird  attacks  gypsy,  brown-tail, 
canker-worm,  and  tcut-caterpillars. 
The  attacks  that  the  Balti- 
more oriole  makes  on  the  cherries, 
grapes,  and  the  pea-pods,  arc  more 
than  paid  for  by  its  destruction  of 
insects.  Tent-caterpillars  and  other 
hairy  larvae  that  many  other  birds 
will  not  touch  are  eagerly  eaten  by 
it  The  oriole  does  not  swallow 
the  whole  caterpillar,  but  carefully 
removes  a  small  portion  of  the 
inside.  The  orchard  onole  is  a 
related  bird.  Investigation.s  in  the 
cotton  fields  of  Texa.s  and  Louis- 
iana show  that  nearly  a  third  ol 
the  specimens  examined  contained 
rMnains  of  the  cotton-boll-weevil.  Like  the  Baltimore  oriole,  it  is 
ISSri^ctivorois  in  it«  diet  and  destroys  a  great  many  injun- 

'^^TXmM'  are  of  several  kinds.    The  Pu/P'^gracklc  and  the 
br.,'  "    are  together  known  as  crow  blackbirds  (fig.  &7&). 

Ti.  ..n  thoroughly  studied.    An  examination  of  .i.^ss 

„„,  ;  that  com  is  consumed  every  month.    At  the  same 

"„„.  -^.r-  ...i.r,ri  in«-ct,,  sr,i.ler»,  myriapods  crawfish,  earthworms. 
jOT-buiP  hair..nak.«.  nnaifs.  fishes,  tree-toads,  salamanders,  1  lards. 
^k«^  rd*'  egK»,  and  mice.  Of  the  48  per  cent  of  animal  food, 
1«  pS'^l  cor^ied  of  insects.  Of  these,  beetles  were  present 
in  tte  SeaU:«t  numf^ers.  .Many  stomachs  were  crammed  wth 
Ur«r white  beetle  grubs.  Often  more  than  thirty  grai-shoppers 
"Jt  f^id  in  a  nnglTbird.    Young  blackbirds  are  fed  on  insect 


573.  House  wren.  (4?^  in.) 


S^r:^'^in-^Lf^d^«^^2S 

Thc.se  birds  appear  early  in  the  spring  and  remmn  late  in  the  fall. 

They    feed    their    young   on    in-  - 

sect  food.    Examinations  of  the 

stomach   contents    of   the  adults 

show  that  about  seven-eighths  ot 

the  red-wing's  diet  is  made  up  of 

noxious   insects   and  weed-seeds. 

The  slaughter  of  blackbirds  that 

occurred  in  the  West  during  the 

twelve  years  previous  to  lS7i  was 

in  reality   a  national    loss.     The 

cowbird  was  named  from  its  habit 

of  accompanying   the  cattle  and 

eagerlv    picking   up    the    insects 

which" are  started  up  as  they  feed. 

The  cowbird's  food  habits  are  on 

the  whole  beneficial,  since  it  eats 

many  insects  and  weed-seeds.   1  he 

fact,   however,   that  each  young 

mens  gave  the  following  tacts.  J^"  „nre  than  88  per  cent  of  the 
:;-  r^'Sn  ^^o^^l, iH^t  attacl.  .u.,^w^ch 
in  quest  of  scattered  and  ™'.'J,f;'',^°:J^''in  the  sprang,  however, 

^^'^  tr.^l2:t\L7t<^'^oZ  by  this  bird  somewhat 
"^•'-ft'SofLiXtroys  quantWes  of  grassh^^^^^^^^^^^^ 
beetles,    chinch-bugs    crane-fl.es     ^°?,'^°Xred  grain.    In  sum- 
L\^^^er^e^nTo"f1t's1ooTctn5:t'i^of'\^1e<^?a:diniinterit  takes 

and  the  great  creaitu  ujtai^i         .„_,;„„  „,,t  frpnuentlv  from  some 
all  obtain  their    °°\ °"> ''f/'SI'^i^e™"  hlv^^  ™^^^^^^^  """  '^^ 

rnrbirdrd^o-Taralet'-b^ettTsUrd^t^e.  but   tU  cer^^^^ 

t:^^.tTtl^:i^^r^^^^   AU  of^them 

tS^-l^^-AS'=£iegj  SL^Slls-SnJ-Slai^ 
Se»st°.?prdTuc°i!,^tr%'ee\t  £^'ell  as  house-flies  and  flies 
that  trouble  cattle  and  horses. 


^rt^-V  ';.';".   '■:'/, 


■  ■  >■ 

572.  Cedar-bird,  or  cedar 
waxwing.  (Length  7  in.) 


574.  Catbird.  (Length  9  in.) 


BIRDS 


BIRDS 


509 


The  blue  jay  (Fig.  577)  has  been  shown  by  investigation  to  be 
beneficial  as  a  rule,  and  that,  except  in  cases  in  which  it  is  dis- 
covered actually  engaged  in  doing  harm,  it  should  be  protected. 
Nearly  300  stomachs  showed  that  the  real  food  is  composed  of  about 
25  per  cent  animal  matter,  and  about  75  per  cent  vegetable  matter. 
The  animal  matter  is.chiefly  insects,  with  a  few  spiders,  myriapods, 
snails,  fish,  salamanders,  tree  frogs,  mice,  and  birds.  Remains  of 
birds  were  found  in  only  two  out  of  300  examined.  Only  three  con- 
tained eggs  of  small  birds.  Apparently  its  nest-robbing  propensities 
are  not  so  general  as  is  supposed.  In  August,  the  percentage  of 
insects  reaches  66  per  cent.  They  prefer  mast,  or  seeds  of  trees  and 
shrubs,  to  corn  or  any  other  vegetable  food.  Corn  is  the  only  vege- 
table food  of  which  the  farmer  suffers  any  loss,  and  here  the  damage 
is  small.  The  California  jay  is  a  problem.  Yevy  careful  and  exten- 
sive investigations  of  the  bird  have  resulted  in  the  conviction  that 
it  has  many  more  bad  qualities  than  good.  In  fact,  it  has  few  redeem- 
ing virtues.  Something  may  be  said  in  his  favor,  from  the  esthetic 
side,  as  he  is  a  handsome  bird,  and  people  interested  in  country 
life  would  no  doubt  miss  his  presence.  Beal  says  that  if  they  could 
be  reduced  to  a  fourth  or  a  half  of  their  present  numbers,  the 
remainder  would  probably  do  no  serious  harm.  They  eat  very  few 
in.sects,  and  destroy  many  eggs  and  young  birds.  They  eat  grain 
from  the  newly  sown  fields,  but  do  not  pull  it  up  after  it  has 
sprouted,  so  that  this  is  of  minor  importance.  They  are  insatiable 
fruit  thieves,  not  only  eating  enough  for  present  need,  but  storing 
it  away  for  future  use. 

The  black-billed  and  yellow-billed  cuckoos  are  valuable  to  the 
forester,  orchardist,  and  the  farmer.  They  feed  mainly  on  the 
medium-sized  and  larger  caterpillars  and  grasshoppers,  as  well  as 
many  other  insects.  In  May  and  June,  when  the  tent-caterpillars 
are  defoliating  forest  trees,  these  insects  constitute  half  of  the 
cuckoo's  food.    One  stomach  was  so  full  that  the  bird  had  evidently 


575    Crow  blackbird  or  purple  grackle    CLength  12  in.) 

devoured  the  whole  tent-colony.  It  is  impossible  to  over-estimate 
the  value  of  the  cuckoo's  work.  The  cuckoo  of  Europe  is  a  bird  of 
very  different  habits. 

The  common  crow  is  a  subject  of  much  dispute.  In  a  report  of 
the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture,  1895,  the  evidence 
for  and  against  the  crow  is  clearly  summarized  as  follows:  (1) 
Crows  seriously  damage  the  corn  crop  and  injure  other  farm  crops, 
usually  to  a  less  extent;  (2)  they  are  very  destructive  to  the  eggs 
and  young  of  domesticated  fowls;  (3)  they  do  incalculable  dam- 
age to  the  eggs  and  young  of  other  birds;  (4)  they  do  much  harm  by 
the  distribution  of  seeds  of  poison-ivy,  poison  sumach,  and  perhaps 
other  noxious  plants:  (5)  they  do  harm  by  the  destruction  of  bene- 
ficial insects.  On  the  other  hand,  they  do  much  good:  (1)  By  the 
destruction  of  injurious  insects;  (2)  by  the  destruction  of  mice  and 
other  rodents;  (3)  they  are  valuable  occasionally  as  scavengers. 
On  the  whole,  it  seems  that  the  crow  is  not  to  be  encouraged, 
although  it  need  not  be  altogether  exterminated. 

The  bobolink  does  nothing  but  good  while  it  is  feeding  the  young, 
insects  forming  about  85  per  cent  of  the  food.  No  fault  can  be 
found  with  him  in  the  North,  although  he  becomes  a  veritable  pest 
in  the  South,  destroying  much  rice.  The  annual  slaughter  of  the 
"rice-birds"  in  the  South  accounts  for  the  gradual  decrease  in  num- 
bers in  New  England. 

An  examination  of  eighty-two  specimens  of  California  thrasher 
shows  that  vegetable  food  exceeds  the  animal  in  the  proportion 
of  59  to  41.  Since  it  is  eminently  a  bird  of  the  ground,  it  is  sur- 
prising to  find  that  in  addition  to  very  many  beetles,  caterpillars, 
ants  and  spiders,  a  great  number  of  bees  and  wasps  were  found  in 
the  food,  also.  There  were  many  more  wasps  than  bees.  The  vege- 
table food  consisted  of  fruit,  poison-oak  seeds,  and  miscellaneous 
material.  The  thrasher  must  be  added  to  the  list  of  birds  that 
assist  in  the  dissemination  of  poisonous  plants.  It  is  not  probable 
that  the  thrasher  will  ever  become  a  resident  of  the  orchard. 

The  western  tanager,  like  the  robin,  sometimes  becomes  a  nui- 
sance in  the  orchard.  It  breeds  north  of  the  fruit-growing  sections 
of  California,  but  does  injury  to  the  cherry  crop  on  its  way  north 
during  the  migration  period.  The  investigation  of  the  Biological 
Survey  shows  that  it  has  a  fair  right  to  protection  at  the  hands  of 
the  farmer,  and  even  of  the  orchardist.  It  is  suggested  that  wild 
cherry  trees  planted  around  cherry  orchards  may  attract  the  birds 
away  from  the  fruit. 

The  California  bush-tit  has  been  made  the  subject  of  special 


576.  Bangbird.    (8K  in-) 


study.  From  353  stomachs  of  bush-tits  collected  in  every  month, 
less  than  1  per  cent  of  the  food  was  found  to  consist  of  truit.  and 
over  four-fifths  consisted  of  insects  and  spiders.  The  largest  item 
was  plant-lice,  or  bark-lice,  or  scale  insects.  Several  stomacha 
were  entirely  filled  with  them.  The  stomach3  of  eight  nestlings 
contained  pupae  of  the  cod- 
lin-moth.  It  would  prob- 
ably be  difficult  to  find  a 
more  valuable  bird  than  the 
bush-tit.  The  birds  live  in 
flocks  nearly  nine  months 
of  the  year. 

The  black-headed  gros- 
beak has  been  the  subject 
of  complaint  by  the  Pacific 
coast  fruit-growers,  for  it  is 
fond  of  figs,  cherries,  and 
berries.  However,  it  eats 
many  insects  that  cost  the 
horticulturists  much  annoy- 
ance. The  codlin  -  moth, 
canker-worm,  flower-beetles, 
and  scale  insects  are  among 
its  favorites.  An  examina- 
tion of  226  stomachs,  the 
majority  of  which  were  col- 
lected in  California,  shows 
that  during  the  six  months 
of  its  stay  in  that  state  the 
bird  consumes  about  34 
per  cent  of  vegetable  food, 
and  60  per  cent  of  animal  food,  with  a  distinct  preference  for  the 
black  olive-scale,  one  of  the  most  destructive  insects  of  the  coast. 
This  insect  alone  constitutes  a  fifth  of  the  entire  food.  To  put  it 
graphically,  the  black-headed  grosbeak,  for  every  quart  of  fruit 
eaten,  eats  more  than  three  pints  of  black  olive-scales,  and  more 
than  a  quart  of  flower-beetles,  besides  a  generous  supply  of 
canker-worms  and  pupae  of  codlin-moths. 

The  mourning  dove  has  scarcely  an  equal  as  a  weed-eradicator. 
The  Biological  Survey  has  shown  that  of  237  stomachs  examined, 
over  99  per  cent  of  the  food  consisted  of  seeds.  Wheat,  oats,  rye, 
corn,  barley,  and  buckwheat,  were  found  in  150  of  the  stomachs 
and  constituted  about  32  per  cent  of  the  whole  food.  Three-fourths 
of  this  however,  was  waste  grain  picked  up  from  the  fields  after  the 
harvesting  was  over.  Wheat  was  the  favorite  grain,  and  about  the 
only  one  taken  when  in  good  condition.  Corn,  the  second  in  amount, 
was  damaged  grain,  taken  after  the  harvest.  The  principal  and 
almost  constant  diet,  however,  is  weed-seed  eaten  at  all  seasons,  con- 
stituting 64  per  cent  of  the  annual  food-supply  and  showing  little 
variation  in  any  month.  Three  mourning  doves  which  were  exam- 
ined had  destroyed  23,000  prospective  weeds.  Yet  they  moved 
silently,  and  no  one  knew  of  their  work. 

The  dickcissel,  or  black-throated  bunting,  is  common  in  field  and 
prairie  in  the  Middle  West,  where  its  plaintive  song  gives  variety 
to  the  silent  days  of  July  and  August.  Its  food  is  more  than  half 
grasshoppers  and  crickets,  and  the  remainder  seeds  of  weeds  and 
grasses.  In  some  localities  it  is  known  as  the  "little  meadowlark," 
its  color  being  like  that  of  the  meadowlark,  even  to  the  black  locket 
on  a  breast  of  brilliant  yellow. 

The  cardinal  and  his  mate  are  indeed  a  conspicuous  pair.  They 
are  known  as  cardinal  grosbeaks,  redbirds,  crested  redbirds,  and 
Virginia  nightingales.  They  are  most  abundant  in  the  southern 
United  States,  although  frequent  records  show  the  limit  of  their 
range  to  be  approximately  a  line  drawn  from  New  York  City  west- 
ward to  southern  Nebraska,  and  thence  south  to  Texas.  The  cardi- 
nals' food  is  varied,  consisting  of  seeds  of  numerous  plants,  especi- 
ally those  of  rank  weeds  and  grasses.  The  large  and  powerful  beak 
readily  breaks  into  large  seeds,  as  com,  wheat,  rye,  and  oats.  It 
eats  great  quantities  of  adult  beetles,  especially  rose-beetles;  also 
crickets,  grasshoppers,  flies  and  ants.     It  enjoys  grapes,  berries. 


577.  Blue  jay.  (llHin) 

mulberries,  cedar-berries,  preferring  the  wild  varieties  always. 
These  habits,  added  to  the  striking  beauty  of  its  plumage  and  of 
its  song,  make  the  cardinal  a  great  favorite. 

The  mockingbird  is  omnivorous.  While  investigating  the  feed- 
ing habit  of  this  remarkable  bird,  Beal  found  that  in  fifty-two 
specimens  29  per  cent  of  the  food  consisted  of  vegetable  matter, 
of  which  50  per  cent  was  fruit.    The  birds'  appetite  for  fruit  and 


510 


BIRDS 


BLACKBERRY 


berries  in  some  communities  bocomos  at  times  so  marl^ed  that 
mjui)*  fruit-grower?  complain,  while  others  plant  more  fniit  to  pro- 
vv\e  enouch  for  both  man  ahd  bird.  Besides  fruit  and  berries,  its 
foo^l  includes  the  s^hhIs  of  doKwooii,  holly,  red  cetiar,  and  pokcberry. 
It  eats  a  prx'at  many  noxious  insect*,  including  grasshoppers,  beetles, 
cotton-worms  and  ooll-wtwils. 

The  hirvl  pictures  herewith  are  adapted  from  Farmers'  Bulletin 
54.  I'.  ."^.  Ocpt.  -\gric.  on  "Some  Common  Birds  in  Their  UelatioD 
to  .Agriculture,-  by  F.  E.  U  Beai.  q^^  j^   Smith. 

BIRD'S-NESTFERN:    T)utmnopleru. 

BrcD'S-TONGUE  FLOWER:   Strelit^. 

BIRTHWORT:    .Irisfo/ocAm;  also  Trillium. 

BISCHOFU  (for  G.  ^^".  Bisehoff,  Professor  at 
HeidelborK  early  in  nineteenth  century).  Euphor- 
binccr.   Ornamental  tropical  tree. 

Lvs.  alternate,  trifoliate:  calyx  imbricate;  ovules  2 
in  each  cell.  The  one  species  is  being  used  to  some 
extent  in  recent  years  in  the  warmer  parts  of  the  U.  S. 
It  is  said  to  grow  freely  in  sandy  soil. 

trifoliata,  Hook.  (li.  javdnicn,  Blume).  Toog.  A  fine 
tree,  with  bronze-green  lvs.;  Ifts.  .stalked:  sepals  5; 
petals  none:  fr.  berry-like.  Trop.  .Asia  and  Pacific  Isls. 
Hook.   Ic.  PI.  II.  5:S44.  j.  b.  S.  Norton. 

BISMARCKIA  (in  honor  of  Prince  Bismarck).  Pal- 
maces,  tribe  Bordssese.  Sometimes  referred  to  ^1/e- 
demia.  A  genus  nearly  related  to  Latania  and  distin- 
guished by  having  only  6  stamens  instead  of  many. 
Forms  a  tree  200  ft.  high,  with  a  gigantic  crown  of  pal- 
mate lvs.  ^vith  white-streaked  petioles  and  blades  10  ft. 
in  diam.:  fr.  borne  in  large,  droo()ing  clusters,  dark 
brown,  plum-hke,  1)2  in-  diam.,  with  a  thin  outer  shell 
and  a  fibrous  inner  one  inclosing  a  rounded,  wrinkled 
seed  1  in.  diam.,  reticulated  like  a  walnut  and  rumi- 
nated as  in  the  nutmeg.  Cult,  as  for  Latania,  but  the 
winter  temperatures  should  be  from  6.5-70°  and  sum- 
mer temperature  from  80-90°.   G.C.  II.  22:590. 

ndbilis,  Hildeb.  &  AA'endl.  In  young  plants  petiole 
convex  on  the  back,  channelled  above,  finely  serrate  on 
the  ridges  above,  thinly  clothed  with  tufts  of  fibrous 
scales,  naif  as  long  as  the  blade;  blade  blue-green, 
rigid,  3  ft.  in  diam.;  segms.  20,  2  in.  wide,  1  ft.  long, 
apex  blunt,  obtuse,  with  a  long  curved  filament  from 
the  base  of  each  sinus.  Madagascar.  G.F.  6:246.  F. 
R.  2:257.   Gt.  1221.  Jared  G.  Smith. 

N.    TATLOR.t 
BITTER-SWEET:  Solanum;  also  Cela.itru.1. 

BIXA  (S.  American  name).    Bixacex.    A  monotypic 

§enus  of  tropical  trees  with  large,  entire  lvs.  and  showy 
s.  in  terminal  panicles:  lvs.  entire,  long-petioled, 
dotted:  sepals  5,  di.stinct,  imbricate,  deciduous,  alter- 
nating with  exterior  glands;  petals  5.  B.  Oreltana  is 
cult,  in  the  E.  and  W.  Indies  for  the  annatto  dye  pre- 

fared  from  the  orange-red  pulp  that  covers  the  seeds, 
t  is  the  coloring  matter  chiefly  used  in  butter  and 
cheese.  It  is  also  used  in  dyeing  silks,  and  preparing 
chocolate. 

Oreliana,  Linn.  .A.v.\-atto-Tree.  Height  30  ft. :  lvs. 
cordate:  fis.  pinkish  or  ro.se-color.  B.M.  14.56. — It  is 
rarely  grown  in  northern  greenhouses  as  an  ornamental. 
Cuttings  taken  from  a  flowering  plant  will  produce 
flowering  plants  of  a  convenient  size.  Plants  from  seed 
usually  flower  less  freely,  and  must  attain  a  greater 
size  before  flowering.  jj    Taylor  t 

BLACKBERRY.  Cultivated  blackberries  are  the 
progeny  of  wveral  species  of  the  genus  Rubus.  The 
common  garden  blaekberri(«  are  all  natives  of  Ainerica, 
while  two  little-known  but  quite  distinct  forms,  the 
Oregon  Kyergreen,  much  grown  on  the  Pacific  coast 
for  it."!  fruit  and  as  an  ornamental,  and  the  Himalaya, 
comparatively  recf;ntly  introduced  in  commercial 
plantations,  come  from  the  Old  World.  Blackberries 
are  erect-growing  perennial  plants,  bearing  black  or 
occasionally  whitLsh  fruits  which  do  not  separate  from 


578.  Wild  Blackberry— Rubus 
allegheoiensis.  ( X  H) 


the  juicy  recept.acle.  Dewberries  are  distinguished 
from  blackberries  only  in  being  procumbent  plants, 
while  raspberries  differ  chiefly  in  bearing  variously 
colored  fruits  that  fall  from  a  dryish  receptacle  when 
ripe.  Blackberries  are  now  largely  grown  only  in  North 
America  but  they  tire  being  introduced  in  gardens  in 

other  parts  of  the 
world ,  from  some 
of  which,  notably 
in  New  Zealand, 
they  have  escaped 
and  have  become 
troublesome  field 
and  roadside  plants. 


The  kinds. 

There  are  many 
forms  of  black- 
berries, species,  sub- 
species and  varie- 
ties with  many 
hybrids  and  inter- 
gradients  abound- 
ing. At  present 
it  is  impossible  to 
;j;roup  the  forms 
with  the  expecta- 
tion of  a  permanent 
classification.  (For 
a  botanical  classifi- 
cation .see  Rubus.) 
The  following  is  the 
common  arrange- 
ment of  the  horti- 
cultural  varieties 
(Bailey):  (1)  The 
Long-Cluster  varie- 
ties arc  probably 
best  known.  These  belong  to  Rubus  allegheniensis 
(Fig.  578).  The  plants  in  this  group  are  tall  and 
shrubby  with  purple  canes  armed  with  stout,  straight 
prickles.  The  fruits  are  sub-cylindric  or  thimble- 
shaped,  sweet,  dull-colored,  with  many  small  closely 
packed  drupelets,  and  are  borne,  as  the  name  implies, 
in  long  clusters.  The  White  blackberry,  having  amber- 
colored  fruit  and  rounder  lighter-colored  canes,  is  an 
albino  form  of  the  Long-Cluster  blackberry.  Taylor  and 
Ancient  Briton  are  the  most  prominent  representatives 
of  the  Long-Cluster  group,  while  Iceberg  best  represents 
the  albino  form.  (2)  Var.  salivus  furnishes  a  number  of 
varieties  roughly  grouped  by  horticulturists  as  the 
Short-Clu.ster  blackberries  (Fig.  579).  These  are  char- 
acterized by  smaller  and  weaker  plants  than  the  pre- 
ceding, with  green  and  nearly  unarmed  canes,  short, 
leafless  clusters,  composed  of  globose  glossy  berries  of 
few,  large,  juicy,  irregularly  set  drupelets.  The  varie- 
ties most  commonly  grown  are  Agawam,  Kittatinny, 
Lawton  and  Snyder.  (3)  The  Leafy-Cluster  black- 
berries belong  to  a  species  doubtfully  known  as  R. 
argutufi,  Link,  and  are  characterized  by  low  bushy 
plants  bearing  short  clusters  with  leaves  intermingled 
with  the  flowers.  Here  belong  the  old  Dorchester,  one 
of  the  fir.st  varieties  cultivated,  and  Early  Harvest,  a 
valuable  commercial  sort.  (4)  The  Loose-Cluster  black- 
berries are  probably  hybrids  (Fig.  580)  between  the 
first  group  named  and  the  dewberry  (R.  villosu.'i,  Ait.). 
The  iilants  are  low  and  spreading,  with  broad,  jagged 
notched  leaves,  short  clusters  of  large,  roundish  berries 
with  juicy,  glossy,  loosely  set  drupelets.  Early  Wilson 
and  Wihson  Junior  are  the  best  known  varieties  of 
this  group.  (5)  The  Sand  blackberry  {R.  cuneifolius, 
Pursh)  is  the  parent  of  a  few  unimportant  sorts,  of 
which  Top.sy  or  the  Tree  blackberry  is  the  best  known. 
The  plants  of  this  group  are  low  and  shrubby,  with 
stout  recurved  prickles;  the  clusters  bear  from  one  to 
four  roundish  berries  of  loosely  set  drupelets  (Fig.  581). 


XV.    The  American  blackberry.— The  Agawam;  about  natural  size. 


BLACKBERRY 


BLACKBERRY 


511 


(6)  The  Evergrcon  blackberries,  of  unknown  origin,  to 
which  the  Himahiya  is  closely  related,  are  commonly 
put  in  R.  Incinialus,  Willd.,  but  may  be  but  a  cut-leaved 
form  of  the  European  bramble  (R.fruticostis,  Linn.).  The 
vines  are  clinging,  the  foliage  evergreen  or  nearly  so, 
and  the  berries  in  the  Pacific  coast  climate  are  large, 
black,  sweet,  and  ripen  through  a  period  of  two  or  three 
months.   The  Oregon  Evergreen  is  the  typical  varietj'. 

I'rop'igation. 

In  nature  the  blackberry  propagates  itself  from 
suckers  and  under  cultivation  young  plants  from 
suckers  are  thriftiest,  but  many  varieties  produce  but 
few  suckers  and  the  natural  process  is  a  slow 
one  with  all  kinds.  A  more  expeditious  method 
is  to  use  root-cuttings.  Such  cuttmgs  arc  usu- 
ally made  during  the  dormant  season  h\  takmg 
up  old  plants  and  cutting  the  roots  with  prun- 
ing-shears  into  parts  2  inches  long  The  cut- 
tings are  then  started 
under  glass,  or  sown  in 
furrows  in  well-prepared 
nursery  beds  in  the  spring. 
The  cuttings  should  fall 
in  sowing  2  inches  apart 
in  furrows  3  inches  deep 
and  should  be  covered 
with  well-pulverized  soil. 
The  soil  must  be  such 
that  it  does  not  bake  as 
the  young  shoots  appear. 
It  sometimes  requires  two 
summers  to  produce 
plants  ready  for  setting, 
but  in  the  South,  the 
Pacific  coast,  and  under 
favorable  circumstances  in 
the  East,  yearling  plants 
are  strong  enough  for  set- 
ting. Cuttings  should  be  made 
from  the  roots  of  thrifty,  healthy 
plants,  preferably  from  a  young 
plantation.  It  is  contended  and 
there  are  many  facts  to  substantiate 
it,  that  propagating  successive 
generations  of  blackberries  from 
root-cuttings  results  in  unproduc- 
tive or  even  sterile  plants. 

Some  blackberries  from  the  sev- 
eral varietal  groups  may  be  grown 
in  almost  even,-  condition  of  climate 
and  soil  in  temperate  regions,  yet 
this  fruit  does  best  in  a  carefully 
selected  enwonment.  Blackberries 
cannot  stand,  without  protection, 
more  winter  cold  than  the  peach. 
In  dry,  hot  climates  the  plants  suffer  and  the  berries 
are  few,  small,  poorly  colored  and  lacking  in  flavor. 
A  deep,  mellow,  clay  loam,  well  filled  with  humus,  is 
mo.st  suitable  for  this  fruit.  Gravelly  and  sandy- 
lands  arc  usually  too  hot  and  dry.  Flat  wet  lands  are 
quite  unsuited  and  in  such  soils  the  plants  suffer  alike 
from  cold  and  heat;  whatever  else  may  be  said  of  the 
soil,  good  drainage  is  imperative.  A  northern  exposure 
is  usually  desirable.  Fertilizers  arc  little  needed  if  the 
land  be  rich  enough  naturally  to  grow  fair  farm  crops. 
Stable  manure  often  induces  rank-growing  canes  which 
produce  but  httlc  fruit.  Cover-crops  of  vetch  or  clover 
and  some  grain  as  oats  or  barley,  sown  in  August,  will 
supply  much-needed  humus  and  about  all  the  plant- 
food  usually  necessary  to  add. 

Field  cultivation. 

The  plants  are  set  in  rows,  7,  8,  or  9  feet  apart, 
depending  on  the  soil  and  the  varietj',  and  from  3  to  4 
feet  apart  in  the  row.    There  should  be  room  between 


the  rows  for  a  two-horse  harrow  or  cultivator  to  keep 
the  plantation  in  good  condition.  Planting  may  be 
done  by  spade  or  in  furrows  6  or  7  inches  deep.  A  hoed- 
crop  is  usually  grown  between  the  rows  the  first  year 
but  seldom  the  second,  as  the  plants  need  all  the  food 
and  moisture  to  make  sufficiently  strong  plants  to  bear 
a  crop  the  third  season.  The  canes  are  allowed  to  grow 
the  first  year  to  a  height  of  18  to  30  inches,  when 
they  should  be  cut  back  a  few  inches.  The  plants  are 
thus  pruned  to  cause  them  to  grow  low,  stocky  and 
upright,  with  many  lateral  branches,  and  so  avoid  the 
necessity  of  a  trellis  and  yet  be  able  to  hold  the  crop 
up  well.  Trellising  is  troublesome  and  expensive. 

Subsequent  training 
and  pruning  consist  in 
keeping  the  plants  well 
branched,  low  and  stocky, 
and  in  regulating  the 
amount  of  bearing  wood. 
Success  in  growing  black- 
berries depends  largely 
upon  proper  training  and 
pruning.  The  fruit  is 
borne  upon  one-year-old 
canes  which  should  be 
removed  as  soon  as  the 
crop  has  been  harvested. 
To  allow  them  to  stand 
through  the  growing  sea- 
son jeopardizes  the  proper 
development  of  the  new 
canes,  and  often  exposes 
them  to  infection 
from  fungi.  Five  or 
six  canesto  the  plant 
are  quite  enough; 
if  there  are  more, 
the  size  and  quality 
of  the  crop  will  be 
reduced.  The  canes 
should  be  headed -in 
annually  during  the 
growing  season,  as  re- 
commended for  the 
first  year.  In  the  spring 
laterals  are  shortened- 
in,  the  amount  of  cut- 
ting -  back  depending 
upon  how  close  the 
fruit  is  borne  to  the 
cane  on  the  variety  in 
hand.  The  laterals 
are  usuallj-  left  from 
12  to  20  inches  long. 
This  spring  pruning 
may  be  and  often 
should  be  made  a  thinning  process.  Managed  accord- 
ing to  the  directions  just  given,  the  plants  need  neither 
stakes  nor  trellises.  In  some  plantations,  however,  a 
wire  is  stretched  along  each  side  of  the  row  to  hold  the 
plants  up,  and  in  others,  notably  along  the  Hudson 
River,  the  plants  are  trained  on  two-wire  trellises.  In 
northern  climates  the  training  must  be  such  as  to 
provide  for  winter  protection  for  many  varieties. 

Winter  protection  consists  in  laying  down  the 
canes  and  covering  them  wholly  or  in  part  with  a  thin 
mulch  of  straw  or  earth.  The  method  of  laying  down 
must  be  varied  with  the  variety,  the  soil  and  the  amount 
of  protection  to  be  given.  Three  men  can  do  the  work 
most  expeditiously;  one  goes  ahead  and  digs  the  earth 
from  the  front  and  back  of  the  roots,  a  second  with 
fork  or  foot  pushes  the  plant  forward  to  the  ground,  the 
third  puts  on  the  mulch  of  earth  or  straw.  Tender 
varieties  are  wholly  covered,  but  the  hardier  sorts  need 
only  a  covering  on  the  tips  of  the  canes.  The  plants  are 
raised  in  the  spring  just  before  or  as  the  buds  begin  to 


579.  The  short-duster  garden  hlackberry.  ( X  H) 


512 


BLACKBERRY 


BLANDFORDIA 


burst.  Carp  must  be  taken  not  to  break  or  split  the 
canes.  Such  protect  ion. at  present  prices  of  labor  will 
cost  from  eight  to  twelve  dollars  per  acre.  \\  inter  in- 
jury is  sometimes  a  matter  of  moisture  as  well  as  of 
tempen»ture,  and,  in  irrigated  regions,  late  irrigation 
may  obviiite  the  necessity  of  a  winter  covering. 

Thorough  cultivation  is  essential  for  the  proper 
conservation  of  moisture  in  a  blackberry  plantation, 
abundant  moisture  being  a  prime  requisite  for  this 
fruit.  It  must  be  frequent  and  constant  until  the  ber- 
ries begin  to  turn  in  color.  After  the  crop  is  harvested, 
the  cultivator  should  be  used  to  put  the  ground  in  shape 
for  the  cover-crop.  The  cultivator  must  be  shallow- 
cutting  since  deep  cultivation  injures  the  roots,  thereby 
weakening  the  plantj*,  and  inducing  suckering.  Mulch- 
ing to  take  the  place  of  cuhivation  is  not  to  be  recom- 
mended, except  in  small  patches,  and  in  the  row  with 
cultivation  between  rows. 

Blackberries  should  not  be  harvested  until  fully  ripe, 
and  the  sooner  eaten  after  picking  the  better  the  qual- 
ity. The  fruits  are  not  ripe  when  they  attain  full  color 
but  must  be  left  on  the  bushes  until  soft,  at  which  time 
they  should  part  from  the  stem  readily  when  the  cluster 
is  shaken.  In  picking,  the  berries  should  not  be  exposed 
to  the  sun.  Well  treated,  the  plants  should  bear  some 
fruit  the  second  season,  and  the  third  summer  should 
give  a  fair  crop.  The  length  of  time  the  plants  will  bear 
depends  upon  the  variety,  the  soil  and  the  treatment. 
\\'hen  the  stools  become  thin,  the  canes  weak  and  the 
fruits  small,  the  plantation  should  be  cut  down,  this 
time  coming  usually  when  the  bushes  are  ten  or  twelve 
years  old. 

Blackberrj'-growers  have  several  troubles  to  contend 
with.  Late  frosts  occasionally  do  much  harm  in  north- 
cm  latitudes.  Borers  often  do  much  damage  to  canes 
and  can  be  circumvented  only  by  cutting  out  infested 
stalks.  Two  fungous  diseases,  orange  rust  and  anthrac- 
nose.  are  dangerous,  and  are  successfully  kept  in  check 
only  by  cutting  out  the  diseased  wood.  Root-galls  are 
often  found  but  it  is  doubtful  whether  they  do  much 
damage,  and  it  is  certainly  not  worth  while  trying  to  con- 
trol them.  Good  treatment,  especially  as  regards  culti- 
vation and  pruning,  with  careful  attention  to  destroy- 


ing the  pests 
mentioned  as 
soon  as  practi- 
cable, will  keep 
the  plants  in 
health. 

The  yields  and 
profits  in  black- 
berry-growing 
are    most    en- 
couraging    to     small- 
fruit  -  growers.      In    a 
plantation   well   cared 
for,  a  crop  of  two  hun- 
dred bushels  per  acre 
may    be    expected. 
Blackberries    are    not 
suitable    for    long-dis- 
tance   shipments    and 
monetary    rewards 
come  from  local  mai^ 
kcts  and  here  they  are 
often   large  when   cli- 
mate, soil  and  general 
conditions    are    favor- 
able,     u.  P.  Hedrick. 

BLACKBERRY    LILY: 

Belamcanda. 


BLACKWOOD: 


Acacia* 
Sta- 


581.  Sand 
blackberry. 

(XH) 


580.  Wild  probable  hybrid  of  blackberry  and  dewberry. 


BLADDER  -  NUT 

■phylea. 

BLADDERWORT: 

Ulricularia. 

BLAKEA  (Stephen 
Blake,  gardener,  of  the  island  of  Antigua  in  the  West 
Indies,  who  wrote  "Compleat  Gardener's  Practice," 
London,  1664).  Valdesia,  Ruiz  &  Pav.  Melastomdcex. 
Hothouse  or  greenhouse  evergreen  shrubs,  of  which  two 
species  are  in  cultivation  for  the  showy  flowers  and 
prominent  foliage. 

Erect  or  scandent  woody  plants,  sometimes  small 
trees:  Ivs.  opposite,  leathery,  mostly  prominently  3-7- 
nerved,  petioled,  nearly  or  quite  entire,  often  rusty- 
pubescent  beneath:  fls.  rose-purple  or  white,  showy  and 
large,  solitary  or  fascicled  in  the  axils;  calyx  with  4  or 
more  scales  or  bracts  at  base;  petals  6,  oblong  or  obo- 
vate;  stamens  12  with  thickened  filaments,  the  anthers 
cohering  and  opening  by  2  pores  at  the  apex;  ovary 
adhering  to  calyx,  4-6-celled:  fr.  a  fleshy  berry. — About 
30  species  in  W.  Indies  and  S.  Amer.    By  some  the 
genus  Amaraboya  (which  see)  is  included  with 
Blakea;  Amaraboya  has  capsular   rather   than 
baccate  fr. 

trinervia,  Linn.  Shrub,  in  the  wild  the  branches 
supporting  themselves  on  neighboring  bushes, 
and  roots  sometimes  springing  from  the  sts.: 
Ivs.  oval-oblong  to  elliptic,  dark  green  above,  often 
rusty-tomentose  beneath,  prominently  3-ncrved: 
fls.  pink  or  rose-color,  solitary,  on  long  stalks, 
in  early  simimer.  Mountain  woods,  Jamaica. — 
A  good  plant  for  the  warm  con- 
servatory. 

gracilis,  Hemsl.  Compact  shrub, 
2-3  ft.:  Ivs.  elliptic,  acuminate, 
leathery,  glabrous:  fls.  sohtary, 
fragrant,  2  in.  across,  the  petals 
white  with  a  rose-colored  spot  at  the 
base.  Costa  Rica. — Needs  an  inter- 
mediate temperature.       L.  H.  B. 

BLANDFORDIA  (after  George, 
Marquis  of  Blandford).  LiliAcex. 
Tender  rhizomatous  plants  from 
Australia  and  Tasmania,  placed  by 


BLANDFORDIA 


BLECHNUM 


513 


Baker  (Jour.  Linn.  Soc.  11:364)  between  Kniphofia 
and  Funkia;  adapted  to  culture  in  greenhouses.  Bland- 
fordia  of  .Vndrews  is  a  synonym  of  Galax. 

Roots  thickly  fibrous:  Ivs.  in  two  vertical  ranks, 
narrowly  linear,  hard,  persistent :  fls.  large,  1  Ji-3  in. 
long,  showy,  noflding,  in  short  racemes,  usually  orange- 
red  to  crimson,  with  yellow  tips. — The  authorities 
recognize  only  4  botanical  species,  but  those  below  are 
horticulturally  distinct  from  one  another. 

Being  tenderer  than  the  poker  plant,  and  of  more 
difficult  culture,  blandfordias  are  rarely  grown  in  Amer- 
ica. B.flammen  var.  princeps  is  the  best  kind.  In  New 
South  Wales  they  grow  in  peat  bogs  and  on  shady 
mountain  sides.  During  the  growing  season  they  must 
be  shaded  from  bright  sunshine,  and  during  the  resting 
season  they  may  be  placed  in  a  light  pit,  in  which  they 
are  not  crowded  or  shaded  by  taller  plants.  They  like 
a  moist  atmosphere  and  plenty  of  air,  but.  not  draughts. 
The  chief  element  of  the  potting  soil  should  be  peat; 
if  the  peat  is  heavy,  use  freely;  if  light,  use  some  loam, 
and  pack  firmly;  if  sjjongy,  add  some  charcoal.  Pot 
after  flowering,  in  early  spring,  being  careful  not  to 
overpot,  and  plan  to  leave  roots  undisturbed  for  two 
years  at  least.  A  top-dressing  each  year  and  liquid 
manure  during  growing  season,  is  necessary  to  produce 
a  good  flowering.  Perfectly  hardy  in  central  Florida 
when  grown  in  lath-houses. — Propagation  is  by  seeds 
sown  in  sandy  peat  with  mild  bottom  heat,  or  usually  by 
careful  and  not  too  frequent  divisions  of  the  root,  made 
in  early  spring,  after  flowering,  at  the  time  of  repotting, 
and  preferably  when  strong  ofTsets  are  formed. 

A.  Margin  of  h's.  not  roughish. 

Cunninghamii,  Lindl.  Lvs.  18-24  in.  long,  3-4  lines 
wide,  broader  than  in  B.  flammea:  fls.  10-15,  or  even  20. 
Blue  Mts.  of  Austral.  B.M.  5734.  Gn.  24:366.— This 
has  been  held  to  be  synonymous  with  B.  grandi- 
flora,  but  it  is  horticulturally  distinct,  and  the  pedicels 
are  shorter.  Considered  by  Bentham  the  same  as  B. 
grandiflora. 

A.\.  Margin  of  lvs.  roughish. 
B.  Fls.  golden  yellow,  without  any  red. 

a&rea,  Hook.  f.  Lvs.  8-12  in.  long,  1 J2-2  lines  wide: 
fls,  3-6,  the  only  ones  in  the  genus  not  touched  with 
red;  perianth  wide-swelling,  sometimes  nearly  as  wide 
as  long,  more  beO-shaped  than  any  other  species.  New 
S.  Wales.  B.M.  5809. — By  some  considered  a  mere 
variety  of  B.  flammea. 

BB.  Fls.  red-tubed  and  yellow-lipped. 
c.  Perianth  long,  3-4  times  as  long  as  wide. 

nobilis,  Smith.  Lvs.  12-18  in.  long,  H-/€  lines  wide, 
dark  green,  shaqily  3-angied:  fls.  4-9,  smallest  of  the 
genus,  and  narrowest.  Near  Port  .Jackson.  B.M.  2003. 
B.R.  286.  Var.  imperialis,  Hort.  Fls.  bright  orange- 
red,  margined  with  yellow  or  gold;  larger  than  the  tj-pe. 

flammea,  Lindl.  Lvs,  12-18  in.  long,  2-2}  2  lines  wide: 
fls.  4-12,  typically  constricted  near  the  ba.se  of  the  tube 
and  much  lower  down  than  in  B.  Cunninghamii.  E. 
Austral  B.M. 4819.  P.M.  16:3.53.  F.S.  6:.585;  18: 1829 
(as  B.  Cunninghamii) .  Var.  princeps,  Baker  (S.  prin- 
ceps, W.G.Smith),  hws  larger  and  brighter-colored  fls. 
and  is  the  best  of  the  genus.  The  perianth  is  longer 
and  less  spreading  than  in  the  t\'pe,  and  swells  very 
graduallv  from  the  base,  instead  of  being  constricted 
near  the  base.  B.M.  6209.  F.M.  1.875:170.  F.S. 
22:2314.    Gn.  47:324. 

cc.  Tube  short,  scarcely  twice  as  long  as  wide. 

grandifldra,  R.  Br.  Lvs.  12-18  in,  long,  3-4'^  fines 
wide:  fls.  10-30.  Distinguished  from  all  others  by  hav- 
ing the  filaments  inserted  instead  of  at  the  middle,  but 
in  var.  intermedia,  Baker,  which  connects  B.  grandiflora 
and  B.  nobilis,  the  filaments  are  inserted  at  the  middle 
of  the  tube,  the  lvs.  are  narrower,  and  the  fls.  smaller. 

33 


Tasmania.  B.R.  924. — The  name  B.  grandiflora  is  now 
a  misnomer,  as  the  fls.  are  smaller  than  in  any  other 
species  except  B.  nobilis. 

B.  cordita,  Andr.=GaU.v  aphylla.  WilheLM   MilLBR. 

BLANKET  FLOWER:   OaiUardia.      ^-   TAYLOB.f 

BLAZING  STAR:    Liatris ;  a.\so  Menl^elia. 

BLECHNUM  (Greek  name  for  some  fern).  Poly- 
podiacex.  Rather  coarse  greenhouse  ferns,  with  pin- 
natifid  or  pinnate  lvs.,  and  rows  of  almost  continuous 
sori  parallel  to  the  midvein  and  close  to  it,  covered  with 
a  membranous  indusium.  Blechnum  is  here  recognized 
as  including  the  species  sometimes  classified  under  the 
generic  name  Lomaria  in  addition  to  those  speciea 
which  all  writers  agree  to  put  in  Blechnum.  The  dif- 
ferences on  which  Lomaria  has  been  based  are  very 
slight  and  are  not  recognized  by  leading  European  fern 
students.  Besides,  if  the  species  included  in  Lomaria 
are  kept  separate,  it  is  practically  certain  that  they 
must  be  classified  under  the  older  name  Struthiopteris. 

In  Blechnum  occurs  a  singular  knot  in  nomen- 
clature. Linnseus  described  two  species  in  1753,  and  to 
the  West  Indian 
one  he  gave  the 
name  B.  orientate, 
citing  figures,  etc., 
showing  that  it  is 
the  plant  that  re- 
cent writers  call  B. 
occidenlale.  His 
East  Indian  plant 
he  similarly  called 
B.  occidentale.  The 
normal  or  ordinary 
usage  has  been  fol- 
lowed below,  the 
name  B.  orientate 
being  given  to  the 
eastern  plant. 

Blechnums  will 
thrive  in  almost 
any  compost,  but 
their  leaves  quickly 
turn  brown  and 
then  black  if 
watered  overhead. 
Propagation    of    Blechnum    is    effected    by    spores. 

Blechnums  are  very  useful  to  florists  for  jardinieres, 
and  for  specimen  ferns.  To  attain  best  results,  it  is 
necessary  to  maintain  an  abundance  of  moisture  at  the 
roots,  with  a  drier  atmosphere  than  most  other  ferns 
require,  to  prevent  leaves  from  turning  brown  during 
winter  months.  Average  temp.  60°  to  6.5°  F.  Soil,  equal 
parts  of  rich  loam  and  leaf-mold  or  peat.  The  spores  of 
most  blechnums  germinate  very  freely  if  sown  on  a 
compost  of  loam  and  leaf-mokl  or  peat  in  equal  parts, 
and  placed  in  a  moderately  moist  and  shady  position  in 
a  temperature  of  60°  to  65°  F.  Some  of  the  .species  send 
out  creeping  rhizomes,  which  develop  young  plants  at 
the  ends.  When  of  sufficient  size  these  may  be  detached 
and  potted,  and  in  a  short  time  they  will  develop  into 
good  specimens.  Some  very  attractive  species  are  found 
among  the  hardy  British  blechnums.   (N.  N.  Bruckner.) 


582.  Blechnum  brasiliense. 


brasiliense,  1.  lanceolatum,  7.  platyptera,  9. 

corcovadeose,  3.  Moorei,  6.  serrulatum,  5. 

crispura,  .3.  nitidum,  2,  spicant,  11. 

discolor,  S.  occideutale,  4,  tabulare,  10. 
gibbum,  9. 

A.  Fertile  lvs.  not  strongly  different  from  the  sterile  lvs. 

B.  Finns  strongly  decurrent  at  the  base,  joining  with  the 

one  next  })elow. 

1.  brasiliense,   Desv.     Fig.   582.     Growing  from  a 
stout,  slightly  arborescent  trunk  1  ft.  or  more  long:  lvs. 


514 


BLKCHXUM 


BLETIA 


2-3  ft.  long.  1  ft.  or  nioro  wide,  with  tlic  piiinx  .'^et  at 
!Ui  acute  iUiplo  witli  tin'  rachis,  the  lower  imicli  shorter 
ami  inon>  ili.-^tant.  Hrjuil.  S.  2:4. — Hather  tender  in 
Cent.  Kla.  ami  notnls  pwteetion  during  winter. 

2.  nittdum,  I'resl.  Habit  of  B.  brasiliensc,  but  much 
smaller:  Ivs.  pinnate;  piiuue  oblong-falcate,  thickish, 
2— J  in.  long,  serrate.    Brazil. ^Phuits  1-2  ft.  high. 

3.  corcovadense,  Kaddi.  Piniue  not  cut  to  therachis, 
much  crowde<l  and  shorter  than  the  liust;  longest  pinna; 
lt>ss  tlian  G  in.  long,  attenuate  at  the  tips;  Ivs.  crimson 
when  young,  and  gradually  turning  to  a  metallic  hue 
before  becoming  permanently  green.     By  some  con- 

sidereil  a  variety  of  B.  brdsUiense.  Brazil. 
Var.  crispum,  llort.,  with  wavy  edges,  may 
be  commoner  in  cult,  than  the  type. 

BB.  Piniue  contracted  at  the  base  to  the  midrib, 
forming  a  very  nhort  stalk. 
4.  occidentaie,  Linn.    Fig.  .583.    Lvs.  from 

an  erect  rigid  st..,  which  is  covered  with 
brownish  scales,  9-18  in.  long, 
4-6  in.  wide,  with  the  pinna; 
trun('ate  or  even  cordate  at  the 
b:u>e  and  slightly  falcate.  Mex. 
and  W.  Indies  to  Brazil. — A 
beautiful  .small  fern. 

0.  serrulatum,  Rich.  Grow- 
ing from  an  ascending  nearly 
naked  rootstock:  lvs.  1-2  ft. 
long,  G-1.5  in.  \vide,  with  numer- 
ous narrow  pinna;,  which  are 
contracted  at  the  base  and  of 
nearly  uniform  width  through- 
out; margins  finely  serrulate; 
texture  coriaceous.  Fla.  to  Brazil. 
— Especially  aflapted  for  the 
edges  of  boggy  ponds,  river 
banks  and  the  like.  Soon  forms 
■  dense  clumps  2-3  ft.  high. 

AA.  Fertile     lvs.    distinct     from 
sterile   lvs.,  venj  7nuch   nar- 
rower.   (Lomaria.) 
B.  Plant  with  an  erect  rigid  st. 

c.  Lvs.  6-12  in.  long. 
6.  Mo6rei,  C.  Chr.  (Lomaria 
ciliatn,  Moore).  St.  6  in.  high, 
\]/2  in-  thick:  stipes  blackish: 
lvs.  8-12  in,  long,  the  upper 
pinna;  with  a  rounded  auricle  at 
the  lower  siile  of  the  ba.sc; 
fertile  lvs.  narrow-linear.    New  Caledonia. 

7.  lanceolittim,  Sturm.  St.  elongate,  densely  clothed 
with  dark  brown  scales:  lvs.  6-12  in.  long,  2-4  in.  wide, 
with  clo.se,  slightly  falcate  pinna;;  texture  leathery; 
fertile  piniue  linear  spreading.    Austral,  and  Polynesia. 

cc.  Lvs.  l]/i-3  ft.  long. 
D.  Lower  pinns;  connected  at  base. 

8.  discolor,  Keys.  St.  ascending:  stipes  black, 
glos-sy,  with  den.se  scales  at  base:  lvs.  1)^-3  ft.  long, 
4-6  in.  wide,  with  pinna;  narrowed  suddenly  toward  the 
point;  fertile  pinna;  narrower  and  shorter.  Austral. 
and  New  Zeal. 

9.  gibbum,  Mett.  St.  2-3  ft.  high:  stipes  short,  with 
black  scalf^s:  Ivs.  2-3  ft.  long,  6  in.  wide;  fertile  pinna; 
narrower,  4-6  in.  long.  Var.  platyptera  is  advertised. 
L.  inlermedin,  Hort.,  may  be  derivc'd  from  this  species. 
New  Caledonia. 

DD.  Lfni:er  pinnx  narrowed  at  base  and  distinct. 

10.  tabulJUe,  Kuhn  (Lomaria  Boryana,  Willd.). 
8t.  stout,  erect,  1-2  ft.  high,  woody,  densely  scaly:  lvs. 
134^2  ft.  long,  6-8  in.  wide,  narrowed  and  sometimes 
auricled  at  base;  fertile  pinna;  narrow-linear,  close.   W. 


583.  Blechnum 
occidentale. 


Indies  to  Patagonia,  Mauritius  and  S.  .\fr. — Probably 
includes  2  or  3  species,  among  them  L.  zamvefolia, 
Hort. 

nn.  Plant  with  a  stout,  short,  creeping  rhizome. 

11.  spicant,  With.  Sterile  lvs.  lanceolate,  6-9  in.  long, 
1-1 '2  in.  wide,  gradually  narrowed  below;  fertile  lvs. 
1  ft.  long,  with  longer  stalks  (6-9  in.)  and  narrowly  lin- 
ear pinna'.  Eu.,  W.  N.  ,\mcr. — The  large  Californian 
form  with  lvs.  2-3  ft.  long  is  possibly  a  distinct  species. 
The  European  plant  was  early  called  Struthiopteris 
spicant  by  Scopoli,  by  which  name  it  is  now  cited  as  the 
earliest  generic  name.  Hardy;  needs  deepest  shade. 
Lomaria  nippdnica,  Kunze,  Japan,  usually  larger  than 
preceding,  is  much  like  it  in  other  respects  and  probably 
is  better  to  be  considered  as  a  form  of  B.  spicant  rather 
than  as  a  distinct  species. 

B.  orienidle.  Linn.,  is  a  large  E.  Indian  and  Polynesian  fern  with 
lvs.  often  3  ft.  long. — Well  worthy  of  cult. 

L.  M.  Underwood. 
BLEEDING  HEART:   DicerUra.        R.  C.  BENEDICT.! 

BLEPHARIS  (Greek,  eyelash;  referring  to  fringed 
bracts).  Acanthacese.  A  large  (80  species)  genus  of 
dwarf,  often  spiny  shrubs  and  herbs,  allied  to  Acanthus, 
and  of  similar  culture.  V\s.  in  bracted  spikes;  calyx 
cruciate,  4-parted  nearly  to  the  base,  the  2  inner  sepals 
much  shorter  than  the  outer;  corolla  short-tubed,  the 
hmb  blue  or  white;  caps,  ellipsoid,  flattened  and  woody. 

carduifolia,  T.  Anders.  [Acanthus  carduifolius,  Linn. 
Acanthodium  carduifolius,  Nees).  Plant  villous:  lvs. 
lanceolate,  sinuate-dentate,  spiny:  spike  terminal, 
cylindrical:  bracts  roundish,  palmately  5-spined  at 
the  apex.   S.  Afr. — Not  commonly  cult. 

N.    TAYLOR.t 

BLEPHAROCALYX  {eye-lash  and  calyx,  probably 
referring  to  a  fringed  condition).  Myrtacese.  Woody 
plants,  differing  from  Myrtus  in  having  a  thin  crusta- 
ceous  testa  of  the  seed  instead  of  a  thick  and  horny  one, 
and  other  minor  characters,  and  by  some  authors 
united  with  that  genus.  There  are  about  30  species  in 
S.  Amer.,  but  very  little  known  in  cult.  B.  spiraeoides, 
Stapf  (Eugenia  myriophylla,  Hort.),  is  a  much-branched 
shrub,  9  ft.  high,  free-flowering:  lvs.  lance-linear,  %\n. 
or  less  long:  fls.  small.  Dale  yellow,  in  terminal  panicles; 
petals  4.    Brazil.   B.M".  8123. 

BLETIA  (named  for  Louis  Blet,  a  Spanish  botanist). 
Orchidacese.  Terrestrial  orchids  with  globose  or  depressed 
pseudobulbs,  from  the  apex  of  which  arises  a  leafy. 
St.;  mostly  hothouse  plants. 

Leaves  plicate- veined:  fls.  borne  on  a  lateral  leafless 
St.;  sepals  and  petals  spreading,  similar,  or  the  latter 
broader;  lip  attached  to  the  base  of  the  column,  3-lobed, 
the  lateral  lobes  erect,  the  middle  lobe  spreading,  the 
disk  with  several  entire  or  denticulate-crisped  ridges; 
poUinia  8. — A  genus  of  about  20  species  in  Trop.  Amer. 

A.  Middle  lobe  of  lip  much  crisped. 

B.  Petals  as  wide  as  .sepals:  fls.  rose. 

verecunda,  R.  Br.   Lvs.  up  to  3  ft.  long,  2-4  in.  wide: 

scape  2-4  ft.  tall,  the  upper  portion  a  raceme  or  panicle 

of    numerous    rose-colored    fls.     W.  .Indies    and    Fla. 

G.C.  II.   26,  p.  141.   B.M.  3217  (as  B.  acutipetala) . 

BU.  Petals  broader  than  sepals,  undulate:  fls.  deep  purple. 
Shepherdii,  Hook.  Lvs.  up  to  2  ft.  long,  3-4  in. 
broad:  scape,  2-3  ft.  tall,  the  upper  portion  a  raceme  or 
panicle  of  numerous  deep  purple  fls.;  sepals  oblong, 
acute,  the  petals  broader,  undulate;  lip  with  the 
lamella;  white.   Jamaica.    B.M.  3319.    P.M.  2:146. 

AA.  Middle  lobe  of  lip  not  crisped. 
Sherrattiana,  Batem.    Lvs.  up  to  4  ft.  long,  3-4  in. 
broad:   fls.   bright   rose,   in   a  raceme  of  10   or  more; 
sepals  oblong-lanceolate,  obtuse;  petals  much  broader. 


BLETIA 


BLUEBERRY 


515 


rounded  at  apex;  middle  lobe  of  lip  not  crisped,  deeply 
emarginate.    Colombia.    B.M.  5646. 

B.  campanxdnta.  La  Lluve  &  Lex.  Fls.  bell-shaped,  purple,  with 
white  center.  Mex. — B.  ht/acinlhina,  R.  Br.:=Bk'tilla. — B.  pdiula. 
Hook.  Fls.  up  to  2  iti.  across,  deep  pink.  Said  to  be  a  native  of 
Haiti.    B.  M.  3.51S.— B.  Tdnkernllex,  R.  Br.=Phaius. 

George  V.  Nash. 

BLETILLA  (diminutive  of  Blelia).  Orchiddceai.  Ter- 
restrial orchids  with  pseudobulbs,  and  a  leafy  st. 
with  a  terminal  infl.:  sepals  and  petals  nearly  alike, 
somewhat  spreading;  li])  ;3-lobe<l,  furnished  with 
lamelUv,  the  lateral  lobes  surroimding  the  slender 
cohmin;  poUinia  8. — Outdoor  orchids. 

hyacinthina,  Reichb.  f.  {Bletia  hyacintMna,  R.  Br.). 
Pseudobulbs  tuberform:  sts.  up  to  1  ft.  tall,  with  .3-6 
plaited  Ivs.:  fls.  racemose,  on  short  pedicels;  sepals  and 
petals  amethyst-purple;  lip  3-lobed,  amethyst-purple, 
the  middle  lobe  nearly  quadrate,  denticulate.  China 
and  Japan.  Gt.  1.5:52/.  Gn.  16:416.  B.R.  33:60  (as 
Bletia  Gebina).  B.M.  1492  (as  Cymbidium).— Grows 
beautifully  in  half-shady,  moist  places,  soon  forming 
large  clumps.    Prop,  by  division  of  the  clumps. 

George  V.  Nash. 

BLIGHIA  (W.  Bligh,  British  mariner,  who  wrote  on 
a  jotirney  in  the  South  Seas,  1792).  Snpindacea^.  Trees 
and  shrubs  with  pinnately  compound  Ivs.  and  axillary, 
racemose  fls.;  differs  from  Cupania  in  having  a  deeply 
cut  calyx  (rather  than  separate  sepals)  with  the  parts 
only  slightly  imbricate,  and  also  in  thefr. — One  species 
in  Guinea,  now  naturalized  in  the  W.  Indies,  and  yield- 
ing the  akee,  a  3-parted  fr.  with  edible  red  aril  that  is 
much  improved  by  cooking.  The  fls.  are  so  fragrant  as 
to  deserve  distilling.  The  tree  reaches  a  height  of  30 
ft.,  and  is  cult,  in  Jamaica  to  an  altitude  of  only  3,000 
ft.,  but  can  endure  slight  frost.    It  is  also  cult,  in  S.  Fla. 

sapida,  Kon.  {Cupania  sdpida,  Voigt.).  Akee  Tree. 
Fig.  584.  I.fts.  3  or  4  pairs,  obovate-oblong,  entire, 
veined:  fls.  pubescent,  the  oblong  petals  white  and 
rather  showy,  bearing  scales  and  stamens. 

N.    TAYLOR.t 

BLIGHT.  An  indefinite  term,  popularly  used  to  desig- 
nate any  sudden  and  inexplicable  death  of  plants.  The 

term  is  now  restricted 
by  botanists  to  para- 
sitic diseases.  The.se 
diseases  are  of  two 
classes, — those  due  to 
bacteria  or  microbes, 
and  those  due  to  para- 
sitic fungi.  For  an 
account  of  these 
troubles,  see  Diseases. 

BLITE;    Chenopodium. 

BLOODROOT:  San- 
guinaria. 

BLOOMERIA 

(named  for  Dr.  H.  G. 
Bloomer).  Liliacese. 
Small  summer-bloom- 
ing bulbous  plants  of 
the  alliiun  kind. 

A  genus  of  2  species, 
natives  of  S.  Calif.  In 
every  way  they  are 
closely  allied  to  Bro- 
d'a>a,  but  differ  in 
having  the  perianth 
parted  nearly  to  the 
base.  Bloomerias  have 
a  flattish  corm,  much 
like  Crocus,  covered 
584.  Blighia  sapida.  ( X  H)  with     fiber,     and     not 


often  producing  off'sets.  The  Ivs.  are  radical,  slender, 
and  grass-like:  scape  slender  but  stiff,  6-lS  in.  high, 
naked,  except  for  short  bracts  beneath  th(!  many-rayed 
umbel;  pedicels  slender,  jointed;  fls.  nearly  rotate,  less 
than  an  inch  across,  orange. 

Bloomerias  prefer  a  sandy, 
warm  and  well-drained  soil. 
In  northern  California,  with  a 
minimum  temperature  of  15" 
above  zero,  they  are  perfectly 
'  hardy.  In  a  colder  climate,  a 
covering  of  straw  or  leaves  or 
a  position  in  the  coldframe 
would  be  a  judicious  precau- 
tion. Plant  early,  and  see  that 
the  soil  is  light  and  sweet. 
They  like  the  sun,  and  are  good 
for  forcing.  The  light  soil  and 
warmth  of  a  pot  more  nearly 
approximates  natural  condi- 
tions than  the  open  ground 
does  in  cooler  climates.  After 
ripening,  it  is  best  to  dig  and 
replant  in  fall.  The  seeds  grow 
readily,  and  the  plants  flower 
in  three  to  four  years. 

aflrea,  Kellogg. 
Fig.  585.  Scape 
roughish,  6-18  in.:  If. 
J-i-3'2in.  broad: 
fls.  numerous, 
bright  orange, 
in  a  dense  um- 
bel; stamens 
nearly  as  long 
as  the  perianth, 
the  filaments  dilated  at  the  base.  B.M.  5896  (as 
N oihoscordum  aureum).   G.C.  III.  20:687. 

Clevelandii,  Wats.  More  slender:  Ivs.  3-7:  fls. 
smaller,  keeled  with  brown,  the  stamens  shorter.  G.C. 
III.  20:687.— Less  valuable  than  the  other. 

Carl  Pdrdy. 

BLUEBELL:    Campanula. 

BLUEBERRY-CULTURE.  Fig.  586.  Blueberries  are 
fruit-bearing  shrubs  of  the  genus  Vaccinium,  long  gath- 
ered wild  in  North  America  in  great  quantities  and  now 
about  to  be  cultivated  with  success. 

Success  in  blueberry-culture  rests  especially  on  the 
recognition  of  two  peculiarities  in  the  nutrition  of  these 
plants:  first,  their  requirement  of  an  acid  soil;  second, 
their  possession  of  a  root-fungus  that  appears  to  have 
the  beneficial  function  of  supplying  them  with  nitrogen. 

If  blueberries  are  planted  in  a  soil  with  an  alkaline  or 
neutral  reaction,  such  as  the  ordinary  rich  garden  or 
fertile  field,  it  is  useless  to  expect  their  successful 
growth.  In  such  a  situation  they  become  feeble  and 
finally  die.  Blueberries  require  an  acid  soil,  and  they 
thrive  best  in  that  particular  type  of  acid  soil  which 
consists  of  a  mixture  of  pure  sand  and  peat.  The  peat 
may  be  of  either  the  bog  or  the  upland  sort. 

Good  aeration  of  the  soil  is  another  essential.  It  is 
commonly  but  erroneously  supposed  that  the  swamp 
blueberry  (l'(JCf!>iiu»!  corymhosum),  i\\c  species  chiefly 
desirable  for  cultivation,  grows  best  in  a  permanently 
wet  soil.  It  is  to  be  observed,  however,  that  the  wild 
plants  of  the  swamps  occupy  situations  which  though 
perhaps  submerged  in  winter  and  spring  are  exposed 
(luring  the  root-forming  period  of  summer  and  autumn, 
or,  when  growing  in  j)ermanently  submerged  places, 
they  build  up  a  hummock  or  a  cushion  of  moss  which 
rises  above  the  summer  water-level  and  within  which 
the  feeding-roots  of  the  bush  are  closely  interlaced. 
In  actual  culture,  moreover,  it  has  been  found  that  the 
swamp  blueberry  does  not  thrive  in  a  permanently  wet 
or  soggy  soil. 


516 


BLUEBERRY 


BLUEBERRY 


Although  some  spix-ics  of  Vacciniuni,  sucli  aa  the 
comnioa  low-bush  hlueherry,  1'.  iH-iinsuli'dniriim.  grow 
and  fruit  ahuiulaiilly  in  saiuly  uplaiuls  that,  are  sub- 
ject to  tirvnisht,  the  s\v:unp  blueberry  grows  best  in 
soils  naturally  or  artitieially  supplieil  with  adequate 
moisture. 

These  then  sire  the  three  funehuiiental  requirements  of 
sueeessful  blueberry  culture:  (1 )  An  acid  soil,  espeeially 
one  composed  of  peat  and  sand;  (2)  good  drainage  and 
thorough  aeration  of  the  surface  soil;  and  i^il  perma- 
nent but  moderate  soil-moisture.  Under  such  conditions, 
the  beneficial  root -fungus  which  is  believed  to  be  essen- 
tial to  the  nutrition  of  the  jilanl  need  give  the  cultivator 
no  concern,  for  it  will  propagate  itself  spontaneously 
and  adequately,  without  any  necessity  of  soil  or  plant 
inoculation. 

Propiigatioii. 

Blueberry  plantations  may  be  formed  by  the  trans- 
planting of  unselected  wild  bushes  or  by  the  growing 
of  seedlings,  but  such  a  course  is  not  the  best.  Seedling 
plants,  even  from  the  largest-berried  parents,  produce 
small  berries  oftcner  than  large  ones.  Until  nurserymen 
are  prepared  to  furnish  plant.s  asexually  propagated 
from  superior  stocks,  the  cultivator  should  begin  by 
thctransplanting  of  the  best  wild  bushes,  selected  when 
in  fruit  for  the  size,  color,  fla\or,  and  earliness  of  the 
berry,  and  the  vigor  and  productiveness  of  the  bush. 
These  he  .shoidd  propagate  by  layering  and  by  cuttings 
until  his  plantation  is  completed.  By  means  of  a  com- 
bination of  these  two  methods,  a  valuable  old  plant 
can  be  multiplied  bj'  several  hundred  at  one  propa- 
gation, the  fruit  of  the  progeny  retaining  all  the 
characteristics  of  the  parent. 

Large  berries  cost  less  to  pick  than  small  ones  and 
bring  a  higher  price.  A  berry  J^  of  an  inch  in  diame- 
ter has  already  been  produced  under  cultivation  and 
others  of  still  larger  size  are  to  be  expected. 

While  grafting  and  especially  budding  are  useful 
in  experimental  work,  neither  method  is  suitable  for 
commercial  plantations  because  blueberry  bushes  are 
continuallj'  sending  up  new  and  undesirable  shoots 
from  the  stock.  The  best  season  for  budding  is  fnjni 
the  middle  of  July  to  the  end  of  August.  The  budded 
plants  should  be  protected  from  direct  sunlight,  and 
special  care  should  be  taken  that  the  raffia  wrapping 
does  not  become  wet  for  the  first  three  weeks. 

The  easiest  way  to  propagate  the  swamp  blueberry  is 
by  a  special  process  of  laj'cring  known  as  "stumping." 
In  early  spring,  preferably  before  the  buds  have  begun 
to  push,  all  the  stenLS  of  the  plant,  or  as  many  as  it  is 
desired  to  sacrifice  for  propagation,  are  cut  off  close  to 
the  surface  of  the  ground.  The  stumps  are  then  covered 
to  the  depth  of  2  inches  with  a  mixture  of  about  four 
parts  of  clean  .sand  and  one  of  sifted  i)cat.  The  sand- 
bed  must  not  be  allowed  to  become  dry,  except  at  the 
ver}'  surface.  The  new  growth  from  the  stum[)s,  which 
without  the  sand  would  consist  of  stems  merely,  is 
transformed  in  working  its  way  through  the  sand  into 
scaly,  erect  or  nearly  erect  rootstocks  which  on  reach- 
ing the  surface  continue  their  development  into  leafy 
shoots,  .\llhough  roots  are  formed  only  si)aringly  on 
the  covered  ba-ses  of  slems,  they  develop  (juickly  and 
abunrlantly  on  these  artificially  produced  rootstocks. 
By  the  end  of  autumn  the  shoots  are  well  rooted  at  the 
ba.sf.  They  should  remain  in  place  in  the  sand-bed 
through  the  winter,  exposed  to  fre('zing  temperatures. 
Karly  in  the  following  spring,  before  the  buds  have 
begiin  to  pu.sh,  each  rooted  shoot  is  carefully  severed 
from  the  .stump.  The  upper  jxjrtion  of  the  .shoot  is 
di.'WiardefJ,  the  cut  being  made  at  such  a  point  as  to 
leave  on  the  basal  prjrtion  about  three  buds  above  the 
former  level  of  the  sand-bed.  The  roott^l  shoots  an- 
f^/t'xl  in  dean  3-inch  porous  pots  in  a  soil  consisting 
of  two  parts  of  rotted  upland  peat  to  one  of  sand  and 
one  of  clean  broken  crocks.    They  are  then  plunged  in 


sand  in  a  shaded  coldframc  or  greenhouse,  with  abun- 
dant light  but  no  direct  sunlight.  For  the  first  two 
months  the  temporal  ure  should  bo  kept  below  6.5°  F. 
When  subjected  to  high  tomporaturos,  the  newly  cut 
shoots  are  liable  to  die  and  rot  from  the  base  U[)ward. 
Watering  should  be  infrequent,  only  suflicient  to  keep 
the  soil  moist  but  well  aerated.  The  frame  should  re- 
ceive ventilation  but  not  enough  to  cause  the  new  twigs 
to  droop.  Tlioy  are  very  susceptible  to  over-ventilation 
and  overheating  just  before  they  complete  their  pri- 
mary growth.  After  the  new  twigs  have  stopped  growing 
and  their  wood  becomes  hard,  new  root-growth  takes 
place.  Then  secondary  twig-growth  follows.  Not  until 
this  has  occurred  is  the  life  of  the  plant  assured.  Those 
plants  that  make  sufficient  growth  to  require  repotting 
during  the  first  summer  should  be  transferred  to  clean 
pots  of  2  inches  larger  diameter  in  a  standard  blue- 
berry soil  mixture. 

A  very  successful  potting  mixture,  or  nursery-bed 
mixture,  for  blueberry  plants  consists  of  one  part  of 
clean  or  wa.shed  sand,  nine  parts  of  rotted  upland  peat, 
either  chopped  or  rubbed  through  a  sieve,  and  three 
parts  of  clean  broken  crocks. 
No  loam  and  especially  no 
lime  should  be  used.  Ma- 
nure is  not  necessary,  and 
in  the  present  state  of  our 
knowledge  may  be  re- 
garded as  dangerous,  al- 
though in  small  amounts 
it  serves  to  stimulate  the 
plants,  at  least  temporarily. 
The  danger  from  manure 
apparently  Ues  in  its  ten- 
dency to  produce  an  alka- 
line condition  in  the  soil. 

The  use  of  crocks  in  the 
potting  mixture  is  based  on 
the  fact  that  the  rootlets 
seek  them  and  form  around 
them  the  same  mats  that 
the}'  form  at  the  wall  of 
the  pot, '  thus  increasing 
the  effective  root-surface 
and  the  vigor  of  growth. 

The  peat  most  success- 
fully used  for  potting  blue- 
berry plants  is  an  upland 
peat  procured  in  kalmia,  or 
laurel,  thickets.  In  a  sandy 
soil  in  which  the  leaves  of 
these  bushes  and  of  the  oak 
trees  with  which  they  usually  grow  have  accumulated 
and  rotted  for  many  years  untouched  by  fire,  a  mass 
of  rich  leaf-peat  is  formed,  interlaced  by  the  super- 
ficial rootlets  of  the  oak  and  laurel  int<3  tough  mats 
or  turfs,  commonly  2  to  4  inches  in  thickness.  These 
turfs,  ripped  from  the  soil  and  rotted  from  two  to  six 
months  in  a  moist  but  well  aerated  stack,  make  an 
ideal  blueberry  peat.  A  good  substitute  is  found  in 
similar  turfs  formed  in  sandy  oak  woods  having  an 
underbrush  of  other  ericaceous  plants  than  laurel.  Oak 
leaves  raked,  stacked,  and  rotted  for  about  eighteen 
months  without  lime  or  manure  are  also  good.  The 
leaves  of  some  trees,  such  as  maples,  rot  so  rapidly 
that  within  a  year  they  may  have  passed  from  the 
acid  condition  necessary  for  the  formation  of  good 
peat  to  the  alkaline  stage  of  decomposition,  which  is 
fatal  to  blueberry  plants.  Even  oak  leaves  rotted  for 
several  years  become  alkaline  if  they  are  protected  from 
th(!  addition  of  new  leaves  bearing  fresh  charges  of 
acidity. 

By  orflinary  methods,  cuttings  of  the  swamp  blueberry 
have  been  rooted  only  in  occasional  instances.  Two  suc- 
cessful methods,  however,  have  been  especially  devised 
for  these  plants.    The  most  novel  of  these  but  the  one 


586.  Swamp  Blueberry.  A 
cluster  of  berries  on  a  budded 
greenhouse  plant.  (  X  )  2). 


BLUEBERRY 


BLUEBERRY 


517 


easiest  of  operation  is  that  of  "tuboring."  This  method 
involves  the  same  principle  as  that  employed  in  stump- 
ing, namely  the  forcing  of  new  shoots  in  such  a  manner 
that  their  basal  portions  are  morphologically  scaly 
rootstocks,  with  a  strong  rooting  tendency.  This 
method  of  projiagation  from  stem  cuttings  is  called 
tubering  because  the  treatment  as  well  as  the  behavior 
of  the  cuttings  is  essentially  identical  with  that  which 
takes  place  in  reproduction  from  tubers,  as  in  the  case 
of  the  potato. 

The  cuttings  are  made  in  late  winter  or  early  spring, 
and  the  whole  plant  may  be  used,  including  old  stems 
an  inch  or  more  in  diameter.  With  a  saw  and  knife 
cut  the  wood  in  pieces  about  4  inches  long.  Lay  these 
horizontally  in  a  shallow,  well-drained  box  containing 
a  bed  of  clean  sand  and  cover  them  with  half  an  inch 
of  the  same  material.  Water  the  sand  well,  cover  the 
box  with  glass,  and  keep  it  at  a  temperature  of  60°  to 
65°,  or  less  if  the  equipment  does  not  permit  the  main- 
tenance of  such  a  temperature.  The  sand-bed  must  be 
kept  moist,  although  if  there  are  only  slight  apertures 
beneath  the  glass,  a  second  watering  may  not  be 
required  for  several  weeks. 

At  the  temperature  already  specified,  shoots  should 
begin  to  appear  above  the  sand  within  six  weeks.  The 
boxes  should  then  be  placed  in  good  light  but  pro- 
tected from  direct  sunlight,  and,  when  warm  weather 
approaches,  they  should  be  given  the  coolest  situation 
available  so  as  to  keep  the  temperature  below  6.5°  as 
long  as  practicable.  When  the  first  shoots  have  stopped 
grow  ing  and  their  foliage  has  turned  to  a  mature  green 
color,  they  are  ready  to  produce  roots.  A  half-inch 
layer  of  finely  sifted  rotted  peat  should  then  be  added 
to  the  surface  of  the  sand-bed  and  thoroughly  wet 
down  with  a  fine  spray.  The  box  should  remain  in 
this  condition,  with  a  little  ventilation  but  a  saturated 
or  nearly  saturated  atmosphere,  until  new  shoots  cease 
to  appear.  Meanwhile,  during  the  spring  and  early 
summer  the  older  shoots  will  have  formed  roots  between 
the  surface  of  the  ground  and  the  point  at  which  they 
sprang  from  the  cutting.  After  a  shoot  is  well  rooted  it 
will  make  secondary  twig-growth,  and  if  the  develop- 
ment of  roots  has  not  already  been  ascertained  by 
direct  examination,  the  making  of  such  secondary 
growth  is  good  evidence  that  rooting  has  actually 
taken  place.  If  the  rooted  shoots  have  not  already 
disconnected  themselves  from  the  dead  cuttings  they 
should  be  carefully  severed  with  a  sharp  knife.  They 
are  then  potted  in  2-inch  pots  in  the  standard  blueberry 
soil  mixture  already  described,  and  during  a  period  of 
three  or  four  weeks  they  should  be  gradually  changed 
from  their  saturated  atmosphere  and  full  shade  to  open 
air  and  half  sunlight.  If  preferred,  the  shoots  may 
remain  in  the  original  cutting-bed  until  the  following 
spring,  before  potting,  the  cutting-bed  being  exposed  to 
freezing  temperatures  during  the  winter. 

When  blueberry  plants,  either  large  or  small,  are 
grown  in  porous  pots,  the  surface  of  the  pot  should 
never  be  allowed  to  become  dry,  for  the  rootlets,  which 
grow  through  the  soil  to  the  wall  of  the  pot  for  air, 
are  exceedingly  fine  and  easily  killed  by  drying, 
to  the  great  injury  of  the  plant.  This  danger  may 
be  eliminated  by  plunging  the  pots  to  the  rim  in  a 
well-drained  bed  of  sand,  or  by  setting  the  pot  in 
another  pot  of  2  to  4  inches  greater  diameter,  with 
a  packing  of  moist  sphagnum  between,  and  crocks  at 
the  bott^jm. 

A  burning  of  the  young  leaves  and  growing  tips  of 
twigs  is  often  produced  by  the  hot  sun  from  the  rfiid- 
dle  of  June  to  the  middle  of  September.  Plants  in  pots 
or  nurserj-  beds  are  easily  protected  from  such  injury 
and  forced  to  their  inaximum  groui.h  by  a  half-shade 
covering  of  slats,  the  slats  anfl  tlic  spaces  between 
being  of  the  same  width.  On  cloudy  days  the  shade 
should  be  removed.  It  should  not  be  used  in  fall  or 
pring. 


During  the  winter  the  rooted  cuttings  or  one-year- 
old  plants  should  be  kept  outdoors,  exposed  to  freezing 
temperatures,  their  soil  mulched  with  leaves,  prefer- 
ably oak  leaves.  When  kept  in  a  warm  greenhouse 
during  the  winter  they  make  no  growth  before  spring. 
Even  then  their  growth  is  abnormal,  often  feeble,  or 
sometimes  deferred  for  a  whole  year. 

Plants  from  cuttings  or  rooted  shoots  are  ready  for 
permanent  field  planting  when  they  are  two  or  three 
years  old  and  about  1 '  2  to  2  feet  high.  They  are  best 
set  out  in  early  spring  before  the  buds  have  begun  to 
push. 

The  field  planialion. 

It  is  a  curious  fact  that  these  plants  send  out  no  new 
roots  in  spring  until  they  are  in  full  leaf,  their  flowering 
is  nearly  or  quite  finished,  and  their  principal  twig- 
growth  has  ceased.  It  is  important,  therefore,  in  tak- 
ing up  either  a  wild  or  a  cultivated  plant  from  the  open 
ground,  that  as  much  as  possible  of  the  old  root-mat 
be  lifted  with  the  plant,  for  upon  this  they  depend 
for  moisture  until  their  new  rootlets  are  formed. 

In  the  case  of  mature  wild  bushes  with  very  large 
root-systems,  when  it  is  practicable  to  secure  but  a 
fraction  of  the  root-mat,  say  a  disk  only  3  or  4  feet  in 
diameter,  it  is  the  best  procedure  to  cut  all  the  stems  to 
the  ground  at  the  time  of  transplanting.  The  bush  will 
then  produce  a  new  and  symmetrical  top  of  a  size 
suited  to  the  capacity  of  the  roots.  The  wood  that  is 
removed  may  be  used  for  cuttings  if  the  plant  is  suffi- 
ciently valuable. 

A  plant  pollinated  with  its  own  pollen,  or  with  pol- 
len from  its  asexual  offspring,  produces  fewer,  smaller, 
and  later  berries  than  a  cross-pollinated  plant.  In  a 
field  of  plants  propagated  from  cuttings  or  layers,  two 
parent  stocks  should  be  used,  a  row  of  plants  from  one 
stock  being  followed  by  a  row  from  the  other. 

In  the  permanent  field  plantation  the  bushes  should 
be  set  8  feet  apart  each  way.  When  they  reach  mature 
size  they  will  nearly  or  quite  cover  the  intervening 
spaces. 

To  secure  full  vigor  of  growth,  the  ground  between 
the  bushes  must  be  kept  free  from  all  other  vegetation. 
On  rocky  uplands  a  continuous  mulch  of  oak  leaves, 
when  it  is  practicable  to  secure  them,  will  help  toward 
this  end  as  well  as  keep  the  soil  in  the  necessary  acid 
condition.  It  is  more  economical,  however,  to  choose 
such  a  location  for  the  plantation  as  will  permit  the  use 
of  horse-drawn  machinery,  and  will  make  mulching 
unnecessary. 

The  most  favorable  location  for  blueberry-culture  is  a 
boggy  area  with  a  peat  covering  and  sand  subsoil,  the 
peat  preferably  of  such  a  thickness  that  a  deep  plowing 
will  turn  up  some  of  the  underlying  sand. 

The  land  should  be  so  ditched  that  the  water-level 
can  be  kept  at  least  a  foot  below  the  surface  of  the 
ground  during  the  growing  season  or  can  be  raised  for 
subirrigation  during  a  drought. 

The  ground  should  be  plowed  to  the  depth  of  about 
8  inches  and  repeatedly  harrowed  during  the  sea.son 
preceding  the  planting,  in  order  to  kill  the  vegeta- 
tion. After  the  plants  are  old  enough  to  have  formed 
a  root-mat,  the  harrowing  should  be  very  shallow, 
not  more  than  2  or  3  inches,  so  that  the  roots  will 
not  be  injured. 

By  proper  manipulation  in  the  greenhouse,  seedling 
blueberry  plants  can  often  be  made  (o  ripen  a  few  ber- 
ries in  less  than  a  year,  but  they  do  not  come  into  com- 
mercial bearing  in  field  plantations  until  they  are 
about  five  years  old,  when  the  plants  are  3  to  4  feet 
high.  They  then  increase  slowly  to  full  size  and  fuU 
bearing. 

The  field  plantings  resulting  from  the  recent  experi- 
ments in  blueberry  culture  are  too  young  to  show  the 
mature  yield.  I'ortunately,  however,  there  has  been 
found,  near  Elkhart,  Indiana,  a  small  blueberry  plant- 


51S 


BLUEliEUKY 


BOCCONIA 


iiig  of  mature  ago,  bi-licvoil  to  bo  tho  only  cominoroial 
plantation  in  oxistonce,  which  sots  forward  our  kiiowl- 
<\l(to  of  yields  by  at  lojist  a  dooado.  Tho  plantation  is  a 
little  less  than  two  and  a  half  acres  in  oxtonl.  It  was 
stnrtt^l  in  ISS!)  in  a  natural  bluoborry  bon.  which  was 
first  drainotl  and  then  sot  with  unsoloctod  wild  liluo- 
berry  bushes.  Exact  records  of  yield  and  receipts  are 
available  only  for  the  years  1910  to  1912.  They  are 
as  follows: 


Y-         'dl' 

Price 

(approx.  avg. 

per  qt.) 

Receipts 

1910  (a  year  of  "almost  total 
'ailure"  ticcaude  of  late 
sprioc  freeies) 

19U 

1040 
5620 
5900 

17;-8  Ct3. 
12JscU. 
1215  ct3. 

$178  25 
725  25 

1912 

758  25 

The  annual  expenses  for  weeding,  cultivation,  and 
irrigation  were  about  $50.  The  cost  of  picking  was  5 
cents  a  quart.  The  general  cost  of  maintenance  of  the 
equipment  was  about  .So  per  year,  the  crates  and  boxes 
being  used  repeatedly. 

Estimating  an  annual  charge  of  $30  for  interest,  $5 
for  taxes,  and  $10  for  depreciation,  the  profits  for  these 
three  j'ears  are  computed  as  follows: 

Year  Profita  per  acre 

1910 $10 

1911 139 

1912 147 

It  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  these  figures  are  based 
on  the  yields  from  wild  bushes  transplanted  without 
selection  as  to  individual  productiveness  or  the  size 
of  the  berries.  \\'ith  bushes  propagated  from  selected 
stocks,  the  yield  should  be  greater  and  the  berries  much 
larger,  this  greater  size  probably  effecting  a  reduction 
in  the  cost  of  picking  and  certainly  an  increase  in  the 
selling  price.  Frederick  V.  Coville. 

BLOE  FLAG:    Iri,. 
BLUETS:    Houitonia. 

BLUMENBACHIA  (after  Dr.  J.  F.  Blumenbach,  pro- 
fessor at  (iottingcn,  17.52-1840).  Loasacese.  S.  Amer- 
ican plants  allied  to  Lfjasa  and  Mentzeha  (prairie 
lilies),  not  cult,  in  Amer.  because  of  their  covering 
of  stinging  hairs.  The  fls.  are  odd  and  pretty,  axillary, 
solitary  and  bracteate:  Ivs.  opposite,  lobed.  The 
garden  forms  are  mostly  treated  as  tender  annuals. 
Prop,  by  seeds,  to  be  .sown  in  pots  in  spring.  Trans- 
plant only  when  danger  from  frost  is  over. 

B.  chwpiUinais,  Hook.  f.  Lvs.  8-10  in.  long:  fla.  1  ^-2  in.  long, 
brick-red,  tipped  yellow  without,  and  yellow  within;  petals  5-10, 
boat-nhaped.  Peru,  Ecuador.  F.S.  22 : 2;j.58.  B.M.  6143.— B. 
em-oruiUt,  Haage  &  Schmidt.  1 J-2  ft.:  Ivs.  narrow,  bi-pinnatifid: 
&.I.  half  hidden  by  the   Ivs.,  2  in.  diain.,  pure  white.     R.H.  1874, 

6  58.  F.M.  1874.  139.— B.  graruiijldra.  Don  (B.  contorta, 
ook.  f.  B.M.  61.34).  Lv8.  4-6  in.  long:  flii.  1^-2  in.  long,  wholly 
red;  scales  J^iin.  long,  cup-shaped,  green;  stamens  in  5  bundles,  with 
long  filaments.  Peru.  B.  inirtgnin,  Sohrad.  8t.  climbing,  4-sided: 
petals  white,  unguiculate.  B.M.  2865. — li.  Utleritia,  Brit.  (Cajo- 
pbora  lateritia.  IV;nth.)  Lvs.  pinnate,  with  roundish  lobed  Ifts;  fl.- 
Htallu,  twin,  stngle-fld.:  fls.  orange-red.   8.  Amer.  B.M.  3632.  B.R. 

^•^-  N.    TAYLOH.t 

BOCCONIA  rafter  Dr.  PatAo  Bocconi,  Sicilian  hotan- 
i.st  and  author).  I'apaveracea;.  Ph;me  P(jpi'Y.  Thek 
Cela.vdine.  Tall  garden  herbs,  suitable  to  the  hardy 
Ix^rder. 

Herbs,  but  sometimes  almost  ahnibby,  glaucous: 
lvs.  lobed:  fls.  small,  many,  in  terminal  panicles;  sepals 
2,  colored;  petals  wanting;  stamens  many:  fr.  a  .stalked 
cajw.,  few-M^ede'i. — Four  or  5  species  in  American  trop- 
ics, and  China  and  Japan.  The  well-known  China-,Iap- 
anese  speci(«t,  B.  cordata,  is  by  some  recent  authors 
referre^i  to  .Macleya,  li.  frulencenn  and  li.  inlegrijoli'i 


(!:itter  apparently  not  cult.)  representing  Bocconia  as 
limited. 

The  large,  handsome  loaves  remind  one,  by  their  tex- 
ture and  lobing,  of  bloodroot  and  Stylophorum,  which 
b(>long  to  allied  gs'noni.  The  flowers  are  very  unlike 
our  common  |)oppios,  being  small  and  without  petals, 
but  they  :ire  borne  in  gro;it  feathery  or  plumy  masses, 
in  terminal  panicles  raised  high  above  the  heavy  fohage, 
making  the  plant  unique  in  its  picturesque  general 
appearance.  Hence,  it  is  much  used  for  isolated  lawn 
specimens,  or  for  very  bold  and  striking  effects,  being 
especially  adapted  to  be  viewed  at  long  distances.  It 
is  also  placed  in  shrubberies,  wild  gardens,  and  at  the 
back  of  wide  borders.  It  spreads  rapidly  by  suckers, 
any  of  which,  if  detached,  will  make  a  strong  plant  in 
a  single  season.  The  plume  poppy  seems  to  be  much 
hardier  in  America  than  in  the  Old  World.  It  was 
popular    early   in    the    century,   but   was    neglected, 


"^^ 


>  nil  42' 


/ 


587.  Bocconia  cordata. 


probably  because  it  spread  so  rapidly.  Lately  it  has 
become  popular  again.  It  deserves  to  be  permanently 
naturalized  in  the  American  landscape.  To  produce 
the  largest  specimens,  it  is  well  to  plant  in  very  rich 
soil,  give  the  old  clumps  liquid  manure  in  spring, 
and  cut  off  the  suckers.  Propagation  chiefly  by 
suckers.  See  Pflanzenreich,  hft.  40,  p.  217  for  the  latest 
monograph. 

cordata,  Willd.  (fi. iapdreico,  Hort.).  Fig.  587.  Hardy 
herbaceous  perennial:  height  5-8  ft.:  Ivs.  large,  glau- 
cous, heart-shaped,  much  lobed,  deeply  veined:  fls. 
pinkish;  stamens  about  30.  China,  Japan.  B.M.  1905. 
Gn.  .54,  p.  279.    Gng.  5::342. 

microcarpa,  Maxim.  Perennial,  9  ft.:  fls.  golden 
brown  or  bronzy,  in  immense  panicles,  summer:  lvs. 
much  as  in  B.  cordata.  N.  China.  R.H.  1898,  p.  362,  f. 
125. 

frutescens,  Linn.  Perennial,  somewhat  shrubby, 
4-9  ft.:  lvs.  pinnittifid,  pale  green,  often  glaucescent 
beneath,  ovate-oblong,  cuneate  at  the  base,  6-12  in. 
long:  fls.  greenish,  the  panicle  often  a  foot  long.  Oct 
Mex.  and  Peru.  L. B.C.:  83.  —  Intro,  by  Franceschi 
in   1895. 

B.  intefjHfdlia.  Humb.  &  Bonpl.  9  ft.:  fls.  greenish:  lvs.  nearly 
entire.  Peru.  Is  sometimes  cult. — B.  macrocdrpa,  B.  GirAUia  and 
B.  Thu7iht:ro\i  are  trade  names,  tlie  first  two  referable  to  B.  cordata. 
the  last  probably  to  B.  microcarpa.  pr     TaYLOR  t 


BOEA 


BOLLEO-CHONDRORHYNCHA    519 


B06A  (name  obscure,  probably  personal).  Sometimes 
spelled  Bos-a.  Gcsneriacex.  Allied  to  Streptoeari)US, 
sometimes  found  in  choice  collections.  Diffens  from 
Streptocarpus  in  having  a  short  corolla-tube  and  a 
broadly  campanulate  fl.,  no  disk,  and  very  minor 
characters.  Boeas  are  perennial  herbs  with  ovate  or 
oblique  Ivs.  radical  or  opposite  on  a  very  short  st.: 
peduncles  axillary  or  elongated  leafless  scapes,  the  fls. 
small  or  mediiun  in  size,  blue. — Species  16-20  in  E. 
Asia  and  to  Austral,  and  Seychelles.  B.  Clarkeana, 
Hemsl.,  from  China,  has  been  offered  in  the  trade:  Ivs. 
radical,  roundish,  strongly  crenate,  petioled,  bronze- 
green  above  and  maroon-red  beneath:  fls.  3-4  on  each 
peduncle,  clear  azure-blue  with  a  whitish  spot. 

BOEHMERIA  (G.  R.  Boehmer,  a  German  botanist). 
Urticdcese.  A  fiber  plant;  and  a  greenhouse  shrub  or 
tree. 

Leaves  alternate  or  opposite,  often  3-nerved:  fls. 
monoecious  or  dioecious,  in  dense  clusters;  petals  none; 
sepals  2-5:  fr.  a  flattened  achene.  B.  nivea,  Gaud.,  of 
Trop.  Asia,  is  cult,  in  some  countries  as  a  fiber  plant, 
and  has  been  intro.  into  this  country'  for  that  purpose. 
Now  grown  extensivelj-  in  Calif,  and  La.  for  its  fiber. 
See  Report  No.  2,  office  of  Fiber  Investigations,  U.  S. 
Dept.  Agric,  and  Cyclo.  Amer.  Agric.  H,  p.  284.  It 
produces  ramie.  It  is  a  strong-growing,  large-lvd.  per- 
ennial, well  suited  to  the  border  as  an  ornamental 
subject.  A  genus  of  45  widely  distributed  species  of 
shrubs,  trees  or  herbs. 

argentea,  Lind.  Fig.  588.  Tree,  10-30  ft.:  Ivs.  alter- 
nate, ovate,  long-acuminate,  8-10  in.  long,  3-5  in.  wide, 
usually  silverj':  fls.  in  an  axillary  compound  catkin-like 
cluster,  6-10  in.  long.  Mex. — An  excellent  warmhouse 
plant,  cult,  mostly  in  botanic  gardens,  but  worthy  of 
wide  attention. 

B.  macrophiJlUi,  Don.  A  shrub  or  small  tree;  Ivs.  lanceolate,  6-9 
in.  long,  serrate,  prominently  .3-nerved:  spikes  slender,  usually 
shorter  than  the  Ivs.    Uimalayan  region.  Ttr    T* »  yi  OR 

BOG  -  GARDENING.  The  growing  of  plants  in 
swamps,  marsh-spots  and-  bogs:  distinguished  from 
water-gardening  or  aquatic-gardening  in  the  fact  that 
the  plants  are  not  immersed  or  floating  but  grow 
mostly  free  above  the  soil.  When  water-gardening  is 
made  to  include  bog-gardening,  confusion  in  practice 
is  likely  to  result  because  the  cultural  requirements  are 
unhke. 

Bog-gardens  may  be  separate  areas  in  themselves, 
or  they  may  comprise  the  edges  of  water-gardens  or 
the  spongy  ground  along  runnels  or  the  margins  of 
pools.  Bog-gardening  is  mostly  a  practice  in  colonizing 
plants,  finding  the  ones  that  are  specially  adapted  to 
the  particular  place.  The  artistic  scheme  is  one  of 
informaUty.  If  the  place  is  very  soft,  stepping-stones 
may  comprise  the  walks.  Hereabouts  may  be  grown 
the  many  marsh  and  wet-land  plants,  many  of  which 
are  showy  and  also  little  know^n  to  cultivators.  The 
sparganiimis,  pontedcrias,  some  of  the  hibiscus  (page 
338),  many  orchids,  loosestrifes,  cephalanthus,  utric- 
ularias,  and  a  host  of  others  will  occur  to  frequenters 
of  morasses  and  distant  shores.  L_  jj    b_ 

BOLANDRA  (H.  N.  Bolander,  Californian  botanist). 
Saxifragacese.  Two  species  of  small  V\'.  American  herbs 
offered  for  borders  and  wild  gardens. 

Flowers  purplish  in  lax  corj'mbs;  petals  5,  inserted 
on  the  throat  of  the  5-lobed  calyx;  .stamens  5,  alternate 
with  petals.  Delicate  herbs,  suitable  for  rockwork 
where  there  is  a  plentiful  supply  of  moisture. 

oregana,  Wats.  A  foot  or  2  high,  pubescent  and 
glandular:  Ivs.  laciniately  toothed  and  lobed:  fls.  deep 
purple;  tube  of  the  calyx  equaling  the  teeth  and  a  little 
shorter  than  the  petals:  pedicels  reflexed  in  front.  Ore. 
and  Wash.— Intro,  by  Gillett  in  1881. 

The  first-described  species,  B.  califdrnica.  Gray,  seems  not  to 
have  been  offered  in  t  lie  t  rade.    It  is  a  smaller  species,  less  pubescent 


with  smaller  fls.,  the  lower  Ivs.  round-reniform  and  5-lobed:  plant 
3-12  in.  high,  the  sts.  weak  and  slender. 

BOLD 6 A  FRAGRANS,  cult,  in  S.  Calif.:   Peumus. 

BOLETUS:    Mushroom. 

BOLLEA  (in  honor  of  Dr.  Karl  Bolle).  Orchidacex. 
Epiphytic  greenhouse  orchids  without  pseudobulba,  with 
flat  Ivs.,  and  lateral  1-fld.  peduncles:  sepals  and  petals 
nearly  alike,  spreading,  the  lateral  sepals  forming  a 
distinct  chin;  lip  articulated  to  the  column-foot,  entire, 
the  margin  revolute,  furnished  with  a  thick  ridged 
plate,  over  which  the  stout  column  extends;  pollinia  4. 
— A  Trop.  American  genus  of  4  species. 

A.  Recurved  tip  of  lip  purple. 
violaceum,  Reichb.  f.  (Hunlleya  violacea,  Lindl. 
Zygopetalum  violaceum,  Reichb.  f.).  Fls.  deep  violet; 
sepals  and  petals  broad,  undulate;  lip  ovate,  cordate, 
the  tip  recurved.  British  Guiana.  F.S.  7:678.  P.M. 
8:1. 


538.  Boehmeria  argentea. 

(XJs) 


AA.  Recurved  tip  of  lip  yellow. 
B.  Fls.  triolet  or  purple. 
coelestis,  Reichb.  f.  (Zygopetalum  coeleste,  Reichb.  f.). 
Lvs.  up  to  1  ft.  long  and  2  in.  broad:  fls.  .3-4  in.  across; 
sepals  and  petals  bluish  violet,  with  yellow  tips,  the 
dorsal  broadly  obovate;  petals  similar  to  the  dorsal 
sepal;  lip  colored  like  the  petals,  the  crest  buff. 
Colombia.  B.M.  6458.  Gt.  31:1075.  Lind.  2:61. 
G.  16:99.   Gn.  31,  p.  121. 

BB.  Fls.  rose-colored. 
C.  Sepals  and  petals  light  rose. 
Patinii,  Reichb.  f.  (Zygopetalum  Pdtinii,  Reichb.  f.). 
Lvs.  up  to  1  ft.  long  and  2-3  in.  wide:  fls.  3-4  in.  across; 
sepals  and  petals  light  rose,  undulate,  the  lower  side  of 
the  lateral  sepals  darker;  li])  triangular-hastate,  yellow. 
F.M.  1875:147.   G.C.  II.  3:9. 

cc.  Sepals  and  petals  dull  rose,  tipped  with  yellow  and 

margined  white  or  yellow. 

Lalindei,  Reichb.  f.  (Zygopetalum  Lallndei,  Reichb. 

f .).   IjVs.  as  in  B.  Patinii,  but  fls.  smaller  and  darker;  lip 

ovate-hastate,   yellow.     Colombia.     B.M.  6331.     O.R. 

8:369.  George  V.  Nash. 

BOLLEO-CHONDRORHYNCHA.   A  cross  of  Bollea 

ca'le.slis  with  probably  ('homlrorhyncha  Chestertonii, 
with  both  of  which  it  was  found  growing  in  Colombia, 
whence  it  was  intro.  to  the  collection  of  Otto  Froebel  of 


520     HOLLEO-CIIONDRORHYNCHA 


BOM  AREA 


Ziiricli  in  ISOS.  It  has  roroivrsl  the  name  B.-C.  Froe- 
beli&na,  Copn.  This  nat-iiral  hybriil  lias  a  slciulor  erect 
ptxluiu'lc  i  in.  lonp,  at  the  top  bearing  2  nieiul)ranou.s 
bracts  half  the  length  of  the  ovary:  fl.  3'.i  in,  wide,  the 
sopals  and  jH>tals  lanceolati^ligiilate,  yellow-white, 
lightly  tinptni  with  rose,  especially  at  the  summit;  dor- 
ead  sepal  }X>intc<.l,  curving  outwarti  at  the  top,  the  lateral 
ones  much  incurved;  petals  obtuse,  almost  flat,  curved 


589.  Boltonia  latisquama.  (  X  H) 

back  at  the  tip;  lip  somewhat  thick  and  fleshy,  more 
deUcate  than  in  B.  coekstis,  the  blade  widely  obovate 
and  rounded;  crest  orange-yellow,  with  a  yellowish 
border  and  an  edge  of  brown-purple. 

BOLOCANTHUS,  BOLUSANTHUS:  Lophocarpus. 

BOLTONU  (James  Bolton,  English  botanist).  Com- 
■p/jKilaf.  False  Chamomile.  Four  or  .5  species  of  aster- 
like  glabrous  often  glaucous  herbs  of  the  United  States 
and  ea-stem  Asia,  sometimes  planted  in  borders  and 
wild  gardens. 

They  are  tall  and  leafy  plants,  blooming  profusely 
in  late  summer  and  autumn,  and  excellent  for  the 
hardy  border.  'I'hey  have  alternate,  entire  and  sessile  or 
clasping  Ivs.  and  angled,  often  striate,  sts.  Differs  from 
Aster  in  having  very  few  pappus  bristles  which  in 
Aster  are  numerous,  and  in  other  technical  characters. 

Boltonias  are  of  easiest  culture.  They  take  care  of 
theriLselves  when  once  established.  Propagation  is 
efTectwl  by  division.  Should  be  better  known  to  garden- 
ers.   They  stand  without  staking. 

asteroides,  I.'Her.  {B.  glaslifblin,  L'Her.).  Sts.  2-8 
ft.,  simple  below  and  branching  at  the  top:  Ivs.  broadly 
lanceolate  or  the  upper  narrower:  heads  short-pedun- 
clcd,  numerous,  the  rays  varying  from  white  to  violet 
and  purjjle;  involucral  bracts  lanceolate  and  acute, 
greenish;  scales  of  the  pappus  numerous  and  conspicu- 
ous, the  2  aw^os  sometimes  missing.    Pa.  to  111.  and  S. 


P.M.   2381,  2,').'->4.     Mn.  1:33.    Gn.  74,  p.  438.    R.H 
1903,  p.  59.— Perennial. 

latisquama,  Gray.  Fig.  589.  A  handsomer  plant, 
with  larger  and  more  showy  heads  with  blue-violet 
rays:  involucral  bracts  oblong  or  obovate  and  obtuse 
(often  bearing  a  minute  point);  pappus  scales  small, 
the  awns  present  and  conspicuous.  Kan.  and  Mo.  to 
Ark.  G.P\  5:271  (adapted  in  Fig.  589).  C.L.A.  7:490. 
Perennial.  Yar.  nana,  Ilort.  A  dwarf  form  scarcely 
2-3  ft.  tall,  with  pinkish  rayed  fls.  Branches  freely 
from  the  base. 

B.  cantonUnsis,  Franch.  &  Sav.,  is  native  to  Japan,  where  the 
young  plants  are  used  for  greens.  See  Georgeson,  A.G.  13,  p.  8,  fig. 
4.  It  is  annual.  _  Has  not  yet  appeared  in  the  American  trade.  Gray 
restricts  Boltonia  to  the  U.  S.,  and  regards  his  species  as  of  another 
genus.    B.  Ixvigata,  Hort.=B.  asteToidesil) 


BOLUSANTHUS:   Lonchocarpus. 


L.  H.  B. 

N.    TAYLOR.f 


BOMAREA  (named  after  the  French  botanist,  J.  C. 
W.  de  Poniare).  AmaryUidacese .  Tender  South  Ameri- 
can plants  allied  to  Alstra-meria,  and  with  similar  fls. 
but  a  twining  habit.  Lvs.  parallel- veined,  usually 
borne  on  short,  twisted  petioles:  fls.  in  pendulous 
umbels,  variously  colored  and  spotted,  borne  in  early 
spring  and  summer;  perianth  funnel-shaped;  tube 
none. 

The  most  beautiful  species  now  grown  is  probably 
B.  Carderi.  It  has  large  terminal  cymes  of  rose-col- 
ored flowers,  about  2  inches  long,  with  dark  purple 
spots  and  blotches.  Another  valuable  form  is  B.  Shut- 
lleworlhii  with  pale  yellow  flowers,  spotted  with  green. 

Bomareas  delight  in  a  rich,  fibrous  soil,  and  require 
plenty  of  water  during  the  growing  season,  which  be- 
gins early  in  the  spring.  A  little  well-decayed  cow- 
manure  mixed  with  the  soil  improves  the  growth  and 
results  in  larger  clusters  of  flowers,  as  does  also  manure 
watering  during  the  growing  season.  Late  in  fall  the 
stems  are  cut  down  to  the  ground  and  the  roots  are 
kept  in  the  soil  in  a  dry  state.  While  they  often  make 
satisfactory  pot-plants,  they  do  best  when  planted  out 
in  an  open  sunny  position  in  a  cool  conservatory  where 
they  have  plenty  of  air  in  summer.  In  the  south, 
bomareas  may  be  grown  in  the  open  air  on  trellises  in 
half-shady  places.  All  are  woodland  plants  and  cannot 
be  successfully  grown  in  the  glaring  heat  of  the  sun. 

Propagation  is  by  fresh  seeds,  which  germinate 
readily  if  sown  in  shallow  pans  in  a  warm  propagating- 
house;  also,  and  more  rapidly,  by  careful  division  of 
the  rhizome,  to  which  some  of  the  roots  should  be 
attached. 


A.  Perianth-segms.  equal. 

B.   Umbel  simple;  fls.  medium-sized. 

oligantha,  Baker.  Lvs.  3-4  in.  long,  oblong,  acute, 
lax,  thin,  densely  pubescent  beneath:  fls.  6-8  in  an 
umbel;  bracts  large,  If.-like;  segms.  l-lJ4.in.  long, 
outer  dull  red,  inner  bright  yellow  with  reddish  brown 
spots.    Peruvian  Andes. 


BOIMAREA 


BORASSUS 


521 


BB.  Umbel  compound. 

9    Fh.  small. 

Salsilla,  Herb.  {B.  oculata,  M.  J.  Roem.  Alstroemiria 

ocuh'ilii,   I.odd.).     Fig.   590.     Lvs.   2-4   in.  long,   J-^in. 

broad,  lanceolate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  moderately  firm, 

glabrous    beneath:  umbel    4-15-rayed;    rays    1-3    in. 

long,  1-3-fld.;  bracts 
small;  fls.  pink  or 
red,  marked  with 
blue  and  dark  pur- 
ple within.  Chile. 
L.B.C.  19:  1S51. 
B.M.  3344. 

cc.  Fls.  large. 
Carderi,  Mast. 
Lvs.  4-6  in.  long, 
1  ^2-3  in.  broad,  ob- 
long, acute:  umbel  1 
ft.  long,  6-9-rayed; 
rays  1-4-fld.;  bracts 
large,  leafy;  peri- 
anth-segms.  2  in. 
long,  outer  pale 
pink,  spotted  brown 
near  the  top,  inner 
greenish  white, 
much  spotted.  F. 
M.  1876:239.  G.C. 
II.  5:793. 


591.  Bombaz  malabaricum.   (X 


or  clustered  peduncles,  and  usually  large  white  or 
scarlet  fls.  Specimens  are  rarely  seen  in  cult,  in  fine 
glasshouses,  and  only  1  of  the  species  appears  to  be  in 
the  American  trade.  The  bark  of  some  species  pro- 
duces commercial  fiber  such  as  the  Kapok  fiber. 

malabaricum,    DC.    (B.    Ce'iba,  Burme.).     Fig.  591. 
Large  deciduous  tree,  the  branches  in  whorls,  the  trunk 


chontalensis, 
Seem.  Lvs.  6-8  in. 
long,  broadl}'  lanceolate:  umbel  very  large;  rays  4-6- 
fld.;  fls.  numerous,  23-^  in.  long;  outer  segms.  waxy, 
wavy  margined,  rosy  red  or  pink  with  brown  spots, 
inner  ones  thinner,  pale  greenish  yellow,  spotted. — The 
largest-fld.  species;  very  effective  when  well  grown. 

Shuttleworthii,  Mast.  Lvs.  5-6  in.  long,  oblong, 
acute,  glabrous:  umbel  1  ft.  long,  5-10-rayed;  rays 
usually  3-fld.;  perianth-segms.  2  in.  long,  outer  reddish, 
inner  greenish  yellow.  Colombian  Andes.  G.C.  II. 
17:77,  85.  —  The  curious  egg-shaped  tubers  termi- 
nate unbranched  roots,  which  spring  from  a  rhizome 
about  1  in.  wide.  Having  no  eyes  or  buds,  they  cannot 
be  used  for  propagating. 

AA.  Perianth-segms.  not  eqvuil,  the  inner  longer. 
B.  Umbel  simple. 

patacocensis,  Herb.  (B.  conjerla,  Benth.)  Sts.  pur- 
ple-tinted, pubescent:  lvs.  5-6  in.  long,  oblong-lanceo- 
late, pubescent  beneath:  fls.  20-30;  outer  segms.  13^  in. 
long,  bright  red;  inner  ones  2}^  in.  long,  bright  red, 
vellow-kceled,  with  a  few  spots.  Andes  of  Ecuador 
knd  Colombia.  G.C.  II.  17:187.  B.M.  6692.— When 
well  grown,  the  umbel  is  very  dense  and  many-fld. 

Caldasiana,  Herb.  Lvs.  thin,  spreading,  oblong, 
acute,  distinctly  petioled,  3-6  in.  long,  glaucous,  puber- 
ulent  beneath:  umbel  6-30-fld.;  bracts  many,  oblong- 
lanceolate;  pedicels  1-2  in.  long,  pilo.se;  outer  segms. 
reddish  brown,  about  1  in.  long,  inner  Yiin.  longer, 
bright  yellow.    B.M.  5442  (as  Ahlraxcsin  Cnldasii). 

BB.   Umbel  compound. 

vitellina,  Mast.  Lvs.  3-4  in.  long,  ovate-oblong:  um- 
bel about  12-rayed;  perianth-segms.  bright  yellow, 
outer  IJi  '"■  long,  inner  2  in.  long;  bracts  large,  leafy. 
Peruvian  Andes.   G.C.  II.  17:151. 

B.  Wcrcklfi,  Lcmoine.  Lvs.  lanceolate,  acuminate,  briEht  green: 
fls.  about  12  in  a  terminal  umbel,  vermilion — orange  with  orange- 
yellow  in.side.    Costa  Hica.  i^j     t    Pf^cp  + 

BOMBAX  (a  Greek  n.ame  for  raw  silk,  alluding  to  the 
cottony  contents  of  the  pods).  Bombacacex.  Silk 
Cotton  Tree.  A  genus  of  50  species  of  tropical  shrubs 
and  trees,  with  digitate  5-9-foliolate  lvs.,  1-fld.  axillary 


592.  Borage — Borago  officinalis.  ( X  H) 


and  branches  spiny:  lvs.  5-7-foliolate,  palmate,  the  Ifts. 
entire,  cuspidate:  fls.  6-7  in.  long,  clustered  near  the 
ends  of  the  branches,  red  or  scarlet,  sometimes  white: 
fr.  a  5-valved  caps.,  silky.  India. — A  very  showy  plant, 
excellent  for  warmhouse,  but  tender.  Intro,  in  U.  S. 
by  Royal  Palm  Nurseiies  in  1912.  N.  Taylor. 

BONESET:    Eu-patorium  perfoUatum. 


BOOKS:    Literature. 


593.  Borassus  flabellifer. 


BORAGE  (Borago  officin&lis, 
Linn.).  Fig.  592.  Boragindcese.  A 
coarse  annual  plant  grown  for 
culinary  use  in  some  parts  of  Eu., 
as  in  Germany.  Used  as  a  pot- 
^  herb  and  sometimes  with  salads. 
Only  the  young  lvs.  are  palatable. 
Mostly  known  in  this  country  as 
a  bee-plant  and  for  its  handsome 
blue  or  purplish  racemed  fls.  It 
is  a  hairy  plant,  l}'2-2  ft.  high, 
with  oval  or  oblong  lvs.  Eu.,  N. 
Afr.  Eng.  Bot.  1:36.  Borago  laxi- 
flbra  DC.,  is  a  small,  decumbent 
alpine,  but  of  easy  cult.,  offered  in 
the  trade.  It  h.as  alternate,  ovate 
lvs.,  hairy  throughout,  and  pretty, 
long-peduncled,  purple  or  violet 
fls.  Corsica.  B.M.  1798.— Little 
known  in  Amer.      N.  TAYLOR.f 

BORASSUS  (an  old  name,  of 
no  significance  here).  Palmacese, 
tribe  Borassinse.  Tall  unarmed 
palms,  with  ringed  trunks. 

Leaves  large,  palmately  flabelli- 
form;  plicate  sheath  short;  petiole 
spiny;  ligule  .short  rigid:  fls.  small, 
densely  packed  in  pits  on  the  cat- 
kin-like branches  of  a  spathe  which 
comes  out  between  the  lvs.;  sta- 
mens 6.:  fr.  large,  subglobose, 
brown. — Species  1.  Trop.  Afr.  For 
cult.,  see  Lalania.   The  seeds  are 


BORASSUS 


BORDER 


vtT\'  hani  and  do  not  dcrminatc  readily  unless  given 
stronp  bottom  heat  and  ahiindant  moisture. 

flabellCfer,  Linn.  (B.  Jlnhtlliformis,  Murr.  B.  .rilm)- 
piiim.  Miirt.1.  Meelaix.\,  a  native  name  for  young 
plants:  calKxlalso  1'.\i.myr.\  P.\i.Mt>vthe  Hindoos.  Fig. 
593.  8t.  l>l)-70  ft.  high:  Ivs.  S-IO  ft',  long,  broader  than 
long:  If-segms.  bifid  at  the  aixw,  lanceolate  or  sword- 
shajwd  in  outline. — Widely  cult.  One  of  the  most  use- 
ful Diilins  of  India.  The  frs.  are  very  large.  Many  parts 
of  the  pliint  are  utilized  by  the  natives  as  food  anil  in 
the  art*.  Wood  black,  very  hard.  This  plant  requires 
rich  soil  and  strong  heat  for  its  best  de\elopment,  and  is 
rather  slow-growing  under  cult.,  especially  while  young. 

N.  Taylor. t 

BORDER.  In  gardening  practice,  the  term  "border" 
is  eniploye<I  to  designate  definite  strip-planting  on  the 
margins.  The  margin  may  be  along  the  boundary  of 
a  yard,  park  or  other  area;  close  about  a  residence  or 
other  building;  or  a  parallel  of  walks  and  drives.  In  all 
these  positions,  the  border  becomes  a  part  of  the 
artistic  landscape  plan.  In  .some  cases  borders  are 
designed  separately  as  flower-garden  or  ornamental 
features,  as  margins  or  boundaries  of  an  avenue  of  sod 


594.  Border  planting  about  a  residence. 

or  of  a  formal  walk.  The  border  derives  its  value  from 
its  relationship  as  well  as  from  its  intrinsic  character. 
It  is  a  conception  of  boundaries  and  inclosures,  and 
consequently  is  part  in  a  design  of  open  centers  and 
good  lawns.  It  develops  mass  effects  rather  than  the 
detached  and  spot  effects  of  lawn  beds  and  of  single 
planting;  and  it  derives  much  of  its  pleasing  re.sult 
from  its  length,  distance  and  perspective.  The  border 
may  be  pennanent,  comprised  of  hardy  plants;  or 
it  may  be  a  bedding  form  of  gardening,  using  tem- 
porar>'  subjects;  or  it  may  have  a  framework  of  hardy 
material,  with  inter-planting  of  bulbs  and  annuals  and 
greenhouse  plants.  Korders  are  often  designed  to  carrj' 
and  emphasize  one  idea, — the  idea  of  larkspurs  or  of 
hollyhocks,  for  example;  and  in  such  cases  the  domi- 
nance is  securefj  by  similarity,  and  repetition  of  one 
plant-form.  These  borders,  when  well  made,  are  most 
cfTectiye;  but  they  do  not  cover  the  entire  season  unless 
expensive  efforts  are  made  to  replant  with  other  things 
aa  soon  as  the  desired  effects  are  passed.  I''igs.  .594- 
59fi  .show  the  placing  of  borders  in  recognized  land- 
scape plans;  and  Fig.  '>'j7  suggests  how  a  mixed  hardy 
border  works  itself  out.  Fig.  598  shows  the  emphasis 
of  a  single  .strong  plant-form  set  against  a  border 
rather  than  to  be  placed  alone  in  the  lawn  without 
background  or  3up[>ort.  L  H   B 


The  hardy  border. 

The  hardy  border  has  assumed  a  new  relation  to  orna- 
mental j)lanting  within  recent  years  in  America.  Once 
only  occasional,  it  now  forms  a  dominant  part  of  many 
gardens  previously  given  up  almost  entirely  to  the  dis- 
play- of  greenhouse  plants  or  tender  annuals.  Properly 
designed  for  a  specific  purpose,  it  is  capable  of  giving  a 
maximum  of  pleasure  for  a  minimum  of  effort  and 
expense.  Now  that  plants,  especially  American  native 
plants,  are  coming  to  be  valued  for  their  intrinsic  beauty 
and  interest  rather  than  for  their  rarity  and  cost,  the 
hardy  bonier  is  a  more  personal  and  individual  expres- 
sion than  some  other  forms  of  garden  effort. 

The  informal  hardy  border  is  often  the  most  charm- 
ing, and  nature  has  provided  us  with  many  roadside 
or  meadow-corner  examples  of  exquisite  beauty.  Such 
a  border  may  change  not  only  with  the  day  but  almost 
from  morning  until  afternoon  during  the  luxuriant 
June  weeks.  It  may  follow  the  chromatic  balance  of 
the  season  from  the  brightness  of  spring  hues  through 
the  cooler  tones  of  summer  until  the  rich  tints  of  the 
autumn  asters  and  goldenrods  blend  into  the  warmer 
colors  of  the  aftermath  that  remains  to  enhance  the 
effectiveness  of  the  winter's  snow  in  making  the  border 
a  continuous  pleasure.  This  informal  planting  can  be 
handled  with  individuality  and  changed  to  suit  knowl- 
edge, circumstance  and  surroundings  without  destroy- 
ing its  charm.  The  wild  things  that  are  picked  up — 
let  us  hope  without  ever  exterminating  a  plant  colony 
anywhere — in  a  day's  woodland  ramble,  belong  in  this 
informal  border.  Often  the  border  is  built  around  or 
with  reference  to  some  essential  tree  or  larger  shrub, 
as  a  rugged  old  pine,  or  a  picture.sque  clump  of  lilac, 
or  a  mass  of  rhododendrons.  It  may  combine  shrubby, 
herbaceous  and  bulbous  plants  to  advantage. 

The  formal  hardy  border  has  been  exemplified  in 
some  notable  New  England  gardens.  It  is  usually 
formed  with  masses  of  similar  plants — as  a  long  strip 
of  delphiniums,  a  great  body  of  aquilegias,  serried  rows 
of  phloxes,  or  lupines, — and  at  times  is  efifectively  com- 
bined with  architectural  adjuncts  in  the  so-called 
"Italian"  style,  or  with  evergreen  trees  of  formal  or 
clipped  outline.  But  the  "barbered"  formal  border  is 
passing,  and  even  in  the  best  American  example  of  a 
formal  hardy  garden,  made  up  of  various  borders,  the 
edging  of  the  daintily  informal  evergreen  pachysandra 
gives  a  note  of  variation  that  is  significant  and  pleasing. 
The  hollyhocks,  foxgloves  and  similar  treasures  of  all 
gardens  are  indispensable  in  the  formal  border  to  carry 
line  and  give  contour  and  mass.  In  one  notable  example, 
the  background  of  a  succession  of  fine  hardy  borders 
is  a  clambering  mass  of  Crimson  Rambler  roses  hang- 
ing over  a  great  wall. 

In  the  conventional  hardy  border,  the  shrubby  plants 
are  used  less  freely  than  the  herbaceous  perennials,  and 
the  bulbs  still  less  freely,  as  yet.  The  shrubs,  if  selected 
properly  as  to  character,  eventual  height,  color,  time 
of  bloom  and  effect  of  foliage,  may  well  form  a  frame- 
work in  which  to  set  the  higher  colors  of  the  composi- 
tion supplied  by  the  herbaceous  plants — the  peonies, 
iris,  gaillardias,  veronicas,  and  the  hke.  Or  it  is  prac- 
ticable to  build  the  border  entirely  without  shrubs, 
depending  only  on  the  masses  and  forms  available  in 
the  plants  that  die  to  the  ground  each  winter.  With 
the  increase  in  variety  of  herbaceous  plants  now  com- 
mercially available  everywhere,  a  very  delightful  and 
continuous  succession  of  bloom  may  be  had. 

The  bulbous  plants — of  course  as  fully  herbaceous 
as  any,  but  distinguished  in  trade  parlance  by  their 
"onions"  instead  of  roots,  and  their  different  dormant 
condition.s — should  come  to  more  importance  in  the 
fiardy  border.  They  give  colors,  forms,  fragrance  and 
effects  unique  to  the  class.  The  popular  conception  of 
"bulbs"  has  centered  around  tulips  and  hyacinths,  the 
so-called  "Dutch"  bulbs,  but  the  various  narcissi,  the 


BORDER 


BORDER 


523 


scillas,  snowdrops,  anemones,  and  especially  the  lilies, 
are  more  adapted  to  the  permanent  border  than  these. 
The  narcissus,  for  instance,  in  several  largely  grown 
forms,  adapts  itself  to  both  the  informal  and  formal 
border  plantings.  Combined  with  iris  and  lilies,  and 
using  certain  of  the  late-flowering  tulips,  effects  a.s  per- 
manent as  they  are  pleasing  are  now  produced,  and  at 
little  expense.    The  fancier  of  .rare  things  fliay  indulge 


S9S.  Border  inclosure  of  a  city  square. 

himself  according  to  his  resources  with  the  newer  and 
more  unusual  forms;  there  are  narcissi  in  commerce  at 
$60  each  and  $5  is  cheerfully  paid  for  a  gladiolus  bulb. 

While  the  nature  of  hardy  garden  flowers,  with  the 
relief  of  varied  green  foliage,  seems  to  make  agreeable 
a  heterogeneous  color-combination,  yet  more  pleasing 
pictures  are  painted  in  harmonizing  or  properly  con- 
trasting hues.  The  raw  scarlet  of  the  oriental  poppy 
or  the  kniphofia,  for  example,  does  not  "go"  or  com- 
pose agreeably  with  pink  or  magenta  phlox.  It  is  well 
to  keep  tiger  Lilies  and  certain  pink  hibiscus  colors  from 
fighting  each  other,  as  another  example.  Indeed,  a 
fascination  of  the  hardy  border  is  this  opportunity  to 
select  and  combine  hues  that  shall  match  and  succeed 
each  other  agreeably.  A  border  is  in  mind  that  blended 
insensibly  from  deep  crimson  at  one  end  through  white 
to  pink  and  white  to  yellow  along  to  orange  and  scarlet 
at  the  other  end.  There  was  no  clash.  It  mu-st  be  said, 
however,  that  if  the  larger  and  more  vividly  colored 
flowers  are  judiciou.sly  placed,  the  general  mixture  of 
blooming  plants  in  a  border  is  wholly  agreeable,  even 
as  an  oriental  rug  including  many  hues  in  small  masses 
is  agreeable. 

Fragrance,  also,  is  a  quality  to  plan  for  in  hardy 
borders, — here  a  bit  of  bergamot  in  a  half-shady  corner; 
there  the  stateliness  and  the  sweetne.ss  of  many  lilies. 
The  funkia  scents  the  evening  air,  and  the  wild  rose  is  tis 
fragrant  in  foliage  as  in  flower.  There  is  added  delight 
in  the  odorous  quality  of  certain  shrubs. 

An  interesting  feature  of  the  border  is  the  seasonal 
succession  of  its  bloom.  It  may  begin  before  spring 
is  more  than  an  atmospheric  hint,  with  its  hepaticas, 
certain  violets,  and  the  snowdrops  and  crocuses.  After 
that  there  need  be  no  Howerless  moment  until  a  freeze — 
not  a  mere  frost — stops  the  glow  of  the  chrysanthe- 
mum and  finishes  the  dainty  display  of  the  monkshood. 
The  garden  may  also  continue  to  plea-se  through  ex- 


tended weeks  by  changing  foliage  and  by  bared  twigs 
of  bright  colors,  as  well  as  by  glowing  fruits  that  hang, 
like  the  barberries,  until  the  next  spring  signals  retire- 
ment. 

A  pleasing  way  of  creating  hardy  borders  is  by  the 
segregation  of  genera  and  families.  Iris  will  cover  four 
months  with  varied  flowers  of  as  varied  heights.  All 
the  columbines  may  cover  many  weeks  in  time  of  beauty. 
A  collection  of  viburnums  makes  a  shrub  border  of 
long  showiness.  Lilies  are  gorgeous,  or  dainty;  they  are 
short  or  stately,  and  they  include  months  of  bloom-time 
as  a  family.  There  is  great  delight  in  studying  plant 
families  grouped  in  neighborly  fashion. 

The  hardy  border  may  endure  full  sun  or  deep  shade, 
with  all  variations  between,  if  its  citizens  are  selected 
for  their  adaptability.  Some  plants  of  the  border  need 
wet  feet;  others  are  best,  like  the  moss  pink,  on  a 
dry  and  sterile  sunny  bank.  It  is  this  great  range  that 
makes  the  good  border  so  very  good,  for  it  reflects  the 
adaptability  of  nature  for  thousands  of  years. 

The  plants  for  a  border  are  now  legion.  The  nursery- 
men in  these  days  have  considered  the  needs  of  the 
planter,  and  there  is  Uttle  difficulty  in  securing  what  is 
wanted.  Certain  tradesmen  grow  perennials  in  small 
pots,  available  nearly  all  the  growing  season.  But  a 
personal  hardy  border  can  be  made  with  little  aid  from 
the  nurseryman.  The  man — or  woman — who  loves 
them  can  transplant  hardy  plants  with  success  at  any 
time  of  the  year  when  the  ground  is  not  frozen  deeply, 
and  such  persons  find  plants  in  the  wild  that  may  be 
separated  without  destroying  colonies  of  a  kind.  There 
is  also  the  fascinating  and  inexpensive  method  of 
growing  the  perennials  from  seed,  resulting  in  more 
knowledge  gained  through  failures;  and  in  enough  suc- 
cesses to  furnish  plenty  of  plants  to  the  grower  and  his 
friends.  The  hardy  border  of  the  personal  sort  is  a 
great  educator  in  patience,  perseverance  and  knowl- 
edge of  plant  fife.  j.  Horace  IVIcFakland. 

The  making  of  the  border. 

Perennial  herbaceous  plants  should  form  the  major 
part  of  the  planting  in  most  borders,  as  these  are  per- 
manent and  ehminate  the  necessity  of  replanting  the 
whole  each  year.  Biennials,  such  as  the  Canterbury 
bells  and  foxglove, — for  these  are  best  treated  as  such, — 


IT 


y3      " ,  •fK-A'^ 


596.  Border  inclosing  the  back  area  of  a  city  place,  the  central 
area  being  planted  for  shade. 


524 


BORDER 


BORDER 


hollyhocks  and  swoot  \villi;uns  are  an  rsspntial  that 
shouki  ho  providoil  fiTr  in  a  rcsrrvo  ^jurden,  and  moved 
to  tho  phu'O  in  which  tliey  arc  dcsircil  to  bloom  a.s  gaps 
occur.  AnnuiUs  are  neccssjiry,  such  as  mignonette, 
liirkspur,  CiUidytuft,  a.sters,  stocks  and  other  favorites 
to  help  out  tlie  display  during  July  and  August,  for 
this  is  a  period  when  pereiuiials  in  bloom  are  scarce. 
There  should  be  a  background  of  shrubs  with  a  group  or 
individual  dwarf  slirub  here  and  there  to  break  up  the 
flatness,  esptvially  in  winter  and  early  spring. 

It  is  a  quc.-ition  whether  spring-flowering  bulbs  are 
admissible  in  this  t.\pe  of  permanent  border.  It  is 
luMter  to  keep  them  in  a  place  by  themselves  for  the 
reason  that  it  is  dillicult  to  make  changes  when  the 
ground  is  i)lanted  with  bulbs,  and  to  lift  these  at 
stated  periods  necessitates  disturbing  all  the  other 
occupants.  .\  grouj)  of  Darwin  tulips  here  and  there  is 
much  admired  and  in  keeping,  but.  a  general  planting 
is  better  made  elsewhere,  as  under  trees  and  among 
ferns. 

A  bonier  being  permanent,  no  effort  should  be 
spared  to  prepare  thoroughly  in  the  beginning.  Decp- 
nx)ting  plants,  as  peonies,  hemerocallis,  delphiniums 
and  columbines,  require  deep  preparation  of  the  soil 
and  liberal  enrichment,  double-digging  or  trenching 
being  essential.  It  is  better,  if  possible,  to  prepare  and 
plant  a  pwrt  ion  at  a  time  rather  than  to  plant  in  a  hurry 
and  go  over  it  all  again  later.  If  the  soil  is  heavy,  add 
sand  and  coal-ashes,  so  that  it  may  be  easier  to  work  at 
all  times.  If  the  soil  is  inclined  to  be  wet,  it  must  be 
drained  to  take  care  of  surplus  water.  A  dry  soil  can 
be  improved  by  the  addition  of  leaf-mold,  and  provision 


597.  A  good  mixed  border,  with  many  attractive  plant  forms. 


must  be  made  for  watering  in  drj'  seasons.  It  is  not 
necessary  U)  lay  the  pipes  deep  if  there  is  a  natural 
pitch  to  the  land,  the  water  then  being  turned  off  late 
in  the  year  and  the  pipes  drained  for  safety.  Faucets 
.■should  be  so  placed  that  50  feet  of  hose  will  water  any 
[lart  that  needs  it;  thus  the  outlets  may  be  100  feet 
apart. 

The  grouping  of  plants  in  a  mixefl  border  is  governed 
by  the  width  and  extent  of  this  border.    In  large,  wide 


spaces,  ample  groups  of  each  plant  are  necessary  to 
secure  the  desired  effect  and  to  avoid  "spottiness." 
Large-growing  permanent  plants,  as  peonies,  boltonias, 
heleniums,  rudbeckias  and  even  silphiums  and  late- 
flowering  asters  shouki  be  planted  at  the  back ;  in  front 
of  these,  the  phlox  in  separate  colors,  or  at  most  two 
colors  together  that  will  harmonize,  German  iris  in 
masses  of  one  or  more  colors,  bleeding  heart,  campanu- 
las, Veronica  subsessilis,  monarda,  oriental  poppy,  col- 
umbines, pyrethrums,  perennial  candytuft,  and,  in  front 
of  these,  the  usual  dwarf  edging  plants,  as  arabis, 
alyssum,  the  Cariiathian  harebell,  shooting-star,  ery- 
simum. Tunica  saxifragn,  geuni,  Heuchera  sanguinea 
and  others.  If  the  border  is  narrow,  individual  treat- 
ment must  be  followed  to  secure  a  greater  variety,  and 
it  is  always  permissible  to  add  the  old  favorite  sweet- 
smelling  plants  and  herbs,  such  as  balm,  thyme,  lemon 
verbena,  southernwood,  rosemary,  rue,  marjoram,  bor- 
age and  fennel,  and  some  sweet  geranium.  All  these 
give  interest  when  flowers  are  waning,  and  call  up 
associations  helping  to  take  the  memory  back  to  old 
friendships. 

A  border  of  this  kind  will  need  the  addition  of  annuals 
to  take  the  place  of  the  earlier  flowering  plants  that  are 
past.  Seeds  of  mignonette  may  be  sown  in  the  place 
where  they  are  to  flower;  snapdragons  may  be  raised  in 
frames  or  hotbeds  and  set  out  among  other  plants  that 
are  passing;  the  scarlet  salvia  may  be  put  where  its 
color  will  not  clash  when  in  flower;  gladiolus  may  be 
set  out  in  groups  of  one  color;  Hyacinthus  candicans 
looks  well  in  fall  when  planted  at  the  back;  in  fact,  the 
mixed  border  of  today  should  contain  every  desirable 

plant  that  has  either 
sentiment  or  blossoms 
—  possibly  both  —  to 
recommend  it. 

Lilies  often  do  well 
in  partially  shaded 
situations  in  which 
moisture  is  sure  and 
leaf  -  mold  has  been 
added.  They  should 
never  be  treated  to 
manure.  They  are  best 
seen  when  planted  in 
masses  sufficient  to 
make  a  display  in  their 
season.  L.  auratum 
never  lives  long  but  is 
good  for  a  year  or  two; 
L.  speciosum  is  a  better 
lily  to  keep;  the  tiger 
lily  always  remains 
with  us  as  do  also  L. 
umbellalum,  L.  Han- 
sonii,  L.  Thwibergi- 
anum  or  L.  elcgans;  and 
great  results  are  ex- 
jiected  from  the  new 
Chinese  L.  myriophyl- 
lum  andot  hers  of  recent 
introduction.  The 
flower-stalks  of  lilies 
should  never  be  pulled 
up  in  fall,  but  cut  off 
at  the  ground.  It  ia 
a  protection  to  the 
heart  of  the  bulb  to  let  the  stem  remain. 

Perhaps  the  most  important  detail  of  the  manage- 
ment of  the  border  is  that  of  protection  in  winter.  The 
border  should  be  protected  and  nourished  at  the  same 
time;  this  is  po.s.sible  when  a  (juantity  of  well-decayed 
manure  and  leaf-mold  is  available  for  a  top-dressing, 
preferably  after  a  little  frost  has  penetrated  the  soil. 
1'his  can  be  lightly  forked  into  the  soil  in  spring,  but  a 
spade    should    never    be    used    except    when    making 


BORDER 


BORONIA 


525 


changes.  The  great  charm  of  this  form  of  gardening  is, 
after  all,  the  necessity  of  change  from  year  to  year.  It 
must  not  in  any  sense  be  considered  changeless.  Some 
plants  will  outgrow  their  allotted  space  and  must  be 
restricted,  biennials  will  die  out  and  need  replanting, 
some  color  scheme  may  be  WTong  and  need  alteration, 
other  really  good  things  will  need  to  be  divided  and 
replanted,  and  in  this  way  the  interest  is  kept  up  by 
the  taking  of  notes  through  the  season  for  reference  at 


I^U; 


598.  The  single  specimen  set  against  a  border  planting. 

the  planting-time;  and  this  is  best  done  after  the  fall 
rains  in  September  and  early  October  before  the  soil 
loses  its  warmth,  root-action  being  rapid  then,  and  the 
roots  soon  become  established  before  winter.  There  is 
always  enough  to  do  in  spring,  and  changes  in  the 
borders  left  for  that  time  are  often  made  at  the  sacri- 
fice of  the  display  due  in  summer-time.  Much  miscon- 
ception was  the  result  of  the  term  "perennial  border." 
The  plants  were  not  all  permanent,  and  the  display  was 
not  continuous.  Out  of  it  has  been  evolved  a  much 
more  satisfactory  thing  in  that  it  calls  for  endless  study, 
a  greater  variety  containing  all  the  good  things,  and  the 
possibility  of  change  each  season  as  fancy  dictates. 

In  wide  borders  especially,  it  adds  greatly  to  the 
effect  to  plant  some  dwarf-growing  shrubs  near  the 
path,  such  as  Lemoine's  deutzia  and  philadelphus, 
some  specimens  of  the  new  choice  lilacs  (double  and 
single).  Daphne  Cneorum,  the  dwarf  flowering  crabs 
like  Mnliia  Toringo  and  M.  Ringo.  These  are  all  very 
beautiful  and  stand  close  inspection.  The  shrubs  may 
be  so  arranged  as  to  form  bays  for  groups  of  plants, 
either  for  certain  seasons  or  color  effects,  and  if  there  is 
a  tendency  to  outgrow  the  situation,  pruning  judi- 
ciously will  help  if  done  directly  after  the  flowering 
season  is  i)ast,  with  no  sacrifice  of  bloom,  alwaj-s  taking 
care  to  keep  the  individual  shape  of  each  shrub. 
Shears  must  never  be  used  on  shrubs,  but  shorten-in 
the  longer  shoots  with  a  knife. 

The  Japanese  iris,  if  used  in  the  border,  must  be 
planted  near  water  so  they  can  be  frequently  irrigated 
in  dry  times  or  failure  is  sure  to  ensue.  They  are  semi- 
aquatic  and  will  take  much  nourishment  also.  The 
German  kinds  require  a  warm  sandy  soil,  and  a  dry 
time  in  late  summer  suits  them  well.  They  are  also 
best  transplanted  in  September  before  the  heavy  rains, 
as  root-action  begins  at  this  time  and  they  become 
reestablished  before  the  winter  sets  in. 

Borders  need  constant  care  in  summer  to  keep  them 
trim  and  clean.  .Ml  seed-stems  and  dead  flowers  should 
be  removed,  tall-growing  plants  staked  up  with  neat 
stakes,  and,  above  all,  plants  grown  in  reserve  to  take 
the  place  of  such  as  are  dying  out  after  blooming.   There 


is  no  more  interesting  phase  of  gardening  than  this, 
because  it  calls  for  care  and  study  all  the  time,  year  by 
year,  and  our  failures  of  this  season  are  with  us  to 
profit  by  during  the  next.  e.  O.  Oepet. 

BORECOLE:    Kale. 

BORETTA:   Dabacia. 

BORONIA  (after  Francis  Borone,  an  Italian  who 
lost  his  life  at  Athens  in  the  service  of  Dr.  Sibthorp). 
Rutdcex.  Greenhouse  shrubs,  interesting,  and  very 
fragrant. 

Boronia  is  a  genus  of  .Australian  shrubs  with  numer- 
ous fls.,  having  a  rue-like  fragrance:  Ivs.  opposite,  odd- 
pinnate,  or  simple:  fls.  axillary  and  terminal,  red,  rarely 
white  or  purplish,  on  the  pian  of  4,  bearing  a  thick 
entire  disk:  fr.  2-4  carpels,  each  1-  or  2-seeded.  B. 
megastigma  and  its  allies,  B.  elalior  and  B.  heterophylla, 
are  remarkable  for  their  very  large  stigma  (which  is 
4-lobed  at  the  base),  and  their  curious  stamens,  4  of 
which  are  small,  yellow,  pollen-bearing,  and  hidden 
under  the  stigma,  while  the  4  large,  conspicuous  ones 
are  dark  purple  or  black,  and  bear  no  pollen. — About 
00  species,  in  Australia. 

The  chief  value  of  boronias  is  their  delicioud  fragrance. 
A  small  specimen  will  perfume  a  whole  house  for  two 
or  three  weeks.  Boronias  are  cultivated  like  Cape  heaths 
in  a  cool  greenhouse.  After  flowering  they  should  be 
cut  back,  in  order  to  make  compact,  bushy  specimens. 
The  leading  shoots  may  be  frequently  pinched,  to  pre- 
vent a  straggling  growth.  As  most  of  them  are  native 
of  barren  sandy  places,  not  bogs,  good  drainage  is 
necessary.  "Sour"  soil  is  very  disastrous  to  them.  The 
English  florists  set  their  young  plants  in  the  open  ground 
during  summer,  being  careful  to  shade  them  with  lath 
frames.  Plants  that  have  flowered  two  seasons  are 
thrown  away  and  replaced  by  younger  specimens. 
They  are  propagated  by  cuttings  from  half-ripened 
wood  inserted  in  4-inch  pots,  which  are  filled  to  within 
an  inch  of  the  top  with  a  compost  of  finely  sifted  loam, 
peat  and  sand,  over  which  is  spread  a  layer  of  sharp 
sand.  After  a  thorough  watering,  they  may  be  placed 
under  a  bell-glass  in  a  greenhouse  in  which  the  tem- 
perature ranges  from  45°  to  50°  F.,  and  shaded  from 
bright  sunshine.  Seeds  germinate  readily  in  the  same 
temperature,  and  make  good  flowering  plants  in  one 
season.  Seeds  can  be  obtained  from  German  or  Austra- 
lian dealers,  large  quantities  being  collected  in  the  wild. 
Boronias  belong  to  a  large  class  of  hard-wooded  Aus- 
tralian plants  that  were  popular  along  with  the  Cape 
heaths  in  the  early 
part  of  the  nineteenth 
century.  These  were 
largely  replaced  by 
quicker-growing, 
soft -wooded  plants. 
The  renewed  interest 
in  boronias  is  largely 
due  to  the  more  re- 
cently introduced 
species,  of  which  the 
first  three  described 
below  are  the  best. 
American  florists 
have  lately  grown 
them  somewhat  for 
Easter,  especially  B. 
heterophylla.  Many 
species  are  likely  to 
be  introduced,  as 
these  shrubs  are  very 
brilliant  in  Australia, 
blooming  when  very 
young,  and  remain- 
ing attractive  for  two 
or  three  months.  599.  Boronia  megastigma 


520 


BORONIA 


BOTANIC   GARDEN 


A.  Sligmns  large. 

B.  1*8.  less  than  I  in.  lot'iy:  If  Is.  in  1  or  S  pairs,  plus  an 

odd  one. 

c.  Fts.  borne  sinply. 

megastigma,  Xees.  Fig.  S99.  Hoifjlit  about  2  ft.: 
h-y.  vorv  sparse,  's'-'sin.  long,  sessile,  the  upper  with  1 
pair,  the  lower  with  2  pairs  of  Ifts.  beside  the  end  one; 
Ifts.  narnnvly  linear:  fls  nuiroon-purple  outside,  yel- 
low within,  borne  less  densely  than  in  B.  dalior.  At 
times  some  fls.  are  chiefl>-  brown,  others  ehiefly  pur- 
ple. B.M.  6046. — Var.  aftrea,  Hort ,  hits  pale  creamy 
yellow  fls. 

cc.  Fls.  borne  in  whorls  of  4  or  6- 
heterophylla,  F.  Muell.  Height  5-<)  ft.  in  Austra.: 
Ivs.  1-1' 2  in.  long,  sometimes  simple,  usually  with  1 
pair,  rarely  2  pairs,  of  Ifts. :  fls.  bright  scarlet,  but  usually 
pictured  as  purplish  crimson.  Differs  from  B.  elalior 
and  B.  megastigma  in  its  larger  Ivs  ,  fewer  Ifts.,  more 
brilliant  fls.  and  longer  filaments.  Cult,  only  in  its  var. 
brevipes,  Hook,  f.,  which  differs  merelv  in  the  shorter 
pixluncles.  B.M.  6845.  Gn  32:442.— Of  late  years 
It  has  been  grown  for  Easter  by  florists  to  a  consider- 
able extent. 

BB.  Lvs.  more  than  1  in.  long;  Ifts.  in  2-6  pairs,  plus  an 
odd  one. 
eUtior,  Bartl.  Height  about  4  ft.:  pubescence  vari- 
able: lvs.  close-set,  1-2  in.  long,  M-'^/im.  broad,  petioled, 
with  Ifts.  in  2-6  pairs;  Ifts.  broader  and  shorter-acumi- 
nate than  m  B.  megastigma:  fls.  dark  red-brown,  or  rosy 
red,  or  purple,  sometimes  showmg  groups  of  widely 
different  colors  on  the  same  branch,  and  borne  so 
denselv  as  to  hide  one  side  of  the  branch.  B.M.  6285. 
Gn.  10:312.   F.E.  9:491. 

AA.  Stigmas  small. 

pinnata,  Smith.  Lfts.  in  2-4  pairs,  very  smooth, 
acute:  peduncles  dichotomous,  5-7-fld.;  stamens  8. 
B.M.  1763.    L.B.C.  5:473. 

tetrindra,  Labill.  Lfts.  in  4-5  pairs,  obtuse,  gla- 
brous; branches  pilose:  pedicles  short,  1-fld.:  stamens  4. 

B.  deniiculata.  Smith.  2-6  ft.:  Ivs.  mucronate,  denticulate;  fls.  in 
peduQcJed  corymbs,  rose-purple. — B.  Fraseri,  Hook.  (B.  anemoni- 
folia,Paxt.).  1-3  ft.:  Ivs.  tritid,  the  wedge-shaped  segm.s.  entire 
or  2-3-loothed:  fis.  axillary,  solitary,  pink.  New  Holland.  P.M. 
9:123. — B.  pu2c*eUa,  Turcz.  (B.  Urummondii,  Planch.).  2  ft.:  lvs. 
pinnatifid:  fls.  rose-pink,  freely  produced  in  spring  and  summer. 
\az.  dlixi.    A  whi'.e-fld.  form  is  known.    F.  S.    9:881. 

WiLHELM    MiLLEE. 

N.  Taylor.! 
BORZICACTUS:  Cerem. 

BO  SEA  (after  Kaspar  Bose,  German  amateur  of 
plants,  at  Leipzig,  about  1700).  Amarantace^e.  Syn., 
Bosia.  Woody  plants,  rarely  cultivated  for  their  orna- 
mental crimson  berries. 

Upright  shrub:  lvs.  petioled,  alternate,  ovate  to  ovate- 
lanceolate,  entire:  fls.  small,  with  2-4  bracts  at  the  base, 
in  terminal  spikes  or  racemes;  sepals  and  stamens  5; 
petals  wanting;  ovarj'  with  3  subulate  stigmas:  fr  a 
l-s<-eded  berr>'. — Three  species  in  the  Canary  Isls., 
Cj-prus  and  Himalayas.  They  can  be  cult,  only  in 
warmer  temp^'rate  regions.  Prop,  by  seeds  and  proba- 
bly by  cuttings  of  young  wood. 

AmherstiAna,  Hook.  (Rodetia  Amherstiana,  Moq.). 
Glabrous  shrub:  lvs.  ovate,  acute  or  acuminate,  3-6 
in.  long,  narrowed  at  the  base  into  a  petiole  J^-Hii' 
long:  fis.  perfect,  greenish,  J^in.  across,  sessile,  with  2- 
4  bracts  at  the  base,  in  terminal  panicles:  berries  glo- 
bose, J^in.  across,  crimson.  VV.  Himalayas. — Adv.  as 
bohea  Amhergtiana.  The  closely  related  B.  yervamora, 
Linn.,  from  the  Canary  Isls.,  is  sometimes  cult,  in  Old 
World  botanic  gardens;  it  differs  chiefly  in  its  short- 
etalked,  fxtlygamous  fls.,  with  only  2  bracts  at  the  base. 

Alfred  Rehder. 

BOSTON  FERN:    Xepkrolepu. 


BOTANIC  GARDEN.  A  collection  of  growing 
plants,  the  primary  purpose  of  which  is  the  advance- 
ment and  diffusion  of  botanical  knowledge. 

This  purpo.se  may  be  accomplished  in  a  number  of 
different  ways,  and  by  placing  emphasis  on  different 
departments  of  the  science.  Some  gardens,  for  exam- 
ple, are  preeminently  centers  of  systematic  botany,  or 
taxonomy;  others  of  plant  physiology  and  morphology; 
while  in  two  or  three  ca.ses,  more  than  special  empha- 
sis is  placed  on  botanical  education,  or  formal  instruc- 
tion, as  distinguished  from,  or  in  close  connection  with, 
research.  But  whatever  the  method,  or  wherever  the 
emphasis,  the  aim  is  the  advancement  of  botany  as 
distinguished  from  horticulture  or  agriculture.  Some 
of  the  ideas  embodied  in  botanic  gardens  are  dis- 
played in  Figs.  600-603. 

AH  the  scientific  and  educational  work  of  a  botanic 
garden  centers  around  the  one  important  and  essential 
problem  of  maintaining  a  collection  of  living  plants, 
both  native  and  exotic.  The  extent  to  which  this  may 
be  done  depends  largely  on  the  local  cliniate,  and  ex- 
tremes are  found  in  such  gardens  as  Christiana,  Nor- 
way, where  the  glasshouse  is  of  prime  importance,  and 
Havana,  Cuba,  or  Buitenzorg,  Jaya,  where  the  tropical 
climate  renders  a  conservatory  superfluous.  At  Buiten- 
zorg there  are  coolhouses  instead  of  hothouses. 

Many  ancient 
?fiffll«ia  gardens  were 
little  more  than 
olive  orchards, 
and  one  of  the 
earliest  of  these 
of  which  there 
is  any  authentic 
record  is  the 
temple  garden  of 
Karnak.  There 
was  recently 
discovered  at 
Thebes  the  tomb 
of  Nekht,  the 
head  gardener  of 
this  place,  who 
is  believed  to 
have  designed  it 
during  the  reign 
of  Thotmes  HI, 
about  1500  B.  C. 
While  the 
early  gardens 
were  cultivated  largely  for  economic  rather  than  orna- 
mental purposes,  yet  the  Greeks,  as  may  well  be 
expected,  developed  ornamental  flower-gardens,  and 
this  idea,  with  so  many  others  of  Greek  origin,  was 
borrowed  by  the  Romans.  Among  the  best  known  of 
the  Roman  ornamental  gardens  were  those  of  Lucullus, 
and  of  Pliny  the  younger. 

We  learn  from  Pliny  that  during  the  first  century  of 
the  Christian  era,  Antonius  Castor  maintained  in  Rome 
a  garden  of  medicinal  plants.  Four  hundred  years  pre- 
vious to  this  however,  or  about  350  B.  C,  a  botanic 
garden  was  established  in  Athens  by  Aristotle.  The 
first  director  of  this  garden  was  Theophrastus,  a  pupil 
of  Aristotle,  who  fell  heir  to  it  on  the  death  of  the  latter, 
and  was  able  to  improve  it  by  means  of  funds  supplied 
by  a  philanthropic  citizen  of  Athens. 

The  gap  between  these  more  ancient  gardens  and 
those  of  today  is,  however,  a  wide  one,  and  the  modern 
botanic  garden  may  be  considered  as  more  immediately 
derived  from  the  private  gardens  of  the  herbalists  in  the 
sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries.  One  of  the  best 
known  of  these  was  the  garden  of  John  Gerarde,  in  Hol- 
born.  The  plants  here  grown  were  chiefly  medicinal 
lierbs,  and  the  study  of  these  collections,  together  with 
the  attempts  to  describe  the  plants  accurately,  grad- 
ually developed  into  modern  systematic  botany. 


Mm 


600. 


Entrance  to  botanic  garden,  Roseau, 
Dominica,  B.  W.  Indies. 


BOTANIC  GARDEN 


BOTANIC  GARDEN 


527 


The  organization  of  all  modern  botanic  gardens  is 
very  similar  in  broad  outline.  There  is  usually  a 
director,  with  a  scientific  staff,  and  a  head  gardener, 
with  assistants.  Some  gardens  are  purely  scientific 
institutions.  Such  were  the  early  gardens  of  Michaux, 
in  Charleston,  South  Carolina,  of  Darlington,  in  Ches- 
ter, Pennsylvania,  of  Bartram,  in  Philadelphia,  and  of 
Hosack,  in  New  York  City,  all  long  since  extinct,  and 
the  Cambridge  (England)  Physic  Garden.  A  large 
number  of  "botanical  stations"  and  "acclimatization 
gardens"  in  the  various  colonies  of  European  coun- 
tries, the  Desert  Botanical  Laboratory  of  the  Carnegie 
Institution  of  Washington,  at  Tucson,  Arizona,  and 
the  Acclimatization  Garden  of  the  same  Institution  at 
Carmel,  California,  all  devoted  entirely  to  scientific 
research,  are  often  classed  as  botanic  gardens,  although 
not  such  in  a  strict  sense  of  the  term. 

Many  of  the  more  purely  scientific  gardens  are  con- 
nected with  universities,  or  other  institutions  of  learn- 
ing, or  closely  affiliated  with  them.  This,  for  example, 
is  true  of  the  Hortus  Botanicus  at  Amsterdam,  where 

..■^?---..K-^    ^ 


versifies  of  Bonn,  Breslau,  Gottingen,  Halle,  Munich, 
Strassburg,  and  W'urzburg,  in  Germany;  of  Athens, 
in  Greece;  of  Groningen,  Leiden,  and  Utrecht,  in  Hol- 
land; of  Genoa  and  Modena,  in  Italy;  of  Kiev,  Odessa, 
and  St.  Petersburg,  in  Russia;  of  Basel,  in  Switzerland; 
of  Nikko  and  Tokyo,  Japan;  and  in  the  United  States, 
those  of  the  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  Har- 
vard University  (Cambridge,  Massachusetts),  Smith 
College  (Northampton,  Massachusetts),  Mt.  Holyoke 
College  (South  Hadley,  Massachusetts),  Michigan 
Agricultural  College  (Lansing),  the  University  of 
Michigan  (Ann  Arbor),  the  University  of  Minnesota 
(Minneapolis),  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  (Phil- 
adelphia), and  Johns  Hopkins  University  (Baltimore). 
It  is  not  uncommon  in  European  countries  to  find 
botanic  gardens  in  connection  with  gymnasia  (high 
schools),  and  normal  schools,  but  the  only  instance  of 
this  kind  in  the  United  States,  known  to  the  writer,  is 
the  botanic  garden  of  the  Michigan  State  Normal 
School,  at  Ypsilanti.  This  garden,  with  an  area  of  3 
acres,  serves   only   the   purpose   of   supplying  study- 


"  '■~'"''.'.S''-"iii«-""—'  ""  I,  .-'^■''^ 


601.  View  in  a  botanic  garden,  showing  related  plants  in  groups. 


were  conoucted  the  epoch-making  experiments  of  De 
Vries  with  the  evening  primrose,  Oenothera  Lamarckimw., 
and  other  species,  culminating  in  the  elaboration  of  the 
mutation  theorj-,  giving  a  new  stimulus  to  studies  in 
experimental  evolution  and  plant-breeding,  and  inci- 
dentally illustrating  how  studies  in  pure  botanical 
Bcience,  made  primarilj'  for  their  own  sake,  and  seem- 
ing, at  first  thought,  ever  so  academic  or  impractical, 
may  be  of  inestimable  value  to  such  applied  sciences  as 
horticulture  and  agriculture. 

Among  other  botanic  gardens  forming  an  integral 
part  of  the  organization  of  collegiate  or  university 
departments  of  botany  may  be  mentioned  those  of 
Aberdeen,  Dundee  and  St.  Andrews  universities  in 
Scotland;  tho.se  of  Birmingham,  Cambridge  and  Oxford 
universities,  and  of  the  Royal  Agricultural  College  at 
Cirencester  (Gloucester),  in  England;  that  of  Trinity 
College  (Dublin),  in  Ireland;  those  of  the  universities 
at  Budapest,  Czernowitz,  Krakau,  Lemberg,  Prag,  and 
Vienna,  in  Austria-Hungary;  of  Ghent  and  Liege,  in 
Belgium;  of  Copenhagen,  in  Denmark;  of  the  Catholic 
university,  in  Lille;  and  the  medical  college  and  the 
veterinary  college  in  Lyons,  France;  those  of  the  uni- 


material  for  the  courses  in  botany,  nature-study  and 
agriculture. 

It  will  be  seen  at  a  glance  that  botanic  gardens  are 
much  more  common  in  Europe  than  in  the  United 
States,  and  especially  under  governmental  auspices. 
The  National  Botanic  Garden,  at  Washington,  D.  C, 
has  not  been  developed  as  a  scientific  institution  to 
the  extent  of  several  private  or  semi-private  foun- 
dations. 

Other  so-called  botanic  gardens  are  little  more  than 
public  pleasure  parks.  Golden  Gate  Park,  the  munici- 
pal park  of  San  Francisco,  and  primarily  a  pleasure 
park,  is  administered  with  some  regard  to  .scientific 
ideas,  and  is  sometimes  referred  to  as  a  botanical  gar- 
den. Here,  also,  for  example,  may  be  classed  Prospect 
Park,  in  Brooklyn,  in  which  the  labeling  of  the  trees 
gives  a  somewhat  botanical  aspect  to  the  place.  This 
park  is  said  to  contain  more  different  species  of  trees, 
both  native  and  foreign,  than  can  be  found  elsewhere  in 
America  outside  of  a  true  botanic  garden  or  arboretum. 

A  third  type  of  garden  combines  the  features  of  a 
scientific  institution  for  research  and  education  with 
those  of  a  pubhc  park.    Of  this  nature  are  the  Kew 


52S 


BOTANIC  GARDEN 


BOTANIC  GARDEN 


Gardens,  near  London,  the  .lanlin  ili-s  Plantcs,  Paris, 
the  Berhn  Hotanie  Ganlon,  at  Dalilein,  the  New  York 
Botanieji]  Gariien,  in  Hivnx  Park,  the  Missouri  Hotani- 
o;il  I'lanlen,  St.  Ixmis,  the  Holanie  Ciardcn  of  the 
ImiH'riaJ  Iniversity.  at  Tokyo,  Japan,  and  the  new 
Hnniklyn  Hotatiie  Ganien. 

It  has  already  been  implied  above  that  the  early 
study  of  botany  was  elosely  eonneoted  with  the  use  of 
plants  for  medicine,  gardens  being  largely,  or  even 
exclusively,  devoted  to  growing  medicinal  herbs.  In 
this  connection  it  is  interesting  to  note  that  while  the 
staple  food,  fodder,  and  til>er  plants  are  grown  as  crops, 
pharmacists  and  physicians  have,  with  few  exceptions, 
such  as  the  opiimi-poppy  and  the  ginseng,  always 
depended  upon  wild  plant*.  This  practice  of  gathering 
only  wild  herbs  doubtless  accounts  in  large  part  for  the 
well-known  and,  until  recent  date,  quite  general  adul- 
teration of  drugs. 

The  total  number  of  botanic  gardens  outside  the 
Tnited  States  is  approximately  325.  In  our  own  coun- 
try there  are  about  sixteen,  eleven  of  which  are  college 
and  university  gardens.  The  following  foreign  gardens 
are  referred  to  in  the  order  of  their  establishment. 

Foreign  gardens. 

1.  Pisa,  Italj',  foimded  in  1543,  by  order  of  the 
Grand  Duke  Cosmo  de  Medici  I.  The  second  director 
of  this  garden  was  Cacsalpino,  after  whom  the  legumi- 
nous genus  Ccpsalpinia,  was  named.  This  was  one  of 
the  earliest  gardens  devoted  to  the  public  study  of 
botany. 

2.  Slus^um  d'Histroire  Naturelle,  Paris,  founded  in 
1035  by  Guy  de  la  Brosse,  physician  to  the  king.  Its 
first  name  was  Jardin  Royal  des  Plantes  Medicinales, 
which  was  changed  to  the  present  name  in  1790.  The 
gardens  proper  occupy  14  hectares  out  of  a  total  of  23. 

3.  Chelsea  Physic  Garden,  London.  Established  by 
the  Society  of  Apothecaries,  in  1673,  for  the  stated  pur- 
po.se  of  furthering  the  teaching  of  botany,  and  of  pro- 
viding material  and  opportunity  for  botanical  research. 
The  educational  and  scientific  influence  of  this  garden 
can  hardly  be  overestimated.  It  was  founded  by  the 
Society  of  Apothecaries  of  London,  in  1606,  and  origi- 
nally comprised  the  Grocers'  Company,  an  ancient 
guild.  In  1617  a  new  charter  was  granted  by  James  1, 
and  the  Society  of  Apothecaries  became  separate  from 
the  Grocers'  Company.  From  the  start  the  Society  was 
active  in  advancing  botanical  knowledge,  and  soon 
after  its  incorporation,  field  trips,  called  "herbarizings," 
were  held  at  irregular  intervals,  and  to  these  irregular 
trips  a  regular  annual  one  was  added  about  1633.  The 
botanical  interests  and  activities  of  the  Society  found 
natural  expression  in  1673  in  the  establishment  of  the 
Physic  Garden.  At  first  the  ground  was  utilized  not 
only  for  growing  specimens  for  scientific  .study,  but  also 
for  growing  crops  of  medicinal  plants  sufficient  to  fur- 
nish crude  drugs  for  the  commercial  use  of  the  Society. 
However,  when  Sir  Hans  Sloan,  in  1722,  deeded  to  the 
Society  additional  ground,  adjacent  to  the  original  4 
acres  of  the  garden,  in  the  terms  of  the  deed  was  a  pro- 
hibition of  this  practice,  and  the  garden  became  from 
thenceforth  devoted  to  investigation  and  instruction. 

The  garden  entered  upon  a  new  epoch  with  the 
appointment,  as  "gardener,"  of  Philip  Miller,  well 
known  as  the  author  of  the  classic  "Dictionary  of 
Gardening."  The  title  of  "gardener"  "vas  subsequently 
changed  to  "curator."  In  1681  steps  were  taken  toward 
the  development  of  a  botanical  library,  which,  by  1769, 
contained  alxjut  300  bound  and  unbound  books,  deal- 
ing chieflv  with  botany.  In  1835  John  Lindley  was 
aprxjinted  Director  of  the  fJarden. 

It  was  in  connexion  with  the  Society's  endeavor  to 
grow  successfully  plants  that  could  be  grown  only  with 
difficulty  or  not  at  all  in  the  smoky  atmosphere  of  Lon- 
don that  the  well-known  "Wardian  case"  was  devised, 
by   Nathaniel  Bagshaw  Ward,   Fellow  of  the  Royal 


Society,  and  a  friend  and  patron  of  the  Physic  Garden. 
These  "closely-glazed  cases"  were  first  described  by 
Ward  in  a  letter  to  Sir  William  Hooker,  dated  1834,  and 
published  in  the  "Companion  to  the  Botanical  Maga- 
zine," in  May,  1S.36.  It  was  also  found  possible,  by 
employing  the.se  eases,  to  .ship  living  plants  across  the' 
tropics  from  the  .southern  to  the  northern  hemisphere 
with  tlie  loss  of  scarcely  a  plant,  whereas,  under  former 
methods  of  shipment  many  more  plants  perished  than 
survived. 

Among  many  important  publications  growing  out  of 
the  work  of  the  Chelsea  Physic  Garden  or  produced  by 
members  of  its  staff,  may  be  mentioned  Curtis's  "Lin- 
na-us's  System  of  Botany,"  and  his  "Botanical  Maga- 
zine," and  "Flora  Londonensis;"  Lindley's  "Flora 
Medica,"  and  Lindley  and  Moore's  "Treasury  of  Bot- 
any;" Miller's  "Gardeners'  Dictionary,"  mentioned 
above;  and  Hudson's  "Flora  Anglica."  In  1902  a  well- 
appointed  laboratory  building  was  opened  in  the  gar- 
den. In  this  building  are  two  small  rooms  which  con- 
tain the  private  library  of  Charles  Darwin.  The  library 
equipment  is  used  by  students  of  the  Royal  College  of 
Science,  and  the  Professor  of  Botany  of  the  college  is 
Scientific  Advisor  to  the  Committee  of  Management. 
The  garden  is  used  freely  and  largely  by  teachers  with 
classes,  and  living  material  for  class  study  is  supplied 
in  quantity  to  the  University  of  London,  the  Royal 
College  of  Science,  and  other  local  schools. 

4.  Royal  Botanic  Gardens,  Kew,  London  (1759). 
The  present  gardens  resulted  from  the  fusion  of  two 
royal  estates,  the  Richmond  Gardens  and  the  original 
Kew  Gardens.  Richmond  Gardens,  composing  the  west- 
ern portion  of  modern  Kew,  were  the  grounds  of  the 
royal  residence  of  Edward  I.  The  second  half  was  the 
private  grounds  of  Kew  House.  Lord  Capel,  who,  by 
marriage,  came  into  possession  of  Kew  House  in  1696, 
was  greatly  interested  in  the  cultivation  of  plants,  and 
his  collections  formed  the  nucleus  of  the  modern  Kew 
plantations.  The  property  was  leased  to  Frederick, 
Prince  of  Wales,  about  1730,  and  after  his  death,  his 
widow.  Princess  Augusta  of  Saxe  Gotha  engaged,  in 
1759,  William  Alton,  a  former  pupil  at  the  Chelsea  gar- 
den, to  establish  a  physic  garden:  its  rank  as  a  true 
botanic  garden  may  be  considered  to  date  from  this 
year.  The  union  of  Richmond  and  Kew  was  effected 
in  1802. 

Under  Alton  was  inaugurated  the  plan  of  sending  out 
expeditions  for  botanical  exploration  in  foreign  coim- 
tries,  a  pj-actice  which  has  greatly  enriched  the  her- 
barium and  living  collections,  and  which  has  been  car- 
ried out  on  a  large  scale  and  with  similar  results  in 
America  by  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden.  Perred^s 
states  that  the  specimen  on  which  L'H^ritier  founded 
the  genus  Eucalyptus  was  collected  on  one  of  these 
expeditions  to  the  Cape  in  1772.  In  1789  Alton  pub- 
lished his  now  classic  "Hortus  Kewensis."  He  was  suc- 
ceeded in  the  directorship  by  his  son  William  T.  Alton, 
and  the  latter,  in  1841,  by  Sir  William  J.  Hooker, 
although  Alton  retained  directorship  of  the  pleasure- 
grounds  until  1845. 

Hooker's  aims  were  to  make  Kew  so  attractive  as  to 
create  in  the  general  public  an  interest  in  plants,  to 
advance  pure  and  applied  botany,  and  to  train  col- 
lectors and  gardeners.  The  area  of  the  garden  has 
increased  from  15  acres,  when  Sir  William  Hooker 
became  director,  to  about  95  acres  at  the  present  time. 
The  former  pleasure-grounds  are  now  developed  and 
known  as  the  Arboretum.  In  1875,  on  the  retire- 
ment of  Sir  J.  D.  Hooker,  who  succeeded  his  father  in 
1865,  Sir  William  Turner- Thistle- Dyer  was  appointed 
director.  The  present  director  is  Lieut.-Col.  Sir  David 
Prain, 

In  scientific  matters  the  power  of  the  Director  of 
Kew  is  ab.solute,  but  in  matters  of  administration,  he 
is  under  the  governmental  Board  of  Agriculture.  The 
library  consists  of  about  20,000  volumes,  over  one-half 


BOTANIC   GARDEN 

of  which  are  set  apart,  primarily  in  the  office  of  the 
Keeper  of  the  museums. 

Kew  has  throughout  exerted  a  profound  influence  on 
the  development  of  botanical  science,  and  by  the  train- 
ing of  gardeners,  and  in  numerous  other  ways,  has  for- 
warded and  really  made  possible  the  development  and 
work  of  the  numerous  colonial  gardens  and  botanic 
stations.  The  latter  are  in  reality  experiment  stations, 
and  while  administered  by  the  colonial  office,  depend 
upon  Kew  for  scientific  advice  and  for  much  economic 
plant  material.  Consult  Arboretum. 

5.  Royal  Botanic  Society's  Gardens  (1740).  Special 
mention  should  be  made  of  the  Royal  Botanic  Society's 
Gardens  at  Regent's  Park,  London,  since  so  much 
attention  has  been  given  there  to  the  various  aspects 
of  horticulture.  Prior  to  being  taken  over  by  the  Royal 
Botanic  Society,  about  1840,  the  area  of  the  garden  was 
occupied  by  a  nursery.  Originally  flat  and  circular  in 
outline,  it  has  been  given,  by  artificial  treatment,  a 
diversified  topography,  and  the  plantations  include  an 


BOTANIC   GARDEN 
( 


529 


A  practical  gardening  school  was  established  in  1897, 
and  in  1902  a  laboratory  building  was  erected  for  the  use 
of  the  school.  A  portion  of  the  grounds  is  also  set  aside 
for  this  school,  and  the  head  of  the  gardening  staff  is  the 
chief  instructor  in  the  gardening  school.  Occasional 
exhibitions  are  given  to  illustrate  the  nature-study  work 
of  local  schools. 

The  work  of  the  garden  in  supplying  study-material 
for  schools  is  unusually  extensive,  from  .50,000  to  60,000 
specimens  of  living  plants  being  supplied  annually  to 
students.  Several  hundred  students'  tickets  are  issued 
each  year  by  teachers  in  various  schools.  These  tickets 
admit  the  bearer  daily  until  three  o'clock,  after  which 
hour  the  garden  is  closed  to  all  except  Fellows  and 
other  visitors. 

The  grounds  are  leased  from  the  Crown,  and  the 
money  for  this  and  other  purposes  is  derived  entirely 
from  private  subscriptions  by  Fellows  of  the  Royal 
Botanic  Society.  On  this  account  provision  is  made  to 
provide  attractions  for  those  not  primarily  or  entirely 


602.  Plan  of  a  small  botanic  garden. — Smith  College,  Northampton,  Mass.   Early  plan. 


American  garden  (which  is  said  to  be  now  restricted  to 
aplanting  of  rhododendrons),  an  herbaceous  garden,  and 
an  economic  garden.  Much  attention  is  given  to  the 
growing  of  medicinal  plants.  An  arboretum  was  started, 
but  eventually  abandoned  on  account  of  the  small  area. 

The  arrangement  of  plants  in  the  herbaceous  garden 
is  that  devised  by  Mamock,  the  first  curator,  and  the 
one  who  planned  the  entire  garden.  Each  of  the  differ- 
ent-shaped beds  is  devoted  to  one  family  of  plants,  so 
that  the  relative  size  of  the  families  is  seen  at  a  glance, 
and  beds  of  nearh'  related  families  are  grouped  together. 
The  economic  division  comprises  trees  and  shrubs,  but 
the  economic  herbaceous  plants  are  included  in  the 
general  herbaceous  garden.  This  is  the  most  exten- 
sive exhibit  of  economic  plants  grown  in  London,  and 
it  is  said  that  the  first  banana  ever  tasted  bj'  the  late 
Que?n  Victoria  came  from  a  plant  in  this  garden 

The  main  part  of  the  conservatory-,  built  in  1845, 
was  the  first  large  plant-house  of  glass  and  iron  to  be 
erected  in  England.  The  system  of  heating  is  that  of 
hot  water,  and  the  pipes  are  underground,  but  this 
arrangement  has  not  proved  to  be  economical. 

34 


interested  in  botany.  The  attractions  include  a  tennis- 
court,  croquet-groimd,  flower-shows,  garden  f^tes,  and 
a  club-house. 

There  is  a  set  of  meteorological  instruments  in  the 
garden,  and  records  of  barometer,  wet-  and  dr3'-bulb 
thermometers,  temperature  of  the  soil  at  depths  of  1 
foot  and  4  feet,  maximum  temperatures  in  sun  and 
shade,  minimum  temperatures  in  shade  and  "on  grass," 
precipitation,  wind  direction  (but  not  velocity),  dura- 
tion of  sunshine,  and  general  remarks  are  published  in 
the  Botanical  Journal  of  the  Society.  This  journal, 
issued  quarterly,  is  now  (1912)  in  its  second  volume 

6.  Buitenzorg  (1817).  The  botanic  garden  at  Buiten-  ' 
zorg  is  known  officially  as  's  Lands  Plantontuin 
(Botanic  Garden  of  the  State).  Its  Latin  name,  'Hor- 
tus  Bogorensis,"  is  derived  from  Bogor,  the  native 
name  of  Buitenzorg.  The  garden  is  a  division  of  the 
governmental  Department  of  Agriculture  of  the  Dutch 
East  Indies,  and  has  been  described  as  the  most  beau- 
tiful botanic  garden  in  the  world.  It  was  established 
ill  1817  by  Reinwardt,  and  is  located  36  miles  from 
Batavia.   This  location  was  fortunate  for  climatic  rear 


530 


BOTANIC   GARDEN 


BOTANIC   GARDEN 


pons,  for  nliilo  on  ihc  J;i\:i  east  coast  there  is  a 
lirouglit  se;»son  of  three  to  four  months,  there  is  no 
lironplit  sejison  at  BUitenzorg.  Tlie  total  animal 
precipitation  is  between  ISl)  and  2(10  inelies,  or  approxi- 
mately five  times  that  of  New  York  State.  The  ince.s- 
eant  r:uns  are  aeeomiianiixl  by  a  general  lowering  of 
the  tempenitiire.  and  this  makes  po.ssible  tlie  eultiva- 
tion  of  phuits  fmni  tlie  higher  altitudes.  The  altitude 
of  Buitenzorg  is  IHX)  feet.  There  are  in  reality  three 
gjinlens:  First,  thebotaiiie  garden  jiroper,  in  the  center 
of  the  city,  with  an  area  of  Si)  acres.  Kach  division  of 
tliis  garden  has  a  blanket  label,  giving  a  list  of  the 
genera  it  contains,  and  each  species  is  reijresented  by 
two  sj>ecimetis,  one  of  which  bears  a  label,  giving  the 
scientific  nsune,  the  common  name,  if  there  is  one,  and 
usually  the  economic  pnxlucts  of  the  plant.  The  climb- 
ing plants  are  arranged  systematically  in  a  group  by 
tliemselves.  The  vsist  majority  of  plants  are  arbores- 
cent, !Uid  there  are  about  10,000  species  cultivated. 
The  garden  is  open  day  and  night.  The  second  division 
is  the  agricultural  garden,  about  a  league  from  the 
center  of  Buitenzorg,  and  having  173  acres.  Only 
plants  of  economic  importance,  including  medicinal 
plants,  are  grown  here.  'l"he  third  division  or  garden  is 
some  distance  from  Buitenzorg,  on  the  slopes  of  the 
volcano  of  Gede.  Its  area  is  74  acres,  and  its  altitude 
is  5,000  feet,  thus  making  possible  the  cultivation  of 
plants  that  cannot  be  grown  in  the  other  two  gardens. 
There  is  a  museimi  building  in  connection  with  the 
garden  prooer  at  Buitenzorg. 


"The  Annals,"  the  well-known  publication,  was 
founded  by  the  third  director,  Scheffer. 

Atncrican  gardens. 

1.  Bartram's  Garden  (1728).  The  first  botanic  gar- 
den in  America  was  that  of  John  Bartram,  established 
in  1728,  and  still  existing,  although  in  a  greatly  modified 
form.  At  about  the  same  date  (1725),  Robert  Prince, 
one  of  the  early  settlers  on  Long  Island,  began  to  raise 
a  variety  of  trees  for  the  purpose  of  ornamenting  hia 
own  grounds,  and  this  activity  soon  developed  into  a 
nursery,  ultimately  well  known,  not  only  in  America, 
but  throughout  Europe.  Such  a  venture  was  favored 
by  a  growing  interest  in  ornamental  and  edible  plants 
resulting  from  the  importation  of  various  French 
fruits  by  the  Huguenots,  who  settled  at  New  Rochelle, 
New  York,  and  along  the  north  shore  of  Long  Island. 
This  nursery  continueil  under  the  supervision  of  the 
same  fiunily  for  five  generations  (130  years).  For  a 
number  of  years  the  proprietors  confined  their  atten- 
tion to  fruit  trees.  The  institution  was  visited  by 
President  Washington,  and  on  August  29,  1796,  after 
the  battle  of  Long  Island,  the  British  General  Howe 
placed  a  guard  around  the  garden  to  protect  the  trees 
and  plants  until  all  danger  was  passed.  In  many  old 
English  gardens  today  are  numerous  native  American 
plants  derived  from  the  Prince  nurseries.  In  1793  the 
nursery  was  christened  the  Linna-an  Botanic  Gar- 
den, and  a  catalogue  of  plants  here  grown  passed 
through  more  than  twenty  editions.    The  mahonias, 


603.  Entrance  to  a  botanic  garden  for  arboretum),  showing  the  utilization  of  natural  features  and  woods  as  well  as  planted  specimens. 


I'nder  the  directorship  of  M.  Treub,  the  garden 
became  a  rnecca  for  investigators  from  all  over  the 
world,  (ync  large  laboratory  is  reserved  entirely  for 
the  use  of  visiting  botanists.  In  the  herbarium  the 
Bhr«t8  are  not  kept  in  folios  as  ordinarily,  but  in  tin 
boxes,  a  necessary  protection  against  insects  and  exccs- 
wve  moisture.  TTiere  is  a  librarj'  of  several  thousand 
volumr*.  The  director  distribut(«  annually,  under  the 
authority  of  the  government,  and  free  of  charge,  seeds 
and  plants  of  useful  vegetables. 


described  in  some  of  the  earlier  manuals  as  "from  Ore- 
gon," are  said  to  have  been  first  grown  in  the  Linna'an 
garden,  being  one  of  the  many  novelties  received  from 
the  Lewis  and  Clark  expedition.  One  of  the  plant- 
houses  was  devoted  to  camellias,  one  to  azaleas,  one 
to  oranges  and  lemons,  one  to  African  and  Asiatic 
plants,  and  two  to  miscellaneous  collections.  The  pro- 
prietors were  ever  alert  for  novelties,  and  at  the  time  of 
the  potato  famine  in  Ireland,  Prince  paid  S600  for  less 
than  a  pint  of  bulbs  of  Dioscorea  Batatas,  for  the  pur- 


BOTANIC  GARDEN 


BOTANIC  GARDEN 


531 


pose  of  testing  them  as  a  possible  sulistitute  for  the 
Irish  potato.  At  one  time  there  were  over  100  varieties 
of  strawberries  uniler  cultivation  here,  including  the 
once  famous  Isabella,  which  originated  as  a  chance 
seedling  or  mutant  in  the  garden  of  Isabella  Graham, 
in  Brooklyn,  ^\'hile  not  a  botanic  garden  in  the  modern 
or  scientific  sense,  the  Linniran  garden  exerted  such 
a  profound  influence  on  American  horticulture  and 
arboriculture  that  it  should  not  be  entirely  passed  over 
in  this  place. 

2.  Evans's  Garden  (1828).  The  garden  of  John 
Evans  is  located  along  Ithan  Creek,  near  Philadelphia, 
within  walking  distance  from  Rosemont  Station,  on 
the  Pennsylvania  Railroad.  It  was  established  about 
1828,  and  was  one  of  the  fruits  of  Bartram's  garden. 
Evans  frequently  visited  the  Bartram  garflon  and  other 
gardens  in  Philadelphia  and  vicinity,  and  became 
greatly  interested  in  plants.  His  father  was  a  miller, 
and  the  vicinity  of  the  mill,  with  the  creek  and  mill- 
pond,  and  the  diversified  land  adjacent,  afforded  a 
wide  range  of  habitat  conditions.  Evans  corresponded 
with  Sir  William  Hooker  and  exchanged  seeds  with  him, 
as  well  as  with  the  son.  Sir  Joseph  Hooker,  including 
material  collected  by  the  latter  in  the  Himalayas.  He 
also  had  a  correspondent  in  Germany.  In  Evans's 
garden  the  plants  were  arranged  almost  entirely  on  an 
ecological  basis,  in  "the  order  of  nature,"  and  in  this 
respect  it  differed  materiallj'  from  most  other  gardens 
before  or  since.  Mr.  Evans  was  his  own  director,  cura- 
tor, and  head  gardener,  doing  most  of  the  manual  labor 
in  the  garden  himself.  It  is  of  interest  to  note  here  that 
he  used  sawdust  from  his  father's  mill  to  kill  the  weeds 
around  the  cultivated  plants,  and  this,  on  decaying, 
made  a  rich  fertilizer,  which  was  spaded  under.  The 
garden  is  said  to  have  been,  in  its  prime,  practically 
unrivaled  in  shrubs  and  trees,  and  to  have  had  few 
equals  in  the  richness  of  its  herbaceous  material.  Many 
of  the  trees  and  shrubs  were  labeled  with  lead  labels, 
but  no  catalogue  of  the  collections  was  ever  pubUshed. 

3.  The  Missouri  Botanical  Garden  (1859).  The 
Missouri  Botanical  Garden,  at  St.  Louis,  was  estab- 
lished b}-  a  gift  of  money  and  land  from  Henry  Shaw. 
It  is  popularly  known  in  St.  Louis  as  "Shaw's  Gardens." 
On  November  6,  1885,  Mr.  Shaw  established  the 
Henry  Shaw  School  of  Botany  as  a  department  of 
Washington  L'niversity,  at  St.  Louis,  and  the  garden 
and  school  became  closely  affiliated.  The  professor  or 
one  of  the  professors  in  the  school  shall  be  director 
or  director's  assistant,  or  both.  The  grounds  were 
formerly  closed  to  the  pubhc  on  Sundays,  except  the 
first  Sunday  of  June  and  September,  but  since  1912  they 
have  been  open  every  Sunday  afternoon  from  April 
to  December.  Each  year  there  is  preached  in  a  local 
church  a  sermon  on  "the  wisdom  and  goodness  of  God 
as  shown  in  the  growth  of  flowers,  fruits,  and  other 
products  of  the  vegetable  kingdom."  The  first  director 
of  this  garden  was  William  Trelease,  who  resigned 
in  1912,  and  was  succeeded  by  George  T.  Moore. 
The  grounds  comprise  about  45  acres,  the  herbarium 
about  800,000  sheets,  and  the  hbrary  about  50,000 
books  and  pamphlets.  One  of  the  features  of  the  gar- 
den is  a  vegetable-garden,  which  gives  pupils  practice 
in  the  growing  of  vegetables,  and,  by  means  of  a  forcing 
house,  this  work  is  continued  throughout  the  year.  The 
best-known  publication  is  the  .Annual  Report.  "The 
Mis-souri  Botanical  Garden  Bulletin,"  established  in 
January,  1913,  will  hereafter  contain  the  annual 
reports  of  the  officers  of  the  board  and  the  director, 
while  the  volume  hitherto  known  as  the  "Annual 
Report"  will  in  the  future  be  devoted  exclusively  to 
the  results  of  scientific  research  carried  on  at  the 
gardens. 

4.  Elgin  Botanic  Garden  (1801).  The  first  botanic 
garden  in  New  York  City  was  located  on  Murray 
Hill,  about  1656,  and  was  the  precurser  of  the 
Elgin  Botanic  Garden,  established  in  1801,  by  David 


Hosack,  on  20  acres  of  ground,  located  at  what  is  now 
the  northwest  corner  of  Fifth  Avenue  and  47th  Street. 
This  garden  was  transferred  to  New  York  State  in 
1810,  and  became  known  as  The  Botanic  Garden  of  the 
State  of  New  York.  It  was  later  transferred  to  Co- 
lumbia University,  but  finally  abandoned  for  lack  of 
funds.  In  the  spring  of  1913  the  area  was  sold  by  the 
university  for  $3,000,000. 

5.  New  York  Botanical  Garden  (1894).  The  present 
New  York  Botanical  Garden,  established  in  1894,  is 
located  at  Bronx  Park,  in  the  Borough  of  the  Bronx, 
New  York  City.  It  comprises  an  area  of  approximately 
250  acres,  and  besides  two  extensive  ranges  of  plant- 
houses,  a  range  of  six  propagating-houses  and  the  plan- 
tations, includes  the  largest  purely  botanical  museum 
in  the  country,  if  not  in  the  world.  On  the  third  floor 
of  the  museum  building  are  located  the  herbarium, 
library  and  laboratories.  The  grounds,  conservatories, 
and  mu.seum  are  open  daily  without  charge.  The 
present  Director-in-Chief,  N.  L.  Britton,  is  also  Pro- 
fessor of  Botany  in  Columbia  University,  and  has 
served  since  the  foundation  of  the  institution.  Under 
the  auspices  of  this  garden,  the  director  and  mem- 
bers of  the  staff  have  conducted  a  systematic  explora- 
tion of  continental  and  insular  America,  the  results  of 
which  are  being  embodied  in  the  "North  American 
Flora,"  the  most  extensive  botanical  work  ever  under- 
taken in  America,  appearing  at  intervals  in  fascicles  or 
parts.  The  herbarium,  composed  of  the  herbariums  of 
Columbia  L^niversity,  the  Torrey  Botanical  Club,  and 
that  of  the  garden  proper,  contains  over  1,500,000 
specimens,  and  the  library  has  over  40,000  volumes 
and  pamphlets.  The  scientific  policy  of  the  institution 
is  directed  by  a  Board  of  Scientific  Directors,  and  the 
financial  administration  by  the  Board  of  Managers  of 
the  Trustees.  The  scientific  staff  comprises  (1912), 
besides  the  director-in-chief,  an  assistant  director,  a 
head  curator,  four  curators,  two  assistant  curators, 
head  gardener,  director  of  the  laboratories,  bibliogra- 
pher, librarian,  and  other  officers.  Free  public  lectures 
on  botanical  and  closely  related  subjects  are  given  on 
successive  Saturday  afternoons,  and  the  following  pub- 
Ucations  are  issued:  "Journal"  (monthly),  "Mycolo- 
gia"  (bi-monthly),  "Bulletin"  (irregularly,  and  contain- 
ing the  Annual  Report),  "North  American  Flora," 
Memoirs,  and  Contributions.  The  Garden  is  supported 
by  municipal  and  by  private  funds. 

6.  Brooklj'n  Botanic  Garden.  The  Brooklyn  Botanic 
Garden,  established  in  1910,  is  a  department  of  The 
Brooklyn  Institute  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  and  an  out- 
growth of  the  work  of  the  Department  of  Botany  of  the 
Institute.  It  was  the  wish  of  the  founders  to  develop  an 
institution  that,  in  connection  with  research,  would 
place  more  than  usual  emphasis  upon  formal  instruc- 
tion in  botany.  It  is  also  the  intention  to  emphasize 
chiefly  departments  of  botany  other  than  taxonomy, 
such  as  plant  physiology  and  ecology,  morphology,  and 
pathology,  experimental  evolution,  and  plant-breeding. 
The  first  and  present  director  is  C.  Stuart  Gager. 
The  new  laboratory  and  instruction  building,  in  process 
of  erection  (1912),  will  contain  offices  of  administration, 
several  large  laboratories,  a  small  herbarium  room,  a 
hbrary,  physiological  and  photographic  darkrooms, 
and  twelve  private  research  rooms.  A  range  of  plant- 
houses  is  also  under  construction.  The  grounds  com- 
prise about  43  acres,  located  in  the  heart  of  the  borough 
of  Brooklyn.  Through  the  center  runs  an  artificial 
brook,  with  swamp.  The  plantations  are  classified  un- 
der ten  heads,  as  follows:  (1)  Systematic  Section,  com- 
prising hardy  herbaceous  plants,  chiefly  perennials, 
not  native  within  100  miles  of  the  Garden,  and  arranged 
in  beds  according  to  their  natural  affinities.  (2)  Local 
Flora  Section  (Native  Wild-flower  Garden),  containing 
herbaceous  and  woody  plants  growing  without  cultiva- 
tion within  a  radius  of  100  miles  of  the  Garden  (the 
Torrey  Botanical  Club  Range).    The  strictly  native 


532 


BOTANIC   GARDEN 


BOTANY 


sorts  are  designated  by  labels  of  different  rolor  from 
tlu>se  of  intn>duoed  speeics.  (3)  Morpholosiciil  Sec- 
tion, with  divisions  of  (a)  External  Anatomy  and  (6) 
Comparative  Morpholojy.  (4)  Ecological  Section, 
adjacent  to  !\nd  including  the  sviamp  section  of  the 
brvx>k  and  extending  back  to  include  a  <hy  knoll.  Hero 
is  illustrateil  the  adjustment  of  plants  to  environmental 
influences.  (5)  Evolution  Section,  illustrating  such 
subjects  as  variation,  inlierilance,  artificial  ami  natural 
selection  (including  the  origin  of  horticultural  forms), 
struggle  for  existence,  and  survival  of  the  fittest.  (0) 
Economic  Section  with  divisions  of  (li)  Foods  and  Con- 
diments, (6)  Medicinal  and  l'oi.sonous  Plants,  and  (c) 
Fiber  Plants.  (7)  Weed  Section,  to  show  the  botanical 
chanict eristics  of  weeds,  ;vs  bearing  on  their  economic 
signitioance.  (S)  Formal  (iarden  Section,  in  front  of 
the  laboratory  building  and  greenhouses,  and  serving  to 
illustrate  the  uses  of  plants,  chiefly  horticultural,  for 
purely  ornamental  purposes.  (9)  Arboretum,  a  col- 
lection of  trees,  chiefly  native.  (10)  Fruticetum,  a  col- 
lection of  shrubs,  both  native  and  exotic.  The  arbore- 
tum and  fruticetimi  features  are  developed  in  close 
connection  with  the  other  sections,  and  in  the  syste- 
matic garden  the  aim  has  been  to  group  the  shrubs  and 
trees  as  near  as  iiracticable  to  the  herbaceous  material 
with  which  they  are  most  closely  related.  The  willows 
and  alders  are  grown  along  the  brook. 

The  CJardcn  i.ssues  an  administrative  quarterly,  "The 
Hrookh-n  Botanic  Garden  Record"  (the  April  number  of 
which  contains  the  Annual  Report),  Contributions, 
and  Guides.  A  series  of  Memoirs  and  of  Educational 
Leaflets  is  also  projected.  Admission  to  the  grounds  is 
free  daily,  including  Sundays  and  holidays,  from  8  a.m. 
until  sunset.  The  Garden  is  supported  by  annual  munic- 
ipal approjiriations,  by  the  income  from  an  endowment, 
amounting  at  present  to  over  $.50,0(X),  and  by  gifts. 

Suggeslions  from  the  foregoing. 

As  may  be  inferred  from  what  has  preceded,  the  his- 
torj-  of  botanical  gardens  has  shown  a  steady  progress- 
ive development  from  collections  of  medicinal  herbs, 
gathered  and  studied  with  reference  to  their  economic 
uses,  to  institutions  endeavoring  to  maintain  collections 
of  all  kinds  of  plants,  both  herbaceous  and  woody, 
some  ornamental  and  useful,  but  perhaps  most  of  them 
collected  and  studied  for  their  own  sake,  from  the  stand- 
point of  pure  science,  with  an  endeavor  to  understand 
the  nature  as  well  as  the  uses  of  plants.  The  Chelsea 
Garden  affords  a  concrete  illustration  of  this,  for  while 
the  collections  here  were  at  first  almost  entirely  confined 
to  medicinal  plants,  these  now  form  only  a  compara- 
tively small  portion  of  the  collections.  In  this  way,  and 
in  this  way  onlj-,  may  botanical  science  be  most  rapidly 
and  mo.st  surely  advanced,  to  the  advantage  not  only 
of  pure  science  itself,  but  of  horticulture,  agriculture, 
forestn,',  pharmacologj',  and  all  phases  of  apphed 
botanical  science. 

It  was  one  of  the  marks  of  greatness  and  of  sound 
judgment  of  Sir  William  Hooker,  that  he  aimed  defi- 
nitely to  make  Kew  Gardens  not  only  a  scientific  insti- 
tution of  the  first  rank,  but  to  make  them  beautiful, — 
attractive  to  the  general  public.  This  latter  aim  has 
been  Urn  often  neglec-ted  or  mininjized,  on  the  theory 
that  a  botanic  garden  is  a  scientific  institution,  and 
should,  therefore,  be  develo[)ed  with  little  regard  for 
the  non-scientific  public.  This  is  an  unfortunate  and 
unfair  attitude,  unfair  to  the  general  public,  espe- 
cially in  those  gardens  which  are  supported  in  part 
by  public  money,  and  unfortunate  for  Ijotanical  science 
becau.se  it  not  only  neglects  a  ver>'  im[)ortant  aspect  of 
U)tany — applied  botany, — but  loses  the  opportunity  of 
enli.fting  the  intelligent  sympathy  of  the  community 
with  botanical  endeavor.  Many  persons  who  might 
otherwi.sf:  remain  quite  indifferent  to  botanical  work  in 
general,  or  even  to  the  work  of  a  given  garden  in 
particular,  may,  through  being  attracted  primarily  by 


the  beauty  of  the  collections  and  grounds,  be  led  to  give 
generous  support  to  such  work,  or  even  to  discover  that 
their  own  main  interest  is  botany,  and  ultimately  to 
advance  the  science  by  their  own  studies. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  the  United  States  government 
has  n<i  nal  it)nal  garden  to  do  for  our  own  country  what 
Kew  has  done  for  ICngland.  The  climate  and  location 
of  Washington  combine  to  make  the  capital  city  an 
admirable  i)lace  for  the  development  of  a  botanic  gar- 
den, and  two  or  three  branch  gardens  could  be  estab- 
lished to  advantage  in  jjarts  of  the  country,  giving 
wide  diversity  of  climatic  conditions,  such  as  one  of 
the  extreme  southern  states,  the  great  American  desert, 
and  one  of  the  most  northern  states. 

With  only  very  little  additional  expense,  many  city 
parks  could  be  made  more  interesting  and  instructive, 
and  none  the  less  beautiful  and  attractive,  by  giving 
Ijotions  of  them  more  the  character  of  a  botanic  gar- 
den, at  least  by  suitably  labeling  the  trees  and  shrubs 
and  growing  them  with  some  regard  to  botanical 
affinities. 

With  the  exception  of  the  Missouri  Botanical  Gar- 
den, there  is  nowhere  offered  in  the  United  States  a 
thorough  course  of  study  for  the  purpose  of  training 
gardeners  to  take  charge  of  botanic  gardens.  The 
training  received  in  a  few  months'  experience  with 
a  conmiercial  florist  or  seedsman  is  not  sufficient,  nor 
do  horticultural  courses  in  our  agricultural  colleges 
answer  the  purpose.  Botanic  gardens  need  for  garden- 
ers, and  especially  for  head-gardeners,  men 
whose  training  has  included  not  only  in- 
struction in  the  care  and  management  of 
greenhouses,  and  in  plant-propagation  and 
cultivation,  but  akso  a  thorough  laboratory 
course  in  the  elementary  principles  of 
botany,  a  course  in  systematic  botany, 
including  the  collection  and  identification 
of  a  minimiun  number  of  wild  plants,  an 
elementary  course  in  plant  pathology,  with 
emphasis  on  methods  of  treatment,  a 
course  in  the  physics  and  biology  of  soils, 
and  also  in  such  .specialized  work  as  acces- 
sioning and  labeling.  The  general  educa- 
tion of  men  for  these  positions  ought  also 
to  be  such  as  to  enable 
them  to  express  them- 
selves well  in  WTiting, 
and  to  give  courses  of 
instruction  to  others  in 
the  various  practical 
phases  of  their  work, 
such  as  greenhouse 
economy,  plant  -  pro- 
pagation, and  the  care 
of  herbaceous  and 
woody  plants  out-of- 
doors.  The  recent  suc- 
cess of  a  number  of  popular  books 
on  gardening  indicates  a  rather 
widespread  demand  for  such  infor- 
mation on  the  part  of  amateurs 
and  people  of  comparative  leisure, 
as  well  as  others.  It  is  much 
better  to  get  this  information  in 
connection  with  t,he  actual  opera- 
tions of  a  scienf  ilically  aflmini.s- 
tered  botanic  garden,  rather  than 
by  tlie  wholly  inadequate  method 
of  reading  a  book  on  the  subject. 
C.  Stuart  Gager. 


BOTANY.  The  science  that 
treats  of  plants;  plant-knowledge. 
In  its  widest  sen.se,  and  properly, 
it  includes  iimch  that,  by  common 
con.sent,    is   usually    included    in 


^^■P 


604.  Botrychium 

obliquum.   {XI?) 


BOTANY 


BOUGAINVILLEA 


533 


horticulture, —  as  aiiielkiration  of  plants  by  domestica- 
tion, hybridizing,  and  the  like.  Ili)rtic'ulture  is  a  part 
of  the  large  conception  of  botany,  so  far  as  its  scien- 
tific aspects  are  concerned. 

BOTRYCHIUM  (Greek,  in  allusion  to  the  grape-like 
sporangia  I.  Upliioylossacex.  A  genus  of  mostly  tem- 
perate plants  allied  to  ferns,  with  fleshy  roots,  short 
underground  sts.,  each  of  which  bears  a  single  free- 
veined  If.,  consisting  of  a  short  petiole,  a  usually  tri- 
angular, divided  blade,  and  a  single  erect  panicle  bear- 
ing the  fleshy  sporangia. 

These  plants  may  be  grown  in  the  hardy  border,  or 
against  a  building  on  the  shady  side.  They  require  no 
special  treatment.  They  are  little  cultivated,  but  are 
of  interest  to  the  collector  or  fancier. 

A.  Petiole  as  long  as  the  fertile  portion. 
virginianiun,  Swartz.  Moontvort.  Six  in.  to  2  ft. 
high,  with  a  broad,  triangular  blade,  with  3  main  tri- 
quadii-pinnatifid  divisions:  fertile  portion  long-stalked. 
E.  U.  S. — The  only  species  large  enough  to  make  a 
display. 

.4A.  Petiole  much  shorter  than  fertile  portion. 
obliquum,  Muhl.   Fig.  604.   Plant,  G-1.5  in.  high,  with 
a  temate  blade  2-6  in.  ^ide:  segms.  obliquely  ovate  or 


oblong. 


-?4in.  long:  fertile  part   long-stalked.     (B. 


ternntum,  Authors,  not  Swartz,  which  latter  is  a  dif- 
ferent Japanese  species.)    E.  U.  S. 

dissectum,  Spreng.  Plant,  6-18  in.  high,  with  a  ter- 
nate,  finely  dissected  blade,  3-8  in.  wide,  the  ultimate 
divisions  y;,in.  or  less  wide.  E.  U.  S. — Evergreen;  deli- 
cate and  graceful.    Grows  in  woods  and  meadows. 

R.  C.  Benedict. 

BOTTLE-BRUSH:  .Metmsideros;  also  Caliistemon  and  Mela- 
li  tira. 

BOTTOM  HEAT.  Soil  temperature  that  is  higher 
than  that  of  the  superincumbent  air.  Most  tender 
plants  require  to  have  the  roots  warmer  than  the  tops, 
jjarticularly  when  grown  under  glass. 

BOUGAITfVILLEA  (De  BougainvQle,  1729-1811,  a 
French  navigator).  \ yctaginacex.  South  American 
shrubs,  often  climbers,  with  very  gaudy  large  bracts, 
grown  under  glass,  and  as  arbor  plants  South. 

Leaves  alternate,  petioled,  entire:  fls.  small  and  incon- 
spicuous, tubular,  the  margin  5-6-lobed;  stamens,  7-8, 
on  unequal  capillar}-  filaments;  ovary  stipitate.  The 
small  and  inconspicuous  fls.  are  inclosed  with  large  and 
showy  magenta-purple  or  red  bracts  that  constitute 
the  decorative  value  of  the  plants.  Two  more  or  less 
Bcandent  species  are  chiefly  knomi  in  cult.  Less  than  a 
dozen  recognized  species. 

The  bougainvilleas  have  been  much  grown  of  late  as 
pot-plants.  The  3'oung  stock  (started  from  cuttings) 
may  be  grown  in  the  field  and  be  lifted  in  early  autumn; 
this  will  produce  plants  for  spring  bloom  but  not  for 
early  flowering.  For  earlier  bloom,  the  plants  may  be 
carried  through  the  summer  in  pots.  Half-ripened  or 
old  wood,  in  6-  to  12-inch  lengths,  may  be  used  for 
cuttings  in  April  to  June.  The  sub.sequent  culture  is 
simple.  For  glasshouse  work  the  plants  may  be  kept 
cut  back  and  the  branches  trained.  In  California, 
Florida,  and  other  southern  regions,  bougainvilleas  are 
plentifully  used  as  porch-covers,  where  they  make  a 
most  brilliant  show.  Not  hardy. 

The  cultural  requirements  of  the  bougainvilleas  are  of 
the  ea.siest.  They  thrive  in  almost  any  kind  of  soil  and 
should  be  grown  in  full  sunshine.  B.  glabra  and  its 
varieties  are  the  best  for  ordinarj-  purposes,  as  they 
bloom  when  small,  and  thrive  readily  in  a  cool  green- 
house or  in  the  open  where  free  from  frost.  B.  .s/Krta- 
bilis  and  its  var.  lalerilia  require  more  tropical  condi- 
tions and  reach  large  dimensions.  .Ml  are  readily  prop- 
agated, and  will  root  in  a  few  weeks  from  cuttings  of 


the  young  shoots  a  few  inches  in  length  and  placed  in 
santiy  soil  in  bottom  heat  and  moisture  at  a  temperature 
of  65°  or  70°  F.  B.  glabra  and  its  varieties  make  most 
excellent  pot-plants,  either  as  large  or  small  specimens. 
They  are  also  valuable  for  summer  bedding.  All  the 
kinds  make  very  desirable  subjects  for  clothing  ver- 
andas, arches  and  pergolas  or  for  planting  at  the  base 


605.  Bougainvillea  glabra.  ( X  li) 

of  trees  (where  the  chmate  is  suitable  for  outdoor  cul- 
ture), which  they  will  rajiidly  clothe  in  a  mass  of  most 
beautiful  and  highly  colored  flower-bracts.  Another 
and  most  effective  purpose  to  which  these  plants  can 
be  put  is  that  of  hedge  or  fence  plants  in  tropical  and 
subtropical  countries.  They  stand  drought  exceed- 
ingly well  and  may  be  pruned  with  impunity.  (C.  P. 
Raffill.) 

glabra,  Choisy.  Fig.  605.  Grows  10  and  more  ft.  high 
and  wifle,  when  planted  in  the  ground  and  allowed  to  have 
its  way;  glabrous:  Ivs.  ovate  and  acuminate,  glabrous 
and  bright  green:  bracts  cordate-ovate,  bright  rosy  red, 
distinctly  veined.  Brazil.  G.C.  111.  23:168;  30: 
265.  Gn.  .54,  p.  2.57;  64,  p.  3.53.  R.H.  1889:276.  A.G. 
16: 15.  A.F.  11 :  1371.  F.E.  10: 106.— P>ee-flowering  and 
handsome;  often  grown  in  pots  and  kept  dwarf.  Var. 
Sanderiana,  Hort.  Very  fioriferous,  blooming  even  in 
very  small  pots.  Gn.  45:418.  A.F.  10:307;  11:977; 
12:1185.  Gng.  4:281;  5:345.  G.  27:4,57.— A  very 
worthy  plant  both  for  pot  culture  or  as  a  shrub  or 
climber.  Often  blooms  when  1  ft.  high,  but  reaches  a 
height  of  10-20  ft.  Var.  Cypheri,  Hort.  A  much 
larger  and  finer  plant  than  the  type;  the  large  and 
bright-colored  deep  rose  bracts  are  freely  jiroduceil  in 
long  plumose  clusters  on  all  the  principal  growths,  and 
are  more  highly  colored  than  those  of  the  var.  San- 
deriana. It  may  be  treated  the  same  as  var.  Sanderiana 
as  to  cult.  It  is  an  acquisition  as  a  decorative  plant. 
Var.  variegata,  Hort.  Lvs.  prettily  variegated  with 
creamy  white;  useful  a-s  a  neat  and  quick-growing 
foliage  plant  for  summer  bedding. 

spectabilis,  ^\'illd.  (B.  speciusa,  Lindl.  B.  splcmlens, 
Hort . ).  Taller  and  stricter,  with  larger  and  thicker  lvs., 
hairy:  fls.  in  large  panicles;  bracts  larger,  deep  rose- 
color,  but  varving  to  purple  and  greenish.  Brazil.  B.M. 
4810,  4811.  P.M.  12:51.  I.H.  42:30— An  immense  and 
strong-growing  climber,  rising  by  means  of  numerous 
stout   hooked    spines.     Variable;    known   also   as   B. 


534 


BOrGAIXVILLEA 


BOUQUET 


brxisiliensis,  B.  broctcaUi  and  />*.  peruHann.  Xtir.  later- 
ftia,  Loiii.  {li.  lattTttui,  Hoit.).  has  brick-rrd  l>r;u'ts.  1. 11. 
13:4i>i».  Moro  showy  than  the  last  wlieii  in  full  bloom; 
perhaps  disthu't;  said  to  hv  more  ilitlicult  to  start  from 
outtinjrs  than  the  type,  at  least  without  bottom  lieat. 

H.  aurxintiaca,    Hort.=B.    Lindloyuna. 
— B.  formiisti.  Bull.    Semi-scaiuicnt,   frt'e- 
flowpriiiK:    purplifih  mauve:    iintler  ct>ni- 
paralivoly  cot>l  treatment  said  to  be  well 
fuiaptotl  for  decoration  of  warm    Kreen- 
house,s   and    eonservutories.     Brazil. — B. 
LiuiUry-'ina,  Horl.   Hairy,  elinibinR,  with 
:$trong      curved     spines;      Ivs.      obovate- 
rounded,   acute,  sln;thtli*   undulate,   verj* 
hirsute:  bn»cts  ellip- 
tic,     short  -  acumi- 
nate,     cin  n  abar- 
color. — B.  rt-ftitgens. 
Bull.      Lvs.    pubes- 
cent: racemes   long 
at.d   droopins.    ana 
bracts     purple. 
Brazil.     Apparently 
a  les:^  valuable  and 
shy-flowering    form 
of  B.  spfdabHis. 

L.  H.  B. 


606,  607.  Flower  theme  (at  the  left)  and 
foliage  theme  (at  the  right).  In  Figs.  606- 
616,  the  outline  circles  represent  fiower 
masses,  and  the  black  circles  foliage  masses. 

BOUQUETS.     The   aim    in    flower-arrangement   is 


beaut  v:   (1) 
plant," or  (2) 


•■,r. 


;J-  ■'.'. 


A  display  of  the  natural  beauty  of  the 
the  creation  of  a  beautiful  group  of  floral 
material. 

(1)  Plant  beauty  combines  two  chief  ele- 
ments: color  and  form.  In  such  plants  as 
the  pansy,  the  peony,  and  the  full-blown 
rose,  color  is  the  dominant  element.  In 
such  plants  as  the  calla,  the  Easter  lily, 
and  many  of  the  orchids,  form  is  the  domi- 
nant element.  In  some  flowers,  as  rosebuds, 
na.sturtiums,  and  chrysanthemums,  the  two 
elements  are  so  nearh-  balanced  that  either 
one  may  be  selected  for  special  display. 
In  any  case,  one  element,  color  or  form, 
should  predominate  in  the  arrangement. 
Plate  XVn  I  shows  at  a,  the  yellow-centered 
daisy  mas.sed  to  emphasize  its  beauty  of 
color;  h  shows  the  same  flower  arranged  to 
display  its  beauty  of  fonn.  A  single  clump 
of  the  [jlaiit  has  been  transplanted  to  a 
bowl,  that  its  wayward  natural  growth  in 
the  midst  of  the  grasses  may  be  enjoyed. 

In  some  cases  the  flowers  may  be  the 
theme.  The  arrangement  then  becomes 
similar  to  Fig.  606.  (In  all  the  figures  the 
dotted  circles  indicate  flower  masses,  and 
the  sohd  l)lack  circles,  leaf  masses.)  In 
others  the  foliage  may  be  worthy  to  become 
the  theme,  or  may  be  used  as  a  foil  to 
bring  out  more  clearly  the  exquisite  grace 
or  hue  of  a  few  flowers.  In  such  a  case 
Pig.  ()()7  represents  the  type  of  arrange- 
ment. Foliage  aiifl  flowers  should  never  vie 
with  one  another  for  first  place. 
O)lor  flowers  may  be  ma.ssed.  The  l)igger  the  bunch 
of  peonies,  the  more  impressive  and  splendid  is  the  color. 
Form  flowers  should  not  be  massed.  ;\  single  stalk  of 
Ea-ster  lilies  Ls  enough.  WTien  massed,  the  marvelously 
graceful  lines  of  leaves  and  flowers  are  lost. 


"'•" 


Receptacles  should  always  be  less  attractive  than 
thatr  which  thcj-  hold.  Brilliant  colored  vases,  those 
with  gilding,  cut  glass,  vases  decorated  with  pictures, 
or  with  (lowers  modeled  in  high  relief  or  represented  in 
color,  arc  all  to  be  avoided.  They  are  too  obtrusive. 
They  force  the  flowers  to  take  second  i)lace.  Recepta- 
cles of  clear  glass  which  take  on  the  color  of  the  stems 
put  into  them,  of  dull  .soft  colors,  of  unjiohshed  metal, 
are  likely  to  be  most  serviceable  in  displaying  the 
natural  .beauties   of 


flowers 

The  receptacle 
.should  be  of  the 
shape  best  adapted 
to  holding  the  flow- 
ers as  nearly  as  pos- 
sible in  the  position 
in  which  they  grew. 
In  Plate  XVII  at  d, 
the  broad  bowl  (full 
of  pebbles  to  steady 
the  stems)  makes 
possible  such  an  ar- 
rangement for  the 
apple  blossoms.  The 
tall  vase  with  the 
narrow  neck,  at  c, 
insures  the  right 
position  for  the 
spray  of  bayberry. 

Of  course  the  na- 
tural beauty  of  a 
plant  cannot  be  displayed  to  advantage  when  confused 
with  other  plants.  This  is  the  reason  for  the  general 
rule:  Use  in  a  bouquet  only  flowers  of  one  kind,  with 
their  own  foliage. 

(2)  Beautiful   groups   of   plant   forms   present,    (a) 
unity,  (6)  rhythm,  and  (c)  balance. 

(a)  An  arrangement  has  unity  when  all  the  parts  of 
which  it  is  composed  are  so  related  that  the  whole 
makes  its  appeal  to  the  eye  first.  All  the  parts  must  have 
something  at  least  in  common  to  bind  them  together. 
In  nature  the  common  element  may  be  texture,  as  in 
the  snakeroot;  color  as  in  the  mullein;  line  as  in  the 
goldenrod.  In  flower-arrangement  the  receptacle  must 
have  some  element  in  common  with  the  plant;  in  a 
(Plate  XVIII)  the  color  of  the  jar  echoes  the  color  of  the 
flowers;  in  h  both  the  color 
and  the  ornament  of  the 
bowl  echo  the  character 
of  the  sod;  in  d,  the  shape 
of  the  bowl  echoes  the 
shape  of  the  apple  blos- 
som and  its  color  echoes 


610,  611.  Simple  and  reversed  curves. 


V 


609.  Harmony  in  vase  and  bouquet. 


their  color.  In  c,  the  shape 
of  the  vase  echoes  the 
shape  of  a  bayberry  leaf; 
its  contours  echo  the  lines 
of  the  stems;  its  pattern 
echoes  the  speckle  of  the 
bayberrics;  and  the  dark 
stand  gives  the  receptacle 
a  color  repeating  the  dark 
color  of  the  leaves.  The 
receptacle  must  have 
something  at  least  in  com- 
mon with  the  plant,  but  must  never  vie  with  it  in  any 
way.  If  the  bouquet  is  tall  and  shm,  the  vase  may  have 
similar  form  (Fig.  608) ;  if  it  is  short  and  broad,  the  vase 
may  repeat  that  .shapi^  (Fig.  609).  In  Fig.  610,  the  sprays 
have  one  line  in  common,  a  simple  forceful  curve  repeated 
in  the  v.Tse.  In  Fig.  611,  the  sprays  have  the  reversed 
curve  in  common,  echoed  softly  in  the  vase. 

(h)  Rhythm  means  orderly  variety  of  some  kind.  Fig. 
612  exhibits  orderly  variety  in  the  sizes  of  leaves,  all 
subordinate  to  the  one  flower.  Such  an  effect  can  always 


612,  613,  614,  respectively,  show- 
ing simple  rhythm  forms. 


XVII.    The  arrangement  of  bouquets. 


BOUQUET 


BOUSSINGAULTIA 


535 


615.  A  color  rhythm. 


be  produced  by  pruning  the  spraj-.    Fig.  613  shows  an 
orderl.y  variety  in  sizes  in  both  leaves  and  flowers.   The 
parts  are  in  pairs,  a  larger  and  a  smaller  composing  each 
_  «  pair  Uke  march  time  in  music.    Fig. 

("')  614    shows   an    orderly   variety  in 

'^' .'-,,  which  each  set  is   composed   of  a 

series  of  three,  large,  smaller,  small- 
.est, — something  like  a  three-part 
measure,  waltz  time,  in  music.  Figs. 
610  and  611  show  rhythm  of  meas- 
ure in  the  lengths  of  the  spiays  and 
rhythm  of  line  in  their  curves.  In 
each  case  there  are  three  similar 
curves,  but  three  which  form  a  series 
from  least  bent  to  most  bent.  Fig. 
608  presents  a  rhythm  of  measure 
in  the  sizes  of  the  flowers,  another 
in  the  sizes  of  the  leaves,  and 
another  in  the  lengths  of  the  stems. 
Fig.  61.5  shows  a  rhythm  of  color. 
\\'hen  flowers  of  one  kind  present  a 
wide  range  of  tone, — pinks,  for 
example,  running  from  white  to  red 
through  various  tones  of  pink,  they 
may  be  arranged  agreeably  by  mak- 
ing evident  the  rhythm  of  color  from 
lightest  to  darkest.  When  the  flow- 
ers vary  in  hue  as  nasturtiums  do, 
from  yellow  through  orange  to  red, 
a  rhythm  of  hue  may  be  estab- 
lished in  a  similar  way.  Such  sequences  of  color 
(unless  too  formal)  are  always  more  pleasing  than  hap- 
hazard spottings  of  color.  All  these  arrangements  show 
rhythms  of  mass.  Fig.  608,  610,  and  611  show  a  triple 
subdivision,  large,  smaller,  smallest,  but  not  so  discon- 
nected as  to  destroy  the  unity  of  the  whole  in  any  case. 
Figs.  609,  615,  and  616,  .show  more  complex  rhythms  of 
mass,  but  in  a  general  way  they  present  a  simple  move- 
ment from  the  diffuse  to  the  compact.  This  the  eye  can 
take  in  at  a  glance.  Each  review  of  this  rhythm  gives 
additional  pleasure  to  the  sense  of  sight.  A  rhythm,  an 
orderly  sequence  of  some  kind,  for  the  eye  to  follow,  is 
essential  in  floral  arrangement. 

(r)  Balance. — A  flower-arrangement  must  not  be  too 
formal.  It  must  present  something  of  the  freedom  of 
wild  nature  but  it  must  appear  to  be  in  stable  equilib- 
rium. Every  spot,  every  color,  every  stem  line,  every 
space  between  these  elements,  presents  an  attraction  for 
the  eye.  All  these  attractions  must  be  adjusted  to  one 
another  so  that  the  whole  appears  to  stand  securely. 
This  means  that  the  parts  must  be  disposed  with  refer- 
ence to  the  vertical  center  line  of  the  vase.  The  principle 
is  that  of  the  steelyard.  A  large,  a  brilliant,  a  solid  mass, 
near  the  center  line,  may  be  balanced  by  a  small,  a  dull, 
or  a  diffuse  mass,  farther  removed  from  the  center  line. 
To  appear  free,  like  nature,  the  attractions  on  one  side 
must  not  duplicate,  in  form,  size 
or  position,  the  masses  on  the 
other.  Such  an  arrangement  is 
formal,  and  belongs  in  the  realm 
of  structural  and  conventional 
art;  but,  however  varied  the  ele- 
ments may  be,  they  must  be  so 
disposed  as  to  counterbalance 
each  other,  and  maintain  the  bal- 
ance of  the  whole.  Compare  the 
illustrations  with  this  principle  in 
mind. 

Lovers  of  natural  beauty  do 
not  overlook  the  possibilities  of 
winter  bouquets.  Sprays  of  seed 
packs,  withered  leaves,  and  the 
like  often  present  soft  dull  colors 
in  such  harmonious  groups  of 
616.  Complex  rhythm  tones  that  they  may  serve  as 
of  mass.  models  for  color  schemes  for  oos- 


rnmo 


/, 


A~ 


r(j\ 


tumes  and  the  interior  decoration  of  rooms.  They  often 
present  exquisite  rhythms  of  measure,  subtle  refine- 
ments of  line,  charming  combinations  of  erratic  curves 
and  surprising  oppositions  of  harmoniously  related 
details,  unrivaled  in  the  growing  period  of  the  plant's 
life.  Plate  XVIII  shows  ate  a  picturesque  spray  of  white 
oak  with  "oak  apples." 

More  than  one  kind  of  plant  may  be  used  in  an 
arrangement,  provided  the  beauty  of  one  enhances  the 
beauty  of  the  other,  like  day 
and  night,  hke  a  handsome 
man  and  a  beautiful  woman 
side  by  side.  But  even  then 
the  two  must  have  something 
in  common.  The  Japanese 
often  combine  a  round-leaved 
plant  with  a  linear-leaved  plant. 
While  presenting  a  contrast  in 
form  the  two  have  green  in  com- 
mon.  Na- 
ture often 
combines 
strong  con- 
trasts, as  in 
the  dark 
green  holly 
with  its 
bright  red 
berries. 
While  the 
colors  are 
complemen- 
tary,    the 

textures  are  alike.  Both  pre- 
sent smooth  surfaces  with  glints 
of  light  in  common.  Moreover  ,  j~.  y 
the  red  never  vies  with  the  (  M^l 
green  in  mass.  It  is  a  green 
spray,  with  a  few  precious  red 
dots. 

In  a  word,  in  good  flower- 
arrangement  either  beauty  of 
color  or  beauty  of  form  is  the 
dominant  element.  The  whole 
arrangement  presents  a  unity 
within  which  play  rhythms  of 
measure,  of  line  and  of  tone,  all 
related  to  a  principal  mass,  the 
supreme  center  of  interest,  and 
all  so  disposed  as  to  constitute 
a  balanced  whole. 

Henry  Turner  Bailey.  'Zi*!!  liUA 

BOUSSINGAULTU   (J.   B. 

Boussingault,  born  in  1802,  a 
famous   agricultural  chemist). 
Bassellacese.  Strong  herbaceous 
perennial  vines,  grown  in  the        ..jj 
open    and    sometimes    under       -*?£ 
glass. 

Branching  twiners:  Ivs.  alter- 
nate, entire,  thick  :fls.  small, 
perfect,  with  2  sepals,  a  5- 
parted,  short-tubed  perianth,  5 
stamens,  and  3-divided  style  or 
3-lobed  stigma,  in  long  ter- 
minal and  axillary  racemes. — 
Ten  species  in  Trop.  Amer. 
Anredera  is  a  related  genus. 

baselloides,  HBK.  Madeira 
Vine.  Mignonette  Vine.  Fig.  617.  Perennial,  root 
tuberous:  sts.  smooth,  reaching  10-20  ft.  in  a  season, 
and  in  late  summer  or  fall  bearing  profusely  of  the 
fragrant  white  fls.  (which  become  nearly  black  with 
age),  and  producing  little  tubercles  by  means  of  which 
the  plant  is  prop.    Ecuador.    B.M.  3620. — A  common 


617.  Boussingaultia 
basseUoides.  ( X  '3) 


53(5 


BOUSSIXGAULTIA 


BOUVARDIA 


618  The  common  garden  form  of 
Bouvardia.  Cluster  from  a  side 
growtli. 


vine,  prized  for  porohes  ami  arbors.  The  roots  are 
stonxi  in  the  winter,  ami  planted  out  after  danger  of 
frost  Ls  past.  Tlie  phint  will  not  endure  frost.  Some- 
times prown  in  the  conservatory  and  window-garden. 
it  has  run  wild  in  Fla.  and  Texas.  L.  H.  B. 

BOUVARDIA  (Charles  Bouvard,  1572-1658,  physi- 
cian to  Louis  XIII,  and  Superintendent  of  Royal 
Ganlens  in  Paris).    Riibiace^.    Handsome  greenhouse 

flowering  shrubs,  once 
poi)ular  as  florists' 
plants. 

Small  .shrubs  (rarely 
perennial  herbs),  with 
simple,  sometimes  ver- 
tieillate,  Ivs.  and  sub- 
ulate stipules:  fls.  in 
terminal  cymes,  showy, 
in  red,  yellow  and 
white;  calyx  4-lobed, 
the  lobes  persistent; 
corolla  long -tubular 
nr  salver  form,  with 
4  spreading  lobes; 
stamens  4,  alternate 
with  corolla-lobes  and 
attached  in  the  tube 
or  throat;  styles  in- 
serted or  exserted  in 
different  fls.,  the  stig- 
mas 2;  ovary  2-celled: 
fr.  a  loculicidal  caps. — About  30  species,  frorn  Texas 
and  Ariz,  to  Colombia  and  southward,  chiefly  in  Mex. 
and  Cent.  Amer. 

Bouvardias  were  once  very-  important  florists'  flowers, 
but  they  have  now  given  place,  along  with  camellias 
and  others,  to  chrysanthemums,  carnations  and  other 
plants.  The  plants  have  such  merit  in  themselves,  how- 
ever, and  are  so  Ukely  to  return  to  favor  in  this  coun- 
trj',  that  a  rather  full  cultural  treatment  is  here  given. 
The  bouvardias  of  florists  do  not  represent  any  of  the 
tj-pe  species.  They  are  sports,  hybrids,  and  other  types 
of  variations.  The  Latin-form  names  in  American 
trade  catalogues  nearly  all  belong  to  these  garden  forms. 
The  species  which  are  of  most  importance  to  the  hor- 
ticulturist are  mentioned  below: 

A.  Fls.  in  shades  of  red. 

B.  Lvs.  normally  in  3's  (except,  perhaps,  on  the 

branchlets) . 

triphylla,  Salisb.  (B.  Jdcquinii,  HBK.).  Small  pubes- 
cent shrub,  2-ti  ft.  high:  lvs.  in  .3's  or  4's  (or  opposite 
on  the  branchlets),  lanceolate  to  lance-ovate,  glabrous 
above:  fls.  an  inch  long,  pubescent,  bright  scarlet.  Mex. 
and  reaching  north  to  Ariz.  B.M.  1854;3781  (as  B. 
splendeng,  Graham). — Thegenus  Bouvardia  was  founded 
upon  this  species,  which  was  intro.  into  England  more 
than  100  years  ago.  It  is  evidently  the  most  important 
parent  strain,  although  it  is  probably  not  in  cult,  in  its 
original  form.  Figs.  618  and  019  partake  very  .strongly 
of  this  species.  In  fact,  P"ig.  618  compares  well  in 
botanical  characters  fexcept  less  long-pointed  lvs.)  with 
the  early  pictures  of  B.  triphylla. 

lei&ntha,  Benth.  Much  Uke  B.  triphylla;  more  bushy 
and  better  grower:  sts.  hairy:  lvs.  hairy  above:  fls. 
glabrous.  Mex.  R.H.  1851:81. — Perhaps  only  a  form 
of  the  preceding.  It  is  said  that  the  first  recordeil 
hybrid  bouvardia  appeared  about  1857,  with  Mr. 
Pars/jns'  nursf;ries  at  Brighton,  England,  being  between 
B.  teiantha  and  B.  longiflora.  Many  secondary  forms 
have  come  from  this  cross,  some  of  them  being  white, 
as  B.  hiivi'lxonii  or  B.  Vreelarulii  (G.  27:632). 

Other  red-fld.  3-lvd.  species  are:  B.  nnytistifdlia, 
HBK.  Lvs.  lanceolate,  revolute,  glabrous  above  and 
fine-pubescent  below:  branches  nearly  glabrous.  Mex. 
B.  hirtelUi,  HBK.    Verj'  similar:  Ivs.  pubescent  on  both 


surfaces.  Mex.  B.  scabra.  Hook.  &  Am.  Lvs.  ovate, 
short-stalked:  fls.  large,  in  dense  clusters,  pink:  st. 
hairy.    Mex. 

BB.  Lvs.  opposite. 

Cavanillesii,  DC.  {B.  multiflbra,  Schult.).  Hairy: 
lvs.  ovate-acuminate,  broad  at  base,  short-stalked,  edges 
hairy:  fls.  V/i  in.  long,  very  slender,  glabrous.   Mex. 

AA.  Fls.  yellow. 
flava,    Decne.     Lvs.    opposite,    ovate-lanceclate   or 
lance-elliptic,  very  short-stalked,  ciliate:  fls.  very  long 
drooping,   in  3-5-fld.   racemes,   bright  yellow.     Mex. 
F.S.  1:43. 

AAA.  Fls.  white. 

longifidra,  HBK.  Glabrous,  branching  shrub:  lvs. 
opijosite,  ovate-acuminate,  stalked :  fls.  13  2-2  in.  long, 
with  a  very  slender  tube  and  a  wide-spreading,  large 
limb,  2  or  3  together  and  aggregated  into  a  terminal 
cyme.   Mex.    B.M.  4223.    F.S.  2:123. 

Hijmboldtii,  Hort.  Lvs.  opposite,  ovate-acuminate: 
fls.  very  large,  fragrant,  in  a  large,  terminal  cluster. 
G.C.  1873:717.  G.  27:331  (var.  grandiflora) .—T\i\s  is 
a  choice  conservatory  plant.  It  is  usually  catalogued 
as  B.  Humboldiii  corymhiflora.  Blooms  from  summer 
to  winter.  Probably  a  derivative  of  B.  longiflora.  B. 
candidissima,  Hort.,  white-fld.,  is  said  to  be  a  hybrid, 
with  B.  Humboldiii  as  one  of  its  parents. 

jasminiflora,  Hort.  Compact  and  dwarf,  very  florif- 
erous,  the  fls.  in  close,  terminal  clusters.  G.C.  1872:215. 
—Probably  a  derivative  of  B.  longiflora.      L.  H.  B. 

All  the  cultivated  species  and  varieties  of  bouvardia 
are  evergreen  greenhouse  plants.  They  thrive  best  in  a 
mixture  of  equal  parts  of  rich  turfy  loam,  leaf-mold  and 
sand,  which  should  be  rammed  moderately  firm  but 
not  too  hard.  They  require  an  abundance  of  water  dur- 
ing the  growing  season,  and,  once  they  have  started 
into  growth  in  the  spring,  should  never  be  allowed  to 
suffer  for  the  want  of  water  at  the  roots.  A  house  in 
which  the  temperature  can  be  maintained  at  55°  F. 
with  fire-heat,  suits  them  best,  but  the  temperature 
may,  with  advantage,  be  allowed  to  run  up  to  80°  or 


hAlf  ■^if"  ri 

^;  ■■■'  t.^  \  *  X\^  ^  I  >' ^ 


619.  The  double-flowered  form  of  the  garden  Bouvardia. 
Terminal  truss. 

90°  F.  with  sunheat,  providing  they  are  given  an 
abundance  of  ventilation  at  the  same  time.  The  plants 
should  be  frequently  syringed  during  the  growing  sea- 
son to  keep  down  insect  pests  and  to  help  to  main- 
tain a  healthful  growing  atmosphere.  All  the  bouvardias 
revel  in  a  fair  amount  of  sunshine,  and  may  be  described 
as  sun-loving  plants,  but  under  glass  during  the  hottest 
part  of  the  day,  it  is  an  advantage  to  shade  them 
hghtly  to  break  the  direct  rays  of  the  sun.   Under  this 


BOUVARDIA 


BOWIE  A 


537 


treatment  growth  is  rapid,  and  the  plants  require  to 
be  frequently  pinched  back  at  the  points  in  order  to 
induce  sturdy,  well-balanced  specimens.  If  this  pinch- 
ing-back  is  neglected,  the  plants  will  become  ill-bal- 
anced and  few  flowers  will  be  the  result.  The  time  of 
flowering  can  be  readily  regulated  by  the  time  of  the 
last  pinching  back,  and  a  succession  of  flowering  plants 
may  be  maintained  practically  throughout  the  whole 
year.  Amongst  market-growers,  the  aim  should  be  to 
secure  the  bulk  of  the  flowers  in  the  winter  period,  for 
which  purpose  very  little  pinching  of  the  shoots  should 
be  practised  after  September,  and  the  plants  should 
then  be  allowed  to  grow  on  until  the  flowers  appear. 
When  in  flower,  the  plants  should  be  removed  to  a 
somewhat  drier  house,  and  they  last  much  longer  if 
kept  in  a  temperature  of  about  50°  F. 

Many  growers  plant  out  strong  healthy  plants  upon 
benches  imder  glass,  or  in  favored 
situations  outdoors.  Under  these 
conditions  growth  is  rapid,  and  if 
carefully  watered  and  attention  is 
jxiid  to  pinching-back  the  leading 
growths,  fine  flowering  specimens 
are  quickly  secured.  For  the  cut- 
flower  trade,  this  method  has  a 
considerable  advantage  over  pot 
culture.  All  through  the  growing 
period,  it  is  absolutely  essential 
that  the  plants  should  never  be 
allowed  to  sulTer  for  the  want  of 
water  and,  when  well  estabUshed, 
they  should  be  fed  Uberally  with 
manure. 

Specimens  planted  out  in  the 
open,  should  be  Ufted  with  a  good 
ball  in  early  autumn,  potted  up  and 
placed  in  a  close  shaded  house  until 
the  roots  again  become  active. 
These  plants  will  furnish  a  large 
supply  of  flowers  during  the  winter 
months. 

After  the  flowering  period  is  over, 
bouvardias  should  be  kept  some- 
what cooler  and  drier  at  the  roots 
for  a  few  weeks,  after  which  they 
should  be  cut  back  and  started 
again  in  heat  and  moisture.  If  kept 
frequently  syringed,  they  will  soon 
break  freely  and  furnish  a  good 
supply  of  cuttings.  These  are  best 
removed  with  a  heel  when  about 
2  inches  long,  and  placed  in  4-  or 
5-ineh  pots  in  an  open  compost  of 
equal  parts  sand  and  peat  or  fine 
leaf-mold,  and  placed  in  a  moist 
and  close  frame  with  a  brisk  bot- 
tom heat.  Roots  are  soon  emitted, 
when  the  plants  should  be  potted  up  singly  and  moved 
on  into  larger-sized  pots  as  required.  Most  of  the  gar- 
den varieties  are  also  readily  propagated  from  pieces 
of  the  larger  and  thicker  parts  of  the  roots  in  spring. 
These  may  be  cut  into  lengths  of  about  2  inches  and 
planted  the  same  as  cuttings,  leaving  a  small  i)iece 
exposed  above  the  soil.  .Adventitious  shoots  are  soon 
formed  on  these  and  soon  make  good  serviceable  plants. 

The  numerous  garden  forms  are  all  so  distinct  in 
habit,  shape  and  poise  of  the  flowers  from  all  the  known 
species,  that  it  is  difficult  to  identify  any  of  them  as 
varieties  of  any  one  species.  It  is  probable  that  they 
are  complex  hybrids  of  B.  Iriphylla,  B.  leianthn,  H. 
Cavanillesii,  B.  scabra  and  possibly  B.flava,  all  of  which 
species  are  more  or  less  villose  and  scentless.  The 
garden  forms  arc  extremely  handsome,  and  useful  as 
cut-flowers,  for  indoor  decoration,  also  for  button- 
holes and  for  making  up  into  ladies'  sprays,  wreaths 
and  so  on.    Other  purposes  for  which  they  are  largely 


grown,  are  the  decoration  of  the  greenhouse  or  conser- 
vatory, and,  in  warm  localities,  as  bedding  plants  A 
selection  of  some  of  best  varieties  is  given  herewith: 

Alfred  Neuner.  Double,  pure  white  fls. ;  an  old  variety  of  great 
merit;  of  good  constitution.  Bridal  Wrcalh.  White,  free-flowering, 
with  large  loose  trusses;  one  of  the  best  for  cut-fls.  Bridesmaid. 
Double,  pink  fls.,  brigliter  than  Pre.sident  Garfield.  Brilliant. 
Bright  crimson,  floriferous,  and  of  easy  cult.  B.  candidissima. 
V^hite;  an  improvement  on  B.  jasminoides.  Dazzler.  Rich  scarlet; 
free  and  compact-growing.  B.  elegans.  Scarlet;  large  truss  of  loose 
habit.  B.fiavescens.  Light  yellow;  distinct;  bad  habit.  B.  fiavesceiis 
Jlore-pleno.  Double  form  of  last-named.  Hogarth.  Brilliant  scarlet; 
large  truss;  a  well-known  variety.  Hogarth  flore-pleno.  Double, 
scarlet.  B.  jasminoides.  White;  a  free-flowering  dwarf  form,  of 
easy  cult.  King  of  the  Scarlets.  Light-scarlet;  large  truss  of  very 
fine  large  fls. ;  a  new  variety  of  great  merit.  Maiden^ s  Blush.  Light 
rose ;  floriferous.  Mrs.  Robert  Green.  A  fine  salmon-pink  sport  from 
President  Cleveland;  distinct  and  beautiful.  President  Cleveland. 
Brilliant  scarlet,  with  crimson  tube;  the  richest  and  best  of  its  color, 
floriferous  and  of  easy  cult.  President  Garfield.  Double,  pink; 
floriferous;  large  truss.  Priory  Beauty.  Delicate  rose  or  deep  pink; 
one  of  the  most  beautiful;  elegant  hatjit; 
medium  and  compact  truss.  Purity.  White; 
fragrant,  free,  large  fls.;  loose  truss.  Sajig 
Lorraine.  Bright  vermilion-scarlet;  double. 
The  Bride.  White,  tinted  with  pink;  one  of 
the  best  for  bouquets,  etc.  Thomas  Meehan. 
Double,  bright  scarlet,  with  pale  rose-scar- 
let tube;  floriferous.  Triomphe  de  Nancy. 
Double  bright  orange-red;  large  truss;  dis- 
tinct. Victor  Lemoine.  Large,  very  double 
fls.;  brilliant  scarlet.  B.  Vreelandii  (B. 
Davidisonii).  Pure  white;  extremely  flori- 
ferous; a  favorite  variety  in  gardens,  and 
of  very  easy  cult.  Vulcan.  .Scarlet;  medium- 
sized  truss.  White  Bouquet.  Pure  white; 
exceedingly  dwarf  and  compact. 

C.  p.  Rafpill. 

BOWENIA  (bears  the  name  of 
Sir  Geo.  F.  Bowen,  once  Governor 
of  Queensland).  Cf/cat/dce*.  Zamia- 
like  plant,  grown  to  some  extent  in 
Florida  and  hardy  in  the  central 
part. 

Bowenia,  a  monotypic  genus,  dif- 
fers from  Macrozamia  in  foliage 
characters  and  in  the  absence  of  a 
point  on  the  cone-scales;  and  from 
Zamia  largely  in  its  bipinnate  Ivs. 
B.  spectabilis,  Hook.  Trunk  thick, 
scarcely  rising  above  ground,  plant 
glabrous:  Ivs.  3-4  ft.  long,  loosely 
bipinnate,  each  pinna  or  1ft.  1  ft. 
or  more  long,  the  9-20  segms.  ovate 
or  ovate-lanceolate,  oblique  or  fal- 
cate, acuminate:  cones  short-pedun- 
cled,  the  sterile  ones  1)2-2  in.  long 
and  half  as  thick,  the  fertile  ones 
3-4  in.  diam.,  and  the  scales  ex- 
panded between  the  seeds  into  a 
broad  and  thick  truncate  apex. 
Queensland,  Austral.  There  is  a  var. 
serrulata.  B.M.  5398,  6008.— This 
charming  little  cycad  makes  beauti- 
ful climips,  thriving  well  under  lath  houses  in  Fla., 
when  given  proper  shade,  good  supply  of  moisture  and 
soil  rich  in  humus;  the  Ivs.  are  easily  broken  if  the 
plant  is  roughly  handled.  l_  jj_  g. 

BOWIEA  (after  .1.  Bowie,  collector  for  Kew).  Ldli- 
acese.  A  monotypic  genus  containing  one  of  the  most 
curious  plants  in  the  vegetable  kingdom,  sometimes 
grown  under  glass  as  an  oddity,  and  as  an  illustration 
to  students  of  botany. 

A  round,  green  bulb  4-5  in.  thick  throws  up  yearly  a 
verj-  slender,  twining  fl.-st.  0-8  ft.  high,  with  many  com- 
pound, forked,  curving  branches  below,  and  numerous 
small  green  fls.  above.  This  branched  fl.-stalk  is  green 
and  performs  the  function  of  the  usually  absent  Ivs.; 
somewhat  asparagu.s-like.  There  are  no  Ivs.  except  2 
small,  linear,  erect  scales  at  the  apex  of  the  bulb,  which 
((uickly  vanish.  The  Ivs.  show  its  relation  to  Drimia 
and  Scilla. 


53S 


BOWIEA 


RRACHYCOME 


voiabilis,  Harv.  Fig.  620.  Poriantli  G-cloft  to  the 
bjws«'.  porsistent,  green  »ir  preoiiisli  white,  tlie  segiiis. 
ineiirvixi  at  the  tips,  ultimately  reflexed.  S.  Afr.  B.M. 
5C19.  —  St)ld  by  dealers  now  and  tlien,  and  cult.. 
in  botanie  gardens  with  caetus-hke  euphorbias  and 
otiier  curiosit  ies.  ti.  rolubiUs  is  a  remarkable  bulbous- 
roottxl  twining  greenhouse  elimber.  The  bulbs  grow  to 
be  very  large,  sometimes  beeoming  U)  in.  cireum. 
and  some  li  or  7  in.  deep.  Tlie  slender,  twining 
vine  seems  out  of  pniportion  to  the  size  of  bulb.  It 
does  not  produce  Ivs.,  but  the  lower  part  of  the  vine 
is  furnishe<i  with  pendulous,  abortive  panieles  which 
seem  to  perform  the  function  of  l\s.  The  small  insig- 
nificant greenish  wliite  fls.  are  borne  at  the  ujjper  end  of 
the  vine.  This  is  a  useful  plant  for  twining  on  the 
Bupports  of  a  moderately  warm  greenhouse,  and  is  of 
the  easiest  possible  cult.  Prop,  is  effected  by  seeds,  or 
oecasionsilly  by  the  natural  division  of  the  bulbs.  The 
season  of  growth  usually  begins  about  the  first  of  Oct., 
when  the  bulbs  should  be  repotted  in  any  light,  rich 
soil,  and  kept  well  watered  until  the  sts.  begin  to 
mature,  which  usually  occurs  in  May,  when  water 
should  be  gradually  withheld,  and  the  plants  stored 
away  in  some  sha<^led  part  of  the  greenhouse  and  kept 
quite  dr>-  until  the  season  of  growth  begins  again. 

WiLHELM  Miller. 
E.  J.  Canning. 

BOWKERIA  (Henrj-  Bowker  and  sister,  botanists  in 
S.  Afr.).  Scrophulariacea'.  South  African  shrubs  of  5 
species,  one  of  which  is  rare  in  cult,  in  south  of  England, 
and  likely  to  be  intro.  into  this  country.  Allied  toSeroph- 
ularia,  differing  in  being  ligneous  and  in  technical  floral 
characters.  B.  Gerrardiana,  fiarv.  (B.  triphylla,  Hort.). 
Erect-branched  shrub,  8-10  ft.,  with  gray  hairs:  Ivs. 
in  3's,  sessile,  elliptic  or  oblong-lanceolate,  4-6  in.  long: 
fls.  in  small  axillary  cymes,  1  in.  across,  satiny  white, 
calceolaria-like,  red-dotted  inside,  the  upper  lip  flat, 
lower  lip  shorter  and  ventrieose  and  3-lobed.  B.M. 
8021.  G.C.  III.  36,  Suppl.  Dec.  10.— Hardy  in  the 
Isle  of  Wight. 

BOX:    Buius. 

BOX  ELDER  (Acer  Negundo,  which  see).  A  very 
popular  small  native  tree  for  planting  on  the  prairies 
and  in  trying  climates.  It  propagates  most  readily  from 
seeds.  It  is  an  excellent  nurse  tree  for  other  species. 
The  wood  is  of  inferior  quality.  It  grows  with  great 
rapidity  for  a  few  years. 


621.  Brachycome  iberidifolia. 

BOYKfNIA  fnamwl  after  Doctor  Boykin,  of  Georgia). 
Thhojim,  Ilaf.  Saxifrnyaces- .  (Jlandular-pubescent 
I»erennial  herb.s,  7  species,  of  which  one  is  .Japanese 
and  the  others  in  the  S.  Alleghany  region  and  Calif., 
two  of  which  have  been  offerwi  for  wild  garrlens.  Lvs. 
alternate,  but  mostly  ra^Iical,  stalked,  blade  orbicular 


or  very  broad  and  lobed  oi-  cleft :  fls.  white,  small,  in 
terminal  clusters;  petals  5,  entire  or  nearly  so;  stamens 
.'>;  styles  2-3:  fr.  an  urn-shaped  or  globose  caps.,  erect 
or  pendulous.  Mostlj-  mountain  plants.  B.  rotundi- 
folia,  I'arry.  Villou-s-pubescent,  2-3  ft.,  leafy:  lvs.  2-4 
in.  across,  orbicular  or  broadly  ovate,  crenately  cut 
and  toothed:  fls.  short-pedicelled,  on  one  side  of  the 
branches;  petals  little  surpassing  the  acute  calyx-lobes. 
A\'ater-courses,  San  Bernardino  Mts.  B.  aconitifolia, 
Nutt.  Erect,  1-3  ft.:  lvs.  2-6  in.  across,  nearly  orbicu- 
lar or  reniforni,  pahuately  .5-7-lobed:  fls.  in  a  glandular- 
pubescent  corymb;  petals  eroded;  sepals  triangular- 
ovate.  Mt.  slopes,  Va.  to  Ga. — A  pretty  foliage  plant 
for  wild  gardens  and  borders.  l   H.  B. 

BRACHYCH.^TA  (Greek,  short  bristle).  Com- 
pdsila:  A  monotypic  genus,  growing  in  open  woods 
from  Ky.  to  N.  C.  and  Ga.  Closely  allied  to  Solidago, 
from  which  it  differs  in  the  very  short  pappus  (the  bris- 
tles sliorter  than  the  achene),  and  the  lower  lvs.  cordate. 
B.  cordata,  Torr.  &  Gray  {B.  sphacelata,  Brit.), 
which  has  been  intro.  by  dealers  in  native  plants,  is 
2-3  ft.  high,  soft-pubescent,  with  thin,  serrate,  ovate  to 
orbicular-ovate  lvs.:  fls.  golden  yellow,  in  small  heads, 
which  are  borne  on  the  thyrsoid,  secund  branchlets; 
disk-fls.  perfect. — Recommended  for  the  native  border, 
particularly  in  half  shade. 

BRACHYCHILUS  (short  lip,  the  labellum  being 
suppressed).  Spelled  also  Brachychilum,  from  the  name 
as  a  subgenus  of  Hedychium.  Ziiigiheracese.  Herbaceous 
plants  of  two  species,  one  or  both  of  which  have  been 
cultivated  abroad,  in  warmhouses.  Closely  allied  to 
Hedychium.  The  species  are  B.  H&rsfieldii,  Peters 
(Hedychium  Hdrsfieldii,  Wall.),  from  Java;  and  B. 
tenellum,  Schum.,  from  Moluccas.  The  former  has 
been  cultivated  as  Alpinia  calcarata. 

BRACHYCHITON  (name  referring  to  the  short 
imbricated  hairs  and  scales).  Sterculiacese.  Australian 
trees  (about  eleven  species),  grown  to  some  extent  in 
Florida  and  perhaps  elsewhere  South,  often  included 
with  Sterculia,  from  which  they  differ  (when  the  genera 
are  distinguished)  by  bearing  the  radicle  next  the  hilum 
in  the  seed,  having  the  seeds  and  inside  of  carpels 
villous,  and  other  technical  characters. 

Leaves  entire  or  rarely  lobed:  fls.  unisexual  or  polyg- 
amous, in  panicles  or  racemes;  calyx  with  5  or  4 
spreading  lobes;  petals  wanting;  stamens  10-15  in  a 
column  united  with  the  pistils;  ovary  with  5  nearly  or 
quite  distinct  carpels,  the  styles  united  under  the  pel- 
tate or  lobed  stigma. — Two  showy-fid.  species  are 
reported  in  this  country.  B.  acerifolium,  Muell.  (Ster- 
ciilin  acerifdUa,  Cunn.).  Large  timber  tree  in  its  native 
country:  Ivs.  long-stalked,  .5-  or  7-lobcd,  8-10  in. 
across,  the  lobes  oblong-lanceolate  or  ahnost  rhom- 
boid: fls.  rich  retl,  in  loose  racemes  or  small  panicles; 
calyx  1^4 in.  long,  glabrous,  broad-lobed;  ovary  borne  on 
a  short  stalk  or  colunm :  fr.  large  follicles,  long-stalked, 
glabrous.  B.  diversifolium  may  be  either  B.  diversi- 
fdlium,  R.  lir. =Slerculia  caudnta,  Heward;  or  B. 
populn'eum,  R.  Br.,=S.  diversifolia,  Don,  probably  the 
latter  and  here  described:  tree,  20-60  ft.,  glabrous 
except  the  blossoms:  lvs.  long-stalked,  ovate  to  ovate- 
lanceolate  and  entire,  or  more  or  less  deeply  3-  or  5- 
lobed:  fls.  yellowish  white,  reddish  within,  in  axillary 
panicles  that  rarely  exceed  the  lvs.;  calyx  broadly 
campanulate,  about  ^i'm.  diam.,  acutely  lobed  to  mid- 
dle: follicles  nearly  ovoid,  .sometimes  3  in.  long,  on 
stalks  1-2  in.  long.  Both  .species  are  reported  as  grow- 
ing vigorously  in  high  pine-land  garden  in  Fla. ;  trunk 
unusually  thick  near  the  ground;  characteristic  in  the 
open  cone-like  to|)s.  l   H.  B. 

BRACHYCOME  (short  hair,  from  the  Greek,  allud- 
ing to  the  pappus).  Compdsitse.  About  40  species  of 
Australian    herbs,     with    membranaceous    involucral 


BRACHYCOME 


BRASSAVOLA 


539 


bracts,  naked  pitted  receptacle,  very  short  pappus 
bristles,  and  diffuse  leafy  growth,  one  of  which  is  cult, 
as  a  garden  annual;  of  very  simple  cult. 

iberidifolia,  Benth.  Swan  River  Daisy.  Figa.  621, 
622.  A  very  graceful  little  annual  (6-16  in.  high), 
suited  to  borders,  antl  also 
attractive  in  pots;  seeds  may 
be  sown  in  the  open  or  under 
glass:  fls.  blue,  rose  or  white, 
an  inch  across:  Ivs.  small,  pin- 
nate, with  narrow  divisions. 
H.F.  4:96.  J.H.  III.  54:461. 
V.  3:170.  A  good  winter- 
bloomer   4   or   5  mos.  after 


sowing. 


L.  H.  B. 


622.  Brachycome  iberidifolia. 

(Natural  size.) 


BRACHYSEMA  (short 
standard,  referring  to  the 
flower).  Leguminosx.  Shrubs 
or  undershrubs,  .Australian, 
making  good  pillar  or  climbing 
plants  for  greenhouse;  allied 
to  Baptisia  and  Thermopsis. 

Evergreen:  Ivs.  opposite 
or  alternate,  simple,  some- 
times reduced  to  scales:  fls. 
red  or  yellowish  or  ahnoi-t 
black,  solitary  or  several  to- 
gether or  sometimes  crowded 
on  short  radical  scapes,  the 
keel  turned  upward  by  the 
curving  of  the  pedicels;  sta- 
mens not  united  with  each 
other:  fr.  ovoid  or  elongated, 
turgid.  —  About  14  species, 
a  few  of  which  are  known 
in  gardening  Hterature.  B. 
acuminatum,  Truff.  {B.  speci- 
bsum.  Hort.),  isnow  offered  as 
a  good  red-fld.  pillar  plant: 
sub-frutescent:  Ivs.  opposite, 
oval-elliptic,  entire,  more  or 
less  narrowed  to  base  and 
short-petioled,  the  older  ones 
long-acuminate:  fls.  deep  car- 
mine-red to  nearly  purple,  in  short  axillary  clusters, 
the  corolla  much  exceeding  the  yellow-green  calyx,  the 
standard  very  small.  R.H.  1866:413. — An  attractive 
free-flowering  species.  L  H.  B. 

BRACHYSPATHA:  Amorphophallus  variabilis,  A.  Titanum, 
ami  others. 

BRADLEIA:    Phyllanlhus  and  Wisteria. 

BRAHEA  (Tycho  Brahe,  the  Dani.sh  astronomer). 
Palmdccif: ,  tribe  Coryphese.  Medium-sized,  usually 
spineless  palms  except  on  the  leaf-stalks,  with  ringed 
trunks,  the  upper  part  of  which  is  usually  clothed  with 
the  persistent  leaf-bases. 

Leaves  usually  numerous,  nearly  round  and  some- 
what peltate,  the  many  Ifts.  plicate  and  deeply  2- 
parted.  sometimes  slightly  sjjiny  on  the  margin,  more 
often  filamentous;  petioles  flattened,  dentate  or  rarely 
spiny  along  the  margins,  very  fibrous  at  the  sheathing 
ba.se:  spathes  usually  linear,  firm,  almost  woody,  fre- 
quently perfectly  glabrous;  spadix  much  branched, 
sometimes  twice  or  thrice  paniculate  and  bearing 
among  the  dense  white  wool  1  or  many  sessile  fls.  in 
each  cluster;  fls.  hermaphrodite,  sometimes  with  incon- 
spicuous bracts,  3  nearly  round  sepals,  3  valvate  petals 
and  6  stamens:  fr.  small,  ovoid,  sometimes  pubescent. 
Beccari  admits  only  4  species,  all  Mexican  except  B. 
salvadorenxis.  From  its  nearest  horticultural  relative, 
Sabal,  Brahea  is  distinguished  by  the  purely  technical 
character  of  having  3  free  carpels. 

In  a  moderately  warm  house,  the  cultivated  braheas 


will  thrive  very  well.  A  mixture  of  sand,  rich  loam 
and  well-rotted  horse-  or  cow-manure  is  best.  They 
require  plenty  of  water.  They  are  not  very  common 
in  the  trade  but  two  species  are  grown  outdoors  in 
southern  California.  Propagation  is  by  seeds,  which  are 
rare. 

A.  Fls.  solitary  on  the  spadix. 

dillcis.  Mart.  Palma  Dulcb.  Sts.  several  in  a  clus- 
ter, 10-20  ft.,  6-8  in.  thick,  cylindrical:  Ivs.  4-.5  ft.  long; 
petiole  plano-convex,  green,  with  pale  margins;  ligule 
short,  nearly  triangular,  green,  the  scarious  villous 
margin  at  length  deciduous;  Ifts.  36-.50,  linear,  acumi- 
nate: spadix  6-8  ft.,  pendulous  from  among  the  lowest 
Ivs.,  much  branched:  fr.  edible.    Mex.    I.H.  10:379. 

calcarea,  Liebm.  {B.  nltida,  Andre).  Trunk  8-15  ft. 
high,  covered  with  the  woody  persistent  If. -bases:  Ivs. 
usually  20-30  in  a  dense  bushy  crown,  unarmed,  mem- 
branaceous, covered  below  with  a  brownish  powder: 
spadix  long,  more  or  less  erect  and  considerably  longer 
than  the  Ivs.,  after  flowering  more  or  less  pendulous;  fls. 
soUtary,  with  a  single  bract :  fr.  ovoid.  Mex.  R.H.  1887, 
p.  344.  Gn.  35,  p.  285. — Offered  by  Montarioso  Nursery. 

AA.  Fls.  in  more  or  less  dense,  though  small,  clusters  on 
the  spadix. 

Pimo,  Becc.  St.  8-12  ft.:  much  the  same  as-  the 
last  in  general  appearance  and  vegetative  characters: 
spadix  3-4-branched,  the  finer  ramifications  very  slen- 
der and  bearing  small  clusters  of  whitish  yellow  fla.; 
stamens  6,  forming  by  unition  a  6-lobed  ring:  fr.  un- 
known.— A  rare  Mexican  species,  known  in  the  trade 
only  at  Santa  Barbara,  Calif. 

B.  editlis.  Wend!.,  sometimes  offered  in  Amer.,  is  Erythea  edulis, 
Wats. — B.  filamentdsa.  Hort.^Wasliingtonia  filifera.  Wendl. — B. 
filifera.  Hort.^W.  filifera. — B.  glaitca,  Hort.=Erythea  armata, 
Wats. — B.  robusta.  Hort.^Washingtonia. — B.  Roezlii,  Lindl.^ 
Erj-thea    armata.  Wats.  t>j     Tavtor 

BRAINEA  (C.  J.  Braine,  Hongkong).  Polypodiaces'. 
One  species  related  to  Woodwardia.  Lvs.  in  a  crown,  1- 
pinnate,  the  venation  as  in  Woodwardia,  consisting  of 
a  single  row  of  areoles  along  each  midvein  with  free 
simple  veins  extending  to  the  margins:  sporangia  along 
the  free  veins,  not  reaching  the  margin,  without 
indusium. 

insignis,  J.  Smith.  A  beautiful  small  tree  fern  from 
S.  E.  Asia.   Requires  rich  soil,  moisture  and  shade. 

R.  C.  Benedict. 

BRAKE.  A  name  applied  to  various  coarse  ferns, 
particularly  to  Pteris  aquilina. 

BRAMBLE.  Thorny  plants  of  the  genus  Rubus, — 
raspberries,  blackberries,  dewberries. 

BRASENIA  (meaning  unexplained).  Nymphseacese. 
Water-Shield  or-T.\nGET.  One  species  of  aquatic  plant 
widely  distributed  (in  N.  Amer.,  Asia,  Afr.,  Austral.). 
Lvs.  oval,  entire,  floating,  centrally  peltate;  submerged 
parts  coated  with  thick  transparent  jelly:  fls.  axillary 
near  the  summit  of  the  St.,  small  ( V^in.),  purple;  sepals 
3  or  4;  petals  3  or  4,  linear;  stamens  12-18,  on  filiform 
filaments;  carpels  4-18,  .separate,  forming  indehiscent 
l-2-.seeded  pods.  B.  Schreberi,  Gmel.  (B.  pdu'ita, 
Pur.sh.  B.  purpurea,  Gasp.),  is  not  a  showy  plant  but 
is  interesting  and  suitable  for  edgings  of  small  aquatic 
gardens.  Grows  in  1-6  ft.  of  water.  Easily  prop,  by 
division  of  roots  or  by  seed.  jj_  §_  Gonard. 

BRASSAVOLA  (A.  M.  Bra-ssavola,  Venetian  botan- 
ist). Orchidacew.  .About  twenty  tropical  American 
epiphytes,  closely  allied  to  Lselia,  and  demanding  simi- 
lar treatment. 

The  fls.  are  large,  solitan,'  or  racemose,  the  .sepals  and 
petals  narrow  and  greenish,  the  lip  white:  lvs.  thick, 
solitary.  For  the  cultivator,  the  treatment  of  Bras- 
savola  is  identical  with  that  of  the  Mexican  telias. 
Plenty  of  sun  to  mature  the  young  growths,  and  water 


540 


BRA8SAVOLA 


BRASSIA 


when  growing,  with  a  somewhat  drier  atmosphere  when 
rwtinp.  will  be  found  to  suit  them.  Suspend  on  blocks. 
B.  Digbytina,  Lindl.,  is  Lalia  Digbyana;  B.  glauca, 
Lindl.,  is  Lxlia  glauca. 

A.  Fls.  solitary. 
B.  Lvs.  long  and  narrow:  lip  fimhriate-tooihed. 
cucull&ta,  R.  Br.  (B.  cucpidala.  Hook.).  Lf,  terete  and 
subulate,  gmoved  above:  seape  very  short  but  bear- 
ing a  \ery  long-tubed  fl.,  so  that  the  blossom  seems  to 
be   elevated    on    a 
St.;    sepals    cream- 
colored,  tinged  rod; 
petals  white;  lip  3- 
lobed,  fimbriate,  the 
middle   lobe   beak- 
like. S..Amer.  B.M. 
543,3722.  G.W.  11, 
p.   556.    Gt.    1,   p. 
324.   O.R.  10:265. 


BB.  Lvs.  short:  lip  entire. 
acaiUis,  Lindl.  &  Paxt.    Low:  lvs.  very  narrow:  fls. 
large,  greenish  white;  lip  cordate;  tube  red-spotted  at 
base.   Cent.  Amer. 

AA.  Fls.  in  racemes. 
B.  Blade  of  lip  not  longer  than  claw. 
cordata,  Lindl.  Fig.  623.  Lvs.  linear,  rigid,  recurved: 
fls.  corymbose;  sep.als  .and  petals  lance-linear,  acumi- 
nate, pale  green;  lip  roundish-cordate,  cuspidate,  entire, 
scarcelv  as  long  as  the  claw.  Jamaica,  Brazil.  B.M. 
3782.  ' 

BB.  Blade  of  lip  longer  than  claw. 
c.  Claw  ^-1  in.  long. 
noddsa,  Lindl.  (B.  grandiflora,  Lindl.).  Lvs.  lanceo- 
late, acuminate,  channeled  above:  fls.  few  and  large, 
corjrnljose;  sepals  and  petals  linear-acuminate;  lip 
round-ovate,  long-cuspidate,  entire,  longer  than  the 
claw.  Jamaica,  Mex.,  s.  B.M.  3229,  of  this  name,  is  fi. 
subulifolia. 

cc.  Claw  very  short. 
fr&grans,  Rod.  Lvs.  up  to  16  in.  long,  terete,  deeply 
furrowed  above:  raceme  of  4-12  large  fls.;  sepals  linear- 
lanceolate,  yellowish  white  and  faintly  purple-spotted; 
petals  linear,  yellowish  white;  lip  obovjite,  with  a  very 
short  claw,  a  yellowish  green  spot  at  the  base.  Brazil. 
LH.  5:180.  George  V.  NA^n.f 

BRASSIA  ("named  in  honor  of  William  Bra.ss,  a  botan- 
ical collector  of  the  last  centurj') .  Orchidacc:i- .  Epiphytic 
orchids,  tliriving  in  intermediate  temperatures. 

Pseudobulbs  bearing  1  or  2  terminal  lvs.,  and  lateral 
or  axillarj'  racemes:  sepals  narrow,  acumiiiat(!,  or  some- 
timf-s  tailed,  spreading,  equal  or  the  lateral  longer; 
p«'tals  similar  U>  the  dorsal  sepal  or  smaller;  lip  sessile 
on  the  foot  of  the  column,  spreading,  flat,  entire, 
shorter  than  the  sepals;  pollinia  2,  waxy. — A  genus  of 
about  .30  .species  extending  from  Mex.  to  Brazil  and  the 
\V.  Indies. 

TTie  brassias  are  plants  of  easy  culture  and  .add  con- 
siderable interf-st  to  collections.    They  have  little  valued 
as  a  florists'  flower  since  the  colors  are  not  suitable,  but  a 
well-grown  sf>ecimen,  such  as  is  often  seen  in  old  gar- 


brachiata.  2. 
caudata.  .5. 
Gireoudeana,  4. 
guttata,  3. 


dens,  makes  a  most  .attractive  object.  The  long-tailed 
sepals  and  petals  are  a  characteristic  of  the  bra.ssias, 
and  .some  have  an  agreeable  odor.  Pot  culture  is  best, 
with  the  usual  peat  fiber  as  a  rooting  metlium.  In 
winter-time  much  less  water  is  necessary  than  in  the 
growing  time,  althougli  the  plants  must  never  be  dried 
off  completely  or  the  flowering  will  bi^  interfered  with. 
One  often  sees  jilants  of  B.  maculiita  brought  here  by 
visitors  to  Jamaica,  and  other  species  .are  now  intro- 
duced there  from  the  mainland  of  South  .-Vmerica.  and 
thrive  well.  These  may  all  be  grown  in  an  ordinary 
greenhouse  with  other  plants,  in  fact  a  mixed  collec- 
tion, and  give  satisfaction.  Propagation  is  effected  by 
division  only.  Green-fly  is  otten  troublesome  on  the 
young  flower-spikes  and  must  be  kept  down  by  fumiga- 
tion, or  sponge  dipped  in  soapy  water.    (Orpet.) 


INDEX. 

Lanceana,  7. 
Lawrenceana,  6,  8. 
longissima,  6. 


maculata  3, 
Vf'rru'*osa,  1. 
Wrayx,  3. 


A.  Lip  with  flat  green  warts. 
B.  Sepals  3-4  in.  long:  lip  while. 

1.  verrucSsa,  Batem.  Fig.  624.  Pseudobulbs  ovoid, 
much  compressed,  up  to  4  in.  long:  lvs.  up  to  1  ft.  long: 
racemes  8-15-fld.;   sepals   and   petals   light   yellowish 

green,  spotted  at  base,  the  sepals  3-4  in.  long, 
the  petals  about  half  as  long;  lip  white,  with 
numerous  dark  green  warts,  with  a  broad 
dilated  claw,  the  upper  part  nearly  orbicular, 
abruptly  acuminate.    Guatemala. 

BB.  Sepals  6  in.  long:  lip  light  yellow. 

2.  brachiata,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  3-5  in.  long, 
oblong,  compressed:  lvs.  up  to  1  ft.  long:  racemes  6-12- 
fld.;  sepals  and  petals  light  yellowish  green,  with  a  few 
purple  basal  spots,  the  petals  about  two-thirds  as  long 


624.  Brassia  verrucosa.     ( X  Js) 


BRASSIA 


BRASSICA 


541 


as  sepals;  lip  light  yellow,  with  dark  green  warts,  con- 
gtrictetl  at  the  middle,  the  basal  part  nearly  orbicular, 
the  upper  portions  broadly  triangular-ovate,  acuminate. 
Guatemala.  B.R.  33:29. 

AA.  Lip  ivithout  loarls. 

B.  The  lip  with  a  broad  clow,  broadly  obovate  w  nearly 

orbicular  above. 

C.  Lateral  sepals  lanceolate,  about  3  in.  long. 

3.  maculata,  R.  Br.  Pseudobulbs  .3^  in.  long,  1- 
Ivd.:  Ivs.  up  to  9  in.  long:  racemes  of  .5-10  fls. ;  sepals 
and  petals  yellowish  green,  brown-spotted  on  the  lower 
part,  the  sepals  about  3  in.  long,  the  petals  two-thirds 
as  long;  lip  cream- white,  purple-dotted,  with  broad 
claw,  the  upper  part  broadly  ovate,  acute.  Jamaica. 
B.M.  1691.  P.M.  6:5.  Var.  guttata,  Lindl.  (B.  Wrayx, 
Skinner).  Fls.  smaller  and  greener.  Guatemala. 
B.iM.  4003. 

cc.  Lateral  sepals  narrowly  linear,  Jf-5  in.  long. 

4.  Gireoudeana,  Reichb.  Pseudobulbs  1-lvd.,  3-4 
in.  long  and  about  half  as  broad,  much  compressed: 
Ivs.  up  to  1  ft.  long:  racemes  with  6-12  fls.;  sepals  yel- 
lowish green,  the  base  brown-spotted,  the  lateral 
sepals  up  to  5  in.  long,  the  dorsal  a  little  shorter;  pet- 
als about  half  as  long  as  dorsal  sepal,  the  base  brown, 
the  remainder  j-ellowish  green;  Up  yellow,  brown- 
spotted,  with  a  broad  claw,  the  upper  part  nearly 
orbicular,  acute.  Costa  Rica. 

BB.  The  lip  not  clawed. 

c.  Lateral  sepals  ff-S  in.  long. 

D.  Sepals  greenish  yellow;  lip  ovate. 

5.  caudata,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  up  to  5  in.  long: 
Ivs.  up  to  10  in.  long;  racemes  with  6-12  fls.;  sepals  and 
petals  greenish  .yellow,  brown-spotted  at  base;  dorsal 
sepal  about  3  in.  long,  the  lateral  6  in. ;  petals  about  1 
in.  long;  lip  without  a  claw,  ovate,  acuminate,  light 
yellow  with  brown  spots.  \Y.  Indies.  B.R.  832.  B.M. 
34.51.   A.F.  6:609. 

DD.  Sepals  deep  orange-yellow;  lip  oblong-lanceolate. 

6.  longissima,  Nash  (B.  Laurenceana,  Lindl.,  var. 
longissima,  Reichb.).  Pseudobulbs  2-3  in.  long,  com- 
pressed, 1-lvd.:  Ivs.  up  to  9  in.  long:  racemes  of  nu- 
merous fls. ;  sepals  and  petals  deep  orange-yellow,  with 
a  few  large  basal  blotches;  the  dorsal  sepal  about  half 
as  long  as  the  lateral  which  are  7-8  in.  long  and  about 
}4m-  wide  at  base;  the  petals  2-3  in.  long;  lip  oblong- 
lanceolate,  about  3  in.  long,  pale  yellow,  acuminate, 
purple-spotted  at  base.   Costa  Rica.    B.M.  5748. 

cc.  Lateral  sepals  2}i-S 
in.  long. 
D.  Cre.it  2-lobed;  lip  ohlong. 
7.  Lanceana,  Lindl.    Pseu- 
dobulbs 2-lvd.,  3-5  in.  long,  - 
much  compressed  and  ribbed: 
Ivs.  up  to  1  ft.  long:  racemes 
of  7-12  fls.;  sepals  and  petals 
light   yellow,    bro^Nii-spotted 
below,   the  sepals   2)2-3  in. 
long,   the   petals   about  half 
as  long;   lip   oblong,   yellow, 
unspotted  or  with  a  few  basal 
brown  spots,  undulate,  acute, 
l-lj^in.  long.    Guiana.   B.R.  17.54.    B.M.  3.577. 

DD.  Crest  truncate  in  front;  lip  oljloug-lanceolate. 
8.  Lawrenceana,  Lindl.  Pseudobulbs  2-lvd.,  3-5  in. 
long,  ribbed  and  much  compressed:  Ivs.  up  to  1  ft. 
long:  racemes  of  7-12  fls.;  sepals  and  petals  light  yel- 
low, brown-spotted  below,  the  sepals  about  3  in.  long, 
the  petals  about  1  '<2  in.  long;  lip  oblong-lanceolate, 
light  vellow,  about  1,'^  in.  long,  acute,  undulate.  Bra- 
zil.   ri.R.  27:1S.   J.H.  IIL  30:275. 


625.  Flower  of  mustard. 


B.  Forgetiana,  Hort.  Fls.  whitisii  with  chocolate  markings,  the 
crest  of  the  lip  orange.  Related  to  B.  maculata.  G.C.  III.  48:471. 
— B.  Jossliana,  Reichb.  t.    Brazil.    Gt.  .3:308. 

George  V.  Nash. 

BRASSICA  (old  classical  name).  Including  Sinhpis. 
C'rucifene.  Annual  and  biennial  herbs,  including  cab- 
bage and  turnip,  and  their  allies,  and  also  the  mustards. 
Leaves  various,  the  lower  ones  mostly 
lyrate  or  pinnatifid:  fls.  yellow,  mostly  in 
erect  racemes;  petals  and  stamens  4:  pod 
long  and  slender,  compressed-cylindrical  or 
4-sided,  beaked;  seeds  not  winged,  the  coty- 
ledons conduplicate  (Figs.  625, 626) . — Nearly 
or  quite  100  species  in  Eu.,  Asia,  Afr.,  and 
many  of  them  widely  naturalized.  The 
brassicas  possess  a  remarkable  natural 
tendency  toward  the  thickening  of  parts 
under  cult.,  as  of  root,  St.,  axillary  buds, 
If. -rosettes,  midribs  and  even  of  fl.-clus- 
ters.  Oil  is  extracted  from  the 
./^^fe.  seeds  of  several  .species,  and  the 
ground  mustard  of  commerce  is 
made  from  the  seeds  of  B.  nigra 
and  others. 

The  brassicas  are  botanically 
much  confused,  particularly  in  the 
groups  containing  cultivated  spe- 
cies. The  manuals  probably  con- 
tain too  few  rather  than  too  many 
species  of  Brassica;  at  least,  the 
miscellaneous  throwing  of  rutabagas, 
turnips,  rape  and  other  plants  into 
Brassica  campestris  is  unnatural,  and,  therefore,  unfor- 
tunate. One  of  the  best  presentations  of  the  true  bras- 
sicas is  that  of  De  Candolle's  Prodromus,  as  long  ago  as 
1824  (also  in  Trans.  Lond.  Hort.  Soc,  Vol.  V,  and  in 
Systema,  2 :  582-607),  and  the  present  treatment  follows 
that  outline  in  general.  Some  of  the  forms  that  are  here 
kept  separate  as  species  may  be  derived  from  their 
fellows,  but  the  evidence  of  such  origin  is  lost,  and  per- 
spicuity demands  that  they  be  kept  distinct  in  a  horti- 
cultural treatise.  The  taxonomic  arr.angement  here 
presented  can  be  regarded  as  only  tentative,  however, 
and  new  systematic  studies  should  be  made  of  the 
entire  group. 

The  confusion  into  which  our  brassicas  have  fallen  is 
in  some  measure  due  to  the  various  vernacular  names  in 
the  dilTerent  countries.  The  French  use  the  word  chou 
generically  to  include  all  forms  of  B.  oleracea  and  the 
rutabaga — that  is,  all  the  blue  thick-leaved  brassicas; 
while  in  England  the  rutabaga  is  called  the  Swedish 
turnip.  A  tabular  view  of  the  different  vernaculars  may 
be  useful: 


626.  Pod  or  silique 
of  mustard.  —  Bras- 
sica juncea.  (XI H) 


French. 
Chou  cabu.s 
Chou  de  Milan 
Chou  de  Bruxellea 
Choux-verta 
Chou-rave 

Chou-nave 

Chou-fleur 
Navet 


English. 

Cabbage 

Savoy  cabbage 

Brussels  Sprouts 

Borecole  or  Kale 

Kohlrabi 
[  Swede,  or  Swedish  "^ 
1       turnip  I 

j  Turnip-rooted  f 

(       cabbage  } 

Cauliflower 

Turnip; 


A  merican. 
Cabbage 
Savoy  cabbage 
Brussels  sprouts 
Borecole,  or  Kale 
Kohlrabi 

Rutabaga 

Cauliflower 
Turnip 


The  Latin  names  in  Brassica,  particularly  in  the 
oleracea-eampestris  group,  have  been  so  variously  used 
that  it  is  practically  impossible  to  place  some  of  them 
accurately. 

INDEX. 


acephala,  1. 
alba,  10. 
arvcnsis,  II. 
botrytis,  I. 
campestris,  3. 
capitata,  I. 
Caulo-Hapa,  1. 
chincnsi.s,  5. 
cunci folia,  9. 
gemmiicra,  1. 


ititegrifolia.  9. 
japonica,  8. 
juncea,  9. 
Iwpigata,  9. 
Innceolala,  9. 
napiforinis,  G. 
Napo-Braasica,  3. 
Napus,  2. 
nigra,  12. 


olei/era,  2,  3,  4. 
oleracea,  1,  3. 
jKLtens,  9. 
Pe-tsai,  7. 
Tamosa.  9. 
Hapa,  4. 
rngiiaa,  9. 
SinapitftTum,  II. 
81/lveslris,  1. 


542 


BRASSICA 


BRASSICA 


627.  Flowers  of  cabbage. — 
Brassica  oleracea.  ( X  ^2) 


\.  irAo/e  plant  ghucous-htue  when  in  fl.:  hv.  of  the  fl.- 
sts.  clasping:  fls.  various.  (Moclly  liraaaicu  proiier.) 

B.  Lis.  from  the  first  more  or  less  fleshy  throughout,  and 

glaucous-blue  ereti  tehen  young:  fls.  large  ami  creamy 

yellow,  the  /Hlals  conspicuously  long-clawed,  and  the 

sep<tls  usually  erect. 

1.  olericea,  Linn.    C.^bbagk,  Cauliflower,  Bkus- 

-ELS  .Sprovts,  Kale.    Fig.  627.    Lvs.  smooth  from  the 

first,  and  the  root  not 
tuberous:  fls.  hirse  and 
long  (?4-l  in.  length, 
at  leii-st  often),  light- 
colored,  slender  -  iiedi- 
celled,  in  long  and 
open  racemes:  pods 
large,  long-beaked.  If 
the  name  Brassica  ole- 
racea is  held  for  a 
generalized  group  with- 
out a  type  form,  then 
the  wild  plant  may  be 
designatetl  as  var.  syl- 
restris,  Linn.  In  the 
present  treatment, 
however,  the  wild  form 
is  regarded  as  the  type 
and  is  therefore  not 
given  a  varietal  name. 
Brassica  oleracea  grows 
wild  on  the  sea-cliffs  of 
W.  and  S.  Eu.  Fig. 
628,  from  nature,  shows 
the  common  form  as  it 
grows  on  the  chalk 
cliffs  of  the  English 
Channel.  It  is  a  peren- 
nial plan  t  of  short  dura- 
tion, or  jfcrhaps  sometimes  a  biennial,  with  a  very  tough 
and  woody  root,  a  diffuse  habit,  and  large  thick  deep- 
lobed  Ivs.  in  various  shades  of  green  and  reddish,  and 
more  or  less  glaucous.  The  Ivs.  of  this,  plant  were 
probably  eaten  by  the  barbarous  or  half-civilized  peo- 
ples; and,  when  history  begins,  the  plant  had  been 
transferred  to  cult,  grounds  and  had  begun  to  produce 
dense  rosettes  or  heails  of  Ivs.  It  aijpears  to  have  been 
in  general  use  before  the  .\ryan  migrations  to  the  west- 
ward. There  were  several  distinct  types  or  races  of  the 
cabbage  in  cult,  in  Pliny's  time.  From  the  one  original 
stock  have  apparently  sprung  all  the  forms  of  cabbages, 
cauliflowers,  bru.s.sels  sprouts  and  kales.  For  this  family 
or  group  of  plant-s  the  English  language  ha.s  no  generic 
name.  The  P'rench  include  them  all  under  the  term 
Chou,  and  the  Ciermans  treat  them  under  Kohl.  These 
various  tribes  may  be  cla.ssified  as  follows: 

Var.  acephala,  DC.  Fig.  706.  The  various  headless  cab- 
bages, comprising  kales  or  borecoles,  in  many  types  and 

varieties,  a.s  the  tall 
or  tree  kales,  curled 
or    Scotch    kales, 
^    and  collards.     Its 
^    likeness   may  be 
-   found  wild   on   the 

i/  \  ■   ''^^^  °'  *^®  south- 
'^h\     eastern     coa.st    of 
-    i     England  today.  The 
thick,  tender  Ivs.  of 
the  kales  are  used  as 
"greens."    See  Col- 
lards and  Kale.    It 
is  not  certain  that 
all    the   kales    and 
collards      belong 
here;  some  of  them 
628.  Wild  cabbage  on  the  cUfls  of  the       may  be  B.  campes- 
English  Channel.  triji. 


^m 


Var.  Cafilo-Rapa,  DC.    Kohlrabi  (which  see).  St. 
tuberous  above  the  roots,  the  tuber  bearing  the  Ivs. 

Var.  gemmifera,  DC.  The  bud-bearing  cabbage,  or 
brussels  sprouts  (see  Fig. 
672).  In  this  group,  the  main 
St.  or  axis  is  tall  and  erect, 
and  axillary  buds  are  devel- 
oped into  little  heads.  See 
Brus.^els  sprouts. 

Var.  capitata,  Linn.  The 
head-bearing,  or  true  cab- 
bages, kraut  of  the  Germans. 
In  this  group,  the  main  axis 
is  short  and  tliick,  and  the 
Ivs.  are  densely  packed  into 
a  gigantic  bud  or  head  (Figs. 
701-70.5).  The  varieties  of 
cabbage  are  very  numerous 
and  various.  See  Cabbage. 
A  serviceable  classification 
of  them  might  follow  this 
order: 


629.  Flowers   of    rutabaga — 
Brassica  campestris.  ( X  H) 


A.  Lva.  plain  (not  blistered). 

B.  Head  oblong  or  conical  (Fig.  701). 
c.  Green, 
cc.  Red. 
BB.  Head  oblate  or  flattened  (Fig.  702),  including  c  and  CO, 
as  above. 
AA.  Lvs.   blistered  or  puckered.    The  Savoy  cabbages,   Fig.   703 
IB.  oleracea  var.  bullata,  DC,  or  var.  sabaitda,  Linn,),  to  be 
further  divided,  as  in  A. 

Var.  botr^tls,  Linn.  CauUflower  and  broccoli,  in 
which  the  head  is  formed  of  the  condensed  and  thick- 
ened fl.-cluster.  Broccoli  produces  its  heads  latei-  in  the 
season  than  cauliflower,  and  in  mild  climates  it  is  allowed 
to  remain  and  make  its  heads  in  spring.  See  Cauliflower. 

2.  Napus,  Linn.  Rape.  Lvs.  smooth  from  the  first: 
differs  from  B.  oleracea  chiefly  in  habit  and  more  deeply 
scalloped  Ivs.  There  are  oil-producing  forms  (var. 
oleifera,  DC).  The  botanical  position  of  the  rapes  is 
doubtful. 

3.  campestris,  Linn.  First  Ivs.  hairy;  all  Ivs.  glaucous 
and  thickish  or  somewhat  fleshy,  the  lower  ones  lyrate 
and    toothed,    the    st.-lvs.    cordate-amplexicaul    and 


6JO.  Pak-choi. — Brassica  chinensis. 

acuminate:  fls.  shorter  and  also  smaller  than  in  the  B. 
oleracea  series  (Fig.  629).  A  weed  in  waste  places,  in 
its  run-wild  form,  but  rarely  persisting  long  or  becom- 
ing troublesome.  There  are  oil-bearing  forms  (var. 
oleifera,  DC). 

Var.  Nipo-Brassica,  DC.  (B.  oleracea  var.  Napo- 
Brdssica,  Linn.),  is  the  rutabaga  evolution  of  the  plant. 
The  rutabaga  tuber  is  either  white-fleshed  or  yellow- 
fleshed,  but  the  preference  in  this  country  seems  to  be 
for  the  yellow  kinds.  For  contrasts  with  turnips,  see 
No.  4;  also  Turnip  in  Vol.  VI. 


BRASSICA 


BRASSICA 


543 


BB.  Li's.    (except   upon  the  fl.-st.)   thin  and  green:  fls. 

snuillcr  and  bright  yellow,  less  prominently  clawed. 
c.  Plant  potaitialhj  biennial  (that  is,  the  root  hard  and 

thickvnul,    often   distinctly   tuberous):  foliage  firm 

in  texture. 

D.  Foliage  distinctly  hairy. 
4.  Rapa,  Linn.  Common  Turnip.  Lvs.  prominently 
lyrate  or  interrupted  below,  the  root  tuberous. — What- 
ever the  origin  of  the  rutabaga,  and  turnip  may  be,  the 
two  plants  show  good  botanical  characters.  The  tubers 
of  the  two  are  different  in  season,  texture  and  flavor. 
In  the  rutabaga,  the  small  lvs.  immediately  following 
the  seed-lvs.  are  sparsely  hairy,  but  all  subsequent 
lvs.  are  entirely  smooth,  densely  glaucous  blue,  thick 
and  cabbage-like,  with  a  fleshy  petiole  and  midrib.  In 
the  turnip,  the  radical  lvs.  are  always  more  or  less 
hairy,  and  they  are  green  and  radish-like,  thin,  with 
slender  petiole,  and  the  lvs.  are  much  more  lyrate, 
with  interrupted  Ifts.  on  the  petiole;  the  small  lvs. 
following  the  seed-lvs.  are  also  thinner  and  narrower 
and  more  deeply  scalloped.  In  the  rutabaga,  the  fls. 
are  large  and  creamy-yellow,  whereas  in  the  turnip 


Lower  stem  leaf  of  Brassica 
napiformis. 


631.  Tuberous  root  of  pak-choi. — Brassica  chinensis. 

they  are  small,  yeUow  and  mustard-like,  with  shorter 
claws  and  more  spreading  caly.x.  The  turnips  vary  in 
hairiness,  but  the  cone  of  expanding  lvs.,  or  the  "heart- 
Ivs.,"  always  shows  the  hairs  distinctlj-,  while  the 
heart-lvs.  of  the  rutabagas  are  normally  entirely  gla- 
brous, fleshy,  and  remind  one  of  the  young  shoots  of 
sea-kale.  The  turnip  usually  produces  seed  freely  if 
the  bottoms  are  left  in  the  ground  over  winter;  and 
thereby  the  plant  spreads,  becoming  a  true  annual  a,nd 
a  bad  weed,  with  a  slender  hard  root.  Oil-producing 
forms  are  var.  oleifera,  DC. 

DD.  Foliage  not  hairy. 

5.  chinensis,  Linn.  Pak-choi  Cabbage.  Fig.  630. 
Radical  lvs.  broad  and  ample,  glossy  green,  obovate  or 
round-obovate  in  general  outline,  either  entire  or 
obscurely  wavy  or  even  crenate,  tapering  to  a  distinct 
and  thick  strong  petiole,  which  is  usually  not  promi- 
nently margined:  pod  large  and  tapering  into  a  beak 
half  an  inch  long:  root  sometimes  tuberous  (Fig.  631). 
— This  plant  is  grown  by  the  American  Chinese,  and  is 
occasionally  seen  in  other  gardens  (see  Bailey,  Bull.  No. 
67,  Cornell  Exp.  Sta.).  It  is  impossible  to  determine 
whether  this  particular  plant  is  the  one  that  Linnajus 
meant  to  distinguish  by  his  Brassica  chinen.fis,  but  it 
best  answers  the  description  in  his  Amcenitates  (Vol. 
IV).  In  Linnsus'  herbarium  is  a  Bra.ssica  marked 
"chinensLs"  in  his  own  handwriting,  but  it  shows  purple 
fls.  and  has  IjTate-lobed  lvs.,  whereas  Linnjpus  described 
his  plant  as  having  yellow  fls.  and  cynoglossum-like 
lvs.;  probably  not  the  original. 

6.  napiformis,  Bailey  (Sinapis  juncea  var.  nafn- 
f/irmis.    Piiill.   c(-   Bois).     TrBERors-ROOTED  Chinese 


Mustard.  Fig.  632.  Radical  lvs.  comparatively  few, 
the  blade  thin  and  oval  in  outline,  and  on  long  and 
slender,  slightly  feathered  petioles,  sharply  and  irregu- 
larly toothed,  with  a  thin  bloom:  beak  of  the  pod  more 
abrupt:  root  distinctly 
hard  and  tuberous. 
China. —  This  vege- 
table appeared  in 
France  in  1882  from 
seeds  sent  by  Bre- 
tschneider,  of  the  Rus- 
sian legation,  Pekin.  It 
was  ottered  by  Ameri- 
can seedsmen  as  early 
as  1889.  The  plant  is 
a  biennial,  with  thin 
bluish  foliage,  and  a  small  tuberous  root  hke  a  conical 
turnip.  These  roots  reach  a  diam.  of  3  or  4  in.,  and  are 
scarcely  distinguishable  from  white  turnips  in  appear- 
ance, texture  and  flavor.  In  China  the  tubers  are  used 
as  a  winter  vegetable,  the  seeds  being  sown  in  summer. 
The  plant  does  not  appear  to  have  been  brought  to 
the  attention  of  botanists  until  Bretschneider  published 
an  account  of  it  in  a  French  jour- 
nal in  1881.  Paillieux  and  Bois 
(Le  Potager  d'un  Curieux)  regard 
it  as  a  variet}'  of  Brassica  juncea, 
to  which  the  Chinese  mustard 
belongs,  but  it  is  very  difTerent 
from  that  plant.  It  is  nearly 
related  to  pak-choi,  and  it  may 
have  sprung  from  the  same  spe- 
cies; but  it  is  clearly  distinguished 
by  its  sharply  toothed  lvs.,  one  of 
which  is  shown  in  Fig.  632. 

cc.  Plant  truly  annual:  foliage 
profuse,  loose  and  soft. 

7.  Pe  -  tsai,    Bailey.      Pe  -  tsai 

Cabbage.     Fig.  633.     Numerous 

radical  lvs.,  large  and  light  green, 

oblong  or  ovate-oblong,  crinkled 

and  very  veiny,  and  the  margins 

wavy,  contracted  into  a  flat  and  ribbed  petiole  1-3  in. 

wide,  which  is  provided  with  a  wide  thin  notched  or 

wavy  wing;  st.-lvs.  sessile  and  clasping:  pod  of  medium 

size,   with   a  short   cone-like   beak. — The  pe-tsai,   or 

Chinese  cabbage,  is  no  longer  a  novelty  in  American 

gardens,  although  it  does  not  appear  to  be  well  known, 

and  its  merits  are  not  understood.  Its  cult,  and  peculi- 


/^"Ji^^ 


633.  Brassica  Pe-tsai. 

arities  were  described  in  France  as  long  ago  as  1840,  by 
Pepin,  who  says  that,  while  the  plant  had  been  known 
in  botanic  gardens  for  20  years,  it  was  brouglit  to 
notice  as  a  culinary  vegetable  only  3  years  before  he 
WTote.  It  appears  to  have  attracted  little  attention  in 
Eu.  until  late  in  the  last  century,  however.  It  began  to 
attract  attention  in  the  U.  S.  probably  about  25  years 


544 


BRASSICA 


BKASSO-CATTLEYA 


ago.   Tlic  K's.  tend  to  form  an  oblons  loosp  head,  like 
ct>s  lettuco.    rnhfxj<7>-;  slso  p!i<;p  SoS'J. 

AA.  lI'Ao/t'   /)/(in/   gncn   or  but   sUghllij  glaucous    when 

in  fl.:  Ivs.  on  the  fl.sts.  not  promincnlli/  clasping: 

Jls.    small    ami    yellow.     Annuals.      (Sinapis    or 

Mustani.) 

B.  Pofl  long,  terete  or  nearly  so:  pe<licels  spreading. 

S.  jap6nica,   t^ieb.    Pot-hekb    Mustaud.    Fig.  634. 

Annual,   self-sowing:    rather    numerous    ladical    Ivs., 

oblong  or  obloiig- 
obovate,  the  margins 
either  crisped  or  cut 
into  many  very  fine 
divisions,  the  petiole 
distinct  at  its  lower 
end;  st.-lvs.  all  peti- 
oled :  pod  very  small, 
with  a  slender  beak. 
— The  very  soft  thin 
Ivs.  make  excellent 
"greens."  Long 
known,  but  with  no 
designative  name,  in 
old  gardens  in  this 
country,  and  some- 
times run  wild  about 
premises.  Intro,  in 
1890  by  John  Lewis 
Childs  as  California 
pepper-grass.  A  very 
worthy  plant  (Bull. 
67,CornollExp.Sta.). 
9.  juncea,  Coss.  (Sinapis  jljmcea,  Linn.).  Chine.sb 
MrsTAUD.  rigs.  G20,  C3o.  Rank  and  coarse  grower,  in 
the  common  forms  making  great  tufts  of  root-lvs.  if 
sown  early:  radical  Ivs.  usually  abundant  and  often 
verj'  large,  oval  or  obovate  in  outline,  the  blade  angled  or 
toothed,  tapering  into  a  narrow  petiole,  which  generally 
bears  leafy  appendages;  lower  st.-lvs.  more  or  less 
toothed  and  petiolate,  the  upper  ones  oblong  or  oblong- 
lanceolate,  entire  and  usually  sessile  or  alternate:  flow- 
ering sts.  and  Ivs.  more  or  less  lightly  glaucous:  fls. 
bright  j-ellow:  pod  slender,  of  medium  size,  tapering 
into  a  short  seedl&ss  beak.  Asia. — This  species  is  held 
by  Hooker  and  Thom.son  (Journ.  Linn.  Soc.  v.  170)  to 
include  a  great  variety  of  forms,  as  Sinapis  Ixvigala, 
Linn.;  S.  integrifolia,  Willd.;  S.  ramosa,  S.  rugosa,  S. 
patent,  S.  cuneifolia,  Roxbg.;  S.  lanceotata,  DC,  and 
others.  There  are  two  types  of  it  in  cult,  in  our  gar- 
dens, one  with  the  radical  Ivs.  somewhat  sharply 
toothed  and  nearly  smooth  below  (sometimes  grown  as 


634.  Brassica  japonica,  the  radical 
leaves  used  for  greens. 


635.  Broad-leaved  Chinese  mustard. — Form  of  Brassica  juncea. 


Brassica  [or  Sinapis]  r)igosn),  the  other  with  root-lvs. 
ol)tus('ly  toothed  ami  spineseent  on  the  veins  below 
(comprising  Chinese  mustard,  Chinese  broad-leaved 
mustard,  and  brown  mustard).  Linna'us  founded  his 
Sinapis  juncea  on  a  figiu'e  in  Hermann's  Paradisus  (Her- 
mann, I'aradisus  Batavus,  t.  230,  1705),  which  repre- 
sents a  plant  very  like  the  former  type  mentioned  above, 
and  which  Hermann  described  as  "lettuce-leaved." 

10.  alba,  Boiss.  Wild  Mustard.  Tall:  Ivs.  pinna- 
tiful  and  rough-hairy:  pods  spreading,  hairy,  the  lower 
part  thick  and  few-seeded,  the  beak  longer:  seeds  pale 
brown,  large.  Weed,  from  Eu. 

11.  arvensis,  Kuntze  (S.  Sinapistrum, 
Boiss.  Sinapis  arecnsis,  Linn.  Sinapis- 
trum arvensc,  Spach).  Charlock.  Tall: 
Ivs.  strong-toothed,  or  sometimes  nearly 
lyrate:  pods  knotty,  glabrous  or  hairy,  the 
upper  third  indehiscent  and  2-edged,  usu- 
ally 1-seeded.   Weed,  from  Eu. 

BB.  Pod  short,  distinctly  Jf-angled:  pedicels 
and  pods  appressed. 

12.  nigra,  Koch.  Blaoic  Mustard.  Fig. 
636.  St.  tall  and  upright,  with  wide-spread- 
ing branches:  Ivs.  pinnatifid,  .somewhat 
hairy:  pods  short  and  erect,  glabrous;  seeds 
small  and  dark  brown,  pungent,  supplying 
the  mustard  of  commerce.  Cult,  in  Eu.,  but 
a  weed  in  this  country. — Commercial  mus- 
tard is  the  flour  of  the  seeds  of  this  species 
chiefly,  but  the  seeds  of  B.  alba  and  prob- 
ably of  B.  juncea  are  sometimes  used. 

B.  adpressa,  Boiss.  Annual  or  biennial, 
much  like  B.  nigra  but  st.  stifTer,  Ivs.  less 
divided  and  plant  somewhat  hoary:  pods 
with  a  short  1-seeded  beak.  Occasionally 
adventive  from  Eu. — B.  sinensis,  Hort.= 
B.  chinensis. 

Many  formg  of  Brassica  have  been  described 
that  it  is  not  necessary  to  endeavor  to  account  for 
here.  Studies  in  crossing  may  be  expected  to  indi- 
cate some  of  the  relationships.  The  writer  has 
found  no  difficulty  in  crossing  cabbage-kale-cauli- 
flowor  and  others.  See  Lund  and  Kjaorskou,  Land- 
briigets.  Kulturplanter  No.  4;  and  "Morfologisk- 
anatomisk  beskrivelse  af  Brassica  oleracea,  B. 
campestris  eg  B.  Napus.'  L     H     B. 

BRASSOCATTL.^LIA  (compounded 
from  Brassavola,  CaUleya  and  Lselia). 
Orchidacese.  A  small  group  of  trigeneric 
hybrids  between  the  genera  Brassavola, 
Cattleya  and  La;lia. 

B.  balarucensis  (B.  Digbyana  x  L.-C. 
Schilleriana).  —  B.  Fucrstenbergii  (Bras- 
sotelia  Gratrixiic  x  C.  Triana>). — B.  Mdck- 
ayi  (B.  Digbyana  x  L.-C.  elegans).  See 
also  Adamara  and  Linneara. 

•I 

BRASSOCATTLEYA       (compounded         636. 
from  Brassanola  and  CaUleya).   Orehidacese.     Siliquesof 
A   genus   established    to   include    hybrids     Brassica 
between  the  species   of  the  genera  Bras-    ""sra-^xi) 
savola  and  Cattleya. 

The  following,  among  others,  are  offered  in  the 
American  trade: 

B.  Akebenii  (B.  Digbyano-gigas  x  C.  Luddeman- 
neana). — B.  Alexdnderi  (B.  Digbyana  x  C.  citrina). — 
B.  Chdmherlainise  (B.  Digbyana  x  C.  quadricolor). — 
B.  Cliftonii,  Hort.  (B.-C.  Digbvana-Massia  X  C 
Trianx  var.  Upland.s).  G.C.  IH.  4.5:34.  O.R.  18:48.— 
var.  Wellesleyx,  Hort.  G.C.  HI.  51 :  135.— Zi.  eonsplcua 
(B.  glauca  X  C.  Leopoldii). — B.  Digbyano-F urbesii  (B. 
Digbyano  x  C.  Forbcsii). — B.  Digbyano-gigas  (B.  Dig- 
byana X  C.  Gigas). — B.  Eva  (C.  Lawrenciana  x  B.  Dig- 
byana).— B.  gesnerixflbra  (B.  fragrans  x  C.  maxima). 
— B.  hcatonensis  (B.  Digbyana  x  C.  Hardyana). — B. 
Hdljordii  (C.  Forbesii  x  B.  Digbyana).— Zi.  Hi/ex  (B. 


BRASSO-CATTLEYA 


BREEDING 


545 


Digbyana  x  C.  Harrisoniana). — B.  lattgtei/ensis  (B.  Dig- 
byana  X  C.  Schroederse). — B.  Laurentiano-glauca  (B. 
Laurontiano  X  C.  glauca). — B.  Leemdnnix  (B.  Dig- 
byana x  C.  Dowiana).  O.R.  11:57. — B.  Manse  (B. 
Digbyana  x  C.  Warneri). — B.  Marbnx  (B.  Digbyana 
X  C.  Warscewiczii).  —  B.  nivalis  (B.  fragrans  x  C. 
intermedia). — B.  Peetersii  (B.  glauca  x  C.  Lawrence- 
ana). — B.  Pocahdntas  (B.  Digbyana  x  C.  Eldorado). 
— B.  Sdnderi  (B.  glauca  X  C.  Schroederai). —  B. 
simdhaghensis  (B.  Digbyana  x  C.  Setulleriana). — B. 
striata  (B.  fragrans  x  C.  Mossiae).  Fls.  rose-colored, 
fragrant.  R.H.  1903:276,  desc— B.  Siisannse.  (B. 
DigbvanaxC.  Thayeriana). — B.  Thdmlonii  (B.  Dig- 
byana x  C.  Gaskelliana).  J.H.  111.  61:001.  — B. 
Vhitchii  (B.  Digbyana  x  C.  Mossiae). — B.  Vilmoriniana 
(B.  LeemanniiB  x  C.  Mossiae).  —  B.  Weilesleyse  (B. 
glauca  x  C.  Mossiae  Wageneri). 

Brassavola  Digbyana,  Lindl.,  is  now  considered  a 
Laelia,  so  the  above  hybrids,  under  that  conception, 
might  be  designated  Laelio-Cattleya. 

George  V.  Nash. 

BRASSO-L.^LIA  (compounded  of  the  genera 
Brassavola  and  Lselia).  Orchidacese.  Established  to 
include  hybrids  between  the  two  genera. 

The  following  are  to  be  found  in  the  American  trade: 

B.  Canari  (B.  Digbyana  x  L.  xanthina). — B.  Digby- 
ano-purpurdla  (B.  Digbyana  x  L.  purpurata). — B. 
fladosa  (B.  nodosa  x  L.  flava). — B.  Helen  (B.  Digby- 
ana x  L.  tenebrosa).  O.R.  10:169. — B.  Jcssopii  (B. 
Digbyana  x  L.-C.  xanthina). — B.  Lellieuxii  (B.  Digby- 
ana X  L.  anceps). — B.  Rdlfei  (B.  Digbyana  x  L.  crispa). 
— B.  Thwditesii  (B.  Digbyana  x  L.  grandiflora). — B. 
Veilchii  (B.  Digbyana  x  L.  purpurata). — B.  westfieldi- 
ensis  (B.  glauca  x  L.  flava). 

Brassavola  Digbyana,  Lindl.,  is  now  considered  a 
Laelia,  so  the  above  hybrids,  under  that  disposition, 
might  be  designated  as  hybrid  Laelias. 

George  V.  Nash. 

BRASSO-LiELIA-CATTLEYA.  Orchidacex.  Atrigen- 
eric  hybrid.  B.-L.-C.  Fbwleri  (C.  Schroederae  auran- 
tiaca  X  Brasso-Laelia  Mrs.  M.  Gratrix).  Fls.  yellow, 
tinged,  and  veined  with  salmon-rose.  G.C.  IIL  41: 
303.  Brassavola  Digbyana,  one  of  the  elements,  is  now 
considered  a  Laelia,  and  the  plant  would  then  belong  to 
Lslio-Cattleya.  George  V.  Nash. 

BRAVOA  (Bravo,  Mexican  botanist).  Amaryl- 
liddcese.  A  small  genus,  much  resembling  in  some  of  its 
species  the  tuberose  (Polianthes),  and  hardly  distinct 
from  it. 

Stems  slender,  from  small  thickened  rootstocks:  Ivs. 
mostly  basal:  infi.  a  lax  spike  or  raceme;  fls.  always  in 
pairs,  more  or  less  bent  or  curved;  stamens  6,  included 
within  the  perianth-tube:  fr.  3-celled,  many-seeded. 
Native  of  the  mountain  and  tableland  region  of  Mex. — 
Five  species  have  been  described  formerly,  but  recent 
explorations  have  discovered  some  5  or  6  additional 
species. 

\\'hile  the  flowers  are  not  so  showy  as  the  common 
tuberose,  yet  the  genus  should  be  found  in  every  choice 
bulb  collection.  Only  one  species  has  been  cultivated  to 
any  extent,  and  even  this  species  is  not  well  known.  .As 
the  species  often  grow  in  the  high  mountains  of  Mexico, 
they  ought  to  be  hardy  in  the  southern  stretches  of  the 
temperate  zone. 

geminiflfira,  Llav.  &  Lex.  Mexican  Twin-Flower. 
Sts.  1-2  ft.  high:  bulbs  small,  1-1} 2  in-  long,  the  outer 
scales  cut  into  fine  fibers  at  the  top:  ba.sal  Ivs.  linear, 
erect,  6  hnes  or  le.ss  broad,  smooth:  fls.  in  a  slender 
raceme,  reddish  or  orange-colored;  lobes  minute, 
rounded.  B.M.  4741. — Handsome,  and  worthy  of  more 
attention. 

B.  BuUiana,  Baker.  Basal  Ivs.  described  as  lanceolate.  1-1  H  in. 
broad:  fls.  in  5  or  6  pairs,  white.  Seemingly  too  near  the  little-known 

35 


Polianthes  mexicana.  Not  in  cult. — B.  sessilifl^ra,  B.  densifldra, 
and  B.  singidifldra,  are  rare  species,  only  known  from  herbarium 
specimens.  The  latter  two,  however,  should  probably  be  excluded 
from  this  group.  j_   j^^    -g^^^^ 

BRAYA  (Count  de  Bray,  1765-1831,  German 
botanist).  Cruciferse.  Small  tufted  al|)ine  or  boreal 
perennial  herbs,  sometimes  grown  in  alpine  gardening. 
There  are  a  dozen  or  more  species  in  Eu.,  Asia  and 
Amer.  Plant  glabrous  or  cano-tomentose:  Ivs.  radical, 
spatulate  or  linear,  entire  or  dentate:  fls.  on  scapes 
that  often  are  naked  and  sometimes  only  1-fld.  but 
mostly  bearing  racemes  or  corymbs,  white  or  rose- 
colored  or  purple.  B.  alplna,  Sternb.  &  Hoppe,  is  the 
usual  species,  with  white  fls.  B.  pinnatifida,  Koch 
(probably  properly  Sisymbrium  pinnatifidum,  DC.), 
has  white-lilac  fls.  Practically  unknown  in  cult,  in  N. 
Amer. 

BRAZIL-NUT:   BerlhoUetia. 

BREAD-FROTT:   Artocarpus. 

BREAD-NUT:   Brosimum  Alicastrum. 

BREEDING  OF  PLANTS.    The  definite  producing 

of  kinds  of  plants  adapted  to  given  uses  and  conditions 
is  known  now  as  plant-breeding.  The  existing  varieties 
are  of  course  the  result  of  the  action  of  natural  tenden- 
cies and  laws,  but  the  producing  of  them  has  not  been, 
for  the  most  part,  a  conscious,  or  at  least  not  a  regu- 
lated, act  on  the  part  of  man.  The  laws  of  variation 
and  inheritance  are  now  beginning  to  be  understood, 
and  the  application  of  this  knowledge  is  to  produce 
orderly  and  more  or  less  predictable  results. 

In  beginning  the  artificial  cultivation  of  plants,  our 
early  ancestors,  even  with  their  crude  understanding 
and  methods,  probably  selected  seed  for  planting  from 
the  best  wild  individuals  of  any  plant.  The  selection  of 
seed  from  the  best  individuals  has  thus  been  continuing 
for  thousands  of  years,  ever  since  the  dawn  of  civiliza- 
tion. While  this  is  a  crude  method  of  breeding,  if  long 
continued  on  an  extensive  scale,  it  could  not,  as  is  now 
recognized,  fail  to  have  results.  The  greatness  of  the 
changes  produced  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  some  of 
the  most  exlensively  cultivated  crops,  such  as  wheat 
and  maize,  have  been  so  modified  that  the  wild  types 
from  which  they  sprang  cannot  now  be  recognized, 
although  the  original  wild  ancestors  probably  still  exist. 

Breeding  did  not  become  established  as  an  art  until 
comparatively  recently.  The  sexuality  of  plants  was 
not  established  until  it  was  proved  experimentally  by 
Camerarius  in  1691;  and  the  first  hybrid  of  which  there 
is  record  was  made  in  1719  by  Thomas  Fairchild,  an 
English  gardener,  who  crossed  the  carnation  with  the 
sweet  William.  The  first  exact  knowledge  of  hybridiza- 
tion dates  from  about  1761  when  Koelreuter  began 
publishing  the  results  of  his  observations,  but  even  his 
work  had  little  bearing  on  practical  plant-breeding. 
The  systematic  breeding  of  plants  may  be  said  to  have 
begun  with  the  work  of  Knight  and  Von  Mons  about 
the  beginning  of  the  nineteenth  century. 

Knight  worked  mainly  in  hybridization  and  in  1806 
said:  "New  varieties  of  every  species  of  fruit  will  gen- 
erally be  better  produced  by  introducing  the  farina  of 
one  variety  of  pollen  into  the  blossoms  of  another  than 
by  propagating  from  a  single  bud."  Von  Mons  worked 
mainly  in  selection  and  it  is  interesting  to  note  that 
his  experiments  were  made  primarilj'  with  pears.  He 
emphasized  continuous  selection  and  produced  very 
many  valuable  varieties.  It  is  probable  that  a  large 
part  of  the  success  of  Von  Mons'  work  was  due  to  the 
fact  that  pears  are  normally  sterile  to  their  own  pollen, 
requiring  cros.s-fertilization,  and,  therefore,  many  of 
his  new  varieties  were  probably  hybrids.  He  was  not 
aware  of  this  fact,  however,  and  it  made  no  great  differ- 
ence in  the  establishment  of  the  principle  which  has 
since  proved  to  be  so  important, 

A  most  important  stimulus  to  the  development  of 


546 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


plant-breedinp  was  pivpn  bv  the  publication  of  Darwin's 
famous  works,  particutarly  his  "Animals  and  Plants 
under  Domestication,"  in  1S6S.  His  extensive  re- 
sean'hes,  masterful  conii)ilation  and  systcmatization  of 
the  existing  knowKxIge  may  be  said  to  have  established 
brj-eiiing  on  a  systematic  basis. 

Following  Darwin,  little  atlvance  was  made  in  the 
knowledge  of  the  principles 
of  breeding  until  in  1900, 
when  Mendel's  papers  on  plant 
hybridization,  describing  his 
now  famous  principles  or  laws 
of  inheritance,  were  rediscovered 
independently  and  brought  to 
attention  by  DeVries,  Correns 
and  Tsehermak.  The  discovery 
of  these  laws  and  the  publication 
of  Ue\'ries'  "Mutation  Theory" 
in  the  same  year,  marked  the 
beginning  of  a  new  era  in  plant- 
breeding.  No  matter  what  the 
final  conclusions  may  be  regard- 
ing Mendel's  principles  and  the 
mutation  theory,  the  stimula- 
tion which  these  two  theories 
have  given  to  breeding  has 
already  served  greatly  to  modify 
and  exiend  knowledge,  both  in 
scientific  and  practical  direc- 
tions. 

The  great  advance  that  has 
been  made  in  the  discovery  of 
the  underlying  principles  of 
breeding  puts  experimentation 
in  this  field  on  a  nmch  surer 
basis  and  the  breeder  can  now 
approach  his  subject  with  defi- 
nite understanding. 


637.  Variations  in  size 
of  wheat  plants  grown 
side  by  side  in  field. 


Classification  of  varieties. 

To  understand  clearly  the  character  of  organisms 
with  which  breeding  deals,  careful  definitions  of  the 
different  groups  of  cultivated  plants  which  are  ordi- 
narily known  as  varieties  are  needed.  One  speaks  of 
varieties  of  wheat,  corn,  apples  and  pears,  yet  it  is 
known  that  these  varieties  differ  from  each  other  as 
natural  groups.  In  order  to  distinguish  clearly  these 
differences,  the  following  classification  of  varieties  into 
races,  strains  and  clons  has  been  proposed: 

Racei  are  groups  of  cultivated  plants  that  have  well-marked 
differentiating  characters,  and  propagate  true  to  seed  except  for 
simple  fluctuating  variations.  The  different  groups  of  beans,  peas, 
wheat,  oats,  corn,  cotton,  and  the  like,  referred  to  commonly  as 
varieties,  are  thus  in  a  more  restricted  sense  races.  Boone  County 
White.  Learning.  Golden  Bantam,  and  so  on,  would  he  recognized 
ax  races  of  com,  and  Turkey  Red,  Fulcaster,  Fultz,  as  races  of 
wheat,  and  Early  Paris,  Dwarf  Erfurt  and  Snowball  as  races  of 
cauliflower. 

Strain*  are  groups  of  cultivated  plants  derived  from  a  race, 
which  do  not  differ  from  the  original  of  the  race  in  visible  taxonomic 
characters.  When  the  breeder,  by  a  careful  selection  of  Blue  .Stem 
wheat,  produces  a  sort  of  Blue  .Stem  that  differs  from  the  original 
race  only  in  the  quality  of  yielding  heavily,  it  would  be  called  a 
strain  of  Blue  .Stem. 

Clom  are  groups  of  cultivated  plants  the  different  individuals 
of  which  are  simply  transplanted  parts  of  the  same  individual,  tiie 
reproduction  being  by  the  use  of  vegetative  parts  such  as  bulbs, 
tubers,  buds,  grafts,  cuttings,  runners,  and  the  like.  The  various 
ftorts  of  apples,  potatoes,  strawberries,  chrysanthemums,  and  so  on. 
commonly  denominated  varieties,  in  a  more  restricted  sense  woulrl 
be  clons.  C'lons  of  apples,  pears,  strawberries,  potatoes,  and  the 
like,  do  not  propagate  true  to  mittl.  while  this  is  one  of  the  most 
important  characters  of  races  and  strains  of  wheat,  com,  and  others. 
The  term  variety  would  thus  he  used  in  a  general  sense,  and  would 
include  races,  strains  and  clons. 

Heredity. 

The  laws  of  heredity  are  of  primary  importance  to 
the  breeder.  It  is  a  general  principle  that  like  begets 
like,  but  it  is  ako  true  that  like  frequently  gives  rise  to 


unlike.  In  general,  by  heredity  is  meant  the  tendency 
whicli  an  organism  manifests  to  develop  in  the  form  and 
likeness  of  its  progenitors,  and  the  study  of  heredity 
includes  thus  the  inheritance  of  characters.  It  is  of  the 
uttiiost  importance  that  organisms  in  general  rejiroduce 
their  kind,  tis  otherwise  the  breeder  would  be  confronted 
with  confusion,  but  it  is  of  equal  importance  that  the  off- 
spring does  not  always  reproduce  the  parental  charac- 
ters. There  are  thus  apparently  two  conflicting  prin- 
ciples in  plant-breeding.  On  the  one  hand,  the  breeder 
seeks  to  produce  variations  in  order  to  get  new  types 
as  the  foundations  for  improvement.  On  the  other  hand, 
when  sucii  a  variation  from  or  improvement  on  the  nor- 
mal type  is  secured,  he  reverses  the  process  and  tries 
to  establish  heredity  and  reduce  the  amount  of  varia- 
tion, so  that  the  aphorism,  "like  begets  like,''  will  hold 
true. 

In  pedigree-  or  grade-breeding,  and  in  breeding  to 
produce  new  varieties,  the  importance  of  hereditary 
strength  cannot  be  overestimated,  as  it  is  only  by  ren- 
dering this  power  very  great  that  any  new  form  can  be 
brought  to  what  is  called  a  fixed  type. 

In  recent  years,  the  ideas  of  fixity  of  type  have  been 
greatly  modified,  and  it  is  now  held  that  fixity  of 
type  is  secured  by  purifying  a  race  from  all  admixtures 
so  that  any  character  represented  in  a  race  will  be  pure. 

Unit-characters. 

The  modern  studies  of  heredity  have  led  to  a  new 
conception  of  organic  characters  that  should  be  clearly 
understood  by  the  breeder.  A  careful  study  of  species  or 
varieties  of  plants  or  animals  focuses  the  attention  not 
on  the  generality  of  the  differences  existing  but  rather 
on  the  differences  in  certain  characters;  one  observes 
whether  a  plant  is  smooth  or  hairy,  cut-leaved  or  entire- 
leaved,  much  branched  or  simpl}'  branched,  erect  or 
procumbent,  tall  or  short,  and  the  like.  This  leads  to 
the  conception  that  a  plant  is  not  of  simple  organiza- 
tion but  is  comprised  of  a  combination  of  characters. 
These  characters  or  the  physiological  units  which  cause 
them  are  now  thought  of  as  in  considerable  measure 
independent  of  each  other  and  as  representing  dis- 
tinct organic  units.    The  classical  studies  of  Gregor 


638.  Red  cedar :  a.  Columnar  form ;  b.  Spreading  form. 

Mendel  on  the  hybridization  of  races  of  peas  that 
exhibited  different  characters  established  the  fact  that 
at  least  certain  characters  are  inherited  separately  and 
may  form  permanent  new  combinations. 

A  unit-character,  then,  may  be  defined  as  any  char- 
acteristic quality  or  set  of  qualities  or  expression  of 
character  in  an  organism  that  is  inherited  as  a  whole 
and  independent  of  any  other  quality  or  set  of  quahties. 
They  are  the  organic  units  of  inheritance.  The  units 
that  are  considered  in  hybridization  are  not  the  i 
species  or  varieties  themselves,  but  the  unit-characters  / 
of  which   they  are  composed.     The  origin  of   a  new     / 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


547 


variety  would  then  consist  in  the  acquirement  of  a  new 
character  by  the  organism  or  the  loss  of  an  old  character 
or  of  the  production  through  hybridization  of  new 
combinations  of  characters  that  already  existed  but 
in  different  combinations. 

Nature  of  variation. 

AMiile,  as  indicated  in  the  discussion  of  heredity, 
organisms  are  usually  reproduced  in  the  likeness  of 
their  parents,  nevertheless  it  is  well  known  that 
all  plants  vary.  Individual  plants  differ  from  one 
another  just  as  do  men.  The  fact  that  plants  can  be 
improved  by  selection  depends  upon  the  occurrence  of 
these  so-called  variations.  One  is  accustomed  to  think 
of  plants  as  very  stable  and  uniform.  Casually  looking 
over  a  field  of  ox-eye  daisies  and  admiring  their  beauty, 
one  distinguishes  no  apparent  variabilit}';  all  seem  to  be 
alike.  Nevertheless,  if  the  plants  are  examined  care- 
fully and  the  different  individuals  studied,  it  is  found 
that  each  one  possesses  certain  peculiarities.  Some  have 
large  flower-heads,  others  small  flower-heads;  some 
have  very  many  rays  or  petals,  others  comparatively 
few;  some  have  broad  rays,  others  narrow  rays.  Some 
plants  are  tall,  others  short.  No  two  plants  can  be 
found  which  do  not  differ  from  each  other  in  some 
noticeable  character.  Thej'  present  different  facial 
expressions,  the  same  as  do  people  or  cattle,  so  that 
different  individuals  may  be  recognized  after  one  has 
studied  them  and  made  their  acquaintance.  This  is 
one  of  the  interesting  studies  which  the  breeder  pur- 
sues. Careful  gardeners  learn  to  recognize  the  individ- 
ual plants  that  they  handle  day  after  daj'  as  the 
shepherd  recognizes  the  different  members  of  his  flock. 

The  inheritance  of  a  character  ordinarily  does  not 
mean  its  exact  expression  in  the  offspring  as  in  the  par- 
ent. In  considering  variations  from  the  standpoint  of 
the  conception  of  unit-characters,  it  must  be  remem- 
bered that  only  the  determiners  of  a  character  are  in- 
herited and  the  expression  of  the  character  in  the  new 
individual  is  influenced  by  the  environment  under  which 
the  individual  develops.  It  must  also  be  remembered 
that  in  the  higher  plants  and  animals  with  which  the 
breeder  ordinarily  has  to  deal,  an  individual  results 
from  a  fertilized  egg-cell  which  contains  the  heritage 
determiners  of  two  parents  and,  as  there  are  a  very 
large  number  of  characters  making  up  any  individual 
and  as  different  individuals  possess  different  determi- 
ners which  are  brought  together  in  fertilization,  rarely  or 
never  can  one  individual  be  conceived  to  be  an  exact 
counterpart  of  another. 

Variaiiorts  are  of  verj'  great  difference  in  magnitude 
and  kind;  and  while  many  different  names  have  been 
given  to  the  different  types  of  variation,  the  most 
generally  accepted  usage  at  present  is  to  classify  all 
variations  either  as  fluctuations  or  mutations. 

Fluctuations  are  those  variations  that  are  .supposed 
to  be  due  to  the  direct  action  of  environment  and  that 
are  not  inherited.  The  variation  in  size  as  a  result  of 
richness  of  soil,  is  such  a  fluctuating  variation  and,  as 
well  recognized,  is  not  a  heritable  character.  A  similar 
illustration  of  such  a  variation  is  the  difference  in  size 
of  oat  or  wheat  plants  due  to  crowding  in  the  field 
(Fig.  6.'37j.  It  is  known  that  if  a  pole  bean  be  trans- 
ferred to  the  North,  it  tends  to  produce  a  bush  type, 
and  if  a  cowpea  be  transferred  to  the  North,  it  tends  to 
shorten  up  its  vine  and  assume  a  bush  habit.  An  in- 
teresting illustration  of  such  modifications  is  shown 
in  the  ordinary  red  cedar,  Junipcrus  virgininnn  fFig. 
638).  In  the  rich,  moist  soils  of  Pennsylvania,  Mary- 
land and  Virginia,  this  tree  forms  a  beautiful  tall  col- 
umnar top  with  dense  foliage  (Fig.  6.38a).  On  the  dry, 
sterile,  limestone  hills  cf  Kansas,  Nebraska,  and  Ken- 
tucky, and  in  the  sandy  soil  of  Florida,  the  same  tree 
produces  a  spreading,  scraggly  top  of  entirely  different 
character  (Fig.  638  6).    If  one  of  these  trees  is  trans- 


planted while  young,  from  sterile  barren  soil  to  moist 
rich  land,  it  assumes  the  tali  columnar  habit  as  a  result 
of  the  environment. 

Plant-breeders  have  sometimes  assumed  that  such 
modifications,  which  are  the  result  of  environment 
(Fig.  639),  are  of  great  importance  to  them.  This 
matter,  however,  is  in  grave  doubt.  The  informa- 
tion at  command  indicates  that  these  characters,  which 
are  physiological  adaptations,  are  not  hereditary,  and 
are  lost  as  soon  as  the  plant  is  transferred  again  to  its 
normal  environment.  If,  for  example,  it  is  desired  to 
produce  a  bush  cowpea  and  the  selection  is  undertaken 
in  the  South  with  a  viny  variety,  a  search  should  be 
made  among  the  plants  for  the  individual  that  ap- 
proaches most  nearly  to  the  bush  type,  and  it  is  probable 
that  this  plant  would  be  as  likely  to  transmit  this 
character  to  its  progeny  as  a  similar  bushy  tj^pe  selected 
under  northern  conditions.  As  a  matter  of  fact,  it  may 
be  that  this  tendency  could  be  recognized  much  more 


639.  Variation  ia  size  of  dandelion  caused  by  growing  at  dif* 
ferent  altitudes,  a.  Plant  grown  in  valley  at  low  altitude;  b,  plant 
grown  on  mountain  at  high  altitude.    (From  Bonnier. j 

clearly  in  a  southern  location,  where  the  plants  normally 
produce  vines,  than  in  a  northern  location. 

Mutations,  on  the  other  hand,  are  changes  that  are 
more  profound  and  effect  the  germinal  cells  of  the 
organism  in  such  a  way  that  the  changes  are  inherited. 
The  most  typical  illustrations  of  mutations  are  the 
striking  large  tjTie-variations  th.at  are  known  to  gar- 
deners as  sports,  and  which  ordinarily  reproduce  true 
to  seed.  It  mu.st  not  be  understood,  however,  that 
all  mutations  are  large  tv^pe-variations.  This,  it  is 
true,  was  in  large  measure  the  meaning  given  to  muta- 
tions by  DeVries  in  his  development  of  the  mutation 
theorj'  of  evolution,  but  the  moie  general  interpretation 
of  biologists  at  present  is  to  consider  any  type  of  varia- 
tion that  is  inherited  as  a  mutation.  Many  small  varia- 
tions, such  as  a  slight  difference  in  height  of  ear  in  corn, 
may  be  regularly  inherited,  and  in  some  instances 
differences  that  are  so  slight  as  to  be  distinguished  only 
by  careful  biometrical  analysis  are  regularly  inherited, 
generation  after  generation,  even  under  very  different 
conditions.    Recent  scientific  studies  have  emphasiAi 


->4S 


BREEDING 


the  great  importance  of  jsuoh  variations  in  the  produc- 
tion of  cultivate<l  varieties  and  the  evolution  of  species. 
As  is  well  known  to  gardeners,  these  sports  or  nuUatioiis 
appear  suddenly  without  warning  or  reason,  so  far  as  is 
known.  They  cannot  be  produced,  and  one  must  simply 
wait  until  they  appear  and  then  be  prepared  to  recog- 
nize and  propagate  them.  Mutations  usually  repro- 
duce their  characters  without  much  reversion  to  the 
parental  t\-pe  except  such  as  is  caused  by  cross-pollina- 
tion. Slutations  of  self-fertilized  plants  thus  usually 
come  true  to  type,  while  in  cross-fertilized  plants  the 
mutation  must  usually  be  cultivated  in  an  isolated 
place  and  carefully  selected  to  weed  out  the  effect  of 
such  crossing  as  has  occurred.  Many  seedsmen  examine 
their  trial-grounds  regularly  for  sports  or  mutations, 
and  many  of  the  best  v:\rieties  have  lesulted  from  the 
selection  of  such  sports.  Livingston,  of  Ohio,  who  dur- 
ing his  life  was  famous  for  the  number  of  new  varieties 
of  tomatoes  which  he  produced,  made  it  a  practice  to 
search  regularly  the  fields  of  tomatoes,  which  he  grew 
for  seed  purposes,  for  such  sports,  and  ahnost  all  of  his 
numerous  varieties  were  piodueed  by  the  discovery  of 
such  striking  variations. 

A  very  interesting  case  of  a  variety  that  originated  as 
a  seedling  sport  or  mutation  is  the  now  familiar  case  of 
the  Cupid  sweet  pea.  I'ntil  about  fifteen  years  ago  the 
only  sweet  peas  known  were  the  ordinary  tall  twining 
sorts  which  grow  to  a  height  of  3  to  6  feet,  depend- 
ing upon  the  richness  of  the  soil.  At  this  time  there  was 
found  in  California,  a  small  dwarf  sweet  pea  plant  only 
about  6  or  8  inches  high.  This  was  growing  in  a  row  of 
the  Emily  Henderson  variety,  one  ol  the  ordinary  tall 
sorts  from  which  it  evidently  had  sprung.   Seed  of  this 


640.  Stem  of  pondweed  ^Potamogeton 
spiralis;,  showing  narrow  submerged 
leaves  and  broad  floating  leaves.  (After 
Britton  and  Brown. j 


dwarf  plant  was  saved  and  grown,  and  it  was  found  to 
reproduce  plants  of  the  same  dwarf  character.  The 
variety  waa  designated  the  Cupid,  under  which  name  it 
was  introduced  to  the  seed  trade  and  distributed  over 
the  world.  The  Cupid  differed  from  other  sweet  peas 
not  only  in  height  but  in  its  closely  set  leaves  and  general 
habit  of  growth.  Indeed  it  is  as  distinct  from  other 
sweet  peas  as  are  distinct  species  of  plants  in  nature. 
Fmm   the  original   Cupid,   there  have  sprung  many 


BREEDING 

different  sorts,  until  now  there  are  varieties  of  Cupids 
representing  almost  all  variations  of  color  and  shape 
of  flower  known  in  the  sweet  pea  family. 

Causes  of  variation. 

Understanding  of  the  causes  of  variation  is  as  yet 
very  imperfect.  Fluctuations  are  in  general  interpreted 
as  the  direct  physiological  action  of  environment  on  the 
plant,  or,  in  other  words,  environmental  reactions. 
There  would  seem  to  be  no  doubt  of  the  correctness  of 
this  view  for  the  cause  of  ordinary  fluctuations,  and  it 
may  be  accepted  as  the  cause  of  such  fluctuating  varia- 
tions as  the  breeder  will  commonly  meet.  Such  reactions 
as  the  changes  in  structure  and  form  of  the  entire  air- 
leaves  and  finely  divided  water-leaves  of  certain  butter- 
cups (Ranunculus)  and  the  floating  and  submerged 
leaves  of  pond  weeds  or  Potamogeton  (Fig.  640),  and  the 
loss  of  kncis  on  the  bald  cypress  when  cultivated  on 
high  land  where  the  soil  is  well  aerated,  may  be  inter- 
preted merely  as  extreme  environmental  reactions. 
Even  these  extreme  changes  are  not  inherited  other 
than  that  the  ability  to  react  in  this  way  under  different 
environments  is  inherited. 

To  account  for  mutations  is,  however,  a  much  more 
difficult  matter  and  no  definite  conclusion  as  to  their 
cause  has  yet  been  reached.  liamarck  and  his  followers 
have  strongly  maintained  the  hypothesis  that  changed 
environment  would  stimulate  the  production  of  varia- 
tions that  would  permanently  effect  the  organism  and 
its  progeny  in  the  direction  of  better  adapting  them 
to  their  environment.  Many  scientists,  even  today, 
believe  in  the  effectiveness  of  environment  in  develop- 
ing adaptive  changes.  Weisman  and  his  followers, 
however,  appear  to  have  shown  that  characters  acquired 
through  external  influences,  the  so-called  acquired 
characters,  do  not  affect  the  germ-cells,  which  are  early 
differentiated  in  the  development  of  the  organism,  and 
are  thus  not  inherited. 

While,  in  general,  it  is  certain  that  the  ordinary 
environmental  reactions  are  not  inherited,  it  is  known 
that  plants  long  grown  under  a  certain  environment 
become  modified  to  suit  that  environment,  and  that 
such  adaptive  changes  have  in  some  way  so  modified 
the  organism  that  the  adaptive  changes  are  rendered 
heritable.  Thus  the  conclusion  follows  that  in  some  way 
environment  by  its  stimulation  does  occasionally  affect 
the  germ-cells  and  produce  changes  that  are  inherited. 
Plants  that  have  long  been  cultivated  under  widely 
varying  conditions  almost  invariably  develop  numerous 
heritable  variations  that  would  be  classed  as  muta- 
tions. The  older  breeders  strongly  held  to  the  belief 
that  such  conditions  as  change  of  food-supply,  change  of 
altitude,  artificial  cultivation,  budding,  and  grafting, 
indeed  the  ordinary  manipulation  of  agricultural  culti- 
vation, lead  plants  to  vary  in  directions  of  importance 
to  the  breeder.  Clearly,  no  problem  is  of  more  impor- 
tance to  the  breeder  than  to  be  able  to  produce  or  cause 
such  new  characters  to  appear. 

It  i»  only  very  recently  that  the  idea  has  developed  that  one  can 
go  farther  than  pos-sibly  to  change  the  environment.  With  the 
publication  of  MacDougal's  researches  in  1906.  describing  mutations 
that  were  apparently  caused  by  injecting  the  capsules  of  plants  with 
certain  solutions,  such  as  zinc  sulfate  and  magnesium  chloride,  a 
possible  new  method  of  forcing  variations  was  introduced.  Mac- 
Dougal  apparently  obtained  marked  variations  as  a  result  of  his 
treatment,  that  were  inherited  in  succeeding  generations. 

Tower,  by  subjecting  potato  beetles  during  the  formation  of  the 
germ-cells  to  extremely  hot  and  dry  or  hot  and  humid  conditions 
with  changes  of  atmospheric  pressure,  was  able  to  cause  the 
development  of  marked  changes  or  mutations  that  were  found  to 
transmit  their  characters  true  through  several  generations  and  which 
segregated  as  unit-characters  following  hybridization.  He  con- 
cludes from  his  experiments  "that  heritable  variations  are  produced 
as  the  direct  response  to  external  stimuli." 

Gager  has  produced  similar  changes  in  plants  by  subjecting  the 
developing  ovaries  to  the  action  of  radium  rays,  and  a  number  of 
similar  studies  by  Hertwig  and  others  indicate  that  radium  ema- 
nations have  a  very  active  effect  on  both  plants  and  animals. 

W^hile  the  evidence  favoring  the  value  of  such  external  stimuli 
as  the  above  in  producing  new  heritable  characters  is  apparently 
definite  and  positive,  the  extent  to  which  the  method  can  be  used  in 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


549 


practical  breeding  has  not  been  determined,  and  indeed  further 
experience  must  be  awaited  before  the  evidence,  or  the  interpreta- 
tion of  the  evidence  presented  in  these  very  valuable  and  sug- 
geative  researches,  can  finally  be  accepted.  Humbert  has  made  ex- 
periments in  which  the  capsules  of  a  pure  line  of  a  wild  plant 
{Silene  noctijlora)  were  injected  with  the  solutions  used  by 
MacDougal,  and  although  the  number  of  plants  handled  (about 
15,000)  w-as  apparently  as  great  or  greater  than  was  used  in  Mac- 
Dougal's  experiments,  no  mutations  were  found  in  the  treated 
plants  that  were  not  also  found  in  the  untreated  or  check  plants. 

Some  observations  and  experiments  are  recorded  in  literature 
which  indicate  that  mutilations  or  severe  injury  may  induce  the 
development  of  mutations.  Most  noteworthy  among  such  obser- 
vations are  those  of  Blaringhem,  who  by  mutilating  corn  plants  in 
various  ways,  such  as  splitting  or  twisting  the  stalks,  apparently 

Eroduced  variations  that  bred  true  without  regression  and  which 
e  described  as  mutations.  Observations  on  the  great  frequency  of 
striking  bud-variations  on  recovering  trunks  of  old  citrus  trees  in 
Florida,  following  the  severe  freeze  of  1894-5,  also  furnished 
evidence  in  support  of  this  theory. 

While  the  e\'idence  at  command  regarding  the  artificial  pro- 
duction of  mutations  is  not  yet  sufficiently  exact  and  trustworthy 
to  enable  one  to  draw  definite  conclusions  and  formulate  recom- 
mendations for  practical  breeders,  it  may  be  stated  that  this  is 
apparently  one  of  the  most  profitable  lines  of  experimentation  for 
the  immediate  fiituTf 

Principles  of  selection. 

Selection  is  the  principal  factor  of  breeding,  both  in 
the  improvement  of  races  and  in  the  production  of 
new  races  and  varieties  (Fig.  641).  The  keynote  of 
selection  is  the  choice  of  the  best,  and  a  factor  of  the 
highest  importance  in  finding  the  best  is  the  examination 
of  very  large  numbers. 

In  evolutionary  studies,  it  has  long  been  recognized 
that  variation  is  the  foundation  of  evolution  and  that 
no  evolution  is  possible  without  variation;  but,  to  selec- 
tion has  been  assigned  an  all-important  part  as  guiding 
and  even  stimulating  the  variation  in  a  certain  direc- 
tion. Darwin,  and  particularly  some  of  his  more  radical 
followers,  have  assigned  to  selection  a  creative  force,  in 
that  it  has  been  assumed  that  when  nature  by  a  slight 
variation  gave  the  hint  of  a  possible  change  in  a  certain 
direction,  natural  or  artificial  selection,  by  choosing  this 
variation  and  selecting  from  among  its  progeny  the 
most  markedly  similar  variants,  could  force  the  advance 
in  the  direction  indicated.  Since  Darwin's  time,  this 
cumulative  action  of  selection  had  been  emphasized  so 
forcibly  that  selection  had  come  to  be  recognized  as  an 
active  force  in  creation  rather  than  merely  as  a  deter- 
minative agency. 

It  is  certain,  of  course,  that,  bj'  careful  observation 
and  selection  from  any  particular  race,  ultimately  a 
new  race  may  be  produced.  The  question  is  whether 
the  individual  or  individuals  selected  in  producing  the 
new  race  have  not  varied  by  mutation  or  seed-sporting 
rather  than  being  merely  representative  of  the  cumula- 
tive result  of  the  selection  of  slight  individual  varia- 
tions. The  sugar-beet  furnishes  an  interesting  illustra- 
tion in  this  direction.  It  will  be  remembered  that 
Louis  Vilmoiin  started  the  selection  of  sugar-beets  for 
richness  in  sugar  between  1830  and  1840,  selecting  first 
by  means  of  specific  gravity,  the  method  being  to  throw 
the  beets  into  solutions  of  brine  strong  enough  so  that 
the  great  majority  of  them  would  float,  the  few  that 
sank  being  of  greater  specific  gravity  and  presumably 
of  greater  sugar-content.  Considerable  improvement 
was  produced  by  this  method.  About  1851,  the  method 
of  chemical  analysis  was  introduced  to  determine  the 
exact  sugar-content.  At  this  time,  the  sugar-content 
was  found  to  var>-  from  7  to  14  per  cent,  and  in  the 
second  generation  of  selection  individuals  with  21  per 
cent  of  sugar  were  found.  The  selection  based  on  per- 
centage of  sugar,  using  the  beets  highest  in  sugar  as 
mothers,  has  been  continued  regularly  since  that  time, 
and  the  industry  has  come  to  rely  entirely  on  careful 
selection  for  high  sugar-content.  It  would  be  expected 
that  under  these  conditions,  the  percentage  of  sugar 
would  have  increased  sufficiently  so  that  the  selected 
plants  could  be  considered  a  different  race  orstrain.  Yet, 
after  fifty  years  of  selection,  the  highest  sugar-content 
found  is  only  about  26  per  cent,  and  this  in  a  very  few 


641.  Improvement  of  corn  by 
selection.  Boone  County  White 
corn  on  left,  and  original  type 
from  which  it  was  developed  by 
selection  on  right. 


instances,  seldom  over  21  per  cent  being  found.  At  the 
present  time,  many  thousand  analyses  are  made  every 
year,  so  that  abundant  opportunity  is  afforded  to  find 
individuals  producing  a  high  sugar-content.  On  the 
contrary,  when  Vilmorin's 
work  was  started,  the 
determination  of  sugar- 
content  was  made  by 
very  laborious  methods, 
and  was  limited  to  com- 
paratively few  individ- 
uals. It  is  not  improb- 
able that  if  Vilmorin  had 
been  able  to  make  analy- 
ses of  the  sugar-content 
in  many  thousands  of 
roots,  he  would  have 
found  certain  individuals 
producing  as  high  as  26 
per  cent.  The  inference 
from  this  illustration 
would  be  that  the  limita- 
tions of  the  variation 
within  the  race  have  not 
been  surpassed  as  a  result 
of  selection. 

Of  recent  studies  favoring  the  active  influence  of  selection  in 
creating  or  strengthening  characters,  the  most  noteworthy  are  those 
of  Castle  and  Smith. 

Castle  and  his  assistants  made  an  extensive  series  of  experiments 
with  hooded  rats  to  increase  the  black-colored  dorsal  band  on  the 
one  hand  and  to  decrease  or  obliterate  it,  on  the  other.  He  appears 
to  have  obtained  very  positive  evidence  favoring  the  gradual  cumu- 
lative action  of  the  selection,  as  he  succeeded  in  markedly  increasing 
the  amount  of  black  in  one  strain  until  the  rats  were  almost  wholly 
black  and  in  the  other  strain  almost  wholly  obliterating  the  black. 
Castle  has  also  obtained  similar  results  in  producing  a  four-toed 
race,  and  a  change  of  coloring  in  guinea-pigs.  His  view  may  be 
summarized  in  the  following  quotation;  "In  Johannsen's  view, 
selection  can  do  nothing  but  sort  out  variations  already  existing  in 
a  race.  I  prefer  to  think  with  Darwin  that  selection  can  do  more 
than  this;  that  it  can  heap  up  quantitative  variations  until  they 
reach  a  sum  total  otherwise  unattainable,  and  that  it  thus  becomes 
creative." 

The  experiments  conducted  by  Smith  and  others  at  the 
Illinois  Experiment  Station  on  selecting  high  and  low  strains  of 
corn  with  reference  to  oil-  and  protein-content,  have  resulted  in 
markedly  distinct  strains  possessing  these  qualities.  Experiments 
have  also  been  made  in  cultivating  these  varieties  without  selection 
and  the  new  characters  have  been  maintained  for  several  years 
without  marked  regression. 

The  standard  researches  of  DeVries,  now  familiar  to  all,  chal- 
lenged the  correctness  of  the  selection  theory  and  sought  to  show 
that  species  originated  by  sudden  jumps  or  mutations.  It  may  be 
admitted  that  DeVries  proved  that  species  or  new  characters 
were  formed  suddenly  as  mutations,  but  this  would  not  prove 
that  they  might  not  also  be  formed  or  actually  induced  to  mutate 
by  a  continuous  process  of  selection.  Indeed,  in  his  experiments  on 
the  production  of  a  double-flowered  variety  of  Chrysanthemum 
segetum  ("Mutationstheorie,"  Vol.  I,  p.  523),  a  few  generations  of 
selection  led  to  increasing  markedly  the  number  of  ray-florets 
before  the  ligulate  corollas  appeared  among  the  disk-florets,  the 
change  that  he  interpreted  as  the  mutation  that  gave  him  the  double 
variety. 

Tower's  experiments  with  the  potato  beetle  in  attempting  to 
create  by  selection  large  and  small  races,  albinic  and  melanic  races, 
and  races  with  changed  color-pattern,  although  conducted  carefully 
from  ten  to  twelve  generations,  failed  to  give  any  evidence  of  pro- 
ducing permanently  changed  types.  While  strains  of  plus  and 
minus  varieties  gave  populations  with  a  range  of  variation  appar- 
ently markedly  re-^tricted  to  their  respective  sides  of  the  normal 
variation  range,  still  these  selected  strains  did  not  greatly  exceed 
the  normal  range  of  variation  in  either  direction,  and  when  the 
selection  was  discontinued,  in  two  or  three  generations,  again 
populations  exhibiting  the  normal  range  of  variation  were  produced. 
Jennings,  in  a  series  of  selection  experiments  with  Paramecium 
extending  over  twenty  generations,  and  Pearl,  in  an  extensive 
experiment  in  the  selection  of  chickens  in  an  attempt  to  produce  a 
breed  of  high  egg-laying  capacity,  failed  to  secure  any  evidence 
favoring  an  accumulative  effect  of  selection. 

Xo  series  of  experiments  have  had  a  more  profound  influence  on 
the  conception  of  selpction  than  those  of  Johannsen,  the  Danish 
investigator.  In  studying  commercial  varieties  of  beans,  he  found 
that  such  characters  as  weight  and  size  of  seed  fluctuated  around  a 
certain  average,  and  when  large  seed  or  small  seed  was  chosen,  the 
progeny  showed  the  influence  of  the  selection,  being  smaller  or 
larger  in  accordance  with  the  direction  of  the  selection.  The 
progeny,  however,  did  not  exhibit  the  extreme  sizes  of  the  selected 
parents,  there  being  a  certain  regression  toward  mediocrity.  In 
investigating  this  matter,  Johannsen  was  led  to  use  the  ordinary 
pedigree  method  of  cultivating  the  progeny  of  different  individuals 
separately  and  inbreeding  or  selflng  all  seed  used  to  prevent  the 


550 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


crossing  ot  differpnl  strains.  Hy  this  method,  he  found  that  the 
prvitctmy  ot"  each  indiviiiual  tltictviated  around  an  a.'oraKe  or  typical 
siic.  as  had  the  commercial  varieties,  but  that  while  some  sti^ains 
mT\"  exactly  the  same  in  average  sire  as  the  commercial  variety, 
others  Huctuated  around  a  hirm^r  mean  or  a  smaMer  mean  than  the 
commerciid  variety.  lie  tried  the  experiment  of  selecting  from 
lhei«e  large  .and  small  stniins  extreme  variants,  and  found  that  uo 
■dvanc*'  wa^  made  -a;*  a  result  of  the  selection.  He  was  thus  led 
to  conclude  that  in  a  puri-  self-fertilized  strain  from  a  single  plant — 
what  he  called  a  pure  line — no  advance  could  be  made  by  selection 
and  that  the  commercial  variety  with  wliich  he  first  experimented 
was  a  mixwi  race.  In  the  course  of  his  experiments  with  pure  lines, 
several  variations  were  obtained  which  reproduced  true  to  type, 
but  thes*-  were  interpreted  by  him  as  changes  of  type  by  iimtation. 
While,  before  the  publication  of  Johannseu's  results,  breeders 
clearly  rt*cognized  the  importance  of  determining  indi\'idual  per- 
formance and  using  pctiigri'e  methotls.  still  his  pure-line  conception 
was  a  distinct  advance  and  forcibly  brought  to  attention  the  fact 
that  most  commercial  varieties  anil  races  consist  of  a  number  of 
distinct  types — biotypes.  as  he  called  them, — and  that  much  of 
our  work  of  selection  consists  merely  in  isolating  and  purifying 
the**  liTx?^. 

Is  one,  then,  to  conclude  that  tlie  practice  of  breeders 
in  continually  selecting  from  the  best  for  propagation 
is  useless,  and  must  one  advi.se  practical  breeders  to 
discontinue  their  selection?  There  can  be  no  doubt 
that  the  practical  breeders  ha\-e  made  advances  by 
selecting  from  the  best  individuals.  No  scientific 
breeder  will  deny  this.  It  is  simply  the  question  of  the 
interpretation  of  how  the  results  were  secured  that  is 
in  doubt  and  whether  these  results  can  be  considered 
as  permanent  new  unit -characters. 

It  appears  that  one  is  dealing  in  breeding  with  two 
marktxlly  distinct  types  of  selection,  based  on  different 
principles  and  arriving  at  different  results,  both  correct 
in  principle  and  productive  of  equally  valuable  practical 
results,  but  of  very  different  value  when  considered 
from  a  strictly  evolutionary  standpoint.  The  first  of 
these  types  would  be  that  in  which  mutations  are 
selected  and  new  races  established,  while  the  second 
would  be  illustrated  by  that  type  of  selection  which  is 
intended  merely  to  maintain  a  maximum  strain  of  the 
race. 

It  would  seem  that  such  cases  of  improvement  as 
are  illustrated  by  the  sugar-beet  indicate  that  the  con- 
tinuous selection,  generation  after  generation,  of  maxi- 
mum fluctuations  shown  by  a  character,  will  result  in 
maintaining  a  strain  at  nearly  the  maximum  of  effi- 
ciency; and  that  within  a  pure  race  the  progeny  of  a 
maximum  variate  which  would  probably  be  classed 
as  a  fluctuation,  does  not  regress  entirely  to  the  mean  of 
the  race  in  the  first  generation  succeeding  the  selec- 
tion, but  that  there  is  only  a  certain  percentage  of  re- 
gression similar  to  the  regression  determined  by  Galton. 

These  races  or  selected  strains  maintain  themselves 
as  long  as  the  selection  is  continued,  and  when  the 
selection  is  discontinued  rapidly  regress  to  the  mean  of 
the  species. 

The  practical  breeder  should  clearly  recognize  that 
the  act  of  selection,  the  choice  of  the  best,  remains  just 
as  important  whether  it  has  a  cumulative  effect, 
thereby  augmenting  the  character,  or  whether  he  is 
merely  piarifying  an  already  existing  suj)erior  race.  The 
final  result  remains  the  same. 

Methods  of  selection,  or  pedigree  breeding. 

Bv  met h'xls  of  selection  Ls  meant  those  practices  that 
the  r)re<^Jer  u-ses  to  find  promising  variations,  determine 
their  valije,  and  purify  or  develop  them  into  fixed 
races  coming  true  to  seed. 

Chooxing  nuperir/r  pltmts. 

The  first  concern  of  the  breeder  is  to  find  the  valuable 
variation-s.  How  he  had  best  do  this  will  depend  largely 
upon  the  plant  with  which  he  is  working.  In  all  cases, 
it  Ls  of  the  greatr-st  imfX)rtance  to  find  the  best  po.ssible 
plants  and  this  is  likely  trj  require  the  examination  of  a 
very  large  number  of  individuals.  This  factf)r  cannot 
be  U)t>  strongly  empha-sized.  If,  for  example,  one  at- 
tempted to  find  a  man  7  feet  high,  one  would  probably 


have  to  examine,  or  pass  over,  a  million  individuals 
to  find  him.  The  superior  individuals  fitted  to  be  the 
progenitors  of  a  new  or  imjiroved  race  are  very  few. 
Certain  indi\-iduals  far  above  the  average  may  be 
found  by  examining  a  coniparativelj-  limited  number, 
but  the  very  best  possible  individual  is  but  rarely 
produced. 

The  plants  from  which  selections  are  to  be  made 
should  l)e  grown  under  as  uniform  conditions  as  possible, 
so  that  the  exiierimcnter  may  have  opportunity  to 
examine  and  select  the  best.  Two  methods  of  growing 
plants  for  selection  are  in  general  use,  and  maj'  be 
termed  the  nurser>'  method  and  the  field  method. 

Tlw  nursenj  method,  which  was  first  used  bj'  Hallett 
about  1S68,  consists  in  cultivating  each  plant  under 
the  most  favorable  conditions  possible  for  its  best 
development.  By  this  method  with  wheat,  for  example, 
Hallett  pursued  the  policy  of  planting  the  indidivuals 
in  squares  a  foot  apart,  which  would  give  each  plant 
abundant  opportunity  for  stooling,  and  also  the  investi- 
gator an  opportunity  clearly  to  distinguish  each  indi- 
vidual plant  and  determine  its  characteristics,  total 
yield,  and  so  on.  In  recent  years,  this  method  of  grow- 
ing the  individual  plants  at  a  standard  distance  from 
each  other,  in  order  to  test  their  yielding  capacities  and 
the  like,  has  been  used  very  extensively. 

The  field  method  was  used  by  Rimpau  about  1867, 
and  probably  by  many  others  before  that  time.  By 
this  method,  the  selections  are  made  from  plants  grown 
under  normal  field  conditions.  The  advantages  of  this 
method  are  that  it  can  be  judged  only  what  a  plant  will 
do  in  the  field  under  ordinary  conditions  of  field  cul- 
ture, by  growing  and  selecting  it  under  these  conditions. 
In  the  large  majority  of  cases,  the  first  selections  are 
probably  made  from  jilants  grown  in  the  field  in  the 
regular  course  of  crop-production,  which  thus  were 
not  specially  grown  for  the  purpose. 

If  one  is  to  use  the  nursery  method,  the  plants  must 
be  especially  planted.  While  the  nursery  method  cer- 
tainly allows  the  breeder  to  distinguish  the  individual 
plants  more  clearly,  in  wheat,  oats,  and  other  crops  that 
are  sown  broadcast  or  drilled,  it  entails  ver}-  much 
extra  work  and  is  probably  to  be  recommended  only  for 
the  use  of  experimenters  who  are  giving  their  entire 
time  to  the  work.  In  the  greater  number  of  horticultural 
crops,  the  individuals  are  normally  cultivated  one  in  a 
place,  as  in  the  case  of  tomatoes,  cabbages,  strawberries, 
currants  and  the  like,  and  the  examination  of  individuals 
in  the  field  thus  satisfies  the  requirements  of  both 
the  above  methods. 

The  breeder  may  have  in  mind  either  of  two  pur- 
poses in  his  work:  (1)  On  the  one  hand,  he  may  desire 
to  secure  an  improved  strain  of  a  certain  race,  that  is, 
by  selection  to  keep  his  seed  up  to  the  maximum  of 
efficiency.  This  may  be  called  strain  breeding.  (2)  On 
the  other  hand,  he  may  desire  to  produce  an  entirely 
new  race  with  different  characters,  and  this  may  be 
called  race-breeding. 

He  should  clearly  recognize  which  of  these  types  of 
breeding  he  is  following.  As  an  illustration,  suppose 
that  the  breeder  is  growing  the  .Stone  tomato  and 
desires  to  maintain  the  best-yielding  strain  possible  of 
this  race.  He  would  then  attempt  to  choose  from  a  very 
large  number  of  plants  of  the  Stone  variety,  the  best- 
yielding  plants  having  the  largest  number  of  perfect 
fruits  and  typical  of  the  variety  in  habit  of  growth, 
quality,  character  of  fruit,  and  the  like,  and  would  hope 
by  a  process  of  continuous  selection  to  maintain  his 
selected  strain  in  a  state  of  high  productivity.  This  is 
the  type  of  selection  pursued  by  the  sugar-beet 
breeders  described  earlier  in  this  article. 

On  the  other  hantl,  if  he  desires  to  produce  an  im- 
proved new  race,  he  would  search  among  large  numbers 
of  tomato  plants  of  any  or  all  varieties  for  the  appear- 
ance of  mutations  or  sports,  or  plants  of  new  type  differ- 
ing from  any  known  variety.   .As  a  matter  of  experience, 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


551 


it  should  be  stated  that  it  is  very  easy  to  find  types  of 
plants  differing  from  the  varieties  or  races  ordinarily 
grown,  but  far  the  larger  part  of  such  variations  are 
worthless  types.  Good  new  t}'pes,  the  superior  or  even 
the  equal  of  the  known  varieties,  are  of  very  rare 
occurrence. 

If  the  general  improvement  of  a  variety  is  the 
breeder's  purpo.se,  he  should  choose  a  considerable  num- 
ber of  apparently  superior  plants  of  good  type,  which 
will  fonn  the  basis  of  his  selection  work.  Breeders  who 
are  conducting  careful  experiments  will  find  it  neces- 
sary and  desirable  to  use  careful  methods  of  judging 
their  plants.  While  one  is  breeding  possibly  for  one 
primary  improvement,  as,  for  example,  increased  yield, 
it  is  necessary,  at  the  same  time,  that  one  should  keep 
the  product  up  to  the  standard  in  other  characteristics, 
namely,  quality,  disease-resistance,  drought-resistance, 
and  the  like,  and  that  one  sees  that  all  of  the  good 
qualities  of  the  variety  are  retained.  To  do  this  properly 
necessitates  the  use  of  a  score-card,  on  which  each  char- 
acter of  the  plant  that  is  important  is  given  its  relative 
weight  or  grade.  By  the  use  of  such  a  score-card,  the 
breeder  can  judge  each  character  separately,  and  by  the 
adding  up  of  the  score-card  get  the  rank  of  different 
plants   in   a  comparative  wav. 

Inheritance  test. — When  a  number  of  plants  have  been 
chosen,  the  next  important  factor  is  to  test  each  indi- 
vidual as  to  its  inheritance.  It  must  be  continuously 
remembered  that  a  plant  is  valuable  only  as  it  produces 
good  progeny.  To  determine  the  inheritance,  the  usual 
method  is  to  plant  the  seed  from  each  individual  se- 
lected in  a  row  by  itself,  or  in  a  marked  part  of  a  row. 
This  is  the  so-called  "plant-to-row"  method,  and  brings 
the  offspring  of  a  single  indi\idual  together  so  that  they 
ma3'  be  rcadil\'  compared  with  each  other  and  their 
qualities  carefully  judged.  These  progeny  rows  should 
be  grown  in  a  special  breeding-patch  in  which  the  soil 
is  as  uniform  as  can  be  secured. 

It  is  frequently  found  that  two  select  plants  that  are 
equally  good  so  far  as  their  yield  is  concerned  will  give 
progeny  that,  as  a  whole,  differ  greatly  in  this  respect. 
In  the  progeny  of  one,  almost  every  plant  ma)'  have 
inherited  the  desired  quality,  while  in  the  progeny  of 
the  other  only  a  few  of  the  plants  may  show,  in  any 
noticeable  degree,  the  inheritance  of  the  quality.  To 
determine  the  degree  of  inheritance,  it  is  necessary  to 
grade  carefully  the  progeny  of  each  individual. 

Finally,  with  the  use  of  his  best  judgment,  the 
breeder  determines  the  superior  progenies,  and  these 
would  be  the  ones  which  have  most  nearly  given  the 
ideal  type  and  produced  the  best  yield  of  the  highest 
quality.  This  would  end  the  work  of  the  first  gen- 
eration of  the  selection  as  the  breeder  now  has  the 
data  which  shows  him  which  of  the  original  plants 
selected  was  the  superior  one.  It  will  be  seen  that  this 
is  a  method  of  judging  the  individual  by  its  progeny. 

Coniinuation  of  the  selection  the  second  year. 

Having  determined  the  superior  progeny  or  progenies 
at  the  end  of  the  first  year,  the  breeder  then  makes  his 
selections  of  seed-plants  from  these  best  progenies  for 
continuing  the  breeding.  While  one  progeny  may  be 
and  usually  is  superior  to  all  others,  this  may  be  due 
to  the  season  or  other  accidental  conditions  and  for  a 
few  generations  it  is  usually  the  best  policy  to  make 
selections  from  se\-eral  of  the  best  progenies.  Select 
from  each  of  the  superior  progenies  se\eral  of  the  best 
plants,  using  the  same  care  in  selecting  these  plants  as 
was  used  in  choosing  the  first  plants.  Preserve  the  seed 
from  each  of  these  plants  separately  and  keep  it  care- 
fully labeled  so  that  its  origin  may  be  known. 

The  further  work  with  these  plants  consists  in  plant- 
ing each  individual  by  the  plant-to-row  method,  test- 
ing the  inheritance  as  described  in  the  first  generation, 
and  finallv  .selecting  again  the  best  [)roge:iies.  This 
would  be  followed  by  again  selecting  from  the  best  pro- 


genies a  number  of  superior  individuals  to  continue  the 
selections  in  the  third  year. 

The  third  and  succeeding  years  of  the  selection  would 
be  conducted  in  the  same  way  as  long  as  it  was  thought 
necessary  or  desirable  to  continue  the  work. 

Securing  general  stock  seed  of  the  improved  strain. 

In  carrying  out  selection  work  as  outlined  in  the  pre- 
ceding section,  it  is  ordinarily  the  object  of  the  breeder 
to  secure  an  improved  strain  of  the  race  with  which  he 
is  working,  and  usually  he  desires  to  utilize  such  im- 
provements as  he  can  make  at  the  earliest  possible  time. 
With  ordinary  annual  crops  such  as  beans,  peas,  toma- 
toes, corn,  and  cotton,  it  will  be  found  a  good  policy  at 
the  end  of  the  second  year  of  the  selection,  after  taking 
the  seed  from  the  few  special  plants  used  in  continuing 
the  pedigree  breeding,  to  har\'est  the  seed  from  a  num- 
ber of  the  best  plants  remaining  in  the  chosen  progenies 
and  using  this  seed  to  plant  a  multiplication  plat  from 
which  stock  seed  may  be  secured  to  plant  a  fairly  large 
crop.  Each  year  following  this,  seed  may  be  taken  in 
the  same  way  from  the  best  progenies  in  the  breeding 
patch  to  plant  a  multiplication  plat.  By  this  method, 
seed  of  a  gradually  improving  grade  may  be  secured 
for  planting  a  general  crop. 

Control  of  parentage. 

In  plant-breeding,  as  in  animal-breeding,  the  isola- 
tion of  the  parents  is  a  very  important  consideration. 
It  is  necessary  that  the  character  of  both  parents  should 
be  known  whenever  this  is  possible.  In  breeding  plants, 
more  attention  is  given  ordinarily  to  the  mother  parent, 

and    in    very    many 
a  b  c  instances  the  charac- 

ters of  the  father 
parent  are  entirely 
neglected.  Animal- 
breeders,  on  the  con- 
trary, give  more 
attention  to  the  char- 
acters of  the  male 
parent,  and  much 
improvement  in  ordi- 
nary herds  has  been 
accomplished  by  the 
introduction  of  im- 
proved heritage 
through  the  male.  In 
plant-breeding,  it  is 
desirable  that  the 
seed  of  the  select  in- 
dividuals be  planted 
in  a  field  bj'  them- 
selves. This  insures 
that  only  progeny  of 
carefully  selected  in- 
dividuals will  be 
planted  near  to- 
gether, and  thus  no 
ordinary  stock  will 
enter  as  a  contamination.  One  can  be  certain  that  each 
plant  of  the  progenj'  is  fertilized  with  pollen  from 
another  similarly  good  plant,  or  at  least  from  a  plant 
derived  from  good  parentage.  One  difficulty,  however, 
has  been  experienceil  by  plant-breeders  in  planting  con- 
tinuously their  selected  stock  in  such  isolated  plats.  If 
this  method  is  continued  year  after  year,  it  results  in 
fairly  close  inbreeding,  which,  in  the  case  of  plants, 
frequently  results  in  loss  of  vitality  and  vigor.  In 
animals  there  is  frequently  no  noticeable  effect  from 
close  inbreeding,  and  many  of  the  most  famous  animals 
have  been  produced  as  a  result  of  the  closest  in-and-in- 
breeding.  In  plants,  liowever,  it  is  possible  to  secure 
much  closer  inbreeding  than  in  animals,  as  in  many 
cases  a  plant  can  be  fertilized  with  its  own  pollen. 
Within  recent  vears,  much  activity  has  been  shown 


642.  Aquilegia  flowers,  illustrating 
the  process  of  emasculation. 

a,  mature  bud  showing  .stage  which 
should  be  chosen  for  emasculation: 
b,  similar  bud  with  the  tips  of  the 
corolla  pried  apart  and  the  stamens 
removed:  c,  a  bud  opened  naturally, 
too  old  to  operate  on:  d,  a  bud  of  the 
stage  shown  in  a  and  6,  with  corolla 
removed  to  show  the  internal  organs: 
e,  a  bud  the  same  as  in  d,  but  with 
the  stamens  removed:  /,  the  same  as  e, 
but  older,  at  the  age  when  pollination 
normally  takes  place:  g.  pistil  shortly 
after  fecundation,  the  remnants  of  the 
stamens  having  fallen  away. 


oo:: 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


643.  Plant  of  aquilegia  with 
flowers  covered  with  bags  in 
hybridization  work. 


in  the  c;iroful  hrpodinsi  and  iinprovenient  of  oorn.  The 
eiirn  plant  h:u>  Iuh'II  sliovin.  as  a  result  of  experiments 
made  by  various  investigators,  as,  for  exaiiiple,  the 
Illinois  Experiment  Station  ;uid  the  I'nited  States 
Department  of  A|irieulturt>,  to  lose  vitality  very 
rapidly  when  self-fertilized.  Within  three  or  four 
generations,  by  the  most  careful  inbreedinft,  it  is  pos- 
sible to  reduce  com  almost  to  total  sterility.  The 
general  practice  of  corn- 
lireetlers  who  have  been 
giving  attention  to  the  pro- 
(luction  of  pedigree  strains 
is  to  plant,  the  rows  of  corn 
from  different  select,  ears 
side  by  side,  giving  a  row- 
to  each  select  ear,  and  each 
year  selecting,  from  the 
progeny  of  tho.se  rows  that 
give  the  largest  yield,  plants 
to  continue  further  the 
selection.  Planting  these 
select  cars  together  every 
year,  therefore,  means  that 
they  are  more  or  less  inbred, 
as  the  closest  relatives  are 
planted  together  in  the 
same  row.  \\'hile  in  follow- 
ing this  practice  at  first  no 
effect  was  visible,  corn- 
breeders  are  now  finding  in 
some  cases  an  apparent  de- 
crease in  yield,  which  seems 
to  be  traceable  to  the  effect  of  inbreeding.  It  seems 
necessarj-,  therefore,  in  com  and  in  other  plants  that 
are  affected  by  inbreeding,  to  use  methods  that  will 
avoid  close  inbreeding.  The  detrimental  effect  of  in- 
breeding is  largely  limited  to  those  plants  that  are 
normally  cross-fertilized,  this  fact  being  strikingly 
brought  out  in  Darwin's  "Effects  of  Cross  and  Self 
Fertilization  in  the  Vegetable  Kingdom."  Tobacco, 
wheat,  and  some  other  plants  that  are  normally  self- 
fertilized  do  not  show  this  decrease  in  vigor  as  a  result 
of  inbreefling. 

Considerable  effort  has  been  made  within  recent  years, 
in  the  selection  of  certain  crops,  particularly  corn, 
to  follow  both  parents,  choosing  good  males  and  good 
females  of  known  parentage  and  crossing  these  by 
artificial  means.  There  can  be  no  doubt  but  that 
by  the  use  of  such  methods  more  rapid  progress  could 
be  made,  but  in  the  greater  number  of  cases  the  meth- 
ods thus  far  devised  require  so  much  work  as  to  be 
almost  prohibitive. 

A  method  of  breeding  has  recently  been  de\nsed  by 
J.  B.  Norton  in  the  improvement  of  asparagus,  which  is 
worthy  of  careful  consideration  and  may  be  applicable, 
at  least  in  modified  form,  to  use  in  the  im[)rovement  of 
various  crops.  A.sparagus  is  diacious,  the  male  and 
female  flowers  being  borne  on  different  plants.  The 
6rst  part  of  the  proces.s  consists  in  selecting  a  number 
of  superior  plants  of  both  sexes,  attention  being  given 
to  all  important  characters  such  as  yield,  quality,  rust- 
rejiistance,  and  the  like.  This  having  been  done,  the 
next  process  consists  in  cro8.sing  each  female  with  each 
selected  male  plant  and  testing  t  he  progeny  produced  by 
the  cross.  If,  for  example,  ten  superior  females  and  ten 
Hupjfrior  males  were  chosen,  a  sufficient  number  of 
flowers  on  female  No.  1  would  be  crossed  with  j)ollen 
of  f-ach  of  the  ten  males  to  obtain  sufficient  seed  to  test 
the  comparative  value  of  the  progeny  of  female  No.  1 
with  ea<;n  of  the  ten  males.  The  ten  lots  of  seed  from  the 
croBseg  on  female  No.  1  would  be  grown  separately  and 
the  comparative  value  of  the  different  progenies  deter- 
mined by  careful  observations  on  vigor,  rust-resistance, 
quality  of  prwJuct,  yield,  and  the  like.  In  this  way,  it 
would  ultimately  be  determined  which  of  the  ten  male 
plants  was  the  superior  one  to  use  in  crossing  with 


female  No.  1.  In  Hke  manner,  female  No.  2  would  be 
crossed  with  each  male  and  the  progenies  tested  to 
determine  the  superior  male  in  this  combination. 
Finally  the  combination  of  each  female  with  each  male 
can  be  compared  and  if  the  work  has  been  conducted 
with  suthcient  care  and  for  a  long  enough  period,  it  can 
be  determined  which  combination  has  uniformly  given 
the  best  results. 

Asjjaragus  is  perennial  and  is  easily  propagated 
vegetatively  by  separation  of  the  roots,  so  that  when 
once  the  superior  male  and  female  combination  has  been 
determined,  these  may  be  propagated  vegetatively  as 
clons,  in  alternate  rows  in  an  isolated  place  so  that  all 
seeds  developed  will  be  of  the  desired  combination. 
Asparagus  produces  numerous  seeds  and  by  such  a 
method  an  indefinite  quantity  of  seed  of  the  desired 
combination  can  be  produced.  It  would  doubtless  be 
possible  in  a  few  years,  if  desired,  to  have  all  of  the 
seed  used  commercially  grown  from  a  single  superior 
combination. 

If  experiments  of  this  nature  could  be  made  on  an 
extensive  scale  so  that  the  males  and  females  of  the 
highest  or  maximum  grade  could  be  discovered,  they 
would  be  of  almost  fabulous  value.  The  importance 
of  this  method  of  breeding  may  be  better  appreciated 
by  imagining  the  value  of  the  best  bull  and  the  best 
cow  in  the  world  if  they  would  hve  indefinitely  and  if 
it  were  possible  for  them  to  reproduce  rapidly  enough 
to  supply  all  of  the  individuals  desired. 

The  direct  application  of  this  method  is  possible  only 
with  perennial  dicecious  plants  that  can  be  propagated 
as  clons  and  that  develop  numerous  seeds.  The  hop  is 
another  plant  to  which  this  method  of  improvement 
could  be  applied. 

Hybridization. 

Aside  from  selection,  hybridization  has  played  the 
most  important  role  in  the  formation  of  the  varieties 
and  races  of  our  cultivated  plants;  but  the  results 
obtained  are  in  many  cases  closely  connected  with  selec- 
tion. Ever  since  the  time  of  Knight,  hybridization  has 
been  used  extensively  in  plant-breeding,  and  it  seems 
that  this  is  the  only  sure  means  that  the  breeder  can 
use  in  producing  new  and  desirable  combinations  of 
characters.  In  hybridization,  as  generally  used,  the 
breeder  does  not  expect  to  cause  or  produce  new  unit- 
characters,  although  such  changes  may  occasionally 
occur  under  the  stimulus  of  h3'bridization.  What  he 
can  do  with  certainty  is  to  secure  hybrids  combining 
the  different  characters  of  two  distinct  sorts.  The 
extent  to  which  such  recombination  of  characters  can 
be  carried  is  almost  unlimited.  In  many  cases,  two  or 
three  or  even  four  distinct  species  and  the  characters 
represented  in  their  various  varieties  have  been 
recombined  in  hybrids. 

In  older  hterature,  the  term  hybrid  was  restricted  to 
crosses  resulting  from  the  combination  of  distinct 
species,  while  combinations  of  different  races  of  the  same 
species  were  known  as  crosses  or  mongrels.  The  term 
hybrid  is  here  used  as  designating  any  product  of  a 
cross  when  the  parents  were  noticeably  distinct  from 
each  other,  whether  the  parents  belonged  to  different 
clons,  races  or  species.  This  broader  use  of  the  term 
hybrid  has  become  almost  universal  in  recent  years. 
If,  in  discussion,  it  is  necessary  to  refer  to  the  degrees  or 
grades  of  difference  in  the  parents,  the  hybrids  may  be 
characterized  a.s  species  hybrids,  racial  hybrids,  clonal 
hybrids  and  the  hke. 

Choosing  varieties  to  hybridize. 

In  starting  any  work  in  hybridization,  the  first 
important  step  is  the  choice  of  the  varieties  to  be 
hybridized.  It  is  interesting  to  make  crosses  of  any  two 
plants  with  distinct  characters  and  observe  the  recom- 
binations of  charaeters  which  result,  but  this  haphazard 
work  takes  too  much  time  and  is  not  to  be  recom- 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


553 


mended.  The  breeder,  in  general,  .should  hybridize  with 
some  definite  aim  in  view  and  use  systematic  methods 
in  attempting  to  accomplish  that  aim.  One  cannot 
ordinarily  expect  to  obtain  in  hybrids  of  any  two  varie- 
ties any  characters  which  are  not  present  in  the  parents. 
The  unit-character  conception  explained  in  the  begin- 
ning of  this  article  is  of  fundamental  importance  in 
understanding  hybrids.  The  breeder,  bj-  a  careful 
study  of  varieties,  determines  the  good  characters  and 
the  poor  or  weak  characters  of  each  variety.  He  may,  as 
an  illustration,  if  working  ^vith  tomatoes,  find  all  of  the 
varieties  with  yellow  pear-shaped  fruits  to  be  large 
bushy  plants,  the  so-called  standards,  and  he  may 
desire  a  dwarf  type  of  plant  and  red  fruits.  By  examin- 
ing the  difTerent  races  of  tomatoes,  he  would  soon  find 
a  variety,  such  as  the  Quarter  Century,  which  possesses 
the  characters  of  dwarf  plant  and  red  fruit.  By  crossing 
these  two  varieties,  he  would  obtain  new  combinations 
of  the  characters  of  the  two  sorts,  and  if  he  grew  a 
sufficient  number  of  the  second  generation  of  these 
hybrids,  he  would  be  certain  to  find  some  plants  in 
which  the  pear-shape  had  been  combined  with  the  red 
color  and  dwarf  habit  of  the  Quarter  Century  variety. 
The  study  of  the  varieties  of  any  crop  thus  gives  the 
breeder  an  idea  of  the  characters  available,  and  he  must 
then  use  his  originality  and  judgment  in  determining 
what  combinations  of  these  characters  would  form  the 
best  commercial  variety.  If  this  combination  does  not 
already  exist,  he  may  start  out  with  considerable  con- 
fidence that  it  is  possible  for  him  to  obtain  such  a 
combination  and  thus  a  valuable  new  variety.  Plants, 
however,  are  not  simple  in  their  organization  and  the 
reaction  of  difTerent  characters  on  one  another  in 
difTerent  combinations  may  not  always  be  what  one 
expects.  Again,  in  no  plant  has  a  complete  analysis 
been  made  of  all  characters,  and  it  may  be  impossible 
for  us  ever  to  reduce  all  the  characters  of  a  plant  to  a 
unit-character  basis;  thus  there  is  always  an  element 
of  doubt  as  to  the  value  of  any  new  combination  of 
characters  until  this  combination  has  been  produced 
and  tested. 

Methods  of  crossing  -plants. 

Plants,  like  animals,  bear  male  and  female  organs,  and  an  act 
of  fenundation  is  necessary  in  all  ordinary  cases  to  insure  the  devel- 
opment of  seeds.  In  probably  the  larger  number  of  plants,  the  male 
and  female  organs  or  the  stamens  and  pistils  are  borne  in  the  same 
flowers  on  one  plant.  In  some  cases,  as  in  the  castor  bean,  corn,  and 
the  like,  both  sexes  are  borne  on  the  same  plant  but  in  different 
flowers.  In  still  other  cases,  as  in  the  date  palm,  asparagus,  hop 
and  hemp,  the  sexes  are  on  different  plants. 

In  hybridizing  plants,  it  is  necessary  to  insure  that  the  plants 
are  not  fertilized  with  their  own  pollen  or  with  pollen  from  any 
other  source  than  that  desired.  If,  therefore,  the  plant  to  be  oper- 
ated on  has  the  stamens  and  pistils  in  the  same  flower,  the  stamens 
must  be  removed  from  the  buds  before  they  burst  and  discharge 
the  pollen.  This  act  of  removing  the  stamens,  or  emasculation, 
as  the  process  is  called,  is  necessary  in  order  to  prevent  self-fer- 
tilization. In  some  plants,  it  is  necessary  to  emasculate  the  buda 
very  early,  as  the  pollen  develops  considerably  in  advance  of  the 
pistils.  In  other  cases,  the  pistils  reach  maturity  or  a  receptive 
condition  before  the  pollen  is  shed.  In  this  latter  case,  the  emas- 
culation may  be  delayed  until  a  time  just  previous  to  the  normal 
opening  of  the  flower. 

The  process  of  emasculation  may  be  illustrated  by  the  colum- 
bine. Here  large-sized  buds  are  chosen  just  before  they  open 
normally  (Fig.  642).  The  tips  of  the  petals  can  then  be  easily  pried 
apart  so  that  the  stamens  may  be  pulled  off  with  small  forceps. 
This  process  should  be  performed  carefully  to  avoid  crushing  or 
injuring  the  pistil.  The  bud  should  then  be  inclosed  in  a  small 
light  paper  bag  in  order  to  prevent  pollen  from  any  foreign  source 
being  brought  to  the  pistil  by  insects  or  wind  (Fig.  643).  The  bud 
should  remain  covered  until  sufficient  time  has  elapsed  to  allow  the 
pistil  to  reach  normal  maturity,  when  the  bag  should  be  removed 
and  the  pollen  from  the  desired  variety  dusted  over  the  pistil. 
After  this  act  of  pollination,  the  bud  should  again  be  covered  with 
the  paper  bag.  which  should  not  be  finally  removed  until  several 
days  later,  after  fecundation  has  taken  place.  As  soon  as  a  flower  ia 
pollinated,  it  should  be  labeled  with  a  small  tag  of  some  sort 
which  may  remain  attached  to  the  flower-stem  until  the  fruit  is 
ripe.  In  some  cases,  the  pollen  may  be  placed  on  the  immature 
pistil  without  injury,  when  the  flower  is  emasculated,  and  this  is  a 
great  sa\*ing  of  time  when  it  can  be  done.  However,  in  most 
cases,  premature  pollination  is  liable  to  injure  the  pistil  and  pre- 
vent the  setting  of  seed.  One  should  ordinarily  attempt  to  polli- 
nate the  pistil  at  as  nearly  the  normal  time  as  posMible.    Many 


plants  are  difficuU  to  hybridize  and  every  process  must  be  as 
natural  as  possible  to  insure  results. 

Many  handy  methods  have  been  devised  to  use  in  pollination 
work  and  are  described  in  breeding  literature.  In  all  work  fine 
copper  wire  is  better  to  attach  bags  and  labels  than  is  string.  In 
emasculation  work  also,  it  will  often  be  found  convenient  when 
some  pollen  has  accidentally  fallen  on  the  pistil  to  wash  it  off  with 
water  by  means  of  a  small  dental  syringe.  In  many  cases,  such  as 
apples,  pears  and  cotton,  the  best  means  of  emasculation  is  to 
remove  the  outer  floral  envelopes  by  cutting  them  off.  using  a 
sharp  scalpel.  With  a  little  practice  this  can  be  done  quickly  and 
with  minimum  injury  to  the  essential  organs  (Fig.  644). 

Difficulty  is  frequently  experienced  when  hybridizing  different 
varieties,  in  getting  plants  of  each  variety  to  bloom  at  the  same 
time.  This  difficulty  may  be  overcome  in  many  cases  by  keeping  the 
pollen,  which  can  be  done  for  a  limited  period  by  slightly  drying 
the  pollen  without  allowing  it  to  become  desiccated,  and  preserving 
it  in  a  tightly  corked  bottle. 

After  the  pollen  has  been  placed  on  the  stigma  of  the  pistil  by 
the  act  of  pollination,  each  pollen-grain  develops  a  small  tube 
which  grows  down  through  the  pistil  to  the  ovary.  Through  this 
tube,  the  male  germ-cells  pass  down  and  finally  a  male  germ-cell 
comes  in  contact  with  each  egg-cell  of  the  different  ovules  in  the 
ovary  (in  most  plants  there  are  several  ovules  in  each  ovary)  and 
fuses  with  them.  This  constitutes  the  act  of  fecundation  or  fer- 
tilization. This  fecundated  egg-cell  is  then  the  beginning  of  the 
hybrid  and  from  the  seed  containing  it,  when  grown,  there  develops 
the  hybrid  plant.  The  plant  developed  directly  from  this  hybrid 
egg-cell  is  known  as  the  first-generation  hybrid  (F  i  ).  Seeds  from 
this  first-generation  hybrid,  when  grown,  give  second-generation 
hybrids  (Fj).  The  expressions  F  j,  F,,  and  Fj,  meaning  first,  second 
and  third  filial  generations,  are  used  very  commonly  to  designate 
the  first,  second  and  third  generations  of  hybrids. 

Laws  of  inheritance  in  hybrids. 

When  plants  of  different  pure  races  are  crossed,  as, 
for  example,  difTerent  races  of  wheat,  corn  or  cotton,  the 
hybrids  are  usually  all  very  similar  to  each  other  in  the 
first  generation,  exliibiting  in  general  the  same  char- 
acters. And  this  is  the  case  also  when  different  fixed 
species  are  crossed.  If,  however,  individuals  belonging 
to  unfixed  races  are  crossed,  there  is  usually  a  consider- 
able variation  in  the  first  generation.  This  is  well 
illustrated  by  the  crossing  of  different  clons  of  apples, 
pears,  oranges,  and  the  like,  when  the  different  so-called 
varieties  are  merely  transplanted  parts  of  the  same 
individual  seedlings  which  have  not  been  bred  to  a 
purity  of  type.  It  is  well  known  that  if  seeds  of  an  apple 
variety  be  planted,  the  resulting  plants  exhibit  many 
different  variations  in  the  first  generation.  The  parents, 
themselves,  therefore,  not  being  of  pure  type,  when 
they  are  hybridized  produce  progeny  which  in  the  first 
generation  is  variable.  In  the  crossing  of  races  which 
have  been  bred  true  to  type,  whether  of  the  same  or  of 
different  species,  the  first-generation  hybrids,  however, 


644.  Cotton  flowers,  illustrating  the  process  of  emasculation. 

a,  mature  bud  showing  the  stage  which  should  be  chosen  for 
emasculation;  b,  a  similar  bud  with  the  corolla  cut  off  ready 
to  emasculate;  c,  a  similar  bud  with  the  stamens  removed, — 
emasculated. 

are  nearly  uniform  in  the  characters  presented,  and  in 
such  instances  it  is  necessary  t.o  secure  a  second  genera- 
tion of  the  hybrids  in  order  to  accomplish  the  segrega- 
tion of  the  characters  and  the  production  of  a  large 
number  of  variations.  Ordinarily,  therefore,  desirable 
variations  are  looked  for  in  the  second  generation. 
This,  as  has  been  explained  above,  is  true  only  in  the 
case  of  hybrids  of  species  and  races  that  are  fixed  in 
type. 


5:)4 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


Memit'Vs  law  of  hyhrida. 

The  pivctxiing  disrirssion  represents  fairly  well  the 
geiienil  uiuierstainiing  of  hybrids  until  about  190(), 
when  l>e\*ries  ami  CorR'us  reilisco\'ercd  what  is  now 
ternuxl  "Memiel's  hiw  of  hybrids."  These  hnvs  or  i)rin- 
ciples  are  of  great  vahie  from  :ui  economic  standpoint, 
and  are,  furthermore,  of  the  greatest  seientitic  interest. 
They  should  thus  be  thoroughly  understood  by  every 
practical  breetier  of  plants.  It  hius  been  known  for 
many  ye;irs  that  a  split  ting-up  and  redistribution  of 
pjirent:U  ch:iractera  occur  in  hybrids,  and  it  is  on  this 
fact  largely  that  the  practical  application  of  hybridiza- 
tion in  i>lant-bn'eding  depended.  I'ntil  Mendel's  law 
w;»£  discoveriHl,  howe\'er,  there  was  no  understanding 
of  why  or  how  such  a  recombination  couUI  be  made,  and 
it  w;is  necess:iry  to  experiment  extensively  in  order  to 
delennine  what  could  be  accomplished. 

If  one  Ciirefully  studies  a  number  of  first-generation 
hybrids  with  special  reference  to  the  characters  of  the 
pan^nts  exhibited  in  the  hybrids,  it  will  be  found  that 
certain  characters  possessed  by  the  male  parent  are 
plainly  represented  in  the  hybrid,  while  other  charac- 
ters possessed  by  the  female  parent  are  also  represented 
in  the  hybrid.  Many  characters  of  the  parents  are  thus 
plainly  represented  in  the  hybrid,  but  it  is  probable  that 
other  characters  will  be  l)lends  of  the  similar  parental 
characters,  or  possibly  ditTer  from  any  definite  characters 
distinguishable  in  the  parents.  Attention  has  already 
been  called  to  the  complexity  of  organisms  in  general 
and  the  difficulty  of  recognizing  all  of  the  unit-charac- 
ters. Thus  far  it  hjis  been  possible  only  to  follow 
carefully  certain  plainly  marked  characters.  This  com- 
mingling of  the  different  characters  of  each  parent 
gives  the  hybrid  a  mosaic  appearance,  as  if  certain 
characters  had  been  taken  from  each  parent  and  thrown 
together  to  make  up  a  hybrid  individual. 

Character-pairs. — To  understand  this  commingling  of  char- 
acters in  the  first-generation  hybrids,  it  is  necessary  to  know  that 
the  parents  used  in  the  hybridization  differed  from  each  other  in 
certain  characters.  One  parent  may  have  had  red  fruits,  hairy 
stems,  and  dwarf  habit,  while  the  other  may  have  had  yellow 
fruits,  smooth  stems,  and  tall  habit.  Such  characters  are  opposed 
to  each  other,  and  such  opposed  qualities  or  characters  are  termed 
rharacter-pairs."  A  plant  may  have  red  fruits  and  smooth 
Htenu,  but  it  could  not  have  red  fruits  and  yellow  fruits  at  the 
same  time.  As  an  illustration  of  such  character-pairs,  may  be 
cited,  scarlet  and  yellow  fruits  of  peppers,  reversed  or  erect  fruits 
of  peppers  TFig.  645),  starchy  and  sweet  kernels  of  corn,  standard 
and  dwarf  size  in  tomatoes,  stringy  and  stringless  pods  of  beans, 
and  the  like.  Such  pairs  of  characters  have  been  termed  by  Bateson 
"alU-lomorphic  pairs  of  characters."  and  this  terminology  is  com- 
monly u-ied  in  the  literature  on  hybrids.  When  parents  ponsesaing 
opp*)*ed  or  contrasted  characters  are  crossed,  the  hybrid  egg-ceil 
receives,  through  the  male  and  female  germ-cells  uniting  in  the 
fecundation,  the  determiners  which  represent  the  different  con- 
trasted pairs  of  characters,  and  all  cells  making  up  the  first-gener- 
ation hybrid  will  contain  in  like  manner  the  determiners  repre- 
senting these  characters,   and  are   thus  hybrid  in  nature.     This 


being  the  case,  it  might  be  expected  that  all  characters  in  the 
liybrid  would  show  as  blends  of  the  parental  characters  or  exhibit 
soMK'  stage  of  intermediacy  between  the  characters  of  the  parents. 
This  is  indeed  frequently  the  case,  but  more  commonly  one  of  the 
characters  is  very  strong,  or  "dominant,"  as  Mendel  expressed  it, 
and  only  this  cnaracter  will  show  in  the  first-generation  hybrid, 
tfie  other  character  remaining  recessive  or  masked,  although 
present.  As  an  illustration,  in  the  character-pairs  mentioned  above, 
scarlet  fruits  of  pepper,  reversed  fruits  of  pepper  (this  is  true  only 
in  certain  varieties),  starchy  kernels  of  corn  and  standard  size  of 
tomato  plants,  are  dominant  over  their  corresponding  contrasted 
cliaracters.  Illustrations  of  blended  or  intermediate  characters  are 
found,  for  example,  in  first-generation  hybrids  of  round  with  pear- 
shaped  tomatoes,  and  large  with  small  fruits  of  tomatoes  or  peppers. 

The  Uiw  of  seureoafion  and  purity  of  the  germ-cells. — The  second 
important  principle  of  Mendel's  law  is  what  is  termed  the  law  of 
segregation  and  purity  of  the  gerra-cells.  It  seems  certain  from  the 
researches  that  have  been  conducted  that,  when  the  germ-cells  of 
the  lirst-generation  hybrids  are  formed,  the  determiners  which 
represent  the  two  different  characters  under  consideration,  and 
which  were  united  by  the  hybridization,  ordinarily  segregate 
again  in  the  cell-divisions,  which  lead  to  the  formation  of  the  germ- 
cells,  so  that  certain  germ-cells  include  the  determiner  of  one  only 
of  the  two  characters.  There  are  thus  two  kinds  of  germ-cells 
formed  with  respect  to  this  one  character-pair.  Choosing  as  an 
illustration  a  hylirid  of  a  pepper  having  scarlet  fruits  with  one 
having  yellow  fruits  (Fig.  645),  when  the  germ-cells  were  formed 
a  segregation  of  the  determiners  representing  the  two  opposed 
characters  would  take  place  and  there  would  be  germ-cells  of  one 
kind,  both  male  and  female,  containing  the  scarlet  fruit  deter- 
miners and  of  a  second  kind,  both  male  and  female,  containing  the 
yellow  fruit  determiners.  This  segregation  takes  place  in  the  for- 
mation of  both  the  egg-cells  and  the  sperm-cells  or  pollen-grains. 
It  is  thus  seen  that  the  first-generation  hybrid,  when  two  such 
allelomorphic  characters  are  combined,  forms  two  kinds  of  egg- 
cells  and  two  kinds  of  sperm-cells,  so  far  as  this  one  character-pair 
is  concerned.  This  segregation  of  characters,  which  has  been  termed 
the  law  of  segregation,  is  one  of  the  most  important  facts  of  m- 
heritance  and,  in  enabling  ua  to  get  recombinations  of  characters, 
is  of  the  highest  importance  in  breeding. 

The  I'tir  of  profinl'ihtii  in  recombination  of  characters. — The  third 
important  prineiplt-  uf  Mendel's  law  is  what  is  termed  the  law  of 
probability,  and  explains  what  may  be  expected  in  plants  of  the 
second  generation  of  such  a  hybrid.  Remembering  that  there  are 
f<jrmed  in  the  first-generation  hybrid,  as  explained  above,  two  kinds 
of  egg-cells  and  two  kinds  of  sperm-cells  with  reference  to  the 
opposed  characters,  what  would  happen  if  the  hybrid  were  bred 
with  its  own  pollen;  or,  in  the  case  of  an  animal,  if  it  were  bred  with 
another  hybrid  of  the  same  parentage?  For  the  purpose  of  illus- 
tration, suppose  that  a  hybrid  of  a  scarlet-fruited  pepper  with  a 
yellow-fruited  pepper  be  fertilized  with  its  own  pollen,  and  that 
loo  eg«-eells  be  fertilized  with  100  pollen-grains  of  the  same 
hyttriil.  There  are  two  kinds  of  egg-cells  produced,  some  carrying 
determiners  of  the  scarlet  fruit,  and  others  determiners  of  the 
yellow  fruit,  and  the  same  is  true  of  the  pollen-grains.  Taking 
the  egg-cells  and  pollen-grains  without  choice,  as  equal  numbers  are 
produced  of  each  kind,  one  would  expect  to  have  of  the  egg-cells 
fifty  witli  scarlet  determiners  and  fifty  with  yellow  determiners. 
In  the  pollen-grains,  also,  one  would  expect  to  have  fifty  with  scarlet 
determiners  and  fifty  with  yellow  determiners.  If,  then,  the  100 
egg-cells  and  100  pollen-grains  are  brought  together  in  fertilization 
by  chance,  as  would  occur  in  nature,  according  to  the  law  of  prob- 
ability, tliere  would  be  twenty-five  scarlet  uniting  w*ith  twenty- 
five  scarlet;  twenty-five  scarlet  uniting  with  twenty-five  yellow; 
twenty-five  yellow  uniting  with  twcniy-five  scarlet;  and  twenty- 
five  yellow  uniting  with  twenty-five  yellow.  Kepresenting  scarlet 
determiners  by  the  capital  h-io-r  S  because  scarlet  is  the  dominant 
character,  and  the  yellow  de'ermitiers  by  the  small  letter  y,  as 
yellow  is  recessive,  the  unions  may  be  represented  as  follows: 


One  Hundred  Eqg-Cells  by  100  Sperm-Cells. 


Female 
Cells 


25  S 


25  S 


25  y 


25  y 


Male 
Cells 


25  S     =     25  SS 


25  y     =     25  Sy 


25  S     =     25  yS 


25  y 


Composition 
of  hybrids 

/These  do  not  contain  determiners 
I      of  y  and  will  reproduce  true. 
These   are    hybrids  so   far  as  this 
character  -  pair    is     concerned, — 
exactly  the  same  as  in  the  first 
generation  and   contain  determi- 
ners of  both  S  and  y.    These  will 
not  reproduce  true  to  type  and 
will  break  up  Uke  second-genera- 
tion hybrids, 
f  These   do   not    contain    the  deter- 
25  yy    <      miners  of  S,  and  will  reproduce 
I      true. 


1 


645.  Pepper  plants:  a,  with  scarlet-colored  reversed  fruits;  b, 
with  yellow-colored  erect  fruits.  The  number  and  form  of  branches 
ar*  alio  markedly  different. 


The  above  illustration  explains  the  law  of  segregation,  and  the 
probabU?  ratio  of  nicombiuation  when  hybrids  are  inbred  with 
their  own  pollen,  and  when  only  one  pair  of  characters  is  considered. 
Wlien  un  egg-cell  with  scarlet  determiners  unites  with  a  sperm- 
cell  with  scarlet  determiners,  this  gives  ri.se  to  a  pure  germ-cell, 
or  zygote,  containing  only  searlet  determiners,  and  the  progeny  in 
subsequent  generations  will  breed  true  so  far  as  this  character  is 
L-oncerned.  Also,  when  an  egg-cell  with  yellow  determiners  unites 
with  a  sperm-cell  with  yellow  determiners  the  result  is  a  pure 
germ-cell,  containing  only  yellow  determiners  and  the  progeny 
would  reproduce  true,  so  far  as  this  character  is  concerned,  in  sub- 
sequent generations.    In  the  other  two  cases,  when  in  fecundation 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


555 


gametes  with  scarlet  determiners  unite  with  gametes  with  yellow 
determiners  giving  the  combinations  Sy  and  yS,  which  amount  to 
the  same  thing,  there  re.'^ult  in  reality,  hybrids  exactly  the  same  aa 
in  the  first  generation  and  the  progeny  from  these  in  the  next 
generation  behave  exactly  the  same  as  did  the  first-generation 
hybrids  in  the  second  generation. 

In  such  a  case  as  the  one  under  consideration,  in  which  the  scarlet 
is  a  strong  dominant  character,  all  combinations  that  contain  the 
determiners  of  this  character,  whether  pure  or  of  hyl>rid  nature, 
show  this  character  only.  Thus  in  the  above  100  combination>5  the 
twenty-five  yy  would  come  with  yellow  fruits  while  the  seventy- 

or- 

^1     hr.'BRIO 


Ct»*f-C£LLS 


HYBfflO    SCA/^L£T 


646.  Representing  Mendelian  inheritance  of  scarlet  S,and 
yellow  Y,  color  of  fruits  in  pepper  hybrids. 

five  other  combinations  would  have  scarlet  fruits,  although  fifty 
of  these  would  be  of  hybrid  nature.  To  determine  which  of  these 
seventy-five  scarlet-fruited  plants  are  the  combination  Sy,  that  is, 
scarlet  with  yellow,  and  which  are  SS,  that  is,  scarlet  with  scarlet, 
requires  the  growing  of  self-fertilized  progeny  from  them  to  deter- 
mine which  are  reproduced  true  to^Iype.  as  these  would  be  the 
pure  scarlet.  The  progenies  of  any  of  these  plants  that  produced 
both  scarlet-  and  yellow-fruited  plants  would  show  that  the  parent 
of  such  progeny  was  a  hybrid. 

In  the  hundred  combinations  there  is  thus  produced  a  ratio  of 
one  pure  scarlet  to  two  hybrid  scarlet  and  yellow  to  one  pure  yel- 
low. 1  Sri:2  Sy:l  yy.  or  three  scarlets  to  one  yellow  and  this  is  the 
famous  3:1  Mendelian  formula.  • 

This  process  of  union  of  an  allelomorphic  pair  of  characters 
in  hybridization,  the  formation  of  four  kinds  of  gcrm-cells.  both 
male  and  female,  by  the  hybrid,  and  their  four  difTerent  unions,  is 
graphically  illustrated  in  Fig.  646. 

While  in  certain  hybrids  of  parents  possessing  two  opposed 
parental  characters,  this  ratio  of  probabilities  is  not  produced,  if 
large  numbers  are  used  the  ratio  will  be  found  in  many  cases  with 
little  deviation.  A  sufficiently  large  number  of  cases  have  now 
been  studied  with  various  plants  and  animals  to  place  this  con- 
clusion t>eyond  gue-ttion.  It  is  not  known,  however,  how  many 
characters  follow  Mendel's  law,  nor  is  it  yet  entirely  certain  whether 
those  charaf-ter-pairs  that  sometimes  follow  the  law  of  segregation 
always  follow  it. 

The  individuals  of  the  second  generation  which  contain  the 
determiners  of  both  characters  of  the  pair,  if  self-fertilized  or  bred 
with  similar  individuals  containing  the  determiners  of  both  char- 
acters, exhibit  in  the  third  generation  exactly  the  same  nature 
that  first-generation  hybrids  exhibit  in  the  second  generation.  The 
two  determiners  are  commingled  in  their  cells,  and  to  all  intents 
and  purposes  they  are  exactly  the  same  as  first -general  ion  hybrids. 
When  such  self-fertilized  hybrids  are  grown  they  give  again,  in 
the  third  generation,  the  regular  Mendelian  proportion  of  1  SS:2  8y: 
1  yy.  Here  the  individuals  containing  only  determiners  of  one 
character,  that  is.  SS  and  yy,  would  come  true  to  these  characters 
in  succeeding  generations,  while  tliose  individuals  containing  the 
determiners  of  both  characters,  .S  and  y.  would  be  expected  to 
segregate  again  in  the  fourth  generation  in  similar  proportions. 

When  dealing  with  more  than  one  eharacter-pair,  ratios  of  seg- 
regation become  complicated  but  are  easily  understood.  If  the 
character  of  reversed  fruits  (R)  and  erect  fruits  fe).  two  plainly 
marked  characters  of  ordinary  garden  peppers,  caused  by  the 
pedicel  of  the  fruit  cur\-ing  backward  in  one  case  and  remaining 
straight  in  the  other,  are  combined  with  the  above  allelomorphic 


characters,  it  can  be  foretold  exactly  what  combinations  will  occur 
and  the  relative  number  of  each.  This  is  a  second  allelomorphic 
pair  of  characters  that  behaves  in  inheritance  the  same  way  as  did 
the  two  colors  of  fruit.  In  this  case,  the  reversed  pedicel  is  the 
dominant  character,  as  in  the  Fj  hybrids  of  reversed  with  erect 
sorts  the  peaicels  are  always  or  very  generally  recurved.  These 
characters  would  thus  be  represented  by  It  tor  the  recurved  or 
dominant  character  and  e  for  the  erect  or  recessive  character.  In 
this  character-pair  one  would  expect  a  splitting  and  segregation  to 
have  occurred  in  the  formation  of  the  germ-cells  of  the  first  gen- 
eration so  that  the  hybrid  plants  of  the  second  generation  would 
exhibit  these  characters  in  Mendelian  proportions  as  in  the  char- 
acter-pair first  described.  The  progeny  in  the  .second  generation 
would  thus  exhibit  these  characters  in  the  following  combinations 
and  proportions:  1  RR:2  Ke:l  ee.  This  theoretical  proportion 
should  hold  rather  constantly,  either  in  small  or  large  numbers  of 
hybrids,  though  in  large  numbers  it  would  be  more  nearly  realized. 
The  determiners  of  the  four  characters,  or  two  character-pairs,  are 
commingled  in  the  cells  of  the  first-generation  hybrid.  When  the 
egg-cells  and  pollen-grains  are  formed,  however,  a  segregation  of 
the  determiners  of  the  two  character-pairs  occurs,  but  independent 
of  each  other.  Each  egg-cell  or  pollen-grain  will  receive  only  the 
determiner  of  one  character  of  a  certain  character-pair  but  will, 
at  the  same  time,  receive  determiners  of  other  characters  belonging 
to  other  character-pairs.  Considering  the  two  character-pairs 
described  in  peppers,  an  egg-cell  receiving  the  determiner  of  the 
scarlet  color  of  fruit  S,  might  also  receive  the  determiners  for  either 
R  or  e  representing  the  characters  of  recurved  or  erect  fruits.  These 
two  character-pairs  would  thus  give  egg-cells  of  four  combina- 
tions, SR,  Se,  yR,  and  ye. 

In  the  formation  of  the  pollen-grains,  the  same  combination 
occurs,  so  that  with  reference  to  the  two  character-pairs  described, 
the  pollen -grains  that  would  be  formed  have  the  same  combi- 
nations of  determiners  as  the  egg-cells,  namely,  SR,  Se.  yR,  and  ye. 
There  would  thus  be  four  kinds  of  egg-cells  and  four  kinds  of  pollen 
grains  so  far  as  these  two  character-pairs  are  concerned.  If  these 
are  brought  together,  sixteen  combinations  are  possible  as  follows; 


SRSR 
SRSe 
SRyR 
SRy.- 


SeSR 
SeSe 
SeyR 
Seye 


yRSR  yeSR 

yRSe  yeSe 

yRyR  yeyR 

yRye  yeye 


Examining  these  combinations  carefully,  and  placing  together 
those  combinations  that  contain  the  same  character-determiners 
as  indicated  by  the  letters,  and  this  can  properly  be  done  as  it 
does  not  matter  in  the  fecundated  egg  whether  a  certain  determiner 
is  furnishe(i  lay  the  egg-cell  or  the  pollen-grain,  there  result  the 
following  nine  combinations,  all  of  which  are  dirferent  in  germinal 
constitution  with  reference  to  these  two  character-pairs: 

Table  Showing  Xumber  of  Germinal  CoMBiNATiONa  and  Char- 
acter OF  F^  Pepper  Hybrids  with  Two  jVllelomorphs. 


No.  of 

Germinal 

Visual 

combina- 

constitu- 

characters of 

Nature  of  hybrid 

tions 

tion 

hybrid 

1 

SRSR 

Scarlet  recurved 

Pure  scarlet  and  recurved 

1 

SeSe 

Scarlet  erect 

Pure  scarlet  and  erect 

1 

yRyR 

Yellow  recurved 

Pure  yellow  and  recurved 

1 

yeye 

Yellow  erect 

Pure  yellow  and  erect 

2 

SRSe 

Scarlet  recurved 

Pure  scarlet  and  hybrid  re- 
curved X  erect 

2 

SRyR 

Scarlet  recurved 

Hybrid  scarlet  x  yellow  and 
pure  recurved 

2 

Seye 

Scarlet  erect 

Hybrid  .scarlet  X  yellow  and 
pure  erect 

2 

yRye 

Yellow  recurved 

Pure  yellow  and  hybrid  re- 
curved X  erect 

4 

SRye 

Scarlet  recurved 

Hybrid  scarlet  X  yellow  and 
hybrid  recurved  X  erect 

An  examination  of  the  preceding  table,  in  which  arc  grouped 

the  sixteen  possiole  combinations  when  two  allelomorphic  pairs 
are  concerned  in  the  liybridization  will  show  that  among  these 
sixteen  there  are  nine  groups  with  different  germinal  constitutions. 
The  visual  character  of  the  hybrid  plants  of  these  nine  different 
groups  is  given  in  the  tliird  column  and  is  easily  understood  by 
examining  the  germinal  constitution  and  remembering  that  scarlet 
S,  and  reversed  R.  are  the  dominant  characters  in  the  two  allelo- 
morphs and  that  the  presence  of  one  determiner  of  either  of  these 
characters  will  cause  the  appearance  of  that  character  in  the 
hybrid  plant.  It  will  be  observed  that  hy  grouping  the  hybrid 
plants  according  to  the  characters  they  show,  there  will  be  nine 
scarlet  and  reversed,  three  scarlet  and  erect,  three  yellow  and 
reversed,  and  one  yellow  and  erect.  This  is  the  Mentlelian  formula: 
9:.3:3:1.  The  nature  of  the  nine  different  groups  of  hybrid  plants 
with  different  germinal  constitution  is  given  in  the  fourth  column  of 
the  table.  When  a  character  is  pure,  it  m«y  he  expected  to  reproduce 
true  in  succeeding  generations  but  in  those  cases  in  which  both 
determiners  of  a  character-pair  are  present,  the  character  is  of 
hybrid  nature  and  will  segregate  in  succeeding  generations. 

In  the  illustration  of  the  character-pair,  scarlet  and  yellow  fruits 
and  the  probable  ratio  of  number  of  unions  in  K)  hybrids,  it  was 
shown  that  out  of  100  unions  one  should  expect  25  SS:50  Sy:25  yy. 
If  now  the  second  character-pair  recurved  and  erect  fruits  is  con- 


556 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


iMder*<J  in  connection  with  these  same  100  unions,  there  would  occur 
the  foUowinK  couibinutions,  acconiinR  to  the  law  of  chance: 


2o  SS 

12>3SlU>e 
6h  SeSe 


50  Sy 

12  ij  SUyR 
25  SHyc 
12  >3  Seye 


I'o  j-y 

6  U  yRyR 
12 '  2  yRyo 

•>  'A  yeye 


These  nine  combinations  are  the  same  as  given  above,  but  the 
percenlase  of  each  combination  out  of  the  100  unions  is  shown. 

If  a  third  character  were  considered,  the  proportions  of  the 
combinations  can  be  determined  in  exactly  the  same  way.  Each 
one  of  the  above  nine  p*>ssible  combinations  would  be  again  divided 
into  three  different  unions  in  the  same  way  as  the  three  combina- 
tions of  the  one  character-pair  gave  nine  different  combinations 
with  the  second  character-pair.  In  the  consideration  of  the  three 
character-pairs,  there  would  thus  be  twenty-seven  different  com- 
binations of  parental  characters.  .\nd  again  in  each  ovary  fecun- 
dated, when  only  one  determiner  of  each  character-pair  occurred, 
the  opposing  character-determiner  being  in  each  case  eliminated, 
such  a  cell  should  give  a  plant  that  would  reprod\ice  its  character 
true  to  t>'pe.  It  is  well  known  that  almost  any  two  different  races 
or  species  that  may  be  chosen  for  hybridization  will  ordinarily 
differ  from  each  other  in  numerous  characters.    When  there  are  a 


647.  Pepper  hybrids  distinct  from  parental  types,  formed  by 
recombination  of  characters;  a,  dwarf  type  with  few  small  hori- 
zontal branches;  b,  giant  type  with  many  large  erect  branches. 

number  of  these  opposing  characters  which  form  Mendelian 
character-pairs,  the  aetermination  of  the  possible  combinations  by 
Mendel's  formulae  becomes  very  complex  and  difficult  to  under- 
stand. It  is  only  by  taking  a  few  well-marked  character-pairs  and 
carefully  studying  them  that  the  segregation  and  new  combi- 
nations according  to  Mendelian  proportions  can  be  followed  and 
understood. 

Any  character-pairs  following  Mendel's  law  would  segregate  aa 
indicated  aixive.  in  the  case  of  scarlet  and  yellow  fruits  and  reversed 
or  erect  fruits  of  the  pepper.  A  very  large  number  of  characters  of 
various  plants  and  animals  are  now  known  to  be  Mendelian  and 
while  many  modifications  of  the  principles  have  been  necessary  to 
harmonize  them  with  special  ca-ses,  still  it  may  be  said  that  there  is 
no  other  general  law  of  heredity  and  Mendel's  law  has  thus  fur- 
ni.nhed  us  with  a  working  basis  of  great  value. 

Tfje  study  of  hybrids  has  been  resolved  into  a  study  of  unit- 
characters  and  their  relation  to  each  other.  Uy  hybridizing  related 
types  having  opposed  characters  and  observing  the  segregations 
which  o<:cur  in  the  later  generations,  the  characters  of  each  type 
are  analysed  and  it  is  determined  when  a  character-p.uir  occurs. 
The  rev-arches  on  this  subject  by  Mendel.  Uateson,  Davenport, 
Caitle.  Punnett,  .Shull.  Hurst,  Correns,  "Tschermak,  Kast  and  dozens 
of  other  now  well-known  investigators,  have  developed  a  science 
of  heredity  of  which  there  was  no  conception  a  few  years  ago. 

The  characters  prcs<;nted  by  the  different  varieties  of  a  plant  or 
of  different  .ijM:cie»,  which  can  be  crossed  with  it,  can  now  be  studied, 
and  one  can  dehnitely  plan  tlie  combination  of  characters  desired 
m  an  ideal  type,  and  can  with  considerable  confidence  estimate  the 
number  of  plants  it  will  be  necessary  to  grow  to  get  this  combina- 
urm.  It  is  now  known  in  general  how  characters  behave  in  segre- 
gation and  inheritance,  so  that  one  can  go  about  the  fixation  of  a 
deoired  type,  wbeo  one  is  secured,  in  an  orderly  and  intelligent 
way. 


The  further  the  study  of  cliaructers  is  carried,  the  more  it  is 
coming  to  be  realized  that  the  appearand'  of  apparently  new  types 
following  hybridization  is  due  to  reeoiiil>in:iti">ns  of  different  units 
which  in  tlicir  reactions  give  apparently  lu'w  characters.  As  an 
illustration,  in  a  study  of  pepper  hybrids,  which  has  been  con- 
ducted during  the  past  four  years,  it  has  become  evident  that  the 
form  of  plant  and  branching  is  due  to  three  pairs  of  characters  or 
allelomorphs;  namely,  first,  erect  or  horizontal  branches;  second, 
large  or  small  hniiu-tics;  and  third,  many  or  few  branches.  In  cross- 
ing two  medium-sized  races,  one  with  large  horizontal  and  few 
branches,  and  the  other  with  small  erect  and  numerous  branches, 
there  result  many  new  combinations  of  characters,  among  which 
appear  some  with  small  horizontal  and  few  branches,  which  gives 
a  dwarf  plant,  and  others  will  have  a  combination  of  large  erect 
and  numerous  branches,  which  gives  a  giant  plant  (Fig.  647). 
These  dwarfs  on  the  one  hand  and  giants  on  the  other  appear  as 
distinct,  new  creations,  though  they  are  very  evidently  merely  the 
recombinations  of  already  existing  unit  characters,  and  dwarfness 
and  giantness  are  the  results  of  the  reaction  of  the  different  units 
combined. 

When  the  large  number  of  distinct  characters  that  are  pre- 
sented by  the  very  numerous  varieties  of  any  of  our  cultivated 
plants  is  remembered,  an  understanding  is  secured  of  the  pos- 
sibilities of  improvement  which  the  field  of  hybridization  affords. 

The  development  of  hybrids  into  pure  races. 

When  hybrids  have  been  produced  between  species  or 
varieties  possessing  certain  characters  that  it  is  desired 
to  unite  in  a  variety,  the  recombinations  of  characters 
as  explained  in  the  preceding  section  become  visible 
in  the  second  generation,  and  it  is  thus  among  the  plants 
of  this  generation  of  the  hybrid  that  one  should  expect 
to  find  the  combination  of  characters  desired.  The 
breeder  would  thus  very  carefully  examine  a  large  num- 
ber of  second-generation  plants  and  choose  for  further 
experimentation  those  plants  that  were  found  to  have 
inherited  the  characters  which  he  desired  to  combine. 
The  entire  batch  of  F2  plants  should  be  carefully  exam- 
ined to  determine  what  characters  behave  as  character- 
pairs  and  also  the  dominant  or  recessive  nature  of  each 
character.  This  knowledge  is  necessary  in  order  to 
determine  the  practice  to  be  pursued  in  choosing  plants 
in  which  the  characters  desired  will  be  pure  with  refer- 
ence to  these  characters.  If,  for  example,  the  breeder  is 
working  to  get  a  combination  of  two  characters  only, 
such  for  instance  as  a  yellow-  and  erect-fruited  pepper, 
from  the  combination  of  character-pairs  discussed  abo^'e 
in  explaining  Mendel's  law  he  would  discover  that  both 
of  these  characters  are  recessive,  and  thus  when  a  hybrid 
was  found  in  which  these  two  characters  were  united, 
he  couki  be  sure  that  by  self-fertilizing  such  an  individ- 
ual it  would  reproduce  true  with  reference  to  both  of 
these  characters  in  the  next  and  succeeding  generations. 
He  would  know  furthermore  in  dealing  with  only  two 
pairs  of  characters  that  he  should,  according  to  the  law 
of  chance,  secure  on  an  average  about  one  such  com- 
bination in  sixteen  hybrids. 

If,  however,  the  combination  desired  was  a  scarlet 
reversed  fruit,  both  dominant  characters,  the  process 
would  be  much  more  difficult.  As  shown  in  the  preced- 
ing section  describing  the  segregation  and  recombina- 
tion of  characters,  nine  plants  out  of  the  sixteen  possible 
combinations  would  have  red,  reversed  fruits,  while 
only  one  of  the  nine  would  be  pure  with  reference  to 
both  of  these  characters.  The  breeder  would  thus  be 
compelled  to  self-fertilize  a  niunber  of  the  plants  hav- 
ing red  and  reversed  fruits  and  grow  a  number  of  plants 
from  each  in  order  to  determine  which  one,  if  any,  was 
pure  with  reference  to  both  characters.  If,  then,  the 
progeny  from  any  one  of  the  plants  chosen  and  self- 
fertilized  came  true  to  t^pe  with  reference  to  both 
characters,  he  would  be  certain  of  its  purity  and  would 
again  self-fertilize  some  of  the  best  plants  of  this 
progeny,  whiiih  should  give  him  a  pure  type. 

If  a  combination  of  a  dominant  and  recessive  charac- 
ter is  desired,  the  examination  of  the  F2  hybrids  would 
enable  the  breeder  to  choose  a  pure  plant  so  far  as  the 
recessive  character  is  concerned,  but  he  could  not 
determine  the  purity  of  the  dominant  character  and 
would  be  compelled  to  self  a  number  of  plants  exhibit- 
ing the  two  characters  and  grow  progenies  in  the  third 


BREEDING 


BREEDING 


557 


generation,  when  he  should  be  able  to  select  a  pure 
type  with  reference  to  both  characters. 

If,  as  frequently  occurs,  neither  character  of  an 
allelomorphie  pair  is  dominant,  but  gives  in  the  hybrid 
an  intermediate  form,  the  fixation  becomes  simple,  as  in 
such  cases  those  hybrids  in  which  either  character  is 
pure  c;ui  be  recognized. 

While  these  methods  appear  very  complex  at  first, 
they  will  be  easil.v  understood  with  careful  study,  and 
are  far  simpler  than  the  methods  breeders  were  com- 
pelled to  employ  in  fixing  hybrids  before  they  had  an 
understanding  of  Mendel's  law. 

When  more  than  two  characters  are  concerned  in  the 
recombination,  the  process  becomes  more  difficult,  and 
indeed  one  cannot  limit  one's  consideration  to 
two  characters  in  practical  breeding  unless  one 
is  combining  standard  varieties  where  all  charac- 
ters are  good.  As  in  simple  selection  work,  one 
must  necessarily  consider  all  important  characters 
that  go  to  make  up  a  good  variety,  and  usually 
one  will  be  able  to  recognize  JNIendelian  segrega- 
tion only  in  a  few  prominent  differential  charac- 
ters. The  breeder  should  use  the  knowledge  of 
inheritance  that  he  possessess  with  all  characters 
which  he  can  recognize,  but  at  the  same  time  the 
plants  which  he  inbreeds  to  secure  purity  of  type 
should  be  perfect  plants  of  all-round  good  type, 
and  in  every  generation  of  the  hybrids  grown  he 
should  exercise  his  best  judgment  in  selecting 
the  best  plants  for  seed-bearers. 

In  the  fixation  of  cotton  hybrids,  the 
policy  was  pursued  of  selecting  for  in- 
breeding the  most  fruitful  and  best-shaped 
plants  of  those  hybrids  having  the  desired 
characters,  using  very  large  numbers  of 
hybrids  from  which  to  choose.  The  self- 
fertilized  seed  of  a  certain  type  was  then 
planted  by  the  plant-to-row  selection 
method  in  an  isolated  plat,  in  order  to 
give  an  opportunity  to  select  not  only 
the  pure  combination  of  the  desired 
characters  but  the  best  all-round  plants. 
As  soon  as  the  plants  in  such  an  isolated 
plat  were  sufficiently  developed  to  show 
their  characters  and  it  could  be  recognized 
that  certain  ones  had  inherited  the  de- 
sired qualities,  the  fields  were  carefully 
searched  and  all  plants  not  true  to  type 
were  pulled  up,  leaving  only  a  few  good 
plants  of  the  correct  type.  This  process 
of  roguing,  as  the  seedsmen  call  it,  insures 
that  at  least  the  greater  part  of  the  seed 
developed  would  be  fertilized  with  pollen 
of  similar  plants  of  good  tj-pe.  This  sort 
of  selection  and  purification  of  tj-pe  will 
probably  in  most  cases  be  found  neces- 
sarj'  even  after  such  Mendelian  charac- 
ters as  can  be  recognized  have  been 
Becured  in  a  pure  state. 

The  inheritance  of  many  fundamental 
characters  will  doubtless  remain  obscure 
for  many  years. 

The  use  of  impure  first-generation 
hybrids. 

In  the  case  of  verj-  many  of  the  most 
important  horticultural  crops,  fortu- 
nately, it  is  possible  to  use  hybrids  with- 
out the  necessity  of  purifying  or  fixing 
them  as  described  in  the  last  section. 
Plants  such  as  apples,  pears,  oranges, 
grapes,  roses  and  strawberries,  which  are 
grown  as  clonal  varieties,  being  pro- 
pagated bj-  buds,  grafts  or  slips,  are 
merely  parts  of  one  individual  and  it  does 
not  matter  whether   they  are  germinally 


648.  Pyrus  baccata  above, 
and  three  named  crosses 
with  forms  of  P  Malus, — 
Alberta,  Columbia  and  Robin 
respectively  from  top  to 
bottom.   ( X  h) 


pure,  as  seeds  are  not  needed.  This  makes  it  possible 
to  use  Fi  hybrids  and,  as  hybrids  are  notoriously  vigor- 
ous, this  is  a  factor  of  very  great  importance.  Again, 
characters  which  blend  and  give  intermediates  in  the  P'j 
generation  may,  in  such  oases,  prove  very  valuable. 

The  work  that  has  been  carried  out  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Agriculture  in  the  breeding  of  citrus  fruits  very 
clearly  indicates  that  valuable  intermediates  may  some- 
times be  secured.  The  writer,  in  conjunction  with 
Walter  T.  Swingle,  hybridized  the  hardy  cold-resist- 
ant trifoliate  orange  {Poncirus  Irijoliala)  with  several 
varieties  of  the  tender  sweet  orange,  and  as  a  result  at 
least  five  different  varieties  of  hardy  oranges  or  citranges 
have  been  produced.  These  hybrids  are  nearly  inter- 
mediate between  the  two  parents,  having  the 
characters  in  the  first  generation  nearly  blended. 
The  leaves  are  trifoliolate,  but  are  much  larger 
than  the  leaves  of  the  ordinary  trifohate  orange 
tree,  and  show  a  tendency  to  drop  off,  the  lateral 
leaflets  producing  an  unifoliolate  leaf.  The  tri- 
foliate orange  is  deciduous,  while  the  sweet  orange 
is  evergreen.  The  hybrids  are  semi-deciduous, 
holding  a  large  share  of  their  leaves  through  the 
winter  In  hardiness  they  also  seem  to  be  inter- 
meiUate,  being  much  more  cold-resistant  than 
the  ordinary  orange,  but  not  so  hardy  as  the  tri- 
foliate orange.  They  are  sufficiently  hardy  so 
that  they  doubtless  may  be  grown  with  safety  as 
far  north  as  South  Carolina,  or  300  to  400  miles 
north  of  the  present  orange  region.  Some  of  the 
fruits  produced  are  as  large  as  the  ordi- 
nary orange,  but  most  of  them  are  very 
nearly  intermediate  in  size.  They  are  very 
variable,  however,  in  the  first  generation. 
At  least  five  of  the  fruits  that  have  been 
produced  are  juicy  and  valuable.  It  is  not 
probable  that  they  would  be  reproduced 
true  to  seed,  but  orange  varieties  are 
clons,  and  the  different  types  will,  of 
course,  be  normally  reproduced  by  buds 
or  grafts,  so  that  from  a  practical  stand- 
point it  does  not  matter  whether  or  not 
they  would  reproduce  true  through  the 
seed.  In  the  second  generation  it  is  prob- 
able that  these  different  characters 
would  split  up,  possibly  according  to 
Mendel's  law,  and  it  is  hkely  that  still 
more  valuable  varieties  will  be  secured 
when  a  second  generation  has  been 
grown.    See  Citrange. 

Similar  groups  of  valuable  intermedi- 
ate types  of  fruits  have  been  produced  by 
Wm.  Saunders,  until  recently  the  Director 
of  the  Canadian  Experimental  Farms,  by 
crossing  varieties  of  the  ordinary  apple, 
such  as  the  Pewaukee  and  Wealthy,  with 
a  very  hardy  cold-resistant  crab  (Pyrus 
baccata).  Saunders  has  produced  already 
numerous  hardy  intermediate  types 
which  bid  fair  to  be  of  very  great  eco- 
nomic value,  particularly  in  the  cold 
regions  of  Manitoba  and  Saskatchewan 
(Fig.  648).  Second  generation  seedhngs  of 
these  valuable  types  may  be  expected  to 
yield  still  more  important  improvements. 
The  reproduction  of  such  tmfixed  hy- 
brids may  be  said  to  form  the  basis 
of  fruit-culture,  as  all  of  the  apple, 
peach,  pear,  plum,  orange,  lemon  and 
grupe  varieties,  as  well  as  the  varieties  of 
small  fruits,  arc  of  H'ixed  parentage  and 
do  not  reproduce  true  to  seed.  Most  of 
the  varieties  of  these  fruits  are  either 
known  to  be  hybrids  or  are  superior  seed- 
lings that  have  been  selected  and  propa- 
gated.    These    latter,  doubtless,    in   the 


ooS 


BREEDING 


BREVOORTIA 


gn'Hicr  number  of  cases  were  of  liybrid  nature  as  all 
of  these  fruits  are  nonnally  cross-fertilized  ;uk1  natural 
hybridization  is  exceeiiiiiplv  common. 

The  s;une  may  be  said  of  most  flowers,  such  as  carna- 
tions and  roses,  that  are  cultivated  extensively  for  the 
cut-Hower  trade.  Practically  all  of  the  varieties  are 
unfixed  hybrids. 

The  selection  of  bud-variations. 

No  consideration  of  the  methods  of  plant-breeding 
would  be  complete  without  a  mention  of  the  improve- 
ments that  can 
be  produced  by 
what  may  be 
termed  the  selec- 
tion of  bud-varia- 
tions. While,  in 
general,  all  buds 
of  a  plant  ars 
practically  the 
same,  as  is  shown 
by  the  fact  that 
buds  tak(Mi  from 
the  Baldwin  apple 
almost  uniformly 
produce  Baldwin 
apples,  }-et  there 
is  considerable 
variation  fre- 
quently in  the 
product  from  dif- 
ferent buds,  and  it 
is  evident  that 
bud-variations 
may  be  classified 
like  seedling-vari- 
ations, into  fluc- 
tuations  and 
mutations  or  the 
so-called  bud- 
sports  (Fig.  649). 
Hybrid  plants  also  frequently,  for  some  cau.sc,  show 
segregations  of  characters  in  different  buds  similar  to  the 
segregations  shown  in  F2  hybrid  seedlings.  It  would 
thus  seem  natural  to  suppose  that  these  variations 
could  be  utilized  in  producing  new  varieties  much 
as  the  similar  types  of  seedling-v-ariations  are  used. 

In  violets,  for  example,  the  projjagation  is  normally 
by  .slips  that  are  develofjcd  from  different  buds.  These 
slips  when  grown  into  plants  frequently  show  consider- 
able difference,  and  B.  T.  Galloway  and  P.  H.  Dorsett, 
of  the  national  Department  of  Agriculture,  have 
demonstrated  that  by  the  selection  of  slips  from  plants 
which  are  very  productive  the  yield  in  the  number  of 
flowers  to  the  plant  can  be  increased  considerably.  In 
the  case  of  the  orange,  seedling  trees  are  abnost  always 
very  thorny,  yet  certain  branches  may  show  a  tendency 
to  be  more  nearly  thornless,  and  by  the  select  ion  of  buds 
from  such  branches  the  thorny  character  of  almost  all 
the  standard  varieties  has  been  reduced.  By  the  sys- 
tematic selection  of  vegetative  parts,  such  as  buds, 
Blifjs.  suckers,  and  the  like,  in  many  ca.ses  very  impor- 
tant improvements  could  doubtless  be  secured,  and  the 
plant-breeder  should  have  a  thorough  understanding 
of  this  method  of  improvement.  In  hybrids  of  mixed 
parentage,  frequently  a  bud  on  one  side  of  a  plant  will 
spfirt.  showing  different  tendencies,  and  many  of  our 
new  varietifs  of  roses,  chrysanthenmms  and  carnations 
have  been  produced  by  the  selection  of  such  bud-sporls. 
-Many  .standard  varieties  of  carnations  have  produced 
bud-variations  that  have  proved  valuable;  the  Lawson 
ha«  given  rise  to  the  Red  Lawson  and  White  Lawson; 
the  Enchantn-ss  ha.s  produced  the  Pink  P^nchantrcss 
and  White  P>nchantress.  The  practice  of  exercising  care 
in  choice  of  chrj'santhernurn  or  carnation  cuttings  and  of 


649.  Bud  sport  of  Cupressus  to  fastigiate 
type,  with  branch  of  similar  fastigiate 
variety  on  right. 


cions  for  fruit  trees  is,  therefore,  seen  to  rest  on  rational 
reasons. 

\'ariations  in  the  character  of  the  seed  from  different 
bolls,  in  the  case  of  hybrid  cottons,  are  frequently  found 
and  may  be  of  value  to  the  breeder  even  in  cotton  that 
is  propagated  by  seed.  In  the  study  of  cotton,  similar 
bud-variations  have  been  foimd,  showing  in  the  lint 
characters  of  hybrids.  In  a  number  of  instances, 
certain  bolls  have  been  found  which  produced  much 
longer  lint  than  other  bolls  on  the  same  plant,  and  simi- 
lar variations  in  strength  and  uniformity  of  length  have 
been  observed.  Experiments  indicate  that  such  varia- 
tions, which  are  doubtless  to  be  classed  as  bud-varia- 
tions, are  inherited  in  considerable  degree.  This  being 
the  case  even  in  seed-propagated  plants,  it  becomes 
desirable  to  observe  and  search  for  bud-variations. 

The  importance  of  bud-selection  in  oranges  and 
lemons  has  recently  been  called  to  attention  by  the 
investigations  of  A.  D.  Shamel,  of  the  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture.  It  has  been  found  that 
groves  planted  with  the  Bahia  or  Washington  Navel, 
which  is  grown  extensively  in  California,  frequently 
show  a  number  of  different  types  with  reference  to  pro- 
ductiveness and  form  of  fruit  and  that  these  conditions 
remain  the  same  from  year  to  year.  The  same  has  been 
found  to  be  the  case  also  in  lemon  groves,  several  dis- 
tinct types  not  infrequently  being  produced  on  the  same 
tree  (Fig.  6.50).  These  barren  trees,  and  trees  producing 
poor  fruit,  greatly  reduce  the  production  of  the  grove 
and  in  many  cases  are  a  serious  handicap.  Evidence 
has  been  collected  showing  that  when  buds  are  taken 
from  profiuctive  trees  of  good  type  they  may  ordinarily 
be  expected  to  produce  good  types. 

In  experiments  which  have  been  conducted  during 
the  last  six  years  in  the  selection  of  potatoes,  it  has  been 
clearly  demonstrated  that,  in  a  family  of  potatoes 
developed  from  a  single  tuber  and  thus  positively  known 
to  be  pure,  low-  and  high-yielding  strains  can  be  pro- 
duced by  selecting  from  low--  and  high-yielding  liills 
(Fig.  651).  Such  low-  and  high-yielding  strains  have 
now  maintained  themselves  for  three  j'cars  in  over 
thirty  different  cases  representing  work  with  eighteen 
different  varieties. 

The  importance  of  bud-seleCtion  is  only  beginning 
to  be  realized  and  further  data  is  necessary  before  it  can 
be  determined  how  important  this  is  in  different  cases. 
The  evidence  now  at  hand,  however,  clearly  indicates 
that  this  method  of  improving  plants  should  be  given 
careful  consideration.  H.  J.  Webber. 

BREVOORTIA  (J.  Carson  Breevoort,  naturalist, 
Regent  X.  Y.  State  University).  Lilidcese.  Differs  from 
Brodia'a  in  the  long-tubular  and  6-saccate  corolla: 
stamens  15,  with  3  broad  and  truncate  staminodia;  caps, 
stalked. — One  species. 


653.  Two  types  of  fruit,  good  and  poor,  borne  on  same  tree 
of  the  Eureka  lemon. 

Ida-M&ia,  Wood  (B.  coccinea,  Wats.  Brodika  coc- 
cine.n,  Cray).  Floral  Fire-Cracker.  Lvs.  .slender, 
grassy:  scapes  slender,  1-.3  ft.  high,  with  3-(J  pendu- 
lous tubular-saccate  fls.  1-2  in.  long,  which  are  bril- 
liant crimson-red,  tipped  with  pea-green.  X.  Calif,  to 
Ore.  in  wooded  foothills.  B.M,  .58.57.  G.C.  III.  2():6,'<7. 
Gn.  40,  p.  503. — The  fls.  are  very  lasting  and  beautiful. 


BREVOORTIA 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA     559 


Half-hardy.  Needs  partial  shade  and  a  deep,  loose  soil, 
thoroughly  drained,  and  with  some  leaf-mold.  Corm 
the  size  of  a  nutmeg.  Carl  Purdy. 

BREAVERIA  (Samuel  Brewer  was  an  English  bota- 
nist of  ISth  century).  Corivolvulafesp.  Perennial  herbs, 
rarely  somewhat  woody:  fls.  much  like  those  of  Con- 
volvulus but  the  styles  distinct  or  partly  so,  the  corolla 


651.  Low-  and  high-yielding  strains  of  Rural  New  Yorker  potato 
developed  by  hill-selection  within  the  progeny  of  a  single  tuber 

pubescent  outside  in  the  bud :  Ivs.  .simple,  entire. — Trail- 
ing plants  of  30  or  more  species  in  warm  climates. 

grandiflora,  Gray.  Root  tuberous:  st.  pubescent:  Ivs. 
broa<l-ovate  or  oblong-ovate  and  very  short-.stalked : 
peduncles  1-fid.;  fl.  very  large  (3  in.  long),  bright  blue 
and  showy,  funnel-shaped:  caps,  large  and  globose- 
ovoid  or  ovoid.  Fla. — Intro,  by  Reasoner  Bros.  One 
species  of  Breweria  {B.  Pickeringii,  Gray)  occurs  from 
N.  J.  and  111.  south,  and  a  few  other  species  are  also 
native  farther  south  in  the  U.  S.  x.  T.^YLOR.f 

BRE'^NIA  (for  J.  P.  Breyn,  a  German  botanist  of 
17th  century).  E u phorbiaccse .  Tropical  shrubs  or  trees, 
rarely  cult.  Lvs.  alternate,  simple:  fls.  .small,  in  short 
axillary  clusters,  monoecious,  apetalous;  calyx  imbri- 
cate; styles  2-parted:  fi,  a  red  berry.  Related  to  Ph\l- 
lanthus":  about  15  soecies  in  Troo.  Asia  !>'id  P.ici'in 
Isls.  H.turbinata  {Fltyllantlivs  tvrbinatus,  Sims).  B.M. 
lSt52.  L.B.C.  8:731,  may  be  the  same  as  Andrachne 
fruticosa.  J.  B.  S.  XoRloN. 

BRICKELLIA  (Dr.  John  Brickell,  an  early  American 
naturalist).  Coleosan thus,  Cass.  Compdsi/af.  About  40 
species  of  herbs  or  small  shrubs  in  the  warmer  parts  of 
the  U.  S.  and  Mex.,  only  one  of  which  seems  to  Ije  in  the 
trade.  Somewhat  allied  to  Eupatorium,  from  which  it 
differs  in  having  lO-ribbed  achenes.  Lvs.  veiny,  either 
opposite  or  alternate:  fls.  white,  cream-colored  or  flesh- 
colored,  small,  with  pappus  either  scale-like  or  somewhat 
plumose,  involucral  bracts  striate-ner\ed:  achenes 
striate.    Prop,  by  cuttings  under  a  bell-jar. 

grandiflora,  N'utt.  T.\ssel  Flower.  Nearly  gla- 
brous, 2-3  ft.,  branchy  above:  lvs.  triangular-cordate  or 
triangular-lanceolate  above,  coarsely  toothed:  heads 
about  40-fld.,  drooping,  in  large  panicles,  tassel-shaped 
and  yellowish  white.  Rocky  Mts. — Recommen<lcd  for 
moist  shady  borders,  and  best  grown  in  a  mixture  of 
leaf-mold,  loam  and  sand.  N.  TAYi-OR.t 

BRIDAL  WREATH:    Spirxa  vruni/otia. 

BRIER.  In  .America,  commonly  applied  to  brambles 
or  thorn\-  plants  of  the  genus  Rubus,  especially  black- 
berries. 'In  the  Old  \\'orld,  it  is  appUed  to  large  wild- 
growing  roses. 


BRITISH    NORTH    AMERICA,     Horticulture   in. 

The  vast  territory  of  British  North  America,  as  under- 
stood in  this  article,  comprises  the  Colony  of  Newfound- 
land and  the  Dominion  of  Canada.  Much  of  the  terri- 
tory is  so  little  developed  horticulturally,  and  most  of 
the  provinces  are  so  very  large,  that  rather  extended 
attention  is  given  here  to  the  adaptabilities  of  the  dif- 
ferent political  divisions.  The  map  (Fig.  6.52,  page  560) 
shows  the  outlines  of  the  territory  under  consideration, 
and  its  relation  to  the  northernmost  part  of  the  U.  S. 

Horticulture  in  Newfoundland  has  so  far  not  devel- 
oped to  a  great  extent  and  the  island  i.s  not  thought  of  as 
a  horticultural  region;  but  the  colony  has  great  possi- 
bilities in  this  direction.  The  winter  temperatures  are 
not  so  low  as  in  some  parts  of  Canada  where  apple  trees 
grow  well;  and  with  care  and  protection  from  wind  the 
hardiest  summer  and  autumn  varieties  can  be  grown. 
The  Canada  plum  (Frmius  nigra)  is  a  native  of  the 
southern  part  of  the  island  and  no  doubt  good  varieties 
of  this  could  be  produced.  The  European  or  domestic 
plums  can  also  be  grown  successfully  near  the  coast 
where  protected  from  the  high  winds,  but  owing  to  the 
moist  air  they  are  very  liable  to  become  covered  with 
moss  and  lichens.  Bush-fruits  thrive,  and  strawberries 
and  gooseberries  succeed  particularly  well,  and  English 
varieties  of  both  these  fruits,  which  do  so  poorly  in 
Canada  on  account  of  the  hot,  dry  summers,  are  giving 
admirable  results.  In  winter  the  jilants  are  well  protected 
by  a  deep  covering  of  snow.  The  hardier  vegetables 
flourish,  and  large  quantities  of  potatoes  are  grown  by 
the  settlers. 

Owing  to  the  relatively  moist  summer,  annuals  and 
herbaceous  perennials  do  particularly  well,  it  being 
possible  to  have  almost  or  quite  as  beautiful  a  garden 
there  as  in  eastern  Canada. 

In  the  Dominion  of  Canada,  horticulture  has  become 
one  of  the  most  important  industries.  In  fruit-growing, 
in  floriculture,  in  vegetable-culture  and  in  the  beautifying 
of  cities,  towns,  and  private  grounds,  Canadians  are 
fully  alive  to  the  possibilities  of  their  country;  and  the 
rapid  development  of  horticulture  in  all  its  branches  is 
an  indication  of  the  success  that  has  attended  those 
engaged  in  its  pursuits. 

The  history  of  horticulture  in  Canada  dates  from 
the  early  settlement  at  Annapolis  Royal  in  Acadia,  now 
Nova  Scotia,  in  1605,  and  from  the  founding  of  the 
city  of  Quebec,  now  in  the  province  of  Quebec,  in  1608. 
There  is  a  definite  statement  as  early  as  1663  that 
apple  trees  were  growing  near  the  banks  of  some  of  the 
rivers  in  Acadia.  There  are  also  records  of  trees  grow- 
ing in  the  province  of  Quebec  about  that  time.  In  the 
province  of  Ontario,  it  was  about  the  beginning  of  the 
eighteenth  century  before  horticulture  began  appre- 
ciably to  dcvekip,  while  in  British  Columbia,  which  has 
made  such  rapid  advances  in  recent  years,  fruit  trees 
were  not  planted  until  about  the  middle  of  the  nine- 
teenth century.  Owing  to  inadequate  means  of  trans- 
portation, the  development  of  fruit-culture  was  not 
rapid  in  any  part  of  Canada  until  within  the  past  half- 
century,  but  now  the  extension  of  orchards,  small 
fruit-plantations,  glasshouses,  and  truck-farms  is  very 
marked  every  year. 

The  census  of  Canada  for  1911  gives  the  following 
figures:  Total  number  of  fruit  trees  in  Canada,  20,812, 
5.i();  area  occupied  by  fruit  trees  in  Canada,  376,322 
acres;  estimated  capital  value  of  fruit  trees  in  Canada, 
$127,000,000.  The  quantity  of  fruit  grown  in  Canada 
is  not  known,  but  the  Trade  and  Navigation  Returns 
for  the  year  ending  March  31,  1912,  show  the  exports 
of  fruit  from  all  ports  to  be: 

\'alue 

Dried  apples,  3,149,620  pounds S248,035 

Fresh  apples,  1,664,165  barrels 5,104,107 

Berries   106,486 

Ail  other  fruits 1.59,293 

Canned  and  preserved  fruits 257,590 


(.i60) 


BRITISH   NORTH  AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH  AMERICA      561 


The  larger  proportion  of  this  fruit  is  produced  in  the 
provinces  of  Ontario  and  Nova  Scotia,  liut  rapidly 
increasing  quantities  are  grown  in  British  Columbia. 

The  fruit  areas  of  Canada  are  large  enough  to  sup- 
ply Canada  and  a  large  part  of  the  world  with  some 
kinds  of  fruit,  and  particularly  with  the  apple,  for 
many  years  to  come.  In  the  great  province  of  Ontario, 
220,000  square  miles  in  area,  larger  than  the  states  of 
New  York,  Ohio,  Illinois  and  Michigan  together,  there 
are  large  districts  in  which  apples,  pears,  peaches,  plums, 
cherries,  grapes  and  the  small  fruits  can  be  grown  to 
perfection.  The  province  of  Quebec  is  considerably 
larger  than  Ontario,  and  while  the  tender  fruits  do  not 
succeed  except  in  the  most  favored  parts,  apples  are 
grown  in  large  quantities  yearly.  From  cast  to  west  in 
the  provinces  of  Quebec  and  Ontario  there  is  a  belt  of 
about  700  miles  in  length  in  which  apples  and  other 
hardy  fruits  can  be  grown;  while  in  the  province  of 
Ontario  alone  the  best  winter  apples,  pears,  and  plums 
can  be  grown  successfully  over  an  area  about  3i)0  miles 
long  and  30  to  l.iO  miles  in  width.  The  successful 
cultivation  of  peaches  in  Ontario  is  confined  to  the 
Niagara  district  and  to  points  along  Lake  Erie  and 
Lake  Huron,  but  the  area  suitable  for  this  fruit  is 
extensive  enough  to  supply  a  large  population. 

Nova  Scotia  has  long  been  noted  for  its  apples.  The 
most  favored  districts  are  the  Annapolis  and  Corn- 
wallis  valleys,  where  apples,  pears,  plums  and 
cherries  can  be  grown  and  where  even  peaches 
can  be  successfully  raised.  These  valleys  have  a 
total  length  of  about  100  miles  and  vary  in 
width  from  6  to  11  miles.  Fruit-culture  is  not 
confined  to  this  district,  as  over  most  of  the 
province  the  hardier  fruits  can  be  grown  suc- 
cessfully. New  Brunswick  has  not  yet  developed 
a  fruit  industry  to  any  great  extent,  but  in  some 
of  the  valleys  apples  and  other  hardy  fruits  of 
the  finest  appearance  and  best  quality  can  be 
produced.  In  recent  years  there  has  been  a 
marked  awakening  in  this  province  and,  owing 
to  the  cheapness  of  land  and  the  beauty  and 
quality  of  the  fruits  that  can  be  produced, 
there  would  seem  to  be  a  good  future  for 
horticulture. 

Prmce  Edward  Island,  the  smallest  province 
of  the  Dominion,  produces  excellent  tree  fruits,  and, 
owing  to  the  late  season,  the  apples  keep  better  than  in 
any  other  part  of  the  Dominion.  Means  of  transporta- 
tion are  not  yet  good,  but  it  is  hoped  that  this  will 
soon  be  much  improved. 

British  Columbia,  the  area  of  which  is  about  370,000 
square  miles,  or  more  th.an  twice  the  .size  of  California, 
has  large  sections  admirably  adapted  to  fruits.  Like 
the  states  of  Oregon  and  Washington,  with  which  its 
natural  conditions  may  be  compared,  British  Columbia 
has  a  number  of  districts  with  special  conditions. 
Three  of  these  are,  (1)  that  in  the  damp  coast  climate 
of  Vancouver  Island  and  the  Lower  Mainland;  (2)  in 
the  dry  interior  country  where  irrigation  is,  as  a  rule, 
necessary;  (3)  in  the  Kootenays,  east  and  west,  where 
irrigation  is  necessary  only  in  places.  In  these  districts 
all  the  best  fruits,  including  peaches  in  some  places,  can 
be  grown  to  great  advantage.  There  are,  however, 
many  valleys  that  are  being  found  suitable  for  fruit- 
culture,  varying  much  in  climate  and  extending  from 
the  .American  boundary  far  north. 

British  Columbia  is  expending  its  efforts  mairily  to 
supplying  the  prairie  provinces  of  Canada;  and  it  has 
been  "very  successful  in  placing  fruits  on  these  markets 
in  good  condition.  The  trade  abroad  Ls  growing  also. 
Ontario  is  a  close  competitor  of  British  Columbia  for 
the  prairie  trade,  but  the  increa.se  in  population  is  so 
rapid  that  it  will  require  both  provinces  to  supply  the 
demands  for  a  long  time  to  come. 

The  prairie  provinces  of  Manitoba,  Saskatchewan 
and  Alberta  and  the  great  territories  to  the  north  pro- 

36 


duce  excellent  bush  fruits,  but  the  tree  fruits  have  for 
the  most  part  not  done  well  up  to  the  present,  although 
the  hardiest  varieties  of  apples  succeed  in  some  of  the 
more  favored  localities  and  plums  are  native  to  Mani- 
toba and  the  early  varieties  can  be  grown  successfully 
over  a  wide  area. 

Some  of  the  influences  affecting  Canadian  horti- 
culture may  be  mentioned.  The  Dominion  Experi- 
mental Farms,  now  sixteen  in  number,  work  upon 
which  was  begun  twenty-five  years  ago,  have  played  an 
important  part.  There  are  six  Provincial  Agricultural 
Colleges,  all  of  which  have  Experiment  Stations  that 
disseminate  information  both  through  the  students  and 
by  literature.  The  Provincial  Experiment  Stations  and 
demonstration  orchards  are  also  doing  much  to  explain 
the  possibilities  of  fruit-culture  in  their  several  dis- 
tricts. Seven  Provincial  Fruit  Growers'  Associations 
lend  their  aid  in  spreading  a  knowledge  of  the  best 
methods  of  fruit-culture  and  of  uniting  the  growers  in 
cooperation  and  legislation.  The  horticultural  periodical 
literature  of  Canada,  although  represented  by  few 
papers,  has  done  much  to  aid  fruit-,  flower-  and  vege- 
table-growers. 

The  Farmers'  Institute  and  orchard  meetings  organ- 
ized by  the  Provincial  Governments  and  assisted  by  the 
Dominion  Government,  are  very  practical  and  helpful. 
In  the  province  of  Ontario,  a  large  proportion  of  the 


653*  The  fruit  regions  la  tastern  Canada. 

counties  have  the  District  Representative,  a  Government 
official  whose  duty  it  is  to  instruct  the  people  by  word, 
by  experiment  and  by  demonstration. 

The  horticultural  societies  assisted  by  the  Provincial 
Government,  of  which  there  are  seventy-five  in  Ontario, 
are  doing  excellent  work  in  awakening  a  greater  interest 
in  horticulture  and  in  spreading  information,  especially 
in  regard  to  ornamental  plants. 

The  apples  originated  by  Wm.  Saunders  in  crossing 
the  wild  Siberian  crab-apple,  Pyrus  baccata,  and  the 
varieties  of  the  apple,  have  enabled  the  settlers  in  the 
prairie  provinces  to  grow  at  least  small  apples  where 
larger  ones  do  not  succeed;  and  the  larger-fruited  varie- 
ties obtained  by  Saunders,  by  introducing  more  of  the 
blood  of  the  apple  into  the  first  crosses,  are  now  being 
tested  for  hardiness,  and,  if  found  worthy,  will  mark  a 
step  in  advance. 

All  these  factors  affecting  horticultural  conditions 
and  progress  have  been  made  still  more  effective  by  the 
cooperative  movement  that  has  in  recent  years  made 
much  progress  in  Canada.  In  the  provinces  of  Ontario 
and  Nova  Scotia  are  many  cooperative  associations 
that  no%v  have  central  organizations  w'here  plans  affect- 
ing the  weliare  of  all  the  a.ssociations  are  discussed. 
These  associations  are  doing  much  to  make  the  fruit 
marketed  of  more  uniform  character  and  to  bring  better 
returns  to  the  producer.  One  of  the  best  influences  in 
the  improvement  of  horticultural  products  in  Canada 
is  the  Fruit  Marks  Act  (now  the  Inspection  and  Sales 
Act)  passed  in  1901,  and  operative  over  the  whole  of 
Canada.    By  this  Act,  growers  are  compelled  to  pack 


5()2      BRITISH   NORTH  AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA 


their  fruit  acconiiiig  to  ccrtiiin  standards  iiiul  are  liable 
to  tino  if  they  do  not  ^io  so.  Inspectors  are  stiilioiied 
at  juieking-houses,  on  the  markets,  and  at  the  pt)rts  of 
export,  who  examine  the  fruit  to  determine  whether  it 
is  pjjekeil  aeooniing  to  law.  A  niarked  impioveinent 
has  been  noticed  in  the  Canadian  fruit  exported  since 
this  law  went  into  effect.  There  are  also  standard 
barrels.  Ixixes  and  baskets  for  t  he  w  hole  of  Canada. 

Wliile  floriculture  is  growing  very  rapidly,  the  area 
under  glass  in  Canada  is  not  ver.\'  large  yet,  it  being 
estimated  at  about  120  acres  or  t),(KX),t)(K)  square  feet 
in  1912.  The  estimated  capital  invested  is  $1,.'50(),000 
and  the  value  of  the  output  §1,800,000.  The  flowers 
most  grown  uinier  glass  in  Canada  arc  carnations  and 
roses,  although  nian\'  other  kinds  are  also  raised.  Some 
of  the  Canadian  growers  have  an  international  reputa- 
tion for  the  quality  of  the  flowers  they  produce.  The 
official  organ  of  the  florists  in  Canada  is  "The  Canadian 
Florist."  a  trade  paper  published  evcr.\'  two  weeks. 

Many  kinds  of  vegetables  succeed  admirably  in  Can- 
ada and  there  are  a  large  number  of  skillful  growers. 
t»wing  to  the  rapid  development  of  the  larger  cities  and 
the  many  new  towns  in  the  newly  settled  parts,  there 
are  many  openings  for  market-gardeners.  Large  quan- 
tities of  vegetables,  including  particularly  tomatoes 
and  corn,  are  grown  for  the  canning  factories  in  south- 
western Ontario  where  the  season  is  earlier  than  in  any 
other  part  of  eastern  Canada.    Early  vegetables  are 


rRUIT    DISTRICTS 
or  BRITISH  COUJMBIA 


654.  The  fruit  region  (within  dotted  linos)  in  British  Columbia. 

grown  on  a  large  scale,  and  have  proved  very  profitable 
to  those  engaged  in  the  business.  Perhaps  the  most 
noted  vegetable  grown  in  Canada  is  the  Montreal  musk- 
melon,  which  is  well  known  for  its  high  quality  in  many 
cities  of  the  United  States.  The  production  of  such  a 
high-clas-s  melon  is  a  good  indication  of  the  summer 
climate  of  Cana^la,  which  in  many  parts  is  hot  enough 
to  mature  melons  well.  The  market-gardeners  are 
represffnted  in  Ontario  by  the  Provincial  Vegetable 
Growers'  As.sociation,  branches  of  which  are  to  be 
found  in  a  number  of  the  cities  and  towns.  This  organ- 
ization has  done  much  to  assist  market-gardeners  and 
to  make  them  feel  that  their  calling  is  as  important  as 
any  other  branch  of  agriculture.         \y.  T.  M.\codn. 

Nova  Scotia. 

Nova  Scotia  (Fig.  6.5.5;  is  a  peninsula  on  tlie  extreme 
ea.s1em  side  of  Canada.  It  e.xtends  in  a  northeasterly 
and  southwesterly  direction  and  is  crossed  by  the 
forty-fifth  parallel  of  north  latitude.  No  part  of  the 
interior  is  more  than  'M  miles  from  the  sea.  The  sur- 
face is  gently  undulating,  with  no  high  mountain 
ranges.  The  principal  farming  and  fruit-growing  sec- 
tion." are  mainly  in  the  valleys  through  which  the  rivers 
run  and  around  the  hea/lwaters  of  the  Hay  of  Fundy, 
where  the  high  tides  have  left  extensi\'e  deposits  of 
rich  alluvial  s<iil.   The  annual  rainfall  is  about  42  inches. 

The  French  Acadians  early  ma/le  plantings  of  the 
apple  in  this  province.   When  the  New  England  settlers 


came,  in  1T(>1,  to  oecuiiy  the  lands  of  the  deported 
French,  they  found  apple  trees  in  bearing,  many  of 
which  li\'ed  and  continued  to  bear  fruit  well  along  into 
the  hust  century.  The  leading  horticultural  industry 
is  fruit-growing.  Its  most  important  division  is  apple- 
cult.ure,  although  pears,  plums,  cherries  "and  small 
fruits  are  successfully  grown.  These  soft  fruits  are 
necessarily  sold  in  the  local  markets,  which,  though 
steadily  growing  in  size,  are  as  yet  of  too  limited  capa- 
city to  justif,v  an  extensive  development  of  the  culture 
of  such  perishable  products.  Apples,  on  the  other 
hiind,  are  shippetl  to  the  British  and  other  foreign  mar- 
kets where,  in  their  season,  they  successfully  compete 
with  those  from  other  parts  of  the  northern  hemisphere. 

The  strictly  horticultural  region  of  Nova  Scotia  is  a 
small  section  of  the  western  part  of  the  province  gen- 
erally called  the  Annapolis  Valley.  This  region,  except 
in  its  extreme  eastern  part,  is  separated  from  the  Baj'  of 
Fundy  and  protected  from  the  direct  force  of  the  north- 
erly and  westerly  winds  by  a  range  of  hills,  some  400  to 
500  feet  in  height,  known  as  the  North  Mountain.  It 
includes  the  valley  of  the  Annapolis  River,  which  flows 
southwesterly  to  the  Annapolis  Basin,  and  the  valleys 
of  the  Pereaux,  Habitant,  Canard,  Cornwallis,  Gas- 
pereau  and  Avon  Rivers,  which  flow  into  Minas  Basin 
on  the  east.  It  is  a  narrow  strip  of  country  6  to  10 
miles  wide  and  less  than  100  miles  long. 

Here  apple-culture,  from  being  a  side  line  to  general 
farming  down  to  about  forty  years  ago,  has  grown  to  be 
the  leading  branch  of  agriculture.  The  yield  of  apples  in 
this  district,  packed  and  sold  in  1911,  was  1,734,000 
barrels.  The  yield  for  1912  is  estimated  at  1,100,000 
barrels.  These  figures  do  not  include,  in  either  case, 
those  that  were  used  by  the  canneries,  evaporators  and 
vinegar  factories,  or  that  were  consumed  in  the  dis- 
trict in  which  grown.  About  one-tenth  of  the  output 
finds  a  market  in  the  towns  and  the  villages  of  the  non- 
fruit-growing  sections  of  the  maritime  provinces,  the 
remainder  being  exported  to  Great  Britain,  Germany 
and  other  European  countries,  and  to  Newfoundland, 
the  Canadian  West,  the  West  Indies  and  South  Africa. 
The  varieties  of  apples  grown  have  been  selected 
chiefly  with  reference  to  the  English  market.  The 
leading  commercial  sorts  are  Gravenstein,  Blenheim, 
Ribston,  King,  Yellow  Bellflower,  Cox  Orange,  Wagener, 
Baldwin,  Stark,  Spy,  Golden  Russet,  Fallawater,  Rox- 
bury  Russet  and  Ben  Davis.  Some  of  these  have  long 
been  known  in  England  and  were  introduced  from  that 
country.  The  Gravenstein,  especially,  reaches  a  high 
quality  here.  The  winter  varieties  also  do  well  and 
mature  just  as  the  cool  weather  of  autumn  comes  on. 

As  a  rule,  orchards  are  carefully  cultivated,  ferti- 
lized, pruned  and  sprayed.  A  large  quantity  of  corn- 
mercial  fertilizer  is  used  every  year,  as  the  area  in 
orchards  has  outgrown  the  supply  of  stable  manure. 
Cover-crops  are  grown  to  furnish  humus,  the  clovers, 
vetches  and  buckwheat  being  the  crops  chiefly  used  for 
this  purpose.  The  practice  of  thinning  apples  has  lately 
Iseen  adopted  by  many  of  the  best  growers  and  is  likely 
to  become  more  general  as  competition  in  fruit-raising 
increases. 

A  system  of  frost-proof  apple  warehouses,  that  has 
come  into  existence  during  the  last  sixteen  years,  is  an 
important  element  in  the  carrying-on  of  the  fruit  busi- 
ness in  Nova  Scotia.  These — numbering  one  hundred 
in  all — are  found  at  the  railway  stations  throughout 
the  fruit  district.  The  usual  width  is  about  40  feet,  the 
length  from  80  to  120  feet,  affording  room  for  packing 
and  storage  for  5,000  to  10,000  barrels.  Fornierly, 
the  fruit-grower  packed  his  apples  at  home,  or  in  his 
barn.  Then,  when  a  steamer  was  ready  to  load  at  Hali- 
fax, the  apples  had  to  be  hauled  to  the  railroad  station, 
often  several  miles  distant,  and  loaded  into  the  waiting 
cars.  Now  the  apples  are  generally  taken  in  barrels 
directly  from  the  orchard  to  the  warehouse  where  they 
are  stored  until  ready  to  be  packed  out  for  shipment. 


BRITISH   NORTH  AMERICA 


BRITISH    NORTH  AMERICA      563 


Under  this  system,  it  is  possible  with  very  little  delay 
to  pack  and  place  on  cars  a  steamer-load  of  apples. 
A  railway  haul  of  four  or  five  hours  brings  the  cars  to 
the  side  of  the  steamer  so  that  the  danger  from  frost, 
even  in  zero  weather,  is  largely  avoided. 

A  further  advance  was  made  in  the  business  of  pack- 
ing and  marketing  apples  when  cooperative  fruit  com- 
panies were  formed.  The  first  company  of  this  kind 
was  organized  in  Berwick  in  1907.  During  the  next  five 
years,  more  than  thirty  similiar  companies  were  formed. 
Under  pro^•incial  legislation  enacted  in  1912,  these  were 
organized  into  a  central  association  known  as  the 
United  Fruit  Companies  of  Xova  Scotia,  Limited.  All 
the  apples  of  the  companies  affiliated  in  this  central 
association  are  sold  through  its  agency.  It  .controls  the 
Bale  of  fully  one-half  of  the  apple  crop  of  the  province. 
A  uniform  standard  of  grading  is  maintained,  an  official 
of  the  central  association  inspecting  the  packing  in  all 
the  warehouses  of  the  affiliated  companies.  Coopera- 
tion in  the  marketing  of  apples  was  quickly  followed 
by  the  cooperative  manufacture  of  barrels  and  pur- 
chase of  fertilizers,  feeds  and  seeds,  greatly  to  the  con- 
venience and  financial  advantage  of  the  members 
of  the  companies.  In  the  near  future,  all  farmers' 
supplies  will  probably  be  purchased  cooperatively. 

The  establishment  of  evaporators,  canneries  and 
vinegar  factories  throughout  the  fruit  district,  some 
of  them  owned  by  cooperative  companies,  furnishes 
a  market  for  defective  fruit  and  has  also  the  effect 
of  improving  the  grade  of  apples  packed.  There 
are  now  eight  evaporators,  two  canneries  and  four 
vinegar  factories  in  operation. 

Local  nurseries,  chiefly  for  the  propagation  of 
apple  trees,  are  to  be  found  at  .Annapolis,  Berwick, 
W'aterville  and  Wolfville.  While  these  have  re- 
ceived good  patronage  in  the  past,  the  larger  quan- 
tity of  nursery  stock  in  recent  j-ears  has  been 
imported,  chiefly  from  Ontario.  With  a  view  to 
avoiding  the  danger  of  introducing  noxious  insects 
and  plant  diseases,  the  provincial  department  of 
agriculture  has  lately  passed  strict  regulations 
governing  the  importation  of  nursery  stock.  The 
effect  of  this  has  been  to  stimulate  the  home 
nursery  industry. 

Pears,  plums  and  cherries  are  grown  for  home  use 
and  the  local  markets.    Bartlett  and  Clapp  Favorite 
are    the  varieties   of    pears    most   largely   grown. 
Moore   .Arctic,   Lombard,  Yellow  Egg,  the  Gages, 
Damsons  and   Burbank  are  the  chief  plums.    The 
cherries  are  the  Morello  and  other  varieties  of  the  sour 
tj'pe.    Peaches  are  grown  to  some  extent  in  the  western 
part  of   the  province,  Alexander,   Early  Canada  and 
Fitzgerald  proving  hardy. 

Cranberries  constitute  an  important  part  of  the  fruit 
crop  of  Nova  Scotia.  They  are  grown  on  reclaimed  bog 
lands  that  would  be  unsuitable  for  any  other  farm  crop. 
There  is  much  land  of  this  kind  in  the  province  stiil 
unused.  In  1908,  the  cranberrj'  crop  in  the  vicinity  of 
one  railway  station,  .Auburn,  amounted  to  nearly  .5,000 
barrels  and  netted  the  growers  82.5,000.  A  good  market 
for  Nova  Scotia  berries  is  found  in  Montreal  and  the 
Canadian  West. 

Truck-gardening  is  conducted  to  some  extent  on  the 
light  sandy  soil  of  the  central  part  of  the  .Annapolis 
Valley.  In  the  vicinitj'  of  Berwick,  .Aylesford,  and 
Kingston,  such  crops  as  strawberries,  raspberries, 
tomatoes,  green  beans,  asparagus  and  rhubarb,  are 
grown  for  the  local  markets.  Some  of  the  tomatoes  go 
to  the  cannerj'. 

Only  one  important  variety  of  apple  originated  in 
Nova  Scotia,  the  Banks  Red,  a  bud-sport  of  the  Graven- 
stein.  John  Burbidge,  who  settled  in  the  Comwal- 
lis  Valley  in  1764  introduced  the  Nonpareil  (Roxbury 
Russet).  Charles  Inglis,  first  BLshop  of  Nova  Scotia, 
who  received  a  grant  of  land  in  .Aylesford  Town- 
ship, in  1790,  introduced  the  Yellow  Bellfiower,  which 


thence  came  to  be  known  here  as  Bishop  Pippin.  Charles 
R.  Prescott  introduced  Rilxston  in  1814,  Blenheim  in 
1829,  Gravenstein  and  Alexander  in  1835,  Baldwin  and 
Greening  in  1820  and  Northern  Spy  short.ly  after  1852. 

The  Nova  Scotia  Fruit-Growers'  Association,  founded 
in  1863,  is  the  oldest  in  the  Dominion,  and  receives  an 
annual  grant  from  the  provincial  government.  For 
several  years  it  assisted  in  maintaining  a  school  of 
horticulture  at  Wolfville.  In  1905,  this  school  was 
merged  into  the  College  of  Agriculture  at  Truro. 

In  1911,  a  fruit  experiment  station  was  established 
at  Kentville.  This  is  maintained  by  the  federal  govern- 
ment at  Ottawa.  The  provincial  government  has 
established  thirty-five  demonstration  orchards  in  parts 
of  the  province  outside  the  fruit  district  proper.  The 
purpose  of  these  orchards  is  to  discover  the  fruit-growing 
possibilities  of  the  different  sections  of  the  province, 
to  find  out  the  varieties  best  suited  to  these  sections,  and 
to  give  a  demonstration  of  what  orchard  practice  is 
considered  most  effective  in  such  localities.  Horticul- 
ture is  taught  at  the  Agricultural  College  which  was 
established  at  Truro  in  1905.  Percy  J.  Shaw. 


655.  Nova  Scotia,  showing  the  present  fruit  district  and  two  centers 
(Bridgewater  and  Brookfield),  where  the  industry  is  beginning  to 
develop. 

Prince  Edward  Island. 

In  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  and  separated  from  the 
continent  by  the  Northumberland  Strait,  lies  the  prov- 
ince of  Prince  Edward  Island  (Fig.  656),  the  "low  and 
beautiful  land"  that  Cartier  saw  on  the  afternoon  of 
June  30,  1.534.  It  is  situated  between  46°  and  47°  7' 
north  latitude  and  east  of  64°  27'  west  longitude,  and  is 
distant  from  New  Brunswick  9  miles,  from  Nova  Scotia 
15  miles  and  from  Cape  Breton  30  miles.  In  form,  it  is 
an  irregular  crescent,  concaved  toward  the  north  with 
such  an  exceedingly  indented  coastline  that  no  part  of 
the  country  is  far  distant  from  the  sea.  Sand-dunes 
extend  along  the  north  shore  for  a  distance  of  50  miles. 
The  surface  is  gentl}-  undulating.  Ranges  of  low  hills 
traverse  the  island  from  New  London  to  Hampton, 
from  BrookljTi  to  Wood  Islands,  anil  from  Red  Point 
to  Rollo  Baj'.  The  highest  elevat  ion  is  less  than  300  feet. 
Small  flat  areas  occur  in  the  western  part  of  Prince  Co. 

The  climate  is  temperate  and  not  subject  to  rapid 
changes.  For  the  past  five  years,  the  average  tempera- 
ture during  the  winter  months  was  36.6°,  the  lowest 
registered  being  —  19. .5°,  and  during  the  simimer  months 
70°,  with  86.5°  the  highest.  The  yearly  precipitation 
varies  from  38  to  42  inches,  a  little  less  than  half  falling 
during  the  months  May  to  October  in  light  showers  at 
more  or  less  regular  intervals. 


5(A      BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA 


The  whole  population  is  engaged  in  agrieultiirc  and 
fishing  luid  in  the  merchandise  connected  therewith. 
llortieiiltinv  is  yet  in  its  infancy  and  only  \ciy  few  of 
the  inhabit.'Uits  have  begun  to  realize  its  possibilities. 

Nearly  every  fiirmer  h:is  a  few  trees  producing  suffi- 
cient apples  for  his  own  family.  But  few  have  seriously 


656.  Prince  Edward  Island.  The  shaded  parts  are  horticultural  sections. 

Considereil  apple-growing  ;u<  a  revenue-producing  branch 
of  agriculture.  The  first  trees  were  planted  shortly 
after  the  English  occupation  in  1763.  The  stock  was 
brought  out  from  the  Old  Country  and  w:is  nearly  all 
of  the  cider  varieties.  On  this  account  it  was  generally 
believed  that  good  apples  could  not  be  grown  in  this 
province.  For  over  a  century  very  httle  improvement 
was  made. 

The  development  of  the  apple  industry  in  Nova 
Scotia  stimulated  the  planting  of  more  trees  in  Prince 
Edward  Island  and  led  to  the  setting  out  of  nur.scries 
in  1S.S6  by  U'illiam  Taylor  at  Lower  Freetown  and  by 
Condon  at  Kensington.  They  received  a  great  many 
orders  for  trees  but  the  orders  were  so  small  (very  few 
people  wanting  more  than  half  a  dozen)  that  there  was 
not  nmch  profit  in  the  business  and  it  was  not  continued. 

A  few  men,  however,  were  enthusiastic  over  the  pos- 
sibilities of  fruit-growing  and  at  the  call  of  Lieutenant- 
Governor  Ilowlan  met  in  Charlottetown  on  March  30, 
1896,  and  formed  the  Fruit-Growers'  Association  of 
Prince  Edward  Island.  It  received  the  encouragement 
of  the  Department  of  .\Ericulture  and  was  given  an 
annual  grant  of  §100,  for  the  purpose  of  holding  a 
fruit  show. 

This  again  gave  a  further  stimulus  to  tree-planting, 
and  nurseries  were  set  out  by  D.  A.  Sharp  at  Summer- 
side,  Thomas  Moyse  at  Central  Bedeque  and  John 
Robertson  at  New  Perth.  Many  trees  were  sold  but 
the  business  does  not  seem  to  have  been  very  profitable, 
and  at  the  present  time  all  the  stock  is  imported.  A 
few  men,  however,  set  out  commercial  orchards  and 
between  the  years  1897  to  1900 some shipmentsof  apples 
were" made  to  the  British  market.  It  was  very  difficult, 
however,  to  find  more  than  a  few  barrels  of  one  variety 
in  a  district.  This  added  very  much  to  the  expense  of 
packing  and  shipping,  and  as  the  business  was  at  best 
verj-  uncertain,  it  was  soon  given  up. 

In  19(W  the  Cooperative  Fruit  Company  was  formed. 
The  purpose  was  to  provide  proper  packages  and  to  get 
together  .sufficient  quantities  of  apples  of  one  variety 
to  make  a  profitable  shipment.  The  Department  of 
Agriculture  provides  the  Company  with  a  secretary  and 
makes  a  small  annual  grant,  sufficient  to  cover  truckage 
expen-ses. 

In  1909,  eighty-four  barrels  were  shipped;  in  1910, 
some  3.50  barrels.  The  expenses  of  getting  their  apjiles 
together,  graded,  properly  packed  and  marketed  were 
UXi  great  and  in  1911  each  grower  shipped  his  own. 
Thi.'i,  however,  proved  e\en  less  satisfactory  and  the 
Company  Ls  preparing  to  pack  again  this  autumn. 
They  hop*;,  however,  to  get  a  number  of  barrels  of 
appu*  together  at  certain  centers,  and  with  this  end  in 
view,  all  the  orchards  in  these  vicinities  are  being 
sprayed. 


For  a  number  of  years  the  question  of  varieties  has 
h«m  taken  up  by  the  Fruit-Growers'  Association.  The 
following  are  now  recommended:  For  home  orchard — 
Yellow  Transparent,  Crimson  Beauty,  Duchess  of 
Oklenburg,  W'ealthj-,  Wagener,  King,  Northern  Spy, 
IVIcIntosh  Red,  and  Stark.  For  commercial  orchard — 
Wealthy,  Alexander  or  Wolf  River,  Mcintosh 
Red,  Ribston  Pippin  and  Ben  Davis. 

The  feeling  is  general  that  the  nex-t  few  years 
will  witness  a  great  development  of  the  apple 
industry  in  Prince  Edward  Island. 

Very  few  pear  trees  have  been  planted,  but  when 
given  good  cultivation  and  properly  sprayed,  they 
have  done  well.  The  most  popular  varieties  are 
Clapp  Favorite,  Bartlett,  Vermont  Beauty,  Flemish 
Beauty,  Howell  and  Anjou. 

The  cool,  moist  climate  of  Prince  Edward  Island 
favors  the  growing  of  plums  of  the  very  finest 
quality,  and  of  late  years  quite  a  number  of  trees 
have  been  set  out.  Among  the  varieties  best  suited 
to  Island  conditions  are  Glass  Seedling,  Moore 
Arctic,  Quackenboss,  Yellow  Egg,  Victoria,  Brad- 
shaw.  Prince  Englebert  and  Blue  Damson. 

Cherry  trees  were  introduced  by  the  early  French 
settlers  and,  as  they  were  able  to  take  care  of  themselves, 
met  with  great  success.  Nearly  every  farmstead  has  a 
few  trees.  The  crop  is,  however,  very  uncertain,  as  a 
late  frost  catches  the  blossoms  about  every  third  year. 
They  are  nearly  all  sour  cherries  of  the  Richmond  and 
Montmorency  varieties.  In  a  few  orchards  sweet  cher- 
ries are  being  tried  with  indifferent  success.  They  bloom 
too  early  and  are  caught  by  the  frost. 

Grass  lands  that  have  not  been  manured  with  mussel 
mud  invariably  grow  a  crop  of  strawberries  in  every 
part  of  the  province.  The  increased  cost  of  labor  has 
made  the  picking  of  the  wild  ones  unprofitable  and  for 
the  last  few  years  the  cultivated  varieties  have  taken 
their  place  on  the  market.  From  8,000  to  10,000 
boxes  to  the  acre  is  considered  an  average  crop.  Some 
progressive  farmers  have  had  very  large  returns  from 
strawberry-growing,  with  the  result  that  prospects  are 
very  bright  for  a  large  industry.  The  chief  varieties 
grown  at  the  present  time  are  Splendid,  Glen  Mary, 
Senator  Dunlap,  Williams  and  Wilson. 

Among  the  bush  fruits,  raspberries  and  blackberries 
are  being  cultivated  but  not  to  the  same  extent  as  goose- 
berries and  currants,  which  are  in  greater  demand.  All, 
however,  are  being  grown  very  successfully.  Dewber- 
ries are  not  grown  to  any  extent.  They  have  been 
introduced  at  the  Experimental  Farm  and  their  culti- 
vation will  likely  be  extended. 

As  wild  strawberries  are  found  in  the  higher  grass- 
lands, wild  cranberries  are  found  in  the  bog-lands  and 
marshes.  In  a  few  districts  they  are  being  cultivated 
and  giving  very  large  returns.  When  the  plantation 
can  be  flooded,  the  crop  is  fairly  sure,  but  when  it 
cannot  be  flooded  the  frost  frequently  does  much 
damage.  The  average  crop  is  about  eighty  bushels 
to  the  acre. 

There  are  several  thousand  acres  of  blueberry  bar- 
rens in  the  province,  from  which  about  twenty  car- 
loads of  berri(>s  are  shipped  annually.  They  do  not, 
however,  seem  to  improve  by  cultivation  and  the 
increasing  cost  of  labor  will  likely  lessen  the  amount 
marketed.  Now  and  again  the  crop  is  a  comparative 
failure,  due  to  frost  or  to  severe  drought. 

Prince  Edward  Island  is  peculiarly  adapted  to  the 
growing  of  fruit.  The  reason  that  more  progress  h;is 
not  been  made  is  the  inadequate  transportation  facili- 
ties. Last  year,  however,  arrangements  were  made  for 
three  calls  of  an  ocean  steamship  at  Charlottetown  on 
the  way  from  Montreal  to  Manchester.  The  car  ferry, 
also,  that  is  about  to  be  built  between  Carleton  and 
Cape  Tormentine  will  further  help  to  overcome  this 
difficulty,  and  it  is  expected  that  the  next  few  years  will 
witness  a  great  development   in   horticulture   in   this 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA      565 


province.    The  census  returns  for  1911  give  the  follow- 
ing figures  of  the  industry: 

No.  Product 

Apple  trees 205,979 160,124  bushels 

Peach  trees 546 13  bushels 

Pear  trees 2,439 773  bushels 

Plum  trees 20,625 27,480  bushels 

Cherrv  trees 53,094 7,576  bushels 

Other  fruit  trees  .     9,998 1,479  bushels 

Grapes 1,641  pounds 

St  rawberries 186,692  boxes 

Currants  and  gooseberries 48,429  quarts 

Other  small  fruits 1,860  boxes 

Theodore  Ross. 
New  Brunswick. 

The  province  of  New  Brunswick  (Fig.  657)  lies 
mainly  between  45°  and  48°  north  latitude,  and  64° 
and  68°  west  longitude.  Its  boundaries  are:  On  the 
south  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  on  the  east  the  Strait  of 
Northumberland  and  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  on  the 
north  the  Bay  of  Chaleur  and  the  province  of  Quebec, 
on  the  west  the  state  of  Maine.  The  greatest  length  of 
the  province  from  north  to  south  is  230  miles,  and  its 
greatest  breadth  is  190  miles.  It  has  an  area  of  27,985 
square  miles  and  about  600  miles  of  seacoast.  It  is  a 
rolling  country  of  no  great  elevations  with  the  more 
hilly  sections  formed  by  an  extension  of  the  Appala- 
chian Mountains  in  the  northern  and  northwestern 
parts  of  the  province.  Few  countries  are  so  well  wa- 
tered as  New  Brunswick.  Lakes  and  small  streams  are 
numerous  all  over  the  country.  The  St.  John  River, 
which  flows  into  the  Bay  of  Fundy,  is  450  miles  long. 
The  Miramichi  and  Restigouche  Rivers,  both  of  which 
are  over  200  miles  long,  drain  into  the  Gulf  of  St. 
Lawrence.  The  Pctitcodiac  and  St.  Croix  are  impor- 
tant rivers  situated  respectively  in  the  eastern  and 
western  ends  of  the  province  and  flowing  into  the  Bay 
of  Fundy.  The  yearly  record  for  continuous  sunshine 
is  excelled  by  only  one  other  province  in  the  Domin- 
ion. The  average  hours  of  sunshine  recorded  yearly  at 
Fredericton  is  1,983.  The  average  annual  precipita- 
tion for  the  last  thirty-eight  years  at  Fredericton  is 
45.6  inches. 

The  province  contains  17,393,000  acres,  of  which 
7.750,000  are  Crown  land,  5,000,000  acres  are  settle- 
ment land  and  4,643,000  acres  are  private  timber  land. 
According  to  the  report  of  the  Agricultural  Commis- 
sion, which  investigated  farming  conditions  all  over  the 
province  in  1908,  there  were  at  that  time  32,480 
farms,  and  1,474,076  acres  of  cleared  land. 

Potato-growing  is  the  leading  horticultural  industry. 
The  province  is  particularly  adapted  for  the  produc- 
tion of  this  crop,  as  the  comparative!}'  cool  moist 
climate  enables  the  potatoes  to  grow  for  a  long 
period  of  time,  and  they  are  green  and  vigor- 
ous until  the  frost  comes,  hence  their  firmness, 
full  starch  content,  good  keeping  quality  and 
pleasant  flavor.  An  additional  advantage  is 
the  ease  and  cheapness  with  which  the  potato 
can  be  shipped  to  tide-water,  since  the  St. 
John  River  and  its  tributaries  water  an  area 
of  2,000  square  miles.  Carried  in  scows,  pota- 
toes are  delivered  in  St.  John  from  York 
County  for  5  cents  the  barrel.  Carlcton 
County  on  the  western  border,  watered  by 
the  upper  reaches  of  the  St.  John  River,  h;xs 
long  been  the  banner  county  for  potato-grow- 
ing. In  1910,  it  had  8,786  acres  under  culti- 
vation, with  a  production  of  1,127,680  bushels, 
or  128.3  bushels  to  the  acre.  In  1909,  from 
8,940  acres,  it  derived  1,800,676  bushels,  or 
201.4  bashels  to  the  acre.  The  same  year  the 
province  averaged  187.4  bushels  to  the  acre. 
Victoria  County,  to  the  north  of  Carleton 
County  and  immediately  adjoining  Aroostook 


County,  Maine,  affords  considerable  excellent  potato- 
raising  land.  In  fact,  the  entire  valley  of  the  St.  John 
River  is  well  suited  for  this  purpose  and  potatoes  are 
also  grown  extensively  in  the  eastern  counties  of  Kent 
and  Westmoreland. 

The  entire  acreage  under  potatoes  in  the  province 
in  1910  was  47,744  and  the  yield  6,067,276  bushels.  la 
1909  it  was  47,853  acres  and  the  yield  was  nearly  9,000,- 
000  bushels.  In  1911,  the  acreage  was  47,304  and  the 
yield  8,493,212  bushels.  Large  quantities  of  potatoes 
are  now  being  shipped  annually  to  Ontario,  the  West 
Indies  and  Cuba.  Experiments  conducted  during  the 
past  few  years  by  experimental  stations  and  practical 
farmers  in  Ontario  show  that  potatoes  produced  in  the 
maritime  provinces  gave  a  much  larger  yield  than  those 
from  Ontario-grown  seed.  This  has  led  to  an  increas- 
ing demand  from  Ontario  for  New  Brunswick  potatoes 
for  seed  purposes. 

Apples  were  undoubtedly  grown  in  the  province  in 
the  early  part  of  the  nineteenth  century,  but  it  remained 
for  Francis  Peabody  Sharp,  New  Brunswick's  pioneer 
horticulturist,  to  demonstrate  the  possibilities  of  com- 
mercial apple-growing  in  this  northern  cUmate.  His 
operations  were  conducted  at  Upper  Woodstock  on  the 
St.  John  River,  and  there,  in  1844,  he  set  out  his  first 
trees.  Sharp  planted  many  large  orchards,  did  exten- 
sive work  in  hybridizing  and  introduced  many  of  the 
standard  varieties  into  New  Brunswick  from  the 
United  States  and  elsewhere.  His  death  occurred  at 
LTpper  Woodstock  in  December,  1903.  From  that  time 
an  impression  that  apple-growing  could  not  be  made  a 
success  seemed  to  gain  ground,  but  of  late  years  this 
has  been  swept  away  and  the  outlook  for  the  future  of 
the  industry  is  now  very  bright. 

The  list  of  apples  recommended  for  New  Brunswick 
covers  the  season  and  provides  a  class  well  suited  for 
export,  shipment,  as  well  as  for  supplying  the  local 
markets.  With  cheap  and  rapid  transportation  by 
water,  with  an  over-seas  market  close  at  hand,  with 
plenty  of  suitable  land  at  a  moderate  cost,  with  the 
knowledge  that  has  been  secured  as  to  the  proper 
varieties  to  plant,  and  with  the  active  cooperation  of 
the  government,  the  success  of  New  Brunswick  as  a 
fruit-producing  area  seems  assured. 

Manj'  commercial  orchards  are  now  being  planted, 
chiefly  in  the  St.  John  River  valley  and  in  the  eastern 
part  of  the  province,  and  apple-growing  bids  fair  in  the 
near  future  to  take  first  place  in  the  horticultural 
crops  of  the  province.  The  provincial  Department  of 
Agriculture  estabhshed  a  horticultural  division  in  1910 
and  there  are  now  a  provincial  horticulturist  and  three 
assistants  actively  engaged  in  promoting  the  fruit- 
growing industry.  Preparations  for  an  export  trade 
are  being  made  by  experimental  shipments  of  apples 


657.  New  Brunswick.   The  shaded  parts  renresent  the  chief  fruit-growing 
and  horticultural  areas  of  the  province. 


566      BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA 


to  tlio  EuTopoiUi  mtirkets  iind  tho  placing  of  exhibits  in 
the  pritii'ipal  cities  of  the  Initixi  Kingdom  ami  Can- 
ada. The  following  varieties  of  apples  !xre  grown  very 
successfully:  Crimson  Beauty,  Ret!  Astrachan,  Duch- 
ess. Sharp  New  Brunswick,  Yellow  Transparent, 
Wealthy,  Dudley,  Alexander,  Wolf  l{i\er,  Fameuse, 
Mcintosh  Ueil,  Bi.shop  I'ijipin,  Golden  Russet  and 
Bethel.  Xorthern  Spy,  King  of  Tompkins  and  Rhode 
Ishuid  Greening  arc  grown  to  a  limited  extent.  The 
Moore  An-tic,  Lombard  and  Yellow  Egg  plums  and 
Flemish  Beauty  and  Clapp's  Favorite  pears  are  grown 
successfully. 

Wild  nispberries,  strawberries!,  blueberries  and  cran- 
berries gri)w  in  abundance.  Strawberry-culture  was 
first  introduced  into  New  Brunswick  at  Kingston, 
Kings  County,  about  18()2,  by  the  late  D.  P.  \\Vtmore, 
Inspector  of  Schools.  Large  quantities  are  now  pro- 
duced, and  iis  the  season  of  maturity  is  comparatively 
late,  ni:iny  shipments  are  made  to  Boston  and  Mon- 
treal, where  they  are  much  in  demand,  as  the  straw- 
berry crop  is  then  finished  in  other  sections.  Blueber- 
ries grow  wild  in  enormous  profusion  and  are  canned  in 
large  quantities. 

Truck-gardening    is    practised    extensively    on    the 


658.  Horticultural  regions  of  Old  Quebec. 

northeastern  bank  of  the  St.  John  River,  in  the  vicinity 
of  Mauger%alle  and  Sheffield.  The  soil  there  is  a  dark 
loam,  several  feet  deep  and  exceedingly  fertile,  being 
the  old  river-bed,  and  large  quantities  of  cabbages, 
cauliflowers,  tomatoes,  cucumbers,  and  the  like,  are 
grown  and  shipped  to  Fredericton  and  St.  John. 

A.   G.   TtTRNET. 

Quebec. 

Old  Quebec  (Fig.  658)  occupies  a  tmique  position  in 
the  Dominion  of  Canada  because  it  is  the  oldest  prov- 
ince, the  largest  province  and  the  province  in  which  the 
English-speaking  people  are  in  the  great  minority. 
Although  not  regarded  as  maritime,  yet  it  possesses 
considerable  coast;  and  the  mighty  St.  Lawrence  takes 
on  the  character  of  an  open  sea.  'J'he  St.  J^awrence  and 
the  numerous  rivers  and  lakes  that  feed  it  are  the  prin- 
cipal physical  features  of  the  province,  and  these 
features  have  made  of  Montreal,  Quebec's  chief  city, 
the  importing,  exporting  and  distributing  center  of 
Canada.  The  Appalachian  Mountains  extend  into 
Quebec  under  the  name  of  Notre  Dame,  but  in  no  place 
do  they  reach  any  great  height.  'I"he  greater  part  of  the 
wjuntr>'  w  decidedly  level,  while  some  sections  are 
gently  undulating. 

South  of  the  St.  Lawrence  the  climate  is  not  severe; 


but  in  the  extreme  north  arctic  conditions  prevail  and 
the  country  is  sparsely  inhabited.  The  greater  part  of 
the  province,  however,  is  well  suited  to  agriculture,  and 
the  returns  per  acre  compare  favorably  with  other 
agricultural  areas  of  Canada.  The  rainfall,  although 
quite  scanty  at  certain  seasons,  is  usually  sufficient. 
Irrigation  is  seldom  or  never  practised  and  is  usually 
unnecessary. 

When  horticulture  began  in  Quebec  is  not  known,  as 
it  is  older  than  the  oldest  records.  \\'hen  the  country 
was  first  explored  by  the  French,  the  Indians  knew  the 
melon  and  cultivated  it  with  some  success,  as  well  as  a 
number  of  other  crops  of  intcest  to  horticulturists. 
Father  Charlevoir  (S.J.),  the  historian,  is  very  plain 
on  this  latter  point.  In  a  letter  dated  Chambly,  April  1, 
1721,  while  referring  to  Montreal,  he  asserts  that  "The 
Indians,  before  our  arrival  in  Canada,  were  familiar 
with  both  ordinary  melons  and  watermelons."  He 
said,  "The  former  are  as  good  as  any  in  France,  especi- 
ally those  raised  on  the  island  of  Montreal,  where 
they  grow  in  rich  profusion"  (Vol.  Ill,  Journ.  d'un 
Voyage,  etc.,  p.  164). 

That  melons  in  ordinary  seasons  were  common 
enough  in  Montreal  may  be  gleaned  from  the  appended 
quotations  from  a  letter  of 
Father  Claude  Chauchetiere 
(S.F.),  dated  Montreal, 
August  7,  1694:  "We  have 
had  no  melons  to  speak  of 
this  year;  we  shall  barely 
have  enough  for  seed. 
This  is  something  I  have 
never  yet  seen  before  in 
Montreal,  and  every  one  is 
surprised  at  it." 

The  "Relation  par  let- 
tres,"  1709,  attributed  to 
Father  Antoine  Tiley  (S.J.), 
is  authority  for  the  state- 
ment, "The  savage  had  the 
small  squash,  the  water- 
melon, the  gourd  and  the 
sunflower  before  the  French 
came  to  the  country."  Al- 
though horticulture  is  old 
in  Quebec,  it  has  never 
been  extensively  practised, 
and  the  industry  is  expand- 
ing slowly.  In  the  vicinity 
of  Montreal,  vegetables  are 
extensively  cultivated  for  the  home  market,  but  the 
home  market  is  not  nearly  supplied  by  native-grown 
produce  and  will  not  be  for  some  time  to  come. 

The  present  fruit  areas  are  indicated  on  the  map  by 
parallel  lines,  while  those  partly  in  fruit  are  dotted.  The 
areas  in  which  fruit  might  be  grown  are  inclosed  by  a 
dark  line  surrounding  the  section.  It  will  be  seen  that 
the  total  area  is  not  large.  Much  of  the  province  south 
of  the  St.  Lawrence  possesses  great  horticultural  pos- 
sibilities and  expansion  may  there  be  looked  for. 
Rouville,  Chateauguay,  Hochelaga,  Jacques  Cartier, 
Two  Mountains,  Stanstead,  L'Assomption  are  regarded 
as  fruit  counties;  Huntingdon,  Argenteuil,  Vaudreuil, 
Soulange,  La  Prairie,  Napierville,  Kamouraska,  L'Islet, 
Montmagny  and  Bellechasse  are  partly  in  fruit;  while 
Compton,  Missisquoi,  Brome,  Beauce,  Shefford,  Bagot 
and  counties  on  the  St.  Lawrence  to  Champlain  County 
may  be  regarded  as  possible  fruit  areas,  but  are  not  as 
yet  extensively  planted. 

The  present  status  of  horticulture  may  be  gleaned  by 
a  study  of  the  census  of  1911  so  far  as  the  fruit  industry 
is  concerned.  It  would  seem  that  many  of  the  old  trees 
have  fallen  victims  to  the  ravages  of  time;  but  that 
young  trees  are  being  set  in  larger  numbers.  Better 
methods  and  a  more  thorough  dissemination  of  knowl- 
edge are  constantly  crowding  out  the  old,  so  that  there 


BRITISH   NORTH  AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA      567 


is  no  doubt  that  a  few  years  hence  the  number  of 
bearing  trees  will  be  much  increased.  The  census 
figures  are  as  follows: 


Per 

cent  of 

Increase 

Int 

1901 

1911 

or 

rease 

decrease 

or 

decrease 

Orchard  and  nur- 

sery (acres) 

34,289 

34,376 

Inc. 

87 

Inc. 

0.2 

Vineyard  (acres) 

119 

641 

Inc. 

522 

Inc. 

438.6 

Small  fruits 

(acres) 

not  given 

1,669 

Apple  trees  (no.) 

2,256.752 

2,158,589 

Dec. 

98,163 

Dec. 

4.3 

Bearing  (no.).. 

1,476,727 

1,295,992 

Dec. 

180,735 

Dec. 

12.2 

Non-bearing 

(no.) 

780,025 

862,597 

Inc. 

82,572 

Inc. 

10.5 

Product  (bus.) 

2,025,113 

1,401,1091 

Peach  trees  (no.) 

332 

2,244 

Inc. 

1,912 

Inc. 

575.9 

Bearing  (no.).. 

68 

1,641 

Inc. 

1,573 

Inc. 

2,313.2 

Non-bearing 

(no.) 

264 

603 

Inc. 

339 

Inc. 

128.4 

Product  (bus.) 

17 

9871 

Pear  trees  (no.). 

11,823 

7,534  Dec. 

4,289 

Dec. 

36.2 

Bearing  (no.).. 

5,191 

3,807,  Dec. 

1,384 

Dec. 

26.6 

Non-bearing 

1 

(no.) 

6,632 

3,727;  Dec. 

2,905 

Dec. 

43.8 

Product  (bus.) 

3,275 

4,967 1 

Plum  trees  (no.). 

364,280 

260,076 'Dec. 

104,204 

Dec. 

28.6 

Bearing  (no.).. 

245,370 

133,567, Dec. 

111,803 

Dec. 

45.5 

Non-bearing 

1 

(no.) 

118,910 

126,509;lnc. 

7,599 

Inc. 

6.3 

Product  (bus.) 

122,648 

51,045 

Cherry  trees(no.) 

394,090 

167,275iDec. 

226,815 

Dec. 

57.5 

Bearing  (no.).. 

317,762 

lll,267|Dec. 

206,495 

Dec. 

64.9 

Non-bearing 

(no.) 

76,328 

56,008 

Dec. 

20,320 

Dec. 

26.6 

Product  (bus.) 

150,690 

44,705 

Other  fruit  trees 

(no.) 

28,528 

42,687 

Inc. 

14,159 

Inc. 

49.6 

Bearing  (no.).. 

23,711 

33,073 

Inc. 

9,362 

Inc. 

39.4 

Non-bearing 

(no.) 

4,817 

9,614  Inc. 

4,797 

Inc. 

99.5 

Product  (bus.) 

21,386 

10,764 

Total  fruit  trees 

(no  ) 

3,055,805 

2,638,405  Dec. 

417,400 

Dec. 

13.6 

Bearing  (no.).. 

2.068,829 

1,579.347  Dec. 

489,482 

Dec. 

23.6 

Non-bearing 

(no.) 

986,976 

1,059,058  Inc. 

72.082 

Inc. 

7.3 

Grapes  (lbs  )..  .  . 

995,849 

310,826  Dec. 

085,023 

Dec. 

68.7 

Strawberries 

1 

(qts  )  .  .  .  . 

1,95.5,749! 

Currants     and 

! 

Gooseberries 

842,968 

661,101  Dec. 

181.867 

Dec. 

21.5 

(qts.) 

Other   small 

fruits  ..... 

194,901 

The  nursery  business  is  popular  in  the  province. 
Considering  the  size  of  the  horticultural  areas,  the  num- 
ber of  nursery  firms  doing  business  is  large.  Under  the 
name  of  "northern-grown  stock"  the  sale  has  been 
pushed.  All  nursery  produce  is  carefully  inspected  by 
government  officials,  and  all  imported  stock  must  be 
inspected  before  planting  may  be  made. 

iSIany  varieties  have  originated  in  Quebec.  The  most 
of  these  are  of  minor  importance,  but  the  Montreal 
melon  and  the  Fameuse  apple  have  done  more  to  adver- 
tise horticulture  in  Quebec  than  all  other  causes  com- 
bined. The  Montreal  muskmelon  is  a  melon  of  great 
size,  often  weighing  nineteen  and  a  half  pounds.  There 
are  many  cases  on  record  in  which  they  became  much 
heavier,  but  these  exceptionally  large  ones  are  not 
sought  after.  It  has  been  stated  that  early  French 
Jesuits  brought  melon  seed  to  Quebec  and  that  the 
present  Montreal  melon  evolved  from  this  source,  but 
there  is  no  such  record.  If  this  over  happened,  the 
event  was  deemed  of  so  little  importance  as  to  be  un- 
worthy of  record.  There  can  be  no  doubt,  however,  that 
the  Indians  were  cultivating  the  melon  in  (Quebec  when 
first  explored  by  the  French  in  164.5  to  1649.  Father 
Breesani  (S.F.)  mentions  a  plant  he  had  seen  in  the 
country  of  the  Ilurons,  now  Simcoe  County,  which  he 
says  was  similar  to  the  melon  of  India  (Mres.se  Rela- 
tion, Martin's  translation,  p.  68).  The  .Journal  of  a  "per- 
son of  merit,"  name  not  given,  ll)G3,  who  w;is  .sent  out 
expresslj'  to  report  on  the  resources  of  Canada,  and 


who  spent  one  year  in  the  colony,  has  this  to  say  on 
the  matter  in  question:  "Thence  we  proceeded  up  the 
river  to  Montreal.  Its  latitude  is  that  of  Bordeaux,  its 
climate  most  agreeable,  its  .soil  excellent;  a  gardener 
here  has  but  to  cast  his  melon  seeds  into  a  little  patch 
of  loosened  earth  among  the  stones  and  they  do  not  fail 
to  thrive  without  further  care  on  the  part  of  the  man" 
(Relations  1663,  quib,  ed.  p.  28,  2  col.;  Chiv.  cd.,  Vol.48, 
p.  169).  He  adds,  "Squashes  are  raised  there  with  still 
less  labor,  but  differ  much  from  ours  [in  France]  for 
some  have  the  flavor  of  apples  and  pears  when  cooked." 
The  Montreal  melon  has  not  been  an  equal  success  in 
other  sections.  The  peculiar  soil -formation  and  cli- 
matic conditions  on  the  island  of  Montreal  combine  to 
give  the  fruit  a  flavor  which  is  not  equaled  elsewhere. 
At  the  beginning  of  the  melon  season  moderate-sized 
specimens  bring  on  the  Montreal  market  .$18  per  dozen 
and  retail  at  .$2.2.5  each.  The  Fameuse  apple  is  now 
commonlv  spoken  of  as  the  national  apple  of  Quebec. 
No  definite  records  exist  concerning  the  exact  origin  of 
the  Fameuse.  There  can  be  no  doubt,  however,  that 
the  Fameuse  is  a  seedling  arising  from  seed  brought 
from  France  by  early  French  priests.  The  Fameuse 
in  Quebec  is  a  very  striking  apple;  in  form,  color  and 
flavor  it  is  par  excellence.  No  province  to  the  west  cad 
compete  with  Quebec's  Fameuse.  Specimens  are  pro- 
duced here  as  nearly  ideal  as  may  be  found,  as  com- 
parative exhibitions  have  shown.  Fameuse  apples 
from  this  province  are  easy  winners. 

The  local  government  grants  .$12,600  as  an  aid  to 
horticulture.  From  this  sum  $7  a  month  is  allowed  all 
students  from  Quebec  attending  the  regular  agricul- 
tural courses  at  the  colleges;  .$1,500  is  granted  to  three 
pomological  societies.  Aid  is  also  given  to  horticultural 
ex-tension  work,  such  as  demonstration  trains,  demon- 
stration orchards  and  various  lorms  of  institute  work. 
Horticulture  is  taught  in  three  colleges,  Macdonald  Col- 
lege, Oka,  and  St.  Anne  de  la  Pocatiere,  which  deserve 
special  mention.  Macdonald  College  is  unique  in 
agricultural  development  along  educational  lines.  It 
sprang  into  being  fully  equipped  and  ready  for  effi- 
cient service  at  once.  This  was  made  possible  by  the 
munificence  of  Sir  WilUam  Macdonald,  a  public-spirited 
capitalist  of  Montreal.  It  was  Macdonald  who  financed 
the  undertaking;  but  it  was  James  W.  Robertson,  a 
man  of  great  vision,  who,  by  means  of  lectures,  litera- 
ture and  personal  persuasion,  aroused  widespread 
interest  in  agriculture;  and  who,  by  his  work  and  ideaU 
was  able  to  attract  the  attention  of  Sir  William  and  to 
gain  his  financial  support.  The  college  property  com- 
prises 561  acres,  and  boasts  the  largest  horticultural 
department  in  similar  institutions  in  America.  The 
courses  run  over  four  years,  leading  to  the  degree  of 
B.  S.  A.  The  agricultural  school  conducted  by  the 
Trappist  fathers  is  of  great  interest  to  visitors.  These 
Trappist  monks,  by  their  industry  and  skill  in  agricul- 
ture, have  changed  the  face  of  the  countryside  in  the 
region  of  the  Lake  of  the  Two  Mountains  since  1880. 
The  scientific  and  practical  training  at  the  college  is 
given  by  twelve  to  fifteen  fathers  and  lay  teachers. 
The  average  number  of  pupils  at  present  is  about  one 
hundred,  who  come  largely  from  the  province  of  Que- 
bec. Students  who  have  pa.ssed  all  examinations  suc- 
cessfully obtain  the  degree  of  B.  S.  A.  from  Laval  L'ni- 
versity.  The  agricultural  school  of  St.  .\nne  de  la 
Pocatiere  teaches  horticulture  ;is  well  as  allied  agricul- 
tural subjects.  A  limited  niunber  of  .students  are  in 
attendance,  who  secure  diplomas  upon  completing  the 
courses.  E.  M.  Stuaight. 

Ontario. 

The  horticulture  of  Ontario  is  undergoing  very  rapid 
evolution.  The  province  is  so  situated  geographically 
and  topographically  as  to  enjoy  a  climate  much  milder 
than  that  of  most  parts  of  Canada.    Within  the  prov- 


5l>S      BKITISH    XOHTH    AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA 


inoo.  towns  anii  cities  arf  growing  very  rapidly,  and 
niiirkets  art*  tlms  being  provided  for  high-olass  prodviots 
of  all  kinds.  The  Canadian  Xorthwest,  also,  is  rapidly 
becoming  an  important  market  and  is  attracting  every 
year  a  large  volume  of  trade  that  formerly  went  to 
Great  Britain  and  western  Europe. 

Ontario  ( Fig.  6.i9)  includes  a  vast  extent  of  country, 
being  over  TOO  miles  from  extreme  north  to  extreme 
south  and  approximately  l.tXK)  miles  from  eiust  to  west. 
The  outline  of  the  province  is  very  irregular.  The  most 
noticeable  feature  is  the  vjxst  extent  of  boundary  line 
which  borders  on  the  Great  Lakes.  The  altitude  of  the 
lakes  varies  from  2.')0  to  about  tJ(X)  feet  ami  inland 
Ontario  ranges  from  lak(>-level  to  1,700  or  1,.S()0  feet. 
Practically  all  of  the  fruit-growing  districts  lie  below 
1,000  feet  and  all  the  important  fruit  districts  border 
the  Great  Lakes. 

The  early  settlers  paid  less  attention  to  horticulture 
than  to  other  branches  of  rural  activity,  but  of  late 
years  very  rapid  development  ha;*  begun,  especially  in 
connection  with  fruit-growing,  although  commercial 
vegetable-growing  and  coinmercial  floriculture  are 
becoming  increasingly  important.  L.andscape  art  is 
newer  and  less  de\-eloped  than  are  the  commercial 
branches  of  horticulture,  but  many  of  the  towns  and 
cities  possess  active  horticultural  societies,  part  of  the 
work  of  which  is  a  propaganda  looking  toward  the 
beautifying  of  home  surroundings.  Ontario,  as  a  prov- 
ince, possesses  great  natural  beauty.  Few  sections  are 
entirely  level  and  the  general  character  is  undulating 
or  more  or  less  rolling.  There  are  many  beaut  if  ul  homes 
in  towns  and  cities  and  many  also  throughout  the 
countryside. 

The  many  local  horticultural  societies  and  the  provin- 
cial federation  of  them  are  exerting  profound  influence 


659.  Fruit-regions  (numbered)  in  lower  Ontario. 

throughout  the  cxmntry  on  all  kinds  of  amateur  horticul- 
tural work,  and  floriculture  especially  is  a  feature  of 
yerj-  many  home  garden.s  and  of  many  school  and  pub- 
lic ground.s  a-s  well.  In  commercial  floriculture,  the 
Dale  greenhou.ses  in  Brampton  were  until  recently  said 
to  be  the  largest  range  of  houses  in  America,  and  there 
are  many  other  up-to-date  glasshouse  plants  in  various 
parts  of  the  provmce. 


Old  Ontario  lies  farther  south  than  any  other  part  of 
Canada,  the  most  southerly  part,  as  a  matter  of  fact, 
lying  in  the  same  latitude  as  Boston,  Mass.,  and  on  a 
level  with  the  northern  boundary  of  the  State  of  Cali- 
fornia. In  this  southern  district,  the  production  of 
early  vegetables,  both  under  glass  and  out-of-doors, 
hius  become  an  important  industry.  In  the  vicinity  of 
many  towns  and  of  the  large  cities,  such  as  Hainilton, 
Brantford,  London,  Toronto  and  Ottawa,  there  have 
also  grown  up  important  local  industries  in  the  produc- 
tion of  vegetables.  The  extensive  production  of  such 
truck-crops  as  onions,  cabbage,  and  celery  is  conducted 
in  a  few  small  districts  only,  but  with  the  rapid  devel- 
opment of  markets  this  phase  of  vegetable-growing  is 
taking  on  increased  importance.  In  certain  sections, 
such  as  Prince  Edward  County,  the  vegetable  industry 
takes  the  form  of  production  for  canning  factories.  In 
that  county,  there  are  some  sixteen  large  commercial 
canning  plants,  and  many  additional  factories  are 
located  in  other  sections  and  devote  themselves  to 
the  canning  of  full  lines  of  vegetables  and  fruits.  The 
industry  is  growing. 

The  apple  is  by  far  the  most  important  fruit  pro- 
duced within  the  province,  but  certain  sections  have  for 
years  been  producing  peaches  in  a  large  way.  The 
Niagara  Peninsula  has  long  been  famed  as  an  important 
fruit  center,  and  many  fine  commercial  plantations  of 
peach  and  other  fruits  are  found  there.  Peaches  from 
this  locality  are  being  successfully  shipped  to  Winnipeg 
and  northwestern  markets,  and  a  few  shipments  have 
also  been  landed  in  Great  Britain  in  excellent  condition. 
On  the  accompanying  map,  the  three  districts  marked 
No.  1  produce  peaches  successfully  in  a  commercial  way. 
The  peach  section  bordering  on  Lake  Huron  is  of  com- 
paratively recent  development,  but  the  climate  and  soil 

arc  perfectly  adapted  to 
this  fruit,  and  a  great 
extension  of  acreage  has 
taken  place  in  that  local- 
ity within  recent  years. 
That  part  of  district 
No.  1  which  lies  to  the 
north  of  Lake  Erie  does 
not  produce  peaches 
as  extensively  as 
its  area  would  indicate, 
but  there  are  numerous 
localities  that  can  and 
do  grow  large  quanti- 
ties of  this  tender  fruit. 
The  section  marked 
No.  1  which  lies  south 
of  the  west  end  of  Lake 
Ontario  is  the  Niagara 
district  of  Canada,  and 
is  world-famous. 

The   sweet  cherrj'  as 
a   commercial    crop    is 
found  only  in  very  few 
localities,  and  these  are 
practically  all  in  district 
No.  1.    This  district  is 
also  the  only  part  of  the 
province    that    grows 
grapes    extensivelj',    as 
the  more  northerly  sec- 
tions have  not  sufficient 
length  of  season  to  ripen 
the  crop.    District  No.  2  produces  most  of  the  plums 
and  pears  grown  commercially  in  the  province,  but  the 
Niagara  section  of  district  No.  1  also  grows  these  two 
fruits  extensively.   The  p.art  of  district  No.  2  bordering 
on  Georgian  Bay  was  formerly  one  of  the  most  impor- 
tant plum  districts.    The  only  district  in  the  province 
that  produces  pears  extensively  is  the  Burlington  sec- 
tion, lying  at  the  west  end  of  Lake  Ontario. 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA      569 


The  commercial  cultivation  of  strawberries,  rasp- 
berries, gooseberries,  blackberries,  and  of  sour  cherries, 
is  extensive  in  many  districts  of  the  province.  Local 
conditions,  such  as  the  presence  of  urban  markets  or  of 
canneries,  together  with  the  availability  of  labor,  seem 
to  determine  the  localities  which  can  engage  profitably 
in  the  production  of  these  fruits.  Large  quantities  of 
even  the  most  tender  fruits,  such  as  strawberries,  are 
shipped  west  to  points  in  the  prairie  provinces,  and 
eastward  in  some  eases  to  Quebec,  New  Brunswick 
and  Nova  Scotia. 

The  most  important  apple  districts  of  tlie  province 
are  all  included  in  districts  Nos.  2  and  3.  The  nortliern,  or, 
more  correctly,  the  upper  limit  of  district  No.  2.  forms 
approximately  the  hmit  of  the  commercial  cultivation 
of  the  Baldwin  apple.  Other  important  varieties  grown 
in  district  No.  2  are  Northern  Spy,  Greening  and  King. 
That  part  of  district  No.  2  lying  to  the  north  of  Lake 
Ontario  produces  few  Baldwins  and  some  Greenings,  but 
the  leading  variety  is  probably  Northern  Spy.  District 
No.  3  grows  winter  varieties  for  storage  purposes  and 
Northern  Spy  grown  here  keep?  well  until  March  or 
April.  The  counties  north  of  Lake  Ontario  also  produce 
large  quantities  of  Ben  Davis,  Gano  and  Stark.  These 
varieties  have  been  exported  in  large  quantities  for 
many  years  to  European  markets. 

The  area  marked  district  No.  4  in  western  Ontario  lies 
at  a  much  higher  altitude  than  the  surrounding  dis- 
tricts and  is  consequently  much  colder.  There  are  few 
apples  grown  commercially,  but  the  climate  corresjionds 
very  closeh-  to  that  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River  Valley, 
part  of  which  on  the  map  is  also  marked  district  No.  4. 
The  St.  Lawrence  River  Valley  has  long  been  noted  for 
its  Mcintosh  Red  and  Fameuse.  The  Mcintosh  Red,  by 
the  way,  had  its  origin  in  Dundas  County,  not  far  from 
the  St.  Lawrence  River,  about  1790.   (See  page  317.) 

District  No.  5  and  the  large  extent  of  country  lying  to 
the  north  of  Lake  Huron  and  Lake  Superior,  and  extend- 
ing to  James  Bay,  is  comparativeh'  new  and  untried  with 
regard  to  its  possibilities  in  fruit-growing.  In  one  or 
two  districts  of  the  great  northland,  apples  are  grown 
successfully  in  a  commercial  way.  This  is  true  of  St. 
Joseph's  Island,  Algoma,  and  of  the  mainland  of  Algoma 
District  bordering  on  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Huron. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  features  of  Ontario  hor- 
ticulture is  the  existence  within  the  province  of  a  large 
number  of  very  successful  fruit-growers'  selling  organ- 
izations. The  story  of  the  work  done  by  some  of  these 
organizations  in  reviving  the  fruit  industry  in  certain 
previously  neglected  counties  reads  like  romance.  In 
Norfolk  County,  on  the  north  shore  of  Lake  Erie,  the 
production  of  apples  increased  in  ten  years  from  nothing 
to  approximately  50,000  barrels,  and  this  tremendous 
development  came  about  simply  through  the  care  given 
to  the  old  orchards,  many  of  which  had  been  standing 
uncared  for  and  idle  thirty  or  fortj-  years  previous  to 
the  organization  of  the  fruit-growers'  association.  There 
are  some  forty  of  these  as.sociations  now  doing  business 
■within  the  province,  and  by  their  aid  Ontario  expects  in 
the  future  to  be  able  to  dispose  of  her  fruit  successfully 
in  the  face  of  all  competition.  j    ^y    Crow. 

Manitoba. 

In  considering  the  agricultural  possibilities  of  the 
province  of  Manitoba  (I'ig.  OGO),  the  subject  of  horti- 
culture is  too  frequently  overlooked  or  given  scant  con- 
sideration. The  fact  that  cereals  can  be  grown  with 
great  success  has  been  very  dearly  demonstrated,  but 
up  to  the  present  time  comparativelj-  few  of  the  persons 
residing  in  western  Canada  have  had  sufficient  confi- 
dence in  the  fruit-growing  possibilities  of  the  country 
to  enter  the  industry  on  a  very  extensive  scale.  How- 
ever, a  few  pioneers  have  opened  the  way,  and  to  the 
results  of  their  work  one  looks  for  Bncouragement  and 
guidance. 


Geographically,  Manitoba  lies  just  north  of  the 
international  boundary  line,  extending  from  longitude 
95°  W.  to  1013-^°  W.,  or  about  276  miles.  Since  the  ex- 
tension of  the  boundary,  the  northern  limits  are  on 
the  shores  of  the  Hudson  Bay.  The  altitude  varies 
from  760  to  1,500  feet  above  sea-level. 

The  annual  precipitation  in  the  Red  River  Valley 
varies  from  20  to  25  inches,  and  in  the  western  part  of 


N    o'r't'h"         DAKOTA 


660.  Manitoba. 

the  province  from  15  to  20  inches.  The  average  rain- 
fall for  the  growing  season — May,  June,  July  and 
August — varies  from  8  to  1 1  inches. 

The  annual  sunshine  is  47  per  cent  of  the  possible, 
and  during  the  growing  season  is  56  per  cent,  making 
an  average  of  8.5  hours  of  bright  sunshine  a  day,  which 
accounts  for  the  phenomenal  growth  which  is  made  by 
most  plants. 

The  average  monthly  temperature  in  degrees  Fahren- 
heit is  as  follows:  January,  1.9;  February,  .5;  March, 
14.4;  April,  38.2;  May,  .50.4;  June,  60.6;  July,  64.6; 
Aug,  62.1;  September,  52.8;  October,  40.7;  November, 
20.7;  December,  7.5.  Average  temperature  for  the 
growing  season  from  the  first  of  May  to  the  first  of 
September  is  59.2°  F. 

In  a  coimtry  of  such  rich  agricultural  resources  as 
Manitoba,  in  which  excellent  crops  of  cereals  can  be 
produced  on  an  extensive  scale  with  a  minimum  of 
labor,  one  would  naturally  expect  that  the  people  would 
turn  rather  slowly  to  the  production  of  fruits,  which 
rcfjuire  much  greater  care  and  a  much  more  intensive 
and  exact  system  of  cultivation.  The  growing  ot  this 
finer  clii.ss  of  agricultural  products  is  usually  delayed 
until  the  country  has  become  thickly  populated  and  the 
land  has  been  brought  into  a  fairly  good  state  of  cuhiva- 
t  ion.  Making  an  allowance  for  the  liifficulties  that  must 
be  overcome  in  the  production  of  fruits,  some  excellent 
work  has  been  done  an<l  substantial  progress  made. 

Among  the  valuable  introductions  is  the  Pyrus 
baccala,  or  Siberian  crab-apj)le,  which  was  first  planted 
on  the  experimental  farm  at  Brandon,  in  the  year  1890, 


:.70      BRITISH   XOllTH   AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA 


the  t reos  liaviiig  beoii  grown  at  t ho  Coiit ral  Kxprriinoiital 
Farm,  l)ttawa,  fR)in  I'sticcially  siloctcil  siid  that  had 
been  uii(K)rtoii  from  Hussia.  The  intiodui't.ion  of  this 
hanly  Hussian  apple  h:u-  done  much  for  the  advance- 
ment of  apple-growing  in  Manitoba.  It  furnishes  a 
hanly  stock  on  which  the  tenderer  standard  varieties 
may  be  gniftiHl  anil  their  hardiness  v(>rv  much  in- 
creased. .Vn  effort  h;is  also  been  made  to  increase  the 
hanliness  of  some  of  the  standard  varieties  by  hybridiz- 
ing them  with  I'l/rus  baccitlo.  Several  promising  hybrids 
have  been  pro<lueed  in  this  way  anil  are  now  being 
gri>wn  to  some  extent  in  the  province.    (See  page  557). 

Among  the  earliest  attempts  in  fruit-growing  in  the 
district  of  Winnipeg,  may  be  mentioned  those  of  the 
late  W.  B.  Hall,  of  Headingly.  In  the  early  sixties, 
some  not  unsuccessful  experiments  were  conducted  by 
him  with  currants,  tomatoes,  gooseberries,  Siberian 
crab-apples  and  rhubarb.  The  results  were  indeed  so 
satisfactory  that  he  and  othere  in  the  neighborhood 
were  induced  to  undertake  fruit-growing  on  a  limited 
scale.  Among  other  jiioneers  whose  experiments  on 
fruit-growing  have  been  of  value,  may  be  mentioned  the 
late  Thomas  Frankland,  of  Stonewall,  A.  P.  Stevenson, 
of  Dunstan,  and  D.  \V.  Buchanan,  of  St.  Charles.  Mr. 
Stevenson  lias  experimented  with  apples,  plums,  cher- 
ries, grapes,  gooseberries,  currants,  raspberries  and 
strawberries,  and  his  untiring  efforts  have  been  a  great 
incentive  to  others.  He  has  been  very  successful  in 
growing  apples,  particularly  the  hardy  Russian  sorts. 
He  has  at  the  present  time  a  number  of  the  better 
varieties  of  this  class  growing  in  his  orchard,  practi- 
cally all  of  which  are  yielding  good  returns,  his  annual 
crop  being  usually  over  one  hundred  barrels.  The 
various  hardy  crab  apjiles  also  yield  good  returns.  Mr. 
Stevenson  is  convinced  that  apples  can  be  successfully 
grown  in  Manitoba  if  the  proper  varieties  are  chosen 
and  the  proper  conditions  provitied. 

The  experimental  farm  at  Brandon  has  accomplished 
much  for  Manitoba  horticulture.  Hundreds  of  varie- 
ties of  the  various  classes  of  fruits  from  different  parts 
of  America  and  Europe  have  been  tested  there  and  the 
results  published.  In  the  month  of  April,  1899,  about 
oOt)  fruit  trees,  consisting  of  apples,  crab-apples,  plums 
and  cherries,  were  placed  under  test  at  the  experimental 
farm.  These  included  many  of  the  large  standard 
varieties  together  with  a  number  of  hardy  imported 
kinds.  Numerous  varieties  of  grapes,  currants,  goose- 
berries, raspberries,  blackberries  and  strawberries  were 
also  tested.  Many  of  thej?e  plants  did  not  survive  the 
first  winter  and  in  a  few  years  only  the  hardiest  sorts 
were  found  to  be  alive.  Since  the  first  planting,  many 
other  varieties  of  fruits  have  been  introduced  and 
experimented  with  and  much  valuable  information 
has  been  gained.  Among  the  numerous  introductions 
made  was  the  Russian  berry-crab,  Pyrus  haccala.  Its 
extreme  hardiness  makes  it  eminently  well  suited  to  this 
country,  where  it  is  userl  as  stock  on  which  the  less  hardy 
sorts  are  grafted  for  the  puri)ose  of  increasing  their 
hardiness  and  thereby  adapting  them  to  an  environment 
that  would  otherwise  be  uncongenial  to  them. 

Small-fruit  culture  in  the  province  of  Manitoba  has 
always  been  attended  with  a  fair  degree  of  success. 
Currants,  gooseberries,  red  and  black  raspberries,  and 
strawberries  have  been  grown  since  the  early  settle- 
ment of  the  coimtry.  They  yield  profitable  returns  when 
intelligently  cultivated.  They  apparently  possess  an 
inherent  hardiness  not  shared  by  many  tree  fruits, 
which  renders  them  much  more  suitable  for  the  severe 
climate.  It  is  only  a  matter  of  a  few  years  until  these 
smaller  fruits  will  be  grown  in  all  [)arts  of  the  province, 
in  sufficient  qiiantitics  to  supply  the  local  demand. 

Another  phase  of  horticultural  work  to  which  con- 
siderable attention  is  being  given,  is  the  decoration  of 
home-  and  school-grounds  by  the  planting  of  ornamental 
trees,  shrubs  and  flowers,  The  prairie  Ls  bare  and  unat- 
tractive and  around  many  prairie  homes  there  has  been 


a  lack  of  trees  and  shrubs.  The  work  of  beautifying  the 
surroundings  of  residences  is  one  of  the  most  necessary 
steps  in  the  horticultural  work  of  Manitoba.  Much 
has  aheady  been  done  in  the  cities,  towns  and  rural 
districts  by  horticultural  organizations  to  increase  their 
attractiveness  by  ornamental  planting. 

Practically  all  garden  vegetables,  with  the  exception 
of  a  few  that  require  a  long  season,  may  be  grown  to  a 
high  state  of  perfection.  The  richness  of  the  soil  and  the 
shortness  of  the  seasons  tend  to  give  a  flavor  and  tender 
crispness  to  the  vegetables  not  attainable  elsewhere. 
The  heavy  yields  that  may  be  obtained  from  these 
gardens  make  vegetable-growing  a  very  profitable 
branch  of  horticulture,  as  there  is  an  abundant  demand 
for  vegetables  in  the  home  market. 

The  w-ork  of  fostering  horticulture  wilhin  the  prov- 
ince is  borne  largely  by  the  Agricultural  College  and 
certain  societies;  among  the  latter  are  the  Manitoba 
Horticultural  and  Forestry  Association,  the  Brandon 
Horticultural  and  Forestry  Society,  and  others  of  a 
more  or  less  local  character.  The  objects  of  these 
societies  are  to  bring  together  those  persons  interested 
in  horticulture,  to  assemble  horticultural  literature, 
and  to  stimulate  in  every  possible  way  a  greater 
interest  in  horticultural  pursuits.  Much  good  work 
has  been  accomplished  by  these  societies  and  to  their 
efforts  is  largely  due  the  increasing  interest  that  ia 
being  taken  in  the  various  lines  of  horticultural  work 
within  the  province. 

There  are  several  directions  in  which  progress  may 
be  made  in  Manitoba  horticulture;  for  example,  a  bet- 
ter selection  of  varieties;  an  improvement  by  breeding 
and  selection  of  wild  and  native  fruits  and  varieties 
grown  in  the  country;  and  improved  systems  of  culture. 
Much  is  being  done  in  plant-improvement  in  other 
parts  of  the  country,  and  Manitoba  also  offers  an 
excellent  field  for  the  improvement  of  native  fruits. 
Various  wild  fruits  grow  very  abundantly  in  many 
parts  of  the  province,  and  if  a  combination  could  be 
effected  whereby  the  hardiness  and  productiveness  of 
these  could  be  combined  with  the  larger  size  and 
better  quality  of  the  cultivated  fruit,  a  great  step  in 
advance  would  be  achieved.  p    w.  Brodrick. 

Saskatchewan. 

In  the  map  (Fig.  661),  all  that  part  of  Saskatchewan 
that  need  be  considered  here  is  shown  in  the  numbered 
districts,  the  remainder  farther  north  being  still  beyond 
the  reach  of  settlement,  although  many  parts  of  it  will 
no  doubt  be  found,  amidst  its  lakes  and  forests,  emi- 
nently suited  to  the  growing  of  farm  and  garden  prod- 
ucts, where  now  the  lonely  trapper  and  the  mink  and 
marten  roam.  Districts  Nos.  2,  3,  5  and  6  are  mostly 
bare  prairie,  being  slightly  wooded  about  some  of  the 
hills,  river-banks  and  coulees;  district  No.  1  has  also 
considerable  prairie,  but  about  the  center  is  situated 
the  Moose  Mountain  Forest  Reserve,  while  mixed  prai- 
rie and  scattered  groves  of  poplar  extend  over  the 
northeastern  part  and  through  districts  Nos.  4,  5  and 
9,  with  heavier  timber  towards  the  northeast  in  dis- 
trict No.  7. 

The  average  annual  precipitation  has  been  about  17 
inches,  but  hardly  more  than  15  inches  in  districts 
Nos.  2,  3  and  6.  Over  12  inches  of  this  occurs  from 
April  to  September.  The  elevation  is  also  greater  in  this 
southwestern  portion  of  the  province,  being  2,439  feet 
above  sea-level  at  Swift  Current,  1,884  feet  at  Mooso- 
min  near  the  eastern  boundary,  and  1,432  feet  at  Prince 
Albert  on  the  Saskatchewan  River  in  the  north. 

The  average  mean  temperature  of  Saskatchewan  for 
ten  years  has  been:  January,  2.9°;  February,  3.8°; 
March,  14.5°;  April,  37.4°;  May,  50.2°;  June,  57.5°; 
July,  63.3°;  August,  60.5°;  September,  50.1°;  October, 
40.9'';  November,  25.0°;  December,  10.4°  F. 

Horticultural  industries  have  not  yet  been  developed 


BRITISH  NORTH   AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA     571 


to  any  extent,  and  consequently  imports  of  canned  fruits 
and  vegetables,  fresh  fruits  and  flowers,  have  been  very 
heavy  in  proportion  to  the  population,  and  of  exports 
there  have  been  none.  A  rapidly  increasing  resident 
and  floating  population,  combined  with  the  attractions 
of  grain-farming,  to  some  extent  account  for  this.  There 
is  no  adequate  reason  why  vegetables,  small  fruits  and 
flowers  should  not  be  grown  in  quantity  sufficient  at 
least  to  meet  the  demand  of  the  home  market.  There 
is  ample  evidence  at  any  of  the  fairs  held  in  the  various 
parts  of  the  province  that  the  soil  and  climate  are  suit- 
able for  the  production  of  a  large  variety  of  vegetables  of 
unexcelled  quality.  It  has  been  proved  that  vegetables 
and  flowers  can  be  grown  profitably  under  glass  during 
the  coldest  winters.  The  most  important  points  to  con- 
sider in  locating  such  industries  are  access  to  market 
and  cheap  fuel.  A  glance  at  the  map  will  show  many 
favorably  situated  distributing  points  on  the  network 
of  railway  lines,  while  the  lignite  of  the  Souris  Valley 
in  the  south  and  the  wood  of  the  northland,  readily 


661.  Saskatchewan. 

solve  the  fuel  problem  without  considering  the  possi- 
bilities that  lie  hidden  in  the  straw  piles  that  accumu- 
late or  are  burned  o_n  the  millions  of  acres  of  grain 
fields  each  season. 

Small  conservatories  and  nurseries  located  at  Prince 
Albert,  Moose  Jaw  and  possibly  other  points,  are  devot- 
ing their  attention  mostly  to  winter  vegetables,  while 
at  Saskatoon  2.5,000  feet  of  glass  is  used  in  the  produc- 
tion of  pot-  and  cut-flowers.  There  is  also  a  large  de- 
mand for  shrubs  and  ornamental  trees  for  the  beautify- 
ing of  the  homes  so  rapidly  growing  in  numbers  in 
village,  town  and  city,  but  few  nurseries  are  specializing 
in  that  line.  The  abundance  of  native  small  fruits  such 
as  the  currant,  gooseberry,  raspberry,  saskatoon,  blue- 
berr\',  cranberry,  cherry  and  strawbero',  has  to  some 
extent  delayed  the  introduction  of  cultivated  varieties 
into  the  gardens  of  the  residents  in  those  portions  of 
the  province  most  suitable  for  successful  fruit-growing, 
and,  on  the  other  hand,  those  living  on  the  open  prairie 
have  first  to  grow  shelter-belts  before  they  can  hope 
for  good  gardens.  When  shelter  is  provided,  the  hardier 
varieties  of  small  fruits  and  crab-apples  may  be  grown 


without  difficulty.  There  arc,  however,  peculiar  weather 
conditions  that  should  be  considereil  before  anything  of 
this  kind  be  attemjited  on  a  commercial  scale.  Bright 
warm  days  and  cold  nights  in  April,  and  frosts  in  May, 
determine  the  extent  of  the  fruit  crop.  It  is  true,  how- 
ever, that  some  of  the  evil  effects  of  freezing  and  thawing 
can  be  avoided  by  protection  of  the  stems  from  the 
direct  rays  of  the  sun. 

In  isolated  instances,  in  sheltered  gardens,  some  of 
the  hardiest  varieties  of  standard  apples,  such  as  Hiber- 
nal, Anisette  and  Blushed  Calviiie,  are  growing  and 
some  are  producing  fruit,  but  the  day  is  yet  distant 
when  it  can  be  said  that  apples  are  commonly  grown 
here.  The  late  Director  of  the  Dominion  Experimental 
Farms,  Wm.  Saunders,  since  the  beginning  of  these  farms, 
took  a  keen  interest  in  the  finding  of  suitable  fruits 
for  the  prairie  provinces  and  in  the  encouragement  of 
horticulture,  and  has  been  ably  assisted  in  this  by 
Angus  Mackay,  Superintendent  of  the  Indian  Head 
Farm,  where  the  Siberian  crab  has  been  found  hardy 
enough  to  withstand  the  most  severe  climatic  vicis- 
situdes. This  hardy  crab  has  been  used  in  the  produc- 
tion of  most  promising  hybrids  and  as  stock  on  which 
to  root-graft  hardy  cross-breeds.  At  the  same  station 
varieties  of  the  native  Manitoba  plum  of  good  quality 
have  been  developed.  Work  of  this  kind  is  also  being 
undertaken  at  the  more  recently  established  experi- 
mental stations  at  Rosthern  and  Scott.  Another  insti- 
tution that,  under  the  superintendence  of  Norman  M. 
Ross,  has  aided  greatly  in  demonstrating  to  the  people 
the  possibilities  in  the  way  of  landscape  gardening  and 
floral  beautification  of  home  surroundings,  is  tlie  Do- 
minion Forestry  Farm  at  Indian  Head,  from  which  many 
millions  of  trees  are  distributed  yearly  to  the  farmers 
on  the  open  plains  to  be  planted,  as  windbreaks  and 
shelter-belts,  under  expert  supervision.  Much  encour- 
agement was  given  to  the  horticulture  of  the  North- 
west Territories,  and  Saskatchewan  especially,  by  the 
interest  displayed  by  A.  E.  Forget,  recently  Lieuten- 
ant-Governor, and  the  skill  and  success  of  his  popular 
gardener,  George  Watt,  who  was  ever  ready  to  advise 
and  assist  the  inquiring  amateur.  Probably  no  farm 
in  the  province  could  boast  of  so  attractive  a  garden 
as  that  of  Gerald  Spring-Rice  near  Pense,  where  in 
typical  Old  Country  fashion  its  labyrinth  of  walks  mid 
the  choicest  of  flowers  and  shrubs,  was  centered  by  a 
sun-dial.  Another  farm  on  which  the  possibilities  in 
the  way  of  garden  and  fruit-culture  have  been  demon- 
strated is  that  of  George  Harvey  in  the  Indian  Head 
district,  where  shelter-belts,  .shade  trees  and  hedges 
provide  the  protection  so  necessary  for  success  in  horti- 
culture and  nesting-places  for  the  birds  that  are  of 
so  much  assistance  in  controlling  insect  form.  Personal 
mention  should  also  be  made  of  .John  Ashworth,  a 
member  of  the  legal  fraternity,  who,  from  love  of 
flowers  and  the  pleasure  of  overcoming  obstacles,  estab- 
hshed  the  Saskatoon  Nursery  Company,  which  is  now 
a  profitable  industry. 

So  closely  is  bee-keeping  associated  with  successful 
fruit-growing,  that  it  may  not  be  out  of  place  to  say 
that  very  few  in  this  province  have  yet  turned  their 
attention  to  the  production  of  honey,  although  it  has 
been  amply  demonstrated  that  bees  make  honey  of 
excellent  flavor  from  the  abundance  of  wild  flowers  on 
the  prairie;  and  bees  may  be  safely  wintered  notwith- 
standing the  severity  of  the  frost  at  times. 

There  are  now  only  two  horticultural  societies  in  the 
province,  one  being  located  at  Reginaand  in  receipt  of  an 
annual  civic  grant,  the  other  having  been  just  started  at 
Saskatoon.  No  direct  aid  to  liorticulture  is  given  by 
the  provincial  government,  but  thnjugh  the  Extension 
Department  of  the  ITniversity  of  Saskatchewan,  the 
agricultural  societies  and  the  homemakers'  clubs  may 
draw  grants  founded  on  their  prize  lists,  in  which  horti- 
cultural competitions  may  ajssume  a  prominent  place  and 
expert  judges  are  furnished  when  required.   There  is  no 


572      BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH  AMERICA 


horticultural  school  at  i>rcs('nt  in  the  provincr,  but  a 
depart niont  of  horticiriturc  is  iilanncil  for  the  College 
of  Agriculture  and  will  no  doubt  be  equipped  in  the 
near  future,  but  at  present  the  only  instruction  given 
is  tlirough  qualified  practical  horticultiuists  sent  out 
by  the  Extension  Depiirtment  to  aiidress  meetings 
tbruugkout  the  province.  'P.  N.  Willing. 

Alberta. 

Alberta  (Fig.  662),  is  the  farthest  west  of  the  three 
prairie  provinces  of  Canada.  Its  eastern  boundary  is 
the  llOth  parallel  of  longitude,  and  its  western  bound- 
ary tor  about  500  miles  north  is  the  summit  of  the 
Rocky  Mountains:  and  beyond  this  point,  its  western 
boundary  is  the  120th  parallel. 


662.  Alberta. 


From  a  climatic  point  of  view,  the  province  naturally 
divides  itself  into  four  principal  regions, — .southern 
Alb'-rta,  central  Alberta,  northern  Alberta,  and  the 
ffxjthills  or  highlands  district.  The  latitude  of  the 
northern  part  of  the  province  is  ofTset  to  a  great  degree 
by  its  lesser  elevation. 

Northern  .Mberta  may  be  said  to  be  that  part  of  the 
pronnce  King  north  of  a  line  drawn  east,  and  west 
through  Athaba.sca  Landing.  The  whole  of  this  dis- 
trict is  still  practically  un.s<fttled,  although  jjeople  are 
going  in;  a  few  small  older  settlements  are  scattered  here 
and  there  about  the  fur-tra'ling  posts,  and  all  the  com- 
mon garden  vegrtablfw,  a.s  well  as  farm  crojjs,  are  grown 
at  thes*-  places,  as  far  north  as  400  miles  beyond  Etlmon- 
ton.  Wild  currants,  gooseberries,  strawberries,  rasp- 
berries, and  saskatoons  or  Juneberries  are  plentiful 
throughout  the  region.  The  country  is  more  or  less 
hijih-covered  or  fiark-like,  and  is,  in  this  way,  protected 
from  the  winds  that  sweep  over  the  open  country  in  the 


south.  In  view  of  what  has  been  accomplished  in  fruit- 
growing in  the  south,  at  a  higher  altitude  and  under 
wind-swept  conditions,  it  is  reasonable  to  expect  that  at 
least  some  of  the  hardier  apjik's  and  crabs  will  in  time 
be  grown  successfully  in  the  far  north.  The  soil  of 
nortliern  Alberta  is  a  deep  black  humous  loam,  and  its 
very  richness  constitutes  a  danger  from  a  horticultural 
point  of  view.  There  is  usually  an  abundance  of  rain- 
fall, and  the  difficulty  with  fruit  trees  under  such  con- 
ditions is  to  get  them  matured-up  before  winter.  No 
reports  are  at  hand  as  to  attempts  at  growing  fruit  in 
northern  Alberta.  The  distance  from  the  railways  is  so 
great  that  plants  arc  usually  dried  out  before  reaching 
their  destination,  but  as  railways  are  now  being  pushed 
north,  it  will  doubtless  not  be  long  before  promising 
results  will  be  secured. 

Central  Alberta  may  be  said  to  comprise  the  region 
lying  south  of  northern  Alberta  as  far  as  a  line  drawn 
through  Red  Deer  to  Provost  near  the  Saskatchewan 
border.  Its  soil,  climate,  and  other  features  are  similar 
to  those  of  northern  Alberta,  although  the  altitude  in 
the  central  part  of  the  district  is  greater,  rising  at 
Lacombe  to  over  2,900  feet.  It  is  the  oldest  settled 
part  of  Alberta,  and  is  covered  with  well-handled  farms, 
whose  owners,  having  been  some  years  in  the  country, 
have  had  time  to  make  experiments  in  fruit-growing. 
Apples  have  been  produced  near  Edmonton,  Ponoka 
and  Red  Deer,  and  crabs  have  been  grown  at  the  Do- 
minion Experimental  Farm  at  Lacombe  and  also  at 
Calgary.  Small  fruits  are  grow-n  successfully  all  over 
the  district.  The  influence  of  the  difference  in  altitude 
is  very  marked  in  this  territory,  as  ornamental  trees, 
such  as  the  soft  maple  {Acer  saccharinum)  and  the 
American  basswood  (Tilia  americana)  are  hardy  in 
Edmonton,  while  they  are  a  failure  farther  south  at 
higher  altitudes,  and  with  similar  soils,  shelter,  and 
rainfall. 

The  Highlands  of  Alberta  may  be  described  as  the 
country  south  of  the  Red  Deer  River,  east  as  far  as  a 
line  drawn  north  of  Gleichen  on  the  main  hne  of  the 
Canadian  Pacific  Railway,  and  thence  running  south- 
west to  Stavely  on  the  Calgary  and  Macleod  hne,  and 
from  that  point  south  to  a  point  north  of  Cardston, 
and  thence  ea.st  through  Spring  Coulee.  Its  western 
boundary  is  the  boundary  of  the  province.  This  is  the 
highest  part  of  the  cultivable  land  of  Alberta,  rising  to 
a  height  of  over  4,000  feet.  A  very  small  area  of  the 
northern  part  of  this  region  is  wooded,  the  remainder 
being  open  and  often  wind-swept  prairie,  with  the  addi- 
tional hara.ssment  in  the  south  of  the  w'arm  chinook 
winds.  In  appearance,  this  southern  section  is  not 
unlike  the  country  east  of  it,  while  it  is  still  in  the  "dry" 
belt,  with  a  rainfall  reaching  in  certain  places  at  times 
over  20  inches.  It  has  a  little  more  precipitation  than 
southern  Alberta  to  the  east  ot  it.  This  increased  pre- 
cipitation causes  longer  and  thicker  grass,  and  this 
growing  and  dying  down  for  generations  has  left  a 
richer  soil,  which  in  turn  encourages  late  growth  in 
trees.  This,  coupled  with  the  often  shorter  season  be- 
tween frosts,  incident  to  its  higher  altitude,  will  proba- 
bly preclude  the  possibility  of  apple-growing  becoming 
general  in  the  higher  districts  unless  in  favored  spots. 
The  hardier  varieties  of  small  fruits  do  well  in  this 
region,  and  at  Cardston,  12  miles  from  the  llnited 
States  boundary  line,  at  an  altitude  of  approximately 
4,000  feet,  apples  have  been  grown  by  a  number  of 
persons.  At  JoeMcFarlane's  ranch  about  6  miles  from 
the  Livingstone  Range  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  at  an 
altitude  of  over  4,000  feet,  Hyslop  crabs  have  been 
ripened.  These  successes  were  in  sheltered  situations; 
and  while  this  district  may  never  become  known 
as  apple-producing,  still  these  cases  serve  to  show 
what  may  be  done  in  isolated  instances  in  which 
conditions  are  favorable,  and  may  be  accepted  as  an 
indication  of  what  may  bccoine  more  general  in  years 
to  come. 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA      573 


Southern  Alberta  proper  is  the  district  lying  east  of 
the  foothills,  and  south  of  central  Alberta.  It  also  has 
conditions  peculiarly  its  own.  The  prairie  is  bare  of 
trees,  and  while  the  soil  is  of  excellent  quality,  it  is  not 
the  black,  deep,  vegetable  mold  of  the  other  parts  of  the 
province.  It  is  what  may  be  classified  as  a  friable  clay 
loam,  that  is,  a  rich  clay  loam  containing  enough  sand 
to  enable  it  to  be  worked  easily.  It  is  in  the  dry  belt, 
and  the  rainfall  ranges  from  12  to  15  inches  per  annum. 
Being  bare,  it  is  often  windswept,  and  gardening  with- 
out shelter-belts  will  never  be  successful.  It  is  the  home 
of  the  warm  chinook  winds,  and  these  may  come  at  any 
time,  and  often  in  a  few  hours,  or  even  minutes,  a  rise 
of  temperature  from  30°  below  zero  to  S°  or  10° 
above  freezing  will  take  place.  This  is  an  extreme 
change  in  temperature,  and  if  the  warm  wave  is  fol- 
lowed, after  a  few  days  or  weeks,  by  a  cold  spell,  it  can- 
not fail  to  be  a  severe  trial  to  growing  trees.  These  rapid 
changes  in  winter  have  been  declared  by  many  of  the 
old  settlers  to  be  the  cause  of  the  scarcity  of  trees  on 
the  prairie.  This,  however,  is  to  a  large  extent  a  fallacy, 
as  is  being  now  proved  constantly  by  the  successful 
growth  of  shelter-belts  of  suitable  species  all  over  the 
country,  and  exposed  in  the  fullest  degree  to  the  in- 
fluences of  the  chinooks.  The  lack  of  rainfall,  however, 
does  constitute  a  menace  to  successful  fruit-growing, 
for  if  there  is  a  scarcitv  of  moisture  in  the  .soil  in  the  fall, 
there  is  invariably  greater  risk  of  dead  trees  in  the 
spring.  Snow  cannot  be  depended  on  to  preserve  the 
moisture,  or  to  supply  it,  as  only  about  twice  in  thirty- 
eight  years  has  it  lain  steadily  the  whole  winter.  The 
dry  winds  drift  the  snow  off,  and  the  chinooks  melt  it, 
so  that  in  winter  for  weeks  at  a  time  the  ground  may  be 
bare  of  snow.  Cultivation  to  preserve  the  moisture  is 
a  necessity,  though  irrigation  in  the  fall,  in  some  dis- 
tricts in  which  it  can  be  done,  is  of  great  assistance  in 
carrying  the  trees  over  winter.  Notwithstanding  all 
these  untoward  circumstances,  a  number  of  apple 
trees  are  growing  and  producing  fruit  in  southern 
Alberta.  Settlement  has  been  general  only  in  the  last 
ten  years,  and  yet  in  that  time  many  successful  experi- 
ments in  fruit-growing  have  been  made,  possibly  more 
in  the  same  time  than  in  the  history  of  any  of  the  other 
prairie  provinces.  Apples,  crabs  and  plums  have  been 
growing  in  several  gardens  for  the  last  seven  or  eight 
years  in  Medicine  Hat,  Irvine,  Lethbridge,  Magrath, 
Calgary  and  Macleod,  and  they  also  have  been  grow-n  in 
several  instances  at  Stirling  and  Raymond.  Thus,  al- 
though southern  Alberta  would  appear  at  first  sight  to 
have  natural  conditions  unfavorable  to  large-fruit-grow- 
ing, experience  shows  that,  in  .spite  of  these,  it  is  possible 
to  do  so.  It  would  seem  as  if  the  dryness  of  the  coun- 
try, intensified  perhaps  by  the  influence  of  the  chinook, 
tends  to  ripen  the  annual  growth  before  frost  comes  in 
the  fall,  so  that  the  trees  do  not  wdnterkill.  There  is 
no  doubt,  also,  that  the  nature  of  the  soil  has  much 
to  do  with  this  early  ripening,  lacking  as  it  does  the 
stimulating  effect  of  the  more  vegetable  soils  of  the 
north.  Experience  in  grain  crops  and  forest  trees  serves 
to  bear  this  out.  However,  it  is  still  doubtful  whether 
southern  Alberta  will  ever  become  a  fruit  country. 
The  high  winds  that  occur  at  any  time  in  the  .spring 
and  fall  may  interfere  greatly  with  the  setting  or  matur- 
ing of  the  fruit,  and,  as  a  consequence,  the  regularity 
of  the  supply.  There  is  no  doubt,  however,  about  the 
farmer  in  time  being  able  to  grow  fruit  enough  for  his 
own  use,  with  the  help  of  shelter-belts,  \\hen  fruit  is 
grown  under  irrigation  in  Alberta,  care  must  be  taken 
to  avoid  irrigating  after  the  last  of  .June.  If  water  is 
applied  after  that  time,  there  is  usually  grave  risk  of 
winterkill,  or  rather  fallkill,  as  the  trees  continue 
growing  late  into  the  fall  and  are  not  mature  when  the 
first  frost  comes.  Even  cultivation  to  preserve  the 
moisture  should  not  be  carried  on  later  than  .July  15. 

There  is  no  provincial  horticultural  society,  and  no 
state  aid  devoted  purely  to  horticulture,  although  much 


good  work  is  being  done  by  the  experimental  farms, 
maintained  by  the  Dominion  government.  Ihese,  how- 
ever, have  not  been  able  to  do  much  as  yet,  having  been 
established  only  six  years.  The  chain  of  demonstra- 
tion farms  which  is  being  established  by  the  provincial 
government  will  probably  be  of  some  assi-stance  in  this 
direction.  There  are  two  fairly  strong  local  horticul- 
tural societies  at  Edmonton  and  Calgary. 

Arch.  Mitchell. 

British  Columbia. 

In  the  time  since  the  Cyclopedia  of  American  Horti- 
culture was  published,  horticulture  in  British  Columbia 
(Fig.  603)  has  passed  through  the  experimental  stage. 
Although  the  province  is  one  of  the  largest  in  area  in 
Canada,  its  population  in  1891  was  only  98,000;  in  ten 
years  it  had  almost  doubled;  and  in  twenty  years  the 
census  of  1911  shows  a  population  of  362,000,  of  which 
over  half  is  urban  in  character,  and  located  on  the  coast. 
While  practical  experiment  has  shown  that  different 
forms  of  horticulture  can  be  most  successfully  conducted 
commerciall.y  under  the  widely  diversified  conditions 
existing  throughout  southern  British  Columbia,  devel- 
opment has  been  so  recent  that  only  the  fringe  of  its 
possibilities  has  been  touched.  Yet,  even  now  the  prov- 
ince has  gained  such  a  reputation  as  a  fruit-growing 
country  as  to  warrant  a  rather  full  description  here. 

Fruit-growing  in  British  Columbia  has  been  inspired 
by  the  success  that  the  industry  has  attained  in  the 
states  of  Oregon  and  Washington  directly  to  the  south, 
in  which  conditions  of  climate  and  soil  are  not  dissimilar, 
and  by  the  rapidly  increasing  demand  for  fruit,  not 
only  b}'  the  growing  population  of  the  province,  but  by 
the  phenomenal  increase  in  demand  from  the  Canadian 
prairie  provinces,  which  cannot  possibly  produce  all 
their  own  fruit.  Early  dreams  of  possible  markets  for 
all  the  horticultural  products  of  the  province  have  been 
far  surpassed  by  the  actual  development  of  the  market. 
The  population  of  western  Canada  was  in  1911  over 
three  times  as  great  as  in  1901.  On  the  other  hand, 
fruit-growing  is  now  firmly  established  as  one  of  the 
conunercial  industries  of  the  province  and  though  lum- 
bering, manufacturing  and  mining  surpass  agriculture 
in  the  amount  of  wealth  now  being  produced,  fruit- 
growing will  in  a  few  years  aid  in  bringing  the  returns 
from  agriculture  well  to  the  front. 

In  general  physical  features  British  Columbia  is 
mountainous,  the  greater  part  of  the  area  being  covered 
by  the  Rocky,  Selkirk,  Cascade  and  Coast  ranges, 
between  which  lie  the  valleys  of  the  rivers  and  lakes  in 
which  agriculture  is  being  practised.  It  is  probable 
that  about  one-twentieth  or  one-thirtieth  of  the  entire 
land  is  cultivable.  The  land  is,  therefore,  usuallj-  fer- 
tile, and  in  many  districts  unusually  .so.  The  chmate  is 
remarkably  varied.  The  greater  part  of  the  cultivated 
area  of  British  Columbia  lies  within  the  upper  au.stral 
and  transition  zones.  On  the  coast  the  atmosphere  is 
humid,  the  rainfall  copious  and  the  annual  temijora- 
ture  has  a  very  limited  range.  In  the  interior,  con- 
tinental temperature  conditions  prevail,  and  in  most  of 
the  interior  valleys  it  ranges  from  zero  to  90°  or  100°  as 
the  extremes.  Some  of  the  interior  valleys  have  a  total 
precipitation  of  only  S  or  9  inches,  while  others  run 
from  35  to  40  inches.  Irrigation  is  essential  in  the  first- 
mentioned,  not  in  the  latter.  ,V  large  percentage  of 
British  Columbia  horticulture  is  conducted  under 
irrigation.  The  altitude  of  the  horticultural  districts 
on  the  coast  varies  from  a  few  feet  above  sea-level  to 
400  or  .500  feet  above.  In  the  interior  vallevs  the  altitude 
runs  from  800  to  2,800  feet,  and  even  to  3,300  feet, 
above  sea-level. 

.Vmong  the  tree  fruits  grown  in  the  province,  the 
apple  holds  preeminence,  and  especially  is  this  true  in 
the  arid  and  humid  valleys  of  the  interior,  in  which 
many  varieties  of  apples  reach  a  degree  of  perfection 


574      BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA 


not  excelled  elsewhere.  The  interior  vallovs  now 
ship  alwut  COO  carloads  of  apples  to  prairie  and 
coast  markets,  and  ti>  Australia,  China,  .hipan  and 
England.  IVars  are  larRely  planted,  not  only  in  the 
interior,  but  also  on  the  eoast  where  they  are  relatively 
more  successful  than  are  apples,  the  prineijial  varieties 
lH>inp  Bartletl,  C'lairgeau.  Anjou  and  Flemish  Beauty. 
Plums  !Uid  prunes  are  also  of  considerable  commercial 
imix)rtance,  the  Pond  ."^eedlin;;  or  Hunfiiarian  being 
the  principal  plum,  ahhough  the  Italian  prune  is  more 
largely  grown  commercially  than  an\'  other  variety-  of 
either  plum  or  i>runc.  Peaches  are  practically  confined 
to  the  Ixiwer  Okanagan  valley,  and  the  Triumph, 
Early  Crawford,  Yellow  St.  John  and  IClberta  are  most 
largely  grown  commercially.  The  total  shipments 
probably  aggregate  about  KK)  carloads.  Cherr>'  trees 
arc  planted  throughout  the  province  on  a  commercial 
scale,  the  hardier  sweet  cherries,  especially  the  Ping, 
Liuiibert  and  Hoyal  Anne  throughout  the  interior, 
while  on  the  coast  the  Olivet  and  English  Morello, 
both  preserving  cherries,  meet  with  [)articular  success, 
the  growers  obtaining  an  average  of  11  cents  a  pound 
for  a  period  of  >ears.  Not  the  least  important  among 
the  tree  fruits  are  the  crab-apples,  jjarticularly  Trans- 
cendent and  Ilyslop.  grown  most  l:irg<'l>'  in  the  Okana- 
gan  Valley.  The  Tran.scendcnt  is  thought  to  be  the 
most  profitable  apple  for  a  period  of  years  in  the  prov- 
ince. Prairie  markets  have  recognized  the  superiority 
of  the  British  Columbia  crab-apple  and  are  paying 
prices  extremely  satisfactory  to  the  fruit-grower.  The 
ajiricot  is  grown  to  some  extent  in  the  warmer  interior 
valleys.  Xut  trees  are  being  exiierimented  with 
throughout  the  province  and  indications  are  that  some 
varieties  of  walnuts  will  prove  commercially  profitable 
on  the  coast. 

In  small-fruits  British  Columbia  has  some  areas, 
especially  those  contiguous  to  the  delta  of  the  Eraser 
River,  that  are  preeminently  adapted  to  the  straw-berry 
and  raspberry;  the  loganberry  also  flourishes  in  the 
coast  regions  and  is  proving  profitable.  Blackberries 
arc  grown  to  some  extent  on  the  coast,  as  are 
currants  and  gooseberries,  although  the  latter  are  in- 
clined to  milch'W,  with  the  exception  of  the  Oregon 
Champion,  a  western  variety  now  grown  almost  exclu- 
Bively.  The  interior  valleys,  especially  those  having  a 
more  humid  climate,  are  growing  strawberries  and  rasp- 
berries commercially  to  an  increased  extent.  Taken  as  a 
whole,  however,  the  acreage  in  small  fruits  is  only  a 
email  fraction  of  that  devoted  to  tree  fruits,  and  this  is 
quite  likely  to  be  the  case  indefinitely. 

Vegetable-growing  is  practised  throughout  the  prov- 
ince, the  white  potato,  onions,  tomatoes,  cabliage, 
and  celerj-  being  the  principal  cnps  in  the  order  named. 
The  potato  is  grown  as  a  field  croj)  in  practically  all 
districts  and  the  average  yield  an  .acre  in  1911  was  230 
bushels.  British  Colmnhia  potatoes  won  the  Stilhvell 
trophy  at  the  National  Land  and  Irrigation  Exposi- 
tion, New  York,  1911,  which  proves  the  general  excel- 
lence of  the  w^il  and  climate  of  the  province  for  the  crop. 
The  potato-beetle  is  unknown  and  blight  is  not  usually 
e<'rious  enough  to  warrant  preventive  measures.  Pota- 
toes are  shipped  in  commercial  quantities  to  the  Yukon, 
to  northern  British  Columbia,  to  tlu^  coast  cities,  to 
the  mining  camps  and  to  the  prairie  provinces.  The 
acreage  in  1911  was  about  iy,0(W  acres  and  this  was 
increased  in  1912.  The  onions,  of  which  the  Yellow 
Globe  Danvers  is  grovn  in  the  Okanagan  Valley  to  the 
extent  of  about  IfX)  carloads  a  year,  are  shii)|)ed  to 
coast  and  prairie  markets.  The  summer  nights  are  too 
cool  for  the  tomato  except  in  the  arid  interior  vallejs 
where  they  are  grown  in  large  quantities  both  for  ship- 
ping fresh  and  for  canning  purposes.  Cabbage,  celery 
and  other  vegetables  are  grown  on  an  extensive  scale 
commercially  on  suitable  soils  throughout  the  province, 
notably  at  Armstrong. 

The  greenhouse  busioess  surrounding  the  cities  of  the 


coast,  has  trebled  in  vohnne  in  three  years,  and  openings 
still  remain  for  its  extension  throughout  the  province. 
Bulb-culture  ismaking  progress  in  the  district  surround- 
ing Victoria,  and  will  become  an  important  commercial 
industry  when  labor  becomes  cheaper. 

The  regions  are  shown  on  the  map  (Fig.  663).  Hor- 
ticulturally  British  Columbia  is  as  yet  almost  confined 
to  the  southern  part,  and  only  the  different  areas  so 
included  are  here  discus.sed. 

Districts  Nos.  1  and  2  on  the  map  are  distinctly 
coastal  in  character.  The  Japanese  current  tempera 
the  climate  throughout  the  entire  year  so  that  zero 
weather  is  very  uncommon,  and  the  summer  tem- 
perature very  rarely  reaches  over  80°.  The  humidity 
is  high  almo-st  throughout  the  year,  and  the  annual 


663.  Horticultural  Regions  of  British  Columbia. 

precipitation  (which  is  nearly  always  in  the  form  of 
rainj  runs  from  30  to  120  inches,  the  average  in  the 
horticultural  areas  being  aroimd  ^rj  inches.  This  falls 
largely  in  the  winter  months,  and  July  and  August  are 
often  so  very  dry  as  to  cause  a  loss  from  drought.  This 
area  has  a  remarkably  long  growing  season.  Owing  to 
the  coolness  of  the  nights,  tomatoes,  corn,  and  the  like 
do  not  ripen.  Fjarly  apples  do  well,  but  winter  apples 
cannot  be  matured  successfully.  Fungous  diseases 
also  restrict  apple-culture  to  a  serious  extent.  Pears, 
however,  do  well;  small-fruits  do  exceptionally  well, 
and  preserving  cherries  are  very  profitable.  District 
No.  1,  being  th(^  southeastern  part  of  Vancouver 
Island,  with  an  annual  precipitation  of  about  40  inches, 
is  rather  drier  than  the  lower  mainland  district  No. 
2,  but  this  difference  has  no  great  influence  on  the 
character  of  its  products.  In  these  districts  only  a 
small  proportion  of  the  land  suitable  is  being  made 
to  produce  what  it  is  capable  of  producing.  The  local 
markets  still  import  considerable  quantities  of  prod- 
uce from  California,  Oregon  and  Washington. 


BRITISH   NORTH   AMERICA 


BRITISH   NORTH  AMERICA      575 


The  second  great  horticultural  region  of  southern 
British  Columbia  is  the  dry-belt.  It  lies  just  east  of 
the  Cascade  Mountains,  is  about  200  niili'S  wide  and 
extends  northwest  from  the  interior  boundary  about 
250  miles.  In  it  are  districts  Nos.  3,  5,  6  and  7  as  indi- 
cated on  the  map.  Its  valleys  lie  at  an  elevation  of  800  to 
1,500  feet  above  sea-level.  The  annual  precipitation 
totals  from  9  to  15  inches,  distributed  fairly  evenly 
throughout  the  months  of  the  year.  The  atmosphere  is 
dry  and  bracing.  Sunshine  is  plentiful  and  in  the  sum 
iner  months  aCnost  constant.  The  winter  extremes  of 
teniperat  are  are  lower  than  on  the  coast,  and  the  sum- 
mers are  very  'much  warmer.  It  is  the  great  apple-, 
peach-,  tomato-  and  potato-producing  district  of  the 
province,  all  of  its  products  being  grown  under  irrigation, 
and  mostly  marketed  in  carloads  on  the  coast  and  in  the 
prairies.  Of  its  valleys,  the  Okanagan  (No.  5)  is  the  most 
advanced  and  the  largest  shipper;  Thompson  River 
(No.  3)  and  the  Kettle  River  (No.  7)  produce  winter 
apples  and  potatoes  as  their  staple  crop,  while  the 
Similkameen  Valley  (No.  6)  produces  principally 
peaches  and  winter  apples. 

The  third  great  horticultural  region  in  British  Col- 
umbia maj"  be  called  the  semi-humid  interior  belt, 
embracing  districts  Nos.  4  and  8.  Here  irrigation  for 
most  crops  is  not  necessary,  although  for  small  fruits  it 
is  desirable.  The  annual  precipitation  runs  from  18  to 
45  inches,  a  considerable  portion  of  which  falls  as  snow, 
while  June  is  a  month  of  considerable  rainfall.  The  air 
is  more  humid  than  in  the  dry-belt  and  extremes  of 
temperature  of  winter  and  summer  are  not  so  great. 
The  humidity  makes  fungous  diseases  a  problem  and 
spraying  for  apple-scab  is  necessary.  Unlike  the  dry- 
belt,  it  is  a  timbered  country,  and  the  cost  of  land- 
clearing  offsets  the  cost  of  irrigation  systems  in  the 
former.  District  No.  4,  in  the  water-shed  of  Shuswap 
Lake,  is  as  well  advanced  as  the  Okanagan  Valley,  the 

Erincipal  shipments  from  Armstrong  and  Salmon  Arm 
eing  apples,  potatoes,  celery  and  cabbage.  District 
N<i.  8,  the  West  Kootenay,  has  not  thus  far  been  a 
shipping  district,  the  local  demand  in  the  mining 
camps  of  Rossland,  Sloean  and  the  Crow's  Nest  con- 
Buming  more  than  the  locality  produces. 

The  following  tabular  statement  indicates  the  adap- 
tabilities of  the  different  regions: 


District 


1.  Island 

2.  Lower    maia- 

land 

3.  ThoraDson  Riv. 

4.  Shuswap    Lake 

Section 


5.  Okanagan  Val. 


6.  Similkameen  . . 


7.  Kettle  River. . 


8.  W.  Kootenay.. 


Present  greatest 
production 


Strawberries,  King  and 
Wealthy  apples, 
pears,  plums,  and 
Italian  prunes. 

Strawberries,   raspber- 
ries,    plums     and 
pjrunes. 

Various  winter  apples. 


Various  winter  apples. 


Various  fall  and  winter 
apples,  pears,  pluma, 
peaches  and  prunes. 


Peaches     and     winter 
apples. 

Fall  and  winter  apples. 


Strawberries,  fall  and 
winter  apples,  plums, 
prunes  and  pears. 


Best  cnmmerci.'il 
plantings 

Olivet  and  English  Mo- 
rello  sour  cherries, 
King  apple,  Bartlett. 
Clairgeau  and 
Anjou  pears. 

Strawberries,  raspbei- 
ries,  King  apple;  also 
the  above  pears. 

Wealthy,  Mcintosh, 
Jonathan  and  Wag- 
ener  apples. 

Jonathan,  Wagener. 
Spy  and  Grimes 
apples. 

Hyslop  and  Transcen- 
dent crabs,  Duche-ss, 
Wealthy,  Mcintosh, 
Jonathan.  Wagener, 
Y.  Newton,  .Spitzen- 
berg,  Xorthern  Spy, 
and  Rome  Beauty 
apples. 

Jonathan,  Wagener,  Y. 
Newton,  Spitzenberg, 
Winesap,  and  Home 
Beauty  apples. 

Wealthy.  Mclnto.sh, 
Jonathan,  Wagener, 
Rome  Beauty  and 
King  apples. 

Mcintosh,  Graven- 
stein,  Wagener,  Jona- 
than and  Northern 
Spy  apples. 


The  Dominion  census  of  1891  credited  fruit  with  a 
total  of  (j,50()  .acres.  By  1901  this  had  been  increased 
only  to  7,.500  acres,  but  in  the  decade  just  pti.s.sed  tree- 
fruit-planting  has  had  a  tremendous  impetus  and  the 
acreage  at  the  beginning  of  1912  was  thought  to  be 
around  40,000  acres,  of  which  93  per  cent  is  apples,  4 
per  cent  pears;  the  remainder,  plums,  prunes,  cherries, 
apricots  and  peaches.  The  report  of  the  provincial 
stadstician  shows  that  in  1911  there  were  15,454  acres 
of  vegetables,  of  which  potatoes  constitute  some  13,000 
acres,  tomatoes  and  onions  supplying  the  majority 
of  the  biilance.  Potatoes  average  6.9  tons  or  230 
bushels  to  the  acre,  while  other  truck  crops  average 
11.4  tons  to  the  acre.  The  value  of  the  fruit  and  vege- 
table products  of  1911  wa.s  .$5,084,241. 

In  floriculture  and  in  landscape  gardening,  British 
Columbia  is  only  making  the  first  steps.  In  the  cities, 
especially  those  of  the  coast,  there  are  many  fine  gar- 
dens and  estates,  and  the  coast  cities  are  developing 
admirable  park  systems. 

The  exact  records  of  the  first  fruit  trees  imported,  it 
h;is  not  been  possible  to  obtain.  It  has  been  learned 
that  the  Hudson  Bay  Company  w;is  instrumental  in 
bringing  the  seeds  or  seedling  apples  from  California 
to  its  forts  Camosum  and  Langley  sometime  previous 
to  18.50.  These  old  orchards  are  not  now  in  existence. 
Orchard-planting  on  the  coast  during  the  period  1850  to 
1885  Wiis  almost  altogether  of  an  experimental  char- 
acter, and  nothing  commercial  was  expected  from  it. 
From  that  time,  and  especially  after  the  formation  of 
the  British  Columbia  Fruit-Growers'  Association  in 
1890,  experiments  in  commercial  orcharding  were 
begun.  Among  the  first  orchards  in  the  interior  coun- 
try might  be  mentioned  those  of  Thomas  G.  Earl  of 
Lytton;  that  of  Fred  Gartrell  at  Trout  Creek;  and 
that  of  Frank  Richter  at  Keremeos.  Later  on  came 
the  planting  of  the  Coldstream  orchards  owned  by  Lord 
Aberdeen,  under  the  supervision  of  John  Craig,  and 
T.  W.  Stirling's  orchard  at  Kelowna.  All  of  these 
orchards  are  still  in  bearing  and  have  produced  the 
wonderful  fruit  that  has  done  so  much  to  -stimulate 
the  large  plantings  that  occurred  between  1900  and 
1912. 

The  British  Columbia  Fruit-Growers'  Association, 
founded  in  1890,  has  been  in  continuous  activity  since 
that  time,  and  has  done  a  great  deal  to  stimulate  and 
encourage  the  fruit  industry  and  to  secure  governmental 
aid  and  recognition  for  it.  With  the  British  Columbia 
Fruit-Growers'  A.ssociation  are  affiliated  all  the  fruit- 
shipping  and  educational  fruit-growers'  organizations 
of  the  province. 

The  provincial  Department  of  Agriculture  has  done 
very  much  to  stimulate  interest  in  the  industry,  and  to 
protect  it  from  the  inwasion  of  insect  pests.  The  Hor- 
ticultural Board,  organized  under  the  auspices  of  the 
Department  to  study  the  problems  connected  with  the 
industry,  and  especially  the  control  of  pests,  has  through 
its  inspectors  succeeded  in  keeping  the  province  free  of 
codlin-moth,  San  Jose  scale,  Colorado  potato-beetle, 
plum  curculio  and  many  other  insect  pests  which  in- 
crease the  cost  of  production  in  other  districts. 

I'^our  years  ago  the  Deptirtment  organized  the  Hor- 
ticultural Branch,  which  is  ilevotcd  to  supplying  in- 
formation on  horticultural  subjects  to  the  many  new 
settlers  embarking  in  the  industry.  The  Horticultural 
Branch  maintains  .sufficient  tussisttint  horticulturists  to 
forward  this  work  in  the  various  districts.  It  has 
inaugurated  a  series  of  schools  to  teach  fruit-packing, 
publishes  literature  including  a  list  of  fruits  recom- 
mended for  planting,  and  is  generally  at  the  .service  of 
the  fruit  industry  along  these  lines.  The  Department 
has  done  much  to  make  the  po.ssibilities  of  the  province 
known  by  means  of  advertising  and  inspection  work, 
British  Columbia  having  won  the  highest  po.ssible 
awards  from  the  Iloyal  Horticultural  Society  in  Lon- 
don, England,  against  all   the  other  colonies  of   the 


576      BRITISH   XOKTH   AMERICA 


BRODItEA 


Empire  fot  six  years  in  succession,  fruit  being  every 
vear  exhibiteti.  There  are  no  horticultural  schools  in 
british  Columbia,  th'e  nearest  approach  to  these  being 
the  short  courses  eomiuctiHl  by  the  Horticultural  Branch 
of  the  Department.  l*n)vision  has,  however,  been  made 
for  an  agricultural  college,  which  is  now  being  put, 
under  way,  and  in  this  institution  ample  provision  will 
be  made  for  investigation  and  experiment  as  well  as 
education  in  horticulture.  n^  M.  Winslow. 

BRIZA  (ancient   Greek   name  for  a  kind  of  grain, 
probably  rye).   Gramhtex.   Qu.\kin«  Gkass.   Annual  or 
perennial    gnvsses,    with    open    panicles   of    handsome 
spikelets;  grown  in  gardens. 
"  Spikelets  several-tid.,  flat,,  trian- 

gular    or     heart-shaped;     glumes 
strongly    concave,   these    and    the 
lemmas  usually  horizontally  spread- 
ing.—  Species      12,    in     temperate 
regions,    3    intro.    into   the    U.    S. 
These  and  one  or  two 
others    also    cult,    for 
ornament,  the  panicles 
being    suitable    for 
bouquets. 

A.  Plfiiils  perennial. 

media,  Linn.  Com- 
mon Quaking  Grass. 
Culms  erect  or  decum- 
bent at  base,  1-2  ft.; 
panicie  pyramidal, 
many-fld.,  the  branches 
stiffly  spreading;  spike- 
lets nodding,  3  lines 
long,  triangular-ovate. 

aa.  Plants  annual. 

maxima,  Linn.  Fig.  664.  One  to  2 
ft.:  panicle  drooping,  few-fld.;  spike- 
lets ovate,  large,  J/^in.  long,  5  lines 
broad,  the  pedicels  slender,  drooping. 
G.M.  47:17.5.   V.  3:246. 

minor,  IJnn.  Four  to  1.5  in.:  pani- 
cle erect,  many-fld.,  the  branches 
stiffly  .spre.ading,  the  branchlets 
caj)il"lary,  spreading;  spikelet  trian- 
gular-(jvate,  l}--^  lines  long. — This 
species  is  known  to  gardeners  also  as 
B.  gracilis  and  B.  minima. 

B.  ueniculata,  Tliarb.=  Eragroatia  obtuaa. 


Muoro. 


A.  S.  Hitchcock. 


664.  Briza 

maxima.  (XH) 


BRIZOPYRUM:   Deamazeria. 
BROCCOLI:    Cauliflower. 

BRODLSA  (.1.  J.  Brodie,  a  Scotch 
botanist;.  Liliacex.  Brodiea.  West 
American  cormous  plants  of  low 
growth,  a  few  of  which  are  now  be- 
coming popular  in  .some  parts  of  the 
country  for  spring  bloom. 
Flowers  several  on  a  scape:  pedicels  jointed:  the 
perianth  mostly  funnelform  and  non-saccate,  not  con- 
tracted in  the  throat,  ranging  from  purf)le  to  red,  white 
and  yellow;  stamens  6,  3  of  them  sometimes  reduced  to 
etaminodia:  Ivs.  all  ra/iical,  narrow,  usually  few,  some- 
times evanescent.  Monographers  include  under  Bro- 
di<ea  a  number  of  genera  erected  by  f)ther  authors, 
an  Hookera,  Triteleia,  Milla,  Calliprora,  Hespero.scor- 
dum.  fThe  oldest  generic  name  of  the  grfnip  thus  con- 
stituted is  Hookera,  but  Brodia;a  's  one  of  the  "nomina 
con.'ier\'anda"  of  the  Vienna  code,  retained  because  of 
its  general  use  in  the  .50  years  following  its  publication 
and  since;.  For  horticultural  purposes,  it  is  better  and 
more  convenient  to  merge  all   into  Brodia'a.    In  this 


broad  sense  Brodisea  includes  about  30  species,  which 
must  be  divided  into  several  groups.  Monogr.  by 
Baker,  in  G.C.  III.  20,  pp.  213,  2:iS,  4.59;  also  Watson, 
Proc.  .\mer.  Acad.  .Arts  and  Sci.  14:236.  Closely 
related  genera  are  Bloomeria,  Brevoortia  and  Stro- 
pholirion. 

The  brodieas  are  valuable  for  naturalizing  in  Cali- 
fornia anil  the  West,  as  they  can  be  grown  very  easily. 
In  colder  climates  they  are  worthy  a  trial  for  the  same 
purposes  but  probably  better  for  specimen-beds  or  the 
cokiframe  for  cutting.  They  bloom  during  May,  June 
and  early  July.  B.  capilata  is  the  earliest  to  flower. 
The  flowers  are  very  lasting  and  beautiful  for  cutting. 
Unless  planted  in  large  numbers  they  are  of  little  value 
for  color-massing  in  beds,  but  most  beautiful  and  dainty 
when  planted  in  rockwork  or  with  delicate  plants 
such  as  ferns,  heucheras,  or  columbines.  While  there  is 
room  for  much  variation  in  the  treatment  of  the  dif- 
ferent species,  several  growing  well  in  very  wet  soils 
while  others  can  be  grown  even  in  rock  fissures  or  grit, 
it  will  be  found  that  the  following  general  treatment 
will  bring  success. 

On  the  Pacific  slope,  brodieas  will  grow  well  and  can 
be  naturalized  in  any  soil  or  situation  except  in  heavy 
shades  or  generally  wet  places  or  in  heavily  manured  or 
much-watered  soils.  When  the  soil  is  somewhat  sandy 
or  gritty,  or  has  been  lightened  with  road  grit,  spent 
tan-bark,  leaf-mold  or  any  light  material,  they  will 
usuallyl  thrive  best.  It  is  questionable  whether  they 
are  quite  hardy  east  of  the  Rockies  and  north  of  Vir- 
ginia. The  soil  should  be  well  draiMd,  and  a  winter 
covering  of  leaves  should  be  given. '♦Plant  in  the  fall 
before  the  ground  is  frozen  up,  from  2  to  3  inches  apart 
and  not  deeper  than  232  inches,  water  sparingly,  and 
ripen  well  after  flowering.  It  is  unneces.sary  to  lift  the 
bulbs  in  the  summer  on  the  Pacific  slope  but  probably 
advisable  east  of  the  Rockies,  unless  they  are  kept  dry 
in  summer  by  placing  glass  over  them. 

All  brodieas  grow  readily  from  seeds,  but  it  requires 
several  years  to  flower  them.  Many  species  produce 
offsets  which,  if  detached,  soon  flower.  If  potted  early 
and  placed  in  coldframes,  they  can  be  forced  gently. 

In  the  following  taxonomy,  the  species  have  been 
thrown  into  four  more  or  less  marked  horticultural 
groups. 


alha.   21. 
Bridgeaii,  8. 
californica,  12. 
Candida,  6. 
capitata,  21. 
congesta,  19. 
Douglaaii,  22, 
erec'ta,  I. 
filifolia,  17. 
gracilis,  4. 


INDEX. 

grandiflora,  11. 
Hondcrsonii,  9. 
Howellii,  23. 
hyacinthina,  2,  3. 
i.xioidea.  1. 
lactea,  3. 
laxa,  5. 
lilacina,  3,  23. 
major,  3. 
minor,  1,  13. 


multiflora,  20. 
Orcuttii,  16. 
Palmcri,  24. 
parvijlora,   20. 
peduncuiaris,  7. 
Purdyi,  18. 
rosea,  15. 
splendens,  1, 
atellaris,  14. 
terrestris,  10. 


Group  1. — In  this  group,  which  contains  some  of  the 
best  .species  in  cultivation,  the  plants  have  a  fibrous- 
coated  fl.attened  corm,  resembling  that  of  the  crocus; 
not  usually  bulbiferous.  The  Ivs.  are  few,  all  radical 
and  grass-like:  scapes  slender  but  stiffly  erect,  naked 
except  for  bracts  below  the  many-fld.  umbel;  fls.  usually 
broadly  tubular,  borne  on  slender  pedicels,  in  purples, 
white  and  yellow;  anther-bearing  stamens  6.  All  are 
hardy,  hut  a  protection  of  straw  or  Ivs.  is  advisable  in 
the  colder  regions.  A  light,  loo.se,  well-drained,  sandy  or 
loamy  soil  best  meets  their  needs,  and  an  excess  of 
moisture  and  very  rich  soils  are  to  be  avoided. 

a.  Scf/m.'i.  equaling  or  exceeding  the  perianth-tube. 
1.  ixioides,  Wats.  Dwarf,  3  in.  to  2  ft.:  Ivs.  linear, 
fleshy:  fls.  few  to  many,  on  pedicels  1-4  in.  long,  in 
shades  of  yellow  and  often  purple-tinged,  1  in.  or  less 
long;  filaments  winged,  2-toothed  above.  S.  Calif,  to 
Ore.  B.R.  1.5i)0.  B.M,  3.588  (as  Calliprora  lulea). 
G.C.  III.  20:4.59. — Many  handsome  varieties.  The  best 
is  var.  splendens,  Hnr(..  witli  large,  bright  yellow  fis., 


BRODI^A 


BRODI^A 


577 


the  limb  wheel-shaped.  Var.  minor,  Hort.  Dwarf:  fls. 
yellow,  with  dark  baud  and  blue  anthers.  Var.  erecta, 
Hort.    Dwarf. 

2.  hyacinthina,  Bailey  (Triteleia  hyacinthlna,  Greene). 
From  1-2  ft.:  Iv.s.  linear:  fis.  10-30,  1  in.  or  less  long, 
milky  white  or  purplish.  Calif. — Perhaps  this  and  B. 
laclea  are  forms  of  one  species. 

3.  lactea,  Wats.  (B.  hyncinthina  var.  Idctea,  Baker). 
In  the  type,  has  the  habit  of  B.  laxa,  but  the  fls.  have  a 
short  tube  with  a  rotate  corolla,  and  are  white,  with 
green  midvein;  filaments  deltoid.  Calif,  to  Brit.  Col.,  in 
many  forms.  Watson  combines  the  H esperoscordum 
lacleum  and  H.  hyacinlhiiium  of  Lindley,  B.R.  1639, 
into  this  species  B.  lactea,  thereby  not  recognizing  a 
B.  hyacinthina.  Baker,  however,  unites  the  B.  lactea 
form  with  B.  hyacinthina,  describing  var.  lactea  as  "more 
slender  than  the  type,  with  white  fls.  and  longer  pedi- 
cels." G.C.  III.  20:459. — -Var.  lilacina,  Wats.,  is  much 
stronger,  very  bulbiferous,  grows  in  wet,  heavy  soils, 
and  has  a  larger  fl.,  which  is  usually  lilac-colored.  Var. 
major,  Purdy.    Like  var.  lilacina,  but  fls.  white. 

4.  gracilis,  Wats.  A  tiny  species,  with  small  yellow 
fls.:  scape  2-4  in.  and  purplish:  If.  1:  fls.  l-im-  long,  on 
pedicels  of  equal  or  greater  length;  filaments  elongated 
and  very  slender.  S.  Ore. 

AA.  Segm.s.  shorter  than  the  tube. 

5.  laxa,  Wats.  Strong  plaht,  1-2  ft.:  Ivs.  linear:  fls. 
manj',  broadly  tubular,  purple;  tube  very  narrow,  and 
exceeding  the  segms. ;  filaments  very  slender;  stamens 
in  2  rows.  N.  Calif.  B.R.  168.5  (as  Triteleia  laxa). 
G.C.  III.  20:241.— Showy,  and  one  of  the  best.  There 
are  many  variations. 

6.  Candida,  Baker  {Triteleia  cdndida,  Greene).  Much 
like  B.  laxa  in  character  of  bloom,  but  fls.  onh'  6-10, 
and  segms,  white  or  bluish  with  a  green  vein,  and  the 
fls.  set  at  an  angle  on  the  pedicel,  so  that  they  all  face 
one  way:  further  distinguished  by  early  flowering  and 
the  very  broad  and  glossy,  scarcely  carinate  Ivs.    Calif. 

7.  peduncularis,  Wats.  {Tritete'ta  peduncularis, 
Lindl.).  Still  stouter  (1-2  ft.),  with  smaller  and  fewer 
white  fls.  on  pedicels  a  few  inches  to  a  foot  long;  fila- 
ments short  or  none.  N.  Calif.  G.C.  III.  20:243.— 
This  species  grows  in  wet,  heavy  ground  close  to  water, 
and  is  very  cormiferous. 

8.  Bridgesii,  Wats.  Fig.  66.5.  Similar  to  B.  laxa, 
but  stamens  in  one  row,  corolla  with  a  spreading 
limb  and  sub-cylindrical  tube,  and  color  reddish  purple; 
filaments  deltoid.  Cent.  Calif.  G.F.  1:126  (adapted  in 
Fig.  665). — Grows  a  foot  or  more  high. 

9.  Hendersonii,  Wats.  Resembles  B.  Bridgesii:  yel- 
low, banded  purple:  filaments  somewhat  winged,  but 
not  deltoid :  small-fld.   S.  W.  Ore. 

Group  2. — Conn  not  flattened,  bearing  many  strong 
offsets,  the  coating  hairy  and  reddish:  Ivs.  linear  and 
grassy:  scapes  stiff,  few-fld.;  fls.  large,  of  a  thick,  waxy 
opaque  texture,  funnelform  (except  B.  Purdyi),  very 
lasting,  usually  purple,  in  an  open  umbel;  perfect 
anthers  3.  These  brodieas  are  native  to  a  heavy  soil,  in 
rather  moist  situations,  and  are  hard.v.  They  will  thrive 
under  conditions  recommended  for  Group  1.    {Huokera). 

A.  Fls.  funnelform,  with  a  prominent  tube. 
B.  Scape  not  rising  above  ground. 

10.  terrestris,  Kellogg  (H.  terrestris,  Brit.  &  Greene). 
Scape  short,  or  practically  none,  the  umbel  sitting  on 
the  earth:  Ivs.  nearly  terete:  fls.  ^'4-1  '"■  long;  stami- 
nodia  emarginate,  yellowish;  anthers  sagittate-oblong. 
Cent.  Calif.,  along  the  coast. 

BB.  Scape  evident. 
c.  Staminodia  as  long  as  anthers,  or  longer. 

jt    11.  grandifldra.  Smith  <H.  coronaria,  Salisb.).   Scape 
''^-10  in.  high:  Ivs.  nearly  terete,  dying  before  the  fl.-st. 

37 


appears:  fls.  3-10,  bright  blue,  of  good  size  (1  in.  or  more 
long),  segms.  longer  than  tube,  very  lasting;  stamino- 
dia obtuse;  anthers  linear.  Calif,  to  Brit.  Col.  B.R. 
1183.    B.M.  2877.    G.C.  III.  20:213. 

12.  californica,  Lindl.  (//.  califdrnica,  Greene). 
Much  like  B.  grandijloni:  scape  longer  (12-;50  in.);  fls. 
10-25,  1)2-2  in.  long,  rose  to  deep  purple;  staminodia 
hnear  and  cuspidate.  N.  Calif.  G.C.  III.  20:215.— 
"The  finest  species  for  garden  purposes,"  according  to 
Baker. 

13.  minor,  Wats.  (//.  minor,  Greene).  Much  like  a 
small  B.  grandiflora:  scape  very  slender,  3-6  in.;  fla. 
2-6  and  only  J2-I  in.  long;  staminodia  broad  and 
usually  emarginate;  anthers  oblong.   Calif,  to  Ore. 

14.  stellaris,  Wats.  {H.  stelldris,  Greene).  Low: 
scape  with  long  pedi- 
cels and  3-6  bright 
purple  fls.,  with 
w^hite  centers:  Ivs. 
nearly  terete:  anth- 
ers winged  behind: 
staminodia  white, 
longer  than  the 
stamens,  emargi- 
nate. N.  Calif.  G.C. 
TIL  20:213.— Very 
pretty. 

15.  rosea,  Baker 
(H.  rosea,  Greene). 
About  3-6  in.:  Ivs. 
nearly  terete :  fls. 
5-8,  under  1  in.  long, 
rose-red;  filaments 
dilated;  staminodia 
white,  obtuse  and 
entire,  longer  than 
the  anthers.  N.Calif. 
G.C.  III.  20:213.— 
A  pretty  species. 

CC.  S  ta  m  i  no  d  ia 
markedly  shorter 
than  anthers. 

16.  Orcuttii,  Bailey 
(H.Orcultii,  Greene) . 
Plant  rather  stout, 
a  foot  or  more  high: 
Ivs.  linear,  flat  or 
nearly  so:  fls.  5-15, 
less  than  an  inch 
long,  short  -  tubed, 
lilac;  staminodia  a  small  triangular  scale,  or  none.  S. 
Calif.  G.C.  III.  20:215. 

17.  filifolia,  Wats.  (H.  filifblia,  Greene).  From 
6-12  in.:  Ivs.  slightly  flattened:  fls.  .3-6,  ^in.  or  less 
long,  dark-colored;  staminodia  triangular,  twice  shorter 
than  the  anthers.    S.  Calif. 

AA.  Fls.  short  and  flaring. 

18.  Purdyi,  Eastw.  Different  from  others  in  having  a 
short-tubed  fl.  with  broaill\'  spreading,  declinate  segms., 
the  throat  constricted.   Cent.  Calif.,  in  Sierras. 

Groups. — Conn  long  and  cormiferous:  Ivs.  grassy: 
scape  tall,  slender  and  flexuous;  fls.  small,  in  close, 
head-like  umbels,  the  separate  fls.  waxy  and  narrowly 
tubular;  perfect  anthere  .3,  except  in  B.  capitata.  These 
species  thrive  in  a  loose,  perfectly  drained,  loamy  soil, 
with  some  humus.  Hardy.  The  species  are  not  readily 
distinguished.  All  are  from  Cent.  Calif,  to  Wash. 
Known  as  California  hyacintlis. 

A.  Anthers  3. 

19.  congesta,  Smith.  Tall  (2-3  ft.),  with  a  globular 
head  of  purple  fls.:  Ivs.  somewhat  terete,  perishing: 
fls.  6-12,  sessile  or  nearly  so,  J^in.  long;  filaments  0; 


665.  Brodisa  Bridgesii.  (plant  XH) 


57S 


BRODI.EA 


BROMUS 


ptiuninodia  purple,  2-toothed.  Calif,  to  Wash.  G.C.  III. 
2t):-_M3.— Bl(H>iuskte.  . 

211.  multifldra,  Benth.  (B.  fwmjlorn,  Torr.  &  Gray). 
Siiiiiliir  to  B.  comjicUi:  fls.  tV-20.  sessilo  or  sliort-.'stalkcMl, 
lunbollate,  ^4 in.  long,  blue;  .stiuninodia  lancoolatc, 
entire.  Calif.,  Ore.,  Utah.   B..M.  5989. 

AA.  Anthers  6. 
21.  capitdta,  Bonth.  (.Ui7/(i  r(jpi((i/fi,  Baker.  Dichelo- 
stcmtiui  01  ftUata,  Wood).  l.ower  (1-2  ft.):  lv.s.  narrow- 
linear,  perishing:  fls.  many,  in  a  caiiitate  umbel,  ^iin.  or 
li^ss  long,  lilac  (a  vjir.  alba);  three  inner  anthers  wingefl. 
Calif..  Utah,  \e\v  Mex.  B.M.  5912.  G.C.  III.  20:238. 
— Early  blooming. 

Group  4. — Conn  as  in  Group  1 :  fls.  many,  in  a  dense, 
or  at  least  a  close,  uinbel,  the  tube  about  as  long  as 

the     segms.;    good 
anthers  6. 

A.  Fls.  essentially 
capitate. 

22.  Dofiglasii, 
Wats.  (T r itelcia 
grandijldra,  Lindl. 
Milla  gratidiflora, 
Baker).  Lvs. linear: 
scape  1J^2~2  ft.;  fls. 
few,  in  a  close  um- 
bel, saccate  as  in 
Brevoortia  coccinea, 
blue;  segms.  as  long 
as  the  tube,  the 
inner  ones  wavy; 
filaments  winged. 
Ore  and  Wash.  B. 
M.  6907. 

23.  Howellii, 
Wats.  (Tritelela 
Hmcellii,  Greene). 
Fls.  bell  -  shaped, 
white:  differs  from 
B.  Douglasii  in 
smaller  fls.,  and 
segms.  not  more 
than  half  so  long  as 
tube.  Wash.  B.M. 
6989. 

Var.  lilacina, 
Hort.     One  of   the 
handsomest    of    all 
brodieas,    and   a 
good     grower:     fls. 
porcelain-blue,  sug- 
gestive of  Brevoortia 
coccinea.  Wash.  G. 
C. III.  19:767;  20: 
239.    Gn.46:.502.— 
Largo  and  strong. 
AA.  FLi.   in   a   close   but   rather  free  umbel,  the  pedicels 
usually  larger  than  the  perianth. 
24.  Pfilmeri,  W'ats.    Fig.  666.    Lvs.  firm  and  linear: 
fl.s.  many,  Hm.  long,  the  segms.  about  as  long  as  tube, 
blue.   S.  Calif.    G.F.  2:245  (adapted  in  Fig.  666). 

B.  ciltrAnfji,  Wats.  =  Br*rvo<)rtia. — R.  crdceii,  Wat.s.  1  ft.  or  more: 
fl".  O-l.'i,  yf.-llow.  .\'.  Calif. — fi.  irtfiulnriM.  OreeiK;.  Like  11.  eapitata, 
but  more  robiwt  and  larec-r-fitj.  Islanda  off  Calif. — U  Lfmmonx, 
Watfl.  1  ft,:  fl«,  Hmall,  d*.*;p  orange.  N.  Ariz. — B.  teptdrutra,  Baker. 
1  ft.  or  I<:sh:  fl",.  2.  purple.  Calif. — B.  libldna.  Baker.  1  ft.  or  less: 
fl.i.  lO-I.'j.  Iil.-ir-purple.  Calif. — B.  liiaeru.  Baker.  Like  B.  ixioidcs, 
hut  fl-*.  HafTrori.<!olor  within  and  brown-blaek  on  tube  and  ribs. 
Calif. — B.  jmtrhiUn,  Greene.  Probably  the  same  a.s  B.  congesta. — 
B.  Kiii/ra,  Baker.  Like  B.  ixioides.  but  ncabrous:  fls.  bright  yellow. 
Calif. — B.  tolulnlit.  Bakcr=Stropholirion. 

Carl  Pdrdy  and  L.  H.  B. 
BROMt^LIA  CBromel,  a  Swedish  botani.st).    Brome- 
liiic-jt.    Hothou.se  plants,  grown  for  the  stiff  form  and 
clusters  of  flowers. 


6M.  Broduea  Palmeri.   (plant  X  Yit 


.•\bout  two  dozen  species  t)f  Trop.  .American  herbs, 
with  .stilf,  pii\eapple-like  lvs.,  and  fls.  in  heads  or  pani- 
cles; corolla  3-|)arted;  caly.\  of  3  ovate-oblong  sepals. 
Differs  from  Billbergia  and  .Vnanas  in  technical  char- 
acters, iiarticularly  in  the  lieeijcr-cut  caly.x.  Less  popu- 
lar as  stove  plants  th:m  .lichmea  and  Billbergia.  B. 
bracteata  and  B.  nuicrodunles  of  trade-lists  belong  to 
Ananas.  Culture  as  for  Billbergia,  which  see.  Monogr. 
bj'  Mez,  in  De  Cantlolle's  ]\Ionogr.  Phaner.  9. 

Pinguin,  Linn.  Pinguin  of  .lamaica.  Wild  Pine. 
Three  f.o  4  ft.  high:  lvs.  broad-loothed  and  spiny, 
bright  green,  but  becoming  pink  and  red  with  age:  fls. 
reiklish,  pubescent,  in  a  dense  panicle,  with  a  mealy 
rachis,  the  sepals  acute:  fr.  as  large  as  plums,  acid. 
W.  Indies. — Makes  a  good  hedge  in  tropical  countries, 
and  the  fr.  yields  a  cooling  juice. 

Binfitii,  Morr.  Panicle  lax;  sepals  rounded  at  the  top: 
habit  open  and  spreading.    Brazil. 

B.  longifdHa,  Rudge^Streptocalyx. — B.  tricolor,  .Sanders.  Lvs. 
1 3-2-2  ft.  long,  1  I2-2  in.  wide,  the  wa\y  margins  creamy  yellow 
except  at  the  rose-red  base,  the  central  portion  a  glossy  green. 
G.C.  in.  43:261.  L     H     B 

George  V.  NASH.f 
BROMHEADIA  (Sir  Edward  F.  Bromhead,  English 
naturalist).  Urchidacese.  Stove  orchids,  terrestrial  or 
epiphytic,  non-bulbous,  little  known  in  cult.,  compris- 
ing two  species  from  the  East  Indian-Malayan  region. 
Leaves  distichous,  rigid,  often  fleshy:  fls.  showy, 
white  and  orange,  the  parts  narrow  and  pointed;  lip 
3-lobed,  narrow.  Prop,  by  division  or  offsets  after 
flowering.  B.  Finlaysoniana,  Reichb.  (B.  palustris, 
Lindl.  Cirammatophjillum  Finlaysonianum,  Lindl.). 
Root  of  stout  and  fleshy  fibers:  st.  3-8  ft.,  with  sheath- 
ing scales  below  and  a  few  oblong  thick  or  fleshy  lvs. 
at  the  middle  and  elongated  scaly  peduncle  at  the  top: 
fls.  white,  fragrant,  the  parts  I'o  in.  long,  oblong- 
acuminate  and  nearly  equal,  spreading;  lip  oblong, 
3-lobed,  white  outside  and  purple-lined  inside,  the 
middle  lobe  rounded  and  yellow  at  center.    B.M.  4001. 

BROMPTON  STOCK:   Matthiola. 

BROMUS  (ancient  Greek  name  for  the  oat).  Groi- 
m'nu'se.  Brome-Grass.  Annual  or  perennial  grasses 
with  large,  usually  awned  spikelets  in  panicles. 

Spikelets  several-fld. ;  lemmas  convex  or  keeled,  5-9- 
nerved,  usually  2-toothed  at  apex  and  awned  from 
between  the  teeth,  sometimes  awnless,  the  awn  usually 
straight. — -Species  about  100,  mostly  in  the  north  tem- 
perate zone. 

The  genus  contains  a  few  forage  gra.sses  and  several 
annual  species  that  have  been  intro.  into  the  U.  S., 
especially  on  the  Pacific  coast,  where  they  have  become 
troublesome  weeds.  Among  the  weedy  annual  species 
may  be  mentioned  B.  secalinus,  Linn.,  chess  or  cheat, 
with  smooth  sheaths,  drooping  panicles  of  ovate  short- 
awned  spikelets,  the  lenmias  convex  and  smooth;  B. 
commutatus,  Scbrad.,  resembling  the  preceding  but  the 
sheaths  hairy;  B.  mollis,  Linn.  Resembles  chess,  from 
which  it  differs  by  its  hairiness  and  more  erect  panicle; 
B.  villosus,  Forsk.,  with  lai'ge  few-fld.  spikelets,  the 
awns  about  2  in.  long;  B.  tectonini,  Linn.,  delicate, 
slender  spikelets  in  drooping  panicles  the  awns  6-7 
lines  long;  B.  rubcns,  Linn.,  with  erect  compact  pan- 
icles of  purple  spikelets,  the  awn  9-11  lines  long. 
The  last  3  are  especially  abundant  in  Calif.  Cheat  is 
used  for  hay  in  Ore. 

A.  Plants  perennial,  producing  rootstocks. 

inermis,  Leyss.  Awnle.ss  Brome-Grass.  Erect,  2-4 
ft. :  panicle  narrow,  the  branches  ascending  or  spreading 
in  fl.;  spikelets  about  1  in.,  the  lemmas  mucronate  or 
short-awntMl.  Intro,  from  Eu.  C!n.  25,  p.  429.  Dept. 
of  .Vgric,  Div.  of  Agrost.,  7:298. — Used  as  a  pasture 
and  meadow  grass  in  the  northwestern  states.  Espe- 
cially valuable  in  .semi-arid  regions. 


BROMUS 


BROUSSONETIA 


579 


AA.  Plimls  annual  or 

biennial. 
B.  Spikelels  (uvnless  or 

ncnrli/  so. 
brizaeformis,  Fisch.  & 
Wey.  One  to  2  ft.:  panicle 
2-ti  ill.,  one-siilod,  nodding; 
s pikelets  oblong- ovate, 
strongly  flattened,  as  much 
as  1  in.  long,  5  lines  wide. 
Eu.  Dept.  of  -Vgric,  Div. 
of  Agrost.,  7 :  298.— A  hand- 
some ornamental. 

unioloides,     H  B  K.     {B. 

Schraderi,  Kunt h ) .  Fig.  6(37. 
Rescub-Gr.\ss.Schrader's 
Brome-Grass.  Two  to  3 
ft.:  sheaths  ])ilose;  blades 
narrow,  scabrous:  panicle 
erect,  open  or  narrow,  the 
branches  ascending:  spike- 
lets  1  in.  long,  compressed, 
the  lemmas  keeled,  strongly 
nerved,  acuminate,  gla- 
brous or  scabrous.  Andes. 
Dept.  of  Agric,  Div.  of 
Agrost.,  7:299;  ibid,  Circ. 
26 : 1. — Grown  in  the  south- 
ern states  as  a  forage  grass. 

BB.  Spikclets  long-awned. 

macrostachys,  Linn.  One 
to  2  ft.:  panicle  narrow, 
compact,  consisting  of  a  few 
large  spikes  J4-I  in.  long; 
awns  .spreading  or  recurved, 
J-oin-Iong.  Eu. — Sometimes 
cult,  for  ornament. 

madritensis,  Linn.  Fig. 
668.  One  to  2  ft.,  tufted: 
panicle  erect,  2-4  in.,  ob- 
long-ovoid, contracted; 
glumes  and  lemmas  nar- 
row, the  latter  7-9  Unes 
long;  awn  straight  or  some- 
what curved,  8-11  hues 
long.  Eu. — Sometimes  cult, 
for  ornament. 

B.  pro/ensKi^Festuca  elatior. 

A.  S.  Hitchcock. 

BROOM:    Ci/tisus  aod  Genista. 

BROOM-CORN.  Brooms  are  made  of  the  rays  or 
peduncles  of  the  flower-cluster  of  Audropogon  Sorghum 
(Sorghum  rulgiire),  the  species  which  in  other  forms  is 
known  as  sorghum,  kafir,  and  Guinea  corn.  For  culti- 
vation of  broom-corn,  see  Cyclo.  Amor.  Agric,  II,  216. 

BROSIMUM  (Greek,  edible).  Moracex.  A  genus  of 
8  species  of  large  trees  of  Trop.  .4mer.,  yielding  edible 
fr. :  fls.  monwcious,  or  rarely  ditt'cious,  inside  or  on  the 
outside  of  a  fig-like  receptacle.  li.  Alicrislrum,  Swarti!, 
is  the  bread-nut  of  .Jamaica,  but  it  is  not  grown  within 
the  U.  S.,  except  in  most  of  the  botanic  gardens.  It 
bears  round  yellow  fr.,  about  an  inch  in  diam.,  con- 
taining a  single  large  seed,  which  is  edible  after 
roasting.  The  tree  has  shining  lance-elliptic  entire  Ivs. 
Prop,  by  cuttings  of  young  wood  in  a  bell-jar  with 
bottom  heat. 

BROUGHTONIA  (named  in  honor  of  an  English 
botanist,  .\rtiiur  Broughton).  Orchidacea;.  Epiphytic 
orchids,  r('(|iiiring  stove  conditions. 

Pseudobulbs,  1-  or  2-lvd..  ovoid  or  globose:  infl. 
terminal,   simple  or  somewhat  branched;  sepals  and 


667 


Bromus  unioloides, 

(xjy 


petals  similar,  somewhat  spreading,  the  latter  a  little 
the  broader:  lip  sessile  on  the  base  of  the  column  or 
sometimes  a  httle  adnate,  lateral  lobes  inckising  the 
column,  middle  lobe  .spreading;  ovary  extended  into  a 
long  cavity;  pollina  4,  waxy. — \  West  Iiiflian  genus  of 
2  or  3  species.   Sometimes  united  with  Eiiidendrum. 

sanguinea,  R.  Br.  Pseudobulbs  up  to  2  in.  long, 
2-lvd.:  Ivs.  2—1  in.  long,  leathery,  hnear-oblong:  racemes 
of  .5-10  fls.  about  1  ■  -j  in.  across  and  of  a  crimson-purple; 
sepals  lanceolate,  acute;  petals  oval-oblong;  lip  nearly 
orbicular,  denticulate  on  the  margin.  Jamaica.  B.M. 
3076,  3536  (as  B.  coccinea).  George  V.  Nash. 

BROUSSONETU  (after  T.  N.  V.  Broussonet,  a 
French  naturalist).  Moracex.  Ornamental  trees  or 
shrubs,  grown  chiefly  for  their  large  handsome  foliage. 

Leaves  alternate,  petioled,  serrate,  undivided  or 
lobed:  fls.  dioecious,  apetalous,  the  staminate  in  cylin- 
drical, nodding  catkins,  with  4-parted  calyx  and  4  sta- 
mens, the  pistillate  in  globular  heads  with  a  tubular 
perianth  including  the  stalked  ovary;  stigma  filiform: 
collective  fr.,  a  dense  globose  head  consisting  of  the 
persistent  perianths  and  bracts  with  numerous  small 
1-seeded  drupelets  protruding  at  maturity  and  orange 
red. — Three  species  in  E.  .\sia,  and  there  often  cult., 
the  bark  being  used  for  paper-making. 

These  are  deciduous  trees  with  wide-spreading 
branches,  under  culture  often  shrubby,  with  rather 
inconspicuous  greenish  white  flowers.  B.  popijrifera, 
the  hardier  of  the  two  species  in  cultivation,  is  fairly 
hardy  as  far  as  north  New  York.  It  is  usually  a  small 
tree  with  a  rather  low  wide-spreading  head  and  may  be 
used  in  cities  in  situations  in  which  small  shade  trees 
are  wanted,  as  it  stands  heat  and  dust  well.  It  is  not 
particular  as  to  the  soil. 

Propagation  is  by  seeds,  sown  after  maturity  or  in 
spring,  by  greenwood  cuttings  under  glass,  or  by  cut- 
tings of  ripened  wood,  kept  in  colder  climates  during 
the  winter  in  the  greenhouse;  also  by  root-cuttings  with 
slight  bottom  heat  and  layers.  The  varieties  are  also 
sometimes  budded  in  summer  or  grafted  in  early  spring 
on  the  roots  of  the  type  in  the  greenhouse.  Known  as 
paper  mulberries. 

papyrifera,  Vent.  (Mdrus  papyrifera,  Linn.).  Tree, 
30-50  ft.,  with  thick,  pubescent  branches:  Ivs.  long- 
petioled,  usually  cordate-ovate,  acuminate,  coarsely 
dentate,  often  deeply  lobed,  especially  on  younger 
plants,  rough  above,  pubescent  beneath,  3-8  in.  long: 
fr.-heads  ?4in.  acro.ss,  red.  May. 
China,  Japan.  B.M.  2.3.58.  S.I.F. 
1:3S.  Var.  cucuUata,  Ser.  (B. 
navicularis,  Lodd.).  Lvs.  small, 
concave  and  curled  upward.  G. 
W.  6:601.  Var.  laciniata,  Ser. 
(var.  disseda,  Hort.,  var.  Bil- 
Idrdii,  Ilemsl.).  Lvs.  finely  dis- 
sected into  very  narrow  lobes, 
often  reduced  to  the  nerves  and 
only  at  the  end  with  a  small 
lanceolate  or  o  vate-lanccolat  e  If  t. 
R.ll.  1878,  pp.  .374,  375.  Gn. 
15,  p.  .53. — Very  distinct  form, 
low  and  shnrbby,  nioic  tender 
than  the  type.  Var.  macrophylla, 
Ser.  Lvs.  large,  usually  un- 
divided. Var.  leucocarpa,.\udib. 
Fr.  white. 

Kazin6ki,  Sieb.  (B.  SiebdUii, 
Blume.  B.  Kaempfcri.,  Hort.). 
Branches  slender,  glabrous  at 
length:  lvs.  short-pel  idled,  ovate 
or  ovate-oblong,  nearly  glabrous, 
only     somewhat    rough     aliove, 

entire  or  2-3-lobed,  2-8  in.  long:    668.  Bromus  madritensis. 
fr.-head    less    than    J^in.    diam.  (x',i) 


5S0 


BROUSSOXETIA 


BROWNE  A 


China,  Japan.  I.  T.  2:45. — This  species  is  more  tender 
thiui  the  former.  It  iscult.  sometimes  :is /}.  Kaempferi, 
while  the  true  />'.  Kaempferi,  8ieb.,  with  tlic  Ivs.  resem- 
biini;  in  shape  those  of  li.  Ka:i»oki,  but  much  smaller 
anil  pubescent,  and  with  very  small  fr.-heads,  seems  not 
be  I"  >-ult-  Alfkkd  Hhuder. 

BROWALLIA  (after  John  Browall,  liishop  of  Abo, 
Sweden).  Soliinaeof.  Mostly  blue-flowered  greenhouse 
and  ganlen  herbs. 

A  pcnus  of  about  t)  S.  .\merican  annuals,  with  abun- 
dant blue,  violet  or  white  fis.  which  arc  solitary  and 
axillary,  or  in  more  or  less  1 -sided  racemes;  corolla- 
tube  15-nerve<f,  straight,  which  di.stinf;uishcs  it  from 
Streptosolen,  in  which  the  corolla  is  twisted. 

The  seeds  may  be  sown  in  the  open  border,  but  for  the 
sake  of  the  earlier  bloom  it  is  better  to  start  them 
indoors  in  early  spring  anil  transplant  into  the  open 
about  May  15,  where  they  will  bloom  profusely  all 
through  our  hot,  dry  stmimers,  and  until  frost.  They 
can  be  grown  in  poorer  soil  than  most  half-hardy 
annuals,  and  make  excellent  bedding-plants.  They  are 
also  used  for  winter  decoration,  the  seeds  being  sown  in 
midsummer,  earlier  or  later  according  to  the  size  of  the 
specimens  desired.  They  should  be  placed  near  the 
glass  and  frequently  stopped,  in  order  to  produce  com- 
pact plants.  Large  specimens  are  excellent  for  cutting, 
and  small  potted  plants  should  be  grown  more  com- 
monly by  florists  for  home  decoration  at  Christmas.  It 
is  even  possible  to  lift  flowering  plants  from  the  open 
before  the  first  frost  of  autumn  and  pot  them  for  con- 


660.  Browallia  speciosa,  and  a  flower  (at  e)  of  B.  demissa.  ( X  M) 


servatory  decoration,  although  the  flowers  arc  likely  to 
become  successively  smaller.  Blue  flowers  are  rare  in 
winter,  and  browalliaa  are  especially  desirable  for  their 
profuse  bloom  all  through  winter  and  early  spring.  The 
flowers  are,  however,  likely  to  fade,  especially  the  pur- 
ple ones.  In  pott  under  trees,  B.  speciosn  makes  an 
excellent  .summer  plant. 


In  the  names  of  the  early  species,  Linnaeus  com- 
memorated the  course  of  his  acquaintanceship  with 
Browall:  eto(o,  reflecting  the  exalted  character  of  their 
early  intimacy;  dcmUsa,  its  rupture;  and  alienata,  the 
permanent  estrangement  of  the  two  men. 

A.  Corolla-scgnis.  lung,  acute  or  acuminate:  coroUa-tube 

at  least  1  in.  long. 
speciSsa,  Hook.  Fig.  609.  Lvs.  sometimes  opposite, 
sometimes  alternate:  fls.  much  larger  than  in  B.  grandi- 
Jlora,  all  solitary,  axillary ;  peduncle  shorter  than  the  lvs. ; 
corolla-tube  thrice  as  long  as  the  calyx,  and  abruptly 
swollen  at  the  top  beneath  the  limb;  limb  of  5  ovate, 
striated,  dark  i)urple  segms.,  pale  lilac  beneath.  Cohim- 
bia.  B.M.4339.  P.M.  iG:290.^There  are  blue-,  violet- 
and  white-fld.  varieties.  Var.  major,  llort.,  has  violet 
fls.  2  in.  across.  R.B.  20:240.  B.  gigantea,  Hort.,  is  a 
florists'  variety,  with  very  deep  blue  fls.  and  long-bloom- 
ing habit.    Intro,  into  American  trade  in  1899. 

AA.  Corolla-segtns.  short,  2-lohed  or  notched:  corolla  ^in. 
long  or  less. 

B.  Upper  lvs.  not  stalked:  fls.  all  in  loose  racemes;  calyx 

not  hairy. 
grandiflora,  Graham  (B.  Rovzlii,  Hort.).  St.  and  lvs. 
glabrous,  or  in  the  upper  part  of  the  plant  minutely 
clammy-puberulent:  lvs.  ovate,  the  lower  petioled: 
calyx-teeth  oblong,  somewhat  obtuse,  equal,  scarcely 
shorter  than  the  tube,  spreading:  corolla  white  or  pale 
blue,  the  limb  wider  than  in  B.  demissa.  Peru.  B.M. 
3069. — In  B.  Roezlii,  said  to  be  from  the  Rocky  Mts., 
some  fls.  are  white,  some  pale  blue.  The  name  is  un- 
known in  N.  American  botanical  literature.  No  dark 
blue  or  violet-colored  forms  are  advertised. 

BB.  Upper  li's.  stalked:  fls.  solitary  and  axillary 
below,  racemose  above. 
c.  Calyx  hairy. 
demissa,  Linn.  (iB.  elata,  Linn.).    Fig.  669.    St.  and 
Ivs.    pubescent   or   glabrous:   lvs.    ovate,    with   longer 
stalks  than  in  B.  grandiflora:  calyx-teeth  acute,  unequal, 
much  shorter  than  the  corolla-tube.   The  lvs.  are  varia- 
ble, euneate,  rotund,  or  rarely  cordate.   S.  Amer.   B.M. 
34;  1136.   The  following  are  now  referred  to  the  above: 
B.  americana,  B.  elata,  B.  elongata,  B.  nervosa.    This 
species  is  the  commonest,  and  is  usually  known  as  B. 
elata.   Blue,  violet,  white  and  dwarf  forms  are  cult. 

cc.  Calyx  sticky  or  clammy. 

viscfisa,  HBK.  (B.  pulchella  and  B.  Czerniakowskiana, 
Hort.).  Plant  viscous-pubescent:  lvs.  short-petioled, 
ovate,  rough-hairy  on  both  sides:  pedicels  a  little 
shorter  than  the  calyx:  calyx-teeth  very  clammy, 
oblong,  shorter  than  the  corolla-tube.  The  lvs.  are 
similar  to  B.  demissa,  but  the  habit  is  stiffer  and  the 
fls.  more  numerous.  The  calyx-teeth  spread  less  than 
in  B.  grandiflora.    S.  Amer. 

H.  americana,  Linn.,  is  considered  by  acme  a  separate  species 
from  the  above,  but  in  Germany,  where  most  seeds  of  annual  fls.  are 
grown,  it  is  used  by  Siebert  &  \'oss  (in  Vilmorin's  Blumengartnerei) 
to  include  B.  demissa,  B.  elata  and  other  forms. — B.  Jamesonii, 
Benth. ^Streptosolen  jamesonii. — B.  pulchella,  Hort.,  is  likely  to 
be  either  B.  grandiflora  or  B:  viscosa.       WlLHELM  MiLLEK. 

N.    TAYLOR.f 

BROWNEA  (Patrick  Browne  wrote  a  history  of 
Jamtiica).  .Sometimes  written  Brownsea,  (Hermesias, 
Loefl.).  Ligiimixosie.  A  group  of  10  small  evergreen 
trees  of  Trop.  Amer.,  allied  to  Amherstia  and  Bauhinia 
but  little  known  in  the  American  trade.  Lvs.  alternate 
and  pinnate:  fls.  showy,  red,  in  dense  terminal  or  axil- 
lary clu.sters.  Cult,  in  hothouses.  B.  Ariza,  Benth. 
(B.  princeps,  Lind.)  has  drooping  heads  of  scarlet  fls. 
I.H.  42:.38.  B.  grandiceps,  Jacq.  Fig.  670.  Fls. 
red,  in  capitate  spikes:  Ifts  about  12  pairs,  lance-oblong. 
S.Amer.  B.M. 4859.  G.M. 31:115.  B. R6sa-de-M6nte, 
Berger.  Fls.  scarlet,  in  dense  heads:  Ifts.  2-3  pairs, 
oval,  acimainate.  S.  Amer.  N.  Tatlor.! 


BRUCKENTHALIA 


BRUNFELSIA 


581 


BRUCKENTHALIA  (after  S.  von  nruckenthal,  an 
Austrian  ixililciuan).  Ericaces'.  Ornamental  shrub, 
chiefly  grown  for  its  profusely  produced  small  spikes 
of  pink  flowers. 

Leaves  linear,  whorled:  £ls.  in  short  racemes;  calyx 
campanulate,    4-lobed;    corolla    campanulate    with    4 

triangular  lob(;s; 
stamens  S,  included, 
connate  at  the 
base;  disk  rudi- 
mentary; caps,  sub- 
globose,  4  -  celled, 
loculicid,  many- 
seeded.  —  One 
species  in  S.  E.  Eu. 
and  Asia  Minor. 
Very  closely  related 
to  Erica,  but  differs 
chiefly  in  the  calyx 
being  lobed  only  to 
the  middle,  not  4- 
parted,  in  the  rudi- 
mentary disk  and 
the  connate  sta- 
mens. 

This  is  a  low 
evergreen,  heath- 
like shrub  forming 
large  tufts,  with 
needle-shaped  small 
leaves  and  small 
rosy  pink  nodding 
flowers  in  short 
terminal  racemes, 
produced  in  great 
profusion.  Perfectly 
same  treatment   as 


670.  Brownea  grandiceps.  (Xl-12) 


hardy  North  and  requiring  the 
hardy  ericas;  a  pretty  little  plant  for  rockeries.  Propa- 
gation is  usually  by  seeds  which  are  freely  produced 
in  cultivation  and  treated  like-those  of  erica;  also  by 
cuttings. 

spiculifolia,  Reichb.  (Erica  spiculifolia,  Salisb.  B. 
spiculiflora,  IJenth.).  Tufted  shrub,  .5-8  in.  high:  Ivs. 
about  3  6'n-  long:  Qs.  J^in.  long;  anthers  obtuse,  2-lobed 
at  the  apex,  style  exserted.   June,  July.    B.AL  8148. 

Alfred  Rehder. 
BRUGMANSIA:  Datura. 

BRUNELLA  (probably  from  old  German  breune  or 
braune,  quinsj',  which  it  was  thought  to  cure).  Often 
written  Prunella,  which  was  the  spelling  used  by  Lin- 
na-us.  Brunelln  is  pre-Linnaean.  Labi&lx.  Low-grow- 
ing hardy  herbaceous  perennials. 

Flowers  usually  violet  or  purple,  produced  all  summer 
on  heads  an  inch  or  more  high  or  in  bracted  spikes; 
calyx  reticulate  about  10-nerved  and  2-lipped,  which 
distinguishes  it  from  the  closely  related  Physostegia,  in 
which  the  calyx  is  almost  regular. 

They  are  best  suited  for  the  rockerj'  and  slightly 
shaded  parts  of  the  border,  succeeding  in  almost  any 
soil  that  is  not  excessively  dry. 

vulgaris,  Linn.  Self-He.\l.  Heal-All.  Lvs.  ovate- 
oblong,  entire  or  toothed,  usually  pubescent:  corolla 
violet  or  purple,  rarely  white,  3  2-?4'n.  long,  not  twice 
as  long  a-s  the  purplish  calyx.  .-Vnier.,  Eu.,  .\sia. — One 
of  the  most  cosmopolitan  of  all  plants,  being  too  com- 
mon in  the  wild  to  be  cult.  A  form  with  variegated 
lvs.  is  rarely  found  wild.  Herb  considered  a.«tringent 
and  vulnerarj'.  Var.  laciniata,  Hort.,  not  Linn.  Lvs. 
much  cut  and  torn:  fls.  as  in  the  type. 

grandifldra,  Jacq.  {B.  pyreiAicn,  Phillipe).  Lvs. 
often  toothed,  especially  at  the  base:  corolla  over  1  in. 
long,  more  than  twice  as  long  as  the  calyx.  Eu.  B.M. 
337. — Perhaps  the  best  of  the  garden  kinds.  Var.  alba, 
Hort.    Fls.  pure  white. 


Webbiana,  Ilort.  Lvs.  shorter  than  in  B.  grandijlora, 
and  not  so  pointed:  fls.  very  freely  produced,  more  than 
twice  as  long  as  the  calyx,  bright  purple.   June-Sept. 

N.  Taylor,  t 

BRUNFELSIA  (Otto  Bnmfels,  physician  and  bot- 
anist of  the  sixteenth  century).  Franciscea.  Soltmacex. 
Trees  and  shrubs,  a  few  of  which  are  grown  in  warm 
glasshouses. 

Leaves  entire,  oblong,  often  shining:  fls.  in  terminal 
cymes  or  clusters,  or  solitary,  large  and  showy,  some- 
times fragrant;  corolla  with  .5  rounded  and  nearly 
equal  spreading  lobes  (or  2  of  them  a  little  more  united) ; 
stamens  4,  in  the  throat  of  the  corolla,  the  anthers  all 
alike:  fr.  berry-like. — Species  above  20,  in  Cent,  and 
S.  Amer.  and  W.  Indies. 

Brunfelsias  are  usually  winter-flowering  plants.  The 
wood  must  be  well  ripened  before  flowering  begins. 
Grow  in  a  rich  open  compost,  and  feed  hberally  when 
well  rooted.  They  need  a  night  temperature  of  50°.  They 
bloom  best  when  pot-bound.  Propagated  by  cuttings 
from  the  new  growth  in  spring,  or  from  pieces  of  the 
ripe  wood  in  autumn  inserted  in  very  sandy  soil  and 
peat  and  kept  close  and  shaded  until  rooted.  The 
plants  are  of  easy  culture  when  the  simple  require- 
ments are  understood.  Under  gla.ss,  the  bloom  begins 
usually  in  October  and  November.  They  are  showy 
open-air  plants  in  Florida  and  southern  California. 

A.  Fls.  violet  or  bluish,  sometimes  fading  to  white. 

calycina,  Benth.  (Frandscea  calychia,  Hook.  F. 
pauciflora,  Benth.  F.  conferliflbra,  Moore.  Besl'eria 
inodbra,  Vellozi).  Habit  erect  or  spreading,  branching 
freely  from  the  base  upwards:  lvs.  shortly  petiolate, 
numerous,  glabrous  or  nearly  so,  3-4  in.  long,  elliptic 
or  elliptic-ovate,  acute,  rich  dark  livid  green  above, 
pale  green  below:  fls.  rich  dark  purple  in  dense  terminal 
or  axillary  cymes;  pedicels  an  inch  long;  limb  .salver- 
shaped,  with  slightly  wavy  margins;  calyx  J4-I  in. 
long,  tubular,  light  green.  Brazil.  B.M.  4583.  — E.\- 
tremely  variable  in  the  size  of  the  fls.  and  lvs.  Some  of 
the  most  distinct  forms  have  been  described  as  species 
by  various  botanists.  All  have  fls.  of  some  shade  of 
purple  and  are  here  included  as  varieties.  The  follow- 
ing are  well-marked  forms  in  cult. : 

Var.  eximia  (Frandscea  eximia,  Scheidw.).  A  fine 
free-flowering  variety  intermediate  in  size  between  the 
type  and  var.  mncrantha  and  characterized  by  the  long 
slender  slightly  curved  and  hairy  calyx,  which  is  about 
1'4  in.  long:  fls.  rich  purple  on  (irst-opening,  but  soon 
fading  to  alniost  pure  white,  about  1 J2  in.  diam.;  calyx 
rather  long  for  the  genus,  tube  extending  to  three- 
fourths  its  length:  whole  plant  slightly  downy.  B.M. 
4790.  F.S.  10:1037. 

Var.  floribunda  (B.  florihunda,  Hort.).  A  dwarf 
florifcrous  shrub  of  free-branching  habit  and  glabrous 
in  all  parts:  lvs.  2-4  in.  long,  elliptic,  rich  dark  livid 
green  color,  glabrous,  and  prominently  veined  on  the 
under  sides:  fls.  rich  violet,  with  small  white  eye;  limb 
flat  or  nearly  .so;  calyx  ^^m.  long,  elliptic  in  outline; 
pedicels  stout,  }  2'".  long.^Largely  grown  by  European 
nurserymen  in  recent  years.  .'V  pretty  and  desirable 
form,  as  it  flowers  rather  early  in  the  year  without 
any  extra  heat. 

Var.  macrantha  (B.  macrdntha,  Lem.  B.  grandi- 
fldra, Don.  B.  LiiidenU'iim,  Nichols.).  Fig.  ()71.  A 
magnificent  form  of  strong  and  vigorous  habit,  with 
rich  ilark  green  lvs.  often  ius  much  as  8  in.  long  and  23^ 
in.  broad,  glabrous  or  nearly  so  in  all  parts,  except  the 
upi)er  part  of  the  corolla-tube:  fls.  in  den.se  axillary  or 
terminal  cynics  in  the  axils  of  all  the  upper  lvs.,  rich 
deep  i)uri)le  in  color,  with  prominent  ring  of  lavender- 
blue  color  surrounding  the  white  eye  at  the  mouth  of 
the  tube;  calyx,  1  in.  long,  bright  green;  corolla  23^-3 
in.  diam. — One  of  the  finest  and  most  florifcrous  shrubs 
for   a   warm   greenhouse   or    subtropical    country,   of 


5S2 


BlUXFKLSIA 


BRUSSELS   SPROUTS 


oxlr»>niely  easy  cult.,  and  readily  tniiiiod  into  fino 
siHvimens.  Keadily  oonfoniis  to  pot  cultuio.  Shoulil 
Ih'  kept  slightly  on  the  drv  side  during  the  winter,  but 
not  enounh  to  eause  it  to  lose  the  Ivs. 

ramos(ssima,  Henth.  Lvs.  oblong  to  nearly  laneco- 
late.  aonininate  or  obtuse,  glabrous  or  rarely  slightly 
hairy  above  and  hairy  or  villous  beneath:  (is.  large, 
in  lax  cymes,  deep  violet-purple,  the  corolla-tube  twice 
longer  than  the  calyx. — One  of  the  best,  with  luxuriant 
foliage:  may  be  grown  cooler  in  winter  than  the  other 
siHH'ies.    Probably  a  form  of  B.  calycina. 

Hope&na,  Benth.  (Fninriscen  Hopediin,  Hook.  F. 
unitlora,  Pohl).  A  slender  twiggy  free-branching  shrub: 
lvs.  lanceolate-oblong,  thin  in  texture,  rich  dark  green, 
paler  beneath:  fls,  small  but  freely  produced,  solitary 
or  in  pairs  all  along  the  leafy  growths;  limb  light  violet- 
blue  on  first  opening,  fading  to  almost  pure  white  with 
age;  tube  very  slender,  curved  upwards,  nearly  white, 
1  in.  long;  calyx  ^4in.  long,  teeth  obtuse.  Brazil.  VV. 
Indies.   B.M.2S29.   L.B.C.  14: 13.32. 

latifdlia,  Benth.  (Frnncicccn  Inlijblia,  Hook.).  Habit 
dwarf  with  slender  spreading  branches:  Ivs.  elliptic, 
2-4  in.  long,  acute  or  obtuse,  glabrous  above,  slightly 
pubescent  beneath:  fls.  in  terminal  clusters  or  short 
axillary,  few-fid.  cymes;  corolla  Ui  in-  diam.,  pale 
violet,  with  white  center,  changing  in  a  day  or  so  to 
white,  sweetlj-  scented;  tube  IJi  in.  long,  slender, 
slightly  curved;  calyx  erect,  campanulate,  Join,  long, 
teeth  acute.   Trop.  Amer.    B.M.  3907. 

AA.  Fls.  white  or  yellow. 

americana,  Linn.  Habit  dwarf,  branches  slender: 
lvs.  glabrous  or  nearly  so;  lamina  elliptic-ovate,  acute; 
petiole  '2-1  in.  long,  stout:  fls.  solitary  and  axillary,  or 
in  terminal  few-fid.  clusters,  pure  white  shading  with 
age  to  pure  yellow  and  sweetly  scented,  especially  at 
night;  petals  obtuse;  calyx  green,  campanulate  teeth 
spreading,  nearly  equaling  the  length  of  the  tube. 
Trop.  Amer.  B..\l.  393. — Of  very  ea.sy  cult.,  and  thriv- 
ing and  .seeding  freely  under  the  conditions  of  an 
ordinary  greenhouse.  In  Fla.,  grows  4-6  ft.  high;  the 
very  fragrant  fls.  are  much  prized. 

Var.  pubescens  (.4.  fallax,  Hort.).  Resembles  the 
type,  but  hairy  in  all  its  parts,  and  rather  more 
fiofiferous. 

undulita,  Swartz.  A  strong-growing  evergreen 
-hrub  or  small  tree,  reaching  to  20  ft.  in  its  native 
habitat  and  flowering  freely  when  quite  small:  lvs. 
ovate-lanceolate,  margins  slightly  wavy,  light  green  in 

ilor,  acute,  variable  in  size  up  to  7  in.  long  and  2  in. 


in.  long:  fls.  on  the 
upper  parts  of  the 
sts.  solitary  or  in 
pairs  in  the  axils 
of  most  of  the  ter- 
minal lvs.  forming 
terminal  clusters; 
calyx  cyme  green 
h2~'H"^-  '"ng,  cam- 
panulate ;  corolla 
white  changing  to 
creamy  white  with 
age;  lobes  broadly 
ovate  or  orbicular 
in  outline  and  with 
beautiful  wavy 
margins.  .Jamaica. 
H.  M.  8422.  — A 
magnificent  free- 
flowering  species 
and  a  great  acquisi- 
tion to  any  garden. 
Requires  subtropi- 
cal conditions. 


671.  Brunfelsia  calyctna  Tar. 
macrantha.  ( x  H) 


jamaicensis,  Griscb.  (li.  nitida  var.  jnmnicinsis, 
Hook.).  .\n  erect,  shrub  or  small  tree,  spar.sely  branched 
in  the  young  state:  sts.  woody,  with  the  Ivs.  more  or 
less  tufted  at  the  ends  of  each  year's  growths:  lvs. 
elliptic  or  lanceolate,  up  to  7  in.  long,  but  often  small 
and  borne  on  short  lateral  tufted  growths,  glabrous  or 
nearly  so;  petiole  very  short:  fls.  crowded  on  the  apex 
of  the  current  year's  growth,  solitary  (occasionally  in 
pairs)  and  axillary;  pedicels  J^-join.  long,  slender, 
erect  or  spreading;  calyx  erect,  lain,  long,  campanulate 
teeth  spreading,  acute;  corolla  erect,  white,  changing 
with  age  to  primrose-yellow.  \V.  Indies.  B.M.  4287. — ■ 
A  very  fine  s))ecies  for  the  warmer  parts  of  the  S.,  but  a 
somewhat  shy-flowering  plant  unless  the  growth  is 
thoroughly  well  ripened  up.  There  is  a  general  resem- 
blance between  this  species  and  B.  nilida  and  B.  undu- 
liiln  and  it  is  possible  that  they  are  forms  of  one 
polymorphic  species.  l,  h.  B. 

C.  P.  Raffill. 

BRUNSDONNA.  A  cross  between  Brunsvigia  and 
Amaryllis  Belladonna  has  recently  been  given  the 
garden  name  Brunsdonna  Sonderx  alba;  it  has  the 
umbel  resembling  typical  A.  Belladonna,  and  one-sided 
rather  than  globular:  fls.  white.  See  Amaryllis  Bella- 
donna var.  Parkeri,  which  is  a  similar  cross. 

BRUNSVIGIA  (after  the  Duke  of  Brunswick). 
Amaryllidacese.  Tender  summer-  or  autumn-flowering 
bulbs. 

Umbels  of  large  numerous  brick-red  fls.;  corolla 
funnelformed,  6-parted,  deciduous,  its  scgms.  nearly 
equal,  recurved  at  the  tip. — Species  9.     S.  Afr. 

The  bulbs  must  be  thoroughly  rested  from  the  time 
the  leaves  fade  until  the  scape  appears.  Brunsvigias  are 
hard  to  flower.  They  require  rich,  sandy  soil,  plenty  of 
heat  and  sunlight.  When  growing,  give  water  and 
liquid  manure  freely.  They  propagate  by  offsets.  For 
fuller  instructions,  see  Amaryllis. 

A.  Lvs.  strap-shaped. 

Josephinae,  Ker.  Bulb  5-6  in.  thick:  lvs.  8-10, 
strap-shaped,  glaucous  or  greenish,  thick,  closely  ribbed, 
2-3  ft.  long,  1)2-2  in.  broad:  scape  1  in.  thick,  1)-^  ft. 
long;  fls.  20-30,  rarely  .50-60,  in  an  umbel;  pedicels 
J^-1  ft.  long:  caps,  smaller  than  in  B.  gigantea,  less 
conical  and  less  strongly  angled.  B.M.  2.578.  F.S. 
4:322. — Named  after  the  Empress  Josephine,  who 
purchased  the  original  bulb  after  it  flowered  at 
Malmaison. 

AA.  Lvs.  tongue-shaped. 

gigantea,  Heist.  (Amarijllis  gigantea,  Van  Marum. 
A.  orientdlis,  Ecklon).  Bulb  very  large:  lvs.  about  4, 
tongue-shaped,  closely  ribbed,  3-.'5  in.  broad,  usually 
under  1  ft.  long:  scape  red  or  green,  a  finger's  thickness; 
fls.  20-.30in  an  umbel,  paler  than  in  B.  gigantea,  and  less 
numerous;  pedicels  stout,  strongly  ribbed,  4-6  in.  long. 
B.M.  1G19  (as  B.  midtiflora). 

B.  falcata.  Ker=Ammocharis  falcata. — B.  magnlfica,  Lind.  Fla. 
20-2.')  in  a  cluster;  corolla  short;  the  segnis.  white,  with  medium 
stripe  of  red  or  purphsh  red;  lvs.  1-2  ft.  long,  3-3^2  in.  wide,  re- 
cumbent.— Thought  by  Baker  to  be  Crinum  Forbesianum  or  near 
that  sp-eies.  jj_    TAYLOR.f 

BRUSSELS  SPROUTS.  I'ig.  672.  A  form  of  the 
cabbage  tribe,  grown  for  the  globular  buds  or  "sprouts" 
produced  along  the  stout  upright  stem. 

The  garden  varieties  of  brussels  sprouts  represent 
one  of  th(!  many  interesting  variations  that  have  taken 
place  in  the  cabbage  family.  This  plant,  while  in  its 
seedling  stage  and  during  its  early  life,  closely  resembles 
the  ordinr.ry  cabbage,  but  later  in  its  development  the 
axillary  buds,  instead  of  renuiining  dormant  as  is  the 
ca.se  with  the  comirion  cabliage,  tlevelop  into  miniature 
heads  similar  in  their  make-up  to  an  ordinary  head  of 
cabbage  but  very  small. 

The  soil  to  which  the  sprout  is  adapted  is,  in  general, 
the  same  as  that  for  late  cabbage;  in  fact,  the  plant  is 


BRUSSELS  SPROUTS 


BRYOPHYLLUM 


583 


672.  Brussels  Sprouts. 


always  grown  in  conditions  similar  to  those  chosen  for 
late  cauliHower  or  late  cabbage,  and  its  range  of  adapta- 
tion is  much  the  same  as  that  of  autumn  cabbage.  The 
fertilizing  of  the  crop  should  be  the  same,  in  general,  as 
for  autumn  cabbage.  The  plants  should  be  sot  so  as  to 
allow  them  sufficient  room  for  full  development,  pref- 
erabl}'  in  check- 
rows 30  to  36  inches 
apart  each  way. 
Young  seedhngs 
should  be  ready 
for  planting  in  the 
latitude  of  New- 
York  from  Jime  20 
to  July  10.  The 
cultivation  of  the  crop,  up  to 
the  time  the  sprouts  begin  to 
develop,  is  practical!}'  the 
same  as  that  for  cabbage. 

The  enemies  and  diseases 
to  which  brussels  sprouts  is 
subject  are  the  same  as  those 
of  the  fall  crops  of  other 
cabbage-like  plants.  Aphis, 
green-worm,  the  harlequin- 
bug  and  the  cutworm  are 
probably  the  most  annoy- 
ing of  the  insect  pests,  while  the  rots,  damping-off 
fungus  and  the  mildew  are  more  or  less  troublesome. 

Before  the  sprouts  are  ready  for  hari^est,  the  lower 
leaves  of  the  plants  are  broken  away  in  order  to  facili- 
tate the  cutting  of  the  miniature  heads  or  sprouts;  this 
is  done  by  means  of  a  sharp  short-bladed  knife,  used  to 
separate  them  from  the  stalk  of  the  plant.  In  sections 
in  which  the  plant  can  remain  in  the  open  during  the 
winter,  two  or  three  cuttings  are  made.  The  first 
sprouts  develop  in  the  axils  of  the  leaves  nearest  the 
ground,  and  as  the  stalk  of  the  plant  elongates  and  more 
leaves  are  added,  a  succession  of  sprouts  develop.  The 
first  cutting  is  confined,  therefore,  to  the  older  and 
more  fully  developed  sprouts.  When  the  miniature 
heads  have  attained  the  size  of  '2  to  1  inch  in  diameter, 
the  cutting  begins  and  is  repeated  at  intervals  depend- 
ing upon  the  development  of  the  sprouts.  In  regions 
in  which  it  is  not  safe  to  allow  the  plants  to  remain  in 
the  open  during  the  winter,  a  small  supply  for  home  use 
or  for  local  market  may  be  stored  in  a  vegetable-cellar 
or  storage-pit,  the  plants  being  lifted  with  earth  adher- 
ing to  the  roots  and  planted  in  sand  that  is  kept  some- 
what moist  during  the  storage  period.  Under  these 
conditions,  the  sprouts  will  remain  in  good  condition 
for  several  weeks  and  successive  harvests  can  be  made 
the  same  as  when  the  plants  are  standing  in  the  open. 

The  hand  labor  involved  in  gathering  the  sprouts  and 
preparing  them  for  market  is  the  chief  deterrent  to  the 
extensive  cultivation  of  this  crop.  It  is  only  in  regions 
in  which  mild  winter  conditions  prevail  and  in  which 
labor  is  available  to  harvest  and  assort  the  sprouts 
that  the  industry  thrives  on  a  commercial  scale.  After 
the  sprouts  have  been  cut  and  placed  in  suitable  recep- 
tacles, they  are  carried  in  a  packing-house  where  each 
head  is  trimmed  by  romo\ing  the  outer  leaves.  The 
trimmed  heads  are  then  placed  in  berry  boxes  holding 
one  quart,  tho.se  for  the  top  layer  being  selected  for 
uniformity  in  size  and  arranged  so  as  to  give  a  finished 
appearance  to  the  receptacle. 

.Several  varieties  of  brusxels  sprouts  are  offered  by 
the  trade,  but  there  is  only  one  general  type,  the  chief 
difference  being  in  the  length  of  the  stalk  of  the  plant 
itself  and  the  manner  in  which  the  sprouts  are  distribu- 
ted along  the  stalk.  This  plant,  although  a  popular 
vegetable  in  England  and  on  the  Continent,  is  sparingly 
cultivated  in  the  United  States,  a  few  centers  only  giv- 
ing attention  to  it  as  a  commercial  crop.  Parts  of  Ixjng 
Island,  in  New  York,  are  well  known  for  bru.ssels 
sprouts  production.  L.  C.  Corbett. 


BRYANTHUS  (Cireek,  bryon,  moss,  and  anihos, 
flower:  growing  among  mosses).  Ericdcex.  Heath-like 
low  shrub  with  pretty  pink  flowers,  suitable  for  rock- 
eries, but  not  yet  in  cultivation. 

Leaves  evergreen,  linear,  remotely  denticulate:  calyx 
4-parted;  corolla  rotate,  4-parted;  stamens  8:  caps. 
subglobose,  4-valved. — One  species  on  Kamtchatka  and 
Behrings  Isls.  The  genus  Phyllodoce  has  been  referred 
by  several  botanists  to  Bryanthus,  but  it  differs  con- 
siderably in  its  urceolate  or  campanulate  .5-lobed 
corolla,  10  stamens,  5-valved  caps,  and  solitary  or 
umbellate  fls. 

This  prostrate  evergreen  shrub  has  small  needle- 
shaped  leaves  and  small  rosy  pink  flowers  in  peduncled, 
slender,  3-10-flowered  racemes.  Bryanthus  will  proba- 
bly require  the  same  treatment  as  Chiogenes,  Loisel- 
euria  and  Phyllodoce.  The  only  species  is  B.  Gmelinii, 
Don.  For  illustration,  see  Pallas,  Fl.  Ross.  2:74  (as 
Andromeda  Bryanthus). 

B.  Breweri,  Gray^Phyllodoce  Breweri. — S.  empctrifdrmis.  Gray 
=Phyllodoceempetriformis. — B.  erec/us. Lindl.^Pliyllodoceerecta. 
— B.'  glnndulifldrus.  Gray^Phyltodoce  glanduliflorus. — B.  taxi- 
/dhus.  Gray=Phyllodoce  taxitolia.  ALFRED   RehDER. 

BRYONIA  (Greek,  to  sprout,  referring  to  the  annual  ■ 
growih   from   the   tuber).     Ciwurbitacese.     Herbaceous 
perennial  climbers. 

A  genus  of  12  species  of  perennial  cucurbits,  native 
of  Eu.  and  W.  Asia.  They  are  herbaceous  from  a  tuber- 
ous root,  with  staminate  fls.  in  racemes,  while  Bryon- 
opsis  is  an  annual  plant,  with  the  staminate  fls.  in 
fascicles.  All  species  of  Bryonia  are  dioecious  except 
B.  albn.  Bryonopsis  is  monoecious.  See  Cogniaux,  in 
DC.  Mon.  Phan.  2:469. 

A.  Fls.  dicecious;  stigmas  rough:  fr.  red. 
dioica,  Jacq.  Bryony.  Height  6-12  ft.:  root  long, 
fleshy,  branching,  white,  a  finger's  thickness:  Ivs.  ovate 
or  roundish  in  outline,  5-lobed,  margin  wavy-toothed, 
rough  with  callous  points,  paler  beneath:  pistillate  fls. 
greenish  white,  corymbose,  short-peduncled. — Common 
in  England  and  in  Cent,  and  S.  Eu.,  rarer  in  W.  Asia 
and  N.  Afr.  Not  usually  sold  in  Amor.,  but  a  common 
plant  along  English  highways  and  cult,  in  American 
botanic  gardens.  It  grow's  rapidly  over  hedges  and 
fences.  Root  of  this  and  of  B.  alba  are  employed  princi- 
pally as  a  hydragogue-cathartic.  The  fresh,  bruised 
root  apphed  to  the  skin  causes  vesication. 

AA.  Fls.  moncecious;  stigmas  smooth:  fr.  black. 

alba,  Linn.  Height  6-12  ft.:  roots  thick,  tuberculate, 
yellowish  outside,  white  within:  Ivs.  long-petioled: 
pistillate  fls.  in  long-peduncled  racemose  corymbs.  Eu., 
Caucasus,  Persia. 

B.  lacinidsa,  Linn.=Bryonop3i3  laciniosa. 

WiLHELM  Miller. 

BRYONOPSIS  (Greek,  Bryony-like) .  Cucurbitdccie. 
A  genus  of  two  species  of  annual  climbers.  Consult 
Bryonia  for  generic  differences. 

lacinidsa,  Naudin  {Bryonia  lacinidsa,  Linn.).  Lvs. 
deeply  .5-lobed,  rough,  light  green  above,  paler  beneath; 
segms.  oblong-lanceolate,  acmninate.  serrate:  fls.  nio- 
ncEcious,  fa-scicled  or  solitary,  yellow:  fr.  about  the  size 
of  a  cherry,  spherical,  green,  with  pretty  white  markings. 
Asia,  .Vfr.,  Au.stral.  F.S.  12:1202.  Var.  erythrocarpa, 
Naudin  {B-  erythrocarpa,  Naudin).  Has  red  fr.  with 
white  marks.  1.11.12:431.  F.S.  21:2237.  Gn.  6,  p. 
193. — .\  warmhouse  plant,  rarely  grown  in  pots  and 
trained  to  rafters.    Prop,  by  seeds. 

WiLHELM  Miller. 

BRYOPHYLLUM  (Greek,  sjrrouting  leaf).  Cras- 
sulace.T.  .\  small  genus  of  succulent  plants  in  the  same 
order  with  stonecrops,  hen-an<l-chickens,  cotyledon 
and  echeveria,  grown  to  some  extent  as  flowering 
plants  but  more  especially  as  a  foliage  novelty. 

Root-system  fibrous  and  very  abundant :  sts.  upright. 


5S4 


BRYOPHYLLUM 


BUDDING 


simple  or  sonietiiuos  hrancliinc  towurd  the  baso,  of  a 
thioK  stift  tissue  over. a  wooily  cyliiulrieal  core:  Ivs. 
opixisite,  petioletl.  simple  or  pinnately  coiMpouiui,  suo- 
oulent :  inn.  eymose  or  panioulate;  fls.  nodding;  sepals 
4,  uniti\l  into  an  inllated  ealyx  whieh  incloses  the 
lower  half  or  more  of  the  corolla;  corolla  cylindrical, 
ending  in  4  petal  tips:  stamens  S;  ovaries  4,  separate 
or  more  or  less  united  below. 

The  members  of  this  penus  may  readily  be  dis- 
tinpiiishixl  from  relatetl  neiiera  by  the  "sprouting" 
habit  of  their  leaves  as  indicated  by  the  generic  name. 
If  a  leiif  is  removed  from  a  plant  ami  placed  in  a  warm 
moist  place,  young  plants  will  very  soon  appear  in  the 
notches  around  it^  border.  This  is  the  simi)lest  method 
of  propagation  and  is  usually  accomplished  by  placing 
the  leaf  Hat  on  the  wet  sand  of  a  growing-bench,  in  a 
Wiirm.  sunny  exposure.  Tiny  buds  will  soon  api)ear 
in  the  notches  and  these  are  followed  by  numerous  fine 
roots,  i^tx-  Fig.  (573.  When  the  small  plants  have 
attained  a  size  sufficiently  large  to  be  handled,  they  may 
be  removed  from  the  parent  leaf  and  potted.  This 
method  may  be  employed  in  growing-houses  at  any 
season.  Plants  are  also  readily  protluced  from  stem- 
cuttings  rooted  in  sand,  or  from  seed.  Seeds  retain 
their  vitaUty  more  than  a  year  when  kept  dry.  The 
best  plants  are  to  be  grown  by  using  rather  rich  loose, 
well-tlniined  soil,  with  plenty  of  light,  heat  and  mois- 
ture. However,  they  arc  very  tenacious  of  life  and  will 
Burviye  with  a  minimum  of  water  and  a  low,  but  not 
freezing,  temperature.  They  grow  luxuriantly  out-of- 
doors  during  the  summer  months  but  must  be  housed 
during  the  frost  period.  Useful  in  various  botanical 
demonstrations. 

pinnatum,  Kurz  (B.  calyAnum,  Salisb.).  Figs.  673-4. 
Height  2-1  ft. :  Ivs.  opposite,  fleshy,  becoming  leathery 
with  age,  earlier  ones  simple,  ovate,  with  cordate  or 
rounded  base,  later  ones  pinnate  and  then  of  3-5  short- 
Btalked  Ifts.,  the  rachis  and  petiole  with  a  narrow  groove 
on  the  upper  side,  margin  crenately  doubly-serrate,  light 
p-een  becoming  purplish  along  the  veins  toward  matu- 
rity, margin  purple  as  are  also  the  petioles  and  young 
et.-grow'ths:  fls.  pendulous,  in  terminal  panicles;  calyx 
much  inflated,  purplish  green  with  lighter  dots,  lH  in. 
■  long;  corolla  greenish  white  with  purple-tinted,  spread- 
ing acute  tips.  Tropics  of  both  hemispheres.  B.M. 
1409.  L.B.C.  9:877.  G.C.  111.41:422.  J.H.  HI. 46:205. 


'-  .*w  ., 


673.  Sprouting  leaf  of  Bryophyllum. 

R.B.  24:125.    R.H,  1900,   p.  362.     V.   3:117;   4:113; 
7:340. — .Said  to  be  used  in  India  a.s  a  diuretic. 

crenAtum,  Jiaker.  Less  robust  in  habit  of  growth  than 
the  preceding:  height  2-3  ft.:  Ivs.  very  fleshy,  simple, 
1-3  w.  long,  becoming  smaller  upward  on  the  St.,  ovate 
with  rounded  or  cordate  base,  in  the  latter  case  strongly 
crested  auriculate,  margin  coarsely  crenate  to  dentate, 
bright  green  with  purjjlish  pink  margin  and  strongly 
bluish  glaucous  when  young  a.s  are  also  the  petioles  and 


sts.;  petioles  not  grooved  on  the  upper  side:  fls.  nodding, 
in  terminal,  open,  (corymbose  cymes;  calyx  membra- 
naceous, inflated,  ^giu-  long,  pink;  corolla  5^4in.  long, 
ending  in  4  roundetl  segms.,  red.  Madagascar.  B.M. 
78,56.  G.C.  III.  33:59;  41:419. 
G.W.  10,  p.  396;  6,  p.  495.  R.H. 
1900,  pp.  175,  176,  362. 

B.  prolifcntm,  Bowie.  Occasionally 
met  with,  is  much  more  robust  in 
growth,  reaching  12  ft.  in  height:  .st. 
4-angled  in  new  growth,  becominti 
cyhndrical  later:  Ivs.  pinnatifid  to  pin- 
nate, the  base  of  the  pinnffi  very  much 
thickened,  blade  much  contorted  and 
margin  finely  crenate,  rachis  and  petiole 
prominently  grooved  on  the  upper  side. 
S.  .\fr.  B.M.  5147.  F.S.  23:2446.— Of 
little  value  more  than  a  novelty, 

C.  H.  Thompson. 

BUCKEYE:   JEsculus. 

BDCKLEtA  (after  S.  B.  Buck- 
ley, American  botanist,   died  in  ^74 
1884  at  Austin,  Texas).     Santa-       Flowers  of  Bryophyllum 
laccx.    Shrubs  rarely  introduced           pinnatum.  (XJ2) 
in  botanical  collections,  without 

particular  ornamental  qualities,  but  interesting  as  one 
of  the  few  parasitic  shrubs  successfully  introduced  into 
cultivation. 

Leaves  opposite,  sessile,  entire:  fls.  dioecious,  apeta- 
lous;  staminate  in  umbels,  with  4  short  ovate  sepals 
and  4  short  stamens;  pistillate  solitary,  terminal,  with  4 
short  deciduous  sepals  and  below  with  4  elongated 
linear-lanceolate  persistent  bracts;  calyx-tube  clavate; 
style  short  with  2-4-parted  stigma;  ovules  3-4:  fr.  a 
furrowed  drupe. — Three  species  in  China  and  Japan 
and  2  in  N.  Amer. 

Only  the  American  species,  B.  distichophylla,  Torr., 
is  in  cult.  A  slender-branched  upright  shrub,  to  12  ft. : 
Ivs.  2-ranked,  ovate-lanceolate  or  ovate,  1-23^2  in.  long, 
acuminate,  ciliate:  fls.  small,  greenish:  fr.  an  ovoid  or 
oblong-ovoid  yellowish  green  drupe,  about  1  in.  long, 
crowned  by  the  4  persistent  bracts.  N.  C.  and  Tcnn. 
G.F.  3:237. — Parasitic  on  the  roots  of  Tsuga.  Has 
proved  perfectly  hardy  in  Mass. :  there  is  a  plant  about 
70  years  old  in  the  botanic  garden  at  Cambridge.  It 
has  also  been  successfully  cult,  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum 
and  in  a  few  European  botanic  gardens.  Prop,  by  seeds; 
best  sown  with  a  potted  Tsuga  in  the 
greenhouse  and  planted  out  with  its  host 
when  the  young  plants  are  strong  enough, 
preferably  within  the  reach  of  the  roots  of 
a  large  Tsuga,  in  order  that  the  original 
host  may  be  removed  later  when  it  crowds 
the  young  buckleya  too  much. 

Alfred  Rehder. 

(  BDCKTHORN  :     Phamnus,      particularly      R. 

rnliiuTtirita;  also  Bumclia, 

BUCKWHEAT  (Fagopyriim  escuUntum, 
■■'',1'  Moencli).  Polyyonacesr:  A  tender  annual 
-  i'i'v  gr'i'n  Jjlant,  flour  being  made  of  the  large 
'~,S^  3-cornered  fr.  It  is  much  grown  in  the  N. 
/^  U.  S.,  usually  being  sown  about  the  first  of 
-^  July.     It  is  also  a  favorite  for  bee  forage. 

Buckwheat  is  native  to  Cent.  Siberia  and 
Manchuria,  and  is  now  widely  cult., 
although  it  is  a  grain  of  secondary  im- 
portance. The  Tartarian  buckwheat  (f . 
tatdricum,  Gaertn.)  is  occasionally  seen.  It  has  smaller 
and  yellowish  fls.,  and  a  smaller  roughish,  wavy- 
angled  fr.  This  species  is  often  confounded  with 
forms  of  F.  esculenlum,  from  which  it  is  really  eiusily 
distinguished.  Buckwheat  is  a  good  cleaning  crop  for 
weedy  and  hard  lands.  For  general  discussion  of 
biickwh(:it,  consult  Cyclo.  Amer.  Agric,  Vol.  II.  See 
Fagoj/yrum.  • 

BUDDING:    Gra/tage. 


BUDDLEIA 


BUDDLEIA 


585 


BUDDLEIA  (after  Adam  Buddie,  an  English  bota- 
nist). Syn.,  B\id(Uea.  Loginiidcca .  Ornanicnlal  shrubs 
or  trees,  chiefly  grown  for  their  handsome  flowers  pro- 
fusely produced  in  showy  panicles  or  globular  heads. 

Woody  plants  or  rarely  herbs,  more  or  less  covered 
with  a  stellate,  glainlular  or  scaly  jiubescence;  Ivs. 
opposite,  short-pet ioled,  entire  or  serrate:  fls.  in  racemes, 
panicles  or  clusters;  corolla  tubular  or  campanulate, 
4-lobed;  stamens  included,  4:  fr.  a  2-celled  caps,  with 
numerous  minute  seeds. — About  70  species  in  tro[>ical 
and  temperate  regions  of  Amer.,  .\sia  and  S.  Afr.,  of 
which  only  a  small  number  of  hardier  species  is  cult. 

The  buddleias  are  deciduous  or  sometimes  half- 
evergreen  trees  or  shrubs  with  usually  quadrangular 
branches,  narrow  rather  large  leaves  and  small  lilac, 
violet,  white  or  yellow  flowers  in  showy  panicles  or 
clusters.  None  of  the  species  is  hardy  North,  but  some, 
as  B.  jiiponica,  B.  Daiidii,  B.  Lindleyana  and  B.  inlcr- 
media  will  live  through  the  winter,  if  protected  with  dry 
leaves  around  the  base;  even  if  the  stems  are  killed 
nearly  to  the  ground,  they  will  freely  push  forth  young 
phoots  in  spring,  which  usually  flower  the  same  year. 
The  handsomest  in  flower  are  B.  Colvillei,  B.  Davidii, 
B.  asiatica,  B.  globosa  and  B.  officinalis. 

They  grow  best  in  a  rich,  well-drained  soil,  in  a  sunny 
position;  they  are  rather  coarse  plants  and  need  much 
space.  Propagation  is  readily  effected  by  seeds  sown  in 
spring  in  gentle  bottom  heat,  by  greenwood  cuttings 
under  glass,  or  by  hardwood  cuttings  taken  off 
in  fall  and  kept  during  the  winter  in  a  frost- 
proof room. 


asiatica,  7. 
capitala,  9. 
Colvillei,  10. 
curriflora,  1. 
Davidii,  4. 
globo3a,  9. 
heterophylla,  8. 
inaignis,  2. 


INDEX. 

intermedia,  2. 
japonica,  1. 
Lindleyana,  3. 
macrosiachya,  6. 
madagascariensia,  8. 
magnifica,  4. 
ji f-emda,  7. 
nivea.  6 


officinalis,  5. 
salicifolia,  3. 
sinuato-dentata,  3. 
superba,  4. 
variabilis,  4. 
Veitchiana,  4. 
Wilsonii,  4. 
yunnanensis,  6. 


A.  Corolla  small,  with  long,  narrow  tube, 

H-Hin-  long. 

B.  Fls.  in  panicles. 

C.  Color  violet  or  lilac. 

D.  Lvs.   glabrous  or  only    slightly   grayish 

tomenlose   beneath:   stamens   inserted 

below  the  middle  of  the  tube. 

1 .  japonica,  Hemsl.  {B.  curviflbra,  Andre, 
not  Hook.  A:  Arn.).  Three  to  6  ft.,  with 
spreading  quadrangular,  winged  branches: 
lvs.  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  remotely 
denticulate  or  coarsely  dentate,  slightly 
tomentose  or  nearly  glabrous  beneath,  .3-13 
in.  long:  fls.  in  dense,  terminal,  pendulous 
racemes,  4-8  in.  long;  corolla  slightly 
curved,  lilac  with  grayish  tomentum  out- 
side, .lapan.  I.H.  17:25.  R.H.  1870,  p. 
337;  1878,  p.  330. 

2.  intermedia,  Carr.  {B.  japonica  x 
B.  Lindleyana).  Hybrid  of  garden  origin, 
similar  in  habit  to  B.  japonica.  Lvs.  ovate- 
oblong,  dark  green  above,  4- .5  in.  long:  fls. 

violet,  in  slender,  arching  or  pendulous  racemes,  10-20 
in.  long.  R.H.  1873:1.51.  Var.  insignis,  Kehd.  (B.  in- 
signis,  Carr.),  has  the  upright  habit  of  B.  Lindleyana. 
Branches  distinctly  winged:  lvs.  oblong- lanceolate, 
often  in  3's:  racemes  erect,  rather  dense,  4-6  in.  long, 
usually  panicled  at  the  end  of  the  branches,  with  rosy 
violetfls.    R.H.  1878:330. 

3.  Lindleyana,  Fort.  (B.  salicifblia,  Hort.,  not  Jacq.). 
Three  to  ti  ft.:  lvs.  ovate  or  oblong-lanceolate,  acumi- 
nate, remotely  denticulate,  pale  green  beneath,  and 
slightly  pubescent  or  glabrotis,  2-4  in.  long:  racemes 
dense,  erect,  3-.5  in.  long;  corolla  purplish  violet,  slightly 
curved,    pubescent    outside.     China.     B.K.  32:4.  F.S. 


675 
Buddleia  Davidii.    ( X  H) 


2:112.    P.M.  14:,").     R.H.  184tj;2()l.   Var.  sinuato-den- 
tata, Hemsl.    Lvs.  sinuately-dentatc.    China. 

DD.  Lvs.  densely  white  or  yellowixh  tomentose  beneath: 
stamens  inserted  slightly  above  the  middle. 
E.  Tomentum  close. 
4.  Davidii,  Franch.  (B.  varidbilis,  Hemsl.).  Fig.  675. 
Three  to  8  ft.:  lvs.  nearly  sessile,  ovate-lanceolate 
or  lanceolate,  acuminate,  coarsely  serrate,  whitish- 
tomentose  beneath,  4-10  in.  k)ng:  fls.  in  dense,  terminal, 
erect  or  nodding  panicles,  4-6  in.  long  or  in  some  varie- 
ties longer;  corolla  lilac,  with  orange-yellow  mouth, 
glabrous  outside.  Aug.,  Sept.  China.  B.M.  7609.  R.H. 
1898:132;  1902,  p.  383.  G.C.  IH,  24:i:j9.  Gn.  55:428; 
64,  p.  153.  M.D.G.  1908:136.— A  very  handsome  spe- 
cies with  showy  and  fragrant  fls.  appearing  in  great  pro- 
fusion in  late  summer;  several  varieties  differing  from  the 
type  which  has  rather  lax  panicles  of  lilac-purple  fls.  with 
an  orange  eye  not  very  marked,  by  larger  and  denser 
panicles  and  brighter  color.  Var.  Veitchiana,  Rehd.  (B. 
varidbilis  wax.  Veitchiana,  Hort.).  More  robust,  erect  at 
first,  later  gracefully  arching,  w'ith  denser  and  larger 
clusters  of  bright  mauve-colored  fls.  with  a  bright  orange 
eye;  begins  to  bloom  early  in  Aug.  J. H.S.  27:182.  J.H. 
HI.  45:381.  G.M.  51:45.  G.W.  16,  p.  ,5.38.  Var.  mag- 
nifica, Rehd.  &  Wilson  (B.  varidbilis  var.  magnifica, 
Wilson).  Similar  to  the  preceding:  has  larger  deep 
rose-purple  fls.  with  deep  orange  eye  and  the  margin 
of  the  petals  reflexed,  panicles  very  dense;  begins 
to  bloom  about  the  middle  of  Aug.  Gn.  68,  p. 
161;  69:288.  R.B.  33:281.  F.S.R.  3,  p.  339. 
G.M.  52:668.  Var.  superba,  Rehd.  &  Wilson  {B. 
varidbilis  var.  superba,  DeCorte).  Color  of  fls. 
like  the  preceding  variety  but  petals  not  reflexed 
at  the  margin  and  panicles  larger.  R.B.  35:12. 
Var.  Wilsonii,  Rehd.  &  Wilson  (B.  varidbilis  var. 
Wilsonii,  Hort.).  Tall  and  arching,  with  longer 
and  narrower  lvs.:  panicles  drooping,  rather  loose, 
sometimes  attaining  30  in.  length;  corolla  smaller, 
bright  rose-lilac  with  bright  orange  eye; 
corolla-lobes  half  upright  and  reflexed  at 
_  the  margin:  in  full  bloom  through  Sept., 
the  latest  of  all.  There  are  also  other 
named  varieties. 

5.  officinalis,  Maxim.  Shrub,  to  8  ft.: 
branchlets  nearly  terete,  grayish  tomen- 
tose: lvs.  oblong  to  linear-lanceolate,  2-6 
in.  long,  entire  or  serrulate,  grayish  pubes- 
cent above,  whitish  or  fulvous  tomentose 
beneath:  fls.  lilac  with  orange  eye,  fra- 
grant, in  terminal  panicles  usually  4-6  in. 
long,  consisting  of  short-peduncled  dense 
clusters;  corolla  over  J^jin.  long  with  a 
slender  tube  pubescent  outside  and  within 
and  twice  as  long  as  the  oval  obtuse  lobes. 
W .  China.  B.x^^  8401.  G.C.  HI.  49  :200. 
— Tender;  flowers  during  the  winter  in  the 
greenhouse  like  B.  asiatica.  Page  3566. 

EB.  Tomentum  fluffy,   white  or  yellowish: 
stamens  inserted  ju.it  below  the  mouth. 

6.  nivea,  Duthie.  Shrub,  to  8  ft.: 
branchlets,  the  under  side  of  the  lvs.  and 

infl.  densely  covered  with  a  pure  white  woolly  tomen- 
tum: lvs.  ovate-lanceolate,  4-9  in.  long,  acuminate, 
coarsely  serrate,  glabrous  abo\'e:  fls.  lilac  or  purple, 
.small,  in  long  terminal  panicles;  corolla  with  the  tube 
tomentose  outside,  glabrous  within  except  at  the 
mouth.  Aug.,  Sept.  W.  China.  G.C.  IH.  38:275.— 
Very  distinct  on  accotmt  of  its  white  fluffy  tomen- 
tum, but  fls.  less  showy  than  in  most  other  species, 
nearly  embedded  in  the  fluffy  tomentum  of  the  infl. 
Tender.  Var.  yunnanensis,  Rehd.  A-  Wilson  {B.  macros- 
tiicliya  var.  yunnanriisis.  Don  I.  Tomentum  less  fluffy, 
yellowish:  lvs.  pubescent  above:  fls.  larger;  panicles 
usuallv  solitarv.    W.  China. 


BUDDLEIA 


BUDS 


cc.  Color  trhiie:  stamens  inserted  just  above  the  middle  of 
the  corolla. 

7.  asifitica,  Lour.  (B.  nelmda,  Roxbg.).  Shrub  or 
small  trt>o:  hranchlets  terete  with  white-  or  buff-colored 
tomentuin  when  young:  Ivs.  laiu'eolate,  4-8  in.  long, 
acuminate,  entire  or  serrulate,  glabrous  above,  white 
or  bulT  tomontose  beneath:  lis.  wliite,  very  fragrant,  in 
slender  drooping  panicles,  3-6  in.  long  and  usually 
several  at  the  end  of  the  branchlets;  corolla  with  the 
tube  villous  outsitle  aiul  spreading  suborbicular  erose 
lobes  or  in  a  less  desirable  form  with  ovate,  erect  and 
entire  lobes.  Jan.,  Feb.  China,  India,  Java.  B.M. 
6.K3.  G.C.  111.  39:100.  Gn.  69,  p.  89;  76,  p.  SO.  J.H. 
III.  .52:180.  G.W.  10,  p.  502. — A  very  desirable  green- 
house shrub  on  account  of  its  slender  spikes  of  deli- 
riously fragrant  wliite  fls.  in  winter.  If  prop,  early  in 
spring,  transplant(-d  several  times  or  planted  out  dur- 
ing the  summer,  the  plants  will  be  of  sufficient  size  in 
autumn  to  flower  the  following  winter. 

ccc.  Color  yellow. 

8.  madagascariensis,  Lam.  (B.  heterophylla,  Lindl.). 
Straggling  shrub,  6-20  ft.,  with  densely  tomentose 
branchlets:  Ivs.  ovate-oblong,  rounded  or  slightly 
cordate  at  the  base,  acuminate,  entire,  dark  green  and 
lustrous  above,  whitish  or  yellowish  tomentose  beneath: 
fls.  tomentose  outside,  in  large  terminal  panicles,  ap- 
pearing during  the  winter.  Madagascar.  B.R.  15:1259. 
B.M.  2824. — Hardy  only  in  subtropical  regions.  Some- 
times cult,  in  Calif,  and  used  as  a  half-climbing  plant 
to  cover  tmsightly  objects. 

BB.  Fls.  in  globular  heads. 

9.  globSsa,  Lam.  (B.  capUata,  Ja.cq.).  Three  to  10  ft. 
■with  the  branches  and  Ivs.  beneath  yellowish  tomen- 
tose: Ivs.  ovate  or  ovate-lanceolate,  acuminate,  crenate, 
rugose  above,  3-7  in.  long:  fls.  orange-yellow,  in  dense, 
long-peduncled,  axillarv  heads  at  the  ends  of  the 
branches,  fragrant.  Chile.  B.M.  174.  Gn.  33,  p.  369. 
G.  28:505.  G.M.  53:979.  F.S.R.  3:335  (habit).— A 
graceful  and  very  distinct  shrub,  standing  some  degrees 
of  frost. 

AA.  Corolla  with  broad  cylindrical  tube,  limb  over  1 
in.  broad. 

10.  Colvillei,  Hook.  &  Thorns.  Shrub,  occasionally 
tree,  to  .30  ft.:  Ivs.  elliptic-lanceolate  or  lanceolate,  ser- 
rate, pubescent,  and  pale  or  grayish  green  beneath,  5-7 
in.  long:  panicles  broad,  pendulous,  12-18  in.  long; 
corolla  purple  or  crim.son,  with  white  mouth.  B.M. 
7449.  R.H.  1893:. 520.  I. H.  41:10.  F.S.  14:1487.  J.H. 
III.  31 :85. — The  most  beautiful  of  all  buddleias,  and  a 
very  desirable  shrub  for  warmer  temperate  regions; 
only  older  plants  flower  freely. 

B.  albifldra,  Hem.sl.  fB.  Hem-'nieyana,  Kochne).  Allied  to  B. 
variabilis.  Shrub  or  sinall  tree,  to  :J0  ft.:  Ivs.  lanceolate,  5-9  in. 
lonK.  glabrous  above,  wliite  or  yellowi.sh  tomentose  beneath:  fls, 
srnall,  lilac,  in  elongated  spikes,  sometimes  to  20  in,  long.  W.  China. 
G.  27:501. — Lcs.s  hand.sotne  than  li,  variabilis:  fls.  not  white,  as  the 
Dame  implies,  given  under  the  impression  that  the  fls.  were  white. 
— B.  arruric/ina,  J.inn.  .Shrub,  8-12  ft,:  Ivs.  ovate  to  oblong-laneeo- 
lat«.  cuneatc  at  the  ba.se,  glabrou.s  above,  yellowish  tomentose  be- 
neath. 4—10  in.:  fis.  in  terminal  densely  tomentose  panioles  consist. 
ing  of  sessile  subglobose  clusters.  Mex.  to  Peru, — B.  auriculijta, 
Benth.  Straggling  shrub:  petioles  auriculate;  Ivs.  oblong-Ianceo- 
Iat«,  entire  or  denticulate,  grayish  white  tomentose  below,  1 3^3 
in.  long:  fl.s,  cream-colored,  fragrant,  tomentose  outside,  in  termi- 
nal compact  panielea;  stamens  above  the  middle.  S.  Afr.  G.C. 
II.  16;6:i:!:  III.  6:.529.  I.T.  1:20.  Tender.— B.  brasiliensis,  Jacq.  f. 
Upright  shrub:  sta.  quarlrangular:  Ivs.  ovate  to  oblong-deltoid, 
crenat<.*-7«:rrate,  white-tomentosff  below,  4-8  in,  long,  decurrent 
into_ the  winged  auriculate  petiole:  fla,  orange-yellow,  pubescent 
outside,  in  axillary  clusters,  forming  terminal  narrow  panicles; 
stanKns  just  below  the  mouth.  Mex.  to  Brazil,  B.M.  2713.  Ten- 
der.— B.  vAuTTihue.  Andr^".  Upright  shrub,  similar  to  B.  I.indley- 
ana.  I.vs.  narrow -lanceolate,  entire.  4-8  in.  long,  glabrous:  fls. 
white  in  t>Tminal  slender  panicles:  corolla  with  spreading  lobes 
Blightly  shorter  than  the  corolla-tube.  .Spring,  Of  unknown  origin. 
R.H.  \'Hn.  p.  .37.  Tender. — B.  rrlnrxi.  B«nth.=B.  paniculata. — B. 
HtmfiUuftrui.  Koehne=B.  albiflora. — B.  panicutnta,  Wall,  (B. 
cri-pa.  B«;nth.).  &-15  ft.:  fls.  lilac,  in  rather  dense  panicles:  branches 
»nd  lv«.  tomentose.  B.M.  4793.  F.S.  9:958.—/*.  pulchilla,  N.  E. 
Br.    Shrub,  2  ft.:  branchlets  terete,  tomentose:  Ivs.  hastate,  irreg- 


676.  Apple  buds — 
fruit-bud  on  the  left, 
leaf-bud  on  the  right. 


uhirly  lobed,  or  rhomboid  to  lanceolate,  1-2  in,  long,  pubescent: 
fls,  white  with  orange  eye,  fragrant,  in  terminal  panicles,  2-2  J^  in. 
long;  corolla  with  slender  tube,  pubescent  outside,  S,  Afr,{?). — B. 
saUcifdlia,  Jacq.=Chilianthu3  arboreus. — B.  saltgtia.  Wi!!d,^Chil- 
ianthus  arboreus. — B.  stenoslachya,  Rehd.  &  Wilson.  Allied  to  B. 
nivea.  Less  fluffy:  Ivs.  oblong-lanceolate:  panicles  usually  3,  long 
and  slender;  fls,  larger,  anthers  inserted  above  the  middle  of  the 

tube,  w.  China.  Alfred  Rehdeb. 

BUDS.  A  bud  is  an  incipient  shoot  or  short  growth- 
axis  concealed  by  the  closely  investing  leaves,  or  leaf- 
parts,  that  it  bears.  The  foliage-shoots  and  flower- 
shoots  of  all  seed  plants  arise  from  buds.  The  leaves 
converge  over  the  true  stem-apex  or  growing-point. 
The  essential  thing  is  that  this  growing-point  con- 
tinues the  terminal  growth  and 
gives  rise  laterally,  behind  the  point, 
to  new  leaves,  in  the  axils  of  which 
Ijuds  may  be  formed  ultimately.  In 
the  plumule  of  the  seed  the  first 
bud  activity  is  manifest,  and  thence- 
forth a  bud  marks  every  growing 
stem-apex. 

Normally  the  leaves  arise  back  of 
the  stem-apex,  first  as  small  pro- 
tuberances, which  soon  flatten  later- 
ally. They  grow  faster  than  the 
stem-apex,  and  by  more  rapid 
growth  on  the  under  surface  they 
bend  over,  forming  for  the  time  a 
part  of  the  bud  or  bud-cluster  of 
leaves  which  effectively  protects  the 
delicate  tip.  In  many  herbaceous 
plants  the  shoot  elongates  through- 
out the  growing  period,  so  that 
each  leaf  or  whorl  of  leaves  in  turn 
has  a  more  or  less  equal  work  as  a  part  of  the  bud. 
As  the  apex  elongates  and  each  leaf  develops,  greater 
growth  on  the  inner  (upper)  surface  effects  its  com- 
plete exfoliation.  Using  favorable  material,  one  may 
completely  dissect  the  bud,  laying  bare  the  growing- 
point,  which  may  be  readilj-  examined  with  a  hand- 
lens.  Either  of  the  little  pondweeds  commonly  culti- 
vated, Elodea  or  Hippuris,  may  be  used  for  this  purpose. 
The  buds  which  are  commonly  most  conspicuous  and 
at  the  same  time  most  highly  specialized  are  the  "rest- 
ing" buds  of  temperate  shrubs  and  trees.  Such  buds 
are  often  scaly  buds,  and  they  are  characteristic  of  all 
cUmates  in  which  there  is  an  interruption  to  growth, 
either  through  cold  or  dryness.  In  this  case  the  stem- 
apex  and  younger  leaves  are  normally  inclosed  by  per- 
sistent more  or  less  indurated  leaf-parts  modified  as 
bud-scales.  Resinous  secretions  may  accompany  the 
scales  and  the  younger  leaves  may  be  covered  with 
hairs.  The  size,  form  and  minute  characters  of  such 
buds  vary  widely,  but  obviously  they  are,  in  general, 
wondrously  efficient  in  the  resist- 
ance exhibited  towards  rigorous 
climatic  conditions.  The  im- 
portant point  is  that  the  bud-  ^^^Hf  Wi 
structures  quite  effectually  pre-  ^^1^^  Wk 
vent  drying  out  of  the  young  ^M  /v^*-?? 
shoot  which  is  there  tucked 
away. 

Particularly  interesting  is  the 
fact  that  the  resting-bud  of  many- 
trees  includes  in  miniature  the 
entire  vegetative  or  flowering 
shoot  of  the  next  sea.son.  In 
such  case  the  rapid  elongation 
of  the  axis  and  unfolding  of  li-:i\-cs 
in  the  spring  is  soon  followed 
by  the  formation  of  a  new  rest- 
ing-bud wherein  the  shoot  of 
another  year  is  gradually  differ- 
entiated. Every  gra<lation  oc- 
curs between  this  type  and  the 
typical  active  bud  of  annuals. 


677.  Pear  twigs  — 
fruit-buds  on  the  left, 
leaf-buds  on  the  right. 


BUDS 


BUFFALO   BERRY 


587 


678.  Sections  of  pear 
buds — fruit-bud  on  the  left, 
leaf-bud  on  the  right. 


Interest  in  buds  centers  in  their  spring  activity, 
properly  in  the  awakening  and  growth  resulting  when 
the  conditions  have  remained  favorable  sufficiently 
long.  Leaves  and  axes  enlarge  and  elongate  rapidly, 
bursting  asunder  the  dead  scales  and  often  carrying 
forward  the  expanding  younger  ones.  Tlie  growth  of 
the  younger  scales  exhibits 
the  true  nature  of  these 
structures,  some  of  which  are 
found  to  be  leaf  petioles,  some 
petioles  with  minute  blades; 
and  various  other  modifica- 
tions occur.  Many  resting- 
buds  are  awakened  from  their 
comparative  inactivity  by  a 
few  days  of  favorable  weather. 
These  are  "early"  flowers, 
and  of  this  type  are  the  lilac 
and  the  golden  bell.  Other 
buds  require  a  longer  period, 
such  as  the  oak  and  the  hick- 
ory. It  is  not  strange,  therefore,  that  some  plants  lend 
themselves  readily  to  early  forcing  by  etherization,  the 
hot  water  treatment,  and  the  like,  while  others  are 
with  great  difficulty  forced. 

In  the  preceding,  more  specific  mention  has  been 
made  of  buds  which  develop  leafy  shoots,  that  is  of 
leaf-buds.  It  is  clear,  however,  that  the  resting-bud, 
as  well  as  an  herbaceous  bud,  maj'  develop  a  single 
flower,  as  in  the  peach;  a  cluster  of  flowers,  as  in  the 
red  maple;  or  a  shoot  with  leaves  and  flowers,  as  in  the 
apple  and  Norway  maple.  The  occurrence  of  leaf-  and 
flower-buds  with  respect  to  the  age  of  the  twig  and  the 
relation  of  pruning  to  bud  disposition  are  questions  of 
special  horticultural  interest,  but  cannot  receive  con- 
sideration in  this  brief  account.  Illustrations  of  flower- 
buds  and  leaf-buds  are  shown  in  Figs.  676-679. 

Buds  are  normally  produced  terminally  and  in  the 
axes  of  leaves,  the  latter  arrangement  therefore  corres- 
ponding to  leaves;  but  under  exceptional  circumstances 
they  may  arise  from  the  growing  tissue  of  any  member. 
Buds  from  the  roots  of  the  sweet  potato  and  dahlia  are 
important  in  propagation;  likewise  are  those  produced 
by  the  leaves  of  certain  species  of  Begonia. 
As  a  matter  of  fact,  buds  originating  from 
internodes,  roots  and  leaves — so-called  re- 
generative-buds— are  not  uncommon;  but 
the  development  in  such  situations  occurs 
as  a  rule  only  when  normal  buds  are  not 
present. 

Buds  with  the  leaves  and  leaf-parts  sur- 
rounding them  are  sometimes  organs  of 
food -accumulation.  The  typical  bulb  is 
little  more  than  a  fleshy  bud,  and  there  are 
all  gradations  between  the  typical  bulb  and 
the  tj^pical  tuber — the  latter  with  many 
buds.  Small  bullj-like  buds  occur  in  Lilium 
bulbiferum  and  a  few  other  plants,  and  they 
are  alwaj-s  important  in  propagation.  It 
requires  no  stretch  of  the  imagination  to 
classify  the  edible  shoots  of  brussels  sprouts 
among  unusual  buds,  and  from  this  it  is  no 
great  leap  to  the  monstrous  "bud"  of  the 
cabbage. 

Literature:  Bailey,  Lessons  with  Plants, 
The  Macmillan  Company;  Strasburger  (el 
al.),  A  Text-Book  of  Botany,  The  Macmil- 
lan Company;  Percival,  .Xgricultural  Botanj-, 
Duckworth  &  Co.  15.  m.  Dcggar. 

3UETTNERIA  (D.  S.  Aug.  Buettner, 
1721-176S,  German  botanist).  ByUneria. 
StercuHacese.  About  .50  herVjs,  shrubs  or 
trees  of  diverse  habit,  native  to  eastern  anfl 
western  tropics,  scarcely  known  in  cult. 
Some  are  prickly  climbers  or   scramblers. 


Fls.  .small,  usually  dark  purple  or  greeni.sh,  in  umbck 
or  cymes;  petals  .5,  long-clawed,  hooded  and  oddly 
appendaged  at  the  top:  fr.  a  5-celled,  globose  spiny 
woody  caps.  One  species  is  catalogued  in  S.  Calif. :  B. 
urticif61ia,  Schum.,  from  S.  Brazil,  Argentina:  Climb- 
ing shrub;  branches  grooved,  spiny,  nearly  glabrous: 
Ivs.  long-petioled,  cordate-ovate,  acuminate,  coarsely 
serrate,  appressed-hairy  on  both  sides:  fis.  yi-]/2  in. 
acro.ss,  3-.5  in  a  stalked  umbel. 

BUFFALO  BERRY  (Shepherdia  argentea,  Nutt 
Lepargyrsea  argentea,  Greene).  Elseagnaceae.  Fig.  680. 
A  shrub  6  to  18  feet  in  height,  native  from  Mani- 


toba and  Saskatchewan  south  to  Colorado,  Nevada  and 
New  Mexico,  now  grown  in  the  upper  Mississippi  Valley 
and  northward  for  its  abundant  acid  fruits. 

The  buffalo  berry  was  brought  into  use  early,  men- 
tion being  made  in  Hovey's  Magazine  of  Horticulture 
for  1841,  page  251,  of  its  being  frequently  cultivated. 
It  is  a  handsome  ornamental  shrub,  with  silvery  foliage 
and  red  berries.  Occasional  plants  are  found  with  yel- 
low fruit.  The  plant  is  dioecious;  therefore,  care  should 
be  taken,  if  fruit  is  desired,  to  plant  both  staminate  and 
pistillate  plants.  Western  nurser3'men  are  beginning 
to  offer  these  two  kinds  of  plants  separately  in  the 
ratio  of  one  staminate  to  four  pistillate  plants,  but  the 
best  proportion  is  not  yet  known.  Many  persons  who 
plant  the  buffalo  berry  are  disappointed  by  securing 
only  one  sex.  The  staminate  or  male  plants  may  be 
known  in  their  winter  condition  by  the  dense  clusters 
of  rounded  flower-buds;  the  pi-stillate  or  female  plants 
by  the  smaller,  flattened,  fewer,  more  slender  flower- 
buds. 

The  fruit  varies  greatly  in  size,  quality  and  season, 
and  is  gathered  in  large  quantities  for  culinary  use.  It 
makes  a  delicious  jelly.  Some  berries  are  of  sprightly 
flavor,  good  for  eating  out  of  hand.  They  can  also  be 
dried  for  winter  use.  The  fruit  is  generally  considered 
better  when  touched  bj'  frost,  less  sugar  being  required. 
The  name  is  .said  to  have  come  from  the  custom  of  eat- 
ing the  berries  as  a  sauce  with  buffalo  meat  in  the  early 
days.  The  buffalo  l)err\-  makes  a  fine  thorny  hedge, 
that  is  both  useful  and  ornamental. 

It  is  found  that  sprouts  received  as  dug  up  in  the 
native  thickets  from  various  parts  of  the  Northwest 
do  not  always  transplant  satisfactorily;  a  year  in  a 
nursery  row-  gi\'es  them  better  roots  and  secures  an 


o8S 


BUFFALO  BERRY 


BULB 


even  stnnd  when  sot  in  their  iiennanent  place.  Seed- 
lings iire  better  riioteil..  Seedhngs  :u'e  easily  raised  from 
eecil  washeil  free  from  the  pulp  in  the  fall  anti  stratified 
for  winter,  keeping  in  satid  in  a  box  buried  just  beneath 
the  surface  in  a  well-drained  spot  in  the  garden.  There 
should  be  holes  in  the  box  for  free  drainage  and  the 
planting  should  be  done  very  early  in  the  spring.  In 
Bulletin  No.  SS,  June,  1904,  of  the  South  Dakota  lOxperi- 
nient  Station,  Plate  10  shows  a  field  of  ",.500  buffalo 
borry  jilants  of  the  first  generation  vmdcr  cult i\at ion. 
These  plants  were  raised  from  seed  gathered  along  the 
Missouri  Ri\'erof  South  Dakota,  where  buffalo  berries 
are  especially  abundant.  However,  under  cult  ivat  ion  the 
plant  does  not  respond,  as  regards  early  bearing,  as 
quickly  as  its  near  relative  the  Siberian  sandthorn  (Hip- 
pophai-  rhamnoitks).  It.  was  found  that  the  buffalo  ber- 
ries can  be  worked  on  the  Russian  form  of  oleaster 
(Elxagnus  angustifolia) .  The  fault  of  the  buffalo  berry 
is  its  small-sized  fruit  and  the  difficulty  of  gathering  it, 
owing  to  it*  numerous  thorns,  but  it  has  been  and  is  an 
abundant  source  of  ple;isant  fruit  to  thousands  of  set- 
tlers in  the  newer  regions  of  the  West.  The  fruit  varies 
greatly  in  size  and  degree  of  acidity,  affording  oppor- 
tunity for  selection  work  in  its  native  home  along  the 
Missouri  River  and  tributaries.  jsf.  E.  Hansen. 

BDGBANE:   Cimici/uga. 

BULB,  BULBS.  A  bulb  is  a  thickened,  fleshy,  and 
eomnionly  subterranean  bud,  usually  emitting  roots 
from  its  under  side.  The  office  of  the  bulb  is  to  carry 
the  plant  over  an  unpropitious  season,  as  over  winter 
or  a  dry  period. 

True  bulbs  are  either  tunicated,  formed  in  rings  or  lay- 
ers, hke  those  of  hyacinths  and  onions  (Fig.681),orscaly, 
like  those  of  Bome  liliums  (Fig.  682);  but  as  popularly 
understood  and  in  commer- 
cial parlance,  the  term  bulbs 
applies  to  a  large  class  of 
flowering  and  ornamental 
bulbous-like  plants  in  their 
dormant  condition,  during 
which  period  they  are  col- 
lected, dug,  stored,  shipped, 
sold  and  planted,  like  so 
many  potatoes.  This  class 
includes,  in  addition  to  the 
true  bullis,  many  that  are 
botanically  known  a.s  corms, 
y^  which  are  solid,  as  crocus  and 
gladiolus  ( Fig.  683) ;  tubers 
which  are  succulent  and  have 
the  buds  or  eyes  near  the 
surface,  a.s  the  dahha  and 
potato  (Fig.  684);  rhizomes, 
fleshy,  creeping  underground 
stems  like  certain  iris,  ginger, 
and  many  wild  plants  (Fig. 
68.5);  pips,  the  flowering 
crowns  of  lily-of-the-valley; 
and  certain  other  dormant 
fasciculated  fleshy  roots  like 
those  of  peonies,  ranunculus, 
and  the  like.  A  variety  of 
bulbs  is  shown  in  Fig.  6S6. 
The  true  or  feeding  roots 
grow  generally  from  the  base 
of  the  bulb,  the  stems,  flowers 
and  foliage  from  the  crown 
of  the  bulb,  or  the  eyes.  There  is  an  exception  to  this 
in  certain  lilies,  which  throw  out  roots  above  the  bulb 
nW)  CFig.  6S7).  The  bulb  is  a  storehouse  for  the 
plant,  wherein  is  formed,  after  flowering,  new  stems, 
leaves  anfl  flowers.    In  fact,  the  bulb  contains  a  new 

Clant,   which   is  protected   and   sustained   within   the 
ulb  by  the  reefrve  food  and  energy  collected  therein 


•  «  r.,TSr»  ■ 
,<  :;  itfi 


''^ 


X 


681.  Onion  bulbs. 


during  one  season  for  the  plant's  successor.  After  the 
flowering  period,  the  plant  above  the  bulb  and  the  roots 
beneath  it  ripen  off  and  die  away.  The  bulb  is  then  in  a 
dormant  condition.  It  is  during  this  state  of  rest,  lasting 
ap])roxiinately  from  three  to  six  months,  that  bulbs 
are  taken  out  of  the  ground  and  transported  easily  and 
safely  from  continent  to  continent,  if  required;  after 
which  the  incipient  roots,  stems,  foliage  and  flowers 
may  develop  with  as  much  luxuriance  and  perfection  as 
if  th(>  bulb  had  remained  in  its  original  environment. 

Bulbous  flowering  plants  (bulbs)  are  very  popular 
with  flowcr-lo\'ing  people.  There  is  a  particular  charm 
and  interest  in  growing  them.  As  a  rule,  they  produce 
flowers  of  remarkable  beauty,  unsurpassed  by  any 
other  class  of  plants,  and  many  of  them  are  deliciously 
fragrant.  They  comprise  an  endless  variety  in  habit, 
form,  size  and  color,  are  adaptable  for  many  ]jurposes, 
and  many  of  them  flower  equally  well  under  either 
garden  or  house  culture.  Soon  after  their  beauty  fades 
they  die  away,  or  may  be  removed;  and  in  the  inter- 
val, their  places  may  be  occupied  by  other  seasonable 
flowering  plants.  Not  the  least  among  the  merits  of 
bulbs  is  their  ease  of  culture,  and  the  great  certainty 
and  perfection  with  which  their  flowers  are  produced, 
under  suitable  conditions. 

Among  bulbous  plants  are  many  that  are  sufficiently 
hardy  to  with.stand  the  severity  of  our  northern  winters. 
The  kinds  that  are  suitable  are  nearly  all  dormant  in 
the  fall,  which  is  the  proper  time  for  planting  them,  and 
they  will  flower  the  coming  season.  In  March  or  earlier, 
spring  is  ushered  in  with  the  blooming  of  snowdrops, 
chionodoxas,  anemones,  scillas,  crocus,  winter  aconites, 
bulbocodiums  and  so  on,  followed  in  April  with  brilliant 
hyacinths,  tulips,  narcissus  and  hosts  of  others.  In 
April  appear  the  unapproachable  late  tulips,  poet's 
daffodils,  dicentras  and  the  like,  followed  in  succession 
until  frost,  notably  with  peonies,  irises,  hemerocallis, 
lilies,  montbretias,  tritomas  and  others. 

Gardeners  usually  think  of  bulbs  as  divided  into  two 
classes, — hardy  and  tender,  or  those  that  stand  freez- 
ing and  those  that  do  not.  There  is  a  class  from  South 
Africa  known  as  Cape  bulbs,  which  usually  bloom  in  the 
fall.  There  are  now  so  many  improved  hybrids  and 
breeds  that  are  crowding  out  the  types,  that  the  term 
"Cape  bulb"  has  lost  its  significance  in  this  country.  In 
the  present  article,  bulbs  are  treated  under  the  follow- 
ing general  heads:  Hardy  spring  bulbs  for  design  bed- 
ding; hardy  bulbs  in  the  herbaceous  garden,  mixed 
flower-border  or  lawn;  subsequent  treatment  of  out- 
door bulbs;  summer-  and  autumn-flowering  tender 
bulbs  for  spring  planting;  bulbs  for  flowering  in  the 
hou.se  and  greenhouse;  the  forcing  of  bulbs;  other  in- 
door methods;  subsequent  treatment  of  forced  bulbs; 
keeping  dormant  bulbs,  tubers,  and  the  like;  propaga- 
tion of  bulbous  plants;  hints  on  buying  and  selecting 
bulbs;  catalogue  of  bulbs. 

Hardy  spring-flowering  bulbs  for  design  bedding. 

The  only  bulbs  adapted  to  geometrical  beds  are 
Dutch  hyacinths  and  tulips.  It  is  not  best  to  use  both 
in  the  same  bed  for  really  fine  effects.  For  display  bed- 
ding in  parks,  public  squares,  and  like  places,  only 
solid  bright  contrasting  colors  as  a  rule  are  used,  since 
brilliancy  of  coloring  is  advisable  when  the  taste  of 
large  crowds  must  be  considered.  This  limits  the 
selection  in  hyacinths  to  dark  crimson,  rose-red,  pink, 
purple,  blue,  lavender,  white  and  yellow  (the  latter  is 
seldom  satisfactory),  and  in  tulips  to  dark  blood-red, 
scarlet,  rose,  blush-pink,  yellow,  white,  and  a  bluish 
claret,  which  last  is  seldom  used.  On  private  grounds 
many  beautiful  effects  can  be  obtained  by  the  use  of 
the  softer  colors,  particularlj*  in  beds  that  are  situated 
in  partial  shade.  In  ordering  the  bulbs  for  this  style  of 
bedding,  it  is  important  to  select  kinds  that  bloom  at 
the  same  time  and  are  of  uniform  height;  and  in  the 
case  of  hyacinths  to  choose  varieties  with  a  strong  stem. 


BULB 


BULB 


589 


'-<t: 


682.  Scaly  bulb  of  Lilium 
pardalmum. 


for  many  sorts  are  liable  to  fall  over  from  the  weight  of 
the  spike  and  are  quickly  soiled  when  they  lie  on  the 
ground.  If  the  item  of  expense  is  to  be  taken  into 
account,  it  is  possible  to  use  second-size  bulbs  of  h\'a- 
cinths,  often  li-sted  as  bedding  sizes,  with  satisfactory 
results,  although  only  fine  bulbs  give  fine  bloom. 

In  planting  bulbs  in  "design  beds,"  it  pays  for  the 
extra  trouble  first  to  remove  the  soil  to  a  depth  of  6 
inches,  spade  up  the  lower 
soil,  using  well-rotted  manure 
and  plenty  of  bone  dust 
worked  in.  Then  level  off, 
smooth,  and  cover  with  an 
inch  of  sand.  This  prevents 
the  manure  from  touching  the 
^'-7  ■■^i^  J  /vjr^  ifi\'  ''ulbs,  and  allows  the  water 
p'^h^j^^rfTf^iA^J^  to  drain  away  from  immedi- 
I  rOyyAjptys  ^tS  ate  contact  with  them,  thus 
removing  causes  which  may 
lead  to  their  decay.  Bulbs 
set  in  this  manner  on  the 
sand  may  be  placed  in  their 
e.xact  position,  after  which 
the  top  soil  is  carefully  re- 
placed. It  is  a  difficult  matter  to  set  bulbs  just  4 
inches  deep  and  4  to  6  inches  apart  with  an  ordinary 
trov/el.  The  planter  is  ahno.st  sure  occasionally  to  chop 
off  a  piece  of  a  neighboring  bulb  or  displace  it.  Bulbs 
planted  in  the  manner  advised,  being  all  of  an  even 
depth,  will  flower  uniformly;  often,  when  planted  with  a 
trowel,  some  bulbs  will  be  an  inch  too  high  and  some  an 
inch  too  low,  which  in  early  spring  makes  considerable 
difference  in  the  time  of  blooming.  Besides,  when 
bulbs  are  planted  with  a  trowel  or  dibble,  there  is  dan- 
ger of  "hanging"  a  bulb  occasionally,  where  it  may 
perish  on  account  of  not  touching  bottom. 

Hardy  bulbs   in   the   herbaceous   garden,  mixed  flower- 
border,  or  lavm. 

The  mi.xed  border  is  a  favorite  place  for  most  hardy 
bulbs.  They  should  be  planted  in  little  colonies  here 
and  there  among  the  hardy  plants  and  shrubs;  and  it  is 
here  that  bulbs  seem  to  thrive  and  give  the  most  pleas- 
ure. As  spring  approaches,  the  somber  winter  browns 
and  dull  greens  of  the  deciduous  and  evergreen  plants 
are  suddenly  transformed  into  an  unri^•aled  setting, 
studded  with  brilliantly  colored  and  fragrant  flowers, 
the  contrasts  being  exceedingly  effective  and  cheery; 
and  besides,  from  the  border  one  does  not  hesitate  to 
cut  a  few  flowers  for  the  house  for  fear  of  spoiling  the 
effect,  as  would  be  the  case  in  formal  bedding.  Further- 
more, bulbs  seem  to  do  better  and  last  longer  in  a  border 
because  the  flowers  are  cut  freely  in  bud  or  when  just 
approaching  their  prime,  which  is  the  best  possible  time 
for  the  benefit  of  the  bulb,  for  the  efforts  of  any  bulb 
to  form  seeds  weakens  the  bulb.  A  hyacinth  bulb  that 
matures  seed  is  virtually  destroyed.  Then  again,  in  an 
herbaceous  border  the  bulbs  are  not  disturbed  through 
the  necessity  for  replacing  them  with  other  flowering 
plants,  as  such  a  mixed  border  when  properly  planted 
should  do  much  itself  to  hide  the  withering  leaves.  The 
foliage  then  remains  uninjured  until  ripe,  thus  ful- 
filling its  duty  of  recharging  the  bulb  with  new  energy 
for  the  next  season's  display.  Of  course,  after  three  or 
four  years,  the  bulbs  should  be  divided  if  they  have 
grown  and  spread,  and  judgment  must  be  used  to 
determine  when  the  lifting  .should  be  done  with  the 
lea.st  injury  to  the  other  permanent  subjects  in  the 
border.  It  is  best,  perhaps,  to  associate  with  the  bulbs 
plants  that  are  not  seriously  injured  by  being  moved. 

Bold  clumps  of  the  taller  bulbous  plants  are  verj- 
effective  on  the  lawn,  where  beds  of  one  kind  should 
be  isolated,  and  be  given  a  position  not  too  prominent 
nor  too  near.  The  object  desired  is  a  mass  of  one  color, 
which  at  a  little  distance  is  more  striking  on  account  of 
the  contrast  with  the  surrounding  green  gra.ss  and  trees. 


Among  the  best  hardy  bulbous  plants  for  this  purpose 
are:  hemerocallis,  such  lilies  as  candidum,  Henryi, 
tigrinum,  speciosum  and  auratum;  also  dicentra,  crown 
imperials,  montbretias,  tritomas,  peonies,  and  Kaemp- 
feri  and  germanica  irises. 

Bulbs  planted  right  in  the  .sod  on  the  lawn  make  a 
very  pleasing  picture  when  in  bloom  in  the  early  spring. 
Make  patches  here  and  there  of  golden,  white  and 
purple  crocus,  the  little  chionodoxas,  snowdrops,  Scilla 
amana,  winter  aconite,  snowflakes,  bulbocodium  and 
triteleia.  These  grow,  increase,  bloom  and  ripen  the 
foliage  mostly  before  it  is  necessary  to  use  the  lawn- 
mower,  so  that  the  surface  of  the  lawn  in  Slimmer  is  not 
marred.  The  bulbs  may  be  dibbled  in  when  the  ground 
is  moist  and  soft  during  the  fall  rains,  but  it  is  better  to 
cut  and  turn  back  the  sod  here  and  there,  plant  the 
bulbs  under  it,  then  press  the  sod  back  again. 

For  parks,  groves  and  wild  outlying  grounds  beyond 
the  closely  clipped  lawn,  a  very  happy  style  of  "natural- 
izing" bulbous  and  other  plants  is  coming  much  into 
vogue.  Such  bulbs  should  be  used  as  can  be  planted  in 
quantity,  twenty-five  to  a  hundred  or  more  of  a  kind  in 
a  patch,  and  only  those  should  be  used  which  are  hardy, 
and  will  flower  and  thrive  and  increase  under  neglect. 
Fortunately,  there  are  many  bulbous  plants  that  suc- 
ceed even  better  in  such  rough  places  than  in  the  prim 
garden.  Among  them  are  hardy  anemones,  camassia, 
convallaria,  dicentras,  erythroniuras,  funkias,  certain 
iris,  liHums,  poet's  narcissus,  Von  Sion  and  many  other 
narcissi,  triUiums,  and  numerous  others. 

In  regard  to  the  preparation  of  beds  for  hardy  bulbs, 
planting  and  treatment,  one  can  only  generalize.  De- 
tailed directions  suited  to  the  different  species,  and  also 
varieties  where  treatment  varies,  will  be  found  under 
their  respective  headings  in  this  Cyclopedia.  As  a  rule, 
well-rotted  manure  (mind  that  it  is  well-rotted,  not 
fresh  and  heating)  should  be  liberally  applied  and  dug 
into  the  ground  deeply.  It  must  be  where  the  long, 
feeding  roots  can  get  at  it,  and  yet  not  touch  the  bulbs, 
nor  be  too  near  their  base.  This  is  easily  accomplished 
by  removing  a  few  inches  of  the  top  soil  first,  as  de- 
scribed under  "Design  Bedding"  above.  If  it  is  imprac- 
ticable to  do  this,  then  it  is  not  advisable  to  use  manure 
at  all,  for  the  bulbs  are  liable  to  come  in  contact  with 
it  and  become  diseased.  Bone  meal  alone  is  then  the 
safest  fertilizer  to  use,  and  it  should  be  applied  lavishly. 
Most  bulbs  like  rich  food  if  properly  applied.  Although 
the  embryo  flowers  were  formed  within  the  bulb  the 
season  before,  yet  their  size,  luxuriance  and  brilliancy 
this  season  depend  largely  upon  the  nutrition  the  roots 
receive.  Liberal  applica- 
tions of  manure  water, 
when  the  bulbs  are  in 
bud,  often  produce  ex- 
cellent results. 

The  proper  depth  to 
plant  bulbs  varies  ac- 
cording to  the  kinds.  It 
is  a  common  fault  to 
plant  them  too  near  the 
surface.  Some  kinds, 
notably  the  Califomian 
Humboldt  ii  and  Wash- 
ingtonianum  lilies,  do 
best  when  10  to  12  inches 
deep;  hyacinths,  tulips, 
narcissi,  and  similar 
large  Ijulbs  from  4  to  li 
inches  deep;  smaller  bulbs  somewhat  shallower.  A 
good  rule  to  follow  is  to  make  the  depth  three  times 
the  average  diameter  of  the  bulbs.  Hardy  bulbs  root 
dviring  the  fall  and  early  winter,  and  if  planted  too 
near  the  surface  the  freezing,  thawing  and  heaving  of 
the  upper  crust  of  .soil  in  mild  winters  often  causes  the 
bulbs  to  break  from  their  roots,  and,  in  consequence, 
only  inferior  flowers  are  produced.    When  good  cold 


683. 


Corm  or  solid  bulb  of 
gladiolus. 


."<90 


BULB 


BULB 


weather  lisis  set  in  and  a  liglu  crust  has  been  frozen 
on  the  soil,  then  eover  the  beii  with  leaves,  straw, 
niarsli  hay  or  rinnls  to. a  depth  of  about  4  to  (1  inches. 
This  pn)ltH'ts  not  only  from  severe  freezing,  but  from 
ei)ii!illy  injm-ious  unseasonable  thaws.  Do  not  put  the 
eiiverinp  on  too  earl\',  for  it  might  warm  the  soil  so 
that  the  bulbs  would  begin  to  grow  and  afterward  be 
injunxl  from  freezing.  Gradually  remo\e  the  covering 
in  the  spring. 

The  general  run  of  bulbous  plants  thrive  in  a  loamy 
soil,  inclining  to  sand.  This  soil  attracts  moisture, 
allows  free  drainage,  and  admits  air.  If  the  soil  is  cold 
and  stiff,  a  liberal  ailmixture  of  leaf-mold  and  sand,  with 
the  adilition  of  manure  applied  as  previously  described, 
will  be  beneficial.  The  texture  of  the  .soil  should  be  such 
that  stagnant  water  will  not  remain  around  the  bulbs, 
as  it  tends  to  rot  them,  particularly  when  dormant.  An 
excess  of  humus  is,  therefore,  to  be  guarded  against 
for  most  bulbs. 

While  most  bulbous  plants  thrive  under  the  soil  condi- 
tions advisixl  abo\-e.  yet  there  are  many  exceptions. 
Happy  should  be  the  man  on  whose  grounds  is  found  a 
Viiriety  of  soils  and  exposures,  shade  and  sun.  A  small 
wooded  valley  or  ravine,  with  a  brook  flowing  through 
it  into  an  open,  moist  meadow,  affords  conditions  suitable 
for  growing  to  perfection  the  greatest  variety  of  bulbous 
and  other  plants,  many  of  which  cannot  be  enjoyed  in 
the  average  garden.  The  hyacinth  is  a  notable  exception 
in  regard  to  soil  conditions.  In  Holland  this  bulb  is  grown 
in  pure  sand,  and  soon  becomes  diseased  in  heavier  soil. 
This  should  indicate  that  in  this  country  plenty  of  sand 
should  be  added  to  the  natural  soil,  and  that  the  bulbs 
ehould  not  be  left  in  the  ground  during  the  summer. 

The  sooner  bulbs  can  be  put  in  the  ground  after  they 
are  ripe,  the  better  for  the  bulbs;  for,  no  matter  how 
long  they  will  keej),  they  do  not  improve  when  out 
of  the  ground,  but  tend  to  dry  out  and  lose  vitality. 
This  is  particularly  true  of  the  narcis.si,  which  give  very 
noticeably  larger  flowers  when  the  bulbs  are  planted 
early.  .-Vll  of  the  sorts  ha\'ing  a  strain  of  poeticus  blood 
begin  the  new  root-growth  almost  as  soon  as  they  have 
ripened,  and  are  far  better  off  if  they  can  be  in  the 
ground  early.  There  are,  however,  many  reasons  why 
bulbs  cannot  be  planted  as  soon  as  ripe;  and  when  they 
are  to  be  kept  for  certain  purposes,  they  should  be  stored 
as  advised  below.  Hardy  spring-flowering  bulbs  should 
be  planted  in  the  open  ground  in  the  fall,  not  earlier 
than  six  weeks  before  regular  frosty  and  freezing  nights 
are  expected.  Plant  as  much  later  as  necessary,  provid- 
ing the  bulbs  are  keeping  sound,  but  it  is  not  advisable 
to  plant  them  earlier.  Cool  weather  is  necessary  to 
deter  top  growth,  which  is  very  liable  to  start  after  four 
to  six  weeks  of  root  develop- 
ment; and  young,  succulent 
top  growth  is  apt  to  be  in- 
jured by  the  succeeding 
freezing.  In  Maine,  Ontario, 
Wisconsin,  and  other  north- 
ern parts  (about  4.5  degrees 
north  latitude),  such  hardy 
bulbs  as  hyacinths,  tulips 
and  narcissi,  may  be  planted 
in  September.  In  Xew  .Jer- 
684     •  I      M  pie  of      sey,  Pennsylvania,  Ohio,  and 

a  tuber.  SO    on    (about    40°),    plant 

about  the  middle  of  October. 
In  the  latitude  of  Richmond,  Loui.sville,  and  St.  Louis, 
the  middle  of  November  is  early  enough.  In  the  lati- 
tude of  Kaleigh,  Na.shville,  and  south,  do  not  plant  until 
middle  of  December;  and  for  the  Latter  section  let  the 
selection  of  bulbs  run  to  late-flowering  varieties,  such  as 
Bizarre,  Darwin,  and  late  double  tulips,  late  hyacinths, 
late  narcissi,  and  the  like,  for  they  are  not  so  likely  to 
be  cauglit  by  the  occa.sional  freezing  weather  in  .January 
and  February.  In  this  southern  latitude,  however,  very 
early-flowering  bulbs,  such  as  Roman  hyacinths.  Duo 


f 


y 


..^ 


Van  Tholl  tulips,  lOarly  Polyanthus  narcissi,  and  so  on, 
if  planted  in  September,  are  usually  through  blooming 
before  freezing  weather  begins.  South  of  the  freezing 
belt,  hardy  spring-llowering  bulbs  are  not  very  success- 
ful, as  a  rule,  there  being  no  sufficiently  cool  weather  to 
deter  top-growth  and  force  root-action  first,  without 
which  the  flowers  and  foliage  will  not  develop  beyond 
such  sustenance  sis  the  bulb  can  supply;  and  this  sus- 
tenance is  usually  exiiausted  b.v  the  time  the  flower- 
spikes  are  half  grown.  But  there  are  many  half-hardy 
and  tender  bulbs  that  are  more  easily  grown  and  flow- 
ered in  the  South  than  in  the  North. 

Subsequent  treatment  of  outdoor  bulbs. 

The  treatment  of  bulbs  after  flowering  is  important 
when  the  bulbs  are  to  be  used  again,  for  it  must  never 
be  forgotten  that  tiie  flowers  and  resources  for  the  next 
season  are  garnered  within  the  bulb  after  blooming, 
through  the  agency  of  the  roots  and  foliage.  Imper- 
fectly fleveloped  and  matured  foliage  this  year  means 
poor  flowers  or  none  at  all  next  year;  so  it  is  best  to 
leave  the  bulbs  alone  until  the  leaves  have  died  down. 
The  further  treatment  dejiends  upon  the  kind  of  bulbs 
under  consideration.  Generally  speaking,  one  class  may 
be  left  in  the  ground  for  a  number  of  years,  while 
another  thrives  better  if  lifted  annually  and  given  a 
short  period  of  rest  out  of  the  ground.  Among  this 
latter  class  must,  of  course,  be  included  tender  bulbs 
which  will  not  survive  the  winter  if  left  in  the  beds  or 
borders  and  which  should  be  taken  up  in  the  fall  when 
matured.  Of  the  hardy  bidbs,  hyacinths  and  tulips 
succeed  best  if  lifted  annually.  Late  tulips  in  borders 
may  be  left  undisturbed  for  two  or  three  years  with 
fairly  good  results,  but  the  single  early  kinds  ought  to 
be  taken  up  each  year. 

Lifting  of  any  bulbs  should  never  be  done  before  the 
foliage  assumes  a  decidedly  limp  and  brown  appearance. 
From  that  time  on  until  the  root-growth  begins,  they 
may  be  taken  up,  cleaned,  and  stored  away,  or  divided 
and  replanted  at  once.  The  former  method  is  advisable 
for  hyacinths  and  tulips;  the  latter  for  most  of  the  bulbs 
on  the  list  appended  hereto.  W'hen  bulbs  are  growTi 
commercially,  this  yearly  lifting  is  essential  in  order  to 
make  provision  for  propagation  by  division  or  by  offsets, 
as  the  .young  bulbs  mature  more  rapidly  and  perfectly 
when  separated  from  the  parent  bulb.  \\'hen  summer 
bedding-plants  are  to  be  substituted,  it  is  sometimes 
necessary  to  remove  bulbs  before  ripe.  In  such  cases, 
the  bulbs  should  be  carefully  taken  up  with  a  spade. 
Disturb  the  roots  as  httle  as  po.ssiblp,  and  do  not  cut 
or  crush  the  leaves.  Heel-in  the  plants  in  a  shallow 
trench  in  some  half-shady  out-of-the-way  place  until 
ripe,  taking  pains  to  avoid  setting  them  too  close  in  the 
trench  to  secure  some  air-space  about  the  tops.  If  the 
soil  adheres  to  the  roots  when  taken  from  the  beds,  the 
bulbs  will  be  less  affected  by  being  disturbed  before 
maturing.  As  soon  as  ripe,  they  should  be  dug  up, 
cleaned,  and  stored  away.  A  point  to  be  kept  in  mind 
is  that  it  is  safer  to  lift  tulips  too  early  than  too  late; 
these  bulbs  should  be  taken  up  just  before  the  stems  are 
quite  dry.  By  doing  so  the  protective  skin  about  the  bulb 
is  more  likely  to  be  retained  during  the  time  the  bulbs 
are  out  of  tlie  ground.  Darwin  tulips  have  especially 
thin  skins  which  frequently  loosen  and  come  off  entirely 
if  the  bulbs  are  left  too  long,  and  then  the  bulbs  tend  to 
become  .soft  and  flabby  during  the  resting  period.  Nar- 
cissi should  be  taken  up  with  whate\-er  foliage  has  not 
quite  withered  awaj'.  Indeed,  it  is  always  wisest  never 
to  cut  a  leaf  from  choice  kinds,  but  to  make  plantings 
of  cheap  kinds  if  leaves  are  wanted  for  cutting. 

Summer-  and  aulumn-flovering  lender  bulbs  for  spring 
planting. 

This  class  (tender)  includes  some  of  our  showiest 
garden  flowers,  which  are  almost  indispensable.  They 
are  of  the  easiest  possible  culture.   Planted  in  the  spring, 


BULB 


BULB 


591 


after  danger  from  frost  is  o\er,  in  a  sunny  position  in 
good  rii'h  soil,  thov  will  flower  with  great  certainly  the 
same  season.  After  flowering  and  ripening  of  the  foliage, 
they  should  be  taken  up  and  stored  for  the  winter  as 
advised  under  "Keeping  dormant  bulbs"  (p.  VXi)  until 
wanted  next  spring.  Among  the  more  important  species 
of  this  ela-ss  of  bulbs  are  the  undermentioned  (those 
marked  F  must,  be  kept  in  a  semi-dormant  condition  in 
a  eoUlfnuiie  or  greenhouse):  Agapanthus  (F),  alstremeria 
(F),  amorphophallus,  anomatheca  (!''),  antholyza 
(F),  tuberous  begonia,  bessera,  colocasia  (caladium), 
cooperia,  crinum,  cypella,  gladiolus,  galtonia  (Hya- 
cinlhus  candicans),  boussingaultia  (madeira  vine), 
montbretia,  nemastylis,  border  oxalis,  ornithogalum 
(F),  pancratium,  richardia  (calla),  sehizostylis  (F), 
sprekelia,  tigridia,  tuberose,  watsonia,  zephyranthes. 

Bidbs  for  flowering  in  the  house  and  greenhouse. 

There  is  no  class  of  plants  that  gives  more  satisfac- 
tion for  this  purpose,  with  so  little  skill,  than  the 
various  bulbs.  Perhaps  the  most  important  class  of 
all  bulbs  for  winter-fJowering  and  forcing  are  certain 
hardy  and  lialf-hardy  kinds.  They  are  the  most  easily 
managed  of  all,  and  need  occupy  no  space  in  the  win- 
dow or  greenhouse,  excepting  when  in  bud  and  bloom. 
I'nder  suitable  treatment,  they  flower  with  great  cer- 
tainty, and  their  flowering  period  may  be  hastened 
(forced)  or  retarded  at  pleasure,  so  as  to  "bring  them 
in"  for  certain  occasions,  or  to  give  a  continuous  suc- 
cession of  bloom.  There  is  a  great  variety  of  kinds  of 
bidbs  to  select  from  for  this  purpose  (see  list  of  species 
at  end  of  this  article),  yet  the  great  demand,  at  this 
writing,  has  centered  on  the  following  leaders,  especially 
for  forcing  purposes:  Allium  neapolilanum,  A.  HcrmeUii 
grandiflorum,  Anemone  fulgens,  convallaria  (lily-of-the- 
valley),  Freesia  refracta  alba,  gladiolus  "The  Bride," 
early  single-flowering  Dutch  hyacinths  and  Romans, 
Campernelle  jonquil,  Lilium.  eandidum,  L.  Harrisii 
and  L.  longiflorum.  Several  narcissi  are  in  demand, 
notably  among  the  large  trumpet  varieties:  Emperor, 
Empress,  Golden  Spur,  Horsfieldii,  and  Spurius  major; 
among  the  medium  and  small  trumpets:  Sir  Watkin, 
Barrii  conspicuus  and  Poeticus  ornatus ;  of  the  doubles 
are  Von  Sion  and  Orange  Phoenix;  of  the  Polyanthus 
narcissi:  Paper  White  grandiflora  (Totus  albus),  and 
double  Roman  (Constantinople).  Of  other  species  of 
bulbs,  Ornithogalum  arabicum,  spirea  Gladstone,  and 
single  and  double  tulips  of  the  early  varieties  are  in 
demand.  In  the  classes  of  bulbs  there  is  often  a  great 
diversity  in  the  fitness  of  the  varieties  for  forcing.  Cer- 
tain sorts  will  be  found  best  adapted  to  early  forcing, 
others  to  midseason  or  late  work,  and  in  selecting  bulbs 
for  forcing  these  characteristics  must  be  taken  into  con- 
sideration. Besides  this  general  division  into  early  and 
late  forcing  kinds,  the  skilled  grower  recognizes  that 
each  variety  has  its  own  pecuUar  period  when  it  is  at 
its  best,  if  forced.  Many  tulips  and  narcissi  are  very 
fine  if  forced  early  and  only  moderately  good  if  forced 
late;  the  converse  is  equally  true,  for  often  an  early 
variety  will  do  only  indifferently  well  when  it  is  used 
for  late  work.  This  characteristic  is  well  studied  by  one 
of  the  largest  forcers  for  the  English  market,  who 
devotes  whole  separate  houses  to  particular  varieties  of 
tulips,  and  puts  in  charge  of  each  one  man  who  knows 
the  whims  of  the  variety  he  tends.  This  shoulil  not, 
however,  deter  anyone  from  attempting  to  force  bulbs, 
as  success  Ls  sure  to  be  gained  if  standard  forcing  kinds 
are  used,  and  the  few  important  rules  are  followeil.  The 
principles  of  culture  for  hard,\-  bulbs  for  winter-nower- 
ing  arc  the  same,  whether  only  a  few  are  grown  in  pots 
for  the  window-garden,  or  whether  they  are  to  be  forced 
by  the  thousand  by  the  florist.  The  first  essential  Ls  to 
secure  the  strongest  bulbs.  Remember  that  the  flowers 
were  formed  within  the  bulbs  the  previous  .season.  If 
one  buys  bulbs  of  narcissi  containing  only  one  flower, 
or  hyacinths  with  only  ten  bells  on  a  spike,  the  best 


culture  possible  cannot  make  them  produce  more;  but 
good  culture  will  develop  such  flowers  larger  and  better. 
The  next  most  important  essential — one  might  say 
the  secret  of  success  in  flowering  bulbs  in  house  or 
greenhouse — is  perfect  root-development  before  the  tojjs 
begin  to  grow.  To  aid  the  uniintiatccl  in  this  important 
matter,  we  will  illustrate:  When  hardy  bulbs  are  planted 
in  the  open  ground  in  the  northern  states  in  the  fall,  the 
weather  above  them  is  cool  or  cold,  the  ground  beneath 


685.  Example  of  a  rhizome — Smilacina  racemosa.    The  figures 
show  the  different  years'  growths. 

them  is  warmer,  and  the  conditions  are  congenial  for 
root-action  but  deterrent  to  top-growth.  This  results  in 
the  perfect  development  of  such  flowers  as  the  bulbs 
contain.  On  the  other  hand,  when  hyacinths,  tulips, 
narcissi,  and  most  other  hardy  spring-flowering  bulbs 
are  planted  in  fall  in  our  extreme  southern  states,  they 
may  prove  disappointing,  because  the  weather  is 
warm,  causing  the  flowers  and  foliage  to  begin  to  grow 
before  the  roots;  and  as  soon  as  such  sustenance  as  the 
bulb  could  supply  has  been  e.xhausted,  the  plant  stops 
growing  and  dwindles.  When  one  grows  bulbs  under 
artificial  conditions,  one  must  make  them  produce  roots 
first.  Failure  to  do  this  is  responsible  for  nine-tenths 
of  the  disappointments. 

When  hardy  bulbs  are  to  be  grown  in  pots  for  winter 
blooming  in  the  house  or  con.servatory,  the  bulbs  should 
be  potted  as  soon  as  they  are  procurable,  between 
August  and  November.  Some  writers  recommend  that 
bulbs  be  planted  in  successional  lots  to  give  later  and 
continuous  flowers,  but  such  advice  is  at  fault,  as 
the  bulbs  tend  to  dry  out  and  lose  vitality  when  kept 
dry  too  long.  It  is  no  trouble  to  retard  the  flowering  of 
hardy  bulbs  in  winter,  as  hereafter  described,  without 
keeping  them  out  of  the  ground. 

The  soil  should  be  rich  loam.  Fresh  manure  cannot 
be  used.  Of  thoroughly  rotted  manure,  some  may  be 
pulverized  and  worked  into  the  soil,  but  it  is  safer  to 
use  pure  bone  meal,  one  part  to  fifty  of  soil.  If  the  soil 
is  stifi'  and  heav)',  mix  with  it  satid  and  leaf-mold  or 
peat.  The  size  of  pots  depends  ujion  the  kinds  of  bulbs. 
A  .5-inch  pot  is  best  for  a  first-sized  hj'acinth,  or  large- 
bulbing  narcissus,  particularly-  the  polyanthus  type. 
Tulips,  small  narcissi,  and  bulbs  of  a  similar  size, 
v/hile  they  pan  go  individually  into  a  4-inch  pot,  are  bet- 
ter when  put  three  or  more  of  one  variet\'  together  in  a 
larger  pot,  as  the  soil  retains  a  more  even  temijerature 
and  moisture;  and  for  this  reason  .some  prefer  earthen 
l)ulb-i)ans,  which  come  in  various  sizes,  from  8  to  18 
inches  in  diameter.  In  potting,  place  a  little  broken 
pottery  or  lumps  of  charcoal  in  the  bot  tom  for  drainage, 
then  fill  th(!  pot  with  .soil  and  shake  it  down,  but.  do  not 
pack  it.  Neither  must  the  bulb  be  pres-sed  or  .screwed 
into  the  soil,  else  the  soil  will  be  packed  under  it  so 
that  when  the  roots  start  they  often  raise  the  bulb  out 
of  the  pot.  Plant  the  bulb  just  de<'p  enough  that  its  top 
will  not  show.  Large  and  soft  bulbs,  which  are  liable  to 
rot,  may  be  set  in  a  cushion  of  sand,  and  the  bulb  not 
covered  with  soil  until  it  has  taken  root  and  become 
established  (Fig.  688). 


502 


BULB 


BULB 


When  planting  mixed  bulbs  in  the  same  pot,  pan  or 
box,  0!\n>  shoiiM  bo  iist-il  in  soleotins  liifforeut  \;iiiof ics 
that  will  llowor  al  tlio'siuuc  time.  An  early-llowcrinK 
Duo  N";ui  Tholl  ami  a  tioublo  Tournosol  tulip  would 
flower  a  month  apart  uiuior  the  same  treatnuMit.  Some 
varieties  of  hyaoinths,  of  narcissi,  ;ind  of  most  species 
of  bulbs  V!iry  greatly  in  time  of  blooming,  which,  of 
course,  would  spoil  the  effect. 

The  forcing  of  bidbs. 

When  florists  force  bulbs  in  quantity  for  cut-flowers, 
they  seldom  use  ix)ts,  but  sliallow  boxes,  or  Hats,  of  a 
size  to  economize  bench-room.  I'sutilly  these  boxes  arc 
cut  dowii  from  soap-boxes  to  a  de])tli  of  3  or  4  inches. 
The  bulbs  are  planto<l  closely  in  those,  from  an  inch  to 
2  inches  apart,  according  to  the  kind.  The  tops  of  the 
bulbs  (excepting  lilies)  are  kept  about.  e\en  with  the  top 
of  the  soil.  Give  a  thorough  watering  to  help  settle  the 
earth  about  the  bulbs,  but  give  no  more  water  until 
growth  begins,  for  bulbs  in  a  dormant  condition  resent 
an  excess  of  moisture.  After  the  bulbs  are  potted,  or 
boxed,  as  described,  they  should  be  placed  in  a  cold- 
frame  or  cold-pit  to  root.  This  is  the  most  important 
detail  in  flowering  bulbs  imder  artificial  conditions. 


6S6.  Various  types  of  bulbs  and  tubers. 
1.  Tuberose.    2.  Colora-sia  ."inliqiKiruni  {Cnln<Iium  esculettium), 
3.  Easter  Lily.   4.  Jonquil.    5.  Gladiolus.     6.  Lilium  pardalinum. 
7.  Hyacinth.   8.  Lily-of-the-Valley. 

Cover  the  pots,  boxes  or  pans  with  4  inches  of  sand, 
ashes,  rotted  leaves,  tanbark  or  similar  substance,  and 
do  not  put  the  sash  on  until  freezing  weather,  and 
even  then  remove  the  sash  on  pleasant  days.  When  no 
coldframe  or  pits  are  available,  the  pots  may  be  cov- 
ered as  advised  in  a  cool  cellar,  provided  close  attention 
is  given  to  be  sure  that  the  soil  is  maintained  in  a  uni- 
formh'  moi.st,  but  not  wet  condition.  It  is  preferable 
however,  to  sink  them  in  the  open  ground.  Very  fine 
flowers  were  obtained  from  hardy  bulbs  when  treated  as 
follows:  A  trench  a  foot  deep  is  dug  in  the  garden  where 
water  will  not  settle  in  it,  and  it  Ls  [jroteeted  from  the 
north  and  west  cold.  Three  inches  of  coal-ashes  is  first 
placed  in  the  trench,  to  allow  drainage  and  keep  the 
worms  out.  The  pots  are  then  placed  on  the  a.shes,  the 
earth  is  filled  in  about  the  pots,  filling  the  trench  round- 
ing over.  When  the  weather  gets  cold  enough  to  freeze 
a  crust  on  the  soil,  an  a^lditional  covering  of  about  4 
inches  of  rough  stable  manure,  leaves  or  .straw,  is  put 
over.  This  cover  must  be  heavy  enough  to  keep  the  pots 
from  freezing,  not  that  this  will  injure  the  bulbs,  but 
that  it  will  be  almost  impo.ssible  U)  remove  the  pots  if 
the  covering  of  earth  freezes  solid.  Care  should  ha  taken 
that  the  sidfis  of  the  trench  do  not  fall  in,  deijositing  a 
layer  of  earth  over  the  leaves  or  other  cover,  which  will 
freeze  hard  enough  to  make  removal  difficult.  Often 
a  simple  cover  of  8  to  10  inches  of  leaves  directly 
over  the  pots  will  be  most  a^lvantageous  if  earth  has 
b«;en  worked  in  about  the  sides  of  the  pots  to  retain 
moLsture.    No  further  attention  is  required,  as  every- 


thing is  congenial  to  perfect  root-development,  while 
the  weather  is  cool  enough  to  check  top-growth.  Some 
early  bidbs,  such  as  lloman  hyacinths,  Paper  White 
narci.ssi.  Due  Van  Tholl  tulips,  and  the  like,  will  root 
suHiciently  in  live  or  six  weeks  to  be  taken  up  for  first 
flowers,  which  should  be  out  by  Christmas  or  earlier, 
but  it  is  safer  to  allow  all  bulbs  not  less  than  eight 
weeks  for  rooting.  A  fairly  sure  indication  that  the 
bulbs  are  ready  to  be  brought  into  heat  is  the  appear- 
ance of  about  an  inch  of  top  growth,  and  of  an  abun- 
dance of  roots  through  the  bottom  of  the  boxes  or  through 
the  holes  in  the  bottom  of  the  pots.  Every  two  weeks 
after  the  first  removal  of  pots,  or  as  needed,  further 
relays  of  rooted  bulbs  may  be  taken  out  for  a  contin- 
uous display  of  bloom.  W'hen  the  pots  of  hardy  bulbs 
have  been  taken  up,  place  them  in  a  cool  greenhouse 
or  cool,  light  storeroom,  with  temperature  not  over 
50°.  This  temperature  will  allow  the  flower-stems  and 
foliage  to  grow,  and  at  the  same  time  prevent  the 
opening  of  the  flowers  until  the  stems  have  attained 
their  proper  height.  The  pots  should  be  kept  shaded 
for  several  days  until  the  top-growth  has  taken  on  its 
natural  green  color,  after  which  the  pots  may  be  taken 
to  a  sunny,  warm  window,  or  wherever  they  are 
wanted  to  flower.  Bulbs  treated  in  this  manner  will 
produce  perfect  spikes  of  flowers. 

A  practice  often  followed  by  florists  early  in  the 
season  is  keeping  the  bulbs  in  the  dark  and  in 
heat  in  order  to  draw  out  the  flower  stems  to  a  proper 
height.  This  can  often  be  accomplished  by  placing  an 
inverted  pot  over  the  tops,  the  light  coming  through 
the  hole  in  the  bottom  being  sufficient  to  draw  out  the 
stems.  If  this  is  done,  the  bulbs  must  be  watched  to  see 
that  the  tops  are  all  growing  evenly;  should  some  of 
the  bulbs  get  a  start  of  the  others,  the  pots  must  be 
put  in  the  light  at  once  to  avoid  irregularity  in  flow- 
ering. For  early  work,  this  darkening,  together  with 
strong  bottom  heat,  will  give  longer  foliage  and  stem 
than  if  the  bulbs  are  subjected  to  strong  light  when 
first  brought  under  glass.  But  plenty  of  fresh  air  must 
be  afi'orded,  and  as  the  buds  begin  to  show  color  the 
pots  must  be  removed  to  a  cooler  temperature  to  har- 
den the  growth,  and  enough  light  given  to  put  color 
in  the  foliage  and  the  buds. 

A  good  rule  to  keep  in  mind  in  flowering  hardy  bulbs 
is:  Temperature,  40°  for  roots,  50°  for  foliage  and  stems, 
60°  for  best  flowers,  70°  for  quick  development,  80°  to 
rush  bloom  with  loss  of  substance  and  risk  of  "going 
bhnd"  (producing  no  flowers). 

The  exceptions  to  the  above  advice  are  liliums  and 
lily-of-the-valley.  The  bulbs  of  Lilium.  Harrisii,  L. 
longiflorum  and  the  various  sorts  of  L.  speciosum,  in 
addition  to  throwing  out  roots  from  the  base  of  the 
bulbs,  usually  form  roots  from  the  new  stem  just  above 
the  bulb,  and  the  plants  and  flowers  derive  much 
strength  from  these  top-roots.  So  in  potting  lily  bulbs, 
it  is  best  to  put  them  down  so  deep  that  there  will  be 
sufficient  soil  above  the  bulbs  to  entice  and  sustain  the 
stem-roots.  This  may  be  done  when  the  bulbs  are  pot- 
ted, or  2  or  3  inches  of  soil  may  be  added  after  growth 
is  under  way  and  the  stem-roots  have  begun  to  work 
into  the  soil.  An  advantage  in  the  latter  method  is  that 
some  fertilizer  may  be  mixed  with  the  new  soil,  and 
sustenance  provided  when  it  is  most  timely.  In  other 
respects  treat  the  bulbs  after  potting  as  just  advised. 
Winter-flowering  lily-of-the-valley  forms  no  new  roots. 
The  thick,  fleshy,  fibrous  old  roots  should  be  trimmed  at 
the  bottom,  leaving  them  from  2  to  3  inches  long.  This 
allows  them  to  absorb  the  abundant  moisture  with 
which  they  should  be  supplied  while  the  flowers  and 
foliage  are  developing.  They  flower  just  as  well  in  .sand 
or  moss,  or  anything  that  retains  an  oven  moisture  and 
temperature,  as  they  do  in  soil,  but  lily-of-the-valley 
for  flowering  in  tlie  house  or  greenhouse  requires  freez- 
ing before  it  can  be  successfully  brought  into  flower. 
Without  freezing,  many  pips  will  "come  blind,"  or  pro- 


BULB 


BULB 


593 


duce  malformed  spikes.  So  it  is  just  as  woll  for  ama- 
teurs to  plant  their  pips  an  inch  or  two  apart  in  pots  or 
bulb-pans,  and  plunge  them  in  the  garden,  as  recom- 
mended for  other  hardy  bulbs.  Florists  generally 
freeze  their  pips  in  refrigerators,  or  have  them  placed, 
just  :is  the\-  arrive  from  Germany,  2,.')()()  pips  in  a  case, 
in  cold  storage,  in  a  temperature  of  2S°  to  30°. 

Half-hardy  bulbs  for  winter-flowering  and  forcing 
should  be  treated  the  same  as  hanly  bulbs,  except 
that  after  potting  they  should  be  placed  for  rooting 
whore  they  will  not  freeze.  Yet  they  can  go  fairly  close 
to  it  and  be  all  the  better  for  it.  In  northern  states,  a 
eoldframe  or  pit  or  cold  greenhouse  to  root  them  in  is, 
therefore,  almost  indispensable.  For  tender  winter-  and 
siunmer-flowering  greenhouse  bulbs,  the  culture  varies 
with  almost  every  species,  and  as  no  general  instruc- 
tions would  suit  all  kinds,  the  reader  may  refer  to  their 
individual  cultures  given  under  their  respective  head- 
ings in  this  Cyclopedia.  (See  list  of  species  at  the  end 
of  this  article.) 

Other  indoor  itiethods. 

The  flowering  of  bulbs  in  glasses,  bowls  or 
unique  pots,  is  always  interesting.  Among  the 
most  successful  and  interesting  are  h3acinth 
bulbs  in  glasses  of  water.  Use  early-flowering 
single  varieties  only.  The  seedsmen  and  dealers 
in  bulbs  supply  special  hyacinth  glasses  for  the 
purpose.  The}-  come  in  various 
shapes,  colors  and  decorations,  and 
vary  in  price  from  20  cents  to  .$1.50 
each.  These  are  simply  filled  with 
fresh,  pure  water.  A  lump  of  char- 
coal thrown  in  absorbs  impurities, 
but  it  is  not  absolutely  necessarj'. 
The  bulb  rests  in  a  cup-shaped  re- 
ceptacle on  top  of  the  glass.  In 
filling,  the  water  should  not  quite 
touch  the  bottom  of  the  bulb.  Put 
in  a  cool,  dark,  airy  place  until  the 
roots  have  reached  the  bottom  of 
the  glass,  which  should  be  in  about 
six  weeks.  Do  not  place  them  in  a 
close,  warm  closet.  Thej-  must  have 
fresh  air.  As  the  water  evaporates, 
fill  the  glasses,  and  change  the  water 
entirely  when  needed  to  keep  it 
sweet  and  clear.  After  rooting,  place 
the  glasses  in  a  light  store-room 
where  the  temperature  averages 
about  50°,  until  the  stems  and  foli- 
age have  developed;  then  remove  to  a  warm,  sunny  win- 
dow for  flowers  to  open.  There  are  other  kinds  that  do 
equally  well  when  rooted  in  water,  providing  the  largest 
healthy  bulbs  are  chosen.  Among  them  are  sprekelia 
(Jacobean  lily),  Trumpet  narcissi  Horsfieldii  and 
Golden  Spur,  polyanthus  narcissi  Grand  Monarque  and 
Gloriosa,  large  bulbs  of  Roman  hyacinths,  early  single 
tulips,  and  XIammoth  Yellow  crocus.  Hyacinths  have 
been  flowered  on  a  piece  of  virgin  cork  floating  in  an 
aquarium,  a  hole  being  cut  through  the  cork  for  the 
roots  to  reach  the  water.  The  so-called  "Chinese  sacred 
lily,"  a  variety  of  Polyanthus  narcissus,  grows  and 
flowers  luxuriantly  in  bowls  of  water,  provided  they  are 
not  placed  in  a  dry,  furnace-heated  room,  which  will 
cause  the  buds  to  bkist  before  opening.  Sutticient  peb- 
bles or  shells  should  surround  the  bulbs  to  prevent 
them  from  toppling  over. 

Crocuses,  Roman  hj'acinths,  and  lilie.s-of-the-valley 
are  very  pretty  when  nicely  flowered  in  columnar, 
hedge-hog-  or  beehive-shaped  hollow  pots  with  holes  for 
the  reception  of  the  bulbs.  A  bulb  is  placed  in  front  of 
each  hole  from  the  inside,  with  the  crown  of  the  bulb 
looking  outward.  The  pot  is  then  filled  with  .soil  through 
the  large  opening  in  the  bottom,  moss  being  pressofl  in 
last  to  hold  the  contents  in  place,  after  which  the  pots 

38 


687.  The  Easter  lily  throws  out  feeding-roots 
both  below  and  above  the  bulb. 


are  put  outside  for  the  bulbs  to  root,  as  explained  for 
other  hardy  bulbs  for  the  house. 

The  growing  of  bulbs  in  moss  fiber,  a  method  intro- 
duced by  Robert  Sydenham,  of  Birmingham,  Eng- 
land, is  well  deserving  of  attention  by  the  amateur. 
The  great  advantage  of  this  method  is  that  the  bulbs 
can  be  grown  in  decorative  china  bowls,  without  drain- 
age, while  the  compo.st  is  clean  to  handle  and,  as  the 
bowls  are  not  porous,  they  may  be  set  about  a  room 
without  danger  of  spotting  the  most  highly  polished 
woodwork.  The  compost  is  made  up  of  moss  or  peat 
fiber  and  ground  oyster-shell  in  the  proportion  of  three 
parts  dry  moss  to  two  parts  of  the  shell ;  a  little  pulver- 
ized charcoal  added  tends  to  keep  the  material  sweet. 
The  moss  must  be  rubbed  between  the  hands  thoroughly 
to  break  even  small  lumjM  and  then  mix  the  shell  with 
it  very  carefully,  after  which  water  should  be  slowly 
added  in  the  proportion  of  four  quarts  to  each  half- 
bushel  of  the  mixture.  When  properly  moistened  the 
compost  should  feel  quite  damp  but  no  water  will  be 
squeezed  out  if  a  small  quantity  is  pressed  tightly 
in  the  hand.  A  few  pieces  of  charcoal  should  be 
placed  in  the  bottom  of  the  bowl  to  keep  the  fiber 
sweet,  and  the  bowls  should  be  filled  to  within  about 
an  inch  from  the  rim.  Cover  the  bulbs  with  an  inch 
or  so  of  the  mixture,  taking  care  not  to  pack  the 
fiber  in  so  doing,  and  place  the  bowls  in  a  cellar  or 
cool  room  where  they  can  have  plenty  of  fresh  air. 
For  about  three  weeks  the  mixture 
will  itself  provide  sufficient  mois- 
ture, but  after  that,  time  they  must 
be  examined  frequently;  nothing  ia 
so  essential  as  keeping  the  fiber 
uniformly  damp  to  the  very  bottom 
of  the  bowls  but  there  must  be  no 
water  standing.  If  dry  for  but  a 
day  there  is  great  risk  of  the  bulbs 
going  blind.  The  treatment  from 
this  point  on  is  identical  with  that 
given  for  bulbs  grown  in  ordinary 
potting  soil. 

Subsequent  treatment  of  forced  bulbs. 

After  being  forced  or  flowered  in 
the  greenhouse  or  window,  hardy 
bulbs  are  of  little  value,  for  most 
bulbs  suitable  for  the  purpose  have 
attained  their  maximum  size,  and, 
in  consequence,  are  ready  to  break 
up.  Florists  usually  throw  these 
bulbs  away.  However,  if  space  can 
be  spared  for  the  bulbs  to  complete  their  growth 
after  flowering,  and  watering  and  temperatures  are 
watched,  many  of  them  can  be  matured  to  be  utilized 
afterwards.  The  ripening  of  the  foliage  is  as  necessary 
to  forced  bulbs  as  it  is  to  those  grown  in  the  open,  and 
to  promote  this  the  potted  bulbs  should  receive  enough 
care  and  nourishment  to  coi'nt.-ract  the  artificial  con- 
ditions under  which  they  are  grown.  When  it  is  desired 
to  keep  forced  bulbs,  the  compost  should  bo  made  some- 
what richer  at  potting  time.  After  flowering,  the  pots 
ma\'  bo  plunged  out-of-doors,  if  freezing  weather  is  over, 
until  the  foliage  has  ripened.  Then  tlie  bulbs  can  be 
shaken  out  and  planted  in  the  mixed  border  or  about 
the  kitchen-garden,  where  some  of  them  will  recuperate 
and  give  flowers  for  cutting  within  a  year  or  two,  and 
eventually  they  will  regain  their  vigor  sufliciently  to 
be  transferred  to  the  bulb-garden.  Yet  with  most  of  the 
bulbs  the  labor  involved  is  scarcely  commensurate  with 
the  returns,  and  the  bulbs  might  just  as  well  be  dis- 
carded at  the  beginning. 

Keeping  dormant  bulbs,  tubers,  and  the  like. 

Bulbs  and  tubers  of  the  various  species,  as  well  as 
their  varieties,  vary  greatly  in  size.  Some,  Uke  oxalis, 
snowdrops,  and  chionodoxas,  often  do  not  exceed  half 


594 


BULB 


BULB 


an  inch  in  diajnetcr,  while  othor  bulbs,  surh  ;is  Ihoso  of 
Ciihiiitiin  ti!CuU>ilum.  cortuin  iinuiis  ;uul  ciinuins, 
attivin  givat  size,  f roiLiif nt ly  weighing  several  pounds 
each.  Such  solid  bulbs  ;ui  those  of  tulips,  hyacioths 
and  niircissi,  will  remain  out  of  the  ground  solid  and 
plump,  in  a  suitable  place,  for  three  or  four  months.  The 
larger  the  bulb  the  longer  it  will  keep,  ius  a  rule.  Largo 
crinimi  bulbs  have  been  keirt  for  fifteen  months.  Still, 
it  is  always  belter  to  plant  the  bulbs  as  soon  :is  jiossible, 
for.  although  they  keep,  they  ilo  not  improve,  and  their 
tenilency  is  always  toward  drying  out  and  loss  of  vi- 
tality. 

Never  ket^p  bulbs  packed  air-tight.  They  are  liable 
to  generate  heat  or  sweat,  mold  or  rot,  or  to  start. 
\\"hen  solid  bidbs  are  to  be  k(>pt  dormant  for  an>-  length 
of  time,  the\"  sliould  be  stored  awa\"  from  bright  light  in 
baskets,  shailow  boxes  or  slatted  trays,  protected  from 
rats  or  mice,  in  a  room  or  cellar  in  which  there  is  a  cir- 
culation of  fresh  air  and  the  temperature  is  as  cool 
as  possible.  Forty  degrees  is  the  desideratum  for  all 
e.xcepting  tender  bulbs.  Scale-like  bulbs,  as  liliums,  soon 
dry  out  and  shrivel,  if  exposed  to  the  air  for  any  length 
of  time;  therefore,  they  are  best  kept  in  open  boxes 
packed  with  some  substance  that  will  retain  a  slight  and 
even  moisture,  such  as  sphagimm  moss,  rotted  leaf- 
mold,  coconut  fiber  refuse,  or  moist  sand,  but  they  must 
be  kept  cold  to  check  any  efforts  to  start.  Fleshy  roots, 
hke  those  of  peonies,  and  so  on,  should  be  treated  like 
the  lily  bulbs.  When  a  cold-storage  room,  with  an  aver- 
age temperature  of  36°  to  40°,  is  available,  it  is  the 
safest  place  to,  carry  over  hardy  bulbs  and  roots  for 
spring  planting. 

Lily-of-the-valley  pips  are  carried  in  cold  storage 
rooms  of  about  28°  to  30°.  The  pips  and  packing 
freeze  solid;  and  here  they  are  kept  for  months  until 
wanted  for  forcing.  When  they  are  removed,  they 
must  be  thawed  out  gradually  and  as  soon  as  possible, 
by  plunging  in  cold  water,  before  they  are  subjected  to 
any  heat;  otherwise,  they  are  likely  to  rot.  P^or  this 
reason,  "cold-storage  pips"  cannot  be  safely  shipped  any 

distance  in  warm  weather, 
this  often  being  the  cause 
of  the  country  florists'  dis- 
appointment in  results. 

Tender  dormant  bulbs, 
as  begonias,  gloxinias, 
amaryllis,  pancratiums, 
t  igridias,  tuberoses,  must 
be  kept  in  a  warm,  dry 
atmosphere,  not  below 
50°.  The  cause  of  tube- 
roses not  flowering  is  often 
that  the  bulbs  have  been 
kept  below  40°,  which 
destroys  the  flower  germ, 
although  the  foliage  grows  just  as  vigorously.  Tender 
tubers,  such  as  dahlias  and  cannas,  should  be  stored 
in  dry  sand  in  a  warm,  dry  cellar  or  under  the  green- 
house bench. 

Propfigalion  of  bulbous  plants. 

Bulbous  plants  increase  usually  in  either  of  two 
natural  ways — from  division  or  from  seed.  Increase  by 
division,  with  true  bulbs  and  conns,  is  due,  in  the  first 
place,  to  the  tendency  the.se  plants  have  after  reaching 
a  certain  age  to  break  up  into  a  number  of  smaller  parts, 
each  part  making  a  new  start  for  itself  and  developing 
with  time  into  a  bulb  of  flowering  size.  In  addition  to 
this  breaking  up,  all  bulbs,  even  tho.se  of  young  growth, 
form  tiny  bulbeLs  or  offsets,  throughout  their  time  of 
maturing.  These  bulbels  appeal  in  many  ways,  some 
fonning  outside  of  the  protecting  skin  of  the  mother 
bulb,  a.'i  in  the  case  of  the  tulip  and  hyacinth,  others 
developing  about  the  basf;  of  a  newly-formed  corm  like 
the  gla'li')lu.«.  In  this  connection  it  is  proper  to  note  that 
the  formation  of  bulbs  during  the  growing  season  varies 


688.  Bulb  with  a  cushion  of  sand 
beneath  it  to  prevent  decay. 


in  that  some  kinds  form  an  entirely  new  bulb,  as  the 
tulip  and  gladiolu.s,  and  otliers  merely  add  new  tissues  to 
the  old  bulb  anil  increase  in  size,  as  the  narcissus  and 
hyacinth.  As  a  rule,  small  bulbs  obtained  by  this  pro- 
cess of  breaking  up  do  not  have  the  vigor  of  those  from 
off.sets;  the  yoimgcr  a  bulb  is,  the  greater  vigor  it  always 
has,  although  t.he  flower  may  not  show  its  true  size. 

Where;us  bulbs  secured  by  ilivision  always  come  true, 
— that  is,  tiie  flowers  resemble  that  of  the  parent  bulb, 
allowing  for  the  occasional  variation  due  to  "sporting" — - 
proi)agation  by  seed  is  likely  t,o  give  new  varieties,  dif- 
fering in  character  from  the  original.  Certain  kinds  of 
bulbs,  such  as  the  scilla,  chionodoxa,  or  freesia,  can  be 
propagated  by  seed  and  come  true,  unless  cross-fertilized. 
Bulbs  grown  from  seed  take  longer  to  mature  than  do 
those  from  oR'sets,  and  for  commercial  purposes  the 
seed  method  is  seldom  employed  except  when  the 
raising  of  novelties  is  an  object. 

Of  the  other  so-called  bulbous  plants  which  are  under 
consideration  here,  the  tuberous  kinds  increase  natu- 
rally by  the  development  of  new  eyes  which  grow  into 
young  plants  as  the  old  tuber  decays,  while  the  rhizoma- 
tous  sorts  form  new  plants  through  the  elongation  and 
branching  of  the  running  underground  stems  accom- 
panied by  the  dying  back  of  the  older  parts.  Artificial 
propagation  of  these  kinds  is  an  easier  affair  than  with 
true  bulbs,  as  the  separation  of  the  new  growth  is  readily 
efTectcd  by  division  with  a  knife,  or  even  with  the 
rougher  use  of  a  spade.  Such  tubers  as  potatoes,  bego- 
nias and  gloxinias  can  be  cut  into  small  parts  wherever 
an  eye  has  started,  and  these  planted  out  separately 
grow  into  new  plants.  With  certain  kinds  it  is  a 
frequent  practice  to  dust  over  the  tubers  where  the  cut 
has  been  made  with  sulfur  or  soot  to  prevent  decay. 
Caution  must  be  used  in  following  this  method,  as  too 
frequent  division  of  this  sort  results  in  weakening  the 
vigor  of  the  stock  to  be  grown.  Several  tubers,  such  as 
the  dahlia  and  begonia,  can  be  propagated  either  by 
stem  or  leaf  cuttings  taken  from  the  young  growth. 

Artificial  propagation  of  the  hyacinth  by  cutting  the 
old  bulb  is  the  method  employed  in  Holland,  while 
many  liliums  are  increased  by  loosening  the  outer  bulb 
scales  and  inserting  them  in  sand  after  the  manner  of 
cuttings.  Certain  bulbs  like  the  tulip,  as  grown  in  Hol- 
land, are  subjected  to  heat  after  lifting,  to  ripen  the 
bulbs  more  thoroughly.  Bulbs  to  be  used  for  propaga- 
ting are  given  a  higher  temperature,  which  arrests  the 
flowering  and  tends  to  increase  the  breaking  up  of  the 
mother  bulbs.  For  special  methods  of  propagating, 
the  reader  should  consult  the  articles  on  the  various 
bulbs  throughout  this  Cyclopedia. 

The  cultural  treatment  for  the  young  bulbs  is  in  gen- 
eral the  same  as  that  prescribed  for  the  older,  larger 
ones.  The  offsets  need  not,  of  course,  be  planted  so  far 
apart,  the  very  smallest  being  simply  scattered  in  drills 
as  peas  or  beans  are  sown.  At  first  the  soil  should  be 
somewhat  lighter  than  later  on,  and  must  always  be  kept 
free  from  weeds  and  well  cultivated.  The  young  bulbs 
should  be  planted  early,  and  when  annual  lifting  is 
practised  they  should  be  the  first  to  come  out  of  the 
ground. 

From  an  economic  point  of  view  it  is  doubtful 
whether  the  so-called  Dutch  btdbs  can  be  successfully 
jiropagated  and  grown  in  America.  The  extremely  low 
cost  of  labor,  and  the  rapid  increase  of  stocks  in  the  soil 
and  climate  of  Holland,  together  with  the  fact  that  the 
secret  of  ripening  the  bulbs  to  perfection  is  known 
thoroughly  only  by  the  Dutch,  makes  it  improbable 
that  bulbs  can  be  grown  as  well,  or  with  a  reasonable 
profit,  here  in  America. 

Hints  on  buying  and  selecting  bulbs. 

As  already  said,  bulbs  can  develop  only  the  flowers 
which  were  formed  within  them  before  they  were  ri- 
pened. A  bulb  may  be  poor  because  not  full-grown  or  too 
young,  or  becau.se  grown  in  im))overished  soil  or  under 


XX.    A  border  of  hardy  bulbs 


BULB 


BULB 


595 


uncongenial  conditions,  or  because  it  may  not  have 
been  matured  when  dug;  or  it  may  be  injilred  from  heat- 
ing, sweating,  rotting  or  moldiness  in  storage  or  transit, 
caused  by  improper  curing  or  packing,  or  it  may  be 
dried  out  from  having  been  out  of  the  ground  too  long. 
In  the  majority  of  cases  in  which  poor  bulbs  are  planted, 
however,  it  is  the  buyer's  fault  in  procuring  cheap 
bulbs,  which  in  many  cases  are  second  grades,  lacking 
age  antl  proper  size.  The  commoner  varieties  of  a  spe- 
cies usually  propagate  the  fastest,  and  it  is  generally 
these  less  salable  varieties  and  inferior  seedlings  and  cull- 
ings  from  the  named  bulbs  that  go  to  make  up  inost 
"mixed  colors"  and  "mixed  varieties."  Therefore,  for 
best  results,  it  is  advisable  to  expend  a  given  amount 
of  money  for  the  fii-st-size  named  varieties,  rather  than 
for  a  larger  quantity  of  cheaper  seconds  and  mixtures, 
unless,  of  course,  the  bulbs  are  wanted  for  large  perma- 
nent plantings,  as  in  promiscuous  borders  for  naturaliz- 
ing, in  which  best  flowers  the  first  season  are  of  secon- 
dary consideration. 

The  best  named  hyacinths — "top  roots,"  as  they  are 
called  in  Holland — require  from  four  to  six  years  to 
attain  full  size  and  give  best  flowers.  Such  bulbs, 
according  to  the  variety,  should  measure  from  20  to  24 
centimeters  (8  to  10  inches)  in  circumference.  These 
naturally  cost  more  to  grow  than  the  younger  second  or 
"bedding"  grade  of  bulbs,  measuring  from  18  to  20  cen- 
timeters (6  to  8  inches).  There  is  a  third  size,  ranging 
from  16  to  18  centimeters  (4  to  6  inches),  that  goes  in 
mixtures,  and  a  fourth  size  (12  to  14  centimeters)  that 
goes  out  as  "Dutch  Romans,"  "Pan  Hyacinths," 
"Miniatures,"  and  so  on.  Some  growers  even  scale  their 
sizes  a  centimeter  or  two  less  than  mentioned,  to  enable 
them  to  quote  lower  prices.  Crocus,  narcissi,  tulips 
and  many  other  bulbs  are  also  sorted  into  sizes,  ena- 
bling the  growers  to  catch  all  classes  of  buyers. 

A  first-size  crocus  bulb  should  measure  10  centimeters 
(4  inches)  in  circumference,  and  such  bulbs  produce 
from  six  to  twelve  flowers  each.  .\  small,  cheap  bulb 
produces  only  two  or  three  flowers.  A  narcissus  bulb  of 
maximum  size  will  produce  from  three  to  five  flowers 
(sometimes  more),  and  an  inferior  size  usually  but  a 
single  flower.  A  white  Roman  hyacinth  bulb  14-  to  16- 
centimeter  size  (.5  to  6  inches  in  circumference)  will  pro- 
duce three  and  often  four  spikes  of  firsts  and  several 
seconds,  while  an  11-  to  12-centimeter  size  will  aver- 
age only  one  first-grade  spike  and  a  couple  of  seconds, 
or  perhaps  nothing  but  seconds.  The  best  lily-of-the- 
valley  jjips  bear  from  twelve  to  sixteen  bells  on  a  spike, 
usually  all  firsts.  Cheaper  inferior  grades  of  pips  have 
seldom  more  than  seven  to  ten  bells.  If  the  florist  or 
planter  wants  the  best  bulbs,  he  mu.st  pay  more  money 
for  them,  but  they  are  cheapest  in  the  end,  for  second- 
grade  stock  takes  up  just  as  much  room  and  requires 
as  much  care,  fire,  and  other  expen.scs.  It  is  the  grade 
of  flowers  called  firsts  that  sell  and  pay  a  profit.  The 
supply  of  seconds  is  often  so  abundant  that  the 
market  price  for  them  does  not  pay  the  cost  of 
the  bulbs. 

Mere  size  alone  should  never  be  taken  as  the  standard 
in  judging  bulbs,  however,  as  in  this  respect  there  is 
always  a  great  difference  among  varieties  of  the  same 
kind  of  bulb.  .\  plump,  solitl  bulb,  without  any  sus- 
picion of  flabbine.ss,  will  give  far  better  blooms  than  one 
without  these  qualities,  but  if  .size  goes  with  them  the 
purchaser  will  be  just  so  much  better  satisfied.  Further- 
more, the  .selection  of  varieties  is  of  importance  since  in 
recent  years  a  great  many  viistly  imiirovcfl  varieties 
in  all  clii-sses  of  bulbs  have  been  introduced.  The  grow- 
ers, nevertheless,  because  of  the  dejiiand  for  the  older 
sorts,  of  which  they  have  large  stocks,  continue  to  list 
many  kinds  no  longer  worth  growing,  unle-ss  cheap 
bulbs  are  wanted.  .Attention  ought  also  to  be  paid  to 
the  fact  that  a  number  of  varieties  appear  in  the  lists 
under  different  names,  a  feature  of  the  bulb  trade 
which  often  leads  to  great  confusion  although  the  relia- 


ble dealers  usually  note  synonymous  names  in  such 
cases.  Cheap  bulbs  may  often  be  secured  through  the 
auction  sales  in  fairly  good  quality,  but  it  is  utl,erly  im- 
possible to  count  upon  these  being  true  to  name,  or 
even  to  color.   The  surest  way  to  obtain  first-class  bulbs 


689.   A  good  pot  of  narcissi. 

is  always  to  purchase  from  a  trustworthy  source,  and 
to  state  clearly,  when  buying,  the  exact  purposes  for 
which  the  bulbs  are  intended  and  the  amount  which 
the  buyer  desires  to  spend. 

Catalogue  of  bulbs. 

To  aid  in  the  selection  of  bulbs  for  particular  pur- 
poses, is  appended  a  list  of  the  leading  species  that  are 
procurable  while  dormant  (between  the  months  speci- 
fied) from  seedsmen  and  bulb  dealers,  and  a  sign  ia 
afti.xed  to  each  to  indicate  the  puqjose  for  which  the 
species — or  certain  varieties  in  it — are  adapted.  Some 
kinds  are  useful  for  more  than  one  purpo.se,  and  such 
have  a  corresponding  number  of  signs.  For  example: 
If  a  .selection  of  bulbs  is  to  be  made  for  winter-flowering 
in  the  house,  make  a  note  of  those  to  which  an  asterisk 
(*)  is  affixed,  then  turn  to  their  respective  headings 
in  this  Cyclopedia,  where  will  be  found  other  advice  and 
descriptions;  read  all  cultural  instructions  carefully, 
and  consult  good  grcjwers  and  reliable  dealers  for  the 
most  recent  varieties  in  any  species,  remembering  that 
new  varieties  frequently  appear. 

For  winter-fiowering  hulhs  /or  greenhouse  or  window,  select  from 
species  rrutrked  *. 

For  summer-  and  fall-floieering  bulbs  for  pots  for  greenhouse 
and  other  decoration,  select  from  itprcies  nuirked  t. 

For  spring-flowering  hardy  bulbs  for  gardens,  lawns,  and  the  like, 
select  from  species  nuirked  J. 

For  summer-  atul  fall-flowering  hardy  bulbs  for  gardens,  lawne, 
and  the  like,  select  from  sjiecies  marked  l|. 

For  summer-  and  fall-flowering  {not  hardy)  bulbs  for  spring 
planning  in  garden,  and  the  like,  select  from  species  marked  JJ. 

For  climbing  bullnius  plants,  select  from  species  murked  H. 

Those  marked  h  are  hardy;  HH,  half-hardy;  T,  tender. 

GENERA,  ETC.  H.vnDINESS.  DOH.MANT. 

.\t>ohra  ^'i HH Oct.  to  Apr, 

Achimonc-Kf T Oct.  to  Apr. 

.Agapaiithus  t  ? HH Oct.  to  Apr. 

.Mlmca  t T Oct.  to  Apr. 

.•\lliuin  *  X H  *  HH Aug.  to  Dec. 

.Mstrtrmcriat  § HH Sept.  to  Nov. 

.Ainaryllin  *  t T Oct.  to  Apr. 

,\morphophalIus  ? T Oct.  to  Apr. 

Anenionc  *  t HA  HH Aug.  to  Nov, 

Anomalheca  § HH Oct.  to  Apr. 

-\nIholyza  g HH Oct.  to  Apr. 

A  pi  OS  1i  II H Oct.  to  Apr. 

AriHtcma  t HH Oct.  to  Apr. 

Arum  •  t T Aug.  to  Apr. 


596 


BULB 


BULBOPHYLLUM 


GEN'ERA,  KTC.  HAKOINESa.  DORMANT. 

Babiaoa  • hh Aug.  to  Nov. 

Bofcouta.  Tuberous  t  i .-. t Oct.  to  .\pr. 

Btvwra  I HU Uct.  to  .\pr. 

Blamllondia  • T Aug.  to  Nov. 

Blo<.>meri.'*  I a .\ug.  to  Nov. 

Boiuari'a  '.  t hh .-Vug.  t(j  Oct. 

Bous:^ineaultia  'i  I T Uct.  to  Apr. 

Bowiea  '  t HH Oct.  to  March 

Bra\t«  t HH Oct.  to  .\pr. 

Bruilispa*  J hh .\uk.  to  Oct. 

Bulbocodium  t H. .^ug.  to  Oct. 

Caladiuiu  tS T Oct.  to  .\pr. 

CaliKhortus  •  t HH Aug.  to  Nov. 

Cama.^ia  1 H Aug.  to  Nov. 

Canna  * T Oct.  to  .\pr. 

Chionodoxa  *  X H Aug.  to  Oct. 

Chlitlanthus  ?. hh Oct.  to  .\pr. 

Colchicum  ! H Aug.  to  .Sept. 

Connuclina  5 HH Oct.  to  Apr. 

Convftllaria  *t .H Oct.  to  Apr. 

CoojH'ria  5 HH Oct.  to  Apr. 

Corydalis  J H .'Vug.  to  Apr. 

Crinum  t§ T Nov.  to  Apr. 

Croco.smia  g HH Oct.  to  Apr. 

Crocu:*  *  t H Aug.  to  Oct. 

Crown  Iniporial  t H Aug.  to  Oct. 

Cummingia  t T Aug.  to  Oct. 

Cj-anclla  t hh Aug.  to  Oct. 

Cyclamen  porsicum  * t .\ug.  to  Nov. 

Cyclobot^hra  g hh .-Vug.  to  Nov. 

C>TX*IIa  ?. T.'. Oct.  to  Dec. 

Cyrtanthus  f T Oct.  to  Apr. 

Dahlia  g T t^ct.  to  Apr. 

Dicentra  t H Oct.  to  March 

Dio.scorea  T  ^ H Oct.  to  Apr. 

Eranthis  X H Aug.  to  Oct. 

Eremurus  t hh Oct.  to  Apr. 

Erj'thronium  X H Aug.  to  Nov. 

Eucharis  t T Sept.  to  Dec. 

Eurycles  t T Oct.  to  March 

Freesia  • HH. .\ug.  to  Nov. 

Fritiliaria  *t H  St  hh Aug.  to  Oct. 

Ga!anthu>i  *  X H .-Vug.  to  Nov. 

Galtonia  i, hh Oct.  to  Apr. 

Gei.ssorhiza  t hh .'Vug.  to  Nov. 

Gesneria  *  t T Oct.  to  Apr. 

Gladiolus  i hh Sept.  to  Apr. 

Glorio.'ui  ^t T Oct.  to  Apr. 

Gloxinia  t t Oct.  to  Apr. 

Grtffioia  t T Oct.  to  Apr. 

Hsmanthus  f T Aug.  to  Nov. 

Hi'lleborus  X H Oct.  to  Apr. 

Heriierocallis  3 H Oct.  to  Apr. 

liomeria  § HH Aug.  to  Nov. 

Hyacinth  *| H .\ug.  to  Nov. 

Hymenocallis  §t T Oct.  to  Apr. 

Iniantophyltum  t T Oct.  to  Apr. 

Irisi,  Bulbous  *  X HAHH Aug.  to  Nov. 

Iris,  Rbizomatou.s,  etc.  X  11 H Oct.  to  .\pr. 

Ismene  g  t T <^ct.  to  Apr. 

I  xia  * IIH Aug.  to  Nov. 

Ixiolirion  J H Aug.  to  Nov. 

Joncjuil  •  t H Aug.  to  Oct. 

Lachenalia  * HH Aug.  to  Oct. 

I,<;ucojuni  t  II H : . .  .Aug.  to  Oct. 

I.iliiim  *  B H Sept.  to  Apr. 

Lycoris  J  t HH Oct.  to  Apr. 

Milla  'i HH Oct.  to  Apr. 

Montbretia  I HH Oct.  to  Apr. 

Mu.tcaria  } H .'Vug.  to  Nov. 

Nagelia  *  t T Oct.  to  Apr. 

Narcis.sua  *  X; H Aug.  to  Oct. 

Ncmastylus  § T Oct.  to  Apr. 

Nerine  t T Aug.  to  Nov. 

Omithogalum  *  ?. H  *  HH Aug.  to  .Nov. 

Oxali-^.  for  iHjrder.'^  § HH Sept.  to  Apr. 

Oxalic,  Winter-flowering  *  t itti Aug.  to  Nov. 

Peony      H Oct.  to  .Vpr. 

Pancratium  t  § T Oct.  to  Apr. 

Ptia^tlranaasa  * T Oct.  to  Apr. 

Polygonatum  I H Oct.  to  Apr. 

Ppiwhkinia  J u ,\ug.  to  Oct. 

Kanunculua  * HH Aug.  to  Nov. 

Kichardia  •  t  ? T Sept.  to  Deo. 

Rigidella  i, T Oct.  to  Apr. 

Bangiiinaria  X H Oct.  to  Apr. 

Schizostylia  *  J hh Oct.  to  Apr. 

Bcilla  {  * h  &  HH .'Vug.  to  Nov. 

Sparaxi.s* hh Aug.  to  Nov. 

Spirsea  'A.stilbe)  * n Oct.  to  Apr. 

Sprekelia  *  t  S T Sept.  to  Apr. 

fitemb<rrgia  I H Aug.  to  Oct. 

Tecophilaea  * HH Aug.  to  Oct. 

Tigridia  i, T Oct.  to  Apr. 

Trillium  I H Oct.  to  March 

Triteleia  t HH Oct.  to  Apr. 

Tritoma  ( h Oct.  to  Apr. 

Tritonia* hh Aug.  to  Nov. 

Tropaeolum,  Tuberous  *  f hh Aug.  to  Dec 

TulKjrose  | t Nov.  to  May 


GENERA,  ETC.  HARDINESS.  DORMANT. 

Tulip  *X t h Aug.  to  Nov. 

Tyda-a  *  t T Oct.  to  Apr. 

I'rceolina  f T Oct.  to  Apr. 

Vallota  t T Oct.  to  Apr. 

Watsonia  *§ hh Sept.  to  Dec, 

Zephyrauthes  *g hh Aug.  to  Apr. 

Peter  Henderson  &  Co. 

BULBINE  (Greek,  bnlbos,  a  bulb).  Ldliacex.  More 
than  20  species  of  half-hardy  African  and  Australian 
plants,  allied  to  Anthericum,  but  practically  not  culti- 
vated in  this  country. 

Flowers  showy,  the  petals  distinct,  l-nerved,  spread- 
ing and  often  recurving  in  age;  stamens  shorter  than 
the  perianth.  iSome  of  the  species  are  bulbous,  and 
require  the  general  treatment  given  Cape  bulbs  (see 
Bulbs);  but  none  of  the  bulbous  species  is  known  here. 


690.  Bulbine  annua. 

annua,  Willd.  Fig.  690.  Annual,  acaulescent,  without 
any  rootstock  or  bulb:  Ivs.  12-20,  erect  but  weak:  fls. 
bright  yellow,  racemose.  S.  Afr.  B.M.  1451  (as  Antheri- 
cum). D.C.  PI.  Grasses,  pi.  8. — Can  be  grown  as  an 
annual  S.  N.  Taylor. 

BULBINELLA:   Chrysrbadron. 

BULBOCODIUM  (Greek,  woolly  bulb).  Liliacex. 
Crocus-like  bulbous  plants  of  mts.  of  Eu.  and  Russian 
Asia,  spring-flowering  or  autumn-flowering. 

Leaves  appearing  after  (or  before)  the  fis.,  usually  3, 
narrow,  sheathed  at  base:  fls.  close  to  the  ground,  2-3 
from  each  bulb,  the  perianth  funnelform,  segms.  dis- 
tinct to  the  base  but  conniving  in  a  tube;  stamens  6; 
style  3-fid.  at  the  top. — One  variable  species,  treated  in 
general  as  crocuses  are  cult.  Allied  to  Merendera,  to 
which  some  of  the  former  species  are  referred. 

vernum,  Linn.  Fig.  691.  Blooms  in  gardens  in 
earliest  spring  before  the  Ivs.  appear,  the  fls.  resting 
nearly  on  the  ground:  fls.  rosy  purple,  white-spotted 
on  the  interior,  1-3  from  each  bulb:  Ivs.  broad  and  chan- 
nelled. B.M.  l.')3  (cf.  Fig.  691).  F.S.  11:1149.  Gn.  75, 
p.  409. — Bulbs  should  be  taken  up  and  divided  every 
2  or  3  years.  Plant  in  the  fall.  LTsually  blooms  in 
advance  of  the  crocus.  B.  versicolor,  Spreng.  (B. 
riithenicum,  Bunge),  is  a  small  handsome  form. 

L.  H.  B. 

BULBOPHtLLUM  (Greek,  bulb-leaf).  Orchidacex. 
F,pii)hylic  ])laiit.s,  creeping  upon  rocks  or  trees;  cult,  in 
the  wannhouse. 

P.scudobulbs  1-2-lvd  in  the  axils  of  the  sheaths,  and 
with  the  ind.  arising  from  the  base  of  the  pseudobulb: 
fls.  small  and  numerous  in  a  raceme,  or  larger  and  few 


BULBOPHYLLUM 


BULLACE 


597 


691.  Bulbocodium  vernum. 


or  solitary;  dorsal  sepal  erect  or  spreading,  free,  equal- 
ing or  shorter  than  the  lateral,  whicli  are  obliquely 
broadened  at  the  base  and  adnate  to  the  foot  of  the 
column;  petals  shorter  than  or  nearly  equaling  the 

sepals;  lip  articulated  to 
the  foot  of  the  column, 
incumbent  upon  the 
column;  pollinia  4. — A 
genus  of  about  125  spe- 
cies, mostly  natives  of 
Trop.  Asia  and  Afr. — 
Bulbophyllum  needs  a 
moist  atmosphere  and 
should  not  become  dry. 
Grown  on  pieces  of 
wood  or  tree-fern  stems. 

A.  Fls.  large,  solitary. 
B   Petals  and  lip  minute; 
sepals  tessellated  imth 
pale  brown  and  yel- 
low. 


grandiflorum,  Blume. 
Pseudobulbs     2-3     in. 
"■yj  ,'^  K  ^VUC'\  ^     V    long,  1-lvd.:  If.  up  to  10 
//it  ^/\l  ^■^  ^  ^  '°"^  '^'^'^  ^  ^°'  '^•'o^'^' 

/  1/    /[  l^lv '"''  emarginate  at  the  apex: 

I    I  (   (I  i\  V  peduncle  usually  not  ex- 

ceeding the  If.  with  2-4 
bracts  and  a  solitary 
large  fl.  about  8  in.  long; 
sepals  tessellated  with  pale  brown  and  yellow  spots,  the 
dorsal  sepal  arcuate  and  incurved,  the  sides  reflexed, 
the  lateral  sepals  deflexed;  petals  minute,  triangular; 
lip  minute,  3-lobed.  New  Guinea.  B.M.  7787.  G.C. 
111.  17:429. 

BB.  PeUds  and  lip  large,  the  former  as  long  as  the  sepals. 
c.  Lip  cordate-triangular;  petals  reflexed. 
Dearei,  Reichb.  (B.  Godseffianum,  Hort.).  Pseudo- 
bulbs  1-lvd.  up  to  \]/2  in.  long:  If.  up  to  6  in.  long,  acute: 
peduncle  as  long  as  or  exceeding  the  If.,  bearing  a  soli- 
tary large  fl. ;  sepals  and  petals  tawny  yellow,  the  dorsal 
sepal  ovate-lanceolate,  red-spotted,  the  lateral  sepals 
lanceolate,  falcate,  purple-marked  on  both  sides; 
petals  linear-lanceolate,  with  the  veins  deeper,  and  some 
purple  spots;  lip  triangular-cordate.  Origin  uncertain. 
G.C.  II.  20: 108  (as  Sarcopodium) . 

cc.  Lip  cordate-ovate;  petals  merely  spreading. 
L6bbii,  Lindl.  Fig.  692.  Pseudobulbs  1-lvd.,  up  to 
1 J^  in.  long:  If.  about  6  in.  long,  narrowed  into  a  petiole: 
peduncle  shorter  than  the  If.,  bearing  a  solitary  large 
fl.  3-4  in.  across;  sepals  and  petals  buff-yellow,  the 
dorsal  sepal  with  lines  of  purple  spots  on  the  back, 
ovate-lanceolate,  the  lateral  sepals  falcate,  marked 
with  rose  in  the  center;  petals  lanceolate;  lip  yellow, 
purple-spotted,  cordate-ovate,  acute.  Java.  B.M.  4532. 
G.C.  111.  38:184  (var.  colosseum). 

AA.  Fls.  less  than  I4in.  long,  in  a  raceme. 
Careyinum,  Spreng.  Pseudobulbs  ovoid  or  oblong, 
1-lvd.:  If.  up  to  10  in.  long  and  2  in.  broad:  scape  with 
many  bracts,  bearing  a  dense  raceme,  2-4  in.  long,  of 
numerous  fls.  which  are  orange-yellow  or  greenish, 
Bpotted  with  reddish  brown  or  purijle;  sepals  oblong- 
ovate,  acute;  petals  broadly  ovate,  minutely  awned; 
lip  nearly  entire.    Himalayas. 

B.  auric^mum,  Lindl.  Burma.  B.M.  7938. — B.  barliigerum, 
Lindl.  Lip  long,  narrow,  with  a  tuft  of  long  purple  hairti  at  the 
apex.  Trop.  Afr.  Gt.  4fi,  p.  491.  B.R.  1942.  B.M.  52SS.  R.B. 
30:253.— B.  Binnendijkii,  J.  J.  Smith.  Java.  B,.M.  8187.  G.C. 
III.  47:84. — B.  birmhtse,  Schlecht.  Fls.  oranKc-yellow,  very  i^niall. 
Burma.  0. 1910: 107,  desc— B.  BiHnenViiium.  Schlecht.  Fls.  golden 
yeliow:bracts  leafy,  greenish  white,  rose-dotted.  Siam.  O.  1910: 108, 
desc. — B.  calabdricum.  Rolfe.  Fls.  small,  light  yellowish  green,  with  a 
dull  reddish  purple  lip.  W.  Trop.  .Afr. — B.  campanulhtum,  Holfe. 
Sumatra.  B.M.  8281. — B.  capilulifidrum,  Rolfe.  Fls.  very  small; 
sepals  and  petals  whitish  green;  Up  deep  purple.   W.  Trop.  Afr. — B. 


chrj/socfphatum.  ScMccht.  Dwarf  plant:  fls.  yellow.  S.E.Asia. — B. 
comdsum.  C.  and  M.  Burma.  B.M.  7283. — B.  crenulatum,  Rolfe. 
Madagascar.  B..M.  8000. — B.  cuUndmceum,  Lindl.  Himalayas. 
G.C.  111.  49:3.— B.  Daijilnum,  Reichb.  Burma.  F.S.  21 :22.36. 
G.C.  III.  4.5:194.— B.  dichrdmum,  Rolfe.  Annam.  B.M.  8160.— B. 
Dtxotiii,  Rolfe.  Fls.  small,  greenish  yellow  with  numerous  dark 
brown  spots;  petals  with  bristle-like  tails  at  the  apex.  Siam. — B. 
ETicssdriii,  Kriinzl.  Fls.  umbellate,  the  sepals  and  petals  green, 
spotted  with  purple-brown,  the  lip  triangular,  broadly  cordate  at 
base,  acute,  marlted  with  red-brown.  Malay  Archipelago.  B.M. 
8088.  G.C.  III.  21:61;  32:383.  O.R.  15:233.— B.  exattiKum.  Lindl.. 
Sepals  light  green,  dotted  with  brown;  lip  blackish  purple,  much 
fringed.  Brazil,  British  Guiana. — B.  fascinator,  Rolfe.  Annam. 
B.M.  8199. — B.  fuscopurpureum,  Wight.  Fls.  dull  reddish  brown, 
about  1  in.  across.  S.  India. — B.  galbinum,  Riddell.  Malay  Penin. 
B.M.  8216.  G.C.  III.  42:42.— B.  (lentihi.  Rolfe.  Scape  1-2  It.  long, 
bearing  a  densely  fid.  spike;  fls.  scarcely  }  2in.  long;  .sepals  and  petals 
straw-colored  and  purple.  Trop.  Afr.  G.C.  III.  36:266.  desc. — B. 
glutindsutn.  Cogn.  Fls.  arranged  in  2  rows  in  short  spilces;  sepals 
greenish,  spotted  inside  with  red ;  petals  minute,  white;  lip  red.  Brazil. 
O.  1910: 108,  desc. — B.  inunclum,  J.  J.  Smith.  Fls.  larger  than  in  B. 
Lobbii;  sepals  densely  dotted  with  purple;  petals  long  and  drooping. 
Borneo. — B.  Kcrrii,  Rolfe,  Lvs.  oblong,  deciduous:  Hs.  dull  yellow, 
pubescent.  Siam. — B.  kinfJtianumy^'Wdem.  Similar  toB.  barbigerum, 
but  the  hairs  on  the  lip  are  not  club-shaped.  Congo  Free  State. — 
B.  temniscaloides,  Rolfe.  Java{?).  G.C.  III.  45:68. — B.  lemniscdlum. 
Pax.  Burma.  F.S.  23:2476.  Gn.  35,  p.  610. — B.  itpidum,  J.  J,  Smith 
=CirrhopetaIum. — B.  Ulacinum,  Ridley.  Fls.  in  dense  racemes  or 
spikes,  lilac  spotted  with  purple.  Siam. — B.  longisipalum,  Rolfe. 
New  Guinea.  G.C.  III.  42:211. — B.  macrdnthum.  Lindl.  Burma 
and  Malay  Archipelago.  B.M.  7208. — B.  mamlibutdre,  Reichb.  f. 
Borneo.  —  B.  Mediisx,  Reichb.  f.  Malay.  —  B.  micropelalum 
Rodrig.  A  small  plant  with  spikes  of  tiny  transparent  green 
fls.  with  prominent  blackish  purple  stripes.  Brazil. — B.  minidCum, 
Rolfe.  Resembles  B.  barbigerum  but  has  a  broader  labellum  with 
white  feather-like  processes  Congo  Free  State. — B.  mirum,  J.  J. 
Smith.  Remarkable  for  its  curious  fls.;  lateral  sepals  united; 
petals  consisting  of  a  small  round  disk  with  motor  filaments. 
MaLaya.  —  B.  morphologdrum,  Hort.  Fls.  curious  in  having  a 
small  triangular  plate  between  the  dorsal  and  lateral  sepals, 
Siam. — B.  nigrescens,  Rolfe.  Sepals  yellow  dotted  with  blackish 
purple;  petals  and  lip  blackish  purple.  Siam. — B.  nudiscdpum, 
Rolfe.  Allied  to  B.  barbigerum.  Congo.^B.  orthogldssum.  Kranzl. 
Malaya.  G.C.  III.  43:  406.— B.  Pahudii,  Reichb.  f.  Malaya. 
F.S.  22:2268. — S.  papilldsuvi,  Finet.  Raceme  twice  as  long 
as  lvs.;  rachis  and  bracts  green;  lip  dark  purple.  French 
Congo. — B.  Pechei,  Bull.  Burma.  B.M.  7286. — B.  poli/blepharan, 
Schlecht.  Fls.  solitary,  dark  purple.  New  Guinea. — B.propUiquum, 
Hort.  Fls.  green  with  dense  purple  reticulation.  Siam.  —  B.quad- 
rifdrium,  Rolfe.  Fls.  inconspicuous.  Madagascar. — B.  radidtum, 
Lindl.  Fls.  yellowish  white,  with  narrow  lanceolate  petals  and 
sepals:  If.  linear.  India. — B.  tr^mulum,  Wight.  E.  Indies.  G.C. 
III.  49:291.  O.R.  9:361. — B.  Iridenldlum.  Rolfe.  Allied  to  B. 
mandibulare.  British  New  Guinea. — B.  trifdrium.  Rolfe.  Fls. 
arranged  like  the  bracts  in  3  rows,  dull,  lurid  purple,  with  numer- 
ous minute  darker  spots  on  the  sepals.  Madagascar. — B.  virls- 
cens,  Thouars.   Fls.  umbellate;  sepals  and  petals  4-5  in.  long,  pale 


692.  Bulbophyllum  Lobbii.  ( X?) 

green,  the  veins  and  ncr^'cs  brown;  lip  rather  fleshy,  about  ^iin. 
long,  cordate-ovate,  pale  green,  purple  at  the  ba^e.  Java.  B.M. 
8327.  G.C.  III.  40:260.— B.  Weddllii,  Reichb.  f.  Brazil.  B.M. 
7958.   G.C.  III.  36:382.  GeOKGE  V.  NaSH. 

BULLACE.  A  name  used  in  England  for  half-wild, 
half-domest icaterl  plums  very  similar  in  character  to 
the  Damsons.  In  America  there  exist  no  plums  for 
which  another  name  can  not  be  preferred.  The  bullace, 
or  buUaces  (for  there  are  sevenil  varieties  sometimes 


50S 


BLLLACE 


BULL-HORN 


693.  Acacia  comigera; 


spoken  of  as  bullaoes)  are  usually  lofoni'il  to  I  he  hot  aui- 
cal  ntmie  of  Frwius  ifisitUin  (e.g.,  Hedriok,  Plums  of 
New  York,  p.  40);  but  they  are  also  classified  with  the 
Danisons,  thus  taking  the  botauioal  njime  of  Pruuus 

doincslica  var.  damas- 
ccna  (See  Bot.  Gaz. 
27:481.) 

F.  A.  Waugh. 

BULL-HORN.     A 

name  apjilied  to  sev- 
eral species  of  tropical 
American  acacias  re- 
markable for  their 
large  stipular  inflated 
spines  which  closely 
resemble  the  horns  of 
an  ox  or  buffalo.  These 
are  utilized  by  certain 
stinging  ants  of  the 
genus  Pseudomyrma 
as  nesting-places  for 
rearing  their  young. 
The  thorns,  which  are 
connate  at  the  base, 
are  hollowed  out  by 
the  insects,  which  per- 
forate one  of  the  spines 
near  the  tip,  usually 
on  the  under  side,  so  that  no  water  can  enter.  All  the 
species  of  true  bull-horns  have  a  four-lobed  involucel 
on  the  peduncle  of  the  flower-spike  near  the  base.  The 
bipinnatc  leaves  have  nectar-glands  on  the  rachis  and 
petiole,  as  in  many  other  acacias,  and  they  are  still 
further  provided  with  peculiar  processes  on  the  tips 
of  the  leaflets,  minute  wa.x-like  bodies  rich  in  oil  and 
protopla.sm,  which  Thomas  Belt,  in  his  "Naturalist  in 
Nicaragua"  (1874),  discovered  to  be  used  as  food  by 
the  ants  inhabiting  the  .spines,  and  which  in  his  honor 
were  named  Beltian  bodies.  These  apical  bodies  had 
long  been  known,  and  Linnsus  called  attention  to  the 
nectaries  on  the  leaf-rachis,  but  Belt  was  the  first  to 
suggest  that  in  return  for  quarters  and  subsistence  the 
little  ants  serve  their  host  as  a  body-guard  of  soldiers, 
and  Darwin  in  his  work  on  the  "Effects  of  Cro.s.s-  and 
Self-Fertilization  in  the  Vegetable  Kingdom,"  called 
attention  to  Belt's  interesting  observations  and 
deductions. 

Francisco  Hernandez,  the  protomedico  of  Philip  II 
of  Spain,  sent  in  1.570  to  study  the  resources  of  Mexico, 
figured  the  peculiar  spines  and  the  leaves  of  one  species 
growing  in  the  Huasteca  region  of  Mexico,  in  the  Tierra- 
caliente,  not  far  from  the  Gulf  coast.  This  author 
speaks  of  the  intense  pain  caused  by  the  stings  of  the 
ants  and  describes  their  larva;  engendered  in  the  hollow 
spines.  Jacquin,  in  describing  a  bull-horn  acacia  grow- 
ing near  Cartagena  (Colombia)  in  1763,  tells  how  the 
little  insects  j-ush  from  the 
thorns  when  the  tree  is  struck 
however  lightly,  falling  upon 
the  unwary  intruder  and  infiiot- 
ing  upon  him  myriads  of  burn- 
ing stings.  I.ong  before  this 
(\()U())  Plukenct  ha<l  figured  the 
bodies  on  the  apices  of  the  leaf- 
lets, and  Linna>us  himself  ex- 
))reKsed  his  wonder  as  to  the 
function  of  the  extra-floral  nectar 
glands. 

In  all  bull-horn  acacias,  there 
arc  two  kinds  of  leaves  with 
accompanying  .spines:  vegetative 
leaves  in  which  the  stipular 
spines  usually  become  greatly 
inflated;  and  bract-like  smaller 
694.  Acacia  cornigera.        leaves    subtending    the    flower- 


heads  or  flower-spikes  on  the  axillary  raceme-like 
flowering  branchlets,  with  stipular  .spines  usually  small 
antl  subulate.  The  extra-floral  glands  on  the  leaf-rachis 
and  [letiole  are  either  crater-like  and  more  or  less 
elongated,  or  roimd  and  bead-like,  often  several  in  a 
series  at  the  base  of  the  petiole  and  sometimes  one 
between  each  pair  of  pinna-. 

The  flower-spikes  or  flower-heads  are  .solitary,  gemi- 
nate, or  fascich^d  in  clusters  of  several  in  the  axils  of 
the  small  bipinnatc  leaves  on  the  axillary,  raceme-like 
flowering  branchlets.  In  one  species.  Acacia  Cookii, 
there  is  apparently  no  specialized  flowering  branchlet, 
but  the  globose  heads  are  borne  in  dense  clusters  in 
the  axils  of  the  large  slender-pronged  equitant  spines. 
In  all  true  bull-horns  the  four-toothed  involucel  is  at 
or  near  the  base  of  the  peduncle.  In  A.  cochliacanlha 
the  involucel  is  at  the  apex  of  the  peduncle,  very  much 
as  in  ,4.  Famesiana.  In  A.  cojrnigera,  A.  spadicigera, 
and  A.  CoUinsii,  the  spikes  are  dense,  cylindrical  and 
more  or  less  like  the  spadix  of  an  aroid.  In  .4.  sphsero- 
cephala  they  are  sphicroid-ovate  or  ovate-oblong,  with 
the  flowers  closely  crowded  on  a  fusiform  receptacle. 
In  A.  Cookii,  the  heads  are  perfectly  globose  with  the 
receptacle  also  globose.  In  A.  Hindsii,  which  Bentham 
put  in  a  section  (Americanx  laxiflorx)  apart  from  .4. 
spadicigera  and  its  allies 
{Pycnanlhx  american3e),  the 
flower-spikes  are  lax  and  slen- 
der with  flowers  not  very 
clo-sely  crowded. 

Between  the  small  flowers 
are    stipitate    bracteoles 
umbracula     which     may 
readily  be  hkened  to  minute 
umbrellas     with     slender 
handles    protecting 
the    flowers    before 
anthesis      from' 
moisture    and    fun- 
gus    spores.      The 
lamina;    of    these 
may  be  ovate-acu- 
minate or  hastate  and  long- 
pointed,  as    in   A.   condgera 
and    A.    spadicigera;    ovate 
with  the  margin  ciliate,  as  in 
A.  sphserocephala;  circular  or 
nearly  so,  as  in  A.  CoUinsii 
and     A.    Hindsii,    or    very 
broadly  ovate,  as  in  ^ .  Cookii. 

The  flowers  themselves  consist  of  a  tubular  calyx,  four- 
or  five-toothed  or  almost  entire,  a  corolla  of  four  or 
five  lobes,  in  A.  comigera  and  its  allies  only  slightly 
longer  than  the  calyx  but  in  A.  Hindsii  about  twice 
as  long.  They  are  polygamous;  that  is,  some  of  the 
flowers  are  entirely  staminate,  others  are  both  stami- 
nate  and  pistillate.  The  stamens  are  numerous,  with  a 
single  pistil  in  the  hermaphrodite  flowers  rising  from 
the  center  of  the  mass;  ovary  several-ovuled ;  style 
filiform,  stigma  minute,  terminal. 

In  one  division,  to  which  A.  cornigera  and  its  allies 
belong,  the  pods  are  indehisccnt,  inflated,  thin,  char- 
taceous,  terminating  in  a  sharp  beak  (Fig.  693).  In 
another  division,  to  which  A.  Hindsii  and  A.  CoUinsii 
belong,  the  pods  are  dehiscent  (Fig.  696).  In  A.  Cookii 
they  are  very  long  and  slender  and  two-valved.  In 
all  cases  the  hard  smooth  compressed  seeds  are  sur- 
rounded by  sweetish  yellow  or  orange-colored  pulp, 
somewhat  like  that  found  in  the  pods  of  the  algarroba, 
or  St.  John's  bread,  which  causes  the  fallen  pods  to 
be  eagerly  sought  by  pigs  and  other  animals.  This 
peculiarity  at  once  distinguishes  the  bull-horn  acacias 
from  A.  nrahica,  the  type  of  the  genus,  which  has 
dehiscent  pods  devoid  of  pulp. 

Following    are    the    leading    species    of    bull-horn 


6Q5.  Acacia  sphserocephala. 


BULL-HORN 


BUPHTHALMUM 


599 


A.  Jnvolucels   at   the   6ase   of  the    prturicle    {Basibracteatit-,    Betith.); 
petliceUed  bTacteoLes  o/  the  JL- beads  peltate.    True  BuLL-HoRNa. 

B.  Fods  mdehiscent    thin  aiid  fraoite,  terminalmg  in  a  sharp,  spine~ 

like  beak. 
c.  Laminae  of  pedicelled  bracteoles   (umbracula)  nvate~acuminate  or 
hastate:   fi.-spikes   dense,    cylindrical;    inflated   spines    broadly 
spreading  or  incurved,  closely  resembling  the  horns  of  an  ox. 
D.  Peduncles  of  fi.-heads  puberuleni:  laminx  of  the  bracteoles  long- 
acuminate,  more  or  less  scabrous  above;  inflated  spines  usually 
brown  or  chestnut-colored  at  length. 
A.    corntgera,    Linn.      (Arbor    cornigera.    Hernandez).    HuiTZ- 
MAM.\XALLl.    Bull-Horn.    Cuernitos.    Ahbol  de  las  Hormigas. 
Ant-Tree.  Figs.  693,  6'J4.    A  -slirub  or  small  tree  with  l-'S  erect  sts. 
and  a  few  lateral  branches  bearing  numerous  large  inflated  spines 
remarkable  for  their  close  resemblance  to  the  horns  of  an  ox  or 
buffalo.    The  pods  are  eaten  by  pigs  and  other  animals.    E.  Trop. 
Mex. 

DD.  Peduncles    of  fl.-heads    glabrous:  lamitia:    of    bracteoles    short- 
acuminate    not  scabrous  above:   inflated  spines  usually  ivory- 
white  or  yellowish. 
A.  nicoyensis,  Schenck.    Nicoya  Bull-Horn.   Esping  blanco. 
White-spined  Bull-Horn.    A  shrub  or  small  tree  resembling  the 
former.     Occurs    in    Costa    Rica,   Guatemala    and   the    adjacent 
regions  of  Mex.  and  Salvador. 

cc.  haminx   of  pedicelled   bracteoles   ovate,   ciliaie,   not   acuminate: 

fl.-spikes    spharroid-ovate    or    ovate-nblong:   inflated    spines    not 

broadly  spreading,  often  V-shaped  or  U-shaped. 

A.  sphxrocephala,  Cham.  &  Schl.    Bull-Horn.    Cuernitos  de 

Veracruz.     Cornizuelo.     Arbol    de    las    Hormigas.     Arbol 

HoRMiGUERO.     Fig.   095.     .\   shrub  or  small   tree  resembling  A. 

cornigera,  from  the  state  of  \'era  Cruz. 

BB.  Pods  dehiscent,  coriaceous  or  woody. 

C.  Fls.  in  globose  heads  on  long  thick  peduncles  clustered  in  the  axils 

of  long  fork-like  spines:   pods  very  long. 
A.  Cookii,  SafTord.    Bull-Horn  Acacia  of  Alta  Verapaz.    A 
small  tree  or  shrub  with  slender  fork-like  inflated  thorns  inhabited 
by  stinging  ants.  Guatemala. 

cc.  Fls.  in  elongated  spikes,  borne  on  special  flowering  branchlets,  in 
clusters  of  several,  subtended  by  small  bipinnaie  Its.  with  subulate 
stipular  spines  or  by  a  piir  of  spines  only:  laminx  of  pedicelled 
bracteoles  circular  or  nearly  so. 

D.  Spikes    dense     rigid     oblong-cylindrical:  pods    thick    and    woody, 

straight   or  slightly  curved,   obtuse   or  shortly  acuminate:  larger 
fipines  swollen  at  base,  usually  U-shaped  and  equitant. 
A.  Cdllinsii,  Safford.    A  shrub  or  small  tree  with  inflated  U- 
shaped.  olive-greenish  or  brownish  stipular  spines  curving  upward, 
and  sometimes  twisted  around  the  branch.    S.  Mex. 
DD.  Spike    lax,    flexible,    linear:    pods     coriaceous,    slender,    falcate 
usually    long-acuminate:  larger    spines    very    broad    and    flat, 
terminating    in    widely   diverging,    very   sharp    points,    like   an 
inverted  bicorn  chapeau. 
A.   Hindsii,   Benth.    Broad-Thorn  Acacia.    Bull-Thorn  of 
Maza.villo.     Buffalo  Horn.     Fig.  tiOti.      X  small  glabrous  tree 
remarkable  for  its  broad   fiat  stipular  thorns,  which  resemble  in 
form  an  inverted  military  chapeau.    W.  coast  of  Mex. 

AA.  Involucel  at  the  apex  or  above  the  middle  of  the  slender  peduncle: 
lamins  of  the  bracteoles  ovale-ciliate  [not  peUate}:   larger  spines 
stout    and   straight     widely   diverging.     Fls.    in   globose   heads, 
solitary  or  geminate,   on  flowering  branchlets,   subtended  by  a 
small  bipinnate  If.  unth  subulate  stipular  spines  or  by  a  pair  of 
small  spines  only:  larger  inflated  spines  at  length  split  longi- 
tudinally, 
A.    cockliac'intna,   H.   &   B.    (Mimosa  campeachiana.    Miller), 
Split-Thorn    Acacia.     Spoon-Thoh.n    Acacia.    This   species   is 
not    a    true    bull-horn    since    its 
peduncles  have   not   a  basal   in- 
volucel   and    its    stipular    spines 
instead  of  being  hollow  and  sub- 
ject   to    the   perforations  of  ants 
become  split  longitudinally. 

W.  E.  Safford. 


BUMELIA  (ancientGreek 
namcforanash-treo).  Sapo- 
laces.  Buckthorn;  also 
Ironwood.  Woody  plants 
sometimes  cultivated  in 
botanioal  collections,  but 
without  particular  orna- 
mental qualities. 

Small  trees  or  shrubs  with 
milky  or  gummy  sap  and 
ver)'  hard  wood:  branches 
usually  spiny:  Ivs.  alternate, 
entire,  short-pet  ioled:  fls. 
mostly  perfect  in  axillary 
clusters,  long-jjedicelled; 
calyx    5-lobed,    persistent; 


corolla  campanulate,  .5-lobed;  lobes  longer  than  tube 
with  a  small  ai^pentlage  on  each  side;  stamens  T),  adnate 
to  the  corolla,  and  5  petal-like  staminodes;  ovary  5- 
celled,  pubescent:  fr.  a  1-seeded  ilrupe. — About  20 
species  from  the  southern  states  to  Brazil. 

These  are  evergreen  or  deciduous  small  trees  or  shrubs, 
usually  spiny,  with  generally  obovate  to  oblong  leaves 
and  inconspicuous  white  flowers  on  axillary  clusters 
followed  by  black  subglobose  to  oblong-ovoid  drupes. 
None  of  the  species  is  of  much  horticultural  value,  but 
as  most  of  them  grow  naturally  on  tiry,  rocky  or  sandy 
soil,  they  may  be  used  sometimes  with  advantage  for 
planting  in  similar  situations.  The  hardiest  are  B. 
layiugiiiosa  and  B.  lycioides,  which  have  proved  hardy  in 
sheltered  positions  at  the  Arnold  Arboretum.  Propa- 
gation is  by  seeds. 

lanuginosa,  Pers.  Chittim  Wood.  Tree,  sometimes 
50  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong-obovate  or  cuneate-obovate,  rounded 
and  often  apiculate  at  the  apex,  dark  green  and  lustrous 
above,  tomentose  beneath,  sometimes  nearly  glabrous  at 
length,  1-2J2  in.  long:  clusters  many-fld.;  pedicels 
slender,  hairy:  fr.  oblong-ovoid  or  obovoid,  5^2'n.  long. 
S.S.  .5:247.  H.T.  .376.  Southern  states  north  to  S.  111., 
west  to  Texas. — This  is  the  species  most  often  met 
with  in  collections. 

B.  angustifdlia,  Nutt.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  25  ft.:  Ivs.  persist- 
ent, obovate  to  oblanceolate,  glabrous,  1-1 J-2  in.  long.;  fr.  oblong. 
Fla.  S.S.  5:249. — B.  lycioides,  Gaertn.  Shrut)  or  small  tree,  to 
25  ft.:  Ivs.  deciduous,  elliptic  to  oblong  or  oblanceolate.  acute,  gla- 
brous, 1  '2-4  in.  long:  fr.  ovoid.  Va.  to  111.,  Fla.  and  Texas.  S.S. 
5:248. — B.  tenax.  Willd.  Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  .30  ft.:  Iv.s.  obovate 
to  oblanceolate.  pubescent  beneath,  1-3  in.  long:  fr.  oblong.   N.  C. 


to  Fla.    S.S.  5:246. 


Alfred  Rehder. 


696.  Acacia  Hindsii. 


BUPHANE  (Greek,  cattle-deslroyer,  alluding  to  poi- 
sonous properties).  Amarylliddcese.  AmaryUis-hke bulbs, 
very  little  known  in  this  country;  culture  as  for 
Brunsvigia. 

The  buphanes  are  large  plants,  with  many  red  fls. 
in  an  umbel  with  2  involucral  bracts:  Ivs.  appearing  late, 
strap-shaped,  thick:  perianth  tubular;  segms.  equal  and 
narrow,  spreading;  stamens  6,  exserted,  attached  on 
the  throat;  style  thread-like,  the  stigma  small. — Two 
species  in  Trop.  and  S.  Afr.  The  fls.  appear  before  the 
Ivs.,  being  as  many  as  200  together  in  a  single  head-like 
lunbel,  on  a  stout  peduncle  1  ft.  or  less  high. 

disticha,  Herb.  (B.  toxicaria,  Herb.  Hsemdnthus 
ioxicariit.-i,  Thunb.  Brunsiigia  toxicaria,  Ker-Gawl). 
Bulb,  6-9  in.  diam.,  tunicate:  Ivs.  several,  distichous, 
1-2  ft.  long:  peduncle  or  scape  stout  (6-12  in.  high)  and 
solid,  compressed,  glaucous,  bearing  a  dense  umbel. 
B.M.  1217. — Sparingly  offered.  Lvs.  said  to  be  very 
poisonous  to  cattle  in  S.  Afr.;  bulb  furnishes  arrow 
poison  for  the  natives. 

cUiaris,  Herb.  (AmarijUis  ciltiiriis,  Linn.  BTuttsvit/iii 
cilidris,  Ker-Gawl.  Crossyiie  ciliari.s,  Salisb.  Huiiuiii- 
thus  cilidris,  Linn.).  Fewer  shorter  lvs.,  and  shorter 
peduncle,  bearing  .50-100  dull  purple  fls.;  may  occur 
ill  choice  collections.    B.R.  1153.  L.  H.  B. 

BUPHTHALMUM  (Greek  for  ox-eye).  Compdsitx. 
A  genus  of  7  species  of  Eurojiean  and  W.  Asian  peren- 
nial herbs,  sometimes  grown  in  the  hardy  border.  Heads 
large,  with  long  yellow  rays  and  imbricated  involucral 
bracts:  lvs.  alternate,  entire  or  dentate:  pai)pus  short, 
often  connate  into  a  corona:  achcnes  glabrous.  Showy 
plants  of  e:isy  cult. 

speciosissimum,  Ard.  (Telikia  speciosissima).  Two 
to  5  ft.:  lvs.  cordate  and  clasping,  the  upper  ones  oval 
and  acimiinate:  heads  solitary  on  the  ends  of  the  sts., 
flowering  in  ,July  and  later. 

salicif61ium,  Linn.  (B.  grandiflbrwn,  I>inn.).  Lower 
lvs.  olijong-lanceolate,  3-nerved,  somewhat  pubescent 
and  slightly  serrate:  fls.  solitary  and  terminal,  large. 

specidsum,  Schreb.  (B.  cordifblium,  \\'aldst.  &  Kit.). 
Lvs.  very  large,  cordate,  coarse-serrate:  fls.  very  large 


600 


BUPHTHALMUM 


and  shcnvy.  on  an  upward-thickened  pod_uncle|_ 3^  ft  . 
bUHMuing  in  June  =»'d  Jf  er  J.H.  111.  .>.J- 1;^'-  U.^1^ 
34»W  uw*  Telekio  siH'ciosa).—T.hc  best  of  all,  a  bold  tree 
and  showy  perennial  growing  very  close  antl  niakiiif, 
pxxl  niiiss-enects.  L.  H.  B. 

N.  Taylor.T 
BUPLEURUM  (Greek,  ox  and  rib;  of  no  obvious  ap- 
plication!.   VmUUlfcra.   A  genus  of  7.^  species  of  weedy 
plants  of  the  Old  World,  of  which  one  (B.  rotundifohum 
*^  Linn.),   IK   natural- 

ized in  the  eastern 
state-s  and  another 
{B.falcaluiti,lAnn.), 
is  cult,  in  Japan  for 
greens  (A.G.  13:9). 
Lvs.  simple,  entire, 
often  perfoliate:  fls. 
umbellate  mostly 
without  an  invo- 
lucre except  in  the 
species  below; 
calyx-teeth  mostly 
none. 

fruticosum,  Linn. 
Fig.  697.  Shrubby, 
3-5  ft. :  Ivs.  oblong, 
leathery,  mucro- 
nate,  sometimes 
persistent,  usually 
quite  sessile:  fls. 
with  a  reflexed  in- 
volucre, the  umbels 
also  with  a  set  of 
bracts,  also  re- 
curved: fr.  oblong. 
S.Eu.— Suitable  for 
dry,  almost  sterile, 
places. 

B.  crdceiim,  Fpnzl.  A 
showy  porcnnial  with 
fls.  and  involucral  bracts 
bright  yellow.  Asia 
Minor. 

N.  Taylor. 

BURBiDGEA 

(after  F.  W.  Bur- 
bid  ge,  who  dis- 
covered it  in  Bor- 
neo). Zingiheracex.  AlUed  to  Hedychium,  but  with  no 
lateral  perianth  segms.  and  the  lip  reduced  to  a  small 
hWle.  The  showy  orange-scarlet  fls.  rival  cannas  in 
brilliancv.    For  cult.,  see  Alpinia  and  Hedychium. 

nltida,"  Hrwk.  f .  Tender  herbaceous  perennial :  height 
2-3  ft.:  root.st<jck  creeping,  matted:  sts.  tufted,  slen- 
der' If -blades  glossv,  4-6  in.  long,  eared  at  junction 
with  the  sheath:  panicle  terminal,  i-f>  in.  long,  many- 
fld.;  inner  perianth-tube  1-1 H  in.  long;  outer  segms. 
1 14-2  in.  long,  orange-scarlet,  the  dorsal  one  shorter 
and  more  roundish  than  the  2  lateral  ones.  B.M.  6403. 
G.C.  II.  12:401. 

B  KhizorMila.  Hort.  Dwarfer  and  more  compact  in  habit  than 
B.nitida:  Lvv  dull  green  above,  brown-red  beneath:  fls.  orange- 
yellow.    .Malaya. 

BURCHELLIA  (\V.  Burchell,  botanical  traveler). 
Ru'ruia^.  One  species  from  S.  Afr.,  an  evergreen 
shnib,  with  opposite  short-petiolcd  Ivs.  and  dense  ter- 
minal cliLsters  of  sessile  scarlet  fls.:  corolla  tubular, 
bell-shaped;  .stamens  .5,  inserted  in  the  tube:  fr.  a 
2-cell«l,  manv-seeded  berry.  B.  capensis,  H.  Br.,  has 
been  in  the  American  trafle,  being  cult,  for  its  rich,  dark 
foUage  and  brilUant  fls.  It  is  very  variable,  and  has 
received  B»;veral  name.s.  Three  to  10  ft.  Prop,  by 
cutting.s.  Grown  under  gla.ss.  B.M.  2339  (as  iJ  bitba- 
lin^i).  K.H.  1886:420.  J.H.  III.  34:81.  L.B.C.  7  :664. 
B.  R.  406. 


697.  Bupleurum 
fruticosum. 


BUTEA 


BURDOCK:    Arctium. 
BURLINGT6NIA:    Rodriguezia. 

BURNET  (rotcrium  Sanguisorba,  Linn.).  A  hardy 
rosaceous  perennial,  the  piquant  Ivs.  of  which  are  some- 
times used  in  flavoring  soups  and  salads.  The  dried 
roots  are  occasionally  used  as  a  family  remedy.  Burnet 
is  little  known  in  this  coimtry  as  a  condimental  herb. 
It  is  worthv  a  place  in  the  hardy  border  for  the  orna- 
mental character  of  its  odd-pinnate  Ivs.  and  its  little 
heads  of  fls.  with  drooping  stamens.  The  l/ts-  are 
verv  dark  green,  ovate  and  notched:  sts.  1-2  ft.  high, 
bearing  oblong  or  globular  monoecious  heads.  Of  easiest 
cult.,  either  from  seeds  or  by  division  of  the  clumps. 
Native  of  Eu.  L.  H.  B. 

BURNING-BUSH:   Euonymus. 

BURRIELIA:    Baeria. 

BURSARIA  (Bursa,  a  pouch,  alluding  to  the  shape 
of  the  pods).  Pittosporacese.  Two  species  of  shrubs 
with  white  fls.  in  clusters;  sepals,  petals  and  stamens 
each  5,  the  petals  soon  withering:  fr.  a  2-loculed  caps., 
in  shape  like  that  of  the  shepherd's  purse. 

spindsa,  Cav.  An  elegant  sjiiny  shrub  or  smaU  tree, 
with  drooping  branches  and  pretty  white  fls.,  produced 
in  summer:  Ivs.  small,  oblong-cuneate,  alternate  and 
nearly  sessile  1  .^-1  in.  long:  fls.  small,  lateral  or  terminal, 
mostly  terminal  in  broad  pyramidal  panicles  Austral. 
Tasmania.  B.M.  1767.  Andr.  Bot.  Rep.  314.— Cult, 
in  S.  Calif. 

BURSERA  (Joachim  Burser,  a  disciple  of  Caspar 
Bauhin).  Burs(race:e.  Usually  tall  trees,  with  sim- 
ple or  iiinnatelv  compound  Ivs.:  fls.  small,  in  clusters, 
4-.5-parted,  with  twice  as  many  stamens  as  petals  or 
sepals,  and  a  3-parted  ovary  containing  6  ovules:  fr.  a 
3-parted  drupe  with  usually  only  1  seed.— About  40  spe- 
cies of  trees  in  Trop.  Amer.  For  B.  serrata,  see  Protiuyn. 

Simarfiba,  Sarg.  (B.  gummifera,  Jacq.).  Gumbo- 
limbo  or  West  Indian  Birch.  Lvs.  odd-pinnate,  with 
3-5  pairs  of  Ifts. ;  Ifts.  ovate,  acute,  membranous,  smooth 
on  both  sides,  entire,  the  netted  veins  prominent  on  t.he 
under  side:  fls.  staminate  and  pistillate,  appearing  be- 
fore the  lvs.  or  as  they  unfold,  in  knotty  racemes  some- 
what resembling  those  of  the  choke  cherry:  fr,  a  drupe, 
with  a  3-valved  succulent  rind  and  3-5  nuts.—A  tall 
tree  with  a  straight  trunk  and  spreading  head,  found  in 
Fla  Mex.,  and  Cent.  Amer.  and  the  \\ .  Indies.  Wood 
very  light,  specific  gravity  when  dry  30;  useless  even  for 
fuel;  decays  very  rapidly.  It  yields  a  sweet,  aromatic 
balsam,  which  is  used  in  Trop.  Amer.  as  a  medicine  f9r 
internal  and  external  application;  dried,  it  is  known  in 
the  trade  as  Chibou,  or  Cachibou  resin,  or  Gomart 
resin  It  is  known  as  a  hardy  greenhouse  plant,  and 
thrives  in  a  compost  of  loam  and  peat.  Prop,  by  cuttings 
under  glass,  with  bottom  heat.  G.  T.  Hastings. 

BUSH-FRUITS.  A  term  used  to  designate  those 
small-fruits  that  grow  on  woody  bushes.  It  includes 
aU  small-fruits— as  that  term  is  used  in  America-;-ex- 
cepting  strawberries  and  cranberries.  Bush-fruits  is  an 
English  term,  but  it  has  been  adopted  in  this 
country,  notably  in  Card's  book  on  "Bush-Fruits. 
The  common  bush-fruits  are  currants,  gooseberries, 
raspberries,  blackberries,  and  dewberries. 

BUTCHER'S  BROOM:   Sarcococca. 

BUTEA  (Earl  of  Bute).  Legumindsx.  Three  or  4 
species  of  trees  or  woody  vines  of  India  and  China,  witft 
<leep  scarlet  papilionaceous  fls.  in  racemes,  and  pmnate 
Ivs.  In  the  Old  World  rarely  grown  in  stoves.  In  this 
country  1  is  cult,  in  S.  Calif. 

frondSsa,  Roxbg.  A  leafy  tree,  yielding  gum  or  lac: 
Ifts    3,  roundish,  pubescent  beneath,  the  lateral  ones 


BUTEA 


BUXUS 


601 


unsymmotrical :  fls.  2  in.  long,  orange-crimson,  very 
showy;  stamens  9  together  and  1  free.  E.  India  and 
Burma.  Rheede  Hort.  Mai.  6: 16, 17. — Reaches  a  height 

of    .50    ft.     Inspis- 
■^  ^  sated  juice  is  known 

;is  Bengal  or  I'alas 
kino,  or  butea  gum, 
which  has  astrin- 
gent proi^erties,  re- 
M-mliling  true  kino. 
Si  ids  used  in  India 
;u>  a  vermifuge.  The 
tree  yields  also 
stick-lac.  The 
coarse,  fibrous  ma- 
terial obtained  from 
the  inner  bark  is 
used  for  caulking 
the  seams  of  boats. 
Dried  fls.  yield  a 
yellow  or  orange 
dye. 

BUTNERIA:  Caly- 
canOius. 

B  U  TOM  US 

(Greek,  hous,  ox, 
and  temno,  to  cut; 
the  leaves  too  sharp 
for  the  mouths  of 
cattle).  Butomacea'. 
Hardy  perennial 
aquatic  of  easy  cul- 
ture in  ponds. 

The  Butomacea 
comprises  3  genera. 
Butomus  is  allied  to 
Ahsma,  but  with 
several  ovules  in 
each  carpel:  peri- 
anth-segms.  all 
prominent  and  col- 
ored; stamens  9; 
carpels  6,  tapering 
above :  Ivs.  sedge- 
like. All  the  species 
Phan.,  Vol.  Ill,  to  B. 


698.  Butomus  umbellatus.  ( X  ^4) 


are  referred  by  DC,  in  Mon. 

umbellatus,  and  to  the  Australian  Butomopsis,  which  is 
also  a  monotypic  genus  (by  some,  however,  included 
in  Tenagocharis). 

umbellatus,  Linn.  Flowering  Rush.  Fig.  698. 
Rhizome  thick:  Ivs.  2-3  ft.  long,  iris-like,  sheathing  at 
the  base,  3-cornered:  fls.  rose-colored,  2.5-30  in  an 
umbel,  on  a  long  scape;  sepals  3;  petals  3.  Summer. 
Eu.,  Asia,  in  still  water.   Prop,  by  division. 

BUTTERCDP:    Species  of  Ranunculus. 
BUTTERFLY  WEED:    Aedepias  tuberosa. 
BUTTERNUT:    Juglans. 
BUTTERWORT:    Finguicula. 
BUTTON-BUSH:   Cephalanlhut. 
BUTTONWOOD:    Platanua. 

BUXUS  (ancient  Latin  name).  Buxdcex.  Box 
Tree.  Ornamental  small  trees  or  shrubs  grown  chiefly 
for  their  handsome  evergreen  foliage. 

Leaves  opposite,  short-petioled,  penninerved,  entire, 
glabrous  or  nearly  so,  coriaceous:  fls.  monacious, 
apetalous,  in  axillary  or  terminal  clusters,  consisting 
usually  of  1  tenninal  pistillate  fl.,  with  usually  6  sepals 
and  with  a  3-celled  superior  ovary  with  3  short  styles 
and  several  lateral  starainate  fls.  with  4  sepals  and  l 
stamens:  fr.  an  obovate  or  nearly  globular  3-pointe(l 
caps.,  separating  into  3  valves,  each  containing  2  shin- 
ing black  seeds. — About  30  species  in  the  mts.  of  Cent. 


and  E.  Asia,  N.  Afr.,  and  S.  Eu.,  also  in  VV.  India  and 
Cent.  Amer. 

These  are  evergreen  slirubs  of  rather  slow  growth,  with 
shining,  .small  foliage  and  incons|)icuous  flowers  and 
fruits.  Buxua  japnnicii  seems  to  be  the  hardiest,  species, 
and  it  has  proved  quite  hardy  at  the  .Arnold  Arboretum; 
and  B.  microphijlla  is  of  about  the  sanu;  hardiness,  while 
B.  scmpervirens  is  somewhat  tentierer;  B.  halearica  and 
B.  Wallichiana  are  still  more  tender.  B  scmpervirens 
stands  pruning  very  well,  and  in  the  old  formal  gardens 
of  Europe  was  formerly  much  used  for  hedges,  and  some- 
times trimmed  into  the  most  fantastic  shapes;  the 
dwarf  variety  is  still  often  planted  for  bordering  flower- 
beds. The  very  hard  and  close-grained  wood  is  in  great 
demand  for  engraving  and  finer  turnery  work. 

The  box  tree  thrives  in  almost  any  well-drained  soil, 
and  best  in  a  partially  shaded  position. 

Propagation  is  by  cuttings  from  mature  wood  early 
in  fall,  kept  during  the  winter  in  the  cool  greenhouse  or 
under  handlights  in  the  open;  in  more  temperate  re- 
gions they  may  be  inserted  in  a  shady  place  in  the  open 
air;  4  to  6  inches  is  the  best  size  for  outdoor  cuttings. 
Layers  will  also  make  good  plants.  The  dwarf  variety 
is  usually  propagated  by  division.  In  planting  borders, 
it  is  essential  to  insert  the  divided  plants  deeply  and  as 
firmly  as  possible,  and  to  give  plenty  of  water  in  the 
beginning.  Seeds  are  sown  soon  after  maturity,  but  it  re- 
quires a  long  time  to  raise  plants  of  good  size  from  them. 

A.  Width  of  Ins.  less  than  yiin- 
B.  Lvs.  oval  to  ohlong-lanceolate,  broadest  about  or  below 
the  middle:  branchlets  usually  slightly  pubescent. 
sempervirens,  Linn.  Common  Box  Tree.  Fig.  699. 
Shrub  or  small  tree,  to  25  ft.:  branches  quadrangular: 
lvs.  oval-oblong  or  oval,  rarely  roundish  oval  or  lanceo- 
late, usually  obtu.se,  '  2-I }  2  in.  long,  petioles  usually 
pubescent:  fls.  in  axillary  clusters;  staminate  fls.  sessile, 
with  a  central  gland  half  as  long  as  the  calvx.  S.  Eu., 
N.  Afr.,  Orient,  China.  H.W.  3,  p.  29.  F.E.  18  pi.  81. 
Gn.  55  p.  62. — Wood  much  used  for  engraving.  Lvs. 
employed  in  medicine.  Very  variable  in  size,  color 
and  shape  of  the  lvs.;  some  of  the  most  commonly 
cult .  forms  are  the 
following:  Var.  ar- 
boresceus,  Linn. 
Fig.  700.  Tall 
shrub  or  small 
tree:  lvs.  usuallj' 
oval.  The  typical 
form.  Var.  argen- 
tea,  Loud.  (Var. 
argenteo-margin- 
ata,  Hort.).  Lvs. 
irregularly  edged 
witbsilvery  white. 
Var.  afirea,  Loud. 
(var.  aiirea  niacu- 
lata,  Baill.).  Lvs. 
variegated  with 
yellow  or  entirely 
yellow.  Var.  mar- 
ginata,  Loud.  (var. 
aiirea  marginata, 
Baill.  and  Hort.). 
Lvs.    edged     vel- 

low.     V  ar.  glauca,   1^^  lower  spray  shows  the  under  surface. 
Koch     (var.     ma- 

rrophylla  gliiiini.  Hort.).  Lvs.  oval,  ghiucous.  Var. 
rotundifdlia,  Baill.  (var.  latifulia,  Hort.).  Lvs.  broadly 
oval.  Var.  Handw6rthii,  Koch.  Of  upright  habit,  with 
rathiT  large  dark  green  lvs.  Var.  oleasfdlia,  Hort.  Of 
upright  h;il)it,  with  oblong  lvs.,  resembling  those  of  the 
olive.  Var.  elegans,  Hort.  (var.  oleafdlia  clegana, 
Hort.).  A  v;iriigati-d  form  of  the  preceding  variety. 
Var.  buUata,  Koch.  With  large  bullate  Ivs.  Var.  angus- 
tifdlia.   Loud.  (var.   longifblia,    Hort.,   var.   salicifolia. 


c 


^ 


If'/ 


r 

699.  Buzus  sempervirens.    (  x  \i) 


W2 


BUXUS 


BYRSONIMA 


Hort.V  Shrubby:  h-s.  oblong-lanceolate.  Vnr.  myrtifS- 
lia,  Ixnul.  rsually  low:  Ivs,  small,  cUipticHihloiig.  V'ar. 
rosmarinifdiia,  Haill.  l-ow:  Ivs.  small,  linoar-ohlong, 
revoluto  at  the  margin.  Var.  suffruticosa,  Linn.  (var. 
nfiria,  Hort.).  Dwarf:  Ivs.  small,  oval  or  .soniotimes 
obovato;  flowering  dusters  usually  only  terminal. 

BB.  Lvs.  ristially  obovnte,  broadest  above  the  middle: 
branchkts  glabrous. 

japfinica,  Muell.  .\rg.  (W.  obcordatn,  Hurt.  B.  F6r- 
tvnei,  Hort.).  Shrub,  ti  ft.,  with  spreading  branches:  lvs. 
cuneate,  obovate  or  romulish  ohnvatc,  obtuse  or  emar- 
ginate  at  the  apex,  •  2-I  '4  '"■  lo'ift.  I'Sht  green  with  gla- 
brous petioles:  clusters  axillary;  staminate  fls.  sessile, 
with  a  central  gland  as  long  as  the  calyx.  China, 
JaiKin.  S.I.F.  2:38. — Very  distinct  with  its  spreading 
slender  branches  and  light  green,  lustrous  foliage. 

microphylla,  Sieb.  &  Zucc.  (B.  japimica  var.  micro' 
phi/lla,  Muell.  Arg.).  Dwarf,  often  prostrate  shrub, 
quite  glabrous:  lvs.  obovate  or  oljovate-lanceolate,  }  3-I 
in.  long:  clusters  mostly  terminal;  staminate  fls.  sessile, 
with  a  central  gland  like  the  former.    Japan. 

AA.  Width  of  lvs.  \iin.  or  mare. 

balearica,  Willd.  Shrub,  6-15  ft.:  lvs.  elliptic  or 
oblong,  acute  or  obtuse  at  the  apex,  1-2  in.  long,  light 
green:  clusters  axillarj-;  staminate  fls.  pedicelled.  S. 
Spain,  Balear. — Handsome  shrub,  but  less  hardy  than 
the  former. 


B.  calif6mica,  Lk.=^SimmondHia  californica. — B.  Fdrtunei,  Carr. 
^B.  longifoIia.^B.  Fiirtuiici,  Hort.=B.  japonica. — B.  Hdrlandii, 
HaDce.  Branches  pubescent:  Iv.s.  narrow  obovate,  emarginate, 
?4-lj4  in.  long.  China. — B.  tongi/dtia,  Bois.s.  (B.  Fortunei.  Carr.). 
Lvs.  narrow-eliiptic  or  lanceolate,  l-l  ^4  in.  long  Orient,  China. — 
B.  lonfji/dlia,  Hort.=B.  aenipervirens  var.  angustifolia. — B.  Wal- 
lichuhia.  Baiil.  Branches  pubescent:  Ivs.  linear-elliptic,  1-2J-2  in. 
lone.     Hin>ah,yas.  ALFRED    ReHDER. 

BYRSONIMA  (name  refers  to  use  of  some  species  in 
tanning,  in  Brazil).  M alpighiacew .  Perhaps  100  Trop. 
American  trees  and  shrubs,  frequently  climbing,  rarely 
known  in  cult.  Lvs.  opposite,  thick,  simple,  entire,  the 
stipules  often  connate:  fls.  white,  yellow  or  pink,  in 
terminal  simple  or  branched  racemes;  sepals  and 
petals  h,  the  former  bearing  a  pair  of  glands,  the  latter 
clawed  and  the  blades  concave;  stamens  10,  the  fila- 
ments imited  at  base  and  bearded:  fr.  a  3-celled  fleshy 
drupe,  with  bony  seeds,  often  edible.  B.  liicida,  HBK., 
occurs  in  P'la.  and  \V.  Indies,  a  much-branched  ever- 
green shrub,  with  fls.  white  turning  yellowish  or  rose; 
apparently  not  in  the  trade.  B.  crassifdlia,  HBK. 
Mex.  and  S.,  is  offered  in  S.  Calif.  Shrub  or  small 
tree:  lvs.  ovate,  tapering  each  way:  fls.  yellow  in 
pubescent  erect  racemes.  Said  to  bear  the  ''nanche," 
a  popular  fruit  of  the  Mexicans.  This  has  a  sour 
fermented  taste;  it  is  offered  for  sale  in  the  markets 
of  the  west  coast  Mexican  towns,  and  is  eaten  raw 
with  salt,  or  in  soups,  or  in  stuffing  for  meats. 
The  astringent  bark,  rich  in  tannin,  is  used 
medicinally. 


700.  Buxus  semperviieas  vai> 
arboresceast 


